Skip to main content

Full text of "Natural History"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 
Natural  History  Magazine,  Inc. 


http://www.archive.org/details/naturalhistory85newy 


NATURAL  HISTORY 

VOLUME  LXXXV 
1976 

Published  by 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

NEW  YORK,  N.Y. 


JANUAKY  No.  1 

Authors 2 

The  Bald  Eagle  Bicentennial  Blues 

David  R.  Zimnicnnan  8 

A  Naturalist  at  Large:  A  Nation  oi- 

Moonshiners Richard  M.  Klein         23 

This  View  of  Life:  Darwin  and  the  Cai-tain 

Stephen  Jay  Gould         32 

Slow  Exodus  from  Mesa  Verde Douglas  Osborne       38 

The  Image  Makers  of  Nepal Alexander  Duncan       46 

Black  Bears  of  the  Smokies 

Michael  R.  Pelton  and  Gordon  M.  Burghardt         54 

Human  Locomotion 

Adrienne  Zihlman  and  Douglas  Cramer         64 

The  Importance  of  Being  Feverish 

Matthew  J.  Kluger         70 

At  Random  :  The  Fencing  of  America 

Christopher  L.  Hallowell         76 

Sky  Reporter:  Missing  Matter Stephen  ?.  Maran  80 

A  Matter  of  TASTE:  The  Drinking  Man's  Pear 

Raymond  Sokolov  86 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  92 

The  War  Against  WlLDLIFE..Review  by  Michael  J.  Bean  94 

Additional  Reading 98 

Announcements lOl 


March  No.  3 

Authors 2 

A  Naturalist  at  Large:  An  Inadvertent 

ECOLOGLST ~. Rene  Dubos  8 

THIS  View  OF  Life:  Criminal  Man  Revived 

Stephen  Jay  Gould         16 

Announcements 20 

Rain  MAKING  Forests  Hubert  W.  Vogelmann  22 

DONEGAL'S  Lowly  Sheep  and  Exalted  Cows 

Eugenia  Shanklin  26 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  34 

Deep  Divers  of  the  Antarctic  ...Gerald  L.  Kooyman  36 
Predatory  Baboons  of  Kekopey 

Robert  S.O.  Harding  and  Shirley  C.  Strum         46 

Art  of  the  Northwest  Coast  Indian 

Prologue  by  William  Reid 
Essay  by  Edmund  Carpenter         54 

Additional  Reading 68 

The  Market 70 

The  CREE'S  Day  in  Court  ...Review  by  Stanley  A.  Freed  71 
Sky  Reporter:  Life  and  EteATH  in  the  Milky 

Way  Beatrice  M.  Tinsley         74 

A  Matter  of  Taste:  Peace  and  the  Ultimate 

Snack Raymond  Sokolov        78 


February  No.  2 

Authors 4 

The  Web  of  Hunger:  Rats  in  the  Granary 

Stephen  C.  Frantz         10 

This  View  of  Life:  Human  Babies  as  Embryos 

Stephen  Jay  Gould         22 

Letters 27 

Rifting  in  the  Okavango  Delta 

Christopher  H.  Scholz  34 

Swiss  Family  Togetherness John  Friedi  44 

Plant-loving  Bats,  Bat-loving  Plants 

Donna  J.  Howell  52 

Reef  Fish  Lottery Peter  f.  Sale  60 

Wandering  art Stanley  ha  Hallet         66 

A  Naturalist  at  Large:  The  Egg  as  Classroom 

Evelyn  Shaw        72 
Sky  Reporter:  Climatic  Changes  on  Mars 

John  Gribbin        78 
AMATTER  OF  TASTE:  A  STEAK  IN  THE  FUTURE? 

Raymond  Sokolov         83 

THE  Market 86 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D:  Nicholson  88 

An  ILLUSTRATOR'S  PORTFOLIO 

Review  by  Murray  Tinkelman  90 

Additional  Reading 95 

Announcements 98 


April  No.  4 

Authors 2 

A  Naturalist  at  Large:  The  "Fever  Bark" 

Tree Richard  M.  Klein  10 

Letters 20 

This  View  of  Life:  Ladders,  Bushes,  and  Human 

Evolution Stephen  Jay  Gould  24 

BIOS:  How  Safe  Should  Safe  Be?  ...  Arthur  w.  Galston  32 

Politicking  in  Ancient  Persia Bernard  Goldman  36 

Late-blooming  Terns 

Paul  A.  Buckley  and  Francine  G.  Buckley  46 

Around  the  Ice  Age  World George  J.  Kukla  56 

Ice  Age  Animals  of  the  Lascaux  Cave 

Dexter  Perkins,  Jr. 

Photographs  by  Jean  Vertut  62 

Lizard  Coexistence  in  Four  Dimensions 

Carol  A.  Simon  70 

Journey  of  a  Seventeenth-Century  Cannon  ' 

Christopher  L.  Hallowell  76 
Sky  Reporter:  Destruction  of  the  Earth-Moon 

System Lloyd  Motz  80 

Additional  Reading 84 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  86 

Feral  Children Review  by  Robert  Coles  88 

An  Edible  Weed Jlobert  H.  Mohlenbrock  96 

The  Market 98 

Announcements  100 


May  No.  5 

Authors 2 

A  Naturalist  at  Large:  Maypoles  and  Earth 

Mothers  Richard  M.  Klein  4 

This  View  of  Life:  Biological  Potential  vs. 

Biological  Determinism Stephen  Jay  Gould  12 

Energy  Crisis  of  the  Hummingbird 

WilUam  A.  Calder  III  24 
Earthquake  Hazards  in  the  Mountains 

Kenneth  Hewitt  30 

APoCKETFUL  of  Crystals Vincent  D.  Manson 

Photographs  by  Henry  Janson  38 
Qty  Snakes,  Suburban  Salamanders 

Frederick  C.  Sehlauch  46 

Cerebral  Clues  Leonard  Radinsky  54 

Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson  60 

Sky  Reporter:  Exploding  Stars.... Stephen  P.  Maran  62 
A  Matter  OF  TASTE:  An  Early  Riser 

Raymond  Sokolov  68 

The  Hunter  Hunted Jleview  by  Alan  Walker  76 

The  Market 80 

Additional  Reading 82 

Announcements 84 

June-July  No.  6 

Authors 2 

Environmental  Action:  A  Passing  Fad? 

Joseph  L.  Sax  10 
ANaturalist  at  Large:  Limits  to  Growth 

Revisited  Jay  W.  Forrester  22 

This  View  of  Life:  The  Five  Kingdoms 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  30 

A  $135  Million  Gamble Edwin  D.  Kilboume  39 

The  Perceptive  Eye  Tom  Gerber  42 

Return  to  MaNUS Margaret  Mead  60 

Wild  Goats  of  Santa  Catalina  ....  Bruce  E.  Coblentz  70 
Roses  are  Red,  White,  Yellow,  Pink 

Patricia  W.  Spencer  78 
Is  Mars  a  Spaceship,  Too? 

Lynn  MarguUs  and  James  E.  Lovelock  86 

Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson  92 

Sky  Reporter:  The  Venusian  Surface  s.  l  Rasooi  94 
The  Case  of  the  Counterfeit  Mice 

Review  by  Spencer  Klaw  99 
A  Matter  of  Taste:  Best  of  the  Brambles 

Raymond  Sokolov  106 

The  Market no 

Additional  Reading 1 12 

Announcements 114 

August -September  No.  7 

Authors  4 

ANaturalist  at  Large:  Fishing  the  Commons 

Garrett  Hardin  9 

This  View  of  Life:  The  Interpretation  of 

Diagrams Stephen  Jay  Gould  18 

Currents  of  the  Sea W.  Redwood  Wright  30 

Deep-Sea  Fishes   Bruce  H.  Robison  38 

Sea  Otters:  Pillars  of  THE  Nearshore 

Community John  F.  Palmisano  and  James  A.  Estes  46 

Sky  Reporter:  Recipe  for  a  Planetary  Ocean 

Isaac  Asimov  54 

Lobster  Tales    Michael  BerrUl  60 

Flight  of  the  Ducks Paul  a.  Johnsgard  68 

The  Red  Sea:  An  Ocean  in  the  Making 

David  A.  Ross  74 

Red  Tides  Beatrice  M.  Sweeney  78 

Bounding  the  Main Warren  S.  Wooster  84 

The  Market  88 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  92 

A  Matter  of  Taste:  The  Net  Result 

Raymond  Sokolov  94 

Creatures  from  the  Primordial  Seas 

Review  by  Niles  Eldredge  100 

Additional  Reading  106 

Announcements  108 


October  No.  8 

Authors 2 

The  Web  of  Hunger:  Ill-Nourished  Brains 

David  A.  Levitsky  6 

This  View  of  Life:  Darwin's  Untimely  Burial 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  24 

How  the  Wise  Men  Brought  Malaria  to  Africa 

Robert  S.  Desowitz  36 

BERMUDA'S  Abundant,  Beleaguered  Birds 

Kenneth  L.  and  Mamie  Reed  Crowell  48 

AMERICA'S  National  Parks:  Their  Principles, 

Purposes,  and  Prospects Joseph  l.  Sax  57 

The  Perils  of  Primates Jaclyn  H.  Woifheim  90 

Life  at  the  Cloud  Line William  G.  WelUngton  lOO 

Slow  Death  of  Coral  Reefs 

Ralph  Mitchell  and  Hugh  Ducklow  106 

Announcements 112 

A  Matter  OF  Taste :  The  Pumpkin  Papers 

Raymond  Sokolov  1 14 

The  Market 118 

Sky  Reporter:  Stars  by  the  Cluster 

Stephen  P.  Maran  1 22 

An  Energetic  Call  for  Socialism 

Review  by  E.  F.  Roberts  128 

Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson  132 

Additional  Reading 135 

November  No.  9 

Authors  5 

Spirits  of  the  MakasSAE Shepard  Forman  12 

ANaturalist  at  Large:  Drift  Coconuts 

Bernard  Nietschmann  20 
This  View  of  Life:  So  Cleverly  Kind  an  Animal 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  32 

A  Resurgence  OF  Kites  LeeWaian  40 

The  Ape  in  Stateroom  10 

Kenneth  A.  R.  Kennedy  and  John  C.  Whittaker  48 

The  Turbulent  Sun [A  Special  Supplement]  54 

Celestial  Events Thomas  D.  Nicholson  88 

An  African  Ethic  of  Conservation 

Hussein  Adan  Isack  90 

The  Market 92 

The  Fruitful  Wasteland Denis  Hayes  96 

A  Matter  of  Taste  :  Kwakiutl  Cuisine 

Raymond  Sokolov  101 

Ah,  Wilderness! Review  by  Edward  Abbey  106 

Additional  Reading  112 

Announcements lis 

December  No.  10 

Authors 2 

A  Native  Replies John  l.  Gwaltney  8 

ANaturalist  at  Large:  Managing  the  Earth's 

Surface George  M.  Woodwell  16 

Letters 20 

This  View  of  Life:  The  Advantages  of  Eating 

Mom  Stephen  Jay  Gould  24 

A  Matter  of  Taste:  An  Even,  Gentle  Heat 

Raymond  Sokolov  33 

The  Bubble  Trade Horace  Beck  38 

A  Pelican  Synchrony Fritz  l.  Knopf  48 

Master  Design  of  the  Inca  Craig  Morris  58 

Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson  68 

The  Search  for  the  Culloden 

Henry  W.  Moeller  and  Steven  A.  Giordano  70 
Golden  Trout  in  Trouble 

Margaret  F.  Gold  and  John  R.  Gold  74 

The  Market 86 

Sky  Reporter:  The  Splitting  of  Comet  West 

Stephen  P.  Maran  88 
The  Deceiving  Eye 

An  Exhibit  in  Review  by  Gerald  Oster  93 

Additional  Reading  102 

Announcements 104 


INDEX  TO 
VOLUME  LXXXV 

AUTHORS  AND  TITLES 


Abtey,  E.,  REVIEW,  Nov..  p.  106 
Asimov,  1.,  RECIPE  FOR  A  PLANETARY 

Ocean,  Aug.,  p.  54 
B 
Bahcall,  J.N.,  THE  SUN'S  MISSING 

Particles,  Nov.,  p.  76 
Bean.  M.].,  REVIEW.  Jan.,  p.  94 
Beck,  H.,  The  Bubble  Trade,  Dec,  p.  38 
Birrill.  M.,  LOBSTER  TALES.  Aug..  p.  60 
Bcihlin.  J.D.,  HOLES  IN  THE  CORONA, 

Nov..  p.  68 
Bi'ckley.  F.G.  and  P.A.,  LATE-BLOOMING 

TERNS.  Apr.,  p.  46 
Bi  rghardt.  G.M..  BLACK  BEARS  OF  THE 

Smokies.  Jan..  p.  54 


Calder.  W.A..  III.  ENERGY  CRISIS  OF 
THE  Hummingbird.  May,  p.  24 

Carpenter.  E..  ESSAY  ON  COLLECTORS 
AND  COLLECTIONS  IN  ART  OF  THE 

Northwest  Coast  Indian.  Mai.. 

p.  56 
Coblentz.  B.E..  WILD  GOATS  OF  SANTA 

CatalINA,  June,  p.  70 
Coles.  R.,  Review,  Apr.,  p.  88 
Cramer,  D.,  HUMAN  LOCOMOTION,  Jan.. 

p.  64 
Crowell.  K.L.  and  M.R..  BERMUDA'S 

ABUNDANT. Beleaguered 

Birds,  Oct..  p.  48 


Desowitz.  R.S..  How  THE  WISE  MEN 
Brought  Malaria  to  Africa. 
Oct..  p.  36 

Dubos.  R..  An  Inadvertent 

ECOLOGIST.  Mar.,  p.  8 

Ducklow,  H.,  Slow  Death  of  Coral 
Reefs,  Oct.,  p.  106 

Duncan.  A..  THE  IMAGE  MAKERS  OF 

Nepal,  Jan..  p.  46 


Eddy.  J. A.,  SUNSPOTS,  Nov..  p.  62 
Eidredge.  N..  REVIEW,  Aug..  p.  100 
Estes.  J.A.,  Sea  Otters:  Pillars  of 
THE  Nearshore  Community, 


■ornian.  S..  SPIRITS  OF  THE  MAKASSAE, 
Nov..  p.  12 

1  orrester.  J.W..  LIMITS  TO  GROWTH 
REVISITED.  June,  p.  22 

Frantz,  S.C.  RATS  IN  THE  GRANARY, 
Feb..  p.  10 

Freed.  S.A.,  REVIEW,  Mar.,  p.  71 

Friedl.  J..  SWISS  FAMILY  TOGETHER- 
NESS. Feb..  p.  44 


Galston.  A.W..  HOW  SAFE  SHOULD 

SaFEBE?.  Apr.,  p.  32 
Gerber.  T-.  THE  PERCEPTIVE  EYE.  June. 

p.42 
Giordano.  S.A..  THE  SEARCH  FOR  THE 

CVLLODEN.  Dec,  p.  70 
Gold,  M.F.  and  J.R.,  GOLDEN  TROUT  IN 

TROUBLE,  Dec,  p.  74 
Goldman.  B..  POLITICKING  IN  ANCIENT 

PERSIA,  Apr.,  p.  36 
Gould.  S.  J..  DARWIN  AND  THE  CAPTAIN, 

Jan.,  p.  32;  Human  Babies  as 
Embryos,  Feb.,  p.  22;  Criminal 
Man  Revived,  Mar.,  p.  16; 
Ladders.  Bushes,  and  Human 
Evolution.  Apr.,  p.  24;  Biological 
Potential  vs.  Biological  De- 
terminism. May.  p.  12;The  Five 
Kingdoms,  June.  p.  30;The  Inter- 
pretation OF  Diagrams.  Aug.. 
p.  18;  DARWIN'S  Untimely  Burial, 
Oct..  p.  24;  So  Cleverly  Kind  an 
Animal,  Nov.,  p.  32;  The  Advan- 
tages OF  Eating  Mom,  Dec,  p.  24 

Gribbin,  J..  CLIMATIC  CHANGES  ON 

Mars.  Feb..  p.  78 
Gwaltney,  J.L.,  A  NATIVE  REPLIES, 

Dec,  p.  8 

H 

Hallet,  S.I.,  Wandering  Art,  Feb..  p.  66 
HalloweU..C.L..THE  FENCING  OF 
AMERICA.  Jan..  p.  76;  Journey  of 
A  Seventeenth-Century  Cannon. 

Apr.,  p.  76 
Hardin.  G.,  RSHING  THE  COMMONS, 

Aug.,  p.  9 
Harding,  R.S.O.,  PREDATORY  BABOONS 

OF  KEKOPEY.  Mar.,  p.  46 
Hayes,  D..  THE  FRUITFUL  WASTELAND. 

Nov..  p.  96 
Hewitt.  K.,  Earthquake  Hazards  in 

THE  Mountains.  May.  p.  30 
Howell.  D.J..  Plant-loving  Bats. 

BAT-LOVING  Plants,  Feb..  p.  52 

I 

Isack.  H.A..  An  AFRICAN  ETHIC  OF 
Conservation  ,  Nov.,  p.  90 


Johnsgard,  P.A.,  FlIGHTOFTHESEA 

Ducks,  Aug.,  p.  68 


Kennedy,  K.A.R.,  THE  APE  IN  STATE- 
ROOM 10.  Nov..  p.  48 

Kilbourne.E.D..  AS135  MILLION 
Gamble.  June,  p.  39 

Klaw.  S..  Review,  June,  p.  99 

Klein,  R.M..  A  NATION  OF  MOON- 
SHINERS. Jan..  p.  23;  THE  "Fever 

Bark"  Tree,  Apr.,  p.  10;  Maypoles 
AND  Earth  Mothers,  May,  p.  4 

Kluger,  M.J..  THE  IMPORTANCE  OF 

Being  Feverish.  Jan..  p.  70 

Knopf.  F.L..  APELICAN  SYNCHRONY. 

Dec. p.  48 
Kooyman.  G.L..  DEEP  DIVERS  OF  THE 

Antarctic.  Mar.,  p.  36 
Kukla,  G.J.,  Around  the  Ice  Age 

World,  Apr.,  p.  56 


Levitsky,  D.A.,  ILL-NOURISHED 

BRAINS.Oct..  p.  6 
Lindsay.  S..  ed..  THE  TURBULENT  SUN. 

Nov.,  p.  54 
Lovelock.  J.E..  Is  MaRS  A  SPACESHIP. 

Too?  June,  p.  86 

M 

Manson.  V-D.,  APOCKETFUL  OF  CRYS- 
TALS, May,  p.  38 
Maran,  S.P-,  MISSING  MATTER.  Jan., 

p.  80;  Exploding  Stars.  May.  p.  62; 

Stars  by  the  Cluster.  Oct..  p.  122; 

The  Splitting  of  Comet  West. 

Deep.  88 
Margulis.  L..  Is  MARS  A  SPACESHIP. 

Too?  June,  p.  86 
Mead.  M.,  RETURN  TO  MaNUS,  June,  p.  60 
Mitchell,  R-,  SLOW  DEATH  OF  Coral 

Reefs,  Oct..  p.  106 

MoeUer.  H.W.,  THE  SEARCH  FOR  THE 

CULLODEN,  Dec,  p.  70 
Mohlenbrock,  R.H.,  AN  EDIBLE  WEED, 

Apr.,  p.  96 
Morris.  C.  MASTER  DESIGN  OF  THE 

INCA,  Dec.  p.  58 
Motz,  L..  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE 

Earth-Moon  System.  Apr.,  p.  80 

N 
Nicholson,  T.D..  CELESTIAL  EVENTS, 

Jan.,  p.  92;  Feb.,  p.  88;  Mar.,  p.  34;  Apr.. 

p.  86;  May.  p.  60;  June,  p.  92;  Aug.,  p. 

92;  Oct.,  p.  132;  Nov.,  p.  88;  Dec,  p.  68 
Nietschmann.  B.,  DRIFT  COCONUTS, 

Nov.,  p.  20 

o 

Osborne,  D..  SLOW  EXODUS  FROM 

Mesa  Verde.  Jan..  p.  38 
Oster.  G..  REVIEW.  Dec.  p.  93 


Palmisano,  J.F..  SEA  OTTERS:  PILLARS 

OF  THE  NEARSHORE  COMMUNITY, 

Aug.,  p.  46 
Pelton,  M.R.,  BLACK  BEARS  OF  THE 

SMOKIES,  Jan.,  p.  54 
Perkins.  D..  Jr.,  ICE  AGE  ANIMALS  OF 

THE  Lascaux  Cave,  Apr.,  p.  62 


Radinsky.  L..  CEREBRAL  CLUES.  May. 

p.  54 
Rasool.  S.I..  The  Venusian  Surface. 

June,  p.  94 
Reid,  w..  Prologue  to  Art  of  the 

Northwest  Coast  Indian.  Mar.. 

p.  54 
Roberts,  E.F.,  REVIEW,  Oct.,  p.  1 28 
Robison,  B.H..  DEEP-SEA  FlSHES.  Aug.. 

p.  38 
Ross.  D.A.,  The  Red  Sea:  An  Ocean  in 

THE  Making,  Aug.,  p.  74 


Sale,  P.F..  Reef  FIsh  Lottery,  Feb., 
p.  60 

Sax.  J.L..  ENVIRONMENTAL  ACTION:  A 

Passing  Fad?  June.  p.  10;  Amer- 


ica's National  Parks;  Their 
Principles,  Purposes,  and 
Prospects.  Oct..  p.  57 

Schlauch.  F.C..  CITY  SNAKES,  SUBUR- 
BAN Salamanders,  May.  p.  46 

Scholz.  C.H..  Rifting  in  the 
Okavango  Delta.  Feb..  p.  34 

Shanklin.  E..  DONEGAL'S  LOWLY  SHEEP 
AND  Exalted  Cows,  Mar.,  p.  26 

Shaw.  E.,  The  Egg  as  Classroom. 

Feb..  p.  72 
Simon,  C.A..  LIZARD  COEXISTENCE  IN 

Four  Dimensions,  Apr.,  p.  70 
Sokolov,  R.,  The  Drin  king  Man's 
Pear.  Jan.,  p.  86 ;  A  STEAK  IN  THE 
Future?  Feb..  p.  83;  Peace  and 
the  Ultimate  Snack.  Mar.,  p.  78; 
An  Early  Riser.  May.  p.  68;  Best 
OF  the  Brambles.  June.  p.  106; 
THE  Net  Result,  Aug.,  p.  94 ;  The 
Pumpkin  Papers,  Oct.,  p.  114; 
KwAKiUTL  Cuisine.  Nov.,  p.  loi; 
An  Even,  Gentle  Heat,  Dec.  p.  33 
Spencer.  P.W..  RosES  ARE  RED.  WHITE, 
Yellow.  Pink.  June,  p.  78 

Strum,  S.C,  PREDATORY  BABOONS  OF 

KEKOPEY,Mar.,p.  46 
sturiock,  P.A..  Solar  Flares.  Nov.. 

p.  71 
Sweeney.  B.M.,  RED  TIDES,  Aug.,  p.  78 


Tinkelman,  M..  REVIEW.  Feb..  p.  90 
Tinsley.  B.M..  LIFE  AND  DEATH  IN  THE 
Milky  Way.  Mar.,  p.  74 


Ubich,  R.K.,  Waves  on  the  Sun.  Nov.. 
p.  73 


Vogelmann,  H.W..  Rain-MAKING 

Forests.  Mar.,  p.  22 


W 

Waian,  L.,  A  RESURGENCE  OF  KITES, 

Nov.,  p.  40 
Walker,  A.,  REVIEW,  May,  p.  76 
Wellington,  W.  G.,  LIFE  AT  THE  CLOUD 

Line,  Oct.,  p.  lOO 

Wliittaker,  J.C.  THE  APE  IN  STATEROOM 
10.  Nov..  p.  48 

Wolfheim.  J.H..  THE  PERILS  OF  PRI- 
MATES, Oct..  p.  90 

Woodwell,  G.M..  MANAGING  THE 
EARTH'S  SURFACE.  Dec.  p.  16 

Wooster.  W.S..  BOUNDING  THE  MAIN. 
Aug..  p.  84 

Wright.  W.R.,  CURRENTS  OF  THE  SEA. 
Aug..  p.  30 


Zihlman.  A..  HUMAN  LOCOMOTION. 

Jan.,  p.  64 
Zimmerman,  D.R..  THE  BALD  EAGLE 

BICENTENNIAL  BLUES.  Jan..  p.  8 


SUBJECT  MATTER 


Afghanistan,  Feb.,  p.  66 
AFRICA 

and  Baboons,  Mar.,  p.  46 
Kenya,  Nov.,  p.  90 
and  Malaria,  Oct.,  p.  36 
Okavango  Delta,  Feb.,  p.  34 
Alcohol,  Jan.,  p.  23,  p.  86 
Aleutian  Islands,  Aug.,  p.  46 
AMERICAN  INDIANS 
Inca,  Dec,  p.  58 
Miskito,  Nov.,p.  20 
Northwest  Coast,  Mar.,  p-  54 
Pueblo,  Jan.,  p.  38 
Ampliibians,  May,  p.  46 
Anatomy.  Jan.,  p.  64;  May,  p.  54 
Ancient  ceremonies.  May,  p.  4 
Ancient  Persia,  Apr.,  p.  36 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

Afghanistan  art,  Feb.,  p.  66 
Ancient  Persia,  Apr.,  p.  36 
Black  people,  Dec.  p.  8 
Inca,  Dec,  p.  58 
Lascaux  cave,  Apr.,  p.  62 
Makassae,  Nov.,  p.  12 
Miskito  Indian,  Nov.,  p.  20 
New  Guinea,  June,  p.  60 
Northwest  Coast  Indians.  Mai.,  p.  54 
Physical,  Jan.,  p.  64;  May,  p.  54 
Pueblo  Indians,  Jan.,  p.  38 
Swiss  family,  Feb.,  p.  44 
West  Indies  smugglers,  Dec,,  p.  38 
Antarctica,  Mar.,  p.  36 
Apes,  Nov.,  p.  48 
ARCHEOLOGY 

Ancient  Persian,  Apr.,  p.  36 
Marine,  Dec,  p.  70 
ART 

Afglianistan,  Feb.,  p.  66 
History  of,  Apr.,  p.  62 
Northwest  Coast  Indians,  Mar.,  p.  54 
Wax  casting,  Jan.,  p.  46 
Artifacts,  Apr.,  p.  76 
Asparagus,  May,  p.  68 
ASTRONOMY 

Celestial  events,  Jan.,  p.  92;  Feb.,  p.  88; 

Mar.,  p.  34;  Apr.,  p.  86;  May,  p.  60; 

June,  p.  92;  Aug..  p.  92;  Oct.,  p.  132; 

Nov.,  p.  88;  Dec.  p.  68 

Comet  West,  Deep.  88 

Corona,  Nov.,  p.  68 

Earth-Moon  system,  Apr.,  p.  80 

Galactic  gas,  Jan.,  p.  80 

Holes,  black,  Oct.,  p.  122 

Landing  on  Mais  and  Venus,  June,  p.  86, 

p.  94 
Mars,  Feb.,  p.  78; Mar.,  p.  34;  June,  p.  86 
Milky  Way,  Mar.,  p.  74 
Novae,  May,  p.  62 
Planets,  Feb.,  p.  78;  Mar.,  p.  34 ;  June, 

p.  86,p.  94;Aug.,  p.  54 
Sky  Reporter,  Jan.,  p.  80;  Feb.,  p.  78; 
Mar.,  p.  74;  Apr.,  p.  80;  May,  p.  62; 
June,  p.  94 ;  Aug.,  p.  54;  Oct.,  p.  1 22; 
Dec,  p.  88 
Star  clusters,  Oct.,  p.  122 
Stars,  Mar.,  p.  74 ;  Oct.,  p.  1 22 
Stars,  exploding.  May,  p.  62 
Sun:  A  Special  Supplement,  Nov.,  p. 
54-73;  coronal  holes,  p.  68;  flares, 
p.  76;  missing  particles,  p.  76; 
sunspots,  p.  62;  waves,  p.  73 
Venus,  June,  p.  94 


I 


Baboons,  Mar.,  p.  46 
Bald  eagle,  Jan.,  p.  8 
Bashbish  Falls,  Massachusetts  State 

Forest,  Jan.,  p.  76 
Bats,  Feb.,  p.  52 
Beefsteak,  Feb.,  p.  83 
Bermuda,  birds,  Oct.,  p.  48 
BIOLOGY 

Embryos,  Feb.,  p-  22 

and  Human  behavior.  May,  p.  1  2 

Smglc-celled  organisms,  June,  p.  30 
BIOS 

Herbicides  and  environment,  Apr.,  p.  32 
BIRDS 

Bald  eagle,  Jan.,  p.  8 

Behavior,  learning,  Feb.,  p.  72 

of  Bermuda,  Oct.,  p.  48 

Ducks,  Feb.,  p.  72;  Aug.,  p.  68 

Hummingbirds,  May,  p.  24 

Kites,  Nov.,  p.  40 

Pelicans,  Dec,  p.  48 

Penguins,  Mar.,  p.  36 

Terns,  Apr.,  p.  46 
Biack  bears,  Jan..  p.  54 
Blackholes,  Oct.,  p.  122 
Black  people.  Dec,  p.  8 
Body  temperature,  Jan.,  p.  70 
BOTANY 

Asparag:us,  May,  p-  68 

Cinchona  tree,  Apr.,  p.  10 

Dandelions,  Apr.,  p.  96 

Grain  alcohol,  Jan.,  p.  23 

Olive,  Mar.,  p.  78 

Peai,  Jan.,  p.  86 

Plantsandbats,  Feb.,p.  52 

Plants,  colors  of,  June,  p.  78 

Pumpkin,  Oct.,  p.  114 

Rain-making  forests.  Mar.,  p.  22 

Raspberries,  June,  p.  106 
Cambrian  explosion,  Aug.,  p.  18 
Caribbean,  Nicaragua,  Nov.,  p.  20 
Celestial  Events  see  Astronomy 
Chemical  compounds,  synthetic,  Apr.,  p.  32 
Ousters,  globular,  Oct.,  p.  1 22 
Colors  of  flowers,  fruits,  plants,  June,  p.  78 
Comet  West,  Dec,  p.  88 
Cows,  Feb.,  p.  83;  Mar.,  p.  26 
Coral  reefs,  Feb.,  p.  60;  Oct.,  p.  106 
Criminality,  theories  of.  Mar.,  p.  16 
Crustaceans,  Aug.,  p.  38,  p.  60 
Crystals,  May,  p.  38 
Culloden,  British  ship,  Dec,  p.  70 
Culture  change,  Swiss,  Feb.,  p.  44 
Currents,  ocean,  Aug.,  p.  30 
Dandelions,  Apr.,  p.  96 
Darwin,  Jan.,  p.  32;  Oct.,  p.  24 
DDT,  pesticide,  Jan.,  p.  8;  Apr.,  p.  32; 

Dec,  p.  48 
Deep-sea  fishes,  Aug..  p.  38 
Diagrams,  Aug.,  p.  18 
DISEASE 

Fever,  Jan.,  p.  70 

Malaria,  Apr.,  p.  10;  Oct.,  p.  36 

Swine  flu,  June,  p.  39 
Ducks,  sea,  Aug.,  p.  68 
Earth-Moon  system,  Apr.,  p.  80 
Earth,  surface  of,  Dec,  p.  16 
Earthquakes,  Feb.,  p.  34 ;  May,  p.  30 
ECOLOGY 

Cambrian  explosion,  Aug.,  p.  1 8 

City,  May,  p.  46 

Coral  reefs,  Feb..  p.  60;  Oct.,  p.  106 

Deep-sea  fishes,  Aug.,  p.  38 

of  Disease,  Oct.,  p.  36 

and  Kites,  Nov.,  p.  40 

Microbiology,  Mar.,  p.  8 

Mountain.Oct.,  p.  100 


National  Parks,  Oct.,  p-  57 

Rain-making  forests.  Mar.,  p.  22 

Red  tides,  Aug.,  p.  78 
ECOSYSTEM 

Environment,  Dec,  p-  16 

Primates,  Mar.,  p.  46 

Rain-making  forests.  Mar.,  p.  22 
Egg  and  learning  behavior,  Feb.,  p.  72 
Embryos,  human,  Feb.,  p-  22 
Endangered  species,  Jan.,  p.  8;  Aug.,  p-46; 

Oct.,  p.  90;  Dec,  p.  74 
Energy  from  garbage,  Nov.,  p.  96 
EIWIRONMENT 

Africa,  Kenya,  Nov.,  p.  90 

Coastal,  Aug.,  p.  46 

Coral  reefs,  Oct.,  p.  106 

Deep-sea.  Aug.,  p.  38 

Garbage,  Nov.,  p.  96 

Herbicides,  Apr.,  p.  32 

National  parks,  Oct.,  p.  57 

Pollution,  June,  p.  22 

Protection  of,  June,  p.  10;  Dec,  p.  16 
Environmental  law,  June,  p.  10 
Epidemic,  swine  flu.  June,  p.  39 
EXTINCnON 

BaldEagle,  Jan.,  p.  8 

DDT,  Dec,  p.  48 
EVOLUTION 

Anatomy,  Jan.,  p-  64 

Brain,  May,  p.  54 

Cambrian  explosion,  Aug..  p.  18 

Darwin,  Jan.,  p.  32;  Oct.,  p.  24 

Human.Apr.,  p.  24 

Insect,  Dec,  p.  24 
Family,  Swiss,  Feb.,  p.  44 
Fever,  Jan.,  p.  70 
FISHES 

Deep-sea,  Aug.,  p.  38 

Reef,  Feb.,  p.  60 

Trout,  Dec.  p.  74 
Fishing  regulations,  Aug.,  p.  9 
Flight  behavior,  sea  ducks,  Aug.,  p.  68 
Flowers,  June,  p.  78 
Flu  epidemic,  June,  p.  39 
FOOD 

Asparagus,  May,  p.  68 

Beef,  Feb.,  p.  83 

Cooking  of,  Dec,  p.  33 

Dandelions,  Apr.,  p.  96 

Fish,  Aug.,  p.  94;  Nov.,  p.  101 

Kwakiutl,  Nov.,  p.  101 

Olives,  Mar.,  p.  78 

Pears,  Jan.,  p.  86 

Pumpkins,  Oct.,  p.  114 

Raspberries,  June,  p.  106 

Storage  and  rats,  Feb.,  p.  10 
Forests,  Mar.,  p.  22 
Fossils,  Apr.,  p.  24;  May,  p.  54 
Fruits,  Jan.,  p.  86;  June,  p.  78,  p.  106; 

Oct.,  p.  114 
Galactic  gas,  Jan.,  p.  80 
Gems,  May,  p.  38 
GEOLOGY 

Earthquakes,  Feb.,  p.  34;  May,  p.  30 

Ice  Age,  Apr.,  p.  56 

Marine,  Aug.,  p.  74 

Minerals,  May,  p.  38 
Goats,  wild,  June,  p.  70 
Gorilla,  Nov.,  p.  48 
Great  Barrier  Reef,  Feb.,  p.  60 
Great  Smoky  Mountain  National  Park, 

Jan.,  p.  54 
Hejrt  in  cooking,  Dec,  p.  33 
Herbicides,  Apr.,  p.  32 
HOLES 

Black,  Oct.,  p.  122 
Coronal,  Nov.,  p.  68 


Hummingbirds,  May,  p.  24 
Hunger  and  behavior,  Oct.,  p.  6 
Ice  Age  animals,  Apr.,  p.  62 
Ice  Age  climates,  Apr.,  p.  56 
Illness  see  Disease 
Immunization,  flu,  June,  p.  39 
Inca,  Dec,  p.  58 
India,  Feb.,  p.  10 
Indonesia,  Nov.,  p.  12 
Influenza,  pandemic,  June,  p.  39 
Insects,  Oct,,  p.  36;  Dec,  p.  24 
Iran,  Apr.,  p.  36 
Ireland,  Mar.,  p.  26 
Kenya,  Mar.,  p.  46;  Nov.,  p.  90 
Kite,  white-tailed,  Nov.,  p.  40 
Kwakiutl  food,  Nov.,  p.  101 
LANDING 

on  Mars,  June,  p.  86 

on  Venus,  June,  p.  94 
Laotian  cooking,  Aug.,  p.  94 
Lascaux  cave,  France,  Apr.,  p.  62 
Law  of  the  Sea,  Aug.,  p.  84 
LETTERS  TO  THE  EDITOR,  Feb.,  p.  27; 

Apr..p.  20;Dec,  p.  20 
Limits  to  growth,  June,  p.  22 
Linnaeus,  May,  p-  12 
Liquor  smuggling,  Dec,  p.  38 
Lizards,  Jan.,  p.  70;  Apr.,  p.  70 
Lobsters,  Aug.,  p.  60 
Locomotion,  human,  Jan.,  p.  64 
Makassae  tribe,  Indonesia,  Nov.,  p.  12 
Malaria,  Apr.,  p.  10;  Oct.,  p.  36 
Malnutrition  and  retardation,  Oct.,  p.  6 
MAMMALS 

Bats,  Feb.,  p.  52 

Black  bears,  Jan.,  p.  54 

Cattle,  Mar.,  p.  26 

Goats,  wild,  June.  p.  70 

Ice  Age,  Apr.,  p.  62 

Primates,  Mar.,  p.  46;  Oct.,  p.  90; 
Nov.,  p.  48 

Rats,  Feb.,  p.  10 

Seals,  Mar.  p.  36 

Sea  otters,  Aug.,  p.  46 

Sheep,  Mar.,  p.  26 
Manus,  June,  p.  60 
Marine  archeology,  Dec,  p.  70 
Marine  biology,  Feb.,  p.  60;  Aug.,  p.  38, 

p.  46,  p.  60,  p.  78;  Oct..  p.  106 
I    Marine  birds,  Apr.,  p.  46;  Aug,,  p.  68 

Marine  geology,  Aug.,  p.  74 
I   Mars,  Feb.,  p.  78;  Mar.,  p.  34;  June,  p.  86 
L  MATTER  OF  TASTE 
I  Asparagus,  May,  p.  68 

i         Beef,  Feb.,  p.  83 

Cholent,  Dec,  p.  33 

Fish,  Aug.,  p.  94;  Nov.,  p.  10! 

Olives,  Mar,,  p.  78 

Pears,  Jan.,  p.  86 

Pumpkins,  Oct.,  p.  114 

Raspberries,  June,  p.  106 
Maypoles,  May,  p.  4 
Medicine,  swine  flu,  June,  p.  39;  tropical, 

malaria,  Apr.,  p.  10;  Oct.,  p.  36 
Mesa  Verde,  Colorado,  Jan.,  p.  38 
■  Metal  casting,  lost  wax  method,  Jan.  p.  46 
1  Meteorology,  Feb.,  p.  78;  Apr.,  p.  56;  Oct., 
)        p.  100 
Milky  Way,  Mar.,  p.  74 
Minerals,  May,  p.  38 
Miskito  Indians,  Nov.,  p.  20 
Moonshiners,  Jan.,  p.  23 
j  MOUNTAINS 

andCIouds,  Oct.,  p.  100 
'         Rain-making  forests,  Mar.,  p.  22 
1  NATIONAL  PARKS 

Grand  Canyon,  Oct.,  p.  57 


Great  Smoky  Mountain,  Jan.,  p.  54; 

Oct-,  p.  57 
Guadalupe  Mountains,  Oct.,  p.  57 
Yellowstone,  Oct.,  p.  57 
Yosemite.  Oct.,p.  57 
National  selection.  May,  p.  12;  Oct.,  p.  2^ 
NATURALIST  AT  LARGE 
Earth's  surface,  Dec,  p.  16 
Ecology,  Mar.,  p.  8 
Egg,  bird  behavior,  Feb,,  p-  72 
Fishing,  Aug.,  p.  9 
Maypoles,  May,  p.  4 
Miskito  Indians,  Nov.,  p.  20 
Moonshiners,  Jan.,  p.  23 
Pollution,  June,  p.  22 
Quinine,  Apr.,  p.  10 
Nepal,  Jan.,  p.  46 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

Urbaruzation,  May,  p.  46 
World  Trade  Center,  Apr.,  p.  76 
Nicaragua,  Nov.,  p.  20 
Novae,  May,  p.  62 
Occultation  by  Mars,  Mar.,  p.  34 
OCEAN 

Currents,  Aug.,  p.  30 
Deep-sea  fishes,  Aug.,  p.  38 
Fishing  of  Aug.,  p.  74 
Making  of,  Aug.,  p.  74 
Planetary,  Aug.,  p.  54 
Red  tides,  Aug.,  p.  78 
Resources,  Aug.,  p.  9,  p.  84 
Uses  of,  Aug.,  p.  84 
Olives,  Mar.,  p.  78 
Oven  cookirig,  Dec,  p.  33 
Papua  New  Guinea,  June,  p.  60 
Parks  see  National  Parks,  State  Parks 
Pasteur,  Louis,  Mar.,  p.  8 
Pakistan,  May,  p.  30 
Paleontology,  Africa,  Apr.,  p.  24 
Pears,  Jan.,  p.  86 
Pelicans,  Dec,  p.  48 
Penguins.  Mar.,  p.  36 
Persepolis,  Apr.,  p.  36 
Photographic  competition,  June,  p.  42 
Physical  limits  of  growth,  June,  p.  22 
PLANETS 

Mars,  Feb.,  p.  78;  Mar.,  p.  34;  June, 

p.  86 
Oceans  on,  Aug.,  p.  54. 
Venus,  June,  p.  94 
PLANTS 

and  Bats,  Feb.,  p.  52 
Colors  of,  June,  p.  78 
POLLUTION 

Coral  reefs,  Oct.,  p.  106 
Environment  and  technology,  June, 
Primates.  Mar.,  p.  46 ;  Oct.,  p.  90;  Nov., 

p.  48 
Pueblo  Indians,  Jan.,  p.  38 
Pumpkins,  Oct.,  p.  114 
Quinine,  Apr.,  p.  10 
Rain-making  forests.  Mar.,  p.  22 
Rats,  Feb.,  p.  10 
Recycling,  Nov.,  p.  96 
Red  Sea,  Aug.,  p.  74 
Red  Tides,  Aug.,  p.  78 
REPTILES 

Lizards,  Apr.,  p.  70 
Snakes,  May,  p.  46 
Turtles,  May,  p.  46 
Retardation  in  children,  Oct.,  p.  6 
Rituals,  May,  p.  4 ;  Nov.,  p.  1 2 
Rodents  and  food,  Feb..  p.  10 
Salamanders,  May,  p.  46 
Sea  ducks,  Aug.,  p.  68 
Seals,  Mar.,  p.  36 
Sea  otters,  Aug.,  p.  46 


Seismological  prediction,  Feb.,  p.  34; 

May,  p.  30 
Sheep,  Mar.,  p.  26 
Sliip,  QiUoden,  Dec,  p.  70 
Sigmoidal  growth, laws  of,  Aug.,  p.  18 
Single-ceUed  organisms,  June,  p.  30; 

Aug.,  p.  78 
Sky  Reporter  see  Astronomy 
Snakes,  May,  p.  46 
Social  limits,  of  growth,  June,  p.  22 
Spices,  Aug.,  p.  94 
Star  clusters,  Oct.,  p.  1 22 
Stars,  Mar.,  p.  74;  Oct.,  p.  122;  exploding. 

May,  p.  62 
State  Parks,  Bashbish  Falls,  Jan.,  p.  76 
Sun  see  Astronomy 
Swine  influenza,  June.  p.  39 
Symbiosis,  bats  and  plants,  Feb.,  p.  52 

SYSTEMS 

of  Commons,  Aug.,  p.  9 

Earth-Moon,  Apr.,  p.  80 

Strata  diagram,  Aug.,  p.  18 

World  ocean,  Aug.,  p.  30 
Tanzania,  Apr.,  p.  24 
Terns,  Apr.,  p.  46 
Thermoregulation  in  birds.  Mar.,  p.  36; 

May,  p.  24 

THIS  VIEW  OF  LIFE 

Biological  classification,  June,  p.  30 

Crime,  Mar.,  p.  16 

Darwin,  Jan.,  p.  32;  Oct.,  p.  24 

Diagrams,  Aug.,  p.  18 

Embryos,  Feb.,  p.  22 

Evolution,  Apr.,  p.  24 

Human  behavior,  Nov.,  p.  32 

Insects,  Dec,  p.  24 

Linnaeus,  May,  p.  12 
Trees,  cinchona,  Apr.,  p.  10 
Tropical  disease,  malaria,  Apr.,  p.  10; 

Oct.,  p.  36 
Trout,  golden,  Dec,  p.  74 
Urbanization,  May,  p.  46 
Venus,  June,  p.  94 
Vertebrate  paleontology.  May,  p.  54 
Vietnam,  Oct.,  p.  36 
.     Viking  mission,  June,  r.  86 

Weather,  Feb.,  p.  78;  Apr.,  p.  56; 

Oct.,  p.  100       ■ 
WEB  OF  HUNGER 

Malnourishment,  Oct.,  p.  6 

Rats  and  food  storage.  Feb.,  p.  10 
Weeds,  edible,  Apr.,  p.  96 
West  Indies,  Lesser  Antilles,  Dec,  p.  38 
Xrays,  Oct.,  p.  122 

BOOKS  IN   REVIEW 

Deceiving  Eye,  The:  Exhibit  in  Review, 

Deep.  93 
Fantastic  Creatures  of  Edward  Julius 

Detmold.  The.  Feb.,  p.  90 
Hunting  Hypothesis,  Vie,  May,  p.  76 
Patchwork  Mouse,  The:  Politics  and  Intrigut 

in  the  Campaign  to  Conquer  Cancer. 

June,  p. 99 
Politics  of  Extinction.  The,  Jan.,  p.  94 
Poverty  of  Power,  The,  Oct.,  p.  128 
Strangers  Devour  the  Land,  Mar.,  p.  7 1 
Trilobites:  A  Photographic  Atlas.  Aug., 

p.  100 
Wild  Boy  of  A  veyron.  The.  Apr.,  p.  88 
Wolf  Children  and  Feral  Man,  Apr.,  p.  88 
Woodswoman,  Nov,,  p.  106  j 

World  of  My  Own,  A.  Nov.,  p.  106 
Year- Long  Day,  7V/e,"-Nov.,  p.  106 


NATURAL  HISTORY 

^Ir  '  JANUARY  1 976  •  $1 .2J 


^  ^    V 


r 


m 


f^s 


j^*^  , 


^'^'^^■■■■■ySi^^^ 


¥?^  > 


■|fei-: 


^s  ?S  ■^fT'''*^'* 


^•' 


%•-  ^ 


^*  iv** 


ft 


/^' 


•>>.-. 


'^: 


■*"■  ->J 


■***?!! 


g| 


l&w//  fowl/  your  first  for  what  you  think  it  is. 
And  your  second  for  what  you  know  it  is. 

/laybe  that's  the  reason  Cadillac  repeat  ownership  is  consistently  the  highest  of  any  U.S.  luxury  car  make. 

Cadillac  W 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


Incorporating  Nature  Magazine 
Vol.  LXXXV.  No.  I 
Januarv  1976 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  G.  Goetet,  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Director 


Alan  Ternes.  Editor 

Thomas  Page.  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay,  Fredericii  Harlmann. 

Christopher  Hallowell.  Toni  Gerber 

Carol  Breslin,  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein.  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckliorn.  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato.  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson,  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana,  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon,  Dorothy  E.  Bliss, 

Mark  Chartrand,  Niles  Eldredge, 

Vincent  Manson,  Margaret  Mead, 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Gerard  Piel, 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryus.  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn,  Production  Manager 
Gordon  Finley,  Marketing  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf,  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Joan  Mahoney 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History.  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street.  New  York.  N.Y.   10024. 
Published  monthly,  October  through  May: 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York.  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1975  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History. 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.   Y.   10017 

:  (212)  686-1234 


Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

.Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


2     Authors 

8     The  Bald  Eagle  Bicentennial  Blues     David  R   Zimmerman 
America's  national  bird  has  little  cause  for  celebration. 

23     A  Naturalist  at  Large     Richard  M.  Klein 
A  Nation  of  Moonshiners 

32     This  View  of  Life     Stephen  Jay  Gould 
Darwin  and  the  Captain 

38     Slow  Exodus  from  Mesa  Verde     Douglas  Osborne 

Why,  after  centuries  of  occupation,  did  the  Indians  abandon  their  pueblos? 

46     The  Image  Makers  of  Nepal     Alexander  Duncan 
Each  mold  produces  only  a  single  fine  metal  casting. 

54     Black  Bears  of  the  Smokies     Michael  R.  Pelton  and  Gordon  M.  Burghardt 

The  cubs,  due  to  be  born  in  the  next  few  weeks,  are  about  the  size  of  a  rat. 

64     Human  Locomotion     Adrienne  Zihlman  and  Douglas  Cramer 
To  understand  human  evolution,  follow  the  action  of  the  pelvis. 

70     The  Importance  of  Being  Feverish     Matthew  J.  Kluger 

We've  been  studying  fever  for  at  least  2,400  years,  and  still  don't  know  its 
actual  function. 

76     At  Random     Christopher  L.  Hallowell 
The  Fencing  of  America 

80     Sky  Reporter     Stephen  P.  Maran 
Missing  Matter 

86     A  Matter  of  Taste     Raymond  Sokolov 
The  Drinking  Man's  Pear 

92     Celestial  Events     Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

94     Book  Review     Michael  J.  Bean 
The  War  Against  Wildlife 

98     Additional  Reading 

101     Announcements 

Cover:   The  bald  eagle  has  become  a  ruffled  national  symbol  as  the  effects  of  pesticide 
poisoning,  indiscriminate  shooting,  and  habitat  destruction  have  severely 
depleted  its  range  and  numbers.  Photograph  by  Tom  McHugh,  Photo  Researchers, 
Inc.  Story  on  page  8. 


Authors 


With  the  approach  of  the  Bicen- 
tennial, Natural  History  decided  to 
publish  an  uncommon  portrait  of  an 
American  symbol:  the  bald  eagle. 
David  R.  Zimmerman,  a  free-lance 
writer  who  has  often  reported  on  birds 
of  uncertain  future,  was  sent  to  the 
government's  Patuxent  Wildlife  Re- 
search Center  where  autopsies  are 
performed  on  bald  eagles.  His  find- 
ings paint  a  grim  prognosis  for  the 
national  bird.  Zimmerman,  whose 
book.  To  Save  a  Bird  in  Peril,  was 
published  last  year,  authored  "Vul- 
ture Restaurant"  for  the  June-July 
1975  issue  of  Natural  History. 


Alexander  Duncan  first  encoun- 
tered Nepalese  metal  casters  in  1970, 
on  what  was  supposed  to  be  a  brief 
trip  to  India  and  Nepal ,  which  has  not 
yet  ended.  For  a  while  he  worked  at 
Tribhuvan  University  in  Kathmandu, 
but  at  the  moment  he  is  doing  inde- 
pendent research  in  the  field  of  Nepa- 
lese bronzes  and  casting  with  atten- 
tion also  to  Tibetan  art  in  general. 
Duncan  plans  to  write  a  book  on  the 
subject  of  Nepalese  bronzes,  both  tra- 
ditional and  modern.  Free-lance  pho- 
tographer James  Kittle's  interest  in 
image  casting  was  fostered  by  his 
friend  Alexander  Duncan. 


For  six  years  Douglas  Osborne 

directed  archeological  excavations  in 
Colorado's  Mesa  Verde  National 
Park.  A  principal  objective  of  the 
project  was  to  determine  why  the 
Pueblo  Indians  abandoned  the  area 
some  700  years  ago,  a  mystery  that 
first  intrigued  Osborne  during  his  stu- 
dent days  at  the  University  of  New 
Mexico.  Now  teaching  anthropology 
at  California  State  University,  Os- 
borne— who  has  participated  in  at 
least  a  dozen  digs  in  the  western 
United  States  and  Canada — is  at 
present  investigating  archeological 
sites  on  the  South  Pacific  island  of 
Palau,  an  area  in  which  he  has  long 
been  interested. 


Concerned  about  the  future  welfare 
of  the  black  bear  in  the  southern  Ap- 
palachian Mountains,  Michael  R. 
Pelton  began  to  explore  the  natural 
history  and  ecology  of  this  animal. 
One  by-product  of  his  inquiry  was  the 
development  of  accurate  census-tak- 
ing methods  for  the  species.  Supervi- 
sor of  a  graduate  research  program  at 
the  University  of  Tennessee,  where 
he  is  an  associate  professor  of  for- 
estry, Pelton  was  able  to  enlist  the 
services  of  several  students  in  the 
black  bear  study.  Now  engaged  in 
field  work  on  the  exotic  European 
wild  hog  and  the  raccoon,  Pelton 
plans  to  increase  the  scope  of  his  ex- 
amination to  include  the  gray  fox, 
skunk,    and    bobcat.    Coauthor    of 


"Black  Bears  of  the  Smokies,"  Gor- 
don M.  Burghardt  focused  on  the 
problems  created  by  human-black 
bear  interactions  in  the  Great  Smoky 
Mountains  National  Park.  An  assist- 
ant professor  of  psychology  at  the 
University  of  Tennessee,  Burghardt 
IS  studying  the  behavior  of  newborn 
snakes  and  newly  hatched  green 
Iguanas  in  Panama  and  is  also  plan- 
nmg  to  write  a  book  on  ethology.  Fi- 
nancial support  for  the  project  on  the 
black  bear  was  provided  by  Mclntire- 
Stennis  funds  obtained  through  the 
Department  of  Forestry,  a  National 
Institutes  of  Health  grant,  and  the 
Great  Smoky  Mountains  Natural  His- 
tory Association. 


As  your  introduction  to  membership  in  the  BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB* 

The  most  comprehensive  encyclopedia 
of  philosophy  ever  published... 

FOR  ONLY 


$1750 


THt  SU(,CESTEDTKIAL 
You  (Imply  aKfcc  10  buy 

tour  Club  choicci  wilhln  a 
year  at  Gubctantlal  tavlngf 

on  moB(  bookt  you  choofc. 


PUBLISHER'S  LIST  PRICE: $99.50 

The  complete  contents  of  the  original 
eight-volume  $2 1 9.50  edition  now  in  a 
handsome  four-volume  reader's  edition 

ONE  OF  THE  GREATEST  repositories  of  philo- 
sophical information  available  anywhere, 
The  Encyclopedia  of  Philosophy  is  the  only  major 
philosophical  reference  work  published  in  English 
since  1901. 

In  this  unique  5,000,000-word  work  can  be 
found  clear,  authoritative  answers  to  almost  any 
question  concerning  philosophy  —  ancient,  medi- 
eval and  modern.  Eastern  as  well  as  Western.  And 
because  the  work  represents  the  collaboration  of 
more  than  500  philosophers  and  philosophical 
scholars  from  twenty-four  countries,  every  shade 
of  opinion  is  represented.  No  thinker  or  move- 
ment is  dismissed  as  too  radical,  no  issue  is  scanted 
as  too  controversial.  There  are  articles,  for  exam- 
ple, that  discuss  such  contemporary  matters  as  the 
ethics  of  suicide  and  euthanasia  and  the  benefits 
and  dangers  of  computing  machines. 

Clearly,  The  Encyclopedia  of  Philosophy  be- 
longs in  every  personal  library,  particularly  in 
homes  where  there  are  high  school  or  college  stu- 
dents. Up  to  now  its  high  price  has  kept  it  out  of 
the  reach  of  most  families.  But,  as  a  new  member 
of  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club,  you  may  own  it 
for  less  than  a  tenth  of  the  cost  of  the  original 
eight-volume  edition.  Because  only  a  limited  num- 
ber of  sets  have  been  set  aside  for  this  offer,  you 
are  advised  to  act  quickly. 

SPECIAL  FEATURES  AND  EDITORIAL  FACTS 


•  4200  pages 

•  5,000,000  words 

•  Nearly  1500  articles, 
including  900  on 
individual  philosophers 

•  158-page  index 


•  Paul  Edwards,  editor 
in  chief 

•  Editorial  Board  of  153 
international  scholars 

•  Contributors:  500 
specialists  from 
twenty-four  countries 


A  SMALL  SAMPLING  OF  THE  IDEAS 
AND  PHILOSOPHERS  IN  THESE  VOLUMES 

Pain  Atheism         Semantics        The  Absolute 

Nothing       Free  Will        Humanism       Good  and  Evil 

Truth        Nonsense        Linguistics        Existentialism 


LOCKE  WITTGENSTEIN 

CONFUCIUS         SANTAYANA 
ERASMUS  SPINOZA 

SARTRE       THOMAS  AQUINAS 
RUSSELL  PIAGET 


CAMUS  NEWTON 

KANT  DESCARTES 

NIETZSCHE  HEGEL 

ARISTOTLE        EINSTEIN 

PLATO        KIERKEGAARD 


BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB,  INC.,  Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania,  17012  6-A398-1 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club  and  send 
me  the  four-volume  reader's  edition  of  The  Encyclopedia  of  Philosophy, 
billing  me  $17.50.  1  agree  to  buy  at  least  four  Selections  or  Alternates 
during  the  first  year  I  am  a  member,  paying  in  most  cases  special  mem- 
bers' prices.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any  time  after  I  buy  these 
four  books.  A  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments.  ^ 


MISS  \  (Please  print  plainly) 

Address '*"' 

City  <St 

State Zip 

FACTS  ABOUT  MEMBERSHIP 

•  You  will  receive  the  Book-oMhe-Monih  Club  News,  a  decide  whelhec  you  warn  il.  Ih.t  Selection  may  be  re- 
literary  magazine  published  by  the  Club  fifteen  times  a  turned  at  Club  expense.  ,  i  m  mbershn  vou  will 
S'S^a^rSr^  """""'  lpp^oxZa."e?y^^°c7y^  iJn  ^  SE^^H^^^S  ^f^JSt^c^a^^y^u  ^"0 
1  If  voS  wish  10  purchase  the  Selection  do  nothing  and  i.  acquire  for  your  library  a  wide  variety  of  books  called 
will  be  shipped  to^ou  automatically.       '  Book-Dividends.  at  as'onish.ng  savijigs  "  f '  'f'^/^^^ha^n 

■  If  you  do  not  want  the  Seleciion  -  or  you  would  like  one  pubUshers   lisl  prices.  Under  ihis  ud'1"^    ioTho^«    from 

decision  on  ihe  reply  form  always  enclosed  with  the  Nem  every  year.                                 ..     i,     ,     /  -i,    »j„„,k  /-i,,k 

and  mail  il  so  we  receive  i(  by  the  dale  specified.  •  All  books  distributed  by  the  Book-of-lhc-Month  Club 

■  If,  because  of  lale  mail  delivery  of  the  News,  you  should  are  identical  10  the  publishers'  editions  in  conicnt,  formal. 
receive  a  Selection  without  having  had  at  least  10  days  to  size  and  quality. 


Announcing  .  .  , 
The  1976 
Natural  History 
Photography  Competition 


For  those  who  received  new  cameras  for 
Christmas,  for  those  who  are  restless  to 
get  outdoors  with  their  old  ones,  and  for 
all  whose  files  are  brimming  over  with 
beautiful  pictures.  Natural  History  joy- 
fully announces  another  chance  to  try 
your  luck:  the  photo  contest  is  on  again. 
This  year  we  have  included  black- 
and-white  photography,  kept  the  theme 
broad,  and  opened  separate  categories 
for  those  with  specialized  techniques. 
We  have  altered  the  rules  a  bit,  juggled 
the  judges,  and  changed  the  prizes.  So 
read  on. 

The  Categories:  1 .  The  Natural  World, 
including  Man.  2.  Macro-  and  Micro- 
photographs,  including  scanning  elec- 
tron micrographs.  3.  A  Chronological 
Sequence,  which  may  be  up  to  five  pho- 
tographs, of  an  "Event  in  Nature." 

The  Rules:  The  competition  is  open  to 
everyone  except  employees  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
and  their  kin  and  all  previous  winners. 
2.  Competitors  may  submit  up  to  three 
previously  unpublished  entries  in  each 
category.  3.  Entries  may  be  trans- 
parencies or  prints  up  to  8"  by  10".  Each 
entry  must  contain  the  name  and  address 
of  the  photographer  and  the  category.  4. 
For  each  entry,  please  tell  us  the  camera 
model  used.  5.  Include  a  self -addressed, 
stamped  envelope  since  we  want  to  re- 
turn your  pictures  to  you. 

The  Closing  Date:  All  entries  should  be 
postmarked  no  later  than  April  1,  1976. 

The  Rewards:  Grand  Prize  is  $500. 
First  prize  for  each  category  is  $250.  Ten 
Honorable  Mentions  will  receive  $100 
each. 

More  Rewards:  All  winning  entries  will 
be  published  in  a  special,  picture-filled 
issue  of  Natural  History. 

Some  Hitches:  The  decision  of  the 
judges  will  be  final.  Natural  History 
acquires  the  right  to  publish  and  exhibit 
the  winning  pictures.  And  Natural  His- 
tory assumes  no  responsibility  for  trans- 
parencies or  prints. 

Pack  your  beautiful  entries  carefully  and 

mail  them  to: 

Photography  Competition  1976 

Natural  History  Magazine 

7  West  77th  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10024 


The  bones  being  held  by  anthro- 
pologist Adrienne  Zihiman  are  half 
a  human  pelvis  (in  her  left  hand)  and 
half  a  chimpanzee  pelvis  (in  her  right 
hand).  During  ten  years  of  work  on 
pelvises,  Zihiman  has  dissected 
dozens  of  primate  hip  joints  and  stud- 
ied countless  pelvic  and  limb  bones 
in  South  and  East  Africa.  Interested 
in  the  development  of  human  loco- 
motion and  its  correlation  with  social 


behavior,  she  is  currently  completing 
a  book  on  the  evolution  of  human  so- 
ciety. Since  finishing  her  graduate 
studies  in  1967,  Zihiman  has  taught 
anthropology  at  the  Santa  Cruz 
campus  of  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia. Coauthor  Douglas  Cramer,  who 
teaches  anthropology  at  Rutgers  Uni- 
versity, has  also  worked  as  a  medical 
and  surgical  illustrator.  He  is  respon- 
sible for  many  of  the  illustrations  in 
the  article. 


Perplexed  by  the  long-standing 
medical  controversy  over  the  role  of 
fever  in  disease,  Matthew  J.  Kluger 
became  involved  in  the  problem  three 
years  ago  when  he  was  appointed  as- 
sistant professor  of  physiology  at  the 
University  of  Michigan  Medical 
School.  In  the  belief  that  animal 
models  would  yield  some  answers 
about  the  adaptive  value,  as  well  as 


the  origin  and  evolution,  of  fever,  he 
has  been  working  with  lizards,  birds, 
and  small  mammals.  (One  incidental 
laboratory  finding  was  that  opossums 
do  not  get  sick.)  Kluger,  who  re- 
ceived his  Ph.D.  from  the  University 
of  Illinois  in  1970,  spent  two  years  at 
the  Yale  University  School  of  Medi- 
cine investigating  temperature  physi- 
ology. 


//  -  until  today  — 
your  experience  with 
art  masterpieces  has  been 
limited,  for  tlie  most  part, 
to  scaled-down  "prints"  and 
reproductions  in  hooks  .  .  . 


f^^0 


Imagine  the 
excitement  of 
viewing  the  world's 
great  paintings  in  the 
FULL  SIZE  and 
GLOWING  COLORS 
of  the  original  canvases- 
on  your  own  wall 
at  home! 


^V^i 


<*^ 


mm 


A   REMARKABLE    DEMONSTRATION   OFFER    FROM 


THE  McGRAW  HILL 


Color  Slide  Program  of  Art  Enjoyment 

_»..  .,^4    r  comparable  value:! 

TAKE  THIS  ALBUM  OF   IMPRESSIONIST  PAINTINGS  FOR  ONLY  ^  J  j^        j^j  ,j,  j^g        J 


HAVE  you  ever 
wondered 
why  people  who 
are  otherwise 
well-informed 
often  fail  to  develop  a  real  understanding 
and  enthusiasm  for  so  many  of  the  world's 
great  paintings?  Perhaps  it  is  because  most 
of  us  only  rarely  have  the  experience  of 
standing  before  the  original  works  of  art. 
Imagine  then,  what  it  would  be  like  to 
view  these  celebrated  masterpieces  in  your 
own  home  —  just  as  they  appear  in  leading 
museums  and  the  collections  of  the  world's 
greatart  patrons!  This  extraordinary  experi- 
ence is  now  open  to  you  through  a  series 
of  remarkable  Albums  offered  to  members 
of  the  McGraw-Hill  Color  Slide  Program 
of  Art  Enjoyment.  There  has  never  been 
anything  like  it. 

A  new  way  to  enjoy  the  world's  great  art 
As  a  member  of  this  Program,  you  will 
gaze  in  astonishment  as  Renoir's  lovely 
"Seated  Bather"  (shown  above)  appears  on 
your  wall  jour  feet  high  -  aglow  with  all 
the  vibrant  reds,  blues  and  greens  of  the  Im- 
pressionist palette;  you  will  thrill  to  Rem- 
brandt's famed  "Aristotle  Contemplating 
the  Bust  of  Homer,"  seen  nearly  five  feet 
in  height  -  and  marvel  as  you  view  Titian's 
allegorical  masterpiece  "Sacred  and  Pro- 
fane Love"  in  its  full  eight-fool  width,  just 
as  it  appears  in  Rome's  Borghese  Gallery. 
These  are  just  a  few  of  the  scores  of  mag- 
nificent works  of  art  you  will  see  projected 
in  the  actual  size  and  full  color  of  the 
original  paintings. 


Accept  this  $1  demonstration  offer 

If  you  mail  the  attached  card,  you  will 
receive  a  unique  Album  containing  24 
color  slides  of  priceless  works  by  Renoir, 
Monet,  Degas  and  other  important  Impres- 
sionist painters.  These  slides  are  produced 
in  Florence  to  exacting  specifications  on 
35mm  Kodak  film  in  individual  2x2 
mounts.  They  set  a  new  standard  of  faith- 
fulness to  the  artists'  originals,  and  can 
be  used  in  any  home  slide  projector.  (If 
you  do  not  own  a  projector,  you  may  ob- 
tain one  at  very  low  cost  with  your  trial 
.Album.  See  special  offer  below.) 

The  color  slides,  however,  are  only  one 
part  of  this  elaborate  Album.  Bound  into 
the  center  is  an  illustrated  48-page  book 
by  Albert  Chatelet,  Director  of  France's 
renowned  Lille  Museum  —  with  a  guide 
to  each  of  the  slide  pictures  and  the 
complete  story  of  the  Impressionist  era. 

If  this  demonstration  pleases  you,  you 
will  be  offered  a  new  slide-and-commentary 
Album  as  issued,  at  two-month  intervals. 
Among  the  Albums  in  this  series  are  Ital- 
ian Renaissance  Painting,  with  masterpieces 
by  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  Michelangelo, 
Raphael,  and  others  -  The  Golden  Age  of 
Spanish  Painting,  with  works  by  El  Greco, 
Velasquez,  and  their  contemporaries  -  and 
Albums  covering  every  major  art  period. 
Until  today,  slide-and-commentary  art 
education  was  available  only  in  museums 
or  universities.  Now,  you  can  benefit  from 
the  same  kind  of  expert  guidance  -  and 
enjoy  the  worid's  great  masterpieces  with 
your  family  and  invited  guests  -  right  in 
your  own  home. 


The  cost  is  surprisingly  low 

The  least  you  might  expect  to  pay  for  24 
color  shdes  of  comparable  quality -if  the 
subjects  were  available  from  museums  and 
private  collections— is  $15  to  $18.  Yet,  as 
a  subscriber  to  this  new  Program,  you  pay 
only  $7.95,  plus  a  few  cents  for  shippmg, 
for  each  complete  /l/ftwm-including  slides 
and  illustrated  guide  book.  You  may  take 
as  few  or  as  many  as  you  like,  and  may 
stop  whenever  you  wish. 

Mail  attached  card  for  10  days  trial 
Send  no  money  now.  We  will  ship  your  intro- 
ductory Color  Slide  Album  of  Impressionist 
Painting  and  enroll  you  as  a  trial  subscriber. 
If  you  are  thrilled  with  the  demonstration, 
send  only  $1,  plus  a  few  cents  for  shipping. 
Thereafter,  you  will  be  offered  a  new  Album 
approximately  every  six  weeks  at  the  sub- 
scribers' low  price  of  only  $7.95.  You  will  also 
be  given  the  opportunity  to  elect  to  receive 
remaining  volumes.  If  not  delighted,  however 
you  may  return  everything  within  10  days,  and 
owe  nothing.  Mail  the  attached  card  today. 


IF  YOU  DO  NOT  HAVE  A  PROJECTOR,  here's  an  unusual  op 
portunity.  We  can  offer  you  the  sensational  Kodak  C 

ousel  bOO   I'rojector  supplied  -  .-- 

3-inch  1/3. 'i  Eklanar  lens.  This  top-rated  projector  show- 
all  regular  2"x2"  35mm  slides. 
It  has  dependable  gravity  feed 


I  hav. 


rtiij  aiiut  .11  «..j  --  Ifist  price 

$74.50— subscribers'  price  only 
$59.95.  plus  tax.  Remittance 
must  accompany  trial  subscrip- 


,  full  refund. 


If  Reply  Card  has  been  removed,  write  Color 
Slide  Program  of  Art  Enjoyment,  Dept.  AY-134, 
P.O.  Box  582,  Hightstown,  N  J.  08520 


-<: 


^^ 


^ 


Sf 


^^^e-^le  Bicenre^^^ 


^/. 


0. 


by  David  R.  Zimmerman 


America's  national  bird  is  falling 
under  the  weight  of  poison  and  gunshot 


Long  enmeshed  in  allegory,  the 
bald  eagle  is  acquiring  a  doleful,  new 
role  as  a  symbol  of  Americans'  de- 
struction of  their  natural  heritage. 

As  before,  the  great  bird  is  shot, 
beaten,  and  driven  from  its  range, 
even  as  it  is  celebrated  as  the  expres- 
sion of  our  national  courage  and  re- 
solve. Its  new  encumbrance  is  more 
subtle,  but  it  may  signify  wider,  more 
all-pervasive  danger. 

Bald  eagles  are  among  our  most 
polluted  birds.  They  carry  larger 
amounts  of  a  wider  variety  of  chemi- 
cal contaminants  than  virtually  any 
other  American  species. 

This  distressing  news  comes  from 
an  ongoing  study  of  bald  eagles  found 
dead  or  dying  in  the  wild.  The  federal 
government  asks  that  a  state  wildlife 
agent  or  a  special  agent  of  the  U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  (USFWS) 


be  notified  when  a  dead  bald  eagle  is 
discovered.  It  is  the  agent's  job  to  re- 
trieve, freeze,  and  ship  the  carcass  to 
the  USFWS 's  Patuxent  Wildlife  Re- 
search Center,  near  Laurel,  Mary- 
land, on  the  outskirts  of  Washington, 
D.C.  The  agent  also  is  asked  to  pro- 
vide any  "history"  that  might  indi- 
cate the  cause  of  the  eagle's  demise. 
At  Patuxent,  a  research  group  per- 
forms gross  autopsies  and  chemical 
analyses  on  the  eagles.  The  autopsies 
are  conducted  by  veterinarian- 
histopathologist  Dr.  Louis  N.  Locke. 
Chemical  residues  are  measured  by 
analytical  chemist  William  L.  Rei- 
chel,  who  directs  Patuxent' s  sophisti- 
cated pesticide-monitoring  labora- 
tory. Excepting  those  birds  that  arrive 
too  rotten  for  study,  the  Patuxent 
group  has  analyzed  the  remains  of 
some  300  bald  eagles  in  the  last  dec- 


ade. Of  this  number,  almost  half  died 
of  gunshot  wounds. 

Case  982,  for  example,  was  a 
healthy  female  eagle  found  dead  in 
Albany  Township,  Stearns  County, 
Minnesota,  in  November  of  1974. 
Locke's  autopsy  report  says:  "Death 
had  been  caused  by  a  rifle  bullet 
which  had  entered  the  thorax  through 
the  upper  left  pectoral  muscles,  pene- 
trated the  [breastbone],  passed 
through  the  upper  thorax  and  exited 
just  posterior  and  lateral  to  the  left 
[shoulder  bone] . ' ' 

The  special  agent  who  sent  the 
eagle  provided  little  data  on  the  cir- 
cumstances of  its  death,  but  Locke 
found  a  strong,  if  unverifiable  clue: 
the  remains  of  a  white  leghorn 
chicken  in  the  eagle's  mouth  and 
stomach. 

The  eagle's  dark,  immature  head 


18  engrossing  books  of  history  and  world  affairs... 


(First  price  is  publisher's  lisl.  Boldface  shows  member's  price.) 

n«S«;v<m  Who  Shaped  Our  De»tiny:  107  TheHouteof  Mtdid 
ITm:  FuundinK  l-'alher*  By  (hniivphtr  HiUnn  The  gre»i  Flor- 
ae Revolulionaric*  cntinc  (amdy  which  innucnccd  (our  ccn- 
tlyKi,l,jrJ/l  M.irrn.           »10.00/$7^  luncs  o(  Kufopcar  hijioo.    »I2  50/J8.8S 

n9_  Wsc-aMf  and  Hislory  414  Ku>%a  Liuler  the  Old  Kecimc 

Hyl:/-<.url^,„-h,  »<*95.$7J0      Hy /i„^,j  p,,,,,  »|7  50  SI0.9S 

116  Karl  Marx:  His  Life  and  Thoughl 

HyDauil.'iUl.illon  11500  WAS      418  The  War  Againsi  Ihe  Jews:  IS33 - 

194S  by  Im,  .  Oj^td,'i.uz     »l5oii»SS 


247.  A  History  of  AjneiHcan  Law 

ByLaurrnuM  l-n,dmun.    |15.'*5/S9.75 
^24  AiexandcrlheGreal 

/A  R..h,„  l.um  /•...  H5.00/MAS 

;4b  The  World  ol  ihc  Huns 

By  O  J  Murmh,t,-H<llin  120  00/SlIJO 

347  The  Army  of  ihe  Caesars 

By  MuIimI  Gram  »15  00/S9A5 


177  France  in  ihc  Age  of  Louis  XUl 
and  Richelieu 

B\  I'ki.v-I.    hpii  J1750:SI2JO 

179  The  Quesi  for  Llysses 

Hy  If:  B  Slanl.irJjndJ.  V  l.uir 
Searching  lor  the  man  hchind  the  myih. 
»17  50'»10.95 

!HS  Roll.Jordan,  Roll:  The  World 
the  Slaves  Made 

«,  ;•„,■.«.  n  (i.nM.u    1975  Bancroll 
Vui.  »17  50$l:!JO 


427  Circle*  and  Standing  Stones 

By  Elan  Haimthiim.  Mcgllilh  mysteries 
o(  early  Briuin.  152  photos,  maps. 
diagrams,  plans  »12  SO/W.TS 

432  TheEmuauu 

By  Momma  Pollotlino.  102  illustrations. 
II250/$8JS 

457  A  True  History  of  the 
Assassination  of  Abraham  Lincoln 

ByU'u::  U  r,./.irrann.  Ncici  hclore  pub- 
lished -  an  account  ol  the  conspiracy  ol 
l((<)5  by  the  chief  government  witness  at 
the  conspirators'  trial  JI5.00/S8A5 


I^TakeAny3 


Allfor99<= 

values  up  to  $55.00 


with  txial  membership 


4  Good  Reasons  To  Try  The  History  Book  Club 
Big  cash  savings.  Last  year  our  members  saved  34%  on  their  Club 
purchases.  Your  total  savings  as  a  trial  member,  including  this 
introductory  offer,  can  be  more  than  50%. 

Liberal  bonus  plan.  You  can  qualify  for  added  savings  through  bonus 
books,  which  you  can  pick  from  our  full  list  of  150-200  fine  works. 
Exceptional  quality.  In  its  28  years,  the  Club  has  distributed  over 
1,000  outstanding  books,  including  45  award-winners.  Our  books  are 
always  the  equal  of  publishers'  editions,  never  economy  reprints. 

Fine  service.  Every  four  weeks  you  receive  our  Reviezv  and  a  dated 
reply  card.  If  vou  want  the  Editors'  Choice,  do  nothing:  the  book  will 
come  automaticallv.  To  order  another  book  or  no  book,  return  card  by 
specified  date.  You  will  have  at  least  10  days  to  decide  -  but  if  you  get 
an  unwanted  book  because  of  late  mail,  we'll  pay  return  postage. 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB,  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  trial  member  and  send  me  the  introductory  books 
*hose  numbers  I  enter  below.  Bill  those  on  the  left  at  991  for  all  three 
md  the  fourth  at  the  low  member's  price,  plus  modest  shipping  charges. 


I  may  return  the  books  within  three  weeks  at  your  expense  and  owe 
nothing.  Or  I  will  take  four  more  selections  within  a  year  (not  counting 
my  introductory  selections j-aXvtzys  at  reduced  member's  prices  plus 
shipping.  Thereafter,  I  may  resign  at  any  time.  NH-33S 

Prim  Name . . 


The  History  Bookclub  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 


In  Canada:  Mail  to  The  History  Book  Qub,  16  Overlea  Blvd.,  Toronto 
M4H  1A6,  Ontario 


feathers  and  the  small  size  of  its  ovary 
and  the  egg  follicles  within  it  told 
Locke  that  this  bird  had  never  bred. 
Although  his  official  report  does  not 
say  so,  this  is  more  the  shame,  since 
982  was  one  of  the  "cleanest" 
eagles,  in  terms  of  chemical  residues, 
of  any  sent  to  Patuxent. 

Through  the  years,  Reichel  has 
sharpened  and  refined  his  analytical 
techniques,  including  gas  chromatog- 
raphy and  mass  spectrometry,  to  the 
point  that  he  routinely  seeks,  and 
finds,  a  dozen  different  chemicals  in 
the  eagle  brain  and  body  tissues  that 
he  analyzes.  He  found  absolutely 
none  in  the  brain  of  982.  In  the  body 
he  found  only  insignificant  amounts 
of  the  DDT  breakdown  product  DDE 
(0.14  parts  per  million)  and  of  the 
chemically  related  industrial  com- 
pounds called  polychlorinated  bi- 
phenyls,  or  PCBs  (0.3  ppm).  Had  she 
not  had  the  misfortune  to  run  into  a 
bullet,  eagle  982  almost  certainly 
could  have  bred  normally — and  so 
contributed  to  her  species'  survival. 

Whether  the  subject  on  the  autopsy 
table  is  a  human  cadaver  or  a  bird 
carcass,  the  pathologist's  success 
depends  in  part  on  his  skill  as  a  detec- 
tive and  in  part  on  serendipity.  In  case 
986,  for  example,  Locke's  initial 
diagnosis  was  "electrocution." 

The  special  agent  who  submitted 
the  eagle,  Charles  Q.  Heumier, 
works  out  of  the  Brigham,  Utah, 
USFWS  office.  He  said  the  remains 
had  been  found  "near  a  well-traveled 
roadway,  about  20  yards  from  a  2- 
wire  powerline  on  crossarms. 

"The  bird  was  frozen  [when 
found],  and  appeared  to  have  been 
dead  for  quite  some  time .  The  carcass 
may  have  been  moved  some  by  dogs. 
A  farmhouse  is  nearby." 

Agent  Heumier  added:  "I  was  un- 
able to  find  any  bullet  holes.  Usual 
evidence  of  electrocution  was  not 
noted." 

Locke,  however,  was  able  to  find 
the  presumptive  evidence  of  electro- 
cution that  agent  Heumier  had 
missed:  singed  feathers  high  under 
the  left  wing  and  along  the  adjacent 
chest  wall.  He  also  found  a  bloody, 
dime-sized  laceration  leading  past  the 
last  left  rib  into  the  lungs. 

"Because  of  the  singed  feathers 
and  the  history — found  near  power- 
line — the  significance  of  the  lacera- 
tion .  .  .  was  not  appreciated  at  the 
time  of  autopsy,"  Locke  wrote  later. 
His  initial  diagnosis:  "Electrocution, 
with  laceration  following  the  fall  to 
the  ground." 


Completing  his  autopsy,  Locke 
followed  a  standard  procedure  and  re- 
moved the  eagle's  brain,  kidneys, 
and  liver  for  chemical  assay.  He  re- 
moved the  skin,  feet,  wings,  and  gas- 
trointestinal tract.  The  feathers  he  put 
aside;  when  a  boxful  accumulated 
they  would  be  sent  to  a  USFWS  spe- 
cial agent  in  the  West,  who  gives 
them  to  Indian  artisans  to  fashion  into 
ceremonial  headdresses. 

The  flesh  and  bones  of  eagle  986, 
the  better  part  of  its  original  11.5 
pounds,  were  then  put  through  a 
food-grinding  machine  so  that  a  small 
but  representative  specimen  of  the 
carcass,  one-third  of  an  ounce,  could 
be  taken  for  organochlorine  analysis. 
Grinding  an  eagle  is  a  routine  task, 
but  eagle  986  provided  a  surprise — 
"a  .22-caliber  rifle  slug  was  found  in 
the  ground  meat." 

Locke  thereupon  abandoned  his 
original  diagnosis.  "The  better  inter- 
pretation is  [that]  the  eagle  [first]  was 
shot,  then  fell  against  the  powerline 
and  received  the  singed  feathers.  In 
all  probability,  the  bullet  slug  was 
lodged  in  the  blood-filled  lungs." 

While  rarer  than  shooting,  electro- 
cution deaths  do  occur.  A  marine 
biologist  in  Florida  wrote  to  explain 
how  eagle  1011  met  its  end. 

"On  March  31,  1975,  at  about 
6:30  P.M.,  my  neighbors  .  .  .  ob- 
served a  small  bald  eagle  pick  up  the 
filleted  carcass  of  a  36-inch  kingfish, 
which  had  been  thrown  over  the 
seawall. 

"The  eagle  carried  the  fish  across 
two  wires  of  a  high  tension  powerline 
and  was  electrocuted." 

The  loss  is  the  greater  because  this 
eagle,  a  male,  is  believed  to  have 
been  one  of  a  breeding  pair  that  was 
busy  raising  eaglets  in  a  nearby  eyrie. 

Bald  eagles  that  breed  in  Florida, 
and  as  far  north  as  the  40th  parallel — 
which  runs  through  Philadelphia  and 
Denver — are  assigned  to  the  southern 
subspecies  Haliaeetus  leucocephalus 
leucocephalus,  which  has  been  re- 
duced to  a  few  hundred  breeding  pairs 
and  is  considered  highly  endangered. 
The  marginally  larger  northern 
subspecies,  H.  I.  alascanus,  all  bald 
eagles  that  breed  north  of  the  40th 
parallel,  is  far  less  threatened;  the 
USFWS  estimates  there  are  35 ,000  to 
50,000  in  Alaska  alone. 

One  of  the  northern  subspecies, 
eagle  857,  was  found  frozen  and  dead 
in  a  fox  trap  near  Kodiak  City, 
Alaska,  and  was  forwarded  by  Ko- 
diak Wildlife  Refuge  manager  Gerry 
Atwell,  who  knew  enough  of  the  cir- 


cumstances to  blame  "an  inexper- 
ienced trapper' '  for  the  bird's  demise. 

Pathologist  Locke  verified  "trap 
injuries"  on  the  feet,  but  attributed 
death  to  a  skull  fracture.  "A  hard 
blow  .  .  .  had  been  delivered.  .  .  . 
Skull  fragments  had  been  driven  in- 
ward by  the  force  of  the  blow  and 
ruptured  the  large  vessels  of  the  me- 
ninges. Posterior  portion  of  the  right 
cerebral  hemisphere  reduced  to 
pulp." 

The  eagle's  desperate  last  seconds 
are  easily  visualized,  but  Locke 
passes  no  judgment  on  the  humans 
involved.  "I  don't  think  there  are 
many  people  who  are  going  to  walk 
up  to  an  angry  eagle  and  try  to  get  him 
out  of  a  trap.  They  either  shoot  him 
or  beat  him  over  the  head  with  a 
club." 

Eagles  suflJer  other  kinds  of 
human-induced  trauma.  One  eagle 
was  struck  by  a  car.  Two  flew  into 
airplane  motors.  The  most  surprising 
case,  according  to  Locke,  involved 
an  eagle  that  was  seen  perched  on  a 
snag  over  water,  trying  to  free  itself 
from  a  large  fishhook  caught  in  one 
nostril.  The  eagle  reached  up  with 
one  leg  to  kick  off  the  hook,  caught 
the  leg  on  the  hook,  lost  its  balance, 
fell  into  the  water — and  drowned. 

More  insidiously,  about  5  percent 
of  the  eagles  sent  to  Patuxent  died  of 
acute  poisoning  by  strychnine  and 
thallium,  which  are  predator  control 
compounds.  The  great  majority  of  the 
eagles  autopsied  at  the  research  cen- 
ter thus  had  died  from  unnatural, 
often  violent,  humanly  induced 
causes.  This  begs  the  question 
whether  all  bald  eagles  die  of  a  like 
distribution  of  causes;  probably  not, 
but  the  answer  is  that  nobody  knows. 

The  dead  eagles  received  at  Patux- 
ent are  a  biased  sample  of  the  bald 
eagle  population.  Like  human  au- 
topsy series  from  medical  examiners' 
offices,  a  major  source  of  Locke's 
cases  are  lawmen — USFWS  special 
agents.  The  series  thus  is  weighted 
toward  those  deaths  that  lawmen 
learn  of  and  follow  up  on. 

They  may  be  most  interested  in 
deaths  where  there  is  a  suspected 
human  perpetrator  since  bald  eagles 
are  protected  by  law,  and  killing  one 
can  invite  a  federal  indictment.  So,  as 
in  suspicious  human  deaths,  the  cases 
of  violence  may  be  a  disproportionate 
part  of  the  sample.  On  the  other  hand, 
an  eagle  carcass  is  easier  to  hide  than 
a  human  corpse,  and  there  is  no  way 
to  know  how  many  eagles  shot  in 
sport  or  in  vengeance  then  are  buried 


tftitsxtsii^ssuM^mBm 


Introductory  offer 

The 

Wall  Street 

Journal 

A  Dow  Jones  Publication 

Yes,  1  want  to  take  advantage  of 
your  introductory  subscription 
offer.  Start  my  subscription  for 

weeks  at  SOft  a  week 

(minimum  13  weeks,  maximum 
52  weeks). 

D  Mr.    D  Mrs.    D  Miss                       Other 

80« 

a  week  .  .  .  and  you  choose  your  term ! 
(Minimum  13  weeks,  maximum  52  weeks.) 

SUBSCRIBE  NOW 

If  card  is  missing  call  this  toll-tree  number 

800-257-0300 

(In  New  Jersey  call  800-462-2000) 

For  new  subscribers  only 

We'll  bill  you  later. 

Name 

Street 

City 

State                                                                  Zip 

Check  here  if  payment  enclosed. 

Price  good  only  in  the  U.S.  and  Possessions  and  Canada 
,    '                                                                                          2A500 

i 


u 

1 

1 

lid^ 

1 

I 

■  -6Z  o 

■ 

■ 

■  ill 

1 

1 

■        a.£ 

■ 

1      " 

1 

1 

_l 

< 

CO 

z 

d 

DC 

1 

3       « 
O       % 

-3          CO 

lU        o 

iJJ-o  CO 

or  CO  CO 

if 

CO  □) 

ALL  STI 
rnett  Ro 
ee,  Mas 

LU  ra 

= 

>   3  Q. 

Z  m 

0) 

COl£ 
CQZ 

•5) 

THE 
2001 
Chic 
0102 

Detailed  coverage 
of  anything,  anywhere 
that  can  affect  you 
or  your  business 


Guarantee: 
You  may  cancel  your 
subscription  at  any 
time  and  receive  a  re- 
fund for  the  undeli- 
vered portion. 


We'll  bill  you  later. 


The  Wall  Street  Journal 

isrftjust 

a  fair-weather  friend. 


These  are  not  the 
sunniest  times  for  people 
in  business.  World  events 
have  fouled  the  weather, 
and  uncertainty  clouds 
the  future. 

We  suggest  that 
there  has  never  been  a 
better  time  to  read  The 
Wall  Street  Journal. 

Now,  more  than  ever,  it  is  important 
that  you  have  up-to-the-minute,  in-depth, 
unbiased  business  information  to  use  to  plan 
your  moves.  The  Journal  gives  you  such 
information  every  business  day  — gathered, 
edited  and  organized  by  the  worlas  largest 
staff  of  business-news  experts. 

From  around  the  world,  The  Journal 
reports  everything  that  happens  that  can 
afreet  business  —  Washington,  the  Mid  East, 
London,  Paris,  the  Far  East,  Tokyo,  Detroit. 
Not  just  what  is  being  done,  but  what  is 
being  thought.  Not  just  what  has  happened, 
but  what  may  happen.  Authoritatively. 
Clearly.    Dependably.    And   daily  — so    you 


have  time  to  act  upon  it. 
If  you  send  in  the 
attached  card,  you  can  get 
The  Wall  Street  Journal 
delivered  to  your  home  or 
office  every  business  day 
for  only  80(t*  a  week  for  any 
period  from  13  weeks  to  a 
yean  If  the  card  is  missing, 
call  this  toll-free  number: 
800-257-0300.  (In  New  Jersey,  call  800-462- 
2000.)  For  new  subscriptions  only. 

Try  The  Journal.  It  can't  make  the  rain 
stop;  but  it  may  help  to  keep  you  from  get- 
ting drenched.        PV^^ 

The 

Wall  Street 

Journal 

2A500  *Price  good  in  United  States  and  possessions  and  Canada. 


INTRODUCTION 
TO  HIGH  FIDELITY 

One  of  the  best  short  courses  in  Hi-Fi  is  Pioneer 
Electronics'  92-paEe  book  —  UNDERSTANDING  HIGH 
FIDELITY,  Covering  all  high  fidelity  components,  it 
discusses  in  easy-to-understand  language  every- 
thing you  need  to  linov*  and  look  for  when  assem- 
bling a  stereo  or  quadraphonic  system.  Learn  what 
specifications  mean,  how  to  evaluate  them,  how 
much  to  spend  for  each  compo- 
nent, and  much  more.  Includes  a 
glossary  of  audio  terms. 

Your  copy  is  waiting  for  you 
now.  Send  $1.00  to  cover  postage 
and  handling  to.-  Donald  L.  Kobes, 
U.  S.  Pioneer  Electronics  Corp., 
Dept.  NH  ,  P.O.  Box  P76,  Wood- 
ridge,  N.J.  07075. 

CD  PIOIXieER' 

when  you  want  something  better 


superb! 


MADE  BY  THE  PEOPLE  WHO 
CREATED  THE  POST-RECOVERY  APOLLO  MOON- 
ROCK  CONTAINERS 


ZERO 


ALUMINUM    CAMERA  CASES 


Valuable,  delicate  equip- 
ment deserves  the  best 
transporting  and  storage 
protection.  These  presti- 
gious, ultra-rugged  cases 
do  it  superbly!  And  you 
customize  the  multi-layered 
polyester  foam  to  your 
exact  needs.  Blank  layout 
template,  knife  and  instruc- 
tions are  included  with 
each  case.  Get  the  best 
and  relax! 


BERKEY  MARKETING  COMPANIES,  INC.  I  L^ 
P.O.  Box  1060,  Woodside,  N.  Y.  11377  L^— ^-1 
Canada  Berkey  Photo  ICanadal  Lid  ,  Ontario 


v: 


where  the  law  will  not  discover  them. 

The  Patuxent  series  is  also  geo- 
graphically biased.  From  1964  to 
1972,  only  5  of  190  eagles  came  from 
Alaska,  although  that  state  has  more 
than  90  percent  of  this  country's  bald 
eagles.  Only  2  birds  came  from  Cali- 
fornia, another  important  bald  eagle 
state,  while  there  were  6 from  Florida 
and  29  (representing  1 5  percent  of  the 
total)  from  Wisconsin. 

Where  an  eagle  died,  however, 
may  say  little  about  the  importance  of 
its  death  for  the  subspecies  popula- 
tions. Unless  it  actually  has  been  seen 
breeding  or  caring  for  young,  there  is 
no  way  to  know  whether  an  eagle  that 
died  in  Florida  came  from  the  rela- 
tively threatened  southern  population 
or  from  the  far  larger — and  less  im- 
pacted— population  of  northern 
breeders,  many  of  which  wander 
south  in  winter. 

Many  eagles  move  north  and  south 
seasonally,  but  no  one  knows  if  they 
follow  regular  migratory  pathways. 
One  reason  is  that  few  eagles  carry 
leg  bands;  it  takes  a  bander  with  a 
stout  heart  and  strong  back,  plus  a 
sheaf  of  permits,  to  climb  eyries  to 
band  bald  eagles.  And  in  the  past  the 
effort  was  of  dubious  value.  "You 
couldn't  band  bald  eagles,"  Reichel 
explains.  "They  chewed  the  bands 
off.  That  had  the  biologist  stumped! ' ' 
In  the  spring  of  1975,  however,  new- 
type  bands,  which  will  stay  on  eagles, 
were  issued  and  will  be  standard. 

Few  strong  correlations  have  been 
found  between  the  states  of  the  union 
where  the  birds  were  found  and  their 
chemical  loads.  One  is  that  dead 
eagles  in  Alaska  tend  to  be  cleaner 
than  many  of  the  others,  although 
"dirty"  birds  are  found  there  too. 
"You  can  have  high  and  low  values 
for  eagles  from  the  same  state,"  Rei- 
chel says.  "But  where  these  eagles 
have  been  before,  we  don't  know." 

One  dramatically  clear  correlation 
involves  death  due  to  lethal  levels  of 
the  insecticide  dieldrin.  Because  this 
chemical  and  the  other  organochlo- 
rine  compounds  that  Reichel  rou- 
tinely looks  for  are  nerve  poisons, 
lethal  levels  are  based  on  residues  in 
the  brain,  not  the  carcass.  Feeding 
studies  with  other  species  of  birds  and 
analyses  of  animals  found  dead  in 
dieldrin-treated  fields  have  convinced 
the  Patuxent  researchers  that  levels  of 
4  ppm  of  dieldrin  in  the  brain  are 
likely  to  be  lethal.  Nineteen  out  of 
190  eagles,  or  10  percent  of  those 
found  dead  up  to  1972,  had  more  than 
4  ppm  of  dieldrin  in  their  brains. 


"The  incidence  of  dieldrin  poison- 
ing is  high,  particularly  among  the 
specimens  collected  from  Maryland, 
Virginia,  South  Carolina  and 
Florida,"  Reichel  and  his  colleagues 
recently  reported.  "Of  the  17  eagles 
collected  [from  the  southeastern  sea- 
board], 8,  or  47  percent,  possibly 
died  from  dieldrin  poisoning.  ...  All 
four  from  Maryland  and  Virginia 
were  from  the  Chesapeake  Bay  tide- 
water area." 

Not  surprisingly,  breeding  bald 
eagles  have  practically  vanished  from 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  area,  although 
dieldrin  certainly  is  not  the  only  fac- 
tor. Also,  while  autopsy  data  are 
sparse,  studies  in  the  field  show  that 
bald  eagle  colonies  near  other  large, 
tidal  bodies  of  water,  which  seem  to 
act  as  pesticide  "sinks,"  have  been 
severely  threatened  in  recent  years. 
Those  that  are  far  from  large  bodies 
of  water  have  done  much  better. 

The  bald  eagle's  problems  are  ag- 
gravated because  it  feeds  at  the  top  of 
a  pesticide-concentrating  food  chain; 
fish  are  a  principal  part  of  its  diet. 
This  has  led  the  director  of  the  Patux- 
ent Center,  population  ecologist  Dr. 
Lucille  Stickel,  to  say  that  "Bald 
eagles  haven't  got  much  going  for 
them!  They  choose  to  live  in  the  most 
polluted  areas  in  the  United  States. 
And  they  choose  the  most  polluted 
food  source." 

Lethal  brain  loads  of  DDT  and  its 
metabolites  and  lethal  levels  of  PCB 
have  been  found  in  very  few  eagles. 

Difficulty  arises  in  interpreting 
those  cases  in  which  the  brain  loads 
are  just  shy  of  known  deadly  levels. 
This  difficulty  is  compounded  when 
high,  but  sublethal,  levels  of  two  or 
more  pollutants  are  present.  Stickel 
says  there  is  some  evidence  to  suggest 
that  several  poisons  together  may 
lower  the  lethal  threshold  of  one  of 
them.  Tests  in  which  two  or  more  poi- 
sons are  fed  to  birds  (not  eagles)  in 
sublethal  doses  are  in  progress  at  Pa- 
tuxent. When  combined  lethal  levels 
for  DDT,  dieldrin,  and  PCB  are  es- 
tablished, some  eagles  whose  final 
diagnoses  remain  open  may  be  put 
into  the  poisoned  category. 

Even  less  well  understood  are  the 
effects  of  sublethal  doses  on  an 
eagle's  over-all  health  and  ability  to 
survive.  Might  half  the  known  lethal 
amount  of  dieldrin,  for  example,  so 
compromise  a  bird's  health  that 
stress,  which  it  otherwise  would  sur- 
vive, proves  fatal? 

Eagle  853  illustrates  this  problem. 
She  was  a  very  emaciated,  immature 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOK  SERVICE 
The  best  way  to  acquire  the  best  paperbacks 


231.   I'ub 
Prices  Toi;il  S9.90 


235.  I'uh  Price  J6.95 


198.  I'ub  I'rjcc  J7.9S 


3  books  or  sets 
for  only  H  each 

You  simply  agree  to  buy  six  more  within 

the  next  year  and  as  a  member  you'll 

immediately  qualify  for  our  Free  Book  Plan 


T* 


'ODAY,  MORE  THAN  EVER,  fine  paperbacks  are  the 
best  values  around  in  books,  and  the  best  way  to 
buy  them  is  by  belonging  to  QPB.  As  a  trial  member 
of  QPB,  you'll  receive  our  informative  catalog,  the  QPB 
Review,  each  issue  of  which  contains  approximately 
one  hundred  titles  to  choose  from.  You'll  also  imme- 
diately qualify  for  our  Free  Book  Plan.  All  QPB  books 
are  large-size,  durable,  handsome  editions  printed  on 
quality  paper  with  modern,  readable  typefaces.  Join 
QPB  today. 


248.  Pub  Prices  Total  $5.85 


HOW  MEMBERSHIP  WORKS 

1.  You  will  receive  the  QPB  Review  fifteen  times  a  year— about  every 
3' 2  weeks.  This  informative  catalog  describes  the  Main  Selection 
plus  approximately  one  hundred  Alternates.  The  Main  Selection  is 
always  offered  at  a  20%  discount. 

2.  If  you  want  the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing.  It  will  be  shipped  to  you 
automatically.  If  you  want  one  or  more  of  the  Alternates— or  no  book 
at  all— just  indicate  your  decision  on  the  reply  form  always  enclosed 
with  the  Review  and  return  it  by  the  date  specified. 

3.  Free  books.  For  every  book  or  set  you  buy  (exclusive  of  your  three 
introductory  choices  for  SI  each)  you  earn  at  least  one  Bonus  Point, 
and  the  Bonus  Points  you  accumulate  entitle  you  to  free  books  and 
sets.  (You  pay  only  shipping  charges.) 

4.  Return  privilege.  If  your  Review  is  delayed  in  the  mail  and  therefore 
you  receive  the  Main  Selection  without  having  had  ten  days  to  notify 
us  if  you  did  not  want  it,  you  may  return  that  Selection  at  our  expense. 


QUALITYlirKpERBACK  BOOK  SERVICE,  INC. 

Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057 


210.  Pub  Prices  Total  $11.90 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOK  SERVICE,  INC. 
Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057 


6-QB113-1 


Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Quality  Paperback  Book  Service  and 
send  me  the  three  books  or  sets  whose  numbers  I've  indicated  in  the 
boxes  below.  Bill  me  only  $3  for  all  three,  plus  shipping.  My  only  obliga- 
tion is  to  purchase  six  more  books  or  sets  during  the  coming  year,  re- 
ceiving a  20»o  discount  on  every  Main  Selection  I  take.  My  membership  is 
cancelable  any  time  after  I  buy  the  six  additional  books  or  sets.  A 
moderate  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 


INDICATE  BY  NUMBER  YOUR 
THREE  BOOKS  OR  SETS 


(Please  print  plainly) 


oj  City  & 
O  State_ 


_Zip_ 


female  bird  found  in  a  pasture  in 
Wildwood,  Florida,  in  a  weakened 
condition.  She  seemed  alert,  but  re- 
fused food,  had  difficulty  breathing, 
and  soon  died.  Locke  tentatively  at- 
tributed death  to  intestinal  para- 
sites— nematodes  and  flukes — found 
in  her  gastrointestinal  tract.  In  her 
brain,  chemist  Reichel  found  dieldrin 
at  one-third  the  lethal  level  (1.5 
ppm),  DDE  at  one-tenth  the  lethal 
level  (26  ppm),  and  PCB  at  about 
one-fifth  the  lethal  level  (43  ppm). 
Also,  while  Reichel  excludes  resi- 
dues outside  the  brain  in  assessing 
lethality,  he  found  strikingly  high 
levels  of  DDE  (110  ppm),  DDD  (7 
ppm),  dieldrin  (4  ppm),  and  PCB 
( 1 80  ppm)  in  the  body .  The  eagle  also 
carried  comparatively  high  levels  of 
mirex,  the  fire  ant  poison,  in  the  brain 
(1.8  ppm)  and  body  (8.3  ppm) — the 
significance  of  which  is  uncertain. 

"The  case  of  parasites  may  have 
made  the  lethal  levels  lower,"  Rei- 
chel says.  "Or,  look  at  it  the  other 
way  around:  Maybe  these  levels  [in 
the  brain]  lowered  its  resistance  and 
made  it  more  subject  to  the  parasites. 
I  don't  think  we  have  enough  to  hang 
our  hat  on.  But  this  [case]  illustrates 
the  problem." 

Chemical  death  may  be  suspected 
long  before  the  eagle's  flesh  is  ex- 
tracted for  a  trip  through  the  gas  chro- 
matograph.  A  bird  seen  trembling 
and  shaking  convulsively  is  one  for 
which  Locke's  index  of  suspicion  is 
high. 

At  autopsy,  there  are  other  signs. 
Birds  killed  by  pesticides  tend  to  be 
very  thin .  Their  bodies  are  devoid  of 
fat,  even  around  the  coronary  arter- 
ies, the  most  stable  fatty  area  outside 
the  brain.  Ingested  organochlorines 
are  deposited  in  fat.  When  a  bird  is 
under  stress — because  it  has  been 
acutely  poisoned  by  pesticide  and  is 
too  sick  to  eat  or  is  migrating  or  is 
using  body  resources  to  build  eggs — 
body  fat  is  mobilized  into  the  blood- 
stream along  with  its  chemical  resi- 
dues. The  fat  is  burned  for  energy, 
and  the  pesticide  tends  to  be  reab- 
sorbed by  fat  in  the  brain,  which,  un- 
like body  fat,  remains  essentially  sta- 
ble, even  in  severe  stress. 

The  organochlorine  residues  in 
body  fat  thus  are  a  sword,  poised  to 
fall  on  a  bird  just  when  it  most  needs 
its  energy  reserves  to  meet  a  stressful 
challenge.  No  one  knows  what  level 
of  residue  in  the  body  will  produce  a 
lethal  level  in  the  brain  when  the  bird 
is  stressed. 

Chemicals  kill  some  bald  eagles 


outright,  but  this  is  not  their  only  con- 
tribution to  the  species'  decline.  Or- 
ganochlorines also  disrupt  the  female 
reproductive  system,  and  as  a  result 
the  breeding  success  of  bald  eagles  in 
contaminated  regions  such  as  the 
coast  of  Maine  is  low. 

The  key  question  is.  At  what  levels 
of  these  residues  is  reproduction  im- 
paired? 

Reichel  says,  "That's  a  hard  one! 
I  don't  think  that  anybody  has  enough 
data  yet  to  suggest  that  a  certain 
amount  in  the  carcass  will  produce  a 
certain  level  in  the  eggs,  and  that  this 
will  have  an  effect  on  reproduction. " 

Stickel  concurs.  "I  cannot  say — 
and  I  don't  think  anyone  can  say — 
how  many  of  the  eagles  we  have  au- 
topsied  had,  or  would  have  had,  re- 
productive problems.  It's  safe  to  say 
that  some  did." 

Pressed  to  say  why  she  and  her  col- 
leagues will  not  be  more  specific, 
Stickel  says  too  many  conjectures  are 
required  at  this  point  to  say  that  a  cer- 
tain body  burden  of  poisons  will  pro- 
duce reproductive  failure.  "There  is 
a  relationship.  We  could  make  pre- 
dictions. But  it  is  too  long  a  chain 
scientifically,  and  we  have  not  chosen 
to  make  that  jump." 

A  colleague.  Dr.  David  Peakall, 
who  works  in  the  Canadian  Wildlife 
Service  laboratory  in  Ottawa  that  is 
Canada's  equivalent  to  the  Patuxent 
laboratory,  agrees  that  the  data  are 
sparse.  But  he  is  willing  to  hazard  an 
estimate,  based  largely  on  field  data 
from  peregrine  falcons.  The  bald 
eagle,  he  says,  seems  to  be  at  least 
as  sensitive  as  the  peregrine  to  repro- 
ductive loss  due  to  DDE. 

Peakall  estimates  that  the  DDE 
levels  in  eggs  are  15  to  40  percent  of 
the  levels  that  will  be  found  in  the 
brains  of  female  birds  who  lay  them. 
Peregrines,  he  says,  begin  to  experi- 
ence reproductive  difficulty  at  the 
equivalent  of  1.5  to  4  ppm  DDE  in 
the  brain.  The  average  of  Patuxent' s 
median  brain  levels  of  DDE  in  bald 
eagle  brains  for  four  recent  years  is 
2.4  ppm.  This  suggests  that  had  they 
lived  at  least  half  the  female  eagles 
would  have  been  subject  to  some  de- 
gree of  reproductive  handicap. 

The  damage  caused  by  organo- 
chlorines to  bald  eagles  and  other 
birds  cannot  yet  be  totaled.  But  since 
the  use  of  these  chemicals  has  been 
curtailed,  it  is  fair  to  ask  whether — 
and  when — residue  levels  will  de- 
cline and  bird  populations  recover. 

The  use  of  DDT  began  to  drop  in 
the  United  States  more  than  a  decade 


ago,  and  a  virtually  complete  ban  was 
put  into  effect  in  1972.  Dieldrin  was 
banned  in  1974.  The  sole  United 
States  manufacturer  of  PCB  has  vol- 
untarily restricted  its  sale.  But  contin- 
uing discoveries  of  large  amounts  of 
PCB  being  discharged  into  the  envi- 
ronment by  manufacturers  of  electri- 
cal equipment  and  other  industrial 
users  have  convinced  scientists  that 
further  limits  are  needed — quickly. 

Mirex  may  again  be  used  against 
the  fire  ant  in  the  southern  states 
despite  the  program's  recent  cutback. 
And  the  federal  Environmental  Pro- 
tection Agency  (EPA)  is  considering 
restrictions  on  chlordane,  an  agricul- 
tural chemical  that  is  also  used  on 
lawns  and  for  termite  control. 

According  to  the  EPA,  these  re- 
strictions have  begun  to  reduce  or- 
ganochlorine residues  in  humans  and 
in  wildlife.  One  study  found  that  the 
level  of  DDT  in  songbirds  fell  from 
17  ppm  to  4  ppm — a  very  significant 
reduction — in  the  decade  from  1964 
to  1973. 

For  reasons  that  are  not  clear  the 
Patuxent  data  does  not  offer  compara- 
bly reassuring  news  for  the  bald 
eagle.  The  median  levels  of  DDT 
group  residues  and  dieldrin  were  vir- 
tually the  same,  if  not  higher,  in 
1973/74  as  they  were  in  1964/65. 
The  PCB  levels  were  roughly  the 
same  in  1973/74  as  they  were  in 
1971,  the  first  year  for  which  they 
were  reported. 

Bald  eagles  live  longer  and  so  may 
absorb  greater  amounts  of  chemicals 
than  other  birds.  Unlike  short-lived 
songbirds,  older  bald  eagles  may 
carry  residues  picked  up  years  ago. 
The  eagles  may  be  particularly  vul- 
nerable because  they  take  their  prey 
from  chemical  sinks,  such  as  tidal 
waters.  Then,  too,  there  is  a  hint  in 
the  data,  Stickel  says,  that  bald  eagles 
may  be  less  able  than  other  birds  to 
metabolize  and  excrete  dieldrin. 

Whatever  the  reason(s),  for  the 
bald  eagle  there  seems  to  be  no  sur- 
cease, as  yet,  from  environmental 
poisons.  "As  far  as  the  data  I  have 
compared  go ,"  Reichel  say s ,  "I  have 
not  seen  any  drastic  change.  That 
stuff  will  be  around  for  quite  a 
while!" 

Americans  today  seek  ways  to 
reanimate  the  national  spirit  for 
which  the  bald  eagle  was  chosen  as 
a  symbol  in  1782.  One  appropriate 
challenge  would  be  to  act,  with  alac- 
rity, to  restore  the  environmental 
health  of  our  natural  heritage — so  that 
our  national  bird  can  survive.         D 


A  cruise  is  more  than  two 
weeks  on  the  water. 

Let  us  take  you  to  the  ocean 
empires  and  we'll  show  you  what  we 
mean. 

We'll  introduce  you  to  the  home- 
lands of  the  people  who  stretched 
the  world.  From  the  fjords  of  the  Baltic 
to  the  castles  of  Spain.  From  the  desert 
splendor  of  North  Africa  to  the  green 
and  pleasant  land  of  the  British  Isles 
and  the  beauty  of  classic  Greece. 


Explore  historic  cities.  Touch 
fabulous  art.  Feel  the  heartbeat  of 
incredible  lives. 

Visit  these  lands  on  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  and  spacious  ships 
afloat.  A  ship  created  to  offer  the 
freedom  to  do  as  you  please  in  a 
world  ordered  for  your  pleasure. 
(The  MTS  Daphne  is  registered  in 
Greece.) 

Our  cruises  start  April  9, 1976. 
Won't  you  ask  your  travel  agent  or 
Carras  for  our  brochure  with  sailing 


dates,  prices  and  a  complete  descrip- 
tion of  the  Carras  Experience? 

It's  not  only  fifteen  great  adven- 
ture stories.  It's  an  introduction  to 
just  how  good  life  can  be. 

Soon  the  Carras  Experience  will 
include  Porto  Carras,  our  resort  now 
being  developed  on  the  Aegean. 


C 


arras 


75  RockefeUer  Plaza,  New  York,  N.Y.  10019, 1212)  757-l 


Announcing  cin  extraordinciry  Biccntennicil  tribute  to  the  States 
Official  First  Day  Covers  of 


^***** 


"©e  *=Flags 

oftlieTiftrStates 


******** 


To  be  assured  of  acceptance, 

your  application  must  be  postmarked 

not  later  than  February  15,  1976. 


^J  ince  long  before  the  dawn  of  recorded  history,  peoples 
ave  rallied  to  the  flags  of  kings,  empires,  and  nations. 

In  America  —  for  perhaps  the  first  time  —  flags  were 
anners  of  the  People  themselves.  Symbols  of  their  hopes, 
spirations,  and  ideals.  With  Independence  those  flags 
ecame  the  emblems  of  Independent  Sovereign  States, 
eriving  their  powers  from  the  consent  of  the  people 
lemselves.  The  perfect  embodiment  of  independent  spirit, 
■aditions,  determination,  and  sense  of  destiny  which  the 
)eclaration  of  Independence  proclaimed. 

History  remembers  that  Virginia's  Flag,  which  shows  Virtue 
n\h  her  foot  on  Tyranny,  was  inspired  in  1776  by  George 


Mason's  suggestion  that  his  State's  motto  should  be  a  defiant 
Sic  semper  fyrranis  (thus  always  to  tyrants).  And  that  New 
Jersey's  buff  flag  recalls  the  color  chosen  in  1779  by  George 
Washington  for  the  uniforms  of  New  Jersey's  regiments 
fighting  for  Independence. 

Now,  two  centuries  later,  the  thirteen  flags  have  grown  to 
fifty.  Each  flag  the  proud  emblem  of  the  people,  the  heritage, 
the  unique  strengths,  and  the  rich  diversity  of  the  fifty  States  of 
the  Union.  Each  intimately  woven  from  the  fabric  of  America's 
proud  history. 

An  unprecedented  philatelic  event 

It  is  more  than  fitting,  therefore,  that  as  a  part  of  the 
Nation's  Bicentennial  Celebration,  the  United  States  Postal 
Service  will  issue  on  February  23,  1976,  an  unprecedented 
series  of  fifty  different  Official  Commemorative  stamps 
portraying  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty  States.  This  will  be  the  first 
such  series  to  honor  all  fifty  state  flags,  and  like  all  firsts, 
certain  to  command  the  special  attention  of  collectors  and 
historians  everywhere. 


Crafted  expressly  for  this  series,  each 
of  the  fifty  different  cachets  will  pay 
tribute  to  the  State's  most  distinguish- 
ed citizen  today  honored  in  the 
National  Statuary  Hall  of  the  United 
States  Capitol. 


Our  National  Capital's  Post  Office  will 
officially  postmark  each  First  Day 
Cover.  Available  only  at  Washington, 
the  coveted  First  Day  of  Issue  indicia 
will  forever  certify  the  one  day  and  the 
one  place  the  first  edition  of  the  new 
stamp  was  inaugurated. 


Each  of  the  fifty  Official  com- 
memorative stamps  will  be  issued  by 
the  United  States  Postal  Service 
pursuant  to  law.  Since  stamps  will  be 
issued  only  on  February  23,  1976, 
artists'  concepts  are  used  herein  for 
illustrative  purposes  only. 


ram 


m:J-/.0/V/ 


FIRST  DAY  OF  ISSUE 


SHOWN  SMALLER 
THAN  ACTUAL  SIZE 
OF  3>4  BY  6'4  INCHES. 


.    ,J« 


Available  to  you:  the  First  Editions 

The  assembled  Governors  of  all  fifty  States  and  other 
leading  citizens  will  gather  in  the  Nation's  Capital  on  February 
23  to  inaugurate  the  new  stamps.  At  special  ceremonies, /irs/ 
editions  of  the  new  stamps  .  .  .  First  Day  Covers  .  .  .  will  be 
officially  certified  by  the  coveted,  one-day  only.  First  Da\/  of 
Issue  postmark  of  our  National  Capital's  Post  Office.  These 
Official  First  Day  Covers  will  be  but  a  small  fraction  of  the  total 
number  of  stamps  eventually  printed  and  available  to  the 
general  public. 

Appropriately,  America's  oldest  and  largest  purveyor  of 
First  Day  Covers  has  for  months  been  making  painstaking 
preparations  for  the  First  Day  of  issue  of  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty 
States.  World-renowned  for  its  First  Day  Covers,  Fleetwood 
will  issue  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty  States  in  one  complete 
collection  of  fifty  individual  Official  First  Day  Covers.  The  first 
fifty  collections  have  been  reserved  for  the  Archives  of  each  of 
the  fifty  States.  Identical  collections  are  also  available  now  to 
private  citizens  on  an  advance  reservation  basis. 
A  remarkable  collection 

This  is  the  very  first  collection  of  First  Day  Covers  ever 
dedicated  exclusively  to  all  fifty  States  of  the  Union.  As  befits 
such  a  series,  each  will  be  extraordinary  in  every  respect. 

The  individual  cachets  will  portray  one  great  citizen  from 
each  State  who,  under  an  Act  of  Congress,  has  been  honored 
in  the  National  Statuary  Hall  of  the  United  States  Capitol  in 
Washington.  These  are  men  and  women  "illustrious  for  their 
historic  renown  or  for  distinguished  civic  or  military  services" 
to  their  State  and  Nation.  They  are  the  proud  sons  and 
daughters  who  have  given  substance  to  the  vision  of  our 
Declaration  of  Independence. 

Among  them;  William  E.  Borah,  "The  Lone  Lion  of  Idaho." 
Samuel  Adams,  firebrand  and  Signer  of  the  Declaration  of 
Independence  from  Massachusetts.  Thomas  Starr  King, 
whose  matchless  oratory  saved  California  to  the  Union.  And, 
John  C.  Calhoun  of  South  Carolina,  the  pre-eminent 
champion  of  the  Union,  the  South,  and  States'  Rights. 
A  deluxe  collector's  album  will  be  included 

Collectors  who  take  advantage  of  this  opportunity  to 
acquire  the  Official  First  Day  Covers  of  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty 
States  will  also  receive,  without  additional  cost,  a  handsomely 
bound  collector's  album,  with  protective  dustcase.  To 
enhance  the  historical  and  educational  value  of  this  collection, 
an  authoritative  reference  guide  will  be  provided  with 
biographies  of  the  citizens  honored  on  the  cachets.  And  the 
fascinating  history  of  each  state  Flag. 


A  single,  genuinely  limited,  edition 

The  Flags  of  the  Fifty  States  will  be  issued  only  once  —  on 
the  precise  First  Day  of  Issue,  and  only  as  a  complete 
collection.  The  distinctive  postmark  will  certify  to  you  that 
The  Flags  of  the  Fifty  States  can  neuer  be  issued  again. 

The  original  issue  price  for  the  complete  collection  of  fifty 
Official  First  Day  Covers  is  $70,  and  you  may  pay  for  it  in  its 
entirety  now,  charge  it  to  your  MasterCharge  or 
Bank Americard  Charge  account ,  or  pay  for  it  on  a  convenient 
installment  program. 

A  collection  of  timeless  significance 

The  Official  First  Day  Covers  of  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty 
States  deserve  an  honored  place  in  your  home.  As  constant 
reminders  of  the  great  and  unique  contributions  which  each  of 
the  States  have  made  to  the  Nation  born  two  hundred  years 
ago  this  July  4th.  And  as  a  legacy  which  will  continue  to  inspire 
you,  your  children,  and  their  children  for  generations  to  come. 
Subscription  deadline:  February  15 

Please  remember  that  this  is  the  only  time  that  the  Official 
First  Day  Covers  of  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty  States  can  ever  be 
issued.  To  take  advantage  of  your  opportunity  to  acquire  this 
collection,  postmark  order  no  later  than  February  15,  1976  — 
the  last  date  on  which  Fleetwood  can  guarantee  acceptance  of 
your  order.  Applications  should  be  sent  directly  to  Fleetwood, 
Cheyenne,  Wyoming  82008. 


WORLD  GLOBE  «■  RAND  McNALLY 


'  1975  FLEETWOOD 


ADVANCE  SUBSCRIPTION  APPLICATION 
THE  OFFICIAL  FIRST  DAY  COVERS  OF 

=®eTlagsW 
ofttieTifty^States 

To  be  postmarked 

not  later  than  February  15.  1976 

Fleetwood  GA 

Cheyenne,  Wyoming  82008 

Please  accept  my  subscnption  for  the  Official  First  Day 
Cover  Collection  of  The  Flags  of  the  Fifty  States.  The 
collection  will  consist  of  50  impeccably  cacheted  Official 
First  Day  Covers  to  be  sent  to  me  under  protective  cover 
following  the  Official  First  Day  of  Issue  date,  February  23, 
1976.  Shipment  at  intervals  beginning  approximately  six 
weeks  thereafter  and  concluding  approximately  twelve 
weeks  after  the  issue  date.  The  original  issue  price  is  $70 
for  the  complete  collection,  which  I  prefer  to  pay  as  follows: 

D  1  enclose  $10  in  partial  payment  of  the  total  price  of  $70. 1 
am  to  be  billed  for  the  balance  in  four  monthly 
installments  of  $15.  There  is  r]o  finance  charge. 

D  I  enclose  my  remittance  of  $70  as  payment  in  full. 

D  I  prefer  to  have  the  full  amount  of  $70  charged  to  my 
credit  card  account  listed  below: 
in  MasterCharge  □  BankAmericard 

Credit  Card  Number  

Expiration  Date 


Signature  . 
Mr. 
Mrs. 
Miss  


PLEASE  PRINT  NAME  CLEARLY 

Address 

City  

State   

FLEETWOOD  WILL  ACKNOWLEDGE  YOUR  SUBSCRIPTION 

Established  1929.  Fleetwood,  a  division  ol  Untcover  Corporation,  is  America's 
oldest  and  largest  purveyor  ol  First  Day  Covers.  It  is  not  alfilialed  with  any 
governmental  agency. 


Zip . 


Y)U  are  invited  to  relive  the  greatest  week  in  American  history. 

time's  issue  of  July  41776. 

YOURS  FREE... 


...withyc 
introductory-rate  subscription  to  TIME 


TIME'S  Special  1776  Issue  sold  out  so  fast 
that  thousands  of  people  were  unable  to 
find  copies  at  their  newsstands.  Now  here's 
your  chance  to  get  the  most  unusual  issue 
of  TIME  ever  published,  reprinted  in  a  spe- 
cial edition  for  this  offer  only  —  absolutely 
FREE! 

You've  never  seen  a  magazine  like  this  — 
or  experienced  history  in  quite  the  same 
way.  Destined  to  become  a  collectors'  item, 
TIME'S  1776  Issue  takes  you  through  the 
week  our  nation  was  born— from  the  signing 
of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  to  the 
start  of  the  British  invasion... from  the  ideas 
of  Tom  Paine,  Adam  Smith,  and  Edward 
Sibbon  to  Voltaire's  put-down  of  Shake- 
speare .  .  .  from  the  tangled  love  affairs  of 
impress  Catherine  of  Russia  to  Mesmer's 
sold  experiments  in  hypnotism.  Every  event, 
3very  Important  individual,  covered  as  if 
TIME  reporters  were  on  the  scene. 

Right  now,  lyou  can  have  this  historic 
bicentennial  Issue  free  with  your  introduc- 


tory subscription.  You'll  find  that  many  of 
the  same  factors  that  make  this  special  issue 
so  lively  and  informative  will  also  make  next 
week's  TIME  a  rewarding  experience  . . .  the 
entertaining  style  ...  the  interesting  back- 
ground and  details  of  carefully  researched 
stories  from  every  corner  of  the  earth  . . .  the 
newest  developments  in  everything  from 
music  to  medicine,  law  to  literature,  human 
behavior,  sports,  and  the  economy. 

You  can  subscribe  for  anywhere  from  25 
to  100  weeks  for  only  350  an  issue  (the 
newsstand  price  is  750  and  the  basic  sub- 
scription rate  comes  to  420  a  week).  You  will 
receive  the  Special  1776  Issue  as  our  gift 
as  soon  as  we  receive  payment  for  your  sub- 
scription. But  you  need  send  no  money  now. 
Just  mail  the  postpaid  card  by  January  31st. 


If  someone  has  already  taken  the  card,  just  write  TIME  Magazine, 

541  North  Fairbanks  Court,  Chicago,  Illinois  60611, 

or  call,  toll  free  800-621-8200.  (In  Illinois  call  800-972-8302.) 


Please  send  me  TIME's  Special  1776  issue  free.^ 
and weeks  of  TIME  for  35<^  a  week.  /) 


Just  write  in  the  number  of  weel<s  you  want,  detach,  and  mail. 

Minimum:  25  weel<s.  IVIaximum:  100  weeks.  (TIME  is  750  a  copy  on 
newsstands  and  its  basic  subscription  rate  comes  to  420  a  week.) 
Send  no  money  now.  You  will  be  billed  later. 


(please  print  full  name) 


Apt.  No, 


Signature 

If  college  student,  please  indicate  D  undergraduate  D  graduate 


.New  subscribers  only.  Rate  good  just  in  U.S. 
___^_^^  T69753 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


FIRST  CLASS 

Permit 

No.  22 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Business  Reply  Mail 

No  Postage  Stamp  Necessary  if  Mailed  in  the  United  States 


Postage  Will  Be  Paid  By 

TIME 

TIME  &  LIFE  BUILDING 

541  NORTH  FAIRBANKS  COURT 

CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS  60611 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


A  Nation  of  Moonshiners 


by  Richard  M.  Klein 


Americans  have  produced  and 
imbibed  alcoholic  beverages 
from  colonial  days  on  down 

Cognizant  of  its  awesome  respon- 
sibilities in  guiding  our  nation,  the 
Eighty-eighth  Congress  of  the  United 
States  of  America  on  May  4,  1964, 
passed  joint  resolution  19,  introduced 
by  Senator  Thruston  Morton  and 
Congressman  John  C.  Watts,  honor- 
able gentlemen  of  the  great  state  of 
Kentucky,  which  contained  the  fol- 
lowing proviso: 

That  it  is  the  sense  of  Congress  that 
the  recognition  of  Bourbon  whis- 
key as  a  distinctive  product  of  the 
United  States  be  brought  to  the  at- 
tention of  the  appropriate  agencies 
of  the  United  States  Government 
towards  the  end  that  such  agencies 
will  take  appropriate  action  to  pro- 
hibit the  importation  into  the 
United  States  of  whiskey  desig- 
nated as  Bourbon.  .  .  . 

As  might  be  expected,  resolution 
19  was  far  from  the  first  congressional 
act  to  deal  with  distilled  beverages. 
Certainly  one  of  the  earliest  was  a  law 
enacted  by  the  first  general  assembly 
of  Virginia  in  1619: 

Against  drunkenness  be  it  also  de- 
creed that  if  any  private  person  be 
found  culpable  thereof,  for  the  first 
time  he  is  to  be  reprooved  privately 
by  ye  Minister,  for  the  second  time 
publically,  the  thirde  time  to  lye  in 
boltes  12  howers  in  the  house  of  ye 
Provost  Marshall  and  to  paye  his 
fee. 

These  two  quotations  demonstrate 
the  sinfulness  and  profitability  of  dis- 
tilled spirits  in  the  United  States:  twin 


2B, 

iKES, 

liftVrfPt 


|l>«k  tni  P. 


'■•i-TeUr' 


R  1  C  H  A  R  D      DlTAifff-" 
n  1  s  T  1  I.  L  i;  K,     ^S 


A  very  C«NiiDtRAti.E  QUANTn  V  rj 

Urt<  flf»f.4y,  kilUtr?  Dffttw,,  CnffT)  RrmtfiOum 


.r..i 


r  Srioi,  wa- 


.YN, 


...■"t.-m.ht^ifr.kl..., 
.:,  ,  T-iri  viilr iiWi  l'u<l>  ml  (.. 
-■  .:i  '..  ,ut  h:iti  with  ihei>«ortom, 
rt       r  I'ui^   >?  nhst  b«  iffcrtt,  Ibft 


[lift  |>»W,(lid  bv  HUGH  GAINE, 
'1  >  II  K  Till  K  Iv'rPREST  OF  AMeiHg 
1     1MPART(ALLV  STArKpl,    in  ««« 

C  O  M  M  O  N    S  E  NiS. 

SaiJ  GAIM  !u5   Kt  Sde, 

Vy     W«,  P^.-:|..   inlr.  Ink.  Fidr 
-  "'  P.rliiill 


T  Sin.ll' 


[CO  B. 


,  »ll   PI 

,.I  Ntft-  Yorl*.  tn»i\y 
Solt!  It  Divideri,  G  Jil  Sciln,' 
)..(  irjvellptsr  in  iheWootfs.B 
fc.  .\t.     Lit«.viie,  lu,vi,»B( 

Chilit.-fi.M-iLtMrt!.  ^t'is, 

Irrli.rt,  «i(h   »  Ttry  hrfc   Aflilniib^ 
m.l  F,ii;ej.     An  aaml   Survey 
,  Amf tif.j,  Irom  Ci()(  Bajj^  ■ 


New  York  Historical  Society 

Ad  in  1776  newspaper  for 
various  spirituous  liquors. 

themes  that  run  throughout  our  entire 
experience  with  liquor. 

Although  production  and  con- 
sumption of  low-proof  alcohol  pre- 
date recorded  history,  Aristotle  men- 
tioned that  one  could  obtain  the  spirit 
of  wine.  Greek  and  Egyptian  alchem- 
ists in  the  second  century  a.d.  ob- 
tained rectified,  or  distilled,  liquids 
and,  in  the  process,  apparently  stum- 
bled upon  ardent — as  opposed  to 
mild — spirits.  Yet,  distilling  entered 
the  thinking  of  Europe  only  when  the 
Crusaders  learned  the  technique  from 
North  Africans.  A  treatise  on  distill- 
ing appeared  in  France  in  1310,  and 
by  1500,  there  were  learned  books 


and  practical  manuals  on  the  prepara- 
tion of  brandy  from  wine,  aqua  vitae 
from  beer,  and  the  fabrication  of  me- 
dicinal cordials  from  herbs  infused  in 
grain  alcohol  made  from  wheat,  bar- 
ley, and  millet.  Our  English  word 
whiskey  is  derived  from  the  Gaelic 
uisgebeatha.  or  water  of  life  (aqua 
vitae).  Originally,  the  drink  was  a 
medicine,  an  all-purpose  cure  con- 
taining anise,  cloves,  nutmeg,  gin- 
ger, caraway,  licorice,  sugar,  and  saf- 
fron, in  addition  to  alcohol. 

The  preparation  of  alcohol  is 
simple.  Basically,  any  carbohydrate 
source  is  fermented  with  yeast  and  the 
8  to  13  percent  alcoholic  solution  is 
refined  by  distilling  the  alcohol  out  of 
the  water.  In  Europe  and  its  colonies, 
the  medieval  alembic,  a  closed  vessel 
to  which  heat  was  applied,  was 
charged  with  the  ferment  and  the  al- 
coholic vapors  were  passed  through 
a  pipe  in  the  vessel's  top  to  a  twisted 
metal  "worm"  immersed  in  cold 
water  to  condense  the  vaporized  alco- 
hol. In  addition  to  alcohol,  the  distil- 
late contained  a  wide  variety  of  vola- 
tile compounds  that  gave  specific 
odors  and  flavors  to  the  brew. 

When  grain  is  the  source  of  carbo- 
hydrate, fermentation  is  initiated  ei- 
ther by  adding  sugar,  which  can  be 
fermented  by  the  yeast,  or  supplying 
the  enzyme  amylase,  which  converts 
starch  into  sugar.  Amylase,  present  in 
sprouting  grain,  is  formed  in  response 
to  the  secretion  from  one  tissue  into 
another  of  gibberellic  acid,  a  sub- 
stance that  regulates  plant  growth. 
Barley  is  an  excellent  source  of  amyl- 
ase. The  grain  is  wetted,  allowed  to 
sprout,  dried  with  gentle  heat,  and  the 
seedlings  are  then  ground  into  malt. 
Scotch  whisky's  distinctive  taste 
comes  in  part  from  the  practice  of 


23 


Makers  Mark  Distillery 


One-hundred-year-old  steam 
engine  for  yeast  room. 

drying  the  malt  over  peat  fires.  Grain 
is  ground  into  meal,  boiled  into  a 
gruel  to  make  its  starch  soluble,  malt 
is  added,  the  gruel  is  inoculated  with 
yeast  and  allowed  to  ferment  to  pro- 
duce a  beer  that  is  then  distilled.  Most 
yeasts  stop  working  when  the  alcohol 
content  reaches  a  maximum  of  12 
percent,  at  which  point  the  alcohol 
can  be  distilled  away  from  the  beer. 
The  resulting  mash  can  be  refer- 
mented  several  times,  and  the  spent 
mash  used  as  animal  feed.  (Colonists 
derived  much  innocent  amusement 
from  seeing  how  drunk  their  pigs 
would  get  on  spent  mash.) 

For  reasons  lost  in  the  idiocies  of 
history,  the  early  settlers  failed  to 
bring  the  alembic  and  worm  with 
them  when  they  crossed  the  Atlantic 
and  their  drinking  was  thus  restricted 
to  beer,  ale,  and  wine.  But  with  Yan- 
kee ingenuity,  just  about  all  the  colo- 
nists' produce  could  be  used  as  a  base 
for  beer.  Pumpkins,  potatoes,  sea 
plums,  Indian  corn,  carrots,  and  even 
turnips  were  made  into  beer.  North- 
ern New  Englanders  used  honey  from 
wild  bee  trees  and  the  sap  of  the 
maple  pointed  out  to  them  by  friendly 
Indians. 

Along  with  other  necessities,  the 
colonists  carried  seedling  fruit  trees 
from  Europe  and  orchards  were 
planted  as   soon  as   the  land   was 


cleared.  Hard  syder,  about  4  to  5  per- 
cent alcohol,  was  made  from  crabb 
trees,  and  the  first  blooming  of 
apples,  peaches,  and  pears  was 
greeted  with  cries  of  rejoicing.  The 
alcoholic  content  of  these  syders  was 
increased  to  about  25  percent  by  put- 
ting the  jugs  outside  in  winter  and  get- 
ting rid  of  the  water  content  by  care- 
fully removing  the  ice.  Peaches  were 
especially  favored  in  the  Virginia  col- 
onies because  they  fermented  into  a 
somewhat  stronger  product  than 
apples  and  plums,  with  a  delightful 
odor  and  taste.  Elderberries,  cur- 
rants, and  the  wild  but  foxy-tasting 
grapes  were  used  for  wine.  Ardent 
spirits — the  whiskeys — were  not  rou- 
tinely used.  Brandy  was  a  standard 
medicinal  of  ship's  stores,  and  rum 
made  from  molasses  on  the  sugar 
plantations  of  the  West  Indies  had  to 
be  transshipped  to  the  colonies  via 
England. 

Distilling  apparatus  was,  of 
course,  soon  put  into  use.  At  first,  a 
blanket  was  placed  over  a  kettle  and 
the  condensed  vapors  were  simply 
wrung  out  into  a  pail .  But  each  village 
had  a  mechanically  inclined  inhabi- 
tant who  constructed  an  alembic  and 
worm  from  bits  and  scraps  of  wood 
and  metal,  and  by  1630,  applejack 
and  crude  grape,  peach,  and  pear 
brandies  were  being  made.  The  fruit 
brandy  of  New  Jersey  was  considered 
the  most  potent,  capable  of  producing 
an  "apple  palsy"  after  just  two 
drinks. 

Capt.  John  Smith  planted  maize  in 
Jamestown,  Virginia,  in  1607  and  a 
year  later  the  colony  made  corn  beer 
from  it.  Those  experiments  on  malt- 
ing maize  were  duly  noted  and  barley 
was  planted  elsewhere  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible. Wilhelm  Keift,  director-gen- 
eral of  the  Dutch  colony  on  Staten 
Island,  distilled  grain  in  1640  with 
imported  barley  malt  mixed  with  im- 
ported rye  and  native  maize.  Brandy 
was  produced  from  imported  grapes 
by  1650  and  aged  from  two  to  four 
years  in  barrels  fashioned  from  native 
white  oak  instead  of  the  oak  species 
of  France.  Gin,  too,  was  made  in 
America  by  1660,  but  never  attained 
the  popularity  it  achieved  in  England. 
In  contrast  to  the  European  varieties, 
American  gin  was  not  made  entirely 
of  wheat  and  barley  malt,  but  utilized 
corn — creating  a  strange  taste — and 
the  botanicals  included  the  berries  of 
native  junipers,  which  were  also  dif- 
ferent from  those  of  Europe.  A  mix- 
ture of  gin  and  applejack,  called 
"strip  and  go  naked"  because  it  in- 


duced this  behavior  after  several 
mugfuls,  was  imbibed  by  the  poor  in 
northern  cities.  It  was  tamed  for  ser- 
vants and  women  by  adding  beer  and 
blackstrap  molasses. 

The  Puritans  of  the  Massachusetts 
colonies  favored  rum,  usually  served 
on  social  occasions  as  a  rum  flip.  A 
mixture  of  rum,  beer,  and  sugar  was 
stirred  with  a  logger — a  heated  iron 
poker;  after  a  half  dozen  potions,  the 
guests  were  frequently  at  logger- 
heads. Rum  is  a  distillate  of  either 
yeast-fermented  sugarcane  syrup  or 
the  molasses  left  after  the  crystalliza- 
tion of  the  sugar.  Blackstrap  molas- 
ses, a  dark  brown,  caramellike  end 
product,  is  the  most  common  starting 
material.  The  rum  initially  consumed 
in  the  colonies  was  made  in  the  West 
Indies,  but  by  1660  the  Salem,  New- 
port, and  Medford  branches  of  the 
Massachusetts  colonies  were  import- 
ing molasses  to  make  their  own  dark, 
high-proof  product.  Benjamin  Frank- 
lin, first  president  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  devised  a  wal- 
loping drink  for  membership  dinners 
(and  his  lady  friends)  consisting  of 
high-proof  Medford  or  Demarara 
rum,  loaf  sugar,  and  orange  juice. 

Most  of  the  sugar  refineries  were  in 
French  or  Spanish  hands,  but  Britain, 
preferring  to  keep  the  lucrative  mo- 


Maker's  Mark  Distillery 


Limestone  water — a  crucial 
ingredient  of  bourbon  whiskey. 


24 


The  U.S.  Army  forced  this 

peaceful  Indian  into 

becoming  a  military  genius. 

Tonight,  Xerox  presents  "I  Will  Fight  No  More  Forever."  A  moving  drama 
that  is  a  testament  to  the  vision,  stature  and  dignity  of  one  of  the  great 
Indian  warriors  in  American  history,  Chief  Joseph,  leader  of  the  Nez  Perce  tribe. 

Forced  from  their  tribal  home.  Chief  Joseph  and  some  300  braves  fought 
ten  separate  Army  commands  in  a  desperate  1,600  mile  trek  toward  freedom. 

So  formidable  were  his  defensive  maneuvers,  the  history  of  the  campaign 
is  still  studied  at  West  Point. 

"I  Will  Fight  No  More  Forever,"  starring  James  Whitmore  as  General 
Howard  and  Ned  Romero  as  Chief  Joseph. 

Friday,  January  9, 9  PM/ET,  on  the  ABC-TV  Network. 

Check  your  local  listing. 

XEROX 


Air-India's  India. 
Now  is  the  time 
lor the  tour 
of  your  life. 

Come  to  the  country  that 
shimmers  in  your  dreams.  India. 
Incredibly  beautiful,  incredibly 
romantic.  And  Air-India  has  tours  to 
take  you  there  as  no  one  else  can. 

Incomparable  India.  A  fully- 
escorted  24  day  tour  of  magical 
India.  You  will  see  Bombay  the 
Ajanta  Caves,  Udaipur,  Jaipur,  Agra, 
Khajuraho,  Banares,  Kathmandu, 
Pokhara,  Old  and  New  Delhi. 

India  Highlights.  A  21  day  fully 
escorted  overall  view  of  fascinating 
India.  Sightseeing  by  private  car  and 
accommodations  in  the  finest  hotels. 

Fly  and  Drive.  16  days  driving 
through  India  with  a  car  and 
chauffeur.  It's  as  affordable  as  just 
a  car  in  Europe-  See  India  in  superb 
comfort  and  style  with  your 
chauffeur  as  your  guide. 

For  brochures  write  Air-India  or 
see  your  travel  agent.  Whichever 
tour  you  pick,  Air-India  will  make  it 
the  tour  of  your  life. 

Uliy  would  you  fly 
any  other  way. 

666FifthAve.,N.Y.,N.Y.  10019 


Maker's  Mark  Distillerv 

Old  copper  equipment  used 
in  the  distilling  process. 

lasses  trade  entirely  English,  at- 
tempted through  the  molasses  act  of 
1733  to  limit  the  profits  of  the  hated 
foreigners  by  requiring  that  Medford 
rum  be  shipped  to  England  or,  if  kept 
for  local  consumption,  be  taxed  at 
home-country  rates.  The  molasses  act 
had  two  effects.  It  increased  rum 
smuggling  and  was  as  distasteful  to 
the  colonists  as  the  stamp,  naviga- 
tion, and  tea  taxes.  As  a  substitute  for 
rum,  New  Englanders  fermented  and 
distilled  the  honey  from  native  bee 
trees.  Called  "old  metheglin,"  the 
beverage  was  a  dark  brown,  sweet 
drink  of  about  60  percent  alcohol  con- 
tent. In  Vermont  it  was  traditionally 
assumed  that  one  glass  was  enough — 
even  in  winter — to  cause  the  buzzing 
of  the  bees  to  be  heard. 

Wheat  and  barley  grew  poorly  in 
the  colonies;  in  addition,  the  wheat 
was  needed  for  bread  and  most  of  the 
barley  was  needed  for  making  beer 
malt.  Rye,  not  a  native  plant,  accord- 
ingly formed  the  base  for  the  first 
whiskeys  made  in  the  colonies.  It 
flourished  in  western  Maryland  and 
eastern  Pennsylvania,  lands  settled 
by  Germans  from  Moravia  and  by 
Scotch-Irish  Presbyterians  descended 
from  Scots  who  had  previously  lived 
in  Ulster.  These  settlers  had  both  the 


skills  and  equipment  to  make  whis- 
key and  they  set  to  it  with  a  will  and 
fervor  that  was  part  of  their  heritage. 
Rye  whiskey  was  originally  called 
"tiger  spot,"  but  it  soon  became 
known  as  either  Maryland  or  Monon- 
gahela. 

There  were  good  economic  reasons 
for  the  industry  of  the  distillers.  A 
packhorse  could  carry  no  more  than 
four  bushels  of  grain,  but  the  same 
horse  could,  and  did,  carry  two  kegs 
of  whiskey  representing  twenty-four 
bushels  of  rye.  Spoilage  was  mini- 
mal ,  unless  the  horse  or  driver  stum- 
bled, and  the  two  kegs  brought  the 
equivalent  of  forty  bushels  of  grain. 
The  fermentation  and  distillation  of 
rye  and  barley  malt  produced  a  whis- 
key with  a  heavy,  intense  flavor,  in 
great  contrast  to  the  rye  that  the  con- 
temporary, unenlightened  drinker 
mixes  with  ginger  ale.  We  have  been 
sold  a  bill  of  goods:  Today's  rye  is 
little  more  than  a  smallish  amount  of 
whiskey  mixed  with  pure  alcohol, 
water,  and  caramel  coloring. 

Despite  its  success  in  Maryland 
and  Pennsylvania,  rye  was  not  a  good 
crop  in  the  South  or  on  the  western 
frontier.  The  weather  was  too  warm 
and  there  was  often  excessive  rain  in 
midsummer.  The  settlers,  therefore, 
turned  to  a  cereal  grain  that  did  grow 
well — the  maize  of  the  Indians.  As 
Virginians  moved  west,  they  estab- 
lished villages  that  were  sufficiently 
remote  to  require  their  own  legal 
structures.  By  1770,  Harrodsburg, 
Harwood's  Landing,  and  Boonsfort, 
all  in  Kentucky,  were  recognized  ag- 
ricultural communities  that  grew  corn 
for  food,  fodder,  and  fermentation. 
By  1780,  Fayette,  Jefferson,  and  Lin- 
coln Counties  were  legally  estab- 
lished in  the  western  Virginia  lands, 
a  judicial  District  of  Kentucky  (then 
spelled  Kentuckey)  was  formed  in 
1783,  and  Bourbon  County  was  cut 
out  from  Fayette  in  1786. 

The  population  of  Kentucky  in  the 
late  eighteenth  century  was  more  than 
"thirty  thousand  souls,"  of  which  a 
goodly  proportion  were  growing 
corn.  Who  first  started  making  corn 
likker  in  Kentucky  is  unknown,  but 
there  are  several  claimants  for  this  ex- 
alted title.  Among  them:  Marsham 
Brashears,  who  purchased  land  in 
1782  for  165  gallons  of  whiskey; 
Jacob  Froman,  who  was  indicted 
twice  (in  1784  and  1785)  for  retailing 
liquor  without  a  license;  and  Bartlett 
Searcy,  who  willed  his  96-gallon  still 
to  his  son  John  in  1784.  For  the  sake 
of  convenience,  the  Reverend  Elijah 


26 


You  can  help  save  Juiyi  Latemoon 

for  $16  a  month. 

Or  you  can  turn  the  page. 


Latemoon. 
"Descendant  of  a  proud  people. 
Her  ancestors  understood 
man's  harmony  with  nature. 
They  were  master  craftsmen,  farmers,  and  hurll 
Now  they  are  a  forgotten  people 
to  whom  many  promises  have  been  made. 
And  few  kept. 

JuIyi  is  poor  but  has  an  abundance  of  hope. 
She  needs  a  helping  hand. 
And  a  friend  who  will  understand. 

For  $16  a  month,  through  Save  the  Children  Federa- 
tion, you  can  sponsor  a  child  like  JuIyi  so  that  she  will 
not  be  forgotten.  Give  her  the  things  she  must  have 
to  keep  her  mind,  body,  and  spirit  alive.  And  com- 
bined with  money  from  other  sponsors,  your  $16  will 
help  JuIyi  and  the  people  of  her  community.  With  a 
desperately  needed  food  co-op,  income-producing 
handicraft  programs,  vocational  training,  youth  ac- 
tivities, clinics,  and  more.  In  simple  terms,  help  a 
proud,  hardworking  people  help  themselves.  For  this 
is  what  Save  the  Children  has  been  all  about  since 
1932. 

For  you— educated,  involved,  and  in  touch  with  your 
own  heart— there  are  many  rewards.  Correspond  with 
a  child.  Receive  a  photo  and  progress  reports.  Reach 
out  to  another  human  being.  That's  how  Save  the 
Children  works.  But  without  you  it  can't  work.  So 
please:  clip  this  coupon  and  mail  it  today.  Now  you 
can  turn  the  page. 


We  are  indeed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  funds.  Annual  report  and  audit 

statement  available  on  request,  f^ember  of  the  International  Union 

for  Child  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  for 

Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income-tax  deductible. 


I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  Q  girl  D  either 
D  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 

D  Appalachia  (U.S.)      O  Indian  D  Korea 

D  Bangladesh  (Latin  America)  D  Lebanon 

D  Colombia  D  Indian  (U.S.)  D  Mexico 

n  Dominican  Republic  D  Inner  Cities  (U.S.)    D  Rural  South  (U.S.) 

n  Honduras  D  Israel  D  Tanzania 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

n  $16  monthly  n  $96  semi-annually 

D  $48  quarterly  D  $192  annually 

n  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 


n  Please  send  me  more  information. 


_TEL.  NO.. 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


-STATE- 


-ZIP- 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

Westport,  Connecticut  06880  nh  i/e 


27 


Craig,  a  Baptist  minister,  is  usually 
credited  with  making  the  first  bour- 
bon whiskey  in  about  1780.  He  lived 
in  Georgetown,  Scott  County;  not 
Bourbon  County,  but  close  to  it.  Eli- 
jah's brother  Lewis,  also  a  Baptist 
minister,  was  a  whiskey  dealer  who 
supplied  the  cargo  for  the  flatboats 
that  followed  the  rivers  down  to  New 
Orleans. 

There  was  serious  debate  in  those 
days  as  to  the  propriety  of  ministers 
engaging  in  the  liquor  trade,  but  since 
most  parishioners  were  similarly  em- 
ployed, no  pot  could  call  any  kettle 
black.  Consumption  before  services 
or  during  revival  meetings,  however, 
was  dealt  with  severely.  And  drunk- 
enness occasionally  led  to  outright 
expulsion  from  the  congregation:  a 
man — and  his  wife — were  supposed 
to  be  able  to  handle  their  liquor.  The 
Baptist  argument  raged  on  until  about 
the  time  of  the  Civil  War  when  a  firm 
antiliquor  stand  was  taken. 

As  the  rye  from  Maryland  and 
Pennsylvania  and  the  corn  whiskey 
from  Bourbon  County  became  widely 
distributed,  the  role  of  liquor  in  so- 
cial, business,  and  political  affairs  be- 
came so  all-pervasive  in  the  region  as 
to  constitute  the  ordinary  way  of  life. 
Full  or  partial  payment  for  debts, 
mortgages,  and  purchases  of  necessi- 
ties was  made  in  liquor.  Gallons  of 
whiskey  and  distilling  apparatus  were 
formally  considered  parts  of  estates; 
births,  weddings,  and  funerals  were 
paid  for  and  celebrated  in  whiskey; 
and  business  arrangements  were  con- 
summated with  pledges  sloshed  down 
with  a  cupful  or  a  glassful.  Morning 
dawned  with  an  eye-opener  consist- 
ing of  whiskey  in  which  bitter  herbs 
had  been  steeped;  camomile  flowers 
were  a  common  additive.  Prophylac- 
tic doses  of  whiskey  warded  off  the 
often  fatal  effects  of  getting  soaked  in 
a  thunderstorm.  A  sovereign  remedy 
for  "summer  complaint"  of  both 
children  and  adults  was  an  infusion  of 
rhubarb,  caraway  seed,  and  orange 
peel  in  whiskey,  and  copperhead  or 
rattler  bites  were  treated  internally 
and  externally  with  bourbon. 

Most  distillers  were  the  Kentucky 
farmers  themselves,  who  took  advan- 
tage of  the  fine,  pure  limestone  water 
available  and  the  abundant  corn. 
None  of  the  products  were  trade- 
marked;  they  were  all  bourbon  or  rye. 
By  1760,  a  James  Beam  and  a  J.  W. 
Dant  had  moved  to  Kentucky  from 
North  Carolina  and  a  John  Ritchie 
and  a  Jacob  Beam  were  licensed  dis- 
tillers from  1770  to  1780,  but  it  was 


not  until  after  the  revolutionary  war 
that  specific  names  were  attached  to 
the  product  of  a  distillery  or  a  district. 
Elijah  Ripper  of  Lexington,  Ken- 
tucky, was  making  corn  whiskey  by 
1770  and  his  grandson  James  E.  Pep- 
per sold  "Old  1776"  during  the  nine- 
teenth century,  a  trademark  that  un- 
fortunately died  out  in  World  War  IL 
Prior  to,  and  even  after,  the  Revolu- 
tion, whiskey  was  collected  at  Louis- 
ville or  Cincinnati  and  barged  down 
the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers  to  be 
distributed  in  the  southwest  and 
southeast  via  New  Orleans.  John 
James  Audubon  subsidized  his  then 


Guy  Gillette,  Photo  Researchers 


Fermenting  vats  in 
contemporary  distillery. 

ignored  paintings  when,  as  a  mer- 
chant in  Henderson,  Kentucky,  he 
shipped  kegs  of  bourbon  whiskey  to 
Missouri  where  he  sold  the  liquor  at 
two  dollars  a  gallon. 

The  whiskey  of  the  colonists  was 
sold  and  consumed  in  its  God-given, 
natural,  water-clear  state.  Occasion- 
ally a  small  amount  of  caramel  color- 
ing was  added  to  give  the  liquid  the 
amber  hue  associated  with  European 
brandy.  The  colonists  knew  that 
aging  in  charred  oak  barrels  imparted 
a  golden  brown  color  and  smoothed 
out  the  product  through  the  marriage 
of  various  esters  and  organic  com- 
pounds, but  the  practice  took  valu- 
able time  and  no  one  cared  a  whit 
what  the  color  was  as  long  as  the 


drink  was  strong.  Besides,  the  long 
trip  by  horse  and  barge  in  the  hot  sun 
provided  all  the  aging  that  was  neces- 
sary. The  complex  of  harsh,  skull- 
popping  volatiles  (evil-smelling  fusel 
oils,  aldehydes,  and  wood  alcohol) 
could  be  absorbed  by  barrel  aging  or 
simply  by  filtering  the  raw  whiskey 
through  a  layer  of  maple  charcoal. 
Peach  brandy  was  similarly  treated 
with  charred  peach  pits,  which  also 
contained  a  minute  amount  of  prussic 
acid.  One  serious  problem  was  the 
tendency  of  the  alembic  to  overheat 
and  scorch  the  mash,  but  some  genius 
figured  out  a  way  to  introduce  live 
steam  into  the  pot  still  to  volatilize  the 
alcohol.  Only  much  later,  when  dis- 
tilling had  become  big  business,  did 
the  continuous  Coffey  still  method  re- 
place the  one-shot  pot. 

By  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  copper  stills  imported  from 
England  or  Holland  were  in  general 
use.  Most  native  stills  were  fashioned 
from  iron,  which  imparted  an  off  fla- 
vor and  sometimes  colored  the  water- 
clear  liquid.  British  restrictions  on 
local  manufacturing  made  rolled  cop- 
per for  alembic,  worm,  and  steam 
boiler  impossible  to  obtain.  Paul  Re- 
vere, a  silversmith — and  sometime 
horseman — was  best  known  for  being 
the  only  manufacturer  of  rolled  cop- 
per in  the  colonies,  a  monopoly  that 
he  held  until  1802. 

Proof,  or  strength,  was  determined 
by  the  gunpowder  method.  Equal  vol- 
umes of  gunpowder  and  whiskey 
were  mixed  and  set  afire.  If  the 
preparation  flashed  up,  the  whiskey 
was  too  strong;  if  it  didn't  burn,  it  was 
too  weak.  When  it  burned  evenly,  the 
whiskey  was  100  percent  perfect;  it 
was  proved  out  and  the  proof  was 
100.  (Since  pure  alcohol  is  200  proof, 
100  proof  indicates  an  alcohol  con- 
tent of  50  percent.) 

Although  rye  whiskey  was  made 
by  inoculating  mash  with  fresh  yeast, 
much  of  the  bourbon  utilized  the 
sour-mash  process  in  which  the 
mash,  before  fermentation,  was 
charged  with  a  small  amount  of  liquid 
from  the  previous  batch.  This  so- 
called  spent  beer  contained  a  small 
amount  of  lactic  and  other  acids, 
which  promoted  the  development  of 
yeasts  and  repressed  the  growth  of 
Ijacteria  that  might  otherwise  spoil 
the  taste  of  the  whiskey.  The  same 
principle  is  used  in  making  pickles 
and  sauerkraut. 

The  colonists  were  more  particular 
about  the  taste  than  the  spelling  of 
their  liquor  and  the  y  or  ey  endings 


28 


AUNiQiJi: c^ppc^muNirY  FORCxx.LtxrroRsc*  art  in  PRtx:ious MtriAi, 

The  T^atioml  Vreservation  of  Wildlife  Association  and 
The  J-famlton  JVlint  Vroudly  Tresents 

thmmericanA^ildufe 

COLLECTION  Jf 

A  Limited  Edition  of  ^^^^' 
Tare  Silver  Ingots 


A  Single  Minting  of  50 
Magnificent  Proof  Ingots,  Limited  to 
Just  10,000  Sets  in  .999  Fine  Silver. 


HERE  IS  A  MAGNIFICENT  TRIBUTE  tO  the 
grandeur  of  America's  wildlife.  1  he 
Hamilton  Mint,  together  with  the  National 
Preservation  of  Wildlife  Association,  an- 
nounces the  minting  of  a  new  collection  ot 
Pure  SUver  Ingots,  portraying  the  beauty  and 
diversity  of  the  land  animals,  birds  and  sea 
life  that  inhabit  America. 

A  COLLECTION  OF  BROAD  SCOPE 
"The  American  Wildlife  Collection"  Series  of 
50  ingots  is  one  of  the  most  comprehensive 
coUecUons  ever  issued  by  The  Hamilton  Mint. 
It  combines  superb  visual  beauty  with  lifelike 
portrayals  of  each  animal. 

Among  the  native  wildlife  represented  will 
be-  the  Wild  Horse,  the  California  Condor, 
the  Gray  Whale,  the  American  Bison,  the 
Wolverine  and  the  Florida  Manatee  —  aU  5U 
subjects  will  comprise  a  fascinating  panorama 
of  nature  for  the  naturalist  as  well  as  the 
collector. 

A  TREASURY  OF  MASTERPIECES 
Each  gleaming  proof  ingot  will  contain  a  full 
ounce  (480  grains)  of  .999  fine  silver,  the 
finest  and  purest  silver  available.  The  image 
areas  will  be  in  frosted  bas-relief,  dramaUc- 
ally  set  against  a  briUiant  mirror-like  back- 
ground. The  entire  set  will  contain  24,000 
grains  (over  4  troy  pounds)  of  pure  silver, 
more  than  the  average  family  accumulates  in 
a  lifetime. 

YOUR  OWN  PERSONAL  SERIAL  NUMBER 
Your  "American  Wildlife"  ingots  will  be  cus- 
tom minted  to  your  order  and  will  bear  your 
own  personal  serial  number  plus  The  Hamil- 
ton Mint  Hallmark.  Serial  numbers  will  be 
assigned  in  the  order  that  apphcaUons  are 
received,  with  the  lower  and  more  desirable 
numbers  going  to  the  earliest  subscribers.  You 


will  also  receive  a  Certificate  of  Authenticity, 
certifying  the  limited  edition  status  and  pre- 
cious metal  content  of  the  series. 

A  SINGLE  LIMITED  MINTING  WITH 
GUARANTEED  PRICE  PROTECTION 
The  edition  will  be  strictly  limited  to  just 
10  000  proof  sets  in  silver,  issued  at  the  rate 
of'two-a-month  for  a  period  of  25  months. 
Once  this  edition  limit  has  been  reached,  the 
minting  dies  will  be  destroyed,  thus  safeguard- 
ing the  integrity  of  the  edition. 

The  original  issue  price  for  each  ingot  will 
be  just  $14.95,  and  this  price  will  be  guaran- 
teed to  subscribers  over  the  entire  issue  period 
no  matter  how  the  price  of  silver  may  rise. 
And,  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  of  each  sale 
will  go  to  the  National  Preservation  of  Wild- 
life Association,  a  non-profit  organization 
dedicated  to  protecting  our  wildlife. 

Please  remember  that  there  is  a  strict  limit 
of  10  000  proof  sets,  so  prompt  action  is  essen- 
tial if  you  wish  to  be  included  within  the 
edition  limits. 


ARCHIVE  EDITION:  24  KT.  GOLD  ON  PURE  SILVER 
You  may  also  order  these  ingots  in  extrava- 
gantly beautiful  24  Kt.  gold  on  .999  fine  silver. 
Only  5.000  sets  will  be  minted,  thus  making 
this  edition  quite  rare.  Each  ingot  will  also  be 
individually  serially  numbered  and  hallmarked 
and  each  will  cost  just  S19.95. 


. COLLECTOR'S  APPLICATION 1 

'     "The  American  Wildlife  Collection"     , 

THE  HAMILTON  MINT  „^,    „,  fi„„ni 

40  E.  University  Dr. ,  Arlmgton  Hgts.,  Bl.  60004 

Please  accept  my  application  for  a  complete 
50  Ingot  Limited  Edition  Proof  Set  of  'The 
American  Wildlife  Collection."  I  understand 
that  I  will  receive  my  first  two  ingots  soon 
after  my  order  is  accepted  and  that  I  will  be 
invoiced  tor  the  prepayment  of  the  next  two 
ingots  in  the  series. 

AN  OPPORTUNITY  TO  BUY  THIS  SERIES  &  SAVE 
n  Send  me  my  firts  two  ingots  in  .999  Fine 

Silver  for  only  $29.90. 
n  Send  me  my  first  two  ingots  in  24  Kt.  Gold 

on  .999  Fine  Silver  for  only  $39.90. 

/  enclose  my  first  payment  of  $ 

or  charge  my: 

n  Master  Charge*        D  BankAraericard 
Acct.  No lEtp.  Date 


Subscribers  will  receive  a  handsome  dis- 
play case,  free  of  charge,  to  house  the  entire 
Collection.  Also  at  no  cost,  you'll  receive 
a  special  bonus,  "Nature  Atlas  ot  Amer- 
ica "  a  beautiful  255  page  volume  with  361 
full  color  photographs  and  illustrations. 
This  handsome  book  is  a  large  SVz  '  x  U 
and  has  a  deluxe  library  binding. 


the  four  numbers  above  your  i 


Address- 
City 


(must  be  signed  1 


Signature- 

(lllln 

I  WANT  JUST  THE  FIRST  INGOT  IN  THE  SERIES  (Big 
Horned  Sheep),  but  then  I  do  not  get  the  sav- 
ings the  ingot  will  not  be  serially  numbered 
and  no  future  ingots  will  be  reserved  for  me. 
n  Single  ingot  @  $15.95  in  .999  Fine  Silver. 
□  Single  ingot  @  $20.95  in  24  Kt.  Gold  on 

.999  Fine  Silver. 
ADPllcatlon  subject  to  acceptance  by  The  Hamilton  Hint. 
LIMIT:  ONE  PROOF  SET  PER  SUBSCRIBER 


."J 


29 


QUESTAR  PHOTOGRAPHS 
THE  NEIGHBORS 


Fast  shots  with  photo-visual  Questar, 
ike  this  watchful  squirrel  and  rumpled 
licker  nestling,  are  easier  than  ever  when 
ou  add  OUT  Fast  Focus  to  the  Field 
lodel.  And  using  this  combination  with 
lie  Questar-modiiied  Olympus  OM-1 
amera  body  is  a  new  and  exciting 
xperience  for  the  nature  photographer. 


SEND  $1  FOR  THE  QUESTAR  BOOKLET  WITH  ITS 
150  PHOTOGRAPHS  BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS.  $1 
"OR  MAILING  ON  THIS  CONTINENT:  BY  AIR  TO 
1.  AMERICA,  $2.50;  EUROPE  AND  N.  AFRICA.  $3; 
DTHER  AREAS,  $3.50. 

QUESTAR 

BOX  N  60,  NEW  HOPE,  PA.  18938 
©Copyright  Questar  Corporation  1974 


were  used  interchangeably  until 
about  1850.  Frances  TroUope  used 
both  spellings  in  her  1832  book,  Do- 
mestic Manners  of  the  Americans. 
After  the  Civil  War  the  ey  ending  was 
restricted  to  the  rye,  Canadian,  and 
bourbon  whiskeys  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere. 

George  Washington  learned  the 
value  of  whiskey  very  early.  In  1758 
he  stood  for  the  Virginia  House  of 
Burgesses  from  Frederick  County 
and  won  with  a  total  of  307  votes — at 
a  cost  of  £38,  £34  of  which  was  spent 
on  liquor.  At  the  time,  rum  was  16 
shillings  per  gallon,  rye  whiskey  was 
8  shillings  per  gallon,  corn  liquor  was 
4  shillings  per  gallon,  and  there  were 
20  shillings  to  the  pound.  The  money 
was  well  spent.  By  contrast,  James 
Madison,  who  refused  to  supply  re- 
freshments for  the  voters,  consist- 
ently lost  elections.  Washington's 
plantation  was  noted  for  its  peach 
brandy,  and  as  his  liquor  became  ever 
more  famous,  he  branched  out  into 
making  a  whiskey  from  rye  and  corn 
and  imported  a  Scotsman  to  oversee 
the  business.  However,  he  had  com- 
petition from  others,  including  the 
Byrd,  Mason,  Madison,  and  Jeffer- 
son families. 

During  the  revolutionary  war, 
Washington  insisted  that  the  army  be 
supplied  a  liquor  ration:  "In  many 
instances  such  as  when  they  are 
marching  in  hot  and  cold  weather  .  .  . 
it  is  essential  that  it  [liquor]  not  be 
dispensed  with."  He  recommended 
to  the  Continental  Congress  that  pub- 
lic distilleries  be  erected  to  supply  li- 
quor to  the  troops.  The  young  Ameri- 
can navy,  following  the  British 
model,  also  had  its  daily  tot  of  rum. 
With  many  men  away  from  their 
farms  during  the  war,  grain  was  in 


Guy  Gillette,  Photo  Researchers 

Bottling  the  final  product 
for  distribution. 

short  supply.  Washington  noted  with 
approval  the  restrictions  imposed  by 
the  colonies  on  excessive  use  of  grain 
for  whiskey  making  and  insisted  that 
the  liquor  ration  consist  of  peach  or 
apple  brandy  or  of  rum.  This  did  not 
sit  too  well  with  the  southern  and 
western  troops  weaned  on  corn  and 
rye  likker,  but  their  complaints  were 
dampened  by  the  high-proof  rum 
passed  out  by  supply  sergeants.  War- 
time profiteering  became  evident  as 
the  price  of  rum  rose  fourfold  in  a 
year.  The  ration  of  spirits  given  to 
sailors  was  ended  by  an  act  of  the 
Thirty-seventh  Congress  in  1830  and 
the  adjutant  general  of  the  army 
supinely  went  along  in  1862. 

Governments  have  always  taxed  li- 
quor, and  citizens  have  always  at- 
tempted to  evade  payment.  The 
young  Republic,  in  a  desperate  search 
for  a  means  to  pay  the  debts  resulting 
from  the  Revolution  and  to  cover  the 
growing  obligations  of  statehood, 
considered  the  imposition  of  a  whis- 
key excise.  Alexander  Hamilton,  the 
secretary  of  the  treasury,  and  his  Fed- 
eralist party  rammed  through  Con- 
gress the  Excise  Tax  Act  of  1791, 
which  empowered  the  federal  gov- 
ernment to  impose  duties  on  all  spirits 
"distilled  within  the  United  States, 
from  any  article  of  the  growth  and 
produce  of  the  United  States,  in  any 
city,  town  or  village."  Progressive 
duties  on  each  gallon  according  to  its 
proof  and  a  yearly  tax  on  each  still 
were  mandated,  together  with  an  on- 
erous responsibility  laid  on  each  pro- 
ducer to  maintain  records  and  permit 
the  inspection  of  distilleries,  ware- 


*«iL_3^ 


houses,  taverns,  and  even  private 
homes.  Indignation  ran  high.  Kain- 
lucks,  Virginians,  Tennesseans,  and 
Pennsylvania  rye  distillers  were 
hailed  into  court  for  back  excises;  the 
Reverend  Elijah  Craig  had  a  liability 
of  $140  assessed  against  him  and 
nearly  went  bankrupt,  as  did  many 
others.  This  excise,  they  all  agreed, 
was  an  invasion  of  rights  won  with 
their  blood.  They  had  fought  the  Brit- 
ish for  freedom  from  excisemen  and 
they  would  be  damned  if  they  were 
going  to  go  through  that  again.  Al- 
though the  excise  was  softened  in 
1792  and  again  in  1794,  distillers 
joined  with  shippers  and  retailers  to 
oppose  the  tax,  and  meetings  and  res- 
olutions gave  way  to  direct  opposi- 
tion, which  included  tarring  and 
feathering  the  tax  collectors,  shooting 
up  the  homes  of  the  excisemen,  and 
an  occasional  murder.  The  violence 
was  meant  to  be  a  test  of  the  power 
of  the  federal  government  to  tax  the 
people  directly,  without  the  interposi- 
tion of  the  states,  and  Hamilton  con- 
vinced Washington  that  the  whiskey 
rebels  of  the  Monongahela  Valley 
must  be  permanently  crushed. 

With  a  penchant  for  military  over- 
kill that  seems  to  mark  our  country's 
defense  establishment,  a  massive 
army  was  gathered.  By  the  autumn  of 
1794,  13,000  troops  armed  with  artil- 
lery, mortars,  and  other  appurten- 
ances of  a  punitive  force — and  sup- 
plied with  whiskey — had  been  mus- 
tered. General  Henry  (Light-Horse 
Harry)  Lee,  then  governor  of  Vir- 
ginia, smelled  powder  and  volun- 
teered to  lead  one  section  of  the 
troops  through  the  Cumberland  Gap 
near  the  point  where  Virginia,  Ken- 
tucky, and  Tennessee  meet.  General 
Howell  and  the  New  Jersey  contin- 
gent moved  through  Carlisle,  Penn- 
sylvania, and  Washington  himself 
made  an  appearance  on  a  white  horse 
to  show  that  the  government  really 
knew  what  it  was  doing.  Happily, 
there  was  no  battle;  the  rebels  wisely 
dispersed.  At  a  cost  of  about  $1.5 
million,  the  excises  were  collected. 
Jefferson,  who  never  supported  any 
of  Hamilton's  ideas,  repealed  the 
whiskey  tax  when  he  assumed  the 
presidency  in  1801  and  it  was  not 
reimposed  until  the  Civil  War.  For 
better  or  worse,  depending  on  your 
point  of  view,  it  has  never  been  re- 
moved since. 

Richard  M.  Klein,  who  is  not  a  teeto- 
taler, teaches  botany  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Vermont. 


Little  Maria 
had  been 
hungry 

all  her  life. 


Maria  lives  in  a  slum  in  Brazil  and  has 
suffered  from  malnutrition  all  her  young 
life.  When  she  was  accepted  into  our 
CCF-assisted  nutrition  program,  she  was 
about  five  and  a  half  years  old  but  was 
unable  to  walk.  She  weighed  only  sixteen 
pounds — less  than  half  her  estimated  nor- 
mal weight  for  a  child  her  age. 

Little  Maria's  home  is  a  four  room 
shack  made  of  poles,  mud  and  partially 
covered  with  tiles,  flattened  tin  cans  and 
pieces  of  scrap  lumber.  Holes  in  the  walls 
are  patched  with  cardboard.  She  shares 
this  home  with  her  mother  and  father,  five 
sisters,  five  brothers  and  a  nephew. 

While  Maria's  father  works  hard,  he  is 
totally  unskilled  and  can  only  get  work  as 
a  porter,  carrying  immense  loads  on  top 
of  his  head.  His  income  is  so  meager  he 
cannot  possibly  provide  for  his  family. 
Maria's  mother  does  not  have  a  job  and 
stays  home  to  care  for  the  children. 

Now  Maria  has  a  chance  for  a  better 
life  with  help  from  her  CCF  sponsor. 
After  she  was  enrolled  in  the  nutrition 
project,  she  showed  rapid  signs  of  im- 
provement. She  became  able  to  crawl 
around  the  recovery  room.  She  could 
smile  and  talk.  She  could  even  draw  and 
our  report  shows  that  her  physical  state 
was  improving  normally.  Hopefully  she 
will  make  a  good  recovery  and  the  marks 
of  malnutrition  will  disappear. 

But  there  are  many  other  youngsters 
like  Maria  who  suffer  from  severe  malnu- 
trition and  who  must  wait  for  the  assis- 
tance they  so  urgently  need.  You  can  help 
such  a  child  by  becoming  a  CCF  sponsor. 
The  cost  is  only  $15  a  month  (tax  de- 
ductible) and  you  will  have  the  privilege 
of  developing  a  person-to-person  relation- 
ship with  the  child  you  assist. 

You  will  receive  the  child's  photograph. 


name  and  mailing  address  so  that  you  can 
exchange  letters  and  cards.  Most  impor- 
tant, you  will  have  the  satisfaction  that 
comes  from  sharing  your  love  with  some- 
one who  needs  you.  And  boys  and  girls 
like  Maria  urgently  need  your  help.  Mal- 
nutrition can  cause  many  permanent  de- 
fects even  if  it  does  not  immediately  lead 
to  disease  and  death. 

Won't  you  help?  Please  fill  out  the 
coupon  at  the  bottom  of  the  page  indi- 
cating the  sex  and  country  of  the  child 
you'd  like  to  sponsor.  In  about  two  weeks 
you  will  receive  your  personal  sponsor 
folder  on  the  child  who  has  been  placed 
with  you. 

Sponsors  urgently  needed  in  Brazil, 
India.  Guatemala.  Indonesia  and  the 
Philippines. 


We  will  be  glad  to  send  you  a  Statement 
of  Income  and  Expense  upon  request. 


Write  today:  Dr.  Verent  J.  Mills 

CHRISTIAN  CHILDREN'S  FUND,  Inc. 

Box  26511,  Richmond,  Va.  23261 

I  want  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  D  girl  in 

(Country) 

n  Choose  any  child  who  needs  my  help. 
I  will  pay  $15  a  month.  I  enclose  first 

payment  of  $ Please  send  me 

ehild'>  name,  mailing  address  and  photo- 
graph. 
I  can't  sponsor  a  child  now  but  I  do  want 

to  give  $ 

□  Please  send  me  more  information. 

Name 

Address 

City 


-Zip- 


Member  of  International  Union  for  Child  Wel- 
fare, Geneva.  Gifts  are  tax  deductible.  Canadians: 
Write  1407  Yonge,  Toronto.  7.  NH3310 


31 


This  View  of  Life 


Darwin  and  the  Captain 


If  Darwin  wasn't  the  ship's 
naturalist,  what  was  he  doing 
on  the  Beagle  ?  And  why  did 
Captain  Fitzroy  shoot  himself? 

Groucho  Marx  always  delighted  au- 
diences with  such  outrageously  obvi- 
ous questions  as  "Who's  buried  in 
Grant's  tomb?"  But  the  apparently 
obvious  can  often  be  deceptive.  If  I 
remember  correctly,  the  answer  to 
who  framed  the  Monroe  Doctrine?  is 
John  Quincy  Adams.  Most  biologists 
would  answer  "Charles  Darwin" 
when  asked,  "Who  was  the  naturalist 
aboard  the  H.M.S.  Beagle!"  And 
they  would  all  be  wrong.  Let  me  not 
sound  too  shocking  at  the  outset.  Dar- 
win was  on  the  Beagle  and  he  did 
devote  his  attention  to  natural  history . 
But  he  was  brought  on  board  for  an- 
other purpose,  and  the  ship's  sur- 
geon, Robert  McKormick,  originally 
held  the  official  position  of  naturalist. 
Herein  lies  a  tale;  not  just  a  nit-pick- 
ing footnote  to  academic  history,  but 
a  discovery  of  some  significance.  An- 
thropologist J.  W.  Gruber  reported 
the  evidence  in  "Who  Was  the  Bea- 
g/e's  Naturalist?"  written  in  1969  for 
the  British  Journal  for  the  History  of 
Science.  Last  year,  science  historian 
H.  L.  Burstyn  attempted  to  answer 
the  obvious  corollary:  If  Darwin 
wasn't  the  Beagle's  naturalist,  why 
was  he  on  board? 

No  document  specifically  identi- 
fies McKormick  as  an  official  natural- 
ist, but  the  circumstantial  evidence  is 
overwhelming.  The  British  navy,  at 
the  time,  had  a  well-established  tradi- 
tion of  surgeon-naturalists,  and  Mc- 
Kormick had  deliberately  educated 
himself  for  such  a  role.  He  was  an 


adequate,  if  not  brilliant,  naturalist 
and  performed  his  tasks  with  distinc- 
tion on  other  voyages,  including 
Ross's  Antarctic  expedition 
(1839-1843)  to  locate  the  position  of 
the  South  Magnetic  Pole.  Moreover, 
Gruber  has  found  a  letter  from  the 
Edinburgh  naturalist  Robert  Jameson 
addressed  to  "My  dear  Sir"  and  full 
of  advice  to  the  Beagle  naturalist  on 
collection  and  preservation  of  speci- 
mens. In  the  traditional  view,  no  one 
but  Darwin  himself  could  have  been 
the  recipient.  Fortunately,  the  name 
of  the  addressee  is  on  the  original 
folio.  It  was  written  to  McKormick. 

Darwin,  to  cut  the  suspense,  sailed 
on  the  Beagle  as  companion  to  Cap- 
tain Fitzroy.  But  why  would  a  British 
captain  want  to  take  as  a  companion 
on  a  five-year  journey  a  man  he  had 
only  met  the  previous  month?  Two 
features  of  naval  voyages  during  the 
1830s  must  have  set  Fitzroy 's  deci- 
sion. First  of  all,  voyages  lasted  for 
many  years,  with  long  stretches  be- 
tween ports  and  very  limited  contact 
by  mail  with  friends  and  family  at 
home.  Secondly  (and  however 
strange  it  may  seem  to  our  psycho- 
logically more  enlightened  century), 
British  naval  tradition  dictated  that  a 
captain  have  absolutely  no  social  con- 
tact with  anyone  down  the  chain  of 
command.  He  dined  alone  at  every 
meal  and  met  with  his  officers  only  to 
discuss  ship's  business  and  to  con- 
verse in  the  most  formal  and  "cor- 
rect" manner. 

Now  Fitzroy,  when  he  set  sail  with 
Darwin,  was  26  years  old.  He  knew 
the  psychological  toll  that  prolonged 
lack  of  human  contact  could  take 
from  captains.  The  Beagle's  previous 
skipper  had  broken  down  and  shot 


himself  to  death  during  the  Southern 
Hemisphere  winter  of  1828,  his  third 
year  away  from  home.  Moreover,  as 
Darwin  himself  affirmed  in  a  letter  to 
his  sister,  Fitzroy  was  worried  about 
"his  hereditary  predisposition"  to 
mental  derangement.  His  illustrious 


Captain  Robert  Fitzroy  AMNH 

uncle,  the  Viscount  Castlereagh  (sup- 
pressor of  the  Irish  rebellion  of  1798 
and  Foreign  Secretary  during  the  de- 
feat of  Napoleon),  had  slit  his  own 
throat  in  1822.  In  fact,  Fitzroy  did 
break  down  and  temporarily  relin- 
quish his  command  during  the  Bea- 
gle's voyage — while  Darwin  was  laid 
up  with  illness  in  Valparaiso. 

Since  Fitzroy  was  allowed  no  so- 
cial contact  with  any  of  the  ship's  of- 
ficial personnel,  he  could  gain  it  only 
by  taking  along  a  "supernumerary" 
passenger  by  his  own  arrangement. 
But  the  Admiralty  frowned  upon  pri- 
vate passengers,  even  captains' 
wives;  a  gentleman  companion 
brought  for  no  other  stated  purpose 


32 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


would  never  do.  Fitzroy  had  taken 
other  supernumeraries  aboard — a 
draftsman  and  an  instrument-maker 
among  others — but  neither  could 
serve  as  a  companion  because  they 
were  not  of  the  right  social  class. 
Fitzroy  was  an  aristocrat,  and  he 
traced  his  ancestry  directly  to  King 
Charles  II.  Only  a  gentleman  could 
share  his  meals,  and  a  gentleman  Dar- 
win surely  was. 

But  how  could  Fitzroy  entice  a 
gentleman  to  accompany  him  on  a 
voyage  of  five  years'  duration?  Only 
by  providing  an  opportunity  for  some 
justifying  activity  that  could  not  be 
pursued  elsewhere.  And  what  else  but 
natural  history? — even  though  the 
Beagle  had  an  official  naturalist. 
Hence,  Fitzroy  advertised  among  his 
aristocratic  friends  for  a  gentleman 
naturalist.  It  was,  as  Burstyn  argues, 
"A  polite  fiction  to  explain  his 
guest's  presence  and  an  activity  at- 
tractive enough  to  lure  a  gentleman 
on  board  for  a  long  voyage."  Dar- 
win's sponsor,  J.  S.  Henslow,  under- 
stood perfectly.  He  wrote  to  Darwin: 
"Capt.  F.  wants  a  man  (I  understand) 
more  as  a  companion  than  a  mere  col- 
lector." Darwin  and  Fitzroy  met, 
they  hit  it  off,  and  the  pact  was  sealed. 
Darwin  sailed  as  Fitzroy's  compan- 
ion, primarily  to  share  his  table  at 
mealtime  for  every  shipboard  dinner 
during  five  long  years. 

Poor  McKormick's  fate  was 
sealed.  Initially,  he  and  Darwin  co- 
operated, but  their  ways  inevitably 
parted.  Darwin  had  all  the  advan- 
tages. He  had  the  captain's  ear.  He 
had  a  servant.  At  ports  of  call,  he  had 
the  money  to  move  ashore  and  hire 
native  collectors,  while  McKormick 
was  bound  to  the  ship  and  his  official 


IT'S  IMPOSSIBLE  TO  PHOTOGRAPH 
our  charcoal  mellowing  process.  But  this  is  a 
charcoal  mellowing  vat. 

Into  this  vat  we  tamp  finely  ground  charcoal. 

Then  we  seep  our  just-distilled  whiskey  slowly 

through  the  charcoal  to  mellow  its  taste  before 

aging.  Once  the  whiskey 

drips  into  the  vat,  there's 

no  way  to  photograph  ^^       charcoal 

what's  happening.  But  i^Sit   ^^llowed 

when  you  compare  Jack      ^^hRI  6 

Daniel's  to  any  other 

whiskey,  you'll  begin  to 

get  the  picture. 


DROP 

6 

BY  DROP 


Tennessee  Whiskey-  90  Proof-  Distilled  and  Bottled  by  Jack  Daniel  Distillery 

Lem  Wlotlow,  Prop.,  Inc.,  Lynchburg  (Pop.  361),  Tennessee  37352 

Placed  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  by  the  United  States  Government. 


33 


duties.  Darwin's  private  efforts  began 
to  outstrip  McKormick's  official  col- 
lections, and  McKormick,  in  disgust, 
decided  to  go  home.  In  April  1832, 
at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  he  was  "invalided 
out"  and  sent  home  to  England 
aboard  H. M.S.  Tyne.  Darwin  under- 
stood the  euphemism  and  wrote  to  his 
sister  of  McKormick's  "being  inva- 
lided, i.e.  being  disagreeable  to  the 
Captain.  ...  He  is  no  loss." 

Darwin  did  not  care  for  McKor- 
mick's brand  of  science.  He  wrote  to 
Henslow  in  May  1832:  "He  was  a 
philosopher  of  rather  antient  [sic] 
date;  at  St.  Jago  by  his  own  account 
he  made  general  remarks  during  the 
first  fortnight  and  collected  particular 
facts  during  the  last ."  In  fact ,  Darwin 
didn't  seem  to  care  for  McKormick 
at  all.  "My  friend  the  doctor  is  an  ass, 
but  we  jog  on  very  amicably;  at 
present  he  is  in  great  tribulation, 
whether  his  cabin  shall  be  painted 
french  gray  or  dead  white — I  hear  lit- 
tle except  this  subject  from  him." 

If  nothing  else,  this  story  illustrates 
the  importance  of  social  class  as  a 
consideration  in  the  history  of 
science.  How  different  would  the 
science  of  biology  be  today  if  Darwin 
had  been  the  offspring  of  a  tradesman 
and  not  the  son  of  a  very  wealthy  phy- 
sician. Darwin's  personal  riches  gave 
him  the  freedom  to  pursue  research 
without  encumbrance.  Since  his 
various  illnesses  often  permitted  only 
two  to  three  hours  of  fruitful  work  per 
day,  any  need  to  make  an  honest  liv- 
ing would  probably  have  shut  him  off 
from  research  entirely.  We  now 
learn,  from  this  tale  of  the  Beagle, 
that  Darwin's  social  standing  also 
played  a  crucial  role  at  a  turning  point 
in  his  career.  Fitzroy  was  far  more 
interested  in  his  mealtime  compan- 
ion's social  graces  than  his  compe- 
tence in  natural  history. 

Might  something  deeper  be  hidden 
in  the  unrecorded  mealtime  conversa- 
tions of  Darwin  and  Fitzroy?  Scien- 
tists have  a  strong  bias  for  attributing 
creative  insights  to  the  constraints  of 
empirical  evidence.  Hence,  tortoises 
and  finches  have  always  received  the 
nod  as  primary  agents  in  the  transfor- 
mation of  Darwin's  world  view,  for 
he  joined  the  Beagle  as  a  naively 
pious  student  for  the  ministry,  but 
opened  his  first  notebook  on  the  trans- 
mutation of  species  less  than  a  year 
after  his  return.  I  would  suggest  that 
Fitzroy  himself  might  have  been  an 
even  more  important  catalyst. 

Darwin  and  Fitzroy  maintained  a 
"rocky"  relationship  at  best.  Only 


the  severe  constraints  of  gentlemanly 
cordiality  and  pre-Victorian  suppres- 
sion of  emotion  kept  the  two  men  on 
decent  terms  with  each  other.  Fitzroy 
was  a  martinet  and  an  ardent  Tory. 
Darwin  was  an  equally  committed 
Whig.  Darwin  scrupulously  avoided 
any  discussion  with  Fitzroy  of  the 
great  Reform  Bill  then  pending  in 
Parliament.  But  slavery  brought  them 
into  open  conflict.  One  evening, 
Fitzroy  told  Darwin  that  he  had  wit- 
nessed proof  of  slavery's  benevo- 
lence. One  of  Brazil's  largest  slave- 
holders had  assembled  his  captives 
and  asked  them  whether  they  wished 
to  be  freed.  Unanimously,  they  had 
responded  "no."  When  Darwin  had 
the  temerity  to  wonder  what  a  re- 
sponse made  in  the  owner's  presence 
was  worth,  Fitzroy  exploded  and  in- 
formed Darwin  that  anyone  who 
doubted  his  word  was  not  fit  to  eat 
with  him.  Darwin  moved  out  and 
joined  the  mates,  but  Fitzroy  backed 
down  and  sent  a  formal  apology  a  few 
days  later. 

We  know  that  Darwin  bristled  in 
the  face  of  Fitzroy 's  strong  opinions. 
But  he  was  Fitzroy 's  guest  and,  in  one 
peculiar  sense,  his  subordinate,  for  a 
captain  at  sea  was  an  absolute  and 
unquestioned  tyrant  in  Fitzroy 's  time. 
Darwin  could  not  express  his  dissent. 
For  five  long  years,  one  of  the  most 
brilliant  men  in  recorded  history  kept 
his  peace.  Late  in  life,  Darwin  re- 
called in  his  autobiography  that  "the 
difficulty  of  living  on  good  terms  with 
a  Captain  of  a  Man-of-War  is  much 
increased  by  its  being  almost  muti- 
nous to  answer  him  as  one  would  an- 
swer anyone  else;  and  by  the  awe  in 
which  he  is  held — or  was  held  in  my 
time,  by  all  on  board." 

Now  Tory  politics  was  not 
Fitzroy 's  only  ideological  passion. 
The  other  was  religion.  Fitzroy  had 
some  moments  of  doubt  about  the 
Bible's  literal  truth,  but  he  tended  to 
view  Moses  as  an  accurate  historian 
and  geologist  and  even  spent  consid- 
erable time  trying  to  calculate  the  di- 
mensions of  Noah's  Ark.  Fitzroy's 
idee  fixe,  at  least  in  later  life,  was  the 
"argument  from  design,"  the  belief 
that  God's  benevolence  (indeed  his 
very  existence)  can  be  inferred  from 
the  perfection  of  organic  structure. 
Darwin,  on  the  other  hand,  accepted 
the  idea  of  excellent  design  but  pro- 
posed a  natural  explanation  that  could 
not  have  been  more  contrary  to 
Fitzroy's  belief.  Darwin  developed 
an  evolutionary  theory  based  on 
chance  variation  and  natural  selection 


by  a  largely  external  environment:  a 
rigidly  materialistic  (and  basically 
atheistic)  version  of  evolution  (see 
my  column  of  December  1974). 
Many  other  evolutionary  theories  of 
the  nineteenth  century  were  far  more 
congenial  to  Fitzroy's  type  of  Chris- 
tianity. Religious  leaders,  for  ex- 
ample, had  far  less  trouble  with  com- 
mon proposals  for  innate  perfecting 
tendencies  than  with  Darwin's  un- 
compromisingly mechanical  view. 

Was  Darwin  led  to  his  philo- 
sophical outlook  partly  as  a  response 
to  Fitzroy's  dogmatic  insistence  upon 
the  argument  from  design?  We  have 
no  evidence  that  Darwin,  aboard  the 
Beagle,  was  anything  but  a  good 
Christian.  The  doubts  and  rejection 
came  later.  Midway  through  the 
voyage,  he  wrote  to  a  friend:  "I  often 
conjecture  what  will  become  of  me; 
my  wishes  certainly  would  make  me 
a  country  clergyman."  And  he  even 
coauthored  with  Fitzroy  an  appeal  for 
the  support  of  Pacific  missionary 
work  entitled,  "The  Moral  State  of 
Tahiti."  But  the  seeds  of  doubt  must 
have  been  sown  in  quiet  hours  of  con- 
templation aboard  the  Beagle.  And 
think  of  Darwin's  position  on 
board — dining  every  day  for  five 
years  with  an  authoritarian  captain 
whom  he  could  not  rebuke,  whose 
politics  and  bearing  stood  against  all 
his  beliefs,  and  whom,  basically,  he 
did  not  like.  Who  knows  what  "silent 
alchemy"  might  have  worked  upon 
Darwin's  brain  during  five  years  of 
insistent  harangue.  Fitzroy  may  well 
have  been  far  more  important  than 
finches,  at  least  for  inspiring  the  ma- 
terialistic and  antitheistic  tone  of  Dar- 
win's philosophy  and  evolutionary 
theory. 

Fitzroy,  at  least,  blamed  himself  as 
his  mind  became  unhinged  in  later 
life.  He  began  to  see  himself  as  the 
unwitting  agent  of  Darwin's  heresy 
(indeed,  I  am  suggesting  that  this  may 
be  true  in  a  more  literal  sense  than 
Fitzroy  ever  imagined).  He  devel- 
oped a  burning  desire  to  expiate  his 
guilt  and  to  reassert  the  Bible's  su- 
premacy. At  the  famous  British  Asso- 
ciation Meeting  of  1 860  (where  Hux- 
ley creamed  Bishop  "Soapy  Sam" 
Wilberforce),  the  unbalanced  Fitzroy 
stalked  about,  holding  a  Bible  above 
his  head  and  shouting,  "The  Book, 
The  Book."  Five  years  later,  he  shot 
himself. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science  at 
Harvard  University. 


34 


The  American  Museiin:i  of  Natural  I  listory 

invites  you 

to  enjoy  yourself  and  learn  while  you  travel  in  congenial 

company  to  some  seldom-visited  places 
in  a  trip  led  by  the  Museum  Director  and  guided  by  experts 


See  the  spleiiclors  ol 
ancient  civilizations 
(Greei<.,  Roman,  Min- 
oan,  Lydian,  Kyzan- 
tine).  And  the  natuial 
beauty  of  many  land- 
scapes (toweling  moun- 
tains, tranquil  lakes, 
sun-dappled  valleys  and 
islands  where  the  past 
still  lives).  Cruise  the 
Dardanelles,  the  Sea  of 
Marmara,  the  Black 
Sea,  the  Aegean. 

Live  aboard  our  own 
ship,  m.t.s.  Orpheus. 
spacious,  well-ap- 
pointed, air-condi- 
tioned. For  your  com- 
fort, we  are  limiting 
participation  to  230 
places,  just  over  half 
the  capacity  of  the  ship. 

Travel  in  the  com- 
pany of  Museum  scien- 
tists and  scholars.  Dr. 
Thomas  D.   Nicholson, 

director  of  The  Aineri-  . 

can  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  an  astronomer,  waiting;  returns  to  New  York  from  Athens  on  June 
will  tell  you  about  the  starry  skies  of  eastern  Asia.  24.  Prices,  exclusive  of  airfare,  range  from  $1291  to 
Dr    David  Gordon  Mitten,  Tames  Loeb  Professor  at     $1721  per  person  in  a  double  cabin  (smgle  prices  on 

•  >,    ,  .     ___j     1 1 -»        „ „»\     All  ^.i^f;,-;.^oTitc  QT-<=  ocVpH  tn  rontribntp  S.WO 


some  will  choose  to  ex- 
plore the  town  and 
others  will  drive  to  the 
lake    regitin    for    bird- 

Swim  and  sun  in  the 
ship's  pool,  in  the  Bos- 
phorus,  the  Black  Sea, 
the  .Aegean.  Stroll  the 
Street  of  the  Knights  in 
the  Old  Citv  of  Rhodes, 
explore  the  Danube 
Delta  in  small  boats,  see 
the  Blue  Moscjue  in  Is- 
tanbul and  the  Levadia 
Palace  at  Yalta.  Go  to 
places  that  most  iravel- 
ers  miss:  Lindos, 
Phaestros,  Priene,  Nes- 
sebur. 

W.F.  and  R.K.  Swan, 
the  London  travel  spe- 
cialists, will  supervise  all 
details  and  logistics. 
The  trip  leaves  New 
York  on  June  9  via 
TWA  for  Athens, 
where    Orpheus  vvill    be 


Harvard,  will  be  our  art  and  archeology  expert. 
Thoroughly  at  home  in  this  part  of  the  world,  he'll 
take  you  through  some  excavations  (Sardis,  for  ex- 
ample) in  which  he  himself  took  part  not  long  ago. 
You  will  see  rare  and  spectacular  birds  in  the  com- 
pany of  Dr.  Francois  Vuilleumier,  the  Museum's  own 
associate  curator  of  ornithology.  Let  a  Byzantine 
scholar,  a  classicist,  and  an  art  historian  deepen  your 
insights  into  the  meaning  and  the  majesty  of  the 
achievements  you  will  witness.  All  six  experts  will  be 
with  you  throughout  the  trip.  Take  part  in  informal 
discussions  that  will  follow  staff  lectures.  And  take 
your  choice  of  activides  when  the  group  splits  up  (as 
it  will,  for  example,  in  Nessebur  in  Bulgaria,  where 


request).  All  participants  are  asked  to  contribute 
to  the  Museum. 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 
New  York,  New  York  10024 

Please  send  me  the  complete  itinerary  and  a  reserva- 
tion form  for  the  Black  Sea  Cruise,  June  9-24,  1976. 
(NHJ) 


Name  . . 
Address 
City  


State. 


.Zip. 


35 


etAiA/ay 

From  It  All 


as  a  member  of 


Natural  Science  Book  Club 


Investigate  a  pulsar.      Find  a  sunken  treasure.      Fly  with  an  eagle.      Live  with  an  orangutan. 


(Publishers'  Prices  siiown) 

84285.  TIDELINE.  Ernes!  Braun.  Beautifully  pho- 
tographed and  written  9-by-12-inch  volume  on  that 
long,  thin  strip  of  wilderness  where  land,  air,  and  sea 
meet.  Contains  almost  one  hundred  full-color  photo- 
graphs vividly  depicting  one  day's  change  along  the 
tideline.  $16.50 

36670.  BORNE  ON  THE  WIND.  Stephen  Dallon. 
With  the  aid  of  a  revolutionary  new  technique  in 
close-up  photography,  one  of  the  world's  finest  pho- 
tographers has  succeeded  in  obtaining  crystal  clear 
photographs  of  a  vast  array  of  insects  taking-off. 
Flying,  and  landing,  Outsized  volume  contains  74  full- 
color  photographs  and  text.  $18.95 

64875.  NUBIAN  RESCUE.  Rex  Keating.  Dramatic 
story  of  the  race  to  save  hundreds  of  Egyptian 
monuments  from  the  rising  waters  of  the  Assuan 
Dam.  Fully  illustrated.  $12.50 

58900.  LOOKING  AT  ANIMALS.  Hugh  B.  Cott. 
Containing  over  1 50  pen-and-ink  drawings  and  photo- 
graphs (many  in  color),  this  lavish  volume  explores 
through  word  and  picture  the  world's  richest  wildlife 
area— East  Africa.  $15.00 

46500.  THE  EVOLUTION  OF  RADIO  ASTRON- 
OMY. J.S.  Hey.  One  of  the  pioneers  of  radio  astrono- 
my offers  an  absorbing  history  of  this  powerful 
technique's  remarkable  development "  ...  an  impor- 
tant work  in  the  history  of  astronomy'  M  .1.  Meeks,  in 
Sky  and  Telescope.  $10.00 


36 


78820.  THE  SOCIAL  BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  BEES. 

Charles  D.  Michener  First  definitive  work  on  these 
most  amazing  insects.  A  publishing  classic.  Counts  as 
2  of  your  3  books  $25.00 

54240.  HUNTING  FOR  DINOSAURS.  Zojia 
Kielan-Jaworowska.  The  three-year  effort  to  find  and 
decipher  the  meaning  of  the  ancient  bones  that  litter 
the  Gobi  desert.  Crammed  with  fascinating  descrip- 
tions of  dinosaurs  and  their  evolution,  and  the  team's 
work  and  discoveries.  $12.00 


34310.  ARCHAEOLOGY  BENEATH  THE  SEA. 

George  F.  Bass.  Exciting  account  of  how  the  under 
water  exploration  of  a  Syrian  trading  ship  sunk  in  1200 
B.C.  off  the  coast  of  Turkey  paved  the  way  for  the 
science  of  underwater  archaeology  $12.50 

42325.  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  OUR  GALAXY. 

Charles  A.  Whitney  A  distinguished  Harvard  astrono- 
mer recreates  the  lives  and  discoveries  of  great 
astronomers  from  the  sixth  century  B.C.  to  black 
holes,  pulsars,  supernovae,  and  Seyfert  galaxies. 
$10.00 

42680.  DONANA:   Spain's  Wildlife  Wilderness. 

Juan  Antonio  Fernandez.  Sumptuously  illustrated  por- 
trait of  one  of  the  world's  most  important  wildlife 
sanctuaries.  Stunning  9-by-l  1-inch  volume  contains 
over  240  pages  of  full-color  photographs.  Counts  as  2  of 
your  3  books.  $29.95 

84210.  THIS  LIVING  REEE  Douglas  Faulkner 
Lavishly  illustrated  word-and-picture  masterpiece  on 
one  of  the  South  Pacific's  most  beautiful  island  chains. 
Outsized  volume  contains  120  pages  of  glorious  six- 
color  pictures— all  with  detailed  fascinating  commen- 
taries. Counts  as  2  of  your  3  books.  $25.00 

88740.  ZOO.  Bernard  Livingston.  Delightful  wide- 
ranging  account  of  how  zoos  began,  how  they  are  run 
today,  and  where  they  are  heading  in  the  future.  "A 
must  for  zoo  buffs  and  animal  lovers."  —Roger  Caras. 
$8.95 


48675.  FLIGHT  TO  FREEDOM.  Ki'iil  Pimlcn 
"Like  the  eagles  he  loves,  Durden  is  a  vanishing 
species.  He  has  expertise,  he  sees  whai  he  observes, 
and  puis  bolh  inio  words  thai  make  unlorgeltable 
reading.  In  this  book  he  even  surpasses  his  first  classic, 
Gi/ls  oj  an  Eai!le."—GcorKe  S.  Small.  $5.95 

36090.  THE  BEST  OF  BABCOCK.  Havilah  Bahcock 
A  delightful  collection  of  the  matchless  outdoor  pieces 
by  the  late  humorist,  naturalist,  and  distinguished 
teacher,  Havilah  Babcock   A  classic,  $8.95. 

37195.  BY  THE  EVIDENCE.  L.S.B.  Leakey.  Fas- 
cinating autobiography  of  one  of  the  century's  greatest 
paleontologist's  life  and  work  from  1926  to  the  early 
1950s  $9.95 

34720.  ATLAS  OF  ANCIENT  ARCHAEOIXJGY. 
Ediled  by  Jacqiieiia  Hawkes.  With  the  aid  of  over  350 
maps,  site  plans,  and  drawings,  two  dozen  interna- 
tionally renowned  archaeologists  highlight  170  major 
sites  throughout  the  world.  $19.50 

55120.  IN  SEARCH  OF  THE  RED  APE.  John 
MacKinnon.  A  former  field  researcher  for  Jane  Good- 
all  tells  of  his  exciting  three-year  study  of  the  or- 
angutan in  the  wild  jungles  of  Borneo  and  Sumatra 
$7.95 

87195.  WILD  CATS  OF  THE  WORLD.  C..4.  W 
Guggisberg.  One  of  the  world's  leading  authorities  on 
wild  cats  offers  definitive  natural  histories  of  each  of 
the  37  species  of  wild  cats.  $15.95 


lake  any 
3  books 

(values  to  $54.95) 

for  only 
99"^  each 

If  you  will  join  now  lor  a  trial  period 

and  take  three  more  books 

—at  member  discount  prices— 

within  the  next  12  months 


78680.  SNAKES  OF  THE  AMERICAN  WEST. 

Charles  F.  Shaw  and  Sheldon  Campbell.  Two  skilled 
herpeiologisls  explore  virtually  everythmg  that  is 
known  about  the  snakes  of  the  American  west,  their 
habits  and  habitats,  their  appearances  and  charac- 
teristics $12.50 

32618.  ALL  THE  STRANGE  HOLRS.  Loren 
Eiseley.  Autobiography  of  one  of  America's  outstand- 
ing naturalists  and  scientists  reveals  the  stunning 
Eiseley  mind  focusing  on  his  formative,  adventurous 
youth,  his  creative  period  as  a  writer  and  thinkerand 
his  philosophy  as  a  scientist  and  huntanist.       $9.95 


Loren  „',)• 
Eiseley 

.-Alltlie 
Strange 
+loiirs 


Rescue  an  ancient 
monument. 


Make  friends 
with  a  rattler. 


NO-RISK  GUARANTEE!  Examine  your  3  in- 
troductory t>ooks  for  10  days.  If  not  delighted, 
simply  return  them  and  your  membership  will  be 
canceled.  You  pay  nothing,  owe  nothing. 


poftsi^^ 


85820.  VENOMOUS  ANIMALS  OF  THE 
WORLD.  Roger  Caras.  One  of  America's  pre-emi- 
nent nature  writers  explores  the  entire  scope  of  this 
remarkable  group  of  animals— from  the  common 
honeybee  and  ant  to  such  exotic,  and  often  deadly, 
creatures  as  the  black  widow  spider.  Counts  as  2  of  your 
3  books.  $25.00 


How  the  Club  Operates  •  The  Book  Club  News, 
describing  the  coming  Main  Selection  and  Alter- 
nate Selections,  will  be  sent  to  you  15  times  a  year 
at  3-4  week  intervals.  •  If  you  wish  to  purchase 
the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing  and  it  will  be 
shipped  to  you  automatically.  •  If  you  prefer  one 
ofthe  Alternates,  or  no  book  at  all,  simply  indicate 
your  decision  on  the  reply  form  always  enclosed 
with  the  News  and  mail  it  so  that  we  receive  it  by 
the  date  specified.  •  The  News  is  mailed  in  time  to 
allow  you  at  least  10  days  to  decide  if  you  want  the 
coming  Main  Selection.  If,  because  of  late  mail 
delivery  of  the  News,  you  should  ever  receive  a 
Main  Selection  without  having  had  the  10  day 
consideration  period,  that  Selection  may  be  re- 
turned at  Club  expense.  •  Continued  member- 
ship past  the  trial  period  brings  you  the  added 
benefits  of  our  Bonus  Book  Plan— an  important 
way  to  save  even  more,  at  least  70%  off  publishers" 
prices. 


Natural  Science  Book  Club  4-8AD 
Riverside,  New  Jersey  08075 

Please  accept  my  application  for  memtiership  and 
send  me  the  three  volumes  indicated,  billing  me 
only  99C  each.  I  agree  to  purchase  at  least  three 
additional  Selections  or  Alternates  during  the  first 
year  lama  member,  under  the  club  plan  described 
in  this  ad.  Savings  range  up  to  30%  and  occa- 
sionally even  more.  My  membership  is  cancelable 
any  time  after  I  buy  these  three  books.  A  shipping 
and  handling  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 
Send  no  money.  Members  are  billed  when  books 

3  books  for  99t  each. 

Indicate  by  number  the  3  books  you  want. 


A  few  expensive  books  (noted  in  book  descrip- 
tions) count  as  2  choices. 


City  St 

(Offer  good  in  Continental  U.S.  and  Canada  only. 
Prices  slightly  higher  in  Canada.) 


Slow  Exodus  From  Mesa  Verde 


by  Douglas  Osborne 


A  deteriorating  environment 
and  prolonged  droughts 
gradually  forced  the 
Pueblo  Indians  from  their 
thousand-year-old  homeland 


The  Pueblo  Indian  abandonment  of 
the  vast  area  known  as  the  Four 
Corners,  where  New  Mexico,  Ari- 
zona, Utah,  and  Colorado  join,  is  one 
of  the  most  intriguing  and  perplexing 
human  movements  in  this  continent's 
prehistory.  After  about  a.d.  1300, 
the  area  was  almost  totally  devoid  of 
Pueblo  agriculturists,  but  the  ruins  of 
their  homes  and  religious  structures 
and  remnants  of  their  agricultural  and 
water  control  efforts  have  been  found 
by  the  tens  of  thousands.  Yet,  strik- 
ingly, Pueblo  Indians  had  lived  here 
for  as  long  as  a  thousand  years. 

Evidence  exists  for  human  occupa- 
tion of  the  area  as  far  back  as  5000 
B.C.  At  the  beginning  of  the  Christian 
Era,  or  shortly  thereafter,  a  semised- 
entary  people,  the  Anasazi,  or  An- 
cient Ones,  were  already  living  in 
much  of  the  region.  By  the  sixth  and 
seventh  centuries,  this  population  had 
greatly  increased.  These  people,  the 
ancestors  of  the  Pueblos,  were  desig- 
nated by  archeologists  as  Basket 
Makers  because  of  their  prowess  at 
basket  making.  Like  many  of  their 
predecessors,  they  lived  in  pit  houses 
(semisubterranean  dwellings),  and 
most  importantly,  they  exhibited  the 
basic  attributes  of  the  Pueblo  pattern 
of  agriculture.  They  had  well-devel- 
oped ceramics  and  had  adopted  the 
bow  and  arrow  to  replace  the  atlatl, 
or  spear  thrower,  and  dart. 

This  late  Basket  Maker  period 
merged  into  the  first  Pueblo  period 
(ca.  700  to  900),  which  was  charac- 


terized by  a  sharply  expanded  popula- 
tion, increased  dependence  on  agri- 
culture, and  partial  to  total  use  of 
earthen  or  earth-  and  stone-walled 
structures  built  on  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  In  some  settlements  the 
people  continued  to  use  pit  houses  as 
religious  or  ceremonial  quarters,  but 
others  had  more  specialized  under- 
ground ceremonial  rooms — pit 
houses  that  had  evolved  archi- 
tecturally in  the  direction  of  true 
kivas,  or  Pueblo  religious  chambers. 

The  next  200  years  was  a  time  of 
continued  population  increase.  As  ar- 
chitectural design  became  more  elab- 
orate, multifamily  dwellings,  some 
of  great  size,  were  built  of  stones  that 
had  been  partly  shaped.  Agricultural 
practices  attuned  to  the  various  local 
environmental  situations  were  carried 
out  with  increasing  efficiency,  and 
water  control  projects  were  regularly 
undertaken. 

At  Mesa  Verde  in  southwest  Colo- 
rado, a  large  number  of  small  stone- 
and-earth  dams,  placed  across  inter- 
mittent drainage  ways,  have  been 
dated  to  this  time.  Only  a  few  feet 
high  and  usually  showing  an  up- 
stream tilt,  these  dams  successfully 
retarded  water  flow  off  the  mesa. 
They  also  trapped  small  deposits  of 
sediment  that  acted  to  retain  rainfall. 
The  moist  soil  in  these  areas  was  thus 
excellent  for  agriculture.  The  dams, 
many  of  which  have  endured  to  this 
day  with  only  slight  wear  and  tear, 
were  no  doubt  important  in  the  reten- 
tion of  soil  at  Mesa  Verde  and,  hence, 
in  its  present  fertile  appearance. 

On  the  larger  mesas  and  near  the 
larger  archeological  sites,  remains  of 
actual  reservoirs  with  tributary  and 
distributary  ditches  have  been  found. 
These  were  apparently  not  used  as 
sources  of  irrigation  water  but  rather 


for  household  supplies.  Such  devel- 
opments in  socially  oriented  technol- 
ogy may  indicate  that  increasing  pop- 
ulations and  uncertain  natural  water 
supplies  created  demands  unknown 
in  earlier  times. 

The  last  Pueblo  period  of  cultural 
differentiation  in  the  Four  Corners 
began  about  a.d.  1100  and  lasted 
until  about  1300.  During  this  time 
shaped  stones  were  used  to  construct 
well-built  structures.  Most  of  the 
houses  had  from  fifteen  to  twenty 
rooms,  but  some  had  hundreds  of 
rooms.  Each  room  may  have  housed 
an  individual  kinship  group.  The 
larger  pueblos,  those  with  many 
kivas,  suggest  an  agglomeration  of 
kin  groups,  each  with  its  own  cere- 
monial quarters. 

Over  the  space  of  a  thousand  years, 
then,  subsistence  and  cultural  pat- 
terns of  the  Pueblos  and  their  ances- 
tors became  increasingly  sophisti- 
cated. Why,  then,  did  these  people 
abandon  their  settlements  and 
disperse  to  the  south?  Based  on  exca- 
vations at  Wetherill  Mesa  in  Mesa 
Verde  National  Park,  archeologists 
believe  one  probable  reason  for  the 
shift  was  changing  climate. 

Fortunately  for  climatologists  and 
archeologists,  the  study  of  growth 
patterns  in  trees  can  tell  a  great  deal 
about  climate.  In  the  American 
Southwest,  tree-ring  records  are  the 
clearest  and  have  the  greatest  time 


Archeologists  first  thought  towers 

like  those  at  Mesa  Verde's 

Cliff  Palace  served  a  military 

function.  Now,  they  are  believed 

to  have  had  a  religious  purpose. 


David  Muench 


r»/'' 


r^ju 


4r. 


< 


w 


:^   ■^■-^3 


%  ■ 

^ 

•1 

# 

& 

:^^^ 


v'^^^^m 


,mmmm^^^^ 


Situated  atop  Mesa  Verde,  Far 
View  House  comprises  more  than 
75  rooms  and  5  kivas.  Dated  to 
between  a.d.  IWO  and  1200, 
this  structure  was  built  when 
most  Pueblos  were  moving  from 
arable  land  to  cliff  bases. 


"'t^^>:^:f':, 


"  '-■WB'"!-'" 


depth,  and  the  timbers  found  so  often 
in  Indian  ruins  can  be  used  to  date 
past  events.  We  arc  thus  able  lo  offer 
a  brief  sketch  of  past  climate  of  the 
Mesa  Verde. 

Although  precipitation  there  now 
averages  about  eighteen  or  nineteen 
inches  per  year,  the  evidence  reveals 
that  from  the  fifth  to  the  seventeenth 
century  a.d.  there  were  eleven  or 
twelve  severe  droughts.  Until  the 
tenth  century  there  was  great  climatic 
variability,  with  some  severe  dry  pe- 
riods. But  these  were  not  harsh 
enough  to  relax  the  people's  hold  on 
the  land,  and  it  was  probably  during 
this  time  that  the  techniques  of  dry 
farming  and  water  control  were  de- 
veloped. 

The  last  Pueblo  period  at  Mesa 
Verde  opened  with  a  dry  period.  The 
climate  then  improved  until  the  late 
1200s  when  another  drought  oc- 
curred. It  lasted,  with  a  slight  inter- 
mission, from  1273  to  1285  (tree-ring 
dating  is  that  exact)  and  must  have 
been  instrumental  in  giving  the  coup 
de  grace  to  Pueblo  Indian  culture  in 
this  part  of  the  country . 

Previous  droughts  apparently  had 
not  been  severe  enough  to  uproot  the 
Indians,  but  their  cumulative  effects 
did  force  the  people  to  adopt  an  agri- 
cultural pattern  peculiar  to  the  area. 
More  than  the  dry  periods  them- 
selves, it  was  these  compensating 
techniques  that  finally  altered  the  land 
and  made  habitation  impossible. 

Agriculture  in  the  dry  plateau 
country  of  which  Mesa  Verde  is  a  part 
has  always  been  marginal.  It  is  so 
even  today  for  the  modern  farmers  in 
the  nearby  countryside.  The  pendu- 
lum swings  between  droughts  and 
floods.  Agricultural  uncertainty  was 
the  over-all  fact  of  life  for  the  Pueblo 
farmer.  The  fear  that  winter  snowfalls 
might  be  insufficient  to  keep  the 
ground  moist  for  spring  planting  or 
that  July  and  August  rains  necessary 
to  mature  the  corn  might  fail  is  gener- 


Only  men  were  permitted  to  enter 
kivas — Pueblo  religious 
structures.  The  Indians  believed 
their  ancestral  spirits  emerged 
through  the  round  holes  found 
in  the  floors  of  most  kivas. 


ally  believed  to  underlie  the  develop- 
ment <jf  Pueblo  Indian  religit)us  ob- 
servances, with  their  strong  emphasis 
on  inducing  rain. 

The  Pueblo  farmer  had  no  domesti- 
cated animals  to  help  him.  He  cleared 
land  with  stone  tools  and  fire  and 
loosened  the  soil  with  digging  sticks. 
He  planted  maize,  beans,  and  squash 
in  holes  made  with  planting  sticks  and 
weeded  with  a  stone-shod  thrusting 
hoe  or,  more  usually,  a  woixlen 
weeding  sword. 

Farming  and  the  need  for  firewood 
required  that  the  land  be  cleared,  but 
this  exposed  to  erosion  the  fragile 
topsoil  on  the  Wetherill  Mesa,  much 
of  it  of  eolian  origin.  The  area  of  in- 
tensive farming  was  the  broad,  flat 
central  part  of  the  mesa,  which  had 
the  best  soil,  more  moisture,  and  a 
long  frost-free  growing  season — and 
where  the  best  forest  now  grows.  Ter- 
racing, small  dams,  and  temporary 
wood  or  brush  checks  built  across  the 
gullies  were  the  farmers"  best  answer 
to  erosion  and  rapid  runoff.  We  have 
no  better  one  today.  Seventy-five  per- 
cent of  these  checks,  or  farming  ter- 
races, have  been  found  on  the  east- 
northeast  sides  of  the  mesa  where 
canyon  slopes  are  less  abrupt.  Here 
the  northerly  sun  of  spring  melted  the 
snow  slowly,  allowing  it  to  soak  into 
the  soil,  and  the  morning  sun  in  sum- 
mer made  the  corn  shoot  up. 

Such  measures,  however,  could 
only  temporarily  halt  soil  movement, 
not  prevent  it.  During  heavy  rain- 
storms and  sudden  snowmelts,  soil 
washed  over  the  cliffs.  Over  the  cen- 
turies soil  also  rapidly  built  up  behind 
the  checks.  The  top  foot  of  soil  be- 
hind these  dams  contains  no  pollen  of 
cultivated  plants,  hence  it  must  have 
been  deposited  after  farming  ended 
there  about  a.d.  1300.  Yet,  soil  de- 
posits several  feet  thick  lying  beneath 
the  upper  layer  do  contain  agricul- 
tural plant  pollen,  in  addition  to  pot- 
sherds and  other  archeological  evi- 
dence of  activity.  If  the  dams  were 
built  300  to  400  years  before  1300, 
then  it  is  apparent  that  erosion  and 
deposition  were  rapid  while  the  land 
was  under  cultivation. 

After  the  Indians  left  and  the 
forests  returned,  soil  wash  slowed  re- 
markably. During  the  almost  700 
years  since  abandonment,  only  one 
foot  of  soil  has  accumulated,  whereas 
before  abandonment,   from  two  to 


four  feet  of  soil  was  deposited  in  per- 
haps half  that  time,  or  about  350 
years.  Extensive  environmental  dam- 
age thus  took  place  in  spite  of  the 
people's  intelligent  attempts  lo  stop 
it.  This  was  presumably  also  true  in 
other  Pueblo  settlements. 

Soil  loss  and  drought  would  logi- 
cally result  in  poor  crops,  I  think  we 
have  evidence  of  this,  but  it  is  a  mat- 
ter of  interpretation,  not  of  firm  proof. 
Corn  plant  remains  found  at  Wetherill 
Mesa  were  certainly  not  excellent  ex- 
amples of  the  aridity-adapted  strain  of 
corn  that  these  people  planted.  At 
Mug  House,  a  pueblo  with  a  major 
late  occupation  on  the  west  side  of 
Wetherill  .Mesa,  the  ears  of  corn  were 
small  and  often  misshapen,  and 
squash  remains  were  from  immature 
fruits.  These  observations  may  reflect 
no  more  than  the  results  of  a  selection 
process  by  the  .Mug  House  people  or 
they  may  indicate  the  effects  of 
dryness  and  poor  soil  on  their  crops 
in  the  latter  days.  The  Mesa  Verde 
people  may  have  taken  most  of  their 
food  with  them  when  they  left  the 
area,  for  we  have  no  selected  and 
stored  foods  for  study. 

The  corn  remains  found  near  Step 
House  on  the  eastern  rim  of  Weth- 
erill. however,  showed  that  the  plants 
had  been  healthy.  But  then  the  eastern 
and  northeastern  parts  of  the  mesas 
are  moister  and  better  for  farming. 
We  cannot  be  sure  that  the  Step  and 
Mug  House  corn  remains  were  of  the 
same  years.  They  probably  were  not, 
but  1  think  they  do  give  us  an  under- 
standing of  the  problems  of  the 
Pueblo  agriculturists — some  had 
food,  others  did  not.  We  must  re- 
member that  these  people  were  al- 
most certainly  organized  by  kinship, 
rather  than  by  territory;  therefore,  it 
is  doubtful  if  any  mechanism  existed 
to  share  food  or  gather  provisions  for 
a  stricken  area.  Jealousy,  accusations 
of  witchcraft,  even  raiding  and  thiev- 
ing could  have  resulted  if  the  food 
situation  became  dire  for  a  Pueblo. 
Such  actions  could  have  led  to  cul- 
tural fragmentation  and  ultimately  to 
abandonment. 

Even  if  crops  were  successful,  a 
population  increase  during  the  last 
Pueblo  period  may  have  produced 
food  scarcity  and  contributed  to  the 
eventual  migration.  The  population 
of  Mesa  Verde  is  difficult  to  estimate. 
Not  all  sites  can  be  excavated.  Ar- 


43 


cheologists  must  therefore  estimate 
population  on  the  basis  of  room  num- 
bers in  the  sites  that  have  been  exca- 
vated or  examined. 

On  this  basis,  the  sites  of  the  earli- 
est Pueblo  period,  according  to  the 
archeological  survey  of  Wetherill, 
had  1,166  rooms.  During  the  early 
phase  of  the  next  period,  the  sites  had 
1,248  rooms,  but  this  number  later 
declined  to  996.  The  last  period  had 
only  540  rooms  in  its  earlier  phase, 
but  the  number  rose  to  1,512  in  the 
late  and  last  period  of  occupation. 
These  figures  are  obviously  strongly 
influenced  by  the  fortunes  of  archeo- 
logical surveys.  More  sites  and  rooms 
were  found  from  the  latest  times. 
When  the  Indians  departed  the  area, 
they  left  their  structures  intact,  while 
dwellings  from  earlier  periods  were 
all  subject  to  reuse  and  rebuilding. 

Of  the  1,512  rooms,  we  estimated 
that  about  1,000  rooms  may  have 
seen  concurrent  use.  Slightly  over 
one-fourth  of  these,  however,  were 
for  storage.  Some  700  rooms  were 
thus  lived  in.  If  we  accept  a  one  per- 
son-one room  ratio,  more  than  700 
persons  lived  within  the  ten-square- 
mile  area  of  Wetherill  Mesa  in  the 
1200s.  This  is  a  heavy  burden  for 
marginal  farming  land  to  bear  and 
must  have  placed  the  dwellers  in  a 
risky  situation. 

Throughout  the  occupation  of 
Mesa  Verde,  the  Indians  shifted  their 
dwelling  sites.  During  the  early 
Pueblo  period,  91  percent  of  the  sites 
were  concentrated  in  the  most  fertile 
areas  on  the  broad  mesa  tops.  Only 
9  percent  were  located  on  the  mesa's 
talus  slopes  and  in  the  overhangs  and 
caves  of  the  cliffs.  During  the  early 
years  of  the  next  occupation,  how- 
ever, the  talus  slope  and  cliff  dwellers 
increased  to  18  percent.  And  later  in 
this  period  more  than  half  the  sites 
were  in  these  areas.  The  progression 
continued  during  the  last  occupation, 
so  that  by  1200  only  25  percent  of  the 
dwellings  were  on  the  mesa,  19  per- 
cent were  on  the  talus  slopes,  and  66 
percent  in  the  cliffs. 

The  nature  of  the  phenomenon  in- 
dicates the  movement  was  a  continu- 
ing answer  to  a  growing  problem.  It 
may  be  that  soil  loss  and  consequent 
decrease  in  fertility  prompted  the  In- 
dians to  convert  most  of  the  mesa  tops 
to  farmland.  Alternatively,  the  talus 
slopes   and   canyon    bottoms,    now 


enriched  by  the  soil  that  washed  off 
the  mesa,  may  well  have  become  bet- 
ter cropland.  In  either  case  the  answer 
revolves  around  environmental  de- 
struction and  soil  loss. 

Large  population  groupings  were 
not  new  to  these  people.  Some  earlier 
Pueblo  sites,  although  not  on  Weth- 
erill Mesa,  suggest  that  the  process  of 
agglomeration  was  an  old  one.  But 
these  people  were  not  squeezed  into 
alcoves  in  cliffs  as  were  the  people 
around  Wetherill  Mesa.  One  possible 
repercussion  of  the  crowded  condi- 
tions was  a  short  life  expectancy  for 
females — a  possibility  strengthened 
by  the  results  of  ethological  studies 
showing  that  crowding  decreases  fe- 
male life  expectancy  in  several  mam- 
malian species.  Skeletal  studies  at 
Mesa  Verde  show  that  the  average 
life-span  for  women  was  from  20  to 
25  years  whereas  for  men  it  was  from 
31  to  35  years. 

These  early  deaths  may  have  been 
one  of  the  most  obvious  manifesta- 
tions of  the  pressures  wrought  by  en- 
vironmental conditions.  But  there 
may  have  been  another  and  more  sub- 
tle factor  influencing  the  conditions 
under  which  the  later  Pueblos  ex- 
isted— their  eventual  lack  of  ability  to 
adapt.  Whereas  the  earliest  Pueblos 
of  A.D.  800  were  able  to  alter  their 
architecture,  their  religious  and  social 
lives,  and  many  aspects  of  their  mate- 
rial existence,  the  Indians  of  the  thir- 
teenth century  appear  to  have  lost  this 
adaptability.  The  architecture  contin- 
ued to  change,  as  did  the  ceramics; 
artistically  and  technologically  so- 
phisticated pots  of  many  styles  were 
common  during  all  of  the  latter  pe- 
riods. But  farming  and  hunting  tools, 
clothing,  and  even  much  of  the  orna- 
mentation, were  set  in  a  mold  early, 
and  later  changes  were  unusual. 
There  is  evidence  that  a  superior  vari- 
ety of  corn  was  being  grown  in  Jate 
times  but  it  was  rare. 

Agricultural  tools  were  essentially 
of  the  same  design  as  they  had  been 
in  the  600s  among  the  Basket 
Makers.  For  a  time,  the  later  Pueblos 
experimented  with  thrusting  hoes 
shod  with  stone  or  mountain  sheep 
horn  as  blades,  but  these  were  aban- 
doned. Clothing  was  adequate  but 
rarely  decorative  and  the  techniques 
of  making  clothing  had  not  changed 
since  the  early  days.  The  solidly 
twilled  sandals  of  the  1200s,  while 


strong  and  serviceable,  were  crude 
compared  to  the  twined  ones  of  a 
thousand  years  earlier. 

The  people  living  at  Mesa  Verde 
during  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  cen- 
turies give  the  impression  of  being 
self-contained,  efficient,  and  rather 
drab.  At  the  same  time,  they  were 
losing  the  struggle  to  stop  soil  loss; 
very  possibly  insects  were  also  ruin- 
ing a  fair  share  of  the  corn  harvest. 
The  rain  dances  and  the  prayers  were 
consistently  ineffectual  in  the  dry 
years  toward  the  end  of  the  thirteenth 
century.  The  use  of  fertile  mesa  top 
areas,  at  the  sacrifice  of  living  in 
crowded  conditions,  probably  did  not 
increase  food  production  for  families. 
The  dryness  and  constant  hunting 
pressure  had  driven  the  animals  into 
the  mountains  where  even  the  best 
bowman  or  the  most  cunningly 
placed  snares  could  not  often  get 
meat.  Women,  even  girls,  were 
wrapped  in  their  sleeping  mats  and 
feather  cloaks  and  placed  in  their 
graves,  one  after  another. 

We  can  never  know  how  the 
Pueblos  analyzed  the  situation.  They 
certainly  must  have  recognized  the 
implications  of  enduring  drought, 
poor  soil,  and  inadequate  food.  Early 
sites  a  few  hundred  miles  to  the  south 
of  Mesa  Verde  contain  architectural 
and  ceramic  styles  typical  of  the  mesa 
and  suggest  a  Pueblo  inclination 
toward  this  direction  from  the  north. 
If  we  follow  the  Indians'  route  cor- 
rectly, they  moved  slowly,  building 
fortified  villages  in  nearly  impregna- 
ble areas,  making  and  breaking  their 
distinctive  pottery,  mixing  with  other 
peoples,  and,  finally,  as  the  genera- 
tions slipped  by,  becoming  a  part  of 
the  great  block  of  Pueblo  people  that 
stretched  from  Taos  in  the  upper  Rio 
Grande  Valley  west  to  north-central 
Arizona  where  the  Hopi  Indians 
lived.  Perhaps  the  necessity  for  this 
movement  carries  a  message  for  us 
today.  □ 


Two  varieties  of  corn  were  raised 

at  Mesa  Verde;  one  had  fuller, 

larger  kernels  than  the  other. 

Archeologists  do  not  know  why  the 

Pueblos  did  not  plant  the  superior 

variety  with  greater  frequency. 


David  Muench 


44 


X? 


rmt^- 


f 


..'^   St^ 


"1^  •■■•rr^^ 


The  Image  Makers  of  Nepal 

by  Alexander  Duncan    photographs  by  James  Kittle 


Casting  statues  by  means  of  the 
lost  wax  process  produces  art 
works  of  infinitely  fine  detail 


The  art  of  casting  images  in  metal 
has  been  practiced  by  Nepalese  sculp- 
tors since  at  least  the  seventh  century. 
The  Nepalese  learned  the  technique 
from  the  Indians  and,  in  turn,  passed 
on  their  knowledge  to  the  Tibetans. 
From  these  ancient  beginnings,  the 
Nepalese  tradition  of  metal  casting 
has  continued  to  the  present  day,  un- 
interrupted by  the  various  upheavals 
that  disturbed  the  artistic  traditions  of 
India,  Tibet,  and  China. 

In  Nepal,  image  casting  has  long 
been  the  occupation  of  the  Sakyas,  a 
caste  of  the  Newars  of  the  Kathmandu 
Valley,  Buddhists  who  trace  their  an- 
cestry to  Lord  Buddha  himself.  Al- 
though the  Sakyas  are  distributed  in 
all  three  of  the  major  towns  of  the 
valley  (Kathmandu,  Bhaktapur,  and 
Patan),  the  families  engaged  in  metal 
casting  are  concentrated  in  Patan, 
"the  City  of  Fine  Arts.""  In  Patan  it- 
self, they  are  further  concentrated  in 
two  Sakya  "bahals,"  or  quasi-mo- 
nastic communities,  consisting  of 
houses  clustered  around  a  central 
temple.  In  these  several-storied 
Newar  houses,  famous  for  their  elab- 
orately carved  windows  and  doors, 
the  ancient  tradition  of  image  casting 
is  kept  alive.  Here  master  sculptors 
knead  beeswax  with  their  fingers  and 
splinters  of  buffalo  horn  and  pour 
molten  metal  into  simple  clay  molds 
to  produce  sculpture  of  beauty  and 
grace  and  often  of  a  complexity  that 
astonishes  Western  founders  using 
far  more  sophisticated  techniques. 
The  images  these  artists  create  are 


all  icons — statues  of  Buddhist  and 
Hindu  gods  and  holy  men,  largely 
Buddhist  because  all  of  the  artists  are 
Buddhist.  The  images,  varying  in 
size  from  several  inches  in  height  to 
more  than  life-size,  are  fashioned  ac- 
cording to  strict  rules  of  iconography, 
which  determine  form,  posture,  atti- 
tude, and  dress.  These  rules  limit,  but 
do  not  negate,  the  artist's  creativity, 
for  the  challenge  of  Asian  religious 
sculpture  lies  in  bringing  these  an- 
cient canons  to  life  in  an  image  of 
transcendental  beauty.  A  good  sculp- 
tor's interpretation  of  his  subject  will 
always  surpass  in  grace  and  liveliness 
that  of  a  mediocre  artist,  and  the  con- 
trast will  be  apparent  even  to  the  cas- 
ual observer. 

The  sculptors  of  Nepal  use  the  lost 
wax  process  (cire  perdue),  which  is 
generally  considered  to  yield  the  fin- 
est results  although  it  is  considerably 
more  painstaking  than  other  tech- 
niques. Briefly,  the  lost  wax  process 
consists  of  the  making  of  a  wax  model 
(which  melts  readily  at  a  high  temper- 
ature but  keeps  its  shape  when  ex- 
posed to  the  moderate  warmth  of  a 
summer  day),  encasing  the  model  in 
a  fire-resistant  mold ,  drying  the  mold , 
and  then  heating  it  in  an  oven  or  over 
a  fire  until  the  wax  melts  out  of  a  small 
hole  left  in  the  mold,  hence  the  name 
lost  wax.  Molten  metal  is  then  poured 
into  the  vacant  space,  taking  the  form 
of  the  original  wax  sculpture.  When 
the  metal  has  cooled  and  hardened, 
the  clay  mold  is  broken  and  the  sculp- 
ture emerges  in  metal.  With  the  lost 
wax  method,  there  is  no  possibility  of 
mass  production  because  the  casting 
mold  must  be  broken  and  cannot  be 
reused;  in  order  to  reproduce  the 
sculpture,  an  entirely  new  wax  model 
must  be  fashioned.   This  technique 


produces  the  best  results,  for  if  a  very 
fine  clay  is  used  for  the  interior  sur- 
face of  the  mold,  all  of  the  intricate 
details  sculpted  in  the  wax  will  be 
transmitted  to  the  metal  without  dis- 
tortion. Such  detail  is  impossible  to 
produce  with  reusable  casting  molds. 

The  first  step  of  this  process,  the 
fabrication  of  the  sculpture  in  wax,  is 
the  most  important  from  the  creative 
point  of  view.  This  is  the  actual  act 
of  sculpture,  and  the  rest  of  the 
process  is  devoted  to  the  faithful 
transmutation  of  the  original  sculp- 
ture into  another  material,  metal.  In 
modern  Western  sculpture,  the  sculp- 
tor often  does  not  concern  himself 
with  the  rest  of  the  process  beyond  the 
actual  sculpting.  A  Western  sculptor 
will  usually  model  his  sculpture  in  a 
material  such  as  clay  or  plaster;  then 
give  it  to  a  founder,  whose  job  it  is 
to  reproduce  the  original,  first  in  wax 
and  then  in  metal.  In  Nepal  this  dis- 
tinction between  the  artist  (the  sculp- 
tor) and  the  craftsman  (the  founder) 
does  not  exist;  almost  all  of  the  Nepa- 
lese image  sculptors  cast  their  own 
work,  although  they  are  not  involved 
in  the  final  finishing  and  engraving. 

The  casters  use  several  different 
metals;  the  most  common  of  these  are 
copper  and  brass,  although  bronze, 
German  silver  (a  nickel  alloy),  iron, 
and  silver  are  also  cast.  Each  has  its 
advantages  and  drawbacks:  copper  is 
soft  and  easy  to  work  with  once  cast, 
but  it  has  a  high  melting  point  and 
does  not  flow  easily;  brass  flows  bet- 
ter, has  a  lower  melting  point,  and  is 
cheaper,  but  it  is  not  as  attractive  a 
metal  as  pure  copper;  bronze  (in 
Nepal,  a  pure  alloy  of  copper  and  tin) 

Jewel-encrusted  face  of  a 
fierce  Buddhist  deity. 


46 


•^■^*5k. 


V    ' 


>t    ■■   , 


^\\. vv 


hWa^^  //v 


.^■-  r 


flows  readily,  but  it  is  brittle  and  often 
breaks  during  finishing.  The  other 
metals  are  used  only  infrequently  on 
special  orders.  The  casters  do  not 
usually  mix  their  own  alloys  but  pur- 
chase them  in  the  form  of  scrap  from 
the  metal  market  in  Kathmandu. 

The  Nepalese  sculptor  is  generally 
commissioned  to  start  a  new  work  by 
a  client,  usually  a  shop  owner  who 
wishes  to  sell  the  sculpture  in  his  shop 
or  a  religious  Nepalese  who  wishes  to 
use  the  image  on  his  household  altar; 
sometimes  the  sculptor  receives  a 
commission  from  a  community  that 
wants  an  image  for  a  temple.  The  two 
latter  forms  of  patronage  were  the 
only  source  of  income  for  the  sculp- 
tors of  ancient  times,  but  the  domi- 
nant source  of  income  for  most  of 
today's  sculptors  is  the  patronage  of 
businessmen  who  sell  images  to 
tourists.  Although  this  rise  in  the  de- 
mand for  sculpture  has  had  a  some- 
what deleterious  efl"ect  on  the  finish- 
ing of  many  of  the  cheaper  images, 
it  has  had  a  tonic  effect  on  the  sculp- 
tors themselves,  who  are  now  con- 
stantly employed  and  are  thus  able  to 
sharpen  their  skills. 

Once  the  sculptor  has  received  a 
commission,  and  the  subject,  size, 
and  price  have  been  agreed  upon,  he 
starts  his  work  with  a  lump  of  raw 
casting  wax — a  combination  of  bees- 
wax, resin,  and  ghee  (clarified  but- 


ter)— which  he  must  shape  into  the 
form  of  a  god  or  goddess.  To  do  this, 
he  uses  primarily  his  fingers  and  a  few 
rudimentary  tools:  a  few  bone  and 
steel  tools  for  shaping  and  scraping 
and  a  charcoal  brazier  to  heat  and 
soften  the  wax.  The  medium  is  pli- 
able and  will  hold  fine  detail,  but  it 
is  by  no  means  easy  to  work,  as  I  have 
discovered  myself  while  attempting  a 
sculpture.  In  inexperienced  hands, 
the  wax,  which  seems  to  take  shape 
of  its  own  accord  under  the  practiced 
fingers  of  a  master,  becomes  sticky 
and  intractable,  producing  a  feeling 
of  frustration  in  the  beginner. 

Lost  wax  sculpture  is  cast  either 
solid  or  hollow,  depending  on  the  size 
of  the  image.  The  Nepalese  sculptors 
cast  their  images  hollow,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  very  small,  seated  figures 
and  standing  figures  of  up  to  twelve 
inches  in  height.  If  the  figure  is  to  be 
cast  solid,  the  sculptor  will  usually 
make  the  original  model  of  solid  wax. 
If  it  is  to  be  cast  hollow,  he  makes 
the  wax  hollow,  the  thickness  of  the 
wax  being  determined  by  the  final 
thickness  of  metal  desired  in  the  cast- 
ing, usually  one-eighth  to  one-fourth 
of  an  inch. 

Once  the  wax  figure  is  completed, 
a  mold  is  taken  from  it  if  additional 
copies  of  the  same  sculpture  are  de- 
sired. This  is  done  by  pressing  a  soft- 
ened wax  of  a  slightly  different  com- 


position against  the  surface  of  the 
sculpture,  thereby  producing  a  nega- 
tive mold.  Several  molds  are  used  to 
reproduce  one  sculpture,  for  ex- 
ample, one  mold  for  the  face,  another 
for  the  torso,  several  more  for  arms, 
legs,  and  so  on.  Pressing  warm,  pli- 
able sheets  of  wax  into  these  molds, 
the  sculptor  can  obtain  reproductions 
of  the  originals,  and  by  fitting  these 
together,  he  can  produce  a  second 
wax  the  same  as  the  first,  making  it 
unnecessary  to  repeat  the  entire 
process  of  sculpting  the  image  from 
raw  wax.  Since  many  of  the  statues 
are  popular  items  in  the  curio  shops, 
this  is  done  with  any  sculpture  the 
artist  feels  will  be  reordered.  It  must 
be  emphasized  that  reproduction 
through  the  use  of  wax  molds  is  dif- 
ferent from  reproduction  through  the 
use  of  reusable  casting  molds,  for  the 
wax  must  still  be  assembled  anew  and 
a  fresh  casting  mold  made. 

Before  the  completed  wax  sculp- 
ture is  covered  with  clay,  the  caster 
adds  several  wax  pipes,  culminating 
in  a  small  wax  funnel,  to  the  bottom 
of  the  image.  (Later,  when  the  wax 
has  been  melted  out,  the  space  oc- 
cupied by  the  pipes  will  form  con- 
duits through  which  the  molten  metal 
will  be  poured.) 

The  next  step  in  the  process  is  the 
fabrication  of  the  clay  casting  mold. 
This  is  the  longest  step  in  the  entire 


Pieces  of  copper  wire  and 
sheeting  are  melted  in 
a  coal-fired  furnace. 


The  caster  lifts  the  crucible  with  tongs  so  that  more  coal 

can  be  added  to  increase  the  heat.  Before  receiving 

the  molten  metal,  molds  are  heated  in  an  oven  for  several  hours. 


48 


procedure,  for  the  molds  must  dry 
evenly  in  the  sun  and  the  sculptor  is 
at  the  mercy  of  the  weather,  f^'or  small 
sculptures  (he  mold  may  lake  only 
one  week  to  dry  in  sunny  weather,  but 
large  and  complex  images  may  take 
as  long  as  three  or  four  months.  The 
first  layer  to  he  applied  is  a  mixture 
of  equal  parts  of  a  line  gray  clay  and 
cow  dung,  which  prevents  the  clay 
from  cracking  while  drying  and  gives 
porousness  to  the  moid  when  it  has 
been  burned  out  prior  to  casting.  The 
wax  statue  is  dipped  in  a  relatively 
thin  solution  of  this  clay-dung  mix- 
lure  so  that  a  coating  of  perhaps  one- 
half  inch  adheres  to  the  outside  and 
inside  (if  hollow)  of  the  wax.  Once 
this  first  layer  has  dried ,  another  layer 
is  applied  in  the  same  way.  At  this 
point,  if  the  casting  is  hollow,  several 
nails  are  driven  through  the  wax,  so 
that  when  the  mold  has  been  com- 
pleted one-half  of  a  nail  will  be  em- 
bedded in  the  clay  core  inside  the 
image  and  the  other  half  in  the  clay 
coating  on  the  outside;  when  the  wax 
is  melted  out,  these  nails  will  prevent 
the  core  from  slipping  inside  the  mold 
and  damaging  the  casting. 

The  final  applications  are  of  a 
coarser,  yellow  clay  mixed  equally 
with  rice  husks,  which  serve  much 
the  same  purpose  as  the  cow  dung  in 
the  first  mixture.  This  clay  is  applied 
as  a  paste  in  one-inch  layers;  usually 


two  or  three  applications  are  neces- 
sary, and  each  layer  is  allowed  to  dry 
before  the  next  is  applied.  With  the 
last  of  these  applications  the  mold  is 
complete;  in  most  cases  it  is  from  two 
to  three  inches  thick. 

The  mold  materials  used  by  the 
Nepalese  are  very  simple  and  are 
found  in  various  locations  throughout 
the  Kalhmandu  Valley.  The  two 
types  of  clay  are  provided  by  peasants 
who  have  an  arrangement  with  the 
casters  to  bring  them  the  clay  from 
their  fields.  The  rice  husks  are  also 
purchased  from  peasants  or  from  rice 
mills,  while  the  cow  dung  is  pro- 
vided by  the  numerous  cows  wan- 
dering the  streets. 

Despite  the  simplicity  of  these  ma- 
terials, the  molds  are  very  strong,  far 
stronger  than  the  plaster  molds  often 
used  in  the  West.  The  fine  clay,  if 
properly  prepared,  is  also  extremely 
faithful  in  recording  the  details  of  the 
wax.  It  is  not  unusual  to  be  able  to 
see  the  sculptor's  fingerprints  on  the 
surface  of  the  final  casting. 

After  the  mold  is  finished,  the  wax 
is  melted  out  over  a  slow  fire  through 
the  opening  left  for  this  purpose.  The 
melted  wax  is  allowed  to  drip  into  a 
pan  of  water,  from  which  it  is  col- 
lected to  be  used  again.  When  all  the 
wax  has  been  melted  out,  the  mold  is 
ready  for  casting,  which  usually  takes 
place  the  next  day.  Although  this  step 


in  the  process  is  simple  and  takes  little 
time  or  skill,  it  is  perhaps  the  most 
symbolic  moment  of  the  entire  tech- 
nique, for  it  is  at  this  point  that  the 
wax  is  'lost."  All  the  days  of  pains- 
taking sculpture  are  gone,  having 
leaked  out  of  the  mold's  aperture  as 
drops  of  melted  wax.  and  it  is  only 
the  empty  shell  of  cla\  that  holds  the 
promise  of  the  rebirth  of  the  image  in 
metal.  It  is  this  sense  of  emptiness 
giving  birth  to  form  that  gives  metal 
casting  its  peculiar  fascination. 

The  day  of  the  casting  is  the  climax 
of  an  efiort  that  has  taken  anywhere 
from  a  few  weeks  to  several  months. 
In  Nepal  it  is  an  exciting  day  with 
several  people  on  the  scene,  each 
with  a  job  to  fulfill.  Perhaps  it  would 
be  best  to  describe  in  detail  the  event 
as  it  takes  place  in  a  typical  caster's 
workshop. 

The  image  to  be  cast  on  this  day 
is  a  sixteen-inch  sculpture  of  Vajra 
Sattva,  a  two-armed  Buddhist  bodhi- 
satlva  seated  in  a  graceful  posture  on 
a  lotus  throne,  sculpted  by  one  of  the 
finest  of  the  Sak\a  casters  of  Patan. 

The  day  begins  when  the  master 
sculptor  comes  into  his  workshop,  a 
small  shed  on  the  bottom  floor  of  his 
house,  to  prepare  for  the  casting.  The 
necessary  materials  are  brought  in: 
wood  for  the  oven  where  the  mold 
will  be  heated,  enough  coal  to  melt 
the  copper  in  which  the  image  will  be 


When  the  molds  are  sufficiently 
hot  and  dry,  the  caster  begins  to 
pour  the  molten  metal. 


The  moment  of  pouring  is  a 
crucial  one;  the  copper  must 
flow  smoothly  into  the  molds. 


The  molds  are  left  to  cool. 
There  is  no  way  to  anticipate 
the  final  result  of  the  casting. 


cast,  the  crucible,  various  tongs,  and 
the  metal  itself  in  the  form  of  old  cop- 
per wire  and  sheeting,  which  has  been 
purchased  in  the  market  in  Kath- 
mandu.  The  copper  is  weighed  out  on 
a  balance  scale;  using  the  weight  of 
the  original  wax  image  multiplied  by 
a  factor  of  eight,  it  is  estimated  that 
the  Vajra  Sattva  will  require  about 
thirteen  pounds  of  metal,  and  this  is 
kept  aside. 

The  wood  in  the  mold  oven  is 
lighted  and  a  low  fire  is  built  up;  then 
the  mold  of  the  Vajra  Sattva,  emptied 
the  previous  night,  is  gently  placed 
inside  and  the  oven  opening  is  walled 
up  with  tile  and  bricks.  The  mold  will 
stay  in  the  oven  for  about  two  and  a 
half  hours  to  insure  that  the  last  ves- 
tiges of  wax  are  burned  out  and  that 
the  mold  will  be  totally  dry  and  hot 
when  the  metal  is  poured.  If  the  mold 
is  too  cool  at  the  time  of  casting  it  may 
crack  or  cause  the  metal  to  cool  too 
fast,  resulting  in  a  damaged  casting. 
After  the  oven  fire  has  been  satis- 
factorily lighted,  the  caster,  now  as- 
sisted by  his  eldest  son,  turns  his  at- 
tention to  the  melting  furnace.  The 
furnace  is  a  simple  affair,  a  three- 
foot-high,  welllike  cylinder  of  bricks 
plastered  with  mud,  with  a  grate  just 
above  the  floor  and  an  opening  at  the 
bottom  through  which  air  is  forced  by 
means  of  an  Indian-made  mechanical 
bellows.   This    bellows,    turned    by 


PPg^' 


hand,  is  the  only  mechanical  device 
used  during  the  entire  procedure; 
with  this  sole  exception,  the  casting 
workshop  resembles  in  every  detail 
that  of  the  caster's  grandfather. 

A  thin  layer  of  lit  charcoal  is  placed 
at  the  bottom  of  the  furnace;  above 
this  is  placed  the  crucible,  surrounded 
by  coal.  About  half  of  the  entire 
charge  of  copper  is  placed  in  the  cru- 
cible, and  the  furnace  opening  cov- 
ered with  a  few  clay  tiles.  The  son 
then  starts  the  wearying  job  of  crank- 
ing the  bellows,  one  of  the  chores  of 
his  apprenticeship.  After  a  few  min- 
utes, the  coal  catches  and  a  hot  fire 
sends  tongues  of  flame  up  around  the 
tiles  covering  the  crucible. 

For  the  next  hour  or  so  the  master 
relaxes  while  his  son  keeps  the  fire 
high  in  the  furnace.  His  wife  brings 
him  a  hookah,  which  he  puffs  on 
while  watching  the  flames  from  the 
two  fires.  Occasionally  he  adds  a  few 
sticks  to  the  oven,  making  sure  that 
the  fire  remains  even.  After  perhaps 
forty-five  minutes,  the  flames  issuing 
from  the  furnace  begin  to  take  on  a 
greenish  tinge  as  the  copper  melts  and 
oxidizes.  When  the  metal  is  com- 
pletely melted,  the  caster  removes  the 
tiles  and  stirs  the  metal  with  an  iron 
rod.  Lifting  the  crucible  with  a  pair 
of  tongs,  he  holds  it  up  while  his  son 
jabs  at  the  coals  and  adds  fresh  coal 
to  the  fire.  Before  replacing  the  tiles. 


the  remaining  copper  in  the  charge  is 
added  to  the  crucible. 

Again  the  master  sits  back  for  a 
brief  rest.  At  this  point  his  wife,  who 
also  plays  a  part  in  the  casting,  brings 
in  a  large  earthen  bowl  of  water,  in 
which  the  mold  will  be  cooled  after 
the  metal  has  been  poured.  While  his 
son  is  still  hard  at  work  keeping  the 
furnace  fire  hot,  the  master  prepares 
the  area  where  the  mold  will  be 
placed,  piling  a  few  bricks  to  support 
the  clay  of  the  mold  against  the  pres- 
sure of  thirteen  pounds  of  molten  cop- 
per. His  wife  hands  him  a  long  strip 
of  thick  cotton  material,  which  he 
winds  around  his  waist  and  right  arm 
to  protect  himself  from  the  heat  of  the 
crucible  and  from  any  molten  metal 
that  may  spill.  Other  than  this,  he 
takes  no  precautions  against  acci- 
dents and  casts  in  his  bare  feet. 

By  watching  the  flames  shooting 
from  the  furnace,  which  have  now  be- 
come bright  green,  the  caster  ascer- 
tains that  the  metal  is  ready  to  be 
poured.  He  pulls  the  tiles  from  the  top 
of  the  furnace  and  inspects  the  metal, 
stirring  it  with  the  iron  rod.  The  cop- 
per is  completely  melted  and  stirs  eas- 
ily. The  time  has  come  for  the  cast- 
ing. Turning  to  the  mold  oven,  the 
caster  carefully  removes  the  bricks 
and  tiles  from  the  front.  Inside  the 
oven  the  mold  glows  a  light  cherry 
red.  Very  gently,  the  caster  picks  up 


Water  is  used  to  help  cool  the  mold  so  that  the  sculpture 
may  be  freed  from  its  casing.  Gently  tapping  the  mold 
with  a  short  iron  rod,  the  caster  cracks  the  wet  clay. 


This  is  the  moment  when  the 
success  or  failure  of  the  casting 
will  be  evident. 


50 


Ihc  mold  wi(h  a  pair  of  long  longs  and 
lianslcrs  il  to  Ihc  pile  ol  bricks  sc- 
Icclcd  as  Ihc  spot  lor  pouring.  Using 
Ihc  cloth  on  his  hands  lor  protection, 
he  carclully  shifts  the  mold  to  a  good 
position,  where  it  is  uprighl  and  well 
supported. 

The  caster  now  looks  down  the 
mold  aperture,  called  the  pour,  to 
check  the  heat  of  the  mold.  Seeing 
that  the  inside  of  the  mold  is  a  bright 
cherry  red,  he  decides  to  delay  for  a 
few  moments  the  removal  of  the  cru- 
cible from  the  furnace,  for  if  the  mold 
is  too  hoi,  the  metal  may  "boil"" 
when  it  is  poured,  causing  a  pitted 
casting.  This  is  the  momenl  when  be- 
ginning casters  often  make  mistakes, 
for  the  tenseness  of  the  situation  en- 
courages haste,  which  is  often  neither 
necessary  nor  desirable.  A  good  cast- 
ing depends  on  speed  at  the  right  mo- 
ment and  an  ability  to  ascertain  the 
right  moment  through  an  accurate 
judgment  of  the  temperature  of  both 
mold  and  metal.  Whereas  a  beginner 
may  get  flustered,  an  experienced 
caster  always  acts  deliberately. 

When  the  mold  has  cooled  slightly, 
the  caster,  using  another  set  of  tongs, 
grasps  the  crucible  and  levers  it  out 
of  the  furnace.  Placing  it  on  the 
ground  next  to  the  mold,  he  tilts  it  to 
one  side  while  his  son  scrapes  float- 
ing dross  and  bits  of  coal  from  the 
gleaming  surface  of  the  molten  metal. 


Then  the  master  hoists  the  heavy  cru- 
cible and  very  slowly  lilts  it  over  the 
pour,  so  that  the  molten  copper  flows 
evenly  and  smoothly  into  the  mold. 
While  the  metal  is  Mowing,  the  son 
pilches  small  bits  of  wax  into  the 
pour,  which  ignite  as  they  touch  the 
hot  metal.  The  flames  thus  produced 
help  to  keep  the  metal  from  cooling 
too  fast  and  clogging  the  mold. 
Within  a  few  seconds  the  mold  is  full 
and  the  metal  backs  up  into  the  pour 
opening.  The  casting  is  now  finished 
The  remainder  of  the  copper  is  poured 
intoasmall  piece  of  clay,  the  crucible 
is  laid  ia  a  corner,  and  everyone  sits 
down  to  wait  while  the  mold  cools. 

At  this  point  there  is  no  way  to  tell 
how  the  casting  w  ill  come  out.  There 
were  no  cracks  in  the  mold  and  the 
metal  did  not  bubble  as  il  was  being 
poured — these  are  good  signs,  but  nol 
conclusive.  So  the  waiting  has  some 
suspense,  for  although  the  master  has 
completed  many  castings,  each  repre- 
sents a  great  investment  of  lime  and 
energy  in  sculpting  and  making  the 
mold,  and  a  ruined  casting  means 
work  that  must  be  done  over  again. 

After  standing  a  few  minutes,  the 
mold  is  gently  laid  in  the  large  earthen 
bowl  of  water  brought  by  the  master's 
wife.  Immediately,  the  water  begins 
to  boil  and  bubble  and  clouds  of 
steam  till  the  workshop.  The  master's 
wife  now  pours  water  from  a  bronze 


pitcher  over  the  mold,  and  as  the 
mold  cools  and  becomes  possible  to 
touch,  she  turns  it  in  the  bowl  so  thai 
all  parts  are  cooled.  After  a  few  min- 
utes of  immersion,  the  btjiling  sub- 
sides and  Ihc  caster  lightly  laps  the 
clay  covering  the  head  of  the  image 
with  a  short  iron  rod.  The  wet  clay 
cracks  and  falls  away,  revealing  the 
gentle  smile  and  downcast  eyes  of  the 
god.  The  face  is  perfectly  cast.  More 
eagerly,  the  sculptor  knocks  olf  the 
cla\  from  the  rest  of  the  image,  and 
bit  b>  bit.  the  torso,  arms.  legs,  and 
lotus  base  emerge  in  the  iridescent 
rainbow  hues  of  freshly  cast  copper. 
It  is  at  this  moment  that  the  magic  of 
metal  casting  is  strongest.  The  god's 
hgure.  first  seen  a  month  before  in  the 
dull  gray  of  the  wax.  then  covered 
over  with  successive  layers  of  clay, 
finally  reappears— like  a  butterfly 
emerging  from  a  chrysalis — in  its 
new  and  beautiful  garb.  The  casting 
is  perfect,  unusually  so.  for  large  cop- 
per castings  almost  always  have  a  few 
defects,  and  this  Vajra  Sattva  has 
none.  The  suspense  of  waiting  is  re- 
placed by  happy  relaxation,  and 
while  the  caster  enjoys  a  drink  and  a 
hookah  of  fresh  tobacco,  the  image  is 
set  against  a  wall  to  be  admired. 

When  the  casting  is  finished,  the 
job  of  the  sculptor-caster  is  over,  and 
the  statue  is  passed  on  to  the  engrav- 
ers, also  members  of  the  Sakya  caste. 


Completely  freed  of  its  clay 
covering,  the  perfect  image  re- 
flects the  skill  of  the  caster. 


The  task  of  finishing  and 
smoothing  the  statue  is  handed 
over  to  other  artisans. 


Engravers  add  intricate 
details  that  were  not  included 
in  the  original  wax  sculpture. 


51 


who  smooth  the  surface  of  the  casting 
and  engrave  any  details  that  are  too 
fine  to  be  included  on  the  original 
wax.  The  quality  of  engraving  in 
Nepal  varies  greatly.  Since  the  pro- 
duction of  statues  has  multiplied 
greatly  due  to  the  influx  of  tourists, 
many  engravers  work  too  quickly, 
and  their  haste  is  reflected  in  the  fin- 
ished statue.  But  there  still  exist  en- 
gravers of  exceptional  talent,  and 
when  they  apply  their  skills  to  a  well- 
sculpted  and  well-cast  piece,  the  final 
product  can  be  breathtaking. 

If  the  image  was  cast  in  copper,  the 
final  step  in  the  finishing  process  is 
often  gilding.  This  is  done  by  the 
mercury  process,  an  art  now  lost  to 
the  Western  world.  The  image  is  first 
dipped  in  a  weak  acid  bath  to  clean 
its  surface.  Then  an  amalgam  of  mer- 
cury and  gold  is  applied  over  the  sur- 


face that  is  to  be  gilded.  When  the 
image  has  been  evenly  coated  with 
the  amalgam,  it  is  placed  over  a 
smokeless  fire  and  the  mercury  boils 
off,  leaving  a  thin  layer  of  pure  gold 
adhering  to  the  copper.  Because  the 
mercury  fumes  created  during  this 
process  are  extremely  dangerous,  the 
craftsmen  are  careful  to  stay  upwind 
from  the  fire,  which  is  never  placed 
in  an  enclosed  space.  This  danger  is 
one  reason  that  mercury  gilding  is  no 
longer  practiced  in  the  West,  and 
despite  the  precautions,  many  of  the 
men  who  work  with  this  process  in 
Nepal  fall  sick  from  mercury  poison- 
ing. The  result  obtained  by  mercury 
gilding,  however,  is  far  more  pleas- 
ing than  the  modern  technique  of 
electroplating;  the  mercury  process 
leaves  a  rich,  warm  coating  of  gold 
that  electroplating  cannot  achieve. 


A  popular  Buddhist  deity,  the 
Vajra  Sattva  is  depicted 
holding  two  associated  symbols— 
the  bell  (shown  in  detail, 
bottom  left)  and  the  sacred 
thunderbolt.  The  detail  at 
top  left  features  a  hand 
grasping  a  lotus  stem, 
another  major  Buddhist  symbol. 


The  Nepalese  sculptors  show  very 
broad  taste  in  the  styles  they  choose 
for  their  pieces,  and  sculpture  from 
several  traditions — Indian  and  Tibet- 
an, as  well  as  Nepalese — issues  from 
their  workshops.  The  sculptors  of 
Asia  have  always  been  influenced  by 
the  past,  employing  earlier  sculpture 
as  models  for  their  own,  and  the  same 
is  true  for  the  sculptors  of  modern 
Nepal.  They  have  a  vast  variety  of 
previous  work  from  which  to  choose, 
and  with  so  many  books  on  Asian  art 
available,  they  can  pick  as  a  model 
an  image  that  may  reside  in  a  distant 
museum.  In  general,  they  seem  to 
prefer  the  imagery  of  the  more  recent 
past;  more  than  half  the  work  pro- 
duced by  the  community  of  sculptors 
resembles  the  later,  more  heavily  or- 
namented pieces  produced  in  Nepal 
and  Tibet  during  the  eighteenth  and 
nineteenth  centuries.  But  other,  older 
styles  also  serve  as  inspiration,  and 
one  caster  even  produces  bronzes  in 
the  Greco-Buddhist  style  of  Gand- 
hara  stone  sculpture. 

What  is  the  future  of  these  Nepa- 
lese image  casters  and  the  tradition 
they  uphold?  There  are  some  who  fear 
that  the  pressures  of  modernization  at 
work  in  Nepal  will  eventually  destroy 
this  art,  but  this  seems  unlikely.  The 
most  important  factor  in  the  survival 
of  this  Nepalese  art  is  the  strong  cul- 
tural and  religious  identity  of  the 
Sakya  Newars  who  practice  it.  Al- 
though they  take  what  is  useful  from 
what  they  see  in  Western  technology 
and  values,  they  show  no  inclination 
to  abandon  the  traditions  that  have 
made  them  such  a  highly  civilized 
people.  This  solidarity  applies  not 
only  to  the  older  generation  but  to  the 
younger  as  well ,  and  many  of  the  sons 
of  master  sculptors  are  following  their 
fathers'  vocations.  If  these  coming 
generations  of  Nepalese  sculptors 
show  the  talent  and  dedication  dis- 
played by  their  forefathers,  the  future 
of  image  casting  in  Nepal  is  secure.  D 


52 


M 


:-«^^^ 


Black  Bears  of  the  Smokies 

by  Michael  R.  Pelton  and  Gordon  M.  Burghardt 


Tourists,  hunters,  and 
poachers  make  the  Great 
Smokx  Mountains  National 
Park  a  precarious 
sanctuary  for  the 
adaptable  black  bear 


The  black  bear.  Ursus  americanus. 
and  the  remaining  wilderness  of  the 
eastern  United  States  ha\e become  so 
symbolically  intertwined  in  the  mind 
of  the  public,  that  few  people  realize 
that  the  black  bear  has  one  of  the 
widest  distributions  of  any  large 
mammal  in  North  America.  The  ani- 
mal can  still  be  found  in  the  swamps 
of  the  South,  the  White  Mountains  of 
New  England,  the  Adirondack  and 
Catskill  mountains  of  New  York,  the 
Blue  Ridge  of  the  Virginias,  and  the 
Great  Smokies  of  Tennessee,  the 
Carolinas.  and  Georgia.  The  black 
bear  still  stalks  the  northern  hard- 
wood forests  of  the  upper  Midwest, 
the  boreal  forest  in  Canada  and 
Alaska,  and  the  mountainous  areas 
west  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

These  areas  differ  dramatically  in 
climate,  vegetation,  and  habitat,  but 
U.  americanus  has  evolved  appro- 
priate adaptations  to  enable  it  to  live 
under  such  diverse,  even  extreme 
conditions.  In  the  East,  however,  the 
popular  association  with  remnant  wil- 
derness is  valid  because  human  intru- 
sions into  former  habitats  have  forced 
the  species  to  recede  into  smaller  and 
smaller  enclaves. 

The  adaptations  that  enable  the 
black  bear  to  succeed  in  different  en- 


Black  bears  are  surprisingly  fast. 
The  shy  animals  also  possess 
keen  smell  and  hearing, 
senses  that  are  useful  in 
avoiding  humans. 


55 


Great  Smoky 
Mountains  National 
Park 


vironments  can  be  understood,  at 
least  in  part,  by  studying  the  animal 
in  such  representative  aboriginal  hab- 
itats as  national  parks  and  other  large 
protected  areas — with  the  added  ben- 
efit of  gaining  information  about  the 
nature  of  human-bear  interrelation- 
ships. Such  information  is  extremely 
important  if  we  are  to  provide  suffi- 
cient protection  to  the  remnant  black 
bear  populations  in  the  East. 

With  this  in  mind,  we  conducted  an 
ecological  and  behavioral  study  of  the 
black  bear  in  Great  Smoky  Mountains 
National  Park — a  rugged  800-square- 
mile  area,  in  which  narrow  valleys 
cut  deeply  into  an  uninterrupted 
mountain  chain  with  elevations  of 
5,000  to  6,500  feet.  Average  annual 
precipitation  ranges  from  fifty  to  sixty 
inches  in  the  lower  valleys,  eighty  to 
one  hundred  inches  at  higher  eleva- 
tions. As  a  result  of  topography  and 
precipitation,  dense  forests  dominate 
the  area,  and  the  presence  of  food- 
producing  trees,  bushes,  and  other 
plants  makes  most  of  the  parkland  ex- 
cellent black  bear  habitat. 

Until  settlers  arrived  in  the  Smoky 
Mountain  country  in  the  1790s,  hunt- 
ing by  Indians  was  the  only  signifi- 
cant influence  on  the  black  bear.  By 
the  mid- 1800s,  however,  all  the 
major  valley  bottoms  had  been  set- 
tled, and  the  combined  pressure  of 
both  Indians  and  settlers  began  to  take 
its  toll  on  the  black  bear  population. 
The  increased  growth  in  human  popu- 
lation and  heavy  logging  hastened  the 
bear's  decline.  Major  sections  of 
most  mountain  ridges  were  cleared  of 
trees  up  to  4,000  feet.  The  effects  of 
habitat  loss  and  increased  hunting 
with  dogs  forced  the  bears  to  live  at 
higher  elevations  in  areas  less  acces- 
sible to  humans .  By  the  1 920s  the  ani- 
mal was  essentially  nonexistent  at 
lower  elevations  in  what  was  to  be- 


come, in  1934,  the  Great  Smoky 
Mountains  National  Park. 

Although  few  bears  remained  by 
the  1930s,  the  records  of  several  natu- 
ralists indicate  that  the  animals  re- 
sponded immediately  to  the  relative 
protection  afforded  by  the  creation  of 
the  park.  One  complication  was  that 
by  the  mid-1940s,  the  chestnut 
blight,  which  hit  in  the  mid-1920s, 
had  killed  off  most  of  the  chestnut 
trees  in  the  area.  Thus,  while  the 
black  bear  population  was  being  ef- 
fectively protected  from  overhunting, 
its  major  food  source  (chestnuts)  was 
disappearing  from  the  mountain 
slopes.  Now,  after  thirty  years  of  pro- 
tection, the  vegetation  has  substan- 
tially recovered  from  the  prepark  log- 
ging operations,  and  the  chestnut  has 
been  replaced  by  other  tree  species, 
primarily  oak  and  hickory,  which 
provide  edible  nuts  for  the  black 
bears. 

The  Smokies  are  an  excellent  ex- 
ample of  an  area  in  which  many  of 
the  various  pressures  of  civilization 
impinge  upon  a  supposedly  protected 
bear  population.  More  than  eight  mil- 
lion tourists  pour  into  the  Great 
Smoky  Mountains  National  Park 
each  year;  a  figure  equal  to  the  com- 
bined annual  visitations  to  the  Yose- 
mite,  Yellowstone,  Grand  Teton,  and 
Rocky  Mountain  National  Parks.  The 
park's  major  attraction  is  vividly  and 
symbolically  displayed  on  the  signs 
of  many  motels  and  businesses  in  the 
area  and  in  the  souvenirs  sold  in  the 
numerous  shops,  including  dishes, 
ashtrays,  postcards,  placemats, 
towels,  ceramics,  and  wood  carv- 
ings. We  allude,  of  course,  to  the 
"Smoky  Mountain  Black  Bear." 
There  are  few  other  places  in  the  east- 
ern United  States  where  a  vacationer 
can  expect  to  see  this  large,  free- 
roaming  carnivore. 


56 


-ij^ sr^^-x 


.  T^r'^^- 


"^-    •  -- 


>^^ 


^t^: 


•**«■  'idr 


wf-  ^ 


--^p^;.:   - 


V.«* 


Many  visitors  believe  that  the 
black  bears  they  see  along  the  road- 
sides, at  trail  shelters,  in  picnic  areas, 
and  in  campgrounds  are  typical  of  the 
park  population  as  a  whole,  but  these 
animals  represent  less  than  5  percent 
of  the  total  population.  Most  bears 
have  little  or  no  contact  with  park  vis- 
itors: the  shy  animals,  with  their  keen 
uses  of  hearing,  smell,  and  sight. 
cape  detection  by  taking  refuge  in 
ihc  abundant  and  accessible  forests 
and  dense  understory  vegetation. 

We  found  that  interesting  dif- 
ferences in  sex  and  age  structure 
occur  not  only  between  the  bold,  pan- 
handling bears  and  the  shy  back- 
country  bears  in  the  park  but  also  be- 
t^^cen  these  park  animals  and  hunted 
populations  outside  of  the  park  .Males 
and  younger  animals  in  the  park,  for 
example,  move  and  disperse  farther 
than  adult  females,  bringing  them 
into  greater  contact  with  park  visi- 
tors. Thus,  the  wider-ranging  males 
and  younger  animals  are  more  vul- 
nerable to  hunting  outside  the  park. 

An  over-all  age  structure  of  nearly 
70  percent  adults  (4.5  years  or  older) 
within  the  park,  compared  to 40  to  50 
percent  for  the  population  outside  of 
the  park  boundaries,  indicates  the  in- 
lluences  of  protection  afforded  by  the 
park.  The  a\erage  age  of  adult  park 
females  is  greater  than  that  of  adult 
males,  another  reflection  of  how  the 
more  restricted  movements  of  the  fe- 
males decrease  their  vulnerability  to 
human  exploitation  outside  the  park. 
Our  data  on  movements  and  repro- 
duction of  park  bears  indicate  that  at 
high  densities  there  is  considerable 
home  range  overlap  of  mature  fe- 
males and  that  a  high  proportion  of 
females  are  barren.  Some  compen- 
satory mechanism  must  have  evolved 
to  restrict  productivity  at  dense  popu- 
lation levels.  At  the  present  time  we 
assume  this  to  be  a  behavioral  rela- 
tionship based  upon  social  intoler- 
ance, but  we  do  not  know  to  what 


Cubs  are  agile  climbers,  often 
scooting  up  trees  when  alarmed. 
Mature  bears  also  climb  and  may 
overwinter  in  tree  trunk  dens  as 
high  as  60  feet  above  ground. 


57 


extent  the  lowered  productivity  may 
also  be  food  related. 

Population  density  is  especially 
difficult  to  ascertain  for  the  members 
of  the  order  Carnivora,  typically  shy, 
secretive,  and  far-ranging  mammals. 
Using  several  techniques,  we  have 
found  that  our  study  area  (the  south- 
west quarter  of  the  park)  supports  a 
population  of  approximately  one  bear 
per  square  mile.  Smaller  land  units 
deeper  within  the  park,  however,  ap- 
proach densities  of  two  bears  per 
square  mile,  a  figure  twice  as  high  as 
previously  reported.  Factors  contri- 
butingtohigher densities  andcon- 
comitant  smaller  home  range  sizes 
appear  to  be  inaccessibility,  which  af- 
fords relative  protection  from  poach- 
ing and  free-ranging  dogs;  prime  den- 
ning trees  located  in  unlogged  areas; 
maturing  oak-hickory  stands  as 
sources  of  fall  food;  and  a  diversity 
and  abundance  of  berry  crops  in  the 
summer. 

Summer  is  a  period  of  food  abun- 
dance for  the  black  bear;  increased 
feeding  activities  reach  a  peak  from 
August  to  mid-September.  Variations 
in  temperature,  shade,  and  moisture 
created  by  the  diverse  topography  re- 


sult in  the  ripening  of  various  species 
of  berries  throughout  the  summer. 
The  widespread  availability  of  berry 
crops,  which  enables  more  bears  to 
live  in  a  given  area,  contributes  to  the 
small  summer  home  ranges.  Analysis 
of  the  contents  of  bear  droppings  re- 
veals that  blackberries,  huckle- 
berries, blueberries,  wild  cherries, 
and  serviceberries  make  up  a  signifi- 
cant proportion  of  the  black  bear's 
summer  diet.  (Bears  are  remarkably 
adept  at  using  their  lips  to  feed  on  the 
small  berries.)  The  lack  of  depend- 
ence on  human  (artificial)  food  is  re- 
flected in  its  low  occurrence  in  their 
diet  during  peak  visitor  use  of  the 
park  in  July  and  August.  This  is  true 
even  for  those  bears  that  frequent 
campgrounds,  trail  shelters,  and 
roadsides. 

Mating  occurs  in  summer.  The  fer- 
tilized egg  divides  only  a  few  times 
and  becomes  a  blastocyst,  which 
floats  freely  in  the  female's  uterus  but 
does  not  attach  itself  to  the  uterine 
wall  and  begin  further  development 
until  December.  Delayed  implanta- 
tion seems  to  be  an  adaptation  for  pre- 
venting the  developing  pre-  and  post- 
natal young  from  making  demands  on 


Bears  adeptly  remove  fruit 
with  their  lips  from  thorny 
branches.  Raspberries  are 
important  in  their  diet, 
helping  them  recover  from  winter 
dormancy  and  providing  sustenance 
until  acorns  and  hickory  nuts 
mature  in  the  fall. 


the  mother's  metabolic  reserves  until 
after  the  dramatic  weight  gains  asso- 
ciated with  the  nut  and  berry  crops  of 
late  summer  and  autumn.  If  ample 
food  is  not  available,  cubs  may  not 
be  produced  at  all . 

Telemetry  data  reveal  that  travel 
movements  are  restricted  during  the 
summer  period  of  food  abundance — 
except  for  males  in  search  of  females 
in  heat  and  for  occasional  young  ani- 
mals making  exploratory  probes  into 
new  habitat.  Crepuscular  activities 
are  the  rule  and  the  use  of  beds  during 
the  day  is  common.  These  summer 
day-beds  are  typically  small  depres- 
sions created  when  large  trees  are 


uprooted.  High  daytime  temperatures 
and  cooler  nights  probably  contribute 
to  this  activity  pattern,  the  bears  tak- 
ing advantage  of  cooler  periods  for 
foraging  and  perhaps  breeding. 

Mid-August  brings  the  first  ripen- 
ing of  acorns  and  hickory  nuts  (mast). 
Even  while  late  summer  berries  are 
hanging  from  trees  and  shrubs,  bears 
begin  moving  into  oak-hickory 
stands.  The  death  of  the  American 
chestnut  has  left  acorns  and  hickory 
nuts  as  the  bears'  main  alternative  for 
a  naturally  occurring,  nutritious 
source  of  fall  food.  But  unlike  chest- 
nuts, oaks  and  hickories  are  unrelia- 


Candy,  cookies,  and  other 
junk  food  from  tourists  are 
only  marginal  in  bear  diets, 
even  among  the  5  percent 
of  the  park 's  bears  that 
panhandle.  If  the  animals 
relied  heavily  on  handouts, 
they  would  be  malnourished. 


ble  sources  of  food  because  cold 
weather  in  late  spring  can  reduce  the 
fall  prcxJuction  of  nuts.  Year-to-year 
availability  of  mast  is  therefore  a 
major  key  U)  annual  population  liuc- 
tuations.  But  many  other  species  of 
animals  also  feed  on  mast;  the  black 
bear  must  compete  with  turkey, 
white-tailed  deer,  rulfed  grouse,  gray 
squirrels,  raccoons,  and  the  European 
wild  hog — the  last,  an  exotic  intro- 
duction that  is  capable  of  consuming 
large  quantities  of  mast. 

The  black  bear,  however,  puts  its 
tree-climbing  ability  to  efTicient  use 
and  ascends  even  the  tallest  oaks  to 
forage  for  acorns.  Feeding  may  lake 
place  up  in  the  tree  or  on  limbs  as 
large  as  three  to  four  inches  in  diame- 
ter, which  the  black  bear  severs  by 
clawing,  twisting,  and  biting.  Oak 
stands  often  give  the  appearance  of 
having  been  devastated  by  a  wind- 
storm after  black  bears  have  fed  in 
them,  but  such  pruning  has  little  det- 
rimental effect  on  the  trees.  The  black 
bear's  ability  to  feed  on  acorns  before 
they  fall  gives  it  a  competitive  advan- 
tage over  other  animals  such  as  the 
wild  hog. 


During  {>eriods  (jf  fcxxl  scarcity  in 
the  fall,  black  bears,  particularly 
males,  may  forage  over  long  dis- 
tances. The  intensity  and  extent  of 
such  fall  movements  (the  fall  shuffle) 
is  directly  related  to  the  scarcity  of 
mast.  A  year  of  ptwr  mast  prcxluction 
results  in  more  animals  moving  far- 
ther from  their  established  summer 
ranges;  thus  the  probability  of  being 
killed  increases  as  the  animals  move 
into  lower  elevations,  into  [peripheral 
areas  of  the  park,  and  into  unfamiliar 
private  lands  outside  the  park  un- 
occupied by  a  resident  bear  popula- 
tion. The  last  is  truly  the  land  of  no 
return  for  many  black  bears  because 
of  the  toll  taken  by  hunters. 

Such  periodic  flushing  of  bears 
from  the  sanctuary  of  the  park  may 
have  some  beneficial  effects  if  the 
poor  mast  years  are  not  too  severe  or 
repeated  too  frequently.  Males  tend 
to  make  up  a  high  percentage  of  those 
individuals  moving  outside  the  park. 
Since  the  black  bear  is  polygynous, 
removal  of  excess  males,  particularly 
older  ones,  may  do  little  harm  to  the 
population,  and  may  even  help  it  by 
removing  the  more  socially  intolerant 


59 


older  animals.  Also,  it  is  the  male 
panhandler  that  tends  to  be  more  ag- 
gressive and  causes  more  problems  in 
terms  of  property  damage  and  injury. 
In  1969  and  1973,  years  following 
poor  mast  production,  the  number  of 
bear  incidents  in  the  park  decreased 
by  15 -fold  and  5 -fold,  respectively, 
from  the  previous  years. 

After  the  fall  shuffle  many  of  the 
foraging  bears  exhibit  strong  homing 
tendencies  and  return  to  their  summer 
home  ranges.  The  onset  of  denning 
begins  in  November  and  December  as 
their  movements  diminish.  Lack  of 
droppings  located  during  November 
indicates  that  feeding  ceases. 

The  timing  of  denning  is  ap- 
parently associated  with  mast  avail- 
ability; for  sufficient  fat  deposition  to 


take  place,  bears  must  stay  out  longer 
during  years  of  mast  scarcity.  Al- 
though we  have  detected  occasional 
activity  throughout  the  winter,  most 
bears  remain  in  their  dens  until  March 
unless  they  are  disturbed.  They  do  not 
defecate,  urinate,  drink,  or  feed  dur- 
ing this  period,  and  the  intestinal  tract 
becomes  blocked  with  a  fecal  plug 
until  the  bears  emerge  in  the  spring. 
This  is  a  remarkable  physiological 
feat,  equivalent  to  adaptations  of  so- 
called  true  hibernators  such  as  ground 
squirrels.  In  contrast  to  the  slight  de- 
crease in  the  metabolism  of  bears,  the 
metabolism  of  true  hibernators  de- 
creases dramatically,  but  these  ani- 
mals may  awake  and  defecate,  uri- 
nate, or  feed. 
Most  den  sites  in  the  park  are  not 


the  traditionally  recorded  locations, 
such  as  the  bases  of  hollow  trees, 
under  rock  ledges,  in  rhododendron 
patches,  or  under  overturned  trees  or 
stumps.  In  our  study  area  most  dens 
are  cavities — ^formed  by  decay  after 
the  breakage  of  a  large  limb  by  light- 
ning or  high  winds — 30  to  60  feet 
above  the  ground  in  large  oak,  hem- 
lock, or  maple  trees.  This  is  not  sur- 
prising in  light  of  the  bear's  good 
climbing  ability;  also,  its  arboreal 
feeding  activities  for  acorns  and 
honey  may  contribute  to  the  bear's 
ability  to  locate  such  sites. 

These  dens  oifer  safer  quarters  for 
bears  than  ground-level  dens  because 
of  the  distance  from  humans  and  their 
activities.  Often  viewed  by  foresters 
as  cull  or  overmature,  the  den  trees 


6o 


are  essentially  relicts  left  from  the 
prepark  logging  era.  Even  then  they 
were  classified  as  poor  timber  or  were 
too  inaccessible  for  loggers.  In  many 
areas  of  the  East  where  the  black  bear 
has  been  forced  into  shrinking  islands 
of  habitat,  the  availability  of  such  den 
trees  could  play  an  important  role  in 
population  survival. 

The  dormant  female  bear  gives 
birth  during  the  last  week  in  January 
through  the  first  week  of  February. 
The  number  of  cubs  varies  from  the 
usual  two  to  the  rare  four  or  five .  Born 
naked  with  unopened  eyes,  they  are 
about  the  size  of  a  Norway  rat  and 
weigh  about  half  a  pound.  Since  an 
adult  bear  can  reach  200,  400,  and  in 
the  case  of  some  males,  more  than 
600  pounds,  the  ratio  of  birthweight 


to  mature  weight  is  larger  than  in 
most  mammals.  This  high  weight 
ratio  is  advantageous  to  a  nursing  fe- 
male since  she  and  the  cubs  must  sub- 
sist off  her  fat  stores  until  spring. 

On  emerging  from  their  dens  in 
March  and  April,  black  bears  find 
themselves  faced  with  very  limited 
food  sources.  During  this  period,  the 
bears  must  subsist  on  remaining 
stores  of  fat  and  early  emerging  her- 
baceous vegetation.  Various  grasses 
along  trails  are  grazed;  the  extremely 
loose  consistency  of  droppings  com- 
posed entirely  of  grasses  in  early 
spring  suggests  that  the  possible  laxa- 
tive properties  of  this  food  may  aid 
in  the  removal  of  the  fecal  plug.  Our 
food  preference  studies  indicate  that 
grass  is  an  unfavored  food  throughout 


Recklessly  irailinn  an  adult 
bear  in  the  hope  oj  taking 
photographs,  park  visitors 
risk  injury  should  the 
animal  become  aroused. 
If  bears  interact 
aggressively,  they  are  trapped 
and  removed  to  remote 
areas  of  the  park. 


the  year  and  may  be  eaten  in  spring 
only  because  little  else  is  available. 

The  parasitic  squaw  root  plant 
(Conopholis  americana}.  which  is 
very  succulent  in  its  early  stages  of 
growth,  is  a  commonly  eaten  and 
highly  favored  food  during  the 
spring.  Limited  feeding  activity  con- 
tinues until  berries  begin  to  ripen  in 
early  June;  the  bears  lose  weight  until 
this  time.  The  condition  of  the  species 
in  late  spring  and  early  summer  is 
thus  related  to  the  success  of  the  pre- 
vious year's  mast  crop.  The  abundant 
and  diverse  berry  crops  of  summer 
allow  the  population  to  recover  from 
the  lack  of  feeding  in  winter  and 
scarce  foods  of  spring. 

Summer  brings  an  annual  upsurge 
of  visitors  to  Great  Smoky  Mountains 
National  Park.  Whether  it  is  the  de- 
sire to  see  or  interact  with  this  animal 
in  its  native  habitat  or  simply  to  visit 
and  linger  awhile  in  an  area  where  the 
species  occurs,  the  attraction  is  there. 
Few  visitors  stop  to  think  of  the  artifi- 
cial situation  their  sheer  numbers 
create.  No  matter  how  bearproof  the 
garbage  cans  or  how  efficient  the  sani- 
tation procedures,  large  numbers  of 
people  mean  coolers,  picnic  baskets, 
and  backpacks  loaded  with  items  that 
are  attractive  to  bears.  Handouts  or 
picnic  scraps  are  enough  rein- 
forcement to  set  into  motion  a  series 
of  human-bear  interactions  that  be- 
come more  intense  as  the  summer 
progresses. 

The  temptation  on  the  part  of  the 
visitor  to  keep  the  "cute"  animal 
within  viewing  range  is  great,  and 
food  is  used  to  entice  the  bears  to  re- 
main for  picture  taking  or  viewing. 
The  National  Park  Service  is  then 
faced  with  the  problem  of  maintain- 
ing the  fine  line  between  a  high  rate 
of  return  in  the  form  of  visitor  satis- 


6i 


faction,  on  Ihc  one  hand,  and  visitor 
injury  or  property  damage  on  the 
other.  Fortunately,  unlii«;e  the  griz/.ly, 
the  black  bear  is  far  less  aggressive 
and  conflicts  with  humans  are  typi- 
cally only  food  related  and  not  as 
serious  in  terms  of  injuries. 

One  theory  to  explain  the  dif- 
ferences in  aggressive  behavior  be- 
tween these  two  closely  related  bear 
species  proposes  that  gri/./lies 
evolved  in  a  relatively  open  habitat  so 
that  the  female  had  to  "stand  and  de- 
fend" her  cubs,  perhaps  from  adult 
males  or  other  predators.  Black 
bears,  in  contrast,  had  the  ready 
access  of  thick  understory  vegetation 
and  large  trees  as  an  escape  mecha- 
nism. In  this  context  it  is  interesting 
to  note  that  young  and  adult  black 
bears  climb  trees  whereas  only  young 
grizzly  cubs  exhibit  this  ability. 

For  some  visitors  the  end  result  of 
human-bear  interactions  is  unpleas- 
ant; for  the  more  aggressive  bears,  it 
means  their  removal  to  remote  areas 
of  the  park.  The  transplanting  of 
bears  offers  only  a  partial  solution  to 
the  problem,  however,  since  they  ex- 
hibit strong  homing  tendencies;  about 
50  percent  of  transplanted  bears  have 
returned  from  the  farthest  reaches  of 
the  park  to  their  original  home 
ranges. 

How  far  should  the  National  Park 
Service  go  in  attempting  to  decrease 
the  frequency  of  interactions  leading 
to  injury  or  property  damage?  What 
are  the  proper  steps  to  take  in  balanc- 
ing visitor  satisfaction  against  the  sur- 
vival requirements  of  the  bears?  In 
searching  for  solutions,  suggestions 
have  been  made  for  the  use  of  aver- 
sive  stimuli  to  repel  bears,  for  the  cre- 
ation of  feeding  areas,  the  removal  of 
all  artificial  sources  of  food,  better 
dispersal  and  control  of  visitors,  strict 
enforcement  of  regulations  regarding 


Black  bears  are  the  number  one 
tourist  attraction  of  Great 
Smoky  Mountains  National  Park. 
Their  popularity  becomes  a 
paradox,  however,  when  attempts 
by  park  managers  to  prevent 
occasional  incidents  with  humans 
are  made  at  the  bears'  expense. 


the  feeding  of  bears,  and  more  inno- 
vative educational  programs  for  visi- 
tors. We  feel  that  many  of  these  ideas 
otTcr  worthwhile  areas  for  future  re- 
search efforts;  visitor  knowledge  and 
attitudes  arc  particularly    important 
areas  to  explore.  For  example,  a  sur- 
vey of  persons  who  were  injured  or 
sustained  property  damage  by  black 
bears  indicated  that  the  respondents 
were  almost  unanimous  in  blaming 
themselves  and  not  the  bear  for  the 
unpleasantries.   Many  rejected  sug- 
gestions that  bears  be  removed  from 
the  park  as  a  solution  to  human-bear 
interactions.  This  is  important  be- 
cause many  managers  of  areas  con- 
taining  potentially   dangerous    wild 
animals  (for  example,  bears,  rattle- 
snakes, and  so  on)  are  almost  patho- 
logical in  their  fear  of  such  incidents 
and  often  seem  willing  to  engage  in 
policies  that,  in  etTect.  sign  the  death 
warrant  for  the  animal  population  in 
an  effort  to  reduce  a  low  risk  to  zero. 
For  the  bears,   the  more   serious 
human-bear  interactions  in  the  park 
and  around  its  periphery  occur  with 
poachers.     Many    more    individual 
bears  are  involved,  and  the  potential 
for  detrimental  effects  on  the  bear 
population  is  very  significant.  Hunt- 
ing traditions  established  before  the 
creation   of   the    park    persist,    and 
poaching  is  still  quite  prevalent.  The 
exact  effects  on  the  bear  population 
are   unknown,    although    significant 
numbers  of  bears  are  lost  in  years  of 
poor  mast  production. 

Other  reasons  for  continued  illegal 
hunting  include  spite  of  the  local 
poachers  against  the  National  Park 
Service  as  a  federal  agency  control- 
ling the  land;  procuring  meat,  hides, 
or  cubs;  contract  hunts  with  clients 
willing  to  pay  the  price;  peer  status 
among  local  hunters;  and  simple 
boredom. 

In  the  eastern  states  the  unknown 
losses  due  to  illegal  hunting  make  it 
especially  difficult  for  state  game  and 
fish  agencies  to  establish  biologically 
sound  hunting  regulations.  This  is 
important  since  bears  have  evolved  a 
reproductive  strategy  involving  small 
litter  size,  delayed  sexual  maturity, 
and  a  long  life-span  in  an  ecologically 
stable  habitat.  Before  man  came  on 
the  scene,  bears  had  virtually  no  natu- 
ral enemies  and  thus  developed  no 
mechanisms  to  adjust  quickly  to  con- 
ditions causing  heavy  mortality.  This 


contrasts  with  the  European  wild  hog 
in  the  park,  which  is  sexually  mature 
in  less  than  a  year  and  may  have  two 
litters  of  4  to  6  young  a  year.  The 
margin  of  error  for  bears  is  very 
small;  poaching,  plus  other  unknown 
mortality,  can  easily  extirpate  bears 
in  local  areas. 

Declining  harvests  of  bears  have 
iKCurrcd  in  many  states  of  the  eastern 
United  States.  The  disappearance  of 
large,  protected,  relatively  uninhab- 
ited tracts  of  land  in  the  East  is  a  pri- 
mary reason  for  the  decline  of  the 
black  bear  from  its  precolonial  popu- 
lation levels.  As  the  burgeoning 
human  population  spreads  into  more 
esthetically  appealing  areas — which 
arc  often  juxtaposed  near  state  and 
national  parks,  forests,  and  refuges — 
it  forces  existing  populations  of  bears 
into  smaller  and  smaller  land  units. 
The  increased  density  of  people  leads 
inevitably  to  an  increase  in  the  inci- 
dence of  interactions;  to  human  usur- 
pation of  the  bears"  feeding  and  den- 
ning areas  and  to  an  increased  number 
of  bears  killed  by  farmers  because  of 
depredations  (raiding  farms,  killing 
stock,  or  stealing  honey)  and  by 
poachers. 

Relatively  large  tracts  of  land  still 
exist  in  the  eastern  United  States  from 
which  black  bears  have  been  extir- 
pated; many  of  these  areas  could 
probably  sustain  a  population  if  sys- 
tematic reintroductions  were  at- 
tempted. More  intensive  efforts  are 
needed  by  ethologists  and  wildlife 
ecologists  to  study  the  behavioral  and 
ecological  ramifications  of  animal 
populations  being  confined  to  such  en- 
claves, especially  for  a  species  that  is 
particularly  sensitive  to  the  intrusions 
of  man. 

In  a  world  in  which  the  ranges  of 
many  species  of  wildlife  are  shrink- 
ing into  such  decreasing  islands  of 
habitat,  we  need  to  look  more  closely 
at  the  ways  in  which  species  adapt  or 
succumb.  Some  species  can  and  will 
adapt  if  we  apply  in  advance  the  ap- 
propriate ethological  and  ecological 
principles  that  are  keys  to  their  sur- 
vival. But  humans  will  be  the  final 
arbiter  of  most  of  our  wildlife  spe- 
cies; we  hope  the  islands  of  habitat 
will  not  dwindle  into  only  zoological 
park  enclosures  and  that  the  black 
bear  will  .not  be  just  a  symbol  of  the 
wilderness  of  the  eastern  United 
States,  but  forever  a  reality.  D 


63 


I 


'-%»»'' 


^ 


Human  Locomotion 


by  Adrienne  Zihiman  and  Douglas  Cramer 


Evolutionary  modifications  in 
our  musculature  and  skeletal 
system  help  distinguish  us  from 
our  apelike  ancestors 

The  stride  of  the  Olympic  runner, 
the  pinpoint  accuracy  of  the  baseball 
pitcher,  the  mother  at  the  supermarket 
carrying  her  baby  on  one  arm  and  a 
bag  of  groceries  on  the  other,  all  illus- 
trate the  unique  locomotor  adaptation 
that  makes  us  peculiarly  "human." 
Increased  brain  size  was  originally 
regarded  as  the  earliest  human  char- 
acteristic. But  two  million  years  ago, 
early  hominids — using  stone  tools  and 
possessing  brains  not  much  larger  than 
those  of  the  apes — already  had  modi- 
fications of  the  pelvis,  legs,  and  feet 
that  prove  them  bipedal .  Walking  on 
two  legs — the  first  step  away  from  the 
apes — freed  the  arms  and  hands  for 
carrying,  for  tool  use,  and  for  skillful 
movements.  The  consequent  elabora- 
tion of  hand-eye  coordination  and 


Human  skeletal 
structure  in  the  pelvic  area 
makes  possible  the  rotational 
movements  crucial  in  such 
sports  as  football. 


more  complex  thinking  ultimately  re- 
sulted in  our  brain  development. 

Walking,  running,  throwing,  car- 
rying— these  activities  seem  very  nat- 
ural to  us,  but  they  require  an  ex- 
tremely complex  set  of  interactions 
between  the  nervous,  muscular,  and 
skeletal  systems.  Two  limbs  must  ac- 
complish in  humans  the  motor  func- 
tions performed  by  four  in  our 
quadrupedal  ancestor,  a  creature  that 
was  probably  much  like  a  chimpan- 
zee. A  problem  that  had  to  be  coped 
with  in  the  transition  from  quadrupe- 
dalism  to  bipedalism  was  that  of  bal- 
ance, especially  at  the  fleeting  mo- 
ment when  one  foot  must  support  the 
entire  body.  Because  of  this  precari- 
ous balance,  it  is  easier  for  humans 
to  walk  fast  than  to  walk  slowly. 

The  human  system  of  locomotion 
combines  forward  and  rotational 
movements  about  the  trunk  and  hip, 
knee  and  ankle  joints.  To  take  a  step 
in  walking,  the  heel  is  put  down  first, 
the  hip  and  knee  begin  to  straighten 
out,  and  the  full  weight  is  shifted  to 
that  foot,  with  the  pelvis  and  trunk 
maintaining  a  stable  upright  position. 
The  other  leg  then  swings  forward,  the 
hip  joint  rotating  about  the  weight- 
bearing  leg.  At  this  instant  one  foot 
supports  the  entire  body.  The  result 
is  a  smooth  forward  motion — easy 
enough  for  healthy  individuals,  but 
difficult  for  those  with  an  injury  or  a 
disease  such  as  arthritis. 


Balance  and  motor  coordination  are 
processes  that  develop  during  the  ear- 
liest years  of  life.  Young  children  first 
learning  to  walk  appear  awkward. 
Their  feet  are  spread  wide  apart  to 
compensate  for  their  short  legs  and 
underdeveloped  lumbar  curve;  their 
arms  are  outstretched  to  assist  in  bal- 
ance. They  cannot  maintain  equilib- 
rium or  make  smooth  forward  motions 
involving  rotation  of  the  body  around 
the  stable  limb.  Once  these  skills  are 
mastered .  it  is  possible  to  keep  the  feet 
closer  together  and  to  take  longer 
strides.  The  arms  become  less  impor- 
tant for  maintaining  balance  and  tend 
to  swing  to  counter  rotation  at  the  hips . 

The  breakdown  of  this  pattern  can 
be  a  sign  of  aging.  In  old  age,  coor- 
dination deteriorates,  the  bones  be- 
come brittle,  and  the  hip  muscles 
weaken;  hence  the  legs  rotate  exter- 
nally at  the  hip  and  the  toes  point 
outward.  Because  of  the  weakening 
of  the  hip  muscles ,  the  ability  to  rotate 
the  trunk  over  the  hip  for  purposes  of 
balance  decreases.  To  compensate, 
old  people  take  short  steps  and  place 
their  feet  far  apart  in  a  walking  pattern 
resembling  that  of  small  children. 

To  accommodate  increased  stresses 
and  forces  resulting  from  two-legged 
locomotion,  larger  hip,  knee,  ankle, 
sacroiliac,  and  lumbosacral  joints 
evolved.  Some  side  effects  of  this 
adaptation  have  been  the  high  inci- 
dence of  arthritis,  common  fracture  of 


65 


the  bones  forming  these  joints,  and  the 
universal  complaint  of  low  back  pain. 
Muscles  are  essential  for  move- 
ment; they  also  support  joints  and  act 
as  shock  absorbers.  The  shape  of  pel- 
vic, leg,  and  foot  bones  reflects  the 
muscles  that  attach  to  them  and  the 
forces  the  muscles  generate.  Human 
muscles  create  a  configuration  of  body 
curves  unlike  those  of  any  other  ani- 
mal. A  striking  example  is  our 
rounded  buttock,  formed  by  the  glu- 
teus maximus,  our  largest  muscle. 
This  muscle  serves  several  functions: 
it  straightens  the  hip  joint  and  absorbs 
stresses  from  it,  supports  the  sacro- 
iliac joint,  and  assists  in  stabilizing  the 
trunk  over  the  leg  and  foot.  It  is  most 
active  during  vigorous  motion  in- 
volving a  shift  of  weight,  such  as 
rising  from  a  sitting  position  or  going 


up  a  slope.  The  gluteus  was  named 
"maximus"  because  of  its  large  size 
in  our  species;  in  other  animals,  the 
equivalent  muscle  is  relatively  small 
and  unimportant  and  is  accordingly 
called  "superficialis." 

Beneath  the  gluteus  maximus  are 
two  muscles — the  gluteus  medius  and 
gluteus  minimus — responsible  for  ro- 
tation and  stabilization  at  the  hip  joint 
and  consequently  for  maintaining 
balance.  These  muscles  contribute  to 
the  roundness  of  the  hips.  They  con- 
tract with  each  step  and  keep  the  pelvis 
and  trunk  over  the  foot.  Without  this 
stabilizing  action,  one  would  fall  to 
the  unsupported  side  of  the  swinging 
leg.  When  these  muscles  are  injured, 
the  trunk  is  thrown  from  side  to  side 
with  each  step,  noticeably  affecting 
the  smoothness  of  a  normal  gait. 


The  center  of  gravity  in 
humans  is  in  the  pelvis,  and 
the  line  of  gravity  through 
the  body  aligns  the  hip, 
knee,  and  ankle  joints, 
facilitating  standing  in  an 
upright  position  and 
two-legged  walking.  The 
center  and  line  of  gravity 
in  chimpanzees,  by  contrast, 
favors  tree  climbing  and 
quadrupedal  knuckle  walking. 


Another  human  body  curve  is  that 
at  the  front  of  the  thigh,  which  is  full 
and  rounded.  The  fullness  comes  from 
the  large,  powerful  quadriceps 
muscle — made  up  of  four  parts — 
which  straightens  the  knee  joint.  This 
muscle,  a  powerful  propulsive  force 
when  going  uphill ,  also  acts  as  a  brake 
when  walking  down  a  steep  incline. 
The  rounded,  well-defined  calf 
muscles,  which  narrow  into  the  long 
Achilles  tendon  at  the  ankle,  are  also 
distinctively  curved.  When  these 
muscles  contract,  the  ankle  extends, 
thereby  assisting  in  forward  propul- 
sion. The  foot  pushes  against  the 
ground ,  the  movement  passes  over  the 
toes,  and  at  the  last  phase  before 
pushing  off,  the  great  toe  bears  most 
of  the  body '  s  weight .  Anyone  who  has 
ever  injured  a  big  toe  appreciates  how 
important  that  digit  is  in  walking. 

Many  of  our  bodily  structures — the 
ankle,  the  knee,  the  pelvis,  and  the 
back — represent  evolutionary  com- 
promises between  conflicting  func- 
tions. The  ankle  joint,  a  composite  of 
three  smaller  joints,  represents  a 
compromise  between  stability  and 
flexibility.  Its  primary  movement  is 
extension  and  flexion  in  a  single  plane, 
as  in  level  walking.  Ankle  rotation, 
although  consisting  of  only  a  few  de- 
grees— much  less  than  in  primates — 
is  essential  for  fine  adjustments  and 
increases  when  walking  on  uneven, 
rocky,  or  sandy  terrain.  This  compro- 
mise between  stability  and  flexibility 
enables  us  to  maneuver  on  surfaces 
ranging  from  level  sidewalks  to  ski 
slopes — but  it  also  results  in  a  lot  of 
sprained  ankles. 

The  knee  joint  represents  a  similar 
compromise.  The  strong  ligaments 
and  the  bony  congruence  of  the  joint 
surfaces  provide  stability  when  stand- 
ing and  walking,  but  they  also  allow 
for  a  few  degrees  of  rotation  that  are 
crucial  for  adjustments  during  walk- 
ing, throwing,  running,  or  sitting  on 
one's  heels.  Our  knees  support  us 
when  we  stand  or  walk  or  run  long 
distances — actions  that  involve  little 
rotational  movement — but  our  mini- 
mal knee  rotation  makes  us  poor 
climbers.  In  contrast,  our  primate  rel- 
atives can  rotate  their  knee  joints  a 
great  deal.  This  ability  is  probably 
functional  for  keeping  the  knees  out 
to  the  side  when  climbing  or  walking 
along  the  tops  of  branches,  although 
it  may  make  primate  knees  too  mobile 


66 


for  supporting  weight  in  bipedal 
walking  or  running. 

The  compromise  in  thehuman  knee 
between  stability  and  flexibility  is  well 
illustrated  in  sports.  The  flexibility  of 
our  knees  makes  most  athletics  possi- 
ble, but  the  price  often  is  severe  knee 
injuries.  Most  of  these,  particularly 
those  incurred  in  playing  basketball 
and  football,  result  from  violent  pi- 
voting of  the  body  while  the  foot  is 
firmly  planted — a  movement  that 
twists  the  knee  and  tears  the  support- 
ing ligaments  that  provide  its  stability . 

The  most  central  and  complex 
structural  compromise  is  the  human 
pelvis.  Unlike  that  of  four-footed  ani- 
mals, the  human  pelvis  bears  the 
weight  of  the  upper  body  and  supports 
the  contents  of  the  abdomen.  In  mon- 


Propulsive  action  in  most 
animals  is  by  hip  extension 
and  knee  flexion;  the  latter, 
as  in  this  dog,  is  opposite 
to  that  of  humans. 


keys,  the  tail  muscles  are  the  equiva- 
lent of  the  muscles  that  support  our 
guts.  The  human  pelvis  also  contains 
the  hip  joints  and  the  muscles  that 
control  them,  and  in  females,  as  in  all 
vertebrates  of  that  gender,  the  pelvis 
has  a  bony  ring  large  enough  to  permit 
birth.  The  large  human  brain  requires 
a  large  birth  canal,  but  a  wide  pelvis 
is  less  eflkient  for  bipedal  locomotion 
than  a  narrow  one  because  it  increases 
the  side-to-side  "rolling"  compo- 
nent. Preadolescent  girls  can  run  as 
fast  as  boys,  but  at  puberty  their  pel- 
vises  expand  more  than  those  of 
males;  consequently,  their  speed 
drops  otf  considerably.  Endurance, 
however,  remains. 

The  human  back  is  a  common 
source  of  medical  trouble  and  pain, 
particularly  the  lower,  or  lumbar,  re- 
gion. This  flexible  area  accommo- 
dates the  twisting  and  turning  motions 
of  locomotion,  but  it  is  also  stable, 
with  large  joint  surfaces  and  ligaments 
to  bear  the  stresses  generated  by  bcxly 
weight  and  motion.  The  back's  flexi- 
bility is  essential  for  most  activities 
involving  the  upper  body,  for  ex- 
ample,  throwing.    But   if  the   back 


muscles  are  not  in  tone  or  if  an  abnor- 
mality exists,  such  as  asymmetry  of 
a  leg  or  of  the  upper  b<xly ,  back  align- 
ment can  be  thrown  off,  resulting  in 
pinched  nerves  and  consequent  pain. 
Gravitational  forces  also  contribute  to 
such  ailments  as  slipped  disks,  her- 
nias, and  varicose  veins. 

Despite  the  liabilities  that  result 
from  our  locomotor  system,  its  ad- 
vantages are  far-reaching.  In  thinking 
about  our  bipedal  adaptation,  loco- 
motion should  be  viewed  as  a  whole- 
body  activity  that  involves  a  complex 
set  of  interrelated  behaviors,  includ- 
ing carrying  and  throwing,  rather  than 
simply  as  a  way  of  moving  from  one 
place  to  another.  Our  kind  of  two- 
legged  locomotion  allows  a  wide  va- 
riety of  motor  patterns;  it  is  a  "doing" 
system.  For  example,  no  other  pri- 
mate can  throw  with  precision,  or 
walk  long  distances  while  carrying 
objects  in  its  arms  and  hands. 

In  contrast,  the  joints  of  monkeys 
and  apes  are  adapted  for  mobility  and 
tree  climbing,  rather  than  for  endur- 
ance and  stability  on  long  overland 
trips.  Ungulates,  such  as  horses  and 
antelopes,  on  the  other  hand,  travel 


67 


very  effectively  over  long  distances  on 
the  ground,  but  tiieir  joints  move  pri- 
marily in  one  plane — through  flexion 
and  extension — so  that,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  an  occasional  hungry  goat, 
you  don't  find  ungulates  in  trees. 

Numerous  animals  other  than 
humans  have  moved  around  on  two 
legs:  birds  and  kangaroos,  among  liv- 
ing species;  some  dinosaurs,  from  the 
fossil  record.  Their  spines,  however, 
remain  horizontal  or  have  a  slight  up- 
ward tilt,  and  they  usually  have  heavy 
tails,  for  balance.  Human  two-leg- 
gedness  is  different:  the  combination 
of  the  vertical  spine  and  the  pelvis 
have  freed  our  forelimbs  for  tool 
making,  throwing,  and  digging — 
nonlocomotor  activities  that  consti- 
tute the  essential  basis  of  the  adapta- 
tion and  success  of  our  species. 

Chimpanzees,  our  closest  living 
relatives,  are  of  particular  interest  be- 
cause they  are  probably  similar  to  the 
population  that  gave  rise  to  our  ances- 
tor, the  primate  Australopithecus. 
Primarily  adapted  for  climbing  trees 
and  quadrupedal  knuckle  walking, 
chimpanzees  can ,  and  on  occasion  do , 
walk  and  stand  erect.  But  their  bipe- 
dalism  is  both  behaviorally  and  struc- 
turally different  from  that  of  Homo 
sapiens.  They  go  only  short  distances 
on  two  legs  and  stand  upright  for  only 
a  few  moments,  and  both  of  these 
actions  appear  infrequently  in  their 
total  behavior  pattern.  Their  short  legs 
and  long,  massive  arms  and  trunk  give 
them  a  higher  center  of  gravity  than 
ours,  and  hence  a  more  precarious 
balance  when  upright.  When  they 
stand,  chimpanzees  do  not  completely 
straighten  their  hips  and  knees;  in- 
stead they  assume  a  kind  of  Z  shape, 
which  requires  more  muscular  activity 
to  maintain  and  induces  fatigue  more 
quickly  than  does  our  straight- jointed, 
vertical  posture.  Humans  require  only 
ligaments,  not  muscles,  for  standing 
upright  because  the  line  of  gravity 
passes  through  the  joints. 

Chimpanzees  have  no  muscles  for 
hip  rotation  when  upright;  when  they 
walk  erect,  their  feet  are  wide  apart, 
the  trunk  sways  from  side  to  side,  and 
the  lower  back  is  rigid.  This  structural 
set  impairs  both  their  walking  and 
throwing  ability.  Chimpanzees  can 
throw  overhand,  but  because  their 
lumbar  region  is  immobile,  they  can- 
not position  themselves  or  follow 
through  by  rotating  the  body  around 


the  hip  as  humans  do .  A  chimpanzee '  s 
throw  consequently  lacks  the  power 
and  precision  characteristic  of  human 
throwing. 

Chimpanzees  possess  a  variety  of 
muscular  abilities — standing,  walk- 
ing, throwing  bipedally — and  a  com- 
plex communication  system,  in  addi- 
tion to  their  capacity  for  tool  using  and 
killing  and  eating  animals  for  meat. 
Although  they  perform  some  of  these 
activities  relatively  infrequently,  nat- 
ural selection  favored  and  expanded 
this  entire  range  of  motor  behaviors 
in  the  part  of  the  ancestral  population 
that  diverged  and  began  the  hominid 
line. 

The  two-  to  five-million-year-old 
fossils  unearthed  in  East  and  South 
Africa,  and  accepted  as  early  human 
remains,  were  found  with  stone  tools, 
and  their  pelvic  and  limb  bones  sug- 
gest that  the  hominids  were  bipedal. 
The  australopithecine  fossils  consist 
mostly  of  jawbones,  teeth,  and  a  few 
skulls;  less  than  10  percent  are  pelvic 
or  limb  bones.  Although  much  em- 
phasis has  been  placed  on  skulls  and 
teeth,  the  pelvis  is  where  the  action 
is.  Even  before  stone  tools  show  up 
in  the  fossil  record — in  the  lower 
Pleistocene  Epoch,  more  than  2,- 
000,000  years  ago — the  australopith- 
ecine pelvis  had  probably  diverged 
from  that  of  our  earlier  ape  ancestors. 
Prior  to  the  discovery  of  a  fossil  pelvis 
in  Ethiopia  in  1974,  the  first  such  find 
in  East  Africa,  australopithecine  pel- 
vises  were  found  only  in  South  Africa. 
The  half  dozen  or  so  that  exist  in 
museums  are  much  like  the  modern 
human  pelvis,  but  with  smaller  hip 
joints.  Australopithecine  legs  were 
probably  not  as  long  as  ours  and  the 
arms  were  probably  longer  in  propor- 
tion to  the  body.  It  is  likely  that  aus- 
tralopithecinesdid  not  walk  exactly  as 
we  do,  but  their  bipedal  adaptation 
was  eminently  successful.  They  are 
thought  to  have  inhabited  the  savannas 
of  East  and  South  Africa  for  a  period  • 
of  one  to  two  million  years;  later  they 
gave  rise  to  Homo  erectus,  who  ex- 
isted throughout  the  Old  World  by 
500,000  years  ago. 

The  multi-million-year-old  crude 
stone  tools  dug  up  with  Australopith- 
ecus in  Lake  Rudolf,  Omo,  and  Oldu- 
vai  Gorge  in  East  Africa,  testify  to  the 
primate's  bipedal  adaptation  with 
freed  hands.  These  artifacts  were 
probably  used  mainly  to  obtain  food 


and,  perhaps,  for  self -protection. 
Australopithecus  was  in  all  likeli- 
hood primarily  a  forager-gatherer  of 
plant  food,  which  grew  widely  over 
the  open  savanna.  The  animal's 
adaptive  complex  included  the  abil- 
ity to  walk  erect,  to  carry  gathered 
plant  food,  water,  and  small  animals 
that  had  been  caught  and  killed,  as 
well  as  such  defensive  objects  as 
rocks  and  sticks.  The  distances  be- 
tween the  sources  of  food,  water, 
raw  material  for  tools,  and  suitable 
campsites  were  often  great,  and 
various  terrains — sandy,  hilly, 
rocky,  muddy,  and  perhaps, 
marshy — had  to  be  negotiated.  Aus- 
tralopithecus used  areas  around 
lakes  and  rivers  for  camping  and 
shelter  but  most  of  its  food  came 
from  open  country.  The  relationship 
between  the  evolution  of  erect  pos- 
ture, evolution  for  efficiently  cover- 
ing long  distances,  and  evolution  for 
throwing  and  carrying  were  thus  all 
interrelated  in  Australopithecus. 

The  australopithecine  brain  was 
only  a  little  larger  than  that  of  chim- 
panzees, although  its  internal  struc- 
ture may  have  been  reorganized  as  a 
result  of  tool  use  and  bipedalism. 
There  is  some  evidence  of  an  increase 
in  the  size  of  the  cerebellum,  the 
coordination  center  for  the  equilib- 
rium that  is  basic  to  bipedalism,  as 
well  as  to  the  hand-eye  movements 
required  for  using  tools. 

The  manner  in  which  the  human 
locomotor  system  has  evolved  favors 
walking  and  carrying  over  standing 
and  sitting.  We  find  it  more  fatiguing 
to  stand  than  to  walk.  Active  leg 
muscles  aid  circulation  by  pumping 
blood  upward  to  the  heart,  vigorous 
sports  keep  muscles  and  joints  from 
becoming  weak  and  slack.  Thus, 
when  we  see  a  football  player  running 
or  dodging  tacklers  or  snaking 
swivel-hipped  through  the  opposition 
or  throwing  an  accurate  fifty-yard 
pass,  we  are  watching  the  result  of 
several  million  years  of  an  evolving 
motor  pattern.  n 


The  manner  in  which  our 
musculature  has  developed 

is  one  of  the  adaptations 
that  makes  humans  human. 


UPI  and  Douglas  Cramer 


^•' •!. 


r.-t 


The  Importance  of  Being  Feverish 


by  Matthew  J.  Kluger 


An  elevated  temperature  may 
he  a  sign  of  illness;  it  may 
also  be  a  part  of  the  cure 


Most  people  associate  a  fever  with 
the  harmful  effects  of  infection.  In 
fact,  pharmaceutical  advertisements 
often  give  the  impression  that  a  fever 
is  the  cause  of  an  illness,  rather  than 
a  symptom,  and  that  suppression  of 
the  fever  is  an  etfective  treatment  of 
the  underlying  infection.  We  are  told 
to  treat  fevers  with  antipyretics,  drugs 
designed  to  return  our  body  tempera- 
ture to  normal,  a  treatment  that  has 
been  an  accepted  part  of  medical 
practice  at  least  since  the  ancient 
Romans  began  deriving  aspirinlike 
salicylic  acid  from  the  bark  of  willow 
trees.  That  this  body  response,  which 
has  evolved  over  millions  of  years, 
might  in  fact  be  beneficial  in  killing 
infecting  microorganisms  is  rarely 
implied  in  such  advertisements. 

The  study  of  fever  has  always  fig- 
ured in  medical  history.  Some  2,400 
years  ago  Hippocrates,  who  is  con- 
sidered one  of  the  founders  of  West- 
ern medicine,  attempted  to  explain 
the  causes  of  the  mysterious  fever — 
malaria — raging  through  his  country. 
Noting  the  correlation  between  local 
climatic  conditions  and  initiation  of 
the  attacks  of  fever,  he  concluded  that 
the  weather  was  the  cause  of  malaria 
(hence  its  name,  which  means  "bad 


The  desert  iguana,  like  all  cold- 
blooded animals,  regulates  its 
body  temperature  by  moving  to 
cool  or  warm  spots  accordingly. 
This  makes  it  a  good  subject  for 
the  study  of  fever — when  infected, 
will  the  lizard  try  to  cool  itself 
or  keep  its  temperature  high? 


air").  His  interpretation  was  errone- 
ous, but  based  on  the  information 
available  lo  him .  this  was  a  sound  epi- 
demiological approach. 

Not  only  have  physicians  studied 
fever,  they  have  also  attempted  to 
treat  it  with  a  wide  assortment  of  rem- 
edies. Andromachos,  the  physician  to 
Emperor  Nero,  proposed  an  instant 
fever  cure-all  made  from  more  than 
sixty  ingredients.  His  remedy  was 
perhaps  mild  compared  to  others, 
which  included  Heas  and  the  eyes  of 
crabs,  wolves,  and  snakes. 

Not  all  physicians,  however,  advo- 
cated the  abolition  of  fevers.  Rufus  of 
Ephesus,  an  anatomist-physiologist 
working  in  the  first  and  second  cen- 
turies A.D.,  believed  that  many  non- 
febrile  diseases,  such  as  epilepsy, 
convulsions,  and  asthma,  could  be 
remedied  by  inducing  a  fever.  This 
approach,  subsequently  called  "  "fever 
therapy,""  is  still  a  part  of  medical 
"practice  and  has  been  used  w  ith  vary- 
ing degrees  of  success  as  a  treatment 
for  syphilis,  gonorrhea,  and  some 
forms  of  cancer.  Thus,  medical  prac- 
tice, although  most  often  attempting 
to  suppress  fever,  does  include  two 
apparently  opposed  attitudes  toward 
the  phenomenon. 

Our  present  understanding  of  the 
causes  of  fever  was  made  possible 
only  in  relatively  recent  times.  Not 
until  the  invention  of  the  thermometer 
by  Galileo  Galilei  in  the  late  1500s 
was  it  even  possible  to  determine  nor- 
mal and  febrile  body  temperatures. 
While  the  technology  for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  thermometer,  including 
primitive  thermometers,  had  existed 
at  least  since  the  days  of  Hero  of 
Alexandria  in  the  first  century  B.C., 
it  took  the  creative  genius  of  Galileo 
to  rediscover  and  appreciate  this  use- 
ful tool.  Within  a  few  years  of  Gali- 
leo's discovery,  Sanctorius,  his  col- 
league at  the  University  of  Padua, 
used  a  crude  thermometer  that  was 


sensitive  not  only  to  changes  in  tem- 
perature but  to  barometric  pressure  as 
well  (technically  a  "barothermo- 
graph"")  to  measure  the  ""heat  of  per- 
sons in  a  fever.  ■■  The  use  of  tempera- 
ture measurement  as  a  diagnostic  tool 
was  thus  initiated.  But  not  until  the 
development  of  the  microscope  by 
Galileo  in  the  earl>  seventeenth  cen- 
tury, its  subsequent  refinement  by 
Antony  van  Leeuwenhoek.  and  the 
later  de\elopment  of  the  germ  theory 
of  disease  (largely  the  work  of  Louis 
Pasteur  in  the  late  nineteenth  century) 
were  scientists  able  to  link  the  role  of 
microorganisms  with  the  onset  of  a 
fever.  (Some  fevers,  of  course,  de- 
velop from  noninfectious  diseases, 
cancer  for  example,  or  from  other 
causes  such  as  severe  allergy  or  in- 
jury, but  our  primary  concern  here  is 
with  fevers  brought  on  by  infection.) 

While  our  knowledge  concerning 
the  course  of  fever  has  improved  over 
the  last  2,400  years,  we  are  still  trying 
to  determine  its  actual  cause.  By  what 
mechanism  do  so  many  diflferent 
pathogenic  organisms  all  produce  a 
similar  febrile  response'?  There  are  no 
definite  answers,  but  our  understand- 
ing is  growing. 

The  primary  area  in  our  brain  that 
receives  information  concerning  tem- 
perature— both  from  the  outside 
world  and  from  deep  body  areas — is 
the  hypothalamus.  The  hypothalamus 
serves  as  an  area  for  the  integration 
of  all  thermal  information  and  also 
acts  as  a  thermostat,  regulating  our 
body  temperature  at  some  prescribed 
level.  When  we  are  exposed  to  tem- 
peratures that  are  too  high,  the 
hypothalamus  sends  signals  to  our 
sweat  glands  to  increase  the  output  of 
sweat.  (The  heat  required  to  evapo- 
rate sweat  lowers  the  body  tempera- 
ture.) The  hypothalamus  also  signals 
our  metabolic  machinery  to  lower  our 
production  of  internal  heat.  Presuma- 
bly through  reflex  pathways  leading 


-P.L  Fogden.  Bruce  Coleman, 


from  the  hypothalamus,  we  become 
conscious  of  the  heat  and  we  move  to 
a  cooler  area.  We  also  drink  cold 
fluids,  although  this  is  a  somewhat 
inefficient  heat-loss  mechanism. 

Conversely,  when  we  are  exposed 
to  the  cold,  information  integrated  in 
the  hypothalamus  leads  to  a  cessation 
of  sweating,  an  increase  in  metabolic 
heat  production  (shivering),  and  the 
conscious  selection  of  a  warmer  area 
and  warmer  food  and  drink .  Thus ,  the 
signals  from  the  hypothalamus  initi- 
ate both  physiological  and  behavioral 
responses  for  body  temperature  regu- 
lation. 

Fever  begins  with  the  presence  of 
a  foreign  substance,  say  bacteria,  in 
our  tissues,  which  activates  our  leu- 
kocytes (white  blood  cells)  to  engulf 
or  phagocytize  the  invaders.  The  bac- 
teria needn't  be  alive  since  our  leuko- 


cytes respond  only  to  the  cell  walls 
of  the  bacteria,  which  contain  the  so- 
called  endotoxin.  In  the  process  of 
ingesting  the  bacteria,  the  white 
blood  cells  produce  a  small  protein 
called  endogenous  pyrogen.  This 
pyrogenic,  or  fever-producing,  mate- 
rial circulates  throughout  the  body; 
some  of  it  presumably  enters  the 
brain,  where  it  causes  an  elevation  of 
the  hypothalamic  thermostat. 

Recently,  scientists  have  specu- 
lated that  endogenous  pyrogen  in- 
creases the  production  of  special  sub- 
stances called  prostaglandins;  these 
in  turn  cause  the  hypothalamic  set- 
point  to  rise.  In  any  event,  in  response 
to  the  elevation  in  the  hypothalamic 
thermostat,  an  animal — behaving  as 
if  it  were  exposed  to  the  cold — ele- 
vates its  body  temperature  and,  as  a 
result  of  subsequent  thermoregula- 


tory adjustments,  develops  a  fever. 
Although  antipyretics  such  as  aspirin 
do  not  afl'ect  normal  body  tempera- 
ture, they  do  lower  the  temperature 
during  fever;  the  latest  evidence  indi- 
cates that  antipyretics  may  reduce 
prostaglandin  levels,  which  in  turn 
return  the  hypothalamic  thermostat  to 
its  normal  setting. 

Before  exploring  the  phenomenon 
of  fever,  it  is  useful  to  distinguish  be- 
tween fever,  a  response  to  harmful 
bacteria,  and  hyperthermia,  a  re- 
sponse to  exercise  or  heat  exposure. 
Like  a  furnace  whose  thermostat  is 
raised  and  which  then  works  harder 
to  produce  more  heat,  during  fever 
we  act  as  if  our  hypothalamic  thermo- 
stat is  set  at  a  higher  level.  Conse- 
quently, we  actively  drive  our  body 
temperature  upward  by  both  physio- 
logical means  (such  as  shivering)  and 


To  study  how  lizards  respond  to 
infection,  the  author  simulated  a 
desert  environment.  The  range  in 
room  temperature  paralleled  that  of 
the  desert — from  about  55°  at  night 
to  85°  during  the  day.  Heat  lamps 
that  warmed  the  area  beneath 
them  to  120°  were  operated  on 
a  schedule:  Those  labeled  A  were 


on  from  6:00  a.m.  to  10:00  a.m.; 
B  from  9:00  a.m.  to  3:00  p.m;  and 
C  from  10:00  a.m.  to  6:00  p.m. 
Thus,  during  the  daytime  lizards 
could  select  an  ambient  temperature 
of  from  85°  to  120°.  Following 
infection  with  live  bacteria,  the 
lizard  on  the  left  stayed  near 
the  lamp,  thereby  elevating  its 


temperature  to  a  feverish  level. 
The  uninfected  lizard,  foreground, 
shifted  in  the  box  so  that  its 
body  temperature  remained  between 
104.4°  and  102.2°,  normal  for 
this  animal.  Kept  in  a  warm 
environment,  infected  lizards 
survive  far  better  than  those 
maintained  at  lower  temperatures. 


72 


behavioral  mechanisms  (perhaps 
wrapping  ourselves  with  warm  blan- 
kets and  drinking  hot  tea). 

In  hyperthermia,  however,  the 
thermostat  remains  set  at  the  same 
level,  but  the  on/oil  switch  fails. 
Consequently,  the  lurnace  overheats 
or,  in  this  ease,  the  body  temperature 
elevates.  Once  we  stop  exercising  or 
retreat  from  a  hot  environment,  our 
body  temperature  returns  to  normal. 
Although  Hippocrates  was  specu- 
lating about  the  causes  of  fever  more 
than  two  thousand  years  ago,  even 
today  we  do  not  know  whether  it  is 
beneficial  or  harmful  to  the  organism 
suffering  it.  Some  people  have  argued 
that  the  positive  cllect  of  fever  ther- 
apy is  evidence  that  fever  itself  is  ben- 
eficial. In  a  patient  undergoing  fever 
therapy,  however,  the  elevation  in 
body  temperature  is  both  artificially 
induced  and  of  greater  height  than 
that  encountered  during  the  norma" 
course  of  an  illness.  Under  norma 
conditions,  the  elevated  body  temper- 
ature does  not  directly  destroy  the  in- 
fecting microorganisms.  So  the  evi- 
dence from  fever  therapy  clearly  does 
not  answer  the  question  of  fever's 
function  during  a  normal  infection, 
and  we  continue  to  be  haunted  by  the 
following  questions:  Would  a  re- 
sponse such  as  fever,  which  is  consid- 
ered a  universal  response  of  warm- 
blooded animals,  not  serve  some  use- 
ful function?  If  fever  were  harmful  to 
the  host,  would  not  selective  pres- 
sures have  led  to  its  extinction? 

To  investigate  the  role  of  fever  in 
disease,  one  could  simply  inject  a 
population  of  animals  with  a  suitable 
bacterium  and  allow  half  of  the  ani- 
mals to  develop  the  normal  fever, 
while  preventing  the  other  half  from 
developing  the  fever.  The  survival  of 
the  two  populations  could  then  be 
compared.  If  fever  were  beneficial, 
the  population  that  developed  the 
fever  would  have  fewer  deaths.  Con- 
versely, if  it  were  harmful,  the  group 
that  was  prevented  from  developing 
a  fever  would  have  fewer  deaths. 

One  difficulty  presents  itself,  how- 
ever. How  could  we  prevent  a  fever 
from  developing  in  a  group  of  mam- 
mals exposed  to  a  bacterial  infection? 
The  most  obvious  way  is  to  simulta- 
neously administer  an  antipyretic 
drug  such  as  aspirin.  Unfortunately, 
such  an  experiment  would  not  give  a 
definitive  answer  to  the  question. 
Since  aspirin  has  numerous  side  ef- 
fects, interpretation  of  any  experi- 
ments using  the  drug  would  be  diffi- 
cult. Would  any  difference  in  mortal- 


Experience 
what  history's 
greatest  tourists 

experienced 

The  Romans  gazed  in  amazement.  The  British 
marvelled.  And  now  it's  your  turn.  Come  bargain  in 
ancient  bazaars,  ride  cameiback  to  the  pyramids, 
glide  down  the  Nile  to  Karnak  and  Luxor  PIA's  tours 
to  Egypt  start  at  S834.50,  and  the  magic  begins  as 
you  step  aboard  our  luxurious  DC-lOs.  See  your  travel 
agent,  or  mail  the  coupon. 


PIA 


PAKISTAN  IHTERNATIOHAL  AIRLIHES 

Great  people  to  fly  w  ith 


PIA  Tour  Manager 

545  Fifth  Ave..  New  York.  N.Y.  10017 

Gentlemen:  Please  tell  me  more  about 

PI  AS  "ETERNAL  EGYPT-TOURS 

,  Name 


Zip         NH  3 


Ijirs-Eric  l.nidblnd  <iinumuce\: 


A  new  concept  in  Travel 


For  many  years  Lindblad  Travel 
has  created  "custom  tours"  for  mu- 
seums, societies  and  clubs.  Until 
now,  such  tours  have  been  beyond 
reach  for  the  individual  tourist. 
Now,  at  last,  we  are  able  to  offer 
these  same  cultural  programs  to 
individuals  and  have  therefore 
lormed  a  separate  ARTS  &  CIVIL- 
IZATIONS TOURS  division. 


These  tours  are  unusual  in  concept. 
Each  one  develops  its  own  "theme." 
Each  one  is  programmed  to  take 
advantage  of  opportunities  as  they 
arise.  The  pace  is  leisurely  so  that 
we  shall  come  back  both  enlight- 
ened and  refreshed.  One  program 
follows  the  old  medieval  pilgrimage 
route  from  Paris  to  Santiago  de 
Compostela.  Another  explores  the 
artistic  riches  of  Eastern  Europe— 
including  the  incomparable  painted 
monasteries  of  Romania.  Yet  an- 
other retraces  the  ancient  civiliza 
tions  and  cities  that  once  flourished 
along  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor. 


For  1976  our  Ans  &  Civiliziiiions 
Tours  include:  "The  Road  to  Com- 
postela." "Saxony  and  Bohemia," 
"ByzantiumTour,"  "Bourbon  Italy." 
"World  of  the  Ancient  Maya."  "Asia 
Minor,"  "Arts  of  Indonesia."  "East- 
em  Europe,"  and  "Colombia  and 
Ecuador." 

Each  tour  is  accompanied  by  an  ex- 
perienced Lindblad  escon  as  well 
as  a  lecturer-guide  to  enhance  our 
knowledge  and  enjoyment  of  the 
things  we  shall  see.  In  order  to  af- 
ford every  member  a  chance  of 
maximum  involvement,  we  must 
limit  each  party  to  no  more  than 
24.  Please  write  for  our  brochure 
or  see  your  travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHAC176 

133  East  55th  St..  \e«  York.  NY  10022 

(212)751-2.300 


-THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD  TRAVEL- 


73 


ity  be  due  to  the  difference  in  body 
temperature,  to  the  direct  effects  of 
the  drug  used  to  prevent  the  fever,  or 
perhaps  to  a  combination  of  both? 

An  ahernate  experimental  design 
would  entail  manipulating  the  envi- 
ronmental temperature  in  such  a  way 
that  one  infected  group  was  exposed 
to  a  comfortable  environment  and  de- 
veloped a  normal  fever,  while  the 
other  was  exposed  to  a  cool  environ- 
ment that  prevented  the  elevation  of 
body  temperature  to  the  febrile  level. 
Would  this  experiment  be  easier  to 
interpret?  I  think  not.  In  response  to 
the  cold,  mammals  initiate  responses 
designed  to  prevent  a  fall  in  body 
temperature.  Even  if  there  were  dif- 
ferences in  the  body  temperatures  of 
the  two  populations,  there  would  un- 
doubtedly also  be  differences  in  the 
amount  of  stress  imposed  on  each 
group.  The  population  exposed  to  the 
cold,  for  example,  would  have  eleva- 
tions in  the  levels  of  hormones  par- 
tially responsible  for  the  maintenance 
of  normal  body  temperature. 

What  about  cold-blooded  orga- 
nisms— the  fishes,  amphibians,  and 
reptiles?  To  speak  of  fever  in  this 
group  seems  like  a  contradiction  in 
terms.  While  birds  and  mammals  (the 
so-called  warm-blooded  vertebrates) 
regulate  their  body  temperature  as  a 
result  of  both  physiological  and  be- 
havioral adjustments,  the  reptiles, 
amphibians,  and  fishes  regulate  their 
body  temperatures  largely  by  behav- 
ioral adjustments.  A  turtle  sitting  on 
a  log  in  the  middle  of  a  pond  and  a 
frog  on  a  lily  pad  are  familiar  ex- 
amples of  cold-blooded  animals  rais- 
ing their  temperature  by  absorbing 
thermal  radiation  from  the  sun. 

Over  the  past  dozen  or  so  years, 
laboratory  investigations  have  shown 
that  hypothalamic  integration  and 
control  over  the  thermal  responses  of 
vertebrates,  ranging  from  fishes  to 
mammals,  are  similar.  The  primary 
difference  between  the  cold-blooded 
(ectothermic)  and  warm-blooded  (en- 
dothermic)  vertebrates  is  the  manner 
in  which  they  regulate  body  tempera- 
ture. Of  the  endothermic  vertebrates, 
we  also  know  that  many,  including 
birds,  respond  to  infection  with  a 
fever. 

What  about  the  ectotherms?  If  they 
could  develop  a  fever  in  response  to 
abacterial  infection,  we  could  design 
a  definitive  experiment  that  would  an- 
swer the  question  of  the  function  of 
fever.  An  ectotherm  such  as  a  lizard 
offers  certain  advantages  for  the  ex- 
perimental study  of  fever.  In  a  natural 


setting,  where  there  are  large  temper- 
ature differences  from  one  microcli- 
mate to  another  (say  from  the  shaded 
ground  beneath  a  fern  to  a  flat,  ex- 
posed rock),  a  lizard  can  regulate  its 
body  temperature  to  within  a  narrow 
region.  In  a  laboratory  setting  where 
the  environmental  temperature  is  rel- 
atively constant,  the  lizard's  body 
temperature  will  remain  at  room  tem- 
perature; thus,  its  body  temperature 
can  be  easily  maintained  at  any  tem- 
perature by  simply  placing  it  in  a 
chamber  controlled  at  that  tempera- 
ture. This  would  enable  us  to  inject 
populations  of  lizards  with  bacteria 
and  study  the  role  of  temperature  on 
their  survival  without  the  lizards  at- 
tempting to  alter  their  body  tempera- 
tures physiologically. 

We  chose  as  our  experimental  ani- 
mal the  desert  iguana  Dipsosaurus 
dorsalis,  a  moderate-sized  lizard 
about  six  inches  long  (excluding  the 
tail)  that  adapts  readily  to  laboratory 
conditions.  The  lizards  were  placed 
in  a  simulated  desert  environment, 
where  the  night  temperature  was  a 
cold  55°F.  and  the  daytime  tempera- 
ture ranged  from  85°  to  more  than 
122°,  depending  on  the  location. 
Within  this  range  the  lizards  were 
able  to  select  their  preferred  tempera- 
ture during  the  daytime.  Using  spe- 
cial thermometers  placed  in  each 
lizard's  rectum,  we  recorded  their 
body  temperature  and  found  they  se- 
lected a  body  temperature  of  about 
100.4°  to  102.2°. 

Following  infection  with  live 
Aeromonas  hydrophila.  a  bacterium 
that  causes  red-leg  infection  in  am- 
phibians and  reptiles,  the  lizards' 
body  temperatures  rose  to  between 
104.0°  and  107.6°.  The  lizards 
achieved  this  elevated  body  tempera- 
ture only  by  selecting  a  site  with  a 
higher  temperature  a  larger  propor- 
tion of  the  time,  not  by  increasing  in- 
ternal production  of  heat,  as  is  largely 
the  case  with  mammals. 

We  were  now  ready  to  test  whether 
lizards  infected  with  this  bacterium 
and  then  placed  in  different  constant 
environmental  temperatures  (that  is, 
maintained  at  different  body  tempera- 
tures) would  have  different  survival 
rates.  Groups  of  infected  lizards  were 
placed  in  five  different  constant  tem- 
perature chambers:  at  93.2°  and 
96.8°,  which  correspond  to  low  tem- 
peratures but  are  well  within  the 
lizards'  normal  range  of  exposure;  at 
100,4°,  which  is  the  normal  body 
temperature  of  these  animals;  and  fi- 
nally at   104.0°  and    107.6°,  which 


correspond    to    low    and    moderate 
fevers,  respectively. 

The  results  were  striking.  At  the 
end  of  three  days  at  these  tempera- 
tures, 96  percent  of  the  lizards  main- 
tained at  a  febrile"  temperature  of 
107.6°  were  alive,  whereas  at  the 
afebrile  temperature  of  100.4°,  only 
34  percent  were  alive.  At  93.2°  less 
than  10  percent  survived.  We  later 
learned  that  the  increased  ability  of 
lizards  to  survive  at  the  elevated  tem- 
peratures was  due,  not  to  differences 
in  the  growth  patterns  of  the  bacteria, 
but  to  some  as  yet  unidentified  in- 
crease in  the  lizards'  defense  mecha- 
nisms against  the  infecting  bacteria. 
Can  these  results  be  extrapolated  to 
mammals?  If  specific  aspects  of  the 
febrile  response  in  birds  and  mam- 
mals could  be  shown  to  be  similar, 
this  would  suggest  a  common  origin 
of  fever  in  these  two  groups.  Mam- 
mals and  birds  evolved  from  primi- 
tive reptiles,  so  if  mammalian  fever 
originated  in  premammalian  verte- 
brates (and  did  not  evolve  inde- 
pendently at  a  later  time),  then  the 
function  of  fever  might  be  similar  in 
reptiles,  birds,  and  mammals. 

Hoping  to  increase  our  understand- 
ing of  the  evolution  of  fever,  and  per- 
haps its  adaptive  role,  we  decided  to 
compare  the  febrile  responses  among 
the  terrestrial  vertebrates  (reptiles, 
birds,  and  mammals). 

In  order  to  strengthen  the  case  for 
a  common  origin  of  fever,  we  listed 
those  characteristics  of  mammalian 
fever  we  felt  should  be  found  in  the 
avian  and  reptilian  classes.  First,  the 
reptile  or  bird  should  respond  to  an 
infection  of  live  bacteria  by  develop- 
ing a  fever.  Second,  since  the  cell 
wall  of  the  bacteria,  not  the  live  bac- 
teria, contains  the  endotoxin  that  in- 
duces our  own  leukocytes  to  produce 
the  fever-producing  material  (endog- 
enous pyrogen),  the  reptile  or  bird 
should  respond  to  an  injection  of  dead 
bacteria  by  developing  a  fever.  Third, 
antipyretic  drugs  should  result  in  an 
attenuation  of  the  fever.  Lastly,  in  re- 
sponse to  a  bacterial  infection,  the 
reptiles  or  birds  should  produce  en- 
dogenous pyrogen. 

Our  case  was  strengthened  by  our 
findings — all  three  classes  of  verte- 
brates developed  a  fever  in  response 
to  live  and  dead  bacteria,  and  the 
fever  was  attenuated  by  an  antipyretic 
drug,  thus  satisfying  the  first  three  cri- 
teria. Still  unresolved  is  the  question 
of  the  development  of  endogenous 
pyrogen  in  reptiles  and  birds;  investi- 
gations on  this  subject  are  under  way. 


74 


Ikiscd  on  the  similarities  of  replil- 
i;in,  avian,  and  mammalian  fever,  I 
believe  that  the  mechanism  responsi- 
ble for  the  development  of  a  fever  in 
response  to  inleclion  has  existed  for 
several  hundred  million  years.  I  also 
believe  thai  lever  evolved  as  a  mecha- 
nism to  aid  the  host  organism  in  sur- 
viving the  attack  of  the  infecting  mi- 
croorganisms. But  how  the  elevation 
of  body  temperature  leads  to  this  en- 
hanced body  defense   is  completely 
unknown.  Possibly,  although  there  is 
no  definitive  laboratory  evidence  for 
this,  several  components  of  the  de- 
fense   mechanisms,     including    the 
phagocytic  activity  of  the  leukocytes 
or  their  ability  to  be  rapidly  mobilized 
are  dependent  on  temperature.  Per- 
haps, as  has  recently  been  suggested 
by  Eugene  Weinberg  of  Indiana  Uni- 
versity, a  fever  is  benehcial  because 
it  leads  to  a  reduction  of  trace  metals, 
most  notably  iron,  that  are  necessary 
for  the  growth  of  microorganisms,  a 
phenomenon  called  "nutritional  im- 
munity."   Future    investigations    in 
this  area  might  show  that  our  body 
has  evolved  a  relatively  simple,  yet 
ingenious,  system  for  fighting  infec- 
tion— the  removal  of  some  trace  ele- 
ment that  is  critical  for  the  growth  of 
the  pathogen.  Ecologists  have  long 
been  familiar  with  this  phenomenon 
in  terms  of  the  requirements  for  the 
successful  establishment  of  a  species 
in  an  area  and  the  role  of  "limiting 
factors"  in  the  environment.  In  the 
case  of  long-term  infection,  however, 
or  of  poorly  nourished  individuals, 
this  phenomenon  can  also  lead  to  ane- 
mia and  impaired  functioning  of  the 
defense  system. 

In  tracing  the  role  of  fever  in  dis- 
ease, I  believe  that  the  comparative 
approach  to  fundamental  biological 
questions,  relying  heavily  on  evolu- 
tionary biology,  can  lead  us  to  an- 
swers we  would  not  otherwise  obtain. 
Among  the  still  unanswered  ques- 
tions are.  What  groups  of  mammals 
develop  fever?  How  would  a  mam- 
mal that  is  capable  of  hibernating, 
such  as  a  bat  or  a  ground  squirrel, 
respond  to  an  infection?  Can  a  fever 
be  induced  in  an  amphibian?  a  fish? 
If  our  speculation  that  fever  is  benefi- 
cial in  mammals  is  correct,  what 
causes  the  clearly  dangerous  high 
fevers  that  are  occasionally  encoun- 
tered? Might  fever  be  of  positive 
value  in  some  species  and  vestigial  in 
others?  By  continuing  to  employ 
comparative  techniques,  we  stand  at 
the  real  beginning  of  a  study  first  at- 
tempted 2,400  years  ago.  □ 


How  can  we  bring 
the  warmth  and  beauty 
of  an  18th  century 
hearth  into  our 
lives  today? 

You  will  find  the  gracious 
styles  and  designs  of 
young  America  in  the  pages 
of  Early  American  Life 
and  in  other  programs  of 


'^e  "^arlyc^merican  gociety^ 


Recent  projects  lor  members  include  18th 
century  recipes,  projects  lor  the  workshop, 
plans  lor  authentic  18lh  century  houses, 
lashion  patterns  from  1780,  wall  stencil  de- 
signs, and  ideas  lor  historic  travel. 

Every  article  and  plan  published  in  our  bi- 
monthly magazme  smce  1970  is  available,  a 
veritable  treasure  house  ol  decorating  and 
restoration  ideas.  Members  may  buy  related 
books  at  up  to  25%  discount  and  participate 
in  our  travel  events  and  assemblies. 

We  are  so  certain  that  membership  in  the 
Early  American  Society  may  become  one  ol 
your  most  valuable  possessions  that  we 
offer  a  no-risk  membership.  Just  mail  the 
application  at  right.  Dues  are  $8.00  per  year 
alter  you  have  seen  your  first  issue  of 
Early  American  Life. 


Membership  Chairman 
The  Early  American  Society 
3300  Walnut  St,,  Boulder,  CO  80302 
Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  in  the 
Early  American  Society  and  bill  my 
annual  dues  ol  $8  00  after  I  have  re- 
ceived    my     first     issue     of     EARLY 
AMERICAN   LIFE     I   understand   that 
if  the  first  issue  does  not  live  up  to 
my  expectations  I  may  cancel  without 
further  obligation 


Name  , 


Address  . 
City 


From  a  Lars-Eric  Lindblad  news-release: 


"Here  at  last...  m-^ 

East  Africa,  India,  Egypt  for     ' 

EVERYMAN 


As  you  know,  we  at  Lindblad  Travel 
constantly  strive  to  maintain  a  qual- 
ity image  for  all  our  tours,  no  matter 
what  destination. 

This  does  not  mean  that  we 
aren't  aware  of  a  need  to  offer 
travel  also  at  more  economic 
levels. 

And  it  is  for  that  reason  we  have 
inaugurated  a  new  series  of  Sa- 
faris aimed  at  pleasing  the  pocket 
bookof  "every  man." 

The  destinations  are  the  same, 
the  quality  is  there,  but  we  have 
affected  certain  savings. 

We  are  not  providing  lecturers. 


Everyman's  India*  ]  6  days 

Everyman's  Wonder  Safari  (East  Africa)'      16  days 
Everyman's  Ancient  Egypt*  1 5  days 

Exciting  extensions  available. 

'Including  airfares  from  New  York  and  return. 


S1,033 
$1,599 
$1,654 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHEV176 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022     (212)751-2300 


Many  meals  will  be  left  for  you  to 
buy  at  your  ow/n  discretion.  Instead 
of  staying  at  the  very  best  hotels, 
you  will  be  comfortable  in  our 
selection  of  first-class  hotels.  If  we 
crowd  you  a  bit  on  a  sightseeing 
bus,  who  knows,  it  might  turn  out  to 
be  someone  you  like  to  be  crowded 
with. 

Look  below  at  the  reasonable 
prices  for  some  of  these  "Lindblad 
Quality"  tours  to  faraway  places 
you've  dreamed  about  since  child- 
fiood;  East  Africa,  India  and  Egypt. 

Write  for  our  brochure  or  see 
your  travel  agent. 


75 


THE  NEW  SUPER-SIZE 

SCHOOLBAG 

FROM  DENMARK 

More  pockets,  zippers,  flaps  and  compartments 
make  this  sturdy  classic  the  best  ail-purpose 
bag  ever.  Terrifically  functional  with  a  great 
casual  look.  A  favorite  of  models,  photogra- 
phers, artists,  students,  musicians,  dancers, 
opera  singers,  nuns,  poets,  duck  hunters,  cy- 
clists, plumbers,  teachers,  filmmakers,  pilots, 
architects,  doctors,  reporters  and  travelers  be- 
cause there's  always  a  place  to  stuff  one  more 
thing.  A  new  zippered  pleat  can  expand  this 
improved  version  to  double  the  normal  width 
-now  a  full  IS'/:"  x  13"  x  8".  Perfect  carry-on 
flight  bag.  Adjustable  shoulder  strap.  In 
squashy  gray,  chocolate  brown  or  bright  Da- 
nish blue  waterproof  canvas.  $26.00. 
(plus  $1.50  shipping).  N.Y.  res.  add  fax.  Canada 
add  $2.00. 

THE  CHOCOLATE  SOUP 

249  East  77th  Street  New  York  10021 


M 


Share  the  Thrills 
01  Exploring  f   ^ 
ouier Space;  ^ 

All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  this 
superb  RV-6,  6-inch 

mailable  rfS-^    $15  Crating 

on  easy  terms!  "^  Charge 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years'  And 
It  s  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  Froin  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
R^M/fc^nnc  '5  s™Ple  when  you  select  a 
OYNflSCOPE-the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories-and  your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mall 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  IManufacturing  Co 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Offi 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Depl.  NH-64 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

Name 

Address 

City State 


At  Random 


The  Fencing  of  America 


Increasing  pressure  from 
crowds  has  turned  a 
Massachusetts  state  forest's 
main  attraction  into  an 
outdoor  museum 

The  waters  of  Bashbish  Falls 
plunge  into  a  deep,  greenish  blue 
pool  at  the  bottom  of  a  narrow  gorge 
between  two  forested  ridges  in 
southwestern  Massachusetts.  Near  its 
shallower  edges,  the  pool  becomes  a 
light  emerald  green.  Surrounding  the 
pool  are  great,  flat  gray  rocks,  which 
warm  quickly  under  the  summer  sun. 
For  years — probably  for  centuries — 
people  have  sprawled  out  on  these 
stones  to  soak  up  the  heat  before  div- 
ing into  the  cool  water. 

The  falls  (a  series  of  closely  spaced 
cascades  that  twists  between  the  cliffs 
of  the  gorge)  are  almost  200  feet  high. 
At  the  brink  of  the  last  cascade,  a 
stubborn,  diamond-shaped,  granite 
and  schist  outcropping  divides  the 
stream  into  two  50-foot  ribbons  that 
plunge  into  the  pool. 

From  a  parking  lot  at  the  gorge's 
edge,  a  steep,  rocky  path  winds  down 
through  a  hemlock  and  hardwood 
forest  to  the  falls  and  the  pool.  Near 
the  end  of  the  trail  a  large,  intrusive 
sign,  hanging  from  a  cable  suspended 
between  two  trees,  admonishes  in 
large  letters:  No  Fires,  No  Camping, 
No  Swimming.  Smaller  letters  warn 
the  reader:  Use  Trails  on  This  Side  of 
Fence.  From  the  end  of  the  path,  the 
cliffs  and  the  falls'  white  water  are 
barely  visible  through  the  heavy  fo- 
liage; in  the  opposite  direction,  the 
forested  hills  roll  down  to  the  Hudson 
River  floodplain  in  New  York. 

Except  for  the  waterfalls,  the 
gorge,  and  the  pools  strung  through 
it,  Bashbish  Brook  is  like  many  other 
streams  in  the  Taconic  range,  which 
extends  south  from  Vermont  to  the 
Hudson  highlands  in  New  York. 
Flowing  westerly  from  a  swamp  a 
few  miles  upstream  from  the  falls. 


the  black  water  meanders  between 
hummocks  of  tall  brown  sedge  be- 
fore it  enters  a  lily-coated  pond.  The 
stream  gathers  momentum  when  it 
leaves  the  pond.  By  the  time  it  has 
wound  through  a  nearby  meadow 
and  into  a  forest,  white  water  tum- 
bles over  boulders  and  fills  small 
pools.  Here,  serious-minded  spring 
fishermen  in  waders  cast  for  trout, 
using  tiny  flies  at  the  end  of  long 
curving  lines.  Not  far  from  them, 
boys  in  blue  jeans  and  sneakers, 
armed  with  hooks  and  worms,  sink 


76 


by  Christopher  L.  Hallowell 


heavily  weighted  lines  into  promis- 
ing-looking holes  under  big  rocks. 
People  have  long  used  all  of  the 
stream,  but  the  gorge,  the  falls,  and 
the  pool  have  always  attracted  the 
greatest  numbers.  Recognizing  the 
area's  scenic  value,  the  Massachu- 
setts Department  of  Natural  Re- 
sources in  1924  purchased  some  400 
surrounding  acres  for  $5,500.  During 
the  1960s,  the  state  obtained  4,000 
additional  acres  and  named  the  entire 
area  Mount  Washington  State  Forest, 
after  a  nearby  mountain.  This  acre- 


Maupinlour  means  more!       SOUth  Affica  plUS 

East  Africa  Wildlif € 


Join  an  expertly  conducted  Mauplntour 
safari  to  sightsee  South  and  East  Afri- 
can cities,  people,  and  very  scenic 
country  .  .  .  plus  famous  reserves  and 
national  parks  viffiere  wildlife  roam  free. 
Finest  hotels  and  lodges.  All  meals  in- 
cluded. Every  guest  has  a  window  seal 
in  East  African  safari  vehicles,  room  to 
stretch.  Sunroof  for  standup  viewing 
and  picture  taking. 


See  tribal  villages.  Bantu.  Zulu.  Chuka, 
and  Masai  dances.  Your  choice  of  four 
different  safaris  ranging  from  a  concen- 
tration on  wildlife  reserves  in  Kenya  and 
Tanzania  for  20  days  and  surveys  of 
South  and  East  Africa  from  23  to  27 
days  to  Grand  Africa  from  Cape  Town 
to  Mt.  Kenya  in  34  days.  For  brochure, 
ask  your  Travel  Agent  for  Maupiniour's 
Africa  or  v-rite: 


Ok 


&«  Mauplntour 

3/843-1211  *  25  veais  ol  quality  louring 


Telephone  913/843-1211  ^  2S  yea 

tVlaupintour,  900  IVIassachusetts  Street,  Lawrence.  Kansas  66044 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Come  explore  the  hidden  worlds  of  the  fascinating 

WEST  COAST  OF 
SOUTH  AMERICA 


Sail  with  us  aboard  the  M/S  Lindblad 
Explorer  through  waters  rarely  visited 
by  cruise  ships.  Experience  the  excite- 
ment of  exploring  the  Beagle  channel 
and  Strait  of  Magellan  just  as  Darwin 
did.  Take  overland  excursions  and  let 
your  journey  extend  from  the  bottom  of 
South  America  along  the  length  of  the 
continent  all  the  way  through  the  Pan- 
ama Canal  to  Cristobal.  Cruise  in  an  at- 
mosphere of  great  cultural  revelation - 
the  Inca  Empire,  the  San  Bias  Indians, 
etc. -and  find,  perhaps  the  most  scenic 


Christopher  L.  Hallowell 


panorama  the  world  may  offer.  We  have 
divided  this  enormous  cruise  program 
into  three  separate  sailings.  We  invite 
you  to  take  one  or  all  three.  The  first  ex- 
pedition departs  February  23.  1976.  and 
the  third  one  ends  on  the  30th  of  March. 
For  detailed  information  write  for  our 
brochure  or  see  your  travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHLE176 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  NY  10022 

(212)  751-2300 

*  Panamanian  registry 


77 


Won't  you  help  us  buy 
food  for  hungry  children 
this  Christmas? 


Your  $10  gift — an  amount  ^ 

that  buys  "just  another  Christmas     '^ 

gift"  for  more  fortunate  kids — can  mean  hundreds  of  dollars 

worth  of  bread,  meat  and  mill<  to  thousands  of  families  in  the 

rural  South. 

These  families  simply  do  not  have  enough  to  eat.  But  with  the 
Federal  Food  Stamp  Program  and  the  help  of  volunteers  working 
out  of  local  NAACP  branches,  the  NAACP  Emergency  Relief 
Fund  makes  just  a  little  money  go  a  long  way  towards  the  relief 
from  hunger  and  malnutrition. 

Sometimes  as  little  as  $1  will  buy  a  penniless  couple  $64 
worth  of  food  stamps.  Occasionally,  as  much  as  $20,  can  give 
each  member  of  a  family  of  1 6  about  650  worth  of  food  each  day 
for  a  month.  Mostly,  we  help  families  out  with  the  $8  or  $1 0  or  $1 2 
a  month  they  need  to  get  their  full  food  stamp  allotment. 

And  though  the  amounts  given  to  individual  families  are  very 
small — they  have  often  meant  survival  to  many  of  the  thousands 
of  people  assisted  in  recent  years. 

That's  why  the  NAACP  Emergency  Relief  Fund  needs  your 
help  so  badly. 

Every  dollar  you  contribute  is  tax-deductible.  And,  on  the 
average,  every  dollar  we  get  converts  into  $11  worth  of  food. 

But  we  can't  do  it  without  your  dollars.  So  please  send  what 
you  can.  Thanks. 

NAACP  Emergency  Relief  Fund 
Dept.  J6  Box  121,  Radio  City  Station,  New  York,  N.Y.  10019 


age,  together  with  the  6,000  acres 
of  the  adjoining  Taconic  State  Park 
in  New  York,  created  a  recreation 
area  of  approximately  10,500  acres. 
But  the  area  was  not  heavily  used; 
hikers  and  campers  usually  did  not 
wander  off  the  few  trails  and  hunters 
entered  the  state  forest  only  during 
the  fall  hunting  season. 

The  gorge  and  the  falls,  often  fre- 
quented by  adventuring  boys,  roman- 
tic couples,  and  picnickers,  has  al- 
ways been  the  favorite  part  of  the 
state  forest.  But  visits  sometimes 
ended  in  unfortunate  accidents  and, 
occasionally,  deaths.  Most  injuries 
occurred  when  people  climbed  over 
the  high  terrain  or  swam  in  the  swift 
waters.  In  the  past,  however,  such  ac- 
cidents were  infrequent. 

With  the  increased  leisure  time, 
greater  relative  wealth,  and  improved 
transportation  of  recent  decades, 
more  and  more  campers,  hikers,  and 
climbers — many  seeking  a  hardier 
type  of  outing  than  picnicking — came 
to  the  gorge.  Many  of  the  visitors 
were  inexperienced  and  reckless. 
Some  climbed  the  schist  and  phyllite 
cliffs  without  knowing  how  easily 
these  rock  forms  flake  and  crumble. 
When  the  ledges  broke  away, 
climbers  often  fell,  sometimes  to 
their  deaths.  Or  they  dislodged  rocks 
that  struck  other  climbers.  Most  of 
these  accidents  occurred  late  in  the 
afternoon  when,  according  to  park 
rangers,  visitors  were  either  tired  or 
tipsy  from  drinking.  When  accidents 
occurred,  rangers,  state  police,  and 
firemen  from  neighboring  towns  con- 
verged on  the  gorge  to  spend  hours, 
often  far  into  the  night,  extricating  the 
injured  and  hauling  them  up  the  steep 
path  on  stretchers.  In  1972,  more  than 
twenty  men  worked  through  an  entire 
night  to  rescue  a  schoolteacher  who 
fell  from  a  cliff  and  broke  his  hip. 

Sometimes,  careless  swimmers 
plunged  into  pools  without  realizing 
that  rocks  lay  just  under  the  surface. 
During  the  1960s,  two  or  three  people 
died  in  climbing  or  swimming  acci- 
dents each  year.  And  each  summer 
about  twenty  people  with  broken 
limbs,  head  injuries,  or  lacerations 
had  to  be  carried  out  of  the  gorge. 

The  accidents,  however,  did  not 
deter  visitors.  By  1968,  the  number 
had  surpassed  6,000.  Hoping  to  di- 
vert some  of  the  future  visitors  from 
the  falls  area,  the  Massachusetts 
Department  of  Natural  Resources  set 
up  an  administrative  office  and  a 
campsite  near  the  source  of  the  brook 
a  few  miles  upstream  from  the  falls 


78 


and  assigned  rangers  to  permanent 
duty.  But  most  of  the  recreati<jn  area 
remained  largely  unused.  Few  visi- 
tors hiked  the  trails  or  back-packed 
into  the  campsite.  Instead,  they  con- 
tinued to  flock  to  the  gorge  and  the 
falls:  40,000  people  visited  them  in 
1970;  50,000  in  1972. 

Many  people  came  for  the  day  with 
their  picnic  lunches;  others  camped 
near  the  pool.  A  few  abused  the  area. 
Not  finding  a  ready  supply  of  dead- 
wood  for  fires,  they  cut  down  live 
trees.  But  the  green  wood  did  not 
burn  well  and  blackened  logs  lay  scat- 
tered about.  A  few  people  stripped 
the  branches  from  young  hemlocks 
and  laid  them  on  the  rocky  ground  for 
makeshift  mattresses.  Later,  the 
branches  turned  brown  and  ugly. 
Some  visitors  littered.  On  a  Monday 
morning  after  a  summer  weekend, 
papers,  cans,  and  discarded  food  lay 
half-concealed  between  the  rocks  and 
under  the  leaves. 

Even  those  who  did  not  litter  had 
an  impact  on  the  area.  When  they 
wandered  off  the  trail,  they  often 
trampled  delicate  flowers,  such  as 
trillium,  columbine,  and  cinquefoil, 
all  of  which  had  a  long  history  of 
flourishing  in  the  gorge.  They  also 
disturbed  the  thin  topsoil  on  slopes 
above  the  stream.  The  runoff  from 
downpours  carried  the  soil  into  the 
pools,  exposing  patches  of  bedrock 
on  the  banks.  The  waters  of  the 
stream  became  clouded  with  the  run- 
off and  with  the  soaps  and  detergents 
that  campers  used  to  wash  themselves 
and  their  dishes. 

To  stop  the  ruination  of  the  scenery 
and  to  prevent  tourists  from  hurting 
themselves  and  others,  the  Depart- 
ment of  Natural  Resources  in  1973 
constructed  a  3,500-foot,  steel  and 
cable  fence  around  the  top  of  the  cliffs 
and  down  to  the  stream  just  above  the 
falls.  Snaking  among  the  ledges  and 
along  the  top  of  the  cliffs,  the  gleam- 
ing fence  is  a  jarring  sight  against  the 
horizontally  aligned  rocks  and  the 
soft  foliage.  Regularly  spaced  signs 
all  along  the  fence's  perimeter  warn 
visitors  not  to  leave  the  trail  around 
the  gorge. 

On  summer  weekends,  four  uni- 
formed rangers  patrol  the  area  around 
the  falls.  Only  looking  is  allowed:  no 
swimming,  no  littering,  no  fires,  no 
camping,  no  walking  off  the  trails. 
Anyone  committing  an  infraction  of 
the  regulations  can  be  arrested,  fined 
$2,500,  and  imprisoned  for  six 
months.  But  the  rangers  usually  just 
eject  offenders  from  the  area. 


The  natural  beauty  of  Bashbish 
Falls  and  the  gorge  now  seems  safe 
from  the  destruction  that  crowds  so 
often  bring  with  them.  The  sturdy 
fence,  the  signs,  and  the  decisive 
rangers  prevent  tourists  from  injuring 
themselves  and  each  other.  Some 
60,000  persons  visited  the  gorge  in 
the  summer  of  1974,  with  only  one 
minor  injury  reported.  The  area 
around  the  falls  is  free  of  debris,  the 
water  sparkles,  and  in  the  spring, 
wildflowers  grow  undisturbed  across 
the  forest  floor. 

Between  75,000  and  100,000 
people  filed  into  the  gorge  last  year. 
But  they  viewed  the  scenery  in  much 
the  same  way  that  museumgoers 
gaze  at  dioramas.  The  only  physical 
effort  possible  on  a  visit  to  the  falls 
is  the  short  walk  along  the  path  be- 
tween the  pool  and  the  parking  lot. 

Summer  visitors  carefully  pick 
their  way  down  this  path,  many  wear 
bathing  suits  and  towels  drafted  cas- 
ually around  their  necks.  Their  chat- 
ter and  laughter  become  more  volu- 
ble as  the  falls  roar  louder.  But  when 
confronted  by  the  big  sign  near  the 
end  of  the  trail,  many  of  them  stop, 
stare  at  it,  and  murmur  among 
themselves.  When  rangers,  usually 
patrolling  near  the  sign,  and  visitors 
come  upon  each  other,  the  visitors 
often  act  like  ill-at-ease  guests.  They 
nod  at  the  rangers,  give  them  little 
smiles,  and  continue  down  to  the 
edge  of  the  pool. 

On  nice  days  spectators  cover  the 
flat  rocks;  most  stare  passively  at  the 
white  ribbons  hurtling  into  the  dark 
water.  Newcomers  may  mill  about 
for  a  few  moments,  trying  to  find  a 
good  viewing  space,  but  they  usually 
do  not  have  to  maneuver  for  long  be- 
cause people  are  constantly  coming 
and  going.  Once  settled,  most  people 
look  at  the  falls  for  a  few  minutes  and 
then  begin  to  stare  about  restlessly. 
Some  snap  a  few  photographs. 
Youngsters  often  jump  from  rock  to 
rock  beside  the  pool,  in  a  direc- 
tionless manner  suggesting  boredom. 

Many  visitors  approach  the  rangers 
to  ask  them  about  the  restrictions. 
The  rangers  invariably  tell  them 
about  the  accidents  and  past  abuses. 
Nodding  in  subdued  understanding, 
the  visitors  take  a  last  look  at  the  falls, 
turn  their  backs  on  the  No  Fires,  No 
Camping,  No  Swimming  sign  and 
trudge  back  to  their  cars  in  the  park- 
ing lot. 

Christopher  L.  Hallowell  is  an  as- 
sociate editor  o/ Natural  History. 


Goose  Down  Sox 
Keep  Feet  Warm 


Slip  on  a  pair  of  the&e  to  keep  your  feel  warm 
in  sleeping  bag  or  bed;  as  inner  &ox  for  insu- 
lated pacs  or  waders.  Downright  comforlable 
travel  slippers.  Bauer  Goose  Down  quilted  in 
tough,  washable  N/lon  taffeta  Colors:  Red, 
Winter  Blue.  Taupe.  Powder  Blue.  Specify  shoe 
size  and  we  will  send  a  proper  1ii  0123  Goose 
Down  Sox    pair  $9.95  postpaid 

Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee!  « 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

S (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  RUSH  my  0123  Goose  Down  Sox. 

Men's  Size Color 

Women's  Size Color 


Address- 
City 


^j^ec£o2/^^cu<aA^ 


Dept    ENH,  1737  Airport  Way  S..  Seattle 


Within   2   or   3   years  of  retirement? 

DISCOVER  THE  BEST 
THAT  LIFE  OFFERS  IN 
DEL  WEBB'S  SUN  CITY 

A  Fabulous  Arizona  Resort  Vacation 
for  one  or  two  people:  Just  S 1 25* 

Get  ready  for  a  fun-filled  vacation  in 
America's  most  famous  resort-retirement 
community!  Golf,  tennis,  swimming  and 
special  parties  are  just  a  few  of  the  things 
you'll  be  invited  to  enjoy.  Plus  you'll  stay  in 
a  beautiful  air  conditioned  apartment  with 
a  completely  equipped  kitchen,  color  TV, 
attached  carport  and  private  patio. 
•introductory  RATE: 

'^^'    for  2  weeks;  June  1,  1976 -Oct.  15,1976 

Del  E.  Webb  Development  Co.  Dept.  NZ-16 
I   P.O.  Box  666,  Sun  City,  Arizona  85351 

Send  complete  details  on  $1 25  Vacation 
Special  plus  a  beautiful  full-color  Sun  City 
I   broctiure  to: 


I 

I    City_ 


I  'Offer  limited  to  availabilities  and  to  vacationing 

parties  witti  one  member  50  years  of  age  or  older    j 
I   and  no  member  under  18.  I 

Del  E  Webb  Dev  Co  .  17400  N  Del  Webb  Blvd..  Sun  City.  AZ  S53S1 
Del  Webb's  Sun  City  is  NOT  a  lot  sales  development 


79 


SOUTHERN  APPALACHIAN  MOUNTAIN 

VACATION 

YEAR  'ROUND  LIVING 

Lakes  •  Golf  •  Tennis  •  Heated 
Pool  •  Guest  Naturalist  Often 

Write  for  Information: 
The  Audubon  Colony 
P.O.  Box  156  (n.h.) 
Cedar  Mtn.,  N.C.  28718 
(704)885-2091 


out  of  prinl,srarce,rare  NATURAL  msTORY  BCX5KS 

r^  Bouny,  Zoology. 

[ne^  Orchidology. 

Ornithology,  Entomology. 

Ichthyology, 

Herpetolopy.  etc. 

CATALOGUE  AVAILABLE 
19  Oitwd  PUce/Hocliville  Ctiiire,  New  York  11570 


HOWDY! 


VAl-J-EY   -RANC+t 


NATURAL  HISTORY 
FILE 


only 

$^95 

each 


Holds  a  year's  subscription  - 
iteeps  all  copies  neat,  clean 
and  in  one  place. 

A  deluxe  Royal  Blue  magazine  case 
with  "Natural  History"  gold  stamped 
on  the  face.  Has  ttie  expensive  good 
looks  of  a  leatfier-bound  book. 
Organizes  your  valuable  collection  by 
year  of  issue.  Reduces  clutter  in  your 
home  or  office,  keeps  copies  handy 
for  easy  reference.  Sturdy  book- 
binder's board  protects  copies  against 
soil  and  damage  for  as  long  as  you 
want  to  keep  them.  Gold  leaf 
furnished  free  for  dating,  etc.  Send 
check  or  money  order.  IVIoney  re- 
funded if  not  satisfied. 
Natural  History  File  ...  .  $4.95  ea.; 
3  for  $11 .95  postpaid 
We  fiave  custom  designed  files  for  over  8,000 
magazines.  Order  by  title,  $4.95  ea.  ppd. 

SHANNON  CORPORATION       Dept  16N 
734  N.  Decatur  Ave.,  Minneapolis,  MN. 55427 


Sky  Reporter 


Missing  Matter 


Significant  amounts  of 
several  elements  are 
unaccounted  for  in  the 
galactic  gas.  Where  has 
the  material  gone  ? 

Studies  with  a  space  telescope 
show  that  iron  and  certain  other  com- 
mon elements  are  in  short  supply  in 
the  thin  gas  that  pervades  our  galaxy. 
Theorists  disagree  on  where  the 
missing  atoms  are,  but  suggest 
various  possibilities:  they  may  have 
condensed  into  microscopic  dust 
grains,  they  may  have  accumulated 
into  icy  baseballs  floating  between 
the  stars,  or  they  may  have  become 
concentrated  in  the  heads  of  inter- 
stellar comets. 

In  1904,  a  German  astronomer  at 
the  Potsdam  Observatory  discovered 
a  curious  effect  in  the  spectrum  of  the 
star  Mintaka  (from  the  Arabic  At 
Mintakah,  for  "the  belt"),  located  in 
Orion's  belt.  As  expected,  the  spec- 
trum contained  a  familiar  pattern  of 
dark  lines  owing  to  the  absorption  of 
the  star's  light  at  particular  wave- 
lengths by  the  various  elements 
present  in  it.  Further,  because  Min- 
taka is  a  member  of  a  binary  star  sys- 
tem and  thus  moves  around  an  orbit, 
the  lines  in  its  spectrum  were  seen  to 
shift  back  and  forth,  moving  toward 
red  wavelengths  as  the  star  moved 
away  from  the  earth  and  toward  blue 
wavelengths  as  it  returned  on  the  op- 
posite side  of  its  orbit.  This  is  a  well- 
known  phenomenon  caused  by  the 
Doppler  effect.  An  unexpected  find- 
ing of  the  German  astronomer  Jo- 
hannes Franz  Hartmann,  however, 
was  that  '  'the  calcium  line  .  .  .  does 
not  share  in  the  periodic  dis- 
placements of  the  lines  caused  by  the 
orbital  motion  of  the  star.  ..." 
Hartmann  stressed  the  importance  of 
this  result  by  publishing  those  words 
in  italics  in  The  Astrophysical  Jour- 
nal. If  the  calcium  line  did  not  share 
the  displacements  of  the  other  lines. 


then  the  calcium  atoms  responsible 
for  the  line  clearly  did  not  share  the 
orbital  motion  of  the  star.  Hartmann 
therefore  concluded  that  the  calcium 
vapor  responsible  for  the  spectral  line 
must  be  located  somewhere  in  space 
between  the  earth  and  Orion. 

Since  1904,  astronomers  have 
found  other  elements  in  space  in  addi- 
tion to  calcium  and  have  thereby 
identified  a  complex  distribution  of 
interstellar  gas.  With  optical  and 
radio  telescopes,  they  have  deter- 
mined the  spatial  properties  of  this 
gas;  for  example,  its  tendency  to 
be  concentrated  in  the  spiral  arms  of 
our  Milky  Way  galaxy  and  to  form 
local  condensations,  or  "interstellar 
clouds . ' '  The  gas  is  an  extremely  ten- 
uous medium,  thinner  than  the  best 
laboratory  vacuum;  nevertheless  its 
temperature  range,  density,  and  other 
pertinent  properties  have  also  been 
determined. 

The  importance  of  interstellar  gas 
has  grown  over  the  years  as  new  con- 
cepts of  the  origin  of  stars  were  for- 
mulated and  it  became  clear  to  most 
scientists  that  stars  are  born  by  con- 
densation from  the  clouds  of  the  inter- 
stellar medium.  At  the  same  time  it 
was  accepted  that  much  of  the  mate- 
rial of  the  stars  is  recycled  back  into 
space  through  the  steady  emanation 
of  particles  from  the  outer  layers  of 
stars,  such  as  the  "solar  wind"  of  our 
own  sun,  as  well  as  by  eruptions  and 
other  processes.  However,  a  vital  test 
of  these  concepts  remained  to  be 
made.  If  the  stars  are  formed  from  the 
interstellar  gas,  then  their  chemical 
composition  should  resemble  that  of 
the  gas.  Unfortunately,  some  of  the 
key  elements  in  the  interstellar  gas 
cannot  be  detected  by  the  conven- 
tional techniques  of  ground-based  as- 
tronomy; their  identifying  spectral 
lines  are  in  the  ultraviolet  wave- 
lengths that  are  absorbed  in  the 
earth's  atmosphere  and  thus  cannot 
reach  the  observatories  below. 


by  Stephen  P.  Maran 


It  first  became  possible  to  attack 
this  problem  in  recent  years  when  ul- 
traviolet instruments  were  launched 
for  brief  intervals  of  observation  on 
rockets  that  attain  high  altitudes  in  the 
atmosphere.  But  the  greatest  progress 
has  come  since  August  21,  1972, 
when  NASA  launched  the  Coper- 
nicus satellite,  one  of  the  Orbiting 
Astronomical  Observatories,  carry- 
ing a  32-inch  ultraviolet  telescope. 
The  satellite  attained  a  virtually  circu- 
lar orbit  at  about  460  miles  above  the 
surface  of  the  earth.  At  that  altitude, 
Copernicus  is  outside  the  great  bulk 
of  our  atmosphere  and  can  observe 
the  ultraviolet  light  from  a  great  many 
celestial  objects.  Its  onboard  tele- 
scope was  specially  equipped  by 
Princeton  University  astronomers  to 
investigate  the  interstellar  gas. 

Among  the  key  results  of  the 
Copernicus' s,  observations  was  the 
discovery  that  the  amounts  of  at  least 
ten  elements  are  significantly  smaller 
in  the  interstellar  gas  than  in  the  stars. 
The  measurements  were  made  rela- 
tive to  hydrogen,  known  to  be  the 
most  common  substance  in  the  stars 
and  consequently  used  as  a  conven- 
ient standard  of  comparison  when 
measuring  the  trace  amounts  in  which 
most  other  elements  are  present  in  the 
universe.  The  "missing"  matter  in 
the  interstellar  gas  includes  carbon, 
nitrogen,  oxygen,  and  iron.  Esti- 
mates of  the  underabundance  of  iron, 
for  example,  range  anywhere  from  a 
factor  of  5  to  a  factor  of  100.  Where 
has  all  the  iron  gone? 

Astrophysicists  believe  that  the 
missing  matter  is,  in  fact,  present  in 
interstellar  space  but  exists  in  a  physi- 
cal condition  that  does  not  allow  it  to 
absorb  light  in  the  manner  of  the 
vapor  that  produces  the  spectral  lines 
at  discrete  wavelengths  observed  by 
Copernicus.  The  most  obvious  idea  is 
that  much  of  the  gas  has  cooled  and 
condensed  to  a  solid  state.  Indeed,  the 
presence  of  tiny  solid  particles  in 


space  has  been  recognized  since  the 
193fls,  when  an  astronomer  at  Lick 
Observatory  in  California  found  that 
the  light  from  star  clusters  was 
dimmed  by  intervening  matter.  Al- 
though these  "interstellar  dust 
grains"  do  not  produce  spectral  lines, 
they  are  reponsible  for  a  general  dimi- 
nution of  starlight  received  on  the 
earth — an  effect  that  tends  to  block 
out  more  of  the  shorter,  blue  wave- 
lengths than  the  longer,  red  wave- 
lengths. The  situation  is  somewhat 
analogous  to  the  reddening  effect  a 
large  city's  smog  layer  has  on  sun- 
light, which  has  led  astronomers 
occasionally  to  refer  to  the  dust  grains 
of  space  as  "interstellar  smog." 
Direct  proof  of  the  presence  in  space 
of  dark  matter,  assumed  to  be  concen- 
trations of  dust  grains,  also  comes 
from  photographs  of  certain  galactic 
regions  where  dark  structures  are  sil- 
houetted against  bright  starry  or  neb- 
ular backgrounds. 

According  to  George  B.  Field,  an 
authority  on  interstellar  matter  who 
directs  the  Center  for  Astrophysics  in 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  the  iron 
and  other  substances  that  are  depleted 
in  the  interstellar  gas  are  simply 
stored  in  solid  form  in  the  dust  grains. 
His  reasoning  is  based  in  part  on  the 
prevailing  theory  of  the  origin  of  the 
dust.  Just  as  much  of  the  particulate 
matter  in  urban  smog  comes  from  the 
smokestacks  of  industrial  furnaces, 
so  interstellar  dust  grains  are  believed 
to  originate  in  the  hot  gas  flowing  out 
from  stars  as  some  of  it  cools  and  con- 
denses in  interstellar  space.  In  fact, 
some  astronomers  claim  to  have 
found  indications  that  dust  particles 
are  forming  in  the  outer  regions  of  our 
own  sun's  atmosphere. 

Field  believes  that  the  respective 
amounts  of  missing  elements  are  pre- 
cisely what  you  would  expect  from 
such  a  condensation  process,  and  he 
has  designed  a  model  dust  grain  to 
account  for  the  observations.  In  his 


-1976 

NATURAL 
HISTORY 

CALENDAR 

Northwest 
Coast 

Indians  and 
their  Art 

deluxe  edition 


PUBLISHED  BY 
THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM 
«    OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Tall  totems,  magic 
masks,  carved  and 
painted  houses, 
handsome  people, 
two  classic  photo- 
graphs by  Edward 
S.  Curtis,  and  more. 
A  total  of  18  frame- 
worthy  pictures, 
including  3  beauti- 
ful color  spreads 
measuring  a  full 
12"x18". 

Full  color,  quality 
stock,  high  gloss 
covers,  and  only 
$3.00.  A  perfect 
gift. 

Ordernow. 


NATURAL  HISTORY  CALENDAR, 

Dept.  C400 

Box  51 23,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


Please  send  me calendars, 

at  $3.00  each. 

My  check/money  order  for  a  total  of 

$ Is  enclosed. 


Name  (please  print) 
Address 


Burpee's  New 
1976  Garden 
Catalog 

-FREE 

Featuring  new,  ex- 
citing vegetable  and 
flower  varieties  for 
the  home  gardener. 

The  new  184-page  Burpee  Garden  Catalog 
is  yours  free.  It  is  a  comprehensive  plant- 
ing and  growing  guide,  with  over  1400 
vegetables,  flowers,  fruits,  shrubs,  trees, 
and  garden  aids.  Plus  many  helpful  hints 
from  Burpee's  horticulture  experts  on  how 
to  have  a  better,  more  productive  garden. 

Send  for  your  free  Burpee's  Catalog  today. 

W.  4TLEE  BURPEE  CO.,  6336  Burpee  Blig.,  Warminster, 
PA  18974;  or  Clinton,  lA  52732;  or  Riverside,  CA  92502 

(Please  write  to  nearest  address) 


QUESTERS  WORLD 
OF  NATURE  TOURS 

You  may  find  some  tours  similar  to  ours  in  other 
programs.  But  because  we  are  the  only  profes- 
sional travel  company  specializing  exclusively  in 
nature  tours,  you  have  three  advantages  with  us: 

•  The  largest  selection  of  nature  tours  to 
virtually  every  area  of  the  world. 

•  The  best  expedition  leaders  available. 

•  The  assurance  that  our  experience  and 
expertise  will  make  your  tour  rewarding. 

Consider  Questers.  The  1976/77  Directory  of 
Worldwide  Nature  Tours  lists  31  tours  ranging 
in  duration  from  4  to  36  days. 
Call  or  write  loday  or  see  your  ,^ 
Travel  Agent  for  your  free  copy.  ■'■ 

Questers  Toiurs" 

AND  TRAVEL,  INC. 

DEPT.  NH-176,  2S7  PARK  AVENUE  SO. 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y  10010/(212)  673-3120 


The 

Bitter 

End. 

It's  for 

sailing-minded  ** 
peoplel 


We're  a  Yacht  Club  and  sailing  resort  On 
Virgin  Gorda,  British  Virgin  Islands. 

Your  stay  includes  unlimited  sailing.  The 
Club's  fleet  of  Cal  2-27's,  Rhodes  19's  and  Lasers 
are  all  clean  and  fully  found. 

We're  a  famous  yachtman's  rendezvous  too. 
With  fine  dining,  wining,  clubhouse  comforts 
and  congeniality. 

Race  or  cruise  all  day  in  constant 
fradewinds  of  sheltered  Gorda  Sound. 

Relax,  eat  and  sleep  ashore.  Your  hillside 
villa  overlooks  the  entire  spectacular  Sound, 

Afloat  and  ashore,  it's  the  best  of  both 
worlds! 

Reservations:  The  Bitter  End  Yacht  Club  NHl 
875  N.  Michigan,  Chicago  60611  312/944-5855 

82 


theory,  the  materials  that  vaporize  at 
the  highest  temperatures,  such  as  iron 
and  silicate  rock  compounds,  con- 
dense first  as  the  hot  gas  cools,  pro- 
ducing dense  cores  about  a  millionth 
of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Subsequently, 
the  lighter  atoms,  such  as  hydrogen 
and  oxygen,  occasionally  collide 
with  those  grain  cores  and  may  stick 
to  them.  Then,  through  processes  of 
surface  chemistry,  the  lighter  atoms 
stuck  on  the  grains  combine  with  each 
other  to  form  such  compounds  as  Ha 
(molecular  hydrogen),  OH  (hy- 
droxyl),  and  H2O  (water  ice).  The  H2 
and  some  of  the  OH  escape  from  the 
grains  in  the  process  of  forming,  thus 
accounting  for  the  presence  of  these 
molecules  in  interstellar  space;  but 
the  H2O  and  other  frozen  molecules 
do  not  escape,  instead,  they  build  up 
an  icy  mantle  around  the  dense  grain 
cores. 

This  picture  is  consistent  with 
radio  astronomy  observations  that 
have  revealed  clouds  of  hydroxy]  gas 
in  our  galaxy  and  with  other  studies 
made  by  the  Princeton  astronomers 
using  Copernicus,  which  show  that 
much  of  the  interstellar  hydrogen  is 
actually  in  molecular  rather  than 
atomic  form.  Field  goes  on  to  com- 
pare his  interstellar  grain  model  to  a 
microscopic  world:  "The  interior  of 
the  grain,  like  that  of  the  earth,  is 
composed  of  iron  and  silicates.  Its 
outer  envelope,  like  the  oceans  of 
earth,  is  water.  The  whole  is  im- 
mersed in  a  gaseous  atmosphere,  and 
is  bathed,  like  the  earth,  in  ultraviolet 
light  and  cosmic  radiation." 

Other  scientists,  however,  dis- 
agree. They  do  not  believe  that  all  of 
the  missing  material  can  be  stored  in 
interstellar  grains  and  they  suggest 
further  that  the  "sticking  process" 
may  build  up  solid,  icy  structures 
much  larger  than  a  single  microscopic 
grain.  The  theoretical  dimensions  of 
these  icy  objects  range  from  those  of 
a  baseball  to  those  of  a  comet.  Ob- 
jects of  this  type  would  not  contribute 
to  the  interstellar  dimming  and  red- 
dening of  starlight  in  the  manner  of 
widely  diffused  dust,  nor  would  they 
be  observable  from  the  earth  by  any 
known  method.  In  fact,  even  the 
comets  of  our  own  solar  system  are 
generally  invisible  from  earth  except 
when  they  come  close  enough  to  pass 
within  the  orbit  of  Jupiter. 

The  obvious  objection  to  these 
theories  is  that  they  predict  the  exist- 
ence of  things  in  space  that  we  cannot 
hope  to  record  or  measure.  Hence 
they  can  only  be  checked  by  addi-  I 


NATaRE  EXPEDITIONS 

and  Journeys  of  Discovery     ^  j^ 


The  1976  NATURAL  HISTORY 
CALENDAR— 

Northwest  Coast  Indians  and 
their  Art— Published  by  The 
AiTierican  Museum  of  Natural 
History  Deluxe  edition.  Full 
color,  quality  stock,  high  gloss 
cover,  and  only  $3.00.  A  perfect 
gift.  Order  now!  Send  to 
NATURAL  HISTORY 
CALENDAR  Dept.  C340  Box 
5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO 
NATURAL  HISTORY 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of  sub- 
scription, billing,  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the  mag- 
azine wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a  move 
or  order  a  subscription 
Change  of  address — attach  your  address 
label  in  the  dotted  area  and  fill  in  your  nevj 
address  below/,  clip  and  mail  to  Natural  History 
Membership  Services  Box  6000,  Des  Moines, 
Iowa  50340 


tional  lhei)rclical  calculations.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  do  find  comets  ni  the 
solar  system  and  they  do  appear  to 
contain  such  materials  as  dust  grains, 
ice,  and  molecules  that  include  hy- 
droxyl  and  possibly  even  molecular 
hydrogen  (see  "A  Funny  Thing  Hap- 
pened to  Comet  Kohoulek,"  Natural 
History,  March  1974), 

Since  there  are  comets  in  our  solar 
system,  presumably  they  also  exist 
elsewhere  in  space.  The  question  is. 
How  many  comets  does  each  star 
have?  Are  there  enough  in  our  galaxy 
to  explain  the  great  amount  of  miss- 
ing interstellar  matter?  Conventional 
estimates  of  the  number  of  comets  in 
our  own  solar  system  suggest  that 
even  if  the  billions  of  unseen  comets 
that  are  assumed  to  orbit   the  sun 
beyond  the  distance  of  Pluto  are  in- 
cluded,   the    total    would    still    not 
amount  to  more  than  from  one  to  one 
thousand  times  the  mass  of  the  earth. 
That  is  actually  a  small  amount  of 
matter  and  not  nearly  enough  to  ac- 
count for  the  depleted  elements  even 
if  comets  of  equal  number  are  asso- 
ciated with  each  of  the  other  stars.  On 
the  other  hand,  a  leading  theory  of  the 
origin  of  the  solar  system,  proposed 
by  A.  G.  W.  Cameron,  a  colleague 
of  Field's  at  the  Center  for  Astrophys- 
ics, suggests  that  there  are  far  more 
comets  beyond  Pluto  than  previously 
recognized.   If  many  more   comets 
formed  around  the  sun  when  it  was 
born  than  have  so  far  been  credited, 
then  comparable  numbers  of  comets 
may  have  arisen  around  other  stars  at 
their  births  as  well .  Cameron  believes 
that  this  assumption  might  explain  the 
missing  elements  of  the  Copernicus 
data. 

It  seems  likely  that  the  so-called 
missing  elements  are  not  truly  lost  but 
can  be  accounted  for  by  one  or  an- 
other version  of  these  theories  or  by 
a  combination  of  them.  Certainly 
some  of  the  unaccounted-for  material 
must  be  located  in  dust  grains,  while 
some  of  it  may  exist  in  the  form  of 
larger  objects,  including  comets.  The 
medium  of  interstellar  space  gives 
rise  to  the  stars  and  they,  in  turn, 
enrich  that  same  medium  with  their 
own  gaseous  and  particulate  emis- 
sions. The  life  cycle  of  the  galaxy 
must  thus  include  "gas  togas"  in  ad- 
dition to  "dust  to  dust." 

Stephen  P.  Maran  is  studying  stars  at 
the  University  of  California  in  Los 
Angeles  on  temporary  assignment 
from  NASA 's  Goddard  Space  Center 
in  Greenbelt,  Maryland. 


Only  Australia  has 
the  three ''K's -Kookaburras, 
Kangaroos,  and  Koalas. 


Go  to  Phillip  Island.  We  will  be  happy 
to  introduce  you  to  our  laughing  Kook- 
aburras Gallahs  that  flit  about.  Willy 
Wagtails,  Butcher-birds.  Masked  Owls. 
and  outlandish  kinds  of  parrots. 

In  Canberra  go  to  the  Tidbinbilla 
Nature  Reserve.  All  sorts  of  Kangaroos 
Swamp  Wallabies,  Ring-tailed  Possums 
Emus(those  big  silly  birds  that  can't 
fly  a  lick)  and  shy  bush  animals. 

See  the  Koalas  m  the  Lone  Pine  Sane 
tuary  m  Brisbane.  At  the  Lamington 
National  Park  the  orchids  are  thick  as 
weeds. 

In  Sydneyenjoy  our  beaches,  night- 
life and  one-hundred-million-dollar 
Opera  House.  Visit  sophisticated  Mel- 
bourne and  sunny  Brisbane. 

Just  mail  in  the  coupon  and  we'll  tell 
you  more  about  our  reasonably-priced 
pre-packaged  wildlife  tours.  Or  ask  your 
Travel  Agent. 


AUSTRALIA 

Where  the  good  old  days  are  now. 


Au'.uahanTouriM  Commission.  Depl    151A-117 
1270Avenueol  Ihe  Americas.  New  York.  N  Y  10020 
3550WilshitcBlvd  .  Los  Angeles.  Calif- 90010 

Already  I'm  wild  lof  Australia's  wildlife 
Please  send  mc  literature  on 
n:  Birds      D  Flora      D  Fauna 

I'm  interested  m 

C  Group  Tours      D  Individualitineranes 


City. 


An  anthology  of  some  of  the  best  in 

NATURAL  HIS  rORV 


Celebrating  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S 75th  Anniversai7,  Editor 
Alan  Ternes,  has  collected  forty 
past  articles  by  well  known  au- 
thors with  commentaries  and  bi- 
ographical notes. 

This  big,  handsome,  hardcover 
book  with  nearly  400  pages  in 
large  type  makes  a  very  fascinat- 
ing gift  for  any  intelligent,  curious 
person.  $10  postpaid 


,  —  Please 

,  — '     send  me copies 

of  Ants,  Indians  and  Little  Dinosaurs 
at  $10  each. 

I  enclose  check/money  order,  payable  to 
NATURAL  HISTORY,  in  the  amount  of 


NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 
Dept.  B600,Box5123 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


Name  (p/ease  print!). 


City- 


_Zlp. 


Please  allow  4  to  6  weeks  tor  delivery     Museum  Members  may  take  a  10%  discount. 


The  American  Museum 
Announces  The  Evening 


Members  of  The  American  Museum  are  invited  to 

participate  in  our  unusual  evening  programs 

presented  by  a  distinguished  staff,  and  held  at 

the  Museum. 


f  Natural  History 
ecture  Series  for  Adults 
Starting  February  10, 1976 


ARCHAEOLOGY  OF  GREECE— Eight 
lectures  on  Tuesday  evenings  start- 
ing February  10,  from  7:30-9:00  p.m. 
Fee:  $30.  Few  realize  how  much 
of  the  daily  life  of  ancient  Greece 
has  been  recorded  by  her  exception- 
ally lively  and  gifted  people  and  re- 
covered through  archaeology.  With 
slides,  we  can  still  watch  such  scenes 
as  a  sacrifice  to  Apollo,  a  bawdy 
drinking  party,  a  classroom,  athletes 
training,  a  wedding.  In  this  series 
particular  care  has  been  taken  to 
interweave  places,  objects  and  the 
ideas  behind  them,  and  to  use  the 
full  range  of  materials  available — not 
only  in  Greece  but  in  other  Mediter- 
ranean sites  and  museums — to  re- 
construct this  brilliant,  and  often 
unknown  civilization.  Dr.  Claireve 
Grandjouan  is  Chairman  of  the 
Classics  Department  at  Hunter  Col- 
lege. Given  in  cooperation  with  New 
York  University. 

ANTHROPOLOGY  THROUGH 
FILMS  II — Six  Wednesday  evenings 
starting  February  11,  from  7:00-9:00 
p.m.  Fee:  $25.  Last  spring,  an  en- 
thusiastic audience  wanted  more, 
and  here  is  a  second  series  of  anthro- 
pological movies  coordinated  by  Dr. 
Malcolm  Arth,  anthropologist  and 
Curator  at  the  Museum.  On  two 
evenings  he  is  joined  by  guests 
whose  works  are  being  shown: 
Margaret  Mead  and  Yvonne  Hanne- 
man.  The  films  are:  TRANCE  AND 
DANCE  IN  BALI,  LEARNING  TO 
DANCE  IN  BALI,  ARROW  TO  THE 
SUN,  AN  ANSI  THE  SPIDER,  AT  THE 
CARIBOU  CROSSING,  PART  II, 
DANI  HOUSES,  BETTY  TELLS  HER 
STORY,  NOT  SO  YOUNG  NOW  AS 
THEN,  MEN'S  LIVES,  THE  SHADOW 
CATCHER,  THE  WORK  OF  GOMIS 
as  well  as  a  rare  early  film  from  the 
Museum's  archives. 

AN  AWAKENING  IN  ANTHRO- 
POLOGY— Eight  lectures  on  Thurs- 
day evenings  starting  February  19, 
from  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $30.  In- 
creasingly modern  anthropologists 
are  finding  new  ways  to  study 
societies.  Social  "trivia,"  from 
naming  dogs  to  patterns  in  swearing. 


even  the  choice  of  paints  for  a  home, 
once  ignored,  are  now  considered 
significant  social  data  with  complete 
symbolic  meanings.  These  lectures 
bring  to  light  some  present  day 
thinking  of  anthropologists  about 
both  modern  and  tribal  societies. 
Paul  ).  Sanfacon  is  Lecturer  in 
Anthropology  at  the  Museum. 

SOCIAL  BEHAVIOR  OF  ANIMALS— 
Eight  lectures  on  Wednesday  even- 
ings starting  February  11,  from 
7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $35.  Evolution 
and  development  of  social  behavior 
as  an  important  factor  in  ecological 
adaptation  of  representative  species. 
Contrasting  female  and  male  roles  in 
social  organization,  reproduction 
and  behavioral  development  of  off- 
spring of  invertebrates  and  verte- 
brates. Consideration  of  implications 
for  human  social  organization.  Ex- 
perimental studies  with  live  animals 
will  be  demonstrated.  Dr.  Ethel 
Tobach,  Curator  at  the  Museum  and 
Adjunct  Professor  in  Biology  and 
Psychology  at  The  City  University  of 
New  York  studies  adjustive  behavior 
in  sea  hares,  rodents  and  monkeys. 
Dr.  Howard  R.  Topoff,  Research 
Associate  at  the  Museum,  is  cur- 
rently doing  research  on  develop- 
ment of  social  behavior  in  army  ants. 

NEW  YORK'S  PAST  ONE  BILLION 
YEARS — Eight  lectures  on  Wednes- 
day evenings  starting  February  11, 
from  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $30. 

Craggy  peaks  rising  majestically 
skyward;  aquamarine,  amethyst, 
tourmaline,  and  garnet  forming  deep 
within  their  roots.  Dinosaurs, 
phytosaurs,  and  gliding  reptiles 
roaming  about  in  what  is  today  the 
preserve  of  the  New  Jersey  com- 
muter. Ice  as  thick  as  the  Empire 
State  Building  resculpting  Long 
island;  surging  Atlantic  waves  throw- 
ing up  familiar  beaches.  This  is  only 
part  of  the  story  revealed  by  the  rock 
record.  These  slide-illustrated  lec- 
tures trace  the  geological  evolution 
of  Metropolitan  New  York.  Chris- 
topher ).  Schuberth  is  Lecturer  in 
Geology  at  the  Museum  and  Adjunct 
Professor  in  Geology  at  the  City 
University  of  New  York. 


THE  WORLD  OF  BIRDS— Six  lec- 
tures on  Tuesday  evenings  starting 
February  10,  from  7:00-8:30  p.m. 
Fee:  $25.  This  series  introduces  the 
history  of  birds,  their  classification, 
structure  (including  adaptations  for 
the  various  modes  of  life  found  in 
the  bird  world),  and  other  interest- 
ing aspects  such  as  reproduction, 
display,  and  migration.  Illustrated 
with  color  slides  and  study  skins 
from  the  Museum  collections. 
Kenneth  A.  Chambers  is  Lecturer  in 
Zoology  at  the  Museum. 

PLANTS  OF  THE  WETLANDS— Six 
lectures  on  Thursday  evenings  be- 
ginning February  19,  from  7:00-8:30 
p.m.  Fee:  $25.  From  the  northern 
forests  of  Canada  to  subtropical 
areas  in  Florida,  plants  appear  in 
greatest  variety  and  numbers  in  wet 
areas.  This  slide-illustrated  series  of 
lectures  will  explore  the  lakes,  bogs, 
marshes,  swamps  and  seashore  areas 
of  eastern  North  America  for  their 
varied  plant  life.  Primitive  plants,  as 
well  as  typical  flowering  forms  will 
be  examined  together  with  the  eco- 
systems of  which  they  are  a  part. 
Helmut  Schiller  is  Lecturer  in  Botany 
at  the  Museum. 


REGISTER  NOW - 

TO:  Department  of  Education 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 
New  York,  N.Y.  10024 

I  enclose  a  stamped,  self- 
addressed  envelope,  together  with 
a  check  (or  money  order)  for 

$ payable  to  The 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
n  Ms.     D  Mrs.     D  Miss     D  Mr. 


Q. 

N 

B 

^ 

-D 

-a 
< 

-. 

c 

Q- 

3 

C 

3 

E 

q; 

o 

D 

u 

z 

i7) 

m 

CD 

Advance  Registration  is  requested  but 
registration  accepted  on  the  opening 
night  if  course  is  not  filled. 
NO  SINGLE  ADMISSION  TICKETS  SOLD. 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


The  Drinking  Man's  Pear 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


When  the  fresh  fruit  is 
out  of  season,  there 
is  a  spirited  alternative 


I  moot  dye,  so  soore  longeth  me 
To  eten  of  the  small  peres  grene. 
Chaucer,  The  Merchant's  Tale 

God,  we  may  assert,  made  little 
green  pears  so  that  we  would  long  for 
them.  If  you  yearn  for  the  fleshy  fruit 
of  Pyrus  communis,  if  your  idea  of 
paradise  (no  pun  intended)  is  to  sit 
with  a  blonde  Eve-  or  Adam-figure  by 
an  ever-blooming  espaliered  pear 
tree,  you  join  a  long  tradition  that 
links  pears  and  carnality  in  the  Divine 
plan.  As  Kenneth  A.  Bleeth  of  Bos- 
ton University  pointed  out  in  a  recent 
number  of  Harvard  English  Studies, 
the  pear  lust  of  the  heroine  of  The 
Merchant's  Tale  is  only  one  example 
of  a  medieval  commonplace:  that 
the  pear  is  an  emblem  of  sexuality. 
Chaucer,  Bleeth  suggests,  also  meant 
to  identify  the  pear  as  the  "apple"  of 
the  Tree  of  Knowledge  in  the  Garden 
of  Eden,  which  "was  sometimes  re- 
garded by  medieval  commentators  as 
conveying  specifically  sexual  knowl- 
edge." 

Nowadays  we  may  dismiss  all  this 
allegorico-horticultural  allusion  as 
unscientific  or  prescientific  maunder- 
ing. But  in  our  supposedly  more  ra- 
tional ordering  of  the  garden  of 
earthly  delights,  we  also  admit  cer- 
tain suggestive  connections  between 
the  Edenic  fruits.  Linnaean  classifi- 
cation puts  Adam 's  apple  and  the  pear 
in  the  same  nomenclatural  bushel:  the 
Malaceae  family.  Some  authorities 
have  even  lumped  the  two  trees  to- 
gether in  the  same  genus.  More  to  the 
point,  apple  trees  and  pear  trees  both 
grow  pomes.  Their  fruits,  in  other 
words,  have  the  same  structure.  They 
each  have  papery  or  bony  cores  (en- 
docarps)  with  several  seeds  and  a 
thickened  outer  part  (hypanthium). 


The  similarities  between  these  two 
fruits  are,  indeed,  so  obvious  that  we 
may  profitably  take  them  in  our  stride 
and  concentrate  on  the  differences. 
Primarily,  the  alert  eater  notices  that 
the  ideal  apple  crunches  while  the 
ideal  pear  almost  melts  in  his  mouth. 
The  pear  also  has  a  grittiness  inherent 
in  it.  Perhaps  graininess  would  better 
express  the  fundamental  texture  of 
pear  flesh,  which  is  not  to  be  scorned 
on  that  account.  On  the  contrary,  a 
ripe  pear  is  among  the  most  elegant 
of  desserts,  just  as  it  is. 

The  trouble  is  that  pears  come  to 
perfection  and  then  move  on,  in  a 
trice,  to  repulsive,  brown-blemished 
mealiness.  You  have  to  watch  them 
carefully.  This  untoward  flightiness 
may  have  prevented  pears  from  com- 
peting successfully  for  public  atten- 
tion with  their  cousin  apples .  In  1 944, 
for  example,  the  United  States  pro- 
duced 2.86  million  tons  of  apples  and 
only  0.76  million  tons  of  pears.  By 
1973,  the  most  recent  year  for  which 
I  have  been  able  to  get  figures,  apple 
production  had  risen  to  3.10  million 
tons  and  the  pear  crop  had  fallen  to 
0.72  million  tons.  Furthermore,  the 
hardy,  storable  apple  has  typically 
been  eaten  fresh  more  than  the  fragile 
pear  .In  1 973 ,  56  percent  of  the  apple 
crop  was  sold  unprocessed  as  com- 
pared to  42  percent  of  the  pears. 

Still,  that  means  that  a  lot  of  Amer- 
icans are  enjoying  the  unsurpassable 
aroma  of  a  lot  of  fresh  pears.  Mostly 
they  are  intoxicating  themselves  with 
Bartletts,  far  and  away  the  most  fre- 
quently available  variety  and  almost 
always  the  kind  that  gets  canned.  For 
further  adventures  with  the  pear,  in  its 
many  other  shapes  and  styles,  experi- 
ment with  Hardys,  Flemish  Beauties, 
Comices,  Boscs,  and  D'Anjous. 

A  person  can  spend  a  delicious  fall 
and  winter  and  part  of  the  spring  (the 

Raymond  Sokolov   is  a  free-lance 
food  writer  and  novelist. 


pear  season  stretches,  sometimes,  as 
far  as  May)  savoring  all  the  different 
russet  and  green  and  dappled,  round 
and  bumpy,  and  of  course,  pear- 
shaped,  big  and  little  pears.  Pear  con- 
noisseurship  is  a  simple  pleasure  and 
a  cheap  treat.  Ripeness,  as  the  poet 
said,  is  all  you  need  to  worry  about. 
You  will  quickly  learn  to  recognize 
the  springy  feel  of  a  perfectly  ripe 
pear.  Real  aficionados  also  peel  their 
pears,  because  the  thin  skin  contami- 
nates the  taste  of  the  flesh. 

In  the  winter  of  1967,  I  learned  a 
neat  and,  in  its  way,  spectacular 
method  of  peeling  pears  at  the  table. 
An  old  and  distinguished  waiter  in  the 
belle  epoque  main  dining  room  of  the 
Paris  Ritz  noticed  that  I  was  about  to 
cut  into  a  model  fruit  in  a  callow  man- 
ner sure  to  mangle  the  pear  and  to 
cover  my  hand  and  sleeve  with  juice. 
He  offered  assistance.  While  gypsy 
violins  crooned  discreetly  at  one  end 
of  the  drafty  and  deserted  restaurant, 
he  deftly  impaled  the  bottom  of  the 
pear  on  a  fork.  As  a  result,  he  could 
hold  the  fruit  aloft  in  one  hand  and 
peel  it  with  a  knife  in  the  other.  Need- 
less to  say,  the  peel  fell  away  in  one 
lovely  spiral  and  his  hands  stayed  dry. 
Some  people  also  poach  pears  in 
wine  or  bake  them  in  tarts  or  serve 
them  with  ice  cream  and  chocolate 
sauce — a  sundae  called  poire  Belle 
Helene  after  the  Offenbach  show.  I 
suppose  these  are  fine  things  to  try, 
but  they  do  seem  supererogatory, 
since  the  fresh  pear,  pristine  and  un- 
meddled  with,  surpasses  them  by  so 
great  a  measure. 

Where  the  pear  is  concerned,  we 
can  dispense  with  culinary  ingenuity, 
until  the  season  begins  to  wane. 
Then,  fortunately,  there  is  an  alterna- 
tive, expensive  but  wonderful:  pear 
brandy.  I  refer  to  the  colorless  "white 
alcohol"  distilled  from  fermented 
pear  mash,  not  to  pear-flavored, 
sweet  liqueurs  or  to  perry,  which  is 
a  hard  pear  cider.  Real  pear  brandy — 


This  is  for  me. 


O 
O 

o 


I  want  to  join  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  get. 
with  my  one-year  membership,  10  issues  of  Natural  History  for  $10. 

I  want  to  give  a  gift  of  Natural  History  along  with  a  one-year 
Associate  membership  in  the  l\/luseum.  Bill  me  later  @  $10. 

I  want  to  splurge  and  do  both.  Bill  me  later  @  $10  per  subscription. 

I  understand  that  each  membership-subscription  Includes:  free 
admission  to  the  (vluseum  plus  two  bonus  gifts  a  year  and  discounts 
at  the  Museum  Gift  Shop. 


ry  ^ 


^  Send  bill  to:                                                                                      "^ 

My  Name 

Address 

City 

state 

Zip 

Enter  my  own 
1  prefer; 

subscription,  too: 
'2  years  at  $17 

~  3  years  at  $24 

Sand  gill  tubscrlpllon  to: 

Name 

J  151 

Address 

City                                             State 

Zip 

Sign  gift  card  from 

1  prefer  to  give:         2  years  at  $17 

3  years  at  $24 

Outside  U  S.A.,  please  add  $?  per  subscription  for  postage. 


FIRST  CLASS 
PERMIT  NO  4946 
DES  MOINES.  IOWA 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

No  Postage  Stamp  Necessary  it  Mailed  in  the  United  States 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY- 

NATURAL  HISTORY 

p.  O.  Box  5000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


or  poire  or  poire  or  poire  Williams  or 
poire  Williamine  or  Birnengeist,  as  it 
is  variously  known — smells  like  a 
perfect  pear  and  it  is  86  proof,  as 
strong  a  drink  as  bourbon. 

Pear  brandy  of  this  type  is  a  Euro- 
pean specialty.  I  know  of  no  Ameri- 
can producer,  although  there  is  a 
rumor  that  someone  is  experimenting 
in  the  Pacific  Northwest,  where  the 
pears  are.  Until  he  starts  shipping  bot- 
tles East,  however,  we  will  have  to 
look  to  imports.  The  best  of  these,  in 
my  experience,  is  Swiss  poire. 

Recently  I  visited  a  pear  distillery 
outside  Sion,  the  wine  center  in  the 
canton  of  the  Valais,  east  of  Geneva. 
Pears  are  trucked  in  green  and  al- 
lowed to  ripen  in  the  mountain  air. 


Bill  Stanton,  Magnum 

The  warehouse  is  gorgeous  with  pear 
aroma.  Once  the  fruit  is  mature,  it 
goes  into  an  industrial  blender  that 
chops  it  into  a  puree.  In  a  typical 
week,  25,000  liters  of  this  elegant 
mash  might  be  fermented  in  steel 
"barrels"  with  enameled  linings. 
The  process  of  converting  pear  sugar 
to  alcohol  (and  carbon  dioxide)  is 
promoted  by  mixing  brewers'  yeast 
into  the  mash.  The  liquid  bubbles 
away  at  a  constant  temperature  of  77° 
F.  (25°  C.)  for  a  week  or  until  the 
bubbling  stops.  Then  it  goes  into  a 
modern  still,  in  250  kilogram 
batches. 

Nothing  that  goes  on  in  that  still 
would  surprise  a  Kentucky  moon- 
shiner, except  the  clear  smooth  liquid 


with  the  powerful  aroma  that  drips 
out  of  the  end  of  the  still's  system  of 
copper  tubing  and  filters  and  rectify- 
ing towers. 

Basically,  distillation  is  a  method 
of  evaporating  and  filtering  away  un- 
wanted substances  in  order  to  purify 
the  alcoholic  component  of  pear  mash 
or  grain  mash  (for  bourbon  or  Scotch) 
or  wine  (for  cognac  or  brandy).  It  is 
possible  to  achieve  perfection  in  this 
process:  100  percent  neutral  spirits, 
pure  alcohol.  But  a  200  proof  bever- 
age has  no   taste  or  personality 
("proof"  is  double  the  alcohol  per- 
centage of  a  liquid).  And  so  some  im- 
purities are  left  in.  That  is  why  pear 
brandy  tastes  of  pear.  The  distiller 
produces  a   fairly   stiff  potion   that 
averages  out  at  somewhere  between 
55  and  60  percent  alcohol  (1 1 0  to  1 20 
proof).  This  is  diluted  to  a  standard 
43  percent  with  distilled  water  (which 
has  had  its  impurities  filtered  out  in 
a  similar  still),  so  that  it  becomes  that 
smooth   and    luxurious    after-dinner 
drink  on  which  the  knowing  batten. 
Very  special  bottles  of  poire  come 
with  a  whole  pear  inside.  I  used  to 
think  that,  to  achieve  this,  a  glass- 
blower  had  to  blow  a  bottle  around 
each  pear.  In  fact,  the  trick  is  done 
in  orchards,  where  you  can  observe 
the  curious  sight  of  pear  trees  decked 
out  with   bottles   on   their  budding 
limbs.  Even  so,  it  is  a  tough  trick. 
One  Swiss  company  puts  65,000  bot- 
tles on  pear  boughs  every  season,  but 
only  succeeds  in  growing  15,000  to 
20,000  pears   in  an  average  year. 
Then  the  pears  that  do  grow  have  to 
be  pickled  in  pure  alcohol  so  that  they 
won't  affect  the  taste  of  the  pear 
brandy    in    which    they    eventually 
come  to  rest.  Once  you  have  one  of 
these  pear-filled   bottles,  you   need 
never  buy  another.  The  pear  lasts  in- 
definitely, and  the  bottle  can  be  re- 
filled from  a  new  bottle  without  a 
pear.  This  dodge  saves  money  and, 
as  a  reckless  friend  of  mine  points 
out,  you  are  left  with  several  fluid 
ounces  of  new  poire  to  drink,  on  the 
spot,  because  there  isn't  room  for  a 
whole  fifth  in  the  bottle  with  the  pear. 
If  you  don't  feel  like  throwing  an 
expensive  drunk  on  the  excess,  you 
might  join  me  in  improving  a  classic 
French  cake,  the  savarin,  with  a  syrup 
made  from  pear  brandy  instead  of  the 
customary  rum.  Savarins  are  circular 
and  spongy  molded  cakes  baked  from 
a  yeast-risen  dough.  They  are  served 
drenched  in  spirituous  syrup  because 
they  imbibe  liquid  easily,  and  like  so 
many  of  us,  they  improve  once  they 


I 


A  new  television  s(;ri(;s  on  PBS 


THE  ADAMS  CHRONICLES 


Photo  Cari  Samrock 


"The  story  of  the  Adams  family  runs  like  a  scarlet  thread  of  moral  courage 
and  strength  of  character  through  the  whole  fabric  of  American  history." 

John  F.  Kennedy 


Beginning  on  January  20,  1976,  the  Public 
Broadcasting  Service  will  present  a  series  of  13 
hour-long  television  episodes  dramatizing  150 
years  in  the  lives  of  America's  history-making 
Adams  family. 

The  series  will  bring  to  life  the  ambitions  and 
desires  and  tragedies  and  triumphs  of  four 
generations  of  Adams  men  and  women.  Through 
these  events  we  will  discover  how  this  unique 
family  helped  shape  the  destiny  of  our  nation. 

The  Adams  Chronicles  has  been  made  possible  by  grants  from 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities,  The  Andrew  W, 
Mellon  Foundation,  and  Atlantic  Richfield  Company. 


Tune  in  January  20.  Make  sure  you  see  this 
engrossing  TV  drama  from  the  very  beginning. 

The  outstanding  cast  includes  (above,  clockwise 
from  upper  left)  Steven  Grover  (John  Quincy 
Adams),  Lisa  Lucas  (Nabby  Adams),  Kathryn 
Walker  (Abigail  Adams),  J.  C.  Powell  (Charles 
Adams),  George  Grizzard  (John  Adams),  and 
Asher  Pergament  (Tommy  Adams).  An  original 
production  of  WNET/13,  New  York. 


AtlanticRichfieldCompany 


have  imbibed.  This  improvement, 
with  a  poire  syrup,  is  cause  for  exulta- 
tion. You  may  wish  to  accompany 
your  first  (or  indeed  your  subsequent) 
tastes  with  the  traditional  Romansh 
toast  of  the  canton  of  Grisons:  E 
Viva! 

Le  Savarin  Valaisanne 

(Savarin  with  Poire  Williams  Syrup) 

1   package  dry  active  yeast 

1  cup  plus  1  tablespoon  sugar 
V2  teaspoon  salt 

Vi  cup  lukewarm  milk  (1 10  degrees) 
4  room  temperature  eggs,   lightly 
beaten 

2  cups  flour,  approximately 

1 1   tablespoons  butter,  softened 
Vi  cup  pear  brandy 
6  ounces  apricot  preserves 

1 .  Dissolve  the  yeast,  the  salt,  and 
3  tablespoons  of  the  sugar  in  the 
milk. 

2.  Stir  the  eggs  and  then  the  flour 
into  the  yeast  mixture.  Beat  for 
several  minutes  with  a  wooden 
spoon  in  order  to  produce  a 
smooth,  soft  dough. 

3.  Let  dough  rise  in  a  warm,  draft- 
free  place  until  it  doubles  in 
bulk.  This  may  take  anywhere 
from  forty  minutes  to  two  hours. 
The  ideal  room  temperature  is 
about  80  degrees.  Somewhat 
lower  room  temperatures  slow, 
but  do  not  cut  off,  the  growth  of 
the  yeast,  which  produces  the 
risen  dough.  In  any  case,  cover 
the  bowl . 

4.  Beat  the  butter  into  the  risen 
dough  (reserving  a  half-table- 
spoon). 

5 .  Preheat  the  oven  to  400  degrees. 

6.  Grease  the  inside  of  a  6-cup  sa- 
varin mold  with  the  reserved  but- 
ter. Pack  the  dough  into  the  mold 
as  evenly  as  possible,  and 
smooth  the  surface  with  a  spoon. 
Let  rise  until  the  dough  almost 
fills  mold. 

7.  Bake  the  savarin  for  ten  minutes 
in  the  middle  of  the  oven.  Then 
reduce  the  heat  to  350  degrees 
and  continue  baking  for  about 
ten  more  minutes,  at  which  point 
the  cake  should  be  nicely  puffed 
up,  browned  and  cooked  (so  that 
a  trussing  needle  will  pass 
through  it  and  come  out  clean). 
Remove  from  oven  and  cool  on 
a  rack. 

8.  While  the  savarin  cools,  prepare 
the  poire  Williams  syrup:  dis- 
solve 1 1  tablespoons  of  the  sugar 
in  1  Vi  cups  of  water  and  bring  to 


Swiss  National  Tourist  Office 


a  boil,  at  which  point  you  pour 
in  the  pear  brandy,  remove  the 
syrup  from  the  stove,  and  let  it 
cool. 
9.  Unmold  the  savarin  onto  a  flat 
platter.  Invert  it  once  more,  onto 
another  platter  so  as  to  leave  the 
top  (browned)  side  up.  Then  cut 
off  the  brown  top  in  a  thin  layer 
and  discard  (this  facilitates  the 
imbibition  of  syrup). 

10.  Pour  the  syrup  into  a  skillet  large 
enough  to  hold  the  savarin.  In- 
vert the  savarin  once  more,  leav- 
ing the  cut  side  down.  Now  slide 
it  gently  into  the  skillet.  Let  it 
stand  in  the  syrup  for  30  minutes . 

1 1 .  While  waiting  for  imbibition  to 
take  place,  sieve  the  apricot  pre- 
serves and  combine  with  the  re- 
maining 3  tablespoons  of  sugar 
in  a  saucepan. 

12.  Pour  off  excess  syrup,  if  any,  by 
tilting  the  skillet.  Invert  savarin 


onto  a  flat  platter  and  then  invert 
a  second  time  onto  a  serving  plat- 
ter, cut  side  down  (curved  side 
up). 
13.  Heat  the  apricot-sugar  mixture 
until  it  comes  to  a  boil.  Then, 
working  quickly  and  gently  with 
a  pastry  brush,  cover  the  savarin 
with  apricot  glaze.  Clean  up 
drips  and  refrigerate  until  ready 
to  serve.  There  is  a  natural  temp- 
tation to  fill  the  hole  in  the  middle 
of  the  savarin.  Some  people  pipe 
sweetened  whipped  cream  into 
the  void.  Others  chill  a  mousse 
there — or  install  a  mound  ■  of 
hulled  strawberries.  All  of  these 
ideas  are  decorative,  but  they  do 
overcrowd  the  palate  with  an 
excess  of  sensations,  distracting 
attention  from  the  ethereal 
vapors  of  the  pear. 

Yield:  Ten  Servings 


_T^E>  1V(ARKET_ 


Art 


Motion  Pictures 


PORTRAITS  PAINTED  PROFESSIONALLY  (rom 
pholo  or  life  By  appoinlment:  Rela  Soloway.  145 
[exinglon  Ave.,  Franklin  Square,  NY  11010  516- 
GE7-4369 


Birdwatchers 


FINEST  WILD  BIRD  HOMES  and  feeders.  Free 
lilerature.  Dial-A-Bird.  Box  449Y  Weslwood,  NJ 
07675 


Books 


ALL  NEW  DINOSAURS,  by  Long/Welles.  Great 
recent  discoveries.  Scientifically  written  coloring 
book.  $2.45  postpaid  Art  Explorers,  1804  Massa- 
chusetts Avenue.  Cambridge,  MA  02140 

ECOLOGICAL  FANTASIES:  Death  Irom  Falling 
Watermelons  Cy  C  Adier's  defense  of  innovation 
and  rational  approaches  to  environmental  prob- 
lems "Should  be  read  and  taught  impressive 
.  startling",  A  Wolman,  Johns  Hopkins  "Au- 
thoritative and  funny";  Science  Digest  "Out  of  the 
ordinary";  A  A  U.W  350  pages.  $11  95  postpaid 
Greeneagle  Press,  95  Nassau,  NYC  10038 

NATURAL  HISTORY,  BOOKS,  PERIODICALS, 
bought/sold  O.P.,  Rare  Catalogs  issued  J  Na- 
dolny.  Booksellers,  New  Britain,  CT  06053 

PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  90  DAYS  Wanted;  book 
manuscripts  on  all  subjects  Expert  editing,  de- 
sign, manufacture  and  marketing— all  under  one 
roof.  Completed  books  in  90  days.  Low  break- 
even Two  FREE  books  and  literature  give  details, 
costs,  success  stories  Write  or  phone  DepI  779, 
Exposition  Press.  Inc.,  900  So  Oyster  Bay  Rd.. 
Hicksville,  NY  11801.  (516)  822-5700;  (212)  895- 
0081 

RARE  BOOK  FINDER;  Van  Treuren,  1950  Post 
#108  NH,  San  Francisco,  CA  941 15.  Send  Wants. 

RUDOLF  STEINER'S  BOOKS.  Free  catalog.  Write: 
Anthroposophic  Press,  258  Hungry  Hollow  Road, 
Spring  Valley,  NY  10977 


Business  Opportunities 


$800.00  MONTHLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Rush  stamped  envelope.  United. 
3838'/2  Van  Dyke.  San  Diego,  CA  92105 

TEACHERS-ADMINISTRATORS  Current  school, 
college  openings  list  in  US,  $5  95:  abroad,  $5.95. 
Leading  placement  sources.  US.  $3  95;  foreign, 
$4.95   EISF,  Box  662,  Newton,  MA  02162 

$300.00  WEEKLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Details,  stamped  envelope  ISCO, 
3835  42nd,  San  Diego,  CA  92105 


Foreign  Newspapers 


WORLDWIDE  ENGLISH  NEWSPAPERS  65  coun- 
tries! Sampler:  Eight  countries— $3  98.  FREE 
BROCHURE,  MULTINEWSPAPERS,  Box  DE-20, 
Dana  Point.  CA  92629 


Gardening 


$1,000  REWARD!  World's  Most  Unusual  Seed 
Catalog  tells  you  how.  Fascinating  stories  of  gar- 
den giants  Full  color.  Rare,  gigantic,  miniature 
and  oriental  vegetables  Send  25e,  Grace's  Gar- 
dens, 65  Autumn  Lane,  Hackettstown.  NJ  07840 


Gifts 


CLEAR  LUCITE  BLOCKS;  We  embed  coins, 
medals,  insects,  mementos  of  all  kinds.  One  piece 
or  quantity  For  prices,  information  Quality  Em- 
bedment Co,  20  West  22  Street,  NYC  10010. 
212-255-8855 

GIANT  FOSSIL  EXOGYRA  SHELLS.  90  MILLION 
years  old.  $4.95  postpaid.  Ezell's.  506  13th  Ave., 
Tuscaloosa.  AL  35401 


Gourmet  Interests 


TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Grace  Tea  Importers.  Dept.  NH16.  799  Broadway, 
NYC,  10003   Free  brochure. 


Minerals 


RECEIVE  VALUABLE  MINERALS  MONTHLY!! 
Free  Details  Mineral  of  the  Month  Club.  Box  487- 
HM.  Yucaipa.  CA  92399 


16MM  SOUND  FEATURES,  shorls,  new,  used,  for 
sale  Free  catalog  National  Cinema,  333  W  57lh 
St .  New  York,  NY  10019 


Post  Card  Albums 


BEAUTIFUL  POSTCARD  ALBUM-world's  finest: 
holds  200  cards— $9  95  poslfree  Moneyback 
guarantee.  Writewell  Co  .  201  Transit  BIdg  ,  Bos- 
Ion,  MA  02115 


Real  Estate 


137  ACRES  OR  LESS,  trees,  hills,  two  streams. 
fields,  mountain  view,  possible  pond,  state  high- 
way, power  wires,  few  minutes  Gore  Mountain  ski 
slope,  Hudson  f^iver,  stores,  movie,  night  lite, 
lakes.  0.  Stromberg,  N   Creek,  NY  12853 


Schools 


HABITAT  INSTITUTE  FOR  THE  ENVIRON- 
MENT—Internships  in  environmental  education 
and  problem  solving  Scholarships  available  Box 
136.  Belmont.  MA  02178   (617)  489-3850 


Seashells 


SEA  SHELL  CATALOG  1975-76  Fully  illustrated 
Rare  and  Popular  Shells.  Prepackaged  Collec- 
tions. Corals,  Craft  Shells  and  Natural  Sealife 
Specimens  $2  00  BENJANE  ARTS.  320  Hemp- 
stead Ave.  W  Hempstead.  NY  11552  COME 
VISITi 


Stamps 


ANIMALS  OR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS,  25  different 
30e.  plus  list  of  Topical  Collections  GEORGE 
FORD.  Box  5203.  Gulf  port.  FL  33737 


Travel 


ANTHROPOLOGY.  NATURAL  HISTORY,  and  na- 
ture photography  expeditions  to  unique  environ- 
ments of  the  world  including  Afghanistan.  Alaska. 
East  Africa,  Galapagos,  Hawaii.  Mexico.  Scotland 
and  South  America  For  1976/77  catalog  write 
Nature  Expeditions  International.  Dept  NC.  Suite 
F.  4546  El  Camino  Real.  Los  Altos.  CA  94022 

D-ARROW— WILDERNESS  TRIP  Camp  Separate 
groups  for  boys  and  girls  Full  or  half  season  20th 
year  Canoe  trips  in  Maine  and  Quebec.  Survival, 
ecology,  Quaker  leadership,  ACA  accredited 
Post  season  coed  biology  George  N  Darrow.  780 
Milbrook  Lane,  Haverford,  PA  19041 

LONDON— AN  UNIQUE  LUXURY  "PENSION," 
central,  private  and  informal  For  those  who  prefer 
not  to  pay  "Grand  Hotel"  prices  Number  sixteen 
Sumner  Place,  London  SW7  England 

MAMMALS,  REPTILES,  INSECTS,  CACTI,  WILD 
FLOWERS  .  many  resorts  have  these.  The 
Wickenburg  Inn  has  professional  naturalists  to 
help  you  see  and  understand  more:  special  wild- 
life package  weeks  for  beginners  and  advanced 


nature  watchers,  pfus  the  ' 
arts  &  crafts.  acd)mmoa.'s' 
travel  agent  or  write    Tr . 
Box  P.  Wickenburg.  A2  c-. 


MAYA— AZTEC- INCA  EXP£(jlTlOl^i&  Explore 
temples,  pyramids,  coral  reefs,  /ungle  with  an- 
Ihropologist/ecologisi  Small  groups,  monthly 
trips  College  credit  option  Forum  International 
2437  Durant.  Berkeley.  CA  94704  (415)  843-8294 

NEW  MEXICO  Guided  wildflower-birdmg  tours 
Photography  blind  Bear  Mountain  Ranch.  Silver 
City.  NM  88061  505/538-2538 

"POLYNESIAS  PEOPLE  Extraordinary  antfiro- 
pological  tour  visits  traditional  Polynesians  at 
home  Luxury  hotels,  fine  food,  expert  guide  See 
travel  agent  or  write  Richard  Goodman's  Good- 
Travel  Tours.  Box  2866.  Oakland   Calif  94618 

WILDLIFE  IN  SCOTLAND  See  wild  deer  seals, 
loons,  eagles  and  a  host  of  other  animals,  amid 
a  setting  of  mountain,  loch,  and  pine  forest  All- 
inclusive  vacations  For  illustrated  brochure  send 
airmail  postcard  to  Caledonian  Wildlife  Services. 
Kingsmills  Gardens.  Inverness  IV2  3LU.  Scotland 

WINTERS  SPECIAL  JOYS  20  guests  on  200 
acres  Cross-country  skiing,  excellent  food,  ac- 
claimed wine  list,  warm  hearth  THE  FLYING 
CLOUD  INN  1771.  New  Marlboro.  Berkshire 
County.  MA  01230  (413)  229-2113  Reservations 
required 

YUKON  WILDERNESS  UNLIMITED.  11  years  of 
personally  conducted  wilderness  vacations  Wnte 
lor  1976  Itinerary  John  Lammers.  Box  4126 
Whilehorse  Y1A3S9  Yukon 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 

$1.50  per  word;  16  word  (S24)  minimum.  Display 
classified  is  SI  50  per  inch  Rales  are  not  structured 
for  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing.  All 
advertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORYs  discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid.  Send 
check.money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY for  each  insertion,  including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text  Deadlines — 8th  of 
month,  two  months  pnor  to  cover  date.  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication. 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words:  abbreviations  and 
zip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
in  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip.  the  telephone 
(with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  "18 
Main  St. "  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  for  clarity  is  required.  We  trust  you 
trust  us.  Thank  you! 


Bazaar.  Nairobi 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  The  sun  moves  from  Sagittarius  into  Capricornus  about 
January  19  then  mto  Aquarius  by  mid-February.  This  takes  it  northward 
at  an  acceleratmg  pace  from  its  most  southerly  position  of  late  De- 
cember. By  niid-February,  later  sunsets  and  the  increasing  duration  of 
daylight  will  be  quite  noticeable. 

The  best  moonlight  occurs  about  mid-month  in  both  January  and 
February.  The  crescent  moon  will  show  up  in  the  evening  sky  during 
the  first  week  of  both  months,  waxing  and  setting  later  until  the  middle 
ot  the  month,  then  waning  and  rising  later  in  the  night  until  a  few  days 
before  month's  end.  ^ 

In  January,  first-quarter  is  on  the  9th,  full  moon  on  the  16th,  last-quar- 
ter on  the  23rd,  and  new  moon  on  the  31st.  First-quarter  moon  appears 
again  on  February  8  and  full  moon  on  February  15. 

Stars  and  Planets  Winter  stars  are  well  placed  in  the  early  evenings 
Orion,  high  and  majestic  in  the  south,  is  surrounded  by  a  halo  of  bright 
stars  that  can  be  traced  from  Sirius,  to  its  left,  up  through  Procyon 
Pollux,  Castor,  Capella,  and  around  to  Aldebaran.  Exploring  Orion  and 
nearby  Taurus  with  a  small  telescope  or  binoculars  can  be  fascinating 
On  a  clear,  dark  night,  the  great  nebula  (in  Orion's  "sword")  seen 
through  binoculars,  can  appear  as  large  as  the  full  moon 

If  you  see  some  bright  objects  that  seem  out  of  place  in  this  winter's 
sky,  check  them  with  our  Star  Map,  which  shows  three  planets  looking 
for  all  the  world  as  though  they  were  part  of  the  winter  star  display 
Jupiter  brighter  than  anything  else  in  the  sky  (except  the  moon),  is  in 
the  southwest.  Mars  is  above  Orion,  very  close  in  appearance  and  bright- 
ness to  the  star  Betelguese,  at  Orion's  "left  shoulder."  And  Saturn 
near  to  and  in  line  with,  Castor  and  Pollux,  and  of  similar  brightness' 
makes  Gemini  look  like  triplets  rather  than  twins 

Venus,  the  brightest  planet  in  the  dawn  sky,  is  low  in  the  southeast 
tor  a  few  hours  before  sunrise.  Mercury  is  also  a  morning  star,  but  not 
well  placed  for  viewing. 

January  16--17:  The  moon  is  near  Saturn  both  evenings,  passing  below 
theplanetduringthedayof  the  17th. 

January  20:  Three  events  occur  today:  Saturn  is  in  opposition  with 
the  sun,  keeping  it  above  the  horizon  all  night;  the  moon  is  at  perigee 
^Z1  'tf  ww'^  ^f '  ""'^^  '''  ^^trograde  movement  and  begins  to 
Taurus)*  ^^^"''  ^^'"^  '*  ^^""^  ^'°'"  "^^'•'^  Aldebi^an  (in 

January  23:  The  bright  object  near  the  moon  tonight  is  Spica,  in  Virgo 

January  28:  Venus  and  the  crescent  moon  will  make  a  pretty  sight 
m  the  southeast  this  morning  at  about  dawn.  f      j     & 

Febriiary  3:  Mercury,  having  passed  between  the  earth  and  the  sun 
molfon  ^^°'  ^^^°™'  stationary  and  begins  its  normal  (eastward) 

February  5:  Look  for  Jupiter  near  the  crescent  moon  at  dusk  tonight 

February  10:  It  is  Mars' s  turn  to  be  near  the  moon  tonight,  from  dusk 
until  both  set  well  after  midnight. 

February  13:  The  nearly  full  moon  rises  near  Saturn  tonight  Pollux 
and  Castor  are  the  two  stars  higher  than,  and  in  line  with,  Saturn. 


It^h  rhi  !  T^  '"  *u  ?TP'''  ^''■"'^''°"  y°"  ^^^e  *^  a'  *e  bottom;  then 

Cml  /' '  m  on"""''  ^"^  °^  *"  '"'P  ^'*  *°^^  *"  *^  ^ky  near  the  ho  izon . 
The  map  is  for  10:20  p.m.  on  January  15;  9: 15  p.m.  on  January  31 ;  8- 15  p  m 
on  February  15;  but  .t  can  also  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  afler  those  times 


92 


ujueiG  0|y| 


\      \  /  \ 


-y  "x 


\oR\o^/  ^- 


93 


Books  in  Review 


"A  fascinating 

self-portrait  by  an 

extraordinary  man"* 

Loren  Eiseley 
All  the 

Strange  Hours 

The  Excavation  of  a  Life 
"A  truly  extraordinary  book,  one 

of  the  finest  and  most  deeply 
moving  performances  in  an  art 
much  practiced  in  our  time  but 
almost  never  with  the  serious- 
ness, the  intensity,  or  the  grace 
of  Eiseley's  performance." 

— James  Olney, 
The  New  Republic 
"A  superb  memoir— haunting  in 
its  evocation  of  a  man's  life  and 
the  life  of  man,  alternately  vig- 
orous and  lyrical . . .  This  is  an 
autobiography  unlike  any  other 
in  manner  and  matter,  one  that 
you  will  not  soon  forget." 

— Joht-i  Barkham  Reviews 
Illustrated  by  Emanuel  Haller. 
'■'Library  Journal 
p___  At  bookstores  or  order  from«___ 

©CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  • 
Dept.AS  j 

597  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017  ' 

Please  send  me copy(ies)  of  All  \ 

the  Strange  Hours  @  |9.95.  I  am  en-  I 
closmg  a  check  or  money  order  for  I 

*- This  includes  50<!  for  post-  ' 

age  and  handling,  plus  sales  tax.  | 

Name j 

Address 

City 

State 


—  I 
I 


_Zip_ 


Valid  only  in  the  continental  U.S.       ' 
^^    This  offer  expires  5/30/76.      NH  ' 


The  War  Against  Wildlife 


The  Politics  of  Extinction,  by 
Lewis  Regenstein.  Macmillan  Pub- 
lishing Co.  $9.95:  280  pp.,  iUus. 


The     Environmental     Protection 
Agency's  prohibition  of  most  domes- 
tic uses  of  DDT  in  1972  and  Con- 
gress's enactment  of  the  Endangered 
Species  Act  of   1973  combined  to 
raise  public  hopes  that  animals  such 
as   the    brown    pelican    and    others 
among  the  world's  scarcest  wildlife 
might  yet  be  protected  from  extinc- 
tion. The  brown  pelican  and  several 
other    fish-eating    birds    (including 
the  nation's  symbol,  the  American 
bald  eagle)  suflfered  drastic  declines 
in  their  numbers  during  the  1960s  as 
a  result  of  the  gradual  accumulation 
of  DDT  in  the  environment.  Once  in- 
gested and  metabolized,  the  chemical 
caused  the  eggs  of  the  brown  pelican 
to  become  extremely  thin  shelled  or 
infertile.  The  obvious  consequence 
was  that  more  and  more  eggs  were 
broken,  fewer  young  were  hatched, 
and  total  numbers  dropped  precipi- 
tously.  In  certain  areas  where  the 
brown  pelican  had  long  flourished, 
such  as  coastal  Louisiana,  entire  pop- 
ulations were  completely  eliminated. 
The  initial  impact  upon  brown  peli- 
can populations  of  the  ban  on  DDT 
seemed  to  indicate  that  public  opti- 
mism had  been  justified.  In  many  of 
those  areas  where  the  original  popula- 
tions had  not  been  completely  obliter- 
ated, remnant  populations  bounced 
back  quickly.  Their  recovery  was  so 
good  that  state  and  federal  wildlife 
authorities    undertook    to    relocate 
some  brown  pelicans  to  the  areas  in 
which   they   had   previously    lived. 
Some  of  the  relocation  projects  also 
showed  signs  of  success.  By  April 
1975,  a  relocated  colony  in  Barataria 
Bay    near    Grand    Isle,    Louisiana, 
which  had  been  started  in  1968  with 
only  25  birds  imported  from  Florida, 
had  grown  to  more  than  500  birds.' 
Then  in  May  the  birds  began  to  die, 
and  in  less  than  two  months  more  than 
80  percent  of  the  restored  colony  was 


dead.  The  culprit  this  time,  it  is  be- 
lieved, was  no  longer  DDT,  but  per- 
haps as  many  as  eight  other  farm  pes- 
ticides, including  one  known  as  en- 
drin,  which  was  found  in  all  the  dead 
birds  that  were  examined.    Appar- 
ently, spring  flooding  in  the  upper 
Mississippi   valley   had    washed   so 
much  of  the  chemicals  downstream  at 
one  time  that  a  mass  poisoning  of 
Louisiana's  brown  pelicans  resulted. 
The  example  of  the  brown  pelican 
IS  instructive  in  several  respects  for 
those  who  are  concerned  with  the 
problem  of  extinction.  First,  it  illus- 
trates  the   critical    vulnerability   of 
most  species  considered  to  be  endan- 
gered today.  Such  species  have  be- 
come so  reduced  in  their  numbers,  so 
restricted  in  their  ranges,  and  perhaps 
so  weakened  by  the  stresses  of  rapid 
environmental  change  that  a  single 
occurrence— an  accidental  oil  spill, 
the  draining  of  a  swamp,  or  the  acci- 
dental introduction  of  competing  or 
predatory  species— could  deliver  the 
final  coup  de  grace  to  entire  local  pop- 
ulations and  perhaps  to  the  entire  spe- 
cies. The  second,  and  more  trouble- 
some lesson  to  be  learned  from  the 
brown  pelican  experience  applies  not 
just  to  presently  endangered  species 
but  also  to  those  species  that  are  rela- 
tively abundant  today  and  not  consid- 
ered endangered.  This  lesson  is  sim- 
ply  that  the  environmental   conse- 
quences of  any  human  activity,  and 
not  just  those  that  employ  relatively 
new  and  untested  chemical  technol- 
ogy, can  never  be  foreseen  with  cer- 
tainty and  may,  in  retrospect,  turn  out 
to  be  immensely  catastrophic.  The 
final  lesson,  most  ominous  of  all,  is 
that  the  fight  to  save  much  of  the 
world's  vanishing  wildlife  may  al- 
ready be  doomed  by  forces  beyond 
any  realistic  prospect  of  short-term 
control,  and  that  the  most  that  its  ad- 
vocates can  hope  to  gain  is  a  few  more 
years  of  survival  before  species  after 
species  disappears  forever. 

One  who  has  not  given  up  the  fight 
on  behalf  of  the  world's  wildlife  is 


94 


i 


by  Michael  J.  Bean 


Lewis  Regenstein,  a  young,  arlicu- 
late  environmental  activist,  who 
serves  as  executive  vice-president  of 
the  Fund  for  Animals.  Regenstein's 
new  book,  The  Politics  of  Extinction, 
is  the  latest,  and  potentially  the  most 
effective,  weapon  to  be  used  by  the 
Fund  in  its  battle  against  govern- 
mental and  public  indifference  to  the 
plight  of  endangered  wildlife. 

In  Regenstein's  view,  a  substantial 
share  of  the  blame  for  the  desperate 
state  of  much  wildlife  today  can  be 
placed  at  the  feet  of  politicians  who 
are  unable  to  enact  effective  protec- 
tive legislation,  bureaucrats  who  are 
too  timid  to  enforce  vigorously  the 
legislation  that  has  been  passed,  and 
the  various  vested  interests,  most 
especially  the  hunting  and  firearms 
lobbies,  which  have  bought  off  the 
politicians,  intimidated  the  bureau- 
crats, and  misled  the  public.  Regen- 
stein's argument  is  made  most  effec- 
tively in  those  chapters  devoted  to 
single  animal  types  such  as  the  wolf, 
the  grizzly  bear,  and  the  prairie  dog. 

The  literal  war  that  has  been  waged 
against  these  animals  has  been 
fought,  Regenstein  argues  convinc- 
ingly, at  the  behest  and  for  the  exclu- 
sive benefit  of  the  "sport"  hunting 
lobby,  the  cattlemen's  lobby,  and  the 
woolgrowers'  lobby.  Regenstein  also 
explores  the  well-orchestrated  efforts 
of  still  other  commercial  interests:  the 
tuna  industry's  efforts  to  gut  federal 
regulations  designed  to  protect  por- 
poises and  dolphins,  the  fur  in- 
dustry's efforts  to  weaken  and  cir- 
cumvent restrictions  on  the  killing  of 
seals  and  spotted  cats,  and  the  failure 
of  both  national  and  international 
bodies  to  check  the  excesses  of  the 
whaling  industry. 

The  above  examples  and  others 
that  Regenstein  discusses  in  detail  are 
comprehensively  documented,  gen- 
erally convincing,  and  always  dis- 
turbing. In  each  instance,  however, 
one  can  readily  perceive  that  there  is 
a  clearly  drawn  conflict  between  a  rel- 
atively specific  commercial  interest 


and  an  animal,  the  killing  of  which 
will  either  directly  (as  in  the  case  of 
seals  and  spotted  cats)  or  indirectly 
(as  in  the  case  of  wolves  and  cougars) 
benefit  that  interest.  The  major  short- 
coming of  Regenstein's  book  is  that 
such  clearly  defined  conflicts  are 
probably  atypical  of  the  threats  facing 
most  endangered  species,  and  Regen- 
stein's examples  may  therefore  be  of 
limited  utility  in  formulating  a  more 
generalized  assessment  of  the  causes 
and  consequences  of  extinction.  Sim- 
ilarly, his  prescriptions  may  have  lit- 
tle or  no  applicability  to  the  difficult 
problem  of  preserving  most  endan- 
gered (and  for  that  matter,  nonendan- 
gered)  species. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  Regenstein 
has  not  written  a  very  useful  book .  To 
the  contrary,  his  principal  examples, 
despite  their  selectivity,  provide  a 
sometimes  shocking  account  of  how 
the  governmental  apparatus  can  be 
manipulated  by  powerful  commercial 
interests  that  do  not  have  the  slightest 
concern  for  ecological  balance  and 
seem  incapable  of  comprehending  the 
fundamental  significance  of  extinc- 
tion. The  Politics  of  Extinction  could 
well  stimulate  a  substantial  public 
awareness  of,  and  concern  for,  the 
problem  of  saving  endangered  wild- 
life. By  alerting  a  few  politicians  to 
the  existence  of  a  genuine  constit- 
uency, which  has  frequently  been  re- 
garded as  little  more  than  a  nuisance, 
it  could  make  the  bureaucrats  more 
concerned  that  they  may  ultimately 
be  called  to  account  for  their  inaction. 
The  Politics  of  Extinction,  despite 
its  substantial  potential  to  serve  as  a 
catalyst  for  both  private  and  public 
action,  is  not  without  its  flaws,  some 
minor  and  others  not  so  minor.  One 
of  Regenstein's  irritating  habits  is  to 
be  rather  flip  and  to  intersperse  his 
arguments  with  tidbits  of  irrelevant 
information  by  which  he  attempts  to 
stain  his  adversary  with  guilt  by  asso- 
ciation. For  example,  Regenstein 
amply  documents  the  fact  that  a  great 
many  organizations  that  are  regarded 


f****************¥*******H 


OUR  TOWN 


litTff  Mmin  tlrjfun  Low/Wit «  MmJti.  I 
lortltmmWrial  Tf^  IjmfrJIJUMm  Clat 


^ujcn:^ 


-^:^^.^-7^ 


it.i 


Culophon  page  from  ihc  Club's  cditio 
■  Our  Town'.'  signed  by  chc  author.  TTiur 
Wilder,  and  the  illustraior.  Robcn  J    Ue. 


How  Can  You 

Tell  If  an  Edition  \ 

\  Is  Really  Limited?  \ 


Nowadays,  there's  much  taltc  about 
Mmiled  editions  in  books.  But  the  word 
hmhed  is  looselv  used,  since  there's 
only  one  wav  in  which  an  edition  can 
be  trulv  limited.  That  is  by  including 
in  the  volume  a  colophon  page,  disclns- 
ino  the  exact  number  of  copies  printed. 

The  Limited  Editions  Club  is  thus 
qualified  to  use  the  word  hniUed  with- 
out reservation.  Each  volume  does  con- 
tain a  colophon  page  disclosing  the 
number  of  copies  printed — and  in  ad- 
dition, bears  the  written  signature  of 
the  illustrator  or  designer.  Hence,  the 
collector  is  assured  of  lasting  value. 

Recently,  one  of  our  members  wrote: 
"The  Limited  Editions  Club  is  an  is- 

j^  land    in    a    sea    of    things    that    fade. 

|.  break,  tear,  bend,  crack,  sylit  and  disap- 

4*  yoint"  .  .  .  just  one  of  many  comments 
by  our  readers  on  the  enduring  volumes 

(•  the  Club  has  distributed  for  almost  a 

.  Today,  our  membership  is  restricted 

|k  to  just  2, 000 — no  more.  At  the  moment 

^  a  few  memberships  are  available.  We 

(.  invite  your  inquiry. 


!•  The  Limited  Editions  Club  i 

^  Avon,  Connecticut  06001  ^ 


►    NAME 

I- 


|.   CITY 

I- 


|.    STATE 


Pj 


fcXAJ.J,J,4.J.XJ.AJ.AJ.J.J.J,AXAAAA4„rf 


95 


"One  of  the  best 
books  on  Indian  history 
published  in 
this  century." 


-Donald  E.  Worcester, 
President,  Western  History 
Association 


REX  ALAN  SMITH 

MOONOP 

POPPING 

IMS 


The  tragedy  at 
Wounded  Knee 
and  the  end  of 
the  Indian  Wars 
...1851-1891, 
seen  In  the  light 
of  inevitable 
historical  change. 
The  story  as  it 
has  never  before 
been  told. 
$9.95  cloth; 
$3.95  paper 


READER'S  DIGEST  PRESS 

Distributed  by  T.  Y.  Ciowrell 

666  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  10019 


announcing"... 

SOUTH 
PACIFIC 
BIRDS 

by 

John  E.  duPont 


•  A  checklist  and  guide  to  the  birds 
of  the  South  Pacific.  Included  are 
the  birds  of  the  Fijis,  Tongas, 
Samoas,  Cooks,  Societies,  Tuamo- 
tus,  Marquesas,  and  islands  east  to 
Pitcairn 

•  183  species  with  a  total  of  311 
forms  described 

•  31  color  plates  of  181  species-a 
total  of  266  illustrations 

•  Foreword  by  Dr.  Kenneth  C. 
Parkes,  Carnegie  Museum 

$24.95 

Delaware  Museum  of  Natural  History 

P.O.  Box  3937 

Greenville,  Delaware  19807 


by  the  public  as  prowildlife  conserva- 
tion organizations  are,  in  fact, 
strongly  influenced  and  even  financed 
by  the  National  Rifle  Association  or 
others  connected  with  the  arms  and 
munitions  industry.  These  organi- 
zations, quite  predictably,  uniformly 
espouse  the  prohunting  wildlife 
"management"  philosophies  of  their 
benefactors.  But  having  made  this  ex- 
posure quite  effectively,  Regenstein 
adds  the  wholly  irrelevant  and  unnec- 
essary barb  that  one  such  organi- 
zation is  represented  by  the  same  law 
firm  that  represented  John  Ehrlich- 
man  and  H.  R.  Haldeman. 

A  more  serious  flaw  is  the  incon- 
sistent quality  of  Regenstein 's  docu- 
mentation. Frequently  his  most  dra- 
matic claims  are  supported  by  no  cita- 
tion of  authority  whatsoever.  Striking 
the  balance  between  writing  a  book 
that  is  easy  to  read  and  one  that  is 
thoroughly  documented  with  copious 
footnotes  is  never  easy,  but  Regen- 
stein can  justly  be  criticized  for  opt- 
ing too  much  for  the  former.  His  ar- 
guments depend  too  heavily  upon  the 
accuracy  of  the  claims  he  makes  to  let 
them  stand  unsubstantiated. 

In  addition,  there  is  the  whole 
question  of  hunting.  The  Fund  for 
Animals  is  one  of  the  most  openly 
antihunting  organizations  function- 
ing today.  Unfortunately,  most  of  the 
debate  in  this  country  about  hunting 
has  taken  place  at  the  emotional 
rather  than  the  rational  level,  and  Re- 
genstein never  quite  succeeds  in  ele- 
vating the  argument.  He  dances 
around,  but  never  quite  attacks  head 
on,  the  only  rational  argument  that 
proponents  of  hunting  have  ever  been 
able  to  offer  in  justification  for  their 
sport.  That  argument,  quite  simply, 
is  that  in  the  absence  of  natural  preda- 
tors, game  animals  would  so  quickly 
expand  their  numbers  that  starvation 
and  disease  would  soon  overcome 
them  unless  their  numbers  were  kept 
in  check  by  human  hunting. 

It  has  been  rightly  observed  that  the 
hunters'  argument  is  more  than  a  little 
self-serving,  inasmuch  as  the  essen- 
tial premise  is  the  absence  of  natural 
predators,  and  it  is  the  hunters  them- 
selves who  are  principally  responsi- 
ble for  the  near  obliteration  of  preda- 
tory animals  such  as  the  wolf,  cougar, 
bear,  and  numerous  others.  More- 
over, much  as  the  hunter  would  like 
to  cast  himself  in  the  role  of  nature's 
servant,  performing  the  necessary 
task  of  natural  selection,  this  sort  of 
selection  is  actually  unnatural  and 
counterselective.  The  human  hunter 


who  passes  up  a  big,  strong  buck  for 
a  sickly,  infirm  one  is  a  most  unusual 
hunter  indeed. 

Yet,  valid  as  both  these  points  are, 
they   still   do  not  constitute   the 
principal  argument  that  can  be  of- 
fered to  rebut  the  hunter's  favorite 
contention.  That  argument,  put  sim- 
ply,   is   that   the    "starvation    from 
overpopulation"  thesis  has  been  dis- 
ingenuously applied  across  the  board 
to  all  game  species,  whereas  the  only 
evidence  that  supports   it  is   based 
upon  a  very  few  large  animals, 
principally  even-toed  ungulates  such 
as  deer  and  caribou.  There  are  con- 
vincing theoretical  reasons  why  the 
largest  animals  in  a  given  ecosystem, 
requiring  the  greatest  area  of  support- 
ing habitat,  would  be  the  first  and  per- 
haps the  only  animals  to  exhibit  this 
sort  of  vulnerability  to  overpopula- 
tion. Moreover,  there  is  ample  evi- 
dence that  unlike  deer,  many  animals 
are  able  to  keep  their  own  numbers 
in  check  through  some  natural  mech- 
anism by  which  the  reproductive  rate 
is  affected  by  the  availability  of  food. 
Instead  of  addressing  what  really  is 
the  bottom  line  argument  in  the  de- 
bate  about   hunting,   Regenstein 
wastes  his  readers'  time  and  jeopar- 
dizes his  own  credibility  by  suggest- 
ing that  hunters  suffer  from  "a  psy- 
chosexual  imbalance"  and  in  all  like- 
lihood "a  latent  homosexual  tend- 
ency." Moreover,  in  his  attempt  to 
lay  as  much  of  the  blame  as  he  can 
at  the  feet  of  hunters,  Regenstein 
leaves  himself  open  to  the  charge  that 
he  accepts  too  uncritically  one  side  of 
a  hotly  disputed  debate  among  pa- 
leontologists   about    whether    early 
man  was  the  principal  cause  of  the 
wave  of  extinctions  of  giant  mam- 
mals that  occurred  around  the  globe 
about  10,000  years  ago  at  the  end  of 
the  Pleistocene  Epoch.  In  fact,  Re- 
genstein at  times  seems  willing  to  use 
either  side  of  the  debate,  depending 
on  how  it  fits  his  purpose. 

The  final  flaw  in  The  Politics  of  Ex- 
tinction, which  has  already  been  al- 
luded to,  is  that  it  is  essentially  a  book 
about  politics  and  not  about  extinc- 
tion. To  understand  the  importance  of 
this  distinction,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
recall  the  example  of  the  brown  peli- 
can. It  would  be  very  difficult  for  Re- 
genstein to  point  a  finger  of  blame  at 
any  politicians  or  bureaucrats  for  the 
tragedy  of  the  brown  pelicans. 
Granted  that  for  a  long  time  the  manu- 
facturers of  DDT  fought  their  utmost 
to  block  EPA's  prohibition  and  are 
now  fighting  to  have  it  lifted.  Never- 


96 


thclcss,  if  the  inilial  reports  are  cor- 
rect and  DDT  is  only  one  ol  nine  pes- 
ticides tliat  threaten  the  future  of  the 
brown  pelican,  we  may  yet  have  to 
face  the  prospect  thai  citlier  the  brown 
pelican  goes  or  we  give  up  our  preten- 
sions of  feediTig  the  world  and  be- 
come a  nation  of  organic  farmers. 
Even  that  solution,  it  should  be 
pointed  out,  would  not  have  saved  the 
hair-lipped  sucker,  a  rather  bizarre 
fish  of  the  Ohio  River  Valley  that  be- 
came extinct  in  the  early  part  of  this 
century  when  the  clearing  of  land  for 
agricultural  purposes  in  that  area 
caused  the  formerly  clear  waters  in 
which  the  sucker  lived  to  become  so 
clouded  that  it  was  no  longer  able  to 
see  the  snails  that  made  up  its  exclu- 
sive diet. 

The  sad  truth  is  that  for  every  spe- 
cies like  the  grizzly  bear  there  are 
probably  a  dozen  like  the  brown  peli- 
can and  hair-lipped  sucker.  The 
world's  population  explosion  re- 
quires that  more  and  more  land  each 
year  be  cleared  to  house  and  feed  it. 
Lewis  Regenstein  has  studied  the 
problem  of  extinction  long  enough  to 
know  that  the  greatest  single  threat  to 
the  future  existence  of  most  wildlife 
is  the  constantly  accelerating  pace  of 
habitat  destruction — both  physical 
and  chemical.  He  admits  as  much  at 
one  point  in  his  book  but  then  devotes 
less  than  five  pages  to  the  topic.  The 
obvious  reason  is  that  the  problem  of 
habitat  destruction  is  infinitely  harder 
to  deal  with  than  the  types  of  threats 
to  wildlife  that  Regenstein  treats.  The 
villains  are  much  more  difficult  to 
single  out;  the  solutions  much  harder 
to  articulate  and  to  accept.  We  in  the 
United  States  have  often  stated  that 
we  want  to  maintain  our  standard  of 
living,  feed  the  world's  billions,  and 
at  the  same  time,  protect  our  wildlife 
from  extinction.  One  need  not  really 
study  the  matter  too  long  before  con- 
cluding that  a  serious  question  exists 
as  to  whether  we  can  ever  hope  to 
accomplish  all  three.  Yet  if  the  prob- 
lem of  saving  wildlife  is  regarded  as 
Regenstein  describes  it,  solely  in 
terms  of  prodding  a  few  politicians 
and  bureaucrats  into  action,  we  run 
the  risk  of  blithely  assuming  that  we 
have  at  last  found  the  key  to  the  pres- 
ervation of  wildlife  while  the  forces 
of  extinction  roll  inexorably  on. 

Michael  J.  Bean  is  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  of  the  Audubon 
Naturalist  Society  of  the  Central  At- 
lantic States  and  a  practicing  attor- 
ney in  Washington,  D.  C. 


A  Reference  Work,  a  Sensitive  Narrative  and 
a  Pictorial  Celebration  of  Beautiful  Birds 


"The  Shore  ^irds  oflSgrth  America 

•  i(liU-<l  In  f,.u(lnir  U    St..ul,  Hr.-sKlcnl  ol 

the  American  Museum  o(  Natural  History  •  text  by  Peter  Matlhiesson  •  specially 

ommissioncd  paintinRS  by  Robert  Verity  Clem  •  species  accounts  by  Ralph  S.  Palmer 

270  uut-bi/f(l  pama  ilO"  x  IV/z").  32  paintinii^.  each  reproduced  /n 

six-color  lilhography:  detailed  scientilic  description  ol  175  species. 

Cloth  bound  $24  00  postpaid   Museum  members  may  deduct  70%. 

If'    --••'--        -,«----i| 

NATURAL  HISTORY  Bool>s,  DepL  B500  | 

Boi  3123.  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340  . 


Allan  Cruikshank  called  it  "the 
outstanding  work"  on  its  subject. 
Roger  Tory  Peterson  said:  "a  de- 
light to  behold  and  to  read  ...  a 
dependable  reference." 

Anyone  who  loves  shorebirds 
and  wetlands  will  cherish  The  Shore 
Birds  of  North  America  for  its  sen- 
sitive text,  superlative  art  and  au- 
thoritative detail.  For  deli  very  before 
Christmas,  please  order  now. 

Please  allow  4  lo  6  weeks  tor  delivery 


Please  send  me copies  of 

The  Shore  Birds  o(  North  America,  at  $24.00 
postpaid  ($21  60  each  for  Museum  Members). 

G  I  enclose  full  payment,  the  amount  $— 

D  Charge  my  American  Express  account 


Signature. 
Name 


Address- 
City 


rAN  AMERICAN  MUSEU^^ 


A  Portfolio  of  Indian  Portraits 
by  Edward  S.  Curtis 


In  1898  Edward  S.  Curtis  undertook  the  largest  photographic 
work  ever  accomplished  by  a  single  artist.  The  North  Ameri- 
can Indian. 

Now  you  too  can  share  in  this  treasure:  we  offer  you  a 
portfolio  of  six  superbly  faithful  reproductions,  produced  di- 
rectly tram  the  original  Curtis  photogravures.  All  are  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest  Coast  tribes;  none  duplicate  those  in  the 
1976  Natural  History  Calendar.  They  measure  18"  x  14",  with 
borders;  are  printed  on  high  quality  stock  and  come  en- 
closed in  a  protective  portfolio,  awaiting  framing. 

Just  $15,  plus  $1.25  for  postage  and  handling.  Order 
now,  in  time  for  the  gift-giving  season. 


NATURAL  HISTORY  PRINTS,  Dept.  P400 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


I  want  to  order, 
of  $ 


.portfolios  at  $16.25  eacti,  for  a  total 


I    I  My  check/money  order,   payable  to  Natural  History,   is  en- 
closed. 
I    I  I  prefer  lo  charge  to  American  Express. 


D 


Signature 

Valid  thru 

My  name  (please  print!) 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

Please  allow  4  to  6  weeks  for  delivery.  Mass.  residents  add  3%  tax. 
Museum  Members  may  take  a  10%  discount. 


97 


CATCH  ANIMAL  RAIDERS  I 


Catches  moral 
Easy  to  use! 

simple,  safe  HAVAHART  traps  catch  raldlnR  rabbits, 
coons,  squirrels,  plEeons,  sparrows,  etc.,  without  Injury. 
Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Fully  assembled. 
No  Jaws  or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized:  many  In  use 
20  years.  Open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  Sizes  for  all 
needs.  Send  25c  lor  valuable  illustrated  guide  and  price  list. 

HAVAHART,  158-J  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  guide. 

Name 

Address Zip 


ANCIENT  EGYPTIAN 
CAT  GODDESS... 


BAST— goddess  of  J 

ly,  dancin 

.music      •       « 

&  protector  of  the  h 

□  me.  This 

SOLID          |k  ■ 

IVa"  replica  sealee 

on  polish 

Bd                         Hf. 

agate  base  makes  s 

uperb  disp 

lay          .'■^  // 

piece  for  home  or  o 

ffice.  Rem 

T       i    ^> 

jewelry.  Give  this  e 

egant  cat 

\  I  s 

goddess  as  an  histo 

ric  gift 

l  L  • 

symbolizing  protec 

on        ^ 

TWKmi'^ 

love  and  beauty! 

^m 

^Z**S 

BAST-  *  agate 

SOLID           STER. 

14K. 

'»«.  D.^r- 

BRONZE         SILV. 
$19.50          S49.50 

GOLD 
$475. 

■  PHONE  ORDERS 
1  (212)  472-8733 

ROPE  CHAINS:  24 
legular  insured  postog 

sterling 
e  H.50— A 

COLLECTORS  CATALOG 


iogs-50£  Free  With  Ofderi 

aladdln  boase,  Lt6.'i;[p 

Dept.  NJ176  •  770  Madison  Ave.  (66  St.)  •  N.Y.  10021 


VISIT  OUR  NEW  GALLERY-S.W  COR  66  Sl-5lh  FLOOR 


^BOOK  HUNTING?-^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print.  Fiction,  nonflction. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  It!  (Title  alone  Is  sufficient)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  65. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


Incredible  Africa! 

FEBRUARY  4,  1976  ROOT  &  LEAKEY 
19-day  natural  history  tented  and 
lodge  safari  in  Kenya  &  Tanzania. 
$1795.00  plus  airfare.  Limited  to  16 
members.  Additional  departures  Sep- 
tember 15  and  October  13. 

MARCH  17,  1976  Join  JOHN  WIL- 
LIAMS on  a  special  30-day  safari  in 
Kenya  following  bird  migration.  JULY 
21,  1976  Another  JOHN  WILLIAMS 
departure  featuring  rare  birds,  big 
game  and  wildflowers,  30  days  in 
Kenya.  $2670.00  each  plus  airfare. 

AUGUST  12,  1976  Unique  FAMILY 
SAFARI  includes  best  game  parks 
Kenya  &  Tanzania,  a  trek  on  Mt. 
Kenya,  built-in  educational  features. 
$2475.00  including  airfare  from  New 
York. 

Call  or  write  SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD.  Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  94111 

(4151  788-7186 


Additional 
Reading 

Bald  Eagle  (p.  8) 

The  best  single  source  of  information 
on  eagles  and  their  raptor  relatives  is  L. 
Brown  and  D.  Amadon's  two-volume 
work  Eagles,  Hawks,  and  Falcons  of  the 
IVorW (New  York:  McGraw-Hill,  1968). 
Brown  has  also  authored  a  shorter,  less- 
expensive  volume,  entitled  simply. 
Eagles  (New  York:  Arco  Publishing, 
1970,  $3.95).  Wildlife  writer  George 
Laycock  has  recently  published  Au- 
tumn of  the  Eagle  (New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1973,  $6.95),  which 
R.  G.  Raikow's  Wilson  Bulletin  review 
characterizes:  "An  informative  but  en- 
gaging account  of  the  life  of  the  bald 
eagle  and  its  decline  and  threatened  ex- 
tinction at  the  hands  of  mankind." 
Readers  having  access  to  a  good  univer- 
sity library  should  be  able  to  obtain  F.  L. 
Beebe's  "Field  Studies  of  the  Falconi- 
formes  (Vultures,  Eagles,  Hawks,  and 
Falcons)  of  British  Columbia"  {Occa- 
sional Papers  of  the  British  Columbia 
Provincial  Museum.  1974,  no.  17,  pp. 
1-163).  This  fascinating  monograph 
presents  a  storehouse  of  knowledge 
gleaned  from  a  half-century  of  personal 
experience  with  the  birds  of  prey  of  North 
America.  David  Zimmerman's  recently 
published  To  Save  a  Bird  in  Peril,  which 
provides  ten  accounts  of  people  working 
to  rescue  rare  birds  from  extinction,  puts 
into  perspective  such  problems  as  pesti- 
cide poisoning,  habitat  intrusion  and  de- 
struction, and  the  introduction  of  unnatu- 
ral predators.  For  related  books  and  one 
additional  account  of  the  effects  of  pesti- 
cides on  reproduction  in  raptors  see  "Re- 
turn of  the  Osprey"  by  D.  Puleston  in  the 
February  1975  Natural  History. 

Mesa  Verde  (p.  38) 

A  Guide  to  the  National  Parks:  Their 
Landscape  and  Geology,  by  W.  H. 
Matthews  III  (Garden  City:  Double- 
day /Natural  History  Press,  1973,  $5.95), 
provides  good  background  material  in  a 
section  on  the  only  national  park  estab- 
lished for  the  express  purpose  of  protect- 
ing archeological  objects — Mesa  Verde 
National  Park.  A  special  Southwest  issue 
of  American  Anthropologist  of  August, 
1954  (vol.  56,  pp.  529-737),  contains 
eleven  classic  papers,  most  of  which  are 
still  of  current  and  topical  importance.  In 
the  U.S.  National  Park  Service  Archeo- 
logical Research  Series,  several  mono- 
graphs have  been  issued  that  deal  directly 
with  the  seven-year  Wetherill  Mesa  Proj- 
ect. These  include  "The  Archeological 
Survey  of  Wetherill  Mesa,"  by  A.  C. 
Hayes  (No.  7-A,  1964),  which  provides 
an  over-all  picture  of  the  site  prior  to  the 
intensive  excavations  and  studies  of  the 


project;  "Wetherill  Mesa  Excavations: 
Mug  House,  Mesa  Verde  National  Park, 
Colorado,"  by  A.  H.  Rohn  (No.  7-D, 
1 97 1 ) ,  specifically  describing  one  archeo- 
logical site;  and  "Wetherill  Mesa  Stud- 
ies: Environment  of  Mesa  Verde,  Colo- 
rado," by  J.  A.  Erdman  et  al.  (No.  7-B, 
1969),  which  deals  with  the  present-day 
environment  of  the  area.  A  series  of 
twenty-nine  articles  by  participants  in  the 
Wetherill  Mesa  Archeological  Project 
may  be  found  in  Memoirs  of  the  Society 
of  American  Archaeology  (1965,  no. 
19).  One  paper,  by  H.  Fritts  et  al.  (pp. 
101-121),  on  tree-ring  studies  that  indi- 
cate climatic  factors  in  the  archaic  envi- 
ronment of  Wetherill  Mesa  may  be  com- 
pared with  the  Erdman  et  al.  report  of 
present-day  ecology .  R.  Samuels's  paper 
(pp.  175-179)  on  the  health  of  the  pre- 
historic Indians  is  based  on  analyses  of 
preserved  fecal  remains  and  is  particu- 
larly interesting  from  a  methodological 
standpoint.  Other  papers  deal  with  ar- 
cheological evidence  of  animal  and  plant 
domestication;  techniques  used  in  agri- 
culture, pottery,  and  weaving;  and  even 
"Postulation  of  Socio-economic  Groups 
from  Archaeological  Evidence"  (by  A. 
H.  Rohn,  pp.  65-69). 

Lost  Wax  Casting  (p.  46) 

Nepal:  A  Cultural  and  Physical  Geog- 
raphy, by  P.  P.  Karan  and  W.  M.  Jenkins 
(Lexington:  University  of  Kentucky 
Press,  1960),  which  includes  35  maps 
and  more  than  60  illustrations,  provides 
an  understanding  of  the  area  and  people. 
M.  Singh's  Himalayan  Art  (New  York: 
Macmillan,  1971,  $3.95),  a  revised, 
small-format  edition  of  what  was  origi- 
nally a  $35  "art  book,"  provides  specific 
background  material  for  the  relationships 
of  Nepalese  artistic  techniques  and  sub- 
ject matter  to  other  artisans  of  this  area. 
Iconography,  the  representations  of  dei- 
ties in  a  people's  art  work,  is  dealt  with 
in  A.  K.  Gordon's  recently  reprinted  clas- 
sic. The  Iconography  of  Tibetan  La- 
maism  (New  York:  Paragon  Book  Re- 
print Corp.,  1967),  and  in  "The  Fierce 
and  Erotic  Gods  of  Buddhism,"  by  C. 
Burrows  (Nafura/ History,  1972,  vol.  81, 
no.  4,  pp.  26-37).  A  recent  new  edition 
of  Harry  Jackson's  Lost  Wax  Bronze 
Casting:  A  Photographic  Essay  on  This  i 
Antique  and  Venerable  Art  (Flagstaff: 
Northland  Press,  1972,  $20.00)  provides 
an  exacting  description  of  the  lost  wax 
technique  of  metal  casting.  See  also  P.  J. 
Baus's  "Men,  Beeswax,  and  Molten 
Metal"  {Natural  History,  1965,  vol.  74, 
no.  7,  pp.  18-25). 

Black  Bears  (p.  54) 

A    worldwide    perspective    may    be 
gained  from  Bears,  a  short  book  by  Eng-        d 
lish  naturalist  Richard  Perry  (New  York: 
Arco  Publishing,    1970,  $3.95);   while 
The  World  of  the  Black  Bear,  by  J.  Van         i 
Wormer  (Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott,         | 


1966,  S5.95),  is  more  spccilic,  dealing 
only  with  Ursus  umericunus  and  pro- 
viding cxccllcnl  bliick-and-whilc  pho- 
tographs and  an  extensive  reference  sec- 
tion. "The  Black  Bear  in  the  Spruce-l-ir 
Forest,"  by  C.  J.  Jonkel  and  I.  McT. 
Cowan  (  WiUlliJc  Maiw^iaphs.  1 97 1 ,  no. 
27,  pp.  1-57,  $1.70,  available  from  The 
Wildlife  Society,  3900  Wisconsin  Ave. 
NW,  Washington,  D.C.  20016),  details 
basic  information — natural  history,  habi- 
tat, reproduction,  behavior,  population 
characteristics — on  a  high-density  popu- 
lation in  Montana.  Bears:  Their  Biology 
and  Management,  edited  by  S.  Hcrrcro 
(lUCN  Publications  New  Series  No.  23), 
a  selection  of  papers  from  an  international 
conference,  contains  studies  by  Pclton 
and  by  Burghardt  on  black  bear-human 
interactions,  by  S.  Herrero  on  behavior 
and  on  evolution,  and  by  other  investiga- 
tors on  black  bear  reproduction,  behav- 
ioral development,  and  population  char- 
acteristics. 

Locomotion  (p.  64) 

For  a  general  introduction  to  the 
changes  in  structure  and  behavior  that  ac- 
companied the  evolution  of  Homo 
sapiens,  see  D.  Pilbeam's  The  Ascent  of 
Man  (New  York:  Macmillan,  1972, 
$3.95)  or  the  2nd  edition  of  J.  E. 
Pfeiffer's  The  Emergence  of  Man  (New 
York:  Harper  &  Row,  1972,  $6.95). 
Avoiding  most  of  the  technical  jargon  of 
the  field  and  dealing  with  a  vast  quan- 
tity of  data  in  an  interpretive,  yet  essen- 
tially accurate,  manner,  the  Pfeiffer  book 
will  be  particularly  useful  to  the  layman. 
Stephen  Jay  Gould's  November  1975 
NarMra/f//.storv  column,  "Posture  Mak- 
eth  the  Man,"  offers  another  viewpoint 
on  one  facet  of  such  changes. 

Examples  of  scientific  reports  bearing 
more  directly  on  the  subject  of  primate 
locomotion  are:  "Chimpanzee  Bipedal- 
ism:  Cineradiographic  Analysis  and  Im- 
plications for  the  Evolution  of  Gait,"  by 
F.  A.  Jenkins  {Science,  1972,  vol.  178, 
pp. 877-879);  "Bipedal  Walking  of  the 
Chimpanzee,"  by  H.  Elftman  {Journal of 
Mammalogy,  1944,  vol.  25,  pp.  67-71); 
and  "A  Biomechanical  Interpretation  of 
thePelyisoi  Australopithecus,"  by  A.  L. 
Zihlman  and  W.  S.  Hunter  {Folia  Priina- 
tolgica,  1972,  vol.  18,  pp.  1-19).  Walk- 
ing and  Limping:  A  Study  of  Normal  and 
Pathological  Walking,  by  R.  Ducroquet 
et  al.  (Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott, 
1968),  is  a  series  of  detailed  descriptions 
and  interpretations  of  more  than  a  hun- 
dred excellent  line  drawings  taken  from 
motion  picture  studies  of  human  locomo- 
tion. Emphasis  is  placed  on  differences 
in  hip  rotation  relating  to  pelvic  structure 
and  on  the  comparative  approach  to  such 
topics  as  aging;  comparisons  between 
children  first  learning  to  walk  and  the 
aged  and  infirm  losing  their  ability  to 
walk  offer  a  useful  perspective  on  the 
issue  of  how  gait  reflects  the  psychology 
of  the  individual. 


Ffver  (p.  70) 

An  engagingly  written  and  well-illus- 
trated history  of  the  discovery  and  use  (as 
well  as  abuse)  of  natural  medicinal  botan- 
icals is  found  in  G.  Marks  and  W.  K. 
Beatty's  The  Medical  Garden  (New 
York;  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1971). 
This  account  of  the  earliest  roots  of  the 
science  of  pharmacology  includes  the 
earliest  recorded  medicinal  uses  of  the 
source  of  aspirin,  now  our  most  fre- 
quently used  fever-reducing  drug.  H.  C. 
Bolton's  short  book.  Evolution  of  the 
Thermometer:  1592  -  1743  (Easton: 
Chemical  Publishing,  1900),  and  E.  S. 
Taylor's  more  scholarly  review  article, 
"On  the  Origin  of  the  Thermometer" 
{Annals  of  Science.  1942,  vol.  5,  pp. 
129-156),  trace  the  early  history  of  tem- 
perature measuring  devices,  describing 
the  change  in  attitude  and  use  from  a  sci- 
entific oddity  and  aristocratic  plaything  to 
a  precision  instrument  of  the  physician. 
Of  two  scholarly  works  providing  for  a 
better  basic  understanding  of  thermal 
physiology,  John  Bligh's  Temperature 
Regulation  in  Mammals  and  Other  Ver- 
tebrates {New  York:  American  ELsevier, 
1973)  is  the  more  technical,  while  K. 
Schmidt-Nielsen's  Animal  Physiology: 
Adaptation  and  Environment  (New 
York:  Cambridge  University  Press. 
1975)  gives  more  general  information, 
"Fever,"  a  review  article  published  by 
E.  Atkins  and  P.  Bodel  {New  England 
Journal  of  Medicine.  1972,  vol.  286,  pp. 
27-34),  raised  the  question  of  the  role 
of  fever  in  disease  and  served  as  the 
impetus  for  Kluger's  studies,  which 
were  first  reported  in  "Fever  and  Sur- 
vival" {Science,  1975,  vol.  188,  pp. 
166-168).  Details  of  the  infectious  pro- 
cesses that  produce  fevers  are  found  in  G . 
T.  Keusch's  "Malnutrition  and  Infec- 
tion," which  appeared  in  Natural  History 
for  November  1975. 

Bashbish  Falls  (p.  76) 

One  traditional  concern  of  environ- 
mentalists, the  impact  of  man's  leisure 
activities  on  the  plant  and  animal  life  of 
natural  areas,  has  been  augmented  in  re- 
cent years  by  sociological  and  psycho- 
logical studies  of  his  behavior  while  en- 
joying nature.  Representative  studies  in- 
clude "The  Play  World  of  Camping:  Re- 
search into  the  Social  Meaning  of  Out- 
door Recreation,"  by  W.  R.  Burch,  Jr. 
{American  Journal  of  Sociology,  1965, 
vol.  70,  pp.  604-612),  and  "A  Typology 
of  Outdoor  Recreation  Activity  Prefer- 
ences," by  J.  C.  Hendee  et  al.  {Journal 
of  Environmental  Education.  1971,  vol. 
3,  pp.  28-34).  An  annotated  bibliography 
of  research  in  this  area  may  be  obtained 
from  Wildland  Recreation  Research  Proj- 
ect, Pacific  Northwest  Forest  and  Range 
Experiment  Station,  U.S.  Dept.  of  Agri- 
culture Forest  Service,  4507  University 
Way  NE,  Seattle,  Wash.  98105. 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


We  invite  a  small  group  ol  discerninr;  ua)/elms 
to  see  the  slupen(Jou&  anliquittet  ol  Egfpl  in  the 
grand  tredilion-on  an  unhuffiea  progress  along 
500  miles  ol  ever-changing  ana  wonrJerlul  river 
scenery,  to  visit  sites,  temples  antj  tomtK  when 
the  crowds  are  not  there  including  several 
which  are  rarely  seen  by  tourists: 

The  Nile 
is  Egypt 


OCTOBER   5   TO   26.    1976 


Two  weeks  are  spent  aboard  the  privately  char- 
tered 40-passenger  ss  Lotus,  cruising  up  the 

Nile  at  leisure  Irom  Assiut  to  Aswan,  with  an  air 
excursion  to  Abu  Simbel  and  four  days  in  and 
around  Cairo,  under  the  distinguished  leader- 
ship ol  an  eminent  Egyptologist  and  accom- 
panied by  an  unusually  experienced  Cruise  Di- 
rector, a  social  host,  and  a  physician. 

Detailed  brochure  ol  the  cruise,  and  a  reprint  ol 
the  article  Nile  River  Magic  from  the  Review  of 
the  Society  for  Hellenic  Travel,  available  from: 


HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK.  NY    10036 
TELEPHONE  (212)  354  6634 


^loodworking  benches 
woodcrdfting  tools 

Danish  crafted  SOLID  Danish  Beech 
woodworking  benches  ruggedly  made  and 
finished  like  fine  furniture. 
Built-in  vertical  and  horizontal 
vises  and  adjustable  surface 
dogs  hold  any  shape 
workpiece.  Available 
in  49",  60"  and  80" 
models.  One  even  folds 
for  easy  storage. 
HAND  FORGED  turning 
gouges,  chisels  and 
sculptor's  gouges, 
carving  tools,  handsaws 
and  uniquely  styled 
woodscrew  drivers  from 
Europe's  finest  tool- 
makers.  The  best  the 
world  can  offer. 


Address 
City  


.Zip. 


LEICHTUNG,  INC. 
5187HMayfield  Rd.    Cleveland,  Ohio  44124 


99 


LIVE  IN  THE  WORLD 
OF  TOMORROW . . .  TODAY! 

And  our  FREE  164  PAGE  CATALOG  is  packed  with 
exciting  and  unusual  values  in  hobby,  electronic 
and  science  items  —  plus  4,500  finds  for  fun,  study 
or  profit ...  for  every  member  of  the  family. 

A   BETTER  LIFE 
STARTS  HERE 


NASA-CHOSEN 
FOR  APOLLO/SOYUZ 

157  mi.  out  in  space,  the  Astronauts  used  this 

super  20x60  binocular  (modified)  to  view  Earth! 

Our  biggest,  most  powerful  for  distance.  Far-off 

objects  come  in  big,  clear  &  sharp  to  the  edge 

through  big  60mm  objective  lenses;  173-ft.  field 

of  view  at  1000  yards.  Relative  bnghtness.  9.0.  Fully  coated  optics;  20x  spcl  design 

eye  lenses.  Coated  BK-7  Porro  pnsm.  Extra  long  Ail-American  style  with  fold-down 

rubber  eyecups.  Includes  case  &  straps. 

No.  1556E  .  .  .  (9yax8y2';  47.5  oz.)  $99.95  Ppd. 


^^WHEN  YOU  COME  TO  PHIUDELPHIA  BE  SURE  TO  SEE  ^ 

la:U^:lNj,'^Jj■l.'lMi■^Mna■^!l■l':' 

IN    BUBRINGTON,    N    /     ONLY    10    MINUTES    «WAY    AT 


STARTS  SEEDS  IN  3  TO  5  DAYS! 


Ne 


the 


nostalically  controlled  electric 
greenhouse  provides  constant  70  growing 
temperature,  accelerates  seed  germination, 
helps  produce  healthy  thriving  plants  ready 
for  outdoor  planting  Big  3  sq.  ft.  planting 
area-29"  x  15"  x  4"  box  holds  '/;  bushel  of 
growing  medium.  Germinates  tomato  seeds  in 

3-5  days;  asters,  dahlias,  petunias,  wk,  or  less.  Inct.  3"  x  4"  ft.  clear  plastic 

cover,  supports.  Uses  reg,  home  current. 

Stock  No.  80,153E $18.95  Ppd. 


41/4"  ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

See  moon  craters,  rings  of  Saturn,  double  stars. 
New  equatorial  mount,  f/10,  V4  wave  mirror 
(Pyrex^).  Gives  theoretical  limit  of  resolution.  Rack 
&  pinion  focusing.  Aluminum  tube.  6X  finder.  1" 
F.L.  45X  Kellner  achromatic  eyepiece  and  Barlow 

I  lens  to  double  &  triple  power  up  to  135X.  Free 

I  Star  Chart  plus  2  Books. 

Stock  No.  85,105E   (Shipping  Wt.  42  Ibs.l  $159.50  FOB 

4V4"  WITH  CLOCK  DRIVE    #85,1 07E  $109.50  FOB 

6"  REFLECTOR  TELESCOPE  (48X  to  360X)  #85,1 87E  $249.50  FOB 

6"  WITH  CLOCK  DRIVE  #85,086E  $285.00  FOB 

3"  DELUXE  REFLECTOR  (30  to  90X)    #80,162E  $  89.95  Ppd. 

STANDARD  3"  REFLECTOR    #85,2406  $  59.95  Ppd. 


4 


ELECTRONIC  DIGITAL 
RAIN  GAUGE 

.  .  ,  never  needs  emptying,  measures  rain  up  to 

100-ft.  away  by  tenths  of  an  inch  up  to  999.9"  and 

empties  itself.  Accumulate  total  rainfall  count  for 

hour,  day,  week,  etc.  Push  reset  button  on  indoor     i.r, 

counter  to  start  new  counting  period  (no  need  to     ''  "" 

empty  or  check  hermetically  sealed  outdoor  collector  which  you  easily  mount  on 

fence,  roof,  deck,  etc.  w/2  ordinary  screws).  Includes  30-ft  of  waterproof  wire,  runs 

on  l-yr.-life  9v  trans,  battery,  not  incl. 

Stock  No.  72,165E   $44.95  Ppd. 


"FISH"  WITH  A  MAGNET 

Go  treasure  hunting  on  the  bottom!  Fascinat- 
ing fun  &  sometimes  profitable!  Tie  a  line  to 
our  powerful  new  specially  designed  150  lb. 
pull  Magnet—drop  it  overboard  in  bay,  river, 
lake  or  ocean.  Troll  it  along  bottom— your 
"treasured"  haul  can  be  outboard  motors,  an- 
chors, other  metal  valuables.  Has  6  stacked 
ceramic  magnets.  Lifts  more  than  150  lbs   under 

No.  71,135E....(3V4  X  3Vt") 

75-LB.  PULL  (1  LB.)  W/3  CERAMIC  MAGNETS 
No.  71,150E....(1  11/16  X  3%") 


MYSTERY  OF 
ENERGY  AND  AGING 


I  our  Great  Pyramid 
ergy  &  aging— show 
s    contradicted    na- 


Bag 
^■^^^^H      Science  fact  or  farce?  Ca 
^H^^^^^H  the  mysteries       er 

^^BM^^PI     that  the   ancient  Egyptia 
^^^^kI      ture"?  Did  someone  really  get  85  shaves  from 
^^^~— -^^^ntl^l     a  blade  kept  in   a  pyramid'^  Test  claims  like 
^^^^^**'*"''^"'  meat  not  rotting,  things  not  rusting'  Users  of 

exact  scale  models  of  Cheop's  pyramid  oriented  to  true  North  claim  all  sorts 
of  strange  phenomena  based  on  resonating  energy.  Ours  is  already  assem- 
bled, Ve"  see  thru  acrylic,  6  x  9%  x  9%" 

Stock  No.  71, SUE $20.00  Ppd. 


AUTHENTIC  SCALED 
WINDMILLS 

Real-thiing  replicas  stiow  wind  direc- 
tion, wheel  silently  revolves  on  ball 
bearings.  Give  your  grounds  unique 
rural  charm!  Great  centerpiece  for 
planter,  flowers.  Use  to  hold  yard 
light,  house  number,  sign  or  as  mail- 
box. For  school,  a  fine  "energy  crisis" 
science  project  —  does  everything  but  pump  water.  Heavy 
gauge  steel,  durable  outdoor  finish;  aluminum  color  w/red  trim. 

No.  71.923E.   .(17"  DESK  MODEL) $11.95  Ppd. 

4Vi  FOOT-14  LB No.  71,924E $34.95  Ppd. 

8  FOOT-46  LB No.  85,229E $49.95  FOB 


WORLD'S  SMALLEST 
CALCULATOR! 

Small  but  mighty!  8-digit,  4-function  electronic 
calculator  does  everything  big  ones  do — even  has 
automatic  %  key  .  .  .  for  only  $19.95.  Take  it 
anywhere.  Fits  in  your  pocket — %  size  of  cigarette 
pack.  3y2  oz.  dynamo  features  floating  decimal, 
constant  key,  lead  zero  depression,  more!  Includes  plut 
battery  pack.  2  x  SVz  x  ^/le"  with  plenty  of  room  for  most 
first  with  advanced  technology. 

Stock  N0.1945E   $1955  Ppd. 


)-in  rechargeable  Ni-Cad 

fingers.  Another  Edmund 


CANT  SLEEP,  RELAX?  TRY  THIS! 

Electronic  sound  conditioner  simulates  4 
kinds  ot  soothing  sounds  ol  ocean  surf  and 
rain.  "White  sound"  helps  mask  unwanted 
noise,  adds  restful,  intriguing  background 
sound  Program  the  solid-state  unit  to  your 
own  need:  2  surf,  2  ram;  or  "white  sound", 
proven  by  medical  tests  to  have  analgesic  ef- 
fects  Great  for  meditation,  restlessness,  sleeplessness  psychology. 

(A)  No.  71,997E....(7y2  x  7  X  3%")  110V  AC $'89.95  Ppd. 

(B)  AS  ABOVE.  BUT  "WHITE  SOUND"  ONLY 

No.  71,980E   .  (6"  Rd.  x  3'/."  HI) $28.00  Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR 

GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 


164    PAGES    -     MORE    THAN 


ComplGlely  new  Catalog  Packed  wtlh  huge  selecl 
binoculars,  magnels.  magnifiers  prisms,  pholo  co 
Lighting  items  parls  kits,  accessories — many  han 
of  Chans   illustrations    For  hobbyists,  experimenit 

EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

300  Cdtcorp  Buildmi.  Birnnctan,  N    J.  01007 

Please  rush  Free  Giant  Catalog  "E 


BARGAINS 

in  ol  telescopes  microscopes, 
ponents,  ecology  and  Unique 
lo-gel  surplus  bargains  lOOs 
s   schools   industry 


U"!^:^ 


r^\    COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  WITH  CHECK,  M.  O.  OR  CHARGE  NO. 


Ff^X  EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO.    300  Edscorp  Building.  Barrington,  N.J.  08007 


How  Many  Stock  No. 


n  PLEASE  SEND  GIANT 
FREE  CATALOG  "E" 


□  Charge  my  BankAmericard  * 

n  Charge  my  Master  Charge  '^jj  Hindling  Chi.:  Jl.OO.  Orders  Under  $5.00,  50»,  Orders  Over  $5.00 

Interbank  No 
My  Card  No.  Is 

Signature. 


lose  □check  □money  order  (or  TOTAL  V 


Card  Expiration  Date 

aO-DAY   MONEY-BACK   GUARANTEE. 

You  must  be  satisfied  or  return 
any  purctiase  in  30  days  for  full 
refund.  -$15.00  minimum 


Name 

Address. 
City 


Announcements 


The  World  in  a  Hat  Loniiiuics 
through  Januiii  y  in  the  Corner  Gallery 
on  the  lourlh  floor  of  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History.  This 
multimedia  presenlation,  part  fairy 
tale  and  part  fact,  shows  how  people 
use  hats  as  emblems  of  status  in  reli- 
gion, politics,  sports,  society,  and 
jobs.  Margaret  Cooper's  story  is  nar- 
rated by  Bess  Myerson,  with  draw- 
ings by  Judith  Rice. 

Continuing  through  April  in  Gallery 
77  of  the  Museum,  This  Exhibit  in 
Preparation  gives  visitors  a  "behind 
the  scenes"  look  at  the  techniques 
used  to  create  the  Museum's  many 
marvelous  dioramas  and  exhibits. 
Graphics,  three-dimensional  dis- 
plays, and  periodic  demonstrations 
by  artists,  taxidermists,  preparators, 
and  model-makers  reveal  the  inner 
workings  of  the  Exhibition  Depart- 
ment. 

The  Museum  tour  East  African  Geo- 
logical Safari — a  field  study  in  geol- 
ogy, mineralogy,  and  paleoanthro- 
pology— will  visit  Kenya  and  Tan- 
zania. The  itinerary  includes  the  East- 
ern Rift  Valley,  the  lower  slopes  of 
Mount  Kilimanjaro,  the  famed  Oldu- 
vai  Gorge,  the  pre-Acheulian  hand  ax 
find  at  Olorgesailie,  and  mines  of  tan- 
zanite,  corundum,  amazonite,  gay- 
lussite,  and  meerschaum.  On  safari, 
trips  will  be  made  to  Masai  and  Ki- 
kuyu  villages,  as  well  as  to  the  Seren- 
geti,  Ngorongoro,  and  Mara  game  re- 
serves. Two  groups,  led  by  Chris- 
topher Schuberth,  lecturer  in  geology 
at  the  Museum  and  adjunct  professor 
in  geology  at  the  City  University  of 
New  York,  are  scheduled  for  July  and 
August  1976.  For  details  call  the 
Department  of  Education  at  the  Mu- 
seum (212)  873-7507. 

A  new  exhibition  hall,  Hall  of  Mol- 


lusks  and  Mankind,  is  open  on  the 
firsr  floor  of  the  Museum  at  the  77th 
Street  Foyer  entrance.  This  first,  per- 
manent interdisciplinary  exhibition 
of  its  kind  in  the  world  focuses  on  the 
biology  of  moUusks,  the  meaning  of 
shell  symmetry,  the  use  of  shells  and 
mollusks  in  scientific  studies,  and  the 
use  of  shells  as  utensils,  tools,  reli- 
gious symbols,  ornaments,  and  art 
objects. 

The  following  Slide  Lectures  will  be 
held  in  the  Education  Hall  at  2;00 
P.M.  on  Tuesdays:  January  6.  New 
York  Animal  Life  in  Winter;  January 
13,  Grand  Canyon — A  Geological 
River  Journey;  January  20.  House 
Plants  That  Don't  Talk  Back;  Jan- 
uary 27.  Wildlife  of  the  Eastern 
Mountains. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 
Museum,  "The  Christmas  Sky," 
continuing  through  January  5,  is  a 
December  tradition  that  examines  the 
nature  of  the  Star  of  the  Magi.  After 
a  tour  of  our  modern  sky,  the  plane- 
tarium projector,  used  as  a  time  ma- 
chine, travels  back  2,000  years  and 
explores  the  astronomical  possi- 
bilities of  the  star.  "The  Final  Fron- 
tier" opens  January  7.  This  Sky 
Show  takes  us  on  a  futuristic  voyage 
to  the  outer  reaches  of  space  aboard 
the  nuclear-propelled  spacecraft  Era- 
tosthenes. On  this  trip,  the  ship  en- 
counters strange  planets,  double 
stars,  stellar  novae,  other  galaxies, 
neutron  stars,  and  mysterious  black 
holes.  Shows  begin  at  2:00  p.m.  and 
3:00  P.M.  during  the  week,  with  more 
frequent  showings  on  weekends.  Ad- 
mission is  $1 .75  for  adults  and  $1 .00 
for  children. 

Robert  G.  Goelet  has  been  elected 
the  eighth  president  of  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural   History.    A 


trustee  since  1958,  he  succeeds 
Gardner  D.  Stout,  who  has  retired 
after  seven  years  of  service  as  chief 
executive.  Mr.  Goelet,  52.  could  be 
a  prototype  of  the  proverbially  long 
and  active  leader  in  the  cultural  com- 
munity of  New  York  and  the  nation. 
An  early  academic  interest  in  history 
and  a  passion  for  studying  birds  were 
the  beginnings  of  an  ever  expanding 
inquiry  into  the  natural  sciences. 
Concurrently  president  of  the  New 
York  Historical  Society,  he  was,  until 
recently,  president  of  the  New  York 
Zoological  Society  and  a  director  of 
the  National  Audubon  Society.  Mr. 
Goelet  is  a  director  of  the  Chemical 
Bank  and  a  number  of  other  business 
corporations. 

He  brings  a  special  interest  in  orni- 
thology, ichthyology  and  paleonto- 
logy, but  is  no  stranger  to  any  of  the 
Museum's  programs.  Under  Mr. 
Goelet's  active  leadership,  the  full 
spectrum  of  research  and  education 
will  benefit  from  his  dedication  to  the 
advancement  of  scientific  knowl- 
edge. 


STOP  SAYING  . .  . 

"I  CAN'T  AFFX)RD  TO  TRAVEL' 


8  BOOKS  THAT  GIVE  YOU 

THE  FACTS  ON  HOW 

YOU  CAN  TRAVEL  TODAY 

WITHOUT  BEING  RICH 


AROUND  THE  WORLD 
BY  FREIGHTER 


Where  and  how  to  travel  by  freighter 
—the  lower  cost  way  to  travel 

For  no  more  than  you'd  spend  at  a  resort,  you  can 
take  a  never-to-be-forgotten  cruise  to  Rio  or  Buenos 
Aires.  Or  through  the  Canal  or  to  the  West  Indies  or 
across  the  Atlantic  to  the  Mediterranean,  etc. 

And  what  accommodations  you  get— large  rooms 
with  beds  (not  bunks),  probably  a  private  bath,  lots  of 
good  food,  and  plenty  of  relaxation  as  you  speed  from 
port  to  port. 

Travel  Routes  Around  the  World  names  the  freighter 
lines  (hundreds  of  them,  with  sailings  from  practically 
every  port  in  the  world),  tells  where  they  go.  what  they 
charge,  briefly  describes  accommodations  plus  life  on 
your  freighter,  clothes  to  take.  etc. 

To  stop  saying  that  travel  is  expensive  get  your  copy 
now.  Price  $1.50. 


AMERICA  BY  CAR 


This  big  book  is  your  insurance  of  seeing  all  the  four- 
star  sights  in  whatever  corner  of  the  U.S.,  Canada  or 
Mexico  you  drive  to.  Whether  you're  visiting  New 
England  or  California,  Florida  or  the  National  Parks, 
the  Great  Lakes,  the  Mississippi,  the  East,  the  South, 
the  Southwest,  the  Indian  country,  etc.,  it  tells  you  day 
by  day  and  road  by  road  the  scenic  way  to  go  and  It 
always  directs  you  to  the  important  sights  along  the 
way  and  in  the  cities.  In  Niagara  or  Los  Angeles, 
Washington  or  New  Orleans,  the  Black  Hills  or  Mont- 
real, it  takes  the  guesswork  out  of  travel. 

America  is  so  big  you  can  easily  overlook  or  forget 
important  sights  or  make  many  a  wrong  turn— which  is 
something  you  certainly  don't  want  to  do  in  these  days 
of  higher  gas  prices.  So  get  America  by  Car,  the  book 
that  makes  sure  you'll  see  everything  of  consequence 
and  always  travel  right.  Only  $3.95  for  this  170,(X)0 
word  book  (as  big  as  3  ordinary-sized  novels). 


FABULOUS  MEXICO— 
Where  Everything  Costs  Less 


The  land  of  retirement  and  vacation  bargains— that's 
Mexico  Where  an  American  retirement  income  looks 
like  a  fortune  and  your  vacation  money  can  buy  double 
or  more  what  it  might  back  home  Norman  Ford  shows 
you  vacation  and  retirement  values  where  you  can  live 
like  a  prince  on  what  you  might  |ust  get  along  on  in  the 
USA.  He  pinpoints  areas  that  look  like  the  South  Seas, 
others  where  it's  like  June  all  year  round,  towns  where 
many  other  Americans  have  retired:  shows  where  to 
find  modern  flower-bedecked  hotels  and  inns  that 
charge  hardly  half  of  what  you'd  expect  to  spend  in 
even  such  a  land  of  vacation  and  retirement  bargains 
as  Mexico  Plus  a  big  section  on  where  to  start  your 
money  earning  so  much  more  than  in  the  U.SJk.   $2  50 


OFF  THE  BEATEN  PATH 


— these  are  America's  own 
Bargain  Paradises 

Where  to  retire  or  vacation 
at  what  look  like  pre-inflation 
prices  and  no  one  ever  heard  of 
nerves  or  worries. 

Off-the-Beaten  Path  names  the  really  low-cost 
Florida  retirement  and  vacation  towns,  the  top-notch 
values  in  Texas,  the  Southwest,  California,  the  South 
and  East.  Canada,  and  a  dozen  other  areas  which  the 
crowds  have  not  yet  discovered: 

—Fabulous  places  like  that  undiscovered  region 
where  winters  are  as  warm  and  sunny  as  Miami 
Beach's,  yet  costs  can  be  2/3rds  less.  Or  that  island 
that  looks  like  Hawaii  yet  is  2000  miles  nearer.  Or 
France's  only  remaining  outpost  in  this  part  of  the 
world  .  or  a  village  more  Scottish  than  Scotland  .or 
resort  villages  without  crowds  or  high  prices  .  .  or 
island  paradises  aplenty  in  the  U.S.  or  Canada  .  .  . 
or  areas  with  almost  a  perfect  climate.  And  for  good 
measure  you  also  read  about  low  cost  paradises  in 
Hawaii,  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  Puerto  Rico 

A  big  book,  with  about  100,000  words.  Yet  it  costs 
only  12.50 


SPECIAL  OFFER:  All  4  books  above— Travel  Routes  Around  the 
World,  America  by  Car,  Fabulous  Mexico—  Where  Everything  Costs 
Less,  and  Off-the-Beaten  Pat/i— ($10.45  value)  for  only  $6.95. 


BARGAIN  PARADISES 
OF  THE  WORLD 


West  Indies,  Mexico,  Californias  Abroad 

This  is  a  book  on  how  to  double  what  your  money 
can  buy.  For  that  is  what  spending  a  few  weeks  or 
months,  or  even  retiring,  in  the  world's  Bargain 
Paradises  amounts  to. 

Throughout  this  big  book  you  learn  where  to  spend 
a  while  in  the  West  I  ndies.  South  America,  the  healthful 
islands  of  the  South  Seas,  and  the  marvelous  Balearic 
Islands,  where  two  can  live  like  kings  yet  spend  very 
little. 

You  read  about  cities  and  towns  where  it's  always 
spring,  about  "Californias  Abroad,"  about  "Four 
Modern  Shangri-Las,"  about  mountain  hideaways, 
tropical  islands  as  colorful  as  Tahiti  but  nearer  home, 
about  modern  cities  where  you  can  live  for  less,  about 
quiet  country  lanes  and  surf-washed  coastal  resorts. 

If  you've  ever  wanted  to  travel  but  wondered  how 
you  could  afford  it;  if  you  have  a  little  income  but 
wonder  how  you'd  ever  be  able  to  retire  on  that;  if  you 
want  a  life  of  luxuries  on  what  you'd  get  only  necessities 
back  home,  then  you  want  this  book.  $2.50. 


WHERE  TO  RETIRE 
ON  A  SMALL  INCOME 


This  book  selects  out  of  the  thousands  of  communi- 
ties in  the  U.S.  only  those  places  where  the  climate  is 
right,  living  costs  are  less,  the  surroundings  pleasant, 
and  nature  and  the  community  get  together  to  guaran- 
tee a  good  time  from  fishing,  boating,  gardening, 
concerts,  or  the  like. 

It  covers  cities,  towns,  spas,  resorts,  etc.,  throughout 
America— from  New  England  south  to  Florida,  west  to 
California  and  north  to  the  Pacific  Northwest.  It 
includes  both  Hawaii  and  the  American  Virgin  Islands. 

Some  people  spend  hundreds  of  dollars  trying  to  get 
information  like  this  by  traveling  around  the  country. 
Frequently  they  fail— there  is  just  too  much  of  America 
to  explore!  This  book  saves  you  from  that  danger.  Yet 
it  costs  only  $2.95. 


WHERE  WILL  YOU  GO 
IN  FLORIDA? 


Florida  needn't  be  expensive— not  if  you  know  just 
where  to  go  for  whatever  you  seek  in  Florida.  And  if 
ttiere's  any  man  who  can  give  you  the  facts  you  want, 
it's  Norman  Ford,  founder  of  the  world  famous  Globe 
Trotters  Club. 

His  big  book,  Norman  Ford's  Florida,  tells  you,  first  of 
all,  road  by  road,  mile  by  mile,  everything  you'll  find  in 
Florida,  whether  you're  on  vacation  or  looking  over  job, 
business,  real  estate,  or  retirement  prospects. 

Always,  he  names  the  hotels,  motels,  and  restaurants 
where  you  can  stop  for  the  best  accommodations  and 
meals  at  the  price  you  want  to  pay  For  that  longer 
vacation,  if  you  let  Norman  Ford  guide  you,  you'll  find  a 
real  "paradise"— just  the  spot  which  has  everything 
you  want. 

Of  course,  there's  much  more  to  this  big  book.  If  you 
want  a  home  in  Florida,  he  tells  you  |ust  where  to  head. 
If  you've  ever  wanted  to  run  a  tourist  court  or  own  an 
orange  grove,  he  tells  you  today's  inside  story  of  these 
popular  investments 

If  you  want  to  retire  on  a  small  income,  Norman  Ford 
tells  you  exactly  where  you  can  retire  now  on  the  money 
you've  got.  whether  it's  a  little  or  a  lot  Because  he 
always  tells  you  where  life  in  Florida  is  pleasantest  on  a 
small  income,  he  can  help  you  to  take  life  easy  now. 

Whatever  you  seek  in  Florida,  Norman  Ford's  Florida 
gives  you  the  facts  you  need  to  find  exactly  what  you 
want  Well  over  100,000  words  but  it  costs  only  $3— 
only  a  fraction  of  the  money  you'd  spend  needlessly 
if  you  went  to  Florida  blind. 


ALL  ABOUT  ARIZONA 
—the  healthful  state 


Just  as  a  road  map  shows  you  how  to  reach  your 
destination,  this  big  book  leads  you  to  whatever  you 
want  in  this  fast  growing  state  of  sun  and  scenic 
wonderlands 

What  do  you  want  to  know  about  Arizona?  Where  to 
retire  at  low  cost'  Where  are  summers  cool,  winters 
sunny  most  of  the  time?  Where  are  the  leading  places 
for  a  lob,  a  home,  etc.?  What  must  a  newcomer  watch 
out  for?  Is  it  true  that  living  costs  are  less  than  in  the 
East?   What  about  salaries? 

Or  do  you  want  to  tour  this  Grand  Canyon  State? 
What's  the  most  scenic  way  to  see  Arizona  by  car  or 
otherwise?  What  is  really  the  most  satisfying  way  to 
see  the  Grand  Canyon'  The  Indian  reservations?  The 
other  four-star  sights'  Which  are  the  outstanding 
places  to  eat  and  stay?  What  are  the  sure  ways  to  cut 
travel  costs  in  this  big  state? 

Filled  with  facts,  over  100,000  words  long,  this  book 
almost  brings  Arizona  to  your  door  answering  these 
and  a  hundred  other  questions.  To  know  all  you  should 
about  Arizona  before  you  go  for  a  home,  a  job,  retire- 
ment in  the  sun,  or  a  really  memorable  vacation,  read 
this  book.   Price,  $2.95 


A  Good  Trip  Begins  with  a  Harian  Book 

Publishers  since  1935 


Mall  to  HARIAN  PUBLICATIONS 

437  Walnut  Drive 

GREENLAWN  (Long  Island),  N.Y.  11740 

I  have  enclosed  $ (cash,  check, 

or  money  order).  Please  send  me  the  books 
I  checked  below.  YOU  WILL  REFUND  MY 
MONEY  IF  I  AM  NOT  SATISFIED. 

D  Travel  Routes  Around  the  World  (travel 

by  freighters).  $1.50. 
D  America  by  Car.  $3.95. 
D  Fabulous     Mexico  —  Where     Everything 

Costs  Less.  S2.50. 
D  Off-the-Beaten  Path.  $2.50. 

D   SPECIAL  OFFER  #1:  All  4  books 
above  for  $6.95. 
D  Norman  Ford's  Florida.  $3.00. 
D  All  About  Arizona— the  healthful  state. 

$2.95. 
D  Where  to  Retire  on  a  Small  Income.  $2.95. 
D  Bargain  Paradises  of  the  World.  $2.50. 

D   SPECIAL  OFFER  #2:  Save  $8.90— 
all  8  books  above,  $21 .85  value,  for 
only  $12.95. 


Print  Name • 

Street  Address ! 

City  I 

State Zip  Code I 


THE  SILVER  MARTINI. 
FOR  PEOPLE  WHO  WANT  A  SILVER  LINING  WITHOUT  THE  CLOUD 

SMIRNOFF  SILVER.  NINETY  POINT  FOUR  PROOF.  SMIRNOFF  LEAVES  YOU  BREATHLESS® 


SMIRNOFF  SILVER"  VODKA,  90  4  PROOF  DISTILLED  FROM  GRAIN    STE.  PIERRE  SMIRNOFF  FLS.  [OiV  OF  HEUBLEIN,  INC  )  HARTFORD,  CONN. 


^\1.-H^% 


"Search  fi^r  thi  Grreat  Apes" 


lf:H 


■•'--SMi^giigti^f^: 


/■  Meet  a  shy  and  "^.■ 

gentle  giant. 

:':/  After  liviijg  among 
the  giant  mountain 
gorillas  of  Africa  for  10 
years,  Dian  Fossey  has 

;  discovered  that  only 
their  reputation  is 

ferocious /;:'-9^4^35|^ni§::;'  •   ■ 
Meet,too^~the;"^'^--"^:-'    '■ 

orangutan  of  Borneo,    •>,... 

the  elusive  man  of  the-'^Jv  ;;x -" 

forest,  and Birute       ,■'  ,'-:i0 

Galdikas-Brindamoui;.-  -  ^^ 

the  woman  who  ■;>     '\ : 

searched  him  out  ■'^*  -;  '■:^;f^- 

Join  the  "SearchffSv'-vi:' 

the  Great  Apes"  on  ;^;it^Nv^ 

;  Public  Television,  -"'^'^^^j^ 


Hie  National  Geographic     ,^  ,  ,.,,  .  ,,    ., 
,,    Specials  ;:VH#i^V,\(rM 


'^^r!^ 


J.  • 


•if  •v 


The  amazing  Mercedes-Benz  450SE» 

Take  a  good,  close  look. 
"fouVe  never  seen  anything  like  it. 

Here's  a  walk-around  checklist  for  one  of  the  most 

important  sedans  ever  engineered  by  Mercedes-Benz  —  or  by  anyone  else. 

It'll  help  you  see,  firsthand,  why  the  450SE  defies  imitation 

...and  why  it  deserves  your  closest  consideration. 


1. 

Start  here.  Look  at  the  trunk  space.  An  uncluttered  18.2  cubic  feet. 

Spare  tire  is  stored  out  of  the  way,  flat  under  the  floor, 

where  it  can  also  serve  as  an  additional  impact-absorbing  device. 


14. 


2. 

Heated  rear 
window.  Auio- 

matic  timer 
prevents  wasted 
energy.  Tinted 
glass  all  around 
Standard 
equipment. 

3. 

Rain  channels  use 

airflow  to  divert 
rainwater  from  side 
and  rear  windows 

4, 

Chrome  strip/side 
protection  molding  is 

rubber-mounted  to 
eliminate  metal-to-mctal 
contact. 


5. 

Interior  is  fully  padded 
for  safety  and  sumptu- 
ousness.  Sealed  against 
noise  and  heat.  Four 
different  sound- 
absorbing  materials. 

6. 

Maximum-visibility 
windshield.  All- 
around  visibility  in 
the  450SE  totals  313°. 
Overlapping  windshield 
wipers  clear  73  percent 
of  the  entire  wind- 
shield. 

7. 

Steel'belted  radial 
tires.  Standard 
equipment. 


8. 

Safety  bumpers, 

rubber  protected, 

hydraulic-regenerative 

Front  and  rear. 


Aerodynamically  ribbed  rear 
lights  use  airflow  to  stay  clear  in 
foul  weather  or  on  dusty  roads. 

13. 

Cockpit.  Control  panel  has 
full  instrumentation.  Tach- 
ometer, quartz  crystal  clock, 
cruise  ^  control,  AM/FM 
stereo  radio, 
electrically 
operated 
windows  are  all 
standard 
equipment. 

12. 

Safety 

cone  door 

locks.  So 

strong  that 

one  of  them 

can  support 

the  weight 

of  the  entire 

450SE. 

11. 

Central  locking 

system.  Locks  all 

doors,  trunk  arA 

gas  filler  port  at  the 

turn  of  a  key. 


10. 

The  outside  rearview 

mirror.  Distortion-free, 

folds  full  forward  onA. 

rear  for  pedestrian  safety. 

Large,  inside  rearview 

mirror  folds  and  breaks 

away  on  impact  for 

driver  and  passenger 

safety. 


9. 

Halogen  fog  lights. 

Standard  equipment. 


The  amazing  Mercedes-Benz  450SE. 

Novs  look  at  8  things  you  don't  see. 

You've  still  never  seen  anything  like  it. 

You'll  experience  and  appreciate  some  of  them  during 

your  test  drive.  (Your  Dealer  can  arrange  it  at  your  convenience.) 

The  others  are  special  Mercedes-Benz  bonuses. 

All  of  them  are  standard  equipment 


15. 

Automatic 
Climate  Control 

maintains 
a  preselected 
temperature;     , 
dehumidifies, 
heats  and 
cools. 


"\ 


22. 

Safety  advances.  TTie  entire 

passenger  compartment  is  protected 
by  collapsible  extremities  and  a  rigid 
steel  shell. TTie  shell  is  an  enormously 

strong,  welded  structure.  The  roof 
alone  can  sustain  over  5  tons  weight. 

The  gas  tank  is  mounted  over  the 

rear  axle,  nearly  four  feet  in  from  the 

rear  bumper,  and  surrounded  by 

steel  bulkheads.  TTie  gas  filler  pipe  is 

designed  to  pinch  closed  on  impact. 


16. 

Undercoating 

extends  up  to  the 
rocker  molding  for 
extra  protection. 
The  underside  of  the 
450SE  is  buffered  by  four 
different  materials  including 
anti-corrosion  wax  and  al- 
most 24  pounds  of 
plasticized  vinyl. 

17. 

A  unique  engine.  A  trim 
4.5  liter,  overhead  camshaft 
V-8  with  a  breakerless, 
transistorized  ignition 
system  and  an  all-new, 
mechanically  operated 
fuel  injection  system  that 
maintains  optimum  fuel/ 
air  mixture  at  all  times 

18. 

Fully  independent 
front  and  rear 
suspension. 

They  set  new  handling 
standards  —  even  for 
Mercedes-Benz.  No  do- 
mestic sedan  has  any- 
thing like  them.TTiey 
combine  with  the  sophis- 
ticated Mercedes-Benz 
recirculating  ball-type 
power  steering  to  give  you 
extraordinary  control  at 
all  times. 

Power  disc  brakes  on  all  four  wheels. 

TTie  brakes  are  ventilated  —  then  further  cooled  by  special 
turboblades.  They  are  designed  to  stop  you  smoothly, 
securely  time  after  time  — without  disconcerting  fade. 


21. 

Remarkably  smooth 
automatic  transmission, 

3  speeds,  with  torque  con- 
vertor.  You  shift  without 
interrupting  power  flow 
and  can  even  override  the 
automatic  to  shift  manu- 
ally within  proper  engine 
speed  ranges. 

20. 

Retained  value. 

Based  on  the  average 

•      official  used  car  prices 

over  the  past  5  years, 

!       Mercedes-Benz  holds 

/         its  value  better  than 

any  make  of  luxury 

I  car  sold  in  America. 

And  among 

Mercedes-Benz  models 

listed,  the  450SE's 

figures  are  outstanding. 


Mercedes-Benz 

Engineered  like  no  other  car  in  the  world. 

©1975  Mercedes-Benz 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


Incorporating  Nature  Magazine 
Vol.  LXXXV,  No.  2 
February  1976 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  G.  Goelet,  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 


Alan  Ternes,  Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay,  Frederick  Hartmann, 

Christopher  Hallowell,  Toni  Gerber 

Carol  Breslin,  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckhorn,  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato,  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson,  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana,  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon,  Dorothy  E.  Bliss, 

Mark  Chartrand,  Niles  Eldredge, 

Vincent  Manson,  Margaret  Mead, 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Gerard  Piel, 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryus,  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn,  Production  Manager 
Gordon  Finley,  Marketing  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf,  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Joan  Mahoney 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.   10024. 
Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York,  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.   Y.   10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Dcs  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


4     Authors 

10     The  Web  of  Hunger  Stephen  C.  Frantz 
Rats  in  the  Granary 

22      This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Gould 
Human  Babies  as  Embryos 

27     Letters 

34     Rifting  in  the  Okavango  Delta  Christopher  H.  Scholz 

One  of  Africa 's  greatest  wildlife  areas  exists  because  the  continent  is  slowly 
tearing  apart. 

44     Swiss  Family  Togetherness  John  Friedl 

The  long,  snowy  winters  bring  villagers  together  for  courting,  for  sharing  foe 
and  warmth,  and  for  protection  against  ever  threatening  natural  disaster. 

52     Plant-loving  Bats,  Bat-loving  Plants  Donna  J.  Howell 
Plants  and  animals  do  not  evolve  in  isolation. 

60     Reef  Fish  Lottery  Peter  F.  Sale 

Coexistence  is  a  chancy  way  of  life  on  the  Great  Barrier  Reef. 

66     Wandering  Art  Stanley  Ira  Hallet 

When  the  Afghan  people  adapt  trucks  to  their  rugged  country,  they  remove  i 
emergency  brake  and  add  two  eyes  for  safety. 

72     A  Naturalist  at  Large  Evelyn  Shaw 
The  Egg  as  Classroom 

78     Sky  Reporter  John  Cribbin 
Climatic  Changes  on  Mars 

~      83     A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
A  Steak  in  the  Future? 

86     The  Market 

88      Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

90      Book  Review  Murray  Tinkelman 
An  Illustrator's  Portfolio 

95     Additional  Reading 

98     Announcements 

Cover:  Snow  falls  gently  on  the  romantic  Swiss  village  of  Ostadt.  At  the  same 
time,  snow  is  accumulating  on  the  Alpine  peaks,  creating  a  serious  threat 
of  avalanche.  Photograph  by  Burt  Glinn  of  Magnum.  Story  on  page  44. 


^^^^      Just  send  us  one  dime  within  10  days  and  you  get  any 

1WV^%  TAPES  or 
RECORDS 

for  only 


I  lu  udyb  cinu  yuu 

99 


plus  postage 
&  handling 


Worth  from  $55.84  up  to  $85.84  at  regular  Music  Service  prices 

Choose ...  ,« 


or  RECORDS^/   or  CASSETTES 


You  merely  agree  to  select  as  few  as  6  more  hits  at  regular 
Music  Service  prices  in  the  next  three  years. 


>  Jim  CroceiLlleS  Times.  22406 
>BTO:  Not  Fragile  23420 

•  Haggard:Keep  Movln'      33411 

.  Denver:  Back  Home.  .320S0 

•  Best  Of  The  Guess  Wlio  04306 

•  Charlie  Rich 

Golden  Hits 04421 

•  Steppenwoll:  Great  Hits  13453 

•  South  Pacific  00049 

•  Cllburn:  Piano  Favorltes13500 

•  ZZ  Top:  Fandango 13864 

•  lOcc:  Soundtrack 31587 

•  Dr.  Hook:  Bankrupt 32228 

•  fVloody  Blues:  Sojourn     10905 

•  Ormandy:  Scheherazade  14307 

•  Fargo:  Happiest  Girl       14345 

•  Carpenters:  Horizon     .14294 

•  TJB:  Coney  Island 04682 

•  Campbell:  Rhinestone     13932 

•  Sweet:  Desolation  Blvd.  30304 

•  Prairie  League:  2-Lane    04608 

•  Kinks:  A  Soap  Opera    .  23387 

•  Nat  Cole:  Unforgettable  32474 

•  Peter  Frampton 04647 

•  Steely  Dan:  Katy  Lied    .23356 

•  Elvis:  How  Great 04632 

•  Uriah  Heep:  Magician  .13852 

•  The  Band:  Big  Pink    .   .13810 

•  Helen  Reddy:  Lady 23726 

•  S.  Dan:  Pretzel  Logic  .04579 

•  Grass  Roots:  Great  Hits  .13570 

•  Best  of  IVIanclnl 00222 

•  Bacharach:  Gt.  Hits.   .21151 

•  Bowie:  Young  Amer 04609 

•  Poco:  Head  Over  Heels   23237 

•  Wakeman:  King  Arthur  .33187 
".  Roe:  Gt.  Hits 03743 

•  Hot  Tuna:  America         04654 

•  Stokowskl/Wagner 03928 

•  Dawn:  Ragtime  Follies  .20280 

•  Roy  Clark:  Gt.  Hits       .23644 

•  Jennings:  Dreaming 20026 

•  Joe  Cocker:  Rain 04532 

•  Paul  Anka:  21  Gold  Hits00120 

•  Nelson: 
What  Can  You  Do 24103 

•  Ormandy:  Nutcracker     .14350 

•  Tom  Jones:  Gt.  Hits 

.  Cash:  Gold  Vol.  1 

•  Supertramp:  Crime 

>  Hayward/Lodge:  Blue 

•  Best  Sons  Of  Ploneersff)13430 

•  Nashville:  Soundtrack.  .33359 

•  Ozark  Daredevils:  Shine  13994 

•  Best  Jim  Reeves  00267 

•  Mills  Bros.:  Gts.  Hits     04482 

Jiagerldon  33897 

n  JessI  Colter 04621 

•  10  Years  After:  Gt.  Hits  20018 
■  Hart:  Country  Heart      .14037 


FREDDY  FENDER 


31 


» 


Save  on  Your  Choice  of  Cartridges  or  Records  or  Cassettes 

start  Saving  Now!  Take  any  8  Cartridges  or  Records  or  Cassettes  for 
99e  with  trial  membership.  {Sorry,  no  mixing.)  Indicate  your  choices  on 
the  coupon,  enclose  one  dime  down  payment,  and  mail  it  today! 
Colorful  Magazine!  Free  Choice!  Every  four  weeks  illustrated  MEDLEY 
brings  news  of  over  400  selections  and  features  a  "Selection  of  the 
Month"  in  your  favorite  music  category.  And.  five  times  a  year,  you 
receive  sale  issues  featuring  a  "Bonus  Selection  '  and  alternates  at 
great  savings.  In  all.  you  will  have  18  purchase  opportunities  in  the 
course  of  a  year.  No  need  to  buy  a  selection  every  time.  You  merely 
agree  to  buy  6  more  hits  in  the  next  three  years  at  regular  Music  Service 
prices  —  usually  $6.98  for  records,  $7.98  for  tapes.  Choose  from  top 
labels  like  RCA,  Capitol.  Warner  Bros.,  Atlantic,  A&M,  ABC,  Mercury, 
London,  Elektra  .  .  .  over  50  more! 

Automatic  Shipments!  To  get  the  regular  "Selection  of  the  Month"  or 
the  special  sale  "Bonus  Selection,"  do  nothing;  it  will  be  sent  auto- 
matically. If  you  want  other  selections,  or  none,  advise  us  on  the  card 
always  provided  and  return  it  by  the  date  specified.  You  always  have 
at  least  10  days  to  decide.  But,  if  you  ever  have  less  than  10  days  to 
make  your  decision,  you  may  return  your  automatic  selection  at  our 
expense  for  full  credit. 

Cancel  whenever  you  wish  after  completing  your  membership  agreement 
by  notifying  us  in  writing.  If  you  remain  a  member,  choose  1  selection 
FREE  for  every  2  you  buy  at  regular  Music  Service  prices!  (Postage  and 
handling  charge  added  to  each  shipment.) 
Free  10-Day  Trial!  If  not  satisfied  return  your  8  hits 
after  10  days  for  a  prompt  refund.  Mail  coupon  today. 


|./i  ■V/<:;s:    \ri_;aia^c    aiiu 

RCA 


ACT  NOW  -  MAIL  COUPON  TODAY! 


RCA  MUSIC  SERVICE 

P.O.  Box  RCA  1,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  46291 


I  enclose  100  down  payment.  Please  ac- 
cept my  trial   membership  in  the  RCA 
1  Music  Service  and  send  me  the  8  hits 
I've  indicated  here.  I  may  return  my  8 
introductory  selections  at  the  end  of  10 
days  if  not  satisfied,  and  my  dime  will 
be  refunded;  or  I  will  keep  them  for  only  890  balance 
and  agree  to  buy  6  more  at  regular  Music  Service 
prices  in  the  next  three  years,  after  which  I  may  can- 
cel my  membership.  I  understand  I  may  refuse  the 
automatic  shipment  of  each  "Selection  of  the  Month," 
order   other   selections,   or   none,    by   returning   the 
dated  card  always  provided.  (Postage  and  handling 
charge  added  to  each  shipment.) 


Q  SEND  MY  SELECTIONS  ON  (check  one  only): 

8-Track  Tape'^  ©^  Rj> 

D  CARTRIDGES  \^n  RECORDS^  D  CASSETTES>A 


Q  I  am  most  interested  in  the  following  type  of  music 
—  but  I  am  always  free  to  choose  from  every  category 

(check  one  only): 
n  Easy  Listening  (Instrumental/Vocal)       D  Classical 
D  Today's  Sound  (Rock/Soul/Folk) 
□  Country       Q  Broadway-Hollywood-TV 

^  D  Mrs.  [ 

D  Miss) 
Address 


Orushme 

THESE  8 
SELECTIONS 

(indicate  by 
number) 


City. 


.State. 


ncii 


Tibership  per  family.  Local  I 


Authors 


A  research  associate  at  the  Interna- 
tional Center  for  Medical  Research, 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  Stephen 
C.  Frantz  is  examining  basic  rodent 
biology,  ecology,  and  rodent-human 
relationships.  He  spent  eighteen 
months  in  India  looking  into  rodent 
behavior  in  grain  warehouses  and  two 
years  in  Nepal  collecting  information 
on  rats  that  infest  houses,  with  partic- 
ular emphasis  on  the  factors  in  human 
life  that  affect  rat  success.  Based  on 
these  studies,  Frantz  is  developing 
ecologically  sound  approaches  to  the 
problems  of  pest  control,  food  pro- 
duction, and  waste  management, 
which  he  hopes  will  be  integrated  into 
existing  government  programs. 


When  the  Alpine  village  he  was 
studying  was  struck  by  a  severe  ava- 
lanche, John  Friedl  was  able  to  ob- 
serve at  firsthand  the  effect  of  natural 
disasters  on  such  things  as  agricul- 
tural practices  and  social  relation- 
ships. These  observations  became 
part  of  his  doctoral  research  on  cul- 
ture change  among  former  peasants  in 
European  society.  An  associate  pro- 
fessor of  anthropology  at  Ohio  State 
University,  Friedl  has  now  turned  his 
sights  closer  to  home .  He  is  exploring 
the  problems  of  assimilation  among 
Appalachian  migrants  and  plans  to 
look  closely  at  their  use  of  health  care 
and  other  social  services. 


An  invitation  from  the  United  Na- 
tions Food  and  Agriculture  Organi- 
zation to  serve  as  consultant  on  a  de- 
velopment program  for  the  Okavango 
Swamps  led  Christopher  H.  Scholz 
to  Botswana.  From  boyhood  on,  his 
primary  interest  has  been  earth- 
quakes. Scholz  is  professor  of  geol- 
ogy at  Columbia  University  and  a 
senior  research  associate  at  the  uni- 
versity's Lamont-Doherty  Geologi- 
cal Observatory  in  Palisades,  New 
York.  His  attention  is  focused  at 
present  on  the  problems  of  earth- 
quake prediction,  a  subject  he  has 
written  about  for  this  magazine  {see 
"Toward  Infallible  Earthquake  Pre- 
diction," May  1974). 


The  sculpture  above  was  carved  in  the  8th  century  in  Ellora  We've  a 
5000-year-old  past  distilled  in  stone  and  marble  and  pigment. 
A  stupendous  show. 

But  to  really  discover  India,  you  have  to  be  open  to  the  daily  life  around 
you.  The  best  way  is  to  share  our  everyday  experiences.  At  a  camel  fair  in 
Pushkar.  On  the  Taj  Express.  At  a  bazaar  in  Old  Delhi.  A  tea  shop  in  Jaipur 
A  dance  recital  in  Madras.  Whenever  And,  of  course,  come  to  our  homes, 
share  our  curhes,  listen  to  our  stories,  tell  us  yours  [in  English;  it's  our 
second  language}. 

Meet  us  halfway  and  you'll  see;  India  will  repay  you  more  than  any  land 
on  earth  (ask  those  who've  been  here}. 

Bythe  way,  thethp  needn't  be  expensive.  Everything  costs  less  in  India. 
As  for  the  fare,  it's  only  $760  round  trip  from  New  York. 


<}f>*:ic«<:{c«^*:i(4<:f:4i:j(*:i(*:|c«:f:*:(;*:{c*;f:*:):*:|c 


India 


It  sounds  like  India  IS  for  me 
Please  send  me  your  brochures. 


Address- 
City 


-Zip_ 


MyTravel  Agent  is 

Government  of  India  Tourist  Office 


201  N  Michiigan  Ave,,  Chicago,  III.  60601 
685  Market  Si .  San  Francisco.  Cal,  94105 
Royal  Trust  Tower  Dominion  Center.  Toronto.  Canada 


'T'his  year,  logic  will  drive  many  thinking  people  to  Volvo  showrooms. 

Because  Volvo  has  a  reputation  for  being  one  of 
the  world's  most  intelligently  thought  out  cars. 
^<::^   ,^B^.  iM  -|  But  not  all  these  people  will  drive  out  with 

the  same  Volvo. 
k.#       por  1976,  we  have  six  different 
Volvos  to  choose  from. 
If  you're 
interested 
spending  less 
money,  you 
can  choose 
of  our  basic  ^ 
Volvo  240s. 


Also  on  the  Volvo  240s,  you  get  steel-belted 
radials.  And  orthopedically  designed  front 
bucket  seats  with  adjustable  lumbar  supports. 

If  you  want  to  exceed  these  standards,  you  can 
order  options  like  air  conditioning, 
power  steering  with  automatic 
transmission,  overdrive  and  a 
sunroof. 

Of  course,  for  some 
people  even  these  options 
won't  be  enough. 

So  for  them,  there's 
another  option.  pu/i 

For  thoughtful        jM. 
car  buyers  to  whom 
money  is  not  as  big 
an  object,  we 
have  the  three 
objects  on  your 
immediate 
right. 

The 
luxurious 
new  Volvo 
260s. 


THINK 

You  can 
choose  either 
the  2-  or  4- 
door  sedan.' 
Or,ifyoucarr)r 
many  of  your^ 
worldly     ' 
possessions 
around  with 
you,  a  5-door 
luxury  wagon. 
The  Volvo  260s 
come  with 
everything  the  Volvo 'i 
240s  do  and  more. 
You  get  a  bigger 
engine:  an  overhead  cam 
fuel-injected  V-6. 
You  also  get  power  steering 
and  your  choice  of  automatic 
ansmission  or  4-speed  manual 
With  overdrive... all  at  no  extra  cost. 


Either  our  2-()r4-cl()()r  SL-clan.  Or  our  roomy  5-door  wagon. 

While  you  may  be  gelling  ihe  lower  end  of  our  line,  you  won't  be  getting  the  short 
end  as  far  as  a  ear  is  eoneerned. 

Every  Volvo  240  eomes  loaded  with  standards  that  are  well  above  the 
standard.  You  get  a  quiet.  ■■ 

res|5onsive  overhead  earn 
fuel-injeeted  engine. 
4-speed  manual 
Jtransmission. 
f4-wheel. 


owe 
dise 
brakes 
and  rae 
and  pinioji 
steering. 


£W 
AUKE. 


I  n  the  260  GL  sedans 
you'll  find  many  other 
luxuries  that  people  of 
means  consider 


\necessities.  Things  like  air  conditioning, 
leather  to  sit  on.  Power  front  windows 
A  sunroof.  A  heated  driver's  seat. 
And  metallic  paint.  All  standard. 
We  realize  that  by  giving  you 
six  Volvos  to  choose  from, 
we  haven't  made  things 
easy  for  you. 

But  look  at  it  this 

way:  when  you  Ye 

intelligent  enough 

to  make  the  basic 

decision  to  buy 

\a  Volvo,  you  Ye 

intelligent 

enough  to 

decide 
Just  how 
I  basic  tha 
Volvo 
.should  be 


e  who  think' 


LET  HIM  GROW  WITH  A 
QUESTAR 

A  child's  wonder  at  the  world  about  him 
can  hold  a  promise,  for  many  a  scientist 
can  remember  that  his  present  preoccupa- 
tion with  the  universe  began  with  an 
intense  curiosity  early  in  life. 

Such  a  child  will  learn  to  master  many 
tools,  and  the  telescope,  that  prime  tool 
of  science,  should  be  the  first.  A  flawless 
tool  is  an  extension  of  the  mind  and  hand, 
and  a  fine  telescope  should  combine  such 
mechanical  and  optical  perfection  that  it 
can  serve  for  a  lifetime  and  never  become 
a  frustration  whatever  the  critical  job  at 
hand.  Questar,  the  very  finest,  is  such  a 
tool  and  its  lovely  versatility  adds  an 
extra  dimension  to  many  fields:  astron- 
omy, of  course,  but  also  to  disciplines 
that  are  terrestrial  in  nature.  Whether  it 
will  be  used  for  research,  or  simply  for 
the  pure  enjoyment  of  observing  wildlife, 
even  indoors,  perhaps,  where  its  high 
powers  can  focus  on  the  web-spinning 
of  a  house  spider  at  a  distance  of  ten  feet, 
it  is  a  gift  for  ever.  And  its  easy  portability 
can  take  it  wherever  one  travels. 

What  other  tool  could  you  buy  a  child 
that  not  only  would  enchant  and  amuse 
him  in  his  early  awakening,  but  would 
continue  to  serve  him  all  his  life? 

©  Questar  Corporation  1976 


QUESTAR.  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE 
TELESCOPE  IS  PRICED  FROM  $865  SEND  FOR  OUR 
BOOKLET  IN  FULL  COLOR  WITH  150  PHOTOGRAPHS 
BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS  SI  COVERS  MAILING  ON  THIS 
CONTINENT,  BV  AIR,  TO  SOUTH  AMERICA,  S3  00, 
EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA,  S3  50    ELSEWHERE    S4 


QUESTAR 

Box  BOG.  New  Hope,  Pa,  18838 


The  Sta 

ndard  Ql 

estar  with  its  beautifu/  star  chart 

n    above 

Beloiv.    the    Field    Model,    with 

Olympu 

camera 

attached,  is  tripod  mounted. 

I  1 


Bats  have  been  a  research  occupa- 
tion for  Donna  J.  Howell  since  her 
postdoctoral  days  at  Princeton  Uni- 
versity's Auditory  Laboratory.  She 
has  investigated  the  foraging  strate- 
gies and  energetics  of  nectar-feeding 
bats  and  is  examining  the  biome- 
chanics of  bat  legs  in  an  attempt  to 
learn  why  the  creatures  hang  upside 
down.  Howell  has  an  adjunct  ap- 
pointment in  vertebrate  biology  at  the 
Florida  State  Museum  in  Gainesville, 
and  between  field  trips  to  the  South- 
west, Mexico,  Central  America,  and 
the  West  Indies  in  search  of  her  bat 
subjects,  she  sings  professionally 
with  popular  bands. 


Peter  F.  Sale  has  been  diving  over 
coral  reefs  for  the  past  ten  years,  but 
he  never  does  it  simply  for  pleasure. 
Instead,  he  devotes  his  time  in  the 
water  to  investigating  the  highly  di- 
verse fishes  characteristic  of  reefs.  A 
biology  teacher  at  the  University  of 
Sydney  in  Australia,  Sale  spends 
some  three  months  each  year  on  the 
Great  Barrier  Reef,  pursuing  his  in- 
terest in  its  fauna  with  a  current  em- 
phasis on  competition  between  plank- 
ton-feeding reef  fish. 


A  designer,  educator,  and  film- 
maker, Stanley  Ira  Hallet  was  able 
to  bring  his  many  interests  together 
when  he  spent  the  year  1971/72  as  a 
Fulbright  lecturer  in  Afghanistan.  Al- 
though the  chief  purpose  of  his  stay 
was  to  advise  the  fledgling  School  of 
Architecture  at  the  University  of 
Kabul,  Hallet  also  worked  with 
Afghan  students  in  restoring  the  Char 
Chatta  Bazaar,  photographed  Afghan 
houses  and  cities,  and  in  collabo- 
ration with  his  wife,  made  a  film  on 
painted  trucks.  "The  trucks  were  a 
natural  subject,"  he  says.  "They 
helped  explain  what  Afghanistan  was 
all  about."  An  associate  professor  of 
architecture  at  the  graduate  school  of 
the  University  of  Utah,  Hallet  plans 
to  study  twentieth-century  American 
vernacular  architecture,  such  as  sub- 
urbs and  shopping  centers. 


"The  most  complete  and  most 
scholarly  dictionary  of  the 
English  language 


I  he  L  hnsttiiii  ^cioui'  Monitoi 


As  an  introduction  to 
membership  in  the 

BOOK-OF  THE  MONTH  CLUB 

yours  for  only 


$1750 


Publisher's  list 
price:  $90 

yn  simply  aj;rec- 


THE  SUGGESTED  TRIAL:  Yo 
to  buy  four  Club  choices  within  a  year  at  suh'^tantial 
savings  on  most  books  you  choose 

THE  Oxford  English  Dictionary  is  generally 
regarded  as  the  final  arbiter  of  the  English  lan- 
guage. Until  recently,  it  had  been  available  only 
as  a  thirteen-volume  set,  currently  priced  at  $350. 
Now,  through  the  combination  of  an  ingenious 
method  of  micrographic  reproduction  and  a  fine 
Bausch  &  Lonih  optical  lens,  every  single  one  of  its 
16,569  pages,  fifty  million  words  and  close  to  two 
million  illustrative  quotations  appears,  in  easily 
readable  form,  in  The  Compact  Edition. 

The  New  York  Times  book  critic  Christopher 
Lehmann-Haupt  has  said  of  this  edition:  "It  is 
something  of  a  miracle.  .  .  .  The  Compact 
Edition  is  easier  to  work  with  than  the  original 
with  its  13  separate  volumes." 

Even  more  extraordinary,  as  a  trial  member  of  the 
Book-of-the-Month  Club  you  may  obtain  the  two- 
volume  set  for  only  $17.50.  And  as  long  as  you  re- 
main a  member,  you  will  receive  the  Book-of-the- 
Month  Club  Newx,  a  literary  magazine  announc- 
ing the  coming  Selection  and  describing  other  im- 
portant books,  most  of  which  are  available  at  sub- 
stantial discounts  —  up  to  40%  on  more  expensive 
volumes.  All  of  these  books  are  identical  to  the 
publishers'  editions  in  content,  format,  size  and 
quality. 

If  you  continue  after  your  trial  membership,  you 
will  earn  at  least  one  Book-Dividend®  Credit  for 
every  Selection  or  Alternate  you  buy.  These 
Credits  entitle  you  to  obtain  a  wide  variety  of 
books,  called  Book-Dividends,  at  astonishing  sav- 
ings —  at  least  70%  of  puhlisliers'  list  prices. 

FACTS   ABOUT  MEMBERSHIP 


•  You  will  receive  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club 
News,  a  literary  magazine  published  by  the 
Club  fifteen  times  a  year.  The  News  describes 
the  coming  Selection  and  scores  of  Alternates, 
and  will  be  sent  to  you  approximately  every 
three  and  a  half  weeks. 

•  If  you  wish  to  purchase  the  Selection,  do 
nothing  and  it  will  be  shipped  to  you  automati- 
cally. 

•  If  you  do  not  want  the  Selection  —  or  you 
would  like  one  of  the  Alternates,  or  no  book  at 
all  —  simply  indicate  your  decision  on  the  reply 
form  always  enclosed  with  the  A'cu-.v  and  mail  it 
so  we  receive  it  by  the  date  specified. 

•  If,  because  of  late  mail  delivery  of  the  New.s, 
you  should  receive  a  Sclcciion  without  having 
had  10  days  to  decide  whether  you  want  it,  that 
Selection  may  be  returned  at  Club  expense. 


oS?N  COMPACT 

IpLlSH  OXFORD 

'^lONAf 


iM**^^ 


"^^^^ 


FEATURES 

•  Boxed  set  of  two  volumes, 
i^'j"  \  l?i;"cach 

•  All  16.569  pages  of  13-vol- 
time  original  included  in  the 
4 1  .'4  pages  of  The  Coiiipcicl 
Eiliiinii  through  a  photo-re- 
diiciion  process  which  per- 
mits printing  of  four  pages 
of  original  on  one  page  of 
new  edition 

•  Paper  is  30-pound  Special 
Dictionary  White 

•  Binding  is  library  buckram 
—  reinforced  and  stamped 
in  gold 

•  Bausch  &  Lomb  magnify- 
ing glass  included  in  special 
drawer  of  slipcase.  2"  x  3''»" 
lens  scientifically  designed 
to  make  reduced  print  easily 
readable 


BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB,  INC. 
Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania,  17012 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Book-       mrs.  \ ,-;■■:•■■ 

of-lhe-Momh  Club  and  send  me  The  Compaa       miss  \                        (Please  print  plamly) 
Edition  o)  the  Oxford  English  Dictionarv.  bill- 
ing me  $17.50   (in  Canada  $19  -  publisher's       Address 

price  $99).  I  agree  to  buy  at  least  tour  Se- 
lections or  Alternates  during  the  first  year  I 

am  a  member,  paying  in  most  cases  special       City 

members'   prices.   My  membership  is  cancel- 
able any  time  after  1  buy  these  four  books.  A  2in 
shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments.               ■^"'"' 


The  Web  of  Hunger 


by  Stephen  C.  Frantz 


Rats  in  the  Granary 


Behind  the  success  story  of 
these  ubiquitous  rodents  is  a 
human  tale  of  poorly  kept 
buildings,  torn  sacks,  and  food 
we  can  ill  afford  to  lose 

At  3:00  A.M.  I  sat  alone  on  the  con- 
crete floor  of  the  grain  godown  (ware- 
house), amused  by  the  group  of  sev- 
enteen rats  that  had  just  walked  across 
my  lap.  As  long  as  I  remained  quiet, 
the  wild  rats  investigated  me  as  they 
would  any  object — by  sniffing,  lick- 
ing, and  walking  over  me.  That  they 
would  attack  when  threatened  or  cor- 
nered was  evidenced  by  the  stories  of 
several  laborers  with  telltale  scars  on 
their  ankles  and  feet.  For  most  of  my 
observations  I  sat  atop  a  10-foot-high 
platform  against  one  wall  of  the  go- 
down,  but  for  detailed  observations 
of  behavior,  I  found  it  necessary  to 
sit  on  the  floor  and  "become  a  rat." 
I  had  gone  to  India  to  study  Bandi- 
cota  bengalensis,  the  lesser  bandi- 
coot rat.  Mine  was  the  first  natural- 
istic and  systematic  study  of  this  ani- 
mal's behavior  and  one  of  the  few 
long-term  behavior  studies  of  wild 
rats  in  their  natural  habitat.  There  are 
numerous  deterrents  to  such  studies, 
not  the  least  of  which  is  the  rats'  noc- 
turnal activity  cycle  and  seamy  liv- 
ing conditions.  Most  rodent  biolo- 
gists, as  W.  B.  Jackson  of  Bowling 
Green  State  University  has  pointed 
out,  "would  rather  examine  traplines 
in  the  morning  to  determine  where 
rats  had  been  and  what  they  had  done 
.  .  .  than  spend  the  night  attempting 
to  be  a  part  of  their  environment. " 

The  adult  lesser  bandicoot  rat  is 
seven  and  a  half  inches  long  (exclud- 
ing the  tail),  has  a  blunted  snout,  and 


rarely  exceeds  ten  ounces  in  weight, 
but  it  otherwise  resembles  the  ubiqui- 
tous common  brown,  or  Norway,  rat. 
The  bandicoot  is  found  throughout 
South  Asia  from  Nepal  to  Sri  Lanka 
and  from  Pakistan  to  Indonesia.  In 
India  this  rat  has  traditionally  been  a 
field-inhabiting  species,  but  in  recent 
times  it  has  apparently  increased 
greatly  in  numbers  and  has  displaced 
other  major  rat  species  in  urban  areas. 
How  much  of  this  "take-over"  is 
the  result  of  bandicoots  moving  into 
urban  areas  and  how  much  is  the  re- 
sult of  urban  sprawl  encroaching  on 
the  bandicoot  habitat  is  still  unclear. 
One  thing  that  is  clear,  however,  is 
that  human  food  supplies  are  se- 
riously threatened  by  any  ecologi- 
cally successful  rat,  a  problem  India 
cannot  afford. 

Regardless  of  cause,  the  lesser 
bandicoot  has  become  the  dominant 
rat  in  several  large  Indian  cities,  in- 
cluding Calcutta,  Bombay,  and  Ma- 
dras. This  is  significant  because  the 
lesser  bandicoot  has  a  greater  repro- 
ductive potential  than  any  other  do- 
mestic rat.  According  to  one  study, 
more  than  half  the  adult  female  bandi- 
coots in  Calcutta  were  pregnant  at  any 
one  time,  and  they  averaged  eleven 
pregnancies  per  year.  I  found  that  fe- 
males become  sexually  mature  at 
about  sixty  days  of  age  and  can  pro- 
duce their  first  litter  after  an  addi- 
tional twenty-two  or  so  days. 

Physiologically  then,  the  lesser 
bandicoot  can  outbreed  competing 
rodent  species,  which  make  up  an  ex- 
ceedingly small  proportion  (less  than 
5  percent)  of  the  total  rat  population 
of  the  study  area.  Certainly,  this 
aspect  of  bandicoot  biology  indicated 
a  good  potential  forecologic  success. 


but  I  needed  to  learn  how  the  repro- 
ductive potential  meshed  with  other 
aspects  of  the  rat's  life  to  effect  that 
success. 

My  study  was  located  in  the  grain 
godown  district  in  Howrah,  an  indus- 
trial suburb  across  the  Hooghly  River 
from  Calcutta.  This  general  area  has 
been  important  for  trade  and  industry 
since  Europeans  began  to  frequent 
the  Hooghly  in  the  sixteenth  century. 
Incidentally,  the  term  "godown"  is 
an  old,  corrupted  form  of  the  Malay 
word  godon,  meaning  "warehouse, ' ' 
and  is  widely  used  in  Asia  as  well  as 
Great  Britain.  In  this  district,  small, 
dusty  roads  run  between  row  upon 
row  of  old  grain  godowns  and  mills 
in  various  stages  of  disrepair.  Most 
buildings  are  separated  from  each 
other  by  narrow  passageways,  an  ar- 
rangement that  provides  the  rats  with 
numerous  and  well-dispersed  resting 
places  and  travel  routes. 

I  was  immediately  struck  by  the 
general  poverty  and  lack  of  sanitation 
in  the  district.  There  is  a  dense  human 
population  with  a  disproportionate 
number  of  men,  laborers  who  have 
migrated  from  oudying  areas.  Some 
people  crowd  into  the  limited  living 
quarters  usually  provided  in  one  or 
two  rooms  of  a  godown;  other 
workers  live  along  the  sides  of  the 
street  with  little  shelter.  The  street 
dwellers  huddle  completely  under 
their  thin  blankets  at  night;  somehow 
they  manage  this  without  suffocating 
at  the  same  time.  On  cool  evenings 
rats  sometimes  crawl  under  the  blan- 
kets of  these  sleeping  people,  ap- 
parently to  get  warm. 

Much  of  my  time  was  spent  inside 
a  typical  grain  godown,  a  30-  by  55- 
foot  structure,  15  feet  high,  with  one 


Audition  Irci'  tor  10  d.iys  Kdrl  Hohm's  superb  Ueutsc  he  Cjr.immophon  recording  of 

SPECIAL  BONUS:  Mozart's  Piano  Concertos  Nos.  12  and  26 


All  4  International  Award-Winning  Records 
For  Less  Than  The  Price  Of  1! 

Your  Introduction  To  The  Unique  Money-Saving  Program  That  Offers  Free  Auditions  Of 
Prize-Winning  Recordings  By  The  Leading  Concert  Artists  Of  Our  Time! 


Wolfgang  Amadeus  Mozart  —  music's  greatest 
natural  genius  —  divinely  gifted  beyond  any  other 
musician  who  ever  lived!  And  into  his  six  great- 
est symphonies  he  poured  a  multitude  of  his 
most  astonishingly  beautiful,  incredibly  moving 
inspirations! 

Symphony  No.  41,  "Jupiter" 
Symphony  No.  40  in  G-minor 
Symphony  No.  39  in  E-flat 
Symphony  No.  38,  "Prague" 
Symphony  No.  36,  "Linz" 
Symphony  No.  35,  "Haffner" 
Extra!  Symphony  No.  32 

Now  you  are  invited  to  hear  these  miraculous 
works  in  their  finest  recording  . . .  interpreted  with 
extraordinary  empathy  by  Karl  Bohm  .  .  .  played 
to  perfection  by  the  Berlin  Philharmonic  Orches- 
tra ..  .  captured  in  unsurpassed  stereo  realism  by 
Deutsche  Grammophon.  So  outstanding  is  this 
recording  that  it  has  won  tlirec  of  the  music 
world's  most  eagerly  sought  honors:  the  Grand 
Prix  International  du  Disque,  Edison  Award  and 
Deutsche  Schallplatten  Prize!  In  addition,  you 
will  also  receive  Mozart's  Piano  Concertos  Nos. 
12  and  26,  "Coronation,"  superbly  performed  by 
soloist  Geza  Anda  with  the  Salzburg  Camerata 
Academica  —  winner  of  the  coveted  Grand  Prix 
des  Discophiles. 

Now  enjoy  and  keep  these  4  superb  albums  for 
less  than  the  price  you'd  pay  for  1 ! 
Because  these  magnificent  recordings  have  met 
with  almost  unprecedented  acclaim,  they  have 
been  chosen  to  introduce  you  to  The  Great 
Awards  Collection,  a  totally  new  concept  in  home 
listening.  You  may  enjoy  all  eight  masterpieces, 
on  four  superb-quality,  imported  records,  for  10 
days  absolutely  free.  Then  keep  all  four,  if  you 
wish,  for  only  $6.98  [that's  less  thini  tlic  price 
you'd  pay  for  just  one  record)!  Simply  mail  the 
coupon  at  right  today. 

Here's  how  the  program  works . . . 

As  a  member  of  The  Great  Awards  Collection 
you  will  receive  only  the  finest  recordings  of 
prize-winning  concert  performances  by  preemi- 
nent orchestras,  conductors  and  soloists.  There  is 
no  minimum  number  of  recordings  you  must  buy. 
And  you  can  cancel  your  membership  at  any  time. 
What's  more,  every  superb  recording  you  choose 
to  examine  comes  to  you  on  a  free  10-day  trial 
basis.  So  you'll  never  waste  a  penny  on  disap- 
pointing purchases! 


Approxmiately  14  times  a  year  you  will  receive 
the  current  issue  of  our  Great  Awards  Collection 
Bulletin  highlighting  an  exceptional  Selection  of 
the  Month  and  other  brilliant  classical  releases 
recommended  by  a  distinguished  jury  of  musi- 
cians, scholars  and  musicologists.  If  you  want  to 
examine  the  Selection  of  the  Month  you  need  do 
nothing.  It  will  be  shipped  to  you  automatically. 
If  you  want  any  other  selection,  just  mark  your 
choices  on  the  order  card  you  will  receive  and  re- 
turn it  by  the  date  specified.  If  you  do  not  want 
any  selection,  just  check  the  proper  box  on  your 
order  card  and  return  it  by  the  date  specified.  It's 
that  simple! 

Special  half-price  bonus  offer  saves  you  money! 

In  addition  to  great  music,  you'll  enjoy  great  sav- 
ings with  our  half-price  bonus  plan.  For  every 
record  you  buy  at  our  low  members'  price  (always 
well  below  suggested  retail),  you  may  choose  an- 


other one  from  a  list  of  award-winners  and  other 
critically-acclaimed  LPs  and  pay  just  half  that 
price!  A  truly  economical  way  to  build  your  li- 
brary of  superb  classical  recordings. 

How  many  records  are  you  committing  your- 
self to  buy  when  you  return  the  attached  coupon? 
None  III  all!  Even  your  introductory  set  of 
Mozart's  Six  Greatest  Symphonies  and  Piano 
Concertos  12  and  26  comes  to  you  on  approval. 
Audition  it  free  for  ten  days,  then  either  return 
it  —  or  keep  it  for  only  S6.98  for  all  four  records 
(plus  a  small  postage.'handling  charge). 

Here  at  last  is  the  ideal  way  to  acquire  a  con- 
noisseur's record  library  in  easy  stages.  You  listen 
at  home  to  every  award-winning  selection  you 
elect  to  examine  before  deciding  whether  to  buy 
it!  Please  act  today!  Begin  your  money-saving, 
no-obligation  membership  in  The  Great  Awards 
Collection  by  mailing  the  coupon  for  your  free 
trial,  with  four-for-less-than-the-price-of-one 
purchase  option  of  this  essential  collection  of  Mo- 
zart's Six  Greatest  Symphonies  and  exquisite 
Piano  Concertos  Nos.  1 2  and  26. 

Eight  ways  The  Great  Awards  Collection  helps 
you  enjoy  fine  music  more  than  ever! 

1.  The  greatest  music  by  the  world's  immortal 
composers. 

2.  A  major,  award-winning  recording  yours  to 
audition  each  month. 

3.  Superior  imported  LPs  —  silent  surfaces. 

4.  Free  ten-day  trials  of  all  selections. 

5.  All  selections  always  far  less  than  retail  price. 

6.  Extra  savings  with  Half-Price  Bonus  Plan. 

7.  No  obligation  to  buy  —  no  minimum  purchase. 

8.  Money-saving  introductory  offer. 


Send  I 


ey  now  —  Mail  coupon  TODAY!  - 


Listen  for  lO  days  free.   Keep  all  4  for  less  than  the  price  of  l! 


The  Great  Awards  Collectic 


.  Great  Neck,  N.Y.  11025 
■cording  of  Mozjrfs  5i«  Greah 


tin  and  three  brick  walls  and  a  cement 
floor.  The  godown  was  dark  and 
dusty  inside,  hot  for  much  of  the  year, 
and  had  the  particularly  unpleasant 
feature  of  harboring  thousands  of 
large  brown  cockroaches,  which  flew 
about  in  the  dark  and  often  ended  up 
in  my  hair. 

There  are  forty  similar  grain  go- 
downs  within  the  study  area,  plus  a 
few  mustard  oil  mills.  Bandicoot  rats 
are  not  fond  of  the  mustard  seed  it- 
self, but  they  gnaw  holes  in  the  bags 
of  seed  to  get  at  other  grains  inadver- 
tently mixed  in  during  harvest. 

Nearly  every  building  is  pierced  by 
ratholes;  many  have  a  main  entrance 
hole  gnawed  through  the  base  of  the 
godown 's  front  door.  The  rats  take 
full  advantage  of  man's  poorly  main- 
tained habitat.  The  ground  covering 
of  the  whole  area  is  largely  concrete 
or  macadam,  but  concentrations  of  rat 
burrows  occur  wherever  soil  is  found. 
Some  animals  live  in  the  walls,  foun- 
dations, or  under  the  floors  of  go- 
downs.  To  reach  these  areas,  the  rats 
gnaw  through  bricks  and  cement  and. 


in  more  elaborate  cases,  into  the 
wooden  posts  supporting  the  roof  in 
order  to  reach  the  soil  below  the  floor. 
In  addition,  some  bandicoots  find 
shelter  under  trash  piles  in  the  pas- 
sageways between  godowns. 

Rats  obtain  water  mostly  from 
open  drains  and  gutters,  which  often 
contain  human  sewage.  On  many 
nights  I  watched  the  animals  drinking 
my  own  undiluted  urine  at  a  nearby 
latrine.  With  the  exception  of  stored 
grain,  the  area  has  virtually  no  natural 
vegetation  or  other  significant  food 
source.  The  omnivorous  diet  of  ban- 
dicoots includes  garbage,  insects, 
and  dead  birds,  but  they  prefer  wheat 
and  rice,  which  are  available  in  vir- 
tually unlimited  supply.  More  than  a 
hundred  tons  of  grain  could  always  be 
found  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
study  godown.  Grain  is  constantly 
being  shifted  in  or  out  of  the  go- 
downs,  depending  on  the  demands  of 
the  market.  Every  day  laborers  strain 
under  200-pound  bags  of  grain, 
which  they  carry  on  their  heads;  the 
hooks  they  use  damage  the  jute  bags, 


causing  small  amounts  of  grain  to  be 
dropped  wherever  a  bag  is  moved. 
The  waste  may  be  scavenged  by  a 
poor  worker's  family  or  eaten  by  the 
rats  after  dark. 

Throughout  the  night  a  continual 
flow  of  bandicoots  passes  in  and  out 
of  the  godowns.  The  flow  is  not 
always  equal  in  both  directions  and 
frequently  results  in  large  feeding  ag- 
gregates of  more  than  a  hundred  rats 
at  a  time  in  one  room.  The  number 
of  rats  depends  on  various  factors:  the 
quantity  of  grain  stored,  time  of  day 
(rats  prefer  nighttime),  and  season 
(cool  weather  is  more  conducive  to 
rat  activity).  Rat  activity  is  also  in- 


In  one  grain  warehouse  in  Calcutta, 
active  adult  rats  eat  about  eleven 
pounds  of  rice  a  day.  Additional 
consumption  by  pregnant  females 
and  young,  plus  waste,  may  mean  a 
yearly  loss  of  eight  tons  of  grain. 


Stephen  C.  Frantz 


You  can  help  save  Maria  Almanzar 

for  $16  a  month. 

Or  you  caip  turn  the  page. 


Imagine  two  tiny  rooms 

A  dirt  floor. 

Mud  walls. 

Straw  roof. 

Put  a  family  of  six  inside. 

One  that  doesn't  know  what 

electricity  or  running  water 

or  sanitary  facilities  are. 

Hard  to  believe? 

For  six-year-old  Maria,  these 

are  the  facts  of  life. 

Others? 

Father  has  deserted. 

Mother  takes  in  washing. 

Income,  $1  a  day. 

The  future  for  this  little  girl? 

Very  dim. 


There's  a  better  than  even  chance  Maria  will 
grow  up  illiterate.  Because  it  costs  money  to  go 
to  school  where  she  lives.  Money  that  just  isn't 
there.  But  for  $16  a  month  you  can  sponsor  a 
child  like  Maria  so  that  she  can  grow  up  to  live, 
not  just  exist.  Combined  with  money  from  other 
sponsors,  your  $16  will  help  Maria  and  her 
whole  community.  With  everything  from  educa- 
tion to  food  production  to  a  hot  lunch  program 
to  a  health  center.  In  simple  terms,  help  her 
hardworking  people  help  themselves.  This  is 
what  Save  the  Children  has  been  all  about  since 
1932. 

For  you  — educated,  involved,  and  in  touch  with 
your  own  heart— there  are  many  rewards.  The 
chance  to  correspond  with  a  child.  Receive  a 
photograph  and  progress  reports.  And  above 
all  know  you  are  reaching  out  to  another  human 
being.  That's  how  Save  the  Children  works.  But 
without  you  it  can't  work.  So  please:  clip  this 
coupon  and  mail  it  today.  Now  you  can  turn 
the  page. 


Seed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  funds.  Annua!  report  and  audit 
Ifement  available  on  request.  Member  of  the  Internationai  Union 
liid  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  for 
Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income  tax  deductible. 


I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  D  girl  D  either 


n  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 

D  Appalachia(U.S.)      D  Indian  D  Korea 

D  Bangladesh  (Latin  America)  D  Lebanon 

D  Colombia  D  Indian  (U.S.)  D  Mexico 

n  Dominican  Republic  D  Inner  Cities  (U.S.)  D  Hural  South  (U.S.) 

n  Honduras  Q  Israel  D  Tanzania 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

□  $16  monthly  D  $96  semi-annually 

D  $48  quarterly  D  $192  annually 

n  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 


D  Please  send  me  more  information. 


NAME- 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

Westport,  Connecticut  06880  nh  im 


13 


fluenced  by  conditions  in  adjacent  go- 
downs. 

The  general  activity  cycle  of  bandi- 
coots probably  has  some  underlying 
physiological  control,  as  has  been 
shown  for  many  mammals,  but  envi- 
ronmental factors  modify  its  expres- 
sion. Human  habits  are  especially  im- 
portant. At  Curzon  Park,  a  busy 
downtown  intersection  in  Calcutta, 
for  example ,  a  colony  of  lesser  bandi- 
coot rats  depends  directly  on  man  for 
food.  To  avail  themselves  of  this  op- 
portunity, the  rats  are  active  only  dur- 
ing the  day,  especially  at  lunchtime 
when  office  workers  feed  them  pea- 
nuts and  other  tidbits,  much  as  we 
feed  squirrels  or  pigeons  in  our  parks. 
In  sharp  contrast,  the  godown  ban- 
dicoots are  active  at  night.  The  hustle 
and  bustle  of  man's  work  makes  day- 
time a  generally  unfavorable  time  for 


this  small  mammal  to  be  active.  No 
one  particularly  likes  the  godown 
bandicoots,  and  although  no  con- 
certed systematic  effort  is  made  to 
harm  them,  someone  will  often  kick 
a  rat  or  even  beat  it  to  death.  Since 
the  rats  cannot  defend  themselves 
very  well,  their  small  size  is  of  con- 
siderable advantage  in  escaping  from 
or  avoiding  their  predators,  of  which 
man  is  the  most  significant.  (Other 
predators,  such  as  cats,  dogs,  owls, 
and  kites,  take  very  few  rats  in  com- 
parison to  man.) 

Avoidance,  then,  is  an  important 
part  of  the  bandicoot's  success.  By 
nightfall  the  streets  of  the  godown 
area  are  quiet  and  many  people  are 
asleep  by  9:00  p.m.  Thus,  when  their 
greatest  predator,  man,  is  inactive, 
the  rats  are  able  to  move  about  freely; 
most  bandicoots  limit  their  activity  to 


the  period  between  6:00  p.m.  and 
6:00  A.M. ,  the  inverse  of  man's  activ- 
ity cycle.  Signals  for  ending  a  night's 
activity  are  available  from  a  daily 
succession  of  events,  beginning  at 
about  4:00  A.M.:  first,  roosters  crow- 
ing, later  the  sounds  of  pigeons  and 
crows,  and  finally  man's  early  morn- 
ing toilet  at  5:00  A.M. 

The  cover  of  darkness  certainly 
provides  the  optimal  time  for  rats  to 
be  active ,  but  a  small  number  of  them 
can  also  be  seen  in  the  daytime.  Their 
activity  period  is  much  less  predict- 
able than  that  of  nocturnal  rats  and  is 
governed  mainly  by  the  presence  of 
man.  If  laborers  are  working  in  a  go- 
down,  the  rats  avoid  it  during  the  day, 
but  at  night  some  rats  will  enter  and 
hide  in  the  corners,  under  bags,  and 
in  other  inconspicuous  spots. 

During  the  day  a  few  rats  can  be 


U 


found  even  in  an  empty  godown,  ex- 
cept during  the  hot  summer  months, 
March  through  June.  Then  the  after- 
noon air  temperature  inside  the  go- 
down  can  average  104''F.  with  more 
than  60  percent  relative  humidity; 
heat  radiating  from  the  tin  roof  adds 
to  the  extreme  heat.  Rats  have  poor 
physiological  mechanisms  for  regu- 
lating their  body  temperature;  to  eool 
themselves,  they  depend  largely  on 


A  young  girl  gathers  grain 
spilled  from  jute  sacks  damaged 
by  the  workmen 's  metal  hooks. 
After  dark,  rats  will  eat 
what  grain  is  left. 


A  cruise  is  more  diaii  two  weeks  on  die  \\  ater. 


Let  us  take  you  to  the  ocean  empires  and 
we'll  show  you  what  we  mean. 

We'll  introduce  you  to  the  homelands  of  the 
people  who  stretched  the  world.  From  the  fjords 
of  the  Baltic  to  the  casdes  of  Spain.  From  North 
Africa  to  the  green  and  pleasant  land  of  the 
British  Isles  and  the  beauty  of  classic  Greece. 

You  will  sail  aboard  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
and  spacious  ships  afloat.  A  ship  created  to  offer 
the  freedom  to  do  as  you  please  in  a  world  ordered 
for  your  pleasure.  (The  MTS  Daphne  is  registered 
in  Greece.) 

Our  cruises  start  April  9,  1976.  Won't  you  ask 
your  travel  agent  or  Carras  for  our  brochure  with 
sailing  dates,  prices  and  a  complete  description 
of  the  Carras  Experience? 

It's  not  only  fifteen  great  adventure  stories. 
It's  an  introduction  to  just  how  good  life  can  be. 

Soon  the  Carras  Experience  will  include 
Porto  Carras,  our  resort  now  being  developed  on 
the  Aegean. 


L^arras 


75  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York,  New  York  10019.  (212)  757-0761 


Stephen  C  Frantz 


Assemble 
and  Finish 
18th  Century 
Furniture 

One  of  24  Bartley  classics,  in  hand  crafted 
solid  maiiogany,  oak  or  cherry.  Totally 
authentic  in  design  and  beautifully 
constructed.  Each  kit  is  easily  assembled 
and  finished  in  your  own  home  without 
tools.  All  pieces  also  offered  completely 
assembled  and  hand  finished.  A  $5.00 
coupon  included  with  catalogue. 


■n 


Please  send  me  your  illustr; 

furniture    reproductions   available  I 

in  kil  form  or  hand  finished.  1  am  I 

enclosing  $1.00  to  cover  postage  I 

and  handling.  ' 


Cily/Stale/Zip_ 


I  TheBartiey  Collection,  %1.  I 

747  Oakwood  Ave.,  Dept.  I-l,  Lake  Forest,  II  60045 


Rugged  Softies 


Finest  grade  of  100%  cotton  chamois  in 
heavyduty  10  oz.  w/eight  (not  to  be  con- 
fused with  lighter  weight  chamois). 
Fleeced  inside  and  out  to  be  soft  as  a 
kitten's  ear.  Full  cut.  Long  sleeves  and 
shirttails.  Collar  lined  with  smooth 
whisker-proof  Nylon.  Grows  softer,  more 
comfortable  with  each  washing.  Sizes: 
Men's  neck  14-18  in  Vj  sizes.  Colors:  Red, 
Tan,  Navy,  Green.  1462  Shirt  $14.50  ppd. 

Order  Today !  Money  Back  Guarantee ! 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ .  (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  rush  my  1462  Chamois  Cloth  Shirt. 

Size Color 

Name 

Address 


J^et£di/^Sou^^<aAj^ 


Dept.  FNH,  1737  Airport  Way  S.,  Sea 


licking  and  spreading  of  saliva.  Since 
water  resources  are  restricted  at  this 
time,  the  rats  prevent  dehydration  and 
overheating  by  avoiding  empty  go- 
downs  during  the  hot  part  of  the  day. 
They  evidently  spend  the  day  in  their 
burrows,  which  remain  at  a  relatively 
constant  temperature  all  year. 

If  a  godown  contains  grain,  rats 
will  enter  it  on  hot  summer  days,  but 
they  stay  for  only  short  periods  and 
keep  between  the  stacks  of  grain 
bags,  which  shield  them  from  much 
of  the  radiant  heat.  Even  on  summer 
nights,  with  an  average  air  tempera- 
ture of  88°  and  79  percent  relative  hu- 
midity, the  bandicoots  lose  heat  by 
stretching  out  on  their  bellies  on  the 
relatively  cool  concrete  floor  of  the 
godown.  In  winter  months  (Novem- 
ber through  February),  rats  may  be 
attracted  to  the  godown,  which  re- 
mains above  63°,  somewhat  warmer 
than  the  temperature  outdoors. 

Intensity  of  lesser  bandicoot  rat  ac- 
tivity is  influenced  not  only  by  the 
actual  quantity  of  grain  within  a  go- 
down  but  also  by  the  length  of  time 
a  particular  quantity  is  held  in 
storage.  Frequent  shifting,  perhaps 
every  few  days,  of  abundant  grain 
supplies  encourages  activity.  As  in 
other  species  of  wild  rats  living  under 
conditions  of  chronic  disturbance,  the 
bandicoots  tend  to  explore  novel  situ- 
ations of  unfamiliar  objects  in  famil- 
iar surroundings.  An  attractant  in  this 
situation  might  be  the  increase  in 
grain  odor  that  is  released  by  moving 
bags  of  grain.  This  odor  was  obvious 
to  me,  and  rats  can  perceive  such 
odors  with  infinitely  more  accuracy 
than  humans.  This  eff^ect  of  grain 
odor  concentration  is  compounded  by 
residual  odors,  which  persist  after  the 
grain  in  a  godown  has  been  shipped 
out.  The  high  number  of  rats  visiting 
a  full  godown  will  visit  that  site  for 
at  least  the  first  night  after  it  has  been 
emptied.  Their  visits,  however,  are 
much  shorter  in  duration,  and  on  sub- 
sequent nights  the  numbers  drop  off 
exponentially.  With  the  refilling  of 
the  godown,  a  large  number  of  rats 
appear  again,  even  on  the  first  night. 

What  other  cues  are  the  bandicoots 
using  to  interpret  the  various  changes 
in  their  environment?  Since  night  vi- 
sion in  rats  is  not  particularly  acute, 
odor,  as  mentioned,  probably  plays 
an  important  role — not  only  grain 
odor  but  the  odor  of  other  rats  gath- 
ered in  a  godown  and  the  odor  of  rat 
trails,  marked  by  their  body  oils  and 
urogenital  secretions  as  they  move 


along  a  passageway.  The  presence  of 
other  rats  in  a  godown  also  provides 
strong  auditory  cues — bandicoots 
eating  grain  in  a  closed  area  sound 
like  a  roomful  of  typewriters.  If  a  rat 
detects  other  rats  in  a  godown,  grain 
is  available  and  opportunities  for  so- 
cial interactions  exist.  The  latter  is 
important  because  bandicoot  rats  are 
contact  animals. 

Thus,  once  a  rat  arrives  at  a  partic- 
ular godown  he  can  evaluate  its  desir- 
ability. But  how  have  these  rats  de- 
veloped the  ability  to  find  food 
sources  that  change  so  erratically? 

In  a  series  of  movement  studies,  I 
found  that  lesser  bandicoot  rats  typi- 
cally move  around  in  an  area  165  feet 
in  diameter,  and  occasionally  extend 
the  diameter  to  500  feet.  Generally, 
this  is  a  larger  movement  range  than 
those  of  other  species  of  rats  in  other 
urban  areas.  Some  rats  visit  a  particu- 
lar godown  more  than  once  a  night 
and  revisit  it  on  successive  nights. 
With  one  or  more  grain  godowns 
emptying  at  irregular  intervals,  the 
bandicoots  are  conditioned  to  wander 
regularly  over  a  large  area,  visiting 
several  godowns  daily.  This  behavior 
enables  the  population  to  utilize  new 
food  sources  when  old  ones  are  emp- 
tied or  otherwise  become  unavaila- 
ble. Protective  runways,  especially 
the  narrow  passages  between  build- 
ings, allow  the  movements  to  extend 
farther  than  might  occur  in  other  cir- 
cumstances. In  fact,  bandicoots  liv- 
ing in  fields  apparently  have  a  highly 
limited  movement  range. 

How  these  rats  deal  with  each  other 
in  order  to  allow  this  systematic  ex- 
ploitation of  the  resources  in  their  en- 
vironment without  undue  social  stress 
is  also  interesting,  particularly  so  be- 
cause it  contradicts  some  early  stud- 
ies that  typified  wild  rats  as  savage  or 
aggressive,  especially  to  interlopers. 
After  several  months  of  work  I  real- 
ized there  was  considerably  less 
fighting  among  the  godown  bandi- 
coots, even  at  great  densities,  than 
one  might  expect  from  other  studies. 
Nightly  observations  indicated  that 
the  rats  had  only  limited  territoriality. 
Adult  females  defended  burrow  en- 
trances, especially  against  intrusion 
by  adult  males.  Adult  males  some- 
times defended  areas  around  a  burrow 
entrance,  probably  those  with  a  sex- 
ually receptive  female  inside. 

To  further  investigate  this  social 
phenomenon,  I  trapped  adult  bandi- 
coots of  both  sexes,  held  them  in  the 
laboratory  for   several  months   and 


i6 


McGraw-Hill 

Color  Slide  Program 
of  the  Great  Masters 

invites  you  to  enjoy  this  entirely  new 

Color  Slide 
Art  Lecture 

in  your  own  home  for  ^" 


1 


with  trial 
subscription 


View  20  masterpieces 
by  Leonardo  da  Vinci. 
Read  fascinating 
commentaiv  about 
the  artist  and  each 
painting. 


—    D 

<    » 

s ; 

E 

>-  ? 

>> 

T3 

nj 

a. 

txO 

o 

9) 

LU    T3 

J3 

— 

a. 

q:  1 

i 

0) 
QO 

to 

X 

0) 
CO 

UJ    in 

^ 

^ 

a> 

to   V, 

s. 

u 

o 

o 
o 

Z)  0- 

m  z 

o> 


3  o 


McGraw-Hill  Color  Slide  Program 
of  the  Great  Masters,  Dept.  AY-135 

1221  Ave.  of  the  Americas,  New  York,  N.Y.  10020 

PLEASE  enter  my  trial  subscription  to  this 
completely  new  Color  Slide  Program  and 
send  me  the  Leonardo  da  Vinci  Album  (includ- 
ing 20  color  slides  and  40-page  illustrated  lec- 
ture). Bill  me  only  $1,  plus  a  few  cents  shipping. 
If  I  am  not  delighted  with  this  introductory 
package,  1  may  return  everything  within  10  days, 
cancel  my  subscription,  and  owe  nothing. 

If  I  do  continue,  you  will  send  me  a  new 
Color  Slide  Album  approximately  every  six 
weeks  (for  10  days  trial  examination)  and  bill 
me  at  the  subscribers'  low  price  of  $7.95,  plus 
shipping.  I  may  take  as  few  or  as  many  Albums 
as  1  like,  and  may  stop  whenever  I  wish.  After 
my  fourth  shipment  I  will  be  given  a  choice  of 
receiving  all  remaining  albums  in  one  conve- 
nient shipment,  or  continuing  with  single-album 
shipments. 


with  this  card  in  envelope  addressed  to  McGraw-Hill 
Color  Slide  Program  of  the  Great  Masters.  If  not  de- 
lighted, return  projector  within  10  days  for  full  refund. 
This  offer  applies  to  U.S.  and  Canada  only.  AY-135 


Imagine  thethriuof  

viewing  the  famous  "Mona  Lisa"  in  the  true  colors  of  the 
artist's  palette  and  the  same  size  as  the  original  in  the 
Louvre!  This  work  is  just  one  of  the  priceless  paintings 
by  Leonardo  da  Vinci  you  and  your  family  will  enjoy 
when  you  receive  your  introductory  Color  Slide  Album. 

MAIL  ATTACHED  CARD  TODAY 

SEND  NO  MONEY-NO  POSTAGE  REQUIRED 


ENJOY  THIS  SPECTACULAR  NEW 

Color  Slide  Art  Lecture 

IN  YOUR  HOME  FOR  $1 


j|  You  will  view  20  famous 
/»^  masterpieces  by  the  great 
LEONARDO  DA  VINCI 
each  one  projected  on  your  wall  in 
THE  FULL  GLORY  OF  THE  ORIGINALS 

You  will  receive  fascinating  commentary 
on  each  painting  and  its  place  in  the 
life  of  the  artist.  You  will  discover  a  new 
way  to  increase  your  enjoyment  and 
understanding  of  the  world's  great  art. 


A  special  demonstration  offer  from  the  new 


Color  Slide  Program  of  the  Great  Masters 


THERE  IS  NO  EXPERIENCE  in  the  world  of 
art  more  thrilling  than  to  stand  before  a 
magnificent  painting— and  to  learn  about  it 
from  someone  who  knows  the  work  well. 
Suddenly  everything  you  see  takes  on  new 
meaning,  as  you  begin  to  understand  fully 
what  the  artist  is  communicating  through 
his  particular  choice  of  color,  form,  brush 
stroke,  and  theme. 

Now,  your  family  can  share  this  exciting 
experience— and  important  cultural  advan- 
tage—at home,  through  the  entirely  new 
Color  Slide  Program  of  the  Great  Masters. 
You  view  world-famous  works  of  art  pro- 
jected on  your  own  wall  in  the  full  glory  of 
the  original  canvases— v^hiXe  a  noted  author- 
ity points  out  the  significant  aspects  of  each 
painting,  and  gives  you  fascinating  back- 
ground on  the  man  behind  the  masterpiece. 
This  method  of  art  education— the  color 
slide  art  lecture— is  widely  used  by  leading 
museums  and  universities.  It  has  never  be- 
fore been  made  available  to  families  at  home. 
A  new  way  to  deepen  your  appreciation  of  art  and  artists 
As  a  subscriber,  you  are  offered  a  series  of  un- 
usual albums,  each  containing  20  color  slides  of 
priceless  paintings  by  a  celebrated  master.  These 
superb  35mm  slides  were  created  by  specialists 
in  art  photography  working  in  leading  museums 
and  collections  throughout  Europe  and  Amer- 
ica. The  authentic  colors  of  the  original  paint- 
ings, every  subtle  line  and  detail,  are  brilliantly 
revealed  on  these  slides.  They  can  be  shown  on 


any  standard  home  slide  projector.  (If  you  do 
not  own  a  projector,  you  may  obtain  one  at  low 
cost  with  your  trial  Album.  See  the  special  otfer 
at  the  right.) 

The  color  slides,  however,  are  only  one  part 
of  the  Album.  Bound  into  the  center  of  each 
Album  is  an  illustrated  40-page  guided  lecture 
which  discusses  the  artist's  life  as  well  as  each 
of  the  20  paintings  presented;  its  place  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  artist,  its  importance  in  the 
history  of  art,  its  reflection  of  the  tastes  and  atti- 
tudes of  the  period. 

As  you  view  the  paintings  projected  on  your 
wall  and  read  the  absorbing  commentary,  you 
and  your  family  will  discover  a  whole  new  di- 
mension in  the  enjoyment  of  art.  If  you  have 
been  disappointed  by  the  inadequacies  of  small 
prints  and  art  reproductions,  you  will  be  de- 
lighted with  the  thrilling  visual  experience  of- 
fered by  the  Color  Slide  Program  of  the  Great 
Masters.  It  is  very  much  like  taking  your  own 
"private  tour"  with  an  art  expert  guiding  you 
through  the  world's  finest  collections. 

Tlie  Program  is  flexible— the  cost  is  low 
Approximately  every  six  weeks,  you  are  of- 
fered a  complete  new  Color  Slide  Album  of  20 
distinctive  slides  and  an  illustrated  lecture.  Forth- 
coming Albums  will  be  devoted  to  the  lives  and 
works  of  such  great  masters  as  Michelangelo, 
Rembrandt,  Goya,  Gauguin,  and  Picasso,  as 
well  as  Rubens,  Van  Gogh,  Laulrec,  Chagall, 
and  other  outstanding  artists  from  every  major 
period. 

If  the  slides  were  available  from  museums, 
you  would  expect  to  pay  as  much  as  $15  a  set. 
Yet,  as  a  member  of  this  new  Program,  you  pay 


only  $7.95  for  each  complete  Album— including 
20  color  slides  and  40-page  illustrated  lecture. 
You  may  take  as  few  or  as  many  as  you  like, 
and  may  stop  whenever  you  wish. 

Accept  tliis  $1  demonstration  offer 

To  introduce  you  to  the  Color  Slide  Program  of 
the  Great  Masters,  we  will  send  you  the  Color 
Slide  Album,  Leonardo  da  Vinci  (described 
above),  for  10  days  trial.  If  you  are  delighted 
with  the  demonstration,  send  only  $1,  plus  a 
few  cents  for  shipping.  Thereafter,  you  will  be 
offered  a  new  Album  approximately  every  six 
weeks  at  the  low  price  of  only  $7.95.  You  will 
also  be  given  the  opportunity  to  elect  to  receive 
remaining  volumes.  If  not  thrilled,  however, 
simply  return  everything  within  10  days,  and 
you  will  be  under  no  further  obligation.  Mail 
the  attached  card  today. 


IF  YOU  DO  NOT  HAVE  A  PROJEaOR,  here's  an  unusual  op- 
portunity. We  can  offer  you  the  sensational  Kodak  Car- 
ousel 600  Projector  supplied  with  a  500-Hatt  lamp,  and 
3-in<h  //3.5  Ektanar  lens.  This  top-rated  projector  shows 
all  rcHJlar  2".'r2"  35mm  slides. 
It  has  dependable  gravity  feed 
and  you  liaye  instant  access  to 
any  slide  at  any  time.  List  price 
$84.50— subscribers*  price  only 
$62.50,  plus  tax.  Remittance 
must  accompany  trial  subscrip- 
tion form.  If  you  are  not  com- 
pletely delighted  with  the  pro- 
jector, you  may  return  in  10 
days  for  a  full  refund. 


If  Reply  Card  has  been  removed,  write  Color 
Slide  Program  of  the  Great  Masters,  Dept.AY-135 
1221  Avenue  of  the  Americas,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10020 


then  released  them,  together  with 
some  laboratory-reared  rats,  back 
into  the  godown  on  several  different 
nights  when  many  rats  were  active. 
The  resident  rats  tolerated  all  inter- 
lopers as  well  as  they  tolerated  each 
other.  In  fact,  within  a  few  minutes 
of  release,  interlopers  of  both  sexes 
were  mating  freely  with  resident  rats. 

Studies  of  wild  rats  of  other  spe- 
cies, conducted  during  the  late  1940s 
and  early  1950s,  had  led  me  to  expect 
that  resident  rats  would  advance  on 
the  interlopers  with  some  form  of 
united,  brutal  aggression.  When  I 
repeated  my  release  experiments  in 
laboratory  colonies  of  bandicoots,  the 
results  came  closer  to  what  I  had  ex- 
pected to  see  in  the  godowns.  While 
male  residents  mated  with  female  in- 
terlopers, they  vigorously  attacked 
male  strangers  and  would  have  killed 
them  if  I  had  not  intervened.  Female 
residents  displayed  a  limited  antago- 
nism toward  strangers  of  either  sex. 

An  important  difference  in  these 
two  release  experiments  is  that  in  the 
laboratory,  a  small  number  of  rats 
were  confined  in  a  simple  environ- 
ment where  mutual  recognition  of  in- 
dividuals was  apparent.  In  the  go- 
down  situation  it  would  be  quite  diffi- 
cult for  residents  to  recognize  a 
stranger  per  se.  Large  numbers  of  rats 
gather  in  feeding  aggregates  that  fluc- 
tuate in  size  and  membership. 

Furthermore,  since  godown  bandi- 
coots wander  over  large  distances, 
they  must  regularly  encounter  strange 
rats.  Defense  of  their  movement 
range  by  godown  bandicoots  would 
require  an  enormous  expenditure  of 
energy — to  patrol  the  area,  to  fight 
with  many  interlopers,  and  to  recover 
from  the  resultant  bodily  injuries. 
Obviously,  territoriality  would  be  se- 
lectively disadvantageous  to  these 
godown  rat  populations. 

For  similar  reasons,  there  is  no 
clear-cut  social  hierarchy  among 
these  rats.  When  two  animals  meet, 
they  most  often  ignore  one  another, 
although  they  sometimes  test  for  indi- 
vidual social  rank  in  a  bout  of  threat 
posturing  or  minor  physical  conflict. 
Also,  some  animals  avoid  others;  if 
a  fight  is  initiated,  an  animal  can 
escape  its  attacker.  Thus,  in  response 
to  the  high  mobility  of  the  godown 
population  and  to  shifting  environ- 
mental resources,  harmful  conflict  is 
prevented  mainly  through  the  adop- 
tion of  a  relatively  weak  social-rank- 
ing organization  and  considerable  tol- 
erance of  strangers.  Conflict  is  proba- 


bly also  reduced  since  competition 
for  food  is  unnecessary.  With  its 
ample,  well-distributed  grain  supply, 
the  godown  situation  must  seem  like 
a  universe  of  food  to  even  the  most 
dense  gathering  of  bandicoots. 

The  Food  and  Agriculture  Organi- 
zation of  the  United  Nations  has  re- 
cently suggested  ("guesstimated") 
that  in  the  hot  areas  of  the  world,  such 
as  India,  there  are  three  rats  for  each 
human.  To  my  knowledge,  no  one 
has  ever  attempted  the  formidable 
task  of  estimating  the  number  of  rats 
in  a  city  like  Calcutta.  In  the  grain 
godown  where  I  concentrated  my 
studies,  an  average  of  200  adult  ban- 
dicoot rats  were  part  of  the  nightly 
feeding  aggregates.  This  excludes  the 
small,  young  rats  and  many  of  the 
pregnant  females,  which  apparently 
stay  in  their  burrows  or  other  har- 
borages most  of  the  time.  In  fact,  this 
inactive  group  of  animals  could  have 
been  well  in  excess  of  the  active  adult 
population  at  any  one  time,  and  I  may 
have  been  dealing  with  just  the  tip  of 
a  "population  iceberg." 

Bandicoots  tend  to  feed  in  more 
than  one  godown  in  a  night's  activity, 
and  there  were  more  than  forty  such 
granaries  in  the  study  area.  Each  of 
these  godowns  could  have  supported 
a  large  rat  population.  Therefore, 
based  on  the  above  assumptions,  I 
suspect  it  would  be  reasonable  to  sug- 
gest that  my  entire  study  area  of 
roughly  five  acres  supported  at  least 
5,000  adult  lesser  bandicoot  rats  or 
approximately  10,000  bandicoots  of 
ail  ages.  Of  course,  these  figures 
should  not  be  applied  to  the  other 
areas  of  metropolitan  Calcutta  for 
which  we  have  no  data. 

To  understand  the  significance  to 
humans  of  these  large  numbers  of 
bandicoots,  we  must  go  back  to  the 
study  godown  and  look  at  the  amount 
of  grain  required  to  feed  those  rats 
alone.  Rice  is  the  most  abundant 
grain,  and  since  each  adult  bandicoot 
can  be  expected  to  eat  just  under  an 
ounce  of  rice  a  day,  a  total  of  about 
eleven  pounds  would  be  eaten  by  the 
estimated  200  adults  that  frequent  the 
godown.  Therefore,  this  active  adult 
population  of  rats  consumes  more 
than  two  tons  of  food  grain  each  year. 
This  is  enough  to  feed  an  average  In- 
dian his  daily  ration  of  rice  for  ap- 
proximately eleven  years!  And  this 
estimate  of  consumption  is  only  for 
active  adult  bandicoots  that  use  only 
a  few  grain  godowns  in  a  small  area 
of  just  one  city;  in  India  this  situation 


occurs  over  and  over  in  many  cities. 

The  above  figures  are  outrageous 
enough,  but  they  do  not  include  the 
food  grains  eaten  by  the  young  and 
by  many  of  the  pregnant  animals  nor 
do  they  account  for  the  waste  of 
grain,  which  by  FAO  calculations  is 
at  least  twice  the  amount  eaten.  Thus, 
the  actual  amount  of  grain  made  una- 
vailable to  man  by  the  rats  of  the 
study  godown  could  be  more  than 
four  times  my  estimate,  or  eight  tons 
annually.  Of  course,  not  all  rats  in 
India  are  so  heavily  dependent  on  the 
human  food  supply,  but  the  condi- 
tions I  observed  in  this  study  are  rep- 
resentative for  stored  food  grains. 
The  implications'  are  staggering! 

At  its  present  growth  rate  (which 
is  not" as  rapid  as  many  other  nations), 
India  alone  adds  about  twelve  million 
people  a  year  to  its  population,  which 
already  makes  up  one-sixth  of  the 
world's  human  inhabitants.  Since  ce- 
reals and  pulses  are  about  74  percent 
of  the  average  Indian  diet,  with  rice 
the  preferred  grain,  it  is  obvious  that 
these  grains  must  be  protected  from 
the  kind  of  serious  damage  rats  im- 
pose. A  reduction  of  such  losses 
would  be  equivalent  to  an  increase  in 
cultivated  acreage  or  to  an  increase  in 
yield  per  acre. 

Such  an  increase  in  the  food  supply 
could  occur  without  additional  de- 
struction of  forestlands  and  would 
circumvent  much  of  the  expense,  and 
many  of  the  long-term  environmental 
degradative  effects,  of  chemical  fer- 
tilizers, pesticides,  and  herbicides 
usually  used  to  produce  high-yielding 
varieties  of  food  grains.  Relieving 
food  shortages  by  saving  food  that  is 
already  produced  should  be  more  ef- 
fective than  growing  more  food  in  the 
Indo-Gangetic  Plain.  In  fact,  in  most 
developing  countries,  food  needs  ex- 
ceed actual  supplies  by  only  6  percent 
or  so;  even  a  small  improvement  in 
such  procedures  as  grain  storage 
could  close  that  gap. 

The  grain  godown  habitat  is  proba- 
bly the  urban  equivalent  of  mono- 
culture in  agriculture;  the  great  lack 
of  diversity  lends  itself  to  the  produc- 
tion of  tremendous  populations  of  op- 
portunistic species — in  this  case,  the 
bandicoot  rat.  As  long  as  rats  can  suc- 
cessfully deal  with  their  environment 
and  its  changes,  they  will  thrive.  I 
recently  observed  that  bandicoots  in 
Bombay  have  even  developed  the 
ability  to  climb  service  pipes  in  order 
to  reach  the  upper  floors  of  apartment 
buildings.  In  all  of  my  Calcutta  work 


I  never  saw  this;  it  is  an  adaptation 
lor  which  bandicoots,  unlii<e  roof 
rats,  lack  the  morphologic  specializa- 
tion of  a  climbing  loot  structure. 

Of  course,  poisoning  and  trapping 
can  remove  individual  rats  from  a 
population,  but  will  not  necessarily 
reduce  the  elTcctive  breeding  popula- 
tion and  will  do  nothing  to  reduce  the 
capacity  of  the  environment  to  sup- 
port surviving  or  immigrant  rodents. 
When  such  repressive  etlorts  are  dis- 
continued, the  population  increases 
exponentially,  often  resulting  in  a 
worse  problem.  In  Bombay,  for  ex- 
ample, the  rat  population  continues  to 
increase,  although  a  million  rats  have 
been  killed  yearly  for  the  last  decade. 

Environmental  manipulation — in- 
cluding the  elimination  of  rodent 
access  to  food ,  repair  of  structural  de- 
fects, removal  and  disposal  of  trash 
accumulations,  blockage  of  passages 
through  which  rodents  might  enter  or 
leave  a  structure,  and  hygienic  re- 
moval and  disposal  of  garbage  and 
sewage — is  usually  the  most  useful 
means  of  managing  urban  rodent  pop- 
ulations. This  approach  lends  itself 
well  to  appropriate  technology, 
stressing  low  cost,  intensive  labor, 
and  culturally  adapted  solutions  to 
development  problems.  Such 
methods — similar  to  those  advocated 
by  Mahatma  Gandhi  more  than  thirty 
years  ago — are  not  only  environ- 
mentally sound  but  also  conserve  a 
developing  country's  foreign  ex- 
change and  reduce  its  dependency  on 
other  powers.  In  the  present  case  of 
rodent  control  in  Calcutta,  efforts  of 
environmental  manipulation  should 
be  concentrated  on  the  grain  go- 
downs.  Elimination  of  the  primary  re- 
sources— food  and  shelter — over 
time,  will  make  them  significant  lim- 
iting factors,  will  increase  competi- 
tion for  the  remaining  resources,  and 
will  result  in  a  reduced  rat  population. 

As  a  biologist,  I  find  it  necessary 
to  respect  rats  for  their  ability  to  cope 
with  the  vagaries  of  existing  in  such 
a  close  relationship  with  humans. 
True,  the  rat  is  cunning,  opportunis- 
tic, ecologically  aggressive — but  so 
is  man.  While  this  subject  may  arouse 
feelings  of  fear,  hate,  and  disgust  in 
the  minds  of  many  people ,  I  think  that 
to  generally  condemn  rats  because  of 
their  finely  tuned  adaptive  capacity 
would  be  unjust.  Domestic  rats,  such 
as  lesser  bandicoots,  will  adjust  to  the 
limits  allowed  by  humans,  and 
humans  will  suffer  when  those  limits 
exceed  their  level  of  economic,  medi- 
cal, or  esthetic  tolerance,  n 


Declare  peace  withyourseE 

Colonial  Williamsburg  is  a  tranquil  place  now. 
The  town  is  peaceful.  It's  a  place  for  a  relaxing 
walk  along  marl  paths,  casual  conversation 
p-       with  colonial 
ijlfeill  craftsmen,  warm 
talks  before  a 
relaxing  log  fire. 
There  is  time. 
Time  to  think,  relax  and  renew  your 
acquaintance  with  the  American  heritage 
and  American  ideals. 

This  is  the  place.  Now  is  the  time.  Before 
the  Bicentennial  tempo  quickens,  come  set  a 
slow  pace  for  yourself  in  Williamsburg. 


whliamsburc.  Virginia 


You'll  -want  to  stay  in  the  historic  area.  Reserve 
accommodations  at  William.shurg  Inn,  Lodge  and  The 
Motor  HouseWrite  or  call  Reservations  Manager,  Box  CN, 
Williamsburg.Virginki 23185,  (804)229-1000.  Orcall 
New  York,  246-6800;  Washington,  338-8828. 


This  View  of  Life 


Human  Babies  as  Embryos 


Why  are  newborn  humans  far 
less  developed  and  more 
helpless  than  the  offspring  of 
our  primate  ancestors  ? 


Mel  Allen,  that  irrepressible  emcee 
of  Yankee  baseball  during  my  youth, 
finally  aroused  my  displeasure  by 
overenthusiastic  endorsement  of  his 
sponsors.  I  never  balked  when  he  re- 
ferred to  home  runs  as  "Ballantine 
blasts , ' '  but  my  patience  was  strained 
one  afternoon  when  DiMaggio 
missed  the  left  field  foul  pole  by  an 
inch  and  Allen  exclaimed:  "Foul  by 
the  ash  on  a  White  Owl  cigar ."  I  hope 
that  I  won't  inspire  any  similar  dis- 
pleasure by  confessing  that  I  read  and 
enjoy  Natural  History  and  that  I  even 
sometimes  get  an  idea  for  a  column 
from  its  articles. 

In  the  November  1975  issue,  my 
friend  Bob  Martin  wrote  a  piece  on 
strategies  of  reproduction  in  pri- 
mates. He  focused  upon  the  work  of 
one  of  my  favorite  scientists — the  id- 
iosyncratic Swiss  zoologist  Adolf 
Portmann.  In  his  voluminous  studies, 
Portmann  has  identified  two  basic 
patterns  in  the  reproductive  strategies 
of  mammals.  Some  mammals,  usu- 
ally designated  by  us  as  "primitive," 
have  brief  gestations  and  give  birth  to 
large  litters  of  poorly  developed 
young  (tiny,  hairless,  helpless,  and 
with  unopened  eyes  and  ears).  Life- 
spans are  short,  brains  small  (relative 
to  body  size),  and  social  behavior  not 
well  developed.  Portmann  refers  to 
this  pattern  as  altricial.  On  the  other 
hand,  many  "advanced"  mammals 
have  long  gestations,  long  life-spans, 
big  brains,  complex  social  behavior, 
and  give  birth  to  a  few,  well-devel- 
oped babies  capable,  at  least  in  part, 


of  fending  for  themselves  at  birth. 
These  traits  mark  the  precocial  mam- 
mals. In  Portmann 's  vision  of  evolu- 
tion as  a  process  leading  inexorably 
upward  to  greater  spiritual  develop- 
ment, the  altricial  pattern  is  primitive 
and  preparatory  to  the  higher  preco- 
cial type  that  evolves  along  with  en- 
larged brains.  Most  English-speaking 
evolutionists  would  reject  this  inter- 
pretation and  link  the  basic  patterns 
to  immediate  requirements  of  dif- 
ferent modes  of  life.  (I  have  often 
used  this  column  to  vent  my  own  pre- 
judices against  equating  evolution 
with  "progress.")  The  altricial  pat- 
tern, Martin  argues,  seems  to  corre- 
late with  marginal,  fluctuating,  and 
unstable  environments  in  which  ani- 
mals do  best  by  making  as  many 
offspring  as  they  possibly  can — so 
that  some  can  weather  the  harshness 
and  uncertainty  of  resources.  The 
precocial  pattern  fits  better  with  sta- 
ble, tropical  environments.  Here, 
with  more  predictable  resources,  ani- 
mals can  invest  their  limited  energy 
in  a  few,  well-developed  offspring. 

Whatever  the  explanation,  no  one 
will  deny  that  primates  are  the  ar- 
chetypical precocial  mammals.  Rela- 
tive to  body  sizes,  brains  are  biggest 
and  gestation  times  and  life-spans  are 
longest  among  mammals.  Litter 
sizes,  in  most  cases,  have  been  re- 
duced to  the  absolute  minimum  of 
one.  Babies  are  well  developed  and 
capable  at  birth.  However,  although 
Martin  doesn't  mention  it,  we  en- 
counter one  obviously  glaring  and 
embarrassing  exception — namely  us. 
We  share  most  of  the  precocial  char- 
acters with  our  primate  cousins — 
long  life,  large  brains,  and  small  lit- 
ters. But  our  babies  are  as  helpless 
and  undeveloped  at  birth  as  those  of 


most  primitive  altricial  mammals.  In 
fact,  Portmann  himself  refers  to 
human  babies  as  "secondarily  altri- 
cial." Why  did  this  most  precocial  of 
all  species  in  some  traits  (notably  the 
brain)  evolve  a  baby  far  less  devel- 
oped and  more  helpless  than  that  of 
its  primate  ancestors? 

I  will  propose  an  answer  to  this 
question  that  is  bound  to  strike  most 
readers  as  patently  absurd:  Human 
babies  are  born  as  embryos,  and  em- 
bryos they  remain  for  about  the  first 
nine  months  of  life.  If  women  gave 
birth  when  they  "should" — after  a 
gestation  of  about  a  year  and  a  half — 
our  babies  would  share  the  standard 
precocial  features  of  other  primates. 
This  is  Portmann 's  position,  devel- 
oped in  a  series  of  German  articles 
during  the  1940s  and  essentially  un- 
known in  this  country.  Ashley  Mon- 
tagu reached  the  same  conclusion  in- 
dependently in  a  paper  published  in 
the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Associationin  October  1961.  Oxford 
psychologist  R.  E.  Passingham  has 
championed  it  in  a  piece  just  pub- 
lished (late  1975)  in  the  technical 
journal  Brain,  Behavior  and  Evolu- 
tion. I  also  cast  my  lot  with  this  select 
group  in  regarding  the  argument  as 
basically  correct. 

The  initial  impression  that  such  an 
argument  can  only  be  arrant  nonsense 
arises  from  the  length  of  human  ges- 
tation. Gorillas  and  chimps  may  not 
be  far  behind,  but  human  gestation  is 
still  the  longest  among  primates. 
How  then  can  I  claim  that  human 
neonates  are  embryos  because  they 
are  born  (in  some  sense)  too  soon? 
The  answer  is  that  planetary  days  may 
not  provide  an  appropriate  measure  of 
time  in  all  biological  calculations. 
Some  questions  can  only  be  treated 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


properly  when  time  is  measured  rela- 
tively in  terms  of  an  animal's  own 
metabolism  or  developmental  rate. 
For  example,  we  know  that  mamma- 
lian life-spans  vary  from  a  few  weeks 
to  more  than  a  century.  But  is  this  a 
"real"  distinction  in  terms  of  a  mam- 
mal's own  perception  of  time  and 
rate?  Does  a  rat  really  live  "less" 
than  an  elephant?  Laws  of  scaling 
dictate  that  small,  warm-blooded  ani- 
mals live  at  a  faster  pace  than  larger 
relatives  (see  my  column  of  January 
1974).  The  heart  beats  more  rapidly 
and  metabolism  proceeds  at  a  greatly 
elevated  rate.  In  fact,  for  several  cri- 
teria of  relative  time,  all  mammals 
live  about  the  same  amount.  All,  for 
example,  breathe  about  the  same 
number  of  times  during  their  lives 
(small,  short-lived  mammals  breathe 
more  rapidly  than  larger,  slow  metab- 
olizers). 

In  astronomical  days,  human  ges- 
tation is  long,  but  relative  to  human 
developmental  rates,  it  is  truncated 
and  abbreviated.  In  my  column  for 
May  1975, 1  argued  that  a  (if  not  the) 
major  feature  of  human  evolution  has 
been  the  marked  slowing  up  of  our 
development.  Our  brains  grow  more 
slowly  and  for  a  longer  time  than 
those  of  other  primates,  our  bones  os- 
sify much  later,  and  the  period  of  our 
childhood  is  greatly  extended.  In 
fact,  we  never  reach  the  levels  of  de- 
velopment attained  by  most  primates. 
Human  adults  retain,  in  several  im- 
portant respects,  the  juvenile  traits  of 
ancestral  primates — an  evolutionary 
phenomenon  called  neoteny.  Neo- 
teny  has  been  crucial  in  human  evolu- 
tion for  two  reasons: 

1 .    It   provides   a   morphology 
adapted  to  our  mode  of  life.  We 


The  most  comfortable 

shoes  youVe  ever  worn 

or  your  money  back!* 


Norm  Thompso)i's  Vik/ugs. . . 

llicsc  iii:iy  well  he  the  iiioM  uiuimi.iI 
l)0()ls  you'll  ever  have  (he  pleasure  ol 
wearinj^.  They're  liandcralted  from  ^e'l- 
iiiiic  hoarhide  hy  the  people  ai  Allen 
Kdiiioiuls.  and  there's  ordy  one  word  to 
des<n'l)e  them  .  .  .  (ondortahlel 

The  Jekyll  &  Hyde  of  .shoe  leathers. 

Nature  f^ives  hoarhide  a  iini(|ue  dual 
(|ualiiy.  One  part  ol  its  |jersonalit\  is 
soft  and  (omiortable.  Brush  your  hand 
over   the    leallier.    or    better   still,    hold 


lyis. 

1  he  other 
jjart  ol  its  |)er- 
s  o  n  a  1 i  t  \  is 
tou^h  and  rui;- 
ged.  The  sm.i 
dueling     siai 

you'll  notiteon      lon^  mnl  niMilalr^. 

your  Vikinj^s  weren't  put  there  hy  fae- 
tory  workers.  The  hoar  did  it  himself 
durini;  the  course  ol  a  rou.nh-housing 
(areer  in  some  iiiinhtv  runi^ed  country. 
In  the  process,  he  cre.ited  a  hide  that's 
just  about  as  loui;h  as  thev  come. 
Soft  leather  and  genuine  crepe  rubber 
combine  in  a  different  kind  of  shoe. 

The  solt  boarhicle  gently  molds  to  the 
sha])e  ol  \our  loot,  and  its  deep  porous 
texture  lets  it  "breathe"  for  comfort. 
Inside,  vou'll  discover  that  Vik- 
ing's arc  completely  lined  with 
^love-sott  leather.  The  lons^ 
wearing  sole  and  heel  are 
fashioned  irom  natural  crepe 
rubber.  It  puts  extra  bounce 
into  your  step  and  absorbs 
those  tiring  shocks  and  jars.  It  won't 
peel  away  like  artificial  rubber  soles, 
and  Vikings  can  be  resoled  if  the  need 
ever  arises. 

Between  the  sole  and  a  special 
non-curl  leather  insole  is  a  layer 


i  Nomillioinpn 


Depl.  03-15 


Older   rOl.I.  IRl-K  amlime  800-.')47-(i7ll: 
(excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii  and  .Maska) 

Name 

-Address , 

C;ity 

State Zip 

Q   C;heck  enclosed     □   I5ank.'\mericaicl 
Q   Master  (;haigc 

Card  # 

V.\p.  Date 

.Signature  X_ 


ol  liiiely  gioiiiid  cork,  ll  provides  a 
iiiiic|uc  loriii-(i(ling  eflecl.  j^ives  you  ex- 
tra cushioning,  and  helps  insulate 
against  heat,  cold,  and  claiii|>.  .\ncl  as 
with  .'ill  .Mien  Kdmonds  shoes.  \'ikings 
are  put  together  wj'tlioul  the  use  of 
nails.  This  gives  you  a  durable,  single 
unit  that  rolls,  bends,  and  Ilexes  with 
I  \cr\  ni<neiiieni  ol  vour  tool. 

Really  easy  care! 

X'ikings  wipe  dean  with  a  damp  cloth 
or  you  tan  wash  tlicni  with  saddle  soap 
lor  deep  c  leaning  .ind  soltening. 

Try  'em  yourself  for  2  weeks. 

X'ikings  are  so  dillerent.  we  confi- 
dently guarantee  them  lor  fit.  irafts- 
manship.  and  conilort.  Wear  them  for  2 
weeks.  Really  lest  them.  If  you  aren't 
completelv  satisfied,  simply  return  them 
lo  us.  postage  prep, lid  lor  a  lull  refund. 

Color:  Rich,  light  brown.  See  chart  lor 
available  sizes $48.00  ppd. 

I'i/thiRS  .  .  .  nearest  l/lhig  to 
htinflniatle  .  .  .  utnrliere  near 
the  nisi:  Try  ■,in 
y„nr»-tf. 


I«(l.'i  \.\V.  Thuiman  •  Portland,  OR  97209 

Size  Width 

|\'ikiiig2()28     I  ~  I  I 

6   Vz    7   V2   8   '/2   9  Vz  10  Va  11  Vz  12  V2  13  14  15 


_M/C:  Int.  Bank  #_ 


□  Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary^ 
color  catalog.  .Save  up  lo  1/3  on  imported 
sporls  clothes  and  ec|uipmeiit. 


23 


As  you  watch  the  thriUing  Winter 
Olympic  Games  from  Innsbruck,  keep 
an  eye  open  for  the  other  Olympic  star 
Austria  . .  .  radiant  in  wmter, 
glorious  in  summer,  a  land  for 
all  seasons  and  all  pleasures. 
Music.  Sports.  History. 
Vienna.  Salzburg.  An  incred- 
ible landscape  that  offers  the 
drama  of  the  Alps,  the  peace 
of  the  countryside,  the  hospitality  of 
cities  as  old  as  recorded  time  and  as 
young  as  dreams.  Our  national  heart 
has  kept  its  beat  for  ten  centuries.  If 
you  want  to  know  the  essence  of 
Europe— encounter  Austria.  Write 
today  for  your  free,  illustrated  booklet, 
ENCOUNTER  AUSTRIA.  Read 
about  the  other  Olympic  star. 


austna 

THE  OTHER  OLYMPIC  STAR 


"l  would  like  to  Encounter  Austria. 


Address_ 
City 


Ask  your  travel  agent  or  send  coupon  to  your  nearest 

Austrian  National  Tourist  Office 

545  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

3440  Wilshire  Blvd.,  Los  Angeles.  Cal.  90010 

200  E.  Randolph  Drive.  Suite  5130,  Chicago,  111.  60601 

1007  N.W.  24th  Ave.,  Portland,  Ore.  97210 


Maupintour  means  more!      Cruise  f  jords  plUS 

Scandinavia  ufeseeing 


15-day  Northern  Capitals  is  only  $1040 
plus  air  fare;  32  meals,  5  fjord  cruises, 
Bergen,  Balestrand,  Fjaerland  Glacier, 
Ulvik,  Stalheim,  Flam,  Bergen  Railway 
top-of-the-world  train  ride  to  Stock- 
holm, Skansen,  Tivoli,  and  3  nights  at 
the  Royal  in  Copenhagen. 


May  to  September,  15  days  to  37  days, 
nine  different  expertly  conducted 
Maupintours  through  Denmark,  Sweden, 
Norway,  plus  Finland,  Russia,  Poland, 
Berlin,  Baltic  Sea,  and  North  Cape.  For 
brochure,  ask  your  Travel  Agent  for 
Maupintour's  Scandinavia  or  write: 


Maupintour 

i/m:i.ipii  *  25  vears  of  aualiu 


Telephone  913/843-1211  *  25  years  of  quality  touring 

Maupintour,  900  Massachusetts  Street,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044 


have  a  large  brain  because  rapid 
fetal  growth  rates  continue  in 
humans  long  after  they  have  ceased 
in  other  primates.  Our  bulbous  cra- 
nium and  short  face  resemble  those 
of  juvenile  primates,  not  the  low- 
browed, long-faced  adults  (com- 
pare baby  and  adult  chimpanzee  on 
the  November  1975  cover  of  Natu- 
ral History).  We  can  stand  erect 
because  our  foramen  magnum — 
the  hole  in  our  skull  for  attachment 
with  the  vertebral  column — lies 
under  our  brain,  not  behind  it  as  in 
four-footed  mammals.  The  fora- 
men magnum  of  fetal  primates 
(and  other  mammals)  lies  under  the 
brain,  but  migrates  back  during  de- 
velopment. 

2.  The  slow  rate  of  our  develop- 
ment has  been  important  in  itself, 
quite  apart  from  the  juvenile  mor- 
phology that  it  permits  us  to  retain 
as  adults.  We  are  primarily  learn- 
ing animals;  we  need  a  long  period 
of  dependent  and  flexible  child- 
hood to  provide  time  for  the  cul- 
tural transmission  that  makes  us 
human.  If  we  matured  and  began 
to  fend  for  ourselves  as  early  as 
most  other  mammals',  we  would 
never  develop  the  mental  capacity 
that  our  neotenic  brain  permits. 

Compared  with  other  primates,  we 
grow  and  develop  at  a  snail's  pace; 
yet  our  gestation  period  is  but  a  few 
days  longer  than  that  of  gorillas  and 
chimpanzees.  Relative  to  our  own  de- 
velopmental rate,  our  gestation  has 
been  markedly  shortened.  If  length  of 
gestation  had  slowed  down  as  much 
as  the  rest  of  our  growth  and  develop- 
ment, human  babies  would  be  born 
anywhere  from  seven  to  eight  months 
(Passingham's  estimate)  to  a  year 
(Portmann  and  Ashley  Montagu's  es- 
timate) after  the  nine  months  actually 
spent  in  utero. 

But  am  I  not  indulging  in  mere 
metaphor  or  trick  of  phrase  in  desig- 
nating the  human  baby  as  "still  an 
embryo"?  I  have  just  raised  two  of 
my  own  past  this  tender  age,  and  have 
experienced  all  the  joy  and  mystery 
of  their  mental  and  physical  develop- 
ment— things  that  could  never  hap- 
pen in  a  dark,  confining  womb.  Still, 
I  side  with  Portmann  when  I  consider 
the  data  on  their  physical  growth,  for 
during  their  first  year,  human  babies 
share  the  growth  patterns  of  primate 
and  mammalian  fetuses,  not  of  other 
primate  babies.  (The  identification  of 
certain  growth  patterns  as  either  fetal 
or  postnatal  is  not  arbitrary.  Postnatal 


24 


development  is  not  a  mere  prolonga- 
tion ol  Iclal  tendencies;  birlh  is  a  time 
of  marked  discontinuity  in  many  fea- 
tures.) Human  neonates,  for  ex- 
ample, have  not  yet  ossified  the  ends 
of  limb  bones  or  fingers;  ossification 
centers  are  usually  entirely  absent  in 
the  finger  bones  of  newborn  humans. 
This  level  of  ossification  ct)rresponds 
to  the  eighteenth  fetal  week  of  ma- 
caque monkeys.  When  macaques  are 
born  at  24  weeks,  their  limb  bones  are 
ossified  to  an  extent  not  reached  by 
humans  until  years  after  birth.  More 
crucially,  our  brains  continue  to  grow 
at  rapid,  fetal  rates  after  birth.  The 
brains  of  most  mammals  are  essen- 
tially fully  formed  at  birth.  Other  pri- 
mates extend  brain  development  into 
early  postnatal  growth.  Macaque 
brains  are  65  percent  complete  at 
birth,  chimpanzees  40.5  percent.  The 
brain  of  a  human  baby  is  only  23  per- 
cent of  its  final  size  at  birth.  Brains 
of  chimps  and  gorillas  reach  70  per- 
cent of  final  size  early  in  the  first  year; 
we  do  not  attain  this  value  until  early 
in  our  third  year.  Passingham  writes: 
"Man's  brain  does  not  reach  the 
proportion  found  for  the  chimpanzee 
at  birth  until  around  6  months  after 
birth.  This  time  corresponds  quite 
well  with  the  time  at  which  man 
would  be  expected  to  be  born  if  this 
gestation  period  were  as  high  a 
proportion  of  his  development  and 
life-span  as  it  is  in  apes." 

A.  H.  Schultz,  probably  the  great- 
est primate  anatomist  of  the  century, 
summarized  his  comparative  study  of 
growth  in  primates  by  stating:  "It  is 
evident  that  human  ontogeny  is  not 
unique  in  regard  to  the  duration  of  life 
in  utero,  but  that  it  has  become  highly 
specialized  in  the  striking  post- 
ponement of  the  completion  of 
growth  and  of  the  onset  of  senility." 

But  wfiy  are  human  babies  born  be- 
fore their  time?  Why  has  evolution 
extended  our  general  development  so 
greatly,  but  held  our  gestation  time  in 
check,  thereby  giving  us  an  essen- 
tially embryonic  baby?  Why  was  ges- 
tation not  equally  prolonged  with  the 
rest  of  development?  In  Portmann's 
spiritual  view  of  evolution,  this  pre- 
cocious birth  must  be  a  function  of 
mental  requirements.  He  argues  that 
humans,  as  learning  animals,  need  to 
leave  the  dark,  unchallenging  womb 
to  gain  access,  as  flexible  embryos, 
to  the  rich  extrauterine  environment 
of  sights,  smells,  sounds,  and 
touches. 

But  I  believe  (along  with  Ashley 
Montagu    and    Passingham)    that   a 


A  world  tour 
in  one  country. 

Wild  life.  Beach  life.  Bird  life.  Plant  life.  Sophisticated 
cities.  International  hotels.  Some  countries  have  some 
of  them.  Only  one  country  has  all  of  them. 

South  Africa. 

Send  now  for  your  free  52-page,  full-color  booklet. 
"Discover  the  RSA".  Then  call  your  travel  agent  and  take  a 
world  tour  in  one  country. 


South  African  Tourist  Corporation, 

610  Fifth  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10020 

Please  send  me  my  free  copy  of 
"Discover  the  RSA". 

Name 


"*^       ^ 

(.•..*•.*.•»»». 


Address. 
City 


RSA 


state, 

H-2 


.Zip. 


Remal  Egypt  at  a 
once-in-a-lifetime  price; 
fram  $834.50. 


Come  bargain  in  the  bazaars,  |  PAKISTAN IHTERNATIONAL  AIRUHES 


ride  camelback  to  the  pyramids,   i 
glide  splendidly  down  the  Nile  to 
Karnak  and  Luxor. 

PI  A  has  four  value-filled 
tours  to  Egypt,  and  the  pleasure 
begins  the  moment  you  step 
aboard  our  luxurious  DC-lOs. 

Ask  your  travel  agent,  or 
mail  the  coupon 


Great  people  to  fly  with. 


PIATbur  Manager 

545  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

Gentlemen;  Please  tell  me  more  about 

PIAS  "ETERNAL  EGYPT'TOURS. 


ym 


I 
I 
I 

I      Name 
I      Street 

I 


City 


Zip 


25 


We  invite  adventurous  travelers 
to  join  us  on  a  fascinating 

Naturalist's  Safari 
in  Rajasthan 

with  a  visit  to  Tiger  Haven 
in  Uttar  Pradesh 

NOVEMBER  7  TO  28,  1976 

This  original  tour  of  Northern  India 
first  operated  in  the  fall  of  1975  and 
was  a  great  success:  it  is  designed  for 
people  whose  interests  lie  in  country 
things- plant  hunting,  seed  collecting, 
watching  and  photographing  animals 
and  birds  in  their  natural  surround- 
ings, riding  elephants  and  walking  in 
unspoiled  countryside.  Agra  and  the 
great  palace  cities  of  chivalric  Rajas- 
than-Jaipur,  Jodhpur  and  Udaipur- 
are  also  visited. 

The  tour  offers  a  great  vari.Uy  of  won- 
derful scenery,  as  well  as  the  oppor- 
tunity of  studying  flora  from  Himalayan 
foothills  to  the  desert.  In  the  cities  we 
stay  in  deluxe  hotels;  accommodations 
on  safari  are  at  lodges  in  lovely  wild- 
life parks  and  in  the  sandstone  hills 
of  the  Rajasthan  desert. 

Detailed  brochure  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  NY    10036 


H 


TRUE  COLOR  is  a  must  in 
your  photography— use  the 
professional's  color  meter ! 


INSTANTLY  SHOWS  . . .  with  any  type  of  color  film 

■  Color  temperature  of  light  source  (in  degrees  Kelvin) 

■  Filter  required  for  correct  color  balance 

Calibrated  in  "decamired"  filter  scale  adopted  by 
leading  camera  and  filter  manufacturers.  £omplete 
witti  leather  eveready  case  and  neck  strap.  Sold 
only  through  photographic  dealers. 

world  ^^^^  lamed 

GOSSEN® 

SIXTICOLOR 

COLOR  TEMPERATURE  METER  and 
FILTER  INDICATOR 


At  better  camera  stores  or  write  for  color  brochu 
BERKEY  MARKETING  COMPANIES,  INC 

GOSSEN  DIVISION 
on   R/^v  mfin  \AinoHciHo   m   v   in77 


more  important  reason  lies  in  a  con- 
sideration that  Portmann  dismisses 
contemptuously  as  coarsely  mechani- 
cal and  materialistic.  From  what  I 
have  seen  (although  I  cannot  know 
for  sure),  human  birth  is  a  joyful  ex- 
perience when  properly  rescued  from 
arrogant  male  physicians  who  seem 
to  want  total  control  over  a  process 
they  cannot  experience.  Nonetheless, 
I  do  not  think  it  can  be  denied  that 
human  birth  is  difficult  compared 
with  that  of  most  other  mammals.  To 
put  it  rather  grossly,  it's  a  tight 
squeeze.  We  know  that  female  pri- 
mates can  die  in  attempted  childbirth 
when  fetal  heads  are  too  large  to  pass 
through  the  pelvic  canal.  A.  H. 
Schultz  illustrates  the  stillborn  fetus 
of  a  hamadryas  baboon  and  the  pelvic 
canal  of  its  dead  mother;  the  em- 
bryo's head  is  a  good  deal  larger  than 
the  canal.  Schultz  concludes  that  fetal 
size  is  near  its  limit  in  this  species: 
"While  selection  undoubtedly  tends 
to  favor  large  diameters  of  the  female 
pelvis,  it  must  also  act  against  any 
prolongation  of  gestation  or  at  least 
against  unduly  large  newborns." 

There  are  not,  I  am  confident, 
many  human  females  who  could  give 
birth  successfully  to  a  year-old  baby. 

The  culprit  in  this  tale  is  our  most 
important  evolutionary  specializa- 
tion, our  large  brain.  In  most  mam- 
mals, brain  growth  is  entirely  a  fetal 
phenomenon.  But  since  the  brain 
never  gets  very  large,  this  poses  no 
problem  for  birth.  In  larger-brained 
monkeys,  growth  is  delayed  some- 
what to  permit  postnatal  enlargement 
of  the  brain,  but  relative  times  of  ges- 
tation need  not  be  altered.  Human 
brains,  however,  are  so  large  that  an- 
other strategy  must  be  added  for  suc- 
cessful birth — gestation  must  be 
shortened  relative  to  general  develop- 
ment, and  birth  must  occur  when  the 
brain  is  only  one-fourth  its  final  size. 

Our  brain  has  probably  reached  the 
end  of  its  increase  in  size.  The  para- 
mount trait  of  our  evolution  has  fi- 
nally limited  its  own  potential  for  fu- 
ture growth.  Barring  some  radical  re- 
design of  the  female  pelvis,  we  will 
have  to  make  do  with  the  brains  we 
have  if  we  want  to  be  born  at  all.  But, 
no  matter.  We  can  happily  spend  the 
next  several  millennia  learning  what 
to  do  with  an  immense  potential  that 
we  have  scarcely  begun  to  understand 
or  exploit. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science 
at  Harvard  University. 


NEW  COLOR  PORTFOLIO  plus     1^,'<;4 
Illustrated  Catalog  $1 .00  ^WS', 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC    -^S-^ 

BoxeOtIC   Long  Island  aty.N. v.  11106    ■>«?€,■ 
From  Italy  .  .  .  The  Ultimate  In 

Historic  Sliip  Replica  Kits 

Frome  &  Plank  Construction 


Wofld-fomous  SERGAL  kils:  lorge,  mognificent 
replicas  |up  lo  51"  long)  with  beautiful  wal- 
nut, brass  details.  Virluolly  museum  pieces 
when  completed.  Lorge-scole  plans,  English  in- 
structions, all-materials  included.  Also,  hun- 
dreds   of    other    superb    llolion    kits,    plans    and 

Full-Color  Catalog,  $2 

Send   via  oirmoil  |26«  stomp)  lo: 

Dept.  NH-4,  MODEL  EXPO 

Via    Cassia,    1170    ■    Rome    00189,    Italy 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO 
NATURAL  HISTORY 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of  sub- 
scription, billing,  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the  mag- 
azine wrapper. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 
You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a  move 
or  order  a  subscription 
Change  of  address — attach  your  address 
label  in  the  dotted  area  and  fill  in  your  new 
address  below,  clip  and  mail  to  Natural  History 
Membership  Services.  Box  6000.  Des  Moines, 
Iowa  50340. 


M 


Letters 


John  Canoe  is  Alive  and  Well 

It  was  a  pleasure  to  relate  Robert 
Dirks's  "Slaves'  Holiday"  [De- 
cember 1975]  to  personal  experience. 
A  highlight  on  a  cruise  to  the  Ba- 
hamas was  the  Junkanoo  Parade  on 
New  Year's  Day.  The  Junkanoo  are 
local  bands  of  marchers,  each  band  in 
a  brightly  colored  papier-mache  uni- 
form, with  stylistic  masks  on  one  of 
the  marchers.  Some  of  the  masked 
figures  wore  elaborate  headpieces. 
One  that  stood  out  was  a  stylized 
structure,  as  in  a  surrealistic  house; 
another  was  a  statue,  angularly  ren- 
dered, of  a  white  person  in  the  same 
clothing  as  the  marchers.  The  word 
Junkanoo  seems  to  be  an  obvious  cor- 
ruption of  John  Canoe.  Thanks  for  a 
most  pleasant  article. 

A. A.  Catalano 
Satellite  Beach.  Florida 

Inspiration 

I  so  much  enjoyed  Stephen  Jay 
Gould's  "Racism  and  Recapit- 
ulation" [June-July  1975],  it  inspired 
me  to  write  the  following  poem: 

Angels 

Angels  have  no  belly  buttons 

being  unborn 

No  cord  was  ever  severed  to 

seal  them  with  mortality 

Never  do  they  in  their 

embryonic  or  juvenile 

growth 

recapitulate  the  adult  stages 

of  their  ancestors 

knowing  no  womb 

never  were  they  graced  with 

paired  gill  slits 

inherited  from  adult  fish 

to  whom  they  might  trace 

their  origins 

Nor  do  they  evidence  the 

slightest  retention  of 

childish  stages 

of  animal  forebears 

or  contrariwise 

any  loss  of  adult  structures 

out  of  angel  prehistory 

having  no  antecedents 

Indeed  they  exhibit  no  trace  of 

evolution 


^ 


Invest  in  a  Leica  CL  and  get  the  finest 
compact  camera  in  the  world. 

Although  small  in  size  and  relatively  small  in  price,  the 
CL  should  not  be  confused  with  other  compact  cameras.  It  is  the 
first  compact  to  offer  through-the-lens  metering  and  interchangeable 
lenses.  Moreover,  it  is  a  Leica;  and  everything  you  expect  a  Leica  to  be. 
A  superbly  engineered  camera  of  unexcelled  mechanical  precision  and 
optical  quality. 

The  CL  shares  another  feature  with  every  Leica  ever  built: 
its  ability  to  hold  value  better  than  any  other  camera. 

For  information  call  201-767-1100  or  write    L^ 
E.  Leitz,  Inc.,  Rockleigh,  N.J.  07547,  Dept.  K2.  In      J^QAjOCL 
Canada,  Wild  Leitz,  Ltd.,  Willowdale (Toronto),  Ont. 


A  great  camera  can  be  a  great  investment. 


r' 


South  Carolina  offers  you 

the  vacation  with  all  the  extras. 

At  no  extra  cost. 

We'd  like  to  help  you  spend  less  money  for  your  vacation  this 
year.  By  getting  more  vacation  for  your  money. 

So  we've  put  together  the  South  Carolina  Trip  Kit.  It's  fuU  of 
facts  about  all  the  things  South  Carolina  has  to  offer.  Like  beaches, 
mountains,  hunting,  fishing,  camping,  golf,  tennis,  lakes,  boating, 
gardens  and  historical  cities.  And  you'llbe  surprised  how  many  of 
our  attractions  are  free. 

Even  the  South  Carolina  Trip  Kit  is  free.  Just  send  us  the  coupon 
and  find  out  how  you  can  have  all  the  South  Carolina  extras.  At 
no  extra  cost. 


Name . 
City- 


.Address 
-State 


.Zip 


Free  South  Carolina  Trip  Kit 

Mail  to  South  Carolina  Division  of  Tourism,  Room  226,  Box  78,  Columbia,  South  Carolina  29202 


_l 


27 


QUESTERS 
WORLD  OF 
NATURE 
TOURS 


"Nature  tour"  has  a  definite  meaning  when 
you  travel  with  Questers,  the  only  profes- 
sional travel  company  specializing  exclu- 
sively in  nature  tours.  Our  approach  in 
planning  Worldwide  Nature  Tours  is  to 
provide  you  with  the  broadest  possible  op- 
portunity of  experiencing  for  yourself  the 
natural  history  and  culture  of  each  area 
we  explore. 

With  the  leadership  of  an  accompany- 
ing naturalist,  we  search  out  the  plants  and 
animals,  birds  and  flowers  .  .  .  rain  forests, 
mountains,  and  tundra  .  .  .  seashore,  lakes, 
and  swamps  of  the  regions  we  visit.  We 
also  study  the  architecture,  archaeology, 
museum  collections,  temples,  and  customs 
of  the  people. 

Varying  in  length  from  4  to  36  days, 
Questers  Worldwide  Nature  Tours  travel 
to  virtually  every  part  of  the  world.  Our 
groups  are  small,  and  early  reservations 
are  therefore  recommended. 

Call  or  write  Questers  or  see  your  Travel 
Agent  today  for  itineraries  and  the  1976/77 
Directory  of  Worldwide  Nature  Tours. 

WORLDWIDE  NATURE  TOURS 
SPRING  AND  SUMMER  DEPARTURES 
THE  AMERICAS 

Alaska:  17  days,  June,  July,  &  August  •  Prib- 
ILOF  Islands  &  Homer:  4  days,  June,  July, 
&  August  "The  Everglades:   11  days,  April 

•  Hawaiian  Islands:  15  days,  April  &  July  • 
New  York  City  &  Long  Island:  9  days.  May 
St.  September  •  Trinidad  &  Tobago:  11  days, 
March  •  Alberta,  Yukon,  &  the  Northwest 
Territories:  15  days,  June,  July,  &  August  • 
British  Columbia  Float:  12  days,  July  & 
August  •  Superior-Quetico  Canoe:  9  days, 
July  •  Colombia:  20  days,  August  •  Guate- 
mala, Honduras,  &  Belize:  16  days,  April  & 
July  •  Southern  Mexico:  14  days,  April  &  July. 

EUROPE 

England,  Wales,  &  the  Scottish  Lowlands: 

23  days,  June  &  July  •  Iceland:  16  days,  June, 
July,  &  August  •  Greenland:  7  days,  June, 
July,  &  August  •  Norway:  24  days,  July  • 
Outer  Islands  of  Scotland  &  the  Faeroes: 

24  days,  June  &  July. 
ASIA 

Indonesia:  24  days,  April,  July,  &  September 

•  Kashmir  with  Ladakh:  22  days,  July,  Au- 
gust, &  September  •  Malaysia,  Singapore,  & 
Brunei:  22  days.  May  &  July  •  Nepal  Trek: 
23  days,  March  •  Southern  India  &  Sri 
Lanka:  23  days,  July. 

AFRICA 

East  Africa,  Kenya,  &  Tanzania:  22  days, 
April  &  July  •  South  Africa  &  Botswana:  22 
days,  April  &  September. 

OCEANIA/ AUSTRALASIA 

Australia:  34  days,  September  •  Australia/ 
New  Zealand  Combi- 
nation: 34  days,  July 
&  September. 


Questers  Tours 


AND  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NH-276,  257  Park  Ave.  South 

New  York,  N.Y.  10010  •  (212)  673-3120 


swift  or  slow 

possessing  no  genes 

to  fashion  enzymes  for  them  and 

speed  or  retard 

their  native  rate  of  unfoldment 

Neither  do  dark-skinned 

infant  angels 

display  a  faster  sensimotor 

sophistication 

and  hence  condemn  themselves  to 

a  lower  I.Q. 

when  they  mature 

than  fair-skinned  ones  will  enjoy 

for  angels  have  no  infants  or 

for  that  matter 

skins 

Even  the  distance  between  penis  and 

umbilicus 

cannot  be  demonstrated  to  remain 

small  relative  to  height 

throughout  life  in 

black  angels 

for  besides  having  no  umbilici 

they  neither  age  nor  may  be 

classified  by  sex 

There  are  thus  no  females  either 

to  retain  sufficient 

juvenile  traits  to  prove  them 

not  inferior  to  males 

How  awkward 

for  the  sedulous  geneticist 

that  a  learned  appeal 

to  nicely  selected  facts 

is  quite  as  futile  for  judging 

the  superiority  of 

one  tribe  or  sex  of  angels 

over  another 

as  huntiftg  for  the  belly  button 

on  a  cherub 

John  Moffitt 

Poetry  Editor 

America 

Football  and  Sex 

While  William  Arens  was  writing 
"The  Great  American  Football  Rit- 
ual" [October  1975]  he  stared  homo- 
sexuality straight  in  the  face  and  pro- 
nounced it  "ritual  celibacy."  And 
that's  not  only  a  euphemism,  it's  a  sin 
of  omission.  His  hypothetical  anthro- 
pologist from  another  planet  might  be 
more  interested  in  this  oblique  denial 
of  the  obvious,  as  I  was,  rather  than 
in  the  ritual  of  football  itself. 

Of  course,  Mr.  Arens  is  not  totally 
to  blame.  Football  players,  given  our 
current  social  climate,  would  proba- 
bly deny  that  their  behavior  behind 
closed  doors  was  anything  less  than 
missionary  proper  and  pristine.  (Most 
people  do.)  Certainly  their  managers 
and  coaches  would.  In  fact,  most 
managers  and  coaches  deny  homo- 
sexuality so  vehemently  that,  like 
Hamlet's  player,  they  protesteth  too 
much. 


Incredible  Africa! 

FEBRUARY  4,  1976  ROOT  &  LEAKEY 
19-day  natural  history  tented  and 
lodge  safari  in  Kenya  &  Tanzania. 
$1795.00  plus  airfare,.  Limited  to  16 
members.  Additional  departures  Sep- 
tember 15  and  October  13. 

MARCH  17,  1976  Join  JOHN  WIL- 
LIAMS on  a  special  30-day  safari  in 
Kenya  following  bird  migration.  JULY 
21,  1976  Another  JOHN  WILLIAMS 
departure  featuring  rare  birds,  big 
game  and  wildflowers,  30  days  in 
Kenya.  $2670.00  each  plus  airfare. 

AUGUST  12,  1976  Unique  FAMILY 
SAFARI  includes  best  game  parks 
Kenya  &  Tanzania,  a  trek  on  Mt. 
Kenya,  built-in  educational  features. 
$2475.00  including  airfare  from  New 
York. 

Call  or  write  SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD.  Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  94111 

(415)  788-7186 


W     {when  you  send  lOtf  for  mailing) 

RED  CHINA 
STAMPS 

BANNED  in  AMERICA.' 


Get  these  valuable  Red 
China  old  and  new  post- 
age stamps  —  forbidden 
for  a  generation  to 
American  collectors  by 
At  last  you  can  legally 


the  U.S.  C 
own  them  —  stamps  so  appealing  that  ex- 
perienced and  beginning  collectors  alike 
want  them.  You  may  never  have  another 
chance  for  supplies  are  strictly  limited  so 
act  fast!  This  spectacular  and  genuine 
offer  given  to  introduce  you  to  Kenmore's 
sensational  world-wide  Stamps-On- 
Approval  Service  for  FREE  Examina- 
tion. Buy  $2  or  more  and  get  other 
valuable  bonuses. Or  buy  nothing  —return 
selections  —  cancel  service  anytime.  In 
either  case,  the  scarce  55  Red  China 
stampsareyoursto  keep  FREE.  Send  lOif 
for  mailing  today 

KENMORE,Milford  CR-329,  N.H.  03055 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc.,  plus 
valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   SQ.,   KNOXVILLE,   ILL.   61448 


28 


For  those 
with  an  eye 

tor  art 
and  a  head 

tor  value. 

Natural  History  Magazine  invites  you  to  enjoy  some 

delectable  coilectables.  Remarkable  replicas  cast 

from  the  originals  on  display  at  the  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History.  It  is  difficult  to  tell  these 

fine  reproductions  from  the  unique  originals  because 

each  one  is  hand-cast  and  hand-finished  by 

artist-craftsmen  to  duplicate  the  exact  personality  of 

the  original.  Right  down  to  its  precise  size,  texture, 

color  and  patina.  Each  replica  comes  with  its  own 

descriptive  history.  All  jewelry  is  gift-boxed.  Here 

truly  are  unusual  gifts  for  those  with  an  eye 

for  art  and  a  head  for  value. 


v:-"-£.NH   HON 


Please 

send. 

tem=; 

1  h 

jve  check 

ed    1 

check/ 

money 

order 

nthe 

amo 

untofS 

1  prefer 

tocha 

ge  An 

erica 

nhx 

press.     v£ 

lidth 

n 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


NATURAL  HISTORY  REPLICAS,  DEPT  A300  Box  5123.  Des  Moines.  Iowa  50340 
.  NH  78N  Akua'ba  Doll  Necklace.  West 

Africa.  2-7/8"H.  'Gold.  $1150 
.  NH   HON   Coptic   Cross  Necklace. 

Ethiopia.  -Silver  2-l/8"H.  $9.00 

NH  113  African  Fertility  Doll  with  bead 

earrings,  necklace,  anklet.  14"H.  $34.50 
.  NH  109  African   Dahomey  Woman 

Statuette.   'Gold.   7-l/4"H.  including 

walnut  base.  $24.50 

NH  51N  Pre-Columbian  Eagle  Neck- 
lace. Costa  Rica.  "Gold.  2"  wing  span. 

$10.00 

NH  56N  Pre-Columbian  Monkey-Faced 

Men  Pendant.  Costa  Rica.  'Gold. 

3-5/8"  wide.  $24.00 

NH  65P  Pre-Columbian  Llama  Pin. 

•Silver.  l-3/4"H.  $9.00 


Signature - 


Name  (please  print) . 


City,  State,  Zip _^_^ 

Please  allow  4  to  6  weeks  tor  delivery.  Shipping  and  handling  charges 
included  Museum  Members  may  take  their  10%  discount.  'Gold  or 
silver  electroplated  on  pewter. 


rip-off 


Americas  Best-Selling  Dictionary. 
Its  where  the  words  live. 

Webster's  New  Collegiate  Dictionary  is  so  vivid  the  words  seem 
to  come  alive.  Over  22,000  new  words  like  "rip-off'  and  "cryonics" 
make  instant  sense  to  anyone.  And  crusty  old  words  you  could  never 
quite  understand  — like  "objurgation"  —  suddenly  become  child's 
play.  In  fact,  everything  about  it  makes  words  easier  to  use  than 
ever  before.  Which  may  explain  why  it's  the  best-selling  dictionary 
ever.  At  only  $9.95,  it's  practically  a  steal.  For  your  family,  office, 
or  as  a  gift. 

From  Merriam-Webster. 


Nikon  wants  you  to  see 
better 


Nikon  prism  binoculars  start  with  worid- 

famous  Nikon  optics,  mode  from  Nikon 

optical  glass.  Lenses  and  prisms  for  right 

and  left  barrels  are  precisely  matched  and 

coilimated,  and  the  optical  parallelism  of  both 

barrels  is  verified. 

That's  why  with  Nikon  binoculars  you  enjoy  brilliant, 

sharp,  full-field  viewing  without  strain  orfatigue,  even 

for  long  stretches.  Now,  find  out  how  little  more  it  costs 

to  see  better,  longer  At  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  selected 

optical  departments.  Write  for  literature  Folio  18,  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden 

City,  N.Y  11530.  Subsidiary/Ehrenreich  Photo-Optical  Industries,  Inc.  SHH 

In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.]   ^i..  ■%■  ■ 

Nikon  Binoculars 


Mr.  Arens  correctly  pointed  out 
that  the  football  team  is  a  bastion  of 
masculinity.  Maleness  is  wor- 
shiped. Not  only  do  the  crowds  wor- 
ship it,  but  so  do  the  team  members. 
And  given  the  opportunities  of  the 
members,  it's  only  a  few  short  steps 
from  worship  to  adoration  to  love.  If 
"hand  holding,  hugging,  and  bottom 
patting"  are  socially  acceptable  on 
the  field,  what  might  not  be  accept- 
able in  the  dark,  behind  closed  doors 
and  between  close  friends?  To  allevi- 
ate the  worries  of  nervous  managers 
and  coaches,  and  possibly  anxious 
anthropologists,  let  me  point  out  that 
the  athlete's  homosexuality  is  the 
epitome  of  masculinity,  for  it  ex- 
cludes, absolutely,  all  femininity.  It's 
the  ultimate  male  compliment. 

If  the  NFL  and  AFL  were  East  Af- 
rican tribes,  Mr.  Arens  would  have 
had  no  difficulty  in  discussing  their 
homosexuality  and  finding  it  normal. 
Trent  S .  Knepper 
New  York,  New  York 

Feminine  cheerleaders  and  pom- 
pom girls  provide  a  role  model  com- 
plementary to  that  of  the  masculine 
players.  At  Indiana  we  also  have  a 
girls'  dancing  troupe,  The  Redstep- 
pers,  which  entertains  at  half  time. 
"Those  curvaceous  cuties  with  the 
gorgeous  gams,"  as  the  announcer 
describes  them,  enhance  a  cultural 
stereotype  dear  to  the  audience — the 
decorative  and  subordinate  woman, 
essential  to  a  celebration  of  masculin- 
ity. Similar  rituals  accompany  tele- 
vised football  from  all  over  the 
country.  They  significantly  reinforce 
sexual  role  models  in  our  society. 

Stephen  L.  Wailes 
Bloomington,  Indiana 

More  Ado  About  Starlings 

I  should  like  to  add  to  a  letter  in 
your  November  1975  issue  regarding 
a  reader  who  observed  starlings 
perching  upon  cattle  and  feeding 
upon  the  face  flies. 

In  the  dialect  of  the  counties  of  the 
north  of  England,  the  starling  is 
called  a  shepster,  a  word  which  has 
its  origins  in  Middle  English  or  even 
Anglo-Saxon  and  relates  this  bird  to 
the  sheep  which  are  to  be  found  on 
the  moors  and  in  the  valleys  in  that 
part  of  the  country.  It  would  appear 
that  observers  of  such  feeding  habits 
have  been  around  for  a  long  time! 

Vera  Webb 
Miami,  Florida 


30 


Putlatch  Problems 

Paul  Shankman's  interesting  ar- 
ticle on  Western  Samoa  and  Potlatch 
(October  1975 1  leaves  me  wonder- 
ing. The  failure  of  the  Potlatch  exper- 
iment to  live  up  to  expectations  seems 
akin  to  the  failure  of  the  tuna  fishery 
in  American  Samoa.  Why  do  the 
plans  of  sophisticated  technologists 
of  our  industrial  society  miss  their  ob- 
jectives so  widely,  as  if  they  were  re- 
ally the  plans  of  amateurs?  It  looks 
as  if  on  a  broadly  systematic  cost- 
benefit  basis  Potlatch's  work  would 
be  found  harmful  to  Western  Samoa 
even  if  it  made  money  for  the  com- 
pany. Do  you  think  there  is  any  way 
for  a  moderately  heavy  industry  to  do 
business  on  a  moderately  small  tropi- 
cal island  without  destroying  the  orig- 
inal balance  of  everything? 

William  G.  Mackenzie 
Pebble  Beach.  California 

Self-sufficient  Farms 

I  enjoyed  so  much  the  article  enti- 
tled "Alfred  Moon's  Farm"  [No- 
vember 1975].  It  recalled  to  me  with 
some  nostalgia  the  stories  my  father 
told  of  his  growing  up  on  very  much 
the  same  kind  of  farm  in  Vermont. 
My  father  had  such  a  hatred  of  cows 
that  it  lasted  all  69  years  of  his  life. 

Forty  years  ago  I  visited  such  a 
self-sufficient  farm  in  Nova  Scotia.  It 
was  considered  a  wealthy  farm,  but 
by  our  standards  it  was  primitive. 

The  shopping  list  was  always  the 
same:  salt,  sugar,  and  tea.  The  eggs 
paid  for  the  above. 

H.  Carlton  Litchfield 
Dedham,  Massachusetts 


Errata: 

The  caption  accompanying  the 
photograph  of  a  desert  iguana  ("The 
Importance  of  Being  Feverish,"  Jan- 
uary 1976,  page  71)  indicated  that  all 
cold-blooded  animals  regulate  their 
body  temperature  by  moving  to  cool 
or  warm  spots.  Many,  but  not  all,  ec- 
totherms  regulate  temperature  in  this 
way.  In  the  caption,  page  72,  the  nor- 
mal temperature  range  for  the  lizard 
should  be  between  100.4°  and 
102.2°.  The  statement  in  the  author's 
column,  page  4,  that  opossums  do  not 
get  sick  is  misleading;  while  the  ani- 
mal has  shown  resistance  to  infection 
in  the  laboratory,  the  appropriate  mi- 
croorganism would  probably  make  it 
sick. 


OUROMANIA 


Got  a  mania  to  roam?  Here's  a  free  book 

full  of  European  tours  with  the  accent  on 

high  adventure,  and  low  cost '  Wt  spotliirhi 

romantic  Romania.  . .  from  iMl  1)i  h.uI.i 

country  of  the  wild  Carpiiihi  ins  iiid 

the  painted  monasteries  o'  MuM  i\m 

to  sophisticated  Bucharest  inJ 

the  swinging  Black  Sea  re-.iiiis  ^  ^ 

OurTOUROMANIA 

brochure  lists  hundreds 

of  vacation  bargains  . . . 

independent  tours  in 

Romania ,  from  S  23  a  day 

and  multi-country  escorted 

tours  including  Romania. 

Storybook  Europe!  It  realh 

still  exists.  Let  us  guide 

you  to  it! 


^        /^^ 

^MHn 

1  ROMANIAN  NATIONAL  TOURIST  OFFICE 

^^^H^^iilH 

1    500  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y. 

"^ 

j  Please  send  my  free  copies  of  the 

'  tour  brochure  and  guidetiook  to  Romania. 

1   „^^^ 

»• 

1    CiW                                     Stnip                   ZiD 

^^■^HIHII 

1 1 

^H^^^^^^^^^B 

31 


The  East  African  Wildlife  Society  announces 


'  ^e  Official 

African  Wildlife 
bronzes 


Six  magnificent  animal  sculptures  created  exclusively  for  this  limited  edition 


There  will  be  only  one  edition  of 

The  Official  African  Wildlife  Bronzes. 

Available  by  advance  subscription  only. 

Limit:  one  subscription-per  person. 

Subscription  rolls  close:  February  29, 1976. 


IN  THE  ENDLESS  SUMMER  of 
East  Africa's  Serengeti  Plain,  sur- 
vival belongs  to  the  strong  and  the 
swift.  To  the  lion  and  the  antelope. 
The  elephant  and  the  giraffe.  The  rhi- 
noceros and  the  cheetah. 

Since  the  beginnings  of  time,  the 
magnificent  wild  animals  of  Africa 
have  challenged  the  imagination  of 
artists.  And  no  artistic  medium  has 
proved  better  suited  to  capturing  the 
power  and  grace  of  these  animals  than 
bronze  sculpture. 

The  tradition  of  bronze  animal 
sculpture  is  one  of  the  great  traditions 
in  the  history  of  art  — one  that  has 


come  to  be  increasingly  valued  in  our 
own  time. 

Now,  in  this  great  tradition.  The 
East  African  Wildlife  Society  is  proud 
to  announce  an  extraordinary  series  of 
bronzes  — created  expressly  for  this 
limited  edition  collection  by  Don  Pol- 
land,  one  of  the  most  noted  sculptors 
in  the  world  today. 

The  Official  African  Wildlife  Bronzes 

To  create  these  sculptures,  the  artist 
traveled  to  Africa  so  that  he  could 
study  the  animals  in  their  native  habi- 
tat. Each  sculpture  is  accurate  to  the 
most  minute  detail.  Each  is  a  superb 
original  work  of  art,  capturing  the  wild 
animal  in  a  moment  characteristic  of 
its  life  in  nature. 

The  Lion  pauses  in  mid-motion.  His 
limbs  are  stretched  to  the  full,  the  long 
muscles  sharply  defined.  His  teeth  are 
bared,  his  claws  extended,  and  he  is 
ready  to  break  into  the  fearsome  at- 


tack that  has  made  him  lord  of  the 
plains. 

The  Greater  Kudu  —  a  large  African 
antelope  with  twisting  horns — stands 
poised  for  flight,  head  turned  to  the 
wind.  The  carriage  of  his  head,  his 
flared  nostrils,  his  taut  leg  muscles  — 
all  are  captured  with  remarkable  skill. 

The  Elephant  is  charging,  ears  out, 
trunk  raised,  turning  as  he  comes.  His 
tusks  have  all  the  power  of  his  mighty 
body  behind  them.  You  can  almost 
hear  him  trumpeting  his  anger. 

The  Giraffe  has  just  heard  some  dis- 
tant sound  across  the  plain.  He  stands 
tall  and  attentive,  head  cocked,  ready 
to  break  into  a  run  or  to  defend  him- 
self with  his  powerful  legs  and  hooves. 

The  Rhinoceros  stands  ready  for 
battle.  He  fears  no  other  creature. 
Descendant  of  the  dinosaurs,  his  hide 
is  like  armor-plate,  and  his  short  legs 
can  carry  his  bulk  with  surprising 
speed.  Irritable,  near-sighted,  he  low- 


ers  his  formidable  head  with  its 
dreaded  horn,  which  was  long  thought 
to  have  magical  properties. 

The  Cheetah  —fastest  of  all  animals 
—  seems  to  flow  over  the  ground.  He 
is  captured  in  a  running  bound,  in  the 
intensity  of  his  pursuit. 

Each  sculpture  is  completely  true  to 
life,  sculptured  in  superb  and  authentic 
detail,  The  hairs  of  the  elephant's  tail, 
and  the  markings  of  his  hide  .  .  .  the 
ringlike  serrations  of  the  kudu's  horns 
.  .  .  the  extended  claws  of  the  lion  .  .  . 
each  fine  detail  is  sculptured  with  ab- 
solute fidelity. 

Individually  hand-cast  in  bronze 

Each  of  these  bronze  sculptures  will  be 
individually  hand-cast  by  the  ancient 
"lost  wax"  (cire  perdue)  process.  This 
casting  technique  is  an  art  which  has 
been  passed  from  father  to  son  through 
the  generations.  It  is  the  same  pains- 
taking, time-consuming  method  that 
was  used  by  Cellini,  by  Rodin,  by 
Frederic  Remington. 

After  casting,  each  bronze  sculpture 
will  be  individually  finished  by  hand. 
This  hand-finishing  imparts  a  special 
patina  to  the  bronze,  and  calls  for 
meticulous  craftsmanship. 

Because  each  bronze  will  be  pro- 
duced to  order,  it  will  take  several 
months  to  complete  the  work.  There- 
fore the  six  sculptures  in  the  complete 
collection  will  be  produced  and  deliv- 
ered as  a  series,  at  the  rate  of  one  every 
three  months. 

A  single,  strictly  limited  edition 

There  will  be  only  one  edition  of  The 
Official  African  Wildlife  Bronzes.  The 
sculptures   will  be  issued  solely  and 


exclusively  to  original  subscribers.  No 
one  else  will  be  given  the  opportunity 
to  acquire  this  collection.  The  sculp- 
tures will  not  be  available  individ- 
ually, and  they  will  not  be  sold 
through  art  galleries  or  stores.  They 
are  available  only  by  direct,  advance 
subscription. 

The  absolute  closing  date  for  all 
subscriptions  is  February  29,  1976. 
And  there  is  an  absolute  limit  of  one 
collection  per  subscriber. 

The  advance  subscribers  will  be  the 
only  people  in  the  world  to  acquire 
these  bronzes  at  the  original  issue 
price.  Those  who  later  desire  to  ac- 
quire the  collection  can  only  hope  to 
obtain  it  from  one  of  these  original 
subscribers. 

The  East  African  Wildlife  Society 
has  appointed  The  Franklin  Mint, 
world-renowned  for  the  quality  and 
artistry  of  its  limited  edition  collect- 
ibles, to  direct  the  creation  and  produc- 
tion of  these  sculptures  and  to  service 
all  subscriptions. 

Because  of  the  extensive  handwork 
involved  in  the  making  of  these  bronze 
sculptures.  The  Franklin  Mint  must  re- 
serve the  right  to  limit  the  number  of 
subscriptions  that  will  be  accepted. 
Therefore,  all  subscription  applications 
are  subject  to  acceptance  by  The 
Franklin  Mint. 

The  subscription  plan 

The  first  sculpture  in  the  collection  will 
be  sent  to  subscribers  approximately 
eight  to  ten  weeks  after  subscription 
rolls  close.  The  remaining  five  sculp- 
tures will  be  issued  thereafter  at  the 
rate  of  one  every  third  month. 


The  official  issue  price  is  S120  for 
each  sculpture,  payable  in  three  equal 
monthly  installments  of  S40  each. 

Thus,  you  will  be  able  to  acquire 
this  extraordinary  collection  of  limited 
edition  bronze  sculptures  on  a  conven- 
ient monthly  basis. 

Please  note  carefully  that  this  is  the 
first  and  only  time  The  Official  African 
Wildlife  Bronzes  will  ever  be  offered. 
All  subscriptions  must  be  postmarked 
by  February  29, 1976,  to  be  eligible  for 
acceptance.  The  total  edition  will  be 
permanently  limited  to  the  number  of 
subscriptions  postmarked  by  that  date 
and  accepted  by  The  Franklin  Mint. 
Subscription  applications  will  be  ac- 
cepted in  order  of  receipt,  and  it  may 
be  necessary  to  close  the  subscription 
rolls  before  February  29,  1976.  It  is 
therefore  suggested  that  applications 
be  entered  promptly. 


'  ADVANCE  SUBSCRIPTION  APPLICATION 

THE  OFFICIAL  AFRICAN 
WILDLIFE  BRONZES 

Valid  only  if  postmarked  by 

February  29,  1976 

Limit:  One  collection  per  subscriber 

The  Franklin  Mint 

Franklin  Center,  Pennsylvania  19091 

Please  accept  my  subscription  to  The  Offi- 
cial African  Wildlife  Bronzes,  issued  by  the 
East  African  Wildlife  Society.  This  collec- 
tion is  to  consist  of  six  bronze  animal  sculp- 
tures to  be  issued  at  the  rate  of  one  every 
three  months.  The  cost  of  each  sculpture  is 
$120.*  which  will  be  billed  to  me  in  three 
equal  monthly  installments  of  $40.*  each. 

I  need  send  no  money  now.  1  will  be  billed 
for  the  first  installment  of  $40.*  in  advance 
of  shipment  of  the  first  bronze  sculpture. 

*  Plus  my  state  sales  tax 


Address 

Citv 

State 

Zio 

Sienature 

All  orders  are  subject  to  accepta 
The  Franklin  Mint. 


1.   .   ^  •r^''>''Zi.is.^££»M.:M>^ 


..-Ck- 


^'^^ 


t.''  1^ 


^vi;-^-  ..: :  i 


Rifting 
in  the 
Okavango  Delta 

by  Christopher  H.  Scholz 


Newly  growing  faults  in 
southern  Africa  may  indicate 
that  the  continent 
is  slowly  splitting  apart 

The  Kalahari  Desert  is  a  vast  ex- 
panse, roughly  as  big  as  Texas,  that 
extends  over  the  eastern  part  of 
South-West  Africa  (Namibia)  and 
most  of  Botswana.  Sparsely  popu- 
lated except  for  scattered  cattle  posts 
and  the  rare  Bushman,  it  is  for  the 
most  part  extremely  flat  country 
whose  monotonous  terrain  is  only  oc- 
casionally broken  by  the  erosional 
remnants  of  Precambrian  or  early  Pa- 
leozoic rocks,  which  form  the  stony 
hills  known  in  Africa  as  kopjes. 
Despite  its  aridity  and  the  brevity  of 
its  rainy  seasons — approximately  one 
month  in  November/December  and 
from  ten  days  to  two  weeks  in 
March/ April — the  Kalahari  supports 
an  astonishing  variety  of  game  herds. 
This  seeming  paradox  is  due  mainly 
to  the  existence  on  the  northern 
fringes  of  the  Kalahari  of  the  largest 
and  most  fertile  oasis  in  Africa:  the 
great  Okavango  Swamps,  or  Delta. 

The  delta,  a  6,500-square-mile  area 
in  the  form  of  a  rough  equilateral  tri- 
angle some  120  miles  to  a  side,  lies 
in  the  northwest  corner  of  landlocked 
Botswana.  It  is  the  inland  terminus  of 
the  Okavango  River,  the  fourth  long- 
est river  in  southern  Africa,  but  sec- 
ond only  to  the  Zambezi  in  terms  of 
volume  of  water. 

The  water  of  the  delta  is  fresh — it 
is,  in  fact,  the  only  natural  surface 
freshwater  in  Botswana;  the  rest  of 
the  country's  freshwater  comes  from 
boreholes.  The  delta,  which  is  a  tan- 
gle of  islands,  narrow  channels,  and 
lagoons,  is  therefore  able  to  maintain 


a  luxuriant  plant  growth  in  the  sands 
of  the  Kalahari  Desert.  Its  waterways 
are  choked  with  papyrus,  often  five 
to  ten  feet  high,  and  groves  of  mo- 
pani — a  tropical  African  ironwood — 
are  common  on  the  islands.  The  clear 
freshwater  is  free  of  schistosomes 
(blood  flukes)  and  other  African  para- 
sites, and  abounds  in  bream,  pike, 
and  tiger  fish.  Hippopotamus,  croco- 
dile, and  many  species  of  antelope, 
including  the  rare  red  lechwe  and  sita- 
tunga,  live  in  the  delta.  A  flourishing 
birdlife  embraces  the  Chobe  fish 
eagle,  crested  barbets,  lily  trotters, 
cormorants,  ibis,  and  spur-winged 
and  dwarf  geese.  A  variety  of  game 
lives  in  the  delta's  drier  areas  and 
around  its  fringes — lions,  elephants, 
buffalo,  and  virtually  all  the  ante- 
lopes, from  the  eland  and  kudu  to  the 
wildebeest  and  sable. 

The  endemic  tsetse  fly  and  mos- 
quito have  kept  the  human  population 
of  the  delta  very  low,  and  it  is  thus 
a  natural  refuge  and  watering  ground 
for  the  game  of  the  Kalahari.  Only  the 
hardiest  desert  species  of  antelope, 
such  as  the  gemsbok  and  springbok, 


Peler  Johnson,  Natural  History  Photographic  Agency 


A  reed  cormorant  finds  safe 

cover  for  its  nest  in  the 

Okavango  Delta.  There  will  also 

be  plentiful  fish  to  feed  on. 


All  photographs  by  Peter  Johnson 


The  delta  is  the  only 
habitat  in  Botswana  of  the 
red  lechwe,  a  species  of 
antelope  native  to  Africa, 
seen  here  with  a  host  of 
pelicans  and  storks. 


As  evening  falls,  one  tree 
roost  is  shared  by  a 
congregation  of  sacred  ibis 
and  little  egrets. 


;s^**: 


W^'.^iim^ii 


ik:»w< 


Anlhony  Bannister 


Often  thought  to  be  the  most 

dangerous  big  game  animal 

of  the  continent,  the 

African  buffalo  lives  in  the 

fioodplains  of  the  delta 

as  well  as  in  other  areas 

south  of  the  Sahara. 


A  herd  of  hippopotamus  swims 

in  a  channel  near  the  delta. 

Hippo  meat  is  eaten  by  many 

native  peoples  and  the  animal's 

hide  is  made  into  whips. 


Peter  Johnson 


can  maintain  themselves  year-round 
in  the  harsh  cnvironmcnl  of  the  cen- 
tral desert.  The  other  game  herds, 
which  could  not  exist  in  the  desert 
except  for  the  swamps,  are  migra- 
tory, and  the  hub  of  their  migrations 
is  most  often  the  Otcavango  Delta. 
During  the  rainy  seasons,  when  the 
desert  blooms,  the  migratory  game 
live  in  the  desert,  but  they  return  to 
the  delta  during  the  driest  part  of  the 
year,  from  July  through  October. 
Even  elephants  and  large  aquatic 
mammals  such  as  hippos  migrate  for 
hundreds  of  miles,  following  a  series 
of  shallow,  circular,  water-filled  de- 
pressions known  as  pans.  Pans  range 
from  about  30  to  300  feet  in  diameter 
and  from  one  to  several  feet  in  depth. 
Formed  by  the  trampling  of  elephants 
and  hippos,  pans  actually  serve  as 
shallow  wells,  and  many  remain  full 
of  water  the  entire  year,  despite  the 
total  lack  of  rain  during  ten  months. 

Crucial  to  the  Kalahari  environ- 
ment and  to  the  future  development 
of  Botswana,  theOkavango  Delta — a 
vast  preserve  in  its  own  right — is  a 
natural  freak.  What  in  the  world,  it 
might  be  asked,  is  such  a  vast  quan- 
tity of  freshwater  doing  in  a  place  like 
the  Kalahari  Desert? 

South  of  the  equator,  the  geogra- 
phy of  Africa  is  typified  by  rivers  that 
are  fed  by  highland  catchments  and 
often  traverse  two-thirds  of  the  conti- 
nent to  reach  the  sea,  either  the  Atlan- 
tic or  Indian  Ocean.  The  Okavango 
River  is  an  exception;  its  water  never 
reaches  the  sea.  It  drains  the  southern 
highlands  of  Angola  but  flows  barely 
300  miles  before  ending  in  its  inland 
delta,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  southern 
Africa.  The  area  immediately  to  the 
west  of  the  Okavango  catchment 
drains  into  the  South  Atlantic;  the 
area  to  the  east  is  drained  by  the  huge 
Zambezi  River  system,  which  flows 
to  the  Indian  Ocean.  There  is  evi- 
dence that  in  the  geologically  recent 
past,  the  Okavango  also  reached  the 
Indian  Ocean.  But  at  some  former 
time  the  river's  flow  was  interrupted, 
and  instead  of  stretching  to  the  sea, 
the  river  ended  in  the  vast  Makgadik- 
gadi  (formerly  Makarikari)  salt  flats 
in  the  northern  Kalahari,  where  its 
waters  evaporated,  leaving  salt  de- 
posits leached  from  the  traversed  ter- 
rain over  an  area  as  large  as  the 
present  delta.  The  delta  today  is  sev- 
eral hundred  miles  west  of  the  salt 


flats,  and  only  a  small  flow  still 
reaches  the  Makgadikgadi  from  the 
Okavango  River.  The  history  of  this 
river  has  thus  been  one  of  change  and 
steady  retrenchment  into  the  interior 
of  the  continent.  It  is  not  the  shrinking 
of  the  river  itself,  however,  that  is  of 
greatest  interest,  but  the  processes 
that  caused  it. 

River  systems  that  do  not  reach  the 
sea  are  called  interior  drainage  sys- 
tems. They  occur  most  commonly  in 
arid  regions  where  evaporation  is 
high  and  rainfall  low.  Instead  of  ter- 
minating at  the  sea,  these  systems 
flow  to  the  lowest  regional  point  of 
land,  where  the  water  evaporates 
leaving  an  accumulation  of  salt .  If  the 
flow  is  sufficient,  a  saline  lake  like  the 
Great  Salt  Lake  of  Utah  or  the  Cas- 
pian and  Aral  seas  of  central  Asia 
will  develop. 

The  Okavango  River  is  unique 
among  interior  drainage  systems 
since  it  flows  into  a  freshwater  delta 
that  has  almost  no  trace  of  salinity. 
This  is  because  the  Okavango  Delta 
has  two  outlets  by  which  a  tiny  vol- 
ume of  water  flows  eastward  into  the 
Makgadikgadi  salt  flats  and  south- 
ward into  the  saline  Lake  Ngami. 
Small  as  this  outflow  is,  especially 
when  compared  to  the  net  influx,  it  is 
sufficient  to  carry  off  most  accumu- 
lated salt  and  to  keep  the  waters  of  the 
delta  fresh. 

The  delta  is  known  as  a  perched 
impoundment,  that  is,  its  water  is  at 
a  higher  elevation  than  that  of  neigh- 
boring Lake  Ngami  and  the  Makga- 
dikgadi salt  flats.  This  type  of  im- 
poundment is  a  natural  oddity;  in  ad- 
dition the  delta  has  two  simulta- 
neously active  outlets,  instead  of  one, 
and  these  outlets  are  fed  by  the  same 
river,  which  forks  in  the  downstream 
direction.  River  forks  are  almost 
always  on  the  upstream  side. 

These  are  oddities  because  they  are 
unstable  by  nature.  Channel  erosion 
always  favors  one  outlet  over  another 
and  works  in  such  a  way  as  to  bring 
water  to  the  lowest  possible  eleva- 
tion. In  other  words,  the  flow  of  water 
is  governed  by  gravity.  In  a  stable 
configuration,  the  Okavango  River 
would  either  still  flow  to  the  Indian 
Ocean  or  flow  entirely  into  the  Mak- 
gadikgadi. 

Hydrological  instabilities  of  the 
perched  impoundment  type  can  only 
be  maintained  so  long  as  local  or  re- 


gional buildups  in  elevation  fxcur  at 
a  faster  rate  than  erosion  can  tear 
them  down.  This  requirement  is  sel- 
dom met  except  in  arid  environments. 
High  mountain  ranges  like  the  Hima- 
layas are  sometimes  completely  tran- 
sected by  powerful  rivers  only  be- 
cause the  river  was  able  to  cut  a  gorge 
as  fast  as  the  mountains  rose.  But  in 
the  flat  terrain  of  the  Kalahari .  erosion 
is  not  rapid.  The  Okavango  Delta  lies 
in  a  shallow  depression  formed  by  up- 
ward and  downward  motion  along 
several  geologic  faults  that  extend 
northeast,  perpendicular  to  the  water 
flow  in  the  delta.  The  southern  side 
of  a  fault  that  crosses  the  upstream 
end  of  the  delta  is  lower  than  the 
fault's  northern  side,  thus  permitting 
water  to  enter  the  swamps.  But  a  pair 
of  faults,  which  cross  the  downstream 
side  of  the  delta,  have  been  lifted 
higher  than  the  plane  of  the  delta, 
thereby  creating  a  125-mile-long  nat- 
ural earthen  dam  that  has  impounded 
the  delta  waters.  As  the  Okavango 
flows  over  the  upstream  fault,  the 
river  suddenly  breaks  into  a  number 
of  channels  that  fan  out  to  the  south- 
east, where  they  are  blocked  by  the 
downstream  faults.  There  the  chan- 
nels reunite  to  form  a  single  river  (the 
Thamalakane)  that  flows  southwest 
parallel  to  the  faults  and  then  forks 
into  two  branches.  One  branch  passes 
through  a  break  in  the  fault  scarp,  or 
wall,  and  flows  in  an  easterly  direc- 
tion to  the  Makgadikgadi  salt  flats; 
the  other  continues  on  a  southwest 
course  to  Lake  Ngami.  In  its  slow 
passage  through  the  delta,  the  Oka- 
vango loses  95  percent  of  its  water 
through  transpiration  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Vertical  movement  along  the  up- 
stream and  downstream  faults,  which 
has  taken  place  within  about  the  last 
million  years,  amounts  to  no  more 
than  a  few  hundred  feet,  but  the  fre- 
quent occurrence  of  earthquakes  in 
the  region  demonstrates  that  vertical 
slip  is  continuing.  The  topography  at 
the  surface  of  the  delta,  however,  is 
much  less  rugged  than  might  be  ex- 
pected from  these  movements  since 
much  of  the  depression  has  been 
filled  in  by  Kalahari  sands. 

Because  the  entire  region  is  ex- 
tremely flat,  the  flow  pattern  of  the 
delta  is  very  unstable  and  has  changed 
radically  several  times  in  the  last  cen- 
tury. Many  of  these  changes  have 


39 


AFRICAN  RIFT  SYSTEM 


VERTICAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  OKAVANGO  DELTA 


NORTHWEST 


r 

Water  flow 


Water 


Ungtrggmjgyj^ 


Kalahari  Desert 


been  caused  by  heavy  papyrus 
growth,  which  blocks  the  stream 
channels.  Other  changes  have  been 
caused  by  vertical  ground  displace- 
ments produced  by  earthquakes. 

The  first  European  to  visit  Lake 
Ngami  was  David  Livingstone,  the 
famous  British  missionary-explorer, 
who  reached  it  by  crossing  the  Kala- 
hari on  his  initial  trip  into  the  African 
interior  in  1849.  He  described  Lake 
Ngami  as  being  seventy-five  miles  in 
circumference.  It  is  less  than  half  that 


size  now,  but  the  old  shoreline  can 
still  be  seen  extending  far  beyond  the 
lake's  present  fringes.  During  Liv- 
ingstone's era,  the  delta's  southern- 
most channel  was  its  principal  outlet 
and  drained  directly  into  Lake 
Ngami.  The  lake  at  that  time  had  its 
own  outlet  to  the  north.  In  the  1870s 
the  flow  from  the  delta  into  the  lake 
began  to  diminish,  probably  because 
of  papyrus  blockage  (possibly  wor- 
sened by  seismic  activity  and  fault- 
ing), and  the  lake's  outlet  was  ob- 


served to  flow  in  different  directions 
at  different  times  of  the  year.  By  the 
early  part  of  this  century  the  lake's 
former  inlet  had  become  completely 
blocked,  and  its  former  outlet  had  be- 
come its  principal  inlet.  Similarly,  a 
fault-bounded  depression  just  north 
of  the  Okavango  Delta  that  received 
considerable  flow  in  the  early  part  of 
this  century  is  now  almost  wholly  des- 
iccated. There  is  even  evidence  that 
part  of  the  present  Zambezi  drainage 
system  once  flowed  into  the  Oka- 


vango  Delta  as  a  result  of  the  dam- 
ming of  the  Zambezi  by  fault  move- 
ments. It  is  difficult  to  assess  how 
many  of  these  flow  changes  were  the 
direct  result  of  active  geologic  move- 
ments, but  it  is  known  that  a  swarm 
of  major  earthquakes  in  the  delta  re- 
gion in  1952  were  associated  with 
marked  changes  in  the  area's  outflow 
characteristics. 

The  Okavango  Delta  exists  at 
present  in  a  broad,  gentle  depression 
because  the  river  is  dammed  behind 


several  developing  faults.  This  de- 
pression appears  to  be  the  infant  stage 
in  the  growth  of  a  new  rift  valley. 
Although  the  amount  of  rifting  in  the 
Okavango  Delta  is  minuscule  when 
compared  to  the  great  rift  valleys  of 
Kenya  and  Tanzania,  where  the  val- 
ley floors  have  been  dropped  thou- 
sands of  feet  by  motion  on  the  steep 
fault  scarps  that  bound  them,  the  style 
of  deformation  is  unmistakably  the 
same.  The  valleys  of  Kenya  and  Tan- 
zania are  part  of  the  East  African  rift 


system,  which  extends  about  2,500 
miles  from  Ethiopia  to  Mozambique. 
The  geologic  activity  in  the  Oka- 
vango region  ha.s  only  recently  been 
recognized  as  part  of  this  rift  system. 

The  thin  outer  crust  of  the  earth  is 
composed  of  a  number  of  large,  rigid 
plates,  which  float  upon  the  fluid 
mantle  below.  These  solid,  rocky 
plates  are  in  constant  motion  with  re- 
spect to  each  other,  and  the  interac- 
tions between  them  on  their  bounda- 
ries are  responsible  for  many  active 
geologic  phenomena  such  as  earth- 
quakes, mountain  building,  and 
volcanoes.  Rifting  is  the  process  that 
occurs  along  plate  boundaries  wher- 
ever two  adjacent  plates  move  away 
from  each  other,  either  within  conti- 
nents or  existing  oceans.  If  the  rifting 
is  well  developed,  the  void  created  by 
the  diverging  plates  is  filled  with  up- 
welling  lavas,  which  solidify  to  form 
new  sea  floor.  This  process  is  one  of 
the  primary  mechanisms  of  conti- 
nental drift.  True  sea-floor  spreading 
and  continental  drift,  however,  can 
only  proceed  once  a  rift  system 
spreads  entirely  through  a  continent. 

The  mid-Atlantic  ridge  is  an  ex- 
ample of  a  well-developed  rift.  It  first 
split  the  Americas  away  from  Africa 
and  Europe  more  than  100  million 
years  ago  and  has  allowed  them  to 
drift  apart  at  a  rate  of  about  2  centime- 
ters a  year.  New  sea  floor  has  been 
simultaneously  and  continuously 
created  by  volcanism  at  the  ridge 
crest.  Much  younger  rifts  than  that  of 
the  Atlantic  have  just  begun  to  sepa- 
rate still  other  continents.  The  rift  in 
the  Gulf  of  California  has  split  Baja 
California  off'  from  the  rest  of  Mex- 
ico, and  that  in  the  Red  Sea  is  moving 
the  Arabian  peninsula  away  from 
Africa.  Some  rifts  have  subsequently 
become  inactive  without  ever  split- 
ting the  continents  in  which  they 
formed.  The  Rhine  River,  for  ex- 
ample, flows  down  a  rift  valley  in 
western  Europe  that  failed  to  split  the 
European  continent.  Thus  far,  the  Af- 
rican rift  system  has  also  failed  to 
split  that  continent. 

The  most  recent  active  African  rift- 
ing, which  began  about  35  million 
years  ago  in  Ethiopia  and  spread 
south  through  next-door  Kenya, 
peters  out  in  central  Tanzania.  At  its 
northern  end  this  rift  connects  with 
submerged  rifts  in  the  Red  Sea  and 
the  Gulf  of  Aden,  which  are  separat- 


41 


ing  the  Arabian  peninsula  from 
Africa.  The  Ethiopian,  or  East  Afri- 
can, rift  system  has  produced  a  trough 
several  miles  wide  associated  with 
profuse  and  active  volcanism,  but  this 
was  accomplished  by  a  thinning  of 
the  earth's  crust  rather  than  an  actual 
rupture,  so  true  continental  breakup 
has  not  yet  occurred.  There  are  active 
volcanoes  inside  the  rift  itself,  but 
Mount  Kenya,  an  extinct  volcano, 
and  Mount  Kilimanjaro,  a  dormant 
one,  are  also  associated  with  this  rift. 

To  the  west,  a  second  rift  system 
is  also  active.  The  western  rift  begins 
in  northern  Uganda  and  extends 
south,  forming  valleys  that  contain 
such  large,  deep  lakes  as  Albert,  Ed- 
ward, and  Tanganyika.  After  a  jog  to 
the  east  in  southwestern  Tanzania, 
this  rift  turns  south  again  where  its 
valley  is  filled  by  Lake  Malawi,  also 
known  as  Lake  Nyasa,  and  continues 
southward  from  Malawi  until  it  dies 
out  in  coastal  Mozambique.  The 
western  rift,  like  the  eastern,  also 
fails  to  breach  the  continent.  Al- 
though the  East  African,  or  Ethiopian, 
rift  connects  with  the  Red  Sea,  the 
western  rift  does  not  nor  does  it  cross 
the  Mozambique  Channel  and  extend 
to  the  mid-Indian  Ocean  ridge,  condi- 
tions necessary  for  a  complete  ridge 
circuit  that  would  allow  for  signifi- 
cant continental  separation. 

It  has  recently  been  recognized  that 
yet  another  arm  of  the  African  rift 
system  is  beginning  to  develop.  This 
younger  third  arm,  which  was  identi- 
fied by  signs  of  growing  rift  valleys 
and  the  line  of  earthquakes  that  fol- 
lows them,  branches  off  from  the 
main  East  and  West  rift  systems  just 
west  of  the  northern  end  of  Lake  Ma- 
lawi. From  there  it  runs  southwest 
through  Zambia,  along  the  upper 
gorge  of  the  Zambezi  River  on  the 
southern  Zambia-Rhodesia  border, 
and  through  the  Okavango  Delta, 
which  is  located  at  its  southern  tip. 
This  arm  of  the  African  rift  system 
has  not  yet  developed  the  spectacular 
form  of  the  older  Kenya  rift  valleys 
nor  is  any  volcanism  associated  with 
it.  The  recent  onset  of  faulting  in  the 
Okavango  region  suggests  that  this 
relatively  new  rift  is  moving  south- 
ward. The  Okavango  Delta  is  thus  at 
the  tip  of  a  rift  that  may  be  spreading 
throughout  the  continent. 

Africa  is  a  very  ancient  continent; 
most  of  its  crust  was  formed  more 


than  two  billion  years  ago  in  the  early 
Precambrian  era,  when  the  thermal 
and  crustal  structure  of  the  earth  was 
not  sufficiently  developed  to  allow 
continental  drift  and  sea-floor  spread- 
ing to  occur.  Thus  the  geology  of 
Africa  does  not  consist  of  the  linear 
deformation  belts  that  mark  the  traces 
of  old  mountain  ranges  formed  at 
plate  boundaries,  such  as  the  Appa- 
lachians, the  Andes,  the  Alps,  and  the 
Himalayas.  It  is  composed,  instead, 
of  nearly  equidimensional  granitic 
masses,  separated  by  a  network  of  an- 
cient, narrow,  highly  deformed  belts. 
These  belts  act  as  zones  of  weakness. 
When  rifting  occurs  in  this  environ- 
ment, it  moves  along  the  belts,  rather 
than  through  the  granitic  masses,  fol- 
lowing the  path  of  least  resistance  in 
much  the  same  way  that  a  tiled  floor 
tends  to  crack  along  the  mortar  rather 
than  across  the  stronger  tiles.  That  ex- 
plains in  part  the  sometimes  tortuous 
course  the  African  rifts  follow  and 
why  they  separate  into  several 
fingers,  each  of  which  appears  to  ad- 
vance slowly  along  the  least  resistant 
path  through  the  continent.  The  Lake 
Malawi-Mozambique  section  of  the 
rift  system  moves  along  the  eastern 
boundary  of  a  granite  mass  that  un- 
derlies most  of  Rhodesia,  while  the 
new  Okavango  rift  arm  follows  an  old 
deformation  belt  along  the  western 
edge  of  that  mass. 

The  rifting  associated  with  the  ini- 
tial breakup  of  continents  is  evidently 
much  slower  than  the  rate  of  sea-floor 
spreading  after  a  continent  has  been 
fully  breached.  Nearly  half  the  Atlan- 
tic has  accordingly  been  opened  up  in 
the  time  since  the  East  African  rifts 
began  forming.  Once  one  of  the  arms 
of  a  rift  system  succeeds  in  com- 
pletely fracturing  a  continent,  crustal 
stress  disappears  and  the  other  arms 
of  the  rift  become  inactive.  These  in- 
active, or  failed,  rifts  will  then  be  pre- 
served near  the  margins  of  one  or  both 
of  the  newly  formed  continents.  The 
Connecticut  Basin,  in  which  the  Con- 
necticut Valley  lies — a  relict  of  the 
rifting  of  North  America  from 
Europe — is  one  of  a  series  of  such 
basins  along  the  east  coast  of  North 
America  that  are  instances  of  failed 
rift  zones. 

Interesting  as  the  origin  of  the  Oka- 
vango Delta  is,  its  future  may  prove 
to  be  even  more  so.  The  region  is  one 
of  the  few  game-rich  areas  of  Africa 


that,  aside  from  the  intensive  hunting 
of  crocodiles,  has  remained  almost 
untouched  by  man ,  either  primitive  or 
civilized.  Since  gaining  its  inde- 
pendence from  Britain  in  1966,  Bots- 
wana has  striven  hard  to  raise  its 
economy  above  the  mere  subsistence 
level  that  was  largely  in  effect 
throughout  its  years  as  the  British 
High  Commission  Protectorate  of 
Bechuanaland.  The  need  for  develop- 
ment will  necessarily  bring  pressure 
to  utilize  the  delta  for  both  its  land  and 
its  water  at  the  expense  of  the  game. 

The  economy  of  Botswana  is  based 
primarily  on  cattle,  the  country's 
major  export.  There  is  thus  a  contin- 
ual search  for  new  grazing  land.  The 
presence  of  the  tsetse  fly  makes  ani- 
mal raising  in  the  delta  impractical, 
but  as  the  pest  comes  under  control, 
cattle  posts  can  be  expected  to  move 
in,  leading  inevitably  to  the  eradica- 
tion of  the  delta  game.  Furthermore, 
the  game  herds  themselves  have  been 
recognized  as  potential  carriers  of 
hoof-and-mouth  disease,  and  long 
fences  have  consequently  been 
erected  out  into  the  Kalahari  to  pre- 
vent animals  from  migrating  into  cat- 
tle-raising country.  Unfortunately, 
these  fences  have  caused  the  death  of 
many  thousands  of  weakened  game 
animals  by  preventing  their  return  to 
the  Okavango  Swamps  for  water  dur- 
ing the  dry  periods. 

There  is,  in  addition,  pressure  from 
incipient  industries  to  utilize  the  rare 
waters  of  the  delta.  The  need  for 
water  has  intensified  with  the  discov- 
ery of  large  mineral  resources,  in- 
cluding diamonds  and  copper  and 
nickel  deposits.  Since  the  geology  of 
Botswana  resembles  that  of  South 
Africa  in  many  respects,  the  country 
is  likely  to  prove  similarly  rich  in 
minerals.  There  is  no  question  but 
that  the  water  of  the  Okavango  Delta 
will  be  exploited  in  the  future,  but  it 
remains  to  be  seen  whether  this  area, 
almost  untouched  in  the  last  quarter 
of  the  twentieth  century,  will  be  used 
in  an  ecologically  gentle  way.        D 


Great  herds  of  wild  game, 

which  could  survive  nowhere 

else  in  the  arid  land  of 

Botswana,  live  in  the  delta 
and  its  surrounding  marshes. 


42 


Swiss 

Family 

Togetherness 


by  John  Friedl 


Faced  with  harsh  conditions 
and  a  yearly  threat  of 
avalanche,  Alpine  peasants 
have  learned  that 
cooperation  means  survival 

Barren  and  forbidding  surround- 
ings have  haunted  inhabitants  of  the 
Alps  since  the  earliest  recorded  settle- 
ment. Small  villages  nestled  in  out- 
of-the-way  corners  of  high  mountain 
valleys  are  a  monument  to  human  in- 
genuity, and  travelers  to  the  region 
continually  marvel  at  the  unique  ad- 
aptations that  enable  the  hardy  moun- 
tain dwellers  to  eke  out  a  living  in 
such  a  setting. 

One  of  the  most  prominent  dangers 
of  living  in  the  Alps  is  avalanche. 
Each  winter  tons  of  snow  roar  down 
the  mountainsides,  wiping  out  every- 
thing in  the  way.  Stream  beds  formed 
from  melting  glaciers  or  mountain 
springs  act  as  avalanche  lanes,  direct- 
ing the  snow  and  providing  it  with  a 
clear  and  unobstructed  path.  Fre- 
quently, the  avalanche  brings  with  it 
a  mass  of  debris ,  depositing  rocks  and 
trees  at  the  bottom  of  the  valley  and 
leaving  behind  a  path  of  destruction. 

In  some  locations  avalanches  occur 
regularly  every  year,  and  residents  of 
nearby  villages  are  able  to  plan 
around  them;  in  other  places  they  are 
much  less  predictable,  occurring  only 
once  or  twice  in  a  century.  Ava- 
lanches create  serious  limitations  for 
the  Alpine  villager.  Not  only  do  they 
destroy  houses  and  agricultural  build- 


ings, they  also  present  a  danger  to  life 
itself.  The  mere  threat  of  being  buried 
in  snow  limits  mobility  in  winter, 
confining  villagers  for  days  or  weeks 
on  end.  When  an  avalanche  does 
occur,  it  may  close  roads  and  prevent 
travel  for  even  longer  periods  of  time. 
The  debris  brought  down  by  ava- 
lanches and  rockslides  covers  agri- 
cultural land  and  must  be  removed 
before  the  land  can  be  used  again. 
Large  rocks  that  cannot  be  moved  in- 
hibit the  use  of  machinery  and  add  to 
the  already  difficult  task  of  farming 
the  steep  mountain  terrain. 

The  siting  of  villages,  agricultural 
buildings,  and  other  permanent  struc- 
tures depends  upon  the  location  of 
streams  and  forests.  Numerous 
streams  cut  into  the  slopes  of  the  val- 
ley, and  buildings  must  be  situated 
between  them,  on  the  valley  floor  or 
on  the  slope.  The  stream  beds  restrict 
the  formation  of  large  villages,  for 
even  the  slope  opposite  an  avalanche 
can  be  damaged  as  a  result  of  the  tre- 
mendous air  pressure  created  by  the 
rampaging  snow. 

Villages  tend  to  be  located  below 
large  patches  of  forest,  which  serve 


Clustered  houses  are  not  only 
picturesque,  they  also  represent 
a  good  use  of  land  in  the  steep, 
densely  settled,  and  avalanche- 
prone  valleys  of  Switzerland. 

Swiss  Naflonal  Tourist  Office 


iit..5©^ 


t-,    ,'v< 


44 


^^^'^ 


^•^■<-i 


t"'-"^«. 


_pm< 


^jBppi 


-,»^^ 


h. 


Adam  Woolllll.  Woodtln  Cjimp  H,  Associa 


as  barriers  to  the  snow.  Foreslation 
programs  and  laws  governing  the  cut- 
ting of  trees  have  long  been  common 
in  the  Alps.  Villagers  can  only  take 
deadwood,  a  practice  that  not  only 
protects  living  trees  but  also  clears  the 
forest  of  avalanche  debris.  Grazing, 
too,  is  regulated  to  protect  buds  and 
young  trees  from  the  depredations  of 
animals.  In  the  Lotschental,  a  Swiss 
valley  on  the  southern  slope  of  the 
Bernese  Alps,  where  I  lived  for  a 
year,  such  written  regulations  date 
back  several  centuries. 

Villagers  take  other  preventive 
measures  as  well,  such  as  strictly 
regulating  the  harvesting  of  hayfields 
located  above  the  village.  Because 
long,  uncut  grass  becomes  matted 
down  and  is  less  effective  in  holding 
the  snow  than  cut  grass,  owners  of 
these  fields  are  required  to  mow  the 
grass  in  early  autumn  before  the  first 
snowfall. 

Houses  and  agricultural  buildings 
are  found  in  tight  clusters,  rather  than 
strung  out  along  the  length  of  the  val- 
ley .  This  pattern  is  due  in  part  to  care- 
ful planning,  but  the  process  of  trial 
and  error  is  also  important;  should  a 
building  be  destroyed  by  avalanche, 
it  is  unlikely  that  the  owner  will  re- 
build in  the  same  location. 

Traditionally,  residents  of  the  Alps 
have  divided  their  landholdings  into 
a  number  of  plots  scattered  through- 
out the  valley,  a  pattern  known  as 
fragmentation.  Helping  to  maintain 
this  practice  in  the  Lotschental  is  an 
inheritance  system  whereby  each 
child  receives  an  equal  portion  of  the 
parents'  estate,  with  land  parcels  di- 
vided and  subdivided  over  genera- 
tions. In  the  lowlands,  fragmentation 
is  a  waste  of  time  and  energy  and  an 
inefficient  use  of  resources.  In  the 
Alps,  however,  such  division  repre- 
sents an  adaptation  to  the  climate  and 


Despite  the  harsh  terrain  and  short 
growing  season,  agriculture 
has  long  been  vital  to  the  Swiss 
mountain  dwellers.  Gardens,  which 
require  the  most  fertile  soil, 
as  well  as  daily  care,  are 
situated  near  the  village,  while 
sheep  are  taken  up  to  the 
high  grasslands. 


terrain,  as  well  as  to  the  realities  of 
potential  natural  disasters. 

Each  landowner  in  the  Lotschental 
holds  an  average  of  about  nine  acres, 
divided  into  about  fifty  parcels  of 
land,  including  plots  scattered 
throughout  the  valley.  In  case  of  an 
avalanche,  one  or  two  plots  of  a 
farmer's  land  might  be  covered  by 
snow  or  rocks.  The  snow  could  last 
until  August,  and  it  could  take  an- 
other year  of  occasional  work  to  clear 
away  the  rocks  and  debris.  In  the 
meantime,  however,  the  owner  still 
has  the  rest  of  his  land  to  farm.  The 
practice  of  fragmentation  simply 
spreads  out  among  many  families  the 
loss  of  land  and  labor  from  natural 
disasters. 

Another  benefit  of  a  divided  land- 
holding  is  found  in  the  way  land  is 
used  in  the  Alps.  Because  of  the  steep 
valley  slopes,  there  is  a  tremendous 
range  in  the  effects  of  sunshine,  alti- 
tude, and  climate  within  a  small  area. 
Surrounded  by  high  mountain  peaks, 
the  valley  floor  receives  much  less 
sunshine  than  the  higher,  more  barren 
slopes  and  pastures.  In  the  Lotschen- 
tal, a  chain  of  mountains  rising  to  13,- 
000  feet  borders  the  valley  to  the 
south,  shutting  out  several  hours  of 
sunlight  each  day.  During  the  winter 
the  villages  on  the  valley  floor  receive 
barely  three  hours  of  sunlight,  and  on 
the  longest  day  of  summer  there  are 
only  about  thirteen  hours  of  direct  sun 
on  the  fields. 

The  weather  and  terrain  dictate  a 
wide  variety  of  land  uses  and  a  dis- 
tinctive agricultural  cycle  within  the 
extremely  short  growing  season  in  the 
mountains.  Of  the  58  square  miles  of 
land  in  the  Lotschental,  more  than 
half  is  unproductive  rock  and  glacier; 
of  the  remainder,  most  is  either  forest 
that  is  owned  and  carefully  protected 
by  the  communities  or  it  is  found 
above  treeline  and  used  only  as  sum- 
mer pasture,  since  it  is  too  barren  to 
yield  even  a  hay  crop.  The  land  avail- 
able for  cultivation  is  but  a  small 
proportion  of  the  total  area  and  must 
be  used  carefully  if  it  is  to  support  a 
relatively  dense  population. 

There  are  basically  four  categories 
of  land  use  in  the  Lotschental.  Gar- 
dens, which  require  the  most  fertile 
land,  are  situated  in  and  around  the 
village,  where  they  can  also  receive 
daily  attention.  Household  vegeta- 
bles, such  as  lettuce,  turnips,  beans. 


and  onions,  are  grown  in  these  gar- 
dens. Cultivated  fields  of  potatoes 
and  grain,  largely  rye,  are  also  found 
in  the  village  and  scattered  up  the 
sunny  slope  above  the  cluster  of 
houses.  Hay  is  harvested  from  the 
meadows  that  receive  the  most  sun- 
shine, yet  are  low  enough  to  enjoy  a 
relatively  warm  temperature.  They 
must  also  be  close  to  the  village  or  to 
an  agricultural  building  from  which 
manure  can  be  transported  for  fertil- 
izer. For  all  these  reasons,  the  hay- 
fields  produce  a  heavy  growth  of 
grass,  some  of  the  better  ones  yield- 
ing two  crops  a  year. 

The  fourth  type  of  land  includes  the 
remaining  grassland  used  for  grazing 
animals.  During  the  spring  and  fall, 
villagers  graze  their  animals  on  pri- 
vately owned  meadows  that  are  high, 
but  still  below  treeline.  In  summer, 
however,  they  take  the  animals  to  the 
higher,  communally  owned  pastures 
above  treeline.  Traditionally,  women 
and  children  brought  the  animals  up 
to  the  high  meadows  in  mid-June  and 
stayed  with  them  until  October. 
Every  week  or  so,  they  made  the  two- 
to  three-hour  walk  back  to  the  village, 
bringing  the  milk  and  other  dairy 
products  that  are  a  vital  source  of  nu- 
trition for  the  entire  population. 
Today,  however,  they  remain  in  the 
village,  making  the  daily  trip  up  to  the 
pastures  by  Jeep. 

The  annual  cycle  is  closely  tied  in 
with  the  use  of  these  different  types 
of  land  and  with  the  climatic  variation 
according  to  altitude.  The  hay  harvest 
lasts  several  months,  starting  on  the 
most  fertile  and  sunniest  fields,  where 
the  grass  grows  fastest  and  highest. 
Once  these  fields  are  harvested  for  the 
first  time  in  July,  the  men  move  up 
the  slope  for  a  couple  of  weeks,  then 
return  to  the  fields  on  the  southern 
slope,  which  receive  less  sun.  Here 
the  grass  matures  more  slowly  despite 
the  lower  altitude.  Finally,  the  high 
fields  on  the  northern,  sunny  side  are 
cut,  by  which  time  the  lower  fields  are 
ready  for  a  second  harvest — some- 
time in  late  August. 

Such  a  cycle  is  a  major  justification 
for  land  fragmentation,  enabling  a 
farmer  to  work  at  a  steady  pace 
throughout  the  summer.  If  a  man's 
fields  are  scattered  at  various  alti- 
tudes, he  will  be  able  to  harvest  them 
continually,  receiving  the  maximum 
yield  from  each.  More  importantly. 


Swiss  National  Tourist  Otiice 


47 


while  it  would  be  to  one  person's  ad- 
vantage to  own  all  his  fields  in  the 
area  of  greatest  fertility,  this  would  be 
disastrous  for  the  rest  of  the  villagers, 
since  their  landholdings  would  all  be 
of  lower  quality.  Thus,  fragmentation 
not  only  balances  the  severe  effects 
of  climate  and  terrain  but  also  offers 
the  best  opportunity  for  the  survival 
of  all  farmers,  given  the  system  of 
private  ownership  and  independent 
operation. 

There  is  a  high  degree  of  commu- 
nal spirit  and  cooperation  in  Alpine 
villages,  clearly  a  rational  solution  to 
the  problems  the  Alpine  peasant  faces 


Because  his  house  is  situated  on 
the  edge  of  town  near  the  path  of 
the  predicted  avalanche,  a 
villager,  along  with  his  furniture, 
moves  in  closer  to  the  center. 


in  coping  with  his  environment.  A 
wide  variety  of  tasks  requiring  joint 
participation  of  some  or  all  residents 
of  the  village  enables  the  farmers, 
who  cannot  make  it  alone,  to  survive 
through  cooperation.  Cooperative 
labor  assumes  different  forms,  in- 
cluding recurrent  duties  such  as  plant- 
ing or  harvesting  and  one-time  proj- 
ects that  might  result  from  a  natural 
or  personal  disaster.  Small  groups 
within  the  community  engage  in  co- 
operative efforts  for  the  good  of  their 
membership.  And  at  times  the  entire 
community  will  work  together  in  a 
communal  labor  project  designed  to 
benefit  all. 

In  valleys  where  motorized  ve- 
hicles are  not  feasible,  an  individual 
faces  the  problem  of  transporting  ma- 
terials up  the  steep  slopes  to  the  sum- 
mer pastures.  When  someone  wants 
to  build  a  hut  on  the  high  pasture,  to 
serve  as  a  stall  for  his  cattle  and  sleep- 
ing quarters  and  a  work  area  for  mem- 
bers of  his  family,  he  has  to  carry 


*>^'. 


f*^' 


•*^*^ 


V^, 


,3t(^ 


'   ^- 


Dean  Loomis.  Time-LUe 


large  wooden  beams  from  the  forest 
below.  The  institution  known  as 
Holztragen.  or  "wood  carrying," 
dictates  that  men.  women,  and  chil- 
dren all  help  carry  the  wooden  beams 
and  a  few  other  necessary  materials 
up  to  the  pasture.  In  return  for  the  aid 
supplied  by  his  fellow  villagers,  the 
owner  has  to  pay  a  nominal  fee  into 
the  village  treasury  and  supply  food 
and  wine  for  the  workers  once  the  job 
is  done.  The  merriment  of  the  festivi- 
ties following  such  a  cooperative  ven- 
ture insures  that  there  are  no  absen- 
tees. Constructing  the  hut  itself  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  owner,  who  can 
usually  obtain  help  from  relatives. 

Other  communal  projects  follow 
the  agricultural  cycle  and  are  also  ac- 
companied by  celebrations  to  make 
the  work  seem  less  tedious.  In  winter, 
for  example,  some  animals  are  kept 
in  stalls  outside  the  village:  in  this 
way,  the  villagers  are  able  to  collect 
manure  at  various  altitudes  when  it  is 
time  to  fertilize  the  scattered  fields  in 
spring.  The  daily  tasks  of  milking  the 
cows  and  cleaning  their  stalls  are  te- 
dious, but  they  represent  less  work 
than  carrying  the  manure  up  from  the 
village  in  the  spring.  More  time,  too, 
is  available  for  these  chores  in  winter. 
Furthermore,  not  all  the  hay  from  the 
high  fields  must  be  transported  to  the 
village,  where  storage  facilties  are  in- 
adequate. Rather,  only  enough  hay  to 
feed  those  animals  kept  nearby  is 
stored  in  the  village,  while  the  rest 
can  be  scattered  about  the  hillside  in 
stalls. 

Keeping  cattle  in  stalls  on  the 
mountain  slope  during  the  winter 
does  create  a  problem,  however,  for 
when  a  cow  has  eaten  all  the  hay 
stored  in  one  small  barn  and  enough 
manure  has  been  collected,  the  owner 


On  the  verge  of  a  landslide:  An 
area  of  unstable  rock  and  snow  (1) 
is  poised  high  above  the  village 
of  Herbriggen.  When  it  slides,  it 
should  follow  the  natural  path  made 
by  the  ravine  (2),  thereby  missing 
the  houses  (3)  built  along  the 
valley  floor  to  the  side  of  the 
stream.  Trees  planted  above 
the  village  serve  as  barriers 
and  are  strictly  protected. 

Dean  Lootnis.  Time-Life 


49 


must  move  the  animal  to  another 
building.  But  cows  cannot  walk  in  the 
deep  snow  without  sinking.  If  they 
are  not  freed  in  time,  they  freeze  to 
death.  As  a  result,  a  firm  path  has  to 
be  stamped  down  so  that  the  animals 
can  be  moved.  Such  a  task,  known  as 
Vieh  verstellen,  or  "moving  the  cat- 
tle," requires  several  men,  and  when 
the  distance  and  snow  conditions 
warrant,  the  farmer  may  call  upon  his 
village's  entire  male  population  be- 
tween the  ages  of  fifteen  and  sixty,  the 
Mannstand. 

The  construction  and  maintenance 
of  avalanche  barriers  above  the  vil- 
lage, the  construction  and  mainte- 
nance of  irrigation  ditches,  and  agri- 
cultural work  in  the  fields  owned  by 
the  church  or  the  community  all  re- 
quire the  cooperation  of  the  entire 
community.  The  amount  of  labor 
needed  to  repair  and  strengthen  the 
avalanche  barriers  depends  upon  the 
damage  done  the  previous  winter  and 
upon  the  continuing  horizontal  ex- 
pansion of  the  villages  and  the  ac- 
companying need  to  protect  more 
area  around  the  village  centers.  For 
many  such  tasks  each  household  pro- 
vides one  man  for  the  project,  but  if 
the  labor  force  is  insufficient,  every 
able  man  and  woman  helps  out. 

With  the  emphasis  upon  coopera- 
tion, social  life  in  the  traditional 
mountain  village  is  organized  around 
the  village  community.  Individ- 
ualism is  played  down,  for  a  person 
alone  is  powerless  against  the  harsh 
environment.  Instead,  the  commu- 
nity becomes  the  focal  point  for  social 
interaction,  and  a  person's  identity  is 
linked  to  his  native  village. 

To  a  villager  in  the  Lotschental,  for 
example,  members  of  the  other  com- 
munities in  the  valley  occupy  an  in- 
termediate position  between  insider 
and  outsider.  The  physical  and  social 
isolation  of  the  Lotschental  has 
caused  a  great  deal  of  inbreeding  over 
the  centuries.  Every  native  resident 
has  many  relatives  in  the  adjacent  vil- 
lages and  through  them,  a  number  of 
social  contacts  as  well. 

On  the  other  hand,  residents  of 
each  village  share  a  wide  variety  of 
derogatory  jokes,  feelings  of  superi- 
ority, and  popular  misconceptions 
about  the  residents  of  the  other  vil- 
lages. Natives  of  one  village  are  said 
to  resemble  the  wooden  masks, 
known  as  Tschaggdttd,  worn  in  the 


50 


local  Mardi  Gras  festival .  Those  from 
a  second  village  are  supposedly  dis- 
tinguished by  their  rapid,  almost  un- 
intelligible speech,  while  a  third  vil- 
lage is  characterized  by  its  allegedly 
gluttonous  population. 

This  particular  combination  of  ter- 
rain, climate,  and  altitude,  coupled 
with  the  unique  history  of  the  valley, 
is  important  in  creating  village  soli- 
darity in  the  Lotschental.  There  has 
always  been  a  high  rate  of  intravillage 
marriage.  Much  of  the  courting  takes 
place  during  the  winter  when  the  agri- 
cultural schedule  is  not  so  demanding 
and  young  people  have  more  time  to 
themselves;  at  that  time,  however, 
avalanche  danger  restricts  travel,  no 
doubt  enhancing  the  desirability  of 
the  girl  next  door.  The  high  rate  of 
inbreeding,  in  turn,  affects  the  feel- 
ings of  village  solidarity,  not  only 
through  family  interaction  but  also 
through  inheritance  practices  that 
pass  on  land  in  the  village  to  future 
residents  of  that  village,  thereby  ex- 
cluding others. 

Recently,  after  a  series  of  heavy 
snows  followed  by  warm  weather  and 
some  rain,  a  serious  avalanche  oc- 
curred in  the  village  where  I  lived, 
leaving  more  than  thirty  feet  of  snow 
on  the  road  just  outside  the  village, 
knocking  down  electric  lines,  and 
completely  demolishing  a  vacation 
chalet.  Because  avalanche  conditions 
persisted  for  some  time,  work  to 
repair  the  damage  did  not  begin  until 
the  following  week,  and  it  took  more 
than  three  weeks  to  dig  a  tunnel 
through  the  snow  to  allow  normal 
traffic  in  and  out  of  the  village.  Elec- 
tricity was  restored  a  few  days  after 
the  avalanche,  but  mail  had  to  be 
flown  in  by  helicopter  and  factory 
workers  were  flown  out  to  their  jobs 
outside  the  valley. 

During  the  three  weeks  that  the  vil- 
lage was  closed  off,  I  witnessed  a  re- 
markable change  in  atmosphere. 
People  grew  closer  together  and  the 


Once  made  of  wood,  at  right, 

or  stone  (an  efficient  way  of 

clearing  the  rocks  left  by  previous 

slides),  avalanche  barriers  are 

now  made  of  aluminum,  which  is 

light,  sturdy,  and  weatherproof. 

Swiss  National  Tourist  OHice 


feeling  of  community  spirit  increased 
noticeably.  At  one  point  when  there 
was  the  threat  of  a  second  avalanche, 
people  living  at  the  edge  of  the  village 
moved  in  with  relatives  who  lived 
closer  to  the  center,  preferably  those 
living  next  to  the  church,  which  has 
been  standing  since  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury. Until  electricity  was  restored, 
villagers  could  not  run  their  oil  burn- 
ers and  had  to  depend  on  small  space 
heaters.  Since  propane  gas,  used  to 
fuel  such  heaters,  was  in  short  sup- 
ply, several  families  moved  in  to- 
gether. Participation  in  long  evening 
card  games  in  the  heated  taverns, 
sharing  of  food  and  other  resources, 
and  the  congenial  acts  toward  me,  an 
outsider,  finally  enabled  me  to  under- 
stand the  feelings  that  tied  the  resi- 
dents of  the  village  together  in  a  way 
that  I  had  not  previously  been  able  to 
comprehend. 


Through  this  experience  I  learned 
how  lime  and  again,  when  people  arc 
faced  with  natural  disasters,  they  turn 
to  the  only  source  of  support  upon 
which  they  can  consistently  rely — 
their  fellow  villagers.  The  intensity  of 
village  cooperation  created  by  the  en- 
vironment, coupled  with  the  magni- 
tude of  the  obstacles  to  be  overcome 
and  the  vagaries  of  nature  to  be  en- 
dured, has  created  a  rare  form  of  vil- 
lage— where  cooperation  is  the  rule 
rather  than  the  exception.  D 


The  seventeenth-century  church  at 

Oberwald,  built  into  the  slope 

of  the  mountain,  is  prow-shaped 

at  one  end  to  deflect  the 

path  of  the  rampaging  snow. 


Swiss  National  Tourist  Otiice 


Plant-loving  Bats,  Bat-loving  Plants 


by  Donna  J.  Howell 


For  food  and  sex, 
two  unlikely  partners 
have  evolved  together 

Bees,  butterflies,  and  humming- 
birds are  familiar  nectar  feeders  and 
pollinators  of  flowers,  and  the  flowers 
they  serve  possess  elaborate  devices 
to  deliver  their  nectar  and  pollen. 
Flowers  with  bright  red  blossoms  and 
tubular  corollas,  for  example,  are 
often  pollinated  by  hummingbirds. 
The  birds  are  attracted  to  bright 
colors,  and  their  long  beaks  are  suited 
for  the  extraction  of  nectar  at  the  bot- 
tom of  deep,  tubelike  corollas.  In  this 
example  of  a  classic  symbiotic  rela- 
tionship, the  birds  obtain  nectar  as 
food  and  the  plants  are  pollinated  by 
the  feeding  birds  as  they  travel  from 
flower  to  flower. 

A  similar  relationship  between  cer- 
tain plants  and  pollinators  is  not  as 
well  known.  In  tropical  and  subtropi- 
cal countries,  and  extending  into  the 
southwestern  United  States,  nectar- 
feeding  bats  are  common  pollinators 
of  a  wide  variety  of  plants.  The  rela- 
tionship of  these  partners  is  called 
chiropterophily — literally,  '  'bat-lov- 
ing' '  and  figuratively  used  to  describe 
the  characteristics  of  both  bats  and 
plants.  To  the  bat  biologist  or  pollina- 
tion ecologist,  the  characteristics  of 
the  plants  and  their  bat  pollinators 
stand  out  as  strongly  as  do  those  of 
the  hummingbird  pollination  system. 

My  work  in  the  tropics  and  search 
of  the  literature  reveals  130  genera  of 
chiropterophilous  plants.  These  are 
scattered  unevenly  through  40  plant 
families  with  the  Bombax,  Bignonia, 
legumes,  and  cactus  families  having 
the  greatest  share.  Many  tropical 
lumber  trees  are  bat  pollinated.  So, 
too,  are  the  giant  saguaro  cactus  and 
the  century  plant,  a  paniculate 
Agave.  Some  chiropterophilous  pani- 
culate agaves  from  south  of  the 
border  are  the  sources  of  tequila  and 
sisal .  A  number  of  other  commercial 
products  also  owe  their  existence,  in 
part,  to  bat  pollination.  The  calabash 
tree,  Crescentiacujete,  whose  gourd- 


like fruits  provide  dishes  and  utensils 
in  Central  America,  is  pollinated  by 
bats.  The  silk-cotton  tree,  Ceibapen- 
tandra,  whose  down-filled  seedpods 
are  set  from  bat-pollinated  flowers,  is 
the  source  of  a  filler  called  kapok, 
commonly  used  in  sleeping  bags,  life 
jackets,  and  cushions.  Other  bat- 
pollinated  tree  species  are  Ochroma 
lagopus,  from  which  balsa  wood  is 
obtained,  and  Capparis,  the  source  of 
capers. 

Since  the  syndrome  of  chiropter- 
ophily involves  different  families  of 
bats  in  the  Old  and  New  Worlds,  and 
since  bat-pollinated  flowers  have 
evolved  in  a  number  of  plant  families, 
this  symbiotic  partnership  probably 
arose  independently  a  number  of 
times  during  the  last  fifty  million 
years.  For  example,  in  the  Old  World 
tropics,  some  fruit  bats,  or  flying 
foxes,  feed  on  nectar  and  pollinate 
flowers.  These  bats  are  anatomically 
distinct  from  nectar-feeding  bats  of 
the  New  World.  In  the  American 
tropics,  several  subfamilies  of  the 
leaf-nosed  bats  fill  the  same  ecologi- 
cal niche.  These  two  groups  of  bats 
represent  parallel  evolution,  rather 
than  the  sharing  of  an  immediate 
common  ancestor;  the  similarity  of 
their  life-styles  is  reflected  in  similar 
morphology.  The  same  is  true  of  the 
bat-loving  plants;  although  they  may 
be  unrelated,  having  similar  pollina- 
tors has  helped  to  mold  their  features 
into  common  patterns. 

Both  groups  of  nectar-feeding  bats 
have  relatively  large  eyes.  Vision  is 
of  critical  importance  to  the  Old 
World  species  since  they  have  no 
sonar.  I  have  recently  demonstrated 
the  degradation  of  sonar  acuity  in  the 
New    World    nectar -feeding    bats. 


Numerous  florets  in  a  '  'shaving 

brush ' '  arrangement  aid  in  the 

pollination  of  some  agaves.  The  bat 

Leptonycteris  sanborni  is  lathered 

with  pollen  as  it  feeds  on  nectar. 


These  species  may  emit  only  one- 
hundredth  of  the  sound  energy  used 
by  their  insect-feeding  relatives. 

Both  Old  World  and  New  World 
nectar-feeding  bats  have  large  septate 
nasal  cavities  and  vomeronasal 
organs,  indicating  a  good  olfactory 
sense.  Both  groups  possess  long 
muzzles  and  weak  teeth.  In  many  spe- 
cies, the  number  of  incisors  and 
molars  is  reduced.  The  gap  left  by  the 
absence  of  lower  incisors  in  the  more 
specialized  forms,  together  with  a 


52 


groove  in  the  lower  lip,  facilitates  the 
movement  of  an  extremely  long,  ex- 
tensile tongue. 

The  characteristics  of  chiropter- 
ophilous  flowers  reflect  their  depend- 
ence upon  bats  for  reproduction. 
Such  flowers  open  at  night  and  are 
white  or  light  in  color.  They  have  a 
peculiar  musky,  or  "batty,"  odor. 
On  moonlit  nights,  bat-pollinated 
flowers  stand  out  almost  as  if  they 
were  fluorescent.  The  odor,  which 
may  be  noticeable  only  after  dark, 


often  forms  an  aura  that  surrounds  the 
tree.  The  odoriferous  substance  has 
been  found  to  contain  butyric  acid; 
since  bat  body  musk  also  contains  bu- 
tyric acid,  it  has  been  hypothesized 
that  the  odor  that  attracts  bats  to  bats 
also  attracts  bats  to  flowers. 

Bat-pollinated  plants  have  a  num- 
ber of  peculiar  growth  forms,  all  of 
which  accomplish  the  end  of  spatially 
separating  the  flowers  from  the  rest  of 
the  plant.  This  separation,  combined 
with  noticeable  paleness  and  a  batty 


odor,  provides  a  very  prominent  tar- 
get to  a  night-flying  bat,  which  orients 
by  sight  and  smell:  a  bat  ill-suited, 
sonarwise,  to  deal  with  a  clutter  of 
vegetation. 

The  conspicuous  placement  of 
chiropterophilous  flowers  is  accom- 
plished in  several  ways.  One  of  the 
most  dramatic  occurs  in  the  century 
plant,  whose  flowers  are  presented  on 
"serving  tray"  panicles  located  on 
the  ends  of  branches  that  emanate 
from  a  central  stalk.  The  stalk  itself 


John  A.  L.  Cooke.  Oxford  Scientific  Films 


53 


Scanning  electron  micrographs 
(at  X  550  magnification)  reveal  an 
adaptation  of  nectar-feeding  bats. 
The  hair  scales  of  an  insectivorous 
bat  (top)  lie  flat  and  smooth  against 
the  hair  shaft.  Angled  away  from 
the  shaft,  the  hair  scales  of  a 
nectar-feeding  bat  scoop  up  and 
trap  pollen  grains  when  the 
bat  visits  a  flower. 


rises  twenty  or  more  feet  above  the 
rosette  of  swordlike  leaves  that  con- 
stitutes the  main  body  of  the  plant. 

Another  adaptation  for  separating 
flowers  from  foliage,  thereby  provid- 
ing easy  access  for  the  pollinating 
bats,  is  called  flagelliflory.  The  flow- 
ers of  a  tree  are  borne  on  long,  whip- 
like branches  that  protrude  above  the 
main  canopy.  Penduliflory  is  an  up- 
side-down version  of  the  same  thing. 
In  this  adaptation,  flowers  hang  down 
below  the  canopy  on  a  long  rachis,  or 
streamer.  This  strategy  is  commonly 
seen  in  chiropterophilous  vines, 
which  grow  quickly  from  the  dark 
forest  floor  up  to  the  sunny  jungle 
canopy  by  climbing  on  a  host  tree  for 
the  light  they  need;  then  produce 
night-blooming  flowers  on  sixty-foot- 


long  streamers  that  droop  down 
through  the  subcanopy  where  bats 
can  easily  find  and  pollinate  the  blos- 
soms. In  cauliflory,  a  somewhat  dif- 
ferent means  of  accomplishing  the 
same  end,  the  flowers  develop  di- 
rectly from  the  trunk  of  a  tree  or  from 
thicker  parts  of  the  branches.  When 
fruits  set  from  these  oddly  placed 
flowers,  the  effect  is  of  balls  glued 
directly  to  the  tree. 

In  combination  with  such  branch- 
ing patterns,  many  bat-pollinated 
plants  shed  their  leaves  at  the  time  of 
flowering.  This  also  serves  to  present 
the  bats  with  easily  identifiable,  ac- 
cessible targets. 

Bat-pollinated  flowers  also  have 
certain  shapes  that  help  to  transmit 
pollen  to  the  visiting  bat.  There  are 
two  general  types.  One  is  vessel 
shaped  with  exserted  anthers;  the  bat 
must  thrust  its  head  through  the  pol- 
len-producing anthers  into  the  corolla 
to  reach  nectar  at  the  bottom.  In  so 
doing  it  gets  coated  with  pollen.  The 
second  type  is  a  filamentous  ball,  sort 
of  a  "shaving  brush,"  made  up  of 
numerous  florets  or  of  one  flower 
with  numerous,  long  anthers.  Often 
nectar  collects  in  a  groove  near  the 
stem  end  of  the  flower.  The  bat  grasps 
the  brush  in  order  to  reach  around  to 
the  stem  end  for  nectar  and  in  the 
process  gets  its  chest  covered  with 
pollen  grains. 

In  addition  to  these  main  types 
there  are  other  pollination  mecha- 
nisms; for  example,  some  flowers 
release  spring-loaded  anthers  in  re- 
sponse to  a  bat's  weight — showering 
the  bat  with  pollen. 

Besides  the  morphological  coadap- 
tations  of  individual  bat  and  plant 
species  to  one  another,  there  are  other 
interactions  that  mark  chiropterophi- 
lous communities.  A  positive  correla- 
tion exists  between  the  range  of  bat- 
pollinated  flowers  as  a  group  and  that 
of  nectar-feeding  bats.  This  suggests 
that  these  bats  might  be  limited  in 
their  range  by  lack  of  appropriate 
food  or  that  certain  plants  might  be 
limited  in  their  distribution  by  the  ab- 
sence of  proper  pollinators. 

There  is  also  a  high  degree  of  tem- 
poral synchronicity  between  the 
partners.  Some  nectar-feeding  bats, 
such  as  Leptonycteris,  migrate.  They 
are  in  Arizona  in  late  May  through 
August,  feeding  on  saguaros  and  then 
agaves.  Moving  southward,  they  feed 


on  later  blooming  agaves  and  winter 
on  a  lush  complex  of  flowering  trees 
in  central  Mexico.  In  early  spring, 
they  feed  on  early  blooming  colum- 
nar cactus,  moving  northward  until 
they  again  reach  Arizona.  These  mi- 
gratory movements  and  flowering  pe- 
riods are  examples  of  interrelated 
characteristics  that  have  fostered  geo- 
graphic and  temporal  coadaptations 
of  bats  and  plants. 

The  relationship  of  chiropterophi- 
lous plants  with  bats  is,  to  a  high  de- 
gree, exclusive  and  obligatory.  Noc- 
turnal blooming  narrows  the  field  of 
potential  pollinators  to  moths  and 
bats.  Moths  seem  to  prefer  more  fra- 
grant flowers  to  the  relatively  malo- 
dorous bat-pollinated  blossoms. 
Even  those  chiropterophilous  flowers 
that  appear  to  remain  open  during  the 
day  may  be  ecologically  closed  to 
other  potential  pollinators  because 
pollen  and  nectar  may  be  available 
only  at  night. 

I  was  first  attracted  to  the  study  of 
this  bat-plant  syndrome  by  its  inher- 
ent physiological  problems.  The  bats, 
being  small,  warm-blooded  mam- 
mals that  fly  and  hover  (a  metabol- 
ically  expensive  form  of  flight),  re- 
quire tremendous  energy  input  to 
keep  up  with  their  metabolic  de- 
mands. Nectar-feeding  bats  do  not 
engage  in  the  energy-saving  daily  tor- 
por common  in  temperate -zone  bats. 
Neither  do  they  hibernate;  they  meta- 
bolize at  full  speed  all  year  long. 
Their  heart  rates  in  flight  may  exceed 
500  beats  a  minute.  Nectar-feeding 
bats  must  have  a  hard  time  playing 
butterfly. 

Bat-pollinated  flowers  do  provide 
their  symbionts  with  copious  quanti- 
ties of  highly  caloric  nectar.  While 
setting  up  experimental  diets  for  a 
laboratory  colony  of  nectar-feeding 
bats,  I  cut  and  drained  panicles  of  an 
agave  in  the  field;  I  would  remove 
one-fourth  to  one-half  cup  of  nectar 
from  a  single  panicle  and  often  re- 
ceived a  shower  while  cutting  the 
higher  branches. 

This  nectar  has  a  sugar  content  of 
17  to  20  percent,  and  the  bats  have 
a  most  efficient  way  of  taking  in  a  lot 
of  nectar  in  a  very  short  amount  of 
time,  thus  optimizing  their  energy 
budget.  The  tip  of  the  bat's  long  thin 
tongue  has  a  superabundance  of 
fleshy  bristles  that  increase  the  sur- 
face area  to  an  amazing  200  square 


54 


millimeters. Humminghirds  and  other 
nectar-feeding  birds  and  insects  have 
similar  nectar  "mops." 

What  intrigued  me  most  was  the 
notion,  supported  by  some  scientilic 
literature,  that  the  bats  feed  on  nectar 
only.  Most  nectar  contains  no  protein 
and  animals  cannot  synthesize  it  from 
sugar  water.  No  long-lived  animal 
can  maintain  itself  on  a  pure  carbohy- 
drate diet;  it  must  have  an  external 
source  of  protein  (amino  acids  or  ni- 
trogen) for  the  production  of  cells  and 
tissue.  You  cannot  make  a  bat  out  of 
sugar  and  water. 

Since  1968,  I  have  studied  a  sub- 
family  of   nectar-feeding   bats,   the 


Glossophaginae.  These  bats  range 
from  Arizona  and  Texas  through 
Mexico  into  South  America.  Even 
though  the  nine  genera  in  the  sub- 
family share,  to  some  extent,  the 
general  characteristics  of  pollinating 
bats,  they  arc  not  equally  committed 
to  feeding  on  nectar.  Some  eat  moths 
during  half  the  year,  satisfying  their 
protein  demands  from  that  source; 
others  are  full-time  flower  visitors, 
never  eating  bugs  save  an  occasional 
thrip  lapped  up  with  the  nectar.  The 
degree  to  which  each  bat  species 
demonstrates  a  long  snout,  weak  den- 
tition, and  poor  sonar  depends  on  its 
constancy  to  nectar  feeding.  Yet  even 


Donna  J  Howell 


the  nectar-feeding  bats  that  snack  on 
insects  during  the  wet  season,  when 
bat-pollinated  flowers  do  not  bloom, 
have  a  potential  protein-deficiency 
problem  when  they  switch  over  to 
nectar;  bats  that  are  exclusively  flow- 
er visitors  have  the  problem  all  year. 

I  concentrated  my  research  on  the 
genus  Lepiunycleris.  the  long-nosed 
bat,  which  is  an  obligate  nectar 
feeder.  I  examined  guano  or  stomachs 
from  hundreds  of  individuals  col- 
lected throughout  the  year  in  all  parts 
of  their  range.  Only  occasionally  did 
I  find  an  insect  fragment  in  the  mate- 
rial I  examined.  These  bits  could  be 
identified  as  thrips  or  certain  small 
bees  and  beetles  that  frequent  the 
blossoms  of  chiropterophilous  plants. 
1  guessed  that  these  were  incidentally 
ingested  with  the  nectar.  Work  I  did 
several  years  later  confirmed  that 
these  insects  could  not  be  captured  on 
the  wing:  the  sonar  acuity  and  denti- 
tion of  long-nosed  bats  do  not  suit 
them  for  actively  hunting  insects. 

What  the  bats  were  eating  was  nec- 
tar and  pollen.  Pollen  is  perhaps  the 
most  obvious  protein  source  since 
other  nectar-feeding  animals  depend 
on  it  (bees  and  heliconiid  butterflies), 
but  a  number  of  questions  remained 
to  be  answered  before  its  usefulness 
to  bats  could  be  assumed.  Pollen  in 
general  can  have  protein  or  amino 
acid  content  roughly  comparable  to 
beans  (15  to  20  percent).  Pollen 
grains,  however,  have  a  tremen- 
dously resistant  outer  shell,  or  exine. 
The  resistant  shell  allows  pollen  to 
remain  intact  in  the  earth  for  millions 
of  years,  providing  a  fine  paleoeco- 
logical  tool,  but  because  of  the  nature 
of  the  exine,  scientists  have  had  diffi- 
culty investigating  the  actual  cellular 
contents  inside  pollen  grains.  Many 
kinds  of  pollen  will  wear  out  the  bear- 
ings of  electric  grinders  before  they 
are  broken,  and  pollen  can  withstand 
boiling  in  hydrofluoric  acid  (which 
etches  glass). 

The  problem  of  how  to  get  around 


Nectar-feeding  bats,  which  have 
poor  sonar  but  good  sight,  easily 
locate  these  agave  flowers,  which 
are  borne  on  a  tall  stalk  high 
above  the  plant's  spiny  leaves. 


Donna  J.  Howell 


this  shell  and  gain  access  to  the  nutri- 
tious material  within  is  a  very  real  one 
for  the  bats.  But  the  Glossophaginae, 
and  presumably  the  Old  World  pol- 
linating bats,  have  several  mecha- 
nisms to  cope  with  this  problem. 

Pollen  will  begin  to  germinate  in  a 
warm  sugar  solution,  which  is  usually 
present  in  the  stomach  of  a  nectar- 
feeding  bat.  The  cellular  contents  will 
extrude  through  pores  in  the  exine 
when  in  such  a  liquid  medium.  At  this 
point  the  bat  must  be  able  to  degrade, 
or  break  down,  the  pollen  proteins 
into  smaller  units,  or  amino  acids,  in 
order  to  construct  bat  proteins. 

When  an  allergist  wishes  to  make 
an  extract  of  pollen  proteins  for  al- 
lergy tests,  he  soaks  the  grains  in 
weak  solutions  of  hydrochloric  acid 
and/or  urea — two  chemicals  that  can 
degrade  pollen  proteins.  As  in  most 
mammals,  bats'  gastrointestinal 


tracts  secrete  hydrochloric  acid.  In 
long-nosed  bats,  the  glands  that  pro- 
duce this  protein-degrading  chemical 
are  so  numerous  as  to  almost  exclude 
other  types  of  glands  found  in  mam- 
mal intestines.  Also,  long-nosed  bats 
exhibit  the  behavior  of  drinking  some 
of  their  own  urine.  This  activity  is 
distinctly  different  from  cleaning  of 
the  genitalia.  A  drop  of  urine  at  a  time 
is  excreted  and  picked  up  with  the 
long  tongue,  a  behavior  that  has  been 
observed  while  the  bats  were  feeding 
on  pollen  in  flight.  The  resultant  nec- 
tar-hydrochloric acid-urine  solution 
in  the  bats'  stomachs  enables  them  to 
gain  access  to,  and  begin  the  break- 
down of,  pollen  protein. 

Further  experiments  confirmed  that 
bat-pollinated  flowers  are  able  to  sup- 
ply a  sufficient  amount  of  protein  and 
amino  acids  to  their  pollinators — a 
crucial  factor  in  the  survival  of  an  en- 


56 


To  reach  ihe  nectar  ai  the  bottom 
of  an  or  gun- pipe  cactus  flower,  a 
Leptonycteris  hat  thrusts  its  face 
into  the  tubular  corolla  (far  left). 
After  lappin'^  up  a  quantity  of  the 
sweet  fluid  with  its  long,  bristly 
tongue  (left),  the  bat  will  fly  off 
with  a  coating  of  pollen  on  its 
face  and  neck.  Some  of  the  pollen 
grains  will  be  consumed  in  flight: 
others  will  be  transferred  to  the 
next  flower  the  bat  visits,  thereby 
pollinating  the  plant. 


dothermic  animal  with  a  longevity  of 
up  to  ten  years.  In  general,  adult 
mammals  require  that  10  percent  of 
the  digestible  material  in  their  diet  be 
protein.  In  young,  growing  mammals 
the  figure  approaches  20  percent. 
Specifically,  long-nosed  bats  need 
140  to  170  milligrams  of  protein  or 
amino  acids  daily.  In  order  to  deter- 
mine whether  chiropterophilous 
plants  could  provide  this.  I  collected 
pollen  from  many  species  and  ran 
tests  for  amino  acid  content.  The  pol- 
len proved  to  be  extremely  rich;  pol- 
len from  saguaro  cactus  flowers  con- 
tains 20  percent  protein ;  that  of  panic- 
ulate agaves,  43  percent. 

Even  more  interesting,  the  pollen 
of  flowers  adapted  for  bat  pollination 
contains,  on  the  average,  two  times 
more  protein  than  the  pollen  of 
closely  related  plants  that  are  polli- 
nated by  wind  or  insects.  For  ex- 
ample, the  prickly  pear  and  the  barrel 
cactus,  which  are  insect-pollinated, 
contain  only  9  percent  and  10  percent 
protein  compared  to  the  saguaro's  20 
percent.  Pollen  from  two  species  of 
spicate  agaves.  Agave  schottii  and  A. 
parviflora,  which  are  bumblebee  pol- 
linated, shows  8  percent  and  16  per- 
cent compared  to  the  43  percent  pol- 
len protein  content  of  bat-pollinated 
agave  pollen.  This  was  one  hint  that 
the  plants  in  this  symbiosis  evolved 
biochemically,  as  well  as  morpho- 
logically, to  attract  bat  pollinators. 

Long-nosed  bats  that  were  col- 
lected when  returning  to  their  roosts 
at  dawn  had  stomach  contents  that 
weighed  four  grams.  Three  grams  of 
this  was  nectar  and  one  gram  protein. 
This  mass  may  not  represent  a  total 
night's  food  intake;  we  believe  that 


57 


The  flowers  of  saguaro  and  organ- 
pipe  cactus  grow  directly  on  the 
trunks  or  branches  of  the 
plants,  making  them  conspicuous 
to  nectar-feeding  bats. 


bats  feed  at  least  twice,  stopping  to 
digest  in  the  middle  of  the  night.  Fig- 
uring conservatively ,  if  a  long-nosed 
bat  ingests  only  one  gram  of  pollen 
per  night  and  this  pollen  contains 
20  to  40  percent  protein,  the  bat  will 
get  200  to  400  milligrams  of  protein, 
which  more  than  covers  its  needs. 

Simply  ingesting  the  proper  quan- 
tity of  protein,  however,  is  not  suffi- 
cient to  support  life;  an  animal  must 
ingest  the  right  kinds  in  the  right 
proportion  to  replace  what  it  has 
used.  While  doing  chemical  analyses 
of  chiropterophilous  flower  pollens,  I 
discovered  that  they  contain  a  full 
complement  of  essential  amino  acids. 
Furthermore,  they  have  a  remarkable 
abundance  of  two  amino  acids  that 
have  no  known  role  in  the  plant's  own 
reproductive  biology.  These  amino 
acids,  proline  and  tyrosine,  may  sup- 
ply specific  needs  of  the  bats.  The 
first  is  crucial  in  building  connective 
tissue,  and  bats,  which  have  exten- 
sive wing  arid  tail  membrane  sur- 
faces, are  high  in  connective  tissue. 
The  second  amino  acid  is  a  growth 
stimulant  to  young  mammals;  it  con- 
centrates in  the  mother's  milk.  Tyro- 
sine is  also  a  component  of  protein- 
splitting  enzymes.  The  plants  that 
contain  the  maximum  amounts  of 
tyrosine  are  fed  upon  by  the  bats  dur- 
ing pregnancy  and  lactation,  times  of 
high  protein  demands. 

Since  pollen  plays  such  an  impor- 
tant role  in  the  diet  of  nectar-feeding 
bats,  we  might  suspect  that  they  have 
certain  adaptations  to  aid  in  their  pol- 
len gathering,  just  as  the  high  surface 
area  tongue  affords  increased  nectar 
pickup. 

I  had  noticed  that  hairs  in  the  neck 
region  of  the  glossophagine  bats  did 
not  lie  flat  in  any  one  direction  as  does 
most  mammal  fur.  Rather,  the  hairs 
stand  out  like  bristles  on  a  bottle 
brush.  The  scanning  electron  micro- 
scope revealed  further  unique  fea- 
tures of  hairs  of  pollinating  bats.  Both 
Old  World  and  New  World  bats  in- 


Donna  J,  Howell 


volved  in  pollination  syndromes  have 
hairs  made  up  of  small  scales  that 
stand  out  at  wide  angles  to  the  main 
hair  shaft.  These  hair  scales  serve  as 
pollen  scoops,  and  the  thickness  and 
upright  position  of  the  hairs  on  the 
body  help  to  trap  millions  of  pollen 
grains.  The  bat  hair  scalation  may  be 
adaptive  to  the  plants  in  the  partner- 
ship since  the  more  pollen  an  agent 
carries  and  retains  over  a  distance,  the 
more  likely  that  flowers  on  subse- 
quent plants  will  receive  some.  For 
the  bats,  picking  up  a  heavy  coating 
of  pollen  is  important  because  pollen 
is  their  only  reliable  protein  source. 
Hairs  of  bats  not  associated  with 
flowers,  such  as  the  vampire  and  in- 
sectivorous bats,  have  scales  that  lie 
flat  and  smooth  against  the  shaft. 


The  bats  often  come  away  from 
flowers  golden  yellow  in  color,  hav- 
ing picked  up  abundant  pollen  on 
their  fur.  While  in  flight  or  resting, 
they  groom  the  pollen  from  the  fur 
with  their  feet,  licking  the  claws  after 
every  combing  bout.  It  is  in  this  man- 
ner that  long-nosed  bats  ingest  a  gram 
or  more  of  pollen  per  night. 

To  determine  how  and  why  chirop- 
terophily  originated  is  difficult.  Orga- 
nisms may  become  involved  in  such 
cooperative  interactions  only  if  they 
have  been  a  part  of  one  another's  en- 
vironment for  a  long  time.  The  pat- 
tern develops  in  a  reciprocal  step-by- 
step  fashion  over  millions  of  years. 
But  an  analysis  of  the  advantages  ac- 
cruing to  each  partner  in  return  for 
the  energy  expended  gives  us  some 


58 


insight  into  this  evolutionary  drama. 

To  attract  bats,  plants  must  pro- 
duce copious  quantities  of  high  ca- 
loric nectar,  which  is  of  no  use  to  the 
plants'  own  immediate  biology.  They 
must  also  produce  a  higher  quantity 
and  quality  of  pollen  than  is  needed 
for  their  own  reproduction.  This  en- 
ergy cost  to  the  plants  should  not  be 
viewed  just  in  terms  of  how  much 
pollen  and  nectar  they  must  produce; 
the  ratio  of  energy  invested  to  bene- 
fits gained  (fertile  seeds  set)  is  the  im- 
portant criterion  of  a  successful  re- 
productive strategy.  Wind-pollinated 
flowers  produce  fantastic  numbers  of 
pollen  grains,  but  only  a  very  few 
ever  reach  another  flower  of  the  same 
species.  Using  a  predictable  agent  of 
pollen  dispersal,  such  as  an  animal 
that  is  a  relatively  constant  visitor, 
minimizes  waste  of  pollen  and  maxi- 
mizes appropriate  transfer.  This 
should  lessen  the  energy  drain  on  the 
plant,  which  can  now  get  by  with  less 
pollen.  But  why  a  bat? 

Given  that  plants  compete  for  re- 
sources in  their  environment,  finding 
new  resources  may  allow  a  species 
temporary  escape  from  competition 
and  a  chance  to  exploit  a  new  niche. 
Pollinators  may  be  viewed  as  re- 
sources in  the  plants'  environment.  In 
this  light,  there  are  multiple  advan- 
tages to  having  bats  as  pollinators,  as 
they  may  allow  plants  to  escape  com- 
petition both  in  space  and  time. 

With  a  finite  number  of  humming- 
birds, for  example,  plants  may  be  in 
competition  for  the  services  of  the 
birds.  Two  roads  are  then  open  to  the 
plants:  "getting  better"  or  "getting 
out."  Those  plants  that  "get  better" 
become  more  attractive  to  humming- 
birds, perhaps  by  the  evolution  of 
brighter  flowers  or  sweeter  nectar. 
Those  plants  that  "get  out"  carry  the 
baggage  of  their  previous  life-style 
and  must  find  a  pollen  vector  that  will 
accept  most  of  those  characteristics. 
Hummingbird  flowers  have  some  of 
the  features  attractive  to  bats:  they  are 
sturdy,  they  offer  a  good  quantity  of 
nectar,  their  anthers  tend  to  protrude, 
and  their  bell  shape  is  suitable.  A 
change  to  nocturnal  blooming,  the 
lightening  of  color,  or  the  addition  of 
a  musky  odor  might  be  a  relatively 
minor  evolutionary  price  to  pay  for  an 
escape  from  competition . 

The  shift  to  nocturnal  blooming 
and  use  of  nocturnal  pollinators  pos- 


sibly provided  some  plants  an  escape 
from  crowded  diurnal  systems.  This 
bridging-over  may  have  started  from 
insect-pollinated  systems  as  well  as 
from  bird  pollination.  Bat-pollinated 
plants  today  have  close  relatives  in 
insect  and  bird  syndromes. 

Besides  the  escape  in  the  time  di- 
mension that  bats  provide,  there  are 
at  least  two  other  advantages  for  the 
plant.  Bats  are  warm-blooded;  be- 
cause they  carry  their  own  heat 
source,  they  can  remain  active  in 
cooler  environments  than  can  insects. 
Having  bats  as  pollinators  might 
allow  certain  plants  to  expand  their 
ranges  into  cooler  latitudes  or  higher 
altitudes  where  competition  for  a 
number  of  resources  might  be  less  se- 
vere. In  a  sense,  having  bats  as  polli- 
nators might  allow  plants  to  invade 
and  radiate  into  an  empty  niche. 

Bats  may  cover  tens  of  miles  in  a 
night's  foraging.  For  plants  to  take 
advantage  of  the  evolutionary  flexi- 
bility and  vigor  that  accompanies  out- 
crossing, they  must  compensate  for 
theirown  lack  of  mobility.  They  must 
interact  with  an  agent  that  can  transfer 
gametes  from  one  member  of  the  pop- 
ulation to  another.  Tropical  plant  spe- 
cies are  often  widely  dispersed. 
Walking  through  a  rain  forest,  one 
sees  hundreds  of  plant  species  but  sel- 
dom sees  two  of  the  same  kind  in 
proximity.  This  scattering  of  individ- 
uals in  the  population  may  be  a  strat- 
egy to  minimize  predation  on  the 
plant  population.  But  being  hyper- 
dispersed,  the  plants  require  a  highly 
mobile  pollinator  that  can  effect  the 
union  of  sex  cells.  Bats  are  admirably 
suited  to  this  task. 

Of  course,  this  one-sided  view  of 
the  evolutionary  chess  game  assumes 
there  were  fully  evolved  nectar-feed- 
ing bats  ready  and  waiting  for  the 
plants,  which  was  not  the  case.  It 
must  be  understood  that  mutualistic 
systems  evolve  as  single  biotic  units. 
We  have  simply  decided,  for  the  sake 
of  analysis,  to  move  the  chess  pieces 
one  team  at  a  time. 

Some  of  the  advantages  to  the  nec- 
tar-feeding bats  are  direct  analogues. 
Bridging  over  from  one  type  of  feed 
ing  to  another  may  have  been  stimu- 
lated by  competition  among  bats. 
Through  the  ages,  certain  bats  in 
competition  for  fruit  might  have 
found  that  straggling  flowers  that  had 
not  yet  set  fruit  had  a  similar  smell 


and  provided  a  tasty  snack.  Other 
kinds  of  bats  that  competed  for  insect 
food  might  have  come  to  rely  on 
flowers  as  gathering  places  for  insects 
and  gradually  made  the  shift  in  diet. 

The  transitions  took  millions  of 
years,  with  some  bats  coming  to  rely 
more  and  more  on  the  food  from 
flowers  and  less  on  insects  or  fruits. 
The  process  is  ongoing;  from  our  tiny 
time  perspective  we  see  the  transition 
reflected  in  the  dietary  continuum  that 
exists  in  the  Glossophaginae  today. 
Some  bats  in  this  subfamily  rely  on 
insects  part-time;  other  relatives  of 
nectar-feeding  bats  eat  fruit  but  don't 
turn  down  nectar,  and  possibly  pol- 
len, when  it  is  abundant. 

The  end  result  of  these  reciprocal 
changes  is  speciation;  new  kinds  of 
bats,  new  kinds  of  plants.  The  isola- 
tion or  integrity  of  a  plant  species  may 
depend  totally  on  the  behavior  of  its 
pollinator.  Organisms  evolve  new 
features  in  response  to  some  change 
in  their  environment  and.  in  turn, 
create  a  changed  environment  for 
other  organisms. 

Robert  Ricklefs,  in  a  recent  ecol- 
ogy text,  says,  "Evolution  is  self-ac- 
celerating in  that  environmental  com- 
plexity produced  by  life  forms  creates 
additional  opportunity  for  the  evolu- 
tion of  new  forms."  If  we  believe 
this,  we  must  see  that  mutualistic  in- 
teractions play  an  important  role  in 
the  development  of  most  organisms, 
populations,  and  communities.  Ecol- 
ogy texts,  while  dwelling  on  competi- 
tion and  predator-prey  dynamics, 
dismiss  mutualism  as  a  phenomenon 
whose  importance  in  populations  in 
general  is  small.  There  is  now  grow- 
ing evidence  that  interactions  such  as 
those  between  plants  and  pollinators 
might  generate  and  maintain  certain 
aspects  of  community  structure.  Pol- 
linators, for  instance,  may  determine 
the  diversity  and  phenology  of  plant 
communities. 

There  has  also  been  a  tendency  in 
biology  to  concentrate  on  the  re- 
sponses of  one  kind  of  organism.  This 
ignores  the  synthetic  approach  de- 
manded by  Ricklefs's  statement. 
During  the  last  decade,  however, 
zoologists  and  botanists  have  begun 
to  converge  on  points  of  common  in- 
terest in  pollination  syndromes,  as 
well  as  other  phenomena.  We  are  be- 
ginning to  realize  that  organisms  do 
not  evolve  in  a  vacuum.  D 


59 


^?^*^ 


Reef  Fish  Lottery 


by  Peter  F.  Sale 


Contrary  to  most 
ecological  principles, 
chance,  not  competition, 
seems  to  regulate  some 
fish  distribution  on 
the  Great  Barrier  Reef 

Coral  reefs,  as  anyone  fortunate 
enough  to  have  dived  among  them 
knows,  abound  with  a  tremendous 
variety  of  life.  Particularly  conspic- 
uous are  the  reef  fish,  whose  forms, 
colors,  and  activities  bring  them  in- 
stantly to  attention.  No  other  environ- 
ment can  support  such  a  diversity  of 
fish  species. 

At  the  northern  limit  of  reef  devel- 
opment, the  Hawaiian  reefs,  thou- 
sands of  miles  from  other  reefs,  sup- 
port 400  species  of  inshore  fish.  At 
the  southern  limit  of  the  Great  Barrier 
Reef,  the  Capricorn  Islands  group, 
which  forms  the  final  link  in  a  discon- 
tinuous, chain  of  reefs  extending 
2,000  miles  along  Australia's  coast, 
supports  more  than  800  species  of 
fish.  At  the  northern  end  of  the  Great 
Barrier  Reef,  about  2,000  species  of 
fish  occur.  By  contrast  only  about  350 
species  of  inshore  fish  live  ofi'  the 
coast  of  California  where  there  are  no 
reef  formations. 

Just  as  reef  systems  support  many 
hundreds  of  fish  species,  small  areas 
within  reefs  also  contain  a  surpris- 
ingly large  number  of  species.  C.  La- 
vett  Smith  of  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History  has  reported  that 
in  the  Bahamas  it  is  not  unusual  to 
collect  70  or  80  species  from  a  single 
coral  patch  three  yards  in  diameter. 
Frank  Talbot  of  the  Australian  Mu- 
seum has  collected  more  than  150 
species  of  fish  from  similar  areas  in 
the  Capricorns. 

This  high  diversity  of  reef  fish  in 
small  areas  has  not  been  easy  to  ex- 
plain. Two  questions  present  them- 


selves to  the  biologist:  How  have 
such  large  numbers  of  fish  species 
evolved  on  coral  reefs  when  similar 
numbers  have  not  evolved  in  other 
environments?  And  by  what  mecha- 
nisms have  the  species  present  on 
coral  reefs  managed  to  coexist?  In  an 
effort  to  answer  the  latter  question.  I 
spent  the  past  three  years  studying 
eight  successfully  coexisting  species 
of  fish  on  Heron  Reef  in  the  Capricorn 
group  of  Great  Barrier  Reef. 

Ecologists  have  generally  accepted 
that  species  that  are  similar  to  each 
other  in  their  ecological  requirements 
will  not  be  able  to  coexist  indefinitely 
in  a  stable  environment.  As  the  popu- 
lations of  two  similar  species  grow, 
they  will  ultimately  compete  with 
each  other  for  the  resources,  such  as 
food  and  living  sites,  that  both  re- 
quire. In  this  competition,  one  spe- 
cies will  inevitably  be  more  efficient 
than  the  other.  Over  a  period  of  time, 
the  more  efficient  species,  consist- 
ently obtaining  more  than  its  share  of 
resources,  will  prosper  at  the  expense 
of  its  less  eflScient  competitor.  The 
latter  must  evolve  new  ecological  re- 
quirements or  it  will  become  extinct 
wherever  the  more  efficient  species 
occurs.  This  result  will  occur  so  long 
as  the  environment  is  stable  enough 
for  one  species  to  be  consistently 
more  efficient,  and  so  long  as  the  less 
efficient  species,  once  eliminated, 
cannot  reinvade  from  another  area. 
This  is  called  the  principle  of  com- 
petitive exclusion,  also  known  as 
Cause's  principle. 

By  the  principle  of  competitive  ex- 
clusion, reef  fish  occurring  together 
should  show  measurable  diflferences 
in  their  ecological  requirements. 
Since  there  are  so  many  species  of 
reef  fish  present  at  any  one  site,  we 
might  expect  that,  in  order  for  them 
to  show  difi'erences  in  ecological  re- 
quirements, they  will  also  tend  to  be 


specialized  animals.  When  the  re- 
quirements of  reef  fish  are  examined, 
however,  this  is  not  the  case.  There 
are  certainly  a  few  highly  specialized 
forms,  but  most  reef  fish  appear  no 
less  generalized,  both  in  their  food 
and  habitat  requirements,  than  fish 
from  temperate  areas.  Perhaps  even 
more  surprising  is  that  these  fish  can 
be  grouped  into  guilds — groups  of 
species  whose  requirements  are  ex- 
tremely similar — and  several  species 
belonging  to  a  guild  will  often  inhabit 
the  same  part  of  a  reef.  Such  coexist- 
ence appears  to  contradict  the  prin- 
ciple of  competitive  exclusion  and 
makes  the  question  of  how  reef  fish 
coexist  a  significant  one. 

The  eight  species  that  I  am  study- 
ing are  all  damselfish  of  the  family 
Pomacentridae  and  all  belong  to  the 
same  guild.  They  are  territorial  spe- 
cies and  establish  their  individual 
areas  only  on  dead  coral  rubble  that 
is  usually  covered  with  a  fine  turf  of 
filamentous  algae,  their  principal 
diet.  Each  fish  obtains  all  its  food 
from  within  its  own  territory. 

Damselfish  produce  demersal 
eggs,  which  are  deposited  in  a  nest 
within  the  male  parent's  territory,  and 
the  male  cares  for  the  eggs.  After  sev- 
eral days,  the  eggs  hatch  into  minute 
larvae  about  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch 
long.  These  lead  a  planktonic  exist- 
ence before  returning  to  the  reef  as 
half -inch-long  juveniles.  We  are 
woefully  ignorant  about  the  larval 
ecology  of  reef  fish,  but  judging  by 
the  increase  in  size  that  occurs  be- 
tween hatching  and  return  to  the  reef, 
damselfish  must  spend  at  least  a  week 
(more  probably  a  month)  in  the  plank- 
ton. During  this  time  they  may  be  car- 
ried many  miles  from  their  hatching 
sites  before  seeing  a  reef  again.  On 
the  trip  most  of  them  are  probably 
eaten  or  die  from  other  causes. 

Once  they  have  returned  to  the  reef 


as  juveniles,  the  fish  begin  to  main- 
tain territories  and  continue  to  do  so 
throughout  their  adult  lives.  The 
usually  contiguous  territories  are  less 
than  one  foot  in  diameter  for  juvenile 
fish  and  from  seven  to  ten  feet  in  di- 
ameter for  the  largest  adults,  which 
are  four  to  six  inches  long. 

As  a  young  fish  grows  it  must  add 
to  its  territory  at  the  expense  of  some 
of  its  neighbors  or  be  lost  from  the 
area.  In  such  competition  each  fish 
constantly  and  vigorously  defends  its 
own  territory  from  entry  by  various 
other  fish  species  belonging  to  the 
guild.  Only  when  spawning  occurs  is 
territorial  defense  relaxed,  and  then 
for  only  a  few  minutes. 

This  guild  has  proved  particularly 
suitable  for  study.  The  fish  move 
about  sufl^ciently,  are  all  diurnally  ac- 
tive and  of  a  size  readily  observed  by 
a  diver.  Perhaps  most  important  is 
their  defense  of  territory.  In  being  in- 
terspecifically  territorial,  these  spe- 
cies have  ritualized  any  competition 
for  resources  that  occurs  among  them 
into  a  competition  for  living  space. 
To  determine  the  similarity  of  their 
ecological  requirements,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  consider  the  similarity  of 
their  spatial  requirements. 

My  research  methods  can  be  lik- 
ened to  that  of  an  "underwater  bird 
watcher"  since  it  is  possible  for  a 


diver  with  suitable  equipment  to  re- 
main motionless  in  the  water  and  ob- 
serve the  activity  of  fish  several  yards 
away.  I  have  selected  several  patches 
of  suitable  habitat  in  which  to  follow 
the  activities  of  these  fish,  and  for  the 
past  three  years,  I  have  visited  these 
sites  every  four  months. 

By  following  the  movements  of 
each  fish  as  it  actively  patrols  the 
borders  of  its  territory,  I  have  been 
able  to  create  maps  showing  the  own- 
ership of  space  in  these  rubble 
patches.  Comparison  of  maps  made 
on  successive  visits  to  a  rubble  patch 
provides  information  on  mortality  or 
emigration,  numbers  of  additional 
resident  fish,  changes  in  the  sites  used 
by  particular  individuals,  and 
changes  in  the  ownership  of  sites. 
The  consistency  of  territoriality  can 
be  determined  by  the  latter  finding.  In 
some  parts  of.  the  reef,  I  have  re- 
moved resident  fish  and  have  ob- 
served subsequent  events  over  vary- 
ing lengths  of  time. 

The  distribution  of  the  eight  spe- 
cies across  Heron  Reef  shows  some 
spatial  separation;  all  eight  species  do 
not  occur  over  the  same  parts  of  the 
reef.  To  this  extent  the  fish  are  show- 
ing the  specialization  and  differentia- 
tion of  ecological  requirements  that 
the  principle  of  competitive  exclusion 
would  predict.  Nevertheless,  there  is 


no  place  on  the  reef  where  a  patch  of 
rubble  could  not  be  occupied  by  at 
least  three  species  of  the  guild.  On  the 
reef  crest,  six  species  occur. 

My  most  detailed  information  con- 
cerns the  coexistence  of  Eupomacen- 
trus  (Pomacentrus)  apicalis,  Poma- 
centrus  wardi,  and  Plectroglyphido- 
don  (Abudefduf)  lacrymatus.  These 
species  occur  together  on  the  upper 
reef  slope  before  it  drops  off  into 
deeper  water.  While  P.  wardi  occurs 
elsewhere,  the  others  are  limited  to 
this  part  of  the  reef.  My  observations 
throughout  Heron  Reef  indicate  that 
the  ability  of  the  three  species  to 
coexist  is  representative  of  guild 
members  on  other  parts  of  the  reef. 

The  three  species  inhabiting  the 
upper  reef  slope  have  remarkably 
similar  requirements  for  resources. 
My  research  suggests  that  all  three 
species  are  in  competition  for  space 
in  rubble  patches;  that  in  the  face  of 
this  competition,  all  are  quite  suc- 
cessful in  holding  on  to  space  in  rub- 
ble patches  (although  there  are  slight 
differences  among  them  in  this  abil- 
ity); and  that  their  requirements  for 
space  are,  so  far  as  can  be  deter- 
mined, identical. 

That  these  species  compete  for 
space  is  demonstrated  by  the  occupa- 
tion, by  one  fish  or  another,  of  all  the 
apparently  suitable  rubble  in  a  given 


^ 


Most  reef  fish  coexist  on  the  same  part  of  a  reef  and  have  similar 
food  and  space  requirements — characteristics  contrary  to 
traditional  ecological  theory,  which  holds  that  each  species 
dwelling  in  the  same  habitat  must  exploit  special  niches  or  perish. 


Pomacentrus  wardi 

Eupomacentrus  apicalis  i 
Plectroglypliidodon  lacrymatus  t 


Pomacentrus  flavicauda 


Pomacentrus  jenklnsi  | 


Abudefduf  biocellatus 


Pomacentrus  dorsalis 


62 


area,  and  (he  total  amount  of  space 
used  is  constant  except  during  the 
early  winter  when  it  declines  slightly. 
Also,  when  one  lish  disappears  or 
dies,  the  space  it  vacates  is  rapidly 
refilled  by  another  (ish. 

In  numerous  instances  I  have  ob- 
served young  individuals  ol  these 
species  successfully  maintaining  a 
space  while  surrounded  by  adults 
larger  than  themselves.  They  arc  able 
to  do  this  by  fleeing  into  small  crev- 
ices within  their  territories  whenever 
a  large  fish  attacks.  The  larger  neigh- 
bors are  thus  not  able  to  drive  the  ju- 
veniles away.  By  the  time  a  young 
fish  has  grown  too  large  to  enter  small 
crevices  to  escape  from  its  neighbors, 
it  is  also  large  enough  to  defend  its 
territory. 

Pomacentnis  wcirdl.  smaller  than 
the  other  two  species  inhabiting  the 
reef  slope,  is  only  slightly  less  suc- 
cessful at  holding  space  on  the  rubble 
patches.  It  also  shows  slightly  greater 
mortality  and  emigration  rates.  This 
species,  however,  produces  propor- 
tionally more  new  recruits  to  rubble 
patches  than  the  other  species.  This 
presumably  is  because  P.  wardi  is 
widely  spread  over  the  reef,  occur- 
ring at  a  density  of  about  one  fish  per 
two  square  yards  and  accounting  for 
50  to  90  percent  of  guild  members 
sighted  on  any  transect.  P.  wardi  is 


obviously  capable  of  producing  a 
large  number  of  larvae.  The  greater 
rate  of  arrival  of  new  juveniles  of  P. 
wardi  on  rubble  patches  is  sufficient 
to  balance  its  higher  rate  of  loss  of 
resident  fish.  The  over-all  result  is 
that  while  the  average  individual  rc- 
riiains  a  shorter  time  in  an  area  than 
do  individuals  of  the  other  species, 
the  number  of  P.  wardi  in  the  patches 
remains  stable  over  time. 

That  the  three  species  have  vir- 
tually identical  requirements  for 
space  is  evident  in  two  ways.  I  have 
detected  no  tendency  for  a  particular 
site  within  a  rubble  patch  to  be  con- 
sistently occupied  by  individuals  of 
the  same  species.  When  a  resident 
disappears,  its  territory  is  frequently 
carved  up  among  its  neighbors,  but 
members  of  the  same  species  as  the 
former  resident  are  no  more  success- 
ful than  others  at  gaining  the  vacated 
territory.  Some  unoccupied  space,  of 
course,  is  taken  over  by  newcomers. 
This  is  how  juveniles  obtain  terri- 
tories in  the  first  place.  Yet  newcom- 
ers do  not  settle  more  often  than  by 
chance  into  sites  previously  occupied 
by  members  of  their  own  species.  Nor 
is  there  any  tendency  for  colonizing 
juveniles  of  any  species  to  prefer- 
entially settle  adjacent  to  adults  of 
their  own  species.  If  the  three  species 
do  have  subtly  different  space  re- 


quirements, and  if  the  space  within  a 
rubble  patch  is  best  for  one  species 
here  and  better  for  another  species 
elsewhere,  I  would  expect  that  over 
several  years,  a  succession  of  resi- 
dents of  one  species  would  occupy  a 
certain  area  of  a  rubble  patch  and  ju- 
veniles would  tend  to  settle  near 
adults  of  their  own  species. 

The  indications  are  thus  strong  that 
these  three  species  have  very  simi- 
lar— if  not  identical — space  require- 
ments, are  reasonably  similar  in  their 
abilities  to  obtain  these  requirements, 
and  are  in  competition  for  them. 
These  are  the  conditions  under  which 
the  principle  of  competitive  exclusion 
would  predict  that  only  one  species 
should  ultimately  prevail.  Why  then 
do  three  species  occur  here? 

The  answer  appears  to  lie  in  three 
special  features  of  this  situation. 
Cause's  axiom  requires  that  compet- 
ing species  occupy  a  closed  and  stable 
environment.  The  environment 
occupied  by  these  three  species  is  nei- 
ther closed  nor  stable.  Furthermore, 
the  competition  involved  is  not  one  in 
which  any  particular  species  has  a 
consistently  greater  efficiency  than 
any  other.  Perhaps  it  is  not  surprising 
that  the  principle  of  competitive  ex- 
clusion appears  not  to  apply  here. 

The  environment  is  open  in  the 
sense  that  all  new  recruits  to  a  rubble 


Heron  Island 


63 


D  R  Robertson 


patch  come  from  outside.  Juvenile  re- 
cruits, in  particular,  may  have  trav- 
eled hundreds  of  miles  in  the  plankton 
from  the  rubble  patch  of  their  parents 
to  the  one  they  finally  settle  in.  The 
residents  of  a  particular  patch  pro- 
duce pelagic  larvae  that  can  play  no 
part  in  the  subsequent  settling  of  that 
area.  And  even  if  one  species  were  to 
take  over  all  the  space  in  a  particular 
patch,  it  would  still  remain  open  to 
recolonization  by  the  other  species 
the  moment  vacant  space  appeared 
within  it. 

The  environment  is  unstable  be- 
cause of  the  manner  in  which  living 
space  within  rubble  patches  is  gen- 
erated. On  a  coral  reef  there  is  both 
constant  growth  and  frequent  minor 
destruction  of  coral .  These  processes 
create  new  rubble  patches  while  elim- 
inating old  ones.  At  the  same  time, 
the  mortality  and  emigration  of  resi- 
dents within  rubble  patches  con- 
stantly alter  the  supply  of  vacant  liv- 
ing space.  There  is  no  constant  rate 
of  production  of  new  living  space, 
and  old  living  space  may  suddenly 
disappear.  The  species  cannot  adjust 
their  reproductive  effort  to  coincide 
with  availability  of  new  space. 

In  virtually  all  competition  for  ter- 
ritorial space,  it  is  the  resident  fish, 
regardless  of  size  or  species,  that  will 
be  superior  to  an  invader.  Being  at 
home  appears  to  convey  a  consid- 
erable  psychological   advantage   in 


such  struggles.  Thus  it  is  the  chance 
event,  rather  than  the  relative  com- 
petitive efficiency  of  the  three  spe- 
cies, that  determines  which  species 
will  occupy  which  newly  vacant  sites 
on  a  rubble  patch.  The  proportions  of 
individuals  of  the  three  species 
present  on  a  rubble  patch  is  the  result 
of  a  series  of  chance  colonizations, 
over  time,  as  sites  on  that  patch  be- 
come available. 

The  importance  of  chance  may  ex- 
plain why  all  the  species  of  this  guild 
produce  pelagic  larvae  over  an  ex- 
tended breeding  season.  This  is  a 
method  of  broadcasting  potential  col- 
onists widely  in  space  and  time.  And 
this,  in  turn,  is  a  way  of  buying  tickets 
in  the  lottery  for  living  spaces. 

I  believe  we  can  extend  these  ideas 
to  many  other  guilds  of  reef  fish.  The 
majority  of  reef  fish,  although  not 
necessarily  territorial,  are  sedentary 
and  appear  more  likely  to  be  limited 
by  a  shortage  of  suitable  living  space 
than  by  a  shortage  of  food  or  other 
resources.  The  vast  majority  of  reef 
fish  also  produce  pelagic  larvae  over 
a  prolonged  breeding  season.  Many 
groups  of  species  are  thus  likely  to  be 
engaged  in  their  own  giant  and  con- 
tinuing lotteries  for  living  sites.  With 
no  species  likely  to  win  all  the  time 
or  any  likely  to  lose  all  the  time,  a 
diversity  of  species  higher  than  pre- 
dicted by  Cause's  principle  can  con- 
tinue to  coexist  on  the  coral  reef.   D 


Pomacentrus  wardi  (far  left), 
Eupomacentrus  apicalis  (above), 
and  Plectroglyphidodon 
lacrymatus  (left)  all  inhabit 
the  reef  crest  and  all  compete 
against  each  other.  Three 
factors  contribute  to  their 
success  at  coexistence — the 
changeable  habitat,  the 
influx  of  juveniles,  and  the 
element  of  chance  colonization. 


Gerald  R.  Allen 


65 


wandering  Art 

Text  and  photographs  by  Stanley  Ira  Hallet 


They're  trading  their  camels 
for  trucks,  but  traditional 
Afghan  drivers  still  consider 
decoration  an  important 
part  of  the  caravan 

Until  recently  the  only  way  to  get 
around  Afghanistan  was  by  camel 
caravan.  The  landlocked  country  is 
barren,  rugged,  and  mountainous.  It 
has  no  navigable  rivers  and  no  boats 
— not  even  a  train  system.  The  only 
way  to  get  goods  from  the  urban  cen- 
ters to  the  hinterland  was  by  contract 
with  the  nomads. 

But  even  in  Afghanistan  times  are 
changing.  Afghanistan  lies  between 
Iran,  Pakistan,  the  Soviet  Union,  and 
a  tip  of  China,  which  means  that  ev- 
eryone wants  a  piece  of  the  country, 


and  today's  way  of  making  friends  is 
foreign  aid.  The  latest  game  has  been 
road  building.  The  Russians  build  in 
the  north,  close  to  their  own  border, 
the  Americans  build  in  the  south,  and 
the  roads  meet  somewhere  in  the  mid- 
dle on  neutral  ground.  With  the  roads 
tying  the  country  together,  enterpris- 
ing nomads,  or  kochis,  are  exchang- 
ing their  highly  decorated  camel 
trains  for  trucks.  These  vehicles  are 
not  just  a  means  of  transportation, 
they  are  also  becoming  a  part  of  the 
Afghan  folk  scene. 

The  trucks,  built  either  in  England 
or  America,  are  stripped  down  to  a 
motor  mounted  on  a  chassis  to  save 
transportation  costs,  shipped  to  Pak- 
istan by  boat,  and  finally  carried  over- 
land to  Kabul.  In  the  Kabul  truck 
yards,  a  big  wooden  box  is  built  on 


the  chassis  and  a  grand  cab  is  built 
around  the  steering  wheel.  The  cab 
seats  six  across,  with  the  driver  to  the 
left  and  passengers  on  both  sides. 

The  trucks  come  in  two  basic 
types.  The  most  popular  is  a  four- 
cylinder  English  model,  commonly 
called  a  "rocket"  by  the  Farsi-speak- 
ing  Afghans.  This  vehicle  is  used 
mainly  on  tar  roads.  Take  it  off  the 


Embellished  Afghan  trucks — with 

built-up  cabs  that  seat  six 

across,  banners,  chains,  and 

brightly  painted  panels  (detailed 

below) — bear  a  faint  relation 

to  the  original  English  model. 


yfr..;^ 


}\7   y      ';    •     ■''"  ';  •     '•;     V'. 


Details  from  a  number  of  trucks 

show  the  variety  of  themes. 

Seductive  women,  copied  from  movie 

posters,  are  seen  more  often  on 

trucks  than  on  the  streets  of  this 

strict  Muslim  country.  A  jet 

plane  (done  in  bas-relief  here), 

geometric  patterns,  and  natural 

subjects,  such  as  fish  (which 

represent  good  luck),  birds,  and 

flowers,  are  all  popular.  Tassels, 

like  those  on  camel  blankets, 

fringe  the  cab;  by  reflecting  the 

evil  eye,  glittery  objects,  such 

as  mirrors  and  metal  geegaws, 

provide  protection.  Applying  the 

finishing  touches  to  a  palm  tree, 

below  right,  a  master  painter  will 

then  sign  each  panel  of  the  truck. 


i^wmy».^^^^ix%r%:^^^^x^ 


H 


■'X.iitiW-^- 


'^^s^ 


'^^..W 


J,«.%.V%-«.VV 


aaauBK^ 


The  hacks  of  trucks  often  depict 
modern  hif^hways  runninf^  through 
idyllic  mountain  landscapes. 
Numbers  on  each  of  the  panels 
insure  that  they  will  not 
he  installed  out  of  sequence. 


asphalt  strips  and  it  will  quickly  fall 
apart  on  Afghanistan's  infamous  sec- 
ondary road  system.  With  a  growing 
need  to  get  into  the  inaccessible  cen- 
ter of  the  country,  the  Afghans  are 
now  importing  a  new  model,  a  six- 
cylinder  truck  with  the  nickname 
s/ia5/i("six,"  in  Farsi).  This  vehicle, 
built  in  the  United  States,  can  easily 
take  mountain  passes  that  climb  to 
12,000  feet  and  is  able  to  withstand 
a  typical  Afghan  beating. 

One  of  the  first  major  alterations  is 
made  on  the  emergency  brake.  It  is 
removed.  In  Afghanistan  trucks  are 
always  beefed-up  and  reinforced  to 
carry  loads  that  no  one  in  Detroit  ever 
anticipated.  Obviously,  an  emer- 
gency brake  would  not  work  under 
these  conditions;  therefore,  rather 
than  depend  upon  it,  they  take  it  out. 
In  its  place  is  an  apprentice  driver 
who  hangs  out  the  back  of  the  truck 
and  throws  a  wooden  wedge  behind 
the  rear  wheel  to  prevent  the  truck 
from  rolling  backward. 

The  highly  colorful  Afghan  people 
have  a  long  tradition  of  decorating  all 
their  personal  goods;  a  plain  wooden 
box  of  a  truck  is  impersonal  and  alien. 
Thus,  the  decoration.  As  a  beginning, 


chains  hang  from  the  front  bumper; 
tassels,  like  those  on  camel  blankets, 
fringe  the  cab;  mirrors  chase  away  the 
evil  eye;  and  banners  call  upon  Allah 
for  protection.  The  wooden  frame  is 
painted  in  vivid  swatches  of  color. 
Purples  are  easily  played  against 
oranges,  and  the  outlined  structural 
parts  of  the  truck  become  part  of  an 
elaborate  color  scheme. 

The  owner  of  the  truck  makes  only 
one  "artistic"  decision — which  mas- 
ter painter  will  do  the  job.  While  the 
owner  may  suggest  a  few  colors,  the 
final  design  is  the  choice  of  the 
painter.  The  best  painters  are  reputed 
to  be  in  Peshawar,  Pakistan,  but 
Kabul  also  has  many  masters.  Mo- 
hemmad  Jahanzeb  Niazi  is  one  of  the 
best  in  Kabul.  His  brothers  have 
shops  in  Jalalabad,  Afghanistan,  and 
in  Peshawar,  where  he  himself  spent 
an  apprenticeship  in  much  the  same 
way  that  Western  artists  flock  to  the 
big  cities.  He  now  has  eight  or  nine 
assistants. 

Once  the  body  of  the  truck  has  been 
built  on  top  of  the  motor  and  chassis, 
metal  panels  are  added  to  the  sides. 
The  metal  sheets  protect  the  wood 
from  the  elements,  make  it  easier  to 
wash  the  truck,  and  provide  a  perfect 
surface  for  the  bright  paints  imported 
from  Pakistan  and  Germany. 

After  the  master  lays  out  the  basic 
designs  and  selects  the  ever  important 
color  scheme,  apprentices,  using  a 
variety  of  templates,  quickly  paint  the 
elaborate  borders  that  frame  each 
metal  panel.  Working  freehand, 
without  benefit  of  sketches  or  draw- 
ings, the  master  painter  first  prepares 
a  rough  cartoon  of  the  main  theme, 


AFGHANISTAN 


then  carefully  paints  in  all  the  details 
with  a  fine  brush. 

When  he  is  finished,  the  painter 
will  sign  his  work  several  times,  on 
each  door  a.s  well  as  on  the  back  of 
the  truck.  It  takes  ten  days  to  paint  a 
truck  and  can  cost  SIOO.  equivalent 
to  a  driver's  salary  for  four  months. 

Master  painters  use  a  variety  of 
themes.  Understandably,  highly  so- 
phisticated religious  symbols  pre- 
dominate. The  flying  Barak,  half- 
horse,  half-woman;  the  horse  of  Ali. 
son-in-law  of  Mohammed,  who  rode 
up  to  heaven;  and  Mecca  and  other 
holy  Islamic  shrines  are  all  included. 
Because  traveling  in  Afghanistan  is 
hazardous .  two  eyes  in  front  of  the  cab 
protect  the  truck  from  the  evil  eye. 

In  a  dry.  mountainous  country, 
water  becomes  the  second  major 
theme.  To  remind  Afghans  of  their 
Muslim  paradise  just  around  the 
corner,  the  sides  of  the  truck  are  dec- 
orated with  pastures,  rivers,  and 
mountains  full  of  green  trees  and 
grazing  animals.  The  back  of  the 
truck  often  consists  of  five  horizontal 
panels  depicting  a  glorious  mountain 
scene.  These  are  carefully  numbered 
to  insure  that  they  will  not  be  installed 
out  of  sequence  when  they  are  low- 
ered into  place  after  the  truck  has 
been  loaded.  What  could  be  more  re- 
freshing when  driving  along  a  dusty 
dirt  road  than  pulling  up  to  the  back 
of  a  truck  that  offers  a  tantalizing 
view  of  what  might  be  just  ahead? 

Down  the  middle  of  this  painted 
green  valley  lies  a  third  theme:  a 
winding  Russian-American  highway 
with  cloverleafs,  overpasses,  and 
long-tailed  Muscovite  Cadillacs  out 
for  a  Sunday  drive.  Other  typical 
panels  contain  a  black  telephone  with 
a  lacquer-tipped  feminine  finger 
reaching  for  the  dial — an  anomaly  in 
a  strict  Muslim  country  where  women 
are  still  covered  in  full-length  veils. 

Many  of  the  images  are  derived 
from  colorful  photographic  calendars 
and  imported  Christmas  cards.  But  in 
search  of  new  subjects,  painters  now 
borrow  from  the  display  posters  in 
front  of  the  few  movie  houses  in 
Afghanistan  and  depict  scantily  clad 
Pakistani  leading  ladies,  in  chains 
and  being  beaten.  One  truck-painting 
master  we  met  expressed  a  desire  for 
some  plain-wrapped  issues  of  Play- 
boy, illegal  in  Afghanistan.  We  left 
him  a  centerfold.  D 


71 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


The  Egg  as  Classroom 


Even  before  ihey  have 
hatched,  many  birds  learn 
behavior  that  contributes 
to  their  survival  later 

Scientists  are  continually  aware  of 
the  exquisite  adaptive  mechanisms  by 
which  animals  survive.  Through  ex- 
perimentation, we  can  unmask  those 
creative  mechanisms,  exposing  when 
they  begin  and  how  they  function. 
For  instance,  immediately  after 
hatching,  a  duckling,  gosling,  or 
baby  chicken  makes  a  durable  filial 
attachment  with  its  mother.  It  im- 
prints on  her,  that  is,  fixes  its  attention 
on  her,  and  thereafter  follows  her  to 
whatever  fate  lies  in  store.  This 
mother-offspring  bond  sustains  the 
duckling  through  its  precarious  early 
weeks  while  it  grows,  learns  about  its 
environment,  and  becomes  adept  at 
avoiding  the  dangers  of  predators. 

The  tantalizing  question  is,  how 
does  the  mother-offspring  bond  be- 
come so  rapidly  established?  In  ear- 
lier days  many  animal  behaviorists 
might  have  said,  "The  bond  is  in- 
nate," and  dismissed  the  inquiry.  But 
that  interpretation  no  longer  satisfies; 
it  offers  no  insight  into  the  roots  of 
behavior.  It  is  patently  obvious  that, 
although  hatching  plunges  the  new- 
born bird  into  an  entirely  new  milieu, 
it  is  the  same  individual  as  the  prena- 
tal one;  hatching  merely  opens  the 
shell .  Thus  it  would  seem  that  the  bird 
must  have  been  primed  to  make  the 
filial  attachment  to  an  appropriate 
mother  while  still  inside  the  shell. 

Under  natural  conditions,  mallard 
ducklings  tend  to  leave  the  nest 
within  a  few  days  after  hatching .  Dur- 
ing the  posthatching,  preemigrating 
stage,  the  noise  level  in  the  nest 
grows  to  a  fever  pitch  as  calls  are  ex- 
changed between  hen  and  offspring. 
These  calls  are  a  fundamental  fiber  of 
the  social  bond  that  is  being  strength- 


ened between  parent  and  offspring. 
Although  a  duckling  has  ample  op- 
portunity to  learn  its  mother's  range 
of  calls  before  leaving  the  nest,  re- 
search has  demonstrated  the  ability  of 
a  freshly  hatched  duckling  to  pick  not 
only  its  true  mother  but  any  appro- 
priate mother,  namely  any  hen  of  its 
own  species,  from  among  assorted 
mothers  that  belong  to  other,  related 
species.  The  duckling  is  born  with 
this  ability  because  it  has  been 
primed,  before  hatching,  to  react  se- 
lectively to  a  species-specific  mother. 
A  duckling  can  hear  through  the  shell 
while  still  inside  it.  The  embryo  can 
hear  its  siblings  in  other  shells,  and 
it  can  hear  its  mother.  Even  more  im- 
portantly, perhaps,  it  can  hear  itself. 
And  its  own  sounds  may  be  the  most 
crucial  primers. 

Gilbert  Gottlieb,  a  biopsychologist 
at  Dorothea  Dix  Hospital  in  Raleigh, 
North  Carolina,  experimented  widely 
with  hole-  and  ground-nesting  ducks 
and  with  domestic  chicks.  He  raised 
some  embryos  alone,  unable  to  hear 
other  birds;  some  embryos  together 
but  without  the  hen;  and  some  to- 
gether and  with  the  hen.  Soon  after 
these  baby  birds  hatched,  he  counted 
how  often  they  approached  and  fol- 
lowed silent,  stuffed  motherly  models 
of  their  own  and  related  types;  stuffed 
models  emitting  "come-hither"  calls 
through  loudspeakers;  or  "mothers" 
that  were  nothing  more  than  cooing 
loudspeakers.  Rearing  conditions  did 
not  seem  to  matter.  Over-all,  the 
loudspeakers,  whether  simulated 
birds  or  not,  preempted  the  silent 
models.  And,  given  a  choice  between 
its  own  species  call  and  those  of  an- 


During  incubation,  the  calls 

of  a  mother  duck  can  be  heard 

through  the  shell  by  her 

embryo  ducklings. 


by  Evelyn  Shaw 


73 


other  species,  mallard  ducklings,  for 
example,  the  chicks  clearly  chose  the 
calls  of  their  own  type.  In  a  different 
experiment  testing  the  priority  system 
of  the  baby  birds,  an  artificial  stuffed 
mother  of  appropriate  species  gave 
the  wrong  call  and  a  stuffed  mother 
of  inappropriate  species  gave  the 
right  call.  The  birds  showed  no  con- 
cern for  the  mother's  looks,  but  re- 
sponded only  to  the  sound  of  her 
voice.  The  right  call  was  what  drew 
the  babies. 

Since  ducklings  revealed  their 
penchant  for  motherly  sounds,  Gott- 
lieb and  his  associates  decided  to 
delve  deeper  into  the  antecedents  of 
the  response,  necessitating  a  move 
backward  in  developmental  testing 
time  to  the  embryo  stage.  Ducklings, 
although  they  hatch  on  the  twenty- 
seventh  day  after  the  start  of  incuba- 
tion, begin  to  make  sounds  on  the 
twenty-fourth  day,  when  the  bill,  pre- 
viously enclosed  in  a  membrane,  pen- 
etrates the  air  space  of  the  egg.  Em- 
bryos also  clap  their  large  bills  with 
seeming  spontaneity.  But  the  bill 
clapping  turned  out  to  be  something 
less  than  spontaneous;  in  fact,  it  indi- 
cated the  embryo's  sensitivity  to 
changes  taking  place  outside  the 
shell.  The  rate  of  bill  clapping  in- 
creased, decreased,  or  remained  con- 
stant as  species  calls  were  played  to 
the  embryo  through  a  loudspeaker. 

As  early  as  the  twenty-second  day, 
several  days  before  it  uttered  sounds 
of  its  own,  the  duckling  was  aware  of 
the  sounds  of  any  mother  of  its  own 
species  type.  In  addition,  embryos 
previously  prevented  from  hearing 
their  siblings  did  not  react  (by  in- 
creasing bill  clapping)  to  the  mother's 
calls  on  the  twenty-fourth  day.  Per- 
haps sibling  calls  serve  to  sensitize 
the  embryos,  to  ready  them  for  the 
next  stage  in  development,  namely, 
responding  to  maternal  calls.  Indeed, 
if  embryos  have  their  vocal  cords  cut 
and  cannot  make  their  own  sounds, 
they  cannot  distinguish  the  calls  of 
one  species  type  from  those  of  an- 
other. Nevertheless,   they  can  dis- 


Vulnerable  newly  hatched 

ducklings  are  helped  to  survive 

because  they  respond  only 

to  the  calls  of  hens  of 

the  appropriate  species. 


criminate  within  two  days  after  hatch- 
ing, indicating  that  the  normal  devel- 
opmental timetable  may  have  lagged 
momentarily  but  was  not  irreversibly 
slowed.  Thus,  it  seems  that  the  duck- 
ling can  serve  as  its  own  stimulator, 
its  own  primer.  By  listening  to  itself, 
it  becomes  tuned  to  its  mother  at  the 
optimal  time  in  development. 


In  another  species  of  bird,  the  guil- 
lemot, the  artistry  of  auditory  recog- 
nition is  even  more  finely  developed. 
Unlike  the  ducklings,  which  recog- 
nize the  sounds  of  their  own  species 
type  but  select  any  mother  of  the  right 
species  type,  the  guillemot  is  far  more 
precise;  it  "recognizes"  only  the 
calls  of  its  true  parents. 


74 


A  colonial  sea  bird,  the  guillemot 
breeds  on  precipitous  ledges  over- 
hanging the  ocean  and  produces  only 
one  egg.  This  hazardous  breeding  site 
keeps  even  the  most  stalwart  preda- 
tors away,  but  it  creates  other  dangers 
for  the  guillemot  chicks.  One  misstep 
and  a  newly  hatched  chick  may  plum- 
met into  the  sea.  Chicks,  therefore, 


tend  to  stay  put  and  huddle  in  the  rock 
crevices  and  in  parental  leathers.  The 
only  active  birds  arc  the  adults,  which 
lly  out  to  sea  to  forage  and  return  with 
food  morsels  for  their  insatiable 
chicks.  When  an  adult  alights  on  the 
rocks,  it  utters  a  feeding  call.  On 
hearing  such  a  call,  all  the  hungry 
chicks  might  scurry  from  their  safe 


Leonard  Lee  Rue  III.  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


havens  in  the  rocks  to  be  fed.  A  sortie 
of  chicks  rushing  about,  however, 
could  result  in  catastrophe  with  many 
ot  them  tumbling  into  the  sea.  This 
docs  not  happen  since  the  feeding  call 
brings  forth  only  one  chick — the  fam- 
ily heir  or  heiress.  The  parent  recog- 
nizes its  own  chick,  and  more  impor- 
tantly, the  chick  knows  its  own 
parents,  having  evidently  learned  the 
characteristics  of  parental  calls  dur- 
ing the  hatching  process. 

Hatching  takes  a  number  of  hours, 
during  which  the  guillemot  embryo 
twists,  turns,  and  utters  calls.  Both 
parents  share  the  incubation,  and  the 
increased  embryonic  activity  stimu- 
lates them  to  rise,  gently  turn  the  egg, 
and  utter  feeding  or  luring  calls.  The 
parental  movement,  in  turn,  stimu- 
lates the  embryos  to  twist  around  and 
call  again.  This  restimulales  the 
parents,  and  so  forth.  Mutual  stimula- 
tion may  last  for  long  periods  during 
which  the  parent-offspring  social 
bond  is  established  and  each  chick 
learns  the  call  of  its  parents.  Thus, 
after  hatching,  when  a  parent  returns 
to  the  nesting  site  and  sounds  a  feed- 
ing call,  only  its  own  offspring,  and 
no  other,  is  tuned  to  that  call,  a  bene- 
ficial adaptation  for  birds  living  in  a 
most  precarious  habitat. 

The  embryos  of  still  other  bird  spe- 
cies communicate  with  each  other  at 
hatching  time.  For  example,  in  bob- 
white  quail,  which  nest  in  ground 
holes  and  have  an  average  of  ten  to 
twelve  chicks  per  nest,  hatching  takes 
place  synchronously.  Synchronous 
hatching  appears  to  result  from  click- 
ing sounds  that  the  embryos  begin  to 
utter  twelve  to  fifteen  hours  before  the 
actual  event  takes  place.  In  a  manner 
not  yet  understood,  these  sounds  slow 
down  the  development  of  advanced 
embryos  while  speeding  up  the  devel- 
opment of  retarded  ones.  Hatched  to- 
gether, all  the  chicks  can  be  quickly 
guided  in  a  group  away  from  the  nest 
into  the  safe  underbrush.  This  pre- 
vents individual  chicks  from  straying 
and  protects  them  from  the  predation 
that  might  take  place  if  they  had  to 
wait  for  their  siblings  to  hatch. 

Thus  it  is  clear  that  the  shell  does 
not  totally  insulate  the  embryo  from 
the  world  around  it  nor  is  the  embryo 
a  passive,  nonresponding  organism. 
Bird  embryos  experience  the  outside 
world  through  temperature  fluctua- 
tion;   humidity    changes;    gas    ex- 


75 


The  ideal  lens 
for  nature  photography 

The  largest  and  smallest  of  terrestrial 
mammals  can  be  equally  uncooperative 
when  asked  to  pose  for  a  photograph. 
Success  is  far  more  likely  with  a  zoom 
lens  which  makes  it  possible  to  compose 
the  subject  within  the  full  35mm  frame 
without  moving  from  your  original  posi- 
tion. A  telephoto  zoom  also  gives  you 
standoff  capability  when  shooting  large, 
III  tempered  species  and  lets  you  stalk 
lesser  subjects  from  beyond  their  "fear/ 
flight"  range.  But  the  Vivitar  Series  I  auto- 
matic zoom  goes  beyond  that.  It  allows 
you  to  focus  down  to  a  mere  3^"  from 
the  front  of  the  lens  to  capture  diminutive 
flora  and  fauna.  It  is  the  one  lens  to  have 
on  your  35mm  SLR  camera  when  you're 
investigating  life  from  the  littoral  to  the 
alpine  environments.  Optically,  it  is  equal 
or  superior  to  the  finest  lenses.  See  a  dem- 
onstration at  your  Vivitar  dealer  or  write 
Dept.  31  for  our  folder  on  Series  I  lenses. 

Marketed  in  the  U.S.A.  by  Ponder ScBest,  Inc. 
Corporate  Offices:  1630  Stewart  Street, 
Santa  tvlonica,  CA  90406  In  Canada:  Precision 
Cameras  of  Canada,  Ltd.,  I^ontreal. 


Vivitar 

Series  1 

70-210mm  f3.5 

macro  focusing 

zoom  lens. 


changes;  being  turned  and  rolled; 
hearing  parental  breathing,  heart- 
beats, and  other  movements;  and  in 
some  species,  hearing  their  own  calls 
as  well  as  those  of  their  siblings  and 
mothers.  Developmental  events 
within  the  egg  apparently  set  the  stage 
in  such  a  way  that  the  newly  hatched 
bird  has  the  ability  to  make  appro- 
priate responses  to  the  new  stimuli  in 
its  new  environment. 

In  former  times  animal  behavior 
was  divided  by  those  studying  it  into 
two  categories:  innate  and  acquired. 
If  a  behavior  appeared  right  after  an 
animal  hatched  or  was  born,  it  was 
generally  labeled  innate.  If  the  behav- 


When  ready  to  leave  the  nest, 
ducklings  follow  their  mothers 
or  any  mothers  of  their  species 
because  the  hens  sound  right. 


ior  became  manifest  after  the  animal 
had  been  around  for  a  while,  it  was, 
in  all  probability,  labeled  acquired. 
Innate  behaviors  were  deemed  to  be 
programmed  by  the  genes;  acquired 
behaviors  were  thought  to  be  derived 
from  learning  or  other  experiences. 
But  this  dichotomy  proved  to  be 
highly  troublesome;  consequently,  it 
is  spurned  by  the  breed  of  scientists 
who  are  currently  probing  the  origins 
of  behavior.  Too  many  subtle  and 
complex  things  happen  as  an  animal 
is  developing  to  permit  such  a  sim- 
plistic categorization.  The  dichotomy 
was  too  rigid,  too  short-sighted,  and 
worse,  it  closed  off  important  ave- 
nues of  research.  Behaviors  were  la- 
beled but  not  understood.  Obviously, 
the  fertilized  egg  contains  genes  that 
determine  the  future  course  of  devel- 
opment. But  between  the  gene  and 
the  expression  of  behavior,  innumer- 
able events  take  place  that  we  are  just 


76 


beginning  to  probe.  We  have  no  idea 
how  many  genes  arc  involved,  how 
Ihey  are  modified,  how  Ihcy  interact; 
nor  do  we  know  the  inllucntial  extent 
of  an  animal's  experiences  before 
birth  or  hatching.  Even  a  simple 
event,  such  as  momentary  oxygen  de- 
ficiency, may  have  a  lasting  efTect  if 
it  occurs  at  a  critical  time. 

The  dichotomy  may  have  served 
animal  behavior  when  the  field  was  in 
its  infancy,  but  it  no  longer  has  any 
validity.  We  should  recognize  that 
genes  do  not  determine  a  particular 
behavior,  only  the  tendency  to  de- 
velop that  behavior,  given  the  appro- 
priate environment  at  the  appropriate 
time.  And  we  must  keep  an  open 
mind  in  assessing  the  ways  in  which 
the  environment  may  modify  in- 
herited tendencies. 

Evelyn  Shaw  teaches  animal  behav- 
ior at  Stanford  University. 


TRAVEl    rUF  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Return  to  nature, 

find  solitude  and  adventure  in 

Lars-Eric  Lindblad's  remarkable 

THc  I  EN  I  cu  dArARI 


Nothing  you  will  ever  do  in  travel  will 
compare  with  our  East  African  Tented 
Safari.  We  will  travel  in  some  of  the 
most  exciting  wild  parts  of  the  world. 
We'll  encounter  Samburu  and  Turkana 
tribesmen  m  the  remote  Northern 
Frontier  District,  We  will  sleep  under 
canvas  in  tented  camps  set  up  exclu- 
sively for  us,  and  an  experienced  staff 
will  see  to  our  comfort.  We'll  spend 
hours  around  the  campfire  listening 
to  our  host,  once  known  as  'the  white 


hunter"  talking  about  his  experiences 
in  the  jungles  And  long  after  we  are 
tucked  In  for  the  night,  the  coughing 
of  leopards,  the  snarl  of  hyenas  and 
roar  of  lions  will  keep  us  awake  Ele- 
phants may  block  our  path  as  we  pro- 
ceed in  our  rugged  Land  Rovers.  Let 
your  camera  record  this  truly  remark- 
able adventure.  We  shall  limit  our 
party  to  10  members,  British  Airways 
will  fly  us  to  Nairobi  and  back.  Write  for 
our  brochure  or  see  your  travel  agent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

DepI  NHTS276 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N  Y  10022  •  (212)  751-2300 


Fabulous  POLBOT 


for  greater  SPORT  and  EASY  Cruising 

most  CAREFREE  without  mechanical  burdens  and  VERSA- 
TILE with  paddle,  motor  or  sail.  You  GLIDE  securely  and 
completely    relaxed    in    EXCLUSIVE    swivelbacX    COM- 
FORT. Enloy  balanced  high  &  low  seating,  as  camping 
loads  stow  neatly  under  decks  .  Substantial  construe- 
,  low  gravity  center  &  protective  decks  assure 
laximum  SAFETY  .  .  .  highest  on  National  Re- 
cord.  Quite    INEXPENSIVE   in   EASY    KITS 
or    Factory    built   rigid    PORTABLE    for 
auto-top  or  travel-smart   FOLDING 
type  to  fit  in  trunk.  Essential  for  ex- 
ploring, scouting,  racing,  excellent 
fishing,  hunting,  for  your  exqui- 
site Recreation  &  graceful  ac- 
tion amid  natural  splendor 
of    rocky     streams, 
Whitewater,       lakes, 
marshes,    surf    & 
open  Sea   .   .   . 
unlike      any 
other! 


Action  color 
catalog       with 
startling     facts, 
many  1  to  4  seat 
Folbots,   also   Fac- 
tory NEW   DIRECT 
shipment  at  Big  Sav- 
ings. KITS  from  $45  for 
10  footer,  $77  Jiffy  12V2' 
$109      2-3seatGLIDER  — 
Factory    Built    Portable 
from  $169  —  Folding  types 
from  $299. 


Mail  coupon  or  address  to: 
FOLBOT    Corp.,NH  276Charleslon,    S.    C.  29405 


YACHT-SMART  SAILING  ! address 
BIG  DACRON  Sail  Rig  $156  I  CITY  


77 


Sky  Reporter 


Climatic  Change  on  Mars 


The  Martian  atmosphere 
may  have  once  resembled 
that  of  early  earth 

With  the    Viking  spacecraft  now 
well  on  its  way  to  a  rendezvous  with 
Mars  this  summer,  the  latest  theories 
of  the  evolution  of  the  Martian  atmo- 
sphere provide  the  strongest  hint  yet 
that  there  may  be  some  form  of  life 
on  the  Red  Planet  for  the    Viking 
landers  to  find.  The  theories  are  based 
on  an  analysis  of  more  than  7,000 
photographs  of  Mars  taken  by  Mari- 
ner 9  as  it  orbited  the  planet  in  1972. 
Those  pictures  show  the  planet  today 
to  be  largely  an  inhospitable  desert 
so,  of  course,  there  is  no  chance  of 
finding  the  intelligent  life-forms  and 
artificial  canals  of  science  fiction.  But 
there  are  indications  that  Mars  was 
not  always  so  inhospitable,  and  that 
early  in  its  history  it  may  have  pos- 
sessed an  atmosphere  similar  to  that 
of  the  earth  several  billion  years  ago 
when  life  first  appeared  here.  If  so, 
there  is  reason  to  suppose  that  the 
same  kinds  of  primitive  life  that  arose 
on  earth  appeared  on  our  neighboring 
planet  as  well— and  if  they  did,  their 
descendants  may  still  be  there  today. 
This  new  understanding  of  the  at- 
mosphere of  Mars  has  gone  through 
almost  as  many  evolutionary  changes 
as  the  atmosphere  itself.  In  a  sense, 
the  story  can  be  traced  back  to  the 
nineteenth  century,  when  some  as- 
tronomers claimed  that   their  tele- 
scopes revealed  permanent,   seem- 
ingly artificial  features— the  notori- 
ous "canals."  Although  no  two  as- 
tronomers ever  seemed  to  see  quite 
the  same  sets  of  markings,  specula- 
tion that  free  water  might  exist  on 
Mars,  running  if  not  in  canals,  then 
at  least  in  natural  rivers,  lasted  up  to 

78 


about  ten  years  ago.  These  conjec- 
tures were  dashed  only  when  pho- 
tographs of  the  early  Mariner  flyby 
missions  of  Mars  were  sent  back  to 
earth  during  the  mid-1960s,  showing 
what  seemed  to  be  a  dry,  lifeless,  and 
unchanging  planet  very  similar  to  the 
moon.  But  even  that  concept — which 
was  based  on  photographs  of  a  very 
small  area  of  Mars— turned  out  to  be 
grossly  misleading  when  Mariner  9 
went  into  orbit  around  Mars  in  1971 
and,  over  a  period  of  many  months, 
produced  a  complete  photographic 
map  of  the  planet. 

With  the  full  picture  before  them, 
planetary  astronomers  now  perceive 
Mars  as  a  planet  whose  geology  is 
continually  evolving.  Among  other 
features.  Mars  possesses  the  biggest 

volcano  known  in  the  solar  system 

Olympus  Mons— which  rises  fifteen 
and  a  half  miles  above  its  surround- 
ings and  encompasses  a  volume  as 
big  as  that  of  all  the  volcanoes  of  the 
earth's  Hawaiian  chain  put  together. 
In  addition,  there  is  a  great  rift  valley 
system  in  the  equatorial  region  of 
Mars,  as  extensive  as  the  East  African 
Rift  Valley  on  earth,  and  most  excit- 
ing of  all,  there  are  many  channels 
cutting  across  the  dry  Martian  surface 
that  give  every  appearance  of  having 
been  carved  out  by  running  water, 
even  though  they  are  empty  today.' 
These  are  not  the  canals  of  former 
speculation,  and  they  are  far  too  small 
to  be  picked  out  from  the  earth  even 
with  the  aid  of  telescopes,  but  their 
presence  on  a  planet  where  water  in 
liquid  form  does  not  exist  today  has 
posed  a  puzzle.  When  the  latest  piece 
of  the  puzzle  clicked  into  place  a  few 
months  ago,  the  hopes  of  all  con- 
cerned were  raised  that  Viking  might 
find  life  on  Mars. 

One  of  the  young  scientists  closely 


involved  with  the  new  view  of  Mars 
is  Owen  Toon,  research  associate  at 
NASA's  Ames  Research  Center  at 
Moffett    Field,    California.    Repre- 
senting a  group  of  planetary  scien- 
tists. Toon  described  the  processes  of 
climatic  change  on  Mars  at  a  recent 
international  gathering  of  experts  on 
the  terrestrial  weather  held  in  Nor- 
wich, England,  to  ponder  the  prob- 
lems of  our  changing  climate  here  on 
earth.  By  studying  the  workings  of 
the  atmospheres  of  other  planets,  we 
are  placed  in  a  much  stronger  position 
when  it  comes  to  interpreting — and 
predicting— climatic     changes     on 
earth.  Thus,  quite  aside  from  the  pos- 
sibility of  finding  life  on  Mars,  the 
valuable  insights  into  planetary  at- 
mospheres derived  from  space  probes 
like  Mariner  and  Viking  would  alone 
be  ample  repayment  for  the  effort  and 
cost  involved. 

With  the  Mariner  9  evidence  be- 
fore us,  it  is  clear  that  there  were  once 
rivers,  lakes,  and  floods  of  water  on 
Mars.  Photographs  of  sandbars,  sinu- 
ous   channels,    delta    regions,    and 
many  other  features  make  that  con- 
clusion   inevitable    (see    "Are    We 
Alone  in  the  Cosmos?"  Natural  His- 
tory,  June-July    1974).    But   liquid 
water  cannot  exist  on  Mars  today  be- 
cause its  surface  temperature  and  at- 
mospheric pressure  are  both  so  low 
that  a  bucket  of  water  dumped  on  the 
Martian   surface   would  either  boil 
away  or  freeze.  For  the  same  reasons, 
carbon  dioxide  cannot  exist  as  a  liq- 
uid on  the  earth,  but  only  as  a  solid 
(dry  ice)  or  a  gas.  For  liquid  water  to 
have  existed  in  the  quantities  needed 
to  fill   all   the   Martian   rivers   now 
known,  the  planet's  temperature  must 
have  been  high  enough  so  that  only 
part  of  the  water  was  tied  up  in  ice. 
As  it  turns  out,  a  small  increase  in 


by  John  Gribbin 


either  pressure  or  temperature  will  do 
the  trick  because  if  one  variable  in- 
creases, the  other  follows  suit  and 
both  then  increase  rapidly.  A  rise  in 
temperature,  for  example,  would  re- 
lease carbon  dioxide  from  the  frozen 
"dry  ice"  polar  caps  of  Mars  or  from 
the  Martian  soil,  and  the  resultant 
thickening  of  the  atmosphere  would 
help  to  keep  the  poles  warm.  A 
thicker  atmosphere  would  transport 
heat  more  effectively  from  the  equa- 
tor and  would  act  as  a  thermal  blan- 
ket, trapping  heat  that  is  now  lost  as 
the  planet's  surface  radiates  infrared 
energy  to  space.  Such  a  thermal  blan- 
ket, known  as  the  greenhouse  effect, 
is  a  major  cause  of  the  high  surface 
temperature  of  Venus  and  the  livable 
temperatures  on  the  earth. 

A  higher  Martian  pressure  and 
temperature  were  put  forward  in  1973 
by  a  group  at  Cornell  University  as 
the  first  explanation  of  the  Martian 
rivers.  This  hypothesis  made  climatic 
change  on  Mars  plausible,  but  a 
mechanism  to  trigger  the  initial  small 
pressure  or  temperature  increases  was 
still  lacking  until  another  group  at 
CalTech  discovered  a  wobble  in  the 
tilt  of  the  Martian  polar  axis.  The 
wobble  means  that  every  100,000 
years  or  so  the  polar  caps  "nod" 
toward  the  sun,  and  it  seemed  for  a 
time  that  the  cumulative  effect  of  that 
behavior  might  warm  up  the  whole 
planet.  This  theory  caused  quite  a 
flurry  at  the  time  by  raising  hopes  that 
more  clement  conditions  might  return 
!  to  Mars  again  in  due  course,  and  that 
our  descendants  might  one  day  have 
a  pleasant  planet  right  next  door  to 
earth.  One  might  note  that  the  earth, 
too,  has  small  wobbles  in  the  tilt  of 
its  polar  axis.  They  are  a  principal 
element  in  some  theories  of  terrestrial 
ice  ages,  but  the  wobble  of  the  Mar- 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Perhaps  the  only  opportunity  in  1976, 
our  two  breath-taking  voyages  through 

DARWini'S  UALAHAtiUS 

"The  Land  that  time  forgot" 


few  places  left  on  eartfi  wtiere  we 
may  examine  life  as  it  was  before 
man's  arrival  Here  Darwin  was 
inspired  to  write  his  famous  The 
Originof  Species,  which  in  turn  revo- 
lutionized western  mans  thoughts 
about  nature.  Our  first  22-day  expe- 
dition starts  on  March  1.  the  second 
on  fVlarch  15.  Both  will  include  a  visit 
to  lovely  Ecuador.  We  suggest  you 
make  immediate  reservations  Write 
tor  brochure  or  see  your  travel  agent. 
Panamanian  registry 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL  INC. 

Dept,  NHDG276 
133  East  55th  Street.  New  York.  NY.  10022  (212)  751-2300 


Celestron  Multipurpose  TelescoDes 


On  Display  at  Museums  and  Planetanums  Throughout  the  Country 


Lindblad  Travel,  Inc..  in  cooperation 
with  Metropolitan  Touring  of  Quito. 
Ecuador,  has  been  most  fortunate  in 
securing  permission  for  two  cruising 
expeditions  aboard  theM/S  Lindblad 
Explorer  through  the  Galapagos 
this  spring.  To  set  foot  on  these  is- 
lands is  like  being  transported  back 
into  primeval  time.  We  will  explore 
its  kingdom  of  animal  and  bird  life, 
which  is  tame  beyond  belief-  The 
Galapagos  Islands  present  one  of  the 


ThP  Choice      "'"^^^^  reasons  why 
I  ne  onoice.    experienced  tele- 
scope enthusiasts  and  leading  col- 
leges, universities  and  science 
centers  the  world  over  repeat- 
edly select  Celestron  telescopes: 

The  Cerestron  5.  A  tabletop 
observatory  for  exploring  the 
Moon,  planets,  scores  of  open  star 
clusters  and  gossamer  nebulae  at  up 
to  300X.  For  casual  observing  or  tele- 
photography, rest  the  instrument  on 
any  flat  surface,  swing  up  the 
tube  and  focus.  Close  in 
on  the  whiskers  of  a 
squirrel  at  the  near 
focus  of  20  ft.  or  the 
face  of  a  friend  at  half 
a  mile.  The  SYz-lb.  tube 
demounts  for  hand-held 
shots  at  25X.  (Size 
swung  down;  7"  x  8"  x 
16".  Wt.:  12  lbs..  Base 
price,  including  electric 
clock  drive  and  setting  cir- 
cles. $595) 

The  Celestron  8.  Eight  full 
inches  of  aperture  make  this 


'^^r 


portable  observatory  in  a  suitcase  the 
mateur's  favorite  for  studying  the  sur- 
face features  of  Mars,  the  subdivided 
rings  of  Saturn,  the  ever-changing 
belt  structure  of  Jupiter,  the 
intricate  filamentary  detail 
of  deep-sky  nebulae,  the 
central  regions  of  glob- 
ular clusters  at  up  to 
500X.  Also  the  ulti- 
mate terrestrial  tele- 
scope or  telephoto! 
(Size  swung  down: 
9"  X  12"  X  22". 
Wt,;  23  lbs..  S895) 
The  Celestron  14. 
The  appeal  of  this 
prestigious,  fully 
electric  dome  instrument  is  enhanced  by  a 
unique  design  that  also  makes  it  the  world's 
largest  one-man-portable.  Demount  and  load  it 
into  your  compact  car  in  five  minutes!  Within 
range  of  the  Celestron  14,  at  up  to 
850X,  are  the  delicate  contrast  levels 
of  the  diffuse  and  planetary  nebulae, 
the  spirals  of  remote  galaxies, 
and  the  quasars.  (Size  swung 
down;  18"  x  22"  x  44",  Wt.:  108 
lbs-,  S3. 750) 


Celestron  Pacific      2«35  Columbia  •   box  3578-NH   •  to 

World's  Leading  Manufacturer  ot  Compact-Portable  Te/esco, 


79 


^t^ 


If  Takes  Fine  Tools... 

to  produce  fine  wood  work,  whether  you 
carve,  sculpt,  make  your  own  furniture, 
do  occasional  repairs.  Garrett  Wade  of- 
fers you  only  the  finest  hand  tools, 
most  available  nowhere  else  in  the  U.S. 
Craftsman-made  tools  are  the  best,  for 
better,  easier,  safer  work. 

Carving  tools,  steel  and  extraordinary 
wood-body  planes;  well-balanced  mal- 
lets, Arkansas  sharpening  stones,  cabinet- 
maker's chisels;  unique  measuring  and 
marking  tools;  mitre  boxes,  saws,  clamps, 
vises;^  7  distinctively  different,  beauti- 
ful, imported  workbenches,  with  un- 
usual features;  hundreds  of  accessories; 
books  —  The  Yankee  Wood  Craftsman 
Catalog  is  packed  with  exciting  gift  ideas,  | 
I  information  for  beginner  and  expert.        ■ 

j  SEND  TODAY  FOR  FREE  48-PAGE  j 

I  COLOR  CATALOG/WOODCRAFT  MANUAL  | 
I  Garrett  Wade  Company,  Inc.,  Dept.VV  I 
I        302  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York  10001         I 

j  Name I 

I  Address ^^_  J 

\City-_ 


-St- 


ZIP 


^^y 


tian  tilt  is  much  larger  than  the  earth '  s . 
Recent  studies  of  the  Mariner  pic- 
tures unfortunately  seem  to  rule  out 
the  wobble  as  a  cause  of  the  Martian 
rivers.  There  is  no  evidence  that  Mars 
has  recently  gone  through  repeated 
phases  of  wetness  or,  indeed,  that  the 
rivers  we  see  today  were  created  re- 
cently. Quite  the  opposite.  The  cur- 
rent view  is  that  the  rivers  are  at  least 
500  million  years  old  and  may  have 
been  dry  for  several  billion  years. 
Whatever  their  origin,  the  period  of 
humidity  on  Mars  took  place  during 
an  epoch  early  in  the  planet's  devel- 
opment. 

This  at  first  sobering  revelation 
comes  from  analysis  of  the  craters  on 
Mars.  Like  those  of  the  moon  and 
Mercury,  the  Martian  craters  were 
produced  by  the  impact  of  meteorites 
on  the  planet,  and  two  features  of  the 
cratering  pattern  point  to  the  antiquity 
of  the  flow  of  liquid  water.  First,  al- 
though many  of  the  larger  craters 
show  signs  of  erosion,  indicating  that 
the  planet  was  wet  after  they  formed, 
the  smaller  craters  are  still  sharp 
edged.  As  we  understand  the  history 
of  the  solar  system,  the  very  large 
craters  are  much  older  than  the  small 
ones,  being  relicts  of  the  time  shortly 
after  the  planets  formed,  so  erosion 
of  only  the  large  craters  implies  that 
there  was  water  to  do  the  eroding  only 
a  long  time  ago. 

The  second  indication  of  the  antiq- 
uity of  the  Martian  rivers  comes  from 
a  count  of  the  craters  that  overlap 
dried-up rivers.  A  river  bed  is  a  small 
target,  and  we  cannot  yet  be  exactly 
sure  how  many  new  craters  are 
formed  by  impacts  each  year  or  each 
million  years.  But  there  is  enough  ev- 
idence to  show  that  the  rivers  are  very 
old  features  and  that  meteorites  have 
rained  down  over  them  for  at  least 
500  million  years. 

The  age  of  the  rivers  is  the  latest 
piece  to  be  fitted  into  the  puzzle  of 
climatic  change  on  Mars.  If  the  planet 
is  geologically  active  and  has  experi- 
enced intense  volcanism,  as  the  evi- 
dence seems  to  show,  then  the  origins 
of  the  Martian  atmosphere  must  have 
been  similar  to  those  of  an  atmo- 
sphere on  the  earth.  Paradoxically, 
the  present  atmosphere  of  our  own 
planet  would  be  highly  poisonous  to 
the  forms  of  life  that  first  evolved 
here.  We  know  that  our  planet  must 
initially  have  had  an  atmosphere  rich 
in  such  compounds  as  methane  and 
ammonia,  produced  by  outgassing 
from  rocks  and  volcanic  activity. 
Mars  (and  almost  certainly  Venus) 


must  have  started  out  in  the  same 
way.  But  those  planets  have  since  fol- 
lowed different  paths  as  their  atmo- 
spheres have  evolved. 

The  present  differences  between 
the  atmospheres  of  Mars  and  earth 
arise  in  part  from  Mars  being  farther 
from  the  sun  and  therefore  a  little 
cooler,  but  they  derive  chiefly  from 
Mars  being  a  smaller  planet  with  a 
weaker  gravitational  pull.  Mars's 
thick  early  atmosphere  of  methane 
and  ammonia  would  have  helped  to 
keep  the  planet  warm  and  its  rivers 
flowing.  Even  at  what  we  regard  as 
comfortable  room  temperatures, 
however,  many  light  gases,  espe- 
cially hydrogen,  would  have  been 
warm  enough  for  the  kinetic  energy 
of  their  molecules  to  carry  them  out- 
side the  pull  of  Martian  gravity, 
thereby  thinning  the  atmosphere  in 
accordance  with  the  following  se- 
quence of  events. 

Gases  such  as  methane  and  ammo- 
nia are  composed  of  hydrogen  chemi- 
cally bonded  to  elements  such  as  car- 
bon and  nitrogen.  Sunlight  can  break 
these  chemical  bonds,  freeing  the  hy- 
drogen to  escape.  The  leftover  carbon 
and  nitrogen  molecules  on  Mars, 
which  would  have  been  too  heavy  to 
escape  the  planet's  gravity,  would 
then  have  combined  chemically  with 
surface  materials  and  become  locked 
up  in  rocks.  Oxygen  would  also  have 
been  produced  when  sunlight  broke 
up  the  water  molecules,  and  some  of 
it  would  have  combined  with  the  car- 
bon to  form  carbon  dioxide.  In  this 
way,  the  early  atmosphere  of  Mars 
could  have  evolved  from  a  thick  wet 
cover  into  the  thin,  cold,  and  dry 
blanket  of  carbon  dioxide  we  see 
today. 

The  possibility  that  the  Martian  at- 
mosphere could  have  evolved  in  this 
manner  was  recognized  even  before 
the  Mariner  9  mission  to  Mars.  But 
no  one  then  knew  how  dense  the  orig- 
inal atmosphere  must  have  been  or 
how  long  it  might  have  survived. 
Toon  reported  at  the  Norwich  meet- 
ing that  the  existence  of  ancient  Mar- 
tian rivers  indicates  that  the  early  at- 
mosphere of  Mars  must  have  been 
both  dense  and  long  lasting.  This  con- 
clusion is  of  great  interest  to  planetary 
scientists  because  an  early  atmo- 
sphere of  methane  and  ammonia  and 
warm  pools  of  liquid  water  were  the 
very  conditions  that  led  to  the  origin 
of  life  on  earth. 

If  it  once  started,  could  life  on 
Mars  have  adapted  to  the  dramatic  at- 
mospheric change  outlined  above? 


Remembering  thai  wc  are  talking 
about  the  ec)uivalents  ol  such  hardy 
terrestrial  phmts  as  lichens,  such  a 
possibility  seems  quite  likely.  The  at- 
mosphere of  the  earth  has  undergone 
equally  dramatic  changes  since  the 
first  gases  surrounded  our  planet.  Al- 
though oxygen  is  essential  to  the 
well-being  of  everyone  reading  this 
article,  it  is  poisonous  to  the  earliest 
forms  of  terrestrial  life.  By  analogy, 
one  can  imagine  some  form  of  extra- 
terrestrial intelligent  life  reasoning 
that  life  could  not  possibly  survive  in 
the  earth's  present  corrosive  atmo- 
sphere and  that  the  early  life-forms  on 
earth  must  therefore  have  all  died  out 
by  suffocation  in  their  own  wastes — 
namely,  the  very  oxygen  we  earth- 
lings  need  for  survival. 

The  great  advantage  of  oxygen  if 
you  can  adapt  to  it  is,  of  course,  that 
its  energetic  chemical  activity  pro- 
vides a  good  basis  for  the  develop- 
ment of  energetic  active  life-forms. 
There  are  not  very  many  active  trees 
or  energetic  lichens,  both  forms  of 
life  that  obtain  their  energy  by 
methods  other  than  the  use  of  oxygen. 
But  with  their  lower  energy  require- 
ments, plants  can  adapt  to  harsher  en- 
vironments than  animals  can,  and  on 
the  basis  of  the  present  understanding 
of  Mars  we  can  guess  that  some  hardy 
lichens  from  the  Antarctic  might  sur- 
vive if  they  were  shipped  to  Mars. 

We  know  that  water  is  present  in 
the  Martian  soil  although  no  longer  in 
the  planet's  rivers,  and  it  is  by  no 
means  impossible  that  there  is  life  in 
the  soil  as  well.  Even  if  there  is  life, 
however,  the  first  Vikinglanders  may 
not  find  it,  just  as  the  early  Mariner 
pictures  failed  to  show  us  a  repre- 
sentative view  of  Mars.  But  if  life  is 
discovered  on  Mars,  it  will  indicate 
that  this  is  a  natural  development 
from  those  conditions  both  Mars  and 
the  earth  experienced  in  their  youth. 
And  since  there  must  be  many  other 
planets  in  our  galaxy,  as  well  as  in 
other  galaxies  in  the  universe,  that 
have  been  through  similar  stages  in 
their  evolution,  there  would  be  a 
strong  implication  that  life  exists  in 
many  other  parts  of  the  universe.  The 
possibility  that  earth  may  not  be  a 
special  cosmic  case  is  what  makes  the 
prospect  of  finding  even  a  humble  li- 
chen on  Mars  of  such  great  impor- 
tance. 

John  Gribbin,  a  member  of  the  Sci- 
ence Policy  Research  Unit  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Sussex  in  England,  is  now 
studying  climatic  change  on  earth. 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


In  May  of  this  year,  we  will  explore 

a  bewitching  land,  shaped  by  fire... 

the  volcanic  regions  of 

CENTRA.  ...iERICA 


Come  with  us  aboard  the  M/S  Lind- 
blad  Explorer*  on  an  exciting  expe- 
dition to  the  savage,  untamed  lands 
along  the  West  Coast  of  Central 
America  and  Baja.  California.  We  will 
come  face  to  face  with  the  fascinat- 
ing history  of  people  whose  heritage 
and  culture  has  been  shaped  by  vol- 
canic eruptions,  floods  and  earth- 
quakes. We  will  cruise  almost  con- 
stantly within  visual  range  of  volca- 


noes along  Costa  Rica.  Nicaragua 
and  Guatemala.  We  will  go  ashore  to 
examine  some  incredibly  beautiful 
ram  forests  and  see  their  diversified 
bird  and  wild  life.  On  the  deserted 
shores  of  Baja.  California  we  will  ex- 
amine the  rich  marine  life  including 
seals  and  sea  lions  The  M/S  Lind- 
blad  Explorer  will  be  our  beautifully 
appointed  hotel.  Please  write  for 
our  brochure  or  see  your  travel  agent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHLE276 
133  East  55th  Street  New  York  N  Y  10022  (212)  751-2300 

Panamanian  registry 


"A  very  much  needed 
book . . .  perceptive 
and  illuminating." 

—Theodore  H.  Gaster,  Columbia 
University 


Teachings 

From  the 

American 

Earth 

Indian  Religion 
and  Philosophy 


Edited  by  DENNIS  TEDLOCK 
and  BARBARA  TEDLOCK 

"Ttiis  well -conceived  introductory 
anthology  provides  balanced  schol- 
arly insight  into  the  'double  vision' 
of  American  Indian  religion  and 
philosophy.  Both  landmark  studies 
and  recent  reports  are  included,  and 
the  list  of  contributors  reads  like  a 
Who's  Who  of  Indian  documenta- 
tion."—Li'fe/'ary  Journal 

Illustrated  with  photographs 

$9.95  cloth;  $4.95  paper 

At  all  bookstores 

jC^Liveright 

500  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  10036 


WILDERNESS 
ADVENTURES 
1976 

KARAKORUM 
THE  SAHARA 
THE  ARCTIC 
HIMALAYAS 
PATAGONIA 
SIBERIA 
ANDES 
KENYA 


8i 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

invites  you 


to  enjoy  yourself  and  learn  while  you  travel  in  congenial 
company  to  some  seldom-visited  places 
in  a  trip  led  by  the  Museum  Director  and  guided  by  experts 


See  the  splendors  of 
ancient  civilizations 
(Greek,  Roman,  Min- 
oan,  Lydian,  Byzan- 
tine). And  the  natural 
beauty  of  many  land- 
scapes (towering  moun- 
tains, tranquil  lakes, 
sun-dappled  valleys  and 
islands  where  the  past 
still  lives).  Cruise  the 
Dardanelles,  the  Sea  of 
Marmara,  the  Black 
Sea,  the  Aegean. 

Live  aboard  our  own 
ship,  m.t.s.  Orpheus, 
spacious,  well-ap- 
pointed, air-condi- 
tioned. For  your  com- 
fort, we  are  limiting 
participation  to  230 
places,  just  over  half 
the  capacity  of  the  ship. 

Travel  in  the  com- 
pany of  Museum  scien- 
tists and  scholars.  Dr. 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson, 
director  of  The  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History  and  an  astronomer, 
will  tell  you  about  the  starry  skies  of  eastern  Asia. 
Dr.  David  Gordon  Mitten,  James  Loeb  Professor  at 
Harvard,  will  be  our  art  and  archeology  expert. 
Thoroughly  at  home  in  this  part  of  the  world,  he'll 
take  you  through  some  excavations  (Sardis,  for  ex- 
ample) in  which  he  himself  took  part  not  long  ago. 
You  will  see  rare  and  spectacular  birds  in  the  com- 
pany of  Dr.  Francois  Vuilleumier,  the  Museum's  own 
associate  curator  of  ornithology.  Let  a  Byzantine 
scholar,  a  classicist,  and  an  art  historian  deepen  your 
insights  into  the  meaning  and  the  majesty  of  the 
achievements  you  will  witness.  All  six  experts  will  be 
with  you  throughout  the  trip.  Take  part  in  informal 
discussions  that  will  follow  staff  lectures.  And  take 
your  choice  of  activities  when  the  group  splits  up  (as 
it  will,  for  example,  in  Nessebur  in  Bulgaria,  where 


ODESSA  fc.,^^ 

U.S 

S.R. 

ROMANIA 

r 

\, 

CRIMEA 

—r 

s 

■y  '■ 

— \ 

y 

'CK    SEA 

BULGARIA             f 

/ 

t^ 

BOiJPlQf\Sml^ 

/ 

istahbulJ 

^ACANAKKALE 

TURKEY 

^»^ATH 

1       IZMI^**^  SARDIS 
/        KUSADASlJ*^  EPHESUS 
ENS/                            ^1 

PIRAEU^ 

^y                             1  ^  PRIEN 

J 

'LiNDOS 
RHODES 

(^RAKLION 

CRETE 

some  will  choose  to  ex- 
plore the  town  and 
others  will  drive  to  the 
lake  region  for  bird- 
ing). 

Swim  and  sun  in  the 
ship's  pool,  in  the  Bos- 
phorus,  the  Black  Sea, 
the  Aegean.  Stroll  the 
Street  of  the  Knights  in 
the  Old  City  of  Rhodes, 
explore  the  Danube 
Delta  in  small  boats,  see 
the  Blue  Mosque  in  Is- 
tanbul and  the  Levadia 
Palace  at  Yalta.  Go  to 
places  that  most  travel- 
ers  miss:  Lindos, 
Phaestros,  Priene,  Nes- 
sebur. 

W.F.  andR.K.  Swan, 
the  London  travel  spe- 
cialists, will  supervise  all 
details  and  logistics. 
The  trip  leaves  New 
York  on  June  9  via 
TWA  for  Athens, 
where  Orpheus  will  be 
waiting;  returns  to  New  York  from  Athens  on  June 
24.  Prices,  exclusive  of  airfare,  range  from  $1291  to 
$1721  per  person  in  a  double  cabin  (single  prices  on 
request).  All  participants  are  asked  to  contribute  $500 
to  the  Museum. 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 
New  York,  New  York  10024 

Please  send  me  the  complete  itinerary  and  a  reserva- 
tion form  for  the  Black  Sea  Cruise,  June  9-24,  1976. 
(NHF) 

Name    

Address  

City  


State. 


.Zip. 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


A  Steak  in  the  Future? 


Perhaps  not,  if 
ethical  and  economic 
considerations  prevail 


During  the  recent  beef  crisis,  I  at- 
tended a  dinner  party  on  Parle  Avenue 
at  which  the  main  course,  to  the  as- 
tonishment of  even  the  most  reck- 
lessly profligate  of  the  guests,  was  a 
standing  rib  roast.  A  tub  of  golden 
caviar  could  not  have  startled  me 
more,  and  as  I  bit  into  the  tender,  deli- 
cious meat,  I  felt  as  if  this  might  be 
my  last  plateful  of  the  food  I  was 
raised  to  think  was  essential  to  a  nor- 
mal American  life. 

Since  that  day  the  price  of  beef  has 
dropped  a  bit,  and  a  spate  of  other 
;rises  has  taken  the  urgency  out  of  the 


beef  question.  Now  that  everything 
costs  more  than  it  did  a  few  months 
ago,  we  are  not  so  fretful  as  we  were 
about  the  price  of  steak.  And  yet,  the 
serious  questions  about  our  national 
diet  that  were  raised  so  vividly  during 
the  beef  crisis  remain  unresolved. 
Beef  is  still  a  national  addiction.  Per 
capita  consumption  of  beef  in  the 
United  States  is  running  at  well  over 
100  pounds  a  year,  which  is  close  to 
double  the  amount  people  were  eating 
in  1941 ,  the  year  1  was  born.  In  abso- 
lute terms,  Americans  consume  more 
than  20  billion  pounds  of  beef  an- 
nually. 

And  that  is  hay,  not  to  mention  all 
kinds  of  other  expensive  fodder.  Gen- 
erally speaking,  it  takes  eight  pounds 
of  feed  grain  to  produce  one  pound 


of  quality  beef.  This  is  a  lavish  way 
to  feed  ourselves.  Indeed,  it  is  hard 
to  argue  with  the  beef  Jeremiahs  who 
have  been  decrying  the  waste  of  food 
inherent  in  beef  production. 

An  anthropologist  who  studied  the 
American  diet  might  justly  conclude 
that  our  national  beef  fetish  was  a 
subtle  form  of  potlatch — a  conspic- 
uous destruction  of  resources  for  a 
presumably  ritualistic  reason.  Well, 
not  quite.  At  those  thousands  of 
shrines  known  as  hamburger  stands, 
the  faithful  do  actually  eat  the  sacra- 
mental patty. 

This,  to  me,  makes  more  sense 
than  the  pure  worship  of  cow  flesh 
that  is  practiced  in  India.  None  of  the 
approximately  1 80  million  holy  cows 
is  eaten,  slaughtered,  or  exported. 


"IT'S  A  NICE  WAY  TO  GO* 

IF  YCXJ  GOTTA  GO ! "    ^  ;>-^ -,;,  ■ 


HAVAHART  traps  are  humane.  They  catch  all  kinds  of 
unwanted  animals  alive  and  unhurt.  Fully  assembled.  No 
rust  problem— they're  galvanized.  And  there's  a  size  for 
all  needs.  The  open  ends  give  animals  confidence.  Children 
and  pets  can't  be  hurt.  You'll  enjoy  using  a  HAVAHART. 
Send  25c  for  your  Illustrated  trapping  guide  with  full  In- 
formation about  this  great  trap.  Thousands  In  use. 

HAVAHART,  158-F  Wafer  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  guide. 


BAST— Joy  Goddess  &  Home  Protector! 
Solid— y  Vi"  cat  seated  on  agate  base. 
Gift — Display  Piece  or  Fine  Jewelry.  I 
Bronze— $19.50.  Sterling  Sil.  $49.50. 
I4K  Gold— $475.  Chain:  SS  $8.  GF  $10. 
Phone  Orders:  ( 2 1 2 )  477  8733  B A,MC. 
free  Catalogs:  Ancient  Replica  Jewelry.  | 

aladdin  boase,  Ltd. 

N276«770  Madison  Ave.*  N.Y.  10021 


VISIT-    OUR    GAtLFBy  —  S.W.  COB  66lh  ST.       | 


OLDTOUm76 

Old  Town's  1976  catalog  is  off 
the  press!  Send  today  for  your 
free  copy  of  this  action-filled, 
full-color  publication  featuring 
the  world's  finest  canoes, 
kayaks,  and  accessories. 

OLD  TOWN  CANOE  CO. 

20  Lake  Street 

Old  Town,  Maine  04468 


Please  send  free  catalog 


City 


Vstate 


Zip 


out  of  print,scarce,  rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 

rg  Botany,  Zoology, 

[n.&^  Orchidology. 

Ornithology,  Entomology. 

Ichthyology, 

Herpelology.  etc. 

CATALOEUE  AVAILABLE 
19  Oilotd  Plice/Rocknlle  Oirtrc,  New  Vork  IISTD 


132   UNUSUAL  MUSEUMS 
IN  EUROPE 

at   Most   Travelers    Don't    Know   Abou 


$2.50  each  or  5  for  SIO.OO 

PASSPORT  PUBLICATIONS 

20    N.    Wacker    Dr..    Chicago.    IL    eOfinr, 


This  great  horde  of  bovines  is,  in  fact, 
the  largest  national  herd  in  the  world. 
India  supports  one  entire  beast  for 
every  three  Indians.  Some  of  the  In- 
dian cattle  are  milked  but  in  amounts 
too  small  to  show  up  on  statistical 
tables.  Also,  cattle  dung  is  an  impor- 
tant source  of  fuel,  which  unfortu- 
nately means  that  it  does  not  get 
plowed  into  the  depleted  Indian  soil, 
whose  grass  cover  has  been  cropped 
bare  by  ravenous  cows.  When  Indian 
cows  grow  old,  they  can  spend  their 
declining  years  in  state-operated  bo- 
vine rest  homes. 

Since  the  lion's  share  of  global 
malnutrition  is  Indian,  it  is  tempting 
to  wring  one's  hands  in  disgust  at  the 
pathetic  paradox  of  the  holy  cow,  and 
it  is  also  tempting  to  write  off  Indians 
as  kamikazes  of  the  flesh  who  do  not 
merit  world  aid  for  their  self-inflicted 
wounds.  But  we  in  the  West  can,  on 
close  inspection,  look  as  repellent 
and  irrational  in  our  sadism  against 
bovines,  as  Indians  do  in  their  maso- 
chism. 

Sadism?  Yes,  for  here  are  just  a 
few  things  we  do  to  fellow  mammals 
fully  capable  of  feeling  pain  and  fear. 
We  chain  them  up  in  barns  for  months 
and  years;  we  poleax  them;  we  brand 
them;  we  spirit  their  young  away  for 
veal;  we  pack  them  into  feedlots  to 
fatten  them  for  market  and  there  let 
them  end  their  days  waddling  about 
on  hills  of  their  own  manure.  By  the 
end  of  this  process,  even  an  amateur 
can  identify  a  prime-grade  steer:  it  is 
so  fat  that  it  cannot  walk  normally. 


Instances  such  as  these  have  led 
Peter  Singer,  an  Oxford  philosopher 
from  Melbourne,  to  call,  in  rigorous 
philosophical  terms,  for  the  end  of 
"tyranny  of  human  over  non-human 
animals."  In  Animal  Liberation:  A 
New  Ethic  for  Our  Treatment  of  Ani- 
mals, Singer  argues  that  meat  produc- 
tion is  as  indefensible  as  racism  and 
sexism.  He  means  that  the  same  rea- 
sons that  have  led  us  to  give  equal 
consideration  to  members  of  different 
races  and  of  the  opposite  sex  must 
logically  be  applied  to  members  of 
other  species  as  well. 

This  is  not  the  place  to  expound 
Singer's  argument  in  full  detail.  His 
book  is,  however,  a  powerful  tract, 
rationally  set  forth,  against  the  horri- 
ble results  of  our  too  great  solidarity 
as  a  species.  Singer,  although  himself 
a  vegetarian,  is  no  fanatic.  "It  is 
probably  true,"  he  writes, 

that  comparisons  of  suffering  be- 
tween members  of  different  species 
cannot  be  made  precisely,  but  pre- 
cision is  not  essential.  Even  if  we 
were  to  prevent  the  infliction  of 
suffering  on  animals  only  when  it 
is  quite  certain  that  the  interests  of 
humans  will  not  be  affected  to  any- 
thing like  the  extent  that  animals 
are  affected,  we  would  be  forced  to 
make  radical  changes  in  our  treat- 
ment of  animals  that  would  involve 
our  diet,  the  farming  methods  we 
use,  the  experimental  procedures 
in  many  fields  of  science,  our  ap- 
proach to  wildlife  and  to  hunting, 


Bettmann  Archive.  Inc. 


84 


Arctic  Adventure 

A  fantastic 
wildlife  experience 

stroll  amongst  white-coated  seals 
on  the  ice  pack  in  Canada's  Gulf  of 
St.  Lawrence. 

Take  photographs,  see  the  incred- 
ibly beautiful  ice  formations;  see  the 
newborn  baby  harp  seals. 
We'll  be  leaving  in  March,  1976  by 
helicopter  to  the  ice  pack.  Debarka- 
tion point  is  the  Magdalen  Islands. 
For  further  information  and  full  de- 
tails, write  us. 

ROBERT  6AUDET  TOURS 

P.O.  BOX  1011  FREDERICTON,  CANADA 


MERCURY  BAROMETER 

An  Uncommon  Item  Rarely  Found  Today 

Made  in  England  -  an  aulhenlic  reproduclton  o'  an  English 
slick  baromeier  Cifca  1790  Buill  like  the  original  ol  solid 
mahogany,  silvered  brass  registef  plates  wilh  scroll  leilenng, 
limal  and  fittings  of  solid  brass  38"  long  Shipped  anywhere  in 
IheUS  via  United  Parcel  Service 

Brochure  and  mail  order  prices  on  request. 
British  American  Historical  Arts,  Ltd.,  Dept.  N402 
1 0884  Santa  Monica  Blvd.,  Us  Angeles,  CA  90025 


Wooden  Ducks 

Beautifully  designed,  and  carved  on  old- 
fashioned  spindle  carver  flakes  unique  accent 
piece  as  is,  or  sand  and  stain,  or  paint  Glass  eyes 
and  painting  guide  for  drake  and  hen  included 
with  each  bird  (glass  eyes  only  with  sleeper). 

Mallard.  Bluebill,  Pintail  (Cedar):  SIO  95  each. 
S19  95/pair  (Walnut,  Butternut.  Cherry):  $21  95 
each,  S39  95/pair  Sleeping  Black  Duck  (Cedar): 
S1295  each,  S2395/pair  (Walnut,  Butternut, 
Cherry):  $22,95  each,  $41  95/pair 

Add  $1  00  per  bird  for  handling  and  postage, 
Minnesota  residents  add  4%  sales  tax. 

Money  back  guarantee  if  not  completely  satis- 
fied. Send  check  or  money  order  to: 

The  Wooden  Bird  Factory 

Box  336    St,  Bonifacius,  Minn,  55375 
\  Dept   NH-2  / 


trapping  and  the  wearing  of  furs, 
and  areas  of  cnlertainment  like  cir- 
cuses, rodeos  and  zoos.  As  a  re- 
sult, a  vast  amount  of  suffering 
would  be  avoided. 

Even  without  endorsing  this  posi- 
tion, we  acknowledge  the  violence  of 
the  carnivorous  life  by  our  very 
speech.  The  English  language  dis- 
joins the  meat  we  eat  from  the  animal 
that  produced  it.  Steers  (and  some- 
times cows)  give  us  beef.  Calves 
grow  veal.  Pigs  turn  into  pork. 
Lamb — the  exception  that  proves  the 
rule — stays  lamb,  but  sheep  becomes 
mutton  at  the  butchers  and  hunters 
kill  deer  but  consume  venison.  Even 
goat  is  renamed  chevon  when  we 
serve  it. 

This  linguistic  ruse,  which  gives 
the  living  animal  his  Anglo-Saxon 
name  on  the  hoof  but  labels  him  with 
a  more  remote,  meat-specific  name 
derived  from  French  when  he  is  dead 
and  sold  as  food,  allows  us  to  disre- 
gard the  cruelty  inflicted  by  our  meat 
hunger.  Perhaps  this  is  a  sign  of  civi- 
lization. If  so,  it  is  a  civilization  still 
red  in  tooth  and  claw  but  careful  to 
wash  up  after  the  hurly-burly's  done. 

The  modern  human  carnivore  is 
also  a  far  more  effective  predator 
against  other  species  than  was  his 
naked,  matted,  club-wielding  fore- 
bear. Today,  we  have  industrialized 
livestock  production  and  slaughter. 
And  through  artificial  insemination 
we  have  brought  a  brave,  new,  and 
involuntary  world  of  eugenics  to  the 
barn.  After  centuries  of  selective 
breeding,  the  milch  cow  is  now  little 
more  than  a  machine  for  transforming 
hay  into  milk.  The  beef  animal  spe- 
cializes in  muscle  development.  The 
lacteally  prodigious  Holstein  and  the 
thewy  Hereford  are,  in  a  sense, 
human  inventions,  virtually  tech- 
nological variations  on  the  same  basic 
system.  The  same  engine  runs  them 
both.  It  has  four  stomachs  and  chews 
its  cud. 

Rumination,  as  the  bovine  energy 
process  is  known,  is  a  creative 
method  of  vomiting.  It  allows  cattle 
and  other  true  ruminants  (deer,  oxen, 
sheep,  goats,  and  giraffes)  to  graze  in 
haste  and  chew  at  leisure.  The  animal 
swallows  his  food  whole  (unchewed) 
and  takes  it  into  the  largest  of  four 
stomach  chambers:  the  paunch,  or 
rumen.  Later,  the  food  is  regurgitated 
into  the  mouth,  where  it  is  chewed 
and  mixed  with  saliva.  Reswallowed, 
the  cud  descends  to  the  second  stom- 
ach, or  reticulum,  so  called  because 


Magnificent 
Himalaya 


^— 1a  ,]|^^ 

t 

^^^^^KmRi». 

\ 

^ 

LC»«n;,_ 

fc 

:lJj.     tifcH  ' 

* 

Exotic  Journeys 

Ladakh     Bhutan 

Uzbekistan 

Bamiyan  Valley 

Hunza     Chitral     Gilgit 

Kathmandu 
Pokhara  Valley     Sikkim 


Yemen 

Easter  expedition  to  forbidden 
mountain  kingdom  of  the  Red  Sea 

Selective  trekking  excursions 

Scheduled  group  departures  and 

individual  travel 

We  welcome  your  enquiries 


Explorer  Tours     (514)  861-6763 
Office  of  Academic  Liaison 


fPU 


Please  forward  information 
regarding 


rs 


Name 


Address 


zip  code 


Explorerlbars 

640  CATHCART,  SUITE  307, 
SECTION  NH2,  MONTREAL 
CANADA.  H3B  1M3. 


-TF(E  TV[AI?gET_ 


Art 


ONE-OF-A-KIND  NATURE  TIN  TYPES  on  Sand- 
stone. Approximately  7"x9"  ready  to  tiang.  Black 
and  light  stone  color  Great  Grey  Owl  Runnino 
Mustangs,  Quail,  Stilts,  Woodpecker  Cat  Face 
Lion  or  American  Bald  Eagle  $14  95  ppd.  (Add 
$2  for  table  easel.)  Satisfaction  Guaranteed  Cat- 
alogue available  without  purchase;  25e  )  Cottaoe 
Crafts,  Weston,  VT  05161. 

EBONY  FIGURINES  by  Akamba  Tribe  of  Kenya 
Hand-carved,  14-16  inches  tall.  $10  each'  $15 
pair  Art,  Box  89,  Mobile,  AL  36601 


276,  770  Madison  Avenue,  NY  10021  (212)  472 
8733.  Visit  our  Gallery:  SW  Corner  of  66th  St^5th 

CLEAR  LUCITE  BLOCKS:  WE  EMBED  COINS 
medals,  insects,  mementos  of  all  kinds  One  piece 
or  quantity  For  prices,  information:  Quality  Em- 
5?9ol?'=?.°='  2°  ^^^'  22  Street,  NYC   10010 


PoTmE  mS16''°'°^^"P"'  Workshops,    Rock- 

travel 


Gourmet  Interests 


Back  Numbers 

NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976  any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants.  Buxbaum  Geographies 
Box  465-NH,  Wilmington,  DE  19899     ^"^"'^'""''^' 


Bird  Watchers 


FINEST  WILD  BIRD  HOMES  AND  FEEDERS  Free 
hterat^ure.  Dial-A-Bird.  Box  449Y.  Westwood,  NJ 

Books  ~ 


RUDOLF  STEINER'S  BOOKS.  Free  catalog.  Wnte 
Anthroposophic  Press,  258  Hungry  Hollow  Road 
Spring  Valley.  NY  10977 


NAUTICAL  BOOKS  Non-fiction,  Yachts  Wind- 
jammers, Naval  etc  Many  scarce.  Catalog  25ffi 
Jack  Clinton  s,  Hope  Valley,  Rl  02832 
PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  90  DAYS  Wanted  book 
manuscripts  on  all  subjects.  Expert  editing  de- 
sign, manufacture  and  marketing— all  under'  one 
roof.  Completed  books  in  90  days.  Low  break- 
even. Two  FREE  books  and  literature  give  details 
costs,  success  stories  Wnte  or  phone  Deot  779' 
Exposition  Press,  Inc.,  900  So.  Oyster  Bay  Rd  ' 
Hicksville,  NY  11801.  (516)822-5700:  (212)  895- 

TRADE  &  SCHOLARLY  SALE  BOOKS.  Write  fo7 
n-ee,  annotated  Winter  Catalog  to:  Kramerbooks 

nr'pmnf  Alf'^Kru""?^  Street  NW:  Washington 
DC  20001:  Attn:  NH.  Good  Books,  Cheap. 

READ  "ZOO  REVIEW"  with  news  about  wildlife 
conservation,  zoos,  and  whafs  written  about  them' 
FL^3022°''^  ^°°''^'  ^™  ^'  H°'lywo°d 


Business  Opportunities 

$800.00  MONTHLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes 
38381/  Sfn^n  ^^^5  ='3"iPed  envelope.  Unted; 
38381/2  Van  Dyke,  San  Diego,  CA  92105 

r/ 1  nH^K?^^  AT  HUME  EASILY.  Exciting  detaili 
ca^o,  IL  6065T'  ^'^^    ^"'  '^''  P^'^-°"'  ^N- 


roitn»^^S"^°'^ '^'ST^^TORS.  Currei^n^^^ 
^Sn°Pp"'"9^  "^' '"  "  S..  $5,95:  abroad.  $5.95 
^f  ding  placement  sources,  U.S..  $3.95:  foreign.' 
$4.95.  EISF,  Box  662,  Newrton.  MA  02162 


$3TO:oo  weekly  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes 

383V4Th^I  °1^"^'  'I^'^P^^  envllope  SCO 
3835  42nd.  San  Diego.  CA  92105 

Camps 

ADVENTURES  IN  OCEANOGRAPHY'  Wilderness 
lL'',S^^r °^^  ^f'^P^  °"  beautiful  Mount  Desert  Is- 
odv  '  Whi?P '>°»r"  '^'''"9  navigation:  marine  biol- 
ogy. White  water  canoeing:  mountain  climbino 
Swimming  sailing,  tennis.  Beech  Cliff  Advemu  el" 
Box  536,  Concord.  MA  01742.  (617)  369-4095 
D-ARROW-WILDERNESS  TRIP  Camp  S^^i^^ 
groups  for  boys  and  girls.  Full  or  half  season  20  h 

lcn\nn.T°n  'T  '",  '^'""^  ^"'^  Q^^P^C.  Survival 
ecoogy,  Quaker  leadership.  ACA  accredited 
Post  season  coed  biology  George  N.  Darrow  780 
Milbrook  Lane,  Haverford,  PA  19041         °^'  "*" 

Gtfts 


TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas 

Nvr'^^inm^"'?"'''^?'  °!P'  ^^^26,  799  Broadway! 
NYC,  10003.  Free  brochure. 

Instruction 

INSTANT  MEMORY  .  New  way  to  remember 
No  r^emonzafion  Release  "photographic"  mem- 
aX,=„  ''H°iS''""9'  ^'^"^  information  Institute  of 
sTsTaIo2T''    "°^  ^°^^""'    "^""^    ^^"- 

Magazine  Subscriptions 

FREE  LIST.  Magazine  Subscriptions  at  Lowest 
SnP^'^T,^"^'^'''  Anywhere.  Magazine  House,  Box 
390L,  Millwood,  NY  10546 

Minerals  &  Precious  Stones 

ROCKS  IN  YOUR  HEAD?  You'll  love  us.  Write  for 
details.  Mineral  of  The  Month  Club,  Box  487-HN 
Yucaipa,  CA  92399  ' 


Motion  Pictures 


16MMS0UNDFEATURES,  shorts,  new  used  for 
If  N,  ^';,'^1'^'°9-  National  Cinema,  333  W  57th 
St.,  New  York,  NY  10019 


Music  Instruction 


ko^'^H  ™  ^}^^  ™^  RECORDER.  Free  Catalog 
Recorders,  Recorder  Music  Beginner's  wooden 
recorder,  instruction  book,  $13^95.  Amster  Re 
corder  Company,  1624  Lavaca,  Austin,  TX  78701 

Photography  ~~  " 

BASIC  AND  ADVANCED  WORKSHOPS  with  mas- 
ter  photographers.  For  scientists,  professionals 
and  amateurs.   One-week  to   three-month   pro- 


P^Z^^^i^^.r^""''"^  v^ildflower-birding  tours 
r,  °NT'[?Pc,'?y„''''"'^  Bear  Mountain  Ranch  Silver 
City,  NM  68061.  (505)  538-2538 

V^TpOFilT^OTLAND  Wild  deer,  seals,  loons 
fnrh  nin"''*"^H°'I'f  creatures,  amid  mountain 
Sed^t^rnl^h""   ^''-inclusive  vacations.  For  illus- 

an  WiHW=  "q^  '''"''  ""T""  P°='^^^d^  Caledon- 
ian Wildlife  Services,  Kingsmills  Gardens  In- 
verness  1V2  3LU.  Scotland  ^-^raens,    In 

CIRCLE  Z  RANCHi  Horseback  riding,  fantastic 
birding  tennis,  heated  pool,  historic  unspoNed 
area.  November  through  May.  Limit  40  gSes?s 
Brochure:  Box  194  Patagonia,  AZ  85624 

OAK  CREEK  CANYON:  Peaceful  housekeeping 
reso  t  on  creek.  Birds,  pines,  individual  houses 
^replaces.  All  year  Brochure:  Forest  Houses,  Oak 
Creek  Star  Route.  Flagstaff,  AZ  86001 
MAYA-AZTEC-INCA  EXPEDITIONS  Explore 
temples,  pyramids,  coral  reefs,  jungle  with  an- 
firopologist/ecologist.  Small  gr'oups,  monthly 
^^1  M  ^Po^,'^'^''"  °P'i°n  Wnte  Forum  Interna- 
tional N,  2437  Durant.  Berkeley,  CA  94704 

NATl^foURjemphasrzing  birds,  wildflowers, 
mammals.   Fourteen  tours  in   1976  in   America 

Bn^F.Q^^"i\'^'''%^^'^-  ^'''^  W°^l'^  Nature  Tours,' 
box  693a,  Sliver  Spring,  MD  20901 

"POLYNESIA'S  PEOPLE":  Extraordinary  anthro- 
pological  tour  visits  traditional  Polynesians  at 
home.  Luxury  hotels,  fine  food,  expert  guide  See 
travel  agent  or  write  Richard  Goodman's  Good- 
I  ravel  Tours,  Box  2866,  Oakland.  CA  94618 
INTERNATIONAL  ZOOLOGICAL  EXPEDITIONS" 
invites  you  to  explore  tropical  rain  forests  Mayan 
rums,  caves.  Indians,  coral  reefs  and  the  flora  and 
l^iVh ^  °  S^K-'f'  America.  Travel  in  small  groups 
rl  Tr^T  '^'°l°9ists  on  a  free-roving  expedi- 
ion--NOT  a  programed  tour— Call  or  write  IZE 
Washington  SL,  Sherbom,  MA  01770   (617)  655- 


ANTHROPOLOGY,    NATURAL     HISTORY     AND 


^°?°J^^"  OLD  JEWELRY.  Replicas  from  Egypt 
Persia,  Orient,  etc.  Pendants,  Rings  Charrfs  in 
Bronze,  Steriing  Silver,  14K  &  18K  Gold  Free 
Catalogi  Write:  Aladdin  House,  Ltd     Dept    HC 


|i*TURE  photography  expeditions  to  unique  envi- 
jnments  of  the  world  including  Afghanistan 
laska,  East  Africa,  Galapagos,  Hawaii,  fvtezico 
cotland.  and  South  America  For  1976/77  catalog 
Tite:  Nature  Expeditions  International,  Dept  NC, 
uite  F,  4546  El  Camino  Real,  Los  Altop,  CA  94022 
ONDON,  ENGLAND  -An  unique,  luxury  "pen- 
on";  central,  private  and  informal.  For  those  who 
reler  not  to  pay  "Grand  Hotel"  prices  NUIvlBER 
IX  fEEN  Sumner  Place,  London  SW7 

)AHO  WILDERNESS,  Small  family  ranch  on 
;enic  Selway  River,  Remote  roadless  area 
Ccess  fifteen  miles  by  trail.  Guests  welcome  June 
irough  September,   Write  Selway   Lodge,   Box 

100-H,  Hamilton,  MT  59840 

OUTHWEST  SAFARIS;  Air  tours  of  New  lylexico, 
olorado,  Utah  and  Arizona,  Camping,  hiking, 
ding,  rafting.  Geology,  archaeology,  ecology, 
istory  Brochure:  P,0,  Box  945,  Santa  Fe,  NIVI 
7501 


lATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 

1,50  per  word;  16  word  ($24)  minimum.  Display 
lassified  is  $150  per  inch.  Rates  are  not  structured 
3r  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing.  All 
dvertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
ORY's  discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid.  Send 
heck/money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
ORY  for  each  insertion,  including  your  personal 
ddress  and  telephone.  IVIention  issue  preferred, 
uggested  heading,  and  text.  Deadlines— 8th  of 
lonth,  two  months  prior  to  cover  date.  Thus,  a 
anuary  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
opy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
ubiication. 

lox  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ted  words  count  as  two  words;  abbreviations  and 
ip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
1  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip,  then  telephone 
with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  "18 
lain  St,"  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
light  editing  for  clarity  is  required.  We  trust  you  trust 
IS.  Thank  you! 


the  mucous  membranes  form  a  net- 
work, or  honeycomb.  This  lining  is 
the  honeycomb  tripe  so  highly  prized 
in  tripes  a  la  mode  de  Caen  (see  recipe 
belowj  and  other  tripe  recipes. 

Digestion  continues  in  the  third 
stomach,  variously  called  the  oma- 
sum, the  psallerium,  or  the  many- 
plies.  Its  leaflike  folds  have  reminded 
certain  observers  of  the  pages  of  a 
psalter  or  of  a  manifold  (manyplies). 
Finally,  the  cud  progresses  to  a  rennet 
bath  in  the  last  stomach,  the  aboma- 
sum,  whence  it  makes  its  final  diges- 
tive sortie  through  the  intestine. 

Viewed  from  without,  rumination 
looks  pleasantly  sedentary  and  con- 
templative. When  we  say  a  person  is 
ruminative,  we  mean  to  praise  him 
for  his  thoughtful  mien.  And  in  most 
poetic  references,  cud-chewing  cattle 
are  metaphors  of  placidity  and  con- 
tentedness.  But  this  iseuphemism.  In 
our  hearts,  we  disdain  slow-witted, 
cud-chewing  cows.  When  the  Lord 
wished  to  humiliate  Nebuchadnez- 
zar, he  saw  that  the  once-mighty  mas- 
ter of  Babylon  "was  driven  from 
men,  and  did  eat  grass  like  oxen,  and 
his  body  was  wet  with  the  dew  of 
heaven,  till  his  hairs  were  grown  like 
eagles'  feathers,  and  his  nails  like 
birds'  claws  [Dan.  4:33]." 

Am  I  trying  to  persuade  you  to  take 


up  the  cudgels  for  bovine  equality 
with  Peter  Singer?  Has  he,  as  it  were, 
cowed  me  into  vegetarianism?  Not 
quite.  For  one  thing,  I  can  see  nocthi- 
cal  objection  to  eating  animals  that 
have  died  natural  or  accidental  deaths 
(for  example,  road-killed  deer),  even 
by  Singer's  standards.  Generally, 
moreover,  1  object  to  vegetarianism 
on  esthetic  grounds.  Meat,  I  think 
you  will  agree  with  me,  has  a  nice 
taste.  No  doubt,  I  could  learn  to  make 
do  with  alternate  protein  sources.  In- 
deed, 1  do  not  eat  meal  every  day.  But 
I  cannot  deny  that  I  enjoy  it  when  1 
do  bite  into  a  rare  steak.  And  I  doubt 
that  I  will  make  a  dent  in  the  world- 
wide trend  toward  ever  higher  meat 
consumption  if  I  embark  on  a  pro- 
gram of  acorn  eating  (officially,  bal- 
anophagy)  or  some  other  nonmeat 
diet.  Probably,  excess  population  and 
food  scarcity  will  cut  this  Gordian 
knot  for  us.  By  the  turn  of  the  cen- 
tury, beef  cattle  may  have  vanished 
like  the  dodo.  In  the  meantime,  I 
prefer  to  stifle  my  guilt,  eat  a  corned 
beef  sandwich  now  and  then,  and  do 
my  evangelical  best  to  prevent  my 
own  species  from  exterminating  itself 
through  war. 

Raymond  Sokolov  is  a  free-lance 
food  writer  and  novelist. 


Tripes  a  la  Mode  de  Caen 


2  pounds  honeycomb  tripe 

3  carrots,  peeled  and  cut  in  rounds 
Vi  pound  salt  pork,  sliced 

1  sprig  parsley 

1  bay  leaf 

V4  teaspoon  thyme 

6  garlic  cloves,  peeled 

3  cloves 

1  cup  chicken  stock 

1  cup  dry  white  wine 

Salt 

Pepper 

1.  If  you  are  using  frozen,  ready-to- 
cook  tripe,  simply  defrost  and 
rinse.  Fresh  tripe  should  be 
soaked  for  several  hours. 

2.  Preheat  oven  to  250  degrees. 

3.  Cut  the  tripe  into  two-inch 
squares. 

4.  In  a  heavy  casserole,  place  one- 
third  of  the  tripe  in  an  even  layer 
on  the  bottom.  Cover  with  layers 
of  half  the  carrots  and  salt  pork. 
Cover  that  with  the  parsley,  bay 
leaf,  thyme,  3  garlic  cloves,  2 
cloves. 

5.  Add  another  layer  of  tripe  (one- 


third  the  original  amount).  Top  it 
with  layers  of  the  remaining  car- 
rots and  salt  pork.  Add  remaining 
garlic  and  cloves.  Add  a  final  layer 
of  tripe.  Pour  in  chicken  stock  and 
white  wine.  Add  more  stock  to 
bring  liquid  level  up  to  the  top  of 
the  tripe  if  necessary.  Season 
lightly  with  salt  and  pepper. 

6.  Cover  the  pot  with  a  double 
thickness  of  aluminum  foil.  Press 
the  lid  on  to  make  a  hermetic  seal. 
Bring  to  a  boil  on  stove;  then  place 
in  oven  and  cook  for  12  hours. 

7 .  Remove  casserole  from  oven .  Ad- 
just seasoning  of  broth.  Spoon 
away  excess  fat  and  serve.  Or  for 
a  more  elegant  effect,  separate  out 
the  tripe  squares  and  discard  all 
other  solid  ingredients.  Let  the 
sauce  cool  in  the  refrigerator  so 
that  you  can  completely  defatten 
it  after  the  fat  rises  to  the  surface 
and  solidifies.  Then,  put  the  tripe 
back  into  the  sauce,  heat  to  a  sim- 
mer, and  serve  on  hot  plates. 

Yield:  Four  servings. 


87 


Celestial  Events 


by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  During  the  last  half  of  February  and  in  early  March, 
the  sun  is  moving  northeastward  through  the  constellation  Aquarius. 
About  March  12,  when  it  is  within  three  degrees  of  the  equator,  the 
sun  moves  into  Pisces,  where  it  will  arrive  at  the  vernal  equinox  later 
in  the  month.  In  this  part  of  the  sun's  annual  journey,  the  duration  of 
daylight  increases  by  more  than  five  minutes  each  day. 

In  February  and  March,  new  moon  occurs  at  the  beginning  and  end 
of  the  month,  and  the  moon  reaches  its  full  phase  near  mid-month.  About 
midway  in  the  first  week  of  both  months,  you  can  expect  to  see  the  early 
crescent  show  up  in  the  evening.  Each  night  thereafter,  it  will  wax,  stay 
longer,  and  set  later,  until — when  it  is  full — it  remains  in  the  sky  from 
sundown  to  sunup.  After  that,  it  wanes,  rises  later  in  the  night,  and 
remains  past  sunrise  to  become  part  of  the  daytime  sky,  until  it  disap- 
pears as  a  late  crescent  a  few  days  before  the  next  new  moon.  First-quar- 
ter moon  is  on  the  8th  of  both  months,  full  moon  on  the  15th.  Last-quar- 
ter is  on  February  22,  new  moon  on  the  29th. 

Stars  and  Planets  Three  planets — Jupiter,  Mars,  and  Saturn — appear 
in  the  evening  sky  of  February  and  early  March.  (All  of  them  are  shown 
on  the  monthly  Star  Map.)  Brightest  of  the  three  is  Jupiter,  easily  picked 
out  among  the  dim  stars  of  Pisces. 

Mars  becomes  visible  high  in  the  south,  just  above  the  stars  of  Orion. 
No  longer  the  brilliant  object  it  was  in  December  and  early  January, 
it  is  still  very  similar  in  appearance  to  two  bright  and  nearby  reddish 
stars,  Betelguese  (in  Orion)  and  Aldebaran  (in  Taurus).  Forming  a  nearly 
perfect  isosceles  triangle  with  them.  Mars  is  the  highest  of  the  three. 
Saturn  is  still  in  Gemini,  close  to,  and  in  line  with,  the  bright  twin  stars 
Pollux  and  Castor.  Mars  sets  at  about  midnight,  Saturn  a  few  hours 
before  dawn. 

Venus,  still  a  bright  star  in  the  morning  sky,  is  rather  low  in  the 
southeast  and  not  nearly  as  bright  or  prominent  as  it  was  earlier  in  the 
winter.  By  mid-March  it  will  be  very  difficult  to  see. 

February  16:  Mercury  is  at  its  greatest  distance  to  the  right  of  the 
sun  (westerly  elongation),  a  position  that  ordinarily  places  it  favorably 
as  a  morning  star.  But  this  is  not  a  good  cycle  for  the  planet;  it  does 
not  rise  high  enough  to  be  seen  before  sunrise. 

February  17:  The  moon  is  at  perigee,  nearest  earth. 

February  18-19:  On  both  nights,  the  moon  rises  late,  several  hours 
after  dark,  and  near  the  bright  star  Spica,  in  Virgo.  Spica  is  east  (left) 
of  the  moon  on  the  night  of  the  18th,  to  the  west  (right)  on  the  19th. 

February  27:  You  should  be  able  to  see  Venus  near  the  late  crescent 
moon  shortly  after  dawn  this  morning. 

March  3:  The  moon  is  at  apogee,  farthest  from  earth. 

March  4:  The  bright  object  near  the  crescent  moon  this  evening  is 
Jupiter. 

March  9:  The  moon,  one  day  past  first-quarter,  is  moving  slowly  to 
the  left  beneath  Mars. 

March  11:  The  moon  appears  below  Saturn  this  evening.  At  about 
11:00  P.M.,  EST,  you  will  see  the  moon,  Saturn,  Pollux,  and  Castor, 
in  that  order,  almost  exactly  in  line,  one  above  the  other. 

March  15:  The  moon  is  full  at  about  10:00  p.m.,  EST,  and  arrives 
at  perigee  about  2 :  00  p .  m  . ,  EST ,  tomorrow .  The  effect  of  perigee ,  added 
to  the  spring  tide,  will  result  in  extreme  tides  on  the  16th. 

*Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  10:15  p.m.  on  February  15;  9:20  p.m.  on  February  29;  and 
8:25  P.M.  on  March  15;  but  it  can  also  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after 
those  times. 


A  Portfolio  of  Indian  Portraits 
by  Edward  S.  Curtis 


In  1898  Edward  S.  Curtis  undertook  the  largest  photographic 
work  ever  accomplished  by  a  single  artist,  The  North  Ameri- 
can Indian. 

Now  you  too  can  share  in  this  treasure:  we  offer  you  a 
portfolio  of  six  superbly  faithful  reproductions,  produced  di- 
rectly from  the  original  Curtis  photogravures.  All  are  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest  Coast  tribes;  none  duplicate  those  in  the 
1976  Natural  History  Calendar.  They  measure  18"  x  14",  with 
borders;  are  printed  on  high  quality  stock  and  come  en- 
closed in  a  protective  portfolio,  awaiting  framing. 

Just  $15,  plus  $1.25  for  postage  and  handling.  Order 
now,  in  time  tor  the  gift-giving  season. 


NATURAL  HISTORY  PRINTS,  Dept.   P310 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


I  want  to  order, 
of  $ 


.portfolios  at  $16.25  eacfi,  for  a  total 


I    I  My  cfieck/money  order,  payable  to  Natural  History,   is  en- 
closed. 
I    I  I  prefer  to  charge  to  American  Express. 


Signature 


D 


My  name  {please  print!) 


Address 


City 


Zip 


BECAUSE  IT'S  WRITTEN  TO 
BE  UNDERSTOOD  . 

The  First  Year 
Is  a  Solid  Success! 

Don't  Miss  the  Second 


TheBIBIJCAI. 


Essential  to  everyone  interested  in 
Biblical  Archaeology,  The  People  and 
The  Land.  New  discoveries,  new  inter- 
pretations, new  methods,  new  books 
and  ideas,  archaeological  personalities, 
critical  analyses.  Lavishly  Illustrated. 

Editorial  Advisory  Board  includes  Hershel  Shanks.  Professor 
Samuel  Sandmel,  Professor  James  F  Ross,  Professor  David 
Ussishkin,  Norma  Kershaw,  lerry  Landay.  Or  A.  Mazar.  Professor 
George  W  Buchanan.  Professor  H.T  Frank,  Professor  Jonas 
Greenfield 


j    Encloseij  is  my  ctieck  for  $8.50  for  a  l-year's  sub 
I    scripfion  to  The  Biblical  Arctiaeology  Review. 


The  Biblical  Archaeology  Review 

1819  H  Street,  N.W.  1 

V^ashington,  D.C.  20006  ™3  j 


NATUR4L  HISTORY 
FILE 

only 

$^95 

each 


Holds  a  year's  subscription  - 
keeps  all  copies  neat,  clean 
and  in  one  place. 

A  deluxe  Royal  Blue  magazine  case 
with  "Natural  History"  gold  stamped 
on  the  face.  Has  the  expensive  good 
looks  of  a  leather-bound  book. 
Organizes  your  valuable  collection  by 
year  of  issue.  Reduces  clutter  in  your 
home  or  office,  keeps  copies  handy 
for  easy  reference.  Sturdy  book- 
binder's board  protects  copies  against 
soil  and  damage  for  as  long  as  you 
want  to  keep  them.  Gold  leaf 
furnished  free  for  dating,  etc.  Send 
check  or  money  order.  Money  re- 
funded if  not  satisfied. 
Natural  History  File  ...  .  $4.95  ea.; 
3  for  $11 .95  postpaid 
We  have  custom  designed  files  for  over  8,000 
magazines.  Order  by  title,  $4.95  ea.  ppd. 

SHANNON  CORPORATION       Dept.  26N 
734  N.  Decatur  Ave.,  Minneapolis,  MN. 55427 


Books  in  Review 


An 

Illustrator's 

Portfolio 

by  Murray  Tinkelman 


The  Fantastic  Creatures  of  Ed- 
ward Julius  Detiwold.  Text  by 
Keith  Nicholson.  A  Peacock 
Press/Bantam  Book,  $6.95;  96pp., 
illus. 

This  is  mainly  a  picture  book — a 
collection  of  the  work  of  Edward 
Julius  Detmold  who,  with  the  collab- 
oration of  his  twin  brother,  Charles 
Maurice,  produced  drawings  that  are 
outstanding  for  their  imaginative 
treatment  of  the  natural  world.  The 
brothers,  born  in  London  in  1883, 
were  educated  by  an  uncle  whose  in- 
terest in  natural  history  served  as  en- 
couragement for  them  to  study  and 
draw  the  animals  they  saw  in  the  sur- 
rounding zoos  and  natural  history 
museums. 

The  book  is  divided  into  roughly 
four  sections,  the  first  showing  ex- 
amples of  the  1903  illustrations  for 
Kipling's  Jungle  Book  by  both  Ed- 
ward and  his  brother.  Interestingly 
enough  the  best  piece  in  this  section, 
the  python  in  plate  5,  is  by  Charles 
Maurice.  The  Fables  of  Aesop 
(1909),  done  after  the  death  of 
Charles  Maurice,  is  a  series  of  deli- 
cate allegorical  illustrations,  strongly 
influenced  by  the  Japanese  prints  that 
were  becoming  popular  at  that  time. 

But  it  is  in  the  series  of  paintings 
for  Fabre's  Book  of  Insects  (1921), 
where  his  intent  is  perhaps  more  hum- 
ble, that  Edward  Detmold  produced 
his  finest  work.  By  using  almost  cine- 
matic   techniques — extreme    close- 


Murray  Tinkelman,  an  illustrator,  is 
associate  chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Illustration  at  Parsons  School 
of  Design,  New  York. 


90 


Princess  Mary's  Gift  Book  (1914) 


91 


Kipling's  Jungle  Book  (1903) 


ups,  worm's-eye  views,  and  unusual 
composition — he  achieves  a  lyrical 
surrealistic  effect.  Although  the 
Diirer  influence  is  undeniable,  these 
are  the  most  intensely  personal  paint- 
ings in  the  book — elegantly  com- 
posed, lovingly  rendered,  and  keenly 
observed.  Like  the  paintings  of  John 
James  Audubon,  they  are  the  work  of 


an  artist,  naturalist,  and  reporter.  The 
book  ends  with  six  fine  plates  from 
The  Arabian  Nights.  Lavishly  deco- 
rative, they  demonstrate  the  artist's 
ability  to  portray  the  bizarre  and  the 
fantastic,  and  not  suffer  by  compari- 
son with  such  great  illustrators  as  Ed- 
mund Dulac,  Rene  Bull,  Harry 
Clarke,  and  others  of  that  genre. 


The  text,  however,  spends  far  too 
much  time  discussing  Detmold's 
brother — from  childhood  collabo- 
rator to  tragic  young  suicide.  It  also 
refers  to  pictures  that  don't  appear  in 
the  book.  If,  in  fact,  some  of  Det- 
mold's best  illustrations  were  done 
for  the  Life  of  the  Bee  and  Hours  of 
Gladness,  why  are  they  not  shown? 


92 


H 


■abre's  Book  of  Insects  (1921) 


93 


The  Arabian  Nights  {1922) 


94 


Spectacular  Collection  of  Genuine  FIRST 
MEN  ON  THE  MOON  Postage  Stan 
Strikingly  dramatic  stamps  from  Don 
lea,  Grenada,  Qatar,  Togo,  etc.... PLUS 
collection  of  fantastic  Outer  Space  star 
—  awesome  moon  rockets,  weird  in 
planetary  vehicles,  man  floating  in  orbit- 
from  Russia,  Rwanda,  South  Africa  and 
other  faraway  countries.  Both  of  these 
valuable  collections  —  catalog  price  over 
$2.00  -  for  only  10*1  Also,  fine  star 
from  our  approval  service,  returnable 
without  purchase  and  cancel  service  any 
time  —  plus  big  free  Illustrated  Catalog 

SEND    10(<  TODAY. 
Jamestown,  M26NM,  Jamestown,  NY.  14701 


rBOOK  HUNTING?-^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print.  Rction,  nonfiction. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  Itl  (Title  alone  is  sufficient.)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  65. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
^  UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087        ^ 

f^ATURE  ON  STAMPS 

rhe  BIRDS  &  the  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 
Xf    SAMPLES  &  APPROVALS -$1 
''»     Satisfoction  Guaranteed 


Mil  Med  Stamps 


P.O.   BOX  297-1 


PIATIGNUM  ITALIC  SET 

ry,     Conmm  a  fountain  ven,  five 
/]\  italic  nifs,  and  instruction 
[/a]    manuaf,  af[  for onfy  $5:00... 
At  art  matcrid dr'jpcn  sfiops, 
coikcjc  foci  stores. ..or send 
ckec^  to  'TentaCio  Corp.,  132 

West  22  St.,  N.y,  N.y  won 

Add  ^0  cents  Jor  f\and(ina. 


for  executives  and  professfonaf  people 


LOANS  by  MAIL 
$10,000 


Any  Amount 
Desired  to  — 

Personal,  private.  No  security  required, 
signature  only.  All  details  arranged  rapidly  by 
mail.  Reasonable  rates.  Please  mail  coupon  for 
nformation.   No  obligation. 


Wilson,  Vice  President 
POSTAL  THRIFT  LOANS,  INC.,  Dept.  82-02 

703  Douglas  St.,  Sioux  City,  Iowa  51102 
Please  send  complete  information  in  plain  envelope. 

Name 


Additional 
Reading 


City _    -State 

!»..-...  one   of  THE  ST.   PAUL   COMPANIES 


Zip i 

COMPANIES    -,aa 


Bandicoot  Rats  (p.  10) 

S.A.  Barnett's  The  Rat:  A  Study  in 
Behaviour  (Chicago:  Aldine  Publishing, 
1963,  $3.95)  has  a  full  bibliography  with 
more  than  350  references  to  other  studies 
in  the  Held.  Although  it  was  published 
thirteen  years  ago,  this  book  remains  the 
most  complete  and  useful  treatment  of  the 
behavior  of  wild  and  tame  rats.  Two  per- 
tinent 1968  publications  of  the  U.S.  Pub- 
lic Health  Service — R.Z.  Brown's  ""Bio- 
logical  Factors  in  Domestic  Rodent  Con- 
trol" and  H.G.  Scott  and  MR.  Borom's 
"Rodent-borne  Disease  Control  Through 
Rodent  Stoppage" — may  be  obtained 
from:  Public  Inquiries,  Center  for  Dis- 
ease Control,  Atlanta,  Ga.  30333.  The 
first  is  a  32-page  booklet  dealing  with 
basic  rodent  biology — behavior,  popula- 
tion dynamics,  and  reproduction  of 
Rattus  rattus,  R.  norvegicus.  and  Mus 
musculus.  The  second  deals  more  specifi- 
cally with  problems  of  ratproofing  areas 
of  food  and  refuse  storage  and,  as  such, 
describes  the  modes  and  means  of  the  do- 
mestic rat's  adaptations  for  living  off 
man's  carelessness.  See  also  J.B.  Cal- 
houn's classic  monograph,  "The  Ecol- 
ogy and  Sociology  of  the  Norway  Rat," 
published  by  the  U.S.  Public  Health  Ser- 
vice in  1962  and  available  in  most  li- 
braries. In  a  recent  issue  of  Science  de- 
voted entirely  to  the  world  food  crisis, 
J.D.  Gavan  and  J. A.  Dixon's  "India:  A 
Perspective  on  the  Food  Situation"  (vol. 
188,  pp.  541-549)  and  "Crop  Protection 
to  Increase  Food  Supplies,"  by  W.W. 
Ennis,  Jr. ,  et  al.  (pp.  593-598)  are  partic- 
ularly relevant  to  Frantz's  account  of  ban- 
dicoot rats  and  rice  storage. 

Rifting  in  Botswana  (p.  34) 

C.F.  Richter's  Elementary  Seismology 
(San  Francisco:  W.F.  Freeman,  1958),  a 
primary  source  of  earthquake  information 
(including  discussions  of  the  seismicity 
of  Africa),  and  the  3rd  edition  of  A.L. 


Please  send  your  FREE  COLOR  CATA- 
LOG of  outdoor  clothing  and  equipment 

Name  ^___ 


Address . 

City     

State  


-Zip 


Dept.  63 
1901  Victory  Blvd. 
Glendale.CA  91201 
MOUNTAINEERING    (213)247-3475 


Share  the  Ttirills 
01  Exploring  I 
outer  space' 

All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  this 
superb  RV-6,  E-inch 
available 
on  easy  terms! 
Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  — the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  tacts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manulacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave..  W.  Hartford.  Conn.  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Offic 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Dept.  NH-65 
620  Oahwoob  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  05110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Address- 
City 


95 


Dutoifs  Geology  of  South  Africa  (New 
York:  Hafner  Publishing,  1953)  are  clas- 
sic texts  available  in  most  university  li- 
braries. For  a  nontechnical  account  of 
plate  tectonics  and  continental  drift  see 
A.  Hallam's  A  Revolution  in  the  Earth 
Sciences    (Oxford:     Clarendon    Press, 
1973).   Debate  About  the  Earth:   Ap- 
proach to  Geophysics  Through  Analysis 
of  Continental  Drift,  by  H.  Takeuchi  et 
al.  (San  Francisco:  Freeman,  Cooper  & 
Co.,  1967),  presents  an  analysis  of  the 
debate  that  has  ensued  since  A.  Wegener 
published  his  theory  of  continental  drift 
in  1912.  As  a  further  historical  note,  see 
Dutoifs  review  of  ideas  on  continental 
drift  up  to  1936  and  the  statement  of  his 
own  theoretical  position  in  Our  Wander- 
ing Continents:  An  Hypothesis  of  Conti- 
nental Drifting,  which  has  recently  been 
reprinted  (Westport:  Greenwood  Press, 
1972).  Clear  expositions  of  the  process  of 
shifts  in  the  earth's  crust  and  resultant  rift 
systems  are  found  in  two  recent  Scientific 
American  articles:  J.F.  Dewey's  "Plate 
Tectonics"  (1972,  vol.  226,  no.  5,  pp. 
56-68)  and  H.  Tazieff's  "The  Afar  Tri- 
angle"  (1970,    vol.    222,    no.    2,    pp 
32^0). 

Alpine  Avalanches  (p.  44) 

Anthropologist  John  Friedl's  recently 
issued  paperback,  Kippel:  A  Village  in 
the  Alps  (New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart  & 
Winston,  1974,  $3.25),  develops  more 
fully  many  of  the  points  made  in  his 
present  Natural  History  article.  The  Hid- 
den Frontier:  Ecology  and  Ethnicity  in  an 
Alpine  Valley,  by  J.W.  Cole  and  E.R. 
Wolf  (New  York:  Academic  Press, 
1974),  provides  useful  background  infor- 
mation on  the  interplay  of  environment 
and  psychology  on  contemporary  cultural 
changes  taking  place  in  central  Europe. 
'  'Of  Men  and  Meadows :  Strategies  of  Al- 
pine Land  Use,"  by  R.M.  Netting  (An- 
thropological Quarterly,  1972,  vol.  45, 
pp.  132-144),  deals  specifically  with 
man's  adaptations  to  the  unique  charac- 
teristics of  village  and  farm  life  in  ava- 
lanche-prone areas. 


The  1975  index  for  Natural  History 
may  be  obtained  by  writing  to:  INDEX 
Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at 
79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


Bats  (p.  52) 

A.  Novick  and  N.  Leen  have  published 
an  expensive  but  colorful  volume.  The 
World  of  Bats  (New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart 
&  Winston,  1970).  This  large-format, 
"coffee  table"  book  contains  dozens  of 
Leen's  excellent  color  photographs, 
which  capture  both  the  individuality  and 
characteristic  behavior  patterns  of  each 
species  depicted.  Harvard  mammalogist 
Glover  Merrill  Allen,  whose  thinking  as 
reflected  in  his  writings  was  far  ahead  of 
his  time,  published  his  classic  book  Bats 
in  1939;  it  has  been  reprinted  in  an  inex- 
pensive paperback  edition  (New  York: 
Dover  Publications,  1967,  $3.50).  This 
volume  contains  chapters  on  "bat-flow- 
ers," bat  biology,  behavior,  and  sonar, 

96 


as  well  as  on  bats  in  folklore,  bats  as  pets, 
and  even  bats  as  food.  The  Biology  of 
Bats,    a    two-volume    reference    work 
edited  by  W.  A.  Wimsatt  (New  York:  Ac- 
ademic Press,  1970),  is  a  compendium  of 
recent  research  intended  for  the  working 
zoologist.  K.  Faegri  and  L.  van  der  Fiji's 
The  Principles  of  Pollination  Ecology 
(2nd  ed.  Elmsford:  Pergamon,  1972)  is 
a  modern,   balanced  source  book  that 
deals  with  the  role  of  bats  in  pollination, 
while  B.J.  Meeuse's  The  Story  of  Polli- 
nation (New  York:  Ronald  Press,  1961) 
is  a  well-illustrated,  semipopular  book 
dealing  with  general  principles  of  pollina- 
tion and  with  the  various  classes  of  polli- 
nating agents.  Botanist  van  der  Pijl,  who 
coined   the    term    chiropterophily,    de- 
scribed bat   pollination   in   his   review 
paper,  "Evolutionary  Action  of  Tropical 
Animals  on  the  Reproduction  of  Plants" 
(Biological  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Soci- 
ety, 1969,  vol.  1,  pp.  85-96).  H.  Baker, 
another  expert  on  pollination,  discussed 
the  influence  of  animals  on  plant  evolu- 
tion in  "The  Adaptation  of  Flowering 
Plants  to  Nocturnal  and  Crepuscular  Pol- 
linators" (Quarterly  Review  of  Biology, 
1961,  vol.  36,  pp.  64-73).  L.E.  Gilbert 
and  P.H.    Raven  have   recently  edited 
Coevolution  of  Animals  and  Plants  (Aus- 
tin: University  of  Texas  Press,  1975),  in 
which  a  diversity  of  botanical  and  zoolog- 
ical information — concentrating  on  in- 
teractions between  flowering  plants  and 
their  pollination  or  seed  dispersal  by  in- 
sects, rodents,  and  birds — is  woven  to- 
gether in  support  of  coevolution  as  an  im- 
portant process  in  community  evolution. 

Reef  Fish  (p.  60) 

Unfortunately,  many  of  the  best  books 
on  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  have  been  pub- 
lished in  Australia  and  are  of  limited 
availability  in  the  United  States.  Isobel 
Bennett's  The  Great  Barrier  Reef  (Mel- 
bourne: Lansdowne  Press,  1971)  and  The 
Great  Barrier  Reef  and  Adjacent  Isles, 
by  K.  Gillett  and  F.  McNeill  (Canberra: 
Coral  Press,  1967),  are  two  recent  ex- 
amples. Classic  works  from  the  1930s, 
such  as  T.C.  Roughly 's  Wonders  of  the 
Great  Barrier  Reef  (the  13th  edition  was 
recently  reprinted.  Mystic:  Lawrence 
Verry,  1966,  $11.00)  and  particularly, 
CM.  Yonge's  A  Year  on  the  Great  Bar- 
rier Reef  (New  York:  Putnam,  1930)  are 
good  sources  of  specific  information  pre- 
sented with  the  excitement  of  pioneering 
explorations.  Craig  McGregor's  The 
Great  Barrier  Reef  (Amsterdam:  Time- 
Life  International ,  1974,  $7.95)  is  a  well- 
written  and  superbly  illustrated  account 


of  the  interacting  physical  and  biological 
worlds  in  the  reef  habitat.  E.O.  Wilson's 
Sociobiology:  The  New  Synthesis  (Cam- 
bridge: Harvard  University  Press,  1975) 
provides  a  perspective  on  reef  fish  behav- 
ior in  relation  to  the  rest  of  the  animal 
kingdom.  A  collection  of  papers  edited 
by  B.B.  Collette  and  S.A.  Earle,  "Re- 
sults of  the  Tektite  Program:  Ecology  of 
Coral  Reef  Fishes ' '  (Natural  History  Mu- 
seum of  Los  Angeles  County,  Science 
Bulletin  14,  October  30,  1972),  offers 
several  interpretations  of  coral  reef  fish 
distribution  in  Caribbean  waters,  includ- 
ing "Space  Resource  Sharing  in  a  Coral 
Reef  Fish  Community,"  by  C.  Lavett 
Smith  and  J.C.Tyler  (pp.  125-170).  This 
article  is  an  example  of  how  two  scien- 
tists, studying  similar  behavioral  and  eco- 
logical aspects  of  reef  fish  as  those  Peter 
Sale  reports  on  from  Australia,  can  arrive 
at  different  conclusions.  Three  other  ar- 
ticles from  this  collection  report  on  feed- 
ing behavior,  escape  responses,  and  ac- 
tivity patterns  in  coral  reef  fish. 

Afghan  Trucks  (p.  66) 

Nancy  Hatch  Dupree's  An  Historical 
Guide  to  Afghanistan  (Kabul:   Afghan 
Tourist  Organization,  1971)  presents  de- 
tailed descriptions,  in  a  convenient  and 
informative    format    supplemented    by 
twelve  maps  and  over  sixty  photographs, 
of  each  major  site  of  interest  along  the 
highways  of  modern  Afghanistan.  Per- 
haps the  definitive  study  of  the  country, 
however,  is  to  be  found  in  Louis  Dupree's 
Afghanistan  (Princeton:  Princeton  Uni- 
versity Press,  1973),  an  encyclopedic  ac- 
count of  the  land  and  the  people,  the  past 
and  the  present,  of  this  central  Asian 
country.  Two  16-mm documentary  films. 
The  Painted  Truck,  by  Judith  and  Stanley 
Hallet  and  S.C.  Schroeder,  and  Judith 
and  Stanley  Hallet's  The  Nomads  of  Ba- 
dakhshan,  provide  a  more  graphic  under- 
standing of  several  important  aspects  of 
Afghan  life.  The  Painted  Truck,  for  in- 
stance, deals  with  a  particular  Afghan 
phenomenon,  the  personalization  of  pri- 
vate goods  through  elaborate  hand  deco- 
ration, in  this  case  the  heavy-duty  trucks 
that  are  fast  replacing  camels  as  the  major 
mode  of  moving  goods  and  people  about 
the  country.  The  second  film  explores  the 
meaning  of  nomadism  and  reveals  the 
cultural  basis  from  which  the  subjects  of 
the  truck  film — the  men  as  well  as  their 
vehicles — have   evolved.    These   films, 
each  in  color  and  just  under  thirty  minutes 
in  length,  may  be  available  locally  or  con- 
tact Film  Images,  18  West  60th  Street, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10023  for  rental  or  pur- 
chase information.  For  another  perspec- 
tive on  artistic  expression  as  a  clue  to  the 
cultural  sense  of  a  people  see  R.  Som- 
mer's  "People's  Art"  (Natural  History, 
1971,  vol.  80,  no.  2,  pp.  40^5)  and  Eric 
Kroll's  "Folk  Art  in  the  Barrios"  (Natu- 
ral History,   1973,  vol.  82,  no.  5,  pp 
56-65). 

Gordon  Beckham 


i 


LIVE  IN  THE  WORLD 
OF  TOMORROW . . .  TODAY! 

And  our  FREE  164  PAGE  CATALOG  is  packed  with 
exciting  and  unusual  values  in  hobby,  electronic 
and  science  items  —  plus  4,500  finds  (or  tun,  study 
or  profit ...  for  every  member  of  the  family. 

~  A  BETTER  LIFE 
STARTS  HERE 


^«Hlli  tIjUCCMI  '(lOfllljafBHH  '.UH  !'J  '.II  "^ 


J.|.Mi|.'|.l.yT^^.|.k-J  w- 


STARTS  SEEDS  IN  3  TO  5  DAYS! 


itfT.peraiu'e  acc*iefaie4  setO  gt^fr.  r.ai.or. 
hfci[>%  pfoduc*  healthy  thrv>r^  piar-tt  ftaOy 
tor  OuKJOOf  planling  BiQ  3  KJ  tt  piftndr.g 
area— 29"  x  16"  «  4"  txj*  noias  Vj  oushei  of 
growing  meOium   Gefminates  tomato  saeOe  m 

^•3  oays.  asters,  dahlias,  petunias,  wk   or  lees   Inc)   3"  x  4"  ft   cieaf  plastic 

cover,  supports  Uses  reg   home  current 

Slock  No   80.153E Jie.95  Pp<3 


NASA-CHOSEN 
FOR  APOLLO/SOYUZ 

157  mi.  out  in  space,  the  Astronauts  used  this 

super  20x60  binocular  (modilied)  to  view  Earth' 

Our  biggest,  most  powerful  for  distance    Far-oM 

objects  come  in  big,  clear  &  sharp  to  the  edge 

through  big  60mm  objective  lenses;  173-ft.  field 

of  view  at  1000  yards.  Relative  brightness,  9.0  Fully  coated  optics;  i^ux  spci  design 

eye  lenses,  Coated  BK-7  Porro  prism  Extra  long  Ail-American  style  with  fold-down 

rubber  eyecups  Includes  case  &  straps 

No.  1556E  .  .  .  {9V4x8'/2  ;  47.5  oz.)  $99.95  Ppd. 


n 


ELECTRONIC  DIGITAL 
RAIN  GAUGE 

.  ,  never  needs  emptying,  measures  rain  up  to 
10Q-ft,  away  by  tenths  of  an  inch  up  to  999 9"  and 
empties  itself.  Accumulate  total  rainfall  count  for 
hour,  day,  week,  etc,  Push  reset  button  on  mdnor 
counter  to  start  new  counting  period  (no  need  in 
empty  or  check  hermetically  sealed  outdoor  tuliu 

fence,  root,  deck,  etc,  w/2  ordinary  screws).  Includes  30-tl  ot  wdterpioof  wir. 
on  1-yr,-life  9v  trans,  battery,  not  incl. 

Stock  No.  72,165E   


/ 


41/4"  ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

See  moon  cfaieft   r.ngs  oi  Satuf   oojot  s'i*'- 

y  New   equatoria    mouni    f'10,   '*    wa.e    "-,--_• 

/C  (Pyrex*)  Gives  meoreiical  limn  ot 'esoibt,0'   !^a-- 

"  &  pinion  locusirvg    Aluminum  lube   €X  'i',oe<    " 

F.L  45X  Kellner  achfomaiic  eyepiece  aoc  Ba^'O*. 

lens  to  double  &  inple  power  up  to  135X    Free 

Star  Chart  plus  2  Books 


Stock  No.  es.lOSE 

4Vi    WITH  CLOCK  DRIVE 

6    REFLECTOR  TELESCOPE  (48X  to  360X) 

6    WITH  CLOCK  DRIVE 

3    DELUXE  REFLECTOR  (30  to  90X) 

STANDARD  3    REFLECTOR 


(Shipping  Wt.  42  lbs.)  S159.50  FOB 

•  85.107EJ10950  FOB 

•  85  187E  $24950  FOB 
'85.086E  S285i>0  FOB 
'S0.162E  S  89.95  Ppd 
'e5.240E  i   5935  Ppd 


MYSTERY  OF 
ENERGY  AND  AGING 

Science  fact  or  farce''  Can  our  Great  Pyramid 
unlock  the  mysteries  of  energy  &  agirvg— sho* 
that  the  ancient  Egyptians  contradicted  na- 
ture"' Did  someone  really  get  85  shaves  from 
a  blade  kept  m  a  pyramid''  Test  claims  like 
meat  not  rotting  things  not  rustmg'  Users  of 
ot  Cheops  pyramid  oriented  lo  true  North  claim  all  sorts 
ol  strange  phenomena  based  on  resonating  energy  Ours  is  already  assem- 
bled    i'  see  thru  acrylic.  6  x  9Vi  x  9V4" 

Stock  No.  71 ,81 7E $20.00  Ppd- 


PREHISTORIC 
MONSTERS  SLIDES! 

5  huge  dinosaurs  (Tyrannosaurus.  Dimetrodon, 
Triceratops.  Steqosaurus,  Plesiosaur)  practically 
come  roaring  to  life  in  full  color.  Amazing  life-like 
simulation  based  on  year's  research  and  existing 
reptiles'  habits.  Shows  you  how  each  lived  in  its 
particular  ecological  niche.  Bodies  (soft  tissues)  reconstructed  based  on  skeletal 

6  fossil  remains  from  museums  around  the  world.  "You  are  there  "  with  this  realistic 
35  mm  slide  set  (12  poses  each  of  5  dinosaurs). 

No.  P-42,405E  (10  SLIDES,  DESCRS.)  $5.00  Ppd. 


WORLD'S  SMALLEST 
CALCULATOR! 

Small  but  mighty!  8-digit.  4-function   electronic 

calculator  does  everything  big  ones  do — even  has 

automatic  %  key  .  .  .  for  only  $19.95-  Take  it 

anywhere.  Fits  in  your  pocket — ^/j  size  of  cigarette 

pack.  3V2  oz,  dynamo  features  floating  decimal, 

constant  key.  lead  zero  depression,  more!  Includes  plug-in  rechargeable  Ni-Cad 

battery  pack.  2  x  3V2  x  ^he"  with  plenty  of  room  for  most  fingers  Another  Edmund 

first  witfi  advanced  technology. 

Stock  No.  1945E  $19.95  Ppd. 


AUTHENTIC  SCALED 
WINDMILLS 

_..,^_^r-«       ^         ■         Real  tl-iing   replicas   show  wind   dtrec- 
nn^^%f -•«H^     I         tion.    wheel    silently    revolves   on    ball 

"*  ~~  bearings     Give    your   grounds    unique 

rural  charm'  Great  centerpiece  for 
planter,  flowers.  Use  to  hold  yard 
light,  house  number,  sign  or  as  mail 
box  For  school,  a  fine  "energy  crisis  ' 
science  project  —  does  everything  but  pump  water  Heavy 
gauge  steel,  durable  outdoor  fintsh;  aluminum  color  w/red  tnm 

No.  71.923E.   (17"  DESK  MODEL) - $1195  Ppd. 

4V,  FOOT-14  LB.      No.  71.924E $34.95  Ppd. 

e  FOOT-46  LB No.  85.229E - $49.95  FOB 


CANT  SLEEP,  RELAX?  TRY  THIS! 

Electronic  sound  conditioner  simulates  4 
kinds  of  soothing  sounds  of  ocean  surf  and 
ram  White  sound"  helps  mask  unwanted 
noise,  adds  restful,  intriguing  background 
sound  Program  the  solid-state  unit  to  your 
own  need:  2  surf,  2  ram,  or  'white  sound' 
proven  by  medical  tests  to  have  analgesic  ef- 
fects Great  for  meditation,  restlessness,  sleeplessness  psychology 

(A)  No.  71,997E,.  .(7V,  x  7  x  3V.")  110V  AC $8935  Ppd. 

(B)  AS  ABOVE.  BUT  "WHITE  SOUND"  ONLY 

No.  71.980E   .  (6"  Hd.  x  3V."  HI) $28.00  Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR 

GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 


e^\    COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  WITH  CHECK,  M.  O.  OR  CHARGE  NO. 


I  Completely  new  Catalog  Packed  v, 
inoculars  magnels  magrFiliers  pr 
ighlmg  Items  parts  kils  accessor 
I  Chans  illuslfalions   For  hobbyis 


4500 


MORE  THAN 
UNUSUAL 
BARGAINS 


luge  selection  ol  leiescopes.  microscopes, 
;  photo  components  ecology  and  Unique 
-many  hafd-lo-get  surplus  bargains  100's 
xpenmenters   schools,  industry 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

300  Edicorp  Buildtni.  Barrinfton,  H    J.  01007 

Please  rush  Free  Giant  Catalog  "E" 


i^". 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

How  Miny  Stock  No. 
D  PLEASE  SEND  GIANT      ~ 
FREE  CATALOG  "E"         ~ 


300  Edscorp  Building,  Barrington.  NJ.  08007 

Description 


n  Charge  my  BankAmericard  * 

O  Charge  my  Master  Charge  •  Service  and  Handling  Charge  SI .00 

Interbank  No 
My  Card  No,  Is 

TTTTTTTT     rn      I   S.natore 


I  enclou  Qclncli  □money  order  tor  TOTAL  t 


Q 


Card  Expiration  Date 

3D'DA¥   MONEY-BACK   GUARANTEE. 

You  must  be  satisfied  or  return 
any  purchase  in  30  days  for  full 
refund,  '$15,00  minimum 


Name 

Address. 
City 


The  1976 
Natural  History 
Photography 
Competition 


For  those  who  received  new  cameras  for 
Christmas,  for  those  who  are  restless  to 
get  outdoors  with  their  old  ones,  and  for 
all  whose  files  are  brimming  over  with 
beautiful  pictures.  Natural  History  joy- 
fully announces  another  chance  to  try 
your  luck:  the  photo  contest  is  on  again. 
This  year  we  have  included  black- 
and-white  photography,  kept  the  theme 
broad,  and  opened  separate  categories 
for  those  with  specialized  techniques. 
We  have  altered  the  rules  a  bit,  juggled 
the  judges,  and  changed  the  prizes.  So 
read  on. 


The  Categories:  1.  The  Natural  World, 
including  Man.  2.  Macro-  and  Micro- 
photographs,  including  scanning  elec- 
tron micrographs.  3.  A  Chronological 
Sequence,  which  may  be  up  to  five  pho- 
tographs, of  an  "Event  in  Nature." 

The  Rules:  The  competition  is  open  to 
everyone  except  employees  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
and  their  kin  and  all  previous  winners. 
2.  Competitors  may  submit  up  to  three 
previously  unpublished  entries  in  each 
category.  3.  Entries  may  be  trans- 
parencies or  prints  up  to  8"  by  10".  Each 
entry  must  contain  the  name  and  address 
of  the  photographer  and  the  category.  4. 
For  each  entry,  please  tell  us  the  camera 
model  used.  5.  Include  a  self -addressed, 
stamped  envelope  since  we  want  to  re- 
turn your  pictures  to  you. 

The  Closing  Date:  All  entries  should  be 
postmarked  no  later  than  April  1,  1976. 

The  Rewards:  Grand  Prize  is  $500. 
First  prize  for  each  category  is  $250.  Ten 
Honorable  Mentions  will  receive  $100 
each. 

More  Rewards:  All  winning  entries  will 
be  published  in  a  special,  picture-filled 
issue  of  Natural  History. 

Some  Hitches:  The  decision  of  the 
judges  will  be  final.  Natural  History 
acquires  the  right  to  publish  and  exhibit 
the  winning  pictures.  And  Natural  His- 
tory assumes  no  responsibility  for  trans- 
parencies or  prints. 

Pack  your  beautiful  entries  carefully  and 

mail  them  to: 

Photography  Competition  1976 

Natural  History  Magazine 

7  West  77th  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10024 


Announcements 


A  special  program  honoring  Black 
History  Week  has  been  scheduled 
for  the  People  Center,  second  floor  of 
The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  February  9  through 
February  15.  This  program,  planned 
by  the  African-American  Studies 
Group  of  the  Museum's  Department 
of  Education,  will  focus  on  the  cul- 
ture and  history  of  people  of  African 
descent.  Detailed  information  can  be 
obtained  at  Museum  information 
desks. 

On  Saturday,  February  14,  at 
11:00  A.M.,  Jack  Adams  will  appear 
as  Merlin,  the  ancient  wizard  of  King 
Arthur's  court,  in  a  children's  pro- 
gram in  the  main  Auditorium  of  the 
Museum.  This  theater-concert  per- 
formance will  chronicle  the  quirks  of 
human  behavior  with  rich  humor  and 
unequaled  magical  happenings. 

On  Saturday,  February  28,  at 
11:00  A.M.,  The  Hidden  World  will 
be  shown  in  the  main  Auditorium  of 
the  Museum.  This  color  film  by 
Campbell  Norsgaard  explores  the 
world  of  insects.  This  program  is  free 
to  Family,  Supporting,  Donor,  and 
Centennial  Members.  Admission  for 
all  others  is  $1  for  adults  and  250  for 
children. 

The  Netsilik  Eskimos,  the  first  of 
four  programs  in  the  series  Habitat: 
Housing  and  Shelter  for  the  Peo- 
ples of  the  World,  will  be  shown  on 
Thursday,  February  19,  at  7:30  p.m., 
in  the  main  Auditorium  of  the  Mu- 
seum. This  film  shows  the  con- 
struction of  both  individual  and  com- 
munity igloos  and  gives  a  glimpse  of 
Eskimo  life-style  along  the  frozen 
Arctic  coast  northwest  of  Hudson's 
Bay.  Dr.  Asen  Balikci,  an  associate 
professor  of  anthropology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Montreal  and  the  ethnog- 
rapher in  charge  of  the  Netsilik  Es- 
kimo film  project,  will  introduce  and 
comment  on  his  film  and  answer 
questions.  No  fee  for  Family,  Sup- 
porting, Donor,  and  Centennial 
Members.  Fee  for  all  others  is  $  10  for 
the  series;  $3  for  each  program. 

Buckminster  Fuller,  the  noted  ar- 
chitect, philosopher,  visionary,  and 
multimedia  thinker,  will  speak  at  the 


Museum,  Sunday,  February  22,  at 
3:00  P.M.  His  topic  will  be  "Humans 
in  the  Universe."  Advance  tickets 
can  be  purchased  at  the  Museum  in- 
formation desks.  Admission  is  $2.50 
for  members;  $3.50  for  non- mem- 
bers. 

Beginning  February  22  and  March 
6,  the  following  Weekend  Work- 
shops for  Young  People  will  be  of- 
fered by  the  Museum's  Department 
of  Education:  Understanding  Animal 
Behavior;  Exploring  with  the  Micro- 
scope; Introduction  to  Photography; 
Exploring  Archeology;  Banner  Mak- 
ing with  Animal  Forms;  Sharks;  and 
Fangs,  Scales,  Shells,  and  Skin.  For 
complete  information,  call  873-7507. 

Beginning  February  10  the  Mu- 
seum's Department  of  Education  will 
offer  the  following  Programs  for 
Adults  in  the  social  and  natural 
sciences:  Archeology  of  Ancient 
Greece;  The  World  of  Birds;  Anthro- 
pology Through  Films;  Social  Be- 
havior of  Animals;  New  York's  Past 
One  Billion  Years;  Plants  of  the  Wet- 
lands; and  An  Awakening  in  Anthro- 
pology. For  information  on  regis- 
tration ,  dates ,  and  fees  call  873-7507 . 

Bookings  are  still  available  for  the 
Museum's  June  1976  Cruise  to  Tur- 
key, the  Black  Sea,  Bulgaria,  Ro- 
mania, the  USSR,  and  the  Greek  Is- 
lands. Dr.  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  the 
Museum's  director,  will  be  the  cruise 
leader  and  will  conduct  informal  star 
study  sessions.  Dr.  Francois  Vuilleu- 
mier  will  identify  and  describe  the  re- 
gion's birdlife.  For  full  details  write 
to  the  Museum. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museum,  "The  Final  Frontier"  con- 
tinues through  April  5.  This  Sky 
Show  takes  us  on  a  futuristic  voyage 
to  the  outer  reaches  of  space  aboard 
the  nuclear-propelled  spacecraft  Era- 
tosthenes. On  this  trip,  the  ship  en- 
counters strange  planets,  double 
stars,  stellar  novae,  other  galaxies, 
neutron  stars,  and  mysterious  black 
holes.  Shows  begin  at  2:00  p.m.  and 
3:00  p.m.  during  the  week,  with  more 
frequent  showings  on  weekends.  Ad- 
mission is  $1 .75  for  adults;  $1 .00  for 
children. 


Who  else  but 

South  African  Airways 

offers  tours  that      /r^:?^^^1R 
can  excite  any...    ^^  /  L^ '  ^ 

zootogist,^^v\:    ' 


»•* 


vinologist, 


%■    "^ 


gastronomist? 


South  African  Airways  has  tours 
for  every  taste.  Ten  tours  that  all 
touch  on  the  wild  and  civilized  sides  of 
South  Africa.  Tours  that  let  you 
spend  anywhere  from  1 5  days  to  a 
month  exploring  our  land  of  wonderful 
contrasts. 

The  nicest  thing  about  these  tours 
is  the  fact  that  you  will  begin 
your  adventures  on  South  African 
Airways.  Once  on  board  one  of  our 


Stratojets  you'll  enjoy  some  of  the 
finest  food  served  in  the  sky. 
Caviar  and  our  famous  South  African 
rock  lobster  in  our  Blue  Diamond  first 
class.  We'll  also  give  you  a  taste  of 
our  fine  South  African  wines.  The 
very  same  vintages  Napoleon  preferred 
to  French  wines.  As  if  that  weren't 
enough,  we'll  get  you  to  our 
land  of  wonderful  contrasts 


much  faster  than  any  other  airUne.* 
For  more  information  on  Tours 
to  the  Land  of  Wonderful  Contrasts, 
see  your  travel  agent  or  write  to : 
SAA,  Tour  Department, 
605  Fifth  Avenue. 
New  York,  N.Y. 
10017. 


SOUTH  AFRICAN  AIRWAYS 


1^1  The  fastest  way  to  the  land  of  wonderful  contrasts. 

MS  hours  and  40  minutes  via  Cape  Verde,  18  hours  and  15  minutes  via  Rio  de  Janeiro. 


The  BMW  5301.  An  engineer's  conception  of  a 
luxury  car,  not  an  interior  decorator's. 


cell,  two  disc-braking  systems 
instead  of  one,  and  an  interior  that's  bio-mechani- 
cally  engineered  to  prevent  driver  fatigue.  Each 
seat  in  the  5301  has  an  orthopedically  molded 
shape.  All  controls  are  within  easy  reach.  And  all 
instruments  are  clear  and  visible. 

Impressive? 

No  less  an  authority  than  Road  &  Track 
magazine  unequivocally  calls  the  530i  "...one 
of  the  ten  best  cars  in  the  world... the  best  sports 
sedan,  period." 

If  you'd  care  to  judge  for  yourself,  we_ 
suggest  you  phone  your  BMW  dealer 
and  arrange  a  thorough  test  drive. 


One  need  look  no  further 
than  the  nearest  domestic  luxury 
sedan  to  find  ample  evidence  of  a  styling  depart- 
ment run  rampant. 

Brocade  upholstery  opera  windows, 
cabriolet  tops,  distinctive  hood  ornaments,  etc., 
etc.,  etc. 

Yet,  underneath  all  this  opulence,  one 
generally  finds  that  the  average  luxury  car  is 
indeed  a  very  average  car 

At  the  Bavarian  Motor  Works,  it  is  our 
contention  that,  although  the  pursuit  of  luxury  is 
no  vice,  when  all  is  said  and  done,  it  is  extraor- 
dinary performance  that  makes  an  expensive 
carworth  the  money 

So,  while  the  BMW  530i  features  a  rather 
lengthy  list  of  refined  luxuries,  it  also  features  a 
singularly  responsive  3-liter,  fuel-injected  engine 
that  neverfailsto  astound  even  the  experts  with 
its  smooth,  turbine-like  performance. 

It  features  an  uncanny  four-wheel  indepen- 
dent suspension  system -McPherson  struts 
in  front  and  semi-trailing  arms  in  the  rear-that  ( 
allows  each  wheel  to  adapt  itself  instantly  to 
every  dhving  situation,  smoothly  and 
precisely  Givingyou  a  total  control  that  will 
spoil  you  for  any  other  car 

It  features  a  solid  steel  passenger  safety 

©  1975  BMW  of  North  America,  Inc. 

Forthe  name  of  your  nearest  dealer.or  for  further  information,  you  may  call  us  anytime, toll-free,  at  800-243-6006  (Conn.  1-800-882-6500). 


The  ultimate  driving  machine. 

Bavarian  MotorWorks,  Munich,Germany 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


MARCH  1976-  $1.25 


.Xn-y>    v*»H' 


% 


¥-2 


% 


(« 


* 


WHEN  YDU  SPEND  noOOO 

FOR  ACAR,YOU  SHOULDNT 

BE  AFRAID  TO  DRIVE  IT. 

Any  man  who  has  traveled  the  highway  to  success  shouldn't  feel  he 

has  to  detour  around  potholes. 

Yet  it  seems  nian\  big.  expensive  cars  today  are  better  prepared 
for  countr}-  club  driA"eways  than  city  streets  and  back  roads. 

The  elegant  n^w  \ oho  264  is  not  your  commonplace  rich 
mans  car.  It  offers  more  than  luxun,'.  Its  engineered  to  afford 
you  the  privilege  of  abusing  it. 

A  ne\^' front  suspension  combining  springs  and  struts 
absorbs  jolts  and  increases  stabilitv"  by  reducing  roll. 
Thousands  upon  thousands  of  spot-w  elds  (each  one 
strong  enough  to  suppon  the  entire  weight  of  the  car) 
fuse  body  and  frame  into  one  solid.  siTent  unit. 

The  \  oho  264  is  extremely  agile.  A  new  Mght 
allo}'.  fuel-injected  overhead  cam  \'-6  cuts  weight. 
>  The  264  is  1.  ICHJ  pounds  lighter  and  almost  a  foot 
shoner  than  the  new  "smaU"  Cadillac  Seville. 
Not  to  mention  almost  $4,000  smaUer  in  price.) 
The  264  GL  is  also  the  most  lavishly  equipped 
\bho  we  make.  Leather  e\  en.-where  you  sit.  A  heated 

dri\  ers  seat.  Po\>."er  front  \^indows.  Sunroof, 
""V    And  air  conditioning. 

^         So  if  you're  thinking  about  buying  a 
^     luxun,-  car.  ei\"e  some  thousht  to  the 
\ oho  264.  " 

You\"e  worked  hard  to  afford  the  best. 
You  desene  a  car  that  can  take  the  worst. 


4^^ 


^^\     h 


3Q4MK 


/m^ 


.     Tfie  car  for  people  who  think. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


Incorporaling  Nature  Mai^uzinir 
Vol.  LXXXV.  No.  3 
March  1976 


The  American  .\luseum  oj  Saturai  Hmorv 

Robert  G.  Goelet.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Director 


2     Authors 

8     A  Naturalist  at  Large  Rene  Dubos 
An  Inadvertent  Ecologist 

16      This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Could 
Criminal  Man  Revived 


.Alan  Ternes.  Editor 

Thomas  Page.  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay.  Frederick  Hartmann, 

Christopher  Hallowell.  Toni  Gerber 

Carol  Breslin.  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein.  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckham.  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato.  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson.  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana.  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon.  Dorothy  E.  Bliss. 

Mark  Chartrand.  Niles  Eldredge. 

Vincent  Manson.  Margaret  Mead, 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Gerard  Piel. 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryus.  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly.  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn.  Production  Manager 
Gordon  Finley.  Marketing  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf.  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe.  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown.  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez.  Asst. 
Joan  Mahoney 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 

of  Natural  History.  Central  Park  West 

at  79th  Street.  New  York.  NY.   10024. 

Published  monthly.  October  through  May:  7X 

bimonthly  June  to  September. 

Subscriptions:  SIO.OO  a  year.  In  Canada 

and  all  other  countries:  SI 2.00  a  year. 

Second-class  postage  paid  at  74 

New  York.  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 

Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be  "78 

reproduced  without  written  consent  of 

Natural  Histor>-.   The  opinions  expressed 

by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 

policy  of  The  American  .Museum.  CovCF* 

Natural  Histop,-  incorporating 

Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 

Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 

Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 

420  Lexington  Avenue. 

Sew  York.  N.   Y.   10017 

Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions. 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  Historj' 

Membership  Services.  Box  6000 

I>es  Moines.  Iowa  50340 


20     Announcements 

22      Rain-making  Forests  Hubert  W.  Vogelmann 

In  foggy  and  misty  environments,  trees  may  collect  30  inches  of 
water  annually. 

26     Donegal's  Lowly  Sheep  and  Exalted  Cows  Eugenia  Shanklin 
The  ritual  for  the  sale  of  a  cow  includes  a  round  at  the  pub. 

34      Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

36      Deep  Divers  of  the  Antarctic  Gerald  L.  Kooyman 

How  do  seals  and  penguins  withstand  extreme  pressures  and  temperatures? 

46      Predatory  Baboons  of  Kekopey  Robert  S.O.  Harding  and  Shirley  C.  Strum 
Primarily  vegetarians  in  the  past,  these  primates  evolved  quickly 
into  meat  eaters. 

54     Art  of  the  Northwest  Coast  Indian 

A  portfolio  of  color  photographs,  with  a  prologue  by  William  Reid 
and  an  essay  on  "Collectors  and  Collections"  by  Edmund  Carpenter. 

68     Additional  Reading 
70     The  Market 


Book  Review  Stanley  A.  Freed 
The  Cree's  Day  in  Court 

Sky  Reporter  Beatrice  M.  Tinsley 
Life  and  Death  in  the  Milky  Way 

A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
Peace  and  the  Ultimate  Sttack 

The  Weddell  seal 's  capabilities  and  physiology  have  been  well  studied  in  its 
natural  environment.  This  inhabitant  of  the  Antarctic  can  dive  to  nearly 
2,000  feet,  stay  submerged  for  more  than  an  hour,  and  surface  rapidly 
without  any  ill  effects.  Photograph  by  Carleton  Ray.  Story  on  page  36. 


We  offer  adventurous  travelers  three 
unusually  interesting  outdoors  pro- 
grams next  summer. 


LadakhTrek 

July  6  to  28,  1976 

August  31  to  September  22,  1976 


These  expeditions  include  a  trek 
througti  the  lovely  valleys  and  moun- 
tains of  Kashmir  into  the  remote 
country  of  Ladakh,  which  was  until 
recently  closed  to  visitors.  Before  and 
after  the  trek,  first  class  hotel  and 
houseboat  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided in  Delhi  and  Srinagar. 


Inca 
Trek  in  Peru 


August  6  to  21,  1976 

August  20  to  September  4,  1976 

These  expeditions  provide  the  stir- 
ring experience  of  walking  along  the 
ancient  Inca  trail  from  Cuzco  high 
above  the  lovely  Urubamba  Valley,  at 
a  leisurely  pace  over  three  passes 
and  through  fabulous  Andean  scenery 
to  Machu  Picchu,  the  most  dramat- 
ically spectacular  archaeological  site 
in  the  world.  Before  and  after  the 
trek,  first  class  hotel  accommoda- 
tions are  provided  in  Lima  and  Cuzco. 


For  people  interested  in  outdoor 
tilings,  we  have  arranged  lour  tours 
to  enjoy  the  birds,  butterflies  and 
jungle  wildlife  of  Trinidad  and  French 
Guiana: 

The 
PapillonToLir 

These  tours  operate  between  July  and 
November,  1976,  and  include  a  stay 
at  the  lovely  Asa  Wright  Nature  Center 
in  the  northern  mountains  of  Trinidad; 
in  French  Guiana  we  visit  Cayenne, 
the  lies  de  Salut,  and  stay  for  three 
days  at  a  camp  deep  in  the  jungle 
where  transport  is  by  canoes  and  ac- 
commodations are  in  hammocks  in 
open-air  bungalows. 


Detailed  brochures  on  all  three  pro- 
grams are  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  NY    10036 
TELEPHONE  (212)  354  6634 


Authors 


The  discovery  that  trees  rake  mois- 
ture from  fog  and  clouds  came 
more  or  less  accidentally  to  Hubert 
W.  Vogelmann.  Professor  of  botany 
at  the  University  of  Vermont,  Vogel- 
mann has  spent  the  past  decade  study- 
ing the  fragile  ecosystems  of  Ver- 
mont's alpine  areas.  In  analyzing  the 
water  content  of  such  areas,  he  no- 
ticed that  more  moisture  collected  in 
forests  than  in  clearings.  This  knowl- 
edge led  to  a  year's  investigation  of 
the  moisture-gathering  capacity  of 
the  remaining  cloud  forests  of  eastern 
Mexico.  Vogelmann 's  nonprofes- 
sional activities  include  skiing,  fish- 
ing, and  raising  enough  food  on  his 
Vermont  farm  to  be  self-sufficient. 


A  lifelong  regard  for  dairy  cattle 
and  concern  for  how  people  adapt  to 
difficult  environments  led  Eugenia 
Shanklin  to  choose  the  isolated  farm- 
ing area  of  County  Donegal,  Ireland, 
as  the  field  site  for  her  doctoral  re- 
search in  anthropology.  In  particular, 
she  was  studying  livestock  produc- 
tion, traditional  attitudes  toward  rais- 
ing cows  and  sheep,  and  the  conver- 
sion of  bogs  into  agriculturally  pro- 
ductive land.  On  receiving  her  degree 
from  Columbia  University  in  1973, 
Shanklin  began  to  teach  at  Trenton 
State  College  in  New  Jersey,  where 
she  is  assistant  professor  of  anthro- 
pology. 


"When  in  the  presence  of  the  em- 
peror penguin  in  its  natural  surround- 
ings, I  am  always  struck  by  the  maj- 
esty of  the  place  and  the  animal," 
says  Gerald  L.  Kooyman,  who  has 
made  eight  field  trips  to  Antarctica  to 
study  this  bird  and  other  animals  na- 
tive to  the  continent.  Kooyman — an 
experienced  scuba  diver — received 
his  Ph.  D.  in  zoology  and  is  an  asso- 
ciate research  physiologist  at  Scripps 
Institution  of  Oceanography  in  La 
Jolla,  California.  His  specialty  is  the 
structure  and  function  of  the  respira- 
tory systems  of  aquatic  vertebrates 
and  their  diving  behavior.  His  effort 
is  "to  understand  animals  that  spend 
most  or  all  of  their  lives  in  a  medium 
a  thousand  times  more  dense  than 


Polar  Bear,  leniilliO'/!" 


Texas  Ocetot,  length  7" 


Banded  Seal,  length  7" 


Cougar,  length  S'/s" 


Grizzly  Bear,  length  7" 


Black-footed  Ferret,  length  S'/i" 


Announcing  the 

Friends  Of  The  Earth  Collection 

of  American  Wildlife 


In  the  tiny  Swedish  town  of  Gantofta,  a 
noted  sculptor-naturalist  named  Maria 
Ericson  is  creating  a  menagerie  of  stone- 
ware animals.  Her  art  pays  tribute  to  the 
wildlife  she  loves  and  knows  so  well. 

Each  sculpture  is  cast,  finished,  and 
glazed  by  hand  under  her  watchful  eye. 
If  she's  pleased  with  the  piece,  her  name 
goes  on  it.  If  not,  it's  broken  and  re- 
turned to  the  earth.  The  process  is  ex- 
acting and  slow ;  only  200  of  these  pieces 
are  signed  each  month. 

This  work  was  commissioned  by 
Friends  of  the  Earth,  a  non-profit  group 
that  fights  for  legislation  to  protect  our 
natural  resources.  For  example,  we 
helped  persuade  the  government  to  de- 
clare the  grizzly  a  threatened  species 
last  year;  fewer  than  1,000  are  left.  Now 
we're  working  to  create  the  Great  Bear 
Wilderness  Sanctuary  in  Montana  to  in- 
sure the  survival  of  this  noble  species. 

Friends  of  the  Earth  saved  the 
banded  seal  by  guiding  through  Con- 


gress the  Marine  Mammal  Protection 
Act  of  1972.  Now  we  want  to  preserve 
the  shrinking  habitats  of  the  ocelot, 
which  is  endangered,  and  the  cougar. 
By  pressing  for  controls  on  the  use  of 
lethal  pesticides,  we're  helping  the  en- 
dangered black-footed  ferret  to  survive. 
And  we're  monitoring  Alaskan  oilfields 
lest  the  polar  bear's  fragile  environment 
be  destroyed. 

To  help  fund  such  projects,  we're 
offering  the  first  six  in  the  series  of 
signed  sculptures  created  exclusively 
for  us  by  Maria  Ericson.  While  some 
special  editions  such  as  this  have  a  re- 
markable history  of  appreciation  [a 
Danish  collector's  plate  which  sold  for 
$10  in  1969,  now  commands  $245 !),  each 
purchase  you  make  directly  benefits 
Friends  of  the  Earth.  In  addition,  you 
automatically  become  an  Introductory 
Member  and  receive  Not  Man  Apart,  a 
biweekly  newspaper  in  the  front  line  of 
the  fight  to  save  our  natural  resources. 


Friends  of  the  Earth 
20  Carter-Henry  Dr.,  Dept.  C 
Fairfield,  CT  06430 

Sirs:  Please  send  me  the  following  at 
$37  each  plus  $2  handling  [or,  3  for 
$100  -H  $3;  or  6  for  8200  +  S5)  [CT  res- 
idents add  7''/o  tax]  and  confirm  my 
membership  in  Friends  of  the  Earth: 

ferret[s)  Texas  ocelot[s] 

banded  seal(s) polar  bearfs] 

grizzly  bear(s) cougar(s) 

I  must  be  satisfied  or  I  may  return  my 
purchase  in  30  days  for  full  refund  and 
cancel  my  membership. 

Enclosed  find  $ check  or  money 

order.  Or,  charge  D  BankAmericard 
□  Master  Charge.  Interbank  # 


Acc't# 

Signature 
Name 


.  Exp.. 


Address 

City/State/ZIP  . 


National4-H  Forestry  Award  winners,  front  to  rear:  ^;     'i'  '' h 

Jeffrey  Little,  JvhhPfleiderer,:Melinda  Hodden,  Craig  I.*"  ;  ^.  ■!■.,,"* 
Jerabek,SteveWelfihe^',andJPavidDoherty,Jr.  }     »  '     - 


9^m 

P«»' 

.  A 

:*^ 

feA'.id 

■  ■' . '..''' 

«V%-    :•$ 


B 


*^^^ 
/' 


^\ 


\ 


v\o*-.\'It^   r-'; 


'■^^ 


4[?»  V 


''  iiiiliF 


Hoiv  six  4-H  members 

became  the  proud  parents  of 

over  60,000  baby  trees 


In  the  year  2000,  Americans 
will  use  about  twice  as  much 
paper  and  wood  products  as 
they  use  today.  And  the  U.S. 
Forest  Service  predicts  that 
America's  commercial  timber- 
lands  won't  be  able  to  keep  up 
with  the  demand. 

Our  hope  lies  to  a  great 
extent  in  concerned  yoinig 
people  — like  these  six  teen- 
agers who  won  the  National 
4-H  Forestry  Award  and 
scholarship.  These  young 
people  show  just  what  can  be 
accomplished.  And  that's  why 
we're  sponsoring  the  awards: 
to  encourage  people  to  start 
young  —  thinking  about  the 
future  of  America's  forests  and 
doing  something  about  it. 

Enough  trees  to  keep 
a  city  going 

Together,  Craig  Jerabek, 
David  Doherty,  and  Jeffrey 
Little  planted  over  57,000  of 
the  60,000  seedlings  —  enough 
to  keep  a  city  of  16,000  people 
supplied  in  paper  for  an  entire 
year  when  the  trees  are  grown. 

Melinda  Hadden's  spe- 
cialty is  Christmas  trees  —  she's 
planted  1,200  of  them.  She's 
also  planted  about  300  trees  for 
homeowners  whose  trees 
were  destroyed  by  a  violent 
windstorm. 


k 


John  Pfleiderer  has  re- 
searched and  fought  Dutch  elm 
disease  — a  killer  which  wiped 
out  many  of  Greeley,  Colorado's 
most  beautiful  trees.  (John 
also  taught  himself  grafting  — 
and  created  new  forms 
of  trees.) 

But  there's  more  to  a 
forest  than  just  trees.  Health\' 
forests  are  a  complete  eco- 
system. That's  why  Steve 
Welches  has  planted  over  1,200 
shrubs  fcir  animal  cover.  And 
why  David  Dohert)'  has  built 
dens  and  brush  pUes  for  rabbits 
and  small  game  birds.  (And 
succeeded  in  bringing  them 
back  to  land  that  was  once 
ravaged  by  Hurricane  Camille.) 

Fortunately,  these  six 
teen-agers  aren't  alone  in  their 
commitment.  There  are  100,000 
more  4-H  members  also  work- 
ing in  forestry. 

And  forest  companies  pull- 
ing on  the  same  team. 

International  Paper  shares 
the  burden 

We've  developed  a  Super- 
tree— a  southern  pine  that 
grows  taller,  straighter,  healthier, 
and  faster  than  ordinary  pines. 

We're  experimenting 
with  a  new  machine  that  can 
harvest  an  entire  tree  —  taproots 
and  all.  We're  moving  ahead 


® 


on  projects  like  fertilization 
techniques.  Tree  farm  pro- 
grams. Forest  research. 

We'll  show  a  private  land- 
owner how  to  prepare  a  site, 
plant,  protect,  thin,  and  harvest 
—  at  no  charge.  (In  some 
cases,  doubli)!;^  his  yield.)  For 
this  help,  IP  gets  the  right  to 
bu\-  a  landowner's  timber  at 
competitive  prices. 

More  to  be  done 

Will  all  this  be  enough  to 
keep  the  world's  fiber  supply 
going  strong?  It'll  help.  But 
more  must  be  done. 

At  International  Paper, 
we  believe  forest  products 
companies,  private  landowners 
and  government  should  work 
together  to  develop  more 
constructive  policies  for  man- 
aging America's  forests.  The 
wrong  policies  can  make 
tree  farming  impossible  and 
force  the  sale  of  forest  land  for 
other  purposes.  The  right 
poUdes  can  assure  continuation 
of  America's  forests  —  a  renew- 
able natural  resource. 

If  you'd  like  more  informa- 
tion about  what  has  to  be  done 
to  assure  the  world's  fiber  sup- 
ply, please  write  to  Dept.  159- A, 
International  Paper  Company, 
220  East  42nd  Sti-eet,  New  York, 
New  York  10017. 


INTERNATIONAL    PAPER    COMPANY 

220  EAST  42ND  STREET  NEW  YORK    NEW  YORK  10017 


Norm  Thompson's  Ranch  Pants 

...Tougher  than 
blue  jeans  and  a 
heckuva  lot  better 
looking! 

Ranch  Pants  for  men  and  women  are 
styled  with  a  l)old  western  flavor  and  made  to 
withstand  just  about  any  kind  of  tough  use 
you  can  give  'em.  You  get  the  lightweight 
-!— ^wa-^^^f"*  comfort  of  50% 
iW^pm-J  --"theTS 
durability  of 
50%  Dacron® 
polyester.  A 
unique  finish 
makes  them  spot 
and  stain  resis- 
tant. They're 
completely  ma- 
chine washable 
and  dryable. 

We  think 
Ranch  {"ants  are 
better  than  blue 
jeans  for  camp- 
ing, hiking,  rid- 
ing, or  any  out- 
door adventure. 
And  what's 
more,  they  look 
great  as  casual 
slacks  with  a 
sweater  or  jack- 
et. Either  way, 
they're  a  genu- 
ine bargain  in 
comfort,  long 
wear,  and  good 
looks. 
Unconditionally  guaranteed  for  6  months! 

If  your  Ranch  Pants  rip,  tear,  or  wear  out 
within  six  months,  we'll  send  you  a  new  pair 
free  or  refund  your  money. 

Colors:  Desert  tan  or  slate  blue.  Men's 
even  waist  sizes:  28-50.  Women's  (no  back 
pockets),  all  waist  sizes:  22-30,  32,  34.  Ranch 
Pants  are  shipped  unhcmmed  for  easy  adjust- 
ment to  your  exact  leg  length.       $18.75  ppd. 


Dept.  03-16 
1805N.W.Thurman 
Portland,  Or.  97209 

Order  TOLL   FREE   anytime   800-547-6712 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii  and  Alaska) 


NormHionipson 


Ranch  Pants 

Oty. 

Size 

Color 

Men's  4382 

Women's    4389 

□  Check  enclosed.  Charge  to  my: 

□  BankAmericard.       □  Master  Charge. 

Card  # 

(Please  include  all  raised  letters  and  num- 
bers) 
Signature  X 

□  Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary®" 
color  catalog.  Save  up  to  i/j  on  imported 
sports  clothes  and  cf|uipment. 


Address. 
City 


_Zip_ 


Robert  S.O.  Harding  and  Shirley 
C.  Strum  consider  their  study  of  the 
baboons  in  Gilgil,  Kenya,  a  rare  op- 
portunity to  observe  evolving  behav- 
ior in  a  stable,  free-ranging  primate 
population.  They  both  plan  to  con- 
tinue their  work  there.  Harding,  who 
teaches  anthropology  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  will  concentrate 
on  the  baboons'  ecology.  Strum,  ah 
anthropologist  at  the  University  of 
California  at  San  Diego,  will  go  on 
with  her  investigation  of  the  baboons' 
social  organization.  Harding  became 
interested  in  animal  behavior  while 
working  for  the  State  Department  in 
Germany,  a  career  he  followed  until 
1967 .  Strum  first  became  interested  in 
primates  because  she  thought  people 
were  too  complicated.  She  now  finds 
that  her  interest  in  humanity  has  been 
rekindled. 


An  authority  on  Arctic  art  and  cul- 
ture, but  with  a  wide-ranging  interest 
in  other  regions  as  well,  Edmund 
Carpenter  has  lived  and  worked 
among  Indian  and  Eskimo  societies 
for  many  years.  He  is  the  author  of 
Eskimo  Realities  and  is  now  prepar- 
ing a  book  on  the  treasures  of  Kluk- 
wan,  a  center  of  the  art  of  Northwest 
Coast  Indians.  Carpenter,  who  has 
taught  anthropology  at  several  uni- 
versities in  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada, is  currently  associated  with  the 
Museum  fiir  Volkerkunde  at  Basel, 
Switzerland.  The  photograph  of  Car- 
penter was  taken  during  the  Hindu 
spring  festival  in  Benares,  India, 
when  his  face  was  painted  with  grease 
by  other  participants.  William  Reid, 
who  wrote  the  prologue  to  Carpen- 
ter's article,  is  a  carver  whose  work, 
including  a  house  with  totems  and 
mortuaries  done  for  the  University  of 
British  Columbia,  continues  the  tra- 
dition of  his  Haida  Indian  forebears. 


As  your  introduction  to  membership  in  the  BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB' 

The  most  comprehensive  encyclopedia 
of  philosophy  ever  published.. 

FOR  ONLY 


$1750 


I  HE  SUCCLSTlilJ  IKIAL 
You  simply  aurcc  10  buy 

lour  Club  choices  within  a 
year  a(  substantial  saving! 

on  most  books  you  choose 


PUBLISHER'S  LIST  PRICE: $99.50 

The  complete  contents  of  the  original 
eight-volume  $219.50  edition  now  in  a 
handsome  four-volume  reader's  edition 

ONE  OF  THE  GREATEST  repositories  of  philo- 
sophical information  available  anywhere. 
The  Encyclopedia  of  Philosophy  is  the  only  major 
philosophical  reference  work  published  in  English 
since  1901. 

In  this  unique  5,000,000-word  work  can  be 
found  clear,  authoritative  answers  to  almost  any 
question  concerning  philosophy —  ancient,  medi- 
eval and  modern.  Eastern  as  well  as  Western.  And 
because  the  work  represents  the  collaboration  of 
more  than  500  philosophers  and  philosophical 
scholars  from  twenty-four  countries,  every  shade 
of  opinion  is  represented.  No  thinker  or  move- 
ment is  dismissed  as  too  radical,  no  issue  is  scanted 
as  too  controversial.  There  are  articles,  for  exam- 
ple, that  discuss  such  contemporary  matters  as  the 
ethics  of  suicide  and  euthanasia  and  the  benefits 
and  dangers  of  computing  machines. 

Clearly,  The  Encyclopedia  of  Philosophy  be- 
longs in  every  personal  library,  particularly  in 
homes  where  there  are  high  school  or  college  stu- 
dents. Up  to  now  its  high  price  has  kept  it  out  of 
the  reach  of  most  families.  But,  as  a  new  member 
of  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club,  you  may  own  it 
for  less  than  a  tenth  of  the  cost  of  the  original 
eight-volume  edition.  Because  only  a  limited  num- 
ber of  sets  have  been  set  aside  for  this  offer,  you 
are  advised  to  act  quickly. 

SPECIAL  FEATURES  AND  EDITORIAL  FACTS 

•  4200  pages 

•  5,000,000  words 

•  Nearly  1500  articles, 
including  900  on 
individual  philosophers 

•  158-page  index 


•  Paul  Edwards,  editor 
in  chief 

•  Editorial  Board  of  15.1 
international  scholars 

•  Contributors:  500 
specialists  from 
twenty-four  countries 


A  SMALL  SAMPLING  OF  THE  IDEAS 
AND  PHILOSOPHERS  IN  THESE  VOLUMES 

Pain  Atheism         Semantics        The  Absolute 

Nothing      Free  Will        Humanism       Good  ;md  Evil 

Truth        Nonsense        Linguistics        Existentialism 

LOCKE  WITTGENSTEIN  CAMUS  NEWTON 

CONFUCIUS         SANTAYANA  KANT  DESCARTES 

ERASMUS  SPINOZA  NIETZSCHE  HEGEL 

SARTRE       THOMAS  AQUINAS  ARISTOTLE        EINSTEIN 
RUSSELL                PIAGET  PLATO       KIERKEGAARD 


BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB,  INC.,  Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania,  17012  6-fl398-3 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club  and  send 
me  the  four-volume  reader's  edition  of  The  Encyclopedia  of  Philosophy, 
billing  me  $17.50.  1  agree  to  buy  at  least  four  Selections  or  Alternates 
during  the  first  year  I  am  a  member,  paying  in  most  cases  special  mem- 
bers' prices.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any  time  after  I  buy  these 
four  books.  A  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments.  ^ 


jijss  f  (Please  print  plainly) 

Address '*"' 

City& 

State Zip 

FACTS  ABOUT  MEMBERSHIP 

.  Vou  will  r«dv=  the  Book.of-th=-Morlh  Club  N,ws.  a  d«,<l;  whjihj,  you  warn  il,   Ih.t  Sekcllon   may  be   r.- 

lilerary  magazine  published  by  Ihe  Club  fideen  limes  a  '_"f"'^'*^^'  conijnuc  after  your  trial  membership,  you  will 

''?°ii,Il'„',I!r,'n?wili'te  Mni'iTmS  ^'SmaTefy^eSfJ  iarn  aT^eSt  om  Book-Dividends  Credit  tor  every  Selec- 

of  Alternates,  and  will  De  sent  to  you  approximately  c      y  Alternate  you  buy.  These  Credits  enable  you  to 

three  and  a  half  weeks.  """  "'   J'               library  a  wide  variety  of  books,  called 

will  be  shipped  to  you  automatically.  Book-pividcnds.  .'''^^{^"'^'^'"^j/f^^^f  Tv«em'°iTiorc  tiian 

•  If  you  do  not  want  the  Selection  -  or  you  would  hke  one  ?/J^  i     ^  n     d     d         II    be    available    to    choose    from 

rcceiv/"&:Uaio^n^wT[houi  having  had  at  leasi   10  days  lo       size  and  quality. 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


by  Rene  Dubos 


An  Inadvertent  Ecologist 


Louis  Pasteur  foresaw 

an  area  of  science 

that  is  only  now  developing 

To  view  Louis  Pasteur's  profes- 
sional achievements  gives  one  the  im- 
pression that  he  led  an  enchanted  life. 
His  contributions  to  science,  technol- 
ogy, and  medicine  were  prodigious 
and  continued  without  interruption 
from  his  early  twenties  to  his  mid-six- 
ties. His  skill  in  public  debates  and 
his  flair  for  dramatic  demonstrations 
enabled  him  to  triumph  over  his  op- 
ponents. His  discoveries  had  practi- 
cal applications  that  immediately 
contributed  to  the  health  and  wealth 
of  humankind.  His  worldwide  fame 
made  him  a  legendary  character  dur- 
ing his  lifetime;  he  was,  and  remains, 
the  white  knight  of  science. 

While  writing  Pasteur's  biography 
a  quarter  of  a  century  ago,  I  could 
readily  document  the  fact  that  his  ex- 
traordinary successes  had  been 
achieved  at  the  cost  of  immense  labor 
and  against  tremendous  odds — in- 
cluding the  stroke  that  paralyzed  him 
on  the  left  side  at  the  age  of  forty- 
six.  However,  I  felt  I  could  also  read 
between  the  lines  of  his  public  state- 
ments the  frequent  expressions  of  a 
melancholy  mood,  an  intellectual  and 
emotional  regret  at  having  sacrificed 
great  theoretical  problems  to  the  pur- 
suit of  practical  applications.  Writing 
as  if  he  had  not  been  complete  master 
of  his  own  life,  Pasteur  stated  time 
and  time  again  that  he  had  been  "en- 
chained" by  the  inescapable  logic  of 
his  discoveries;  he  had  thus  been 
compelled  to  move  from  the  study  of 
crystals  to  fermentation,  then  to  spon- 
taneous generation,  on  to  infection 
and  vaccination. 

One  can  indeed  recognize  a  majes- 
tic ordering  in  Pasteur's  scientific  ca- 
reer. Yet,  the  logic  that  governed  the 
succession  of  his  achievements  was 
not  as  inescapable  as  he  stated.  At 
almost  any  point  in  the  evolution  of 
his  scientific  career,  he  could  have 


followed,  just  as  logically,  other  lines 
of  work  that  would  have  led  him  to 
discoveries  in  fields  other  than  fer- 
mentation and  vaccination.  Some  of 
his  casual  remarks  indicate  that  he 
was  aware  of  the  potentialities  he  had 
left  undeveloped. 

Early  in  his  scientific  life  he  pre- 
dicted, for  example,  that  a  day  would 
come  "when  microbes  will  be  uti- 
lized in  certain  industrial  operations 
on  account  of  their  ability  to  attack 
organic  matter."  Today,  in  fact,  mi- 
crobial processes  are  used  on  an  enor- 
mous scale  to  produce  organic  acids, 
solvents,  vitamins,  enzymes,  and 
drugs.  In  1877,  he  observed  that  the 
anthrax  bacillus  loses  its  virulence 
when  placed  in  contact  with  certain 
soil  microbes  and  he  suggested  that 
saprophytic  organisms  might  be  used 
to  combat  infectious  agents.  This  was 
of  course  a  vision  of  antibiotic  ther- 
apy, more  than  sixty  years  before  its 
actual  beginning.  Such  lines  of  inves- 
tigation, and  others  that  he  suggested, 
were  within  Pasteur's  technical  possi- 
bilities and  he  could  have  followed 
them ,  if  he  had  had  time .  He  had  good 
reasons  indeed  to  ask  himself  whether 
"the  road  not  taken"  might  not  have 
been  the  better  road. 

Many  other  aspects  of  his  early  sci- 
entific work  continued  to  occupy  his 
mind  throughout  his  life  and  fre- 
quently surfaced  in  the  form  of  casual 
remarks,  suggestions  for  new  lines  of 
experiments,  and  prophetic  views  on 
the  direction  science  should  take. 

The  effect  of  environmental  factors 
on  the  characteristics  and  activities  of 
living  things  was  a  particular  theme 
that  he  did  not  develop  in  his  experi- 
mental work  but  that  continually 
emerged  in  his  writings.  Here  again 
one  of  his  statements  betrays  regret  at 
his  not  having  followed  his  early 
hunches.  He  had  entered  the  field  of 
pathology  almost  by  accident  through 
his  work  on  the  diseases  of  silk- 
worms. His  first  hypothesis  had  been 
that  these  diseases  were  nutritional 


and  physiological  in  nature,  but  he 
eventually  discovered  that  they  could 
be  controlled  by  protecting  the  worms 
against  microbial  contamination. 
However,  despite  the  outstanding 
success  of  this  control  technique,  he 
continued  to  believe  that  the  resist- 
ance of  the  worms  could  be  increased 
by  measures  that  would  improve  their 
physiological  state.  In  Etudes  sur  la 
maladie  des  vers  a  sole,  he  went  as 
far  as  to  state:  "If  I  were  to  undertake 
new  studies  on  the  silkworm  dis- 
eases, I  would  direct  my  effort  to  the 
environmental  conditions  that  in- 
crease their  vigor  and  resistance." 
This  phrase  clearly  reveals  an  aspect 
of  his  thought  that  greatly  intrigued 
him  but  that  he  did  not  have  the  time 
to  convert  into  experimental  work. 

Even  though  Pasteur's  name  is 
identified  with  the  "germ  theory"  of 
fermentation  and  disease — namely, 
the  view  that  many  types  of  chemical 
alterations  and  of  pathological  proc- 
esses are  caused  by  specific  types  of 
microbes — it  is  certain  that  his  con- 
cern was  not  limited  to  the  causative 
role  of  microbes.  He  was  intensely 
interested  in  what  he  called  the  "ter- 
rain," a  word  he  used  to  include  the 
environmental  factors  that  affect  the 
course  of  fermentation  and  of  dis- 
ease. I  now  see  more  clearly  than  I 
did  when  writing  Pasteur's  biography 
that  the  magnitude  of  his  theoretical 
and  practical  achievements  derives  in 
large  part  from  the  fact  that  his  con- 
ceptual view  of  life  was  fundamen- 
tally ecological. 

From  the  very  beginning  of  his  bio- 
logical investigations,  Pasteur  be- 
came aware  of  the  fact  that  the  chemi- 
cal activities  of  microbes  are  pro- 
foundly influenced  by  environmental 
factors.  Furthermore,  he  developed 
very  early  a  sweeping  ecological  con- 
cept of  the  role  played  by  microbial 
life  in  the  cycles  of  matter.  During  the 
1860s  he  wrote  letters  to  important 
French  officials  to  advocate  support 
of  microbiological  sciences  on  the 


From  Charles  Scribner's  Sons  forthcoming  title  Louis  Pasteur:  Free  Lance  of  Science,  by  Rene  Dubos,  copyright  ©  Rene  Dubos, 


What 
Quality 


makes  a 
Paperback? 


What  makes  a  paperback  a  quality  paperback?  Pick  one  up 
and  see.  Feel  the  rich  finish  of  the  paper.  The  heft  of  the 
book  itself.  Hold  a  page  up  to  the  light .  See  how  crisp  and 
clear  the  type  is . . .  and  how  the  printing  on  the  other  side 
doesn't  show  through  Open  and  close  the  book  a  few  times 
then  thumb  through  the  pages  and  listen  for  the  distinctive 
"snap."  You'll  quickly  understand  why  the  books  Quality 
Paperback  Book  Club  offers  to  members  compare  favor- 
ably with  the  finest  hardcover  editions . . .  and  why  you'll 
be  proud  to  display  them  in  your  home  library. 

Binding.  All  the  books  we  offer  are  sturdily 
bound  (often  secured  with  costly  stitching) 
to  withstand  years  of  openings  and  closings. 

198.  PubPr 


Tide.  The  pnmary  cncenon  for  selection  by 
Quality  Paperback  Book  Club  is  of  course 
editorial  quality.  All  titles  are  chosen  lo 
reflect  the  best  available  fiction  and  non- 
fiction. 

Paper.  We  select  books  that  are  printed  on 
heavy,  opaque  stock  —  the  land  of  paper 
that  resists  yellovk'ing  and  doesn't  strain 
your  eyes  with  annoying  glare 

Design.  The  books  we  offer  members  are 
chosen  for  their  esthetic  appeal  as  well  as 
their  literary  merit  Covers.  tyf)ography 
and  artwork  make  Quality  PaF>erback  selec- 
tions a  delight  to  both  hand  and  eye 


275.  Pub  Price  $6.95 


210.  Pub  Prices  Total  S11.90 


265.  Pub  Price  S3.95 


151.  Pub  Price  S8.95 


269.  Pub  Price  S9.75 


Any  3  books  or  sets  for  only  H  each 


You  simply  agree  to  buy  six  more 
within  the  next  year  and  as  a  mem- 
ber you'll  immediately  qualify  for 
our  Free  Book  Plan. 


There  are  paperbacks.  And 
there  are  paperbacks.  Quahty 
Paperback  Book  Club  offers 
the  kinds  of  paperbacks  that 
are  meant  to  be  kept  as  well 
as  read.  Now  you  can  read  — 
and  keep— any  three  books  of 
your  choice  for  only  $1  each 
by  accepting  the  short  trial 
membership  in  Quality  Paper- 
back Book  Club  outlined  here. 

QUALITY  PAPERBACK 
OOS^BOOK  CLUB.  INC. 
'**  *='**'  Middletown. 

Pennsylvania  I7057 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOK  CLUB,  INC. 

Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057 


6-QB113-3 


Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Quality  Paperback  Book  Club  and  send  me  the  three  books  or  sets 
whose  numbers  I've  indicated  in  the  boxes  below.  Bill  me  only  $3  for  all  three,  plus  shipping.  My  only 
obligation  is  to  purchase  six  more  books  or  sets  during  the  coining  year,  receiving  a  20%  discount  on  every 
Main  Selection  I  take.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any  time  after  I  buy  the  six  additional  books  or  sets. 
A  moderate  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 

INDICATE  BY  NUMBER  YOUR       I                    I        I                    I        I  I 

THREE  BOOKS  OR  SETS  I I        I I        I I 


( Please  print  plainly) 


Q-30 


HOW  MEMBERSHIP  WORKS 


1.  You  will  receive  QPB  Review  fifteen  times  a  year 
—  about  every  3^/2  weeks.  This  informative  catalog 
describes  the  Main  Selection  plus  approximately 
one  hundred  Alternates.  The  IMaln  Selection  Is  always 
at  a  20%  dlMTOunt. 

2.  If  you  want  the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing.  It 
will  be  shipped  to  you  automatically.  If  you  want 
one  or  more  of  the  Alternates— or  no  book  at  all  — 
just  indicate  your  decision  on  the  reply  form  always 
enclosed  with  the  Review  and  return  it  by  the  date 
specified. 


du- 


3.  Free  books.  For  every  book  or  set  you  buy  (e 
sive  of  your  three  introtiuctory  choices  for  $1  each) 
you  earn  at  least  one  Bonus  Point,  and  the  Bonus 
Points  you  accumulate  entitle  you  to  free  books  and 
sets.  (You  pay  only  shipping  charges.) 

4.  Return  privilege.  If  vour  Review  is  delayed  in  the 
mail  and  therefort  you  receive  the  Main  Selection 
\\athout  having  had  ten  days  to  notify 


that  Selectii 


grounds  that  the  whole  economy  of 
nature,  and  therefore  man's  welfare, 
depended  upon  the  beneficial  activi- 
ties of  microorganisms.  He  boldly 
postulated  that  microbial  life  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  constant  recycling 
of  chemical  substances  under  natural 
conditions — from  complex  organic 
matter  to  simple  molecules  and  back 
into  living  substance.  In  a  language 
that  was  more  visionary  than  scien- 
tific, he  asserted  that  each  of  the 
various  microbial  types  plays  a  spe- 
cialized part  in  the  orderly  succession 
of  changes  essential  for  the  continu- 
ation of  life  on  earth.  Long  before  the 
word  ecology  had  been  introduced 
into  the  scientific  literature,  he  thus 
achieved  an  intuitive  understanding 
of  the  interplay  between  biological 
and  chemical  processes  that  brings 
about  the  finely  orchestrated  manifes- 
tations of  life  and  of  transformations 
of  matter  in  natural  phenomena. 

Pasteur's  ecological  attitude  can 
also  be  recognized  in  his  repeated  em- 
phasis— to  the  point  of  obsession — 
on  the  fact  that  the  morphology  and 
chemical  activities  of  any  particular 
microbial  species  are  conditioned  by 
the  physicochemical   characteristics 
of  the  environment.  He  pointed  out, 
for  example,  that  molds  can  be  fila- 
mentous or  yeastlike  in  shape,  de- 
pending upon  the  oxygen  tension  of 
the  medium  in  which  they  grow.  He 
demonstrated  also  that  the  gaseous 
environment  determines  the  relative 
proportions  of  alcohol,  organic  acids, 
carbon   dioxide,    and    protoplasmic 
material  produced  by  a  particular  mi- 
crobial species  from  a  particular  sub- 
strate. Observations  of  this  type  give 
to  the  book  in  which  he  assembled  his 
studies  on  beer  (Etudes  sur  la  biere, 
published  in  1876)  an  importance  that 
far  transcends  the  practice  of  beer 
making.  In  that  book  he  approached 
the  problem  of  fermentation  from  an 
ecological  point  of  view.  By  demon- 
strating that   "fermentation  is   life 
without  oxygen,"  he  introduced  the 
first  sophisticated  evidence  of  bio- 
chemical mechanisms  in  an  ecologi- 
cal relationship. 

The  sophistication  of  his  ecologi- 
cal attitude  is  perhaps  best  illustrated 
by  his  studies  of  butyric  fermentation 
and  of  putrefaction.  He  noticed  that 
the  bacteria  that  produce  butyric  acid 
can  function  only  in  the  absence  of 
oxygen.  When  he  observed  these  mi- 
crobes under  the  microscope,  for  ex- 
ample, he  noticed  that  they  were  ac- 
tively motile  in  the  center  of  a  drop 
of  fermenting  fluid  but  lost  their  mo- 


tility at  the  margin  of  the  drop  where 
they  were  in  direct  contact  with  the 
air;  he  showed  indeed  that  he  could 
arrest  butyric  acid  production  simply 
by  passing  a  current  of  air  through  the 
fermenting  fluid.  He  established  also 
that  the  evil-smelling  decomposition 
(putrefaction)  of  meat  or  other  prod- 
ucts containing  proteins  was  caused 
by  microbes  that  functioned  only 
when  protected  from  the  air. 

The  ecological  attitude  in  Pasteur's 
laboratory  certainly  helped  his  asso- 
ciate Emile  Duclaux,  who  eventually 
became  director  of  the  Pasteur  Insti- 
tute, to  recognize  that  the  enzymatic 
equipment  of  microbes  can  be  modi- 
fied at  will  by  altering  the  composi- 
tion of  the  culture  medium.  This  was 
the  first  demonstration  of  a  phenome- 
non that  opened  the  way  for  discov- 
eries on  enzyme  induction,  and  thus 
constitutes  another  fundamental  link 
in  the  understanding  of  the  ecological 
relation  between  environmental  fac- 
tors and  biological  characteristics. 

Pasteur's  recognition  of  the  effects 
that  environmental  factors  exert  on 
metabolic  activities  is  now  incorpo- 
rated into  theoretical  microbiology 
and   technological   applications.    In 
contrast,  his  forceful  statements  con- 
cerning the  importance  of  the  terrain 
in  infectious  diseases  have  been  over- 
looked, in  part  because  he  did  not 
have  time  to  support  his   intuitive 
views  by  systematic  laboratory  inves- 
tigations, and  perhaps  even  more  be- 
cause medical  scientists  continue  to 
neglect  this  field,  except  with  regard 
to  the  special  approach  that  Pasteur 
himself  had  opened — immunological 
protection.  Yet  he  had  a  sophisticated 
ecological    concept    of    infectious 
processes  based  on  an  awareness  of 
the  genetic  and  environmental  param- 
eters   that    condition    evolutionary 
and  phenotypic  adaptations.  This  as- 
pect of  his  biological  philosophy  can 
be  illustrated  with  statements  para- 
phrased from  his  writings. 

Early  in  his  work  on  disease,  Pas- 
teur recognized  that  it  was  a  biologi- 
cal necessity  for  living  things  to  be 
endowed  with  natural  resistance  to 
the  agents  of  destruction  ubiquitous 
in  their  environment.  As  he  saw  it, 
populations,  of  microbes  or  of  men, 
usually  achieve  some  sort  of  evolu- 
tionary adaptation  to  their  environ- 
ment that  renders  them  better  able  to 
resist  the  causes  of  disease  with 
which  they  often  come  into  contact. 
Furthermore,  he  took  it  for  granted 
that  the  body  in  a  state  of  normal 
physiological  health  exhibits  a  strik- 


ing resistance  to  many  types  of  micro- 
bial agents.  As  he  pointed  out,  the 
body  surfaces  harbor  various  micro- 
organisms that  can   cause  damage 
only  when  the  body  is  weakened.  In 
contrast,  infection  often  fails  to  take 
hold  even  when  antiseptic  measures 
are  neglected  in  the  course  of  surgery. 
Indeed,  humans  possess  a  remarkable 
ability  to  overcome  foci  of  infection. 
Pasteur's  attitude  regarding  the  im- 
portance of  physiological  well-being 
in  resistance  to  infection  had  devel- 
oped during  his  studies  with  silk- 
worms. He  had  soon  recognized  pro- 
found differences  in  the  pathogenesis 
of  two  diseases  in  these  insects.  In 
one,  pebrine,  the  presence  of  the  spe- 
cific protozoan  was  a  sufficient  cause 
of  the  disease,  provided  the  infective 
dose  was  large  enough.  In  the  other, 
flacherie,  the  resistance  of  the  worms 
to  infection  was  profoundly  in- 
fluenced by  environmental  factors. 
Among  these,  Pasteur  considered  that 
excessive  heat  and  humidity,  inade- 
quate aeration,  stormy  weather,  and 
poor  food  were  inimical  to  the  general 
physiological  health  of  the  insects. 
As  he  put  it,  the  proliferation  of  mi- 
croorganisms in  the  intestinal  tract  of 
worms  suffering  from  flacherie  was 
more  an  effect  than  a  cause  of  the  dis- 
ease. Here  Pasteur  was  anticipating 
George  Bernard  Shaw's  remark  in  the 
preface  to   The  Doctor's  Dilemma 
(1906):  "The  characteristic  microbe 
of  a  disease  might  be  a  symptom  in- 
stead of  a  cause." 

Pasteur  did  not  hesitate  to  extend 
these  views  to  the  most  important 
human  diseases.  He  accepted  that  re- 
sistance to  tuberculosis  was  on  the 
one  hand  an  expression  of  hereditary 
endowment  and  on  the  other  hand 
was  inffuenced  by  the  state  of  nutri- 
tion and  by  certain  factors  of  the  envi- 
ronment, including  the  climate. 

In  his  words:  '  'A  child  is  not  likely 
to  die  of  tuberculosis  if  he  is  raised 
under  good  nutritional  and  climatic 
conditions.  ...  Let  me  emphasize 
that  there  is  a  fundamental  difference 
between  the  characteristics  that  de- 
fine a  disease — the  disease  per  se  so 
to  speak — and  the  set  of  circum- 
stances that  increase  susceptibility  to 
it.  .  .  .  There  may  be  more  similarity 
than  appears  at  first  sight  between  the 
factors  that  favor  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis and  those  that  are  responsible  for 
the  spread  of  the  flacherie  disease 
among  silkworms." 

Again  in  his  words: '  'All  too  often, 
the  general  condition  of  a  person  who 
has  been  wounded,  his  physiological 


TyiePhtinumBicmtenrdal  „ 
CommemoratJveMedal 
For  ^20Q  we  have  to  offer  a  lot 
more  thanpstpatriotism. 


We  know  there  are  plenty  of 
people  who  buy  bicentennial  pieces 
strictly  for  sentimental  value.  And 
that's  fine  with  us. 

But  if  you're  looking  for  some- 
thing a  bit  more  valuable,  we'd  like  you 
to  know  that  our  bicentennial  com- 
memorative is  also  one  ounce  of  pure 
platinum. 

We  mention  this  because  it's  the 
first  platinum  piece  commemorating 
America. 

What's  more,  it's  a  chance  to 
purchase  one  ounce  of  pure  platinum 
at  the  official  market  price,  plus  a  small 
production  cost. 

Platinum  is  the  most  expensive 
precious  metal  you  can  buy.  Contrary 
to  popular  belief,  even  more  expensive 
than  gold.  And  unlike  gold,  platinum 
doesn't  go  through  the  roof  or  floor  at 
the  hint  of  a  good  or  bad  day  on  Wall 
Street.  Instead,  it's  managed  to  in- 


crease in  value  through  the  best  and 
the  worst  of  times.  In  fact,  since  1945 
the  price  of  plati- 
num has  increased 
more  than  four 
times. 

And  just  as 
platinum  does  a 
good  job  of  sus- 
taining its  value,  it 
does  a  good  job  of  maintaining  its 
appearance.  So  years  from  now  you'll 
find  it  will  have  the  same  luster  and 
brilliance  it  had  the  day  it  was  struck. 
Which,  indeed,  will  keep  the  value  of 
our  medal  looking  better  every  year. 

If  you're  looking  for  a  bicenten- 
nial offer  that  won't  short  change  you, 
you  should  look  into  our  limited  edi- 
tion platinum  medal.  It'snotonly  a 
celebration  of  our  past,  it's  a  nice  little 
investment  foryourfuture. 
Or  someone  else's. 


Please  send  me  the  Platinum  Bicentennial  Commem 
orative  Medal  (one  ounce  of  pure  platinum,  actual 
size  TA  inches  diameter)  which  comes  encased  in  a 
presentation  gift  box,  together  with  a  certificate  of 
authenticity. 

I  enclose  S200.00  for  each  medal  in: 
□  Check  D  Money  order 


(add  applicable  N.Y.city  &N.Y.state  sales  tax) 


(please  print  clearly) 


City,  State,  &  Zip: 


Signature: 

Send  to:  Platinum  Metals  International,  Inc. 

c/o  American  Bank  &  Trust  Co.,  Dept.  BCM 

79  Pine  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10003 


misery,  his  poor  mental  state,  are 
responsible  for  the  fact  that  his  body 
cannot  offer  an  adequate  resistance  to 
the  multiplication  of  microbes  in  the 
wound." 

This  point  of  view  naturally  led 
Pasteur  to  conclude  that  resistance  to 
infection  could  probably  be  increased 
by  improving  the  physiological  state 
of  the  infected  individual.  He  urged 
his  collaborator  Emile  Duclaux  to 
look  for  procedures  that  would  in- 
crease the  general  resistance  of  silk- 
worms. And  he  expressed  the  opinion 
that  in  man  also,  successful  therapy 
often  depends  upon  the  ability  of  the 
physician  to  restore  the  physiologi- 
cal conditions  favorable  to  natural 
resistance. 

Although  Pasteur  thus  had  a  clear 
view  of  the  influence  that  the  physio- 
logical state  and  environmental  fac- 
tors exert  on  resistance  to  infection, 
he  did  not  carry  out  any  significant 
experimental  work  in  this  area.  He 
probably  felt  that  in  the  state  of  scien- 
tific knowledge  of  his  time  the  more 
urgent  task  was  to  determine  the  spe- 
cific causes  of  infection  and  to  search 
for  specific  methods  of  protection.  It 
is  indeed  certain  that  biological 
sciences  in  general  and  microbiologi- 
cal sciences  in  particular  could  not 
have  gone  far  without  the  precise 
knowledge  and  the  intellectual  disci- 
pline provided  by  the  concept  of  spe- 
cificity. The  time  has  come,  however, 
when  it  would  be  profitable  to  follow 
more  actively  the  other  approaches 
that  Pasteur  visualized  but  did  not  fol- 
low— the  physiological  and  ecologi- 
cal study  of  microorganisms  in  natu- 
ral systems  and  in  pathological  proc- 
esses. 

Pasteur's  ecological  philosophy 
had  little  influence  on  the  practical 
policies  he  advocated  for  controlling 
the  phenomena  of  fermentation  and 
infection.  When  he  discussed  large 
theoretical  problems  in  the  light  of 
ecological  concepts,  he  professed 
that  the  activities  of  microbes  are  es- 
sential for  the  continuation  of  life  on 
earth;  he  also  suggested  that  microbes 
might  safely  coexist  with  animals  and 
human  beings  if  the  infectious  proc- 
ess took  place  under  proper  environ- 
mental and  physiological  conditions. 
In  practice,  however,  he  devoted 
most  of  his  laboratory  work  to  the  de- 
velopment of  practical  techniques  for 
the  domestication  or  destruction  of 
microbes.  This  dichotomy  between 
conceptual  theory  and  scientific  prac- 
tice can  be  partially  explained  by 
the  climate  of  scientific  and  public 


opinion  in  the  nineteenth  century. 
The  germ  theory  was  formulated  at 
a  time  when  many  biologists  and  so- 
cial philosophers  believed  that  one  of 
the  fundamental  laws  of  life  is  com- 
petition, a  belief  symbolized  by 
phrases  such  as  "nature  red  in  tooth 
and  claw"  and  "survival  of  the  fit- 
test." The  ability  of  an  organism  to 
destroy  or  at  least  to  master  its  ene- 
mies or  competitors  was  then  deemed 
an  essential  condition  of  biological 
success.  In  the  light  of  this  theory, 
microbes  were  to  be  destroyed,  un- 
less they  could  be  used  for  some  hu- 
man purpose,  as  in  desirable  fermen- 
tations. Aggressive  warfare  against 
microbes  was  particularly  the  battle 
cry  of  medical  microbiology  and  is 
still  reflected  in  the  language  of  this 
science.  The  microbe  is  said  to  be  an 
"aggressor"  that  "invades"  the  tis- 
sues; the  body  "mobilizes"  its  de- 
fenses; the  physician  or  the  scientist 
is  a  disease  "fighter"  whose  goal  is 
to  achieve  the  "conquest"  of  this  or 
that  infection. 

As  we  have  seen,  Pasteur  did  not 
share  the  simple-minded  view  that 
killing  and  being  killed  are  the  only 
alternatives  in  biological  relation- 
ships; indeed  he  had  perceived  the 
ecological  possibilities  and  advan- 
tages of  peaceful  coexistence.  But  he 
lived  in  a  period  when  knowledge 
meant  power  used  for  the  conquest  of 
nature.  It  was  during  the  nineteenth 
century  that  the  findings  of  experi- 
mental science  were  for  the  first  time 
converted  into  large-scale  techno- 
logical applications.  Like  his  contem- 
poraries, Pasteur  identified  progress 
with  the  use  of  science  for  achieving 
mastery  over  natural  forces.  As  he 
was  very  much  a  man  of  his  time,  he 
focused  most  of  his  effort  on  the  kind 
of  scientific  problems  most  likely  to 
yield  results  of  practical  signifi- 
cance— for  example,  by  helping  in 
the  "control"  of  fermentation  and  in 
the  "conquest"  of  disease.  For  his 
public  life,  scientific  progress  meant 
the  development  of  techniques  such 
as  sterilization,  pasteurization,  and 
vaccination,  even  though  these  prac- 
tical lines  of  work  prevented  him 
from  pursuing  other  questions  that  he 
considered  of  larger  theoretical  sig- 
nificance. 

Scientists,  like  artists,  unavoidably 
reflect  the  characteristics  of  the  civili- 
zation and  the  time  in  which  they  live. 
In  this  sense,  they  are  "enchained," 
as  Pasteur  complained  he  had  been, 
by  the  inexorable  logic  of  their  time 
and  their  work.  A  few  of  the  greater 


ones,  however,  have  visions  that  ap- 
pear to  be  without  roots  in  their  cul- 
tural past  and  that  are  not  readily  ex- 
plained by  direct  environmental  in- 
fluences. These  visionaries  appear  in- 
deed almost  as  eruptive  phenomena, 
seemingly  unpredictable  from  their 
environment.  Yet  even  they  are  not 
freaks  in  the  natural  sequence  of  cul- 
tural events.  They  constitute  mentali- 
ties through  which  emerge  and  be- 
come manifest  social  undercurrents 
that  remain  hidden  to  less  perceptive 
minds.  Some  of  these  visionaries  suc- 
ceed in  converting  their  preoccupa- 
tions— which  are  signs  from  the  cul- 
tural subconscious — into  messages 
and  products  of  immediate  value  to 
their  fellowmen;  they  become  the 
heroes  of  their  societies.  Others  per- 
ceive the  hopes  and  the  tasks  of  the 
distant  future,  but  without  providing 
definite  answers  or  practical  solu- 
tions; they  give  warnings  of  the  ques- 
tions and  problems  to  come,  but  their 
anticipations  are  usually  not  under- 
stood by  their  contemporaries. 

Pasteur,  however,  belongs  in  both 
classes.  As  a  representative  of  nine- 
teenth-century bourgeois  civili- 
zation, he  focused  much  of  his  scien- 
tific life  on  the  practical  problems  of 
his  time.  But  he  was  also  a  visionary 
who  saw  beyond  the  needs  and  con- 
cerns of  his  contemporaries;  he  for- 
mulated scientific  and  philosophical 
problems  that  were  not  yet  ripe  for 
solution. 

His  immense  practical  skill  in  con- 
verting theoretical  knowledge  into 
technological  processes  made  him 
one  of  the  most  effective  men  of  his 
century;  he  synthesized  the  known 
facts  of  biology  and  chemistry  into 
original  concepts  of  fermentation  and 
disease  and  thus  created  a  new 
science  that  dealt  with  the  urgent 
needs  of  his  social  environment.  The 
other  side  of  his  genius,  although  less 
obvious,  is  more  original  and  perhaps 
more  important  in  the  long  run.  His 
emphasis  on  the  essential  role  played 
by  microorganisms  in  the  economy  of 
nature,  and  on  the  interplay  between 
living  things  and  environment,  made 
him  perceive  an  area  of  science  that 
is  only  now  beginning  to  develop;  he 
contributed  to  scientific  philosophy 
by  perceiving  that  all  forms  of  life  are 
integrated  components  of  a  global 
ecological  system. 

Rene  Dubos,  professor  emeritus  at 
The  Rockefeller  University  in  New 
York  City,  is  a  microbiologist  and  ex- 
perimental pathologist. 


Detach 
this  card 
and  mail  for 


Tree 

COLOR  PROSPECTUS 

with  illustrations  from  the 
Encyclopedia  of  World  Art 
and  full  details  of  the 
advantageous  budget 
plan  for  Subscribers. 
No  stamp  required. 


fe  w  w 


%  .a 

>-! 
Pi  a 

Uit 
o 

pa  2 


WHATEVER  MAN  HAS 
CREATED  THAT  IS 
BEAUTIFUL  TO  LOOK 
UPON  NOW  AWAITS 
YOUR  DISCOVERY  IN 
THIS  EXTRAORDINARY 
SET  OF  BOOKS 


Mail  card  for  free  Prospectus 


!E 


ree 


to  readers 
.^    with  an  abiding  joy  in  the  arts 


The  story  of  a"monument 
to  mans  visual  imagination" 

^—^  -SATURDAY  REVII 


-SATURDAY  REVIEW 


I 


F  YOUR  PLEASURE  in  art  is  deep  and  wide-ranging,  we  invite 

you  to  send  for  this  handsome  booklet. 

It  is  illustrated  with  beautiful  color  plates  representing  man's 
creative  triumphs  from  many  periods  and  cultures. 

It  is  in  fact  a  prospectus  describing  in  detail  the  most  ex- 
traordinary publishing  project  of  our  time  — the  monumental 
Encyclopedia  of  World  Art  in  1 5  volumes. 

The  prospectus  is  free.  We  hope  the  sampling  will  arouse 
the  same  excitement  in  you  that  the  Encyclopedia  has  aroused 
in  the  entire  art  world.  But  you  incur  no  obligation  in  request- 
ing a  copy.  No  salesman  will  call. 

The  Encyclopedia  oi  World  Art  embraces  man's  greatest 
achievements  in  the  visual  arts  through  the  centuries.  To  turn 
the  pages  of  these  prodigious  volumes  ...  to  read,  to  learn,  to 
explore  their  visual  delights  ...  is  a  remarkable  experience. 

There  are  hundreds  of  absorbing  factual  articles,  prepared 
by  the  most  eminent  art  authorities.  In  more  than  7,000  su- 


perb full-page  plates  — measuring  a  full  9  inches  by  12  inches 
in  size  — you  will  \ie\\'  rare  treasures  of  renowned  museums  and 
private  collections  all  over  the  world.  Not  only  paintings, 
sculpture  and  architecture  — but  every  art  from  armor  to  tex- 
tiles, ceramics  to  tapestry,  fashions,  furniture  and  landscape 
gardening,  i\'ory,  jade  and  stained  glass,  jewelry  and  silver. 
More  than  16,000  works  of  art  are  shown,  almost  2,000  of 
them  in  magnificent  color. 

A  convenient  Reader's  Guide  shows  you  how  related  ar- 
ticles can  enrich  your  understanding  of  any  art  subject  you 
wish  to  pursue. 

With  your  free  color  prospectus,  you  will  learn  how  you 
may  examine  Volume  I  at  leisure  in  your  home  and,  if  you 
wish,  become  a  subscriber  to  the  Encyclopedia  on  a  conven- 
ient budget  plan.  Mail  the  attached  card  or  write: 

McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  Dept.  AY-1 36 , 
1221  Avenue  of  the  Americas,  New  York,  N.Y.  10020 


Encyclopedia  ojW&rMyLrtr 

Whatever  man  has  created  that  is  beautiful  to  look  upon  ...in  a  15-volume  art  library  and  "gallery"  for  the  home 


"An  essential  possession  for  anyone  with  a  serious  personal  or  professional 
interest  in  art ...  a  work  to  be  explored,  studied  and  enjoyed." 

Harry  Einbinder,  The  Saturday  Review 

"A  great  landmark  in  art  publications— a  monumental  undertaking." 

Dorothy  Adiow,  Christian  Science  Monitor 

"Packed  with  wonders."       John  Canaday,  New  York  Times 

"One  of  the  most  spectacular— and  praiseworthy— achievements  in  the 
field  of  literature  and  fine  arts."  Rex  Barley,  Los  Angeles  Mirror  News 

MAIL     THE      ATTACHED      CARD 


This  View  of  Life 


Criminal  Man  Revived 


Despite  its  weak  plot,  this 
old — and  dangerous — farce 
keeps  reappearing 


W.S.  Gilbert  directed  his  potent 
satire  at  all  forms  of  pretension  as  he 
saw  them.  For  the  most  part  we  con- 
tinue to  applaud  him:  pompous  peers 
and  affected  poets  are  still  legitimate 
targets.  But  Gilbert  was  a  comfort- 
able Victorian  at  heart,  and  much  that 
he  labeled  as  pretentious  now  strikes 
us  as  enlightened — higher  education 
for  women,  in  particular. 

A  women's  college!  maddest 

folly  going! 
What  can  girls  learn  within 

its  walls  worth  knowing? 

In  Princess  Ida,  the  Professor  of 
Humanities  at  Castle  Adament  pro- 
vides a  biological  justification  for  her 
proposition  that  "  man  is  nature '  s  sole 
mistake."  She  tells  the  tale  of  an  ape 
who  loved  a  beautiful  woman.  To  win 
her  affection,  he  tried  to  dress  and  act 
like  a  gentleman,  but  all  necessarily 
in  vain,  for 

Darwinian  Man,  though 

well-behaved, 
At  best  is  only  a  monkey 

shaved! 

Gilbert  produced  Princess  Ida  in 
1884,  eight  years  after  an  Italian  phy- 
sician, Cesare  Lombroso,  had  ini- 
tiated one  of  the  most  powerful  social 
movements  of  his  time  with  a  similar 
claim  made  in  all  seriousness  about 
a  group  of  men — born  criminals  are 
essentially  apes  living  in  our  midst. 
Later  in  life,  Lombroso  recalled  his 
moment  of  revelation: 

In  1870  I  was  carrying  on  for  sev- 
eral months  researches  in  the  pris- 
ons and  asylums  of  Pavia  upon  ca- 
davers and  living  persons,  in  order 
to  determine  upon  substantial  dif- 
ferences between  the  insane  and 
criminals,  without  succeeding  very 
well.  Suddenly,  the  morning  of  a 
gloomy  day  in  December,  I  found 
in  the  skull  of  a  brigand  a  very  long 
series  of  atavistic  anomalies.  .  .  . 
The  problem  of  the  nature  and  of 


the  origin  of  the  criminal  seemed 
to  me  resolved;  the  characters  of 
primitive  men  and  of  inferior  ani- 
mals must  be  reproduced  in  our 
times. 

Biological  theories  of  criminality 
were  not  new,  but  Lombroso  gave  the 
argument  a  novel,  evolutionary  twist. 
Born  criminals  are  not  simply  de- 
ranged or  diseased;  they  are,  literally, 
throwbacks  to  a  previous  evolution- 
ary stage.  The  hereditary  characters 
of  our  primitive  and  apish  ancestors 
remain  in  our  genetic  repertoire. 
Some  unfortunate  men  are  born  with 
an  unusually  large  number  of  these 
ancestral  characters.  Their  behavior 
may  have  been  appropriate  in  savage 
societies  of  the  past;  today,  we  brand 
it  as  criminal.  We  may  pity  the  born 
criminal,  for  he  cannot  help  himself; 
but  we  cannot  tolerate  his  actions. 
(Lombroso  believed  that  about  40 
percent  of  criminals  fell  into  this  cate- 
gory of  innate  biology — born  crimi- 
nals. Others  committed  misdeeds  for 
greed,  jealousy,  extreme  anger,  and 
so  on — criminals  of  occasion.) 

I  tell  this  tale  for  three  reasons  that 
combine  to  make  it  far  more  than  an 
antiquarian  exercise  in  a  small  corner 
of  forgotten,  late-nineteenth-century 
history. 

1.  A  generalization  about  social 
history:  It  illustrates  the  enormous  in- 
fluence of  evolutionary  theory  in 
fields  far  removed  from  its  biological 
core.  Even  the  most  abstract  scien- 
tists are  not  free  agents.  Major  ideas 
have  remarkably  subtle  and  far-rang- 
ing extensions.  The  inhabitants  of  a 
nuclear  world  should  know  this  per- 
fectly well,  but  many  scientists  have 
yet  to  get  the  message. 

2.  A  political  point:  Appeals  to  in- 
nate biology  for  the  explanation  of 
human  behavior  have  often  been  ad- 
vanced in  the  name  of  enlightenment. 
The  proponents  of  biological  deter- 
minism argue  that  science  can  cut 
through  a  web  of  superstition  and  sen- 
timentalism  to  instruct  us  about  our 
true  nature.  But  their  claims  have 
always  had  a  different  primary  effect: 
they  are  used  by  the  leaders  of  class- 


stratified  societies  to  assert  that  a  cur- 
rent social  order  must  prevail  because 
it  is  the  law  of  nature.  Of  course,  no 
view  should  be  rejected  because  we 
dislike  its  implications.  Truth,  as  we 
understand  it,  must  be  the  primary 
criterion.  But  the  claims  of  determin- 
ists  have  always  turned  out  to  be  prej- 
udiced rubbish,  not  ascertained 
fact — and  Lombroso' s  criminal  an- 
thropology is  the  finest  example ;  I 
know.  Biological  determinism  is  a 
dangerous  game  for  liberals  (and  a 
godsend  for  conservatives  and  apolo- 
gists for  the  status  quo). 

3.  A  contemporary  note:  Lom- 
broso's  brand  of  criminal  anthro- 
pology is  dead,  but  its  basic  postulate 
lives  on  in  popular  notions  of  criminal 
genes  or  chromosomes.  These  mod- 
ern incarnations  are  worth  about  as 
much  as  Lombroso's  original  ver- 
sion. Their  hold  on  our  attention  only 
illustrates  the  unfortunate  appeal  of 
biological  determinism  in  our  contin- 
uing attempt  to  exonerate  a  society  in 
which  most  of  us  flourish  by  blaming 
the  victim. 

This  year  marks  the  centenary  of 
Lombroso's  founding  document — 
later  enlarged  into  the  famous 
L'uomodelinquente  (Criminal  Man). 
Lombroso  begins  with  a  series  of  an- 
ecdotes to  assert  that  the  usual  behav- 
ior of  lower  animals  is  criminal  by  our 
standards.  Animals  murder  to  sup- 
press revolts;  they  eliminate  sexual 
rivals;  they  kill  from  rage  (an  ant, 
made  impatient  by  a  recalcitrant 
aphid,  killed  and  devoured  it);  they 
form  criminal  associations  (three 
communal  beavers  shared  a  territory 
with  a  solitary  individual;  the  trio  vis- 
ited their  neighbor  and  were  well 
treated;  when  the  loner  returned  the 
visit,  he  was  killed  for  his  solicitude). 
Lombroso  even  brands  the  fly  catch- 
ing of  insectivorous  plants  as  an 
"equivalent  of  crime"  (although  I 
fail  to  see  how  it  differs  from  any 
other  form  of  eating). 

In  the  next  section,  Lombroso  ex- 
amines the  anatomy  of  criminals  and 
finds  the  physical  signs  (stigmata)  of 
their  primitive  status  as  throwbacks  to 
our  evolutionary  past.  Since  he  has 


i6 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


already  defined  the  normal  behavior 
of  animals  as  criminal,  the  actions  of 
these  living  primitives  derives  from 
their  nature.  The  apish  features  of 
born  criminals  include  relatively  long 
arms,  prehensile  feet  with  mobile  big 
toes,  low  and  narrow  forehead,  large 
ears,  thick  skull,  large  and  prog- 
nathous jaw,  copious  hair  on  the  male 
chest,  and  diminished  sensitivity  to 
pain.  But  the  throwbacks  do  not  stop 
at  the  primate  level.  Large  canine 
teeth  and  a  flat  palate  recall  a  more 
distant  mammalian  past.  Lombroso 
even  compares  the  heightened  facial 
asymmetry  of  born  criminals  with  the 
normal  condition  of  flatfishes  (both 
eyes  on  one  side  of  the  head)! 

But  the  stigmata  are  not  only  physi- 
cal. The  social  behavior  of  the  born 
criminal  also  allies  him  with  apes  and 
living  human  savages.  Lombroso 
placed  special  emphasis  on  tattooing, 
a  common  practice  among  primitive 
tribes  and  European  criminals.  He 
produced  voluminous  statistics  on  the 
content  of  criminal  tattoos  and  found 
them  lewd,  lawless,  or  exculpating 
(although  he  had  to  admit  one  read: 
Vive  la  France  et  les  pommes  de 
terres  frites — "long  live  France  and 
f ranch  fried  potatoes").  In  criminal 
slang,  he  found  a  language  of  its  own, 
markedly  similar  to  the  speech  of  sav- 
age tribes  in  such  features  as  ono- 
matopoeia and  personification  of  in- 
animate objects:  "They  speak  dif- 
ferently because  they  feel  differently; 
they  speak  like  savages,  because  they 
are  true  savages  in  the  midst  of  our 
brilliant  European  civilization." 

Lombroso' s  theory  was  no  work  of 
abstract  science.  He  founded  and  ac- 
tively led  an  international  school  of 
"criminal  anthropology"  that  spear- 
headed one  of  the  most  influential  of 
late-nineteenth-century  social  move- 
ments. Lombroso's  "positive,"  or 
"new,"  school  campaigned  vigor- 
ously for  changes  in  law  enforcement 
and  penal  practices.  They  regarded 
their  improved  criteria  for  the  recog- 
nition of  born  criminals  as  a  primary 
contribution  to  law  enforcement. 
Lombroso  even  suggested  a  preven- 
tive criminology — society  need  not 


JACK  DANIELS  0/STG. 


f*.  STRAIGHT 

Whiskey' 


--^. 


y^C  ^^ 


YOU'RE  PROBABLY  FAMILIAR  with  our 
Jack  Daniel's  label.  But  we'll  bet  you're  too 
young  to  remember  these. 

They  were  (designed  by  Jack  Daniel  himself 
for  some  special  bottlings  at  the  turn  of  the 
century.  And,  since  everyone  seems  interested 
in  old'timey  things  today,  we  will  be  pleased 
to  mail  you  a  set  if  you'd  like.  They're  so 
colorful  we  even  considered 
putting  them  back  onto 
our  bottles.  But  then  you 
might  think  we  were 
changing  Jack  Daniel's. 
And  we  wouldn't  want 
anyone  carrying  a  thought 
like  that. 


CHARCOAL 
MELLOWED 

6 

DROP 

6 

BY  DROP 


Tennessee  Whiskey  •  90  Proof  •  Distilled  and  Bottled  by  Jack  Daniel  Distillery 

Lem  Motlow,  Prop.,  Inc.,  Lynchburg  (Pop.  361),  Tennessee  37352 

P/aced  ;n  the  National  Register  of  H/stor/c  Places  by  ttie  Uriited  States  Government. 


17 


wait  (and  suffer)  for  the  act  itself,  for 
physical  and  social  stigmata  define 
the  potential  criminal.  He  can  be 
identified  (in  early  childhood), 
watched,  and  whisked  away  at  the 
first  manifestation  of  his  irrevocable 
nature  (Lombroso,  a  liberal,  favored 
exile  rather  than  death).  Enrico  Ferri, 
Lombroso 's  closest  colleague,  rec- 
ommended that  "tattooing,  an- 
thropometry, physiognomy  ...  re- 
flex activity,  vasomotor  reactions 
[criminals,  he  argued,  do  not  blush], 
and  the  range  of  sight"  be  used  as 
criteria  of  judgment  by  magistrates. 
Criminal  anthropologists  also  cam- 
paigned for  a  basic  reform  in  penal 
practice.  An  antiquated  Christian 
ethic  held  that  criminals  should  be 
sentenced  for  their  deeds,  but  biology 
declares  that  they  should  be  judged  by 
their  nature.  Fit  the  punishment  to  the 
criminal,  not  to  the  crime.  Criminals 
of  occasion,  lacking  the  stigmata  and 
capable  of  reform,  should  be  jailed 
for  the  term  necessary  to  secure  their 
amendment.  But  born  criminals  were 
condemned  by  their  nature:  "Theo- 
retical ethics  passes  over  the  diseased 
brain,  as  oil  does  over  marble,  with- 
out penetrating  it."  Lombroso  rec- 
ommended irrevocable  detention  for 
life  (in  pleasant,  but  isolated  sur- 
roundings) for  any  recidivist  with  the 
telltale  stigmata.  Some  of  his  col- 
leagues were  less  generous.  An  influ- 
ential jurist  wrote  to  Lombroso: 

You  have  shown  us  fierce  and  lu- 
bricious  orang-utans  with  human 
faces.  It  is  evident  that  as  such  they 
cannot  act  otherwise.  If  they  rav- 
ish, steal,  and  kill,  it  is  by  virtue 
of  their  own  nature  and  their  past, 
but  there  is  all  the  more  reason  for 
destroying  them  when  it  has  been 
proved  that  they  will  always  re- 
main orang-utans. 

And  Lombroso  himself  did  not  rule 
out  the  "final  solution": 

The  fact  that  there  exist  such 
beings  as  born  criminals,  organi- 
cally fitted  for  evil,  atavistic  repro- 
ductions, not  simply  of  savage  men 
but  even  of  the  fiercest  animals,  far 
from  making  us  more  compassion- 
ate towards  them,  as  has  been 
maintained,  steels  us  against  all 
pity. 

One  other  social  impact  of  Lom- 
broso's  school  should  be  mentioned. 
If  human  savages,  like  born  crimi- 
nals, retained  apish  traits,  then  primi- 
tive tribes — "lesser  breeds  without 
the  law" — could  be  regarded  as  es- 


i8 


sentially  criminal.  Thus,  criminal  an- 
thropology provided  a  powerful  argu- 
ment for  racism  and  imperialism  at 
the  height  of  European  colonial  ex- 
pansion. The  same  jurist  who  spoke 
so  blithely  of  orangutans  argued  that 
modern  European  criminals  would  be 
"the  ornament  and  moral  aristocracy 
of  a  tribe  of  Red  Indians."  Lom- 
broso, in  noting  a  reduced  sensitivity 
to  pain  among  criminals,  wrote: 

Their  physical  insensibility  well 
recalls  that  of  savage  peoples  who 
can  bear  in  rites  of  puberty,  tor- 
tures that  a  white  man  could  never 
endure.  All  travelers  know  the  in- 
difference of  Negroes  and  Ameri- 
can savages  to  pain:  the  former  cut 
their  hands  and  laugh  in  order  to 
avoid  work;  the  latter,  tied  to  the 
torture  post,  gaily  sing  the  praises 
of  their  tribe  while  they  are  slowly 
burnt.  [You  can't  beat  a  racist  a 
priori.  Think  of  how  many  West- 
ern heroes  died  bravely  in  excruci- 
ating pain — Saint  Joan  burned. 
Saint  Sebastian  transfixed  with 
arrows,  other  martyrs  racked, 
drawn,  and  quartered.  But  when  an 
Indian  fails  to  scream  and  beg  for 
mercy,  it  can  only  mean  that  he 
doesn't  feel  the  pain.] 

If  Lombroso  and  his  colleagues 
had  been  a  dedicated  group  of  proto- 
Nazis,  we  could  dismiss  the  whole 
phenomenon  as  a  ploy  of  conscious 
demagogues.  It  would  then  convey 
no  other  message  than  a  plea  for  vigi- 
lance against  ideologues  who  misuse 
science.  But  the  leaders  of  criminal 
anthropology  were  "enlightened" 
socialists  and  social  democrats  who 
viewed  their  theory  as  the  spearhead 
for  a  rational,  scientific  society  based 
on  human  realities.  The  genetic  deter- 
mination of  criminal  action,  Lom- 
broso argued,  is  simply  the  law  of 
nature  and  of  evolution: 

We  are  governed  by  silent  laws 
which  never  cease  to  operate  and 
which  rule  society  with  more  au- 
thority than  the  laws  inscribed  on 
our  statute  books.  Crime  appears  to 
be  a  natural  phenomenon  .  .  .  like 
birth  or  death. 

In  retrospect,  Lombroso 's  scien- 
tific "reality"  turned  out  to  be  his  so- 
cial prejudice  imposed  before  the  fact 
upon  a  supposedly  objective  study. 
His  notions  condemned  thousands  of 
innocent  people  to  a  prejudgment  that 
often  worked  as  a  self-fulfilling 
prophecy.  His  attempt  to  understand 
human  behavior  by  mapping  an  in- 


nate potential  displayed  in  our  anat- 
omy served  only  to  work  against  so- 
cial reform  by  placing  all  blame  upon 
a  criminal's  inheritance. 

Of  course,  no  one  takes  the  claims 
of  Lombroso  seriously  today.  His  sta- 
tistics were  faulty  beyond  belief;  only 
a  blind  faith  in  inevitable  conclusions 
could  have  led  to  his  fudging  and 
finagling.  Besides,  no  one  would  look 
to  long  arms  and  jutting  jaws  today 
as  signs  of  inferiority;  modern  deter- 
minists  seek  a  more  fundamental 
marker  in  genes  and  chromosomes. 

Much  has  happened  in  the  100 
years  between  Lombroso 's  formula- 
tion of  his  theory  and  our  Bicen- 
tennial celebrations ;  No  serious  ad- 
vocate of  innate  criminality  recom- 
mends the  irrevocable  detention  or 
murder  of  the  unfortunately  afflicted 
or  even  claims  that  a  natural  penchant 
for  criminal  behavior  necessarily 
leads  to  criminal  action.  Still,  the 
spirit  of  Lombroso  is  very  much  with 
us.  When  Richard  Speck  murdered 
eight  nurses  in  Chicago,  his  defense 
argued  that  he  couldn't  help  it  be- 
cause he  bore  an  extra  Y  chromo- 
some. (Normal  females  have  two  X 
chromosomes,  normal  males  an  X 
and  a  Y.  A  small  percentage  of  males 
have  an  extra  Y  chromosome,  XYY.) 
This  revelation  inspired  a  rash  of 
speculation;  articles  on  the  "criminal 
chromosome"  inundated  our  popular 
magazines.  The  naively  determinist 
argument  had  little  going  for  it  be- 
yond the  following:  Males  tend  to  be 
more  aggressive  than  females;  this 
may  be  genetic.  If  genetic,  it  must 
reside  on  the  Y  chromosome;  anyone 
possessing  two  Y  chromosomes  has 
a  double  dose  of  aggressiveness  and 
might  incline  to  violence  and  crimi- 
nality. But  the  hastily  collected  infor- 
mation on  XYY  males  in  prisons 
seems  hopelessly  ambiguous,  and 
even  Speck  himself  turns  out  to  be  an 
XY  male  after  all.  Once  again,  bio 
logical  determinism  makes  a  splash, 
creates  a  wave  of  discussion  and 
cocktail  party  chatter,  and  then  dis 
sipates  for  want  of  evidence.  Why  are 
we  so  intrigued  by  hypotheses  about 
innate  disposition?  Why  do  we  wish 
to  fob  off  responsibility  for  our  vio 
lence  and  sexism  upon  our  genes? 
The  hallmark  of  humanity  is  not  only 
our  mental  capacity  but  also  our  men 
tal  flexibility.  We  have  made  oui 
world  and  we  can  change  it. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science  a 
Harvard  University. 


LIVE  IN  THE  WORLD 
OF  TOMORROW . . .  TODAY! 

And  our  FREE  164  PAGE  CATALOG  is  packed  with 
exciting  and  unusual  values  in  hobby,  electronic 
and  science  items  —  plus  4,500  finds  for  tun,  study 
or  profit ...  for  every  member  of  Ifie  family. 

~  A  BETTER  LIFE 
STARTS  HERE 


New    iheffriofetaiically    conifolted 
^  ^^^^^^^^_^_-  gfe^nhCMjM;    pfovide*    conglsnt    70     ' 

'^^^^^^^^^HB^  lempefaiuf*     acceleratet    6fce«3    g*"T 

Wfti  ^^^^(^  helps   pfoduc*   healthy   thn^irkg   planit   fea4/ 

for    outdoof    planting     Big    3    &q     n     planting 
affea-29"  *    15"   /  4"  to*  hotfli    'j   Ou&hei  ot 
growing  medium    Germinates  tomato  beedt  m 
3-5  days,  asiers.  dahlias,  petunias,  wk   or  less    inci    3"  *  4"  «   clear  ptasttc 
cover,  supports   Uses  reg  home  current 

Stock  No   B0.153E %M3i  Ppd 


NASA-CHOSEN 
FOR  APOLLO/SOYUZ 

157  mi  out  in  space,  the  Astronauts  used  this 
super  20x60  binocular  (modilied)  to  view  Earth! 
Our  biggest,  most  powerfut  for  distance.  Far-oil 
objects  come  in  big,  clear  &  sharp  to  the  edge 
through  big  60mm  objective  lenses;  173-lt.  Iiold 
ot  view  at  1000  yards  Relative  brightness,  9,0  Fully 
eye  lenses  Coated  BK-7  Porro  prism  Extra  long  All 
rubber  eyecups.  Includes  case  &  straps 

No.  1556E  .  .  .  (9V4X8V2';  47.5  oz.)  $99.95  Ppd. 


fflnft 

n 

coated  optics,  20x  spcl  design 
-American  style  with  lold-down 


ELECTRONIC  DIGITAL 
RAIN  GAUGE 

,  ,  .  never  needs  emptying,  measures  rain  up  to 

100-ft.  away  by  tenths  ol  an  inch  up  to  999.9"  and 

empties  itself  Accumulate  total  rainlall  count  lor 

hour,  day,  week,  etc.  Push  reset  button  on  indoor 

counter  to  start  new  counting  period  (no  need  to 

empty  or  check  hermetically  sealed  outdoor  collector  which  you  easily  mount  on 

lence,  roof,  deck,  etc,  w/2  ordinary  screws)  Includes  30-lt.  o(  waterproof  wire,  runs 

on  1-yr-lile  9v  trans,  battery,  not  incI, 


-"z 


stock  No.  85,1 05E 

4%    WITH  CLOCK  DRIVE 

6    REFLECTOR  TELESCOPE  (48X  to  360X) 

6    WITH  CLOCK  DRIVE 

3    DELUXE  REFLECTOR  (30  to  90X| 

STANDARD  3    REFLECTOR 


AVi  ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

See  moon  aaters.  rings  of  Saiurn  double  stars 
New  e<jualOfia)  mooni  1/10,  '*  wa^e  rnirrof 
(Pyrex*)  Gfves  theoretical  limri  ol  resoloiion  Rao 
&  ptnion  focusing  Aluminum  tube.  €X  imdet  v 
F  L  45X  Kellner  acftromaiic  eyepiece  and  Bartow 
lens  to  double  &  triple  power  up  to  135X  Free 
Star  Chan  plus  2  Books 

(Shipping  Wt.  42  Ibx.l  {159,50  FOB 

•  85,107ES10950  FOB 

•  8S.187ES249,50  FOB 

•  85A86E  S285M  FOB 
'80,162ES  89j»SPpd 
»85,240E  %   59S5  Ppd 


Stock  No.  72,1 65E 


S44.95  Ppd. 


PREHISTORIC 
lUIONSTERS  SLIDES! 


5  huge  dinosaurs  (Tyrannosaurus,  Dimelrodon, 
Triceratops,  Stegosaurus,  Plesiosaur)  practically 
come  roaring  to  life  in  full  color,  Amazina  life-like 
simulation  based  on  year's  research  and  existing 
reptiles'  habits.  Shows  you  how  each  lived  in  its 
particular  ecological  niche.  Bodies  (soft  tissues)  reconstructed  based  on  skeletal 

6  fossil  remains  from  museums  around  the  world.  '"Vou  are  there "  with  this  realistic 
35  mm  slide  set  (12  poses  each  ol  5  dinosaurs). 

No.  P-42,40SE  (10  SLIDES,  DESCRS.)  $5.00  Ppd. 

WORLD'S  SMALLEST 
CALCULATOR! 

Small  but  mighty!  8-digit,  4-function  electronic 

calculator  does  everything  big  ones  do — even  has 

automatic  %  key  .  .  .  for  only  $19.95.  Take  it 

anywhere.  Fits  in  your  pocket — %  size  of  cigarette 

pack.  3V2  oz.  dynamo  features  floating  decimal, 

constant  key,  lead  zero  depression,  more!  Includes  plug-in  rechargeable  Ni-Cad 

battery  pack.  2  x  3'/2  x  '/is"  with  plenty  of  room  for  most  fingers.  Another  Edmund 

first  with  advanced  technology. 

Slock  No.  1945E   S19.95  Ppd. 


MYSTERY  OF 
ENERGY  AND  AGING 


Science  'act  o'  larce''  Can  our  Great  Pyramid 
unlock  the  mysteries  ol  energy  &  agir^g— show 
that  the  ancient  Egyptians  contradicted  na- 
tu'e''  D'd  someone  'eaiiy  get  85  shaves  from 
a  blade  kept  >r\  a  pyramid''  Test  claims  iihe 
meat  no)  rotting  things  not  ruslmg'  Users  0< 
exact  scale  models  ol  Cheops  pyramid  oriented  lo  true  North  claim  all  sons 
ol  strange  phenomena  based  on  resonating  energy  Ours  is  already  assem- 
bled   ^  '  see  thru  acrylic    6  x  9'.  x  9  4' 


Slock  No.  71,817E.. 


..$20  00  Ppd 


AUTHENTIC  SCALED 
WINDMILLS 

Real  thing  replicas  show  wind  direc- 
tion, wheel  silently  revolves  on  ball 
bearings  Give  your  grounds  unique 
rural  charm!  Great  centerpiece  for 
planter,  flowers.  Use  to  hold  yard 
light,  house  number,  sign  or  as  mail 
box.  For  school,  a  fine  "energy  crisis" 
es  everything  but  pump  water  Heavy 
jtdoor  finish:  aluminum  color  w/red  trim 

No.  71.M3E    .(17"  DESK  MODEL) »11-»5  Ppd. 

4V,  FOOT-14  LB No.  71.924E » *3*.95  Ppd. 

6  FOOT-46  LB No.  85.229E W9-«  FOB 


project    —    do 


F^TTl, 


CAN7  SLEEP,  RELAX?  TRY  THIS! 

Electronic    sound    conditioner    simulates 
kinds  of  soothing  sounds  of  ocean 


^1..^  ^  ^       ram.     ■White    sound"    helps    mask    unwanted 

[a^^^^^^  .  noise,    adds    restful,    intriguing    background 

W^^^^^t^m         'I  sound    Program   the  solid-state   unit  to  your 

^^^^^^^^^    •   *■  own  need    2  surl.  2  ram.  or     white  sound". 

^^^^^^^^^^^  proven  by  medical  tests  to  have  analgesic  ef- 

fects. Great  lor  meditation,  restlessness,  sleeplessness  psychology. 

(A)  No.  71.997E.  ..{7V.  x  7  x  3V,")  110V  AC »89S5  Ppd, 

(B)  AS  ABOVE.  BUT  "WHITE  SOUND"  ONLY 

No.  71,980E   ,.(6"  Rd,  x  3V,"  HI) MS-OO  ""P"- 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR 

GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 


=-^A    COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  WITH  CHECK,  M.  0.  OR  CHARGE  NO. 


4500 


172  PAGES  •  MORE  THAN 
UNUSUAL 
BARGAINS 

Complelely  new  Catalog  Packea  wilh  huge  seleclion  ot  telescopes,  r 
Dmoculars  magnels  magmliers  prisms  photo  components  ecology  an 
Lighting  items  parts  kits  accessories— many  hard-lo-get  surplus  bargai 
ot  charts   dlLislrations    For  hobbyists   experimenters,  schools,  industry 

EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

300  Uicorp  Buildinf.  Barrmiton,  H    J    01007 

Please  rush  Free  Giant  Catalog  "E" 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

How  Many  Stock  No. 
D  PLEASE  SEND  GIANT      ~ 
FREE  CATALOG  "E"        ~ 


300  Edscorp  Building,  Barrington,  NJ.  08007 
Description 


'  □  Charge  my  BankAmericard  ' 

G  Charge  my  Master  Charge  •  Service  and  Handling  Charge  $1.00  

Interbank  No.l       I       I       I       |B^SS  ^D^p  I  encloM  D'*'"''  nixinty  order  for  TOTAL  i 

'My  Card  No.  Is      ' 1 1 ' IWHM^^^ 

!l        I        I        I        I       I        I        I        I        I       I       I       I        M   Signature 


|c.t, 


Card  Expiration  Date 

30-DAr   MONEY-BACK   GUARANTEE. 

You  must  be  satisfied  or  return 
any  purchase  in  30  days  for  full 
refund.  -$15.00  minimum 


Name 

Address. 
City 


19 


LET  HIM  GEO  W  WITH  A 
QUESTAR 

A  child's  wonder  at  the  world  about  him 
can  hold  a  promise,  for  many  a  scientist 
can  remember  that  his  present  preoccupa- 
tion with  the  universe  began  with  an 
intense  curiosity  early  in  life. 

Such  a  child  will  learn  to  master  many 
tools,  and  the  telescope,  that  prime  tool 
of  science,  should  be  the  first.  A  flawless 
tool  is  an  extension  of  the  mind  and  hand, 
and  a  fine  telescope  should  combine  such 
mechanical  and  optical  perfection  that  it 
can  serve  for  a  lifetime  and  never  become 
a  frustration  whatever  the  critical  job  at 
hand.  Questar,  the  very  finest,  is  such  a 
tool  and  its  lovely  versatility  adds  an 
extra  dimension  to  many  fields:  astron- 
omy, of  course,  but  also  to  disciplines 
that  are  terrestrial  in  nature.  Whether  it 
will  be  used  for  research,  or  simply  for 
the  pure  enjoyment  of  observing  wildlife, 
even  indoors,  perhaps,  where  its  high 
powers  can  focus  on  the  web-spinning 
of  a  house  spider  at  a  distance  of  ten  feet, 
it  is  a  gift  for  ever.  And  its  easy  portability 
can  take  it  wherever  one  travels. 

What  other  tool  could  you  buy  a  child 
that  not  only  would  enchant  and  amuse 
him  in  his  early  awakening,  but  would 
continue  to  serve  him  all  his  life? 

©  Queslar  Corporation  1976 


QUESTAR.  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE 
TELESCOPE  IS  PRICED  FROM  $865  SEND  FOR  OUR 
BOOKLET  IN  FULL  COLOR  WITH  150  PHOTOGRAPHS 
BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS  SI  COVERS  MAILING  ON  THIS 
CONTINENT,  BY  AIR  TO  SOUTH  AMERICA  S3  00 
EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA,  S3  50    ELSEWHERE    S4 


QUESTAR 

Box  60G,  New  Hope,  Pa.  18938 


s  beautiful  star  c 
!    Field    Mode/, 
tripod  mounted. 


Announcements 


Continuing  through  April  in  Gal- 
lery 77  of  the  Museum,  This  Exhibit 
in  Preparation  gives  visitors  a  "be- 
hind the  scenes"  look  at  the  tech- 
niques used  to  create  the  Museum's 
many  marvelous  dioramas  and  exhib- 
its. Graphics,  three-dimensional  dis- 
plays, and  demonstrations  by  artists, 
taxidermists,  preparators,  and  model- 
makers  reveal  the  inner  workings  of 
the  Exhibition  Department. 

Beginning  in  early  February,  The 
Chihuahua  Whiptail  Lizard  will  be 
on  view  through  mid-March  in  the 
Museum  Showcase,  Roosevelt  Me- 
morial Hall,  at  the  main  entrance  of 
the  Museum.  This  minipreview  of  the 
forthcoming  Hall  of  Reptiles  and 
Amphibians  explains  the  fascinating 
subject  of  parthenogenesis. 

Museum  Fragrances  may  be  en- 
joyed at  all  times  in  various  exhibit 
halls:  Aromas  of  grasslands  in  the 
Man  in  Africa  Hall;  of  dry  hayfields 
in  the  Asiatic  Mammals  Hall;  of 
frangipani  and  salt  air  breezes  in  the 


Peoples  of  the  Pacific  Hall;  and  of 
conifers,  earth,  ferns,  and  dried  and 
decaying  leaves  in  the  North  Ameri- 
can Forests  Hall. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museum,  "The  Final  Frontier"  con- 
tinues through  April  5.  This  Sky 
Show  takes  us  on  a  futuristic  voyage 
to  the  outer  reaches  of  space  aboard 
the  nuclear-propelled  spacecraft  Era- 
tosthenes. On  this  trip,  the  ship  en- 
counters planets,  double  stars,  stellar 
novae,  other  galaxies,  neutron  stars, 
and  mysterious  black  holes.  Shows 
begin  at  2:00  p.m.  and  3:00  p.m.  dur- 
ing the  week  with  more  frequent 
showings  on  weekends.  Admission  is 
$1.75  for  adults;  $1.00  for  children. 

Crafts  Week  in  New  York  will  be 
celebrated  in  the  Museum  from 
March  16  through  19,  between  the 
hours  of  1 :30  and  4:00  p.m.  An  open 
crafts  workshop  will  be  held  in  the 
Louis  Calder  Laboratory,  and  a  vari- 
ety of  craf  tspersons  will  give  demon- 
strations in  the  People  Center. 


The  1976  Natural  History  Photography  Competition 


For  those  who  received  new  cameras  for 
Christmas,  for  those  who  are  restless  to 
get  outdoors  with  their  old  ones,  and  for 
all  whose  files  are  brimming  over  with 
beautiful  pictures.  Natural  History  joy- 
fully announces  another  chance  to  try 
your  luck:  the  photo  contest  is  on  again. 
This  year  we  have  included  black- 
and-white  photography,  kept  the  theme 
broad,  and  opened  separate  categories 
for  those  with  specialized  techniques. 
We  have  altered  the  rules  a  bit,  juggled 
the  judges,  and  changed  the  prizes.  So 
read  on. 

The  Categories:  1 .  The  Natural  World, 
including  Man.  2.  Macro-  and  Micro- 
photographs,  including  scanning  elec- 
tron micrographs.  3.  A  Chronological 
Sequence,  which  may  be  up  to  five  pho- 
tographs, of  an  "Event  in  Nature." 

The  Rules:  The  competition  is  open  to 
everyone  except  employees  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
and  their  kin  and  all  previous  winners. 
2.  Competitors  may  submit  up  to  three 
previously  unpublished  entries  in  each 
category.  3.  Entries  may  be  trans- 
parencies or  prints  up  to  8"  by  10".  Each 
entry  must  contain  the  name  and  address 


of  the  photographer  and  the  category.  4. 
For  each  entry,  please  tell  us  the  camera 
model  used.  5.  Include  a  self -addressed, 
stamped  envelope  since  we  want  to  re- 
turn your  pictures  to  you. 

The  Closing  Date:  All  entries  should  be 
postmarked  no  later  than  April  1,  1976. 

The  Rewards:  Grand  Prize  is  $500. 
First  prize  for  each  category  is  $250.  Ten 
Honorable  Mentions  will  receive  $100 
each. 

More  Rewards:  All  winning  entries  will 
be  published  in  a  special,  picture-filled 
issue  of  Natural  History. 

Some  Hitches:  The  decision  of  the 
judges  will  be  final.  Natural  History 
acquires  the  right  to  publish  and  exhibit 
the  winning  pictures.  And  Natural  His- 
tory assumes  no  responsibility  for  trans- 
parencies or  prints. 

Pack  your  beautiful  entries  carefully  and 

mail  them  to: 

Photography  Competition  1976 

Natural  History  Magazine 

7  West  77th  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10024 


COME  iiDVE]\"TlIRI«rG! 


Explore  one  of  the 
world's  most  important 
wildlife  sanctuaries. 


Examine  the  teeming 
world  where  the 
ocean  meets  the  shore 


Join  the  early  discoverers 
in  their  search  for  a 
new  view  of  the  universe 


Learn  £VijT,:i>iiflg  about 
the  creatures  of  forest, 
mountain  and  field. 


Play  under  the  coral 
reefs  in  the  clear  waters 
of  the  South  Pacific 


All  the  worlds  of  man  and  nature  await  you  in  the 

Scf  ence  Book  Club 


(Publishers'  Prices  shown) 

42680.   DONANA;   Spain's   Wildlife   Wilderness. 

Juan  Antonio  Fernandez.  Sumptuously  illustrated  por- 
trait of  one  of  tile  world's  most  important  wildlife 
sanctuaries.  Stunning  9-by- 1 1  -inch  volume,  over  240 
pages  of  full-color  photographs.  Counts  as  J  ol  war  J 
hooks.  $29.95 

84285.  TIDELINE.  Ernest  Braun.  Beautifully  pho- 
tographed and  written  9-by- 1 2-inch  volume  on  that 
long,  thin  strip  of  wilderness  where  land,  air,  and  sea 
meet.  Contains  full-color  photographs.  $16.50 

58900.  LOOKING  AT  ANIMALS.  Huah  B  Coll. 
Lavish  volume  explores  through  word  and  pictures  the 
world's  richest  wildlife  area— East  Africa.  $15.00 
58530.  LIFE  IN  FOREST  AND  JUNGLE.  Richard 
Perry.  From  the  primeval  jungle  of  the  Amazon  to  the 
redwood  groves  of  California,  a  great  naturalist  exam- 
ines an  incredible  (and  often  exotic)  variety  of 
wildlife.  Superbly  illustrated.  $9.95 

33435.  ANOTHER  PENGUIN  SUMMER.  Olin 
Sewall  Peitingitl.  Jr  Outsized,  richly  illustrated  volume 
offers  a  light  and  lively  account  of  the  five  species  of 
penguins  native  to  the  Falkland  Islands.         $10.00 

64155.  THE  NEW  COMPLETE  WALKER.  Cohn 
Fletcher  This  completely  revised  and  substantially 
expanded  edition  is  the  most  practical,  authoritative, 
and  comprehensive  volume  on  walking  ever  pub- 
lished. $8.95 

54240.  HUNTING  FOR  DINOSAURS.  Zofia 
Kielan-Jaworowska.  An  absorbing  account  of  a  three- 
year  effort  to  find  and  decipher  the  meaning  of  the 
ancient  bones  that  litter  the  Gobi  desert.  Fascinating 
descriptions  of  dinosaurs,  the  Gobi  and  its  people,  and 
more.  $12.00 

87275.  WOLF  COUNTRY.  Ewan  Clarkson.  Exciting 
account  of  the  one  thousand  timber  wolves  thai 
wander  over  the  wilderness  country  of  northern 
Minnesota  and  Isle  Royale  in  Lake  Superior.    $8.95 

88030.  THE  YEAR  OF  THE  BUTTERFLY.  George 
Ordish.  A  veteran  entomologist  offers  a  fascinating 
account  of  every  aspect  of  the  natural  history  of  the 
monarch  butterfly  $7.95 

87195.  WILD  CATS  OF  THE  WORLD.  C..4.  W. 
Gugglsberg.  One  of  the  world's  leading  authorities  on 
wild  cats  offers  definitive  natural  histories  of  each  of 
the  37  species  of  wild  cats.  $15.95 

48470.  FIELDBOOK  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY.  E. 

Laurence  Palmer  and  H.  Seymour  Fowler  The  most 
authoritative  and  comprehensive  guide  to  natural 
history  available.  With  over  2,(X)(J  illustrations,  it 
explores  all  major  plant  and  animal  species,  rocks  and 
minerals,  the  earth,  moon,  sun,  and  planets,  and  even 
outer  space.  $19.95 

52125.  THE  HABITAT  GUIDE  TO  BIRDING. 

Thomas  P.  McElroy,  Jr  How  to  classify  birds  not  only  by 
their  physical  characteristics,  but  also  their  terrain. 
Covers  patterns  of  behavior,  nesting  habits,  markings, 
seasonal  movements,  and  much  more.  $8.95 


Take  any  3  books 

(values  to  ^52.40) 

for  only  99^each 

if  you  will  join  now  for  a  trial  period 
and  accept  only  3  more  books— at  member 
discount  prices— within  the  next  12  months. 


69565.  IHE  PORPOISE  WATCHER.  Kenneth  S 
Norns.  Fascinating  account  of  experiments  with  por- 
poises and  whales.  An  excellent  introduction  into 
marine  biology  $7.95 

32618.  ALL  THE  STRANGE  HOURS.  Loren 
Eiseley  Autobiography  of  one  of  America's  outstand- 
ing naturalists  and  his  philosophy  as  a  scientist  and 
humanist.  $9.95 

62630.  THE  MILKY  WAY.  Fourth  Edition.  Bart  Bok 
and Priscilla  Bok.  A  thoroughly  updated  and  expanded 
edition  of  the  most  popular  book  on  our  galaxy  $15.00 


How  the  Club  Operates  •  The  Book  Club  News, 
describing  the  coming  Main  Selection  and  Alter- 
nate Selections,  will  be  sent  to  you  1 5  times  a  year 
at  3-4  week  intervals.  •  If  you  wish  to  purchase 
the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing  and  it  will  be 
shipped  to  you  automatically  •  If  you  prefer  one 
of  the  Alternates,  or  no  books  at  all,  simply 
indicate  your  decision  on  the  reply  form  always 
enclosed  with  the  News  and  mail  it  so  that  we 
receive  it  by  the  date  specified.  •  The  News  is 
mailed  in  time  to  allow  you  at  least  10  days  to 
decide  if  you  want  the  coming  Main  Selection.  If, 
because  of  late  mail  delivery  of  the  News,  you 
should  ever  receive  a  Main  Selection  without 
having  had  the  10  day  consideration  period,  that 
Selection  may  be  returned  at  Club  expense.  • 
Continued  membership  past  the  trial  period 
brings  you  the  added  benefits  of  our  Bonus  Book 
Plan— an  irnportant  way  to  save  even  more,  at 
least  70%  oft  publishers'  prices. 


85090.  THE  UNIVERSE.  Lhvd  .\fot:  Absorbing 
account  of  modern  cosmological  theor>-.  with  the  latest 
descriptions  of  all  known  celestial  objects  and  phe- 
nomena. $15.00 
88041.  THE  YEAR  OF  THE  KOALA.  H.D.  U'll- 
liamson.  The  story  of  one  year  in  the  life  of  two  koalas, 
beginning  when  fire  drives  a  colony  from  its  home. 
They  establish  themselves  in  a  new  territor>'.  mate, 
give  birth,  forage  through  the  Australian  seasons. 
First  hand  obser\'ation.  accurate,  fascinating.    $8.95 

41585.  THE  DARK  NIGHT  SKV.  DonaldS.  Claywn. 
.An  adventure  into  the  origin,  processes  and  structure 
of  the  universe,  the  early  people  who  studied  it.  the 
great  discoverers,  and  an  enthralling  view  of  how  we 
now  perceive  it  $8.95 

88740.  ZOO.  Bernard  Livingston.  Delightful  wide- 
ranging  account  of  how  zoos  began,  how  they  are  run 
today,  and  where  they  are  heading  in  the  future.  $8.95 

84210.    THIS    LIVING    REEF.    Dmiglas    Juulkm-r 
Lavishly  illustrated  word-and-piciure  masterpiece. 
Outsized  volume  contains  120  pages  of  glorious  six- 
color  pictures— with  detailed  commentaries.  Counts  as 
:  of  your  3  books.  $25.00 

85820.  VENOMOUS  ANIMALS  OF  THE 
WORLD.  Roger  Caras.  Explores  the  entire  range  — 
from  the  common  honeybee  and  ant  to  such  exotic, 
and  often  deadfv.  creatures  as  the  black  widow'  spider 
Counts  as  2  o/  your  J  books.  $25.00 


4-7AE 


I  Natural  Science  Book  Club 

I  Riverside,  New  Jersey  08075 

Please  accept  my  application  for  membership  and 

'  send  me  the  three  volumes  indicated,  billing  me 

I  only  99C  each.  I  agree  to  purchase  at  least  three 

I  additional  Selections  or  Alternates  during  the  first 

I  12  months  I  am  a  member,  under  the  club  plan 

described  in  this  ad.  Savings  range  up  to  30%  and 

'  occasionally  even  more.  My  membership  is  can- 

'  celable  any  time  after  I  buy  these  three  books.  A 

I  shipping  and  handling  charge  is  added  to  all 

I  shipments  Send  no  money.  Members  are  billed 

I  when  books  arrive. 

j  3  books  for  99«  each. 

'  Indicate  by  number  the  3  books  you  want. 


A  few  expensive  books  (noted  in  book  descrip- 
tions) count  as  2  choices. 


I  City- 


Zip_ 


(Offer  good  in  Continental  U.S.  and  Canada  only. 
Prices  slightly  higher  in  Canada.) 


Rain-making  Forests 


by  Hubert  W.  Vogelmann 


When  fog  and  clouds  swirl 
through  mountain  trees, 
they  leave  their  moisture  to 
irrigate  the  land 

In  about  25  b.c,  Roman  sailors 
visited  the  Canary  Islands  off  North 
Africa,  and  upon  their  return  to 
Mauretania,  where  they  were  head- 
quartered, they  related  a  remarkable 
story  to  the  king,  Juba  II.  It  concerned 
a  tree  growing  at  the  upper  end  of  a 
ravine  on  one  of  the  islands.  During 
the  night,  the  leaves  and  branches  of 
this  tree  were  able  to  gather  water 
from  the  low-lying  clouds  that  swept 
up  the  ravine.  A  cistern  was  built  to 
store  the  water  that  collected  under- 
neath the  tree,  and  so  great  was  the 
tree's  rain-making  ability  that  it  pro- 
duced sufficient  water  for  the  whole 
island. 

This  tale  may  be  an  exaggeration 
but  under  the  right  conditions,  trees 
do  indeed  comb  moisture  from  clouds 
and  fog  and  the  condensation  falls  to 
the  ground  like  rain.  In  mountainous 
regions  where  clouds  frequently 
touch  the  summits  or  on  coasts  and 
islands  where  fog  rolls  in  off  the 
ocean,  this  phenomenon  is  common. 
On  the  rockbound  coast  of  Maine, 
the  moisture  captured  by  solitary 
pines  rooted  in  crevices  allows 
patches  of  grass  or  moss  to  grow  in 
the  sandy  soil  around  the  tree  trunks. 
Moisture  will  stick  to  almost  any 
object  in  its  path.  Beach  strollers 
walking  through  a  thick  fog  blowing 


in  from  the  ocean  soon  find  their 
clothing  soaked.  Mountain  hikers  be- 
come drenched  when  a  cloud  swirls 
about  them.  Springtime  skiers  experi- 
ence the  same  thing  when  they  ski 
through  the  dense  fogs  caused  by  the 
combination  of  warm  spring  air  and 
wet  snow. 

Small  droplets  of  moisture  are  too 
light  to  fall  to  the  ground.  Instead, 
they  are  carried  along  in  air  currents, 
where  they  are  blown  against  the 
leaves  and  branches  of  trees.  Collect- 
ing on  the  edges  of  the  leaves  and 
twigs,  the  tiny  particles  coalesce  and 
grow,  and  when  they  are  heavy 
enough,  they  fall  to  the  ground  like 
rain. 

The  high  forests  of  the  northeastern 
ranges,  such  as  the  Adirondacks  or 
the  Green  or  White  Mountains,  col- 
lect an  impressive  amount  of  water. 
These  forests  are  dominated  by 
spruces  and  firs,  whose  countless 
small  needles  and  twiggy  branches 
make  up  large  surfaces — up  to  about 
14  million  yards  per  acre — that  trap 
the  water  droplets  from  low-lying 
clouds.  Dwight  Leedy,  a  graduate 
student  in  botany  at  the  University  of 
Vermont,  determined  that  in  the 
Green  Mountains  at  least  five  inches 
of  water  a  year  is  combed  from  the 
clouds  by  the  forests.  In  some  areas 
of  these  forests,  such  as  the  mountain 
summits  where  the  winds  are  strong, 
some  thirty  inches  of  water  per  year 
could  be  raked  from  the  clouds  and 
fog  by  the  trees.  These  amounts  of 
water  would,  of  course,  be  added  to 


the  area's  annual  precipitation  of  be- 
tween forty  and  sixty  inches. 

The  mountain  ranges  of  New  Eng- 
land are  by  no  means  unique  in  their 
ability  to  comb  moisture  from  fog  and 
clouds.  On  one  of  the  Hawaiian  Is- 
lands, a  rain  gauge  under  a  Norfolk 
Island  pine  tree  showed  that  the  tree 
collected  thirty  inches  of  water  an- 
nually. And  as  another  example, 
studies  in  the  Bavarian  Alps  showed 
that  the  forests  there  produce  170  per- 
cent more  water  from  fog  than  is  pro- 
vided by  the  annual  rainfall. 

Were  it  not  for  mountain  forests, 
this  additional  moisture  would  never 
be  available;  it  augments  stream 
flows  and  percolates  into  the  soil, 
eventually  adding  to  groundwater 
supplies  at  lower  elevations.  Moun- 
tains are  thus  important  aquifer  re- 
charge areas.  Not  only  do  they  cause 
more  rain  to  fall  by  forcing  air  up- 
ward, where  it  cools  and  releases  its 
moisture,  but  their  forests  also  collect 
fog  moisture.  Considering  the  impor- 
tance of  maintaining  adequate  water 
supplies  today,  it  is  essential  to  keep 


Although  broad-leaved  trees,  such 

as  the  ones  in  this  Colombian 

rain  forest,  do  not  collect  as 

much  moisture  as  do  coniferous 

trees,  their  destruction  on 

mountainsides  is  decreasing  the 

groundwater  in  tropical  regions. 


v^^^^A."' 


'4; 


^^/-.^ 


j..v.;'^.  ».,•; 


our  high  mountain  ecosystems  intact. 
Man,  however,  does  not  always 
understand  the  complexities  of  his  en- 
vironment. In  his  ecological  igno- 
rance, his  alterations  of  the  land  have 
sometimes  produced  disastrous  re- 
sults. One  such  event  took  place  in 
the  mountains  of  southeastern  Mex- 
ico north  of  Veracruz.  Encouraged  by 
the  results  of  the  fog-  and  cloud-mois- 
ture study  in  Vermont's  mountains,  I 
undertook  a  similar  investigation  in 
the  Sierra  Madre  Oriental,  where 
conditions  for  fog  precipitation  are 
ideal.  Lush  rain  forests  grow  on  the 
eastern  slopes  where  moisture-laden 
winds  sweep  in  from  the  Gulf  of  Mex- 
ico and  deposit  a  hundred  inches  of 
water  per  year  on  the  mountainsides. 
As  the  winds  move  westward,  they 
are  forced  upward  over  the  mountain- 
tops,  and  the  cooling  air,  which  still 
holds  some  moisture,  forms  dense 
fogs  that  sweep  inland  over  the  dry 
high  plateau  that  adjoins  the  west- 
ward side  of  the  mountains.  Dark, 
dripping  forests  once  covered  the 
eastern  part  of  the  plateau.  But  these 
flat,  easily  farmed  lands  were  cleared 
long  ago,  turning  most  of  the  area  into 
a  bleak  desert.  Needing  more  land  for 
their  corn  crops ,  farmers  cut  away  the 
forests  on  the  steep  eastern  side  of  the 
mountains.  During  the  six-month- 
long  dry  seasons,  however,  this  land 
now  also  dries  out;  trees  that  once 
caught  the  moisture  there,  even  in  the 
dry  season,  no  longer  being  present. 
Now  both  the  steep  fields  and  those 


24 


As  clouds  and  fog  sweep  through 

the  forests  of  Rogers  Pass  in 

Glacier  National  Park,  the  myriad 

needles  of  the  spruce  and  fir 

trees  act  like  fine-toothed  combs 

to  capture  the  moisture,  which 

then  enters  the  groundwater  supply. 


on  the  edge  of  the  plateau  grow  only 
such  plants  as  cactus  and  agave. 

My  study  of  much  of  this  region 
indicated  that  even  during  the  dry  sea- 
son there  is  a  great  deal  of  moisture 
in  the  air,  but  it  is  in  the  form  of  fog. 
With  the  cutting  of  the  forests,  the 
farmers  destroyed  one  of  their  most 
important  sources  of  water — the 
moisture  that  the  trees  had  combed 
from  the  fog.  Today  the  fog  sweeps 
across  barren  ground  and  finally 
dissipates  into  the  dry  desert  air.  The 
removal  of  the  forests  has  probably 
affected  more  than  1,000  square 
miles  of  this  arid  region.  It  is  a  classic 
example  of  man's  lack  of  understand- 
ing his  environment. 

Some  dry  areas  can  perhaps  be  re- 
claimed by  planting  drought-resistant 
trees  to  prime  the  pump  and  start  col- 
lecting fog  moisture  again.  Fog- 
collecting  screens  could  be  used  to 
gather  water  that  would  nourish  the 
newly  planted  trees.  And  these  once 
productive  lands  could  probably  be- 
come green  again.  D 


Donegal's  Lowly  Sheep 
and  Exalted  Cows 


by  Eugenia  Shanklin 


"If  you  had  the  cow,  you 
could  live  without  the  wife, 
but  if  you  had  not  the  cow, 
you  would  not  be  able  to 
live  at  all" 

The  coast  of  southwest  Donegal, 
Ireland,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
and  austere  in  the  world  and  the  inte- 
rior of  the  region  scarcely  less  so.  The 
area  resembles  a  high  desert — wind- 
swept and  barren  except  for  an  occa- 
sional tree  bent  in  the  direction  of  the 
prevailing  winds.  As  a  local  priest  put 
it,   "When  God   was  creating   the 


Atlantic  Ocean 


Donegal  Bay 


DUBLIN 


IRELAND 


earth.  He  had  used  up  most  of  the 
fertile  land  by  the  time  He  got  to  Don- 
egal and  He  had  to  save  what  He  had 
left  for  America.  So  He  compensated 
us  by  giving  us  all  the  scenery  He  had 
left  over;  we  got  cliffs  rising  out  of 
the  sea,  high  mountains,  waterfalls, 
and  white  beaches,  while  the  Europe- 
ans got  the  rich  soil." 

Such  sentiments,  however,  are  a 
privilege  reserved  for  the  tourist  or 
for  one  who  does  not  make  his  living 
from  the  land.  It  is  difficult  to  find  a 
Donegal  farmer  who  appreciates  ei- 
ther God's  afterthoughts  or  the  gran- 
deur of  the  landscape. 

Inland  the  dual  impression  of 
beauty  and  cruelty  persists.  The  deep 
valleys  are  dotted  with  thatched  cot- 
tages, with  the  thatch  tied  down 
against  the  gales,  and  cottages  are  not 
set  at  the  top  of  hills  but  just  beneath 
the  crest.  In  addition,  every  stone, 
brae,  and  valley  has  a  name  and  a 
legend,  usually  commemorating 
some  murderous  occasion.  A  study  of 
the  local  place-ghosts  reveals  a  long 
history  of  conquests  and  rebellions. 

The  land  has  been  dominated  in 
turn  by  chieftains,  armies  with  holy 
causes,  kings,  absentee  landlords, 
and  today,  by  government  bureau- 
crats. For  two  thousand  years  the 
population  persisted  while  the  con- 
querors came  and  went.  Today,  the 
command  is  progress;  the  goal,  in- 
creased productivity.  But  the  even- 
tual result  is  no  longer  predictable,  as 
traditional  practices  and  innovative 
methods  clash  head  on. 

Although  primitives  and  peasants 
alike  are  excoriated  for  their  back- 
ward outlook  and  their  reluctance  to 
innovate,  the  effects  of  their  strate- 


gies may  in  the  long  run  conserve  re- 
sources. While  many  traditional 
farming  practices  do  provide  low 
yields,  only  in  the  short-term  view  are 
such  low  yields  considered  "bad."  If 
the  people  of  southwest  Donegal 
abandon  their  traditional  practices, 
the  resource  conservation  measures 
may  be  lost  as  well,  ultimately  leav- 
ing the  area  open  to  depopulation,  ei- 
ther through  degradation  of  resources 
or  consolidation  of  holdings  on  a 
giant  scale. 

The  area's  resources  are  almost 
completely  in  the  form  of  grazing 
land,  mostly  unimproved  bog;  this 
constitutes  some  63  percent  of  all 
land  available.  No  more  than  2  to  3 
percent  of  all  land  is  good  agricultural 
soil;  some  10  percent  is  "improved," 
that  is,  has  been  reclaimed  for  agri- 
cultural purposes,  such  as  growing 
potatoes,  oats,  and  hay.  Land  recla- 
mation involves  a  great  deal  of  work 
but  improvement  shows  spectacular 
results;  boglands,  for  example, 
which  in  a  virgin  state  carry  one  sheep 
per  four  acres,  can  be  drained, 
fenced,  and  fertilized,  making  it  pos- 
sible to  stock  four  sheep  per  acre. 
There  are  new  techniques  for  reclaim- 
ing bogland,  but  these  are  effective 
only  for  sheep  because  the  treatment 
of  the  bog  surface  renders  it  even 
more  spongy  than  it  is  in  its  virgin 
state.  Consequently,  heavy  cattle 
cannot  negotiate  the  fields  during  any 
but  the  driest  seasons  of  the  year. 

The  climate  is  almost  as  poor  as  the 
soil.  Gale-force  winds,  a  growing 
season  bounded  more  by  rainfall  than 
by  temperature  variations — with  the 
heaviest  rains  coming  during  the  har- 
vest season — and  extreme  variation 


26 


^0^.:. 


\:i-^c. 


•nv.     ■   \ 


■;■  -'  •.■^"^■-  ^^^ 


Marked  with  paint  for  identification, 
sheep  graze  on  the  area 's  vast 
boglands.  When  drained  and  fertilized, 
this  land  can  support  more 
sheep,  but  Donegal  farmers  are  not 
anxious  to  increase  production. 


>  \    i> 


''V  ■  .;| 


k*v^ 


L^^^ 


V. 


\' 


At  the  Donegal  livestock  mart,  an 
auctioneer  accepts  bids  while 
a  handler  walks  the  cow  around  to 
show  it  is  not  lame.  These  centers 
are  replacing  traditional 
cattle  fairs,  where  sales  involve 
lengthy,  dramatic  bargaining. 


from  year  to  year  in  both  rainfall  and 
duration  of  the  frost-free  season  make 
the  region  a  poor  one  for  agricultural 
purposes. 

Until  1922,  Donegal  was  part  of 
the  historic  province  of  Ulster,  the 
northernmost  province  of  Ireland,  but 
in  that  year,  Donegal  was  separated 
from  what  had  been  its  traditional 
market  and  trade  region  and  made 
part  of  the  Republic  of  Ireland.  The 
effect  of  this  separation  has  been  to 
isolate  Donegal  from  its  natural  trade 
region,  the  interior  of  Ulster,  and  to 
force  the  people  to  rely  on  the  south 
for  most  of  their  manufactured  goods, 
as  well  as  markets  for  their  agricul- 
tural produce.  The  problems  Donegal 
faces  today  result  from  its  remote- 
ness, its  poor  natural  resources,  and 
its  intractable  climate;  the  effect  of 
these  factors  on  the  population  has 
been  a  reduced  standard  of  living 
compared  to  most  parts  of  Ireland. 

After  many  years  of  subsidizing 
the  area,  government  policy  has 
changed  and  the  attempt  now  is  to 
make  the  people  economically  self- 
sufficient,  primarily  by  means  of  in- 
creased livestock  production.  Mod- 
ern development  plans  also  call  for  a 
shift  in  emphasis  from  cattle  to  sheep 
production.  The  traditional  economy 
is  a  mixed  one,  based  on  cattle  and 
sheep,  with  a  strong  emphasis  on  cat- 
tle production.  Government  subsidies 
for  beef  cattle  have  met  favorable  re- 
sponses in  the  area,  but  similar  subsi- 
dies for  sheep  and  for  land  reclama- 
tion schemes  intended  to  boost  sheep 
production  have  not  fared  so  well. 
The  number  of  sheep  has  held  con- 
stant or  decreased  slightly  in  some 


Since  fields  are  scattered 
outside  the  village,  farmers 
herding  their  animals  often 
take  shortcuts  through  town. 


areas  even  while  the  subsidy  rate  has 
gone  steadily  up.  In  interviews,  gov- 
ernment odicials  explain  this  by 
pointing  to  the  "prehistoric"  mental 
outlook  of  the  farmers  and  their  re- 
fusal to  adopt  modern  production 
methods. 

The  charges  are  not  justified  by  the 
facts.  Farmers  produce  cattle  at 
higher  returns  than  in  other  parts  of 
Ireland;  further,  the  mortality  rate  for 
cattle  is  lower  in  Donegal  than  in  any 
other  part  of  the  country.  Insofar  as 
cattle  production  is  concerned,  then, 
whatever  the  farmers  are  doing  seems 
to  be  successful,  despite  their  so- 
called  prehistoric  bent. 

Government  officials  find  most  of- 
fensive the  refusal  to  increase  sheep 
production.  Residents  base  their  re- 
fusal on  the  economic  argument  that 
cattle  are  more  valuable  than  sheep — 
a  cow  is  worth  from  $100  to  SI 50, 
while  the  equivalent  in  sheep  (five 
sheep  eat  as  much  as  one  cow)  would 
be  worth  only  about  $65  to  $85.  The 
explanation  does  not  suffice,  how- 
ever, because  much  of  the  land  that 
might  be  reclaimed  would  be  suitable 
only  for  sheep,  and  there  is  also 
strong  resistance  to  reclamation  proj- 
ects. Nor  does  the  economic  argu- 
ment suffice  as  an  explanation  for  the 
distinctions  that  are  made  between 
the  two  kinds  of  animals,  distinctions 
that  are  crucial  to  maintaining  the 
long-term  ecological  balance. 

The  people  of  Donegal  value  their 
cows  highly,  a  feeling  that  is  perhaps 
best  expressed  in  the  literature: 

"The  cow  is  the  hub  of  the  house- 
hold. You  first  have  to  get  a  wife,  and 
then  a  cow.  And  the  first  thing  you 
would  have  to  look  for  in  the  wife 
would  be  if  she  was  a  good  milker. 
You  might  get  the  cow  as  dowry  with 
the  wife,  and  could  not  do  better, 
unless  there  was  a  bit  of  money  as 
well.  If  you  had  the  cow,  you  could 
live  without  the  wife,  but  if  you  had 
not  the  cow,  you  would  not  be  able 
to  live  at  all." 

The  greater  value  placed  on  cows 
becomes  apparent  in  the  differential 
treatment  of  animals  at  livestock 
fairs.  Most  towns  have  a  fair  day  once 
a  month,  when  farmers  bring  in  cattle 
and  sheep  for  sale.  Sheep  can  be  sold 
anywhere  in  the  town  and  are  usually 
tied  up  in  front  of  houses,  shops,  or 
any  other  convenient  place.  Cattle, 
however,  must  be  sold  on  the  "cattle 


hill,"  usually  the  highest  spot  in 
town,  a  grassy  area  set  aside  for  this 
purpose  alone. 

Both  cattle  and  sheep  are  driven 
into  town  early  in  the  morning,  but 
cattle  must  be  sold  by  noon.  Those 
that  aren't  are  either  taken  home  or 
removed  to  a  fenced  area  and  the  hill 
is  cleared.  While  on  the  hill,  cattle  are 
never  hobbled  or  tied,  and  their 
owners  watch  over  them  while  they 
graze.  Sheep,  however,  are  always 
tied  and  left  standing  until  they  are 
sold  or  until  their  owner  emerges 
from  the  pub — whichever  comes 
first.  Sheep  are  usually  cleared  away 
before  sunset,  although  it  isn"t  un- 
common to  see  them  standing  about 
until  the  pubs  close  at  midnight. 

Bargaining  is  the  traditional  meth- 
od for  selling  both  cattle  and  sheep, 
but  the  emotional  pitch  of  the  bar- 
gaining sessions  varies  considerably. 
Bargaining  for  cattle  is  a  much  longer 
procedure  that  can  take  the  better  part 
of  an  hour.  When  a  buyer  approaches 
a  cattle  owner,  he  discusses  general 
topics  for  a  while  before  venturing  to 
ask  a  price.  The  seller  often  refuses 
even  to  name  his  price  and  must  be 
f>ersuaded  by  a  third  party  to  do  so. 
When  a  lower  offer  is  made,  the  seller 
appears  to  be  deeply  offended  by  the 
suggestion  that  his  animals  might  be 
worth  so  little.  The  intermediary  has 
to  soothe  the  seller's  apparently  hurt 
feelings  before  the  bargaining  can 
proceed.  A  new  offer  is  then  made, 
and  this,  too,  the  seller  rejects. 

So  it  goes,  the  seller  displaying  less 
vehemence  and  more  uncertainty 
each  time  he  refuses.  Eventually,  on- 
lookers and  an  intermediary  may  per- 
suade him  to  part  with  his  animals, 
but  the  performance  is  always  carried 
out  with  a  good  show  of  reluctance 
on  the  seller's  part.  Cattle  are  never 
criticized  nor  are  comparative  prices 
mentioned. 

Buying  sheep  is  quite  different;  it 
involves  fewer  offers  and  counter- 
offers and  is  carried  out  with  an  as- 
sumed air  of  indifference.  A  buyer 
asks  the  selling  price,  and  the  seller 
responds  readily  with  some  outra- 
geous demand .  The  buyer  prods  a  few 
of  the  sheep  and  observes  that  several 
of  them  may  not  make  it  through  the 
winter.  He  then  suggests  a  price  that 
is  much  too  low;  the  seller  will  ignore 
this  commentary  and  the  ridiculous 
price,  even  to  the  extent  of  pretending 


to  be  deeply  engrossed  in  conversa- 
tion with  a  bystander. 

At  this  point  an  intermediary  ap- 
pears and  the  buyer  will  make  another 
oiTer,  after  observing  that  Sean  down 
the  street  is  selling  better  sheep  for  10 
shillings  a  head  less.  The  interme- 
diary may  have  to  interrupt  the 
seller's  conversation  to  point  out  that 
another  offer  has  been  made;  again 
the  seller  will  appear  to  be  uninter- 
ested, but  he  will  pause  in  the  conver- 
sation long  enough  to  suggest  another 
price.  Here  the  intermediary  will  sug- 
gest that  the  diiference  be  split  and 
both  parties  will  consider  the  offer.  If 
one  or  the  other  disagrees,  the  matter 
is  dropped  and  there  is  no  sale. 

Performances  in  both  these  trans- 
actions are  quite  stereotyped  and  are 
carried  out  regardless  of  the  amount 
of  money  involved;  a  bullock  for  $75 
commands  the  entire  performance, 
while  sheep  at  $150  still  receive  the 
seemingly  careless  treatment  de- 
scribed. Of  course,  the  cattle  owner 
is  not  truly  offended  nor  is  the  sheep 
seller  indifferent.  These  charades  are 
games  whose  rules  everyone  knows. 
Styles  differ,  of  course,  as  does  apti- 
tude for  the  performance.  Both  kinds 
of  sale  are  concluded  with  a  ritual 
handshake. 

Payment  for  cattle  is  then  made  in 
the  pub  and  all  the  onlookers  join  the 
principals  for  free  drinks.  Even  the 
teetotaler  must  participate  in  this  cer- 
emony, although  he  need  not  drink 
himself.  For  sheep,  payment  in  the 
pub  is  optional;  sheep  can  be  paid  for 
in  the  street  if  the  seller  likes,  but,  in 
a  cattle  sale  this  would  be  a  serious 
breach  of  etiquette. 

Violations  of  any  part  of  the  rituals 
can  and  do  occur,  although  villagers 
feel  some  parts  to  be  more  important 
than  others.  Members  of  the  younger 
generation  may  refuse  to  participate 
in  the  special  handshake  on  the 
grounds  that  it  is  painful  and  unneces- 
sary, but  they  will  firmly  agree  that 
it  is  impossible  to  sell  animals  with- 
out the  help  of  an  intermediary. 

The  greater  value  of  cattle  is  also 
apparent  in  legal  distinctions.  If  a  mo- 
torist hits  a  cow  on  the  road,  the  mo- 
torist is  always  responsible  for  dam- 
ages, although  the  law  says  that  an 
owner  must  exercise  care  with  his  an- 
imals and  the  question  of  the  cow's 
negligence  may  be  hotly  debated. 
Sheep,  on  the  other  hand,  are  respon- 


sible for  their  own  welfare,  and  if  one 
is  struck,  it  is  the  owner's  problem, 
not  the  motorist's. 

To  give  an  example  of  how  the  au- 
thorities will  protect  the  rights  of  cat- 
tle, the  county  once  charged  a  man 
with  cruelty  to  animals  because  he 
had  allowed  the  cows  in  his  care  to 
roam  freely  in  winter.  When  the 
neighbors  complained,  he  confined 
the  herd  to  a  field  without  adequate 
provisions  for  feed.  (Cattle  are  nor- 
mally kept  in  barns  through  the  winter 
and  fed  on  hay  and  grain  supple- 
ments.) Several  of  the  animals  died 
and  went  unburied;  a  county  oflScial 
found  the  rest  in  an  emaciated  state, 
some  so  debilitated  they  had  to  be 
done  away  with. 

The  punishment  for  this  offense 
was  quite  severe — a  heavy  fine  and  a 
suspended  prison  sentence.  The 
judge  expressed  indignation  at  the 
man's  conduct,  noting  with  relief  that 
such  things  seldom  happened  in  the 
county  and  that  such  a  case  had  never 
come  before  him. 

It  struck  no  one  as  odd  that  what 
was  defined  as  cruel  and  unusual 
treatment  for  cattle  is  exactly  that  ac- 
corded to  sheep  every  winter.  Owners 
leave  them  to  fend  for  themselves, 
turning  them  out  to  pastures  they 
know  to  be  insuflScient.  There  is  no 
thought  of  supplemental  feeding,  and 
in  a  severe  winter,  the  mortality  rate 
may  be  as  high  as  50  percent. 

Another  instance  of  the  differentia- 
tion between  cattle  and  sheep  is  found 
in  animal  health  practices,  specifi- 
cally in  willingness  to  consult  a  veter- 
inarian. When  I  asked  under  what  cir- 
cumstances a  farmer  would  call  the 
vet,  cattle  farmers  told  me  that  even 
the  least  doubtful  conditions  would 
occasion  a  call,  while  sheep  owners 
almost  never  consult  a  vet.  The  rea- 
sons for  this  were  as  numerous  as  the 
respondents:  they  weren't  sure  what 
the  animals  might  have  died  of  or  they 
tried  treating  them  with  home  reme- 
dies or,  commonly,  whatever  the  pre- 
cipitating cause,  the  real  cause  was 
starvation  and  the  vet  wouldn't  be  any 
help  for  that. 

Distinctions  between  cattle  and 
sheep  extend  to  their  owners  as  well. 
Cattle  farmers  are  said  to  be  more  in- 
telligent, reasonable,  and  modern; 
more  interested  in  community  prob- 
lems and  affairs;  more  apt  to  be  a 
good  example   to   the   rest  of   the 


people.  Villagers  characterize  sheep 
farmers  as  lazy,  backward,  unwilling 
to  contribute  to  the  welfare  of  the 
community,  and  uninterested  in  any- 
thing except  government  handouts. 
True,  sheepmen,  even  the  wealthy 
farmers  who  have  large  herds,  do  not 
participate  in  local  politics.  Members 
of  the  local  committees  and  those 
who  hold  positions  of  authority  on 
special  occasions  are  primarily  cattle 
farmers,  although  some  of  these  men 
may  keep  sheep  as  well. 

Since  there  are  no  local  elective 
offices,  being  a  committee  member  or 
an  official  in  charge  of  special  events 
carries  a  good  deal  of  authority  and 
recognition.  Recruitment  for  either  of 
these  offices  is  based  on  two  tradi- 
tional criteria:  wealth  and  education. 
Wealth,  which  generally  coincides 
with  inherited  position,  usually 
means  extensive  cattle  holdings.  As 
for  education,  holders  of  certain 
posts,  such  as  the  village  priest  or  the 
headmaster  of  the  local  school,  auto- 
matically assume  leadership. 

Beyond  this,  some  people  who  are 
neither  wealthy  nor  well  educated  do 
participate,  especially  shopkeepers 
whose  interests  are  affected  by  such 
things  as  local  development  commit- 
tees or  the  annual  agricultural  show. 
The  main  point  is  that  while  there  are 
factors  that  can  influence  political 
participation  (a  shopkeeper  who  lacks 
the  benefit  of  inherited  social  position 
may  still  become  a  local  leader),  even 
wealthy  sheep  farmers  do  not  partici- 
pate in  the  authority  structure. 


32 


The  reputation  of  sheep  farmers  as 
noncontributors  to  the  economy  is 
also  interesting,  especially  when  con- 
trasted to  the  feelings  about  cattle- 
men. Since  the  sheepmen  occupy 
some  of  the  poorest  lands  in  the  area, 
they  are  almost  invariably  eligible  for 
unemployment  compensation.  But 
the  unemployment  rolls  are  by  no 
means  composed  simply  of  sheep 
farmers.  Furthermore,  the  reputation 
stems  not  so  much  from  these  realities 
as  from  social  behavior.  Villagers  ex- 
pect cattle  farmers  to  buy  drinks  in  the 
pub,  and  those  who  do  not  are  apt  to 
be  thoroughly  damned.  For  sheep 
farmers,  however,  participation  is 
optional,  but  since  the  definitions  of 
a  man's  social  and  economic  worth 
depend  on  his  display  of  generosity 
and  his  willingness  to  spend  his  earn- 
ings where  they  are  earned,  such 
farmers  must  work  harder  to  avoid  the 
reputation  of  stinginess. 

Local  residents  consider  raising 
cattle  a  worthwhile  occupation,  and 
when  asked  to  explain  their  reluc- 
tance to  increase  sheep  numbers,  ex- 
plain that  cattle  raising  is  less  ardu- 
ous. In  fact,  the  care  of  sheep,  which 
are  put  out  to  pasture  during  the 
winter  months  from  November  to 
March,  involves  less  work.  Sheep  are 
handled  only  when  they  are  shorn, 
inoculated,  and  dipped.  Otherwise, 
they  are  left  to  fend  for  themselves, 
and  no  special  care  is  taken  to  feed 
or  protect  them. 

This  contrasts  with  the  daily  care 
farmers   provide   for   cattle.   Cattle 


11.  JliStSiaifciSI^^'.f;.:...*,.i:Isi''ii: 


graze  in  fenced  pastures  or  under  the 
eye  of  a  hcrdboy ,  and  farmers  who  d(j 
not  have  fenced  pastures  generally 
keep  their  cattle  in  at  nighl  (there  are 
no  predators  to  harm  them,  but  the 
terrain  is  treacherous).  Owners  must 
provide  cattle  with  hay  and  grain  sup- 
plements, usually  purchased,  through 
the  winter.  The  hay  requires  a  sum- 
mer's labor  in  "saving  the  hay,"  a 
picturesque  phrase  that  t)ften  reflects 
harvesttime  realities.  Cattle  keeping 
is  a  labor-intensive  occupation,  and 
the  low  mortality  rates  indicate  the 
attention  given  to  these  animals. 

Although  less  arduous,  sheep 
farming  is  a  lonely  occupation,  re- 
quiring long  walks  to  look  after  the 
animals — perhaps  rescue  one  in  trou- 
ble or  aid  in  lambing.  Most  of  the 
work  involved  in  caring  for  sheep  can 
be  carried  out  by  one  or  at  most  two 
men.  Sheep  herding  seldom  demands 
group  cooperation,  and  in  the  past, 
before  dipping  became  mandatory,  it 
must  have  demanded  even  less. 
Group  effort  is  usual  only  at  shearing 
and  dipping  time. 

Cattle  farming,  however,  demands 
group  efforts  at  many  times  of  the 
year.  Saving  the  hay  is  a  laborious 
task  and  all  the  members  of  a  local 
group  participate.  The  appropriate 
harvesttime  is  decided  by  this  group, 
not  by  the  individual  farmers.  Then 
the  group  participates  in  the  various 
steps  involved,  culminating  in  the 
thatching  of  the  haystack  at  each 
man's  home.  This  occasions  a  week 
or  more  of  visiting,  eating,  and  other 
socializing.  Calving  is  also  an  impor- 
tant occasion  and  one's  neighbors  are 
often  called  upon  for  aid  or  advice. 

The  entire  process  of  giving  care 
and  attention  to  cattle  insures  that  a 
farmer  is  dependent  on  his  neighbors, 
that  he  must  cooperate  with  them  and 
render  aid  and  assistance  when  asked. 
Cattle  act  as  an  integrating  force  with- 
in the  community.  Sheep  herding  is 


At  one  time,  traditional  brindled 
cows  were  the  only  ones  raised 
in  Donegal,  but  since  the  advent 
of  an  artificial  insemination 
service,  farmers  can  select 
a  greater  variety  of  breeds. 


exactly  the  opposite;  a  man  needs  lit- 
tle help  with  his  sheep  and  can  be  as 
individualistic  as  he  chwjses. 

Cattle  are  the  prestige  prcxluct  of 
the  area;  sheep  have  little  value  for 
prestige  purposes.  This  value  system 
has  strong  ecological  underpinnings, 
for  the  keeping  of  the  two  kinds  of 
animals  has  markedly  different  ef- 
fects; cattle,  unlike  sheep,  recycle  the 
energy  they  utilize.  From  a  nutri- 
tional standpoint,  cattle  provide  most 
of  the  dietary  staples.  Directly,  they 
produce  milk  and  milk  by-products, 
the  protein  sources;  indirectly,  their 
manure  fertilizes  the  fields  for  pota- 
toes, oats,  and  wheat,  the  carbohy- 
drate components.  Milk  and  potatoes 
have  been  the  basis  of  the  Irish  diet 
since  the  seventeenth  century;  such 
luxury  items  as  fish,  bacon,  and  even 
flour  were  uncommon  until  well  after 
the  turn  of  the  twentieth  century. 

In  effect,  cattle  are  the  arbiters  be- 
tween man  and  his  harsh  environ- 
ment. Socially,  cattle  provide  a  basis 
for  cooperation;  ecologically,  they 
use  the  grass  that  grows  abundantly 
in  this  wet  climate  and  convert  into 
food  a  resource  otherwise  inacces- 
sible to  man. 

In  contrast,  sheep  are  the  scaven- 
gers of  the  system,  providing  nothing 
except  cash  in  return  for  the  energy 
they  take  from  the  land.  Even  their 
wool  has  little  value  (the  wool  for  the 
famous  Donegal  tweeds  comes  from 
England  and  Australia,  not  from  the 
Donegal  black-faced  sheep).  Most 
people  consider  investment  in  sheep 
a  foolhardy  business.  If  nothing  is 
ventured,  it  may  be  the  case  that  noth- 
ing is  gained,  but  more  importantly, 
nothing  is  lost.  In  a  good  year,  sheep 
will  find  enough  to  eat,  the  lambs  will 
survive,  and  a  farmer  can  make  a 
small  profit  on  the  sheep  he  handles 
so  carelessly;  in  a  bad  year,  he  may 
make  nothing,  but  if  he  has  invested 
nothing,  there  has  been  no  loss. 

Ecologically,  then,  the  system 
tends  toward  its  own  equilibrium,  but 
investment  in  sheep  would  throw  the 
balancing  mechanisms  out  of  kilter 
and  farmers  might  be  inclined  to  try 
to  keep  the  sheep  alive  by  taking 
some  reserves  from  the  cattle .  If  cat- 
tle and  sheep  were  valued  equally  and 
scarce  resources  were  allocated  to  the 
sheep,  then  the  cattle  population 
would  suffer  and  with  it,  the  human 
population.  □ 


33 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  This  is  the  month  when  the  sun  arrives  at  that  point 
called  the  vernal  equinox.  The  name  obviously  implies  that  at  the  vernal 
equinox,  spring  begins  and  days  and  nights  are  equal.  However,  it's 
the  beginning  of  spring  only  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere;  south  of  the 
equator  it's  autumn. 

Full  moon  occurs  almost  exactly  at  mid-month  in  March — on  the 
15th — and  in  April  on  the  14th.  So  expect  the  evening  crescent  to  show 
up  in  the  middle  of  the  first  week,  first-quarter  moon  at  the  end  of  the 
week  (the  8th  in  March,  the  7th  in  April),  last-quarter  at  the  three-week 
mark  (the  22nd  in  March,  the  2 1  st  in  April) ,  and  the  change  of  the  moon 
(new)  at  month's  end  (March  30  and  April  29,  respectively). 

Stars  and  Planets  Mars  and  Saturn  are  well  placed  in  the  early  evening: 
Mars  well  up  in  the  south  at  dusk,  Saturn  to  its  left.  But  Mars  is  not 
nearly  as  bright  as  it  was  last  December.  It  loses  half  its  brightness  again 
this  month.  Saturn  is  far  brighter  and  easy  to  identify  below  the  twin 
stars,  Pollux  and  Castor,  in  Gemini. 

Occultation  by  Mars  On  April  7,  at  about  8:00  p.m.,  EST,  Mars, 
moving  eastward  in  its  orbit,  will  cover  the  third-magnitude  star  Epsilon 
Geminorum  for  about  five  minutes.  Such  an  event — a  planetary  occulta- 
tion— is  not  particularly  rare  but  seldom  involves  a  star  as  bright  as 
Epsilon,  which  is  about  one-fourth  as  bright  as  Mars.  The  event  should 
be  easy  to  follow  by  anyone  using  a  simple  optical  aid. 

The  occultation  will  occur  after  dark  along  the  East  coast  and  in 
twilight  or  daylight  farther  west.  The  star  will  be  just  to  the  left  (east) 
of  Mars.  You  should  begin  looking  no  later  than  7:30,  although  times 
will  vary  slightly  from  one  viewing  site  to  another.  Mars,  moving  slowly 
left,  should  cover  the  star  a  few  minutes  before  8:00  p.m.  ,  then  uncover 
it  a  few  minutes  later  and  move  on  to  the  left. 

What  you  will  really  be  seeing  during  the  occultation  is  the  shadow 
of  Mars — cast  by  the  light  of  Epsilon  Geminorum — as  it  moves  past 
earth. 

March  1 6 :  The  perigee  moon  occurs  1 3  hours  after  it  was  full .  Perigee 
will  enhance  the  normally  high  spring  tides  we  can  expect  today. 

March  17:  The  moon  is  very  near  Spica,  in  Virgo,  tonight.  It  actually 
covers  the  star  over  parts  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa. 

March  20:  The  sun  arrives  at  the  vernal  equinox  at  6:50  a.m.,  EST, 
and  spring  begins  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere. 

March  27:  Saturn  becomes  stationary,  ending  its  retrograde  (westerly) 
movement  and  beginning  its  normal  movement  to  the  east  (left)  through 
the  stars  of  Gemini. 

March  31:  The  moon  is  at  apogee,  farthest  from  earth. 

April  6:  Mars  is  above  the  first-quarter  moon  at  dusk  tonight,  and 
the  brighter  Saturn  is  to  Mars's  left.  The  moon  will  move  slowly  away 
from  Mars  and  closer  to  Saturn.  All  three  will  set  at  or  before  midnight. 

April  7-8:  The  moon,  while  waxing  in  size,  is  between  Mars  and 
Saturn  on  the  evening  of  the  7th,  still  moving  closer  to  Saturn.  By  the 
evening  of  the  8th,  it  will  have  moved  to  Saturn's  east  (left). 

April  14:  The  moon  is  at  perigee  today,  five  hours  before  it  is  full. 
Once  again  the  effect  of  perigee  will  be  to  strengthen  the  spring  tides 
today  and  tonight.  The  star  near  the  moon  is  Spica,  in  Virgo,  covered 
by  the  moon  in  South  America. 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  10:25  p.m.  on  March  15;  9:20  p.m.  on  March  31;  and  8:20 
P.M.  on  April  15;  but  it  can  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


34 


*  .*» 


%-:  -  ~ . 


35 


Deep  Divers  of  the  Antarctic 

by  Gerald  L.  Kooyman 


Emperor  penguins,  flightless 
seabirds  that  move  clumsily 
on  land,  are  excellent 
swimmers  and  seem  to  "fly" 
when  under  the  water. 


Emperor  penguins  and  Weddell 
seals  need  special  adaptations  to 
survive  in  one  of  the  most 
severe  habitats  on  earth 


Two  large  warm-blooded  ani- 
mals— the  emperor  penguin  and  the 
Weddell  seal — have  overcome  the 
forbidding  environment  of  Antarctica 
to  make  it  their  year-round  home.  Un- 
like the  host  of  other  birds  and  mam- 
mals that  come  to  the  continent  only 
in  the  summer  to  breed  and  to  feed 
on  its  abundant  marine  life  and  then 
depart  for  either  the  pack  ice  or  lower 
latitudes,  these  animals  stay  through- 
out the  severe  winter. 

The  emperor  penguin  has  been 
known  as  a  species,  Aptenodytes  for- 
steri,  only  since  1844.  Yet,  it  is  one 
of  the  largest  of  all  bu-ds  and  is  the 
largest  extant  aquatic  bird.  Males  can 
be  up  to  four  feet  tall  and  some  weigh 
more  than  ninety  pounds,  although 
the  average  weight  of  the  species  is 
between  fifty  and  sixty  pounds.  The 
emperor's  nearest  relative  is  the  king 
penguin,  Aptenodytes  patagonica, 
which  lives  on  and  around  the  sub- 
antarctic  islands,  particularly  on 
South  Georgia  Island.  Both  species 
are  similarly  striking  in  their  mark- 
ings, with  black  backs  and  white  to 
yellow  breasts.  The  long  and  slender 
bill,  which  the  emperor  frequently 
uses  along  with  its  flippers  for  helping 
to  raise  itself  out  of  the  water  and 
from  a  prone  to  an  upright  position, 
is  delicately  marked  with  blue  and 
pink  borders  on  a  black  base.  The 
feathers,  except  for  those  on  the 
wings  and  tail,  are  uniformly  one  to 
one  and  a  half  inches  in  length.  They 
are  narrow,  with  a  downy  filament  at 


36 


the  base,  and  give  the  superficial  ap- 
pearance of  fur. 

Emperor  penguins  feed  mainly  on 
fish  and  squid  rather  than  on  the  sur- 
face-dwelling krill  favored  by  many 
other  penguin  species.  As  a  result, 
emperors  must  frequently  dive  under 
the  ice  and  into  deep  water  in  their 
search  for  food .  I  am  fortunate  in  hav- 
ing had  the  opportunity  of  making 
diving  studies  of  these  birds.  These 
were  probably  the  first  such  studies  of 
any  penguin,  previous  investigations 
having  dealt  primarily  with  penguin 
reproduction  on  land. 

The  procedure  used  was  the  same 
as  that  I  had  already  employed  in 
studying  Weddell  seals.  An  ice  hole 
was  cut  well  away  from  any  other 
cracks  or  holes  to  which  the  diving 
birds  might  go.  This  forced  them  to 
return  to  our  hole.  A  heated  labora- 
tory hut  of  sufficient  size  to  provide 
researchers  easy  access  to  the  deep 
sea  below  was  placed  over  the  hole. 
And  an  observation  tower  was 
lowered  through  the  ice  thirty  feet 
away  from  the  hut.  The  tower  enabled 
us  to  sit  about  ten  feet  below  the  ice 
and  observe  much  of  the  birds'  diving 
activity.  Although  the  six-foot-thick 
ice  made  it  rather  dark  down  there, 
the  ice,  in  combination  with  the  long 
winter  night,  suppresses  plankton 
growth,  and  the  result  is  perhaps  the 
clearest  surface  water  anywhere  in 
the  world.  In  some  localities  objects 
can  be  discerned  underwater  up  to 
600  feet  away  and  meaningful  light 
and  dark  areas  can  be  distinguished 
at  a  distance  of  almost  1,000  feet. 
Under  these  circumstances,  we  re- 
leased penguins,  some  wearing  in- 
strument packs,  into  the  ice  hole. 

Because  of  the  color  pattern  of  the 
penguins,  we  lost  sight  of  them  at 
about  200  feet.  Nevertheless,  we  did 
learn  several  interesting  things  from 
these  experiments.  By  training  some 
birds  to  swim  between  two  holes 
spaced  a  known  distance  apart,  we 
measured    a    maximum    swimming 


At  Cape  Crazier,  a  chick 
about  one  month  old  is 
sheltered  by  one  parent  while 
the  other  is  away  searching 
for  food  in  the  sea. 


The  Breeding  Cycle 

Birds  begin  arriving  at  most  of 
ihc  rookeries  in  late  March — the 
end  of  the  antarctic  fall.  (They  ar- 
rive from  thirty  to  forty-five  days 
later  at  the  more  southerly  rook- 
eries such  as  at  Cape  Crozier.) 
Courtship,  involving  visual  and 
vocal  displays,  begins  immedi- 
ately and  from  late  May  through 
the  middle  of  June — wintertime — 
the  birds  lay  their  eggs.  Females 
fast  during  the  courtship  and  lay- 
ing period  and  lose  about  20  per- 
cent of  their  body  weight.  The  fe- 
male emperor  lays  only  one  egg 
and  then  departs  for  the  sea  to 
feed,  leaving  her  male  partner  in 
charge  of  incubation. 

For  about  two  months,  the 
males  incubate  the  eggs  on  the  tops 
of  their  feet  under  a  flap  of  highly 
vascularized  skin  called  an  incuba- 
tion patch,  or  pouch.  This  pouch 
promotes  heat  transfer  and  keeps 
the  egg  at  90°  to  100°  F  despite 
winter  temperatures  known  to  dip 


of  Emperor  Penguins 

as  low  as  -50°  F.  Males  take  no 
food  during  incubation,  living  on 
stored  fat  reserves,  and  lose  up  to 
50  percent  of  their  body  weight 
during  that  peri(xl. 

Females  return  to  the  rookery 
about  mid-August,  the  time  of 
hatching,  to  relieve  the  males.  At 
hatching,  the  penguin  chicks 
weigh  just  under  one  p>ound  and 
are  covered  with  a  coat  of  down. 
For  approximately  the  next  six 
months — from  the  antarctic  late 
winter  through  summer — until  the 
time  the  chicks  fledge,  males  and 
females  take  turns  caring  for  and 
feeding  the  young. 

By  the  time  fledging  ends, 
som,etime  between  December  and 
February,  the  young  have  become 
independent  and  can  find  their  own 
food  at  sea.  The  independence  of 
the  young  penguins  leaves  the 
parents  free  to  go  to  sea  them- 
selves until  March  when  they  re- 
turn to  the  rookery  to  breed  again. 


speed  of  5.2  mph,  much  slower  than 
the  illusion  penguins  give  when  ma- 
neuvering. We  also  discovered  their 
acrobatic  proclivities.  I  saw  one  bird 
virtually  pinwheel  on  its  wings  and 
reverse  swimming  direction.  The  turn 
was  so  quick  I  could  hardly  follow  it. 
The  fastest  ascent  rate  we  measured 
was  400  feet  per  minute,  an  impres- 
sive figure  considering  the  rapid  pres- 
sure equilibration  necessary  if  the 
ascent  is  made  from  a  great  depth. 
The  longest  dive  in  nearly  250  obser- 
vations lasted  eighteen  minutes.  This 
is  considerably  longer  than  the  diving 
durations  recorded  for  any  other  bird 
and  longer  than  the  dives  of  many 
marine  mammals.  The  deepest  dive 
measured  was  less  than  130  feet,  a 
surprisingly  conservative  figure  prob- 
ably influenced  by  our  research 
methods  and  the  fact  that  the  birds 
were  diving  singly. 

When  released  in  the  ice  hole,  a 
bird  would  spend  all  of  its  time  seek- 
ing other  exits  or  trying  to  make  one 
by  using  its  stout  beak  as  a  battering 
ram.  Therefore,  1  organized  a  trip  to 
Cape  Crozier  to  measure  the  diving 
depths  of  birds  at  the  ice  edge,  where 
I  was  sure  they  were  feeding  and  their 
dives  would,   accordingly,  be  dif- 


ferent. I  knew  from  previous  trips  to 
the  Cape  that  birds  departing  from  the 
rookery  wait  in  groups  at  the  ice  edge, 
dive  together,  and  after  several  dives, 
return.  Taking  advantage  of  this  be- 
havior, we  placed  depth  recorders  on 
twenty-five  birds.  This  device  con- 
sists of  a  capillary  tube  in  which  the 
interior  is  dusted  with  a  water-soluble 
dye.  Any  compression  is  indicated  by 
a  ring  in  the  capillary.  The  instru- 
ment, devised  in  the  mid- 1800s  by 
Lord  Kelvin,  the  British  mathe- 
matician and  physicist,  was  a  major 
innovation  in  that  it  permitted  ships 
to  make  soundings  while  under  way, 
rather  than  having  to  stop  and  drop  a 
weighted  line. 

While  we  waited  for  the  birds  to 
return  to  their  rookery,  we  watched 
them  dive  in  groups  as  large  as 
twenty -five  to  fifty.  Their  dives  were 
literally  made  under  our  feet.  The  sea 
was  glassy  and  we  could  see  the  pen- 
guins swimming  vigorously  as  they 
disappeared  from  sight  below  us. 
They  surfaced  several  minutes  later, 
still  in  groups,  breathing  deeply  in 
open-beaked  gasps.  On  recovering 
our  recorders ,  we  were  rewarded  with 
a  maximum  depth  measurement  of 
885  feet,  probably  the  deepest  dive. 


39 


SOUTH  GEORGIA 
ISLAND 


^^. 


O 

o 


90' 


SOUTH 
POLE 


ANTARCTICA 

ROSS  ISLAND 

V^^  CAPE  CROZIER 

McMURDO 
SOUND 


500 


1,000 

-H 


180= 


Twenty-nine  emperor  penguin 

breeding  sites  have  been  located 

by  aerial  survey  along  the 

Antarctic  coast.  They  are  shown 

here  by  dots.  Although  most  of 

them  are  on  sea  ice  or  barrier 

ice,  a  few  are  on  beaches. 


ever  recorded  for  a  bird.  (By  compar- 
ison, according  to  the  Guinness  Book 
of  World  Records,  the  deepest  dive 
made  by  a  human  being  wearing 
scuba  equipment  is  437  feet.) 

Impressive  as  these  penguin  statis- 
tics are,  they  pale  alongside  those  of 
the  Weddell  seal,  the  other  year- 
round  resident  of  Antarctica,  named 
for  James  Weddell,  a  British  explorer 
who  first  collected  specimens  during 
his  voyage  to  the  Antarctic  between 
the  years  1822  to  1824.  The  species  is 
large  for  seals;  adults  can  exceed  ten 
feet  in  body  length  and  weigh  more 
than  1,000  pounds.  The  chest  and 
stomach  are  a  mottled  white  and 
black  or  dark  brown  and  the  back  is 
a  uniform  black  or  brown. 


Weddells  usually  inhabit  areas 
south  of  the  Antarctic  Convergence 
(the  ocean  boundary  that  separates 
the  waters  surrounding  Antarctica 
into  antarctic  and  subantarctic  re- 
gions), although  strays  have  been 
found  as  far  north  as  South  America, 
New  Zealand,  and  Australia.  The 
most  northerly  breeding  ground  is 
South  Georgia  Island,  where  a  small 
number  pup  each  year.  Around  Ross 
Island  in  McMurdo  Sound,  where  my 
studies  were  made,  several  hundred 
pups  are  born  from  late  September  to 
early  November — the  antarctic 
spring.  At  birth  the  pups  weigh  about 
55  pounds  and  are  approximately  45 
inches  long.  The  mother  provides 
them  with  one  of  the  richest  of  milks, 
sometimes  containing  over  70  per- 
cent by  weight  of  fat  and  protein.  On 


A  Weddell  seal  slithers 

into  the  freezing  water  of 

McMurdo  Sound.  These  animals 

come  out  of  the  water 

primarily  to  sleep  on  the  ice. 


40 


•»^Si<ir  J 


Mannenng  &  Associates 


41 


this  diet  the  pups  gain  weight  rapidly, 
and  after  six  to  seven  weeks,  when 
they  are  weaned,  they  have  gained  as 
much  as  200  pounds.  The  mother  eats 
very  little  while  nursing  and  endures 
a  considerable  weight  loss  of  up  to 
300  pounds.  She  ends  nursing  by 
abruptly  leaving  the  pup  one  day  and 
not  returning.  After  a  few  days  of  rau- 
cous bleating — and  perhaps  even  at- 
tempting to  get  milk  from  another 
mother — the  pup  begins  to  move  far- 
ther and  farther  from  its  birthplace. 
At  this  time  of  year,  December — 
which  is  antarctic  summer — the  fast 
ice  (solid  sheets  of  ice  fastened  to  the 
shore)  is  breaking  up,  there  is  much 
open  water,  sea  food  is  in  abundance, 
the  weather  is  relatively  mild,  and  cir- 
cumstances are  ideal  for  these  young 
diving  amateurs.  Only  an  occasional 
killer  whale  pack  is  likely  to  disrupt 
their  tranquility. 

As  winter  sets  in,  although  most 
adults  remain,  the  young  Weddell 
seals  and  some  adults  leave  the  south- 
ern regions  of  Ross  Island  for  parts 
unknown.  Those  that  stay  continue  to 
dive  and  feed  under  the  newly  form- 
ing ice  that  rapidly  thickens  to  several 
feet,  reaming  breathing  holes  through 
the  thinner  areas  as  required.  A  se- 
cure ice  platform  containing  spaced 
breathing  holes  made  by  the  seals 
offers  almost  unlimited  research  op- 
portunities, and  for  several  years,  be- 
ginning in  the  late  antarctic  winter 
and  early  spring,  I  conducted  studies 
of  Weddell  seals  in  order  to  learn 
what  I  could  about  their  diving  behav- 
ior and  physiology. 

Following  a  procedure  later  copied 
in  investigating  the  emperor  penguin, 
a  seal  was  released  from  an  isolated 
hole.  Because  of  the  animal's  size, 
the  process  was  a  little  more  complex 
with  seals  than  with  emperor  pen- 
guins. A  seal  was  towed  to  the  hut  in 
a  large  enclosed  sled.  The  sled  was 
backed  up  against  the  hut  door  and 
then  opened.  The  seal  usually 
crawled  directly  into  the  hut,  entered 
the  ice  hole  right  away,  and  began 
diving.  But  occasionally  a  seal  did 
not  enter  the  water  for  several  hours 
and  then  we  were  obliged  to  share  our 
hut  with  the  animal  for  the  evening 
or  the  night — which  reminded  us  of 
the  joke  about  where  does  a  500- 
pound  gorilla  sleep. 

A  seal's  first  dives  are  usually  short 
and  shallow  as  the  animal  famil- 


iarizes itself  with  the  under-ice  sur- 
roundings of  its  new  location.  Soon, 
either  deep-feeding  dives  or  explor- 
atory dives  are  begun.  I  was  worried 
initially  that  a  seal  might  become  con- 
fused and  drown  under  the  ice.  But 
it  quickly  became  apparent  that  the 
animals  have  superior  diving  abilities 
with  regard  to  depth  and  duration  and 
can  find  their  way  around  underwater. 
While  feeding,  they  would  com- 
monly dive  to  depths  of  600  to  1 ,200 
feet.  These  dives  lasted  from  eight  to 
fifteen  minutes.  The  deepest  dive 
measured  was  to  the  bottom  of  Mc- 
Murdo  Sound  at  a  depth  of  1 ,970  feet. 
This  is  one  of  the  deepest  dives  ever 
recorded  for  a  marine  mammal. 

Especially  interesting  were  the 
seals'  exploratory  dives.  Unlike  the 
deep  dives,  which  were  made  directly 
below  our  hut,  in  exploratory  dives 
the  seals  swam  a  considerable  dis- 
tance away  from  the  hut  and  the  vital 
breathing  hole  and  never  descended 


deeper  than  600  feet.  Presumably, 
those  exertions  were  attempts  to  find 
other  seals  or  other  breathing  holes. 
Because  of  recording  equipment  the 
seals  occasionally  carried,  we  know 
something  of  the  nature  of  these 
dives.  The  longest  exploratory  dive 
recorded  lasted  seventy  minutes.  This 
is  one  of  the  longest  natural  dives  re- 
corded for  any  marine  mammal,  al- 
though sperm  and  bottlenose  whales 
have  remained  submerged  for  even 
longer  periods  after  being  harpooned. 
Long-lasting  dives  were  rare,  but 
dives  of  twenty  to  forty  minutes  dura- 
tion were  common.  All  of  these 
forays  took  place  at  depths  of  less 
than  600  feet  as  the  seals  swam  possi- 
bly up  to  six  miles  from  one  breathing 
hole  to  another. 

My  observations  of  seals  con- 
vinced me  that  there  is  almost  no- 
where in  the  Sound  that  they  cannot 
reach.  Any  small  break  in  the  ice  they 
can  breathe  through  is  likely  to  be 


Russ  Kinne,  Photo  Researchers 


42 


found.  Even  in  the  most  isolated 
areas,  marine  biologists  making  ice 
holes  or  scuba  dives  are  likely  to  find 
a  seal  approaching  from  below. 

The  diving  abilities  of  the  emperor 
penguin  and  Weddell  seal  raise  a  vari- 
ety of  questions  about  how  these  ani- 
mals function.  For  instance,  what  an- 
atomical and  physiological  features 
enable  the  animals  to  withstand  the 
enormous  pressures  they  are  exposed 
to  when  they  dive  deeply?  And  how 
are  they  able  to  hold  their  breath  for 
so  long?  The  most  extensively  stud- 
ied aspect  of  the  physiology  of  diving 
birds  and  mammals  is  the  modifi- 
cations that  make  extended  breath- 
holds  possible.  Since  breath-holding 
responses  in  both  birds  and  mammals 
are  similar,  one  explanation  applies 
equally  to  both  groups. 

We  know  of  two  fundamental  ways 
that  enhance  the  capacity  of  animals 
to  hold  their  breath.  One  is  the  in- 
crease of  body  oxygen  stores;  the 


Wm^ 


other  is  the  parsimonious  utilizati(jn 

01  those  oxygen  reserves.  For  ex- 
ample, the  blood  hemoglobin  con- 
centration of  Weddell  seals — and 
consequently  the  oxygen-carrying  ca- 
pacity of  their  blood — is  1.7  times 
greater  than  in  humans.  Similarly,  the 

02  carrying  capacity  of  the  emperor 
penguin  is  1 .6  times  greater  than  that 
of  the  domestic  chicken.  Further- 
more, the  total  blood  volume  of  the 
Weddell  seal  on  a  per  weight  basis  is 
twice  that  of  man.  (But  the  blood  vol- 
ume of  penguins  on  a  per  weight  basis 
is  no  different  from  that  of  chickens.) 
The  muscles  of  both  penguins  and 
seals  contain  a  significantly  higher 
concentration  of  myoglobin,  an  oxy- 
gen-binding molecule,  than  occurs  in 
terrestrial  birds  and  mammals.  The 
net  result  is  a  larger  total  body  oxygen 
store.  However,  the  lungs  of  pen- 
guins and  seals  are  not  larger  than 
those  of  terrestrial  animals  and  con- 
tribute no  more  to  the  total  oxygen 


^  .^v,yv:;< 


i 


>      Ct 


store  than  the  lungs  of  any  other  bird 
or  mammal. 

When  penguins  and  seals  dive, 
their  large  body  oxygen  stores  are 
husbanded.  This  is  accomplished  by 
a  major  change  in  their  blood  circula- 
tion. Flow  to  tissues  capable  of  peri- 
odic anaerobic  or  lowered  metabo- 
lism, such  as  muscles,  kidneys,  or  the 
gastrointestinal  system,  is  decreased 
while  flow  to  tissues  of  high  aerobic 
and  metabolic  needs,  such  as  the 
brain,  are  maintained.  These  flow 
changes  are  reflected  in  a  lowered 
heart  rate  and  cardiac  output,  which 
may  drop  to  10  percent  of  the  predive 
level.  The  result  is  a  significantly 
lowered  consumption  of  oxygen  dur- 
ing the  dive  and  thus  an  ability  to  ex- 
tend the  breathhold. 

Heart  rates  were  measured  during 
portions  of  Weddell  seal  dives.  The 
usual  method  of  measuring  heartbeat 
rates  is  to  place  a  positive  and  a  nega- 
tive electrode  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
chest  and  connect  them  with  three-  or 
four-foot  lengths  of  wire  to  a  re- 
corder. The  recorder  monitors  the 
electropotential  change  that  occurs 
within  the  body  each  time  the  heart 
muscles  contract.  We  followed  this 
conventional  method,  except  that  our 
wires  were  200  feet  long  and  had 
breakaway  connectors.  When  the  seal 
reached  the  end  of  the  line,  the  con- 
nectors parted  and  terminated  the  re- 
cording until  the  next  dive,  when  they 
could  be  plugged  in  again.  This 
method  permitted  us  to  measure 
heartbeat  rates  during  the  entirety  of 
some  shallow  dives  and  the  early 
parts  of  deep  and  exploratory  dives. 

The  recordings  indicated  that  the 
degree  of  heart  slowing  depended  on 
the  type  of  dive.  During  shallow  rest- 
ing dives  just  below  the  ice  hole,  the 
heart  rate  dropped  from  a  surface 
average  of  fifty-five  beats  per  minute 
to  a  rate  of  twenty -five  to  forty.  If  the 
dive  was  deep,  the  rate  dropped 
lower,  and  it  was  lowest  of  all  on  ex- 
ploratory dives,  when  it  sank  to  fif- 


To  guard  against  predators, 
young  emperor  penguins  stay 
in  a  group  called  a  creche, 
where  they  are  tended  by 
a  few  adults. 


43 


teen  beats  per  minute.  It  seems  quite 
logical  that  during  the  longest  dives 
blood  flow  would  be  most  restricted 
and  oxygen  stores  be  most  slowly  uti- 
lized. The  heartbeat  rate,  however,  is 
believed  to  be  autonomic,  or  involun- 
tary, yet  the  drop  took  place  so 
quickly,  it  almost  seemed  to  antici- 
pate the  dive.  One  can  only  wonder 
how  that  is  achieved. 

When  Weddell  seals  and  emperor 
penguins  dive  to  great  depths,  those 
portions  of  the  body  that  are  most  af- 
fected by  mounting  pressure  are  gas- 
filled  spaces  because  their  volume 
must  change  considerably  as  the  ani- 
mal descends.  The  largest  gas-filled 
space  in  the  body  is  the  respiratory 
system,  consisting  of  the  trachea,  or 
windpipe,  and  the  lungs.  The  respira- 
tory system  of  the  Weddell  seal ,  how- 
ever, is   structurally  very  different 
from  that  of  the  emperor  penguin. 
And  the  seal's  lungs  are  also  some- 
what different  from  those  of  terres- 
trial mammals.  The  airway  system  in 
the  seal,  which  is  the  transport  system 
of  air  to  the  gas-exchanging  alveoli, 
or  air  cells  of  the  lungs,  is  more  exten- 
sively strengthened  than  in  terrestrial 
mammals.  The  extra  support  consists 
of  cartilage,  muscle,  and  connective 
tissue.  Experimental  evidence  indi- 
cates that  the  added  reinforcement  in- 
sures that  when  the  animal  descends, 
its  lungs  compress  differentially.  The 
alveoli,  being  more  compliant — that 
is,  capable  of  readily  changing 
shape — than  the  airways,  compress 
the  most  and  the  gas  within  them  is 
forced  into  the  airways.  Since  at  great 
depth  many  or  most  alveoli  are  col- 
lapsed, there  is  very  little  gas  ex- 
change between  alveoli  and  blood 
and  the  gas  is  sequestered  in  the  non- 
exchanging  airways.  That  this  col- 
lapse  will    also   occur   at   shallow 
depths  is  assured  by  the  seal's  behav- 
ior. As  the  seal  dives  it  exhales  one- 
half  to  two-thirds  of  its  lung  volume. 
A  stoppage  of  gas  exchange  at 
depth  means  that  oxygen  stored  in  the 
lungs  is  unavailable  for  consumption. 
However,  it  is  a  small  amount  of  the 
total  body  O2  store.  More  important 
is  that  nitrogen  at  high  pressures  is  not 
taken  up  by  the  blood  and  accordingly 
does  not  expose  the  seal  to  decom- 
pression sickness — the  bends — when 
the  animal  surfaces. 

The  penguin  respiratory  system  is 
neither  as  well  studied  nor  as  well  un- 


derstood as  that  of  the  seal .  It  consists 
of  several  air  sacs  distributed 
throughout  the  body  and  connected  to 
the  lungs  by  conducting  tubes.  The 
air  sacs  have  a  far  larger  volume  than 
the  bird's  lungs.  When  the  penguin 
dives  it  inhales  deeply  and  most  of  the 
gas  is  stored  in  the  air  sacs.  The  vol- 
ume of  these  sacs  relative  to  body 
weight  is  up  to  eight  times  greater 
than  the  lung  volume  in  the  seal.  The 
oxygen  volume  in  the  penguin's  air 
sacs  represents  a  large  proportion  of 
the  bird's  total  body  O2  store;  the  rest 
is  in  the  blood  and  muscles. 

Under  experimental  conditions, 
Adelie  and  gentoo  penguins  have 
been  put  through  simulated  dives  at 
pressures  equivalent  to  those  at  230 
feet.  In  these  circumstances,  gas  ex- 
change between  air  sacs,  the  lungs, 
and  the  bloodstream  continued  and 
the  tissues  were  exposed  to  high  ni- 
trogen tensions.  But  the  birds  did  not 
get  the  bends,  perhaps  because  the 
exposure  to  high  pressure  was  brief. 
These  two  species  of  penguin  cannot 
hold  their  breath  for  more  than  five 
minutes,  and  under  natural  conditions 
they  rarely  dive  for  more  than  one  or 
two  minutes.  Similar  experiments 
have  not  been  done  on  emperor  pen- 
guins but  it  is  likely  that  tests  would 
yield  analagous  results  since  the  res- 
piratory systems  of  all  three  species 
appear  to  be  similar.  This  makes  the 
emperor  penguin  something  of  an 
enigma.  It  commonly  remains  sub- 
merged for  five  or  ten  minutes  while 
diving  to  great  depths,  and  it  is  not 
clear  how  the  bird  avoids  getting  the 
bends  when  it  surfaces. 

The  final  and  most  frequently 
asked  question  about  aquatic  polar 
animals  is.  How  do  they  maintain 
their  body  temperatures  in  the  frigid 
air  and  water?  When  the  penguin 
chick  hatches  it  is  covered  with  a 
fluffy  coat  of  down.  When  the  seal 
pup  is  born  it  is  covered  with  a  long 
fur  called  lanugo.  The  insulation  of 
the  penguin's  down  is  only  about  one- 
half  that  of  the  fur  coat  of  the  arctic 
fox  and  the  seal's  lanugo  is  only  about 
one-third  as  effective.  These  defi- 
ciencies, however,  are  not  too  impor- 
tant since  adult  plumage  replaces  the 
chick's  down  within  a  few  months  of 
hatching  and  the  pup  acquires  another 
type  of  insulator  one  or  two  weeks 
after  birth. 
The  tips  of  the  feathers  of  the  adult 


emperor  penguin  overlap  like  tiles  on 
a  roof,  forming  a  waterproof  shell, 
and  the  downy  portion  at  the  base 
traps  a  layer  of  air  next  to  the  body, 
conserving  its  heat.  This  plumage  en- 
ables the  bird  to  tolerate  air  tempera- 
tures as  low  as  14°F  without  making 
any  effort  to  keep  warm.  That  is  no 
match  for  some  arctic  mammals 
whose  thermoneutral  zone  extends  to 
at  least  -60°F,  but  the  emperor  pen- 
guin's plumage  represents  a  compro- 
mise— it  has  to  be  effective  in  water 
as  well  as  air.  and  the  requirements 
for  a  water-repellent,  streamlined 
coat  are  different  from  one  functional 
in  air  only. 

The  heat  conductivity  of  water  is 
more  than  twenty  times  that  of  air. 
Measurements  of  the  metabolism  of 
Adelie  penguins  show  that  it  in- 
creases to  three  times  the  resting  rate 
after  they  enter  water.  Presumably,  a 
similar  increase  is  necessary  for  the 
emperor  penguin  because  when  it  re- 
mains inactive  after  entering  the  sea, 
it  soon  begins  to  shiver.  In  contrast, 
the  adult  Weddell  seal  does  not  rely 
on  its  pelt  for  insulation,  but  rather  on 
a  thick  layer  of  subcutaneous  blubber 
that  begins  to  develop  immediately 
after  birth.  This  type  of  insulation, 
which  conducts  heat  at  about  the 
same  rate  as  asbestos,  is  so  effective 
that  the  seal  can  rest  comfortably  in 
28°F  seawater.  When  a  severe  storm 
occurs,  rather  than  be  blown  by  winds 
that  can  achieve  hurricane  force  and 
pelted  with  ice  and  snow  on  the  sur- 
face, Weddells  take  shelter  in  the 
water  until  the  storm  subsides. 

Two  questions  I  have  not  answered 
are.  Why  don't  deep-diving  penguins 
suffer  from  decompression  sickness 
on  surfacing?  And  how  do  emperor 
penguins  and  Weddell  seals  navigate 
under  the  ice?  On  future  visits  to  Ant- 
arctica, I  plan  to  look  into  these  mat- 
ters, as  well  as  other  aspects  of  diving 
behavior  and  physiology,  in  the  con- 
tinuing search  to  learn  how  these  ani- 
mals function  in  one  of  the  most  hos- 
tile environments  on  earth.  D 


Weddells,  which  are  believed 

to  see  exceptionally  well  in 

dim  light,  spend  most  of  their 

time  in  the  water. 


44 


The  Predatory  Baboons  of  Kekopey 

by  Robert  S.  O.  Harding  and  Shirley  C.  Strum 


These  primates,  rapidly 
learning  to  exploit  a  new 
food  resource  that  resulted 
from  an  antelope  population 
explosion,  are  causing 
speculation  about  early 
man 's  meat-eating  habits 

The  olive  baboons  moved  slowly 
across  the  African  plain  that  lay  deep 
in  the  shadow  of  the  cliffs  on  whose 
ledges  the  troop  would  sleep  in  safety 
for  the  night.  Suddenly,  an  adult  male 
stopped  in  the  foot-high  grass  and 
pounced.  The  sharp  bleat  that  fol- 
lowed betrayed  the  presence  of  a 
newborn  Thomson's  gazelle,  still  too 
weak  to  outrun  its  captor. 

The  baboon  held  the  infant  to  the 
ground  and  tore  at  its  soft  belly  with 
his  teeth.  When  the  antelope  stopped 
moving,  the  baboon  commenced  eat- 
ing, but  perhaps  intimidated  by  the 
presence  of  other  male  baboons, 
which  had  approached  and  were  star- 
ing at  the  scene,  he  picked  up  the 
carcass  in  his  jaws  and  ran  twenty 
yards  away.  The  others  pursued. 
Within  an  hour  the  male  had  con- 
sumed most  of  the  flesh,  but  as  he 
walked  away  from  the  remains  an- 
other male  quickly  seized  the  last  bits 
of  flesh  and  skin. 

Incidents  of  this  sort  have  become 
quite  common  among  the  baboon 
troops  that  range  freely  through 
Kekopey,  a  cattle  ranch  near  the  vil- 
lage of  Gilgil,  70  miles  northwest  of 
Nairobi,  in  the  Central  Rift  Valley  of 
Kenya.  Although  Kekopey  com- 
prises 45,000  acres,  the  grass  that 
grows  sparsely  in  the  arid  climate 
supports  only  4 ,  500  cattle .  Large  por- 
tions of  the  ranch  are  covered  with 
lava  rubble,  and  other  evidence  of  the 
volcanic  activity  that  characterizes 
much  of  the  rift  valley  is  scattered 
throughout  the  area — steam  hisses 
from  cracks  in  the  earth,  and  extinct 


ash  cones  and  craters  dot  the  land- 
scape. 

The  central  part  of  the  ranch,  how- 
ever, consists  of  open  grassland  bro- 
ken by  patches  of  an  aromatic  cam- 
phorous  shrub  that  the  Masai  people 
call  leleshwa.  Additional  grassland 
has  been  created  over  the  years  by 
ranch  workers  who  cleared  away 
some  of  this  scrub.  Water  troughs  for 
cattle  are  scattered  over  much  of  this 
open  land,  and  many  kinds  of  animals 
take  advantage  of  the  ready  supply. 

Impala  and  Thomson's  gazelle  are 
the  dominant  antelope  species  in  this 
part  of  the  ranch.  In  1970,  when  we 
first  began  our  study,  their  exact  num- 
bers were  not  known,  but  a  survey  on 
18,000  acres  of  open  grassland  and 
scrub  on  the  ranch  resulted  in  a  count 
of  800  impala  and  1,600  Thomson's 
gazelle.  Baboons  also  inhabit  this 
part  of  the  ranch;  our  1970  census, 
which  covered  some  of  this  area, 
showed  seven  troops  ranging  in  size 
from  35  to  135  animals  and  living  in 
overlapping  home  ranges. 

Predators  had  been  greatly  reduced 
but  not  completely  eliminated.  To 
permit  the  raising  of  domestic  stock, 
the  lion  population  had  been  system- 
atically destroyed  by  shooting.  And 
in  recent  years,  ranch  owners  live- 
trapped  some  of  the  ranch's  leopards 
for  removal  to  national  parks  in 
Kenya.  Some  cheetah  remained  but 
we  sighted  them  only  infrequently. 

The  ecosystem  at  Kekopey  has 
thus  undergone  considerable  modifi- 
cation over  the  years.  Baboons,  how- 
ever, have  for  the  most  part  escaped 
the  human  harassment  that  is  their  lot 
elsewhere  in  Africa,  where  they  are 
trapped  for  medical  experimentation 
or  killed  because  of  their  fondness  for 
human  food  crops.  Despite  the  obvi- 
ous alterations  in  the  ecosystem,  we 
decided  to  proceed  with  our  research 
in  this  natural  laboratory. 

Although  baboons  subsist  mostly 


on  grasses,  seeds,  roots,  and  other 
plant  matter,  they  were  known  to  oc- 
casionally capture  and  kill  small  ani- 
mals. Sheepherders  in  southern 
Africa,  for  instance,  have  long  com- 
plained of  baboon  troops  raiding  their 
herds  and  taking  young  lambs.  And 
a  number  of  scientists  had  described 
baboon  predatory  behavior,  but  in  no 
case  had  they  reported  a  troop  killing 
more  than  20  animals  annually. 

As  a  result  we  were  not  surprised 
to  learn  that  the  baboons  at  Kekopey 
killed  and  ate  small  animals,  but  we 
did  not  anticipate  the  extent  to  which 
they  engaged  in  this  behavior.  During 
the  first  year's  research,  we  saw 
members  of  the  one  troop  we  were 
studying  kill  and  eat  47  small  ani- 
mals— principally  baby  gazelles  and 
some  hares.  This  was  a  meat-eating 
rate  higher  than  any  then  reported  for 
a  nonhuman  primate  group. 

Baboons  spend  the  greater  part  of 
each  day  feeding  and  moving  from 
one  foraging  site  to  another  with  other 
members  of  their  troop.  Movements 
are  usually  unhurried,  with  individ- 
uals stopping  from  time  to  time  to 
feed  on  the  grasses  and  other  vegeta- 
tion that  cover  the  valley  floors.  Our 
observations  disclosed  that  it  was 
during  such  leisurely  progressions 
that  many  of  the  killings  of  small  prey 
took  place.  Since  both  hares  and 
young  antelopes  attempt  to  conceal 
themselves  from  predators  by  crouch- 
ing in  long  grass  or  behind  bushes, 
some  of  the  baboons  located  and 
killed  these  animals  by  chance  in  the 
course  of  normal  troop  movement. 

Yet,  as  we  became  more  accus- 
tomed to  the  baboons'  usual  move- 
ment patterns,  we  discovered  that  the 
troop  was  moving  deliberately 
through  herds  of  grazing  Thomson's 
gazelle.  And  several  times,  adult 
males  left  the  troop  to  detour  through 
nearby  gazelle  herds,  scanning  the 
ground  on  all  sides  as  they  went. 


Timothy  W.  Ransom 


Timothy  W.  Ransom 


Robert  S.  0,  Harding 


Males  also  explored  the  heavy  scrub 
that  small  dik-diks  frequent. 

Of  the  fifty  baboons  in  the  troop  in 
1970,  four  were  adult  males  and  nine- 
teen were  adult  females.  At  first,  kill- 
ing was  predominantly  a  male  activ- 
ity. The  adult  females  killed  only 
three  anunals — infant  hares.  We 
never  saw  juvenile  baboons  even  try 
to  catch  an  animal.  Of  the  three  fe- 
males who  killed  the  hares,  only  one 
succeeded  in  keeping  any  part  of  her 
prey;  the  other  two  were  chased  and 
threatened  by  adult  males  until  they 
dropped  their  catch.  Capturing  prey 
was  not  only  largely  a  male  activity, 
it  was  a  solitary  one  as  well .  Although 
one  male  baboon  once  successfully 
took  up  the  chase  of  a  young  gazelle 
driven  near  him  by  another  male,  the 
baboons  did  not  seem  to  cooperate  in 
running  down  prey  nor  did  a  male  ba- 
boon voluntarily  share  his  catch  with 
another  troop  member. 

In  1970  and  1971,  two-thirds  of  all 
the  animals  killed  were  newborn  an- 
telope of  various  species,  with  Thom- 
son's gazelle  the  most  frequent. 
About  one-quarter  of  the  animals 
consumed  were  Cape  hare,  and  the 
balance  included  a  button  quail  and 
several  other  animals  that  we  could 
not  identify  from  the  scraps  the  ba- 
boons left.  We  never  saw  troop  mem- 
bers eating  carrion,  although  they  had 
several  chances  to  do  so,  nor  did  they 
try  to  catch  every  animal  of  the  appro- 
priate size. 

Their  sleeping  cliffs,  for  instance, 
abounded  with  rock  hyrax,  and  al- 
though baboons  eat  these  small  funy 
creatures  elsewhere  in  Africa,  we 
never  saw  the  study  troop  attempt  to 
catch  them.  And  although  an  adjacent 
troop  often  caught  helmeted  guinea 


48 


fowl,  the  troop  we  were  studying  ig- 
nored flocks  of  these  birds  as  they 
walked  cackling  through  the  ba- 
boons' midst. 

By  late  1972,  the  troop  had  grown 
to  sixty  baboons— the  result  of  births 
and  immigration  of  adult  males  from 
nearby  troops— and  the  animals' 
meat-eating  tendencies  had  in- 
creased. In  1,200  hours  of  observa- 
tion between  1972  and  1974,  we  saw 
them  capture  100  small  animals, 
roughly  twice  as  many  as  they  killed 
during  a  similar  number  of  hours  in 
1970-71. 

Not  only  were  the  baboons  con- 
suming more  meat;  their  behavior 
toward  acquiring  meat  had  changed 
as  well.  Adult  females,  which  had 
shown  little  interest  in  meat  eating 
during  the  first  years  of  our  study, 
began  to  capture  prey  in  significant 
numbers — hares  for  the  most  part, 
but  some  infant  antelopes  as  well.  All 
females  were  now  present  at  some  of 
the  kills  but  two,  in  particular,  were 
present  at  more  kills  than  several  of 
the  adult  males,  and  always  waited, 
patiently  but  persistently,  at  the  site 
for  the  male  to  finish  eating.  While 
some  watching  males  might  give  up 
and  leave  before  the  carcass  was 
abandoned,  these  females  remained, 
seemingly  undaunted  in  their  deter- 
mination, and  in  the  end,  had  their 
turn  at  the  meat. 

It  did  not  take  long  before  the  fe- 
males also  became  bolder;  rather  than 
drop  an  animal  when  a  large  adult 
male  approached,  a  female  might  try 
to  outrun  or  outmaneuver  him  and 
the  attempt  was  often  successful. 
During  the  period  from  1972  to  1974, 
adult  females  caught  14  percent  of  all 
prey;  we  also  noticed  that  immature 

Timothy  W,  Ransom 


^ 


When  her  young  is  attacked 
by  baboons,  an  antelope  often 
will  charge  to  within  about  five 
feet  of  the  predators  (far  left). 
However,  she  seems  to  lose  interest 
after  the  infant  stops  bleating. 
Baboons  most  often  begin  eating 
by  tearing  open  the  underbelly 
of  the  prey  with  their  incisors, 
rather  than  with  their  sharper 
canines.  They  usually  consume 
the  meat  on  the  head  and  legs  last. 


■ '  *- '^ 'A ''■i'^-' >' v,-v  "XT' 


«#* 


,*     ■ ,  -  *    .  •■  -• 


molhy  W  RanBom 


This  baboon  mother  was  one  of  the 
first  females  observed  to  eat 
meat.  And  her  infant  was  among  the 
first  to  learn  the  new  behavior. 


baboons  were  becoming  involved  in 
meat  eating.  The  offspring  of  the  two 
females  that  seemed  particularly  in- 
terested in  meat  frequently  had  the 
opportunity  to  investigate  prey,  and 
predictably,  they  were  the  first  imma- 
ture baboons  to  eat  meat.  At  first  their 
presence  in  the  vicinity  of  kills  simply 
reflected  their  mothers'  interest.  But 
as  they  grew  older  and  became  more 
independent,  their  interest  continued 
whether  or  not  their  mothers  were 
present  at  a  particular  episode. 

It  was  not  only  maternal  bonds  that 
helped  meat-eating  behavior  to 
spread  among  the  younger  baboons; 
long-term  male  bonds  with  infants 
and  juveniles  also  created  opportu- 
nities for  meat  eating  among  the 
young  baboons  even  when  their 
mothers  had  no  special  interest  in 
meat.  Many  young  baboons  thus 
began  their  meat-eating  behavior  as 
a  result  of  their  special,  close  rela- 
tionship with  a  male. 

Older  juveniles  often  began  eating 
meat  by  chance — stumbling  across  a 
meat-eating  episode  while  chasing 
one  another  in  play.  Such  incidents 
seemed  to  make  little  impression  on 
the  young  baboons,  unless  one 
chanced  to  get  a  scrap  or  two  of  meat. 
Behavior  changed  markedly  in  such 
a  case;  the  young  baboon  would 
begin  to  join  the  hangers-on  at  kills 
until,  through  patience  and  persist- 
ence, it  too  got  some  meat.  Juveniles 
then  began  to  seek  out  and  capture 
prey  on  their  own,  to  the  point  that 
in  the  period  from  1972  to  1974,  they 
caught  16  percent  of  the  prey. 

Over  the  years  the  tactics  used  by 
adult  male  baboons  to  obtain  meat 
changed  dramatically.  They  began  to 


Initially,  individuals  closely 
guarded  their  kills  and  tried  to 
escape  the  presence  of  other 
baboons.  Now  each  kill  attracts 
spectators,  some  of  whom  share 
in  the  meat  eating. 


supplement  fortuitous  captures  and 
occasional  detours  through  grass- 
lands rich  in  prey  with  more  con- 
certed and  systematic  efforts.  Upon 
sighting  a  herd  of  gazelles  as  much 
as  a  quarter  of  a  mile  away,  one  or 
more  males  often  left  the  troop  and 
approached  the  herd.  By  January 
1974,  this  was  an  almost  daily  event. 
At  first  each  male  acted  inde- 
pendently, but  adult  males  always  re- 
main constantly  aware  of  each  other's 
location  and  actions;  as  a  result,  when 
one  male  made  a  kill  or  seemed  about 
to  do  so,  the  others  often  abandoned 
their  own  efforts  and  converged  on 
the  successful  hunter. 

In  one  such  incident,  three  males 
noticed  another  male  chasing  a  ga- 
zelle and  ran  toward  him.  To  get  to 
the  scene  of  the  chase,  they  had  to 
ascend  a  small  hill  that  concealed 
their  approach  from  both  predator  and 
prey.  Just  as  he  was  about  to  abandon 
the  chase ,  the  baboon  in  pursuit  of  the 
gazelle  suddenly  found  the  three 
other  males  blocking  the  prey's 
escape  route.  The  closest  male  then 
took  up  the  effort,  and  when  he  ap- 
peared to  flag,  another  continued  it. 
For  a  moment  the  gazelle  appeared  to 
be  outrunning  its  pursuers,  but  it 
changed  direction  in  response  to  a 
similar  movement  from  the  baboon 
chasing  it,  and  in  so  doing,  ran  into 
the  third  of  the  newly  arrived  males. 
The  gazelle  almost  escaped  when  the 
pursuing  baboon  momentarily  hesi- 
tated, but  a  quick  bite  to  the  under- 
belly put  an  end  to  the  chase. 

From  that  point  on,  the  male  ba- 
boons gradually  adopted  this  relay 
system  as  a  regular  stratagem,  chas- 
ing their  prey  toward  a  nearby  male 
instead  of  out  on  the  open  plain.  Such 
joint  ventures  appeared  to  be  more 
successful  than  those  carried  out  by 
lone  males. 

Adult  male  baboons  also  began  to 
scatter  antelope  herds  more  fre- 
quently in  an  apparent  attempt  to  find 
young  animals  of  suitable  size.  This 
tactic  often  revealed  a  young  antelope 
breaking  from  cover  in  the  grass  to 
run  after  its  mother.  The  baboons 
might  then  spend  as  much  as  two 
hours  covering  large  amounts  of 
ground  in  attempts  to  close  in  on  the 
antelope  mother  and  her  infant.  As 
this  tactic  became  more  successful, 
deliberate  searching  for  other  prey  in 
different  habitat — such  as  dik-dik  in 


brushy  areas — became  less  frequent. 
The  persistence  of  the  male  ba- 
boons' efforts  was  impressive.  On 
several  occasions  the  troop  moved 
through  one  particular  area  for  a  num- 
ber of  consecutive  days,  and  each 
lime  males  unsuccessfully  pursued 
the  same  young  gazelle.  Each  venture 
lasted  up  to  two  hours  and  took  the 
baboons  as  much  as  two  miles  from 
the  rest  of  the  troop,  out  of  sight  and. 
apparently,  out  of  contact.  Once, 
after  hunting  the  same  herd  for  three 
days,  the  males  finally  captured  and 
consumed  a  young  antelope. 

In  the  beginning  of  1973  the  male 
baboons  could  not  seem  to  discrim- 
inate between  all-male  herds  and 
mixed  or  all-female  herds  of  Thom- 
son's gazelle.  Since  only  those  in- 
cluding females  contained  potential 
prey  animals,  the  baboons  at  first 
wasted  considerable  time  and  energy 
in  scattering  male  herds.  Later,  how- 
ever, the  baboons  were  able  to  assess 
the  herds,  ignoring  all-male  ones  and 
pursuing  only  female  groupings 
within  a  mixed  herd. 

For  their  part,  the  Thomson's  ga- 
zelle began  to  show  vigilance  toward 
baboons,  especially  those  herds  that 
had  been  hunted  several  times  in  a 
row.  Once  a  baboon  of  any  size  ap- 
peared, the  gazelles  became  alert  and 
moved  off.  the  adult  females  herding 
their  infants  away  from  the  baboons. 
This  vigilance,  in  turn,  created  new 
difficulties  for  the  baboons  and  may 
have  offset,  at  least  partially,  the  ad- 
vantage they  had  gained  through  their 
innovations  in  hunting  behavior. 

During  the  first  year's  observa- 
tions, baboons  did  not  share  meat  vol- 
untarily; indeed,  the  adult  males  who 
did  most  of  the  killing  at  that  time 
were  highly  intolerant  of  other  ba- 
boons in  their  vicinity.  As  predatory 
behavior  spread  through  the  troop 
over  the  years,  however,  we  observed 
the  animals  eating  simultaneously 
from  the  same  piece  of  meat  or  pile 
of  scraps  and  even  moving  aside  to 
make  room  for  other  baboons.  We 
saw  none  of  the  gestures  that  chim- 
panzees use  in  begging  for  meat  nor 
did  we  see  food  items  other  than  meat 
ever  shared,  even  between  a  mother 
and  her  infant.  Such  meat-sharing  re- 
lationships appear  to  coincide  with  al- 
ready existing  long-term  bonds,  such 
as  those  between  mothers  and  infants 
or  individual  males  and  females. 


Timothy  W.  Ransom 


51 


Over  the  past  five  years,  the  troop 
appears  to  have  developed  more  efl^- 
cient  and  sophisticated  methods  of 
capturing  and  consuming  prey.  We 
shall  never  know  how  the  predatory 
behavior  began  for  the  baboons  were 
already  eating  meat  when  we  began 
to  study  the  troop,  but  we  can  make 
some  educated  guesses  about  why 
predation  has  developed  to  such  an 
extent.  The  most  plausible  has  to  do 
with  the  apparent  antelope  population 
explosion  that  resulted  when  the  natu- 
ral ecosystem  of  Kekopey  was  altered 
for  raising  cattle.  Thomson's  gazelle, 
predominantly  grazing  animals 
whose  preferred  habitat  is  open  grass- 
land, have  benefited  the  most  from 
these  changes. 

While  we  can  only  speculate  about 
the  origins  of  the  baboons'  predatory 
behavior  at  Kekopey,  we  know  a 
great  deal  about  the  social  dynamics 
underlying  its  spread  through  the 
troop.  The  behavior  clearly  pro- 
ceeded along  preexisting  lines  of  so- 
cial bonding — from  mother  to  off- 
spring, male  to  juvenile,  and  between 
male  and  female.  We  do  not  know 
whether  the  behavior  was  initiated  by 
one  or  several  individuals,  but  it 
seems  to  have  become  firmly  estab- 
lished and  is  at  this  time  independent 
of  any  one  individual. 

In  a  series  of  experiments  involv- 
ing the  introduction  of  new  foods  to 
groups  of  macaques,  Japanese  an- 
thropologists have  documented  the 
importance  of  individual  behavior 
and  social  bonds  in  the  diffusion  of 
new  behavior  patterns  involving  dif- 
ferent food  items  in  a  primate  group. 
At  Kekopey  we  witnessed  a  natural 
experiment  in  which,  once  again,  in- 
dividual behavior  and  social  relation- 
ships played  crucial  roles  in  deter- 
mining which  animals  acquired  the 
new  behavior. 

There  is  no  reason  to  think  that  we 
have  seen  the  full  development  of  the 


In  the  early  years  of  predation 

by  the  troop,  confrontations 

(mostly  bluffing)  between  adult 

males  over  prey  were  common. 

Such  incidents  occur  much  less 

frequently  now  and  adult 

males  seem  to  be  more  tolerant 

of  each  other. 


baboons'  potential  for  predatory  be- 
havior, but  of  course  there  are  limits 
to  its  expansion.  Chief  among  these 
is  probably  the  size  of  the  prey  ani- 
mal, for  nonhuman  primates  usually 
prey  upon  animals  smaller  than  them- 
selves; the  anatomy  typical  of  mon- 
keys and  apes  allows  for  the  easy  cap- 
ture and  consumption  of  such  prey. 
We  would  be  greatly  surprised  if 
these  baboons  began  to  capture  adult 
impala  or  even  adult  Thomson's  ga- 
zelle. 

Just  as  social  factors  facilitated  the 
spread  of  predatory  behavior  within 
the  troop,  they  may  also  set  limits. 
Most  troop  members  are  physically 
capable  of  capturing  prey  and  eating 


meat,  but  females  and  immature  ani- 
mals will  probably  not  become  in- 
volved in  the  hunting  behavior  that 
takes  adult  males  far  away  from  the 
troop  for  long  periods.  Adult  males 
are  relatively  mobile,  often  transfer- 
ring from  troop  to  troop.  Females  and 
young  baboons,  however,  would 
have  to  abandon  old  behavior  pat- 
terns, which  have  important  integra- 
tive functions  within  the  troop,  and 
acquire  new  ones  if  they  were  to  take 
part  in  extended  hunting  forays.  As 
evidence  of  this  behavioral  difference 
between  adult  males  and  other  ba- 
boons, females  and  young  ap- 
proached only  those  kills  that  oc- 
curred near  the  troop.  They  usually 


Timothy  W.  Ransom 


52 


ignored  those  that  took  place  at  a  dis- 
tance, unless  the  prey  was  carried 
close  to  the  troop. 

Anthropologists  have  traditionally 
believed  that  only  humans  among  the 
primates  kill  and  eat  animals  as  a  reg- 
ular part  ol  their  diets.  Some  have 
even  felt  that  the  hunting,  meat-eat- 
ing adaptation  has  been  so  important 
in  human  evolution  that  we  would  be 
better  advised  to  turn  to  social  carni- 
vores— such  as  lions — rather  than 
nonhuman  primates  as  models  for 
early  human  populations.  Documen- 
tation of  hunting  and  meat  eating  by 
chimpanzees  at  the  Gombe  National 
Park  in  Tanzania  and  elsewhere  in 
Africa,  however,  has  forced  a  modifi- 


r. 


cation  of  this  position.  With  preda- 
tory baboons  now  added  to  the  equa- 
tion, we  can  identify  a  primate  poten- 
tial forpredation,  one  that  our  earliest 
hominid  anccstcirs  must  have  shared. 
The  baboon  and  chimpanzee  studies 
demonstrate  how  sophisticated  and 
successful  predation  can  be  among 
primates  without  any  of  the  unique 
attributes  of  the  human  hunting  adap- 
tation, such  as  the  ability  to  manufac- 
ture tools. 

There  are  many  diflerences,  of 
course,  between  the  predatory  behav- 
ior of  human  and  nonhuman  pri- 
mates, for  while  the  diet  of  the  earli- 
est hominids  may  have  resembled 
that  of  today's  baboons  or  chimpan- 


^  f  Hf  t  "  18^ 


N' 


zees,  archeological  evidence  sug- 
gests that  early  man  took  part  in  or- 
ganized hunting  forays.  The  killing  of 
large  animals  in  large  numbers  is 
unique  to  humans  among  the  pri- 
mates, and  it  is  tempting  to  speculate 
that  the  ability  to  manufacture  tools 
and  the  development  of  sophisticated 
communication  methods  may  have 
been  the  key  to  successful  hunting  of 
this  nature. 

As  far  as  primates  are  concerned, 
however,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the 
capture,  killing,  or  consumption  of 
even  a  single  large  animal  poses  prob- 
lems that  are  of  a  wholly  different 
order  from  those  encountered  in  the 
hunting  of  small  animals.  By  compar- 
ing human  and  nonhuman  primate 
hunting  patterns,  we  can  learn  much 
both  about  the  behaviors  and  behav- 
ioral potentials  we  share  and  those 
that  are  unique. 

Predatory  behavior  in  primates 
probably  did  not  have  a  single  origin 
but  may  have  developed  at  many  dif- 
ferent places  and  at  many  different 
times,  possibly  even  under  widely 
varying  environmental  conditions. 
This  notion  is  important  in  consid- 
ering human  evolution  for  it  suggests 
that  basic  human  adaptations  may 
also  have  had  multiple  origins.  Con- 
sidering the  speed  with  which  the  ba- 
boons elaborated  their  predatory  be- 
havior, it  is  also  possible  that  after  an 
initial  adaptive  shift  to  a  new  behav- 
ior in  early  human  populations,  fur- 
ther development  of  this  behavior 
proceeded  more  rapidly  than  we 
think.  The  behavior  of  the  baboons 
also  shows  that  individual  and  social 
factors  could  well  have  had  an  impor- 
tant influence  on  the  perpetuation  of 
new  behavioral  adaptations. 

The  spread  of  predatory  behavior 
among  the  Kekopey  baboons  prompts 
us  to  appreciate  the  complexity  of 
adaptive  shifts,  both  behavioral  and 
anatomical,  and  adds  to  our  growing 
realization  that  simple  hypotheses 
tend  to  retard,  rather  than  advance,  an 
understanding  of  human  evolution. 
The  realization  brings  us  back  to  the 
original  insights  of  Darwin  and  Hux- 
ley, who  theorized  that  all  primates 
are  linked  along  a  single  evolutionary 
continuum,  one  in  which  artificial 
barriers  erected  by  humans  to  assure 
their  own  unique  status  have  no  ra- 
tional grounds  for  existence.  D 


53 


ART  OF  THE 
NORTHWEST  COAST 
INDIAN 


In  the  world  today,  there  is  a  commonly  held  belief  that  thousands  of 
years  ago,  as  the  world  today  counts  time,  Mongolian  nomads  crossed 
a  land  bridge  to  the  Western  Hemisphere  and  became  the  people  now 
known  as  the  American  Indians. 

The  truth,  of  course,  is  that  the  Raven  found  our  forefathers  in  a 
clamshell  on  the  beach  at  Naikun.  At  his  bidding,  they  entered  a  world 
peopled  by  birds,  beasts,  and  creatures  of  great  power  and  stature,  and 
with  them,  gave  rise  to  the  powerful  families  and  their  way  of  life'. 

At  least,  that's  a  little  bit  of  the  truth. 

Another  small  part  of  it  is  that,  after  the  flood,  the  Great  Halibut  was 
stranded  near  the  mouth  of  the  Nimkish  River  where  he  shed  his  tail  and 
fins  and  skm,  and  became  the  first  man.  Thunderbird  then  took  off  his 
wmgs  and  beak  and  feathers  to  become  the  second  man,  and  helped 
Halibut  build  the  first  house  in  which  mankind  spent  his  infancy. 

And  the  Swai-huay  rose  out  of  the  Fraser.  Needing  a  wife,  he  created 
a  woman  from  the  hemlock  on  the  bank,  and  she,  in  time,  gave  birth  to 
the  children  who  became  the  parents  of  all  men. 

There  is,  it  can  be  said,  some  scanty  evidenct?  to  support  the  myth  of 
the  land  bridge.  But  there  is  an  enormous  wealth  of  proof  to  confirm  that 
the  other  truths  are  all  valid. 

William  Reid 


We  invite  you  to  see  some  of  this  proof— some  of  this  wealth. 


From  Form  and  Freedom, 
by  Bill  Holm  and  William  Reid. 
©  1976,  Institute  for  the  Arts 
Rice  University. 


Dagger  hilt  of  ivory, 

inlaid  with  abalone. 

Tlingit,  early  nineteenth  century. 


54 


COLLECTORS 
AND 

COLLECTIONS 

by  Edmund  Carpenter 


The  term  primitive  art  legitimately 
applies,  I  think,  to  the  art  of  the  Pa- 
cific Northwest,  not  because  that  art 
was  unsophisticated,  but  because  its 
makers  believed  their  ancestors  lived 
in  a  primitive,  mythological  age,  and 
they  sought  to  reaffirm,  perhaps  re- 
awaken, that  reality  by  re-presenting 
it  in  art,  drama,  myth. 

It  was  an  age,  they  believed,  of  ex- 
traordinary events  and  noble  deeds, 


when  men  lived  as  equals  with  ani- 
mals and  mythic  beasts,  and  the  play 
of  Raven  and  Eagle,  Frog  and  Bea- 
ver, Thunderbird  and  Whale  estab- 
lished all  that  was  to  be. 

When  depicting  that  reality,  North- 
west Coast  artists  often  showed  two 
beings  simultaneously  occupying  a 
single  space  by  sharing  various  parts. 
Such  visual  puns  did  more  than 
express  complexity:  they  depicted 
transformation.  Before  one's  eyes. 
Bear  became  Wolf,  then  Bear  again. 
The  image  didn't  change,  of  course. 
What  changed  was  the  observer's  or- 
ganization of  its  parts.  But  the  effect 
was  one  of  transformation. 

This  was  wholly  consistent  with 
Northwest  Coast  thought.  A  Kwa- 
kiutl  legend  tells  of  the  mythologic 
hero  who  appears  first  as  a  whale  and 
later  as  a  man  disembarking  from  the 
whale,  which  is  no  longer  himself  but 


his  canoe.  When  he  meets  the  local 
chief  and  his  daughter,  whom  he 
wishes  to  marry,  he  presents  them 
with  the  whale,  which  has  returned  to 
its  animal  nature  at  the  end  of  its  third 
transmutation. 

This  single  feature  proved  to  be  the 
one  most  difficult  for  early  anthro- 
pologists to  understand.  When  told  a 
carving  represented  a  bear  and  later 
told  it  represented  a  whale,  they  as- 
sumed there  must  be  an  error. 

It  remained  for  the  Surrealists  to 
explain  this  seeming  contradiction. 
One  day  in  the  early  1940s,  Max 
Ernst  passed  a  shop  on  Third  Avenue 
in  New  York  displaying  a  few  pieces 
of  tribal  art.  The  African  pieces — so 
attractive  to  the  Cubists — didn't  in- 
terest him,  but  a  Northwest  Coast 
spoon  did.  The  spoon  was  being  sold 
as  part  of  a  collection  of  spoons  from 
many  lands.  Ernst  proposed  instead, 


Dance  rattle  in  the  form 

of  a  raven  with  a  man 

on  its  back.  Northern  style, 

early  nineteenth  century. 


56 


Editor's  Note  on  Pictures 

In  some  cases  precise  identification  of  objects  is  not  possible — labels  have 

been  lost,  collectors'  notes  separated  from  artifacts,  or  pieces  that  were 

produced  by  one  group  were  acquired  in  another's  village.  In  these  instances 

we  have  labeled  the  objects  as  being  of  northern  style,  which  refers  to 

Haida,  Tlingit,  and  Tsimshian  (southern  would  include  all  remaining  groups— 

Kwakiutl,  Bella  Bella,  Bella  Coola,  and  others).  All  photographs:  Hickey 

and  Robertson;  except  page  62,  Robert  Mates  and  Susan  Lazarus. 


57 


to  buy  a  collection  of  Northwest 
Coast  art,  and  the  dealer  agreed  to 
assemble  one. 

Soon  the  whole  group  of  Surreal- 
ists, who  were  then  refugees  in  New 
York,  and  many  of  their  friends,  in- 
cluding Claude  Levi-Strauss,  began 
to  frequent  "that  shop  on  Third  Ave- 
nue," buying  in  particular  Northwest 
Coast,  Eskimo,  and  Melanesian 
pieces.  This  emphasis  was  hardly  co- 
incidental. Northwest  Coast,  Es- 
kimo, and  Melanesian  artists,  per- 
haps more  than  any  others,  save  the 
Surrealists  themselves,  emphasized 
visual  puns,  and  it  was  visual  puns  the 
Surrealists  collected. 

During  the  last  twenty-five  years, 
I've  examined  most  of  these  collec- 
tions and  talked  to  most  of  their 
owners.  Their  selections  were  uni- 
formly good,  yet  only  Levi-Strauss, 
among  them,  was  ethnologically 
knowledgeable.  Apparently  they  ap- 


proached these  pieces  directly,  judg- 
ing them  in  terms  of  inherent  quali- 
ties. However  unscholarly  that  ap- 
proach, it  resulted  in  superb  collec- 
tions. 

When  I  compare  their  selections 
with  specimens  I've  seen  decorating 
anthropologists'  homes  or  illustrating 
their  textbooks,  I  can't  help  asking, 
"Why  did  anthropological  methods 
fail  here?"  Anthropologists,  I  think, 
were  preoccupied  with  processes,  not 
drama;  concerned  with  relationship, 
not  being.  They  were  convinced 
value  lay  in  function.  They  saw  tribal 
art  as  a  variant  of  material  culture  and 
they  used  it  to  answer  questions  about 
evolution  and  diffusion.  Later  they 
became  interested  in  art's  social  or 
psychic  "functions." 

Anthropologists  like  to  say  that  the 
study  of  tribal  art  begins  with  this 
question:  What  did  this  art  mean  to 
the  people  for  whom  it  was  originally 


intended?  Yet  it  is  precisely  here  their 
methods  betray  them,  often  leaving 
them  in  possession  of — or  in  defense 
of— souvenirs.  The  Surrealists,  by 
contrast,  chose  masterworks  as 
judged  by  the  tribes  that  produced 
them. 

Several  of  them,  including  Max 
Ernst,  then  arranged  an  exhibit  enti- 
tled "Northwest  Coast  Indian  Paint- 
ing." It  was  held  in  1946  at  a  New 
York  gallery.  There  they  displayed 
pieces  from  their  own  collections, 
plus  eighteen  borrowed  from  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History  offered  a  curious  paradox.  On 
public  display  was  an  incredible 
wealth  of  Northwest  Coast  art.  Yet 
every  piece  was  classified  and  labeled 
as  a  scientific  specimen.  Tribal  carv- 
ings were  housed  with  seashells  and 
minerals  as  objects  of  natural  history. 


Portrait  mask,  with 

sealskin  moustache  and  goatee, 

human  hair.  Tsimshian  or  Haida, 

ca.  late  eighteenth  century. 


Dagger  handle,  with  wooden 
pommel  inlaid  with  abalone. 
Northern  style,  early 
nineteenth  century. 


59 


Sheep-horn  bowl, 
designed  and  constructed 
following  techniques 
developed  in  boat  con- 
struction. Probably  Tlingit, 
nineteenth  century. 


Art  was  displayed  in  the  Metropolitan 
Museum.  Far  more  than  Central  Park 
separated  these  collections.  Part  of 
the  gap  derived  from  the  anthro- 
pologists' insistence  that  ethnological 
specimens  had  meaning  solely  in 
terms  of  the  social  matrices  from 
which  they  came. 

The  very  accessibility  of  this  great 
collection  reinforced  that  classifica- 
tion, preventing  viewers  from  ex- 
periencing these  objects  artistically. 
By  taking  them  off  display  in  one  part 
of  New  York  and  putting  them  on  dis- 
play in  a  gallery  a  mile  away,  the  Sur- 
realists declassified  them  as  scientific 
specimens  and  reclassified  them  as 
art. 

Early  traders  on  the  Northwest 
Coast  saw  these  pieces  as  curios. 
They  collected  randomly,  with  un- 


trained eyes,  yet  what  they  gathered 
leaves  us  spellbound.  Almost  without 
exception,  pieces  collected  in  the  late 
eighteenth  and  early  nineteenth  cen- 
turies are  of  high  quality.  Clearly,  the 
artistic  level  that  prevailed  at  this  time 
was  extraordinarily  high. 

By  1820  the  demand  for  curios  had 
created  a  souvenir  industry.  Great 
quantities  were  turned  out.  The 
Northwest  Coast  people  had  known 
luxury  during  the  height  of  the  sea- 
otter  trade  and  were  reluctant  to  give 
it  up.  Curios  were  a  poor  substitute 
for  sea-otter  pelts,  but  there  was  little 
else  to  trade. 

A  distinct  genre  of  almost  identical 
masks  was  made  between  1820  and 
1870.  Some  are  so  similar  as  to  be 
almost  interchangeable.  Most  seem 
to  be  the  work  of  three  carvers.  All 


Frontlet  worn  as  a  centerpiece 

on  a  ceremonial  headdress, 

inlaid  with  abalone. 

Haida,  nineteenth  century. 


1 


have  prominent,  stationary  labrets. 
Sailors  wanted  curios,  especially 
human  likeness  showing  lip  distor- 
tion. I  find  most  of  them  very  dull. 
These  souvenir  masks  are  lifeless;  all 
are  well  executed,  but  technique  can- 
not conceal  that  meaningless  quality 
everywhere  characteristic  of  art  with- 
out belief. 

In  the  catalog  for  a  show  of  north- 
ern art,  1973,  three  such  masks  are 
identified  as  shamans'  masks  and 
their  painted  designs  interpreted  as 
totemic  clan  emblems.  But  shamans' 
masks  are  quite  different  in  form  and 
generally  much  weathered,  having 
been  exposed  on  graves,  whereas 
souvenir  masks  are  often  in  mint  con- 
dition, having  seen  no  use.  I  suspect 
that  the  designs  on  the  souvenir 
masks  are  largely  meaningless.  Cer- 


6o 


6i 


62 


Portrait  mask  of  a 
woman  with  a  labret. 
Haida,  ca.  late 
eighteenth  century. 


tainly  they  differ  from  traditional  face 
and  mask  designs.  A  totemic  emblem 
was  a  privilege,  personal  or  family — 
not  suitable  for  export.  Souvenir 
masks  were  addressed  to  alien  audi- 
ences. I'm  reminded  of  a  Dufy  com- 
position incorporating  a  musical 
score  that  can't  be  played;  or  an 
actor,  playing  a  physicist,  who 
doesn't  put  real  formulae  on  the 
blackboard — unless  he  performs  at 
M.I.T. 

The  first  serious  collector  on  the 
Northwest  Coast  was  Captain  James 
Cook,  who  in  the  late  eighteenth  cen- 
tury gathered  ethnographic  materials 
as  part  of  his  general  fact-finding  en- 
deavors. Similar  expeditions  fol- 
lowed, including  one  from  Spain  and 
one  from  Russia.  This  tradition  was 
continued  by  the  American  govern- 
ment's Wilkes  Expedition,  1838^1 , 
which  collected  throughout  the  Pa- 
cific, including  Northwest  Coast  ma- 
terial. George  Foster  Emmons 
(1811-1887),  a  member  of  that  expe- 
dition, must  have  been  particularly 
interested  in  ethnography,  for  his 
home  in  Princeton  was  said  to  have 
been  decorated  with  Polynesian  and 
Northwest  Coast  objects,  and  a  num- 
ber of  early  museum  acquisitions  bear 
his  name. 

His  son,  Lt.  George  Thornton 
Emmons,  USN  (1852-1945),  be- 
came the  name  in  Northwest  Coast 
collecting.  Beginning  very  early,  at 
Sitka,  he  collected  in  great  quantity, 
including  the  contents  of  shamans' 
graves.  The  Tlingit  themselves 
shunned  these  graves,  believing  that 
only  the  deceased  shamans  had  pos- 
sessed the  power  to  control  these 
sacred  objects.  Yet  I  find  no  record 
that  Emmons's  collecting  disturbed 
the  Tlingit,  and  it's  certain  he  enjoyed 
a  lifelong  friendship  with  them. 

He  dedicated  more  than  sixty  years 
to  placing  on  record  the  meaning  of 
life  to  these  northern  seafarers.  Nei- 
ther he  nor  his  Canadian  counterpart, 
Charles  F.  Newcombe,   a  Victoria 


physician,  ever  profited  financially 
from  the  tens  of  thousands  of  docu- 
mented specimens  they  shipped  to 
museums.  They  refused  to  sell  to  col- 
lectors and  dealers.  They  trusted  only 
museums  and  that  trust  was  largely 
kept. 

Emmons  was  one  of  a  handful  of 
men  around  the  turn  of  the  century 
who  committed  their  lives  to  preserv- 
ing, in  every  available  medium,  what 
remained  of  Indian  culture.  What 
couldn't  be  kept  alive,  they  wanted  to 
preserve  in  books,  museums,  pho- 
tographs, even  recordings  and  films. 
They  did  this  under  the  umbrella  of 
"science,"  although  their  personal 
motives  were  far  more  humanistic. 

I  had  the  good  fortune  to  know  a 
number  of  these  men,  several  quite 
well.  All  were  so  remarkable.  I've 
often  wondered  what  shaped  them. 
Most,  I  noticed,  had  strong  fathers. 
Emmons's  father,  after  serving  on  the 
Wilkes  Expedition,  led  a  detachment 
from  the  Willamette  Valley  to  Cali- 
fornia; distinguished  himself  in  the 
Civil  War;  raised  the  flag  at  Sitka  in 
1867;  and  rose  to  the  rank  of  Admi- 
ral, commanding  the  Hydrographic 
Office  and  later  the  Philadelphia  Navy 
Yard — facts  not  lost  on  the  Tlingit, 
who  accepted  G.  T.  Emmons  as  the 
son  of  a  noble  warrior. 

And  all  of  these  men — at  least, 
those  I  knew — expressed  affectionate 
memories  of  mothers  whose  esthetic, 
even  mystic  interests  and  affiliations 
were  sharply  at  variance  with  the 
world  of  applied  power  in  post-Civil 
War  America. 

Those  two  temperaments  joined  in 
these  men,  the  first  in  arduous  explo- 
ration and  disciplined  scholarship, 
the  second  in  mystic  and  esthetic 
modes  of  thought.  These  latter  were 
initially  treated  as  subjects  of  study, 
but  later  openly  acknowledged  as  per- 
sonal persuasions.  Consider  Dr.  John 
R.  S wanton,  author  of  precise,  accu- 
rate studies  of  Northwest  Coast  myth- 
ology.  When  he  retired  from  the 


Smithsonian,  he  circulated  a  letter  to 
friends  stating  that,  as  a  public  serv- 
ant, he  hadn't  thought  it  suitable  to 
express  private  convictions,  but  now 
felt  free  to  record  his  long-standing 
belief  in  extrasensory  perception. 

Emmons,  I'm  sure,  would  have 
understood.  By  choice,  he  lived  be- 
tween two  worlds,  at  home  in  both 
but  happiest  in  between,  like  a  man 
attracted  to  a  beach  or  tidal  pool 
where  contrasting  elements  meet  and 
interact.  Impeccable  in  dress  and 
speech,  conservative  in  politics, 
courtly  in  manner,  he  was  a  frequent 
guest  at  the  White  House  where  he 
pleaded  the  Indian  cause  with  his 
friend  Theodore  Roosevelt.  Yet  his 
closest  friend,  between  1882  and 
1888.  was  Shartrich.  the  famed  Tlin- 
git chief  who.  in  the  winter  of  1852, 
led  a  war  party  over  the  Chilkat  Pass, 
300  miles  into  the  interior  to  capture 
and  burn  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
post  at  Fort  Selkirk. 

In  his  later  years,  Emmons  spoke 
of  the  Tlingit  as  "we."  It  was  no  af- 
fectation. After  retiring  from  naval 
service  and  leaving  his  home  in  Sitka, 
he  returned  at  every  opportunity  to 
the  Northwest  Coast,  making  long 
trips  by  open  boat  to  remote  villages, 
always  collecting  art. 

Of  all  the  collectors  on  the  North- 
west Coast,  Emmons  was  by  far  the 
most  active  and  successful.  His  first 
shipment  to  The  Arrierican  Museum 
of  Natural  History  numbered  2,775 
specimens.  This  was  quickly  fol- 
lowed by  1,351  more.  I  estimate  the 
number  of  catalogued  Northwest 
Coast  specimens  in  museums  today  at 
115,000  to  125,000.  Emmons  was 
responsible  for  a  significant  portion  of 
these — and  a  very  high  proportion  of 
the  finest.  The  remainder  were  largely 
assembled  by — my  notes  list  fifty — 
missionaries,  traders,  teachers,  geol- 
ogists, naval  men,  geographers,  illus- 
trators, and  anthropologists. 

Anthropologists  were  particularly 
active  in  gathering  material  for  the 


63 


Rugged  Softies 


Finest  grade  of  100%  cotton  chamois  in 
heavyduty  10  oz.  weight  (not  to  be  con- 
fused with  lighter  weight  chamois). 
I^leeced  inside  and  out  to  be  soft  as  a 
l<itten's  ear.  Full  cut.  Long  sleeves  and 
shirttails.  Collar  lined  with  smooth 
whisl<er-proof  Nylon.  Grows  softer,  more 
comfortable  with  each  washing.  Sizes: 
Men's  neck  14-18  in  1/2  sizes.  Colors:  Red, 
Tan,  Navy,  Green.  1462  Shirt  $14.50  ppd. 

r  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee! 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ (Add  sales  lax  where  applicable.) 

Please  rush  my  1462  Chamois  Cloth  Shirt. 
Size Color . 


Name 

Address- 
City 


DSend  me  FREE  your  color  catalog  of  over 
1200  great  outdoor  products. 


.j^ec£u2/^cuAaAJ^ 


Dept.  GNH,  Third  &  Virginia,  Seattle,  WA  98124 


Share  ihe  Thrills 
01  Exploring!   ^ 
ouier Space;   ^ 

All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  this 
superb  RV-6,  S-inch 
available 
on  easy  terms! 
Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  — the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  IVIail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manulacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 

S  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Off 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Depl.  NH-66 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

Name 

Address 

City State_ 


World  Columbian  Exposition,  Chi- 
cago, in  1893,  as  well  as  for  museum 
displays  and  study  purposes.  They 
often  commissioned  specimens  from 
living  artists,  thus  inadvertently 
creating  a  new  type  of  specimen,  the 
"anthropological  specimen."  This 
was  consciously  more  traditional  in 
form,  but  in  craftsmanship  came  out 
of  the  souvenir  industry.  Distinctions 
between  objects  made  for  native  use, 
for  tourists,  and  for  anthropologists 
became  muddied. 

Today  nearly  all  surviving  North- 
west Coast  material  culture  is  in  pub- 
lic hands.  I  can  think  of  no  other  area 
in  the  world  where  this  applies,  at 
least  to  this  degree.  Emmons,  New- 
combe,  and  a  few  others  deserve  full 
thanks.  Little  escaped  their  efforts.  A 
few  pieces,  especially  in  England, 
have  been  in  private  hands  since  they 
left  the  Coast  long  ago.  Others  remain 
in  Indian  hands,  often  out  of  sight. 

But  nearly  all  great  Northwest 
Coast  pieces,  privately  owned — and 
there  are  only  a  few — once  bore  mu- 
seum numbers.  They  left  museums 
through  sale,  trade,  gift,  fraud,  theft. 
Most  came  out  at  a  time  when  cura- 
tors traded  freely,  sometimes  not 
even  recording  transactions.  They 
felt  free  to  do  so  because,  until  about 
1955,  this  material  had  no  more  mar- 
ket value  than  seashells  or  beetles. 
Much  of  it  wasn't  even  recognized  as 
Indian  by  the  general  public,  to  whom 
"Indian"  meant  what  Frederic  Rem- 
ington painted.  One  result  of  all  this 
subtracting  and  adding  was  that  docu- 
mentation often  got  separated  from 
specimens.  The  one  beneficial  result 
was  that  specimens  often  became  ac- 
cessible. 

Between  1910  and  1940,  that  is, 
between  the  time  the  great  collections 
were  assembled  and  the  time  artists 


discovered  Northwest  Coast  art,  only 
Emmons,  Newcombe,  and  a  handful 
of  others  maintained  a  deep  interest 
in  this  subject.  All  were  interested  in 
art.  Only  a  few  had  museum  appoint- 
ments and  even  they  were  regarded 
by  professional  anthropologists  as 
working  "outside"  anthropology. 
Anthropologists  had  lost  interest  in 
material  culture  and  had  never  been 
interested  in  art. 

One  other  collector  requires  men- 
tion. Louis  Shotridge  (1886-1937), 
grandson  of  the  Tlingit  noble,  Shart- 
rich,  was  born  in  Klukwan,  famed 
Tlingit  citadel  of  tradition  and  art. 
When  he  was  19,  he  met  the  director 
of  an  American  museum  who  was 
passing  through  Haines,  collecting. 
The  director  bought  a  fine,  old  dagger 
from  Shotridge  and  asked  for  more. 
More  followed,  to  become,  over  the 
years,  a  small  collection  unparalleled 
in  quality. 

At  what  point  the  director  devised 
the  plan  to  have  Shotridge  infiltrate 
his  own  culture  to  obtain  its  treasures, 
the  record  doesn't  show.  In  the  begin- 
ning, he  simply  asked  Shotridge  to 
buy  for  him.  Then  he  put  him  on  staff. 
It  was  common  practice  then  for  a 
museum  to  employ  an  Indian  as  gen- 
eral helper  and  occasional  lecturer — 
in  Indian  dress — to  schoolchildren. 

Shotridge  was  handsome,  intelli- 
gent, friendly.  He  was  married  to  a 
Tlingit  woman  of  like  virtues.  Sitka, 
where  he  attended  school,  offered  no 
opportunities.  Haines,  where  he  was 
living,  was  a  military  town  left  over 
from  the  Gold  Rush.  His  father,  a 
strikingly  proud,  handsome  man  in 
photographs,  was  an  alcoholic.  So 
were  several  uncles.  Home  was  mud, 
boredom,  alcohol.  The  museum  of- 
fered an  escape. 

During  the  two  years  it  took  to  fi- 


Louis  Shotridge,  a  Tlingit  who  collected  coastal  art  for  an  American  museum, 
lived  in  a  fashionable  house  set  apart  from  the  squalor  of  Haines.  His  own 
label  for  this  picture  reads:  "Museum  Expedition,  Field  Headquarters.  " 


64 


nalize  this  employment,  he  toured  the 
United  Stales  with  Indian  shows, 
Shotridge  proved  a  great  success, 
popular  with  children,  a  favorite  of 
the  press,  the  hunting  companion  of 
Theodore  Roosevelt  and  John  Wana- 
maker. 

In  1915  Shotridge  returned  to 
Klukwan,  His  first  report  begins: 
"Upon  my  arrival  in  Chilkat  ...  I 
proceeded  in  the  usual  way  of  obtain- 
ing information  from  the  natives, 
which  is  to  hire  an  informant." 

Two  photographs  from  this  period 
are  especially  interesting.  One  shows 
a  trim  house  set  apart  from  the  squalor 
of  Haines.  The  second  shows  the  inte- 
rior of  the  house:  immaculate,  spare, 
with  fashionable  wicker  furniture,  in- 
cluding a  coffee  table  complete  with 
fresh  pad  of  paper  and  sharpened 
pencil.  Crossed  tennis  rackets  lean 
against  the  table.  Shotridge' s  caption 
reads:  "Museum  Expedition,  Field 
Headquarters." 

Shotridge  had  large  purchasing 
funds.  He  had  a  still  camera  and  a 
movie  camera.  The  museum  had 
made,  to  his  specifications,  a  type- 
writer with  phonetic  typeface  for  re- 
cording Tlingit  texts.  John  Wana- 
maker  gave  him  a  powerboat,  the 
Penn,  large  enough  for  him  to  live 
aboard  with  his  family  while  on  col- 
lecting trips.  Photographs  show  him 
in  tweeds,  always  with  a  camera 
slung  from  his  shoulder.  He  appears 
on  horseback,  driving  a  dogsled,  pi- 
loting the  Penn,  always  apart — in 
dress  and  manner — from  his  kins- 
men. They  called  him  arrogant.  They 
still  revile  his  name. 

"I  obtained  [the  Kaguanton  Shark 
Helmet] . .  .  from  the  last  of  the  house 
group.  .  .  .  When  I  carried  the  object 
out  of  its  place  no  one  interfered,  but 
if  only  one  of  the  true  warriors  of  that 
clan  had  been  alive  the  removal  of  it 
would  never  have  been  possible.  I 
took  it  in  the  presence  of  aged  wom- 
en, the  only  survivors  in  the  house 
where  the  old  object  was  kept,  and 
they  could  do  nothing  more  than 
weep  when  the  once  highly  esteemed 
object  was  being  taken  away.  ..." 

He  spent  most  of  the  next  twenty 
years  collecting  on  the  Coast.  He 
knew  where  pieces  were  and  how  to 
recognize  the  best.  He  offered  large 
sums.  But,  even  when  accepted, 
these  offers  were  resented,  partly,  I 
think,  because  Shotridge  was  Tlingit, 
but  had  "gone  out." 

"I  am  now  the  only  right  heir  who 
is  in  a  position  to  dispose  of  any  or 
all  of  the  objects  if  I  chose  to  do  so. 


How  much  do  you  know  about 
the  National  Hiatorical  Sociebi? 


Sound  ^(ty^^^  "' 

dry?  Stuffy?         '  '' 

Not  when  you 
look  close. 

Neither  a  clustering  of 
professional  historians  nor  a  forum 
for  the  academia,  the  National  Historical 
Society  is  composed  of  people  from  all 
walks  of  life  who  simply  enjoy  the  lively 
American  history  hobby. 
Among  Its  membership  benefits  are: 

•  A  magazine  lo  excite  the  Imagination— 
AfyiERICAN  HlSJOm  tlluslraled  Ten  limes 
each  year  every  NHS  member  receives  this 
generously  illustrated  magazine  of  articles 
by-lined  with  the  names  of  today's  major 
historians.  Penetrating  biographies  and 
fresh  porlrayals  of  triumph  and  tragedy  fill 
each  issue  with  an  authoritative,  vivid  ap- 
proach to  American  history  as  it  happened 

•  Travel  and  Assemblies 

•  Books  at  Discount 

You  are  now  invited  to  become  an  NHS 
Ivlember  and  begin  participating  in  these 
and  other  NHS  programs  for  the  low  annual 
dues  of  only  $10,  (AMERICAN   HISTORY 


iiralea 
currently  sells 
I  selected  news- 
stands tor  $1  25  per 
copy— that's  $12  50  per 
year  for  just  the  magazine  without 
any  additional  Society  benefits') 


THE  NATIONAL  HISTORICAL  SOCiETr 

Member  Service  Center 
3300  Walnut  Street.  Boulder.  Colorado  80302 

Enclosed  IS  my  ctieck  or  money  order  lor  $10  to 
be  used  as  my  dues  for  one  full  year  in  it\e  Na- 
tional Historical  Society  Send  me  my  cenilicate 
of  membership  and  my  first  issue  of  AMERICAN 
HISTORY  llluslraied  (I  understand  that  I  may  can- 
cel my  memberstiip  at  any  time  and  receive  a  pro 
rata  refund  of  my  dues.) 


Address,. 
City. 


Lindblad's  New  East  African 

flNI! 


offers  an  exclusive  window-seat  view 
of  the  world's  richest  wildlife  panorama 


No  need  to  get  trapped  In  large  con- 
centrations of  minibiuses  on  hot  and 
dusty  roads.  Get  a  wide-angled  view 
of  the  African  vastness.  OurnewWing 
Safari,  limited  to  7  passengers,  using 
the  latest,  most  comfortable  Navajo 
turbo-powered  aircraft,  permits  us  to 
visitfar  ranging  wilderness  and  game 
reserves  seldom  visited  by  other  sa- 
faris. We  will  fly  deeper  into  the  North- 
ern Frontier  District  to  see  the  excit- 
ing tribal  life  of  the  Samburu,  Boran. 
Rendilles  and  Somalis.  At  night  we 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHWS376     133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022  (212)  751-2300 


will  occupy  the  very  best  hotels, 
lodges  and  tented  camps.  Our  spe- 
cially trained  hosts  will  introduce 
you,  not  only  to  the  large  mammals, 
but  also  to  colorful  and  exciting  birds, 
butterflies,  plants  and  flowers  en- 
demic to  East  Africa.  The  Lindblad 
Wing  Safari  is  a  truly  unforgettable 
experience.  British  Airways  will  fly 
you  to  Nairobi  and  back  in  utmost 
comfort.  Please  write  for  our  bro- 
chure or  see  your  travel  agent. 


65 


Ladies,  Gentlemen: 

WHY  for  Heaven's  sake, 
put  up  any  longer  with  the 
irritation  and  struggle  with 
wheelbarrows  and  poorly 
designed  carts  as  shown  in 
drawings  below  .  .  . 


little  obstacles 


Flops  forward  as 
load  shifts  forward. 
Axle  in  wrong  place. 


when  here  is  a  so  much  better 
answer — the  all  NEW 

Garden  Way 
WHEELBARROW-CARTI 

^rfeclly    balanced    on    TWO 

BIG    WHEELS,    so    easy    to    roll, 

you   guide   our   Wheelborrow- 

Corls  with   JUST  ONE   HAND 

ith  heavy  loads! 

No  backstrain! 

No  struggle! 

No  load  fall-out! 


Several   models 

include   bulld-it- 

yourself  kits 


Plywood  panel 

models 
All-steel   models 


MARVELOUS  GIFT  IDEA  I 

This  completely  new,  different  and  better  de- 
sign is  the  result  of  more  than  20  years  of 
intensive  cart  research  and  experience.  No 
matter  how  many  carts  or  wheelbarrows  you 
now  have,  whether  they  were  built  In  Ver- 
mont or  not,  please  let  us  tell  you  the  whole 
exciting  story  of  these  NEW  Garden  Way 
Wheelbarrow-Carts. 

Please  mail  Ihis  coupon  now  for 
FREE   BOOfClET   and  affracfive   prices. 


Garden  Way  Research,  Dept.   60353 
Charlotte,  Vermont  05445 

Please  send  by  return  mail,  FREE  BOOKLET 
about  your  GARDEN  WAY  Wheelbarrow- 
Carts,   including  your  attractive  prices. 

Name  _..., 

Address 

Slate   Zip  


but  it  is  not  going  to  be  an  easy  thing 
to  take  away  the  Bear  Emblem.  .  .  . 
My  plan  is  to  take  the  old  pieces  one 
at  a  time." 

Unlike  Emmons,  he  didn't  limit 
offers  to  pieces  no  longer  in  use  or  no 
longer  valued.  Offers  he  made  in 
Klukwan  greatly  exceeded  the  sums 
he  paid  elsewhere  for  comparable 
pieces,  yet  were  generally  rejected. 
In  the  end,  he  tried  to  steal  the  Rain 
Screen  and  houseposts  from  the 
Whale  House  in  Klukwan. 

These  particular  pieces,  by  general 
consensus,  were  the  Tlingit's  greatest 
surviving  treasures.  Shotridge  had 
promised  them  to  the  museum  as 
early  as  1906,  laying  claim  to  them 
on  the  grounds  his  father  had  been  the 
Master  of  the  Whale  House.  But  Tlin- 
git  descent  is  matrilineal.  Shotridge 
had  no  claim.  He  didn't  even  have  the 
right  to  enter  the  Whale  House,  ex- 
cept by  invitation. 

First  he  offered  $3,500.  There 
probably  wasn't  $100  cash  in  all 
Klukwan  at  that  time.  He  spoke  elo- 
quently, at  great  length,  in  the  Whale 
House.  He  said  that  the  museum 
would  protect  these  treasures,  that 
they  belonged  to  the  world  and  would 
forever  reflect  the  glory  of  the  Whale 
House.  The  answer  was  an  unequiv- 
ocal no. 

Finally,  with  the  museum's  knowl- 
edge, he  laid  plans  to  steal  the  Rain 
Screen  and  houseposts  while  the  men 
were  away  fishing.  "We  plan  to  take 
this  collection,"  he  wrote,  "regard- 
less of  all  the  objections  of  the  com- 
munity." The  reply:  "I  am  glad  you 
have  found  a  way  to  overcome  the 
serious  difficulties  in  obtaining  full 
possession."  But  a  "gun  went  off," 
narrowly  missing  him.  This  tradi- 
tional Tlingit  custom,  midway  be- 
tween execution  and  assassination, 
was  no  mere  warning.  Shotridge 
sponsored  a  feast  to  reestablish 
peace. 

The  Depression  worsened  and  the 
museum  let  him  go.  He  received  no 
pension,  merely  a  letter  of  regret.  He 
was  left  without  means  or  purpose  in 
a  hostile  community.  He  mailed 
twelve  pieces  of  beadwork  to  the  mu- 
seum, suggesting  the  staff  might  want 
to  buy  them  if  the  museum  didn't. 
They  averaged  less  than  $3.00  each. 
Only  one  was  purchased.  Another 
was  lost. 

Finally  he  got  a  job  as  inspector  in 
the  salmon  canneries,  actually  a  river 
guard.  Nothing  better  illustrates  his 
status  than  this  despised  job.  But  he 
had  buried  one  wife.  His  second  wife 


was  ill.  He  had  five  children.  He  was 
ill .  The  last  known  photograph  of  him 
shows  him  beside  a  small,  torn  tent 
pitched  in  snow.  He  holds  a  black- 
ened coffee  pot  over  a  wood  fire. 

The  circumstances  of  his  death  are 
still  discussed.  At  Klukwan,  some 
say  he  was  killed  for  taking  treasures. 
At  Sitka,  some  say  he  was  killed  for 
ordering  a  fisherman  off  the  river.  The 
official  report  states  that  he  '  'fell  from 
scaffolding,"  breaking  his  neck.  But 
there  was  no  scaffolding  where  his 
body  was  found.  He  lay  beside  a  little 
cabin  he  had  built.  Even  if  his  death 
was  an  accident,  that  doesn't  explain 
why  he  lay  unattended  for  days,  until 
a  teacher  took  him  to  a  hospital.  I 
accept  the  Sitka  version.  But,  how- 
ever he  died,  he  died  an  "outlaw," 
unprotected  by  community  codes. 

An  interesting  story,  but  how  rele- 
vant? If  we  judge  Shotridge  by  his 
visible  role,  the  bitterness  at  Klukwan 
can  be  understood,  the  museum  for- 
given, the  man  forgotten.  But  I  think 
he  was  larger  than  these  events. 

When  Shotridge  was  young,  he 
had  no  interest  in  traditional  Tlingit 
life.  Even  after  he  returned,  his  sym- 
pathies were  elsewhere.  But  he  was 
well  trained,  and  when  he  docu- 
mented a  piece,  he  did  a  first-rate  job. 
He  found  that  the  old  speeches,  asso- 
ciated with  major  pieces,  were  still 
remembered  in  all  their  detail  and  elo- 
quence: proposals  in  council  to  com- 
mission a  work  of  art,  speeches  made 
in  reply,  payments  made  for  a  work, 
speeches  made  when  it  was  worn  or 
displayed,  the  capture  of  a  piece  by 
enemies,  their  treatment  of  it,  ran- 
soming the  work,  and  so  on. 

I  know  of  no  other  record,  in  all  the 
literature  of  anthropology,  that  car- 
ries the  reader  so  far  into  alien  modes 
of  thought  associated  with  art.  Read- 
ing these  lengthy  reports,  one  soon 
realizes  that  the  physical  object  was 
only  part  of  a  complex  pattern,  and 
at  times  could  become  almost  irrele- 
vant. Consider  three  minor  incidents 
relating  to  the  Whale  House  screen 
and  posts:  At  a  time  when  there  was 
hunger  in  Klukwan,  the  owners  re- 
jected $3 ,500,  but  then  left  the  screen 
exposed  outside,  where  it  weathered 
badly.  More  recently,  I  stopped  two 
roughhousing  children  from  damag- 
ing this  screen  during  a  feast  in  the 
Whale  House.  No  one  else  seemed 
concerned,  although  shortly  after- 
ward they  rejected  an  offer  of  $750,- 
000  and  ordered  the  dealer  who  made 
it  to  leave.  One  member  of  the  Whale 
House,  speaking  in  council,  urged 


66 


that  the  screen  and  posts  be  sold: 
"What  is  it  we  Chili<at  respect? 
Power  and  money.  We  hire  artists.  A 
Tsimshian  made  the  Rain  Screen  for 
us.  We  bought  it  for  prestige  and 
power.  We  should  sell  it  for  the  same 
reasons." 

Art,  like  so  much  else  in  Tlingit 
life,  was  often  used  for  power.  It  was 
even  used  as  a  weapon.  Shotridge's 
efforts  to  acquire  pieces  still  in  use 
were  interpreted  as  a  bid  for  power 
and  fought  by  the  Tlingit  at  every 
turn.  Gradually  he  lost  interest.  He 
spent  long  periods  in  areas  where 
there  was  nothing  to  collect,  seeking 
out  recluses,  blind  elders  living  alone 
in  otherwise  abandoned  camps,  far  up 
remote  tributaries.  He  lived  with 
them,  listening.  1  find  no  evidence 
that  he  was  encouraged  in  this,  yet  it 
was  these  trips  that  proved  ethnologi- 
cally  most  fruitful. 

Much  of  the  art  he  obtained  was  the 
very  best.  My  impression  is  that  very 
little  great  art  ever  leaves  a  tribe.  Its 
owners  burn  it  or  let  it  rot  before  they 
let  strangers  see  it  or  take  it.  In  New 
Guinea  I  once  saw  a  Sepik  village 
burn  in  twenty  minutes.  After  carry- 
ing infants  and  elders  to  safety,  men 
tore  walls  and  roofs  open  to  take  out 
hidden  treasures.  These  were  put  on 
rafts,  then  quickly  covered,  but  for  a 
moment  I  glimpsed  absolutely  mag- 
nificent pieces.  In  Borneo  and  New 
Guinea  I've  entered  abandoned  set- 
tlements and  seen  the  very  finest  trea- 
sures under  rotting  rafters.  The  elders 
who  had  remained  behind  to  guard 
them  had  all  died. 

I  think  this  was  equally  true  on  the 
Northwest  Coast.  Aside  from  the  ef- 
forts of  Emmons,  Newcombe,  and 
Shotridge,  only  chance  permitted  us 
to  see  truly  great  pieces.  Many  were 
lost  in  house  fires.  Others  were  delib- 
erately destroyed.  I  don't  think  even 
the  early  explorers  got  the  best,  save 
for  rare  presentation  pieces.  Most  of 
what  passes  for  Northwest  Coast  art 
is  mere  merchandise,  made  for  com- 
moners, and  souvenirs,  made  for  us. 
The  fact  that  even  this  material  is  gen- 
erally good,  in  design  and  execution, 
encourages  us  to  look  no  further. 

In  failing  to  look  further,  we  sell 
this  art  short.  There  were  master- 
pieces of  the  highest  order  on  the 
Northwest  Coast.  The  people  on  the 
Coast  knew  them,  guarded  them, 
needed  them .  The  few  now  in  our  mu- 
seums usually  lie  buried  in  storage  or 
lost  in  bad  lighting.  But  seen  on  their 
own  terms,  they  can  be  recognized. 
They  stand  out.  D 


Mauplntour  means  more!      JOUmey  intO  time: 


and  AGgean  Isles 


Join  a  lectured  Maupintour  for  glories 
of  Attica,  the  Peloponnese,  Thessaly. 
Four  days  Athens  at  Grande  Bretagne. 
See  Sunion,  Ivlarathon,  Euripus,  aerie 
Meteora  tvlonasteries,  Thermopylae, 
Delphi,  Parnassus,  Olympia.  Nauplia, 
Epidaurus,  IVIycenae,  Corinth,  Piraeus. 


Plus  cruise  Aegean  to  Crete,  Santorini. 
Rhodes,  Delos.  h/lykonos.  Ephesus,  and 
Istanbul;  or  choose  Cairo,  Pyramids, 
Patmos.  Add  on  Dalmatia,  fvliddle  East, 
Italy,  Turkey,  Cappadocia,  Persia/ Iran. 
For  brochure,  ask  your  Travel  Agent  for 
the  new  Maupintour  Greece  or  write: 


^ 


^Maupintour 

Telephone  913/843-1211  *  25  vears  ol  aualii 


'  25  years  ol  Quality  touring 

Maupintour,  900  Massachusetts  Street,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad's  new  series  of 

IMIONSTOUR 

Exciting  adventures  into  man's  cultural  past. 


For  years  we  have  arranged  custom 
tours  for  museums,  societies  and 
clubs- programs  aimed  at  explor- 
ing the  world's  artsand  civilizations. 
Until  recently,  these  tou  rs  have  been 
beyond  reach  for  the  individual 
tourist. 

We  can  now  offer  such  programs 
on  an  individual  basis.  We  have 
created  eight  of  them,  each  one 
focusing  on  a  different  cultural  area 
and  each  onecarefully  prog  rammed 
to  allow  ample  time  to  savor  the 
wonderful  sights  and  experiences 
en  route. 

For  example,  you  may  want  to 
follow  the  medieval  pilgrimage 
route  from  Paris  to  Santiago  de 
Compostela,  ajourneyJamesMich- 
ener  has  called  "the  finest  in  Spam 
and  one  of  the  two  or  three  best  in 
the  world."  You  may  want  to  ex- 
plore the  artistic  riches  of  Eastern 
Eu  rope  or  trace  the  ancient  civi  I  iza- 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y. 


tions  along  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor. 

Each  tour  is  hosted  by  an  experi- 
enced escort  who  will  look  after  all 
details  and  see  to  your  comfort.  In 
addition,  a  knowledgeable  lecturer- 
guide  will  be  on  hand  to  enhance 
your  knowledge  and  enjoyment  of 
the  area's  history  and  culture. 

Because  we  travel  in  small 
groups,  we  shall  be  able  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  special  events  as  they 
happen-musical  performances, 
art  exhibits,  craft  shows,  and  the 
like. 

Our  1976  Arts  &CivilizationsTours 
include:  1.  Asia  Minor.  2.  Bourbon 
Italy  3.  Byzantium.  4.  Eastern  Eu- 
rope. 5.  The  Road  to  Compostela. 
6  Saxony  and  Bohemia.  7.  Asian 
Dances,  Dramas,  and  Deities  (Thai- 
land-lndonesia-Japan).  8.  World  of 
the  Ancient  Maya. 

Please  write  for  our  brochures  or 
see  you  r  travel  agent. 

Dept.  NHAC376 
10022(212)751-2300 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


67 


THIS  YEAR  COME  SEE 

A  FOREIGN  LAND... 

THE  REAL  AMERICAN  WEST 

America?  Foreign?  You  bet  it  is!  After  all,  what 
could  be  more  foreign  than  2,000.000  wilderness 
acres  where  snow-clad  peaks  soar  into  skies  that 
have  neuer  known  pollution's  taint?  Or  solitary 
lakes  and  rivers  so  pure  that  you  can  lie  on  your 
belly  and  drink  your  fill  Or  cathedral  groves  of  giant 
cedar  that  were  ancient  before  Columbus  This  is 
the  awesome  Selway  Bitterroot  Wilderness  where 
we  —  your  licensed  and  bonded  outfitters  —  will 
guide  you  into  the  private  domain  of  deer,  bear,  elk, 
cougar,  wheeling  eagles  and  fighting  trout. 
Roadless    Spectacular   Wild    And  Free  Mean- 

while, back  at  the  ranch,  superb  log  cabins  and 
authentic  teepees  house  our  guests  in  the  Old  West 
setting  of  a  working  ranch  Enjoy  riding,  hiking, 
boating,  fishing,  swimming,  chuck  wagon  feeds, 
moonlight  cruises,  weekly  rodeos  and  just  easy 
relaxin'  by  the  shining  lakes  of  Idaho's  unspoiled 
panhandle.   Good  fun!  Great  food!  Grand  friend- 


TIMBER  RIDGE  RANCH 

P.O.  Box  83-NH  •  HARRISON,  IDAHO  83833 

Please  tell  me  more  about  "foreign"  America  Send 
me  complete  information  on  wilderness  and  ranch 
vacations  today! 

Name    . 


Address 

C.tv 

Zip   


State  _ 
Phone  . 


Free  1976 

outdoor 

catalog 

endorsed 

by  the 

experts. 


Get  REI's  free  outdoor  catalog  with  over  1 600 
top-quality  items  for  outdoor  people.  You'll  find 
gear  and  clothing  for  mountaineering, 
backpacking,  cycling,  camping  and  more!  And  it's 
ail  available  at  low  REI  Co-op  prices. 
For  a  one-time  $2.00  membership,  you'll  gel  all 
our  upcoming  catalogs  and  an  annual  dividend  or 
money  you  spend  at  Recreational  Equipment. 
Last  year,  $1 ,900,000  was  declared  In  dividends  to 

Shop  REI  In  Seattle  and  Berkeley.  Use  coupon 

below  or  call  toll  free  tor  your  catalog 

(800)426-0351, 

G  I  want  to  be  a  MEMBER  encloaed  is  $2.00. 

3  Please  send  me  FREE  color  catalog  only, 

NAME 


ADDRESS 

CITY 

RTATF 

ZIP 

4i^ 

NH-3-C 

Rec 

"The  0 

PC 

igin 
Bo« 

Clonal  Equipment:  Inc. 
al  Outdoor  Co-op— Est    1938  " 
22090,  Seattle,  WA  98122 

— ™   ^ 

^    ^   ^ 

^   ■ 

^  ^ 

Additional  Reading 


Louis  Pasteur  (p,  8) 

The  best  biography  of  Pasteur,  accord- 
ing to  Rene  Dubos,  is  Pasteur:  The  His- 
tory of  a  Mind,  ■written  in  1896  by  Emile 
Duclaux,  his  collaborator  and  successor 
at  the  Pasteur  Institute;  a  reprint  of  a  1920 
translation  is  currently  available  (Metu- 
chen:  Scarecro'w  Press,  1973,  $12.50). 
This  almost  psychological  study  provides 
a  unique  interpretation  of  the  mind  of  Pas- 
teur at  work.  An  official  biographical  ac- 
count. The  Life  of  Pasteur,  was  produced 
in  1899byRene  Vallery-Radot,  Pasteur's 
son-in-law  and  secretary;  the  1923  Eng- 
lish translation  has  since  been  reprinted 
(Ann  Arbor:  Finch  Press,  $14). 

Rain-making  Forests  (p.  22) 

General  information  on  the  ecological 
processes  characteristic  of  mountain  and 
coastal  forests  in  which  "fog  drip" 
occurs  is  found  in  a  chapter  entitled  "The 
Mountain  Roots"  in  New  England 
Wilds,  by  Ogden  Tanner  (New  York: 
Time-Life  Books,  1974).  Vogelmann's 
"Precipitation  from  Fog  Moisture  in  the 
Green  Mountains  of  Vermont' '  {Ecology, 
1968,  vol.  49,  pp.  1205-1207)  describes 
the  methodology  he  and  his  colleagues 
used.  Of  particular  interest  to  mountain 
or  coastal  residents  wishing  to  experi- 
ment themselves  is  the  "five  and  dime" 
equipment  employed  in  these  tech- 
nologically advanced  times  to  achieve 
such  significant  findings.  (The  author 
notes  that  in  the  study  of  Mexican  coastal 
regions  described  in  this  issue  a  total  of 
only  $6.50  in  supplies  was  required.) 

County  Donegal  (p.  26) 

Historian-geographer  E.  Estyn  Evans, 
in  his  book  Irish  Folkways  (Boston:  Rout- 
ledge  &  Kegan  Paul,  1966,  $6.50),  traces 
modern  practices  in  the  Irish  countryside 
as  they  evolved  from  the  invasions  and 
conquests  of  Ireland  over  the  centuries. 
In  contrast,  anthropologists  Conrad  M. 
Arensberg  and  Solon  T.  Kimball,  in  their 
ethnographic  account  of  one  community 
in  the  west  of  Ireland  in  the  1920s,  FawiVy 
and  Community  in  Ireland  (2nd  ed.  Cam- 
bridge: Harvard  University  Press,  1968), 
present  a  contemporary  picture  of  family 
and  social  relationships.  A  lucid  discus- 
sion of  Irish  political  history  relative  to 
the  ecology  of  the  land  is  found  in  A.R. 
Orme's  Ireland  (Chicago:  Aldine  Pub- 
lishing, 1970).  T.W.  Freeman's  7re/and; 
A  General  and  Regional  Geography  (4th 
ed.  New  York:  Barnes  &  Noble,  1972) 
presents  a  thorough  discussion  of  County 
Donegal.  R.N.  Salaman's  The  History 


and  Social  Influence  of  the  Potato,  reis- 
sued in  1970  (Cambridge:  Cambridge 
University  Press),  tells  the  absorbing 
story  of  this  one  plant,  which  figured  so 
prominently  in  Irish  history,  tracing  the 
importance  of  the  potato  crop  to  the  sur- 
vival of  the  Irish  people  during  periods 
of  conquest. 

Antarctic  Deep  Divers  (p.  36) 

G.L.  Kooyman's  "The  Weddell  Seal" 
(Scientific  American,  1969,  vol.  221,  no. 
2,  pp.  100-106)  and  Ian  Stirling's  "Ecol- 
ogy of  the  Weddell  Seal  in  McMurdo 
Sound,  Antarctica"  (Ecology,  1969,  vol. 
50,  pp.  573-586)  provide  background 
material  on  the  biology,  breeding  cycles, 
and  behavioral  adaptations  of  these  seals 
to  their  harsh  environment.  Comparable 
information  on  the  emperor  penguin  is 
found  in  Jean  Rivolier's  "Polar  Realm  of 
the  Emperor"  (Natural  History,  1959, 
vol.  68,  no.  2,  pp.  66-81)  and  in  J.C. 
Deguine's  photographic  essay.  Emperor 
Penguin:  Bird  of  the  Antarctic  (Brattle- 
boro:  Stephen  Greene  Press,  1974). 

Physiologist  P.F.  Scholander's  "The 
Master  Switch  of  Life"  (Scientific  Amer- 
ican, 1963,  vol.  209,  no.  6,  pp.  92-106) 
discusses  the  adaptations  in  the  circula- 
tory and  respiratory  systems  of  deep-div- 
ing animals  that  allow  extended  breath 
holding.  G.L.  Kooyman  and  H.T.  An- 
dersen's "Deep  Diving,"  in  The  Biology 
of  Marine  Mammals  (New  York:  Aca- 
demic Press,  1968,  pp.  65-94),  edited  by 
Andersen,  details  the  diving  physiology 
of  seals  and  whales,  while  Kooyman's 
"Behavior  and  Physiology  of  Diving," 
in  The  Biology  of  Penguins  (London: 
MacMillan  Press,  1975,  pp.  115-137), 
edited  by  B.  Stonehouse,  deals  similarly 
with  penguins  as  a  group. 

Carnivorous  Baboons  (p.  46) 

Summaries  of  primate  behavior  are 
found  in  Alison  Jolly's  The  Evolution  of 
Primate  Behavior  (New  York:  Macmil- 
lan,  1972,  $4.95)  and  Hans  Kummer's 
Primate  Societies:  Group  Techniques  of 
Ecological  Adaptation  (Chicago:  Aldine 
Publishing,  1971,  $2.95).  Baboon  Ecol- 
ogy: African  Field  Research,  by  Stuart 
and  Jeanne  Altmann  (Chicago:  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago  Press,  1970),  is  based  on 
studies  in  Kenya  in  the  early  1960s;  this 
monograph  presents  the  general  back- 
ground of  the  species  and  remains  the 
most  complete  study  available  of  baboons 
in  their  natural  environment.  Anthro- 
pologist R.A.  Dart's  "The  Carnivorous 
Propensity  of  Baboons"  (Symposia  of  the 


68 


Zoological  Society  of  London,  1963,  vol. 
10,  pp.  49-56)  summarizes  anecdotal  ac- 
counts and  authenticated  cases  of  carniv- 
orous behavior  in  southern  African  ba- 
boons. Geza  Teleki  presents  evidence  for 
meat  eating  as  an  important  element  of 
the  natural  history  of  another  close  rela- 
tive of  man  in  "The  Omnivorous  Chim- 
panzee" (Scientific  American,  1973, 
vol.  228,  no.  1,  pp.  32-42).  George 
Schaller  and  G.  Lowther's  "The  Rele- 
vance of  Carnivore  Behavior  to  the  Study 
of  Early  Hominids"  (Southwestern  Jour- 
nal of  Anthropology,  1969,  vol.  25,  pp. 
307-341)  is  considered  a  key  paper  in  the 
historical  development  of  animal  models 
of  early  human  populations. 

Northwest  Coast  Indian  Art  (p.  54) 

Both  Northwest  Coast  Indian  Art:  An 
Analysis  of  Form,  by  Bill  Holm  (Seattle: 
University  of  Washington  Press,  1970, 
$4.95),  and  Art  of  the  Northwest  Coast 
Indians,  by  R.B.  Inverarity  (2nd  ed. 
Berkeley:  University  of  California  Press, 
1967,  $7.95),  give  examples  and  analy- 
ses of  Indian  art.  Haida  Indian  carver 
William  Reid  and  photographer  Adelaide 
De  Menil  interpret  the  work  of  the  totem 
pole  artisans  in  Out  of  the  Silence  (New 
York:  Harper  &  Row,  1972,  $4.95);  the 
account  was  excerpted  in  the  February 
1972  issue  of  Natural  History  (vol.  81, 
no.  2,  pp.  64-73).  Polly  and  Leon 
Miller's  Lost  Heritage  of  Alaska:  The 
Adventure  and  Art  of  the  Alaskan 
Coastal  Indians  (Cleveland:  World  Pub- 
lishing, 1967)  tells  of  the  men  who  first 
contacted  the  Indians  and  collected  much 
of  the  art  now  displayed  in  museums  and 
art  collections. 

The  exhibition  of  Northwest  Coast  In- 
dian Art  described  in  Form  and  Freedom, 
by  B .  Holm  and  W .  Reid  (Houston :  Insti- 
tute for  the  Arts,  Rice  University,  1975), 
will  be  in  Australia  throughout  1976;  in 
Toronto,  at  the  Art  Gallery  of  Ontario, 
from  mid-January  through  March  1977; 
at  the  Seattle  Art  Museum  in  May  and 
June  1977;  in  San  Francisco,  at  the  M.H. 
de  Young  Memorial  Museum,  from  Feb- 
ruary through  May  1978;  and  sometime 
after  that  at  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of 
Art  in  New  York. 

Gordon  Beckhorn 
ERRATUM:  The  December  1975 
article  "The  Tea  Mystique"  erron- 
eously stated  that  more  tea  than  cof- 
fee is  consumed  each  year  in  the 
United  States.  The  statement  should 
have  read  more  tea  than  coffee  is  con- 
sumed worldwide. 


lOUROMANIA 


Got  a  mania  lo  roam!  Ik-re's  a  Ircc  bout 

full  of  European  tours  with  the  accent  on 

high  adventure,  and  low  cost '  We  spotlight 

romantic  Romania.  . .  from  the  Dracula 

country  of  the  wild  Carpathians  and 

the  painted  monasteries  of  Moldavia 

to  sophisticated  Bucharest  and 

the  swinging  Black  Sea  resorts 

Our  TOUROMANIA 

brochure  lists  hundreds 

of  vacation  bargains  .  . 

independent  lours  in 

Romania  ,  from  S  23  a  das 

and  multi-country  escorted 

tours  including  Romania 

Storybook  Europe'  li  rcalK 

still  exists.  Let  us  guide 

you  to  it ! 


ROMANIAN  NATIONAL  TOURIST  OFFICE 

500  Fillh  Avenue.  New  York,  NY.  10036     Depi  NH-2  | 

Please  send  my  tree  copies  of  the  TOUROMANIA  '76 
tour  brochure  and  guidetxxik  to  Romania. 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Journeys  into  hidden  worlds  with 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  invites  you  on 
journeys  to  the  great  continent  of 
South  America.  Here  you  may  visit 
some  of  the  most  scenic  areas  in  the 
world.  Ethnically  and  culturally  they 
are  also  veryexciting.  Foritwas  here 
that  the  proud  and  peace-loving  civ- 
ilization of  the  Incas  spread  their 
empire  from  shore  to  shore.  And  on 
Easter  Island  a  pre-historic  people 
erected  huge  stone  statues  that 
even  today  puzzle  anthropologists. 
Seek  out  and  witness  the  achieve- 


ments of  these  amazing  cultures. 
Perhaps  you  want  to  explore  the 
headwaters  of  the  mighty  Amazon 
or  visit  Tierra  del  Fuego  on  an  in- 
credible Nature  Tour.  All  of  these 
expeditions  are  fully  described  in 
our'Lindblad  in  South  America"  bro- 
chure. Write  for  it  today  or  see  your 
travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.     NHSA376 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

(212)  751-2300 


69 


Back  Numbers 


NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976.  Any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants.  Buxbaum  Geographies, 
Box  465-NH,  Wilmington,  DE  19899 


Birding 


MADERA  CANYON— "Bird  Paradise  of  ttie  West" 
In  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains,  south  of  Tucson.  Over 
200  species  to  be  seen;  other  fine  birding  areas 
nearby.  Excellent  dining;  fine  rooms  and  cottages, 
all  with  kitchenettes.  Low  rates.  Free  brochure  and 
bird  list.  Santa  Rita  Lodge,  Box  444,  Amado,  AZ 
85640 


FINEST  WILD  BIRD  HOMES  AND  FEEDERS,  Free 
literature.  Dial-A-Bird,  Box  449Y,  Westwood,  NJ 
07675 


Books 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  90  DAYS  Wanted:  book 
manuscripts  on  all  subjects.  Expert  editing,  design, 
manufacture  and  marketing — all  under  one  roof. 
Completed  books  in  90  days.  Low  break-even.  Two 
FREE  books  and  literature  give  details,  costs,  suc- 
cess stories.  Write  or  phone  Dept.  779,  Exposition 
Press,  Inc.,  900  So.  Oyster  Bay  Rd.,  Hicksville,  NY 
11801.  (516)  822-5700;  (212)  895-0081 

PYRAMIDOLOGY:  Extensive  book  and  product 
catalogue,  25(8  please.  Pyramids,  8140  Big  Bend, 
Webster  Groves,  MO  631 19 


Business  Opportunities 


$300.00  WEEKLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Details,  stamped  envelope.  ISCO, 
3835  42nd,  San  Diego,  CA  92105 

$800.00  MONTHLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Rush  stamped  envelope.  United, 
3838V2  Van  Dyke,  San  Diego,  CA  92105 


Employment 


AUSTRALIA— NEW  ZEALAND  WANT  YOUM!  50,- 
000  Jobs!  Paid  Transportation.  Latest  Information, 
forms:  $1.00.  AUSTCO,  Box  3623-NH,  Long 
Beach,  CA  90803 

OVERSEAS  JOBS:  NOW  HIRING,  103  Countries, 
All  Occupations,  High  Pay,  Free  Transportation, 
Tax  Benefits,  Latest  Computerized  Reports;  $2.00. 
TRANSWORLD,  International  Airport,  Box  90802- 
NH,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90009 


TEACHERS-ADMINISTRATORS.  Current  school, 
college  openings  lists:  U.S.,  $5.95;  abroad,  $5.95. 
Leading  placement  sources,  U.S.,  $3.95;  foreign, 
$4.95.  EIS,  Box  662,  Newton,  MA  02162 


Gifts 


CLEAR  LUCITE  BLOCKS:  WE  EMBED  COINS, 
medals,  insects,  mementos  of  all  kinds.  One  piece 
orquantity.  For  prices,  information;  Quality  Embed- 
ment Co.,  20  West  22  Street,  NYC  10010.  212-255- 
8855 


Gourmet  Interests 


TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Grace  Tea  Importers,  Dept.  NH36,  799  Broadway, 
NYC,  10003.  Free  brochure. 


instruction 


READ  FRENCH,  GERMAN,  ITALIAN,  SPANISH 
without  memorizing!  Send  for  free  descriptive  Lon- 
don Daily  Telegraph  feature  article.  Templegate 
Publishers,  Box  5152A,  Springfield,  IL  62705 


Maga2ine  Subscriptions 


FREE  LIST.  Magazine  Subscriptions  at  Lowest 
Prices  Available  Anywhere.  Magazine  House,  Box 
390L,  Millwood,  NY  10546 


iVIotion  Pictures 


16MM  SOUND  FEATURES,  shorts,  new,  used,  for 
sale.  Free  catalog.  National  Cinema,  333  W  57th 
St.,  New  York,  NY  10019 


_TF(ETV[^I^ET_ 


Ptiotographiy 

BASIC  AND  ADVANCED  WORKSHOPS  with  mas- 
ter  photographers.  For  scientists,  professionals, 
and  amateurs  One-week  to  three-month  pro- 
grams. Maine  Photographic  Workshops,  Rockport 
ME  04856 

DISPLAY  YOUR  BEST  SLIDES,  We'll  make  excel- 
lent color  prints  for  you.  8x10,  $8.  11x14  $15 
Superior  Color,  Box  632,  Brockton,  MA  02401 

Travel 

ADIRONDACK  LODGES  on  Upper  Saranac,  avail- 
able by  half-month  or  month.  July  through  Sep- 
tember. Bartlett  Carry  Club,  Rural  Route,  Tupper 
Lake,  NY  12986 

ADVENTURES  IN  OCEANOGRAPHY;  Wilderness 
Trips.  Beautiful  Mount  Desert  Island,  Maine.  Ocean 
sailing  navigation;  marine  biology.  Whitewater  ca- 
noeing; mountain  climbing.  Swimming,  sailing, 
tennis.  Beech  Cliff  Adventures,  Box  536,  Concord 
MA  01 742.  (61 7)  369-4095 

ANTHROPOLOGY,  NATURAL  HISTORY,  and  na- 
ture  photography  expeditions  to  unique  environ- 
ments of  the  world  including  Afghanistan,  Alaska, 
East  Africa,  Galapagos,  Hawaii,  Mexico,  Scotland, 
and  South  America.  For  1976/1977  catalog  write: 
Nature  Expeditions  International,  Dept.  NC,  Suite 
F,  4546  Camino  Real,  Los  Altos,  CA  94022 

CIRCLE  Z  RANCH!  Horseback  riding,  fantastic 
birding,  tennis,  heated  pool,  historic  unspoiled 
area.  November  through  May,  Limit  40  guests.  Bro- 
chure: Box  194,  Patagonia,  AZ  85624 

ICELAND  GEOLOGY  FIELD  TRIP.  All-inclusive  1 2- 
days.  Information:  EDPA,  16  Aberdeen  Road 
Peekskill,  NY  10566 ' 

INTERNATIONAL  ZOOLOGICAL  EXPEDITIONS  in- 
vites you  to  explore  tropical  rain  forests,  Mayan 
ruins,  caves,  Indians,  coral  reefs  and  the  flora  and 
fauna  of  Central  America.  Travel  in  small  groups 
with  noted  biologists  on  a  free-roving  expedition— 
NOT  a  programmed  tour— Call  or  write:  IZE,  Wash- 
ington St.,  Sherborn,  MA  01770.  (617)  655-1461 


SOUTHWEST  SAFARIS:  Air  tours  of  New  Mexico, 
Colorado,  Utah  and  Arizona.  Camping,  hiking,  rid- 
ing, rafting.  Geology,  archaeology,  ecology,  his- 
tory.  Brochure:  P.O.  Box  945,  Santa  Fe.  NM  87501 

WILDERNESS  AND  WHITEWATER  float  trips,  Utah 
and  Wyoming,  Slickrock  River  Company  Box 
10543,  Denver,  CO  80210 

WILDLIFE  IN  SCOTLAND.  Wild  deer,  seals,  loons, 
eagles,  many  other  creatures,  amid  mountain,  loch, 
pinewood.  All-inclusive  vacations.  For  illustrated 
brochure  send  airmail  postcard:  Caledonian  Wild- 
life Services,  Kingsmills  Gardens,  Inverness  IV2 
3LU,  Scotland 

YUKON  WILDERNESS  UNLIMITED,  11  years  of 
personally  conducted  wilderness  vacations.  Write 
for  1976  Itinerary.  John  Lammers,  Box  4126,  White- 
horse,  Yukon  Y1A3S9 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 


$1.50  per  word;  16  word  ($24)  minimum.  Display 
classified  is  $1 50  per  inch.  Rates  are  not  structured 
for  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing.  All 
advertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S discretion:  all  must  be  prepaid.  Send 
check/money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY for  each  Insertion,  Including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone.  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text.  Deadlines— 8th  of 
month,  two  months  prior  to  cover  date.  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication. 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words;  abbreviations  and 
zip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
In  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip,  then  telephone 
(with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  "18 
Main  St."  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  for  clarity  Is  required .  We  trust  you  trust 
us.  Thank  you  I 


Arlhur  Avenue.  Ttie  Bronx 


70 


Books  in  Review 


by  Stanley  A.  Freed 


The  Cree's 
Day  in  Court 


Strangers  Devour  the  Land,  by 
Boyce  Richardson.  Alfred  A.  Knopf, 
Inc.  $12.50:  342  pp.,  illus. 

At  the  heart  of  Richardson's  book 
is  the  classic  conflict  of  the  large  mod- 
ern industrial  nation  and  the  small  tra- 
ditional society.  The  government  of 
Quebec  regarded  a  huge  hydro- 
electric project,  to  be  undertaken  on 
the  land  of  some  6,000  Cree  Indians 
and  Inuit  (Eskimo),  as  basic  to  the 
economic  future  of  the  province .  The 
native  people,  many  of  whom 
hunted,  trapped,  and  fished,  feared 
that  the  project,  which  would  flood 
some  of  their  land  and  cause  other 
ecological  disturbance,  would  be  de- 
structive of  their  traditional  culture. 
They  went  to  court  to  halt  the  project. 

Unabashedly  partisan,  Richardson 
casts  the  story  in  the  now-familiar 
terms  of  the  insensitive,  perhaps 
wicked  white  man  and  the  noble  na- 
tive. The  project  was  "a  ferocious 
onslaught"  on  native  traditions. 
Richardson  interprets  the  govern- 
ment's response  to  the  native 
people's  contention  that  the  project 
would  destroy  their  culture  as  saying 
in  effect,  "So  the  Cree  would  be  des- 
troyed? So  what?"  The  white  man 
can  do  nothing  right.  One  would 
imagine  that  Richardson  would  see 
some  value  in  modern  education;  the 
Indians  did,  to  judge  from  their  ap- 
pointment of  a  25-year-old  man,  pre- 
sumably because  of  his  education,  as 
one  of  their  three  negotiators.  Ri- 
chardson comments,  however,  that 
the  young  man,  although  respectful 
of  Indian  values,  had  been  "alienated 
from  his  culture  by  his  many  years  of 
white  man's  schooling." 

Couched  in  such  terms,  the  book 
is  designed  to  arouse  emotions  as 
much  as  to  inform.  The  reader  pro- 


ceeds with  a  sense  of  foreboding,  ex- 
pecting to  find  in  the  last  chapter  the 
description  of  some  disaster  that  had 
befallen  the  Cree  and  Inuit.  Instead, 
one  reads  terms  of  a  settlement  that 
could  easily  be  viewed  as  generous. 
Among  its  provisions,  the  settlement 
awarded  the  native  people  $150,- 
000,000.  They  would  also  receive  no 
less  than  25  percent  of  the  royalties 
that  Quebec  would  receive  from  all 
development  in  the  designated  terri- 
tory during  the  next  50  years,  such 
royalties  in  each  case  to  be  payable 
for  20  years.  The  native  people  also 
achieved,  the  major  modification  that 
they  had  requested,  the  relocation  of 
a  proposed  dam.  The  government 
promised  to  provide  a  guaranteed  an- 
nual income,  higher  than  welfare 
benefits,  for  any  native  person  who 
wished  to  hunt,  trap,  and  fish  as  a  way 
of  life.  It  was  the  first  guaranteed-in- 
come  scheme  for  any  Canadian 
group. 


i. 

spring.. 


INTERNATIONAL  SILVER 

Sterling  Silver 
Butterfly  Pendant 

A  delicate  flutter  of  silver. . .  for  those 
who  cherish  flights  of  fancy. . .  and  feel 
free  to  follow  a  friendly  breeze.  Comes 
with  a  tarnish-proof  rhodium  chain  and 
a  pin  attachment  so  it  can  be  worn  as 
either  a  pin  or  pendant.  Only  $15.00— 
a  small  price  to  make  a  heart  go  'aflutter 
this  spring. 

FOR  PHONfE  ORDERS,  call  800-243-3755 
toll-free  (in  Connecticut  call  collect 
235-6383)  and  give  us  your  charge  card 
number.  TO  ORDER  BY  MAIL,  use  this 
coupon.  i  International  1976 


231 


American  Archives,  Dept.  BF7 

122  Charles  Street,  P.O.  Box  1776 
Meriden,  Connecticut  06450 

Please  send  me (quantity)  Sterling 

Silver  Butterfly  Pendants  @  $15.00  each. 
(Conn,  residents  add  7%  sales  tax.) 
1  am  adding  45t    to  my  order  to  cover 
postage  and  handling. 

Total  Amount  enclosed  or  charged  $ 

CHECK  ONE; 

n  1  enclose  check  or  money  order  payable 
to  American  Archives. 

LJ  Charge  my  purchase  to: 

n  Diners  Club  D  American  Express 

D  Master  Charge     D  BankAmericard 
Expire 

Account  n  Date 


D  Please  send  me  your  latest  American 
Archives  catalog.  I  enclose  SOt  for 
postage  and  handling. 


Address- 
City 


_Zip_ 


No  C.O.D.'s.  Offer  good  in  U.S.A.  only,  except 
where  prohibited  or  restricted  by  law. 


71 


classic  No-Iron 
Poplin  Travel 
Slacks  $17* 
Shorts  $15** 

A  year  round  favourite 
for  travel,  work  and  lei- 
sure, our  handsome  pop- 
lin slacks  in  a  quick  dry- 
ing, permanent  press 
blend  of  cotton  and  Dac- 
ron.  Classic  belt  loop 
model  with  pre-cuffed 
straight  bottoms.  Pro- 
portioned with  extra 
room  at  knee,  thigh  and 
seat  for  a  more  comfort- 
able and  better  fitting 
slack.  In  tan,  faded  blue 
or  navy.  See  size  chart 
below.  *Sizes  44-46, 
$19.  Walk  shorts,  30  to 
42.  **Sizes  44-48,  $17. 


Warst 

Inseams  Available 

30 

28-29-30-31 

31 

28-29-30-31-32 

32-33 

28-29-30-31-32-33 

34-36-38-40.42 

28-29-30  31-32  33-34 

44-46  • 

29-30-31-32 

D  Check    Charge:  D  M/C  D  B/A  D  Cable  Car  Chg 

Bank  Card  # Exp 

Add  $1.85  Ship.  &  Hdig  :  6>,i%  Sales  Tax  in  Calif. 
D  Please  send  catalogue  .'.9  03  01 


out  of  print,scaree,  rare  NATURAL  mSTORY  BOOKS 

r^  Botany,  Zoology, 

[tl&S*  Orchidology, 

Ornithology,  Entomology, 
Ichthyology, 
Herpetolopy.  etc. 
CATALOGUE  AVAILABLE 
19  Olford  PI«e/RKlnil!c  Centre.  New  yofk  11570 


Hank  &  Sharon  Miller 

•HELLS  CANYON 

•  SALMON  RIVER 

•  MIDDLE  FORK 

ID4HO 
ilDMENFURES 

BOX  e34-H    SALMON,  IDAHO    83467 
PHONE  (208)  756-2986 


With  considerable  justification, 
some  Indian  leaders  described  the  set- 
tlement as  a  victory.  Nonetheless, 
Richardson  insists  on  deriding  not  so 
much  the  settlement  as  the  means  by 
which  it  was  achieved.  "The  native 
people  had  no  choice  but  to  settle  with 
the  government.  Now  they  had 
merely  to  make  the  best  of  the  agree- 
ment that  was  forced  on  them."  The 
Indians  themselves  had  a  more  real- 
istic view.  An  Indian  leader,  an- 
nouncing the  settlement,  said,  "It  has 
been  a  tough  fight  and  our  people  are 
still  very  much  opposed  to  the  proj- 
ect, but  they  realize  that  they  must 
share  the  resources  [with  the  rest  of 
the  people  of  Quebec].  We  believe 
that  the  agreement  is  the  best  way  to 
protect  our  land  from  white  man's  in- 
trusions. ...  We  believe  that  this 
agreement  guarantees  the  future  of 
our  children,  and  also  that  we  can 
continue  to  live  in  harmony  with  na- 
ture." 

Richardson's  approach  has  disad- 
vantages other  than  the  arousal  of 
emotions  for  an  eventual  letdown. 
First,  he  misses  much  of  importance 
in  the  event.  If  the  settlement  was  a 
victory  for  the  6,000  native  people, 
it  was  also  a  victory  for  the  6  million 
people  of  Quebec.  It  has  not  been  so 
very  many  years  since  even  the  best 
and  most  gentle  Euro-Canadians  and 
Euro-Americans  did  not  question 
their  right  to  appropriate  Indian  land. 
Against  such  a  background,  the  set- 
tlement represents  a  growth  of  social 
conscience  and  considerable  sensi- 
tivity to  the  rights  and  needs  of  a 
small  minority.  The  legal  processes 
of  democratic  countries  have  much  in 
their  favor. 

A  second  disadvantage  of  the  good 
versus  evil  approach  is  that  the  com- 
promise and  adjustment  needed  to 
solve  stubborn  problems,  such  as 
those  of  education,  become  more 
difficult.  There  are  ways  in  which 
modern  education  does  "alienate" 
people  from  traditional  customs.  To 
be  a  professional  trapper  and  hunter, 
one  must  devote  considerable  time  to 
learning  the  necessary  skills  as  an  ad- 
olescent. If  these  years  are  spent  in 
school  preparing  for  a  career  in  air- 
craft maintenance  or  law,  one  is  ill- 
prepared  to  live  as  a  trapper.  Modern 
education  imparts  values  as  well  as 
technical  skills.  A  traditional  empha- 
sis on  generosity  and  sharing  might 
be  partially  replaced  by  a  concern  for 
the  accumulation  of  personal  wealth. 
But  is  this  situation  a  problem,  and 
if  so,  what  is  the  remedy?  Would 


Incredible  Africa! 

MARCH  17,  1976  Join  JOHN  WIL- 
LIAMS on  a  special  30-day  safari  in 
Kenya  following  bird  migration.  JULY 
21,  1976  Another  JOHN  WILLIAMS 
departure  featuring  rare  birds,  big  game 
and  wildflowers.  30  days  in  Kenya. 
$2670.00  each  plus  air  fare. 
AUGUST  12,  1976  Unique  FAMILY 
SAFARI  includes  best  game  parks  in 
Kenya  and  Tanzania,  a  trek  on  Mt. 
Kenya,  built-in  educational  features. 
ALSO  exciting  WALKING  SAFARI  for 
those  who  wish  to  see  Africa  in  a  special 
way.  Both  21 -day  safaris  $2476.00  in- 
cluding air  fare  from  New  York. 
SEPTEMBER  15  and  OCTOBER  13, 
1976  ROOT  &  LEAKEY  19-day  natural 
history  tented  and  lodge  safari  in  Kenya 
and  Tanzania.  $1795.00  plus  air  fare. 
Limited  to  16  members. 

SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD.  Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  941 1 1 

(415)788-7186 


IN-BRIEF' 


Craftsmanship 

and  rustiL  slyhng 

200  year  heritage.  Hand-rubbed 

chestnut    brown    leather.    Brass    hardware.    Legal 

size,     Ms,     version    has    shoulder    strap    added. 

Branded  initials  add  $5.  Send  for  brochure.  Also 

available  with  original  cattle  brand  —  S86.  Please 

add  $2  for  postage. 


!,  (^igobiiClassics ) 

P.O.  Box  729,  Dept.  302 
Boulder,  Colorado  80302 


72 


BETTLES.  BUTTERFLIES  and  INSECTS 

horn  MALAYSIA, 

AFRICA,  BRAZIL. 

etc. 

Send  $1.00 
For  64  Page  Catalog 

,  COMPLETE  SaENTmC. 

P.O.  Box  307-N 
Round  Lake.  Ilfinois  60073 

QUESTERS  WORLD 
OF  NATURE  TOURS 

You  may  find  some  tours  similar  to  ours  in  other 
programs.  But  because  we  are  the  only  profes- 
sional travel  company  specializing  exclusively  in 
nature  tours,  you  have  three  advantages  with  us: 

•  The  largest  selection  of  nature  tours  to 
virtually  every  area  of  the  world. 

•  The  best  expedition  leaders  available. 

•  The  assurance  that  our  experience  and 
expertise  will  make  your  tour  rewarding. 

Consider  Ouesters.  The  1976/77  Directory  of 
Worldwide  Nature  Tours  lists  3 1  tours  ranging 
in  duration  from  4  to  36  days. 
Call  or  write  today  or  see  your  ,^ 
Travel  Agent  for  your  free  copy. 

Questers  Tows" 

AND  TRAVEL.  INC. 

DEPT.  NH-376,  257  PARK  AVENUE  SO. 

NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10010/(212)673-3120 


Richardson  seriously  propose  Ihat  na- 
tive ciiildren  be  denied  tiie  opportu- 
nity to  prepare  for  careers  in  thie  mod- 
ern Canadian  economy?  Does  lie  vis- 
ualize an  unchanging  culture  forever 
preserved  on  a  reservation?  Even 
were  such  a  solution  considered  de- 
sirable, it  would  be  impractical  and, 
in  the  end,  would  fail. 

Richardson,  a  journalist  and  lilm 
producer,  has  traveled  and  inter- 
viewed widely  in  native  territory,  and 
his  account  of  the  legal  case  is  in- 
terspersed with  many  revealing  vi- 
gnettes of  modern  native  life.  Al- 
though the  traditional  aspects  of  na- 
tive culture  appeal  to  him  most,  the 
cultural  and  emotional  complexity  of 
the  current  situation  is  always  appar- 
ent. From  his  interviews  in  Fort 
George,  for  example,  Richardson  de- 
tected "a  curious  ambivalence  about 
the  younger  men,  those  working 
around  town.  .  .  .  Most  of  them  had 
excuses  ...  for  not  being  out  on  the 
land  .  .  .  family  troubles  and  so  on — 
and  it  was  not  being  unduly  skeptical 
to  feel,  as  one  of  the  journalists  with 
me  said,  that  'if  the  times  comes,  I 
doubt  if  we  will  find  them  flocking 
back  to  the  trapline.  .  .  .'  " 

In  Richardson's  account,  one  hears 
not  only  echoes  of  traditional  customs 
and  values,  but  also,  ever  more  insis- 
tently, the  attitudes  of  the  Western 
mercantile  and  industrial  civilization 
that  had  its  origins  in  the  Middle  East 
millennia  ago,  when  the  nomadic 
hunting  ancestors  of  modern  Indians 
were  settling  the  New  World.  Behind 
some  of  the  statements  of  Indian  lead- 
ers, as  they  announced  the  settle- 
ment, one  can  almost  sense  the 
famous  verse  of  Omar  Khayyam. 

Ah,  take  the  Cash,  and 
let  the  Credit  go. 
Nor  heed  the  rumble  of  a 
distant  Drum! 

The  native  people  of  Canada  and 
the  United  States  have  been  the  vic- 
tims of  injustice.  They  currently  have 
special  problems  that  merit  the  atten- 
tion of  the  larger  society.  It  is  doubt- 
ful, however,  that  cultural  and  intel- 
lectual isolation  will  be  the  solution. 
For  better  or  for  worse,  the  native 
people  of  Canada  and  the  United 
States  are  part  of  their  nations  and  the 
world. 


Stanley  A .  Freed  is  chairman  and  cu- 
rator of  the  Department  of  Anthro- 
pology at  The  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History. 


iiSSSSSSSSSSSSSi^ 


What  can  we  learn  from 
the  story  of  a  19th  century 
whaling  voyage? 

You  will  come  to  know  the 
whalers,  cabinetmakers, 
chandlers  and 
tavern  keepers  of 
young  America  through 
the  programs  of 

The  Early 
merican  Society 


Membership  Chairman 

The  Early  American  Society 

3300  Walnut  St  ,  Boulder,  CO  80302 

Please  enroll  nr^e  as  a  member  m  the  Early 
American  Society  and  bill  my  annual 
dues  ot  $8.00  alter  I  have  received  rriy 
first  issue  of  EARLY  AMERICAN  LIFE. 
I  understand  that  if  the  first  issue  does 
not  live  up  to  my  expectations  1  may  can- 
cel without  further  obligation. 


City. 


We'll  give  you  great  projects  for  your  work- 
shop and  kitchen,  crafts  with  which  to 
create  a  colonial-style  home,  travel  ideas 
for  experiencing  "living  history,"  and  the 
fascinating  story  of  the  lives  ot  everyday 
Americans  of  the  period  1700-1850. 

Early  American  Lite,  our  bi-monthly 
magazine,  features  these  plus  programs 
of  enrichment  through  travel  and  historic 
assemblies  with  fellow  members.  You  may 
buy  books  at  discount  and  acquire  our 
society-sponsored  antiques  reproductions. 
Annual  dues  are  $8.00,  payable  after  you 
have  seen  your  first  issue  of  Early  Ameri- 
can Life.  Please  use  the  coupon  at  right. 


'^l\XV\VVV\VVV\VVXX\XV\\>XVVXXXXXXVWXX>>VX>XXXvw 


Who  says  vou  can't 

speak  another  language 

in  60  davs? 

With  Linguaphone,  you  can  speak  a  new  language — fluently  and 
Idiomatically — in  as  little  as  60  days.  It's  an  easy,  interesting,  natural 
method — used  by  leading  schools  and  universities  world-wide.  You 
listen  to  and  imitate  flawless  native  speakers.  No  old-fashioned  verb 
drills!  Over  4,000,000  successful  students. 
Record  and  cassette  courses  in  more  than 


20  languages. 


Free  Sample  Lesson! 

Mail  coupon  today  for  sample  lesson  in 
FrenchorSpanish.  (The  Linguaphone  method 
is  the  same  for  all  languages.)  See  how 
quickly,  easily,  you  can  learn  a  new  language 
with  Linguaphone! 


Here  is  yw»  S  ample  tesson 
hSpaniati-cdi'tpfcHents  o» 
Linguaphone! 


IINGIiAPHQNB 


.  with  Linguaphone!  L^KaJAR-KjhK     ^ 

a.        .  ■  ■         ...  ■  Ci^nH  csmnio  loccrtn   in"     PI    Frpnrh  V~\    ftnaniRh 


Llnjjuaphone  Institute.  Inc 

Dept.  NHP31  ,100  Park  Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 

I  want  to  learn  a  new 
language  In  my  own  home. 
Rush  FREE  sample  lesson 
Indicated,  plus  an  illustrated 
folder  that  gives  a  complete 
explanation.  I  understand 
I  will  be  under  no  obligation. 


Send  sample  lesson  in: 

D   Mr. 

n   Mrs. - 

D   Ms. 

Address- 


n  French         Q  Spanish 


City- 


.Zip. 


I  am  most  interested  in 
n   French     D  Spanish 


Q  Italian    n  German    D  Hebrew 


Linguaphone  tor  Languages  <^, 


=  of  Weslinghouse  Learning  Corporatu 


73 


Sky  Reporter 


by  Beatrice  M.  Tinsley 


Life  and  Death  in  the  Milky  Way 


Chemical  elements  in  our  galaxy 
are  made  and  recycled  as  stars 
are  born,  age,  and  die 

The  life  story  of  our  galaxy,  the 
Milky  Way,  is  the  history  of  our  cos- 
mic ancestry.  We  ourselves  are  made 
of  carbon,  oxygen,  nitrogen,  iron, 
and  dozens  of  other  elements,  which 
astrophysicists  believe  were  cooked 
inside  stars  that  lived  and  died  in  the 
Milky  Way  before  the  sun  was  born. 
Here  we  will  consider  some  current 
ideas  about  the  evolution  of  our  gal- 
axy and  the  origin  of  the  elements. 

To  begin  at  the  beginning:  Most  of 
the  atoms  in  the  Milky  Way  are  hy- 
drogen and  helium,  made  about  fif- 
teen billion  years  ago  in  the  explo- 
sive origin  of  our  universe  called  the 
Big  Bang  (see  "From  Big  Bang  to 
Eternity?"  Natural  History,  Octo- 
ber 1975).  The  Milky  Way  began 
as  a  great  ball  of  turbulent  hydro- 
gen and  helium  gas  that  first  ex- 
panded,   along    with   the    universe 
around  it;  but  within  two  billion  years 
of  the  Big  Bang,  the  ball  contracted, 
under  the  attraction  of  its  own  forces 
of  gravity,  and  collapsed.  Some  stars 
were  born  from  the  gas  during  the  col- 
lapse, but  most  of  the  gas  settled  into 
a  flat  disk  about  1,000  light-years 
thick  and  100,000  light-years  in  di- 
ameter. There,  over  billions  of  ye&rs, 
the  original  galactic  material  under- 
goes evolutionary  processes.  The  gas 
coalesces  into  clouds;   deep  inside 
these  clouds,  conditions  are  dense 
and  cool  enough  for  stars  to  be  born. 
The  stars  separate  from  their  parental 
clouds,  and  the  leftover  cloud  mate- 
rial (which  some  astronomers  call 
"placental")  disperses  into  a  diffuse 
gas,  ready  to  be  recycled  into  new 
stars  or  clouds. 

Little  by  little,  in  this  manner  the 
gas  in  the  Milky  Way  is  turned  into 
stars.  By  now  about  80  percent  of  our 
galaxy's  mass  is  in  living  stars  or  the 
corpses  of  dead  ones.  Our  sun  is  a 
typical  star,  born,  along  with  its 
planets,  more  than  halfway  through 
the  life  of  the  Milky  Way. 
We  must  now  ask  why  the  stars 


(and  the  solar  system)  are  not  made 
exclusively  of  hydrogen  and  helium 
from  the  Big  Bang,  but  also  contain 
small  amounts  of  carbon,  nitrogen, 
silicon,  iron,  and  other  elements.  The 
question  is  important  because  without 
these  heavier  elements  a  solid  earth 
would  be  impossible,  and  the  compli- 
cated molecules  that  make  up  living 
things  could  not  exist.  The  answer 
lies  in  the  life — and  death — of  stars. 
Each  star  spends  most  of  its  life  at 
a  rather  steady  size  and  luminosity  on 
the  so-called  main  sequence,  which  is 
a  well-defined  band  on  a  diagram  that 
plots  luminosity  against  temperature. 
The  main  sequence  contains  stars  up 
to  fifty  times  as  massive  as  the  sun, 
with  up  to  a  million  times  the  sun's 
luminosity,  and  stars  that  are  less  than 
10  percent  as  massive  as  the  sun  and 
a  thousand  times  fainter.  Within  the 
cores  of  main  sequence  stars,  nuclear 
reactions  take  place  that  convert  hy- 
drogen into  helium  and  release  huge 
amounts  of  energy  (these  reactions 
are  the  same  as  those  in  hydrogen 
bombs).  The  energy  is  emitted  by  the 
stars  as  light,  heat,  and  other  forms 
of  radiation. 

The  main  sequence  stage  of  a  star's 
life  lasts  until  all  the  hydrogen  fuel 
near  the  star's  center  has  been 
"burned"  to  helium.  Because  mas- 
sive stars  are  so  luminous,  they  radi- 
ate away  their  energy  and  use  up  their 
fuel  much  faster  than  smaller  stars; 
therefore,  although  massive  stars 
have  more  fuel  to  burn,  they  live  on 
the  main  sequence  for  a  much  shorter 
time  than  small  ones.  For  example, 
stars  with  more  than  five  times  the 
sun's  mass  (blue- white  stars  such  as 
Spica  in  the  constellation  Virgo)  live 
on  the  main  sequence  for  only  100 
million  years  or  less.  The  sun,  now 
41/2  billion  years  old,  is  halfway 
through  its  main  sequence  life.  But 
stars  with  less  than  the  sun's  mass  are 
still  main  sequence  stars  even  if  they 
were  among  the  first  to  be  born  in  the 
Milky  Way. 

Although  90  percent  of  a  star's  life- 
span is  spent  in  the  staid  main  se- 
quence stage,  the  stars'  old  ages  and 
deaths  are  more  important  for  the 


evolution  of  our  galaxy.  Less  massive 
than  our  sun,  the  smallest  stars, 
which  neither  mature  nor  die  during 
the  lifetime  of  our  galaxy,  affect  its 
evolution  by  merely  using  up  gas.  At 
least  half  the  mass  of  the  Milky  Way 
is  locked  up  in  such  stars. 

Those  stars  of  a  mass  from  just 
below  that  of  the  sun  to  five  times 
greater  swell  up  in  old  age  to  an  enor- 
mous size  and  become  red  giants  (ex- 
emplified by  the  red  star  Arcturus  in 
the  constellation  Bootes).  At  that 
stage,  they  rapidly  burn  a  lot  more  of 
their  hydrogen  into  helium,  then  burn 
the  helium  itself  into  carbon  by  an- 
other set  of  nuclear  reactions  and,  in 
some  cases,  burn  part  of  the  carbon 
into  oxygen.  Meanwhile,  these  red 
giants  are  blowing  away  their  outer 
layers  in  a  so-called  stellar  wind.  Fi- 
nally, more  of  the  star  is  puffed  off 
as  a  shell,  called  a  planetary  nebula 
(in  small  telescopes  the  diffuse  green 
light  of  these  shells  resembles  outer 
planets  like  Uranus). 

In  the  centers  of  planetary  nebulae 
are  blue- white  stars,  which  are  the 
cores  of  what  used  to  be  red  giants. 
These  cores  will  become  dead  stars, 
or  white  dwarfs — corpses  that  cool 
over  a  few  billion  years  from  white 
heat  to  dim  red  to  dark  invisibility. 
Such  will  be  the  fate  of  our  sun  in  six 
billion  years,  and  such  has  already 
been  the  fate  of  some  fifty  billion 
other  stars  in  the  Milky  Way. 

Stars  of  a  mass  from  that  of  the  sun 
up  to  five  times  greater  not  only  lock 
up  matter  in  their  corpses  but  also 
pour  into  our  galaxy  some  new  ele- 
ments made  during  their  lifetimes  and 
shed  in  the  stellar  winds  and  planetary 
nebulae.  These  elements  get  mixed 
into  the  interstellar  gas  and  are  even- 
tually condensed  into  clouds  that  give 
birth  to  new  stars.  So  it  is  that  later 
generations  of  stars  (and  their 
planets)  contain  the  products  of  nu- 
clear reactions  that  took  place  in  stars 
of  earlier  generations. 

In  fact  most  of  the  supply  of  new 
elements  in  our  galaxy  is  cooked  in 
stars  more  than  five  times  as  massive 
as  the  sun.  Such  stars  evolve  from  the 
main  sequence  into  red  supergiants 


74 


A  SPECIAL  CHARTER  OFFER,  A  FREE  BONUS,  AND  A  CHALLENGE... 

EXPLORE  8c  UNDERSTAND  THE 
WONDERS  OF  SR^VCE 

INTRODUCING  POPULAR  ASTRONOMY 
THE  FIRST  MAGAZINE  TO  EXPLAIN  THE  MYSTERIES  OF  THE  UNIVERSE 


II  gating  into  a  star-filled  sky-and  realizing 
man  has  begun  to  explore  space-leaves  you 
in  awe,  you're  not  alone. 
Aside  from  tfie  smattering  of  information  in 
the  news  magazines  and  the  technical 
treatises  in  the  scientific  press,  there  are  few 
places  you  can  turn  for  information  on 
astronomy  today. 

How  to  stay  up  on  man's  greatest 

exploration. 

Every  month  Popular  Astronomy  promises 

to  fill  the  information  void  on  astronomical 

developments. 

Popular  Astronomy  will  be  written  for  you 

and  other  intelligent  people  who  are  curious 

about  the  world  around  them  and  the 

worlds  beyond. 

It  will  be  written  by  experts-practicing 

scientists  and  professionals  in  astronomy 

and  space  technology. 

Most  important,  it  will  be  written  to  be 

understood. 

What  you'll  learn  in  Popular  Astronomy. 

With  our  distinguished  contributors,  you'll 

explore  the  facts  and  theories  that  explain 

the  past  and  present  of  our  universe-and 

predict  its  future. 

The  Sun:  As  dependable  as  day  and  night 

now,  but  what  of  the  future?  Will  it 

explode  ...  or  turn  into  a  cold  cinder  as  it 

uses  its  atomic  fuels? 

The  Jovian  Planets;  Jupiter,  Saturn.  Uranus, 

Neptune.  Strange  worlds  where  air  and  earth 

have  no  meaning.  Will  man  ever  set  foot  on 

their  "surface"? 

The  Earth;  Is  our  24-hour  day  stable?  Will 

the  moon  always  be  in  the  Earth's  sky? 

Some  scientists  say  no  to  both  questions. 

Find  out  why. 

The  Universe;  Did  it  begin  with  a  "big 

bang"  and  will  it  end  that  way?   Or.  can  we 

assume  it  will  always  exist? 


How  to  participate  in  the  exploration. 

Few  have  access  to  observatories  or  radio 

telescopes,  and  fewer  still  wilt  travel  as 

astronauts  in  our  lifetime. 

Still,  Popular  Astronomy  will  challenge  you 

to  participate  in  the  exploration  of  our 

world. 

We'll  challenge  you  to  build  your  own 

telescope.  And  give  you  easy-to-follow 

instructions  on  how  to  do  it. 

We'll  challenge  you  to  view  the  complexities 

of  the  galaxies.  And  provide  you  with 

detailed  maps  to  guide  you. 

We'll  tell  you  not  to  miss  celestial  events. 

And  provide  you  with  up-to-the-minute 

reminders  of  eclipses,  meteor  showers  and 

other  astronomical  events  you  can  view 

from  your  own  home. 

See  the  heavens  as  the  astronomers  do. 

Popular  Astronomy  will  be  as  beautiful  as 
the  heavens  it  explores.  It  will  be  produced 
on  high-quality,  coated  paper  with  an 
abundance  of  full-color  sections. 
In  our  pages,  you'll  see  first-hand  the 


panoramas  viewed  through  the  vxorld's 
largest  photographic  telescopes,  and  /ou  i 
see  brilliant,  scientifically-accurate 
illustrations  of  the  still-unseen  vistas  as 
interpreted  by  scientists  via  radio  telescopes. 
Plus,  many  issues  of  Popular  Astronomy  will 
contain  full-color  center  spreads  you'll  iind 
suitable  for  framing. 

A  special  offer  for  Charter  Subscribers. 

If  you've  ever  gazed  at  a  star-studded  sky 

and  wished  you  knew  more  about  its 

mysteries,  subscribe  to  Popular  Astronomy 

Now,  while  Charter  subscription  tjenefits  are 

in  effect. 

Fill  in  and  return  the  coupon  below  and 

we'll  send  you  the  Premier  Issue  of  Popular 

Astronomy  (sure  to  beconte  a  collectors' 

Item),  and  enter  a  one  year  subscription  in 

your  name  for  lust  S10 

Book  Club  benefits  included  free. 

As  a  bonus,  you  will  receive  free  member 
ship  in  the  Popular  Astronomy  Book  Club,  a 
no-obligation  club  that  enables  you  to 
purchase  astronomy-related  books  and 
equipment  at  substantial  savings 
Send  in  the  Charter  Subscription  coupon 
today  and  join  Popular  Astronomy's 
scientists/contributors  as  they  explore  man's 
last  frontier-space! 


"MAN 
ON  THE 
MOON" 

YOURS  ABSOLUTELY  FREE! 

The  Historic  Sounds  of  IVIan's  first  Lunar  Landing. 

You  can  now  receive  the  historic  record  album  "Man  on  the  Moon" 
free  when  you  become  a  Charter  Subscriber  to  Popular  Astronomy. 
Recorded  during  the  lunar  landing  and  narrated  by  Walter  Cronkite, 
this  timeless  record  is  sure  to  become  a  sought-after  collectors'  item. 
It  is  not  available  in  stores  and  cannot  be  purchased.  It  is  available 
only  to  our  Charter  Subscribers  and  only  while  the  supply  lasts. 
Send  your  Charter  Subscription  coupon  today  and  receive  your  free 
copy  of  "Man  on  the  Moon"  and  the  Premier  Issue  of  Popular 
Astronomy. 


I  tw  I I  Please  enroll  me  as  a  Charter  Subscriber  to  Popular 

Astronomy  and  start  my  subscription  with  the  Premier  Issue.  I 
understand  that,  as  a  Charter  Subscriber,  membership  in  the 
no-obligation  Popular  Astronomy  Book  Club  is  included  free.  I 
enclose  my  payment  of  $10  for  one  year,  a  S5.00  savings  from 
the  regular  $1  5.00  rate.  (Allow  4-6  weeks  for  first  copy  to  arrive). 


name 

address 

apt.  no. 

city 

state 

zip 

account  no.  |    |  Master  Charge 

LH  Please  also  send  me,  FREE,  my  copy  of  the  historic  record  of 
man's  first  lunar  landing,  "Man  on  the  Moon,"  narrated  by 
Walter  Cronkite, 

POPULAR  ASTRONOMY 

DEPT  6NH3  P.O.  Box  Z739.  Boulder,  Colorado  80302 


75 


This  is  a  bed  unlil<e  any  you've  ever  experienced.  It  uses  the  most  common  substance  on  earth  to  support 
you  in  a  style  to  which  you  will  quickly  become  accustomed.  Inflate-a-bed.  It's  the  first  and  only  air 
bed  you  can  buy. 

The  air  bed  vs.  the  air  mattress.  An  air  mattress  is  designed  solely  to  support  weight.  The  Inflate-a-bed 
is  designed  to  support  the  human  body.  It  does  so  by  means  of  a  patented  invention:  our  unique,  air  coil 
cells.  They  act  like  springs  in  an  innerspring  mattress  allowing  the  bed  to  conform  to  the  shape  of  the 
body  and  provide  the  therapeutic  support  of  the  finest  conventional  mattress.  But,  without  hard  spots. 
The  cells  also  give  the  bed  form  and  shape.  No  flyup  edges.  You  adjust  the  firmness  by  air  pressure, 
from  extra  firm  to  the  softness  of  a  waterbed. 

Tough  but  soft.  The  bed  is  made  of  20  mil  vinyl,  the  same  rugged  material  used  for  inflatable  boats.  But 
the  surface  is  soft  and  velvet-like.  Made  of  electrostatically  impregnated  rayon,  it's  fully  washable.  The 
surface  or  the  red  color  won't  fade  even  after  r-— ------------- ____________ 

exposure  to  sun  or  water.  '  Send  bed(s)  as  specified.  I  realize  if  not  satisfied  l  can  return 

use  anywhere,  keep  in  a  drawer.  The  bed  in-  [  in  15  days  for  immediate  refund.  Prices  include  sfiipping, 
flates  in  minutes.  Use  an  ordinary  cannister  |  handling  and  taxes. 

vacuum  or  hand  or  foot  pump.  It  deflates  as  1  How  many? Circle  Size:  Twin®  $59.95 

easily,  folds  to  drawer  size.  The  perfect  guest  '  Double  @$79.95        Queen  @$94.95        King@$ll4.95 
bed,  permanent  bed,  extra  bed,  travel  bed  and  I  H  n^t?^.°[¥.P.:  enclosed.  n  Mastercharge 

the  most  luxu  rious  water  float  ever. 
Fully  guaranteed,  order  now.  One  year  guaran- 
tee against  defects.  Comes  complete  with 
carrying  case  and  repair  kit.  Use  the  coupon. 
Or  credit  card  customers  may  call  toll-free, 
800-835-2246. 


INFLATE-A-BED 

The  only  air  bed  you  can  buy. 


n  BankAmericard  #  _ 
Bank  #  (byname). 

Name 

Address 


-Exp.  date_ 


City State 

Mail  to:  Inflate-a-bed,  NAS  Mktg. 

K.C.,  Mo.  64111 

Allow  3  weeks  for  delivery. 


_Zip_ 


3634  E.  Roanoke  Dr., 


The  ultimate  Bicentennial  gift. 
200-million-year  old 

DINOSAUR 

FOOTPRINTS! 


Authentic  footprints  of  the  first 
American  Dinosaurs,  legally  quarried 
from  the  Trlasslc  Red  Sandstone  of 
the  Connecticut  River  Valley  of 
Massachusetts.  All  footprints  are 
identified  as  to  Genus,  lightly  lac- 
quered and  outlined  in  white  crayon. 

•  Single  footprint,  4"  to  5",  on  sand- 
stone slab  averaging  4"  x  6"  or  more  —  $35 

•  Select,  museum-quality  footprint  —  $50. 

•  Slab  witfi  2  or  more  footprints  —  $75. 
(Lucite  display  easel  for  above  slabs  —  $4.) 

•  A  limited  number  of  superb  large 
slabs  with  5  to  10  footprints  are 
available  at  $200  each. 

(Add  5%  for  postage  and  handling. 
Include  applicable  sales  taxes. 
Satisfaction  guaranteed.) 
FOR    MANY    MORE    EXCITING    GIFTS 
FROM  AMERICA'S  TREASURE  HOUSE 
OF   NATURAL   HISTORY- SEASHELLS, 
CORAL.  BUTTERFLIES,  FOSSILS,  MIN- 
ERALS-VISIT OUR  STORE  OR  SEND 
50C  FOR  OUR  FULL-COLOR  CATALOG. 

COLLECTOR'S  CABINET 

Dept.  NH,  1000  Madison  Ave. 

(at  77th  St.)  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 

Open  Mon.-Sat.  10  to  6 

Branches  nationwide 

write  for  the  store  nearest  you. 

\^         (Franchise  information  available.)       ^^ 

76 


Travel  the  roufe 
Jack  Scott  took  anc 
reach  an 
Arctic  paradise. 

jouRncv 
vnosHiEna 

AN  ARCTIC  ADVENTURE  NORTH  OF  NORWiiW 

JRCK  Demon  SCOTT 

Jock  Scott  tells  the  story  of  his  journey  to  a 
place  where  air  is  so  pure  it  hurts  to 
breathe,  where  polar  bears,  seals,  and  rare 
birds  ore  inhabitants.  And  where  the  natu- 
ral resource  is  majestic  Arctic  splendor. 

$7.95 
READER'S  DIGEST  PRESS 

Distributed  by 

T.Y.Crowell 

Company 

HHH^^^^  666  Fifth 

<iJH9^^^^B  Avenue 

New  York, 

N.r. 10019 


(the  great  red  star  Betelgeuse  in  Orion 
is  an  example),  bigger  and  brighter 
than  the  less  massive  giants  and  so 
much  hotter  inside  that  many  more 
nuclear  reactions  occur  within  them. 
It  is  those  reactions  that  build  up 
the  heavier  elements. 

The  death  of  a  massive  star  is  a 
spectacular  explosion  known  as  a 
supernova.  These  violent  detonations 
flare  up  in  galaxies  beyond  the  Milky 
Way  and  have  also  been  recorded  his- 
torically in  our  own  galaxy.  The 
debris  from  a  supernova,  including 
heavy  elements  cooked  in  the  explo- 
sion and  earlier  during  the  quiescent 
life  of  the  star,  is  strewn  into  the  inter- 
stellar gas  and  eventually  incorpo- 
rated into  later  generations  of  stars. 

The  picture  of  the  Milky  Way's 
evolution  that  emerges  from  these 
stellar  life  histories  is  of  a  gradual  loss 
of  gas,  which  becomes  locked  into 
small  living  stars  and  the  corpses  of 
former  larger  ones,  and  enrichment  of 
the  remaining  gas  in  elements  cooked 
inside  the  biggest  stars.  Parts  of  the 
picture  are  verified  by  direct  observa- 
tions, other  parts  are  hypothetical. 

An  obvious  prediction  is  that  the 
abundances  of  heavier  elements  in  the 
interstellar  gas  should  increase  with 
time.  Now,  when  we  measure  the 
amounts  of  heavy  elements  at  the  sur- 
faces of  stars  (as  revealed  by  details 
of  the  light  they  emit),  we  are  not 
generally  seeing  the  products  of  nu- 
clear reactions  going  on  in  the  stars 
themselves,  but  rather  the  composi- 
tion of  the  gas  from  which  the  star 
originally  formed.  Thus  we  expect  to 
see  greater  amounts  of  heavy  ele- 
ments on  the  surfaces  of  young  stars 
than  on  old  ones  born  early  in  the  life 
of  our  galaxy.  This  prediction  is  in- 
deed verified  if  we  look  at  the  very 
oldest  stars,  those  made  during  the 
original  collapse  of  our  galaxy  and 
now  found  far  above  its  disk.  But, 
surprisingly,  it  is  impossible  to  detect 
any  difference  between  the  average 
heavy  element  abundance  of  the  first 
stars  formed  in  the  disk  after  the  col- 
lapse and  those  formed  recently.  Why 
do  the  disk  stars  show  no  evidence  of 
the  steady  influx  of  new  elements 
from  dying  stars?  Astronomers  have 
advanced  several  explanations. 

One  idea  is  that  fresh  gas,  made 
only  of  hydrogen  and  helium  from  the 
Big  Bang,  has  been  raining  down  on 
the  Milky  Way  from  outside  and  di- 
luting the  interstellar  material  with 
unenriched  gas  as  fast  as  stars  pour 
in  new  elements.  Radio  astronomers 
do,  in  fact,  find  huge  amounts  of  gas 


NEW  COLOR  PORTFOLIO  plus     '/^^L 
Illustrated  Catalog  $1 .00  ,,.,W: 


DOfVER  SCIENTIFIC      ., 

BOX6OIIC    1.009  IslandOty.N.Y,  11106     *' 


BIGFOOT 

Expedition  for  Hikers, 

Backpackers  and  Snowshoers 

Unknown  primate  field  research  team  offers  you  an 
opportunity  to  make  significant  financial,  intellectual 
and  physical  contributions  to  science  and  conservation. 
Unforgettable  22  day  wilderness  expeditions  in  south 
western  Oregon  and  northwestern  California  led  by 
scientists,  naturalists  and  trackers. 

You  search  for  Bigfoot  in  an  area  containing  rare 
plants,  360  bird  species  and  87  mammal  species. 
Trailers  or  tents  furnished.  Nonprofit  organization. 
Departures  all  year.  Limit  two  intermediate  or  ad- 
vanced groups  of  8  persons.  Send  $3  today  for  de- 
tailed catalog. 

BEAMER  EXPEDITIONS  Depi  nhi 

P.O.  Box  285,  Canofla  Parit,  Calilomia  91305 


NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  &  the  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
or  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 

AA,  SAMPLES  &  APPROVALS-  $1 
*»     Satisfoction  Guoronteed 

Mil  Mod  Stamps 


P.O.   BOX   297 


RORA,  CO.  80010 


^BOOK  HUNTING?^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  Ions  out-of-print.  Fiction,  nonfiction. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  It!  (Title  alone  Is  sufficient)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  65. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


CATCH  THEM  ALIVE  AND  UNHURT! 


Catches  more ! 
Easy  to  use  1 

Amazing  HA  V  AHART  trap  captures  raiding  rats,  rabbits, 
squirrels,  skunks,  pigeons,  sparrows,  etc.  Takes  mink, 
coons  without  Injury.  Straying  pets,  poultry  released 
unhurt.  Fully  assembled.  Easy  to  use — open  ends  gtve 
animal  confidence.  No  Jaws  or  sprloRs  to  break.  Galva- 
nized, sizes  for  all  needs.  Send  25c  for  your  booklet  on 
trapping  secrets. 

HAVAHART,  158-R  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  ffulde. 
Nime 


iiiijvinj;  toward  the  sun's  part  of  the 
Milky  Way,  but  there  is  disagreement 
as  to  whether  this  gas  is  falling  in 
from  inlergalactic  space  or  is  simply 
moving  around  in  the  remote  out-  ! 
skirts  of  our  galaxy. 

Another  idea  is  that  most  of  the 
heavy  elements  are  not  seen  on  the 
surfaces  of  stars  because  they  are 
trapped  in  interstellar  dust  grains  or 
even  in  comets  (see  "Missing  Mat- 
ter," Natural  History.  January 
1976).  Either  or  both  (jf  these  sugges 
tionsmay  be  right,  but  as  yet,  it  is  noi 
clear  what  process  has  prevented  the 
abundance  of  heavy  elements  from 
increasing  perceptibly  in  interstellar 
space  over  billions  of  years. 

We  return  now  to  the  heavy  ele- 
ments in  the  sun  and  planets.  Like 
most  stars  in  the  Milky  Way,  the  sun 
is  made  of  about  2  percent  of  heavy 
elements,  cooked  in  earlier  genera- 
tions of  stars,  and  98  percent  of  pri- 
mordial hydrogen  and  helium.  Rocky 
planets  such  as  the  earth  consist 
mostly  of  heavier  material — the 
lighter  atoms  having  been  lost  as 
these  bodies  formed.  It  is  fascinating 
to  reflect  upon  the  origin  of  some  of 
the  atoms  on  earth  that  are  essential 
to  life,  including  human  life.  Iron,  for 
example,  is  probably  made  during  the 
supernovae  explosions  themselves. 
Carbon  is  made  partly  in  the  cores  of 
stars  that  subsequently  explode  and 
partly  in  stars  that  release  their  prod- 
ucts quietly  in  stellar  winds  and  plan- 
etary nebulae .  During  the  first  billions 
of  years  of  the  Milky  Way's  history, 
many  supernovae  and  many  red  gi- 
ants must  have  contributed  in  those 
ways  to  the  iron  and  carbon  that  even- 
tually condensed  into  the  earth  as  it 
was  born  beside  the  sun. 

The  life  cycles  of  stars  have  thus 
made  the  history  of  the  Milky  Way. 
In  birth,  stars  gradually  use  up  the  gas 
that  once  composed  the  whole  gal- 
axy; in  death,  they  pour  back  some 
matter — enriched  with  new  ele- 
ments— which  is  mixed  into  the  sur- 
rounding gas  and  used  in  later  genera- 
tions of  stars.  Many  billions  of  years 
hence,  there  will  no  longer  be  enough 
gas  in  our  galaxy  to  make  new  stars. 
The  Milky  Way  will  then  shine  for  a 
while  by  the  light  of  old  stars,  but 
they  will  snuff  out  one  by  one  after 
their  brillant  old  ages.  In  the  end  there 
will  only  be  corpses  of  stars,  fading 
to  invisibility;  the  sun  will  be  dead 
among  them  in  its  graveyard  galaxy. 

Beatrice  Tinsley  teaches  astronomy 
at  Yale  University. 


L.L.Beah" 

Chamois  Cloth  Shirt 

For  Men  and  Women 

i\^      '  /   'Mr        Sueded  cotton    Looks 

■^^^        .^   ,      and    feels    like    high 

^>v^  grade  chamois  leather. 

•  Machine  washable  and 

IS   more   durable   than 

wool.  Mr.  Bean  person- 

,  4  ally  used  this  shirt  on 

his  hunting  and  fishing 

trips.  Colors;  Navy  Blue. 

Tan,  Bright  Red,  Forest 

•  I  Green.    Ladies    sizes; 

10  to  20   Men's  sizes; 

14V2  to  19. 


Ladies'  Chanwls  Clolh  Shirts  (a 
$1235  ppd. 


Ship 


Men's  Chamois  Cloth   Shirts 

(£$12.50  ppd. 
Color  


O  Check  Enclosed 
O  BanKAmericard 


O  Master  Charge 
G  American  Express 


Name 
SUeel 
City  _ 
Zip  _ 


Outdoor  Sporting  Specialties 
L.  L.  Bean,  Inc. 

620  Main  St..  Freeport,  Maine  04032 


>^^ 


^^fce. 


^^^r 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc.,  plus 
valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   5Q.,   KNOXVILLE,   ILL.   61448 


77 


EASTAFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 

II  IS  non-prol.t.  nongovernmental,  a 
body  that  has  (unded  a  list  o(  conser- 
vation proiecls  since  1961,  as  long  as 
your  arm-  Every  cent  of  your  member- 
ship (US  S10  00)  goes  d.rectly  to  game 
conservation  projects;  and  not  one  cent 
to  "overheads',' 


Pretty  soon  you  may  be  seeing  our 
l>'""Perlce,  stickers  on  the  road  borne 
ty  co„serva,,o„  people  like  yoursell 

the  wildhteol  Cast  Africa  II  you'd  like  a 
ul'-!^,'' ''"  ''*»»<'  to  send  you  one 
We  d  also  be  very  glad  to  receive  your 
membership  application  if  you  are  nnt 
already  one  of  us. 


EASTAFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 


Anti  Poaching:  The  So 
cases,      the     vehicles 
needed  by  the  local  aut 
menace  threatening  the 
o(  wildlife 


Ani 

nal  Research:  E 

nvironme 

ni   and 

gica 

surveys  of   nea 

ly   every 

major 

jatened 

Of  not,   has  bee 

take 

n  by  the 

Society 

n  order  tc 

cons 

ervation 

of  these 

species 

Animal  Rescue 

Somet 

mps 

"Iranslocation". 

this  ac 

ivity 

ways   in   which 

he    So 

lety 

can    help    save      1 

species  threalene 

d  by  agr 

cuitu 

al  sp 

As  an  example. 

te  mov 

ng  o 

hPrr 

Antelope 

Education:  A  long  range  project  which  is 
equally  urgent  in  the  short  term,  is  the 
education  of  the  people  ot  East  Afnca-espe- 
cially  the  youth  ■  lo  the  wealth,  both  economic 
and  cultural  of  the  wildlife  which  abounds  m 
the  region  While  government  realises  the 
importance  of  wildlife,  it  can  not  be  effectively 
conserved  until  the  peopfe  themselves  see 
the  necessity  of  fuller  cooperation  with  the 
authoniies 

The  Society  makes  financial  grants  and  gifts  to 
the    Wildlife    Clubs    of    Kenya    as    well    as 

educational  equipment. 


EASTAFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 
Box  20110  f^airobi  Kenya. 
I    enclose    US.$10.00   for    my    year's 
membership.    Please   enrol   me. 

Name 


As  a  member  of  the  Society  you  w 
a/so  receive  a  year's  subscription 
AfFIICANA  quarterly  wildlife  magazn 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


Peace  and 

the  Ultimate  Snacli 


Cultivated  for  past  millennia, 
the  well-tended  olive  is  a 
sign  of  a  prosperous  future 

Olives,  as  Mother  used  to  say,  are 
an  acquired  taste.  I  was  eleven  years 
old  before  I  ever  ate  one  with  pleas- 
ure. Now  you  would  have  a  hard  time 
holding  me  back  from  a  handful  of 
these  oily  drupes.  Green  or  black  or 
red;  pickled,  oil  soaked,  shriveled — 
almost  any  kind  will  do.  They  are  in 
many  ways  the  world's  best  tradi- 
tional snack. 

To  be  more  precise,  of  all  the  foods 
you  don't  have  to  cook  before  you 
munch,  olives  are  the  most  interest- 
ing. Indeed,  the  cooked  olive  is  un- 
known in  most  cuisines.  The  French 
add  them  cold  and  untampered  with 
to  a  salade  nigoise.  They  also  stuff 
them  with  anchovy  butter,  make  a 
paste,  or  tapenade,  of  them,  and  use 
them  as  a  garnish  on  the  Gallic  pizza, 
the  pissaladiere.  But  the  only  major 
French  dish  that  I  can  locate  where 
the  cooked  olive  is  a  central  element 
is  duckling  braised  with  pitted, 
blanched  olives. 

Similarly,  Italians  in  and  around 
Perugia  and  Assisi  spit-roast  pigeons 
and  then  simmer  them  with  wine  and 
a  mess  of  olives,  which  makes  a  dish 
of  great  sophistication.  Then,  too, 
Elizabeth  David  brought  back  a  de- 
scription of  olive-stuffed  escarole 
from  her  Italian  wanderings  (see  rec- 
ipe). But  to  find  the  olive  cooked  fre- 
quently as  a  matter  of  course,  we 
must  go  to  the  Middle  East. 

This  is,  perhaps,  unsurprising, 
since  the  cultivated  olive  (Olea  eu- 
ropaea)  originated  in  Asia  Minor, 
began  spreading  westward  in  prehis- 
toric times,  and  met  with  its  greatest 
local  success  in  North  Africa.  On  the 
other  hand,  people  like  the  Moroc- 
cans, who  do  cook  olives  habitually, 
engage  in  a  somewhat  paradoxical 
pursuit.  The  olive,  you  see,  is  already 
"cooked"  before  anyone  cooks  it. 


I  mean  that  olives  are  never  eaten 
fresh  off  the  tree.  They  are  too  bitter. 
They  must  be  pickled  first,  with  lye 
to  remove  the  bitterness,  then  with 
salt  to  harden  and  preserve  the  flesh. 
Variations  in  the  length  of  time  the 
olive  is  exposed  to  lye  or  to  salt  ac- 
count for  some  of  the  differences 
among  the  numerous  types  of  olives 
sold  in  markets.  Botanical  variation 
is,  of  course,  another  factor.  But  the 
major  source  of  pluralism  in  the  olive 
world  is  a  calculated  result  of  human 
agriculture:  the  timing  of  the  harvest 
makes  the  difference. 

In  the  olive  vats  in  Middle  Eastern 
markets  on  Atlantic  Avenue  in  south 
Brooklyn,  you  can  get  some  sense  of 
the  range  of  olive  colors  and  tastes. 
But  anyone  who  has  traveled  in  the 
Arab  world  or  Israel  will  not  have  for- 
gotten the  festoons  of  olives  in  almost 
every  color  of  the  rainbow.  The  clas- 
sic description  is  Paula  Wolfert's,  in 
her  Couscous  and  Other  Good  Food 
from  Morocco: 

"There  are  stalls  that  sell  nothing 
but  olives — olives  of  every  flavor, 
size,  quality  and  color.  An  olive's 
color  depends  upon  the  moment  in  the 
ripening  cycle  that  it  is  picked.  As  it 
ripens  on  the  tree  it  turns  from  pale 
green  to  green-tan  to  tan-violet  to  vio- 
let-red to  deep  winy  red  to  reddish 
black  and  finally  to  coal  black.  After 
that  it  loses  its  glistening  appearance 
and  begins  to  shrivel  in  the  sun." 

Moroccans,  she  continues,  use 
three  kinds  of  olives:  (1)  Barely  ripe 
green  olives,  soaked  in  seven  changes 
of  brine  and,  finally,  flavored  with 
lemon  juice.  These  are  washed, 
drained,  and  boiled — at  least  three 
times — to  remove  bitterness  before 
they  are  ready  to  "smother"  a 
chicken.  (2)  Ripe  or  "midway" 
olives,  ranging  from  tan  to  red  to  deep 
purple.  These  can  be  used  direct  from 
the  vat  after  rinsing.  And  (3)  smooth 
black  olives.  Moroccans  do  not  eat 
olives  at  this  stage  and,  instead,  gob- 
ble salt-cured,  shriveled  black  ones, 


78 


Glinda  Ricketts  has  a  dream. 

Just  like  every  American  child. 

She  wants  to  be  a  schoolteacher. 

She  loves  to  learn.  But  learning 

is  a  luxury  in  Glinda's  house. 

A  house  with  no  water. 

With  one  coal  stove  to  heat  it. 

Glinda's  father  has  black  lung  disease. 

His  small  disability  pension  is  too  little 

to  support  a  large  family. 

So  Glinda  may  never  finish  grade  school. 

No  one  has  told  her.  How  can  they? 

They  just  let  Glinda  dream. 

For  $16  a  month,  through  Save  the  Children 
Federation  you  can  help  make  a  dream  come 
true,  by  sponsoring  a  child  like  Glinda  Ricketts. 
Your  $16  will  establish  a  scholarship  to  help 
Glinda  stay  in  school.  And  through  community 
projects,  help  her  to  get  medical  care  and  better 
nutrition.  Even  help  her  family  earn  an  income 
through  crafts  and  other  work.  In  short,  help  a 
proud,  hardworking  people  to  help  themselves. 
For  this  is  what  Save  the  Children  has  been  all 
about  since  1932. 

For  you— educated,  involved,  and  in  touch  with 
your  own  heart  — there  are  many  rewards.  The 
chance  to  correspond  with  a  child.  Receive  a 
photo  and  progress  reports.  Reach  out  to  an- 
other human  being.  That's  how  Save  the  Chil- 
dren works.  But  without  you  it  can't  work.  So 
please:  clip  this  coupon  and  mail  it  today.  Now 
you  can  turn  the  page. 


(Ve  are  indeed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  funds.  Annual  report  ( 
statement  available  on  request   Member  of  the  International  I 
if  Child  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  fO^^ 
Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income  tax  deductible. 

I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  D  Qirl  D  either 

G  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 

D  Appalachia  (U.S.)      D  Indian  D  Korea 

D  Bangladesh  (Latin  America)  D  Lebanon 

D  Colombia  n  Indian  (U.S.)  D  Mexico 

D  Dominican  Republic  D  Inner  Cities  (U.S.)  D  Rural  South  (U.S.) 

n  Honduras  D  Israel  D  Tanzania 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

n  $16  monthly  D  $96  semi-annually 

D  $48  quarterly  D  $192  annually 

n  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 


n  Please  send  me  more  information. 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

345  East  46th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017  nh  3/6 


79 


which  are  often  sold  coated  with  a  hot 
condiment.  Sicilians  have  their  own 
version  of  this  peppery  relish,  and 
you  can  find  it  in  some  Italian  stores 
in  this  country. 

Most  of  these  varieties  of  exotic 
olives  are  also  available,  mostly  as 
imports,  in  fancy  food  outlets.  The 
American  olive  industry  has  concen- 
trated, although  by  no  means  exclu- 
sively, on  the  familiar  green  and 
black  types.  The  first  local  trees  were 
grown  from  Mexican  seeds  planted  at 
the  San  Diego  Mission.  The  resultant 
Mission  olive  that  spread  throughout 
California  has  not  been  identified 
with  any  European  olive.  At  any  rate, 
it  throve  in  the  clear,  dry  atmosphere 
and  mild  winter  temperatures  of  Cali- 
fornia. Yet  the  fledgling  West  Coast 
olive  industry  suffered  serious  early 
reverses  in  the  1880s  and  1890s.  The 
major  potential  market,  in  the  East, 
was  not  ready  to  absorb  those  first 
crops  of  ripe  pickled  olives.  Orchards 
were  uprooted  and  fifteen  years  went 
by  before  olive  growers  began  once 
again  to  expand  their  plantings. 
Eventually,  they  perfected  their  tech- 
niques for  producing  the  more  mar- 
ketable green  olive;  they  were 
blessed  with  legislation  that  created  a 
more  competitive  role  for  olive  oil; 
and  most  important,  easterners  had 
learned  to  eat  ripe  olives.  Further- 
more, olivemen  also  concocted  a 
preposterous  system  of  boastful  grad- 
ing names  that  may  entice  some 
overly  gullible  consumers.  But  the 
most  common  effect  of  names  such  as 
giant,  jumbo,  mammoth,  colossal, 
and  supercolossal  must  be  to  confuse 
and  alienate  the  rational  shopper. 

The  simplest  way  to  know  what 
you  are  actually  getting  when  you  buy 
an  olive  is  to  shop  in  a  specialty  store 
that  sells  from  open  vats.  That  way 
you  can  see  the  size  and  you  can  taste 
several  varieties  before  choosing. 
This  sort  of  comparative  olive  tasting 
may,  however,  sabotage  a  well-laid 
diet  plan,  since  salt-cured,  oil-coated 
olives — the  kind  you  are  most  likely 
to  find  in  Mediterranean  markets  that 
still  sell  from  open  vats — are  ex- 
tremely high  in  calories.  On  the 
average,  100  grams  (SVa  ounces)  of 
olives  contain  338  calories,  about  as 
much  as  the  same  weight  of  angel 
food  cake. 

Olive  oil  itself  is  only  a  minor  by- 
product of  the  American  olive  in- 
dustry. Of  the  72,000  tons  of  olives 
produced  here  in  1973  (figures  are 
preliminary,  as  listed  in  Agricultural 
Statistics  1974,  the  Agriculture  De- 

8o 


partment's  most  recent  edition),  only 
4,000  tons  were  crushed  for  oil. 
Other  kinds  of  oil  tend  to  be  less  trou- 
blesome: less  prone  to  taste  variation 
and  more  easily  stored.  Olive  oil  goes 
rancid  in  contact  with  air.  It  also 
burns  at  a  lower  temperature  than 
salad  oil. 

Nevertheless,  it  is  hard  to  imagine 
a  more  delicious  taste  than  a  mayon- 
naise created  from  high  quality, 
golden  olive  oil,  and  a  character  of 
Mediterranean  cooking  is,  to  a  certain 
extent,  lost  when,  say,  utterly  bland 
peanut  oil  is  substituted  for  the  ances- 
tral, limpid  olive  oil. 

Fans  of  olive  oil  will  go  much  fur- 
ther than  that  in  their  claims  for  its 
virtues.  Western  civilization,  they 
will  assert,  was  lubricated  with  olive 


oil.  Greece  and  Rome  both  used  it. 
Indeed,  the  word  oil  itself  is  related 
to  the  Latin  for ' '  olive . ' '  And ,  at  least 
in  Europe,  the  olive  is  a  visible  sign 
of  continuity  with  the  past.  It  is  be- 
lieved that  some  trees  have  been  in 
place  for  almost  1 ,000  years.  No  one 
knows  the  maximum  age  an  olive  tree 
can  attain.  Italian  highways  circle  re- 
spectfully around  important  groves  of 
the  gnarled,  25-  to  40-foot-high  ever- 
green trees,  their  roots  sunk  deep  in 
the  soil  where  they  can  tap  water  in 
time  of  drought. 

It  takes  five  or  six  years  to  grow  a 
paying,  fruit-producing  tree  and  25  or 
30  years  go  by  before  a  tree  reaches 
its  full  growth.  Severe  pruning  is  the 
rule,  and  growers  frequently  harvest 
a  tree  only  in  alternate  years,  cutting 


Olive  plantation,  Spain 


George  Gerster,  Photo  Researchers 


it  back  sharply  in  the  fallow  year. 
Given  fertile,  deep  soil,  fair  weather, 
and  some  water,  an  olive  grower  can 
face  the  future  unafraid.  More  than 
most  things,  olives  imply  a  feasible 
world  to  come.  Perhaps  that  is  why 
the  olive  branch  symbolizes  peace 
and  the  onward  stretch  of  prosperity; 
not  cataclysmic  war  with  its  promise 
of  death  and  sudden  endings.  Put  an- 
other way,  by  Shakespeare  in  an 
untypical  English  paean  to  our  fruit 
of  the  month,  "Peace  proclaims 
olives  of  endless  age." 

Scarole  Ripiene 

(Stuffed  Escarole,  adapted  from  Eliz- 
abeth David's  Italian  Food) 

1  handful  breadcrumbs 

12  pitted,  chopped,  medium  black 

olives 
8  anchovy  fillets,  drained,  rinsed,  and 

chopped 
4  teaspoons  capers,  drained 
3  tablespoons  pine  nuts  (pignolia) 
3  tablespoons  currants,  plumped  in 

warm  water  and  drained 
3  cloves  garlic,  peeled  and  chopped 
1  handful  chopped  parsley 

7  tablespoons  olive  oil 
Pepper 

Salt 

8  small  heads  of  escarole  or  lettuce 
(a  small  Boston  lettuce  will  do) 

Vi  cup  dry  white  wine 

f.  Combine  breadcrumbs,  olives, 
three-quarters  of  the  anchovies,  1 
teaspoon  of  the  capers,  the  pine 
nuts,  the  currants,  two-thirds  of 
the  chopped  garlic,  parsley,  and  5 
tablespoons  of  the  olive  oil  to 
make  the  stuffing.  Season  with 
pepper  and  a  little  salt,  if  neces- 
sary. 

2.  Wash  escaroles  or  lettuces  and 
open  out  the  leaves.  Put  some  of 
the  stuffing  in  the  center  of  each. 
Fold  the  leaves  back  again  and  tie 
up  each  head  with  a  string. 

3.  In  a  large  heavy  skillet,  heat  the 
remaining  olive  oil  with  the  rest  of 
the  anchovies,  garlic,  and  capers. 
Set  the  lettuces  or  escaroles  in  a 
single  layer  in  the  skillet.  Add 
about  a  half -cup  water.  Cover  and 
cook  over  very  low  heat  for  an 
hour  or  until  the  escarole  or  lettuce 
is  tender. 

4.  Add  white  wine  and  cook,  uncov- 
ered, for  ten  more  minutes. 

Yield:  8  servings 

Raymond  Sokolov  is  a  free-lance 
food  writer  and  novelist. 


Imagine  sailing  to  the  ocean  empires. 

To  have  the  time  and  space  to  do  as  you  please. 
To  taste  a  few  days  or  a  few  weeks  ordered  just  for 
your  pleasure.  While  we  introduce  you  to  the 
civilizations  that  shaped  the  world's  imagination. 

The  exhilarating  lands  of  the  Baltic,  the  British 
Isles  and  the  Mediterranean. 

Sail  with  us  aboard  ships  spacious  enough  to  let 
you  discover  the  landscapes  of  your  mind  as  you 
explore  the  cities  and  art  and  people  of  the  world  "s 
most  splendid  ocean  empires.  (The  MTS  Daphne 
and  the  MTS  Danae  are  registered  in  Greece. ) 

Our  cruises  start  April  9, 1976.  Won  t  you  ask 
your  travel  agent  or  Carras  for  our  brochure  with 
sailing  dates,  prices  and  a  complete  description  of  the 
Carras  Experience? 

It's  not  only  fifteen  great  adventure  stories.  It  s  an 
introduction  to  just  how  good  life  can  be. 

Soon  the  Carras  Experience  will  include 
Porto  Carras,  our  resort  now  being  developed  on 
the  Aegean. 

75  RockefeUer  Plaza,  New  York,  New  York  10019.  (212)  757-0761 


8i 


Big  Savings-n«e1V^bR 

On  America's  Most  Popular  Inflatable  Canoe! 


try  the  famed  French 
Pyrawa  Canoe  FREE! 
. .  .  for  30  days 


•  10' 3"  long 

•  Packs  to  size  of  sleeping  bag 

•  Weighs  only  1 9  pounds 

•  Inflates  in  8  minutes 

•  Seats  7  adults 

•  SAFE,  RELIABLE  FUNI 

Only  by  trying  Pyrawa  yourself 
can  you  see  how  unique  Pyrawa 
is  .  .  .  how  rugged  it  is  (lasts  for 
years)  .  .  .  how  it  bounces  off 
rocks  . . .  how  virtually  impossible 
it  is  to  sink  .  .  .  and  how  easy  it  is 
to  maneuver  (turns  easier  than 
hard  hulled  boats). 

America's  Largest  Selling 
Inflatable  Cancel 

Pyrawa  is  used  by  the  Bov  Scouts 
of  America  and  Children's 
Camps.  It  has  been  featured  on 
the  front  cover  of  Family  Weekly. 
Scouting  and  Explorer  Maga- 
zines. Whitewater  schools  use 
Pyrawa  to  run  rapids. 

Customers  report  that  Pyrawas 
are  so  strong  they  go  where  peo- 
ple wouldn't  dream  of  using  in- 
flatables.  They  dragged  them  .  .  . 
fully  loaded  .  .  .  over  sand,  gravel 
and  rocks  .  .  even  left  them  in- 
flated for  days.  It's  not  unusual 
for  Pyrawas  to  last  five  to  seven 
years. 

Parents  are  especially  im- 
pressed with  Pyrawa's  safety. 
They're  not  about  to  let  their 
children  use  just  a  "beach  toy" 
inflatable.  Pyrawa's  three  main 
air  reserve  chambers  make  it  vir- 
tually impossible  to  sink. 

Developed  in  France 

French  engineers  developed  Py- 
rawa in  France,  but  this  quality 
inflatable  has  been  popular  in  this 
country  for  the  past  10  years.  Test 
Pyrawa  yourself!  You  will  find 
the  tough  22-gauge  thick  vinyl 
hide  can  really  take  a  beating 
from  rocks  and  stumps  in  shallow 
water.  Pyrawa  is  strong  .  .  .  yet 
weighs  only  19  lbs  You  can  carry 
it  anywhere  m  a  bag  about  the 
^ze  of  a  boat  cushion 


Safety  is  what  makes  Pyrawa 
a  boat  not  just  for  fishermen  and 
campers  .  .  .  but  for  the  entire 
family.  The  air  reserve  chambers 
(3  main,  8  auxiliary)  make  it  just 
about  impossible  to  smk  Even 
with  the  floor  compartment  com 
pletely  deflated,  Pyrawa  will  eas 
ily  keep  two  people  afloat  .  .  . 
without  a  drop  of  water  coming 

No  Canoe  Tested 
as  Stable! 

Because  of  the  low  center  of  grav- 
ity (you  sit  only  3"  off  the  floor) 
and  the  wide,  flat-bottomed  hull, 
not  even  many  large,  heavy  ca- 
noes can  match  the  sure,  steady 
support  of  Pyrawa. 

There  is  far  less  tipping  and 
rolling  as  in  some  other  canoes. 
When  inflated,  the  floor  is  four 
.inches  thick.  The  I-beam  con- 
struction (vinyl  I-beams  running 
the  length  of  the  floor  compart- 
ment) makes  the  Pyrawa  rigid 
and  easy  to  paddle  .  .  .  not  like 
you'd  expect  to  find  in  an  inflat- 
able. 

Pyrawa  is  fast  and  easy  to  in- 
flate. You  need  only  8  minutes 
with  a  foot  bellows  pump.  Storage 
is  just  as  simple.  In  five  minutes 
you  can  roll  all  the  air  out  to- 
wards the  bow  where  the  valves 
are  conveniently  located  .  .  .  and 
tuck  your  deflated  Pyrawa  back 
in  its  carrying  bag. 

White  water  experts,  explorers, 
surfers,  campers  and  magazine 
editors  have  tested  Pyrawa 
against  other  boats. 

After  using  Pyrawa  to  explore 
100  miles  of  rapid-filled  rivers  in 
the  jungles  of  Venezuela,  Robert 
Ross  of  Miami,  Florida  had  this 
to  say:  "We  found  Pyrawas  could 
stand  considerable  abuse  without 
da  ma  ge.  We  dragged  them  .  .  . 
loaded  .  .  .  over  shallow  rocks,  hit 
submerged  rocks  as  we  shot  rap- 
ids and  often  careened  oft  tree 
trunks  jutting  into  rivers," 

Performs  Unlike  Most 
Inflatables  You've  Seen. 

Special  additives  give  the  tough 
22  gauge  thick  vinyl  hide  excep- 
tional strength.  Each  seam  is 
electronically  welded.  There's  ab- 
solutely no  gluing,  stitching  or 
patching  anywhere  on  this  boat. 
The  4-inch  thick,  inflated  I-beam 
floor  will  not  buckle  when  fully 
loaded  with  550  lbs.,  of  people 
and  gear. 

Each  air  reserve  chamber  is 
separately  inflated.  There  are 
three  main  and  eight  auxiliary 
compartments.    A    special    pat- 


Used  by  •  EXPLORERS  •  CHILDREN'S  CAMPS  •  BOY 
SCOUTS  of  AMERICA  •  WHITE  WATER  SCHOOLS  (running 
rapids)  •  SPORTSMEN  •  FISHERMEN  •  OUTDOOR  FAMILIES 

ented  feature  locks  the  air  valves 
tight  .  .  .  until  you  release  them. 
Pyrawa  is  so  easy  to  control  in 
the  water,  even  a  5  year  old  can 
do  it.  A  16  page  owners'  manual 
(free  with  every  Pyrawa)  shows 
you  how  to  get  maximum  control 
with  Pyrawa's  special  double-end 
paddles  .  .  .  even  if  you've  never 
been  in  a  canoe  before.  Pyrawa's 
two  inflatable  seats  have  back- 
rests, are  removable  and  slide 
back  and   forth   for   needed   leg 


Forget  hauling  costs  or  storage 
fees.  Just  remove  Pyrawa  from  its 
waterproof  bag  and  inflate.  Never 
worry  about  theft  or  vandalism. 
Pyrawa  stores  safe  in  your  home. 
Pyrawa  will  last  five  to  ten  years 
with  reasonable  care.  You  can  use 
Pyrawa  in  just  about  any  water 
you  like  .  .  .  even  in  rocky  shal- 
lows. 

FREE  TRIAL! 

Try  Pyrawa  FREE  for  30  days 
...  in  rivers,  lakes  and  streams. 
salt  water  and  even  in  ocean  surf. 
See  for  yourself  if  it's  the  safest, 
most  convenient,  most  econom- 
ical boat  you  will  ever  own. 

If  you're  not  fully  convinced 


They  Tested  Pyrawa 

"Pyrawa  is  fast,  maneuveroble,  eosy 
to  handle  ...  not  a  dime  store  toy, 
but  a  surprisingly  rugged  performer." 
Off  Belay  Magaiinc 
"Maybe  the  finest  of  its  type  on  the 
market."       MechonJx  Illustrated 

"We  were  impressed  by  the  sofely 
factor  due  to  the  number  of  separate 
air  compartments." 

Camping  Magazine 


...  if  you  find  Pyrawa  does  not 
perform  exactly  as  described  .  .  . 
return  it  within  30  days  and  re- 
ceive a  full  refund.  If  desired, 
we  will  replace  .  .  .  entirely  at 
our  expense .  .  .  any  Pyrawa  that 
is  defective  in  any  way  within  one 
year  of  purchase.  NO  QUES- 
TIONS ASKED. 

Only  a  limited  supply  of  Py- 
rawas are  on  hand  in  this  country. 
Demand  is  great.  Now,  more  than 
ever,  people  are  discovering  just 
how  safe  and  economical  these 
boats  are.  To  avoid  delay  and  dis- 
appointment, mail  the  coupon  be- 
low today. 


I  Mail  Free-Trial  Coupon  Today!  ■ 


Leisure  Imports,  Inc.,  Dept.  NH  76 

104  Arlington  Avenue.  St.  James,  New  York  11780 

n  Send  me Pyrawa  canoes  @  $79.95  plus  $6.50  shipping 

and  handling,  complete  with  carrying  bag,  2  removable  seats, 
16-page  owners  manual  &  repair  kit. 

D  Also  ship  me 7'4"  double  end  paddle{3)  @  $17.95. 

n Bellows  foot  pump(s)  (a)  $14.95. 

n  SAVE  $20.00— Order  2  Pyrawas  (a'  $69.95  each  plus  $6.50  ship- 


ping &  handling  for  each  boat. 

.  Total  amount  enclosed.  N.Y. 


lidents  add  sales  tax. 


D  Bill  my  credit  card  below. 


D  American  Express      D  Diners  Club  III! 

D  BankAmericard         Q  Master  Chaise  Interbank  #  1111 


Call  TOLL-FREE... (800)  257-0300.  In  New  Jersey  call  (800)  462-2000. 


82 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
invites  you  on  a  trip  to  seidom-  visited 
pieces  led  by  tiie  Museum  Director 
and  guided  by  experts 


See  the  splendors  of  ancient  civilizations  (Greek,  Roman, 
Minoan,  Lydian,  Byzantine).  And  the  natural  beauty  of 
many  landscapes  (towering  mountains,  tranquil  lakes,  sun- 
dappled  valleys  and  islands  where  the  past  still  lives). 
Cruise  the  Dardanelles,  the  Sea  of  Marmara,  the  Black 
Sea,  the  Aegean. 

Live  aboard  our  own  ship,  m.t.s.  Orpheus,  spacious, 
well-appointed,  air-conditioned.  For  your  comfort,  we  are 
limiting  participation  to  230  places,  just  over  half  the 
capacity  of  the  ship. 

Travel  in  the  company  of  Museum  scientists  and 
scholars.  Dr.  Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  director  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  an  astronomer, 
will  tell  you  about  the  starry  skies  of  eastern  Asia.  Dr. 
David  Gordon  Mitten,  James  Loeb  Professor  at  Harvard, 
will  be  our  art  and  archeology  expert.  Thoroughly  at  home 
in  this  part  of  the  world,  he'll  take  you  through  some  exca- 
vations (Sardis,  for  example)  in  which  he  himself  took  part 
not  long  ago.  You  will  see  rare  and  spectacular  birds  in 
the  company  of  Dr.  Francois  Vuilleumier,  the  Museum's 
own  associate  curator  of  ornithology.  Let  a  Byzantine 
scholar,  a  classicist,  and  an  art  historian  deepen  your 
insights  into  the  meaning  and  the  majesty  of  the  achieve- 
ments you  will  witness.  All  six  experts  will  be  with  you 
throughout  the  trip.  Take  part  in  informal  discussions  that 
will  follow  staff  lectures.  And  take  your  choice  of  activities 
when  the  group  splits  up  (as  it  will,  for  example,  in  Nesse- 
bur  in  Bulgaria,  where  some  will  choose  to  explore  the 
town  and  others  will  drive  to  the  lake  region  for  birding). 

Swim  and  sun  in  the  ship's  pool,  in  the  Bosphorus,  the 
Black  Sea,  the  Aegean.  Stroll  the  Street  of  the  Knights  in 
the  Old  City  of  Rhodes,  explore  the  Danube  Delta  in  small 
boats,  see  the  Blue  Mosque  in  Istanbul  and  the  Levadia 
Palace  at  Yalta.  Go  to  places  that  most  travelers  miss: 
Lindos,  Phaestros,  Priene,  Nessebur. 

W.F.  and  R.K.  Swan,  the  London  travel  specialists,  will 
supervise  all  details  and  logistics.  The  trip  leaves  New 
York  on  June  9  via  TWA  for  Athens,  where  Orpheus  will  be 
waiting;  returns  to  New  York  from  Athens  on  June  24. 
Prices,  exclusive  of  airfare,  range  from  $1291  to  $1721  per 
person  in  a  double  cabin  (single  prices  on  request).  All 
participants  are  asked  to  contribute  $500  to  the  Museum. 

For  a  complete  itinerary  and  reservations  for  the  Black 
Sea  Cruise,  please  telephone  Miss  Ann  Breen  at 
(212)  873-1300.  Or  write  to  her  at: 
The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 
New  York,  N.Y.  10024 
But  do  it  today,  for  only  a  few  places  are 
left,  and  we  would  not  want  you  to  miss 
the  experience  of  your  lifetime. 


MU^eUM  OF 

muMi 
■  hi<;torv  ' 


■c/i 


m 


And  she  thinks  for  our  anniveirsary 
we're  just  going  out  to  dinner. 


fn  life 


A  diamond  is  forever. 


To  give  you  an  idea  of  diamond  values,  the  piece  shown  is  available  for  about  $1400. 

Your  jeweler  can  show  you  other  fine  diamond  jewelry  starting  at  about  $200.  De  Beers  Consolidated  Mines,  Ltd. 


# 


'-.,,,     ■^^■"^"■■p^^'' 


■ 


One  of  a  kind. 
Eldorado  by  Cadillac. 

It's  the  only  U.S.  luxury  car  with  them  all.  ..front-wheel  drive, 
four-wheel  disc  brakes  and  choice  of  coupe  or  convertible.        ^  ' 


NATU1U.L  HIS  rORY 


Incorporating  Nature  Magazine 
Vol.  LXXXV,  No.  4 
April  1976 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  G.  Coelei.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Director 


Alan  Ternes.   Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay.  Frederick  Harlmann, 

Christopher  Hallowell.  Toni  Gerber 

Carol  Breslin,  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckham.  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato,  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson,  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana.  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon,  Dorothy  E.  Bliss. 

Mark  Chartrand.  Niles  Eldredge, 

Vincent  Manson,  Margaret  Mead. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Gerard  Piel. 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryus,  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn,  Production  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Joan  Mahoney 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street,  New  York.  N.  Y.   10024. 
Published  monthly.  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York.  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York.  N.   Y.   10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 


2     Authors 

10     A  Naturalist  at  Large  Richard  M.  Klein 
The  "Fever  Bark"  Tree 

20     Letters 

24     This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Gould 
Ladders.  Bushes,  and  Human  Evolution 

32      Bios  Arthur  W.  Colston 
How  Safe  Should  Safe  Be> 

36     Politicking  in  Ancient  Persia  Bernard  Goldman 
The  credibility  gap  at  PersepoUs  is  2.500  years  old. 

46     Late-blooming  Terns  Paul  A.  Buckley  and  Francine  C.  Buckley 

A  shifting  sand  bar  is  an  unlikely  place  to  raise  a  family,  but  the  royal  tern 
uses  several  strategies  to  survive  in  this  precarious  habitat. 

56     Around  the  Ice  Age  World  George  J.  Kukla 

62     Ice  Age  Animals  of  the  Lascaux  Cave  Dexter  Perkins.  Jr. 
Photographs  by  Jean  Vertut 

When  the  last  continental  glaciers  reached  their  peak,  the  world  looked 
radically  different  .  .  .  and  man  was  there  to  record  it. 

70     Lizard  Coexistence  in  Four  Dimensions  Carol  A.  Simon 
You  are  what  you  eat,  where  you  eat,  when  you  eat. 

76     Journey  of  a  Seventeenth-Century  Cannon  Christopher  L.  Hallowell 
Hopefully,  this  elusive  artifact  will  not  disappear  again. 

80     Sky  Reporter  Lloyd  Motz 

Destruction  of  the  Earth-Moon  System 

84     Additional  Reading 

86     Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

88     Book  Review  Robert  Coles 
Feral  Children 

96     An  Edible  Weed  Robert  H.  Mohlenbrock 

The  scourge  of  the  well-kept  lawn  is  a  boon  to  the  salad  bowl. 

98     The  Market 

100     Announcements 


Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions. 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


Cover:      Near  the  end  of  the  last  Ice  Age,  painters  in  the  Lascaux  cave  of 

France  recorded  the  large  animals  of  Europe's  glacier-free  regions. 
The  aurochs,  or  wild  ox,  depicted  in  the  painting  was  probably  an 
important  human  food  source  at  the  time.  Photograph  by  Jean  Vertut. 
Stories,  maps,  and  other  cave  illustrations  on  pages  56-69. 


Look  what 

Bwana  Morley 

found  for 

you... 


TheWonder 
Safari  1602 

roundtrip  from  N.Y. 

16  days  of  quality  travel  at  low  cost  A  full 
safari  covering  thie  classic  game  runs  in  Kenya 
and  Tanzania  Visit  ttie  Masai-Mara  Game 
Reserve  where  vast  fierds  of  wildebeeste, 
buffalo  and  kongoni  come  to  graze,  but  mostly, 
theMasai-Maraislion  country  InthieSerengeti 
Game  Park  you'll  searctn  for  ttne  leopard  and 
fiippo  at  ttne  Orangi  and  Seronera  Rivers  Visit 
a  Masai  village  Tfie  Tsavo  East  Park  is  remote, 
wild  and  hot  Crocs  bask  down  stream  from 
Lugard  Falls  You'll  be  accompanied  by  an 
experienced  driver-guide  at  all  times  All 
accommodations  and  most  meals  included. 

East  African  Wing  Safari  $3083 
roundtrip  from  NX  22  days  of 

"adventure  in  comfort,"  Watch  lions  at  dawn  at 
Fori  I  koma.  No  maior  park  has  been  left  out 
of  our  Wing  Safari,  We  show  you  all  the 
traditional  cultures  Transportation  by  3-engine 
private  plane  All  accommodations  and  most 
meals  included 

Tented  Safari  $3263 
roundtrip  from  N.Y  21  days  to  see 

Africa  as  most  never  will.  The  Tented  Safari  is 
Africa's  newest  lure  Stalk  game  on  foot.  Spend 
time  deep  in  Masai  country  Watch  elephants 
.wallow  in  their  mud  baths.  All  accommodations 
and  most  meals  included 

These  are  just  some  of  the  many  safaris 
and  other  African  tours  in  a  new  4-color 
brochure,  British  Airways  "Holidays  in  Africa^' 
They  are  all  available  from  these  cities  served 
by  British  Airways:  Boston,  Chicago,  Detroit, 
Los  Angeles,  Miami,  New  York,  Philadelphia 
and  Washington,  DC.  Of  course,  prices  are 
subject  to  a  number  of  conditions.  For  details  fill 
outthecouponandwe'llsendyou  our  brochure. 
Or  call  your  Travel  Agent  or  British  Airways, 

We'll  take  good  care  of  you  to  Britain. 
Africa.The  World. 

British  airways 


^  British  Airways.  Box  15,  Depl 
J  Rego  Park.  New  York  11374 
•  Telephone:  (212)  687-1600 

•  • 
151 

312,                      2 

0  Dear  Mr  Morley 

*  Please  send  me  Ihe 

Holidays! 

nAIr 

ca' brochure     T 

*  City 

_Slale 

• 

7,n                       • 

•                                                                                        • 

Authors 


Traveling  throughout  Iran,  and 
specifically  to  the  ruins  of  Persepolis, 
has  been  essential  to  Bernard  Gold- 
man's research  into  the  artistic  ori- 
gins of  the  Persian  Empire.  It  was  his 
study  of  the  sculpture  of  those  early 
times  that  prompted  him  to  speculate 
on  the  use  by  the  ancient  Persians  of 
art  as  a  propaganda  tool.  Professor  of 


Art  History  at  Wayne  State  Univer- 
sity in  Detroit  for  the  past  ten  years, 
Goldman  hopes  to  turn  his  attention 
next  to  the  Parthians  and  their  role  in 
the  arts  of  the  ancient  East.  A  cache 
of  gold  unearthed  in  northwestern 
Iran  was  the  subject  of  an  earlier  ar- 
ticle for  Natural  History,  "Shreds  of 
Ancient  Persia,"  May  1969. 


After  four  years  of  laboratory  re- 
search at  Cornell  University,  Paul  A. 
Buckley  and  Francine  G.  Buckley 

began  looking  in  1966  for  a  species 
of  water  bird  that '  'presented  provoc- 
ative field  problems."  They  found 
one — the  royal  tern — on  Fisherman's 
Island,  Virginia.  Their  investigation 
of  this  species'  nesting  patterns, 
creche  formations,  and  other  behav- 
iors took  them  to  such  places  as  Cape 
Hatteras,  the  Dry  Tortugas,  Puerto 
Rico,  and  the  Netherlands  Antilles. 
Paul  Buckley  is  chief  scientist  with 
the  National  Park  Service's  North  At- 
lantic Region,  and  an  adjunct  profes- 
sor of  environmental  studies  at  the 
University  of  Massachusetts  (Am- 
herst). Coauthor  and  coresearcher 
Francine  Buckley,  who  has  worked 
on  all  of  the  royal  tern  projects,  is 
planning  to  study  the  effects  of  human 
disturbance  on  habitat  selection, 
breeding  ecology,  and  reproductive 
success  of  various  colonially  nesting 
water  birds. 


Tmyd  Maupintour, 
all  expenses  included! 


Put  cafes  and  worries  aside.  Sit  bacl<  and  enjoy 
yourself  as  you  tour  in  style  and  comfort  on  an 
escorted  Maupintour  holiday.  Get  more  for 
your  money,  too!  Most  everything  is  included: 
Superior  hotels,  meals,  in-depth  sightseeing 
balanced  with  leisure  time,  entertainments,  and 
special  events.  Don't  settle  for  less. 


See  more,  learn  more  with  t^aupintour's  guides 
and  lecturers.  The  groups  are  small,  not  regi- 
mented, with  friends  to  share  discoveries.  And 
the  choice  is  almost  unlimited!  Listed  are  the 
1976  Maupintour  holidays,  a  unique  selec- 
tion. For  details,  ask  your  Travel  Agent  for 
Maupintour  brochures  or  mail  coupon  today. 


^Maupintour 

telephone  913/843-1211       quality  tours  since  1951 


Maupintour,  900  Massachusetts  Street,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044. 

Please  send  me  the  Maupintour  brochures  about  the  1976  holidays  I  have  checked  below. 


□  Tour  Digest  describing 
81  different  F^aupintours 

□  Africa  /  20  to  34  days 

□  Alexander's  Asia  /  36  days 

□  Tfie  Alps  /  15  to  22  days 

□  Art  Treasures  of  Russia  /  21  days 

□  British  Isles  /  15  to  27  days 

□  Central  America  /  22  days 

□  Central  Asia  /  21  to  33  days 

□  Colorado  /  7  to  9  days 

□  Dalmatia/Balkans  /  15  to  29  days 


□  Easter  Island/Angel  Falls  /  22  days 

□  Egypt/Nile   Cruise   /    17   days 

□  France  /  23  days 

□  Gourmet's  Italy  /  22  days 

□  Greece/Aegean  fsles  /  16to22days 

□  Guatemala/Yucatan  /  14  days 

□  Hawaii  /   14  days 

□  Imperial  Europe  /  22  days 

□  Italy/Sicily  /  16  to  22  days 

□  Mexico  /  10  to  18  days 

□  Middle  East  /  17  to  32  days 


□  tulorocco  /  18  to  22  days 

□  North  Africa  /  22  days 

□  Orient  /  27  days 

□  Scandinavia  /  15  to  37  days 

□  Shrines  of  Europe  /  22  days 

□  South  America  /  8  to  29  days 

□  South  Pacific  /  24  days 

□  Spain/Portugal  /  9  to  22  days 

□  Switzerland  /  15  to  22  days 

□  USSR/Eastern  Europe  /  15  to  49  days 

□  Yugoslavia  Exclusively  /  15  days 


Join  an  unforgettable  action  plioto 


A  breath  -catching  animal  library 
inspired  by  one  of  TV's  most 
visually  spectacular  series 

Two  cheetahs,  a  high-powered  hunting  team,  swiftly  cut  down 
a  zigzagging  hare... With  astonishing  agility,  an  Asiatic  gibbon 
streaks  up  a  slanting  vine... A  pair  of  male  elephant  seals  clash  in 
a  bloody  battle  over  a  female . . . 

Millions  of  viewers  have  witnessed  scenes  like  these  on  the 
widely  acclaimed  television  series,  WILD,  WILD  WORLD  OF 
ANIMALS.  But  they've  seen  them  for  only  a  few  seconds 
...then,  they've  disappeared  forever. 

Not  any  more!  Time-Life  Television  captures  all  the 
drama  and  suspense  of  television's  WILD,  WILD 
WORLD  OF  ANIMALS  in  a  lasting  library  of  hard- 
bound books,  just  off  the  press,  and  filled  with 
incredible  action  photo  sequences  and  powerful 
picture  essays.  Here,  in  thousands  of  on-the-spot 
photos  in  true-to-life  color... is  a  brilliant  panorama 
of  wild  animals  you  can  enjoy  forever. 

First,  come  stalk  The  Cats— FREE,  for  10  days 

Begin  your  action  photo  safari  with  The  Cats,  your  in 
troductory  volume  to  WILD,  WILD  WORLD  OF  ANI- 
MALS. Enjoy  it  FREE,  without  obligation  to  buy,  for  10 
days.  Study  spectacular  photographs... John  Dominis' 
hair-raising  shot  of  a  baboon  fighting  a  leopard...  Dmitri 
Kessel's  portrait  of  a  motionless,  wide-eyed  ocelot  await- 
ing unwary  prey.  See  the  fascinating  behavior  of  a  lion- 
ess in  mating  season... the  aerial  hunting  technique  of 
the  serval.  See  all  this  precisely  as  you  would  in  the  wild. 

Then,  visit  every  corner  of  the  animal  kingdom 

In  future  volumes  of  WILD,  WILD  WORLD  OF  ANIMALS  you'll 
journey  from  the  Tibetan  highlands  to  the  African  savannah— from 


the  jungles  of  Borneo  to  the  snowfields  of  Alaska.  You'll  see  ani 


mals  as  diverse  as  Monkeys  and  Apes ...  Dangerous  Sea  Creatures 
. . .  Reptiles  and  Amphibians . . .  Wild  Herds ...  and  more. 

Each  128-page  volume  combines  superb  action  photography 
with  a  scientifically  accurate,  yet  absorbing,  fast-paced  text.  To- 
gether they  enhance  your  understanding  of  the  way  animals  really 
live,  feed,  fight,  mate,  rear  young  and  battle  to  survive. 

You'll  learn  about  the  dominance  of  the  male  lion  who  lets 
the  female  hunt  and  then  stuffs  himself  on  her  kills. ..The  incred- 
ible oxygen-conserving  abilities  of  the  humpback  whale  as  he 
dives  3,000  feet  for  food... How  cleverly  a  troop  of  baboons  will 
deploy  themselves  to  defend  against  their  enemies. 

You'll  discover  why  the  chipmunk  developed  his  huge 
pouches,  the  giraffe  his  enormous  stature.  You'll  learn 
how  creatures  adapted  for  survival . .  .The  black-necked 
cobra  who  spits  venom  eight  feet  when  faced  with 
an  enemy... The  lungfish  who  cocoons  itself  up  to 
four  years  without  food  or  water  in  severe  African 
droughts.  And  you'll  see  how  man's  assault  on  his  en- 
vironment is  threatening  the  survival  of  many  species. 

Major  literary  excerpts  enliven  each  volume 

Every  volume  will  also  bring  you  a  colorful  anthol- 
ogy of  some  of  the  greatest  writings  on  animals 
ever  published.  You'll  read  Hemingway's  cele- 
brated story  of  an  African  lion  hunt,  James  Feni- 
more  Cooper's  description  of  a  fight  with  a 
mountain  lion.  Excerpts  from  Rachel  Carson,  Mark 
Twain,  Gerald  Durrell,  Herman  Melville  and  many 
more,  provide  years  of  continual  reading  pleasure 
for  you  and  your  family. 

Start  your  adventure  today 

The  camera  records  ExamineT/ieCafsfreeforlOdays.Thendecideif 

a  caracal  poised  ...         .»       i  ^u  i  •    ..l 

to  catch  a  bird  you  want  to  keep  itandreceiveother  volumes  m  the 

in  midflight.       seriesasdescribedonthereplycard.There'snoobli- 
gation,  and  you  may  cancel  your  subscription  at  any 
time.  Just  complete  and  mail  the  attached  postpaid 
reply  card.  If  the  card  is  missing,  write  to  Time-Life  , 


Television,  Time  &  Life  Building,  Chicago,  III.  60611. 


Enjoy  The  Cats  free  for  10  days.  Mail  this  card  now! 


Order  now! 


^<^y^s/ 


y=>i 


^■j<^/ 


Wild,  Wild 
Worid  of 
^nimais 


Qts 


YpC     I  vvould  like  to  examine  The  Cals.  Please 
'  *-'^r  send  it  to  me  for  10  days'  free  examination 
and  enter  my  subscription  to  WILD,  WILD  WORLD 
OF  ANIMALS.  If  I  decide  to  keep  The  Cals,  I  will  pay 
$5.95  plus  shipping  and  handling.  I  will  then  receive 
future  volumes  in  WILD,  WILD  WORLD  OF  ANI- 
MALS, shipped  one  volume  at  a  time  approximately 
every  other  month.  Each  is  $5.95  plus  shipping  and 
handling  and  comes  on  a  10-day,  free-examination 
basis.  There  is  no  minimum  number  of  books  that  I 
>.  must  buy.  I  may  cancel  my  subscription  at  any  time 
2   simply  by  notifying  you. 

X  If  I  do  not  choose  to  keep  The  Cats,  I  will  return  the 
2  book  within  10  days,  my  subscription  for  future  vol- 
I  umes  will  be  canceled,  and  I  will  not  be  under  any 
z   further  obligation.  ceags? 


Name 

Address  _ 


-Apt.  No.. 


City Stat 

Canadian  residenls:  Mail  this  form  in  an  envelope.  Sctiools 
and  Libraries:  Order  Library-Style  Bindings  from  Silver  Burden 
Company,  Morristown,  N.J.  07960.  Eligible  for  Titles  I    II  funds 


n 

3- 

^ 

n 

era 

9" 

o 

Z 

OS 

° 

C 

-13 

S£ 

1 

Z 

m 

ii" 

tn 

3 

n 

■D 

■0 

z 

r- 

i 

•< 

2 

■I 

> 

^ 

r- 

1 

Q. 

5' 

c 

D 

Q. 

— 

1 

n 

-n 

/O 

S 

1 

on 

H 

o 

Z 

n    j 

~_ 

o 

>    1 

K 

1 

You  get  all  this  with  your 
subscription  to 


1. 10-day  FREE  examination  of 
each  volume. 

2.  Only  $5.95  per  volume,  plus 
shipping  and  handling. 

3.  No  club  to  join. 

4.  No  minimum  number  of  books  to  buy 

5.  Cancel  your  subscription  at  any  time. 

6.  Keep  only  the  volumes  you  want. 


^Ltiwi*^ 


Capable  of  explosive  accelention,  speeds  of 

60  miles  per  hour,  and  enormous  25-foot  bourtds, 

a  cheetah  gives  chase  to  a  herd  of  impata. 


safariln 


Each  volume  in  the 
series  will  include: 

•  Over  20,000  words  of  text 

•  128  pages,  beautifully  hardbound  in  large 
9y4  by  103/4  inch  format 

•  More  than  150  full-color  photographs 

•  Extensive  literary  anthology  of  animal  writin 


70srs 


Memo 


Cr±t 
WILD.     WILD    WORLD   ' 


there    been    su'il'   "     ceievi»»  „ 
phocography  ^^        ^^^S.       "  „d 
.     WILD    WORLD   OF   ~^,„ae-"P«_„, 

tared    in   a    book    ^'"'    "^''•"•'"''^ey   '"" 
you  a   vhole   new  "f'^^^^e  as    <^ 
why   wild    animals    •>  ^^^    ^aSM 

CO    »«"''   ^"i    "^ 
I  urge  you    t"  trial-     „  , 

or  your   10-day  f"  obUe'^  ca< 

ember,    there   is       ^„„ey  '".^tne 

sk.       You   eend   n  ^ut 

turn    the  volume   "» 

Ing  anything' 


payl 


!Z'rXZZ','l,',''',"^,'//,!''!l'"'''''>,,,„ 


Trained  at  Charles  University  in 
Prague,  geologist  George  J.  Kukla 
first  became  interested  in  the  Ice  Age 
world  twenty-five  years  ago  when  he 
found  piles  of  ancient  bones  in  the 
sediments  of  Czechoslovakian  caves 
he  was  exploring.  He  has  since  stud- 
ied Pleistocene  sediments  and  ice  for- 
mations around  the  world  for  evi- 
dence of  past  glaciations.  A  senior 
research  associate  at  Lamont- 
Doherty  Geological  Observatory  of 
Columbia  University,  Kukla  is  a 
member  of  CLIMAP,  a  joint  project 
undertaken  by  several  United  States 
universities,  which  is  investigating 
the  climate  of  ice  ages  and  intergla- 
cial  episodes  in  order  to  learn  what 
causes  climatic  shifts  and  how  to  pre- 
vent them. 


Since  his  student  days,  when  he 
worked  at  sorting  Paleolithic  bones  in 
a  university  museum.  Dexter  Per- 
kins, Jr.,  has  been  interested  in  the 
relationship  between  prehistoric  man 
and  animals.  Concentrating  his  stud- 
ies on  the  early  domestication  of  ani- 
mals, he  has  examined  examples  of 
early  man's  art,  which  show  evidence 
of  domestication,  as  well  as  the  skele- 
tal remains  of  animals  in  Near  East 
archeological  sites.  Perkins  is  at 
present  classifying  the  thousands  of 
animal  bones  found  at  Tep  Godin,  an 
archeological  site  in  Iran  with  a 
5,000-year  history  of  expanding 
domestication.  When  not  studying 
faunal  remains,  he  teaches  paleo- 
zoology  at  Columbia  University. 


Interested  in  the  amount  of  space 
animals  need,  and  the  environmental 
components  they  require  within  that 
space,  Carol  A.  Simon  did  a  study 
of  resource  partitioning  among  Yar- 
row's spiny  lizards.  An  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  biology  at  Ramapo  College 
of  New  Jersey  and  an  associate  with 
the  Department  of  Animal  Behavior 
of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Simon  did  her  field  work  at 
the  Museum's  Southwestern  Re- 
search Station  at  Portal,  Arizona.  She 
first  came  to  the  station  in  1964  as  a 
student  volunteer  and  went  on  to 
complete  much  of  her  postdoctoral 
work  there.  Simon  plans  to  continue 
her  research  an  territorial  behavior 
and  resource  partitioning,  as  well  as 
to  examine  the  possible  significance 
of  licking  behavior  in  lizards. 


P 

f 

CO 

o 

Of 

®        p 

£ 

PI 

>02 

OtI 

c 

^i 

^ 

O- 

o 

^1 

I^ 

0)1 

4= 

j_ 

CO 

Z5 

o 

P 

>^ 

o 

o 

tl 

D 

p 

-4— 

r 

i 

O) 

1 

^ 

c 

c 

0 

D 

0) 
G) 

r 

RHil 


■■iP«l^- 


CI) 

>- 

() 

0) 

^ 

L_ 

> 

o 

( 

D 

^ 

C 

■1— 

() 

<j) 

Q)"0    1 

> 

c 

c 

D 

1 

o 

h  I 


■     *  K^ 


^^^»Tnifffw* 


"  r^^ff^ 


WAtERFO^DILLUMINATES.  I 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


by  Richard  M.  Klein 


The  "Fever  Bark"  Tree 


Quinine,  the  once-secret 
preparation  made  from  the 
cinchona  tree,  was  not  only 
a  remedy  for  malaria  but  also 
a  pawn  in  the  maneuvers  of 
seventeenth-century 
kings  and  popes 


Throughout  man's  troubled  his- 
tory, few  diseases  have  played  as  sig- 
nificant a  role  as  malaria.  A  retrospec- 
tive romp  through  the  past  illuminates 
the  impact  of  the  disease. 

In  1943,  in  World  War  II,  perhaps 
as  much  as  15  percent  of  the  Ameri- 
can overseas  army  had  malaria.  In 
1938-39,  about  300,000  cases  of 
malaria  were  recorded  worldwide,  in- 
cluding some  20,000  deaths  in  the 
Brazilian  province  of  Rio  Grande  do 
Norte.  The  Spanish- American  War  in 
1898  saw  about  four  times  as  many 
troops  incapacitated  by  malaria  as  by 
wounds.  The  Army  of  the  Potomac 
under  Union  general  George  McClel- 
lan  may  have  lost  the  offensive  at 
Chickahominy  in  1862  because  it 
lacked  enough  healthy  soldiers  to  op- 
pose General  Lee.  The  Pilgrims'  de- 
cision in  1620  to  settle  in  New  Eng- 
land was  made,  according  to  William 
Bradford,  long-time  governor  of  Ply- 
mouth Colony,  because  "hott  coun- 
tries are  subject  to  greevous  diseases 
.  .  .  and  would  not  so  well  agree  with 
our  English  Bodys."  In  1596,  the 
third  earl  of  Cumberland  captured 
Spanish  Puerto  Rico  but  was  unable 
to  hold  it,  probably  because  his  forces 
were  decimated  by  malaria.  Rome 
was  built  on  seven  hills  to  avoid  the 
malaria  rampant  in  the  adjoining  val- 


leys, and  the  city  of  Horence  was 
depopulated  in  the  second  century 
B.C.  by  malaria,  most  likely  intro- 
duced, via  Sicily,  from  North  Africa 
during  the  Punic  Wars .  Alexander  the 
Great  is  thought  to  have  died  of  it  in 
June  323  B.C. 

Among  the  twelve  labors  imposed 
on  Hercules,  the  most  famous  of 
Greek  legendary  heroes,  were  the 
slaying  of  the  nine-headed  Hydra,  the 
monster  that  brought  human  misery 
and  ruin,  and  the  shooting  of  the  man- 
eating  birds  of  the  Stymphalian 
marshes.  These  are  allusions  to  ma- 
larial infections  that  periodically 
swept  through  ancient  Greece. 

The  name  malaria  was  coined  in 
the  seventeenth  century  by  a  physi- 
cian who  combined  the  Italian  words 
for  "bad"  and  "air."  The  disease 
has  also  been  called  the  shakes,  the 
ague,  the  fevers,  and  many  other 
things — none  affectionate.  Hippoc- 
rates, who  was  thought  to  have  suf- 
fered the  affliction  himself,  cogently 
noted  that  there  were  several  clinical 
types  of  malaria,  depending  on 
whether  the  chills  and  fevers  came 
every  second  or  third  day.  He  be- 
lieved that  imbalances  in  the  ratios  of 
the  four  humors — blood,  phlegm, 
black  bile,  and  yellow  bile — caused 
the  malady.  Invisible  worms,  it  was 
asserted  for  a  thousand  years,  were 
carried  on  the  dank  night  air  into  the 
body  and  were  the  penultimate  cause 
of  the  illness. 

And  yet,  the  common  people 
seemed  to  know  that  the  mosquito 
was  involved,  for  malaria  was  rare  in 
dry  and  windy  areas  and  disappeared 
during  the  winter,  even  from  marsh- 
lands,  when  the   insects  vanished. 


From  India,  still  an  endemic  malarial 
area,  comes  this  lyric  poem  attributed 
to  a  fourth-century  medical  author: 

The  green  and  stagnant  waters 

lick  his  feet 
And  from  their  filmy,  iridescent 

scum 
Clouds  of  mosquitoes,  gauzy 

in  the  heat 
Rise  with  his  gifts: 

Death  and  Delirium. 

It  was  not  until  1 880  that  a  French 
physician,  Charles  L.  A.  Laveran, 
found  the  microscopic,  malaria-caus- 
ing parasite  in  human  red  blood  cells. 
And  in  1898,  the  British  bacteri- 
ologist Ronald  Ross  discovered  the 
malarial  parasite  in  the  stomach  wall 
of  the  Anopheles  mosquito,  thereby 
establishing  the  relation  of  the  mos- 
quito to  the  fevers.  Both  men  subse- 
quently received  Nobel  Prizes  for 
their  work.  The  complete  life  cycle  of 
the  Plasmodium,  a  genus  of  malarial 
parasite,  was  worked  out  in  1 897-99. 
The  existence  of  four  major  species 
of  malarial  parasites  was  soon  dis- 
covered, and  the  need  for  mosquito 
control  became  so  obvious  that  marsh 
draining  and  other  control  measures 
were  widely  adopted.  DDT  came  into 
general  use  as  an  insecticide  in  the 
1940s  and  in  spite  of  what  some  now 
consider  widespread  overapplication, 
it  saved  thousands  of  lives.  But  it  is 
impossible  to  kill  all  female  mosqui- 
toes, and  even  a  few  infected  human 
beings  can  serve  to  initiate  a  fresh 
malaria  cycle  of  epidemic  propor- 
tions. 

As  far  back  as  the  fifteenth  century, 
it  was  obvious  that  a  chemo- 
therapeutic  agent  effective  against 
malaria  was  needed.  One  was  found 


Perhaps  once  each  generation,  the 
course  of  an  industry  changes. 

Today,  that  change  is  happening  In 
photography.  And  pointing  the  way  to  the 
future  is  the  new  Contax  RTS. 

There's  never  been  a  camera  like  the 
Contax  RTS.  A  camera  with  professional 
features  and  equipment  to  challenge  any 
rival  35mm  system.  Yet  a  camera  so  fast, 
so  automatic,  so  accurate  it  can  express 
your  creativity  like  no  camera  in  history. 

The  first  time  you  touch  the  Contax 
RTS,  you  know  you're  handling  a  different 
kind  of  camera. 

The  Porsche  Design  Group  gave  it 
distinctive  styling.  A  sleek  black  body 
tapered  and  rounded  to  fit  the  natural  curve 
of  your  hands. 

Carl  Zeiss  gave  the  Contax  RTS  optics 
of  unsurpassed  quality.  Carl  Zeiss  T-Star 


(T)  coated  lenses.  From  f3.5  1 5mm  Dis- 
tagon  to  f5.6  1000mm  Mirotar,  each  of 
these  superb  lenses  is  among  the  fastest  in 
its  class.  And  all  twist  smoothly  into  the 
new  Contax/Yashica  bayonet  mount,  with 
internal  linkage. 

Yashica  gave  the  Contax  RTS  its  ad- 
vanced electronics.  Including  a  unique 
electromagnetic  shutter  release.  A  view- 

CONTAX 


im.  ....   

Real  Time  Photography 


finder  display  of  16  Light  Enutting  Diottes, 
that  lets  you  read  precise  shutter  speeds, 
preselected  lens  aperture,  and  maximum 
aperture  of  the  lens  in  use.  And  an  air- 
damped  electronic  shutter  w/Hh  infinite 
speeds,  from  4  seconds  to  1  /2000  rf  a 
second. 

Plus  the  Real  Time  Winder.  A  compact 
lightweight  motor  drive  you  add  to  the 
Contax  RTS  without  special  tools  or  modi- 
fication. 

System.  Electronics.  Design.  Together, 
they  make  the  Contax  RTS  what  it  is:  the 
world's  first  Real  Time  camera.  A  camera 
that's  faster,  more  accurate,  more  exciting 
to  use. 

For  further  information,  and  for  the 
names  of  Contax  RTS  dealers  in  your  area, 
write  Yashica  Inc,  Contax  Division,  50-17 
Queens  Blvd.,  Woodside,  N.  Y  1 1377. 


The  Contax  RTS. 

Destined  to  become 

the  superior  photographic 

instrument  of  our  time. 


-'^  '  \ ": 


©1976  Yashica  Inc. 


and  its  history  starts  in  Lima,  Peru, 
the  sixteenth-century  capital  of  New 
Spain.  Lima  became  a  city  where 
riches  were  quickly  amassed,  and 
young  CastiHan  gallants  vied  for  per- 
mission to  make  an  assured  fortune 
from  the  mineral  wealth  so  easily 
taken  from  the  defeated  Indians.  The 
turnover  of  these  hopeful  merchant 
princes,  however,  was  high  because 
malaria  was  endemic  in  Peru.  Yet,  as 
the  church  fathers  noted,  the  Indians 
in  the  bush  were  not  excessively  both- 
ered by  the  disease.  Through  converts 
and  slaves  (usually  one  and  the 
same),  it  was  learned  that  on  the  east- 
ern slopes  of  the  Andes  was  a  tree 
whose  bark,  when  powdered  and 
mixed  with  water,  would  cure  the 
fever.  The  natives  called  the  concoc- 
tion made  from  the  "fever  bark"  tree 
quina  quina,  literally  "bark  of 
barks." 

An  Augustinian  monk  in  a  book 
published  in  1639  about  his  experi- 
ences in  the  New  World  remarked 
that  the  bark  "cures  the  fevers  and 
tertians,"  but  the  Augustinians  were 
a  contemplative  and  less  worldly 
order  than  the  Jesuits,  and  it  was  the 
Society  of  Jesus  that  recognized  the 
political  clout  inherent  in  this  light 
gray  powder.  Sending  expeditions 
into  the  Andes,  the  Jesuits  soon  ac- 
quired a  virtual  monopoly  of  the  sup- 
ply of  quina  quina  in  Peru,  Colom- 
bia, and  Bolivia,  and  by  various 
means  they  quickly  turned  their  con- 
trol into  an  official  monopoly.  At  first 
they  trickled  quina  quina,  or  quinine, 
back  to  Spain;  later  they  system- 
atically built  up  their  markets  through 
discreetly  advertising  that  they,  and 
they  alone,  could  cure  the  fevers  then 
sweeping  across  Europe.  The  Jesuits 
had  little  competition,  for  the  stand- 
ard treatment  for  malaria  was  still 
founded  on  Hippocrates'  dicta  of 
humors,  and  the  best  that  could  then 
be  done  for  the  already  debilitated  pa- 
tient was  bleeding,  bed  rest,  and  the 
application  of  cooling  cloths. 


To  cure  her  fever  while  living 
in  Peru,  the  countess  of 
Chinchona,  in  this  artist's 
representation,  takes  a 
proffered  potion  called  quina 
quina.  The  potion  was  made 
from  the  bark  of  a  local 
tree  subsequently  named  for 
the  countess.  The  powder  is 
known  to  us  as  quinine. 


The  Society  of  Jesus  formally  de- 
cided that  this  wondrous  bark  should 
be  employed  for  "the  greater  Glory 
of  God  and  for  good  and  useful  Chris- 
tians.'  '  With  their  imprimatur  and  the 
tacit  approval  of  Pope  Urban  VIII,  a 
treatise  called  Schedula  Romana, 
which  provided  instructions  in  the  use 
of  the  powder,  was  published  in 
1651.  No  Catholic  physician  then 
openly  dared  to  oppose  the  use  of  qui- 
nine, although  many  were  against  it 
for  a  variety  of  reasons. 

Meanwhile,  Spanish  galleons  were 
lumbering  back  from  the  New  World 
to  their  home  ports  with  their  holds 
laden  with  gold  and  silver  bullion  and 
bales  of  bark  bearing  the  mark  of  the 
order.  Malaria  was  decimating  the 
French  and  English  colonies  ten- 
uously established  on  the  eastern  sea- 
board of  North  America,  and  the  buc- 
caneers who  plundered  the  Spanish 
Main  were  as  welcome  for  their  free- 
spending  ways  as  for  their  loads  of 
"Jesuit  powder,"  as  the  fever  bark 
was  commonly  called.  Some  was 
transshipped  in  good  English  bottoms 
back  to  Britain  where  the  London 
ague,  as  the  disease  was  known  lo- 
cally, was  so  feared.  Jesuit  powder 
was  available,  with  directions  for  its 
use,  at  John  Crook's  London  book- 
shop in  1658,  but  because  of  fears  of 
a  popish  plot  and  possible  curses 
placed  on  the  remedy  by  "Jesuit 
devils,"  Oliver  Cromwell,  the  Puri- 
tan lord  protector  of  England,  was  not 
treated  with  the  powder  and  died,  pre- 
sumably of  malaria,  the  same  year. 
The  fear  of  using  quinine  for  the  pro- 
tector came,  in  part,  from  the  state- 
ment in  a  book  by  the  eminent  Eng- 
lish physician  Thomas  Sydenham 
who  asserted  that  the  medicine  at- 


tacked only  the  symptoms  of  malaria 
and  could  worsen  the  disease. 

By  1660  the  Jesuit  distribution  and 
control  of  quinine  was  breaking 
down.  Several  prominent  persons  had 
died  after  taking  the  powder,  an  uni- 
dentified fever  in  Rome  in  1655  was 
not  controlled  by  quinine,  and  the 
power  of  the  Roman  church  to  de- 
mand obedience  and  conformity  had 
slipped.  Physicians,  only  some  of 
them  Catholic,  had  long  resented  the 
high  price  the  Jesuits  exacted  for  their 
remedy,  and  with  the  Jansenist  apos- 
tasy challenging  the  authority  of  the 
church,  attacks  on  the  Jesuit  powder 
intensified. 

Popular  prejudice  against  the  Soci- 
ety of  Jesus  was  rallied  by  reformists 
and  physicians,  and  supplies  of  qui- 
nine were  becoming  unobtainable  be- 
cause of  piracy  and  slave  revolts  in 
Peru.  According  to  some  sources, 
however,  a  former  apothecary's  as- 
sistant in  Essex,  England,  named 
Robert  Talbor,  could  cure  the  ague  by 
secret  means.  To  quell  fears,  he  an- 
nounced that  he  was  not  a  physician, 
but  a  feverologist,  who  by  long  and 
arduous  study,  "by  observation  and 
experimentation,"  had  an  exclusive 
and  "certain  method  for  the  cure  of 
this  unruly  distemper."  He  further 
announced,  "Beware  of  all  palliative 
cures,  and  especially  that  known  by 
the  name  of  Jesuit's  powder,  for  I 
have  seen  most  dangerous  effects  fol- 
lowing the  taking  of  that  medicine." 

By  1668  Talbor  had  moved  to  Lon- 
don where  he  set  up  a  lucrative  prac- 
tice under  the  horrified  noses  of  the 
Royal  College  of  Physicians.  Word 
of  his  cure  soon  spread  to  the  court 
and  when  Charles  II  came  down  with 
malaria,  the  king  called  for  Talbor. 


New  York  Public  Library 


Once.. .just  once 

have  the  automobile  you  want. 

The  Mercedes-Benz  450  SL. 


You've  learned  the  hard  way. 
You've  suffered  through  the  rest 
—  the  cramped,  Httle  whippets,  the 
bellowing  brawlers,  the  high-strung 
blue  bloods.  Small  wonder  that  the 
Mercedes-Benz  450SL  seems  too 
good  to  be  true. 

Suspend  your  skepticism.  The 
450SL  can't  be  lumped  in  with  the 
rest.  Conventional  sports  cars  have 
little  in  common  with  it.  You  owe  it 
to  yourself  to  try  the  450SL. 

Anatomy  of  an  ideal 

The  450SL  captivates  your  senses. 
It's  supposed  to.  Your  eyes  linger  on 
the  lean  body  design. 


Settle  into  the  cockpit  of  this 
Mercedes-Benz  and  you  immediate- 
ly feel  at  home.  The  anatomically 
designed  seat  cradles  you.  You  read 
critical  gauges  at  a  glance. 

By  design,  everything  falls  into 
place.  It's  a  study  in  ergonomics. 

Three  cars  in  one 

Clearly,  this  is  the  complete  spi)rt- 
ing  automobile.  Standard  equip- 
ment includes  a  removable  hard- 
top as  well  as  a  custom-tailored 
soft  top  that's  always  on  board. 
Hardtop.  Soft  top.  No  top.  The 
450SL- practically  three  cars  in  one. 
Now,  take  the  450SL  on  a  thor- 
ough test  drive.  It's  time  for  the 
moment  of  truth.  Turn  the  key  and 
you  dispel  the  last  of  yciur  doubts. 
The   450SL's   engineering  creden- 


tials make  it  a  match  for  any  spon- 
ing  automobile  in  the  world. 

Go  ahead.  Enjoy  yourself.  Feel 
this  Mercedes-Benz  turn  an  ordi- 
nary back  road  into  an  indelible 
driving  experience. 

Performance?  Ride?  Handling? 
Incomparable.  And  exactly  what 
you'd  expect  from  a  car  whose  pro- 
genitors dominated  the  racing  cir- 
cuits of  the  world. 

At  last,  it's  happened.  TTie  car 
you  want  is  here.  The  Mercedes- 
Benz  450SL.  But  stand  forewarned. 
Don't  sample  the  unique  450SL 
until  you're  really  ready 
to  buy  one.  It's  that  kind 
of  automobile. 

Mercedes-Benz 

Engineered  like  no  other  car 
in  the  world. 


Solid  brass  kerosene  lamps  from 
the  coal  mines  of  Wales. 

Virtually  unchanged  since  the  mid  1800' s. . . 

an  uncommon  collector's  item  that'll  add  a  special  charm 

to  your  home  or  office. 


This  is  definitely  not  a  lightweight 
reproduction.  It's  the  real  thing  .  .  . 
crafted  from  more  than  three  pounds  of 
solid  brass  in  a  way  that's  remained 
virtually  unchanged  for  more  than  a 
century.  Lamps  like  this  have  played  an 
important  part  in  the  life  and  liveli- 
hood of  Great  Britain's  coal  miners  and 
are  actually  responsible  for  saving  thou- 
sands of  lives. 

From  deep  in  the  mines  to  your 
office  or  home. 

Although  it  gives  off  light  in 
much  the  same  manner  and  in- 
tensity of  the  early-American 
hurricane  lamp,  its  most  impor- 
tant function  was  the  detection 
of  dangerous  gas.  By  reading 
variations  in  the  light  given  off, 
an  experienced  miner  could  tell 
when  a  dangerous  level  of 
methane  gas  was  present.  It  was 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  ad- 
vancements in  mining  safety 
ever  developed.  In  fact,  it  was 
so  sophisticated  for  its  time, 
many  are  still  in  use  today. 

A  handsome  addition  to  almost 
any  setting. 

We  believe  these  solid  brass 
lamps  are  among  the  most  un- 
usual decorator  items  in  exist- 
ence. They'll  add  a  special 
"character"  to  your  home  or  of- 
fice and  we  honestly  feel  their 
value  as  a  collector's  item  will 
increase  with  time. 

The  lamps  measure  10"  in 
height  and  Si/q"  in  diameter.  Each  is 
equipped  with  a  solid  brass  hook  for 
hanging,  or  it  can  be  set  on  a  book 
shelf,  coffee  table,  desk,  mantel  .  .  .  the 
list  is  endless.  They  blend  beautifully 
with  your  prized  antiques  and  equally 
well  with  the  most  modern  interior 
designs. 

They  really  work. 

The  lamps  operate  on  kerosene  and 


of  light  can  be  controlled  by  adjusting 
the  wick  to  different  heights.  Use  thern 
to  provide  a  mellow  atmosphere  for 
conversation  or  build  a  centerpiece 
around  one  on  the  dining  table  for  a 
very  British  version  of  "dinner  by 
candlelight." 

A  beautiful  and  unique  gift. 

You  niigiit    want   to   (,rder  an  extra 


A  unique  decor, 
any  setting  fron 


'tor  item  that'll  add  a  distinctive  touch  to 
a  bookshelf  to  the  fireplace  hearth. 


lamp  for  those  occasions  when  a  gift 
means  more  than  providing  a  social 
amenity.  Because  they're  solid  brass 
(not  plated)  they  can  be  easily  en- 
graved to  commemorate  a  special  occa- 
sion or  just  to  express  a  special  senti- 
ment. 

Along  with  your  lamp,  we'll  send  you 
complete  operating  instructions  and  a 
detailed   history   we   think   you'll   find 


burn  a  standard  size  wick.  The  intensity         fascinating    $65.00  ppd. 


Normnioinpsoii 


Dent.  03-17 

1865  N.W.  Thurman 

Portland,  Or.  97209 

Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712. 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  and  Alaska) 

No.  9300  Brass  Miner's  Lamp:  Qty. 

D  Check  enclosed.         Charge  to  my: 
D  BankAmericard         D  Master  Charge 

Card  #___ 


Exp.  Date 

Signature  X_ 


M/C\nt.  Bank#_ 


Address 

City 

State Zip_ 

D  Send  FREE  color  cata- 
log. Just  off  the  press  and 
loaded  with  new  and  ex- 
citing items,  many  of 
which  can't  be  purchased 
any  where  else  in  the 
world. 


Because  of  the  suspicion  that  Talbor 
might  use  the  hated  popish  remedy  on 
the  king,  whose  Protestantism  was  al- 
ready suspect,  loyal  Englishmen  car- 
ried placards  warning  that  the  Jesuits 
were  going  to  poison  the  monarch. 
Happily,  Charles  recovered.  In  grati- 
tude, he  knighted  Talbor,  forced  the 
College  of  Physicians  to  make  Sir 
Robert  a  full  member,  and  warned  the 
outraged  body  that  "you  should  not 
give  him  any  molestation  or  disturb- 
ance in  his  practice." 

Through  Robert  Talbor,  Charles  II 
saw  a  way  in  1679  to  improve  the 
touchy  relations  then  existing  be- 
tween England  and  France.  The  dau- 
phin, son  of  King  Louis  XIV  of 
France,  suffered  from  periodic 
fevers,  so  Talbor  was  sent  to  Paris  as 
a  royal  envoy  with  the  title  Physician 
to  the  King  of  England.  Talbor's  suc- 
cess in  France  was,  if  possible,  even 
greater  than  in  England.  The  entire 
imperial  family  was  cured  and  Louis, 
as  a  royal  gesture,  sent  Talbor  to  cure 
the  queen  of  Spain.  Appearances  to 
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  this 
was  not  really  carrying  coals  to  New- 
castle; the  Society  of  Jesus  had  re- 
cently been  expelled  from  Madrid 
and  the  Jesuits  had  taken  their  powder 
with  them.  Once  again,  Talbor  was 
successful.  On  his  triumphal  return  to 
France,  he  changed  his  name  to  Tal- 
bot— then  a  distinguished  French 
name — and  joined  the  radical  chic  of 
Paris.  Mme.  de  Sevigne  referred  to 
him  as  "un  horrmie  divin,"  and  his 
bedside  manner  was  most  favorably 
commented  on  by  the  ladies  of  the 
court.  As  the  Chevalier  Talbot,  and 
with  malaria  rife  in  Paris,  he  amassed 
a  fortune.  In  1680  he  decided  to  re- 
turn to  England.  Before  Talbot  left 
France,  Louis  XIV  paid  him  three 
thousand  gold  crowns  and  promised 
him  a  lifetime  pension  in  return  for 
a  sealed  envelope  containing  a  de- 
scription of  his  secret  remedy.  Tal- 
bot/Talbor  returned  home  covered 
with  honor,  became  a  fellow  of  St. 
John's  College,  Cambridge,  and  be- 
fore his  death  in  1 68 1 ,  composed  his 
own  epitaph: 

The  most  Honorable  Robert  Tal- 
bor, Knight  and  singular  physi- 
cian. Unique  in  curing  fevers  of 
which  he  delivered  Charles  II  of 
England,  Louis  XIV  of  France,  the 
Most  Serene  Dauphin,  princes, 
many  a  duke,  and  a  large  number 
of  lesser  personages. 

Louis  opened  his  expensive  enve- 
lope in  January  1682,  and  in  a  book 


14 


There  are  three  sides 
to  every  question: 

the  pro  side,  the  con  side 
and  the  inside. 


If  you're  in  business 
and  you're  reading  about 
something  important  to 
your  business,  you  don't 
want  to  know  what  some- 
body thinks  has  happened. 
You  want  to  know  what 
has  in  fact  happened. 

We  want  you  to  know 
that,  too. 

That's  why  The  Wall 
Street  Journal  goes  to  such 
lengths  to  insure  that  its 
news  columns  are  unbiased.  We're  not  for  or 
against  anything — not  in  our  news  columns, 
at  least.  As  far  as  we  are  able,  we  give  you 
the  straight  story... the  unvarnished  who, 
what,  why,  where,  how,  when  and  so  what 
of  anything  that  happens  anywhere  in  the 
"world  that  may  affect  your  decisions  about 
your  business.  If  you  want  to  know  what  we 
think,  read  our  editorials. 

This  let-the-chips-fall-where-they-may 
attitude  has  helped  The  Journal  to  grow 
from  785,000  circulation  to  over  a  million 
and  a  quarter  in  10  years.  It  has  won  Journal 
writers  and  editors  five  Pulitzer  Prizes  for 


r  e  p  e)  r  t  i  n  g  (and  two 
Pulitzer  Prizes  for  edito- 
rial writing  —  which 
proves  that  The  Journal 
isn't  afi'aid  to  take  a  stand 
where  a  stand  should  be 
taken). 

Try  The  Journal  on 
our  special  introductory 
offer.  Just  86(t^  a  week 
will  get  it  delivered  to 
your  home  or  office.  Fill 
out  and  mail  in  the 
attached  card.  If  someone  else  has  already 
used  the  card,  call  this  toll-free  number:  800- 
257-0300.  (In  New  Jersey,  call  800-462- 
2000.)  For  new  subscriptions  only.  Take  us 
up  on  our  86(f-a-week  offer,  for  any  period 
from  13  weeks  to  a  year.  You  won't  get  just 
the  pro  side  of  business  news,  or  the 
con  side.  You'll  get  'Tf^l- 
the  inside.  I    |^^^ 

Wall  Street 
Journcd 

2A5 10  Price  good  in  United  States  and  possessions. 


ascribed  to  him  and  entitled  The  Eng- 
lish Remedy  or  Talbot's  Wonderful 
Secret  for  Curing  of  Agues  and 
Feavers,  he  revealed  the  secret.  It 
was,  of  course,  the  hated  Jesuit's 
powder  mixed  with  wine  to  disguise 
the  bitter  taste  of  the  alkaloid  and 
using  a  different  wine  for  each  patient 
to  confuse  the  issue.  We  still  do  not 
know  how  Talbor  managed  to  secure 
his  supply  of  quinine  bark,  but,  ac- 
cording to  him,  it  was  not  from  the 
Jesuits.  The  discomfiture  of  the  phy- 
sicians who  had  denounced  Talbor 
was  great,  but  even  with  the  identifi- 
cation of  his  secret  cure,  British  med- 
icine still  refused  to  employ  quinine. 
When  Charles  II  had  another  bout  of 
malaria  in  1682-83,  he  literally  had 
to  beg  his  physicians  for  Talbor's 
remedy;  they  simply  refused  to  admit 
that  they  had  been  outdone  by  a  mere 
apothecary's  apprentice. 

By  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury, the  dust  had  settled  and  quinine, 
no  longer  known  as  Jesuit  powder, 
was  the  standard  treatment  for  ma- 
laria in  Europe  and  the  Americas. 
Spain  controlled  the  trade  in  the  bark 
through  its  exclusive  mandates  in 
Peru  and  Bolivia,  but  it  was  evident 
that  there  were  not  enough  wild  trees 
to  keep  up  with  demand.  This  danger 
had  been  envisioned  by  the  Jesuits  a 
hundred  years  before  when  they  at- 
tempted, unsuccessfully,  to  require 
that  a  new  tree  be  planted  for  each  one 
cut  down.  A  French  expedition, 
which  studied  the  problem  in  the  dec- 
ade between  1730  and  1740,  found 
that  there  were  at  least  four  major  spe- 
cies of  the  fever  bark  tree.  Specimens 
were  sent  to  Linnaeus  who,  in  honor 
of  the  wife  of  Count  Chinchon,  vice- 
roy of  Peru,  gave  the  trees  the  genus 
name  Cinchona,  inadvertently  drop- 
ping the  first  "h"  in  the  count's  fam- 
ily name.  Subsequent  collectors  had 
to  go  farther  and  farther  into  the  bush, 
getting  lost,  dying  of  disease,  or 
being  shot  by  the  darts  of  local  tribes- 
men. It  became  clear  that  the  fever 
bark  tree  had  to  be  grown  as  a  planta- 
tion crop.  In  1 820,  two  young  French 
chemists  isolated  the  active  alkaloid 
in  the  bark  and  standardization  of  the 


Cinchona  trees  thrive  on  a 
quinine  plantation  in  Java, 
where  they  were  first 
successfully  planted  in 
the  late-nineteenth  century. 


dosage  soon  followed.  In  1849,  seeds 
had  sprouted  in  botanical  gardens  in 
England,  France,  and  Holland  and 
the  public  flocked  to  see  the  young 
trees.  Thus,  there  appeared  to  be  no 
barrier  to  plantation  culture .  Freedom 
from  malaria  for  mankind  seemed 
merely  a  matter  of  time. 

Two  countries  dominated  the  race 
toward  plantation  culture — England, 
with  its  Ceylonese  and  Indian  colo- 
nies, and  Holland,  with  colonial  con- 
trol over  much  of  the  rest  of  Southeast 
Asia.  The  Dutch  took  the  lead  in  1 845 
when  a  Netherlands  agriculturist 
started  for  Java  with  400  young  trees 
illegally  smuggled  out  of  Bolivia.  But 
most  of  the  trees  died  en  route,  and 
the  seeds  the  smuggler  had  purchased 
at  the  same  time  came  from  a  species 
low  in  quinine  content.  The  agricul- 
turist tried  again  in  1854,  but  after 
five  years  of  growth,  the  young  trees 
were  virtually  worthless.  The  Dutch 
tea  planters  in  Java  called  the  quinine 
operation  "the  governor  general's 
hobby,"  and  the  taxpayers  on  the 
continent  demanded  an  end  to  this 
folly. 

In  1860,  a  British  civil  servant  ob- 
tained seeds  of  the  red  cinchona  tree 
from  Peru  for  planting  in  Ceylon  and 
India,  but  of  the  several  million  trees 
grown  in  those  two  countries,  almost 
none  contained  economically  useful 
levels  of  quinine  in  their  bark.  This 
fiasco  cost  the  crown  close  to  a  half- 
million  pounds  sterling.  A  second 
planting  of  the  red  cinchona  provided 


about  3  percent  quinine.  Unfortu- 
nately, these  trees  also  had  high  con- 
centrations of  other,  related  but  medi- 
cally useless,  alkaloids  that  required 
additional  processing,  so  the  growers 
still  could  not  compete  with  the  10 
percent  yields  obtainable  from  wild 
trees  in  South  America. 

The  Bolivian  quinine  monopoly 
was  finally  broken  in  1865  by  an  Eng- 
lish bark  trader  named  Ledger,  who 
established  his  business  in  Puno, 
Peru,  across  Lake  Titicacafrom  Boli- 
via. Knowing  that  the  best  bark  was 
to  be  found  only  at  high  altitudes,  he 
secretly  sent  his  servant-translator  in 
1 86 1  up  into  the  Bolivian  Andes  near 
the  headwaters  of  the  Rio  Beni  where 
Cinchona  calisaya  trees  with  high- 
yielding  bark  were  known  to  grow. 
The  servant  returned  after  a  four-year 
stay  with  smuggled  cinchona  seeds 
for  which  Ledger  paid  £  1 50 .  The  pre- 
cious seeds  were  shipped  to  London 
in  the  care  of  Ledger's  brother  and 
were  offered  first  to  the  government 
of  British  India,  which,  having  al- 
ready been  burned  once,  understand- 
ably refused  them.  The  brother  then 
went  to  Amsterdam  and  managed  to 
sell  some  seeds  to  the  Netherlands 
government  and  the  Dutch  East  India 
Company  for  100  gulden  and  a  prom- 
ise that  an  additional  payment  of  500 
gulden  would  be  made  if  the  seeds 
were  viable.  An  English  planter 
bought  the  rest,  but  completely 
botched  the  job  of  cultivation. 

The  seeds  sold  in  Holland  reached 


New  York  Public  Library 


i8 


Java  in  December  1865,  but  on  ar- 
rival Ihcy  smelled  so  bad  il  was  as- 
sumed that  tiiey  had  rotted  in  transit. 
Nevertheless,  they  were  planted  and, 
happily,  they  germinated  well  and  the 
Ledger  brothers  received  the  prom- 
ised additional  payment.  Over  10,- 
000  trees  were  transplanted  the  fol- 
lowing year  and,  by  1873,  quinine 
plantations  were  established  in  Java. 
This  time  the  Dutch  East  India  Com- 
pany took  no  chances.  It  sent  a  chem- 
ist to  Java  who  methodically  tested 
samples  of  the  bark  of  each  tree, 
marking  for  survival  only  those  with 
yields  of  more  than  13  percent  qui- 
nine. These  trees  were  used  as  graft- 
ing stock  and  the  flowers  were  bagged 
so  that  the  resultant  seed  remained 
genetically  pure.  By  1874  the  super- 
intendent of  the  Netherlands  govern- 
ment plantations  reported  that  within 
a  few  years  there  would  be  more  than 
two  million  trees,  each  having  bark 
with  at  least  8  to  9  percent  quinine. 
And  there  were.  In  1881,  South 
America  exported  about  nine  million 
kilograms  of  bark,  but  in  1884,  less 
than  two  million  kilos  found  a  mar- 
ket. The  Dutch  monopoly  was  essen- 
tially complete  by  1890.  After  a  few 
years  of  overproduction,  controlled 
harvesting  was  achieved  by  1910, 
and  the  world's  supply  of  quinine  was 
stabilized.  This  pattern  was  not  al- 
tered until  the  Japanese  overran  the 
Javanese  plantations  in  World  War  II . 
With  quinine  under  absolute  mo- 
nopolistic control  in  Java,  many  at- 
tempts were  made  to  grow  high- 
yielding  trees  in  other  parts  of  the 
world,  but  none  were  economically 
vigorous  operations.  Synthetic  sub- 
stitutes were  accordingly  sought.  The 
Winthrop  Chemical  Company  in  the 
United  States  began  experimenting 
with  the  antimalarial  drug  atabrine  in 
1931.  But  it  tended  to  turn  the  skin 
a  strange  shade  of  yellow  and  its  dos- 
age was  poorly  understood  so  natural 
quinine  was  preferred.  Not  until  the 
outbreak  of  the  Second  World  War  in 
1939,  and  especially  the  campaigns 
in  North  Africa  and  the  fall  of  the 
Philippines  in  1942,  did  the  quinine 
crisis  spur  the  lagging  efforts  to  syn- 
thesize effective  antimalarials.  Insec- 
ticides and  other  mosquito  control 
measures  and  several  safe  and  potent 
antimalarials  developed  during  and 
after  the  war  have  since  provided  us 
with  reasonable  freedom  from  ma- 
laria. 

Richard  M.  Klein  teaches  botany  at 
the  University  of  Vermont. 


IF  YOU'RE  GOING 

AROUND  THE  WORLD, 

CRUISE  WITH  THE 

WORLD'S  MOST 

WORLDLY  CRUISE  LINE. 


Tllli  19111  WORLD  CRLISK  1  KOM  IHi:  WXJRLD'S  .MOST 
EXPERIENCED  WORLD  CRLTSE  LEVE. 

The  Grand  Tour  is  alive  and  well  at  Holland  America. 

On  the  19th  of  January  1977,  the  flagship  of  Holland 
America  Cruises,  the  s.s.  Rotterdam,  will  sail  from  New  York  to 
Port  Everglades,  Florida,  and  then  on  to  circle  the  globe  for  the 
19th  consecutive  year. 

Your  itinerary  offers  you  world  and  time  enough  to  savor 
the  contrasts  of  ancient  history  and  history  in  the  making.  The 
85 -day  voyage  will  bring  you  to  20  ports  in  17  countries.  You'll 
view  the  glories  of  Athens  and  ancient  Greece  and  the  glorious 
Sim  of  Acapulco,  the  splendor  of  the  Taj  Mahal  and  the  spectacle 
of  the  pyramids.  You'll  enjoy  visits  to  Bali  and  Casablanca;  Haifa, 
Hong  Kong  and  Honolulu;  Singapore  and  Yokohama.  And  more. 

All  with  no  packing  and  unpacking,  no  checking  in  and 
out  of  hotels  or  getting  held  up  in  holding  patterns  over  airports. 

As  you  cruise,  you'll  live  in  a  manner  to  which  very  few 
are  accustomed.  For  the  s.s.  Rotterdam  is  truly  a  luxurious 
international  resort  designed  and  built  to  cruise  the  world  in 
uncompromising  grandeur.  So  you'll  relax  in  a  spacious  cabin 
with  all  the  comforts  of  home.  Dine  elegantly  on  gourmet  cuisine 
featuring  freshly  prepared  specialities  of  the  lands  you  visit.  And 
enjoy  a  world  of  leisure  at  your  beck  and  call. 

You'll  bask  in  the  sun,  swim  in  our  indoor  and  outdoor 
pools  and  enjoy  first-rim  movies,  first-rate  entertainers  and  three 
dance  bands.  And  all  the  while  the  world  sails  right  up  to  you. 

So  join  Holland  America  and  see  the  world.  For 
information  consult  your  travel  agent  or  Holland  America  Cruises, 
Dept.C,Two  Penn  Plaza,  New  York,  NY  10001. 
Or  call  212-760-3880. 

The  s.s.  Rotterdam  is  registered  in  the  Netherlands 
Antilles. 

Holland  America  Cruises 

VAOOIONS  TIMT  ARE  ALL\aoaiON  SINCE  1872. 


19 


Letters 


Of  Human  Bonds 

In  his  article  "Human  Babies  as 
Embryos"  [February  1976],  Stephen 
Jay  Gould  writes  about  the  peculiarity 
of  human  babies  being  born  helpless 
and  undeveloped  in  comparison  to 
other  primates. 

Alexander  Pope  noticed  this  fea- 
ture of  newborns  and  suggested  in  An 
Essay  on  Man  that  it  was  on  this  long- 
term  weakness  that  the  human  family 
was  founded,  and  that  this  very 
helplessness  brought  about  monog- 
amy and  permanent  family  bonds: 

A  longer  care  Man's  helpless 

kind  demands; 
That  longer  care  contracts 

more  lasting  bands: 
Reflection,  Reason,  still  the 

ties  improve, 
At  once  extend  the  interest, 

and  the  love. 

Our  wants,  weaknesses,  and  frail- 
ties, which  create  the  bond  between 
us  as  humans,  create  the  moral  fabric 
of  compassion  (what  remains  of  it) 
that  sustains  society.  Sometimes  the 
social  consequences  of  a  simple  fact 
like  this  one — the  altricial  features  of 
the  human  newborn — can  be  over- 
looked by  scientists. 

Anne  Barbeau 
New  York,  New  York 

Agents  of  Extinction 

Michael  J.  Bean's  review  of  The 
Politics  of  Extinction,  by  Lewis  Reg- 
enstein  [January  1976]  contained 
some  irritating,  misleading  state- 
ments. Among  these,  the  author  re- 
peats an  old  and  false  antihunting 
myth,  namely,  that  "it  is  the  hunters 
themselves  who  are  principally 
responsible  for  the  near  obliteration 
of  predatory  animals  such  as  the  wolf, 
cougar,  bear,  and  numerous  others." 
The  decline  of  the  wolf,  cougar,  and 
bear  is  due,  not  to  sport  hunters,  but 


to  the  forces  of  "civilization,"  espe- 
cially the  professional  bounty  hunting 
and  strychnine  baiting  carried  out  to 
benefit  ranchers  and  sheepherders  and 
the  general  loss  of  habitat  inevitable 
with  our  spreading  population. 

Loss  of  habitat  and  environmental 
pollution  seem  to  be  the  main  threats 
to  wildlife  populations  in  modern 
times,  yet  Bean  devotes  nearly  half  of 
his  review  to  the  hunting  controversy. 
Clearly,  the  modern  sport  hunter  is 
not  an  agent  of  extinction  in  his  hunt- 
ing activities.  The  hunter  and  the  rest 
of  us  are  agents  of  wildlife  extinction 
in  our  activities  as  consumers,  pol- 
luters, and  propagators  of  the  human 
race. 

K.  Allen  Bowser 
Lewisberry,  Pennsylvania 

Rice 
Connection  II 

I  read  the  December  1975  issue  en- 
route  to  a  meeting  of  agricultural  ex- 
perts at  the  Asian  Development  Bank 
in  Manila.  My  colleagues  there  were 
all  much  interested  in  the  story  on  the 
aquatic  fern  Azolla  ("The  Water 
Fern-Rice  Connection"),  new  to 
them,  harboring  a  blue-green  alga 
capable  of  fixing  nitrogen. 

Later  I  saw  a  rice  paddy  at  the  In- 
ternational Rice  Research  Institute 
near  Manila,  in  which  the  fern,  col- 
lected in  the  Philippine  mountains, 
was  growing.  According  to  their  ex- 
perience thus  far,  it  is  capable  of  fix- 
ing some  60  kilograms  of  nitrogen 
nutrient  per  hectare,  a  remarkable 
performance.  However,  its  survival 
seems  to  depend  on  a  high  phosphate 
content  in  the  soil,  so  high  as  to  make 
it  of  doubtful  commercial  value  ex- 
cept in  naturally  phosphatic  areas,  as 
the  North  Vietnamese  zone  referred 
to  in  your  article  must  be. 

Let  us  hope  that  plant  breeders  can 
create  new  varieties  unaffected  by 


this  limitation.  It  would  represent  an 
enormous  advance  in  cost-efficiency, 
simplicity,  and  productivity  for  this 
basic  Asian  staple,  to  say  nothing  of 
the  saving  of  fossil-fuel  energy  now 
required  to  produce  artificial  nitrogen 
fertilizer. 

Edwin  M.  Martin 
Washington,  D.C. 

The  Delicate 
Oliavango 

Christopher  Scholz  has  captured 
the  magic  of  an  unbelievable  corner 
of  the  world  in  his  article  "Rifting  in 
the  Okavango  Delta"  [February 
1976].  When  my  wife  and  I  first  saw 
this  area  in  1966,  we  knew  we  would 
have  to  return  for  a  closer  look.  Thus, 
when  we  left  our  Peace  Corps  service 
in  Malawi  in  1968,  we  made  a  cross- 
country trek  to  Botswana.  We 
camped  for  some  time  on  the  edge  of 
the  Okavango  and  then  canoed  in  the 
area.  We  were  treated  to  the  sights  of 
lily  trotters  making  their  way  across 
the  floating  leaves  and  small  insect 
traps  on  the  bladderworts,  just  to 
mention  two  of  the  thousands  of  un- 
believable treasures  to  be  found  in  the 
Okavango. 

After  crossing  the  Kalahari,  I  set- 
tled at  Kanye,  Botswana,  to  teach 
secondary  school  for  a  brief  period. 
I  thus  learned  to  share  some  of  the 
problems  and  aspirations  of  the 
people  of  Botswana  as  they  develop 
the  resources  of  their  country.  I  fear, 
however,  as  Scholz  indicates  at  the 
close  of  his  article,  that  there  is  an 
inherent  conflict  between  develop- 
ment and  the  delicate  ecological  bal- 
ance in  the  Okavango.  I  only  hope 
that  a  compromise  can  be  reached  that 
will  preserve  some  of  the  magic  of 
this  unique  feature  for  future  genera- 
tions. 

Bruce  J.  Hargreaves 
New  York,  New  York 


Dannon  Yogurt. 

If  you  don't  always  eat  right, 

it's  the  right  thing  to  eat. 


Every  day,  inillions  of  people  )^ve  up  eating.  F"or 
snacking. 

Well,  if  you  find  yourself  doing  more  eating  on  the 
run  than  at  a  table,  make  sure  you're  eating  Dannon 
Yogurt. 

Our  label  shows  you  that  Dannon  is  high  in  pro- 
tein, calcium  and  other  things  nutritionists  say  are 
good  for  you. 

It  also  shows  that,  unlike  so  many  snack  foods, 
Dannon  is  low  in  fat,  contains  no 
starch,  no  gelatin  or  other  thicken- 
ers. And  none  of  those  hard-to- 
pronounce  additives.  Because 
Dannon  Yogurt  is  100%  natural.  Not 
just  "natural  flavor,"  but  natural 
everything.  No  artificial  anything. 

Dannon  is  reasonable  in 
calories,  too.  Especially  when  you 
consider  how  satisfying  and  nutri- 
tious it  is. 

What's  more,  Dannon  gives 
you  the  benefits  of  yogurt  cultures. 
They  make  yogurt  one  of  the 
easiest  foods  to  digest,  and  have  been  credited  with 
other  healthful  properties  too. 

In  many  other  yogurts— mainly  pre-mbced  or 
Swiss  style— the  cultures  are  destroyed  during 
processing. 

We  created  a  whole  culture  of  yogurt  lovers. 

Dannon  outsells  all  other  brands.  For  a  number 
of  good  reasons. 


For  e.xample,  we  go  out  <){  our  wa\'  t(j  get  the 
best  natural  ingredients:  to  Eastern  Europe  for 
strawberries,  to  the  West  Coast  for  bo\'senber- 
ries,  and  we  go  to  Canada  for  blueberries.  (.Maybe  the 
reas(;n  that  other  \'ogurts  don't  come  close  to  the 
taste  of  Danncjn  is  that  other  \'ogurt  makers  don't  go 
quite  as  far  as  we  do.) 

And  it's  the  yogurt  delivered  direct  to  your  store 
"from  Dannon  to  dain'case."  So  if  it  tastes  fresher, 
that's  because  it  is  fresher 

Dieters  aren't  the  only  people 
who  are  big  on  Dannon: 

Toda\",  almost  ever\'bod\''s  eat- 
ing Dannon.  It  makes  a  quick,  delici- 
ous breakfast,  a  light  but  filling 
lunch,  and  of  course  \'ou  can't  beat  it 
as  a  high  nutrition  dessert  or  snack. 
Spoon  it  out  of  the  cup  as  is,  or  mix 
with  cottage  cheese,  fresh  fruit, 
peanut  butter,  honey  or  what- 
have-you. 

A  suggestion  for  beginners: 
since  plain  yogurt  ma>'  be  a  bit  tart,  start  with  Dannon 
fruit  yogurts— strawbern',  blueberr\',  red  raspberry; 
and  others. 

For  more  facts,  including  some  unexpectedly  de- 
licious ways  to  eat  Dannon,  write  for  our  booklet, 
"Yogurt  and  You."  Dannon,  22-11 38th  Avenue,  Long 
Island  City  N.Y  11101.  It's  free  and  it 
will  give  you  more  reasons  why 
Dannon  is  the  right  thing  to  eat — 
even  if  you  always  eat  right. 


Since  1972,  when  we  started  our 
tours,  cruises  and  expeditions  for  ad- 
venturous travelers,  many  people 
have  asked  us  for  a  safari  in  East 
Africa:  we  did  not  wish  to  compete 
with  others  in  this  field  and  waited 
until  we  could  offer  a  program  which 
is  unique  and  has  been  carefully  sur- 
veyed to  provide  the  outdoor  living 
that  inspired  Hemingway's  novels— 
the  true  way  to  appreciate  Africa,  its 
people,  and  its  wildlife. 

We  now  invite  twelve  intrepid  travel- 
ers to  see  Africa  as  did  the  explorers 
before  the  tourists  came,  on  our 

African 
Camel  Safari 

SEPTEMBER  17  TO  OCTOBER  2, 1976 

A  journey  on  foot  with  camel  support 
across  the  fiercely  exciting  Northern 
Frontier  District  of  Kenya,  accom- 
panied by  a  wildlife  expert  who  pro- 
vides the  protection  required  on  an 
expedition  of  this  nature. 

The  peace  and  serenity  of  walking 
through  the  African  bush  with  the 
muffled  sound  of  camel  bells  is  an  ex- 
perience few  travelers  have  enjoyed. 

Detailed  brochures  are  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  NY   10036 


Talented  Little  Towel 


Absorbent  terry  cloth  towel  is  shaped  into 
the  Eddie  Bauer  Toweling  Hat  to  outsmart 
summer  heat  two  ways!  When  your  brow  is 
perspiring,  just  wipe  it  with  your  hat.  Or 
douse  your  hat  in  water,  wring  it  out  and 
wear  it  to  keep  you  cool  at  tennis,  golf,  boat- 
ing, fishing,  camping.  Sizes:  S(6y4-6%), 
M(7-7y8),  1(71/4-73/8),  XL(7y2-75/8),  XXL(7%- 
7%).  Colors:  Sailing  Blue,  Powder  Blue, 
White,  Yellow.  2002  Toweling  Hat,  $4.95  ppd. 

Order  Todayl  Money  Back  Guarantee!  » 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  rush  my  2002  Toweling  Hat. 

Size Color 


Address- 
City 


□  Send  me  FREE  your  color  cc 
1200  exciting  outdoor  products. 


>^^^i2/^*cUM^ 


Dept.  HNH,  Third  &  Virginia,  Seattle,  WA  98124 


Meaty  Questions 

In  his  column  "A  Steak  in  the  Fu- 
ture?" [February  1976],  Raymond 
Sokolov  acknowledges  that  the  pro- 
duction and  consumption  of  meat 
protein  is  perhaps  the  least  economi- 
cally viable  means  of  feeding  the 
world's  population,  but  then  goes  on 
to  claim,  "I  doubt  that  I  would  make 
a  dent  in  the  worldwide  trend  toward 
ever  higher  meat  consumption  if  I 
embarked  on  a  program  of  acorn  eat- 
ing ..  .  or  some  other  nonmeat  diet. " 
He  ends  his  apology  with,  "In  the 
meantime,  I  prefer  to  stifle  my  guilt, 
eat  a  corned  beef  sandwich  now  and 
then,  and  do  my  evangelical  best  to 
prevent  my  own  species  from  exter- 
minating itself  through  war." 

The  truth  is  that  as  many  people  are 
being  exterminated  through  starva- 
tion and  indifference  as  through  war, 
and  if  Mr.  Sokolov  is  genuinely  con- 
cerned with  the  welfare  of  persons 
throughout  the  world,  he  would  do 
well  to  reconsider  his  stand.  For  al- 
though we  may  not  be  individually 
capable  of  solving  global  political 
problems,  we  are  individually  and 
collectively  responsible  for  alleviat- 
ing whatever  animal  and  human  suf- 
fering we  can.  It  is  not  a  question  of 
either  sentimentality  or  taste  but  of 
serious  moral  reflection. 

Mr.  Sokolov 's  column  gives  us 
more  tripe  than  is  called  for  in  his 
recipe. 

Alan  and  Judith  Tormey 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

Although  I  agree  with  Raymond 
Sokolov  that  in  the  United  States  rais- 
ing cattle  for  consumption  is  wasteful 
and  sadistic,  I  was  shocked  that  he 
would  label  the  Hindu  practice  of  cow 
worship  as  "masochistic"  and  there- 
fore equally  reprehensible.  India's 
problem  of  starvation  is  not  caused  by 
cow  worship,  but  quite  possibly  is  the 
result  of  private  ownership  of  large 
tracts  of  good  land,  which  leaves  the 
majority  of  the  people  landless  and 
hungry.  The  Indian  people  will  only 
begin  to  solve  this  problem  when  the 
land  is  cooperatively  worked  and 
food  is  distributed  on  the  basis  of 
need,  not  profit. 

T.  Bell 
Brooklyn,  New  York 

I  enjoyed  very  much  Raymond  So- 
kolov's  "A  Steak  in  the  Future?"  I 
agree  that  meat  is  neat  and  that  cows 
are  incredibly  stupid.  Living  off  other 
life  forms  is  just  the  way  it  breaks  on 


this  planet.  I  personally  feel  that  veg- 
etables have  feelings,  too.  I've 
known  weeds  with  more  cunning  than 
cows.  I  tend  to  apologize  to  kohlrabi 
when  I  cut  it. 

Having  moved  to  the  country,  I  try 
to  raise  as  much  as  I  can  of  what  I 
eat.  And  there  is  all  the  difference  in 
the  world  between  home-grown  and 
store-bought  meat.  As  far  as  cruelty 
goes,  my  cows  are  treated  really  well , 
living  in  cow  nirvana  until  the  coup 
de  grace.  I  wish  I  could  say  it  was 
reciprocal,  but  cows  have  just  about 
done  me  in  emotionally.  They  break 
through  expensive  new  fences,  eat 
whole  stands  of  roasting  ears  at  a 
gulp,  clean  out  tomato  plants  in  a 
guzzle.  They  ate  the  wiring  out  of  the 
lawn  mower  and  devoured  my  son's 
school  notebook.  ("Dear  Mrs. 
Brown:  You  aren't  going  to  believe 
this,  but.  .  .  .")  They  explore.  I  came 
home  one  day  to  find  a  cow  eating  the 
flower  arrangement  on  the  cof[ee 
table. 

I  will  enjoy  every  morsel  of  those 
cows.  They  have  given  me  a  whole 
new  insight  into  the  primitives'  cere- 
monial cannibalism  of  their  enemies 
and  liberated  me  to  guilt-free  eating. 
Gay  Weeks  Neale 
Meredithville,  Virginia 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO 
NATURAL  HISTORY 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of  sub- 
scription, billing,  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label  from  the  mag- 
azine wrapper 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a  move 
or  order  a  subscription 
Change  of  address — attach  your  address 
label  in  the  doited  area  and  fill  in  your  new 
address  below,  clip  and  mail  to  Natural  History 
Membership  Services.  Box  6000,  Des  Moines, 
Iowa  50340 


E   ^  E   g  §  o 

£     ;£     -O    .£     CD    ^ 


■S  -S  5  I 


5  & 


^ 

0. 

ir 

< 

help  save  Serita  Rimini 
for  $16  a  month.& 
ou  can  turn  the  po^e. 


The  Rimini  family 

lives  in  a  smaif  stone  liouse 

nestled atfiong  olive  trees  and  vineyards.' 

But  this  idyllic  scene  belies  their  tragic  story. 

Serita's  father  is  dead. 

Her  mother,  blind  from  glaucoma. 

Serita  wants  to  remain  in  school. 

But  she  will  have  to  leave  to  help  support  her  family. 

And  she  is  only  eight  years  old. 

You  can  give  a  child  like  Serita  that  education  so  that 
she  can  grow  up  to  live,  not  just  exist.  For  $16  a 
month,  through  Save  the  Children  Federation  you  can 
sponsor  a  child  in  many  countries  around  the  world 
and  here  at  home.  Combined  with  money  from  other 
sponsors,  your  $16  will  help  her  and  all  the  people 
In  her  community.  With  a  desperately  needed  new 
school,  child-care  services,  and  vocational  training. 
In  simple  terms,  help  a  proud,  hardworking  people 
help  themselves.  This  Is  what  Save  the  Children  has 
been  all  about  since  1932. 

For  you— educated.  Involved,  and  in  touch  with  your 
own  heart— there  are  many  rewards.  Correspond  with 
a  child.  Receive  a  photo  and  progress  reports.  Reach 
out  to  another  human  being.  That's  how  Save  the 
Children  works.  But  without  you  it  can't  work.  So 
please:  clip  this  coupon  and  mail  it  today.  Now  you 
can  turn  the  page. 


We  are  indeed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  funds.  Annual  report  and  audit 

<^  •"  statement  available  on  request.  Member  of  the  International  Union 

for  Child  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  for 

Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income  tax  deductible. 

I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  D  girl  D  either 
D  Where  the  need  Is  most  urgent 

D  Appalachia  (U.S.)      D  Indian  D  Korea 

D  Bangladesh  (Latin  America)  D  Lebanon 

D  Colombia  D  Indian  (U.S.)  D  Mexico 

n  Dominican  Republic  D  Inner  Cities  (U.S.)    D  Rural  South  (U.S.) 

n  Honduras  Q  Israel  D  Tanzania 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

D  $16  monthly  D  $96  semi-annually 

D  $48  quarterly  D  $192  annually 

D  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 


n  Please  send  me  more  Information. 


NAME 

ADDRESS- 
CITY 


_TEL.  NO.. 


_STATE_ 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

345  East  46th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017  nh  4/ 


This  View  of  Life 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


Ladders,  Bushes, 
and  Human  Evolution 


The  jaws  and  teeth  uncovered 
by  Mary  Leakey  in  Tanzania 
are  one  of  the  greatest  fossil 
discoveries  of  the  decade 


My  first  teacher  of  paleontology 
was  almost  as  old  as  some  of  the  ani- 
mals he  discussed.  He  lectured  from 
notes  on  yellow  foolscap  that  he  must 
have  assembled  during  his  own  days 


in  graduate  school.  The  words 
changed  not  at  all  from  year  to  year, 
but  the  paper  got  older  and  older.  I 
sat  in  the  first  row,  bathed  in  yellow 
dust,  as  the  paper  cracked  and  crum- 
bled every  time  he  turned  a  page. 

It  is  a  blessing  that  he  never  had  to 
lecture  on  human  evolution.  New  and 
significant  prehuman  fossils  have 
been  unearthed  with  such  unrelenting 
frequency  in  recent  years  that  the  fate 
of  any  lecture  notes  can  only  be  de- 


Wide  World  Photos 


scribed  with  the  watchword  of  a  fun- 
damentally irrational  economy — 
planned  obsolescence.  Each  year, 
when  the  topic  comes  up  in  my 
courses,  I  simply  open  my  old  folder 
and  dump  the  contents  into  the  near- 
est circular  file.  And  here  we  go 
again. 

A  front-page  headline  in  the  New 
York  Times  for  October  31,  1975, 
read:  "Man  traced  3.75  million  years 
by  fossils  found  in  Tanzania."  Dr. 
Mary  Leakey,  unsung  hero  of  the 
famous  clan,  had  discovered  the  jaws 
and  teeth  of  at  least  eleven  individuals 
in  sediments  located  between  two 
layers  of  fossil  volcanic  ash  dated  at 
3.35  and  3.75  million  years,  respec- 
tively. (Mary  Leakey,  usually  de- 
scribed only  as  Louis's  widow,  is  a 
famous  physical  anthropologist 
whose  credentials  are  more  impres- 
sive than  those  of  her  flamboyant  late 
husband.  She  also  discovered  several 
of  the  famous  fossils  usually  attrib- 
uted to  Louis,  including  the  "nut- 
cracker man"  of  Olduvai,  Austra- 
lopithecus boisei,  their  first  important 
find.)  Mary  Leakey  classified  these 
fragments  as  the  remains  of  creatures 
in  our  genus  Homo,  presumably  of 
the  East  African  species  Homo  ha- 
bilis,  first  described  by  Louis  Leakey. 
So  what?  In  1970,  Harvard  paleon- 
tologist Brian  Patterson  dated  an  East 
African  jaw  at  5.5  million  years. 
True,  he  attributed  the  fragment  to  the 
genus  Australopithecus,  not  to 
Homo.  But  Australopithecus  has 
been  widely  regarded  as  the  direct  an- 


Mary  Leakey  presents  the  skull 
o/ Australopithecus  boisei, 
found  in  1959,  to  President 
Nyerere  of  Tanzania. 


24 


British  Columbia,  Canada. 


These  pictures  are  just  a  sample  of  what  is  waiting  for  you  in  British 
Columbia.  1.  One  of  many  intriguing  shops  that  can  be  found  through- 
out the  Province.  2.  Long  Beach  on  Vancouver  Island,  11  miles  of  un- 
broken beach  on  the  Pacific  Ocean.  3.  The  Williams  Lake  Stampede. 
Dozens  of  rodeos  take  place  all  summer  long  in  British  Columbia's 
cattle  country.  4.  An  outdoor  restaurant  in  Gastown,  the  original  settle- 
ment of  British  Columbia's  largest  city,  Vancouver  For  more  pictures 
and  lots  more  information  write:  British  Columbia  Department  of 
Travel  Industry,  1019  Wharf  Street,  Victoria,  British  Columbia  V8W  2Z2. 
Or  see  your  local  travel  agent. 


For  the  time  of  your  Uf  e. 


25 


On  Display  at  Museums  and  Planetariums  Throughout  the  Country 


The  Choice,   l^^'l^.  '^^^°"f  f"''y 

experienced  tele- 
scope enthusiasts  and  leading  col- 
leges, universities  and  science 
centers  the  world  over  repeat- 
edly select  Celestron  telescopes: 

The  Celestron  5.  A  tabletop 
observatory  for  exploring  the 
Moon,  planets,  scores  of  open  star 
clusters  and  gossamer  nebulae  at  up 
to  300X.  For  casual  observing  or  lele- 
photograptiy.  rest  the  instrument  on 
any  flat  surface,  swing  up  the 
tube  and  focus.  Close  in 
on  the  whiskers  of  a 
squirrel  at  the  near 
focus  of  20  ft.  or  the 
face  of  a  friend  at  half 
a  mile.  The  S'/z-lb.  tube 
demounts  for  hand-held 
shots  at  25X.  (Size 
swung  down:  7"  x  8"  x 
16",  Wt.:  12  lbs..  Base 
price,  including  electric 
clock  drive  and  setting  cir- 
cles, $595) 

The  Celestron  8.  Eight  full 
inches  of  aperture  make  this 


portable  observatory  in  a  suitcase  the 
amateur's  favorite  for  studying  the  sur- 
face features  of  Mars,  the  subdivided 
rings  of  Saturn,  the  ever-changing 
belt  structure  of  Jupiter,  the 
ntricate  filamentary  detail 
of  deep-sky  nebulae,  the 
central  regions  of  glob- 
ular clusters  at  up  to 
500X.  Also  the  ulti- 
mate terrestrial  tele- 
scope or  telephoto! 
(Size  swung  down: 
9"  X  12"  X  22", 
Wt.:  23  lbs.,  $895) 
The  Celestron  14. 
The  appeal  of  this 
prestigious,  fully 
electric  dome  instrument  is  enhanced  by  a 
CATAI  OR  unique  design  that  also  makes  it  the  world's 

largest  one-man-portable   Demount  and  load  it 
into  your  compact  car  in  five  mmutesl  Within 
range  of  the  Celestron  14,  at  up  to 
850X,  are  the  delicate  contrast  levels 
of  the  diffuse  and  planetary  nebulae, 
the  spirals  of  remote  galaxies, 
and  the  quasars.  (Size  swung 
down:  18"  X  22"  x  44",  Wt.:  108 
lbs.,  $3,750) 


Celestron  Pacific    zass  Columbia 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  UNDBLAD 


OUR  AMAZON  SAFARI 

Explore  the  savage  beauty  of  an  incredible  land 


Here  in  Brazil's  legendary  regions  of 
Mato  Grosso  you  will  find  endless 
tracts  of  verdant  jungle  teeming  with 
strange  animal  and  birdlife  found 
nowhere  else.  For  seven  days  you 
will  live  aboard  a  specially  built 
"Safari  Boatel,"  exploring  the  Ara- 
guaia  and.Tapirape  Rivers.  You  will 
fish  for  your  dinner  and  disembark 
to  barter  with  tribal  Indians  and  see 
their  age-old  customs  and  rituals. 
And  Hundreds  of  miles  to  the  south, 
perhaps  the  most  awe-inspiring 
sightwill  be  the  Iguassu  Falls,  which 

26 


thunderously  pour  into  a  lush  tropi- 
cal basin,  bright  with  orchids  and 
serpentine  creepers,  creating  sights 
and  sounds  never  to  be  forgotten. 
Our  6  Amazon  Safaris  this  year  start 
as  early  as  May  17.  If  you  are  seri- 
ously interested,  we  suggest  you 
write  for  our  informative  brochure 
today  or  see  yourTravel  Agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHAS476 

133  East  55th  Street.  New  York,  N.Y  10022 
(212)751-2300 


cestor  of  Homo.  While  taxonomic 
convention  requires  the  award  of  dif- 
ferent names  to  stages  of  an  evolving 
lineage,  this  custom  should  not  ob- 
scure biological  reality.  If  H.  habilis 
is  the  direct  descendant  of  A.  afri- 
canus  (and  if  the  two  species  differ 
little  in  anatomical  features),  then  the 
oldest  "human"  might  as  well  be  the 
oldest  Australopithecus,  not  the  old- 
est recipient  of  the  arbitrary  designa- 
tion Ho/no.  What,  then,  is  so  exciting 
about  some  jaws  and  teeth  a  million 
and  a  half  years  younger  than  the  old- 
est Australopithecus? 

I  believe  that  Mary  Leakey's  find 
is  the  second  most  important  discov- 
ery of  the  decade.  To  explain  my  ex- 
citement, I  must  provide  some  back- 
ground in  human  paleontology  and 
discuss  a  fundamental,  but  little  ap- 
preciated, issue  in  evolutionary  the- 
ory— the  conflict  between  "ladders" 
and  "bushes"  as  metaphors  for  evo- 
lutionary change.  I  want  to  argue  that 
Australopithecus,  as  we  know  it,  is 
not  the  ancestor  of  Homo;  and  that, 
in  any  case,  ladders  do  not  represent 
the  path  of  evolution.  (By  "ladders" 
I  refer  to  the  popular  picture  of  evolu- 
tion as  a  continuous  sequence  of  an- 
cestors and  descendants.)  Mary  Lea- 
key's jaws  and  teeth  are  the  oldest 
"humans"  we  know. 

The  metaphor  of  the  ladder  has 
dominated  most  thinking  about  hu- 
man evolution.  We  have  searched  for 
a  single,  progressive  sequence  link- 
ing some  apish  ancestor  with  modern 
man  by  gradual  and  continuous  trans- 
formation. The  "missing  link"  might 
as  well  have  been  called  the  "missing 
rung."  As  the  British  biologist  J.  Z. 
Young  recently  wrote  (1971)  in  his 
Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Man: 
"Some  interbreeding  but  varied  pop- 
ulation gradually  changed  until  it 
reached  the  condition  we  recognize  as 
that  of  Homo  sapiens." 

Ironically,  the  metaphor  of  the  lad- 
der first  denied  a  role  in  human  evolu- 
tion to  the  African  australopithecines. 
A.  africanus  walked  fully  erect,  but 
had  a  brain  less  than  one-third  the  size 
of  ours  (see  my  column  of  November 
1975).  When  it  was  discovered  in  the 
1920s,  many  evolutionists  believed 
that  all  traits  should  change  in  concert 
within  evolving  lineages — the  doc- 
trine of  the  "harmonious  transforma- 
tion of  the  type . "  An  erect,  but  small- 
brained  ape  could  only  represent  an 
anomalous  side  branch  destined  for 
early  extinction  (the  true  interme- 
diate, I  assume,  would  have  been  a 
semierect,  half -brained  brute).  But, 


LIVE  IN  THE  WORLD 
OF  TOMORROW... TODAY! 

And  our  FREE  164  PAGE  CATALOG  is  packed  with 
exciting  and  unusual  values  in  hobby,  electronic 
and  science  items  —  plus  4,500  finds  for  tun,  study 
or  profit ...  for  every  member  of  the  family. 

~  A  BETTER  LIFE 
STARTS  HERE 


NASA-CHOSEN 
FOR  APOLLO/SOYUZ 

157  mi  out  in  space,  the  Astronauts  used  this 
super  20x60  binocular  (modified)  to  view  Eanh' 
Our  biggest,  most  powerlul  lor  distance  Far-off 
objects  come  in  big,  clear  &  sharp  to  the  edge 
through  big  60mm  objective  lenses;  173-ft  field 
of  view  at  1000  yards  Relative  brightness.  9.0,  Fully  c 
eye  lenses  Coated  BK-7  Porro  prism,  Extra  long  All-/ 
rubber  eyecups.  Includes  case  &  straps. 

No.  1556E  .  .  .  (9V4X8V2  ;  47.5  oz.)  $99.95  Ppd. 
No.  1559E.  {4V2  X  6V4,  190z.)  $27.50  Ppd. 


h 


WORLDS  SMALLEST 
CALCULATOR! 

ighly'  8-dig(t.  A-lunction  electronic 
caicuiaiof  ooes  evef/ming  txg  ones  Oo—everi  hia 
automabc  *t  key  for  only  $19-95   Take  rt 

anywhere  Fits  in  your  pocket— ^  sue  o(  ogaretls 

_       _      pack   3"j  oz   Oynamo  leatufes  floabng  deccnal, 

ke/  lead  zero  oepresson.  more'  Iridudes  plug-in  recnargeadle  Ni-Cad 
t^anery  pack  2  x  3'  >  x  *  -t  with  plenty  of  room  (or  rnost  tmgefs  Another  Edmund 
first  with  advanced  technotogy 

Stock  No.  t94SE  %M3i  Ppd 


SOLAR 
ENERGY  CUBE! 


Unique  demonslrator  dramattcalfy  shows  how 
sunlight  converts  lo  kjnettc  energy  Dear  plastic 
Soiar  Energy  Cul>e  placed  m  the  sun  with  rts  3 
highly  efttcieni  siltcon  sc^ar  cells  powers  the  nxilor 
lo  whirl  the  propeiler'  Unit  actually  produces  1 3v 
DC.  825ma.  Same  cells  found  tn  our  mighty  panels  Speed  direcOy  related  lo  sunlighi 
available.  Nothing  lo  wear  out!  Great  for  executives,  hobbyists,  teachers 


No.  42287E  (4    ■    4    -   4") 


$19.95  PpO 


SAVE  50%! 

8  X  20  BINOCULAR 

Special  purchase  saves  you  more  than  $50!  Fully 
coated  8  x  20  pocket-size  binocular  with  360  ft. 
field  of  view,  great  tor  stadium,  ineater.  tracK. 
vacation.  Instead  of  $99.95,  you  pay  just  $45.00 
while  supply  lasts-  Even  if  you  own  regular  size 
binoculars  you'll  want  this  lightweight  (10  oz.)  rugged  r 
Get  full-size  performance  from  a  binocular  that  fits  ir 
Low  price  incls.  leatherette  zipper  case. 

Stock  No.  1567E 


# 


your  palm,  makes  a  fine  gift. 


QUALITY  DETECTOR 
UNDER  $40 

New  Edmund  developed,  fuHy  transistorized  BFO 
unit  capat)te  of  locating  quarter  ai  18'— powerful 
6  Irans  osa  1 1  atOf- amplifier  arcuil  EasHy  com- 
pares to  others  pnced  dO*'©  higher'  Aluminum  pole 
and  housing — r>ot  plastic'  6"  waterproof  search 

coil  (Faraday  shielded  to  elim  outside  interlerencei.  long  50  hr  battery  (9V)  We; 

powerful  2  speaker,  1-knob  on-of1  tune  control  Perlecl  balance   lightweight  (2  fb). 

Great  buy' 


Stock  No.  80^2E 

Deluxe  unit  w/ear  phones,  meter 

No.  80.134E(11    coil) 


$3955  Ppd. 


PREHISTORIC 
MONSTERS  SLIDES! 

5  huge  dinosaurs  (Tyrannosaurus,  Dimetrodon. 
Triceratops.  Stegosaurus,  Plesiosaur)  practically 
come  roaring  to  life  in  full  color.  Amazing  life-like 
simulation  based  on  year's  research  and  existing 
reptiles'  habits.  Shows  you  how  each  lived  in  its 
particular  ecological  niche  Bodies  (soft  tissues)  reconstructed  based  on  skeletal 

6  fossil  remains  from  museums  around  the  world.  'You  are  there"  with  this  realistic 
35  mm  slide  set  (12  poses  each  of  5  dinosaurs). 

No.  P-42,405E  (10  SLIDES,  DESCRS.)  $5.00  Ppd. 


ERECT  A  "PRO" 
WEATHER  STATION 

^^"^J^^l^^^^fc  fvlatch  your  forecasting  skill  with  anyone'  Set  up 
■^^    BH^E^^^V  permanent  meteorology  sla  for  reliable  readings: 

W^     M^^Hk^  ^y  windspeed.    preapitation,    barometnc    pressure. 

^J^^^fl^^^^^^  temp.,  humidity;  get  vinnd-chill.  ctoud  types.  Top 

■^■^■■■^■■i^^k^  qua!,  equipt,:  rooftop  remote  reading  pneumabc 
windspeed ind,,  11 "  rain  gauge:  holostenc barometer  (inches,  etc);  hi-losetf  register 
themiometer;  wet-dry  bulb  hygrometer.  More! 

No.  80^16E  (w/372  PG.  LOG)   $6950  Ppd. 

BEGINNERS  KIT:  COIWPL.  LOW  COST 

Stock  No.  71,022E   $1835  Ppd. 


SAVE  50%! 

6  X  15  MONOCULAR 

Fantastic  bargain!  Top  quality  Spy  Scope,  a  $30 
value,  now  offered  at  $14.95!  Our  special  pur- 
chase saves  you  50%  and  you  get  1 00%  coated 
optics;  393  ft.  field  of  view.  Only  2  02  —stores  in 
pocket,  purse,  glove  compartment.  Fits  in  your 
palm — peer  into  hard-to-see  places  without  letting  subject  know  you're  spying.  Great 
for  birders  and  race  fans;  incls.  neck  strap,  leatherette  SVzx  1  V2x2"  case.  Beautiful 
brushed  metal  finish.  Buy  two — one  tor  a  gift! 

Stock  No.  1568E  $1435  Ppd. 


CANT  SLEEP,  RELAX?  TRY  THIS! 


J I  ales 


r  -      ^       f\i  Electronic    sound    conditioner    simi 

^    ^~^  kinds  of  soottiing  sounds  of  ocean   surf  and 

^■^^^  ^#  rain     "White    sound'     helps    mask    unwanted 

l^^^^^teitf  A.    m  noise,    adds    restful,    intriguing    background 

I^^^^^^^V        '   f*    *  sound     Program    the   solid-state   unit   to    your 

^^^^^^^^.      ■   r-  own   need    2  surl.   2   ram.   or     white  sound'. 

^^^^^^^^^^^  proven  by  medical  tests  to  have  analgesic  ef- 
fects  Great  for  meditation,  restlessness,  sleeplessness  psychology, 

(A)  No.  71,997E    .(7V.  x  7  «  3Vi")  110V  AC $8955  Ppd. 

(B)  AS  ABOVE,  BUT  "WHITE  SOUND"  ONLY 

No.  71.980E.  .  (6"  Hd.  x  3V."  HI) S28.00  Ppd. 


MAIL  COUPON  FOR 

GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 


4500 


MORE  THAN 
UNUSUAL 
BARGAINS 


Completely  new  Catalog  Packed  wi 
binoculars  magnets  magnifiers  pn 
Lighting  ilems  pads  kils  accessorn 
of  Chans  illuslralions    For  hobbyist 

EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

300  Edicorp  Buildinf,  Barrinfton.  N.  J    01007 

Please  rush  Free  Giant  Catalog  " 


huge  selection  o'  telescopes 
IS.  photo  components,  ecology  and  Unique 
—many  hard-to-get  surplus  bargains  100  s 
experimenters,  schools,  industry 


COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  WITH  CHECK,  M.  O.  OR  CHARGE  NO. 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO.     f^gfsl^^Sigs^"'"''"^'  Harrington,  NJ.  08007 


How  Many  Stock  No. 


D  PLEASE  SEND  GIANT 
FREE  CATALOG  "E" 


n  Charge  my  Bankflmericard 

n  Charge  my  Master  Charge  •  service  and^Handling  Charge  $1.00 

Interbank  No 
My  Card  No.  Is 


I  incloH  QcliKk  Q  money  order  for  TOTAL  i 

I       I   Signature 


Card  Expiration  Date 

30-DAY   MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE. 

You  must  be  satisfied  or  return 
any  purchase  in  30  days  for  full 
refund.  "SIS. 00  minimum 


Address. 
City 


8-Powcr  Vision, 
Pocket  Size, 
by  Nikon. 


Meet  the  Nikon  8x24  Ultra  Compact 
Binocular.  Provides  virtually  as  much  daylight 
viewing  brightness  as  the  biggest  glasses  you  can  buy  With  superb,  crisp 
viewing  clarity-  the  result  of  Nikon  prism  optics,  so  precisely  aligned  and 
optically  matched  for  equal  magnification  that  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  strain.  Plus  potent  8-timc  magnification,  ideal  for  scenic,  wild- 
life and  all-round  outdoor  viewing.  Moisture-  and  shock-resistant,  too. 
Yet  it  barely  makes  a  bulge  in  your  pocket,  weighs  just  14!4  ounces,  and 
costs  a  lot  less  than  you  might  think.  One  of  seven  Nikon  binoculars 
available  at  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  selected  optical  departments. 
Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo- 
Optical  Industries,  Inc.  (In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.)  ilHB 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Return  to  nature, 

find  solitude  and  adventure  in 

Lars-Eric  Lindblad's  remarl<able 

THE  TENTED  QMrARI 


Nothing  you  will  ever  do  in  travel  will 
compare  with  our  East  African  Tented 
Safari.  We  will  travel  in  some  of  the 
most  exciting  wild  parts  of  the  world. 
We'll  encounter  Samburu  and  Turkana 
tribesmen  in  the  remote  Northern 
Frontier  District.  We  will  sleep  under 
canvas  in  tented  camps  set  up  exclu- 
sively for  us,  and  an  experienced  staff 
will  see  to  our  comfort.  We'll  spend 
hours  around  the  campfire  listening 
to  our  host,  once  known  as  "the  white 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC 


hunter"  talking  about  his  experiences 
in  the  jungles.  And  long  after  we  are 
tucked  in  for  the  night,  the  coughing 
of  leopards,  the  snarl  of  hyenas  and 
roar  of  lions  will  keep  us  awake.  Ele- 
phants may  block  our  path  as  we  pro- 
ceed in  our  rugged  Land  Rovers,  Let 
your  camera  record  this  truly  remark- 
able adventure.  We  shall  limit  our 
party  to  10  members.  British  Airways 
will  fly  us  to  Nairobi  and  back.  Wnte  for 
our  brochure  or  see  your  travel  agent. 


Dept,  NHTS  476 
1 33  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N,Y,  1 0022  '(212)  751-2300 


as  modern  evolutionary  theory  devel- 
oped during  the  1930s,  this  objection 
to  Australopithecus  disappeared. 
Natural  selection  can  work  inde- 
pendently upon  adaptive  traits  in 
evolutionary  sequences,  changing 
them  at  different  times  and  rates.  Fre- 
quently, a  suite  of  characters  under- 
goes a  complete  transformation  be- 
fore other  characters  change  at  all. 
Paleontologists  refer  to  this  potential 
independence  of  traits  as  "mosaic 
evolution."" 

Secured  by  mosaic  evolution,  A. 
africanus  attained  the  exalted  status 
of  direct  ancestor.  Orthodoxy  became 
a  three-runged  ladder:  A.  afri- 
canus-H.  erectus  (Java  and  Peking 
Man)-//,  sapiens. 

A  small  problem  arose  during  the 
1930s  when  another  species  of  aus- 
tralopithecine  was  discovered — the 
so-called  robust  form,  A.  robustus 
(and  later  the  more  extreme  "hyper- 
robust,"  A.  boisei.  found  by  Mary 
Leakey  in  the  late  1950s).  Anthro- 
pologists were  forced  to  admit  that 
two  species  of  australopithecines 
lived  contemporaneously  and  that  the 
ladder  contained  at  least  one  side 
branch.  Still,  the  ancestral  status  of 
A.  africanus  was  not  challenged;  it 
merely  acquired  a  second  and  ulti- 
mately unsuccessful  descendant,  the 
small-brained,  big- jawed  robust  lin- 
eage. 

Then,  in  1964,  Louis  Leakey  and 
his  colleagues  began  a  radical  reas- 
sessment of  human  evolution  by  nam- 
ing a  new  species  from  East  Africa, 
Homo  habilis.  They  believed  that  H. 
habilis  was  a  contemporary  of  the  two 
australopithecine  lineages;  more- 
over, as  the  name  implies,  they  re- 
garded it  as  distinctly  more  human 
than  either  of  its  contemporaries.  Bad 
news  for  the  ladder:  three  coexisting 
lineages  of  prehumans !  And  a  poten- 
tial descendant  (//.  habilis)  living  at 
the  same  time  as  its  presumed  ances- 
tors. Leakey  proclaimed  the  obvious 
heresy:  both  lineages  of  australopith- 
ecines are  side  branches  with  no 
direct  role  in  the  evolution  of  Homo 
sapiens. 

But  H.  habilis,  as  Leakey  defined 
it,  was  controversial  for  two  reasons. 
The  conventional  ladder  could  still  be 
defended: 

1.  The  fossils  were  scrappy  and 
came  from  different  places  and  times. 
Many  anthropologists  argued  that 
Leakey's  definition  had  mixed  two 
different  things,  neither  of  which  was 
a  new  species:  some  older  material 
properly  assigned  to  A.   africanus. 


28 


and  some  younger  fossils  belonging 
lo  H.  ereclus. 

2.  The  dating  was  insecure.  Even 
if  H.  huhilis  represented  a  valid  spe- 
cies, it  might  be  younger  than  most 
or  all  of  the  known  auslralopithe- 
cines.  Orthodoxy  could  become  a 
four-runged  ladder:  A.  africunus-H. 
habilis-H.  erectus-H.  sapiens. 

But,  as  a  new  consensus  began  to 
coalesce  about  the  expanded  ladder, 
Louis  and  Mary  Leakey's  son  Rich- 
ard reported  the  find  of  the  decade  in 
1973.  He  had  unearthed  a  nearly 
complete  skull  with  a  cranial  capacity 
near  800  cc,  almost  twice  that  of  any 
A.  africaniis  specimen.  Moreover, 
and  this  is  the  crucial  point,  he  dated 
the  skull  at  between  2  and  3  million 
years,  with  a  preference  for  some- 
thing near  the  older  figure — that  is, 
older  than  most  australopithecine  fos- 
sils, and  not  far  from  the  oldest,  5.5- 
million-year  date.  H.  hahilis  was  no 
longer  a  chimera  of  Louis's  imagina- 
tion. (Richard  Leakey's  specimen  is 
often  cautiously  designated  only  by 
its  field  number,  1470.  But  whether 
or  not  we  choose  to  use  the  name 
Homo  habilis,  it  is  surely  a  member 
of  our  genus,  and  it  is  just  as  surely 
a  contemporary  of  Australopith- 
ecus.) 

Mary  Leakey  has  now  extended  the 
range  of  H.  habilis  back  another  mil- 
lion years  (perhaps  closer  to  2  million 
years,  if  1470  is  closer  to  2  than  to 
3  million  years  old,  as  many  experts 
now  believe).  H.  habilis  is  not  the 
direct  descendant  of  known  A.  afri- 
canus:  the  new  finds  are,  in  fact,  older 
than  almost  all  specimens  of  A.  afri- 
canus  {and  the  taxonomic  status  of  all 
fragmentary  specimens  older  than 
Mary  Leakey's  H.  habilis  is  in 
doubt).  Based  on  the  fossils  as  we 
know  them.  Homo  is  as  old  as  Aus- 
tralopithecus. (One  can  still  argue 
that  Homo  evolved  from  an  older,  as 
yet  undiscovered  Australopithecus. 
But  no  evidence  supports  such  a 
claim,  and  I  could  speculate  with 
equal  justice  that  Australopithecus 
evolved  from  an  unknown  Homo.) 

Chicago  anthropologist  Charles 
Oxnard  has  just  dealt  Australopith- 
ecus another  blow  from  a  different 
source.  He  studied  the  shoulder, 
pelvis,  and  foot  of  austral opithecines, 
modern  primates  (great  apes  and 
some  monkeys),  and  Homo  with  the 
rigorous  techniques  of  multivariate 
analysis  (the  simultaneous  statistical 
consideration  of  large  numbers  of 
measures).  He  concludes  that  the  aus- 
tralopithecines  were  "uniquely  dif- 


Clarks 
Wallabee 

There's  more  to  the  original 
than  meets  the  eye. 


(Miivi'-liki-odiiilort 


lOlasticizccl  lac 


Iliifhosl  quaiily 
soft  leather  iippi 


Huillin  filjer 
arch  supiKirl. 


Thicker  quality 
crepe  sole. 


There  are  a  lot  of  shoes  around  that  are  trying 
very  hard  to  look  like  Wallabees.  And  some  of 
them  look  enough  like  Wallabees  to  actually 
fool  your  eye. 

But  they'll  never  fool  your  foot.  Clarks  Wal- 
labee" shoe  is  made  with  constniction  tech- 
niques that  our  imitators  simply  can't  imitate. 
\Ne  make  them  from  carefully  selected  quality 
leather  uppers  which  are  joined  to  a  soft 
leather  inner  lining  which  wraps  right  around 
the  foot,  giving  glove-like  comfort.  They  have 
a  built-in  fiber  arch  support  on  a  nature-form 
last  and  have  natural  aged  plantation  crepe  soles  Most  ol  the  copy- 
cats are  using  sponge  instead  of  fiber,  and  crepe  of  a  much  less 
sturdy  variety  for  the  sole.  So  none  gives  you  the  comfort  that  the 
Wallabee  gives  you. 

So  if  you  try  to  tell  by  looking,  just  look  at  the  smiles  on  the  faces 
of  the  people  with  Clarks  Wallabees  on  their  feet. 

Better  still,  let  your  feet  tell  you  the  difference. 


OF  ENGLAND 
Made  in  the  Republic  of  Ireland. 


Available  in  a  variety  of  colors. 

Ladies'  shoe   about  S39  95.  Mens  shoe,  about  S42.nu.  Ladies'  boot,  about  S.39.95.  Men's  boot,  about  S44.0n. 

For  the  store  nearest  you  write  to:  Clarks.  Box  92.  Belden  Sution.  Norwalk,  CT.  06852  Dept  4NHW 


29 


A  First  American  can  help  you 
celebrate  the  Bicentennial. 

John  Kinlichee  is  an  American  Indian  child.  His 
ancestors  were  here  many  centuries  before  ours. 
And  the  past  200  years  have  not  been  the  easiest 
for  them.  But  it's  history  now.  What  is  important 
is  the  present  and  the  future.  For  John  the  key 
to  a  successful  future  is  a  good  education.  But 
he  needs  your  help  to  stay  in  school. 

WON'T  YOU  HELP? 

John's  family  is  desperately  poor.  As  a  sponsor 
through  Futures  for  Children,  you  can  help  pro- 
vide John  with  the  necessary  clothes  and  shoes 
to  stay  in  school.  And  you  can  be  his  friend.  You 
can  write  to  him,  visit  him,  and  let  him  know  you 
are  on  his  side  when  the  going  gets  rough.  He's 
bright,  he's  eager,  but  without  your  help  he  may 
not  make  it.  Give  him  a  chance  to  break  the 
poverty  cycle  of  despair  and  apathy. 
We've  come  far  in  200  years.  As  part  of  your 
Bicentennial  celebration,  won't  you  remember 
the  children  of  the  First  Americans? 

All  contributions  fully  tax  deductible. 


Yes,  I  (we)  want  to  sponsor  an  American  Indian  Child 

a  boy a  girl either  Enclosed  is  a  check  for  $ 


($20  monthly;  $60  quarterly;  $120  semi-annually;  $240  annually) 

Here's  help,  not  as  a  sponsor,  but  with  a  check  for  $ 

Please  send  me  more  information. 

Mr.  Mrs.  Ms 

Address  .^ 


City/State/Zip. 


FUTURES  FOR  CHILDREN 

4401  Montgomerv  Blvd.  N.E.,  Albuquerque.  N.M.  87109 


ferent"  from  either  apes  or  fiumans, 
and  argues  for  "the  removal  of  the 
different  members  of  this  relatively 
small-brained,  curiously  unique  ge- 
nus Australopithecus  into  one  or 
more  parallel  side  lines  away  from  a 
direct  link  with  man." 

What  has  become  of  our  ladder  if 
there  are  three  coexisting  lineages  of 
hominids  (A.  africanus,  the  robust 
australopithecines,  and  H.  habilis), 
none  clearly  derived  from  another? 
Moreover,  none  of  the  three  display 
any  evolutionary  trends  during  their 
tenure  on  earth:  none  become  brainier 
or  more  erect  as  they  approach  the 
present  day. 

At  this  point,  I  confess,  I  cringe, 
knowing  full  well  what  all  the  crea- 
tionists who  deluge  me  with  letters 
after  each  column  must  be  thinking. 
"So  Gould  admits  that  we  can  trace 
no  evolutionary  ladder  among  early 
African  hominids;  species  appear  and 
later  disappear,  looking  no  different 
j  from  their  great-grandfathers. 
Sounds  like  special  creation  to  me." 
[  (Although  one  might  ask  why  the 
Lord  saw  fit  to  make  so  many  kinds 
of  hominids,  and  why  some  of  his 
later  productions,  H.  erectus  in  par- 
ticular, look  so  much  more  human 
than  the  earlier  models.)  I  suggest 
that  the  fault  is  not  with  evolution  it- 
self, but  with  a  false  picture  of  its 
operation  that  most  of  us  hold — 
namely  the  ladder.  Which  brings  me 
to  the  subject  of  bushes. 

I  want  to  argue  that  the  "sudden" 
appearance  of  species  in  the  fossil 
record  and  our  failure  to  note  subse- 
quent evolutionary  change  within 
them  is  the  proper  prediction  of  evo- 
lutionary theory  as  we  understand  it. 
Evolution  usually  proceeds  by  "spe- 
ciation' ' — the  splitting  of  one  lineage 
from  a  parental  stock — not  by  the 
slow  and  steady  transformation  of 
these  large  parental  stocks.  Repeated 
episodes  of  speciation  produce  a 
bush. 

How  does  speciation  occur?  This 
is  a  perennial  hot  topic  in  evolution- 
ary theory,  but  most  biologists  would 
subscribe  to  the  "allopatric  theory" 
(the  debate  centers  on  the  admissibil- 
ity of  other  modes;  nearly  everyone 
agrees  that  allopatric  speciation  is  the 
most  common  mode).  Allopatric 
means  "in  another  place."  In  the 
allopatric  theory,  popularized  by 
Ernst  Mayr,  new  species  arise  in  very 
small  populations  that  become  iso- 
lated from  their  parental  group  at  the 
periphery  of  the  ancestral  range.  Spe- 
ciation in  these  small  isolates  is  very 


30 


I 


rapid  by  evolutionary  standards- 
hundreds  or  thousands  of  years  (a 
geologic  microsecond). 

Pressures  of  natural  selection  tend 
to  be  intense  in  geographically  mar- 
ginal areas  where  Ihc  species  barely 
maintains  a  foothold.  Favorable  ge- 
netic variation  can  quickly  spread 
through  these  reduced  populations.  In 
large  central  populations,  on  the  other 
hand,  favorable  variations  spread 
very  slowly,  and  most  change  is 
steadfastly  resisted  by  the  well- 
adapted  population.  Small  changes 
occur  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
slowly  altering  climates,  but  major 
genetic  reorganizations  almost  al- 
ways take  place  in  the  small,  periph- 
erally isolated  populations  that  form 
new  species. 

If  evolution  almost  always  occurs 
by  rapid  speciation  in  small,  periph- 
eral isolates,  then  what  should  the 
fossil  record  look  like?  We  are  not 
likely  to  detect  the  event  of  speciation 
itself.  It  happens  too  fast,  in  too  small 
a  group,  isolated  too  far  from  the  an- 
cestral range.  Only  after  its  success- 
ful origin  will  we  first  meet  the  new 
species  as  a  fossil — when  it  has  rein- 
vaded  the  ancestral  range  and  become 
a  large  central  population  in  its  own 
right.  During  its  recorded  history  in 
the  fossil  record,  we  should  expect  no 
major  change.  We  know  it  only  as  a 
successful  central  population.  It  will 
participate  in  the  process  of  organic 
change  only  when  some  of  its  periph- 
eral isolates  speciate  to  become  new 
branches  on  the  evolutionary  bush. 
But  it,  itself,  will  appear  "suddenly" 
in  the  fossil  record  and  become  ex- 
tinct later  with  equal  speed  and  little 
perceptible  change  in  form. 

The  fossil  hominids  of  Africa  fully 
meet  these  expectations.  We  know 
about  three  coexisting  branches  of  the 
human  bush.  I  will  be  surprised  if 
twice  as  many  more  are  not  discov- 
ered before  the  end  of  the  century. 
The  branches  do  not  change  during 
their  recorded  history,  and  if  we  un- 
derstand evolution  aright,  they 
should  not — for  evolution  is  concen- 
trated in  rapid  events  of  speciation, 
the  production  of  new  branches. 

Homo  sapiens  is  not  the  foreor- 
dained product  of  a  ladder  that  was 
reaching  toward  our  exalted  estate 
from  the  start.  We  are  merely  the  only 
surviving  branch  of  a  once  luxuriant 
bush. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science  at 
Harvard  University. 


Experience  Ireland 

Fly  there  for  as  littte  as  ^247-  ^325'  Round  trip 


\tdand 


Picture  yourself  in  Dublin's  Fair  City  — a  European  capital  with  a 
unique  flavor.  Bask  in  the  mellow  glow  of  a  singing  pub  —  a  pint  of  stout 
or  ale,  65  cents.  Have  lunch  with  a  Rembrandt  in  our  National^Gallery  for 
$4.  Watch  the  sun  go  down  on  Galway  Bay.  See 
Heaven'sReflex  — we  call  it  the  Lakes  ^^ 

of  Killarney.  Sample  our  wide  range  of 
hotels  and  farmhouses.  Visit  Donegal, 
where  they  make  the  famous  tweeds. 

We  have  lots  of  information  on  flights 
and  tours  to  Ireland,  what  to  do  there, 
where  to  go,  what  it'll  cost.  Just  mail  the 
coupon.  Or  see  your  professional  travel 
agent  for  further  information  and  * 

reservations. 


1/ 


iHlSh  tOORlSt  BOaRC) 

BOX  1300.  LorJG  lsLar?6  cltx< 
r?GcuqoRk.iiioi 

Free  Booklets  Please  send  a  free  copy  of 
the  32  page  color  booklet,  "Ireland.  Person- 
ally Yours",  plus  other  materials  on  Ireland. 


m 


City 


Stale 


My  travel  agency  is 


■Travel  Group  Charter  tare.  New  York  to  Dublin.  Price  deoends  on  time  ol  travel,  Subieci  to  govern- 
ment approval   and   regulations,  including  65-day  advance  resenration  with  non-refundable  deposit. 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


You  can't  visit  Tibet  or  China,  but  now 

BHUTAN 

a  remarkably  preserved  civilization 


There  is  in  the  foothills  of  the  Himalayas 
a  small  kingdom  called  Bhutan.  Today, 
it  is  almost  the  only  place  left  where  the 
remarkable  Tibetan  culture  still  thrives 
in  its  native  habitat.  This  tiny  kingdom 
has  opened  its  doors  to  those  few  who 
in  the  past  have  found  this  marvellous 
world  beyond  reach.  Here  is  a  country 
filled  with  treasures  and  relics  dating 
way  back  in  history.  Here  is  a  country 
filled  with  verdant  valleys  and  sun- 
drenched streams  below  the  snowy 


peaks  of  the  Himalayas.  Here  is  a  king- 
dom endowed  with  beautiful,  friendly 
people  whose  customs  have  been  un- 
touched by  western  man.  Only  a  small 
number  of  tourists  may  be  accommo- 
dated this  year  and  we  suggest  you  re- 
serve your  space  at  once.  Write  Lindblad 
Travel  or  see  your  travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept  NHBH  476 

133  East  55th  Street.  New/  York,  N.Y.  10022 

(212)  751-2300 


31 


Bios 


by  Arthur  W.  Galston 


How  Safe  Should  Safe  Be? 


The  screening  of  new 
herbicides  and  other 
synthetic  compounds  must 
be  expanded  to  include 
the  possibly  mutagenic 
effects  of  their 
metabolic  by-products 

Modern  industry,  agriculture,  and 
medicine  float  on  a  sea  of  synthetic 
chemical  compounds.  Every  year 
thousands  of  such  new  products  are 
devised.  Each  purports  to  solve  some 
human  problem  or  satisfy  some 
human  need  better  than  its  predeces- 
sors. Some  are  uneconomic  to  make 
and  never  reach  the  production  line  or 
sales  counter.  Others  are  weeded  out 
between  the  testing  laboratory  and  the 
production  line  because  they  are  ob- 
viously dangerous  or  toxic  to  human 
life.  But  even  those  that  get  through 
the  screens  imposed  by  private  com- 
panies and  the  various  local,  state, 
and  federal  agencies,  cannot  auto- 
matically be  considered  safe.  In  fact, 
an  alarming  number  of  compounds 
and  processes,  long  accepted  and 
used,  have  recently  been  found  to 
have  unexpected  and  deleterious  ef- 
fects on  biological  systems.  Thus  it 
has  become  imperative  to  inquire 
closely  into  the  criteria  that  are,  and 
ought  to  be,  employed  to  safeguard 
the  public  health  and  well-being:  con- 
tinually to  explore  the  question. 
How  safe  should  safe  be? 

Developing  these  criteria  is  not  en- 
tirely an  exercise  in  rational ,  dispas- 
sionate analysis.  More  and  more,  the 
process  involves  reconciling  the  often 
conflicting  interests  of  business,  agri- 
culture, and  the  environmentalists. 
Known  benefits  are  carefully  weighed 


against  demonstrated  or  possible  side 
effects.  The  final  choices  are  both 
subjective  and  evaluative.  DDT  is  an 
example.  The  fact  that  it  can  wipe  out 
malaria-bearing  mosquitoes  must  be 
balanced  against  its  inadvertent  de- 
struction of  useful  insects,  such  as 
bees  and  others  serving  as  sources  of 
food  for  birds.  Similarly,  the  drop  in 
crop  productivity  and  loss  of  income 
that  result  from  the  banning  of  DDT 
must  be  balanced  against  the  possi- 
bility that  its  slow  biodegradability 


may  ultimately  produce  new  dangers 
to  man.  There  are  still  unanswered 
questions  concerning  DDT,  but  while 
they  are  being  worked  out,  countries 
where  insect-borne  human  diseases 
are  still  a  major  problem  cannot  be 
expected  to  ban  the  compound. 

Against  this  background,  a  recent 
discovery  by  two  brand-new  Ph.D.s 
is  of  particular  interest,  for  by  apply- 
ing a  known  but  neglected  approach 
to  the  testing  of  herbicides,  they  have 
raised  doubts  about  the  alleged  safety 
of  most  agricultural  chemicals  in 
major  use  today.  Michael  J.  Plewa  of 
the  Department  of  Agronomy  of  the 
University  of  Illinois  and  James  M. 
Gentile  of  the  Department  of  Human 
Genetics  at  Yale  University  have  just 
produced  evidence  that  atrazine,  the 
most  widely  used  herbicide  in  corn- 
fields, gives  rise  to  metabolic  prod- 
ucts that  cause  mutations,  and  possi- 
bly cancer,  in  laboratory  animals.  In- 
dependent substantiation  of  their 
claims,  which  appears  to  be  at  hand, 
could  lead  to  a  massive  reappraisal  of 
the  procedures  normally  employed 
for  certifying  as  safe  those  chemicals 
designed  to  be  used  in  agriculture. 

How  could  such  a  pernicious  effect 
have  been  overlooked  when  atrazine 
was  first  tested?  Atrazine  itself,  pro- 
duced by  Ciba-Geigy,  a  Swiss-based 
corporation,  had  a  clean  bill  of 
health.  When  fed  to  experimental  ani- 
mals for  detection  of  toxicity  symp- 
toms, to  microorganisms  for  detec- 
tion of  mutagenicity,  and  to  tissue 
cultures  for  detection  of  possible 
carcinogenicity  (by  induction  of  can- 
cerous overgrowths),  atrazine  was  in- 
nocuous. If  it  is  first  supplied  to  corn 
plants,  however,  chemical  extracts  of 
the  leaves  and  kernels  of  such  plants 


32 


THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 
presents  the  CURATOR'S  CHOICE  Collection^ 
1       for  North  American  Bird  Watchers       ^ 


A  definitive  selection  by  the  Curator 
for  both  the  Beginner  and  Advanced  bird  lover! 


Author  of  many  books  and  scientific  articles  himself,  Dr.  Amadon 
lists  these  as  'must'  classics,  all  hard  cover.  Feather  your  bird  library 
(or  a  friend's)  with  this  distinctive  bookshelf. 


A.  GOLDEN  EAGLE 
COUNTRY 

Richard  R.  Olendortt 
About  America's   'other' 
eagle,  the  Golden  Eagle.  37' 
spectacular  drawings.  A  col- 
lector's item. 
$14.00 

B.  AUTUMN  HAWK 
FLIGHTS 

Donald  S.  Heintzelman 
The  book  for  autumn  hawk- 
watching.  Describes  sophis- 
ticated field  study  methods. 
Surveys  hawk  lookouts  and 
migrations. 
$31.50 

C.  BIRDS  OF  N.Y. 
STATE 

John  Bull 

164  breeding  and  banding- 
recovery  maps.  86  photo- 
graphs, with  11  color  plates. 
$31.95 

D.  GROUSE  AND 
QUAILS  OF  NO. 
AMERICA 

Paul  A.  Johnsgard 
Hunting  and  conservation  of 
these  superb  birds.  Authori- 
tative reference  with  140 
plates;  52  in  color,  7  com- 
missioned paintings. 
$26,50 


E.  AT  A  BEND  IN  A 
MEXICAN  RIVER 

George  Miksch  Sutton 
Camping-trip  adventure   re- 
cords   behavior,    call-notes, 
descriptions  of  scores  of 
Mexican  birds, 
$15,95 

F.  HIGH  ARCTIC 

George  Miksch  Sutton 
Beyond  the  Arctic  Circle  to 
study  shorebirds.  Dr,  Sut- 
ton's mastery  of  brush  and 
pen  are  unaffected  by  arctic 
cold  or  tropic  heat. 
$15.95 

G.  FIELD  GUIDE  TO 
THE  BIRDS  (Eastern) 

Roger  Tory  Peterson 
Original,  unique  method  em- 
phasizes  characteristics  of 
birds  seen  at  a  distance. 
$7.95 

H.    FIELD  GUIDE  TO 
WESTERN  BIRDS 

Roger  Tory  Peterson 
Identifies  over  700  species 
in  western  U.S.,  Canada, 
Alaska,  Hawaii.  Above  two 
books  revolutionized  bird 
identification  and  promoted 
bird  watching  more  than  any 
others. 
$7.95 


BIRDS  OF  NORTH 
AMERICA 

Robbins,  Bruun  and  Zim 
Most  complete  field  guide 
ever  published,  700  species 
from  Mexican  border  to  Arc- 
tic Ocean.  2000  illus.  Sona- 
grams  'picture'  bird  songs  to 
help  you  recognize  and  re- 
call them.  The  very  keystone 
of  any  bird  bookshelf, 
$7.95 


J.    CURASSOWSAND 
RELATED  BIRDS 

Delacour  and  Amadon 

Ed.  Note-.  Dr.  Amadon  did  not  in- 
clude his  book  in  his  selection  be- 
cause of  undue  modesty,  but  we 
(eel  it  belongs  in  this  collection. 
In  the  centuries-old  tradi- 
tion of  very  fine  bird  books, 
this  will  one  day  be  a  collec- 
tor's item.  A  special  book 
from  two  of  the  world's 
greatest  ornithologists.  95 
drawings,  photos,  and  maps. 
$22.00 


Order  Now  for  Springtime  Viewing 

AMERICAN  MUSEUM  MEMBERS, 

PLEASE  TAKE  10%  DISCOUNT. 


NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS, 

Dept.  B700,  Box  5123. 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me  the  books  1  have 

circled  for  which  I  enclose  my  personai 

check  or  money  order  for  $. 


MU<?eUMOf 


A.     B.     C.     D. 


ALLOW  4-6  WKS.   FOR  DELIVERY. 

E.     F.     G.     H.     I.     J. 


NAME. 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


.STATE. 


Prices  include  postage  and  handling. 


33 


Tri-X,    7/25   second. 

IN  DIM  LIGHT  AT  200  FEET 
WITH  A  QUESTAR 

Photographed   as  he   emerged  from   the 
woods   at  dusk^  the  fox's  eyes   reflect  the 
last   rays   of  the  setting   sun   and   every   hair 
is  clearly  delineated   in   the  Questar.    This 
is  the  famous   Questar   resolution   that  delights 
the  wildlife  watcher.    To  him   it  means  more 
interesting  views  of  birds  or  animals  when 
they   ore   seen   through   this   versatile   and 
convenient    instrument    at    distances   that    do 
not   betray    his   presence. 

The   photograph,   an   enlarged    portion    of 
a  35  mm.  negative,  is  one  of  many  beautiful 
shots  of  a  new  neighbor  of  the  Davises  in 
Sarasota;  the  same   Davises  who   have  given 
us  the   fine   detail   of  moon  and   planets  that 
we    have    published    over    the    years. 
6e/ow,   phofo-visual   Quesiar   Field   Model  wlfh 
camera     afiacbed;     perfect     companion     for     a 
walk    in    ibe    woods,    or    for    capturing    your 
wildlife  while  you  sit  comfortably  in   your  car. 

QUESTAR,  THE  V/ORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE 
TELESCOPE  IS  PRICED  FROM  $865.  SEND  FOR  OUR 
BOOKLET  IN  FULL  COLOR  WITH  150  PHOTOGRAPHS 
BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS.  $1  COVERS  MAILING  ON  THIS 
CONTINENT;  BY  AIR,  TO  SOUTH  AMERICA,  $3.00; 
EUROPE    AND    NORTH    AFRICA,    $3.50;    ELSEWHERE,   $4. 

QUESTAR 

Box  60F,  New  Hope,  Pa.   18938 


show  mutagenic  activity  in  appro- 
priate biological  test  systems.  Corn 
plants  not  treated  with  the  atrazine  do 
not  produce  such  symptoms.  The  in- 
ference is  clear:  although  itself  innoc- 
uous, atrazine  is  transformed  by  the 
corn  plant  into  a  substance  that  can 
cause  genetic  aberrations.  While  it 
has  long  been  recognized  that  the 
metabolic  products  of  herbicides,  as 
well  as  the  herbicides  themselves, 
should  be  tested  for  toxicity  in 
various  organisms,  this  procedure  has 
not  been  conscientiously  followed 
with  most  major  compounds. 

The  results  found  by  Plewa  and 
Gentile  have  been  published  in  brief 
and  preliminary  form  in  the  Maize 
Genetics  Cooperative  Newsletter  and 
will  shortly  appear  in  full  form  in  the 
monthly  journal  Mutation  Research. 
In  the  meantime,  both  the  federal  En- 
vironmental Protection  Agency  and 
the  National  Institute  of  Environ- 
mental Health  Sciences,  part  of  the 
National  Institutes  of  Health,  have 
manifested  considerable  interest  in 
funding  a  continuation  of  this  study. 
What  makes  it  so  convincing  to  ex- 
perts in  the  field  is  that  these  re- 
searchers have  devised  a  procedure 
for  detecting  possible  herbicide  muta- 
genicity within  the  crop  plant  itself  as 
well  as  in  microbial  test  organisms. 

To  test  the  mutagenicity  of  the  her- 
bicide directly  on  the  crop  plant, 
Plewa  and  Gentile  used  a  genetically 
pure  waxy  corn  plant,  itself  a  muta- 
tion from  standard  corn.  The  gene  for 
waxiness  also  inhibits  the  production 
in  the  plants  of  the  starch  component 
amylose,  made  by  nonmutant  corn. 
Waxy  corn  produces  instead  only  a 
related  material,  amylopectin.  Amy- 
lose  stains  a  deep  blue  when  exposed 
to  a  mixture  of  iodine  and  potassium 
iodide,  but  amylopectin  stains  a  faint 
tan.  This  characteristically  different 
color  response  to  the  same  reagent  ap- 
plies even  in  the  pollen  grains  of  waxy 
corn,  which,  because  of  their  chro- 
mosomal composition,  show  up  any 
mutation  immediately.  This  stain  re- 
action accordingly  affords  a  conve- 
nient test  for  the  detection  of  in- 
creased mutation  rates. 

The  test  is  run  in  the  following 
manner.  WaxycoTn  plants  are  grown 
in  a  field  without  herbicides,  and  the 
tassels  are  collected  at  flowering  time 
and  preserved  in  a  70  percent  ethyl 
alcohol  solution  until  analysis.  At 
that  stage,  the  pollen  grains  are  re- 
moved from  the  tassels  and  placed  on 
a  microscope  slide.  The  iodine-potas- 
sium iodide  reagent  is  added,  and  in 


most  runs,  the  reagent  turns  all  the 
pollen  grains  tan.  Occasionally,  how- 
ever, a  pollen  grain  will  stain  a  deep 
blue,  indicating  a  mutation  from  the 
waxy  gene  back  to  standard  corn. 
Such  a  change  is  produced,  it  is  as- 
sumed, by  a  random  mutational 
event,  possibly  initiated  by  a  cosmic 
ray  or  chemical  mutagen  in  the  envi- 
ronment. Whatever  the  cause,  these 
occasional  spontaneous  back  muta- 
tions in  the  waxy  gene  are  found  to 
occur  only  once  in  about  100,000  pol- 
len grains.  But  in  plants  exposed  to 
as  little  as  10  parts  per  million  of  the 
atrazine  herbicide  in  the  soil,  the  mu- 
tation rate  of  waxy  genes  is  increased 
to  about  25  to  30  occurrences  per 
100,000  grains.  Thus,  it  appears  that 
atrazine  exerts  a  mutagenic  effect  on 
corn  pollen  when  the  plant  is  grown 
in  soil  containing  even  traces  of  the 
chemical. 

Experimentalists  had  previously 
applied  atrazine  to  similarly  "la- 
beled" microorganisms,  containing 
genes  whose  mutation  could  be  easily 
diagnosed  by  simple  color  or  growth 
reactions.  Although  some  researchers 
obtained  positive  results,  the  great 
bulk  of  the  evidence  was  negative, 
and  it  was  on  that  basis  that  atrazine 
had  been  given  its  clean  bill  of  health. 

Struck  by  their  strongly  positive  re- 
sults on  corn,  Plewa  and  Gentile  de- 
cided to  isolate  the  active  material  in 
the  atrazine  metabolic  product  for 
further  testing.  They  ground  up  the 
leaves  and  kernels  of  their  atrazine- 
treated  plants  in  water,  centrifuged 
away  the  debris,  and  kept  the  remain- 
ing fluid.  To  preserve  the  extract, 
they  freeze-dried  it  under  high  vac- 
uum to  a  powder.  Small  samples  of 
the  leaf  and  kernel  powder  could  then 
be  applied  in  appropriate  solutions  to 
the  usual  microbial  test  organisms. 
These  include  certain  yeasts  that  have 
found  wide  use  in  the  diagnosis  of 
mutations  and  a  bacterium  that  has 
recently  been  used  to  detect  muta- 
genic chemicals  in  some  cosmetics 
and  hair  treatment  preparations. 

In  one  yeast  assay,  a  mutant — 
which  had  originally  been  produced 
by  a  known  mutagen — was  caused  by 
the  unknown  atrazine  metabolite  to 
back  mutate  to  the  standard  form.  It 
appeared  that  the  yeast  DNA  had 
been  converted  back  to  the  normal 
form.  Neither  pure  atrazine  itself  nor 
extracts  of  corn  not  treated  with  atra- 
zine produced  these  effects;  the  muta- 
genic activity  was  thus  clearly  the  re- 
sult of  an  interaction  between  the 
plant  and  the  herbicide.  Similar,  al- 


though  less  striking,  data  were  ob- 
tained when  the  same  tests  were  run 
on  two  other  herbicidal  compounds 
that  are  related  to  each  other  but  not 
to  atrazine.  These  resuHs  point  to  the 
desirability,  even  the  necessity,  of 
proceeding  with  equivalent  investiga- 
tions on  still  other  major  herbicidal 
chemicals. 

Plewa  and  Gentile  have  continued 
their  analysis  of  the  active  material  in 
the  atrazine  metabolite.  On  thin 
layers  of  silica  gel,  the  components 
of  the  corn  plant  extract  can  be  sepa- 
rated so  as  to  yield  at  least  two  active 
mutagens  that  work  on  test  yeasts  and 
the  above-mentioned  bacterium. 
These  mutagens  are  water  soluble  and 
probably  act  by  causing  a  base-pair 
substitution  in  the  DNA  chain  making 
up  the  hereditary  material  of  the  test 
organisms.  The  resemblance  between 
atrazine  and  the  four  bases  that  nor- 
mally make  up  DNA  had  previously 
been  noted  by  other  investigators. 
Even  more  suggestive  in  this  connec- 
tion are  other  herbicides  built  of  sub- 
stances that  are  actually  modifi- 
cations of  one  of  the  DNA  bases. 
Subjected  to  the  Plewa-Gentile  type 
of  analysis,  and  in  light  of  the  experi- 
ence with  atrazine,  these  herbicides 


might  also  be  expected  to  show  muta- 
tional activity. 

This  work  does  not,  of  course, 
prove  that  atrazine-treated  corn 
causes  mutations  in  humans.  For  one 
thing,  the  active  metabolic  product 
might  be  broken  down  by  the  acidic 
conditions  of  the  human  stomach  or 
might  never  be  absorbed  from  the 
gastrointestinal  tract  into  body  tissue. 
Even  if  the  active  material  were  to 
enter  the  body,  it  might  readily  be 
detoxified  by  the  liver  or  some  other 
body  decontamination  center.  It  is 
also  possible  that,  despite  its  effect  on 
corn  and  microorganisms,  the  sub- 
stance might  not  act  on  humans  or 
animals  at  all.  That,  however,  would 
be  unexpected,  since  DNA  is  similar 
in  all  living  organisms,  and  what  af- 
fects the  DNA  of  one  creature  should 
affect  that  of  all. 

It  appears  likely  that  we  will  see  a 
marked  extension  of  the  kind  of  test- 
ing initiated  by  Plewa  and  Gentile. 
The  results  may  put  pressure  on  the 
Environmental  Protection  Agency, 
the  Food  and  Drug  Administration, 
and  the  National  Institutes  of  Health 
to  take  a  position  on  the  continued  use 
of  atrazine  and  related  compounds.  In 
the  meantime,  the  organic  farming 


aficionados,  who  grow  only  products 
produced  without  herbicides  or  pesti- 
cides, would  appear  to  be  taking  the 
most  prudent  course,  at  least  from  the 
point  of  view  of  public  health. 

While  no  sensible  person  would 
claim  that  we  should  slop  using  all 
chemical  compounds  in  agriculture, 
mounting  evidence  indicates  that  we 
have  not  been  sufficiently  careful  in 
screening  these  agents  before  their 
widespread  prcxluction  and  extensive 
use.  Through  the  serious  partici- 
pation of  industry  and  government,  as 
well  as  the  technical  and  environ- 
mental sciences,  it  should  be  possible 
to  find  a  balanced  approach  in  devel- 
oping new  testing  criteria  and  a  better 
answer  to  "'how  safe  should  safe 
be?"  More  stringent  criteria  may 
well  lead  to  screening  programs  that 
are  more  complicated,  more  ex[>en- 
sive.  and  longer  than  those  now  in 
practice.  Under  these  circumstances, 
alternatives  to  the  use  of  herbicides 
and  pesticides  may  become  more  fea- 
sible in  terms  of  economics  as  well 
as  public  health. 


Arthur  W.  Galston  teaches  biology  at 
Yale  University. 


Read  any  great 
¥acations  lately? 


If  you  haven't,  you  haven't 
read  Air  Canada's  eyepopping 
new  summer  travel  book. 

It's  page  after  pageof  the  most 
tempting  vacation  ideas  ever  to 
lure  you  away  from  home. 

Everything  from  Toronto's  pul- 
sating discos  to  Calgary's  handclap- 
ping  hoedowns.  From  the  luxury 
of  Montreal's  grand  hotels  to  fishing 
camps  tucked  away  by  Hudson  Bay. 

It's  also  page  after  page  of  every  imaginable  way 
to  take  it  all  in.  Escorted  tours.  Unescorted  tours.  By 
car.  Motorhome.  Ship.  Plane.  Or  train.  Another  nice 
thing,  because  our  country  is  near,  your  dollars  go  far. 


And  since  we  fly  to  more 
places  in  Canada  more 
often  than  anyone,  we're 
ready  whenever  you  are.  i^^^au 


Street- 
State Zip 


So,  send  for  our  free  summer  vaca- 
tion book.  And  don't  forget  the 
American  Express  Card.  It's  good  for 
your  tickets  and  tours,  and  in  shops 
and  restaurants  all  across  Canada. 

Name 

City 


My  travel  agent  is_ 


AIR  CANADA® 

P.O.  Box  P,  Staten  Island,  New  York  10305  ^*^, 


35 


Politicking  in  Ancient  Persia 


by  Bernard  Goldman 


Do  the  walls  of  Persepolis 
hold  the  evidence  of  a 
2,500-year-old  "cover-up"? 


The  palace  ruins  of  the  ancient  Per- 
sian kings  in  southwestern  Iran  be- 
come more  popular  every  year  as  a 
tourist  attraction.  They  are  reached  in 
an  hour's  drive  on  the  main  highway 
from  Shiraz  to  Isfahan,  across  the 
broad  plain  of  Marv  Dasht  to  the  foot 
of  the  Kuh-i  Ramat — the  "Mountain 
of  Mercy."  Poppy  fields,  the  colorful 
tent  city  erected  for  the  2,500-year 
celebration  of  the  monarchy,  and  a 
luxurious  new  hotel  greet  the  visitor 
before  he  reaches  the  high,  stone- 
walled terrace  nestled  against  the 
Kuh-i  Ramat.  A  modest  entrance  fee 
permits  one  to  climb  up  a  broad  dou- 
ble staircase  to  the  top  of  the  terrace, 
in  places  more  than  forty  feet  above 
the  plain,  where  stand — in  various 
stages  of  preservation — the  remains 
of  a  seemingly  endless  complex  of 
palaces,  audience  halls,  gates,  and 
apartments  tapestried  with  relief 
sculpture. 

Although  the  ruins  were  never 
completely  concealed,  scientific  ex- 
cavation was  not  undertaken  until  the 
1930s  when  the  Oriental  Institute  of 
the  University  of  Chicago  mounted 
yearly  archeological  campaigns.  In 
the  1940s  the  Iranian  government 
took  over  the  work,  which  it  still  con- 
tinues with  the  assistance  of  an  Italian 
commission  that  is  carefully  restoring 
some  of  the  shattered  remains.  The 
site,  called  Persepolis  by  the  Greeks, 
was  one  of  several  palatial  adminis- 
trative centers  (others  were  at  Susa, 
Babylon,  and  Ecbatana,  or  modern 
Hamadan)  that  held  the  well-oiled 
machinery  necessary  to  run  one  of  the 
great  bureaucracies  of  the   ancient 


world,  the  Persian  dynasty  of  the 
Achaemenids.  Their  empire  covered 
almost  all  of  the  Near  East  and  Asia 
Minor,  as  well  as  Egypt  and  parts  of 
southeastern  Europe. 

Building  at  Persepolis  was  begun 
by  Darius  I  shortly  after  522  B.C.  He 
probably  called  the  place  Parsa, 
which  is  related  to  the  name  Persian, 
as  well  as  to  the  name  of  the  modern 
province  of  that  region.  Ears,  and  the 
present  Persian  language,  Farsi  (in 
which  the  letters  p  and  /  are  related 
and  often  interchangeable).  Locally 
today  the  site  is  called  Takht-i  Jam- 
shid,  the  "throne"  of  the  legendary 
hero  Jamshid.  The  hundreds  of  feet 
of  relief  sculpture  on  the  buildings,  or 
more  accurately,  chiefly  on  the  plat- 
forms that  are  the  substructures  for 
several  of  the  buildings,  beggar  de- 
scription. It  is  as  if  a  bustling  royal 
court  of  2,500  years  ago  had  suddenly 
been  petrified,  transformed  into  stone 
by  one  of  the  fabulous  Eastern  jinn 
and  thus  preserved  for  eternity.  Ordi- 
narily we  would  not  bother  to  ask  why 
a  king  would  lavish  such  care  in  the 
decoration  of  his  palaces  because  the 
answer  seems  too  obvious:  princely 
self-aggrandizement,  royal  display  of 
affluence  and  power,  love  of  luxury, 
ego  indulgence,  and  last  but  hardly 
least,  cultural  delight  and  esthetic 
pleasure  in  the  beautiful.  For,  al- 
though separated  by  thousands  of 
miles  and  many  centuries,  the  Achae- 
menids, in  surrounding  themselves 
with  art,  were  little  different  from  the 
Bourbons,  the  Hapsburgs,  the  Med- 
icis,  or  the  Romanovs.  But  is  that  an- 
swer sufl[icient?  The  lavish  sculpture 
of  Persepolis  may  be  more  than  an 
expression  of  royal  sentiment  and 
cultural  preference;  it  may  also  reveal 
a  hard-headed  policy  decision,  an  as- 
tute public  relations  program  to  sell 
to  the  folk  of  the  empire  the  most  im- 


portant commodity  a  kingdom  has  to 
offer — the  king  himself! 

Darius  I,  like  Caesar,  Napoleon,  or 
von  Bismarck,  was  neither  born  nor 
raised  as  heir  apparent.  Like  Alex- 
ander the  Great,  Caesar  Augustus, 
and  Genghis  Khan,  he  fought  his  way 
to  the  throne  room  over  the  bodies  of 
those  who  opposed  his  right  to  rule. 
These  men  who  wore  the  purple  by 
virtue  of  the  sword,  rather  than  by  the 
legality  of  inheritance,  often  mounted 
propaganda  campaigns  to  legitima- 
tize their  rule,  to  convince  the  people 
that  they  reigned  by  a  right  at  least  as 
great  as  that  of  lineage.  Such  use  of 
a  higher  justification  for  taking  power 
no  doubt  goes  back  to  the  beginnings 
of  the  natural  history  of  politics. 
Darius,  having  seized  power,  bent  his 
best  efforts  to  convince  all  men  that 
only  he  could  preserve  the  state  from 
anarchy  and  misrule,  that  only  he  was 
the  chosen  of  god  and  history  to  direct 
the  destiny  of  empire. 

Darius  and  his  son  Xerxes  are  best 
known  to  the  Western  world,  not  for 
their  long  years  of  successful  rule  in 
Asia,  but  rather  for  their  failures 
when  they  tried  to  invade  Greece. 
Our  informants  on  the  Persian  inva- 
sions are  Greek  writers.  They  de- 
scribe the  battles:  Greek  heroism  pit- 
ted against  Persian  cunning  at 
Thermopylae,  on  the  plain  of  Mara- 
thon, and  in  the  bay  of  Salamis.  Be- 
cause of  these  Greek  sources  we 
know  the  Persian  kings  by  Greek 
names,  Darius  and  Xerxes,  rather 
than  by  their  proper  Persian  titles, 


Darius  I,  portrayed  in  stone 

as  a  hero,  is  locked  in  mortal 

combat  with  an  imaginary  beast. 


Bernard  Goldman  and  George  Boolh 


36 


i 

I^- 

Ji 

tm 

jMMimviiiiPiiM(iHii . 


■?»y^ 


Bernard  Goldman  and  George  Booth 

The  tomb  of  Darius  is  cut  into  a 
sheer  cliff  wall.  On  a  relief  above 
the  doorway,  the  hero-king  is 
held  aloft  on  a  stool  by  the  people 
of  his  realm.  At  left,  a  row  of 
Persian  guards  lines  a  wide 
■  stairway  that  led  to  the  palace. 


Darayavaush  and  Khshayarsha.  But 
the  military  disasters  in  Greece  came 
long  after  Darius  had  fought  his  way 
to  the  throne  and  then  ordered  his 
higher  justification  carved  under  his 
self-portrait  on  the  cliff  wall  at  Bisi- 
tun  near  modern  Kermanshah. 
Copies  of  this  official  proclamation 
were  sent  by  the  king  to  the  far 
comers  of  his  empire. 

In  his  "inaugural"  statement  Da- 
rius first  establishes  his  bloodline  five 
generations  back,  to  the  founder  of 
the  dynasty,  thus  making  his  first 
point:  although  from  a  collateral  line, 
royal  blood  runs  in  his  veins.  His  sec- 
ond claim  is  made  by  fiat:  Ahura 
Mazda,  god  of  the  Persians,  gave  him 
the  kingdom  to  rule.  Yet,  this  is  not 


more  than  any  king  might  claim  on 
ascending  the  throne.  But  Darius 
goes  on  to  another  matter,  a  political 
inconvenience  that  gives  to  his  claim 
here  at  Bisitun,  and  to  the  sculptural 
display  at  Persepolis,  an  unusual 
poignancy  and  purpose.  Another  man 
had  already  laid  claun  to  the  throne 
on  far  stronger  grounds!  Whether  this 
man  was  whom  he  claimed  to  be,  we 
shall  never  know,  even  though  on  his 
identification  depends  the  reputation 
of  Darius  as  either  hero  of  the  nation 
or  as  regicide. 

The  man  claimed  to  be  the  son  of 
Cyrus  the  Great,  the  most  noble  and 
beloved  of  Persian  kings,  and  the 
younger  brother  of  the  (then)  king, 
Cambyses.  Not  true,  says  Darius:  the 
real  younger  brother  was  long  dead, 
slain  by  order  of  Cambyses  who  kept 
his  fratricide  secret.  But  a  Magus  (a 
member  of  the  clan  specializing  in 
cult  functions)  from  the  Median  side 
of  the  empire,  who  bore  a  resem- 
blance to  the  murdered  prince,  pre- 
tended to  be  him,  fomented  revolt, 
and  claimed  the  throne  as  his  father's 
heir.  Meanwhile,  Cambyses  died, 
possibly  of  accidental  blood  poison- 
ing or  perhaps  by  his  own  hand. 


throwing  the  realm  into  political 
chaos.  Fear  swept  the  land,  Darius 
reports,  for  the  false  king  slaughtered 
the  opposition,  appropriated  herds 
and  fields,  and  funneled  the  riches  of 
'he  people  into  his  own  coffers.  Thus 
1 1  fell  to  Darius  as  a  sacred  trust  to 
restore  tranquility  and  reestablish  the 
dynasty.  He  asked  the  help  of  Ahura 
Mazda;  it  was  given,  and  the  impos- 
ter  fell  to  Darius's  sword.  A  year  of 
hard  fighting  cleaned  out  the  remain- 
ing pockets  of  rebellion.  Darius 
brought  the  ship  of  state  safely  off  the 
shoals  of  anarchy,  returned  to  the 
people  that  which  was  rightfully 
theirs,  and  proclaimed  a  new  deal  of 
truth,  respect,  and  justice  for  all. 

A  curious  tale  it  is — of  concealed 
murder,  mysterious  death,  coinci- 
dental resemblance.  But  that  is  the 
only  story  we  have,  the  justification 
written  by  Darius  and  repealed  in  a 
somewhat  elaborated  form  by  the 
Greek  storyteller  and  historian 
Herodotus.  Perhaps  we  would  be  less 
suspicious  if  Darius  had  not  protested 
so  much,  insisting  on  the  importance 
of  truth,  the  evil  of  lying.  The  schol- 
arly debate  continues  over  whether 
his  proclamation  at  Bisitun  is  the  true 
political  record  or  a  part  of  the  Big 
Lie,  a  2.500-year-old  Watergate. 

Although  we  cannot  know  the  truth 
of  the  story,  the  suspicion  that  Darius 
came  to  the  crown  against  the  will  of 
many  and,  therefore,  had  to  mend  po- 
litical fences  and  win  over  skeptical 
citizens  haunts  the  ancient  tale.  In  this 
light  the  inscriptions  at  Bisitun  dem- 
onstrate the  direct  approach.  At 
Persepolis  he  utilized  a  more  subtle 
and  far  more  profound  technique  than 
the  written  word  (after  all,  few  could 
read  the  cuneiform,  but  everyone 
could  read  pictures).  Through  the 
medium  of  pictorial  reliefs,  Darius 
launched  his  higher  justification  out 
of  the  documentary-historical  into  the 
cosmic  realm  of  the  folk  epic,  with 
himself  cast  as  the  mythic  hero. 

The  careers  of  heroes,  real  and 
imaginary,  generally  follow  a  fairly 
standard  pattern.  The  hero's  birth  is 
marked  by  unnatural  events  or  occurs 
in  a  wondrous  fashion.  As  a  child  he 
goes  through  a  period  of  concealment 
or  anonymity,  but  at  the  crucial  mo- 
ment in  his  people's  history  he  ap- 
pears and  performs  the  feat  that  is 
beyond  the  capacity  of  everyone  else. 
Then  he  is  recognized  as  the  benef  ac- 


Bnjno  Barbey.  Magnui 


39 


Bernard  Go  dman  and  George  Booth 


tor  of  the  nation,  elevated  above  all 
men,  and  finally,  accorded  the  hero's 
reward — homage  and  precious  gifts. 
The  climactic  act  (and  that  is  where 
Darius  picks  up  the  story  at  Per- 
sepolis)  of  the  hero  often  is  in  the 
realm  of  the  fantastic.  Gilgamesh, 
Sampson,  David,  Theseus,  Heracles, 
Jason,  Perseus,  Beowolf,  Siegfried, 
Krishna,  each  stands  alone  to  defeat 
a  fabulous  monster,  dragon,  troll, 
lion,  minotaur,  gorgon,  serpent.  This 
combat  not  only  stamps  the  hero 
as  superhuman  but  also  as  the  chosen 
of  the  gods.  A  visit  through  the  streets 
and  corridors  of  Persepolis  illustrates 
Darius 's  use  of  the  pattern. 

Only  the  stone  doorjambs  and  lin- 
tels and  the  window  frames  still  stand 
above  the  foundations  of  Darius 's 
personal  palace.  As  we  enter  through 
these  doors  we  see  Darius  carved  in 
stone,  greater  than  life,  locked  in 
mortal  combat  with  real  and  imagi- 
nary beasts.  He  stands  calmly,  grasp- 
ing a  monster  with  one  hand  while  the 
other  deals  the  death  blow.  All  is  ac- 
complished with  stately  dignity,  for 
there  is  no  question  as  to  the  outcome: 
the  hero  has  been  foreordained  the 
victor  and  both  parties  know  it. 
Hence,  rather  than  illustrating  a  sav- 
age contest,  a  sacrament  of  death  is 
performed.  We  are  not  told  the  name 
of  the  beast  or  what  he  represents.  He 
may  symbolize  the  enemies  of  the 
state  or  represent  the  chaos  from 
which  Darius  saved  the  empire;  he 
may  be  the  totemic  symbol  of  the 
royal  clan  or  personify  evil,  the  forces 


40 


of  darkness,  or  falsehood.  Yet  his 
identification  is  of  minor  value  be- 
cause the  monster  is  of  less  signifi- 
cance than  is  its  importance  in  provid- 
ing Darius  with  the  necessary  opposi- 
tion to  prove  his  manifest  destiny  as 
sovereign  and  savior. 

The  palaces  of  Persepolis  were  the 
stage  for  the  tribute  nations'  celebra- 
tion of  the  New  Year  at  the  spring  sol- 
stice. It  was  the  time  for  the  renewal 
of  the  oath  of  fealty  to  the  liege  lord. 
We  can  retrace  with  little  difliculty 
the  once  glittering  avenues  that  lead 
from  the  small  palace  of  Darius  to  a 
square-columned  hall,  whose  door- 
ways are  once  again  decorated  with 
portraits  of  the  king,  but  now  de- 
picted in  the  subsequent  stage  of  the 
hero's  progress.  Now  the  king  sits 
upon  a  throne,  his  feet  upon  a  foot- 
stool, the  usual  symbol  of  high  rank. 
It  would  be  misleading  to  regard  this 
carving  as  simply  a  formal,  court  por- 
trait. As  in  the  portrayal  of  Darius 
slaying  the  monsters,  here  a  mythical 
idea  is  cloaked  in  real-life  trappings. 
King  and  throne  are  mounted  upon  a 
gigantic  stool  lifted  a  few  inches  off 
the  ground  by  rows  of  men,  each 
dressed  in  the  peculiar  costume  of  the 
foreign  tributary  land  he  represents. 
Hair  and  beard  styles,  as  well  as  facial 
characteristics,  are  carefully  detailed 
by  the  sculptors  to  distinguish  one 
ethnic  type  from  the  next.  The  picture 
is  quite  clear  in  its  implied  meaning: 
the  hero-king  is  now  recognized  as 
such  by  the  peoples  of  all  nations, 
who  raise  him   above  other   men. 


Officials  of  the  Persian  realm, 
dressed  in  long  tunics  and  high, 
fluted  hats,  chat  informally  as 
they  wait  to  present  themselves 
to  the  king. 


Probably  a  similar  scene  was  actually 
performed  in  antiquity  when  the 
enthroned  king  was  borne  out  of  his 
palace  in  his  sella  or  cathedra  on  the 
shoulders  of  the  delegates  to  be  ac- 
claimed by  the  multitude.  Beauty 
queens  and  football  coaches  keep  the 
tradition  alive  today. 

The  third  and  last  stage  of  the 
hero's  progress  from  obscurity  to  re- 
nown is  portrayed  on  the  most  exten- 
sive double  set  of  reliefs  at  Per- 
sepolis. They  are  carved  on  the  stone 
revetments,   stairways,    and   balus- 
trades of  the  raised  platform  for  a 
huge  audience  hall  begun  by  Darius 
and  completed  by  Xerxes.  The  build- 
ing itself  has  almost  disappeared; 
only  a  handful  of  tall  stone  columns, 
which  once  supported  the  beamed 
wooden  roof,    still   stand   outlined 
against  the  sky.  The  exterior  walls, 
originally  several  feet  thick,   were 
made  of  adobe  brick,  just  as  they  are 
made  in  Iranian  villages  today.  These 
brick  walls  are  durable  as  long  as 
there  is  a  protecting  roof,  but  once 
that  is  gone,  the  clay  molders.  But  the 
stone  slabs  covering  the  supporting 
platform  were  protected  by  the  accu- 
mulating debris  until  the  spade  of  the 
archeologist  brought  them  to  light. 
The  east  and  the  north  revetments 
carry  the  sculpture.  The  eastern  wall, 
however,  had  collapsed  in  antiquity, 
perhaps  when  the  palace  was  de- 
stroyed in  330  B.C.,  and  was  soon 
covered.  A  large  part  of  the  north  re- 
vetment   remained    standing    and, 
hence,  was  exposed  to  the  weather 
and,  worse,  to  human  destruction. 
Souvenir  hunters  and  traders  chipped 
and  sawed  out  sections  of  the  carved 


Persian  (left)  and  Median  (right) 

household  attendants  bring 

provisions  for  the  elaborate  New 

Year's  banquet  of  the  royal  court. 

Boucas,  Rapho-Guillemelte/Photo  Researchers 


^^ 


Z>  .->  ^ 


r:u 


-m^ 


I 


stone,  which  are  now  displayed  in 
museums  around  the  world.  Over  the 
years  the  natives  of  the  region,  fol- 
lowing the  injunction  against  graven 
images  that  Islam  adopted  from  the 
Old  Testament,  gouged  out  the  faces 
or  the  eyes  of  the  figures. 

The  two  walls,  east  and  north, 
show  two  views  of  the  same  scene: 
row  upon  row  of  parading  men — Per- 
sians, Medes,  Babylonians,  Egyp- 
tians. East  Greeks,  Indians,  Arme- 
nians, Assyrians,  Scythians — the  im- 


perial guard  and  delegates  from  the 
farthest  comers  of  the  empire.  Each 
national  delegation  of  four  to  eight 
men  is  solemnly  led  into  the  royal 
presence  by  a  Persian  or  Median 
usher.  The  envoys  carry  their  tokens, 
the  gifts  that  acknowledge  the  over- 
lordship  of  the  king — ^precious  per- 
fumes and  unguents  in  fluted  jars  and 
bottles,  delicately  worked  jewelry, 
golden  daggers,  tailored  linens,  and 
raw  furs.  Some  bring  heavy-fleeced, 
broad- tailed  sheep,  stallions  from  the 


alpine  pastures,  Bactrian  camels, 
draught  oxen,  even  an  okapi.  The 
ranks  of  delegates  walk  toward  the 
center  of  the  platform,  while  from  the 
opposite  end  parade  the  household 
guards.  These  are  the  "immortals," 
so  called  because  none  seemed  to  die 
in  battle  (a  liberal  and  immediate 
practice  of  substitution  for  a  fallen 
man  kept  their  ranks  unbroken  and, 
hence,  counterfeited  immortality).  In 
the  center  of  this  magnificent  fa?ade 
of  envoys  and  guards  was  a  relief  of 


42 


Wi^Vnr-£mM. 


the  king  (now  removed  from  its  origi- 
nal position;  enthroned  under  an  em- 
broidered canopy,  recei%Tng  the  hom- 
age of  all  nations  particularized  in  the 
person  of  the  grand  \Tzier,  who  bows 
before  his  lord.  So  sacred  is  the  per- 
son of  the  king  that  not  even  the 
breath  of  this  nobleman  may  touch 
him;  the  \izier  holds  his  hand  before 
his  mouth  to  avert  the  possibiUt\-  of 
contamination. 

Thus  the  hero-king  of  the  Persian 
world  has  himself  portrayed  in  the 


culminating  act  of  political  accept- 
ance. K  the  Nisitor  needed  any  further 
comincing  that  Darius  reigned  as  the 
proper  and  chosen  master,  the  spec- 
tacle of  a  never-ending  procession  of 
delegates  should  settle  die  matter. 

The  car\'ings  on  the  other  buildings 
serve  to  reinforce  the  message. 
Waiters,  butlers,  cooks,  and  bakers, 
laden  with  food  and  drink  for  the 
host,  are  shown  running  up  and  down 
the  stairs.  This  festive  atmosphere  of 
celebration  is  petrified  today  in  the 


The  great  eastern  staircase 
at  Persepolis  is  adorned  with 
car\ed  reliefs  of  Persian  and 
Median  royal  guards  (center) 
and  roH-  upon  row  of  imperial 
houseguards  in  the  rear. 


43 


hot  sun,  along  the  dusty  walks  and 
wasted  corridors.  We  must,  in  our 
mind's  eye,  add  the  original  color — 
the  gilding  and  painting  on  the  sculp- 
ture; the  tapestries,  drapes,  and  awn- 
ings   that   provided    cool    shadows 
where  the  functionaries,  while  cele- 
brating Darius,  also  passed  the  day's 
gossip.  The  reliefs  on  the  buildings 
are  a  marvelous  rendering  of  these  el- 
egant   bureaucrats:    stroking    their 
oiled  beards,  sniffing  the  fragrance  of 
a  lotus,  tapping  a  neighbor's  shoulder 
to  make  a  point,  or  grasping  the  hand 
of  a  confidant  while  deep  in  court 
intrigue.  These  intimate  details  of 
court  life  2,500  years  ago  are  ample 
compensation  for  whatever  political 
machinations  they  may  have  served. 
Was  the  dream  of  Darius  to  be  rec- 
ognized as  the  hero  of  the  people  a 
success?  It  would  appear  so.  His  line 
continued  until  the  empire  was  shat- 
tered by  a  foreigner.  We  would  not 
be  far  wrong  in  guessing  that  Darius, 
like  the  head  of  any  dynasty — politi- 
cal or  conunercial — would  not  be  sat- 
isfied   with    contemporary    success 
only.  Generations  to  come  must  be- 
lieve in  him;  his  name  must  remain 
a  legend  after  the  mortal  man  has 
gone.  But  we  must  not  lay  too  much 
at  the  door  of  personal  pride,  for  in 
doiiig  so  we  would  underestimate 
Darius 's   political   common   sense. 
There  were  sons  and  grandsons  to 
succeed  him  after  his  death;  their 
right  to  rule  depended  in  large  meas- 
ure upon  history  continuing  to  regard 
him,  even  after  his  death,  as  the  right- 
ful ruler. 

Thus,  we  have  one  of  the  motiva- 
tions for  the  elaborate  rock-cut  tomb 
just  a  few  kilometers  north  of 
Persepolis.  A  sheer  cliff  wall,  known 
today  by  the  name  Naqsh-i  Rustam 
('  'portrait  of  Rustam, ' '  a  later  Persian 
hero),  contains  a  row  of  four  royal 
tombs.  That  of  Darius  (copied  in 
shape  and  decoration  by  his  follow- 
ers) is  cut  in  the  form  of  a  Greek 
cross.  The  center  is  carved  to  resem- 
ble a  columned  portico;  the  doorway 
leads  into  a  chamber  with  troughs  cut 
into  the  floor  to  receive  the  coffins. 
Above  the  tomb  chamber  is  carved  a 
portrait  of  the  hero  who  ruled  the 
walls  of  Persepolis.  Now  Darius 
stands  on  a  monumental  stool  that  is 
once  again  lifted  on  the  raised  arms 
of  the  tribute  nations.  He  salutes  be- 
fore an  altar  of  fire  the  floating  figure 


44 


of  Ahura  Mazda,  who  acknowledges 
the  salutation  with  raised  hand. 

At  Naqsh-i  Rustam,  the  fairy  tale 
story  of  the  man  who  saved  his  land 
from  the  tyranny  of  a  wicked  impos- 
ter  ends.  The  palace  and  grave  carv- 
ings speak  of  a  shrewd  estimate  of 
human  nature,  of  mass  psychology. 
They  were  part  of  a  policy  hatched  in 
the  innermost  circle  of  the  court.  But 
just  as  some  of  the  noblest  works  of 
mankind  have  had  their  germ  in  the 
meanest  of  reasons,  so  the  sculpture 
is  among  the  most  beautiful  we  have 
received  from  antiquity. 

When  the  royal  line  of  the  Achae- 
menid  dynasty  was  broken,  it  was  not 
due  to  the  insufficiency  of  Darius 's 
planning.  Rather,  a  new  hero  had  en- 
tered Near  Eastern  history.  Like 
Darius ,  he  had  great  ambition ,  he  was 
invincible,  and  he  assumed  he  was 
peculiarly  chosen.  In  330  B.C. ,  Alex- 
ander the  Great  defeated  the  last  of 
the  Persian  kings,  Darius  III,  took 
Persepolis,  and  by  accident  or  design, 
destroyed  it  by  fire. 

It  is  an  interesting  footnote  to  the 
history  of  Persia  that  Alexander's 
propaganda  machine  was,  if  any- 
thing, even  more  imaginative  than 
that  of  Darius  and  equally  effective. 
Alexander  took  the  Macedonian 
throne  after  his  father,  Philip,  died  on 
an  assassin's  blade.  We  do  not  know 
if  that  sword  was  hired  by  foreign  or 
Persian  money,  by  Macedonian  polit- 
ical enemies,  or  by  the  discarded  wife 
of  the  king,  the  mother  of  Alexander. 
But  Alexander  quickly  took  on  the 
dimensions  of  the  hero.  The  story 
spread  that  Alexander's  '  'real' '  father 
was  no  less  a  hero  than  Hercules,  and 
the  young  king  did  nothing  to  scotch 
the  story  when  he  had  his  portraits 
decorated  with  the  lion  skin  of  Her- 
cules. In  Egypt  it  was  rumored  that 
he  was  the  son  of  the  Egyptian  god 
Ammon;  hence  his  coinage  shows 
him  wearing  that  god's  ram's  horn. 
Thus,  kings  and  emperors,  presidents 
and  prime  ministers  may  change,  but 
political  maneuvers  remain  constant 
in  the  natural  history  of  nations.     D 


King  Darius  is  accompanied  by 

his  attendants,  one  of  whom 

holds  a  fly  whisic  over  his  head. 


-'V- 


>■>  -^^■* 


Bruce  Davidson,  Magnui 


■4 


v* 

1   .  •'! 

'-  ' 

1 

■ 

■ 

■W%.si%'^ 


A  creche,  or  nursery,  of  young 

royal  terns  paddles  furiously 

away  from  shore  to  avoid 

a  disturbance.  They  will  return 

to  their  island  colony  when 

the  threat  has  passed. 


Late-blooming  Terns 

A  nursery,  and  delayed  maturity,  get  a  royal 
tern  off  to  a  slow,  but  successful,  start  in  life 

Should  you  happen  upon  one  of  the  isolated  barrier  beach  or  dredge 

spoil  islands  along  the  Gulf  and  southeastern  Atlantic  coasts  harboring 

an  active  royal  tern  colony,  you  would,  depending  on  the  time  of  your 

visit,  be  struck  either  by  the  simple  nests,  each  with  only  a  single  egg, 

packed  together  so  densely  that  the  incubating  birds  seem  to  be 

touching  one  another;  or  by  the  presence  of  two  different  species,  royal 

and  sandwich  terns,  intermingled  and  tolerant  of 


Text  and  photographs  by  Paul  A.  Buckley  and  Francine  G.  Buckley 


each  other;  or  by  the  hundreds,  per- 
haps thousands,  of  highly  visible, 
varied,  and  multicolored  chicks,  al- 
most no  two  alike,  milling  about  in 
a  seething  amoeboid  mass.  Each  of 
these  phenomena  has  evolved  in  re- 
sponse to  very  special  selective 
forces. 

The  royal  tern  is  one  of  the  crested 
terns,  a  cosmopolitan,  essentially 
pantropical  group  of  seven  species 
that  look  generally  alike.  Almost  all 
have  long,  slender,  unmarked  yellow 
or  orange  bills;  silver-gray  upperparts 
(including  wings);  snow-white  un- 
derparts;  and  a  prominent  black  crest, 
which  is  sleeked  back  when  the  birds 
are  calm  but  erected  menacingly 
when  they  are  alarmed.  North 
America  has  three  species  of  crested 
terns:  the  royal.  Sterna  maxima;  the 
elegant,  S.  elegans,  and  the  sand- 
wich, 5.  sandvicensis.  On  this  conti- 
nent, the  elegant  is  restricted  as  a 
breeder  largely  to  Baja  California. 
Royal  and  sandwich  terns  have  essen- 
tially concordant  breeding  ranges  on 
the  barrier  and  offshore  islands  of  the 
Gulf  coast  and  along  the  Atlantic 
coast  as  far  north  as  the  Delmarva 
Peninsula.  (It  was  on  Fisherman's  Isr 
land  National  Wildlife  Refuge  in  Vir- 
ginia and  at  Cape  Hatteras  National 
Seashore  that  we  studied  the  breeding 
ecology  and  behavior  of  royal  terns.) 
In  winter  both  royal  and  sandwich 
terns  regularly  reach  the  Caribbean 
and  Pacific  coasts  of  South  America, 
as  well  as  the  West  Indies  and 
Florida. 

Belonging  to  the  Laridae,  the  fam- 
ily of  gulls  and  terns  that  has  seen  so 
much  study,  particularly  by  Niko 
Tinbergen  and  his  associates  at  Ox- 
ford University,  the  crested  terns 
have  nonetheless  been  almost  ignored 
by  scientists,  except  for  some  studies 
of  the  European  race  of  sandwich 
tern.  This  is  not  surprising  since  most 
members  of  the  group  are  not  fresh- 
water or  inland  birds,  and  occur  in 
remote,  usually  inaccessible  coastal 
locations  when  breeding. 

Typically,  royal  terns  can  be  found 
nesting  on  low,  sandy  islands 
throughout  their  range.  New  spoil 
banks,  such  as  those  dredged  up  by 
the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers, 
are  favored  colony  sites,  usually  of- 
fering all  nesting  prerequisites:  com- 
plete absence  of  quadruped  preda- 
tors, extensive  visibility  of  surround- 


ings, and  broad  areas  of  shallow 
waters  located  at  or  near  an  inlet  con- 
necting ocean  with  sound  or  bay — the 
source  of  vast  quantities  of  fish  with 
each  tidal  change.  Other  charac- 
teristics are  important  but  these  seem 
to  be  the  sine  qua  nons  for  colony 
establishment. 

Colonies  successful  for  decades 
may  suddenly  shift  for  no  apparent 
reason  to  an  adjacent  and  seemingly 
identical  site,  often  returning  in  sub- 
sequent years  to  their  original  loca- 
tions. We  suspect  human  disturbance 
is  the  most  frequent  cause  for  such 
moves:  egging  is  still  practiced  in  the 
more  isolated  locations  in  the  middle 
and  south  Atlantic  states,  and  errant 
fishermen  and  picnickers  can  unwit- 
tingly cause  a  colony  to  move  over- 
night. 

Other  conditions  can  force  royal 
terns  to  move  to  another  nearby  loca- 
tion where  they  will  re-lay  their  eggs. 
In  fact,  they  seem  able  to  repeatedly 
re-lay  their  single-egg  clutch;  one 
year  a  small  colony  of  about  500  pairs 
on  Fisherman's  Island  re-layed  some 
five  times  in  seven  days  when  flooded 
out  by  high  tides.  The  predilection  of 
royal  terns  for  sites  offering  excep- 
tional lateral  visibility  for  predator 
detection  usually  results  in  their 
breeding  in  low  places,  exposing 
them  to  storms  and  spring  tidal  flood- 
ing. Under  such  conditions  the  ability 
to  re-lay  rapidly  would  be  highly 
adaptive. 

After  royals  arrive  at  their  colony 
area,  a  month  or  so  is  spent  courting 
before  a  pair  actually  begins  nest  site 
selection.  While  watching  courting 
royals  we  became  aware  of  two  un- 
usual behaviors  associated  with  the 
courtship  feeding  typical  of  terns, 
which  usually  involves  the  male's 
catching  of  a  fish  and  offering  it  to  his 
prospective  mate.  (Recent  work  sug- 
gests that  females  may  gauge  a  male's 
ability  to  provide  for  offspring  by  his 
success  in  this  food-offering  ritual.) 
We  noticed  that  the  royals  were 
using  very  small  instars  of  blue  crabs, 
or  "peeler  crabs" — the  delicious 
soft-shelled  crabs  of  seafood  lovers — 
as  well  as  fish.  Abundant  off  Virginia 
and  North  Carolina  at  the  times  the 
terns  were  courting,  the  floating  crabs 
were  easily  picked  up  by  diving  terns . 
But  we  observed  that  terns  with  crabs 
in  their  bills  were  constantly  trying  to 
shift  the  prey  around  while  in  flight. 


48 


/^< 


Packed  lo^elher  as  tightly 
as  possible,  nesting  royal 
terns  thereby  reduce  their 
individual  vulnerability  by 
presenting  the  smallest 
possible  perimeter. 


^ 


# 


^^I^TObp.  ■ 


•^ 


V 


I 


resulting  in  an  aerial  shuffle  we  soon 
came  lo  associate  with  the  transport 
of  a  still-struggling  crab. 

We  also  noticed  a  high  incidence 
of  royals  skimming  the  water  with 
their  bills  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
highly  specialized  black  skimmer 
with  its  elongated  lower  mandible. 
We  even  saw  three  royals  catch  fish 
while  water  skimming.  We  first  ex- 
plained this  skimming  as  merely  the 
drinking  of  salt  water  (which  many 
seabirds  do.  some  obligatorily),  but 
the  more  we  watched  royals  that  had 
just  caught  prey,  the  more  convinced 
we  became  of  an  association  between 
prey  catching,  especially  of  crabs, 
and  water  skimming. 

The  claws  of  crabs  that  were  sim- 
ply picked  up  from  the  water  surface 
may  have  irritated  the  terns"  bills,  and 
the  terns  were  presumably  relieving 
the  irritation  by  skimming  their  bills 
through  water.  Thus,  almost  by  acci- 
dent, we  gained  some  insight  into  the 
probable  origins  of  water  skimming 
as  a  feeding  method  by  the  now-spe- 
cialized three  species  of  skimmers 
that  occur  in  Africa.  India,  and  the 
Western  Hemisphere. 

Once  a  nest  site  is  selected,  royal 
females  lay  a  single  egg  in  small  de- 
pressions in  exposed  sand,  some- 
times lining  them  with  bits  of  wrack, 
shells,  or  fishbones.  The  nests  are  not 
camouflaged,  and  the  eggs  are  not 
particularly  cryptically  colored.  Most 
surprisingly,  the  adults  defecate  di- 
rectly on  the  nest  rims,  giving  the  col- 
ony a  distinctively  whitewashed  look 


To  be  fed,  a  chick  must  answer 
its  parent's  call,  emerge  from 
the  creche,  and  be  recognized. 
As  the  chick  becomes  older  and 
bolder,  it  will  attempt  to  steal 
food  from  any  nearby  adult. 


49 


Isolated,  low  sandy  islands  off 

the  Gulf  and  southeastern  Atlantic 

coasts  of  the  United  States  are 

favored  colony  sites.  Broad  areas 

of  adjacent  shallow  waters,  which 

contain  an  abundance  offish,  are 

also  necessary  for  the 

establishment  of  a  royal  tern  colony. 


(and  a  pronounced  odor).  This  behav- 
ior is  exceedingly  unusual  in  gulls 
and  terns,  and  its  absence  has  been 
demonstrated  to  have  a  high  antipred- 
ator  value,  since  mammals,  particu- 
larly, zero  in  on  the  smell  of  feces. 
The  royals,  however,  nest  on  quadru- 
ped-free islands,  so  that  source  of  se- 
lective pressure  is  absent.  In  one  col- 
ony, a  particularly  high  tide  obliter- 
ated nearby  common  tern  and  black 
skimmer  nests  at  the  same  ground 
level,  but  the  feces-covered,  hard- 
ened rims  of  the  royal  tern  nests 
withstood  the  scouring  flood  waters, 
eroding  away  on  the  sides  but  not  col- 
lapsing; the  incubating  royal  tern 
adults  that  rode  out  the  storm  lost  vir- 
tually no  eggs.  Thus  there  would  be 
a  positive  selective  value  for  defeca- 
tion directly  on  nest  rims. 

Besides  whitewashing,  other  im- 
mediately unusual  features  of  royal 
tern  nests  are  their  size  and  extreme 
density  per  unit  area.  Colonies  of  10,- 
000  pairs  are  frequent.  In  our  study, 
we  found  a  mean  density  of  7.5  nests 
per  square  meter.  Then  in  the  course 
of  making  inter-nest  measurements, 
we  noticed  a  high  incidence  of  single 
nests  surrounded  by  six  other  nests, 
with  each  adjacent  nest  sharing  all  or 
most  of  a  common  rim.  We  also 
found  a  high  incidence  of  single  nests 
with  five  shared  rims,  and  quite  a  few 
with  seven;  we  found  no  nests  sharing 
more  than  eight  or  less  than  four  com- 
mon rims.  Investigation  into  the  scat- 
tered, piecemeal  literature  on  the  sub- 
ject of  packing  of  objects  in  nature 
disclosed  that  if  objects  are  pushed  to 
maximal  density  per  unit  area  in  a 
single  plane,  as  in  the  case  of  honey- 
bee hive  cells,  they  tend  to  assume  a 
six-sided  configuration;  this  condi- 
tion is  called  hexagonal  packing. 

We  were  able  to  confirm  that  there 
are  small  areas  in  royal  tern  colonies 
where  almost  perfect  hexagonal 


packing  obtains,  but  that  minor  topo- 
graphical features  and  probably  indi- 
vidual aggression  levels  preclude  per- 
fect regularity.  Our  data  also  indi- 
cated that,  given  the  limitations  of 
their  physical  environment,  royal 
terns  pack  their  nests — their  only  de- 
fended territories — as  closely  to- 
gether as  they  can.  They  maintain 
their  nest  scoops  by  reaching  out  and 
lunging  at  neighbors  on  all  sides. 

Why  such  a  high  density?  Most  or- 
nithologists feel  that  colonial  birds, 
especially  ground  nesters,  show  in- 
creased density  as  each  bird  attempts 
to  get  as  close  as  possible  to  a  neigh- 


bor to,  in  effect,  hide  itself  from  pred- 
ators. On  a  colonial  basis,  the  per- 
imeter, most  easily  accessible  to 
predators,  is  smallest  when  nests  are 
hexagonally  packed.  Egg-preying 
laughing  gulls  are  a  constant  threat  to 
royal  terns,  but  the  terns  show  little 
threat  or  other  aggressive  behavior 
toward  them  even  when  the  gulls  are 
caught  in  the  act.  Nest  packing  may 
thus  be  the  royals'  only  defense 
against  egg  predation,  and  coupled 
with  their  remarkable  ability  to  re- 
lay, does  seem  to  be  successful. 

But  there  is  still  heavy  pressure 
from  the  gulls,  whose  behavior  when 


50 


egg  preying  is  extraordinary  to  be- 
hold. Pairs  of  gulls  will  often  work 
over  unguarded  nests  on  the  edge  of 
a  royal  tern  colony,  punching  neat 
holes  in  each  egg.  If  another  un- 
guarded nest  is  nearby,  rather  than  eat 
the  first  punctured  egg,  they  usually 
go  over  to  the  next  egg  and  puncture 
it  too.  They  put  this  tactic  to  good 
advantage  if  the  terns  are  disturbed 
and  fly  up:  the  gulls,  being  bolder,  are 
the  last  to  fly  when  the  terns  go  up, 
often  merely  looking  upward  during 
the  disturbance  or,  if  taking  flight, 
landing  before  the  terns.  In  a  most 
economical  manner,  they  run  around 


punching  single  holes  in  as  many  tern 
eggs  as  they  can  before  their  owners 
return,  for  a  royal  tern  will  not  incu- 
bate a  punctured  egg.  The  gulls  can 
then  consume  the  eggs  at  their  lei- 
sure. Severe  egg  predation  by  the 
gulls  is  made  easier  by  human  dis- 
turbance of  the  colonies  and  may  be 
one  of  the  major  causes  of  the  terns' 
failure  to  nest  successfully  in  certain 
localities. 

Egg  variation  in  a  royal  tern  colony 
is  strikingly  extreme;  some  eggs  are 
almost  white,  others  are  of  varying 
shades  up  to  dark  beige;  superim- 
posed on  all  are  spots,  stripes,  and 


squiggles  in  bewildering  variety. 
Other  than  by  chance  placement, 
eggs  are  not  cryptically  colored.  We 
noticed  that  returning  adults  flew  over 
the  colony  until  they  had  located  what 
seemed  the  correct  general  area,  then 
landed,  and,  peering  intently  at  egg 
after  egg,  wandered  about  until  fi- 
nally settling  on  one.  We  believed 
that  adults  were  using  the  extreme 
variation  in  the  eggs  as  a  means  of 
recognizing  their  own,  but  that  they 
first  located  their  own  part  of  the  col- 
ony and  then  their  own  egg.  Tests 
that  we  conducted  confirmed  this  hy- 
pothesis, and  also  indicated  to  us  that 


51 


the  nest  itself  plays  an  important,  al- 
beit secondary,  role  in  egg  location. 
We  suspect  that  minor  ground  dif- 
ferences and  probably  voice  or  plum- 
age features  of  neighbors  are  the  rele- 
vant cues.  At  any  rate,  the  adaptive 
value  in  being  able  to  recognize  one's 
own  egg  under  conditions  of  such  ex- 
treme nest  density  is  clear,  and  the 
relationship  between  individual  egg 
recognition  and  a  one-egg  clutch 
would  seem  to  be  strong.  Most  other 
larids  have  larger  clutches,  and  they 
recognize  their  nest  sites  rather  than 
their  eggs. 

Incubation  in  most  gulls  and  terns 
takes  from  2 1  to  24  days ,  but  in  royals 
it  lasts  about  a  month.  The  single  egg 
is  rather  large  for  the  size  of  the  adult. 
Relative  data  on  newly  hatched  chick 
weights  as  a  function  of  adult  weights 
are  scarce  for  most  terns,  but  we  sug- 
gest that  royal  terns  have  concen- 
trated their  reproductive  resources  on 
producing  one  well-developed,  ex- 
tremely precocious  chick  that  can  im- 
mediately run  about  and  swim 
strongly  in  the  event  of  floodwaters. 
At  the  age  of  two  or  three  days,  it 
leaves  its  nest  to  join  the  vast  nursery, 
or  creche,  that  roams  over  the  colony 
area  while  the  adults  are  off  foraging. 

Chicks  exhibit  a  bewildering  vari- 
ety of  color  combinations;  there  are 
almost  no  two  alike.  This  color  varia- 
bility has  often  been  called  polymor- 
phic, but  that  term  is  erroneous  since 
true  morphs  exhibit  discrete  varia- 
bility, the  color  classes  being  clearly 
separable  from  one  another.  Early  in 
our  studies  we  selected  some  400 
chicks  for  careful  quantification  of 
color  variation.  We  found  that  the 
color  of  the  unfeathered  parts  (bill, 
feet,  and  legs)  varied  enormously 
(except  that  eyes  were  always  black), 
with  practically  no  correlation  be- 
tween colors  of  the  various  body 
parts.  Down  color,  whether  white  or 
light,  medium,  or  dark  beige,  was 
uniform  over  the  entire  body,  but  all 
chicks  had  white  bellies.  Superim- 
posed on  the  down  was  dark  brown 
spotting,  which  varied  in  intensity 
over  different  areas  of  the  body. 
There  was  a  correlation  between  ex- 
tent of  spotting  and  the  presence  of 
a  dusky  bill  tip,  suggesting  common 
pigmentation.  We  concluded  that 
probably  four  polygenic  pigmenta- 
tion systems  were  responsible  for,  re- 
spectively, bill  color,  leg  color,  down 


color,  and  extent  of  spotting — the 
areas  where  variation  was  great. 

Since  there  was  a  tendency  for 
light-colored  birds  to  be  more  nu- 
merous than  dark  birds,  thermoregu- 
latory considerations  might  play  a 
role  in  the  distribution  of  color  com- 
binations and  over-all  pigmentation. 
The  temperature  often  approaches 
150°F  on  the  open,  hot  sand  where  a 
chick  is  left  unprotected  by  its 
parents,  and  on  occasion  chicks  die 
from  the  heat.  Lighter  colored  chicks, 
however,  may  reflect  more  sunlight, 
thereby  remaining  cooler. 

We  also  believe  that  since  cryptic 
coloration  was  not  being  selected  for 
or  conspicuous  colors  being  selected 
against,  inherent  down  plumage  vari- 
ability could  be  expressed.  This  ex- 
traordinary color  variability — among 
the  greatest  known  for  a  single  spe- 
cies of  bird — might  itself  assume  in- 
creased positive  selective  value  if 
color  difference  could  be  used  by  re- 
turning adults  to  identify  their  own 
young  in  the  creche. 

The  behavioral  sequence  typically 
seen  when  an  adult  returned  to  the 
creche  with  a  fish  gave  us  some  clues 
to  adult-young  recognition.  An  adult 
would  fly  over  the  creche  area  giving 
the  "keer-eet"  call.  Upon  hearing  an 
answering  chick,  the  adult  would  im- 
mediately land  in  the  general  section 
of  the  creche  where  the  chick  had 
called.  The  adult  would  call  again, 
the  chick  would  respond,  and  this  an- 
tiphonal  calling  would  continue  until 
the  chick  had  worked  its  way  through 
the  creche  to  the  adult.  At  that  point 
the  adult  would  peer  intently  at  the 
chick,  each  would  call  again,  and, 
presumably,  the  correct  information 
having  been  exchanged,  the  chick 
would  be  fed.  On  several  occasions 
we  saw  the  entire  sequence  followed 
without  incident  right  up  to  the  time 
the  chick  emerged  from  the  creche, 
called  to  the  adult,  was  answered,  and 
lunged  for  the  fish,  only  to  be  re- 


Adults  are  efficient  foragers. 

Young  birds  do  not  attain  the 

fishing  success  of  their  elders 

until  they  are  two  years  of 

age  or  older,  one  reason  for 

delayed  breeding  in  this  species. 


warded  with  a  whack  on  the  head  as 
the  adult  rushed  off.  It  appeared  that 
while  the  chick  sounded  right,  it 
didn't  look  right;  hence,  no  food. 

Such  behavior  on  the  part  of  the 
chicks  is  not  surprising  since  they 
will,  especially  when  older,  try  to 
steal  food  from  any  adult,  on  occa- 
sion even  jumping  up  in  a  usually 
vain  attempt  to  grab  food  from  the 
bills  of  low-flying  adults.  The  adults, 
therefore,  are  exceedingly  cautious; 
we  have  never  seen  an  adult  volun- 
tarily feeding  what  we  believed  was 
an  alien  chick.  The  precise  nature  of 
parents'  egg  and  nest  site  recognition 
argues  that  natural  selection  would 
not  likely  favor  indiscriminate,  or  al- 
truistic, feeding  behavior.  We  sus- 
pect that  the  reported  instances  of 
promiscuous  feeding  of  chicks  by 
adults  of  other  creche-forming  birds 
(penguins,  flamingos,  some  ducks) 
may  be  erroneous  or  only  of  acciden- 
tal occurrence. 

The  phenomenon  of  the  creche  is 
possibly  the  most  striking  aspect  of  a 
royal  tern  colony.  The  term  comes 
directly  from  the  French  word  for 
"nursery,"  and  one  more  apt  is  not 


52 


available.  It  is  a  common  nursery  to 
which  all  chicks  belong,  leaving  their 
nest  scoops  at  about  two  to  three  days 
of  age,  never  to  return.  Relaxed,  the 
creche  is  a  loose  Hock  of  young  scat- 
tered over  a  reasonably  limited  area 
of  the  colony,  away  from  the  nest 
sites.  There  seems  to  be  preference  to 
be  near  some  vegetation  under  which 
the  young  birds  can  escape  the  sear- 
ing sun  or  to  be  at  the  water's  edge 
where  the  airHow  over  the  water  sur- 
face veers  upward  at  the  water-sand 
interface,  giving  a  slight,  cooling 
breeze. 

The  creche  location  varies  each 
day,  and  seems  to  be  essentially  un- 
programmed  as  the  chicks  wander 
over  the  colony  site.  A  few  adults  are 
usually  present,  less  as  guards  than  as 
parents  feeding  or  otherwise  attend- 
ing their  own  chicks.  A  frequent  ratio 
is  perhaps  ten  chicks  for  every  adult 
at  any  given  moment  in  midday;  the 
rest  of  the  adults  are  off  foraging. 

Once  the  creche  area  is  alarmed 
following  invasion  by  a  predator 
(often  biped),  it  undergoes  a  rapid 
transformation:  all  the  chicks  surge 
together  into  a  tight,  rapidly  moving 


mass,  with  attendant  adults  hovering 
overhead  giving  alarm  calls.  The 
creche  then  moves  as  a  unit,  often 
taking  to  the  water  without  hesitation, 
the  llotilla  paddling  furiously  away 
from  shore.  Once  the  disturbance  is 
over,  the  creche  relaxes  and  the  adults 
settle  back  near  the  chicks.  During  a 
disturbance  there  is  little  indication 
that  the  adults  are  in  any  way  direct- 
ing or  controlling  the  creche. 

The  great  size  distribution  of 
chicks  in  a  creche  is  almost  as  impres- 
sive as  their  color  variability.  Since 
they  remain  in  the  creche  from  about 
their  third  to  their  thirty-third  day  of 
life,  at  which  time  they  fledge,  this  is 
not  surprising.  Birds  ready  to  fledge 
are  fully  as  big  as  adults  and  may 
weigh  more;  three-day-old  chicks  are 
tiny.  One  might  imagine  their  being 
trampled  by  the  larger  birds  in  a  rap- 
idly moving,  alarmed  creche,  and  this 
does  happen.  We  feel  that  the  chicks" 
need  for  relatively  larger  size  and 
greater  strength  at  hatching  than  their 
non-creche  congeners  has  been  an  ad- 
ditional selective  factor  responsible 
for  the  extended  incubation  period 
and  large  single  egg.  Interestingly. 


over-all  mortality  in  a  creche  is  very 
low  if  one  compares  the  number  of 
dead  royal  tern  chicks  in  an  active 
colony  with  similar  Ixxly  counts  from 
skimmer  or  common  and  least  tern 
colonies. 

The  answer  to  the  question.  Why 
is  there  a  creche  system  in  royal 
terns?  is  complex,  and  directly  tied  to 
the  question.  Why  do  royal  terns  nest 
so  densely?  In  fact  the  entire  social 
system  of  this  species  has  evolved  in 
response  to  a  labyrinth  of  intercon- 
nected environmental  pressures.  We 
think  several  of  the  more  important 
factors  responsible  for  the  occurrence 
of  a  creche  are:  (1)  the  chick's  ten- 
dency to  wander  from  the  nest  site  for 
a  number  of  reasons  (it  is  often  left 
alone  by  its  foraging  parents,  the  sand 
is  very  hot.  and  the  chick  is  often  un- 
shielded because  its  parents  are  ab- 
sent; neighboring  adults,  unlike  most 
other  terns,  do  not  react  murderously 
to  trespassing  alien  chicks);  (2)  the 
predation  that  a  single  wandering 
chick  is  subject  to  favors  clustering  of 
chicks  in  the  same  manner  that  their 
nests  are  clustered;  and  (3)  the  proba- 
ble need  for  the  parents  being  able  to 
locate  the  chick  easily  and  rapidly, 
feed  it.  and  then  be  off  foraging 
again .  Many  other  variables  may  have 
played  a  role  in  creche  evolution. 

We  ha\e  indicated  that  the  adults' 
aggression  is  low.  and  this  is  true  of 
royals  at  all  stages  of  their  lives.  It 
does  reach  a  peak  in  adults,  though, 
at  precisely  that  time  when  the  chicks 
are  most  vulnerable  and  need  their 
parents'  protection  the  most:  at  two 
to  three  days  of  age.  when  they  are 
leaving  the  nest  to  join  the  creche. 

Chicks  are  rather  docile  until  in  the 
creche  a  few  days;  then  their  boldness 
increases  to  the  point  of  attempting  to 
rob  any  passing  adult  of  its  fish.  Nor- 
mally chicks  show  little  aggression 
toward  one  another.  As  the  young 
approach  fledging  and  increase  in 
size,  a  drastic  change  occurs  in  their 
behavior.  Instead  of  lunging  at  any 
available  fish,  proffered  or  not.  they 
now  adopt  the  hunched  attitude  typi- 
cal of  virtually  all  submissive  adult 
larids  and  give  a  whinnying  call  heard 
at  only  one  other  time:  when  given  by 
an  adult  female  to  signify  her  submis- 
sion to  her  mate  and  readiness  for 
copulation.  In  both  cases  a  premium 
is  placed  on  communicating  the  sub- 
missive bird's  nonthreatening  inten- 


53 


tions:  the  one  to  be  fed,  the  other  to 
allow  copulation. 

Once  they  fledge,  the  chicks  do  not 
remain  long  in  the  colony  area.  Post- 
breeding  dispersal  in  larids  typically 
spreads  the  juveniles  farther  from 
their  natal  colonies  than  at  any  other 
time  in  their  lives.  Royal  terns  are  not 
exempt  from  this  rule,  but  unlike 
most  gulls  and  terns,  the  adults  ac- 
company their  juvenile  as  far  as  it 
may  wander,  even  beyond  its  ex- 
pected range.  Only  a  month  after 
fledging,  one  of  our  color-marked  ju- 
veniles, with  adults,  was  seen  at  Bar- 
negat  Inlet,  New  Jersey,  some  200 
miles  north  of  its  Fisherman's  Island 
colony.  And  birds  from  the  same  col- 
ony regularly  reach  New  England  by 
autumn.  Southward,  dispersal  and 
wintering  distances  are  greater,  birds 
from  Fisherman's  Island  ranging  to 
Florida,  most  of  the  West  Indies, 
Central  America,  and  the  northern 
coast  of  South  America. 

The  late  David  Lack  and  his  col- 
leagues at  Oxford  examined  certain 
peculiar  aspects  of  some  seabirds' 
breeding  regimes,  notably  one  (or 
two)  egg  clutches,  extended  parental 
care,  and  delayed  first  breeding.  They 
have  postulated  that,  generally  speak- 
ing, breeding  pairs  of  birds  try  to  raise 
as  many  offspring  as  they  can,  and 
that  low  clutch  sizes  are  ipso  facto 
proof  of  an  inability  to  raise  more  to 
maturity.  By  extension,  prolonged 
parental  care — such  as  is  typical  of 
the  crested  terns — indicates  that  the 
juveniles  of  species  practicing  it  are 
not  sufficiently  able  to  meet  their  own 
food -energy  requirements.  Hard  data 
supportive  of  Lack's  hypothesis  are 
few  and  far  between,  and  there  are 
indications  that  the  breeding  regimes 
of  some  tropical  land  birds  may  fol- 
low another  piper.  However,  com- 
parative studies  of  young  and  adult 
little  blue  herons,  brown  pelicans, 
and  sandwich  terns  have  supported 
the  notion  of  a  relative  prey-capture 
inefficiency  of  sufficient  magnitude  to 
postpone  the  age  at  first  breeding  by 
several  years  until  the  would-be 
parent  is  able  to  feed  not  only  itself 
but  also  a  mate  and  young. 

During  1970  and  1971  we  spent 
about  ten  days  each  January  on  the 
island  of  Bonaire  in  the  Netherlands 
Antilles,  a  short  distance  off  the  Ven- 
ezuelan coast.  About  100  wintering 
adult  and  juvenile  royals  rested  and 


fed  at  the  salt  pans  along  the  south- 
west side  of  the  island,  site  of  the 
famed  Bonaire  flamingo  colony.  We 
paid  particular  attention  to  the  rela- 
tive foraging  efficiencies  of  both 
young  and  adult  royals  and  were  able 
to  confirm  and  extend  the  conclusions 
of  the  other  studies. 

We  found  significant  differences 
between  adults  and  young  in  the  fol- 
lowing foraging  parameters:  (1) 
mean  time  fishing  along  a  given 
stretch  of  beach  (adults  spending  only 
half  the  time  juveniles  did);  (2)  mean 
number  of  dives  per  minute  (adults 
diving  almost  twice  as  frequently); 
(3)  initially  successful  dives  per  min- 
ute (adults  about  50  percent  more  suc- 
cessful); and  (4)  ultimately  success- 
ful dives  per  minute  (adults  still  about 
50  percent  more  successful).  The  dif- 
ference between  initial  and  ultimate 
success  was  an  attempt  to  see  if  adults 
held  on  to,  and  ultimately  ate,  a 
greater  percentage  of  their  catch  than 
juveniles;  they  did,  but  only  because 
their  initial  success  rate  was  higher. 
Juveniles  did  not  lose  any  more  fish 
than  adults  did.  Curiously,  adults  did 
not  make  more  successful  dives  than 
juveniles,  but  since  they  dove  more 
frequently,  their  time-efficiency  was 
higher. 

We  also  found  an  extremely  subtle 
but  important  difference  between 
adults  and  juveniles.  Juveniles 
dropped  but  then  recovered  their  fish 
between  ten  and  fifteen  times  more 
frequently  per  bird,  per  dive,  or  per 
minute  than  adults,  even  though  ulti- 
mately they  did  not  lose  any  more  fish 
than  adults  did.  This  took  a  toll  in  two 
ways :  ( 1 )  the  energy  expended  in  div- 
ing after  a  slippery  fish,  recapturing 
it,  dropping  it,  and  so  on  was  surely 
inefficient  in  terms  of  the  energy  ulti- 
mately obtained  when  the  fish  was 
safely  digested;  (2)  because  they 
were  constantly  dropping  and  recap- 
turing fish,  the  juveniles  simply  did 
not  have  enough  time  to  make  as 
many  dives  per  minute  as  adults,  even 
though  their  catch  success  did  not 
differ  from  adults. 

The  juveniles  were  indeed  proba- 
bly not  capable  of  sustaining  them- 
selves, even  when  they  fished  most  of 
the  time.  They  frequently  followed 
adults  (presumably  their  parents), 
begging  for  food  from  them.  We 
regularly  saw  adults  catch  fish  and 
feed  them  to  their  demanding  young. 


but  usually  only  in  the  afternoon, 
after  the  adults  had  been  feeding 
themselves  all  morning,  and  the  juve- 
niles had  been  trying  to  do  likewise. 

Banding  data  seem  to  indicate  that 
many  juveniles  spend  their  first  and 
probably  their  second  summers  on 
their  wintering  grounds.  Their  par- 
ents might  summer  with  them  on  oc- 
casion, but  most  adults  probably  re- 
turn to  their  breeding  colonies  each 
season.  Our  data  showed  less  than  5 
percent  of  breeders  in  Virginia  and 
North  Carolina  colonies  under  three 
years  old.  Studies  on  other  species  of 
larids  indicate  that  even  where  de- 
layed first  breeding  is  not  especially 
prevalent,  birds  breeding  for  the  first 
time  are  usually  less  successful  in 
producing  flying  offspring  than  are 
older,  more  experienced  birds.  Most 
successful  of  all  are  members  of  a  pair 
that  have  bred  with  each  other  before. 
This  success  hierarchy  would  cer- 
tainly be  accentuated  if,  in  addition, 
the  hunting  skills  of  the  younger  birds 
were  suboptimal — as  they  are  in 
yearling  royals — and  would  probably 
be  sufficient  reason  alone  to  select  for 
delayed  maturity.  Older  first  breeders 
would  be  able  to  raise  and  accompany 
to  the  wintering  ground  their  own 
young,  while  still  feeding  them- 
selves. This  is  probably  the  case  with 
royal  terns. 

The  social  system  of  royal  terns, 
which  evolved  in  response  to  com- 
plex interactions  between  behavioral 
and  ecological  factors,  has  enabled 
the  birds  to  survive  over  a  relatively 
small  breeding  range  in  a  narrow 
coastal-offshore  belt,  with  only  a  few 
dense  (but  potentially  vulnerable) 
colonies.  As  a  mark  of  their  success, 
royal  terns  are  currently  undergoing 
a  northward  expansion  of  their  Atlan- 
tic coast  breeding  range.  It  will  be 
interesting  to  see  if  they  can  cope 
with  man's  degradation  of  coastal 
habitat  should  they  reach  the  Middle 
Atlantic  and  New  England  states.  D 


Aggressive  behavior  is  minimal 

among  royal  terns.  They  often 

breed  in  the  same  area  as 

sandwich  terns,  never 

attack  alien  chicks  and,  rarely, 

egg-preying  gulls. 


54 


^«*»«jr--^ 


Around  the  Ice  Age  World 


by  George  J.  Kukla 


^^■'.s^: 


A  global  tour  18,000  years  ago 
at  the  peak  of  the  last  glacial 
epoch  would  reveal  many 
totally  unrecognizable 
landscapes 


Recent  studies  show  that  the  earth 
has  undergone  ten  major  glaciations 
in  the  past  million  years  and  many 
more  in  earlier  times.  The  most  recent 
ice  episode  began  more  than  100,000 
years  ago;  reached  its  height,  after 
several  oscillations,  about  18,000 
years  ago;  and  ended  about  10,000 
years  ago.  We  are  currently  in  a 
warm,  or  interglacial,  period. 

During  the  ice  ages,  huge  ice 
sheets  and  mountain  glaciers,  often 
more  than  10,000  feet  thick,  formed 
in  the  northern  latitudes.  Because  so 
much  water  was  locked  up  in  land- 
based  ice,  the  sea  level  fell,  exposing 
previously  submerged  terrain.  North- 
ern regions  and  high  mountains  ev- 
erywhere were  covered  with  ice.  For 
example,  Mauna  Loa,  the  13,680- 
foot-high  active  volcano  in  Hawaii, 
and  Mount  Kilimanjaro,  the  19,565- 
foot  dormant  volcano  in  Africa,  were 
both  glaciated  18,000  years  ago.  The 
low  latitudes  were  subjected  to  ex- 
tended periods  of  drought;  conse- 
quently, deserts  expanded  and  forests 
shrank. 

Region  by  region,  what  was  the 
glacial  world  like  18,000  years  ago? 
For  more  than  a  century,  scores  of 
geologists,  paleontologists,  and  geo- 
chemists  have  been  trying  to  piece  to- 
gether its  image,  using  such  clues  as 
boulders  left  behind  by  the  glaciers, 
pollen  grains  of  past  vegetation  pre- 
served in  lake  beds,  animal  bones 
buried  in  caves,  and  ancient  soils  ex- 
posed in  pits  dug  for  brick-making 
material. 

No  single  tooth  or  leaf  or  soil  pat- 
tern can  by  itself  establish  the  terrain 
and  climate  of  a  given  area  in  a  past 
epoch.  But  if  an  assemblage  of  clues 
contains  the  fossil  remnants  of  plants 
and  animals  that  live  today  only  in 


56 


regions  with  a  harsh  arctic  climate — 
and  no  remnants  of  organisms  from 
warmer  areas — it  must  be  concluded, 
even  when  the  fossils  are  found  in 
temperate  zones,  that  those  regions 
were  once  much  colder.  In  recent 
decades,  radiometric  methods  have 
provided  a  tool  for  the  accurate  dating 
of  the  above-mentioned  finds.  In  ad- 
dition, sophisticated  computers  have 
made  it  possible  to  reconstruct  past 
sea-surface  temperatures  from  the 
composition  of  fossil  plankton  col- 
lected on  the  ocean  bottom. 

Thus,  a  picture  of  the  world  at  the 
peak  of  the  last  glaciation  has  begun 
to  emerge.  The  image  is  not  yet  com- 
plete— numerous  pieces  of  evidence 
are  either  problematical  or  poorly 
dated,  and  information  concerning 
large  portions  of  both  the  continents 
and  the  oceans  is  still  sketchy — but 
analogue  assumptions  are  used  to  fill 
in  the  gaps. 

Using  every  method  available,  sci- 
entists affiliated  with  an  international 
consortium  known  as  CLIMAP  (for 
Climate/Long-Range  Investigation , 
Mapping,  and  Prediction)  have  re- 
cently assembled  their  first,  some- 
what spotty  reconstruction  of  the 
earth's  surface,  including  the  land 
and  the  oceans,  as  it  was  18,000  years 
ago.  They  are  now  compiling  addi- 
tional data  to  improve  their  initial 
primitive  model. 

Although  much  remains  uncertain, 
many  interesting  features  of  the  18,- 
000-year-old  world  are  well  estab- 
lished. We  are  sure,  for  example,  that 
present-day  New  York  City  was 
under  a  huge  ice  sheet  several  hun- 
dred yards  thick.  Gusts  of  bitterly 
cold  wind  chased  sand  across  the  bare 
outwash  plain  that  stretched  along  the 
foot  of  the  glacier  south  of  the  area. 
Because  the  sea  level  had  dropped, 
the  shoreline  was  many  miles  to  the 
south. 

The  ice  melted  away  long  ago  but 
we  can  trace  its  extent  from  the  deep 
scars  and  scratches,  still  visible 
today,  it  made  in  granite  outcrops  in 
the  Bronx  and  along  the  Palisades  on 


tlWii  ««» 


the  western  bank  of  the  Hudson 
River.  The  glaciers  also  left  behind 
blocks  of  alien  rocks  picked  up  in  the 
Catskill  and  Adirondack  mountains, 
hundreds  i>i  miles  north  of  the  city. 
In  Queens,  northern  New  Jersey,  and 
along  the  Hudson  River,  laminated 
deposits  composed  alternately  of 
sand  and  clay  are  now  found.  These 
layers,  known  as  varves,  were 
formed  in  ice-dammed  lakes.  Elon- 
gated hills,  or  moraines — deposits  of 
unsorted  sand,  gravel,  and  loam  left 
by  retreating  glaciers — mark  former 
glacier  terminals  on  Long  Island. 
Wood  fragments  occasionally  found 
in  the  moraines  make  it  possible  to  fix 
the  age  of  the  glaciation  by  radiocar- 
bon dating. 

Partially  submerged  moraines  now 
stretch  northeastward  toward  the 
Massachusetts  islands  of  Martha's 
Vineyard  and  Nantucket,  others  ex- 
tend' west  across  the  Appalachian 
Mountains  into  Pennsylvania  and 
Ohio,  and  still  farther  west  to  Illinois, 
Iowa,  and  South  Dakota,  marking  the 
border  of  the  maximum  ice  advance. 
A  narrow  strip  of  tundra  and  steppe 
bordered  the  ice  margin,  and  pine  and 
spruce  forests  extended  farther  south 
toward  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  Gulf 
Coast  and  the  Caribbean  Islands  were 
warm  and  relatively  dry  in  summer 
but  cold  and  probably  rainy  in  winter. 
By  contrast,  the  weather  around  New 
York  City  was  never  pleasant.  Vigor- 
ous storms  dumped  snow  and  rain 
over  the  area  throughout  most  of  the 
year.  The  stormy  weather  was  caused 
in  part  by  the  steep  temperature  gra- 


The  effect  of  glaciation  can 
be  seen  along  the  front  of  the 
Moreno  Glacier  in  the 
Andes  Mountains  on  the 
Chile-Argentine  border. 
The  glacier  plows  up  the  earth, 
knocks  over  trees,  and  sweeps 
all  before  it  as  it  advances. 

John  H.  Mercer 


*»««i>>^ 


dicni  created  between  the  warm 
ocean  and  the  cold  land,  which 
greatly  surpassed  anything  known  in 
recent  times. 

Let  us  now  cross  the  ocean  and 
look  at  Europe,  stopping  first  in 
France.  No  natural  boundary  sepa- 
rated France  from  England  18.000 
years  ago  since  the  English  Channel 
was  then  dry.  While  a  good  part  of 
England  was  buried  under  ice.  France 
escaped  glaciation.  The  country's 
barren  plains  were  covered  with  dusty 
yellowish-brown  soil,  or  loess,  and 
dotted  with  rare  patches  of  grass.  An 
airborne  deposit  of  dust  storms,  loess 
was  common  during  glacial  times  in 
the  windy  mid-latitudes  of  Europe 
and  Asia.  Icy  tundra,  similar  to  that 
found  in  the  Canadian  archipelago 
and  Lapland  today,  stretched  north- 
ward from  the  loess  belt. 

There  may  have  been  some  warm 
summer  days  in  east-central  France 
18,000  years  ago.  However,  the 
nights  were  cold  and  the  winters  long 
and  rough.  Where  some  of  the  best 
wine  grapes  are  grown  today,  in  the 
Rhone  Valley,  for  example,  thick  de- 
posits of  eboulis — angular  inch-sized 
limestone  fragments — testify  to  the 
strength  of  the  wind  that  battered  the 
plains  during  the  last  glacial  episode. 
The  fragments  were  unloosed  from 
solid  ground  by  the  repeated  winter 
freezing  and  summer  warming  of  the 
bare  rock  and  were  then  picked  up  by 
the  wind  and  deposited  on  the 
leeward  slopes  of  sheltered  valleys. 
They  made  a  strange  kind  of  air  pollu- 
tion: flying  stones  with  knife-sharp 
edges. 

There  was  little  ice-free  land  north 
of  the  Alps.  The  front  of  the  conti- 
nental ice  sheet  in  northern  Europe 
stood  close  to  present-day  Hamburg, 
Berlin,  and  Warsaw.  The  piedmont 
glaciers  of  the  Alps  reached  the  vicin- 
ity of  Munich  and  covered  Geneva, 
Zurich,  Salzburg,  and  Innsbruck. 

Where  ice-free  ground  did  exist, 
most  of  it  was  composed  of  loess  cov- 
ered sparsely  with  grass.  Snails  were 
the  most  abundant  animals  on  this 


57 


I 

I 

I 


Tundra 


Grassland, 
savanna,  and 
open  woodland 

Loess 
semldesert 


Forest 


Dry  steppe, 
shrubland, 

[  and 

'  semldesert 


Glacier 


Sea  ice 


Lakes  and 
sea  water 


Conditions  pertain  to  summer  in  the  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere, Maps  designed  by  Clifton  Line  from  infor- 
mation on  terrain  and  sea  surface  temperature  pro- 
vided by  CLIIWAP. 


barren  loess-steppe.  Some  of  the 
same  glacial  species  can  be  found 
today,  but  only  in  the  high  mountains 
of  central  Asia,  which  has  bitterly 
cold  weather.  This  suggests  that  the 
climate  of  central  Europe  18,000 
years  ago  was  probably  similar  to  that 
of  central  Asia  today.  No  vertebrate 
remains  have  been  reliably  dated 
from  the  time  of  the  peak  glacial 
epoch,  but  some  indication  of  what 
the  climate  might  have  been  like  can 
be  derived  from  studying  the  bones 
buried  in  loess  at  Paleolithic  sites  fifty 
miles  north  of  Vienna.  These  loca- 
tions were  occupied  by  mammoth- 
hunters  about  25,000  years  ago,  dur- 
ing a  relatively  mild  interval  that  pre- 
ceded the  glacial  maximum.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  bones  of  mammoths  and 
woolly  rhinos,  the  remains  of  rein- 


deer, arctic  foxes,  wolverines,  and 
arctic  lemmings  have  been  found. 
These  latter  animals  could  easily  live 
in  the  contemporary  far  north  of  Can- 
ada, which  implies  that  the  environs 
of  Vienna  once  resembled  today's 
Canadian  Arctic  and  were  probably 
even  colder  at  the  glacial  peak. 

The  landscape  and  climate  of  inner 
Asia  and  Siberia  have  remained  rela- 
tively unchanged.  Because  of  a  lack 
of  precipitation,  only  small  glaciers 
developed  in  that  region.  In  most  of 
Siberia  winters  were  bitterly  cold  and 
probably  longer  than  today,  while 
summers  were  shorter  and  cooler, 
with  perhaps  an  occasional  hot  day 
every  so  often.  Although  the  extent 
of  the  permafrost,  that  is,  perma- 
nently frozen  subsoil,  was  far  greater 
then,  the  topsoil  melted  every  sum- 


58 


30 


30 


60° 


0^ 


mer,  just  as  it  does  today.  Inland 
lakes  and  seas  were  swollen  since 
evaporation  was  low  during  the  long 
winters  and  cool  summers  and 
streams  carried  in  more  meltwater 
from  heavily  snowed  mountains. 

At  the  turn  of  the  century,  the  car- 
casses of  frozen  mammoths,  some  so 
well  preserved  as  to  be  still  edible, 
were  found  by  local  hunters  in  Si- 
berian streamcuts  above  the  Arctic 
Circle.  It  was  formerly  believed  that 
the  animals  had  perished  during  the 
peak  glacial  cold,  but  it  has  now  been 
established  by  radiocarbon  dating 
that  most  died  more  than  30,000 
years  ago,  probably  during  a  rela- 
tively warm  episode.  Grass,  the  food 
of  the  mammoths,  was  then  prevalent 
in  the  area  and  was  found  in  the  ani- 
mals' stomachs.  They  also  had  their 


characteristic  summer  coats  of  short 
reddish  hair.  It  is  likely  that  the  mam- 
moths pushed  north  in  search  of  food 
at  the  height  ol  the  summer  season. 
Whereupon  they  may  well  have  be- 
come inextricably  mired  in  the 
swampy,  melted  ground  above  the 
permafrost  and  sunk  to  their  deaths. 

Although  numerous  locations  used 
by  Paleolithic  hunters  have  been  ex- 
cavated in  Siberia,  it  is  still  difficult 
to  reconstruct  with  accuracy  the  fauna 
of  the  peak  glacial  interval.  Only  the 
fossil  remains  of  such  cold-resistant 
species  as  reindeer,  arctic  fox,  mam- 
moth, woolly  rhino,  and  wolverine 
have  hitherto  been  identified  from 
bone  heap  deposits  of  the  last  glacial 
age.  This  particular  congregation  of 
animals,  most  of  them  open-country 
dwellers,  suggests  that  the  Siberian 
landscape  18,000  years  ago  was  de- 
void of  closed  forests.  The  evidence 
of  open  terrain  tits  well  with  the  wide 
distribution  of  wind-blown  dust  in 
central  Asia,  mentioned  earlier. 
Changes  of  vegetational  cover  have 
been  reconstructed  from  studies  of 
pollen  grains  preserved  in  lake  bot- 
toms and  peat  bogs,  and  the  past  ex- 
tent of  mountain  glaciers  has  been 
well  established  from  the  location  of 
terminal  moraines.  Only  in  forested, 
poorly  accessible  flatlands  does  un- 
certainty remain  about  how  far  the  ice 
advanced  at  the  peak  of  the  last  gla- 
cial episode. 

We  next  turn  south,  to  Venice.  The 
sea  has  recently  threatened  to  wash 
away  this  architectural  jewel ,  but  18,- 
000  years  ago,  the  site  was  200  miles 
inland  and  a  large  bay  was  the  only 
evidence  of  today's  Adriatic.  Arctic 
fox  and  reindeer  were  common  along 
the  French  and  Italian  Rivieras,  and 
horse  herds,  ibexes,  and  wolves 
roamed  through  the  dry  sagebrush 
steppes  in  the  vicinity  of  Rome  and 
in  the  central  Apennine  Mountains. 
Only  in  the  valleys  of  southern  Italy 
would  it  have  been  warm  enough  for 
mixed  pine-oak  forests  inhabited  by 
stags  and  donkeys.  The  Mediter- 
ranean Sea,  which,  unlike  the  Adria- 
tic, did  exist,  was  a  chilly  55°F  along 
the  western  Italian  shore,  compared 
to  its  present  summer  temperature  of 
75°.  Arctica  islandica,  a  clam  com- 
monly found  on  the  Icelandic  shelf 
today,  was  then  abundant  along  the 
Italian  shore.  Information  concerning 
past  animal  life  in  Italy  comes  mainly 


from  cave  fills  excavated  in  the  search 

for  Paleolithic  habitats. 

We  move  next  to  Australia,  a  dry 
and  mostly  warm  country  today, 
whose  interior  is  largely  inhospitable 
desert.  Was  the  country's  glacial  cli- 
mate 18,000  years  ago  more  hospita- 
ble'.' By  no  means.  At  thai  time  Aus- 
tralia and  the  islands  of  New  Guinea 
and  Tasmania  formed  one  large  conti- 
nent. Huge  sand  dunes,  like  those  of 
the  Sahara,  covered  most  of  its  cen- 
tral and  southwestern  regions,  the 
product  of  a  severely  arid  climate  and 
strong  winds.  The  Snowy  Mountains 
in  the  southeast  and  the  high  peaks  in 
the  northeast  were  glaciated.  Lake 
Eyre  in  southern  Australia,  which 
today  is  a  small,  salty  pond,  was  an 
extensive,  200-foot-deep  freshwater 
body,  covering  30,000  square  miles. 
Pollen-bearing  sediments  taken  from 
different  parts  of  the  country  point  to 
a  generally  cooler  and  drier  climate 
and  less  dense  vegetation  than  now 
exists.  This  information  may  not 
seem  to  be  in  accord  with  the  exist- 
ence of  large  lakes  such  as  Eyre,  but 
it  has  been  shown  that  decreased 
evaporation  due  to  lower  tempera- 
tures and  greater  snowmelt  in  the 
headwater  areas  could  have  filled  the 
basins  even  though  precipitation  dur- 
ing the  growing  season  was  low. 

What  were  the  southern  ocean  re- 
gions like?  The  northern  edge  of  the 
subantarctic  pack  ice  was  then  in  al- 
most the  same  position  in  summer 
that  it  now  occupies  in  winter.  During 
the  Southern  Hemisphere's  cold  sea- 
son, it  expanded  some  350  miles 
toward  the  equator.  Thus.  18.000 
years  ago  there  was  less  seasonal 
variation  in  the  Antarctic  pack  ice 
than  there  is  now,  since  at  present  a 
good  part  of  the  ice  disappears  com- 
pletely in  summer.  The  former  posi- 
tion of  the  ice  boundary  was  recon- 
structed from  the  distribution  of  ra- 
diolarian  plankton  found  in  deep-sea 
cores.  The  Antarctic  continent  itself 
was  under  ice,  much  as  it  is  today. 

Data  from  South  America  and 
Africa  are  still  very  spotty  but  they  do 
indicate  conditions  similar  to  those  in 
other  parts  of  the  world:  namely,  a 
climate  distinctly  drier  and  generally 
cooler  than  that  of  today.  Mountain 
glaciers  existed  on  numerous  peaks  of 
equatorial  South  America,  on  some 
peaks  of  Central  America,  and  along 
the  southern  extension  of  the  Andes. 


59 


Semidesert  composed  of  dusty  loess 
and  sparse  grass  occupied  a  good  part 
of  northern  Argentina.  Unex- 
pectedly, deserts  with  sand  dunes 
were  present  in  the  Orinoco  basin  in 
Venezuela  and  along  the  Amazon 
River,  where  today  an  almost  impen- 
etrable tropical  rain  forest  exists. 

In  similar  fashion,  the  lowland  rain 
forest  of  the  Congo  basin  in  Africa 
was  much  smaller  18,000  years  ago. 
This  conclusion  was  reached  from 
studies  of  the  peculiar  speciation  pat- 
terns of  lizards  and  of  such  birds  as 
parrots  and  toucans.  They  indicate 
the  presence  of  past  unforested  bar- 
rier zones  that  no  longer  exist.  The 
deserts  of  southern  Africa,  such  as 
Kalahari,  extended  farther  north 
toward  the  equator.  The  flow  in  the 
Nile  was  sluggish  and  the  water  level 
of  Lake  Chad  in  north-central  Africa 
and  in  such  east  African  lakes  as  Vic- 
toria was  low. 

On  the  other  hand,  radiocarbon 
dating  indicates  that  then  existing 
lakes  of  western  North  America,  in- 
stead of  being  low,  were  overflowing 
with  fresh  water.  Few  places  in  the 
world  today  are  as  desolate,  barren, 
and  hot  as  Death  Valley  in  California. 
At  the  peak  of  the  last  glacial  episode , 
however,  a  deep  freshwater  lake 
filled  much  of  the  existing  depres- 
sion. Water  came  from  melted  snow 
in  the  neighboring  mountain  ranges  to 
the  west.  Other  huge  inland  fresh- 
water seas  were  Lake  Bonneville  in 
Utah  and  Lake  Lahontan  in  Nevada, 
whose  remainders  today  are  shallow 
ponds  of  brine.  Pollen  studies  indi- 
cate that  the  dry  vicinities  of  these 
former  lakes  were  covered  by  sparse 
xerophytic  vegetation — plants  that 
can  exist  with  a  limited  supply  of 
water — not  very  different  from  the 
flora  found  in  the  area  today. 

Summarizing  our  most  striking  im- 
pressions of  the  glacial  world,  we 
would  list  first  the  huge  continental 
ice  sheets  in  the  mid-latitudes  of 
North  America  and  Europe  and  ex- 
tensive glaciations  of  high  mountains 
all  over  the  world.  The  North  Atlantic 
was  covered  with  ice  and  the  warm 
Gulf  Stream  did  not  exist.  Because  of 
lowered  sea  levels,  continental 
shelves  were  exposed  and  land 
bridges,  such  as  that  connecting  Si- 
beria and  Alaska,  were  disclosed. 
America,  Asia,  Europe,  and  Africa 
formed    a    single,    huge    continent. 


Vegetational  cover  on  land  was  thin- 
ner, a  result  of  generally  drier,  shorter 
growing  seasons.  While  deserts 
mainly  expanded,  forests  shrank. 
Zones  of  continental  climate,  that  is, 
areas  displaying  large,  seasonal  tem- 
perature differences,  expanded;  and 
zones  of  oceanic  climate  with  rela- 
tively little  temperature  variation  be- 
tween seasons  diminished.  And,  of 
course,  it  was  colder. 

Compared  with  the  present,  the 
greatest  temperature  differences  were 
in  the  continents  of  the  Northern 
Hemisphere,  then  some  twenty  de- 
grees colder,  and  in  the  low  latitude 
mountains — about  ten  degrees 
colder.  There  was  less  difference  in 
the  surface  temperature  of  the  open 
ocean — an  average  of  four  degrees — 
about  a  ten-degree  difference  in  the 
high  latitudes,  and  a  negligible  tem- 
perature variation  at  about  thirty  de- 
grees north  latitude.  Averaged  over 
the  entire  globe,  air  surface  tempera- 
tures may  have  been  lower  by  about 
ten  degrees. 

Some  records  indicate  that  the 
weather  variability,  especially  over 
land  in  the  high  and  middle  latitudes, 
was  greater.  Winter  was  longer; 
spring,  autumn,  and  sunnmier  were 
probably  shorter;  day-to-night  tem- 
perature differences  were  bigger;  and 
there  were  large  day-to-day  weather 
fluctuations.  Strong  winds  blew  re- 
lentlessly in  the  loess  belts  of  Europe 
and  Asia,  the  dune  regions  of  South 
Australia,  and  off  the  west  coast  of 
Africa. 

What  caused  such  a  climate?  We 
still  do  not  know.  A  more  pertinent 
question  might  be.  What  causes  the 
warm  climate  of  interglacial  inter- 
vals, such  as  the  present  one,  which 
began  about  10,000  years  ago  and  is 
warmer  than  any  of  the  preceding 
temperate  oscillations  of  the  past 
100,000  years?  Since  glacial  condi- 
tions clearly  predominated  during  the 
past  million  years  of  the  earth's  his- 
tory, the  present  interglacial  interval 
is  much  more  of  a  rarity  than  is  a  gla- 
cial episode. 

Within  the  precision  limits  of  ra- 
diometric dating,  it  has  been  estab- 
lished that  relatively  mild  and  cold 
episodes  alternate  in  cycles  of  about 
20,000,  40,000,  and  100,000  years. 
The  cold  intervals  coincide  with 
times  of  northern  spring  perihelion 
and  low  tilt,  whereas  mild  periods  fall 


Dry  steppe, 
shrubland, 
and 
semidesert 


Glacier 


Lal<es  and 
seawater 


fUt;    Sea  ice 


Conditions  pertain  to  summer  in  the  Norttiern  Hemi- 
spliere.  Vegetative  zones  refer  to  potential  vegeta- 
tion w/ittiout  human  interference. 


6o 


120 


within  the  time  of  autumn  perihelion 
and  high  tilt. 

Perihelion  is  that  point  in  the 
earth's  annual  orbit  when  the  planet 
comes  closest  to  the  sun.  Tilt  is  the 
inclination  of  the  earth's  rotational 
axis  to  the  plane  of  the  ecliptic,  or  the 
earth's  path  around  the  sun.  When  the 
tilt  is  high,  about  once  every  40,000 
years,  both  polar  caps  receive  more 
sunshine  than  they  otherwise  do. 

Whether  the  changing  orbital  pa- 
rameters are  the  primary  cause  of  the 
gross  cold-warm  climatic  shifts  is 
still  undetermined.  One  hypothesis 
proposes  that  the  seasonal  snow  and 
pack-ice  fields  could  provide  the 
mechanism  linking  orbital  variations 
with  climate.  If  the  earth's  closest  ap- 
proach to  the  sun  occurs  in  the  late 
summer  or  early  autumn  of  the  North- 
ern Hemisphere,  snow  cover  would, 


on  the  average,  tend  to  build  up  later, 
leaving  less  accumulated  snow  to 
melt  in  the  spring.  Simultaneously, 
pack  ice  in  the  i^ntarctic  Ocean 
(where  it  is  spring)  would  dissipate 
more  quickly.  Pack-ice  fields  in  both 
hemispheres  would  be  smaller  when 
the  tilt  is  high  and  more  solar  radia- 
tion reaches  the  high  latitude  belts. 
One  thing  is  certain,  the  variable  ex- 
tent of  snow  and  ice  has  a  critical  in- 
fluence on  the  amount  of  energy  ab- 
sorbed by  the  earth's  surface  and 
turned  into  heat.  Only  about  20  per- 
cent of  solar  radiation  is  absorbed  by 
snow,  while  80  percent  is  reflected 
back  into  space.  The  proportion  is  re- 
versed at  snow-free  surfaces. 

If  a  glacial  climate  is  a  more  nor- 
mal situation  for  the  earth  than  the 
climate  we  have  now  and  if  cold  pe- 
riods reappear  approximately  every 


20,000  years,  what  are  the  chances  of 
another  cold  spell  arriving  within  a 
few  thousand  years? 

If  only  natural  developments  are 
taken  into  account,  most  scientists 
believe  that  we  are  headed  on  such  a 
course.  What  we  do  not  know,  how- 
ever, is  to  what  degree  human  activity 
has  already  interfered  with  natural 
climate-forming  forces  and  how  that 
activity  may  interfere  in  the  future.  It 
is  known,  for  example,  that  carbon 
dioxide  produced  by  burning  fossil 
fuels  and  the  heat  released  in  many 
industrial  processes  tend  to  warm  the 
atmosphere.  On  the  other  hand,  de- 
forestation, overgrazing,  and  the  re- 
lease of  dust  into  the  atmosphere  tend 
to  produce  a  cooling  effect.  Thus, 
man  may  already  possess  the  power 
to  balance  and  control  the  climate  and 
prevent  future  glaciations.  D 


6i 


wmmmm 


■/ 'jt* 


t^y 


^ 


# 


.^ 
%. 


e  Age  Animals 
he  Lascaux  Cave 

by  Dexter  Perkins,  jr. 

n:<orthern  Hemisphere  18,000  years  ago 

Sas  buried  under  glaciers,  but  in  Europe,  large  regions 

ofFrance  and  Spain  escaped  the  ice  (with  the  exception 

^fea-sr^ftlii, ..ice-covered  section  in  northern  Spain).  Al- 

Ite  in  the  glacier-free  areas  was  consid- 

an  at  present,  numerous  animal  species 

;.  Continued  on  page  69 

photographs  by  jean  Vertut 


Only  a  few  paintings  depict  the  European  bison,  above,  at 

Lascaux.  These  animals  are  common  in  cave  art  of  a 

slightly  later  date.  The  bison  at  Lascaux  are  similar  to  the 

modern  European  bison  but  the  horns  are  considerably 

longer.  The  paintings  may  be  of  a  bison  variety  that  once 

inhabited  much  of  Europe  and  Asia,  but  which  is  now 

restricted  to  zoos  and  game  preserves.  The  animal 

depicted  at  right  is  probably  one  of  the  fantasy  creatures 

at  Lascaux.  However,  the  painting  may  be  based  on  an 

actual  species  since  the  horns  are  similar  to  those  of  the 

chiru,  an  antelope  species  inhabiting  the  Himalayas  in 

Tibet  The  chiru  has  never  been  found  in  Europe.  Both  the 

paired  brow  tines  and  the  flat  areas  between  the  upper  tines 

of  the  stag,  upper  right,  are  typical  of  reindeer  and  fallow 

deer,  but  fossil  red  deer  antlers  also  show  these  characteristics. 


Previous  page:  Paintings  of  horses,  all  showing  shaggy 
coats  and  erect  manes,  are  common  at  Lascaux.  They  are 
similar  in  appearance  and  may  be  ancestral  to  Przewalski's 
horse,  a  breed  still  living  in  isolated  herds  in  the  steppes  of 
central  Asia  and  Mongolia. 


64 


65 


The  red  deer,  below,  frequently  painted  on  the  walls  of 
Lascaux,  was  probably  one  of  the  principal  food  sources  of 
the  inhabitants  of  the  area.  Now  restricted  to  mountainous 
and  forested  regions  of  Europe  and  Asia,  this  deer 
species — of  which  the  North  American  elk  is  a 
variety— formerly  inhabited  diverse  environments. 


66 


mH-'f^^, 


m'^tum^-/'^^: 


The  woolly  rhinoceros  is  another  species  that,  in  the  late 

Pleistocene,  inhabited  a  number  of  climatic  regions, 

extending  from  as  far  south  as  Spain  and  Italy,  where 

temperate  climates  produced  vast  grasslands,  to  the  tundra 

regions  of  the  north  and  as  far  east  as  Alaska.  Paintings  of 

the  woolly  rhinoceros,  above,  are  rare  in  the  cave  art  of 

the  upper  Paleolithic  period.  In  most  caves,  including 

Lascaux  where  there  are  two  representations,  the  animals 

are  painted  in  deep  recesses.  Closely  resembling  the  Indian 

rhinoceros  in  size  and  shape,  the  woolly  rhinoceros  was 

usually  depicted  with  head  held  low,  an  indication 

that  it  was  a  grazing  animal. 


67 


%•-   !,  ; .'  *, 


lived  there.  More  than  a  hundred  caves  in  both  France 
and  Spain  testify  not  only  to  the  presence  of  humans 
and  other  animal  species  during  this  time  but  also  to 
man's  artistic  capabilities. 

European  cave  art  began  long  before  the  glaciation 
reached  its  height.  The  earliest  evidence  dates  back 
some  30,000  years  to  rock  carvings  found  in  the  Dor- 
dogne  valley  of  France.  Evidently  the  presence  of  the 
ice  sheet  to  the  north  did  not  halt  the  evolution  of  cave 
art  to  the  south.  During  the  next  20,000  years  the 
paintings  and  carvings  became  progressively  more  re- 
fined and  detailed.  The  height  of  this  sophistication  is 
evident  in  the  12,000-year-old  paintings  of  Altamira,  a 
cave  in  northern  Spain. 

The  paintings  in  the  Lascaux  cave  in  southern  France, 
done  some  15,000  years  ago,  show  less  refinement,  yet 
the  details  of  the  artwork  make  it  possible  to  recognize 
most  of  the  faunal  representations.  From  such  identifi- 
cations, we  can  determine  some  of  the  species  present 
in  Europe  during  the  Ice  Age  and  also  learn  which  ones 
were  hunted  by  man. 

The  meaning  of  the  paintings  has  never  been  satis- 
factorily explained,  and  few  scholars  have  found  any 
rationale  for  them.  Only  a  few  species  are  represented: 
there  are  no  small  animals  such  as  rabbits,  foxes,  or 
wolves,  and  several  similar  paintings  depict  the  same 
animals.  Yet  selectivity  of  the  subjects  implies  some  type 
of  order.  After  examining  the  topography  of  Lascaux, 
as  well  as  that  of  other  caves,  French  archeologist  Andre 
Leroi-Gourhan  concluded  that  the  same  species  were 
usually  painted  in  similar  parts  of  each  cave:  bison, 
horses,  and  oxen  in  the  central  chambers;  deer,  mam- 
moth, and  ibex  in  outer  areas;  rhinoceros,  lion,  and 
bear  in  the  farthest  recesses.  Beyond  this  ordering,  the 
significance  of  the  paintings  remains  a  mystery. 


In  contrast  to  the  detailed  paintings  of  other  fauna,  cave 
representations  of  humans  are  frequently  crude.  This  figure 
at  Lascaux,  painted  opposite  a  depiction  of  a  bison,  is  in 
one  of  the  cave's  deeper  recesses.  The  meaning  of  the 
paintings  of  humans  and  the  reason  for  their  simplicity 
remain  mysteries. 


69 


Lizard 

Coexistence 

in  Four  Dimensions 


by  Carol  A.  Simon 


By  eating  different-sized  prey, 
from  different  perches, 
at  different  times  of  day, 
some  lizards  reduce  competition 


Coexistence,  when  defined  as  the 
persistence  of  two  or  more  species  in 
one  habitat,  can  develop  through  the 
evolution  of  differences  in  resource 
use.  By  locating  food  with  different 
behaviors,  and  by  feeding  at  different 
sites  in  the  habitat  or  at  different  times 
of  the  day,  coexisting  species  can  di- 
vide their  habitat's  resources  and 
avoid  competitive  exclusion. 

An  example  of  such  resource  parti- 
tioning was  discovered  by  the  late 
Robert  MacArthur  while  conducting 
bird  population  research.  He  found 
that  a  number  of  different  warblers 
living  together  in  northeastern  conif- 
erous forests  subdivide  that  particular 
habitat.  Individuals  of  one  species 
feed  predominately  near  the  treetops, 
those  of  another  feed  near  the  trunks, 
a  third  species  utilizes  the  outermost 
portion  of  the  branches,  and  so  on.  By 
reducing  food  competition,  such  re- 
source division  allows  several  species 
to  coexist  in  relative  harmony.  Other 
studies  have  also  shown  that  coexist- 


On  a  favored  perch,  a  Yarrow's 
spiny  lizard  basks  in  the  sun 
and  watches  for  any  potential 
prey  that  may  wander  into  range. 

Nathan  W,  Cohen 


ing  individuals  of  some  species  di- 
vide the  resources  of  their  habitat. 

Yarrow's  spiny  lizard,  Sceloporus 
jarrovi,  shows  such  resource  divi- 
sion. This  species  occurs  in  rocky 
areas,  at  elevations  above  4,900  feet, 
in  Mexico,  southwestern  New  Mex- 
ico, and  southeastern  Arizona.  These 
diurnal  lizards  usually  perch  on 
rocks,  but  they  are  occasionally 
found  on  trees,  logs,  or  the  ground. 
The  perch  sites  are  used  for  basking 
in  the  sun  and  as  home  range  and  ter- 
ritorial "outlooks"  for  spotting  and 
pursuing  intruding  lizards,  potential 
mates,  and  food.  Yarrow's  spiny 
lizards  feed  on  a  wide  variety  of  small 
invertebrates,  especially  flies,  bee- 
tles, ants,  and  grasshoppers. 

I  began  my  study  of  these  lizards, 
particularly  their  division  of  re- 
sources, in  1972  in  Arizona.  Size  se- 
lection of  prey  items,  determined  by 
stomach  analyses,  was  the  first  aspect 
of  partitioning  I  examined.  I  found 
larger  animals  eat  larger  food  items 
than  do  smaller  animals.  As  lizard 
body  size  increased,  the  average  size 
of  food  items  also  increased.  The 
smallest  lizards  ate  insects  and  other 
arthropods  that  averaged  one-fifth  of 
an  inch  in  length,  while  the  largest 
ate  prey  averaging  nine-tenths  of  an 
inch;  lizards  of  intermediate  size  ate 
intermediate-sized  prey. 

It  is  relatively  easy  to  hypothesize 
why  prey  size  increases  as  lizard  size 
increases.  Since  lizards  swallow  food 
whole,  large  food  items  are  handled 
more  easily  by  larger  lizards.  Also, 
since  larger  food  items  provide  more 
energy  than  smaller  ones,  it  is  more 


efficient  for  a  larger  lizard  to  pursue 
a  large  insect  rather  than  a  small  one. 

One  aspect  of  prey  size  selection, 
however,  was  not  as  easily  explained. 
When  I  compared  the  prey  selection 
of  male  and  female  lizards,  I  found 
that,  although  food  size  for  both  male 
and  female  lizards  increases  with 
body  size,  females  eat  larger  prey 
than  similarly  sized  males.  Males  eat 
relatively  smaller  items  and  more  of 
them. 

I  can  suggest  several  reasons  why 
males  and  females  of  equal  size  select 
prey  of  different  sizes.  Concurrent 
studies  indicated  that  individual  Yar- 
row's spiny  lizards  are  highly  territo- 
rial. To  various  scientists  and  layper- 
sons, the  word  fern forv  connotes  an 
entire  spectrum  of  behaviors,  but  in 
this  discussion,  I  refer  to  a  phenome- 
non where  each  individual  defends  a 
specific  area,  or  territory,  within  a 
larger  home  range. 

Adult  Yarrow's  spiny  lizards  de- 
fend territories  against  adults  of  the 
same  sex  and  all  juveniles.  Only  adult 
male-female  territorial  overlaps 
occur,  presumably  so  that  efficient 
mating  can  take  place.  That  only 
male-female  overlaps  occur  provides 
an  important  clue  for  a  possible  ad- 
vantage for  male-female  prey  size 
differences.  Since  males  and  females 
maintain  overlapping  territories,  they 
are  competing  for  a  portion  of  the 
same  food  supply.  Males,  however, 
consistently  choose  smaller  food 
items  than  females.  Because  males 
and  females  are  not  pursuing  the  same 
potential  prey  items,  feeding  effi- 
ciency would  be  increased.  Through 


71 


Resource  Division 
in  the  Yarrow's  Spiny 
Lizard — Perch  Type, 
Time,  Size,  Sex 

Competition  between  individuals 
of  this  species  is  reduced  through 
a  partitioning  of  resources. 
Larger  individuals  are  active 
mainly  in  the  morning  and  for 
only  a  few  days  a  week;  smaller 
lizards  feed  daily  in  the 
afternoon.  Larger  lizards  eat 
larger  prey  than  smaller 
individuals;  females  eat  larger 
prey  than  males.  Larger  lizards 
occupy  higher  perches;  females 
perch  higher  than  males.  Such 
partitioning  results  in  a 
differential  cropping  of  prey, 
and  allows  a  greater  number  of 
individuals  to  coexist  within 
a  given  habitat. 


natural  selection,  males  probably 
acquired  specializations  for  feeding 
on  smaller  prey  while  females  ac- 
quired specializations  for  eating 
larger  items. 

Because  males  eat  smaller  prey 
items  (but  more  of  them),  they  use 
more  energy  for  feeding.  This  ar- 
rangement seems  most  efficient  in 
terms  of  reproduction,  since  the 
ovoviviparous  female  expends  a 
great  deal  of  energy  for  egg  produc- 
tion and  embryo  growth. 

Prey  selectivity  by  males  and  fe- 
males may  be  explained  in  another 
way.  Microhabitat  differences  result- 
ing from  different  perch  choices 
could  help  explain  intraspecific  feed- 
ing variations.  Lizards  occupying 
perch  sites  near  the  ground  are  more 
likely  to  capture  ground-dwelling  in- 
sects; individuals  on  higher  perches 
would  have  greater  access  to  flying 
insects. 

Individual  lizards  spend  a  great 
deal  of  time  on  their  perches.  Varying 
perch  heights  may  result  in  certain 
lizards  eating  smaller  or  larger  food 
items  because  of  relative  prey  avail- 
ability in  difi'erent  microhabitats,  but 
it  is  more  likely  that  food  selection  is 
based  on  available  taxa  rather  than 
size.  Prey  items  of  a  variety  of  sizes 
are  found  near  all  perch  sites,  but  cer- 
tain taxonomic  groups  are  more  pre- 


72 


valent  in  one  area.  Situations  where 
perch  site  selection  results  in  in- 
creased accessibility  to  prey  items  of 
both  a  particular  size  and  one  taxono- 
mic  group  are  also  possible.  For  ex- 
ample, a  ground-perching  lizard  has 
access  to  large  ant  populations 
whereas  a  branch-perching  lizard 
might  not. 

Even  if  perch  differences  are  only 
a  partial  explanation  for  prey  siz^  se- 
lection, such  microhabitat  dif- 
ferences are  potentially  an  important 
means  of  resource  division.  If  Yar- 
row's spiny  lizards  of  different  sexes 
and  sizes  typically  choose  different 
perch  sites,  a  pair  of  lizards  occupy- 
ing overlapping  territories  will  not 
compete  for  exactly  the  same  food.  A 
male  regularly  choosing  perch  sites 
1  V2  feet  above  the  ground  on  a  tree 
trunk  and  a  female  normally  perching 
on  a  large  rock  about  13  feet  above 
the  ground  would  see,  and  have 
access  to.  different  prey  items. 

In  June  1974.  I  was  joined  in  my 
work  by  George  Middendorf ,  then  a 
graduate  student  at  Hunter  College  in 
New  York.  We  began  collecting  data 
to  determine  whether  individual 
lizards  choose  particular  perch  sites 
and  whether  these  choices  are  charac- 
teristic of  a  particular  size  or  sex. 

Our  first  significant  finding  con- 
firmed a  correlation  between  lizard 
size  and  perch  height.  Larger  lizards 
choose  perch  heights  higher  off  the 
ground  than  smaller  lizards,  and 
males  choose  significantly  lower 
perches  than  females  of  equal  sizes. 
Variation  in  perch  heights  ranged 
from  ground  level  to  nearly  17  feet. 

Four  substrates — rocks,  trees, 
logs,  and  the  ground — were  used  as 
perch  sites.  Most  lizards  perched  on 
rocks,  but  approximately  5  percent, 
always  the  smallest  lizards,  perched 
on  logs,  and  approximately  5  percent 
of  the  males,  always  the  largest, 
perched  on  tree  trunks.  Small  per- 
centages of  lizards  were  found  on 
other  substrates.  These  perch  sub- 
strate differences,  in  addition  to  perch 
height  variations,  may  also  be  impor- 
tant for  exposing  individual  lizards  to 
different  segments  of  the  food  supply . 

The  final  aspect  of  resource  parti- 
tioning that  we  examined  was  the  dif- 
ference in  activity  periods;  time  can 
be  treated  as  a  resource.  Activity 
times  may  vary  within  or  between 
species  in  such  ways  that  different  an- 


73 


imals  are  active  at  different  times  of 
the  year  or  at  different  times  of  the 
day.  The  idea  of  intraspecific,  tem- 
poral resource  partitioning  for  a  lizard 
had  previously  been  considered  only 
in  theoretical  discussions  of  resource 
division. 

We  used  several  techniques  to  de- 
termine temporal  activity  patterns  of 
Yarrow's  spiny  lizards.  We  found 
that  in  the  largest  size  classes  all  ani- 
mals were  most  active  early  in  the 
morning,  with  activity  tapering  off 
after  midday.  Also,  these  larger 
lizards  were  active  for  only  a  few 
days  a  week.  Lizards  in  the  smaller 


Adults  are  territorial,  defending 

their  spatial  boundaries 

against  other  adults  of  the  same 

sex  and  all  juveniles. 


size  classes  were  active  primarily 
after  noon  and  were  active  almost 
daily. 

Here  again  we  see  a  means  of  re- 
ducing competition  for  food.  Certain 
segments  of  the  population  are  active 
and  feeding  at  different  times  of  the 
day  and  even  on  different  days.  Al- 
though temporal  partitioning  for  Yar- 
row's spiny  lizards  may  have  arisen 
for  reasons  other  than  the  reduction 
of  food  competition,  perhaps  because 
of  differing  temperature  requirements 
of  different-sized  lizards,  the  result  is 
another  form  of  resource  division. 

Having  learned  a  great  deal  con- 
cerning the  evolution  of  competition- 
reducing  mechanisms  from  our  stud- 
ies of  Yarrow's  spiny  lizards,  we 
hope  to  apply  our  data  on  resource 
division  to  some  of  the  broader  ques- 
tions ecologists  are  asking. 

One  question  is.  Does  superabun- 
dance or  scarcity  of  food  result  in 
changes  in  food  selection,  microhabi- 


tats,  or  activity  periods?  In  other 
words,  how  does  resource  usage 
change  under  varying  conditions  and 
are  these  changes  predictable?  For 
example,  if  food  abundance  suddenly 
decreases,  individual  Yarrow's  spiny 
lizards  may  no  longer  be  able  to  select 
food  items  of  a  particular  size.  In 
order  to  avoid  starvation,  pursuit  of 
many  other  sizes  of  food  items  would 
then  be  necessary.  Individuals  could 
shift  to  using  many  different  perch 
heights,  thus  adding  new  portions  of 
the  habitat  to  their  feeding  efforts.  Fi- 
nally, it  is  possible  that  an  individual 
lizard  could  obtain  enough  of  the  par- 
ticular food  it  is  best  adapted  for 
catching  by  remaining  on  its  perch  all 
day  or  every  day. 

But  whatever  combinations  of  re- 
source use  may  occur  under  different 
conditions,  partitioning  of  available 
food  is  an  important  adaptation  for 
coexistence  within  a  common  habi- 
tat. □ 


74 


The  American 
Museum  of 
Naturcil  History 

invites  you  to  visit 
Africa,  Australia, 
the  Nile  and  the 
Land  of  the  Maya 
as  part  of  our 
continuing 
program  of 

Interesting  Travel 
for  Interested 
People 

Travel  in  the  company  of  Museunn 
scientists,  sharing  their  insights  along 
the  way,  enjoying  the  itineraries  they 
helped  shape... confident  the  logistical 
details  are  in  the  hands  of  profes- 
sional tour  operators  who  have  proven 
expertise  in  a  particular  part  of  the 
world.  Savour  the  unique  opportu- 
nities made  possible  by  the  Museum's 
considerable  influence— with  doors 
opened  that  are  normally  closed  to 
tourists— and  distinguished  scholars 
and  organizations  enlisted  to  par- 
ticipate. And  have  fun... on  trips 
designed  as  vacations  as  well  as 
learning  experiences,  offering  an 
uncluttered  pace,  comfortable  accom- 
modations, festive  occasions  and  the 
congenial  company  of  other  interested 
travelers.  Because  the  Museum 
urgently  needs  your  support  for  all  its 
activities,  a  contribution  from  every 
participant  is  specified  for  each  trip. 


Safari  In  Southern  Africa 

(wilh  an  optional  £asf 
African  extension) 
September  18- 
OctoberS,  1976 

A  special  African  wildlife 
expedition  led  by  Dr.  Richard 
G.  Van  Gelder,  an  old  hand  at 
showing  friends  of  the  Mu- 
seum a  side  of  Africa  seldom 
seen  ...  an  especially  de- 
signed "flying  safari"  which 
will  take  you  at  an  unhurried 
pace  beyond  paved  roads  and 
tourist  paths.  Explore  magnifi- 
cent Africa,  witness  to  superb 
contrasts  in  terrain  and  cul- 
tures . . .  see  an  infinite  variety 
of  animals  and  birds  in  their 
natural  habitat.  Transportation 
by  twin  engine  executive  air- 
craft . .  .  with  deluxe  overnight 
accommodations  and  highly 
personalized  services ...  in 
the  home  of  the  greatest  wild- 
life concentrations  in  the 
world. 

Hayden  Planetarium  Solar 

Eclipse  Tour 

Australia  and  New  Zealand 

(with  an  optional  extension  to 
Tahiti)  October  11-31.  1976 

Led  by  Dr.  Mark  R. 
Chartrand  III,  Chairman  of  The 
American  Museum-Hayden 
Planetarium,  this  program 
provides  an  exceptional  expo- 
sure to  Australia  and  New 
Zealand,  highlighted  by  an 
opportunity  to  view  the  total 
eclipse  of  the  sun  at  4:30  p.m. 
on  October  23  from  near  Mt. 
Gambler.  Tour  some  of  the 
largest  optical  and  radio  ob- 
servatories in  the  world  . .  .  see 
the  unusual  Australian  fauna 
. . .  wine-making,  sheep  farm- 
ing .. .  wide  ranging  visits  to 
Sydney,  Canberra,  Melbourne 
and  Adelaide  . . .  Auckland 
and  Christchurch  ...  a  glacier, 
Maori  villages,  South  Island 
Alps,  thermal  and  volcanic 


areas  . . .  you  will  see  the  best 
of  v/hat  makes  Australia/New 
Zealand  an  extraordinarily 
rewarding  destination. 

Nile  Cruise  (21  days) 
January-February  1977  (91) 
October-November,  1977 

(#2) 

Planned  by  the  distin- 
guished British  travel  experts 
W.F.  and  R.K.  Swan  as  a  suc- 
cessor to  this  year's  first  Nile 
cruise  by  the  Museum,  the 
program  begins  in  New  York 
with  a  flight  to  London  and 
another  (three  days  later)  to 
Cairo.  Passengers  will  board 
the  m  s.  Delta,  a  comfortable 
ship  which  regularly  navigates 
the  Nile  to  Assuan.  Cruise 
along  a  leisurely  route  studded 
with  the  sites  and  sights  that 
remain  as  remarkable  today  as 
they  were  in  Herodotus's  time. 
Along  the  way  there  will  be 
many  insights  into  modern 
Egypt  as  well.  With  you  on 
both  trips:  a  noted  Egyptolo- 
gist (including  Vronwry  Hankey 
on  the  first  trip)  and  a 
Museum  ornithologist. 

Voyage  to  the  Land  of 
the  Maya  Winter.  1977 

Enjoymg  the  unique 
approach  and  dependable 
accommodation  which  only  a 
yacht-like  vessel  can  provide 
in  the  Western  Ganbbean, 
venture  ashore  to  visit  such 
magnificent  Maya  sites  as 
Copan,  Quirigua,  Tikal,  Altun 
Ha,  Palenque,  Tulum,  Coba, 
Chichen  Itza,  Kabah  and 
Uxmal.  You  will  explore  coral 
reefs  with  Museum  scientists 
and  have  an  opportunity  to  go 
birding  at  some  of  the  world's 
best  sites.  This  trip  will  draw 
extensively  on  Museum  re- 
sources and  be  one  of  the 
most  exciting  travel  programs 
undertaken  to  date. 


Ellen  Stancs 

The  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History 

Central  Park  West 

at  79th  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10024 


Q  Safari  in  Southern  Africa 

□  Hayden  Planetarium  Solar  Eclipse  Tour 

□  Nile  Cruise  (  =  1)     Q  Nile  Cruise  (  =  2) 
Q  Voyage  to  the  Land  of  the  Maya 

Q  I  would  also  like  to  be  kept  informed 
of  other  Museum  trips 


Journey  of  a  Seventeenth-Century  Cannon 


by  Christopher  L.  Hallowell 


Many  of  the  artifacts 
found  in  the  cellar  hole  of 
the  World  Trade  Center 
were  spirited  away  to 
private  homes 

With  the  excavation  of  the  cellar 
hole  for  the  twin  towers  of  the  World 
Trade  Center  in  lower  Manhattan  al- 
most a  decade  ago,  many  archeologi- 
cal  odds  and  ends  came  to  light  that 
helped  piece  together  a  picture  of 
New  York's  earliest  years.  As  bull- 
dozers and  backhoes  and  men  with 
picks  and  shovels  gouged  out  a  hole 
that  was  to  cover  ten  city  blocks,  they 
unearthed  clay  pipes,  teacups,  deli- 
cate hand-blown  bottles,  shoes, 
coins,    cannonballs,    and    ship's 
timbers — to  name  just  a  few  artifacts. 
During  the  early  part  of  the  excava- 
tions,  archeologists   and   historians 
hoped  that  some  of  the  ship's  timbers 
would  be  those  of  the  Tijger,  one  of 
the  first  ships  documented  as  having 
anchored  in  New  York  harbor  at  the 
southern  tip  of  Manhattan.  The  Tijger 
was  a  Dutch  ship,  owned  by  the  Van 
Tweenhuysen  Company  and  under 
contract  to  the  Dutch  East  India  Com- 
pany to  carry  furs  from   the  New 
World  to  Holland.  The  Dutch  East 
India    Company,    a    govern- 
ment-sponsored trading  firm,  monop- 
olized this  fur  trade  from   1602  to 
1621.  In  1614,  just  as  she  was  to  set 
sail  for  Amsterdam  with  her  holds  full 
of  beaver  and  otter  pelts  purchased 
from  the  Indians,  the  Tijger  caught 
fire  and  burned  to  the  waterline  (see 
"Disappearance  of  the  Historic  Ship 
Tijger,''  Natural  History.  August- 
September  1974). 

Either  her  crew  or  other  Dutch 
traders  probably  attempted  to  salvage 
the  ship's  remains  by  beaching  them 
on  the  nearby  bank  of  the  Hudson 
River.  Their  success  in  using  the 
timbers  was  evidently  limited,  how- 
ever, for  in  1916  a  subway  con- 
struction crew,  digging  the  tunnel  for 
the  Seventh  Avenue  IRT  line  in  lower 
Manhattan,  came  upon  a  ship's  prow 
eighteen  feet  below  the  surface,  just 


76 


about  where  the  shoreline  of  the  Hud- 
son River  would  have  been  in  the  sev- 
enteenth century.  At  that  time,  this 
bank  of  the  river  was  about  250  yards 
east  of  where  it  is  today,  and  the  tun- 
nel the  subway  crew  hewed  out  fol- 
lowed the  early  shoreline. 

Historians  theorized  that  the  an- 
cient timbers  were  those  of  the 
Tijger,  and  radiocarbon  dating  placed 
the  wood  at  between  320  and  360 
years  old.  Using  mules,  the  subway 
workers  attempted  to  pull  the  timbers 
from  the  tunnel  wall,  but  they  would 
not  budge.  As  a  result,  they  were 
sawed  off  where  they  disappeared 
into  the  cut.  These  timbers  are  now 
in  the  Museum  of  the  City  of  New 
York. 

More  than  fifty  years  later,  when 
excavations  for  the  World  Trade  Cen- 
ter cellar  hole  began  just  west  of  the 
IRT  subway  tunnel,  archeologists 
speculated  that  the  construction 
would  unearth  more  of  the  ship's  re- 
mains. Timbers  were  found  which 
might  have  been  those  of  the  Tijger, 
but  before  archeologists  could  exam- 
ine them,  they  were  trucked  away 
with  a  load  of  debris  and  dumped  in 
a  nearby  landfill  site. 

With  the  disappearance  of  these 
timbers,  all  hope  vanished  of  ascer- 
taining the  existence  of  the  Tijger' s 
remains.  Ironically,  however,  a  dec- 
ade after  the  completion  of  the  cellar 
hole  excavation,  another  artifact  has 
turned  up,  which,  although  not  sub- 
stantiating the  site  of  the  World  Trade 
Center  as  the  final  resting  place  of  the 
Tijger,  strongly  points  in  that  direc- 
tion. 

The  discovery  also  reveals  the  fate 
of  many  of  the  bits  and  pieces  of  the 
past  that  are  dug  up  in  construction 
sites.  The  finding  of  artifacts  in  such 
places  is  as  much  a  reward  to  work- 
men as  it  is  a  curse  to  their  employers. 
As  workers  waste  thousands  of  dol- 
lars of  company  time  sifting  through 
debris  in  search  of  coins,  bottles,  and 
unusual  bric-a-brac,  their  superiors 
see  costs  rising  and  construction 
schedules  falling  behind.  But  if  arti- 
facts are  present,  the  workmen  usu- 


ally find  them;  regulations  to  prevent 
searching  are  almost  impossible  to 
enforce. 

A  market  always  exists  for  well- 
preserved  artifacts  and  a  number  of 
workmen  at  the  World  Trade  Center 
boosted  their  salaries  by  several  hun- 


dred  dollars  a  week  by  selling  their 
finds  to  collectors.  This  is  true  for 
other  construction  sites  as  well,  and 
those  artifacts  that  are  not  sold  often 
end  up  decorating  workmen's  homes. 
Whether  sold  or  used  for  decoration, 
such  artifacts  are  rarely  publicly  dis- 


Ffom  Military  Antiquities,  by  Francis  Grose.  London,  1796 


played  or  subjected  to  scientific  anal- 
ysis. They  merely  disappear,  and  as 
far  as  enhancing  our  knowledge  of 
history  is  concerned,  they  might  as 
well  have  never  been  found. 

But  occasionally,  such  artifacts 
reappear.  Their  emergence  from 
homes  and  private  collections,  where 
they  can  be  appreciated  by  only  a  few 
people,  is  usually  due  to  the  concern 
of  individuals  well  grounded  in  a 
knowledge  of  antiquities  and  with  a 
desire  to  see  artifacts  made  more  ac- 
cessible to  the  public. 

During  the  excavations,  work 
crews  were  always  on  the  lookout  for 
ancient  cannons.  Ships  of  that  time 
usually  carried  some  weapons,  and 
the  Tijger  was  reported  to  have  car- 
ried six  or  eight  large  cannons.  She 
may  have  also  carried  some  smaller 
ones,  which  were  not  mentioned  in 
the  ship's  records.  The  workmen 
were  frequently  inspired  in  their 
search  by  the  discovery  of  cannon- 
balls.  But  no  cannons  appeared  at  the 
World  Trade  Center  site  until  the 
summer  of  1967,  when  backhoes  and 
bulldozers  working  in  different  areas 
of  the  cellar  hole  dug  up  three.  Two 
were  in  perfect  condition,  except  for 
ancient  marine  incrustations  and 
some  corrosion;  the  third  had  a 
chipped  muzzle.  All  of  them  were 
small,  about  four  feet  in  length,  and 
weighed  several  hundred  pounds 
apiece,  according  to  Jim  Hastie,  a  su- 
perintendent on  the  site  when  the  can- 
nons were  unearthed. 

The  first  two  found  were  taken  to 
the  field  office  of  West  Street  Asso- 
ciates, the  consortium  of  five  con- 
struction firms  responsible  for  build- 
ing the  World  Trade  Center.  They  re- 
mained there  for  a  time,  then  quietly 
disappeared.  No  one  knows  what 
happened  to  them,  although  several 
workmen  remember  seeing  them  in 


As  depicted  in  an  eighteenth- 
century  woodcut,  cannons  similar 
to  the  one  found  in  the  World 
Trade  Center  cellar  hole  could  be 
easily  maneuvered  and  fired. 


the  midst  of  equipment  that  accumu- 
lated in  the  office. 

Hastie  clearly  remembers  the  last 
cannon  found  because  of  its  unusual 
design  and  well-preserved  slate.  Its 
barrel  was  not  one  solid  piece:  in- 
stead, the  top  half  of  the  breech  had 
an  opening  into  which  a  cylinder  with 
a  handle  locked  in  place.  Several 
workmen  carried  the  weapon  away 
from  the  immediate  excavation  area 
and  laid  it  next  to  one  wall  of  the  cel- 
lar hole.  Hastie  recalls  the  piece  was 
to  be  taken  to  the  field  office  when  the 
workers  had  a  spare  moment. 

When  the  construction  crews  re- 
turned to  work  the  next  morning, 
however,  the  cannon  was  gone.  And 
according  to  Hastie.  one  of  the 
workers  who  had  carried  it  to  the  cel- 
lar hole  wall  the  day  before  did  not 
report  for  work  that  day  or  ever  again. 
Hastie  believes  that  this  person,  a 
temporary  employee,  was  responsible 
for  the  theft,  but  it  was  not  of  suffi- 
cient concern  to  anyone  to  have  the 
man  traced.  The  excavations  pro- 
ceeded and  the  matter  was  forgotten. 

If  the  cannon  had  not  turned  up  in 
the  barn  of  an  antique  arms  dealer 
eight  years  after  it  disappeared,  only 
a  handful  of  people  would  ever  have 
been  aware  of  its  existence.  Since 
being  stolen,  it  had  passed  through 
the  hands  of  three  people,  all  of 
whom  collect  various  kinds  of  an- 
tiques for  personal  pleasure  and 
profit.  Had  it  not  been  for  the  trained 
eye  of  an  antique  arms  expert,  the 
weapon  might  easily  have  continued 
along  this  route,  known  only  to  a  se- 
lect group  of  people. 

One  of  the  responsibilities  of 
Harold  L.  Peterson,  a  curator  for  the 
National  Park  Service,  is  to  locate  an- 
tique arms  and  weapons  suitable  for 
historic  monuments  administered  by 
his  agency.  The  job  entails  sporadic 
visits  to  antique  arms  dealers  to  look 
over  their  collections.  Last  fall,  Pe- 
terson, while  driving  through  Con- 
necticut on  business,  decided  to  stop 
in  the  small  village  of  New  Milford 
to  view  the  collection  of  Norman 
Flayderman,  an  antique  arms  dealer 


CATCH  THEM  ALIVE  AND  UNHURT! 


Catches  more !  Easy  to  use ! 


Amazing  HAVAHART  trap  capturesraldlngrats,  rabbits 
squirrels,  skunks,  weasels,  etc.  Takes  mink,  coons  without 
injury.  Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Fully  as- 
sembled. Easy  to  use— open  ends  sive  animal  confidence. 
No  springs  to  break.  Sizes  for  all  needs.  Send  25c  tor  your 
booklet  on  trapping  secrets, 

HAVAHART,  158-P  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N,  Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  guide. 


oneness  I 


delicately  wedded  to- 
gether by  the  artisan. 

illuslrated  descriptive  booklel, 

14K  with  24    chain $37.50 

Sterling  Silver $16,75 

ISAAC  SOLTES  DESIGN    NH 

1923  S.McPhernn  Ave. 

Monterey  Park,  Calif.  91754 

CAtlFORNIA  RESIDENTS  mO  i%  SAtES  TAX 

Check  or  Money  Order/Honey  back  Guarantee 


BUSHNELl   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg,  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  hieh 

Z'^  T'r   *!i*   '=   *°""='    '"   °"'   FREe"^ catalog     TWs 

catalog    ^sts    and    illustrates    an    outstanding    selection 

1    'S^P^°'°     te"S.     telescopes,     binoculars     etc       plus 

w'rtl'foriuSd™.'""    °"    '™    •"   "^P^^'^   '^'"^    *='"■ 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   SQ.,    KNOXVILLE,   III.   61448 


QUESTERS  WORLD 
OF  NATURE  TOURS 

You  may  find  some  tours  similar  to  ours  in  other 
programs.  But  because  we  are  the  only  profes- 
sional travel  company  5|)eciali7ing  exclusively  in 
nature  tours,  you  have  three  advantages  with  us: 

•  The  largest  selection  of  nature  tours  to 
virtually  every  area  of  the  world. 

•  The  best  expedition  leaders  available. 

•  The  assurance  that  our  experience  and 
expertise  will  make  your  tour  rewarding. 

Consider  Oueslers.  The  1976/77  Directory  of 
Worldwide  Nature  Tours  lists  3 1  tours  ranging 
in  duration  from  4  to  36  days. 
Call  or  write  lodav  or  see  your 
Travel  Agent  for  your  free  copy. 

Questers  Tours 

AND  TRAVEL,  INC, 

DEPT.  NH-476  257  PARK  AVENUE  SO 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10010/(212)673-3120 

78 


with  one  of  the  largest  collections  in 
the  country.  Stored  in  a  renovated 
barn,  Flayderman's  collection  in- 
cludes cannons,  rifles,  and  pistols,  as 
well  as  halberds,  swords,  crossbows, 
and  other  martial  paraphernalia, 
strewn  about  the  floors  and  hanging 
from  the  walls  of  the  building. 

Amid  this  awesome  collection  of 
weaponry  gathering  dust  on  the  floor 
of  one  of  Flayderman's  back  rooms, 
a  small  bronze  cannon  with  a  handled 
cylinder  that  fit  into  the  breech  caught 
Peterson's  eye.  Although  this  type  of 
cannon  is  now  rare,  Peterson  realized 
the  uniqueness  of  the  piece  by  the  in- 
signia of  the  Dutch  East  India  Com- 
pany etched  into  the  breech  chamber. 
Known  as  a  sling  piece  or  a  port 
piece  or  sometimes  as  a  murderer, 
this  type  of  cannon  was  common  in 
Europe  on  both  land  and  sea  from  the 
fifteenth  to  the  seventeenth  centuries. 
In  this  country  also,  settlers  used  such 
cannons  at  Plymouth  and  Jamestown, 
Mounted  on  a  fulcrum  and  easily  ro- 
tated by  one  person,  they  were  valued 
for  rapid  firing  and  close-range  effec- 
tiveness. 

Their  partially  hollow  cylinders — 
called  breech  chambers — could  be 
filled  with  gunpowder  and  used  in  any 
cannon  of  appropriate  size  and  de- 
sign. A  number  of  these  chambers 
could  be  loaded  and  stored  in  readi- 
ness. The  process  of  firing  these 
weapons  was  simple  and  quick:  a  ball 
placed  in  the  breech  was  followed  by 
a  chamber  that  was  locked  into  place; 
when  the  powder  was  ignited  and  the 
cannon  fired,  the  used  chamber  was 
removed,  and  replaced  with  another 
ball  and  another  loaded  chamber. 

Peterson  was  not  interested  in  buy- 
ing the  cannon  for  the  park  service, 
but  mentioned  his  find  to  Joseph 
Noble,  director  of  the  Museum  of  the 
City  of  New  York.  In  October  1975, 
the  museum  purchased  the  weapon 
for  $4,500;  it  is  now  being  prepared 
for  public  display, 

Flayderman  deals  in  antique  weap- 
ons as  much  for  his  interest  in  their 
history  as  to  make  a  profit  on  their 
sale.  Having  established  a  reputation 
for  his  extensive  collection  in  the 
early  1950s,  Flayderman,  a  fast-talk- 
ing and  sharp  businessman,  can  af- 
ford to  pay  high  prices  for  unusual 
artifacts.  And  because  he  carries  a 
large  inventory  and  is  in  the  antique 
arms  business  partly  for  pleasure,  he 
can  also  afford  to  wait  until  the  price 
is  right  before  selling  a  piece. 

In  1973,  Flayderman  bought  the 
cannon   from    Stanley    Lambert,    a 


Incredible  Africa! 

JULY  21,  1976  Join  JOHN  WIL- 
LIAMS on  a  special  30-day  safari  in 
Kenya  featuring  rare  birds,  big  game 
and  wildflowers,  $2670.00  plus  air 
fare, 

AUGUST  21,  1976  Unique  FAMILY 
SAFARI  includes  best  game  parks  in 
Kenya  &  Tanzania,  a  trek  on  Mt, 
Kenya,  built-in  educational  features 
ALSO,  exciting  WALKING  SAFARI 
for  those  who  wish  to  see  Africa  in  a 
special  way.  Both  21 -day  safaris 
$2476.00  including  air  fare  from 
New  York. 

SEPTEMBER  15  &  OCTOBER  13 
1976  ROOT  &  LEAKEY  19-day' 
natural  history  tented  and  lodge  safari 
in  Kenya  &  Tanzania.  $1795.00  plus 
air  fare.  Limited  to  16  members. 
EARLY  1977  departures  January  12 
and  February  1 6, 

Call  or  write  SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD,  Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  941 1 1 

MIS)  788-7186 


t  of  print,scarce.rare  NATiniAl  HISTORY  BCX3KS 

le^vi  Botany.  Zoology, 

[n.&S'  Orchidology, 

Omittiology,  Entomology. 

Ichthyology, 

Herpelolopy ,  elc. 

CATALOGUE  AVAILABLE 
19  Oilorii  Place/Rock«il!e  Ontre,  New  York  11570 


BIGFOOT 

Expedition  for  Hikers, 

Backpackers  and  Snowshoers 

Field  research  learn  seeking  an  unknown  primate 
offers  you  the  apportunily  to  make  significant  finan- 
cial, intellectual  and  physical  contributions  to  science 
and  coriservation.  Unforgettable  22  day  wilderness 
expeditions  in  southwestern  Oregon  and  northwestern 
California  led  by  scientists,  naturalists  and  trackers. 
You  search  for  Bigfoot  in  an  area  containing 
rare  plants.  360  bird  species  and  87  mammal  species. 
Tracking  instruction.  Trailers  and  tents  furnished. 
Nonprofit  organization.  Departures  alt  year.  Men 
and  women  of  all  ages.  Intermediate  and  advanced 
teams  of  4  to  16  explorers.  Send  $3  today  for  detailed 
catalog. 

BEAMER  EXPEDITIONS  d.p»,  nh2 

P.O.  Bo«  285,  Canoga  Park,  California  91305 


BEAUTIFUL  POST  CARD  ALBUM 

^An^Vl'^/"/  Travelers  &  Collectors!  Holds 
1  i^  ^L-°'  "^  foreign  cards  in  curved  comer 
slots  that  make  it  easy  to  slip  cards  in  &  out. 
!•  aint  guide  lines  assure  neat  captions  &  com- 
ments. Luxurious  vinyl  binder  has  padded 
covers  titled  in  gold.  The  world's  finest  post 
^^rd  album!  Each  $8.95  +  $1.00  post.  Two 
tor  $17.50  postfree.  Satisfaction  guaranteed! 
WritewellCo.  207Transit  BIdg.  Boston  02115 


Long  Island  antiques  dealer.  Flayder- 
man  will  not  say  iiow  much  he  paid 
for  it,  only  that  he  "turned  quite  a 
profit  on  it"  when  he  sold  it  to  the 
museum.  Stanley  Lambert,  who 
owns  Lambert  Antiques  and  Collec- 
tables  in  Huntington,  Long  Island, 
does  not  have  a  reputation  to  match 
Flayderman's.  He  deals  mostly  in  an- 
tique furniture  and  sculpture,  but 
when  two  of  his  friends  in  the  Long 
Island  Antique  Gun  Club  offered  to 
sell  him  the  cannon  early  in  1973,  he 
bought  it  on  a  gamble,  hoping  that  he 
could  turn  it  around  and  make  a  large 
profit.  It  was  the  Dutch  East  India 
Company  insignia  that  encouraged 
him  to  take  the  chance. 

Lambert's  clientele,  however,  was 
not  primarily  interested  in  antique 
arms  and  apparently  did  not  respond 
to  the  new  acquisition  displayed  in  his 
small  store.  Only  a  month  after  he 
purchased  the  piece,  Lambert  loaded 
it  into  the  back  of  his  car  and  drove 
to  New  Milford,  where  he  sold  it  to 
Flayderman.  Despite  the  quick  turn- 
over, he  says  he  made  several  hun- 
dred dollars  on  the  sale. 

Obeying  an  informal  agreement 
among  antiques  dealers  that  the  im- 
mediate origins  of  some  merchandise 
remain  confidential,  Lambert  will  not 
divulge  the  names  of  his  Long  Island 
Antique  Gun  Club  friends  from 
whom  he  bought  the  cannon.  He  did 
say,  however,  that  these  two  people 
had  purchased  the  weapon  through  a 
classified  advertisement  in  the  New 
York  Times  that  offered  the  cannon 
for  sale.  According  to  what  Lam- 
bert's friends  told  him,  the  adver- 
tisement had  been  placed,  and  the 
cannon  sold,  by  a  man  who  said  he 
had  found  it  in  the  cellar  hole  of  the 
World  Trade  Center. 

Although  the  cannon  does  not  con- 
firm the  existence  of  the  Tijger's  re- 
mains, its  insignia  marks  it  as  being 
one  of  the  earliest  signs  of  European 
activity  in  this  country.  For  this  rea- 
son alone,  it  should  be  highly  valued. 
Yet,  had  it  not  been  for  the  discerning 
eye  of  Harold  L.  Peterson,  the  cannon 
might  still  be  in  the  hands  of  collec- 
tors or  dealers,  where  its  value  and 
significance  would  be  lost  to  the  pub- 
lic. Unfortunately,  until  archeolo- 
gists  are  able  to  watch  closely  over 
construction  sites  that  might  yield 
historical  evidence,  this  will  be  the 
fate  of  most  artifacts  unearthed  in  the 
debris  of  cellar  hole  excavations.   D 

Christopher  L.  Hallowell  is  an  asso- 
ciate editor  o/ Natural  History. 


Special  Offer! 
For  a  Limited  Time  Only 
To  New  Members 
of 
THE 
NATIONAL 
AUDUBON 
SOCIETY 


Thousands  sold  at 
original  price  of  $5.95 


A  calendar  not  just  for  1976  but  a  treasured  memento  of  America's 
Bicentennial  year.  Produced  directly  from  the  original  paintings  of 
John  James  Audubon's  "Birds  of  America"  collection.  Twelve  illustra- 
tions reproduced  in  full  color  on  top  quality  paper  stock  suitable  for 
framing. 

For  over  75  years,  Audubon  has  been  working  to  solve  ecological  prob- 
lems. But  it  takes  an  enormous  amount  of  time,  money  and  dedication 
to  continue  and  further  our  programs.  That  is  why  we  need  your 
support  and  your  membership.  And  we  need  it  now! 

As  a  member  you  are  a  vital  part  of  an  organization  that  is  working 
towards  preserving  our  environment  and  preventing  the  thoughtless 
destruction  of  irreplaceable  natural  resources.  In  over  360  communi- 
ties, you  will  be  invited  to  participate  in  the  activities  of  your  local 
chapter.  Through  Audubon,  you  can  really  start  doing  something  about 
our  environment.  You  will  also  receive  AUDUBON,  the  Society's 
breathtakingly  beautiful  magazine. 

Join  now — free  gift  available  for  a  limited  time  only. 


NATIONAL  AUDUBON  SOCIETY 
Dept.  E971,  950  Third  Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

My  check  is  enclosed.  Enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  National 
Audubon  Society  (including  6  issues  of  Audubon  and  my  FREE  1976 
Audubon   Bicentennial   Calendar). 

□  Individual  $15.   per  year  □  Family  $18.  per  year 

□  Student  $8.50  per  year  (for  those  under  21  years  and/or  for  stu- 
dents enrolled  in  a  full-time  educational  program.) 


L 


Address 

Please  Print-Your  membership  will  be  entered  as  shown. 

City 

State                                          Zip  # 

Membership  dues  are  tax  deductible  to  the  extent  allowed  by  law. 

J 


79 


o    o  to  the  o       °^W    ° 

&6fl°FL%R 


j  After  this  educational  | 
I  adventure  for  divers  and  j 
I  non-divers  aiilte,  you'll  know  1 
I     the  reef  as  never  before!      j 

I  : 

'  Explore  exotic  submarine  wilder-  j 
j  ness  and  reef  ecosystems  in  the  : 
j  gin-clear,  sun  drenched  Caribbean  j 
•.  at  fabulous  Bonaire  in  the  Nether- ; 
I  lands  Antilles.  '; 

j  You'll  spend  your  first  week  at  Key  j 
I  West,  under  the  auspices  of  the  j 
I  YMCA's  underwater  activities  cen-  : 
/  ter.  Here,  swimmers  and  beginning  j 
j  divers  will  receive  internationally  i 
1  recognized  certification  by  the  div-  1 
j  ing  masters  who  "wrote  the  book"  i 
•  on  SCUBA.  Divers  already  certified  I 
!  will  earn  advanced  ratings. 


At  Bonaire,  your  second  week  will 
be  filled  with  lectures,  demonstra- 
tions and  diving  with  outstanding 
undersea  scientists,  marine  biol- 
ogists and  oceanographers. 

Now  booking  limited  groups  for 
August  8-21,  September  12-25, 
October  10-23  and  November  7-20. 

2-week  Seminar 

$1750  j 

from  Miami 

Write  for  brochure: 

OCEAN  SEMINARS,  INC. 

Dept.  B 

6440  Mack  Avenue 

Detroit,  Michigan  48207 


'^M^ 


Sky  Reporter 


Destruction  of 

the  Earth-Moon  System 


One  scenario  for  the  end  of 
the  world  includes  the 
breakup  of  the  moon  into 
pieces  that  will  form  a 
ring  around  the  earth 


When  observing  the  endless  ebb 
and  flood  of  the  tides,  one  is  aware 
of  some  vast  interplay  of  forces  in 
nature  that  nothing  can  stop.  Even  the 
mightiest  tidal  waves  appear  to  be  far 
too  weak  to  affect  the  earth  or  the 
moon  in  any  appreciable  way.  And 
yet  this  sometimes  gentle,  sometimes 
violent,  breaking  of  waves  against  the 
shores  does  indeed  affect  the  earth, 
and  in  such  a  way  that  ultimately  the 
earth-moon  system,  as  we  now  know 
it,  will  be  destroyed. 

Anyone  who  has  lived  at  the  sea- 
shore or  spent  a  few  days  there  watch- 
ing the  ocean  knows  that  successive 
high  tides  occur  about  12.5  hours 
apart.  The  two  high  tides,  which 
occur  at  about  the  same  time  on  suc- 
cessive days,  are  on  the  average  sepa- 
rated by  24  hours  and  51  minutes. 
Since  the  average  interval  of  time  be- 
tween two  successive  risings  of  the 
moon  is  also  24  hours  and  51  min- 
utes, one  correctly  infers  that  the  tides 
and  the  moon  are  closely  related.  This 
was  first  pointed  out  by  Newton,  who 
developed  a  simple,  but  correct, 
theory  of  the  tides  based  on  the 
moon's  gravitational  attraction. 

Although  the  moon  is  largely 
responsible  for  the  tides,  the  sun  also 
contributes.  The  sun's  contribution  to 


Reprinted  by  permission  of  Charles  Scribner's  Sons  from 
The  Universe,  by  Lloyd  Mo\z.  Copyright  ©  1975  by  Lloyd 


the  tides  is  slightly  less  than  half  that 
of  the  moon,  even  though  the  gravita- 
tional pull  of  the  sun  on  each  particle 
of  water  is  about  180  times  greater 
than  that  of  the  moon.  Despite  the 
moon's  weaker  gravitational  pull,  its 
tide-raising  ability  is  about  twice  that 
of  the  sun.  It  is  not  the  total  gravita- 
tional pull  that  counts  in  raising  tides; 
rather  it  is  the  difference  between  the 
pull  on  a  particle  of  water  on  the  side 
of  the  earth  facing  the  moon  and  that 
on  a  particle  on  the  other  side  of  the 
earth.  This  difference  is  twice  as  pro- 
nounced for  the  moon  as  for  the  sun 
because  the  moon  is  so  much  closer 
to  the  earth. 

To  see  this,  note  that  a  one-gram 
particle  of  water  on  the  earth  directly 
beneath  the  moon,  being  closer  to  the 
moon  than  is  the  center  of  the  earth, 
is  pulled  more  strongly  toward  the 
moon  than  a  one-gram  particle  of 
matter  at  the  center  of  the  earth.  Thus, 
the  oceans  directly  beneath  the  moon 
are  pulled  away  from  the  earth  as  a 
whole,  thereby  forming  a  high  tide. 
On  the  other  hand,  a  particle  of  water 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  earth, 
being  farther  away  from  the  moon 
than  is  the  earth's  center,  is  pulled 
less  strongly  than  a  similar  particle  at 
the  center  of  the  earth.  The  earth  as 
a  whole  is  thus  pulled  away  from  the 
water  on  the  side  farthest  from  the 
moon,  causing  this  water  to  collect 
into  another  high  tide. 

As  the  earth  rotates,  bringing  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  oceans  and  the  con- 
tinents under  the  moon,  the  tides 
move  around  the  oceans  like  a  long, 
low  wave  with  one  of  its  crests  be- 
neath the  moon  and  the  other  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  earth.  A  person 
standing  on  an  island  watching  the 
moon  rise  observes  the  water  rising 


80 


by  Lloyd  Motz 


on  the  eastern  side  of  the  island  first, 
then  on  the  southern  shore,  and  fi- 
nally, on  the  western  shore;  as  the 
moon  sets,  the  water  recedes  from  the 
western  shore. 

In  the  deep  oceans  the  tides  are  es- 
sentially a  surface  phenomenon,  so 
that  there  is  very  little  friction  be- 
tween the  water  and  the  ocean  bot- 
tom, but  along  the  continental  shore- 
lines there  is  considerable  friction  as 
the  water  rushes  over  and  then  re- 
cedes from  the  dry  land.  This  friction 
converts  the  mechanical  energy  of  the 
water  into  heat.  But  since  the  tides 
obtain  their  kinetic  energy  from  the 
earth's  rotational  energy,  it  follows 
that  the  constant  flow  of  the  tides  is 
decreasing  the  rate  of  rotation  of  the 
earth  and  thus  lengthening  the  day .  In 
a  sense,  the  tides  are  acting  like  a 
huge  brake  on  the  earth,  slowing  it 
down  by  friction,  just  the  way  the 
brakes  of  a  car  slow  down  the  wheels. 

Although  the  tidal  slowing  down  of 
the  earth  is  extremely  small  and  the 
lengthening  of  the  day  is  very  grad- 
ual, it  can  be  measured  with  great  ac- 
curacy by  comparing  the  times  of 
eclipses  in  recent  years  with  those  re- 
corded in  antiquity.  There  is  a  marked 
discrepancy  between  the  two  if  one 
assumes  that  the  earth  has  always 
been  a  steady  timepiece — that  is,  that 
the  rate  of  earth's  rotation  has  not 
changed  during  the  last  4,000  years. 
From  the  discrepancy  between  the 
observations  and  the  theoretical  pre- 
dictions of  eclipses,  one  deduces  that 
the  rate  of  rotation  of  the  earth  has 
been  decreasing  and  that  the  length  of 
the  day  is  now  increasing  at  the  rate 
of  about  a  thousandth  of  a  second  per 
century.  The  rate  at  which  the  rota- 
tional energy  of  the  earth  is  dissipated 
by  the  tides  in  this  way  is  more  than 


FOSSILS 

The  world's  first  ond  only  mogozine  for  everyone  who  hos  ever 

wondered  about  fossils  ond  the  3-1/2-billion-yeor  history  of  life  on  eorth. 

Subscribe  now  ond  receive  o  beautiful  bonus... 


< 

2 


Do  fossils  intrigue  you?  Do  you  thinl's  thor 
fossils  ore  some  of  the  most  beoutiful  ond 
mysterious  objects  ever  created  by  noture? 
Mien  you  see  o  fossil,  do  you  stort  wonder- 
ing wtiof  life  wos  like  millions  of  years  ogo? 
Hove  you  ever  found  a  fossil,  ond  experi- 
enced the  joy  of  discovering  o  long-buried 
treasure, ..or  would  you  \\\<e  to  experience 
tfiotjoy? 

If  so,  you  stiould  subscribe  now  to  FOSSILS 
AAogozine.  Oecouse  FOSSILS  isthie  only  publi- 
cation in  the  world  that  octuolly  mokes  it 
easy  and  enjoyable  to  find  out  more  obout 
the  nature  of  fossils  ...where  you  con  find 
them  for  yourself.. .and  whot  they  tell  us 
about  the  history  of  the  earth  ond  the  his- 
tory of  life. 

FOSSILS  tells  about  trilobites.  dinosaurs, 
and  eorly  mon.  And  hundreds  of  other  an- 
cient life  forrrs  os  well.  Every  issue  takes 
you  on  o  voyoge  bock  through  time,  show- 
ing you  in  vivid  derail  the  surprising  crea- 
tures and  stronge  worlds  of  posr  ages. 

FOSSILS  shows  you  fossils  os  you  hove 
never  seen  them  before.  Our  photographers 
ond  artists  hove  direa  occess  to  the  finest 
museum  and  private  fossil  collections  in  the 
world.  Consequently,  during  the  course  of 
Q  year  FOSSILS  will  show  you  hundreds  of 


rhe  most  beoutiful  illusrrotions  of  fossil  life 
thot  hKDve  ever  been  printed  onywtiere 
nrony  in  superb  color 

FOSSILS  helps  you  find  fossils  o*  your  own. 

Every  issue  will  tell  you  exoaly  where  you 
con  find  fossils  in  your  port  of  the  country 
ond  throughout  North  Amenco  ^we  publish 
detailed  mops  ond  mformorion).  And  the 
worlds  most  successful  fossil  hunters— pro- 
fessional poleontologists— stKire  with  you 
ttieir  proven  techniques  for  finding  ond  col- 
lecting fossils  of  every  kind. 

FOSSI LS  is  scientific  yet  eosy  to  reod.  Every 
issue  IS  written  by  well-known  paleontolo- 
gists in  collobororlon  with  skilled  profes- 
slonol  writers.  So  every  article  brings  you 
sclenrificQily  occurore  inforrrotion  ttvor  s 
eosy  to  reod 

FOSSILS  guorontees  your  sotisfoction.  If 

you  orent  corrplerely  delighted  with  your 
first  issue,  simply  return  It  ond  concel  your 
subscription.  Your  money  will  be  refunded 
in  full. 


FC^ItS 


Elegant  fossils  ore  embossed 
on  the  covers  of  oil  Issues. 


SPECIAL  BONUS 
FOR  SUBSCRIBING  NOW 
,  4-FOOT  FULL-COLOR  POSTER 
SHOWING  THE  GEOLOGICAL  TIME  SCALE 
AND  THE  HISTORY  OF  LIFE  ON  EARTH. 
This  is  the  finest  chort  of  Its  kind,  created  for  FOSSI  LS 
and  now  avclloble  nowhere  else.  Later  this  yeor. 
this  chart  will  sell  for  $6  In  museum  shops,  but  it's 
yours  now  with  our  compliments  when  you  sub- 
scribe to  FOSSILS  today. 


5end  today  with  check  or  money  order  ro: 

FOSSILS  MAGAZINE  P.O.  Box  351 8  San  Diego.  California  921 03 

D  1  Yeor  $  1 2    D  2  Years  $2 1  (You  Save  $3)   D  3  Years  $29  (You  Save  $7) 

I  enclose  $ *We  do  not  bill  subscribers  because  this  would  add  several  dollars  to  rtie  cost 

of  o  subscription.  Our  subscribers  tell  us  rhey  prefer  the  lovv'est  possible  price  Instead. 


_5TATL 


CITY_ 

FOSSILS  Is  published  quorterly  Cin  April,  July,  October  ond  January) 


8i 


Europe's 
Europe 

when  the  Europeans  take  their  vacations, 
they  demand  three  things.  Beauty  for  the 
soul.  Pleasures  for  the  spirit.  And,  most  of 
oil,  every  bit  of  their  money's  v^^orth. 

For  years  the  value-minded  Europeans 
have  been  vacationing  in  Yugoslavia. 

In  Yugoslavia  they  find  beautiful  beach 
resorts,  magnificent  mountain  hideaways 
and  charming  untouched  villages. 

They  enjoy  the  pleasures  of  music,  history 
and  hospitality  that's  as  natural  as  the 
morning  sunrise. 

They  see  and  do  all  the  things  you  love 
about  Europe.  At  the  kind  of  prices  you'd 
given  up  on  finding  there 

Yugoslavia  For  years  its  been  Europes 
Europe   Now  its  your  turn 


YUgosloiria 


Yugoslav  National  Tourist  Office 

630  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10020 

(212)757-2801 

Tell  me  more  about  Europe's  Europe. 

Send  me  my  Yugoslavia  Information  Kit. 


Norr 


City/State/2ip_ 


The  Golden  Eagle . . . 
one  of  our  288 
magnificent  flying 
contraptions. 

It  soars.  It  streaks.  It  glides.  It  swoops  . . . 
It's  our  strikingly  lifelike  golden,  brown- 
black  eagle,  printed  on  transparent  plastic 
48"x30".  OnlySIOppd. 
with  string  and  colorful 
lacquered  wood  JKfF  r\r\ 

spool  from  India.  Kite   ^^i,   S^-' 
poster  catalog  50(«.  Go  Fly    f K/ PI 
A  Kite,  Inc.,  1434  3rd  Ave.,       J,  ^     s 
N.Y.C.  10028,  Dept.4A  KllGn 


Kites  from  around  the  world. 


2  billion  horsepower,  or  very  nearly 
2  billion  kilowatts. 

The  importance  of  this  for  the  fu- 
ture of  the  earth-moon  system  is  that 
the  rotational  angular  momentum  that 
the  earth  loses  as  its  rotation  slows 
down  is  transferred  to  the  moon's  or- 
bital motion;  in  slowing  down  the 
earth's  rotation  by  dragging  the  ocean 
waters,  the  moon  gains  the  angular 
momentum  lost  by  the  earth  and  is 
thus  propelled  forward  in  its  orbit. 
This  results  in  a  steady  recession  of 
the  moon  from  the  earth,  a  steady  in- 
crease in  the  size  of  the  moon's  orbit, 
and  a  steady  increase  in  the  length  of 
the  month. 

The  rate  at  which  these  things  are 
happening  and  the  general  dynamical 
features  of  the  earth-moon  system  in 
both  the  past  and  the  future  can  be 
computed  from  the  rate  at  which  the 
length  of  the  day  is  now  increasing. 
About  4  billion  years  ago  the  moon 
was  approximately  10,000  miles 
away  from  the  center  of  the  earth,  the 
earth  rotated  once  every  five  hours, 
and  the  month  was  slightly  longer 
than  one  day.  The  present  length  of 
the  day  and  month  and  the  present 
structure  of  the  earth-moon  system 
are  the  result  of  tidal  action  during  the 
last  4  billion  years.  The  earth-moon 
system  will  go  on  changing  slowly  in 
the  same  way  until  the  length  of  the 
month  and  the  length  of  the  day  are 
both  equal  to  47  of  earth's  present 
24-hour  days.  When  that  happens, 
the  earth  will  always  keep  the  same 
face  toward  the  moon,  so  that  the 
moon  will  be  continuously  visible 
from  one  side  of  the  earth  only,  nei- 
ther rising  nor  setting.  But  because 
of  the  very  slow  frictional  action  of 
the  tides,  this  will  not  happen  for 
many  billions  of  years. 

Although  the  moon  will  then  no 
longer  cause  the  tides  to  rise  and  fall, 
producing,  instead,  an  unchanging 
double  bulge  of  the  oceans,  the  sun 
will,  and  this  solar  action  will  slow 
the  earth's  rotation  still  further  until 
the  day  becomes  longer  than  the 
present  month.  At  the  same  time,  the 
moon  will  start  approaching  the  earth 
again,  while  the  earth  and  the  moon 
together  recede  from  the  sun.  Thus, 
the  month  will  get  shorter,  while  the 
day  and  the  year  will  get  longer.  This 
process  will  continue  until  the 
moon's  distance  from  the  earth's  cen- 
ter is  less  than  10,000  miles,  which 
is  a  critical  distance  for  the  moon, 
known  as  the  Roche  limit.  At  that  dis- 
tance the  tidal  action  of  the  earth  on 
the  moon  will  tear  the  moon  into 


MINERALS 
SHELLS 
FOSSILS 


NEW  COLOR  PORTFOLIO  plus     >'V 
Illustrated  Catalog  $1.00  ■Mis 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC     ,^*l 

Box  6011 C-  Long  Island  City,  N.Y,  11106     'S','-.  .* 


From  Italy  .  .  .  The  Ultimate  In 

Historic  Ship  Replica  Kits 

Frame  &  Plank  Construction 


World-famous  SERGAL  kits;  large,  riiagnificenl 
replicas  (up  lo  51"  long)  with  beauliiul  wol- 
nut,  brass  details.  Virtually  museum  pieces 
when  completed.  Lorge-scole  plans,  English  in- 
structions, oil-materials  included.  Also,  hun- 
dreds of  other  superb  Italian  kits,  plans  and 
accessories   in   our   complete   new 

Full-Color  Catalog,  $2 

Send   via  airmail  |26<  stomp)  lo; 

Dept.  NH-4,  MODEL  EXPO 

Via    Cassia,     1170    ■    Rome    00189,    Italy 

NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  8.  the  BEES  8.  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 
,y.   SAMPLES  &   APPROVALS- $1 
**     Sotisfoction  Guoronteed 

Mii  Mod  Stamps 

P.O.   BOX  297-NH        AURORA,  CO     80010 


^BOOK  HUNTING?^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print.  Fiction,  nonfiction. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  It!  (Title  alone  is  sufficient)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


82 


pieces  that  will  form  a  ring  around  the 
earth.  There  is  strong  evidence  that 
the  rings  around  Saturn  were  formed 
in  this  way  when  one  of  Saturn's 
moons  came  too  close  to  that  planet. 

Before  the  moon  is  destroyed  by 
the  earth's  tidal  action,  the  moon  it- 
self will  raise  huge  tides  on  the  earth 
and  alter  the  earth's  structure  enor- 
mously. The  tide-raising  force  of  the 
moon  increases  rapidly  as  it  ap- 
proaches the  earth.  At  a  distance  of 
10,000  miles,  the  moon  would  be 
about  twenty-four  times  as  close  to 
the  earth  as  it  is  now,  and  its  tidal 
action  would  be  about  15,000  times 
as  great.  The  ocean  tides  at  their  max- 
imum on  the  earth  would  then  be  hun- 
dreds of  feet  high  and  would  com- 
pletely inundate  all  the  land  masses 
in  their  path  as  they  followed  the  ris- 
ing moon.  But  this  would  not  be  the 
worst  of  it,  for  the  moon  would  distort 
the  entire  earth  by  producing  large 
tidal  waves  within  the  earth's  rocky 
crust  and  in  the  underlying  regions. 
These  structural  tidal  waves,  rushing 
through  the  earth's  interior,  would  set 
off  vast  earthquakes  and  volcanic 
eruptions.  Although  the  earth  itself 
would  not  be  destroyed  by  such  cata- 
clysms, all  terrestrial  life  would  prob- 
ably perish. 

In  time,  after  the  earth  had  torn  the 
moon  into  pieces,  the  violent  erup- 
tions and  tremors  on  the  earth  would 
cease,  the  oceans  would  recede,  and 
life  would  probably  begin  to  develop 
again  on  the  dry  land.  But  this  would 
still  not  be  the  end  of  the  "tidal  evolu- 
tion" of  the  earth;  because  of  the 
sun's  tidal  action,  the  length  of  the 
day  would  continue  to  increase  until 
it  became  as  long  as  the  year,  which 
would  then  be  a  few  weeks  longer 
than  it  is  now.  The  earth  would  then 
present  the  same  face  to  the  sun  at  all 
times,  so  that  one  half  of  the  earth 
would  be  in  perpetual  darkness.  The 
side  of  the  earth  facing  the  sun  would 
become  an  unbearably  hot  desert, 
while  the  dark  side  would  be  covered 
with  vast  sheets  of  ice  thousands  of 
feet  thick.  These  two  forbidding 
hemispheres  would  be  separated  by  a 
narrow  zone  (perhaps  a  few  hundred 
miles  wide)  where  intelligent  life 
could  exist.  But  the  full  series  of  these 
events  will  probably  never  occur  be- 
cause the  time  involved  is  so  great 
that  the  sun  itself  will  have  changed 
drastically  long  before  the  lengths  of 
the  day  and  the  year  become  equal. 


Lloyd  Motz  teaches  astronomy  at  Co- 
lumbia University  in  New  York  City. 


SAFE  OR 
SORRY? 


While  you  are  away,  protect  your  valuables 
against  FIRE -THEFT- LOSS  with  this 
handsome  SENTRY  SECURITY  CUBE." 

Fire  strikes  more  than  60  homes  every  hour 
Vandalism  and  petty  theft  increase  steadily 
Even  misplacements  of  records  cause  huge 
losses.  Convenient  protection  is  now  available 
at  a  new  low  cost.  The  decorative  and  func- 
tional Q-7  features  a  front  opening  SentryBox' 
concealed  in  a  custom  walnut  grained  cabinet 
with  textured  slate-like  top  for  only  S1 19-50.  The 
entire  cost  is  tax  deductible  if  used  to  store  income 
or  tax  records. 

The  cube  makes  a  beautiful  TV,  nite  stand  or  end 
table.  The  SentryBox'  is  Underwriters'  Laboratories  fire- 
tested  up  to  1700'  for  1  hour  and  is  designed  to  conveniently  protect 
your  income  and  tax  records,  insurance  policies,  birth  certificates,  wills, 
notes,  cancelled  checks,  and  even  jewelry  right  in  your  home 

The  concealed  SentryBox"  features  a  removable  inner  shelf,  a  key  lock  or  optional 
3-number  combination  lock,  and  1J'  thick  insulated  walls.  (This  equals  the  fireproof 
qualities  of  a  3-foot  thick  solid  concrete  wall.) 

Outside  dimensions:  20rhx  18  wx  IS^d  Inside:  ISi'hx  lOjwx  lOid.  Total  weight 
85  lbs.  Cabinet  shipped  ready  for  E-Z  assembly. 

Order  today  on  a  15-day  trial  otler.  Your  salislaction  guaranteed  or  simply  repack  in  original  canon  and  return 

for  lull  credit  or  relund_ol_$1 19_50 

iviail~to:"slCURifY~PRODUCTS  CO.,  P.O.  Box  51,  Penneld.  New  York  14526. 

Ship   Model   0-7   S11950   •    $23.93   Ireighi 

My  Card  Nurnber __ __ ^ ^ ^        n  y   City  residents  and  west  ot  Miss,  $29  93 

'^"   -'"  "         (reighl    1  prefer    C  key  lock    D  combination 

lock— $9.50  extra  (I  understand  combination 
lock  is  free  when  I  send  check  with  order.) 
New  York  Slate  residents  add  4%  Sales  Tax 


$119.50 


D  American  Express 
Card  Expiration  Date. 


D  li/laster  Charge      D  BankAmencard 


Your  Signatu 


(g)  senbiy 


City. 


-Zip- 


n  Please  send  more  Information  on  the  complete  Sentry  line. 


L 


CORDLESS 
TELEPHONE 


Operates  as  any  extension  phone  except 
it's  cordless.  You  can  take  it  anywhere, 
Indoors  or  out.  Pool,  yard,  basement, 
attic,  even  in  your  bathtub  -  anywhere 
within  300  feet  of  your  home.  Receive 
calls  or  dial  out. 

EASY  TO  INSTALL 
Your  Poftaohone  operates  in  conjunction 
with  all  regularly  installed  telephone 
equipment  you  already  have.  Installation 
takes  30  seconds  and  you  do  it  yourself 
easily  and  without  tools. 

100%  SOLID-STATE  RELIABILITY 
Portaphone  is  manufactured  with  100% 
space-age  solid-state  circuitry.  No  moving 
parts  to  wear  out.  No  tubes  to  replace. 
For  years  of  trouble-free  performance. 
Guaranteed  for  1  year. 

REAL  COST  IS  $2.00  PER  MONTH 
AND  IT  PAYS  FOR  ITSELF 
If  you  divide  the  purchase  price  by  the 
estimated  15-year  useful  life  of  the  Porta- 
phone, the  cost  is  only  $24.00  per  year, 
or  only  $2.00  per  month.  It  pays  for 
itself  by  replacing  an  existing  extension 
phone  and  eliminating  another  extension. 


SATISFACTION  GUARANTEED 
OR  MONEY  BACK 

EAST  AND  MIDWEST  ORDERS 
SHIPPED  BY  AIR 


J-1 
(213)  986-4271 


Sand  check  or  money  order  to: 
JLR  Corp. 

16200  Vantura  Blvd. 
Encino,  CA  91436 

Plaata  tand  ma Cordlan  Portaphones 

at  $395  aach,  plut  pottage,  handling  and 
Inturanca  $5.50.  California  resldenti  add 
6%  talet  tax. 

Nama  ____^_ 

Addrast  

City 


83 


TAKE  OFF  WITH 
ODYSSEY 


JOIN  US  IN  1976  FOR: 

BACKPACKING,  Canadian  Rockies 
Jun.  19-July  3,  JuJy  31-Aug.  14, 
Aug.  21-Sept.  4 

TEENAGE  BACKPACKING,  Great 
Divide  Trail  Canadian  Rockies, 
July  10-Aug.  21 
CANOEING,  Athabasca  River, 
Canadian  Rockies,  July  17-31.  Lac  La 
Ronge  Region,  Norttiern  Saskatchewan 
Aug.  21-Sept.  4 
MOUNTAINEERING,  Southern 
Purcells,  British  Columbia  July  10-24 
TREKKING,  Mt.  Everest  Region, 
Nepal  Nov.  1976 


For  further  information  and  our  year- 
round  schedule  of  additional  vacation, 
holiday  and  weekend  trips,  write  or  call 

Oiyssey,  £ti. 

26  Hilltop  Ave ,  Berkeley  Heights.  New  Jersey  07922 

(201)  322-8414 


WELSH 

FISHERMAN'S 

SMOCK 


Enjoy  the  comfort  of  this  practical  overshirt  lor  men 
or  women.  It  has  been  used  by  Welsh  Fishermen  for 
over  400  years  The  material  is  a  12  oz,  pure  wool 
Welsh  flannel.  The  smock  is  full  cut  with  a  boat  neck 
and  two  convenient  pockets  The  color  is  a  soft  blue- 
grey,  coordinating  well  with  denim. 

Sizes  S{34-36}     M(36-38)     L(40-42) 

Welsh  FiBherman's  Smock        $27.50  ppd. 


^AUSTRAL  ENTERPRISES 

Box   70190.    Seattle.   Washington   98107 


Additional  Reading 


Persepolis  (p.  36) 

Donald  N.  Wilbur's  Persepolis:  The 
Archaeology  of  Parsa.  Seal  of  the  Per- 
sian Kings  (New  York:  Thomas  Y. 
Crowell,  1969)  is  a  succinct,  semipopular 
account  of  the  monuments  and  history  of 
Persepolis.  In  Persia:  From  the  Origins 
to  Alexander  the  Great  (London:  Thames 
&  Hudson,  1964),  archeologist  Roman 
Ghirshman — perhaps  the  most  distin- 
guished living  authority  on  the  subject — 
presents  Iranian  prehistory  in  an  art-book 
format.  Ghirshman  has  also  published  a 
more  concise  paperback  book:  Iran  (Bal- 
timore: Penguin  Books,  1954).  Historian 
Arthur  T.  Olmstead's  H/sfoz-y  of  the  Per- 
sian Empire,  originally  published  in 
1948,  is  now  available  in  soft  cover  (Chi- 
cago: University  of  Chicago  Press/ 
Phoenix  Books,  $5.95).  An  authoritative 
and  detailed  history  of  the  Achaemenid 
period,  Olmstead's  book  remains  the 
standard  English-language  introduction 
to  matters  Iranian.  In  an  earlier  Natural 
History  article,  "The  Shreds  of  Ancient 
Persia"  (1969,  vol.  78,  no.  5,  pp. 
26-35),  Bernard  Goldman  discusses  the 
origins  of  the  art  found  at  Persepolis. 

Royal  Terns  (p.  46) 

Considered  a  classic  on  both  sides  of 
the  Atlantic,  The  Herring  Gull's  World, 
by  Nobel  laureate  Niko  Tinbergen  (Gar- 
den City:  Doubleday/ Anchor  Books, 
1967,  $2.95),  is  perhaps  the  one  best  in- 
troduction to  the  study  of  social  behavior 
in  birds.  For  another  elegant  study  of  co- 
lonial seabirds,  see  Hans  Kruuk's  mono- 
graph "Predators  and  Anti-predator  Be- 
havior of  the  Black-headed  Gull"  (Beha- 
viour, 1964,  Supplement  1  l,pp.  1-129). 
Also  recommended  are  George  and  Anne 
Marples's  Sea  Terns  or  Sea  Swallows: 
Their  Habits,  Language,  Arrival  and 
Departure  (London:  Country  Life,  1934) 
and  W.  Bickerton's  Home-Life  of  the 
Terns  or  Sea  Swallows  (London:  With- 
erby,  1912).  Two  recent  behavioral  texts 
strongly  emphasizing  field  work  are  E.O. 
Wilson's  Sociobiology:  The  New  Synthe- 
sis (Cambridge:  Harvard  University 
Press,  1975),  which  incorporates  the  tern 
studies  of  Paul  and  Francine  Buckley, 
and  Jerram  L.  Brown's  The  Evolution  of 
Behavior  (New  York:  W.W.  Norton, 
1975),  which  presents  ethology  from  an 
evolutionary  viewpoint.  For  background 
information  on  the  ecological  principles 
discussed  by  the  Buckleys,  see  C.J. 
Krebs'  Ecology:  The  Experimental  Anal- 
ysis of  Distribution  and  Abundance  (New 


York:  Harper  &  Row,  1972)  and  David 
Lack's  Ecological  Adaptations  for 
Breeding  in  Birds  (London:  Methuen, 
1968).  A  detailed  account  of  some  of  the 
Buckleys'  research  was  published  in  the 
technical  journals  Ibis  ("The  Breeding 
Ecology  of  Royal  Terns,"  1972,  vol. 
114,  pp.  344-359)  and  Animal  Beha- 
viour ( "Individual  Egg  and  Chick  Recog- 
nition by  Adult  Royal  Terns,"  1972,  vol. 
20,  pp.  457-462). 


Ice  Age  (p.  56) 

Richard  F.  Flint  presents  an  up-to-date 
description  of  glacial  features  and  Pleis- 
tocene stratigraphy  in  his  text  Glacial  and 
Quaternary  Geology  (New  York:  John 
Wiley  and  Sons,  1971).  This  book  and  J. 
K.  Charles  worth's  two-volume  work  The 
Quaternary  Era  (New  York:  St.  Martin's 
Press,  1966)  include  extensive  bibliog- 
raphies. The  latter  is  a  1 , 700-page  compi- 
lation of  data,  detailing  the  past  two  mil- 
lion years  of  earth  history.  Paleobotanist 
Burkhard  Frenzel's  classic  German  work 
Climatic  Fluctuations  of  the  Ice  Age  is 
now  available  in  English  (Cleveland:  The 
Press  of  Case  Western  Reserve  Univer- 
sity, 1973).  It  is  concerned  primarily  with 
the  glacial-age  distribution  of  plants  in 
Eurasia  and  the  construction  of  maps 
based  on  flora-distribution  data.  Pleisto- 
cene Geology  and  Biology,  with  Special 
Reference  to  the  British  Isles,  by  R.  G. 
West  (New  York:  John  Wiley  and  Sons, 
1968),  emphasizes  biological  features, 
devoting  special  attention  to  the  history 
of  plants  as  revealed  in  fossil  pollen.  P. 
S.  Martin  and  H.  E.  Wright,  Jr.,  have 
edited  a  volume.  Pleistocene  Extinctions: 
The  Search  for  a  Cause  (New  Haven: 
Yale  University  Press,  1967),  which 
deals  with  the  extinctions  of  mammals  in 
many  parts  of  the  world  at  the  end  of  the 
Pleistocene  epoch.  Romuald  Schild's  ar- 
ticle, "The  Final  Paleolithic  Settlements 
of  the  European  Plain,"  in  Scientific 
American  (1976,  vol.  234,  pp.  88-99) 
examines  evidence  for  changes  in  Euro- 
pean climate  and  flora  and  fauna  (as  well 
as  advances  in  the  technology  and  social 
organization  of  the  area's  indigenous 
hunters)  at  the  time  of  the  final  glacial 
retreats.  The  thirty-two  members  of  the 
CLIMAP  project  referred  to  in  this 
month's  Natural  History  have  written 
their  first  report  of  some  of  their  findings; 
it  was  scheduled  to  be  published  in  the 
March  26,  1976,  issue  of  Science.  The 
article,  entitled  "The  Surface  of  the  Ice- 
Age  Earth,"  describes  their  multi-disci- 


plinary  methodology  in  more  detail  and 
discusses  some  of  their  early  conclusions. 
Ian  Cornwall,  an  environmental  archcol- 
ogist,  addresses  Ice  Ages:  Their  Nature 
and  Effects  (New  York:  Humanities 
Press,  1970)  to  natural  science  and  ar- 
cheology students,  but  defines  techni- 
calities for  the  general  reader. 

Lascaux  Cave  Paintings  (p.  62) 

For  a  lavishly  illustrated  work  on  Pa- 
leolithic art  see  Andre  Leroi-Gourhan's 
Treasures  of  Prehistoric  Art  (New  York: 
Harry  N.  Abrams,  1967).  Leroi-Gourhan 
attempts  a  reclassification  of  the  evolu- 
tion and  styles  of  cave  paintings  and  en- 
gravings; his  work  is  of  particular  value 
for  its  tabulation  of  motifs,  diagrams  of 
cave  layouts,  and  site  index  to  individual 
caves.  He  has  summarized  much  of  this 
important  work  in  a  beautifully  illustrated 
article  in  Scientific  American  "The  Evo- 
lution of  Paleolithic  Art"  (1968,  vol. 
218,  no.  2,  pp.  59-70).  Examples  of  de- 
tailed works  dealing  with  Lascaux  cave 
are  Ferrand  Windels's  The  Lascaux  Cave 
Paintings  (New  York:  Viking  Press, 
1950)  and  Georges  Bataille's  Lascaux: 
The  Birth  of  Art  (Lausanne:  Skira, 
1955).  Another  volume,  available  as  an 
inexpensive  paperback,  is  Lascaux: 
Paintings  and  Engravings,  by  Annette 
Laming  (Baltimore:  Penguin  Books, 
1959).  Nancy  K.  Sandars,  in  Prehistoric 
Art  in  Europe  (Baltimore:  Penguin 
Books,  1968),  seeks  to  place  the  art  of 
Paleolithic  man  in  the  context  of  his  expe- 
rience and  spirituality.  This  author  also 
treats  the  technical  problems  of  repre- 
sentation and  perspective  encountered  by 
the  Paleolithic  artists  and  by  us  in  our 
attempts  to  understand  their  efforts.  In 
Pleistocene  Fauna  of  Europe,  paleontolo- 
gist Bjorn  Kurten  (Chicago:  Aldine  Pub- 
lishing, 1968)  reviews  the  animal  life 
present  at  the  time  of  the  cave  paintings. 

Lizard  Feeding  (p.  70) 

Peter  H.  Klopfer's  Habitats  and  Terri- 
tories (New  York:  Basic  Books,  1969, 
$3.95)  introduces  ecological  and  behav- 
ioral concepts  concerning  the  use  of  space 
by  animals  and  offers  insights  into  the 
relationships  between  physical,  biologi- 
cal, and  social  factors  of  territoriality. 
"The  Evolution  of  Diversity  in  Avian 
Territorial  Systems"  (Wilson  Bulletin, 
1964,  vol.  81 ,  pp.  160-169)  and  "Terri- 
torial and  Population  Regulation  in 
Birds"  (Wilson  Bulletin,  1969,  vol.  81, 
pp.  293-329)  are  reviews  by  Jerram  L. 


Brown  describing  the  variability  and  ad- 
vantages of  territorial  adaptations.  A.S. 
Rand's  "The  Adaptive  Significance  of 
Territoriality  in  Iguanid  Lizards,"  in 
Lizard  Ecology,  edited  by  W.W.  Mil- 
stead  (Columbia:  University  of  Missouri 
Press,  1967,  pp.  109-115),  and  Carol 
Simon's  "The  Influence  of  Food  Abun- 
dance on  Territory  Size  in  the  Iguanid 
Lizard  Sceloporus  jarrovi"  (Ecology. 
1975,  vol.  56,  pp.  993-998)  deal  specifi- 
cally with  this  aspect  of  reptilian  behav- 
ior. A  section  entitled  "How  Food  and 
Space  arc  Shared  Between  Species  '.  in 
the  2nd  edition  of  PH.  Klopfer's  Behav- 
ioral Aspects  of  Ecology  (Englewood 
ClilTs:  Prentice-Hall,  1972),  is  concerned 
with  competition  and  resource  sharing  by 
animals.  A  recent  article  by  T.W. 
Schoener,  "Theory  of  Feeding  Strate- 
gies" (Annual  Review  of  Ecology  and 
Systemalics.  1971.  vol.  2.  pp.  369-^04), 
reviews  the  techniques  animals  use  in 
food  gathering. 

Seventeenth-Century  Cannon  (p.  76) 

Christopher  L.  Hallowell's  "Disap- 
pearance of  the  Historic  Ship  Tijger" 
(Natural  History.  1974.  vol.  83.  no.  7. 
pp.  12-26)  provides  a  good  overview  of 
the  times  of  the  Dutch  settlers  and  the 
naval  vessel  from  which  the  artifact  he 
now  describes  apparently  came.  Histo- 
rian Isaac  Newton  Phelps  Stokes,  in  the 
first  of  his  six-volume  work.  The  Iconog- 
raphy of  Manhattan  Island  (New  York: 
R.H.  Dodd,  1915-28),  gives  extremely 
detailed  background  information  gleaned 
from  original  records  of  the  exploration 
and  settlement  of  what  became  New  York 
City.  Round  Shot  and  Rammers,  by 
Harold  L.  Peterson  (Harrisburg:  Stack- 
pole  Books,  1969,  $9.95),  is  a  short, 
readable  introduction  to  the  history  of  ar- 
tillery pieces  and  their  use.  Other  relevant 
titles  are:  Guns.  Sails  and  Empires,  by 
Carlo  M.  Cipolla  (New  York:  Pantheon 
Books,  1966),  The  Evolution  of  Naval 
Armament,  by  F.L.  Robertson  (London: 
H.  T.  Storey,  1968),  and  Age  of  Great 
Guns:  Cannon  Kings  and  Cannoneers 
Who  Forged  the  Firepower  of  Artillery. 
by  Frank  E.  Comparato  (Harrisburg: 
Stackpole  Books,  1965).  For  a  detailed 
account  of  the  state  and  art  of  archeologi- 
cal  theft,  including  the  "fencing"  of  his- 
torical treasures  and  their  acquisition  by 
museums,  galleries,  and  collectors,  see 
Karl  E.  Meyer's  The  Plundered  Past 
(New  York:  Atheneum  Publishers,  1973, 
$12.95). 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


(J) 
> 

> 
93 


r 

a 

r 


> 

r 
r 


CD    TI 

m 


r  2C« 

%  I  » 

- 1  r 
s-=  > 

11  •- 

°-  =■  n 

=  a  z 
-  s  m 

a.  o  > 

■a  c  r" 

3-  =  . 

9.S  ■ 

(2  re  Z 

™  c  s 


X  It  s 

>   3     f. 

\ — ^   < 


"  ^  IS 

■0-2 

^  o    > 

>  5"   • 

r--a  2. 

"C  S^  y 
"a  (t 
3    "i 


3- 


a.  Z 
S   2 

n    re 

II 

5  « 


™       ■<:   =r 


"^ 


^ 


85 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Sun  and  Moon  The  sun,  moving  through  the  constellation  Pisces  dur- 
ing most  of  April,  enters  Aries  about  April  19  and  moves  into  Taurus 
by  mid-May.  It  moves  from  4.5°  north  of  the  equator  on  April  1  to  15° 
by  the  end  of  April,  but  its  northerly  movement  slows  noticeably  in 
May.  On  April  29,  it  keeps  a  date  with  the  new  moon  to  produce  an 
annular  solar  eclipse. 

The  moon's  phases  are  almost  perfectly  synchronized  with  the  weeks 
during  April  and  May.  First-quarter  comes  on  the  7th  day  of  both 
months;  full  moon  on  the  14th  of  April  and  the  13th  of  May;  last-quarter 
on  the  21st  and  20th  of  April  and  May,  respectively;  and  new  moon 
on  April  29  and  May  28.  The  moon  is  thus  an  evening  object  for  the 
first  two  weeks  of  both  months  and  a  morning  object  from  about  mid- 
month  on. 

Stars  and  Planets  This  is  the  season  to  let  the  Big  Dipper  introduce 
you  to  the  spring  stars.  The  constellation  is  high  overhead  in  the  northern 
mid-latitudes  early  in  the  evening,  and  imaginary  lines  drawn  through 
its  easily  recognized  stars  lead  to  the  North  Star  (Polaris);  the  bright 
stars  Regulus,  Arcturus,  and  Spica;  and  the  constellations  Corona 
Borealis  and  Hercules. 

The  Star  Map  shows  Mars  and  Saturn,  our  best  evening  stars  this 
month,  close  to  one  another  in  Gemini.  Jupiter  (also  an  evening  star), 
Venus  (a  morning  star — but  a  poor  one),  and  Mercury  (going  through 
a  very  favorable  evening  elongation)  are  below  the  horizon  at  the  time 
of  the  map.  Mars  and  Saturn  will  be  most  interesting  to  watch  in  the 
first  week  of  May,  when  Mars  moves  into  line  between  the  planet  Saturn 
and  the  stars  Pollux  and  Castor  (the  bright  "twins"  of  Gemini),  and 
the  waxing  crescent  moon  moves  through  the  group.  Elusive  Mercury 
will  offer  one  of  its  better  chances  for  viewing,  low  in  the  west-northwest 
after  sundown,  from  about  April  20  to  the  end  of  the  month. 

April  7:  Observers  along  the  East  Coast  should  watch  Mars  with 
binoculars  or  telescopes  tonight  from  7:30  on,  to  see  it  approach  and 
cover  (an  occultation)  the  third-magnitude  star  Epsilon  Geminorum 
(about  one-fourth  as  bright  as  Mars).  The  occultation  lasts  about  5  min- 
utes, starting  at  about  8:00  p.m.,  EST. 

April  14:  Perigee  moon  comes  4  hours  before  full,  and  will  affect 
tides  today  and  tonight. 

April  22:  The  weak,  dim  Lyrid  meteors  reach  maximum. 

April  25:  Change  to  daylight  time. 

April  27:  The  moon  is  at  apogee;  Jupiter,  in  conjunction  with  the 
sun,  enters  the  morning  sky;  and  Mercury,  at  its  greatest  easterly  elonga- 
tion, is  favorably  placed  as  an  evening  star,  low  in  the  west  after  sun- 
down. 

April  29:  A  partial  eclipse  of  the  sun  will  be  visible  in  North 
America — at  sunrise — along  the  northeast  coast. 

May  4:  The  bright  but  weak  (20  per  hour)  Eta  Aquarid  meteors  reach 
maximum  shortly  before  midnight. 

May  4-5:  The  waxing  moon  is  moving  below  Mars  and  Saturn. 

May  9:  Mercury  is  stationary  and  begins  to  retrograde. 

May  11:  Three  conjunctions  occur  today:  Venus  with  Jupiter;  the 
moon  with  the  star  Spica;  Mars  with  Saturn. 

May  12:  Perigee  moon  will  enhance  spring  tides  again  tonight  and 
tomorrow,  coming  about  24  hours  before  full  moon. 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon . 
The  map  is  for  10:20  p.m.  on  April  15;  9:20  p.m.  on  April  30;  8:25  p.m.  on 
May  15;  but  it  can  also  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


86 


Helmut  Wimmer 


87 


Bir%f¥ey 


notably   . 
beautiful  | 
volume" 
for  bird- 
lovers 


**A  notably  beautiful  large-for- 
mat volume  featuring  130  full- 
color  photos  (many  full-page) 
of . .  .a  gorgeous  array  of  eagles, 
falcons,  vultures,  kestrels,  and 
hawks  flourishing  all  over  the 
world  today Everett,  a  lead- 
ing British  ornithologist,  pro- 
vides a  concise,  informative 
text  on  the  birds,  their  char- 
acteristics, cycles,  etc A  re- 
markable buy  at  the  price." 
—  Publishers  Weekly.  9"  x 
1134".  130  full-color  photos; 
maps;  line  drawings;  species 
list. 

BIRDS  OF  PRET 

By  Michael  Everett 

At  bookstores,  or  send  check  or 

money  order  for  $12.95,  plus  50^ 

postage  &  handling,  to: 

G.P.  PUTNAM'S  SONS 

L    200  Madison  Ave.,  N.Y.  10016    j 


The  only  book  with  all 
the  recent  discoveries 

The  most  highly  recommended 
book  on  Maya  culture  has  now 
been  revised  and  expanded  by 
the  author,  it  includes  new  illus- 
trations and  all  the  recent  excit- 
ing discoveries  in  Mexico,  Gua- 
temala, and  Honduras. 

Photographs,  drawings,  David  McKay 

2-page  map.  $12.95  at  Company,  Inc. 

bookshops  or  from  the  750  Third  Ave. 

publisher.  New  York  10017 


Books  in  Review 


Feral  Children 


Wolf  Children  and  Feral  Man, 
by  J.A.L.  Singh  and  Robert  M. 
Zingg.  Archon  Books,  The  Shoe 
String  Press,  Inc.,Hamden,  Connec- 
ticut 06514,  $16.00;  379  pp.,  illus. 
The  Wild  Boy  of  Aveyron,  by 
Harlan  Lane.  Harvard  University 
Press,  $15.00;  384  pp.,  illus. 

Freud  assumed  (and  spent  a  life- 
time showing)  that  the  odd  or  pecu- 
liar, even  the  downright  bizarre,  can 
be  quite  helpful  in  understanding  the 
so-called  normal.  His  troubled,  most- 
ly middle-aged  and  almost  exclu- 
sively middle-class  Viennese  pa- 
tients, some  of  them  strange  and 
some  of  them  on  the  brink  of  mad- 
ness, gave  him  all  sorts  of  ideas  about 
those  millions  of  others  who  live  out 
their  lives  undramatically  and  with  no 
apparent  need  of  psychiatric  interven- 
tion. Still,  as  he  saw  it  and  as  other 
psychoanalysts  still  see  it,  the  wild 
ravings  of  the  craziest  patient  are  not 
all  that  alipn  to  the  mental  lives  of  the 
most  sober,  composed,  "well-ad- 
justed" men  and  women.  In  our 
dreams  or  nightmares,  in  those  ever 
so  evanescent  "passing  thoughts," 
we  reveal  ourselves  as  greedy  anar- 
chists— lusty  beyond  all  propriety, 
"animallike,"  as  the  saying  goes. 
And  for  years  psychoanalytic  the- 
orists have  emphasized  this  one 
aspect  of  man — the  "seething  caul- 
dron" of  the  Id,  which  is  where 
instincts,  impulses,  and  untamed  de- 
sires reside  and  strive  to  make  them- 
selves felt. 

Freud  saw  us  to  be  inevitably  con- 
flicted. If  we  are  aniinals,  in  part,  we 
are  also  civilized  men  and  women — 
or  try  hard  to  be  every  day.  Before 
psychoanalysis  was  developed  as  a 
way  of  seeing  man's  nature  and  pre- 
dicament, philosophers  like  Rous- 
seau and  Hobbes  struggled  with  simi- 
lar dilemmas",  how  to  describe  this 
creature,  man,  who  walks  upright, 
thinks,  speaks,  is  so  separate  from 
other  life  (so  he  has  often  pro- 
claimed), and  yet  who — as  Darwin 


pointed  out — seems  to  have  animal 
kin  of  sorts,  not  to  mention  a  bestial 
side,  as  every  day's  news  more  than 
proves? 

Hobbes  chose  to  emphasize  the 
power  of  the  craven.  We  are  "brut- 
ish," and  only  a  variety  of  restraints 
keep  us  within  relatively  civilized 
bounds.  Rousseau  emphasized  our 
most  generous  and  kindly  side,  which 
he  regarded  as  the  victim  of  what 
passes  for  civilization — the  corrup- 
tions, and  worse,  of  social  and  politi- 
cal systems  transmitted  inexorably 
through  parents  to  their  children.  He 
dismissed  the  notion  of  "original 
sin,"  and  constructed  (speculatively, 
of  course)  a  man  of  nature  who  was 
driven,  not  by  avarice  and  blind  self- 
interest,  but  by  a  powerful  and  sus- 
taining interest  in  being  with,  and  re- 
sponding to,  other  human  beings. 

The  questions  about  man's  "true" 
nature  may  never  be  solved.  But  The 
Wild  Boy  of  Aveyron,  just  published, 
and  Wolf  Children  and  Feral  Man, 
made  newly  available  in  1966  (it  was 
first  published  in  1947),  will  help  us 
think  about  what  we  are,  what  we 
might  be  or  might  have  been,  given 
different  external  circumstances.  The 
book  about  the  wolf  children  has  as 
its  centerpiece  the  extraordinary  diary 
of  the  Reverend  J.A.L.  Singh,  a 
Christian  missionary  who  ran  an  or- 
phanage in  Midnapore,  India.  In 
1920  the  Reverend  came  upon  two 
children,  a  girl  of  about  eight  and  one 
of  about  a  year  and  a  half,  who  had 
evidently  been  abandoned  by  their 
parents  and  picked  up,  nurtured,  and 
protected  by  a  mother  wolf.  The  latter 
was  killed,  the  "human"  children 
captured  and  brought  to  the  orphan- 
age. Within  a  year  the  younger  child, 
Amala,  was  dead,  but  Kamala,  the 
older  one,  lived  with  the  Singhs  for 
nine  years.  From  the  beginning  the 
Reverend  kept  careful  notes  of  what 
he  and  his  wife  went  through  as  they 
struggled  to  make  human  beings  out 
of  these  wolflike  creatures. 

The  diary  is  exceedingly  moving 


by  Robert  Coles 


and  informative — recording  the  pa- 
tience and  devotion  of  two  Ciiristians 
who  will  never,  it  seems,  turn  their 
backs  on  their  fellow  human  beings, 
however  strange  or  grotesque.  The 
diarist  unself-consciously  refers  to 
the  mother  wolf  as  one  "whose  na- 
ture was  so  ferocious  and  affection  so 
sublime,"  thereby  introducing  yet 
another  ambiguity  and  paradox  for 
us — as  if  the  "nature"  of  man  isn't 
enough  of  a  problem,  what  is  a  wolf 
"really"  like?  In  any  event,  one  wolf 
nurtured  two  children,  and  as  Robert 
Zingg  writes  (he  is  the  American  an- 
thropologist who  provides  extensive 
commentary  on  the  Singh  diary  as 
well  as  an  analysis  of  other,  similar 
reported  instances  of  "feral  man"), 
the  Reverend  Singh  has  given  us  "the 
only  completely  authentic  account" 
of  such  a  phenomenon.  (Feral,  or 
wild,  man  refers  to  human  beings 
abandoned  as  infants  and  presumably 
suckled  by  animals  or  isolated,  for 
one  reason  or  another,  when  some- 
what older — say  at  two  or  three — and 


compelled  to  survive  in  a  state  of  na- 
ture, without  human  support,  on  their 
own  instinctive  or  "animallike"  cun- 
ning and  resources.) 

The  Reverend  Singh  makes  a  con- 
vincing case  for  the  capacity  of  two 
girls  to  become  like  wolves  in  every 
way  imaginable.  They  cowered  and 
lunged.  They  scratched  and  bared 
their  teeth.  They  ran  on  all  fours. 
(Teaching  them  to  walk  upright  was 
a  major  problem;  Amala  died  too 
soon,  but  Kamala  eventually  did 
walk.)  They  kept  to  themselves: 
wanted  to  hide  by  day,  prowl  by 
night.  They  were  confined,  naturally, 
but  treated  with  respect  and  atTection. 
They  seemed  curiously  without  emo- 
tion— merely  hungry  or  sated,  on  the 
hunt  or  resting.  They  demonstrated 
no  control  over  their  bodily  functions 
and  for  a  long  while  no  positive  inter- 


Amala  and  Kamala  slept  with  their 
bodies  entwined. 


^^-#t5p 


Photographs  from  Wolf  Children  and  Feral  Man,  by  J.A,L,  Singh  and  Robert  M.  2ingg 


In  the  tradition  of  Rachel 
Carson's  The  Sea  Around  Us 
and  Annie  Dillard's 
Pilgrim  at 
Tinker  Creek.. 


William  W^  Warner's 

BEAITIHT. 
S»1>LMERS 

Watermen,  Crabs,  and 
the  Chesapeake  Bay 

"The  compleat  social 
anatomy  of  the  Atlantic 
Blue  Crab,  and  its  para- 
mount home,  Chesapeake 
Ba\' ...  a  sage  and  witty 
book."— S.  Dillon  Ripley. 
"A  revelation"— Farley 
Mowat.  Maps.  Drawings 
by  Consuelo  Hanks. 
$10.00  at  all  bookstores 

ATLANTIC-LITTLE  BROWN 


put  EASTERN 
EUROPE  in 
your  plans 

•BULGARIA  •CZECHOSLOVAKIA 
•POLAND  •SOVIET  UNION 

This  year  go  just  a  bit  farther.  Discover  Eastern 
Europe.  Steeped  in  history  and  tradition.  Entranc- 
ing scenery.  Great  hotels.  Inexpensive.  If  you 
haven't  seen  Eastern  Europe,  you  haven't  really 
seen  Europe.  Ask  your  travel  agent  or  send  for 
literature  and  convenient  air  schedules  of  national 
carriers. 


EASTERN  EUROPEAN  TRAVEL  BOARD 
380  MADISON  AVENUE,  DEPT.  36A 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10017 

Please  send  free  literature  on: 
D  BULGARIA        D  CZECHOSLOVAKIA 
n  POLAND  n  SOVIET  UNION 

...  and  the  following  timetables: 
n  CSA  (CZECHOSLOVAK  AIRLINES) 
D  LOT  (POLISH  AIRLINES) 
DAEROFLOT  (SOVIET  AIRLINES) 


Address- 
City 


est  in  other  people.  But  after  a  year, 
when  young  Amala  died,  we  learn 
that  Kamala  "shed  tears — a  drop 
from  each  eye . ' "  And  no  question ,  the 
girls  rather  quickly  learned  to  go  to 
Mrs.  Singh  for  food  and  water,  even 
as  the  dogs  did. 

The  diarist  mingles  careful  obser- 
vation of  behavior  with  psychological 
speculation,  philosophical  discus- 
sion, and  religious  declaration.  He  is 
a  confirmed  Christian  idealist,  un- 
questioning in  his  loyalty  to  Christ, 
and  anxious  to  please  him  by  re- 
sponding to  one  of  his  creatures.  He 
believed  that  through  "the  agency  of 
affection"  he  and  his  wife  would 
bring  about  "the  desired  change" — 
nothing  less  than  the  emergence  of 
Kamala's  essential  humanity.  And  in 
time  that  is  what  happened.  She 
began  to  eat  not  only  raw  meat,  but 
biscuits  and  cake.  She  learned,  pain- 
fully, to  walk.  She  acquired  speech. 
But  only  over  a  span  of  years  and,  as 
the  diary  shows,  with  a  certain  reluc- 
tance. Unfortunately,  she  died  just  as 
she  was  beginning,  really,  to  be 
human.  The  diarist  estimates  her  to 
have  been  three  or  four  years  old  psy- 
chologically, although  sixteen  or  so 
physically,  at  the  time  of  her  death. 

At  the  end  of  his  diary  the  Rever- 
end Singh  briefly  but  pointedly  asks 
questions  that  generations  of  philoso- 
phers, psychologists,  and  anthro- 
pologists have  put  to  themselves. 
How  much  of  our  behavior  is  ac- 
quired, how  much  transmitted  geneti- 
cally? How  socialized  are  we  by  vir- 
tue of  who  or  what  we  are  and  how 
much  in  response  to  the  molding 
press  of  others,  who  bear  down  with 
commands  and  enticements,  thereby 
making  us  "human"?  For  the  diarist 
there  is  no  definitive  answer.  He 
leaves  it  to  his  readers  "to  decide  be- 
tween the  two  factors  in  human  af- 
fairs, heredity  and  the  influence  of  en- 
vironment.'  '  But  in  fact  he  has  helped 
his  readers  enormously  with  a  last 
note — that  "Kamala  became  a  new 
person  in  the  year  1928" — and  in- 
deed with  all  his  notes,  which  faith- 
fully document  that  assertion.  The 
dogs  he  and  his  wife  owned  had  never 
learned  to  stand,  to  walk,  to  give 
names  to  people,  places,  things,  or  to 
talk.  In  contrast,  Kamala  died  a 
human  being,  after  having  lived  for 
years  with  wolves,  as  a  wolflike  crea- 
ture, one  might  say.  Her  early  life 
bears  witness  to  the  extraordinary 
range  of  human  adaptation,  as  does, 
actually,  her  later  life,  too.  And  ob- 
viously it  is  never  a  completely  clear- 


cut  picture  that  life  presents:  heredity 
or  the  environment. 

Our  neurological  inheritance,  as 
Professor  Zingg  points  out,  is  struc- 
turally unique.  It  will  take  gen- 
erations for  the  human  brain's 
neurophysiological  function  to  be 
elucidated,  but  its  singular  capacities 
are  observable,  and  if  some  of  them 
have  been  found  in  the  possession  of 
other  species,  a  particular  combina- 
tion of  them  is,  for  better  or  worse, 
ours:  a  level  of  intelligence,  the  ca- 
pacity to  categorize,  name,  speak, 
and  so  on.  Yet,  we  need  one  another 
in  order  to  become  human.  Isolated 
at  birth  from  our  fellow  human  beings 
we  die  or  in  some  cases  grow  up  feral. 
Isolated  later  on,  we  begin  to  disinte- 
grate, unless  we  are  old  enough  to 
have  our  essential  humanity  securely 
within  ourselves.  It  is  true,  as  Rous- 
seau kept  insisting,  that  the  environ- 
ment radically  influences  us:  we 
comply,  yield,  respond,  until  we 
"are"  what  it  has  asked  us  to  be- 
come. But  the  dogs  Kamala  asso- 
ciated with  so  tenaciously  for  months 
and  months,  however  affectionately 
treated  by  the  Singhs,  never  began  to 
turn  human.  And  Rousseau  himself, 
were  he  alive  today  and  given  every- 
thing in  the  way  of  a  laboratory,  even 
(let  us  speculate)  a  cooperative  social 
community,  could  not  enable  a  dog 
or  a  wolf  to  speak  or  display  the  kind 
of  rational,  analytic  faculty  Kamala 


When  restless,  Kamala  scratched 
at  the  door  to  get  out. 


was  clearly  developing  in  the  months 
before  her  unfortunate  death. 

In  his  long  discussion  that  follows 
the  Singh  diary.  Professor  Zingg 
makes  mention,  among  other  cases, 
of  the  wild  boy  of  Aveyron,  a  lad  of 
about  seventeen  who  was  pulled  out 
of  a  tree  by  hunters  in  France.  The 
year  was  1799,  and  the  French  Revo- 
lution was  in  full  sway.  Rousseau's 
insistence  that  we  can  be  just  about 
anything,  depending  upon  the  world 
we  belong  to,  was  exactly  what 
French  political  leaders  were  saying: 
the  poor  can  be  liberated,  the  rich 
eliminated,  and  somehow  a  stable 
and  just  world  decisively  achieved. 
Soon  mobs  were  running  amok,  and 
Edmund  Burke  from  across  the  chan- 
nel was  understandably,  in  terror, 
calling  upon  Hobbes:  exactly  what  is 
man  but  a  demonic  brute,  given  the 
opportunity  to  reveal  his  true  colors? 
The  wild  boy  of  Aveyron  certainly 
seemed  to  be  a  brute — an  agitated, 
impulsive  lad  who  was  attached  to  no 
one,  who  ate  nuts  and  berries, 
shunned  or  acted  indifferent  to  those 
who  had  captured  him,  and  seemed 
intent  only  on  obtaining  food,  run- 
ning about,  resting — then  seeking 
more  food.  "The  only  blessings  he 
knows  in  the  universe  are  nourish- 
ment, rest,  and  independence,"  ob- 
served Pierre-Joseph  Bonnaterre  in 
his  '  'Historical  Notice  on  the  Sauvage 
de  r Aveyron,"  published  in  1800. 

It  was  not  a  time  when  such  a  youth 
was  likely  to  be  ignored — or  con- 
demned outright  as  a  heathen  and 
messenger  of  the  Antichrist.  For  a 
number  of  years  French  writers  and 
philosophers  (not  only  Rousseau,  but 
Montesquieu,  Voltaire,  Diderot,  and 
Condillac)  had  been  speculating 
about  so-called  primitive  man — what 
we  once  were  and  still  might  be,  //. 

In  this  book,  just  published  in  early 
1976,  Harlan  Lane  does  an  engaging 
and  at  times  compelling  job  of  bring- 
ing the  reader  back  in  time  to  revolu- 
tionary France,  when  so  much  was 
being  questioned.  He  uses  original 
documents,  historical  accounts,  later 
scientific  writings,  and  not  least,  his 
own  capacity  as  a  first-rate  narrator  to 
tell  us  what  the  wild  boy  was  like  (his 
actions,  the  reactions  of  others  to 
him),  and  just  as  important,  what  he 
prompted  various  psychological  and 
educational  theorists — psychiatrists 
like  Philippe  Pinel  or,  later,  physi- 
cians like  Maria  Montessori^to 
make  of  man's  possibilities  or  limita- 
tions. 

The  author  is  not  afraid  to  use  the 


90 


Director  -North  America,  Singapore  Tourist  Promotion  Board, 
251  Post  Street,  San  Francisco,  Caiitornia  941 08  Tel  (415)  391  -8476 
Please  send  me  tree  illustrated  brochures  on  Singapore 


/ 

/ 

N       7ip                    .,    . 

/ 
/ 

%l 


These  lions  don'l  growl  or  roar  Their  happiness  is  a 
wild,  syncopated  dance  to  drums  and  gongs 


SIIVGAPORE 

From  lion  dancing... 


mo§que$. 


wajang. 


joget. 


Chinese  temples. 


•  • 


•to  Stilt  walking. 

Singapore.  So  much  to  see.  So  much  to  do. 

It's  a  tropical  island  world  in  a  clean,  green  garden  setting.  There's  sunshine,  blue  skies 

and  warm  waters.  All  the  year  round.  Then  there's  also  the  uncommon  blend  of  many  races. 

People  with  their  own  languages  and  their  own  beautiful  differences. 

People  whose  cultures  and  religions  tell  sensational  stories. 

There's  the  exotic  sights.  The  pulsating  music.  There's  so  much  to  see.  So  much  to  do. 

And  the  wonderful  thing  about  Singapore  is  that  you  can  ask  for  anything  you  want  in 

English.  Plus  a  language  which  speaks  for  itself  —  a  sunny,  welcome  smile. 


Come  Share  Our  World 


Indian  temples... 

Could  religious  figures  ever  be  carved  so  lovingly*? 
It's  all  part  of  HmOu'sm  a^o  a  .vondfous  sight 


Why  Inteimational  Paper 
is  helping  to  develop 

a  1,000,000-acre  forest  on 
land  it  doesn't  oivn 


We  want  to  make  sure 
there'll  still  be  enough 
wood  products  around  when 
your  children  grow  up. 

Industry  sources  estimate 
Americans  will  use  about 
twice.as  much  paper  and  wood 
in  the  year  2000  as  they  use 
today.  And  the  U.S.  Forest 
Service  predicts  that  our 
nation's  commercial  tiniber- 
lands  won't  be  able  to  keep  up 
with  the  demand. 

One  of  our  solutions  is  to 
help  private  landowners 
increase  their  yield.  They  own 
about  60  percent  of  America's 
forest  lands  —  yet  produce 
only  30  percent  of  the  wood 
fiber.  (Forest  products  com- 
panies own  only  13  percent 
of  America's  forest  lands  — 
and  produce  34  percent  of 
the  wood  fiber.) 

We're  looking  especially 
to  people  who  own  land  close 
to  our  operations  in  the  South. 
In  1976  we'll  expand  our  pro- 
gram to  the  Northeast  and 
West  Coast. 

How  we  help  landowners 

We  do  it  through  the  Land- 
owner Assistance  Program. 
We'll  show  a  private  land- 


owner how  to  prepare  a  site, 
plant,protect, thin, and  har\est 
—  at  no  charge. 

This  way,  he  can  get  the 
most  from  his  forest  land  — 
in  some  cases,  he  can  actualK' 
double  his  yield. 

We'll  even  find  a  contrac- 
tor to  do  the  actual  work.  Or 
do  the  job  ourselves  at  cost. 

For  this  help,  IP  gets  the 
right  to  buy  a  landowner's 
timber  at  competiti\'e  prices. 

We've  got  more  than 
300,000  acres  in  the  Landowner 
Assistance  Program  now. 
We're  aiming  for  1,000,000 
before  1980. 

A  big  help.  But  it's  only 
one  thing  we're  doing  to 
increase  the  world's  wood- 
fiber  supply. 

Higher  yield  from  our 
own  Icinds 

We've  developed  a 
Supertree  —  a  southern  pine 
that  grows  taller,  straighter, 
healthier  and  faster  than 
ordinary  pines. 

We're  experimenting  with 
a  new  machine  that  can 
harvest  an  entire  tree  —  tap- 
roots and  aU.  The  roots  used 
to  be  left  in  the  ground. 


We're  moving  ahead  on 
fertilization  techniques.  Tree 
Farm  programs.  Research. 

VVill  all  this  be  enough  to 
keep  the  world's  fiber  supplv 
going  strong? 

It'll  help.  But  more  must 
be  done. 

At  International  Paper, 
we  believe  forest  products 
companies,  private  land- 
owners and  the  government 
should  work  together  to 
dex'elop  more  constructive 
policies  for  managing 
America's  forests. 

The  wrong  policies  can 
make  tree  farming  impossible 
and  force  the  sale  of  forest 
land  for  other  purposes. 

The  right  poHcies  can 
assure  continuation  of 
America's  forests  —  a  renew- 
able natural  resource. 

If  vou'd  like  more  infor- 
mation about  what  has  to  be 
done  to  assure  the  world's 
fiber  supply,  write  Dept.  166-A, 
International  Paper  Company, 
220  East  42nd  St.,  New  York,' 
New  York  10017. 


INTERNATIONAL 

PAPER 

COMPANY 


BICENTENNIAL  COINCIDENCE 


For  over  a  century,  one  of  the  finest  collec- 
tions of  American  hand-blown  flint  glass 
apothecary  ware  held  the  remarkablezoological 
collections  of  the  famed  19th  century  naturalist 
Louis  Agassiz  in  the  museum  he  founded  at 
Harvard  University.  Agassiz  (1807-1873),  teach- 
er and  friend  of  Thoreau,  Longfellow,  Emerson 
and  William  James,  was  considered  for  genera- 
tions the  greatest  teacher  of  natural  history 
who  ever  lived;  his  celebrated  expeditions  to 
gather  more  data  and  specimens  led  him  all 
over  the  new  world,  and  established  the  profes- 
sional study  of  nature  in  this  country. 

The  jars  and  bottles,  made  by  hand  at  the 
New  England  Glass  Company,  are  each  unique, 
with  individually  fitted  glass  stoppers.  They 
range  from  2"  to  over  2'  in  height,  each  an 
elegant  example  of  the  glassblower's  art.  New 
containers  have  been  obtained  by  Harvard  this 
year,  and  we  are  dispersing  the  antique  glass- 
ware to  interested  individuals.  Prices  range 
from  $5.00  to  over  $200.00;  but  the  color 
catalog  and  historical  pamphlet  are  free.  Over 
125  Natural  History  subscribers  already  have 
examples  from  the  collection  in  their  homes; 
about  half  still  remain.  Do  write  soon.  The  Jar 
Collection,  Suite  1-B,  254  Newbury  Street, 
Boston,  Mass.  02116 


FREDATTEN. 
JACK  BENNY. 
MOS'NANDY 

PLUS  HUNDREDS  MORE 

OLD  TIME  RADIO 
FAVORITES 

OVER  13,000  BROADCASTS! 

They're  now  available  on  LP  record, 
cassette,  8-track  cartridge  and  reel- 
to-reel  to  help  you  relive  (or  perhaps 
experience  for  the  first  time)  the 
fun,  the  flavor,  the  wit  and  the  side- 
splitting comedy  of  old  time  radio. 
.  .  .  But  there's  more:  Mystery,  Kid- 
Adventure  and  Big  Band  favorites, 
too,  including  household  names  like 
"The  Green  Hornet,"  "The  Shadow," 
"Jack  Armstrong,"  Tommy  Dorsey  and 
many  more.  Send  for  our  FREE  LP 
isting  hundreds 
of  original 
broadcasts. 
No  obligation, 
of  course. 
Write: 

yESTccycAR 

1  Box  H-102  I 

■\CROTONON-HUDSON,  NEW  YORK  10520   f* 


and   FREE  cata 


Kamala  ate  by  lapping  at 
food  set  on  the  ground. 


present  tense,  is  not  afraid  to  tell 
about  his  intellectual  and  even  per- 
sonal hurdles  as  he  went  back  in  time, 
trying  to  recapture  a  drama  of  sorts — 
the  confrontation  between  a  boy,  im- 
mediately written  off  by  various  au- 
thorities as  an  incurable  idiot,  and  a 
young,  idealistic  doctor,  Jean-Marc- 
Gaspard  Itard.  The  doctor  was  deter- 
mined to  show  that  a  boy  with  the 
canniness  and  adaptiveness  to  survive 
what  was  believed  to  be  years  of 
forest  life,  was  not  to  be  dismissed 
out  of  hand  by  the  categorical  impera- 
tives, as  they  could  be  called,  of  a 
given  and  prevailing  classificatory 
system.  Eventually  the  "boy"  (he 
died  at  forty)  lost  his  animallike  be- 
havior, although  he  only  learned  a 
word  or  two.  Eventually,  too,  Itard 's 
enthusiasm  and  hopefulness  waned. 
The  wild  boy  became  tame,  died, 
leaving  behind  a  chain  of  arguments 
about  the  level  of  his  intelligence,  the 
value  of  the  rehabilitative  efforts 
made  with  him,  and  again  and 
always,  the  ifs.  Perhaps  a  modern- 
day  Itard  could  have  done  more.  Per- 
haps intelligence  of  the  kind  the  boy 
possessed  is  not  the  kind  of  intelli- 
gence our  tests  measure  (and  there  are 


millions  who,  in  a  way,  share  his  fate, 
struggling  in  the  jungles  of  our  ghet- 
toes  and  called  by  various  experts 
"uneducable"  or  worse).  One 
wonders  how  that  loving,  warm,  al- 
most infinitely  accepting  Mrs.  Singh, 
with  her  massages  and  exquisite  ten- 
derness, would  have  done  with  the 
wild  boy. 

In  any  event,  it  will  not  do  to  ro- 
manticize him  or  to  construct  ambi- 
tious theories  based  on  feral  children; 
they  are  too  few,  and  each  is  in  many 
ways  idiosyncratic,  both  as  to  experi- 
ence before  and  after  capture.  But 
books  such  as  these  two,  directed 
toward  an  examination  of  concrete, 
particular  events  (hence,  in  the  broad- 
est sense,  clinical  in  orientation)  pro- 
vide interesting,  speculative  nourish- 
ment for  all  of  us  who  continue  to 
wonder  what  it  is  that  sets  off  man 
from  the  others  who  live  on  this  earth, 
those  who,  although  they  possess  an 
assortment  of  capabilities,  do  not 
wonder,  self-consciously,  about  us — 
the  "civilized"  ones — whose  vast 
knowledge  may  destroy  all  life,  in- 
cluding any  feral  children  around  and 
a  lot  of  wild  animals,  too. 

Robert  Coles  is  research  psychiatrist 
for  the  Harvard  University  Health 
Services.  At  present,  he  is  writing  the 
fourth  and  fifth  volumes  of  his  Pulitzer 
Prize-winning  Children  of  Crisis. 


94 


idia  IS  not  for  you 
if  yojwant  the  monuments  ^ 

but  not  the%arketplac( 


India  is  more  than  tine  Taj  Mahal.  More  than  our  5,000-year- 
old  legacy  of  art  and  architecture. 

So  don't  come  only  to  view  the  treasures  of  Delhi,  Bombay, 
Jaipur,  Agra,  Udaipur,  Ajanta,  and  Mysore;  come  also  to  glimpse 
the  way  we  live  our  lives. 

Shop  with  us  in  our  marketplaces.  Join  us  in  ourfestivals. 
Talk  to  us  in  our  tea  shops  (yes,  in  English).  Come  to  our  homes 
and  share  our  curries. 

You'll  see.  If  you  let  yourself  get  to  know  us,  India  will  repay 
you  more  than  any  land  on  earth. 

Incidentally,  the  trip  can  be  economical.  Everything 
costs  less  here. 


India 


^*:|c*^*:ic*:ic*:ic«:ic'*:ic*:ic*:ic*:ic*:|c*:ic*:ic*^ 


"?»- 


-!< 


An  Edible  Weed 

by  Robert  H.  Mohlenbrock 


The  scourge  of  the  well-kept 
lawn  is  a  boon  to  the 
salad  bowl 


The  June,  1917,  issue  of  The  La- 
dies Home  Journal  carried  an  article 
entitled  "In  These  Days  of  High 
Prices:  Foods  That  Cost  Us  Noth- 
ing." Such  an  article  would  still  be 
appropriate  today ,  when  thousands  of 
Americans  are  experimenting  with 
and  using  wild  foods  in  their  diet. 
That  early  writer  included  a  recipe  for 
dandelion  soup,  emphasizing  that  be- 
cause of  its  weedy  nature,  the  com- 
mon dandelion  was  available  to 
nearly  everyone.  And  not  only  is  the 
dandelion  easily  obtained,  it  is  one  of 
the  most  healthful  foods  available. 

Dandelions  have  been  eaten  for 
centuries,  both  by  volition  and  as  a 
means  of  survival.  American  Indians 
have  relied  on  the  dandelion  as  a 
source  of  food  and  medicine,  refer- 
ring to  it  as  "strong  root."  Thomas 
Green,  in  his  work  Universal  Herbal, 
published  in  1823,  gave  several  uses 
for  the  dandelion.  He  also  reported 
that  the  citizens  of  the  island  of  Min- 
orca, east  of  Spain,  once  remained 
alive  by  eating  dandelions  (known  lo- 
cally as  camarojas)  after  a  swarm  of 
locusts  had  destroyed  all  other  vege- 
tation on  the  island.  During  the  nine- 
teenth century,  the  growing  and  con- 
suming of  dandelions  were  practiced 
widely  in  Europe  and  America.  Louis 
Noisette,  in  his  Manuel  du  Jardinier 
(1829)  gave  directions  for  growing 
dandelions.  (Scarcely  anyone  today 
needs  help  in  getting  dandelions  to 
grow!)  And  in  1846,  the  Gardeners' 
Chronicle  of  London  extolled  the  vir- 
tues of  the  dandelion  as  an  edible 
plant. 

In  1871,  Fearing  Burr  exhibited 
four  varieties  of  dandelions  at  the 
Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society: 
the  French  large-leaved,  the  French 
thick-leaved,  the  red-seeded,  and  the 
American  improved.  By  1879, 
French  horticulturists  were  listing 
five  varieties  in  their  catalogs.  For 

n;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


some,  dandelions  became  a  business. 
A  Mr.  Corey,  of  Brookline,  Massa- 
chusetts, was  reported  by  The  Massa- 
chusetts Horticulture  Society  Trans- 
actions of  1884  to  be  growing  dan- 
delions from  seed  for  the  Boston 
market. 

There  are  several  kinds  of  dande- 
lions distributed  throughout  the  tem- 
perate regions  of  the  world.  The  most 
widespread  of  these ,  and  the  one  most 
commonly  used  for  food  and  drink, 
is  the  common  dandelion.  Taraxa- 
cum officinale.  Other  dandelions  have 
similar  culinary  properties,  particu- 
larly the  red-seeded  dandelion. 

The  dandelion  belongs  to  the  huge , 
diverse  family  of  flowering  plants 
known  as  the  Compositae,  a  family 
that  includes  such  other  well-known 
groups  as  aster,  sunflower,  golden- 
rod,  and  ragweed.  The  plant  is  a  pe- 
rennial that  produces  a  long,  brown- 
ish taproot  that  may  penetrate  to  a 
depth  of  nearly  one  foot.  The  very 
short  stem  produces  a  rosette  of 
leaves  spread  symmetrically  around 
the  plant's  center.  The  leaves  are  gen- 
erally broadest  near  the  top.  tapered 
toward  the  base,  and  coarsely  toothed 
along  the  margins.  The  large,  jagged 
teeth  caused  some  early  Frenchman 
to  refer  to  the  plant  as  dent-de-lion, 
or  "lion's  tooth,"  a  name  that,  with 
a  little  alteration,  has  become  univer- 
sal. From  the  center  of  the  rosette  of 
leaves,  a  single  flower-bearing  stem, 
or  scape,  rises.  Hollow  throughout, 
the  scape  contains  a  milky  sap,  or 
latex. 

Dandelions  flower  mostly  during 
the  spring  and  summer  months.  The 
yellow-flowered  head,  which  may  at- 
tain a  diameter  of  two  inches,  is  actu- 
ally a  cluster  of  many  individual 
flowers,  each  represented  by  a  strap- 
shaped  ray.  The  familiar  globose, 
fruiting  cluster  develops  from  the  yel- 
low flower  head.  Each  individual  yel- 
low-green fruit  in  the  head  has  an 
elongated  beak  terminating  in  a  clus- 
ter of  delicate  white  hairs.  These 
hairs,  which  serve  as  a  parachute,  en- 
able the  fruit  to  be  wind-dispersed. 


Nearly  every  part  of  the  dandelion 
is  edible.  The  roots  can  be  baked, 
ground,  and  used  as  a  substitute  for, 
or  an  adulterant  of,  cottee.  The  flow- 
ers are  used  to  make  dandelion  wine. 
Even  the  tin\  fruits  are  said  to  have 
enough  nutritive  value  to  be  used  as 
a  survival  food.  But  it  is  the  leaves 
that  provide  for  most  of  the  delicacies 
for  the  palate.  Not  only  do  properly 
prepared  dandelion  greens  taste 
good,  but  they  are  among  the  most 
nutritious  of  all  vegetables,  wild  or 
cultivated.  Data  on  the  most  widely 
used  wild  and  cultivated  green  vege- 
tables reveal  the  dandelion  ranks  first 
in  vitamin  A.  vitamin  B.  carbohy- 
drates, and  food  energy  (calories  per 
100  grams),  and  third  in  proteins,  cal- 
cium, and  phosphorus. 

Before  use,  the  leaves  should  be 
washed  twice  in  cold  water  and  al- 
lowed to  drain.  If  not  used  immedi- 
ately, they  may  be  stored  in  the  refrig- 
erator. (Do  not  collect  dandelion 
leaves  that  may  have  been  subjected 
to  the  herbicide  2,4-D.)  Blanching  of 
the  leaves  removes  much  of  the  bitter- 
ness, and  a  good  way  to  obtain 
blanched  leaves  is  to  cover  the  young 
dandelion  plants  with  a  layer  of 
straw.  The  very  young  leaves  can  be 
eaten  uncooked  in  salads.  A  special 
recipe  that  my  wife  has  developed  is 
wilted  dandelions. 

Wilted  Dandelions 

1  teaspoon  salt 

V4  teaspoon  pepper 

Vi  teaspoon  dry  mustard 

6  tablespoons  sugar 

1  teaspoon  dry,  minced  onion 

1  tablespoon  salad  oil 

Vs  cup  vinegar 

%  cup  water 

Dandelion   greens,    washed    and 

chilled 

Bacon   or    ham    pieces,    fried    and 

drained 

1.  Tear  dandelion  greens  into  bite- 
sized  pieces  and  place  in  a  large 
salad  bowl. 

2.  Mix  first  eight  ingredients  and 
pour  over  greens. 

97 


3 .  Toss  the  bacon  or  ham  pieces  with 
the  greens  and  serve. 

Dandelion  leaves  also  make  a  deli- 
cious potherb.  They  are  prepared  in 
about  the  same  way  as  spinach. 
Unless  blanched  or  very  young  leaves 
are  used,  it  is  wise  to  boil  them  in  two 
or  three  changes  of  water  to  remove 
any  bitterness.  Care  should  be  taken 
not  to  overboil  the  greens,  however, 
or  much  of  the  nutrient  value  will  be 
lost.  Although  there  are  several  deli- 
cious ways  to  use  dandelion  as  a  pot- 
herb, here  is  one  of  my  favorites. 

Dandelion  Casserole  with 
Mushrooms 

PA     pounds    dandelion    leaves, 

chopped 
V2  pound  mushrooms,  washed  and 

dried 
1  teaspoon  salt 

1  teaspoon  dry,  minced  onion,  mixed 

with  1  teaspoon  water 

2  tablespoons  melted  butter  or  marga- 

rine 
1  cup  evaporated  milk 
1  cup  grated  American  cheese 
Garlic  salt 

1 .  Boil  and  drain  chopped  dandelion 
leaves  twice  (add  %  teaspoon  salt 
the  second  time),  and  season  with 
salt,  onion,  and  butter  (or  marga- 
rine). 

2.  Slice  off  mushroom  stems   and 


Bruce  Coleman.  I 


saute  both  caps  and  stems  in  butter 
for  several  minutes  until  browned. 

3.  Line  a  flat,  8-  by  8-inch  baking 
dish  with  the  cooked,  seasoned 
dandelion  greens. 

4.  Arrange  mushroom  caps  and 
stems  over  the  greens  and  sprinkle 
with  garlic  salt. 

5 .  Prepare  sauce  by  bringing  milk  to 
a  simmer  and  adding  freshly 
grated  cheese.  Cook  for  2  to  3 
minutes,  then  let  stand  for  about 
5  minutes.  Carefully  spoon  sauce 
over  ingredients  in  baking  dish. 

6.  Bake  at  350°  for  30  minutes. 

Although  human  consumption  is 
an  important  use  for  the  dandelion, 
several  other  virtues  are  known. 
Deer,  rabbits,  and  other  wildlife  use 
the  dandelion  for  forage.  Dandelion 
leaves  are  said  to  be  used  as  food  by 
silkworms  when  mulberry  leaves  are 
not  available.  And  the  roots  of  a  Rus- 
sian species  produce  latex  that  has 
been  used  commercially  in  the  USSR 
since  about  1931.  Although  several 
medicinal  properties  are  also  attrib- 
uted to  the  dandelion — from  a  cure 
for  dyspepsia  to  one  for  a  torpid 
liver — I  will  not  prescribe  any  medic- 
inal use  for  dandelion  for  fear  of 
being  accused  of  malpractice. 

Robert  H.  Mohlenbrock  is  depart- 
ment chairman  and  professor  of  bot- 
any at  Southern  Illinois  University. 


MEDICAL  DOCTOR  AVAILABLE  JULY  1976  fo 
travel  related  employment  or  as  traveling  comi 
panion.  Michael  Conley.  1634  Laloma,  Berkeleyil 
CA  94709 I 

Art  f 

SANIBEL/CAPTIVA  CONSERVATION  POSTERSl 
Three  18x24  Duotone  prints — Collectors  Special! 
1974  Pelican,  1975  Snowy  Egret,  1976  Greai 
Egret.  $10  plus  $1  handling.  Sanibel/Captivc 
Conservation  Publishers,  Box  25-NH,  Sanibel,  Ft 
33957 

WILD  ANIMAL  PORTRAITS  by  Earl  MacPherson 
$1.95  art  book  postpaid:  P  O.  Box  381,  Prescott' 
AZ  86301 

Bookplates 

FREE  CATALOG— Scores  of  beautiful  designs 
Imprinting  and  special  designing.  ANTIOCF 
BOOKPLATE  Co.,  Box  280,  Yellow  Springs,  Oh 
45387 


Books 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  90  DAYS  Wanted;  bool- 
manuscripts  on  all  subjects.  Expert  editing,  de- 
sign, manufacture  and  marketing — all  under  one 
roof.  Completed  books  in  90  days.  Low  break- 
even. Two  FREE  books  and  literature  give  details 
costs,  success  stories  Write  or  phone  Dept.  779. 
Exposition  Press,  Inc.,  900  So.  Oyster  Bay  Rd. 
Hicksville,  NY  11801  (516)  822-5700 i 

PUBLISH  YOUR  POEMS— Our  Guide  tells' 
how/where.  $2.50.  LYF-G,  Box  1872,  Milwaukee.' 
Wl  53201 

TRIVIA  DISPATCH.  Watch  this  fascinating  monthly 
journal  become  your  favorite  publication.  Includes 
TRIVIAQUIZ.  $4  00/yr.  MRM  Associates,  Box  763- 
N.  Salem,  NH  03079 

Business  Opportunities 

$300.00  WEEKLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Details,  stamped  envelope.  ISCO, 
5252  Auburn  Dr.,  San  Diego,  CA  92105 

$800.00  MONTHLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Rush  stamped  envelope.  United, 
SSSS'/z  Van  Dyke,  San  Diego,  CA  92105 

Camps 

BIRD  BANDING,  STAR  GAZING,  CANOE  TRIP- 
PING.  Natural  science  in  Canada  for  boys  and 
girls  Camp  Blue  Heron,  1414  Bryn  Mawr,  Dayton, 
OH  45406 

Crafts 

UNIQUE  DRIFTWOOD  KITS:  Mobiles  $5.00,  Col- 
lages 12"  by  14",  $7.50.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 
Driftwood  Ideas.  335  Spruce  Drive,  Brookings,  OR 
97415 

Employment 

TEACHERS-ADMINISTRATORS.  Current  school, 
college  openings  list:  U.S.,  $5.95;  abroad,  $5.95. 
Leading  placement  sources,  U.S.,  $3.95;  foreign, 
$4.95.  EIS,  Box  662,  Nevtfton,  MA  02162 


Foreign  Newspapers 


WORLDWIDE  ENGLISH  NEWSPAPERS.  65  coun- 
tries! Sampler:  Eight  countries— $3.98.  FREE 
BROCHURE.  MULTINEWSPAPERS,  Box  DE-20, 
Dana  Point,  CA  92629 


Gourmet  Interests 


TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Free  brochure.  Grace  Tea  Importers,  Dept  NH  46. 
799  Broadway,  NYC  10003 


Greenhouses 


GREENHOUSES  AND  ACCESSORIES!  Complete 
Heating,  Cooling,  Ventilating  Systems  and  other 
accessories.  FREE  catalog.  Environmental  Dy- 
namics, 3010-HDG  Vine,  Riverside,  CA  92507 


Hobbles 


50  GORGEOUS  JUNGLE  BUTTERFLIES  $3,50,  15 
Beetles  Worldwide  $3.25.  30  Seashells  $1,95  18 
Minerals  $2,25,  Giant  Nature  Hobbies  Bargain 
List,  Collectors'  Wonderland,  Department  30,  Box 
1170,  NYC  10008 


Instruction 


CHECK  YOUR  HEART!  For  fun  and  enjoyment! 
Hear  actual  reproduced  tieart  sounds  with  expla- 
nations, then  listen  to  your  own  heart,  or  hearts 
of  family  and  friends,  IVIedicai  cassette  recording, 
plus  stethoscope  and  cardiac  diagram,  teaches 
how  to  listen.  Learn  use  of  stethoscope,  normal 
and  abnormal  heart  sounds,  function,  anatomy, 
blood  How,  and  many  absorbing  details  Listen 
knowingly!  Fascinating!  Instructive!  Entertaining! 
For  all  ages.  Order  HEART-CHECK  KIT  $12  95 
Guaranteed,  Stratford  Medical  Department  NH16, 

10851  Thorley,  Santa  Ana,  CA  92705 

TICKLE  THE  IVORIES,  Play  chord  piano  lirsl  hour' 
Leading  teacher  magazines  praise  patented 
(1973)  system.  Box  751-A,  LaCanada,  CA  91011 


Magazines 


BACK  ISSUE  MAGAZINES,  Over  200  titles,  1890 
to  1976.  Send  stamped  envelope.  Free  List.  Ev- 
erybody's Bookshop  Dept.  N.,  317  West  6th,  Los 
Angeles,  CA  90014 

NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976,  Any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants.  Buxbaum  Geographies, 
Box  465-NH,  Wilmington,  DE  19899 


Motion  Pictures 


16MM  SOUND  FEATURES,  shorts,  new,  used,  for 
sale.  Free  catalog.  National  Cinema,  333  W  57th 
St.,  New  York,  NY  10019 


Music  Instruction 


LEARN  TO  PLAY  THE  RECORDER  Free  Catalog: 
Recorders,  Recorder  Music.  Beginner's  wooden 
recorder,  instruction  Book,  $13  95  Amster  Re- 
corder Company,  1624  Lavaca,  Austin,  TX  78701 


Photography 


BASIC  AND  ADVANCED  WORKSHOPS  in  pho- 
tography for  archaeologists,  professionals  and 
amateurs.  One  to  three-week  programs  Maine 
Photographic  Workshops,  Rockport,  ME  04856 


Real  Estate 


CANADIAN  ACRES  for  recreation,  retirement,  in- 
vestment $10  down  gives  immediate  possession. 
$20  monthly.  Total  price  $1700.00.  CANADIAN 
LAKESHORE  ESTATES,  Dept.  NH,  16  Bath  Road, 
Kingston,  Ontario,  K7L  1H4 

SPECIAL  LOT  AND  ACREAGE  CATALOGUE: 
Florida,  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  etc. — $4,00.  (To 
Fellow  Realtors:  Free).  Florida  Landowners  Serv- 
ice Bureau,  Appraisers-Realtors,  P.  0.  Box 
611238,  North  Miami,  FL  33161 


Schools 


HABITAT  INSTITUTE  FOR  THE  ENVIRON- 
MENT— Internships  in  environmental  education 
and  problem  solving.  Scholarships  available.  Box 
136.  Belmont,  MA  02178.  (617)  489-3850 

PARIS  AMERICAN  ACADEMY:  School  of  Fine  and 
Performing  Arts  and  Languages.  Now  enrollment 
for:  summer  in  France,  July  1 :  Academic  year, 
October  1.  Write:  9  Rue  Ursulines,  Paris  5,  France 


Sea  Shells 


ILLUSTRATED  SEASHELL  CATALOG.  399  items, 
beginners  to  malacologists,  $2.00.  Benjane  Arts, 
320  Hempstead  Avenue.  West  Hempstead.  NY 
11552.  Come  Visit! 

Sports  Equipment       

FREE  CATALOG,  WILDERNESS  GEAR,  CLOTH- 
ING, Books  Moor  &  Mountain  D28,  63  Park  Street, 
Andover,  MA  01810 


^¥\E>  TV[ARKET_ 


Stamps 


ANIMALS  OR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS.  25  ditlereni 
30e,  plus  list  of  Topical  Collections  GEORGE 
FORD,  Box  5203-N,  Gullport,  FL  33737 


Travel 


ADIRONDACK  LODGES  on  Upper  Saranac. 
available  by  half-month  or  month  July  through 
September,  Bartlelt  Carry  Club,  Rural  Route,  Tup- 
per  Lake,  NY  12986  

AUDUBON  INSTITUTE  OF  DESERT  ECOLOGY 
Held  studies  in  the  Sonoran  Desert:  university 
credit  available,  early  May,  early  August  pro- 
grams Wnte:  Brochure.  Tucson  Audubon  Society, 

3651  West  Redwing.  Tucson.  AZ  85704 

CRUISE  HOLLAND-BELGIUM  Charter  Dutch 
skippered  barge  Private  quarters  lor  six  Cailas. 
631  North  San  Pedro,  San  Rafael.  CA  94903 

ESCAPE  TO  THE  WILDS  OF  WYOMING  Vacation 
high  in  the  Bighorn  National  Forest  Wnte  Spear- 
O-Wigwam  Ranch.  P.O  Box  1081,  Sheridan,  WY 
82801    (307)674-4496 

FRONTIER  TOUR'S  BAJA  CALIFORNIA  SAFARIS 
Sea  of  Corlez  Island  Bird  Photography  April, 
September  Pacific  Lagoon  Summer  10  Outdoor 
Itineraries  "Baia  Brochure."  Cortez  Travel,  117 
Lomas  Sanlafe,  Solana  Beach,  CA  92075 

NEW  MEXICO,  Guided  wildllower-birding  tours 
Photography  blind  Bear  Mountain  Ranch,  Silver 
City,  NM  88061,  (505)538-2538 

ROAM  THE  WORLD  BY  FREIGHTER!  Deluxe  Ac- 
commodations Cheaper  than  staying  home' 
TravLtips,  163-09NHA  Depot,  Flushing,  NY  11358 

ST,  JOHN,  VIRGIN  ISLANDS  Rent  our  two  bed- 
room,  beachfront  house  Attractively  furnished 
spectacular  view  $400/week  m  season:  $350  out 
Write:  Seascape,  Box  331B,  Medina,  OH  44256 
SOUTHAMPTON  EDUCATION-VACATION  PACK- 
AGE, Beautiful,  seaside  Southampton  College  of 
LIU,  in  the  resort  Hamptons,  combines  marine 
science,  ecology,  biochemistry,  geology,  environ- 
ment seminars,  archeological  digs  with  tennis,  sail- 
ing, swimming,  crafts  workshops,  day  camps, 
glorious  beaches.  Inexpensive  room  and  board  for 


individuals  or  tamiiies  Wnle  Ms  Carol  Ullong 
Southampton  College,  Southampton.  NY  11968 
(516)283-4000  ext  213 

SOUTHWEST  SAFARIS  Air  tours  o(  New  Mexico 
Colorado  Utah  and  Arizona  Camipmg  hik.ng 
riding,  raiting  Geology,  archaeology  ecology, 
history  Brochure  P  O  Box  945,  Santa  Fe  NM 
87501 

TRAVEL  MAPS  TO  ALMOST  ANYWHERE'  3000 
map  catalog  $5  95  Send  check  to  Travel  Centers 
of  the  World  P  0  Box  1673,  Hollywood,  CA 
90028 

YUKON  WILDERNESS  UNLIMITED  11  years  of 
personally  conducted  wilderness  vacations  Write 
lor  1976  Itinerary  John  Lammefs.  Box  4126, 
Whitehorse,  Y1A3S9  Yukon 

Tropical  Fish  and  Supplies 

FREE  TROPICAL  FISH  CATALOG  Fish,  plants. 
500  Items  Mail  25c  lor  postage  FISH.  Ortonville. 
Ml  48462 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 

Si  50  per  word;  16  word  (S24)  minimum    Display 

classilied  is  Si  50  per  inch  Rates  are  not  structured 
for  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing  All 
advertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid  Send 
check/money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY lor  each  insertion,  including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text  Deadlines — 8th  of 
month,  two  months  prior  to  cover  date  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8  A  tearsheel  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words,  abbreviations  and 
iip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
in  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip.  then  telephone 
(with  area  code),  it  any.  An  address  such  as  18 
Main  St"  counts  as  three  words  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  for  clanty  is  required.  We  trust  you  trust 
us.  Thank  you! 


99 


The  ultimate  Bicentennial  gift. 
200-million-year  old 

DINOSAUR 

FOOTPRINTS! 


Authentic  footprints  of  ttie  first 
American  Dinosaurs,  legally  quarried 
from  the  Triassic  Red  Sandstone  of 
the  Connecticut  River  Valley  of 
Massachusetts.  All  footprints  are 
identified  as  to  Genus,  lightly  lac- 
quered and  outlined  in  white  crayon. 

•  Single  footprint,  4"  to  5",  on  sand- 
stone slab  averaging  4"  x  6"  or  more  —  $35. 

•  Select,  museum-quality  footprint  —  $50. 

•  Slab  witti  2  or  more  footprints  —  $75. 
(Lucite  display  easel  for  above  slabs  —  $4.) 

•  A  limited  number  of  superb  large 
slabs  witfi  5  to  10  footprints  are 
available  at  $200  eacfi. 

(Add  5%  for  postage  and  riandling. 
Include  applicable  sales  taxes. 
Satisfaction  guaranteed.) 
FOR    IVIANY    IVIORE    EXCITING    GIFTS 
FROIVI  AfVIERICA'S  TREASURE  HOUSE 
OF  NATURAL   HISTORY- SEASHELLS 
CORAL,  BUTTERFLIES,  FOSSILS,  fVIIN- 
ERALS- VISIT  OUR  STORE  OR  SEND 
50C  FOR  OUR  FULL-COLOR  CATALOG. 

COLLECTOR'S  CABINET 

Dept.  NH,  1000  Madison  Ave. 

(at  77th  St.)  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 

Open  Mon.-Sat.  10  to  6 

Branches  nationwide 
write  for  tfie  store  nearest  you.  t 

\^^     (Franctiise  information  available.)  >/ 


_^- 


snare  me  Thrills 
oiExpioriRgf 
outer  space; 

All  BYNASCOPES, 

includinc  tliis 

superU  RV-6,  G-incli 

available 

on  easy  terms! 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  ttie  thousands  of  serious 
ainateiirs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES'^ 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE-the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Dept  NH-67 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

Name 

Address 

City State_ 


Announcements 


The  Alvin  Ailey  Repertory 
Workshop  will  present  a  one-hour 
program  in  the  Auditorium  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory on  Sunday,  April  11,  at  2:00 
P.M.  Excerpts  from  "Revelations" 
will  be  included. 


Trout  Flies  opens  April  1  in  the 
Roosevelt  Memorial  Hall,  2nd  floor 
of  the  Museum.  This  extraordinary 
collection  combines  historic  and  con- 
temporary examples  of  the  flytiers  art 
with  paintings,  photographs,  etch- 
ings, and  three-dimensional  trout. 
The  Museum  Showcase  features  a 
framed  collection  of  flies  by  Frederic 
M.  Halford,  the  historian  of  the  dry 
fly;  flies  by  Theodore  Gordon,  the  fa- 
ther of  American  fly  tying;  contem- 
porary flies  depicting  nymphs  and  wet 
flies  by  Ted  Niemeyer;  studies  of  the 
material  used  by  flytiers;  and  a  video- 
tape of  fly  tying.  Fly  tying  demon- 
strations are  planned  for  the  first  two 
weeks. 

Beginning  April  20,  Farida  Wiley 
will  conduct  Field  Walks  in  Natural 
Sciences  to  study  bird  migration.  All- 
day  weekend  trips  to  various  habitats 
for  the  study  of  birds,  other  animals, 
and  plants  will  start  on  April  24.  For 
details,  call  (212)  873-1300,  Ext. 
345,  weekdays  only,  between  9:00 
and  11  :30  a.m.  or  1:00  and  4:00  P.M. 

The  Department  of  Education's 
African-American  Studies  Group 
will  present  the  African  Lecture 
Series — three  lectures  dealing  with 


Africa  and  people  of  African  descent. 
The  first  will  be  held  in  the  Museum's 
Auditorium  on  Wednesday,  April  28, 
at  7:30  P.M. 

Reservations  are  still  being  ac- 
cepted for  the  East  African  Geologi- 
cal Safari  in  August.  Visits  will  be 
made  to  the  major  game  parks  and 
reserves  in  Kenya  and  Tanzania,  as 
well  as  to  mines,  volcanoes,  the 
famed  Rift  Valley,  and  other  sites  of 
geologic  significance  off  the  beaten 
track.  A  day  will  be  spent  in  the  com- 
pany of  Dr.  Mary  Leakey  at  Olduvai 
Gorge.  Christopher  J.  Schuberth,  lec- 
turer in  geology  at  the  Museum  and 
adjunct  professor  of  geology  at  the 
City  University  of  New  York,  will 
conduct  the  tour.  For  a  descriptive 
brochure,  write  or  call  the  Museum's 
Department  of  Education  (212)  873- 
7507. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 
Museum,  "The  Final  Frontier"  con- 
tinues through  April  5.  This  Sky 
Show  takes  us  on  a  futuristic  voyage 
to  the  outer  reaches  of  space  aboard 
the  nuclear-propelled  spacecraft  Era- 
tosthenes. A  new  Sky  Show, 
'  'Things  That  Go  Beep  in  the  Night, ' ' 
begins  April  7 .  The  invention  of  radio 
astronomy  in  the  1930s  opened  a  new 
window  to  the  universe,  enabling 
astronomers  to  "listen  in"  on  distant 
galaxies,  exploding  stars,  pulsating 
stars,  quasars,  and  black  holes. 
Shows  begin  at  2:00  p.m.  and  3:30 
P.M.  on  weekdays,  with  more  fre- 
quent showings  on  weekends.  Ad- 
mission is  $2.35  for  adults;  $1.35  for 
children. 

Eco-Visions — An  environmental 
film  series  presented  by  the  Environ- 
mental Information  Center  of  the  Mu- 
seum, can  be  seen  from  1:30  to  3:00 
P.M.  on  Thursday  afternoons  in  the 
Education  Hall,  and  at  2:00  and  3:00 
P.M.  on  Saturdays  in  the  People 
Center.  This  series  will  continue 
through  April  and  May.  For  details 
on  film  subjects  call  873-1300,  Ext. 
527,  from  10:30  a.m.  to  noon  Tues- 
day through  Friday. 


X 


.-^^^ 


The  Silver  Martini. 

For  people  who  want  a  silver  lining 

without  the  cloud. 


Smirnoff  Silver 

Ninety  point  four  proof.  Smirnoff  leaves  you  breathless® 


ALUXURYSEDAN  BASED  ON  THE  BEUEF 
THATALLOFTHE  RICH  ARE  NOT  IDLE. 


Since  the  time  of  the 
Caesars,  the  inspiration  for 
the  carriages  of  the  gentry 
has  been  the  blatant, 
unbridled,  unabashed  pur- 
suit of  opulence. 

Opulence  often  to  the 
exclusion  of  all  else:  per- 
formance, efficiency,  engi- 
neering intelligence 


Even  today  one  sees 
occasional  evidence  of  this 
misguided  sense  of  priorities 
—this  basic  misunderstand- 
ing of  what  it  is  that  consti- 
tutes true  luxury. 

Opera  windows  that 
obscure  vision.  Mammoth 
engines  pulling  mammoth 
cars.  Interiors  fashioned 
morealongthelinesof  a 
Persian  Pleasure  Palace 
than  a  serious  driving 
machine.  Cars  made  pri- 
marily for  sitting. 

At  the  Bavarian 
MotorWorks  it  has 
always  been  our  conten- 
tion that  a  car  ought  to 
be  made  primarily  for 
driving.That  when  all  is 
said  and  done,  extraor- 
dinary performance  is 
the  only  thing  that 
makes  an  expensive  car 
worth  the  money. 

And,  in  this  age  of 
automotive  enlighten- 
ment, we  believe  our 
time  has  come. 

POWER  TO  SAT- 
ISFY EVEN  THE  MOST 
POWER  HUNGRY. 

Beneath  the  hood 
of  the  BMW  5301  is  a 


singularly 
responsive  3-liter,  fuel- 
injected  engine  that  has  been 
called  by  no  less  an  authority 
than  Road  &  Track  magazine 
"...  the  most  ref  i  ned  i  n-l  i  ne 
six  in  the  world." 

Patented  triple-hemi- 
spheric, swirl-action  com- 
bustion chambers  develop 
remarkable  power  from 
relatively  small 
displacement. 

And  seven  main 
bearings  and  twelve 
crankshaft  counter-bal- 
ance weights  give  the 
whole  operation  a  tur- 
bine-like smoothness 
that  never  ceases  to 
astound  even  the  experts. 

THE  MAN  WHO 
CONTROLS  CORPORA- 
TIONS OUGHT  TO  BE 
ABLE  TO  CONTROL  HIS 
OWN  CAR. 

If  you're  accus- 
tomed to  the  leaning  and 
sway i  ng  one  experiences 
in  the  conventional  lux- 
ury sedan,  you  will 
thoroughly  appreciate 
the  uncanny  road  hold- 

The700Ft  Slalom  Test,  designed 
by  Road  &  Track  magazi  ne  to 
measure  lane  changing  capabilities. 
BMW  ran  thecourse  at  a  remarkable 
51.6  mph. 


mg  capabilities 
ofthe  BMW  5301. 

Road  holding—driver 
control  —  is  largely  a  func- 
tion of  a  car's  suspension 
system. 

And,  to  be  a  bit  blunt, 
BMW  gives  you  a  superior 
suspension  system.  Instead 
of  the  "solid-rear-axle"  sys- 
tems found  in  all  domestic— 
and  many  foreign— sedans, 
the  BMW  suspension  is  fully 


Results  of  ttie  Motor  Trend  "200  Ft. 
CircleTest"  clearly  illustrate  the 
superior  road  holding  abilities  of  the 
BMW  At  .82g  BMW  was  still  on  the 
road,  other  makes  were  not. 

independent  on  all  four 
wheels. 

And  this,  combined  with 
a  multi-jointed  rear  axle, 
allows  each  wheel  to  adapt 
itself  independently  to  every 
driving  and  road  condition  — 
with  a  smoothness  and  preci- 
sion that  will  spoil  you  for 
any  other  car. 


A  DECIDED  LACK  OF 
OPERA  Wl  NDOW  OPULENCE. 

While  inside,  the  BMW 
5301  features  as  long  a  list  of 
luxury  items  as  one  could 
sanely  require  of  an  automo- 
bile, its  luxury  is  purpose- 


". . .  no  detectable  sign  of  (brake)  fade. 
The  more  and  harder  they're  used,  the 
stronger  they  seem  to  get. "The  editors  of 
Motor  Trend  sum  up  the  results  of  their 
rigorous  multiple-stop  brake  test, 

fully  engineered  to  perform  a 
very  significant  function: 
help  prevent  driver  fatigue. 

All  seats  have  an  ortho- 
pedically  molded  shape. 
Individual  seats  are  adjust- 
able forward  and  back— with 
variable-angle  seat  back  and 
cushion  supports. 

All  instruments  are 
clearly  visible;  all  controls 
are  readily  accessible. 

For  many  serious 
drivers  in  all  parts  of  the 
world,  the  BMW  530i  has 
redefined  the  meaning  of  the 
word  "luxury"  to  encompass 
something  more  than  a  thin 
veneer  of  brocade  and 
chrome. 

If  you'd  care  to  judge  for 
yourself,  we  urge  you  to 
phone  your  BMW     ^«fe>. 
dealer  and  arrange  ^8p^ 
to  take  a  thorough  m^^M 
test  drive.  ^^Sf 

The  uhimufe  driving  machine. 

Bavarian  MotorWorks.Munich, Germany.     I 


,  or  for  further  information,  you  may  call  us  anytime,  toll-free,  at  800-243-6006  {Conn,  1-800-882-6500).  Fog  lamps,  dealer  mstaiied  option. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


MAY  1976*  $1.25 


•^■' 


4'. 


W^ 


^ 


^'  >.  '^ 


r 


o 


o 


0) 


■^■■?^p^  "''■? 


o 


=T^    '^^ 


4? 


ts  %> 


^lill' 


(fj 


WATERFORDILLUMIN^ES. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


IntoijxirMm^  Sciliirc  Muffurjrw 
Vol.  LXXXV.  No.  5 
May  1976 


The  American  Museum  of  Salurat  History 

Robert  G.  Goelet.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Director 


Alan  Ternes.  Editor 
Thomas  Page,  Designer 
Board  of  Editors: 
'  Sally  Lindsay,  Frederick  Harlmann, 
Christopher  Hallowell,  Toni  Gerher 
Carol  Breslin,  Book  Reviews  Editor 
Florence  G.  Edelstein.  Copy  Chief 
Gordon  Beckhorn.  Copy  Editor 
Angela  Soccodalo.  Art  Asst. 
Diane  Pierson.  Editorial  Asst. 
Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana,  Publications  Editor 
Editorial  Advisers: 
Dean  Amadon,  Dorothy  E.  Bliss, 
Mark  Chartrand,  Niles  Eldredge, 
Vincent  Manson,  Margaret  Mead, 
Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Gerard  Piel, 
Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 


David  D.  Ryus,  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn,  Production  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindor),  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez.  Asst. 
Joan  Mahoney 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  Tl\e  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West 
at  79tlt  Street.  New  York.  N.  Y.    10024. 
Published  tnonthly.  October  through  Mav: 
bimonthly  June  to  Septetnber. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York,  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
_NaIural  Hislory.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History. 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.   Y.   10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  S0340 


12 
24 

30 

38 

46 
54 

_       60 
62 

68 

76 

80 

82 

84 

Cover: 


2      Authors 


A  Naturalist  at  Large  Richard  .\l   Klein 
Maypoles  and  Earth  Mothers 

This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Gould 
Biological  Potential  vs.  Biological  Determinism 

Energy  Crisis  of  the  Hummingbird  William  A.  Calder  III 

For  the  sinallesi  birds  in  the  world,  the  ne.xt  meal  is  often  crucial  in  the 

balance  between  life  and  death. 

Earthquake  Hazards  in  the  Mountains  Kenneth  Hewitt 
The  tolls  of  death  aiul  destruction  get  higher  and  higher. 

A  Pocketful  of  Crystals  Vincent  D.  .\hin.u>n 

Photographs  by  Henry  Janson 

Visual  proof  that  a  subject  can  be  both  beautiful  and  profoutid. 

City  Snakes,  Suburban  Salamanders  Frederick  C.  Schlauch 

The  growth  of  megalopolis  has  been  hard  on  most  reptiles,  but  a  few  have 

found  a  new  niche  for  themselves. 

Cerebral  Clues  Leonard  Radinsky 

Illustrations  by  Douglas  Cramer 

Fossil  braincases  reveal  behavioral  changes  of  some  animals — millions  of 

years  ago. 

Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Sky  Reporter  Stephen  P.  Maran 
Exploding  Stars 

A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
An  Early  Riser 

Book  Review  Alan  Walker 
The  Hunter  Hunted 

The  Market 

Additional  Reading 

Announcements 

Crystalline  sulfur,  from  Girgettti,  Sicily,  shows  the  variation  possible 
in  the  external  appearance  of  this  mineral.  The  specimen  on  the  cover 
(2"  wide  X  3"  high  x  3"  deep),  as  well  as  the  tninerals  illustrated  in 
the  story  on  page  38,  will  be  on  display  in  the  new  Hall  of  Minerals  and 
Gems  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  opening  on  May  21. 
Photograph  by  Henry  Janson. 


Authors 


Several  years  ago,  William  A. 
Calder  III  was  standing  under  a  tree 
in  Jackson  Hole,  Wyoming,  when  a 
calliope  hummingbird  flew  to  its  nest 
in  the  branches  above.  Calder  won- 
dered how  the  tiny  bird  maintained  its 
body  temperature  during  the  freezing 
nights.  His  curiosity  led  to  his  present 
research  on  hummingbird  thermoreg- 
ulation. For  the  past  seven  years, 
Calder,  who  teaches  zoology  at  the 
University  of  Arizona,  has  studied 
the  way  an  animal's  body  size  influ- 
ences its  physiology  and  habitat  re- 
quirements {see  "There  Really  is  a 
Roadrunner,''  Natural  History,  April 
1968).  The  work,  which  involves  the 
use  of  recording  equipment,  is  often 
frustrating  because  of  frequent  me- 
chanical breakdowns.  A  calming  ef- 
fect, Calder  finds,  is  to  strum  classical 
or  ragtime  music  on  a  mandolin  he 
always  takes  with  him  into  the  field. 


Born  and  educated  in  England, 
Kenneth  Hewitt  first  visited  the 
mountainous  Indus  Kohistan  region 
of  Pakistan  in  1961  as  a  consultant  on 
the  natural  hazards  that  affect  water 
development.  He  returned  last  year  to 
study  the  effects  on  that  precarious 
environment  of  the  1974  earthquake. 
He  has  done  disaster  appraisal  for  the 


Canadian  Emergency  Measures  Or- 
ganization and  has  served  as  an  ad- 
viser to  UNESCO's  Disaster  Division 
and  its  Man  and  Biosphere  Program. 
Hewitt  taught  at  the  University  of 
Toronto  for  seven  years  before  com- 
ing to  the  Department  of  Human 
Ecology  at  Cook  College,  Rutgers 
University,  in  1973. 


Editor  of  the  publications  of  the 
Northeastern  Field  Naturalists'  Soci- 
ety, Fredericli  C.  Schlauch  con- 
ducted research  on  the  reptiles  of  his 
native  Long  Island  long  before  he  i 
began  formal  university  study.   At| 
present  a  graduate  student  in  the  ecol-  j 
ogy  program  at  Rutgers  University,  ' 
Schlauch  received  his  B .  S .  from  Cor- 
nell University.   In  addition  to  his 
work  on  the  effects  of  urbanization  on 
Long  Island's  amphibians  and  rep- 
tiles, he  is  also  pursuing  studies  on 
the  plant  communities  of  the  endan- 
gered Long  Island  Pine  Barrens  and 
on  the  general  biogeography  of  the 
Atlantic  Coastal  Plain  of  northeastern 
United  States. 


Leonard  Radinsky  traces  his  in- 
terest in  brain  evolution  to  the  chance 
reading  of  a  journal  article  in  which 
he  learned  that  the  raccoon's  brain 
anatomy  reflects  its  sensitive  hands. 
Realizing  that  brain  mapping  could 
be  used  to  indicate  the  specialized  be- 
haviors of  extinct  animals,  he  has 
made  and  studied  nearly  a  thousand 
casts  of  the  braincases  of  living  and 
fossil  species.  A  vertebrate  paleontol- 
ogist in  the  Department  of  Anatomy 
at  the  University  of  Chicago,  Ra- 
dinsky hopes  to  explore  the  fossil 
record  of  ungulate  and  carnivore 
brains  to  learn  how  changes  in  one 
group  afi'ected  the  other.  Douglas 
Cramer,  whose  drawings  accom- 
pany Radinsky's  article,  teaches 
physical  anthropology  at  Rutgers 
University,  anatomy  at  New  York 
University  Medical  School,  and  is  a 
medical  and  biological  illustrator. 


You  can  lose  yourself 
with  an  electronic  Minolta. 


An  electronic  Minolta  makes  it  easy  to 

capture  the  pictures  that  are  everywhere. 

Its  unique  shutter  responds  instantly 
and  automatically  to  the  most  subtle  changes 
in  light.  So  instead  of  worrying  about 
exposure  accuracy,  you  can  concentrate  on 
the  picture. 

The  total  information  viewfinder  gives 
you  total  creative  control.  Whether  the  camera 
is  setting  itself  automatically  or  you're 
making  all  the  adjustments,  the  finder  shows 
exactly  what's  happening.  You  never  lose  sight 
of  even  the  fastest  moving  subject. 

A  choice  of  models  lets  you  select  an 
electronic  Minolta  reflex  that  fills  yourneeds. 
And  fits  your  budget.  Each  accepts  the 
complete  system  of  interchangeable  Rokkor-X 
and  Celtic  lenses,  ranging  from  "fisheye" 
wide-angle  to  super-telephoto. 

Five  years  from  now,  all  fine  35mm 
reflexcameras  will  offer  the  innovations  these 
electronic  Minoltas  give  you  today.  See  them 
at  your  photo  dealer  or  write  for  information  to 
Minolta  Corporation, 
101  Williams  Drive, 
Ramsey,  New  Jersey 
07446.  In  Canada: 
AnglophotoLtd.,  P.Q. 


Minolta 


Until  July  31,  1976,  Minolta  is  offering  big  cash  rebates  on 
accessory  lenses  and  electronic  35mm  SLR  cameras.  See  your  dealer  for  details. 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


by  Richard  M.  Klein 


Maypoles  and  Earth  Mothers 


Our  innocent  rites 
of  spring  have  ancient 
and  carnal  antecedents 

On  the  first  of  May,  the  might  of 
the  Soviet  army  is  paraded  through 
Red  Square  in  Moscow,  and  union 
leaders  in  other  industriahzed  nations 
extol  the  grandeur  and  nobility  of  the 
working  man  and  woman.  Until  at 
least  partway  through  this  century, 
yet  another  ceremony  marked  the  day 
in  many  countries:  the  Maypole 
dance,  in  which  young  girls  crowned 
with  flowers  and  wearing  frilly 
dresses  danced  around  a  tall  pole 


hung  with  ribbons.  The  Maypole 
dance  was  a  happy,  innocent  amuse- 
ment, a  symbol  of  joy  in  spring's  ar- 
rival, as  evidenced  by  a  softness  in 
the  air,  delicate  light-green  leaves, 
and  the  blooming  of  flowers .  Few  rec- 
ognize that  the  Maypole  and  its  dance 
are  among  the  oldest  and  most  sexual 
of  public  ceremonies. 

A  search  for  the  origin  of  the 
Maypole  tradition  starts  in  the  Fertile 
Crescent,  the  historic  region  that  has 
now  become  the  troubled  Middle 
East.  The  crescent  includes  parts  of 
today's  Syria,  Lebanon,  Israel,  Jor- 
dan, Iraq,  and  Iran.  In  spite  of  dif- 


ferences in  the  cultures  of  the  tribes 
that  lived  there  four  to  six  millennia 
ago,  those  ancient  peoples  had  sev- 
eral things  in  common,  among  which 
was  an  Earth  Mother  goddess  and  a 
tree  sacred  to  her. 

In  many  cultures,  trees  were  con- 
sidered the  place  where  man  origi- 
nated and  a  particular  species  of  tree 
was  accordingly  the  abode  of  a  god. 
It  was  to  the  Earth  Mother,  whatever 
her  local  tribal  name,  that  the  tribes- 
people  prayed  for  good  crops  and  for 
impregnation  of  the  women  and  the 
herds.  And  it  was  to  her  that  pleas  for 
intercession  with  the  male  gods  part- 
nered with  her  were  made  for  rain, 
gentle  breezes,  and  pure,  everflowing 
springs.  The  fructification  of  the 
Earth  Mother  was  another  duty  of  the 
principal  male  god,  for  if  the  goddess 
was  with  child,  it  was  believed  that 
the  fields,  the  women,  and  the  ewes 
would  also  be  fruitful.  When  the 
Earth  Mother  was  pregnant,  the  man- 
ifestation of  her  divine  powers  was 
demonsfi-ated  by  the  seeming  resur- 
rection of  the  trees ,  barren  throughout 
the  long  dry  season.  The  faith  of  indi- 
viduals, as  well  as  tribes,  rested  in 
some  measure  on  the  cyclical  recur- 
rence of  these  manifestations. 

But  such  miracles  could  not  be  left 
to  mere  whim.  Lest  they  forget,  the 
gods  needed  to  be  appeased  and  an- 
nually reminded  of  their  respon- 
sibilities to  the  faithful;  the  people 
likewise  needed  to  be  reminded  of 
their  duty  to  the  gods.  In  one  such 
ceremony,  Cybele,  an  Earth  Mother 
of  ancient  Asia  Minor,  was  symbol- 
ized by  a  palm  or  cedar  tree,  shorn 
of  all  but  its  topmost  branches  and 
fronds,  that  was  carried  in  solemn 
procession  to  the  temple  and  erected 
there  before  the  gaze  of  the  multitude. 
Decked  with  flowers,  the  tree  was  rit- 
ually  worshiped  with  dances  that  in- 
cluded what  modern  comparative  re- 


Profits 
Are  For 
People... 


As  essential  as  profits  are  to  the  survival  of  our  way  of  life,  I  know/ 
of  few  subjects  so  universally  misunderstood.  And  a  recent 
nationwide  survey  indicated  that  misconceptions  about  profits 
are  increasing.  Obviously,  business  is  not  getting  the  message 
through.  The  time  is  long  overdue  for  some  old-fashioned 
plain  talk. 

By  putting  profits  to  work,  companies  build  new  factories, 
modernize  existing  facilities,  enable  Americans  to  compete  with 
manufacturers  abroad  and— most  critical— create  jobs  for  our 
people  and  opportunities  for  future  generations.  The  company 
that  doesn't  make  a  consistent  profit  year  in  and  year  out  withers 
and  disappears,  and  so  do  the  jobs  of  its  employees. 

Most  experts  agree  that  our  economy  will  need  at  least  $4 
trillion  in  new  capital  during  the  next  10  years.  Unless  we  plan 
to  convert  to  socialism— and  we  certainly  don't  want  to  do  that— 
a  good  part  of  it  will  have  to  come  from  corporate  profits.  Yet, 
contrary  to  what  most  Americans  think,  corporate  profits 
have  been  shrinking.  Today,  the  rate  of  profit  by  U.S.  corpora- 
tions is  about  5%  on  sales,  less  than  it  was  a  decade  ago.  If 
profitability  continues  to  shrink,  we  can  look  forward  to  an  era 
of  diminished  economic  growth  and  fewer  jobs. 

And  when  there  is  less  profit  to  tax,  our  federal,  state  and  local 
governments  cannot  obtain  the  revenues  needed  to  carry  out 
public  programs,  and  the  goals  we  have  set  for  our  society  will 
be  seriously  threatened. 

Our  company— Allied  Chemical— is  a  good  exarinple  of  profits  at 
work.  From  1970  to  1974,  we  earned  net  profits  of  $436  million 
and  plowed  back  $258  million  into  business  expansion  and 
job-creating  activities.  That's  about  620  of  every  dollar  we  earn. 
But  this  creative  reinvestment  of  profits  is  only  part  of  the  story. 
Businesses  that  are  profitable  provide  much  of  the  support  for 
public  spending.  During  this  same  period,  our  company  paid 
more  than  $382  million  in  taxes.    Our  employees  paid 
taxes  from  their  wages,  and  our  stockholders  paid  taxes  on 
their  dividends.  So,  profits  are  continually  recycled  for 
everyone's  benefit. 

During  the  next  few  months  we  will  be  talking  publicly  about 
corporate  profits  because  we  are  convinced  that  an  under- 
standing of  this  subject  by  our  people  is  vital  to  protect  America's 
quality  of  life.  We  invite  you  to  read  these  messages  and  to 
let  us  know  how  you  feel  about  our  viewpoint. 


1.^-^  -^.    <^' 


John  T.  Connor 
Chairman 


<? 


Allied.    , 
Chemical 


©  1976  Allied  Chemical  Corporation 


P.O.  Box  2245R,  Morristown,  New  Jersey  07960. 


ligionists  refer  to,  without  supplying 
details,  as  orgies  culminating  in 
blood  sacrifices.  Similar  spring  rites 
involving  an  Earth  Mother  figure  and 
a  symbolic  stripped  tree  were  ob- 
served throughout  the  Fertile  Cres- 
cent and  as  far  afield  as  Crete  and 
India. 

The  deities  of  the  Fertile  Crescent 
were  probably  transported  by  con- 
quering tribes  to  mainland  Greece, 
where  their  names  were  changed, 
they  were  blended  with  the  local 
pantheon,  and  they  were  made  more 
"human,"  accessible,  and  under- 
standable. Cybele,  for  example, 
probably  evolved  into  Artemis,  the 
goddess  of  wild  animals,  the  hunt, 
vegetation,  chastity,  and  childbirth; 
her  cult  involved  the  dancing  of  tree 
nymphs.  Although  we  know  little 
about  the  spring  fertility  rituals  of 
the  various  city-states  of  classical 
Greece,  surviving  sculptures  and  wall 
paintings  indicate  that  the  pole- 
dance-orgy  complex  was  retained 
with  modifications  derived  from 
Egypt  via  Crete  and  Cyprus. 

With  the  Roman  hegemony  over 


the  Mediterranean,  regional  gods  and 
goddesses  and  their  functions  were 
largely  maintained  but  they  became 
identified  with  the  deities  of  the  con- 
querors. Rituals  broadened  as  armies 
acquired  new  gods  in  their  travels, 
and  once  again  the  deities'  names 
were  changed.  The  Earth  Mother  Cy- 
bele-Artemis,  for  instance,  became 
associated  with  the  Roman  goddess 
Diana.  Claudius,  emperor  during  the 
struggles  with  Hannibal  about  200 
B.C.,  chose  Cybele  as  the  official 
Earth  Mother  and  reactivated  her 
spring  rituals,  but  most  of  the  popu- 
lace preferred  the  local  goddess 
Diana,  huntress  and  protector  of 
women,  who  eased  the  pain  of  child- 
birth and  was  supposed  to  be  a  favor- 
ite of  Jupiter. 

The  pagan  spring  ritual  began  in 
Rome  on  the  twenty-second  of  March 
when  a  pine  tree  was  cut  down  and 
debranched  by  acolytes  of  Diana's 
priests  and  borne  to  her  temples  by 
designated  tree  bearers.  The  tree  shaft 
was  decked  with  violets  as  the  spirit- 
ual manifestation  of  the  male  god 
Attis — mythical  consort  of  the  Earth 


Mother — and  was  erected  with  due 
ceremony.  The  twenty-third  of 
March,  called  the  Day  of  Blood, 
started  with  dancing  around  the  sym- 
bolic tree  shaft  to  the  music  of  cyin- 
bals,  drums,  and  flutes,  which  be- 
came wilder  as  evening  came  on. 
Frenzied  by  the  dance,  and  possibly 
by  plant  hallucinogens,  the  partici- 
pants lacerated  themselves  and 
dripped  their  blood  on  statues  of 
Diana.  This  orgiastic  dance  culmi- 
nated in  the  ritualistic,  but  none- 
theless actual,  self -emasculation  of 
young  men  wishing  to  become  the 
goddess's  priests.  The  excised  organs 
were  thrown  at  the  tree  to  hasten  the 
reawakening  of  the  earth,  as  in  the 
rituals  practiced  centuries  before  by 
the  followers  of  Artemis  and  Cybele. 

The  twenty-fifth  of  March  was 
called  the  Festival  of  Joy  by  the 
Romans  and  included  more  dancing 
and  masques  that  foreshadowed  the 
contemporary  Mardi  Gras.  The  next 
day  was,  happily,  a  day  of  rest  and 
was  followed  on  the  twenty-seventh 
of  March  by  a  procession  led  by 
stand-ins  for  Diana  and  her  male  con- 
sort, the  King  of  the  Woods,  who  was 
most  often  the  chief  priest  of  Diana's 
sacred  grove.  That  night  the  cere- 
mony concluded  with  the  ritual  mat- 
ing of  the  King  of  the  Woods  with  the 
goddess  and  a  general  orgy — again 
never  spelled  out  in  detail. 

The  King  of  the  Woods  was  origi- 
nally the  fructifying,  impregnating 
agent.  He,  too,  had  different  names 
at  different  times — Attis  in  his  earli- 
est manifestation,  Zeus  to  the  Greeks, 
Jupiter  to  the  Romans — and  he,  too, 
was  symbolized  by  a  tree,  frequently 
a  forest  giant  such  as  an  oak  or  an  ash. 
In  most  cultures,  the  King  of  the   « 
Woods  was  figuratively  slain  or  a  • 
human  stand-in  was  literally  killed  at  1 
the  end  of  the  mating  ceremony  so 
that  he  could  be  reborn — resur- 
rected— as  a  further  revelation  of  the 
rebirth  of  spring. 

When  Christianity  extended  its 
sway  outward  from  Rome,  the  spring 
festival,  which  had  spread  north  from 
the  city  and  westward  from  the  Mid- 
dle East,  became  a  source  of  concern 
to  the  young  church,  still  unsure  of 
its  sway  over  believers  only  recently 
wrenched  from  paganism.  The  May- 
pole was  accordingly  suppressed,  in- 
sofar as  the  priests  could  root  out  be- 
liefs so  deeply  implanted  in  the  mind. 
Yet,  the  Dark  Ages  and  the  Middle 
Ages  in  Europe  were  periods  when 
faith  in  something,  in  anything,  was 
necessary.  No  cautious  peasant  was 


Polaroid's  8X70: 

Half  the  wonder  is  what  it  does. 
Half  is  how  it  does  it. 


FOLDING  VIEWFINDER.THE 
SX-70  FOLDS  DOWN  TO  A 
COMPACT  l'X7'X4-. 


DELUXE  MODEL  IN 
HANDSOME  CHROME 
AND  LEATHER, 


FOCUSING  WHEEL.  THE 
SX-70  WILL  FOCUS 
FROM    10.4"  TO  INFINITY 


ELECTRIC   SHUTTER 
BUTTON. 


HINGED  MIRROR 
MAKES   POSSIBLE 
THROUGHTHE-LENS 
VIEWING. 


FLASHBAR  SOCKET. 
SOPHISTICATED  ELEC- 
TRONICS SET  FLASH 
EXPOSURES  AUTOMAT- 
ICALLY AS  YOU  FOCUS. 


LIGHTEN,  DARKEN 
CONTROL. 


ELECTRIC  EYE  FOR 
AUTOMATIC  EXPOSURE 
CONTROL. 


.UNIQUE  4-ELEMENT 
LENS. 


MOTOR  DRIVEN  ROLL- 
ERS PROPEL  PRINT 
INTO  YOUR  HAND. 


Half  the  wonder  of  the  SX-70 
is  in  the  picture  itself.  A  brilliant 
color  photograph  that  develops 
in  daylight,  in  minutes,  before 
your  eyes. 

And  half  the  wonder  is  in  the 
camera.  It  is  almost  completely 
automated.  Just  focus,  frame, 
and  press  the  button.  It  will  take 
the  picture  and  hand  it  to  you. 

You  can  take  a  picture  every 
1.5  seconds  for  action  sequences. 

You  can  get  close-ups  from 
only  10.4  inches  away. 

With  a  simple  close-up  attach- 
ment, you  can  actually  take  a  life- 
size  picture  of  the  works  in  your 


watch  from  5  inches  away. 

The  camera  is  driven  by  a 
12,000  rpm  electric  motor.  It 
runs  on  a  specially  designed  6- 
volt  battery  built  into  every  film 
pack. 

The  lens  aperture  and  shutter 
speed  are  set  automatically  for 
correct  exposures— flash,  natu- 
ral light,  or  time  exposures  up  to 
14  seconds. 

This  single-lens  reflex  camera 
gives  you  the  ease  of  through-the- 
lens  viewing  and  focusing.  The 
image  passes  through  the  picture- 
taking  lens  up  to  the  viewer  by  a 
series  of  mirrors.  The  picture  you 


see  is  the  picture  you  wUl  get. 

The  SX-70  photograph  itself 
is  a  15-layer  phenomenon  that 
comes  out  hard,  fiat  and  dry. 
There  is  nothing  to  time,  nothing 
to  peel,  nothing  to  throw  away, 
nothing  to  do  but  watch  it 
develop. 

The  deluxe  SX-70  Land  cam- 
era is  the  most  revolutionary 
camera  Polaroid  has  ever  made. 
Inside,  well  over  100  inventions 
(each  unique  to  the  SX-70)  func- 
tion with  but  one  purpose.  To  let 
you  concentrate  on  the  picture 
in  your  mind  instead  of  the  cam- 
era in  your  hand. 


Polaroid*  and  SX-70* 


©1976  Fblaroid  Corporation. 


going  to  discard  a  ritual  that  could  not 
hurt  his  crops  and  just  might  help ,  and 
it  mattered  little  whether  the  spring 
planting  was  sanctified  by  invoking  a 
Christian  symbol  or  the  Earth  Mother 
as  manifested  by  a  branchless  tree. 

The  Maypole  ceremony  with  its  rit- 
ual mating  was  thus  solemnized 
throughout  Europe,  falling  variously 
within  a  few  weeks  of  the  time  of 
sowing.  By  about  the  tenth  century, 
the  ceremony  was  observed  in  most 
of  Europe  on  the  first  of  May.  But  that 
was  not  always  the  date  of  the  spring 
ritual.  Whitsunday,  the  seventh  Sun- 
day and  fiftieth  day  after  Easter,  was 
celebrated  in  the  Balkans;  Saint 
George's  Day,  the  twenty-third  of 
April,  was  the  holiday  in  Poland  and 
Russia;  and  in  the  north,  where  spring 
comes  late.  Midsummer  Day,  June 
24,  was  chosen. 

By  the  time  of  the  Dark  Ages,  the 
spring  ritual,  with  minor  variations, 
was  similar  throughout  Europe. 
Young  men  and  women  went  into  the 
woods  at  midnight,  cut  down  a  tree, 
stripped  off  its  branches,  and  carried 
the  Maypole  triumphantly  back  to 
their  village  in  the  morning.  The  pole 
was  decorated — with  flowers, 
sheaves  of  the  previous  harvest,  and 
other  symbols  of  fruitfulness — and  to 
the  discomfiture  of  the  clergy,  was  set 
up  in  the  commons  or  in  front  of  the 
church.  A  May  Queen  and  a  King  of 


the  Woods  were  selected  to  preside 
over  the  dancing. 

In  Saxony  and  Prussia,  the  May- 
pole of  the  Slavic  Wends  was  sur- 
mounted with  an  iron  cock,  the  pole 
was  greased,  and  boys  climbed  it  to 
pluck  sausages  and  eggs  from  the  top. 
As  night  came,  the  queen  and  king 
(and  many  other  couples)  mated  in 
the  fields  to  drive  home  the  point  of 
the  ceremony,  and  a  fair  number  of 
children  were  born  the  next  January. 
An  effigy  of  the  King  of  the  Woods 
was  then  burned  or  tfirown  in  the  local 
river,  if  there  was  one,  to  the  chant 
of '  'We  are  carrying  death  out ,  we  are 
bringing  dear  summer  back." 

The  Celts  of  Scotland,  Ireland, 
Normandy,  and  parts  of  Scandinavia 
included  a  fire  ceremony  in  their  May 
Day  ritual.  Ceremonial  fires  were  lit 
on  hilltops  from  a  flame  started  with 
a  bow  and  spindle  of  oak  fitted  into 
the  slot  of  a  board  of  a  softer  wood 
such  as  willow.  The  tinder  was  dried 
mushrooms  and  puffballs.  In  Swe- 
den, the  Maypole,  or  Maj  Stang,  is 
still  constructed  with  a  series  of 
crosspieces  from  which  hoops  of  wil- 
low bound  round  with  flowers  are 
hung.  Garlanded  hoops  were  also 
rolled.  The  hoop  rolling  practiced  on 
May  Day  at  some  of  our  private  east- 
ern women's  colleges  derives  from 
these  garlanded  Scandinavian  hoops. 
But  there  is  one  significant  differ- 


ence: in  olden  times,  the  oaken  hoop 
stick  was  thrown  through  the  hoop 
instead  of  being  used  to  propel  it — a 
symptom  perhaps  of  the  general 
bowdlerizing  of  May  Day  rituals. 

It  is  to  England  that  we  must  look 
for  our  North  American  version  of  the 
May  Day  ceremony.  From  the  tenth 
to  the  sixteenth  century,  the  mating 
of  the  May  Queen  and  the  King  of  the 
Woods  was  not  just  symbolic,  and  the 
midnight  cutting  of  the  tree  was  ac- 
companied by  the  normal  exuberance 
of  lusty  youths  without  supervision. 
The  prominent  English  Puritan  pam- 
phleteer Philip  Stubbes,  in  his  Anato- 
mie  of  Abuses  of  1583,  called  the 
whole  ritual  an  "act  of  Sathan,"  re- 
ferred to  the  Maypole  itself  as  "that 
stynking  ydol,"  and  noted  that  after 
the  night's  revels,  "scarsely  the 
thirde  part  of  the  girls  returned  unde- 
filed." 

A  freewheeling  anti-Puritan  Amer- 
ican colonist,  Thomas  Morton,  cre- 
ated a  scandal  by  introducing  the 
Maypole  to  New  England  in  1626 
when  he  became  administrator  of  a 
settlement  near  the  Plymouth  Col- 
ony. The  governor  of  the  main  colony 
noted  that  the  celebrants  invited  In- 
dian women  to  participate  in  "danc- 
ing and  frisking  together  .  .  .  and 
worse."  The  Pilgrims  knew  quite 
well  what  the  Maypole  was  all  about, 
even  though  they  predated  Freud. 

By  the  beginning  of  the  seven- 
teenth century,  however,  most  of  the 
May  Day  celebration  had  been  sani- 
tized in  England,  and  North  America 
shortly  followed  suit.  May  Day  was 
no  longer  to  be  an  excuse  for  sexual 
license.  The  celebration  was  just  that: 
a  celebration,  not  a  ritual.  By  1832, 
Tennyson  could  write  a  pastoral 
poem  called  "The  May  Queen,"  and 
pre-Victorian  novelists  could  include 
descriptions  of  Maypoles  and  Morris 
dances,  whose  origins  probably  went 
back  to  the  orgiastic  pagan  rituals  of 
the  Fertile  Crescent,  without  offend- 
ing Anglican  sensibilities.  Victorian 
sniggerings  were  encouraged  by  Kip- 
ling's doggerel,  "Oh  do  not  tell  the 
priest  our  plight  or  he  would  call  it 
sin  /  But  we  have  been  out  in  the 
woods  all  night  conjuring  summer 
in."  The  lusty  Earth  Mothers  and 
May  Queens  of  yore  have  become 
today's  scrubbed-up  local  Miss 
Americas. 

Oh  Cybele,  how  the  mighty  have 
fallen! 

Richard  M.  Klein  teaches  botany  at 
the  University  of  Vermont. 


The  world's  finest  portable  typewriter 
and  the  ribbon  that's  stealing  the  show. 


.-"o'^rt^ 


•y<r. 


^v5^:.^ 


^^••v 


^^^■■i 


':\- 


'■^^#^ 


~y . 


"t^!^^'^ 


The  introduction  of  our  Smith-Corona® 
cartridge  ribbons  has  caused  quite  a  stir. 

Understandably. 

Snap!  Now  a  worn  ribbon  can  be  replaced 
by  a  fresh  ribbon  in  just  3  seconds. 

And  with  the  development  of  a  variety 
of  color  cartridges,  film  cartridges  (for  the 


SSB. 


look  of  executive  typewriting),  and  correction 
cartridges  that  correct  errors  in  a  snap,  our 
cartridge  ribbons  have  ushered  in  a  far  more 
flexible  system  of  typing. 

But  while  everyone  is  making  a  fuss  over 
our  cartridge,  you  should  know  that  we  spent 
a  great  deal  of  time  fussing  over  our  cartridge 
typewriter. 

In  fact,  purchase  this  number-one-selling 
electric  portable  and  you'll  receive  a  typev^iter 
engineered  to  the  same  standards  that  helped 
Smith-Corona  steal  the  show. .  .long  before 
cartridges  came  along. 


SMITH- CORONA 

SCM     CORPORATION 


The  American  Museum 

of  Natural  History 

invites  you  to 

visit  Australia,  Africa 

and  me  Nile 

as  part  of  its  continuing 

program  of  Interesting 

Travel  for  Interested  People 


Hayden  Planetarium  Solar  Eclipse  Tour 

Australia  and  New  Zealand 

(with  an  optional  extension  to  Tahiti  &  Moorea) 

October  11-30, 1976 

Led  by  Dr  Mark  R.  Chartrand, 
III,  chairman  of  The  American 
Museum-Hayden  Planetarium, 
this  program  provides  an  exceptional  exposure  to  Australia 
and  New  Zealand,  highlighted  by  an  opportunity  to  view  the 
total  eclipse  of  the  sun  at  4:40  p.m.  on  October  23  from  near 
Mt.  Gambler.  Traveling  with  25-35  other  people,  you  will  tour 
some  of  the  largest  optical  and  radio  observatories  in  the 
world. ..see  the  unusual  Australian  fauna... observe  wine- 
making  and  sheep  farming ...  go  on  wide-ranging  visits  to 
Sydney,  Canberra,  Melbourne  and  Adelaide... Christchurch 
...visit  a  glacier  at  Mt.  Cook,  Maori  villages.  South  Island  Alps, 
the  thermal  region  in  Rotorua  and  volcanic  areas... you  will 
see  the  best  of  what  makes  Australia/New  Zealand  an 
extraordinarily  rewarding  destination.  Tour  cost:  $1,875. 
Air  fare:  $1,210.  Contribution  to  The  American  Museum- 
Hayden  Planetarium:  $500  (tax-deductible). 


Safari  in  Southern  Africa 

and  East  Africa 

September  18-October  5, 1976 

A  specially-designed  African 
wildlife  expedition  led  by  Dr 
Richard  G.  Van  Gelder,  Curator 
of  Mammalogy  and  an  old  hand 
at  showing  friends  of  the  Museum 
a  side  of  Africa  seldom  seen,  this 
"flying  safari"  will  take  you  at  an 
unhurried  pace  beyond  paved 
roads  and  tourist  paths.  Explore 
magnificent  Africa,  witness  to 
superb  contrasts  in  terrain  and 
cultures... see  an  infinite  variety  of 
animals  and  birds  in  their  natural 
habitat.  Transportation  by  twin- 
engine  executive  aircraft,  with 
deluxe  overnight  accommodations 
and  highly  personalized  services  in 
the  habitats  of  the  greatest  wild- 
life concentrations  in  the  world. 
Tour  cost:  $2,441.  Air  fare:  $979 
(round-trip  New  York).  Contribu- 
tion to  The  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History: 
$1,000  (tax-deductible). 

Nile  Cruise  (21  days) 

January  26-February  15, 1977  (#1) 

October-November  1977  (#2) 

Planned  by  the  distinguished 
British  travel  experts  W.  F.  and 
R.  K.  Swan  as  a  successor  to  this 
year's  first  Nile  cruise  conducted 
by  the  Museum,  the  program 
begins  in  New  York  with  a  flight 
to  London  and  thence  to  Cairo. 
Passengers  will  board  the  m.s. 
Delta,  a  comfortable  ship  which 
regularly  navigates  the  Nile  to 
Assuan.  Cruise  along  a  leisurely 
route  studded  with  the  sites  and 
sights  that  remain  as  remarkable 
today  as  they  were  in  Herodotus's 
time.  Along  the  way  there  will  be 
many  insights  into  modern  Egypt 
as  well.  With  you  on  both  trips:  a 
noted  Egyptologist  (including 
Vronwy  Hankey  on  the  first  trip) 
and  a  Museum  ornithologist. 


All  prices  listed  here  are  subject  to  change.  Write  for 
itineraries  and  full  price  information 


r 


Ellen  Stancs 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street/ New  York,  NewYork  10024 

Please  send  an  itinerary  and  other  information  about 

Hayden  Planetarium  Solar  Eclipse  Tour 

Safari  in  Southern  Africa 

Nile  Cruise  (#2} 


.Nile  Cruise  (#1) 


City_ 


From  Merriam-Webster, 

Americas  best-selling  dictionary. 

It's  where  the  words  live. 


Merriam-Webster's  newest  desk-top  dictionary 
doesn't  just  define  words.  It  brings  words  alive.  So 
anyone  can  fee!  the  bitter  emptiness  of  "rip-off." 
And  get  the  full  impact  of  "chopper."  And  at  last 
understand  the  deathly  chill  of  "cryonics." 

How  does  Webster's  New  Collegiate  accomplish 
such  a  feat?  With  over  3,000  quotations  from  poets, 
comics,  critics  and  presidents.  With  over  24,000 
phrases  showing  you  how  a  word  is  used  in  context. 
And  with  scores  of  illustrations,  charts  and  tables. 


Altogether,  over  150,000  words  spring  vividly  to 
life.  Including  22,000  new  ones  like  "bummer"  and 
"dashiki"  as  well  as  the  grand  old  Melvillian 
polysyllables. 

Everything  in  it  is  designed  to  make  words  easier 
to  use  than  ever  before.  Which  may  explain  why  it 
has  already  become  the  best-selling  dictionary 
ever.  Buy  one  for  your  family,  or  as  a  gift.  Just 
$9.95.  Wherever  books  are  sold.  Merriam-Webster 
Dictionaries,  Springfield,  MA  01101. 


"Escape  from  the  ordinary^ 


Designed  by  professional 

loafers . . .  made 

better  for  us  amateurs. 

You  see  them  on  Alpine  guides,  profes- 
sional hunters,  men  and  women  who  direct 
leisure  fun  at  summer  resorts.  Tyroleans 
are  worn  by  professionals  whose  work  is  so 
much  fun,  it  seems  like  loafing. 

We've  taken  the  good  looking,  functional 

European  design,  added  American  comfort 

and  practicality,  and  tailored  Tyroleans  with 

^"•'^••■^l         double-stitched  seams  for 

,    ,    i'  durability.  Keeping  the 

slim  look  and  4  practical 

pockets  in  front  was  only 

natural.. (Men's  shorts  and 

slacks    also    have    2    rear 

pockets.) 

Cut  for  action,  Tyrole- 
ans are  comfortable  when 
you  move  —  comfortable 
when  you're  just  relaxing. 
They  look  slim  and  trim 
all  the  time  and  possess 
every  feature  we  can  think 
of  for  function  and  wearability. 

Tyroleans  are  also  available  in  slack 
length,  shipped  unhemmed  for  easy  adjust- 
ment to  your  exact  leg  measurement.  Both 
shorts  and  slacks  are  made  of  cool,  light- 
weight Tundra  cloth  .  .  .  50%  cotton,  50% 
Dacron®  polyester.  You'll  stay  comfortable 
through  warm  weather,  yet  well  protected 
in  cooler  conditions.  Easy  care  too  .  .  .  just 
wash  and  wear  'em.  They  rarely  need  even 
touch-up  ironing.  Color:  Tan.  Men's  even 
waist  sizes  28-44.  Women's  even  sizes  8-20. 
Slacks:  $17.50  ppd.  Shorts:  $14.50  ppd. 


This  View  of  Life 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


Normlhonipson 


Dept.  03-18 

1805  N.W.  Thurman 

Portland,  Or.  97209 


Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712. 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  and  Alaska) 


Tyroleans 

Qty. 

Size 

Qty. 

Size 

Men's  shorts 

slacks 

Women's  shorts 

slacks 

n   Check  enclosed. 

Charge  to  my: 

n   BankAmericard 

D   Master  Charge 

TarH   f/- 

rity 

State, 

Zip 

Biological 
Potential 


vs. 


n  Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary"®  catalog. 


Biological 
Determinism 


Because  of  its  social  and 
political  implications,  the 
debate  about 
determinism  continues 

In  1758,  Linnaeus  faced  the  diffi- 
cult decision  of  how  to  classify  his 
own  species  in  the  definitive  edition 
of  his  Systema  Naturae.  Would  he 
simply  rank  man  among  the  other  ani- 
mals or  would  he  create  for  us  a  sepa- 
rate status?  Linnaeus  compromised. 
He  placed  us  within  his  classification 
(close  to  monkeys  and  bats),  but  set 
us  apart  by  his  description.  He  de- 
fined our  relatives  by  the  mundane, 
distinguishing  characters  of  size, 
shape,  and  number  of  fingers  and 
toes.  For  Homo  sapiens,  he  wrote 
only  the  Socratic  injunction:  nosce  te 
ipsum — "know  thyself." 

For  Linnaeus,  Homo  sapiens  was 
both  special  and  not  special.  Unfortu- 
nately, this  eminently  sensible  reso- 
lution has  been  polarized  and  utterly 
distorted  by  most  later  commen- 
tators. Special  and  not  special  have 
come  to  mean  nonbiological  and  bio- 
logical, or  nurture  and  nature.  These 
later  polarizatioirs  are  nonsensical. 
Humans  are  animals  and  everything 
we  do  lies  within  our  biological  po- 
tential. Nothing  arouses  this  ardent 
(although  currently  displaced)  New 
Yorker  to  greater  anger  than  the 
claims  of  some  self-styled  "eco- 
activists"  that  large  cities  are  the 
"unnatural"  harbingers  of  our  im- 
pending destruction.  But — and  here 
comes  the  biggest  but  I  can  muster — 
the  statement  that  humans  are  animals 
does  not  imply  that  our  specific  pat- 
terns of  behavior  and  social  arrange- 
ments are  in  any  way  directly  deter- 
mined by  our  genes .  Potential  and  de- 
termination are  different  concepts. 


The  intense  discussion  aroused  by 
E.O.  Wilson's  Sociobiology  has  led 
me  to  take  up  this  subject.  Wilson's 
book  has  been  greeted  by  a  chorus  of 
praise  and  publicity  (for  example,  the 
review  by  R.S.  Morison  in  the  No- 
vember 1975  issue  of  Natural  His- 
tory). I,  however,  find  myself  among 
the  smaller  group  of  its  detractors. 
Most  of  Sociobiology  wins  from  me 
the  same  high  praise  almost  univer- 
sally accorded  to  it.  For  a  lucid  ac- 
count of  evolutionary  principles  and 
an  indef  atigably  thorough  discussion 
of  social  behavior  among  all  groups 
of  animals,  Sociobiology  will  be  the 
primary  document  for  years  to  come. 
But  Wilson's  last  chapter,  "From  So- 
ciobiology to  Sociology,"  leaves  me 
very  unhappy  indeed.  After  twenty- 
six  chapters  of  careful  documentation 
for  the  nonhuman  animals,  Wilson 
concludes  with  an  extended  specula- 
tion on  the  genetic  basis  of  suppos- 
edly universal  patterns  of  human  be- 
havior. Unfortunately,  since  this 
chapter  is  his  statement  on  human  be- 
havior, it  has  also  attracted  more  than 
80  percent  of  all  the  commentary  in 
the  popular  press. 

We  who  have  criticized  this  last 
chapter  have  been  accused  of  denying 
altogether  the  relevance  of  biology  to 
human  behavior,  of  reviving  an  an- 
cient superstition  by  placing  man  out- 
side the  rest  of  "the  creation."  Are 
we  pure  "nurturists?"  Do  we  permit 
a  political  vision  of  human  perfecti- 
bility to  blind  us  to  evident  con- 
straints imposed  by  our  biological  na- 
ture? The  answer  to  both  is  no.  The 
issue  is  not  universal  biology  vs. 
human  uniqueness ,  but  biological  po- 
tentiality vs.  biological  determinism. 

Replying  to  a  critic  of  his  article  in 
the  New  York  Times  Magazine  (Oc- 


Atlantic  Richfield  invites  you  on  a  journey  into  the  future. 

The  Tricentennial 


America  will  change  a  great  deal  by  the  year  2076. 
Tell  us  what  you  think  those  changes  should  be. 


We  have  always  been  a  nation  more  interested 
in  the  promise  of  the  future  than  in  the  events 
of  the  past. 

Somehow,  the  events  of  the  past  few  years  have 
made  us  doubt  ourselves  and  our  future. 

Here  at  Atlantic  Richfield,  however,  we  see  the 
future  as  an  exciting  time.  The  best  of  times. 
And  we  know  that  all  of  us  can  achieve  a  splendid 
future  by  planning  for  it  now. 

We'd  like  your  help.  We  need  your  vision. 
We  want  you  to  tell  us  about  the  changes  you 
would  like  to  see  take  place  in  America- and  in 
our  American  way  of  life. 

For  example: 

What  ideas  do  you  have  for  making  life  more 

fun  than  it  is  now? 

What  changes  would  you  like  to  see  in  govern- 
ment? (City?  State?  Federal?) 

What  do  you  envision  as  the  best  way  to  solve 
our  energy  problems? 

What  about  the  future  of  business? 
(More  regulation  by  government?  Less?) 

What  measures  would  you  take  to  protect  the 
environment? 

Or,  if  those  topics  don't  appeal  to  you,  pick  one 
that  does. 

How  should  our  physical  world  be  altered? 
Do  you  recommend  that  we  live  underground? 
In  plastic  bubbles? 

Will  family  life  change?  Will  we  choose  a  spouse 
by  computer?  Will  divorce  become  illegal? 


What  should  our  schools  be  like?  Should 
machines  replace  teachers? 

What  will  make  us  laugh?  What  will  be  funny  that 
isn't  funny  now? 

What  new  major  sports  would  you  like  to  see? 
Three-dimensional  chess?  Electronic  billiards? 

Whatever  your  idea  may  be,  we  want  to  know 
about  it.  Write  it.  Draw  it.  Sing  it.  But  send  it. 

In  about  six  months  we  plan  to  gather  your 
responses,  analyze  them,  and  make  a  full  report 
on  what  we've  found  out.  We  believe  the  report 
will  provide  a  fascinating  and  valuable  view  of 
America's  hopes,  dreams,  fears,  and  visions. 
We'll  make  sure  it  reaches  the  people  who  are  in 
positions  to  consider  and  act  on  it. 

Along  the  way  we  will  make  television  commer- 
cials and  newspaper  and  magazine  ads  out  of 
many  of  the  ideas  so  you  can  see  what  other 
people  are  thinking. 

Please  note  that  all  ideas  submitted  shall  become 
public  property  without  compensation  and  free 
of  any  restriction  on  use  and  disclosure. 


Send  your  idea  to: 

Tricentennial 

Atlantic  Richfield  Company 

P.O.  Box  2076 

Los  Angeles,  CA  90053 


ARCO 


Petroleum  Products  ol 

AtlantJcRichfJeldCompany 


Celebrate  America's  Tricentennial  100  years  early. 


13 


National  4-H  Forestry  Award  winners,  frorit  to  rear: 


Jeffrey  Little,  Jvhn  Pfleiderer,  Melinda  Hodden,  Craig   » 
Jerabek,  Steve  WelpiieSi  and  David  Doherty,  Jr.  :     i 


*£^-~ 


*^ 


/ 


'\^ 


^^■^«.^ 


How  six  4-H  members 

became  the  proud  parents  of 

over  60,000  baby  trees 


In  the  year  2000,  Americans 
will  use  about  twice  as  much 
paper  and  wood  products  as 
they  use  today.  And  the  U.S. 
Forest  Service  predicts  that 
America's  commercial  timber- 
lands  won't  be  able  to  keep  up 
with  the  demand. 

Our  hope  lies  to  a  great 
extent  in  concerned  yoiDi;^ 
people  —  like  these  six  teen- 
agers who  won  the  National 
4-H  Forestry  Award  and 
scholarship.  These  young 
people  show  just  what  can  be 
accomplished.  And  that's  why 
we're  sponsoring  the  awards: 
to  encourage  people  to  start 
young  — thinking  about  the 
future  of  America's  forests  and 
doing  something  about  it. 

Enough  trees  to  keep 
a  city  going 

Together,  Craig  Jerabek, 
David  Doherty,  and  Jeffrey 
Little  planted  over  57,000  of 
the  60,000  seedlings  —  enough 
to  keep  a  city  of  16,000  people 
supplied  in  paper  for  an  entire 
year  when  the  trees  are  grown. 

Melinda  Hadden's  spe- 
cialty is  Christmas  trees  —  she's 
planted  1,200  of  them.  She's 
also  planted  about  300  trees  for 
homeowners  whose  trees 
were  destroyed  by  a  violent 
windstorm. 


John  Pfleiderer  has  re- 
searched and  fought  Dutch  elm 
disease  — a  killer  which  wiped 
out  many  of  Greeley,  Colorado's 
most  beautiful  trees.  (John 
also  taught  himself  grafting  — 
and  created  new  forms 
of  trees.) 

But  there's  more  to  a 
forest  than  just  trees.  Healthy 
forests  are  a  complete  eco- 
system. That's  why  Steve 
Welches  has  planted  over  1,200 
shrubs  for  animal  cover.  And 
why  David  Doherty  has  built 
dens  and  brush  piles  for  rabbits 
and  small  game  birds.  (And 
succeeded  in  bringing  them 
back  to  land  that  was  once 
ravaged  by  Hurricane  Camille.) 

Fortunately,  these  six 
teen-agers  aren't  alone  in  their 
commitment.  There  are  100,000 
more  4-H  members  also  work- 
ing in  forestry. 

And  forest  companies  pull- 
ing on  the  same  team. 

Intemationcil  Paper  shares 
the  burden 

We've  developed  a  Super- 
tree— a  southern  pine  that 
grows  taller,  straighter,  healthier, 
and  faster  than  ordinary  pines. 

We're  experimenting 
with  a  new  machine  that  can 
harvest  an  entire  tree  —  taproots 
and  all.  We're  moving  ahead 


on  projects  like  fertilization 
techniques.  Tree  farm  pro- 
grams. Forest  research. 

We'll  show  a  private  land- 
owner how  to  prepare  a  site, 
plant,  protect,  thin,  and  harvest 
—  at  no  charge.  (In  some 
cases,  doiibliii;^  his  yield.)  For 
this  help,  IP  gets  the  right  to 
buy  a  landowner's  timber  at 
competiti\'e  prices. 

More  to  be  done 

Will  all  this  be  enough  to 
keep  the  world's  fiber  supply 
going  strong?  It'll  help.  But 
more  must  be  done. 

At  International  Paper, 
we  believe  forest  products 
companies,  private  landowners 
and  government  should  work 
together  to  develop  more 
constructive  policies  for  man- 
aging America's  forests.  The 
wrong  policies  can  make 
tree  farming  impossible  and 
force  the  sale  of  forest  land  for 
other  purposes.  The  right 
policies  can  assure  continuation 
of  America's  forests  —  a  renew- 
able natural  resource. 

If  you'd  like  more  informa- 
tion about  what  has  to  be  done 
to  assure  the  world's  fiber  sup- 
ply, please  write  to  Dept.  159- A, 
International  Paper  Company, 
220  East  42nd  Sh-eet,  New  York, 
New  York  10017. 


® 


INTERNATIONAL    PAPER    COMPANY 

220  EAST  42ND  STREET  NEW  YORK    NEW  YORK  10017 


Free! 


A  Catalog  for  Cyclists, 

Backpackers,  Golfers, 

Fishermen,  Archers 

and  Hunters. 

The  1976  Browning  Catalog 
has  99  full-color  pages  of  Sport- 
ing Goods,  plus  13  pages  of 
expert  outdoor  tips. 


Browning^ 

Sirs:  Please  send  me  your  free  catalog 
Browning.  Dept.  C93,  Morgan,  Ut   84050 

Name 

Street 

City  

State Zip 


Share  the  Thrills 
01  Exploring  f 
ouier  space; 

All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  this 
superb  RV-E,  6-inch 
available  gfi"'^    ?15  Crating 

on  easy  terms!  "  Charge 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picldng  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketboolt  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  — the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oaliwood  Ave..  W.  Hartford.  Conn.  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat,  Offic 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Dept.  NH-68 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

Name^ 

Address . 

City State— 


l6 


tober  12,  1975),  Wilson  wrote: 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  patterns 
of  human  social  behavior,  includ- 
ing altruistic  behavior,  are  under 
genetic  control,  in  the  sense  that 
they  represent  a  restricted  subset  of 
possible  patterns  that  are  very  dif- 
ferent from  the  patterns  of  ter- 
mites, chimpanzees  and  other  ani- 
mal species. 

If  this  is  all  that  Wilson  means  by 
genetic  control,  then  we  can  scarcely 
disagree.  Surely  we  do  not  do  all  the 
things  that  other  animals  do,  and  just 
as  surely,  the  range  of  our  potential 
behavior  is  circumscribed  by  our  bi- 
ology. We  would  lead  very  different 
social  lives  if  we  photosynthesized 
(no  agriculture,  gathering,  or  hunt- 
ing— the  major  determinants  of  our 
social  evolution)  or  had  life  cycles 
like  those  of  certain  gall  midges. 
(When  feeding  on  an  uncrowded 
mushroom,  these  insects  reproduce  in 
the  larval  or  pupal  stage.  The  young 
grow  within  the  mother's  body,  de- 
vour her  from  inside,  and  emerge 


from  her  depleted  external  shell  ready 
to  feed,  grow  the  next  generation,  and 
make  the  supreme  sacrifice.) 

But  Wilson  makes  much  stronger 
claims.  Chapter  27  is  not  a  statement 
about  the  range  of  potential  human 
behaviors  or  even  an  argument  for  the 
restriction  of  that  range  from  a  much 
larger  total  domain  among  all  ani- 
mals. It  is,  primarily,  an  extended 
speculation  on  the  existence  of  genes 
for  specific  and  variable  traits  in 
human  behavior — including  spite, 
aggression,  xenophobia,  conformity, 
homosexuality,  and  the  characteristic 
behavioral  differences  between  men 
and  women  in  Western  society.  Of 
course,  Wilson  does  not  deny  the  role 
of  nongenetic  learning  in  human  be- 
havior ;  he  even  states  at  one  point  that 
'  'genes  have  given  away  most  of  their 
sovereignty."  But  he  quickly  adds, 
genes  "maintain  a  certain  amount  of 
influence  in  at  least  the  behavioral 
qualities  that  underlie  variations  be- 
tween cultures."  And  the  next  para- 
graph calls  for  "a  discipline  of  an- 
thropological genetics." 


Linnaeus  in  Lapland  attire 


British  Columbia,  Canada. 

These  pictures  are  just  a  sample  of  what  is  waiting  for  you  in  British 
Columbia.  1.  One  of  many  intriguing  shops  that  can  be  found  through- 
out the  Province.  2.  Long  Beach  on  Vancouver  Island,  11  miles  of  un- 
broken beach  on  the  Pacific  Ocean.  3.  The  Williams  Lake  Stampede. 
Dozens  of  rodeos  take  place  all  summer  long  in  British  Columbia's 
cattle  country.  4.  An  outdoor  restaurant  in  Gastown,  the  original  settle- 
ment of  British  Columbia's  largest  city,  Vancouver.  For  more  pictures 
and  lots  more  information  write:  British  Columbia  Department  of 
Travel  Industry,  1019  Wharf  Street,  Victoria,  British  Columbia  V8W  2Z2. 
Or  see  your  local  travel  agent. 


For  the  time  of  your  life. 


Biological  determinism  is  the  pri- 
mary theme  in  Wilson's  discussion  of 
human  behavior;  chapter  27  makes 
no  sense  in  any  other  context.  Wil- 
son's primary  aim,  as  I  read  him,  is 
to  suggest  that  Darwinian  theory 
might  reformulate  the  human  sci- 
ences just  as  it  has  succeeded  so  spec- 
tacularly in  other  biological  disci- 
plines. But  Darwinian  processes  can- 
not operate  without  genes  to  select. 
Unless  the  "interesting"  properties 
of  human  behavior  are  under  specific 
genetic  control,  sociology  need  fear 
no  invasion  of  its  turf.  By  interesting, 
I  refer  to  the  subjects  sociologists  and 
anthropologists  fight  about  most 
often — aggression,  social  stratifica- 
tion, and  differences  in  behavior  be- 
tween men  and  women.  If  genes  only 
specify  that  we  are  large  enough  to 
live  in  a  world  of  gravitational  forces, 
need  to  rest  our  bodies  by  sleeping, 
and  do  not  photosynthesize,  then  the 
realm  of  genetic  determinism  will  be 
relatively  uninspiring. 

What  is  the  direct  evidence  for  ge- 
netic control  of  specific  human  social 
behavior?  At  the  moment,  the  answer 
is  none  whatever.  (It  would  not  be 
impossible,  in  theory,  to  gain  such 
evidence  by  standard,  controlled  ex- 


periments in  breeding,  but  we  do  not 
raise  people  in  Drosophila  bottles, 
establish  pure  lines,  or  control  envi- 
ronments for  invariant  nurturing.) 
Sociobiologists  must  therefore  ad- 
vance indirect  arguments  based  on 
plausibility.  Wilson  uses  three  major 
strategies:  universality,  continuity, 
and  adaptiveness. 

1.  Universality:  If  certain  behav- 
iors are  invariably  found  in  our  clos- 
est primate  relatives  and  among 
humans  themselves,  a  circumstantial 
case  for  common,  inherited  genetic 
control  may  be  advanced.  Chapter  27 
abounds  with  statements  about  sup- 
posed human  universals.  For  ex- 
ample, "Human  beings  are  absurdly 
easy  to  indoctrinate — they  seek  it." 
Or,  "Men  would  rather  believe  than 
know."  I  can  only  say  that  my  own 
experience  does  not  correspond  with 
Wilson's. 

When  Wilson  must  acknowledge 
diversity,  he  often  dismisses  the  un- 
comfortable "exceptions"  as  tempo- 
rary and  unimportant  aberrations. 
Since  Wilson  believes  that  repeated, 
often  genocidal  warfare  has  shaped 
our  genetic  destiny,  the  existence  of 
nonaggressive  peoples  is  embar- 
rassing. But  he  writes:  "It  is  to  be 


expected  that  some  isolated  cultures 
will  escape  the  process  for  genera- 
tions at  a  time ,  in  effect  reverting  tem- 
porarily to  what  ethnographers  clas- 
sify as  a  pacific  state." 

In  any  case ,  even  if  we  can  compile 
a  list  of  behavioral  traits  shared  by 
humans  and  our  closest  primate  rela- 
tives, this  does  not  make  a  good  case 
for  common  genetic  control.  Similar 
results  need  not  imply  similar  causes; 
in  fact,  evolutionists  are  so  keenly 
aware  of  this  problem  that  they  have 
developed  a  terminology  to  express 
it.  Similar  features  due  to  common 
genetic  ancestry  are  "homologous"; 
similarities  due  to  common  function, 
but  with  different  evolutionary  histo- 
ries, are  "analogous"  (the  wings  of 
birds  and  insects,  for  example — the 
common  ancestor  of  both  groups 
lacked  wings).  I  will  argue  below  that 
a  basic  feature  of  human  biology  sup- 
ports the  idea  that  many  behavioral 
similarities  between  humans  and 
other  primates  are  analogous,  and 
that  they  have  no  direct  genetic  speci- 
fication in  humans. 

2.  Continuity:  Wilson  claims,  with 
ample  justice  in  my  opinion,  that  the 
Darwinian  explanation  of  altruism  in 
W.D.   Hamilton's    1964  theory   of 


SOMETHING  FOR  YOUR  FRIENDS. 


Now,  for  the  first  time,  there's  a  regular  source  of 
professional  quality  information  available  to  responsible 
pet  owners.  PET  NEWS  magazine  is  a  new  concept  in 
pet  education.  Written  by  leading  professionals  in  the  pet 
field  for  interested  pet  owners,  PET  NEWS  supplies  the 
information  that  you  need  to  keep  your  pets  healthy 
and  happy. 

Vv'hether  you  own  dogs,  cats,  birds,  fish,  or  any  other 
pet,  PET  NEWS  will  give  you  tlie  facts  you  need  to  get  the 
most  from  pet  ownersjii;-'. 


Wiitten  by  veterinarians,  psychologists,  trainers, 
groomers,  scientists,  curators,  lawyers,  ecologists, 
health  officers  and  pet  industry  professionals 
Written  in  clear,  easy-to-read  learning  units 
Discussion  of  the  legal,  social,  ethical,  biological, 
historical,  ecological,  and  psychological  aspects  of 
pet  ownersliip 


*    Horses 


Dear  Pet  News: 


Cats 
Reptiles 


Fish  *    Birds 

Small  Cage  Animals 


Here  is  my  check  (money  order)  for : 

me  to  12  issues  of  Pet  News. 

Name 


5.75  which  entitles 


Address. 
City 


.State. 


-Zip. 


Age:   Dander  18yr.  Dover  18yr. 

Please  fill  in  total  weight  of  all  dogs  owned:_ 

Pet  News  Magazine 

44  Court  Street 

Brooklyn,  New  York  1 1201 


^i******rf 


"kin  selection"  forms  the  basis  for  an 
evolutionary  theory  of  animal  socie- 
ties. Altruistic  acts  are  the  cement  of 
stable  societies,  yet  they  seem  to  defy 
a  Darwinian  explanation.  On  Dar- 
winian principles,  all  individuals  arc 
.selected  to  maximize  their  own  genet- 
ic contributions  to  future  generations. 
How,  then,  can  they  willingly  sacri- 
lice  or  endanger  themselves  by  per- 
forming altruistic  acts  to  benefit 
others? 

The  resolution  is  charmingly 
simple  in  concept,  although  complex 
in  technical  detail .  By  benefiting  rela- 
tives, altruistic  acts  preserve  an  altru- 
ist's genes  even  if  the  altruist  himself 
will  not  be  the  one  to  perpetuate 
them.  For  example,  in  most  sexually 
reproducing  organisms,  an  individual 
shares  an  average  of  half  the  genes  of 
his  sibs  and  one-eighth  the  genes  of 
his  first  cousins.  Hence,  if  faced  with 
a  choice  of  saving  oneself  alone  or 
sacrificing  oneself  to  save  more  than 
two  sibs  or  more  than  eight  first  cous- 
ins, the  Darwinian  calculus  favors  al- 
truistic sacrifice,  for  in  so  doing,  an 
altruist  actually  increases  his  own 
genetic  representation  in  future  gen- 
erations. 

Natural  selection  will  favor  the 
preservation  of  such  self-serving  al- 
truist genes.  But  what  of  altruistic 
acts  toward  nonrelatives?  Here  socio- 
biologists  must  invoke  a  related  con- 
cept of  "reciprocal  altruism"  to  pre- 
serve a  genetic  explanation.  The  al- 
truistic act  entails  some  danger  and  no 
immediate  benefit,  but  if  it  inspires  a 
reciprocal  act  by  the  current  benefi- 
ciary at  some  future  time,  it  may  pay 
off  in  the  long  run:  a  genetic  incarna- 
tion of  the  age-old  adage.  You  scratch 
my  back  and  I'll  scratch  yours  (even 
if  we're  not  related). 

The  argument  from  continuity  then 
proceeds.  Altruistic  acts  in  other  ani- 
mal societies  can  be  plausibly  ex- 
plained as  examples  of  Darwinian  kin 
selection.  Humans  perform  altruistic 
acts  and  these  are  likely  to  have  a  sim- 
ilarly direct  genetic  basis.  But  again, 
similarity  of  result  does  not  imply 
identity  of  cause  (see  below  for  an 
alternate  explanation  based  on  bio- 
logical potentiality  rather  than  bio- 
logical determinism). 

3.  Adaptiveness:  Adaptation  is  the 
hallmark  of  Darwinian  processes. 
Natural  selection  operates  continu- 
ously and  relentlessly  to  fit  organisms 
to  their  environments.  Disadvanta- 
geous social  structures,  like  poorly 
designed  morphological  structures, 
will  not  survive  for  long. 


Electronic  Digital  RAIN  GAUGE 
Never  Needs  Emptying 

and  gives  remote,  indoor  reading! 

This  beautiful,  remote-reading  electronic  digital  rain 
gauge  accurately  measures  ram  up  to  100  feet  away,  by 
tenths  of  an  inch  up  to  999  9".  and  empties  Itself.  Ac- 
cumulate total  rainfall  count  for  an  hour,  day,  week,  etc 
To  start  a  new  counting  period,  just  push  the  reset  button 
on  the  indoor  counter  There's  no  need  ever  to  empty  or  check  the  hermetically 
sealed  outdoor  collector!  The  collector  is  easily  mounted  on  a  fence,  roof  deck 
patio— anywhere  up  to  100  feet  away— with  2  ordinary  screws  To  know  whether 
your  plants,  shrubs,  lawn  and  garden  are  getting  an  adequate  supply  of  water,  just 
read  the  indoor  counter'  The  unit  runs  on  a  9V  transistor  battery  (not  included) 
which  has  a  minimum  of  one  year  s  life.  Waterproof  wire  (30  ft,)  is  Included  A  great 
gift  for  gardening  hobbyists,  farmers,  home  owners  and  .  . 

weather  buffs!  And  great  to  own'     STOCK  N0,72,165E  Just  s4495  Ppd 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW  t72Pages 
Over  4,500  Un- 
usual Bargains 
for  Hobbyists. 
Schools,  Industry 

JUST  CHECK 
COUPON' 

EDMUIMD 
SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 
Barrington,  N,  J,  08007 

(609)  547-3488 

Amenc3'i  Greatest 
Science  •  Optics  •  Hobby  Marl 


COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  COUPON  NOW 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC   CO.    300  EUscorp  BIDi  ,  Bamngton,  N    J    08007 


Please  Send  Me 

Eiecuonic  Digital  Ram  Gaugeisi 

No   72,165E@S44  95ea  S_ 


SEND  FREE    Hi 
172PACE  CATALOG  •€ 
~  Ctiafge  my  BankAmencard 
L.  Ctiarge  my  Master  Cliatge 

Interbanli  No 

Cafd  No 

Eipiration  Date 

30  DAY  MONEY. BACK  GUAR. 
ANTEE,  You  must  be  satis- 
tied  Of  return  any  purchase 
m  30  days  lor  lull  refund 
City 


.Service  i  handling  ctiarge  S. 
Enclosed  is 
n  checli,  n  ">  0   m  amount  ol  S_ 


Signature  . 
Name 


HELPING  70  DEVELOP  AMBfllCA  S  TECHNOLOGr  FOR  OVER  30  YEAAS. 


The  ageless  spirit 

of  the  American  Southwvest 


The  Hoop  Dancer  "< 

Mikael  Redman  —  famed  for  his"  V\^ 
exquisitely  wrought  sculptures  on 
Southwestern  themes — has  captured  the 
essence  of  this  classic  Indian  ceremonial. 
One  of  a  series  of  eight.  Painstakingly 
detailed  in  .999  fine  silver  with  24  carat  gold 
vermeil  accents.  Mounted  on  an  uncut 
turquoise  base  of  at  least  250  carats. 
Presented  in  an  oiled  walnut  display  case. 

$375.00 
Only  a  limited  number  of  the  original  900     | 
remain.  Signed  and  numbered  by  the 
artist.    No    more   will   be   cast. 
For  inquiries  and  credit  card  _--a£. 

orders,  telephone  toll-free 

1-800-528-0291  J* 


'W^, 


mi 


The  Mikael  Redmari' 
/^^  Galleries" 


^. 


&  "* 


7110  Fifth  Avcmnp 
Scottsdale,  Arizona  85251 


Talented  Little  Towel 


Absorbent  terry  cloth  towel  is  shaped  into 
the  Eddie  Bauer  Toweling  Hat  to  outsmart 
summer  heat  two  ways!  When  your  brow  is 
perspiring,  just  wipe  it  with  your  hat.  Or 
douse  your  hat  in  water,  wring  it  out  and 
wear  it  to  keep  you  cool  at  tennis,  golf,  boat- 
ing, fishing,  camping.  Sizes:  S(6%-6% ), 
M(7-7y8),  L(7y4-73/a),  XL(7y2-7ya),  XXL(7%- 
7%).  Colors:  Sailing  Blue,  Powder  Blue, 
White,  Yellow.  2002  Toweling  Hat,  $4.95  ppd. 

r  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee! 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  rush  my  2002  Toweling  Hat. 

Size Color 


Address- 
City 


^^3c^oe/^!u*ia^ 


Dept.    KNH.  Third  &  Virginia,  Seattle,  WA  98124 


FABLED 
DANUBE 

From  the  Black  Forest  to  the 
Black  Sea,  this  mighty  river  is 
your  route  to  a  year-round  fes- 
tival. A  never-to-be-forgotten 
mosaic  of  the  old  and  the  new 
in  the  rich  European  heartland. 


Germany 


Czechoslovakia 

Hungary 
,  Romania 


Yugoslavia 


Bulgaria 


FREEK/AP 
LET 


:^<o 


See  your  travel  agent  or  send  coupon 

The  Danube  Countries: 

380  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  10017 


Human  social  practices  are  clearly 
adaptive.  One  of  my  predecessors  in 
these  columns,  anthropologist  Mar- 
vin Harris,  has  delighted  in  demon- 
strating the  logic  and  sensibility  of 
those  social  practices  in  other  cultures 
that  seem  most  bizarre  to  smug  West- 
erners {Cows,  Pigs,  Wars,  and 
Witches,  Random  House,  1974). 
Human  social  behavior  is  riddled 
with  altruism;  it  is  also  clearly  adap- 
tive. Is  this  not  a  prima  facie  argu- 
ment for  direct  genetic  control?  My 
answer  is  definitely  "no,"  and  I  can 
best  illustrate  my  claim  by  reporting 
an  argument  I  had  with  a  colleague, 
an  eminent  anthropologist. 

My  colleague  insisted  that  the  clas- 
sic story  of  Eskimo  on  ice  floes  pro- 
vides adequate  proof  for  the  existence 
of  specific  altruist  genes  maintained 
by  kin  selection.  Apparently,  among 
some  Eskimo  peoples,  social  units 
are  arranged  as  family  groups.  If  food 
resources  dwindle  and  the  family 
must  move  to  survive,  aged  grand- 
parents willingly  remain  behind  (to 
die)  rather  than  endanger  the  survival 
of  the  entire  family  by  slowing  an  ar- 
duous and  dangerous  migration. 
Family  groups  with  no  altruist  genes 
have  succumbed  to  natural  selection 
as  migrations  hindered  by  the  old  and 
sick  lead  to  the  death  of  entire  fami- 
lies. Grandparents  with  altruist  genes 
increase  their  own  fitness  by  their  sac- 
rifice, for  they  insure  the  survival  of 
close  relatives  sharing  their  genes. 

The  explanation  by  my  colleague 
is  plausible,  to  be  sure,  but  scarcely 
conclusive  since  an  eminently  sim- 
ple, nongenetic  explanation  also 
exists:  there  are  no  altruist  genes  at 
all,  in  fact,  no  important  genetic  dif- 
ferences among  Eskimo  families 
whatsoever.  The  sacrifice  of  grand- 
parents is  an  adaptive,  but  nonge- 
netic, cultural  trait.  Families  with  no 
tradition  for  sacrifice  do  not  survive 
for  many  generations.  In  other  fami- 
lies, sacrifice  is  celebrated  in  song 
and  story;  aged  grandparents  who 
stay  behind  become  the  greatest  he- 
roes of  the  clan.  Children  are  social- 
ized from  their  earliest  memories  to 
the  glory  and  honor  of  such  sacrifice. 

I  cannot  prove  my  scenario,  any 
more  than  my  colleague  can  demon- 
strate his.  But  in  the  current  context 
of  no  evidence,  they  are  at  least 
equally  plausible.  Likewise,  recipro- 
cal altruism  undeniably  exists  in 
human  societies,  but  this  provides  no 
evidence  whatever  for  its  genetic 
basis.  As  Benjamin  Franklin  said: 
"We  must  all  hang  together,  or  as- 


suredly we  shall  all  hang  separately. ' ' 
Functioning  societies  may  require  re- 
ciprocal altruism.  But  these  acts  need 
not  be  coded  into  our  being  by  genes; 
they  may  be  inculcated  equally  well 
by  learning. 

I  return,  then,  to  Linnaeus 's  com- 
promise that  we  are  both  ordinary  and 
unique.  The  central  feature  of  our  bi- 
ological uniqueness  also  provides  the 
major  reason  for  doubting  that  our  be- 
haviors are  directly  coded  by  specific 
genes.  That  feature  is,  of  course,  our 
large  brain.  Size  itself  is  a  major  de- 
terminant of  the  function  and  struc- 
ture of  any  object.  The  large  and  the 
small  cannot  work  in  the  same  way. 
We  know  best  the  structural  changes 
that  compensate  for  the  decrease  of 
surface  area  in  relation  to  volume  of 
large  creatures,  for  example,  thick 
legs  and  convoluted  internal  surfaces 
such  as  lungs  and  villi  of  the  small 
intestine.  But  markedly  increased 
brain  size  in  human  evolution  may 
have  had  the  most  profound  conse- 
quences of  all.  The  increase  added 
enough  neural  connections  to  convert 
an  inflexible  and  rigidly  programmed 
device  into  a  labile  organ.  Endowed 
with  sufficient  logic  and  memory,  the 
brain  may  have  substituted  nonpro- 
grammed  learning  for  direct  specifi- 
cation as  the  ground  of  social  behav- 
ior. Flexibility  may  well  be  the  most 
important  determinant  of  human  con- 
sciousness; the  direct  programming 
of  behavior  has  probably  become  in- 
adaptive. 

Why  imagine  that  specific  genes 
for  aggression,  dominance,  or  spite 
have  any  importance  when  we  know 
that  the  brain's  enormous  flexibility 
permits  us  to  be  aggressive  or  peace- 
ful, dominant  or  submissive,  spiteful 
or  generous?  Violence,  sexism,  and 
general  nastiness  are  biological  since 
they  represent  one  subset  of  a  possi- 
ble range  of  behaviors.  But  peace- 
fulness,  equality,  and  kindness  are 
just  as  biological — and  we  may  see 
their  influence  increase  if  we  can 
create  social  structures  that  permit 
them  to  flourish.  Thus,  my  criticism 
of  Wilson  does  not  invoke  a  non- 
biological  "environmentalism";  it 
merely  pits  the  concept  of  biological 
potentiality,  with  a  brain  capable  of 
the  full  range  of  human  behaviors  and 
predisposed  toward  none,  against  the 
idea  of  biological  determinism,  with 
specific  genes  for  specific  behavioral 
traits. 

But  why  is  this  academic  issue  so 
delicate  and  explosive?  There  is  no 
hard  evidence  for  either  position,  and 


You  can  help  save 
Maria  Almanzar 
and  her  village 
for  $16  a  month. 


Or  you  can 
turn  the  page 


You  enter  Maria's  house  through  a  tiny  store. 

Chickens  peck  at  the  vegetables  that  sit  unsold 

on  the  dirt  floor. 

Through  a  curtain  at  the  back,  two  small  bedrooms. 

Since  Maria's  father  abandoned  the  family 

only  six  people  live  in  these  two  rooms. 

You  won't  find  any  electricity,  running  water,  or  a  bathroom. 

You  will  find  a  deep  sense  of  despair. 

Multiply  this  scene  by  105  other  houses  and  you  have  a  pic- 
ture of  Maria's  village.  Most  of  the  children  grow  up  illiterate 
and  undernourished  while  their  parents  eke  out  an  existence 
on  the  land.  For  $16  a  month,  through  Save  the  Children 
Federation  you  can  help  Maria  and  her  village  help  them- 
selves. Your  $16,  combined  with  money  from  other  sponsors, 
can  help  the  community  build  schools,  sink  wells,  and  buy 
livestock  to  increase  incomes  so  that  everyone  will  benefit. 
This  in  turn  can  provide  these  children  with  food,  clothing, 
shelter. 

This  is  the  Maria  Almanzar  story.  This  is  what  Save  the  Chil- 
dren has  been  all  about  since  1932.  For  you  there  are  many 
rewards:  a  chance  to  correspond,  receive  a  photo  and  prog- 
ress reports.  Above  all,  to  know  you  are  reaching  out  to  other 
human  beings.  That's  how  Save  the  Children  works.  But 
without  you  it  can't  work.  So  please:  clip  this  coupon  and 
mail  it  today.  Now  you  can  turn  the  page. 


We  are  indeed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  funds.  Annual  report  and  audit 

stalemenl  available  on  request-  Member  of  the  International  Union 

for  Cfiild  Welfare  and  Ifie  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  for 

Foreign  Sendee.  Contributions  are  inconne  lax  deductible. 


I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a 

n  boy  n  girl  n  either 

D  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 

n  Appalachia  (U.  S.)  D  Inner  Cities  (U.  8.) 

n  Bangladesh  n  Israel 

D  Colombia  □  Korea 

D  Dominican  Republic  q  Lebanon 

D  Honduras  □  Mexico 

n  Indian  (Latin  America)         □  Rural  South  (U.S.) 

n  Indian  (U.S.) 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

n  $16  monthly  D  $96  semi-annually 

D  $48  quarterly  D  $192  annually 

n  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing 

a  contribution  of  $ 

n  Please  send  me  more  information. 


NAME- 


_TEL.  NO.. 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


-STATE. 


-ZIP- 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

I  Westport,  Connecticut  06880  nh  s/e  j 


0  °  O       O  o 

o    o  to  the o       °^i_    ° 

§6n°FCi)R 


o 
«59 


I        After  this  educational 
I      adventure  for  divers  and 
/  non-divers  alike,  you'll  know 
!     the  reef  as  never  before! 


Explore  exotic  submarine  wilder- 
ness and  reef  ecosystems  in  the 
gin-clear,  sun  drenclied  Caribbean 
at  fabulous  Bonaire  in  the  Nether- 1 
lands  Antilles.  ' 

You'll  spend  your  first  week  at  Key 
West,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
YMCA's  underwater  activities  cen- 
ter. Here,  swimmers  and  beginning 
divers  will  receive  internationally 
recognized  certification  by  the  div- 
ing masters  who  "wrote  the  bool<" 
on  SCUBA.  Divers  already  certified  I 
will  earn  advanced  ratings. 

At  Bonaire,  your  second  weel<  will  i 
be  filled  with  lectures,  demonstra- 
t\or\s  and  diving  with  outstanding  j 
undersea  scientists,  marine  biol- ! 
ogists  and  oceanographers.  j 

Now  booking  limited  groups  for  ! 
August  8-21,  September  12-25,  , 
October  10-23  and  November  7-20.  j 

2-week  Seminar  | 

$1750  j 

from  Miami  ! 


I  Write  for  brochure:  j 

I  OCEAN  SEMINARS,  INC.  ! 

i  Dept.  B  / 

J  6440  Mack  Avenue 

Detroit,  Michigan  48207 


what  difTerence  does  it  make,  for  ex- 
ample, whether  we  conform  because 
conformer  genes  have  been  selected 
or  because  our  general  genetic  make- 
up permits  conformity  as  one  strategy 
among  many? 

The  protracted  and  intense  debate 
surrounding  biological  determinism 
has  arisen  as  a  function  of  its  social 
and  political  message.  As  I  have  ar- 
gued in  several  columns  (April  1974, 
June-July  1975,  March  1976),  bio- 
logical determinism  has  always  been 
used  to  defend  existing  social  ar- 
rangements as  biologically  inevita- 
ble— from  "for  ye  have  the  poor  al- 
ways with  you"  to  nineteenth- 
century  imperialism  to  modern  sex- 
ism. Why  else  would  a  set  of  ideas 
so  devoid  of  factual  support  gain  such 
a  consistently  good  press  from  estab- 
lished media  throughout  the  cen- 
turies? This  usage  is  quite  out  of  the 
control  of  individual  scientists  who 
propose  deterministic  theories  for  a 
host  of  reasons,  often  benevolent. 

I  make  no  attribution  of  motive  in 
Wilson's  or  anyone  else's  case.  Nei- 
ther do  I  reject  determinism  because 
I  dislike  its  political  usage.  Scientific 
truth,  as  we  understand  it,  must  be 
our  primary  criterion.  We  live  with 
several  unpleasant  biological  truths, 
death  being  the  most  undeniable  and 
ineluctable.  If  genetic  determinism  is 
true,  we  will  learn  to  live  with  it  as 
well.  But  I  reiterate  my  statement  that 
no  evidence  exists  to  support  it,  that 
the  crude  versions  of  past  centuries 
have  been  conclusively  disproved, 
and  that  its  continued  popularity  is  a 
function  of  social  prejudice  among 
those  who  benefit  most  from  the 
status  quo. 

But  let  us  not  saddle  Sociobiology 
with  the  sins  of  past  determinists. 
What  have  been  its  direct  results  in 
the  first  few  months  of  its  excellent 
publicity?  At  best,  we  see  the  begin- 
nings of  a  line  of  social  research  that 
promises  only  absurdity  by  its  refusal 
to  consider  immediate  nongenetic 
factors.  The  January  30,  1976,  issue 
of  Science  (America's  leading  techni- 
cal journal  for  scientists)  contains  an 
article  on  panhandling  that  I  would 
have  accepted  as  satire  if  it  had  ap- 
peared verbatim  in  the  National  Lam- 
poon. The  authors  dispatched  "pan- 
handlers" to  request  dimes  from 
various  "targets."  Results  are  dis- 
cussed only  in  the  context  of  kin  se- 
lection, reciprocal  altruism,  and  the 
food-sharing  habits  of  chimps  and 
baboons — nothing  on  current  urban 
realities  in  America.  As  one  major 


conclusion,  they  find  that  male  pan- 
handlers are  "far  more  successful  ap- 
proaching a  single  female  or  a  pair  of 
females  than  a  male  and  female  to- 
gether; they  were  particularly  unsuc- 
cessful when  approaching  a  single 
male  or  two  males  together. ' '  But  not 
a  word  about  urban  fear  or  the  politics 
of  sex — just  some  statements  about 
chimps  and  the  genetics  of  altruism 
(although  they  finally  admit  that  re- 
ciprocal altruism  probably  does  not 
apply — after  all,  they  argue,  what  fu- 
ture benefit  can  one  expect  from  a 
panhandler). 

In  the  first  negative  comment  on 
Sociobiology,  economist  Paul  Sam- 
uelson  {Newsweek,  July  7,  1975) 
urged  sociobiologists  to  tread  softly 
in  the  zones  of  race  and  sex.  I  see  no 
evidence  that  his  advice  is  being 
heeded.  In  his  New  York  Times  Mag- 
azine article  of  October  12,  1975, 
Wilson  writes: 

In  hunter-gatherer  societies,  men 
hunt  and  women  stay  at  home.  This 
strong  bias  persists  in  most  [my 
emphasis]  agricultural  and  indus- 
trial societies  and,  on  that  ground 
alone,  appears  to  have  a  genetic  or- 
igin. .  .  .  My  own  guess  is  that  the 
genetic  bias  is  intense  enough  to 
cause  a  substantial  division  of 
labor  even  in  the  most  free  and 
most  egalitarian  of  future  societies. 
.  .  .  Even  with  identical  education 
and  equal  access  to  all  professions, 
men  are  likely  to  continue  to  play 
a  disproportionate  role  in  political 
life,  business  and  science. 

I  can  only  repeat  Kate  Millett's 
complaint  that '  'patriarchy  has  a  tena- 
cious or  powerful  hold  through  its 
successful  habit  of  passing  itself  off 
as  nature." 

We  are  both  similar  to  and  different 
from  other  animals.  In  different  cul- 
tural contexts,  emphasis  upon  one 
side  or  the  other  of  this  fundamental 
truth  plays  a  useful  social  role.  In 
Darwin's  day,  an  assertion  of  our 
similarity  broke  through  centuries  of 
harmful  superstition.  Now  we  may 
need  to  emphasize  our  difference  as 
flexible  animals  with  a  vast  range  of 
potential  behavior.  Our  biological  na- 
ture does  not  stand  in  the  way  of  so- 
cial reform.  We  are,  as  Simone  de 
Beauvoir  said,  "I'etre  dont  I'etre  est 
de  n'etre  pas" — the  being  whose  es- 
sence lies  in  having  no  essence. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science  at 
Harvard  University. 


Fedders  heat  pump 

air  conditioner  cuts 

winter  fuel  bills 

Saves  on  summer  cooling,  too! 


The  money  you  save  operating  your 
Fedders  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  air 
conditioner  to  warm  your  home  in  the 
winter  can  pay  for  the  cost  of  operating  the 
Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  air  conditioner 
to  cool  your  home  in  summer 

The  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  air 
conditioner  is  a  single  system  that  performs 
like  two. .  .to  provide  comfort  all  year  long. 
In  summer  it's  a  super  efficient  central  air 
conditioner  that  removes  heat  from  your 
home  at  an  exceptionally  low  operating 
cost  and  leaves  it  comfortably  cool  and  dry. 
In  winter  the  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump 
air  conditioner  is  reversed  automatically 
and  it  becomes  a  heating  system ...  a  heating 
system  that  uses  the  natural  heat  always 
present  in  the  outdoor  air  (82  percent  of 
heat  in  the  air  that  was  available  at  100°F  is 
still  available  at  0°F). 

Because  it  uses  this  natural  heat,  the 
Fedders  heat  pump  air  conditioner  can 
achieve  dramatic  savings  in  winter  fuel  bills 
when  compared  to  straight  electric  heat. 
Electric  heat  has  a  C.O.P.  (coefficient  of  per- 
formance —ratio  of  heat  output  to  energy 
consumed)  of  1.00  and  provides  3413 
BTUH  for  each  KWH  used.  The 
Flexhermetic  II  model  CKH024B7A  out- 
door unit  and  CKJ024C2A  indoor  unit 
has  a  C.O.P.  of  2.6  at  47 °F  outdoor  air  tem- 
perature. In  other  words  8874  BTUH  for 
each  KWH.  It's  easy  to  see  how  savings 
quickly  add  up  to  offset  the  low  operating 


cost  of  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  cooling. 

The  Fedders  heat  pump  air  condi- 
tioner is  exceptionally  reliable  and  efficient 
because  of  the  Fedders  Rotor-H  com- 
pressor that  was  specifically  designed  for 
heat  pump  operation.  Its  smooth  rotary 
motion  with  only  three  basic  moving  parts 
(less  to  wear  out,  less  to  go  wrong),  its  solid 
construction,  its  special  low-friction 
Carblucori"  bearings  (this  a  spectacular  en- 
gineering achievement  in  its  own  right)  set 
new  high  standards  of  reliability'. 

So  reliable  in  fact  is  the  Rotor-H  com- 
pressor that  Fedders  makes  available  a 
four-year  extended  full  warrant^'  in  addi- 
tion to  the  one  year  standard  parts  warrant^'. 
The  super-efficient  Rotor-H  compressor  is 
the  heart  of  a  system  designed  and  con- 
structed to  match  its  unparalleled 
reliability  and  performance. 

So  no  matter  if  you're  adding  on  or 
replacing,  Fedders 
makes  central  air  con- 
ditioning and  heating 
more  affordable.  For 
more  information 
on  how  you  can  save 
with  Fedders,  write 
Fedders  Air  Conditioning  Sales  Co., 
Dept.  HB,  Edison,  New  Jersey  08817. 


)D 


the  most  comforting  name  in  air  conditioning 


23 


Energy  Crisis  of  the  Hummingbird 


by  WUliam  A.  Calder  III 


Survival  for  this 
tiny  bird  often  depends 
upon  its  ability  to 
regulate  metabolism 

When  European  immigrants  first 
began  to  settle  the  eastern  seaboard  of 
North  America,  they  found  many 
birds  similar  in  appearance  to  those 
they  had  left  behind.  But  they  were 
struck  by  one  species  that  they  had 
never  before  seen.  In  1714,  John 
Lawson,  an  Englishman,  wrote  an  ac- 
count of  his  travels  through  what  is 
now  North  Carolina,  and  described 
this  unique  bird: 

The  Humming-Bird  is  the  Miracle 
of  all  our  winged  Animals.  He  is 
feathered  as  a  Bird,  and  gets  his 
Living  as  the  Bees,  by  sucking  the 
Honey  from  each  Flower.  His  Nest 
is  one  of  the  greatest  pieces  of 
Workmanship  the  Whole  Tribe  of 
winged  Animals  can  show.  .  .  . 
The  Eggs  are  the  Bigness  of  Pease. 

In  those  days,  the  study  of  biology 
primarily  encompassed  cataloging 
the  physical  characteristics  and  habits 
of  organisms,  and  body  size,  in  ex- 
tremes, was  cause  for  marvel.  In 
1634,  Father  Paul  Le  Jeune  wrote  of 
the  ruby-throated  hunmiingbird, 
"God  seems  to  me  more  wonderful 
in  this  little  bird  than  in  a  large  ani- 
mal.'  '  As  biological  study  progressed 
from  description  to  analysis,  body 
size  proved  to  have  a  profound  effect 
on  an  animal's  requirements  and 
habits.  By  knowing  a  bird's  weight, 
we  can  now  predict  its  metabolic  and 
heart  rates,  insulation,  flight  speed; 
even  its  territory  size  and  life-span. 

The  influence  of  body  size  can  be 
appreciated  by  citing  an  analogous 
example:  a  spoonful  of  soup  cools 
much  faster  than  a  kettleful.  This  is 
because  smaller  objects  with  their 
larger  surface-to-volume  ratios  will 
cool  more  rapidly  than  bigger  ob- 
jects. 

The  temperattire  regulation  of 
birds  has  been  studied  extensively  in 


the  laboratory,  but  the  complexity  of 
natural  environments  and  of  behavior 
in  wild  birds  has  caused  ornithol- 
ogists to  largely  ignore  such  regula- 
tion in  nature.  A  nest  is  a  good  place 
to  investigate  this  because  a  bird  reg- 
ularly returns  to  it  and  to  tempera- 
ture sensors  and  other  measuring  de- 
vices placed  within  it. 

One  of  the  functions  of  a  bird '  s  nest 
is  to  conserve  heat,  a  form  of  energy. 
Yet  keeping  two  eggs  of  the '  'Bigness 
of  Pease"  warm  in  a  small  nest  must 
be  a  challenge  for  a  hummingbird, 
considering  the  size  of  its  body.  Per- 
haps this  is  not  a  problem  in  the  South 
American  tropics,  where  humming- 
birds probably  evolved,  but  several 
species  now  breed  and  nest  in  the 
chilly  climates  of  higher  altitudes  and 
latitudes.  The  combination  of  small 
extreme  in  body  size  and  cold  nights 
provides  a  dramatic  opportunity  for 
the  study  of  thermoregulation. 

A  hummingbird  that  is  not  able  to 
obtain  sufficient  food  must  conserve 
energy  in  order  to  maintain  a  balance. 
To  do  this,  it  can  reduce  its  body  tem- 
perature and  enter  a  brief  state  of 
semihibernation,  or  hypothermia. 
However,  development  of  the  em- 
bryo is  suspended  while  the  egg  is 
cool.  By  bugging  the  nests  of  Anna's 
hummingbirds  (Calypte  anna)  in 
southern  California,  Thomas  Howell 
and  William  Dawson  found  in  1954 
that  incubating  females  did  not  lower 
their  body  temperature.  From  that 
study  ornithologists  generalized  that 
all  incubating  hummingbirds  main- 
tained normal  body  temperatures  at 
all  times. 

The  calliope  hummingbird  {Stel- 
lula  calliope)  is  only  three-fifths  the 
size  of  Anna's  hummingbird,  yet  it 
nests  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  where 
temperatures  are  far  cooler  than  in 
southern  California.  Because  of  its 
colder  habitat  and  smaller  size,  I  de- 
cided to  use  this  species  to  test  the 
generalization  that  incubating  hirai- 
mingbirds  constantly  maintain  high 
body  and  nest  temperatures. 

In  1970, 1  recorded  the  temperature 


of  a  calliope  hummingbird  nest  at  the 
Jackson  Hole  Biological  Research 
Station  in  Wyoming.  The  thin,  dry 
atmosphere  brings  a  chill  to  the  valley 
each  evening  and  temperatures  often 
drop  to  freezing  before  sunrise.  After 
placing  a  thermocouple — a  device 
that  continuously  monitors  tempera- 
ture— in  the  nest  (precariously  situ- 
ated eight  feet  out  on  a  slender  limb), 
I  discovered  that  during  the  night,  the 
female  was  able  to  maintain  the  tem- 
perature of  the  egg  at  from  95°  to 
97°F.  A  second  nest  along  the  Snake 
River  showed  similar  temperatures. 
Despite  my  intrusions,  both  nests 
were  successful;  two  chicks  fledged 
from  each. 

The  observations  led  to  more  ques- 
tions. How  does  a  female  humming- 
bird pick  a  nest  site?  How  important 
for  her  heat  conservation  are  the  insu- 
lation of  the  nest  and  the  shelter  from 


the  night  sky  that  an  overhead  branch 
provides?  Surrounding  these  ques- 
tions is  the  more  important  one — how 
much  energy  is  required  to  keep  a  nest 
warm? 

Even  cooler  than  Jackson  Hole  at 
night  is  the  Rocky  Mountain  Biologi- 
cal Laboratory,  situated  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  9,500  feet  in  Gothic,  Colo- 
rado. A  large  population  of  broad- 
tailed  hummingbirds  (Selasphorus 
platycercus)  breeds  there.  With  the 
help  of  my  family  and  assistants  I 
have  now  studied  more  than  100  of 
their  nests — some  were  in  the  low 
branches  of  Engelmann  spruce  and 
others  were  high  in  aspens. 

Unlike  small  mammals  that  burrow 
underground,  the  hummingbird  hen 
is  directly  exposed  to  a  cold  night  and 
heat  conservation  is  of  utmost  impor- 
tance to  her.  A  nesting  bird  must  wait 
for  enough  light  to  begin  feeding  and 


can  consume  only  so  much  before 
nightfall.  With  these  limitations,  the 
hummingbird  hen  cannot  ignore  con- 
servation. Indeed,  she  is  forced  into 
economy  by  natural  selection;  spend- 
thrifts do  not  leave  offspring. 

In  order  to  measure  nighttime  heat 
losses  from  nests,  elaborate  and  ex- 
pensive equipment  is  necessary.  Heat 
leaves  the  hummingbird  and  her  nest 
by  several  routes.  For  example,  the 
bird  warms  the  surrounding  air  and 
when  the  air  moves,  the  heat  is  lost 
by  convection.  Air  and  surface  tem- 
peratures and  wind  velocity  must  thus 
be  measured.  Heat  is  also  transferred 
tlirough  the  nest  by  conduction,  so 
nest  interior  and  exterior  tempera- 
mres  are  needed,  as  is  a  measurement 
of  heat  flow  through  the  nest. 

Any  object  warmer  than  the  abso- 
lute zero  of  outer  space  radiates  heat 
energy.  The  warmer  the  surface,  the 


faster  the  heat  radiates  away.  If  the 
bird's  back  is  warmer  than  either  the 
overhead  branches  or  the  sky.  her 
body  will  emit  more  heat  than  it  re- 
ceives and  thus  incur  a  net  loss.  At 
the  coldest  point  in  the  daily  cycle, 
just  before  daybreak,  an  incubating 
hummingbird  loses  heat  by  radiation, 
conduction,  and  convection  at  a  rate 
of  about  one-quarter  of  a  watt.  This 
loss  must  be  balanced  by  an  equiva- 
lent heat  production. 

This  rate  of  heat  flow  comes  from 
a  bird  weighing  only  one-ninth  of  an 
ounce.  The  average  person,  when 
seated,  burns  energy  at  a  rate  of  about 
100  watts,  which  per  hummingbird- 
sized  morsel  of  flesh  averages  only 
1/200  watt. 

Energetically,  a  hummingbird's 
small  body  requires  less  food  than  a 
larger  bird  but  more  food  in  propor- 
tion to  its  size.  It  has  the  ability  to 
feed  on  minute  sources  such  as  drop- 
lets of  nectar  and  tiny  insects  that  are 
generally  unprofitable  for  larger  birds 
to  exploit.  Finally,  it  has  some  time 
at  its  disposal.  The  game  of  life  is  one 
of  converting  that  time  into  energy  to 
maintain  vital  processes  and  to  be 
able  to  leave  offspring  that  can  make 
the  same  conversion.  Energy  balance 
is  mandatory.  If  the  daily  energy 
intake  does  not  cover  the  daily  re- 
quirements, the  system  starts  disinte- 
grating. If  not  reversed,  death  will 
follow. 

The  broad-tail  is  a  mountain  hum- 
mingbird breeding  from  Guatemala 
to  northern  Nevada,  Utah,  and 
Wyoming.  The  Rocky  Mountain 
breeders  probably  winter  in  west-cen- 
tral Mexico  and  move  north  at  the 
first  sign  of  spring,  arriving  in  the 


During  the  latter  part  of  the  nesting 
season  in  Colorado,  broad-tailed 
hummingbirds,  such  as  this  female, 
compete  vigorously  with  rufous 
hummingbirds  for  nectar. 


William  A.  Calder  III 


25 


3 

FEEDING 
BEGINS 

^---                                      ""---^                         FEEDING 
1                    ^„--                                                                             -.^_  ENDS 

NOON 

NEST  TEMPERATURE 

It 

AtR  TEMPERATURE 

24         1  2 


_ 

-, 

-  Aa 

RAINSTORM 

iHilKjLll 

\      1     RAINSTORM 

EOUIPMENT 
MALFUNCTION 

-vv               rk^ 

-  'Hifipll 

NO     1 
FEEDING 

m\W 

NO    irf 

FEEDING 

1  w 

\  HYPOTHERMIA  1         flji' 

FEEDING 
BEGINS 

NOON 

FEEDING 
ENDS 

V J  ■ 

19       20       21       22       23       24 


A  sensor  implanted  in  an  artificial 
egg  indicated  that  an  incubating 
calliope  hummingbird  hen  maintains 
an  average  nest  temperature  of  95° 
to  97°F  despite  a  fluctuation  of 
outside  air  temperature  from  46° 
to  79°.  The  sudden  cooling  of  the 
nest  during  feeding  trips  is 
represented  by  sharp  drops  in 
nest  temperature.  When  severe 
thunderstorms  (lower  graph) 
kept  a  female  broad-tailed 
hummingbird  on  her  nest  for 
prolonged  periods,  she  missed 
several  feeding  trips.  After 
midnight,  the  bird's  body 
temperature  dropped  and  she 
entered  a  state  of  hypothermia. 
Her  temperature  began  rising, 
however,  in  time  to  enable  her 
to  begin  feeding  by  daybreak. 


Santa  Catalina  Mountains  of  southern 
Arizona  in  late  February.  The  first  re- 
connaissance flights  to  Gothic  are  in 
mid-May,  and  the  birds  usually  arrive 
during  mid-morning. 

High  in  the  Rockies,  energy  bal- 
ance is  precarious  and  strongly  domi- 
nated by  the  weather.  Late  snow- 
storms or  slow  melting  of  a  heavy 
winter  snowfall  will  delay  flowering 
of  the  Nelson's  larkspur,  which  the 
hummingbirds  seem  to  rely  on  for  the 
onset  of  breeding.  If  the  recormoiter- 
ing  birds  find  the  energy  supply  inad- 
equate, they  may  feed  a  little  from  the 
pussywillows  and  then  disappear  by 
midafternoon,  presumably  retreating 
to  an  energy  base  at  a  lower  elevation. 

If  the  flowers  are  blooming,  how- 
ever, or  if  artificial  feeders  are  up,  the 
hummingbirds  will  remain — the 
males  fighting  over  territories  and  the 
females  examining  potential  nest 
sites.  The  uncertainties  of  late  sum- 
mer dictate  that  breeding  must  start  as 
soon  as  possible.  Either  drought  or 
early  snowstorms  may  suddenly  ter- 
minate the  nectar  supply. 

After  courtship,  the  male  is  not  in- 
volved in  the  reproductive  sequence. 
The  female  builds  the  nest  with  moss, 
lichens,  and  papery  bark  fragments, 
and  lines  it  with  cobwebbing  and 
down  from  willows  or  aspens.  She 
then  produces  two  eggs,  incubates 


them  from  15  to  19  days,  and  broods 
and  raises  the  chicks  for  21  to  26 
days.  Throughout  the  incubation  and 
brooding,  she  repairs  and  adds  to  the 
nest  walls. 

During  this  period,  she  must  meet 
not  only  her  own  energy  requirements 
but  also  those  of  her  eggs  or  chicks, 
a  responsibility  threatened  by  the 
constant  danger  of  a  decline  in  food 
supply  before  the  36-  to  45 -day  nest- 
ing period  is  completed.  Matters  may 
be  further  complicated  by  the  arrival 
from  late  July  to  early  August  of  ag- 
gressive rufous  hunmiingbirds  {Sel- 
asphorus  rufus)  migrating  south. 
This  species  breeds  earlier  in  the 
coastal  forests  from  California  to  the 
northern  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Alaska 
and  inland  from  British  Columbia  and 
Alberta  through  Idaho  and  Montana. 
Although  rufous  hummingbirds  in- 
habit low  altitudes,  during  the  peak 
of  their  migration  they  will  normally 
feed  in  meadows  that  are  higher  than 
those  in  which  the  broad-tails  nest.  H 
the  flowers  are  late  blooming  in  the 
higher  altitudes,  however,  or  if  artifi- 
cial feeders  hold  rufous  humming- 
birds to  the  lower  meadows,  the  two 
species  will  compete  fiercely  for  the 
same  food  resources. 

In  this  difficult  period  broad-tail 
nests  with  live  chicks  in  them  are 
sometimes  abandoned.  If  the  female 


carmot  provide  food  for  her  young, 
she  has  no  choice  but  to  fend  for  her- 
self and  leave  them  to  starve.  Natural 
selection  favors  the  opportunists  that 
start  nesting  early  enough  in  the  sea- 
son to  precede  the  decline  in  re- 
sources but  not  so  early  that  a  late 
spring  snowstorm  would  wipe  out  the 
effort. 

Energy  crises  can  occur  on  a  daily 
scale  as  well  as  on  a  more  prolonged 
one.  The  hen  usually  leaves  the  nest 
for  her  first  feeding  trip  of  the  day 
approximately  11  to  18  minutes  be- 
fore sunrise  and  finishes  the  last  at 
sunset.  Nest-cooling  records  indicate 
that  during  the  day  the  female  leaves 
the  nest  to  feed  about  sixty  times.  She 
also  will  make  up  to  thirty  shorter  ab- 
sences for  preening,  harassing  poten- 
tial predators,  and  catching  nearby 
small  insects. 

Apparently,  these  feeding  trips 
provide  an  energy  balance  with  only 


Hummingbirds  aid  in  the  cross- 
fertilization  of  tubular  flowers 
like  columbine.  When  this  female 
rufous  hummingbird  probes  for 
nectar,  her  head  collects  pollen, 
which  she  carries  to  other  flowers. 


William  A.  Caldef 


26 


\ 


William  A.  Calder  II 


a  slight  margin  to  spare.  Summer 
rainstorms  in  the  Rockies  can  be  vio- 
lent. During  heavy  downpours  fe- 
male hummingbirds  must  remain  on 
their  nests,  thereby  missing  several 
feeding  trips.  On  several  of  these  oc- 
casions, the  day's  energy  intake  was 
significantly  reduced  because  of  lost 
feeding  time. 

This  leads  to  an  energy  shortage  as 
the  hummingbird  cannot  obtain  food 
before  daylight.  Since  she  must  pre- 
serve enough  energy  to  feed  at  that 
time,  she  reduces  her  energy  con- 
sumption. In  several  nests  we  re- 
corded temperature  drops  from  90°  to 
52°  or  lower  between  midnight  and 
four  o'clock  when  heavy  rain  had 
fallen  the  day  before.  The  lowered 
temperatures  lasted  for  several  hours, 
but  the  bird's  body  began  to  warm  far 
enough  in  advance  of  first  light  to  en- 
able it  to  resume  feeding  at  that  time. 

Thus  the  hypothermia  and  resultant 
torpor,  which  I  was  seeking  when  I 
started  studying  hummingbirds,  did 
actually  occur.  Because  this  was  an 
infrequent  occurrence,  it  did  not  indi- 
cate an  inability  to  regulate  tempera- 
tures. Cold  night  temperatures  with- 
out previous  rain  did  not  necessarily 


While  female  broad-tails,  above, 

incubate  their  eggs,  males  of  the 

species,  right,  who  rarely  share  in 

incubation  or  rearing,  defend  their 

territory  from  encroaching  males. 


produce  lowered  body  temperatures. 
Hypothermia  tended  to  occur  during 
nights  following  a  day  of  rain.  Such 
nights  generally  were  warmer  than 
usual  because  the  clouds  reduced  en- 
vironmental cooling  by  radiation. 
Hypothermia  was  recorded  twelve 
times  in  1972  and  1973 — during  in- 
cubation, at  hatching,  and  when 
chicks  were  six  to  thirteen  days  old. 
The  rate  of  successful  fledging  in 
these  nests  was  63  percent,  slightly 
higher  than  the  success  rate  recorded 
for  all  nests  studied,  so  the  cooling 
does  not  seem  to  be  detrimental ,  other 
than  possibly  slowing  development 
for  several  hours.  Through  hypother- 
mia, energy  was  saved  and  the  crisis 
was  met  successfully. 

A  close  relative  of  the  broad -tail, 
the  rufous  is  the  smallest  bird  in 


Bob  and  Clara  Calhoun:  Bruce  Coleman.  Inc. 

Alaska.  Breeding  up  to  about  61  de- 
grees north,  the  rufous  holds  the  lati- 
tude record  for  hummingbirds.  How 
do  its  energy  problems  compare  with 
that  of  the  broad-tail  in  Colorado?  In 
1974  and  1975  we  sampled  hum- 
mingbird life  at  Elfin  Cove  on  Chi- 
chagof  Island  and  around  Cordova 
and  Juneau.  Possible  challenges  to 
the  energy  balance  of  these  high-lati- 
tude birds  include  the  climate,  the 
food  supply,  and  the  demands  of  mi- 
gration. 

Hummingbirds  in  Alaska  have 
long  days  for  feeding  during  the  sum- 
mer. Consequently,  their  overnight 
fast  is  relatively  brief,  averaging 
about  four  and  one-half  hours.  The 
ratio  of  feeding  time  to  fasting  time 
probably  makes  it  easier  to  attain  an 
energy  balance.  The  gentle,  diffuse 


rainfall  is  another  factor  that  encour- 
ages stability  because  it  permits  hum- 
mingbirds to  feed  while  it  rains.  The 
daytime  air  temperature  is  not  as  high 
as  in  Colorado,  but  the  clouds  and 
moist  air  reduce  nighttime  cooling. 
The  net  result  is  that  the  potential  for 
heat  drain  from  hummingbirds  is  sim- 
ilar in  Alaska  and  Colorado. 

In  Alaska,  rufous  nests  were  em- 
barrassingly difficult  to  find,  but  the 
interior  temperatures  of  those  that  we 
did  locate  were  similar  to  those  of 
broad-tails  in  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Unfortunately,  one  nest  was  de- 
stroyed by  a  red  squirrel  ten  days  after 
we  began  recording  temperatures. 
Other  measurements  were  taken  from 
a  nest  on  the  Argetsinger  Environ- 
mental Campus  of  the  Juneau- 
Douglas  Schools.  We  had  to  disre- 


gard these  data,  however,  when  we 
found  that  the  nest's  interior  was 
lined  with  fiber  glass  insulation  from 
a  nearby  cabin. 

The  food  supply  in  Alaska  remains 
to  be  studied  quantitatively.  The 
hummingbirds  appear  to  feed  from 
flowers  that  probably  evolved  for  pol- 
lination by  bees.  Such  flowers  are 
blueberry,  salmonberry,  and  Menzie- 
sia.  These  grow  in  greatest  profusion 
where  man  has  altered  the  vegeta- 
tion— along  road  cuts  and  on  logged- 
over  areas.  Only  at  the  end  of  the 
nesting  season  do  flowers  bloom  that 
are  specialized  for  hummingbird  pol- 
lination. Red  columbine  and  Indian 
paintbrush — which  have  tubular- 
shaped  flowers — are  among  them. 
Hummingbirds  probably  inhabited 
Alaska  only  recently,  perhaps  only 


since  the  Pleistocene.  The  spread  to 
this  region  of  flowers  specialized  for 
hummingbirds  has  lagged  behind 
that  of  their  pollinators.  Most  hum- 
mingbirds in  Alaska  must  therefore 
get  their  food  from  flowers  usually 
pollinated  by  bees. 

Advancing  from  a  tropical  heri- 
tage, the  world's  smallest  birds  have 
successfully  exploited  the  noctur- 
nally  chilling  climates  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  the  Alaskan  coast. 
Their  success  appears  to  be  based  on 
conservation  of  energy  attained  by 
careful  insulation  of  the  nest,  by 
choosing  a  strategically  located  nest 
site,  and  by  conserving  heat  when  an 
energy  shortage  occurs.  Perhaps  we 
need  a  second  national  bird,  one  that 
attains  energy  balance  through  con- 
servation, n 


W-:::^-^, 


V«*^->  J^. 


%^*'|»^|. 


*^ 


>^ 


•A-    »* 


,1^,#^^- 


W^*^ 


I J  . 


iT' 


^. 


Earthquake  Hazards  in  the  Mountains 


by  Kenneth  HewiU 


Why  did  a  moderate  quake 
in  Pakistan  cause  severe 
damage  and  loss  of  life  ? 

At  5:11  P.M.  on  December  28, 
1974,  an  earthquake  of  magnitude 
5.5  on  the  Richter  scale  shook  the 
mountains  of  Indus  Kohistan,  in  the 
north  of  Pakistan.  Great  devastation 
occurred  over  an  area  of  some  300 
square  miles.  Thousands  of  people 
were  killed  and  several  times  as  many 
injured.  Whole  villages  were  razed 
and  the  economic  base  of  the  region 
badly  dislocated.  Homes,  bazaars, 
and  recently  built  schools,  uncounted 
tiers  of  terraced  fields  and  irrigation 
systems  were  shaken  apart  by  the 
tremors  or  crushed  by  the  rockfalls 
and  landslides  that  followed.  Large 
numbers  of  cattle,  buffalo,  and  goats 
died,  often  buried,  as  were  so  many 
of  the  human  casualties,  in  buildings 
that  had  been  their  shelter  against  the 
hazards  of  winter.  The  Karakoram 
Highway,  Pakistan's  costly  and  pres- 
tigious new  trade  route  to  China,  was 
blocked  or  swept  away  by  hundreds 
of  landslides  for  a  distance  of  some 
forty  miles. 

Indus  Kohistan  is  a  land  of  deep 
gorges  and  high  mountain  ridges  at 
the  western  end  of  the  Great  Hima- 


The  steep,  deforested  slopes  of 
northern  Pakistan  make  the  area 
more  vulnerable  to  damage  when 
an  earthquake  occurs.  These 
houses  of  mud  and  wattle  with 
strong  timber  supports 
withstood  tremors  well. 


layas.  The  lowest  parts,  where  the 
Indus  cuts  a  narrow  slot  from  the 
trans-Himalaya  to  the  plains  of  the 
Punjab,  are  barely  2,000  feet  above 
sea  level.  The  adjacent  mountains 
rise  to  between  10,000  and  15.000 
feet.  Steep  slopes,  thousands  of  feet 
from  top  to  bottom,  dominate  the 
landscape  and  otter  a  huge  store  of 
potential  energy  when  earth  or 
boulders  start  to  move  over  them. 

The  many  tributary  streams  hurry 
to  join  the  Indus  through  steep,  nar- 
row gorges  flanked  by  precipitous 
slopes.  Bare  rock  walls  are  undercut 
by  the  rivers  at  many  points.  The  re- 
gion is  one  of  active ,  vigorous  folding 
and  faulting,  where  the  Himalayas 
are  crushed  into  the  tight  pleat  be- 
tween the  Hindu  Kush  and  the  Kara- 
koram Himalayas. 

Strong  upslope  variations  in  cli- 
mate are  common  in  such  terrain,  and 
played  a  key  role  in  the  impact  of  the 
earthquake.  Perhaps  a  quarter  of  the 
affected  population  lived  in  the 
higher,  snowbound  areas.  The  survi- 
vors up  here  fared  much  worse  than 
those  at  lower  elevations  where,  if 
one  found  shelter  from  the  cool  valley 
winds,  it  was  comparatively  mild.  At 
higher,  more  exposed  elevations, 
people  had  great  difficulty  con- 
structing shelters  and  finding  warmth. 
They  faced  enormous. problems  car- 
rying the  injured  downslope,  and  re- 
lief supplies  upslope,  over  steep, 
snow-covered  paths  that  were 
blocked  or  borne  away  by  landslides 
at  many  points.  In  such  terrain  it  is 
never  good  to  be  sick  in  winter. 

When  undisturbed,  all  but  the 
steepest  valley  sides  support  a  fairly 
dense  forest  cover  up  to  13,000  feet. 
It  is  dominated  mostly  by  the  deodar, 
the   Himalayan    cedar.    Where    the 


forest  remains,  there  was  far  less 
damage  than  elsewhere:  in  particular, 
there  were  few  rockfalls.  But  much 
of  the  forest  has  been  cleared  and 
most  of  what  remains  is  overused. 
The  incessant  search  for  firewood,  the 
energy  source  for  cooking  and  keep- 
ing warm,  has  overreached  the  supply 
even  here,  although  not  to  as  extreme 
a  degree  as  farther  out  in  the  foothills. 
The  ever  present  herds  of  goats  have 
also  taken  their  toll  through  overgraz- 
ing and  destruction  of  young  trees. 

So  most  farms  and  villages  are  sur- 
rounded by  deforested  slopes.  Many 
are  terraced,  of  course,  and  may  rise 
more  than  2,000 feet  without  a  break. 
In  the  winter,  bare  soil  and  loose 
rock — unstable  debris  easily  set  in 
downslope  motion  by  the  earth- 
quake— are  conspicuous  around  and 
above  settlements. 

The  immediate  causes  of  damage 
during  the  earthquake  were  about 
equally  divided  between  the  effects  of 
the  ground  motion  itself  and  the  im- 
pact of  rockfalls  and  landslides  set  off 
by  the  earth  tremors.  Ground  motion 
caused  the  shaking  apart  of  structures 
and,  especially  on  steeper  slopes,  the 
breakup  and  slumping  of  the  ground 
itself.  Disintegrating  retaining  walls 
or  downslope  slumping  of  the  soil 
body  damaged  many  terrace  walls; 
the  collapse  of  buildings  was  also 
due,  in  perhaps  half  the  cases,  to 
groimd  motion  or  failure. 

But  everything  depended  upon  lo- 
cation and  local  terrain.  Larger  settle- 
ments, such  as  Pattan,  are  on  broad 
river  terraces  or  alluvial  fans  where 
the  valleys  widen.  Here  ground  mo- 
tion was  decisive  in  the  amount  of 
damage.  Apart  from  being  less  ex- 
posed to  landslides  from  steep  slopes, 
these  areas  have  deeper  alluvial  sub- 


31 


Area  of 
December  28th,  1974 
Earthquake 


soils  where  ground  movement  is  gen- 
erally more  severe  in  earthquakes. 

Conversely,  farms  and  villages  in 
the  steep-walled  tributary  valleys  and 
narrows  of  the  Indus  suffered  mainly 
from  the  terrible  rain  of  boulders  fol- 
lowing the  tremors.  The  results  were 
more  like  bomb  damage.  Landslides 
were  also  a  large  factor  in  the  destruc- 
tion of  irrigation  channels  and  ter- 
races here.  Moreover,  landslides  are 
a  particularly  bad  way  for  terracing  to 
go.  The  entire  soil  element  is  swept 
away,  sometimes  directly  into  a 
stream  bed  and  downstream  before  it 
can  be  recovered.  Here,  it  probably 
ended  up  in  Tarbela  Dam,  a  huge  irri- 
gation and  power  project  some  75 
miles  down  the  Indus.  Since  sedi- 
mentation is  a  major  problem  in  the 
economic  lifetime  of  the  reservoir, 
agricultural  productivity  was  thus  di- 
minished at  both  ends. 

The  special  and  most  terrifying 
feature  of  an  earthquake  is  that,  more 
than  any  other  natural  hazard,  it  at- 
tacks our  shelters  and  man-made 
structures.  Nearly  all  types  of  build- 
ings in  Indus  Kohistan  fared  badly  in 
the  disaster — ^modern  pukka  build- 
ings of  dressed  stone  and  mortar  or 
concrete,  as  well  as  traditional  kutcha 
work  in  mixtures  of  mud,  wattle, 
timber,  and  boulders. 

A  few  old  and  traditional  buildings 
did  as  well  as  any  modern  structures. 
If  their  walls  and  roofs  were  made  of 
sound  timber,  wood-frame  houses  of 


traditional  design  fared  best  of  all. 
Studies  elsewhere  have  shown  that 
small  timber-frame  buUdings  do  well 
in  earthquakes.  But  when  individual 
walls  and  building  blocks  can  move 
independently  or  when  the  material  is 
rigid  and  brittle,  buildings  readily 
shake  apart. 

Wood  supplies,  however,  are  di- 
minishing or  becoming  more  costly, 
the  result  of  destruction  of  forest 
cover,  expanding  populations,  and 
the  heavy  demand  from  urban  centers 
better  able  to  pay  the  price  for  wood. 
This  means  that  less  and  poorer 
timber  is  used  and  that  existing  timber 
structures  are  renovated  less  often. 

In  Indus  Kohistan,  one  practice 
that  seems  a  response  to  timber  short- 
ages proved  fatal  during  the  earth- 
quake. That  is  the  decision  to  put  all 
or  the  best  timber  into  the  roof, 
which  is  supported  by  walls  of  mud 
and  stones  or  even  dry-stone  work.  In 
this  area,  roofs  are  important  social 
and  economic  spaces,  used  for  gath- 
erings, for  women  to  work  outdoors 
in  warm  weather,  and  for  drying  pro- 
duce in  the  sun.  Roofs  are,  therefore, 
solid  structures  of  timber,  wattle,  and 
hard-packed  mud.  And  they  are  very 
heavy.  Again  and  again  during  the 
earthquake,  the  roofs  fell  in  single, 
crushing  masses,  while  walls  merely 
crumbled  away  in  the  tremors. 

AtPalas,  a  tragedy  within  the  trag- 
edy when  the  massive  roof  of  an  old 
mosque  collapsed  while  the  entire 


adult  male  population  was  at  prayer. 
Only  one  survived,  and  he  sustained 
serious  head  injuries.  The  collapse  of 
this  otherwise  solidly  built  structure 
was  due  to  the  old,  rotten  timber  in 
the  walls.  The  sad  fate  of  all  buildings 
at  Palas  seemed  to  reflect  the  wide 
treeless  slopes  or  poor  scrub  in  that 
area,  forcing  builders  to  make  do  with 
inferior  or  old  timber. 

In  terms  of  social  and  economic 
disruption,  however,  damage  to  ter- 
races and  irrigation  systems  may  be 
more  critical  than  that  to  buildings 
and  second  only  to  human  casualties 
in  its  significance.  The  terraces  are 
the  main  economic  base  for  the  ma- 
jority of  the  population.  A  few  groups 
specializing  in  herding  own  most  of 
the  livestock,  a  useful  source  of  in- 
come, clothing,  and  to  some  extent, 
food;  but  irrigation  agriculture,  with 
maize  the  main  crop,  is  much  more 
critical. 

With  annual  precipitation  at  only 
28  to  40  inches,  drying  valley  winds, 
and  seasonal  drought,  irrigation  is  es- 
sential. It  involves  elaborate  systems 
of  ditches.  Pipes  and  troughs  hewn  by 
hand  from  whole  logs  lead  the  water 
across  the  valleys  and  around  cliffs  to 
areas  of  terracing.  Water  also  powers 
the  hundreds  of  small  mills  that  grind 
the  grain  into  flour.  Meanwhile,  not 
only  the  retaining  walls  and  water 
channels  but  also  the  soil  itself  is  a 
human  artifact.  Fertile  terrace  sur- 
faces are  built  up  over  decades,  even 
centtvies,  with  baskets  of  alluvium, 
manure,  and  night  soil;  the  fine  sedi- 
ment in  irrigation  waters;  and  care- 
fully planned  cropping  patterns.  Loss 
of  such  soil  is  only  reversible  over 
similar  periods,  and  then  only  with  a 
substantial  input  of  labor.  For  the  mo- 
ment, therefore,  soil  loss  constitutes 
a  large  reduction  in  the  productive 
land  surface  and/or  depth  of  fertile 
soil.  In  turn,  this  reduces  the  number 
of  mouths  that  can  be  fed.  Since 
earthquake  damage  was  most  severe 
in  the  poorer  and  more  marginal 
areas — recently  colonized  in  re- 
sponse to  increased  population — the 
soil  loss  is  likely  to  put  greatest  pres- 
sure on  those  people  least  able  to  off- 
set it. 

Elsewhere,  the  secondary  effects 
of  earthquakes,  such  as  fire  and  dis- 
ease, have  produced  more  damage 
than  the  initial  impact.  Surprisingly, 
given  the  amount  of  wood  and  wattle 


32 


in  many  buildings  in  the  region  and 
the  close-packed  nature  ol  the  vil- 
lages, tire  was  a  minor  agent  in  the 
catastrophe.  Of  course,  there  are  only 
a  handful  of  gas  or  oil  stoves  in  the 
region  and  no  pipelines — the  most 
likely  sources  of  conflagration. 

Although  no  outbreaks  of  disease 
were  reported,  they  probably  did 
occur.  For  two  or  three  weeks  follow- 
ing the  earthquake,  many  farms  and 
villages  were  bathed  in  the  stench  of 
dead  cattle  and  goats,  the  bloated 
bodies  being  fed  upon  by  domestic 
fowl  and  dogs,  as  well  as  wild  scav- 
engers. Often,  groups  of  children 
played  numbly  around  them.  Here 
was  one  of  the  ironies  of  relief  opera- 
tions: some  villagers  were  reluctant 
to  remove  the  carcasses  before  an  of- 
ficial count,  for  fear  they  would  lose 
compensation! 

Every  disaster  has  its  special  fea- 
tures, its  unique  combination  of  cir- 
cumstances, warranting  detailed  ap- 
praisal. Here  we  can  but  sketch  the 
conditions  in  Indus  Kohistan.  At  the 
same  time,  it  was  only  one  of  more 
than  thirty  earthquake  disasters  of 
comparable  or  larger  magnitude  that 
have  occurred  in  mountainous  re- 
gions over  the  past  quarter  of  a  cen- 
tury. Most  of  these  have  been  in  Third 
World  countries. 

For  the  world  as  a  whole,  an 
average  year  in  the  mid-twentieth 
century  brings  some  thirty-two  major 
natural  disasters.  Of  these,  four  are 
earthquake  triggered,  accounting  for 
some  14,000  fatalities.  High  moun- 
tain regions  are  areas  of  concentrated 


seismic  risk,  notably  in  the  western 
Cordilleras  of  the  Americas,  the  Eura- 
sian and  African  mountain  chains 
from  M(jrocco  to  western  China,  and 
the  mountainous  islands  of  Southeast 
Asia.  While  nearly  70  percent  of  po- 
tentially damaging  earthquakes  take 
place  in  the  circum-Pacific  belt,  only 
20  percent  of  the  mid-century 
(1949-69)  casualties  were  reported 
here.  But  the  Himalayan-Mediter- 
ranean zone,  from  Burma  to  Mo- 
rocco, with  only  14  percent  of  dan- 
gerous earthquakes,  accounted  for 
nearly  75  percent  of  the  casualties. 
Clearly,  there  is  a  relation  between 
the  relative  density  of  human 
occupancy  and  earthquake  risk. 

There  are  strong  indications  that 
the  number  of  natural  disasters  and 
the  degree  of  damage  in  general  have 
increased  in  this  century.  Since  there 
is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  nature  is 
becoming  more  severe,  the  tirigin 
must  be  sought  in  changing  human 
activities.  In  wealthy  nations,  the 
level  of  economic  losses  is  increas- 
ing; in  poorer  countries,  both  mortal- 
ity and  economic  loss  are  expanding. 
The  disaster  in  Pakistan  serves  as  an 
example  of  the  extent  of  the  problem, 
while  at  the  same  time  offering  a  case 
study  in  possible  strategies  for  reha- 
bilitation. 

First,  the  scale  and  frequency  of 
such  disasters  in  high  mountains  is 
not  merely  a  result  of  seismic  condi- 
tions but  rather  the  worst  expression 
of  recent  socioeconomic  pressures 
and  environmental  deterioration. 
Rapid    deforestation,    overgrazing, 


and  the  extension  of  cropping  to  ever 
more  marginal  areas,  all  of  which  ac- 
celerate erosion,  flooding,  and  silting 
of  bottomlands,  are  spreading  rapidly 
throughout  the  world's  tropical  and 
subtropical  high  mountains.  One  of 
the  effects  of  this  convergence  of  en- 
vironmental damage  and  socioeco- 
nomic stresses  is  to  greatly  enhance 
the  risk  from  pests,  disease,  land- 
slides, floods,  and  earthquakes. 

In  many  regions,  the  processes  of 
environmental  damage  are  far  more 
advanced  than  in  Indus  Kohistan.  but 
it  would  be  erroneous  to  imagine  that 
this  is  anything  but  a  matter  of  time. 
Between  visits  in  1962  and  1975  to 
the  Himalayan  tracts  of  Pakistan 
closer  to  the  plains.  I  found  a  stagger- 
ing increase  in  forest  damage,  bare 
slopes,  gullying,  and  landslides.  The 
potential  damage  from  an  earthquake 
there  is  very  great  indeed,  not  least 
in  the  enormous  pulse  of  sediment  it 
would  hurry  into  the  rivers,  dams, 
and  irrigation  works  so  vital  to  Paki- 
stan's survival. 

The  situation  is  aggravated  by  the 
loosening  of  ties  between  people  and 
their  land.  As  more  and  more  men 
work  in  the  cities  as  factory  hands. 


Solid,  heavy  roofs  often  fell  in 
single  masses  during  the 
earthquake,  the  result  of  putting 
all  or  the  best  timber  into 
the  inadequately  supported  roof. 


Kenneth  Hewitt 


33 


servants,  drivers,  and  so  on,  farm 
plots  are  often  just  supplements  to 
other  income,  or  convenient  homes 
for  women  and  children  who  return 
in  summer  to  work  them.  Similar 
loosening  of  ties,  including  the  ero- 
sion of  concern  for  the  local  environ- 
ment in  favor  of  hoped-for  financial 
returns,  is  seen  throughout  high 
mountain  areas. 

As  in  western  Europe  more  than 
two  centuries  ago,  rural  landowners 
and  peasants  moving  into  the  urban 
labor  force  yield  the  land  up  to  who- 
ever is  best  able  to  profit  by  it  in  the 
marketplace  or,  if  it  is  "uneconom- 
ic," to  abandonment.  The  extent  of 
such  transformation  has  accelerated 
markedly  in  recent  years.  It  seems 
that  all  the  other  political,  economic, 
and  technological  forces  that  have 
followed  the  various  revolutions  in 
land  tenure,  work,  resource  use,  and 
government  elsewhere  have  suddenly 
burst  full  tilt  into  these  lands. 

More  often  than  not,  environ- 
mental damage  and  natural  hazards 
merely  aid  the  chaotic  dismantling  of 
indigenous  cultures.  I  am  not  imply- 
ing that  the  over-all  trends  can  or 
should  be  halted,  least  of  all  that  the 
indigenous  cultures  should  be  "pre- 
served." But  when  later  phases  of 
this  develdpment  in  marginal  lands 
bring  great  ecosystem  damage  and 
high  risk  from  natural  extremes,  it  is 
hard  to  condone  a  laissez  faire  atti- 
tude. In  many  respects  those  best  able 
to  avert  the  worst  effects — scientists, 
international  agencies,  and  plarmers 
— seem  least  equipped  with  the  con- 
cern, if  not  the  tools,  to  do  so.  This 
comes  out  clearly  even  in  the  emo- 
tionally charged  area  of  a  disaster. 

Let  us  examine,  for  example,  a 
strategy  for  rehabilitating  the  Indus 
Kohistan  area  that  would  take  full  ac- 
count of  the  local  habitat  and  econ- 
omy. Remember,  damage  to  the  habi- 
tat has  not  yet  gone  so  far  that  it  could 
not  be  restored  in  a  small  number  of 
years.  The  people  are  sturdily  inde- 
pendent, hardworking,  and  not  yet 
ready  for  the  climactic  abandonment 
of  old  ways  and  land  that  is  happening 
elsewhere.  And  unless  one  compares 
it  with  the  rich  agriculture  of  the  Pun- 
jab plains  the  area  appears  productive 
and  could  be  more  so  with  improved 
labor-intensive  cultivation. 

In  such  terms,  rehabilitation  pro- 
grams should  include  direct  support 


for  restoring  and  improving  the  qual- 
ity of  existing  agriculture,  including 
assistance  in  better  terrace  con- 
struction, crop  varieties,  animal 
health,  and  incentives  to  pull  back 
from  precarious  slopes.  Programs  are 
also  needed  to  improve  health  care 
and  provide  education  and  advisory 
services,  using  modest  means,  which 
can  be  easily  modified  if  unsuccess- 
ful, and  technology  that  can  be  main- 
tained under  the  local  conditions. 
Earthquake  proofing,  for  example, 
should  start  with  existing  building 
practices,  rather  than  exotic  engi- 
neering notions. 

Afforestation,  since  it  offers  bene- 
fits in  all  areas,  from  environmental 
protection  to  resources  for  improving 
building  quality,  should  be  at  the  core 
of  any  rehabilitation  program.  But  it 
must  be  a  mixed  strategy,  not  lines  of 
trees  marching  up  and  down  every 
mountain.  Afforestation  must  include 
pure  stands  of  timber  on  vulnerable 
watersheds,  with  shelter  belts  and  av- 
enues along,  roads  and  paths.  There 
must  be  farm  forestry  with,  say,  fruit 
and  nut  trees  carefully  selected  and 
planted  to  improve  terrace  stability 
and  provide  additional  income  with- 
out interfering  with  grain  cultivation; 
trees  whose  leaves  will  provide  fod- 
der, but  also  areas  from  which  graz- 
ing must  be  excluded;  commercial 
lumber  stands  for  eventual  export  and 
avenues  of  quick-growing  trees  in  vil- 
lages and  on  farms  to  provide  for 
local  constructional  timber. 

The  Pakistan  Forestry  Service  has, 
in  fact,  conducted  some  fine  experi- 
ments of  this  kind.  The  main  problem 
is  always  a  mandate  and  funding, 
especially  money  to  subsidize  re- 
placements such  as  oil  stoves  and 
kerosine  for  overtaxed  firewood  re- 
sources and  to  compensate  shepherds 
for  obeying  stricter  grazing  laws. 
Tree  planting  is  the  least  of  worries! 

In  the  case  of  the  earthquake,  how- 
ever, funds  are  available.  The  after- 
math of  an  earthquake  provides  a 
unique  psychological  opportunity  for 
government  to  enter  into  ventures  that 
will  uplift  marginal  areas  and  draw 
them  into  fruitful  relations  with  the 
larger  political  community. 

Actually,  Pakistan's  prime  minis- 
ter has  long  argued  for  major  affores- 
tation and  uplift  of  marginal  regions. 
Unhappily,  these  hopes  get  lost 
somewhere  in  the  system,  and  so  far 


Following  the  1974  earthquake, 

Pakistani  villagers  put  up 

shelters  made  of  maize  stalks 

and  the  wreckage  of  homes. 


forestry  has  taken  second  place  every 
time.  The  cities  and  industries  grow 
apace,  but  forests  disappear,  soil  ero- 
sion worsens,  and  so  does  the  plight 
of  rural  peoples. 

In  terms  of  combating  earth- 
quakes, the  overwhelming  issue  for 
scientists  has  been  that  of  prediction. 
It  now  seems  likely  we  will  indeed 
have  some  working  systems  for  earth- 
quake forecasting  in  a  few  areas  in  the 
present  decade.  But  the  techniques 
require  either  extensive  seismologi- 
cal  instrumentation  or  a  high  degree 
of  organized  observing  and  under- 
standing on  the  part  of  people  living 
in  earthquake  zones.  To  be  effective, 
the  observations  must  embrace  a 
large  area.  Forecasts  must  be  rapidly 
disseminated  and  followed  up  by 
evacuation  and  other  safety  meas- 
ures. Outside  of  a  few  major  centers, 
such  a  program  has  little  prospect  of 
implementation  throughout  the  vast, 
high-risk  regions  in  mountains  from 
Burma  to  Morocco,  in  East  Africa  or 
Andean  South  America. 

Similar  problems  arise  with  the  en- 
gineering principles  and  building- 
code  requirements  developed  in  af- 
fluent nations.  Where  implemented, 
they  can  indeed  be  highly  successful, 
as  they  have  been  in  Quetta,  Pakistan, 
reconstructed  after  the  1935  earth- 
quake that  killed  more  than  50,000 
persons.  Unfortunately,  in  mountain 
regions  few  buildings,  even  the  most 
modern,  meet  minimal  standards. 
More  importantly,  the  temptation  ev- 
erywhere is  to  build  cheaply  and 
quickly.  Recent  earthquakes  in  rural 


Where  the  terrain  is  fairly  flat, 

as  in  this  recently  struck  area 

of  Guatemala,  the  soil  tends 

to  break  apart,  rather  than 

collapse.  Here,  too,  poor 

building  materials  contributed 

to  the  extensive  damage. 


34 


35 


In  Pakistan,  landslides  and 
rockfalls  caused  as  much  damage 
as  ground  motion  and  figured 
heavily  in  the  destruction  of 
terraces.  When  terracing 
collapses,  the  soil  is  swept  away; 
in  this  case  it  ended  in  a  dam 
75  miles  down  the  Indus  River. 
Rockfalls  also  crushed  buildings, 
including  a  bazaar,  far  right, 
along  the  Karakoram  Highway. 


Iran,  Turkey,  Venezuela,  Peru,  and 
Guatemala,  as  well  as  Indus  Kohis- 
tan,  show  the  vulnerability  of  peasant 
construction  when  poor  materials  and 
sites  are  used.  But  what  government 
can  enforce  building  codes  through- 
out these  high-risk  areas,  let  alone 
commence  the  rebuilding  of  millions 
of  structures? 

I  do  not  wish  to  demean  the  impor- 
tant work  being  done  in  seismology 
and  earthquake  engineering.  Our 
world  has  become  too  urban  and  in- 
dustrial not  to  need  it.  But  in  marginal 
habitats  it  smacks  of  those  uncon- 
scious assumptions  that  we  also  take 


for  granted  when  imposing  Western 
technology  on  exotic  cultures.  In  the 
deserts,  tundra,  and  high  mountains, 
one  sees  how  much  we  apply  our  flat- 
land,  temperate  technology  and  eco- 
nomic standards. 

About  25  percent  of  the  world's 
land  area  lies  above  3,000  feet  and 
some  10  percent  has  that  combination 
of  altitudinal  range,  topography,  and 
climate  one  associates  with  alpine 
conditions.  Perhaps  5  percent  of  the 
world's  population  lives  in  high 
mountains,  notably  in  the  tropical  and 
subtropical  regions.  In  other  words, 
these  regions  have  roughly  the  same 


36 


•       .■  artr  r^^, 


weight  in  area  and  population  as  the 
United  States. 

For  some  nations,  such  as  Peru, 
Ethiopia,  and  Nepal,  mountains  form 
the  dominant  habitat.  In  others,  they 
provide  essential  resources  such  as 
minerals  and  timber  or,  as  in  Egypt, 
Pakistan,  and  Soviet  Turkestan,  the 
water  supply  for  dry  plains.  Else- 
where, they  have  vital  strategic  im- 
portance, while  affluent  nations  em- 
phasize their  value  for  recreation  and 
as  wildlife  refuges. 

Yet,  environmentally,  their  great- 
est importance  is  as  watersheds  regu- 
lating the  flow  and  quality  of  surface 


waters  in  many  of  the  most  populous 
lands.  Conditions  in  the  mountainous 
headwaters  determine  the  incidence 
of  floods  in,  and  the  amount  of  sedi- 
ment carried  by,  such  rivers  as  the 
Amazon,  Indus,  Ganges,  and  Me- 
kong all  the  way  to  the  oceans.  Eco- 
system damage  in  those  headwaters 
affects  human  and  other  populations 
far  beyond  the  mountains. 

Looking  at  mountains  with  a  "flat- 
land"  perspective,  we  treat  them  as 
obstacles  because  we  have  not  de- 
vised technologies  with  them  in 
mind.  Economically,  they  are  as- 
sumed to  be  marginal  for  all  but  a  few 


special  activities — as  scenic  resorts 
perhaps  or  mineral  emplacements. 
Surely  these  views,  however  uncon- 
sciously applied,  are  environmentally 
disastrous.  Moreover,  they  are  eco- 
nomically fatal  for  Third  World  coun- 
tries with  large  populations  depend- 
ent on  mountains,  whether  for  living 
or  for  their  water.  If  scientists,  plan- 
ners, and  international  agencies  do 
not  recognize  these  issues,  neither 
will  governments.  The  results  of  such 
myopia  will  be  ever  greater  deterio- 
ration of  marginal  ecosystems  and 
more  devastating  losses  from  natural 
disasters.  D 


37 


A  Pocketful  of  Crystals 

by  Vincent  D.  Manson 
photographs  by  Henry  Janson 

In  the  Museum's  new  Hall  of  Minerals  and  Gems,  beautiful 
objects  record  the  geologic  history  of  the  earth 

Along  with  animals  and  plants,  minerals  make  up  one  of  the  earth's  three 
great  natural  "kingdoms."  Unlike  the  other  two,  however,  minerals  are  inor- 
ganic and  solid  materials.  About  2,500 different  mineral  species  are  known, 
ranging  from  common  rock  salt  and  pencil  "lead"  (actually  graphite)  to  rare 
gemstones,  such  as  sapphires,  rubies,  and  emeralds.  Some  minerals,  for 
example,  copper,  gold,  and  silver,  are  elements,  but  most  are  chemical 
compounds.  Although  they  vary  greatly  in  appearance,  the  crystal  structure 
of  minerals  gives  them  a  characteristic  form,  luster,  and  hardness,  in  addi- 
tion, each  mineral  species  also  has  a  characteristic  range  of  color. 

Minerals  result  from  the  interaction  of  specific  geologic  processes,  and 
being  crystalline  solids,  they  preserve  the  story  of  their  past  history.  They 
thus  enable  us  to  learn  about  events  that  took  place  both  at  and  beneath 
the  earth's  surface  long  before  man  existed  to  record  them.  By  examining 
the  formation  of  one  particular  mineral,  in  this  case,  tourmaline,  we  can  learn 
something  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  earth  and  glimpse  the  intricate 
interplay  of  forces  involved  in  all  mineral  creation. 

Tourmaline  is  the  most  abundant  gemstone  found  in  the  United  States. 
An  important  source  is  the  granitic  pegmatite  of  southern  California.  In  this 
locale,  its  history  goes  back  about  50  million  years  to  the  time  when  the 
earth's  crustal  plate  carrying  the  North  American  continent  collided  with 
the  Pacific  plate,  which  bore  the  vast  ocean.  We  do  not  know  in  detail  why 
such  plates  suddenly  shift  and  move  in  opposition.  But  that  this  happened 
is  clearly  shown  by  the  record  it  has  left.  When  the  plates  collided,  what 
is  known  today  as  California  felt  its  first  earthquake.  The  more  buoyant 
continental  plate  overrode  the  Pacific  plate.  The  ocean  floor,  rich  with  min- 
eral sediments  built  up  by  centuries  of  erosion  on  the  North  American 
continent,  was  forced  below.  It  slid  under  slowly,  moving  only  three  or  four 
centimeters  a  year,  but  miles  and  miles  of  rock  and  crust  were  pressed 
against  each  other  in  the  process.  The  forces  involved  created  an  intensity 
of  heat  that  had  far-reaching  consequences. 

As  the  Pacific  plate  was  swallowed  underneath  the  American  plate,  some 
of  the  rich  mineral  deposit  on  the  Pacific  Ocean  floor  was  recrystallized 
into  new  forms.  Much  of  it,  however,  did  not  recrystallize,  but  was  sweated 
out  of  the  transformed  sediment.  A  paste  composed  of  chemical  elements 
was  formed.  This  paste  of  rich,  mineral-bearing,  molten  material,  known 
as  magma,  moved  into  the  rock  above  and  forced  its  way  up  into  the  earth's 
crust,  filling  whatever  cracks  and  crevices  were  present.  Enormous  mag- 
matic  bodies  were  formed  within  the  crust.  The  largest,  which  survives 
today,  reached  1,000  miles  in  length,  50  miles  in  width,  and  a  depth  of  15 
or  16  miles. 

As  the  magma  rose  from  the  interior  toward  higher  levels  within  the 
earth's  crust,  it  began  to  cool.  The  cooling  may  have  taken  as  long  as 

(Continued  on  page  45) 


The  minerals  and  gems  shown  here 

are  from  the  collection  of 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


Native  Copper  (7"x  12"x5") 

Copper  uncombined  with  ottier  elements  tias  been  extensively 

mined  on  Michiigan's  Keweenaw  Peninsula,  tlie  area  from  which 

this  specimen  comes.  Single  masses  of  the  mineral 

weighing  up  to  several  tons  have  been  found  in  the  same  locale. 


m^i 


ii^f 


'M>-'-*.'Si-. 


^.^'  ;/* 

i^lJK 

.\  ■•  > 


™|JS*  >■•*  -  _  p 


*, 


M^ 


&i*  / 


.f^. 


«??.^ 


"%^H 

*\'^*'JS 

<^  Ik^aj^H 

>^i! 

.^^^ 

bi^'::'^^ 

sKpiw 

Elbaite  Tourmalines 

Tourmaline  has  an  immense  color  range.  It  can  be  found  in  pink, 
green,  blue,  orange,  brown,  yellow,  black,  or  colorless  varieties. 
The  crystals  on  the  facing  page  (8"x  10"x8")  were  unearthed  100 
years  ago  in  the  Pala  Chief  mine  in  San  Diego  County,  California. 
They  show  clearly  how  tourmaline  is  associated  with  other  minerals. 
The  pink  crystals  are  tourmaline.  The  colorless  ones  are  quartz. 
The  dark  crystals  on  the  left  of  the  base  are  columbite.  The  rest  of 
the  base  is  an  intergrowth  of  lepidolite  and  cleavelandite.  The 
specimen  shown  above  (5"x  12"x  5")  comes  from  Virgin  des 
Lappes,  in  Gerais,  Brazil— a  large  producer  of  gem  tourmalines. 


•My-',:' 


Proustite  (IV2"  x  3V2"  x  1") 

Commonly  called  ruby-silver  ore,  the  specimen  above  comes  from 
Chanarcillo,  Chile.  Proustite  is  sensitive  to  some  wavelengths  of 
radiant  energy.  After  long  exposure  to  daylight,  it  turns  black. 


Stibnite  (3"  x  8"  x  3") ' 

The  crystals  on  the  right  come  from  lchinoi<awa  on  the  Japanese 

island  of  Shikoku,  the  most  famous  locality  in  the  world  for 

unusually  large  and  well-developed  stibnite.  The  mineral  is  soft 

and  fragile.  It  will  fuse  in  the  heat  of  a  lighted  match. 


i 


^^^  -y 


■^:y;     ni'ffMt '  ti'***'*^ 


:^>^^-^^^ 


100,000  years,  and  while  it  was  going  on,  part  of  the  magma  crystallized. 
forming  igneous  rocl<.  Constricted  on  all  sides  and  subjected  to  continuous 
pressure  from  the  plates,  the  rocl<  could  only  move  upward.  Sutijected  to 
weathering  and  erosion,  the  rock  was  shaped  into  great  granitic  mountain 
ranges— the  Sierras  and  the  Rockies  of  today. 

However,  not  all  of  the  magma  crystallized  as  granite  at  first.  Some  mag- 
matic  liquid  remained;  its  water  content  increased,  making  it  more  fluid  than 
the  crystalline  mush  surrounding  it.  This  residual  magma  then  flowed 
through  cracks  and  crevices  in  the  granite  toward  the  uppermost  regions 
of  the  earth's  crust.  As  the  residual  magma  neared  the  earth's  surface,  it 
was  subjected  to  cooler  temperatures— 500  or  600  degrees  Celsius  instead 
of  1 ,000  degrees  or  more.  When  this  enriched  magmatic  material  began 
to  crystallize,  it  formed  great  white  masses  of  pegmatite,  composed 
principally  of  crystalline  quartz  and  feldspar.  These  txxjies  of  rock,  perhaps 
100  yards  long  and  20  feet  wide,  were  embedded  in  the  crust  adjacent  to 
the  already  crystallized  granite.  Within  the  pegmatite,  as  crystallization  pro- 
ceeded, pockets  of  enriched  liquid  remained. 

These  various-sized  pockets  were  the  birthplaces  of  tourmaline.  Some 
of  the  entrapped  liquid  in  them  evolved  into  typical  pegmatite.  But  once 
again,  not  all  of  the  liquid  crystallized.  The  remaining  liquid  was  continuously 
enriched  in  some  chemical  elements,  and  finally  crystallized  into  tourmaline 
and  other  rare  minerals. 

If  this  process  could  be  observed,  the  pegmatite  with  its  liquid-filled 
pockets  would  be  seen  as  incandescent.  The  tourmaline  crystals  that  form 
would  have  a  more  intense  color  than  the  common  crystals  of  the  pegmatite. 
As  the  tourmaline  crystals  form,  removing  chemicals  from  the  liquid,  the 
water  content  of  the  liquid  increases  and  some  of  it  turns  into  steam. 

The  pocket  eventually  becomes  filled  with  steam,  which  increases  the 
internal  pressure.  If  the  steam  remains,  the  newly  formed  tourmaline  crys- 
tals will  become  unstable  and  will  dissolve.  Sometimes  the  pegmatite  sur- 
rounding the  pocket  is  not  strong  enough  to  withstand  the  pressure,  and 
the  steam  then  bursts  forth  in  an  explosive  rush.  As  the  steam  escapes, 
it  shatters  some  of  the  confining  rock  and  some  of  the  tourmaline  crystals. 
In  the  explosion  other  crystals  are  severed  from  the  pocket  walls,  their  tips 
falling  to  the  floor.  Cracks  appear  in  many  crystals,  long  milky-white  lines 
that  may  either  enhance  or  mar  the  tourmaline's  beauty.  But  some  of  the 
crystals  remain  untouched  and  survive  for  eventual  exposure  as  they  were 
created. 

In  this  final  stage,  the  pocket  is  left  to  cool.  The  tourmaline's  creation 
is  complete.  For  the  next  thirty  or  forty  million  years,  the  Pacific  plate  con- 
tinues to  move  under  the  American  plate.  Magma  and  granite  continue  to 
form.  The  mountains  are  pushed  upward,  carrying  with  them  the  pegmatite 
pockets  and  the  tourmalines  within  them.  Finally,  with  weathering  and  ero- 
sion at  the  surface,  the  tourmalines  may  be  exposed  to  human  discovery. 

The  story  of  the  evolution  of  these  tourmalines  is  comparable  to  the 
development  of  all  other  minerals.  Each  mineral  is  witness  to  a  part  of  the 
history  of  the  earth  and  the  creation  of  the  physical  landscape  that  sur- 
rounds us. 

Vincent  D.  Manson  is  a  consultant  to  the  Department  of  Mineral  Sciences 
at  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  He  was  the  scientist  in  charge 
of  the  concept  and  planning  of  the  Museum's  new  Hall  of  Minerals  and 
Gems,  which  will  open  on  May  21. 


Beryl  Variety  Emerald  (1 V2" x  3V2"  x  1 V2") 
Found  in  the  Ural  Mountains  of  Siberia,  this  emerald  has 
exceptionally  vibrant  color  Resting  on  a  matrix  of  biotite  schist, 
the  crystals  are  joined  in  a  parallel  growth  typical  for  emeralds. 


\  ^ 


m^^ 


City  Snakes,  Suburban  Salamanders 


by  Frederick  C.  Schlauch 


Urbanization  often  results 
in  the  drastic  decline  of 
reptiles  and  amphibians.  But 
some  species  in  the  northeast 
megalopolis  have  not  been 
crowded  out  by  man 

Long  Island.  For  sociologists  and 
demographers,  it  has  been  the  classic 
northeast  representation  of  the  post- 
World  War  II  suburban  boom  and 
sprawl  that  enlarged  the  concept  of 
metropolis  to  megalopolis.  To  real 
estate  speculators  and  developers,  it 
was  a  bonanza,  bringing  profit  by  the 
lot,  as  was  one  of  its  western  ana- 
logues, Los  Angeles. 

Long  Island  stretches  about  120 
miles  from  the  tip  of  its  western  end, 
facing  Manhattan,  to  the  tip  of  its 
eastern  end  at  Montauk  Point. 
Bounded  on  the  north  by  Long  Island 
Sound  and  on  the  south  by  the  Atian- 
tic  Ocean,  scalloped  by  great  bays 
and  fringed  by  barrier  beaches,  the 
12-  to  20-mile- wide  island  was 


As  a  network  of  tract  housing 
spread  across  the  landscape 
of  Long  Island  after  World  War  II, 
suitable  habitats  for  many 
reptiles  and  amphibians  were 
reduced  to  discrete  pockets.  Most 
salamanders  require  ponds 
or  streams  in  which  to  lay 
their  eggs.  The  red-backed 
salamander,  right,  uses  moist 
ground  litter  for  this  purpose, 
and  its  young  are  capable  of 
a  terrestrial  existence  upon 
hatching.  These  traits  make  it 
more  tolerant  of  urbanization. 


formed  and  shaped  by  glacial  action 
and  post-glacial  forces.  At  the  west- 
ern end  of  the  island,  the  city  of 
Brooklyn  flourished  during  the  nine- 
teenth century,  and  by  1 898  it  was  the 
third  most  populous  city  in  the  United 
States.  In  that  year,  Brooklyn  and  the 
adjacent  county  of  Queens  were  an- 
nexed by  New  York  City  and  the  two 
came  to  account,  in  recent  decades, 
for  a  majority  of  the  population  of  the 
biggest  city  in  the  country.  Agricul- 
ture had  destroyed  segments  of  the 
formerly  continuous  wildernesses  of 
Nassau  and  Suffolk  counties,  but 
much  land  still  remained  untouched 
by  the  plow. 

Then  came  automobiles  and  the 
early  paved  roadways.  Starting  in 
1945,  World  War  II  veterans,  stimu- 


lated by  G.I.  benefits,  flocked  from 
the  central  city  to  the  mythical  land 
of  the  suburban  dream.  Tract  devel- 
opment spread  across  the  landscape, 
engulfing  nearly  all  of  the  great  Long 
Island  prairie  known  as  the  Hemp- 
stead Plains  and  spreading  to  the 
deciduous  forest  of  the  North  Shore. 
It  is  now  eating  away  the  wilderness 
of  the  Long  Island  Pine  Barrens. 

In  1900,  the  combined  human  pap- 
ulation of  the  island's  four  counties — 
Kings  (Brooklyn),  Queens,  Nassau, 
and  Suffolk — stood  at  less  than  1,- 
500,000.  By  1970,  the  figure  had  ex- 
ploded to  more  than  7,000,000. 
Today  the  population  is  still  climbing 
and  cramping  into  the  available 
space — less  than  2,000  square  miles. 

Increasing  population  and  the  asso- 


47 


ciated  urbanization  have  had  a  docu- 
mented effect  on  the  human  character 
of  the  island.  Historical  and  regional 
planning  reports  are  packed  with  so- 
ciological and  demographic  informa- 
tion. However,  data  about  the  impact 
on  the  animal  life  of  the  island  are 
scarce,  and  where  information  does 
exist  in  such  reports,  it  usually  proves 
superficial  and  often  erroneous.  But 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  impact 
of  urbanization  on  the  island's  fauna 
has  been  enormous. 

Many  people,  believing  that  hu- 
man population  growth  is  always  an- 
tithetical to  the  survival  of  wildlife, 
make  the  assumption  that  Long  Is- 
land— now  a  region  characterized  by 
one  of  the  densest  human  populations 
in  the  United  States — must  be  devoid 
of  most  of  its  original  wildlife.  Most 
field  zoologists  do  not  care  to  investi- 
gate regions  such  as  Long  Island,  and 
most  of  the  animal  ecologists  in  the 
universities  and  museums  on  or  near 
the  island  do  their  field  research  else- 
where, in  relatively  undisturbed  wil- 
dernesses hundreds  or  thousands  of 
miles  away.  Thus,  the  actions  of  pro- 
fessional biologists  have  reinforced 
the  popular  notion  that  Long  Island  is 
virtually  lacking  in  wildlife.  The  cur- 
rent status  of  the  amphibians  and  rep- 
tiles on  this  island  reveals  the  fallacy 
of  this  preconception. 

For  more  than  a  decade,  I  have  in- 


tensively studied  the  salamanders, 
snakes,  turtles,  and  frogs  and  toads  of 
Long  Island.  The  island  functions  as 
an  excellent  field  gradient  for  urban 
zooecological  research.  The  general 
trend  is  toward  decreased  urbaniza- 
tion as  the  island's  eastern  end  is  ap- 
proached. The  west  end,  comprised 
of  two  New  York  City  boroughs 
(Brooklyn  and  Queens)  and  Nassau 
County,  is  the  most  heavily  devel- 
oped section  of  the  island.  Yet,  at 
least  28  of  the  37  species  of  amphibi- 
ans and  reptiles  definitely  regarded  as 
native  to  Long  Island  have  been 
found  at  one  or  more  localities  on  the 


A  semiaquatic  species,  the  ribbon 

snake,  right,  has  been  adversely 

affected  in  urbanized  areas 

throughout  its  range  in  the 

eastern  United  States  because 

of  the  alteration  of  its 

swampland  habitat.  The  northern 

black  racer  (immature  specimen, 

below)  attains  a  length  of  up 

to  six  feet.  This  snake  probably 

has  a  large  home  range,  which 

could  account  for  its  disappearance 

from  most  of  Long  Island 's 

urbanized  west  end. 


west  end  during  the  past  fifteen  years, 
while  to  the  east,  in  the  less  devel- 
oped area  of  Suffolk  County,  at  least 
35  of  the  37  species  have  been  re- 
corded. 

While  comparatively  few  species 
have  been  exterminated,  it  cannot  be 
said  that  urbanization  has  adversely 
affected  only  those  that  have  disap- 
peared. The  majority  of  the  remain- 
ing species  have  declined  in  numbers 
as  a  consequence  of  urbanization,  and 
some  formerly  widespread  species 
are  now  restricted  to  disjunct  tracts  of 
suitable  habitat.  For  some  species, 
however,  urbanization  may  actually 


I       iSI 


-  '  v..     :m 


^   ^^ 


m  % 


'(^i^   .. 


have  brought  increases  in  population , 
at  least  on  a  local  basis. 

Generally,  it  would  appear  that 
those  species  of  herpetozoans  with 
the  more  specialized  and  complex  en- 
vironmental requirements  are  the 
most  sensitive  to  urbanization.  Con- 
sider the  four  salamanders  of  the 
genus  Ambystoma  indigenous  to 
Long  Island:  the  blue-spotted  (A.  la- 
terale),  spotted  (A.  maculatum), 
marbled  (A.  opacum),  and  eastern 
tiger  (A.  tigrinum  tigrinum).  All  four 
spend  most  of  their  adult  lives  in 
woodlands,  but,  during  their  breed- 
ing seasons,  they  migrate  to  local 


ponds.  Each  species  migrates  once 
per  year:  the  blue-spotted,  spotted, 
and  tiger  in  late  winter  or  early 
spring;  the  marbled  in  autumn.  The 
aquatic  larvae  of  the  spring-breeding 
species  take  a  few  months  to  attain  a 
capability  for  terrestrial  locomotion; 
the  autumn-breeding  marbled  sala- 
mander takes  eight  or  nine  months. 

With  the  exception  of  the  blue- 
spotted,  all  the  species  originally 
were  fairly  widespread  and  continu- 
ously distributed  on  Long  Island. 
Now  the  ranges  of  these  salamanders 
are  much  smaller  and  more  disjunct. 
We  can  theorize  on  the  events  that 


caused  this  decline  by  using  our 
knowledge  of  the  life  history  patterns 
of  salamanders,  together  with  obser- 
vations on  how  urbanization  affects 
the  physical  and  biological  aspects  of 
the  environments — on  Long  Island  or 
elsewhere — where  the  species  may 
still  be  found. 

Urbanization  may  have  interfered 
with  the  life  histories  of  the  salaman- 
ders by  eliminating  or  disrupting 
breeding  ponds.  Such  ponds  may 
have  been  tilled  or  drained  to  create 
dry  land  for  construction  projects. 
Long  Island  households  secure  their 
drinking   water   through  an    under- 


.'iV 


'*^^\ 


-» ■''   ^-■^ 


%; 


,:. -* 


ground  pumping  system  that  lowers 
the  water  table,  and  this  may  have 
caused  some  seasonal  ponds  to  dry 
out  too  early  in  the  year  for  salaman- 
der young  to  become  terrestrially 
competent.  Industrial  pollutants 
added  to  the  air  cause  rainwater  to 
become  more  acidic;  without  any 
other  alteration  of  the  habitat,  urbani- 
zation may  have  changed  the  pH  of 
pond  water  so  drastically  as  to  pre- 
vent salamander  eggs  from  hatching 
or  the  larvae  from  developing  prop- 
erly. Even  in  areas  where  ponds  re- 
main undisturbed,  the  salamanders 
may  have  disappeared  because  urban 
development  has  reduced  the  sur- 
rounding woodlands. 

The  Ambystoma  are  relatively 
large  salamanders,  and  species  of  this 
genus  are  sold  by  the  pet  trade.  The 
eastern  tiger,  for  example,  is  a  robust 
species  known  to  attain  a  length  of  1 3 
inches.  Virtually  an  entire  population 
of  such  salamanders  at  a  breeding 
pond  may  be  wiped  out  by  greedy  pet 
dealers  or  pet-seeking  children. 

Only  a  few  highly  localized  popu- 
lations of  Ambystoma  remain  on  the 
west  end.  Fortunately,  a  number  of 
populations  still  thrive  farther  east- 
ward, but  even  these  may  soon  de- 
cline beyond  possible  recovery,  and 
any  endemic  genetic  characteristics 
of  west  end  Ambystoma  may  have  al- 
ready been  lost. 

An  amphibian  more  immediately 
threatened  with  complete  extermi- 
nation on  Long  Island  is  the  northern 
two-lined  salamander  (Eurycea  bis- 
lineata  bislineata).  This  slender  sala- 
mander, averaging  only  a  few  inches 
in  length,  is  adapted  to  survive  in 
hilly  regions  with  unpolluted  spring- 


Children  in  search  of  pets  are 
significant  predators  of  the  eastern 
box  turtle,  top  left.  This  activity 
is  illegal  in  New  York  State,  but 
lack  of  enforcement  has  caused  the 
deterioration  of  the  species  on 
Long  Island.  Concrete  covering 
the  sandy  soil  in  which  it  burrows 
and  vernal  pools  drying  up  because 
of  lowered  water  tables  are  among 
the  probable  causes  for  the  decline 
of  the  eastern  spadefoot  toad,  left, 
on  the  western  half  of  Long  Island. 


fed  stream  systems.  This  suitable 
habitat  existed  only  in  the  morainal 
sections  of  the  North  Shore  on  the 
western  half  of  the  island.  Fifty  or  so 
years  ago,  the  two-lined  was  abun- 
dant within  northern  Queens  County. 
Naturalist  Samuel  C.  Yeaton,  Jr., 
once  collected  a  thousand  sp)ecimens 
in  a  single  day  for  research  use  by  G. 
Kingsley  Noble,  then  the  curator  of 
herpetology  at  The  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History.  But  urbani- 
zation brought  abi)ut  the  decline  of 
the  two-lined  during  the  following 
decades  and  it  is  no  longer  found  in 
Queens,  although  some  small  popula- 
tions still  persist  elsewhere  on  Long 
Island. 

Construction  projects,  water  pollu- 
tion, and  falling  water  tables  all  con- 
tribute to  the  plight  of  the  two-lined 
on  Long  Island.  The  remaining  popu- 
lations are  almost  all  restricted  to  less 
developed  sections  of  northeastern 
Nassau  County,  a  low-density  area 
characterized  by  upper-class  estates 
and  comparatively  little  of  the  high- 
density,  middle-class  sprawl  devel- 
opment typical  of  most  of  the  rest  of 
Nassau. 

The  easternmost  locality  known 
for  the  species  is  Smithtown  in  Suf- 
folk County.  Although  Smithtown 
has  undergone  considerable  suburban 
development  during  the  past  couple 
of  decades,  at  least  one  two-lined 
population  still  exists  there.  How- 
ever, two  highly  localized  Smithtown 
populations  known  to  me  appear  to 
have  been  completely  destroyed  by 
human  activity  during  the  past  several 
years.  Falling  water  tables  may  have 
greatly  contributed  to  the  decline  of 
these  populations,  but  other  factors 
could  also  have  been  involved.  A 
spring-fed  stream  system  along  an  en- 
trance road  to  a  county  park  sup- 
ported one  of  the  two-lined  popula- 
tions; by  expanding  a  road  parallel  to 
the  stream,  the  Suffolk  County  De- 
partment of  Parks,  Recreation,  and 
Conservation  may  have  dealt  the  fi- 
nal blow  to  that  population.  The 
other  Smithtown  group  of  two-lineds 
persisted  on  a  hillside  until  suburban 
development  brought  about  its  de- 
mise: a  house  was  built  near  the  last 
spring  hole  suitable  for  salamander 
reproduction;  a  backyard  garden  pool 
now  occupies  the  spring  hole  site. 

Compared  to  the  other  salamanders 
of  Long  Island,   the  red-backed 


(Plethodon  cine  reus  cinereus)  is  cer- 
tainly the  most  urban  tolerant,  requir- 
ing relatively  less  complicated  envi- 
ronmental conditions  to  complete  its 
life  cycle.  Its  primary  advantage  over 
the  other  salamanders  of  the  island  is 
that  it  does  not  need  vernal  f>onds, 
streams,  or  other  bodies  of  water  for 
breeding  purposes.  The  red-backed 
lays  its  eggs  in  moist  microhabitats 
provided  by  fallen  rotting  logs  and 
other  ground  litter  of  upland  forests, 
and  the  eggs  hatch  young  fully  capa- 
ble of  terrestrial  existence. 

The  Fowler's  toad  (Bufa  woodhou- 
sei  fowieri)  is  probably  the  most 
urban  tolerant  of  all  the  amphibians 
native  to  Long  Island.  It  manages  to 
persist  where  all  other  species  have 
long  disappeared.  Key  preadapta- 
tions enabling  the  Fowler's  toad  to 
survive  amidst  urbanization  include 
its  ability  to  use  almost  any  body  of 
water  as  a  breeding  site,  its  compara- 
tively short  larval  period,  and  its  in- 
habitation of  dry  upland  areas  except 
during  the  breeding  season. 

The  Fowler's  toad  still  lives 
throughout  most  of  Long  Island;  it 
even  persists  at  many  localities  within 
the  bounds  of  the  New  York  City  sec- 
tion of  the  island.  Urbanization  may 
actually  have  enabled  the  Fowler's 
toad  to  increase  in  abundance,  at  least 
on  a  local  basis,  through  the  creation 
of  man-made  breeding  sites  and  the 
elimination  of  natural  competitors 
and  predators.  It  breeds  in  park 
ponds,  water-filled  sand-mining  pits, 
abandoned  reservoir  sites,  suburban 
water-recharge  basins  (sumps),  and 
numerous  other  seasonal  or  perma- 
nent aquatic  areas  generally  hostile  to 
amphibian  survival. 

A  significant  predator  of  the 
Fowler's  toad  is  the  youngster  in  pur- 
suit of  pets.  During  June  and  July, 
recently  transformed  toadlets  swarm 
by  the  thousands  along  the  shores  of 
suburban  sumps.  The  toadlets  are 
often  so  numerous  and  concentrated 
that  one  caimot  walk  without  acci- 
dentally crushing  many  underfoot. 
Young  suburbanites  take  many  that 
will  languish  and  die  in  captivity.  Yet 
the  Fowler's  toad  seems  to  be  able  to 
hold  its  own. 

Contrasting  with  the  successful 
history  of  the  Fowler's  toad  on  Long 
Island  is  that  of  the  gnomish  eastern 
spadefoot  {Scaphiopus  holbrooki). 
The  spadefoot  is  believed  to  be  de- 


scended  from  toads  that  evolved  in 
desert  conditions  of  the  southwestern 
United  States.  Under  xeric  condi- 
tions, selection  pressures  favor  an 
amphibian  that  remains  inactive  dur- 
ing long,  desiccating  dry  spells  and 
fully  utilizes  brief  periods  of  heavy 
rains.  Eventually,  Scaphiopus  stock 
moved  eastward.  Although  much 
moister  conditions  prevailed  in  the 
east,  the  spadefoot  retained  its  breed- 
ing habits — remaining  dormant  for 
long  periods  and  utilizing  breeding 
sites  only  during  heavy  rains.  The 
sandy  soil  of  Long  Island  provided 
the  spadefoot  with  an  excellent  habi- 
tat, and  it  apparently  thrived  through- 
out most  of  the  island  until  the  advent 
of  urbanization  several  decades  ago. 
Now  it  is  rare  on  the  west  end,  and 
the  only  known  significant  popula- 
tions survive  in  wilder  sections  of 
Suffolk  County. 

Why  has  the  spadefoot  failed  to 
meet  the  challenge  of  urbanization? 
Much  of  the  sandy  soil  in  which  it 
burrows  continues  to  disappear  under 
concrete  and  macadam.  The  seasonal 
pools  preferred  for  breeding  become 
dry  year-round  as  water  tables  fall. 
Also,  the  spadefoot  may  be  unable  to 
perpetuate  itself  on  urban  tracts  pos- 
sessing seemingly  suitable  soil  and 
breeding  conditions  but  lacking  the 
acreage  necessary  to  sustain  viable 
populations.  Ecologist  Paul  G.  Pear- 
son has  presented  evidence  that  the 
spadefoot  displays  territorial  behav- 
ior. A  tract  might  have  enough  re- 
sources other  than  land  space  to  per- 
mit the  spadefoot  to  maintain  a  neces- 
sary minimum  population  level,  but 
the  intrinsic  behavior  of  this  amphib- 
ian might  prevent  maximum  over-all 
utilization  of  these  resources  through 
the  territorial  spacing  of  individuals. 
Thus,  the  Fowler's  toad  may  be  more 
successful  than  the  spadefoot  largely 
because  its  population  densities  are 
not  influenced  by  intraspecific  territo- 
rial behavior. 

Like  amphibians,  reptiles  show  a 
wide  diversity  of  urbanization  toler- 
ances. One  of  the  most  tolerant  spe- 
cies on  the  west  end  is  the  northern 
brown  snake  (Storeria  dekayi  de- 
kayi).  Averaging  a  foot  or  less  in 
length,  this  inoffensive  reptile  may  be 
regarded  as  the  snake  most  suitably 
preadapted  for  survival  in  a  metro- 
politan center.  The  northern  brown  is 
one  of  the  three  or  so  snake  species 


persisting  amidst  the  urban  turmoil  of 
the  New  York  City  end  of  Long  Is- 
land and  may  very  well  be  the  most 
abundant  serpent  there.  Littered  lots 
and  neglected  parks  provide  the  snake 
with  habitats  too  small  and  hostile  for 
most  other  herpetozoans. 

Despite  its  ability  to  persevere  in 
the  city,  the  brown  snake  has  not 
fared  well  in  much  of  suburbia  to  the 
east.  A  large  percentage  of  the  high- 
density  suburban  developments  in 
Nassau  County  now  exist  where  a 
great  wilderness — the  Hempstead 
Plains — once  stood.  The  Plains,  cov- 
ering tens  of  thousands  of  acres,  has 
been  almost  completely  obliterated 
by  the  tacky  developments  charac- 
teristic of  the  post-World  War  11 
housing  boom.  Remaining  are  no 
more  than  a  few  hundred  acres  even 
remotely  resembling  the  primal  gran- 
deur of  the  Plains.  Sketchy  data  pub- 
lished by  Long  Island  natural  histori- 
ans indicate  that  the  brown  snake  had 
been  fairly  common  on  the  Plains,  but 
the  tide  of  suburbanization  has  re- 
duced it  to  a  condition  of  extreme  rar- 
ity, if  not  total  absence,  in  this  area. 
I  have  done  much  field  work  in  the 
Plains  for  more  than  a  decade  and 
have  failed  to  find  a  single  brown 
snake. 

Why  has  the  brown  snake  done  so 
well  within  the  limits  of  New  York 
City  arid  so  poorly  in  a  less  urbanized 
suburban  area?  A  minimum  number 
of  individuals  may  be  needed  for  a 
population  of  the  brown  snake  to  per- 
petuate itself,  and  the  densities  of  the 
predevelopment  populations  were 
perhaps  greater  within  the  deciduous 
forest  that  covered  much  of  the  land 
in  the  city  and  thinner  within  the 
grassland  that  dominated  the  Hemp- 
stead Plains.  Thus,  a  brown  snake 
population  might  have  been  able  to 
survive  in  an  enclave  of  just  a  few 
natural  acres  around  which  urban  de- 
velopment mushroomed  in  the  city, 
but  not  in  a  similar-sized  site  sur- 
rounded by  the  suburban  sprawl  that 
has  engulfed  the  Plains.  Also,  vacant 
city  lots  are  usually  more  cluttered 
with  the  dumpings  of  humanity  than 
are  the  suburbs.  The  presence  of  this 
artificial  shelter  may  be  a  necessity 
for  the  brown  snake  to  persist  on 
small  acreages,  and  the  comparative 
lack  of  it  on  a  suburban  site  may  pre- 
clude the  existence  of  the  northern 
brown  there. 


The  brown  snake  seems  to  be  gone 
from  the  Hempstead  area,  but  the 
eastern  garter  snake  {Thamnophis  sir- 
talis  sirtalis)  still  endures  there.  Al- 
though the  northern  brown  may  give 
the  eastern  garter  some  competition 
for  the  title  of  "most  urban-tolerant 
snake"  on  Long  Island's  west  end, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  eastern 
garter  more  truly  deserves  this  desig- 
nation when  the  island  is  considered 
as  a  whole.  The  generalized  habits  of 
the  garter  snake  undoubtedly  permit 
it  to  persist  where  the  environmental 
requirements  of  other  species  are  no 
longer  present. 

The  semiaquatic  eastern  ribbon 
snake  (Thamnophis  sauritus 
sauritus)  is  a  more  specialized  rela- 
tive of  the  garter  snake.  A  compari- 
son of  ecological  factors  in  the  life 
cycles  of  the  two  species  reveals  why 
the  garter  succeeds  better  than  the  rib- 
bon amidst  urban  development.  Al- 
though sometimes  found  in  semi- 
aquatic  environs,  the  garter  snake  is 
not  restricted  to  habitats  of  this  type; 
the  ribbon  snake,  however,  is  vir- 
tually restricted  to  semiaquatic  habi- 
tats. Swamplands  are  among  the  hab- 
itats most  vulnerable  to  development 
and  are  often  the  first  to  disappear 
during  the  urbanization  process.  The 
garter  feeds  on  a  wide  variety  of  ter- 
restrial vertebrate  and  invertebrate 
animals,  including  earthworms.  The 
ribbon,  generally  a  fish  and  amphib- 
ian feeder,  does  not  have  such  broad 
feeding  habits  and  may  be  selectively 
disfavored.  Clearly,  urbanization  fa- 
vors the  generalized  species. 

The  damming  of  streams  for  recre- 
ational use,  reservoirs,  and  other 
human  purposes  has  probably  re- 
sulted in  the  creation  of  more  deep- 
water  ponds  than  naturally  existed  on 
Long  Island.  This  has  resulted  in  the 
availability  of  more  suitable  habitats 
to  such  aquatic  chelonians  as  the  east- 
ern painted  turtle  {Chrysemys  picta 


Although  a  woodland  dweller,  the 

marbled  salamander  must  breed  in 

ponds,  and  the  young  are  not  able 

to  walk  on  land  until  eight  or 

nine  months  old.  Fewer  suitable 

ponds  have  caused  its  decline. 


52 


picta)  and  common  snapping  turtle 
(Chelydra  serpentina  serpentina). 
Both  the  beautifully  marked  painted 
turtle  and  the  large  snapper  inhabit 
nearly  all  of  the  permanent  ponds  of 
Nassau  and  Sullolk  counties  and 
thrive  despite  the  pursuits  of  turtle 
collectors.  But  semiaquatic  species, 
most  notably  the  spotted  turtle 
(Clemmys  guttata),  have  declined  as 
their  swampland  habitats  along 
stream  courses  were  submerged  un- 
der the  waters  backing  up  behind 
newly  formed  dams.  The  colorful 
spotted  is  less  wary  than  the  painted 
and  more  in  demand  by  turtle  fanci- 
ers; a  price  of  twenty  dollars  for  a 
single  spotted  is  not  unusual.  A  few 
small  populations  of  the  spotted  may 
still  exist  on  the  west  end,  but,  with- 
out doubt,  this  is  an  urban-intolerant 
species. 

One  of  the  animals  most  adversely 
affected  by  the  activities  of  pet-hunt- 
ing youngsters  is  the  terrestrial  east- 
ern box  turtle  (Terrapene  Carolina 
Carolina).  Even  where  woodland 
tracts  of  seemingly  suitable  box  turtle 
habitat  remain,  this  reptile  is  often 
rare  or  absent.  This  is  especially  true 
for  county  and  state  parklands  in 
which  ground-level  nature  trails  are 
maintained. 

The  idea  of  bringing  nature  to  the 


^^S^^'^^m^, 


public  via  a  trail  system  has  usually 
been  done  without  any  ecologically 
sound  planning.  Often  the  paths  are 
designed  primarily  with  the  arbcjreal 
fauna — most  specifically  the  birds — 
in  mind.  Of  course,  tree-dwelling 
birds,  living  well  above  the  reaches 
of  vandals  or  ecologically  naive  park 
visitors,  are  rarely  ever  removed  or 
disturbed.  For  ground-residing  ani- 
mals, however,  such  paths  can  be  dis- 
astrous. Wherever  the  home  range  of 
a  terrestrial  animal  overlaps  a  ground- 
level  path,  an  encounter  with  a  park 
visitor  can  be  expected  sooner  or 
later,  if  the  animal  is  a  box  turtle  and 
the  visitor  a  pet-seeking  youngster  or 
adult,  it  may  well  be  anticipated  that 
the  park  will  be  missing  a  box  turtle. 
(Collecting  box  turtles  is  illegal  in 
New  York  State,  but  the  law  is  not 
effectively  enforced.) 

If  the  trails  are  numerous  and  the 
human  traffic  great ,  one  can  be  certain 
that,  in  time,  a  park  will  become  her- 
petologically  impoverished.  Unfortu- 
nately, this  is  usually  the  case  in  Long 
Island  parks.  In  evaluating  a  park, 
park  agencies  should  adopt  a  policy 
of  requiring  a  thorough  biological 
survey  based  on  modern  ecological 
theory.  And  any  trail  system  (an  ele- 
vated boardwalk  type  if  necessary) 
should  permit  maximum  public  ac- 


cess to  the  park,  but  with  minimum 
possible  impact  on  ground-level 
plants  and  animals. 

The  natural  and  unnatural  history 
of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of 
Long  Island  reveals  that  some  species 
are  tolerant  of  urbanization  pressures 
but  that,  sooner  or  later,  others  will 
succumb  to  the  unnatural  forces 
unless  we  act  wisely. 

The  notion  of  "endangered  spe- 
cies'" should  be  abandoned  in  favor 
of  the  concept  of  "endangered  local 
populations"  or  "endangered  local 
communities."  Although  Long  Is- 
land possesses  no  endemic  species  of 
herpetozoans,  preliminary  studies  in- 
dicate that  the  island  may  possess 
populations  of  at  least  several  species 
with  endemic  genetic  traits. 

Many  species  will  continue  to  sur- 
vive despite  the  onslaught  of  urbani- 
zation. Even  among  these  urban-tol- 
erant species,  however,  there  may 
exist  genotypes  that  will  disappear 
under  the  unnatural  selection  pres- 
sures wrought  by  man.  If  we  are  to 
save  this  genetic  heritage,  we  must  do 
so  based  on  an  understanding  of  the 
morphological  and  behavioral  pre- 
adaptations involved  and  on  our 
knowledge  of  the  historical  effects  of 
urbanization  on  these  animals  in  areas 
such  as  Long  Island.  ~ 


>"^?4r       t 


Cerebral  Clues 

by  Leonard  Radinsky 


Fossil  braincases  hold 
evidence  of  the  behavior 
of  ancient  animals 

Fossils  are  indispensable  to  the 
study  of  ancient  life.  A  jaw — even  a 
tooth — can  suggest  what  kinds  of 
food  an  animal  ate.  A  leg  bone  can 
indicate  running  ability;  a  skull,  the 
size  of  the  brain.  Unfortunately,  ac- 
tual brains  are  never  part  of  the  fossil 
record  since  neural  tissue  is  ex- 
tremely sensitive  and  decomposes 
rapidly  after  death.  Yet,  by  using  in- 
formation from  the  work  of  neuro- 
physiologists,  paleontologists  can 
study  fossilized  brain  anatomy  and 
learn  about  the  behavior  of  animals 
that  died  millions  of  years  ago. 

The  main  senses — visual,  audi- 
tory, tactile,  and  olfactory — have 
their  inputs  represented  on  the  cere- 
bral cortex,  or  surface  of  the  brain. 
Furthermore,  in  many  species,  usu- 
ally of  large-brained  mammals,  the 
various  functional  areas  of  the  cere- 
bral cortex — visual,  auditory,  tactile, 
and  motor — are  bounded  by  grooves. 
To  determine  the  location  of  these 
areas  in  living  mammals,  scientists 
place  fine  electrodes  in  the  cerebral 
cortex,  then  stimulate  those  parts  of 
the  body  that  receive  sensory  infor- 
mation (sensory  receptors),  such  as 
eyes ,  ears ,  and  fingertips .  In  this  way , 
they  can  see  which  parts  of  the  cere- 
bral cortex  are  activated  by  a  given 
stimulus. 

Flashing  a  light  on  part  of  the  retina 
of  the  eye,  for  example,  wUl  result  in 
an  electrical  impulse  in  part  of  the 
visual  cortex.  Or  the  process  can 
work  the  other  way:  stimulating  a 
point  on  the  motor  cortex  of  the  brain 
and  noting  which  muscles  of  the  body 
contract  enable  one  to  map  the  motor 
cortex.  By  extrapolating  from  the 
brains  of  mapped  species,  using  the 
pattern  of  grooves  as  a  guide,  paleon- 


tologists can  predict  where  the  major 
functional  areas  are  located  on  the 
brains  of  unmapped  species. 

Behavioral  specializations  may 
show  up  as  unusual  enlargements  or 
reductions  in  size  of  a  part  of  the  brain 
devoted  to  a  given  sensory  input. 
Coatimundis,  for  example,  relatives 
of  raccoons,  have  unusually  sensitive 
snouts,  which  they  use  to  probe  under 
leaf  litter  for  food.  Consequently,  the 
area  of  the  brain  that  receives  tactile 
information  from  the  skin  of  the  snout 
is  enlarged.  Reductions  in  size  of  a 
part  of  the  brain  are  revealing  too. 
Porpoises  and  toothed  whales  have 
lost  the  sense  of  smell,  a  charac- 
teristic that  is  reflected  in  the  absence 
of  olfactory  bulbs  in  their  brains. 

Raccoons  provide  a  striking  ex- 
ample of  the  correlation  between  be- 
havioral specialization  and  size  of  a 
functional  area  of  the  brain.  Since 
raccoons  use  their  hands  to  forage  for 
food,  particularly  in  places  where  vi- 
sion and  olfaction  are  limited,  such  as 
in  shallow  water,  the  skin  of  their 
hands  is  quite  sensitive. 

In  captivity,  raccoons  often  take  a 
food  object  and,  before  eating  it, 
handle  it  underwater.  Although  we 
call  this  behavior  "washing,"  its 
function  is  probably  to  soften  the  skin 
of  the  hands,  thereby  increasing  its 
sensitivity.  W.I.  Welker  and  his  col- 
leagues at  the  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin mapped  the  tactile  receiving  area 
of  the  brains  of  raccoons  and  discov- 
ered a  great  enlargement  of  the  area 
receiving  touch  information  from  the 
hands.  Not  only  is  that  area  enlarged, 
it  is  also  delimited  by  grooves;  even 
the  projections  of  the  individual  digits 
are  bounded  by  grooves,  a  highly  un- 
usual degree  of  specialization. 

But  what  of  extinct  species?  The 
above  examples  show  how  sensory 
and  behavioral  specializations  may 
be  reflected  in  the  brain  surfaces  of 


living  animals;  the  same  relationship 
between  form  and  function  provides 
an  opportunity  to  interpret  the  behav- 
ior of  extinct  species.  In  some  verte- 
brates, particularly  birds  and  mam- 
mals, the  brain  fills  the  braincase  and, 
during  life,  molds  the  inner  surface  of 
the  braincase  to  its  form.  When  the 
animal  dies,  the  brain  itself  decom- 
poses rapidly,  but  the  bone  of  the 
braincase  preserves  an  imprint  of  the 
brain's  surface.  A  cast  of  the  inside 
of  the  braincase,  called  an  endocra- 
nial  cast,  or  endocast,  reproduces  the 
external  configuration  of  the  living 
brain  once  housed  there.  Since  many 
details  of  surface  morphology,  in- 
cluding the  pattern  of  convolutions 
and  imprints  of  blood  vessels  and 
nerve  roots,  are  usually  preserved, 
endocasts  can  provide  a  fossil  record 
of  brain  morphology. 

Although  this  technique  works 
well  with  many  animals,  there  are 
some  exceptions.  In  some  of  the  larg- 
est-brained mammals,  such  as  ele- 
phants, whales,  porpoises,  and  the 
great  apes  and  humans,  surface  de- 
tails are  blurred  on  endocasts  and 
only  the  gross  size  and  shape  of  the 
brain  are  reproduced.  And  in  the 
lower  vertebrates — fishes,  amphibi- 
ans, and  reptiles — the  braincase  usu- 
ally does  not  enclose  the  brain  snug- 
ly. Since  there  is  a  considerable 
amount  of  connective  tissue  and  fluid 
around  the  brain,  endocasts  of  those 
animals  usually  do  not  accurately  re- 
produce the  shape  of  the  brain. 

Endocasts  are  made  in  two  ways. 
Some  fossil  skulls  are  filled  with  a 
hard  stone  matrix;  by  stripping  away 
the  bone,  paleontologists  can  expose 
the  natural  stone  endocast.  Some- 
times this  happens  in  the  field  through 
normal  processes,  of  erosion.  To 
make  an  artificial  endocast,  the  inside 
of  a  cleaned-out  braincase  is  coated 
with  liquid  latex.  After  curing  the 


54 


illustrations  by  Douglas  Cramer 


,^^ 


In  many  mammals,  including  the 
domestic  cat,  grooves  delimit 
the  functional  areas  of  the 
brain.  The  auditory  area  is  shown 
in  red,  the  visual  in  orange,  the 
tactile  in  blue,  and  the  motor  in 
yellow.  The  olfactory  bulbs,  with 
fibrous  endings,  are  between  the 
eyes.  Using  these  brain  maps  of 
living  species  as  a  guide, 
paleontologists  can  study  casts 
from  inside  braincases — called 
endocasts — to  determine  sensory 
and  behavioral  specifications. 


r  — 


The  evolution  of  the 

canid  brain  shows  the 

emergence  of  social  behavior 

Canids  that  live  in  packs  have 

an  enlarged  portion  of  the  frontal 

lobe  that  appears  to  inhibit  the 

'  'fight  or  flight ' '  response  of 

solitary  animals.  The 

earliest  canid  endocast, 

above,  from  30  million 

years  ago,  lacks 

this  enlargement; 

it  begins  to  appear 

in  a  15-million- 

year-old  cast, 

top  right,  and  is 

greatly  expanded 

in  the  modern  jackal,  right. 

latex  to  make  it  tough  and  elastic,  it 
is  finally  collapsed  and  the  endocast 
is  pulled  out  through  the  foramen 
magnum  (the  large  opening  at  the 
back  of  the  skull  for  the  spinal  cord). 
Because  it  is  elastic,  the  endocast  will 
pop  back  into  its  original  shape,  thus 
providing  a  cast  of  the  inside  of  the 
braincase  without  requiring  section- 
ing or  otherwise  damaging  the  skull. 
This  makes  it  possible  to  use  museum 
collections  of  recent  mammal  skulls 
to  build  up  a  reference  collection  of 
contemporary  mammal  endocasts 
and  to  see  what  the  outside  of  the 
brain  looks  like  in  rare  mammals  for 
which  actual  brains  are  not  available. 
By  applying  cortical  maps  made  by 


neurophysiologists  to  fossil  endo- 
casts prepared  by  paleontologists,  we 
can  gain  insights  into  behavioral  spe- 
cializations of  long-dead  animals. 
Unfortunately,  there  is  no  fossil 
record  of  raccoon  brains  to  tell  us 
when  they  evolved  sensitive  hands 
and  washing  and  foraging  behavior 
using  their  hands,  but  a  comparable 
tactile  specialization  occurs  in  an- 
other group  of  carnivores — otters — 
for  which  there  is  a  relevant  fossil 
record.  Although  no  one  has  yet 
mapped  living  otter  brains  in  the  lab, 
their  pattern  of  convolutions  is  simi- 
lar enough  to  that  of  mapped  carni- 
vores, such  as  dogs,  cats,  and  rac- 
coons, to  allow  interpretation  of  their 


An  endocast  from  a  15,000-year- 
old  saber-toothed  cat,  right, 
shows  an  expanded  visual  cortex, 

proportionately  larger  than  that  in  the  modern  cheetah, 
above.  Since  this  saber-tooth  also  had  unusually  long 
legs,  it  probably  inhabited  open  country,  where  its 
visual  acuity  would  have  helped  in  detection  of  prey  at  a  distance. 


functional  areas  when  examining  en- 
docasts. 

The  common  river  otter  has  a 
greatly  expanded  cortical  area  for  tac- 
tile information  from  the  face.  Since 
these  otters  have  unusually  long, 
thick,  and  numerous  facial  vibrissae 
( ' '  whiskers  " ) ,  it  seems  likely  that  the 
cortical  enlargement  is  for  vibrissal 
input.  Other  aquatic  carnivores,  such 
as  seals  and  sea  lions,  also  have  elab- 
orate vibrissae  and  also  appear  to 
have  an  enlarged  cortical  area  for  vi- 
brissal input.  Presumably,  this  spe- 
cialization evolved  to  detect  vibra- 
tions underwater,  perhaps  to  make  up 
for  reduced  sight  and  smell — senses 
that  help  land  carnivores  find  prey. 

A  fossil  endocast  of  a  10-million- 
year-old  ancestor  of  the  river  otter, 
although  incomplete,  shows  expan- 
sion of  the  same  cortical  area  that  is 
expanded  in  living  river  otters.  The 
degree  of  expansion  is  not  as  extreme 
as  in  the  living  species,  but  it  is  great 
enough  to  indicate  that  at  least  10  mil- 
lion years  ago  ancestors  of  river  otters 
had  sensitive  whiskers. 

There  are  even  older  endocasts 
from  a  genus  related,  but  not  directly 
ancestral,  to  modern  otters.  Twenty- 
five-million-year-old  endocasts  of 
Potamotherium,  an  early,  aquatically 
specialized  carnivore,  show  expan- 
sion of  the  same  cortical  area,  sug- 
gesting that  sensitive  vibrissae  had 
evolved  in  Potamotherium  that  far 
back.  Presumably,  they  evolved  in 
response  to  the  same  selective  pres- 
sures— the  need  in  an  aquatic  carni- 
vore to  compensate  for  reduced 
visual  and  olfactory  abilities  under- 
water— that  were  responsible  for  the 
adaptation  in  modern  otters.  Because 
its  brain  was  relatively  primitive  in 
other  respects,  the  occurrence  of  a 
tactile  specialization  in  Potamothe- 
rium is  particularly  interesting.  This 
combination  of  primitive  and  ad- 
vanced features  in  the  same  species 
results  from  mosaic  evolution, 
wherein  different  body  parts  evolve  at 
different  rates. 

Other  living  otters,  such  as  the 
clawless  otters  of  Africa  and  Asia  and 
the  sea  otter  of  the  North  Pacific,  use 
their  hands  for  foraging  for  food  in 
water.  Not  surprisingly,  they  have 
enlargements  of  cortical  areas  for  tac- 
tile inputs  from  the  hand.  A  fossil  en- 
docast of  a  7 -million-year-old  ances- 
tor of  the  African  clawless  otter  re- 


.^6 


veals  an  expanded  hand  projection 
area,  indicating  that  sensitive  hands 
and  the  correlated  foraging  behavior 
had  evolved  in  that  lineage  at  least 
that  far  back  in  time. 

The  recent  discovery  of  a  fossil  cat 
shows  another  sensory  specializa- 
tion, an  elaboration  in  the  visual  sys- 
tem. Although  the  fossil  record  of 
felid  brains  goes  back  35  million 
years,  a  survey  of  endocasts  of  fifteen 
extinct  genera  and  of  twenty-seven 
modern  species  turned  up  only  one 
with  unusual  cerebral  characteristics. 
Dinobastis,  a  long-legged,  sab)er- 
toothed  cat,  lived  in  North  America 
at  the  end  of  the  last  Ice  Age,  about 
15,000  years  ago.  The  two  endocasts 


known  for  this  genus,  one  from  Texas 
and  one  from  Alaska,  show  an  expan- 
sion of  cortex  at  the  back  of  the  cere- 
brum. When  we  compared  these  with 
cortical  maps  of  modern  cat  and  lion 
brains,  we  found  that  the  expanded 
area  of  the  Dinobastis  brain  corre- 
sponds to  that  receiving  input  from 
the  central  visual  field  of  the  retina. 

The  enlargement  suggests  that 
Dinobastis  had  ditterent  visual  abili- 
ties— or  processed  visual  information 
in  a  different  way — from  other  felids. 
Dinobastis  also  had  unusually  long 
legs,  suggesting  that  it  was  an  open- 
country  cat;  perhaps  the  visual  spe- 
cialization was  for  long-distance  de- 
tection of  prey. 


Even  social  behavior  can  be  corre- 
lated with  a  neuroanatomical  feature. 
All  living  canids  with  pack  social 
structure,  such  as  wolves,  African 
hunting  dogs,  and  Indian  dholes, 
show  an  enlargement  of  the  prorean 
gyrus,  which  is  part  of  the  frontal 
lobe.  The  same  part  of  the  frontal  lobe 
is  also  enlarged  in  some  canids  that 
do  not  have  pack  social  structure, 
such  as  coyotes  and  jackals,  but  at 
least  in  the  case  of  coyotes,  it  seems 
that  relatively  recent  disruption  of 
their  habitat,  including  pressure  from 
humans,  has  forced  them  into  a  more 
solitary  existence.  Of  the  living 
canids  that  lack  the  enlarged  prorean 
gyrus — mainly  the  different  kinds  of 


i^^9W»^, 


How  does  the  river  otter  make  up  for 
reduced  smell  and  vision  underwater? 
Its  unusually  long  and  thick 
whiskers,  or  vibrissae,  can  detect 
vibrations.  The  area  on  the  brain's 
surface  that  receives  vibrissal 
input  (shown  in  magenta)  is  greatly 
expanded,  while  the  area  for  touch 
information  from  the  hand  (in 
blue)  is  normally  sized,  as  are  the 
areas  for  the  other  senses. 
Fossil  endocasts  of  otter  relatives 
show  that  sensitive  vibrissae  had 
evolved  at  least  25  million  years  ago. 


w/f/ 


The  raccoon 's  foraging  style  is 

reflected  in  its  brain:  the  area 

that  receives  tactile  information 

from  the  hands  is  not  only  greatly 

enlarged,  it  is  also  bounded  by 

grooves.  Even  the  projections  of 

its  individual  fingers  are 

delimited.  Raccoons  often  handle 

food  objects  underwater,  not  for 

hygienic  purposes,  but  apparently 

to  increase  the  sensitivity  of 

their  hands  by  softening  the  skin. 


toxes  and  their  relatives — none  shc3w 
coinplex  social  structure. 

The  prorean  gyrus  of  the  frontal 
lobe  functions  in  inhibiting  primitive 
h)ehavioral  responses.  Such  inhibition 
would  be  necessary  for  the  mainte- 
nance of  complex  social  structures, 
such  as  wolf  packs.  Each  individual 
has  a  position  in  the  social  hierarchy, 
and  for  smooth  interaction  between 
members  of  the  pack,  "fight  or 
flight"  responses  must  be  dampened. 

The  fossil  record  of  canid  brains, 
which  goes  back  about  30  million 
years,  reveals  that  the  prorean  gyrus 
expanded  beyond  the  modern  fox 
condition  probably  within  the  past  5 
million  years.  Thus,  pack  social 
structure,  with  its  advantages  in  hunt- 
ing, is  a  relatively  recent  develop- 
ment in  canid  evolutionary  history. 
Now  it  would  be  interesting  to  exam- 
ine the  fossil  record  of  the  presumed 
prey  species  and  competitors  of  living 
pack  canids  to  see  if  there  were 
changes,  such  as  extinctions  or  the 
appearance  of  new  adaptations,  that 
occurred  when  canids  developed 
pack  social  structure. 

The  examples  discussed  so  far 
have  been  of  carnivores,  most  of 
which  have  the  convoluted  brains  that 
make  behavioral  inferences  possible. 
Most  members  of  our  own  order,  the 
primates,  also  have  convoluted 
brains,  but  the  fossil  record  of  pri- 
mate brains  is  scanty  because  the 
skulls  are  rarely  preserved  intact  as 
fossils.  Also,  primates  are  usually  not 
very  numerous  elements  of  a  fauna, 
and  they  usually  live  in  forested  areas 
where  they  are  not  likely  to  be  pre- 
served in  sediments.  Despite  the 
sparse  record,  primate  endocasts  do 
reveal  some  important  points  about 
primate  evolutionary  history. 

The  oldest  known  primate  endo- 
cast  is  from  Tetonius,  a  small ,  large- 
eyed  animal  that  lived  in  Wyoming 
about  55  million  years  ago.  This  was 
at  the  beginning  of  the  second  great 
evolutionary  radiation  of  primates 
(the  first  occurred  about  10  million 
years  earlier),  a  time  when  several 
major  groups  of  lower  primates  were 
emerging.  An  endocast  from  such  a 
time  is  of  particular  interest  for  the 
light  it  may  shed  on  the  adaptations 
responsible  for  the  radiation. 

The  brain  of  Tefonfus  differed  from 
the  primitive  mammalian  condition 
(best  represented  today  by  brains  of 


some  shrews  and  hedgehogs,  known 
as  basal  insectivoresj  in  having  re- 
duced olfactory  bulbs  and  expanded 
visual  cortex.  Compared  to  mcxiern 
primates,  Tetonius  had  larger  olfac- 
tory bulbs  and  a  relatively  smaller 
frontal  lobe.  In  relative  size  (com- 
pared to  body  weight),  the  brain  of 
Tetonius  was  intermediate  between 
those  of  basal  inscctivores  and  mod- 
ern primates.  The  same  features  that 
distinguish  the  brain  of  Tetuniusirom 
the  primitive  mammalian  condition 
also  apply  to  other  early  primate 
brains  from  50,  45,  and  35  million 
years  ago.  This  suggests  that  at  least 
for  the  second  primate  radiation,  in- 
creased reliance  on  vision  and  de- 
creased importance  of  olfaction  were 
important  adaptations.  The  signifi- 
cance of  the  increase  in  relative  brain 
size  is  not  clear,  and  whether  or  not 
similar  adaptations  characterized  the 
earliest  primates,  65  million  years 
ago,  also  remains  to  be  seen. 

The  third  major  wave  of  primate 
evolutionary  radiations,  marked  by 
the  first  appearance  of  higher  pri- 
mates (today,  these  are  represented 
by  New  and  Old  World  monkeys, 
apes,  and  humans),  began  about  35 
to  40  million  years  ago.  Endocasts 
from  Dolichocebus.  one  of  the  earli- 
est New  World  monkeys;  Aegyp- 
topithecus,  one  of  the  oldest  apes; 
and  Apidium,  a  possible  early  relative 
of  Old  World  monkeys,  dated  about 
27  million  years  ago,  suggest  that  the 
earliest  higher  primates  had  relatively 
more  visual  cortex  and  relatively 
smaller  olfactory  bulbs  than  do  lower 
primates  (represented  today  by  le- 
murs, lorises,  and  galagos).  Thus, 
these  animals  relied  less  on  smell  and 
were  increasingly  dependent  on  vi- 
sion, adaptations  that  may  have  been 
among  those  responsible  for  the 
emergence  of  higher  primates. 

Higher  primates  also  differ  from 
lower  primates  in  having  relatively 
larger  brains,  but  it  is  not  clear  from 
the  fossU  record  when  that  was  at- 
tained. Of  the  three  earliest  primate 
endocasts,  we  can  estimate  frontal 
lobe  size  only  in  Aegyptopithecus.  In 
that  form,  as  in  the  early  lower  pri- 
mates, the  frontal  lobe  appears  to 
have  been  relatively  small  compared 
to  its  modern  condition.  In  fact, 
higher  and  lower  primates  did  not 
evolve  brains  that  appear  "modern" 
until  about  18  million  years  ago. 


Given  our  particular  interest  in  our 
own  species  and  our  unique  behav- 
ioral abilities,  such  as  speech  and  ab- 
stract reasoning,  it  would  be  interest- 
ing to  be  able  to  trace  the  evolution 
of  those  abilities  in  the  fossil  record. 
Unfortunately,  endocasts  are  less 
useful  than  other  aspects  of  our  fossil 
record,  such  as  teeth,  bones,  and  arti- 
facts, for  such  purposes. 

First,  humans  are  among  the  small 
minority  of  mammals  in  which, 
owing  to  large  brain  size,  details  of 
brain  morphology  are  not  reproduced 
on  endocasts.  Little  more  than  gross 
size  and  shape  of  the  brains  of  our 
immediate  ancestors  can  be  inter- 
preted from  the  fossil  record.  Second, 
with  the  partial  exception  of  speech, 
uniquely  human  abilities  are  not 
neatly  localized  in  the  cerebral  cor- 
tex. Even  if  every  groove  were  faith- 
fully reproduced  on  fossil  hominid 
endocasts,  one  could  not  interpret 
much  about  behavior  from  them. 

The  size  of  fossil  human  endo- 
casts, however,  is  the  subject  of  much 
study.  One  of  the  few  features  in 
which  modern  human  brains  differ 
from  those  of  other  primates  is  size, 
both  in  absolute  terms  and  relative  to 
body  weight.  In  fact,  our  brains 
average  about  three  to  three  and  a  half 
times  as  large  as  one  would  expect  in 
a  higher  primate  of  our  body  weight. 
How  tempting  it  is  to  ascribe  great 
significance  to  such  measurable  dif- 
ferences ,  but  in  the  case  of  brain  size , 
there  is  little  hard  evidence  as  to  what 
it  means.  Certainly,  within  modem 
humans  there  is  great  variation  in  nor- 
mal brain  size,  and  no  known  rela- 
tionship between  brain  size  and  men- 
tal or  other  abilities. 

Hominid  endocasts  2  to  3  million 
years  old  are  intermediate  in  relative 
size  between  those  of  modern  humans 
and  those  of  other  higher  primates, 
indicating  that  our  relatively  large 
brain  size  appeared  quite  recently. 
One  of  the  fascinating  goals  for  stu- 
dents of  human  evolution  is  to  deci- 
pher the  significance  of  this. 

The  union  of  paleontology  and 
neurophysiology  is  an  exciting  one. 
Endocasts  of  hundreds  of  fossil  mam- 
mals remain  to  be  studied  and  inter- 
preted. The  information  derived  from 
such  studies  not  only  increases  our 
understanding  of  ancient  life  but  also 
helps  us  to  understand  the  pathways 
to  modern  life.  D 


59 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  When  May  begins,  the  sun  is  in  the  constellation 
Aries;  it  moves  into  the  stars  of  Taurus  about  the  14th  where  it  remains 
past  mid- June.  Meantime,  it  continues  moving  north  of  the  equatorial 
plane,  but  more  slowly.  About  19  degrees  north  on  May  1,  it  moves 
up  only  3  more  degrees  by  June  1 ,  and  is  moving  almost  parallel  to 
the  equator  by  mid- June. 

The  early  crescent  moon  will  appear  in  the  evening  of  about  the  1st 
or  2nd  in  both  May  and  June.  Moonlight  dominates  the  evening  sky 
for  the  first  two  weeks  of  both  months,  and  the  morning  sky  from  mid- 
month  to  about  a  week  before  month's  end.  Phases  in  May  are  first-quar- 
ter on  the  7th,  full  on  the  13th,  last-quarter  on  the  20th,  new  on  the 
28th;  in  June,  first-quarter  on  the  5th,  full  on  the  11th,  last-quarter  on 
the  19th,  and  new  on  the  27th. 

Stars  and  Planets  Spring  stars  are  overhead  and  high  in  the  south 
this  month,  with  winter  stars  all  but  gone  in  the  west  and  summer  stars 
coming  up  in  the  east  in  early  evening.  One  of  the  regular  surprises 
on  an  early  May  evening  is  to  see  two  bright  stars,  to  the  left  and  right 
of  north,  low  in  the  sky.  The  one  on  the  left  is  Capella,  in  Auriga,  a 
bright  winter  star  that  can  still  be  seen  because  if  is  so  far  north.  The 
one  on  the  right  is  Vega,  in  Lyra,  a  bright  summer  star  that  is  so  far 
north  we  can  see  it  quite  early  in  the  year. 

Two  planets  are  included  on  our  Star  Map  this  month.  Mars  and 
Saturn,  evening  stars,  are  very  low  in  the  west  at  the  time  for  which 
the  map  was  prepared.  You  may  be  able  to  see  them  from  dusk  for  at 
least  an  hour  or  two,  but  they  will  be  clearer  and  higher  earlier  in  May 
than  later  on.  The  other  planets.  Mercury,  Venus,  and  Jupiter,  are  all 
morning  stars.  Only  Jupiter  is  favorably  placed,  however,  rising  in  the 
east  early  enough  to  be  visible  in  the  morning  twilight. 

May  20:  Mercury  passes  between  earth  and  sun  today  (inferior  con- 
junction). It  now  leaves  the  evening  sky  and  becomes  a  morning  star. 

May  24:  The  moon  is  at  apogee,  farthest  from  earth. 

May  26-27:  Just  before  midnight  on  the  26th,  the  moon  passes  so 
close  to  Jupiter  that  it  covers  the  planet  (an  occultation)  over  Europe 
and  Asia.  Jupiter  and  the  crescent  moon,  still  quite  close,  make  a  pretty 
sight  in  the  dawn  sky  of  the  27  th,  with  Jupiter  hanging  right  below  the 
lower  tip  of  the  moon's  crescent. 

June  1:  Mercury,  having  passed  between  earth  and  sun,  resumes  its 
direct  (easterly)  motion. 

June  2:  Saturn  and  Mars  are  to  the  north  of  the  early  crescent  moon: 
Saturn,  to  the  right,  is  the  brighter  planet;  Mars  above  the  moon  and 
closer  to  it. 

June  7:  The  bright  star  near  the  moon  is  Spica,  in  Virgo.  The  moon 
moves  closer  to  the  star  until  midnight,  then  separates  to  its  left. 

June  9:  The  moon  is  at  perigee,  nearest  earth. 

June  15:  Mercury  is  at  its  greatest  westerly  elongation,  best  placed 
as  a  morning  star  but  low,  even  at  sunrise. 

if  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  10:25  p.m.  on  May  15;  9:20  p.m.  on  May  31;  and  8:20  p.m. 
on  June  15;  but  it  can  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


6o 


-    *VI3clOlSSVO 


''>^<^07,, 


'Centaurus     . 


Sky  Reporter 


Exploding  Stars 


Two  new  additions  to  the 
already  observed  population 
of  novae  have  aroused 
much  scientific  interest 

Two  novae,  or  exploding  stars, 
were  discovered  last  August.  One, 
Nova  Cygni,  was  easily  visible  to  the 
unaided  eye  and  was  the  brightest  ex- 
ploding star  seen  from  earth  since 
1942.  Allowing  for  the  dimming  of 
the  star's  light  owing  to  its  great  dis- 
tance and  the  absorbing  effect  of  in- 
terstellar dust  clouds,  Nova  Cygni 
was,  in  fact,  first  in  true  brightness  of 
the  more  than  150  novae  that  have 
been  observed  since  the  seventeenth 
century.  The  other  exploding  star, 
known  as  A0620-00,  or  Nova  Mono- 
cerotis,  was  much  fainter  and  never 
became  visible  without  telescopic 
aid.  Nevertheless,  despite  significant 
findings  concerning  Nova  Cygni,  it  is 
the  dimmer  nova  that  attracted  the 
greatest  scientific  interest.  Measure- 
ments by  British  and  American  satel- 
lites revealed  that  A0620-00  was  a 
powerful  source  of  X-ray  radiation, 
whereas  Nova  Cygni  (like  other,  pre- 
viously scarmed  novae)  generated  no 
detectable  X-rays.  That  distinction 
accounts  for  the  differing  interest. 

Whether  they  recognized  it  as  a  ce- 
lestial event  or  not,  many  thousands, 
perhaps  millions ,  of  persons  probably 


saw  Nova  Cygni  during  the  few  days 
in  late  August  and  early  September 
when  it  was  prominent  in  the  evening 
sky.  The  star  reached  a  peak  bright- 
ness comparable  to  the  brightest  stars 
of  the  Big  Dipper  and  was  favorably 
located  for  observation,  close  to  the 
Northern  Cross,  a  familiar  star  pat- 
tern in  the  constellation  Cygnus. 

The  first  official  report  of  Nova 
Cygni,  which  came  from  Japan,  was 
received  in  this  country  late  on  Fri- 
day, August  29,  the  eve  of  Labor  Day 
weekend.  I  first  learned  of  the  event 
the  next  morning  in  a  phone  call  from 
a  NASA  astronomer  who  happened  to 
be  visiting  on  Kitt  Peak  in  Arizona 
and  had  already  seen  the  star.  Later, 
a  colleague  called  from  Toronto  with 
the  news  that  the  star  was  readily  visi- 
ble from  that  city.  Where  I  lived, 
however,  near  Washington,  D.C., 
cloudy  weather  persisted  throughout 
the  long  holiday  weekend,  and  by  the 
time  the  skies  had  cleared,  the  nova 
had  faded.  I  had  to  use  field  glasses 
to  identify  it  with  certainty,  although 
it  would  still  have  been  visible  to  the 
eye  from  dark  rural  sites.  According 
to  Luigi  Jacchia,  an  expert  on  vari- 
able stars  at  the  Center  for  Astrophys- 
ics, in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts, 
this  sudden  drop  in  intensity  shortly 
after  Nova  Cygni  reached  maximum 
brightaess  may  have  been  the  fastest 
such  decline  on  record. 


Nova  means  "new."  Astrono- 
mers originally  used  the  word  to  sig- 
nify a  new  star,  one  that  appeared 
where  none  was  seen  before.  We  now 
know  that  the  phenomenon  is  due  to 
the  eruption  of  a  very  dim  star,  typi- 
cally one  at  least  25 ,000  times  fainter 
than  the  novae  observed  during  past 
decades ,  and  thus  visible  only  on  tele- 
scopic photographs.  For  centuries  be- 
fore Western  scientists  recognized 
these  events,  Oriental  astronomers 
took  careful  note  of  them.  The  Chi- 
nese lumped  them  together  with 
supernovae  (much  greater  and  rarer 
stellar  explosions)  and  bright  comets 
as  so-called  guest  stars,  or  temporary 
visitors  in  the  heavens.  Like  the  Star 
of  Bethlehem,  novae  were  regarded 
as  omens.  One  guest  star  seen  in  a.d. 
1230  was  evidentiy  taken  as  a  good 
omen  and  is  said  to  have  inspired  a 
"general  amnesty  in  Japan." 

The  modern  practice  when  a  nova 
is  discovered  is  to  examine  the  corre- 
sponding photographs  from  the  Na- 
tional Geographic  Society-Palomar 
Observatory  Sky  Survey,  the  basic 
professional  star  atlas,  in  order  to  lo- 
cate the  "prenova,"  or  unerupted 
star.  But  when  an  astronomer  at  the 
Southern  Station  of  Moscow's  Stern- 
berg Astronomical  Institute  exam- 
ined the  Palomar  Sky  Survey  pho- 
tographs taken  in  1952  of  the  Nova 
Cygni  region,  he  found  no  star  at  that 


by  Stephen  P.  Maran 


location.  On  the  other  hand,  four  So- 
viet photographs  made  by  profes- 
sional astronomers  between  the  fifth 
and  twenty-fifth  of  August  1975, 
which  happen  to  include  the  region, 
do  show  a  dim  star  at  the  site  of  the 
nova.  In  addition,  photo  sequences 
taken  with  meteor  patrol  cameras  in 
Los  Angeles,  California,  and  Leader, 
Saskatchewan,  just  prior  to  the  Au- 
gust 29  discovery  and  subsequently 
analyzed,  show  atypical  fast  eruption 
of  the  nova. 

From  this  information  we  can  con- 
clude that  between  1952,  the  year  of 
the  Sky  Survey  photos,  and  August 
5,  1975,  the  date  of  the  first  Soviet 
photograph,  the  prenova  had  a  pre- 
liminary eruption,  or  possibly  just  a 
gradual  brightening,  that  increased  its 
intensity  by  at  least  a  factor  of  100. 
Then,  a  day  or  so  before  the  star  was 


Nova  Cygni  faded  rapidly  from 
its  peak  brightness,  as  shown 
in  this  series  of  photographs 
taken  in  Atlanta,  Georgia, 
with  a  36-inch  telescope. 
The  first  photograph  was  made 
on  August  31,  1975;  the 
second  on  September  2;  the 
third  on  September  9;  and  the 
last  on  October  1 1 . 


FREE!  ^3350  ORTHOSCOPIC  EYEPIECE 

^>^  WITH  PURCHASE  OF 

m  4</4  ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

11 1  ^       Get  it  with  either  'scope . . . 

n»  ■' 1      V        offer  ends  July  31,  1976 

See  moon  cfalefs    fings  ol  Saturn    coutir;  siart 

.  .  .  with  our  deluxe  <Vi"  reflector  telescope  (45x 

to  135X).  Features  a  line  f/10  Pyrex"  mirror  (verified 

belter  ttian  1/10  wave  with  a  scatter  plate  interferometer) 

.„   insure   performance  to   theoretical   limit   of   resolution 

True    equatorial    mount;    rack   &    pinion    focusing;    aluminum 

lube.  6X   finder,  25mm   F.L    45X   Kellner  achromatic  eyepiece 

ouble  and  triple  power  to  135X     .all  the 

used  effectively  m  4V«"  scope.  Includes: 

Id  2  valuable,  informative  Books.  And  H 

,„„  „^.  , get  a  line  $33.50  Orthoscopic  Eyepiece 

}Ck       absolutely    FREE    ol   extra    charge.    Hurry!    Offer   ends 
^  7/31/76. 

Stock  No.  85,260E(ShpE.  Wt.  42  lbs.),  Just  $159  50  F.O.B. 

With  Clock  Drive 

Stock  No.  85,261  E(Shpg.  Wt.  45  lbs.).  Just  $199.50  F.O.B. 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW,  172  Pases 
Over  4.500  Un. 
usual  Bargains 
for  Hobbyists, 
Schools,  Industry 

JUST   CHECK 
COUPON' 


EDMUIMD 
SCIENTIFIC   CO. 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

Barrington,  N,  J    08007 

(609)  547-3488 

America's  Greatest 


n   SEND  FREE 

172    PAGE    CATALOG   •£" 
L   Charge  my  BankAmericatd 

Charge  my  Master  Charge 

Interbank  No 


Include  my  FREE  533,50  Oithoscopic 
Eyepiece  (I'm  ordering  before  7/31/76,i 
with  each  of  the  following  you  send  me; 
41,'a"  Telescope(s) 

r85,260E    @  $159,50  ea,  $ 

41/4"  Telescope's) 

S85.261E   @  $199.50  ea,$ 

Service  and   handling  charge  $ 1-00 

Enclosed  is check. 

M.  0.  in  amount  of  $ 


Signature- 


Expiration  Dale 

30  DAV  MONEY. BACK  GUAR- 
ANTEE. You  must  be  satis- 
fied or  return  any  purchase 


I      in   30  days   for   lull   refund        City.  State,  Zip ^1 

Science 'Optics 'Hobby  Mait    helping  jo  develop  americas  technology  for  over  30  yeahs. 


From  a  Lars-Eric  Lindblad  news-release: 

"Here  at  last- 
East  Africa,  India,  Egypt  for 

EVERYMAN 


As  you  know,  we  at  Lindblad  Travel 
constantly  strive  to  maintain  a  qual- 
ity image  for  all  our  tours,  no  matter 
what  destination. 

This  does  not  mean  that  we 
aren't  aware  of  a  need  to  offer 
travel  also  at  more  economic 
levels. 

And  it  is  for  that  reason  we  have 
inaugurated  a  new  series  of  Sa- 
faris aimed  at  pleasing  the  pocket 
book  of  "every  man." 

The  destinations  are  the  same, 
the  quality  is  there,  but  we  have 
affected  certain  savings. 

We  are  not  providing  lecturers. 


Many  meals  will  be  left  for  you  to 
buy  at  your  own  discretion.  Instead 
of  staying  at  the  very  best  hotels, 
you  will  be  comfortable  in  our 
selection  of  first-class  hotels.  If  we 
crowd  you  a  bit  on  a  sightseeing 
bus,  who  knows,  it  might  turn  out  to 
be  someone  you  like  to  be  crowded 
with. 

Look  below  at  the  reasonable 
prices  for  some  of  these  "Lindblad 
Quality"  tours  to  faraway  places 
you've  dreamed  about  since  child- 
hood; East  Africa,  India  and  Egypt. 

Write  for  our  brochure  or  see 
your  travel  agent. 


Everyman's  India*  16  days         $1,033 

Everyman's  Wonder  Safari  (East  Africa)*       16  days         $1,599 
Everyman's  Ancient  Egypt*  15  days         $1,654 

Exciting  extensions  available, 
•including  airfares  from  New  York  artd  return. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept  NHEV576 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022     (212)  751-2300 


63 


NORTH 


(HELL'S  GATE),  NAHANNI  RIVER, 
N.W.T. 

Our  RAFTS  NORTH  program  offers 
unique  wilderness  river  tours  in  Can- 
ada's North;  Coppermine  River 
Tour — begins  above  Arctic  Circle, 
runs  down  to  Arctic  Ocean;  NahannI 
River  Tour— runs  entire  length  of  Na- 
hannI wilderness  national  park.  Tours 
in  Alberta  also  available.  For  free 
brochure,  write: 

NORTH-WEST  EXPEDITIONS  LIM- 
ITED, BOX  1551,  EDMONTON,  AL- 
BERTA, CANADA  T5J  2N7 


Authentic  Greek 

Fisherman's  Yachting  Cap 

For  Men  &  Women 

For  men  and  women,  the  original,  au- 
thentic Greek  fisherman's  yachting  cap 
in  good-looking  cotton  denim  is  most 
handsome  for  boating,  sports,  travel, 
leisure.  Made  in  Greece.  Completely 
crushable,  with  distinctive  embroidered 
braid  and  cord  on  band  and  visor.  In 
dark  blue  cotton  denim  or  white  denim, 
$12.50.  Also  available  in  good-looking 
brown  or  black  wool,  $14.  Men's  and 
women's  sizes  6%  to  7%. 


Mail  Orders  :Cable  Car  Clothiers/Robert  Kirk,  Ltd. 
No.  150  Post  St.,  S.F.  Gal.  94108  (416)  397-7733 

Kem  Oipl'^ll''l3l    Colours Fabric Size 

D  Check    Charge  iDM/CDB/AD  Cable  Car  Che. 
Bank  Card  # Exp 


Add  SI. 85  Ship.  &  Hdlg;  Cal.  Res.  Add  Sales  Tax 

D  Please  send  catalogue  5  9  0501 

Name 


spotted  in  Japan  in  late  August,  the 
major  eruption,  amounting  to  a  factor 
of  400,000  in  brightness,  occurred. 
Based  on  this  interpretation,  Jacchia 
has  proposed  a  novel  explanation  for 
Nova  Cygni. 

According  to  the  leading  theory  of 
novae,  the  explosions  take  place  in 
binary  star  systems,  which  consist  of 
two  stars — one  a  white  dwarf,  the 
other  a  red  star — in  orbit  around  a 
common  center  of  mass.  The  white 
dwarf  is  a  hot  and  highly  compact 
star,  about  the  size  of  the  earth,  but 
with  an  intense  gravitational  field. 
(The  first  known  white  dwarf,  Sirius 
B,  was  described  in  "Red,  White, 
and  Mysterious,"  Natural  History, 
August-September  1975.)  The  other 
member  of  the  nova  binary,  the  red 
star,  is  larger  and  cooler. 

The  planets  that  orbit  our  sun  are 
not  affected  by  the  gravity  of  other 
stars,  since  no  other  star  is  close 
enough  to  exert  a  noticeable  force.  In 
a  binary  star  system,  however,  the 
two  stars  may  be  quite  close  together, 
leading  to  a  more  complex  gravita- 
tional situation.  In  analyzing  that  sit- 
uation, astronomers  postulate  a  math- 
ematically defined  region  around 
each  star,  called  the  "Roche  lobe" 
after  a  nineteenth-century  French  as- 
tronomer. The  curved  surface  of  the 
lobe  represents  the  effective  limit  of 
each  star's  gravitational  dominance 
over  nearby  matter.  The  Roche  lobes 
of  binary  stars  touch  each  other  and 
matter  that  is  released  or  ejected  from 
one  star  and  passes  through  the  con- 
tact point  into  the  adjacent  Roche 
lobe  of  the  companion  star  can  stream 
down  onto  the  second  star. 

In  the  case  of  a  nova  binary  star 
system,  astrophysicists  believe  that 
the  red  star  grows  so  large  that  its 
outermost  region  expands  through  its 
own  Roche  lobe.  The  gaseous  matter 
thus  emitted  is  lost  to  the  star  and 
some  of  it  passes  through  the  contact 
point  with  its  companion's  Roche 
lobe  and  falls  onto  the  surface  of  the 
white  dwarf.  The  white  dwarf  is  now 
coated  with  a  surface  layer  of  unsta- 
ble material,  heated  by  its  fall,  and 
nuclear  reactions  generated  in  that 
layer  cause  the  explosion.  The  ex- 
ploded material  flies  out  from  the 
white  dwarf  at  high  velocity,  forming 
a  rapidly  expanding  nebula,  or  cloud 
of  gas  and  dust.  It  is  the  light  from 
this  nebula  that  we  observe  on  earth 
as  the  nova,  and  as  the  nebula  dis- 
sipates into  space,  the  nova  fades 
away.  Presumably,  material  con- 
tinues to  stream  down  from  the  red 


star  onto  the  white  dwarf  almost  in- 
definitely, building  up  new  unstable 
layers  that  will  also  explode.  The  in- 
terval between  these  subsequent  ex- 
plosions may  be  1(X)  centuries,  al- 
though similar,  but  much  less  violent, 
outbursts  occur  in  certain  other  stars, 
known  as  "recurrent  novae,"  at  in- 
tervals of  only  a  few  dozen  years. 

Judged  by  its  total  increase  in 
brightness,  Nova  Cygni  has  been  de- 
scribed as  the  greatest  nova  eruption 
yet  seen.  The  total  increase,  includ- 
ing the  preliminary  and  the  major 
eruptions,  amounted  to  at  least  a  fac- 
tor of  40  million  (100  x  400,000). 
This  is  unique  for  a  nova,  but  if  we 
consider  the  two  observed  stages  in 
the  outburst  separately,  the  second 
stage,  amounting  to  a  factor  of  400,- 
000,  while  large,  is  no  greater  than 
the  increase  in  brightness  of  some 
previous  novae.  Jacchia's  suggestion 
is  that  Nova  Cygni  is  a  virgin  nova, 
one  undergoing  its  very  first  eruption, 
and  that  the  virgin  outburst  occurs  in 
two  stages.  The  initial  step  in  the 
process  is  a  modest  increase  in  bright- 
ness, such  as  the  100-fold  or  more 
increase  involved  in  the  first  stage  of 
the  Nova  Cygni  event,  as  adduced 
from  the  Soviet  photographs.  This 
stage  occurs  only  once  in  the  history 
of  the  star.  The  second  stage  is  a  large 
eruption,  similar  to  that  recorded  in 
Japan  and  by  the  meteor  cameras. 
Subsequent  explosions  roughly  equal 
in  brightness  to  the  second  stage,  but 
not  as  great  as  the  product  of  the  two 
stages,  may  follow  at  widely  sepa- 
rated intervals. 

If  Jacchia's  proposal  is  true,  nearly 
all  of  the  novae  seen  in  the  past  were 
probably  old  ones,  long  past  the  vir- 
gin stage,  and  the  next  outburst  of 
Nova  Cygni,  which  may  take  place 
many  centuries  hence,  may  resemble 
the  explosions  of  past  novae.  The 
coming  Nova  Cygni  outburst  would  m 
thus  amount  to  a  factor  of  several 
hundred  thousand  or  less,  rather  than 
the  over  40  million  times  increase 
witnessed  in  1975.  Based  on  this 
theory,  as  Nova  Cygni  continues  to 
fade  this  year,  it  should  level  off  at 
about  the  brightness  it  had  in  early 
August  1975,  when  photographed  by 
the  Soviet  astronomers.  If  the  theory 
is  wrong,  the  star  will  become  much 
fainter,  perhaps  dropping  again  be- 
low the  limiting  sensitivity  of  the 
Palomar  Sky  Survey. 

The  other  August  nova,  A0620-00, 
was  discovered  on  the  third  of  the 
month  by  scientists  at  the  University 
of  Leicester  in  England.  They  used  an 


64 


X-ray  sky  survey  instrument  carried 
on  a  British  satellite.  At  the  time,  the 
nova  seemed  to  be  just  another  of  the 
so-called  transient  X-ray  sources 
found  by  rocket  and  satellite  experi- 
menters since  1967.  These  sources 
appear  briefly,  then  fade  away  over 
periods  of  weeks  or  months.  Little 
was  known  about  them  prior  to  1975. 
Optical  astronomers  were  unable  to 
locate  them  telescopically  since  the 
positional  information  available  from 
rocket  and  satellite  instruments  was 
relatively  crude.  But  in  May  1975, 
NASA  launched  an  astronomy  satel- 
lite with  equipment  designed  by  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology 
physicists  to  determine  more  precise 
positions  for  X-ray  sources  and  with 
the  capability  of  reorienting  itself  rap- 
idly in  space  upon  command  from  the 
ground. 

On  August  7,  when  the  X-ray  in- 
tensity of  the  nova  had  exceeded  that 
of  the  Crab  nebula  and  was  still  in- 
creasing, news  of  the  British  discov- 
ery was  cabled  to  the  United  States, 
and  on  the  next  day  the  NASA  satel- 
lite, SAS-3,  began  observing  the 
source.  One  week  later,  when 
A0620-00  had  become  the  brightest 
X-ray  emitter  in  the  heavens,  an  accu- 
rate position  for  it,  as  determined  by 
SAS-3,  was  announced  to  the  optical 
astronomers.  On  the  next  day,  Au- 
gust 16,  a  dim  blue  star  was  discov- 
ered at  that  location  by  two  Dart- 
mouth College  astronomers  working 
at  the  brand-new  McGraw-Hill  Ob- 
servatory in  Arizona.  The  blue  star 
was  also  found  on  the  Palomar  Sky 
Survey  photographs  of  the  region, 
which  revealed  that  it  had  previously 
been  more  than  3,000  times  fainter. 
Thus,  an  optical  outburst  was  accom- 
panying the  X-ray  event. 

The  Dartmouth  discovery  meant 
that  the  newest,  most  powerful  X-ray 
source  in  the  sky  could  be  accurately 
located  and  examined  with  any  suit- 
able ground-based  telescope.  The  de- 
tails of  the  object's  precise  location 
placed  A0620-00  in  the  constellation 
Monoceros,  the  Unicorn,  just  east  of 
the  border  of  Orion.  Only  a  few  days 
before  the  Dartmouth  find,  radio 
emissions  from  the  object's  direction 
were  detected  with  the  1,000-foot 
radio  telescope  at  Arecibo,  Puerto 
Rico,  and  by  smaller  radio  telescopes 
at  Green  Bank,  West  Virginia,  and 
Jodrell  Bank,  England.  Now,  thanks 
to  the  accurate  position  determined 
for  A0620-00,  it  was  possible  to  ex- 
amine the  exploding  star  with  the  new 
four-meter  optical  telescope  at  Kitt 


Art  Treasures  of 

Russia 

Maupintour  offers  rarely  seen  Old  Russia. 

With  local  guides  an  escorted  Maupintour  shows  you  Yaroslavl,  Suzdal, 
and  Vladimir  plus  Novgorod,  Zagorsk,  Kolomenskoye,  Ostankino,  Kuskovo, 
Pavlovsk,  Pushkin.  Tour  palaces,  museums,  country  estates,  villages  for 
11th  to  19th  century  treasures  in  architecture,  art,  furnishings.  See  Lenin- 
grad's Hermitage,  Kiev's  Pecherskaya  Lavra,  and  Moscow's  Kremlin  and 
Tretyakov,  21  days,  6  departures,  May  to  September,  from  $1098  plus  air. 
This  is  only  one  of  16  different  tours  described  from  Yugoslavia  to  Samar- 
kand and  the  Khyber  Pass.  To  receive  the  brochure,  ask  your  Travel  Agent 
for  Maupintour' s  USSR/ Eastern  Europe  or  write: 


Maupintour 


telephone  9J3/843-12U  *  qua,,:,  ici.r.g  since  1951 

Maupintour,  900  Massachusetts  Street,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad's  new  series  of 


IZATIONS  TOURS 

Exciting  adventures  into  man's  cultural  past. 


For  years  we  have  arranged  custom 
tours  for  museums,  societies  and 
clubs- programs  aimed  at  explor- 
ing the  worldsartsand  civilizations 
Until  recently,  these  tours  have  been 
beyond  reach  for  the  individual 
tourist. 

We  can  now  offer  such  programs 
on  an  individual  basis.  We  have 
created  eight  of  them,  each  one 
focusing  on  adifferent  cultural  area 
and  each  one  caref  u  I  ly  prog  rammed 
to  allow  ample  time  to  savor  the 
wonderful  sights  and  experiences 
en  route. 

For  example,  you  may  want  to 
follow  the  medieval  pilgrimage 
route  from  Paris  to  Santiago  de 
Compostela,  a  journey  JamesMich- 
ener  has  called  "the  finest  In  Spain 
and  one  of  the  two  or  three  best  in 
the  world. "  You  may  want  to  ex- 
plore the  artistic  riches  of  Eastern 
Europe  ortrace  the  ancient  civiliza- 


tions along  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor. 

Each  tour  is  hosted  by  an  experi- 
enced escort  who  will  look  after  all 
details  and  see  to  your  comfort.  In 
addition,  a  knowledgeable  lecturer- 
guide  will  be  on  hand  to  enhance 
your  knowledge  and  enjoyment  of 
the  area's  history  and  culture. 

Because  we  travel  in  small 
groups,  we  shall  be  able  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  special  events  as  they 
happen— musical  performances, 
art  exhibits,  craft  shows,  and  the 
like. 

Our  1976  Arts  SCivilizationsTours 
include:  1.  Asia  Minor.  2.  Bourbon 
Italy.  3.  Byzantium.  4.  Eastern  Eu- 
rope. 5.  The  Road  to  Compostela. 
6.  Saxony  and  Bohemia.  7.  Asian 
Dances,  Dramas,  and  Deities  (Thai- 
land-lndonesla-Japan).  8.  World  of 
the  Ancient  Maya. 

Please  write  for  our  brochures  or 
see  your  travel  agent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC.  Dept  nhac576 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  NY  10022  (212)  751-2300 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


65 


Tina  eats  what  other  people  throw  away  Vegetable 
peelings,  an  apple  core,  a  moldy  piece  of  bread. 

Where  she  lives,  seven  out  of  ten  children  suffer 
frommalnutrition.  Their  parents,  although  they  work 
hard,  can't  provide  barest  needs. 

Children,  Inc.  works  to  help  children  like  Tina  in 
25  countries.  But  we  can't  do  it  without  you.  For  $15  a 
month,  you  can  help  a  child  get  clothing,  medical  care, 
schooling  and  decent  food.  Instead  of  garbage. 

Just  $15  a  month.  Not  a  very  large  amount. 

But,  to  a  child  like  Tina,  it  can  make  the  difference 
between  life  and  death. 


Write  to:  Mrs.  Jeanne  Clarke  Wood,  Children,  Incorporated, 
Post  Office  Box  S381,  Dept.  NH5J,  Riclunond,Vlrglnia  232S0. 

D  I  wish  to  "adopt"  a  boy  D,  girl  D  in ^^_ 

D  Or  select  the  child  who  needs  me  most.  ""^  ""^"""^ 
I  will  pay  f  15  a  month  ($180  a  year).  Enclosed  is  my 
gift  for  a  full  year D, the  first  month  D. 

D  I  cannot  "adopt"  a  child,  hut  wish  to  help  with  $ 

n  I  am  interested  and  woiild  like  more  details. 
D  If  for  a  group, please  specify. 

NAME 


Church,  Class,  Club.  School,  Business,  etc. 


ADDRESS 
CITY 

You  can"axiopt' 


.STATE 


_ZIP 


child  from  Africa,  Asia,  Latin  America, Middle  East.  U.S.  A-Appalachlan  children 
or  American  Indian  chlldren.(Or  any  child  of  greatest  need.)  U.S.  gifts  are  ft^y  tax  deductible 

CHILDRENINCORPORATED 


Peak  National  Observatory  in  Ari- 
zona and  the  equal-sized  Anglo- Aus- 
tralian telescope  in  Australia,  as  well 
as  with  a  host  of  other  optical,  radio, 
and  infrared  instruments  on  Kitt  Peak 
and  in  France,  Chile,  South  Africa, 
the  Canary  Islands,  and  elsewhere. 

A  second  American  satellite  inves- 
tigated the  X-ray  spectrum  of  A0620- 
00  and  a  Dutch  spacecraft  measured 
its  ultraviolet  radiation.  In  Sep- 
tember, Soviet  cosmonauts  aboard 
the  orbiting  Salyut-4  space  station 
measured  its  intensity  at  six  X-ray 
wavelengths.  The  most  important 
study  of  all,  however,  may  have  been 
done  at  Harvard  College  Observatory 
without  the  use  of  any  instruments 
whatsoever! 

Harvard  astronomer  Lola  J. 
Eachus  decided  to  search  through  the 
observatory's  "plate  stacks,"  that  is, 
the  collection  of  old  sky  patrol  pho- 
tographs made  on  glass  plates  with 
small  telescopes.  Her  objective  was 
to  determine  whether  A0620-00 
might  have  erupted  before.  As  re- 
counted by  a  colleague  who  super- 
vises the  sky  patrol,  Eachus  had 
examined  without  success  about  500 
photographs  of  the  Monoceros  region 
made  since  1898  when,  in  the  last 
small  batch,  she  found  a  plate  from 
1917  that  clearly  revealed  an  erup- 
tion. Eventually,  three  other  patrol 
plates  and  one  made  with  a  larger 
telescope  were  found  that  traced  the 
eruption  and  its  decline  from  early 
November  1917  to  February  1918. 

Based  on  this  proof  of  the  prior  out- 
burst of  A0620-00,  the  Harvard  as- 
tronomers have  proposed  that  the 
source  is  actually  a  recurrent  nova  of 
the  type  mentioned  earlier.  By  anal- 
ogy with  the  known  properties  of 
such  stars,  they  have  deduced  that 
A0620-00  must  lie  more  than  15,000 
light-years  beyond  the  known  limits 
of  our  galaxy,  alone  in  adjacent  inter- 
galactic  space. 

If  A0620-00  were  as  distant  as  sug- 
gested by  the  Harvard  group,  then  its 
energy  output  must  be  truly  astro- 
nomical and,  accordingly,  extremely  i 
difficult  to  explain.  Furthermore, 
since  all  stars  are  formed  in  galaxies, 
I  wonder  how  this  one  got  so  far  out 
of  our  galaxy,  where  it  must  have 
originated?  A  variety  of  alternative 
models  have  been  proposed  to  ac- 
count for  the  nature  of  A0620-00. 

Any  theory  must  explain  why,  if 
A0620-00  is  a  nova  or  novalike  ob- 
ject, it  produced  intense  X-rays, 
while  Nova  Cygni,  optically  far 
brighter,    remained   undetected   de- 


66 


Drop  garden  waste  in 


spile  searches  with  X-ray  telescopes 
oil  various  satellites.  Two  MIT  physi- 
cists suggest  that  the  X-rays  were 
generated  when  the  material  ejected 
in  the  nova  explosion  collided  with — 
and  heated — surrounding  circumstel- 
lar  gas,  which  might  remain  from  a 
prior  outburst  or  might  simply  be  gas 
lost  through  the  Roche  lobe  of  a  red 
star  if  A0620-00  is  a  binary  system 
like  other  novae.  The  trouble  with 
this  theory  is  that  it  implies  the  exist- 
ence of  certain  spectral  lines  at  X-ray 
wavelengths  that  were  searched  for  in 
vain  by  the  British  satellite. 

A  second  hypothesis,  offered  by 
three  NASA  astronomers,  assigns  the 
optical  emission  of  A0620-00,  not  to 
the  exploding  shell  of  the  white  dwarf 
in  the  nova  binary  system,  but  to  the 
red  companion  of  the  white  dwarf 
star.  According  to  this  theory,  the  red 
star  in  A0620-00  is  somewhat  larger 
than  in  an  ordinary  nova  binary  sys- 
tem and  the  two  stars  are  closer  to- 
gether than  is  usual.  It  is  further 
hypothesized  that  the  red  star  may 
eject  gas  abruptly  and  in  large 
amounts  instead  of  in  the  steady 
stream  of  an  ordinary  nova  binary. 
After  circulating  around  and  then  fall- 
ing on  the  white  dwarf,  the  gas  would 
supposedly  produce  X-rays.  They,  in 
turn,  would  radiate  back  to  the  red 
star  and  heat  its  surface,  making  it 
shine  more  brightly  and  thus  produc- 
ing the  visible  outburst  of  light. 

A  third,  less  complex  concept  has 
been  proposed  by  several  groups  and 
is  probably  the  most  popular  explana- 
tion at  the  moment.  This  theory  sug- 
gests that  A0620-00  is  a  nova  binary 
system  in  which  the  small  star  is  not 
a  white  dwarf  but  an  even  more  com- 
pact object  with  a  far  stronger  gravita- 
tional force  at  its  surface — either  a 
neutron  star  or  a  black  hole.  In  this 
case,  the  additional  energy  generated 
by  matter  from  the  red  star  falling  in 
the  more  powerful  gravitational  field 
of  the  compact  object  might  suffice 
to  produce  the  X-rays. 

In  ancient  times,  novae  were  re- 
garded as  omens.  Today  we  take  a 
more  conservative  approach  to  the  in- 
fluence of  the  stars  on  humans,  but 
surely  the  discovery  of  the  two  novae 
of  August  1975  bodes  well  for 
progress  in  scientific  understanding. 


Stephen  P.  Maran  is  studying  stars  at 
the  University  of  California  in  Los 
Angeles  on  temporary  assignment 
from  NASA 's  Goddard  Space  Center 
in  Greenbelt,  Maryland. 


shovel  rich  compost  out. 


The  Rotocrop'Acfcleralor.'A  remarkable  new  compost  bin 
from  England,  scientifically  designeci  to  convert  cut  grass, 
leaves,  prunings,  even  kitchen  left-overs,  into  rich,  natural 
food  for  your  garden— in  weeks. 

lully  • 


Set  up  the  Rolocrop 'Accelerator'  in 
your  garden,  "Feed"  it  weekly  with 
Rjrden  waste,  and  you'll  have  a  never 
ending  supply  ot  Iree  compost  for  a 
vibrant  garden. 

A  SENSATION  IN  ENGLAND.  Connpost 
gardening  is  practically  a  way  of  lite  in 
England.  English  garcJeners  have  ac- 
claimed the  Rolocrop  'Accelerator'  lor 
its  unique  efficiency.  Decomposition  is 
fast  because  there  are  no  corners  to 
cool  off,  And  the  precisely  calibrated 
air  vents  let  just  the  right  amount  of 
air  in  without  losing  heat  or  moisture. 
RUGGED,  CONVENIENT.  Tough  PVC 
construction  is  long  lasting  and  won't 
rot.  Panels  slide  up  individually  or  to- 
gether, so  you  can  shovel  out  from 
the  bottom.  An  infljlable  cover  keeps 
heat  in,  ram  out  And  there  are  no 
unpleasant  odors  to  allrad  bugs. 
UNCONDITIONAL  GUARANTEE. 
We'll  ship  in  two  weeks.  If  you're  not 


money  you 


return  it  wilhm  14  day) 
end  you  a  refund  The 
e  in  artifiicial  fen.li/en 
il  compott  wilt  pay  lor 
your  'Accelerator'  in  no  lime. 


'A<crlvf«lo«'  II 


lUilotrup  lU-S-A.,  Uh..                   '    ■  ■ 
uiwotrtj  Vi'tTi    Krm  Mop*-    P«     Wtii   1 

D  - Ace«ler«iof'  tatU2aO                  a 

bif|Cir  mv  «(uuni  With                                 _ 

Lwjtcd  *b£»rt'  ywjf  n^ittf-H 

■ 

■  ■■■i  ^MB^  9 

TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Traveling  with 

LINDBLAD  IN  INDIA 

is  an  unforgettably  beautiful  experience. 


Today  India  offers  more  to  see  than 
virtually  anywhere  else  intheworld. 
You  will  encounter  richness  and 
beauty.  See  the  great  architecture 
of  the  Moghuls.  Travel  the  huge 
forests  where  you  find  tiger,  rhino 
and  incredible  bird  life.  See  the  fa- 
mous nature  preserves.  You  will 
come  upon  different  life  styles  of 
many  people,  rich  and  poor.  You 
may  shop  in  bazaars  reminiscent 
ofthedaysofRudyard  Kipling.  And 
you  will  travel  in  small  groups. 
Quality  is  the  key  word  to  Lind- 
blad's  well-planned  India  Expedi- 
tions. We  offer  the  Himalayan 


Nature  Tour  and  Incomparable 
India.  On  our  program  also  is  Bhu- 
tan and  Burma  as  well  as  the  ever- 
popular  Expedition  to  the  Border- 
lands of  Titjet.  The  Kashmir  Exten- 
sion is  available  to  all  except 
Bhutan  and  Burma  Excursion.  Air- 
India  will  fly  you  to  these  tours  in 
superb  comfort.-  Please  write  for 
our  India  brochures  or  see  your 
travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHIN576 

133  East  55th  Street.  New  York.  N.Y.  10022  (212)  751-2300 


67 


Is  your  child's  reading 
worth  $5.97? 


If  you  want  only  the  best — and  most 
delightful — reading  for  your  child,  you'll 
CRICKET  magazine.  Published 
ilhly  for  children  6  to 
it  is  96  pages  of  stories, 
-ns,  and  laughter.  Plus 
beautiful  illustrations.  By 
the  best 
lilable.  Try  6  issue 
child  will  thank  vou. 


want    CRICK 

Ml 


Phone  toll-free 
800-435-6850 

and  ask  for  Jan  Miller  to  enter  your  child's 
trial  subscription  to  CRICKET  magazine. 

CRICKET  •  Walnut  Um  •  Bouldsr.  CO.  10301 


Incredible  Africa! 

JULY  21,  1976  Join  JOHN  WIL- 
LIAMS on  a  special  30-day  safari  in 
Kenya  featuring  rare  birds,  big  game 
and  wildflowers.  $2670.00  plus  air 
fare. 

AUGUST  21,  1976  Unique  FAMILY 
SAFARI  includes  best  game  parks  in 
Kenya  &  Tanzania,  a  trek  on  Mt. 
Kenya,  built-in  educational  features. 
ALSO,  exciting  WALKING  SAFARI 
for  those  who  wish  to  see  Africa  in  a 
special  way.  Both  21 -day  safaris 
$2476.00  including  air  fare  from 
New  York. 

SEPTEMBER  15  &  OCTOBER  13, 
1976  ROOT  &  LEAKEY  19-day 
natural  history  tented  and  lodge  safari 
in  Kenya  &  Tanzania.  $1795.00  plus 
air  fare.  Limited  to  16  members. 
EARLY  1977  departures  January  12 
and  February  1 6. 

Call  or  write  SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD.  Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  94 11 1 

(415)  788-7186 


400  ACRE  WILDERNESS 

For  sale.  Includes  20  acre  lake  with  pure 
water,  mountains,  forests,  meadows, 
streams,  game,  fish:  near  Culpeper. 

IVz  hours  south  of  Wash,  DC 
Write  "Wilderness"  Tel.  804  985-7746 

Stanardsville,  Va.  22973  Brokers  invited 


CATCH  ANIMAL  RAIDERS! 


Take  them  alive,  unhurt! 

Simple,  safe  HAVAHART  traps  catch  raiding  rabbits 
possums,  coons,  squirrels.  plEeons.  sparrows,  etc.  without 
Injury.  Straylnfi  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Fully  as- 
sembled. No  Jaws  or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized;  many 
In  use  20  years.  Open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  Sizes 
for  all  needs.  Send  25c  for  valuable  Illustrated  guide  and 
price  list. 

HAVAHART,  1S8-M  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.  Y.  10562 

Hcre'.s  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapplnE  sulde. 


Address- 


-Zip_ 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


An  Early  Riser 


Asparagus  is  one 
of  the  first 
and  tastiest  crops 
of  the  season 

Long  ago,  when  I  was  a  boy,  I 
hated  asparagus.  It  was  the  only  food 
(except  for  cooked  carrots)  that  I 
didn't  like.  This  dioecious  perennial 
native  of  the  Mediterranean  littoral 
seems  to  be  an  acquired  taste,  at  least 
in  my  family,  for  my  children  also 
pushed  it  aside  on  first  acquaintance. 
I  hope  they  will  continue  to  follow  in 


my  footsteps  and  learn  to  love  the 
tender  shoots  of  Asparagus  offici- 
nalis. My  own  conversion  was  dra- 
matic, perhaps  unnecessarily  so: 
lunch  outdoors  in  the  Piazza  San 
Marco,  Venice,  with  a  strolling  band 
across  the  square,  an  August  sun,  and 
a  plate  of  giant  white  asparagus  (etio- 
lated from  being  kept  buried  by  the 
canny  growers)  in  a  fine  vinaigrette. 
I  was  nineteen  and  had  no  way  of 
knowing  then  that  I  had  joined  an  age- 
old  tradition.  The  ancient  Romans 
cultivated  asparagus.  Even  before 
them,  the  Greeks  had  known  enough 


68 


by  Raymond  Sokoloy 


to  eat  the  tender  shoots  thai  later 
turned  to  fern  and  fruited  with  ber- 
ries. Indeed,  the  word  asparagus 
comes  to  us  directly  from  Greek. 
Homer  used  the  word  (actually  as- 
pharagos)  to  mean  windpipe.  Should 
we  conclude  that  later-born  Hellenes 
borrowed  the  term  for  a  pharynx- 
shaped  vegetable?  Perhaps.  But  more 
important,  we  do  know  that  the  plant 
mentioned  by  Greek  authors  of  the 
classic  period  is  virtually  the  same  as 
the  wild  asparagus  that  grows  today 
on  the  Mediterranean  coast.  Aspara- 
gus has  not  been  changed  by  the  pas- 


Clarks 
Bull  Hides 


Whafs  tougher 
than  other  hides? 
Bull  Hides. 


^M 


Talk  about 
nigged.  The  lea- 
"•^  ther  in  these  great  new 
,|,^^^^,  casuals  is  almost  a  quarter-inch  thick. 
SliS!»i^lH^K^  And  it's  as  strong  as  the  ornery  bulls 
it  came  from.  In  fact,  it's  hard  for  us  to  imagine  how  you  could 
wear.it  out.  Yet  these  shoes  give  you  all  the  easy  comfort 
Clarks  is  famous  for.  Because  they're  Clarks,  of  course.  Which 
means  meticulous  craftsmanship,  and  quality  you  can  coimt  on. 
They're  handsome,  too,  as  you  can  see.  In  a  light  tan  waxy 
finish  that  requires  hardly  any  care.  Perfect  with  jeans  or 
whatever.  Wehavethemin  several  styles,  for  men  and  women. 
Tty  on  a  pair  soon. 

We  think  you'll  feel  as  bullish  about  them  as  we  do. 


OF  ENGLAND 

Made  by  skilled  hands  the  world  over) 

Available  in  natural  tone  only.  Clarks  Shoes  in  both  men's  and 
I's  sizes,  priced  from  $20.00  to  545.00.  For  the  store  nearest  you  write  to 
Clarks,  Box  92.  Belden  Station.  Norwalk.CT.  06852  Dept.  5NHB 


69 


T0DAY100 
WHALES 
WILL  DIE 


Right  whales  from  'Vanishing  Giants' 

Today  is  just  like  any  other  day  for  whales  all  over  the 
world,  and  before  it  ends,  100  more  will  be  killed. 

Despite  herculean  efforts  over  the  past  few  years  to  halt 
the  slaughter,  this  season's  quotas  remain  a  staggering 
32,578. 

The  citizens'  boycott  of  Japanese  and  Russian  goods 
can  take  credit  for  much  of  the  protection  gained  so  far, 
but  further  economic  pressure  is  required  if  we  are  to 
continue  to  make  progress. 

You  can  help  RARE  help  the  whales  by  contributing  to 
this  campaign. 

For  a  tax-deductible  contribution  of: 

$1.00  or  more  — we  will  send  you  a  beautiful  sperm  whale  button  to 
wear  plus  Information  on  the  problems  still  confronting  whale  con- 
servation. 

$10.00  or  more  — the  above  PLUS  a  copy  of  'Vanishing  Giants,'  a 
beautifully  illustrated  booklet  that  describes  the  life,  habits,  and 
status  of  the  world's  whales. 


Rare  Animal  Relief  Effort,  inc 

c/o  National  Audubon  Society 
950  Third  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

(a  non-profit,  volunteer  organization  devoted  to  endangered  wildlife) 


sage  of  time  or  by  wide  variations  of 
climate  and  soil. 

If  you  served  Samuel  Pepys  a 
plateful,  he  would  not  notice  a  dif- 
ference between  your  bunch  and  the 
bundle  of  "sparrowgrass"  he  bought 
for  one  shilling  and  sixpence  in  Fen- 
church  Street,  London,  in  1667. 
Today,  we  take  for  granted  early  as- 
paragus and  frozen  asparagus  all  year 
round.  But  in  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury, Louis  XIV  beamed  with  pride 
when  a  French  hothouse  forced  as- 
paragus for  his  table  in  January. 

Asparagus  came  to  the  United 
States  in  colonial  days.  And  Ameri- 
can growers  were  not  slow  to  adopt 
advanced  methods.  President  Blair  of 
William  and  Mary  College  wrote  in 
his  diary  that  he  got  asparagus  from 
a  hothouse  in  March  of  1773.  This 
was  obviously  a  luxury  crop.  And 
even  ordinary  seasonal  asparagus  re- 
mained so  in  most  places  until  the 
nineteenth  century.  The  French 
started  a  research  center  at  Argenteuil 
about  1860  that  produced  a  now- 
standard  commercial  variety  and 
made  Argenteuil  forever  famous  for 
its  asparagus.  At  about  the  same  time, 
canned  white  asparagus  from  Califor- 
nia appeared  on  the  market  here. 
Nowadays,  we  measure  the  total  do- 
mestic output  in  thousands  of  hun- 
dredweights. In  1973,  this  country 
produced  254  million  pounds  of  as- 
paragus, about  one-third  of  it  for  the 
fresh  market  and  the  rest  for  process- 
ing. This,  however,  represents  a 
sharp  decline  from  the  all-time  record 
asparagus  year  of  1959  when  363  mil- 
lion pounds  were  grown. 

Not  only  has  our  crop  declined  by 
30  percent  but  the  yield  per  acre  has 
also  fallen,  from  a  high  of  2,900 
pounds  in  1946  to  2,200  pounds  in 
1973.  These  downward  trends  are, 
apparently,  real  trends  and  not  mo- 
mentary seasonal  variations.  Worse 
still,  for  the  asparagus  lover,  is  that 
it  is  not  a  simple  matter  to  reverse  the 
slump.  Asparagus  takes,  conven- 
tionally, three  to  four  years  to  pro- 
duce mature,  harvestable  shoots.  A 
farmer  has  to  believe  asparagus  has 
a  commercial  future  before  he  will  tie 
up  land  and  fertilizer  (asparagus  is  a 
voracious  feeder)  for  t|i^t  long,  while 
the  matted  root  system^  or  "crown," 
takes  hold.  Once  established,  aspara- 
gus will  produce  for  decades.  It  is  the 
most  permanent  of  all  vegetable 
crops. 

The  home  gardener  who  has  plenty 
of  bed  space  and  who  doesn't  mind 
taking  the  long  view,  can  insure  a 


70 


supply  of  fresh,  tender  shoots  by  buy- 
ing three-year-old  crowns  and  plant- 
ing them  in  rich,  well-drained  soil  in 
rows  five  feet  apart  and  a  foot  deep 
(with  each  crown  at  least  a  foot  from 
its  nearest  row-neighbor).  Then  wait 
a  year. 

The  classic  American  variety  is 
known,  patriotically,  as  the  Martha 
Washington.  By  now  it  is  too  late  to 
plant  even  for  next  year's  harvest,  but 
others  have  been  at  work  for  your 
benefit.  The  over-all  asparagus  slump 
notwithstanding,  85  million  pounds 
is  a  lot  of  fresh  asparagus.  The  season 
continues  until  the  beginning  of  sum- 
mer in  late  June. 

Seize  the  day.  And  take  a  minute 
or  two  extra  so  that  you  don't  ruin  this 
treat.  Asparagus  can  be  wonderful, 
but  too  often  they  are  either  over- 
cooked into  limp  nullity  or  too  hastily 
cooked,  leaving  them  fibrous  and 
half -edible. 

Peeling  is  the  key  to  success.  Take 
a  small  knife  and  cut  into  the  base  of 
the  spear.  Go  in  far  enough  so  that 
you  leave  tender  flesh.  Cut  away  less 
and  less  as  you  get  closer  to  the  tip. 
Also  cut  away  the  scales  on  the  stalk 
(they  are  really  leaflike  bracts). 

Wash  the  peeled  asparagus,  line 
them  up,  and  tie  them  into  bundles 
about  as  thick  as  your  forearm  at  the 
elbow.  Even  off  the  bundle  by  cutting 
from  the  bases  of  longer  stalks. 

Bring  a  generous  amount  of  salted 
water  to  a  full,  rolling  boil,  about  6 
cups  per  bundle.  Use  a  pot  large 
enough  to  let  you  lay  the  bundles 
down  horizontally  in  the  water, 
which  should  cover  the  asparagus 
amply.  You  want  this  much  water  so 
that  the  cold  asparagus  will  lower  the 
water  temperature  as  little  as  possi- 
ble. Bring  the  water  back  to  a  full 
boil,  then  reduce  heat  and  simmer, 
uncovered,  for  12  to  15  minutes.  As- 
paragus is  done  when  a  knife  goes 
easily  into  the  thickest  end  (if  there 
is  extreme  variation  in  stalk  diameter, 
try  to  group  the  thin  and  thick  stalks 
in  separate  bundles  so  you  can  re- 
move each  bundle  as  it  becomes 
ready).  Remove  the  bundles  care- 
fully. Untie  them  after  they  have 
drained. 

Asparagus  can,  of  course,  be 
served  hot  or  cold.  It  is  probably  tast- 
ier hot,  straight  from  the  cooking 
water.  Ambitious  cooks  will  take  this 
opportunity  to  show  off  their  skill  at 
hollandaise  sauce  or  its  cousin  mal- 
taise  (substitute  orange  for  lemon 
juice,  preferably  the  juice  of  blood 
oranges — for  their  red  color — in  any 


THE  NEWEST  IN  KAZMAK  PORCELAINS 


Sea  Lion  Pup  — 5VB"x6y4"  high.  Issue  of  400.  $165 


Blue-footed  Booby  — 4V4"x4V4"  high.  Issue  of  400.  $125. 


Send  $1.  for  full-color  catalogue  of  the  entire  collection. 

Artnstrong^s 

150  East  Third  Street  •  Pomona,  California  91766  •  714-622-4535 

California  residents  please  add  6%  sales  tax. 
We  ship  anywhere  in  the  United  States. 


71 


It  Takes  Fine  Tools... 

to  produce  fine  wood  work,  whether  you 
carve,  sculpt,  make  your  own  furniture, 
do  occasional  repairs.  Garrett  Wade  of- 
fers you  only  the  finest  hand  tools, 
most  available  nowhere  else  in  the  U.S. 
Craftsman-made  tools  are  the  best,  for 
better,  easier,  safer  work. 

Carving  tools,  steel  and  extraordinary 
wood-body  planes;  well-balanced  mal- 
lets, Arkansas  sharpening  stones,  cabinet- 
maker's chisels;  unique  measuring  and 
marking  tools;  mitre  boxes,  saws,  clamps, 
vises;  7  distinctively  different,  beauti- 
ful, imported  workbenches,  with  un- 
usual features;  hundreds  of  accessories; 
books  —  The  Yankee  Wood  Craftsman 
Catalog  is  packed  with  exciting  gift  ideas, 
j  information  for  beginner  and  expert.        | 

I  SEND  TODAY  FOR  FREE  48-PAGE  I 

I  COLOR  CATALOG/WOODCRAFT  MANUAL  | 

I  Garrett  Wade  Company,  Inc.,  Dept.  IV     I 
I        302  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York  10001         I 

I  Name j 

i  Address 1 


\Ci^ 


-St^ 


ZIP. 


HIKING  SHORTS 

FASHIONED  FOR  ACTIVE 
WOMEN  . . .  AND  MEN 

Our  hiking  shorts  are  designed  for  comfort 
and  freedom  of  movement.  They're  greatfor 
all  your  outdoor  activities  or  just  strolling 
around  the  neighborhood.  ^^^ 


Available  in  either 
soft,  comfortable 
corduroy  or  smooth, 
durable  65/35  cloth 
(polyester-cotton). 
Womens  even  sizes 
8-18.  Mens  even 
sizes  28-40.  Tan. 
$15.00  ea.  postpaid. 


^^y 


t 


.hiking  shorts. 


n  Please  send  me 

Women  (size) Men  (size)  

a  Corduroy    D    65/35. 

a  Check,  Money  Order    D    BA    n    MC 

# 


Expires . 


-IB#. 


n  Please  send  me  your:  FREE  NEW  COLOR 
CATALOG  of  outdoor  clothing  and  backpack- 
ing equipment. 

Name   

Address 

City  _^ 

State  


MOUNTAINEERING 


-^ip I 

Department  63  I 

1801  Victory  Blvd.| 

Glendale,  CA  9120ll 

(213)247-3475      I 


Standard  recipe).  Cold  asparagus 
goes  magnificently  with  vinaigrette  or 
mayonnaise. 

But  there  is  no  need  to  stop  there. 
When  the  season  is  on  and  the  price 
drops  within  reason,  you  can  use  as- 
paragus spears  as  a  garnish  for  chick- 
en or  an  omelet  filling.  Or  cover  hot 
asparagus  with  Mornay  sauce, 
sprinkle  with  Parmesan  cheese,  but- 
ter, and  breadcrumbs,  and  glaze 
under  the  broiler.  Asperges  a  la 
flamande  is  hot  asparagus  served  with 
hot,  halved  hard-boiled  eggs  on  the 
side;  guests  mash  the  egg  yolks  in 
melted  butter  and  make  their  own 
sauce  at  the  table.  A  similar  idea  is 
asperges  a  la  Fontenelle.  Serve  hot 
asparagus  with  melted  butter  and 
soft-boiled  eggs.  Guests  dip  the  as- 
paragus in  the  butter,  then  in  the  egg. 
A  very  elegant  and  unexpected 
French  procedure  treats  asparagus 
more  or  less  as  we  usually  treat  pota- 
toes when  we  mash  them.  Cook  the 
asparagus  as  usual,  in  boiling,  salted 
water;  then  puree  in  a  blender  or  food 
mill.  Push  through  a  fine  strainer. 
Heat  with  plenty  of  butter  and  some 
heavy  cream.  Season  to  taste  and 
serve  as  a  side  dish  with  almost  any- 
thing. 

Once  you  have  gone  this  far,  there 
is  no  reason  not  to  try  a  souffle,  which 
is,  in  this  case,  merely  an  asparagus 
puree,  lightened  with  egg  and  baked 
(see  recipe  below).  Almost  all  vege- 
table souffles  can  be  constructed  on 
this  model.  You  cook  the  vegetable, 
puree  it  and  add  cream  if  it  is  too  wa- 
tery (the  asparagus  puree  needs  no 
cream  and  will  give  you  a  standard  of 
viscosity  to  follow  with  other  vegeta- 
bles). Then,  for  every  half  pound  of 
puree,  use  three  egg  yolks  and  three 
whites.  (Season  heavily  after  you  add 
the  yolks  to  the  puree  because  the  ad- 
dition of  the  beaten  whites  dilutes  the 
taste.)  Sometimes  you  may  want  to 
add  an  extra  white  to  this  formula  if 
the  batter  looks  especially  heavy. 

Or,  for  the  ultimate  in  speed  and 
freshness  of  taste,  overcome  your 
fear  of  frying  and  cook  breaded  aspar- 
agus tips  in  hot  oil.  This  can  be  done 
quite  simply  in  a  skillet.  Roll  the  as- 
paragus tips  (which  should  be  only 
four  or  five  inches  long)  in  beaten  egg 
yolk,  then  in  bread  crumbs.  Plunge  in 
very  hot  oil,  which  will  "surprise" 
the  fresh  taste  of  the  vegetable  and 
lock  it  in.  Fry  only  two  or  three  tips 
at  a  time  so  that  the  oil's  temperature 
does  not  fall  too  greatly  when  you 
first  put  in  the  asparagus.  Turn  the 
spears  when  a  crust  forms  on  the  bot- 


WORLD'S  LONGEST 
STAMP  SET! 

(ISSUED 
SINCE  1953) 

134  Stamps  in  One  Giant  Complete  Mint  Collection 


M  :>ensationai  bet  Acquainted  Utter 
To  Introduce  You  to  Our  Exceptional  Values 

Be  the  one  collector  in  ten  thousand  to  own 
this  scarce,  genuine  complete  mint  set  released 
15  years  ago  by  Turkey.  Put  yourself  in  the 
"Advanced  Collector"  group  now  with  this 
unique  issue  -  worth  over  $9  at  standard  catalog 
prices  -  but  yours  for  just  $3.95  postpaid 
(money  back  if  not  delighted)  while  our  small 
supply  lasts!  We'll  also  include  your  name  on 
our  list  to  receive  the  big  Kenmore  Catalog  plus 
our  next  12  exclusive  direct  mail  offers  that 
can  easily  enrich  your  present  collection  far  be- 
yond your  expectations.  And  from  our  famous 
Approval  Service  you  get  other  unusual  world- 
wide stamp  sets  for  free  examination.  Buy  any 
you  want,  return  balance  —  cancel  service  any- 
time. Start  today  to  make  your  collection  more 
valuable,  more  rewarding.  Order  now-$3.95  ppd. 
KENMORE,  MiHord  LT-574,  N.  Hamp.  03055 


NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  &  the  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 

.y.  SAMPLES  &  APPROVALS-  $1 

«»     Sotisfoction  Guoronteed 

Mil  Mad  Stamps 

P.O.    BOX   297-NH        AURORA.  CO     80010 


out  of  print,scarce,rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BCX3KS 

r5  Botany,  Zoology, 

[lie^  Orchidology, 

Ornithology,  Entomology, 
Ichthyology, 
Herpetolop.elc. 
CATALOGUE  AVAIUBU 
19  Oiford  Ptace/Rock«il!e  Centre,  Hew  York  11S70 


PIATIGNUM  ITALIC  SET, 


Contains  a  fountain  ven,  five 
Otalic  ni^s,  and  instruction 
manuai a((  for on(y  $^.00.. 
At  art  matcriaC&'jicn  sdoPS, 
co((c(jC  dood stores... or scrui 
cficck  to  'Pentafio  Corp.,  i$2 
West  22  St.,  N.y,  N.y  won 

AdcC ^0  cents  for  fiandCina. 


I 


72 


'They  bring  out  a  beautiful  silver  service 
and  have  tea  right  beside  the  courts.  We  got 
some  pointers  from  Mandy,  the  pro." 

Peter  and  Pam  Douglas  on  the  Douglas'  first  visit  to  Bermuda. 


"Tennis  is  a  beautiful  way  to  explore  Bermuda. 
To  play  not  only  on  good  courts  but  in 
beautiful  spots.  On  a  hill  overlooking 
the  harbor,  or  beside  a  lagoon." 


"It's  another  nice  way  to  be  outside  at  night. 
The  rughts  are  beautiful.  The  air  is  so  soft." 


Bermuda 

Unspoiled.  Unhurried.  Uncommon. 

See  your  travel  agent  or  write  Bermuda,  Dept.  1 30 
610  Fifth  Avenue,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10020  or  711  Statler  Office  BIdg,  Boston,  Mass.  02116 

Bermuda  has  85  superbly  maintained 

courts.  You  can  always  find  a  court 

or  a  game.  Come  play  a  few  sets  with  us. 


Introducing  the  first 

totally  new  thesaurus 

in  120  years. 


^ 


Webster'j 

Collegiate 

'Xliesaunis 


Thesauruses  have  not  changed 
significantly  for  over  a  century;  most 
are  merely  rearrangements  of  Roget's 
work,  first  published  in  1852.  Now 
there  is  a  totally  new  and  different 
thesaurus  that  will  guide  you  quickly 
to  the  precise  word  you  want.  It's 
easier  to  use,  more  comprehensive 
and  more  authoritative  than  any  exist- 
ing thesaurus.  Webster's  Collegiate 
Thesaurus  does  what  a  thesaurus 
should  have  done  a  long  time  ago. 

•  It  contains  more  than  100,000 
synonyms,  antonyms,  idiomatic 
phrases,  related  words  and  contrasted 
words  to  choose  from. 

•  Its  alphabetical  arrangement  and 
the  absence  of  complicated  cross- 


74 


indexes  make  word-finding  fast 
and  easy. 

•  It  provides  a  concise  definition 
after  each  main  entry  that  takes  the 
guesswork  out  of  word  selection. 

•  It  presents  a  brief  verbal  illustra- 
tion of  the  main  entry  that  further 
clarifies  word  usage. 

For  home,  school  or  office  —  for 
anyone  looking  for  a  better  way  to 
say  it- WEBSTER'S  COLLEGIATE 
THESAURUS  is  an  indispensable 
guide  to  more  precise  and  effective 
use  of  the  language. 

Thumb-indexed.  Just  $8.95  wher- 
ever books  are  sold. 

New  from  Merriam-Webster. 

G.&C.  Merriam  Company, 
47  Federal  Street,  Springfield, 
Massachusetts  01101. 


torn.  Wait  for  a  crust  to  form  on  the 
other  side,  drain,  and  hold  in  a  warm 
oven  until  the  whole  batch  is  done. 
This  can  all  be  done  very  quickly  with 
a  miniproduction  line  of  yolk  and 
crumbs.  You  might  even  want  to  use 
two  skillets  for  extra  speed.  The  re- 
sult, after  a  little  fuss  and  muss,  is  a 
brilliant  conjunction  of  man  and  veg- 
etable. 

Asparagus  Souffle 

1  Va  pounds  fresh  (or  1  pound  frozen) 
asparagus 
Butter 
Grated  Parmesan  cheese 

6  egg  yolks 
Salt 
Pepper 

7  egg  whites 

1 .  Preheat  oven  to  325  degrees. 

2.  For  fresh  asparagus,  cook  accord- 
ing to  the  boiling  method  de- 
scribed. For  frozen  asparagus, 
follow  the  directions  on  the  pack- 
age and  drain. 

3.  Puree  the  asparagus  in  a  blender 
or  a  food  mill ,  then  push  it  through 
a  fine  strainer  and  let  it  cool  in  a 
bowl.  You  should  have  about  IV2 
cups. 

4.  Meanwhile,  butter  the  inside  of  a 
2-quart  souffle  dish  or  charlotte 
mold.  Dust  the  buttered  surfaces 
with  Parmesan  cheese  and  set 
aside. 

5.  Beat  the  egg  yolks  into  the  cooled 
asparagus  puree.  When  well 
blended,  season  with  salt  and  pep- 
per to  taste. 

6.  Beat  the  egg  whites  until  stiff  but 
not  dry.  Stir  a  small  amount  into 
the  asparagus  mixture,  to  lighten 
it.  Then  fold  in  the  rest  of  the  egg 
whites. 

7.  Pour  the  souffle  mixture  into  the 
prepared  mold.  Gently  smooth  off 
the  top.  Bake  immediately  at  the 
lowest  level  of  the  oven  for  ap- 
proximately 40  minutes.  The 
souffle  is  done  when  it  has 
browned  on  top,  risen  fully,  and 
started  to  pull  away  from  the  sides 
of  the  dish. 

8.  Serve  immediately. 

This  souffle  will  not  have  a  runny 
center.  The  batter  is  too  heavy  to  cook 
well  at  the  higher  heat  required  to  pro- 
duce that  effect. 

i 

Yield:  Six  servings 

Raymond  Sokolov's  most  recent 
cookbook  is  The  Saucier's  Appren- 
tice, a  guide  to  French  sauces. 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  presents  the 

ERIC  SLOANE  COLLECTION 

of  beautiful,  hardcover  editions  for  y\tnericaiia-p[iiles 
who  feel  it's  not  only  nostal;^ic — but  important  to  remember. 


D'f^ 


ERIC  SLOANE... Historian, 
artist.  In  his  research,  Eric 
Sloans  develops  "a  strong 
affinity  for  the  man"  who 
made  the  actual  objects  of 
early  America,  He  recreates 
for  future  generations  the 
craftsmanship  and  artistry 
that  is  part  of  our  country  s 
memories  9pd  tt^ditions. 


A.  I  Remember  America 

An  outspoken  defense  of  our 
natural  and  national  heritage  by 
one  who  passionately  remembers 
the  American  landscape  as  it  used 
to  be.  Eric  Sloane's  recollections 
(illus.  by  37  color  paintings,  80 
drawings)  carry  his  hopes  for 
rebirth  of  our  country  in  the  future. 
$24.00 


B.  The  Seasons  of  America  Past 

A  year-full  of  past  American  seasons 
from  planting  to  growing  to  fence- 
building  to  stump-pulling  to  strawberry 
celebrations.  Each  phase  of  the  moon 
had  its  own  seasonal  meanings,  too. 
Brings  life  back-to-our-roots,  helped  by 
the  author's  pen-and-ink  drawings  and 
4  color  pages.     $9.00 


^ 


E.  The  Cracker  Barrel 

Fifty-four  views  of  American  life  that 
might  have  come  from  around  a  pot- 
bellied stove.  Told  with  charm,  illus. 
with  line  drawings  that  are  droll,  sage, 
even  wicked.  Subjects  include  hex 
signs,  divining  rods,  rebus  puzzles, 
language  origins,  apple  butter.     $11.00 


F.  Diary  of  an  Early 
American  Boy 

The  small  leather-bound,  wood-backed 
book  found  in  an  ancient  house,  the 
diary  of  Noah  Blake  in  his  fifteenth 
year  in  1805,  is  here  reproduced  and 
augmented  by  Sloane's  comments  and 
pen-and-ink  drawings  about  Noah's 
nail-making,  shingle-splitting,  bridge- 
building  and  ink-making.     $9.00 


^^ 


DIARY  ^ 
EARLY'' 


j4  BWJ, 


C.  American  Yesterday 

The  author  explores  the  craftsmanship 
of  bygone  sawyers,  nailers,  plum- 
bummen,  wheelwrights,  drovers, 
dowsers.  Sloane's  extraordinary  anec- 
dotes and  highly  skilled  drawings  are 
so  relevant,  they  should  evoke  a  deep 
call  for  the  quality  of  workmanship  of 
yesteryear.     $8.50 


D.  American  Barns  and 
Covered  Bridges 

Mr.  Sloane  resourcefully  sketches  with 
both  pen  and  words,  America's  fast- 
vanishing  barns  and  covered  bridges. 
Cannibalized  for  their  fine  old  beams, 
they're  preserved  here  just  as  the  pio- 
neers built  them,  in  drawings  and 
descriptions  of  uncommon  skill.     $8.50 

Order  Now  to  Expand  your  Bicentennial  Library ! 
AMERICAN  MUSEUM  MEMBERS, 
PLEASE  TAKE  10%  DISCOUNT. 


G.  AN  AGE  OF  BARNS     $17.00 

H.  RETURN  TO  TAOS     $9.00 

I.    LOOK  AT  THE  SKY  AND  TELL  THE  WEATHER     $10.00 

J.  OUR  VANISHING  LANDSCAPE     $8.50 

K.  THE  SECOND  BARREL     $9.00 

L.  A  MUSEUM  OF  EARLY  AMERICAN  TOOLS     $9.00 

M.  A  REVERENCE  FOR  WOOD     $9.00 


NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 
Dept.B811,  Box  5123 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


Please  send  me  the  books  I  have 

circled  for  which  I  enclose  my 

personal  check  or  money  order 

for  $ ALLOW  4-6  WKS.  FOR  DELIVEm 


r       THC       ' 

^lYieRiC^n 

MU<;€UM  Of 


A.     B.     C.     D. 


H. 


M 


(please  print) 
ADDRESS 


GITY_ 


.STATE. 


-ZIP. 


Prices  Include  postage  and  handling. 


"A  masterly  blend  of 
human  and  natural 

history/ -Publishers  Weeklv 

DAUGHTER 
OF  FIRE 

A  Portrait  of  Iceland 
Katharine  Scherman 

"A  succinct  account  of  a  unique 
and  fascinating  island." 

—  Samuel  Eliot  Morison 

"Lively  and  authoritative... re- 
flects for  us  in  a  clear  glass  the 
total  culture  of  one  of  the  most 
civilized  countries  in  the  world." 

—  Clifton  Fadiman 

"The  last  word  on  Iceland.  ..It's 
all  here,  rich  and  enriching." 

—  Annie  Dillard 

Illustraled  wilh  photographs,  S12.50 

An  Alternate  of  the 

Book-of-the-Month  Club 

LITTLE,  BROWN 


REVOLUTIONARY! 

"It  completely  revises 
our  outmodedideas," 

says  Ashley  Montagu.  Adrian  J.  Des- 
mond's astonishing  bool<  demolishes 
our  view  of  dinosaurs  as  pea-brained, 
cold-blooded,  overgrown  lizards  and 
— using  the  latest  palaeontological 
research  and  knowledge — reveals  a 
quite  different  race  of  creatures: 
dazzlingly  varied,  behaviorally 
complex,  and  socially  advanced. 
"Excellent... written  with  clarity  and 
spirit:'— C.  R  Snow.  Illustrated,  with 
bibliography  and  index.  $12.95 
A  Dial  Press/James  Wade  Book 


Books  in  Review 


by  Alan  Walker 


The  Hunter  Hunted 


The  Hunting  Hypothesis,  by  Rob- 
ert Ardrey.  Atheneum  Publishers, 
$10.00;  231  pp. 

Robert  Ardrey 's  latest  book  is  ded- 
icated to  Raymond  Dart.  Professor 
Dart's  study  of  the  bones  from  the 
Makapansgat  cave  in  South  Africa 
led  him  to  believe  that  Australopith- 
ecus africanus,  an  early  hominid  that 
might  have  been  ancestral  to  later 
humans,  was  responsible  for  the  bone 
accumulations.  Dart  believed  that 
these  little  hominids  not  only  gath- 
ered bones  in  the  cave  but  that  these 
were  from  wild  animals  that  they  had 
hunted  and  butchered  on  the  veld. 
Dart  saw  his  evidence  as  proof  that 
this  predatory  habit,  including  the 
killing  of  other  Australopithecus  in- 
dividuals, was  such  a  basic  adapta- 
tion that  it  became  central  to  later 
human  development.  For  a  variety  of 
reasons  Dart's  ideas  were  not  ac- 
cepted, at  least  not  in  unabridged 
form,  by  most  anthropologists.  Ar- 
drey is  convinced  of  the  fundamental 
importance  of  Dart's  work  and  has 
taken  it  upon  himself  to  become  the 
Huxley  for  Dart's  Darwin.  The  thread 
that  ties  his  work  together,  from  Afri- 
can Genesis  to  The  Hunting  Hypoth- 
esis, is  his  conviction  that  a  predatory 
way  of  life  is  indeed  the  basic  hom- 
inid adaptation.  He  has  formulated 
his  hypothesis  in  this  way:  "While 
we  are  members  of  the  intelligent  pri- 
mate family,  we  are  uniquely  human 
even  in  the  noblest  sense,  because  for 
untold  millions  of  years  we  alone 
killed  for  a  living. ' ' 

Critics  have  attacked  Ardrey  on 
several  grounds,  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant being  that  he  is  too  enamored 
of  the  "nature"  side  of  the  na- 
ture-nurture argument  concerning 
the  control  of  animal  behavior.  In- 
stead of  adding  more  general  criti- 
cism, I  will  examine  some  of  the 
issues  so  that  the  reader — who  might 
be  carried  along  on  the  swell  of  Ar- 


drey's  prose — can  see  for  himself  that 
there  might  be  reasonable,  alternative 
interpretations  of  the  data. 

Taking  some  of  the  points  in  time 
order,  I  will  start  with  Ramapithecus. 
This  is  a  little-known  fossil  primate 
from  Africa  and  Eurasia  found  in  de- 
posits ranging  from  about  13  to  10 
million  years  old.  It  may  well  be  the 
earliest  recognizable  member  of  our 
own  family,  the  Hominidae,  and  as 
such  is  immensely  important  for  stu- 
dents of  human  origins.  The  fossils 
from  Kenya  come  from  one  of  the  late 
Louis  Leakey's  sites  near  Lake  Victo- 
ria, where  there  are  thousands  of 
other  bones  of  many  animals  concen- 
trated in  a  small  area.  Ardrey  states 
that  the  fossils  were  buried  by  a  vol- 
canic ash  fall,  but  my  studies  show 
they  were  concentrated  in  small  chan- 
nels in  soils.  Ardrey  questions 
whether  smashed  bones  and  one  dubi- 
ous stone  tool  are  strong  enough  evi- 
dence to  show  that  13  million  years 
ago  Ramapithecus  had  embarked  on 
the  hunting  and  tool-using  way  of 
life. 

However,  Ardrey  makes  it  clear 
what  he  would  prefer  to  believe,  since 
he  later  talks  of  this  same  living  site 
of  Ramapithecus  as  differing  not  at  all 
from  that  of  much  later  hominids  at 
Olduvai.  To  say  that  two  assemblages 
of  bones  and  stones  do  not  differ  at 
all  is  incautious.  I  have  had  the  privi- 
lege of  excavating  further  at  this 
Ramapithecus  site.  There  is  no  evi- 
dence to  suggest  that  the  bones  were 
concentrated  by  other  than  natural 
agencies  or  that  they  were  broken  by 
other  than  nonhuman  carnivores, 
depositional  processes,  and  weather- 
ing. The  one  lump  of  stone  that  Lea- 
key suggested  was  a  tool  has  no  artifi- 
cial breaks  and  is  not  evidence  of 
stone  use. 

Ardrey  speculates  that  the  lack  of 
a  defensive  canine  in  Ramapithecus 
probably  is  correlated  with  the  use  of 
defensive  weapons,  despite  the  lack 


20  reasons  uiiy 

I^TERSON  FIELD  GUIDES 

are  ^"fl  in  America 


Compare  PETERSON  FIELD  GUIDES 

with  any  others  —  you'll  see  why  more 
professionals  and  amateurs  use  "Peter- 
sons" than  any  other  nature  series. 

"t      The  Peterson  Field  Guides  are  right 

*  •  for  every  nature  lover  —  rich  enough 

in  information  for  the  most  seasoned 

professional,  clear  and  convenient 

enough  for  the  newest  beginner. 

O  Every  Peterson  author  is  a  recog- 
"•  nized  authority  in  his  field. 

3     General  editor  of  the  series  is  interna- 
•  tionally-famous  wildlife  authority 
Roger  Tory  Peterson. 

/%     The  Peterson  Field  Guide  series  is 
"•  sponsored  by  the  National  Audubon 
Society  and  National  Wildlife  Feder- 
ation. 
C     The21  volumescoverarangeofsub- 
•*•  jects  as  wide  and  varied  as  nature 
itself  —  from  flowers  to  birds  to  shells 
to  stars. 

dl    Vivid  species  descriptions,  with  spe- 
•  cial  attention  to  distinctive  features 
and  references  to  similar  species. 

^    Meticulously  detailed  illustrations, 
■  •  many  in  full  color,  by  the  best  nature 
artists  of  our  time. 

The  exclusive  Peterson  Identification 

'  System,  developed  over  40  years 

ago  by  Roger  Tory  Peterson  and  still 

the  quickest  and  simplest  method  for 


10. 

11. 

12. 
13. 
14. 


15. 


8 


use  under  field  conditions.  Each 
species  is  classified  according  to  the 
characteristics  you  will  actually  see  in 
the  wild,  at  your  first  (and  possibly 
last!)  glimpse  of  the  specimen  Thus, 
birds  are  illustrated  in  their  most  typi- 
cal attitude  (often  in  flight),  wildflow- 
ers  are  categorized  first  by  color,  and 
so  on  Illustrations  of  similar  species 
axe  arranged  side  by  side,  each  with 
an  arrow  pointing  at  its  distinguishing 
feature  —  greatly  reducing  the 
chances  of  mistaken  identity. 

All  species  listed  by  common  and  sci- 
entific name. 

Comprehensive  glossaries,  often  il- 
'  lustrated. 

Liberal  cross-referencing  to  get  you 
from  species  entry  to  identification 
key  to  index  to  range  map.  etc 

Spotter's  check  lists  and  life  lists 

Frequent  revisions  to  include  the 
latest  facts  and  species 

Top-quality  type  and  page  design 
that  packs  the  maximum  amount  of 
quickly-retrievable  information  into 
a  handy,  portable  book. 

Specialization  —  where  a  subject  is 
very  large,  such  as  birds  or  wildflow- 
ers,  the  Peterson  guides  divide  the 
continent  into  regions,  making  pos- 
sible much  more  detailed  treatment 
of  each.  If,  for  example,  you  live  in 
metropolitan  New  York  and  vacation 


16. 
17. 

18. 
19. 
20. 


in  New  England,  you  may  have  litde 
use  for  facts  on  birds  or  flowers  of  the 
Western  states  But  you  do  want  the 
most  comprehensive  information 
available  on  all  the  species  in  your 
back  yard  —  and  your  Peterson  Field 
Guide  delivers  it 

In-depth  treatment  of  every  species, 
including  (depending  on  the  subject) 
such  information  as  size,  weight,  dis- 
tinguishing marks,  habitat,  habits, 
diet,  call,  migration  routes,  color,  life 
cycle,  and  role  in  the  ecosystem. 

Your  choice  of  bindings  —  many  of 
the  most  popular  Peterson  guides  are 
now  available  in  covers  of  plastic- 
coated  paper  that's  tough  enough  to 
stand  up  to  plenty  of  use  in  the  field. 
Get  the  clothbound  edition  for  your 
bookshelf,  the  paperback  for  your 
knapsack. 

Peterson  Field  Guides  are  not  only 
essential  books  for  you  to  own  but  a 
lasting  gift  of  beauty  for  someone 
you  care  about. 

Decades  of  service  to  families,  li- 
braries, schools,  clubs,  and  profes- 
sional naturalists  as  some  of  Ameri- 
ca's most  trusted  reference  books. 

Available  in  bookstores  across  the 
'  nation  —  if  your  favorite  store 
doesn't  have  all  the  Peterson  Field 
Guides  in  stock,  you  can  use  the 
coupon  below  to  order. 


I        HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN  COMPANY 
I         Dept.  NH 

2  Park  Street.  Boston,  Mass.  02107 

Please  send  me  the  Peterson  Field  Guides  checked, 
for  which  paynnenl  is  enclosed.  (Add  85e  to  cover 
postage  and  handling.) 

1  Birds  (Eastern)  D  CI  $6.95.GPa  $4.95 
IR     Bird  Songs 

(record  album)  3  CI  15.00 

IC     Bird  Songs 

(cassette  tapes)  3  CI  19  95 

2  IVestern  Birds  aCl    6  95.DPa    5,95 
2R     Western  Bird  Songs 

(record  album)  DCl  18  95 
2C     Western  Bird  Songs 

(cassette  tapes)  □  CI  23.95 

3  Shells  (Atlantic 
Coast)  a  a    8.95.  nPa    4.95 

4  Butterflies  □  CI    5.95 

5  Mammols  DCl    7  50 
I              6       Shells  (Pacific  Coast 
'                      and  Hawaii)  3  CI    5  95.3  Pa    3  95 

7       Rocks  ond  Minerals      □  CI    7  95 
8.       Birds  of  Britain  and 


za  S6.95. 
3  CI  S6  95. 
3  CI  S6.95. 


a  CI    6  95. 


9       Animal  Tracks 

10  Ferns 

1 1  Trees  and  Shrubs 

12  Reptiles  ond 
Amphibions  (Eastern 
and  Central) 

13  Birds  0/  Texas 

14  Rocky  Mountain 
Wildfhwer^ 

15  Stars  and  Planets 
16-       Western  Reptiles  and 

Amphibians 

17  Wild/Iouiers  (Eastern)    3C1    o.». . 

18  Mammals  of  Britain 

and  Europe  aCl    8  95 

19  Insects  UCt    6.95.  i 

20  Mexican  Birds  3C1    8.95 

21  Birds' Nesls  (Eastern)   DCl    8.95 

CI  —  cloth    Pa  —  paper 

Name    _ - 

Address - —     — 

City State    _. 

Prices  subject  to  change  without  notice 


ZPa  S4.95 
CPa  S3  95 
CPa  S4  95 


77 


HARVEST  OF  A  QUIET  EYE 
The  Natural  World 
of  John  Burroughs 

Text  selections  &  photographs 

by  Charles  F.  Davis 

Introduction  by  Edwin  Way  Teale 

A  new  book,  the  first  to  combine  color 
(43  sensitive  photographs)  with  the 
writings  of  one  of  the  founding  fathers  of 
American  nature  writing. 

Included  are  historic  photos  of 
Burroughs,  whose  work  is  still  fresh  and 
significant  today.  This  is  a  book  whose 
timeless  images  celebrate,  according  to 
Dr.  Teale,  "the  sweetness  of  the  earth;  its 
wholesomeness,  its  sanity,  and  its  health." 
Hardcover,  168  pp. ,$20.00 

Add  $  1.00  postage  &  handling. 

Wis.  Residents: 

Add  4%  state  sales  tax. 

Send  your  order  &  payment  to: 

Wisconsin  trails  D45 
517N.  SegoeRd. 
P.O.  Box  5650 
Madison.  WI  53705 

SEND  FOR  FREE  MAIL  ORDER  BROCHURE 
OF  ALL  OUR  BOOKS. 


Cut  out  for  0 
slice  of  life. 


Nomads  watering  their  camels 
at  a  Saharan  oasis.  Gauchos 
whooping  it  up  on  the 
Argentine  Pampas.  Carpet 
weavers  working  in  the  Grand 
Bazaar  of  Isfahan.  Discover 
lifestyles,  traditions  and  beauty 
unchanged  by  time  and 
unknown  to  the  average  tourist. 
Cut  yourself  in  on  a  rewarding 
and  challenging  slice  of  life 
with  Trek  Adventures. 
Cut  me  in.  Send  me  the  follow- 
ing Overland  Camping  Tours 
and  Expeditions  brochures. 

D  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  the 

Americas 
n  Russia,  Eastern  Europe  and 

Scandinavia 
n  South  America 

Name 

Address 

C.ty 

Slate 


,  Zip_ 


My  Travel  Agent  is 

Mail  to:  Trek  Adventures 
136  E.  57th  Street        M*fltl'f' 
New  York,  N.Y.  \0022\jSSS^ 
(212)  751-3250  ^^ 


of  evidence  of  weapons.  This  idea  is 
based  on  his  belief  that  we  are  the 
only  primates  with  reduced  canines. 
While  this  might  be  true  of  living  pri- 
mates, there  have  been  other  lineages 
in  the  past,  including  some  extinct 
apes  and  lemurs,  with  the  same  adap- 
tation. Further,  I  would  contend  that 
the  behaviors  and  body  parts  used  by 
animals  for  defense  developed  pri- 
marily for  use  in  intraspecific  interac- 
tions. Thus  the  long  canines  of  male 
baboons,  like  the  horns  of  antelopes, 
evolved  in  response  to  baboon  (or  an- 
telope) behavior.  That  these  behav- 
iors or  body  parts  might  also  be  used 
in  defense  is  a  secondary  benefit.  It 
is  unlikely  that  they  evolved  as  anti- 
predator  mechanisms  and  were  sec- 
ondarily used  against  conspecifics.  If 
long  canines  have  not  evolved  pri- 
marily for  defense  against  predators, 
then  short  canines  do  not  imply  the 
necessity  for  another  sort  of  weapon. 
Ardrey's  discussion  of  Ramapith- 
ecus  is  set  against  a  background  of 
another  favorite  concept — the  Plio- 
cene drought.  He  uses  two  main  lines 
of  evidence  to  support  the  contention 
that  drought  conditions  lasted  for  a 
long  period  in  Africa.  The  first  is  from 
studies  of  Mediterranean  sediments, 
which  show  that  for  part  of  the  Plio- 
cene the  Mediterranean  Sea 
evaporated.  Although  drought  may 
cause  the  evaporation  of  large  bodies 
of  water,  in  this  instance  there  is 
ample  evidence  that  the  Mediter- 
ranean dried  up  because  it  was  cut  off 
from  its  main  water  input,  the  Atlan- 
tic. This  whole  process  was  a  direct 
consequence  of  the  movement  of  the 
African  continental  plate  northward 
toward  the  Eurasian  one. 

The  second  line  of  evidence  is  the 
scarcity  of  Pliocene  fossil  deposits. 
Ardrey  postulates  that  there  was  not 
enough  rain  to  turn  bones  into  fossils. 
This  is  clearly  a  great  misun- 
derstanding of  the  basics  of  African 
geology.  Since  long  before  the  Plio- 
cene there  has  been  very  little  conti- 
nental sedimentation  in  most  of 
Africa,  not  because  of  a  lack  of  rain- 
fall, but  because  of  the  stability  of  the 
geomorphology  of  the  continent.  If  a 
dearth  of  fossil  beds  indicates  lack  of 
rainfall,  then  Africa  has  been  a  desert 
over  most  of  its  area  for  the  last  70 
million  years.  But  known  Pliocene 
fossil  sites  show  an  adequate  fauna 
with  no  representation  of  desert  ani- 
mals. Similarly,  the  earlier  Oligocene 
period  is  known  from  only  one  Afri- 
can fossil  site,  but  that  does  not  mean 
that  the  rest  of  Africa  was  desert. 


More  reliable  evidence  of  dry  con- 
ditions in  Africa  is  the  existence  of 
extensive  sand  beds,  but  it  is  now 
thought  that  these  sands  are  much 
older  than  the  Pliocene.  Other 
sources,  such  as  the  coastal  record, 
do  indicate  climatic  fluctuations,  but 
there  is  no  evidence  of  an  over-all 
trend  toward  increasing  aridity  during 
the  Pliocene.  According  to  Ardrey, 
this  drought,  for  which  there  is  little 
or  no  evidence,  decreased  the  areas 
of  forest  and  thus  forced  early  hom- 
inids  into  more  open  country.  Be- 
cause of  the  need  to  exploit  new  and 
unfamiliar  food  resources ,  these  early 
hominids  took  up  hunting,  bipedal- 
ism,  tools,  and  weapons. 

Many  of  his  arguments  are  used  by 
proponents  of  the  single-species 
hypothesis  of  human  origins,  who 
argue  that  if  canine  reduction  is  a  con- 
sequence of  tool  use,  then  culture  it- 
self is  the  original  and  basic  hominid 
niche.  Since  no  two  closely  related 
species  can  be  expected  to  exploit  the 
same  niche  in  the  same  place  at  the 
same  time,  it  is  therefore  unlikely  that 
any  two  species  of  hominid  ever  ex- 
isted at  the  same  time.  New  evidence 
from  Kenya  now  appears  to  have  in- 
validated the  single-species  hypoth- 
esis, and  thereby  its  basic  arguments, 
without  much  question.  Richard  Lea- 
key has  just  discovered  a  nearly  com- 
plete cranium  of  a  Homo  erectus  that 
is  clearly  contemporaneous  with  a 
large  robust  Australopithecus. 
These  two  hominids  are  so  different 
morphologically  that  even  the  most 
ardent  single-species  advocate  has 
never  lumped  them  into  a  single  spe- 
cies. It  may  be  difficult  to  believe  that 
two  hominid  species  could  live  in  the 
same  area  at  the  same  time  and  yet 
the  evidence  shows  that  they  did.  The 
important  point  is  that  both  these 
creatures  had  features  that  Ardrey  as- 
sociates with  hunting.  I  believe  it  will 
take  more  critical  examination  of  the 
evidence  and  less  speculation  if  we 
are  to  understand  exactly  what  the 
basic  hominid  adaptation  is  and  why 
the  hominid  morphological  complex 
developed. 

Ardrey  briefly  recapitulates  Dart's 
evidence  from  South  Africa  concern- 
ing the  hunting  abilities  of  Aus- 
tralopithecus africanus.  This  is  the 
crucial  evidence  to  Ardrey,  for  he  be- 
lieves it  demonstrates  the  antiquity  of 
human  predatory  habits,  and  it  was 
the  evidence  that  stimulated  his  inter- 
est in  human  origins.  I  do  not  believe 
that  the  evidence  from  Makapansgat 
shows  that  Australopithecus  hunted 


78 


animals,  carried  bones  into  liie  cave, 
or  scavenged  from  carcasses  outside 
the  cave.  In  the  past  few  years  we 
have  seen  tiie  development  of  a 
branch  of  paleontology  known  as 
taphonomy — the  science  of  burial 
and  fossilization — which  examines 
various  factors  that  alTect  the  repre- 
sentation of  any  original  plant  or  ani- 
mal community  in  the  fossil  record. 
A  recent  study  has  pointed  out  that 
there  is  no  easy  way  to  identify  the 
predator  or  scavenger  of  any  one  bone 
assemblage  by  examining  the  repre- 
sentation of  various  parts  of  different 
prey  species,  and  further,  that  break- 
age patterns  of  bones  will  not  neces- 
sarily identify  the  breaking  agent, 
whether  this  is  animal  or  not.  Thus 
the  sort  of  evidence  used  by  Dart — 
patterns  of  bone  breakage,  dispro- 
portions of  various  parts  of  different 
types  of  skeletons,  or  even  dispro- 
portions of  different  parts  of  the  same 
bones — cannot  be  used  to  show 
whether  or  not  Australopithecus,  car- 
nivore scavengers,  or  natural  weath- 
ering and  concentrating  processes 
were  responsible  for  the  type  of  bone 
accumulation  found  at  Makapansgat. 
In  short,  there  is  no  evidence  to  indi- 
cate whether  Australopithecus  was  or 
was  not  a  hunter  or  scavenger. 

The  earliest  record  of  hominids 
collecting  bones  and  breaking  stones, 
for  whatever  reasons,  comes  from 
East  Rudolf  in  Kenya.  (Mary  Leakey, 
although  she  has  found  early  hominid 
remains  dating  back  to  about  4  mil- 
lion years  ago,  found  no  evidence  of 
stone  breaking  with  them — and  if 
anyone  could  find  it,  she  could!)  As 
things  stand  at  present,  the  earliest 
certain  appearance  of  hominid- 
broken  stones  was  just  over  2  million 
years  ago.  Mary  Leakey  has  found 
evidence  that  early  hominids  at  Oldu- 
vai  were  butchering  the  remains  of 
two  very  large  animals  at  about  this 
same  time.  Ardrey  calls  these  definite 
slaughtering  sites,  but  in  her  original 
report,  Leakey  is  careful  to  point  out 
that  one  animal  probably  died  of  natu- 
ral causes  and  that  the  hominids  either 
came  upon  the  other  accidentally  or 
drove  it  into  a  swamp.  This  shows 
that  hominids  butchered  dead  ani- 
mals, but  it  does  not  allow  us  to  say 
whether  this  followed  a  hunt  or  not; 
no  amount  of  speculation  will  help  us 
further.  I  do  not  dispute  that  there  is 
evidence  of  hominid  hunting  activi- 
ties after  about  a  million  and  a  half 
years  ago.  Since  there  is  not  much 
that  will  destroy  a  stone  tool,  the 
record  of  early  hominid  behavior  will 


Crispina 
found  a 
friend 


One  who  is  helping 
he?'  survive 


c 


rispina  Aguilar's  case  is  typical. 

Her  father  works  long  hours  as  a  share- 
cropper despite  a  chronic  pulmonary 
condition  that  saps  his  strength.  Her 
mother  takes  in  washing  whenever  she 
can.  Until  recently,  the  total  income  of 
this  family  of  six  was  about  $13.00  a 
month.  Small  wonder  that  they  were 
forced  to  subsist  on  a  diet  of  unpolished 
rice,  swamp  cabbage,  and  tiny  fish  the 
children  seine  from  a  nearby  river. 

Now  Crispina  enjoys  the  support  of  a 
Foster  Parent  in  Tennessee  whose  con- 
tribution of  sixteen  dollars  a  month 
assures  Crispina  and  her  entire  family 
of  better  food  and  health  care.  And, 
when  Crispina  is  old  enough,  the  help 
of  her  Foster  Parent  will  give  her  a 
chance  for  an  education,  an  oppor- 
tunity to  realize  whatever  potential  she 
has  to  offer  to  this  world. 

How  can  such  a  small  monthly  contri- 
bution do  so  much  in  the  life  of  Cris- 
pina's  family?  In  the  underdeveloped 
countries  where  Foster  Parents  Plan  is 
at  work,  the  need  is  so  great,  the  pov- 


erty so  deep,  that  very  few  dollars  can 
make  a  tremendous  difference.  In  fact, 
with  PLAN  programs  and  services  in 
place,  the  ver>'  communities  where 
Foster  Children  live  are  aided  toward 
self-improvement. 

To  become  a  Foster  Parent  is  a  special 
responsibility  . . .  and  a  most  rewarding 
one.  You  become  an  influence  in  shap- 
ing the  life  of  your  Foster  ChUd.  You 
come  to  know  the  child  through  photos 
and  a  regular  exchange  of  letters.  Prog- 
ress reports  show  you  vividly  how  much 
good  your  contribution  is  doing.  Of  the 
many  fine  causes  that  ask  for  your 
support,  few  can  offer  you  such  a  tang- 
ible and  immediate  way  to  help  others. 

Today,  more  than  ever,  people  like  you 
are  needed  to  join  in  this  wonderful 
work.  Hundreds  of  children  wait  in 
desperate,  often  shocking,  circum- 
stances for  a  Foster  Parent  to  offer 
them  a  hand  toward  a  decent  life. 

Please  join  us  if  you  can ...  or  let  us 
send  you  more  details  about  how  PLAN 
is  working  around  the  world. 


FOSTER  PARENTS  PLAN,  Inc.  ""'^ " 

Box  403,  Warwick,  Rhode  Island  02887 
YES,  I  would  like  to  know  more  about  becoming  a  Foster  Parent. 
Please  send  me  the  full  facts  D- 

I  am  ready  now  to  become  a  Foster  Parent  to  a  boy  D     girl  D     age 

country or  whoever  you  feel  needs  me  most  D- 

Please  send  a  photo  and  case  history  of  the  Foster  Child.  Enclosed  is  my 
first  contribution  Q  $16  monthly,  Q  $48  quarteriy,  D  $192  annuaUy. 
I  can't  become  a  Foster  Parent  now.  I  enclose  a  gift  of   $ . — 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


In  Canada,  write  153  St.  Clair  Ave.  West,  Toronto,  Ontario  M4V1P8 

Foster  Parents  Plan  operates  in  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Colombia,  Ethiopia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Indo- 
nesia, Korea,  Haiti,  and  the  Philippines.  All  contributions  are  tax  deductible.  Foster 
Parents  Plan,  Inc.  is  a  non-political,  non-profit,  non-sectarian,  independent  relief  organization. 


79 


TF(E1V[ARgET_ 


Art 


Oil  portraits  painted  on  canvas  from  photos. 
From  $49,95  (12x16),  Art,  Box  11,  Keyport,  WA 
98345, 

SANIBEL/CAPTIVA  CONSERVATION  POSTERS, 
Three  18x24  Duotone  prints— Collectors  Special 
1974  Pelican,  1975  Snowy  Egret,  1976  Great  Egret, 
$10  plus  $1  handling,  Sanlbel/Captlva  Conserva- 
tlon  Publishers.  Box  25-NH,  Sanlbel,  PL  33957, 


Birdwatching 


BIRDWATCH  AT  SOUTHERN  VERMONT  FARM- 
HOUSES, Plantings,  feeders  and  birdshouses. 
Garden  for  season  renters.  Week,  month  or  season, 
5BR,  2  Baths,  two  families.  Brochure,  Mells  Farms, 
Wardsboro,  VT  05355, 

Books 

PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK!  Join  our  successful  au- 
thors In  a  complete,  reliable  publishing  program: 
publicity,  advertising,  promotion,  beautiful  books. 
All  subjects  invited.  Send  for  fact-filled  booklet  and 
free  manuscript  report,  Carlton  Press,  Dept,  NHE 
84  Fifth  Avenue.  NYC  1001 1 , 

BOOK  PUBLISHING— manuscripts  and  inqulnes 
invited,  "AUTHORS'  GUIDE  TO  PUBLICATION" 
free  upon  request,  Dorrance  &  Company,  Dept 
AA,  35  Cricket  Terrace,  Ardmore,  PA  19003, 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  90  DAYS,  Wanted:  book 
manuscripts  on  all  subjects.  Expert  editing,  design, 
manufacture  and  marketing — all  under  one  roof. 
Completed  books  in  90  days.  Low  break-even.  Two 
FREE  books  and  literature  give  details,  costs,  suc- 
cess stories.  Write  or  phone  Dept,  779.  Exposition 
Press,  Inc.,  900  So.  Oyster  Bay  Rd,.  Hicksville,  NY 
11801,(516)822-5700, 


HANDPAPERMAKING  MANUAL,  New  Edition,  110 
pages,  $5,95  pp.  Brochure,  PaperMake,  Drawer 
552,  Covington,  VA  24426, 


Business  Opportunities 


$300,00  WEEKLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Details,  stamped  envelope,  ISCO. 
5252  Auburn  Dr,.  San  Diego,  CA  92105, 


$800.00  MONTHLY  POSSIBLE  stuffing  envelopes. 
Free  supplies.  Rush  stamped  envelope.  United, 
3838 V2  Van  Dyke,  San  Diego.  CA  92105. 


Cameras 


FREE  CAMERA  CHECKUP.  While  you  wait!  While 
you  watch!  Monday  thru  Friday  Noon  till  2  p.m.  Jap- 
anese Camera  Specialist  DOI  CAMERA  PLACE 
342  Madison  Ave.  (bet.  43-44  St.),  NYC  10017 
(212)661-0876. 

Crafts 

INTERESTED  IN  HANDWEAVING  OR  BOOKBIND- 
ING? Free  catalog  available.  Dept.  NH,  School 
Products,  1201  Broadway,  New  York  10001. 
Education 

STUDY  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  at  Harvard 
University  in  a  one-week  continuing  education  pro- 
gram. "OUR  MOBILE  EARTH,"  July  25-30.  Faculty 
Director:  John  Mailer.  For  application  and  further 
information,  write  to:  SCIENCE:  HARVARD 
ALUMNI  COLLEGE,  WADSWORTH  HOUSE,  CAM- 
BRIDGE, MA  02138. 


Employment 


TEACHERS-ADMINISTRATORS.  Current  school, 
college  openings  list:  U.S.,  $5.95:  abroad,  $5.95. 
Leading  placement  sources,  U.S.,  $3.95;  foreign 
$4.95.  EIS,  Box  662,  Newton,  MA  02162. 


DIRECTOR.  SCHOOL  OF  LIFE  AND  HEALTH 
SCIENCES,  within  the  College  of  Arts  and  Science, 
University  of  Delaware.  Responsibility  for:  (a)  aca- 
demic and  research  programs  in  the  basic  life 
sciences,  the  allied  health  sciences  and  the  cul- 
tural aspects  of  biology  and  medicine:  (b)  a  coop- 
erative program  (with  the  College  of  Engineering) 
In  Biomedical  Engineering;  (c)  completion  of  the 
design  of  a  new  68.000  sq.  ft.  Life  Science  Building. 
Applicants  should  be  established  Investigators  In 
the  life  sciences  with  demonstrated  competence  In 
curriculum  development  and  grant  procurement. 


The  position  is  open  anytime  after  September  1 , 
1976.  Inquiries  should  be  directed  to:  David  E 
Sheppard,  Ph  D.,  Chair,  Search  Committee  for 
Director,  School  of  Life  and  Health  Sciences, 
Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  University  of 
Delaware  is  an  affirmative  action,  equal  opportunity 
employer  and  committed  to  employment  of  female 
and  minority  personnel. 

Environmental  Interests 

ECOLOGY  100%  Recycled  paper  catalog,  50(£  re- 
fundable with  purchase,  PEP,  Box  172NH.,  North 
Abington,  MA  02351, 

Equipment 

PROTECT  YOUR  WATCH,  Genuine  Leather  Watch 
Bands  with  matching  protective  watch  cover, 
brown.  Just  $4,95  Satisfaction  guaranteed.  Send 
to: The Builman Co,,  (N-1 ) 67-39—21 5 St,,  Bayside 
NY  11364, 

Food 

FOOD:  FREEZE  DRIED;  DEHYDRATED.  Expedi- 
tions, camping,  home  storage.  Bulk  or  trail  packs. 
Stowaway.  Dept.  N,  Cohasset,  MA  02025.  Catalog. 


Friendships 


MAKE  FRIENDS  WORLDWIDE  through  interna- 
tional correspondence.  Illustrated  brochure  free! 
Hermes-Verlag,  Box  1 1 0660/NH ,  D-1 000  Berlin  1 1 , 
Germany 


Gifts 


DINOSAUR  FOOTPRINT:  Plaster  cast  of  prehistoric 
imprint  Illustrated  brochure.  Unique,  interesting 
gift  for  children.  $4  post  paid.  A.  Elder,  Star  Route, 
Fremont,  MO  63941. 

GIFTS  OF  LASTING  FRAGRANCE— old  fashioned 
potpourri  of  rosebuds,  lavender  and  dozen  other 
flowers  and  herbs  in  beautiful  crystal  apothecary 
45  oz.-^14.95,  24  oz.— $9.99.  G  &  J  Distributors, 
4523  Labath  Ave.,  Santa  Rosa,  CA  95401 . 


Gourmet  Interests 


TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Free  brochure.  Grace  Tea  Importers,  Dept.  NH56 
799  Broadway.  NYC  10003. 


Greenhouses 


GREENHOUSES  AND  ACCESSORIES!  Complete 
Heating,  Cooling,  Ventilating  Systems  and  other 
accessories.  FREE  catalog.  Environmental  Dynam- 
ics.  3010-HEG  Vine,  Riverside,  CA  92507. 


l-lobbies 


50  GORGEOUS  JUNGLE  BUTTERFLIES  $3.50.  15 
Beetles  Worldwide  $3.25.  30  Seashells  $1.95.  18 


Minerals  $2.25.  Giant  Nature  Hobbies  Bargain  List. 
Collectors'  Wonderland ,  Department  30,  Box  1 1 70 
NYC  10008. 

Home  Products 

GREENBRIAR  FIREPLACE/STOVE,  the  beautiful 
way  to  heat  with  wood.  Free  brochure.  Greenbriar 
Products,  Box.  473N,  Spring  Green,  Wl  53588. 
Journals 

CHELONIA— Worid's  only  Turtle  &  Tortoise  Jour- 
nal. $9  yearly.  536  Fifth  Ave.,  San  Francisco,  CA 
94118. 

Real  Estate 

CANADIAN  ACRES,  sand  beaches  and  tall  pines. 
Fishing  for  pike,  walleyes,  trout.  Private  airstrip. 
One  to  three  hours  driving  time  from  1000  Islands 
Bridge,  N.Y.  $10  down  gives  immediate  posses- 
sion $20  monthly.  Total  price  $1700.00.  Write  Ca- 
nadian Lakeshore  Estates,  Dept.  NH,  16  Bath 
Road.  Kingston.  Ontario.  K7L  1H4. 

Rentals 

WILDERNESS  LODGE,  lakeside,  modern  conven- 
lences,  sleeps  five,  canoe,  $150  week.  Rustic 
cabin  without  conveniences,  160  acres  forest  $65 
week  Robert  Bull,  Santa  Claus  Lake,  Temple,  ME 
04984 

Sea  Shells 

ILLUSTRATED  SEASHELL  CATALOG.  399  items, 
beginners  to  malacologists,  $2.00.  Benjane  Arts, 
320  Hempstead  Avenue,  West  Hempstead,  NY 
11552.  Come  Visit! 

Stamps 

AN IMALS  OR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS,  25  different 300 
plus  list  of  Topical  Collections.  GEORGE  FORD 
Box  5203-N  Gulfport,  FL  33737 

Travel 

BACKPACKING  OUTINGS  throughout  Western 
States.  Equipment  Furnished.  Reasonable.  Bro- 
chure: Frank  Ashley,  Box  291,  Culver  City,  CA 
90230       ^^ 

WILDLIFE  IN  SCOTLAND.  Wild  deer,  seals,  loons, 
eagles,  many  other  creatures,  amid  mountain,  loch, 
pinewood.  All-inclusive  vacations.  For  Illustrated 
brochure  send  airmail  postcard:  Caledonian  Wild- 
life Services,  Kingsmills  Gardens,  Inverness  1V2 
3LU,  Scotland 

ADIRONDACK  LODGES  on  Upper  Saranac,  avail- 
able  by  half-month  or  month.  July  through  Sep- 
tember. Bartlett  Carry  Club,  Rural  Route,  Tupper 
Lake,  NY  12986 

NEW  MEXICO.  GUIDED  WILDFLOWER-BIRDING 


Radha  Kanta  Paul 


TOURS,    Photography    blinds.    Bear    Mountain 
Ranch,  Sitver  City,  NM  88061  (505)  538-2538 


CRUISE  HOLLAND-BELGIUIvl  Charter  Dutch  skip- 
pered barge.  Private  quarters  for  six,  Callas,  631 
North  San  Pedro,  San  Rafael  CA  94903 


EXPLORE  MAN'S  BEGINNINGS,  Imaginative  ex- 
peditions to  Old  &  New  World  sites— Egypt,  East 
Africa,  Greece,  Iran,  Israel,  Mexico,  Central  & 
South  America,  Monthly  trips,  small  groups  Em- 
phasis: anthropology,  nat'l  history,  archaeology. 
Academic  credit  option.  Send  for  brochures, 
FORUM  INT'L,  Dept,  N.,  2437  Durant,  Berl<eley  CA 
94704(415)843-8294 


LINEKIN  BAY  SAILING  RESORT,  Boothbay  Har- 
bor, ME  04538,  Fleet  of  sailboats,  two-masted 
schooner,  heated  salt  water  pool.  Write  for  folder 


JOHN  AUDUBON  "DISCOVERED"  GRAND 
MANAN  in  1833.  Why  don't  you  in  1976?  For  com- 
plete information  on  this  bird-lovers  paradise  write 
Marathon  Hotel,  Grand  Manan,  New  Brunswick, 
Canada 


LONDON,  ENGLAND— An  unique,  luxury  "pen- 
sion"; central,  private  and  informal.  For  those  who 
prefer  not  to  pay  "Grand  Hotel"  prices,  NUMBER 
SIXTEEN  Sumnei:  Place,  London  SW7 


DOMINICA— Secluded  two-bedroom  cabin  in 
tropical  rain  forest.  Meals,  water-falls,  mineral 
baths.  Cable;  Papillote,  Box  67,  Dominica,  West 
Indies 


WILDERNESS  AND  WHITEWATER  float  tnps,  Utah 
and  Wyoming,  Slickrock  River  Company,  Box 
10543,  Denver,  CO  80210 

ESCAPE  TO  THE  WILDS  OF  WYOMING.  Vacation 
high  in  the  Bighorn  National  Forest.  Write;  Spear-0- 
Wigwam  Ranch,  P.O  Box  1081,  Sheridan,  WY 
82801 .  (307)  674-4496 

SOUTHWEST  SAFARIS;  Air  tours  of  New  Mexico, 
Colorado,  Utah  and  Arizona,  Camping,  hiking,  rid- 
ing, rafting.  Geology,  archaeology,  ecology,  his- 
tory. Brochure;  P,0.  Box  945,  Santa  Fe,  NM  87501 

JOIN  US  FOR  A  PERSONALIZED  WILDERNESS 
EXPERIENCE  at  our  REMOTE  ALASKA  LOCA- 
TION— backpacking,  nature  study,  wildlife  obser- 
vation and  ptiotography,  fishing,  goldpanning,  pio- 
neer crafts,  etc  Maximum  six  guests.  Tozikaket- 
NH,  Box  73219,  Fairbanks,  AL  99707 

ROAM  THE  WORLD  BY  FREIGHTER!  Deluxe  Ac- 
commodations Cheaper  than  staying  home! 
TravLtips.  163-09NHA  Depot,  Flushing,  NY  11358 
SUMMER  1976-Wildlife  of  East  Africa/Birds  of  Pan- 
amaand  Surinam/Mexico/Hawaii,  UCLA  Extension 
Field  Study  Program  P.O.  Box  24902,  Los  Angeles, 
CA  90024 

SOUTHAMPTON  EDUCATION-VACATION  PACK- 
AGE, Beautiful,  seaside  Southampton  College  of 
LIU,  in  resort  Hamptons,  combines  marine  science, 
ecology,  biochemistry,  geology,  environment  sem- 
inars, archeological  digs  with  tennis,  sailing,  swim- 
ming, crafts  workshops,  day  camps,  glorious 
beaches.  Inexpensive  room/board  for  individuals, 
families.  Write  Ms.  Carol  Ullong,  Southampton  Col- 
lege, Southampton,  NY  1 1968,  (516)  283-4000,  Ext 
213. 

GUATEMALA— Explore  Mayan  ruins,  lush  tropical 
forest.  Camp  on  a  scenic  volcano;  experience  a 
colorful  Indian  culture.  June  27-July  12;  also  later 
trips  in  November  and  February.  WILDERNESS 
SOUTHEAST,  4405  Paulsen,  Savannah,  GA  31406, 
(912)355-8008. 

RIVER  TRIPS  (Clients  include  Sierra  Club,  Audu- 
bon). Wilderness  Worid,  1342  Jewell,  Pacific 
Grove.  CA  93950,  (408)  373-5882, 

ZAMBIA  PHOTO  SAFARI,  One  time  only,  limited 
clientele  photo  safan  through  game  rich  Luangwa 
Valley  led  by  international  wildlife  photographer 
Ron  Hollander  Wildlife  photography  and  study  on 
foot  and  by  open  Land  Rover  with  Mr.  Hollander's 
professional  guidance.  Full  comfort  tent  camping 
in  bush,  plus  luxury  game  lodges.  Victoria  Falls  ex- 
cursion, Pre-departure  instruction  and  seminar. 
September  8-23  at  $1998  inclusive.  Brochure; 
Zambia  National  Tourist  Bureau  150  East  58th 
Street,  New  York,  NY  10022,  (212)  758-9450 


be  biased  in  favor  of  activities  involv- 
ing tools.  Any  of  a  broad  range  of 
other  possible  behaviors  will  leave 
few  or  no  traces,  but  if  hunting  in- 
volved the  use  of  stone  tools,  then  the 
record  of  hunting  will  be  overrepre- 
sented. 

Ardrey  also  speculates  on  many 
aspects  of  the  Acheulean  stone  tool 
culture  and  Homo  erectus.  His  most 
revealing  comment  concerns  the 
famous  hand  axes,  which  he  says 
were  beautiful  far  beyond  their  func- 
tional demand.  But  what  were  these 
hand  axes  used  for?  We  simply  do  not 
know  their  function  and  it  is  specious 
to  ct)mment  on  their  beauty  relative 
to  function. 

Whenever  the  evidence  is  to  be  in 
terpreted,  Ardrey  will  espouse  the 
most  violent,  catastrophic,  and  dra 
matic  choice — endless  droughts, 
burial  by  volcanic  ash,  slaughter, 
cannibalism,  head  hunting,  and  the 
like — as  though  there  were  no  steady, 
slow,  undramatic  processes  in  the 
world.  As  one  last  example  1  will 
mention  the  Homo  habilis  individual 
from  Olduvai  that  Ardrey  says  ap- 
parently died  of  a  blow  to  the  top  of 
his  head.  We  shall  never  know  what 
he  or  she  died  of,  but  we  do  know  that 
the  two  gently  curved  bones  of  the  top 
of  the  skull  were  covered  by  a  layer 
of  sediment  that  consolidated  under 
the  immense  pressure  of  the  over- 
lying rock.  It  is  surely  more  reason- 
able to  think  that  the  blunt  object  that 
produced  the  radial  cracks  on  the 
bones  was  the  sediment  itself,  rather 
than  that  a  murder  was  committed  2 
million  years  ago,  if  only  for  the  rea- 
son that  we  know  that  the  sediment 
did  press. 

I  do  not  think  that  Ardrey  has  much 
incontrovertible  evidence  to  support 
his  hypothesis  that  all  our  unique 
human  attributes  have  evolved  be- 
cause we  were  hunters  for  untold  mil- 
lions of  years.  His  anecdotal  style  and 
his  flair  for  personalizing  evolution- 
ary events  make  it  difficult  to  know 
whether  he  really  knows  all  the  ifs, 
buts,  and  maybes  of  each  successive 
controversy.  It  will  be  especially  hard 
for  the  intelligent  general  reader  to 
know  the  violence  that  the  blunt  ob- 
ject of  Ardrey's  conviction  has  dealt 
to  the  evidence. 

Alan  Walker  is  an  associate  profes- 
sor of  anatomy  and  anthropology  at 
Harvard  University  and  has  worked 
for  many  years  on  problems  of  pri- 
mate and  human  evolution  in  Uganda 
and  Kenya. 


Questers 
World  of 
Nature  Tours  "  ~^A- , 

You  may  find  some  lours  similar  to  ours  in  ottter  pro- 
grams Bui  Qucsten.  is  the  only  professfcortal  travel  com- 
pany specializing  solely  in  nature  tours  Tour  parties  are 
small,  the  pace  leisurely,  itineranes  unusual,  and  the 
leadership  expert  Areas  cowered  include  The  Ever- 
glades. Iceland,  Hawaii.  Alaska.  Australia,  Indonesia 
and  East  Africa  We  cannot  tell  you  here,  however, 
about  all  31  tour^.  or  all  the  wfldli(e  preserves,  ar- 
chaecrfogiCAl  sites,  museums  and  temples  you  wfll  visit 
but  our  1976/77  Directory  of  Worldwide  Nature  Tours 
can  Call  or  write  Questers  or  see  your  travel  agent  todai/ 
for  your  free  copy! 

Questers  Tours 

AND  TRAVEL,  INC. 

DEPT  NH.576.  257  PARK  AVENUE  SOUTH 
NEW  YORK.  N.Y.  10010     (212)673-3120 

0000<H>00<K>0000<KM>00<>00«00. 

oneness  ! 

0 
A  subtle  linking  of     | 
man  s  religious  symbols,     e 
delicately  wedded  to- 
gclhei  by  the  ailisan. 

,th  ,[luslf*lcd  .jncnpti.r  booklH 

vMlli  J4'  chain S37.50 

inK  '>'\^i-' S16.73 

ISAAC  SOLTES  DESIGN    NH 

192  3  SMcPhemn  Ave 
.Monlercv  Park.  Caiil.  91754 
't,  wiea  Of  mnti  OfO«. 

^XX>0<KM>000<KWX><K>0  O 


^BOOK  HUNTING?-. 

virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print.  Rctlon,  nonfictlon. 
All  authors,  subject*.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  Itl  (Title  alone  Is  sufficient)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


NATURAL,  NILK-FED  BABY  BEEF  AND  |/f/l£, 

.  Delicious  and  tender,  with  less  tat.  No 
^^■^B^  hormones,  antibiotics,  pesticides  or 
W^^F         herbicides  used,  ever. 

I       I  •  Taster-sampler  package  available. 

soLDD,«ECTo.Lv        TEEL  MOUHTAIH  FARM 

WE  DELIVER  BOX  30   STANARDSVILLE 

^"^^^'1:'^™    w°i!iTF  ^*-  '^'"     0"  CALL; 

jgU^I  985-7746  . 


TFg;TV(AI^ET 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 

$1.50  per  word:  16  word  ($24)  minimum.  Display 
classified  is  $1 50  per  inch.  Rates  are  not  structured 
for  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing.  All 
advertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid.  Send 
cfieck/money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY for  eacfi  insertion,  including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone.  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text.  Deadlines— 8th  of 
month,  two  months  prior  to  cover  date.  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication. 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words;  abbreviations  and 
zip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
in  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip.  then  telephone 
(with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  "18 
Main  St."  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  for  clarity  is  required.  We  trust  you  trust 
us.  Thank  you! 


81 


SAVE  50%!  REG.»30.00  VALUE  SPY  SCOPE 

6X15  MONOCULAR 

N0W$14.95ppd. 

Fantastic  bargain  in  a  fine  sighting  instrument. 
Top  quality  6  X  15mm  Spy  Scope,  a  $30  value,  is 
now  offered  at  $14.95!  Our  special  purcfiase  saves 
you  50%  .  .  .  and  you  get  fully  coated  optics;  393- 
foot  field  of  view.  Weighs  just  two  ounces — stores 
in  pocket,  purse,  glove  compartment.  Fits  in  your 
palm,  so  you  can  peer  into  hard-to-see  places 
without  letting  your  subject  know  you're  spying. 
Great  for  bird-watchers  and  racing  fans.  Includes 
neck  strap,  leatherette  3y2  x  1  Vz  x  2"  case.  Beau- 
tiful brushed  metal  finish.  At  this  special  low  price, 
buy  two — one  for  you,  one  for  a  gift! 

STOCK  NO.  1568E JUST  $14.95  ppd. 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW  172Pages 
Over  4,500  Un- 
usual Barga  ins 
for  Hobbyists 
Schools,  Industry 

^         JUST  CHECK 
COUPONi 

EDMUIMD    I 
SCIEIVITIFIC  CO. 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

Barrington,  N.  J.  08007 

(609)  547-3488 

America's  Greatest 
Science  •  Optics  •  Hobby  Mart 


SEND  FREE    Hi^ 
172PAGE  CATALOG  "E" 
L   Charge  my  BankAmericard 
T':  Charge  my  Master  Charge 

Interbank  No 

Card  No 

Expiration  Dale 

30-OAV  MONEY-BACK  GUAR- 
ANTEE.  You  must  be  satis- 
fied or  return  any  purchase 
m  30  days  for  full  refund 
City 


Service  &  Handling  Charge  ....  $_ 
Enclosed  is  D  Check,  n  M-0. 
in  amount  of $_ 


Signature  . 
Name 


-Zip- 


HELPING  TO  DEVELOP  AMERICAS  TECHNOLOGY  FOR  OVER  30  YEARS 


THE  NEW  SUPER-SIZE 

SCHOOLBAG 

FROM  DENMARK 

More  pockets,  zippers,  flaps  and  compartments 
make  this  sturdy  classic  the  best  all-purpose 
bag  ever.  Terrifically  functional  with  a  great 
casual  look.  A  favorite  of  models,  photogra- 
phers, artists,  students,  musicians,  dancers, 
opera  singers,  nuns,  poets,  duck  hunters,  cy- 
clists, plumbers,  teachers,  filmmakers,  pilots, 
architects,  doctors,  reporters  and  travelers  be- 
cause there's  always  a  place  to  stuff  one  more 
thing.  A  new  zippered  pleat  can  expand  this 
improved  version  to  double  the  normal  width 
-now  a  full  15Vi"  x  13"  x  8".  Perfect  carry-on 
flight  bag.  Adjustable  shoulder  strap.  In 
squashy  gray,  chocolate  brown  or  bright  Da- 
nish blue  waterproof  canvas.  $26.00. 
(plus  $1.50  shipping).  N.Y.  res.  add  tax.  Canada 
add  $2.00.  Send  to  Dept.  NH-5. 

THE  CHOCOLATE  SOUP 

249  East  77th  Street  New  York  10021 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  cur  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc.,  plus 
valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE    SQ.,    KNOXVILLE,    ILL.   61448 


Enjoy  mountain  leisure  at  its  best^ 

/,  /  Located  higli  in  a  Colorado  valley, 
:/  near  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park. 
'    Here  in  a  friendly,  informal  atmos- 
l   phere,  you'll  find  room  to  roam, 
clear  mountain  air,  and  activities  for 
all  tfie  family  Write  for  free  brochure. 


Swiss  vHage 


guest  raaBh' 


Longs  Peak  Route  N 
Estes  Park,  Colorado  8  0  517 


Additional 
Reading 


Hummingbirds  (p.  24) 

Arthur  C.  Bent's  Life  Histories  of 
North  American  Cuckoos,  Goatsuckers, 
Hummingbirds  and  Tiieir  Allies,  origi- 
nally publishied  in  1940  as  part  of  a  monu- 
mental 23-volume  series  on  tlie  natural 
history  of  our  avifauna,  is  now  available 
as  an  inexpensive  reprint  (New  York: 
Dover  Publications,  2  vols. ,  $3. 00 each). 
In  contrast  to  Bent's  species-by-species 
summaries,  Alexander  F.  Skutch 
presents  a  colorfully  illustrated  mono- 
graph on  hummingbirds  as  a  group  in  his 
Life  of  tlie  Hummingbird  (New  York: 
Crown  Publishers,  1973).  Crawford  H. 
Greenewalt's  Hummingbirds  (Garden 
City:  Doubleday,  1960)  has  become  an 
expensive  collector's  item  for  both  the 
ornithologist  and  bibliophile,  but  many 
libraries  have  copies.  Some  of  the  book's 
superb  illustrations,  plus  an  account  of 
the  technical  problems  overcome  by 
Greene  wait  in  these  original  studies,  are 
in  his  National  Geographic  article  '  'The 
Hummingbirds"  (1960,  vol.  118,  pp. 
658-80). 

Geographical,  ecological,  and  behav- 
ioral aspects  of  the  coevolution  of  plant 
and  animal  in  hummingbird  flower  polli- 
nation-hummingbird feeding  relation- 
ships are  explored  in  Karen  and  Verne 
Grant's  Hummingbirds  and  Their  Flow- 
ers (New  York:  Columbia  University, 
1968).  Another  case  of  coadaptation  is 
described  in  Donna  Howell's  "Plant-lov- 
ing Bats,  Bat-loving  Plants"  in  the  Feb- 
ruary 1976  issue  of  Natural  History. 
Technical  accounts  of  hummingbird  en- 
ergetics may  be  found  in  William  C. 
Calder's  "Consequences  of  Body  Size 
for  Avian  Energetics"  in  Avian  Energet- 
ics, edited  by  R.  A.  Paynter,  Jr.,  (Cam- 
bridge: Nuttall  Ornithological  Club, 
1974,  pp.  86-144),  and  in  two  Science 
articles:  "Energetics  of  Foraging  Rate 
and  Efficiency  of  Nectar  Extraction  by 
Hummingbirds"  (L.  A.  Wolf  etal.,  1972, 
vol.  176,  pp.  1351-52)  and  "Regulation 
of  Oxygen  Consumption  and  Body  Tem- 
perature During  Torpor  in  a  Humming- 
bird, Eulampis  jugularis"  (F.  R.  Hains- 
worthetal.,  1970,  vol.  168,  pp.  368-69). 

Earthquake  (p.  30) 

OskarH.  Spate  and  A.  T.  Learmonth's 
geography  India  and  Pakistan:  Land, 
People,  and  Economy  (New  York: 
Barnes  &  Noble,  1972,  $8.75)  provides 


82 


extensive  background  information  on  the 
region  of  Pal<istan  devastated  by  an  earth- 
quai<ein  1974.  Fredrik  Earth's  "Ecologi- 
cal Relationships  of  Ethnic  Groups  in 
Swat,  North  Pakistan"  in  Environmeni 
and  Cultural  Behavior:  Ecological  Stud- 
ies in  Cultural  Anthropology,  edited  by 
Andrew  P.  Vayda  (New  York;  Double- 
day/Naturai  History  Press,  1969),  deals 
with  aspects  of  human  ecology  and  coex- 
istence of  different  groups  of  people  in 
that  earthquake-prone  area.  Erik  P.  Eck- 
holm's  recent  pieces  for  Natural  History 
("The  Firewood  Crisis,"  October  1975) 
and  Science  ("The  Deterioration  of 
Mountain  Environments,"  1975,  vol. 
189,  pp.  764-70)  review  different  facets 
of  the  detrimental  impact  of  man's  activi- 
ties in  tropical  and  subtropical  mountain 
regions  of  the  world.  Report  #14  in  UN- 
ESCO's Man  and  Biosphere  Program, 
entitled  "Impact  of  Human  Activities  on 
Mountain  and  Tundra  Ecosystems,"  is 
available  free  of  charge  from  UNESCO 
Documents  Division,  7  Place  de  Fron- 
tenoy,  75700  Paris,  France. 

Gems  (p.  38) 

The  full-color  illustrations  in  Color 
Under  Ground:  The  Mineral  Picture 
Book,  by  Lee  Boltin  and  John  S.  White, 
Jr. ,  (New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons, 
1971 ,  $6.95),  demonstrate  the  incredible 
variety  of  form  and  color  found  in  the 
world  beneath  our  feet.  Diagrams,  pho- 
tographs, and  a  concise  text  introduce  the 
classification  of  crystals  by  symmetry, 
the  replacement  of  living  forms  by  miner- 
als, and  the  plantlike  shapes  often 
adopted  by  crystal  groups  in  their  growth. 
Brian  Mason  and  L.  G.  Berry's  Elements 
of  Mineralogy  (San  Francisco:  W.  H. 
Freeman,  1968)  is  a  nontechnical,  yet 
comprehensive,  introductory  textbook 
for  the  study  of  minerals.  Richard  M. 
Pearl's  Rocks  and  Minerals  (New  York: 
Barnes  &  Noble,  1969,  $2.75)  is  abroad, 
lucid  survey  of  mineralogy,  crystallog- 
raphy, gemmology,  and  economic  geol- 
ogy. Minerals  and  Man,  by  Cornelius  S. 
Hurlburt,  Jr.,  (New  York:  Random 
House ,  1 968 ) ,  presents  the  nature  and  or- 
igin of  the  world's  important  mineral  de- 
posits, along  with  accounts  of  their  past 
and  present  use.  Hurlburt  has  also  re- 
cently prepared  the  18th  edition  of 
Dana's  Manual  of  Mineralogy  (New 
York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1971),  an  eas- 


ily read  introduction  to  the  science,  and 
an  extensively  used  college  text  and  refer- 
ence work. 

Urban  Herpetology  (p.  46) 

Donald  Loggins  has  prepared  a  "Bibli- 
ography on  the  Natural  History  of  an 
Urban  Area:  New  York,"  which  is  avail- 
able for  $1 .50  from  the  Council  of  Plan- 
ning Librarians,  P.  O.  Box  229,  Monti- 
cello,  IL  61856.  Although  somewhat 
weak  in  modern  ecological  theory.  Na- 
ture in  the  Urban  Landscape:  A  Study  of 
City  Ecosystems  (BahimoTe:  York  Press, 
1973),  by  Don  Gill  and  Penelope  Bon- 
net!,  is  one  of  the  best  sourcebooks  on 
urban  ecology.  C.  J.  Krebs's  Ecology: 
The  Experimental  Analysis  of  Distri- 
bution and  Abundance  (New  York: 
Harper  &  Row,  1972)  presents  general 
ecological  theory.  A  good  aid  for  the 
identification  of  amphibians  and  reptiles 
is  Roger  Conant's  A  Field  Guide  to  Rep- 
tiles and  Amphibians  of  Eastern  and  Cen- 
tral North  America  (2nd  ed.  Boston: 
Houghton  Mifflin,  1975). 

Brain  Evolution  (p.  54) 

W.  L  Welker  and  G.  B.  Campos's 
"Physiological  Significance  of  Sulci  in 
Somatic  Sensory  Cerebral  Cortex  in 
Mammals  of  the  Family  Procyonidae" 
(Journal  of  Comparative  Neurologv. 
1963,  vol.  120,  pp.  19-36)  is  the  article 
that  first  stimulated  Leonard  Radinsky's 
interest  in  comparing  the  cerebral  cortices 
of  extinct  and  living  animals  for  evidence 
of  brain  evolution.  Harry  J.  Jerison's 
Evolution  of  the  Brain  and  Intelligence 
(New  York:  Academic  Press,  1973)  is  a 
compendium,  dealing  mainly  with  rela- 
tive brain  sizes  of  various  groups  of  verte- 
brates, which  gives  one  approach  to  the 
investigation  of  brain  structure  and  over- 
all functioning  of  animals.  '  'The  Casts  of 
Fossil  Hominid  Brains , "  by  R .  Holloway 
(Scientific  American,  1974,  vol.  231,  no. 
1,  pp.  106-15),  indicates  the  limits  of 
interpretation  possible  with  endocasts  of 
our  own  prehistoric  ancestors.  In  "Pri- 
mate Brain  Evolution"  (American  Scien- 
tist. 1975,  vol.  63,  pp.  656-63),  Ra- 
dinsky deals  with  major  trends  in  the  evo- 
lutionary development  of  primate  brains 
and  discusses  how  endocasts  of  fossil  pri- 
mate braincases  can  suggest  when  these 
specializations  occurred. 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


-   Zj 


t  o  o 


O         o      g 


=  3  mo 

—   Qi  3  <6 

m   T  o  ti 

">  ^g  3 

n  2  O 

S  «  $ 

3  ""  _^ 


03     g 
C       a 


zr      i,       ■— 


_S  00  Xi 


^3   3 


CD     Ul    Q. 

1st 

OJ   "O    — 

=  s  - 

■SI- 1 

X     ft)    ® 
■O     3    "> 

O    Q.  ft) 


S" 

~ 

aj 

o 

01 

ffl. 

3 

Q. 

IB 

Is 

3- 

c 

c 

«; 

N 

XT 

o 

CD 

3. 

7r 

Z.     «3  -- 


CD 


^ 


^' 

"o" 

o 

> 

z      1 

J^ 

Q.      ft) 

^«k 

^   •< 

S-   3 

^\ 

O 

w 

(B       <B 

< 

O 

« 

M  W  o> 

> 

g 

■)  :.  o 

o 

|!s? 

Q. 

3 

c^        Z 

o' 

W 

r" 

CD 

b 

<S 

i7' 
O 

3 
^m  ■ 

J 


83 


Announcements 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory opens  its  new  Hall  of  Minerals  and 

Gems  (southwest  corner  of  the  first  fioor) 
on  Friday,  May  21,  1976.  This  will  be 
a  spectacular  and  elegant  exhibit  with  an 
impressive  array  of  minerals,  gems, 
rocks,  and  meteorites.  For  a  limited  time, 
the  Hall  will  also  house  a  special  exhibit 
of  nine  world-famous,  American-owned 
diamonds,  including  the  Tiffany  Dia- 
mond, valued  at  $5  million;  the  Eugenie 
Blue,  a  heart-shaped  diamond  reported  to 
have  belonged  to  the  Empress  Eugenie; 
and  the  Zale  Light  of  Peace  (130.27  car- 
ats), the  largest  modern-cut,  pear-shaped 
diamond.  The  Hall,  the  largest  in  the  Mu- 
seum, will  treat  such  major  subjects  as 
properties  of  minerals,  mineral-forming 
environments,  systematic  mineralogy, 
interaction  of  minerals  and  energy,  and 
esthetics  of  gems. 

The  huge,  curvilinear  Hall  is  a  bold 
departure  from  traditional  boxlike  exhi- 
bition areas.  Its  multiple  levels — with 
ramps  and  steps  leading  to  individual  dis- 
plays— are  expected  to  generate  a  height- 
ened sense  of  involvement  on  the  part  of 
visitors.  The  earth-toned  floor  and  wall 
carpeting  provide  a  color  scheme  that 
suggests  earth  and  its  treasures.  Two 
major  objectives  influenced  the  Hall's  de- 
sign: (1)  to  display  the  richness,  variety. 


and  dramatic  beauty  of  earth  materials; 
and  (2)  to  explain  their  properties,  the 
profound  subterranean  forces  that  pro- 
duced them,  and  their  significance  to 
human  societies  throughout  history. 

On  Saturday,  May  8,  from  12  noon  to 
4:45  P.M.,  the  Museum  will  celebrate 
Earth  Day.  Participants  will  include  en- 
ergy groups,  neighborhood  improvement 
groups,  and  environmental  education 
programs.  The  following  special  events 
are  scheduled.  In  the  People  Center,  Dr. 
Helen  Ross  Russell  will  discuss  "Forag- 
ing for  Wild  Edible  Plants"  and  "Or- 
ganic Foods,"  Mitchell  Korn  will  per- 
form "Earthtalk  Music  Compositions" 
for  12-string  guitar,  and  David  Seymour 
will  give  a  slide  presentation  of  the  ecol- 
ogy of  the  Hudson  River.  In  the  Calder 
Lab,  Karen  Bennett  will  give  a  presenta- 
tion on  the  art  of  making  natural  dyes 
from  household  products,  and  Wendy 
Levy  of  the  Available  Resource  Center 
will  demonstrate  how  to  create  educa- 
tional materials  and  games  out  of  indus- 
trial waste  products.  And  in  the  Hall  of 
Mexico  and  Central  America,  Joyce  Tim- 
panelli  and  Charles  Simons  will  tell  and 
illustrate  earth  stories  and  myths.  From 
1:00  to  4:00  P.M.  the  following  documen- 
tary films  will  be  screened  in  the  Audito- 


rium: The  End  of  the  Game,  an  examina- 
tion of  Africa's  vanishing  wildlife,  and 
Menagerie,  on  the  conditions  of  the  ani- 
mals in  Central  Park  Zoo. 

Eco- Visions,  a  film  series  presented  by 
the  Environmental  Information  Center  of_ 
the  Museum,  can  be  seen  from  1:30  to" 
3:00p.m.  on  Thursdays  in  the  Education 
Hall,  and  at  2:00  and  3:00  p.m.  on  Satur- 
days in  the  People  Center.  For  details  on 
films  to  be  shown  call  873-1 300,  Ext.  527 
from  10:30  a.m.  to  12  noon,  Tuesday 
through  Friday. 

Reservations  are  still  being  accepted  for 
the  Museum's  East  African  Geological 
Safari  in  August.  Visits  will  be  made  to_ 
the  major  game  parks  and  reserves  in 
Kenya  and  Tanzania,  in  addition  to 
mines,  volcanoes,  the  famed  Rift  Valley, 
and  other  sites  of  geologic  significance 
off  the  beaten  track.  A  day  will  be  spent 
in  the  company  of  Dr.  Mary  Leakey  at 
Olduvai  Gorge.  The  trip  has  been  ar- 
ranged and  will  be  conducted  by  Chris- 
topher J.  Schuberth,  lecturer  in  geology 
at  the  Museum  and  adjunct  professor  of 
geology  at  the  City  University  of  New 
York.  For  a  descriptive  brochure,  write 
or  call  (873-7507)  the  Museum's  Depart- 
ment of  Education. 

Ti  out  Flies  continues  through  May  in  the 
Roosevelt  Memorial  Hall ,  second  floor  of 
the  Museum.  This  extraordinary  collec- 
tion combines  historic  and  contemporary 
examples  of  the  flytiers  art  with  paintings, 
photographs,  etchings,  and  three-dimen- 
sional trout.  The  Museum  Showcase  fea- 
tures a  framed  collection  of  flies  by  Fred- 
eric M.  Halford,  the  historian  of  the  dry 
fly;  flies  by  Theodore  Gordon,  the  father 
of  American  fly  tying;  contemporary  flies 
depicting  nymphs  and  wet  flies  by  Ted 
Niemeyer;  studies  of  the  materials  used 
by  flytiers;  and  a  videotape  of  fly  tying. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the  Mu- 
seum, "Things  That  Go  Beep  in  the 
Night"  continues  through  May.  The  in- 
vention of  radio  astronomy  in  the  1930s 
opened  a  new  window  to  the  universe  en- 
abling astronomers  to  "listen  in"  on  dis- 
tant galaxies,  exploding  stars,  pulsating 
stars,  quasars,  and  black  holes.  Sky 
Shows  begin  at  2:00  and  3:30  p.m.  on 
weekdays,  with  more  frequent  showings 
on  weekends.  Admission  is  $2.35  for 
adults  and  $1 .35  for  children. 


Oldsmobile's  answer  to 
expensive  European  luxury  sedans. 


Omega  Brougham. 
Priced  under  HOOO: 


It  stands  to  reason  that  if  a  foreign 
car  is  going  to  be  priced  thousands  of 
dollars  more  than  an  Omega  Brougham, 
you  ought  to  be  getting  a  lot  more  car 
for  your  money.  Let's  just  see  how 
these  cars  stack  up  against  each  other. 


I       sedan"  r  SEDAN  SEDAN      BROUGHAM 


.VI 

BBEBSI 

'ffi*' 

LEG  ROOM  (F/R) 

41.3/34.5 

39.4/37.1 

38.4/38.9 

41.8/32.8 

K^ 

HEAD  ROOM  (F/R) 

38.4/36.5 

37.8/37.7 

37.6/36.8 

38.9/36.2 

EPA  MILEAGEt 
HIGHWAY/CITY 

MPG 
30/20 

MPG 
30/21 

MPG 
27/17 

MPG 
25/17 

ENGINE  & 
TRANSMISSION 

114-Four         121-Four        130-Four 
4Spcl.  Man.  4Spd.  Man.  4Spd.Man. 

250-Slx 
3Spd.Man. 

PRICE* 

$7,100 

$6,498 

$6,595 

$3,914 

OMEGA  BROUGHAM 


Can  we  build  one  for  you? 


Manufacturers'  suggested  retail  prices  for  the  models  sriown  (including  prep 
charges  and  available  equipment  specified  on  Omega  Brougham).  Tax,  license, 
destination  charges  and  other  available  equipment  additional. 
-fSource;  1976  EPA  Buyer's  Guide.  Remember:  These  mileage  figures  are  estimates. 
The  actual  mileage  you  get  will  vary  depending  on  the  type  of  driving  you  do, 
your  driving  habits,  your  car's  condition,  and  available  equipment.  For  California 
EPA  figures,  available  power  trains,  and  prices  check  your  dealer  there. 

While  being  priced  a  lot  less. 
Omega  Brougham  still  offers  room, 
comfort  and  gas  economy  comparable 
to  expensive  European  sedans.  What's 
more,  its  low  $3914*  price  even  in- 
A  Ayf"  eludes  this  available  equipment:  bucket 

^-L'-T  seats;  sports  mirrors;  floor  shift  control 

and  super  stock  wheels.  And  you  can 
even  add  steel-belted  radial  tires  ($69) 
and  still  keep  the  price  under  $4,000. 
Check  out  an  Omega  Brougham 
U.  Sedan  today.  We  think  our  combination 

of  price,  luxurious  appointments  and  .-. 
Oldsmobile  quality  are  going  to  win    i 


"'   -•"•'i'ii'<W£',^is^i^^^ 


,"* 


^.-''^iflH;      //lES.Vi 


SMIRNOFF  SILVER®  VODKA,  90.4  PROOF.  DIST.  FROM 


GRAIN.  STE.  PIERRE  SMIRNOFF  FLS.(DIV    OF  HEUBLEIN  )S1973    HEUB 


INC     HARTFORD,  CONN 


Smirnoff  Silver.  Ninety  point  four  proof  Smirnoff  leaves  you  breathless® 


NATURAL  HISTOK 


JUNE-JULY  1 976  •  $  1 .25 


0 


^;>' 


-«;«k^'i»,>i»^ 


p 

OO 

^= 

£Of 

13  @     1 

O  0| 

E  b^ 

>^¥^^ 

O  pi 

c  o?^. 

^^1 

2  o^ 

o  ^^ 

4=      ^ 

CO       Q 

-^  >^ 

^  o 

O.O) 

-O   0) 

<^    (^ 

^.  ^- 

9j3 

^  o 

c  ^ 

^  >- 

6-Q 

CO      >- 

^^~p^ 

fcS^W 

h^5^ 

wA'^  ^^Vl 

Hl^H 

^ 

r-i^' 


^a4 


>?" 


t\m 


■^j, 


WATERFORD  ILLUMINATES. 


NATURAL  HIS  rORY 


Incorporating  Nature  Magazine 
Vol.  LXXXV,  No.  6 
June-July  1976 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  G.  Coelet.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Director 


2     Authors 

10     Environmental  Action:  A  Passing  Fad?  Joseph  L.  Sax 

Environmentalists  won  some  battles  a  jew  years  ago.  but  the  war  goes  on. 

22     A  Naturalist  at  Large  Jay  W.  Forrester 
Limits  to  Growth  Revisited 


Alan  Ternes,  Editor 

Thomas  Page.  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay.  Frederick  Hartmann. 

Christopher  Hallowell.  Toni  Gerber 

Carol  Breslin.  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein.  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckhorn.  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato.  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson.  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana.  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon.  Dorothy  E.  Bliss. 

Mark  Chartrand.  Niles  Eldredge. 

Vincent  Manson.  Margaret  Mead. 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Gerard  Piel, 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryus.  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly.  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn.  Production  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf,  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe.  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown.  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez.  Asst. 
Joan  Mahoney 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History.  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street.  New  York.  N.Y.   10024. 
Pul>lished  monthly.  October  through  May: 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York.  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York.  N.   Y.   10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


30      This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Gould 
The  Five  Kingdoms 

39     A  $135  Million  Gamble  Edwin  D.  Kilbourne 
The  decision  was  based  on  more  than  politics, 

42     The  Perceptive  Eye  Toid  Gerber 

A  portfolio  of  this  year's  prizewinning  photographs  ,  ,  .  and  picture  assignments 
for  the  1977  competition. 

60     Return  to  Manus  Margaret  Mead 

With  photographs  and  recollections,  one  of  The  American  Museum's  eminent 
anthropologists  describes  a  half  century  of  striking  change  in  a  New  Guinea 
village. 

70     Wild  Goats  of  Santa  Catalina  Bruce  E,  Coblentz 

As  usual,  humans  had  a  hand  in  the  destruction  of  this  beautiful  island's  ecosystem. 

78     Roses  are  Red,  White,  Yellow,  Pink  Patricia  W.  Spencer 

The  wide  variety  of  colors  in  the  plant  world  serves  many  fuitctions. 

86     Is  Mars  a  Spaceship,  Too?  Lynn  Margulis  and  James  E.  Lovelock 
—  When  the  residts  of  the  Viking  mission  are  in.  we  may  look  at  our  own  planet 

with  renewed  wonder. 

91     Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

94     Sky  Reporter  S.  /.  Rasool 
The  Venusian  Surface 

99     Book  Review  Spencer  Klaw 

The  Case  of  the  Counterfeit  Mice 

106     A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
Best  of  the  Brambles 

110     The  Market 

112     Additional  Reading 

114     Announcements 

Cover:     James  Hanken  's  photograph  of  a  tree  frog,  taken  at  Tortuguero,  Costa 

Rica,  won  an  Honorable  Mention  in  the  1976  Natural  History  Photographic 
Competition.  A  16-page  display  of  other  contest  winners  begins  on  page  43. 


Authors 


Six  years  ago  several  Michigan  en- 
vironmental groups  asked  Joseph  L. 
Sax,  who  teaches  envirorunental  law 
at  the  University  of  Michigan,  to 
draw  up  legislation  that  would  permit 
private  citizens  to  take  their  com- 
plaints of  pesticide  misuse  to  court. 
Sax  responded  by  designing  a  bill  that 
evolved  into  the  Michigan  Environ- 
mental Protection  Act  (MEPA).  After 
MEPA's  passage,  he  monitored 
every  lawsuit  brought  under  the  bill, 
a  process  that  convinced  him  of  the 
potential  strength  of  legislation 
grounded  in  citizen  participation.  Sax 
is  currently  engaged  in  investigating 
policy  issues  associated  with  public 
land  use,  an  interest  that  developed 
from  his  high  regard  for  this  country's 
national  parks. 


Margaret  Mead  first  visited  the 
Admiralty  Islands  in  the  southwest 
Pacific  in  1928.  She  has  returned  six 
times,  most  recently  last  summer,  to 
study  changes  occurring  there  as  the 
Manus  people  have  become  part  of 
the  mid-twentieth-century  world.  In 
addition  to  interpreting  a  variety  of 
preindustrial  South  Pacific  cultures. 
Mead  has  studied  aspects  of  contem- 
porary society  in  the  United  States. 
Her  extensive  research  has  resulted  in 
an  enormous  volume  of  published 


material,  including  24  books  she 
wrote  alone,  another  18  books  she 
coauthored  or  edited,  and  numerous 
scientific  papers,  monographs,  and 
popular  articles.  Now  curator  emeri- 
tus of  ethnology  at  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  Mead 
has  been  associated  with  the  Museum 
since  1926.  In  addition,  she  is  imme- 
diate past  president  and  current  chair- 
man of  the  board  of  the  American  As- 
sociation for  the  Advancement  of 
Science. 


251.  Pub  Price  $7.95 


275.  Pub  Price  56.95 


Lodks*Brains-^w  Cost 

OPB  The  book  club  of  the  70's  Its  eas>'  to  join  Its  the  eas\ 
way  to  buy  the  best  paperbacks  published  and  save  money,  too 
As  a  member  you'll  receive  our  informative  catalog  15  times  a 
year  Each  issue  contains  about  100  good  books  to  choose  from 
QPB  books  are  the  kind  you'll  want  to  keep  — large-size,  hand- 
some editions  printed  on  quality  paper  with  quality  bindings 
(not  the  pocket-size  newsstand  type)  Join  QPB  for  intellectual 
excitement  and  spiritual  nourishment  —our  life  is  short  but  our 
art  is  long. 

Any  3  books  or  sets 

B\^B    \^M  MM  jT     M^'    Just  agree  to  buy  six  more  within 
the  next  year  and  as  a  member  you'll  immediately  qualify  for  our  Free  Book  Plan. 


1 1 7.  Pub  Prrces  Total  S1 1 .90 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOK  CLUB.  INC.  ' 

Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057  6-QB113-6  I 

;  a  member  of  the  Quality  Paperback  Book  Club  and  send  me  the  three  books  or  sets  whose 

ated  in  the  boxes  below    Bill  me  only  SI  for  all  three,  plus  shipping.  My  only  obligation  is  to  I 

bcxjks  or  sets  during  the  coming  year,  receiving  a  20%  discount,  when  there  is  a  publisher's  | 
on  every  Main  Selection  1  take.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any  time  after  I  buy  the  six  additional 

sets.  A  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments.  I 

INDICATE  BY  NUMBER  YOUR  I 1         I 1         I 1  ' 

THREE  BOOKS  OR  SETS  I |        I I        I I  I 

13  . 


(Please  print  plainly) 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK 
OOO  BOOK  CLUB.  INC. 

Pennsylvania  I70S7 


I.  You  will  receive  the  QPB  Reviexv  fifteen  times  a 
year— about  every  3' 2  weeks.  This  informative  cata- 
log describes  the  Main  Selection  plus  approximately 
one  hundred  Alternates.  On  any  Main  Selection  you 
decide  to  take,  for  which  there  is  an  established  pub- 
lisher's list  price,  you  will  receive  a  discount  of  20% 
of  such  list  price. 


HOW  MEMBERSHIP  WORKS 

a  with  the  Revie\\ 


.  Free  books.  For  every  book 

irn  at  least  one  Bonus  Point 
3u  accumulate  entitle. you  to 
I'ou  pay  only  shipping  charge 


0-3 2    I 
D\  the  date  specified.  I 

ir  set  you  buy  (exclu- 
•  choices    for   SI)   vou  I 
md  the  Bonus  Points  | 
free  books  and  sets.  . 


2.  If, 


be  shipped  to  you 
more  of  the  Al 
cate  your  decis 


he  Main  Selection,  do  nothing.  It  will  4.  Return  privilege.   If  - 

tically    If  you  want  one  or  mail  and  therefore  you  n 

F  no  book  at  all  —just  indi-  out  having  had  ten  day 

the  reply  form  always  enclosed  want  it,  you  may  return 


)ur  Review  is  delayed  in  the 
reive  the  Main  Selection  with- 
to  notify  us  if  you  did  not 
hat  Selection  at  our  expense. 


MIWB  Leather 
Sports  Mocs 

$1795 


Excellent  for  boating,  camping,  casual 
wear.  True  hand-sewn  moccasin  con- 
struction in  brown  ell(-tanned  cowhide 
with  deep-cut  squeegee  tread  for  superior 
traction  on  wet  surfaces.  Men's  in  D 
width  whole  and  half  sizes  7-12  and 
whole  size  13.  Women's  in  B  width  whole 
and  half  sizes  5-10. 

Order  Today!   Money   Back   Guarantee!  n 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 


(Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 


Please  RUSH  my  Leather  Sports  Mocs. 

0  3100  Men's,  $17.95  ppd.         Size 

n  3101  Women's,  $16.95  ppd.    Size 

Name 

Address 

City 

State- 


-Zip- 


n  Send  me  FREE  your  color  catalog  of  over 
1200  unique  outdoor  products. 


J&^ce^iQ/^S<iuu,aAy' 


Dept.  LHS,  Third  &  Virginia,  Seattle,  WA  98124 


deli 


wmf'  V^lfc**. 


Webster's 

New 
Collegiate 
Dictionary 

Its  where 
the  words  live. 

MERRIAM-WEBSTER 


^-J^^s 


.  -rw 


While  honeymooning  on  Saint 
John,  U.S.  Virgin  Islands,  Bruce  E. 
Coblentz  noted  the  effects  goats  were 
having  on  the  native  vegetation.  He 
became  more  interested  in  these  ru- 
minants when  he  learned  that  there 
was  an  almost  complete  lack  of  scien- 
tific information  on  feral  goats,  de- 
spite their  being  a  dominant  ecologi- 


cal force.  An  assistant  professor  of 
wildlife  ecology  at  Oregon  State  Uni- 
versity, Coblentz  began  his  study  of 
feral  goats  and  their  impact  on  plant 
life  on  Santa  Catalina  Island,  Califor- 
nia, in  1971.  He  is  continuing  with 
this  work  and  has  plans  to  research 
the  distribution,  density,  and  produc- 
tivity of  wild  pigs  on  the  island. 


Temporarily  abandoning  her  scien- 
tific objectivity,  Patricia  W. 
Spencer  admits  to  "loving"  the  an- 
nual return  of  colorful  fruits  and  flow- 
ers to  her  garden.  Her  research  into 
plant  coloration  grew  out  of  her  en- 
thusiasm and  curiosity  over  the  abil- 
ity of  a  handful  of  pigments  to  pro- 
duce such  a  variety  of  colors  in  the 
plant  world.  A  plant  physiologist  in 


the  Department  of  Horticulture  at  the 
University  of  Illinois.  She  is  re- 
searching biochemical  aspects  of 
apple  tree  nutrition,  with  particular 
emphasis  on  nitrogen  transport  mech- 
anisms. In  addition,  Spencer  and  her 
husband,  an  electrical  engineer,  have 
formed  a  corporation  to  develop  clini- 
cal and  research  instruments  employ- 
ing fluorescence  techniques. 


Two  kinds  of  luxury. 

From  the  international-sized  Seville  ^->'' ^^  ^' t-^i*   lliA^lfit..  sine,  only  U.S.-built  production  car 

to  the  family-sized  Sedan  deVille,  Cadillac  models-including  Eldorado,  designed  and  built  as  a  limousine. 

Cadillac  offers  the  luxury  of  choice.  with  the  only  convertible  built  in  Whatever  you  want  in  a   luxury 

You  can  select  from   ten   basic  America.  And  the  Cadillac  Limou-  car,  Cadillac  has  it. 


Cadillac  ^ 


Only  with 
WSX7a 


Left'  ihs  SX-70  lets  you  take  real  close-ups  without  a  special  lens.  Right,  the  closest  most 
other  canteras  will  let  you  get. 


The  deluxe  SX-70 
Land  camera  does  things 
no  other  camera  can  do. 

You  can  focus  from  infin- 
ity to  10.4!'  That's  closer 
than  you  can  get  with  almost 
any  other  camera  in  the 
world  without  a  special  lens. 


An  arrangement  of 
mirrors  inside  gives  you 
through-the-lens  viewing, 
so  you  can  focus  and  frame 
your  picture  precisely  and 
know  that's  what  you'll  get. 

Press  a  button.  A  12,000 
rpm  motor  propels  the 


already  developing  picture 
into  your  hand,  hard  and 
dr}'.  There's  nothing  to  peel 
or  throw  away.  In  minutes, 
you  have  a  big.  beautiful 
31  s"  x3i  s"  color  print. 

In  daylight,  an  electric 
eye  automatically  reads 
the  light  and  sets  the 
aperture  and  electronic 
shutter  speed  for  you. 
When  you  take  flash 
pictures,  if  you're  slightly 
out  of  focus  the  sophisti- 
cated electronic  system  of 
the  SX-70  will  correct  your 
error,  so  you  won't  get 
washed-out  or  too-dark 
pictures. 

The  finest  camera 
Polaroid  makes,  the  deluxe 
SX-70  has  a  velvety  chrome 
finish  and  a  genuine  leather 
wrap.  It  folds  into  a  flat 
elegant  shape,  to  fit  into  a 
pocket  or  purse. 

Only  the  SX-70. 


When  you  look  through  the  viewfinder,  a  system  of  muioi  s  k  ts  \oii  look  light  through  the 
lens,  so  you  can  focus  and  frame  your  picture  pi  eciseh 


Polaroid 


National  4-H  Forestry  Award  wiriners,  frorit  to  rear:        »-" 
Jeffrey  Little,  Jvhn  Pfleiderer,  Melinda  Hodden,  Craig  ^» 
Jerabek,  Steve  Welphes,  arid  David  Doherty,  Jr.  ]     fe- 


■'--■    C ...     .  js' 


•  m 


^m> 


^     ^ 


.*,\^ 


l-^j,^- 


Hoiv  six  4-H  members 

became  the  proud  parents  of 

over  60,000  baby  trees 


In  the  year  2000,  Americans 
will  use  about  twice  as  much 
paper  and  wood  products  as 
they  use  today.  And  the  U.S. 
Forest  Service  predicts  that 
America's  commercial  timber- 
lands  won't  be  able  to  keep  up 
with  the  demand. 

Our  hope  lies  to  a  great 
extent  in  concerned  i/ouu^^ 
people  —  like  these  six  teen- 
agers who  won  the  National 
4-H  Forestry  Award  and 
scholarship.  These  young 
people  show  just  what  can  be 
accomplished.  And  that's  why 
we're  sponsoring  the  awards: 
to  encourage  people  to  start 
young  —  thinking  about  the 
future  of  America's  forests  and 
doing  something  about  it. 

Enough  trees  to  keep 
a  city  going 

Together,  Craig  Jerabek, 
David  Doherty,  and  Jeffrey 
Little  planted  over  57,000  of 
the  60,000  seedlings  —  enough 
to  keep  a  city  of  16,000  people 
supplied  in  paper  for  an  entire 
year  when  the  trees  are  grown. 

Melinda  Hadden's  spe- 
cialty is  Christmas  trees  — she's 
planted  1,200  of  them.  She's 
also  planted  about  300  trees  for 
homeowners  whose  trees 
were  destroyed  by  a  violent 
windstorm. 


John  Pfleiderer  has  re- 
searched and  fought  Dutch  elm 
disease  — a  killer  which  wiped 
out  many  of  Greeley,  Colorado's 
most  beautiful  trees.  (John 
also  taught  himself  grafting  — 
and  created  new  forms 
of  trees.) 

But  there's  more  to  a 
forest  than  just  trees.  Healths' 
forests  are  a  complete  eco- 
system. That's  why  Steve 
Welches  has  planted  over  1,200 
shrubs  for  animal  cover.  And 
why  David  Doherty  has  built 
dens  and  brush  piles  for  rabbits 
and  small  game  birds.  (And 
succeeded  in  bringing  them 
back  to  land  that  was  once 
ravaged  by  Hurricane  Camille.) 

Fortunately,  these  six 
teen-agers  aren't  alone  in  their 
commitment.  There  are  100,000 
more  4-H  members  also  work- 
ing in  forestry. 

And  forest  companies  pull- 
ing on  the  same  team. 

International  Paper  shares 
the  burden 

We've  developed  a  Super- 
tree  —  a  southern  pine  that 
grows  taller,  straighter,  healthier, 
and  faster  than  ordinary  pines. 

We're  experimenting 
with  a  new  machine  that  can 
harvest  an  entire  tree  —  taproots 
and  all.  We're  moving  ahead 


on  projects  like  fertilization 
techniques.  Tree  farm  pro- 
grams. Forest  research. 

We'll  show  a  private  land- 
owner how  to  prepare  a  site, 
plant,  protect,  thin,  and  harvest 
—  at  no  charge.  (In  some 
cases,  iloubliii;^  his  yield.)  For 
this  help,  IP  gets  the  right  to 
bu\'  a  landowner's  timber  at 
competitive  prices. 

More  to  be  done 

Will  all  this  be  enough  to 
keep  the  world's  fiber  supply 
going  strong?  It'll  help.  But 
more  must  be  done. 

At  International  Paper, 
we  believe  forest  products 
companies,  private  landowners 
and  government  should  work 
together  to  develop  more 
constructive  policies  for  man- 
aging America's  forests.  The 
wrong  policies  can  make 
tree  farming  impossible  and 
force  the  sale  of  forest  land  for 
other  purposes.  The  right 
policies  can  assure  continuation 
of  America's  forests  —  a  renew- 
able natural  resource. 

If  you'd  like  more  informa- 
tion about  what  has  to  be  done 
to  assure  the  world's  fiber  sup- 
ply, please  write  to  Dept.  159- A, 
International  Paper  Company, 
220  East  42nd  Street,  New  York, 
New  York  10017. 


® 


INTERNATIONAL    PAPER    COMPANY 


220  EAST  a2ND  STREET 


Environmental  Action:  A  Passing  Fad? 


by  Joseph  L.  Sax 


Michigan  enacted  a  model  law 
to  defend  the  environment .  .  . 
but  that  was  before  the 
energy  crisis  and  the  recession 

Six  years  ago,  at  the  height  of  pub- 
lic enthusiasm  for  environmental  pro- 
tection, the  State  of  Michigan  under- 
took an  experiment  in  public  partici- 
pation that  some  of  the  area's  indus- 
trial and  political  factions  greeted 
with  alarm.  The  cause  of  their  con- 
cern was  the  enactment  on  July  27, 
1 970,  of  the  Michigan  Environmental 
Protection  Act  (MEPA).  Stated  sim- 
ply, the  statute  declared  that  "pollu- 
tion, impairment,  or  destruction"  of 
the  state's  resources  was  illegal. 

MEPA  was  unusual  in  several  re- 
spects. Not  only  did  its  passage  imply 
a  right  to  environmental  quality,  it 
also  took  the  traditional  monopoly  of 
law  enforcement  out  of  the  hands  of 
public  officials.  The  new  law  em- 
powered any  citizen  to  institute  a  law- 
suit claiming  violation  of  the  statute; 
further,  such  suit  could  be  brought 
against  any  private  or  public  entity — 
a  utility  company,  the  highway 
department,  a  shopping  center  devel- 
oper, the  governor,  or  even  the  state 
itself. 

If  the  plaintiffs  could  prove  their 
case  in  court — that  environmental 
impairment  or  destruction  had  oc- 
curred or  was  likely  to  occur — they 
were  entitled  to  a  court  order  prohibit- 
ing the  defendant  from  continuing  the 
detrimental  actions.  MEPA  was  una- 


bashedly designed  to  cut  environ- 
mental despoilers  down  to  size. 

From  the  retrospective  view  of  six 
years,  it  is  plain  that  neither  the  worst 
fears  of  MEPA's  critics  nor  the  rosi- 
est expectations  of  its  proponents 
have  been  realized.  The  law's  opera- 
tion has,  however,  provided  some 
rare  insights  into  the  complexities  of 
citizen  participation  statutes. 

One  of  the  fundamentals  of  MEPA 
was  that  it  provided  not  a  single 
penny  from  the  public  treasury  to  fi- 
nance litigation.  Nor,  as  it  happened, 
did  Michigan  become  a  recipient  of 
the  largess  of  big  private  foundations 
during  the  days  when  they  were  so 
generously  financing  public  interest 
law  firms.  The  lack  of  funding  went 
hand  in  hand  with  the  lack  of  young, 
idealistic  lawyers  who  usually  fre- 
quent such  firms.  They  were  attracted 
to  Washington,  San  Francisco,  and 
Denver,  leaving  Grand  Rapids  to 
shift  for  itself.  As  a  result,  no  cadre 
of  enthusiasts  existed  to  institute  test 
cases  when  the  new  statute  became 
effective. 

More  surprisingly,  the  established 
environmental  organizations  in  the 
state  did  not  have  an  agenda  of 
planned  envirormiental  litigation.  A 
few  weeks  after  Gov.  William  G. 
Milliken  signed  the  law,  all  the  or- 
ganizations that  had  worked  for 
MEPA's  enactment  met  and  agreed 
that  for  the  good  of  the  environmental 
movement,  and  to  safeguard  its  legis- 
lative victory,  care  should  be  given  to 
the  selection  of  the  first  test  cases  to 


be  brought  under  the  statute.  The 
floor  was  opened  for  discussion  of 
each  group's  plans  for  the  litigation 
it  sought  to  initiate.  Not  a  single 
group  had  even  the  germ  of  a  plan. 

Local  property  owners'  associa- 
tions brought  fully  half  the  early 
suits,  which  focused  on  pollution 
caused  by  burgeoning  second  home 
and  condominium  developments 
around  Michigan's  lakes.  Several 
other  suits  were  begun  by  local  resi- 
dents to  force  a  town  to  modernize  or 
enlarge  its  sewage  treatment  plant. 
One  or  two  cases  were  nothing  more 
than  traditional  nuisance-type  suits 
dressed  in  new  environmental  cloth- 
ing: a  rural  resident,  for  example, 
sued  a  neighboring  pig  farmer  for 
failing  to  keep  odors  down  to  a  tolera- 
ble level. 

Although  somewhat  inconsequen- 
tial, these  early  cases  proved  that  the 
courts  would  receive  MEPA  cases 
seriously  and  that  they  would  not 
throw  up  technical  and  procedural 
roadblocks.  This  knowledge  initiated 
a  new  kind  of  case ,  and  the  full  possi- 
bilities of  MEPA  began  to  reveal 
themselves  for  the  first  time.  By  the 
summer  of  1971,  the  MEPA  docket 
began  to  harbor  a  series  of  issues  that 
had  rarely,  if  ever,  been  heard  in 
Michigan  courthouses. 

In  one  action.  Trout  Unlimited,  a 
sport-fishing  organization,  called  on 
Governor  Milliken  to  prevent  the 
drainage  of  a  lake  into  the  Au  Sable 
River,  one  of  Michigan's  most  cele- 
brated trout  streams.  The  controversy 


It  Takes  More  Than  Magic 
To  Eliminate  Pollution... 


It  takes  more  than  technology,  too.  It  takes 
money— a  great  deal  of  it— to  control  air 
and  water  pollution,  make  it  safer  for 
employees  to  do  their  jobs,  improve  the 
quality  and  safety  of  products  and,  at  the 
sametime,  conserve  our  nation's  energy. 

Since  1 970,  we  at  Allied  Chemical  have 
spent  $125  million  on  environmental 
hardware  alone.  Nearly  500  Allied  Chemical 
employees  now  work  to  upgrade  safety, 
health  and  environmental  conditions  at  our 
150  plant  locations.  Over  the  next  three 
years  we  will  commit  about  $140  million, 
12  percent  of  our  capital  spending,  to 
environmental  betterment.  It's  a  big  job 
and  much  remains  to  be  accomplished. 
But  our  purpose  and  policy  are  to  do  the 
right  thing.  We  are  not  alone  in  this.  A 
survey  of  130  chemical  companies 
shows  they  will  spend  $2.4  billion  between 
1 975  and  1 977  to  protect  our  country's 
environment. 

Where  do  we  and  other  companies  get  the 
money  to  pay  for  this  work?  We  rely  on 
profits.  With  adequate  profits  we  can 
finance  our  environmental  improvement 
projects.  We  can  expand  our  businesses 
and  create  more  jobs.  We  can  pay  a  fair 


dividend  to  stockholders.  And  we  can  pay 
millions  in  taxes  that  help  support  all 
kinds  of  governmental  programs.  Without 
adequate  profits,  we  can  do  none  of  these 
things. 

In  a  period  when  profits  are  more 
necessary  than  ever,  they  are  far  from 
adequate.  A  recent  survey  showed 
Americans  think  the  average  manufacturing 
corporation  makes  more  than  30  cents 
profit  on  every  sales  dollar.  In  fact,  the 
average  in  1974  was  about  5  cents. 

Business  can  and  will  do  the  environmental 
job  expected  of  it.  But  it's  going  to  take 
more  profits— not  magic— to  do  the  job. 


<? 


Allied.    . 
Chemical 

Where  Profits  Are  For  People 


If  you'd  like  to  learn  more  about  Allied  Chemical  and  how 
we're  putting  profits  to  work,  please  write  to  P.O.  Box  2245R, 
Morristown,  New  Jersey  07960. 

©  1976  Allied  Chemical  Corporation 


arose  when  a  heavy  winter  snowfall 
raised  the  waters  of  cottage-lined  Ot- 
sego Lake  to  record  levels,  threat- 
ening the  homes  with  flooding.  Ap- 
proval had  already  been  given  to  an 
ill-conceived  plan  to  channel  water 
from  the  lake  into  the  Au  Sable  at  a 
rate  that  threatened  the  river's  qual- 
ity. Trout  Unlimited  had  come  up 
with  a  technically  sound  and  more 
moderate  plan  to  relieve  pressure  on 
the  lake,  but  it  could  not  be  heard  for 
the  din  made  by  the  cottage  owners. 
Working  under  the  pressure  of  an  im- 
minent court  hearing  on  an  injunc- 
tion, however,  the  parties  did  some 
hard  negotiating.  A  compromise  plan 
was  developed,  accepted  by  all,  and 
signed  by  the  judge  as  a  formal  court 
order. 

The  Trout  Unlimited  case  con- 
veyed a  message  that  was  well  under- 
stood: MEPA  not  only  gave  environ- 
mental groups  a  forum,  it  also  gave 
them  a  power  position,  for  if  they 
could  persuade  a  judge  that  there  was 
merit  in  their  case,  they  would  be  en- 
titled to  an  enforceable  court  order. 
When  the  significance  of  this  began 
to  be  widely  understood,  the  statute 
took  off.  Groups  that  had  for  years 
had  their  pleas  ignored  by  decision 
makers  now  had  a  means  of  making 
sure  they  were  heard. 

Soon,  the  law  was  invoked  to  stir 
public  regulatory  agencies  out  of  their 
periodic  episodes  of  somnolence. 
Michigan's  Air  Pollution  Control 
Commission,  like  those  of  a  number 
of  other  states,  operated  on  the  theory 
that  it  is  better  to  negotiate  patiently 
with  polluters  than  to  use  the  coercive 
means  at  its  command.  This  attitude 
was  a  gift  to  recalcitrant  industries. 
As  one  example,  a  Grand  Rapids 
foundry  had  failed  to  comply  with  the 
Air  Pollution  Control  Commission's 
regulations  for  four  years.  Tradition- 
ally, nothing  could  be  done  about 
such  a  situation  if  the  commission  did 
not  undertake  formal  enforcement 
proceedings.  Then  a  Grand  Rapids 
environmental  group  took  the  Air 
Pollution  Control  Conunission  to 
court  in  a  MEPA  suit.  The  filing  of 
the  case  resulted  in  the  installation  of 
the  required  pollution  control  equip- 
ment. 

While  the  foundry  case  set  no  im- 
portant legal  precedent,  it  did  create 
a  precedent  of  another  kind.  For  the 
first  time,  state  regulatory  agencies 
discovered  that  citizen  groups  dissat- 
isfied with  the  way  the  law  was  han- 
dled could  haul  agency  oflScials  into 
court  to  explain  their  enforcement 


programs.  The  over-all  result  was 
that  agencies  began  to  reexamine 
their  regulatory  duties. 

Cases  challenging  regulatory  en- 
forcement produced  another  interest- 
ing side  effect.  Because  no  outside 
funds  subsidized  MEPA  cases,  most 
citizen  groups  found  their  ability  to 
use  the  law  limited.  However,  the 
statute  explicitly  permitted  the  attor- 
ney general  or  any  other  public  offi- 
cial (such  as  a  county  prosecutor)  to 
begin  a  suit.  Local  groups  found  that 
these  officials  welcomed  requests  to 
bring  suit  themselves  or  to  join  with 
citizen  groups. 

Unpopular  local  pollution  pro- 
vided an  attractive  opportunity  for 
elected  law  enforcement  officials  and 
a  new  and  strongly  worded  statute 
gave  them  a  solid  legal  basis  for  ac- 
tion. Also,  local  groups  often  made 
it  clear  that  if  an  official  did  not  act, 
the  citizens  might  be  forced  to  do  his 
job  for  him,  a  potential  embarrass- 
ment. A  number  of  cases  ensued  in 
which  the  state  attorney  general  and 
county  prosecutors  were  plaintiffs. 

Until  1973  all  the  cases  had  dealt 
with  companies  failing  to  comply 
with  established  pollution  control 
regulations.  But  then  the  attorney 
general,  Frank  J.  Kelly,  took  a  new 
direction.  He  decided  it  was  time  to 
try  a  case  that  claimed  the  existing 
regulations  had  to  be  strengthened  be- 
cause they  were  not  adequate  to  do 
the  job. 

The  test  case  involved  a  blunder  by 
the  Air  Pollution  Control  Commis- 
sion. The  commission  had  ordered  a 
large  enterprise.  National  Gypsum 
Company,  to  install  new  air  pollution 
equipment.  The  order,  however,  was 
not  sufficiently  strong,  and  initiation 
of  new  proceedings  leading  to  an 
amended  order  would  have  been 
complex  and  time  consuming.  The 
commission  referred  the  case  to  the 
attorney  general. 

As  the  air  pollution  law  stood  prior 
to  the  passage  of  MEPA,  nothing 
could  be  done  because  National  Gyp- 
sum had  not  violated  the  order  enforc- 
ing the  law.  But  under  MEPA  the  at- 
torney general  could,  and  did,  go  to 
court  claiming  that  the  commission's 
order  was  too  weak  and  that  the  stipu- 
lations of  MEPA  required  that  it  be 
strengthened.  After  some  preliminary 
discussions,  the  commission.  Na- 
tional Gypsum,  and  the  attorney  gen- 
eral renegotiated  a  substantially 
stronger  compliance  order,  which  set 
a  stricter  and  shorter  timetable  for 
cleanup.  The  settlement  was  unani- 


mously approved  by  the  commission 
and  was  then  made  a  binding  court 
order. 

The  National  Gypsum  case  stands 
for  more  than  an  upgrading  of  exist- 
ing regulations.  It  shows  the  possi- 
bility of  having  a  workable  system  in 
which  regulatory  decision  making  is 
subject  to  vigorous  challenge  and  ex- 
tensive judicial  scrutiny.  This  is  a 
dramatic  and  significant  change  in  a 
governmental  system  such  as  ours, 
where  enormous  deference  has  tradi- 
tionally been  given  to  the  judgments 
of  experts  (such  as  an  air  pollution 
commission). 

Other  cases  moved  beyond  pollu- 
tion to  the  frontiers  of  environmental 
law,  for  MEPA  is  phrased  very 
broadly — covering  not  only  air  and 
water  but  the  entirety  of  "natural  re- 
sources and  the  public  trust  therein. " 
Innovative  cases  included  a  suit  as- 
serting that  lakefront  land,  acquired 
years  previously  by  the  highway 
department  but  never  used,  had  in  ef- 
fect been  dedicated  to  public  recrea- 
tional use  and  had  thus  become  a  part 
of  the  public  trust.  It  could  not,  the 
plaintiffs  claimed,  simply  be  declared 
surplus  land  by  the  highway  depart- 
ment and  sold  to  a  nearby  motel  for 
a  parking  lot.  The  court  found  the  as- 
sertion of  a  public  trust  to  be  appro- 
priate but  said  that,  factually,  there 
had  not  been  sufficient  public  use  over 
the  years  to  support  the  claim  of  dedi- 
cation to  public  recreational  use. 

During  its  first  five  years  there  was 
hardly  a  subject  within  the  broad 
bounds  of  environmental  law  that  did 
not  generate  a  MEPA  case:  there 
were  controversies  over  Indian  fish- 
ing rights,  deer  hunting,  land  drain- 
age, iron  mining,  a  nuclear  power 
plant,  burial  of  contaminated  cattle — 
even  the  construction  of  a  county  jail. 
Its  very  breadth  predictably  led  to  the 
challenge  that  MEPA  was  too  broad 
to  provide  adequate  standards  to  the 
courts.  But  in  a  unanimous  opinion, 
the  Michigan  Supreme  Court  deci- 
sively rejected  any  such  claim.  By  the 
time  this  mandate  of  support  was  is- 
sued in  January  1975,  MEPA  had  al- 
ready become  a  major  fixture  in  the 
state's  system  of  environmental  deci- 
sion making. 

Cases  were  not  very  numerous 
(about  twenty-five  per  year),  but  in  a 
few  areas  the  law  had  indisputably 
made  a  mark.  Regulatory  agencies 
such  as  the  Air  Pollution  Control 
Commission  operated  consciously  in 
the  shadow  of  a  potential  legal  chal- 
lenge as  they  negotiated  with  pollut- 


The  5-cylinder  Mercedes-Benz  300D* 

Another  engineering  milestone  that  has 

quietly  inspired  a  change 

in  traditional  automotive  design. 


The  Mercedes-Benz  300D  has 
quietly  changed  the  rules  of 
the  automobile  game.  This  5-cyl- 
inder  Diesel  automobile  offers  a 
unique  combination  of  perform- 
ance, luxury,  economy  and  quality. 
It  is  the  most  powerful,  the  most 
complete  and  the  swiftest  Diesel 
passenger  car  ever  sold.  Since 
Mercedes-Benz  introduced  the  first 
production  Diesel  passenger  car  40 
years  ago,  that  is  only  fitting. 

No  tune-ups— ever 

Consider  the  benefits  of  this 
Mercedes-Benz.  The  300D  uses 
economical  Diesel  fuel.  Country- 
wide, every  gallon  averages  ^<t'li 
less  than  regular  gasoline. 

Diesel  fijel  also  has  more  en- 
ergy per  gallon  than  gasoline,  so 
every  gallon  not  only  costs  you  less, 
it  takes  you  farther.  And,  Diesel 
fuel  is  plentifijl.  Thousands  and 
thousands  of  stations  sell 
it  ail  across  America. 


T/ie  5-c7lmJcT  300  Dicsc/  achieved  EPA 

mileage  euimates  of  28  m/)g  (highway) 

and  22  mpg  icily).  While  your  mileage" 

depends  on  how  and  where  you  drive  arul 

your  car's  condition,  compare  these 

estimates  to  any  full-sized  sedan. 

Another  plus:  With  the  300D 
you  can  forget  about  that  expen- 
sive automotive  custom  known  as 
the  conventional  tune-up.  Because 
it  has  no  spark  plugs,  points,  dis- 
tributor, condenser  or  carburetor, 
the  Mercedes-Benz  300D  never, 
ever,  needs  one. 

One  more  thing.  While  the 
300D  is  not  as  big,  not  as  heavy 
and  not  as  thirsty  as  most  full-sized 
sedans,    this    5-passenger   automo- 


bile is  every  bit  as  practical  and 
comfortable.  After  all,  it  is  a 
Mercedes-Benz. 

The  forerunner's  reward 

Over  the  past  five  years  Mercedes- 
Benz  automobiles  have  held  their 
value  better  than  any  other  make 
of  luxury  car  sold  in  America.  It 
stands  to  reason  that  the  300D  will 
be  no  exception.  After  all,  since 
this  automotive  forerunner  is  years 
ahead  today,  it  is  bound  to  be  a 
sound  asset  while  the  others  are 
trying  to  catch  up  tomorrow. 

The  incomparable  Mercedes- 
Benz  300D  sedan.  An  engineering 
milestone  which  has 
quietly  advanced  passen-/ 
get  car  design  a  giant  step. 

Mercedes-Benz 

Engineered  like  no  other  car 
in  the  world. 

©Mercedei^Benz  1976 


What  the  passenger  car  should  be  coming  to:  The  incomparable  Mercedes-Ben^  300D. 


You  Can  Now  Acquire  a  Private  Library  of  Distinction 

THE  GREATEST  BOOKS 
EVER  WRITTEN 

Beautifully  Illustrated  »  Bound  in  Genuine  Leather  *  Decorated  With  Real  Gold 


The  World's  Greatest  Books 

It  isn't  difficult  to  list  the  world's 
greatest  books.  Their  titles  spring  in- 
stantly to  everyone's  mind,  because  a 
book  becomes  great  only  when  it  is 
recognized  as  being  great  —  genera- 
tion after  generation. 

Melville's  "Moby  Dick",  Dickens'  "A 
Tale  of  Two  Cities",  Chaucer's  "Can- 
terbury Tales",  Plato's  "Republic", 
Thackeray's  "Vanity  Fair",  Fielding's 
"Tom  Jones",  Hawthorne's  "Scarlet 
Letter",  Bronte's  "Wuthering  Heights", 
Homer's  "Iliad",  Swift's  "Gulliver's 
Travels",  Dante's  "Divine  Comedy", 
Milton's  "Paradise  Lost",  Mark 
Twain's  "Huckleberry  Finn"  and  Dos- 
toevsky's  "Crime  and  Punishment." 

Books  like  these  are  the  books  of 
lasting  value  that  each  family  wants  on 


its  bookshelves.  It  is  these  books  that 
you  can  now  acquire  from  The  Easton 
Press. 

As  Beautiful  As  They  Are 
Meaningful 

The  pride  that  one  feels  in  acquiring 
this  edition  of  the  world's  greatest 
books  comes  not  only  from  the  power 
and  significance  of  each  literary  mas- 
terpiece. It  comes  also  from  the  sheer 
beauty  of  each  book.  Every  volume  in 
this  private  library  will  exemplify  the 
ultimate  in  the  art  of  printing,  illustrat- 
ing and  binding. 

Genuine  Leather  Bindings 

Today,  the  cost  of  genuine  leather 
bound  books  and  the  time  required  to 
create  them  has  made  the  crafting  of 
such  bindings  a  vanishing  art. 


But  each  book  in  this  collection  will 
be  bound  in  genuine  leather!  As  with 
every  detail  of  these  books,  luxury  in 
binding  will  be  the  rule  rather  than  the 
exception. 

Unique  Cover  Designs  of 
Real  Gold 

To  further  enhance  the  beauty  of 
your  books,  each  binding  will  be  dec- 
orated with  real  gold.  Each  cover  de- 
sign, which  will  be  uniquely  different 
for  each  volume,  will  be  deeply  inlaid 
with  this  precious  metal.  The  back 
cover  and  the  spine  of  each  book  will 
be  similarly  decorated. 

Gilt-Edged  Pages 

Complementing  the  gold  of  the 
leather  cover's  design  is  the  gilt  edg- 
ing of  every  side  of  every  page. 


Beautifully  Illustrated  Books 

Each  volume  of  "The  Greatest 
Books  Ever  Written"  will  be  beauti- 
fully illustrated.  In  most  cases,  spe- 
cially commissioned  art  from  noted 
illustrators  will  be  created  to  impres- 
sively complement  the  specific  book. 
In  others,  illustrations  from  the  pe- 
riod of  the  literary  masterpiece  will 
be  used  to  give  the  individual  book  an 
incomparable  distinctiveness. 

Whether  it  be  finely  detailed  black 
and  white  etchings  or  dramatic  full 
color  paintings,  the  illustrations  used 
in  each  book  will  be  carefully  selected 
to  match  the  mood  and  meaning  of  the 
author's  work. 

Elegant  In  Every  Way 

As  final  touches  of  elegance,  each 
book  will  have  beautiful  endsheets  of 
the  highest  quality,  contain  a  bound-in 
ribbon  page  marker  and  be  bound 
with  a  "hubbed"  spine  that  is  used  in 
only  the  finest  books. 

The  result  of  all  of  this  careful  at- 


it  has  become  increasingly  important 
to  establish  in  each  family  something 
of  true  heirloom  quality.  There  is  no 
finer  example  of  such  a  family  treas- 
ure than  this  edition  of  the  world's 
greatest  books. 

A  Truly  Personal  Library 

To  beautifully  identify  each  book  as 
part  of  your  own  private  collection,  a 
unique  personalized  nameplate  will  ac- 
company every  volume. 

This  plate  is  our  certification,  as  the 
publisher  of  this  edition,  that  each  vol- 
ume was  issued  expressly  in  your 
name. 

The  Acquisition  Plan 

The  Easton  Press  edition  of  "The 
Greatest  Books  Ever  Written"  will  be 
made  available  only  by  advance  sub- 
scription. The  books  will  not  be  avail- 
able in  bookstores,  nor  will  they  be 
offered   through   rare   hook   dealers. 


They  will  be  made  available  only  to 
those  who  take  advantage  of  the  op- 
portunity you  now  have  before  you. 

Comparable  books  bound  in  genu- 
ine leather  sell  for  as  much  as  S50  to 
S75  per  volume.  However,  you  will  be 
pleased  to  learn  the  first  year's  vol- 
umes in  this  collection  will  be  priced 
at  only  $28.50.  Future  volumes  will  be 
similarly  priced  subject  only  to  minor 
periodic  adjustment  to  reflect  varying 
material  costs. 

If  you  desire,  you  may  return  any 
volume  within  30  days  for  a  full  re- 
fund of  your  purchase  price.  More- 
over, you  need  purchase  volumes  only 
as  long  as  you  choose  to  do  so;  you 
may  cancel  your  subscription  at  any 
time. 


R.S.V.P. 

To  accept  this  invitation,  you  need 
only  complete  the  Subscription  Reser- 
vation below  and  return  it  to  us  with 
your  payment  for  the  first  volume. 
This  simple  step  is  all  that  is  necessary 
for  you  to  begin  building  a  private 
library  of  your  own  that  is  sure  to  be 
envied  by  all  who  see  it,  and  treasured 
by  all  who  use  it. 


tention  to  luxury  and  elegance  is  a 
collection  of  books  that  brings  back 
memories  of  the  great  private  libraries 
of  the  most  discriminating  families  in 
days  gone  by. 

Distinctly  Different  Volumes 

Distinctiveness  is  the  watchword 
of  this  private  library.  No  two  vol- 
umes are  the  same.  The  leather  bind- 
ings will  be  of  many  colors  and  grains. 
The  styles  of  type  and  illustration  will 
vary.  The  design  on  each  volume's 
cover  will  be  different.  Even  the  sizes 
of  the  books  will  vary. 

A  Most  Important  Family 
Heirloom 

To  acquire  this  edition  of  "The 
Greatest  Books  Ever  Written"  is  to 
establish  a  family  treasure  that  will  be 
enjoyed  now  and  passed  on  from  gen- 
eration to  generation. 

In  today's  world  of  impermanence. 


SUBSCRIPTION  RESERVATION 


The  Easton  Press 
Westport,  Conn.  06880 
Please  send  me  the  first  volume  of  "The  Greatest  Books  Ever  Written"  and 
reserve  a  subscription  in  my  name.  Further  volumes  will  be  sent  at  the  rate 
of  one  per  month.  I  may  return  any  volume  within  30  days  for  a  full  re- 
fund. Moreover,  I  may  cancel  my  subscription  at  any  time. 
n   Payment  for  the  first  volume  is  enclosed  at  $28.50 

(plus  $1.25  shipping  and  handling,  total  payment  $29.75) 

Conn,  residents  please  pay  $31.83  to  include  sales  tax. 

Charge  this  and  future  monthly  volumes  to: 
n  Master  Charge  D  BankAmericard 

Credit  Card  # Good  Thru 

Make  check  or  money  order  payable  to  The  Easton  Press 
Name 

Address 


City 


State 


Zip 


Print  your  name  in  the  space  above  exactly  as  you  would  like  it  to  be  shown 
on  your  personalized  nameplate  in  each  book.  A-  45 


ing  industries.  Recreational  homesite 
developers — defendants  in  a  number 
of  vigorously  fought  MEPA  cases — 
evidenced  wariness  in  seeking  to  sub- 
divide lakeshore  property.  Powerful 
bureaucracies,  such  as  the  county 
commission  responsible  for  draining 
wetlands  for  agricultural  develop- 
ment and  the  highway  department, 
were  the  subject  of  critical  supreme 
court  decisions. 

A  case  involving  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Natural  Resources  repre- 
sented the  final  recognition  of  citizen 
action  as  appropriate,  rather  than  ob- 
structive. The  department  was  sued 
under  MEPA  for  having  granted  a 
land  developer  a  permit  to  dam  a 
small,  but  prized,  fishing  stream.  The 
case  was  not  quietly  settled,  but  went 
to  a  full  judicial  trial ,  with  department 
officials — high  and  low — called  to 
the  witness  stand  to  defend  their  ac- 
tion. Shockwaves  went  through  a  bu- 
reaucracy that  had  never  before  had 
to  explain  how  it  justified  its  regula- 
tory actions.  The  case  was  particu- 
larly troubling  because  it  revealed  the 
real  reason  for  the  granting  of  the  per- 
mit. Department  oflicials  felt  that 
without  the  permit  the  developer 
would  nevertheless  seriously  damage 
the  stream  and  they  were  reluctant  to 
test  their  ability  to  prevent  such  an 
occurrence. 

Although  revelations  of  this  sort 
were  hardly  calculated  to  endear  the 
department  to  the  public,  its  director, 
Ralph  MacMullen,  never  succumbed 
to  the  temptation  to  blame  MEPA  for 
his  own  agency's  limitations.  Using 
the  opportunity  to  rebuff  MEPA  crit- 
ics, he  praised  MEPA  as  an  example 
of  environmental  legislation  that  al- 
lowed private  citizens  an  opportunity 
to  dissent  in  court. 

For  all  its  successes,  however, 
MEPA  had  never  been  used  in  any 
legal  challenge  to  the  state's  major 
powers — the  automobile,  agricul- 
tural, or  Upper  Peninsula  mining  in- 
dustries. This  was  not  surprising  for 
MEPA  was  a  grass  roots  law  that 
brought  no  money  or  big-time  talent 
with  it.  It  was  designed  for  local  citi- 
zen groups,  for  the  small-town  attor- 
ney, and  for  local  courts. 

The  economics  of  litigation  under 
the  statute  reveals  the  scale  of  its  use. 
About  85  percent  of  the  cases  were 
disposed  of  without  a  trial.  The  cost 
of  these  cases  averaged  $2,000,  but 
half  of  them  were  under  $1,000. 
While  settlement  of  controversies  at 
a  modest  cost  is  admirable ,  budgetary 


limitations  are  a  powerful  constraint 
on  many  plaintiffs,  and  some  cases 
were  settled  less  favorably  than  was 
desirable  because  the  money  ran  out. 

Almost  any  environmental  case  re- 
quires aid  from  scientists  or  techni- 
cians, most  of  whom  do  not  provide 
their  services  free  of  charge.  In  some 
of  the  cases,  plaintiffs  lacked  the 
basic  assistance  required  to  put  for- 
ward an  effective  environmental  chal- 
lenge. The  twenty  or  so  cases  that 
have  gone  to  full  trial — at  a  cost  of 
about  $10,000  each  for  scientific  aid 
fees,  lawyers,  and  expenses  such  as 
travel — have  been  plagued  by  eco- 
nomic problems,  and  except  where 
scientists  have  been  available  through 
public  agencies,  few  trials  have  been 
sophisticated. 

One  consequence  is  that  most  cases 
continue  to  focus  on  such  famUiar 
issues  as  subdivision  development, 
road  widening,  and  violations  of  ex- 
isting regulatory  standards;  another  is 
that  plaintiffs  are  reluctant  to  chal- 
lenge the  biggest  and  most  powerful 
interest  groups  in  the  state.  Whatever 
disadvantages  stemmed  from  forcing 
local  citizen  groups  to  foot  the  bill  for 
using  a  law,  there  was  at  least  one 
tactical  advantage.  Because  the  law 
did  not  pose  a  direct  threat  to  the 
state's  big  industries,  these  groups 
never  organized  to  undermine  the 
statute  during  its  formative  periods. 
For  almost  five  years,  MEPA  grew  at 
its  own  pace.  Well  over  100  cases 
were  initiated  with  the  establishment 
of  a  substantial  number  of  judicial 
precedents. 

But  MEPA's  honeymoon  could  not 
last  forever,  and  by  1975  the  time  was 
ripe  for  an  attack  on  the  statute  by  its 
opponents.  The  combination  of  fast- 
moving  inflation  and  high  unemploy- 
ment invited  a  probe  to  see  if  the  pub- 
lic continued  to  support  environ- 
mental legislation.  Many  people  in 
the  state  felt  that  the  environmental 
movement  as  a  political  force  was 
dead. 

The  test  came  with  a  lawsuit  that 
used  MEPA  and  involved  the  Upper 
Peninsula  city  of  Marquette.  The  case 
itself  was  small  stuff,  but  full  of  polit- 
ical dynamite.  The  Lake  Superior  and 
Ishpeming  Railroad  Company  sought 
a  permit  to  build  a  new  coal-unload- 
ing dock,  extending  into  Lake  Supe- 
rior near  a  part  of  Marquette  that  con- 
tained a  local  park  and  marina.  Some 
local  citizens  led  by  Julia  Tibbetts,  an 
outspoken  member  of  an  old  Mar- 
quette family,  wanted  to  prevent  what 


they  viewed  as  the  further  indus- 
trialization of  that  part  of  the  Lake 
Superior  shoreline. 

The  dock  was  to  be  used  to  feed  the 
local  power  plant,  which  was  being 
expanded  to  supply  energy  for  the  re- 
juvenated iron-mining  industry  led  by 
the  Cleveland  Cliffs  Iron  Company, 
a  major  stockholder  of  the  railroad 
company.  A  challenge  to  the  installa- 
tion of  the  coal  dock  was  seen  as  an 
attack  upon  the  mining  company. 

The  Upper  Peninsula  is  one  of  the 
tragic  places  of  the  United  States. 
Like  Appalachia,  but  not  so  well  pub- 
licized, it  was  stripped  of  its  riches — 
iron,  copper,  and  white  pine 
forests — by  aggressive  outsiders  and 
then  left  to  suffer  the  burdens  of  aban- 
donment. By  the  time  World  War  I 
ended,  the  halcyon  days  of  exploita- 
tion were  over,  and  long  decades  of 
hard  times,  chronic  unemployment, 
and  welfare  began.  The  environ- 
mental movement  never  exhibited 
much  life  in  Marquette,  and  when 
worldwide  economics  and  new  tech- 
nology began  to  make  the  reopening 
of  iron  mines  a  reality,  the  leadership 
in  the  Upper  Peninsula  encouraged 
unrestrained  development. 

In  Lansing,  the  state  capital,  legis- 
lators from  the  Upper  Peninsula  were 
able  to  obtain  exemptions  for  the  min- 
ing industry  from  virtually  every  state 
environmental  law.  The  water  pollu- 
tion statute,  for  example,  contains  a 
provision  that  baldly  states,  "This 
Act  shall  not  be  construed  as  applying 
to  copper  or  iron  mining  operations. ' ' 
An  almost  identical  provision  was  put 
into  the  soil  erosion  and  sedimenta- 
tion law,  and  there  are  exemptions  for 
the  mining  industry  in  each  of  the 
basic  water  use  and  river  manage- 
ment acts.  The  mining  industry  has 
even  been  authorized  to  invoke  the 
state's  power  of  eminent  domain  to 
acquire  from  private  owners  land  to 
be  used  by  mining  companies  as  ore 
tailings  disposal  sites. 

MEPA  was  the  key  piece  of  legis- 
lation from  which  the  mining  industry 
was  not  exempt,  and  with  some  nerv- 
ousness. Upper  Peninsula  legislators 
watched  the  unfolding  of  Julia  Tib- 
betts's  lawsuit.  In  April  1975,  the 
first  of  a  series  of  bills  designed  to 
weaken  MEPA  was  put  forward  in  the 
legislature.  While  the  Upper  Penin- 
sula holds  only  a  tiny  fraction  of  the 
state's  population,  it  has  a  dispro- 
portion of  legislators  with  the  greatest 
seniority.  The  two  principal  advo- 
(Continued  on  page  21) 


i6 


"We  hooked  into  a  marlin 
that  probably  went  about  250-lbs. 
He  was  magnificent.  To  tell  you 
the  truth,  I  was  kind  of  glad  s^yr    f- 

the  fish  got  awayr  UrT   JU 


Bob  and  Ellie  Cagnina 
on  the  Cagninas'  second  visit  to  Bermuda. 


"We  ended  up  catching  a  40-lb. 
wahoo.  It  gave  me  one  heck  of 
a  fight.  Absolutely  beautiful. 
A  real 


"Next  day,  we  visited  St.  David's 
lighthouse.  A  spectacular  view! 
White  roofs,  color  contrasts. 
Just  beautiful." 


Bermuda 

Unspoiled.  Unhurried.  Uncommon. 

See  your  travel  agent  or  write  Bermuda.  Dept.230: 
630  Fifth  Avenue,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10020  or  711  Statler  Office  BIdg.,  Boston,  Mass.  02116 


Jean-Paul  Loup  Proudly  Presents 

ORIGINAL  LITHOGRAPHS  OF  AMERICAS 


An  open  field  lying  fallow  beneath  a  vanishing  mantel  of 
snow  ...  a  solitary  mailbox  standing  at  the  edge  of  a 
.  lonely  country  road.  Such  simple,  even  humble  things 
speak  to  us  all  with  incomparable  eloquence  through  the  genius 
of  William  Nelson's  art. 

A  young  artist  who  sees  clearly  and  feels  deeply,  the  34- 
year-old  Nelson  has  painted  as  Homer  sang,  wandering  over 
the  country  wherever  nature  reveals  herself  to  him.  In  this  pair 
of  extraordinary  works,  he  takes  us  into  the  heart  of  mid- 
America,  back  to  the  land  with  a  dazzling  sense  of  time  and 
place  so  real  we  can  actually  feel  the  warming  sun  and  smell 
the  rich  earth. 

This  striking  quality  of  immediacy  and  vivid  detail  is  the 
hallmark  of  the  artist  who,  in  spite  of  his  youth  already  is 
ranked  as  one  of  the  nation's  top  living  realists. 

Admired  and  acclaimed  by  critics,  collectors  and  laymen. 
Nelson  has  achieved  a  popular  stature  unrivaled  in  American 
art  today.  He  is  a  traditionalist  with  the  universal  appeal  of  a 
truly  great  and  perceptive  artist  who  captures  and  illuminates 
realist  with  poetic  vision. 

His  works  have  a  permanent  place  in  museums  in  major 
cities  across  the  land  and  in  important  private  collections.  His 
recent  selection  as  the  exclusive  artist  for  the  1976  Olympic 


Games,  the  first  person  in  history  ever  to  be  so  honored,  is  but 
the  latest  of  a  succession  of  distinctions  bestowed  upon  him  both 
here  and  abroad. 

Although  the  investment  potential  for  works  by  this  un- 
common talent  is  dramatically  apparent,  the  primary  reason  for 
acquiring  these  magnificent  lithographs  is  for  the  beauty  and 
aesthetic  pleasure  they  will  add  to  your  life. 

Single  or  as  a  pair,  they  are  available  only  from  Jean-Paul 
Loup,  the  exclusive  worldwide  agent  for  William  Nelson 
graphics.  This  special  limited  edition  offering  consists  of: 

"RFD"  (Rural  Free  Delivery)  and  "Spring  Meh",  each  in 
a  limited  edition  of  500  .  .  .  29"x22"  .  .  .  each  priced  at  $150. 
Printed  on  Velin  D' Arches  (rag  paper).  No  artist  proofs  were 
produced.  Each  is  signed,  numbered  and  supervised  by  the 
artist.  Even  the  mixing  of  the  colors  used,  was  personally  done 
by  William  Nelson.  Each  is  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of 
authenticity  signed  by  Jean-Paul  Loup. 

To  avoid  disappointment  please  fill  out  and  mail  the  reser- 
vation coupon  today.  Because  the  editions  of  these  genuine 
collector  treasures  are  limited,  reservations  must  be  honored  in 
postmark  order  received. 

By  return  mail  you  will  receive  full  particulars  including  an 
order  form  and  beautiful  descriptive  booklet. 


Limited  Edition:  500 
Actual  size  29"x22" 
On  Velin  D'Arches  . . .  $150.00 


"Spring  Melt" 


5SSSS®eS^S®SSeSgSSSSSSS8gSSS8g8SS®S88®8S88®888S®8S8888S8S8SSS8SS88SSSS8S8SeS8888SSS8S8SS88Sg 


HEARTLAND  BY  William  Nelson 

An  exclusive  Limited  Edition  Offering 


"RFD"  (Rural  Free  Delivery) 


Limited  Edition:  500 
Actual  size  29"x22" 
On  Velin  D'Arches  . . .  $150.00 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  ENCLOSE 
ANY  PAYMENT  OR 
DEPOSIT. 

If  you  have  any  further  questions 
regarding  this  offer,  please  call  our 
Toll  Free  number  800-323-6866— 
Illinois  residents  call  Collect 
312-366-4662. 


Jean-Paul  Loup 

Editor  of  Art-Lfmited  Editions 


400  Lathrop  Avenue 
River  Forest,  Illinois  60305 


PH.  (312)  366-4662 
Telex  721-519  Loup  Rife 


Please  send  me  full  particulars,  including  an  order  form  and  descrip- 
tion booklet  for  "RFD"  and  "Spring  Melt". 


ADDRESS 

CITY 

STATE 

ZIP 

^.» 

Please  do  not  enclose 

any  payment 

or 

deposit. 

We  welcome:  American  Express,  BankAmericard,  Master  Charge 
and  Diners  Club. 


SSS8gSSgSSSSSSSS8SSSSS8S8SS8S8S38SSS8gSSS388S8SSSSSS8S8SS8S8S8S8S8SSS8Sg8S8SS8SgSSSSS8SS8SSS 


Director -North  America,  Singapore  Tourist  Promotion  Board,  ' 

251  Post  Street,  San  Francisco,  California  941 08.  Tel:  (415)  391-8476        / 
Please  send  me  free  illustrated  broctiures  on  Singapore.  . 


Arirlrpsq                                                                                                                 ' 

^  %    i"-'»y 

/ 

v^       Rtatfi 

/ 

/ 

S      7ip 

/ 

/ 

vM/ 


SINGAPORE 

From  collectors' items... 


batik... 


Hand-drawn  motifs  on  cottons  and  silks.  Choose  from 
traditional  delicate  patterns  or  modern  stylized  designs. 


pewter... 

Ornaments.  Utensils.  Tableware.  Tankards,  Some  designs 
are  so  unique  our  craftsmen  have  patented  them. 


carvings... 


Handicrafts  from  the  region  in  wood,  jade  and  ivory. 
From  chess  sets  and  figurines  to  chopsticks  and  necklaces. 


antiques. 


Yesteryear's  artistry  from  anywhere  in  Asia  is  here. 
That  rare  piece?  Search,  and  you  shall  find. 


...to  conversation  pieces. 

Singapore.  A  shopper's  paradise.  An  international  bazaar  where  West  meets  East. 

It's  an  experience  that's  exciting  and  rewarding. 

Singapore  is  a  tropical  island  world  in  a  clean,  green  garden  setting. 

There's  sunshine,  blue  skies  and  warm  waters.  All  the  year  round. 

There's  the  uncommon  blend  of  many  races.  People  with  their  own  languages 

and  their  own  beautiful  differences.  There  are  the  exotic  sights. 

And  the  mysterious  sounds  of  the  Orient. 

There's  so  much  to  see.  So  much  to  do. 

And  the  wonderful  thing  about  Singapore  is  that  you  can  ask  for  anything  you 

want  in  English.  Plus  a  language  which  speaks  for  itself  —  a  sunny,  welcome  smile. 

^Come  Share  Our  Wbrld 


carpets... 

Oriental  carpets  from  Persia,  Afghanistan  and  India  weave 
their  own  magic  in  aesthetic  appeal  and  intrinsic  value. 


jewelry... 


Take  home  oddities,  gadgets  or  relics. 
Or  something  as  down-to-earth  as  a  paper  umbrella. 


(Continued  from  puf^e  16) 
cates  of  the  bills — both  Upper  Penin- 
sula legislators — were  the  chairman 
of  the  Appropriations  Committee  in 
the  House  of  Representatives,  the 
committee  that  controls  all  public 
monies,  and  the  chairman  of  the  Sen- 
ate Conservation  Committee,  which 
has  substantial  jurisdiction  over  en- 
vironmental legislation. 

The  old  network  of  organizations 
that  had  lobbied  to  enact  MEPA  in 
1970  now  sought  to  reconstitute  itself 
but  discovered  that  while  the  organi- 
zations themselves  still  existed,  the 
masses  of  volunteers  had  disap- 
peared. In  1970,  hundreds  of  college 
students  appeared  at  environmental 
hearings;  in  1975  no  such  constit- 
uency existed.  A  mailing  campaign  in 
1970  had  turned  out  7,000  letters  to 
a  single  legislator;  five  years  later  a 
similar  campaign  produced  only  a 
few  hundred  letters.  An  even  more 
ominous  sign  lay  in  the  Michigan 
AFL-CIO's  defection  from  the  pro- 
MEPA  network  to  the  Upper  Penin- 
sula legislators.  At  the  same  time, 
these  legislators  were  importuning 
the  most  powerful  member  of  the  net- 
work, the  United  Auto  Workers,  to 
take  a  position  "in  favor  of  jobs." 

Finally,  over  the  five-year  period 
there  had  been  a  large  turnover  in  the 
composition  of  the  legislature.  The 
majority  of  those  who  had  voted  for 
MEPA  were  no  longer  in  the  capital . 
No  more  than  a  handful  of  the  remain- 
ing legislators  had  deep  personal 
commitments  to  environmental  pro- 
tection. There  were  a  good  number, 
however,  who  had  no  love  for  the 
mining  industry  or  for  the  hard-driv- 
ing legislators  from  the  Upper  Penin- 
sula. 

While  the  environmentalists  were 
trying  to  adjust  to  the  new  facts  of 
1975,  the  Senate  Conservation  Com- 
mittee approved  a  bill  to  weaken 
MEPA  and  the  full  senate  quickly  and 
quietly  voted  in  favor  of  it.  To  make 
matters  worse,  the  Upper  Peninsula 
forces  had  persuaded  a  majority  of 
House  Conservation  Committee 
members  to  vote  to  approve  the  bill 
over  the  chairman's  objections.  By 
midsummer,  all  that  remained  was  a 
vote  of  the  full  house  and  the  gover- 
nor's signature. 

August  was  a  month  of  seeming 
despair.  But  the  environmentalists 
still  had  some  unplayed  cards  and  a 
few  unexplored  strategies.  One  ad- 
vantage was  a  combination  of  com- 
mitment and  political  expediency. 
The  Upper  Peninsula  is  represented 


by  Democrats,  and  Governor  Milli- 
ken  is  a  Republican  who  had  always 
supported  MHPA.  This  battle  gave 
him  an  opportunity  to  threaten  to  veto 
a  Democral-iiispired  attack  on  one  of 
Michigan's  most  admired  and  pro- 
gressive laws.  For  a  governor  who 
views  himself  as  a  forward-looking 
moderate,  the  veto  threat  was  an  at- 
tractive opportunity.  Along  with  Mil- 
liken,  the  attorney  general  and  the 
Department  of  Natural  Resources 
never  withdrew  their  support  of 
MEPA. 

Another  source  of  hope  was  the 
United  Auto  Workers.  They  wavered 
but  openly  retained  membership  in 
the  save-MEPA  coalition.  Between 
the  UAW  and  the  governor,  neither 
the  Republican  nor  the  Democratic 
leadership  in  the  house  could  give  the 
bill  support.  And  that  meant  that  indi- 
vidual house  members  were  going  to 
have  to  stand  by  themselves  and  take 
a  position.  They  could  not  take  refuge 
in  a  mass  party  decision. 

In  the  midst  of  this  segmentation, 
the  environmental  coalition  played  its 
essential  role.  It  had  only  one  func- 
tion— to  make  known  to  a  substantial 
number  of  legislators  that  a  good 
number  of  their  constituents  felt 
strongly  that  MEPA  should  not  be 
tampered  with. 

Whether  a  core  of  a  few  thousand 
people  existed  who  could  be  tapped 
to  write,  call,  or  visit  legislators  was 
unknown.  The  traditional  technique, 
sending  out  a  mail  "alert"  to  organ- 
izational members,  was  abandoned. 
A  telephone  campaign  was  begun, 
using  organizational  membership 
lists  and  individuals  who  had  already 
worked  on  behalf  of  MEPA  in  re- 
sponse to  earlier  appeals.  This  cam- 
paign paid  off.  Legislators  began  to 
receive  large  amounts  of  mail,  per- 
haps 50  to  100  letters  per  day.  The 
campaign  also  brought  out  a  few 
MEPA  supporters  who  were  personal 
friends  or  financial  supporters  of  in- 
fluential legislators.  These  people 
were  called  on  to  obtain  commit- 
ments against  any  last-minute  defec- 
tions, should  the  Upper  Peninsula 
representatives  try  a  final,  backstage 
compromise.  The  message  was  clear. 
A  lot  of  people  cared  about  MEPA 
and  opposition  would  be  politically 
expensive. 

The  backers  of  the  bill  were  not 
sitting  still  in  the  meantime.  But  their 
actions  had  the  effect  of  self -entrap- 
ment. Their  first  proposal  would  have 
exempted  from  MEPA's  influence 
anyone  holding  a  valid  permit  to  alter 


the  environment.  This  would  have 
had  substantial  impact  all  over  the 
state ,  for  a  number  (jf  the  early  MEPA 
cases  had  demonstrated  the  vulnera- 
bility of  many  permits  when  sub- 
jected to  environmental  scrutiny. 
When  it  became  clear  that  such  a  bill 
would  be  unpalatable  to  many  legisla- 
tors because  it  violated  a  right  that 
their  constituents  valued,  it  was 
amended  to  provide  exemptions  for 
only  the  mining  industry.  This,  of 
course,  opened  up  new  and  fertile 
ground  for  opposition — the  general 
distaste  for  special  interest  legisla- 
tion. 

The  newspapers  condemned  the 
new  proposal  even  more  vehemently 
than  they  had  criticized  the  old.  The 
vast  majority  of  Michigan  newspa- 
pers outside  the  Upper  Peninsula  edi- 
torialized frequently  and  vigorously 
in  support  of  preserving  MEPA. 
Their  support  was  indispensable  in 
the  battle  to  save  the  statute. 

By  autumn  it  began  to  look  as  if 
MEPA  would  be  saved  after  all.  But 
the  persistent  Upper  Peninsula  legis- 
lators were  able  to  keep  their  bill  alive 
for  months.  If  a  vote  went  against 
them,  they  would  arrange  to  have  it 
reconsidered  at  a  later  date.  They 
would  then  begin  a  new  round  of  lob- 
bying, modifying  the  text  of  the  bill 
with  claims  that  previous  flaws  had 
been  corrected.  Probably  they  hoped 
to  win  a  war  of  attrition  against  the 
few  environmental  lobbyists,  most  of 
whom  were  amateurs. 

This  tactic  also  backfired.  For  as 
long  as  the  bill  was  alive,  legislators 
continued  to  receive  adverse  mail.  Fi- 
nally, almost  everyone  realized  that 
the  politically  savvy  solution  was  to 
dispose  of  the  bill;  it  only  seemed  to 
produce  a  bad  press  and  critical  mail. 
The  house  finally  voted  to  substitute 
an  amendment  that  gave  MEPA  cases 
priority  on  the  court  calendars — a 
noncontroversial  change  that  would 
have  simply  expedited  litigation. 
That  bill  was  sent  to  a  house-senate 
conference  where  it  appears  to  have 
died  a  quiet  and  informal  death  over 
the  Christmas  recess. 

When  the  legislature  reconvened  in 
early  1976,  no  one  was  surprised 
when  the  indefatigable  Conservation 
Committee  chairman.  Sen.  Joe  Mack 
of  the  Upper  Peninsula,  introduced 
yet  another  version  of  a  bill  to  scuttle 
MEPA.  But  no  one  gave  it  serious 
attention.  The  word  in  Lansing  is  that 
the  environmental  movement,  at  least 
for  the  moment,  is  still  a  force  to 
reckon  with.  D 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


by  Jay  W.  Forrester 


Limits  to  Growth  Revisited 


A  second  look  at 
how,  when,  and  by 
what  processes 
growth  will  end 

Following  the  publication  in  1972 
of  The  Limits  to  Growth,  the  press 
and  many  symposia  debated  issues 
arising  from  industrial  growth.  But 
much  of  the  debate  has  missed  the 
most  important  central  issue.  Atten- 
tion has  focused  on  physical  limits 
and  on  whether  or  not  the  physical 
limits  to  growth  can  be  overcome, 
carrying  with  it  the  implication  that 
if  physical  limits  can  be  overcome 
then  the  problems  are  solved.  The 
problem  does  not  lie  alone  in  physical 
limits  but  also  in  social  limits. 

The  physical  and  social  limits  to 
growth  are  very  closely  coupled.  Pro- 
duction has  been  growing  for  cen- 
turies at  a  more  or  less  exponential 
rate.  In  exponential  growth,  doubling 
recurs  within  some  fixed  length  of 
time.  Recently,  physical  output  in  the 
United  States  has  been  doubling 
about  every  twenty  years,  while  pop- 
ulation has  been  doubling  somewhat 
more  slowly.  The  rising  standard  of 
living  comes  from  the  difference  in 
those  doubling  periods,  with  output 
doubling  in  a  shorter  period  than  pop- 
ulation. But  exponential  growth  can- 
not continue  forever.  If  the  present 
world  population  were  to  continue 
doubling  every  30  years,  the  entire 
land  surface  of  the  earth  would  reach 
standing  room  only  in  350  years.  At 
some  point,  growth  must  level  into 
equilibrium. 

There  is  almost  no  disagreement 
over  the  ultimate  end  of  exponential 
growth.  The  debate  is  over  how, 


when,  and  by  what  processes  growth 
will  end.  I  will  discuss  here  the  transi- 
tion stage — the  interval  between  the 
growth  stage  and  equilibrium — in 
which  the  upward  curvature  of  pro- 
duction gives  way  to  equilibrium  or 
to  peaking  and  decline.  A  point  of 
inflection  exists  in  the  middle  of  the 
transition  stage  where  the  curvature 
changes  because  sufficiently  great 
forces  are  generated  in  society  at  that 
time  to  overcome  the  old  mode  of 
growth.  The  old  traditions,  the  old 
attitudes,  and  the  old  economic  proc- 
esses are  overwhelmed. 

It  is  in  the  transition  region — half- 
way up  the  growth  curve — that  the 
greatest  social  stresses  occur,  not  out 
in  equilibrium  at  the  end  of  the 
growth  life  cycle.  In  the  transition  re- 
gion the  pressures  become  great 
enough  to  change  the  style  and  mode 
of  the  social  system  from  upward 
curvature  to  downward  curvature.  I 
believe  we  are  now  in  that  transition 
period.  One  more  doubling  would 
carry  growth  to  some  upward  limit 
even  though  tens  of  doublings  in  the 
past  have  brought  us  only  to  the  half- 
way point.  In  other  words,  it  takes 
hundreds  of  years  to  come  the  first 
half  of  the  way,  and  only  one  more 
doubling  for  the  second  half.  The 
great  forces  countering  growth  exert 
their  influence  over  a  relatively  short 
period.  We  are  caught  unawares  by 
the  sudden  appearance  of  economic 
and  social  forces,  even  though  they 
are  inherent  in  the  structure  of  the  sys- 
tem in  which  we  live. 

In  the  transition  region,  the  dynam- 
ics of  the  goal  structure  of  a  society 
begin  to  change,  particularly  the  way 
in  which  goals  interact  with  one  an- 
other. In  the  growth  mode,  there  was 


plenty  of  space — geographical  space, 
enviroiunental  space,  psychological 
space,  legal  space,  social  space — and 
one  aspect  of  the  society  impinged 
only  slightly  on  other  aspects.  It  was 
possible  during  growth  to  pursue  the 
separate  goals  of  the  society  inde- 
pendently. 

For  several  hundred  years,  if  we 
could  improve  each  part  of  the  sys- 
tem, we  improved  the  system  in  its 
entirety.  We  have  a  multiplicity  of 
subgoals  that  we  have  been  pursuing 
independently.  We  developed  public 
health  measures  to  improve  health, 
not  worrying  about  the  consequence 
of  rising  population  because  popula- 
tion could  move  into  new  lands.  Trac- 
tors could  increase  food  production 
and  the  required  energy  would  simply 
come  from  oil  wells.  Each  goal  could 
be  separately  pursued.  But  in  the  tran- 
sition region,  the  goals  become  inter- 
locked and  interdependent.  For  the 
first  time,  the  interrelationships  be- 
tween technology,  economics,  poli- 
tics, and  even  ethics  and  freedom 
become  very  tight.  The  many  goals 
impinge  on  one  another  in  a  way  that 
we  have  not  experienced  before. 

We  have  seen  some  recent  ex- 
amples of  interaction  between  goals. 
Becoming  disturbed  about  pollution 
from  automobiles,  we  redesigned  en- 
gines, increased  gasoline  consump- 
tion, created  a  fuel  shortage,  and  gen- 
erated international  political 
stresses — all  within  five  years.  Medi- 
cal advances  have  increased  popula- 
tion, leading  to  the  population  prob- 
lem and  to  food  shortage.  The  engi- 
neering victories  of  high-rise  build- 
ings have  concentrated  population, 
increased  psychological  stress  and 
crime,  and  reduced  personal  free- 


To  protect  your 
body,  Volvo's  body 
lias  crumple  zones 
to  absorb  impact 
of  collision  before  it 
reaches  passenger  ^ 
compartment 


To  reduce  muscle  tension, 
Volvo's  foot  rest  keeps    > 
left  foot  on  same         ^r 
plane  as  right.  ^ 


'         Volvo's 

ibucket  seats  adjusf   ~ 
\jn  eight  different  direction^ 
^^o  satisfy  dimensional 
__^     requirements  of  97% 
^of  adult  population. 


f  Sitting  puts  more 

pressure  on  spinal 
discs  than  standing. 

To  relieve  pressure, 
\    Volvo  has  adjustable 

\    lumbar  support 
^  for  small  of  back. 


Before  the  average  driver  can  move  his 
foot  from  the  gas  pedal  to  the  brake  in 
a  panic  situation,  a  car  will  travel  56  feet 
(at55m.p.h.).  So  Volvo  puts  power  disc 
brakes  on  four  wheels,  not  just  two. 


VOLVO.   THE  CAR  FOR  PEOPLE  WHO  THINK. 


Four  limited  edition  hand  engravings  in  the  great  Audubon  tradition 


CENTURY  AND  A  HALF  AGO,  John 
James  Audubon  began  creating  his  re- 
nowned "Birds  of  America"  engravings— 
a  landmark  art  collection  by  any  measure. 

Now,  in  honor  of  the  150th  anniversary  of  that 
historic  event,  the  National  Audubon  Society  will 
issue  a  new  series  of  original  works  of  art  in  the 
great  Audubon  tradition:  The  Sesquicentennial 
Collection  of  American  Bird  Engravings. 

This  is  the  first  and  only  collection  of  hand 
engravings  ever  issued  by  the  National  Audu- 
bon Society— and  one  of  only  a  very  few  collec- 
tions of  bird  engravings  in  existence  today. 

The  collection  will  consist  of  four  hand  engrav- 
ings—each one  individually  mounted  and  framed 


—portraying  four  of  the  most  beautiful  and  im- 
pressive birds  of  North  America.  The  American 
Bald  Eagle.  The  Screech  Owl.  The  Cardinal.  The 
Blue  Jay. 

Each  of  these  works  of  art  has  been  created— 
exclusively  for  this  collection— by  the  distin- 
guished American  artist  Albert  Earl  Gilbert.  Mr. 
Gilbert  was  selected  for  this  important  commis- 
sion by  the  National  Audubon  Society. 

Among  art  critics  and  ornithologists  alike, 
Albert  Earl  Gilbert  is  recognized  as  one  of  the 
world's  finest  wildlife  artists.  One  of  the  very  few 
living  artists,  in  fact,  whose  works  are  considered 
worthy  to  stand  beside  those  of  John  James 
Audubon  himself. 


11)1976  FMGAA 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  American  Bald  Eagle 

Albert  Earl  Gilbert's  first  work  in  the  series  of  four  colored  har\d  engravings. 


THE  NATIONAL  AUDUBON  SOCIETY 
SESQUICENTENNIAL  COLLECTION  OF  AMERICAN  BIRD  ENGRAVINGS 

SUBSCRIPTION  APPLICATION 


The  Franklin  Mint  Gallery  of  American  Art 
Franklin  Center,  Pennsylvania  19091 

Please  accept  my  subscription  for  The  National 
Audubon  Society  Sesquicentennial  Collection  of 
American  Bird  Engravings,  consisting  of  four  hand- 
engravings,  individually  signed  and  dated  by  the 
artist.  These  works  of  art  are  to  be  issued  to  me, 
mounted  and  framed,  at  the  rate  of  approximately 
one  every  three  months. 

I  need  send  no  money  now.  The  issue  price  of  $120.* 
for  each  framed  hand-engraving  will  be  billed  to  me 
at  the  rate  of  $40.*  per  month  for  three  consecutive 
months,  beginning  with  the  shipment  of  each  work. 

'Plus  my  state  sales  tax 


Valid  only  if  postmarked  by  June  30,  1976 


Mr. 
Mrs. 
Miss- 


Address. 


City_ 


State,  Zip- 


Signature- 


All  subscriptions  are  subject  to  acceptance. 


The  Screech  Owl 


The  Blue  Jay 


The  Cardinal 


The  American  Bald  Eagle 


~t- 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 


NO  POSTAGE  STAMP  NECESSARY  IF  MAILED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 


FIRST  CLASS 

PERMIT  NO.  1 

Franklin  Center 

Pennsylvania 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY 


The  Franklin  Mint  Gallery  of  Anierican  Art 
Franklin  Center,  Pennsylvania  19063 


Fine  engravings  in  the  Audubon  tradition 

In  creating  the  works  for  this  collection,  Albert 
Earl  Gilbert  will  follow  the  method  used  by  John 
James  Audubon  to  produce  his  famed  engravings 
150  years  ago. 

Working  directly  from  life,  in  the  woods  and 
fields  of  America,  Gilbert  has  conceived  and 
created  his  designs— portraying  each  bird  in  au- 
thentic and  exacting  detail. 

Then,  the  master  engraver  personally  chosen 
by  the  artist— Yves  Beaujard— will  take  Mr.  Gil- 
bert's original  art  and  painstakingly  hand  en- 
grave the  master  plate. 

After  the  first  engraving  is  taken  from  the 
master  plate,  Albert  Earl  Gilbert  will  add  lifelike 
colors  to  complete  the  work.  Master  craftsmen 
will  then  apply  these  colors— one  by  one— to  each 
subsequent  engraving. 

This  method  of  engraving— considered  by  John 
James  Audubon  to  be  the  only  correct  way  to 
create  a  fine  bird  engraving— is  almost  a  lost  art. 
Indeed,  very  few  hand  engravings  of  any  kind 
are  created  today  because  of  the  amount  of  time, 
skill  and  care  that  must  be  devoted  to  them. 

Yet  the  result  is  well  worth  the  effort.  For  each 
engraving  is  a  work  of  stunning  beauty.  A  work 
whose  strong,  forceful  lines,  visual  depth  and 
lifelike  color  can  be  compared  only  to  the  price- 
less "Birds  of  America"  engravings  completed 
by  John  James  Audubon  and  his  engraver  a  cen- 
tury and  a  half  ago. 

Individually  hand  signed 

To  assure  the  quality  of  each  finished  engraving, 
Albert  Earl  Gilbert  will  personally  examine  each 
individual  work  in  close  detail.  Then,  when  he  is 
satisfied  that  it  fulfills  his  artistic  intent  in  every 
respect,  he  will  add  the  final  distinctive  mark 
of  his  approval  by  hand  signing  the  engraving 
himself. 

As  astute  collectors  know,  this  act  of  hand 
signing  is  often  a  key  factor  in  determining  the 
future  value  of  an  engraving— or  of  any  work  of 
art.  For  major  works  that  bear  the  artist's  signa- 
ture are  highly  valued  and  often  sought  after  by 
collectors  as  time  goes  on. 

Mounted  and  custom-framed 

Each  engraving  in  this  collection  will  be  double- 
matted,  professionally  mounted,  and  issued  in  an 
exceptionally  handsome  black  and  gold  hard- 
wood frame.  Thus,  as  each  new  work  is  received 
by  the  collector,  it  can  be  displayed  in  the  home 
from  the  moment  it  arrives— to  be  enjoyed  and 
admired  by  family  and  friends  year  after  year. 
In  addition,  each  framed  engraving  will  be 
accompanied  by  a  specially-written  commen- 
tary on  Albert  Earl  Gilbert's  work  and  on  the 
bird  portrayed. 


A  strictly  limited  edition 

Each  engraving  will  be  issued  in  a  single,  strictly 
limited  edition,  solely  for  individual  subscribers. 
After  the  edition  is  completed,  the  master  plates 
will  be  destroyed.  And  none  of  these  hand  en- 
gravings will  ever  be  issued  again. 

There  is  a  strict  limit  of  one  collection  per 
subscriber.  Therefore,  the  total  edition  of  each 
engraving  will  exactly  equal  the  number  of  indi- 
vidual subscribers,  plus  two  for  the  National 
Audubon  Society's  private  collection. 

Subscribers  will  receive  their  custom-framed 
engravings  at  the  rate  of  approximately  one  every 
three  months  until  the  collection  of  four  is  com- 
plete. The  original  issue  price  for  each  signed  and 
framed  engraving  is  $120,  which  will  be  billed  in 
three  monthly  installments.  And  this  very  favor- 
able price  is  guaranteed  to  each  subscriber  for 
each  of  the  four  engravings  in  the  collection. 

Subscription  deadline:  June  30, 1976 

To  subscribe  to  The  National  Audubon  Society 
Sesquicentennial  Collection  of  American  Bird  En- 
gravings, simply  fill  out  the  postage  paid  applica- 
tion in  the  center  of  this  announcement  and  mail 
it  to  The  Franklin  Mint  Gallery  of  American  Art, 
which  has  been  appointed  to  handle  all  subscrip- 
tions for  this  series. 

No  advance  payment  need  accompany  your 
subscription  application.  But  please  remember 
that  it  must  be  postmarked  no  later  than  June  30 
to  be  accepted. 


The  Franklin  Mint  Gallery  of  American  Art 
Franklin  Center,  Pennsylvania  19091 


Limii:  One  Collection  per  Subscriber.    Subscription  Deadline:  June  30, 1976. 


Irish  Tweed  Hat 


This  easy  going  inat  comes  in  a  wide  variety  of 
subtly  colored  Harris-type  tweed  styles,  all  100% 
wool.  Blocked  slightly  and  can  be  formed  to 
nearly  any  style  desired.  Extremely  durable  under 
any  weather  conditions.  Sizes:  S(6%),  M(7-7'/e), 
L(7'/4-7'/2),  XL(7y8).  Colors:  Green,  Gray  and 
Brown  tweed,  or  pastel  plaid  Rainbow. 
HOLUBAR  IRISH  TWEED  HAT  (#4511120, 
$16.50  ppd. 

Please  give  two  color  choices. 
Calif.,  Colo.  &  Ariz   res.  add  sales  tax. 

ORDER  TODAY! 

We  Ship  Same  Day  Received! 
Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 
$ (plus  sales  tax) 


Please  send  my  IRISH  TWEED  HAT  (451112C) 

Size Color     

2nd  Color  Choice  

Name  _^ 

Address    

City   


-Zip. 


D  Send  me  your  FREE  color  catalog  of  fine  out- 
door clothing  and  equipment 

rhodiJEKiAi 

P.O.  Box  7 
Dept.174H6  Boulder,  Colorado  80302 


i?^. 


Share  ihe  Thrills 
0!  Exploring  t 
ouior  Space; 


All  DYNASCOPES, 

including  this 

superb  RV-6,  E-incti 

available 

on  easy  terms! 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picl(ing  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocl(etbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  — the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories-and  your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwuod  Ave,,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pot.  Off 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Dept.  NH-69 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 
Name 


Address- 
City 


dom.  So,  technology,  freedom,  and 
every  other  aspect  of  society  become 
highly  interlinked  in  the  transition  re- 
gion. 

The  consequence  of  independent 
goal   seeking  during  the  transition 
Stage  can  be  quite  unexpected.  Im- 
provement may  not  occur  in  the  goal 
being  sought;  instead,   degradation 
may  result  elsewhere.  For  example, 
in  seeking  a  goal  of  better  housing  in 
a  city,  government  may  build  low- 
cost   housing,   attract   scores   of 
occupants,  increase  the  number  of 
people  relative  to  jobs,  and  end  up 
with  more  unemployment.  Or,  if  we 
grow  more  food  in  an  attempt  to  re- 
duce hunger,  this  may  only  lead  to 
more  people,  the  same  percentage  of 
the  population  hungry,   and  social 
unrest  from  crowding.   More  food 
leads  to  more  population,  not  to  less 
average  hunger.  In  the  transition  re- 
gion, such  compensating  side  effects 
tend  to  defeat  the  pursuit  of  subgoals. 
A  simplified  relationship  between 
population,  environment,  and  tech- 
nology indicates  that  rising  popula- 
tion leads  to  increased  pressure  on  the 
environment,  which  stimulates  fur- 
ther demand  for  engineering  to  re- 
lieve pressures,  which,  in  turn,  en- 
courages additional  population. 
Technology  made  large  populations 
possible,  and  large  populations  make 
advanced  technology  necessary.  A 
feedback  loop  operates  in  which  pop- 
ulation requires  technology,  technol- 
ogy makes  more  population  possible, 
and  the  rising  population  puts  still 
greater  demands  on  technology.  The 
process  can  recirculate  as  long  as  no 
limits  appear  from   land  shortage, 
overcommitment  of   pollution   dis- 
sipation capacity,  food  deficiencies, 
or  water  shortages.  The  process  con- 
tinues until  it  either  encounters  physi- 
cal limits  or  moves  into  social  limits. 
At  some  point  in  the  growth 
process,  which  many  countries  seem 
to  be  reaching,  we  find  that  crowding 
transfers  stresses  from  the  physical 
realm  to  the  social.  Social  stresses 
manifest  themselves  in  rising  crime 
rates,  drug  addiction,  aircraft  hijack- 
ings,   kidnappings,    mental    illness, 
psychological    trauma,    community 
breakdown,  genocide,   revolutions, 
and  war.  Social  breakdown  becomes 
more  likely  as  we  put  stresses  on  the 
social  fabric  of  society.  More  and 
more  persons  are  pulled  away  from 
producing  goods  and  food  and  enter 
government,  law,  negotiation,  and 
arbitration  to  cope  with  the  social 


complexities  that  come  with  the  fill- 
ing up  of  physical  and  psychological 
space. 

We  must  balance  physical  stresses 
against  social  stresses.  Furthermore, 
we  must  choose  a  balance  between 
direct  forces  limiting  growth  rate  and 
the  indirect  forces  of  self-restraint  in 
control  of  growth.  We  can  control 
growth  through  the  channel  of  self-re- 
straint by  foreseeing  physical  stress 
and  slowing  growth  or  by  foreseeing 
social  stress  and  slowing  growth. 
Otherwise,  growth  continues  until  ei- 
ther physical  or  social  stress  directly 
stops  growth — physical  stress  in  the 
sense  of  starvation  or  social  stress  in 
the  sense  of  breakdown  of  social  sta- 
bility. There  are  several  chaimels  for 
creating  equilibrium  in  the  future. 
The  choice  of  continued  growth  is  not 
open  for  long.  We  must  choose  one 
of  the  restraint  channels  or  the  system 
will  choose  for  us  a  direct  application 
of  physical  or  social  force. 

The  fundamental  question  in  most 
countries  is  the  balance  to  be  struck 
between  population  and  the  standard 
of  living.  The  pursuit  of  technology 
may  divert  us  from  facing  the  funda- 
mental question  of  limiting  popula- 
tion to  both  the  physical  and  social 
limits  of  the  environment.  We  are  apt 
to  believe  that  if  we  can  solve  the 
technological  problems,  we  will  have 
solved  all  of  our  problems.  In  fact, 
the  removal  of  technological  limits 
will  merely  shift  the  burden  of  re- 
straint to  the  social  limits.  Do  we 
want  a  distributed  set  of  pressures  or 
do  we  want  pressures  from  one  direc- 
tion only?  I  believe  that  pressures 
from  social  stress  only  will  be  more 
disruptive  and  dangerous  than  pres- 
sures distributed  over  both  the  social 
and  physical  limits. 

The  question  is  not  can  science  re- 
move the  physical  limits?  Science 
probably  can.  Rather  we  should  ask, 
do  we  want  science  to  remove  the 
physical  limits?  An  affirmative  an- 
swer is  equivalent  to  saying  we  want 
growth  to  be  arrested  by  social  stress 
alone.  When  put  that  way,  it  is  far 
from  obvious  that  we  wish  to  solve 
the  technological  limits  and  thereby 
raise  the  level  of  stress  in  the  social 
area. 

Jay  W.  Forrester  teaches  manage- 
ment at  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  This  article  is  taken 
from  a  speech  he  made  at  the  Franklin 
Institute  in  Philadelphia.  Copyright  ® 
1974  by  Jay  W.  Forrester. 


Fedders  heat  pump 

air  conditioner  cuts 

winter  fuel  bills 

Saves  on  summer  cooling,  too! 


The  money  you  save  operating  your 
Fedders  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  air 
conditioner  to  warm  your  home  in  the 
winter  can  pay  for  the  cost  of  operating  the 
Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  air  conditioner 
to  cool  your  home  in  summer 

The  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  air 
conditioner  is  a  single  system  that  performs 
like  two. .  .to  provide  comfort  all  year  long. 
In  summer  it's  a  super  efficient  central  air 
conditioner  that  removes  heat  from  your 
home  at  an  exceptionally  low  operating 
cost  and  leaves  it  comfortably  cool  and  dry. 
In  winter  the  Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump 
air  conditioner  is  reversed  automatically 
and  it  becomes  a  heating  system ...  a  heating 
system  that  uses  the  natural  heat  always 
present  in  the  outdoor  air  (82  percent  of 
heat  in  the  air  that  was  available  at  100°F  is 
still  available  at  0°F). 

Because  it  uses  this  natural  heat,  the 
Fedders  heat  pump  air  conditioner  can 
achieve  dramatic  savings  in  winter  fuel  bills 
when  compared  to  straight  electric  heat. 
Electric  heat  has  a  C.O.P."  of  1.0  and  pro- 
vides 3413  BTUs  of  heat  per  kilowatt  hour. 
Fedders  Flexhermetic  II  model 
CKH024B7  A  outdoor  unit  and 
CFJ024CQ,A  indoor  unit  provide  a  C.O.P. 
of  2.6  at  47°F  outdoor  temperature  or 
8874  BTUs  of  heat  per  kilowatt  hour.  It  is 
easy  to  see  how  savings  can  quickly  add  up 
to  offset  the  low  operating  cost  of 
Flexhermetic  II  heat  pump  cooling. 


The  Fedders  heat  pump  air  condi- 
tioner is  exceptionally  reliable  and  efficient 
because  of  the  Fedders  Rotor-H  com- 
pressor that  was  specifically  designed  for 
heat  pump  operation.  Its  smooth  rotary 
motion  with  only  three  basic  mo\'ing  parts 
(less  to  wear  out,  less  to  go  wrong),  its  solid 
construction,  its  special  low-friction 
Carblucori  "  bearings  (this  a  spectacular  en- 
gineering achievement  in  its  own  right)  set 
new  high  standards  of  reliabilir\'. 

So  reliable  in  fact  is  the  Rotor-H  com- 
pressor that  Fedders  makes  available  a 
four-year  extended  full  warrant^^  in  addi- 
tion to  the  one  year  standard  parts  warrant^'. 
The  super-efficient  Rotor-H  compressor  is 
the  heart  of  a  system  designed  and  con- 
structed to  match  its  unparalleled 
reliability  and  performance. 

So  no  matter  if  you  re  adding  on  or 
replacing,  Fedders 
makes  central  air  con- 
ditioning and  heating 
more  affordable.  For 
more  information 
on  how  you  can  save 
with  Fedders,  write 
Fedders  Air  Conditioning  Sales  Co., 
Dept.  HB,  Edison,  New  Jersey  08817. 

*C.O.P.  stands  for  Coefficient  of  Performance, 
the  ratio  of  heat  output  to  energy  consumed. 

FEDDERS 

the  most  comforting  name  in  air  conditioning 


For  people 

who  want  to 

conquer  cities 

on  their  feet. 

Soft  leather,  foam,  and  an 

arch  support  you  can  actually  feel 

make  Patricks  a  great  value  in 

the  world  of  comfortable  shoes. 


Our  Patricks  are  made  exclusively  for  us  in 
France.  They're  the  first  sport  shoe  we've 
tested  that  performs  as  well  on  a  sightseeing 
tour  of  Europe  as  on  an  athletic  court  here 
at  home.  Here's  why: 

■  Glove-soft  leather  uppers  that  move  with 
every  step  you  take. 

■  Cushioned  with  foam 
under  the  tongue,  around     .  . 
your  ankle,   and   under  «l| 
your  foot  from  heel  to  toe. 


■  An  arch  support  you  can 
feel  for  honest  comfort. 

■  Slit  for  laces  to  keep 
tongue  from  side-slipping. 

Ovei  100  suction 
m  Dozens  of  special  air  cells    cups  on  each  sole 
under   the   insole   cushion   guard  against  slips. 
each  step.  You  literally  walk  on  a  layer  of  air. 
Try  them  yourself  for  two  weeks. 

If  you're  not  completely  satisfied,  return 
them  postage  prepaid  for  your  money  back. 

Colors:  Navy,  brown,  or  white.  Sizes:  (Men) 
6>/2-12,  13;  (Women)  5-10.  Price:  $28.50  ppd. 

^  if  leather  sport  shoes  from 

France  for  men  and 

omen  in  three 

great  colors: 

navy,  brown, 

or  white. 


Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  &  Alaska). 


Patricks 

Qty. 

Size 

Color 

Men's  2730N 

Women's  2739N 

n   Check  enclosed       D  BankAmericard 

n   Master  Charge 

(Please  include  all  raised  letters  and  numbers.) 

D   Please  send  FREE  color  catalog. 


Address- 
City 


This  View  of  Life 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


The  Five  Kingdoms 


_Zip_ 


The  simplistic  classification 
of  life  into  plants  and 
animals  ignores  the  history 
and  importance  of 
single-celled  organisms 


When  I  was  ten  years  old,  James 
Arness  terrified  me  as  a  giant,  preda- 
cious carrot  in  The  Thing  (1951). 
Two  hours  ago — older,  wiser,  and 
somewhat  bored — I  watched  its  latest 
television  rerun  and  this  time  anger 
dominated  my  reaction.  I  recognized 
the  film  as  a  political  document,  ex- 
pressing the  worst  sentiments  of 
America  in  the  cold  war.  Its  hero,  a 
tough  military  man,  wants  only  to  de- 
stroy the  enemy;  its  villain,  a  naively 
liberal  scientist,  wants  to  learn  more 
about  it;  the  carrot,  along  with  its  fly- 
ing saucer,  is  a  certain  surrogate  for 
the  red  menace;  and  the  film's  im- 
passioned last  words — "watch  the 
skies" — are  an  invitation  to  extended 
fear  and  jingoism. 

Amidst  all  this,  a  scientific  thought 
crept  in  by  analogy — the  fuzziness  of 
all  supposedly  absolute  taxonomic 
distinctions — and  this  column  was 
born.  The  world,  we  are  told,  is  in- 
habited by  animals  with  conceptual 
language  (us)  and  those  without 
(everyone  else) — but  chimps  are  now 
talking.  All  creatures  are  either  plants 
or  animals,  but  Mr.  Arness  looked 
rather  human  (if  horrifying)  in  his 
role  as  a  mobile,  giant  vegetable. 

Either  plants  or  animals.  Our  basic 
conception  of  life's  diversity  is  based 
upon  this  division.  Yet  it  represents 
little  more  than  a  prejudice  spawned 
by  our  status  as  large,  terrestrial  ani- 
mals. True,  the  macroscopic  orga- 
nisms surrounding  us  on  land  can  be 
unambiguously  allocated  if  we  desig- 
nate fungi  as  plants  because  they  are 
rooted  (even  though  they  do  not  pho- 


tosynthesize).  Yet,  if  we  floated  as 
tiny  creatures  in  the  oceanic  plank- 
ton, we  would  not  have  made  such  a 
distinction.  At  the  one-celled  level, 
ambiguity  abounds:  mobile  "ani- 
mals" with  functioning  chloroplasts; 
simple  cells  like  bacteria  with  no 
clear  relation  to  either  group. 

Taxonomists  have  codified  our 
prejudice  by  recognizing  just  two 
kingdoms  for  all  life — Plantae  and 
Animalia.  But  isn't  inadequate  classi- 
fication a  trifling  matter?  After  all,  if 
we  characterize  organisms  accu- 
rately, who  cares  if  the  basic  taxo- 
nomic categories  do  not  express  the 
richness  and  complexity  of  life?  But 
a  classification  is  not  a  neutral  hat 
rack;  it  expresses  a  theory  of  relation- 
ships that  controls  our  concepts.  The 
Procrustean  system  of  plants  and  ani- 
mals has  distorted  our  view  of  life  and 
prevented  us  from  understanding 
some  major  features  of  its  history. 

Seven  years  ago,  Cornell  ecologist 
R.  H.  Whittaker  proposed  a  five- 
kingdom  system  for  the  organization 
of  life  (Science,  January  10,  1969); 
his  scheme  has  recently  been  cham- 
pioned and  expanded  by  Boston  Uni- 
versity biologist  Lynn  Margulis  in  the 
latest  issue  of  Evolutionary  Biology. 
Their  criticism  of  the  traditional  di- 
chotomy begins  among  the  single- 
celled  creatures. 

Anthropocentrism  has  a  remark- 
ably broad  range  of  consequences, 
ranging  from  strip  mining  to  whale 
killing.  In  folk  taxonomy  it  leads  us 
to  make  fine  distinctions  among  crea- 
tures close  to  us  and  very  broad  ones 
for  more  distant,  "simple"  orga- 
nisms. Every  novel  bump  on  a  tooth 
defines  a  new  kind  of  mammal,  but 
we  tend  to  lump  all  single-celled  crea- 
tures together  as  "primitive"  orga- 
nisms. Nonetheless,  specialists  are 
now  arguing  that  the  most  fundamen- 
tal distinction  among  living  things  is 
not  between '  'higher' '  plants  and  ani- 


30 


Use  this  coupon  to  send  us 
yourTricentennial  idea. 


From: 

Address. 
City 


-State. 


^  Send  your  idea  to: 

I;  Tricentennial 

ij  Atlantic  Riclifield  Company 

i  P.O.  Box  2076 

■  Los  Angeles,  CA  90053 

!    My  idea  is: 

I 
I 

I 
I 

■ 

I 

I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 

■ 
I 

We  have  always  been  a  nation  more    deal  by  the  year  2076.  We  want  you 
interested  in  the  promise  of  the  to  tell  us  what  you  think  those 

future  than  in  the  events  of  the  past,   changes  should  be. 


.Zlp_ 


Here  at  Atlantic  Richfield  we  see 
the  future  as  an  exciting  time.  The 
best  of  times.  And  we  know  that  all 
of  us  can  achieve  a  splendid  future 
by  planning  for  it  now. 

We'd  like  your  help.  We  need  your 
vision.  America  will  change  a  great 


What  do  you  envision  as  the  best 
way  to  solve  our  energy  problems? 

Should  we  have  a  universal 
language? 

How  do  you  think  architecture  of 
the  future  can  improve  on  that  of 
the  present? 


On  if  those  topics  don't  appeal  to 
you,  pick  one  that  does. 

Please  note  that  all  ideas  submitted 
shall  become  public  property  with- 
out compensation  and  free  of  any 
restriction  on  use  and  disclosure. 


ARCO    <> 


AtlanticRichfieldCompany 


Celebrate  America's  Tricentennial  100  years  early. 


Nikon  Binoculars. 

Worth  all  the  birds 

in  the  bush. 


The  powerful,  featherweight  8x30  and 
9x35  are  favorites  for  bird  watching  as  well 
as  wildlife  and  nature  study.  Other  Nikon 
binoculars  are  great  for  sports,  travel  or  boating. 
All  feature  Nikon  prism  optics  that  are  carefully 
matched  and  precisely  aligned  so  you  can  enjoy 
bright,  sharp  viewing  for  long  periods  without 
eye  strain.  And  they  cost  a  lot  less  than  you're 
prepared  to  spend  for  such  ruggedly  built,  top  quality  binoculars.  See  for 
yourself,  at  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  fine  optical  departments.  Or  write  for 
Lit/Pak  18,  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo- 
Optical  Industries,  Inc.  (In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.  P.Q.)  USB 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD- 


inDOriESIH-ERST  OF  BMil 

including  the  fabulous  Asmat  region  of  New  Guinea. 


Nehru  has  called  Bali  the  "Morning  of 
the  World,"  After  immersing  ourselves 
in  its  splendid  culture,  we  shall  board 
the  M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer*  and  sail 
east  to  Komodo,  where  "the  dragons" 
will  meet  us.  We  shall  visit  Flores,  Leii 
and  Aru  of  Wallace  fame  and  other 
Indonesian  islands.  We  then  head  for 
the  exciting  Asmat  region  of  West  Irian, 
where  primitive  art  of  museum  quality 
may  be  purchased,  and  where  Stone 
Age  culture  still  exists.  On  this  cruise 
we  will  find  an  abundancy  of  bird. 


mammal  and  plant  life  as  well  as  beau- 
tiful butterflies  and  fish.  Complete 
scuba  diving  gear  is  available.  The 
Lindblad  Explorer,  fully  air-condi- 
tioned, offers  the  finest  in  comfort.  Fa- 
mous lecturers  will  accompany  us. 
Each  expedition  lasts  23  days  includ- 
ing the  two-week  cruise.  Departures 
are  in  August  and  September, The  all- 
inclusive  rate  for  cruise  and  land  ar- 
rangements starts  at  $2,335  per  person, 
cabin  for  two,  airfare  additional.  Write 
forourbrochureorseeyourtravelagent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept,  NHLE676 
133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N,Y,  10022  •  (212)  751-2300 
•Panamanian  registry 


mals;  it  is  a  division  within  single- 
celled  creatures — bacteria  and  blue- 
green  algae  on  the  one  side,  other 
groups  of  algae  and  protozoans 
(amoebae,  paramecia,  and  so  on)  on 
the  other.  And  neither  group,  accord- 
ing to  Whittaker  and  Margulis,  can  be 
fairly  called  either  plant  or  animal; 
we  must  have  two  new  kingdoms  for 
single-celled  organisms. 

Bacteria  and  blue-green  algae  lack 
the  internal  structures,  or  "organ- 
elles," of  higher  cells.  They  have  no 
nucleus,  chromosomes,  vacuoles, 
chloroplasts,  or  mitochondria  (the 
"energy  factories"  of  higher  cells). 
Such  simple  cells  are  called  "pro- 
karyotic"  (roughly,  before  nuclei, 
from  the  Greek  karyon,  meaning 
"kernel").  Cells  with  organelles  are 
termed  "eukaryotic"  (truly  nucle- 
ate). Whittaker  considers  this  distinc- 
tion "the  clearest,  most  effectively 
discontinuous  separation  of  levels  of 
organization  in  the  living  world." 
Three  different  arguments  emphasize 
the  division: 

1 .  The  history  of  prokaryotes.  Our 
earliest  evidence  of  life  dates  from 
rocks  about  three  billion  years  old. 
From  then  until  at  least  one  billion 
years  ago,  all  fossil  evidence  points 
to  the  existence  of  prokaryotic  orga- 
nisms only;  for  two  billion  years, 
blue-green  algal  mats  were  the  most 
complicated  forms  of  life.  Thereaf- 
ter, opinion  differs.  UCLA  paleobot- 
anist  J.  W.  Schopf  believes  that  he 
has  evidence  for  eukaryotic  algae  in 
Australian  rocks  about  a  billion  years 
old.  Others  contend  that  Schopf 's  or- 
ganelles are  really  the  postmortem 
degradation  products  of  prokaryotic 
cells.  If  these  critics  are  right,  then  we 
have  no  evidence  for  eukaryotes  until 
the  very  latest  Precambrian,  just  be- 
fore the  great  Cambrian  '  'explosion' ' 
of  600  million  years  ago  (see  my  col- 
umn of  November  1974).  In  any  case, 
prokaryotic  organisms  held  the  earth 
as  their  exclusive  domain  during  two- 
thirds  to  five-sixths  of  the  history  of 
life.  With  ample  justice,  Schopf 
labels  the  Precambrian  as  the  "age  of 
blue-green  algae." 

2.  A  theory  for  the  origin  of  the 
eukaryotic  cell.  Margulis  has  stirred 
a  great  deal  of  interest  in  recent  years 
with  her  modern  defense  of  an  old 
theory,  which  sounds  patently  absurd 
at  first  but  quickly  comes  to  compel 
attention,  if  not  assent.  I  am  certainly 
rooting  for  it.  Margulis  argues  that 
the  eukaryotic  cell  arose  as  a  colony 
of  prokaryotes — that,  for  example, 
our  nucleus  and  mitochondria  had 


32 


You  can  help  save  Juiyi  Latemoon 

for  $16  a  month. 

Or  you  can  turn  the  page. 


t^f^j 


,-.':«>! 


% 


hben. 
Descendant  of  a  proud  people. 
Her  ancestors  understood 
man's  harmony  with  nature. 
They  were  master  craftsmen,  fanners,  and  h«%|^. 
Now  they  are  a  forgotten  people  '""^^ 

to  whom  many  promises  have  been  made. 
And  few  kept. 

July!  is  poor  but  has  an  abundance  of  hope. 
She  needs  a  helping  hand. 
And  a  friend  who  will  understand. 

For  $16  a  month,  through  Save  the  Children  Federa- 
tion, you  can  sponsor  a  child  like  JuIyi  so  that  she  will 
not  be  forgotten.  Give  her  the  things  she  must  have 
to  keep  her  mind,  body,  and  spirit  alive.  And  com- 
bined with  money  from  other  sponsors,  your  $16  will 
help  JuIyi  and  the  people  of  her  community.  With  a 
desperately  needed  food  co-op,  income-producing 
handicraft  programs,  vocational  training,  youth  ac- 
tivities,  clinics,  and  more.  In  simple  terms,  help  a 
I  proud,  hardworking  people  help  themselves.  For  this 
;  is  what  Save  the  Children  has  been  all  about  since 
i  1932. 

i  For  you— educated,  involved,  and  in  touch  with  your 
!  own  heart— there  are  many  rewards.  Correspond  with 
^  a  child.  Receive  a  photo  and  progress  reports.  Reach 
f  out  to  another  human  being.  That's  how  Save  the 
;  Children  works.  But  without  you  it  can't  work.  So 
[  please:  clip  this  coupon  and  mail  it  today.  Now  you 
j  can  turn  the  page. 


*•'  , 


We  are  indeed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  f-jnds.  Annual  report  and  audit 

statement  available  on  request,  filember  of  the  International  Union 

for  Child  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  for 

Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income-tax  deductible. 


I  Wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  D  girl  D  either 
a  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 

D  Appalachia  (U.S.)      D  Indian  □  Korea 

D  Bangladesh  (Latin  America)  D  Lebanon 

D  Colombia  D  Indian  (U.S.)  D  Mexico 

D  Dominican  Republic  D  Inner  Cities  (U.S.)  D  Rural  South  (U.S.) 

n  Honduras  Q  Israel 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

n  $16  monthly  D  $96  semi-annually 

D  $48  quarterly  D  $192  annually 

n  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 

$_ 

n  Please  send  me  more  information. 

NAME TEL  NO 

ADDRESS 

CITY —STATE ZIP 


David  L  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILPREN  FEDERATION 

Westport,  Connecticut  06880  nh  e/e 


FREE! 


!  "^3350  ORTHOSCOPIC  EYEPIECE 

WITH  PURCHASE  OF 

m  ASTRONOMICAL  TELESCOPE 

Oei  it  with  either  'scope. . . 
offer  ends  Juiy  31, 1976 

See  moon  craters,  rings  of  Saturn,  double  stars 

.  .  .  with  our  deluxe  4'/)"  reflector  telescope  (45x 

to  135X)    Features  a  fine  f/10  Pyrex"  mirror  (verified 

better  than  1/10  wave  with  a  scatter  plate  interferometer) 

o   insure   performance   to   theoretical   limit   of   resolution. 

e    equatorial    mount;    rack    &    pinion    focusing;    aluminum 

6X  finder,  25mm   F.L.  45X    Kellner  achromatic  eyepiece 

iarlow  lens  to  double  and  triple  power  to  135x  ...  all  the 

er  that  can  be  used  effectively  in  iVi"  scope.   Includes: 

EE  Star  Chart  and  2  valuable,  informative  Books.  And  it 

you  act  now,  you  get  a  line  $33.50  Orttioscopic  Eyepiece 

absolutely   FREE   ol  extra   ctiarge.   Hurry!  Otter   ends 

7/31/76. 

Stock  No.85,260E  (Shpg.  Wt.  42  lbs.),  Just  $159.50  F.O.B. 

With  Clock  Drive 

Stock  No.  85,261  E  (Stipg.  Wt.  45  lbs.).  Just  $199.50  F.O.B. 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW.  172  Pages. 
Over  4,500  Un- 
usual Bargains 
for  Hobbyists. 
Schools.  Industry 


JUST  CHECK 
COUPON! 


D  SEND  FREE 
_  172  PAGE  CATALOG  "E" 
L:  Charge  my  BankAmericard 
Tj  Charge  my  Master  Charge 

Interbank  No 


Include  my  FREE  $33.50  Orthoscopic 
Eyepiece  (I'm  ordering  before  7,'31/76) 
with  each  of  the  following  you  send  me: 
41/4"  Telescope(s) 

385,260E    @  $159.50  ea.$ __ 

4i/4"Telescope(s) 

=85,261E   @  $199.50  ea.  $ 

Service  and  handling  charge  $  ^1.00 
Enclosed  is check, 

M.  0,  in  amount  of  $ 


Expiration  Date 

aO'DAY  MONEY-BACK  GUAR- 
ANTEE. You  must  be  satis- 
fied or  return  any  purchase 
in   30  days  for  full   refund. 


Signature- 
Name 


EDMUND  I 
SCIEIMTIFIC  CO.  I 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING  I 

Barrlngton,  N.  J.  08007  ' 

(609)  547-3488         I 

America's  Greatest        L  

Science  •  Optics  •  Hobby  Mart    helping  to  develop  An/iERicAS  technology  for  over  30  years. 


Please  Print 


City,  State,  Zip_ 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Lindblad's  spectacular  Explorers'  Tour  to 

CENTRAL  ASIA  &  MONGOLIA 


Imagine  spending  nights  under 
the  stars  on  the  Gobi  Desert  in  a 
Yurt,  a  Mongolian  tent.  Imagine 
roaming  around  old  mosques  and 
bazaars  in  the  ancient  city  of  Buk- 
hara, hardly  changed  since  five 
centuries  ago. 

Or  exploring  the  wonders  of 
Samarkand,  the  "Jewel  of  the  Des- 
ert" with  its  memories  of  the  great- 
est Mongol  of  them  all,  Tamerlane. 
Imagine  covering  remote  regions 
of  Siberia  and  Mongolia,  meeting 
many  different  friendly  races,  lan- 
guages, customs  and  styles  of 
architecture  which  make  up  the 


complex  called  the  U.S.S.R.  And 
finally  an  evening  at  the  ballet  in 
Moscow.  These  are  only  a  few  of 
the  highlights  of  this  immensely 
popular  Explorers'  Tour. 
AIR-INDIA  will  fly  you  there  in  ex- 
travagant comfort.  The  first  of  ten 
tours  in  1976  is  scheduled  to  de- 
part on  June  8.  Please  send  for 
our  informative  color  brochure,  or 
see  your  travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHA676 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

(212) 751-2300 


their  origins  as  independent  pro- 
karyotic  organisms.  Some  modern 
prokaryotes  can  invade  and  live  as 
symbionts  within  eukaryotic  cells. 
Most  prokaryotic  cells  are  about  the 
same  size  as  eukaryotic  organelles; 
the  chloroplasts  of  photosynthetic  eu- 
karyotes  are  strikingly  similar  to  the 
entire  cells  of  some  blue-green  algae. 
Finally,  some  organelles  have  their 
own  self -replicating  genes,  remnants 
of  their  formerly  independent  status 
as  entire  organisms. 

3 .  The  evolutionary  significance  of 
the  eukaryotic  cell.  Advocates  of 
contraception  have  biology  firmly  on 
their  side  in  arguing  that  sex  and  re- 
production serve  different  purposes. 
Reproduction  propagates  a  species, 
and  no  method  is  more  efficient  than 
the  asexual  budding  and  fission  em- 
ployed by  prokaryotes.  The  biologi- 
cal function  of  sex,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  to  promote  variability  by  mixing 
the  genes  of  two  (or  more)  individ- 
uals. (Sex  is  usually  combined  with 
reproduction  because  it  is  expedient 
to  do  the  mixing  in  an  offspring.) 

Major  evolutionary  change  cannot 
occur  unless  organisms  maintain  a 
large  store  of  genetic  variability.  The 
creative  process  of  natural  selection 
works  by  preserving  favorable  genet- 
ic variants  from  an  extensive  pool. 
Sex  can  provide  variation  on  this 
scale,  but  efficient  sexual  reproduc- 
tion requires  the  packaging  of  genetic 
material  into  discrete  units  (chromo- 
somes). Thus,  in  eukaryotes,  sex 
cells  have  half  the  chromosomes  of 
normal  body  cells.  When  two  sex 
cells  join  to  produce  an  offspring,  the 
original  amount  of  genetic  material  is 
restored.  Prokaryotic  sex,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  infrequent  and  ineffi- 
cient. (It  is  unidirectional,  involving 
the  transfer  of  a  few  genes  from  a 
donor  cell  to  a  recipient.) 

Asexual  reproduction  makes  iden- 
tical copies  of  parental  cells,  unless 
a  new  mutation  intervenes  to  yield  a 
minor  change.  But  new  mutation  is 
infrequent  and  asexual  species  do  not 
maintain  enough  variability  for  sig- 
nificant evolutionary  change.  For  two 
billion  years,  algal  mats  remained 
algal  mats.  But  the  eukaryotic  cell 
made  sex  a  reality;  and  less  than  a 
billion  years  later  here  we  are — 
people,  cockroaches,  seahorses,  pe- 
tunias, and  quahogs. 

We  should,  in  short,  use  the  high- 
est taxonomic  distinction  available  to 
recognize  the  difference  between  pro- 
karyotic and  eukaryotic  single-celled 
organisms.  This  establishes  two  king- 


34 


NO(yTHERWillM»f 
WORKSHARDERONACSALLONOTGaS. 


As  a  wagpnJjuyer,  you're  a  ^ 
special  breed  with  special 
needs.  Try  Voyager  on 
foT  size.  It  comes  with  two 
different  wheelbases,  plus  an 

■  extended  body  version  that 
seats  15  people.  Which  is  three 

-niore  than  any  other  wagon. 
Obviously,  the  more-people 
room,  the  more  cargo  room. 

^6  HIGHWAY  MPG, 
18  CITY  MP6. 

That's  according  to  the  latest 
estimated  EPA  test  results  on 
Voyager's  Slant  6  with  manual 
transmission.  K  you  don't  think 
those  are  incredible  figures, 
just  compare  them  with  those 
of  any  other  wagon  built  any- 
where in  the  world.  Your 

In  California,  see 


actual  mileage  may  differ 
depending  on  how  and  where 
you  drive,  the  condition  of 
your  wagon  and  its  optional 
equipment. 

A  TURNING  DIAMETER 
3-FEET  SHORTER? 

That's  right.  3  feet  shorter 

m 


your  dealer  for  mileage  data  for  California 


— than  Ford  or  Chevrolet.  Which 
means  tight  U-turns  and  easier 
parking .  Especially  with  optional 
power  steering.  Plus  standard 
power  front  disc  brakes  and 
independent  front  suspension. 

HERE'S  ^^THE  CLINCHER" 

For  the  first  12  months  of  use, 
any  Chrysler  Corporation 
dealer  will  fix,  without  charge 
for  parts  or  labor,  any  part 
of  our  1976  passenger  cars 
we  supply  (except  Hres)  which 
proves  defective  in  normal  use, 
regardless  of  mileage.  The 
owner  is  responsible  |        ~       1 
only  for  normal  ! 

maintenance  like         CHRYSLER 
changing  filters  and 
wiper  blades, 
equipped  vehicles. 


/hat  you 
on't  see  makes 
^our  movies 
lasier  to  see. 


Kodak 
Moviedeck 
projector 
Model  455 


There  are  plenty  of  things  you  won't 
see  when  you  look  at  a  Kodak  Moviedeck 
projector.  But  they're  ail  there.  Things 
like  automatic  threading,  rapid  reel-to- 
reel  rewind,  permanently  attached  take- 
up  reel,  elevation  control  and  the  capabil-  simulated  projection. 
ity  to  show  both  super  8  and  8  mm  movies. 

You  might  even  miss  the  special  pull-out  viewing  screen  on 
Models  455,  465  and  475.  It  gives  you  the  option  of  looking  at 
your  movies  without  setting  up  a  big  screen  or  turning  off  the 
room  lights. 

What  you  will  see,  however,  is  a  movie  projector  that's  well- 
designed,  dependable  and  beautifully  easy  to  use.  Which  should 
make  the  Kodak  Moviedeck  projector  and  your  movies 
look  good— any  way  you  look  at  it. 

Model  455  (shown),  less  than  $220.  aher  models,  from  less 
than  $120.  At  your  photo  dealer's. 

Kodak  Moviedeck®projectors 

Prices  are  subject  to  ctiange  without  notice. 


doms  among  one-celled  creatures: 
Monera  for  the  prokaryotes  (bacteria 
and  blue-green  algae);  Protista  for  the 
eukaryotes. 

Among  multicellular  organisms, 
Plantae  and  Animalia  remain  in  their 
traditional  senses.  Whence,  then,  the 
fifth  kingdom?  Consider  the  fungi. 
Our  Procrustean  dichotomy  forced 
them  into  Plantae,  presumably  be- 
cause they  are  rooted  to  a  single  spot. 
But  their  resemblance  to  true  plants 
stops  with  this  superficial  feature. 
Higher  fungi  maintain  a  system  of 
tubes  superficially  like  those  of 
plants;  but  while  nutrients  flow  in 
plants,  protoplasm  itself  courses 
through  the  fungal  tubes.  Many  fungi 
reproduce  by  combining  the  nuclei  of 
several  individuals  into  a  multinu- 
cleate tissue  without  nuclear  fusion. 
The  list  could  be  extended,  but  all  its 
items  pale  before  one  cardinal  fact: 
fungi  do  not  photosynthesize.  They 
live  embedded  in  their  food  source 
and  feed  by  absorption  (often  by  ex- 
creting enzymes  for  external  diges- 
tion). Fungi,  then,  form  the  fifth  and 
final  kingdom. 

As  Whittaker  argues,  the  three 
kingdoms  of  multicellular  life  repre- 
sent an  ecological ,  as  well  as  a  mor- 
phological, classification.  The  three 
major  ways  of  making  a  living  in  our 
world  are  well  represented  by  plants 
(production),  fungi  (reduction),  and 
animals  (consumption).  And,  as  an- 
other nail  in  the  coffin  of  our  cosmic 
arrogance,  I  hasten  to  point  out  that 
the  major  cycle  of  life  runs  between 
production  and  reduction.  The  world 
could  get  along  very  well  without  its 
consumers. 

I  like  the  five-kingdom  system  be- 
cause it  tells  a  sensible  story  about 
organic  diversity.  It  arranges  life  in 
three  levels  of  increasing  complexity: 
the  prokaryotic  unicells  (Monera), 
the  eukaryotic  unicells  (Protista),  and 
the  eukaryotic  multicells  (Plantae, 
Fungi,  and  Animalia).  Moreover,  as 
we  ascend  through  the  levels,  life  be- 
comes more  diverse — as  we  should 
expect  since  increasing  complexity  of 
design  begets  more  opportunity  for 
variation  upon  it.  The  world  contains 
more  distinctively  different  kinds  of 
protistans  than  monerans.  At  the  third 
level,  diversity  is  so  great  that  we 
need  three  separate  kingdoms  to  en- 
compass it.  Finally,  I  note  that  the 
evolutionary  transition  from  any  level 
to  the  next  occurs  more  than  once;  the 
advantages  of  increased  complexity 
are  so  great  that  many  independent 
lines  converge  upon  the  few  possible 


solutions.  The  members  of  each  king- 
dom are  united  by  common  structure, 
not  by  common  descent.  In  Whit- 
taker's  view,  plants  evolved  at  least 
four  separate  times  from  protistan  an- 
cestors, fungi  at  least  five  times,  and 
animals  at  least  three  times  (the  pecu- 
liar mesozoans,  sponges,  and  every- 
thing else). 

The  three-leveled,  five-kingdom 
system  may  appear,  at  first  glance,  to 
record  an  inevitable  progress  in  the 
history  of  life  that  I  have  often  op- 
posed in  these  columns.  Increasing 
diversity  and  multiple  transitions 
seem  to  reflect  a  determined  and  inex- 
orable progression  toward  higher 
things.  But  the  paleontological  record 
supports  no  such  interpretation. 
There  has  been  no  steady  progress  in 
the  higher  development  of  organic 
design.  We  have  had,  instead,  vast 
stretches  of  little  or  no  change  and 
one  evolutionary  burst  that  created 
the  entire  system.  For  the  first  two- 
thirds  to  five-sixths  of  life's  history, 
monerans  alone  inhabited  the  earth, 
and  we  detect  no  steady  progress 
from  "lower"  to  "higher"  pro- 
karyotes.  Likewise,  there  has  been  no 
addition  of  basic  designs  since  the 
Cambrian  explosion  filled  our  bio- 
sphere (although  we  can  argue  for 
limited  improvement  within  a  few  de- 
signs— vertebrates  and  vascular 
plants,  for  example). 

Rather,  the  entire  system  of  life 
arose  during  about  10  percent  of  its 
history  surrounding  the  Cambrian  ex- 
plosion some  600  million  years  ago. 
I  would  identify  two  main  events:  the 
evolution  of  the  eukaryotic  cell  (mak- 
ing further  complexity  possible  by 
providing  genetic  variability  through 
efficient  sexual  reproduction)  and  the 
filling  of  the  ecological  barrel  by  an 
explosive  radiation  of  multicellular 
eukaryotes. 

The  world  of  life  was  quiet  before 
and  it  has  been  relatively  quiet  ever 
since.  The  recent  evolution  of  con- 
sciousness must  be  viewed  as  the 
most  cataclysmic  happening  since  the 
Cambrian  if  only  for  its  geologic  and 
ecological  effects.  Major  events  in 
evolution  do  not  require  the  origin  of 
new  designs.  The  kingdom  of  flex- 
ible eukaryotes  will  continue  to  yield 
novelty  and  diversity  so  long  as  one 
of  its  latest  products  controls  itself 
well  enough  to  assure  the  world  a  fu- 
ture. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science  at 
Harvard  University. 


The  place:  hot 

The  mood:  Ihirsty. 

The  drink:  f^Hwi/^  &  Soda. 


Ovence.  a  n  ou  nee  of    ' 
KahlOa,  a  fill-up  of""*-       '^   '    '•S'^-. 
soda,  a  squeeze  of  lime.     ■'-->» 
A  great  way  to  cool  it! 

For  other  Kahlua  refreshmentSr 
send  for  our  recipe  book.  Free. 

'""  I  you  deserve  something  nice. 


Kahlua  53  Proof  Colfee  Liqueur  from  Sunny  Mexico  Maidslone  Impc 


on  Blvd  .  Los  Angeles  Cahf  90048 


Lindblad's  New  East  African 

WING  SAFARr 

offers  an  exclusive  window-seat  view 
of  the  world's  richest  wildlife  panorama 


No  need  to  get  trapped  in  large  con- 
centrations of  minibuses  on  liot  and 
dusty  roads.  Get  a  wide-angled  view 
of  the  African  vastness.  OurnewWing 
Safari,  limited  to  7  passengers,  using 
the  latest,  most  comfortable  Navajo 
turbo-powered  aircraft,  permits  us  to 
visit  far  ranging  wilderness  and  game 
reserves  seldom  visited  by  other  sa- 
faris. We  will  fly  deeper  into  the  North- 
ern Frontier  District  to  see  the  excit- 
ing tribal  life  of  the  Samburu,  Boran. 
Rendilles  and  Somalis.  At  night  we 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHWS  676    133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022  (212)  751-2300 


will  occupy  the  very  best  hotels, 
lodges  and  tented  camps.  Our  spe- 
cially trained  hosts  will  introduce 
you,  not  only  to  the  large  mammals, 
but  also  to  colorful  and  exciting  birds, 
butterflies,  plants  and  flowers  en- 
demic to  East  Africa.  The  Lindblad 
Wing  Safari  is  a  truly  unforgettable 
experience.  British  Airways  will  fly 
you  to  Nairobi  and  back  in  utmost 
comfort.  Please  write  for  our  bro- 
chure or  see  your  travel  agent. 


37 


iive  you  ail  idea  of  diamond  values,  the  piece  shown  is  available  for  about  $1350. 

ir  jeweler  can  show  you  other  fine  diamond  jewelry  starting  at  about  $200.  De  Beers  Consolidated  Mines,  Ltd. 


Now  that  she  is  a  little  past  40, 
she  says  birthdays  are  made  to  be  forgotten. 
^^gj^l^^,^pii|^^^^>^^         she  sees  how  I've  forgotten  her  this  yean 


A  diamond  is  forever. 


A  $135  Million  Gamble 


by  Edwin  D.  Kilbourne 


Swine  influenza 's  death-dealing 
past  makes  the  decision  to  stem 
it  more  than  a  political  one 

The  epidemiology  of  most  viruses 
in  man  is  fairly  predictable  based  on 
their  relatively  stable  characteristics, 
a  result  of  an  obligate  adaptation  to 
human  hosts  over  thousands  of  years. 
From  an  anthropocentric  viewpoint, 
viruses  can  be  viewed  as  predators 
because  their  survival  depends  upon 
their  capacity  to  attack  and  secure  nu- 
trients from  the  bodies  of  their  vic- 
tims. More  sophisticated  than  most 
predators,  their  self -perpetuation 
usually  can  be  achieved  without  kill- 
ing those  they  attack. 

Several  years  ago  in  this  magazine 
(January  1973)  I  described  influenza 
virus  as  an  "adaptable  predator"  and 
emphasized  its  changeable  nature .  In 
recent  years,  worldwide  influenza  ep- 
idemics have  occurred  approximately 
every  decade  (1946,  1957,  1968)  and 
have  always  followed  the  emergence 


of  major  antigenic  variants  of  influ- 
enza A,  very  dillcrcnt  from  the  virus 
that  had  just  previously  circulated  in 
the  human  population. 

These  major,  or  pandemic,  vari- 
ants of  influenza  virus  may  originate 
in  animals — particularly  in  domestic 
species  in  close  contact  with  man. 
One  such  species  is  swine,  which 
does  harbor  influenza  A .  but  of  a  type 
difl'erent  from  known  human  strains. 
Such  influenza  viruses  in  animals, 
however,  are  rarely  transmitted  to 
man  and  appear  to  be  restricted  to 
their  specific  hosts.  If  this  is  true,  how 
can  these  viruses  cause  potential  pan- 
demics in  man?  The  answer  may  lie 
in  the  capacity  of  human  and  animal 
influenza  viruses  to  interact  geneti- 
cally— a  capacity  that  could  endow 
the  animal  virus  with  genes  necessary 
for  its  transmission  and  replication  in 
man.  Studies  in  lower  animals  have 
provided  evidence  on  this  point. 

When  an  influenza  epidemic  that 
broke  out  in  February  at  Fort  Dix, 


New  Jersey — killing  one  person  and 
infecting  hundreds  of  others — was 
found  to  have  been  caused  by  a  virus 
indistinguishable  from  swine  influ- 
enza virus,  a  chain  of  controversial 
events  began.  The  result  was  that 
within  a  few  weeks  the  president  pro- 
posed and  Congress  approved  a  mass 
immunization  campaign  that  will  cost 
SI 35  million  for  the  purchase  of  200 
million  doses  of  swine  influenza  virus 
vaccine.    To   many,    this   decision. 


Measures  to  alleviate  the  1918 
influenza  pandemic,  which  killed 
more  than  500.000  people  in  this 
country,  included  laws  that 
prohibited  sneezing  in  public 
places  and  required  the  wearing 
of  face  masks.  In  accordance  with 
the  latter.  Chicago  street  cleaners 
line  up  for  inspection. 


United  Press  International 


39 


THE  S.S.ROTTERDAM'S 

1977  WORLD  CRUISE 

FOLLOWS  THE  SUN  AS  IT 

CIRCLES  THE  EARTH. 


ON  OUR  19TH  WORLD  CRUISE,  YOU'LL  BASK  IN  THE  SUN  IN 

BARBADOS,  BRAZIL,  SOUTH  AFRICA,  KENYA,  INDL\, 

HONOLULU,  ACAPULCO  AND  MORE. 

On  the  18th  of  January,  the  s.s.  Rotterdam  will  leave  New 
York  and  winter  behind  to  cruise  the  world  on  Holland  Americas 
19th  consecutive  Grand  Tour.  (It  sails  from  Port  Everglades,  Florida, 
January  20th.) 

The  86-day  voyage  will  bring  you  to  16  ports  in  13  countries 
via  a  relaxing  warm-weather  route.  So  you'll  enjoy  the  glorious  sun 
of  Rio  de  Janeiro  and  Acapulco  and  the  glorious  spectacle  of  the 
Taj  Mahal  and  Mt.  Fuji.  And  you'll  visit  Bombay  and  Mombasa, 
South  Africa  and  Singapore,  Hong  Kong,  Yokohama  and  more. 

All  with  no  packing  and  unpacking,  no  checking  in  and  out  of 
hotels  or  getting  held  up  in  holding  patterns  over  airports. 

And  as  you  cruise,  you'll  live  in  a  manner  to  which  very  few 
are  accustomed.  For  the  s.s.  Rotterdam  is  truly  a  luxurious  inter- 
national resort  built  to  cruise  the  world  in  uncompromising 
grandeur.  So  you'll  relax  in  a  spacious  cabin  with  all  the  comforts  of 
home.  Dine  elegantly  on  gourmet  cuisine  featuring  freshly  prepared 
specialities  of  the  lands  you  visit.  And  enjoy  a  world  of  leisure  at  your 
beck  and  call  while  the  world  sails  right  up  to  you. 

So  join  Holland  America  and  see  the  world  with  the  world's 
most  experienced  world  cruise  line.  For  information,  consult  your 
travel  agent  or  Holland  America  Cruises,  Dept.  C,  Two  Penn  Plaza 
New  York,  NY  10001.  Or  call  (212)  760-3880. 

The  s.s.  Rotterdam  is  registered  in  the  Netherlands  Antilles. 

Holland  America  Cruises 

\aC«nONS  THflT  ARE  MX  VAOVnON  SINCE  187Z 


seemingly  based  on  sketchy  evi- 
dence, was  difficult  to  understand;  at 
the  very  least,  it  appeared  to  be  an 
extreme  overreaction  to  a  minor 
threat.  What  then  was  the  basis  for  the 
vaccine  decision  and  for  the  concern 
behind  it? 

Although  at  the  time  of  the  deci- 
sion infection  with  swine  influenza 
virus  appeared  to  have  been  limited 
to  soldiers  at  Fort  Dix,  this  alone  indi- 
cated that  the  swinelike  virus  is 
clearly  transmissible  from  human  to 
human.  On  indirect  but  substantial 
evidence,  the  cause  of  the  notorious 
1918  pandemic  of  influenza  was  a 
virus  similar  in  its  surface  antigens  to 
the  Fort  Dix  virus.  Some  students  of 
influenza  believe  that  the  1918  virus, 
which  caused  20  million  deaths,  was 
uniquely  virulent,  although  most  of 
the  fatalities  probably  resulted  from 
secondary  bacterial  pneumonia.  Al- 
though the  Fort  Dix  experience  pre- 
sented no  evidence  of  exceptional  vir- 
ulence of  the  vuns,  further  transfer  of 
the  virus  could  augment  its  virulence 
in  future  epidemics.  The  second  wave 
of  influenza  in  1918  was  more  devas- 
tating than  the  first,  but  this  cannot 
necessarily  be  ascribed  to  change  in 
the  intrinsic  virulence  of  the  virus. 

The  world  population  is  virtually 
devoid  of  antibody,  and  hence  immu- 
nity, to  the  swine  influenza  virus,  ex- 
cept for  those  who  were  exposed  to 
the  1918  virus  during  the  period  from 
1918  to  1929  and  who  therefore  are 
more  than  47  years  of  age.  This  lack 
of  immunity  indicates  that  the  swine 
influenza  virus  is  different  from  all 
but  the  1 9 1 8  human  strains  and  repre- 
sents a  major  mutation  of  the  virus  to 
a  different  subtype.  This  is  a  cardinal 
reason  for  concern  because  in  the 
past,  mutations  in  the  virus  of  this 
degree  have  always  been  followed  by 
pandemic  spread  of  the  new  virus  as 
it  replaced  the  old.  We  are  nearing  the 
end  of  a  decade  of  prevalence  of 
Hong  Kong-like  influenza  virus;  the 
disappearance  of  that  virus  and  the 
emergence  of  some  major  new 
variant  had  been  expected,  although 
the  exact  nature  of  the  variant  seemed 
unpredictable.  At  least  two  groups  of 
investigators,  however,  had  pre- 
dicted the  reappearance  of  the  swine 
virus  on  the  basis  of  recent  recycling 
of  other  past  influenza  virus  antigens. 
The  basis  of  concern  at  this  time  is 
primarily  the  marked  difference  of  the 
Fort  Dix  virus  from  present  human 
strains,  rather  than  its  "swinelike" 
nature  per  se. 

The  Fort  Dix  swine  influenza  virus 


probably  did  not  originate  at  Fort  Dix 
but  was  imported  from  other  areas. 
Indeed,  the  family  of  one  soldier  from 
Pennsylvania  was  found  to  have  ac- 
quired antibodies  to  the  virus  in  the 
absence  of  contact  with  swine.  The 
epidemiology  of  influen/a  is  such  that 
sequential  infections,  sometimes 
without  symptoms,  occur  throughout 
the  year,  but  recognizable  epidemics 
are  principally  winter  phenomena. 
The  Fort  Dix  virus  may  persist  unrec- 
ognized in  the  human  population  until 
the  fall  or  winter. 

Those  who  advised  the  president 
and  the  Congress  to  appropriate  funds 
for  the  development  of  a  vaccine 
based  their  decision  not  only  on  these 
concerns  but  also  on  the  following; 

First,  for  the  first  time  in  history  the 
early  recognition  of  a  major  viral  mu- 
tant provides  the  opportunity  to  mod- 
ify the  course  of  an  incipient  pandem- 
ic. Second,  although  presently  avail- 
able influenza  vaccines  do  not  pro- 
duce permanent  immunity,  they  are 
from  70  to  90  percent  effective  over 
one-  to  two-year  periods.  Third,  in- 
fluenza vaccines  are  preparations  of 
inactivated  virus  that  generally  are 
well  tolerated  and  without  serious 
side  effects.  And  fourth,  officials  of 
the  Bureau  of  Biologies — the  regula- 
tors of  vaccine  control  and  licen- 
sure— established  that  production  of 
200  million  doses  of  vaccine  by  the 
fall/ winter  of  1976  was  possible.  The 
feasibility  of  production  depended  on 
the  availability  of  a  laboratory  hybrid 
of  the  Fort  Dix  virus  that  would  grow 
well  in  chicken  embryos  in  which 
vaccine  is  produced.  A  virology  labo- 
ratory promptly  produced  this  virus. 

Yet  with  all  the  foregoing  consid- 
erations in  mind,  one  must  admit  the 
possibility  that  the  Fort  Dix  outbreak 
was  a  freak  occurrence,  that  further 
transmission  of  virus  may  not  occur, 
and  that  millions  of  people  will  be 
unnecessarily  subjected  to  vaccina- 
tion against  a  pandemic  that  will  not 
come.  But  if  one  waits  for  further  evi- 
dence of  spread,  then  it  will  be  too 
late  to  immunize  the  population  for 
the  winter  of  1976-77,  and  once 
again  we  shall  stand  idly  by  as  influ- 
enza kills  thousands  and  incapacitates 
millions  at  an  economic  cost  of  bil- 
lions. To  some  of  us,  the  vaccine  de- 
cision seemed  inescapable  and  the 
president  and  the  Congress,  on  the 
basis  of  this  advice,  have  concurred. 

Edwin  D.  Kilbourne  is  chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Microbiology  at 
the  Mount  Sinai  School  of  Medicine. 


You  can  reach 
your  goal 
with  Minolta. 


Exciting  shots  can  pass  you  by  on  a 
moment's  notice.  A  fast-handling  Minolta 
SR-T  will  keep  them  from  getting  away. 

You're  comfortable  with  a  Minolta  SR-T 
from  the  moment  you  pick  it  up.  This  is  the 
35mm  reflex  camera  that  lets  you  concentrate 
on  the  picture,  because  the  viewfinder 
shows  all  the  information  needed  for  correct 
exposure  and  focusing.  You  never  have  to 
look  away  from  the  finder  to  adjust  a  Minolta 
SR-T,  so  you're  ready  to  catch  the  one 
photograph  that  could  never  be  taken 
again. 

And  when  subjects  call  for  a  different 
perspective,  Minolta  SR-T  cameras  accept  a 
complete  system  of  interchangeable 
lenses,  from  "fisheye"  wide  angle  to  super- 
telephoto. 

If  your  goal  is  good  photography,  a 
Minolta  SR-T  can  help  you  reach  it.  For  more 
information,  see  your  photo  dealer  or  write 
Minolta  Corporation,  ^^ 

101  Williams  Drive, 
Ramsey,  N.J. 
07446.  In  Canada: 
AnglophotoLtd.,  P.Q. 


Minolta  SR-T 


First  Prize 

Macro/Microphotography 
Wild  honeycomb 
O'Hara  Township,  Pennsylvania 
Virginia  A.  Phelps 


The  Perceptive  Eye 

The  prizewinning 
photographs  from  the 
1976  Natural  History 
Photographic  Competition  .  .  . 
and  the  categories  for 
the  1977  competition 


In  the  opening  pages  of  Walden,  Thoreau  chides  his 
friends  and  readers  for  being  impressed  by  the  exotic, 
while  failing  to  observe  their  own  environs.  He 
introduces  the  section  with  the  comment,  "I  have 
traveled  a  good  deal  in  Concord." 

The  winners  of  the  1976  Natural  History 
Photographic  Competition  have  traveled  a  good  deal  in 
their  home  towns  too.  As  we  looked  through  the 
prizewinning  photographs,  we  were  struck  by  the 
general  absence  of  foreign  scenes,  exotic  animals,  and 
unusual  subjects.  And  as  we  talked  to  the  prizewinners 
themselves,  one  consistent  theme  emerged:  "Oh,  I 
photographed  the  tree  in  a  nearby  park";  "The  plant 
was  growing  on  a  dirt  road  near  my  house";  "The  shell 
was  on  a  beach  where  we  often  camp";  "I  thought  I'd 
see  what  an  ordinary  chrysanthemum  leaf  looks  like." 
Although  these  comments  often  had  a  defensive  ring, 
they  suggest  that  more  and  more  people  are  coming  to 
understand  that  photography,  like  any  art  form,  is  not 
only  a  way  of  recording  the  spectacular  and  unusual  but 
also  a  way  of  seeing  a  subject  and  communicating 
feelings  about  it. 

This  viewpoint  was  summarized  by  several 
prizewinners,  including  one  who  expressed  his  plan  to 
put  a  time-lapse  camera  in  his  window  for  a  year. 
Stephen  Diehl,  talking  about  his  closeup  view  of  an 


apple  leaf  with  ice  crystals,  commented  that  he  does  a 
great  deal  of  macrophotography  because  the  area  where 
he  lives — Rochester,  New  York — does  not  offer 
spectacular  scenes.  Being  forced  to  get  close  to  his 
subject,  he  must   "feel  first,  fantasize  on  a  minute 
level.  It's  there  if  you  believe  it  to  be." 

Echoing  these  views,  Vici  Zaremba  observed  that 
"there  is  so  much  to  see  in  one  place.  I  go  back  to  a 
spot  and  keep  finding  things  changing.  People  don't 
take  enough  time  to  look,  especially  in  winter."  Her 
Honorable  Mention  picture  of  a  snow-covered  spruce 
tree  was  taken  in  Mendon  Ponds,  a  county  park  outside 
Rochester,  which  she  visits  frequently. 

Other  prizewinners  commented  that  as  a  result  of 
taking  pictures,  they  have  learned  to  see  more.  One 
described  the  process  as  that  of  a  laser  beam  focusing 
on  a  subject.  John  Sackett  became  involved  with  several 
generations  of  a  black  family  through  his  photographic 
experiences.  While  taking  pictures  of  the  children,  the 
father,  and  finally  the  grandmother — his  prizewinning 
photograph — he  developed  a  rich  insight  into  their 
feelings  and  traditions.  Virginia  Phelps,  whose 
photograph  of  wild  honeycomb  won  First  Prize  in  the 
Macro/Micro  Category,  always  has  her  camera  with  her 
and  feels  that  photography  enhances  her  involvement 
with  the  environment.  Intensely  interested  in 
wildflowers,  she  has  been  a  volunteer  in  botany  and 
photography  at  Shenandoah  National  Park  for  many 
years. 

Like  Virginia  Phelps — who  made  a  special  trip  to  a 
friend's  farm  to  photograph  the  wild  beehive — Nancy 
Benham  drove  especially  to  a  canyon  near  her  Carmel, 
California,  home  because  she  had  heard  that  some 
trillium  was  growing  there.  She  found  two  specimens, 
the  first  she  had  ever  seen,  and  her  elegant  photograph 
of  the  plant  earned  Grand  Prize  in  the  competition. 

For  Thomas  Wiewandt,  a  graduate  student  who  is 
studying  the  ecology  and  behavior  of  the  ground 

(Continued  on  page  59) 


42 


4^^ 


.^-v- 


,«KL*iK^ 


'■•"    -^1, 


v-v.. 


^m 


44 


First  Prize 

A  Chronological  Sequence 

of  an  Event  in  Nature 

Stages  of  decay  of  a  tilapia  fish 

Lago  Enriquillo,  Dominican  Republic 

Thomas  A.  Wiewandt 


45 


First  Prize 

The  Natural  World 
Young  elephant  and  elders 
Tsavo  East  National  Park,  Kenya 
Nadine  Berlin  Stearns 


Overleaf 

Grand  Prize 

Trillium 

Big  Sur,  California 

Nancy  Benham 


46 


47 


Honorable  Mention 
Apple  leaf 

Rochester,  New  York 
Stephen  J.  Diehl 


Honorable  Mention 
Clamshell  on  beach 
Baja  California,  Mexico 
Dorothy  A.  Todd 


a  .ii 


Honorable  Mention 
Snow-covered  spruce  tree 
Rochester,  New  York 
Vici  Zaremba 


Honorable  Mention 
Katmandu  Bazaar 
Katmandu,  Nepal 
James  Kittle 


52 


t  •«  '\^' 


■^^^rtd 


\^^ 


*«r>^. 


1N-:^Alh> ' 


^¥SK 


^^■ 


^ilf^% 


:m^ 


> 


'•mmmt^ 


/ 

\ 

■A      \- 

V_l,. 

/ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

/ 

:        \ 

\       \ 

\  \ 

Honorable  Mention 

Mrs.  Goodwin 

Houston,  Texas 

John  D.  Sackett 


54 


Honorable  Mention 
Starfish  larva 
Photographed  at  40X      « 
Lester  V.  Bergman 


Honorable  Mention 
Germinating  pollen  tubes  of  lily, 
Photographed  at  125X 
Sanat  K.  Majumder 


Honorable  mention 

Resorcinol  crystals 

Photographed  at  35X 

Lawrence  SchaufHer 


56 


Honorable  mention 

Upper  leaf  surface  of  chrysanthemum 

Scanning  electron  microscope 

Photographed  at  220X 

James  R.  Swafford 


(Continued  from  pa^e  42) 

iguana,  photography  serves  an  esthetic  as  well  as  a 
documentary  function.  He  finds  that  motion  pictures  are 
a  great  help  in  interpreting  subtle  behavior,  but  he  uses 
still  photographs  for  comparison  and  for  answers  to  less 
obvious  research  questions.  Wiewandt  was,  in  fact, 
surveying  Lago  Enriquillo  in  the  Dominican  Republic 
for  iguanas  when  he  took  his  First  Prize-winning 
sequence  of  decaying  fish.  In  addition  to  portraying  a 
stunningly  imaginative  sequence,  his  pictures  tell  an 
ecological  story.  The  lake,  cut  off  from  the  sea  during 
the  Pleistocene,  is  supersaline,  with  nearly  double  the 
salt  concentration  of  seawater.  Because  of  a  hurricane 
some  years  ago,  a  smaller  lake  has  flooded  into  Lago 
Enriquillo,  bringing  with  it  many  freshwater  species, 
such  as  the  tilapia  fish,  that  are  unable  to  survive  the 
saline  concentration.  In  his  depiction  of  decay  and 
regeneration,  Wiewandt  has  "speeded  up"  a  natural 
process  that  would  take  months  or  possibly  years, 
photographing  five  fish  at  five  sites  in  one  day. 

Although  other  prizewinners  also  use  photography  in 
their  work,  they  felt  their  entries  were  not  only 
scientifically  interesting  but  beautiful  as  well.  James 
Swafford,  a  microbiologist  at  Arizona  State  University, 
uses  the  scanning  electron  microscope  in  his  research  on 
morphology  of  unusual  organisms  and  in  collaborative 
studies  with  botanists  who  are  analyzing  desert  plants. 
He  also  teaches  a  graduate-level  course  in  electron 
microscopy.  Yet  his  photograph  of  the  upper  leaf 
surface  of  a  chrysanthemum  was  taken,  as  Swafford  put 
it,  "for  its  sheer  beauty."  He  was  fascinated  by  the 
propellerlike  patterns. 

Lawrence  Schauffler  photographed  ordinary  crystals 
bought  in  a  drugstore;  through  his  pictorial 
interpretation,  however,  they  have  an  impressionistic 
quality.  Schauffler  began  his  microscopic  work  three 
years  ago  at  the  age  of  eighty,  as  a  way  of  continuing 
his  interest  in  photography  now  that  he  is  unable  to 
travel  a  great  deal. 

One  of  the  few  professional  photographers  among  the 
prizewinners,  Lester  Bergman  specializes  in  scientific 
work.  He  has  illustrated  surgical  texts,  made  films  of 
microscopic  images,  and  is  responsible  for  time-lapse 
advertising  films  that  show  greasy  spots  being  washed 
out  of  a  new  white  jacket.  His  photograph  of  a  starfish 
larva,  however,  was  a  "self -assignment  in  enlivening 
the  microscopic  image."  He  used  a  purchased 
specimen,  then  worked  at  the  microscope  in  his 
laboratory  until  he  had  the  picture  he  wanted. 


Overwhelmingly,  the  prizewinning  photographs 
reveal  a  quality  of  thoughtfulness.  Few  were  inherently 
"great  shots"  or  the  kind  of  scene  that  appears  for  only 
an  instant.  Rather,  the  photographs  the  judges  selected 
show  visual  imagination,  interpretation,  and 
involvement.  While  this  was  more  apparent  in  the 
seemingly  ordinary  subjects  shot  close  to  home,  such 
personal  involvement  can  also  be  seen  in  the 
photographs  that  resulted  from  foreign  travel. 
According  to  James  Kittle,  whose  photograph  of  a 
woman  at  the  Katmandu  bazaar  won  Honorable 
Mention,  "It  would  be  hard  to  take  a  bad  picture  in 
Nepal."  Yet  Kittle  does  more  than  merely  take  a  good 
picture:  he  brings  a  human  dimension  to  his 
photograph.  Impressed  by  Nepal,  by  the  faces  of  its 
people,  the  smells  and  colors  at  its  markets,  he  conveys 
all  these  feelings  in  his  photograph. 

Nadine  Bertin  Stearns,  too.  combines  emotion  with 
an  excellent  sense  of  composition  in  her  photograph 
taken  at  Tsavo  East  National  Park  in  Kenya.  She  has 
always  been  involved  with  animals,  but  feels  a 
particular  tenderness  for  elephants.  Her  First 
Prize-winning  photograph — showing  a  young  animal 
amongst  elders — mirrors  the  disparity  between  the 
elephants"  size  and  their  gentleness,  the  concern  of  the 
big  caring  for  the  little. 

At  a  time  when  depressed  economic  conditions  are 
restricting  travel,  when  the  brightness  of  the 
environmental  movement  seems  tarnished,  and  when 
Bicentennial  fervor  is  either  Uirning  people  away  from 
the  present  to  a  sentimentalized  past  or  turning  them  off 
altogether,  the  results  of  this  year's  photography  contest 
are  particularly  satisfying.  In  addition  to  the  fourteen 
prizewinning  photographs,  the  thousands  of  other 
entries  demonstrated  that  people  are  becoming 
increasingly  sensitive  to  their  environments.  Whether 
on  weekend  outings,  behind  the  microscope,  or  walking 
to  work,  they,  like  Thoreau,  are  traveling  a  good  deal. 

Prizes  for  the  competition  are:  Grand  Prize,  $500; 
First  Prize,  $250;  Honorable  Mention,  $100.  In 
addition,  the  prize wiiming  photographs  will  be 
displayed  at  a  special  exhibition  at  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 
And  next  year:  The  categories  for  the  1977 
Photographic  Competition  (details  to  be  announced  in 
future  issues)  are  The  Natural  World,  A  Chronological 
Sequence  of  a  Natural  Event,  Microphotography,  and 
The  Human  Family.  Special  awards  for  Humor  and 
Urban  Wildlife.  Toni  Gerber 


59 


Return  to  Manus 


Theodore  Schwartz 


by  Margaret  Mead 


After  a  half  century  of  troubled 
growth,  a  New  Guinea  village 
is  finding  its  identity  in  a  blend 
of  tradition  and  development 

"Did  anyone  remember  you?" 
people  asked  me  when,  in  1953,  I 
said  I  had  returned  from  Pere,  the  lit- 
tle Manus  village  in  the  Admiralty  Is- 
lands where  my  husband  and  I  had 
spent  seven  months  in  1928.  "Did 
you  remember  anyone?"  they  also 
asked,  and  I  realized  that  either  the 
questioners  had  never  lived  in  a  vil- 
lage themselves  or  they  knew  little 
about  what  anthropological  field 
work  was  like.  To  the  210  people  of 
Pere  village,  we  were  the  kind  of 
event  that  would  be  talked  about 
again  and  again,  and  as  long  as  I  tried 
to  think  and  write  about  anthro- 
pological problems,  the  memory  of 
the  people — especially  the  children, 
whom  I  studied  intensively — would 
be  sharp  and  clear  in  my  mind,  each 
small  figure  etched  sharply  against 
the  background  of  the  lagoon  where 
their  pile  houses  were  silhouetted. 

Once  in  a  while,  as  I  went  back  and 
forth  to  the  South  Pacific,  and  as 
members  of  other  departments  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory went  on  their  separate  expedi- 
tions, I  would  receive  some  scrap  of 
news .  I  heard  that  soon  after  we  left — 
and  they  had  beaten  the  death  drums 
as  our  canoe  pulled  out  of  the  village, 
for  they  were  as  sure  as  we  were  that 
we  had  left  forever — a  Catholic  mis- 
sionary had  established  himself  in  the 
village  and  had  set  up  a  school  in  our 
house,  a  house  that  lacked  the  good 
lines  of  the  native  structures  because 
it  had  been  built  to  let  in  more  light. 
I  once  met  a  trader  from  Manus  who 
told  me  reproachfully  that  several 
young  men  from  Pere,  who  had  been 
part  of  the  children's  group  that  had 
nm  my  household  and  made  thou- 
sands of  drawings  for  my  psycho- 
logical study  of  child  thought,  had 
stolen  a  big  canoe  and  sailed  away  to 


the  nearest  large  island.  His  voice 
suggested  that  we  had  been  a  bad  in- 
fluence. But  he  had  never  stopped  to 
think  about  how  14,000  people, 
speaking  some  twenty  different  lan- 
guages, had  originally  reached  that 
isolated  archipelago,  and  that  thou- 
sands of  years  ago  somebody  doing 
some  long-distance  sailing  had  most 
likely  been  blown  off  course. 

Before  glottochronology,  a  lin- 
guistic analysis  that  determines  when 
a  language  diverged  from  a  mother 
tongue,  was  developed,  we  had  no 
way  of  estimating  how  long  ago  that 
trip  took  place,  as  no  archeology  had 
been  done.  We  were,  however,  able 
to  get  a  pretty  good  idea  of  the  way 
the  different  language  groups  had 
specialized  over  the  course  of  cen- 
turies of  growing  coconuts  and  taro 
on  the  big  and  small  islands,  trading 
sea  products  for  land  products  along 
the  shores,  going  on  long  voyages  to 
hereditary  trade  friends  to  exchange 
a  turtle  or  a  freshly  caught  dugong  for 
a  large  tree  to  be  used  as  a  housepost 
or  a  canoe.  They  filled  shelves  in  the 
rafters  of  their  big  houses  with  pots 
and  baskets  made  waterproof  with 
gum  (parinarium),  spears  with  ob- 
sidian points,  spider  web  lures,  ladles 
and  bailers  carved  by  peoples  who 
were  both  trade  friends  as  individuals 
and  enemies  in  sporadic  warfare. 

There  was  respect,  contempt, 
envy,  and  hostility  among  the  peoples 
of  this  small  world — the  only  world 
they  had  known  until  European  dis- 


Margaret  Mead  with  the  children  of 

Manus.  From  her  first  trip  to 

the  Admiralty  Islands  in  1928,  top 

left,  through  a  series  of  visits 

(1953,  center  left;  1964,  bottom  left, 

and  1975,  right).  Mead  has 

particularly  studied  the  growth 

of  children  as  the  area  itself  has 

evolved  into  a  modern  state. 


Barbara  Heatti 


6o 


John  Kilepak  (second  from  right, 

above)  was  one  of  five  boys  that 

lived  in  Margaret  Mead's  house  in 

Manus  during  her  1928  trip.  These 

boys  ran  the  household  (Kilepak 

was  the  cook)  and  provided  data 

for  her  psychological  study 

of  child  thought.  Thirty -five  years 

later,  Kilepak,  right,  had 

become  a  local  leader  and,  like 

many  postwar  Manus,  had 

adopted  Western  dress.  In  1969 

he  visited  anthropologist 

Barbara  Heath  at  her  Carmel, 

California,  home  and  spent  six 

months  demonstrating  traditional 

woodcarving  skills,  lecturing, 

and  visiting  with  her  friends 

(page  63,  top).  Now  about  sixty 

years  old,  Kilepak  is  an  important 

elder  in  Manus  (page  63,  bottom). 


Barbara  Meath 


CO  very  of  Papua  New  Guinea.  First 
the  Germans  and  then,  after  World 
War  I,  the  Australians  had  preempted 
the  good,  level  land  for  coconut  plan- 
tations. They  imposed  a  rough  sort  of 
law  and  order  and  recruited  young 
men  to  work  on  ships,  on  distant  plan- 
tations, or  as  wharf  laborers  at  the 
ports. 

In  1928  the  adventures  of  going 
away  to  work  as  an  indentured  laborer 
had  replaced  the  adventures  of  war- 
fare and  the  capture  of  women.  Iron 
had  replaced  obsidian  and  stone  in 
knives  and  adzes.  Beads  made  in  Eu- 
ropean factories  had  supplemented 
the  beads  made  of  shell  that  were  used 
in  trade;  for  payments  for  small  serv- 
ices; for  the  great  exchanges  that  sur- 
rounded and  validated  betrothals, 
marriages,  births,  and  deaths;  for  re- 
distributing valuable  imports  within 
the  villages;  and  for  keeping  up  the 
level  of  food  production. 

The  system  that  kept  men  and 
women  working  unremittingly — to 
meet  obligations  that  lasted  through 
generations  after  each  marriage  was 
contracted — was  stimulated  by  the 
addition  of  the  new  things  brought  by 
the  Europeans.  The  traders  paid  in 
large  packets  of  tiny  beads  for  each 
packet  of  sago  they  took  to  feed  the 
workers  on  plantations  and  the  boat 
crews  that  joined  the  passenger  ship 
that  touched  the  port  of  Lorengau 
every  six  weeks  or  so. 

As  has  happened  in  so  many  parts 
of  the  world,  the  first  contact  with  the 
more  complex  technology  and  larger 
political  system  of  the  Europeans  was 
stimulating.  It  improved  the  kind  of 
fishhooks  and  tools  people  had  to  use; 
provided  a  wider  occupational  expe- 
rience as  boat  crews,  police,  and 
child  nurses;  and  offered  new  hori- 
zons for  the  future.  They  had  already 
decided  that  some  day  soon  they 
would  become  Christians.  They 
would  abandon  the  ancestral  ghosts 
who  hovered  close  to  their  preserved 
skulls,  which  hung  in  every  house  to 
discipline  its  occupants  by  making 
them  sick  and  to  protect  them  from 
the  death-dealing  malice  of  the  ghosts 
of  other  households.  Then  they  would 
learn  to  read  and  write  and  keep  ac- 
counts to  avoid  the  endless  bickering 
over  how  many  thousands  of  dogs' 
teeth  and  strands  of  shell  money  had 
changed  hands  and  established  in- 
debtedness. European  medicine  was 


62 


still  respected  for  curing  ringworm, 
cuts,  and  wounds,  but  the  "doctor 
boys,"  as  the  medical  assistants  who 
were  set  up  in  each  village  by  the 
Australian  Mandate  were  called,  had 
little  ellect  among  a  people  who  be- 
lieved that  all  illness  and  misfortune 
were  the  result  of  sin,  either  sexual 
or  economic.  In  their  scheme  of 
things,  theft,  failure  to  pay  a  debt, 
and  even  looking  lustfully  at  a  woman 
were  equated. 

Their  view  of  their  future  and  our 
view  were  as  divergent  as  their 
clothes  and  utensils,  their  beliefs  and 
ceremonies  were  from  ours.  They 
saw  the  world  the  Europeans  were 
bringing  as  one  of  wider  opportu- 
nities for  trade  and  adventure,  within 
which  their  own  lives  would  go  on 
essentially  unchanged.  The  entre- 
preneurial men  and  their  entre- 
preneurial wives  would  go  on  initiat- 
ing marriages  in  terms  of  which  the 
young,  the  dependent,  and  the  unen- 
terprising would  work  for  them, 
while  a  few  sturdy  individualists 
would  opt  out  of  the  complex  and  ex- 
acting exchange  system  and  simply 
fish  and  trade  at  the  local  market  to 
keep  their  families  in  food. 

But  we,  as  anthropologists,  fore- 
saw a  diflferent  fate.  We  saw  a  culture 
that  would  become  impoverished,  as 
young  men  accustomed  to  foreign 
ways  would  come  to  despise  the  au- 
thority and  ghostly  sanctions  of  their 
elders.  The  people  would  be  trans- 
formed into  a  kind  of  native  prole- 
tariat, working  at  low  wages  for  for- 
eigners, losing  what  they  had  devel- 
oped over  thousands  of  years  and 
gaining  very  little  in  return.  They 
would  become  economically  depend- 
ent, subject  to  capricious  outside  au- 
thority, when  they  had  once  been 
masters  of  the  seas  they  sailed. 

One  of  these  authorities,  insensi- 
tive to  local  marriage  customs,  had  a 
few  years  earlier  lined  up  all  the  un- 
married people  in  the  village  and  in- 
discriminately married  them  to  each 
other.  It  took  several  years  of  argu- 
ment to  regularize  those  marriages:  to 
find  fictional  links  so  that  these  mar- 
riage arrangements  could  be  attrib- 
uted to  the  proper  pairs  of  contracting 
cross  cousins,  the  children  of  a 
brother-sister  pair.  The  children  of 
these  marriages,  who  were  free  of 
property  considerations,  would  grow 
up  and  live  in  the  "middle,"  half  in 


the  old  system  and  half  in  the  new, 
neither  here  nor  there.  They  would  be 
like  our  schoolboy  linguistic  assistant 
who  was  the  only  boy  in  the  village 
who  had  been  taken  away  to  school — 
to  perfunctorily  fulfill  the  demands  of 
the  League  of  Nations  in  Geneva. 

So  when  we  left,  we  neither  ex- 
pected nor  hoped  to  sec  them  again. 
But  twenty-five  years  later,  in  1953, 
1  went  back,  accompanied  by  two  stu- 
dent apprentices,  Theodore  Schwartz 
and  Lenora  Shargo,  to  investigate  the 
enormous  and  unexpected  changes 
that  the  Second  World  War  had 
brought.  Manus  had  been  a  major 
American  base;  great  barracks  had 
been  built,  surgeons  performed  mira- 
cles of  patching  up  the  wounded,  as 
big  ships  and  planes  came  and  went. 
After  the  war,  Manus  was  swept  by 
a  cargo  cult,  whose  leader  prophesied 
that  if  the  people  would  throw  away 
all  their  possessions,  the  ghosts  of 
their  ancestors  would  bring  them 
large  supplies  of  European  goods — 
airplanes,  modern  drugs,  and  tons  of 
food. 

But  while  most  Papua  New  Guinea 
cargo  cults  had  petered  out  as  a  result 
of  government  disapproval  and  disil- 
lusioned believers,  this  political 
movement  had  thrived  among  the 
Manus  people.  Led  by  a  man  named 
Paliau,  they  had  rebelled  against  the 
mission  and  set  up  a  miniature  gov- 
ernment of  their  own,  complete  with 
schools,  hospitals,  "customs," 
"passports,"  parliament,  and  their 
own  version  of  Christianity,  in  which 
the  Lord  God,  despairing  of  his  Euro- 
pean representatives,  decided  to  try 
the  people  of  New  Guinea  them- 
selves. The  transformation  had  been 
so  astonishing  that  my  Australian  col- 
leagues insisted  that  I,  who  had 
known  what  they  had  been  and  pro- 
jected what  they  might  become,  had 
to  go  back  and  find  out  what  was  re- 
ally happening. 

This  was  a  new  experience  in  an- 
thropology. True,  field  workers  had 
often  returned  to  the  site  of  their  origi- 
nal work  to  follow  up  old  leads,  and 
field  workers  had  studied  in  places 
where  previous  field  workers  had 
gone,  to  quibble  over  small  points  or 
to  look  at  the  people  through  eyes  in- 
formed by  new  theories.  But  no  one 
had  studied  children  as  I  had,  and  so, 
no  one  had  been  able  to  return  to  find 
them  as  adults  in  charge.  The  world 


63 J 


had  never  witnessed  such  rapid  trans- 
formations from  the  end  of  the  Stone 
Age  to  the  Electronic  Age,  because 
there  had  never  before  been  such  vast 
technological  gaps  to  traverse  in  so 
few  years. 

I  found  the  people  vigorously  pur- 
suing a  course  of  modernization  they 
felt  to  be  their  own — not  imposed 
upon  them — under  a  leader  who  was 
astute,  imaginative,  and  farsighted. 
He  had  plans  not  only  to  eliminate  the 
petty  animosities  of  the  Admiralty  Is- 
lands but  also  to  include  the  whole 
Bismarck  Archipelago  in  a  new  fed- 
eration of  cooperation,  moderiii- 
zation,  and  brotherhood.  Like  other 
recurrent  Papua  New  Guinea  re- 
sponses to  European  political  and  re- 
ligious ideas,  it  was  to  be  a  Utopia 
constructed  by  adopting  modern 
ideas — money  instead  of  dogs'  teeth, 
one  God  instead  of  ancestral  ghosts 
and  local  place  spirits,  education  in- 
stead of  the  trials  of  daring  demanded 
by  local  warfare  and  headhunting, 
political  unity  instead  of  village 
feuds,  and  a  rule  of  law  instead  of  a 
rule  of  angry  individual  defense  of 
rights  and  privileges.  The  European 
law — a  law  that  would  be  substituted 
for  feuds,  supernatural  curses,  and 
sorcery,  that  would  replace  anger 
with  good-humored  friendliness — 
this  was  valued  most. 

A  house  was  renovated  for  my  use 
in  their  newly  built  land  village,  and 
my  two  young  apprentices  were  set 
up  in  a  nearby  village.  Again,  I  lived 
among  the  Manus  for  six  months 
while  recording  the  New  Way.  One 
of  the  reasons  I  had  consented  to  go 
back,  instead  of  exploring  a  new  field 
as  I  had  plarmed,  was  that  I  realized 
that  the  world  was  facing  rapid  social 
change,  change  in  one  generation  in- 
stead of  the  more  usual  two-  to  three- 
generation  shift  from  one  way  of  life 
to  another.  We  needed  to  know  how 
this  would  work.  In  Manus  I  found 
perhaps  the  most  successful  model 
yet  recorded.  The  Manus  were  practi- 
cal, enterprising,  interested  in  how 
things  worked,  willing  to  take 
chances  with  their  children,  confident 
of  their  own  capacity  to  cope  with 
new  conditions.  There  was  a  good  fit 
between  the  older  system  and  the 
new,  larger  system  into  which  they 
had  no  choice  but  to  adjust. 

It  was  possible  to  say  that  change 
such  as  had  occurred  there,  in  which 


64 


Theodore  Schwartz 


With  his  son  Matawai  alongside, 
Pokanau  (page  64)  plays 
traditional  panpipes  (1929).  When 
Margaret  Mead  saw  him  again  in 
1953  he  had  become  the  authority 
on  traditional  law  and  was 
called  the  "lawyer  man";  in  that 
year  he  gave  a  speech  at  a  new- 
style  wedding  ceremony,  above. 
In  1964  he  was  an  old  man,  left, 
who  had  outlived  his  strength. 
Pokanau  died  several  years  ago. 


Theodore  Schwartz 


65 


Shell  money  and  dogs '  teeth  were  part  of  great  family 

exchanges,  such  as  this  1928  marriage  dance,  top. 

In  1975  a  cash  exchange,  above,  validated  a  marriage. 

Elements  of  the  old  and  the  new  can  be  seen  in  the  women 's 

dress  (page  67,  top)  in  which  Western-style  brassieres  are 

complemented  by  grass  skirts.  Wooden  slit  gongs  (page  67,  bottom) 

abandoned  after  the  war  for  gongs  made  from  torpedo 

cases,  are  once  again  part  of  celebrations,  as  are  old 

dances,  songs,  and  oratory. 


a  whole  system  was  transformed, 
could  release  extraordinary  amounts 
of  energy.  Old  affinal  exchange  pat- 
terns, exploitative  kinship  patterns 
(in  which  young  men  slaved  for  their 
elders),  and  fear  of  illness  as  a 
principal  sanction  for  good  behavior 
were  swept  away  in  favor  of  the  im- 
petus provided  by  group  achieve- 
ment, cooperative  action,  and  pride 
in  mastering  the  institutions  of  the 
superordinate  culture.  It  seemed  that 
self -initiated,  complete  change  was 
better  and  more  efficient  than  piece- 
meal change  in  which  people  partly 
adjusted  to  partial  change,  as  a  man 
might  limp  on  a  sprained  ankle,  exac- 
erbating the  inflammation.  From  sit- 
uations such  as  I  had  found  in  Manus 
in  1953,  we  could  take  new  hope  that 
the  millions  of  people  caught  between 
the  old  and  the  new  might  make  a 
smoother  transition  than  we  had  ex- 
pected. 

When  it  came  time  to  leave,  they 
gave  a  big  farewell  feast  for  me  the 
same  night  they  received  word  that 
their  new  political  system  would  have 
government  recognition.  This  time 
the  people  bade  me  farewell  with 
more  depth  of  feeling,  for  now  I  had 
witnessed  their  successes,  jjut  again, 
neither  they  nor  I  expected  we  would 
meet  again.  "Like  an  old  turtle,  you 
are  going  out  to  sea  to  die,"  said  old 
Pokanau,  who  was,  he  thought,  older 
than  I.  Of  course,  nobody  could  be 
sure  of  this,  for  ages  had  only  been 
kept  since  1946,  the  year  to  which 
they  trace  their  birth  as  a  modern  soci- 
ety. 

In  1963  Theodore  Schwartz  de- 
cided he  wanted  to  make  an  aerial  sur- 
vey of  the  twenty  different  language 
groups  in  the  Admiralties,  and  so  we 
organized  a  new  three-year  expedi- 
tion. I  went  back  three  times  to  record 
stUl  more  change.  The  first  new  vil- 
lage had  fallen  apart;  they  had 
planned  and  built  another  one  with  a 
great  open  plaza  into  which  a  new 
government  school  had  to  be 
crowded.  With  the  new  school,  all  of 
their  relatives  and  coimections  from 
a  neighboring  village  moved  in.  Al- 
most overnight  the  plagues  of  the 
modern  world — crowding  into  cities, 
pollution  from  deposits  of  human 
waste  in  the  sea,  and  juvenile  delin- 
quency— appeared,  ten  years  out  of 
the  first  proud  modernization  effort. 

Paliau  had  built  himself  a  large, 


66 


ugly  modern  house  out  of  tin  and  was 
now  a  member  of  the  new  [-"apua  New 
Guinea  Parliament.  But  his  politieal 
genius  was  beginning  to  be  compro- 
mised by  his  lack  of  English,  which 
the  younger  generation  of  Papua  New 
Guineans  was  rapidly  mastering.  The 
first  student  from  Pere  had  entered  the 
new  university,  and  young  Manus 
men  and  women  were  entering  the 
educated  sector  in  large  numbers  as 
teachers,  nurses,  clerks,  interpreters, 
and  accountants.  Younger  men  were 
trying  to  take  over  from  the  Old 
Guard  who  had  made  the  original  suc- 
cessful social  revolution  and  who 
thought  everything  should  remain 
just  as  they  had  made  it. 

The  people  had  still  not  realized 
much  economic  progress  because  the 
island  has  few  resources.  They  were 
investing  all  their  hopes  in  their  chil- 
dren, gladly  sending  girls  as  well  as 
boys  to  the  school  in  Lorengau,  and 
then  on  to  higher  education.  Their 
version  of  Christianity  was  wearing  a 
little  thin  with  repetition  without  new 
vision.  But  Paliau  had  politically  in- 
tegrated the  whole  of  the  Admiralties 
so  that  in  1965  at  Christmastime, 
which  had  traditionally  been  the  po- 
litical gathering  point  during  the  for- 
mation of  the  new  society,  people 
from  all  over  the  archipelago  came  to 
Pere.  It  was  hard  to  get  much  anthro- 
pological work  done  that  year  be- 
cause people  were  out  in  the  bush 
working  sago  from  dawn  to  dusk  and 
everybody  went  to  bed  exhausted  in 
the  early  evening,  saving  themselves 
and  the  fuel  for  their  lamps  for  the  big 
event. 

The  next  year  National  Educa- 
tional Television  sent  out  a  team  to 
make  a  film  of  this  small,  vigorous 
society  that  had  so  blithely  deserted 
the  old  ways  for  the  new.  The  film 
ended  with  another  "final  farewell." 
These  farewells  were  like  Manus 
deathbed  scenes:  people  gather 
around  illness  because  they  have  no 
way  of  knowing  whether  or  not  some- 
one who  is  sick  will  die.  There  was 
no  way  of  predicting  whether  or  not 
I  would  ever  be  able  to  come  back. 

But  in  1971 1  went  back  again  with 
my  colleague  Barbara  Heath,  a  physi- 
cal anthropologist  who  had  been  fol- 
lowing the  entire  population  as  chil- 
dren grew  and  the  mature  aged, 
showing  us  how  odd  traits,  such  as 
one  blue  eye,  repeat  themselves  in  the 


Barbara  Heath 


67 


Theodore  Schwartz 


third  and  fourth  generation.  Things  in 
Manus  had  taken  another  turn,  as  the 
people  again  condensed  into  a  few 
years  the  learning  that  has  taken  other 
societies  decades  or  even  centuries. 
They  were  dissatisfied  with  schools; 
half  their  children  were  left  in  the  vil- 
lage after  finishing  school,  too  small 
to  work,  too  young  to  marry,  with  no 
place  in  society  and  no  way  of  obtain- 
ing even  pocket  money,  while  their 
slightly  more  scholarly  brothers  and 
sisters  had  gone  away  for  further 
schooling.  With  their  usual  energetic 
way  of  tackling  problems,  the  parents 
discussed  what  was  to  be  done,  strug- 
gling with  the  old  idea  that  the  chil- 
dren's labor  belonged  completely  to 
the  parents  until  they  could  work  their 
way  free. 

The  dream  of  modernization  was 
failing  a  little,  and  now,  like  people 
all  over  Papua  New  Guinea,  they 
were  beginning  to  ponder  what  was 
worth  saving  from  the  past  before  it 
was  gone  forever.  The  slit  gongs, 
once  abandoned  for  a  gong  made 
from  a  torpedo  case,  were  back.  Pa- 
liau  had  built  himself  a  new  house, 
beautifully  constructed  of  thatch  and 
bamboo.  He  hadn't  even  used  a 
level — "just  my  eye,  to  teach  the 
people,"  he  said.  The  old  dancers 
were  back  also,  in  old  costumes  worn 
over  modern  dress,  which  looked  un- 
esthetic  to  our  eyes,  but  not  to  theirs. 
Paliau  agreed  that  once  the  old  ex- 
ploitative economic  order  was  gone, 
the  "pleasures"  of  the  past — dance, 
song,  oratory,  and  costume — ^became 
acceptable.  These  changes  echoed 
events  in  the  wider  world,  as  young 
people  everywhere  were  begiiming  to 
turn  from  pollution  and  energy  waste 
to  the  traditional  pleasures  of  the  out- 
doors and  activities  that  neither  pol- 
lute nor  waste,  where  the  imagination 
is  neither  sated  nor  deadened. 

Last  summer,  1975,  we  went  back 
again,  in  overlapping  visits — ^first 
Ted  Schwartz,  then  Barbara  Heath, 
then  1. 1  stopped  first  in  Port  Moresby, 
the  capital  of  Papua  New  Guinea,  a 
new  nation  that  attained  inde- 
pendence in  September  1975.  A  north 
coast  Manus  man  was  now  the  chan- 
cellor of  the  University  of  Papua  New 
Guinea.  There,  I  spoke  to  excited  stu- 
dents who  argued  the  pros  and  cons 
of  the  accounts  that  I,  as  an  anthro- 
pologist, had  written  of  one  of  their 
more  than   600  different  language 


68 


groups,  complaining  that  the  customs 
of  their  own  people  had  been  dif- 
ferent. I  had  a  long  talk  with  the  son 
of  Paliau's  principal  lieutenant,  now 
minister  of  housing  for  the  country. 
At  a  dinner  party  I  met  a  young  uni- 
versity instructor  who  came  from  one 
of  the  remote  inland  villages  and  was 
just  leaving  for  the  United  States  for 
a  course  in  comparative  literature. 
Twenty-five  years  before,  it  was  the 
coastal  and  island  people  who  had 
taken  the  lead  in  higher  education, 
but  now  young  men  and  women  from 
all  over  Manus  were  responding  to 
the  high  standards  that  had  been  set. 

I  heard  that  a  daughter  of  one  of  the 
inland  leaders  was  now  a  special  ad- 
viser to  the  chief  minister,  and  that 
she  was  in  Manus  helping  to  draft  a 
regional  contribution  to  the  new  con- 
stitution. When  I  reached  Lorengau, 
the  capital  of  Manus,  I  met  her  and 
we  had  long  talks  about  the  consti- 
tutional problems  with  which  she  was 
wrestling.  The  plans  of  the  consti- 
tutional commission  called  for  the  es- 
tablishment of  electoral  districts  of 
equal  size,  which  would  have  meant 
that  villages  that  had  been  enemies 
for  decades  and  possibly  centuries 
would  have  had  to  choose  a  single 
representative.  As  an  anthropologist 
who  had  studied  Manus  for  almost 
half  a  century,  I  knew  just  what  com- 
plications this  plan  would  create. 
(Perhaps  fortunately,  this  attempt  to 
regionalize  was  abandoned  at  the  last 
minute  as  politically  inexpedient  and 
too  expensive.) 

In  Lorengau  I  also  met  the  first 
young  Manus  poet  who,  after  having 
traveled  in  Europe  with  the  Moral 
Rearmament  Movement  for  several 
years,  was  now  teaching  creative 
writing  in  the  Lorengau  high  school. 
I  met  a  theological  student  who  re- 
turned to  find  a  very  poor  reception 
for  the  brand  of  sophisticated  theol- 
ogy he  had  learned  at  a  seminary  in 
Chicago.  So  he  turned  his  energies  to 
solving  the  problem  of  a  polluted 
channel .  He  had  persuaded  his  village 
to  question  the  custom  of  allowing 
canoes  from  many  villages  to  pass 
through  the  channel  since  the  boats 
were  now  equipped  with  outboard 
motors  going  at  full  speed. 

In  the  village  my  house  had  been 
renovated  during  our  two-year  ab- 
sence. People  had  taken  some  of  the 
floor  boards  out  to  reinforce  their  own 


floors,  but  now  brought  them  back. 
The  partitions  had  been  improved  by 
pieces  of  plywood  taken  from  our 
friends'  own  houses,  and  the  thatch 
had  been  mended.  The  village  was 
seething  with  activity  surrounding  the 
preparations  being  made  for  two  large 
exchanges.  These  exchanges  restored 
some  elements  of  the  old  style  of  vali- 
dating marriages  through  the  "side  of 
the  man"  and  the  "side  of  the 
woman."  The  social  transformation 
of  1946  had  replaced  this  form  with 
anew  one  called  a  "play,"  in  which 
gambling  winnings  and  European 
goods  changed  hands  between 
principals  who  entered  into  these  ex- 
changes for  pleasure.  This  differed 
from  the  traditional  exchanges, 
which  kept  people  working  hard  to 
provide  the  consumable  parts  of  the 
exchange — sago,  fish,  pigs,  and  oil. 
But  in  the  exchanges  we  saw  last 
summer,  the  production  of  local  food 
again  played  an  important  functional 
part,  keeping  the  people  busy  produc- 
ing food  to  meet  their  obligations. 

Old  Manus  customs  were  also  re- 
appearing in  a  new  set  of  sanctions 
placed  on  the  young  men  by  their 
elders.  When  the  young  men  went 
away  to  work,  the  elders  threatened 
them  with  curses  if  they  failed  to  send 
remittances  home,  but  the  young  also 
insisted  that  those  elders  should  not 
dissipate  the  money;  rather,  they 
should  put  it  to  good  use  as  invest- 
ments for  the  younger  men.  And 
while  the  drop-out  young  boys  were 
now  away  visiting  their  brothers  and 
sisters  in  different  parts  of  the 
country,  some  of  the  educated  young 
men  had  returned  to  the  village  and 
were  keeping  records,  making  the 
local  council  more  sophisticated,  and 
resuming  their  hereditary  occupa- 
tions of  fishing  and  trading. 

The  extreme  emphasis  on  moderni- 
zation and  rejection  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  an  earlier  period  were  now 
gone.  The  society  was  still  distinc- 
tively Manus,  but  with  a  new  sense 
of  identity,  ready  to  combine  the  old 
and  the  new.  I  realized  how  little  we 
had  been  able  to  learn  when  we  used 
to  study  a  people  only  once,  and  how 
illuminating  and  unique  was  this  op- 
portunity to  follow  the  same  popula- 
tion— a  microcosm  of  the  world — for 
forty-seven  years,  as  they  farmed  out 
into  the  wider  world,  but  retained  the 
core  of  their  culture  at  home.         D 


The  first  village  school  (page  68, 
top)  was  in  the  church  and  was 
taught  by  a  man  with  limited 
education  (he  had  only  reached 
short  division).  Today,  a  new 
school  with  modern  desks  (page  68, 
bottom)  has  four  trained  teachers 
and  prepares  children  for  further 
education  at  the  Lorengau  high 
school  and  Papua  New  Guinea 
University.  When  the  first 
government  school  was  built  in 
the  village,  relatives  from 
neighboring  towns  moved  in  and 
problems  of  the  modern  world — 
overcrowding,  pollution  and 
juvenile  delinquency — became 
apparent.  The  child  shown  above  is  a 
member  of  the  fourth  generation 
Margaret  Mead  has  studied. 


69 


Wild  Goats 

of  Santa  Catalina 


by  Bruce  E.  Coblentz 


Setting  free  this  herbivore  with 
the  "destructive  nibble" 
created  a  landscape  of  barren 
hillsides 

Before  the  advent  of  refrigeration, 
nutritional  diseases  were  common 
among  sailors,  many  of  whom  lacked 
fresh  fruits,  vegetables,  and  meats 
during  long  ocean  voyages.  In  the 
hope  of  at  least  partially  overcoming 
nutritional  deficiencies,  ships  sailing 
into  remote  seas  often  carried  cargoes 
of  domestic  goats,  not  only  to  be 
eaten  as  part  of  a  ship's  provisions  but 
to  be  liberated  on  virtually  every  oce- 
anic island  that  was  visited.  These  in- 
troductions were  for  the  express  pur- 
pose of  allowing  the  goats  to  multi- 
ply, thus  providing  a  source  of  fresh 
meat  for  future  seafarers. 

This  concern  with  fresh  meat  was 
the  primary  reason  for  the  spread  of 
the  domestic  goat  across  the  oceans. 
Surely  many  a  malnourished  sailor 
profusely  thanked  both  his  Maker  and 
his  anonymous  seafaring  benefactors 
when,  having  put  in  to  shore  on  an 
uninhabited  island,  he  found  an  abun- 
dance of  goats  for  the  taking. 

Goat  liberations  were  eminently 
successful  wherever  the  animals  were 
allowed  to  range  freely  and  reproduce 
in  the  absence  of  large  predators.  Al- 
though basically  a  grazing  animal  of 
dry  uplands,  the  domestic  goat  was 


Traveling  in  customary  single 
file,  a  bachelor  herd  of  feral 
goats  heads  for  a  nightly  bedding 
ground  within  its  home  range 
on  Santa  Catalina  Island. 

Bruce  E.  Coblentz 


adaptable  to  a  wide  range  of  climates 
and  vegetation  types.  As  a  result  of 
early  goat  introductions,  many  oce- 
anic islands — most  notably  New  Zea- 
land, the  Hawaiian  Islands,  the 
Galapagos  Islands,  many  islands  off 
the  Pacific  coast  of  Baja  California, 
and  the  Channel  Islands  off  the  coast 
of  southern  California — have  high 
populations  of  these  remarkable  ani- 
mals. 

In  a  few  cases  the  precise  history 
of  goat  introductions  is  known.  Cap- 
tain Cook  was  responsible  for  intro- 
ducing goats  to  New  Zealand  in  1773 
and  to  Hawaii  in  1778,  where  they 
were  originally  cared  for  royally  by 
the  native  population. 

On  other  islands,  however,  the  ori- 
gin of  goats  is  uncertain.  Santa  Cata- 
lina Island  (or  Catalina  Island),  in  the 
Channel  Islands  group,  has  had  goats 
since  at  least  1827,  when  the  earliest 
known  mention  of  them  was  made. 
Since  they  were  already  established 
by  that  date,  we  can  assume  that  they 
were  introduced  well  before  then. 
Popular  theories  about  the  origin  of 
Catalina  Island's  goats  attribute  their 
introduction  either  to  early  Spanish 
explorers,  such  as  Juan  Cabrillo  and 
Sebastian  Vizcaino,  or  English 
pirates  who  later  used  Catalina  Island 
as  a  base  from  which  to  carry  out  raids 
against  the  Spaniards. 

More  recently,  another  aspect  of 
the  introduction  of  goats  to  the  Chan- 
nel Islands  has  come  to  the  fore,  and 
its  importance  does  not  lie  in  who  lib- 
erated the  goats ,  but  in  why  they  were 
liberated.  In  the  early  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, conditions  on  board  ships  were 
so  poor,  as  was  treatment  of  the  sail- 
ors, that  a  ship  stood  to  lose  part  of 
its  crew  if  it  approached  a  mainland 
port.  Thus,  the  thinking  is  that  the 
goats  were  liberated  on  these  islands 


Pacific  Ocean 


'■S.          ^Ci**^  19  LOS  ANGELES 

"^        Santa  Catalina 
"^      Island »-'=!& 


'^'^'^ARAj  ISLAHO^ 


One-week-old  kids  in  a  nursery 
herd  peer  over  a  ridfietop.  The 
nutritional  status  of  adult  males 
seems  to  control  the  onset  of 
four  annual  breeding  periods. 


so  that  ships  could  take  on  a  supply 
of  meat  without  having  to  put  into  a 
mainland  harbor. 

At  present,  however,  the  need  to 
remove  or  control  goats  takes  priority 
over  speculation  on  their  origins.  On 
most  islands  the  goat  population  has 
already  caused  serious  damage  to  na- 
tive plant  and  animal  life . 

For  a  22-month  period  from  July 
1971  to  May  1973,  I  studied  feral 
goats  on  Catalina  Island  with  a  two- 
fold purpose:  to  learn  more  of  their 
social  behavior  and  to  study  their  eco- 
logical effects  upon  the  island.  Cata- 
lina Island  lies  about  twenty-five 
miles  offshore  from  Los  Angeles.  In 
spite  of  its  proximity  to  this  densely 
populated  area  of  the  West  Coast,  the 
island  has  only  about  2,000  year- 
round   residents,    and   the   over- 


whelming majority  of  these  live 
within  about  one  square  mile  in  the 
town  of  Avalon.  Most  of  the  island's 
remaining  seventy-four  square  miles 
consists  of  undeveloped  brushy 
ridges  and  canyons  with  a  few  small 
grassland  areas  in  the  interior.  The 
rugged  topography  and  semiarid  cli- 
mate make  Catalina  an  ideal  habitat 
for  goats. 

I  soon  found  Catalina  Island  goats 
existed  in  discrete  herds,  or  popula- 
tions, with  nonoverlapping  home 
ranges  of  one  to  two  square  miles. 
These  home  ranges  were  usually 
bounded  by  a  zone  perhaps  fifty  yards 
wide  on  a  ridgetop  or  canyon  bottom . 
Fences  became  abrupt  boundaries,  as 
did  paved  roads. 

The  nearly  200  goats  in  the  study 
area  were  readily  distinguishable  by 
natural  variations  in  coat  color  and 
pattern,  age,  sex,  and  horn  shape. 
These  individual  goats  had  a  high  de- 
gree of  fidelity  to  their  own  herd  home 
range.  The  rare  observations  of  goats 
outside  of  their  home  range  were  al- 
most always  of  males  of  adjacent 
herds  during  the  short  breeding  pe- 
riods. 

As   expected,    I    found    Catalina 


goats  breed  like  other  members  of  the 
Caprinae,  a  subfamily  that  includes 
all  of  the  goals  and  sheep,  the  cham- 
ois, and  serows.  Large,  dominant 
breeding  males  guard  single  estrous 
females  from  less  dominant  males. 
Once  a  male  successfully  breeds  a  fe- 
male, he  then  guards  her  from  other 
males  for  a  short  period  after  copula- 
tion, presumably  to  insure  fertiliza- 
tion by  his  sperm;  then  l^egins  seek- 
ing other  receptive  females.  As  a  gen- 
eral rule,  females  only  accept  one 
male,  but  males  breed  as  many  fe- 
males as  they  are  able.  Although  this 
is  a  polygynous  breeding  system, 
serial  monogamy  is  probably  a  more 
descriptive  term. 

Unexpectedly,  each  discrete  goat 
population  on  Catalina  has  four  rather 
regularly  spaced  breeding  periods  per 
year,  which  I  have  termed  a  quadri- 
modal  breeding  system.  This  system, 
apparently  unique  among  ungulates, 
appears  to  be  controlled  by  the  nutri- 
tional status  of  the  males.  After  mat- 
ing with  numerous  females,  the  en- 
ergy level  of  the  male  is  relatively 
depleted.  A  period  of  feeding  is  nec- 
essary before  his  physical  condition 
peaks  again,  enabling  him  to  resume 
breeding. 

Males  seem  to  be  able  to  induce 
synchronous  estrus  among  any  fe- 
males in  the  population  that  are  in  suf- 
ficiently good  health  to  be  in  repro- 
ductive condition.  The  males  do  this 
by  producing  pheromones,  chemical 
secretions  that  produce  a  response  in 
other  individuals.  These  pheromones 
are  presumably  released  through  the 
males'  urine.  By  directing  this  phero- 
mone-containing  urine  into  the  long 
hair  of  the  anterior  half  of  their 
bodies,  the  males,  in  effect,  become 
billboards  of  reproductive  induce- 
ment. Dominant  males  exhibit 
greatly  increased  frequency  of  this 
urine-marking  when  they  are  in  peak 
physical  condition,  the  point  at  wfiich 
they  have  a  better  chance  to  breed  a 
maximum  number  of  females.  Fe- 


Overbrowsing  by  goats  has  caused 
severe  ecological  damage.  A  fence 
erected  to  exclude  goats  from  the 
central  portion  of  the  island  has 
enabled  plant  life  to  regenerate. 

Bruce  E.  Coblenlz 


73 


■Sir 


V' 


■;vc.^v^ 


-t'^^ 


^^>  - -i-fit-'" 


;/*- 


:  uj^'^^-X     ~  / 


'■^*^^~'^  ^t^r^. 


males,  in  turn,  begin  coming  into 
estrus  two  to  three  weeiss  alter  the 
onset  ol  the  greatly  increased  rate  of 
scent  urination  in  males.  It  is  ob- 
viously of  selective  advantage  for  a 
male  to  be  able  to  cause  females  to 
come  into  synchronous  estrus  when 
the  male  himself  is  in  peak  physical 
condition. 

Nutritional  control  has  yet  to  be 
demonstrated  through  experi- 
mentation, but  it  is  suggested  by  the 
lack  of  breeding  period  synchrony  be- 
tween populations  across  Catalina  Is- 
land. 

Before  a  male  in  peak  condition 
can  gain  access  to  receptive  females, 
however,  he  must  either  have  already 
established  high  dominance  status 
with  the  other  males  in  the  population 
or  he  must  be  physically  able  to  do 
so  when  challenged.  Usually,  unre- 
solved dominance  status  between  two 
male  goats  is  determined  through 
various  kinds  of  threat  behaviors, 
with  the  smaller  of  the  two  declining 
to  fight.  Only  when  both  potential 
combatants  are  fairly  equal  in  size 
might  an  actual  fight  develop. 

In  fighting,  males  make  contact 
with  their  horns.  The  two  basic  tech- 
niques are  as  follows:  (1)  one  of  the 
males  rears  up  on  his  hind  legs  and 
delivers  a  hard  downward  blow  to  the 
braced  opponent  and  (2)  males  align 
in  parallel  fashion  facing  the  same  di- 
rection and  interlock  horns  so  that  the 
strong  neck  muscles  can  be  used  to 
try  to  overpower  the  opponent's  neck 
muscles.  In  rearing  and  clashing,  the 
goat  that  is  up  on  his  hind  legs  always 
circles  his  opponent  first  and  stops  on 
the  uphill  side.  By  delivering  the 
blow  from  the  uphill  side,  consid- 
erably more  force  can  be  generated. 

Once  a  male  wins  the  right  to  gain 
access  to  females,  the  most  difficult 
and  risky  aspect  of  reproduction  is 
past .  In  general ,  if  the  male  is  a  domi- 
nant individual  and  the  female  is  in 
a  receptive  state,  she  will  quickly  ac- 


A  wild  goat  on  San  Salvador 
Island  in  the  Galapagos.  As  on  the 
Channel  and  other  oceanic  islands, 
seafarers  released  goats  to  provide 
a  future  source  of  fresh  meat. 


cept  the  male  and  permit  copulation. 

When  initially  approaching  a  fe- 
male, the  male  performs  a  series  of 
preliminary  courting  gestures.  These 
appear  to  accustom  the  female  to 
physical  contact  and  simultaneously 
test  her  sexual  readiness.  A  female 
signifies  her  acceptance  of  a  courting 
male  by  rubbing  his  neck  with  her 
horns.  At  this  point  the  male  aban- 
dons his  preliminary  courting  ges- 
tures and  initiates  intensive  courtship 
behaviors.  These  lead  to  mounting 
and,  eventually,  copulation.  If  the  fe- 
male does  not  signify  acceptance  of 
the  male,  the  male  will  not  perform 
intensive  courtship  patterns  and  may 
attempt  mounting  as  a  direct  transi- 
tion from  preliminary  courtship. 
Such  attempts  at  "rape"  are  invaria- 
bly unsuccessful. 

Within  each  herd  home  range  there 
is  one  primary  and  one  or  more  secon- 
dary bedding  grounds.  These  are  tra- 
ditional areas  to  which  goats  return  in 
the  evening  to  spend  the  night.  Major 
bedding  grounds  are  characteristi- 
cally situated  so  that  in  one  direction 
there  is  a  precipitous  escape  route, 
leading  away  from  the  bedding 
ground,  while  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion there  is  easy  access,  generally 
along  a  fairly  level  ridge. 

In  the  morning,  goats  always  leave 
the  bedding  grounds  in  large  associa- 
tions, then  break  up  into  smaller 
groups  for  the  remainder  of  the  day. 
Daily  activity  consists  of  a  feeding 
loop  pattern  through  a  part  of  or,  on 
occasion,  the  entire  herd  home  range . 
The  predictability  of  both  the  times 
and  the  places  of  the  goats'  activities 
made  observations  relatively  easy. 

By  being  virtually  tied  to  a  particu- 
lar area,  goats  will  essentially  bring 
themselves  to  the  brink  of  starvation 
without  leaving  the  famOiar  area  that 
provides  them  with  a  sense  of  secu- 
rity, even  when  areas  of  better  forage 
are  nearby.  Certain  herd  home  ranges 
on  Catalina  are  in  particularly  bad 
condition  due  to  this  characteristic. 

In  the  past,  goats  seemed  to  be  an 
asset  in  making  use  of  "worthless," 
uninhabited  islands;  today  they  are 
viewed  as  a  destructive  ecological 
force  that  requires  control  or  total 
elimination.  Wherever  they  have 
been  introduced,  goats  have  severely 
damaged  the  native  vegetation;  in 
some  cases  they  have  driven  particu- 
lar plant  species  to  extinction.  This  is 


especially  true  in  insular  ecosystems 
where  the  vegetation  has  generally 
evolved  through  long  periods  in  the 
absence  of  large  herbivorous  ani- 
mals. These  endemic  insular  plants 
have  generally  evolved  few  physical 
or  chemical  defenses  against  brows- 
ing by  herbivores. 

It  is  known  that  goats  have  exter- 
minated several  sp>ecies  of  plants  in 
the  Galapagos,  and  many  of  the  forty- 
eight  indigenous  plant  species  that 
have  disappeared  from  Catalina  Is- 
land were  probably  eliminated, 
wholly  or  at  least  partially,  because 
of  the  presence  of  goats.  Certain  other 
species  exist  on  Catalina  today  only 
because  the  few  surviving  individuals 
grow  where  it  is  physically  impossi- 
ble for  goats  to  reach  them. 

Only  in  recent  years  have  re- 
searchers h)egun  to  document  the 
damage  that  goats  have  done  to  native 
vegetation  of  goat-afflicted  islands. 

In  Hawaii  Volcanoes  National 
Park,  a  series  of  exclosures  were  con- 
structed in  areas  of  high  goat  popula- 
tions to  determine  the  response  of  the 
vegetation  to  protection  from  goats. 
To  everyone's  surprise,  a  previously 
undescribed  plant  species  began 
growing  almost  immediately  from 
seeds  that  had  lain  dormant  in  the 
soil.  We  may  postulate  from  this  dis- 
covery that  the  seeds  of  some  other 
plant  species  believed  eaten  to  extinc- 
tion by  goats  may  also  be  lying  dor- 
mant in  the  soil .  waiting  for  the  goats 
to  be  removed  before  they  can  begin 
to  grow. 

The  danger  of  uncontrolled  herds 
of  goats  goes  beyond  the  mere  altera- 
tion and  suppression  of  plant  species 
or  communities.  Continual  overutili- 
zation  and  trampling  by  goats  leads 
to  severe  erosion,  which  in  a  semiarid 
Mediterranean  climate  like  that  of 
Catalina  Island,  rapidly  removes  vir- 
tually all  of  the  thin  soil  cover.  Once 
the  soil  has  been  lost,  hundreds  of 
years  may  pass  before  the  habitat  re- 
covers naturally.  The  goat  has  been 
blamed  for  contributing  to  the  current 
lack  of  forested  lands  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean region  and,  in  turn,  possibly 
to  the  semiarid  climate  that  has  come 
about  with  deforestation. 

In  addition  to  their  direct  damage 
to  the  vegetation  and  soil  cover  in  an 
area,  goats  also  have  a  substantial  ef- 
fect on  other  animal  species.  Because 
goats  reduce  both  food  and  cover,  an- 


I  Devore  HI;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


75 


imals  that  require  dense  ground  cover 
or  abundant  ground  level  food — such 
as  small  terrestrial  rodents,  reptiles, 
and  ground-nesting  or  ground-feed- 
ing birds — may  be  excluded  rather 
quickly.  The  over-all  effect  of  plant 
overutilization,  erosion,  and  compac- 
tion also  contributes  to  increased 
mortality  of  trees  and  to  the  reduction 
of  forested  areas.  This,  in  turn,  tends 
to  eliminate  any  animal  species  de- 
pendent upon  the  forest  habitat.  As 
time  goes  on,  the  goats  create  a  habi- 
tat that  is  exceedingly  inhospitable 
for  most  other  animal  species. 

In  less  than  200  years  in  Hawaii, 
the  goats  have  been  described  as  hav- 
ing "chewed  their  way  from  the  sea- 
shore to  the  tops  of  island  peaks  and 
back  down  again."  On  Catalina  Is- 
land, goats  have  not  only  worked 
their  way  from  the  seashore  to  the 
mountain  peaks  and  back  down 
again,  but  some  herds  travel  from  the 
peaks  to  the  shore  on  an  almost  daily 
basis.  In  their  daily  travels  they  make 
use  of  any  suitable  terrestrial  vegeta- 
tion encountered,  and  on  occasion 
they  graze  on  kelp  and  other  marine 
algae  found  in  the  intertidal  zone. 

This  "destructive  nibble"  of  the 
goat  is  also  directed  at  forage  of 
poorer  quality  than  that  utilized  by 
almost  any  other  herbivore.  Bitter, 
oily  plants  may  be  taken,  almost  ex- 
clusively, by  goats.  The  problem  is 
that  goats,  like  any  other  herbivore, 
will  take  all  of  the  higher  quality  food 
first  and  only  then  turn  to  the  lower 
quality  food.  Before  the  forage  in  an 
area  is  all  of  poor  quality,  the  goats 
will  have  removed  the  forage  of  suffi- 
ciently high  quality  to  sustain  other 
herbivores.  This  usually  insures  that 
the  goats  will  be  the  only  large  herbi- 
vores in  an  area  where  they  are  al- 
lowed to  increase  unchecked  for  ex- 
tended periods. 

On  Catalina,  mule  deer  were  ex- 
cluded from  areas  of  high  goat  den- 
sity owing  to  the  lack  of  food.  Deer 
were  regularly  seen  in  adjacent  goat- 
free  areas,  but  not  in  the  goat  ranges 
themselves.  Feral  pigs  were  found  in 
both  goat  and  goat-free  areas;  how- 
ever, the  pigs  in  goat  areas  were  gen- 
erally smaller  and  appeared  to  be  in 
much  poorer  health  than  those  found 
elsewhere  on  the  island.  Likewise, 
litter  sizes  of  pigs  were  smaller  in  the 
goat  areas.  One  reason  for  their  abil- 
ity to  live  in  the  goat  areas  was  that 


the  pigs  physically  outcompete  the 
goats  for  certain  seasonally  limited, 
high-quality  food  sources  such  as 
acorns  and  other  fruits. 

The  effects  that  the  goats  have  had 
upon  certain  passerine  birds  on  Cata- 
lina is  not  certain,  but  on  Guadalupe 
Island  to  the  south,  they  have  defi- 
nitely brought  about  the  elimination 
of  at  least  three  species.  On  Catalina, 
the  endemic  subspecies  of  California 
quail,  a  ground-nesting  and  ground- 
feeding  species,  is  obviously  less 
abundant  in,  or  absent  from,  areas  of 
high  goat  density,  as  are  three  of  the 
five  endemic  terrestrial  mammals:  the 
island  gray  fox,  the  deer  mouse,  and 
the  western  harvest  mouse.  Only  the 
ground  squirrel  seems  to  do  well  in 
goat-disturbed  areas.  (The  status  of 
the  fifth  endemic  species,  the  Catalina 
shrew,  is  unknown.) 

Not  only  do  goats  denude  the  areas 
in  which  they  live,  but  because  of 
their  tendency  to  travel  between  areas 
in  single  file,  they  establish  many  dis- 
tinct goat  trails  throughout  their  home 
range.  This  concentrated  trampling, 
and  resultant  soil  compaction,  re- 
moves a  considerable  amount  of  goat 
habitat  from  production  and  thereby 
reduces  the  over-all  productivity  of 
the  area.  In  most  areas  where  goats 
have  become  established,  they  travel 
along  distinct,  well-worn,  and  often 
traditional  trails.  The  constant  use  of 
these  trails  has  made  the  surfaces 
nearly  as  hard  as  concrete.  On  fre- 
quently used  trails  nothing  grows  at 
all,  while  on  occasionally  used  trails 
the  little  that  does  manage  to  begin 
growing  is  soon  trampled  and  killed, 
if  not  eaten  first. 

On  a  single  hillside  there  can  be 
many  trails,  although  one  or  two 
always  stand  out  as  those  most  fre- 
quently used.  The  combined  area  of 
all  the  trails  on  a  hillside  can  be  con- 
siderable, perhaps  as  much  as  2  to  3 
percent  of  the  area.  Goat  trails  gener- 
ally follow  the  easiest  route  between 
two  points  and  generally  parallel  a 
hillside,  although  in  a  few  places 
trails  do  run  in  a  more  uphill-down- 
hill direction.  In  many  such  places  the 
trails  have  initiated  significant  gully 
formation. 

By  causing  severe  erosion  and  run- 
off in  an  island  situation,  goats  may 
also  adversely  affect  the  littoral 
marine  environment.  In  the  absence 
of  plant  cover,  soil  is  rapidly  washed 


down  to  the  ocean  where  it  can  settle 
out  and  perhaps  choke  the  sessile 
filter-feeding  organisms  that  are 
present.  After  winter  rains,  ocean 
areas  near  certain  canyon  mouths  on 
Catalina  have  been  observed  to  be 
stained  brown  from  the  soil  washed 
from  the  land.  The  amount  of  particu- 
late matter  in  the  runoff  of  these  can- 
yons appears  to  vary  directly  with  the 
populations  of  goats  in  the  particular 
canyon  drainages. 

The  goat  is  perfectly  designed  for 
utilizing  the  quantity  and  quality  of 
vegetation  that  it  does.  Like  most  un- 
gulates, goats  are  ruminants,  mean- 
ing that  they  have  a  four-chambered 
stomach,  the  forechamber  being  the 
rumen.  The  rumen  is  greatly  enlarged 
and  acts  to  facilitate  bacterial  and  pro- 
tozoan fermentation.  Lacking  the  en- 
zymes required  to  break  down  cellu- 
lose and  other  relatively  impervious, 
energy-containing  carbohydrates,  the 
ruminants  depend  upon  the  vast  num- 
bers of  bacteria  and  protozoans  in  the 
rumen  to  break  down  these  com- 
pounds for  them.  These  microor- 
ganisms digest  much  of  the  plant  ma- 
terial that  the  animal  eats  and  produce 
volatile  fatty  acids  as  a  by-product  of 
fermentation.  The  metabolites  that 
result  from  the  microorganisms'  di- 
gestion of  plant  material  are  ab- 
sorbed directly  from  the  rumen  and 
provide  energy,  as  do  sugars  in 
simple-stomached  (monogastric)  an- 
imals. The  microorganisms  them- 
selves are  then  digested  as  they  pass 
into  the  animal's  intestine. 

The  advantage  of  the  rumen  lies  in 
the  fact  that  foods  of  relatively  low 
quality  can  be  ingested  and  utilized 
by  the  ruminant,  whereas  the  same 
foods  might  result  in  starvation  for 
monogastric  animals.  There  is  an  in- 
verse relationship  between  the  rela- 
tive size  of  a  species'  rimien  and  the 
diet  quality  that  the  species  requires 
for  maintenance.  In  general,  the  nar- 
rower the  ratio  of  rumen  volume  to 
total  body  volume,  the  coarser  (less 
protein,  lower  digestibility)  the  diet 
that  the  species  can  live  on.  All  mem- 
bers of  the  Caprinae  have  a  narrow 
ratio,  but  that  of  the  domestic  goat  is 
especially  narrow  due  to  its  relatively 
immense  rumen.  Because  of  this  di- 
gestive anatomy,  the  goat  can  live  on 
forage  of  insufficient  quality  to  sus- 
tain other  herbivores.  Almost  as  im- 
portant is  the  goat's  extremely  high 


76 


threshold  for  bitter  and  oily  plants, 
which  most  other  herbivores  will 
avoid. 

Owing  to  the  goat's  unique  combi- 
nation of  abilities  to  utilize  food, 
there  is  essentially  no  plant  species 
that  is  100  percent  safe  from  utiliza- 
tion. No  plant  species — not  even  tree 
tobacco,  prickly-pear  cactus,  and  the 
poisonous  locoweed,  which  were 
found  growing  in  the  goat  areas  of 
Catalina  Island — was  completely  free 
from  utilization. 

In  addition  to  this  digestive  capa- 
bility, the  goat  is  behaviorally 
adapted  to  procure  food  in  situations 
that  would  thwart  all  but  the  most 
highly  specialized  herbivores.  The 
goat  is  exceedingly  surefooted;  it  can 
reach  vegetation  growing  on  nearly 
vertical  clifTs  and  canyon  walls  and 
climb  trees  whenever  there  are  low 
horizontal  limbs  or  inclined  trunks. 
On  Catalina,  it  was  not  unusual  to  see 
goats  moving  from  limb  to  limb 
searching  for  forage  in  scrub  oaks  or 
other  trees. 

Even  in  normal,  everyday  feeding, 
goats  frequently  stand  upright  on 
their  hind  legs  and  use  their  front  legs 
to  push  vegetation  down.  They  can 
literally  walk  an  upright  stem  down 
to  the  ground  and  eat  the  foliage  off 
the  top  while  standing  on  it.  When 
finished,  the  goat  steps  sideways  and 
a  considerably  denuded  stem  springs 
back  to  an  upright  position. 

Goats  are  also  individually  adapt- 
able, as  evidenced  by  the  varied 
methods  used  to  render  a  prickly  pear 
less  painful  before  it  is  eaten.  Some 
goats  simply  paw  at  the  spines  to 
break  them  off,  while  others  break  the 
pad  off  and  then  hold  it  in  the  mouth 
while  rubbing  the  spines  off  on  the 
ground.  Some  goats  butt  the  cactus  to 
a  pulp  with  their  horns  and  then  take 
bites  out  of  the  crushed  plant;  others 
take  bites  out  of  the  undamaged  pads. 
All  goats  eat  prickly  pears  and,  in 
fact,  go  to  great  difficulty  to  obtain 
them,  probably  because  these 
"cactus  apples"  are  particularly  pal- 
atable. As  a  general  rule,  in  areas  of 
high  goat  populations  only  those 
plants  that  are  too  straight  or  large  to 
climb,  or  that  grow  in  the  protection 
of  a  formidable  patch  of  prickly  pear, 
are  completely  free  from  utilization 
by  goats. 

The  primary  problem  in  control- 
ling feral  goat  populations  is  that,  in 


most  cases,  absolute  elimination  is 
the  only  viable,  long-term  solution. 
Based  on  data  collected  from  feral 
goat  studies  in  New  Zealand,  it  has 
been  conservatively  estimated  that  if 
a  population  of  goats  is  reduced  by  80 
percent,  it  can  recover  to  90  percent 
of  the  original  number  in  just  four 
years.  This  means  that  if  the  popula- 
tion to  be  removed  is  not  completely 
eliminated,  subsequent  control  will 
be  necessary  at  frequent  intervals.  In 
addition,  the  New  Zealand  calcula- 
tions were  based  on  the  assumption 
of  a  fixed  rate  of  reproduction.  In  ac- 
tuality, we  know  that  reproductive 
rate  increases  as  population  density 
decreases,  so  that  as  goats  are  re- 
moved, the  reproductive  rate  of  the 
remaining  goats  will  increase  and  the 
original  population  level  will  proba- 
bly be  reached  sooner  than  predicted. 

In  contrast  to  the  reproductive  rate 
of  the  New  Zealand  goats,  and  the 
even  higher  possible  rate  of  increase 
of  domestic  goats,  Catalina  goats 
have  a  poor  reproductive  rate  due,  ba- 
sically, to  the  poor  nutritional  level  of 
goats  in  areas  of  high  density.  Well- 
fed  domestic  goats  may  give  birth  to 
twins  or  occasionally  triplets  every 
eight  or  nine  months.  In  contrast, 
Catalina  goats  average  less  than  one 
birth  per  year  (actually  less  than  one 
per  16  months)  and  only  about  1.2 
young  per  birth,  considerably  less 
than  biologically  possible  for  the  spe- 
cies. Interestingly,  recent  evidence 
on  Catalina  indicates  that  due  to  a 
series  of  excellent  growing  seasons 
the  rate  of  reproduction  is  noticeably 
increasing. 

Although  goats  are  easily  found 
and  removed  at  first,  the  greatest 
stumbling  block  to  complete  goat  re- 
moval is  that  the  amount  of  time  and 
effort  required  per  goat  increases 
greatly  as  the  population  density  de- 
creases— a  sort  of  diminishing  return 
on  effort  invested  phenomenon. 

When  a  goat  control  program  was 
instituted  on  Catalina  about  fifteen 
years  ago,  an  attempt  was  made  to 
totally  remove  goats  from  certain 
geographically  defined  portions  of  the 
island.  This  objective  met  with  suc- 
cess in  a  large  central  portion  of  the 
island  where  there  are  currently  no 
goats.  The  numbers  of  plant  species 
and  individuals  present  and  the  total 
production  of  native  vegetation  have 
recovered  to  a  remarkable  degree  in 


this  goat-free  area.  In  other  areas  of 
the  island  that  did  not  lend  themselves 
to  complete  elimination  as  easily, 
small  remnant  populations  have  re- 
quired frequent  follow-up  removal 
operations  to  allow  the  vegetation  to 
continue  recovering. 

The  contrast  between  goat-free 
areas  and  areas  of  high  goat  density 
is  now  considerable  in  all  seasons,  in 
terms  of  the  flora  and  the  fauna 
present.  Not  only  is  the  density  of 
vegetation  greater  in  the  goat-free 
areas,  but  due  to  increased  organic 
litter  buildup  and  greater  moisture  re- 
tention of  the  soil ,  the  size  and  growth 
rate  of  individual  plants  is  also  much 
greater.  Whereas  in  the  goat  area  wild 
oats  may  reach  a  height  of  only  a  foot 
before  setting  seed,  in  the  goat-free 
area  the  same  species  will  reach  three 
to  four  feet.  In  addition,  some  spe- 
cies, such  as  California  sagebrush. 
Saint  Catherine's  lace,  and  the  pe- 
rennial bunch  grasses  that  were  elimi- 
nated or  severely  depleted  in  the  goat 
areas  long  ago,  have  reestablished 
themselves  in  many  of  the  goat-free 
areas. 

Ironically,  the  goat  has  become  an 
ecological  liability  because  of  the 
very  qualities  that  made  it  an  asset 
and  a  friend  of  man  for  the  past  sev- 
eral thousand  years.  The  utility  of  the 
goat  has  been  threefold:  (1)  Its  fairly 
small  size  and  low  enough  value  have 
allowed  it  to  be  owned  even  by  poor 
people.  (2)  It  can  survive  on  forage 
of  extremely  poor  quality,  such  as 
that  found  in  harsh  arid  environments 
or  in  other  areas  during  severe 
drought.  (3)  It  has  a  potentially  high 
rate  of  reproduction.  Perhaps  even 
more  importantly,  the  goat  has 
proved  adaptable  enough  to  survive 
and  reproduce  in  the  humid  tropics, 
a  feat  that  few  temperate  zone  ungu- 
lates could  accomplish. 

Obviously,  an  animal  adapted  to 
survive  in  such  a  wide  range  of  envi- 
ronmental conditions,  and  whose 
adaptability  has  been  rewarded 
through  selection  of  the  best-adapted 
individuals,  could  be  expected  to 
overtax  virtually  any  environment 
into  which  it  was  liberated  with  no 
constraints  placed  upon  it  other  than 
food  limitation.  In  the  past  several 
thousand  years  man  has  been  creating 
and  perfecting  this  ecological  mon- 
ster; now  man  must  impose  controls 
where  natural  means  have  failed.   D 


Roses  Are  Red,  White,  Yellow,  Pink . . . 

by  Patricia  W.  Spencer 


The  colors  of  plants,  lon^  a 
source  of  poetic  inspiration, 
also  help  assure  next  year's 
fruits  and  flowers 


Deflating  though  it  may  be  to  a 
human  view  of  things,  the  flowers 
that  bloom  in  the  spring  do  so  for  their 
own  reasons.  While  winter- weary 
souls  may  be  heartened  by  the  bright 
yellow  of  the  first  crocus  pushing 
through  the  ground,  that  bright  color 
is  also  vital  to  the  plant's  functioning. 
The  plant  world  abounds  in  color. 
Whether  in  its  flowers,  fruit,  leaves, 
or  roots,  somewhere  along  its  evolu- 
tionary pathway  almost  every  plant 
has  developed  the  coloration  that 
brings  it  to  mind — rose,  carrot,  lem- 
on, spinach,  blueberry,  grape — the 
colors  of  the  rainbow  from  red  to 
violet. 

An  aerial  rainbow  is  formed  from 
sunlight  in  much  the  same  way  that 
'  'white' '  sunlight  is  broken  down  into 
its  colors  by  passage  through  a  prism. 
A  beam  of  white  sunlight  is  com- 
posed of  red,  orange,  yellow,  green, 
blue,  and  violet  light,  with  infrared 
above  the  visible  red  and  ultraviolet 
below  the  visible  violet.  The  same 
sunlight  that  gives  rise  to  the  aerial 
rainbow  produces  the  rainbow  of 
colors  in  the  plant  world. 

Almost  all  plant  coloring  is  pro- 
duced by  three  types  of  organic  pig- 
ments— anthocyanins,  carotenoids, 
and  chlorophylls — which  are  manu- 
factured in  plant  tissues.  That  these 
pigments  produce  color  at  all  is  the 
result  of  their  interaction  with  sun- 
light. 

Sunlight  is  energy.  When  a  beam 
of  sunlight  encounters  a  pigment  mol- 
ecule, such  as  chlorophyll,  some  of 
the  sun's  energy  is  captured,  or  ab- 


sorbed, by  the  molecule.  Chlorophyll 
appears  green  because  it  captures  the 
energy  of  red,  yellow,  violet,  and 
some  blue  light.  The  remaining  light 
is  reflected  from  the  molecule,  and 
since  this  is  mainly  green,  we  see 
chlorophyll  as  green.  The  other  two 
pigments  behave  similarly  with  re- 
gard to  light,  absorbing  the  energy  of 
some  colors  and  reflecting  the  rest. 

Unlike  the  aerial  rainbow,  in  which 
each  color  band  occupies  an  equal 
portion,  the  rainbow  in  the  garden  is 
overwhelmingly  green.  The  most 
abundant  and  important  pigment, 
chlorophyll,  reflects  this  central  color 
back  to  us.  But  a  great  variety  of 
green  is  produced  by  this  one  pig- 
ment: celery,  lime,  olive,  avocado, 
leaf,  moss,  fig,  and  fern  are  but  a  few 
names  that  bring  to  mind  a  particular 
shade  or  hue  of  green. 

The  quantity  of  chlorophyll  present 
in  the  tissue  determines  the  intensity, 
or  shade,  of  green  in  a  leaf  or  stem. 
Thus,  Swiss  chard  and  spinach  con- 
tain far  more  chlorophyll  than  lettuce 
or  celery.  For  the  same  reason,  a 
small,  newly  expanding  leaf  is  a  paler 
green  than  a  fully  mature  one.  The 
hue  of  green,  however,  is  determined 
by  the  presence  of  the  other  two  major 
pigments.  A  large  amount  of  the  yel- 
lowish pigment  carotenoid  present 
with  a  moderate  amount  of  chloro- 
phyll produces  a  yellow-green,  as  in 
a  lime.  A  deep,  almost  black-green 
results  from  a  large  quantity  of  the 
reddish  pigment  anthocyanin,  as  in 
the  leaf  of  a  red  maple. 

Regardless  of  its  shade,  chloro- 
phyll performs  one  vital  function  in 
the  plant  world:  in  the  process  of  pho- 
tosynthesis, chlorophyll  converts  the 
light  energy  it  has  captured  into 
chemical  energy.  The  plant  uses  the 
captured   light   energy   to   produce 


simple  sugars  from  carbon  dioxide 
and  water.  Since  all  green  plants 
depend  upon  this  production  of 
sugars  as  their  sole  source  of  carbohy- 
drates for  growth  and  development, 
nearly  all  aerial  plant  parts  contain 
some  chlorophyll  or  the  ability  to 
make  chlorophyll.  What  is  but  one 
color  in  the  aerial  rainbow  is  the  re- 
flection of  the  very  life  of  a  plant. 

Above  green  in  the  rainbow  is  yel- 
low and  then  orange.  The  second 
most  abundant  and  important  pig- 
ment in  nature,  carotenoid,  reflects 
these  two  colors  in  the  plant  world. 
Carotenoids  absorb  the  energy  of  vio- 
let, blue,  and  some  green  light,  re- 
flecting yellow  and  orange  light.  Two 
slightly  different  forms  of  carotenoid 
are  common  in  plants.  One,  beta- 
carotene  (from  which  the  vitamin  A 
of  carrots  and  other  vegetables  de- 
rives), is  responsible  for  the  orange 
color  of  carrots,  sweet  potatoes, 
pumpkins,  oranges,  and  many  other 
similarly  colored  fruits  and  flowers. 
The  other  major  form  of  carotenoid, 
xanthophyll,  gives  yellow  to  such 
fruits  and  flowers  as  lemons,  golden 
delicious  apples,  corn,  grapefruit, 
some  tomatoes,  buttercups,  chrysan- 
themums, and  so  on.  (A  minor  form 
of  carotenoid,  lycopene,  contributes 
a  bright  orange -red  to  such  fruits  as 
tomatoes  and  red  peppers.  The  chem- 
ical  structure   of   this   molecule   is 


A  handful  of  plant  pigments 

produce  a  myriad  of  colors,  from 

the  yellow  of  melons  to  the  red 

and  green  of  peppers.  Chlorophyll, 

the  most  abundant  and  vital 

pigment,  is  present  in  all  plants. 


X* 


^M 


k 


Thomas  D  W  Fneomann,  Pfyjio  Reseai 


w^ 


\.      .«*■•'• 


^1 


>s. 


:m 


Anthocyanin,  the  pigment  that 
produces  the  red  of  strawberries 
(pages  80-81),  is  also  responsible 
for  the  purple  of  grapes,  left.  Plant 
geneticists,  selecting  for  taste 
and  growing  and  shipping  qualities, 
also  strive  for  pleasing  color. 


slightly  different  from  either  carotene 
or  xanthophyll  and  thus  interacts  with 
sunlight  slightly  differently  to  reflect 
more  red  light.) 

In  many  flowers,  mixtures  of  caro- 
tene and  xanthophyll  in  varying 
proportions  produce  a  range  of  colors 
from  lemon-yellow  to  deep-orange. 
The  more  carotene  and  the  less 
xanthophyll ,  the  more  orange  colored 
is  the  flower;  conversely,  the  less 
carotene  and  the  more  xanthophyll, 
the  more  yellow  the  flower.  Although 
most  yellow  or  orange  flowers  are 
colored  by  carotenoids,  a  few,  such 
as  snapdragons,  are  colored  by  a  plant 
pigment  called  an  aurone,  which  has 
a  very  limited  occurrence.  To  detect 
aurones  in  a  yellow  flower,  you  can 
expose  the  blossom  to  the  alkaline 
fumes  of  ammonia  or  the  vapor  of  a 
lighted  cigarette,  which  makes  it  turn 
orange. 

Almost  all  plant  leaves  and  stems 
contain  carotenoids,  often  in  high 
enough  amounts  to  alter  the  over-all 
color  to  yellow-green.  Sometimes 
their  presence  is  not  apparent  until  au- 
tumn, when  tree  leaves  begin  to  lose 
their  chlorophyll  and  the  carotenoids 
are  unmasked,  spilling  into  sight  with 
brilliant  yellows  and  oranges. 

By  funneling  the  light  energy  they 
capture  to  chlorophyll  molecules, 
carotenoids  play  a  secondary  role  in 
photosynthesis.  Although  the  transfer 
is  somewhat  inefl5cient,  they  do  pro- 
vide some  energy.  Perhaps  more  im- 
portantly, carotenoids  confer  protec- 
tion to  plant  tissue.  Just  as  pigment 


The  quantity  of  chlorophyll  in  its 
tissues  determines  a  leaf's 
shade  of  green.  For  this  reason, 
a  small,  growing  leaf  is  paler 
green  than  a  fully  mature  one. 


cells  in  human  skin  darken  (produce 
suntaii)  and  protect  underlying  tissue, 
carotenoids,  by  absorbing  and  dis- 
sipating ultraviolet  rays,  prevent 
damage  to  plant  tissue. 

The  remaining  major  pigment, 
anthocyanin,  colors  all  the  brilliant 
reds,  pale  pinks,  sky  blues,  and  deep 
purples — colors  that  contrast  most 
with  the  overwhelming  greenness  of 
the  plant  world.  Although  anlho- 
cyanins  are  not  as  abundant  as  chloro- 
phyll and  carotenoids,  this  pigment 
type  is  the  most  widespread  and  im- 
portant pigment  in  fruits  and  flowers. 
Anthocyanins  color  90  percent  of  all 
reddish  leaves,  85  percent  of  all 
fruits,  and  70  percent  of  all  flowers. 
That  this  one  pigment  is  responsible 
for  both  ends  of  the  rainbow — red  and 
purple — with  many  combinations  of 
color  in  between,  attests  to  a  natural 
parsimony. 

The  red  rose,  pink  hyacinth,  violet 
pansy,  blueberry,  strawberry,  apple, 
plum,  grape,  and  raspberry  are  but  a 
few  of  the  different  colors  reflected  by 
anthocyanins.  Since  the  colors  pro- 
duced by  anthocyanins  are  mixtures 
of  red,  blue,  and  violet  light,  they 
offer  many  more  shades  and  hues  than 
the  aerial  rainbow.  The  naming  of 
each  color  becomes  subjective:  what 
I  call  red,  you  may  call  rose:  what  I 
call  purple,  you  may  call  plum. 

This  variety  of  color  is  achieved  by 
several  ingenious  means.  Antho- 
cyanin, for  example,  like  litmus,  is  a 
natural  pH  indicator.  (Litmus  is  an 
organic  plant  pigment  obtained  from 
various  species  of  lichens.)  In  acid, 
anthocyanin  is  red,  while  in  alkaline, 
it  is  blue.  This  can  be  demonstrated 
in  flowers  containing  some  form  of 
anthocyanin:  a  red  dahlia  exposed  to 
the  alkaline  fumes  of  ammonia  will 
become  bluish,  while  a  cornflower 
exposed  to  fumes  of  vinegar  or  an- 
other acid  will  become  reddish. 

Since  almost  all  plant  tissues  are 
normally  acidic,  however,  antho- 
cyanin would  be  reddish  rather  than 
blue  if  there  were  not  other  ways  blue 
could  be  achieved.  In  some  cases,  a 
slight  shift  toward  alkalinity,  even 
though  still  acidic  over-all,  is  suf- 
ficient to  impart  a  blueing  effect  on 
the  over-all  color  of  anthocyanin 
present  in  a  plant  tissue.  But  in  nature 
this  is  a  minor  cause  for  blue  color. 

Anthocyanins  can  also  appear  blue 
by  the  binding  of  metal  ions  to  the 


anthocyanin  molecule,  which 
changes  the  way  it  interacts  with 
light.  Such  anthocyanin  molecules 
produce  the  blue  color  of  blueberries 
and  many  blue  flowers,  such  as  corn- 
flowers. In  a  similar  manner,  when 
some  minor  pigments  bind  to  an 
anthocyanin  molecule,  the  color  re- 
flected by  the  altered  anthocyanin 
molecule  appears  more  blue. 

The  most  important  means  by 
which  this  pigment  can  appear  so 
varied  in  color,  however,  is  by  subtle 
changes  in  its  molecule.  Whereas 
there  are  two  major  forms  of  carote- 
noid  (carotene  and  xanthophyll).  four 
major  forms  of  anthocyanin  exist. 
The  anthocyanin  molecule,  a  large, 
complex  one.  can  be  subtly  altered 
without  changing  its  basic  shape.  The 
addition  of  an  oxygen  atom  here  or 
the  removal  of  a  hydrogen  atom  there 
is  sufficient  to  change  the  way  in 
which  the  molecule  interacts  with 
light,  thus  changing  the  over-all  color 
it  reflects. 

The  four  major  forms  of  antho- 
cyanin are  cyanidin,  pelargonidin. 
delphinidin.  and  malvidin  (for  sim- 
plicity, they  are  abbreviated  here  as 
cyan,  pelar,  delph.  and  malvid).  Each 
one  commands  a  particular  portion  of 
the  rainbow  in  the  garden,  although 
all  of  them  reflect  some  red  light. 

Pelar  is  the  most  reddish  of  the 
four,  appearing  as  red.  scarlet,  or 
pink.  Pelar  colors  garden  geraniums, 
in  which  this  form  was  first  discov- 
ered and  for  which  it  is  named  (the 
Latin  genus  name  is  Pelargonium),  as 
well  as  red  radishes,  strawberries, 
and  passion  fruits. 

Cyan  is  next  in  redness,  with  just 
a  hint  of  blue  or  violet,  which  makes 
it  crimson  or  magenta.  Cyan  colors 
apples,  blackberries,  raspberries, 
cherries,  currants,  and  the  two  most 
popular  ornamentals,  roses  and  tu- 
lips. Cyan  is  also  the  main  antho- 
cyanin in  red  dahlias,  cornflowers, 
and  blueberries. 

Delph  is  the  "blue"  anthocyanin, 
although  since  it  reflects  some  red  and 
violet  light,  it  can  appear  mauve. 
Delph  colors  the  juice  of  pome- 
granate, the  skin  of  eggplant,  and 
many  varieties  of  grapes.  Most  blue 
flowers,  such  as  the  delphinium  (in 
which  this  form  of  anthocyanin  was 
first  found  and  for  which  it  is  named) 
are  colored  by  delph. 

Malvid,  found  mainly  in  dark  or 


83 


black  grapes  and  deep  purple  flowers, 
is  the  violet  or  purple  anthocyanin.  In 
addition,  malvid  is  the  most  impor- 
tant pigment  in  producing  the  good 
"red"  color  of  red  wines. 

Since  many  flowers  and  fruits  can 
make  at  least  three,  and  sometimes  all 
four,  of  the  forms  of  anthocyanin,  the 
over-all  color  depends  upon  the 
proportions  of  each  present.  A  wide 
range  of  hyacinth  and  verbena  col- 
ors— ^from  pale  pink  to  deep  purple 
— is  a  result  of  mixtures  of  cyan, 
pelar,  and  delph. 

Several  plants,  however,  can  make 
only  one  form,  usually  cyan.  This  is 
true  of  the  rose  (and  other  members 
of  the  Rosaceae  family,  such  as  the 
apple,  pear,  plum,  and  strawberry). 
A  clear  blue  rose  is  genetically  im- 
possible unless  a  chance  mutation 
leads  to  the  production  of  delph  in  the 
flower.  Plant  geneticists,  however, 
by  using  the  other  means  by  which 
anthocyanin  color  is  shifted  toward 
the  blue,  have  produced  somewhat 
"bluish"  roses. 

Plant  geneticists  are  also  responsi- 
ble for  the  more  vivid  colors  found  in 
garden  flowers  and  fruits.  Geneticists 
have  bred  the  flowers  and  fruits  for 
"high"  color  content,  as  well  as 
larger  size  or  other  attractive  charac- 
teristics. Since  the  quantity  and 
proportions  of  pigments  produced  in 
the  plant  are  genetically  determined, 
many  varieties  revert  to  a  "wild" 
type  when  left  growing  wild.  The 
wild  type  produces  sufficient  color  for 
natural  purposes,  but  appears  muted 
in  color  compared  to  specially  bred 
varieties. 

Although  "white"  may  not  be 
considered  a  color  in  the  same  sense 
as  red  or  blue,  plants  produce  a  few 
minor  pigments  that  contribute  the 
whites  and  creams  of  flowers  and 
fruits.  These  minor  pigments  absorb 
ultraviolet  light  and  reflect  almost  all 
visible  light,  thus  appearing  white  or 
cream.  A  white  flower  without  these 
pigments  would  be  transparent, 
rather  than  white,  since  light  would 
not  be  reflected  but  would  pass 
through  it.  Even  in  red  or  blue  flow- 
ers, small  amounts  of  these  minor  ul- 
traviolet-absorbing pigments  can 
occur.  In  fact,  the  attachment  of  this 
type  of  pigment  to  an  anthocyanin 
molecule  imparts  a  blueing  effect  to 
anthocyanin  in  some  flowers,  such  as 
a  "blue"  rose. 


Since  a  large  number  of  the  fruits 
and  vegetables  we  eat  are  colored  by 
anthocyanins  and  carotenoids,  it  is 
fortunate  that  both  pigments  are  eas- 
ily digested  and  metabolized.  This  is 
not  true  for  one  unusual  pigment  in 
the  plant  kingdom,  betacyanin,  the 
red  pigment  in  beets  and  other  mem- 
bers of  the  plant  order  Centrosper- 
mae.  Unlike  anthocyanins,  which 
humans  can  easily  digest  and  excrete 
colorless,  betacyanin  can  present  a 
problem.  About  14  percent  of  the 
population  have  a  genetic  disorder 
that  prevents  their  digestive  systems 
from  breaking  down  betacyanin  and 
rendering  it  colorless.  Following  a 
dinner  of  beets,  a  person  with  this  dis- 
order will  pass  red  urine  and  stools. 
Although  this  condition  may  appear 
alarming,  it  is  not  serious. 

In  the  plant  world,  a  substance — 
pigment  or  otherwise — is  seldom 
produced  without  a  selective  purpose 
or  function.  As  attractive  as  reds  and 
blues  are  to  the  human  eye,  they  are 
also  inviting  to  other  animals,  which 
points  to  one  function  of  anthocyanin 
coloring — the  attraction  of  pollinat- 
ing insects  and  birds.  Bees,  for  ex- 
ample, which  can  distinguish  four 
basic  colors,  are  attracted  first  to  blue 
and  secondly  to  white  flowers  or 
flowers  containing  ultraviolet- 
absorbing  pigments.  (A  bee  can 
"see"  the  UV-absorbing  pigment 
color  even  in  a  red  or  blue  flower.) 
Color  surveys  of  wild,  insect-polli- 
nated flowers  in  areas  serviced  by 
bees  show  a  predominance  of  blue 
flowers,  more  than  50  percent  of 
which  are  colored  by  blue  delph.  And 
in  Europe,  plant  scientists  have  noted 
a  definite  evolutionary  trend  toward 
blue  flowers. 

Birds,  on  the  other  hand,  are  more 
attracted  to  red  than  to  blue.  In  tropi- 
cal climates ,  birds  are  more  important 
than  bees  in  flower  pollination  and  red 
flowers  colored  by  pelar  and  cyan  pre- 
dominate. Bananaquits  and  hum- 
mingbirds can  be  seen  visiting  the 


Before  leaves  die  in  autumn,  they 

lose  their  chlorophyll,  unmasking 

bright  reds  and  yellows.  These 

colors  may  also  aid  in  protecting 

the  plant  and  in  producing  energy. 


bright  orange  and  scarlet-red  flowers. 
Also,  birds  are  important  agents  for 
seed  dispersal  from  fruits,  one  reason 
for  the  predominance  of  red-colored 
fruits.  Many  other  animals,  including 
mammals,  are  also  attracted  to  red 
and,  by  eating  the  fruits  whole  and 
eliminating  the  seeds  in  far-removed 
areas,  play  a  role  in  seed  dispersal. 

In  plants  that  are  self -pollinated  or 
pollinated  by  means  other  than  in- 
sects or  birds,  anthocyanins  are  of 
less  importance  and,  indeed,  are  less 
prevalent.  Grasses,  which  are  wind 
pollinated,  generally  have  incon- 
spicuous flowers  lacking  in  antho- 
cyanins. Several  self -pollinated  flow- 
ers also  lack  anthocyanin,  although 
the  occurrence  of  the  pigment  in  some 
of  these  points  to  an  ancestry  of  cross- 
pollination  by  birds  or  bees. 

As  far  as  is  known,  pigment  mole- 
cules do  not  contribute  to  the  smell 
of  flowers  and  fruits.  Aroma  is  pro- 
duced by  small  volatile  molecules 
that  escape  into  the  surrounding  air 


84 


and  reach  olfactory  senses  at  a  dis- 
tance. Since  all  pigments  are  large 
molecules  and  thus  nonvolatile,  they 
do  not  reach  olfactory  senses.  Some 
insects,  however,  may  pick  up  the 
molecules  when  they  pierce  the 
flower  or  plant  part  and  may  be  able 
to  detect  the  molecules  by  a  combina- 
tion of  taste  and  smell.  Certain  pig- 
ments could  then  attract  the  insect  or 
repel  it  from  further  action. 

If  anthocyanin  coloring  were  lim- 
ited to  flowers  and  fruits,  the  explana- 
tion of  its  functions  as  given  above 
might  suffice;  but  anthocyanins  are 
also  present  in  almost  all  green  leaves 
even  when  not  visible.  In  the  growth 
cycle  of  most  green  leaves,  the  pres- 
ence of  red  anthocyanin  coloring  is 
evident  at  two  times:  during  initial 
budding  and  expansion,  when  the  leaf 
is  tinged  with  red  or  purple,  and  dur- 
ing senescence,  when  anthocyanin  is 
unmasked  by  the  loss  of  leaf  chloro- 
phyll ,  leading  to  a  pageant  of  reds  and 
maroons  in  autumn  leaves.  Cyan,  the 


form  of  anthocyanin  responsible  for 
93  percent  of  all  red  leaf  color,  is  also 
the  red  pigment  present  in  perma- 
nently red  leaves,  such  as  the  red 
maple  and  the  flowering  plum. 

Because  it  is  present  in  so  many 
parts  of  so  many  plants,  a  single, 
simple  explanation  for  anthocyanin 
function  seems  unlikely.  The  very 
color  of  anthocyanin,  red,  may  serve 
to  repel  certain  insects,  especially 
from  tender  budding  leaves,  just  as  it 
attracts  other  insects  to  the  flowers. 
Also,  there  is  currently  some  evi- 
dence that  anthocyanins  play  a  role  in 
plant  disease  resistance,  especially  in 
leaf  and  seed  tissues.  One  recent 
study  on  snap  beans  showed  that  red 
or  spotted  varieties  of  bean  seed  were 
more  successful  than  white-seeded 
varieties  at  warding  off  an  attack  by 
fungus  during  germination.  Unable  to 
produce  anthocyanins,  the  white  bean 
is  also  unable  to  produce  similar 
chemical  substances  that  protect 
against  fungi.  The  genetic  pathways 


to  production  of  these  substances  and 
anthocyanins  are  identical  until  the 
final  steps. 

Many  aspects  of  plant  growth, 
from  the  initiation  of  flowering  to  the 
beginning  of  senescence  and  death, 
are  regulated  by  the  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  sunlight.  Possibly,  any  pig- 
ment that  interacts  with  light,  absorb- 
ing light  energy ,  can  act  as  a  mediator 
in  some  aspect  of  plant  growth. 
Chlorophyll  absorbs  light  energy  and 
converts  it  into  chemical  energy. 
Carotenoids  absorb  some  ultraviolet 
light  and  thus  protect  plant  tissues 
from  ultraviolet  damage.  Perhaps 
anthocyanins  use  the  light  energy 
they  absorb  for  purposes  scientific  in- 
vestigation has  yet  to  determine.  The 
presence  of  anthocyanin  in  so  many 
plants  and  in  so  many  parts  of  a  plant 
suggests  that  it  has  some  survival-  or 
selective  value.  The  rainbow  in  the 
garden  reflects  more  than  color,  it  re- 
flects the  life  and  survival  of  the 
plants  there.  D 


'~^"*««^p*^ 


Is  Mars  a  Spaceship,  Too? 

by  Lynn  Margulis  and  James  E.  Lovelock 


Even  if  the  Viking  mission  tells 
us  little  that  we  don't  know, 
the  results  will  be  interesting 


One  of  the  most  ambitious  and 
costly  scientific  projects  ever  under- 
taken will  reach  a  critical  stage  this 
summer  when  two  American  Viking 
spacecraft  enter  Martian  orbit.  The 
Viking  mission,  which  currently  em- 
ploys some  4,000  persons,  has  been 
under  way  since  1968. 

Hopefully,  the  Viking  landers  will 
descend  through  the  thin  atmosphere 
and  land  softly  on  the  red  planet's 
surface.  If  all  goes  well  in  this  ex- 
tremely complex  and  uncertain  ex- 
periment, the  data  should  start 
coming  back  in  July.  The  remote 
laboratories  on  the  Martian  surface- 
equipped  with  a  battery  of  ingenious 
instrumentation— should  send  back 
information  for  months,  possibly  for 
more  than  a  year. 

The  Viking  mission  has  as  a  pri- 
mary goal  the  answer  to  one  basic 
question:  Is  there  life  on  Mars?  A 
NASA  administrator  put  it  less  suc- 
cinctly when  he  said,  "Only  through 
comparative  studies  of  other  planets 
and  their  evolution  will  man  truly 
begin  to  understand  the  forces  which 
shaped  his  own  being  and  the  world 
in  which  he  lives." 

Ironically,  for  centuries  we  prob- 
ably have  had  a  rudimentary  under- 
standing of  "the  forces  which  shape" 
life  on  a  planetary  scale,  and  our 
knowledge  has  expanded  with  recent 
findings  in  biochemistry,  physics,  and 
paleontology.  This  understanding  is 
now  known  as  the  Gaia  hypothesis 
(from  the  Greek  gaia,  meaning 
"earth").  If,  as  we  believe,  the  Gaia 
hypothesis  is  correct,  then  we  al- 
ready know  the  answer  to  the  basic 
question  of  the  Viking  mission. 

The  Gaia  hypothesis  states  that 


the  lower  atmosphere  of  the  earth  is 
an  integral,  regulated,  and  necessary 
part  of  life  itself.  For  hundreds  of 
millions  of  years,  life  has  controlled 
the  temperature,  the  chemical  com- 
position, the  oxidizing  ability,  and  the 
acidity  of  earth's  atmosphere. 

The  basic  idea  of  the  Gaia  hypoth- 
esis is  not  new.  In  1664,  Philip  Jacob 
Sachs  de  Lowenheimb  used  the  wide- 
ly accepted  idea  of  water  cycles  be- 
tween the  heavens  and  earth  as  an 
analogy  to  champion  William  Har- 
vey's theory  that  blood  cycles  within 
the  human  body.  Today  the  theory  of 
blood  circulation  is  an  accepted  fact, 
but  the  significance  of  Sachs'  analogy 
for  understanding  life  on  earth  is 
barely  appreciated.  This  may  change 
shortly,  because  the  Viking  mission 
is,  in  effect,  a  test  at  a  planetary  level 
of  the  Gaia  hypothesis. 

The  earth's  atmosphere  is  a  blan- 
ket of  gas,  about  five  miles  high,  in 
contact  with  the  oceans,  lakes,  and 
rivers  (the  hydrosphere)  and  the 
rocky  lithosphere.  It  has  a  mass  of 
about  5,842,000  billion  tons.  The 
mass  of  the  oceans— the  other  major 
fluid  on  the  surface  of  the  earth— is 
almost  a  thousand  times  heavier. 
Since  the  atmospheric  mass  corre- 
sponds to  less  than  a  milHonth  of  the 
mass  of  the  earth  as  a  whole,  small 
changes  in  the  composition  of  the 
solid  earth  should  cause  large  changes 
in  the  composition  in  the  atmosphere; 
yet  the  atmosphere  seems  to  have  re- 
mained dynamically  constant  over 
long  periods  of  time. 

Where  do  the  components  of  at- 
mospheres originate?  Some,  like 
those  of  the  outer  planets  Jupiter, 
Uranus,  and  Neptune,  may  be  re- 
tained from  the  original  gaseous 
material  of  the  solar  system.  The  at- 
mospheres of  inner  planets  probably 
formed  from  gaseous  emissions  of 
magma  and  rocks  during  their  early 
history.  The  earth's  atmosphere  prob- 


ably began  to  form  from  volatile 
materials  that  were  retained  by  gravi- 
tational forces.  The  early  history  of 
the  atmospheres  of  our  neighboring 
planets.  Mars  and  Venus,  was  prob- 
ably similar  to  earth's.  Although  the 
atmosphere  of  Mars  is  cold  and  thin 
and  that  of  Venus  hot  and  dense, 
both  consist  of  qualitatively  similar 
elements. 

In  contrast,  the  atmosphere  of  the 
earth  is  strikingly  different,  even 
though  it  presumably  shared  a  com- 
mon history  with  its  sister  planets.  It 
is  anomalous  in  its  composition,  es- 
pecially in  the  amount  of  oxygen  and 
probably  in  its  temperature.  The 
earth's  lower  atmosphere  retains 
measurable  quantities  of  hydrogen 
and  hydrogen-rich  gases,  such  as 
methane  and  ammonia.  These  are 
light  and  tend  to  escape  into  space. 
This  atmospheric  hydrogen  exists 
with  the  powerful  oxidizing  agent 
oxygen,  and  with  methane  and  am- 
monia. Yet  oxygen  is  an  agent  of 
their  destruction.  In  fact,  the  entire 
atmosphere  of  earth  consists  primar- 
ily of  nitrogen  and  oxygen— two  ele- 
ments that  react  with  each  other! 

When  hit  by  lightning  or  other 
forms  of  energy,  these  elements  tend 
to  form  nitrate,  a  stable  water-solu- 
ble ion  that,  with  the  abundant  quan- 
tities of  water  around,  ought  to  dis- 
solve in  the  lakes,  rivers,  and  oceans. 
Once  dissolved,  the  nitrate  should 
form  nitrous  and  nitric  acids,  which 
in  turn  should  lower  the  pH  to  far 
more  acid  values  than  the  mildly 
alkaline  pH  8.2  observed  in  the 
oceans  today.  If  the  Gaia  hypothesis 
is  true,  we  should  be  able  to  find  evi- 
dence that  this  trend  (predicted  from 
the  rules  of  chemistry  and,  indeed, 
observable  on  Venus  with  its  hot 
acidic  surface)  is  actively  counter- 
acted on  the  earth.  A  maintenance 
system,  controlled  by  all  organisms 
and  powered  by  a  great  deal  of  photo- 


86 


By  courtesy  of  Ihe  Wellcomo  Trustees 


The  frontispiece  of  a  1664  work  draws  an  analogy  between  blood 
circulation  in  a  body  and  water  circulation  in  the  atmosphere. 


synthetically  derived  energy,  regu- 
lates the  reducing  gases,  the  acidity- 
alkalinity  balance,  and  many  other 
features  of  the  earth's  atmosphere. 

The  past  history  of  the  earth  with 
its  extensive  sedimentary  record 
(fraught,  as  it  is,  with  uncertainties 
in  interpretation)  provides  some  of 
the  most  convincing  proof  for  the  ex- 
istence of  continued  biological  mod- 
ulation. If  one  accepts  the  current 
theories  of  stellar  evolution,  the  sun, 
being  a  typical  "main  sequence"  star, 
has  substantially  increased  its  output 
of  energy  since  the  earth  was  formed 
some  4.5  billion  years  ago.  Some  be- 
lieve the  sun  has  increased  its  output 
as  much  as  100  percent;  most  astron- 
omers accept  an  increase  of  at  least 
25  percent  since  the  earth  was 
formed.  Given  solar  radiation  output 
and  radiative  surface  properties  of 
the  planet,  until  about  2  billion  years 
ago  either  the  atmosphere  was  differ- 
ent (that  is,  contained  more  am- 
monia) or  the  earth  was  frozen.  The 
most  likely  hypothesis  is  that  the 
earth's  atmosphere  contained  up  to 
about  one  part  in  100,000  ammonia, 
a  good  absorber  of  the  sun's  infrared 
radiation.  Such  absorbers  let  light 
in,  but  not  out,  leading  to  an  increase 
in  atmospheric  temperatures.  Other 
potential  "greenhouse"  gases  appar- 
ently could  not  have  compensated  for 
the  expected  lowered  temperature 
because  they  do  not  have  the  appro- 
priate absorption  spectra  or  would 
have  been  required  in  far  too  large 
quantities. 

Atmospheric  ammonia  is  rapidly 
photodestroyed  (on  a  geologic  time 
scale).  However,  ammonia  was  re- 
quired to  build  amino  acids,  which 
were  needed  for  life  to  originate. 
Good  evidence  exists  for  the  pres- 
ence of  fossil  life  in  the  earliest  sedi- 
mentary rocks,  some  3.4  billion  years 
ago.  Therefore,  ammonia  must  have 
been   produced   continuously   by 


87 


microorganisms  since  early  in  the 
earth's  history.  There  is  no  geologic 
evidence  that,  since  the  beginning  of 
the  earth's  stable  crust,  the  entire 
earth  has  ever  frozen  solid  or  that  the 
oceans  were  volatilized.  This  suggests 
that  the  temperature  at  the  surface 
has  always  been  maintained  between 
the  freezing  and  the  boiling  points  of 
water.  Conditions  have  been  continu- 
ously moderate  enough  for  organisms 
ever  since  the  biosphere  came  into 
existence,  more  than  3  billion  years 
ago. 

At  least  during  the  familiar  pha- 
nerozoic  (the  last  600  million  years 
of  earth  history  for  which  an  exten- 
sive fossil  record  is  available),  one 
can  argue  on  paleontological  grounds 
alone  that  throughout  every  era  the 
earth  has  maintained  tropical  tem- 
peratures at  some  place  on  the  sur- 
face and  that  the  composition  of  the 
atmosphere,  at  least  with  respect  to 
molecular  oxygen,  could  not  have 
deviated  markedly.  That  is,  there  are 
no  documented  cases  of  any  multi- 
cellular animals  or  green  plants  (out 
of  about  3  million  species)  that  can 
complete  their  life  cycles  in  the  total 
absence  of  oxygen. 

All  animals  and  green  plants  are 


composed  of  cells  that  divide  by 
mitosis.  The  mitotic  cell  division  it- 
self requires  oxygen.  Thus  it  is  highly 
unlikely  that  current  concentrations 
of  oxygen  have  fallen  much  below 
their  present  values  in  some  hundreds 
of  milhons  of  years.  Furthermore, 
since  concentrations  of  atmospheric 
oxygen  only  a  few  percent  higher 
than  we  now  have  lead  to  combustion 
of  organic  matter,  including  grass- 
lands and  forests,  the  most  reason- 
able assumption  is  that  the  oxygen 
level  of  the  atmosphere  has  remained 
relatively  constant  for  long  time  pe- 
riods. 

Soils  are  made  and  lithified  into 
sedimentary  rocks.  The  formation  of 
soil  involves  weathered  rock  particles 
interacting  with  communities  of  gas- 
exchanging  microorganisms.  Typical 
sedimentary  rocks  are  known  from 
the  last  2  billion  years  to  the  present. 
This  implies  that  oxygen  and  the 
other  reactive  gases  have  been  main- 
tained at  stable  atmospheric  concen- 
trations for  time  periods  that  are  very 
long  relative  to  their  residence  times. 
(Residence  time  is  the  time  it  takes 
for  the  concentration  of  gas  to  fall  to 
37  percent  of  its  value;  it  may  be 
thought  of  as  "turnover  time.") 


How  can  these  observations,  which 
go  against  the  rules  of  chemistry  and 
physics,  be  consistently  reconciled? 
The  answer  is  incessant  balanced 
production  and  removal  by  life— in 
other  words,  Gaia.  Even  though  the 
absolute  amounts  of  these  gases  may 
be  very  different  during  the  history 
of  the  biosphere,  the  fluxes  are  re- 
markably similar.  These  reactive 
gases  are  produced  and  removed  at 
similar  rates.  They  are  formed  and 
used  up  primarily  by  nonhuman  bio- 
logical processes.  Nearly  all  of  them 
are  produced  and  removed  at  a  rate 
of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  tons  per 
year.  This  extensive  gas  exchange  in- 
volves mainly  the  structurally  most 
simple  microorganisms,  bacteria  and 
blue-green  algae.  These  rapidly  grow- 
ing and  dividing  masters  of  the  micro- 
biological world  make  up  in  chemical 
complexity  and  metabolic  virtuosity 
what  they  lack  in  advanced  morphol- 
ogy. 

Precambrian  microfossils  suggest 
that  microorganisms  played  a  similar 
role  in  biogeochemical  processes  in 
the  past  as  they  do  now.  Current  stud- 
ies of  their  physiology  suggest  that 
they  have  an  ancient  history.  The 
production  and  release  of  molecular 


Some  of  Gaia's  Mechanisms  for  Controlling  the  Atmosphere 


Property  Controlled     Method  of  Control 

Temperature  Absorption  and  reflection  of  visible 

light  and  infrared  radiation  by 


earth's  surface. 

Temperature 

Cloud  cover  by  release  of  water 
into  atmosphere. 

Temperature 

Absorption  and  reflection  of  visible 
light  by  earth's  atmosphere. 

Temperature 

Absorption  of  infrared  radiation  in 
the  atmosphere. 

Temperature 

Circulation  and  heat  transfer 
within  the  atmosphere. 

PH 

Titration  of  sulfuric  and 
nitric  acids. 

pH 

Direct. 

pH 

Removal  of  carbonic  acid. 

Oxidation  state 

Gases  released  or  consumed. 

Possible  Biological  Mechanisms 

Physiological  control  of  plant  pigments;  shadow  casting,  soil 
formation,  change  of  surface  textures;  darkening  by  uptake 
of  water;  lichen,  algal  and  moss  cover  of  rocks;  trapping  and 
precipitation  of  sediments  such  as  limestone,  carbon  black, 
iron  sulfides. 

Plant  transpiration;  effect  evaporation  by  excretion  of  lipid 
and  detergent  coatings  on  water  surfaces;  bacterial  and  algal 
scums  and  slimes  on  water. 

Emission  of  dust  and  aerosol  precursors,  such  as  terpenes, 
sulfur  gases,  ammonia;  excrete  salt  particles  that  form  from 
acid  and  base  precipitates. 

Emission  and  removal  of  infrared-absorbing  gases,  such  as 
NHs,  CO2,  H2O. 

Water  evaporation  and  transpiration;  emission  of  nitrous 
oxide  and  chlorinated  compounds  that  could  modify  ozone 
layer  denitrifying  bacteria. 

Control  emissions  from  ammonia  sources. 

Some  organisms  excrete  acids  and  bases  (lactic,  acetic,  uric, 
nitric,  and  so  on). 

CO2  removal  by  blue-green  algae  catalyzes  calcium 
carbonate  deposits. 

Photosynthesis,  respiration,  bacterial  production  of 
hydrogen,  methane,  hydrogen  sulfide. 


oxygen  into  the  atmosphere  seems  to 
have  been  an  extremely  important 
environmental  determinant  in  the 
evolution  of  many  forms  of  life.  Dur- 
ing the  early  period  of  the  develop- 
ment of  life  3.4  billion  years  ago,  the 
earth  teemed  with  oxygen-intolerant 
microbes.  While  these  organisms 
would  be  termed  primitive  today, 
they  performed  a  wide  range  of  meta- 
bolic processes  and  were  probably 
capable  of  greatly  modifying  the 
lower  atmosphere.  About  2  billion 
years  ago,  a  group  of  microbes,  the 
blue-green  algae,  were  almost  cer- 
tainly responsible  for  the  original 
change  to  oxygen-containing  atmo- 
sphere. 

We  have  tabulated  some  of  the 
many  possible  tricks  organisms  have 
that  may  be  mechanisms  of  regula- 
tion. We  can  do  more  than  this, 
for  although  we  see  a  phenomenon 
(the  regulated  atmosphere)  we  can 
only  guess  at  the  mechanisms  of  reg- 
ulation. It  is  comparable  to  our  orig- 
inal analogy:  one  can  certainly  show 
that  temperature,  salts,  and  bicarbo- 
nate ion  in  the  blood  are  regulated 
without  having  the  faintest  idea  of 
how  the  temperature  and  composi- 
tion are  kept  constant.  But  like  the 
blood  physiologists,  we  begin  to 
search  for  reasonable  mechanisms 
that  seem  to  be  keeping  the  system 
in  homeostatic  balance  in  spite  of 
many  threatening  perturbations. 

Gaia  probably  circulates  certain 
biologically  critical  elements— acids 
and  bases,  molecular  oxygen,  nitro- 
gen and  carbon  and  their  compounds, 
sulfur  and  its  compounds,  and  some 
others— in  the  atmosphere.  We  think 
microbial  gas  exchange  is  mainly  in- 
volved in  the  circulation  processes. 
The  nonhuman  biological  contribu- 
tion is  generally  far  larger  than  the 
human  contribution  to  both  the 
"sources"  (where  the  gases  come 
from)  and  the  "sinks"  (where  the 
gases  are  removed  to).  Sinks  include 
reactions  with  surface  rocks,  removal 
by  respiratory  processes  of  organ- 
isms, and  other  resting  places  for 
gases  removed  from  the  atmosphere. 

The  cycling  times  for  these  major 
biological  elements  must  be  short  be- 
cause biological  growth  is  based  on 
continual  cell  division,  which  requires 
the  doubling  of  cell  masses  in  periods 
of  time  that  are  generally  less  than 
months  and,  typically,  days  or  hours. 
On  lifeless  planets  there  is  no  partic- 
ular reason  to  expect  this  phenome- 
non of  atmospheric  cycling,  and  on 


THIS  OLD  IRON  GATE  is  the  closest  iron 
will  ever  get  to  the  water  we  use  for  making 
Jack  Daniel's  Whiskey. 

Our  limestone  cave  spring  runs  at  56°  year-round 
and  is  completely  free  of  iron.  That's  w^hy 
Jack  Daniel  built  his  distillery  right  alongside  it 
in  1866.  And  v^hy  folks  from  neighboring 
counties  still  bring  jugs  to  our  Hollow  and  haul 
water  home  for  making 
coffee.  You  see,  Jack  Daniel 
always  said  iron  was 
murderous  to  the  taste 
of  sippin'  whiskey.  And 
from  what  our  neighbors 
report,  it  doesn't  do  coffee 
a  speck  of  good  either. 


CHARCOAL 
MELLOWED 

6 

DROP 

6 

BY  DROP 


Tennessee  Whiskey  •  90  Proof  •  Distilled  and  Bottled  by  Jack  Daniel  Distillery 

Lem  Motlow,  Prop.,  Inc.,  Lynchburg  (Pop.  361),  Tennessee  37352 

Placed  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  by  the  United  States  Government. 


ARCHAEOLOGY  TOUR 
TO  MEXICO 

January  8  to  January  29, 1977 
Conducted  by 

AMERICAN  MUSEUM 
F  NATURAL  HISTORY 


A  trip  to  see  the  most  recent  excavations  of  famous  arcliaeological  ruins 
in  Mexico.  The  past  splendor  of  ancient  pyramids  and  great  temples  at 
IVialinaico,  Tula,  Santa  Cecilia,  Cholula,  Tenayuca,  TIalteloIco  and  Teo- 
tihuacan.  The  hilltop  city  of  Xochicaico,  and  Teopanzoico  near  Cuerna- 
vaca,  and  Mitia,  Monte  Alban  and  Yagul  in  the  Oaxaca  area.  Collections 
in  the  Anthropology  Museum  in  Mexico  City  and  the  treasure  from  Tomb 
7  in  the  Oaxaca  Museum  will  be  studied.  Led  by  C.  Bruce  Hunter,  Lec- 
turer in  Archaeology  at  the  Museum. 

For  further  information  call  or  write  for  Brochure  B,  Dept.  of  Education,  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New 
York,  N.Y.  10024. 


An  "impressive,  ...quite 
fascinating,...  invaluable"* 
last  look  at  the  legends  of 
a  culture  only  recently 
emerged  from  the  Stone  Age. 


721^ 


i^^S-^ 


Illuminating  this  rare  volume  are 
167  exquisite  bark  paintings  and 
carved  figures  photographed  in 
color  and  black  and  white— many 
of  which  have  been  exhibited  in 
museums  across  the  country. 

$18.95 

TIME  BEFORE 
MORNING 

Art  and  Myth  of  the 

Australian  Aborigines 

ByLOaiSA.ALLEN 


'PUBLISHERS  WEEKLY 


tllT.Y. 

^  New 


CROWELL 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc.,  plus 
valuable  infomnation  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   SQ.,   KNOXVILLE,   ILL.   61448 


IffilANTIOCH/NEW  ENGLAND 

IS  ACCEPTING  Summer  and  Fall  applications 
for  its  15  month  Masters  Program  in  Environ- 
mental Studies.  The  program  offers  an  experien- 
tial and  personalized  approach  to  environmental 
education.  Students  plan  with  their  advisors  a 
program  utilizing  internships  concurrent  with 
riela  and  academic  work. 

Graduates  are  working  in  public  and  private 
schools,  enviromnental  education  centers,   re- 
gional  planning   commissions,   and   state   and 
local  enviroimiental  agencies. 
— program  offers  teacher  certification. 
— Financial  aid  is  available — in  form  of  in- 
ternships, some  stipended  loans  and  work-study 
grants. 
Contact:  Antioch/New  England 

MST  Admissions 

One  Elm  St. 

Keene,  NH  03431 

603-357-3122 


the  earth  it  is  not  expected  that  gases 
of  elements  that  do  not  enter  metabo- 
lism as  either  metabolites  or  poisons 
will  cycle  rapidly. 

Because  biological  solutions  to 
problems  tend  to  be  varied,  redun- 
dant, and  complex,  the  mechanisms 
of  atmospheric  homeostasis  probably 
involve  complex  feedback  loops. 
Since,  for  example,  no  volatile  form 
of  phosphorus  has  ever  been  found 
in  the  atmosphere,  and  since  this  ele- 
ment is  present  in  the  nucleic  acids  of 
all  organisms,  we  are  considering  the 
possibility  that  the  volatile  form  of 
phosphorus  at  present  is  totally  "bio- 
logically particulate."  This  possibility 
is  strengthened  by  the  observation 
that  the  decaying  bodies  of  salmon 
that  migrate  upstream  to  Alaskan 
lakes  provide  the  limiting  phosphorus 
for  the  algae  growing  in  these  lakes. 
It  is  these  same  algae  whose  growth 
provides  food  for  next  year's  crop  of 
young  salmon.  In  this  case,  the  nu- 
cleic acid  and  other  cellular  phos- 
phates of  migrating  salmon  can  be 
considered  the  "volatile"  form  of  the 
precious  element  phosphorus. 

The  earth's  anomalous  atmosphere 
can  be  best  understood  by  the  idea 
that  it  is  a  regulated  integral  part  of 
the  surface  biology.  Mars  and  Venus 
serve  as  the  sterile,  nonbiological 
planetary  controls.  If  there  is  life  on 
Mars,  and  if  the  Gaia  hypothesis  is 
correct,  then  our  remote  sensors 
should  have  picked  up  atmospheric 
anomalies  there.  They  have  not.  We 
suspect  the  Viking  landers  will  find 
no  signs  of  life  on  the  planet's  surface 
either. 

Failure  of  the  Viking  mission  to 
find  life  on  Mars  will  not  prove  the 
existence  of  Gaia,  but  it  will  add  sup- 
port to  the  hypothesis.  Most  scien- 
tific experiments  are  designed  to  dis- 
prove a  hypothesis;  when  they  fail 
the  hypothesis  is  thereby  strength- 
ened. At  great  cost  and  effort,  a  rare 
planetary  experiment  for  the  Gaia 
hypothesis  is  now  speeding  toward  a 
conclusion. 

Given  its  atmosphere  of  a  thin 
blanket  of  carbon  dioxide,  a  little 
water  vapor,  perhaps  argon,  and  a 
total  absence  of  incompatible  gases, 
we  think  that  Saturday  nights  on 
Mars  are  not  too  lively.  This  summer 
we  shall  see. 

Lynn  Margulis  teaches  biology  at 
Boston  University;  James  E.  Love- 
lock is  a  research  physicist  at  Bower- 
chalke,  Wiltshire,  England. 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  presents  the 

ERIC  SLOANE  COLLECTION 

of  beautiful,  hardcover  editions  for  /Vniericaiia-pliiles 
who  feci  it's  not  only  nostal/^ic — but  important  l«j  remember. 


ERIC  SLOANE... Historian 
artist.  In  his  research,  Eric 
Sloane  develops  "a  strong 
affinity  for  the  man"  who 
made  the  actual  objects  of 
early  America.  He  recreates 
for  future  generations  the 
craftsmanship  and  artistry 
that  is  part  of  our  country's 
memories  and  traditions. 


.*^-: 


A.  I  Remember  America 

An  outspoken  defense  of  our 
natural  and  national  heritage  by 
one  who  passionately  remembers 
the  American  landscape  as  it  used 
to  be.  Eric  Sloane's  recollections 
(illus.  by  37  color  paintings,  80 
drawings)  carry  his  hopes  for 
rebirth  of  our  country  in  the  future. 
$24.00 


B.  The  Seasons  of  America  Past 

A  year-full  of  past  American  seasons 
from  planting  to  growing  to  fence- 
building  to  stump-pulling  to  strawberry 
celebrations.  Each  phase  of  the  moon 
had  its  own  seasonal  meanings,  too. 
Brings  life  back-to-our-roots,  helped  by 
the  author's  pen-and-ink  drawings  and 
4  color  pages.     $9.00 


C.  American  Yesterday 

The  author  explores  the  craftsmanship 
of  bygone  sawyers,  nailers,  plum- 
bummen,  wheelwrights,  drovers, 
dowsers.  Sloane's  extraordinary  anec- 
dotes and  highly  skilled  drawings  are 
so  relevant,  they  should  evoke  a  deep 
call  for  the  quality  of  workmanship  of 
yesteryear.     $8.50 


D.  American  Barns  and 
Covered  Bridges 

Mr.  Sloane  resourcefully  sketches  with 
both  pen  and  words,  America's  fast- 
vanishing  barns  and  covered  bridges. 
Cannibalized  for  their  fine  old  beams, 
they're  preserved  here  just  as  the  pio- 
neers built  them,  in  drawings  and 
descriptions  of  uncommon  skill.     $8.50 

Order  Now  to  Expand  your  Bicentennial  Library ! 
AMERICAN  MUSEUM  MEMBERS, 
PLEASE  TAKE  10%  DISCOUNT. 


E.  The  Cracker  Barrel 

Fifty-four  views  of  American  life  that 
might  have  come  from  around  a  pot- 
bellied stove.  Told  with  charm,  illus. 
with  line  drawings  that  are  droll,  sage, 
even  wicked.  Subjects  include  hex 
signs,  divining  rods,  rebus  puzzles, 
language  origins,  apple  butter.     $11.00 


AViERicAfi: 

^  A  BoYr 


F.  Diary  of  an  Early 
American  Boy 

The  small  leather-bound,  wood-backed 
book  found  in  an  ancient  house,  the 
diary  of  Noah  Blake  in  his  fifteenth 
year  in  1805,  is  here  reproduced  and 
augmented  by  Sloane's  comments  and 
pen-and-ink  drawings  about  Noah's 
nail-making,  shingle-splitting,  bridge- 
building  and  ink-making.     $9.00  ' 

G.  AN  AGE  OF  BARNS     $17.00 

H.  RETURN  TO  TAOS     $9.00 

L    LOOK  AT  THE  SKY  AND  TELL  THE  WEATHER 

J.  OUR  VANISHING  LANDSCAPE     $8.50 

K.  THE  SECOND  BARREL     $9.00 

L.  A  MUSEUM  OF  EARLY  AMERICAN  TOOLS     $9.00 

M.  A  REVERENCE  FOR  WOOD     $9.00 


$10.00 


NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 
Dept.  B812,Box5123 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me  the  books  I  have 
circled  for  which  I  enclose  my 
personal  check  or  money  order 
for  $ 


€ 


B.     C.     D. 


ALLOW  4-6  WKS.  FOR  DELIVER 
F.     G.     H.     I.     J.     K.     L.     I 


(please  print) 
ADDRESS 


CITY_ 


-ZIP. 


Celestial  Events 


by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  The  sun  moves  through  the  stars  of  Taurus  until  June 
20.  when  it  enters  Gemini  just  before  passing  through  the  summer  sol- 
stice. It  stays  in  Gemini  until  Jul}'  20  and  then  enters  the  constellation 
Cancer.  Its  northerh-  position  at  this  time  of  year  gives  us  our  longest 
days  and  greatest  insolation,  or  received  solar  radiation.  The  earliest 
sunrise  of  the  year  is  on  Jtme  13:  the  latest  sunset  is  on  Jtme  26;  and 
the  earth  is  at  aphelion,  fanhest  from  the  sun.  on  July  2.  The  arrival 
of  the  sun  at  the  summer  solstice  at  1:24  a.m.  .  EST.  on  Jtme  21  marks 
the  beginning  of  summer  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere. 

In  June,  first-quarter  moon  is  on  the  5th.  full  moon  on  the  11th, 
last-quarter  on  the  19th.  and  new  moon  on  the  27th.  In  July,  first-quarter 
moon  is  on  the  4th.  full  moon  on  the  11th.  last-quarter  on  the  19th. 
and  new  moon  on  the  26th.  The  moon  will  be  at  first-quarter  again  on 
August  2  and  fuU  on  August  9.  Perigee.  \"»,-here  the  moon  is  nearest  to 
earth,  is  on  Jtilv  6  and  Julv  3 1 .  Aposee.  farthest  from  earth,  is  on  June 
21  and  July  19. 

Stars  and  Planets  No  planets  are  shown  among  the  stars  on  our  evening 

Star  Map  for  these  months,  even  though  four  of  them  v^dll  be  in  the 
e\'ening  sk}-  for  aU  or  pan  of  the  period.  The  reason  is  that  all  four  wiO 
be  so  low  in  the  west  at  stmdo\%Ti  that,  by  the  time  it  grows  dark  enough 
to  see  the  evening  stars  of  the  map .  the  planets  will  have  set.  Two  of 
them.  Saturn,  in  Cancer,  and  Mars.  mo\ing  from  Cancer  into  Leo,  will 
be  easUy  seen  10%%*  in  the  west  at  dusk.  In  June  and  early  July  Sattim 
is  the  brighter.  Jupiter,  in  _Aries.  is  the  only  planet  well  placed  for 
^ie^^^ng.  Rising  about  midnight  or  earlier,  it  dominates  the  earh-  morn- 
ing sk\'  in  the  east  or  southeast  tiU  dawn. 

Jtme  15:  Mercur\- is  at  greatest  \',esterly  elongation,  but  poorly  located 
as  a  morning  star. 

June  1":  \'enus  is  at  superior  conjunction,  in  tine  with  but  be%"ond 
the  stm.  and  enters  the  evening  sk}'. 

June  23-24:  Watch  the  moon  pass  from  right  to  left  of  Jupiter  from 
the  morning  of  the  23rd  to  the  24th. 

July  1 :  Mars  can  be  seen  to  the  right  of  the  moon  tonight.  The  brighter 
star  to  the  left  is  Regulus.  in  Leo. 

July  4—5:  The  bright  star  near  the  moon  is  Spica,  in  Virgo. 

July  5:  Uranus  can  be  easily  found  with  binoculars  or  a  telescope. 
about  1"  above  the  moon. 

July  15:  MercuT}".  in  superior  conjunction,  enters  the  evening  sks'. 

July  20-21 :  Jupiter  is  near  the  moon  from  shortiy  after  midnight  ttU 
dawn  on  both  these  nishts.  Mars  is  above  the  moon  the  niaht  of  the 
21st. 

July  28:  The  Delta  Aquarid  meteors  reach  maximtim  (up  to  20  per 
hour  but  not  ver%^  bright). 

Julv  29:  Saturn  is  in  conjunction  with  the  stm  and  enters  the  morning 
sk}-. 

August  1 :  Spica  is  near  the  moon  tonight. 

August  ~:  \"enus  is  becoming  \isible  as  an  evening  star. 

August  10-13:  Watch  for  the  Perseid  meteors  on  any  of  these  dates 
from  midnight  imtil  dawn.  The  best  time  will  be  early  morning  of  the 
12th.  shortly  after  the  shower  reaches  maximtim.  when  you  may  see 
up  to  50  meteors  per  hour,  many  of  them  quite  bright. 

*Hold  the  Star  Map  so  ihe  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom:  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  skj'  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  12:20  a.m.  on  Jtme  15;  11:20  p.m.  on  June  30;  10:25  p.m. 
on  July  15;  9:20  p.m.  on  July  31:  and  8:20  p.m.  on  August  15;  but  it  can  also 
be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


Helmut  Wimmer 


Sky  Reporter 


The  Venusian  Surface 


by  S.  I.  Rasool 


Data  from  soft  landings 
on  Venus  have  raised 
new  questions  concerning 
the  planet's  history 

Seven  years  ago  I  wrote  a  full- 
length  article  for  Natural  History  en- 
titled "Venus,  Star  of  Sweet  Confi- 
dences" (June-July  1969).  The 
piece,  which  discussed  what  had  just 
then  been  learned  about  Venus  from 
U.S.  and  Soviet  spacecraft  missions 
to  that  planet,  ended  with  the  sen- 
tence: "One  [planet — the  earth]  de- 
veloped into  a  prolific  haven  for  life, 
the  other  [Venus]  into  a  sterile,  life- 
less inferno." 

In  the  last  seven  years,  Venus  has 
been  visited  by  seven  more  spacecraft 
(six  Soviet  and  one  United  States). 
All  were  successful  in  achieving  their 
objectives  and  sent  back  a  great  deal 
of  useful  data.  From  these  missions 
and  earth-based  telescopes  we  have 
learned  that  the  surface  of  Venus, 
both  in  daytime  and  at  night,  remains 
simmering  hot  at  about  SOOT;  the  at- 
mosphere is  100  times  denser  than 
that  of  the  earth  and  is  full  of  noxious 
carbon  dioxide;  and  the  planet  has  a 
heavy  layer  of  clouds  that  may  con- 
tain droplets  of  sulfuric  acid.  We 
have  also  found  that  Venus  not  only 
rotates  backward  (west  to  east)  but 


revolves  so  slowly  that  one  rotation 
takes  246  earth  days.  At  the  same 
time,  in  the  upper  reaches  of  the  Ve- 
nusian atmosphere,  winds  may  rage 
at  speeds  exceeding  200 knots.  These 
bizarre  findings  have  whetted  the  in- 
tellectual appetite  of  planetary  scien- 
tists to  such  an  extent  that  an  entire 
American  space  mission,  made  up  of 
probes  and  orbiters,  is  now  being  spe- 
cifically conceived  and  instrumented 
to  answer  some  of  the  questions  they 
raise.  However,  every  time  I  talk 
about  this  high  level  of  space  activity 
concerning  Venus,  I  am  almost  in- 
variably asked.  Why  so  much  interest 
in  Venus  when  it  is  a  hot,  sterile 
planet? 

Let  me  try  to  answer  this  question. 
The  principal  reason  for  the  scientific 
interest  in  Venus  is  precisely  the  fact 
that  it  is  such  an  exceptionally  hot 
planet.  The  problem  becomes  even 
more  intriguing  when  we  consider 
some  other  facts:  Venus  is  almost  ex- 
actly the  same  size  and  mass  as  the 
earth,  it  is  located  at  about  the  same 
place  in  the  solar  system  as  the  earth 
(being  our  closest  planetary  neigh- 
bor), and  Venus  and  the  earth  proba- 
bly formed  at  the  same  time  and  from 
the  same  mix  of  material  as  all  the 
other  planets.  If  Venus  is  made  of  the 
same  material  as  the  earth,  is  not 
much  closer  to  the  sun,  and  has  ap- 


proximately the  same  size  and  mass, 
why  is  its  temperature  close  to  SOOT 
while  that  on  the  earth  averages  a 
comfortable  60°F? 

This  fundamental  question  is  re- 
lated to  the  general  problems  of  what 
controls  the  temperature  on  the  sur- 
face of  a  planet?  what  determines  the 
climatic  change?  and  how  stable  is 
the  earth's  climate  in  the  face  of  man- 
made  pollution? 

As  we  slowly  progress  in  our  ex- 
perimentation and  measurements  on 
Mars,  Venus,  Jupiter,  and  the  earth, 
we  are  beginning  to  probe  deeper  into 
the  mysteries  of  climate.  We  have 
learned  that  the  angle  of  the  sun's 
rays,  which  determine  summer  and 
winter  on  the  earth,  may  be  entirely 
unimportant  in  the  climate  of  Venus. 
Even  the  day-to-night  differences  in 
temperature  that  we  are  so  used  to  on 
the  earth  may  be  nonexistent  on 
Venus,  despite  the  fact  that  the  sun 
shines  over  the  same  side  of  Venus 


This  photograph  of  Venus, 
the  first  close-up  of  the 
surface  of  another  planet 
ever  taken,  was  made  by  the 
Russian  spacecraft  Venera  9 
on  October  22,  1975. 


you  want  our  jf 


utnoto 


tliTr 


The  sculpture  above  was  carved  in  the  8th  century  in  Ellora.  We've  a 
5000-year-oicl  pastdistilled  in  stone  and  marble  and  pigment. 
A  stupendous  show. 

But  to  really  discover  India,  you  have  to  be  open  to  the  daily  life  around 
you. The  best  way  is  to  share  our  everyday  experiences.  At  a  camel  fair  in 
Pushkar  On  the  Taj  Express.  At  a  bazaar  in  Old  Delhi.  A  tea  shop  in  Jaipur 
A  dance  recital  in  Madras.  Whenever  And,  of  course,  come  to  our  homes, 
share  our  curhes,  listen  to  our  stories,  tell  us  yours  [in  English;  it's  our 
second  language]. 

Meet  us  halfway  and  you'll  see;  India  will  repay  you  more  than  any  land 
on  earth  (ask  those  who've  been  here). 

By  the  way  the  trip  needn't  be  expensive.  Everything  costs  less  in  India. 


•)f*:ic*:ic*^*:i(*%*^'*'^*^*^*^*4:*^4'iic*^ 


India 


It  sounds  like  India  is  for  me. 
Please  send  me  your  brochures. 


Address- 
City 


My  Travel  Agent  is_ 


Government  of  India  Tourist  Office 


201  N,  Mictiigan  Ave  ,  Ctiicago.  Ill  60601 

685  Market  St..  San  Francisco,  Cat  94105 

Royal  Trust  Tower  Dominion  Center  Toronto.  Canada 


4t'*Hi*H:*iit*^*^*ik*ik*ik*ik*H:*ilii*H:*ii:*^ 


for  118  consecutive  days.  What, 
then,  controls  the  climate  of  Venus? 
The  answer  lies  in  the  chemistry  of 
the  planet's  atmosphere:  the  Venu- 
sian  atmosphere  is  about  100  percent 
CO2,  while  the  earth's  atmosphere  is 
mainly  nitrogen  and  oxygen. 

A  carbon  dioxide  atmosphere  has 
the  special  property  of  letting  sunlight 
penetrate  to  a  planet's  surface,  but  not 
letting  the  heat  escape.  In  much  the 
same  way  as  the  glass  cover  of  a 
greenhouse  keeps  the  plants  warm,  an 
atmosphere  made  of  CO2  can  heat  up 
a  planetary  surface  to  a  higher  tem- 
perature than  would  normally  be 
achieved  by  direct  sunlight.  Theoret- 
ically, this  mechanism  can  explain 
Venus 's  measured  high  temperature 
of  SOOT,  about  600°F  higher  than  it 
would  be  if  Venus  had  an  earth-type 
atmosphere.  In  practice,  however, 
many  of  us  have  had  difficulty  in  ac- 
cepting this  theory  because  the  actual 
situation  on  Venus  appears  to  be  quite 
different  from  a  simple,  pure  carbon 
dioxide  atmosphere. 

Venus  is  known  to  have  an  ex- 
tended cloud  cover,  so  permanent  in 
nature  that  never  in  the  long  history 
of  telescopic  observations  have  any 
of  the  planet's  surface  features  been 
seen.  Even  the  highly  sensitive  TV 
cameras  of  NASA's  Mariner  10 
spacecraft,  which  in  1974  passed  by 
Venus  at  a  distance  of  about  4,000 
miles,  could  only  delineate  patterns 
in  the  clouds,  but  nothing  below. 
From  a  variety  of  techniques,  includ- 
ing earth-based  radar,  precise  track- 
ing of  various  Mariner  spacecraft  on 
their  passage  close  to  Venus,  and  the 
measurements  made  by  the  Soviet 
probes,  we  have  been  able  to  con- 
clude that  the  surface  of  Venus  lies 
about  forty  miles  below  the  cloud 
tops  visible  from  earth.  But  such 
questions  as  the  following  remain: 
What  are  the  clouds  made  of?  Do  they 
extend  all  the  way  down  to  the 
planet's  surface  or  do  they  exist  only 
as  a  layer  a  few  thousand  feet  thick 
like  the  cloud  cover  on  the  earth? 
What  are  the  optical  properties  of  the 
clouds?  Does  any  sunlight  filter 
through  them  and  reach  the  surface? 
This  last  question  is  of  paramount  im- 
portance if  the  theory  of  the  green- 
house effect  is  to  explain  the  high 
temperature  of  Venus. 

Some  scientists  have  argued  that 
no  sunlight  reaches  the  ground  of 
Venus  and  that  the  planet's  surface  is 
shrouded  in  perpetual  darkness.  Their 
reasoning  is  as  follows:  first,  we 
know  that  Venus  has  a  substantial 


cloud  cover;  second,  the  atmosphere 
itself  is  a  hundredfold  more  dense 
than  the  atmosphere  of  the  earth;  and 
lastly,  even  if  the  clouds  do  not  ex- 
tend down  to  the  ground,  there  must 
be  enough  dust  and  "hot  vapors"  in 
the  lower  atmosphere  to  effectively 
screen  the  sunlight  from  the  surface. 

Other  scientists  have  argued  that 
the  cloud  cover  may  be  thin  or  "bro- 
ken" and  the  lower  atmosphere  pure 
enough  to  permit  some  diffuse  sun- 
light to  reach  the  surface.  The  propo- 
nents of  a  dark  Venus  had  trouble  ex- 
plaining the  high  temperature  at  the 
surface  and  they  invoked  complicated 
dynamic  processes  in  the  atmosphere 
for  the  transfer  of  solar  heat  from  the 
cloud  level  to  the  ground. 

Soviet  scientists  seem  to  have  been 
particularly  interested  in  this  prob- 
lem. They  included  a  light  meter  on 
a  Venera  probe  that  soft-landed  on 
Venus  in  1972  and  reported  that  about 
0. 1  percent  of  the  sunlight  reaching 
Venus  does  penetrate  down  to  the 
planet's  surface.  Intensive  scientific 
discussion  followed  on  how  accurate 
these  measurements  were  and  what 
they  mean  in  terms  of  the  thermal 
structure  of  Venus 's  atmosphere. 

The  Soviets  pursued  this  intriguing 
measurement  further  and  equipped 
their  subsequent  Venera  probes  with 
cameras.  Not  sure  whether  the  light 
level  would  be  high  enough  for  pic- 
ture taking,  the  probes  carried  artifi- 
cial illimiination.  On  October  22, 
1975 ,  Venera  9  soft-landed  on  Venus 
and  transmitted  the  first  close-up  of 
the  surface  of  another  planet  ever  to 
be  seen  by  a  human  eye.  Three  days 
later  Venera  10  landed  about  1,500 
miles  from  its  sister  spacecraft  and 
sent  back  another  picture.  These  two 
photographs  are  probably  the  single 
most  important  achievement  of  the 
entire  Soviet  planetary  exploration 
program. 

What  do  these  pictures  tell  us  about 
Venus?  First  of  all  the  Venera  9  pic- 
ture of  the  surface  contained  surprises 
that  have  made  planetary  scientists 
reconsider  their  concepts  of  Venus. 
At  a  temperature  of  800°F  and  under 
an  atmospheric  pressure  of  1,400 
pounds  per  square  inch,  it  was  as- 
sumed that  rocks  would  long  since 
have  eroded  away.  What  we  see  in  the 
Venera  9  picture  is  precisely  the  op- 
posite: abundant  piles  of  sharp-edged 
rocks.  Soviet  scientists  have  inter- 
preted this  to  mean  that  the  terrain 
shown  in  the  picture  is  geologically 
not  very  old.  Some  say  that  the 
spacecraft    landed    on    a    mountain 


slope  and  the  rocks  may  be  fresh 
products  of  recent  volcanic  activity. 
The  Venera  iO  picture  reveals  a  land- 
scape more  like  the  one  we  expected 
to  find  on  Venus — a  smooth  surface 
and  gentle  slopes  with  the  depres- 
sions covered  with  fine-grained  soil. 

In  addition  to  taking  pictures,  the 
landers  measured  the  density  and 
chemistry  of  the  Venus  surface.  Data 
from  these  experiments  show  that  the 
rocks  may  be  basaltic,  thus  indicating 
that  both  the  earth  and  Venus  may 
have  crusts  made  of  volcanic  material 
ejected  from  the  interior. 

Unfortunately,  there  is  still  confu- 
sion over  whether  the  photographs 
were  made  in  natural  solar  light  or 
taken  by  the  artificial  illumination 
that  was  available  on  the  spacecraft 
but,  according  to  the  fiffst  reports,  was 
not  used.  If  the  pictures  were  made 
in  solar  light,  how  can  we  explain  an 
intensity  and  directionality  high 
enough  to  produce  sharp  shadows? 
On  the  other  hand,  if  the  floodlights 
on  the  spacecraft  were  used,  why  do 
the  shadows  point  toward  the 
spacecraft  rather  than  away  from  it? 

We  hope  some  of  these  questions 
will  soon  be  answered.  But  the  funda- 
mental question  of  why  Venus  be- 
came such  a  sterile  planet  and  the 
earth  a  life-bearing  one  remains  the 
most  puzzling  one  in  the  planetary 
sciences.  The  answer  will  come  only 
when  we  are  able  to  reconstruct  the 
history  of  planetary  surfaces  and  their 
atmospheres.  The  American  Viking 
spacecraft  that  are  scheduled  to  land 
on  Mars  in  early  July  will  attempt  to 
determine  whether  life  ever  evolved 
there.  An  entire  U.S.  orbiter-probe 
mission — Pioneer — is  currently 
being  designed  for  launch  to  Venus 
in  1978  in  order  to  make  precise  mea- 
surements of  the  state  of  the  Venusian 
atmosphere.  Accurate  measurements 
of  its  composition  can  be  used  to  re- 
construct the  gross  history  of  a  plane- 
tary atmosphere. 

As  we  enter  the  next  decade, 
spacecraft  will  probe  Jupiter  with  the 
same  techniques.  Each  one  of  these 
measurements  is  a  small  piece  of  the 
big  jigsaw  puzzle:  How  did  life  on 
earth  originate  and  what  is  the  place 
of  the  earth  in  the  universe?  Hope- 
fully, the  pieces  will  soon  begin  to 
fall  in  place. 

An  authority  on  planetary  atmos- 
pheres, S.  I.  Rasool  is  chief  scientist 
in  the  Office  of  Space  Sciences  at 
NASA  headquarters  in  Washington, 
D.C. 


96 


ALUXURYSEDAN  BASED  ON  THE  BELIEF 
THAT  ALL  OF  THE  RICH  ARE  NOT  IDLE. 


;e  the  time  of  the 
sars,  the  inspiration  for 
carriages  of  the  gentry 
been  the  blatant, 
ridled,  unabashed  pur- 
'it  of  opulence. 
Opulence  often  to  the 
exclusion  of  all  else:  per- 
formance, efficiency,  engi- 
neering intelligence. 


50  70  mph  5  9  seronds       high  speed 
passing  acceleration  borders  on  the  bril- 
liant," the  editors  of  Motor  Trend 
magazine. 

Even  today  one  sees 
occasional  evidence  of  this 
misguided  sense  of  priorities 
—this  basic  misunderstand- 
ing of  what  it  is  that  consti- 
tutes true  luxury. 

Opera  windows  that 
obscure  vision.  Mammoth 
engines  pulling  mammoth 
cars.  Interiors  fashioned 
more  along  the  lines  of  a 
Persian  Pleasure  Palace 
than  a  serious  driving 
machine.  Cars  made  pri- 
marily for  sitting. 

At  the  Bavarian 
MotorWorksit  has 
always  been  our  conten- 
tion that  a  car  ought  to 
be  made  primarily  for 
driving.That  when  all  is 
said  and  done,  extraor- 
dinary performance  is 
the  only  thing  that 
makes  an  expensive  car 
worth  the  money. 

And,  in  this  age  of 
automotive  enlighten- 
ment, we  believe  our 
time  has  come. 

POWER  TO  SAT- 
ISFY EVEN  THE  MOST 
POWER  HUNGRY, 

Beneath  the  hood 
oftheBMW530iisa 


singularly 
responsive  3-1  iter,  fuel- 
injected  engine  that  has  been 
called  by  no  less  an  authority 
than  Road  &  Track  magazine 
"...the  most  refined  in-line 
six  in  the  world." 

Patented  triple-hemi- 
spheric, swirl-action  com- 
bustion chambers  develop 
remarkable  power  from 
relatively  small 
displacement. 

And  seven  main 
bearings  and  twelve 
crankshaft  counter-bal- 
ance weights  give  the 
whole  operation  a  tur- 
bine-like smoothness 
that  never  ceases  to 
astound  even  the  experts. 

THE  MAN  WHO 
CONTROLS  CORPORA- 
TIONS OUGHT  TO  BE 
ABLE  TO  CONTROL  HIS 
OWN  CAR. 

If  you're  accus- 
tomed to  the  leaning  and 
swaying  one  experiences 
in  the  conventional  lux- 
ury sedan,  you  will 
thoroughly  appreciate 
the  uncanny  road  hold- 

The700Ft.  Slalom  Test,  designed 
by  Road  &  Track  magazine  to 
measure  lane  changing  capabilities. 
BMW  ran  the  course  at  a  remarkable 
51.6  mph. 


ing  capabilities 
oftheBMW530i. 

Road  holding— driver 
control  —  is  largely  a  func- 
tion of  a  car's  suspension 
system. 

And,  to  be  a  bit  blunt, 
BMW  gives  you  a  superior 
suspension  system.  Instead 
of  the  "solid-rear-axle"  sys- 
tems found  in  all  domestic— 
and  many  foreign— sedans, 
the  BMW  suspension  is  f  ul  ly 


Results  of  the  :«5oi.jrTrer...)    .rooFt. 
CircleTesfclearly  Miuslratethe 
superior  road  holding  abilities  of  the 
BMW.  At  .82g  BMW  was  still  on  the 
road,  other  makes  were  not. 

independent  on  all  four 
wheels. 

And  this,  combined  with 
a  multi-jointed  rear  axle, 
allows  each  wheel  to  adapt 
itself  independently  to  every 
driving  and  road  condition— 
with  a  smoothness  and  preci- 
sion that  wi  1 1  spoi  I  you  for 
any  other  car. 


•n 


A  DECIDED  LACK  OF 
OPERA  WINDOW  OPULENCE. 

While  inside,  the  BMW 
530i  features  as  long  a  list  of 
uxury  items  as  one  could 
sanely  require  of  an  automo- 
bile, its  luxury  ispurpose- 


"    nodelectatjie  b'Pn  cf  (brat-e)  fade. 
The  more  and  harder  they're  used,  the 
stronger  they  seem  to  get/'The  editors  of 
Motor  Trend  sum  up  the  results  of  their 
rigorous  multipfe-stop  brake  test 

fully  engineered  to  perform  a 
very  significant  function: 
help  prevent  driver  fatigue. 

All  seats  have  an  ortho- 
pedically  molded  shape. 
Individual  seats  are  adjust- 
able forward  and  back— with 
variable-angle  seat  back  and 
cushion  supports. 

All  instruments  are 
clearly  visible;  all  controls 
are  readily  accessible. 

For  many  serious 
drivers  in  all  parts  of  the 
world,  the  BMW  5301  has 
redefined  the  meaning  of  the 
word  "luxury"  to  encompass 
something  more  than  a  thin 
veneer  of  brocade  and 
chrome. 

If  you'd  care  to  judge  for 
yourself,  we  urge  you  to 
phone  your  BMW 
dealer  and  arrange, 
to  take  a  thorough 
test  drive. 

The  ultimate  driving  mocliine. 

Bavarian  Motor  Works.  Munich.  Germany. 


all  us  anytime,  toll-free,  at  800-243-6006  (Conn.  1-800-882-6500)-  Fog  lamps,  dealer  installed  option. 


Dannoii\bgurt. 

If  you  doift  always  eat  right, 

if  s  the  right  thing  to  eat. 


Every  day,  millions  of  people 
give  up  eating.  For  snacking. 

Well,  if  you  find  yourself  doing 
more  eating  on  the  run  than  at  a 
table,  make  sure  you're  eating 
Dannon  Yogurt. 

Our  label  shows  you  that 
Dannon  is  high  in  protein,  calcium  and  other  things 
nutritionists  say  are  good  for  you. 

It  also  shows  that,  unlike  so  many  snack  foods, 
Dannon  is  low  in  fat,  contains  no  starch,  no  gelatin  or 
other  thickeners.  And  none  of  those  hard-to- 
pronounce  additives.  Because  Dannon  Yogurt  is 
100%  natural.  Not  just  "natural  fiavor,"  but  natural 
everything.  No  artificial  anything. 

Dannon  is  reasonable  in  calories,  too.  Especially 
when  you  consider  how  satisfying  and  nutritious  it  is. 

What's  more,  Dannon  gives  you  the  benefits  of 
yogurt  cultures.They  make  yogurt  one  of  the  easiest 
foods  to  digest,  and  have  been  credited  with  other 
healthful  properties  too. 

Oddly  enough,  not  all  yogurts  have  any  yogurt 
cultures  to  speak  of.  In  some  brands— mainly  pre- 
mixed  or  Swiss  Style — the  cultures  are  often 
deactivated  by  the  processing. 

We  created  a  whole  culture  of  yogurt  lovers. 

Dannon  outsells  all  other  brands.  For  a  number 
of  good  reasons. 

For  example,  we  go  out  of  our  way  to  get  the 
best  natural  ingredients:  to  Eastern  Europe 
for  strawberries,  to  the  West  Coast  for 


boysenberries,  and  we  go  to 
Canada  for  blueberries.  (Maybe 
the  reason  that  other  yogurts 
don't  come  close  to  the  taste  of 
Dannon  is  that  other  yogurt 
^  makers  don't  go  quite  as  far.) 

And  it's  the  yogurt  delivered 
direct  to  your  store  "from  Dannon  to  dairycase."  So  if 
it  tastes  fresher,  that's  because  it  is  fresher. 

Dieters  aren't  the  only  people  who  are 
big  on  Dannon! 

Today  almost  everybody's  eating  Dannon.  It 
makes  a  quick,  delicious  breakfast,  a  light  but  filling 
lunch,  and  of  course  you  can't  beat  it  as  a  high 
nutrition  dessert  or  snack.  Spoon  it  out  of  the  cup  as 
is,  or  mix  with  cottage  cheese,  fresh  fruit,  peanut 
butter,  honey,  or  what-have-you. 

A  suggestion  for  beginners:  since  plain 
yogurt  may  be  a  bit  tart,  start  with  Dannon  fruit 
yogurts— strawberry  blueberry  red  raspberry,  and 
others. 

For  more  facts,  including  some  unexpectedly 
delicious  ways  to  eat  Dannon,  write  for  our  booklet, 
"Yogurt  and  You."  It's  free. 

If  you  are  a  dieter,  by  all  means  write  for  our 
487page  guide,  "Dieting,  Yogurt  and  Common  Sense." 
Just  send  250  for  postage  and  handling  to  Dannon, 
22-U  38th  Avenue,  Long  Island  City  New  York  UlOl. 

It  win  give  you  more  reasons  why  Dannon  is 
the  right  thing  to  eat— whether  you  are 
counting  calories  or  not. 


Books  in  Review 


by  Spencer  Klaw 


The  Case  of  the  Counterfeit  Mice 


The  Patchwork  Mouse;  Politics 
AND  Intrigue  in  the  Campaign  to 
Conquer  Cancer,  by  Joseph  Hix- 
son.  Anchor  Press/Doubleday . 
$7.95;  228  pp. 

Some  years  ago  I  received  a  letter 
from  a  gifted  young  biologist  who 
was  just  finishing  up  his  work  as  a 
graduate  student  at  Berkeley,  and 
with  whom  I  had  been  talking  about 
the  kind  of  career  he  wanted  to  make 
for  himself.  In  the  letter  he  explained 
why  he  didn't  want  to  be  just  a  re- 
searcher, but  to  teach  as  well.  "I 
think  the  instincts  that  lead  a  sensitive 
researcher  to  share  his  knowledge 
with  others,"  he  wrote,  "and  to  test 
his  thinking  by  dialogue  with  stu- 
dents, are  certainly  sharpened  by  a 
desire  to  retreat  from  the  aspects  of 


research,  as  it  is  presently  practiced, 
that  are  antagonistic  to  the  'true'  spirit 
of  creative  investigation — these  be- 
ing, primarily,  publication  without 
thorough  investigation,  covetousness 
of  experimental  data  and  ideas,  and 
preoccupation  with  prestige." 

This  letter  was  written  in  1966. 
toward  the  end  of  a  golden  age  for 
American  science.  Radar,  penicillin, 
and,  above  all,  the  atom  bomb  had 
ushered  in  an  era  when  scientists  were 
seen  (and  often  saw  themselves)  as 
holding  the  keys  to  national  power 
and  prosperity.  To  be  sure,  this  strik- 
ing change  in  the  status  of  scientists, 
who  had  not  previously  figured  very 
highly  in  the  calculations  of  business- 
men or  generals  or  politicians,  tended 
to  corrupt  science  in  the  ways  that  my 
young  friend  found  so  depressing. 


But  this  corruption  was  to  some  ex- 
tent contained  or  olTsel  by  the  gener- 
osity with  which  American  politi- 
cians were  ready  to  lay  out  money  to 
support  the  purest  of  pure  research. 

In  those  days  almost  any  reasona- 
bly talented  young  physicist  or  chem- 
ist or  molecular  biologist  could  get 
such  money  as  he  needed  to  support 
whatever  line  of  inquiry  he  chose  to 
pursue.  And  he  could  get  it  without 
having  to  claim  that  he  was  laying  the 
ground  for  the  swift  production  of  a 
new  miracle  drug  or  miracle  weapon. 
Einstein  hadn't  been  trying  to  invent 
the  bomb  when  he  worked  out  his 
famous  equation,  and  scientists  ar- 
gued that  the  pursuit  of  knowledge  for 
its  own  sake  would,  in  time,  pay  off 
handsomely  in  practical  results.  Sci- 
entists had.  of  course,  been  saying 


Insta-Focus  lets 
you  focus  inatsatly. 


Bushnell's  unique  Insta-Focus  lets  you  get  a  clean, 
sharp  view  instantly.  And  Bushnell's  superior  optics 
give  you  every  feather  and  feature  in  a  clean 
definition. 

Bushnell  binoculars  are  the  perfect  binoculars  for 
birdwatchers  and  nature  enthusiasts.  Good  for  any 
other  fast-moving  action,  too.Thaf's  probably  why 
they  are  the  number  one  selling  binoculars  in 
America.  See  them  at  department  stores,  camera 
and  sporting  goods  stores  everywhere.  For  a  free 
catalog  write:  Bushnell  Optical  Company,  Dept. 
NH08,  Pasadena,  California  91107. 


Bushnell 

Division  of  Bauscti  &  Lomb 

the  Innovators^ 

Offices  in  Tokyo,  Vancouver  B.C.  and  deaiers  \Y\e  worid  over. 


99 


Introducing  the  first 

totally  new  thesaurus 

in  120  years. 


(Sters 

Collegiate 
'Xliesaurus 


Moretnan  'delated and  =°      ,,,,,on at e*;. 


Thesauruses  have  not  changed 
significantly  for  over  a  century;  most 
are  merely  rearrangements  of  Roget's 
work,  first  published  in  1852.  Now 
there  is  a  totally  new  and  different 
thesaurus  that  will  guide  you  quickly 
to  the  precise  word  you  want.  It's 
easier  to  use,  more  comprehensive 
and  more  authoritative  than  any  exist- 
ing thesaurus.  Webster's  Collegiate 
Thesaurus  does  what  a  thesaurus 
should  have  done  a  long  time  ago. 

•  It  contains  more  than  100,000 
synonyms,  antonyms,  idiomatic 
phrases,  related  words  and  contrasted 
words  to  choose  from. 

•  Its  alphabetical  arrangement  and 
the  absence  of  complicated  cross- 


indexes  make  word-finding  fast 
and  easy. 

•  It  provides  a  concise  definition 
after  each  main  entry  that  takes  the 
guesswork  out  of  word  selection. 

•  It  presents  a  brief  verbal  illustra- 
tion of  the  main  entry  that  further 
clarifies  word  usage. 

For  home,  school  or  office  —  for 
anyone  looking  for  a  better  way  to 
say  it-  WEBSTER'S  COLLEGIATE 
THESAURUS  is  an  indispensable 
guide  to  more  precise  and  effective 
use  of  the  language. 

Thumb-indexed.  Just  $8.95  wher- 
ever books  are  sold. 

New  from  Merriam-Webster. 

G.&C.  Merriam  Company, 
47  Federal  Street,  Springfield, 
Massachusetts  01101. 


this  for  a  long  time.  The  difference 
was  that  in  the  1950s  and  1960s 
American  politicians  were  for  the 
first  time  buying  the  argument. 

But  in  the  1970s  pure  science  has 
suffered  a  sharp  decline  in  the  market- 
place. Politicians  have  been  impa- 
tiently asking  when  scientists  are 
going  to  stop  playing  around  and  get 
to  work  on  curing  cancer  and  plug- 
ging us  into  solar  energy.  In  many 
branches  of  science  it  is  not  enough 
for  a  researcher  to  impress  his  peers 
with  his  gifts  as  a  scientist;  if  he  wants 
money  with  which  to  exercise  those 
gifts,  he  must  hit  on  a  project  that  can 
be  advertised,  however  spuriously,  as 
likely  to  yield  quick  practical  divi- 
dends. In  the  circumstances,  it  is  not 
necessarily  the  best  scientist  who  gets 
the  grants,  but  the  one  who  best 
knows  how  to  package,  advertise, 
and  merchandise  his  ideas. 

Promoters  and  entrepreneurs  are 
not  new  to  science.  More  than  a  gen- 
eration ago  Einstein  wrote  that  many 
who  enter  the  temple  of  science  do  so 
simply  "to  make  an  offering  of  their 
brain  pulp  in  the  hope  of  securing  a 
profitable  return."  Under  different 
circumstances,  he  added,  such  scien- 
tists "might  have  become  politicians 
or  captains  of  business. ' '  But  it  is  ob- 
vious that  science,  and  particularly 
biomedical  science,  has  become 
much  more  of  a  promoter's  game  than 
it  was  just  a  few  years  back. 


It  is  this  coarsening  of  American 
science,  as  it  manifests  itself  in  the 
field  of  cancer  research,  that  is  the 
theme  of  The  Patchwork  Mouse.  Its 
author,  Joseph  Hixson,  is  an  experi- 
enced science  writer,  who  at  one  time 
handled  public  relations  for  New 
York's  Sloan-Kettering  Institute.  He 
has  chosen  to  get  at  his  subject  by 
carefully  exploring  the  scandal  that 
broke  over  this  world-famous  re- 
search center  in  1974.  At  that  time, 
it  will  be  remembered,  news  got  out 
that  one  of  the  institute's  researchers 
had  been  faking  the  results  of  certain 
transplantation  experiments  that 
had  greatly  excited  scientists  both  in 
this  country  and  abroad.  The  re- 
searcher, a  35-year-old  dermatologist 
named  William  Summerlin,  had 
claimed,  among  other  things,  that  he 
could  graft  the  skin  of  a  black  mouse 
onto  the  back  of  a  white  mouse  in 
such  a  way  that  the  white  mouse's 
immune  system,  contrary  to  all  pre- 
vious experience,  would  not  reject 
the  graft.  If  Summerlin's  achieve- 
ment could  be  confirmed  it  seemed 
certain  to  throw  new  light  on  how  the 
immune  systems  of  mice  (and  people) 
deal  not  only  with  skin  grafts  but  with 
invading  cancer  cells. 

As  Hixson  points  out,  it  is  still  un- 
clear whether  Summerlin  was  or  was 
not  on  to  something  significant.  What 
is  clear  is  that  one  morning,  on  his 
way  to  show  his  boss  a  cageful  of 


"If  these  aren't 
the  best  safari  values 

of  any  airline, 
I  promise  to 

eat  my 
pith  helmet." 


Mr  Morley  can  afford  to  be  rash  British  Airways  knows  Alrica  better  than  most  airlines  so  our 

safaris  can  offer  extra  quality  for  the  money  You'll  enjoy  everything  you  come  to  Africa  for 

(better  hurry  before  il  changes)  Places  teeming  with  wildlife  Endless  natural  wonders 

Cosmopolitan  Nairobi  where  you  can  dance  in  an  International  Casino  or  scoop  up  Makonde 

carvings  and  tyiasai  beadwork  in  the  shops  Safaris  include  all  accommodations, 

most  meals.  You're  accompanied  by  a  driver-guide  throughout. 

In  the  air  and  in  the  bush  we  take  good  care  of  you 

Wbnder  Safari 


1629 


Roundtrip  from  N.Y. 


16  days.  Best  safari  buy — the  wonder  is  how  we  can  ao  ii  at  this  price  You  go  to  the  classic 

game  runs  of  Kenya  and  Tanzania :  Serengeti,  Masai  Mara,  the  Ngorongoro Crater. 

Lake  Manyara,  Amboseli,  Tsavo  A  night  at  Treeiops  Hotel,  too. 

Grand  Safari 


'2675 


Roundtrip  from  N.Y. 


22  days  One  of  the  few  safaris  at  this  price  that  takes  you  to  northern  Botswana,  too.  See 

Victoria  Falls.  Hemingway's  Kilimanjaro  Cruise  up  the  winding  Zambezi  river  Live  on 

the  rim  of  the  Ngorongoro  Crater  Spend  a  night  watching  animals  at  the  Ark. 

East  African  Wing  Safari 
*2Sno 

C^^\J\J  Roundtrip  from  N.Y. 

1 7  days.  Our  finest  safari.  Utmost  comfort  plus  adventure  in  the  most  exciting  wildlife  spots  of 

East  Africa  Limited  to  1 0  people  plus  your  African-expert  host  You  wing  from  place  to  place 

in  a  3-engine  private  plane,  game  drive  in  Samburu,  Tsavo.  and  Serengeti  Spend  two 

nights  at  Governor's  Tented  Camp.  Visit  the  Masai  in  the  Masai  Mara  Game  Reserve. 

Ride  camel  back  to  the  Aberdares  and  the  Singing  Wells. 

In  Nairobi  you  stay  at  the  Hilton 

Just  3  from  a  great  British  Ainways  safari  selection.  All 
available  from  8  cities.  Remember.  British  Airways  has 
more  flights  to  Africa  than  any  other  airline.  Prices  are 
subject  to  a  number  of  restrictions.  So  you  must 
read  our  "Holidays  in  Africa"  brochure  for  full 
details.  Or  call  your  Travel  Agent  or  British  jt 
Airways.  We'll  take  good  care  of  you  to 
Britain .  Af  rica .  The  World . 


British  Airways.  Box  111 .  Dept  151-2510 
RegoPark,  NY.  11374 
Telephone:  (212)687-1600 

Dear  Mr  Morley: 

Please  send  me  the  "Holidays  in  Alrica"  brochure 


-Zip- 


My  Travel  Agent  is 


British  airways 


as  a  member  of 


Natural  Science 


Hunt  with  a  lion. 


Discover  37 
species  of  cats. 


Discover  some  sunken 
treasure. . . 


(Publishers'  Prices  shown) 

45050.  THE  ENDS  OF  THE  EARTH.  Isaac  Asimov. 
This  guided  tour  of  the  polar  regions  explains  the  vital 
role  tney  play  in  the  life  of  our  planet  ...  the  global 
relationships  of  sun,  atmosphere,  and  ocean  ...  the 
present  and  prehistoric  flora  and  fauna  . . .  and  much 
more.  $15.00 

58530.  LIFE  IN  FOREST  AND  JUNGLE.  Richard 
Perry.  In  this  handsomely  illustrated  volume,  a  noted 
naturalist  explores  the  forests  and  jungles  of  the  world 
and  their  strange  and  interesting  wildlife  inhabitants. 
$9.95 

87195.  WILD  CATS  OF  THE  WORLD.  C.A.W 
Guggisberg.  One  of  the  world's  leading  authorities  on 
wild  cats  offers  definitive  natural  histories  of  each  of 
the  37  species  of  wild  cats.  $15.95 

34515.  ARTIFACTS  OF  PREHISTORIC  AMER- 
ICA. Louis  A.  Brennan.  Handy,  well-illustrated  guide 
to  the  identification  of  over  500  types  of  American 
stone-age  artifacts.  $14.95 

41705.  DAUGHTER  OF  FIRE.  KalharmeScherman. 
"The  last  word  on  Iceland,  Iceland's  geologic  and 
social  history  are  here,  her  arts,  her  government, 
education,  and  economy,  as  well  as  the  various  and 
beautiful  moods  of  her  volcanic  landscapes  and  sea- 
scapes. . . .  Altogether  an  excellent  book."  —Annie 
Dillard  $12.50 


78260.  SHARKS  AND  SHIPWRECKS.  Hugh  Ed- 
wards. A  captivating  look  into  the  mysterious  waters 
off  Australia  where  the  great  white  shark  and  sunken 
treasure  abound.  Well  illustrated.  $12.50 

61610.  MAYA.  The  Riddle  and  Rediscovery  of  a  Lost 
Civilization.  Charles  Gallenkamp.  The  incredible  rise 
of  Mayan  civilization,  its  glory,  its  return  to  the  jungle, 
its  amazing  rediscovery  A  brilliant  interpretation. 

$12.95 

41560.  DANGEROUS  TO  MAN.  The  Definitive 
Story  of  Wildlife's  Reputed  Dangers.  Roger  A.  Caras. 
Cuts  through  the  rash  of  fiction  masquerading  as  fact 
to  evaluate  the  relative  dangers  to  man  posed  by 
animals  ranging  from  killer  whales  to  boa  constrictors 
Over  100  photographs.  $14.95 

87235.  WILDWATER  TOURING.  Scon  and  Mar- 
garet Arighi.  A  fascinating,  informative  guide  packed 
with  advice  on  how  to  plan  and  enjoy  a  safe  canoeing 
trip,  how  to  run  a  river,  wildwater  safety,  camp  lore, 
river  photography,  fishing  and  more.  $8.95 

33435.  ANOTHER  PENGUIN  SUMMER.  Olin 
Sewall  Peilingill.  Jr  Outsized,  richly  illustrated  volume 
offers  a  light  and  lively  account  of  the  five  species  of 
penguins  native  to  the  Falkland  Islands.  $10.00 

85090.  THE  UNIVERSE.  Lloyd  Molz.  Absorbing 
account  of  modern  cosmological  theory  examines  the 
origin,  evolution,  and  future  of  the  universe.     $15.00 


IMPORTANT  GUARANTEE!  Examine  your  3 
introductory  books  for  10  days.  If  not  delighted, 
simply  return  them  and  your  membership  will  be 
canceled.  You  pay  nothing,  owe  nothing! 


77620.  THE  SECRET  LIFE  OF  ANIMALS.  Lorus 
and  Margery  Milne  and  Franklin  Russell.  Lavishly 
illustrated  account  of  the  dramatic  discoveries  recently 
made  about  the  behavior  of  animals.  Includes  over 
300  full-color  photographs.  Counts  as  2  of  your  3  books. 
$29.95 

61915.  MEDIUMS,  MYSTICS  AND  THE  OC- 
CULT. Milbourne  Christopher  Down-to-earth  exam- 
ination of  the  occult  by  America's  foremost  illusionist. 
Highlights  the  feats  of  Uri  Geller,  ESP,  faith  healing, 
spirit  rapping,  and  psychic  surgery  $6.95 

61600.  THE  MAYFLOWER  DESTINY.  Cyril  Leek 
Marshall.  Richly  detailed  account  of  pilgriiii  life  in 
early  seventeenth-century  America.  Discusses  their 
voyage,  culture,  religion,  family  life,  medicine,  work, 
andrelationshipwith  the  Indians.  $9.95 

58900.  LOOKING  AT  ANIMALS.  Hugh  B.  Cott. 
Containing  over  1 50  pen-and-ink  drawings  and  photo- 
graphs (many  in  color),  this  lavish  volume  explores 
through  word  and  picture  the  world's  richest  wildlife 
area -East  Africa.  $15.00 


786K0.  SNAKKS  OK    IHK  AMKKK  AN   WKSI. 

(ImiIi'\I  S/w«  ,1,1,1  ShH.lnii  (  i,ml:l>rll  Iwusklllcil 
hLT|icl()ln^',isls  L'xpliilc  virlu.illy  cverylliirig  Ihjt  is 
known  ;ib(jul  Ihc  snakes  ul  ttiu  American  wusi  — Ironi 
Ihcir  habils  and  habila(s,  through  iheir  apiwaranccs 
andcharatlcrislics.  $12,511 

84210.  THIS  LIVING  REEF.  Dinmlas  Faulkner.  Lav- 
ishly illustrated  word-and-picture  masterpiece  on  one 
of  the  South  Pacific's  most  beautiful  island  chains 
Outsized  volume  contains  120  pages  of  glorious  six- 
color  pictures— all  with  detailed  fascinating  commen- 
taries. Countsas  2  ttl  yotii.i  bottks.  $25.0(1 

41585.  THE  DARK  NIGHT  SKY.  Donald  Clayimi 
Absorbing  new  work  on  cosmology.  Delves  into  the 
works  of  men  from  Stonehenge  to  the  cosmology  ol 
Fred  Moyle  to  weave  a  tapestry  of  the  universe  as  it  is 
now  perceived,  $8.95 

73337.  THE  RAPE  OF  THE  NILE,  liriai,  Iukuii. 
The  fascinating  story  of  the  plundering,  of  ancient 
Egypt's  treasures  and  the  ri.sc  of  the  study  of  Egyptol- 
ogy Filled  with  more  than  250  illustrations.        $14.95 

87275.  WOLF  COUNTRY.  Ewan  Clarkmn.  Exciting 
account  of  the  one  thousand  timber  wolves  that 
wander  over  the  wilderness  country  of  northern  Min- 
nesota and  Isle  Royale  in  Lake  Superior.  $8.95 


lake  any 
3books 

(values  to  $47.45) 

for  only 
99*^  each 


if  you  will  Join  for  a  trial  parlod  and 

agree  to  take  3  more  book*— at  handaom 

discounts— within  the  next  12  months 


86300    I  HE  WAY  THE  EARTH  WORKS.  Pfirr  J 

I*  I //(I'  Readable  iniroducuon  lb  the  new  global  gecri- 
og>  of  plate  tectonics  and  ils  revoluiionary  develop- 
meni  $12.95 

84285.  TIDELINE.  Erneu  Broun  Beautifully  pho- 
tographed and  written  9-by-12-inch  volume  on  that 
long,  thin  sinp  of  wilderness  where  land.  air.  and  sea 
meet  Contains  almost  one  hundred  full-color  photo- 
graphs vividly  depicting  one  day's  change  along  the 
lidelme  $16.50 


fWSUVINGREEF 


'^^GLASKUxrN™ 


Take  a  thousand-mile 
nature  walk. . . 


88041.  THE  YEAR  OF  THE  KOALA.  H.D. 
Williamson.  Based  on  four  years  of  observation  in  the 
back  country  of  Australia,  this  beautifully  written 
narrative  explores  one  year  in  the  life  cycle  of  two 
koalas.  $8.95 

42680.   DONANA:  Spain's  Wildlife  Wilderness. 

Juan  Antonio  Fernandez.  Sumptuously  illustrated  por- 
trait of  one  of  the  world's  most  important  wildlife 
sanctuaries.  Stunning  9-by-U  inch  volume  contains 
over  240  pages  of  full-color  photographs.  Counisas  2  of 
yourSbooks.  $29.95 

36395.  BLACK  HOLES,  QUASARS  AND  THE 
UNIVERSE.  Henry  L.  Shipman.  Where  do  black 
holes  come  from''  What  are  white  dwarfs,  neutron 
stars,  supernovae,  and  Seyfert  galaxies?  These  are  just 
a  few  of  the  questions  dealt  with  in  this  atssorbing 
exploration  ofihe  frontiers  of  astronomy  $12.95 

32618.  ALL  THE  STRANGE  HOURS.  Loren 
Elseley  Autobiography  of  one  of  America's  outstand- 
ing naturalists  and  scientists  reveals  the  stunning 
Eiseley  mind  focusing  on  his  formative,  adventurous 
youth,  his  creative  period  as  a  writer  and  thinker  and 
his  philosophy  as  a  scientist  and  humanist.  $9.95 

38900.  A  CLOSER  LOOK.  Michael  A.  Godfrey.  A 
graceful,  lyrical  account  of  doorstep  ecology— those 
remarkable  life  processes  constantly  taking  place  near 
at  hand,  but  usually  escaping  the  eye.  Includes  46  full- 
color  photographs.  $14.95 


Visix  The  Mayans 
at  their  zenith. . . 


Dive  under  a 
coral  reef. . . 


57026.  JOHN  MUIR'S  LONGEST  WALK:  John 
Earl,  a  Photographer,  Traces  His  Journey  lo  Florida. 

Breathtakingly  beautiful  volume  traces  John  Muir's 
1867  walk  from  Louisville,  Kentucky,  to  Cedar  Key, 
Florida.  Contains  over  70  full-color  photographs  and 
excerpts  from  Muir's  classic  A  Thousand-Mile  Walk  To 
the  Gulf  Counts  as  2  ofvour  i  books.  $30.00 


How  the  Club  Operates  •  The  Book  Club  News, 
describing  the  coming  Main  Selection  and  Alter- 
nate Selections,  will  be  sent  to  you  1 5  times  a  year 
at  3-4  week  intervals.  •  If  you  wish  to  purchase 
the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing  and  it  will  be 
shipped  to  you  automatically  •  If  you  prefer  one 
of  the  Alternates,  or  no  book  at  all,  simply  indicate 
your  decision  on  the  reply  form  always  enclosed 
with  the  News  and  mail  it  so  liiat  we  receive  it  by 
the  date  specified.  •  The  News  is  mailed  in  lime  lo 
allow  you  at  least  10  days  to  decide  if  you  want  the 
coming  Main  Selection.  If,  because  of  late  mail 
delivery  of  the  News,  you  should  ever  receive  a 
Main  Selection  without  having  had  the  10  day 
consideration  period,  that  Selection  may  be  re- 
turned at  Club  expense.  •  Continued  member- 
ship past  the  trial  period  brings  you  the  added 
benefits  of  our  Bonus  Book  Plan— an  imporlani 
way  10  save  even  more,  at  least  70%  off  publishers' 
prices. 


4-4AF 


Natural  Science  Book  Club 

Riverside,  New  Jersey  08075 

Please  accept  my  application  for  membership  and 
send  me  the  three  volumes  indicated,  billing  me 
only  994  each.  I  agree  lo  purchase  at  least  three 
additional  Selections  or  Alternates  during  the  first 
year  1  am  a  member,  under  the  club  plan  described 
in  this  ad.  Savings  range  up  to  30%  and  occa- 
sionally even  more.  My  membership  is  cancelable 
any  time  after  1  buy  these  three  books.  A  shipping 
and  handling  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 
Send  no  money.  Members  are  billed  when  books 
arrive. 

3  books  for  99f  each. 

indicate  by  number  the  3  books  you  want. 


A  few  expensive  books  {noted  in  book  descrip- 
tions) count  as  2  choices. 


.  Zip  . 


(Offer  good  in  Continental  U.S.  and  Canada  only. 
Prices  slightly  higher  in  Canada.) 
b___________  —  _  —  »  —  —  —  — 


ANTHROPOLOGY 
TOUR  TO 
MOROCCO 

April  2  to  « 

April  16,  1977 

Conducted  by 

THE 

AMERrCAN 

MUSEUM 

OF       I 

NATURAL 

HISTOR¥***^*^ 


Journey  through  Moroccan  cities  and  countryside  to  visit  the  famous 
medieval  city  of  Fes,  the  souks  of  IVlarral<ech,  and  camel  markets  at 
Sijiimassa  over  the  Atlas  Mountains  and  into  the  Sahara  Desert.  Visits  to 
Berber  villages;  archeological  sites  and  museums  in  Tangier,  Rabat, 
Roman  Volubilis  and  Lixus.  Led  by  Paul  J.  Sanfacon,  Lecturer  in  An- 
thropology at  the  Museum. 

For  further  information  call  or  write  for  Brochure  A,  Dept.  of  Education,  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New 
York,  N.Y.  10024. 


-a^ 


Penguins 

Past  and  Present,  Here  and  There 
George  Gaylord  Simpson 

"Scholarly  based  and  gracefully  writ- 
ten. . .  .  [Simpson's]  fascination  with 
penguins  comes  through  on  every 
page  as  he  ranges  from  their  early 
history,  his  specialty,  to  their  con- 
frontations with  modern  man.  His 
chapter,  "The  Basic  Penguin,"  is  a 
classic." — Olin  Sewall  Pettingill,  Jr. 

30  illus.  -I-  8  color  plates     $10.00 

Handbook  of  North 
American  Birds 

Volumes  2  &  3 :  Waterfowl 

Written  in  nontechnical  language 
and  organized  in  a  manner  that 
renders  a  great  deal  of  information 
easily  accessible,  these  encyclopedic, 
carefully  illustrated  volumes  will 
become  the  standard  reference. 
Also  available:  Volume  i :  Loons 
through  Flamingos 
Each  volume  includes  maps  and 
illustrations.  $30.00  per  volume. 

^9^V    Yale  University  Press 

nn    '^^^  ^'^'^  Station 
Ula    New  Haven,  Conn.  06520 


The  1975  index  for  Natural  History 
may  be  obtained  by  writing  to:  INDEX 
Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at 
79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


for  executives  and  professiona/  people 

LOANS  by  MAIL 

Any  Amount     ^10,000 


Desired  to  — 

Personal,     private.     No    security    required, 
signature    only.    All    details    arranged    rapidly   by 
^mail.    Reasonable   rates.    Please   mail   coupon   for 
fall   information.  No  obligation. 

Wilson,  Vice  President 
POSTAL  THRIFT  LOANS,  INC.,  Dept.  82-06 
703  Douglas  St.,  Sioux  City,  Iowa  51102 
Please  send  complete  information  in  plain  envelope. 

Name 


mice,  he  committed  the  unpardonable 
sin  of  taking  out  a  felt-tipped  pen  and 
darkening  some  of  his  mouse  skin 
grafts  to  make  them  look  more  con- 
vincing. A  committee  of  his  col- 
leagues at  Sloan-Kettering  later  con- 
cluded that  he  had  also  misled  other 
scientists  about  his  work  on  other  oc- 
casions as  well,  and  the  unfortunate 
researcher  was  packed  oflf  to  his  sub- 
urban home  on  what  amounted  to  ter- 
minal psychiatric  leave. 

Hixson  relates  in  detail  the  events 
that  led  up  to  Summerlin's  disgrace 
and  the  immediate  repercussions.  He 
examines — and  allows  the  reader  to 
make  up  his  own  mind  about — the  ev- 
idence to  support  Summerlin's  plea 
of  guilty- with-an-explanation.  That 
explanation,  widely  reported  at  the 
time,  was  that  he  had  been  subjected 
to  intolerable  pressure  by  his  chief, 
Robert  Good,  a  world-famous  im- 
munologist  who  had  brought  Sum- 
merlin  to  Sloan-Kettering.  According 
to  Summerlin,  Good  had  insisted  that 
he  come  up  at  once  with  the  kind  of 
spectacular  results  that  would  be  use- 
ful to  Good  in  raising  funds  for  the 
institute's  research  programs.  Hixson 
also  examines  the  contention  of  many 
scientists  that  Good  was,  in  a  dif- 
ferent sense,  at  least  partly  to  blame 
for  Summerlin's  transgression.  In 
their  view.  Good  had  been  so  eager 
to  claim  vicarious  credit  for  his 
protege's  work  that  he  had  ignored 
the  gathering  evidence  that  Summer- 
lin was  not  to  be  trusted. 

Hixson's  account  of  the  Summer- 
lin affair  takes  up  something  more 
than  half  his  book.  The  rest  is  given 
over  to  a  concise  history  of  cancer 
research  and  of  the  way  it  has  been 
funded,  leading  up  to  President 
Nixon's  decision  to  mount  an  all-out 
attack  on  cancer — an  attack  that 
many  working  biomedical  scientists 
regard  as  wasteful  and  premature. 
Their  argument  is  that  the  fundamen- 
tal understanding  of  cancer  that 
would  permit  a  highly  organized 
search  for  its  prevention  or  cure  does 
not  yet  exist. 

Hixson  gives  us  many  interesting 
glimpses  of  scientific  entrepreneurs 
and  politicians  at  work.  He  is  particu- 
larly knowledgeable  about  the  ways 
in  which  an  entrepreneur  may  take 
advantage  of  the  news  media's  appe- 
tite for  sensational  scientific  news  in 
order  to  gain  unwarranted  publicity — 
publicity  that  can  often  be  transmuted 
into  money  for  the  entrepreneur  or  his 
institution. 

Yet  even  though  Mr.   Hixson 


104 


knows  his  subject  and  has  his  heart 
in  the  right  place,  The  Patchwork 
Mouse  is,  in  the  end,  disappointing. 
We  get  a  lot  of  gratuitous  personal 
details  about  Summerlin  and  Good, 
learning,  for  example,  that  "like 
Good's  brisk  baritone,  Summerlin's 
tenor  drawl  wrings  enthusiasm  from 
his  listeners."  We  are  also  informed 
that  neither  man  "could  or  would  call 
any  man  Mr.  or  any  woman  Miss  or 
Mrs.  after  the  first  three  minutes  of 
conversation. "  But  the  author  has  lit- 
tle of  significance  to  tell  us  about 
Summerlin's  downfall  that  was  not 
reported  at  the  time.  And  he  has  suc- 
ceeded only  very  partially  in  giving 
us  what  he  promises  in  his  preface, 
namely,  a  "behind-the-scenes  ac- 
count of  the  politics  of  cancer  re- 
search in  the  United  States."  His 
book,  it  is  true,  includes  some  of  the 
raw  material  from  which  such  an  ac- 
count might  be  worked  up.  But  too 
often,  he  fails  to  relate  what  he  is  tell- 
ing us  to  a  central  argument  or  theme, 
and  time  and  again  the  reader  is  en- 
gulfed in  a  quicksand  of  names, 
dates,  figures,  and  blow-by-blow  re- 
ports of  bureaucratic  sparring. 

This  is  too  bad,  for  the  subject  that 
has  engaged  Hixson  is  an  important 
one.  The  task  we  face  is  not  to  drive 
the  scientific  entrepreneurs  from  the 
temple  of  science.  There  are,  after 
all,  forms  of  scientific  enterprise  that 
require  the  mobilization  and  deploy- 
ment of  small  armies  of  scientists  and 
technicians — smashing  atoms  with 
giant  machines  is  a  case  in  point — 
and  it  is  hard  to  imagine  how  things 
could  be  set  in  motion  without  the 
talents  of  organizers  and  promoters. 
What  we  have  to  do,  if  we  want 
science  in  America  to  flourish,  is  to 
see  to  it  that  there  is  also  room  in  the 
temple  for  the  untamed,  solitary  sci- 
entist; the  scientist  who  wants  neither 
to  run  a  big  research  team  nor  to  be 
part  of  one,  and  who  justifies  his  dis- 
dain for  quick  practical  results  on  the 
ground  that  man  is  distinguished  from 
other  creatures,  not  by  the  use  he 
makes  of  the  universe,  but  by  his  un- 
derstanding of  it. 

Spencer  Klaw  is  the  author  of  The 
New  Brahmins:  Scientific  Life  in 
America.  His  most  recent  book  is  The 
Great  American  Medicine  Show:  The 
Unhealthy  State  of  U.S.  Medical 
Care,  and  What  Can  Be  Done  About 
It.  A  frequent  contributor  to  maga- 
zines, Klaw  teaches  at  Columbia's 
Graduate  School  of  Journalism  in 
New  York. 


CORDLESS 
TELEPHONE 

Operates  as  any  extension  phone  except 
it's  cordless.  You  can  take  it  anywhere, 
indoors  or  out.  Pool,  yard,  basement, 
attic,  even  in  your  bathtub  —  anywhere 
within  300  feet  of  your  home.  Receive 
calls  or  dial  out. 

EASY  TO  INSTALL 
Your  Portaohone  operates  in  conjunction 
with  all  regularly  installed  telephone 
equipment  you  already  have.  Installation 
takes  30  seconds  and  you  do  it  yourself 
easily  and  without  tools. 

100%  SOLID-STATE  RELIABILITY 
Portaphone  is  manufactured  with  100% 
space-age  solid-state  circuitry.  No  moving 
parts  to  wear  out.  No  tubes  to  replace. 
For  years  of  trouble-free  performance. 
Guaranteed  for  1  year. 

REAL  COST  IS  $2.00  PER  MONTH 
AND  IT  PAYS  FOR  ITSELF 
If  you  divide  the  purchase  price  by  the 
estimated  15-year  useful  life  of  the  Porta- 
phone, the  cost  is  only  $24.00  per  year, 
or  only  $2.(X)  per  month.  It  pays  for 
itself  by  replacing  an  existing  extension 
phone  and  eliminating  another  extension. 


SATISFACTION  GUARANTEED 
OR  MONEY  BACK 

EAST  AND  MIDWEST  ORDERS 
SHIPPED  BY  AIR 


S»nd  chtck  or  money  order  to: 
JLR  Corp,  J  S 

16200  V«nTur«  Blvd.  (213)  986-4271 
Encino,  CA  91436 

Plaiu  Mnd  m« ^CordKu  Portaphonsi 

■t  $395  ••ch,  plui  poitaga,  handling  and 
Inturanca  $5.50.  California  rnldenti  add 
6%  ulat  tax. 

Nama 


Addrasi 
City 


ARCHAEOLOGY  TOUR 
TO  MAYA 
MESOAMERICA  4^ 


February  5  to 
February  20, 1977 

Conducted  by 

THE  AMERICAN 
MUSEUM  OF 
NATURAL    ^ 
HISTORY 


An  unusual  study  tour  to  see  the  past  splendors  of  the  great  Maya  civili- 
zation. The  famed  sites  of  Palenque,  Uxmal,  Chichen  Itza,  Kabah,  Sayii 
and  Labna  will  be  visited.  A  trip  will  also  be  taken  to  Quintana  Roo  to  see 
Tulum  and  Coba.  Villahermosa  and  the  old  city  of  Campeche  will  be 
visited  as  well  as  the  recently  restored  pyramid  at  Edzna.  Led  by  C.  Bruce 
Hunter,  Lecturer  in  Archaeology  at  the  Museum. 

For  further  information  call  or  write  for  Brochure  C,  Dept.  of  Education,  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New 
York,  N.Y.I  0024. 

105 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


Best  of  the  Brambles 


Although  fuzzy  skinned 
and  grainy  textured, 
the  raspberry  is  the  most 
delectable  of  fruits 

Unlike  most  of  the  more  interesting 
fruits,  the  raspberry  has  no  history. 
Columbus  did  not  find  it  on  Carib 
tables.  Pizarro  and  Walter  Raleigh 
did  not  cadge  it  from  Incas  or  Oyana 
tribesmen.  No  one,  to  my  knowl- 
edge, ever  thought  it  was  poisonous. 
The  raspberry,  it  seems,  was  always 
there,  growing  around  trees  in  the 
Alps  and  elsewhere  in  temperate 
Europe.  But  no  one  paid  this  queen 
of  the  brambles  much  mind ,  and  it  did 
not  even  have  a  name  of  its  own  until 
fairly  late  in  the  horticultural  game. 

The  ancients  lumped  the  raspberry 
with  other  juicy,  fruiting  brambles 
now  conjoined  in  the  genus  Rubus 
(family  Rosaceae,  order  Rosales). 
They  do  not  seem  to  have  troubled 
themselves  to  distinguish  it  in  ordi- 
nary parlance  from  the  blackberry. 
Today,  we  say,  with  more  rigor,  that 
the  various  thimble-shaped  fruits  of 
the  genus  Rubus  (raspberries,  black- 
berries, dewberries,  thimbleberries, 
cloudberries,  wineberries,  Himalaya 
berries)  are  alike  because  they  are  all 
aggregate  accessory  fruits  and  not 
strictly  berries  at  all.  In  other  words, 
they  are  fleshy  and  grow  in  a  cluster 
of  little  fruits,  or  drupelets  (pulpy 
grains  that  are  miniature  versions  of 
drupes  like  the  peach  with  its  soft  out- 
side and  single,  hard  stone  within), 
attached  to  a  receptacle,  or  core,  of 
the  flower.  True  berries  are  small, 
simple  fruits:  grapes,  tomatoes, 
gooseberries. 

As  between  raspberries  and  black- 
berries, there  are  two  main  dif- 
ferences. Raspberry  canes  stand  erect 
and  reproduce  vegetatively  from 
suckers  and  root  sections;  blackberry 
canes  arch  over  and  propagate  at  the 

1 06 


tip  of  the  cane.  More  important,  rasp- 
berries separate  easily  from  partially 
dried  receptacles  at  maturity.  Black- 
berries have  juicy  receptacles  and 
pull  away  whole,  without  separating 
from  the  receptacle.  Blackberries  are 
also  grainier  and  they  are  black.  The 
black  raspberry  [Rubus  occidentalis) 
is  also  black  when  ripe.  Raspberries 
can  be  yellow  too,  but  the  red  rasp- 
berry we  refer  to  when  we  say,  infor- 
mally, "raspberry"  is  R.  strigosus, 
a  hardy  species  that  supplanted  the 
species  first  imported  here  from 
Europe,  R.  idaeus. 

Such  precision  of  nomenclature  is, 
perhaps,  confusing  in  itself  and  not 
important  to  a  family  foraging  in 
bounteous  woodlands.  They  know 
what  they  like,  and  a  Rubus  by  any 
name  is  still  a  berry  and  a  good  thing. 
But  the  thicket  of  Linnaean  termi- 
nology is  nothing  compared  to  the 
tangle  of  popular  names  for  raspberry 
that  has  grown  up  in  European  lan- 
guages over  the  years. 

No  less  an  authority  than  Bailey's 
Standard  Cyclopedia  of  Horticulture 
asserts  that  raspberry  derives  from 
rasp,  a  wood  file,  and  berry.  Now, 
the  surface  of  our  favorite  aggregate 
accessory  fruit  does ,  in  a  way,  resem- 
ble the  multiple  convex  surface  of  a 
rasp,  but  the  careful  etymologist 
should  not  forget  that  the  first  refer- 
ence to  R.  idaeus  in  modern  English, 
in  1532,  called  the  red-fruiting  bram- 
ble a  "raspis."  This  odd  word  must 
descend  from  raspeium,  a  term  mean- 
ing "raspberry,"  dated  to  1290  in 
Baxter  and  Johnson's  glossary  of  me- 
dieval Latin  drawn  from  British  and 
Irish  sources.  Where  raspeium  came 
from  is  a  mystery.  It  is  not  classical 
nor  is  it  obviously  related  to  other 
words  meaning  "raspberry"  in  other 
European  languages. 

Certainly,  there  is  no  connection 
with  the  Italian,  lampone,  or  the  Ger- 
man, Himbeere.  The  French,  fram- 


boise, known  in  Old  French  of  the 
twelfth  century,  undoubtedly  is  re- 
lated to  Spanish  frambuesa  and  Dutch 
framboos,  but  where  does  it  come 
from?  There  are  those  who  suggest 
that  the  source  is  the  Dutch  word  for 
blackberry,  braambes.  Another  fac- 
tion claims  that  framboise  is  a  corrup- 
tion of /raisierdi;  bois,  the  strawberry 
of  the  forest,  or  wild  strawberry.  A 
pox  on  both  their  houses,  and  in  this 
case  that  pox  ought  to  be  frambesia, 
the  tropical  disease  known  also  as 
yaws  and  typified  by  frambesiform, 
or  raspberry-shaped,  lesions.  On  sec- 
ond thought,  perhaps  this  is  too 
strong  an  assault  on  harmless,  if  petti- 
fogging, etymologists.  Instead,  let  us 
resort  to  giving  them  the  "rasp- 
berry," a  form  of  flatulent  Bronx 
cheer  whose  name  evolved,  in  this 
century  and  at  England's  elite  Eton 
College,  into  that  generalized  form  of 
derision  known  as  "razzing." 

Enough  of  this  frambesic  jeering. 
The  raspberry  is  a  serious  and  won- 
derful thing,  the  stuff  of  gustatory 
reveries.  Unfortunately,  for  the  city 
dweller  without  a  garden,  the  rasp- 
berry is  a  midsummer's  dream  that 
rarely  comes  true  any  more.  The  most 
delicious  of  all  the  fruits  of  the  tem- 
perate zone  is  also  the  worst  adapted 
to  modern  life.  The  raspberry  does 
not  travel  well.  Indeed,  it  is  so  fragile 
that  pickers  must  be  careful  not  to 
hold  it  too  long,  for  it  easily  turns  to 
pulp  in  the  hand.  Picking  raspberries 
is  also  an  uneconomical  game  of 
hunt-and-stoop  among  thorns,  in 
summer  heat.  The  whole  fruit  doesn't 
freeze  well;  frozen  raspberries  are  the 
next  thing  to  raspberry  syrup. 

For  all  these  reasons,  the  fresh 
raspberry  is  a  luxury  crop.  The  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  does  not 
even  print  figures  for  it  in  its  bible. 
Agricultural  Statistics.  And  those  of 
us  who  insisted  on  early  raspberries 
last  season  had  to  go  to  specialty 


D.  Overcash;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


■^:^. 


41^ 


<#» 


HA 


lA  detailed  portrait  of  the  Ameri-    | 

I  can  Indians  as  seen  through  their 
cultural  contributions  and  varied 
I  lifestyles.  Every  region  North 
America's  first  inhabitants  called 
home  is  explored:  the  Eastern 
Woodlands,  Great  Plains,  Desert 
West,  Far  West,  Arctic,  and  Sub- 
arctic. 8  maps.  8  charts  195  illus- 
trations.   A  STUDIO  BOOK 

lARCHAEODoSrl 
OFNOETHAIVffiBICA 


The  Viking  Press 

Dept.ATE-NH 

625  Madison  Avenue.  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

Please  send  me copies  of  THE 

ARCHAEOLOGY  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 

(«    $18.95.     I  enclose   % total. 

(Please  add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 


Address- 
City 


Incredible  Africa! 

JULY  21,  1976  Join  JOHN  WIL- 
LIAMS on  a  special  30-day  safari  in 
Kenya  featuring  rare  birds,  big  game 
and  wildflowers.  $2670.00  plus  air 
fare. 

AUGUST  21,  1976  Unique  FAMILY 
SAFARI  includes  best  game  parks  in 
Kenya  &  Tanzania,  a  trek  on  Mt. 
Kenya,  built-in  educational  features. 
ALSO,  exciting  WALKING  SAFARI 
for  those  who  wish  to  see  Africa  in  a 
special  way.  Both  21 -day  safaris 
$2476.00  including  air  fare  from 
New  York. 

SEPTEMBER  15  &  OCTOBER  13, 
1976  ROOT  &  LEAKEY  19-day 
natural  history  tented  and  lodge  safari 
in  Kenya  &  Tanzania.  $1795.00  plus 
air  fare.  Limited  to  16  members. 
EARLY  1977  departures  January  12 
and  February  1 6. 

Call  or  write  SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD.  Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  94111 

(415)  788-7186 


EXACT  REPRODUCTIONS  OF 
PRE-COLUMBIAN  ART 

True  copies  molded  from  original 
figures  solely  displayed  in  Mex- 
ico's Museum  of  Anthropology 
Crafted  by  the  Museum's  only 
pottery  workshop  and  imprinted  to 
prove  authenticity.  Each  item  with 
description  tag.  For  item  shown  - 
$62.00,  includes  postage  and 
handling.  Check  or  money  order 
For  catalog  of  collection,  send 
$1.00,  refunded  on  first  purchase. 
ARTIQUES  LTD.,  P.O.  Box  399NH, 
Swormvllle,  N.Y.  14146 

No.  IC  -  PALENQUE  HEAD 


grocers  and  pay  $2  a  half  pint.  The 
price  did  eventually  fall,  and  we  had 
some  more,  one  at  a  time,  with  a 
small  amount  of  sugar  or  a  dollop  of 
creme  fraiche  (heavy  cream  mixed 
with  one  teaspoon  buttermilk  per  cup 
of  cream  and  left  to  thicken  at  sum- 
mer room  temperature  for  several 
hours  or  overnight). 

In  late  July,  I  found  a  handful  of 
wild  raspberries  growing  in  a  road- 
side patch.  It  was  also  possible  to 
eliminate  the  middleman  and  appease 
my  raspberry  hunger,  momentarily, 
by  picking  several  quarts  myself,  for 
a  derisory  sum,  in  the  backyard  of  an 
elderly  rural  couple. 

The  ideal  solution  to  the  raspberry 
shortage,  however,  is  to  grow  one's 
own  supply.  It  is  too  late  now  to  plant 
a  nursery  shrub,  but  next  spring,  after 
the  thaw,  pick  a  plot  of  well-drained 
soil  in  partial  shade.  The  plants 
should  go  in  deep  enough  to  cover  the 
roots.  Set  them  out  in  rows,  with  each 
plant  two  feet  from  the  next.  Keep  the 
rows  six  feet  apart,  and  try  not  to  use 
soil  that  previously  harbored  toma- 
toes, potatoes,  peppers,  or  eggplant, 
since  the  plot's  past  history  predis- 
poses raspberries  to  Verticillium  wilt. 

If  you  plant  Everbearer  raspber- 
ries, they  will  produce  fruit  the  same 
year.  Other  varieties  will  not  fruit 
until  the  second  siunmer.  In  any  case, 
when  you  plant,  prune  the  cane  back 
to  two  inches  and  protect  the  roots 
from  dehydration  with  a  six-inch 
mulch  of  peat  moss  mixed  with  one 
or  two  handfuls  of  fertilizer  per 
bushel  of  peat  moss. 

Raspberries  do  not  require  cross- 
pollination.  The  standard  plant  has 
perennial  roots  and  thorny  biennial 
canes.  Once  the  canes  have  borne 
fruit  that  second  year,  they  should  be 
pruned  away.  Good  canes  should  be 
pruned  to  a  height  of  four  or  five  feet 
in  the  spring.  Raspberry  canes  will 
stand  erect  by  themselves,  but  some 
people  find  that  it  helps  at  picking 
time  if  they  are  trained  to  grow  sup- 
ported by  a  five-foot-high  wire 
stretched  between  two  stakes  (or  you 
could  stretch  two  wires  a  foot  apart, 
with  canes  supported  in  between). 

These  instructions  apply  only  to 
the  raspberry  belt  from  southern  Vir- 
ginia to  the  prime  northern  areas  of 
New  York  State  and  Michigan. 
There,  the  successful  raspberry 
grower  can  look  forward  to  as  much 
as  a  decade  of  crops  from  a  healthy 
plant.  And  on  a  quarter-acre  patch,  he 
can  pick  from  12  to  35  bushels.  Most 
people  will  not  be  planting  that  many 


shrubs,  but  even  a  fairly  modest  patch 
will  tend  to  inundate  a  single  family. 
Raspberry  jam  is  an  obvious  home 
remedy.  Vera  Gewanter  and  Dorothy 
Parker  suggest,  in  Home  Preserving 
Made  Easy  (Viking  Press),  that  you 
can  preserve  the  taste  of  the  fruit  by 
heating  it  almost  to  the  boil,  dissolv- 
ing sugar  in  it  (5  pounds  for  every  4 
pounds  of  ripe,  washed  raspberries), 
and  then  sealing  in  warm  jars. 

Raspberries  can  also  be  used  for 
sherbets,  pies,  Bavarians,  mousses, 
and  souffles.  Any  large,  standard 
cookbook  will  tell  you  how  to  make 
them.  The  best  raspberry  dish  of  all 
is  that  British  jewel  of  simplicity, 
summer  pudding  (see  recipe  below). 
But,  unsurprisingly,  most  of  the  com- 
plex ideas  for  raspberries  are  French. 

The  Larousse  Gastronomique 
mentions,  among  many  other  extrav- 
agances, raspberry  beignets,  which 
are  fritters  made  from  a  kind  of 
doughnut  batter  studded  with  rasp- 
berries lightly  sugared  and  macerated 
ahead  of  time  with  kirsch  or  raspberry 
eau-de-vie.  The  same  list  also  in- 
cludes pannequets  aux  framboises: 
dessert  crepes  coated  with  pastry 
cream  flavored  with  raspberry  puree, 
then  sprinkled  with  whole,  macerated 
raspberries,  rolled  up,  and  heated  in 
the  oven  at  high  heat. 

Escoffier  invented  peche  Melba: 
vanilla  ice  cream  topped  with  cold, 
poached  peaches  and  sauced  with  a 
finely  sieved  puree  of  raspberries. 
This  can  also  be  done  with  pears  or 
with  an  ice  cream  made  from  two 
pounds  of  apricots,  crushed,  sieved, 
sweetened  to  taste,  mixed  with  5  ta- 
blespoons of  heavy  cream  (whipped) 
and  1  tablespoon  of  gelatin,  and  then 
frozen  in  the  freezer  compartment  of 
your  refrigerator.  This  recipe  of  the 
great  Ali  Bab  (from  Practical  Gas- 
tronomy, McGraw-Hill)  is  called 
abricotine  aux  framboises  and  re- 
quires 1  pound  of  raspberries  for  the 
puree,  which  is  sweetened  to  taste. 

At  Ammerschwihr  in  Alsace,  the 
heart  of  the  French  raspberry  country, 
where  the  best  raspberry  eau-de-vie  is 
made,  there  is  a  great  restaurant,  Aux 
Armes  de  France,  one  of  whose  spe- 
cialities is  a  gratin  de  framboises.  In 
a  greased,  fireproof  serving  dish,  they 
spread  a  layer  of  pastry  cream  fla- 
vored with  raspberry  eau-de-vie  and 
lightened  with  heavy  cream.  Then 
comes  a  layer  of  fresh  raspberries, 
which  is  sprinkled  with  chopped  al- 
monds mixed  with  a  little  sugar.  Fi- 
nally, they  cover  the  fruit  and  nuts 
with  another  layer  of  flavored  pastry 


io8 


Laser  Beam 
Digital  watch 

Never  press  another  button,  day  or  night, 
with  America's  first  digital  watch  that 
glows  in  the  dark. 


Announcing  Sensor's  new  Laser  220- 
the  first  really  new  innovation 
in  digital  watch  technology. 


It's  ingenious,  it's  simple  and  it  makes 
every  other  digital  watch  obsolete.  Scientists 
have  perfected  a  digital  watch  with  a  self  con- 
tained automatic  light  source— a  major  scien- 
tific breakthrough. 

SELF-CONTAINED  LIGHT  SOURCE 

The  Laser  220  uses  laser  beams  and  ad- 
vanced display  technology  in  its  manufacture, 
A  glass  ampoule  charged  with  tritium  and 
phosphor  is  hermetically  sealed  by  a  laser 
beam.  The  ampoule  is  then  placed  behind  the 
new  Sensor  CDR  (crystal  diffusion  reflection) 
display. 

The  high-contrast  CDR  display  shows  the 
time  constantly— in  sunlight  or  normal  room 
light.  But,  when  the  room  lights  dim,  the 
self-contained  tritium  light  source  automati- 
cally compensates  for  the  absence  of  light, 
glows  brightly,  and  illuminates  the  display. 

No  matter  when  you  wear  your  watch— day 
or  night— just  a  glance  will  give  you  the 
correct  time.  There's  no  button  to  press,  no 
special  viewing  angle  required,  and  most 
important,  you  don't  need  two  hands  to  read 
the  time. 


Replace  the  battery  yourself  by  just  opening 
the  battery  compartment  with  a  penny. 
Free  batteries  are  provided  whenever  you 
need  them  during  the  five-year  warranty. 


A  WORRY-FREE  WATCH 

Solid-state  watches  pose  their  own  prob- 
lems. They're  fragile,  they  must  be  pampered, 
and  they  require  frequent  service.  Not  the 
Laser  220.  Here  are  just  five  common  solid- 
state  watch  problems  you  can  forget  about 
with  this  advanced  space-age  timepiece: 

1.  Forget  about  batteries  The  Laser  220  is 
powered  by  a  single  EverReady  battery 
that  will  actually  last  years  without  replace- 
ment—even if  you  keep  the  220  in  complete 
darkness.  In  fact,  JS&A  will  supply  you  with 
the  few  batteries  you  need,  free  of  charge, 
during  the  next  five  years.  To  change  the 
battery,  you  simply  unscrew  the  battery 
compartment  at  the  back  with  a  penny  and 
replace  the  battery  yourself. 

2.  Forget  about  water  Take  a  shower  or  go 
swimming.  The  Laser  220  is  so  water-resistant 
that  it  withstands  depths  of  up  to  100  feet. 

3.  Forget  about  shocks  A  three-foot  drop 
onto  a  solid  hardwood  floor  or  a  sudden  jar. 
Sensor's  solid  case  construction,  dual-strata 
crystal,  and  cushioned  quartz  timing  circuit 
make  it  one  of  the  most  rugged  solid-state 
quartz  watches  ever  produced. 

4.  Forget  about  service  The  Laser  220  has 
an   unprecedented   five-year  parts  and  labor 


warranty.  Each  watch  goes  through  weeks  of 
aging,  testing  and  quality  control  before 
assembly  and  final  inspection.  Service  should 
never  be  required.  Even  the  laser  sealed 
light  source  should  last  more  than  25  years 
with  normal  use.  But  if  it  should  require 
service  anytime  during  the  five  year  warranty 
period,  we  will  pick  up  your  Sensor,  at 
your  door,  and  send  you  a  loaner  watch  while 
yours  is  repaired-all  at  our  expense. 

5.  Forget  about  changing  technology  The 
Sensor  Laser  220  is  so  far  ahead  of  every 
other  watch  in  durability  and  technology  that 
the  watch  you  buy  today,  will  still  be  years 
ahead  of  all  others. 

THE  ULTIMATE  ACHIEVEMENT 
Other  manufacturers  have  devised  unique 
ways  to  produce  a  watch  you  can  read  at  a 
glance.  The  new  S300  LED  Pulsar  requires  a 
snap  of  the  wrist  to  turn  on  the  display,  but 
the  Pulsar  cannot  be  read  in  sunlight.  The  new 
S400  Longine's  Gemini  combines  both  an 
LED  and  liquid  crystal  display.  (Press  a 
button  at  night  for  the  LED  display,  and  view 
it  easily  in  sunlight  with  the  liquid  crystal 
display.)  But  you  must  still  press  a  button  to 
read  the  time.  All  these  applications  of 
existing  technology  still  fail  to  produce  the 
ultimate  digital  watch:  one  you  can  read 
under  all  light  conditions  without  using  two 
hands.  Until  the  introduction  of  the  Sensor, 

PLENTY  OF  ADVANCED  FUNCTIONS 

Sensor's  five  time  functions  give  you 
everything  you  really  need  in  a  solid-state 
watch.  Your  watch  displays  the  hours  and 
minutes  constantly,  with  no  button  to  press. 
But  depress  the  function  button  and  the 
month  and  the  date  appear.  Depress  the 
button  again  and  the  seconds  appear.  To 
quickly  set  the  time,  insert  a  ball-point  pen 
into  the  recessed  time-control  switch  on  the 
side.  It's  just  that  easy. 

Sensor's  accuracy  is  unparalleled.  All 
solid-state  digitals  use  a  quartz  crystal.  So 
does  the  Sensor.  But  crystals  change  freq- 
uency from  aging  and  shock.  And  to  reset 
them,  the  watch  case  must  be  opened  and  an 
airtight  seal  broken  which  may  affect  the 
performance.  In  the  Sensor,  the  crystal  is  first 
aged  before  it  is  installed,  and  secondly, 
it  is  actually  cushioned  in  the  case  to  absorb 
tremendous  shock.  The  quartz  crystal  can 
also  be  adjusted  through  the  battery  compart- 


Would  you  do  this 
with  your  solid-state 
watch'  Of  course  not. 
Most  solid -state  watch- 
es require  care  and  pampering  but  not  the 
Sensor.  You  can  dunk  it,  drop  it  and  abuse  it 
without  fear  during  its  unprecedented  five- 
year  parts  and  labor  warranty. 


ment  without  opening  the  case.  In  short, 
your  watch  should  be  accurate  to  within  5 
seconds  per  month  and  maintain  that  accura- 
cy for  years  without  adjustment  and  without 
ever  opening  the  watch  case. 

STANDING  BEHIND  A  PRODUCT 

JS&A  is  America's  largest  single  source  of 
digital  watches  and  other  space-age  products. 
We  have  selected  the  Sensor  Laser  220  as  the 
most  advanced  American-made,  solid-state 
timepiece  ever  produced.  And  we  put  our 
company  and  its  full  resources  behind  that 
selection.  JS&A  will  warranty  the  Sensor 
(even  the  batteries)  for  five  full  years.  We'll 
even  send  you  a  loaner  watch  to  use  while 
your  watch  is  being  repaired  should  it  ever 
require  repair.  And  Sensor's  advanced  tech- 
nology guarantees  that  your  digital  watch  will 
be  years  ahead  of  any  other  watch  at  any 
price. 

Wear  the  Laser  220  for  one  full  month.  If 
you  are  not  convinced  that  it  is  the  most 
rugged,  precise,  dependable  and  the  finest 
quality  solid-state  digital  watch  in  the  world, 
return  it  for  a  prompt  and  courteous  refund. 
We're  just  that  proud  of  it. 

To  order  your  Sensor,  credit  card  buyers 
may  simply  call  our  toll-free  number  below 
or  mail  us  a  check  in  the  amount  indicated 
below  plus  S2.50  for  postage,  insurance  and 
handling.  (Illinois  residents  add  5%  sales  tax.) 
We  urge  you,  however,  to  act  promptly 
and  reserve  your  Laser  220  today. 

Stainless  steel  w/leather  strap $129.95 

(Add  SIO  for  matching  metal  band) 

Gold  plated  w/leather  strap $149.95 

(Add  SIO  for  matching  metal  band) 


JSSI^ 


NATIONAL 
SALES 
GROUP 


The  new  exclusive  laser-sealed  tritium  and 
phosphor  light  source  is  a  thin  solid-state  tube 
that  automatically  illuminates  the  display 
when  the  lights  dim. 


Dept.  NH  JS&A  Plaza 

Northbrook,  Illinois  60062 

CALL  TOLL-FREE  .  .  800  323-6400 

In  Illinois  call (312)  498-6900 

©JS&A  Group,  Inc.,  1976 


_TI^1V[AKjCET_ 


Art 


OIL  PORTRAITS  painted  on  canvas  from  photos. 
From  $49.95  (12x16).  Art,  Box  11,  Keyport,  WA. 
98345. 

Artifacts 

ARTISTIC  REPRODUCTIONS  of  Cro-t^/lagnon  cave 
drawings:  individually  fiandcrafted  stoneware 
slabs  1  'x1 '  mounted  on  birch  plaques  for  hanging 
From  $40.  Brochure  available.  Art  Emporium,  512 
S,  Myrtle.  Monrovia,  CA  91016 

Books 

PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK!  Join  our  successful  au- 
thors in  a  complete,  reliable  publishing  program: 
publicity,  advertising,  promotion,  beautiful  books. 
All  subjects  invited.  Send  for  fact-filled  booklet  and 
free  manuscript  report.  Carlton  Press,  Dept.  NHF, 
84  Fifth  Avenue,  NYC  10011 

BOOK  PUBLISHING— manuscripts  and  inquiries 
invited.  "AUTHORS'  GUIDE  TO  PUBLICATION" 
free  upon  request  Dorrance  &  Company,  Dept. 
AA,  35  Cricket  Terrace,  Ardmore.  PA  19003 

ECONOMICS  FOR  SURVIVAL  Challenging  ideas. 
$2.00  paperback,  $3.50  hardcover.  Mail  order  only 
from  author.  Autographed  on  request.  Frank 
Peters,  Box  192A,  Rt.  3,  Salem,  VA  24153 

Crafts 

INTERESTED  IN  HANDWEAVING  OR  BOOKBIND- 
ING? Free  catalog  available.  Dept.  NH,  School 
Products,  1201  Broadway,  New  York  10001 

Employment 

TEACHERS-ADMINISTRATORS.   Current   school, 


college  openings  list:  U.S.,  $5.95;  abroad,  $5.95. 
Leading  placement  sources,  U.S.,  $3.95;  foreign, 
$4.95.  EIS,  Box  662,  Newton,  MA  02162 

Foreign  Newspapers 

WORLDWIDE  ENGLISH  NEWSPAPERS.  65  coun- 
tries!  Sampler:  Eight  countries— $3.98  FREE  BRO- 
CHURE. MULTINEWSPAPERS.  Box  DE-20.  Dana 
Point.  CA  92629 

Friendships 

MAKE  FRIENDS  WORLDWIDE  through  interna- 
tional correspondence.  Illustrated  brochure  free! 
Hermes-Verlag.  Box  1 1 0660/NH.  D-1 000 Berlin  1 1 . 
Germany 


Gifts 


ZODIAC  KEEPSAKES.  Hand-painted  hardwood 
Mini-charms  (%"  approximately).  $8.50  each  ppd. 
Specify  sign,  gold  or  silver,  "tomi  originals."  Rt.  1 
Box  1076,  Las  Cruces,  N.M.  88001 


Gourmet  Interests 


TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Free  brochure.  Grace  Tea  Importers,  Dept.  NH  66, 
799  Broadway,  NYC  10003 

1901  CATSKILL  COOKBOOK  facsimile  edition, 
unique  recipes.  $4.00  postpaid,  tax-deductible 
(rural  historic  preservation  project):  West  Kortright 
Centre,  East  Meredith,  NY  13757 


Journals 


MUSEUM  SCOPE— bimonthly  journal  for  museum 
enthusiasts  &  professionals,  $8.00.  Suite  5  Box  NH. 
Strollway  Center,  Columbia,  MO  65201 


Magazines 


NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976,  Any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants.  Buxbaum  Geographies, 
Box  465-NH,  Wilmington,  DE  19899 


Optics 


OPTIC  DISCOUNTS:  Binoculars  —  Tele- 
scopes —  Brand  Names  —  Free  List  —  Thomas 
Manetta,  61  Hoffman  Ave.,  Elmont,  NY  11003 


Real  Estate 


PROVIDENCIALES,  B.W.I.  1  view  acre  $48,000. 
21/2  acres  waterfront  $9000.  Terms,  W.  Schmid, 
145  E.  15,  NY  10003 


137  ACRES  OR  LESS,  trees,  hills,  two  streams, 
fields,  mountain  view,  possible  pond,  state  high- 
way, power  wires,  few  minutes  Gore  Mountain  ski 
slope,  Hudson  River,  stores,  movie,  nightlife, 
lakes.  0   Stromberg,  N.  Creek,  NY  12853 


Stamps 


ANIMALSOR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS,  25different 300, 
plus  list  of  Topical  Collections.  GEORGE  FORD, 
Box  5203-N,  Gulfport,  FL  33737 


Travel 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE  MT.  COUNTRY  INN  TENNIS 
CLUB.  17  rooms.  3  courts,  pro,  pool.  200  acres 
wildlife  trails.  5  minutes  Lake  Sunapee.  Condos 
available.  Dexters.  Box  A,  Sunapee,  NH  03782 
(603)  763-5571 


ICELAND  GEOLOGY  SAFARI— Aug  10-24,  for  de- 
tails write  EDPA,  Aberdeen  Rd.,  Peekskill,  NY 
10566 


EXPLORE  MAN'S  BEGINNINGS:  Imaginative  ex- 
peditions to  Old  &  New  World  sites — ^Egypt,  East 
Africa,  Greece,  Iran,  Israel,  Mexico.  Central  & 
South  America.  Monthly  trips,  small  groups.  Em- 
phasis: anthropology,  nat'l  history,  archaeology. 
Academic  credit  option  Send  for  brochures. 
FORUM  INT'L.  Dept.  N.,  2437  Durant,  Berkeley  CA 
94704  415/843-8294 


LINEKIN  BAY  SAILING  RESORT,  Boothbay  Har- 
bor ME  04538.  Fleet  of  sailboats,  two-masted 
schooner,  heated  salt  water  pool.  Write  for  folder. 


LONDON,  ENGLAND— An  unique,  luxury  "pen- 
sion central,  private  and  informal.  For  those  who 
prefer  not  to  pay  "Grand  Hotel"  prices.  NUMBER 
SIXTEEN  Sumner  Place,  London  SW7 


ESCAPE  TO  THE  WILDS  OF  WYOMING.  Vacation 
high  in  the  Bighorn  National  Forest.  Write:  Spear-0- 
Wigwam  Ranch,  P.O.  Box  1081,  Sheridan,  WY 
82801 .  (307)674-4496 


ROAM  THE  WORLD  BY  FREIGHTER!  Deluxe  Ac- 
commodations. Cheaper  than  staying  home! 
TravLtips.  163-09NHA  Depot.  Flushing.  NY  11358 


DESERT  BIRDS.  MAMMALS.  REPTILES,  INSECTS, 
CACTI,  WILD  FLOWERS  .  .  .  many  resorts  have 
these.  The  Wickenburg  Inn  has  professional  natu- 
ralists to  help  you  see  and  understand  more;  spe- 
cial wildlife  package  weeks  for  beginners  and  ad- 
vanced nature  watchers;  plus  the  finest  in  riding, 
tennis,  arts  &  crafts,  accommodations  and  food. 
See  your  travel  agent  or  write:  The  Wickenburg  Inn, 
P.O.  Box  P,  Wickenburg,  AZ  85358  (602)684-781 1 


T-SHIRTS.  IMAGES  PROMOTING  WILDLIFE  CON- 
SCIOUSNESS: Humpback  Whale,  "American  wil- 
derness—work to  save  it,"  "Boycott  Japanese 
Goods  until  they  stop  killing  whales."  Arrapaho 
Ghost  Dance  shirt,  leaf  prints,  other  natural  visions. 
Children  and  adults.  Brochure.  250.  CONSCIOUS 
DECISION,  54  East  4th  Street,  NYC  10003 


Central  Park  West,  New  YorK  City 


SWIM  SNEAKS  B£^ 

ALL  ■H^^^HHI 

Bathing  &  Shoiver  Shoes 

Whalcvcr  your  pluns,  ycju'll  want  high 
quality  Italian  Imported  rubber  bathing 
shdcs  .  .  .  with  thick  treaded  bottoms  and 
built-in  inner  soles.  Sure-footed  protection 
on  shoreline  rocks,  pool  or  boat  decks,  and 
shower  floors.  Eliminate  sore  feet  on 
sharp  rocks,  shells,  or  hoi  sand.  Styled  for 
comfort  and  good  looks.  Flexible,  light- 
weighl,  easy  on  and  off.  Great  in  and  out  of 
walcr.  Satisfaction  guaranteed. 

Sizes:  Complete  range  for  men,  women, 
children.  State  shoe  size  &  width.  Also, 
give  age  for  child.  Colors;  White,  yellow, 
red,  blue  for  women  &  children.  Men,  blue 
&  while  only.  Always  state  alternate 
colors.  Price:  $7.98  per  pair.  Add  shipping 
&  handling:  one  pair  $1 .25;  two  pairs  $1 .75; 
ihrec  or  more  pairs  $2.25.  Fast  delivery. 
Color  catalog,  FREE,  with  order. 

^or§ay^  oept.  rb  ds 

,  240  Kinderkamack  Rd 

(201)  967-0373|    Oradell.  N.J.  07649 


t  of  print.scarce.rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 

rO  Bnlany,  Z„„l,.pv. 

ine^  Orrhldolop. 

RDOIC*)*  0™'"'"I''W-  Emomolopy 
'X>^^>f?  lohlhyologv. 

H.T,>Vl,.l„p,.,.|,- 

CtTAlOBUE  AVAlLABti 
OilHd  P1ice/llKl»il!e  Ctnlie,  Nnr  Turk  11570 


Jit  ship  lists 

^^^^       FRFF  SHIP  TATAI  nmiP 


FREE  SHIP  CATALOGUE 


info  on  the  voyage  SEND 


2  STAMPS  for  Ship  Catalogue  offering  n 

ques  featuring  your  name  and  the  earliest  landing 

HOLMES-COREY,  Ltd.,  Box  786NH,  Marco,  Fl.  33937 


BEETLES.  BUTTEHFUES  and  iNSECTS 
froa  MALAYSU. 
AFRICA.  BRAZIL. ' 
etc. 


COMPLETE  SCIENTIHC. 

P.O.  Box  307-N 
Round  Lake.  Illinois  60073 


CATCH  ANIMAL  RAIDERSI 


Take  them  alive,  unhurt! 

Simple!  safe  HAVAHART  traps  catch  raiding  rabbits, 
possums,  coons,  squirrels,  pigeons,  sparrows,  etc..  without 
Injury.  Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Fully  as- 
sembled. No  Jaws  or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized:  many 
In  use  20  years.  Open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  Sizes 
for  all  needH.  Send  25c  for  valuable  Illustrated  guide  and 
price  list. 

HAVAHART,   158  Water  St..  Ossining.  N.  Y.  10562 

Hcre'.s  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapplni;  Rulde. 


cream.  After  being  dusted  with  con- 
fectioners' sugar,  the  ^'rafiVi goes  into 
a  375-degree  oven  for  three  minutes. 
For  the  raspberry  pictcer  too  fa- 
tigued to  think  about  any  of  these  con- 
coctions. The  Standard  Bartender's 
Guide  (Pocket  Books)  has  the  an- 
swer, a  raspberry  cocktail .  Soak  a  cup 
of  bruised,  fresh  raspberries — the 
ones  you  don't  know  what  else  to  do 
with — in  6  ounces  of  gin  for  2  hours. 
Strain  and  mix  with  IVi  ounces  of 
kirsch  and  6  ounces  of  dry  white 
wine. 

Summer  Pudding 

1  small  loaf  white  bread,  slightly 
stale  (see  note) 

2  cups  raspberries 
Vi  cup  red  currants 

9  tablespoons  sugar 

1.  Cut  crust  off  the  bread  and  discard. 
(If  you  are  using  unsiiced  bread, 
slice  into  quarter-inch  slices.) 

2.  Line  the  bottom  and  sides  of  a 
6-cup  souffle  mold  with  the  bread 
slices.  Do  not  leave  any  chinks. 
Push  the  bread  together  at  the 
joins. 

3.  Mix  the  raspberries,  currants,  and 
sugar  together  in  a  saucepan  and 
bring  to  a  boil.  Reduce  heat  and 
simmer  for  three  minutes.  Let 
cool. 

4.  Pour  off  Vi  cup  of  juice  and  re- 
serve. 

5 .  Put  the  cooked  fruit  mixture  in  the 
bread-lined  mold.  Cover  the  fruit 
with  a  layer  of  bread. 

6.  Put  a  plate  that  is  just  smaller 
than  the  opening  of  the  mold  on 
top  of  the  pudding.  Set  a  3 -pound 
weight  on  the  plate. 

7.  Refrigerate  overnight. 

8.  Just  before  serving,  invert  the  pud- 
ding on  a  serving  dish  with  a 
slightly  turned-up  rim.  Pour  re- 
served juice  over  the  pudding. 

Yield:  Four  servings 

Note:  Because  of  all  the  tinkering  that 
has  gone  into  store -bought  bread, 
staleness  comes  on  slowly  and  unnat- 
urally in  most  cases.  This  recipe, 
adapted  from  an  old  chestnut  col- 
lected by  Elizabeth  David,  originally 
called  for  day-old  bread.  If  you  are 
using  homemade  bread,  then  one 
day  is  enough.  With  industrial  bread, 
you  may  have  to  wait  longer  but  don't 
wait  until  the  bread  is  dry  and  stiff. 

Raymond  Sokolov's  most  recent 
cookbook  is  The  Saucier 's  Appren- 
tice, a  guide  to  French  sauces. 


SPECIAL 
OFFER 

TOTE& 

TRAVEL 

BAGS 

3  for  $5.95 


4", 10' 


Tough,  spacious  bags  to  carry  and 
protect  your  valuable  jackets,  clotliing, 
outdoor  gear.  You'll  discover  dozens  of 
uses  for  them.  Nylon  fabric  is  strong  and 
waterproof.  Nylon  drav»siring  closure. 
Inside  top  flap  for  added  protection. 
Folds  flat  as  a  pancake  for  storage  when 
empty.  AssortmenI:  one  each  4"  dia.  x 
10"  high,  8"  dia.  x  16"  high.  10"  dia.  x  20" 
high.   Specially   priced:  3  tor  $5.95  ppd. 

r  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee! 

Enclosed  IS  my  check  or  money  order  lor 

S [Add  sates  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  RUSH  my  0300  AssortmenI  of  3  Tote  t 

Travel  Bags. 

Name 


Address- 
City 

Stale 


catalog  of  over 


J^&dto/^^ou^^An^ 


Depl.    LNH    Thi-3  S 


Soft  Cotton  Terry  Cloth  Hat 
For  Men  &  Women  3  For  $15 

Our  pure  cotton  terr\-  toweling  hat  is  ideal 
for  travel,  golf,  hiking,  boating  ...  all  out- 
door sports.  Soft,  breathable  and  absorbent 
to  keep  you  cool;  ruggedly  made  for  wear 
season  after  season.  Use  it  to  mop  \our  brow 
after  a  strenuous  tennis  game,  or — when 
you're  fishing — dip  it  in  the  lake,  uTing  out 
and  replace  for  a  refreshing  lift  on  the  hot- 
test day.  Washable  and  completely  crush- 
able,  packs  easily  in  pocket  or  suitcase. 
White,  maize  or  sky  blue  in  men's  and 
women's  sizes:  S  (6%-6%),  M  (y-TVs),  L 
(7'/4-7%),  XL  (7%-?%),  XXL  (7%-7y8). 


n  Check    Charge :  □  M/C  Q  B/A  Q  Cable  Car  Chg. 

Bank  Card  # Exp.  

Add  Sl.  85  Ship.  &  Hdlg;  Gal.  Res.  Add  Sales  Tax 

□  Please  send  catalogue  59060,1 


OWL-Ancient  symbol   of 

nlightenment.  Smartly 
crafted  in  solid  Sterling  Silver   $9.95 
MKarat   Gold    $25.    12121   472-8733 
$1   50  post.  •  Charge  Cards:  BA  AE   MC 
FREE  CATALOG:  Aniient  Replica   Jewelry 

ALADDIN   HOUSE   LTD. 

N776   •   770  Madison   Ave.    •   N.Y.    t0021 


.  COB  66fh  Sr. 


el  presidente 

CONVENTO  de  SANTA  CATALINA 

Declared  a  National  Archeological 
Treasure,  the  past  is  preserved  through- 
out hotel  and  courtyards.  Guest  and 
public  rooms  feature  original  frescos. 
Located  in  the  center  of  a  historic  city 
and  nearby  to  the  pre-hispanic  sites 
of  Zachila,  l^itla  and  Monte  Alban. 

CALL  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT 
or  vjute  for  color  brochure  to: 
EL  PRESIDENTE /OAXACA,  Dept.NH 
8721  Beverly  Blvd.,  Los  Angeles,  CA.  90048 

Your  Hosts  in  Mexico 

NACIONALQ  HOTELERA 


^BOOK  HUNTING?^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print.  Fiction,  nonfictlon. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  Itl  (Title  alone  Is  sufficient)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087        ^ 

NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  &  the  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 


^ 


SAMPLES  8,  APPROVALS-SI 
Satisfoction  Guaronteed 

Mil  Med  Stamps 

P.O.   BOX   297-NH        AURORA,  CO     800 


cXKXHXxxxxHxxxxyooo^yoooooOf, 


oneness 


A  subtle  imking  of 
i  religious  symbols, 
delicately  wedded  to- 
gether by  the  artisan. 


14k  with  2A"  chain $37.50 

Sterling  Silver $16.75 

ISAAC  SOLTES  DESIGN    NH 

1923  S.McPherrin  Ave. 
Monterey  Park,  Calif.  91754 
CALIFORNIA  RESIDENTS  ADO  6%  SALES  TAX 
Q  Check  or  Money  Order/Money-back  Guarantee 

^KMXMHMKXWMXMKMXM) 


Additional  Reading 


Environmental  Law  (p.  10) 

Herbert  A.  Simon's  Administrative 
Behavior  (New  York:  Free  Press,  1965, 
$2.95)  is  a  classic  study  of  bureaucracy 
in  action.  Although  written  more  than 
thirty  years  ago,  this  scholarly  work  is 
still  frequently  used  by  schools  of  public 
administration  for  its  illustrative  accounts 
of  decision-making  processes  and  admin- 
istrative organization.  The  Logic  of  Col- 
lective Action:  Public  Goods  and  the 
Theory  of  Groups,  by  economist  Mancur 
Olson,  Jr.,  (revised ed.  Cambridge:  Har- 
vard University  Press,  1971),  is  a  funda- 
mental guide  to  organized  citizen  action 
for  the  "public  good."  Patient  Earth, 
edited  by  John  Harte  and  Robert  H.  Soco- 
low  (New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Win- 
ston, 1971,  $4.95),  presents  case  studies 
of  eighteen  celebrated  environmental 
controversies,  all  of  which  involved  citi- 
zen participation.  The  specific  issues — 
construction  of  nuclear  power  plants,  the 
south  Florida-Everglades  urbanization 
problem,  the  Mineral  King  resort  project 
near  Sequoia  National  Park — graphically 
illustrate  the  interplay  of  politics,  eco- 
nomics, and  science  in  environmental  lit- 
igation. Joseph  L.  Sax's  Defending  the 
Environment:  A  Strategy  for  Citizen  Ac- 
tion (New  York:  Random  House,  1972, 
$1 .95)  explains  how  citizens  can  use  the 
courts  and  the  existing  legal  system  in 
personal  and  collective  efforts  to  clean  up 
the  environment. 

Limits  to  Growth  (p,  22) 

The  Limits  to  Growth,  a  summary  ac- 
count of  the  Club  of  Rome's  Project  on 
the  Predicament  of  Mankind,  edited  by 
Donella  H.  Meadows  et  al.  (New  York: 
Universe  Books,  1972,  $2.75),  has  sold 
more  than  four  million  copies  and  has 
been  translated  into  some  thirty  lan- 
guages. Essentially  a  discussion  prepared 
for  a  general  audience,  it  details  the  im- 
plications of  computer-modeling  tech- 
niques applied  to  global  growth  dynam- 
ics. Dynamics  of  Growth  in  a  Finite 
World,  by  Dennis  L.  Meadows  et  al. 
(Cambridge:  Wright- Allen  Press,  1974), 
is  the  7C)0-page  technical  report  of  the 
project.  Dennis  and  Donella  Meadows 
have  also  edited  Toward  Global  Equilib- 
rium (Cambridge:  Wright-Allen  Press, 
1973),  a  collection  of  papers  on  environ- 


mental and  resource  issues,  several  of 
which  deal  with  more  easily  grasped  sub- 
models— offshoots  of  the  major  limits  of 
growth  models.  For  example,  "Popula- 
tion Control  Mechanisms  in  a  Primitive 
Agricultural  Society,"  by  Steven  B. 
Shantzis  and  William  W.  Behrens  III  (pp. 
257-88),  recounts  the  application  of  sys- 
tem dynamics  in  the  quantification  of  an 
anthropological  description  of  a  primitive 
slash-and-burn  society.  Michael  R. 
Goodman's  Study  Notes  in  System  Dy- 
namics (Cambridge:  Wright- Allen  Press, 
1 974)  will  help  with  the  complex  method- 
ology of  model  making.  In  Collected 
Papers  of  Jay  W.  Forrester  (Cambridge: 
Wright- Allen  Press,  1974),  the  author 
has  gathered  seventeen  of  his  works,  in- 
cluding two  that  are  particularly  related 
to  his  article:  '  'Counterintuitive  Behavior 
of  Social  Systems"  (pp.  211-44)  and 
"Churches  at  the  Transition  Between 
Growth  and  World  Equilibrium"  (pp. 
255-69). 

Manus  (p.  60) 

Margaret  Mead's  autobiography 
Blackberry  Winter:  My  Earlier  Years 
(New  York:  Simon  &  Schuster,  1973, 
$2.95)  offers  a  personal  perspective  on 
America's  most  eminent  anthropologist. 
Two  of  Mead's  classic  works.  Growing 
Up  in  New  Guinea  (1930)  and  New  Lives 
for  Old:  Cultural  Transformation — 
Manus,  1928-1953,  have  recently  been 
reissued  (New  York:  William  Morrow, 
1975,  $3.95  and  $4.95,  respectively). 
New  prefaces  add  global  perspective  to 
cultural  changes  from  the  1920s  through 
the  1970s.  Continuities  in  Cultural  Evo- 
lution (New  Haven:  Yale  University 
Press,  1964,  $3.95)  contains  achapter  on 
changes  in  the  life  of  one  individual  — 
Paliau — from  living  in  a  Stone  Age  cul- 
ture to  living  as  a  "modern"  man. 
"Peoples  of  the  Pacific,"  a  special  sup- 
plement in  the  May  197 1  issue  of  Natural 
History,  edited  by  Margaret  Mead  and 
Preston  McClanahan  (pp.  34-70),  dis- 
cusses the  variety  of  cultures  found  in  the 
South  Pacific.  World  Enough:  Rethink- 
ing the  Future,  by  Margaret  Mead  and 
photographer  Ken  Heyman  (Boston:  Lit- 
tle, Brown  and  Company,  1975,  $17.50), 
is  her  latest  book,  an  examination  of  the 
individual  and  collective  dilemmas  fac- 


ing  the  contemporary  world,  revealed 
through  Ihc  subtle  interplay  of  Mead's  an- 
thropological insight  and  Hcyman's 
searching  photographs. 

Catalina's  Goats  (p.  70) 

Wildlife  biologist  C.  F.  Yocom's 
"Ecology  of  Feral  Goats  in  Haleakala 
National  Park,  Manii,  Hawaii"  (Ameri- 
can Midland  Naturalist .  1967,  vol.  17, 
pp.  418-51)  details  the  impact  of  intro- 
duced goats  on  the  flora  and  fauna  of  an 
island  ecosystem.  In  "Goat  Management 
Problems — Hawaii  Volcanoes  National 
Park:  A  History,  Analysis,  and  Manage- 
ment Plan"  (National  Park  Service  Natu- 
ral Resource  Report  No.  2,  1972,  avail- 
able from  Superintendent,  Hawaii  Vol- 
canoes National  Park,  Hawaii  96718),  J. 
K.  Baker  and  D.  W.  Reeser  present  a 
history  of  the  introduction  of  goats  to 
Hawaii,  describe  the  subsequent  ecologi- 
cal damage  and  attempts  at  control ,  and 
discuss  the  public  and  political  pressures 
inherent  in  goat-habitat-people  interac- 
tions. "The  Influence  of  Feral  Goats  on 
Koa  Tree  Production  in  Hawaii  Vol- 
canoes National  Park,"  by  G.  Spatz  and 
D.  Mueller-Dumbois  (Ecology,  1973, 
vol.  54,  pp.  870-76),  is  a  study  of  goat 
damage  to  a  specific  type  of  tree,  explor- 
ing such  definitive  parameters  as  tree 
height,  sucker  growth,  and  regeneration 
dynamics.  For  a  detailed  description  of 
goat  behavior,  see  "Some  Aspects  of  So- 
cial Behaviour  in  a  Population  of  Feral 
Goats  (Capra  hircus  L.),"  by  Chris  C. 
Shank  (Zeitschrift  fiir  Tierpsychologie, 
1972,  vol.  30,  pp.  488-528). 

Plant  Coloration  (p.  78) 

Residential  Plantings,  edited  by  An- 
thony Tyznik  (Chicago:  J.  Philip O'Hara, 
1969,  $3.95),  illustrates  changes  in  plant 
and  tree  coloration  throughout  the  grow- 
ing season.  Patricia  W.  Spencer's  "The 
Turning  of  the  Leaves,"  (Natural  His- 
tory, October  1973,  pp.  56-63)  describes 
the  emergence  of  characteristic  leaf 
colors  after  the  seasonal  loss  of  chloro- 
phyll and  the  internal  and  external  bio- 
chemical changes  that  accompany  leaf 
senescence.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
of  Plant  Pigments,  edited  by  Trevor  W. 
Goodwin  (New  York:  Academic  Press, 
1965),  contains  an  excellent  introductory 
chapter  on  plant  coloration.  Jeffrey  B. 
Harborne's  The  Comparative  Biochem- 
istry of  the  Flavonids  (New  York:  Aca- 
demic Press,  1967),  although  highly 
technical,  is  a  source  of  information  on 
the  anthocyanids.  Advances  in  the  Chem- 
istry of  Plant  Pigments,  edited  by  C.  O. 
Chichester  (New  York:  Academic  Press, 
1972),  presents  a  series  of  papers  on  plant 
coloration,  ranging  from  general  over- 
views to  highly  technical  accounts.  Two 
articles  in  Scientific  American  will  also 
be  useful:  Sylvia  Frank's  "Carotenoids" 
(1956,  vol.  194,  no.  1,  pp.  80-86)  and 
Sarah  Clevenger's  "Flower  Pigments" 
(1964,  vol.  210,  no.  6,  pp.  84-92). 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


Watch.  Hear.  See.  Spy.  Shoot! 

. . .  with  wondrous  things  from  the  famous  Edmund  catalog. 
More  than  4500  unusual  finds,   and  it's  offered  free. 


GIANT 
FREE 
CATALOG!   O 


F.ne  low  p'iceO  IR  E,e  Aim  IR  ipghi 
source  makes  detailed  o&sefvation  of  ani 
mal  behavior  possible  at  up  to  30  yards  at 
nighi  Out  self  contained  scope  has  every 
thing  you  need  for  all  kinds  of  IR  deiec 
lion  6  01  12  V  power  (  plugs  into  you' 
cars  cigaieile  lighter).  6032  I  R  convener 
tube,  1/3  5  objective  lens  Focuses  from 
10  ft  to  mlimlv 

Ho.  1659E.  .  (ll'ld'<.^3  I  $285.00  Ppd. 
^V  A  BREAKTHROUGH  IH  TIME  LAPSE 
V^  PHOTOGRAPHY. 

Ttie  Edmund  Time  Machine  converts  ai 
most  any  camera  to  a  total  time  lapse 
system,  compares  to  others  aiS450  S700 
yet  costs  under  S200.  Film  slanimg  flower 
growth,  animation,  star  planet  and  cloud 
tracking  Portable  (34  oz  ),  continuously 
variable  Itom  0  5  to  300  seconds:  bu'lt  m 
photocell  control,  rechargeable  power 
supply 
No.  72.122E   .  .  (6x3^  ;-2   )  $199.95  Ppd. 


NEW.  1  72 

Pages. 
Over  4,500 
Unusual 
Bargains  for  Hobbyists, 
Schools,  Industry.  JUST 
CHECK  COUPON! 


Catch  sounds  never  before  heard  with  this 
professional,  deluxe,  Electronic  Paroboiic 
Mike  It  has  an  18  3/4"  transparent  re- 
flectmg  shield  and  IC.'s  m  its  amplifier- 
magnifies  signals  100  limes  that  o1  omni- 
directional mikes!  Earphones,  tape  re- 
corder output.  Automatically  cuts  oH  ear 
damaging  noises  Requires  (21 9v  bartenes. 
Olhersat$149  95(No.  1655E|andS89.50 
(No.80,242E) 
N0.1649E S299.00Ppd. 


^30X.  40X.60X. 

Ej"ceilem  60  mm  r,arc  coated  acriromaiic 
obiect've  tens  with  hgni  gaihenng  power 
so  great  il  picks  out  extremely  tami  ot)fects 
under  all  lighting  conditions  S^iows  stars 
10  1 1  th  magnitude'  A  partocai  eyepieces  on 
revolving  turret  change  ai  llick  of  a  linger 
Compares  with  models  at  up  to  $30  more 
No.  70.444E $165.00  Ppd. 

Q  NASA  CHOSE  fT  FOR  APPOLLO/SOYUZ. 

Super  20x60  IS  our  biggest,  most  powerful 
binocular  lor  distance  Far  oh  obiects  come 
m  big,  dear  and  sharp  to  the  edge  through 
big  60mm  obtective  lenses.  173-11  tieW  o1 
view  at  1000  yards  Relative  brightness. 
9  0  Fully  coated  optics.  20X  special  de 
Sign  eye  lenses  coaled  BK  7  Porro  pnsm 
Extra  long  all  American  stvie 
N0.1556E(9':x8' :    47  5o;  l$99.95Ppd. 

0SAVE  50%  OH  A  8x20  MONOCULAR. 
AND  WATCH  THE  BIRDS. 
Top  quality  Spy  Scope  is  a  fme  sighting 
instrument  (regular  S30  value)  Our  special 
purchase  saves  you  SO^o  and  you  gel 
fully  coated  optics.  393  loot  field  o1  view. 
Just  2  ounces,  it  slores  in  pocket,  purse, 
glove  companmeni.  Fits  m  your  palm,  so 
you  can  peer  into  hard-lo-see  places  with- 
out your  subject  knowing  you're  spying. 
No.  1568E  (3V:xiVzx2"  case)  $14.95  Ppd. 

©TAKE  LONG  DISTANCE  PHOTOS  WITH 
YOUR  CAMERA  &  BINOCULAR. 
Binocular  toCamera  Holder  ids  any  camera 
for  exciting  lelephoto  pictures.  A  35mm 
camera  with  7x50  binocular  brings  distant 
objects  7  limes  nearer,  ideal  for  long-range 
photos  o1  wildlife.  Use  any  binocular 
(monocular)  and  camera— still  or  movie, 
color  or  black  &  white.  Good  shooting! 
No.  7D,223E $17.95  Ppd. 


EDMUND 
SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

America's  Greatest  Sciencet  Optics  •  Hobby  Mart 
300  EDSCORP  BUILDING,  Barrington,  N.J.  08007  (609)  547-3488 
— ^  —  —  —  FILL  IN  AND  MAIL  COUPON  TODAY  —  —  —  —  -^ 

Edmund  Scientific  Co.,  300  Edscorp  BIdg.,  Barrington,  N.J.  08007         | 

D  SEND  FREE  164  PAGE  CATALOG  "E" 


Stock  No. 

Quantity 

Price  Ea. 

TOTAL 

□  Charge  my'  BankAmericard 
n  Charge  my  Master  Charge 


Expiration  Date 

30-DAY    MONEY-BACK   GUARANTEE.    You 


Add  Service  and  Handling  Charge  $ ^l-PO 

Enclosed  is  Q  Check    Q  M-O- 

in  amount  of  $ 


City 


Lmust  be  satisfied  or  return  any  purchase  | 

in  30  days  for  full  refund.  State Zij ■ 

HELPING  TO  DEVELOP  AMERICA 'S  TECHNOLOGY  FOR  OVER  30  YEARS 


113 


Tri-X,    J/25   second. 


IN  DIM  LIGHT  AT  200  FEET 
WITH  A  QUESTAR 

Photographed   as  he  emerged  from  the 
woods   at   dusk,  the  fox's  eyes   reflect  the 
last   rays   of  the  setting   sun   and   every   hair 
is  clearly  delineated  in   the  Questar.    This 
is  the  famous   Questar   resolution   that  delights 
the  wildlife  watcher.    To  him  it  means  more 
interesting  views  of  birds  or  animals  when 
they   are   seen   through   this   versatile   and 
convenient    instrument    at    distances   that    do 
not   betray    his   presence. 

The   photograph,   an    enlarged    portion    of 
a  35  mm.  negative,  is  one  of  many  beautiful 
shots  of  a  new  neighbor  of  the  Davlses  in 
Sarasota;  the  same  Davises  who   have  given 
us  the   fine  detail   of  moon   and   planets  that 
we    have    published    over    the    years. 
6e/ow,   photo-visual   Quesfar   Field  Model  wHb 
camera     aif  ached;     perfect    companion     for    a 
walk     in     the     woods,     or    for    capturing     your 
wildlife  while  you  sif  comfortably  in   your  car. 

QUESTAR,  THE  V/ORLD'S  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE 
TELESCOPE  IS  PRICED  FROM  S865.  SEND  FOR  OUR 
BOOKLET  IN  FULL  COLOR  V/ITH  150  PHOTOGRAPHS 
BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS.  $1  COVERS  MAILING  ON  THIS 
CONTINENT;  BY  AIR,  TO  SOUTH  AMERICA,  S3.00; 
EUROPE    AND    NORTH    AFRICA,   S3.50;    ELSEWHERE,    $4. 

QUESTAR 

Box  60F,  New  Hope,  Pa.   18938 


Announcements 


A  new  permanent  hall — The  Hall  of 
Miner^s  and  Gems — opened  in 
May.  Located  in  the  southwest  corner 
of  the  first  floor  of  The  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  this  is  a 
most  spectacular  and  elegant  hall, 
with  an  impressive  array  of  minerals, 
gems,  rocks,  and  meteorites.  For  a 
limited  time,  it  will  house  a  special 
exhibit  of  nine  world-famous,  Ameri- 
can-owned diamonds,  including  the 
Tiffany  Diamond  valued  at  $5  mil- 
lion, the  Eugenie  Blue,  a  heart- 
shaped  diamond  reported  to  have  be- 
longed to  the  Empress  Eugenie,  and 
the  Zale  Light  of  Peace.  This  hall,  the 
largest  in  the  Museum,  treats  major 
subjects  such  as  properties  of  miner- 
als, mineral-farming  environments, 
systematic  mineralogy,  interaction  of 
minerals  and  energy,  and  esthetics  of 
gems. 

This  Exhibit  in  Preparation  con- 
tinues through  July  in  Gallery  77  of 
the  Museum.  This  show  gives  visitors 
a  "behind  the  scenes"  look  at  the 
techniques  used  to  create  the  Mu- 
seum's many  marvelous  dioramas 
and  exhibits.  Graphics,  three-dimen- 
sional displays,  and  demonstrations 
by  artists,  taxidermists,  preparators, 
and  model-makers  reveal  the  iimer 
workings  of  the  Exhibition  Depart- 
ment. 

The  Alexander  M.  White  Natural 
Science  Center  on  the  second  floor 
of  the  Museum  is  open  from  2:00  to 
4:30  P.M.  Tuesdays  through  Fridays, 
and  from  1:00  to  4:30  p.m.  Saturdays 
and  Sundays.  This  exhibit  area  is  de- 
signed to  re-create  and  explain  the  na- 
ture of  New  York  City  to  children 


ages  8  to  12.  "Show  and  Tell"  exhib- 
its depict  how  city  dwellers  get  their 
food,  water,  and  electricity;  how  they 
communicate  (via  more  than  25  mil- 
lion miles  of  underground  telephone 
wires);  and  who  their  neighbors  are 
(countless  insects,  fishes,  birds,  rep- 
tiles, and  mammals).  It  presents  the 
city's  parks,  its  sounds,  and  the  ecol- 
ogy of  surrounding  bodies  of  water. 
Emphasis  is  on  how  these  natural  and 
man-made  elements  are  integrated  to 
make  up  the  environment  in  which 
urban  children  live. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museum,  "Things  That  Go  Beep  in 
the  Night"  continues  through  June 
28.  The  invention  of  radio  astronomy 
in  the  1930s  opened  a  new  window 
to  the  universe,  enabling  astronomers 
to  "listen  in"  on  distant  galaxies,  ex- 
ploding stars,  pulsating  stars,  qua- 
sars, and  black  holes.  Starting  June 
30,  "Yankee  Stargazers"  will  con- 
tinue into  September.  This  show  re- 
counts contributions  by  Americans  to 
the  knowledge  of  the  universe — ^f  rom 
the  first  astronomical  observation 
in  the  New  World  (in  1494)  through 
New  York  physician  Henry  Draper's 
photographing  the  sky  in  the  mid- 
1800s,  Karl  Jansky's  discovery  of 
radio  waves  coming  from  space  in 
1932,  man's  landing  on  the  moon  in 
1969,  and  the  first  landing  on  Mars 
in  the  summer  of  1976.  Shows  begin 
at  2:00  p.m.  and  3:30  p.m.  on  week- 
days with  more  frequent  showings  on 
weekends.  Admission  is  $2.35  for 
adults  and  $1 .35  for  children  and  stu- 
dents (special  rates  for  groups  and 
senior  citizens). 


We  built  this  Cutlass  Supreme  Brougham  for  Bob  Reedy 
who  feels  that  being  practical  is  fine- 
as  long  as  he  can  do  it  in  luxury. 


At  heart,  the  Cutlass  Supreme 
Brougham  is  a  practical  car: 
sensibly  mid-sized,  easy  to 
maneuver,  a  snap  to  park. 

Obviously,  these  are  important 
considerations  to  a  man  like  Bob, 
who  spends  lots  of  time  in  his  car. 

But  all  that  time  on  the  road 
makes  a  body  crave  comfort  and 
luxury.  And  that  is  why  Olds  gave 
the  Cutlass  Supreme  Brougham 
an  interior  much  like  that  of  the 
98  Regency. 

There's  "loose  cushion"  look 
seats  with  velour  upholstery; 
sound  absorbing  deep  pile 
carpeting;  divided  front  seat  with 
individual  controls. 

The  1976  Cutlass  Supreme 
Brougham.  A  most  practical  way 
to  be  self-indulgent. 

What's  more.  Cutlass  Supreme 
Brougham  is  surprisingly  econom- 
ical, too.  The  standard  250-Six 
with  manual  transmission  got  25 
mpg  in  the  EPA  highway  test  and 
1 7  in  the  city  test.  These  mileage 
figures  are  estimates.  The  actual 
mileage  you  get  will  vary  depending 
on  your  type  of  driving,  your 
driving  habits,  your  car's  condition 
and  available  equipment. 
(For  California  EPA  figures  and 
available  power  trains,  check 
your  dealer 
there. )      y     1^»       "^~\, 


1976  CUTLASS 
SUPREME  BROUGHAM 


Can  we  build  one  for  your 


8  out  of  10  top  professional  photographers 
entrust  their  talents  to  Hasselblad. 

Here's  why. 


A  market  research  survey  team  asked  a 
representative  sample  of  top  commercial 
photographers  in  major  markets  around 
the  country:  "Which  brand  of  medium 
format  camera  do  you  presently  use 
in  your  work?"  Eight  out  of  ten  said 
Hasselblad.  And  they  named  Hasselblad 
ten  to  one  over  the  next  leading  brand. 

Such  overwhelming  favoritism  is 
based  on  good,  sound  photographic 
reasons.  Here  they  are: 

Reliability 

Every  piece  of  Hasselblad  equipment  is 
built  tough,  for  professional  use. 
Hasselblad's  legendary  reliability  is 
confirmed  by  its  continuing  use  in  NASA 
space  missions  since  1962.  Quality 
control  is  rigorous  and  thorough.  Every 
unit  goes  through  shutter  tests  (500 
shots).  Random  samples  are  rapid-fired 
up  to  one  million  exposures  at  the  rate 
of  2,500  shots  per  hour. 


Flexibility 

Hasselblad's  three  cameras  are  designed 
to  meet  most  all  photographic  challenges 
a  professional  is  likely  to  encounter. 
Hasselblad  evolves  new  equipment 
under  two  criteria:  Always  anticipate  the 
professional's  needs,  and  never  cause 
his  Hasselblad  system  to  become  obso- 
lete. Hasselblad  now  offers  14  lenses,  9 
film  backs,  9  view-finders  and  over  200 
accessories.  All  work  perfectly  with  every 
Hasselblad  body  built  since  1957. 

Results 

The  professional  photographer  demands 
outstanding  results  day  in  day  out.  The 
rugged  Hasselblad  system— with  its 
superb  Carl  Zeiss  optics  and  versatile 
2V4-square  format— delivers  those 
results  without  compromise.  To  meet 
the  boldest  photographer's  challenge. 

Precision 

Now,  as  in  the  last  twenty-five  years, 
Hasselblad   craftsmanship,   durability 


and  performance  are  legendary.  The 
secret:  precision  in  design,  manufacture, 
testing  and  servicing.  Hasselblad  sets  its 
own  rigorous  standards  of  quality.  For 
example,  most  tools  and  instruments 
used  in  building  and  testing  a  Hasselblad 
are  themselves  designed  and  manu- 
factured by  Hasselblad.  Hasselblad 
insists  that  these  steps  are  necessary  to 
maintain  the  finest  quality  in  what  is, 
virtually,  a  hand  crafted  camera. 

Cost 

As  any  professional  soon  discovers, 
"getting  by"  is  a  precarious  philosophy 
when  one's  livelihood  and  reputation  are 
at  stake.  In  the  long  run,  the  best  invest- 
ment costs  the  least.  Hasselblad  proves 
this.  It  saves  time.  It  saves  work.  It  saves 
repair  bills.  It  saves  trading  up  (obviously). 
It  always  delivers!  In  fact,  that's  why 
eight  out  of  ten  top  professional  photog- 
raphers entrust  their  talents  to 
Hasselblad. 


HASS€LBLACt 

The  system  preferred  by  the  serious  photographer. 

For  a  beautiful  full  color  brochure,  wffite  Dept.  NH-6A,  Braun  North  America,  a  division  of  The  Gillette  Company,  55  Cambridge  Pkwy,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02142. 


NATU 


HISTOR 


AUGUST-SEPTEMBER  1976  •  $1 .25 


JL* 


Fi  ^.  mm       vol 


^lBH!f^ 


|3y2«S«'^. 


Can  you  think  of  any  other  camera  that  can  take 
half  a  million  exposures  in  a  row  without  a  single  fault? 

Can  you  think  of  any  other  camera  manufacturer 
who'd  bother  to  make  such  a  test? 


In  a  recent  study,  Hasselblad  was  named  by  eight  out 
of  ten  top  commercial  photographers  as  the  medium- 
format  system  used  in  their  worl<.  And,  it  was  named 
ten  to  one  over  the  next  leading  brand.  Precision  in 
manufacture  and  testing  is  one  of  the  reasons 
Hasselblad  is  the  overwhelming  choice  of  profes- 
sional photographers. 

At  Hasselblad,  making  sure  its  cameras  live  up  to 
Hasselblad  standards  of  precision— standards  pro- 
fessional photographers  have  come  to  expect— is  a 
full-time  job.  Hasselblad  cameras  are  virtually  hand- 
crafted for  reliability.  Every  camera  that  leaves  the 
factory  has  already  undergone  extensive  shutter 
testing  (500  shots).  Certain  cameras  never  leave;  they 
are  selected  at  random,  brought  to  the  laboratory  and 
torture-tested  on  a  robot  machine.  These  cameras  are 
operated  indefinitely  at  the  rate  of  2,500  exposures 


per  hour;  after  every  10,000  exposures,  all  compo- 
nents are  thoroughly  inspected.  It's  not  uncommon 
to  reach  a  half  a  million  exposures  without  a  fault. 

The  entire  Hasselblad  system  reflects  the  same 
philosophy  of  reliability.  All  14  Carl  Zeiss  lenses,  9 
viewfinders,  9  magazines  and  over  200  accessories 
are  interchangeable  with  all  Hasselblads  made  since 
1957,  and  will  continue  to  be  compatible  with  all  fu- 
ture Hasselblads.  Despite  the  breadth  of  the  system, 
it  will  never  be  complete  enough  for  Hasselblad. 
Each  year,  as  the  photographer  faces  new  chal- 
lenges, Hasselblad  adds  new  accessories  of  the 
same  legendary  precision  and  reliability. 

At  Hasselblad,  dedication  to  perfection  continues 
to  be  a  way  of  life,  as  it  has  been  for  over  a  quarter  of 
a  century.  And,  it's  no  bother 


HASSFLBLAUr 

The  system  preferred  by  the  serious  photographer 

For  a  beautiful  full  color  brochure,  write  Braun  North  America,  a  division  of  The  Gillette  Company,  Dept.  NH-8-C ,  55  Cambridge  Parlway,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts  02142. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  Oceans 

We  try  to  conquer  the 
ocean  .  .  .  claiming  it, 
killing  its  creatures,  defiling 
it  with  rubbish,  probing  and 
mapping  its  bottom, 
photographing  it  entirely 
from  outer  space. 
Fortunately,  for  children  on 
beaches,  poets,  sailors, 
scientists,  and  the  rest  of 
humankind,  we  fail.  The 
ocean  remains  an  awesome 
mystery,  with  challenges  and 
questions  enough  for  this  and 
future  generations. 

Isaac  Newton,  reflecting 
on  his  discoveries,  wrote:  "I 
seem  to  have  been  only  like 
a  boy,  playing  on  the 
seashore,  and  diverting 
myself  in  now  and  then 
finding  a  smoother  pebble  or 
a  prettier  shell  than  ordinary, 
whilst  the  great  ocean  of 
truth  lay  all  undiscovered 
before  me." 

We  have,  in  the  few 
centuries  since,  found  more 
pebbles  and  shells,  but  the 
"great  ocean"  remains 
untarnished. 

This  special  bimonthly 
issue,  which  appears  when 
so  many  people  turn  to  the 
shores  for  vacation,  for 
re-creation,  is  dedicated  to 
the  oceans.  It  looks  at  some 
of  the  forces  that  created 
them  and  at  those  that  drive 
them.  We  introduce  a  few  of 
the  many  creatures  that  play 
out  their  life  cycles  in  the 
seas — and  every  author 
admits  how  little  we  know 
about  any  species,  much  less 
that  vast  array  of  life  within 
the  ocean  ecosystem. 

Finally,  we  turn  to  some 
of  the  basic  decisions — 
political,  economic,  and 
humanitarian — that  the 
nations  and  peoples  of  the 
world  must  now  make  about 
the  future  of  the  oceans. 


Incorporating  Nature  Magazine 
Vol.  LXXXV,  No.  7 
A  ugust-Septemher  1 976 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  C.  Goelei,  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 


4     Authors 

9      A  Naturalist  at  Large  Garreii  Hardin 
f'i.shinf;  the  Commons 

18      This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Could 
The  Interpretation  of  Diagrams 

30     Currents  of  the  Sea  W.  Redwood  Wright 

Tremendous  streams  unite  all  the  oceans  into  a  single  body  of  water. 

38      Deep-Sea  Fishes  Bruce  H.  Robison 

Bizarre  creatures  lurk  in  the  black  depths. 

46     Sea  Otters:  Pillars  of  the  Nearshore  Community 

John  F.  Palmisano  and  James  A.  Estes 

The  diet  of  this  beguiling  animal  greatly  affects  the  seascape. 

54      Sky  Reporter  Isaac  Asimov 
Recipe  for  a  Planetary  Ocean 

60      Lobster  Tales  Michael  Berrill 

Its  life  often  ends  in  human  hands,  but  we  know  Utile  about  its  beginnings. 

68      Flight  of  the  Sea  Ducks  Paul  A.  Johnsgard 
The  ocean  is  a  vast  refuge  for  the  eiders. 

74     The  Red  Sea:  An  Ocean  in  the  Making  David  A.  Ross 

With  a  little  help  from  shifting  plates,  this  sea  is  moving  toward  greatness. 

78      Red  Tides  Beatrice  M.  Sweeney 

Some  dancing  dinoflagellates  contain  a  deadly  poison. 

84     Bounding  the  Main  Warren  S.  Wooster 

These  may  be  the  final  days  for  the  freedom  of  the  seas. 

88     The  Market 

92      Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

94     A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
The  Net  Result 

100      Book  Review  Niles  Eldredge 

Creatures  from  the  Primordial  Seas 

106     Additional  Reading 

108     Announcements 

Cover:      The  sun  sets  over  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the  largest  body  of  water  on  earth. 
Photograph  by  Bill  Silano,  Stock  Photos  Unlimited. 


THE  m.s.PRINSENDAM 

IS  NOT  THE  ONLY  WAY 

TO  GET  TO  INDONESIA. 

IT'S  JUST  THE  ONLY 

WAY  TO  SEE  IT. 


Indonesia  is  Bali  where  Sempidi  men  make  "monkeys"  out  of 
themselves  during  the  Ketjak  ceremony.  Its  Jakarta  where  todays 
freeways  take  you  to  the  Orient  of  yesteryear.  And  it's  more,  much 
more. 

And  nothing  can  show  you  the  ins  and  outs  of  Indonesia  like 
a  cruise  aboard  the  m.s.  Prinsendam.  It  was  built  to  navigate  and 
explore  the  secret  waterways  of  the  worlds  largest  island  state.  And 
the  Dutch  have  been  sailing  these  waters  for  4  centuries.  While  the 
islands  are  the  homeland  of  our  Indonesian  crew. 

And,  as  you  explore,  you'll  vacation  amidst  the  luxuries  of  a 
royal  yacht  combined  with  the  facilities  of  an  international  resort. 

The  m.s.  Prinsendam's  7  and  14-day  cruises  leave  Singapore 
Oct.  25, 1976  to  April  11, 1977.  To  Penang,  Belawan,  Sibolga,  Nias, 
Jakarta,  Bali,  Surabaya.  Rates  from  $665  to  $2,180. 

All-inclusive  tours  with  9, 10  and  14-day  cruises— 22  to  29 
days  from  Los  Angeles,  San  Francisco,  Portland,  Seattle,  Vancouver, 
B.C.  via  Tokyo;  22  to  28  days  from  New  York,  Chicago, Toronto, 
Montreal,  Houston  via  Amsterdam.  Rates  from  $2,275  to  $3,580. 

So  join  Holland  America  and  scrutinize  the  inscrutable  East. 
Call  your  travel  agent  or  write  Holland  America  Cruises,  Dept.  CP, 
2  Penn  Plaza,  New  York  10001,  (212)  760-3880. 

The  m.s.  Prinsendam  is  registered  in  the  Netherlands 
Antilles.  Rates  are  per  person,  double  occupancy,  subject  to 
availability.  Minimum  rates  may  not  be  available  on  all  listed  cruises. 

Holland  America  Cruises 

VACAnONS  THAT  ARE  ALL  VACAnON  SINCE  1872. 


NATURAL 
HISTORY 


Alan  Ternes,  Editor 

Thomas  Page,  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay,  Frederick  Hartmann, 

Christopher  Hallowell,  Toni  Gerber 

Carol  Breslin,  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckhorn,  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato,  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson,  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana,  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon,  Dorothy  E.  Bliss, 

Mark  Chartrand,  Niles  Eldredge, 

Vincent  Manson,  Margaret  Mead, 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Gerard  Piel, 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 


David  D.  Ryus,  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn,  Production  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf,  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.   10024. 
Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York,  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.   Y.   10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


J 


50  PIECE  SET...  PISTOL-HANDLED 

FLATWARE  OF  1776  ...Beautifully 

reproduced  in  stainless  steel  with  the 

satin-finish  look  of  antique  pewter. 

NOT $44.95!  NOT $34.95!  ONLY  $22.95! 

Your  home  can  reflect  the  candlelight  appeal  and  gracious  atmosphere 
of  Early  American  Colonial  elegance  when  you  grace  your  table  with 
this  incredibly  beautiful  service.  Through  a  special  purchase,  we  can 
offer  you  the  famous  Pistol-Handled  Flatware  with  all  its  stunning 
Colonial  simplicity  in  magnificent,  satin  finish  stainless  steel  at  just  a 
fraction  of  what  you  would  pay  for  luxurious  Sterling  Silver.  Each 
and  every  piece  is  a  lovely  replica  of  the  graceful  place  settings  that 
highlighted  many  a  candlelit  Colonial  dinner.  The  knives  are  the 
genuine  hollow  pistol  grip  handles;  the  forks  are  the  graceful  3-tined 
design.  And  the  entire  50-Piece  Set  is  made  of  modern  stainless  steel, 
to  give  you  years  of  carefree  service. 

LIMITED  SUPPLY  AVAILABLE  AT 
THIS  VERY  SPECIAL  LOW,  LOW  PRICE 
Don't  be  disappointed!  Take  advantage  of  this  amazing  low  price 
while  our  supplies  last.  Order  now  and  we'll  send  you  the  complete 
service  for  8  including  8  Pistol  Grip  Hollow  Handle  Knives;  8  Dinner 
Forks;  8  Salad  Forks;  8  Soup  Spoons;  16  Teaspoons  PLUS  a  SPE- 
CIAL FREE  GIFT  of  a  matching  Butter  Knife  and  Sugar  Spoon- 
50  pieces  in  all.  The  entire  set  is  yours  for  just  $22.95  on  full  money 
back  guarantee  if  you  are  not  absolutely  delighted.  But  don't  delay. 
Due  to  the  rising  cost  of  quality  stainless  steel,  the  price  of  this  set  will 
be  increased  in  the  very  near  future.  Take  advantage  of  our  truly  low 
price  while  current  supplies  last.  Mail  coupon  today! 


Complete  Luxury  Service  For  8 
50  PIECE  SET  ONLY  $77^^ 


While  Supplies  Last 


r, 


CROWN-CASTLE  Ltd.,  Dept.  PGP-438 
51  Bank  Street,  Stamford,  Conn.  06901 

Please  send  me  the  Stainless  Steel  Pistol  Grip  Flatware 

I  have  checked  below  on  full  Money  Back  Guarantee  it  I 

am  not  absolutely  delighted. 

(Please  add  $2.00  postage  and  handling  with  each  order.) 

Check  Quantify  Desired 

D  Service  For  8      {50-Piece  Set)        $22.95 
D  Service  For  1 2    (74-Piece  Set)  33.95 

D  Service  For  16    (WO-Picce  Set)        44.95 

D  Enclosed  is  $ 

Charge  my     n  BankAmericard  Q  Master  Charge 


□  American  Express 


Exp. 
_Date- 


Signature. 
Name 


City. 


State 

L. Conn.  Residents  Add  7%  Sales  Tax  . 


-Zip- 


Authors 


A  former  newspaperman  and  pub- 
lic information  officer,  W.  Redwood 
Wright  is  now  a  senior  oceanog- 
rapher  at  the  Northeast  Fisheries  Cen- 
ter of  the  National  Marine  Fisheries 
Service.  He  switched  from  public  in- 
formation to  science  following  two 
months  on  a  Danish  icebreaker  inves- 
tigating deep  circulation  in  Greenland 
waters.  Wright  earned  his  Ph.D.  de- 
gree in  physical  oceanography  from 
the  University  of  Rhode  Island 
twenty  years  after  completing  his  un- 
dergraduate work  at  Princeton.  He 
hopes  in  the  future  to  spend  time  at 
sea  again  to  gain  information  about 
the  variations  in  continental  shelf  cir- 
culation and  their  effect  on  fish 
stocks. 


An  assistant  research  biologist  at 
the  Marine  Science  Institute  of  the 
University  of  California  at  Santa  Bar- 
bara, Bruce  H.  Robison  has  centered 
his  oceanic  research  on  the  midwater 
fishes  of  three  Indo-Pacific  seas  and 
their  niche  distinctions.  He  has  spent 
more  than  two  of  the  past  nine  years 
aboard  a  variety  of  research  vessels 
on  expeditions  to  many  of  the  world's 
oceans  and  has  conducted  hundreds 
of  deep-sea  trawl  hauls.  Of  his  most 
exciting  experience — a  dive  in  the 
three-man  submersible  Alvin,  which 
took  him  to  a  depth  of  more  than  a 
mile  in  the  Atlantic— he  writes , '  'The 
textbook  image  of  an  oceanic  water 
column  that  had  been  in  my  mind  was 
erased  as  the  real  thing  slid  by  my 
window.  It  was  like  going  to  the 
moon  in  the  way  it  changed  my 
perspectives." 


John  F.  Palmisano  first  went  to 
the  Aleutian  Islands  as  part  of  an  in- 
terdisciplinary team  that  was  study- 
ing the  effects  of  underground  nuclear 
tests  on  the  marine  environment  of 
Amchitka  Island.  Interested  in  the 
distribution  of  coastal  marine  orga- 
nisms, he  began  to  focus  his  research 
on  sea  otters  as  he  realized  their  im- 
portance in  shaping  the  nearshore 
community.  This  work  led  to  a  disser- 
tation on  otters  and  to  his  Ph.D.  in 
fisheries  ecology  from  the  University 
of  Washington  last  year.  Palmisano  is 
now  an  intertidal  ecologist  with  the 


National  Marine  Fisheries  Service  at 
Auke  Bay,  Alaska.  Coauthor  of  the 
article  on  sea  otters,  James  A.  Estes 
has  been  studying  these  animals  since 
1970.  He,  too,  has  centered  his  field 
research  in  the  western  Aleutian  Is- 
lands, but  hopes  to  study  the  ecology 
and  evolution  of  nearshore  communi- 
ties in  other  areas  as  well.  When  not 
observing  otter  predation  in  situ  or  off 
on  a  Russian  ship  assessing  Pacific 
walrus  populations — his  latest  proj- 
ect— Estes  is  a  research  biologist  at 
the  National  Fish  and  Wildlife  Labo- 
ratory in  Anchorage. 


The  control  center  of  the  Mercedes-Benz  280  —  the  most  cojiied  sedan  in  the  world. 


What  does  it  feel  like 

to  drive  the  most  copied  sedan 

in  the  world? 


Eight  of  the  world's  major  automo- 
bile makers  have  either  compared 
their  cars  to  the  Mercedes-Benz  280— 
or  have  actually  tried  to  copy  it.  Your 
first  drive  will  show  you  that  no  one 
has  copied  the  280  at  all. 

When  you  take  the  wheel  of  a  280 
Sedan,  the  automobile  states  its  own 
case.  Listen  to  the  engine.  It's  a  sophis- 
ticated overhead  camshaft  six. 

Press  the  280  into  a  tight  turn.  Fully 
independent  suspension  gives  you  un- 
canny road  adhesion.  And,  because 
every  wheel  has  its  own  separate  sus- 
pension system,  bumps  or  potholes 
can  affect  only  one  wheel. 


It's  a  different  story  with  most  of 
the  imitators.  Their  rear  axles  are  single 
rigid  units.  So  a  jounce  on  one  wheel 
produces  a  bounce  on  its  mate. 

You  get  what  you  pay  for 
Others  have  copied  the  280's  lines  and 
many  of  its  dimensions.  But  few  have 
attempted  to  copy  the  completeness  of 
its  standard  features.  And  none  has 
matched  all  of  its  engineering  features. 
Features  that  give  you  greater  safety, 
comfort  and  performance.  Features 
that  account  for  the  280  Sedan's  price. 


Finally,  consider  this  financial  fact 
Based  on  the  average  official  used  car 
prices  over  the  past  five  years,  a 
Mercedes-Benz  holds  its  value  better 
than  any  make  of  luxury  car  sold  in 
America.  And  even  among  the 
Mercedes-Benz  models  listed,  the  280 
Sedan's  figures  are  outstanding. 

You  get  what  you  pay  for  in  the 
280:  a  unique  driving  experience  that 
is  the  sum  of  all  the  reasons 
why  the  280  is  the  most  copied 
sedan  in  the  world. 

Mercedes-Benz 

Engineered  like  no  other  car 
in  the  world. 


The  280  Sedan:  Rewards  you  may  never  have  experienced  in  an  automobile. 


Animal  behaviorist  Michael  Ber- 

rill  initially  chose  mysids,  small 
shrimplike  crustaceans,  as  his  partic- 
ular interest  but  switched  to  lobsters 
when  he  got  tired  of  explaining  what 
mysids  are.  He  also  decided  that  lob- 
sters "taste  too  good  to  disappear,  la- 
mented but  unknown."  An  associate 
professor  of  biology  at  Trent  Univer- 
sity in  Ontario,  Canadian-born  Berrill 
is  continuing  his  research  on  the  be- 
havioral ecology  of  freshwater  cray- 
fish and  marine  lobsters  and  will  ex 
pand  the  scope  of  his  studies  to  in- 
clude the  antipredatory  behavior  of 
these  animals.  He  wrote  "Benthic 
Life  in  the  Fjords  of  Nor  way , "  for  the 
November  1970  issue  of  Natural 
History. 


A  prolific  writer  on  ornithological 
subjects,  Paul  A.  Johnsgard  is  cur- 
rently studying  the  taxonomy  of 
grouse,  quails,  and  ducks.  He  has 
done  extensive  investigations  of  wa- 
terfowl and  his  field  work  has  taken 
him  to  virtually  all  areas  of  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere.  He  is  now  compil- 
ing and  editing  a  catalog  of  classic 
American  bird  decoys.  The  Bird 
Decoy:  An  American  Art  Form, 
which  will  be  published  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  Nebraska  Press  this  fall.  A 
professor  of  zoology  at  the  University 
of  Nebraska,  Johnsgard  has  pub- 
lished many  articles  in  Natural  His- 
tory; the  most  recent  being  "Quail 
Music"  (March  1974). 


Marginal  seas  are  oceanographer 
David  A.  Ross's  speciality.  He  has 
been  on  three  expeditions  to  the  Red 
Sea,  two  to  the  Black,  and  one  to  the 
Mediterranean  to  study  the  marine 
geology  and  geophysics  of  these 
basins.  Next  year  he  plans  to  do  re- 
search in  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the 
Gulf  of  Aqaba.  For  the  past  seven 
years  Ross  has  been  an  associate  sci- 
entist at  the  Woods  Hole  Oceano- 
graphic  Institution  in  Massachusetts. 
In  addition  to  his  scientific  work,  he 
teaches  at  the  Fletcher  School  of  In- 
ternational Law  and  Diplomacy  at 
Tufts  University  and  at  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology.  One  of 
Ross's  hobbies  is  speed  ice  skating. 
He  was  second  in  his  age  group 
(35-39)  in  the  1976  Senior  Olympics 
in  four  distances  in  that  event. 


Beatrice  M.  Sweeney  has  been 
observing  red  tides  off  the  coast  of 
southern  California,  in  the  West 
Indies,  and  in  New  Guinea  for  almost 
twenty-five  years.  She  was  one  of  the 
scientists  invited  to  give  a  paper  at  the 
First  International  Conference  on 
Toxic  Dinoflagellate  Blooms  held  in 
Boston  in  the  fall  of  1974.  A  native 
New  Englander,  Sweeney  received 
her  doctoral  degree  in  biology  from 
Radcliffe  College.  A  long-time  resi- 
dent of  the  West  Coast,  she  teaches 
in  the  Biology  Department  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California,  Santa  Barbara, 
and  enjoys  snorkeling  when  time  per- 
mits. 


'>  /S 


To  Kivi'  you  <jn  idcM  of  diamond  vdluc-s.  lh<'  piiTc  «hmvn  is  dvaibbk' 
for  <iboul  $1600.  Your  jfwi-lfr  can  show  you  other  diamond  jt-wt'lry 
starling;  al  about  $200.  Dl-  Beers  Consohdalfd  Mines.  iJd. 


^        She  usually  laughs  at  my  anniversary  gifts, 
but  this  year,  I  think  she's  going  to  cry. 


A  diamond  is  forever. 


stand  face  to  face 
with  danger 

Visit  The  Amazon,  land  of  fierce  Stone  Age  Indians. . . 

Retreat  behind  a  stand  of  acacia  trees  in  Africa's 
Rift  Valley  as  a  Naivasha  hippo  crashes  like  a 
bulldozer  through  Hell's  Gate  Pass . . . 

Shield  your  eyes  as,  deep  in  the  Ahaggar  mountains 
of  The  Sahara,  a  sudden  sandstorm  blots  out  the  sun . . . 

These  are  scenes  from  THE  WORLD'S  WILD  PLACES  - 
a  bold  photo  adventure  series  from  Time -Life  Books 

The  world's  great  wilderness  areas  come  to  surging  life  in  this  book 
series  by  Time-Life  naturalists  and  master  photographers.  These  aston- 
ishing volumes— each  containing  over  100  spectacular  photos  and 
40,000  words  of  adventure-story  text-transport  you  to  the  towering 
peaks  of  The  Himalayas  .  .  .  through  the  trackless  wastes  of  The 
Soviet  Deserts  and  Mountains  .  .  .  undersea  in  the  vast  coral 
wilderness  of  Australia's  Great  Barrier  Reef  .  .  . 

Brave  the  wilderness  of  The  Amazon 

Start  with  The  Amazon,  dwelling  place  of  rnurderous  headhunting 
Jivaro  Indians,  where  tarantulas  grow  the  size  of  a  soup  plate 
and  Indians  ritually  eat  the  dried  bones  of  their  dead.  Stand  in 
forbidding  rain  forests  which  hide  the  carnivorous  army  ant 
and  camouflage  the  black  caiman,  largest  of  Amazon  alligators. 
See  waters  crowded  with  piranhas,  sharks,  sawfish,  needlefish. 
Glimpse  the  sleek  puma  alert  with  the  scent  of  prey. 

Now  put  your  imagination  to  the  test  and  brave  a  journey 
few  civilized  people  have  ever  taken.  Send  for  The  Amazon, 
first  book  in  The  World's  Wild  Places  series,  today.  Just  mail 
the  coupon  below  and  we'll  send  it  to  you  for  a  10-day  free 
examination.  Or  write:  Time-Life  Books,  Time  &  Life 
Building,  Chicago,  111.  60611. 

Explore  THE  AMAZON 
free  for  10  days 

EACH  VOLUME:  •  Actual  size:  9  by  10%  inches  •  Durably  hard- 
bound with  cloth  spine  •  Contains  184  pages,  with  more  than  40,000 
words  of  evocative  text  and  100  lavish  illustrations,  almost  all 
in  color  •  Bibliography  and  Index 


TIME-LIFE  BOOKS,  Time  &  Life  Building,  Chicago,  III.  60611 

YES,  1  would  like  to  examine  The  Amazon.  Please  send  it  to  me 
for  10  days'  free  examination  and  enter  my  subscription  to  THE 
WORLD'S  WILD  PLACES.  If  I  decide  to  keep  The  Amazon,  I 
will  pay  $6.95  plus  shipping  and  handling.  1  then  will  receive  fu- 
ture volumes  in  THE  WORLD'S  WILD  PLACES  series,  shipped 
one  volume  at  a  time  approximately  every  three  months.  Each  is 
$6.95  plus  shipping  and  handUng  and  comes  on  a  10-day,  free- 
examination  basis.  There  is  no  minimum  number  of  books  that 
I  must  buy.  I  may  cancel  my  subscription  at  any  time  by  notify- 
ing you. 

If  I  do  not  choose  to  keep  The  Amazon,  I  will  return  the  book 
within  10  days,  my  subscription  for  future  volumes  will  be  can 
celed,  and  I  will  not  be  under  any  further  obligation.         C9AF23 

Name 


Address 

Apt.  No. 

City 

State 

Zip 

Schools  and  Libraries:   Order  Library  Style  Bindings  from  Silver  Burdett  Com 
pany,  Morristown,  N.J.  07960.  Eligible  for  Titles  I,  II  funds 


rrTMgs 

mo 

BOOKS 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


by  Garrett  Hardin 


Fishing  the  Commons 


A  crowded  world  dictates 
the  necessity  of  regulating 
the  continued  exploitation 
of  ocean  resources 

As  humanity  seeks  to  wrest  food 
from  the  sea,  species  after  species  of 
marine  animal  approaches  extinction . 
Since  the  beginning  of  this  decade  the 
gross  harvest  of  fish  has  fallen,  an  in- 
dication that  we  are  exploiting  this 
resource  beyond  its  point  of  maxi- 
mum sustainable  yield.  Man's  re- 
sponse has  been  to  try  harder — an  ac- 
tion more  suicidal  than  sapient. 

We  are  caught  in  a  semantic  trap; 
the  shibboleth  of  "freedom  of  the 
seas"  inhibits  thought.  It  is  danger- 
ous in  our  time  to  question  the  word 
freedom,  but  we  must.  Some  implica- 
tions of  the  spontaneous  phrase 
"freedom  of  the  seas"  are  defens- 
ible: the  right  of  passenger  ships,  for 
example,  to  traverse  the  sea  at  will. 
But  what  about  the  right  to  pollute  at 
will?  Or  to  mine  sea  beds  for  miner- 
als? Or  to  fish  the  oceans'  populations 
to  extinction?  Surely  there  are  ration- 
al limits  to  these  freedoms.  Collective 
humankind  has  failed  to  agree  on  the 
limits.  Very  well,  then,  let  us  admit 
our  failure  and  try  to  discover  its 
cause.  Why  have  we  failed?  What  un- 
examined propositions  cause  us  to 
repeat  our  failure,  time  after  time? 

By  now  it  should  be  clear  that  no 
technological  remedy  will  save  the 
seas  as  a  source  of  wealth.  Every  im- 
provement in  fishing  gear  or  mining 
equipment  merely  hastens  the  day  of 
exhaustion.  Our  problem  is  not  a 
technological  one  but  a  social  and  po- 
litical one.  We  must  try  to  understand 
human  systems,  particularly  politico- 
economic  ones. 

Conventional  wisdom  holds  that 
the  world  has  two  major  politico-eco- 
nomic systems — one  often  referred  to 
as  democratic  and  the  other  as  totali- 
tarian. England  and  the  United  States 
exemplify  the  first  type;  Russia  and 


China  the  second.  The  labels  given 
these  two  systems  are  troublesome: 
capitalist  or  private  enterprise  is  as- 
signed to  the  democratic  countries, 
while  centralist,  communist,  and  so- 
cialist are  used  for  the  totalitarian 
ones.  Most  countries,  however,  are 
mixed  economies:  Russia  has  a  bit  of 
capitalism  in  her  system  and  the 
United  States  is  more  than  a  little  so- 
cialistic. But  conventional  wisdom 
says  that  in  their  pure  forms  only  two 
systems  exist. 

Conventional  wisdom  is  wrong — 
there  are  three.  The  third  system  is 
that  of  the  commons.  It  is  a  cryptic 
system — seldom  named  and  seldom 
recognized.  The  oceans  have  always 
been  governed  by  the  system  of  the 
commons,  which  may  work  well  so 
long  as  the  world  is  not  overloaded 
with  human  beings.  But  once  the 
world  becomes  crowded,  adherence 
to  the  commons  becomes  suicidal . 

Suppose  the  oceans  were  managed 
and  controlled  by  a  capitalist  nation 
as  a  sort  of  private  enterprise.  Sup- 
pose nation  X  possessed  the  right  and 
power  to  exclude  entrance  to  and  ex- 
ploitation of  the  oceans.  It  might  well 
keep  all  other  nations  from  fishing. 
What  would  happen  to  the  fish 
stocks?  If  X  was  farsighted  and  had 
accurate  information  about  the  popu- 
lation dynamics  of  marine  species,  it 
would  control  its  fishing  efforts  so  as 
to  obtain  the  maximum  sustainable 
yield,  year  after  year.  Any  other  pol- 
icy would  be  unwise  and  contrary  to 
its  own  long-term  interest. 

Is  ownership  of  the  seas  by  one  na- 
tion a  responsible  method  of  regula- 
tion? Most  people,  repelled  by  the 
thought  of  such  national  ownership, 
would  call  it  unjust,  and  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  argument,  let  us  agree. 
But  if  within  the  framework  of  this 
unjust  system,  X's  decisions  are  wise 
ones,  the  nation  benefits.  If  they  are 
unwise,  X  pays  the  price,  perhaps  in 
the  next  generation.  The  system,  al- 


though unjust,  is  responsible  and  will 
reward  the  nation  that  makes  wise  de- 
cisions and  punish  it  for  unwise  ones. 
Conceivably,  ocean  fisheries  owned 
as  a  private  enterprise  could  be  well 
managed  indefinitely. 

This  is  also  possible  for  a  socialis- 
tic system.  Without  creating  an  all- 
purpose  world  sovereignty,  we  may 
some  day  be  able  to  create  an  interna- 
tional agency  with  sovereignty  lim- 
ited to  marine  fisheries.  Since  the 
world's  population  of  four  billion 
people  could  hardly  come  together  in 
a  town  meeting  to  agree  whether  the 
halibut  catch  should  be  increased  or 
the  fur  seal  harvest  diminished,  na- 
tions collectively  would  have  to  agree 
to  turn  the  management  of  the  oceans 
over  to  a  commission. 

Most  of  us  would  call  this  a  more 
just  system  than  ownership  by  only 
one  nation.  The  world  population 
would  either  benefit  or  suffer  from  the 
managing  commission's  wise  or  un- 
wise decisions.  But  under  this  system 
it  is  also  conceivable  that  the  ocean 
fisheries  could  be  so  managed  as  to 
yield  abundantly  far  into  the  future. 

I  have  emphasized  what  might  be 
called  the  normal  physiology  of  the 
two  politico-economic  systems,  but 
they  also  have  their  pathologies.  Pri- 
vate enterprise  may  abuse  its  power. 
Under  socialism,  managers  are  not 
always  honest.  By  nature,  the  manag- 
ers of  a  socialistic  system  usually 
have  first  access  to  information  con- 
cerning the  functioning  of  the  system. 
With  the  discovery  of  a  miscalcula- 
tion, a  commission  may  be  sorely 
tempted  to  bottle  up  the  incriminating 
information.  Freedom  of  information 
becomes  a  primary  problem.  Con- 
sider the  behavior  of  any  nation's  de- 
fense department — an  inescapably 
socialistic  institution  no  matter  the 
nominal  form  of  government.  Every 
such  establishment  seeks  to  prevent 
public  knowledge  of  flagrant  cost 
overruns  by  suppressing  information 


How  to 

get  tax-free 

income 


This  36-page  booklet  tells 
how  municipal  bonds  may 
increase  your  after-tax 
investment  income  by  60 
percent  or  more,  depending 
on  your  tax  bracket. 

It's  yours  free.  Just  mail 
the  coupon.  Or  call  our 
toll-free  number  below. 


Free! 

'Investing 

for  Tax-Free  Income" 


Call  toll-free  800-327-4800. 
In  Florida  1-800-432-7521.  Or  write: 
Merrill  Lynch  Service  Center 
P.O.  Box  700,  Nevada,  Iowa  50201 

NNH0800TFI 

Name 


Address- 


City- 
state- 


-Zip- 


Home  Phone- 


Business  Phone- 


Merrill  Lynch 

Pleice 

Ftenner  &  Smith  Inc. 


in  the  name  of  national  security.  The 
ancient  Romans  wisely  asked,  Sed 
quis  custodiet  ipsos  Custodes? — 
"But  who  is  to  guard  the  guards 
themselves?"  To  this  day  we  have  no 
general  answer  to  this  problem,  but 
must  improvise  as  we  go  along. 

The  relative  merits  of  socialistic 
and  private  enterprise  are  not  our  con- 
cern here.  Our  concern  is  with  the 
third  political  system,  the  system  of 
the  commons.  Both  socialism  and 
capitalism  can  conceivably  work  well 
in  a  crowded  world.  Not  so  with  the 
system  of  the  commons,  which  in  a 
crowded  world  inevitably  works 
toward  a  tragic  end.  Today  we  are 
seeing  this  occur  before  our  eyes  in 
the  death  of  ocean  fisheries.  Under 
the  system  of  the  commons,  the  ex- 
ploitable resource  is  regarded  as  com- 
mon property  but,  unlike  socialism, 
the  resource  is  not  managed.  The  use 
of  the  commons  is  governed  by  the 
Marxian  principle  '  'to  each  according 
to  his  needs,"  where  "needs"  are  de- 
termined by  each  person  or  nation. 

This  is  the  system  under  which  the 
oceans  have  always  been  exploited. 
When  people  were  not  numerous  it 
worked.  But  now  that  there  are  four 
billion  of  us  this  system  does  not — 
and  caimot — conceivably  function. 
Ruin  is  the  end  result  of  the  normal 
physiology  of  this  system. 

Suppose  a  nation  exploiting  fish- 
eries under  a  commons  system  real- 
izes that  fish  stocks  are  dwindling. 
But  because  it  is  short  of  protein,  the 
nation  considers  stepping  up  its  fish- 
ing effort.  Is  this  a  rational  policy  or 
would  there  be  more  benefits  if  the 
nation  decreased  its  efforts?  The  an- 
swer is  mixed.  Increased  effort  will 
bring  an  increased  harvest  in  the  short 
run.  But  in  the  long  run  stocks  will 
decrease,  resulting  in  less  catch  for 
the  same  effort  in  subsequent  years. 

It  is  important  to  note,  however, 
that  the  nation  that  initially  decides  to 
increase  its  fishing  efforts  will  be  the 
sole  one  to  benefit,  whereas  all  the 
nations  that  fish  in  the  commons  share 
in  the  eventual  loss.  The  traditional 
doctrine  of  freedom  of  the  seas  neces- 
sarily implies  (although  it  is  never  ex- 
plicitly stated)  that  the  decision-mak- 
ing nation  does  not  have  to  answer  to 
the  other  affected  nations. 

Even  worse,  the  nation  that  makes 
a  decision  that  in  the  long  run  is  detri- 
mental to  others  as  well  as  to  itself  is 
rewarded  in  the  short  run.  The  system 
of  the  commons  thus  rewards  for  the 
worst  decisions.  That  is  the  reason 
why  oceanic  fisheries  are  doomed  if 


we  cling  to  the  notion  of  freedom  of 
the  seas. 

If  the  system  of  the  commons  were 
specifically  labeled  as  a  system,  it 
would  be  open  to  attack;  perhaps  this 
is  the  reason  it  has  escaped  classifica- 
tion. Capitalism  branded  as  such  in- 
vites attack,  as  does  socialism  or,  for 
that  matter ,  any  other  ' '  ism ."  But  the 
system  of  the  commons  has  no  recog- 
nized ideological  label.  It  is  protected 
from  attack  by  the  rubric ' '  freedom , ' ' 
which  implies  that  we  are  dealing 
with  something  that  transcends  ideol- 
ogy. Nevertheless  it  is  an  ideology, 
and ' 'to  each  according  to  his  needs" 
defines  it.  And  it  doesn't  work. 

Faced  with  such  a  situation,  invet- 
erate optimists  may  call  upon  con- 
science and  wish  to  appeal  to  all  na- 
tions for  restraint.  In  a  theoretical 
sense,  such  an  appeal  is  logical;  in  a 
real  sense,  however,  it  would  be  a 
weak  solution.  There  are  about  150 
nations  in  the  world.  For  a  system  of 
voluntary  restraint  in  the  commons  to 
work,  three  conditions  would  have  to 
be  met:  accurate  factual  information; 
perfect  agreement  on  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  facts,  including  propor- 
tional distribution  of  the  harvest;  and 
absolutely  no  cheating. 

In  the  real  world  there  is  little  pos- 
sibility of  all  three  conditions  being 
met.  For  more  than  a  quarter  century 
the  International  Whaling  Commis- 
sion has  informed  its  member  nations 
that  whaling  efforts  must  be  reduced, 
but  to  no  avail.  Scientific  data  have 
been  disputed  and  recommendations 
flouted  with  the  predicted  result, 
namely,  depletion  of  the  whale 
stocks.  Still  the  carnage  goes  on. 
Now  only  two  whaling  nations  re- 
main— Russia  and  Japan.  Their  inter- 
nal affairs  are  governed  by  the  two 
opposing  classical  systems,  socialism 
and  capitalism.  But  as  far  as  whaling 
is  concerned,  they  operate  by  the 
ideology  of  the  unmanaged  com- 
mons. Only  destruction  lies  ahead  for 
the  whaling  fisheries.  Neither  nation 
is  willing  to  prevent  this  by  acknowl- 
edging that  the  future  of  the  industry 
necessitates  its  immediate  reduction; 
to  do  so  would  be  to  hand  all  the  bene- 
fits to  its  competitor. 

If  voluntarism  does  not  work  when 
there  are  only  two  countries  in  the 
game,  what  chance  can  it  have  when 
there  are  scores  of  nations  involved, 
as  is  true  for  the  other  fisheries?  It 
takes  only  one  uncooperative  nation 
to  ruin  an  unmanaged  commons.  Re- 
ality dictates  that  we  reject  as  un- 
workable any  politico-economic  sys- 


Saluniav  Review 


If  you  love  to  think...wrestie  with  great  ideas... 
become  outraged  occasionally... 
laugh  out  loud...  and-above  all- 
be  infbrmed...you  are  invited  to 
enter  a  trial  subscription  to 

Saturday  Review 


In  the  half-ccntiiry  since  the  Satur- 
day Review  was  born,  SR  has  managed 
to  persuade  an  extraordinary  galaxy  of 
world-renowned  statesmen,  critics,  his- 
torians, journalists,  performers,  politi- 
cians, scientists,  jurists,  economists, 

nnvplists  nnri   hiimnrictc  tn  writp  fnr  th,» 


by  Goodman  Ace,  Cleveland  Amory 
and  Leo  Rosten— would  be  to  let  it  come 
into  your  home  every  two  weeks,  so 
you  can  see  for  yourself.  And  that  is 
exactly  what  you  can  do  right  now. 
If  you  will  simply  use  the  order  form 


Review  for  a  six-month  trial  period-13 
issues  for  only  $7.  (The  regular  single- 
copy  cost  of  these  issues  is  S9.75.)  In 
addition,  if  at  any  time  you  decide  to 
cancel  your  subscription,  you  may  do 
so,  and  receive  a  full  refund  on  all  the 


Use  this  postage-free  card  to  get 
acquainted  with  today's  colorfol 
and  informative  Saturday  Review 
-at  a  special  trial  rate! 


Yes,  enter  my  subscription  to  Saturday  Review  for  one-half  year 

—  13  biweekly  issues— at  only  $7.  (The  single-copy  price  of  these  same 

issues  is  $9.75.)  I  understand  that  if  I  become  dissatisfied  with  SR  at  any 

I  may  cancel  and  will  receive  a  complete  refund  on  all  undelivered  issues. 

(Offer  good  only  in  U.S.  and  its  possessions.) 


□  Check  for  $7  enclosed 


n  Bill  me 


and 

y 

I 


ddress  _ 


nly 


Judith  Crist,  film  critic, 
lecturer  and  professor  at 
the  Columbia  School  of 
Journalism,  whose  pistol 
packin'  movie  reviews 
keep  Hollywood  on  its 
toes. 


Plus  these  talented  SR 
editors:  Horace  Sut- 
ton... Irving  Kolodin 
.  .  .  Albert  Rosenfeld 
.  .  .  James  Cass  .  .  . 
Hollis  Alpert  .  .  .  Wil- 
liam Cole  .  .  .  Henry 
Hewes  .  .  .  Katharine 
Kuh  .  .  .  Thomas  H. 
Middleton  .  .  .  Walter 
Terry  . .  .  Margaret  R. 
Weiss  .  .  .  Roger  M. 
Williams. 


_Zip_ 


To  order  by  phone,  call  toll-free  (800)  325-6400  (Look  for  delivery  of  your  first  copy  in  4-7  weeks.)   N670 


the  magic  of  Saturday 
ce,  education,  criticism, 
is  special  six-month  trial 


dahl's  explosive  "How  to  Kill  an 
Ocean,"  and  the  incredibly  absorbing 
special  issue,  "Inside  the  Brain:  The 
Last  Great  Frontier." 
Judge  for  Yourself— With  This  Special 
Trial  Offer 

The  best  way  for  you  to  judge  Satur- 
day Review— with  its  splendid  articles 
and  myriad  regular  features  that  in- 
clude reviews  of  books  .  .  .  dance  .  .  . 
music  .  .  .  film  .  .  .  plus  delicious  humor 


ScitUrdCiy Review  subscription  Oept.    box  10007,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


SPECIAL  TRIAL  OFFER 

for  new  subscribers 

Yes,  please  enter  my  subscrip- 
tion to  Saturday  Review  at  the 
special  trial  rate  of  one-half 
year— 13  biweekly  issues  —  at 
only  $7.  (The  single-copy  price 
of  these  same  issues  is  $9.75.) 
I  understand  that  if  I  become 
dissatisfied  with  SR  at  any  time, 
I  may  cancel  and  will  receive  a 
complete  refund  on  all  unde- 
livered issues.  N670 


n  Check  for  $7  enclosed    (Offer  good  only   in    U.S.  and 

its  possessions.  Look  for  delivery 

D  Bill  me  of  your  first  copy  in  4-7  weeks.) 


City 


Zip 


TO  ORDER  BY  PHONE,  CALL  TOLL-FREE  (800)  325-6400 


superb  aluminum 
camera  cases 


■ZERO 

IDURTON 

THE  PEOPLE  WHO  CREATED  THE  POST-RECOVERY 
APOLLO  MOON  ROCK  CONTAINERS 


Valuable,  delicate  equip- 
ment deserves  the  best 
transporting  and  storage 
protection.  These  presti- 
gious, ultra-rugged  cases 
do  it  superbly!  And  you 
customize  the  multi-layered 
polyester  foam  to  your 
exact  needs.  Blank  layout 
template,  knife  and  instruc- 
tions are  included  with 
each  case.  Get  the  best 
and  relax! 


BERKEY  MARKETING  COMPANIES,  INC. 

P  0.  Box  1102.  Woodside.  N.Y  11377 
In  Canada:  Berkey  Photo  (Canada!  Ltd..  Ontario 


Since  1972,  when  vire  started  our 
tours,  cruises  and  expeditions  for  ad- 
venturous travelers,  many  people 
have  asked  us  for  a  safari  in  East 
Africa;  we  did  not  wish  to  compete 
with  others  in  this  field  and  waited 
until  we  could  offer  a  program  which 
is  unique  and  has  been  carefully  sur- 
veyed to  provide  the  outdoor  living 
that  inspired  Hemingway's  novels - 
the  true  way  to  appreciate  Africa,  its 
people,  and  its  wildlife. 

We  now  invite  twelve  intrepid  travel- 
ers to  see  Africa  as  did  the  explorers 
before  the  tourists  came,  on  our 

African 
Camel  Safari 

JANUARY-FEBRUARY      JUNE-JULY 
SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER   1977 

A  journey  on  foot  with  camel  support 
across  the  fiercely  exciting  Northern 
Frontier  District  of  Kenya,  accom- 
panied by  a  wildlife  expert  who  pro- 
vides the  protection  required  on  an 
expedition  of  this  nature. 
The  peace  and  serenity  of  walking 
through  the  African  bush  with  the 
muffled  sound  of  camel  bells  is  an  ex- 
perience few  travelers  have  enjoyed. 

Detailed  brochures  are  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK.  NY   10036 


tern  that  depends  on  the  perfection  of 
all  its  decision  makers. 

Perhaps  public  opinion  can  create 
the  needed  conscience  among  all  par- 
ticipants in  a  commons  but  this  seems 
doubtful.  For  some  time  we  have 
called  the  Japanese  greedy  for  killing 
whales  at  so  great  a  rate.  Insofar  as 
they  reply,  they  point  out  their  land- 
poor  population's  need  for  protein. 
"Need  creates  right' '  is  the  automatic 
assumption  of  any  overpopulated 
country. 

If  the  cry  of '  'greedy"  is  of  any  use 
at  all,  it  is  as  a  means  of  rallying  the 
troops  of  the  critics  to  use  other 
means  of  coercion,  such  as  a  boycott 
of  imports  from  the  accused  nation. 
If  this  method  works  at  all ,  it  does  so, 
not  through  a  call  to  conscience  on  the 
part  of  the  accused  nation,  but 
through  an  economic  pinch. 

How  is  it  possible  to  indefinitely 
exploit,  and  at  the  same  time  main- 
tain, the  ocean's  renewable  re- 
sources? (The  mining  of  nonrenew- 
able minerals  is  a  rather  different 
problem,  not  considered  here.)  If  we 
had  a  choice ,  most  of  us  would  proba- 
bly opt  for  a  socialistic  system  be- 
cause it  appears  to  most  easily  serve 
the  cause  of  justice.  But  each  mari- 
time nation  feels  strongly  about  its 
right  to  exploit  the  oceans  without  re- 
striction. And  even  if  the  necessary 
majority  of  powerful  nations  agreed 
to  a  limited  encroachment  of  what 
they  perceive  to  be  their  rights,  it  is 
not  clear  what  principles  of  distri- 
butional justice  should  be  followed 
by  the  management  they  might  elect. 
Should  land  area  be  the  deciding  fac- 
tor in  dividing  the  wealth  of  the 
oceans?  Or  should  such  division  be 
based  on  population,  wealth,  amount 
of  malnutrition,  or  tradition?  These 
are  difficult  questions  and  no  matter 
what  options  are  available,  the  argu- 
ment might  be  impossible  to  settle. 

At  the  moment  the  private  enter- 
prise approach  is  likely  to  make  more 
progress.  For  centuries  we  have  ex- 
ploited the  oceans  through  a  tradition 
of  national  sovereignty.  It  is  easier  to 
extend  an  old  tradition  than  to 
suppress  it — which  we  would  have  to 
do  to  create  fisheries  based  on  social- 
ism. Nation  after  nation  has  extended 
this  tradition  by  favoring  a  200-mile 
limit  to  national  coastal  waters,  in- 
stead of  the  traditional  3-  or  12-mile 
limit.  By  this  extension,  a  nearly  200- 
mile-wide  strip  of  oceanic  commons 
next  to  each  maritime  nation  will  be 
converted  into  private  property  as  far 
as  fishing  is  concerned.  This  will  not 


solve  all  the  problems.  A  nonmigra- 
tory  species  of  fish  may  be  protected 
by  this  change,  but  not  a  wide-rang- 
ing one.  And  open  ocean  species  will 
be  no  better  off. 

Some  aspects  of  the  200-mile  limit 
are  ludicrous.  Honduras  owns  two 
islets,  the  Swan  Islands,  in  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico.  On  the  basis  of  this  tiny 
bit  of  real  estate  with  a  population  of 
22  people,  Honduras  could  theoret- 
ically claim  exclusive  fishing  rights  to 
126,000  square  miles  of  ocean — the 
area  of  the  200-mile  radius  surround- 
ing the  islets. 

The  British  island  of  Dominica  and 
the  French  island  of  Martinique  are 
less  than  30  miles  apart.  What  will 
happen  to  fishing  rights  in  this  re- 
gion? Presumably  a  line  equidistant 
from  the  nearest  points  of  the  two  is- 
lands would  be  drawn.  Three  neigh- 
boring islands  under  three  separate 
jurisdictions  creates  a  situation  even 
more  difficult  to  solve.  International 
lawyers  will  be  kept  busy  for  some 
time  pondering  these  complex  issues. 
Also  at  issue  is  the  apparent  injus- 
tice of  giving  greater  fishing  rights  to 
maritime  nations  than  to  landlocked 
ones.  The  African  country  of  Upper 
Volta,  for  instance,  covers  an  area  al- 
most equal  to  that  of  the  circle  drawn 
about  the  Swan  Islands,  yet  Upper 
Volta  with  nearly  six  million  people 
would  not  have  any  oceanic  fishing 
rights  while  the  twenty-two  Swan  Is- 
landers would  enjoy  rights  to  126,000 
square  miles.  Is  this  just? 

There  are  many  landlocked  na- 
tions, and  most  of  them  are  in  Africa: 
Mali,  Niger,  Chad,  Central  African 
Republic,  Uganda,  Rwanda, 
Burundi,  Malawi,  Zambia,  Rhode- 
sia, Botswana,  Swaziland  and  Le- 
sotho. Landlocked  nations  are  among 
the  world's  poorest.  Is  it  just  that  their 
populations  should  be  deprived  of 
fishing  rights? 

Most  of  us  would  agree  on  the  in- 
justice of  this  possibility;  never- 
theless, let  us  explore  its  conse- 
quences. Imagine  an  ideal  world  of 
no  nations  and  no  national  bounda- 
ries, a  world  in  which  people  act 
merely  as  individuals  or  at  most  as  ■ 
small  self -responsible  communes.  In  I 
such  a  world,  would  one  argue  that  1 
people  living  in  the  interior  of  a  conti- 
nent, perhaps  a  thousand  miles  from 
the  ocean,  have  a  right  to  as  much 
seafood  as  people  dwelling  on  a 
shore?  The  answer  depends  strongly 
on  energy.  It  takes  energy  to  grow  or 
catch  food;  energy  to  transport  food, 
marine  or  other,  and  to  process  and 


14 


store  it.  The  farther  the  transport  the 
greater  the  energy  cost.  Our  future 
appears  to  be  one  in  which  energy 
will  become  ever  more  precious.  In- 
landers can  enjoy  an  amount  of  sea- 
food equal  to  that  of  shore  dwellers 
only  if  they  use  a  disproportionately 
large  amount  of  energy  to  transport  it. 
A  just  system  can  be  interpreted  ei- 
ther as  equal  distribution  of  the  end 
product — food — or  equal  distribution 
of  the  means  of  getting  food  to 
people — energy.  If  the  former  defini- 
tion is  accepted,  the  per  capita  in- 
come of  people  is  lowered  because  of 
the  inefficient  use  of  energy.  Accept- 
ing the  second  definition  increases  per 
capita  income,  but  results  in  dif- 
ferences in  diets:  inlanders  will  eat 
more  grain;  coastal  people  more  fish. 
Whether  this  is  an  equitable  system 
is  debatable. 

That  the  landlocked  people  of  Le- 
sotho cannot  easily  enjoy  the  delights 
of  soft-shell  clams  is  no  special  hard- 
ship. Similarly,  people  in  Miami  can- 
not easily  enjoy  skiing  or  people  in 
the  Yukon  the  delights  of  tropical 
fruits,  unless  transportation — an  en- 
ergy expenditure — is  involved.  End- 
product  equality  can  be  achieved  only 
at  the  expense  of  efficiency,  a  cost 
that  will  be  acceptable  only  at  a  high 
level  of  income.  To  put  it  bluntly, 
equality  is  a  luxury  that  only  the 
wealthy  can  afford.  This  is  not  the 
case,  however,  worldwide.  Energy  is 
scarce.  If  it  is  never  more  abundant 
than  it  is  now,  it  seems  unlikely  that 
people  will  accept  the  inefficiencies 
of  a  more  equal  distribution  of  the 
oceans'  wealth  than  now  exists. 

If  we  have  the  interests  of  posterity 
in  mind,  our  most  crucial  need  with 
respect  to  the  biotic  wealth  of  the 
ocean  is  to  see  to  it  that  we  adopt  a 
politico-economic  system  that  will 
make  it  possible  for  future  genera- 
tions to  live  at  least  as  well  as  we  do. 
The  national  property  system  embod- 
ied in  the  200-mile  limit  may  solve 
a  few  of  our  marine  problems,  but 
most  of  them  will  require  some  other 
departure  f  i^om  the  system  of  the  com- 
mons prevailing  in  the  open  ocean. 
This  must  take  the  form  of  an  interna- 
tional organization  with  suprana- 
tional sovereignty  in  fisheries  control. 
The  crucial  question  is,  can  we  find 
a  way  to  create  this  needed  organi- 
zation in  time? 

Garrett  Hardin  teaches  human  ecol- 
ogy at  the  University  of  California  at 
Santa  Barbara  and  is  the  author  of 
numerous  essays  on  the  commons. 


Hold  a  Minolta. 
Release  your  imagination. 


A  Minolta  35mm  SLR  will  help  you  quickly  and  easily  translate  the 
vision  in  your  mind  to  film. 

From  the  moment  you  pick  it  up,  a  Minolta  feels  comfortable 
in  your  hands.  Yourfingersfall  into  place  naturally  Everything 
works  so  smoothly  that  the  camera  becomes  a  part  of  you. 

With  a  Minolta  SLR,  you  never  have  to  take  your  eye  from  the 
vievirfinder  to  make  adjustments.  So  you  can  concentrate  on 
creating  the  picture,  without  losing  sight  of  even  the  fastest  moving 
subject, The  image  remains  big  and  bhght  until  the  instant 
you  shoot.  And  your  pictures  are  always  properly  exposed  because 
Minolta's  patented  "CLC"  metering  system  handles  even  high 
contrast  situations  with  incredible  accuracy 

You're  free  to  probe  the  limits  of  your  imagination  with  a  Minolta. 
More  than  40  lenses  in  the  superbly  crafted  Rokkor-X  and 
Minolta/Celtic  systems  let  you  bridge  distances  or  capture  a  spec- 
tacular "fisheye"  panorama. 

Minolta  offers  a  wide  choice  of  electronic  and  match-needle 
SLRs.  With  features  to  match  your  needs  and  budget. 
Regardless  of  the  model  you  choose,  you  get  the  superb  Minolta 
handling  that  lets  you  effortlessly  make  the  transition  from 
creative  vision  to  captured  image. 

For  more  information  about  Minolta  35mm  single  lens  reflex 
cameras,  see  your  dealer  or  write  Minolta 
Corporation,  101  Williams  Drive, 
Ramsey  New  Jersey  07446. 
In  Canada:  Anglophoto,  Ltd.,  RQ. 


Minolta 

When  you  are  the  camera 


and  the  camera  is  you. 


The  glory  and  anguish  of  the  American  past... 

Qioose  Any  Set  For 


f^OR^KWASlUNr; 


Set  137 


I 


THE     • 
PRESIDENT 

FIRST  TERM 


James  Thomas  Flexner's 

GEORGE  WASfflNGTON 

4  Volumes 

Publisher's  Price  $60.00 Aburs  For  Only  $4 

Not  the  marble  bust  but  the  flesh-and-blood  Washington 

—  brilliantly  portrayed  in  this  celebrated  work  by  a 

leading  historian.  National  Book  Award. 

Special  Pulitzer  Citation. 


Dumas  Malone's  Pulitzer  Prize-Winning 

JEFFERSON  AND  fflS  TIME 

5  Volumes 

Publisher's  Price  $72.50Aburs  For  Only  $5 

From  his  Virginia  youth  through  his  troubled  second  term  as 

president.  Biography  surpassing  anything  you've  ever 

read  on  Jefferson  and  his  world. 

1975  Pulitzer  Prize. 


David  Brion  Davis' 

THE  PROBLEM  OF 
SLAVERY 

In  Western  Culture/ 
In  the  Age  of  Revolution 

2  Volumes 
Publisher's  Price  $35.00Aburs  For  Only  $2 

"Scholarly,  brilliam  in  analysis,  beautifully 

wriiten"— The  New  York  Times.  Pulitzer  Prize 

(vol.  1).  1976  National  Book  Award  (vol.  2). 


AMERICA 
mSTORY 


AMERICAN  HISTORY 
REFERENCE  SET 

2  Volumes 
Publisher's  Price  $37.95Aburs  For  Only  $2 
Encyclopedia  of  American  History,  ed.  by 
Richard  B.  Morris.  "Best  one  volume  encyclopedia 

of  American  Aisrorji"— Chicago  Tribune. 

Landmarks  of  the  American  Revolution, 

by  Mark  M.  Boatner,  III.  Detailed  guide  to 

historical  sites  in  27  states. 


Americaiis 

X  jliivdO(H^ 

pocradc 
i]q)enaice 


Daniel  J.  Boorstin's  j 

THE  AMERICANS 

3  Volumes 
Publisher's  Price  $35.00/Yours  For  Only  $3 

A  social  historian's  sweeping  trilogy  on 

the  roots  of  our  civilization  — the  harsh  realities 

of  colonial  days,  the  great  trek  West, 

and  the  mixed  blessings  of  industrialization. 

Pulitzer  Prize. 


A  Dollar  A\blume 


A  NARRATIVE 


Shelby  Foote's 

THE  CIVIL  WAR:  A  Narrative 

3  Volumes 

Publisher's  Price  STS-OOAburs  For  Only  S3 

By  a  historian  who  is  also  a  gifted  novehst  —  the  opening 

shot  at  Fort  Sumter  through  the  surrender  at  Appomattox. 

"A  remarkable  achievement,  prodigiously  researched, 

vigorous,  detailed,  absorbing."— \.Y.  Times 


William  F.  Swindler's 

COURT  AND  CONSTITUTION 
IN  THE  20TH  CENTURY 

3  Volumes 

Publisher's  Price  S37.40A'ours  For  Only  S3 

Timely  and  readable  account  of  how  the  major  Supreme 

Court  decisions  of  the  last  75  years  affect  the  meaning 

of  the  Constitution  todav. 


A  rare  opportunity  to  enrich  your 
library  mth  one  of  these  enduring  zvorks, 
at  a  fraction  of  its  usual  cost.  Savings 
up  to  $72y  zuith  trial  membership. 


\X'c  gave  the  world  the  Declara- 
tion of  Independence  and  the  Atom 
Bomb.  Freed  our  slaves  and  crushed 
our  Indians.  Elected  Lincoln  and 
elected  Xixon 

A  rich  mixture,  the  American 
past  —  which  is  one  reason  it  makes 
lively  reading.  And  the  best  of  written 
histor>'  —  not  only  of  America  but  of 
all  mankind  — is  the  province  of  Tlie 
History  Book  Club. 

N'ow  in  its  28th  year,  the  Club 
provides  its  members  with  the  finest 
new  books  of  history  and  world  af- 
fairs—always at  substantial  savings. 
If  you've  never  tried  us,  you've  missed 
some  great  reading  and  unusual 
buys.  But  none  quite  like  this  one. 


For  a  mere  dollar  a  volume,  we'll 
send  you  any  one  of  the  magnificent 
sets  pictured  — with  your  first  selec- 
tion at  the  reduced  member's  price 
(any  book  listed  below). 

If  you're  less  than  delighted,  re- 
turn all  the  books  (we'll  pay  postage) 
and  that's  that.  Or  keep  them  and 
take  just  four  more  books  during  the 
coming  year  from  the  150-200  of- 
fered each  month. 

They're  easy  to  take  at  $3,  S4,  $5 
(and  more)  off  bookstore  prices.  No 
stinting  on  physical  quality  either; 
all  our  books  are  the  equal  of  the 
publishers'  editions.  .\nd  this  Club 
has  a  Bonus  Plan  that  lets  you  pick 
ayiy  book  we  offer,  not  just  certain  ones. 


Pick  one  of  the  fine  books  below  as  your 
first  Selection  at  the  reduced  member's  price: 

(First  price  is  publisher's  list.  Boldface  shov^ 


858.  Napoleon  Bonaparte 

By  Viticeni  Croiiiii.  Drawing  on  recently 
discovered  sources,  an  inlimale  biography 
of  Napoleon  the  man.  $12.50  S8.50 

427.  Circles  and  Standing  Stones 

B\  Evan  Hadmgham.  .Megalith  mysteries 
of  early  Britain.  150  maps,  diagrams, 
plans.'  $12.50  58.75 

138.  Seven  Who  Shaped  Our  Destiny: 
The  Founding  Fathers 
as  Revolutionaries 

By  Richard  B.  Morris.  $10.00  S7.50 

347.  The  Army  of  the  Caesars 

By  Michael  Gram.  $15.00  S9.95 

486.  The  Character  of  John  Adams 

By  Peter  Sha-w.  Fascinating  study  of 
Adams'  innermost  thoughts  and  acts. 

$12.95,58.95 

104.  The  Indian  Heritage  of  America 

ByAhin  M.  Josephx,  >.  $10.00,  S7.50 


ember's  price.) 

418.  The  War  Against  the  Jews: 
1933-1945 

By  Lucy  S.  Da-criJmvicz.  The  terrifying 
story  of  Hitler's  systematic  annihilation  of 
sin  million  people.  $15.00  S9.95 

451.  Tom  Paine  and  Revolutionary 
America 

ByEncFoner.  $13.95  58.75 

497.  Henry  V: 

The  Cautious  Conqueror 

By  .Margaret  Vi'ade  Laharge.    $10.00- 57.75 

1 16.  A  History  of  the  \'ikings 

By  GTiynJone's.  $12.50  S8.50 

247.  A  History  of  American  Law 

By  Laurence  .if.  Friedman.      $15.95/59.75 

457.  A  True  History  of  the 
-Assassination  of  Abraham  Lincoln 
and  of  the  Conspiracy  of  1865 

By  Louis  \X'eichmann.     '  $15.00  59.95 


Please  enroll  me  as  a  trial  member  and  send  me 
the  books  whose  numbers  I'm  entering  below.  Bill 
my  set  at  $1  a  volume  and  my  first  selection  at  the 
reduced  member's  price,  plus  modest  shipping 
charges.)  Set  ff  |       ~^    Selection  #  ]  i 


THE  HISTORY  BOOK  CLUB  •  Stamford,  Conn.  06904 

A  note  on  how  the 
Club  works:  Every 
four  weeks,  you  re- 
ceive our  Review  and 
a  dated  reply  card.  If 
you  want  the  Editors' 
Choice,  do  nothing: 
the  book  will  come 
automatically.  To 
order  a  different  book 
or  no  book,  return  the 
card  by  the  specified 
date.  You  will  have  at 
least  10  days  to  make 
your  choice  — but  if 
you  get  an  unwanted 
book  because  of  late 
mail,  we  guarantee 
return  postage. 


I  may  return  all  the  books  within  three  weeks  at 
your  expense  and  owe  nothing.  Or  I  wiU  take  four 
more  books  within  a  year,  (not  counting  my  intro- 
ductory books),  always  at  reduced  member's  prices 
plus  shipping.  Thereafter,  I  may  resign  at  any  time. 

Print  Name 

Address 

City 

State 


NH-34D 


-Zip- 


In  Canada:  Mail  to  The  History  Book  Club,  16  Overlea  Blvd.,  Toronto  M4H  1A6,  Ontario. 


This  View  of  Life 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


The  Interpretation  of  Digrams 


Is  the  Cambrian  '  'explosion ' ' 
a  sigmoid  fraud? 


Roderick  Murchison,  urged  on  by 
his  wife,  gave  up  the  joys  of  fox  hunt- 
ing for  the  more  sublime  pleasures  of 
scientific  research.  This  aristocratic 
geologist  devoted  much  of  his  second 
career  to  documenting  the  early  his- 
tory of  life.  He  discovered  that  the 
first  stocking  of  the  oceans  did  not 
occur  gradually  with  the  successive 
addition  of  ever  more  complex  forms 
of  life.  Instead,  most  major  groups 
seemed  to  arise  simultaneously  at 
what  geologists  now  call  the  base  of 
the  Cambrian  period  some  600  mil- 
lion years  ago.  To  Murchison,  a  de- 
vout creationist  writing  in  the  1830s, 
this  episode  could  only  represent 
God's  initial  decision  to  populate  the 
earth. 

Charles  Darwin  viewed  this  obser- 
vation with  trepidation.  He  assumed, 
as  evolution  demanded,  that  the  seas 
had  ' '  swarmed  with  living  creatures ' ' 
before  the  Cambrian  period.  To  ex- 
plain the  absence  of  fossils  in  the  ear- 
lier geologic  record,  he  apolo- 
getically speculated  that  our  modern 
continents  accumulated  no  sediments 
during  Precambrian  times  because 
they  were  areas  of  clear  seas. 

Our  modern  view  synthesizes  these 
two  opinions.  Darwin,  of  course,  has 
been  vindicated  in  his  cardinal  con- 
tention: Cambrian  life  did  arise  from 
organic  antecedents,  not  from  the 
hand  of  God.  But  Murchison's  basic 
observation  reflects  a  biological  real- 
ity, not  the  imperfections  of  geologic 
evidence:  the  Precambrian  fossil 
record  is  little  more  (save  at  its  very 


end)  than  2.5  billion  years  of  bacteria 
and  blue-green  algae.  Complex  life 
did  arise  with  startling  speed  near  the 
base  of  the  Cambrian.  (Readers  must 
remember  that  geologists  have  a  pe- 
culiar view  of  rapidity.  By  vernacular 
standards,  it  is  a  slow  fuse  indeed  that 
burns  for  10  million  years.  Still,  10 
million  years  is  but  1/450  of  the 
earth's  history,  a  mere  instant  to  a 
geologist.) 

Paleontologists  have  spent  a 
largely  fruitless  century  trying  to  ex- 
plain this  Cambrian  "explosion" — 
the  steep  rise  in  diversity  during  the 
first  10  to  20  million  years  of  the 
Cambrian  period.  They  have  as- 
sumed, universally,  that  the  puzzling 
event  is  the  explosion  itself.  Any  ade- 
quate theory,  therefore,  would  have 
to  explain  why  the  early  Cambrian 
was  such  an  unusual  time:  perhaps  it 
represents  the  first  accumulation  of 
sufficient  atmospheric  oxygen  for  res- 
piration or  the  cooling  down  of  an 
earth  previously  too  hot  to  support 
complex  life  (simple  algae  survive  at 
much  higher  temperatures  than  com- 
plex animals)  or  a  change  in  oceanic 
chemistry  permitting  the  deposition 
of  calcium  carbonate  to  clothe  pre- 
viously soft-bodied  animals  with  pre- 
servable  skeletons. 

Perhaps  paleontologists  have  been 
looking  at  this  important  problem  the 
wrong  way  round.  Perhaps  the  explo- 
sion itself  was  the  predictable  out- 
come of  a  process  set  in  motion  by 
an  event  earlier  in  the  Precambrian. 
In  such  a  case,  we  would  not  have  to 
believe  that  early  Cambrian  times 
were  "special"  in  any  way;  the  cause 
of  the  explosion  would  be  sought  in 
an  earlier  event  that  initiated  the  evo- 


lution of  complex  life.  I  have  recently 
been  persuaded  that  this  new  perspec- 
tive is  probably  correct.  The  pattern 
of  the  Cambrian  explosion  seems  to 
follow  a  general  law  of  growth.  This 
law  predicts  a  phase  of  steep  acceler- 
ation; the  explosion  is  no  more  funda- 
mental (or  in  need  of  special  explana- 
tion) than  its  antecedent  period  of 
slower  growth  or  its  subsequent  level- 
ing off.  Whatever  initiated  the  ante- 
cedent period  virtually  guaranteed  the 
later  explosion.  In  support  of  this  new 
perspective,  I  offer  two  arguments 
based  on  a  quantification  of  the  fossil 
record.  I  hope  not  only  to  make  my 
particular  case  but  also  to  illustrate 
the  role  that  quantification  can  play  in 
testing  hypotheses  within  professions 
that  once  eschewed  such  rigor. 

The  day-to-day  work  of  field  geol- 
ogy is  a  painstaking  exercise  in  the 
accumulation  of  apparent  minutiae: 
the  mapping  of  strata;  their  temporal 
correlation  by  fossils  and  by  physical 
"superposition"  (younger  above 
older);  the  recording  of  rock  types, 
grain  sizes,  and  environments  of  dep- 
osition. This  activity  is  often  pooh- 
poohed  by  hot-shot  young  theorists 
who  regard  it  as  the  dog  work  of  un- 
imaginative drones. 

Yet  we  would  have  no  science 
without  the  foundation  that  these  data 
provide;  moreover,  many  theoretical 
advances  depend  upon  new  data  ac- 
cumulated in  the  old  way.  In  this 
case,  our  revised  perspective  on  the 
Cambrian  explosion  rests  upon  a  re- 
finement of  early  Cambrian  stratig- 
raphy established  primarily  by  Soviet 
geologists  in  recent  years.  The  long 
Lower  Cambrian  has  been  subdivided 
into  four  stages  and  the  first  appear- 


r8 


Sometimes  Profits 
Can  Hurt... 


You  might  say  Janie  is  getting  an  injection 
of  taxes . . .  and  it  hurts.  Her  father  is  dead 
and  her  mother  works  to  support  Janie 
and  an  older  brother.  They  can't  afford  a 
private  pediatrician,  so  she's  being 
immunized  against  childhood  diseases  in  a 
clinic  run  by  the  neighborhood  hospital. 

The  serum  is  paid  for  by  a  combination  of 
local,  state  and  federal  funds.  Money  that 
comes  from  taxes.  All  kinds  of  taxes, 
including  taxes  on  profits,  on  wages,  on 
dividends.  In  1974,  for  example,  the  federal 
government  collected  $291  billion  in  taxes. 
Of  this,  business  contributed  about  40%. 
State  and  local  governments  collected 
even  more  from  business— over  $125 
billion,  about  60%  of  their  revenues. 

Taxes  on  business  profits  supply  revenues 
for  all  kinds  of  public  programs— medical 
care,  education,  assistance  for  the  handi- 
capped, veterans'  care,  loans  to  enable 
students  to  continue  their  education,  pro- 
grams to  create  jobs  for  young  people  in 
the  ghettos.  So,  in  many  ways  virtually  all 
Americans— not  just  corporate  stock- 
holders— benefit  from  the  profits 
business  earns. 


But  business  can  return  tax  money  to  the 
people  only  if  it  earns  a  fair  profit.  Then, 
reinvestment  of  these  earnings  will  mean 
more  profits  to  tax  and  more  funds  for  all 
types  of  governmental  programs. 

However,  business  today  is  earning  a 
profit  of  only  about  5%  on  sales,  less  than 
the  rate  of  10  years  ago.  When  profits 
and  expansion  dry  up,  everyone  in  our 
society  suffers. 

At  Allied  Chemical  we  believe  that  by 
helping  to  build  a  healthy,  vital  economic 
and  social  environment,  we  can  insure 
survival  of  the  American  way  of  life. 
Janie's  good  health  means  a  better  future 
for  everyone's  children.  And  profits  may 
turn  out  to  be  a  girl's  best  friend. 


<? 


Ajlied. 
Qiemical 

Where  Profits  Are  For  People 

If  you'd  like  to  learn  more  about  Allied  Ctiemical  and  how 
we're  putting  profits  to  work,  please  write  to  P.O.  Box  2245R, 
Morristown,  New  Jersey  07960. 

©  1976  Allied  Chemical  Corporation 


8-Powcr  Vision, 
Podket  Size, 
by  Nikon. 


Meet  the  Nikon  8x24  Ultra  Compact 
Binocular.  Provides  virtually  as  much  daylight 

viewing  brightness  as  the  biggest  glasses  you  can  buy  With  superb,  crisp 
viewing  clarity— the  result  of  Nikon  prism  optics,  so  precisely  aligned  and 
optically  matched  for  equal  magnification  that  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  strain.  Plus  potent  8-time  magnification,  ideal  for  scenic,  wild- 
life and  all-round  outdoor  viewing.  Moisture-  and  shock-resistant,  too. 
Yet  it  bafely  makes  a  bulge  in  your  pocket,  weighs  just  14ii  ounces,  and 
costs  a  lot  less  than  you  might  think.  One  of  seven  Nikon  binoculars 
available  at  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  selected  optical  departments 
Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo- 
Optical  Industries,  Inc.  (In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.)  dSB 


Lindblad's  New  East  African 

WING  SAFARr 

offers  an  exclusive  window-seat  view 
of  the  world's  richest  wildlife  panorama. 


No  need  to  get  trapped  in  large  con- 
centrations of  minibuses  on  hot  and 
dusty  roads.  Get  a  wide-angled  view 
of  the  African  vastness.Ournew  Wing 
Safari,  limited  to  7  passengers,  using 
the  latest,  most  comfortable  Navajo 
turbo-powered  aircraft,  permits  us  to 
visit  far  ranging  wilderness  and  game 
reserves  seldom  visited  by  other  sa- 
faris. We  will  fly  deeper  Into  the  North- 
ern Frontier  District  to  see  the  excit- 
ing tribal  life  of  the  Samburu,  Boran. 
Rendllles  and  Somalls.  At  night  we 


will  occupy  the  very  best  hotels, 
lodges  and  tented  camps.  Our  spe- 
cially trained  hosts  will  introduce 
you,  not  only  to  the  large  mammals, 
but  also  to  colorful  and  exciting  birds, 
butterflies,  plants  and  flowers  en-, 
demic  to  East  Africa.  The  LIndblad 
Wing  Safari  Is  a  truly  unforgettable 
experience.  British  Ainways  will  fly 
you  to  Nairobi  and  back  In  utmost 
comfort.  Please  write  for  our  bro- 
chure or  see  your  travel  agent. 


ances  of  Cambrian  fossils  have  been 
recorded  with  much  greater  accuracy. 
We  can  now  tabulate  a  finely  divided 
sequence  of  first  appearances  where 
previous  stratigraphers  could  only 
record  "Lower  Cambrian"  for  all 
groups  (thus  accentuating  the  appar- 
ent explosion). 

J.J.  Sepkoski,  a  paleontologist  at 
the  University  of  Rochester,  has  re- 
cently found  that  a  plot  of  increasing 
organic  diversity  versus  time  from  the 
late  Precambrian  to  the  end  of  the 
"explosion"  conforms  to  our  most 
general  model  of  growth — the  so- 
called  sigmoidal  (S-shaped)  curve. 
Consider  the  growth  of  a  typical  bac- 
terial colony  on  a  previously  uninhab- 
ited medium:  each  cell  divides  every 
twenty  minutes  to  form  two  daugh- 
ters. Increase  in  population  size  is 
slow  at  first.  (Rates  of  cell  division 
are  as  fast  as  they  will  ever  be,  but 


^ 

^ 

/ 

H 

1 

3 

=3 

j 

a. 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

^ 

TIME 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHWS  876   133  East  55th  Street,  NewYorl<,  N.Y.  10022  (212)  751-2300 


founding  cells  are  few  in  number  and 
the  population  builds  slowly  toward 
its  explosive  period.)  This  "lag" 
phase  forms  the  initial,  slowly  rising 
segment  of  the  sigmoidal  curve.  The 
explosive,  or  "log,"  phase  follows 
as  each  cell  of  a  substantial  popula- 
tion produces  two  fecund  daughters 
every  twenty  minutes.  Clearly  this 
process  cannot  continue  indefinitely: 
a  not-too-distant  extrapolation  would 
fill  the  entire  universe  with  bacteria. 
Eventually,  the  colony  guarantees  its 
own  stability  (or  demise)  by  filling  its 
space,  exhausting  its  nutrients,  foul- 
ing its  nest  with  waste  products,  and 
so  on.  This  leveling  puts  a  ceiling  on 
the  log  phase  and  completes  the  S  of 
the  sigmoidal  distribution. 

It  is  a  long  step  from  bacteria  to  the 
evolution  of  life,  but  sigmoidal 
growth  is  a  general  property  of  certain 
systems,  and  the  analogy  seems  to 
hold  in  this  case.  For  cell  division, 
read  speciation;  for  the  agar  substrate 
of  a  laboratory  dish,  read  the  oceans. 


Contents:  July  1976  Issue 

Prehistoric  American  Astron- 
)niy  c.  1054  AD  by  Von  Del 
Ihamberlain 

Sky  Lore  ot  Indieenous  Amer- 
cans  by  Henry  J.  PTiillips 

Cornels  &  Transits:  16201776 
i>y  Michael  Mendillo 

Practical  Men,  Practical  As- 
ironomy:  1776-1825  by  Michael 
iVIendillo 

Astronomy  Comes  of  Age; 
1825-1840  by  Michael  Men<fillo 

History  of  Aslrophotography 
.y  Trudy  E.  Bell 

Astrophysics  is  Born:  1840- 
1900  by  David  DeVorkin 

The  Universe  Unfolds:  1900- 
1950  by  David  DeVorkin 


ASTRONOMY 

Ma 


Dr 


0'    Expand. 

Price  Per  Copy:  S3.50 


Subscribe  to  ASTRONOMY  magazine  for  $12.00^ 
and  save  $5.50  off  the  regular  newsstand  price  of 
$16.50  for  11  copies.  IN  ADDITION,  you  will 
receive  as  the  12th  copy  of  your  subscription  the 
July  "History  of  American  Astronomy"  issue  at 
the  paid  subscriber  price  of  only  $1.00  —  you  save 
$2.50  off  this  copy  alone. 

Your  total  savings  on  this  12  issue  American 
Bicentennial  Subscription  offer  is  $8.00  (40%)  off 
the  single  copy  newsstand  price. 


Please  enter  my  American  Bi-"^ 
centennial  Subscription  to  AS- 
TRONOMY magazine  and  bill  me 
for  $12. 1  understand  I  will  receive 
11  issues  (one  per  month)  in  reg- 
ular subscription  sequence,  and 
that  I  will  get  the  July  "History  of 
American  Astronomy"  issue  as  my 
12th  copy  after  I  pay  my  bill. 


D 


Enroll  me  instead  for  2  years,  (including 
the  July  issue)  and  bill  me  for  $22. 


City. 


-Zip. 


Canada/Mexico  add  $3,  Other  foreign  $6  per  year. 

Please  Allow  4-6  weeks  for  Your  First  Issue. 


I 


ASTRONOMY 

Here's  What  You  Get  Every  Month 

•  Gripping  features 
1      by  leading 
'      authorities 
I  •Photography  in 
I     Astronomy 

•  Beautiful  full  color 
I      artwork  and 
I      photographs 
'  •  Equipment  Atlas 
I  AStar  Dome  with 
I      Close-Up,  Eyepiece 
I      Impressions  and 
I      easy-to-follow  maps 

•  Free  ASTRO-MART  ads 
'  •Gazer's  Gazette 
I  •Sky  Almanac  with 
I      monthly  Planet  Finder 

•  Astro-News 
I  •Stellar  Frontiers 
I  •  Astronomy  book  reviews 

1  ESTABLISHED:  August  1973 

I    Celebrate  the  H  istory  of  American  Astronomy 

'  And  join  ASTRONOMY  magazine  as  it  begins  ii 
fourth  year  of  publication.  This  is  the  first  popular  levt 
j  magazine  of  astronomy  written  in  straight-forward  lai 
i  guage.  Its  hallmarks  of  quality  and  full  color  beaut 
j  make  it  an  invaluable  collectors'  item. 
\  NATURAL  HISTOF 


Man's  Dream  of  Worlds  Unseen 


Carl  Sagan  and  John  Clark  are  a 
team. 

A  very  unusual  team  indeed  —  scien- 
tist Sagan  and  artist  Clark  working 
together  to  open  the  complex  vistas  of 
the  universe.  Kip  Thome's  black  holes 
are  mathematical  concepts  at  best.  But 
teamed  with  Adolf  Schaller,  artistic 
translation  gives  full  color  substance 
and  form  to  formulae.  The  result?  Cosmic 
portraits:  man's  dream  of  worlds  unseen. 

Three  years  ago  ASTRONOMY 
magazine  established  a  hallmark  of  beauty 
and  readership  intimacy  seldom  found 
today.  And  each  month  since  then  it 
has  followed  through  with  full  color 
paintings  and  photographs,  clear  and 
pictorial  writing,  inviting  layout  and 
design,  uncompromised  printing  quality... 
care  and  committment  to  you  the  sub- 
scriber. ASTRONOMY  makes  the 
universe  appealing.  It  transforms  alienat- 
ing theory  to  inviting,  entertaining 
discovery. 

Join  52,000  ASTRONOMY  subscribers 
to  discover  the  excitement  of  space  and 
astronomy  with  Fred  Whipple  (comets), 
Joseph  Veverka  (Mars),  Gerrit  Ver- 
schuur  (radio  astronomy),  David  Morri- 
son and  Michael  Ovenden  (asteroids), 
George  Abell  (galaxies),  William  Hart- 
mann  (Saturn),  Thomas  Easton  (life  on 
Mars)  Jay  Pasachoff  (sun),  Frank  Drake 
(neutron  stars)...  scientists  of  worlds 
unseen. 

ASTRONOMY'S  monthly  departments 
guide    you    to    astrophotography    with 


cameras  you  probably  already  own  —  to 
the  use  of  telescopic  equipment  —  to 
location  and  observation  of  planets, 
constellations,  asteroids,  comets,  galaxies, 
double  stars,  star  clusters...  to  all  the 
cosmic  beauty  awaiting  your  personal 
discovery. 

Book  reviews  guide  your  astronomy 
reading  and  Astro-News  keeps  pace  with 
the  latest  discoveries,  research  and 
findings...  brought  to  you  while  they're 
still  news. 

History  of  American  Astronomy 

And  now,  ASTRONOMY  proudly 
presents  a  very  special  bicentennial 
celebration  issue  entirely  devoted  to  the 
evolution  of  astronomy  in  the  United 
States. 

This  exciting  full  color  epic  takes 
you  from  the  prehistoric  astronomy 
practiced  by  indigenous  Americans,  to 
the  birth  of  astrophysics  and  development 
of  astrophotography,  through  20th  cen- 
tury American  astronomy  —  the  dis- 
covery of  quasars,  pulsars,  black  holes  — 
and  the  start  of  our  nation's  third  cen- 
tury, "Toward  Man's  Dream  of  Worlds 
Unseen". 

Noted  authors  —  Von  Del  Chamberlain 
(Smithsonian  Institution),  Trudy  E.  Bell 
(Scientific  American  editor),  Richard 
Berendzen  (American  University,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.),  Michael  Mendillo  (Boston 
University),  and  David  DeVorkin  (Cen- 
tral Connecticut  State  College)  —  unfold 
the  history  of  American  astronomy  with 
drama  and  refreshing  writing  style. 


Full  color  reproductions  of  American 
astronomical  art  from  the  1800s.  antique- 
brass  telescopes  and  instruments,  portraits 
of  famous  American  astronomers  and  color 
sky  photographs  from  leading  obser\'atories 
across  the  country,  are  interspersed  with 
equally  historic  wood  cuts  and  the  first 
astrophotographs  of  the  sun,  moon  and 
Milky  Way. 

We  invite  you  to  join  us  as  a  subscriber 
and  receive  the  July  1976  "History  of 
American  Astronomy"  issue  as  a  portion 
of  your  subscription. 

Collect  ASTRONOMY...  treasure  this 
and  every  issue  of  "The  World's  Most 
Beautiful  Astronomy  Magazine"...  no 
other  magazine  of  space  and  astronomy 
has  ever  been  able  to  make  so  great  a 
claim  —  and  keep  its  word. 


American  Bicentennial 
Subscription  Offer 


Subscribe  to  ASTRONOMY  magazine  for  $12.00 
and  save  $5.50  off  the  regular  newsstand  price  of 
$16.50  for  11  copies.  We'll  bill  you  later.  After  you 
pay  your  bill  you  will  receive  as  the  12th  copy  of 
your  subscription  the  July  "History  of  American 
Astronomy"  issue  at  the  paid  subscriber  price  of 
only  $1.00  —  you  save  $2.50  off  this  copy  alone. 
Your  total  savings  on  this  12  issue  American  Bicen- 
tennial Subscription  offer  is  $8.00  (40%)  off  the 
single  copy  newsstand  price. 

ASTRONOMY 

The  World's  Most  Beautiful  Astronomy  Magazine 

Established:  August  1973.  Published  monthly  by  Astro  Media  Corp  , 
411  E.MasonSt  .6th  Floor.  Milwaukee.  Wl  53202.  Per Year.Canada 
/Mexico.  $15;  Other  Foreign,  $18  Offer  expires  Dec.  31.  1976 


TheLeicaCL. 

The  incomparable  compact. 

Although  small  in  size  and  relatively  small  in  price,  the  CL 
should  not  be  confused  with  other  full  frame  35mm  compact 
cameras.  It  is  the  only  compact  to  offer  through-the-lens 
metering  and  interchangeable  lenses.  Moreover,  it  is  a  Leica; 
and  everything  you  expect  a  Leica  to  be.  A  superbly  engineered 
camera  of  unexcelled  mechanical  precision  and  optical  quality. 

In  short,  it  is  the  finest  compact  camera  in  the  world. 

For  information  call  201  -767-1 100  or  write  E.  Leitz,  Inc., 
Rockleigh,  N.J.  07647  Dept.  K8.  In  Canada, 
Wild  Leitz,  Ltd.,Willowdale,  Ont.  M2H2C9.  -»>,  j  g~g^ 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD- 


inDonEsin-ERST  of  bhui 

including  the  fabulous  Asmat  region  of  New  Guinea. 


Nehru  has  called  Bali  the  "Morning  of 
the  World."  After  immersing  ourselves 
in  its  splendid  culture,  we  shall  board 
the  M.S.  Lindblad  Explorer*  and  sail 
east  to  Komodo,  where  "the  dragons" 
will  meet  us.  We  shall  visit  Flores,  Leti 
and  Aru  of  Wallace  fame  and  other 
Indonesian  islands.  We  then  head  for 
the  exciting  Asmat  region  of  West  Irian, 
where  primitive  art  of  museum  quality 
may  be  purchased,  and  where  Stone 
Age  culture  still  exists.  On  this  cruise 
we  will  find  an  abundancy  ol  bird, 


mammal  and  plant  life  as  well  as  beau- 
tiful butterflies  and  fish.  Complete 
scuba  diving  gear  is  available.  The 
Lindblad  Explorer,  fully  air-condi- 
tioned, offers  the  finest  in  comfort.  Fa- 
mous lecturers  will  accompany  us. 
Each  expedition  lasts  23  days  includ- 
ing the  two-week  cruise.  Departures 
are  in  August  and  September  The  all- 
inclusive  rate  for  cruise  and  land  ar- 
rangements starts  at  $2,335  per  person, 
cabin  for  two,  air  fare  additional.  Write 
forourbrochureorseeyour  travel  agent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHLE  876 
133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y,  10022  •  (212)  751-2300 

'Panamanian  registry 


The  lag  phase  of  life  is  the  slow,  ini- 
tial rise  of  latest  Precambrian  times. 
We  now  have  a  modest  fauna  of  the 
latest  Precambrian  age — mainly  coe- 
lenterates  (soft  corals  and  jellyfish) 
and  worms.  The  famous  Cambrian 
explosion  is  nothing  more  than  the 
log  phase  of  this  continuous  process, 
while  post-Cambrian  leveling  repre- 
sents the  initial  tilling  of  ecological 
roles  in  the  world's  oceans  (terrestrial 
life  evolved  later). 

If  the  laws  of  sigmoidal  growth 
regulated  the  early  diversification  of 
life,  then  there  is  nothing  special 
about  the  Cambrian  explosion.  It  is 
merely  the  log  phase  of  a  process  de- 
termined by  two  factors :  ( 1 )  the  event 
that  initiated  the  lag  phase  well  within 
Precambrian  times  and  (2)  the  proper- 
ties of  an  environment  that  permitted 
sigmoidal  growth. 

As  Johns  Hopkins  paleontologist 
S.  M.  Stanley  wrote  in  a  recent  re- 
view (American  Journal  of  Science, 
1976):  "We  can  abandon  the  tradi- 
tional view  that  the  origins  of  major 
fossil  taxa  near  the  start  of  the  Cam- 
brian .  .  .  represent  a  major  enigma. 
What  remains  as  the  'Cambrian  Prob- 
lem' is  the  delay  of  the  origin  of  mul- 
ticellularity  until  the  Earth  was  nearly 
4  billion  years  old."  We  may  deny 
the  Cambrian  problem  by  casting  it 
back  upon  an  earlier  event,  but  the 
nature  and  cause  of  this  earlier  epi- 
sode is  the  enigma  of  paleontological 
enigmas.  The  late  Precambrian  origin 
of  the  eukaryotic  cell  must  provide  an 
important  determinant.  (I  argued  in 
my  last  column  that  efficient  sexual 
reproduction  required  a  eukaryotic 
cell  with  discrete  chromosomes,  and 
that  complex  organisms  could  not 
evolve  without  the  genetic  variability 
that  sexual  reproduction  supplies.) 
But  we  haven't  the  slightest  idea  why 
the  eukaryotic  cell  arose  when  it  did 
more  than  2  billion  years  after  the 
evolution  of  prokaryotic  ancestors; 
we  do  not  even  know  how  it  arose. 
(I  have  supported  the  idea  that  it  de- 
veloped as  a  colony  of  prokaryotic 
organisms  and  that  the  nuclei  and  mi- 
tochondria of  our  cells  were  once  en- 
tire prokaryotic  creatures — see  my 
columns  of  November  1974  and 
June- July  1976.) 

Previously  I  advocated  Stanley's 
/'cropping"  theory  for  the  initiation 
of  sigmoidal  increase  following  the 
evolution  of  eukaryotic  cells.  Stanley 
argues  that  Precambrian  prokaryotic 
algae  had  usurped  all  available  space 
in  their  potential  habitat,  thus  pre- 
cluding the  evolution   of   anything 


24 


Bonanza  for  browsers 

Use  this  money-saving  catalog  to  shop 
for  distinguished  paperbacks. 


If  you're  an  inveterate  book-reader,  you're  prob- 
ably also  an  inveterate  book-browser  who  enjoys 
wandering  through  bookstores,  even  library  slack'. 
That's  why  you  should  know  about  an  informaiiv<- 
catalog  pubhshed  bv  the  OuaUty  Paperback  Hf>i.K 
Club. 

It's  called  the  QPB  Review  and  fifteen  linit-s  .1  vl.li 
a  brand  new  issue  is  sent,  without  charge,  to  (J['H 
members  (and  to  no  one  else).  Each  issue  fciUurcs  a 
main  Selection  which  members  may  buy  at  a  dis- 
count of  20%  of  an  established  publisher's  list  price, 
followed  by  page  after  page  of  alternate  choices  — 
around  100  or  more  books  in  all  —  many  of  which  are 
also  available  at  marked  savings,  QPB  books  are  im- 
portant new  paperbacks,  fiction  and  non-fiction  alike. 
Some  are  literary  classics  you've  been  promising 
yourself  to  read.  And  some  are  hard-to-find  edition: 


editors  ha 
consideration. 


210.  THE 
WORLD  OF 
THE  PAST 
Edited  by 
Jacquetta 
Hawkes.(2 
Vols,)  Maps 
and  photos 
Pub  prices  total 
SI  1.90 


unearthed   for  your 


285.  HITLER 
by  Joachim  C, 
Pest   $8.95 

310.  THE  FORMULA 
BOOK  by  Norman 
Stark.  $5.95 


QUALITY 
PAPERBACK 
BOOK  CLUB 


274.  X  RAYING 
THE 

PHARAOHS  by 
Jamct  E   Harru 
and  Kcnl  R 
Weeks    Phot  Oft 
*4.9S 

204.  THE  NEW 
YORK  TIMES 
BOOK  OF 
HOUSE 
PLANTS  by 
Joan  Uc  Fausi 
llluft   >S.9S 


103.  ABROAD  IK  2«I.BIROSOF 

AMERICA  NORTH 

Vititortlolhe  AMERICA   A 

New  Nation  Personal 

1776-1914   Edited  Selection  by 


and  ^ 
Introduction  b 
Marc  Pachter 
Co-edtted  by 
Frances  Weln 
Photographs 
r7.9S 


,  OF 
SHERU3CK 
HOLMES  and 

MEMOIRS  OF 
SHERLOCK 
HOLMES  by 
A  Conan  Dovie 

(2  Vols  )lllui 
Pub  prices  total 


151.  THE  LORD 
OF  THE  RINGS 
by  J  R  R 
226.  PENTIMENTO  Tolkien 


Hellman.  »4,9S 

129.  BODY  HOT 
SPOTS:  The 
Anatomy  of  Humar 
Social  Organs  and 
Behavior  by  R.  Dali 
Guthrie.  »3.95 

179,  ALL  THE 
PRESIDENTS 
MEN  by  Carl 
Bernstein  and 
Bob 

Woodward 
Photos   »4.9S 

235.  THE 
CATALOG 
OF  KITS  by 
Jeffrey 
Feinman 
Photos.  $6.95 

215.  THE 
HAMMOND 
WHOLE 
EARTH 
ATLAS.  New 
Census  Editior 
Including  Zip 
Codes.  $4.95 


251.  THE  COMPLETE 
INDOOR  GARDENER 
Edited  by  Michael 


"  Vols       ,  TvtCAIAlDG 

Boxed )  $8.95  Ap  l(ITC 


Elliot  Porter 
Pbocographft 
M.M 

lOS.  THE  CONSCIOUS 
BRAIN  by  Steven  Rote 
Updated  edition 
Illustrated 
$4 .95 


OF 

CATALOGUES 
The  Complete 
Guide  to  World- 
Wide  Shoppmg 
by  MaU  bv 
Maria  De  La 
Iglesia   Photos 
$7.95 

119.  THE 
TEACHINGS 
OF  DON  JUAN. 
A  SEPARATE 
REALITY  and 
JOURNEY  TO 
IXTLANby 

Castaneda-  (3 
Vols  .  Boxed) 
$8.85 

301.  THE 

OFFICIAL 

SCRABBLE' 

PLAYERS" 

HANDBOOK 

Edited  bv  Drue  K- 

Conklin   $4.95 

316.  EXILES  and 

PASSAGE  TO 

ARARAT 

bv  Michael  J.  Arlen 

li  Vol.)  $4.95 

307.  THE  FOLK 
.MUSIC 
SOURCEBOOK 

by  Larry  Sandberg 


AnySbooksor 
sets  all  for  only  $1 


qualify  for  our  Free  Book  Plan 


294.  THE 
EDEN 

EXPRESS:  A 
Personal 
Account  of 
Schizophrenia 
by  Mark 
Vonnegut-  $3.9 


304.  AMERICA 
IN  1876:  The 
Way  We  Were 
by  Lally  Weymouth 
Designed  bv  Milton 
Glaser  $7.95 


175.  MARILYN 
A  Biography  by 
Norman  Mailer 
More  than  100 
photos.   $6-95 


283.  BURR  by 
Gore  Vidal 
$3.95 

278.  SUPERSHIPby 
Noel  Mostert 
$6.95 


Wright.  Illustrated 

296.  HOW  TO 

$7.95 

FIX  ALMOST 

EVERYTHING 

298.  AN 

OUTLINE  OF 

PHILOSOPHY 

by  Bertrand 

Edition.  Illus. 

Russell   $3.95 

$5.95 

164,  ROLL 

171.  AMERIKA. 

JORDAN, 

THE  TRIAL 

ROLL:  The 

and  THE 

World  the 

CASTLE  by 

Franz  Kafka.  (3 

Eugene  D 

prices  total 

$6.85 

198.  THE  BEST 

239.  PSYCHOTHERAPY 

OF  LIFE.  680 

EAST  Si  WEST, 

photos  $8,95 

NATUR£, 

MAN,  AND 

312.  DAUGHTER  OF 

WOMAN  and 

FIRE:  A  Portrait 

THE  WAY  OF 

of  Iceland  by 

ZEN  by  Alan 

Katharine  Scherman 

Watts.  (3  Vols.) 

Photographs.  $4.95 

Pub  prices  total  $5.85 

QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOK  CLUB.  INC. 

Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057  6-QB  113-8 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Quality  Paperback  Book  Club  and  send  me  the  three  books  or  sets  whose 
numbers  I've  indicated  in  the  boxes  below.  Bill  me  only  $1  for  all  three,  plus  shipping.  My  only  obligation  is 
to  purchase  six  more  books  or  sets  during  the  coming  year,  receiving  a  20%  discount,  when  there  is  a  pub- 
price,  on  every  Main  Selection  1  take.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any  time  after  I  buy  the  six 
■  sets.  A  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 


addil 


al  books  ( 


(Please  print  plainly) 


I   City  & 
Stare 


Q-35 


HOW  MEMBERSHIP  WORKS 


u  will  receive  the  OPE  Rex 
r— about  every  3'/2  weeks. 
3g  describes  the  Main  Si 
mately  one  hundred  Ali< 
Selection    you    decide 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK 
BOOK  CLUB,  INC. 

The  Book  Club  of  the  70s 


l_ 


iew  fifteen  limes 
This  informative 
rlection  plus  ap- 
rnates.  On  any 
take,    for    which 


If  you  want  the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing, 
will  be  shipped  to  you  automatically.  If  you 
ant  one  or  more  of  the  Alternates —or  no  book 
-just  indicate  your  decision  on  the  reply 


'  and  I 


form  always  enclosed  with  the  /?£■ 
it  by  the  date  specified. 

3.  Free  books.  For  every  book  or  set  you  buy 
(exclusive  of  your  three  introductory  choices  for 
$1),  you  earn  at  least  one  Bonus  Point  and  the 
Bonus  Points  you  accumulate  entitle  you  to  free 
books  and  sets.  (You  pay  only  shipping  charges.) 

4.  Return  privilege.  If  your  Review  is  delayed  in 
the  mail  and  therefore  you  receive  the  Main  Selec- 
tion without  having  had  ten  days  to  notify  us  if 
you  did  not  want  it,  you  may  return  that  Sel 


J 


Travel  2500  years  in  15  days: 

To  ancient  Persia, 
Modern  Iran. 

Dynamic  Modern  Tehran,  for  example,  set  like  a  jewel  against 
snow-capped  peaks  higher  than  the  Alps.  Shiraz,  romantic  city 
that  gave  roses  to  the  world.  And  the  majestic  remains  of  2500- 
year-old  Persepolis.  In  Isfahan,  you'll  gasp  at  the  Palace  of  40 
Pillars  with  its  magnificent  reflecting  pool.  And  at  the 
golden  cupolas  and  minarets  in  the  holy  city 
of  Mashad.  You'll  have  time  to  shop 
in  bazaars,  watch  Persian  rugs 
being  woven,  and  to  savor  Persian 
delicacies.  Capping  it  off :  two 


days  in  London  before  flying 
home.  Departures  every  other 
Friday.  Call  your  travel  agent, 
or  Iran  Air  in  New  York 
at  (212)  949-8200  ;  Houston 
(713)  629-1720;  Los 
Angeles  (213)  274-6336 


IRAHI MKR 


■TRAVEL  THE  WORLD   OF  LINDBLAD- 


Where  on  earth  will  you  find  180,000  more  giant 
land  Tortoises  than  in  the  Galapagos  Islands? 


THE  FORGOTTEN 

ISLANDS  OF  THE 

INDIAN  OCEAN 

...that's  where! 


Just  one  of  many  fascinating  reasons 
you  should  join  us  on  tfiis  voyage  of 
discovery  througli  the  Indian  Ocean. 
Its  islands,  totally  different  from  those 
you  may  have  visited  in  the  Caribbean 
or  Pacific,  offer  unparalelled  serenity 
and  beauty.  The  only  life  you  find  in 
these  "forgotten  islands,"  aside  from 
native  inhabitants,  are  thousands  of 
animals  and  birds,  tame  beyond  belief. 

World-famous  M/S  Lindblad  Explorer* 
will  take  us  into  sun-drenched  beaches 
and  exotic  atolls  where  we  swim,  snorkel 
and  examine  immense  varieties  of  shell 
and  fish  life.  We'll  cruise  through  the 


Seychelles  to  Desroches  and  to  Aldabra, 
where  we  encounter  the  giant  Tortoise. 
Then  on  to  Glorioso  Island,  that  golden 
gem,  set  in  the  turquoise  sea.  We  then 
visit  Nossi-Be  and  the  volcanic  Como- 
ros. Our  cruise  ends  in  scenic  Cape 
Town.  Please  join  us  on  this  truly  excit- 
ing voyage  of  discovery  Write  for  our 
brochure  or  see  your  travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHLES876 
133  East  55th  St.,  N.Y.,  NY.  10022 
751-2300  or  toll-free  800  223-9700 

'Panamanian  registry 


more  complex  by  denying  a  foothold 
to  any  competitor.  The  first  eukaryo- 
tic  herbivore,  in  the  course  of  its 
copious,  if  unvaried,  worldwide 
feast,  freed  enough  space  for  the  evo- 
lution of  competitors. 

Speculation  may  be  intriguing,  but 
we  have  little  concrete  to  say  about 
my  first  factor — the  cause  that  ini- 
tiated sigmoidal  increase.  We  can, 
however,  do  better  for  the  second — 
the  nature  of  an  environment  that  per- 
mitted it.  Sigmoidal  growth  is  not  a 
universal  property  of  natural  systems; 
it  occurs  only  in  one  kind  of  environ- 
ment. Our  laboratory  bacteria  would 
not  have  increased  in  an  S-shaped 
curve  if  their  culture  plate  was  al- 
ready densely  populated  or  devoid  of 
nutrients.  Sigmoidal  patterns  occur 
only  in  open,  unconstrained  systems, 
where  food  and  space  are  so  abundant 
that  organisms  grow  until  their  own 
numbers  limit  further  increase.  The 
Precambrian  oceans  clearly  formed 
such  an  "empty"  ecosystem — plenty 
of  space,  abundant  food,  no  competi- 
tion. (The  early  eukaryotes  could 
thank  their  prokaryotic  ancestors  not 
only  for  an  immediate  supply  of  food 
but  also  for  their  prior  service  in  sup- 
plying oxygen  to  the  atmosphere 
through  photosynthesis . )  The  sigmoi- 
dal curve — with  the  Cambrian  explo- 
sion as  its  log  phase — represents  the 
first  stocking  of  the  world's  oceans, 
a  predictable  pattern  of  evolution  in 
open  ecosystems. 

Animals  evolving  during  the  log 
phase  should  show  different  evolu- 
tionary patterns  from  those  arising 
later  in  a  regime  of  self-regulated 
equilibrium.  Much  of  my  own  re- 
search in  the  past  two  years  has  been 
devoted  to  defining  these  differences. 
My  colleagues  (T.J.M.  Schopf  of  the 
University  of  Chicago,  D.M.  Raup 
and  J.J.  Sepkoski  of  the  University  of 
Rochester,  and  D.S.  Simberloff  of 
Florida  State  University)  and  I  have 
been  modeling  evolutionary  trees  as 
a  random  process.  After  "growing" 
a  tree,  we  divide  it  into  its  major 
"limbs"  and  consider  the  history  of 
each  limb  (technically  called  a 
"clade")  through  time.  We  depict 
each  clade  as  a  so-called  Mae  West 
diagram  (pardon  the  sexism  of  a  pro- 
fession still  overwhelmingly  male — 
but  the  diagrams  often  wax  and  wane 
in  a  very  curvaceous  fashion,  and 
none  of  us  invented  the  term  any- 
way). Mae  West  diagrams  are  con- 
structed in  the  following  way:  Simply 
count  the  number  of  species  living 
during  each  period  of  time  and  vary 


26 


Before  the  average  driver  can  move  his 
foot  from  the  gas  pedal  to  the  broke  in 
a  panic  situation,  a  car  will  travel  56  feet 
(atSSm.p.h.l  So  Volvo  puts  power  disc 
brakes  on  four  wheels,  not  just  two. 


VOLVO.   THE 


WHO  THINK. 


NOWYOUCANSEE 
A  LOT  OF  INDIA 
FOR  A  LOT  LESS 

THAN  YOU  THINK. 

Air-India  announces  some 
incredible  toui-s  to  India:  16  days 
of  pleasure  starting-  at  $1,071. 
Wliich  includes  I'ound-tiip 
Excui-sion  or  Group  economy 
fare  from  New  York  on  Air-India, 
superior  hotels,  all  gi-ound 
ti-ansportation  and  taxes  for 
each  of  two  people. 

And  you'll  see  a  lot  of  India: 
Agi-a  and  the  Taj  Mahal,  Bombay 
Delhi,  the  red  ghost  city  of 
Fatehpur  Sikii  the  pink  city  of 
Jaipur  And  more. 

You'll  lo\'e  India  with  its 
bustle,  serenity  wondeiful  food 
superb  crafts  and  ciystal  beauty 
Fill  out  the  coupon  and  we'll  tell 
you  more.  Or  have  your  travel 
agent  fill  you  ia 


.JJR-IXDIA  NH-8 

666  Fifth  Avenue.  New  York,  N.Y.  10019 
Please  send  me  tour  information 
on  India. 

Name 


atx  Stale.  Zip 


Telephone  Number 


IVavel  Apent  s  Name 


the  width  of  the  diagram  according  to 
this  number. 

We  then  measure  several  proper- 
ties of  these  diagrams.  One  measure, 
called  C.G.,  defines  the  position  of 
the  center  of  gravity  (roughly,  the 
place  where  the  clade  is  widest,  or 
most  diverse).  If  this  position  of  max- 
imum diversity  occurs  at  the  midpoint 
of  the  clade "s  duration,  we  give  C.G. 


, 

/ 

\ 

/ 

^ 

^:S.  . 

\/ 

NUMBER  OF  SF 

'ECIE 

3 

a  value  of  0.5  (halfway  in  the  clade "s 
total  existence).  If  a  clade  reaches  its 
greatest  diversity  before  its  midpoint, 
it  has  a  C.G.  of  less  than  0.5. 

In  our  random  system,  C.G.  is 
always  near  0.5 — the  ideal  clade  is  a 
diamond  widest  at  its  center.  But  our 
random  world  is  one  of  perfect  equi- 
librium. No  log  phases  of  sigmoidal 
growth  are  permitted;  a  constant 
number  of  species  is  maintained 
through  time,  as  rates  of  extinction 
match  rates  of  origination. 

I  spent  a  good  part  of  last  year 
counting  fossil  genera  and  recording 
their  longevity  in  order  to  construct 
Mae  West  diagrams  for  real  clades. 
I  now  have  more  than  400  clades  for 
groups  that  arose  and  died  following 
the  log  phase  of  the  Cambrian  explo- 
sion. Their  mean  value  is  0.4993 — 
couldn't  ask  for  anything  closer  to  the 
0.5  of  our  idealized  world  at  equilib- 
rium. I  also  have  as  many  Mae  West 
diagrams  for  clades  that  arose  during 
the  log  phase  and  died  out  afterward. 
Their  mean  C.G.  is  significantly  less 
than  0.5.  They  record  an  atypical 
world  of  increasing  diversity,  and 
their  values  can  be  used  to  assess  both 
the  timing  and  the  strength  of  the 
Cambrian  log  phase.  Their  values  are 
below  0.5  because  they  arose  during 
times  of  rapid  diversification.  But 
they  died  out  during  stable  times  of 


NUMBER  OF  SPECIES 


slower  origin  and  extinction.  Thus, 
they  reached  their  maximum  diver- 
sity early  in  their  history  since  their 
first  representatives  participated  in  a 
log  phase  of  unrestrained  increase, 
but  petered  out  more  slowly  during 
the  stabilized  world  that  followed. 

A  quantitative  approach  has  helped 
us  to  understand  the  Cambrian  explo- 
sion in  two  ways.  First,  we  can  recog- 
nize its  character  of  sigmoidal  growth 
and  identify  its  cause  in  an  earlier 
event;  the  Cambrian  problem,  per  se, 
disappears.  Secondly,  we  can  define 
the  time  and  intensity  of  the  Cam- 
brian log  phase  by  studying  the  statis- 
tics of  Mae  West  diagrams. 

To  my  mind,  the  most  remarkable 
result  of  this  exercise  is  not  the  low 
C.G.  of  Cambrian  clades,  but  the  cor- 
respondence of  C.G.  for  later  clades 
to  an  idealized  model  for  a  world  at 
equilibrium.  Could  it  be  that  the  di- 
versity of  life  has  remained  at  equilib- 
rium through  all  the  vicissitudes  of  an 
earth  in  motion,  all  the  mass  extinc- 
tions, the  collision  of  continents,  the 
swallowing  up  and  creation  of 
oceans?  The  log  phase  of  the  Cam- 
brian filled  up  the  earth's  oceans. 
Since  then,  evolution  has  produced 
endless  variation  on  a  limited  set  of 
basic  designs.  Marine  life  has  been 
copious  in  its  variety,  ingenious  in  its 
adaptation,  and  (if  I  may  be  permitted 
an  anthropocentric  comment)  won- 
drous in  its  beauty.  Yet,  in  an  impor- 
tant sense,  things  have  been  pretty 
quiet  since  the  Cambrian — and  so 
they  are  likely  to  remain. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science  at 
Harvard  University. 


WE  WANT  YOU  TO  HK  ABl.K 

TO  CONTROL  YOUR  INSKCT 

PROBLEMS  WITHOUT  DAMA(ilN(, 

THE  ENVIRONMENT 


FOR  THIS  REASON,  in  our  line 
of  RAID  flying  insect  control 
products,  we  adopted  only  the 
safest  of  all  known  insecticides,  the 
Pyrethrins,  plus  such  non-persist- 
ent synthetics  as  Neopynamin  and 
d-trans-Allethrin,  as  active  in- 
gredients. 

To  control  crawling  insects  such 
as  roaches  effectively,  a  product 
must  have  some  residual  effect. 
We  make  such  products  for  those 
who  have  need  of  them.  But  we 
make  them  with  carbamate  and 
organophosphorous  active  ingre- 
dients, all  of  which  degrade  rapidly 
enough  to  pose  minimal  environ- 
mental hazards  to  plant,  animal 
and  bird  life. 

Further,  we  recommend  that 


our  products  be  used  onlv  for  in- 
home  and  near-home  situations, 
such  as  private  yards  and  gardens. 
Finally,  not  one  of  our  14  prod- 
ucts sold  in  the  entire  U.S.A.  uses 
any  DDT,  Lindane,  Dieldrin, 
or  other  "hard"  chlorinated 
hydrocaibons. 


ffe  want  you  to  be  able  to  control  your  insect  problems. 
But  not  at  the  expense  of  our  environment. 


S.  C.  Johnson  &  Son,  Inc.,  Makers  of  Raid  Insecticides 


1975  S.  C.  Johnson  &  Son,  Inc.,  Racine,  Wisconsin  53403     Printed  in  U.S.A.     All  rights  reserved.     RAID  is  a  trademark. 


30 


Currents  of  the  Sea 


by  W.  Redwood  Wrij^ht 


Propelled  by  winds,  solar 
heat,  and  the  rotation  of  the 
earth,  the  ocean  water  moves 
in  chartable  patterns 

The  world's  seven  seas  are  really 
one  global  ocean  surrounding  the 
continental  land  masses.  The  three 
great  ocean  basins — the  Atlantic,  the 
Pacific,  and  the  Indian — are  joined  at 
their  southern  extremities  by  the 
Southern  Ocean  whose  waters  en- 
circle Antarctica.  The  ocean  basins 
are  connected  by  currents  that  flow 
horizontally  from  one  region  to  an- 
other and  up  and  down  between  the 
surface  and  the  depths.  Movement  at 
the  surface  is  relatively  rapid.  The 
deep  movement  is  very  slow,  with  a 
time  scale  of  centuries,  but  the 
amounts  of  water  involved  are  mas- 
sive. 

Like  almost  everything  that  moves 
on  the  face  of  the  earth,  the  major 
currents  of  the  world  ocean  are  ulti- 
mately driven  by  energy  from  the 
sun.  (Coastal  currents,  which  have  a 
strong  tidal  component,  are  not  con- 
sidered here.)  Solar  energy  affects  the 
ocean  in  two  major  ways — directly, 
through  solar  radiation,  and  indi- 
rectly, through  the  winds.  Because 
the  earth  rotates  from  west  to  east  and 
because  its  surface  is  unevenly  heated 
by  the  sun,  there  is  a  global  wind  sys- 
tem that  consists  basically  of  easter- 
lies, or  trade  winds,  that  extend 
from  the  subtropics  to  the  equator; 
westerlies  at  the  mid-latitudes;  and 
easterlies  again  at  the  high  latitudes. 

The  winds  blowing  over  the  ocean 
transfer  some  of  their  energy  to  the 
sea  surface;  most  of  it  goes  into  mak- 
ing waves,  but  a  fraction,  perhaps  10 
percent,  imparts  to  the  surface  layers 
a  motion  deflected  at  a  slight  angle  to 
the  direction  of  the  wind — to  the  right 


in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  and  to 
the  left  south  of  the  equator.  (Winds 
are  designated  by  the  direction  from 
which  they  come;  water  flow  is  de- 
scribed by  the  direction  in  which  it  is 
moving.)  There  is  thus  a  westward 
flow  of  water  in  equatorial  regions 
and  an  easterly  flow  in  the  mid-lati- 
tudes, with  some  tendency  for  accu- 
mulation in  between. 

Unlike  the  atmosphere,  however, 
the  oceans  have  the  barriers  of  the 
continents;  only  in  the  Southern 
Ocean  can  the  West  Wind  Drift,  also 
known  as  the  Antarctic  Circumpolar 
Current,  continue  uninterrupted 
around  the  globe.  Elsewhere  the 
zonal  (westward  and  eastward)  mo- 
tions of  the  water  combine  with  me- 
ridional (poleward  and  equatorward) 
flows  to  form  huge  rings,  or  gyres,  of 
current.  The  most  extensive  of  these 
are  the  subtropical  gyres,  which  flow 
clockwise  in  the  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere and  counterclockwise  in  the 
Southern.  In  the  North  Pacific  and  the 
North  Atlantic  and  apparently  in  the 
Weddell  Sea  of  Antarctica  there  are 
subpolar  gyres  that  flow  in  the  oppo- 
site direction.  Again  because  of  the 
earth's  rotation,  the  meridional  flows 
on  the  west  sides  of  oceans  tend  to  be 
relatively  narrow,  strong  currents, 
while  those  on  the  east  sides  are 
broader,  more  diffuse,  and  slower, 
and  therefore  less  amenable  to  obser- 
vation. 

In  considering  this  flow  system,  the 
direct  effects  of  solar  radiation  must 
also  be  taken  into  account.  Radiation 
is  stronger  at  the  equator  than  at  the 
poles.  The  resultant  temperature  and 
salinity  differences  affect  the  density 
of  the  sea  surface.  Water  contracts  as 
it  cools  and  hence  becomes  more 
dense;  salt  also  increases  density. 
Normally  the  changes  in  temperature 
and  salinity  counteract  each  other: 


31 


tropical  warming  makes  water  less 
dense  but  also  increases  evaporation 
and  hence  salinity,  and  that,  in  turn, 
makes  the  water  denser.  In  polar  re- 
gions the  reverse  occurs,  with  cooling 
opposed  by  an  excess  of  precipitation 
over  evaporation.  The  difference  be- 
tween the  densest  water,  for  example, 
that  flowing  out  of  the  Mediterranean, 
and  the  least  dense,  such  as  at  the 
tropical  sea  surface,  is  less  than  0.5 
percent,  but  it  is  very  important. 

The  ocean  is  vertically  stable 
nearly  everywhere;  that  is,  the  deeper 
water  is  denser  than  the  water  directly 
above  it,  but  there  are  horizontal  dif- 
ferences in  density.  In  the  subtropical 
gyres ,  a  lens  of  lighter  water  '  'floats' ' 
on  the  denser  water  around  it;  its  sur- 
face is  actually  as  much  as  three  feet 
higher.  Polar  water  tends  to  sink  and 
move  toward  the  equator  along  slop- 
ing surfaces  of  constant  density.  As 
a  result  of  these  differences,  there  are 
horizontal  pressure  gradients  that  are 
balanced  by  horizontal  currents,  just 
as  atmospheric  pressure  gradients  are 
accompanied  by  currents  of  air.  The 
combination  of  vertical  and  horizon- 
tal motions  established  in  this  manner 
is  known  as  the  thermohaline  circula- 
tion. It  is  most  important  in  the  deeper 
layers  of  the  sea  but  is  also  significant 
in  the  upper  ocean. 

Although  it  is  convenient  to  sepa- 
rate circulation  into  surface  and  deep 
V  systems,  the  distinction  is  not  so 
clear-cut  in  reality.  Some  of  the  major 
surface  currents,  such  as  the  Gulf 
Stream  and  the  Antarctic  Circumpo- 
lar  Current,  have  been  found  to  ex- 
tend all  the  way  to  the  bottom,  and 
most  of  the  so-called  deep  currents 
originate  at  the  sea  surface  in  high 
latitudes.  In  fact,  there  is  a  small  ver- 
tical component  to  most,  perhaps  all, 
flows  in  the  ocean,  with  sinking  in  a 
few  localized  regions  and  rising  else- 
where, so  that  the  whole  system  is 
eventually  turned  over. 

The  existence  of  surface  currents 
has  been  known  and  used  to  advan- 
tage by  mariners  since  the  earliest 
navigators  ventured  offshore.  In  the 
tenth  century,  dhow  skippers  in  the 
Arabian  Sea  knew  that  the  currents, 
as  well  as  the  winds,  changed  direc- 
tion with  the  monsoons;  Polynesian 
voyagers  knew  how  to  play  the  cur- 
rents and  countercurrents  of  the 
Equatorial  system;  and  within  a  few 
years  of  the  voyages  of  Columbus, 


the  Spanish  treasure  fleets  were  riding 
home  from  the  New  World  with  a 
boost  from  the  Gulf  Stream.  Even 
today's  gigantic  but  relatively  slow 
tankers  seek  out  routes  that  will  en- 
able them  to  benefit  from  the  current 
or  avoid  a  contrary  flow,  and  Ber- 
muda-bound yachtsmen  plot  the  tem- 
perature of  the  sea  surface  as  a  guide 
to  making  the  best  use  of  Gulf  Stream 
meanders. 

Knowledge  of  the  deep  circulation, 
however,  goes  back  little  more  than 
a  century,  to  the  development  of  ther- 
mometers that  could  record  deep  tem- 
peratures and  retain  the  reading  while 
being  hauled  up  through  the  surface 
layers.  During  the  celebrated  cruise 
of  H. M.S.  Challenger  (1872-76),  a 
worldwide  series  of  deep  temperature 
measurements  demonstrated  that,  re- 
gardless of  the  temperature  at  the  sea 
surface,  deep  water  everywhere  is 
cold.  It  was  noted,  however,  that  the 
deep  temperatures  in  all  the  major 
ocean  basins  increased  toward  the 
north,  away  from  the  Antarctic.  The 
Challenger  data  indicated  to  contem- 
porary scientists  that  there  must  be  a 
slow  northward  flow  from  the  Antarc- 
tic into  the  world  oceans,  a  view  that 
has  been  sustained  with  minor  modi- 
fications ever  since. 

At  the  turn  of  the  century,  the  polar 
explorer  Fridtjof  Nansen  speculated 
on  the  basis  of  some  deep  northern 
observations  that  the  Norwegian  Sea 
is  a  source  of  deep  water  for  the  abys- 
sal circulation.  His  idea,  unfortu- 
nately neglected  for  nearly  half  a  cen- 
tury, was  not  revived  until  the  1950s. 
The  contribution  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  to  deep  ocean  circulation 
was  understood,  at  least  in  concept, 
by  a  Victorian  physician-naturalist 
who  tried  to  measure  the  subsurface 
outflow  at  Gibraltar  by  lowering  a 
cannonball  below  his  dinghy. 

Such  crude  methods  of  direct  cur- 
rent measurement  were  all  that  was 
possible  until  electronic  techniques 
were  introduced  during  and  after 
World  War  II.  Oceanographers  had 
to  rely  primarily  upon  indirect  means, 
inferences  based  upon  widespread 
spot  observations  of  temperature,  sa- 
linity, and  other  variables,  and  the 
mapping  of  their  distribution.  In  the 
deep  ocean  such  observations  take 
time — at  best,  three  to  four  hours  per 
station — distances  between  stations 
are  large  and  research  vessels  are  usu- 


ally small ,  so  that  data  accumulation 
was  very  slow.  As  recenfly  as  1960 
the  circulation  in  the  Pacific  Ocean 
below  16,000  feet  was  described  on 
the  basis  of  only  145  stations,  each 
one  representing  on  average  an  area 
half  again  as  large  as  Texas.  (There 
are  now  about  600  such  stations  in  the 
Pacific — for  Texas,  read  New  Mex- 
ico.) 

In  addition  to  analysis  of  distri- 
bution patterns,  it  was  possible  to  cal- 
culate the  speed  and  volume  transport 
of  a  current  by  resolving  the  "geo- 
strophic"  equation,  a  simplified  bal- 
ance of  forces  that  relates  the  distri- 
bution of  pressure  in  the  ocean  to  the 
deflecting  effect  of  the  earth's  rota- 
tion. However,  the  reliability  of  the 
calculation  was — and  still  is — 
severely  hampered  by  the  need  for 
some  absolute  reference  point. 

The  wartime  development  of 
loran,  a  radio  navigation  system, 
made  possible  frequent  and  precise 
position  fixing,  so  that  ship  drift  could 
be  determined  with  reasonable  accu- 
racy. Two  other  new  developments 
were  the  bathythermograph,  a  diving 
thermometer  that  records  tempera- 
tures in  the  upper  layers  from  a  mov- 
ing ship,  and  the  geomagnetic  elec- 
trokinetograph,  or  GEK,  which 
senses  currents  by  measuring  the 
electrical  potential  set  up  by  the  mo- 
tion of  a  conductor  (seawater) 
through  a  magnetic  field  (the  earth's). 
With  these  devices  it  was  possible  to 
describe  some  of  the  fluctuations  of 
surface  currents.  It  then  became  ap- 
parent that  for  most  of  its  length  the 
Gulf  Stream  is  not  a  "river  in  the 
ocean"  confined  to  a  single  path,  as 
described  by  Matthew  Fontaine 
Maury,  the  nineteenth-century  U.S. 
naval  officer  who  made  the  first 
worldwide  wind  and  current  charts, 
but  rather  a  highly  variable  flow  with 
huge  meanders  propagating  down- 
stream so  that  the  position,  speed, 
and  direction  of  flow  are  constanfly 
changing. 

In  the  1950s  a  tenfold  increase  in 
the  accuracy  of  salinity  measure- 
ments was  achieved  when  chemical 
titration  was  replaced  by  machines 
based  on  electrical  conductivity. 
With  these  new  instruments,  fine  dif- 
ferences between  water  masses  could 
be  identified  and  another  era  of  inves- 
tigating the  deep  ocean  was  inaugu- 
rated. 


32 


-f  vc 


OCEAN 


The  interconnectedness  of  the 
world's  oceans  is  apparent 
when  the  earth  is  viewed  from 
the  poles.  The  Southern  Ocean, 
which  surrounds  Antarctica, 
links  the  Atlantic,  Pacific, 
and  Indian  basins.  The 
Antarctic  Circuinpolar  Current 
in  the. Southern  Ocean  (also 
known  as  the  West  Wind  Drift) 
is  perhaps  the  most  important 
of  the  major  ocean  currents. 
It  is  the  only  one  that  flows 
around  the  globe  unimpeded 
by  any  land  masses. 


INDIAN      a      ^^A 


si  A 


The  Arctic  Ocean,  a  marginal 

sea  of  the  Adantic,  is 

connected  to  the  Pacific  by 

the  Bering  Strait.  Shallow 

and  narrow,  the  strait  permits 

only  a  relative  trickle  of 

water  to  flow  over  its  sill. 

Nevertheless,  it  is  enough 

to  help  maintain  the 

fundametttal  wtity  of  the 

global  ocean. 


33 


90° 


120° 


150° 


180° 


150° 


120° 


90^ 


ARCTIC 


Currents  of  the  World  Ocean  System 


ASIA 


Ni  '^       N.P  R  T  H      P  A  C  /  F    ^^ 


NORTH 
AMERICA 


90° 


ANTARCTICA 


120° 


150° 


180 


150° 


120° 


30" 


30-= 


60 


90 


OCEAN 


60° 


30° 


30° 


60° 


90° 


Direct  current  measurements  in 
deep  water  have  taken  two  forms:  an- 
chored meters  that  measure  the  speed 
and  direction  of  the  water  flowing 
past  them,  and  free  instruments  that 
descend  to  a  predetermined  depth  and 
move  along  with  the  flow.  Both  tech- 
niques are  time-consuming  and  ex- 
pensive— a  single  mooring  with  sev- 
eral current  meters  and  a  release  to 
drop  the  anchor  on  command  can  cost 
more  than  $100,000 — and  such  ob- 
servations have  consequently  been 
made  in  only  a  few  places  in  the  world 
ocean. 

The  first  lesson  learned  from  the 
new  instruments  was  that  the  motion 
in  the  deep  ocean  was  not  a  broad, 
slow  flow,  as  had  generally  been 
imagined,  but  covered  a  whole  spec- 
trum of  time  and  space  scales  that 
may  be  at  least  as  complicated  as  the 
surface  circulation.  This  discovery 
has  opened  up  several  new  fields  of 
investigation  into  the  small-  and  me- 
dium-scale motions,  but  it  is  not  yet 
clear  how  these  aspects  of  oceanic 
movement  relate  to  the  general  circu- 
lation. It  also  means  that  short-term 
measurements  in  any  one  place  do  not 
tell  much  about  what  is  going  on. 

Probably  the  largest  of  all  ocean 
currents  is  the  Antarctic  Circumpolar 
Current,  or  West  Wind  Drift,  which 
flows  eastward  around  Antarctica.  It 
is  separated  from  the  continent  by  the 
East  Wind  Drift,  a  much  smaller 
coastal  current  set  up  by  the  predomi- 
nant easterlies  of  the  polar  land  mass. 

The  Circumpolar  Current  is  very 
cold  at  the  surface,  often  less  than 
0°C  near  its  southern  limits.  It  is  also 
rich  in  nutrients  and  thus  full  of  life, 
from  tiny  plankton  to  the  largest  re- 
maining populations  of  the  great 
whales;  countless  sea  bird  rookeries 
exist  on  the  otherwise  barren  and  in- 
hospitable rocks  and  islets  of  the  re- 
gion. The  current  is  not  terribly 
swift — perhaps  a  knot  at  the  surface 
and  one-fifth  of  that  in  the  depths — 
but  it  is  both  broad  and  deep  and  has 
been  estimated  to  carry  about  200. 
million  tons  of  water  past  a  given 
point  each  second.  To  put  this  figure 
in  some  kind  of  perspective,  it  is 
about  150  times  the  combined  flow  of 
all  the  world's  rivers  and  would  fill 
the  Great  Lakes  in  about  two  days  but 
would  require  more  than  100  years  to 
fill  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

In  each  of  the  major  oceans  the  Cir- 


cumpolar Current  is  the  southern  limb 
of  the  subtropical  gyre,  which 
reaches  to  the  equator  via  a  north- 
ward-flowing, eastern  boundary  cur- 
rent and  a  swifter,  southbound  west- 
ern boundary  current.  Because  of 
their  tropical  origin,  the  western 
boundary  currents — the  Brazil  Cur- 
rent in  the  South  Atlantic,  the 
Agulhas  in  the  South  Indian,  and  the 
East  Australian  in  the  South  Pacific — 
are  relatively  warm  and  saline.  The 
eastern  boundary  currents,  in  con- 
trast, arise  in  high  latitudes  and  tend 
to  be  colder,  less  salty,  and  richer  in 
nutrients.  Enhancing  this  condition, 
the  winds  on  the  east  sides  of  oceans 
generally  blow  toward  the  equator. 
The  surface  waters  are  diverted  off- 
shore, to  the  left  of  the  wind  direc- 
tion, and  are  replaced  by  upwelling 
deeper  water  that  is  also  generally 
cold,  fresh,  and  rich.  The  system  sup- 
ports some  of  the  world's  greatest 
fisheries,  along  with  associated  pre- 
dators such  as  sea  birds  and  humans. 

Major  fluctuations  in  eastern 
boundary  currents  can  be  disastrous. 
The  region  of  the  Humboldt  (or  Peru) 
Current,  along  the  west  coast  of 
South  America,  produces  about  20 
percent  of  the  world  fish  catch.  Some 
years,  apparently  as  a  result  of  relax- 
ation of  the  southeast  trade  winds  and 
heavy  equatorial  rains,  there  is  an  in- 
cursion of  abnormally  warm  surface 
water  along  the  coast.  Lacking  nu- 
trients, the  entire  food  chain  col- 
lapses. Fish  die,  sea  birds  go  else- 
where, and  Peruvian  fishermen  be- 
come impoverished.  The  condition  is 
known  as  El  Niiio  ("the  child")  be- 
cause it  has  usually  occurred  at 
Christmastime.  Fishery  scientists 
now  believe  they  can  predict  the  se- 
verity of  El  Niiio  by  measuring  upper 
air  winds  over  the  equatorial  Pacific. 

The  classic  picture  of  the  Equator- 
ial Current  System  consists  of  two 
westward  flows,  the  North  and  South 
Equatorial  currents,  which  are  driven 
respectively  by  the  northeast  and 
southeast  trades,  and  are  separated  by 
the  doldrums  and  an  eastward-flow- 
ing countercurrent.  But  the  system  is 
not  that  simple.  The  currents  vary 
seasonally  in  position  and  strength 
and  may  disappear  on  occasion.  The 
most  consistent  of  the  three  flows,  the 
South  Equatorial  Current,  is  strongest 
in  northern  summer;  the  opposite  is 
true  of  the  North  Equatorial  Current, 


which  actually  reverses  with  the  mon- 
soon in  the  Indian  Ocean.  There  is, 
in  addition,  recent  evidence  of  a 
South  Equatorial  Countercurrent 
flowing  eastward  in  the  Pacific  at 
about  5°  to  10°  south  latitude. 

One  of  the  real  surprises  of  modern 
oceanography  was  the  discovery  of  a 
thin  ribbon  of  water  flowing  rapidly 
eastward  directly  along  the  equator 
and  only  about  300  feet  below  the 
westbound  South  Equatorial  Current 
at  the  sea  surface.  This  Equatorial 
Undercurrent  extends  about  two  de- 
grees north  and  south  of  the  equator 
and  is  only  about  600  feet  thick.  It 
carries  a  core  of  high  salinity  water. 
This  unexpected  feature  was  discov- 
ered during  a  long-line  fishing  expe- 
dition in  the  Pacific  Ocean  in  the  late 
1950s.  The  countercurrent  was  sub- 
sequently found  to  be  a  worldwide 
feature  with  Atlantic  and  Indian 
Ocean  counterparts,  but  much  re- 
mains to  be  learned  about  its  origin 
and  fate  and  why  it  is  there  at  all. 

The  strongest  western  boundary 
currents — the  Gulf  Stream  in  the  At- 
lantic and  the  Kuroshio  in  the  Pa- 
cific— are  found  north  of  the  equator. 
The  Kuroshio  carries  warm  and  saline 
water  past  the  islands  of  Japan.  Its 
extension  crosses  the  Pacific  at  about 
40°  north  latitude  and  divides  at  the 
North  American  coast;  part  flows 
south  along  the  California  coast, 
where  it  is  considered  cold,  and  part 
flows  north  past  Canada  and  Alaska, 
where  it  is  considered  warm.  The 
Oyashio,  a  cold  southward  current 
along  the  Asian  continent,  may  be 
part  of  the  return  flow.  The  Kuroshio 
fluctuates  in  position  and  speed  and 
its  movements  are  important  to  the 
fishermen  of  Japan. 

The  Gulf  Stream  originates  with 
source  waters  that  flow  into  the  east- 
ern Caribbean  Sea.  The  stream  flows 
northward  past  Yucatan,  generally 
eastward  through  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
past  Cuba,  and  northward  again 
through  the  Straits  of  Florida  and  up 
the  east  coast  to  Cape  Hatteras.  Up 
to  this  point  it  is  still  less  than  3  ,(X)0 
feet  deep,  often  faster,  but  not  appre- 
ciably more  powerful,  than  other 
major  currents,  and  its  path  has  only 
minor  fluctuations.  Beyond  Hatteras 
all  this  changes — the  coast  turns  al- 
most due  north  but  the  current  con- 
tinues to  the  northeast,  moving  off- 
shore where  it  incorporates  the  under- 


36 


lying  deep  water.  Its  transport  dou- 
bles to  about  1 50  million  tons  per  sec- 
ond, and  its  speed  can  be  measured 
all  the  way  to  the  bottom.  At  the  same 
time  its  path  becomes  more  erratic, 
and  great  meanders  develop  north  and 
south  of  the  mean  path.  Occasionally 
these  meanders  pinch  ofl  to  form  ro- 
tating rings  of  water  50  to  100  miles 
in  diameter  that  persist  as  inde- 
pendent entities  for  months  or  years 
before  they  dissipate  or  are  reab- 
sorbed into  the  stream.  Infrared  satel- 
lite photography,  which  reveals  sea 
surface  temperature  contrasts,  has 
helped  to  map  these  patterns;  there 
now  appear  to  be  about  six  such  rings 
formed  each  year  on  each  side  of  the 
Gulf  Stream. 

East  of  Cape  Cod  the  stream  dimin- 
ishes and  off  the  Grand  Banks  of 
Newfoundland  it  is  back  to  its  Hat- 
teras  size.  North  and  east  of  the  Banks 
the  picture  is  less  clear.  There  is  a 
cold,  fresh,  relatively  shallow  and 
weak  flow,  the  Labrador  Current, 
running  southward  along  the  Cana- 
dian coast.  There  is  also  a  flow  of 
warm  water  that  ultimately  bathes 
northern  Europe  so  that  palm  trees 
grow  in  Cornwall  at  the  latitude  of 
Newfoundland  and  even  the  southern 
harbors  of  Iceland  are  usually  ice-free 
and  open  for  shipping  year-round. 
This  flow  is  generally  thought  to  be 
an  extension  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  but 
there  is  persuasive  evidence  that  east 
of  the  Grand  Banks  the  major  part  of 
the  stream  turns  south  and  recurves  to 
the  west.  The  flow  that  warms  Europe 
may  come  from  the  eastern  Atlantic 
off  North  Africa  rather  than  from  the 
Gulf  Stream.  Whatever  its  origin, 
there  is  warm  and  saline  Atlantic  sur- 
face water  flowing  into  the  Norwe- 
gian Sea,  and  thus  begins  the  tale  of 
the  deep  circulation. 

There  are  only  two  places  in  the 
world  ocean  where  significant  quanti- 
ties of  bottom  water  are  known  to  be 
produced,  that  is,  where  atmospheric 
effects  make  surface  water  suffi- 
ciently dense  to  sink  to  the  bottom. 
These  are  near  the  two  poles.  In  the 
Norwegian  Sea  the  effect  is  accom- 
plished by  winter  cooling,  so  that  a 
mass  of  cold  and  relatively  saline 
water  accumulates  in  the  sea's  deep 
basins.  The  Norwegian  Sea  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  by  a  sill 
1 ,500  to  2,500  feet  deep  that  extends 
from  Greenland  to  Scotland  by  way 


of  Iceland  and  the  Faeroe  Islands. 
The  dense  water  overflows  the  ridge 
and  cascades  downslope  into  the  deep 
Atlantic.  "Cascade"  may  be  too 
strong  a  word,  as  the  speeds  are  little 
more  than  three  kncjts,  but  the  process 
is  sufficiently  turbulent  to  pick  up  a 
good  deal  of  Atlantic  water  at  inter- 
mediate depths.  The  mixture,  known 
as  North  Atlantic  Deep  Water,  is  pro- 
duced in  quantities  that  are  small 
compared  with  the  transport  of  the 
great  surface  currents,  perhaps  ten 
million  tons  per  second,  and  whether 
the  flow  is  sporadic  or  continuous  is 
not  known. 

The  other  bottom  water  source  is 
the  icebound  Weddell  Sea  of  the  Ant- 
arctic. The  Antarctic  Bottom  Water 
produced  there  is  less  saline,  but 
colder  and  therefore  denser,  than 
North  Atlantic  Deep  Water;  it  is  dis- 
tributed around  Antarctica  and  into 
the  ocean  basins  by  the  Circumpolar 
Current.  Given  the  place  and  the  sea- 
son, production  of  Antarctic  Bottom 
Water  is  not  an  easy  process  to  ob- 
serve ,  and  there  is  some  debate  about 
how  regular  it  is  or  even  if  it  is  now 
taking  place  at  all.  But  there  is  no 
doubt  about  its  long-term  impor- 
tance, for  Antarctic  Bottom  Water 
constitutes  more  than  half  the  water 
in  the  world  ocean.  It  fills  the  deep 
regions  of  the  Indian  and  Pacific 
oceans  and  the  South  Atlantic  and  is 
found  under  the  North  Atlantic  Deep 
Water  as  far  away  as  the  latitude  of 
Bermuda. 

Elsewhere,  surface  effects  produce 
less  dense  water  masses  that  circulate 
at  intermediate  depths  above  the  deep 
and  bottom  water.  Antarctic  Interme- 
diate Water  is  formed  by  the  conver- 
gence of  warmer,  saline,  subtropical 
water  with  the  chill  Circumpolar  Cur- 
rent; it  flows  northward  at  a  depth  of 
about  3 ,000  feet  in  all  the  oceans ,  dis- 
tinguished by  a  salinity  minimum. 

In  the  North  Atlantic  between 
Newfoundland  and  Greenland, 
winter  cooling  forms  another,  rela- 
tively fresh  water  mass,  which 
occupies  the  northern  part  of  the  basin 
at  about  5,000  feet.  In  the  Mediter- 
ranean the  governing  mechanism  is 
evaporation,  which  fills  the  deep 
basin  with  warm  but  very  saline, 
dense  water.  It  flows  out  across  the 
sill  at  Gibraltar,  much  as  the  North 
Atlantic  Deep  Water  escapes  the  Nor- 
wegian Sea,  mixes  rapidly  with  the 


Atlantic  water  outside,  and  spreads 
across  the  (x,can  as  a  saline  tongue 
centered  at  about  4,rXXJ  feet. 

The  flow  of  the  deepest  water 
masses  is  restricted  by  bottom  topog- 
raphy, principally  by  the  mid-oceanic 
ridges.  Thus,  Antarctic  Bottom 
Water  is  not  found  in  the  eastern  basin 
of  the  Atlantic  north  of  about  20' 
south;  it  is  cut  off  by  the  Wal  vis  Ridge 
that  rises  some  6,000  feet  above  the 
sea  floor  between  the  Mid- Atlantic 
Ridge  and  the  coast  of  South-West 
Africa.  The  coldest  North  Atlantic 
Deep  Water  is  similarly  restricted  by 
the  Mid-Atlantic  Ridge  to  the  western 
basin  of  the  ocean. 

Until  recently,  the  deep-water  mo- 
tion was  imagined  to  be  a  broad  and 
sluggish  creep,  distributed  more  or 
less  uniformly  across  entire  ocean 
basins.  This  simple  picmre  has  been 
upset  by  a  combination  of  careful  ob- 
servation and  bold  theory.  The  theory 
is  based  on  the  requirement  of  a  slow 
upward  motion  in  the  oceanic  interior 
to  balance  the  downward  flow  of 
"new"  bottom  water.  Combining 
this  upward  movement  with  the  ef- 
fects of  rotation  produced  the  surpris- 
ing result  that  the  deep  flow  over  most 
of  the  ocean  should  move  toward  the 
source  at  the  poles.  Such  a  flow  can 
only  be  supplied  by  relatively  swift, 
narrow,  deep  equatorward  western 
boundary  currents. 

The  deep  western  boundary  cur- 
rents are  the  only  part  of  the  theory 
currently  amenable  to  testing  in  the 
ocean.  In  the  North  Atlantic  such  a 
current  has  been  found  along  the 
North  American  continental  slope;  it 
flows  under  the  Gulf  Stteam  at  Cape 
Hatteras  and  has  been  traced  as  far  as 
the  deep  water  north  of  Puerto  Rico. 
In  the  western  South  Atlantic  and 
South  Pacific,  deep  equatorward  cur- 
rents have  also  been  identified.  The 
one  in  the  South  Pacific  is  charac- 
terized in  part  by  a  slight,  but  mea- 
surable, salinity  maximum  that  can 
be  traced  back  to  its  source  in  the 
northern  North  Atlantic — a  subtle  in- 
dication of  the  fundamental  unity  of 
the  oceans.  Much  of  the  theory  re- 
mains to  be  verified;  there  are  tanta- 
lizing inconsistencies  and  surely 
more  surprises  in  store,  but  what  is 
known  feeds  the  hope  that  a  genuine 
understanding  of  the  global  ocean 
circulation  may  soon  be  within 
reach.  D 


Ji. 


Deep-Sea  Fishes 

Text  and  photographs  by  Bruce  H.  Robison 


Beneath  the  reach  of  sunlight, 
bizarre  predators  stalk, 
lure,  and  ambush  their  prey 

In  the  cold,  dark  waters  of  the  deep 
sea,  the  process  of  evolution  has  en- 
countered a  set  of  harsh  and  challeng- 
ing environmental  conditions.  Sun- 
light seldom  reaches  depths  of  more 
than  2,000  feet,  while  the  average 
depth  to  the  bottom  of  the  world's 
oceans  is  about  13,000  feet.  This 
means  that  at  least  85  percent  of  the 
marine  environment  is  in  continual 
darkness.  Temperature  decreases 
rapidly  with  depth;  from  20°C  or 
more  in  the  wind-mixed  surface  layer 
to  5°  or  6°C  at  3,300  feet.  In  some 
oceans  the  water  column  contains  a 
zone  of  low  oxygen  content.  Few 
places  on  our  planet  offer  a  more  in- 
hospitable environment  than  the  vast, 
dark  waters  of  the  deep  sea,  where 
supply  lines  must  stretch  upward  for 
thousands  of  feet  to  the  surface. 
Despite  these  conditions,  the  deep 
waters  below  the  open  oceans  have 
been  colonized  by  an  array  of  highly 
^     specialized  animals. 

The  deep-sea  envirormient  exists 
out  beyond  the  margins  of  continental 
shelves.  The  animals  that  live  there, 
away  from  the  bottom  and  not  wholly 
near  the  surface,  are  called  midwater 
animals.  Their  free-swimming  life- 
style is  termed  "pelagic"  by  ocean- 
ographers,  and  the  oceanic  water  col- 
umn in  which  they  live  can  be  divided 
into  zones  of  characteristic  condi- 
tions. The  epipelagic  zone  is  the 
upper,  productive  layer;  the  mesope- 
lagic  is  the  dimly  lit  transition  zone 
between  about  650  and  3,300  feet; 
and  the  bathypelagic  is  the  deep,  dark 
zone  below  3,300  feet. 

Most  of  the  creatures  that  now  in- 
habit the  deep  sea  probably  evolved 
from  near-surface  forms.  Their  an- 
cient predecessors  left  the  warm,  sun- 
lit, and  productive  upper  layers  be- 
cause of  competition  from  an  increas- 
ing variety  of  shallow-water  species 
and  because  of  what  I  consider  to  be 
the  intrinsic  drive  that  compels  the 


flow  of  life  forms  into  every  attain- 
able living  space  on  the  planet. 

For  the  animals  that  entered  this 
unexploited  living  space,  it  was  ad- 
vantageous to  evolve  special  struc- 
tures, physiological  processes,  and 
behavioral  patterns  as  means  of  cop- 
ing with  the  rigorous  conditions. 
Their  adaptations  have  resulted  in 
some  of  the  strangest  and  most  in- 
teresting fishes  in  the  sea. 

The  most  abundant  group  of  fishes 
in  a  deep-sea  community  are 
' '  nibblers . ' '  They  feed  on  a  multitude 
of  tiny  crustaceans,  which  "graze" 
on  the  phytoplankton  of  the  sunlit  sur- 
face waters.  Most  midwater  animals 
shun  the  light  of  the  sun,  but  at  night 
many  nibbler  species  swim  upward  to 
consume  the  crustaceans  grazing  in 
the  rich  upper  layer.  In  the  early 
morning,  they  return  to  darker, 
deeper  water.  The  fishes  that  prey 
upon  nibblers  are  also  drawn  upward 
at  night,  and  the  movements  of  all 
these  animals  contribute  significantly 
to  the  cycling  of  nutrients  into  deeper 
water. 

Myctophids,  or  lanternfish,  are 
typical  nibblers.  This  family  has  a 
worldwide  distribution  and  consti- 
tutes a  major  dietary  item  for  tuna  and 
porpoises.  They  are  called  lanternfish 
because  of  the  luminous  organs  pat- 
terned on  their  bodies.  The  charac- 
teristic arrangements  of  these  organs 
are  used  by  taxonomists  to  distin- 
guish between  species,  and  it  is 
thought  that  the  fish  probably  do  this 
as  well.  Some  of  the  patterns  also  de- 
note sexual  differences,  while  other 
organs  may  serve  to  illuminate  the 
water  as  an  aid  in  finding  prey. 

The  myctophids  are  a  diverse  fam- 
ily of  about  200  species;  by  study- 
ing the  patterns  of  their  diversity 
much  can  be  learned  about  the  factors 
that  influence  their  lives.  Coloration, 
matching  the  light  levels  of  a  species' 
depth  range,  is  an  easily  illustrated 
example  that  also  correlates  some- 
what with  body  composition,  behav- 
ior, and  ecological  role.  The  deepest- 
living  myctophids  (3,300  feet,  or  so) 
are  black;  they  do  not  attempt  long, 


upward  feeding  migrations;  and  their 
bodies  seem  weak  and  flaccid.  They 
depend  on  nutrients  that  are  trans- 
ported to  great  depths  through  biolog- 
ical systems.  In  contrast,  shallow- 
water  species  are  brightly  silver,  firm 
bodied,  and  commute  regularly  from 
their  dim  daytime  depths  (950-1 ,300 
feet)  to  the  surface  at  night  to  feed. 
Between  these  extremes  of  color  and 
depth  range  are  myctophids  with  in- 
termediate characteristics  and  dif- 
ferent ecological  roles. 

Other  fishes  and  crustaceans  share 
the  deep-sea  living  space  with  mycto- 
phids and  compete  with  them  for  the 
same  general  food  resources.  Among 
them  are  fishes  of  the  genus  Cyclo- 
thone,  the  most  numerous  vertebrates 
on  earth.  These  are  small,  frail-look- 
ing fish  that  do  not  undertake  daily, 
vertical  feeding  migrations;  instead, 
they  occupy  relatively  fixed  horizons 
of  depth.  The  various  species  of  this 
genus  that  inhabit  a  common  geo- 
graphical area  avoid  direct  competi- 
tion with  one  another  by  partitioning 
the  water  column  into  separate  depth 
ranges.  The  deeper-living  species  are 
black,  protectively  matched  to  the 
darkness  of  their  environment,  while 
the  shallower  species  are  translucent 
to  blend  with  dim  light.  Related  spe- 
cies include  the  robust  fishes  of  the 
genus  Gonostoma,  which  are  verti- 
cally mobile,  and  the  oddly  shaped 
hatchetfish  family,  which  are  not. 
The  nibblers  are  the  largest  ecological 
group  of  fish  in  the  open  ocean;  a 
group  that  is  itself  a  food  resource  that 
supports  a  broad  array  of  predators  at 
other  levels  of  the  oceanic  food  web. 


Lurking  in  the  blackness  of  the 

deep  sea,  a  melanostomiatid 

probably  lures  prey  toward  its 

toothy  jaws  with  the  luminous 

tissue  at  the  tip  of  a  dangling 

barbel.  The  luminescence 

beneath  the  eyes  may  be  a 

sexual  recognition  character. 


I 


.38 


m 


Top,  an  anglerfish  before  feeding 
and,  bottom,  after  swallowing 
a  prey  fish  that  it  attracted 
by  wiggling  the  lure  at  the  end 
of  the  fishing-rod-like  appendage 
on  its  head.  Distensible  stomachs 
allow  anglerfish  to  engulf  prey 
as  large  as  they  are.  Males  in 
this  group  offish  serve  as  little 
more  than  reproductive  agents. 
They  attach  themselves  to  the 
body  of  a  female,  above  right,  and 
eventually  become  fused  to  their 
larger  mates;  in  effect  becoming 
attached  testes  nourished  by 
the  host  female 's  blood. 


Large,  fast-moving  predatory 
fishes,  such  as  tuna,  slash  through  ag- 
gregations of  nibblers,  scooping  up 
all  within  reach.  Other  predators,  liv- 
ing at  greater  depths,  ambush 
nibblers  one  at  a  time.  Naturally, 
there  is  a  gradation  of  feeding  strate- 
gies between  these  extremes. 

In  one  group  of  midwater  preda- 
tors, the  fishes'  elongate  bodies  are 
covered  with  light-producing  tissue, 
and  luminescent  lures  dangle  near 
their  large,  fang-filled  mouths.  Fishes 
of  the  genera  Stomias,  Idiacanthus, 
and  Chauliodus,  as  well  as  many 
from  the  family  Melanostomiatidae 
belong  to  this  group.  Melanostomia- 
tid  fishes  are  endowed  with  jagged 


beds  of  teeth  that  fold  backward 
toward  "the  gullet,  so  that  a  struggling 
nibbler  caimot  escape.  Species  of 
Chauliodus,  Idiacanthus,  and  Sto- 
mias are  comparably  equipped  with 
teeth.  Analyses  of  the  stomach  con- 
tents of  these  fishes  have  revealed  that 
they  feed  largely  on  myctophids  and 
shrimps  with  similar  depth  ranges. 
The  predators  tend  to  stay  deeper  than 
their  prey,  however,  using  the  black- 
ness of  the  depths  as  cover  while  the 
prey  are  viewed  against  the  lighted 
waters  above. 

The  feeding  strategy  of  these  pred- 
ators is  that  of  the  "stalker,"  closely 
tuned  to  the  vertical  movements  of 
their    prey    popidations.    Utilizing 


40 


proximity  and  the  attractiveness  of 
their  luminous  lures,  stalkers  maneu- 
ver a  nibbler  close  enough  for  a  quick 
lunge  and  snap  to  impale  it  with  their 
teeth.  Stalkers  maintain  a  degree  of 
isolation  from  competing  predatory 
species  by  the  timing  of  their  activi- 
ties and  the  spatial  arrangement  of 
their  distribution  in  the  vertical  plane. 
They  apparently  are  not  segregated 
through  the  selection  of  specific  prey. 
The  "ambushers"  are  another  eco- 
logical group  of  predatory  fishes  that 
prey  upon  the  hordes  of  nibblers  and 
their  stalking  escorts.  Their  habitat, 
the  bathypelagic  level  of  the  water 
column,  is  characterized  by  coldness , 
enormous  water  pressure,  and  almost 


complete  darkness.  The  only  things 
visible  at  this  level  are  clouds,  points, 
and  strings  of  bluish  light  given  off 
by  luminescent  organisms.  Am- 
bushers lurk  like  set  traps  in  the  en- 
veloping darkness. 

Anglerfish  are  ambushers  that  ex- 
hibit a  number  of  adaptations  from 
which  we  can  speculate  on  the  nature 
of  bathypelagic  life.  All  anglers  (with 
the  exception  of  some  sp)ecialized 
males)  have  luminous  lures  at  the  end 
of  elongate  fishing-rod-like  appen- 
dages attached  to  their  heads.  Pre- 
sumably, an  anglerfish  attracts  prey 
to  the  vicinity  of  its  mouth,  playing 
the  lure  (esca)  by  flexing  the  rod  (il- 
licium).  The  mouths  of  these  crea- 


tures are  cavernous  and  their  distensi- 
ble stomachs  allow  them  to  engulf  an- 
imals as  large  as  themselves.  Because 
meals  may  be  few  and  far  between  in 
this  environment,  each  feeding  op- 
portunity must  be  seized,  whether  the 
prey  is  large  or  small. 

The  physiology  of  bathypelagic 
fishes  is  modified  to  cope  with  their 
austere  habitat.  Most  of  them  respire 
slowly,  have  lightly  calcified  bones, 
and  bodies  with  low  protein  and  high 
water  contents.  This  allows  them  to 
exist  for  long  periods  between  feed- 
ings. Physiologist  Jim  Childress  has 
calculated  that  the  caloric  value  of  a 
single  large  myctophid  could  keep  a 
medium-sized  angler  supplied  with 
enough  energy  to  last  for  weeks. 

Opportunities  for  mating  must  be 
just  as  capricious  as  feeding  in  deep 
water  because  some  anglers  have 
adopted  an  equally  bold  strategy  for 
reproduction.  Males  are  mere  pyg- 
mies alongside  the  females,  but  they 
have  no  need  for  extensive  feeding 
apparatus  or  size — their  sole  function 
is  reproduction.  A  male  seeks  out  a 
female  and  attaches  itself  anywhere 
on  her  body  by  sinking  his  teeth  into 
her  flesh.  The  tissues  of  the  two  ani- 
mals fuse  permanently  and  the  body 
of  the  male  degenerates  to  a  lump  of 
tissue  surrounding  its  testes,  which 
are  nourished  by  the  female's  blood- 
stream. 

Anglers  have  imgainly  bodies,  and 
many  species  lack  webbing  between 
the  rays  of  their  fins.  This  precludes 
rapid  swimming,  so  it  seems  likely 
that  they  must  remain  essentially  mo- 
tionless in  the  water,  awaiting  their 
prey.  This  is  not  to  say  that  they  are 
completely  sluggish,  for  their  feeding 
action  is  a  lightning-fast  gulp. 

Whalefish  are  another  type  of  am- 
busher,  but  one  that  does  not  rely  on 
limiinous  lures.  Many  species  of  this 
type  have  reduced,  or  degenerate, 
eyes,  and  they  rely  on  a  system, 
called  the  lateral  line,  which  provides 
them  with  the  sensory  capability  of 
detecting  low-frequency  vibrations. 
The  lateral  line  consists  basically  of 
a  series  of  tiny  filamentous  projec- 
tions, arrayed  along  the  head  and 
flanks  of  the  fish  and  connected  to  a 
nerve  network.  Their  function  is  the 
perception  of  changes  in  the  pressure 
and  displacement  of  water,  presum- 
ably related  to  the  movements  of 
other  animals. 


41 


The  lens  of  this  hatchetfish  's 
e"e  Ills  on  a  tube  that  directs 
tr  M.  arci   The  upturned  gaze 
"  . '    lovth  are  aimed  at  small 
^.i">o  >'v  "'•ustcceans;  a  flip  of 
i\e  ,.;/  /.'-J  rMlI  pivot  the  body 
'f  ''U-id  the  pectoral  fins  to  swing 
"a-  novt'i.  up  for  o  bite. 


^m 


4       I 


Most  fishes  have  the  lateral  line  fil- 
aments arranged  linearly  within  a 
simple  canal,  with  pores  that  open 
through  the  skin  and  scales  to  the  sur- 
rounding water.  Bathypelagic  fishes, 
however,  live  in  waters  that  are  very 
still  and  there  is  correspondingly  less 
need  for  the  filaments  to  be  insulated 
from  minor  disturbances.  Lateral  line 
systems  with  exposed  filaments  in 
ladderlike  tracks  have  evolved  in 
some  whalefish.  This  has  occurred  as 
an  adaptive  widening  of  the  canals 
and  an  increase  in  pore  size.  The  in- 
formation provided  by  these  special- 
ized sensory  systems  is  probably 
sufficient  to  determine  the  location, 
size,  speed,  and  direction  of  a  nearby, 
but  unseen,  moving  prey. 

The  "hunters"  are  another  group 
of  predatory  midwater  fishes.  These 
are  active  fish  that  seek  and  pursue 
their  prey  through  the  inky  depths  of 
the  bathypelagic  zone,  and  well  up 
into  the  murky  mesopelagic.  Because 
of  their  speed  and  agility,  few  large 
specimens  have  been  collected  by  the 
slow-moving,  midwater  trawls  of  re- 
searchers. Speculations  on  the  life 
histories  of  midwater  hunters  are 
based  on  young  individuals  or  adults 
of  the  smaller  species. 

Daggerlike  teeth  seem  to  be  a  com- 
mon hunter  adaptation,  along  with 
firm,  slender  bodies,  and  well-devel- 
oped eyes.  Often  the  teeth  are  barbed. 


completely  covering  the  floor  and 
roof  of  a  hunter's  mouth  so  that  it 
cannot  be  closed.  Hunters  rely  on 
both  their  visual  and  lateral  line  sen- 
sory systems;  compared  with  their 
prey,  they  are  very  mobile  in  both  the 
vertical  and  horizontal  planes. 

Hunters  of  the  family  Everman- 
nellidae  have  flat,  slender  bodies  that 
ripple  with  musculature.  These  are 
apparently  the  only  small  midwater 
fish  fast  enough  to  regularly  include 
squid  in  their  diet.  Another  family, 
the  Chiasmodontidae,  can  stretch 
their  stomachs  to  accommodate  large 
prey.  I  have  often  found  nibbler 
fishes  in  the  stomach  contents  of 
chiasmodontids.  Anoplogaster  is  a 
small  hunterlike  fish  whose  growth 
stages  occupy  succeedingly  greater 
depths.  The  larvae  of  most  midwater 
fishes  inhabit  the  near-surface  waters 
as  plankton,  while  the  juveniles  in- 
habit greater  depths  wifli  increasing 
age  until  sexual  maturity  occurs  and 
the  descent  of  depth  range  is  stabi- 
lized at  the  adult  level. 

These  four  ecological  groups  of 
midwater  fishes,  each  loosely  defined 
by  depth  range  and  feeding  strategy, 
are  but  a  portion  of  the  deep-sea 
fauna.  Many  other  fishes  live  in  this 
environment,  with  characteristics  and 
roles  that  are  different  from  or  inter- 
mediate to  these  groups.  The  group- 
ings are  artificial,  but  they  do  indicate 


g  ie5leet 
a. 


«S^33 


The  water  column  of  the  open  ocean  can  be 

divided  into  characteristic  zones,  as  darkness 

and  cold  increase  with  depth. 

Many  fish  migrate  between  zones  for  food. 


trends  of  organization  within  mid- 
water  communities. 

The  practical  reasons  for  studying 
midwater  ecology  are  profound.  The 
deep  ocean  basins  contain  the  largest 
ecosystems  on  earth,  and  the  numbers 
of  animals  living  within  them  are  as 
yet  incalculable.  Midwater  fishes  rep- 
resent a  tremendous  potential  food  re- 
source because  they  are  lower  in  the 
food  web  and  thus  are  orders  of  mag- 
nitude more  abundant  than  the  com- 
mercial fishes  traditionally  harvested 
by  man.  But  we  can  never  hope  to 
properly  exploit  any  of  the  resources 
of  the  open  ocean  without  first  learn- 
ing how  its  ecosystems  work.         D 


44 


Stomias  are  stalking  predators 
encased  in  a  gelatinous  sheath, 
left.  The  reddish  flecks 
within  the  sheath  are  luminous 
tissue  that  silhouettes  the 
fish's  profile.  Females  have 
bulkier  bodies  than  males  and 
the  lighted  profiles  may  enable 
the  sexes  to  recognize  each  other. 
Granular  teeth  o/Pseudoscopelus, 
below,  may  be  an  adaptation 
for  feeding  on  crustaceans. 


J 


Sea  Otters: 
Pillars  of  the 
Nearshore  Community 

by  John  F.  Palmisano  and  James  A.  Estes 


By  preying  on  the  animals 
that  graze  on  kelp,  otters 
in  the  Aleutian  Islands 
affect  the  structure  of  the 
entire  coastal  environment 

The  Aleutian  Archipelago  of 
nearly  seventy  named  islands 
stretches  for  about  a  thousand  miles 
in  a  southwesterly  arc  from  the 
Alaska  Peninsula  into  the  North  Pa- 
cific Ocean.  Most  of  the  islands  are 
mountainous  and  many  contain  active 
volcanoes.  All  are  virtually  treeless 
except  for  an  occasional  willow  or 
alder,  dwarfed  by  the  wind  and  north- 
ern climate.  The  climate  is  one  of 
rain,  snow,  fog,  clouds,  and  frequent 
and  violent  squalls,  but  an  extension 
of  the  warm  Kuroshio  Current  moder- 
ates winter  temperatures  and  keeps 
the  sea  ice-free.  In  contrast  to  the 
bleak  climatic  conditions  is  the  abun- 
dance of  wildlife,  most  conspic- 
uously sea  birds  and  marine  mam- 
mals. Terrestrial  mammals,  such  as 
brown  bears,  caribou,  and  lemmings, 
inhabit  only  the  easternmost  islands 
of  the  chain,  which  were  once  part  of 
the  mainland. 

At  the  western  end  of  this  island 
world  lie  the  Rat  and  Near  Islands 
groups.  These  are  ideal  study  areas, 
providing  a  rich  opportunity  to  exam- 
ine ecological  relationships  in  dis- 
crete biological  communities.  Cut  off 
from  one  another  by  deep  oceanic 
passes,  they  are  also  geographically 
far  removed  from  both  the  Asian  and 
North  American  continents.   These 


46 


two  factors  combine  to  produce  iso- 
lated biological  communities  that  are 
relatively  simple  in  their  species  con- 
stituencies compared  with  biological 
communities  associated  with  conti- 
nental land  masses.  Oceanic  passes 
serve  as  barriers,  preventing  immi- 
gration of  certain  species  from  conti- 
nents to  islands,  as  well  as  the  free 
exchange  of  individuals  between  is- 
lands. Since  ecological  interrelation- 
ships are  easier  to  understand  in 
simple  communities  than  they  are  in 
complex  ones,  the  western  Aleutians 
provide  an  excellent  opportunity  to 
study  the  role  of  a  particular  species. 
In  this  case,  we  were  interested  in 
looking  at  how  one  animal,  the  sea 
otter,  shapes  the  ecology  of  the  near- 
shore  community. 

Upon  arriving  at  Amchitka  Island 
in  the  Rat  Islands  group,  we  were  im- 
mediately struck  by  the  dense  kelp 
beds.  The  kelp  is  so  abundant  that  in 
many  areas  we  could  not  see  the 
rocky  ocean  floor  either  from  the 
shore  or  when  diving  in  the  water. 
Yet  at  the  Near  Islands  of  Attn  and 
Shemya,  250  miles  to  the  west,  there 


With  its  powerful  jaws  and  heavy 

teeth,  a  sea  otter  is  well 

adapted  to  feeding  on  sea  urchins. 

In  the  Aleutian  Islands,  these 

small  invertebrates  make  up  the 

major  part  of  the  otter's  diet. 

Scott  Ransom 


*--u^&. 


"'"mm-''- 


^mt 


1 


V- 


»55*^» 


-0100^  ■ 


are  only  a  few  scattered  kelp  beds. 
What  we  did  notice  here  was  a  dense 
carpet  of  large  sea  urchins,  small  in- 
vertebrates that  live  on  the  ocean 
floor  or  in  rocky  crevices  and  feed  on 
kelp.  So  completely  have  the  sea  ur- 
chins grazed  the  kelp  that  the  ocean 
floor  appeared  light  emerald,  rather 
than  dark  brown  as  at  Amchitka. 

After  studying  the  marine  commu- 
nities in  the  western  Aleutians,  we 
believe  that  the  sea  otter,  which  feeds 
extensively  on  sea  urchins,  is  the  pri- 
mary cause  of  the  differences  ob- 
served between  these  communities  in 
the  Rat  and  Near  Islands  groups.  For 
in  the  Rat  Islands,  in  addition  to  a 
luxuriant  growth  of  kelp,  we  also  saw 
a  large  population  of  otters — drifting 
in  the  water  on  their  backs,  splashing 
in  large  groups,  or  hauling  out  on 
rocks  in  stormy  weather.  By  selec- 
tively taking  the  largest  sea  urchins 
available,  sea  otters  reduce  the  ur- 
chins to  a  sparse  population  of  small 
individuals.  The  resultant  release 
from  grazing  pressure  permits  a  sig- 
nificant increase  in  the  size  of  near- 
shore  and  intertidal  (that  area  of  the 
shore  alternately  exposed  to  air  and 
flooded  by  the  sea)  kelp  beds  and  in 
the  richness  of  associated  communi- 
ties. Conversely,  the  absence  or  re- 
duction of  sea  otters  in  areas  they  for- 
merly inhabited  (such  as  the  Near  Is- 
lands) enables  sea  urchin  populations 
to  increase,  causing  a  significant  re- 
duction in  the  size  of  kelp  beds  and 
the  diversity  of  associated  communi- 
ties. 

Overgrazing  by  dense  populations 
of  sea  urchins  has  destroyed  kelp  beds 
in  many  areas.  When  sea  urchins  are 


removed  from  an  area  the  marine  veg- 
etation recovers  rapidly.  Because 
kelp  and  beds  of  sea  grass  provide 
food  and  habitat  for  a  wide  variety  of 
marine  organisms,  they  have  a  pro- 
found effect  on  the  entire  structure  of 
a  region.  Any  reduction  of  a  particu- 
lar grazer  will  affect  a  variety  of  other 
organisms.  Therefore,  an  animal  that 
preys  on  kelp-bed  grazers,  as  the  sea 
otter  does,  determines  the  structure  of 
the  entire  marine  community. 

Prior  to  the  onset  of  large-scale 
hunting  in  1741 — the  year  that  Vitus 
Bering,  a  Danish  explorer  employed 
by  Russia,  discovered  the  Aleu- 
tians— the  sea  otter  ranged  from  the 
northern  Japanese  Archipelago, 
through  the  Aleutian  Islands,  and 
along  the  coast  of  North  America  as 
far  south  as  Morro  Hermoso,  Baja 
California.  It  was  virtually  wiped 
out  by  eighteenth-  and  nine- 
teenth-century fur  hunters,  who  val- 
ued its  dense,  rich  brown  coat,  but 
has  since  come  back  and  now  inhabits 
the  more  remote  portions  of  its  origi- 


Although  an  otter  takes  most  of 

its  food  from  the  ocean  floor,  it 

surfaces  to  eat,  right,  floating 

on  its  back  and  smashing  open 

shells  against  a  rock  held  on  its 

chest.  Kelp  flourishes  at  Amchitka 

Island,  below,  where  a  large 

population  of  otters  feeds  on 

herbivorous  sea  urchins.  Dense 

kelp  beds,  in  turn,  support  a 

variety  of  other  animal  populations. 


nal  range — the  Kuril,  Commander, 
and  Aleutian  Islands,  and  parts  of 
southeastern  Alaska.  There  is  also  an 
isolated  population  off  the  coast  of 
central  California,  and  recent  trans- 
plants have  reintroduced  the  otter  into 
Oregon,  Washington,  and  British  Co- 
lumbia. It  seems  likely  that  the  sea 
otter's  range  will  continue  to  expand. 
The  present  sea  otter  population  of 
Amchitka  is  about  60  animals  per 
square  nautical  mile.  Otters  stay  close 
to  shore,  floating  in  the  sheltered 
waters  and  diving  for  their  food  in 
waters  generally  no  deeper  than  180 
feet.  Most  of  their  food — crabs,  sea 
urchins,  bottom-dwelling  fish,  and 
octopus — is  found  on  the  ocean  floor, 
but  they  surface  to  eat,  floating  on 
their  backs  while  keeping  the  food  oil 
their  chests.  Sea  otters  have  incredi- 
bly powerful  jaws  and  heavy  teeth  to 
cope  with  their  shellfish  diet,  but  they 
also  open  shells  by  smashing  them 
against  stones,  calcified  algae,  and 
other  shells  placed  on  their  chests. 
Otters  require  almost  25  percent  of 


Jeff  Foott;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


their  body  weight  daily  in  food.  Con- 
sidering that  their  average  weight  is 
about  50  pounds,  foraging  sea  otters 
at  Amchitlca  consume  about  200,000 
pounds  of  animal  biomass  (live 
weight)  per  square  nautical  mile  each 
year.  Obviously,  a  high-density  sea 
otter  population  is  an  important  mem- 
ber of  the  nearshore  community. 

Sea  otters  have  inhabited  the  Rat 
Islands  at  these  high  densities  for  the 
past  twenty  to  thirty  years.  In  the 
Near  Islands,  however,  the  once 
abundant  sea  otter  population  was 
virtually  extirpated  by  hunting. 
Owing  to  the  deep  and  wide  oceanic 
passes  separating  the  two  island 
groups,  until  recently  there  were  only 
a  few  immigrants  from  the  Rat  Is- 
lands to  the  Near  Islands  group.  Since 
1959,  however,  there  have  been  scat- 
tered reports  of  sea  otters  in  the  Near 
Islands,  and  during  a  visit  in  1 975 ,  we 
counted  more  than  250  otters  at  Attu. 
This  immigration  is  probably  the  re- 
sult of  individuals  leaving  the  densely 
populated  Rat  Islands.  Since  we  also 


saw  sea  otter  pups  at  Attu,  local  re- 
production is  also  contributing  to  the 
growth  of  the  Near  Islands  popula- 
tion. At  the  time  we  did  our  study, 
however,  there  were  few  enough  in- 
dividuals that  the  two  island  groups 
could  be  compared  on  the  basis  of 
their  otter  populations. 

Despite  the  physical  similarities 
and  proximity  of  the  two  island 
groups,  there  are  major  plant  and  ani- 
mal differences  between  the  marine 
communities  of  their  rocky  nearshore 
and  intertidal  areas.  In  the  Rat  Islands 
a  mat  of  ungrazed  kelp  extends  from 
the  intertidal  region  over  most  of  the 
rock  surface  to  depths  of  about  75 
feet.  Both  brown  and  red  algae  are 
abundant.  In  turn,  the  abundance  of 
kelp  affects  other  marine  life,  includ- 
ing sessile  (attached)  filter-feeding  in- 
vertebrates such  as  barnacles  and 
mussels,  which  cannot  compete  with 
kelp  for  space  and  are  consequently 
rare  in  the  Rat  Islands.  Furthermore, 
by  sheltering  the  shore  from  wave  ac- 
tion, kelp  beds  reduce  turbulence. 


and  the  accumulating  sediments 
smother  sessile  invertebrates. 

While  kelp-eating  invertebrates — 
chitons  as  well  as  sea  urchins — are 
small,  inconspicuous,  and  scarce  in 
the  intertidal  region  of  the  Rat  Is- 
lands, relatively  high  densities  of  sea 
urchins  do  occur  in  more  protected 
cracks  and  beneath  the  anchoring  de- 
vices (holdfasts)  of  kelp.  Beginning 
at  depths  of  30  to  60  feet,  sea  urchin 
densities  increase  and  vegetative 
cover  decreases  with  increasing 
depth.  At  these  depths,  sea  otters  and 
other  predators,  including  diving 
birds  such  as  eider  ducks,  have 
greater  difficulty  taking  urchins. 

Conversely,  at  the  Near  Islands, 
the  kelp  is  heavily  grazed  by  dense 
populations  of  sea  urchins  and  to  a 
lesser  extent  by  limpets  and  chitons. 
In  many  areas,  sea  urchins  almost 
completely  carpet  the  sea  floor  imme- 
diately adjacent  to  the  intertidal  re- 
gion ,  although  densities  decrease  dra- 
matically in  deeper  waters  because  of 
the  scarcity  of  kelp.  There  are  also 


.r''* 


'"^. 


.*.i.*^^ 


r?15i*. 


Robert  Woolerv 


extensive  mussel  beds  and  dense  pop- 
ulations of  barnacles  in  the  intertidal 
region;  whereas  in  the  Rat  Islands 
these  invertebrates  average  four  and 
five  per  square  yard,  respectively,  in 
the  Near  Islands,  they  average  700 
and  1,200  per  square  yard.  Inter- 
tidal sea  urchins  are  not  only  more 
dense,  averaging  eight  per  square 
yard  in  the  Rat  Islands  and  eighty  in 
the  Near  Islands,  they  are  also  twice 
the  size  (the  largest  are  four  inches  as 
opposed  to  less  than  two  inches)  of 
those  in  the  Rat  Islands.  Chitons,  vir- 
tually urmoticeable  at  one  per  square 
yard  in  the  Rat  Islands,  are  abundant 
in  the  Near  Islands,  averaging  forty 
per  square  yard. 

Because  climate,  sea  state,  tidal 
ranges,  and  mean  tidal  levels  are  sim- 
ilar at  both  island  groups,  and  be- 
cause we  compared  only  similarly 
structured  coastlines,  there  is  no 
doubt  that  the  differences  in  marine 
vegetation  and  associated  marine  in- 
vertebrates result  from  the  presence 
or  absence  of  sea  otters. 

More  far-reaching  consequences 
of  these  relations  become  apparent 


Unlike  most  marine  mammals,  otters 

lack  a  subcutaneous  layer  of  fat. 

To  retain  body  heat,  they  roll 

in  the  water,  above,  trapping  air 

in  their  long  fur.  Underwater  dunks, 

right,  prevent  the  fur  from  matting 

and  losing  its  insulating  qualities. 


when  we  consider  the  source  of  food 
in  these  island  groups.  The  energy  for 
sustenance  in  any  biological  commu- 
nity must  ultimately  originate  from 
photosynthesizing  plants.  These  are 
the  "primary  producers,"  those  that 
use  light  energy  to  produce  food  for 
themselves  (autotrophs),  for  plant- 
eating  animals  (herbivores),  and  ulti- 
mately for  flesh-eating  predators  (car- 
nivores). In  the  near  shore  community 
of  the  western  Aleutians  the  primary 
producers  fall  into  three  groups:  ter- 
restrial plants,  phytoplankton  (micro- 
scopic algae  suspended  in  the  sea), 
and  kelp.  From  earlier  studies  we 
know  that  terrestrial  plants  and  phyto- 


plankton contribute  little  to  primary 
production  in  the  Aleutian  Islands, 
whereas  the  primary  production  of 
kelp  is  very  high.  In  fact,  kelp  beds 
are  among  the  most  productive  habi- 
tats on  earth. 

All  animals  are  ultimately  depend- 
ent upon  plant  production  for  their  en- 
ergy; therefore,  by  preying  on  kelp- 
eating  urchins,  sea  otters  affect  many 
species  that  inhabit  the  Aleutian  Is- 
lands. Certain  animals,  such  as  fish, 
are  directly  dependent  upon  kelp  for 
food  and  protection.  Not  surpris- 
ingly, while  scuba  diving  at  Am- 
chitka  in  the  Rat  Islands  we  noticed 
abundant  fish  populations,  whereas 


50 


fish  are  sparse  at  Attu  and  Shemya  in 
the  Near  Islands.  Furthermore,  fish 
constitute  a  critical  link  in  the  food 
web  leading  to  higher-level  preda- 
tors. Both  harbor  seals  and  bald 
eagles,  for  example,  are  abundant  at 
Amchitka,  while  in  the  Near  Islands, 
harbor  seals  are  rare  and  bald  eagles 
are  totally  absent.  Although  we  do 
not  have  conclusive  proof  that  these 
patterns  of  abundance  and  distri- 
bution are  directly  linked  to  the  sea 
otter-sea  urchin-kelp  interrelation- 
ships, sea  otters  and  kelp  beds,  as 
well  as  fish,  harbor  seals,  and  bald 
eagles,  were  probably  once  abundant 
throughout  all  the  Aleutian  Islands, 


including  the  Near  Islands  group. 
Far  from  the  Aleutian  Islands, 
along  the  coast  of  central  California, 
these  interrelationships  between 
otters  and  marine  invertebrates  have 
been  the  subject  of  great  controversy, 
as  commercial  and  sport  shellfish 
hunters  resist  the  reintroduction  of  the 
otter  in  California  waters.  While  sea 
otters  are  no  doubt  incompatible  with 
hiunan  exploitation  of  such  shellfish 
as  abalone  and  pismo  clams,  they  do 
not  cause  the  extinction  of  these  prey 
items.  The  coexistence  of  the  otter 
and  its  principal  prey  in  this  system 
is  the  result  of  at  least  several  million 
years  of  evolution.  Rather,  the  con- 


troversy developed  because  humans 
began  heavily  exploiting  this  commu- 
nity's resources  after  the  sea  otter  had 
been  essentially  wiped  out  through- 
out most  of  its  original  range.  Conse- 
quently, some  of  the  abundant  marine 
resources  Europeans  first  encoun- 
tered along  the  west  coast  of  North 
America  were  probably  the  result  of 
a  major,  human-induced  ecological 
disturbance,  not  a  community  that 
had  evolved  naturally.  Without  a  nat- 
ural predator,  shellfish  aboimded  and 
could  be  exploited  for  both  recrea- 
tional purposes  and  economic  gain. 
Not  surprisingly,  considerable  dis- 
gruntlement  has  accompanied  the  re- 


51 


turn  of  the  sea  otter  in  California.  In 
turn,  animal  preservationist  groups 
have  entered  the  arena,  arguing  that 
sea  otters  are  natural  members  of  the 
marine  community,  that  while  they 
deplete  invertebrate  populations, 
they  enhance  other  aspects  of  the 
community,  such  as  primary  produc- 
tion from  kelp  beds. 

Unfortunately,  ecological  interac- 
tions involving  sea  otters,  inverte- 
brates, and  kelp  are  not  as  clear  in 
California  as  in  the  western  Aleu- 
tians. For  one  thing,  the  nearshore 
community  is  more  complex;  other 
predators  of  sea  urchins,  such  as  s^a 
stars  and  sheepshead  fish,  inhabit 
California  waters  and  we  do  not  know 
the  importance  of  their  predation  or 
how  their  ecological  roles  have 
changed  in  the  absence  of  sea  otters. 
Furthermore,  there  are  several  com- 
petitive grazing  invertebrates  in  Cali- 
fornia, such  as  abalone,  sea  urchins, 
crabs,  and  snails,  whereas  in  the 
western  Aleutians,  the  sea  urchin  is 
the  only  conspicuous  grazer.  Finally, 
since  nearshore  communities  in  Cali- 
fornia have  been  affected  by  recent 
human  activities — ^kelp  harvesting, 
invertebrate  hunting,  and  urban  and 
industrial  pollution — one  caimot  eas- 
ily isolate  the  role  of  otters  in  this 
community. 

Even  so,  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  sea  otters  are  important  compo- 
nents of  nearshore  communities  in  the 
waters  off  California,  as  they  are  in 
the  entire  northeast  Pacific  Ocean. 
The  loss  of  this  member  of  the  marine 
community,  however  we  have  ac- 
commodated to  such  a  loss  or,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  shellfish  industry,  ben- 
efited from  it,  has  had  a  profound  ef- 
fect on  the  nearshore  ecosystem.  The 
Aleutian  Islands  study  has  clarified 
the  key  role  of  the  sea  otter  in  struc- 
turing a  marine  community;  we  hope 
that  we  will  gain  similar  understand- 
ing of  its  place  in  more  complex 
communities.  D 


4K 
^^W 


Holding  a  mussel  against  its  chest, 
an  otter  drifts  in  the  waters 

off  Monterey.  Otters  are  returning 

to  their  northern  range,  but 

only  an  isolated  group  inhabits 

the  central  California  coast. 


C^  .>vr' 


'»■ 


VV    ^'% 


52 


.^ 


.•/    ,  f> 


r^^m. 


mt^ 


^m»,>im,g 


M' 


^ 


Sky  Reporter 


by  Isaac  Asimov 


Recipe  for  a  Planetary  Ocean 


Strict  conditions  of  size, 
temperature,  and  distance  from 
the  sun  must  be  met  if  a  planet 
is  to  have  great  seas 

The  earth  is  a  watery  planet.  Some 
70  percent  of  its  surface  is  covered  by 
ocean  that  is  more  than  six  miles  deep 
in  some  spots.  The  land  surface  pokes 
up  through  the  sea  in  places,  but  con- 
tinents and  islands  make  up  only 
about  30  percent  of  the  earth's  sur- 
face. The  earth  is  a  solid  planet  with 
a  partial  liquid  cover.  Is  this  a  com- 
mon situation?  Can  we  expect  other 
planets  to  have  an  ocean?  If  they  do, 
will  it  always  be  of  water  as  on  the 
earth  or  is  a  planetary  water  ocean  a 
rare  occurrence? 

To  answer  these  questions,  let  us 
consider  the  requirements  for  an 
ocean.  First,  it  must  be  made  of  a 
substance  that  is  liquid  at  the  surface 
temperature  and  atmospheric  pres- 
sure of  the  planet.  Second,  the  sub- 
stance must  be  made  of  cosmically 
abundant  elements  so  that  enough  of 
it  will  be  found  on  the  planet  to  form 
an  ocean. 

Starting  with  the  second  condition, 
only  a  few  of  all  the  elements  in  the 
solar  system  meet  the  requirement  of 
abundance.  Since  some  of  these  tend 
on  planets  to  combine  with  each 
other,  a  list  of  the  only  ingredients 
from  which  a  planetary  ocean  could 
be  composed  can  be  narrowed  to  the 
following  ten  substances:  hydrogen 
(the  most  plentiful  element  in  the 
cosmos),  helium  (the  second  most 
abundant),  neon,  argon,  methane  (a 
hydrocarbon),  ammonia  (a  com- 
pound of  nitrogen  and  hydrogen), 
water,  hydrogen  sulfide,  the  silicates 
(silicon-oxygen  compounds  of 
various  metals,  which  make  up  more 


than  95  percent  of  the  earth's  crust), 
and  a  nickel-iron  mixture  in  the 
proportion  of  one  to  nine. 

These  ten  ingredients  can,  in  turn, 
be  divided  into  three  groups  accord- 
ing to  the  state — gas,  solid,  or  liq- 
uid— in  which  they  might  be  found  in 
quantity.  The  first  group  includes  hy- 
drogen, helium,  neon,  and  argon. 
These  elements  have  boiling  points 
below  — 170°  C  and  are  going  to  be 
gases  under  all  but  the  most  unusual 
conditions.  They  are  therefore  un- 
likely to  be  ocean-forming  sub- 
stances. 

The  second  group  includes  the  sili- 
cates and  nickel-iron.  These  materi- 
als have  melting  points  above  1 ,000° 
C  and  are  going  to  be  solids  under  all 
but  the  most  unusual  conditions. 
Consequently,  they  too  are  unlikely 
to  be  ocean-forming  substances. 

That  leaves  the  third  group  of  in- 
gredients— methane,  ammonia, 
water,  and  hydrogen  sulfide.  These 
are  the  only  substances  that,  under 
conditions  of  hydrogen  excess,  might 
be  found  in  the  liquid  state  at  reason- 
able temperature  conditions  and  that 
can  be  present  in  sufficient  quantities 
to  form  an  ocean. 

Next,  let  us  take  up  the  conditions 
under  which  planets  themselves  can 
form  (and  '  'planet' '  here  is  meant  to 
include  such  smaller  bodies  as  satel- 
lites and  asteroids).  The  chief  vari- 
able in  the  process  is  the  distance 
from  the  central  star  around  which  the 
planets  orbit.  Planets  can  form  either 
relatively  close  to  or  relatively  far 
from  the  star.  If  a  planet  forms  close 
to  the  star,  its  temperature  will  be 
comparatively  high  and  all  the  atoms 
and  molecules  that  come  together  to 
form  it  will  be  moving  comparatively 
rapidly.  In  this  situation,  the  small 
and    therefore    particularly    nimble 


atoms  of  helium  and  neon  caimot  be 
held  by  the  gravitational  field  of  the 
forming  planet;  neither  can  the  small 
two-atom  molecules  of  hydrogen. 
They  wUl  escape  into  space.  Since 
hydrogen,  helium,  and  neon — ^from 
the  first  group  of  potential  ocean- 
building  substances — together  make 
up  some  99  percent  of  all  the  atoms 
or  molecules  in  the  original  gaseous 
mix  from  which  stars  and  planets  de- 
velop, a  planet  forming  out  of  the  left- 
over material,  and  therefore  small  in 
size,  caimot  have  a  strong  gravita- 
tional field. 

If  it  forms  sufficiently  close  to  the 
central  star  or  if  it  is  particularly 
small,  a  planet's  gravitational  field 
caimot  even  hold  the  somewhat  heav- 
ier molecules  of  the  third  group  of 
substances — methane,  ammonia, 
water,  and  hydrogen  sulfide,  often 
called  "volatiles"  because  even 
when  they  are  liquid  they  evaporate 
easily  and  turn  to  gases.  All  that  is 
then  left  are  the  silicates  and  nickel- 
iron,  the  atoms  and  molecules  of 
which  are  bound  tightly  to  each  other 
by  chemical  forces  and  do  not  require 
a  strong  gravitational  pull  to  be  held. 
This  means  that  particularly  hot 
bodies  such  as  Mercury,  the  planet 
closest  to  the  sun,  and  particularly 
small  bodies  such  as  the  moon  must 
be  entirely  solid  and  can  have  no 
oceans. 

For  an  ocean  to  exist,  a  planet  must 
be  large  enough  and  have  the  right 
temperature  and  pressure  range  for 
the  purpose.  The  requirements  are 
stringent.  Thus,  Mars,  which  is  larger 
than  Mercury,  is  big  enough  to  hold 
some  volatiles  but  not  enough  of  them 
to  make  up  an  ocean.  In  addition, 
Mars  is  so  cool  that  most  of  its  vola- 
tiles exist  in  the  frozen  state.  Venus, 
on  the  other  hand,  which  is  even 


54 


Advartiiing  &uppl«m»n 


NATURAL  HI  STORY 


As  a  trial  member  of  the 

BOOKOFTHEMONTH  CLUB: 
America's 
Bookstore, 

you  can  obtain 

any  one  of  the 

library  sets 

described 

on  the 

following 

pages-at 

an  extraordinary 

saving  (up  to  $202) 

The  Suggested  Trial:  You  simply  agree  to  buy  four  Club  choices  during 
the  next  twelve  months  at  substantial  savings  on  most  books  you  choose 


TO  SIGNALIZE  the  50th  anniversary  of  the  Book-of- 
the-Month  Qub— America's  Bookstore  since 
1926— we  are  extending  an  unusually  interesting 
membership  invitation  to  prospective  members  this 
year.  Until  now,  high  retail  prices  have  put  the 
magnificent  works  shown  here  beyond  the  reach  of 
many  families.  However,  as  a  trial  member  of  the 
Qub,  you  can  acquire  one  of  these  sets  at  extra- 
ordinary savings— as  much  as  $202. 

This  bounty  for  booklovers  is  not  a  one-time  affair 
but  is  a  demonstration  of  a  continuing  benefit.  Not 
only  wiU  you  be  able  to  keep  abreast  of  the  important 
new  books  you  are  eager  to  read,  but  if  you  continue 
your  membership  you  will  enjoy  similar  savings  on 
expensive  library  sets  and  high-priced  reference 
works.  It's  a  wonderful  way  to  build  a  well-rounded 
Hbrary  and  save  money  too. 


CARL  SANDBURG'S 
ABRAHAM  LINCOLN  (6  vols.) 

WILL  and  ARIEL  DURANT'S 
THE  STORY  OF 
CIVIUZATION  (10  vols.) 

THE  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF 
PHILOSOPHY  (4  vols.) 

THE  COMPACT  EDITION 
OF  THE  OXFORD  ENGUSH 
DICTIONARY  (2  vols.) 

See  inside  for  details 


CHOOSE  ANY  ONE  OF 

as  a  trial  member  of  the  BOOK-OF-THE-MO^ 


CARL  SANDBURG'S 

Pulitzer  Prize-Winning 

ABRAHAM 
LINCOLN 

The  entire  six -volume  set 

I  PUBLISHERS   <t'|'^^^    I 
LIST  PRICE     tI.^V^    I 


The  Prairie  Years 

TVo  volumes  covering  the  first  52 
years  of  Lincoln's  life— from  his  log 
cabin  childhood  through  his  career 
as  a  country  lawyer,  prairie  politi- 
cian, husband,  father.  Congressman- 
ending  as  he  becomes  President  of  a 
nation  beginning  to  split  apart  on  the 
issue  of  slavery. 


The  War  Years 

Four  volumes  spaiming  the  entire 
period  of  the  Civil  War  from  the  first 
shot  fired  at  Fort  Sumter  to  the  sur- 
render at  Appomattox.  Among  the 
events  are  the  battles  of  Bull  Run, 
Gettysburg,  Vicksburg,  Lincoln's  in- 
augural address,  the  Emancipation 
Proclamation,  the  assassination  at 
Ford's  Theatre,  a  nation  in  mourning. 


THE  COMPACT  EDITION 
of  the 

OXFORD  ENGLISH 
DICTIONARY 

The  complete  contents  of 

the  $395  thirteen-volume  set  in  an 

easily  readable  two- volume  set 

f^*^  ^1750 


only 


PUBLISHERS  LIST  PRICE 


$95) 


idVa    eacn 

•  All  16,569  pages  of  the  thirteen-vol- 
ume edition  included  in  The  Com- 
pact Edition  through  a  i>hoto-reduc- 
tion  process  which  permits  printing 
four  of  the  original  pages  on  one  page 
of  the  new  edition 


•  Bausch  &  Lomb  magnifying  glass  in- 
cluded in  special  drawer  of  slipcase. 
2"  X  3%"  lens  scientifically  designed 
to  make  reduced  print  easily  readable 

•  Paper  is  30-pound  Special  Diction- 
ary White 

•  Binding  is  library  buckram  — 
forced  and  stamped  in  gold 


•  You  will  re 
Month  Club  . 
zine  publisher 
times  a  year, 
the  coming  S 
Alternates,  ar 
approximate 
half  weeks. 

•  If  you  wish 
tion,donothir 
to  you  automa 

•  If  you  do  nc 
or  you  would 
nates  or  no  bt 


FHESE  VALUABLE  SETS 

m^l    I  ID       TheSuggestedTrial:  You  simply  agree  to  buy  four  Club  choices  during 
V^  L(U  LJ       the  next  twelve  months  at  substantial  savings  on  most  books  you  choose. 


HE  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF 

The  complete  contents 
of  the  original  eight- 
lume  $219.50  edition  in  a  handsome  four-volume  reader's  edition 


PHILOSOPHY 


f^-^  *1750( 


•nly 


PUBLISHERS 
LIST  PRICE 


*9950 


A  SMALL  SAMPLING  OF  THE  IDEAS  AND 
PHILOSOPHERS  FOUND  IN  THESE  VOLUMES 


Will   Linguistics    Nothing    Pragmatism        Pain  The  Absolute     Nonsense 

sm      Humanism    TVuth         Existentialism    Semantics    Good  and  Evil    Pleasure 

CONFUCIUS  •  CAMUS  •  ERASMUS  •  KIERKEGAARD  •  SARTRE  •  KANT 

WITTGENSTEIN  •  EINSTEIN  •  SPINOZA  •  PLATO  •  RUSSELL 
THOMAS  AQUINAS  •  LOCKE  •  NIETZSCHE  •  DESCARTES  •  NEWTON 


THE  STORY  OF 
CIVILIZATION 


Ten  matched 
volumes 


iri^„  I     1^^^   1^^^    __-    ,^^.      <' PUBLISHER'S  LIST  PRICE 

only^2250  1*22450 


I.  Our  Oriental  HeritaKC.  Ancient  Egypt 
and  the  Near  East.  The  Far  East,  ear- 
ly to  modem  times. 

II.  The  Life  of  Greece.  Explores  all  fac- 
ets of  Greek  life  from  prehistoric  times 
to  the  Roman  conquest. 

III.  Caesar  and  Christ.  The  rise  of 
Rome  and  Christianity  and  the  collapse 
of  classic  civilization. 

IV.  The  Age  of  Faith.  Christian.  Is- 
lamic and  Judaic  civilization,  325  to 
1300,  including  the  Crusades. 

V.  The  Renaissance.  Italy's  golden  age. 
1304  to  1576.  A  turbulent  world  of  in- 
trigue and  great  art. 


VI.  The  Reformation.  Europe's  religi- 
ous conflicts,  from  two  centuries  before 
Luther  to  Calvin. 

VII.  The  Age  of  Reason  Begins.  Europe. 
1S58-1646.  The  age  of  Shakespeare. 
Rembrandt.  Galileo. 

VIU.  The  Age  of  Louis  XTV.  The  bril- 
liant era  of  the  "Sun  King,"  Milton, 
Cromwell.  Peter  the  Great. 

IX.  The  Age  of  Voltaire.  Europe  from 
1715  to  1756.  The  world  of  Frederick 
the  Great,  Wesley.  Bach. 

X.  Rousseaa  and  Revolution.  Europe 
from  the  Seven  Years'  War  to  the  storm- 
ing of  the  Bastille. 


ACTS  ABOUT  MEMBERSHIP 


:  the  Book-of-the- 
•  a  literary  maga- 
the  Club  fifteen 
e  News  describes 
ion  and  scores  of 
be  sent  to  you 
very  three  and  a 

lurchase  the  Selec- 
jd  it  will  be  shipped 

int  the  Selection  — 
one  of  the  Alter- 
it  all  — simply  indi- 


cate your  decision  on  the  reply  form 
always  enclosed  with  the  News  and 
mail  it  so  we  receive  it  by  the  date 
specified. 

•  All  books  distributed  by  the  Book- 
of-the-Month  Club  are  identical  to 
the  publishers'  editions  in  content, 
format,  size  and  quality. 

•  If,  because  of  late  mail  delivery  of 
the  News,  you  should  receive  a  Selec- 
tion without  having  had  10  days  to 
decide  whether  you  want  it,  that 
Selection  may  be  returned  at  Club 
expense. 


See  next  page  for  more  details 


BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB,  INC. 

Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania  1 701 1  6-A113J 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club  and  send  me  th« 
set  I  have  checked  in  the  box  below,  for  which  you  will  bill  me.  1  agree  to  bu> 
four  Selections  or  Alternates  during  the  first  year  1  am  a  member,  paying  in  mosi 
cases  special  members'  prices.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any  time  after  I  bu> 
these  four  books.  A  shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 

D  THE  COMPACT  D  Carl   Sandburg's      D  THE  ENCYCLO-  D  THE  STORY  OF 

EDITION  OF  THE  OED      ABRAHAM  LINCOLN  PEDIA  OF  PHILOSOPHY      CIVILIZATION 

$17.50  $18.50  $17-50  $22.50 


S;l 

43 

•^■f 

loss) 

(Please  print  plainly) 

ABt 

cm 

State Zip.. 


An  extraordinary  offer  from  the 

BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB~ 

America's  Bookstore 


".  .  .  a  monument  that  will  stand  forever— a  monument 
to  subject  and  author  alike"   —N.Y.  Times  Book  Review 

CARL  SANDBURG'S  Pulitzer  Prize-Winning 

ABRAHAM  LINCOLN 

ABRAHAM  Lincoln  •  Carl  Sandburg's  piassive  6-volume  biog- 
L  raphy  is  more  than  a  portrait  of  a  great  American— it  is  a 
tapestry  of  the  American  people  in  crisis  and  resolution.  Win- 
ner of  a  Pulitzer  Prize  for  history,  it  remains  a  work  of  timeless 
beauty  and  humanity— to  read  and  cherish  and  pass  on,  with 
pride,  to  the  next  generation.  Praised  by  one  reviewer  as  "The 
truest  portrait  of  the  greatest  American  .  .  .  the  best  biography 
of  our  day." 


". . .  a  remarkable  and  unique  work"  —Saturday  Review 

THE  ENCYCLOPEDIA 
OF  PHILOSOPHY 

THE  Encyclopedia  Of  Philosophy  •  One  of  the  great  reposi- 
tories of  philosophical  information,  this  is  the  only  major 
philosophical  reference  work  published  in  English  since  1901. 
The  collaborative  achievement  of  500  philosophers  and  scholars 
from  24  countries,  it  covers  every  area  of  philosophy — ancient, 
medieval,  modern.  Eastern  and  Western.  No  thinker  or  move- 
ment is  dismissed  as  too  radical,  no  issue  is  scanted  as  too 
controversial. 


for  only  *18  50  ( ^  ]  for  only  *1750  [,^Jo] 


"The  most  complete  and  most  scholarly  dictionary  of 
the  English  language"    —T/ie  Christian  Science  Monitor 

THE  COMPACT  EDITION  OF 

THE  OXFORD  ENGLISH 

DICTIONARY 

THE  Compact  Edition  Of  The  Oxford  English  Dictionary 
Generally  considered  the  final  arbiter  of  the  meaning,  ori- 
gin, history  and  usage  of  words  in  the  English  language,  the 
Oxford  English  Dictionary  was  until  recently  available  only  as 
a  13-volume  set  priced  at  $395  This  2-volume  Compact  Edition 
—the  complete  contents— has  been  hailed  by  N.Y.  Times  book 
critic  Christopher  Lehmann-Haupt  as  "something  of  a  miracle 
.  .  .  easier  to  work  with  than  the  original  with  its  13  separate 
volumes." 


"Our  century  has  produced  no  more  successful  attempt 
to  narrate  the  whole  common  story  of  mankind" 

—Clifton  Fadiman 

THE  STORY  OF 
CIVILIZATION 

by  WILL  and  ARIEL  DURANT 

THE  Story  Of  Civilization  •  A  monumental  10-volume  work 
which  took  40  years  to  research  and  write,  this  is  the  life- 
work  of  Will  and  Ariel  Durant.  A  history  of  all  civilization- 
ancient  and  modem,  Occidental  and  Oriental— it  traces  the 
development  of  man's  economic  and  political  organizations, 
science  and  art,  religions  and  philosophies,  customs  and  man- 
ners. Without  doubt  one  of  the  great  literary  and  historic 
achievements  of  this  century. 


for  only  *1750  ( |Sf  )         for  only  *2250  [*f^5o] 


Fill  in,  detach  postcard  below  and  mail  today! 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

No  postage  stamp  necessary  if  mailed  in  the  United  States 


FIRST  CLASS 
PERMIT  No.  224 
Camp  Hill,  Pa. 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY 

Book-of-the-Month  Club,  Inc. 
Camp  Hill 
Pennsylvania  1701 1 


CHOOSE 

ANY  ONE 

OF  THESE 
VALUABLE  SETS 

and  save  as  much  as  $202 
in  a  trial  members/iip 

The  Suggested  Trial:  You  simply  agree  to  buy- 
four  Club  choices  during  the  next  twelve  months  at 
substantial  savings  on  most  books  you  choose. 

See  previous  pages 


larger  than  Mars  and  has  more  of  the 
volatiles,  is  so  warm  that  all  of  them 
are  in  the  gaseous  state.  Under  the 
thick  Venusian  atmosphere,  the  sur- 
face of  Venus  is  solid  material.  The 
planet  has  no  oceans. 

A  planet  at  least  the  size  of,  but 
considerably  cooler  than,  Venus 
could  in  theory  retain  ocean-sized 
quantities  of  volatiles  and  maintain 
most  of  them  in  the  liquid  state.  But 
under  those  conditions,  which  vola- 
tile would  form  the  ocean  or  would 
it  consist  of  a  mixture  of  substances? 

Suppose  a  planet  is  small  enough 
to  lose  its  free  hydrogen  but  large 
enough  to  retain  the  volatiles.  With- 
out free  hydrogen,  chemical  proc- 
esses take  place  that  tend  to  oxidize 
the  ammonia  to  nitrogen  (which  re- 
mains gaseous)  and  water.  There  is 
also  a  tendency  for  the  methane  to 
oxidize  to  carbon  dioxide  (which  re- 
mains gaseous)  and  water.  Finally, 
there  is  a  tendency  for  hydrogen  sul- 
fide to  be  converted  to  sulfur,  which 
is  a  solid  at  earthly  temperatures  and 
which  combines  with  other  solids  in 
the  planet's  crust  (if  it  has  one)  and 
water.  Such  a  planet  would  be  left 
with  only  one  volatile  in  ocean-sized 
quantities — namely,  water.  The  earth 
is  such  a  planet  and  that  is  why  it  has 
oceans. 

What  about  objects  that  condense 
at  comparatively  large  distances  from 
the  central  star?  Out  there,  the  small 
atoms  and  molecules  of  helium, 
neon,  and  hydrogen  are  cold  and 
therefore  sluggish  enough  to  be  cap- 
tured by  the  gravitational  field  of  the 
developing  body,  whose  mass  can  ac- 
cordingly increase  rapidly.  With  in- 
creasing mass,  the  gravitational  field 
grows  ever  more  intense  and  the 
small  atoms  and  molecules  are  held 
even  more  efficiently. 

The  result  is  the  formation  of  a 
giant  planet,  such  as  Jupiter,  Saturn, 
Uranus,  or  Neptune,  made  up  very 
largely  of  hydrogen.  Solid  compo- 
nents, if  any,  make  up  an  incon- 
siderable fraction  of  the  material  at 
the  planet's  core,  and  we  have  what 
used  to  be  called  a  "gas  giant."  To 
be  sure,  it  is  now  thought  that  Jupiter, 
although  composed  mostly  of  hydro- 
gen, compresses  that  gas  into  a  red- 
hot  liquid  and  that  the  giant  planet 
may  be  an  enormous  liquid  sphere.  It 
might  be  considered  all  ocean,  but  the 
liquid  is  not  ocean  in  our  sense  of  a 


partial  fluid  cover  of  a  solid  planet 
with  dry  land  emerging  here  and 
there. 

The  far  reaches  of  a  planetary  sys- 
tem need  not  contain  only  giant 
planets,  however.  Minor  bodies  are 
also  formed  out  of  leftover  cosmic 
materials,  and  these  can  be  as  small 
as  or  smaller  than  any  of  the  bodies 
of  the  inner  planetary  system.  Small 
bodies  that  are  distant  from  the  cen- 
tral star  are  cold,  but  even  so  their 
gravitational  fields  are  not  strong 
enough  to  retain  the  light  atoms  and 
molecules  of  hydrogen,  helium,  or 
neon.  Most  of  those  substances  have 
in  any  case  been  swept  up  by  the  giant 
planets.  Nevertheless,  the  small 
bodies  of  the  outer  planetary  system 
can  hang  on  to  the  volatiles,  but  the 
temperatures  of  those  objects  are  so 
low  that  ammonia,  water,  and  hydro- 
gen sulfide,  if  present  on  them,  will 
exist  only  in  solid  form.  In  the  ex- 
treme far  reaches,  even  argon  and 
methane  will  be  frozen. 

The  result  is  that  the  small  bodies 
of  an  outer  planetary  system  are  gen- 
erally a  mixture  of  ordinary  solids, 
such  as  silicates  and  nickel-iron,  and 
of  "ices"  made  of  frozen  volatiles. 
In  our  own  solar  system,  this  is  true, 
for  instance,  of  the  satellites  of 
Jupiter  and  of  the  comets.  It  would 
seem,  then,  that  the  small  bodies  of 
an  outer  planetary  system  cannot 
have  an  ocean  either — unless,  per- 
haps, certain  restrictive  conditions 
are  met  in  just  the  right  way. 

The  possibility  of  an  ocean  existing 
on  a  body  that  far  from  the  central  star 
arises  in  connection  with  methane, 
which  boils  at  a  temperature  of 
—  1 6 1 . 5°  C .  Objects  in  the  nearer  por- 
tions of  the  outer  planetary  system 
would  be  warm  enough  to  keep  the 
methane  as  a  gas;  bodies  in  the  outer- 
most portions  would  keep  it  as  a 
solid.  What  about  the  region  in  be- 
tween? 

Suppose  there  were  a  body  at  just 
the  right  distance  from  the  central  star 
to  keep  methane  in  the  liquid  state. 
If  that  body  were  large  enough  to  hold 
methane,  but  not  large  enough  to  hold 
hydrogen,  it  might  acquire  enough 
methane  to  develop  a  fairly  thick  at- 
mosphere of  that  substance — with 
some  of  it  in  liquid  form  at  the  body's 
surface.  Unlike  the  other  volatiles, 
the  molecules  of  methane  can,  under 
certain    conditions,    combine    with 


each  other  to  form  larger  molecules 
that  can  be  liquid  even  though  meth- 
ane itself  is  normally  a  gas.  These 
larger  molecules  have  properties 
rather  like  lighter  fluid. 

As  it  happens,  there  is  a  body  in 
our  solar  system  that  might  possibly 
qualify  in  this  resf>ect.  It  is  Titan,  the 
largest  of  Saturn's  ten  satellites.  In 
terms  of  volume,  it  is  the  largest  satel- 
lite in  the  solar  system,  even  larger 
than  the  small  planet  Mercury.  Titan 
has  a  fairly  thick  atmosphere — it  is 
the  only  satellite  known  to  have  a  siz- 
able one — that  contains  methane. 
Does  Titan  have  a  hydrocarbon  ocean 
covering  much  of  its  surface?  That  is 
at  least  conceivable. 

To  summarize ,  for  an  astronomical 
body  to  have  an  ocean  on  its  surface, 
it  must  meet  very  stringent  conditions 
in  terms  of  size,  temperature,  atmos- 
pheric pressure,  and  gravitational  in- 
tensity, with  the  result  that  only  a 
small  proportion  of  the  planetary 
bodies  in  the  universe  could  be  ex- 
pected to  have  one.  On  the  other 
hand,  any  astronomical  body  that  is 
part  of  a  planetary  system  and  hap- 
pens to  be  about  the  earth's  size  and 
temperature  is  almost  sure  to  have  an 
ocean,  and  that  ocean  is  very  likely 
to  be  composed  of  water. 

Conditions  for  an  ammonia  ocean 
or  a  carbon  dioxide  ocean  are  much 
more  stringent  than  for  water.  If  a 
planet  is  cold  enough  to  collect  oce- 
anic amounts  of  ammonia,  it  wUl 
probably  collect  enough  hydrogen  to 
become  a  giant  hydrogen  body.  As 
for  carbon  dioxide,  it  is  only  liquid 
at  low  temperatures  and  high  atmos- 
pheric pressures  and  the  combination 
is  not  very  likely  to  exist  on  a  nonhy- 
drogen  planet. 

There  is  a  chance  that  an  earth- 
sized  or  somewhat  smaller  astro- 
nomical body  that  is  much  colder  than 
the  earth  could  have  one  other  variety 
of  ocean  that  is  possible — namely, 
hydrocarbon. 

Thus ,  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge , 
the  score  for  our  solar  system  is  one 
water  ocean  on  earth,  and  possibly 
one  hydrocarbon  ocean  on  Titan. 

Isaac  Asimov,  who  has  a  Ph.D.  in 
biochemistry,  has  written  more  than 
170  books  and  countless  magazine 
articles  on  a  variety  of  subjects,  rang- 
ing from  science  to  science  fiction  and 
literature. 


59 


'^^mC^ 


.'.<^yr 


Lobster  Tales 

by  Michael  Berrill 


The  location  of  lobster 
nurseries  is  still  a  mystery 

Everywhere  in  the  world  that  there 
are  lobsters  and  lobstermen  the  re- 
frain is  the  same:  there  are  fewer  lob- 
sters to  be  caught.  You  used  to  be  able 
to  collect  a  quick  dozen  from  rock 
pools  in  New  Zealand  or  Mexico;  in 
New  Brunswick,  farmers  fertilized 
their  potatoes  with  them.  Now  they 
are  gourmet  food;  a  tourist's  treat. 

With  overfishing,  poaching,  and 
loss  of  suitable  habitats  due  to  pollu- 
tion and  shoreline  development,  lob- 
ster populations  are  dwindling  away. 
To  halt,  and  begin  to  reverse,  the  de- 
cline of  this  valuable  marine  re- 
source, a  series  of  socioeconomic 
problems,  which  include  poaching, 
unemployment  among  lobstermen, 
and  even  the  high  cost  of  the  animals 
to  consumers,  must  be  solved. 

Most  fisheries  try  to  protect  lob- 
sters so  that  they  may  breed  at  least 
once  before  they  are  caught  and 
cooked.  But  virgin,  undersized  lob- 
sters taste  just  as  good  and  can  be 
sold,  albeit  carefully,  for  almost  as 
much  as  the  legal-sized  ones — and  so 
poaching  is  a  global  pastime,  either 
for  fun  or  out  of  necessity. 

Perhaps  one  of  the  lobster  species 
will  in  time  be  domesticated  and 
grown  rapidly  and  efficiently  far  from 
its  natural  habitat.  Or  perhaps  ocean 
ranching,  in  which  managers  will 
provide  lobsters  with  abundant  food 
and  protection  from  predators,  might 
someday  become  successful.  How- 
ever, the  first  technique  for  meeting 
the  world's  lobster  demand  would  im- 


An  adult  clawed,  or  homarid, 
lobster  feeds  on  a  fish  head. 
The  meat  in  the  claws  is  a 
nutritious,  but  declining, 
food  resource  for  humans. 


dermine  current  fisheries  and  the  lob- 
stermen involved;  the  second  would 
demand  an  extraordinary  degree  of 
policing. 

At  present  neither  possibility 
seems  more  than  a  promise  or  a 
threat,  and  this  is  due,  at  least  in  part, 
to  a  surprising  state  of  affairs .  Despite 
worldwide  interest  in  lobsters,  we 
know  remarkably  little  of  their  behav- 
ior and  ecology,  especially  of  young 
ones  under  a  year  old. 

The  lobsters  that  people  eat  come 
in  two  varieties.  One  has  large  claws 
containing  meat  as  sweet  tasting  as 
that  in  its  tail;  the  other  lacks  large 
claws  and  has  a  pair  of  large,  spiny, 
but  essentially  meatless  antennae. 
Large-clawed  lobsters,  or  homarids, 
support  thousands  of  lobstermen  on 
both  sides  of  the  North  Atlantic,  from 
Cap)e  Cod  and  Maine  to  Ireland  and 
Brittany.  The  clawless,  spiny  lob- 
sters, called  palinurids,  are  caught 
throughout  the  warmer  temperate, 
subtropical,  and  tropical  oceans. 
These  are  marketed  simply  as  "lob- 
ster tails." 

The  two  species  of  homarids  and 
the  approximately  twenty  species  of 
palinurids  that  occur  in  enough  num- 
bers and  in  shallow  enough  water  to 
be  fished  commercially  have  more  in 
common  than  palatability.  They  all 
breed  for  the  first  time  at  about  the 
same  size  and  age  (eight  to  ten 
inches  long  and  about  five  years  old), 
and  all  have  at  least  the  potential  for 
many  years  of  further  growth  and  re- 
production. Although  the  adults  of  all 
species  hide  in  burrows  or  caves  in 
the  daytime,  the  palinurids  are  gre- 
garious while  the  homarids  remain 
solitary.  At  night  they  all  forage  indi- 
vidually, preying  upon  moUusks, 
worms,  other  crustaceans,  and  sea  ur- 
chins. Most  of  the  adults  migrate  in 
and  out  of  warmer,  shallower  water 
during  breeding  seasons,  and  mature 
females  carry  their  eggs  glued  in 
grapelike  clusters  to  their  swim- 
merets.  The  eggs  hatch  into  plank- 


Jane  Burton;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


6i 


tonic  larvae  that,  after  weeks  or 
months  at  the  mercy  of  surface  cur- 
rents, molt  into  miniature  versions  of 
their  parents  and  settle  to  the  bottom. 
It  is  at  this  stage  that  virtually  nothing 
is  known  of  their  life  in  the  wild. 

Newly  settled  homarids  and  pali- 
nurids  don't  appear  to  move  into  hab- 
itats associated  with  the  adults  until 
they  are  one  or  two  years  old,  perhaps 
living  in  some  kind  of  nursery  habitat 
until  that  time.  What  is  the  nature  of 
these  nurseries  if  in  fact  they  exist? 
Are  the  needs,  and  hence  the  behavior 
and  ecology,  of  the  newly  settled  lob- 
sters significantly  different  from  those 
of  the  adults?  Domestication,  ranch- 
ing, or  even  the  simplest  management 
cannot  be  successful  unless  these 
questions  are  answered. 

If  you  cannot  find  newly  settled 
lobsters  in  the  ocean,  you  can  attempt 
to  culture  them  in  a  laboratory,  ob- 
serve their  behavior  in  a  variety  of 
conditions,  and  then  perhaps  predict 
what  they  are  up  to  in  the  wild.  I  have 
raised  several  hundred  individually 
isolated  homarids  from  the  time  they 
hatched,  through  the  larval  stages, 
and  until  they  were  two  to  three 
months  old.  The  first  three  planktonic 
larval  stages  last  only  a  couple  of 
weeks,  and  the  larvae  are  hardy  and 
easy  to  feed.  As  a  result  the  culture 
technique  is  simple  even  if  it  is  time 
consuming. 

Once  each  of  these  larvae  molted 
into  its  fourth  larval  state,  it  ceased 
swimming  around  its  culture  jar,  set- 
tled on  the  substrate  of  sand  or  mud, 
and  proceeded  to  burrow.  When  the 
substrate  was  sand  with  a  pebble 
lying  on  the  surface,  the  stage  4  lob- 
ster dug  a  cave  with  two  openings 
under  the  pebble.  When  the  substrate 
was  mud,  the  lobster  dug  a  U-shaped 
tunnel  that  reached  about  an  inch 
below  its  two  surface  openings.  Al- 
though some  hours  or  days  might  pass 
before  a  newly  molted  stage  4  lobster 
burrowed  for  the  first  time,  its  first 
burrow  was  well  constructed.  Each 
dug  proficiently  using  a  combination 
of  techniques:  debris  was  "bull- 
dozed" out  of  the  burrow  by  pushing 
loads  with  the  claws  and  blown  out 
behind  by  beating  up  a  current  with 
the  swimmerets;  occasionally,  an  in- 
dividual would  curl  its  tail  around 
debris  and  scoop  it  out. 

What  fourth  stage  lobsters  do  so 
consistently  in  captivity  they  are  like- 


ly to  do  in  their  natural  habitat.  There 
they  probably  seek  out  a  substrate 
they  can  burrow  in:  one  that  is  soft 
and  has  surface  objects  such  as  stones 
or  shells  under  whose  edges  they  can 
dig.  They  should  then  remain  in  their 
burrows  during  the  first  settled  stages, 
for  they  are  still  so  small  that  almost 
any  foraging  predator  can  handle 
them.  As  they  become  larger,  per- 
haps they  cannot  find  enough  food  in 
the  region  of  their  burrows  or  perhaps 
the  substrate  cannot  stand  up  to  the 
increasingly  large-scale  excavations. 
As  they  become  large  enough,  the  ju- 
veniles may  be  capable  of  success- 
fully defending  themselves  against 
smaller  predators.  They  may  then 
leave  their  nursery  habitats  and  in- 
vade the  environments  in  which 
adults  are  commonly  found. 

The  problem  still  remains,  how- 
ever, that  wherever  stage  4  lobsters 
settle,  whether  in  deep  or  shallow 
water,  on  mud  substrates  or  else- 
where, they  have  not  been  found  in 
any  numbers  by  biologists.  My  obser- 
vations on  their  behavior  in  captivity 
simply  indicate  that  they  ought  to  be 
down  there,  dispersed  on  the  mud, 
tunneling  avidly. 

Spiny  lobsters,  the  palinurids, 
present  similar  questions,  but  cultur- 
ing  planktonic  larvae  has  proved  al- 
most insurmountably  difficult.  The 
mature  female  carries  her  eggs  for 
only  a  month  or  two,  and  the  phyllo- 
soma,  or  planktonic  larvae,  that  hatch 
out  are  all  eyes  and  legs,  don't  look 
much  like  lobsters,  and  are  less  than 
one-tenth  of  an  inch  long.  They 
disperse  with  the  currents  for  as  long 
as  a  year,  molting  perhaps  a  dozen 
times  as  they  grow  to  several  inches 
in  length.  Preying  upon  other  plank- 
tonic animals,  their  own  numbers  are 
no  doubt  vastly  depleted  by  preda- 
tion.  The  survivors  somehow  find 
their  way  back  to  the  coastline  where 
they  hatched,  there  to  metamorphose 
to  the  first  stage  that  looks  anything 


Ramming  itself  tail  first  into 

a  crevice,  a  spiny,  or  palinurid, 

lobster  presents  an  effective 

defense  against  most  predators. 

The  long  antennae  are  used  in 

intraspecific  encounters. 


like  a  spiny  lobster:  the  puerulus.  The 
planktonic  life  is  just  too  long,  their 
food  requirements  are  unknown,  and 
the  larval  stages  too  intolerant  of  any- 
thing but  perfect  oceanic  conditions 
for  lab  culture  of  spiny  lobsters  to  be 
worth  the  time,  effort,  and  failures 
involved. 

The  palinurid  puerulus,  like  the  ho- 
marid  fourth  stage,  is  the  first  settling 
stage.  The  puerulus  has  short  anten- 
nae, has  lost  the  long  larval  legs,  but 
is  still  transparent.  This  stage  lasts 
about  a  week  before  molting  into  the 
first  of  many  postpuerulus  and  juve- 
nile stages.  The  puerulus  and  post- 
puerulus spiny  lobsters  are  about  as 


62 


hard  to  find  as  their  homarid  counter- 
parts. They  probably  settle  into  ex- 
tensive, dense  sea-grass  beds  or  into 
rock  crevices  where  grass  beds  are 
absent.  In  either  case,  they  find 
spaces  so  small  and  well  dispersed 
that  hunting  them  is  a  frustrating  and 
usually  fruitless  task. 

To  capture  the  pueruli,  biologists 
have  begun  to  devise  traps  consisting 
simply  of  a  substitute  settling  sub- 
strate, and  a  variety  have  been  tried 
in  Caribbean,  Australian,  and  New 
Zealand  waters  with  varying  degrees 
of  success.  The  pueruli  are  not  caught 
in  enough  numbers  for  commercial 
purposes,  but  captives  are  numerous 


enough  to  provide  information  about 
the  time  of  year  most  of  them  settle 
and  to  provide  someone  like  me  with 
enough  individuals  to  observe. 

Observations  of  two  palinurid  spe- 
cies in  particular,  Panulirus  argus  of 
the  Caribbean  and  P.  longipes  of 
West  Australia,  have  led  me  to  a 
number  of  conclusions  about  the 
puerulus  and  postpuerulus  behavior 
of  the.se  species  and,  by  implication, 
about  palinurids  in  general. 

The  puerulus  and  postpuerulus  will 
hide  in  almost  anything  for  protective 
cover — under  shells  and  rocks, 
among  clusters  of  long-spined  black 
sea  urchins,  and  among  the  roots  of 


sea  grasses,  for  example.  They  will 
even  climb  blades  of  sea  grass  in  an 
attempt  to  hide  from  predators.  They 
do  not  dig  or  burrow  but  ram  them- 
selves into  spaces,  tail  foremost.  Like 
older  individuals,  they  are  gregarious 
and  will  share  a  hiding  place  even 
when  other  hideouts  are  available. 
This  gregariousness  is  modified  by 
aggressiveness,  for  they  spread  them- 
selves out  in  a  hiding  place  and  are 
intolerant  of  close  crowding  unless 
under  stress.  When  disturbed  or  at- 
tacked, however,  they  cease  squab- 
bling and  tolerate  a  much  greater  de- 
gree of  crowding. 

Many   palinurid   species   are   no- 


stock  Photos  Unlimited 


63  i 


J.  Boland,  SeaLibri 


torious  for  their  ability  to  make  harsh, 
rasping  sounds  by  rubbing  an  exten- 
sion of  the  basal  segment  of  the  an- 
tenna against  a  shieldlike  region  of 
the  carapace  below  the  eye — a  kind 
of  stridulation.  These  rasps  are 
thought  to  have  some  antipredatory 
function. 

The  puerulus  has  only  the  rudi- 
ments of  the  two  parts  of  the  sound- 
making  apparatus  and  so  is  silent,  but 
the  organ  becomes  operative  when 
the  puerulus  molts  to  its  first  post- 
puerulus  stage.  Using  a  hydrophone, 
1  recorded  the  rasps  of  many  post- 
pueruli  and  found,  not  surprisingly, 
that  the  rasps  were  of  higher  fre- 
quency and  much  lower  amplitude 
than  those  of  older  individuals.  What 
did  surprise  me  was  that  the  post- 


pueruli  rasped  only  at  each  other  dur- 
ing their  conflicts  over  limited  food  or 
space,  and  that  rasps  did  not  occur  in 
response  to  attack  by  a  predator.  In- 
stead, antipredatory  behavior  con- 
sisted of  scooting  rapidly  backward, 
followed  by  an  abrupt  cessation  of 
movement,  all  in  silence.  When  a 
predator  (usually  a  small  fish  in  my 
experiments)  did  see  a  postpuerulus 
long  enough  to  catch  it,  my  hydro- 
phone picked  up  loud,  crunching 
noises,  but  never  any  rasps. 

It  seems,  then,  that  the  rasps  of  the 
postpuerulus  indicate  a  rather  high- 
level  aggressive  act  by  one  individual 
against  another.  Perhaps  even  in 
adults,  rasping  is  used  primarily  for 
communicating  degrees  of  aggres- 
siveness to  other  individuals  and  is  of 


little  direct  value  in  antipredatory  be- 
havior. Alternatively,  rasping  could 
have  more  than  one  function,  deriv- 
ing a  second,  antipredatory  one  as  the 
lobster  grows  large  enough  for  spines 
and  antennae  to  provide  it  with  some 
initial  protection. 

The  anteimae  of  a  palinurid  are  ef- 
fective weapons,  and  this  is  true  even 
of  postpueruli.  In  the  latter  stage,  an- 
teimae are  used,  not  against  preda- 
tors, but  in  aggressive  intraspecific 
conflicts,  and  anteimal  growth  is 
rapid  compared  with  growth  per  molt 
of  the  rest  of  the  body.  Just  as  they 
do  in  adults,  the  long  sweeping  anten- 
nae can  push  other,  smaller  lobsters 
away,  and  insure  their  possessor 
some  degree  of  private  space,  even  in 
crowded  conditions.   Palinurid   ag- 


An  inhabilani  of  tropical  waters,  the  sand,  or  shovel-nosed,  lobster,  left, 

uses  its  truncated  antennae  to  di^  into  the  sand  as  an 

escape  from  predators.  Related  to  the  spiny  lobsters. 

the  species  has  been  little  exploited  commercially. 

A  stage  3  planklonic  larva  cjf  the  American  lobster,  below, 

will  float  in  the  surface  currents  of  the  ocean  until  its 

next  molt.  At  stage  4,  it  will  settle  to  the  bottom  to 

maturate  in  nursery  habitats  that  have  not  yet  been  discovered. 

During  the  three  planktonic  stages,  the  larvae  suffer  heavy  predation. 


gression,  from  postpuerulus  to  ma- 
ture adult,  consists  mostly  of  antennal 
sweeping  and  noisemaking  and  re- 
sults in  little  or  no  damage  to  the  com- 
batants. Such  restrictions  to  damage 
are  vital  if  gregarious  behavior  is  to 
persist.  In  contrast,  when  homarids 
are  forced  into  crowded  conditions, 
which  they  seldom  meet  in  nature, 
they  may  do  much  harm  to  each  other 
unless  their  claws  are  clamped  shut. 
Of  all  palinurids,  P.  argus  of  the 
Caribbean  has  been  attracting  special 
attention.  When  the  time  comes  for 
the  autumn  migration  into  deeper 
water,  the  adults,  unique  among  all 
spiny  lobsters,  migrate  by  forming 
long,  single-file  queues  and  walking 
off  together.  Queuing  migration  is 
particularly  difficult  to  account  for  as 


no  other  lobster  is  known  to  engage 
in  such  behavior. 

I  looked  for  queuing  behavior  in 
postpueruli  and  yoxmg  juveniles  of  P. 
argus,  expecting  it  to  be  a  behavior 
characteristic  only  of  the  mature,  mi- 
grating adults.  Instead  I  found  that 
when  I  released  them  on  open 
stretches  of  sand,  the  small  lobsters 
would  also  walk  off  in  single  file,  the 
antennae  of  one  individual  touching 
the  body  of  another  immediately 
ahead.  Any  individual  could  be  a 
leader,  and  the  curious  queues  per- 
sisted until  they  encountered  the  pro- 
tective cover  of  grass  beds  or  caves, 
whereupon  they  broke  up  and  hid 
themselves  separately.  Since  post- 
pueruli walk  in  queues,  then  queuing 
itself  seems  to  be  more  than  just  part 


of  migratory  or  reproductive  behav- 
ior. One  implication  is  that  queuing 
provides  some  safety  from  predators. 

The  most  bizarre  of  my  observa- 
tions on  queuing  behavior  by  pueruli 
and  juveniles  of  P.  argus  concerned 
their  actions  when  held  in  a  large  tank 
with  caves  arranged  along  one  side. 
When  one  lobster  was  jostled  or 
evicted  from  a  crowded  cave  and 
began  walking  away,  the  e victor  usu- 
ally left  the  cave  as  well  and  hooked 
on  behind  the  evictee.  As  the  proces- 
sion of  two  walked  by  the  mouths  of 
other  caves,  the  resident  lobsters 
were  drawn  out  as  if  by  a  magnet,  and 
another  queue  was  born.  The  adapt- 
iveness  of  this  can  only  be  a  subject 
for  speculation. 

Despite    their    similarities,    ho- 


65 


marids  and  palinurids  differ  in  some 
critical  ways.  They  appear  to  use  di- 
vergent habitats  as  nurseries,  they 
hide  themselves  in  different  ways, 
and  their  aggressive  displays  have  lit- 
tle in  common.  Palinurids  don't  tun- 
nel, presumably  because  they  lack  the 
equipment  for  the  job  and  because 
they  have  ample  hiding  spaces,  mak- 
ing burrowing  unnecessary.  The  less 
damaging  conflicts  and  more  elabo- 
rate communication  of  palinurids, 
compared  with  those  of  homarids,  are 
probably  correlated  with  their  gregar- 
ious sharing  of  hiding  places. 

Gregarious  behavior,  wherever  it 
occurs,  from  fish  schools  to  wolf 
packs,  implies  some  degree  of  social 
organization.  Social  behavior  itself  is 
now  understood  to  be  but  one  of  many 
adaptations  by  an  organism  to  its  par- 
ticular environmental  stresses.  For 
palinurids  to  be  gregarious  and  ho- 
marids not,  the  stresses  the  two 
groups  face  must  somehow  differ. 
However,  both  groups  are  solitary 
while  foraging  for  food  and  mating  is 
not  a  communal  affair.  About  the 
only  possibility  left  is  that  they  have 
different  sorts  of  predators  and  so 
have  evolved  different  antipredatory 
strategies. 

A  large  lobster,  no  matter  what 
kind,  can  hold  off  most  predatory  fish 
unless  they,  in  turn,  are  very  large. 
Few  fish  could  prey  successfully  on 
a  lobster  in  a  burrow  or  in  the  back 
of  a  cave.  The  palinurids,  however, 
share  the  warmer  oceans  with  another 
kind  of  predator,  one  that  is  efficient, 
rapacious,  and  agile  as  it  forages 
upon  the  sea  bottom — the  octopus. 
Even  if  it  is  larger  than  the  octopus, 
a  palinurid  on  its  own  hasn't  much  of 
a  chance;  its  spines  and  antermae  are 
of  little  help.  However,  a  crowd  of 
palinurids  presents  a  far  more  formi- 
dable joint  armor,  and  smaller  indi- 
viduals would  derive  some  protection 
against  the  insidious  octopus  arms. 
So  palinurid  gregariousness  may 
have  evolved  in  response  to  the  pred- 
atory ability  of  the  octopus. 

There  are  some  striking  coinci- 
dences in  the  distribution  of  lobsters 
and  octopods,  and  one  of  the  best  ex- 
amples occurs  on  the  eastern  and 
western  shores  of  the  Atlantic. 
Octopus  vulgaris  is  the  dominant 
octopus  species  on  both  sides  of  this 
ocean.  It  lives  in  relatively  shallow 
regions  and  avoids  particularly  cold 


water.  On  the  western  shore  of  the 
Atlantic,  its  range  is  from  North 
Carolina  to  the  hump  of  Brazil:  a 
range  practically  identical  to  that  of 
P.  argus,  the  only  truly  abundant 
palinurid  in  the  western  Atlantic.  On 
the  eastern  side  of  the  Atlantic,  a 
number  of  palinurid  species  are  com- 
mon from  the  English  Channel  to  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  once  again 
this  distribution  is  perfectly  mirrored 
by  O.  vulgaris. 

In  contrast,  the  homarid  of  the  west 
Atlantic,  Homarus  americanus, 
doesn't  extend  much  farther  south 
than  Cape  Cod,  and  it  doesn't  meet 
up  with  O.  vulgaris.  The  homarid  of 
the  east  Atlantic,  however,  does 
overlap  in  the  south  of  its  range  with 
O.  vulgaris,  as  well  as  with  the  more 
northern  of  the  palinurids.  Since  O. 
vulgaris  can  tolerate  colder  water 
than  it  is  usually  found  in,  it  would 
appear  that  its  range  is  effectively 
limited  by  the  range  of  its  favored 
food;  that  is,  it  can  prey  far  more  suc- 
cessfully on  palinurids  than  on  ho- 
marids or  other  animals.  Large  ho- 
marids may  be  able  to  defend  them- 
selves against  O.  vulgaris  by  using 
the  crushing  power  of  their  claws. 

Although  cephalopods  dominated 
the  oceans  from  Ordovician  to  Trias- 
sic  times,  the  soft-bodied  benthic 
octopod  does  not  appear  in  the  fossil 
record  until  the  Upper  Cretaceous. 
The  first  palinurids  have  also  evolved 
since  then,  and  so  both  groups  are 
apparendy  relatively  recent  forms.  A 
close  relative  of  present-day  palinu- 
rids diverged  early  from  the  ances- 
tral palinurid  stock  and  evolved  into 
a  group  of  lobsters  called  scyllarids, 
the  sand,  or  shovel-nosed,  lobsters. 
The  phyllosoma  larvae  of  the  scyl- 
larids are  practically  indistin- 
guishable from  those  of  palinurids, 
but  adult  scyllarids  are  quite  dif- 
ferent. Their  truncated  antermae  are 
used  to  dig  in  sand  where  they  stay 
hidden  and  solitary  much  of  the  time. 
Sand  burial  may  be  a  good  defense 
against  an  octopus. 

And  so  a  theory,  based  on  circum- 
stantial evidence  and  difficult  to 
prove,  emerges.  The  gregarious  day- 
time habit  of  palinurids  may  be  an 
antipredatory  adaptation  specifically 
against  octopods.  Spiny  armor  and 
antermae  may  have  evolved  in  pali- 
nurids to  provide  them,  especially 
when  grouped  together,  with  a  better 


defense  against  octopus  predation 
than  what  any  individual  could  mus- 
ter. This  gregariousness  could  only 
have  evolved  if  much  of  their  antago- 
nism toward  one  another  diminished 
and  more  complex  communication 
mechanisms  developed. 

The  two  large  homarid  species,  on 
the  other  hand,  remained  in  cold 
northern  waters,  clawed  and  solitary, 
capable  of  at  least  limited  defense 
against  octopods.  And  the  distri- 
bution of  O.  vulgaris  spread  through- 
out the  inshore  waters  where  pali- 
nurids were  common.  The  octopus 
probably  developed  techniques  to 
prey  on  the  spiny  lobster  with 
sufficient  success  despite  the  latter 's 
gregariousness,  possibly  by  captur- 
ing them  at  night  when  the  lobsters 
forage  individually.  The  result  of 
these  events  would  then  be  the  famil- 
iar balance  of  predator  and  one  of  its 
favored  prey,  with  the  behavior  of  the 
prey  dominated  by  a  need  for  a  rea- 
sonable antipredatory  strategy. 

In  the  past  few  decades,  of  course, 
humans  have  become  rapacious,  in- 
satiable predators  of  both  homarids 
and  palinurids.  Unlike  the  octopus, 
however,  we  aren't  in  balance  with 
our  prey.  The  socioeconomic  and  bi- 
ological problems  currently  prevent- 
ing the  successful  management,  cul- 
ture, and  farming  of  various  lobster 
species  must  be  solved.  To  do  so, 
more  must  be  learned  of  the  behav- 
ioral ecology  of  the  various  young 
stages.  Nurseries  may  be  located  and 
protected  and  predator-free  ranches 
established.  Someday,  domestication 
of  lobsters  will  probably  become  a 
reality,  and  through  selective  breed- 
ing, a  fast-growing,  disease-resistant 
species  with  fine,  savory  meat  will  be 
produced.  But  will  lobsters  continue 
to  be  the  food  of  the  rich,  too  expen- 
sive for  the  poor  and  protein  starved 
to  be  able  to  afford  even  if  they  catch 
them?  The  human  problems,  the  so- 
called  socioeconomic  ones,  will  be 
far  more  difficult  to  solve.  D 


A  spiny  lobster,  or  sea  crayfish, 

scavenges  for  food  off  the  coast 

of  east  Africa.  Pairs  of  swimming 

legs  provide  locomotion. 

The  meat  from  the  abdomen 

is  marketed  as  "lobster  tail.  " 


S.C.  Bisserot;  Bruce  Coleman,  Incti 


66 


i*,^ 


♦^  #•. 


■/. 


«J' 


Flight  of  the  Sea  Ducks 

Their  migration  routes  have  been  charted. 

Their  breeding  biology  is  known. 

Their  eggs,  meat,  and  feathers  have  long  been  used  by  man. 

But  eiders  at  sea  remain  an  enigma. 

Nesting  in  colonies  that  can  number  hundreds  of  birds,  the  eiders  are  among 

the  most  conspicuous  of  tundra-breeding  ducks.  Although  female  eiders  arc  a 

study  in  grays  and  browns  that  match  the  arctic  tundra,  the  males  are  most 

boldly  patterned  in  black  and  white,  with  striking  green  head  colors.  When  the 

nesting  season  ends,  the  birds  disperse  over  the  vastnesses  of  the  northern 

oceans,  out  of  range  of  most  human  observers.  Of  the  four  species  of  eiders. 

the  two  most  abundant  and  largest  have  circumpolar  breeding  distributions  and 

extensive  marine  wintering  ranges.  These  are  the  common  eider.  Somaieria 

molllssima.  and  the  king  eider.  S.  specrabilis.  whose  flesh,  eggs,  and  feathers 

have  played  a  role  in  the  survival  of  high-latitude  human  populations  for 

thousands  of  years,  and  whose  down  has  insulating  qualities  that  are  yet  to  be 

matched  by  artificially  manufactured  substitutes.  The  other  two  eider  species 

are  smaller  and  have  much  more  restricted  breeding  distributions  that  center 

on  the  Bering  Sea.  These  are  the  spectacled  eider.  S.  ftscheri. 

*"  —  "*"  ~         by  Paul  A.  Johnsgard 


North  American  Molting  and  Wintering  iVIigrations— King  Eider 


Post-breeding  populations  from  Victoria  Island 

westward  fly  to  an  area  south  of  Point  Barrow, 

Alaska  to  undergo  molting.  Those  birds  breeding 

east  of  Victoria  Island  migrate  to  the  west-central 

coast  of  Greenland.  After  molting,  the  Alaskan 

birds  migrate  to  their  wintering  ranges  in  the 

Pribitof  and  Aleutian  Islands.  The  eastern 

populations  move  to  the  south  of  Greenland,  and 

the  coasts  ofl-abrador  and  Newfoundland. 


GREENLAND 


NEWFOUNDLAND 


named  for  the  gogglelike  feathering 
pattern  around  its  eyes,  and  the 
Steller's  eider,  Polysticta  stelleri, 
named  in  honor  of  G.  W.  Steller,  the 
naturalist  on  Bering's  ill-fated  expe- 
dition to  Alaska. 

Steller's  eider  breeds  almost  en- 
tirely in  Siberia  and  winters  primarily 
along  the  coastlines  of  the  Aleutian 
Islands  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Kam- 
chatka Peninsula  and  the  adjacent 
Kuril  Islands.  The  spectacled  eider, 
which  nests  commonly  in  some  parts 
of  eastern  Siberia  and  in  the  Kusko- 
kwim  Delta  of  Alaska,  seems  to  dis- 
appear into  the  open  spaces  of  the 
Bering  Sea  every  fall  and  is  not  seen 
again  until  the  breakup  of  ice  along 
the  coasts  of  Siberia  and  Alaska  the 
following  spring. 

It  is  the  relatively  sudden  spring 
appearance  of  vast  flocks  of  eiders,  as 
the  pack  ice  begins  to  break  up  near 
shore,  that  provides  one  of  the  in- 
triguing aspects  of  these  sea  ducks. 
The  flocks  appear  every  spring  at 
points  and  headlands  along  the  west- 
ern and  northern  Alaska  coasts  in 


Colonies  of  common  eiders  nest 

among  tussocks  on  coastal  flats. 

The  males  leave  the  breeding  area 

on  their  molt  migration  before 

the  females  finish  incubating. 

Olin  Pettingill,  Photo  Researchers 


numbers  that  are  simply  staggering. 
At  places  like  Cape  Romanzof  and 
Cape  Prince  of  Wales  on  the  western 
coast  of  Alaska,  flocks  of  eiders  can 
be  observed  passing  overhead  in  al- 
most  endless    northbound    streams 


between  early  May  and  early  June. 
On  his  trip  to  Alaska's  Yukon- 
Kuskokwim  Delta  in  1924,  naturalist 
Herbert  Brandt  watched  the  eider  mi- 
gration across  Point  Dall  and  Cape 
Romanzof.  There  the  sequence  of 
spring  arrival  was  evidently  asso- 
ciated with  body  size;  the  relatively 
large  common  eider  arriving  about 
the  first  week  of  May,  followed  in  a 
few  days  by  flocks  of  the  king  eider. 
The  smaller  spectacled  eider  and  the 
Steller's  eider  followed  in  that  order. 
One  flight,  predominantly  of  king 
eiders,  began  late  in  the  afternoon  of 
May  14,  apparently  continued  all 
night,  and  persisted  all  of  the  next 
day.  Brandt  considered  the  number  of 
birds  passing  over  Point  Dall  and 
Cape  Romanzof  on  May  15  as  "be- 
yond all  comprehension."  None- 
theless, he  provided  an  estimate  of 
75 ,000  for  a  two-  to  three-hour  period 
on  that  day.  Essentially  all  of  these 
were  full-plumaged  adult  birds,  indi- 
cating that  as  many  or  more  first-year 
immatures  must  have  remained  at  sea 
during  the  summer.  The  younger 
birds  rarely  come  within  sight  of  land 
until  their  second  spring  of  life. 


70 


At  the  time  of  Brandt's  expedition, 
three  of  the  four  eider  species  nested 
in  the  vicinity  of  Hooper  Bay,  with 
the  spectacled  and  Steller's  eiders  the 
most  common.  The  Steller's  eider  has 
apparently  ceased  to  breed  in  that  vi- 
cinity, but  the  spectacled  eider  has 
remained  common  and  this  area  is  the 
center  of  the  species'  breeding  range 
in  North  America. 

On  a  visit  to  the  Hooper  Bay  area 
in  1963,  I  observed  that  the  specta- 
cled eiders  were  nesting  semicolo- 
nially,  with  nests  often  within  fifty 
feet  of  their  neighbors.  Within  a  week 
or  two  after  the  females  had  begun 
their  incubation,  the  males  returned 
to  the  open  sea.  Based  on  observa- 
tions by  E.  W.  Nelson  in  the  late 
1800s,  it  is  possible  that  the  male 
North  American  spectacled  eiders  fly 
more  than  200  miles  north,  to  the  vi- 
cinity of  Norton  Sound,  in  late  June 
or  early  July  to  undergo  a  postbreed- 
ing  molt. 

All  four  species  of  eiders  are 
known  to  undertake  such  "molt  mi- 
grations," which  can  be  of  remark- 
able length.  For  example,  a  substan- 
tial number  of  male  Steller's  eiders 


from  breeding  populations  in  eastern 
Siberia  have  been  banded  at  Izembek 
Bay,  Alaska,  where  they  undergo 
postbreeding  molt.  Some  of  these 
banded  birds  have  been  recovered 
from  points  as  far  away  as  the  Lena 
Delta  in  Siberia,  nearly  2,000  miles 
to  the  west. 

Why  birds  would  migrate  so  far 
prior  to  undergoing  the  physiological 
stresses  associated  with  molting  can 
only  be  explained  if  the  destination 
offers  an  unusual  degree  of  safety  and 
food.  This  is  indeed  the  case.  The 
shallow  and  plant-rich  waters  of 
Izembek  and  Bechevin  bays  on  the 
Alaska  Peninsula  provide  an  abun- 
dance of  aquatic  life  sufficient  to  sus- 
tain some  200,000  eiders  at  one  time. 
The  molting  Steller's  eiders,  which 
include  not  only  males  but  also  some 
females  that  presumably  were  unsuc- 
cessful in  their  nesting  efforts,  remain 
in  the  vicinity  of  Izembek  Bay  from 
fall  through  April. 

The  molt  migrations  of  king  eiders 
are  also  impressive.  The  North  Amer- 
ican population  breeds  along  the 
northern  coastlines  of  Alaska  and 
Canada  and  falls  into  two  groups: 


those  that  fly  directly  west  across  the 
north  coastline  of  Alaska  to  a  destina- 
tion that  is  probably  in  the  vicinity  of 
Point  Lay,  about  200 miles  southwest 
of  Point  Barrow;  and  those  that  fly 
almost  directly  east  to  the  coast  of 
Greenland.  Virtually  entire  migratory 
flocks  are  composed  of  males,  includ- 
ing both  adults  and  immatures.  The 
concentration  off  Greenland  numbers 
several  hundred  thousand  birds  and 
includes  all  of  the  birds  from  Can- 
ada's eastern  arctic,  thus  requiring  a 
flight,  in  some  instances,  of  more 
than  1,500  miles. 

The  king  eider  populations  of  Vic- 
toria Island  and  of  Canada's  western 
arctic  may  number  at  least  a  million 
birds.  Nearly  all  of  these  pass  by 
Point  Barrow  between  mid-July  and 
the  end  of  August.  This  is  evidently 
a  migratory  tradition  of  long-standing 
for  among  the  most  common  weap- 
ons excavated  at  Point  Barrow  are 
900-  to  1 .400-year-old  Eskimo  bone 
and  ivory  bola  weights  used  in  hunt- 
ing eiders. 

The  first  of  the  massive  flocks  to 
pass  over  Point  Barrow  in  July  is 
composed  entirely  of  adult  males;  but 


by  mid-August  there  is  a  prepon- 
derance of  unsuccessful  female  nest- 
ers.  The  later  molting  period  of  the 
females  allows  them  more  time  to 
complete  a  nesting  cycle.  At  least 
some  of  the  adult  females  that  suc- 
ceed in  hatching  young  do  not  partici- 
pate in  any  of  the  major  flights  to  the 
molting  grounds;  instead  they  remain 
until  their  yoimg  fledge  in  late  Au- 
gust, then  undergo  their  molt  on  the 
breeding  grounds.  By  forming 
creches,  relatively  few  females  are 
required  to  remain  on  the  breeding 
grounds  with  the  flightless  young, 
thus  freeing  the  rest  for  their  molting 
migration. 

After  the  adult  eiders  have  finished 
molting,  they  again  migrate.  The 
eastern  king  eider  population  moves 
from  western  to  southern  Greenland 
and  the  coasts  of  Labrador  and  New- 
foundland. The  Alaskan  birds  move 
south  to  the  Pribilof  Islands,  Saint 
Lawrence  Island,  and  the  Aleutian  Is- 
lands where  as  many  as  a  quarter- 
million  birds  may  winter. 

Little  is  known  of  common  eider 
migrations  in  North  America.  In 
Scotland  the  movement  from  the 
breeding  grounds  to  the  molting  area 
is  only  about  60  miles.  In  Norway 
there  is  enough  topographic  protec- 
tion and  available  food  in  the  breed- 
ing range  to  allow  the  completion  of 
the  flightless  period  there  and  no  spe- 
cial molt  migration  pattern  has  devel- 
oped. 

While  the  eiders  in  Alaska  are  still 
on  their  nesting  grounds,  they  suffer 
some  depredations  from  humans.  At 
Hooper  Bay  I  often  observed  young 
Eskimo  men  collecting  waterfowl 
eggs  and  hunting  adult  eiders  with 
single-shot  rifles.  Herbert  Brandt, 
talking  of  the  same  area,  said  that  the 
skins  of  eiders  and  other  ducks,  and 
also  those  of  geese,  provided  the  fa- 
vored linings  for  parkas,  with  the 
feathered  side  worn  against  the  face. 
On  Cape  Dorset,  Eskimo  form  organ- 
ized egg-collecting  forays  to  the  colo- 
nies of  common  eiders,  while  women 
and  children  set  up  snares  to  capture 
nesting  females. 

In  contrast  to  the  harvesting  tech- 
niques used  in  Canada  and  Alaska, 
the  people  of  Iceland,  Scandinavia, 
and  Sib»eria  have  developed  a  tradi- 
tion of  eider  "farming."  In  eider 
farming,  down  is  collected  intermit- 
tently during  each  nesting  season. 


without  destroying  the  nests  or  killing 
the  females.  When  the  female  is  ap- 
proximately halfway  through  the  in- 
cubation period  there  is  a  maximum 
amount  of  high-quality  down  present 
in  the  nest,  and  most  of  this  can  be 
removed  without  endangering  the 
eggs.  After  the  eggs  have  hatched, 
the  remaining  mixture  of  down  and 
breast  feathers  can  be  gathered,  al- 
though this  collection  is  of  second- 
quality  and  far  lower  commercial 
value.  Roughly  three-quarters  of  an 
ounce  of  high-quality  down  can  be 
collected  per  nest,  plus  an  equivalent 
amount  of  poorer  quality  down. 

In  Norway  and  Iceland  the  birds 
have  been  protected  so  long  that  they 
are  almost  domesticated.  They  are 
protected  from  predators  and  pro- 
vided with  specially  prepared  nesting 
sites.  Colonies  of  more  than  5,000 
pairs  have  been  developed  under  such 
conditions.  On  some  eider  farms  the 
eggs  are  also  taken  from  the  first 
clutch,  forcing  the  female  to  renest 
and  produce  a  new  clutch  that  she  is 
allowed  to  hatch.  In  the  USSR,  eider- 
down collection  has  been  a  part  of  the 
northern  economy  for  centuries;  sev- 
enteenth-century documents  mention 
"bird  down"  among  the  goods  sold 
to  Dutch  merchants.  In  1930  about 
1 ,000  pounds  of  down  were  obtained 
from  Novaya  Zemlya;  on  some  pro- 
tected areas  of  this  archipelago,  the 
density  of  nesting  birds  has  been  in- 
creased to  as  much  as  13,000  nests 
per  hectare  (2.47  acres). 

Once  the  birds  have  left  their 
breeding  grounds  and  moved  to  molt- 
ing or  wintering  areas,  their  foraging 
activities  and  ecologic  relationships 
become  progressively  obscure.  The 
three  larger  eiders  (genus  Somateria) 
have  virtually  identical  bill  struc- 
tures, which  can  be  characterized  as 
being  relatively  massive,  with  a 
broad  and  flattened  naillike  structure 
at  the  tip,  much  like  that  of  their  near 
relatives  the  scoter  ducks.  The  larger 
eiders  and  scoters  are  known  to  feed 


Salt-excreting  glands 

in  the  forehead  of  eiders 

(male  king  eider,  right) 

are  an  adaptation 

for  a  marine  existence. 


predominantly  on  mollusks,  particu- 
larly such  bivalves  as  blue  mussels, 
probably  the  single  most  important 
food  of  common  eiders.  King  eiders 
also  feed  to  a  great  extent  on  mussels, 
but  are  believed  to  forage  in  some- 
what deeper  waters  and  to  utilize  a 
greater  proportion  of  echinoderms 
such  as  sand  dollars  and  sea  urchins 
in  their  diet.  In  spite  of  its  lack  of 
obvious  streamlining  or  other  diving 
adaptations,  the  king  eider  is  able  to 
dive  to  great  depths  to  forage,  report- 
edly as  deep  as  180  feet.  This  allows 


72 


the  species  to  forage  farther  from 
shore  than  the  other  eiders  or  scoters 
and  reduces  foraging  competition  be- 
tween them. 

Far  less  is  known  of  the  foraging 
ecology  of  spectacled  eiders  in  their 
wintering  or  migratory  areas.  Indica- 
tions are  that  the  spectacled  eider  also 
feeds  on  bivalve  mollusks.  Since  it  is 
scarcely  seen  near  any  coastlines  in 
winter,  the  implication  is  that  the 
spectacled  eider  must  be  able  to  dive 
to  considerable  depths  in  order  to  ob- 
tain its  food. 


The  Steller's  eider  is  known  to 
forage  in  relatively  shalh^w  waters, 
often  feeding  while  wading  at  the 
water's  edge,  dabbling  like  surface- 
feeding  ducks.  They  evidently  prefer 
soft-bodied  crustaceans,  such  as  am- 
phipods  and  isopods,  over  mollusks, 
and  in  correlation  with  this,  their  bills 
have  soft,  membranous  edges  and  an 
inconspicuous  bill  nail  that  is  ill- 
suited  to  scraping  bivalve  mollusks 
off  rocks.  Consequently,  the  Steller's 
eider  competes  little  for  forage  with 
other  eiders. 


The  breeding  biology  and  molting 
and  wintering  migrations  of  the  eiders 
have  brought  them  into  contact  with 
man.  To  the  people  of  the  northern 
latitudes,  eiders  have  been  a  valuable 
resource  because  of  those  charac- 
teristics of  their  life  cycle  that  bring 
the  birds  in  to  shore.  But  more  than 
any  other  group,  eiders  are  sea  ducks; 
and  although  not  well  known,  the  be- 
havioral and  morphological  foraging 
adaptations  of  the  four  species  illus- 
trate the  importance  of  the  marine  en- 
vironment in  their  evolution.  G 


K,  W,  Rnk;  Bruce  Coleman,  inc. 


L 


73 


The  Red  Sea: 

An  Ocean  in  the  Making 


by  David  A.  Ross 


Geophysical  signs  indicate  that 
a  new  ocean  is  being  bom  where 
the  Arabian  Peninsula  and 
Africa  are  moving  apart 

According  to  the  newest  theory  of 
geologists,  the  earth's  crust  is  divided 
into  a  number  of  gigantic  slabs  of 
rock,  or  plates,  that  drift  slowly  but 
inexorably  in  different  directions  over 
the  face  of  the  earth,  carrying  the  con- 
tinents or  ocean  basins  upon  them. 
All  the  present  continents  of  the 
world  were  joined  together  about  200 
million  years  ago  in  one  huge 
land  mass,  a  supercontinent  called 
Pangaea.  Slowly,  over  the  eons,  Pan- 
gaea  split  apart  into  separate  parts,  or 
continents,  which  eventually  moved 
to  their  present-day  positions  on  the 
globe. 

There  are  at  least  six  major  crustal 
plates  today:  the  Pacific,  American 
(including  both  North  and  South 
America),  African,  Eurasian,  Indo- 
Australian,  and  Antarctic.  Some  of 
these  can  be  subdivided  into  smaller 
plates  for  a  total  of  almost  twenty. 
Rigid  and  about  100  miles  thick,  the 
plates  are  moving  in  relation  to  each 
other.  Their  interior  portions  are 
more  or  less  geologically  quiescent, 


The  near  jigsaw  puzzle  fit  of 
the  shorelines  is  evident  in 
this  photograph  of  the  Red  Sea 
taken  at  an  altitude  of  151 
nautical  miles  on  the  Gemini 
12  mission  in  1966.  Looking 
south  from  the  Sinai  Peninsula, 
the  Gulf  of  Aqaba  is  on  the  left; 
the  Gulf  of  Suez  on  the  right. 


but  at  the  boundaries  where  plates 
collide,  mountain  ranges  are  thrust 
upward  or  deep  trenches  are  formed 
and  earthquakes  occur;  where  plates 
move  apart,  there  is  volcanic  activity 
and  new  sea  floor  is  created.  About 
one  square  mile  of  new  ocean  floor 
is  created  each  year  and  an  equal  area 
of  trenches  is  consumed. 

This  theory  of  the  earth,  known  as 
plate  tectonics,  presumes  that  the 
globe  is  in  constant  flux;  that  the  con- 
tinents are  moving  now,  as  they  have 
done  for  hundreds  of  millions  of 
years;  and  that  new  oceans  are  being 
opened  by  the  process  of  sea-floor 
spreading,  as  continents  formerly 
joined  are  slowly  being  separated. 
The  Red  Sea,  although  only  a  long, 
narrow  strip  of  water,  is  thought  to  be 
such  an  ocean  in  the  making.  If  the 
theory  of  sea-floor  spreading  is  valid, 
it  is  probable  that  the  Red  Sea  today 
resembles  the  Atlantic  Ocean  of 
about  200  million  years  ago. 

The  Red  Sea  is  about  1,100  miles 
long,  about  100  to  200  miles  wide, 
and  has  a  maximum  depth  of  almost 
10,000  feet.  The  sea  is  normally  blue- 
green,  but  its  northern  end  is  occa- 
sionally populated  by  large-scale 
blooms  of  an  alga  that  can  color  the 
water  reddish  brown,  thus  giving  the 
sea  its  name.  There  is  geologic  evi- 
dence to  support  the  idea  that  the  Red 
Sea  was  formed  by  the  moving  apart 
of  the  Arabian  Peninsula  and  the  Afri- 
can continent,  a  process  that  began 
about  twenty  million  years  ago. 

The  topography  of  the  Red  Sea  is 
distinguished  by  two  major  features: 
broad,  rather  smooth  continental 
shelves  and  a  deep,  central  trough, 
which  is  itself  split  by  an  even  deeper 
axial  valley  that  ranges  from  a  few 


miles  to  about  fifteen  miles  in  width. 
The  main  trough  and  its  axial  valley 
extend  almost  the  entire  length  of  the 
sea.  but  at  the  northern  extreme,  near 
the  Sinai  Peninsula,  where  the  sea 
forks  into  the  Gulfs  of  Suez  and 
Aqaba.  the  valley  becomes  difficult 
to  detect. 

By  means  of  bottom  photographs, 
drilling,  coring,  and  a  technique 
called  seismic  profiling,  which  de- 
pends on  the  reflection  of  sound 
waves  from  the  bottom,  charts  of  the 
underlying  structure  of  the  Red  Sea 
and  contour  maps  of  its  floor  have 
been  constructed.  A  series  of  bottom 
photographs  made  in  the  axial  valley 
during  a  1971  expedition  to  the  Red 
Sea  by  a  research  vessel  from  the 
Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Instim- 
tion  showed  numerous  examples  of 
recent  volcanic  activity,  including 
small  lava  flows,  which  resemble 
toothpaste  being  squeezed  out  of  a 
tube,  and  volcanic  fissures  and 
cracks.  Layers  of  sediment  are  rare  in 
the  axial  valley  except  in  occasional 
small  pockets. 

The  general  absence  of  sediment  in 
the  valley  is  an  interesting  finding. 
Sedimentation  rates  in  the  rest  of  the 
Red  Sea  are  about  four  inches  per 
1,000  years.  If  the  axial  valley  had 
been  in  existence  for  say  ten  million 
years,  then  about  3,300  feet  of  sedi- 
ment should  be  present  in  it.  The 
records  show  no  such  thickness,  al- 
though the  rest  of  the  main  trough  and 
the  flanking  shelf  regions  do  show 
considerable  amounts  of  sediment. 
This  information  suggests  that  the 
axial  valley  is  a  relatively  recent  fea- 
ture of  the  Red  Sea  and  has  probably 
resulted  from  the  process  of  sea-floor 
spreading.    Additional    geophysical 


data  also  tend  to  confirm  that  conclu- 
sion. 

First,  there  is  a  higher  than  average 
heat  flow  from  the  axial  valley.  This 
is  attributed  to  the  rise  of  deep,  warm, 
subsurface  material  to  the  sea  floor. 
Second,  strong  magnetic  anomalies 
that  are  due  to  reversals  of  magnetic 
polarity  have  been  found  in  the  sea- 
floor  material.  As  the  lava  rises  to  the 
surface  in  the  axial  valley  and  cools 
off,  the  magnetic  minerals  in  it  ac- 
quire an  orientation  parallel  to  the 
earth's  magnetic  field.  Over  the  mil- 
lennia, the  earth's  magnetic  field  has 
reversed  itself  on  many  occasions;  a 
known  timetable  of  those  reversals, 
as  determined  from  studies  of  land 
rocks  going  back  many  millions  of 
years,  can  be  used  to  deduce  the  ages 


of  the  sea-floor  rocks.  The  character 
of  the  magnetic  reversals  found  on  the 
floor  of  the  world's  oceans  can  also 
indicate  the  rate  of  sea-floor  spread- 
ing. In  the  Red  Sea,  the  magnetic  data 
clearly  indicate  a  spreading  rate  of 
about  one  centimeter,  or  a  little  more 
than  one-third  of  an  inch,  per  year, 
that  began  about  two  million  years 
ago.  Finally,  earthquake  activity  is 
relatively  high  along  the  axial  valley. 
This,  too,  would  be  expected  in  an 
area  where  an  ocean  is  being  spread 
apart. 

What  appears  to  be  happening  in 
the  Red  Sea  is  that  the  Arabian  and 
African  plates  are  slowly  moving 
away  from  each  other.  In  that 
process,  over  the  last  two  million 
years  they  have  opened  up  the  axial 


valley.  A  striking  feature  of  the  axial 
valley  is  that  in  certain  bottom  sites 
along  its  length  there  are  pools  of 
some  of  the  hottest,  most  saline  water 
found  anywhere  in  the  world.  Tem- 
peratures of  up  to  140°F  and  a  salt 
concentration  of  256  parts  salt  to  744 
parts  water  have  been  recorded  in 
some  pools.  Ocean  water  salinity  is 
typically  about  35  parts  salt  to  965 
parts  water. 

The  hot  brines  found  in  the  deep 
pools  of  the  axial  valley  are  consid- 
erably enriched  in  many  heavy  metals 
such  as  copper,  lead,  zinc,  iron,  and 
silver.  The  underlying  sediments  are 
also  enriched  in  these  metals.  In  one 
particular  area,  named  the  Atlantis  II 
Deep  for  the  Woods  Hole  ship  that 
discovered  it  in  1965,  these  sedi- 


The  movement  of  global  plates  with 
respect  to  each  other  can  produce 
several  different  effects  at  the 
plate  boundaries.  Where  plates  are 
moving  away  from  each  other,  as 
in  the  North  Atlantic,  a  gap  is 
created  in  the  ocean  crust.  Molten 
material  rises  from  deep  within 
the  earth  to  form  new  sea  floor 
within  the  gap — a  process  known 
as  sea-floor  spreading.  The  result 
is  an  ocean  that  is  getting  larger. 
Where  plates  collide  with  each 
other  and  one  plate  includes  an 
ocean  basin,  as  along  the  western 
coast  of  South  America,  the  ocean 


basin  plate,  being  the  heavier  of 
the  two,  will  be  pushed  under  the 
continental  plate.  One  result  is 
a  loss  of  sea  floor  and  an  ocean 
that  is  slowly  narrowing.  Another 
result  is  the  formation  of  mountain 
ranges  along  the  border  of  the 
continental  plate. 

Where  two  plates  are  sliding 
past  each  other,  shear  zones  of 
faults  can  be  created.  That  is  the 
origin  of  the  San  Andreas  fault  in 
California. 

Several  of  these  effects  can 
take  place  simultaneously  along 
different  edges  of  the  same  plate. 


The  Arabian  plate,  probably  a  sub- 
division of  the  Indo-Australian 
plate,  is  an  example. 

Where  the  Arabian  plate  is 
moving  away  from  the  African  plate, 
which  is  assumed  to  be  stationary, 
the  floor  of  the  Red  Sea  is 
spreading.  Where  the  Arabian 
plate  is  being  thrust  under  the 
Eurasian  plate,  in  the  area  of  the 
Zagros  Mountains  of  Iran,  sea 
floor  from  the  Persian  Gulf  is 
being  consumed.  And  where  the 
Arabian  plate  is  moving  past  part 
of  the  African  plate,  shearing  is 
taking  place  in  both  plates. 


JL. 


nients  have  an  in-place  value  of  more 
than  Iwo  hillion  dollars.  Despite  their 
value,  it  is  possible  that  the  metals 
may  never  be  mined  beeause  the  cost 
of  raising  the  material  from  its  depth 
about  one  mile  below  the  surface  of 
(he  sea  and  then  refining  it  might  be 
prohibitive. 

The  shelves  of  the  Red  Sea,  unlike 
the  axial  valley,  have  been  shown  by 
seismic  profiling  to  be  underlain  by  a 
layer  of  rock,  known  as  Reflector  S, 
which  is  covered  by  several  hundred 
feet  of  sediment.  In  1972  the  drilling 
vessel  Glomar  Challenger  visited  the 
Red  Sea  with  two  major  objectives — 
to  drill  in  the  Atlantis  II  Deep  area  and 
to  determine  what  Reflector  S  was.  A 
total  of  three  holes  reached  and  pene- 
trated Reflector  S,  and  all  of  them 
showed  it  to  be  the  top  of  a  thick  salt 
deposit  that  also  included  rocks,  such 
as  anhydrite,  and  other  residues  of 
evaporation.  The  sediments  lying  on 
top  of  Reflector  S  date  back  five  mil- 
lion years.  Although  Glomar  Chal- 
lenger did  not  drill  to  the  bottom  of 
the  reflector,  its  bottom  has  been 
reached  by  oil  wells  drilled  on  land 
where  the  deposit  is  almost  two  miles 
thick  and  from  twenty-five  to  thirty 
million  years  old. 

The  vast  accumulation  of  salt  and 
anhydrite  along  the  Red  Sea  bottom 
indicates  that  the  sea  must  have  been 
a  shallow,  high-salinity  lake,  perhaps 
like  the  Dead  Sea  or  Great  Salt  Lake, 
for  many  millions  of  years.  During 
that  time  there  must  have  been  occa- 
sional inflows  of  ocean  water  to  re- 
plenish the  water  lost  by  evaporation 
and  to  enable  the  evaporation  process 
to  continue. 

The  layer  of  sediment  overlying 
the  salt  deposit  outside  the  axial  val- 
ley (no  salt  was  found  in  the  axial 
valley)  was  found  by  seismic  profiles 
to  be  of  almost  uniform  thickness 
across  most  of  the  sea.  Sediment  can 
only  collect  where  there  is  a  surface 
for  it  to  lie  on.  New  sea  floor,  such 
as  that  being  created  along  the  axial 
valley,  may  be  too  young  to  have  ac- 
quired a  thick  sediment  layer.  And, 
in  fact,  it  does  not  have  one.  But  old 
sea  floor,  formed  earlier  and  then 
pushed  aside  as  the  floor  spreads, 
should  have  tapering  deposits  of  sedi- 
ment that  are  thickest  at  the  shoreline 
and  thin  out  toward  the  axial  valley. 
The  finding  of  a  uniform,  rather  than 
a  tapered,  layer  of  sediment  on  the 


MEDITERRANEAN  SEA 


'  DEAD  SEA 


'QULFOFAQABA 


SAUDI  ARABIA 


Main  trough 
AtlanUt  II  Deep 

Axial  vallay 


SUDAN 


subsurface  salt  deposit  flanking  the 
axial  valley  indicates  that  the  spread- 
ing of  the  Red  Sea  has  occurred  in  at 
least  two  stages:  following  the  first, 
which  began  perhaps  thirty  million  or 
more  years  ago,  the  thick  evaporite 
sediments  were  deposited;  during  the 
second,  which  began  about  two  mil- 
lion years  ago  and  is  still  continuing, 
the  axial  valley  opened  up  in  the  sea's 
main  trough.  No  one  knows  why  the 
sea-floor  spreading  in  the  Red  Sea 
stopped  or  why  it  was  resumed.  Nor 
can  anyone  yet  explain  what  causes 
the  earth's  tectonic  plates  to  drift  over 
the  surface  of  the  planet. 

Geophysicists  believe  that  phases 
of  the  history  of  the  Red  Sea  probably 
mirror  aspects  of  the  early  history  of 
the  Atlantic.  About  200  million  years 
ago,  when  the  continents  bordering 
the  Atlantic  were  almost  contiguous, 
as  the  shores  of  the  Red  Sea  almost 


are  today,  the  resultant  body  of  water 
must  have  been  long  and  narrow  like 
today's  Red  Sea.  Salt  deposits  found 
buried  beneath  the  edges  of  the 
present  Atlantic  off  the  coasts  of 
western  Africa  and  Brazil,  for  ex- 
ample, indicate  that  evaporation  must 
then  have  been  high.  And  evidence  of 
past  heavy-metal  deposits  similar  to 
those  of  the  Red  Sea's  Atlantis  II 
Deep  have  been  found  by  deep  drill- 
ing into  the  sediments  of  the  conti- 
nental rise  ofT  the  east  coast  of  the 
United  States.  It  is  therefore  not  un- 
reasonable to  suggest  that  the  Red  Sea 
is  an  embryonic  ocean.  If  it  continues 
to  spread  at  its  present  rate,  and  there 
seems  to  be  no  reason  why  it  should 
not,  in  a  couple  of  hundred  million 
years,  even  with  possible  fumre  inter- 
ruptions, the  Red  Sea  could  be  as 
wide  as  the  Atlantic  Ocean  is 
today.  D 


I 


77 


Red  Tides 

by  Beatrice  M.  Sweeney 


This  unpredictable  phenomenon 

of  the  sea,  not  really  red 

or  really  a  tide,  is 

an  ecological  curse  but 

often  a  visual  delight 

The  plane  lifts  off  the  Los  Angeles 
runway  and  as  it  banks  around  for  the 
flight  to  New  York,  Santa  Monica 
Bay  comes  into  view.  White  sailboats 
dot  the  bay,  but  the  water  is  not  blue. 
It  is  pinkish  orange.  A  "red  tide."  I 
am  wondering  how  to  describe  the 
color  as  we  fly  eastward  over  the  San 
Gabriel  Mountains  and  on  to  the  Mo- 
jave  Desert.  Does  it  resemble  a  sun- 
set? tomato  soup?  blood?  The  yellow 
sand  and  the  black  lava  flows  below 
give  way  to  the  sunlit  rocks  of  the 
Grand  Canyon  aglow  in  the  morning 
sun.  And  there's  the  answer.  The  red 
tide  is  the  exact  color  of  the  canyon's 
sunwashed  rocks. 

The  red  tide  in  Santa  Monica  Bay 
on  this  occasion  was  unusually  exten- 
sive. More  often,  streaks  or  patches 


of  reddish  water  are  seen  running  par- 
allel to  the  coastline.  The  edges  of 
these  patches  can  be  remarkably 
sharp — so  distinct,  in  fact,  that  from 
a  small  boat  one  can  touch  them  with 
a  finger.  Even  from  high  up,  the 
patches  of  red  tide  are  clearly  visible. 
Infrared  photographs  taken  from  a 
U-2  reconnaissance  plane  flying  at 
65 ,000  feet  show  them  quite  well .  In 
such  photographs,  filters  are  used  that 
make  the  land  appear  a  strange  pink 
but  show  the  sea  and  the  red  tide  in 
their  natural  colors. 

If  a  red  tide  is  not  a  true  red ,  neither 
is  it  a  true  tide.  It  has  nothing  to  do 
with  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  water  level 
in  response  to  the  pulls  of  the  sun  and 
moon.  A  red  tide  is  simply  a  streak 
or  patch  of  water  discolored  by  the 
presence  of  many  small  organisms  of 
a  single  kind.  Unlike  true  tides,  a  red 
tide  is  unpredictable,  occurring  in 
some  years  but  not  in  others.  It  may 
be  absent  from  a  region  for  many 
years  and  then  occur  two  years  in  a 
row.  Along  the  coast  of  southern  Cal- 


ifornia, most  red  tides  have  occurred 
in  late  summer,  in  the  warmest  and 
calmest  part  of  the  year.  Several  re- 
cent red  tides  off  Los  Angeles  have 
persisted  well  into  the  winter.  A  few 
days  of  high  wind  and  rough  water 
usually  disperse  them. 

It  is  a  fearful  and  mysterious  expe- 
rience to  look  oceanward  and  find  that 
the  blue  sea  to  which  we  are  accus- 
tomed has  turned  "red,"  a  color  we 
associate  with  blood,  pain,  and  disas- 
ter. This  frightening  aspect  may  be 
why  red  tides  have  been  recorded 
from  ancient  times.  "All  the  waters 
that  were  in  the  river  were  turned  to 
blood,"  we  read  in  Exodus  7:20,  an 
event  interpreted  as  a  punishment 
from  God  to  Pharaoh,  who  would  not 
allow  Moses  to  leave  Egypt. 

Scientific  records  of  red  tides  have 
been  kept  at  Scripps  Institution  of 
Oceanography  in  La  Jolla,  Califor- 
nia, since  its  founding  in  the  first 
years  of  this  century.  These  records 
show  that  this  strange  sea  change  is 
not  new  to  the  Los  Angeles  basin  and 


Major  Red  Tides 
of  the  World 

These  organisms 
cause  specific  red  tides: 


1.  Gonyaulax  catenella 

2.  Gonyaulax  polyedra 

3.  Gymnodinium 


4.  Gonyaulax  excavata 

5.  Gymnodinium  breve 

6.  Pyrodinium  bahamense  (in  bays) 


9.  Gonyaulax  polygramma 


78 


THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 
presents  the  CURATOR'S  CHOICE  Collection  ji 
for  North  American  Bird  Watchers 


Smfi 


fm^. 


A  definitive  selection  by  the  Curator 
for  both  the  Beginner  and  Advanced  bird  lover! 


.-  ■•<  .X" 


J'«;ii.\iu-ii( 


i< 


Author  of  many  books  and  scientific  articles  himself,  Dr.  Amadon 
lists  these  as  'must'  classics,  all  hard  cover.  Feather  your  bird  library 
(or  a  friend's)  with  this  distinctive  bookshelf. 


1 


A.  GOLDEN  EAGLE 
COUNTRY 

Richard  R.  Olendorff 
About  America's   'other' 
eagle,  the  Golden  Eagle.  37' 
spectacular  drawings.  A  col- 
lector's item. 
$14.00 

B.  AUTUMN  HAWK 
FLIGHTS 

Donald  S.  Heintzelman 
The  book  for  autumn  hawk- 
watching.  Describes  sophis- 
ticated field  study  methods. 
Surveys  hawk  lookouts  and 
migrations. 
$31.50 

C.  BIRDS  OF  N.Y. 
STATE 

John  Bull 

164  breeding  and  banding- 
recovery  maps.  86  photo- 
graphs, with  11  color  plates. 
$31.95 

D.  GROUSE  AND 
QUAILS  OF  NO. 
AMERICA 

Paul  A.  Johnsgard 
Hunting  and  conservation  of 
these  superb  birds.  Authori- 
tative reference  with  140 
plates;  52  in  color,  7  com- 
missioned paintings. 
$26.50 


E.  AT  A  BEND  IN  A 
MEXICAN  RIVER 

George  Miksch  Sutton 
Camping-trip  adventure  re- 
cords  behavior,    call-notes, 
descriptions  of  scores  of 
Mexican  birds. 
$15.95 

F.  HIGH  ARCTIC 

George  Miksch  Sutton 
Beyond  the  Arctic  Circle  to 
study  shorebirds.  Dr.  Sut- 
ton's mastery  of  brush  and 
pen  are  unaffected  by  arctic 
cold  or  tropic  heat. 
$15.95 

G.  FIELD  GUIDE  TO 
THE  BIRDS  (Eastern) 

Roger  Tory  Peterson 
Original,  unique  method  em- 
phasizes characteristics   of 
birds  seen  at  a  distance. 
$7.95 

H.    FIELD  GUIDE  TO 
WESTERN  BIRDS 

Roger  Tory  Peterson 
Identifies  over  700  species 
in  western  U.S.,  Canada, 
Alaska,  Hawaii.  Above  two 
books  revolutionized  bird 
identification  and  promoted 
bird  watching  more  than  any 
others. 
$7.95 


.     BIRDS  OF  NORTH 
AMERICA 

Robbins,  Bruun  and  Zim 
Most  complete  field  guide 
ever  published.  700  species 
from  Mexican  border  to  Arc- 
tic Ocean.  2000  illus.  Sona- 
grams  'picture'  bird  songs  to 
help  you  recognize  and  re- 
call them.  The  very  keystone 
of  any  bird  bookshelf. 
$7.95 


J.    CURASSOWSAND 
RELATED  BIRDS 

Delacour  and  Amadon 

Ed.  Note:  Dr.  Amadon  did  not  in- 
clude his  book  in  his  selection  be- 
cause of  undue  modesty,  but  we 
feel  it  belongs  in  this  collection. 

In  the  centuries-old  tradi- 
tion of  very  fine  bird  books, 
this  will  one  day  be  a  collec- 
tor's item.  A  special  book 
from  two  of  the  world's 
greatest  ornithologists.  95 
drawings,  photos,  and  maps. 
$22.00 


AMERICAN  MUSEUM  MEMBERS, 
PLEASE  TAKE  10%  DISCOUNT. 


NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS, 
Dept.  B702,  Box  5123, 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me  the  books  I  have 
circled  for  which  I  enclose  my  personal 
check  or  money  order  for  $ 


rfflojMOf, 


A.     B.     C. 


ALLOW  4-6  WKS.  FOR  DELIVERY. 

E.     F.     G.     H.     \.     J. 


CITY_ 


_STATE_ 


Prices  include  postage  and  handling. 


is  probably  not  associated  with  the 
great  increase  in  population  there  and 
its  attendant  pollution. 

What  organisms  make  the  sea  turn 
red?  If  water  is  dipped  from  a  patch 
of  red  tide  and  examined  under  a  mi- 
croscope, hundreds  of  single  cells  are 
seen  swimming  about  in  spirals. 
These  unicellular  forms  of  life  are 
neither  clearly  plants  nor  clearly  ani- 
mals. Like  plants,  they  have  chloro- 
plasts  and  are  fully  capable  of  manu- 
facturing sugars  by  photosynthesis. 
But  unlike  terrestrial  plants,  they  are 
orange  or  yellow  rather  than  green. 
And  like  animals,  these  red-tide  orga- 
nisms can  move  about  under  their 
own  motive  power.  The  huge  num- 
bers of  minute  organisms,  as  many  as 
a  million  in  a  quart  of  water,  are  what 
discolor  the  sea  surface.  Most  of  the 
organisms  in  any  one  red  tide  belong 
to  a  single  species .  That  characteristic 
distinguishes  red  tides  from  the  an- 
nual blooms  of  phytoplankton  that 
occur  regularly  in  many  places  each 
spring  and  consist  of  a  mixture  of  dif- 
ferent organisms. 

Most  red-tide  organisms  belong  to 
one  group  of  phytoplankton,  the  di- 
noflagellates,  or  "whirling  whips." 
They  all  possess  two  flagella,  or  elon- 
gated appendages:  one  extending 
backward  from  a  groove  on  the  ven- 
tral side  of  the  cell  and  capable  of 
lashing  from  side  to  side;  the  other 
confined  to  another  groove  that  en- 
circles the  equator  of  the  cell.  All  the 
dinoflagellates  that  cause  red  tides  are 
photosynthetic;  they  use  visible  light 
to  convert  water  and  carbon  dioxide 
into  oxygen  and  food,  although  other 
dinoflagellates  do  not  have  this  ability 
and  must  live  as  animals  do  by  ingest- 
ing other  organisms.  Many  dinoflag- 
ellates are  very  beautiful,  being  dec- 
orated with  horns  and  spines,  frills 
and  vanes.  Members  of  this  group  are 
very  common  in  the  upper  layers  of 
the  oceans  where  they  constitute  an 
important  component  of  the  total 
plant  and  animal  plankton. 

Red  tides  occur  in  many  parts  of 
the  world.  The  most  spectacular  ones 
off  southern  California  are  caused  by 
Gonyaulax  polyedra,  which  has  no 
common  name.  It  is  a  roughly  spheri- 
cal, unicellular  organism  about  45 
microns  in  diameter.  By  means  of  its 
two  flagella,  it  can  propel  itself 
through  the  water  at  speeds  up  to  300 
microns  a  second.  There  are  a  few 
cells  of  G.  polyedra  in  the  plankton 
during  most  of  the  year.  In  response 


Laurel  A  and  Alfred  A.  Loeblich 


to  some  as  yet  unknown  combination 
of  conditions,  G.  polyedramay  begin 
to  multiply,  reaching  more  than  nor- 
mal numbers.  At  first,  faint  red 
streaks  and  patches  can  be  detected 
near  the  shore  parallel  to  the  coast.  As 
the  days  pass,  the  patches  spread, 
moving  considerable  distances  along 
the  coast  and  becoming  more  in- 
tensely colored.  They  are  most  easily 
seen  after  the  sun  has  been  up  for 
some  hours.  It  is  thought  that  during 
the  day  the  cells  swim  upward  toward 
the  light  at  the  water's  surface  and 
spread  out  or  sink  at  night. 

A  few  other  species  besides  Gon- 
yaulax polyedra  cause  red  tides  off 
southern  California.  One  is  a  leaflike 
orange  organism  of  the  genus  Proro- 
centrum.  These  two  species  account 
for  almost  all  the  red  tides  seen  at 
Scripps  since  1900. 

Red  tides  seem  to  be  more  common 
along  the  west  coasts  of  continents 
than  off  the  east  coasts,  probably  be- 
cause those  are  the  regions  where 
seawater  from  the  nutrient-rich  bot- 
tom wells  up  to  the  surface.  Red  tides 
of  G.  polyedra,  for  example,  have 
been  recorded  off  the  west  coast  of 
Portugal.  The  Galathea  expedition, 
which  sailed  around  the  world  in  the 
1950s  taking  plankton  samples, 
found  an  unusually  dense  red  tide  off 
the  west  coast  of  Africa.  Gymnodin- 


Gonyaulax  excavata,  the 
organism  from  a  1972  red  tide 
off  Gloucester,  Massachusetts, 
as  photographed  by  scanning 
electron  microscopy. 


ium,  the  organism  that  caused  this  red 
tide,  was  so  numerous  that  light  pene- 
trated only  a  few  centimeters  below 
the  surface  of  the  sea.  Gymnodinium 
is  also  responsible  for  red  tides  off  the 
west  coast  of  South  America. 

The  east  coast  of  the  United  States 
was  relatively  free  of  red  tides  until 
quite  recently.  In  1972,  however,  a 
widespread  red  tide  due  to  a  species 
of  Gonyaulax  different  from  that  off 
California,  namely,  G.  excavata,  ap- 
peared unexpectedly  in  the  Gulf  of 
Maine  and  extended  south  to  Cape 
Cod.  This  happened  again  in  1974. 
Still  another  organism,  Gymnodin- 
ium breve,  has  from  time  to  time 
reached  enormous  numbers  off  the 
west  coast  of  Florida,  coloring  the  sea 
and  producing  devastating  effects. 
And  yet  another  unicellular  orga- 
nism, Pyrodinium  bahamense,  grows 
in  large  numbers  all  year  round  in  cer- 
tain enclosed  shallow  bays  in  the  Car- 
ibbean islands  and  in  New  Guinea. 

In  the  tropics,  the  sea  surface  often 
becomes  streaked  with  red  because  of 


8o 


the  presence  of  an  organism  that  is  not 
a  ciinoHagcllate,  but  a  filamentous 
blue-green  alga  in  which  the  red  pig- 
ment, phycoerythrin,  predominates, 
Trichodc'smium.  as  this  plant  orga- 
nism is  called,  lloats  in  tangles  on  the 
calm  tropical  sea  surface,  the  fila- 
ments sliding  over  each  other  in  con- 
stant motion.  There  is  evidence  that 
Trichodesmium  is  able  to  fix  atmo- 
spheric nitrogen,  converting  N2,  the 
inert  form  of  nitrogen  that  makes  up 
almost  80  percent  of  our  atmosphere, 
to  a  form  of  nitrogen  that  can  be  used 
by  organisms  to  synthesize  amino 
acids.  Lack  of  usable  nitrogen  is  ap- 
parently the  major  bottleneck  in  the 
growth  of  the  phytoplankton  in  many 
parts  of  the  ocean.  The  phytoplankton 
is  the  food  for  all  animals  in  the  sea, 
directly  or  indirectly.  Thus,  red  tides 
of  Trichodesmium  can  be  important 
in  the  economy  of  the  tropical  seas. 

Whatever  the  cause  of  a  red  tide, 
its  end  may  come  about  suddenly, 
precipitated  perhaps  by  nothing  more 
than  a  windy  day.  Sometimes  all  the 
cells  in  the  tide  lose  their  flagella  and 
become  resting  cysts.  Without  fla- 
gella, the  cells  cannot  swim.  They 
then  sink  to  the  bottom  and  the  red 
tide  disappears. 

Depending  on  the  nature  of  the  or- 
ganism that  has  become  plentiful 
enough  to  discolor  the  sea,  red  tides 
may  have  unexpected  secondary  ef- 
fects. Gonyaulax  polyedra.  the 
southern  California  dinoflagellate, 
for  instance,  is  able  to  produce 
flashes  of  light.  When  disturbed  by 
the  crashing  of  a  wave  or  the  quick 
motion  of  a  fish,  each  cell  emits  a 
pinpoint  of  blue-green  light.  During 
a  Gonyaulax  red  tide,  this  blue-green 
illumination  traveling  along  a  break- 
ing wave  is  readily  visible  from  shore 
on  moonless  nights.  Moving  through 
a  red  tide  of  G.  polyedra  by  boat  in 
the  dark  is  an  unforgettable  experi- 
ence. Illuminated  fish  tracks  streak  in 
all  directions  ofT  the  bow.  Off  the 
stern,  the  motor  churns  the  water  into 
a  swirling  mass  of  stars,  sometimes 
bright  enough  to  read  by.  This  phe- 
nomenon is  correctly  called  biolu- 
minescence.  At  one  time,  it  was  mis- 
takenly thought  to  be  caused  by  phos- 
phorus burning  in  the  water  and  it  is 
still  occasionally  referred  to  as 
' '  phosphorescence . ' ' 

Gonyaulax  excavata,  of  the  New 
England  red  tides,  is  another  biolu- 
minescent  organism.  So  is  Pyrodin- 
ium,  the  "fiery  whirler."  The  "Bays 


\bur  pictures 
never  sounded  so  good. 


Musi  buautiful  piclurcs  have 
Ix-auliful  sounds  that  no  with  them 
You  can  K'ft  l>olh  with  Bauer's  S  lO.'i 
new  Super  K  XI.  .Macro  Camera.  .No 
separate  recorder  lo  carry.  You 
record  directly  onto  the  film. 

Sound  is  only  one  of  the  special 
effects  you  can  ^i:\  rixht  in  the  camera. 
There  are  fade  in  and  fade  out,  and 
a  5x  power  zoom  with  macro.  And 
there's  time  lapse.  So  you  can  maki- 
the  sun  come  up  in  a  hurry.  And  as  the 
sun  K'o<'s  down  you  can  keep  shooting 
without  liK'hts.  The  S10.5  has  a  super 
fast  f/1.2  XI.  Macro  lens.  Metering  is 
thru-  thelens  and  fully  automatic  with 
manual  override.  And  Bauer's  pal 
ented  Iwistaway  grip  makes  it  a 
smaller  package  to  carry. 

The  Bauer  S105  lets  anyone 
make  professional  movies  with  iu^l 
one  piece  of  equipment. 

Show  them  on  our  super  T6(J 
projector.  The  only  super  8  that 
records  and  plays  back  stereo.  We  also 
have  a  12x  zoom  silent  camera  and 
a  whole  line  of  other  fine  movie 
products.  Write  for  information. 

E4C/EI7Super8 
Sound  Cameras. 


AlC  Photo,  Inc.,  Carle  Place,  N.Y.  11514 

Bauer  is  a  Reg.  TM  o(  Robert  Bosch  Photokino  GmbH. 


ARCHAEOLOGY  TOUR  TO 
SOUTH  AMERICA 


March  19  to  April  10, 1977 
Conducted  by 

THE  AMERICAN 
MUSEUM  OF 
NATURAL  HISTORY 


An  unusual  Archaeology  Tour  to 
remote  regions  of  Colombia  and 
Peru.  Includes  a  6-day  excursion 
to  the  important  archaeological 
zones  of  San  Agustin  and 
TIerradentro  and  a  visit  to  the 
world  famous  Gold  Museum  in 
Bogota  in  Colombia.  In  Peru 
journeys  to  Chan  Chan  and 
Moche,  Cajamarqullla  and 
Puruchuco  to  see  the  remains  of 
temples  and  other  monuments  in 
the  desert  areas.  An  excursion  to 
the  desert  near  Nazca  to  observe 
by  helicopter  the  lines  that  are 
possibly  astronomical.  The  high- 
light of  the  trip  will  be  a  visit  to 
the  famous  ruins  of  Machu 
Picchu  as  well  as  other  Inca  sites 
in  the  Andes.  Led  by  C.  Bruce 
Hunter,  Lecturer  In  Archaeology 
at  the  Museum,  and  Adjunct 
Professor  in  Archaeology  at 
New  York  University. 
For  further  information  call  or 
write  for  Brochure D,  Dept.  of 
Education,  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street, 
New  York,  N.Y. 


Designed  by  professional 

loafers . . .  made 

better  for  us  amateurs. 

You  see  them  on  Alpine  guides,  profes- 
sional hunters,  men  and  women  who  direct 
leisure  fun  at  summer  resorts.  Tyroleans 
are  worn  by  professionals  whose  work  is  so 
much  fun,  it  seems  like  loafing. 

We've  taken  the  good  looking,  functional 
European  design,  added  American  comfort 
and  practicality,  and  tailored  Tyroleans  with 
gf~^]W>ip^^  double-stitched  seams  for 
durability.  Keeping  the 
slim  look  and  4  practical 
pockets  in  front  was  only 
natural.  (Men's  shorts  and 
slacks  also  have  2  rear 
pockets.) 

Cut  for  action,  Tyrole- 
ans are  comfortable  when 
you  move  —  comfortable 
when  you're  just  relaxing. 
They  look  slim  and  trim 
all  the  time  and  possess 
every  feature  we  can  think 
of  for  function  and  wearability. 

Tyroleans  are  also  available  in  slack 
length,  shipped  unhemmed  for  easy  adjust- 
ment to  your  exact  leg  measurement.  Both 
shorts  and  slacks  are  made  of  cool,  light- 
weight Tundra  cloth  .  .  .  SOVo  cotton,  50% 
Dacron®  polyester.  You'll  stay  comfortable 
through  warm  weather,  yet  well  protected 
in  cooler  conditions.  Easy  care  too  .  .  .  just 
wash  and  wear  'em.  They  rarely  need  even 
touch-up  ironing.  Color:  Tan.  Men's  even 
waist  sizes  28-44.  Women's  even  sizes  8-20. 
Slacks:  $18.00.  Shorts:  $15.00. 
Please  add  $1 .00  for  postage  and  handling. 


Normlhompson 

Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712, 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  and  Alaska) 


Dept.  03-20 

1605  N.W.  Thurman 

Portland,  Or.  97209 


Tyroleans 

Qty. 

Size 

Qty. 

Size 

Men's  shorts 

slacks 

Women's  shorts 

slacks 

n   Check  enclosed.     Charge  to  my: 
n   BankAmericard         D   Master  Charge 
Card  # _  Exp.  Date- 
Signature  X , . 

Name^ 


-Zip- 


CD   Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary"®  catalog. 


of  Fire"  on  the  Caribbean  islands  of 
Jamaica  and  Puerto  Rico  have  be- 
come tourist  attractions  because  the 
brilliantly  bioluminescent  Pyrodin- 
ium  grows  there.  Oyster  Bay,  on  the 
north  coast  of  Jamaica,  where  Pyro- 
dinium  can  be  found  throughout  the 
year,  has  served  as  a  laboratory  for 
the  study  of  bioluminescence  and  of 
the  conditions  that  favor  the  growth 
of  this  dinoflagellate. 

The  bioluminescence  of  large 
numbers  of  dinoflagellates  in  the  open 
ocean  at  night  was  frequently  noted 
by  sailors  in  the  past,  before  ships 
were  illuminated  by  electricity.  On 
dark  nights  it  is  still  sometimes  possi- 
ble to  see  every  wavelet  flash  light, 
a  phenomenon  described  by  Cole- 
ridge in  "The  Rime  of  the  Ancient 
Mariner": 

About,  about,  in  reel  and  rout 
The  death  fires  danced  at  night; 

The  water,  like  a  witch's  oils, 
Burnt  green  and  blue  and  white. 

Unfortunately,  all  the  effects 
caused  by  the  various  dinoflagellates 
responsible  for  red  tides  are  not  as 
innocuous  as  bioluminescence.  Sev- 
eral species  of  Gonyaulax — ^among 
them,  G.  excavata  of  the  northeast 
coast  of  the  United  States,  G.  acaten- 
eZ/a  of  western  Canada,  and  G.  caten- 
ella,  common  along  the  northwest 
coast  of  North  America  from  Point 
Conception  near  Santa  Barbara  up  to 
Alaska — ^manufacture  one  of  the 
most  toxic  substances  known.  When 
filter  feeders  such  as  mussels  and 
clams  eat  these  organisms,  they 
themselves  are  not  generally  harmed. 
The  mussels  sequester  the  toxin  in 
their  digestive  glands,  the  clams  se- 
quester it  in  their  siphons;  the  toxin 
accumulates  in  these  storage  depots 
and  does  not  enter  the  cells  of  the 
shellfish.  The  shellfish  themselves, 
however,  become  very  toxic  to  any 
other  animals  that  eat  them,  including 
humans.  The  poison  affects  the  nerve 
cells  and  prevents  the  transmission  of 
nerve  impulses  with  fatal  results. 

On  the  West  Coast,  it  is  against  the 
law  to  eat  mussels  during  the  summer 
months  when  G.  catenella  is  common 
because  of  the  danger  that  the  mussels 
may  have  accumulated  the  dinoflag- 
ellate's  toxin.  The  Alaskan  butter 
clam  cannot  be  used  as  food  because 
the  toxin  is  sequestered  in  its  siphon. 
The  poison  that  has  been  isolated 
from  these  clams  has  been  designated 
"saxitoxin,"  after  the  mollusk's  sci- 
entific name  Saxidomus  giganteus. 
Its  chemical  structure  has  recently 


been  determined  and  the  site  of  its 
devastating  effects  identified  by  ex- 
periment. The  toxin  blocks  the  action 
of  the  sodium  pump  of  the  nerves; 
this  property  may  prove  useful  in  the 
study  of  the  transmission  of  the  elec- 
trical impulse  in  nerves. 

Point  Conception,  about  midway 
between  34°  and  35°  north  latitude,  is 
the  ecological  boundary  line  between 
northern  and  southern  California.  It  is 
there  that  the  ocean  current  system 
changes.  Although  G.  catenella, 
found  north  of  the  point,  is  toxic,  G. 
polyedra,  which  causes  the  red  tides 
in  southern  California,  is  not.  Bioas- 
says  and  chemical  tests  of  extracts  of 
G.  polyedra  have  all  been  negative. 
It  does  not  make  saxitoxin.  No  deaths 
from  eating  toxic  mussels  have  been 
recorded  south  of  Point  Conception. 
The  presence  of  toxin  in  G.  exca- 
vata, however,  proved  a  serious 
problem  for  public  health  authorities 
during  the  red  tides  off  the  coast  of 
New  England  in  1972  and  1974.  The 
fishing  of  clam  and  oyster  beds  is  a 
lucrative  business  along  the  eastern 
seaboard.  Nevertheless,  it  became 
necessary  to  close  the  shellfish  beds 
and  to  post  guards  to  prevent  poach- 
ing of  the  clams  and  oysters  that  had 
become  poisonous  from  the  inges- 
tion of  the  Gonyaulax.  Because  clams 
and  oysters  concentrate  the  toxin, 
shellfish  can  become  toxic  even  be- 
fore a  red  tide  is  noticed;  therefore  the 
monitoring  of  shellfish  for  toxicity 
became  necessary.  The  process  re- 
quires extracting  the  meat  of  the 
shellfish  and  injecting  the  extract  into 
mice,  an  expensive  and  time-con- 
suming procedure. 

The  story  of  the  Florida  red  tides 
is  altogether  different.  The  Gymno- 
dinium  breve  of  that  area  produces 
several  potent  toxins  as  yet  imper- 
fectly understood  with  regard  to 
structure  or  mode  of  action  but  highly 
poisonous  to  many  kinds  of  fish.  Un- 
like saxitoxin,  the  toxins  of  G.  breve 
remain  in  the  seawater  and  are  taken 
in  by  fish.  The  result  has  been  disas- 
trous .  Huge  numbers  of  fish  have  died 
in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  along  the  south- 
west coast  of  Florida  and  have  then 
been  washed  ashore,  forming  long 
windrows  of  corpses  up  and  down  the 
beach.  When  the  dead  fish  decayed, 
the  stench  did  little  to  encourage  the 
Florida  tourist  industry.  Worse  yet, 
ocean  spray  containing  the  toxin  blew 
ashore  and  humans  who  breathed  this 
mist  temporarily  contracted  sore 
throats,  eye  irritation,  and  some- 
times, skin  problems. 


i 


82 


Red  tides  can  be  troublesome  in  yet 
another  way.  As  long  as  the  cells  of 
the  red  tide  are  healthy,  they  give  off 
more  oxygen  by  day  in  photosynthe- 
sis than  they  consume  at  night  in  res- 
piration. The  oxygen  concentration  in 
the  sea  is  high  rather  than  low  during 
a  red  tide.  However,  when  the  cells 
die  for  whatever  reason,  bacteria  feed 
on  them  and  multiply.  When  bacteria 
are  very  numerous,  they  deplete  the 
oxygen  in  the  water  to  such  an  extent 
that  fish  and  other  creatures  die  of  as- 
phyxiation. This  occurs  most  dra- 
matically when  a  red  tide  is  washed 
into  a  shallow  bay  where  conditions 
are  unfavorable  for  the  survival  of 
red-tide  dinofiagellates  and  where  the 
volume  of  water  is  small  and  not 
flushed  by  the  tide.  Large  numbers  of 
fish  have  died  under  such  circum- 
stances, even  when  the  red-tide  orga- 
nism was  not  a  toxic  one. 

Despite  considerable  research  on 
the  conditions  preceding  and  during 
an  outbreak  of  red  tide  and  on  the 
physiology  of  dinofiagellates  in  gen- 
eral, very  little  is  known  about  what 
causes  red  tides.  We  do  know  that 
with  few  exceptions  only  a  single  or- 
ganism is  responsible  for  any  one  red 
tide.  This  observation  tells  us  that  a 
general  increase  in  the  amounts  of  nu- 
trients in  the  water  cannot  be  respon- 
sible, for  if  it  were,  plankton  orga- 
nisms of  many  kinds  would  multiply, 
as  they  do  in  the  ocean  blooms  of 
early  spring.  Is  there  a  specific  chemi- 
cal substance  that  stimulates  the 
growth  of  red-tide  dinofiagellates  to 
the  exclusion  of  all  other  dinofiagel- 
lates? Why  does  one  species  gain  a 
growth  advantage  over  its  close  rela- 
tives? Why  is  it  always  the  same  spe- 
cies in  a  given  location? 

Special  combinations  of  condi- 
tions, such  as  water  temperature, 
water  movement,  and  other  unknown 
factors,  must  occur  before  a  red  tide 
can  develop.  What  are  these  condi- 
tions? We  do  not  know.  In  the  sea, 
where  water  moves  from  place  to 
place  with  the  currents,  it  is  difficult 
enough  to  locate  the  origin  of  a  red 
tide,  let  alone  detect  the  substances  or 
conditions  that  are  responsible  in  any 
one  instance.  Thus  we  cannot  at 
present  predict  red  tides  with  any  re- 
liability, although  prediction  would 
be  most  useful.  Many  questions  must 
be  answered  before  we  can  fully  un- 
derstand these  tides.  And  without  un- 
derstanding, we  cannot  hope  to  con- 
trol this  mysterious  mass  production 
of  organisms,  at  once  beautiful  and 


cry-on-ics 


dangerous. 


D 


America's  Best-Selling  Dictionary. 
Its  where  the  words  live. 

Webster's  New  Collegiate  Dictionary  doesn't  just  define  words, 
it  makes  words  come  alive.  It  unlocks  the  secrets  of  such  chillingly 
futuristic  words  as  "cryonics,"  as  well  as  over  22,000  new  words 
from  today's  living  language.  With  over  150.000  entries  in  all,  it's 
the  most  vivid,  up-to-date  dictionary  of  the  decade.  Only  $9.95. 
thumb-indexed. 

From  Merriam-Webster.    

Sprinsf ieid.  Mass.  01 101 


THE  1 

cADIRONDACKS 

j  Clyde  H.  Smith  | 

I  Introduction  by  Lionel  A.Atwilli 
I   Author/photographer  Smith's  accounts  of  a  I 

I     white-water  canoe  trip  down  the  rapids  of  I 
the  upper  Hudson  and  exhilarating  | 
climbs  to  high  peaks  are  rich  with 
the  excitement  of  first-hand 
experience.  67  color  plates. 

A  STUDIO  BOOK. 


ITHE  VIKING  PRESS         atenh 

I  625  Madison  Avenue;  New  York.  N.Y,  10022 

Send  me copies  of  THE  ADIRONDACKS  (S 

$15.95  each.  I  enclose  □check  Q  money  order  for 
$ totaKPleaseaddsalestaxwhereapplicablc 


I  City State—  Zip 


Share  the  Thrills 
01  Exploring  f 
ouier  space; 

All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  this 
superb  RV-6,  6-inch 
available 
on  easy  terms! 
Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE  — the  same  Instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Depl  NH-70 
620  Oakwood  Ave,,  W,  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 


Address- 
City_ 


I I 


LET  HIM  GROW  WITH  A 
QUESTAR 

A  child's  wonder  at  the  world  about  him 
can  hold  a  promise,  for  many  a  scientist 
can  remember  that  his  present  preoccupa- 
tion with  the  universe  began  with  an 
intense  curiosity  early  in  life. 

Such  a  child  will  learn  to  master  many 
tools,  and  the  telescope,  that  prime  tool 
of  science,  should  be  the  first.  A  flawless 
tool  is  an  extension  of  the  mind  and  hand, 
and  a  fine  telescope  should  combine  such 
mechanical  and  optical  perfection  that  it 
can  serve  for  a  lifetime  and  never  become 
a  frustration  whatever  the  critical  job  at 
hand.  Questar,  the  very  finest,  is  such  a 
tool  and  its  lovely  versatility  adds  an 
extra  dimension  to  many  fields:  astron- 
omy, of  course,  but  also  to  disciplines 
that  are  terrestrial  in  nature.  Whether  it 
will  be  used  for  research,  or  simply  for 
the  pure  enjoyment  of  observing  wildlife, 
even  indoors,  perhaps,  where  its  high 
powers  can  focus  on  the  web-spinning 
of  a  house  spider  at  a  distance  of  ten  feet, 
it  is  a  gift  for  ever.  And  its  easy  portability 
can  take  it  wherever  one  travels. 

What  other  tool  could  you  buy  a  child 
that  not  only  would  enchant  and  amuse 
him  in  his  early  awakening,  but  would 
continue  to  serve  him  all  his  life? 

©  Questar  Corporation  1976 


QUESTAR,  THE  WORLD'S  FINEST.  MOST  VERSATILE 
TELESCOPE  IS  PRICED  FROM  $865  SEND  FOR  OUR 
BOOKLET  IN  FULL  COLOR  WITH  150  PHOTOGRAPHS 
BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS  $1  COVERS  MAILING  ON  THIS 
CONTINENT,  BY  AIR,  TO  SOUTH  AMERICA,  S3  00: 
EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA    S3  50    ELSEWHERE,  $4 


QUESTAR 

Box  HOG.  New  Hope.  Ph,  liW3H 


Tho  .Standard  Questar  with  its  beautiful  star  c 
is    shown    above.    Below,    the    Field    Mode/. 
Olympus  camera  attached,  is  tripod  mounted. 


Bounding  the  Main 


by  Warren  S.  Wooster 


The  negotiators  at 
the  Law  of  the  Sea 
Conference  are  framing 
new  rules  to  govern 
human  activities  in 
the  world 's  oceans 

The  ocean  covers  most  of  the  earth, 
and  most  of  the  ocean  has  been  free — 
free  for  transit,  free  for  fishing,  free 
for  research.  But  these  freedoms  of 
the  high  seas  are  being  swept  away 
in  a  frenzy  of  national  seizures  and 
international  negotiations. 

Since  1967,  the  United  Nations  has 
been  attempting  to  legislate  a  new 
order  in  the  ocean,  initially  in  a  long 
series  of  preparatory  discussions,  and 
since  1973  in  the  sessions  of  the  Third 
United  Nations  Conference  on  the 
Law  of  the  Sea  (1973  in  New  York, 
1974  in  Caracas,  1975  in  Geneva, 
1976  in  New  York).  The  conference 
is  distinguished  by  the  number  of  ne- 
gotiating countries  (nearly  150)  and 
by  the  breadth  and  intricacy  of  its 
agenda.  Its  task  is  complicated  by  the 
unilateral  actions  of  impatient  coun- 
tries (for  example,  the  recent  U.S. 
declaration  of  a  200-mile  fishing 
zone),  by  the  rapid  advances  of  tech- 
nology, and  by  the  political  tensions 
among  the  western,  eastern,  and 
southern  worlds. 

Most  of  the  new  maritime  issues 
have  arisen  since  World  War  II.  The 
ocean  itself  has  changed  very  little  in 
the  intervening  time.  For  the  most 
part,  its  minerals  lie  untouched  where 
they  have  rested  for  millennia.  The 
fish  gather,  propagate,  grow,  and  die 
in  familiar  neighborhoods.  The  ocean 
currents  pursue  their  endless  course, 
their  temperatures  changing  only  im- 
perceptibly, if  at  all.  Only  in  some  of 
the  fish  stocks  and  around  the  edges 
of  the  ocean,  in  the  estuaries  and 
coastal  waters  are  the  harmful  effects 
of  human  activities  becoming  con- 
spicuous. More  striking  changes  have 
taken  place  ashore — in  the  homes, 
factories,  farms,  laboratories,  and 
legislatures  of  the  world. 

The  steady  increase  in  human  pop- 
ulation, particularly  in  coastal  cities. 


has  increased  the  demand  for  food  of 
all  sorts,  including  that  from  the  sea. 
This  has  led  to  heightened  pressure  on 
fish  populations,  building  up  ever 
more  rapidly  as  improved  fishery 
methods  are  applied  in  grander  and 
more  systematic  ways.  The  living  re- 
sources of  the  ocean  are  threatened 
both  by  a  more  intense  fishery  and  by 
degradation  of  their  environment,  not 
only  in  the  coastal  nursery  grounds 
where  urban  development  is  particu- 
larly damaging  but  even  in  the  open 
sea  where  pollutants  transported  by 
winds  are  deposited.  Limitations  are 
now  evident  in  the  capacity  of  the 
ocean's  living  resources  to  be  ex- 
ploited and  of  the  ocean  systems  to 
absorb  pollutants. 

At  the  same  time,  fuels  and  miner- 
als on  land  are  becoming  scarce.  Al- 
ternative sources  within  and  under  the 
sea  are  being  sought.  Whereas  juris- 
diction of  the  coastal  state  over  oil 
and  gas  deposits  on  the  continental 
shelf  is  well  established,  it  is  not  so 
clear  who  owns  such  deposits,  if  they 
exist,  farther  offshore  on  the  conti- 
nental rise.  And  the  legal  status  of 
deep-sea  mineral  deposits,  such  as 
manganese  nodules,  remains  to  be  es- 
tablished, this  being  one  of  the  initial 
justifications  for  reopening  the  inter- 
national debate  on  the  law  of  the  sea . 

The  role  of  the  ocean  in  national 
security  has  also  changed.  Before  and 
during  World  War  II,  the  ocean  was 
an  operating  theater  and  battleground 
for  navies,  but  its  larger  strategic  im- 
plications were  limited  to  transport 
and  communications.  With  the  devel- 
opment of  nuclear  weapons  and  the 
concealment  of  the  strategic  deterrent 
beneath  the  ocean  surface,  the  mobil- 
ity and  invisibility  of  missile-carrying 
submarines  and  their  hunters  have  be- 
come matters  of  great  concern  to  the 
superpowers. 

As  the  uses  of  the  ocean  and  its 
resources  have  grown  and  diversi- 
fied, questions  of  jurisdiction  and 
management  of  both  resources  and 
environment  have  become  more  criti- 
cal .  At  the  same  time ,  there  have  been 
remarkable  political  changes  that  af- 


feet  intergovernmental  negotiations. 

Tiie  number  of  individual  govern- 
ments has  nearly  doubled  sinee  the 
last  law-of-the-sea  negotiations  in 
1960.  Nearly  all  of  the  new  eounlries 
ean  be  eiassilied  as  "developing," 
and  they  have  found  a  natural  atlinity 
with  other  former  eolonies.  The  basic 
eonlliel  of  the  present  negotiations  is 
between  the  "haves,"  mostly  in  the 
Northern  Hemisphere,  and  the 
"have-nots"  of  the  tropics  and  the 
Southern  Hemisphere.  Of  course,  the 
east-west  competition  remains,  but 
on  many  maritime  issues  the  United 
States  and  the  Soviet  Union  have  sur- 
prisingly similar  inleiesls  and  posi- 
tions. The  third  world  of  relatively 
poor,  nonindustrialized  states  has 
most  of  the  votes,  has  a  long  memory 
of  real  or  pcieeived  abuse  and  exploi- 
tation by  the  former  colonial  poweis, 
and  is  awaie  that  these  powers  aie 
now  relatively  impotent  to  force  their 
will  upon  others. 

Negotiations  are  complicated  by 
olhci  alignments.  For  example,  thcic 
aie  52  coualiies  that  ha\e  little  oi  no 
coastHnes  or  economic  zones  These 
landlocked  and  geographically  disad 
vantagcd  countries  want  access  to  the 
sea  and  to  its  resources,  which  will 
othciwise  be  gobbled  up  by  the 
coastal  slates. 

The  political  aspirations  and  atti- 
tudes of  some  1 50  countries  dominate 
present  negotiations  in  the  Law  of  the 
Sea  Conference,  if  the  process 
works,  a  comprehensive  treaty  will 
emerge  to  govern  human  activities  in 
most  parts  of  the  world  ocean.  If 
agreement  on  a  treaty  proves  to  be 
unachievable,  a  chaotic  world  of  uni- 
lateral action  and  leaclion,  and  bilat- 
eral and  multilateral  accommodation, 
is  likely  to  ensue. 

What  then  are  the  major  issues  that 
aflfeet  the  continued  health  of  the 
ocean  and  man's  continued  enjoy- 
ment of  the  organisms  that  live  within 
it?  The  issues  of  national  security  and 
commercial  navigation  (for  example, 
passage  through  straits)  are  of  major 
political  interest,  but  the  impact  of 
these  activities  on  the  natural  system 


Easy  on  the  go. 


Minolta/Celtic  Pocket  Bi- 
noculars are  ideal  for  peopi' 
who  like  to  travel  light. 
Beautiful  lewel-like  finisfi, 
sturdy  construction 
and  world-famous  Minolta 
optical  quality  assure  su- 
perb performance  Image': 
are  exceptionally  clear, 
bright  and  sharp  Center 
focus  design  for  fast, 
easy  focusing.  Two  sizes. 
6x20  and  8x20  Each 
weigfis  only  6  ounces  and 
folds  to  fit  snugly  in 
pocket  or  field  pack  For 
more  information.         \^_^ 
write  Ivlinolta  Corporation, 
101  Williams  Dnve, 
Ramsey,  N  J  07446 

Minolta/Celtic 
Pocket  Binoculars 


The  first  truly  scientific  analysis 


By  ROY  P.  MACKAL.  Ph.D. 


After  5  expeditions  and  1 0  years  of  investiga- 
tion, the  author,  a  research  scientist  with  a 
Ph.D.  in  biochemistry,  is  convinced  there  are 
monsters  in  Loch  Ness.  This  fascinating  ac- 
count of  his  search  for  the  monster  is  bol- 
stered by  over  165  pages  of  appendices,  in- 
cluding a  thorough  analysis  of  existing 
photos,  a  list  of  sightings  from  565  A.D.  on, 
and  a  computer  analysis  of  the  findings.  Only 
this  bool<  contains  the  startling  1972  and 
1 976  underwater  photos  which  seem  to  show 
the  existence  of  large  aquatic  animals  in  Loch 
Ness.  415  pages,  126  photos,  drawings,  and 
charts,  8  maps. 


Order  your  copy  now  with  this  handy 
coupon. 

I 

THE  SWALLOW  PRESS,  INC. 

81 1  W.  Junior  Terrace 
Chicago,  Illinois  60613 

Please  send   me copies  of 


The  Monsters  of  Loch  Ness  @  $12.50. 


Address 

C.ty 

Slate Zip 

Enclose  check  or  money  order.  Add  50e  for  post- 
age and  handling,  Illinois  residents  add  5% 
Illinois  state  tax.  Sorry,  no  CODs. 


85  ' 


is  relatively  limited  and  indirect.  All 
issues  are  affected  by  the  mechanisms 
proposed  for  the  settlement  of 
disputes  and  the  extent  to  which  they 
are  compulsory  and  apply  to  activities 
in  the  economic  zone.  But  more  sig- 
nificant for  our  purposes  are  the  issues 
of  protection  of  the  marine  environ- 
ment, rational  utilization  of  its  living 
and  nonliving  resources,  and  the  pro- 
motion of  marine  scientific  research. 
These  issues  are  tied  together  by  a 
new  jurisdictional  zonation  in  which 
the  territorial  sea  expands  from  three 
to  twelve  miles,  beyond  which, 
stretching  out  to  200  miles  from  the 
coast,  lies  a  new  "economic  zone," 
within  which  the  coastal  state  con- 
trols the  exploration  and  exploitation 
of  all  resources.  Much  of  the  debate 
has  concerned  the  characteristics  of 
this  zone,  whether  it  involves  security 
or  political  jurisdiction  as  well  as  re- 
source control,  and  the  extent  to 
which  coastal-state  jurisdiction  will 
be  shared  with  other  nations. 

How  will  the  new  law  of  the  sea 
affect  protection  of  the  marine  envi- 
ronment? First  of  all,  despite  the  im- 
mensity of  the  ocean,  most  pollution 
originates  on  land,  beyond  the  scope 
of  an  ocean  treaty.  The  control  of  pol- 
lution is  debated  in  many  forums  of 
which  the  sea  law  conference  is  only 
one.  Secondly,  the  present  negotia- 
tions are  concerned  primarily  with  ju- 
risdiction, rather  than  management; 
the  treaty,  as  it  evolves,  puts  off  de- 
finitive action,  even  on  vessel-based 
pollution,  for  other  negotiations. 

Ocean-based  pollution  sources  in- 
clude deliberate  ocean  dumping  and 
tank  washing  and  inadvertent  intro- 
duction from  maritime  activities.  The 
former  is  already  subject  to  regulation 
(which  could  be  more  effective),  and 
until  recently  the  latter  has  been  rela- 
tively trivial.  But  the  rapid  develop- 
ment of  continental  shelf  oil  and  gas 
production,  the  increased  transport  of 
petroleum  products  in  supertankers, 
and  the  forthcoming  exploitation  of 
deep-sea  minerals  are  likely  to  have 
major  environmental  impacts.  The 
evolving  treaty,  by  fixing  jurisdic- 
tional responsibility  for  these  activi- 
ties, should  make  possible  their  even- 
tual control. 

Remember  that  environmental  is- 
sues are  often  viewed  differently  by 
developed  and  developing  countries. 
Pollution  is  a  product  of  modern  agri- 
culture and  industry.  In  their  efforts 
to  obtain  a  better  life  for  their  citi- 
zens, the  developing  countries  wish 
to  avoid  the  extra  costs  of  environ- 


mental protection  now  considered  un- 
avoidable by  their  more  affluent 
neighbors. 

Who  should  have  jurisdiction  over 
the  marine  environment?  The 
coastal,  or  port,  state  or  the  state 
under  whose  flag  a  vessel  operates? 
The  question  is  still  unresolved.  If  the 
coastal  state  is  to  control  living  re- 
sources in  the  economic  zone,  it 
would  seem  appropriate  also  to  con- 
trol the  environmental  quality  of  that 
zone.  Yet  the  arbitrary  application  of 
different  standards  from  country  to 
country  could  make  navigation  a 
nightmare.  In  any  case,  enforcement 
of  environmental  standards  will  be 
difficult.  The  flag  state  has  the  most 
control — yet  in  the  eyes  of  the  coastal 
state,  it  is  least  likely  to  exercise  it  in 
the  interest  of  the  environment. 

Although  jurisdiction  over  deep- 
sea  mineral  resources  was  the  nomi- 
nal reason  for  the  present  round  of 
negotiations,  fisheries  on  common 
property  resources  have  more  often 
led  to  international  maritime  conflict. 
Indeed,  the  important  unilateral  ex- 
tensions of  national  jurisdiction  in 
1947  (Chile  and  Peru)  were  directly 
related  to  conflicts  over  the  exploita- 
tion of  whales  and  tuna. 

Heretofore,  living  resources  sel- 
dom confined  themselves  to  the  nar- 
row territorial  sea,  and  even  a  con- 
tiguous twelve-mile  fishery  zone  was 
inadequate  for  comprehensive  man- 
agement of  an  entire  stock.  Since  na- 
tional jurisdiction  was  inadequate,  re- 
gional and  international  bodies  were 
established  for  management  of  one  or 
another  species.  Occasionally  these 
organizations  have  been  effective, 
but  as  a  rule  their  recommendations 
are  difficult  to  enforce. 

The  purpose  of  management  also 
has  to  be  kept  in  mind.  In  the  1958 
convention  on  living  resources, 
achievement  of  the  maximum  sus- 
tained yield  of  a  given  stock  was  con- 
sidered preeminent.  Now  it  appears 
that  other  goals  may  be  more  impor- 
tant. In  some  cases,  it  may  be  better 
to  maximize  economic  return;  in 
others,  the  numbers  of  fishermen  em- 
ployed or  the  opportunities  for  recrea- 
tion. Thus,  it  is  now  fashionable  to 
speak  of  "optimum  sustainable 
yields"  without  specifying  which 
aspect  is  to  be  optimized. 

The  evolving  treaty  is  concerned 
with  several  classes  of  fisheries  with 
different  jurisdictional  implications. 
Sedentary  species  of  the  shelf,  such 
as  certain  crabs  and  lobsters,  were  as- 
signed to  the  coastal  state  by  the  1958 


convention.  Most  oceanic  fisheries 
operate  within  a  few  tens  of  miles  of 
the  shore  and  will  be  managed  by  the 
countries  whose  economic  zones  are 
affected.  Those  resources  that  cannot 
be  fully  utilized  by  these  countries 
could  be  shared  with  neighboring 
landlocked  or  geographically  disad- 
vantaged countries,  on  the  one  hand, 
and  with  countries  that  have  histori- 
cally fished  in  the  region,  on  the 
other. 

Anadromous  species,  principally 
salmon,  may  be  caught  offshore  as 
well  as  in  the  economic  zone  of  the 
host  country  in  whose  streams  the  fish 
return  to  spawn.  It  is  generally  agreed 
that  such  countries  have  both  special 
responsibilities  and  special  rights. 
The  highly  migratory  species — tuna, 
billfish,  oceanic  sharks,  whales,  and 
porpoises — are  widely  distributed, 
and  it  is  difficult  to  see  how  they  can 
be  effectively  managed  on  a  national 
economic  zone  basis. 

The  treaty  may  succeed  in  tying 
down  jurisdiction  over  these  classes 
of  fisheries.  But  in  most  cases,  effec- 
tive management  for  whatever  pur- 
pose will  continue  to  require  the  col- 
lective action  of  the  countries  in- 
volved, both  to  determine  the  effect 
on  the  stock  and  to  facilitate  the  appli- 
cation of  measures  to  optimize  what- 
ever aspect  of  the  fishery  is  mutually 
agreed  upon. 

Nonliving  resources  consist  of 
those  on  the  shelf,  principally  oil  and 
gas,  but  also  phosphorite,  sand,  and 
gravel,  already  under  coastal-state 
control,  and  those  lying  beyond  the 
shelf  as  defined  in  the  1958  conven- 
tion, including  the  possibility  of  oil 
and  gas  on  the  continental  rise  and 
manganese  nodules  on  the  deep-sea 
floor.  The  new  treaty  will  guarantee 
coastal-state  control  over  seabed  re- 
sources out  to  200  miles,  even  for 
narrow  shelf  countries;  that  control 
may  encompass  the  continental  mar- 
gin beyond  200  miles  for  the  score  of 
countries  with  broad  shelves.  This 
question  of  ultimate  seaward  exten- 
sion and  control  over  the  continental 
rise  (with  some  possibility  of  revenue 
sharing  in  this  zone)  remains  unre- 
solved. 

The  most  hotly  contested  issue 
concerns  exploitation  of  mineral  re- 
sources— at  present  only  manganese 
nodules  are  known  to  be  important — 
beyond  the  limits  of  national  juris- 
diction. It  was  precisely  these  re- 
sources that  Ambassador  Pardo,  in 
1967,  proposed  should  constitute  the 
"common  heritage   of   mankind," 


TH€  /4MGROM  MU^GUM 
OF  tWUkAl  HISTORY 

^MhOUnCG9 
GVjeMIMG  LGGTURG  SGRIGS 

FOR  ^DULT^ 

™RTIMG0GT0BGR,1976. 


HUMAN  EVOLUTION— 6  Tuesdays  starting  October   12, 

7:30-9:00  p.m.  Fee:  $25. 
In  this  series,  Dr.  Harry  L.  Shapiro,  Curator  Emeritus  of 
Physical  Anthropology,  deals  primarily  with  the  reconstruc- 
tion of  the  hominid  development  leading  to  modern  man.  His 
extensive  field  work  includes  a  genetic  study  of  the  de- 
scendants of  the  mutineers  of  HMS  Bounty  resulting  in  his 
book.  The  Heritage  ot  tiie  Bounty.  His  most  recent  book, 
Peking  Man,  is  on  the  discovery  and  mysterious  disappear- 
ance of  a  priceless  scientific  treasure. 


ANTHROPOLOGY  THROUGH  FILMS  III— 6  Wednesdays 

starting  October  13,  7:00-9:00  p.m.  Fee:  $25. 
Dr.  Malcolm  Arth,  anthropologist  and  Curator  at  the  Mu- 
seum, has  organized  a  new  and  rich  array  of  films  covering 
a  range  of  cultures  and  experience,  from  adolescence  to  old 
age,  from  the  supernatural  to  cultural  change. 


MAGIC  AND  WITCHCRAFT— 8  Tiiursdays  starting  October 

14,  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $30. 
Paul  J.  Sanfacon,  Lecturer  in  Anthropology  at  the  Museum, 
leads  a  serious  socio-historical  inquiry  into  various  beliefs 
and  practices  of  magic,  witchcraft  and  sorcery. 

Special  Tour  Of  The  New  HALL  OF  MINERALS  AND  GEMS 

— 2  Mondays,  7:00-8:30  p.m.,  November  1  and  8,  re- 
peated November  15  and  22.  Fee:  $10.  (Indicate  preferred 
dates) 
Christopher  J.  Schuberth,  Lecturer  in  Geology  at  the  Mu- 
seum and  one  of  the  developers  of  the  hall,  will  personally 
conduct  this  tour  and  interpret  this  spectacular  exhibition  of 
some  of  the  world's  largest  gem  stones  and  finest  mineral 
and  crystal  specimens. 


IDENTIFYING  MINERALS  AND  ROCKS— /O  Wednesdays, 

starling  October  13.  7  00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $60.  (including 
laboratory  lee).  Limited  to  25. 

Laboratory  workshops  in  techniques  of  identifying  common 
minerals  and  rocks  through  physical  tests  of  specimens. 
Christopher  J,  Schuberth,  Lecturer  in  Geology  at  the  Mu- 
seum. 

INSECTS:  EARTH'S  MOST  SUCCESSFUL  ANIMALS— 6 

Tuesdays,  starting  October  12,  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $25. 
Alice  Gray  of  the  Museum's  Entomology  Department  gives 
an  informal  series  of  slide-illustrated  talks  on  some  of  the 
fascinating  aspects  of  the  world  of  insects. 

GREAT  AMERICAN  WILDERNESS  AREAS— 8  Tuesdays 

starting  October  12,  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $30. 
Kenneth  Chambers,  Lecturer  in  Zoology  at  the  Museum, 
uses  color  slides  to  introduce  the  scenic  grandeur  and  wild- 
life of  federally  preserved  areas  such  as  National  Parks, 
Monuments  and  Wildlife  Refuges,  with  stress  on  plant  and 
animal  life,  conservation  and  ecological  significance. 

PLANT  LIFE  AT  THE  EDGE  OF  THE  SEA— 5  Thursdays, 

starting  October  14,  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee:  $20. 
In  this  slide-illustrated  lecture  series,  Helmut  W.  Schiller, 
Lecturer  in  Botany  at  the  Museum,  explores  the  tide  pools, 
wind-swept  scrub,  and  the  rocky  and  sandy  beaches  of  the 
Atlantic  Coast. 

CONVERSATIONAL  SPANISH  FOR  TRAVELLERS— 70 

Wednesdays,  starting  October  13,  7:00-8:30  p.m.  Fee: 
$50.  Limited  to  25. 

A  basic  course  for  those  planning  travel  to  Spanish-speak- 
ing countries.  Students  learn  the  basic  elements  of  grammar 
through  the  audio-lingual  method. 
Instructor:  Celia  M.  Zelazny. 


REGISTER  NOW 

TO:  Department  of  Education 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Central  Park  West  at  79  Street 
NewYork,N.Y.  10024 

I   enclose   a   stamped,   self-addressed 
envelope,  together  with  a  check  (or  money 

order)  for  $ payable  to  The 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

n  Ms.     n  Mrs.     D  Miss     D  Mr. 


Coufse 

Name 

Last 

First 

street  Address 

City 

state 

Zip 

NOTE:  Advance  Registration  is  requested  but  registration  accepted  on 
ttie  opening  nigtit  if  course  is  not  filled.  NO  SINGLE  ADMISSION 
TICKETS  SOLD. 


_TF(E1V[AKgET_ 


Art 


YOUR  PORTRAIT  in  Ceramic  Sculpture  Skillfully 
crafted  from  pfiotographs  Illustrated  Brocfiure. 
Box  13135,  El  Paso,  TX  79912 

"COLLECTOR'S  SERIES"™  lithograptis.  Wildlife, 
Indian,  Flowers,  American  Scenes,  Airplane,  Au- 
tomobile, Railroad  Prints,  Send  $1  00  for  catalog. 
"Collector's  Series",  161  W,  Harrison,  Ctiicago,  IL 
60605 

Bookplates 


FREE  CATALOG— Scores  of  beautiful  designs. 
Imprinting  and  special  designing.  ANTIOCH 
BOOKPLATE  Co.,  Box  28C,  Yellow  Springs,  OH 
45387 


Books 


BOOKS  ABOUT  BIRDS,  a  monthly  newsletter  de- 
voted to  news  and  reviews  of  bird  books  old  and 
new,  $9  per  year,  sample  available.  Box  106,  Kew 
Gardens.  Jamaica,  NY  11415 


BOOK  PUBLISHING— manuscripts  and  inquiries 
invited.  "AUTHORS'  GUIDE  TO  PUBLICATION" 
free  upon  request.  Dorrance  &  Company,  Dept, 
AA,  35  Cricket  Terrace,  Ardmore,  PA  19003 


SURVIVAL  PLAYING  CARDS,  Outdoor  survival 
and  first  aid  manual  printed  on  standard  playing 
cards.  $4.95,  Environs,  Inc.,  Dept  NH,  RR2,  Box 
508,  Hood  River.  OR  97031 


Clothing 


NATURAL  SUEDE  LEATHER  SHORTS  for  fiike. 
bike.  play.  Import  Specialties.  507-3rd  Ave. 
#1001,  Seattle,  WA  98104 


FREE  CATALOG,  WILDERNESS  GEAR,  CLOTH- 
ING, Books.  Moor  &  Mountain  D28,  63  Park  Street. 
Andover,  MA  01810 


Collector's  Items 


COLLECTORS  AND  CRAFTSMEN  SPECIAL:  Ten 
Different  Stiells!  Choose  #R-113  Cones,  #R-114 
Cowrys,  #R-115  Shells  for  Jewelry  $10  each  as- 
sortment, all  three  $25  Benjane  Arts,  320  Hemp- 
stead  Avenue,  West  Hempstead.  NY  11552 


RECEIVE  VALUABLE  MINERALS  MONTHLY!  Join 
World-wide  Mineral  Club.  Free  Details.  Mineral  of 
the  Month  Club.  Box  487-HO.  Yucaipa.  CA  92399 


SEASHELLS:  Illustrated  catalogue,  25  cents. 
Compare  prices  on  guaranteed  specimen  quality 
shells.  Old  Shell  Game.  Box  330722,  Miami.  FL 
33133 


FOSSIL  PRICE  LIST  FREE.  J.  F.  Ray's  Fossils,  Box 
1364.  Ocala,  FL  32670,  Mail  orders  only. 


FRANKLIN  MINT  WILDLIFE  MEDALS,  Beautiful 
Sterling  Silver,  Personal  Collection,  Write— Stan- 
ford. Box  9494,  Savannah,  GA  31402 


5  OLD  BUFFALO  NICKELS.  $2.25.  Coin  catalog, 
25e.  Village  Coin  Shop.  Dept.  H.  Plaistow,  NH 
03865 


Employment  Information 


U.S.  FIRMS  OVERSEAS— Complete  information  on 
hundreds  of  worldwide  companies.  $5.75,  GLO- 
BALEMPLOY,  Box  4499-S,  Huntsville,  AL  35802 


AUSTRALIA-NEW  ZEALAND  WANTS  YOU!!!  50,- 
000  Jobs!  Paid  Transportation,  latest  information 
and  forms.  $1.00  AUSTCO,  Box  3623-NH,  Long 
Beach,  CA  90803 


OVERSEAS  JOBS— Now  Hiring,  103  Countries,  All 
Occupations,  High  Pay,  Free  Transportation,  Tax 
Benefits,  Latest  Computerized  Reports— $2.00 
TRANSWORLD,  international  Airport,  Box  90802- 
NH.  Los  Angeles,  CA  90009 


Energy 


SOLAR  ENERGY  DIGEST,  Mind-expanding 
monthly  newsletter  covering  frontiers  of  solar  en- 
ergy Year,  $28  50;  sample,  $2,40.  P.O.  Box 
17776NH,  San  Diego.  CA  92117 


Friendships 


MAKE  FRIENDS  WORLDWIDE  through  interna- 
tional correspondence  Illustrated  brochure  free! 
Hermes-Verlag.  Box  110660/NH,  D-1000  Berlin 
1 1 ,  Germany 


Gifts 


3000  YEAR  OLD  JEWELRY,  Replicas  from  Egypt, 
Persia,  Onent.  etc  Pendants.  Rings.  Charms  in 
Bronze,  Sterling  Silver,  14K  &  18K  Gold.  Free 
Catalog!  Write:  Aladdin  House.  Ltd..  Dept.  HC- 
876,  770  Madison  Avenue,  NY  10021,  (212)  472- 
8733.  Visit  our  Gallery:  SW  Corner  of  66th  St.— 5th 
floor. 

UNIQUE  GIFT  OF  LASTING  FRAGRANCE:  Old- 
fashioned  potpourri  of  rosebuds,  lavender,  dozen 
other  flowers  and  herbs  in  elegant  crystal  apothe- 
cary 45  oz, -$14.95,  24  oz.-$9.99  Postpaid.  G&J 
Distributors,  4523K  Labath,  Santa  Rosa.  CA  95401 

WHALE  POSTER:  Beautiful  Full  Color,  Depicting 
14  Different  Whales  to  Scale.  22y2"  x  31  Vz",  high 
quality  art  paper  $7  50  each  postpaid  No 
C.O.D.'s.  Calif,  residents  add  450  tax,  Hayashi 
Graphics.  Dept.  N.  5405  Bragg  St.,  San  Diego, 
CA  92122 


ZODIAC  KEEPSAKES,  Hand-painted  hardwood 
Mini-charms  (%"  approximately).  $8.50  each  ppd. 
Specify  sign,  gold  or  silver  "tomi  originals".  Rt. 
1  Box  1076,  Las  Cruces,  NM  88001 

Gourmet  Interests 

HERBS— Informative  Herbal  Chart  (30  x  40)  $5.50 
Postpaid  Herb  Teas  Potpourri  etc.  Free  catalog. 
Casey's  Herbs,  Box  901,  Woodside,  NY  11377 

TEA  DEVOTEES  savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Brochure  $1.00.  Grace  Tea  Importers,  Dept.  NH 
76.  799  Broadway,  NYC  10003 

VEGETARIANISM:  the  road  to  longevity.  Sub- 
scription $2.00.  Four  issues  of  news,  ideas,  nutri- 
tion, medical  discoveries.  VEGETARIAN  REVIEW, 
Box  221 -NH,  Haverford,  PA  19041 

Magazines 

NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976,  Any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants.  Buxbaum  Geographies, 
Box  465-NH,  Wilmington.  DE  19899 

Music 

RECORDS-TAPES!  Discounts  to  73%;  all  labels; 
no  purchase  obligations;  newsletter;  discount  div- 
idend certificates;  100%  guarantees.  Free  details. 


Fish  Market  The  Bronx 


Discount  Music  Club,  650  Main  St.,  DepI,  25-876, 
New  Rochelle,  NY  10801 

KITS!  Build  dulcimers,  guitars,  balalaikas,  harps, 
mandolins,  banjos.  From  $2.95.  Finished  dul- 
cimers from  $23.95.  Free  Catalog.  8665  West  1 3th 
Avenue.  NH.  Denver,  CO  80215 

Music  Instruction 

BANJO  KITS.  Write  for  free  catalog.  Stewart-Mac- 
Donald  Mfg.,  Box  900  BT,  Athens.  OH  45701 

TICKLE  THE  IVORIES.  Play  chord  piano  first  hour! 
Leading  teacher  magazines  praise  patented 
(1973)  system.  Box  751 -A,  LaCanada,  CA,  91011 

Optics 

OPTIC  DISCOUNTS:  Binoculars—  Tele- 
scopes— Brand  Names — Free  List— Thomas 
Marietta,  61  Hoffman  Ave..  Elmont,  NY  11003 

FREE  BINOCULAR,  RIFLESCOPE  CATALOG. 
Discount  Sale.  Save  50%.  Free  Gift  with  Order. 
Write  United  Binoculars.  BN-117.  9043  So.  West- 
ern,  Chicago,  IL  60620 


Rare  Maps 


16TH-19TH  CENTURY  ORIGINAL  MAPS  Our 
handsome  6B-page  catalog  $1.50.  The  Windsor 
Collection,  111  Canterbury  Drive,  Wilmington,  DE 
19803 


Real  Estate 


KENTUCKY  FARMS  AND  ACREAGES,  $100  to 
$250  per  acre.  Estes  Realty,  Box  484G.  Edmon- 
ton.  KY  42129 

PROVIDENCIALES.  B.W.I.  1  view  acre  $4800.  2Vz 
acres  waterfront  $9000.  Terms.  W.  Schmid,  145 
E.  15,  NYC  10003 


Rentals 


MAINE  RENTAL  Cozy  saltbox  Oct.  to  May.  Wal- 
doboro  on  beautiful  Muscongus  Bay.  Furnished, 
modern  conveniences.  2  bedrooms  2  baths,  fire- 
place $350  Month  Farley.  46  Factory  Pond  Rd.. 
Locust  Valley,  NY  11560  (516)  676-4434 


Stamps 


50  EUROPEAN  PLUS  25  WILDLIFE— 200.  All 
different.  Approvals.  Tom  Sawyer.  Box  472.  Dur- 
ham,  NH  03824 

SHELLS,  ANIMALS,  NATURE  on  stamps.  Write  for 
approval  selection.  Southland  Stamps.  Box  264. 
Shreveporl,  LA  71162 

FREE:  Discount  Price  List  for  U.S.  Stamps.  Ste- 
vens, Box  610546  J,  North  Miami,  FL  33161 


Travel 


ESKIMO  ARTS  AND  CULTURE  organization, 
newsletter,  travel  being  formed.  Write  S.  Barz,  162 
East  80th  St..  NYC  10021 

NEW  MEXICO.  Guided  wildflower-birding  tours. 
Photography  blind.  Bear  Mountain  Ranch.  Silver 
City,  NM  88061  (505)  538-2538 

ENJOY  SOUTHEASTERN  ARIZONA:  Our  area  is 
secluded  and  uncommercial.  Outstanding  bird- 
ing.  Excellent  nature  study  opportunities.  Trails, 
wilderness  for  hiking,  backpacking,  etc  Comfort- 
ably mild  Chincahua  Mountain  climate  year 
around  Cottages,  apartments,  pool.  Free  bro- 
chure, birdlist.  Cave  Creek  Ranch.  Portal.  AR 
85632  (602)  558-2334 

EXPLORE  MAN'S  BEGINNINGS:  Imaginative  ex- 
peditions to  Old  &  New  Worid  sites — Egypt,  East 
Africa,  Greece.  Iran,  Israel,  Mexico,  Central  & 
South  America.  Monthly  trips,  small  groups  Em- 
phasis: anthropology,  nat'l  history,  archaeology. 
Academic  credit  option.  Send  for  brochures. 
FORUM  INT'L,  Dept.  N..  2437  Durant,  Berkeiey. 

CA  94704  (415)843-8294 

BACKPACK  THE  CANADIAN  ROCKIES!  TREK  to 
the  base  of  MT.  EVEREST  with  ODYSSEY,  Ltd. 
Year-round  schedule  of  wilderness  tours  under 
friendly,    expert    leadership     Excellent    foods. 


equipment,  instruction.  No  experience  requiredi 
26  Hilltop,  Dept  H,  Berkeley  His..  NJ  07922 
(201)322-8414 

PARADOR  MARTORELL:  Fun-Sun  relaxing  vaca- 
tion, near  fabulous  Luquillo  Beach  Box  384,  Lu- 
quillo.  Puerto  Rico  00673 

MEXICO:  Private  Valley,  sun,  thermal  pools,  mas- 
sage, gourmet  vegetarian  cuisine  $15  daily  in- 
cludes meals  Ranch  Rio  Calienle,  Apdo.  1-1187, 
Guadalaiara.  Mexico 

ADVENTURE  EXPLORE  TROPICAL  JUi'JGLE 
RIVER  with  US  -Costa  Rican  study  team  Weekly 
treks  Information  Safaris  y  Expediciones  Ecolo- 
gicas.  Dept  NH-1,  2217  Pontius  Avenue.  Los 
Angeles.  CA  90064 

ST.  JOHN.  VIRGIN  ISLANDS  Rent  our  two  bed- 
room beachfront  house  Attractively  furnished, 
spectacular  view  $400/wk  in  season,  $350  out 
Write:  Seascape.  Box  331,  Medina.  OH  44256 

SOUTHWEST  SAFARIS  Air  tours  of  New  Mexico, 
Colorado,  Utah  and  Anzona.  Camping,  hiking, 
riding,  rafting  Geology,  archaeology,  ecology, 
history  Brochure:  P  O  Box  945,  Santa  Fe,  NM 
87501 

MAPS,  MAPS.  MAPS  TO  ANYWHEREi  New  6000- 
map  catalog  $7.95  Travel  Centers  of  the  World 
P.  O.  Box  1673.  Hollywood.  CA  90028 


TRAVELMATES.  Like  to  travel,  but  not  alone?  Cor 
respond:  exchange  visits:  share  vacations  Dou 
ble  your  summer  fun:  halve  expenses.  Box  59H 
Pleasant  Unity,  PA  15676 


CHRISTMAS  IN  MEXICO— Winter  travel-study  op 
portunities  from  the  University  of  California  A 
Cruise  Through  the  Sea  of  Cortez  (Dec  17-24  or 
Dec  26-Jan.  2)  and  California  Gray  Whale  Baja 
Cruise  (Feb  4-10)  both  explore  remote  islands, 
bays,  lagoons,  fishing  villages;  led  by  naturalists 
Also  offered:  Mexican  Indian  Arts  and  Archaeol- 
ogy (Oaxaca  and  Yucatan,  Dec  18-29)  Tours 
begin  and  end  in  San  Diego.  For  brochure,  write 
Karen  Lockwood.  Code  A/University  Extension, 
0-01 4/University  of  California.  San  Diego/La  Jolla. 
CA  92093 

DESERT  BIRDS,  MAMMALS,  REPTILES,  IN- 
SECTS, CACTI,  WILD  FLOWERS  .  .  .  many  resorts 
have  these  The  Wickenburg  Inn  has  professional 
naturalists  to  help  you  see  and  understand  more, 
special  wildlife  package  weeks  for  beginners  and 
advanced  nature  watchers;  plus  the  finest  m  rid- 
ing, tennis,  arts  &  crafts,  accommodations  and 
food  See  your  travel  agent  or  write:  The  Wicken- 
burg Inn,  P.O.  Box  P.  Wickenburg,  AZ  85358 
(602)684-781 1 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 

$1.50  per  word;  16  word  ($24)  minimum.  Display 
classified  is  $1 50  per  Inch.  Rates  are  not  structured 
for  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing.  All 
adveilisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid.  Send 
check/money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY for  each  insertion,  including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone.  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text.  Deadlines — 8th  of 
month,  two  months  prior  to  cover  date.  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication. 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words;  abbreviations  and 
zip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
in  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip,  then  telephone 
(with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  "18 
Main  St."  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  for  clarity  is  required.  We  trust  you  trust 
us.  Thank  you! 


their  benefits  ix  f>c  -Jiaied  primarily 
ainung  the  developing  countries. 

These  nodules  are  seen  as  an  im- 
portant source  of  copper,  nickel,  co- 
balt, and  manganese.  Several  factors 
contribute  to  their  political  impor- 
tance— only  a  few  of  the  most  techni- 
cally advanced  countries  command 
the  capital  and  skill  to  exploit  the  nod- 
ules, and  the  metals  that  would  thus 
be  produced  are  major  exports  of  sev- 
eral developing  countries,  it  has  al- 
ready been  agreed  that  an  interna- 
tional body  will  manage  the  deep 
seabed;  as  a  result  of  developing- 
country  pressure,  it  also  is  likely  to 
have  the  power  itself  to  exploit  the 
seabed  and  to  participate  in  commod- 
ity agreements  so  as  to  protect  the 
economic  interests  of  land-based  pro- 
ducers of  the  same  metals.  The  devel- 
oped countries .  on  the  other  hand .  are 
seeking  economic  incentives  and  se- 
curity for  the  vast  expenditures  re- 
quired. It  has  not  yet  been  demon- 
strated that  nodule  minerals  can  b)e 
competitive  with  land-based  miner- 
als, but  the  dependability  of  supply 
(lessened  dependence  on  foreign  sup- 
pliers) is  likely  to  make  the  product 
attractive  to  U.S.  consumers. 

Design  of  the  seabed  authority  and 
the  division  of  power  between  indus- 
trialized and  developing  countries  are 
major,  unresolved  issues.  The  devel- 
oping countries  constitute  more  than 
two-thirds  of  those  participating  in 
the  negotiations,  yet  they  recognize 
that  no  minerals  will  be  raised  from 
the  depths  (and  no  benefits  therefrom 
will  be  distributed)  without  the  partic- 
ipation of  the  few  countries  with  the 
necessary  technology. 

Finally,  the  conduct  of  marine  sci- 
entific research,  both  in  the  economic 
zone  and  beyond,  has  become  an 
issue.  Historically,  there  were  no  sig- 
nificant restrictions  on  research  activ- 
ities beyond  inland  and  territorial 
waters  until  the  1958  convention  on 
living  resources  gave  the  coastal  state 
control  over  seabed  research  on  the 
shelf.  More  recently,  unilateral  ex- 
tensions of  national  jurisdiction  have 
often  included  research.  Today  the 
draft  treaty  threatens  to  give  coastal 
states  complete  control  over  scientific 
research  in  the  economic  zone,  and 
there  have  even  been  serious  propos- 
als that  research  in  the  deep  seabed 
should  be  managed  by  an  interna- 
tional authority. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  gov- 
ernment of  a  developing  country,  if 
resources  of  the  economic  zone  are  to 
be  controlled,  research  relating  to  the 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW.  172  Pages. 
Over  4.500  Un- 
usual Bargains 
for  Hobbyists 
Schools.  Industry 

(^^a     JUST    CHECK       j 
COUPON'  I 

EDMUND 

SCIENTIFIC  CO.  I 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING  I 

Barrington,  N.  I.  08007  ' 

(609)  547-3488  | 

AmehC3's  Gieatest  i 

Science  •  Optics  •  Hoftfty  Mart 


OWN  THE  BINOCULAR  NASA 
CHOSE  FOR  APOLLO/SOYUZ! 

For  the  historic  US. -Russian  space  fhght  and 
link-up,  this  powerful  20X60  binocular  was 
slightly  modified.  Own  the  original!  It's  our  big- 
gest, most  powerful  for  distance  (designed  to 
help  the  Astronauts  look  back  at  earth  from 
157  miles  out  m  space).  Big  60  mm  objective 
lenses.  173-ft.  field  of  view  at  1000  yards. 
•  Relative  brightness,  9.0.  Fully  coated  optics. 
20X  special  design  eye  lenses.  Coated  BK-7 
Porro  prism.  Extra  long  Ail-American  style  with 
fold-down  rubber  eyecups.  Just  rtiAA  flC 
47.5  oz.  (91/4  X  8V2").  Includes  ihUll.aU 
case  and  straps.  No.1556E  just  UU  PPil- 
Reg.  8X30  Binocular,  An  Unbelievable  Bargain 
Fully  coated  optics,  European  style  body  (4V2  x 
6y4",  just  19  oz.).  Field  of  view  at  1000  yards, 
392  ft.  Great  for  hunting,  races.  (JAT  en 
N0.1559E  only   v/l.oU 


COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  COUPON  NOW 


EDMUNO  SCIENTIFIC  CO.   300  Edscorp  Bldg.,  Barrington,  N    J.  08007 

S^HKAMERICUO 


D  SEND  FREE 

172  PAGE  CATALOG  '  E  ' 
□  Charge  my  BankAmericard 
QCtiarge  my  Master  Charge 


Interbank  No  . 
Card  No 


binocular(s) 

I  ] 

binocular{s) 


No.  1559E 

@  $27.50  ea. 

Service  &  handling  charge     S  1.00 

Enclosed  is check, 

M.  0.  in  amount  of      $ 


Expiration  Date 

3a-0AY  MONEY-BACK  GUAR- 
ANTEE. You  must  be  satis- 
fied or  return  any  purchase 
in   30  days   for   lull   refund 


Signature- 
Name 


City,  State,  Zip 


HELPING  TO  DEVELOP  AMERICAS  TECHNOLOGY  f  Ofl  OVER  30  YEARS 


Jbw.      TIME 
S  7  MACHINE 
^  FOR  SALE. 

*15  FOR 
SIX  ROUND  TRIPS 


Every  issue  of  ARCHAEOLOGY  Magazine  sends  you 

on  a  fascinating  voyage  to  antiquity.  Anci  every  issue  is 

truly  a  collector's  item.  Rich,  full  page  illustrations,  lavish 

reproductions  of  ancient  art,  front-line  reports  of  excavations 

and  discoveries,  and  much  more.  .  .are  waiting  for  you  right  now. 

Published  by  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

THOUSANDS  OF  YEARS  BEHIND  THE  TIMES 

ARCHAEOLOGY 


ARCHAEOLOGY  -  Dept.  T-6 

260  West  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y.  10013 

Please  send  one  year's  subscription  (6  issues)  of  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Check  enclosed  for  $15  Bill  me. 

Name 


NH-1 


Address. 
City 


-State. 


-Zip. 


exploration  and  exploitation  of  those 
resources  must  also  be  controlled — 
and  it  can  be  argued  that  all  research 
in  one  way  or  another  has  some  rela- 
tion to  the  resources  in  question.  Oth- 
erwise, the  scientist  who  conducts  the 
research,  and  the  goverhment  under 
whose  auspices  he  works,  may  take 
advantage  of  the  coastal  state.  At- 
tempts have  been  made  to  distinguish 
between  resource-related  and  "pure" 
research,  on  which  fewer  restrictions 
would  be  placed,  but  it  is  difficult  to 
see  how  any  objective  operational 
definition  can  be  found. 

From  the  scientist's  point  of  view, 
rational  use  of  the  ocean  and  its  re- 
sources and  protection  of  the  marine 
environment  are  utterly  dependent  on 
improved  scientific  knowledge  of  the 
system.  This  is  particularly  true  in  the 
third  of  the  ocean  that  lies  within  200 
miles  of  the  coast,  where  most  of  the 
extractable  resources  appear  to  be  lo- 
cated and  where  the  impact  of  man's 
activities  is  greatest.  And  any  impedi- 
ment placed  in  the  way  of  his  investi- 
gation is  likely  to  make  it  impossible 
to  carry  out.  The  scientist  is  fully 
prepared  to  share  the  information  he 
obtains,  although  he  recognizes  that 
not  everyone  is  equally  able  to  under- 
stand and  apply  it. 

Any  meaningful  sharing  of  infor- 
mation requires  the  evolution  of  com- 
parable marine  science  capabilities  in 
developing  coastal  states,  accompa- 
nied by  programs  of  realistic  scien- 
tific collaboration  among  the  scien- 
tists concerned.  This  is  likely  to  lead 
to  better  science  as  well  as  to  a  more 
adequate  sharing  in  the  benefits  of  re- 
search. A  section  of  the  treaty  is  in- 
tended to  facilitate  this  transfer  of 
technology. 

At  the  end  of  the  spring  1976  ses- 
sion of  the  conference,  progress  had 
been  made  in  the  treatment  of  all 
these  issues,  but  agreement  on  many 
of  them  continues  to  elude  the  negoti- 
ators. A  final  1976  summer  session 
will  be  held  in  New  York,  during 
which  it  should  prove  possible  to 
reach  a  consensus.  Otherwise,  the  op- 
portunity for  making  sensible  ar- 
rangements for  effective  use  and  pro- 
tection of  the  ocean  and  its  resources 
may  be  indefinitely  lost. 

Warren  S.  Wooster  is  Dean  of  the 
Rosenstiel  School  of  Marine  and  At- 
mospheric Science  at  the  University 
of  Miami  and  has  participated  in  the 
Caracas,  Geneva,  and  New  York 
sessions  of  the  Third  United  Nations 
Law  of  the  Sea  Conference. 


90 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

invites  you  to  join  a  select  party 
linnited  to  1 50  members  and  friends 
on  a 

VOYAGE  TO 
MAYALIIUM 

world  of  the  ancient  Maya  civilization 
in  Central  America 
February  6  to  20,  1977 


Sail  in  comfort  aboard  the  motor  yacht , 
ARGONAUT,  set  on  a  special  course  for  the 
pleasure  of  exploring  and  studying  remote  and 
recently  uncovered  pre-Columbian  sites  of  the 
ancient  Maya.  Enjoy  islands  of  natural  beauty 
with  offshore  reefs  and  seagardens  undisturbed 
by  tourism.  Travel  in  the  stimulating  company  of 
our  distinguished  American  Museum  scientists 
and  scholars,  Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm,  Curator 
Emeritus,  Department  of  Anthropology,  and 
Dr.  C.  Lavett  Smith,  Chairman  and  Curator, 
Department  of  Ichthyology. 
Cabin  prices  range  from  $1 780  to  S21 25. 
There  is  a  tax-deductible  contribution  to  the 
Museum  of  $400  per  person. 


Ellen  Stancs 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79tti  Street 

New  York.  New  York  10024 


Please  send  an  itinerary  and 
other  information  about  the 
VOYAGE  TO  MAYALUUM 


^MGRIC/iri 
MU9GUMOF 

\HI9TORY/ 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

Sun  and  Moon  The  sun  will  move  through  the  stars  of  Leo  from 
about  August  10  to  September  16.  then  through  Virgo  till  the  end  of 
October.  This  takes  it  gradually  southward  above  the  earth,  bringing 
shorter  days  and  a  lower  solar  path  each  day.  On  September  22,  when 
the  sun  arrives  at  the  autumnal  equinox,  it  will  trace  out  the  path  of 
the  celestial  equator  in  our  sky  as  it  moves  from  due  east,  up  to  a  point 
in  the  south  equal  to  our  distance  from  the  pole,  and  then  down  to  due 
west.  The  earliest  navigators  knew  that  they  would  arrive  at  the  earth's 
equator  when  they  could  bring  that  line — the  sun's  path  at  the  equinox — 
directly  overhead. 

We  have  an  evening  moon  the  first  week  of  each  month  through 
October.  Phases  in  August  are:  first-quarter  on  the  2nd,  full  on  the  9th, 
last-quarter  of  the  17th,  new  moon  on  the  25th,  and  first-quarter  again 
on  the  31st.  In  September,  full  moon  (the  harvest  moon)  is  on  the  8th, 
last-quarter  on  the  16th,  new  moon  on  the  23rd,  and  first-quarter  on 
the  30th.  The  hunter's  moon  (full)  is  on  October  7.  The  moon  is  at 
apogee,  farthest  from  earth,  on  August  16,  September  12,  and  October 
10;  at  perigee,  nearest  the  earth,  on  August  27  and  September  24. 

Stars  and  Planets  Altair,  Deneb,  and  Vega,  known  to  navigators 
worldwide  as  the  Great  Summer  Triangle  (although  each  is  in  a  different 
constellation)  dominate  our  summer  sky  nearly  all  night  long  these 
months  (see  Star  Map,  above  the  south).  Venus  will  be  an  easily  seen 
evening  star,  in  the  west  each  night  for  a  short  while  after  sundown. 
Jupiter  is  shown  on  the  map  where  it  rises  in  the  east  about  midnight 
or  earlier.  It  will  be  bright  and  high  in  the  south  at  dawn.  Saturn  will 
be  seen  as  a  morning  star  in  September,  low  in  the  east  for  a  short  while 
before  sunrise. 

August  10-13:  These  are  the  mornings,  from  midnight  on,  to  look 
for  the  bright  Perseid  meteors.  The  morning  of  the  12th  should  be  best. 

August  17:  Watch  the  moon  slide  from  right  to  left  past  Jupiter  to- 
night, from  rising  (shortly  before  midnight)  until  dawn. 

August  23:  The  slender  crescent  moon  may  help  you  see  Saturn,  just 
to  its  left,  about  dawn  this  morning. 

August  26-27:  The  crescent  moon  and  Venus  will  make  an  attractive 
pair  in  early  twilight.  On  the  27th,  binoculars  or  a  small  telescope  will 
help  you  find  Mercury  and  Mars  between  the  moon  and  Venus. 

August  28:  The  moon  occults,  or  covers,  the  bright  star  Spica  for 
nearly  an  hour  between  5:20  and  7:20  p.m.,  EST. 

September  5:  Mercury  and  Venus  are  in  conjunction  at  11:00  p.m., 
EST.  They  will  be  very  close  during  early  twilight,  before  they  set. 

September  10:  Venus  is  in  conjunction  with  Mars. 

September  13-14:  Jupiter  rises  with  the  moon  several  hours  after  dark 
on  both  nights,  as  the  moon  shifts  from  right  to  left  below  the  planet. 

September  19:  Jupiter  begins  its  retrograde,  or  westerly,  motion. 
Watch  it  move  to  the  right  relative  to  nearby  Aldebaran,  in  Taurus,  and 
the  Pleiades. 

September  20:  Saturn  is  near  the  moon  this  morning. 

September  22:  Autumn  begins  at  4:48  p.m.,  EST. 

September  25:  The  moon  is  close  to  Venus  early  this  evening. 

October  7:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  distance  to  the  right  of  the  sun, 
well  placed  in  the  east  before  sunrise,  from  the  1st  to  the  15th. 

October  1 1 :  The  moon  will  be  very  close  to  Jupiter  tonight,  moving 
away  after  8:00  p.m.,  EST. 

if  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  12:20  a.m.  on  August  15;  11:20  p.m.  on  August  31;  10:20 
P.M.  on  September  15;  9:15  p.m.  on  September  30;  and  8:20  p.m.  on  October 
15;  but  it  can  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


92 


''V*^^ 


'3-iun  / 


.^"^  T.sn^Hd^o 


;  ;'    °% 


^:   CAPW^O^^"'/ 


PISCIS  AUSTRINUS 


For  the  fourth  year,  we  invite  you  to 
witness  North  America's  greatest  wild- 
life spectacle: 

The.Seals, 
on  the  Icepack 

Each  year,  in  March,  in  Canada's  Gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence,  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  seals  end  their  southern  mi- 
gration and  congregate  on  the  ice- 
pack, turning  it  into  a  huge  natural 
nursery  as  the  females  give  birth  to 
their  babies. 

In  March  1977,  by  using  reliable  heli- 
copters, small  groups  of  tourists  will 
again  land  on  the  icepack  and  see 
this  dramatic  and  incredibly  beautiful 
sight. 

Also  lor  the  tourth  year,  we  oiler  a 
small,  selected  group  ol  intrepid 
travelers  the  world's  most  challer\gir^g 
tourist  experience: 

Greenland 
Dog-sledging 
Expedition 

In  April  1977,  two  weeks  are  spent  on 
Greenland's  breathtaking  West  Coast 
under  the  expert  guidance  of  Major 
Mike  Banks,  the  leading  Arctic  ex- 
plorer. Travel  is  by  helicopter  and 
husky-drawn  sledges. 

Detailed  brochures,  and  a  report  of 
the  1973  Greenlar)d  expedition,  re- 
printed from  International  Wildlife 
Magazine,  are  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  NY    10036 
TELEPHONE  (212)  354  6634 


^BOOK  HUNTING?-^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print  Fiction,  nonfiction. 
All  authors,  sublects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  Itl  (Title  alone  Is  sufflclent)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Oept.  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


CATCH  ANIMAU  RAIDERSI 


simple,  safe  HAVAHART  traps  catch  raiding  rabbits, 
coons,  squirrels,  pigeons,  sparrows,  etc.,  without  Injury. 
Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Fully  assembled. 
No  Jaws  or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized:  many  In  use 
20  years.  Open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  Sizes  tor  all 
needs.  Send  25c  (or  valuable  Illustrated  guide  and  price  list. 

HAVAHART,  158  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  guide. 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


The  Net  Result 


In  Laos,  different  varieties 
offish,  spices,  and 
flavorings  produce  the  '  'taste ' ' 
of  the  culture 

"If  like  myself,  you  take  care  to  be 
provided  with  oatmeal  wherever  you 
go  in  the  world,  you  will  be  able  to 
split  open  a  Pa  mak  pang,  coat  it  with 
oatmeal  and  fry  it  thus  in  the  Scots 
fashion,"  writes  Alan  Davidson, 
who  is  not  kidding.  He  was  her  Bri- 
tannic majesty's  ambassador  to  Laos, 
the  Land  of  the  White  Elephant.  He 
is  also  an  amateur  ichthyologist  and 
an  epicure  of  the  highest  order.  And 
during  his  tenure  in  Vientiane,  his 
Excellency  learned  everything  there 
is  to  know  about  the  pa  mak  pang,  a 
shadlike  species  (Hilsa  kanagurtd)  of 
the  Mekong,  as  well  as  other  edible 
Laotian  fish. 

The  main  product  of  Davidson's 
studious  ichthyomania,  of  his  evi- 
dently ceaseless  interrogations  of 
fishwives  in  Luang  Prabang  and  chefs 
at  the  Laotian  palace,  of  his  impas- 
sioned lucubrations  in  the  piscatorial 
literature  of  Southeast  Asia — the  net 
result,  you  might  call  it,  of  all  this 
research  in  a  small  but  watery  land — 
is  a  remarkable  book.  Davidson's 
Fish  and  Fish  Dishes  of  Laos, 
printed,  but  not  widely  distributed, 
by  the  Imprimerie  Nationale,  Vien- 
tiane, in  1975,  will  put  plenty  of 
people  to  shame  if  it  is  ever  published 
here.  (The  copy  I  saw  was  imported 
from  Hong  Kong  by  Sandra  Faye 
Carroll,  a  Berkeley-based  food  writer 
who  saw  it  in  a  bookstore  and  fell  in 
love  with  Davidson's  genial  mixture 
of  fish  scholarship,  anthropology, 
and  culinary  precision.) 

For  the  first  time,  a  native  English 
speaker  has  translated  the  cuisine  of 
a  culturally  remote  country  into  us- 


able language.  This  ought  to  have 
been  one  of  the  goals  of  anthro- 
pologists, who  have  spent  so  much 
energy  and  grant  money  cataloging 
other  aspects  of  the  material  culture 
of  distant  peoples:  their  techniques 
for  building  homes  or  making  up  their 
faces.  But  there  has  been  almost  no 
anthropological  field  work  done  on 
cooking,  although  recipes  are  ob- 
viously significant  artifacts  of  more 
than  technical  interest.  They  could 
even  be  used  to  reproduce  the  '  'taste' ' 
of  an  exotic  culture  on  home  soil. 
They  are  documents  of  universal  ap- 
peal. They  are  dinner. 

Food  writers  have  also  snubbed 
most  of  the  world's  cooks.  Up  until 
now,  most  foreign  cookbooks  (nota- 
ble exceptions  deal  with  western 
Europe,  Hungary,  Morocco,  and 
Mexico)  have  generally  been  slapped 
together  by  writers  who  did  not  set 
down  reproducible  recipes,  did  not 
take  care  to  identify  unfamiliar  ingre- 
dients so  that  a  neophyte  could  lay  his 
hands  on  them  with  certainty,  and  fi- 
nally, did  not  set  the  food  in  context 
by  explaining  its  place  in  the  life  and 
folklore  of  the  people  who  normally 
ate  it. 

Ambassador  Davidson  has  the  ad- 
vantage of  a  scientific  bent  and  a  com- 
pendious subject.  He  can  cover  a 
great  many  fish  in  close  detail  in  a 
short  space.  And  even  if  one  never 
goes  to  Laos  or  hopes  to,  it  is  some- 
how life-enhancing  to  know,  for  in- 
stance, that  the  giant  catfish  pa  beuk 
{Pangasianodon  gigas)  tips  the  scales 
at  almost  700  pounds  and  may  be  the 
heaviest  freshwater  fish  still  catchable 
in  the  world's  ever  more  fished-out 
rivers  and  lakes.  It  tastes  like  veal  (so 
does  sturgeon  when  sauteed  in  thin 
steaks).  Its  eggs,  when  salted,  make 
a  reddish  caviar  eaten  on  rice  cakes 
at  Luang  Prabang. 


94 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  presents  the 

ERIC  SLOANE  COLLECTION 

of  beautiful,  hardcover  editions  for  Aiiiericaoa-philes 
who  feel  it's  not  only  noslalj^ic — but  important  to  remember. 


ERIC  SLOANE... Historian, 
artist.  In  his  research,  Eric 
Sloane  develops  "a  strong 
affinity  for  the  man"  who 
made  the  actual  objects  of 
early  America.  He  recreates 
for  future  generations  the 
craftsmanship  and  artistry 
that  is  part  of  our  country's 
memories  and  traditions. 


A.  I  Remember  America 

An  outspoken  defense  of  our 
natural  and  national  heritage  by 
one  who  passionately  remembers 
the  American  landscape  as  it  used 
to  be.  Eric  Sloane's  recollections 
(illus.  by  37  color  paintings,  80 
drawings)  carry  his  hopes  for 
rebirth  of  our  country  in  the  future. 
$24.00 


B.  The  Seasons  of  America  Past 

A  year-full  of  past  American  seasons 
from  planting  to  growing  to  fence- 
building  to  stump-pulling  to  strawberry 
celebrations.  Each  phase  of  the  moon 
had  its  own  seasonal  meanings,  too. 
Brings  life  back-to-our-roots,  helped  by 
the  author's  pen-and-ink  drawings  and 
4  color  pages.     $9.00 


C.  American  Yesterday 

The  author  explores  the  craftsmanship 
of  bygone  sawyers,  nailers,  plum- 
bummen,  wheelwrights,  drovers, 
dowsers.  Sloane's  extraordinary  anec- 
dotes and  highly  skilled  drawings  are 
so  relevant,  they  should  evoke  a  deep 
call  for  the  quality  of  workmanship  of 
yesteryear.     $8.50 


D.  American  Barns  and 
Covered  Bridges 

Mr.  Sloane  resourcefully  sketches  with 
both  pen  and  words,  America's  fast- 
vanishing  barns  and  covered  bridges. 
Cannibalized  for  their  fine  old  beams, 
they're  preserved  here  just  as  the  pio- 
neers built  them,  in  drawings  and 
descriptions  of  uncommon  skill.     $8.50 

Order  Now  to  Expand  your  Bicentennial  Library ! 
AMERICAN  MUSEUM  MEMBERS, 
PLEASE  TAKE  10%  DISCOUNT. 


E.  The  Cracker  Barrel 

Fifty-four  views  of  American  life  that 
might  have  come  from  around  a  pot- 
bellied stove.  Told  with  charm,  illus. 
with  line  drawings  that  are  droll,  sage, 
even  wicked.  Subjects  include  hex 
signs,  divining  rods,  rebus  puzzles, 
language  origins,  apple  butter.     $1 1 .00 


F.  Diary  of  an  Early 
American  Boy 

The  small  leather-bound,  wood-backed 
book  found  in  an  ancient  house,  the 
diary  of  Noah  Blake  in  his  fifteenth 
year  in  1805,  is  here  reproduced  and 
augmented  by  Sloane's  comments  and 
pen-and-ink  drawings  about  Noah's 
nail-making,  shingle-splitting,  bridge- 
building  and  ink-making.     $9.00 

G.  AN  AGE  OF  BARNS     $17.00 

H.  RETURN  TO  TAOS     $9.00 

I.    LOOK  AT  THE  SKY  AND  TELL  THE  WEATHER     $10.00 

J.  OUR  VANISHING  LANDSCAPE     $8.50 

K.  THE  SECOND  BARREL     $9.00 

L.  A  MUSEUM  OF  EARLY  AMERICAN  TOOLS     $9.00 

M.  A  REVERENCE  FOR  WOOD     $9.00 


NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 

Dept.  B813,  Box  5123, 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


THC 

^MeRic/in 

Wf£.W\  Of 


Please  send  me  the  books  I  have 

circled  for  which  I  enclose  my 

personal  check  or  money  order 

for  $ ALLOW  4-6  WKS.  FOR  DELIVER' 


A.     B. 


D.     E.     F.     G.     H.     I.     J.     K.     L.     M 


(please  print) 
ADDRESS 


.STATE. 


-ZIP. 


Prices  include  Dostaae  and  handling. 


%e 


Qentlemaiis 

Jean 

by  the 
Cliesapeake  ^ay 
Trading  Co. 


J  pan 


of  jeans  with  (he  look  i 
the  styling  that's  become  so 
popular  today.  Our  jeans 
are  specifically  designed  for 
the  adult  figure  and  you  wiU 
find  them  comfortable  the 
instant  you  put  them  on. 
They  are  made  of  very  soft 
pre-shrunk  polyester  and 


The 
dry 


machine  wash 
r  need  ironing.  From  the  golf  c 

I  back  yard  barbecue,  you  will  be  at 

jur  new  gentleman's  jeans.  $l69s  pp. 

Special   Offer:    Buy  two  pair  and  save. 

Simply  deduct  $1.00  for  each  additional  pair 

n«n  yo"  order.  — .^^ 

I  Cliesapeakg'^ay  Trading  Ca% 

■  P.O.  Box  5879,  Pikesville,  Md.  21208 

Colors*  '-'^ni'"  h\\ie,  faded  blue,  camel, 
■  ■  white,  natural,  brown 


Sizes:  30,  31,  32,  33,  34,36,  38,  40,  42 
Prs.  Size Length  

Name  

Address 

I' City  _ 
CheckD 
ICard# 
lnterBank# 


Color  _ 


State 


Zip_ 


Charge;  MasterchargeD  BankAmericardD 


.  Exp.  Date_ 


■  Signature 1 

■D  Send  me  free  brochure,  NH81        I 


THE  NEW  SUPER-SIZE 

SCHOOLBAG 

FROM  DENMARK 

More  pockets,  zippers,  flaps  and  compartments 
make  this  sturdy  classic  the  best  all-purpose 
bag  ever.  Terrifically  functional  with  a  great 
casual  look.  A  favorite  of  models,  photogra- 
phers, artists,  students,  musicians,  dancers, 
opera  singers,  nuns,  poets,  duck  hunters,  cy- 
clists, plumbers,  teachers,  filmmakers,  pilots, 
architects,  doctors,  reporters  and  travelers  be- 
cause there's  always  a  place  to  stuff  one  more 
thing.  A  new  zippered  pleat  can  expand  this 
improved  version  to  double  the  normal  width 
-now  a  full  15Vi"  x  13"  x  8".  Perfect  carry-on 
flight  bag.  Adjustable  shoulder  strap,  in 
squashy  gray,  chocolate  brown  or  bright  Da- 
nish blue  waterproof  canvas.  $27.50. 
(plus  $1 .50  shipping).  N.Y.  res.  add  tax.  Canada 
add  $2.00.  Send  to  Dept.  NH-8. 

THE  CHOCOLATE  SOUP 

249  East  77th  Street  New  York  10021 


With  Davidson,  we  are  always 
rooted  in  the  savory  realities  of  rec- 
ipe, place,  time,  and  custom.  He  does 
not  merely  state  that  pa  kheng 
{Anabas  testudineus)  is  a  climbing 
perch  that  can  walk  and  even  climb 
out  of  water.  He  quotes  an  early  de- 
scription from  a  classic  work  and  then 
adds:  "One  does  not  often  find  a  fish 
up  a  tree  (although  it  happens  in  Cam- 
bodia that,  when  the  waters  subside 
in  the  forests  which  are  flooded  an- 
nually some  poor  fish  are  caught  in 
the  upper  branches  of  trees,  whence 
fishermen  can  pluck  them  like  fruit); 
and  Anabas  itself  normally  chooses 
to  scale  less  dramatic  heights."  We 
then  learn  that,  despite  its  bones,  the 
Anabas  is  an  important  food  fish, 
which  is  usually  grilled  or,  for  an  ele- 
gant fish  "tartare,"  you  may  follow 
directions  from  the  Laotian  Escoifier, 
Phia  Sing,  a  polymath  and  chef, 
whose  cahiers  were  lent  by  his  widow 
and  the  crown  prince  of  Laos  to  Da- 
vidson. 

Phia  Sing's  recipe  uses  every  part 
of  the  fish,  as  well  as  a  most  elaborate 
concoction  of  sauces,  fumet,  and 
herbs,  of  chili,  ginger,  and  pounded 
eggplant.  Indeed,  Laotian  fish  cook- 
ery generally  reflects  the  sophistica- 
tion common  to  Thailand  and  Indone- 
sia in  the  area  of  herbs  and  spices. 
The  food  is  hot,  but  that  hotness  is 
skillfully  varied  with  such  flavorings 
as  lemongrass,  galingale,  and  Kaffir 
lime  leaves  (technically  Citrus  hys- 
trix).  These  oddments  are  now  avail- 
able in  New  York  and  through  the 
mail  (see  below).  So  it  is  possible  to 
cook  a  la  laotienne,  especially  if  you 
have  access  to  perch  or  catfish. 

True,  the  difference  in  taste  and 
texture  between  American  and  Lao- 
tian fish  is  probably  noticeable,  or 
would  be  if  we  could  ever  arrange  for 
a  blind  tasting  of  fresh  samples  of 
both  strains  prepared  in  identical 
ways.  This  will  not  happen,  I  think, 
and  so  I  will  simply  make  the  neces- 
sary substitutions,  just  as  I  do  with 
sole  (lemon  for  Dover)  or  bass 
(striped  for  loup  de  mer).  At  least, 
one  can  use  the  method  of  the  country 
of  origin.  The  difference  is  usually 
not  unpleasant  or  a  serious  clash  with 
authenticity. 

These  differences  of  taste  between 
different  varieties  of  similar  fish  and 
shellfish  are  one  of  the  rewards  of  gas- 
tronomic travel.  Fish  change  with  the 
landscape  while  meat  stays  the  same. 
I  defy  you  to  distinguish  a  pork  chop 
raised  in  New  York  State  from  a  pork 
chop  fattened  in  Italy.  A  pig  is  a  pig 


DESTINATION  CEYLON 

Delight  in  Sri  Lanka's  2500-year-old  an- 
tiquities, hill  stations,  beaches.  26  deluxe 
days;  escorted  departures.  Sept.  &  Feb. 
Free  brochure  "H": 

CEYLON  (SRI  LANKA)TOURIST  BOARD 

-   609  Filth  Ave.,  N.Y.  10017  •  (212)  935-0369  . 


HEART  CHECK  KIT 


NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  &  the  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 


^ 


SAMPLES  &   APPROVALS-SI 
Satisfaction   Guaranteed 


Mil  Med  Stamps 


P.O.    BOX   297-1 


AURORA,  CO.  80010 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  30  TO  90  DAYS 

Wanted:   Book  manuscripts  in  all  fields.  Expert 

editing,   design,   manufacture,   and  marketing — 

all    under    one    roof.    Two    FREE    books    (over 

270    pages)    give   complete    details. 

Write  or  ptione  Dept  :  779D, 

EXPOSITION    PRESS,    Hicksville,    N.Y.    11801 

(516)  822-5700.  Southern  ONIce:  (305)  722-1040 


Take  a 
magical 
journey 
through 
inner 
space! 


"Ice  caves;  sandstone  caves; 
loess  caves;  calcite  grottoes 
and  deep  well-like  'cenotes'; 
blue-lit  glacier  tunnels;  cave 
bats  and  eyeless  cave  fish; 
stalactites  and  stalagmites  of 
every  conceivable  size  and 
shape— a  handsome  and  invit- 
ing armchair  spelunl<er's  guide 
to  the  subterranean  world,  liter- 
ally from  China  to  Peru." 
—Kirkus  Reviews.  9"x12'/b". 
140  spectacular  full-color  plates. 

THE  WORLD 
OF  CAVES 

ByA.C.Waltham 

At  bookstores,  or  send  check 

or  money  order  for  $12.95, 

plus  50(8  postage  &  handling,  to: 

G.  P.  PUTNAM'S  SONS 

200  Madison  Ave.,  N.Y.  10016 


96 


^   for  executives  and  professional  people    ^ 

LOANS  by  MAIL 

Any  Amount 
Desired  to  — 

Personal,     private.     No     security     requtrod. 
signature    only.    All    details    arranged    rapidly    by 
mail.    Reasonable    rates.    Please    mail    coupon    for 
information,    No  oblifjatic 


$10,000 


'^C.  E.  Wilson.  Vice  President 
POSTAL  THRIFT  LOANS,  INC.,  Dept.  82-1 

703  Douglas  St.,  Sioux  City,  Iowa  51102 
I     Please  send  complete  information  in  plain  envelope.        I 


Name^ 


I     Add 


Address- 


iffihate  of  The  St.    Paul  Companies,    Inc 


=J 


NEW  COLOR  POUIHWUWplus     T}^ 
Illustrated  Catalog  $1.00  ,l^t 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC    ^.Sr* 

Box  6011 C   Long  Island  City,  N.Y,  11106     •'J»   « 


MURPHY'S  LAWS! 

Incomparable  "scientific"  wit.  Colorfully 
lithographed  on  8"  x  10"  heavy  Parchtext 
for  framing.  A  great  business  or  personal 
gift!  Only  $3  (4/$10).  Four  Corners 
Press,  Dept.  NHA,  Hanover,  Mass. 
02339. 


ROAM  THE  WORLD  BY  FREIGHTER 

Deluxe  Accommodations 

Cheaper  than  Staying  Home' 

TravLlips  Freighter  Association 

163-09  NH-1    Depot  Rd..  Flultllng.  NY  11358 


out  of  print,scarce.  rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 

^  Botany,  Zoologv, 

lie^  Orchidology. 

milhology.  Enlomolopy. 
Ichthyology, 
Herprtolop.clr. 

CATALOGUE  AVAILABLE,  $1.00 
19  Oilofd  Place/Roclwille  Ontre,  New  Vert  IISTO 


oneness 

A  subtle  Imk.ng  of 
3V       man's  religious  symbols, 
delicately  wedded  to- 
gether by  the  artisan. 


i      14K  with  Z4' chain $37.50 

i      Sterling  Silver $16.75 

ISAAC  SOLTES  DESIGN   NH 

1923  S.McPherrm  Ave. 
5  MontereyPark.  Calif.  91754 

I  CALIFORNIA  RESIDENTS  ADO  i%  SALES  TAX 

Q  Clieck  or  Money  Ofder/Money-back  Guarantee 


i.s  a  pig  (unless  he  is  specially  fed  for 
prosciulto — but  let  that  be).  A 
salmon,  on  the  other  hand,  pulled 
from  Puget  Sound  in  the  spring  and 
served  in  Seattle  (preferably  barbe- 
cued Indian-style  with  alder  wood) 
tastes  different  from  Scotch  salmon  or 
Alaskan  or  Scandinavian.  Oysters 
from  different  spots  on  the  Atlantic 
coast  taste  different  from  each  other. 
Give  me  Chincoteagues  every  time, 
although  I  will  gladly  eat  any  old 
Bluepoint  before  downing  one  of 
those  wretchedly  bland  west  coast 
oysters. 

Why  should  these  undeniable  vari- 
ations occur?  You  may  have  already 
come  up  with  a  handful  of  explana- 
tions; different  food  sources,  water 
temperatures,  spawning  opportu- 
nities. In  other  words,  fish  lead  varied 
lives.  Their  environments  differ. 
They  are  free  of  human  management. 
Or,  as  D.G.  Ginellyof  the  University 
of  Kentucky  put  it  in  Thailand.  In- 
land Fisheries:  An  Overview  (quoted 
by  Davidson):  "Nearly  all  commer- 
cially important  fish  species  are  wild 
animals  about  which  very  little  is 
known."  Ginelly  sees  this  as  a  disad- 
vantage. He  is  thinking  about  fish  as 
a  protein  source  for  a  protein-hungry 
world.  He,  like  other  planners,  would 
like  to  know  why  the  crucially  impor- 
tant giant  herds  of  anchovy  off  the 
coast  of  Peru  vanished  anomalously 
not  long  ago  and  then  came  back  in 
droves.  This  disappearing  act  left  the 
producers  of  animal  feed  disastrously 
short  of  fish  meal  and  helped  to  jack 
up  the  price  of  feed  grains  during  the 
food-price  crisis  we  have  just  weath- 
ered. The  Dungeness  crab  has  just 
made  a  similar  comeback.  We  may 
hope  that  the  apparently  depleted 
haddock  will  follow  suit. 

Rapacious  industrial  fishing  has  al- 
ready created  scarcities  of  several 
species  and  has  turned  the  once  heroic 
life  of  the  fisherman  into  an  agribusi- 
ness of  the  sea.  Waterborne  factories 
are  hunting  down  the  diminishing 
cod,  whose  shortage  provoked  a  dip- 
lomatic "war"  over  fishing  rights  in 
the  North  Sea.  Meanwhile,  in  the  Pa- 
cific, tuna  fishermen  are  at  logger- 
heads with  conservation  groups  over 
how  their  particular  fish  hunt  should 
be  run.  It  transpires  that  the  tuna  fish- 
ermen want  to  continue  to  find  tuna 
by  following  bellwether  porpoises 
whose  habit  is  to  follow  schools  of 
prized  yellowfin  tuna.  Conservation- 
ists claim  that  this  dodge  led  to  the 
"wanton  slaughter"  of  130, OCX)  por- 
poises accidentally  netted  last  year. 


The  Horchow  Collection  Christmas 
Catalogues  give  you  the  pleasure 
of  unhurried,  unharried  Christmas 
shopping  at  home  with  exclusive, 
exciting  and  imaginative  selections 
of  gifts  from  the  practical  to  the  luxe 

For  your  copies,  at  NO  CHARGE, 

call  toll-free  800-327-8912  (in  Florida, 

800-432-5024)  or  mail  this  coupon  to 

PC  Box 34257,  Dept  04015, 

Dallas,  Texas  75234 

NAIvIE 

ADDRESS— 

CITY STATE  ZIP 


THE 
HOROOV 
(DILEaiON 


Winner  of  the 
JOHN  BURROUGHS  MEDAL 

tordistinguished  writitrg  in 
the  field  of  Natural  Science 


RUN, 

RIVER, 

RUN 

A  Naturalist's  journey 

Down  One  of  the  Great 

Rivers  of  the  West 

byAnnZwinger 

"A  fascinating  picture  of  a 
magnificent  western  river, 
the  Green  River,  still  fighting 
for  its  own  freedom."— Ha/ 
Borland.  Illustrated,  $10.95 
at  bookstores. 

, .  \Harper&)Row 

U ItOB  SJrdSI    NeitY'- 


97 


With  this  kind  of  fishlust  on  the 
high  seas  (and  mariculture  on  an  in- 
dustrial scale  already  a  fact  of  life 
even  offshore  of  desolate  French 
Guiana),  you  would  think  that  we 
consumers  were  all  as  gung  ho  for 
fish  as  Ambassador  Davidson  and 
SouvannaPhouma.  In  reality,  Ameri- 
cans dislike  fish.  They  certainly  will 
not,  for  the  most  part,  touch  eel,  lam- 
prey, or  sea  urchin  eggs.  All  three — 
considered  delicacies  in  France  and 
other  civilized  places — thrive  in 
American  waters.  Lampreys  threaten 
whitefish  in  the  Great  Lakes.  If  only 
Michiganders  would  eat  lampreys  (a 
la  bordelaise,  in  red  wine),  they 
would  turn  adversity  into  pleasure. 

But  the  irony  of  fishing  in  America 
goes  well  beyond  such  marginal  con- 
cerns. We  are  a  nation  fixated  on  red 
meat.  We  hold  our  noses  at  fish.  In 
most  places,  specialized  fish  markets 
no  longer  exist.  And  supermarkets, 
when  they  sell  fish  at  all ,  sell  it  frozen 
and  cut  into  ugly  little  fillets  made  as 
unfishlike  as  possible. 

Should  you,  nevertheless,  come 
upon  a  passel  of  refrigerated  but  un- 
frozen whole  fish,  you  can  tell  if  they 
are  fresh  enough  to  take  home  by 
checking  to  see  that  the  eyes  are  clear 


and  bright,  the  gills  red,  the  scales 
shiny  and  tight  to  the  skin,  and  the 
flesh  resilient  to  the  touch  and  without 
a  strong  smell. 

This  is  James  Beard's  standard 
operating  procedure  for  buying  any 
kind  of  fish.  It  guards  against  every- 
thing but  pollution,  about  which  we 
can  only  cry  out  in  dismay  and  hope 
for  the  best.  As  a  further  sign  of  our 
faith  and  fervor  for  fish,  we  might 
also  carry  oatmeal  everywhere  and/or 
follow  the  custom  of  Lao  women  who 
wear  the  severed  poisonous  tail  spine 
of  the  stingray  (pa  fa  lai)  in  their  hair 
as  a  "prophylactic  against  the  Phi 
pop,  or  malign  spirit." 

Ken  Som  Pa 

The  fish  soup  of  Laos,  slightly 
adapted  from  Alan  Davidson's 
Fish  and  Fish  Dishes  of  Laos. 

1  pound  fresh  fish  (pa  kho,  the  snake- 

head,  is  best,  but  any  respectable 
freshwater  fish  will  do) 

2  or  3  stalks  fresh,  or  1  tablespoon 
dried,  lemongrass  (citronella) 

Vi  teaspoon  salt 

V2  teaspoon  MSG  (optional) 

2  tablespoons  nam  pa  (bottled  Thai  or 


other  Southeast  Asian  fish  sauce, 
such  as  nuoc  mam  from  Vietnam) 

1  large  or  2  small  tomatoes,  quartered 
3  scallions,  both  white  and  green  por- 
tions sliced  in  thin  rounds 

2  tablespoons  chopped  coriander  (ci- 

lantro  or  Chinese  parsley) 
Juice  of  V2  lime 

1.  Clean,  scale,  and  wash  your  pa 
kho  or  other  fish.  Cut  it  into  sec- 
tions about  one  inch  thick. 

2.  Crush  the  lemongrass  stalks  (or 
simply  measure  out  the  dried  lem- 
ongrass) and  combine  with  salt, 
MSG  (if  used),  and  3  cups  of 
water  in  a  3-  to  4-quart  saucepan. 
Bring  to  a  boil,  reduce  heat,  and 
siimner  for  10  minutes. 

3.  Add  the  fish  sections  and  the  nam 
pa  to  the  lemongrass  broth.  Return 
to  the  boil,  add  tomato  quarters, 
reduce  heat,  and  simmer  gently 
for  10  to  15  minutes  uncovered. 

4 .  Take  the  soup  off  the  fire .  Remove 
and  discard  the  lemongrass  stalks 
(it  is  not  possible  to  remove  the 
dried  lemongrass  fragments 
unless  you  take  the  precaution  of 
tying  them  up  in  a  cheesecloth  bag 
before  immersion,  this  is  perhaps 
an  excessive  refinement). 


Christmas  Cards 


in    full  c. 
life  pfiott 
Wishes'- 
Swahili. 
envelope 


Notelets 


Ten  different  selected  Society  cards 
olour  by  top  East  African  wild- 
jgraphers.  "Greetings  and  Best 
printed  inside,  in  English  and 
Size  4x6  in.  with  matching 
.  Air  post    tt  packing    incl.$4.50       I 

[Rush  Order  by AIRk.[ 


stud 
lion,  leopard,  elephant,  impel 
buck    by     wildlife    painte 
Forty-eight  sheets  8x3i  in 
lith   matching   envelopes, 


giraffe, 
ila  and  bush- 
Philip  Lasz. 
mfine  bond, 
n   gift    box. 


Air  post   &■  packing   inci  S9,50 

To  East  African  Wild  Life  Society 
Box  20110  Nairobi,  Kenya 

Name _^_ 

Address 


1977  Calendar 


Twelve  pages  in  full  colour  by  Eas.t 
Africa's  leading  wildlife  photographers- 
this  is  one  of  the  best  calendars  ever 
produced  by  the  Society.  Size  8Jx1 1^  in. 
Clearance  under  the  metal  rim  makes  it 
easy  to  cut  out  for  f.aming.  Air  post  & 
packing  incl.  $4.50 


Please  send    ^^ 

I  enclose  — — 

cheque/ cash    for 


Calendars     $4.50 

Boxes  of  Notelets     $9.50 

Christmas  Card  sets     $4.50 

or  charge 

D    DINERS    CLUB. 

D    BARCLAYCARD 
D  AMERICAN    EXPRESS 


5.  Garnish  soup  with  scaliion  and 
chopped  coriander. 

6.  Put  a  lew  drops  of  lime  juice  in 
each  soup  plate.  Pour  the  soup  in, 
making  sure  that  each  plate  re- 
ceives its  share  of  lish,  tomato, 
scaliion,  and  other  solid  ingre- 
dients. Stir  and  eat. 

Note:  Davidson  does  not  indicate 
how  many  people  he  serves  with  this 
quantity  of  soup.  My  own  feeling  is 
that  four  people  will  fare  quite  well 
with  the  amount  indicated  if  a  full 
meal  is  to  follow.  The  exotic  ingre- 
dients were  all  available  at  Thailand 
Food  Corporation,  2445  Broadway, 
New  York.  In  other  cities,  a  Thai  or 
Indonesian  restaurant  should  be  a 
useful  source.  Filipino  markets  sell 
fish  sauce  under  the  name  patis.  Dried 
spices  can  be  ordered  by  mail  from 
H.  Roth  and  Son,  1577  First  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10028. 

Variations 

1.  In  the  south  of  Laos,  tamarind 
leaves  or  pulp  are  often  added  when 

hhe  cooking  is  nearly  finished.  If  you 
[do  this,  do  not  put  lime  juice  in  the 
[soup  plates. 

2.  At  Luang  Prabang,  and  in  the 
Isouth,  too,  chunks  of  pineapple  core 
f  may  be  used  instead  of  tomato  quar- 
ters. This  is  very  economical.  The 
rest  of  the  pineapple  will  serve  as  des- 
sert. But  the  core  has  relatively  little 
flavor;  I  recommend  the  modest  ex- 
travagance of  using  some  of  the  pine- 
apple flesh  in  the  soup.  Another  expe- 
dient, useful  when  tomatoes  are  not 
at  their  best  and  mangoes  are  in  sea- 
son, is  to  substitute  pieces  of  green 
mango  for  the  tomato. 

3 .  Those  who  like  fiery  dishes  will 
add  to  this  soup  whatever  quantity 
suits  them  of  freshly  ground  chili. 

4.  Some  Lao  cooks  add  to  the 
water,  along  with  the  crushed  lemon- 
grass  stalks,  one  or  two  "fingers"  of 
fresh  ginger  and  half  a  dozen  slices 
of  galingale  root  (sold  in  the  United 
States  as  "laos"),  both  of  which  have 
previously  been  roasted  in  the  oven 
or  over  charcoal.  These  are  later  dis- 
carded with  the  lemongrass,  but  they 
leave  behind  them  a  subtle  flavor, 
which  does  not  overpower  the  soup 
but  greatly  enhances  it.  I  warmly  rec- 
ommend this  variation,  worth  execut- 
ing with  the  ginger  alone  if  galingale 
is  not  at  hand. 

Raymond  Sokolov's  most  recent 
cookbook  is  The  Saucier's  Appren- 
tice, a  guide  to  French  sauces. 


...the  ideal  way  to  buy 

your  presents  from 

The  Metropolitan  Museum 

rivery  three  months  — four  times  a  year— the  Museum  will  announce 
by  mail  remarkable  new  replicas  — exact  copies  of  Museum  originals: 
sculpture,  decorative  objects,  tableware,  and  ornaments. 

^•S^  The  variety  will  be  extraordinary:  ancient  jewelry  in  gold  and  sil- 
ver; Oriental  and  European  porcelain;  early  American  glass  in  crystal 
and  rare  colors;  bronze  from  Egypt,  Greece,  China,  and  the  medieval 
world;  silver,  pewter,  brass,  and  pottery  from  Colonial  America. 

)il.  These  copies,  often  produced  by  the  same  techniques  used  for 
the  originals,  are  made  by  artist-craftsmen  working  under  the  Mu- 
seum's direct  supervision.  The  care  taken  in  production  frequently 
limits  the  quantity,  and  the  majority  of  replicas  can  be  bought  only  by 
mail  or  at  the  Museum.  (Above:  Hippopotamus,  brilliant  blue  faience 
decorated  with  lotus  flowers.  Length  S",  $19.75  plus  $1.25  shipping.) 

"hi,  To  receive  all  of  the  advance  announcements  to  be  issued  during 
the  next  year,  send  the  coupon  below  with  one  dollar  to  cover  mailing. 

'hi'  On  September  1,  you  will  receive  the  first  of  these,  the  116-page  Christmas 
Catalogue.  A  brilliant  array  of  new  presents  includes  jewelry  with  scarabs  of 
lapis  lazuli  and  rock  crystal;  a  medieval  ivory  hand  mirror;  early  American 
flowerpots;  igth-century  glass  in  emerald,  canary  yellow  and  peacock  blue; 
a  silver  brandy  warmer  and  cordial  tumblers;  a  rare  French  coffee  cup;  a 
quiche  dish;  art  nouveau  placemats;  stars,  snowflakes,  hearts,  bells  and  a 
treetop  ornament  in  gold  and  silver;  a  silk  scarf  with  Chinese  butterflies  and 
another  with  flowers  from  a  Persian  garden;  a  collection  of  Museum  needle- 
work patterns  and  a  new  cookbook.  To  the  Queen's  Taste.  In  addition,  there 
is  an  unparalleled  selection  of  Christmas  cards. 

THE  METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM  OF  ART 

255  Gracie  Station,  New  York  10028  kh6 

Please  send  me  all  advance  announcements  and  catalogues  of  replicas  to  be 
issued  by  the  Museum  during  the  next  12  months.  One  dollar  to  cover  mail- 
ing costs  is  enclosed. 


ADDRESS- 


99 


Books  in  Review 


Creatures  from  the  Primordial  Seas 


Trilobites:  A  Photographic 
Atlas,  by  Riccardo  Levi-Setti.  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press,  $27.50;  213 
pp.,  illus. 

Fewer  than  10  percent  of  all  known 
forms  of  life  inhabit  the  marine  envi- 
ronment. This  statistic  surely  reflects 
the  fact  that  we  ourselves  are  land-liv- 
ing creatures,  biased  in  our  interests 
and  modes  of  perception.  It  is  far  eas- 
ier for  us  to  trap  mammals  and  fruit 
files  than  to  sample  the  mollusks  and 
ophiuroids  living  on  the  floor  of  the 
abyss.  Yet  the  statistic  is  probably  on 
the  right  order  of  magnitude;  despite 


our  still -primitive  deep-sea  sledges, 
dredges,  and  underwater  photo- 
graphic techniques,  there  really  do 
seem  to  be  fewer  kinds  of  marine  than 
terrestrial  organisms. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  coin,  of  the 
twenty-three  or  so  known  animal 
phyla,  only  three  (arthropods,  mol- 
lusks, and  chordates)  have  fully  ter- 
restrial members;  all  of  the  rest  of  the 
phyla  are  restricted  to  moist,  if  not 
entirely  aquatic,  environments — and 
most  of  them  are  restricted  to  marine 
habitats.  The  oceans  are  rich  in  terms 
of  the  variety  of  major  groups  of  ani- 
mals, but  relatively  poor  in  species. 


Most  of  us  do  not  live  near  the  sea. 
Those  of  us  who  do  may  be  familiar 
with  some  of  the  invertebrates  in  the 
intertidal  habitats — rocky  intertidal, 
quartz  sand  beaches,  and  intertidal 
mudflats.  Skin  divers  may  learn  what 
the  shallow  subtidal  fauna  is  like, 
fishermen  haphazardly  examine  life 
in  the  deeper  waters  of  the  continental 
shelf,  but  only  the  biological  ocean- 
ographer  can  get  a  glimpse  of  life  off 
the  shelf — down  the  continental 
slope,  on  the  abyssal  floor,  and  in  the 
deep  oceanic  trenches. 

Yet  we  are  all  basically  familiar 
with  the  many  forms  of  oceanic  life. 


Phacops  rana  crassituberculata 


by  Niles  Eldredge 


Even  living  far  from  the  sea,  most  of 
us  know  what  oysters  and  crabs  look 
like.  We  know  about  them  from  sea- 
food markets,  textbooks,  and  picture 
books.  And  shell  shops  have  distrib- 
uted hundreds  of  thousands  of  speci- 
mens into  the  hands  of  collectors. 

Readers  of  Stephen  Jay  Gould's 
column  in  this  issue  will  learn  about, 
or  be  reminded  of,  the  antiquity  of  the 
invertebrate  biota  of  the  world's  oce- 
anic system.  Almost  since  its  incep- 
tion some  600  million  years  ago,  the 
basic  flavor  of  multicellular  animal 
life  in  marine  environments  has  re- 
mained essentially  the   same.   The 


Easily  the 
most  beautiful 
Kodak  movie 
projectoryet. 


Kodak 
Moviedeck 
projector 
Model  455 


The  beauty  of  a  Kodak  Moviedeck  | 

Crojector  is  more  than  skin-deep— 
ecause  it's  beautifully  easy  to  use. 
Its  design  features  make  a  Kodak 
Moviedeck  projector  better  looking, 
dependable  and  easy  to  use.  simulated  projection. 

Just  study  its  features— it  shows 
both  super  8  and  8  mm  movies,  and  has  automatic  threading 
and  instant  replay.  There's  even  a  special  pull-out  viewing  screen 
available  on  three  models  that  gives  you  the  option  of  looking 
at  your  movies  without  setting  up  a  big  screen  or  turning  off  the 
room  lights.  Features  that  make  a  Kodak  Moviedeck  projector 
beautifully  easy— any  way  you  look  at  it. 

Model  455  shown,  less  than  $220.  Other  models,  from  less 
than  $120.  See  them  at  your  photo  dealer's  now. 

Kodak  Moviedeck®projectors 

Prices  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 


Ampyxina  bellatula 


constituent  species  have  changed,  to 
be  sure.  And  some  major  groups  have 
disappeared  along  the  way,  while 
new  ones  have  appeared.  Advanced 
crustaceans  such  as  crabs  and  lobsters 
are  now  with  us,  while  their  more 
primitive  arthropod  cousins,  the  tri- 
lobites,  are  totally  gone — unless  one 
day  we  dredge  one  up  from  some 
deep-sea  trench,  a  fantasy  still  lurk- 
ing in  the  back  of  the  minds  of  some 
paleontologists  and  marine  biologists 
I  know.  But  the  basic  pattern  has  re- 
mained the  same:  all  the  phyla  we 
now  find  in  the  oceans  were  present 
in  the  Cambrian. 

But  how  do  we  flesh  out  a  mental 
picture  of  these  long-gone  denizens 
of  the  deep?  Are  we  to  be  satisfied 
with  a  mere  enumeration  of  species 
in  Cambrian  and  younger  seas? 
What,  exactly,  is  a  brachiopod  or  a 
ttilobite? 

In  a  way,  we  can  actually  examine 
the  remnants  of  ancient  marine  life 
more  easily  than  we  can  experience 
the  ins  and  outs  of  modern  marine 
life.  Fossils  abound  by  the  trillions  all 
over  the  continent.  Almost  every 
state  in  the  union  has  produced 


Bushnell's  unique  Insta-Focus  lets  you  get  a  clean, 
sharp  view  instantly.  And  Bushnell's  superior  optics 
give  you  every  feather  and  feature  in  a  clean 
definition. 

Bushnell  binoculars  are  the  perfect  binoculars  for 
birdwatchers  and  nature  enthusiasts.  Good  for  any 
other  fast-moving  action,  too.That's  probably  why 
they  are  the  number  one  selling  binoculars  in 
America.  See  them  at  department  stores,  camera 
and  sporting  goods  stores  everywhere.  For  a  free 
catalog  write:  Bushnell  Optical  Company,  Dept. 
NHIO.  Pasadena,  California  91107. 


Photo  by  Don  Bleilz 


Bushnell 

Division  of  Bausch  &  Lomb 

the  hmovators? 

Offices  in  Tol<yo,  Vancouver  B.C.  and  dealers  the  world  oven 


The  No.  1  Compact- Portable  Telescope 

Cdestrxm' 


Among  serious  amateur  astronomers  where 
the  requirement  is  observatory-size  optics  phis 
carrying-case  portability  .  .  . 

Among  professional  astronomers  where  the 
requirement  is  the  sharpest  possible  images  over 
the  widest  flat  field  .  .  . 

Among  casual  observers  and  educators  where 
the  requirement  is  usability  and  versatility  at  a 
reasonable  price  .  .  . 

Celestron  Schmidt-Cassegrain  telescopes  ai'e 
Number  One  the  world  over. 

For  three  reasons : 

The  Celestron  5.  A  tabletop  observatory  for 
observing  or  photographing  the  surface  features  of 
Mars  or  the  ever-changing  belt  structure  of  Jupiter 
at  up  to  300X.  It  weighs  12  lbs.  and  swings  down 
to  7"  X  8"  X  16".  (Base  price:  $595) 

The  Celestron  8.  A  suitcase  observatory  for 
inspecting  the  intricate  filamentary  detail  of 
deep-sky  nebulae  or  the  central  regions  of  globular 
clusters  at  up  to  500X.  It  weighs  23  lbs.  and 
swings  down  to  9"  x  12"  x  22".  (Base  price:  $790) 

The  Celestron  14.  World's  largest  one-man 
portable,  for  studying  the  delicate  contrast  levels 
of  the  planetary  nebulae  or  the  spirals  of  remote 
galaxies.  It  swings  down  to  18"  x  22"  x  44"  and 
its  40-lb.  components  travel  in  two  carrying  cases. 
(Base  price:  $3,750) 

Ask  for  our  free  color  catalog.  It  shows  why 
we're  Number  One.  And  still  growing. 


The  Celestron  5, 
with  automatic  star  locator 
and  electric  tracker,  set  up 
for  tabletop  astronomy. 


Top  to  bottom:  Saturn,  Celestron 
lit  photo;  Lunar  craters  and  Orion 
Nebula,  both  Celestron  8  photos. 


Celestron  Pacific 

2835  Columbia  •  Box  3578-NC 
Torrance,  CA  90503 


Telephone  (213)  328-9560 


World's  Leading  Manufacturer 

of  Compact-Portable  Telescopes 

and  Deep-Space  Cameras 


A  magazine  about 

the  world's  richest  history 

BritishHistor^ 


WHERE  ELSE  CAN  YOU  — 

Cast  spells  with  the 
Druids— Fight  with  the 
Saxons— Sail  with  Drake- 
Romance  with  Nell  Gwynn 
—Argue  with  Shaw— Battle 
with  Montcalm  and  Wolfe  at 
Quebec— Join  the  high 
command  at  Waterloo,  Blen- 
heim, Trafalgar,  and  Gallipoli— 
settle  a  continent  "down  under"— 
discover  a  new  world— Build  an  empire 
that  will  become  a  great  commonwealth 
of  nations 

—all  In  the  comfort  of 
your  own  home? 

You  can  with  British  History  Illustrated, 
the  new  bimonthly  magazine  devoted 
to  the  entire  span  of  the  2,000-year 
past  of  a  great  people.  In  the  words  of 
outstanding  historians  from  many 
English-speaking  nations,  and  in  the 
images  of  drawings,  paintings,  and 
photographs  from  around  the  world,  you 
will  see  the  stories  of  the  great  men 
and  women  of  country  and  common- 
wealth come  to  life. 


m 


BRITISH  HISTORY  ILLUSTRATED 

Subscription  Service  Center 
3300  Walnut  Street 
Boulder,  Colorado  80302 
Please  enroll  me  as  a  subscriber  to  British 
History  Illustrated  at  the  introductory  rate  of 
only  $7.50  (enclosed),  saving  me  $1.50  over 
the  cover  price  of  $1.50  per  issue,  and  send 
me  the  next  six  bi-monthly  issues  of  the 
magazine.  I  understand  that  if  the  first  issue 
does  not  live  up  to  my  expectations,  I  may  can- 
cel this  subscription  without  further  obligation. 

Name  


D  Payment  enclosed         D  Bill  me 


This  new,  completely  revised  and 
updated  edition  separates  fact  from 
fiction  for  all  the  species  that  have 
been  considered  a  threat  to  man, 
and  some  others  that  have  not  been 
regarded  as  dangerous  but  indeed 
are.  It  is  an  essential  and  engaging 
book  for  anyone  at  all  concerned 
with  global  wildlife. 

"An  excellent  survey  . . .    Some 
animal  dangers  are  real,  some 
imagined,  and  Roger  Caras  has  set 
the  record  straight  with  a  well- 
balanced,  well-researched  report." 

-DESMOND  fVIORRIS 

"Every  hiker,  camper  or  summer 
vacationer  should  read  it." 

-HAL  BORLAND 


"Brilliant ...  he  treats  in  depth  all 
the  creatures  that  bite,  sting,  poison 
or  electrocute  . . .  should  be  on  the 
bookshelf  of  every  naturalist, 
amateur  or  professional." 

-GERALD  DURRELL 

"There  is  nothing,  as  far  as  I  know, 
to  match  its  encyclopedic  account 
of  animal  dangers,  both  real  and 
fancied."  -isaac  asimov 

"A  well-researched,  comprehensive 
work  by  a  skilled  wildlife  writer.  It 
combines  story  interest  with 
reference  value."   -victor  scheffer 


Holt,  Rinehart  &  Winston 


marine  fossils.  The  limestone  quar- 
ries, roadside  outcrops,  stream 
banks,  and  railroad  cuts  of  the  Ameri- 
can Midwest  everywhere  expose 
rocks  formed  from  the  hardened  bot- 
tom sediments  of  ancient  seaways 
that  periodically  inundated  our  conti- 
nent. The  skeletons  of  countless  orga- 
nisms are  lying  in  these  rocks,  and 
pretty  much  in  their  original  condi- 
tion, just  where  they  were  left  mil- 
lions of  years  ago.  However,  rela- 
tively few  books  on  fossils  are  avail- 
able that  are  comparable  in  scope  and 
grandeur  to  some  of  the  magnificent 
photographic  atlases  of  living  inver- 
tebrates (particularly  mollusks).  Now 
at  last  we  have  a  book  that  reveals  in 
exquisite  detail  and  admirable  depth 
the  nature  of  what,  to  my  prejudiced 
mind,  is  the  most  fascinating  of  all 
forms  of  ancient  life:  thetrilobites.  In 
158  beautiful  photographic  plates, 
Levi-Setti  has  produced  a  work  of  in- 
trinsic esthetic  charm  and  valuable  in- 
formation. I  use  this  book  not  only 
for  my  own  enjoyment  but,  even 
more,  to  convey  to  friends  what  I  ac- 
tually do  for  a  living. 

The  classification  adopted  in  the 
book  is  unconventional.  Developed 
recently  by  Jan  Bergstrom  of  Lund, 
Sweden,  the  classification  contains  so 
many  debatable  points,  as  yet  not 
fully  thrashed  out  by  the  scientific 
community,  that  its  use  in  this  book 
is  premature.  My  other  reservation  is 
the  heavy  coverage  accorded  the  most 
common  United  States  genera  and 
species:  Elrathia  kingii,  Phacops 
rana,  and  the  various  virtually  identi- 
cal species  of  Flexicalymene  are  over- 
represented,  although  Levi-Setti 
points  out  that  perhaps  they  deserve 
such  emphasis  merely  because  they 
are  so  common.  I  would  have  pre- 
ferred to  see  more  of  the  rarer  ele- 
ments of  the  trilobite  fauna. 

Trilobites  appeared  early  in  the 
Cambrian,  and  breathed  their  last 
sometime  in  the  Upper  Permian  pe- 
riod. Thus  the  Paleozoic  era,  nearly 
400  million  years  in  duration,  can  vir- 
tually be  defined  in  terms  of  the  strati- 
graphic  range  of  the  class  Trilobita. 
This  extraordinary  group  of  primitive 
arthropods  deserves  wider  appreci- 
ation, and  I  can  think  of  no  better  way 
to  find  out  more  about  them  than  to 
purchase  a  copy  of  this  book,  open  it 
up,  and  just  drink  in  page  after  page 
of  pure  trilobites. 

Niles  Eldredge  is  associate  curator  of 
invertebrate  paleontology  at  The 
American  Museum. 


I 


104 


Get  all  the  facts  on  all  the 
species...plus  the  heavenly 
bodies...even  the  rocks! 


Explode  2000  years  of  myths 
about  animal  behavior- 


Discover  the  new  frontiers 
of  outer  space...and  the 
fantastic  worlds  we  are 
beginning  to  see! 


Walk  with  a 
great  naturalist 
all  the  way  from 
Kentucky  to  Florida.. 


Come  adventuring.  All  the  worlds  of  man  and  nature  await  you  in  the 

Natural  Science  Book  Club 


(Publishers' Pntc^shuwll) 

84210.  THIS  LIVING  REEF.  Douglas  Faulkner  One 
of  the  South  Pacific's  most  beautiful  island  chains 
120  pages  of  glorious  six-color  pictures -all  with 
detailed  fascinating  commentaries.  Counts  as  2  of  your 
S  books.  $25.00 

57026.  JOHN  MUIR'S  LONGEST  WALK:  John 
Earl,  a  Photographer,  Traces  His  Journey  lo  Florida. 

Over  70  full-color  photographs.  Counls as  2 oj your i 
books.  $30.00 

85090.  THE  LNWERSE.  Lloyd  M 012.  Examines  the 
origin,  evolution,  and  future  of  the  universe      $15.00 

87195.  WILD  CATS  OF  THE  WORLD.   CAW 

Guggisburg.  Definitive  natural  histories  of  each  of  the 
37speciesofwildcats  $15.95 

78260.  SHARKS  AND  SHIPWRECKS.  Hugh  Ed- 
wards. A  captivating  look  into  the  mysterious  waters 
off  Australia  where  the  great  white  shark  and  sunken 
treasure  abound.  Well  illustrated,  $12.50 

69330.  PLANETS,  STARS,  AND  GALAXIES. 
Fourth  Edition.  Siuart  J  Inglts.  Readable,  nontechni- 
cal account  of  just  about  everything  astronomers 
know  or  theorize  about  the  solar  system,  the  Milky 
Way,  and  the  universe.  $14.95 

85820.  VENOMOUS  ANIMALS  OF  THE 
WORLD.  Roger  Caras.  From  the  common  honeybee 
and  ant  to  such  creatures  as  the  black  widow  spider. 
Countsas2ofyour  Sbooks.  $25.00 

77620.  THE  SECRET  LIFE  OF  ANIMALS.  Lorus 
and  Margery  Milne  and  Franklin  Russell.  Lavishly 
illustrated  account  of  the  dramatic  discoveries  recently 
made  about  the  behavior  of  animals.  Over  300  full- 
color  photographs.  Counisas  2  oj  your  3  books.    $29.95 

34515.  ARTIFACTS  OF  PREHISTORIC  AMER- 
ICA. Louis  A.  Brennan.  Handy  guide  to  the  identifica- 
tion of  over  500  types  of  stoneage  artifacts  $14.95 

38900.  A  CLOSER  LOOK.  Miehael  A.  Godfrey  A 
graceful,  lyrical  account  of  doorstep  ecology  —  those 
remarkable  life  processes  near  at  hand.  46  full-color 
photographs.  $14.95 

48630.   THE  FIRST  GREAT  CIVILIZATIONS. 

Jaiquetia  Hawkes.  llluminatmg  view  of  life  in  ancient 
Mesopotamia,  the  Indus  Valley,  and  tgypt         $12.50 

32990  THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATU- 
RAL HISTORY  GUIDE  TO  SHELLS.  William  K 
Emerson  and  Morris  K  JuLobson  The  first  definitive 
guide  for  shell  collectors  80  pages  of  photos.      $15.00 

73530  THE  REBIRTH  OF  COSMOLOGY.  Jatiiues 
Merk'uu  Ponry  and  Bruno  Morando.  Siory  of  IhcOrccii, 
classical,  and  astroplu-sical  ages  of  the  study  of  the 
origin  and  structure  of  the  universe  $12.50 


Take  any  3  books 

(values  to  $55.95) 

for  only  99^each 

If  you  will  join  now  for  a  trial  period  and 

agree  to  take  3  more  bool(s— at  handsome 

discounts— over  the  next  12  months. 


86125.  WATCHING  SEA  BIRDS.  RiLhard  Perry 
Detailed  account  of  the  gulls,  auks,  gannets,  and 
skuas  of  two  tiny  British  islands,  Lundy  and  Noss 
$10.95 
36395.  BLACK  HOLES,  QUASARS  AND  THE 
UNIVERSE.  Henry  L  Shipman.  An  absorbing 
exploration  of  the  frontiers  of  astronomy  $12.95 

48470.  FIELDBOOK  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

By  E.  Laurence  Palmer  and  H.  Seymour  Fowler  The 
most  authoritative  and  comprehensive  guide  to  natu- 
ral history  available  $19.95 

41560.  DANGEROUS  TO  MAN.  Completely  Re- 
vised Edition.  Roger  A.  Caras.  The  whole  story  of 
dangerous  creatures,  most  of  which  are  not  lethal.  100 
photographs.  $14.95 

62630.  THE  MILKY  WAY.  Fourth  Edition.  Ban  Bok 

andPriseilla  Bok.  A  thoroughly  updated  and  expanded 
edition  of  the  most  popular  book  on  our  galaxy.  Over 
1 25  pictures,  charts  and  diagrams.  $15.00 


How  the  Club  Operates  •  The  Book  Club  News, 
describing  the  coming  Main  Selection  and  Alter- 
nate Selections,  will  be  sent  to  you  1 5  times  a  year 
at  3-4  week  intervals.  •  If  you  wish  to  purchase  the 
Main  Selection,  do  nothing  and  it  will  be  shipped 
10  you  automatically.  •  If  you  prefer  one  of  the 
Alternates,  or  no  books  at  all,  simply  indicate  your 
decision  on  the  reply  form  always  enclosed  with 
the  News  and  mail  it  so  that  we  receive  it  by  the 
date  specified.  •  The  News  is  mailed  in  time  to 
allow  you  at  least  10  days  to  decide  if  you  want  the 
coming  Main  Selection.  If,  because  of  late  mail 
delivery  of  the  News,  you  should  ever  receive  a 
Main  Selection  without  having  had  the  10  day 
consideration  period,  that  Selection  may  be  re- 
turned at  Club  expense.  •  Continued  member- 
ship past  the  trial  period  brings  you  the  added  ben- 
efits of  our  Bonus  Book  Plan  — an  important  way 
to  save  more,  at  least  70%  off  publishers'  prices. 


34720.  ATLAS  OF  ANCIENT  ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Edited  by  JuiQuena  Hawkes  lnternationall>  renowned 
an:haeoiog>sts  highlight  170  major  si  es  throughout 
the  world.  $19.50 

78680.  SNAKES  OF  THE  AMERICAN   WEST. 

Charles  E  Shai\  and  Sheldon  Campbell.  Every  known 
fact  — from  habits  and  habitats,  to  their  appearances 
and  characteristics  $12.50 

73337.  THE  RAPE  OF  THE  NILE.  Brian  Fagan. 
The  plundering  of  ancient  Egypt's  treasures  and  the 
rise  of  Egyptology  Illustrated.  $14.95 

61610.  MAYA.  Charles  Gallenkamp.  Swiftly  moving 
account  of  the  nse  of  Mayan  civilization  and  its  march 
through  pride  and  glory  to  extinction.  $12.95 

84285.  TIDELINE.  Ernest Braun.  The  long,  thin  stnp 
of  wilderness  where  land,  air,  and  sea  meet.  Almost 
one  hundred  full-color  photographs.  $16.50 

42680.  DONANA:  SPAIN'S  WILDLIFE  WIL- 
DERNESS. Juan  Antonio  Fernandez.  Sumptuously 
illustrated  portrait  of  one  of  the  world's  most  impor- 
tant wildlife  sanctuaries.  Over  240  pages  of  full-color 
photographs  Counisas  2ufyourj books.  $29.95 


4-7AF 


*"  N^urai  Science  Book  Club 

Riverside,  New  Jersey  08075 

Please  accept  my  apphcation  for  membership  and 
send  me  the  three  volumes  indicated,  billing  me 
only  99«  each.  I  agree  to  purchase  at  least  three 
addUlional  Selections  or  Alternates  during  the  first 
year  I  am  a  member,  under  the  club  plan  described 
in  this  ad.  Savings  range  up  to  30%  and  occa- 
sionally even  more.  My  membership  is  cancelable 
any  time  after  I  buy  these  three  books.  A  shipping 
and  handling  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 
Send  no  money.  Members  are  billed  when  books 
arrive. 

3  books  for  99C  each. 

I  ndicate  by  number  the  3  books  you  want. 


A  few  expensive  books  (noted  in  book  descrip- 
tions) count  as  2  choices. 

Name 


City. 


Zip. 


(Offer  good  in  Continental  U.S.  and  Canada  only. 
Prices  slightly  higher  in  Canada  ) 


NEW! 

Chamois  Cloth 

Westerner 


This  shirt  is  a  real  western  pleasure  to 
wear.  Soft,  friendly  feeling  nap  of  the  10 
oz.,  100%  cotton  Chamois  Cloth  make  it 
the  most  luxuriously  comfortable  shirt  in 
your  wardrobe.  Durable,  densely  woven 
fabric  protects  you  from  wind  and 
weather.  Western  styling  is  implemented 
by  two  slimming  back  seams  and  western 
front  yoke.  Square  bottom  hem.  Wear  it 
tucked  in  as  a  shirt  or  outside  as  a  shirt- 
jac.  Neck  Sizes:  S(14-14y2),  M(15-15y2), 
L(16-16y2),  XL(17-17y2).  Colors:  Navy 
Blue  or  Brown.  1461  Shirt-Jac,  $21.00  ppd. 

-  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee!  - 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ {Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  rush  my  1461  Chamois  Cloth  Shirt-Jac. 


Size 

Name  — 
Address - 
City 


-Colo 


>^^:^cle/^a**W> 


Depl.  MNH,  Third  i  Virginia,  Seattle,  WA  98124 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc.,  plus 
valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   SQ.,   KNOXVILLE,    ILL.   61448 


Additional  Reading 


Ocean  Currents  (p.  30) 

Joseph  L.  Reid's  "Deep  Ocean  Circu- 
lation" (pp.  203-17)  in  Oceanography: 
The  Last  Frontier,  edited  by  Richard  C . 
Vetter  (New  York:  Basic  Books,  1973, 
$1 1 .50),  adds  to  our  understanding  of  the 
interactions  between  oceanic  and  atmos- 
pheric circulation.  Oceanography: Read- 
ings from  Scientific  American,  edited  by 
J.R.  Moore  (San  Francisco:  W.H.  Free- 
man, 1969,  $4.50),  includes  the  Sep- 
tember 1969  issue — ten  articles  devoted 
to  the  ocean,  such  as  R.  W.  Stewart's 
"The  Atmosphere  and  the  Ocean" — as 
well  as  a  number  of  earlier  pieces,  such 
as  Walter  Munk's  "The  Circulation  of 
the  Oceans"  and  Henry  Stommel's  "The 
Circulation  of  the  Abyss."  The  first  six 
chapters  in  Stommel's  The  Gulf  Stream: 
A  Physical  and  Dynamical  Description 
(Berkeley:  University  of  California 
Press,  1965,  $10)  are  a  good  introduction 
to  the  subject  of  North  Atlantic  currents. 
Comparable  discussions  of  the  North  Pa- 
cific are  found  in  Kuroshio:  Physical 
Aspects  of  the  Japan  Current,  edited  by 
Henry  Stommel  and  Kozo  Yoshida  (Seat- 
tle: University  of  Washington  Press, 
1972).  Susan  Schlee's  The  Edge  of  an 
Unfamiliar  WoWd(New  York:  E.  P.  But- 
ton, 1973,  $10.95)  presents  an  informal 
history  of  oceanography  as  a  human  en- 
deavor— the  people,  ships,  politics,  and 
science  of  the  seas  since  the  early  1800s. 
For  a  nontechnical  account  of  the  tools 
and  techniques  of  the  science,  see  G.  L. 
Pickard's  Descriptive  Physical  Oceanog- 
raphy (Elmsfotd:  Pergamon  Press,  1964, 
$3.50). 

Deep-Sea  Fishes  (p.  38) 

Deep-Water  Fishes  of  California,  by 
John  E.  Fitch  and  Robert  J.  Lavenberg 
(Berkeley:  University  of  California 
Press,  1968,  $2.25),  a  paperback  field 
guide  to  deep-water  fishes  of  the  eastern 
Pacific,  gives  detailed  life  histories  of 
representative  species.  Many  libraries 
will  have  a  copy  of  Aspects  of  Deep-Sea 
Biology,  by  N.  B.  Marshall  (London: 
Hutchinson,  1954),  one  of  the  first  over- 
all treatments  of  deep-water  biology. 
Marshall  presents  animal  and  plant  life 
histories,  the  interrelationships  of  ani- 
mals with  each  other  and  their  habitats, 
problems  of  sampling  and  studying  ana- 
tomical and  physiological  adaptations 
(bioluminescence,  special  sensory  sys- 


tems), and  dozens  of  color  paintings  and 
drawings.  Included  in  Peter  J.  Herring 
and  Malcolm  R.  Clarke's  collection  of 
papers  on  general  oceanography. 
Deep  Oceans  (New  York:  Praeger  Pub- 
lishers, 1971),  areN.  B.  Marshall's  "An- 
imal Ecology"  (pp.  205-24)  and  J.  A.  C. 
Nicol's  "Physiological  Investigations  of 
Oceanic  Animals"  (pp.  225^6).  Paul  A. 
Zahl's  "Fishing  in  the  Whirlpool  of 
Charybdis"  (National  Geographic, 
1953,  vol.  114,  pp.  579-618)  provides 
some  of  the  first  photographs  of  deep-sea 
fishes  of  one  area  of  the  Mediterranean, 
where  upwelling  currents  bring  such 
deep-water  animal  life  near  the  surface. 

Sea  Otters  (p.  46) 

"Recovery  of  a  Fur  Bearer"  {Natural 
History,  November  1 963 ,  pp .  1 2-2 1 )  and 
"Remrn  of  the  Sea  Otter"  (National 
Geographic,  1971,  vol.  140,  pp.  520- 
39),  both  by  Karl  W.  Kenyon,  an  author- 
ity on  this  fascinating  mustelid,  are  well- 
illustrated  introductions  to  sea  otter  biol- 
ogy and  behavior.  Kenyon's  350-page 
definitive  study  of  Enhydra  lutris,  '  'The 
Sea  Otter  in  the  Eastern  Pacific  Ocean" 
(North  American  Fauna,  1969,  no.  68), 
has  recently  been  republished  as  an  inex- 
pensive paperback  (New  York:  Dover 
Publications,  $4).  Adele  Ogden's  re- 
cently reprinted  (1975)  The  California 
Sea  Otter  Trade:  1784-1848  (Berkeley: 
University  of  California  Press,  1941)  is 
a  detailed  survey  of  the  exploitation  of 
this  once  important  fur  bearer.  George 
and  Ellen  Laycock's  photographic  essay 
The  Flying  Sea  Otters  (New  York:  Gros- 
set  &  Dunlap,  1970)  deals  with  the  rein- 
troduction  of  captured  sea  otters  to  parts 
of  their  former  range  on  Alaska's  Pacific 
coast.  The  Sea  Otter  in  Eastern  North 
Pacific  Waters  is  a  compilation  of  recent 
information  by  Alice  Seed  (Seattle: 
Pacific  Search,  1972,  $1.75).  For  a 
thorough  account  of  the  sea  otter's  prey, 
see  E.  F.  Ricketts  and  J.  Calvin's  Be- 
tween Pacific  Tides  (4th  ed.  Stanford: 
Stanford  University  Press,  1968).  James 
A.  Estes  and  John  F.  Palmisano's  article 
in  Science,  "Sea  Otters:  Their  Role  in 
Structuring  Nearshore  Communities" 
(1974,  vol.  185,  pp.  1058-60),  gives 
more  technical  details  of  their  work. 

Lobster  Tales  (p.  60) 

William  F.  Herrnkind's  articles,  "Mi- 


I 


io6 


gration  of  the  Spiny  Lobster"  {Natural 
History,  May  1970,  pp.  36^3)  and 
"Strange  March  of  the  Spiny  Lobster" 
(National  Geographic ,  1975,  vol.  147, 
pp.  819-32),  contain  fine  photographs 
and  accounts  of  adult  behavior  in  the  Car- 
ibbean species.  Octopus  and  Squid:  The 
Soft  Intelligence,  by  Jacques  Cousteau 
(Garden  City:  Doubleday,  1973),  is  a 
good  introduction  to  the  characteristic  be- 
havior of  octopods,  a  major  predator  of 
spiny  lobsters.  A  rare,  but  classic,  work 
on  Homarus  americanus,  is  F.  H.  Mer- 
rick's monograph-length  study,  "Natural 
History  of  the  American  Lobster"  (Bulle- 
tin of  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  191 1 , 
vol.  29,  pp.  149-^08).  Harold  B.  Clif- 
ford's Charlie  York:  Maine  Coast  Fish- 
erman (Camden:  International  Marine 
Publishing,  1974,  $7.95)  tells  the  story 
of  the  lobster  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  lobsterman,  spinning  a  tale  of  the  dis- 
appearance of  plentiful  lobsters  and  a  way 
of  life  centered  in  their  harvest. 

Eider  Ducks  (p.  68) 

Compilations  of  eider  biology  are 
found  in  Paul  A.  JohnsgEird's  Waterfowl 
of  North  America  (Bloomington:  Univer- 
sity of  Indiana  Press,  1975)  and  Frank 
Bellrose's  new  and  extended  version  of 
F.  H.  Kortright's  classic  (1942)  Ducks, 
Geese  and  Swans  of  North  America  (Har- 
risburg:  Stackpole  Books,  1976,  $12.- 
95).  Both  give  accounts  of  each  species, 
summarizing  their  biology,  ecology,  and 
behavior,  but  Bellrose  presents  additional 
quantitative  data  on  population  densities 
and  migratory  activities.  Wildlife  biolo- 
gists Daniel  Q.  Thompson  and  Richard 
A.  Person  document  a  late  summer  molt 
migration  in  "The  Eider  Pass  at  Point 
Barrow,  Alaska"  (Journal  of  Wildlife 
Management,  1963,  vol.  27,  pp. 
348-56).  A  description  of  a  spring  migra- 
tion of  eiders  in  the  1920s  is  provided  by 
naturalist  Herbert  Brandt's  classic  vol- 
ume, ^/aste  Birds  Trails:  An  Expedition 
by  Dog  Sled  to  the  Delta  of  the  Yukon 
River  at  Hooper  Bay  (Cleveland:  The 
Bird  Research  Foundation,  1942).  David 
Munro  discusses  commercial  exploita- 
tion in  "The  Eider  Farms  of  Iceland" 
(Canadian  Geographic  Journal,  August 
1961,  pp.  3-9). 

Red  Sea  (p.  74) 

An   inexpensive   introduction   to  the 


complex  processes  of  sea-floor  spreading 
and  plate  tec'onics  is  Continental  Drift: 
A  Study  in  the  Earth's  Moving  Surface, 
by  Don  and  Maureen  Tarling  (Garden 
City:  Doubleday,  1971.  SI. 95).  Two 
other  readable  but  more  detailed  accounts 
are  Continents  in  Motion,  by  Walter  Sul- 
livan, science  editor  of  the  New  York 
Times  (New  York:  McGraw-Hill,  1974), 
and  Debate  About  the  Earth,  by  H.  Ta- 
keuchi  et  al.  (San  Francisco;  Freeman, 
Cooper  &  Co.,  1967).  For  articles  deal- 
ing with  rift  systems  and  relative  mo- 
tions of  continental  plates,  see  "Plate 
Tectonics  of  the  Red  Sea  and  East 
Africa,"  by  D.P.  McKenzie  et  al.  (Na- 
ture. 1970,  vol.  226,  pp.  243^8);  "The 
Afar  Triangle,"  byH.  TaziefF  (5c/enf//ic 
American,  vol.  222,  no.  2,  pp.  32^0); 
"Plate  Tectonics,"  by  J.  F.  Dewey 
(Scientific  American,  1972,  vol.  226,  no. 
5,  pp.  56-68);  and  "Rifting  in  the  Oka- 
vango  Delta,"  by  Christopher  H.  Scholz 
(Natural  History.  February  1976,  pp. 
34-43).  T.D.  Allen  and  C.  Morelli's 
"The  Red  Sea,"  in  The  Sea:  Ideas  and 
Observations  on  Progress  in  the  Study  of 
the  Seas  (vol.  4,  pt.  2,  pp.  493-542), 
edited  by  Arthur  E.  Maxwell  (New  York: 
John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1970),  is  the  most 
complete  treatment  of  the  area's  topogra- 
phy, geology,  and  oceanography. 

Red  Tides  (p.  78) 

Proceedings  of  the  First  International 
Conference  on  Toxic  Dinoflagellate 
Blooms  (1974),  edited  by  V.R.  LoCi- 
cero,  is  available  from  the  Massachusetts 
Science  and  Technology  Foundation,  10 
Lakeside  Office  Park,  Wakefield,  MA 
01880.  Representative  papers  are:  "Red 
Tides  I  Have  Known,"  by  Beatrice 
Sweeney  (pp.  225-34),  and  "The  First 
'Red  Tide'  in  Recorded  Massachusetts 
History;  Managing  an  Acute  and  Unex- 
pected Public  Health  Emergency,"  by 
W.  J.  Bicknell  and  D.  C.  Walsh  (pp. 
447-58).  "Red  Water  in  La  Jolla  Bay, 
1964-1966,"  by  plankton  biologist  Rob- 
ert W.  Holmes  et  al.  (Limnology  and 
Oceanography,  1967,  vol.  12,  pp. 
503-12),  describes  a  series  of  California 
red  tides.  An  article  for  the  general  audi- 
ence is:  "Poisonous  Tides,"  by  S.H. 
HutnerandJ.J.A.  McLaughlin (SdeAUi/ic 
American,  1958,  vol.  199,  no.  2,  pp. 
92-98). 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


For  the  fourth  year,  we  otter  discrim- 
inating travelers  the  finest  cruises  to 

^Discover 
Galapagos 

For  ihose  who  have  icsure.  the  only 
way  (o  discover  the  unique  Gatapsgoe 
Islands  is  on  our  intimate  two-week 
cruises  lor  a  maKimum  ot  fourteen 
passengers  m  two  comfortable  molor 
yachts,  accompanied  by  naturalist 
guides 

Six  departures  of  ihese  cruises  are 
scheduled  for  1977. 


For  budget-minded  travelers  who  are 
interested  m  ecology,  wildlife  and 
photography,  we  are  repeating  our  ex- 
tremely popular 

Galapagos  Islands 
Thrift  Cruise 

in  the  privately  chartered  65-passen- 
ger  mv  Iguana*,  accompanied  by 
eminent  naturalist  leaders  who  will 
give  talks  and  lead  us  in  the  field: 

May  28  to  June  10.  1977 
with  Mr  Justin  K  AlUrich 
of  the  New  England  Aquarium 

August  20  to  September  2. 1977 
with  Ms    Susan  Lock 
Vice  President  of  trie  Animal 
Protection  Institute  ot  America 

October  29  to  November  1 1 .  1977 

with  Dr.  Jack  LaCroIx  Throp 
Director  of  the  Honolulu  Zoo 

Before  these  cruises,  we  spend  four 
days  m  Quito,  Ecuador's  lovely  capi- 
tal, with  excursions  in  the  Andes,  and 
then  make  the  spectacular  railroad 
journey  to  the  coast. 

Please  send  for  detailed  brochures  of 
these  cruises -we  also  specialize  in 
adventure  tours  to  Greenland,  the  Arc- 
tic, the  Himalayas  and  the  Andes,  the 
Papillon  Tour  to  Trinidad  and  French 
Guiana,  safaris  in  Rajasthan  and  East 
Africa,  and  to  other  unusual  destina- 
tions. 
'  Registered  in  Ecuador 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 


WORLD  NATURE  TOURS,  INC. 

P    O    BOX  693,  WOODMOOR  STATION 


EXOTIC  NATURE  TOURS.  1976 

SRI  LANKA  (Ceylon)  Oct.  30  Three  week  tour  to  view  rare 
birds,  tropical  flowers,  rain  forests  and  parks  witfi  leopards, 
bears,  and  monkeys.  Led  by  P.B.  Kanjnaratne  of  Colombo 
lifluseum.  $2016.00  all  inclusive. 

INDIA/NEPAL/SIKKIM  Nov.  18  Join  Dr.  Bob  Fleming,  Jr. 
of  Kattimandu  for  25  day  tour  to  see  nature  reserves, 
elephants,  tigers,  unusual  birds,  flowers  and  the  spectac- 
ular Himalayas.  S2919.00  all  inclusive. 

BHUTAN  Dec.  11  One  week  tour.  Be  one  of  the  first 
westerners  to  visit  this  recently  opened  fascinating  country. 
Bob  Fleming  leader.  $1287.00  all  inclusive. 

Some  spaces  still  available  on  NEW  GUINEA:  Aug.  19. 
AUSTRALIA:  Sept.  10,  and  NEW  ZEALAND:  Oct.  23.  Write 
for  brochures. 


107 


Watch.  Hear.  See.  Spy.  Shoot! 

. . .  with  wondrous  things  from  the  famous  Edmund  catalog. 
More  than  4500  unusual  finds,   and  it's  offerediree. 


GIANT 
FREE 
CATALOG!   Q 


NEW.  172 


Over  4,500 
Unusual 
Bargains  for  Hobbyists, 
Schools,  Industry.  JUST 
CHECK  COUPON! 


Fine  iow-priced  "I.R.  Eye"  with  I.R.  light 
source  makes  detailed  observalion  o)  ani- 
mal behavior  possible  at  up  to  30  yards  at 
night.  Our  self  contained  scope  has  every 
thing  you  need  lor  all  kinds  of  I.R.  detec- 
tion: 6  or  12  V  power  (  plugs  into  your 
car's  cigarette  lighter),  6032  I.R.  converter 
tube,  f/3,5  objective  lens.  Focuses  from 
10-ft.  to  infinity. 

No.  165gE.  .  (11x14V4x3")  $285.00  Ppd. 
i;%  A  BREAKTHROUGH  IN  TIME  LAPSE 
V  PHOTOGRAPHY. 

The  Edmund  Time  Machine  converts  al- 
most any  camera  to  a  total  time  lapse 
system,  compares  to  others  at$450-$700 
yet  costs  under  $200.  Film  startling  flower 
growth;  animation;  star,  planet  and  cloud 
tracking.  Portable  (34o2,);  continuously 
variable  from  0.5  to  300  seconds;  built-in 
photocell  control;  rechargeable  power 
supply. 
No.  72,1 22E  . .  (6x3V2x2")  $199.95  Ppd. 

HEAR  AND  RECORD  A  SONGBIRD  A 
HALF  MILE  AWAY. 

Catch  sounds  never  before  heard  with  this 
professional,  deluxe.  Electronic  Parobolic 
fVllke.  It  has  an  18-3/4"  transparent  re^ 
fleeting  shield  and  LC.'s  in  its  amplifier- 
magnifies  signals  100  times  that  ol  omni- 
directional mikes!  Earphones,  tape  re- 
corder output.  Automatically  cuts  ofl  ear 
damaging  noises.  Requires  (2)  9v  batteries. 
Others  at  $1 49,95  (No.  1 665E)  and  $89.50 
(No.  80,242E) 
N0.1649E $299.00  Ppd. 


30X,  40X,  60X. 

Excellent  60  mm  hard-coated  achromatic 
objective  lens  with  light  gathering  power 
so  great  it  picks  out  extremely  taint  objects 
under  all  lighting  conditions  Shows  stars 
lo  11th  magnitude'  4  parfocal  eyepieces  on 
revolving  turret  change  at  flick  ol  a  finger. 
Compares  with  models  at  up  to  $30  more. 
No.  70.444E $165.00  Ppd. 

9  NASA  CHOSE  IT  FOR  APPOLLO/SOYUZ. 

Super  20x60  is  our  biggest,  most  powerful 
binocular  for  distance  Far-o(f  objects  come 
in  big.  clear  and  sharp  to  the  edge  through 
big  60mm  obfective  lenses;  1 73-ft.  (leld  of 
view  at  1000  yards.  Relative  brightness, 
9.0.  Fully  coated  optics;  20X  special  de- 
sign eye  lenses,  coated  BK-7  Porro  prism. 
Extra  long  all-AmerJcan  style, 
No.1556E(9V2x8V!";47.5oz.)$99.95Ppd. 

©SAVE  50%  ON  A  8x20  MONOCULAR, 
AND  WATCH  THE  BIRDS. 
Top  quality  Spy  Scope  Is  a  line  sighting 
instrument  (regular  $30  value).  Our  special 
purchase  saves  you  50%... and  you  gel 
fully  coated  optics;  393  toot  field  of  view. 
Just  2  ounces,  it  stores  in  pocket,  purse, 
glove  compartment  Fits  in  your  palm,  so 
you  can  peer  into  hard-to-see  places  with 
out  your  subject  knowing  you're  spying. 
No.  156BE  (3V2X1  V2x2"  case)  $14.95  Ppd. 

OTAKE  LONG  DISTANCE  PHOTOS  WITH 
YOUR  CAMERA  &  BINOCULAR. 
Binocular-to-Camera  Holder  fits  any  camera 
lor  exciting  lelephoto  pictures.  A  35mm 
camera  with  7x50  binocular  brings  distant 
obiects  7  times  nearer.  Ideal  for  long-range 
photos  of  wildlife.  Use  any  binocular 
(monocular)  and  camera— still  or  movie, 
color  or  black  &  white,  Good  shooting' 
No.70.223E $17.95  Ppd. 


EDMUND 
SCIENTIFIC  CO. 

America's  Greatest  Sc/ence.  Optics  .  Hobby  Mart 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING, Barrington,  N.J.  08007  (609)  547-3488 

r  —  —  —  ^  FILL  IN  AND  MAIL  COUPON  TODAY  —  —  —  —  — ^ 
Edmund  Scientific  Co.,  300  Edscorp  Bidg.,  Barrington,  N.J.  08007         | 

I 


n  SEND  FREE  164  PAGE  CATALOG "E" 


D  Charge  my  BankAmericard 
□  Charge  my  Master  Charge 

Interbank  No. 

Card  No. 


30-DAV  MONEY-BACK  GUARANTEE.   You 
"  be  satisfied  or  return  any  purchase 
days  for  full  refund. 


Stock  No. 

Quantity 

Price  Ea. 

TOTAL 

Add  Service  and  Handling  Charge  $_ 

Enclosed  is  □  Check    □  M.O. 

in  amount  of  $ 


Lmust  be 
in  30  da 


Name 

Address 

{Please  Print) 

City 

State 

Zip 

Announcements 


HELPING  TO  DEVELOP  AMERICA'S  TECHNOLOGY  FOR  OVER  30  YEARS 


A  new  permanent  hall — The  Hall  of 
Minerals  and  Gems — is  located  in 
the  southwest  corner  of  the  first  floor 
of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  This  is  a  most  spectacular 
and  elegant  hall,  with  an  impressive 
array  of  minerals,  gems,  rocks,  and 
meteorites.  It  is  the  largest  in  the  Mu- 
seum and  covers  such  major  subjects 
as  properties  of  minerals,  mineral- 
farming  environments,  systematic 
mineralogy,  interaction  of  minerals 
and  energy,  and  esthetics  of  gems. 

Acoustiguide  Tours — Dr.  Vincent 
Manson,  consultant.  Department  of 
Mineral  Sciences,  is  your  guide  on  a 
tour  of  the  new  Hall  of  Minerals  and 
Gems;  Dr.  Thomas  D.  Nicholson, 
director  of  the  Museum,  directs  you 
to  the  highlights  of  the  Museum's  ex- 
hibitions; Dr.  Margaret  Mead  takes 
you  through  the  Hall  of  Peoples  of  the 
Pacific;  Dr.  Eugene  Gaffney  travels 
back  in  time  via  the  dinosaur  halls; 
and  Dr.  Dean  Amadon  guides  you  on 
a  worldwide  ornithological  tour.  All 
Acoustiguide  Tours  can  be  rented  for 
a  nominal  fee  at  the  Information  Desk 
on  the  second  floor. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museum,  "Yankee  Stargazers"  will 
continue  through  September  27.  This 
show  recounts  contributions  by 
Americans  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
universe — from  the  first  astronomical 
observation  in  the  New  World  (in 
1494)  through  New  York  physician 
Henry  Draper's  photographing  the 
sky  in  the  mid- 1800s,  Karl  Jansky's 
discovery  of  radio  waves  coming 
from  space  in  1932,  man's  landing  on 
the  moon  in  1969,  and  the  first  land- 
ing on  Mars  in  the  summer  of  1976. 
"Follow  the  Sun"  opens  on  Sep- 
tember 29  and  will  continue  through 
November.  This  Sky  Show  explores 
the  nature  of  our  nearest  star,  its 
source  of  energy,  the  changes  it  un- 
dergoes, some  of  its  influences  on 
earth,  and  its  place  in  the  universe. 
Shows  begin  at  2:00  p.m.  and  3:30 
P.M.  on  weekdays  with  more  frequent 
showings  on  weekends.  Admission  is 
$2.35  for  adults  and  $1.35  for  chil- 
dren and  students  (special  rates  for 
groups  and  senior  citizens). 


LISTEN  TO  MILFORD  SOUND. 


It's  the  quietest  place  in  the  world.  And  yet, 
the  sight  stuns  you  h'ke  thunder. 

This  is  Milford  Sound  in  our  Fiordland,  just  one 
of  the  many  faces  of  New  Zealand.  Three  million  acres 
of  primev-al  beauty,  sculpted  by  Ice  Age  glaciers. 

Ikke  "the  most  beautiful  walk  in  the  world"  to 
Milford,  stopping  in  friendly  lodges  on  the  way.  Or  fly 
in  over  the  triple  tiers  of  Sutherland  Falls.  Or  drive 
in  through  hills  and  tunnels  and  lush  valleys. 

Catch  your  breath  in  our  charming  cities.  Dunedin, 
flavoured  with  Scotland.  Christchurch,  lavish  with 
flowers  and  laced  with  the  Avon  River.  jk 


Auckland,  blended  of  Pblynesia  and  Europe. 

Our  IX>10s  fly  out  from  Los  Angides  every 
night  to  New  Zealand.  And  on  to  Australia  and  th 
other  islands  in  our  South  ftcific. 

Your  travel  agent  can  give  you  details.  Or 
vkTite  Air  New  Zealand.  Department  P,  510  West 
Sbcth  Street,  Los  Angeles.  Calif.  90014.  Or  call  ou 
nationwide  toll-free  number  800-421-0066;  in 
California,  800-252-0101. 

#  air  HEuu  zEaiann 

Gxne  home  with  IIS. 


^mi 


,,N.^^' 


^<^<^'^ 


Cl^^ 


dS^ 
wi^ 


pHO< 


A\V^9 


V)V 


vco 


,6av^ 


Just  put  your  Kodak  color  film 
in  a  Kodak  mailer  and  mail 
it  to  Kodak. 

Kodak  will  mail  your 
slides,  prints  or 
movies  back  to  you. 
You  can  have  them 
delivered  right  to 
your  own  home. 
That's  convenient. 
That's  First  Class. 
c^--*"  ^  p^^  Kodak,  we  are  dedicated  to 

processing  your  Kodak  film  carefully.  Like  all 
quality  processors,  we  take  pride  in  our  work. 
And  that  pride  shows  up  m  your  pictures. 

So,  the  next  time  you  buy  Kodak  film,  pick 
up  some  Kodak  mailers.  And  start 
going  First  Class — to  Kodak. 


^ 


w< 


otfl5 


NATURAL  HISTOK 


OCTOBER  1 976  •  $1 .2 


'«    ♦  ■  ?  5  ,  .  _j,  f  '    >  »A  1 


tWr 


f  n '  *'* 


mm 


[itt'  '■  >  '■■'  t»*  t  J  -■ 


".  %:'// 

"■"V" 


»J  !>,'•**        * 


^^ 


%\ 


J^." 


W^ERFORD' ILLUMINATES  \OUR  LIFE. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


liK  iirpoidli/i^  S'liliin-  Mu^uziiw 
Vol.  LXXXV.  No.  H 
October  1976 


The  Amcrit an  Museum  oj  Saluiul  Hislorv 

Robert  C.  Goelel.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 


2     Authors 

6     The  Web  of  Hunger  David  A.  Levitsky 
Ill-Nourished  Brains 


AUiii  Tcrne.s.  Edilor 

Thomas  Pufic  Desifiner 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay.  Frederick  Harlinanu. 

Christopher  Hallowcll.  Toiii  Gerher 

Carol  Breslin.  Book  Reviews  Edilor 

Florence  G.  Edelslein.  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckhorn.  Copy  Edilor 

Angela  Soceodulo.  Art  Assl. 

Diane  Pierson.  Editorial  Assl. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana.  Pnhlicalions  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Ainadon.  Dorothy  E.  Bliss. 

Mark  Charlrand.  Niles  Eldredge. 

Vincent  Manson.  Margaret  Mead, 

Thomas  D.  Nicliolson,  Gerard  Piel, 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryiis.  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly.  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn.  Production  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf.  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Yung-mei  Tang 

Ann  Brown.  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Harriet  Walsh 

Puhlicalion  Office:  Tlie  American  Museum 
of  Nuniral  History.  Central  Park  We.ll 
at  79t!i  Street.  New  York.  N.Y.    10024. 
Publisltecl  montliiy.  October  ttvougli  May: 
Ijimontlily  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  otiier  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York.  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  witliout  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History. 
420  Le.Kinglon  Avenue. 
.\'ew  York.  N.   Y.   10017 
Teleplwne:  (212)  6H6-1234 


Change  of  address  notices,  undeliv 
copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 
and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sen 
Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  S0340 


ruble 


24     This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Gould 
Darwin 's  Untimely  Burial 

36     How  the  Wise  Men  Brought  Malaria  to  Africa  Robert  S.  Desowiiz 

When  ivc  iry  to  aid  the  third  world,  good  intentions  are  not  eitough. 

48     Bermuda's  Abundant,  Beleaguered  Birds 

Kenneth  L.  and  Marnie  Reed  Crowell 

Can  a  bluehird  find  happiness  .  .  .  or  even  a  nesting  site? 

57     America's  National  Parks:  Their  Principles,  Purposes,  and  Prospects 

Joseph  L.  Sa.x 

A  century  ago.  Congress  began  setting  aside,  for  all  lime,  vast  scenic  tracts.  But 

it  never  explained  why. 

90     The  Perils  of  Prunates  Jaclyn  H.  Wolfheim 

These  animals  have  an  overwhelming  problem:  us. 

100     Life  at  the  Cloud  Line  William  G.  Wellington 

For  mountain  pines,  a  mild  winter  is  good,  but  a  very  cold  one  is  better. 

106     Slow  Death  of  Coral  Reefs  Ralph  Mitchell  and  Hugh  Ducklow 
The  influence  of  low-level  pollution  is  subtle  hut  lethal. 

112     Announcements 

114     A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
The  Pumpkin  Papers 

118     The  Market 

122     Sky  Reporter  Stephen  P.  Maran 
Stars  by  the  Cluster 

128     Book  Review  E.  F.  Roberts 
An  Energetic  Call  for  Socialism 

132     Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

135     Additional  Reading 

Cover:  The  Hamadryas  baboon  is  vidnerable  to  extinction  because  of  its  large  body  size, 
limited  geographic  range,  large  home  range,  and  specialized  habitat.  Pho- 
tograph by  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc.  Story  on  page  90. 


Classic  Irish  caps 
in  colorful  hand- 
woven  tweed. 

Handcrafted  inside  and  out. . . 
each  a  virtual  one-of-a-kind. 
Sold  only  by  Norm 
Thompson. 

Here's  a  classic  cap 
for  men  and  women 
that  reflects  a  certain 
degree  of  individualit) 
and  a  great  deal  of 
basic  good  taste.  Made 
in  Donegal  Town, 

Ireland  by  a  small,  ^ 

family-run  hatmaking    .,  g^^„,  ^„j,  ,„  „  ^^^^ 
firm,  it's  handcrafted      wool  hat  .  .  .  and  satis- 
inside  and  out  with         factioti  is  guaranteed. 
all  the  time,  care,  and  above  all,  pride  that 
is  necessary  to  attain  excellence. 

Handwoven  Donegal  tweed. 

The  luxurious  wool  fabric  used  is  still 
woven  on  a  hand  operated  loom.  It's  rich  in 
lanolin,  making  it  highly  weather  resistant. 
And  the  lively  combination  of  colors  (light 
olive  overall  with  subtle  flecks  of  brown, 
orange,  red  and  yellow)  in  the  traditional 
tweed  make  this  a  hat  you  can  wear  with 
almost  any  outfit. 

Inside  you'll  discover  an  equal  concern 
for  quality.  It's  lined  with  smooth  rayon 
twill  and  banded  to  insure  permanent  siz- 
ing. Seams  are  tucked  and  all  loose  threads 
have  been  trimmed.  Sizes:  61/2-8.  $13.00. 
Please  enclose  $1  for  postage  and  handling. 


Noimlkompson 


Dept.  03-21 
1H0.5  N.W.  Thurman 
Portland,  Or.  97209 
Order  TOLL-FREE  anytime  800.547-6712 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  and  Alaska) 
Size  Qty. 


Men  1370 


Wc 


1379 


D  Check   D  BankAn 
Card  » 


"icard   Q  Master  Charge 


M/C  Interbank  »_ 
Exp.  Date 


Address— 

City 


-State- 


_Zip_ 


n  Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary®"  ctlg. 


Authors 


"At  some  period  in  our  lives," 
writes  Robert  S.  Desowitz,  "those 
of  us  engaged  in  research  on  disease 
raise  our  eyes  from  the  microscope 
to  view  the  world  around  us."  Des- 
owitz, who  had  spent  twenty  years 
studying  parasitic  infections  in 
Africa,  Southeast  Asia,  and  the 
South  Pacific,  became  interested  in 
the  ecology  of  disease  when  he  un- 
dertook epidemiological  investiga-  t 
tions  in  South  Vietnam.  These  stud- 
ies were  part  of  the  report  prepared 
by  the  National  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences Committee  on  the  Effect  of 
Herbicides  in  South  Vietnam.  Deso- 
witz is  currently  professor  of  tropical 
medicine  at  the  University  of 
Hawaii,  where  he  is  studying  the 
immunological  aspects  of  malaria. 


Interested  in  the  problems  pre- 
sented by  island  faunas,  Kenneth  L. 
Croweli  began  studying  the  birds  of 
Bermuda  as  part  of  his  doctoral  re- 
search more  than  fifteen  years  ago. 
Since  that  time,  he  has  investigated 
competition  between  two  species  of 
flycatchers  in  the  Caribbean  and  has 
visited  the  islands  of  Maine's  Pe- 
nobscot Bay,  where  he  researched 
the  dynamics  of  mouse  populations. 


His  article  "Down  East  Mice"  ap- 
peared in  the  October  1975  issue  of 
Natural  History.  Croweli,  who 
teaches  at  St.  Lawrence  University, 
makes  his  home  in  northern  New 
York  State.  His  wife,  coauthor 
Marnie  Reed  Cro-well,  is  a  writer 
whose  works  include  Greener  Pas- 
tures, a  description  of  life  on  their 
farm,  and  North  to  the  St.  Law- 
rence, a  history  of  upper  New  York. 


66 


The  most  complete  and  most 
scholarly  dictionary  of  the  ^^^^ 
English  language"  wf. 


■The  Cliristuin  buciuc  Munito 


As  an  introduction  to 
membership  in  the 

BOOK-OF  THE  MONTH  CLUB 

yours  for  only 

Sh''     ^  ijfj         Publishers  list 

nr  ■     m    ^^^  price  $95 

THE  SUGGESTED  TRIAL;  You  simply  as^rce 

to  buy  four  Club  choices  within  a  year  at  substantial 

savings  on  most  books  you  choose 


THE  Oxford  English  Dictionary  is  generally  re- 
garded as  the  final  arbiter  of  the  English  language. 
Until  recently,  it  has  been  available  only  as  a  thirteen- 
volume  set,  currently  priced  at  $395.  Now,  through  the 
combination  of  an  ingenious  method  of  micrographic 
reproduction  and  a  fine  Bausch  &  Lomb  optical  lens, 
every  single  one  of  its  16,569  pages,  fifty  million  words 
and  close  to  two  million  illustrative  quotations  ap- 
pears, in  easily  readable  form,  in  The  Compact 
Edition. 

Book  critic  Christopher  Lehmann-Haupt  of  The 
New  York  Times  has  said  of  this  edition:  "It  is 

something  of  a  miracle The  Compact  Edition  is 

easier  to  work  with  than  the  original  with  its  13 
separate  volumes." 
Even  more  extraordinary,  as  a  trial  member  of  the 
Book-of-the-Month  Club  you  may  obtain  the  two-vol- 
ume set  for  only  $17.50.  And  as  long  as  you  remain  a 
member,  you  will  receive  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club 
News,"  a  literary  magazine  announcing  the  coming 
Selection  and  describing  other  important  books, 
known  as  Alternates,  most  of  which  are  available  at 
substantial  discounts  — up  to  40%  on  more  expensive 
volumes.  All  of  these  books  are  identical  to  the  pub- 
lishers' editions  in  content,  format,  size  and  quality. 

If  you  continue  after  your  trial  membership,  you  will 
earn  at  least  one  Book-Dividend"  Credit  for  every 
Selection  or  Alternate  you  buy.  These  Credits  entitle 
you  to  obtain  a  wide  variety  of  books,  called  Book- 
Dividends,  at  astonishing  savings— a;  least  70%  of 
publishers '  list  prices. 

FACTS  ABOUT  MEMBERSHIP 


•  You  will  receive  the  Book-of-the-Monih  Club 
News,  a  literary  magazine  published  by  the 
Club  fifteen  times  a  year.  The  News  describes 
the  coming  Selection  and  scores  of  Alternates, 
and  will  be  sent  to  you  approximately  every 
three  and  a  half  weeks. 

•  If  you  wish  to  purchase  the  Selection,  do 
nothing  and  it  will  be  shipped  to  you  auto- 
matically. 

•  If  you  do  not  want  the  Selection— or  you 
would  like  one  of  the  Alternates  or  no  book  at 
all— simply  indicate  your  decision  on  the  reply 
form  always  enclosed  with  the  News  and  mail 
it  so  we  receive  it  by  the  date  specified. 

•  If,  because  of  late  mail  delivery  of  the 
News,  you  should  receive  a  Selection  without 
having  had  10  days  to  decide  whether  you 
want  it,  that  Selection  may  be  returned  at 
Club  expense. 


COMPACT 

^Jonary 


^OMPACT 

^OFTHE 

DICTIONARY 


FEATURES 

•  Boxed  set  of  two  volumes. 
9-M"  X  U'/i"  each 

•  All  16,569  pages  of  13-vol- 
ume  original  included  in  the 
4134  pages  of  The  Compact 
Edition  through  a  photo-re- 
duction process  which  per- 
mits printing  of  four  pages 
of  original  on  one  page  of 
new  edition 

•  Paper  is  30-pound  Special 
Dictionary  White 

•  Binding  is  library  buckram 
—  reinforced  and  stamped 
in  gold 

•  Bausch  &  Lomb  magnify- 
ing glass  included  in  special 
drawer  of  slipcase.  2"  x  3%" 
lens  scientificaUy  designed 
to  make  reduced  print  easily 
readable 


BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB,  INC. 
Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania  17012 

Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Book-      mrs.  V 

of-the-Month  Club  and  send  me  r/ie  Compacr       miss)                         (Please  print  plainly) 
Edition  of  the  Oxford  English  Dictionary,  bill- 
ing me  $17.50  (in  Canada  $19  -  publisher's       Address 

price  $105).  I  agree  to  buy  at  least  tour  Se- 
lecuons  or  Alternates  during  the  first  year  I 

am  a  member,  paying  in  most  cases  special      City 

members'  prices.  My  membership  is  cancel- 
able any  time  after  1  buy  these  four  books.  A  y. 
shipping  charge  is  added  to  all  shipments.             State z.ip.. 


^ 


>-*' 

'.»** 


While  studying  primates,  Jaclyn 
H.  Wolfheim  began  to  suspect  that 
many  species  were  in  danger  of  ex- 
tinction. Few  zoologists  were  work- 
ing on  the  problem,  so  in  collabo- 
ration with  the  World  Wildlife  Fund 
and  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Ser- 
vice she  compiled  data  on  the  status 
of  each  primate  species  for  use  as 
a  reference  work  for  scientists.  She 
has  plans  to  study  the  composition 
and  population  density  of  African 
forest  monkeys  and  the  effects  of 
loggmg  on  these  primates,  many  of 
whom  are  threatened.  A  lecturer  in 
biology  at  George  Mason  University 
m  Fairfax,  Virginia,  Wolfheim  re- 
ceived a  Ph  D  in  zoology  from  the 
University  of  California  at  Berkeley. 


A  native  Canadian  who  admits  to 
an  unprofessional  love  for  the  high 
country,    William    G.    Wellington 

has  found  an  ideal  outdoor  labora- 
tory in  the  mountains  of  western 
Canada.  There,  he  combines  his  in- 
terest in  insect  behavior  and  ecology 
with  meteorology — investigating  the 
reactions  of  insects  in  all  kinds  of 
weather  conditions.  Director  of  the 
Institute  of  Animal  Resource  Ecol- 
ogy at  the  University  of  British  Co- 
lumbia, Wellington  has  not  forgotten 
the  human  animal:  he  is  now  study- 
ing ways  in  which  cloudy  regions  of 
mountainous  recreational  areas  might 
be  transformed  into  fly-free  zones. 


NO    MATTER   WHERE   YOU    LOOK 

YOU   SEE   MORE 
WITH  A   QU  ESTAR 


With  Questar  Field  Model's  new  Fast 
Focus  the  photographer  gets  those  spur-of- 
the-moment  shots — from  the  eye  of  a  fly  to 
the  craters  of  the  moon  .  .  .  instantly! 

GROUND  SQUIRREL  PICTURES  ARE  FROM  QUESTARS 
NEW  BOOKLET  CONTAINING  150  NEW  PHOTO- 
GRAPHS BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS:  $1  TO  COVER 
HANDLING-MAILING  COSTS  ON  THIS  CONTINENT. 
AIR  TO  S.A.,  $2.50;  EUROPE  AND  N.  AFRICA, 
$3;   ELSEWHERE,   $3.50. 


BOX    Q60,    NEW    HOPE,    PENNSYLVANIA    18938 


When  Ralph  Mitchell  sees  an  oil 

slick  on  the  water,  he  is  likely  to  take 
samples  of  the  nearby  flora  and  fauna 
to  determine  if  they  are  diseased. 
Usually  they  are,  a  finding  that  helps 
him  pinpoint  his  research  on  how 
low-level  oil  pollution  affects  micro- 
bial processes.  Mitchell's  initial  re- 
search involved  corals  in  laboratories 
at  the  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic 


Institution  and  at  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, where  he  teaches  environmental 
biology.  Those  studies  led  to  work 
on  coral  reef  systems  in  both  Ber- 
muda and  the  Red  Sea.  Mitchell  now 
plans  to  use  his  knowledge  of  mi- 
crobial processes  to  study  the  effects 
of  pollution  on  fish  species.  Hugh 
Ducklow,  a  graduate  student  in  bi- 
ology at  Harvard,  is  studying  the 
microbiology  of  coral  reefs. 


Making  pictures  can  be  more  enjoyable 
than  just  taking  them 


For  some  people,  pressing  a  button  is 
not  enough. 

There  is  a  difference  between  buying 
and  doing.  To  enjoy  a  fine  dinner  in  a 
great  restaurant  is  one  kind  of  experi- 
ence. To  cook  a  gourmet  dinner  in  your 
own  kitchen  from  homegrown  ingredi- 
ents is  a  different  kind  of  satisfaction. 

Lots  of  people  today  are  getting  more 
satisfaction  from  photography  than 
pressing  a  button  and  looking  at  re- 
sults. (No  more  sin  in  that,  of  course. 


than  in  dining  out.)  In  lots  of  homes, 
simple  arrangements  have  been  made 
to  seal  bathroom,  laundry  room,  or 
some  unused  corner  from  stray  light. 
The  home  darkroom  is  back.  And  we 
started  our  business  nearly  a  century 
ago  by  making  it  unnecessary! 

Would  you  like  to  process  your  own 
color  slides  or  make  your  own  big 
color  prints? 

We  have  an  interesting  way  to  get 
you  into  it:   audio  cassettes  that  talk 


you  through  the  processing  steps  with 
just  the  right  timing— even  music  wMIe 
you  and  the  chemicals  work. 

By  packaging  your  first  supplies  in 
introductory  size,  we  have  also  made  it 
cheaper  to  decide  if  you  enjoy  it. 

Stop  in  at  a  well-stocked  photo  shop 
and  ask  about  Kodeword 
Recordings.  That's  our 
trademark  for  the  cas- 
settes. Printed  literature 
available,  too. 


Now,  just  in  case  you  prefer  to  seek  challenge  elsewhere  than  in  the 
darkroom  and  you  want  us  to  make  you  a  16"  x  20"  color  enlargement 
from  a  35  mm  or  126  color  slide  or  Kodacolor  negative,  we  now  an- 
nounce that  service.  (Up  to  8"  x  10"  from  110  size.)  Dealers  have  details. 


The  Web  of  Hunger 


by  David  A.  Levitsky 


Ill-Nourished  Brains 


Will  the  world's  400 
million  malnourished 
children  suffer 
permanent  intellectual 
retardation  ? 

Juan,  a  small,  puffy  child,  sits  on 
the  dirt  floor  of  his  one-room  house 
in  a  rural  village  in  Mexico.  He  stares 
blankly  at  the  wall,  no  longer  crying 
or  complaining  about  the  pain  in  his 
stomach.  He  is  cold  and  weak  and 
doesn't  move.  Although  five  years 
old,  he  is  only  three  feet  tall  and 
weighs  about  thirty  pounds. 

Halfway  across  the  country,  five- 
year-old  Jose  runs  with  his  friends  to 
an  open  lot  where  they  find  an  old 
junked  car.  They  look  inside.  One 
boy  discovers  the  latch  to  the  hood 
and  Jose  opens  the  hood  and  peers 
curiously  inside.  He  then  slips  down 
to  look  under  the  car.  While  his  friend 
turns  the  steering  wheel,  Jose 
watches  the  rods  push  the  front 
wheels  from  side  to  side.  He  traces 
the  movement  back  to  the  steering 
wheel.  Jose  smiles,  for  now  he  has 
some  understanding  of  how  a  car 
works.  He  cannot  wait  to  tell  his  fa- 
ther and  to  come  back  to  the  lot  the 
next  day. 

Juan,  like  the  majority  of  children 
in  the  world,  perhaps  more  than  400 
million,  suffers  daily  from  the  pangs 
of  hunger  and  malnutrition.  Worse 
yet,  Juan's  encounter  with  severe 
malnutrition  may  cause  permanent 
damage  to  his  brain,  leaving  him  un- 
able to  ever  reach  his  intellectual  po- 
tential. Because  of  this  horrifying 
possibility,  many  government  offi- 
cials, public  health  workers,  physi- 
cians, nutritionists,  psychologists, 
and  other  scientists  have  been  work- 
ing together  to  answer  some  basic 
questions  concerning  the  long-term 
intellectual  and  behavioral  conse- 
quences of  childhood  malnutrition. 
Does  malnutrition  produce  perma- 
nent brain  damage?  Does  malnutri- 
tion produce  mental  retardation?  If 
malnutrition  does  affect  intellectual 
development,    what   are    the   brain 


mechanisms  responsible  and  are  the 
changes  reversible? 

Direct  answers  to  these  questions 
are  diflScult  to  determine  and  would 
require  a  rigorous  scientific  study,  in- 
cluding long-term  observation  of 
children  who  are  clinically  mal- 
nourished and  not  receiving  treat- 
ment. Clearly,  such  a  study  is,  and 
must  remain,  ethically  impossible. 
Although  an  indirect  approach  has 
limitations  and  requires  considerably 
more  effort  to  reach  a  sound  conclu- 
sion than  a  direct  one,  we  have 
learned  a  great  deal  not  only  about  the 
long-term  consequences  of  early  mal- 
nutrition on  cognitive  development, 
but  also  about  the  brain's  develop- 
ment, vulnerability,  and  functioning. 

The  idea  that  the  brain  may  be  af- 
fected by  malnutrition  is  relatively  re- 
cent. Early  in  the  history  of  nutrition, 
at  about  the  turn  of  this  century,  the 
brain  was  thought  to  be  "spared" 
from  nutritional  insult.  Scientists 
came  to  this  conclusion  because  the 
brain,  unlike  other  organs  of  the 
body,  maintained  its  weight  and  com- 
position during  the  course  of  nutrient 
insufficiency.  Not  until  the  early 
1960s  did  scientists — working  in 
South  Africa  and  South  America — 
find  that  children  suffering  from  pro- 
tein-calorie malnutrition  showed 
signs  of  delayed  cognitive  develop- 
ment as  measured  by  standard  intel- 
ligence and  developmental  tests.  Al- 
though the  tests  were  refined  to  re- 
move cultural  bias,  persistent  lags  in 
cognitive  development  prevailed  in 
children  who  had  suffered  from  early 
malnutrition. 

Most  noticeable  was  delayed  lan- 
guage development.  Age  of  speak- 
ing, vocabulary,  and  language  orga- 
nization are  all  deleteriously  affected 
by  protein-calorie  malnutrition.  Tied 
to  retarded  language  development 
were  delays  in  intersensory  integra- 
tion— the  ability  to  pair  a  particular 
visual  shape,  such  as  a  letter,  with  its 
particular  sound.  The  development  of 
intersensory  integration  is  essential 
for  learning  to  read.  These  studies, 
then,  contradicted  the  earlier  notion 


that  the  brain  was  spared  from  the  del- 
eterious effects  of  malnutrition.  Be- 
haviorally,  these  children  showed  the 
effects  of  malnutrition  through  alter- 
ations of  brain  function. 

At  about  the  same  time,  re- 
searchers working  with  laboratory 
animals  found  that  the  animal  brain 
was  indeed  "vulnerable"  to  periods 
of  severe  malnutrition,  particularly 
during  the  phase  of  rapid  brain  devel- 
opment— the  first  two  or  three  years 
of  life  in  a  child  or  the  first  few  weeks 
of  life  in  the  case  of  laboratory  ani- 
mals. They  found  that  the  brains  of 
animals  malnourished  early  in  life 
were  smaller  and  contained  less 
DNA.  Total  DNA  is  taken  as  an  index 
of  the  total  number  of  cells  of  the 
brain.  Most  importantly,  even  fol- 
lowing long  periods  of  nutritional  re- 
habilitation, the  brain  remained 
smaller  and  the  DNA  content  lower. 

Was  this  true  also  of  humans?  Un- 
fortunately, it  appears  so.  Children 
who  have  been  malnourished  show 
smaller  brains,  containing  less  DNA, 
than  normal  children.  Thus,  by  the 
late  1960s  the  findings  were  fairly 
clear  and  very  grim:  children  who 
suffered  from  malnutrition  had 
smaller  brains  and  also  displayed 
signs  of  retarded  cognitive  develop- 
ment as  measured  by  various  devel- 
opmental tests.  The  next  question. 
Are  these  independent  effects  of  mal- 
nutrition or  does  the  physical  change 
in  the  size  of  the  brain  produced  by 
malnutrition  cause  the  cognitive  re- 
tardation? then  became  terribly  im- 
portant. If  the  brain  is  irreversibly  al- 
tered by  early  malnutrition,  then  one 
must  expect  that  generations  of 
adults,  perhaps  entire  societies,  will 
perform  at  a  suboptimum  intellectual 
level.  This  would  be  catastrophic  for 
developing  countries  trying  to  make 
technological  leaps  in  a  few  decades 
and  requiring  highly  specialized 
learning.  These  nations,  of  course, 
are  the  very  ones  suffering  the  rav- 
ages of  malnutrition. 

It  thus  became  crucial  to  under- 
stand how  malnutrition  affects  cogni- 
tive development.  Since  we  cannot 


"« 


fbri  Niiwcoiiihn 

Inn  iiina 
./ImlilerloiiuhamiJioi 
WiiirieiofU<'S,(jpoii 
Biid  Woriufoiinlf; 


\ 


Professionalism 
highlights  everything 
«       John  Newcombe  does 
If    on  the  tennis  court.  But 
when  it  comes  to  taking  pictures, 
he  wants  a  camera  that  gives 
great  results,  but  doesn't  take  a 
degree  in  math  to  operate.  That's 
why  he  likes  the  Canon  AE-1. 

The  AE-1  is  a  fine  35mm 
camera  that  has  point-and-shoot 
simplicity,  and  still  has  the  ver- 
satility even  a  pro  can  love.  Its 
rapid-fire  power  winder  is  great 
for  sequences— you  won't  miss 
a  shot.  And  the  AE-1s  electronic 
flash  is  so  automatic  it's  truly 
foolproof.  Best  of  all,  it  does  all 
this  at  a  price  that's  just  a  little 
more  than  what  you  might  spend 
on  a  camera  that's  a  lot  less.  If 
you  want  to  lose  your  amateur 
standing  in  photography  the 
Canon  AE-1  is  the  way  to  go. 

For  a  closer  look  at  the 
Canon  AE-1,  see  your  local 
camera  specialty  dealer  soon. 


So  advanced,  it's  simple. 

Canon' 


Seville 

and  the  quest 

for  perfection. 


An  American  success  story. 

Few  cars  in  so  short  a  period  of  time  have 
so  captured  the  imagination  of  the  motoring 
public  as  this  car  Seville  by  Cadillac.  At 
its  introduction,  this  was  a  new  kind  of  luxury 
car. ..designed  for  American  tastes  but  at 
home  anywhere  in  the  world.  The  car  com- 
plete—the first  American  car  to  cotnbine 
international  size  and  styling  with  Cadillac 
comfort  and  convenience. 

A  credit  to  its  engineering. 

So  well-engineered  was  it  that  a  number  of 
Seville's  proven  design  concepts  have  been 
incorporated  in  the  1977  Cadillacs  that  we 
proudly  label  the  next  generation  of  the 
luxury  car  But  Seville  remains  unique.  And 
the  quest  for  perfection  goes  on. 

The  quest. 

Seville  was  a  great  car  when  it  was  intro- 
duced. It  is  an  even  more  refined  car  today. 
For  it  is  our  policy  to  constantly  seek  out 
ways  to  enhance  Seville—  and  as  we  find  them 
they  are  incorporated  into  the  car.  There 
are  many  such  refinements.  Some  might  ap- 
pear minor.  Some  not  so  minor.  Altogether, 


they  make  Seville  art  even  more  desirable 
car  choice  for  1977.  Examples  of  these 
refinements  include  the  following: 

Four-wheel  disc  brakes. 

They  are  standard  equipment.  Combined 
with  a  power  brake  booster,  they  provide 
the  braking  capability  you  would  expect 
of  one  of  the  world's  best-equipped  cars. 

A  retuned  suspension  system. 

You  might  never  notice  the  difference.  But 
we  would.  So  we  retuned  the  suspension  sys- 
tem. Complementing  the  suspension  system 
are  special  Butyl*  rubber  body  mounts  to 
provide  vibration-dampening  qualities — 
for  both  vertical  and  lateral  movement. 

Styling  refinements. 

The  timeless  styling  of  Seville  has  been 
enhanced  by  a  new,  more  distinctive  grille. 
And  you  may  now  select  either  the  vinyl 
top  or  the  stylish  simplicity  of  an  all-metal 


roof.  All  other  styling  remains  happily 
unchanged. 

A  unique  American  luxury  car. 

Most  important,  it's  a  Seville— designed  and 
engineered  to  be  one  of  the  world's  great 
cars.  A  car  of  innovation  — incorporating 
the  latest  American  technical  achievements. 
Such  as  its  Electronic-Fuel-Injected  Engine 
with  an  on-board  analog  computer  It's  a 
beautiful  road  car.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Seville 
just  might  be  the  best-performing  car  you've 
ever  driven.  There's  only  one  way  to  know. 
Call  your  Cadillac  dealer  and  have  him 
arrange  a  test  drive  for  you.  Haven't  you 
waited  long  enough? 


BY  CADILLAC 


Four-wheel  disc  brakes. 


New!  GOOSE  DOWN 
SHIRT- J  AC 

This  Shirt-Jac  keeps  you  warm  when  it's 
freezing,  weightless  comfort  all  year 
round.  Wear  it  for  hiking,  golfing,  biking, 
skiing,  on  campus  or  around  town.  It's 
fashionable  and  practical  at  the  same 
time.  Trynyl  fabric  is  a  soft,  durable  blend 
of  Nylon,  Dacron  and  cotton  in  the 
popular  denim  look,  Zepel-treated  to 
resist  stains  and  moisture.  Snap-closing 
front,  cuffs,  pockets  and  epaulets.  Colors: 
Light  Blue,  British  Tan,  Denim  Blue. 
Sizes:  Men's  S(37-39),  M(40-43),  L(44-46), 
XL(48-50).  Sizes:  Women's  XS(8-10),  S{12- 
14),  M(16-18),  L(20).  0021  Goose  Down 
Shirt-Jac  $42.50  postpaid. 


GOOSE  DOWN  SOX 

Will  keep  your  feet  warm  all  through  the 
night  in  sleeping  bag  or  bed.  Great  travel 
mates  that  tuck  away  to  occupy  little 
space  in  your  duffel  or  suitcase.  Bauer 
Goose  Down  is  quilted  in  tough,  wash- 
able Nylon  taffeta.  Colors:  Red,  Winter 
Blue,  Powder  Blue,  Taupe.  Specify  shoe 
size  and  we  will  send  the  proper  fit. 
0123  Goose  Down  Sox  $9.95  postpaid. 

r  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee!  ' 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ .  (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Charge  my  DMaster  Charge  DBankAmericard 

D  American  Express  "Good  Thru" 

Card  No 

Please  RUSH  my  order. 

D  0021  Goose  Down  Shirt-Jac 

Men's  Size Color 

Color 


n0123  Goose  Down  Sox 


Me 


-Colo 


DSend  me  FREE  your  color  catalog  of  over 
1200  unique  outdoor  products. 


J^^^^JUa/^StJuu^OAy^ 


Depl.    PNH,  Third   S  Virginia,   Se 


measure  the  biochemical  and  neuro- 
logical events  taking  place  in  the 
brain  of  a  developing  child,  we  had 
to  develop  an  animal  model  of  cogni- 
tive development.  At  least  in  animals 
we  can  investigate  the  changes  that 
take  place  in  the  brain  during  and  fol- 
lowing severe  malnutrition. 

But  how  was  one  to  use  the  animal 
as  a  model  for  the  cognitive  develop- 
ment of  humans?  To  study  this  ques- 
tion, Richard  H.  Barnes,  a  nutrition- 
ist working  at  Cornell  University, 
brought  together  a  number  of  psy- 
chologists, physiologists,  biochem- 
ists, and  nutritionists.  The  early  find- 
ings of  this  multidisciplinary  research 
group  were  clear.  Rats  subjected  to 
severe  protein-calorie  restrictions 
early  in  life  and  then  nutritionally  re- 
habilitated over  a  period  of  several 
months  still  showed  depressed  per- 
formance in  learning  difficult  dis- 
crimination problems.  But  the  re- 
searchers, aware  that  many  factors 
can  affect  learning  performance  and 
that  differences  in  learning  perform- 
ance do  not  necessarily  mean  dif- 
ferences in  the  ability  to  learn,  were 
cautious  in  interpreting  their  results. 
When  I  joined  Barnes's  research 
staff  in  1968,  we  conducted  several 
studies  that  clearly  showed  that  early 
malnutrition  in  rats  and  pigs  in- 
creased their  emotionality,  again  fol- 
lowing nutritional  rehabilitation. 
This  is  particularly  true  when  the  ani- 
mal is  placed  in  a  situation  that 
evokes  an  emotional  response.  Its  re- 
action to  a  loud  noise,  a  new  environ- 
ment, or  a  mild  electric  shock,  for 
example,  is  greater  than  that  of  the 
well-nourished  rat.  The  animal  may 
squeal  more,  defecate  or  urinate, 
show  reluctance  to  enter  a  novel  en- 
vironment or  to  return  to  one  in  which 
it  was  frightened. 

This  increased  emotionality  fol- 
lowing malnutrition  occurs  in  many 
different  kinds  of  situations  and  in 
several  different  species,  two  factors 
that  are  crucial  if  we  wish  to  use  the 
laboratory  animals  as  models  for 
humans.  The  effects  of  malnutrition 
on  behavior  seem  to  hold  for  a  variety 
of  mammalian  species,  including 
rats,  pigs,  mice,  cats,  dogs,  and  mon- 
keys. Interestingly,  protein-calorie 
malnourished  children  are  also  highly 
irritable  and  susceptible  to  temper 
tantrums. 

But  to  return  to  our  original  ques- 
tion. Does  early  malnutrition  perma- 
nently impair  the  brain  so  that  it  can- 
not learn,  that  is,  process  cognitive 
information?  In  carefully  controlled 


experiments  neither  we  nor  any  other 
group  has  demonstrated  any  deficit  in 
the  ability  of  either  a  previously  or 
currently  malnourished  animal  to 
learn.  Does  that  mean  that  early  mal- 
nutrition does  not  affect  cognitive  de- 
velopment in  animals  or  man?  Not 
necessarily;  it  may  mean  that  malnu- 
trition affects  cognitive  development 
through  mechanisms  other  than  the 
ability  to  learn  in  typical  learning  sit- 
uations. 

As  mentioned  previously,  one  of 
the  long-term  behavioral  effects  of 
early  malnutrition  in  animals  is  a 
heightened  behavioral  reaction  in  any 
emotion-evoking  situation.  Other 
conditions  will  produce  similar-  ef- 
fects, one  of  the  most  powerful  being 
environmental  isolation.  Raising 
rats,  mice,  dogs,  monkeys — or 
humans — in  isolated  environments 
produces  long-term  changes  in 
behavior  that  can  be  observed  in  the 
adult.  In  all  these  cases  there  is  an 
increase  in  behavioral  reactivity  to 
emotion-provoking  events. 

One  explanation  of  this  behavioral 
effect  was  offered  by  Ronald  Melzack 
of  McGill  University,  who  theorized 
that  the  young  mammal  is  continually 
learning  about  its  environment  in 
order  to  react  appropriately  to  it.  Our 
reaction  to  a  novel  stimulus  is  typi- 
cally associated  with  an  emotional  re- 
sponse; we  fear  what  we  have  never 
experienced.  To  the  adult  animal 
reared  in  isolation  almost  everything 
is  novel  and  hence  it  displays  exag- 
gerated emotional  responses  in  far 
more  situations. 

What  is  important  to  us  is  the  con- 
cept that  the  young  organism  is  con- 
tinually learning  about  its  environ- 
ment, not  because  the  experimenter 
forces  learning,  but  because  it  natu- 
rally occurs.  Since  the  effects  of  early 
malnutrition  and  early  emotional  iso- 
lation produce  similar  behavioral  ef- 
fects, is  it  possible  that  both  condi- 
tions, seemingly  quite  different,  are 
operating  through  similar  mecha- 
nisms? 

In  an  experiment  with  rats,  we 
raised  groups  for  the  first  seven  weeks 
of  life  under  three  sets  of  conditions: 
(1)  standard  laboratory  environ- 
ments; (2)  environmentally  restricted 
environments  in  which  the  animals 
were  raised  in  small  lightproof, 
soundproof  chambers;  and  (3)  envi- 
ronmentally "stimulating"  environ- 
ments in  which  the  animals  lived  with 
littermates,  were  handled  regularly, 
and  had  access  to  toys  and  other  ob- 
jects. In  each  of  these  three  condi- 


I 


books  or  sets  whose  numbers  I'' 
in  the  boxes  below.  Bill  me  only  $3  for  all 
three,  plus  shipping.  As  a  member.  I  am  not 
required  to  buy  another  book  but  for  every 
Main  Selection  I  do  buy  for  which  there  is  an 
established  publisher's  list  price,  I  will  re- 
ceive a  20%  discount  of  such  list  price.  You 
will  send  me  the  QPB  Review  for  at  least  six 
months  with  the  understanding  that  you 
may  cancel  my  membership  at  any  time 
thereafter  if  1    have   not    made— and   paid 


for 


ANY  3 

BOOKS  OR  SETS 

FOR  ONLY  $1  EACH... 


for  our  Free  Book  Plan 

HOW  MEMBERSHIP  WORKS 

1.  You  will  receive  the  QPB  Revie 
about  every  3'/i  weeks.  This  informs 
Main  Selection  plus  approximately 
On  any  Main  Selection  you  decide  t 

an  established  publisher's  list  price,  you  will  receive  a  dis- 
count of  20%  of  such  list  price. 

2.  If  you  want  the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing,  it  will  be 
shipped  to  you  automatically.  If  you  want  one  or  more  of  the 
Alternates  —or  no  book  at  all  —just  indicate  your  decision  on 
the  reply  form  always  enclosed  with  the  Review  and  return  it 
by  the  date  specified. 

3.  Free  books.  For  every  book  or  set  you  buy  (exclusive  of  your 
three  introductory  choices  for  $1  each),  you  earn  at  least  one 
Bonus  Point  and  the  Bonus  Points  you  accumulate  entitle  you 
to  free  books  and  sets.  (You  pay  only  shipping  charges.) 

4.  Return  Privilege.  If  your  Review  is  delayed  in  the  mail  and 
therefore  you  receive  the  Main  Selection  \vithout  having  had 
ten  days  to  notify  us  if  you  did  not  want  it,  you  may  return  that 
Selection  at  our  expense. 

5.  Cancellation  privilege.  You  may  cancel  your  membership 
whenever  you  wish  simply  by  notifying  us.  We  will  send  you 
the  QPB  Review  for  at  least  six  months  with  the  understand- 
ing that  we  may  cancel  vour  membership  at  any  time  thereaf- 
ter if  you  have  not  rnade-and  paid  for  -  at  least  one 
purchase  in  any  six-month  period. 

6-QB113-10 


Business  Reply  Mail 

No  Postage  Stamp  Necessary  If  Mailed  in  the  United  Sta 


FIRST  CLASS 
PERMIT  NO.  100 
MIDDLETOWN, 
PENNSYLVANIA 


Postage  Will  Be  Paid  By 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK 
BOOK  CLUB,  INC. 

Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057 


Why  people  who  don't  join  book  clubs 
ore  joining  the  Quolity  Poperbock  Book  Club 


i  I 


i 


iwy>T|^n 


13-VOL.  BqXEDtiJtfr 


p^Tini 


129.53,96 


321.S450 


221.  THE  PILL  VERSUS  THE 
SPRINGHILL  MINE  DISASTER,  IN 
WATERMELON  SUGAR  and  TROUT 
FISHING  IN  AMERICA  by  Richaid 
Bcauligan  (3  Vols  i  Piil)  piices  lolal 
S6,45 

209,  THE  SEASONAL  KITCHEN  by 

Peria  Meyers  S3,95 

210,  THE  WORLD  OF  THE  PAST 

Ediled  by  Jacquella  Hawkes 
(2  Vols,)  Maps  aiidpholos  Pub 
prices  tolalS!  1.90 


IHECAEAIOG 

OFKns 

124,  FREE  TORE, ,, YOU  AND  ME 

Introduced  by  Mario  Thomas,  Gloria 
Steinem  S  Letty  Collin  Pogrebin 
lllijstraled,S5.95 

279,  ZEN  AND  THE  ART  OF 
MOTORCYCLE  MAINTENANCE:  An 
Inquiry  into  Values  by  Robert  M 
Pitsig  S4.95 

341,  THE  SOUND  OF  THE  ONE 
HAND  281  Zen  Koans  With 
Answers,  Translated,  with  a 
Commentary  by  Yoel  Hollman 
S4,95 

263,  THE  ADVENTURES  OF 
SHERLOCK  HOLMES  and  THE 
MEMOIRS  OF  SHERLOCK  HOLMES 

by  A  Conan  Doyle  i2  Vols  llllus 
Pub  prices  loial  57,90 


,THi«nDrwtwnKt 

THI  SPORTS  BOOK 

QPB  is  the  oniy  book  club  that  otiers  the  best  ot  the  large-size. 

well-printed,  durable  paperbacks  being  published  today,  QPB  also 

gives  a  20%  discount  on  most  Selections  and  even  greater 

discounts  on  many  other  t)Ooks. 


331,  ALMOST  HOME:  Collected 
Stories  by  Jonathan  Schwartz 
S3, 95 

277,  HERE  AT  THE  NEW  YORKER 

by  lirendanGill  Photographs  and 
Illustrations  35,60 

237,  ARIEL  and  CROSSING  THE 
WATER  by  Sylvia  Plalh  (2  Vols  i 
Pub  puces  total  S5, 20 

231,  TROPIC  OF  CANCER  and 
TROPIC  OF  CAPRICORN  by  lleiiiy 

Millei  !?  Vols  iPulipiices  total 
S990 

112,  THE  COMPLETE  TALES  AND 
POEMS  OF  EDGAR  ALLAN  POE 
S6,95 


204   PL  T   PARENI 
EFFECTIVENESS  TRAINING  The 
Tested  Way  to  Raise  Responsible 

Children  D(  Ui  Ihorriss  Grjido', 
S4  95 

171  AMERIKA,  THE  TRIAL  and 

THE  CASTLE  by  Fran;  Kal>.a 

3  Vols   Pub  unces  total  S6  85 

344  AMERICAN  POETRY 
ANTHOLOGY  Edited  by  Daniel 

HdlH;ll,    S5,95 


IheEden 
pqirKS 


...jrk   . 
yonnequt 


320  THE  POVERTY  OF  POWER 
Energy  and  the  Economic  Crisis  Dy 
Barry  Commoner  S4,95 


CHOOSE  ANY  3  BOOKS 
OR  SETS  FOR  ONLY  $1  EACH.. 

with  no  obligation  to  buy  another  book. . . 

and  as  a  member  you'll  immediately  qualify 

for  our  Free  Book  Plan 


281,  OUR  BODIES,  OURSELVES:  A 
Book  By  and  For  Women  hy  The 
Boston  Women's  Health  Book 
Collective,  Second  Edition  Revised 
and  Expanded  S4,96 

315,  WASHINGTON  JOURNAL 
The  Events  ot  1973-1974  by 
Elizabeth  Drew  S5,96 

290,THE  COMPLETE  NOVELS  OF 
JANE  AUSTEN  by  Jane  Austen 
(2  Vols,)  Pub  prices  total  57,90 


204,  THE  NEW  YORK  TIMES 
BOOK  OF  HOUSE  PLANTS  by 

Joan  Lee  Faust  lllus  55.95 


319.  NEEDLEPOINT  FROM 
AMERICA'S  GREAT  OUILT 

DESIGNS.  VVritten  and  Stitched  by 
Mary  Kay  Davis  and  Helen 
Giammattei  Illustrated  55.96 

133.  THE  DECLINE  AND  FALL  OF 
THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE  by  Edward 

Gibbon  Abridgmentby  D  M  low 
(3  Vols.  Boxed)  54.95 


164  ROLL  JORDAN.  ROLL:  The 
World  the  Slaves  Made  by  Eugene  D 
Genovese  S5.95 

132.  CAT'S  CRADLE, 
SLAUGHTERHOUSE-FIVE  and 
BREAKFAST  OF  CHAMPIONS  by 

KuttVonnegut  i3  Vols   Pub  prices 
total  S8.35 

300.  SELECTED  LETTERS  OF 
JAMES  JOYCE.  Edited  by  Richard 
Ellmann  S5.95 

229.  STRICTLY  SPEAKING:  Will 
America  Be  the  Death  ol  English'' 

by  Edwin  (Newman  54.95 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOKCLUB,  INC. 

IvIIDDLETOWN    PENNSYLVANIA  17057 

The  Book  Club  of  the  '70s 


214  THE  AWFUL  ROWING 
TOWARD  GOD  and  LIVE  OR  DIE  by 

Anne  Senton   2  Vols :  Pub  prices 
total  se.90 

183  THE  ALEXANDRIA  QUARTET 

OyLavrienceDuirelt  i4  Vols  .Bonedl 
S7  95 

268  BURIED  ALIVE:  Tlie 

Biography  ol  Jams  Joplin  by  Uyia 
f   .:C"=i    54  50 

126  THE  FALL  THE  PLAGUE  aail 
THE  STRANGER  by  Albert  Camus 

?  Vf.i;   Put)  prices  total  S6.55 


w    ^ 


270.  THE  JAZZ  BOOK  From  New 
Orleans  to  Rock  and  Free  Jazz  by 

Joachim  Berendt  New  Revised 
Edition  56.96 

332.  THE  HANDMADE 
GREENHOUSE  From  Windowsill  to 
Backyard  by  Richard  Nicholls 
Illustrated  54.96 

339.  THE  MAN  WHO  LOVED 
CHILDREN  by  Christina  Stead 
54.96 

345.  POWER  SHIFT:  The  Rise  ol 
the  Southern  Rim  and  Us  Challenge 
to  the  Eastern  Establishment  by 
Kirkpalricl^Sale  53.95 

239.  PSYCHOTHERAPY  EASTS 
WEST.  NATURE.  MAN.  AND 
WOMAN  and  THE  WAY  OF  ZEN  by 

Alan  Watts  i3  Vols )  Pub  prices 
total  56.86 


a 

THE 

APARTMENT 

FARMEK 

How  to  buy 
beautiful 
and  unusual 
presents  from 

THE  METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM  OF  ART 


tvery  three  months— four  times  a  year— the  Museum  will  announce 
by  mail  remarkable  new  replicas— exact  copies  of  Museum  originals: 
sculpture,  decorative  objects,  tableware,  and  ornaments. 

/*&>  The  variety  will  be  extraordinary :  ancient  jewelry  in  gold  and  sil- 
ver; Oriental  and  European  porcelain;  early  American  glass  in  crystal 
and  tare  colors;  bronze  from  Egypt,  Greece,  China,  and  the  medieval 
world;  silver,  peVvter,  brass,  and  pottery  from  Colonial  America. 

/IS,  These  copies,  often  produced  by  the  same  techniques  used  for 
the  originals,  are  made  by  artist-craftsmen  working  under  the  Mu- 
seum's direct  supervision.  The  care  taken  in  production  frequently 
limits  the  quantity,  and  the  majority  of  replicas  can  be  bought  only  by 
mail  or  at  the  Museum.  (Above:  Owl.  Ptolemaic  Period,  332-30  b.c. 
Cast  stone,  4V&"  x  4I/4",  $12.50  plus  $1.25  for  shipping.) 

7iA>  To  receive  all  of  the  advance  announcements  to  be  issued  during 
the  next  year,  send  the  coupon  below  with  one  dollar  to  cover  mailing. 


^A 


You  will  receive  immediately  the  first  of  these,  the  116-page  Christmas 
Catalogue.  A  brilliant  array  of  new  presents  includes  jewelry  with  scarabs  of 
lapis  lazuli  and  rock  crystal;  a  medieval  ivory  hand  mirror;  early  American 
flowerpots;  igth-century  glass  in  emerald,  canary  yellow,  and  peacock  blue; 
a  silver  brandy  warmer  and  cordial  tumblers;  a  rare  French  coffee  cup;  a 
quiche  dish;  art  nouveau  placemats;  stars,  snowflakes,  hearts,  and  a  tree- 
top  ornament  in  gold  and  silver;  portfolios  with  Chinese  butterflies  and  a 
silk  scarf  with  flowers  from  a  Persian  garden;  a  collection  of  Museum 
needlework  patterns  and  a  new  cookbook.  To  the  Queen's  Taste.  In  addition, 
there  is  an  unparalleled  selection  of  Christmas  cards. 


THE  METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM   OF  ART 

255  Gracie  Station,  New  York  10028  ixj6 

Please  send  me  all  advance  announcements  and  catalogues  of  replicas  to  be 
issued  by  the  Museum  during  the  next  12  months.  One  dollar  to  cover  mail- 
ing costs  is  enclosed. 


ADDRESS- 


tions  there  were  two  groups:  one  fed 
an  excellent  quality  diet;  the  other 
maintained  on  a  very  low  protein  diet. 
Thus,  all  nutritional  and  environ- 
mental manipulations  occurred  dur- 
ing the  first  seven  weeks  of  life.  We 
then  gave  all  animals  a  regular  diet 
and  placed  them  in  standard  environ- 
mental conditions  for  ten  weeks  be- 
fore giving  them  a  series  of  behav- 
ioral tests. 

The  results  clearly  showed  the  pro- 
found effect  of  early  environment  on 
many  different  behaviors.  The  pre- 
viously malnourished  animals  were 
hyperexcitable,  moved  about  in 
short,  quick  movements,  were  more 
aggressive,  engaged  in  more  fights, 
arid  were  more  reluctant  to  enter  a 
large  open  area.  More  important, 
while  early  environmental  isolation 
exaggerated  these  effects,  environ- 
mental enrichment  almost  completely 
eliminated  them.  Poorly  nourished 
animals  raised  in  a  stimulating  envi- 
ronment tested  almost  as  well  as  those 
that  were  well  nourished. 

These  results  raise  some  important 
questions  concerning  the  mecha- 
nisms through  which  malnutrition 
may  affect  cognitive  development. 
As  far  as  can  be  determined,  the  ef- 
fect of  environment  on  brain  growth 
is  extremely  small  compared  to  the 
effect  of  early  malnutrition.  The  brain 
size  as  well  as  total  DNA  content  of 
the  brains  of  all  the  malnourished  ani- 
mals were  not  significantly  affected 
by  environmental  conditions,  al- 
though their  behavior  was  dramati- 
cally affected  by  their  environment. 
Thus ,  even  if  malnutrition  leads  to  the 
reduction  in  the  size  of  the  brain  or 
possibly  the  number  of  neurons,  this 
does  not  seem  to  be  the  major  cause 
of  the  behavioral  abnormalities. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  the  dif- 
ferences in  behavior  do  not  have  a 
physical  substrate  in  the  brain.  In- 
deed, there  are  differences  in  en- 
zymes necessary  for  the  metabolism 
of  acetylcholine,  a  brain  neurotrans- 
mitter, which  correlate  with  the  be- 
havioral effects  of  the  nutrition-en- 
vironment interactions.  Rather,  the 
reduction  in  the  brain  size  or  total 
number  of  brain  cells  does  not  appear 
to  be  the  critical  variable  in  the  pro- 
duction of  behavioral  abnormalities, 
and  the  ability  of  the  animal  to  learn 
is  not  affected  by  severe  malnutrition. 

In  order  to  reconcile  these  results 
and  still  explain  the  long-term  behav- 
ioral abnormalities  of  animals  mal- 
nourished early  in  life,  we  developed 
the   concept   of    "functional   isola- 


WHATSITSNAME,  the  completely  unique  new  Edmund  Wi"  Newton- 
ian Richest  Field  Reflector  Telescope.  Clearest,  brightest,  most 
spectacular  wide  angle  views  of  moon,  stars,  comets,  galaxies  you've 
ever  seen.  Here  are  just  a  few  of  its  outstanding  features: 

Compact,  portable,  sets  up  in  seconds.  It's  pre-collimated  and  ready 
to  use.  Just  pop  in  the  eyepiece,  focus  . . .  and  presto!  Its  fantastic  3V2' 
field  of  view  gives  you  more  stars  in  a  single  view  than  any  other  type 
telescope  . . .  bright,  crisp,  finely  resolved  images.  For  sky  gazing  and 
earth  gazing  too! 

Take  it  anywhere!  Only  17",  10  pounds.  Easiest-to-use  telescope  ever! 
Over  your  shoulder,  in  your  lap,  on  a  tripod.  Or  just  rotate  the  spherical 
base  on  its  own  aluminum  mount  for  use  on  a  table,  car  hood,  etc. 

Maintenance-free,  top  quality  optical  system  features  4V4",  f/4 
parabolic  primary  mirror  (1/8  wave,  17"  F.L.);  pre-aligned  1/8  wave 
diagonal  is  right  on  coated  optical  window  that  seals  optics  from 
moisture  and  dust;  standard  28mm  Ke liner  eyepiece  (gives  15X,  higher 
with  other  eyepiece  or  Barlow). 

Beautiful,  colorful,  sleek  and  modern!  A  real  conversation  piece  and  a 
joy  to  own  and  use.  Rugged  high  impact  plastic  body,  bhght  Scharfan- 
lan  red  (doesn't  impair  night  vision);  fast,  posi-ghp  roller  focusing 
(25'  to  infinity);  adjustable  carrying  strap  and  much  more!  The  tele- 
scope of  the  future,  here  today. 

Stock  No.  2001E  Special  Introductory  Price  $129.95  Ppd. 

(Goes  to  $149.95  Dec.  25,  1976) 

CONTEST  RULES  AND  REGULATIONS 

1.  No  purchase  required  to  enter.  2.  All  entries  must  be  received  by 
Edmund  Scientific  Co.  no  later  than  November  15,  1976,  and 
become  the  sole  property  of  Edmund  Scientific  Co.  3.  An  official 
entry  form,  or  reasonable  facsimile,  should  t:e  used  for  each  entry.  4. 
Entries  will  be  judged  on  originality  and  practicality.  5.  Decision  of 
the  judges  will  be  final.  6.  Incaseofties,  winning  entry  will  be  the  one 
with  the  earliest  postmark.  7.  Winners  will  be  notified  by  mail,  and 
their  photos  and  names  will  appear  with  the  announcement  in  the 
next  issue  of  the  nationally  distributed  Edmund  catalog.  8.  This 
contest  is  void  where  prohibited  by  law.  9.  "Name  the  Telescope" 
contest  is  not  open  to  employees  of  Edmund  Scientific  Co.,  its 
advertising  agency,  this  magazine  or  any  judge  of  this  contest.  10. 
Every  entrant,  whether  a  winner  or  not,  will  receive  FREE  a  1-year 
subscription  to  "Astronomy  News". 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO., 

300  EDSCORP  BLDG., 

BARRINGTON,  NJ  08007  (609)  547-3488 


A  star 
is  born  . . . 

name  it,  win  it! 

(in  time  for  Christmas!) 

GRAND  PRIZE:  TWO  NEW  EDMUND  PORTABLE 
RICHEST  FIELD  4V4"  f/4  NEWTONIAN  TELESCOPES, 
INTRODUCTORY-PRICED  AT  $129.95  EACH. 

(One  lor  you,  one  (or  ihe  school  or  planetarium  ol  your  cnoice.j 

rLUo  !i)bUU  LAon  dUNUo     one  before  vou  win twoi 

2niJ  PRIZE  SI 00  CASH 

3rd,  4th,  5th  PRIZES— S50  EDMUND  MDSE.  CERTIFICATES 

EVERYBODY  WINS!  all  entrants  get  a  free  i-year 

SUBSCRIPTION  TO  ASTRONOMY  NEWS  (a  S5  00  value).  12 
fact-filled  issues  packed  with  the  latest  astronomical  news  and 
discoveries, 

*  Special  introductory  price  valid  lor  all  orders  received  by  midnight 
December  24. 1976  wtien  it  goes  to  $149  95  If  you  re  the  Grand  Prize 
Winner,  we  II  refund  your  $129.95 

Get  in  the  contest — it  s  easy,  fun.  creative  and  rewarding!  Just 
read  the  description  under  WHATSITSNAME  S  illustration  for 
information  and  inspiration — then,  write  yoursuggested  name  for 
Edmund  s  new  telescope  on  the  entry  blank  below,  fill  in  and  mail. 
Your  brainchild  may  be  the  winner'  So.  give  it  a  go — lots  of  good 
hints  in  that  fact-filled  paragraph  above  WHATSITSNAME  S  intro- 
ductory low  price.  No  purchase  necessary  to  enter,  and  here  s 
more  good  news.  If  you  buy  the  new  scope  now  (whywa/t  to  enjoy 
it  .  ,  ,  why  not  own  it  now,  or  give  it  for  Chnstmas  at  the  special 
introductory  price'')  and  you  do  become  the  Grand  Prize  Winner, 
we'll  refund  your  $1 29.95'  P/us  . . .  you  II  get  a  S500.00  Gash  Bonus 
buyer  s  prize.  Okay?  Name  the  telescope' 

ALL  ENTRIES  MUST  BE  RECEIVED  BY  NOVEMBER  15,  1976! 

USE  THE  OFFICIAL  ENTRY  FORM/ORDER  FORM  BELOW,  OR 
REASONABLE  FACSIMILE.  ONE  NAME  PER  FORM.  USE  IT 
ALSO  TO  ORDER  EDMUND'S  NEW  SCOPE  NOW  AND  SAVE 
$20.00.  NO  PURCHASE  NECESSARY  TO  Wlf^l— AND  IF  YOU 
WIN,  YOU'LL  GET  YOUR  $129.95  BACK! 

If  form  is  missing,  send  your  entry  and.'or  order  on  separate  piece 
of  paper  (one  entry  per  sheet)  to; 

CONTESTE 

EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 
300  EDSCORP  BLDG. 
BARRINGTON,  NJ  08007 


Be  sure  to 
include  your 
Name.  Address, 
City,  State,  Zip. 


OFFICIAL  ENTRY/ORDER  FORM— MAIL  TODAY! 

Contest"E" 

Edmund  Scientific  Co., 

300  Edscorp  BIdg.,  Barrington,  NJ  08007 

telescope  now  and 


Z   Send  FREE 
164-Page  Catalog  E 

Charge  my 
J  American  Express 
Z  BankAmencard 
C  Master  Charge 

Interbank  No.    

Card  No 

Expiration  Date  


—   Yes,  I  m  ordering  the 

saving  S20  00,  Send  me  

■WHATSITSNAME',  PORTABLE  TELESCOPE(S) 
NO  2001 E  al  Special 

Introductory  Price  of  S129,95  ea,  s 

Service  &  Handling  Charge      $  1,00 

Enclosed  IS  Z  Check  D  M,0, 

For  TOTAL  of    S 


Bjukahericard 


30-DAY 

MONEY-BACK 

GUARANTEE. 

You  must  be 
satisfied  or  re- 
turn    any     pur- 


j'smycontestentry. 


\bu  can  hear  both  sides 
of  the  story  ¥fith  Bauen 

Now  you  can  make  films 
that  sound  just  as  rich  as  they 
look.  The  Bauer  T60  is  the  finest 
stereo  sound  projector  ever  made 
for  super  8.  It  records  and  plays 
back  in  stereo,  and  monaural. 
Shoot  your  scene,  then  add  back- 
ground to  a  second  track  on  your 
T60.  The  sophisticated  control 
panel  lets  you  mix  in  your  sound. 
Stereo  music,  sound  effects  or 
narration,  any  way  you  want  it. 

There  are  more  things  that 
made  the  T60  truly  super.  It's 
super  quiet.  With  automatic 
threading  and  gentle  film 
handling.  And  a  16.5mm-30mm 
zoom  lens. 

It  handles  both  super  8  and 
single  8  film,  too.  And  records  on 
both.  In  stereo,  of  course. 

With  the  new  Bauer  T60  you  can  get  professional  sound  lab  effects  without 
the  professional  sound  lab. 

Check  out  the  new  Bauer  5x  zoom  sound  camera,  too.  Or  the  new  12x  zoom 
silent,  or  any  of  our  other  fine  movie  products.  Write  for  information 

BAUER  T60. 

The  Supers  Projector  with  Stereo  Sound. 

(J5i8ipl  AIC  Photo,  Inc.,  Carle  Place,  N.Y.  U514 

I*"""  I  Bauer  is  a  Reg.  TM  of  Robert  Bosch  Photokino  GmbH. 


Lindblad's  New  East  African 

WING  SAFARI 

offers  an  exclusive  window-seat  view 
of  the  world's  richest  wildlife  panorama. 


No  need  to  get  trapped  in  large  con- 
centrations of  minibuses  on  hot  and 
dusty  roads.  Get  a  wide-angled  view 
oftheAfricanvastness.OurnewWing 
Safari,  limited  to  7  passengers,  using 
the  latest,  most  comfortable  Navajo 
turbo-powered  aircraft,  permits  us  to 
visitfar  ranging  wilderness  and  game 
reserves  seldom  visited  by  other  sa- 
faris. We  will  fly  deeper  Into  the  North- 
ern Frontier  District  to  see  the  excit- 
ing tribal  lifeof  theSamburu,  Borani, 
Rendilles  and  Somalis.  At  night  we 


will  occupy  the  very  best  hotels, 
lodges  and  tented  camps.  Our  spe- 
cially trained  hosts  will  introduce 
you,  not  only  to  the  large  mammals, 
but  also  to  colorful  and  exciting  birds, 
butterflies,  plants  and  flowers  en- 
demic to  East  Africa.  The  Lindblad 
Wing  Safari  is  a  truly  unforgettable 
experience.  British  Airways  will  fly 
you  to  Nairobi  and  back  in  utmost 
comfort.  Please  write  for  our  bro- 
chure or  give  us  the  name  of  your 
travel  agent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 


Dept.  NHWS 
133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  NY.  10022       751-2300  or  toil-free  800-223-9700 


tion."  The  young  organism  is  con- 
stantly learning  information  about  its 
environment  through  play,  curiosity, 
and  exploration.  This  internally  moti- 
vated curiosity  to  learn,  however,  is 
inhibited  by  malnutrition;  the  orga- 
nism becomes  "functionally  iso- 
lated" from  the  acquisition  of  certain 
kinds  of  environmental  information. 
Thus,  malnutrition  early  in  life  may 
affect  cognitive  development,  not  by 
damaging  the  brain's  capacity  to 
learn,  but  by  producing  behaviors  in- 
compatible with  normal  environ- 
mental learning.  The  group  of  mal- 
nourished rats  upon  whom  we 
"forced"  environmental  stimulation 
displayed  only  a  minimal  residual  ef- 
fect of  malnutrition.  When  the  infor- 
mation of  the  environment  was  mini- 
mal, however,  malnourished  animals 
were  much  more  severely  affected, 
behaviorally,  than  the  well-nourished 
controls  raised  in  isolation. 

How  does  malnutrition  '  'function- 
ally isolate"  the  young  organism 
from  certain  aspects  of  environmental 
information?  One  of  the  most  obvi- 
ous ways  is  the  delay  of  psychomotor 
development.  The  young  mal- 
nourished child  or  animal,  late  in  de- 
veloping the  coordinated  movement 
necessary  for  crawling  and  walking, 
cannot  explore  its  environment. 
Also,  malnutrition  restricts  environ- 
mental learning  through  its  action  on 
the  mother.  Young  rat  pups  that  are 
malnourished  either  prenatally  or 
postnatally  are  smaller  and  less  devel- 
oped in  motor  skills.  The  rat  mother, 
reacting  to  these  pups  as  if  they  were 
younger,  has  increased  contact  with 
them  through  the  course  of  lactation. 
During  the  latter  part  of  this  period, 
pups  normally  attempt  to  leave  the 
nest  and  explore  their  environment, 
but  as  a  result  of  their  smaller  size, 
delays  in  their  psychomotor  develop- 
ment, and  increased  contact  by  the 
dam,  such  exploration  is  delayed. 

These  effects  of  malnutrition  on  the 
young  and  on  the  behavior  of  the 
mother  also  occur  in  humans.  Dr.  Al- 
fonso Chavez  of  the  National  Institute 
of  Nutrition  in  Mexico  has  studied  the 
home  environments  in  a  rural  Mexi- 
can village  where  the  rate  of  malnutri- 
tion in  children  is  quite  high.  Two 
groups  of  children  were  matched  for 
physical,  social,  and  economic  char- 
acteristics of  their  parents.  One  group 
received  a  small  food  supplement, 
starting  during  the  mother's  preg- 
nancy and  continuing  for  the  first 
three  years  of  the  child's  life.  During 
this  time  carefully  trained  observers, 


i6 


Which  Is  The  Real  Rembrandt?  X^'IM 

LAMBERT  STUDIOS  expertly  duplicates  the  world's  mosi 
beautiful  paintings  with  remarkable  fidelity  and  true  colors 

perfeci,;'e':;r.fd'  on  Genuine  Artist  Canvas 

Ij  heaulijut  things  have  a  place  in  your  lije.  there  is  a  place  Jor  them  no.-. 

in  your  home,  a  vacant  wall  waiting  to  come  alive  with  the  special  magic 

oj  a  great  painting.  Each  work  is  available  3  ways  at  low  direct  sale  prices. 

STRtTCHtD    $11.95    CUSTOM   FRAMED.  .    $24.95 

Mr  hand  jirncb  and  mouol  Thr  rlrgaoi  CU»s>£  Gallery  fnmt 
each  canvas  to  (he  best  solid  is  hand-made  of  solid  wood  finish- 
wood    arTis(    stretcher    bars,  ed  in  bUck  lacquer  and   tnmmed 
18     '  24     overall,  the  paint-  with  a  sJver-chromed 
ing.    stretched,    looks    even  ready  to  hang  and 

al  oil  and  suits  aov  decor 

or  frame  \t 


\ 

308.PICASSO.FEMME. 

<\  Simple  and  sen- 

the  Blue  Period  .Only  7.95 

STARLIGHT     910.    MONET.   TULIP    FIELD. 
■      ■-—  ■■  ■ '■—  field  of 


ring  green Only  7.95 


CREDIT  CARD  ORDERS  BY  PHONE! 

Can  213-659-0588  and  we  will  ship  your  order  the  sa     . 
^  day  by  UP  S  Sorry,  no  collect  calls  or  C.O.D.'s.  Please 
e  your  Masler  Charge,  BankAmencard  or  / 
Express   number   and   expiral'on   date   ready.    Phone 
hours.  Men- Sal   9:00a.m,  to5.30  p.m    P. ST. 


LAMBERT  STUDIOS  DEPT.  NHl  910  No.  La  Cienega  Blvd.,  Los  Angeles,  Ca  .,  90069 


PLEASE  FILL  IN  PRINT  NUMBER  AND  TITLE  AND  C 

RCLECORF 

ECT  PRICE 

p,lnl  ■ 

TICIe 

FI.1 

SIrelcnM 

Framed 

HANDLING 
S 

$ 

7.95 

11.95 

24.95 

7.95 

11.95 

24.95 

POSTAGE  AND  HANDLING 

7.95 

11.95 

24.95 

Flat '1.00  per  item 

Stretched  .'2.00  per  item 
Framed . . .  .'2.50  per  item 

7.95 

11.95 

24.95 

OR  CHARGE:DAMEH.  EXPRS.  DBANK  AMER.  D  MASTER  CHARGE  BANK  •_ 

ACCOUNT  • EXPIH.  DATE_ 

SIGNATURE — 

NAME _ADDRESS^ 

CITY STATE 


California  residents  please  add  6%  sales  tax 


FREE  WITH  ORDER  OR 
SEND  $1.00 

for  our  catalogue 
illustcatiiig  in  mil 
color  over  200  dif- 
ferent art  master- 
pieces authentically 
reproduced  on  tex- 
tured artist  canvas. 
Includes  decorating 
ideas,  biographies 
of  artists,  fine  art 
cards,  sculpture. 
Collectors  plates, 
books  and  coasters. 
Paintings    99C-S40. 


LAMBERT 


(T^  ^ 


Nikon  Binoculars. 

Worth  all  the  birds 

in  the  bush. 


The  powerful,  featherweight  8x30  and 
9x35  are  favorites  for  bird  watching  as  well 
as  wildlife  and  nature  study.  Other  Nikon 
binoculars  are  great  for  sports,  travel  or  boating. 
All  feature  Nikon  prism  optics  that  are  carefully 
matched  and  precisely  aligned  so  you  can  enjoy 
bright,  sharp  viewing  for  long  periods  without 
eye  strain.  And  they  cost  a  lot  less  than  you're 
prepared  to  spend  for  such  ruggedly  built,  top  quality  binoculars.  See  for 
yourself,  at  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  fine  optical  departments.  Or  write  for 
Lit/Pak  18,  Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo- 
Optical  Industries,  Inc.  (In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.  P.Q.)  [IBB 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


The  pages  of  Kipling's  classics  come  to  life 
on  Lindblad's  five  fascinating  journeys  through 


INDIA 


1.  Incomparable  India         2.  Himalayan  Nature  Tour 

3.  Palaces  and  Forts  4.  Glimpses  of  South  India. 

5.  Everyman's  India. 


In  India  you  will  see  a  greater  variety  of 
humanity  and  culture  than  perhaps 
anywhere  else  on  earth.  You  will  mar- 
vel at  its  magnificent  nature  and  rich 
animal  life.You  will  travel  with  specially 
chosen  couriers,  who  know  and  love 
their  land,  and  who  can  explain  the 
manifestations  of  its  many  religions 
and  customs.  They  will  show  you  great 
Indian  architecture  and  give  you  the 
opportunity  to  meet  with  its  people  and 


enjoy  their  ceremonies  and  way  of  life. 
Any  one  or  all  five  of  these  journeys  are 
bound  to  fill  your  appetite  for  excite- 
ment and  adventure.  AIR  INDIA  will  fly 
you  there  and  back  in  utter  comfort. 
Write  for  our  brochure  or  give  us  the 
name  of  your  travel  agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHIN 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  NY  10022 

751-2300  or  toll-free  800-223-9700 


well  acquainted  with  the  villagers, 
went  into  the  homes  and  studied  the 
child  and  family  for  several  days  at 
a  time  throughout  the  three  years  of 
the  study. 

The  children  receiving  no  supple- 
mental food  spent  more  time  in  the 
crib,  slept  more,  spent  less  time  out 
of  the  home,  and  were  much  more 
"attached"  to  their  mothers  than  the 
supplemented  group.  The  children  re- 
ceiving additional  food,  being  more 
active,  demanded  more  social  in- 
teraction from  the  parents  and  sib- 
lings and  thus  induced  an  increase  in 
the  level  of  "cognitive  stimulation" 
in  the  home. 

Another  mechanism  through 
which  malnutrition  may  affect  cogni- 
tive development  is  through  a  depres- 
sion in  the  young  mammal's  delight- 
ful curiosity.  We  are  all  aware  of  this 
behavior  in  the  young  puppy,  kitten, 
or  child.  Parents  know  that  a  child 
may  be  getting  sick  because  he  is  not 
as  playful  as  usual.  This  playful  curi- 
osity is  extremely  susceptible  to  nu- 
tritional and  physiological  status; 
protein  or  calorie  restriction  pro- 
foundly alters  the  tendency  of  a 
young  animal  to  explore  a  novel  ob- 
ject placed  in  its  environment.  Exper- 
imenters have  seen  this  with  young 
rats,  pigs,  and  monkeys,  and  clini- 
cians frequently  note  it  in  mal- 
nourished children.  While  recuper- 
ating in  hospitals,  these  children 
commonly  sit  quietly  in  the  corner  of 
a  playroom  filled  with  toys,  rarely 
touching  or  trying  to  work  any  of 
them.  They  lack  the  curiosity-in- 
duced learning  essential  for  environ- 
mental learning  and  for  maximizing 
their  cognitive  potential. 

These  concepts  help  to  explain  a 
long-perplexing  issue:  why  malnutri- 
tion has  a  greater  effect  on  children 
from  countries  that  are  less  tech- 
nologically and  economically  devel- 
oped than  on  those  from  affluent  na- 
tions. In  fact,  studies  of  children  from 
wealthy  countries  show  no  permanent 
effects  of  early  malnutrition  on  cogni- 
tive development.  During  the  Dutch 
famine  winter  of  1944/45,  when  the 
Germans  blocked  all  ports,  many  in- 
fants in  The  Netherlands  were  se- 
verely malnourished.  Yet  this  did  not 
adversely  affect  their  intelligence,  ac- 
cording to  later  studies.  Similarly,  a 
group  of  middle-class  children  stud- 
ied in  Boston,  malnourished  because 
they  suffered  from  cystic  fibrosis, 
which  impairs  nutrient  absorption, 
did  not  show  permanent  signs  of  in- 
tellectual impairment. 


Ybu  can  help  save  Maria  Pastora 

for  ^16  a  month. 

Or  you  can  turn  the  page. 


Maria  Pastora  smiled 

for  tlie  camera.  But  tier 

smiledoes  not  come  easily. 

Because  she  lives  in  poverty, 

as  does  the  rest  of  her  tribe. 

Once  this  proud  Indian 

civilization  roamed  the  foothills 

of  the  Andes.  Now,  they  are  a 

few?  thousand  forgotten  people. 

Maria  Pastora's  home  is  one  room. 

A  hut  of  thatch,  mud,  and  board. 

Seven  people  once  lived  there. 

But  Maria's  father  died. 

And  two  Infants  couldn't  hold  on  to  life. 

Maria's  mother  farms  a  muddy  half-acre  alone  now. 

Some  corn,  some  beans.  Never  enough. 

Yet  Maria  Pastora  smiled  for  the  camera. 

For  $16  a  month,  through  Save  the  Children 
Federation,  you  can  sponsor  a  child  like  Maria 
Pastora.  And  give  her  the  things  she  must  have  to 
keep  her  body,  mind,  and  spirit  alive.  Combined 
with  money  from  other  sponsors,  your  $16  will 
help  the  people  of  Maria's  valley.  To  reclaim  land 
for  desperately  needed  food.  Provide  health,  nu- 
trition, and  education  programs.  And  stop  the 
physical  and  cultural  disintegration  of  her  tribe. 
In  short,  help  her  people  help  themselves.  With  a 
hand  up,  not  a  handout.  For  this  is  what  Save  the 
Children  has  been  all  about  since  1932. 

For  you  — educated,  involved,  and  in  touch  with 
your  own  heart— there  are  many  rewards.  Cor- 
respond with  a  child.  Receive  a  photo  and  prog- 
ress reports.  Reach  out  to  another  human  being. 
That's  how  Save  the  Children  works.  But  without 
you  it  can't  work.  So  please:  Clip  this  coupon 
and  mail  it  today.  Now  you  can  turn  the  page. 


Save  the  Children  Federation  is 
indeed  proud  of  the  handling  of  its  funds. 
An  annual  report  and  audit  statement  are  available 
upon  request.  Member  of  the  International  Union  for 
Child  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies 
for  Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income  tax  deductible. 


I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  tioy  Q  girl  Q  either 
D  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 

D  Appalachia(U.S.)       D  Honduras  Q  Inner  Cities  (U.S.) 

D  Bangladesh  D  Indian  D  Israel 

n  Chicano  (U.S.)  (Latin  America)  Q  Korea 

D  Colombia  D  Indian  (U.S.)  D  Lebanon 

n  Dominican  Republic  D  Indonesia  D  Mexico 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment:  ^  f^"^^'  S°^'h  (U.  S.) 
n  $48  quarterly           D  $96  semi-annually 
D  $16  monthly              D  $192  annually 

D  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 


n  Please  send  me  more  information. 


ADDRESS. 
CITY 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

Westport,  Connecticut  06880  nh  io/6 


There  are  two  roads  to 
immortality.  One  for  artists, 
and  one  for  art  lovers. 


Luciia  Jovanovic's  famous 

original  lithograph 

"River  Running"  is  now  available. 


Only  a  rare  few  achieve  immortality  by  creat- 
ing timeless  art.  And  only  a  rare  few  achieve 
immortality  by  collecting  it,  enjoying  it,  and 
sharing  its  beauty  with  generations  to  come. 
That  opportunity  is  now  yours. 

Just  return  the  coupon  below,  and  we 
will  rush  our  latest  catalogue  to  your  home 
free.  In  glowing  color,  it  illustrates  museum- 
quality  masterpieces  by  some  of  the  world's 
great  artists.  Original  lithographs,  etchings 
and  serigraphs  pulled  in  strictly  limited  edi- 
tions and  hand-signed  by  Picasso,  Calder,  Dali 
and  other  immortals.  And  all  temptingly 
priced  ...  to  put  immortality  within  your 
reach. 

Send  for  your  free  catalogue  now. 


[/ 

n  Please  rush  me  your  free  newsletter  and  color  catalogue  of  affordable  art  masterpieces. 


Ori9inal  print  collectors  9roup,Ltd. 

120  East  56th  Street,  Dept.  NHl  ,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 


City 


©  1976  Original  print  collectors  group.  Ltd 


Zip 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


Lars-Eric  Lindblad  invites  you  to 
stand  in  awe  before  the  colossal  achievements 
of  the  Inca  Empire  and  prehistoric  Polynesians 

Incas,  Peru  &  Easter  Island 


Deep  in  the  heartland  of  the  Andes 
and  on  desolate  Easter  Island 
stand  testimonies  to  cultures  of 
such  glory,  that  even  today  we  can 
only  speculate  with  reverence 
about  their  greatness.  We  may  ask 
ourselves  how  in  the  world  these 
architectural  and  engineering 
feats  were  accomplished  without 
today'stechnology.  Were  their  civi- 
lizations superior  to  ours?  Come 
with  us  to  explore  and  examine  the 
monumental  heritage  left  us  by  the 
Incas  in  the  Andes.  See  Cuzco  and 


Machu  Picchu,  whose  ruins  fire 
our  imagination. Then  stand  before 
the  giant  Moai  stone  heads  on 
Easter  Island  and  wonder  how  they 
ever  got  there.  This  is  an  archaeo- 
logical journey  that  is  truly  excit- 
ing. Please  write  for  our  brochure 
or  give  us  the  name  of  your  travel 
agent. 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHIP 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022 

751-2300  or  toll-free  800-223-9700 


The  environmental  setting  of  the 
children  during  the  time  they  were 
malnourished  is  obviously  important. 
Both  the  Dutch  and  Boston  children 
were  raised  in  highly  educated  socie- 
ties. Even  during  the  war  years  in 
Holland,  there  was  strong  emphasis 
on  education.  The  Boston  children 
did  not  suffer  from  a  lack  of  intel- 
lectual stimulation.  Like  the  labora- 
tory situation  in  which  the  mal- 
nourished rats  were  forced  into  a 
stimulating  environment,  these  socie- 
ties encourage,  indeed  require,  learn- 
ing. They  do  not  have  to  rely  on  en- 
dogenously  motivated  curiosity. 

One  of  the  most  encouraging 
aspects  of  this  problem  is  the  possi- 
bility of  rehabilitating  the  previously 
malnourished  child.  If  the  functional 
isolation  model  is  correct,  we  are  not 
talking  about  a  permanently  damaged 
brain  or  impaired  ability  to  learn. 
Making  the  child  well  again  should 
rekindle  the  curiosity  to  learn;  at  that 
time,  he  can  begin  to  recover  the 
accumulating  store  of  cognitive  infor- 
mation lost  during  the  period  of  mal- 
nutrition. Myron  Winick  of  Colum- 
bia University  has  recently  accumu- 
lated some  evidence  to  support  this. 
Studying  orphaned  Korean  children 
who  were  malnourished  early  in  life, 
rehabilitated,  then  raised  by  Ameri- 
can adoptive  parents,  he  found  no  im- 
pairment in  their  IQs.  Of  course, 
"learning  resources" — schools, 
teachers,  books,  involved  parents, 
and  a  society  that  encourages  learn- 
ing— must  also  be  available. 

One  cannot  talk  about  malnutrition 
and  intellectual  development  without 
talking  about  the  total  environment  of 
poverty.  The  economics  of  poverty 
robs  the  child  of  good  schools,  attrac- 
tive toys,  libraries,  books,  and  educa- 
tionally stimulating  environments. 
Poverty  robs  the  parents  of  the  time 
they  can  devote  to  playing  with  their 
children  and  "intellectually  stimu- 
lating" them.  But  of  all  the  ills  of 
poverty,  malnutrition  is  perhaps  the 
cruelest,  for  it  robs  the  child  of  one 
of  the  most  precious  characteristics  of 
the  young — and  possibly  one  of  the 
most  important  for  the  ultimate  at- 
tainment of  his  intellectual  poten- 
tial— the  hunger  to  learn. 

David  A.  Levitsky,  who  has  con- 
ducted numerous  studies  on  the  rela- 
tionships between  nutrition  and  be- 
havior, teaches  in  the  Division  of  Nu- 
tritional Sciences  and  the  Psychology 
Department  at  Cornell  University. 


WITH  YOUR 

SUBSCRIPTION, 

THIS  BONUS  BOOK... 


1 


As  soon  as  your  subscription  Pf V^^ent  is  re^ 
ceived,  we  will  also  send  you  the  140-page 
book  image.  Object  and  '""S'O"  (;;p9^'^„ 
Drice-  $4  50),  as  a  bonus.  This  anthology  of 
SCIENTIFIC  AMERICAN  articles  Presents  re- 
cent research  into  human  perception.  It  denv 
onstrates  the  enduring  quality  of  the 
magazine's  editorial  content. 


n 


SCIENTIFIC 
AMERICATN 

415  MADISON  AVENUE 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y  10017 

Please  enter  my  subscription  to  the  monthly  issues 
o  laENT  FIC  AMERICAN  for  the  term  I  have 
ciecked  I  understand  that  y°" -"  ^^oe  Ob^ 
absolutely  free— the  140-page  book /mage,  Obiect 
S  En  (regular  price:  $4.50),  as  soon  as  my 
subscription  payment  is  received. 


D  Bill  me       D  My  payment  is  enclosed 


(Subscription  rates  outside  U.S.  and  Canada: 
1  year  -  $18        2  years  -  $33        3  years  -  $45) 


MAIL 

THIS  POSTPAID  CARI 
TODAY 


YOUR 
GUARANTEE 

and  receive  a  refund  for  the  balance 
of  your  subscription.  The  bonus  book 
IS  yours  to  keep. 


Natural  History 


SCIENTIFIC 
[  AMERICAIN 


FXXX) /VND  *;RICII  LTU  HK 


Kj^tmdei/976 


Three  billion  more 
people  will  join  us 
at  the  dinner  table 
between  now  and 
2000  A.D. 

How  in  the  world 
will  we  feed  them? 


That  question  provides  the  occasion 
for  the  publication  of  the  September 
issue  of  Scientific  American,  devoted 
in  its  entirety  to  ¥ood  and  Agriculture. 
The  answers  come  from  a  distinguished 
group  of  authors  who  are  otherwise 
engaged  in  implementing  their 
answers  in  the  laboratory — and  in  the 
gardens,  greenhouses,  rice  paddies, 
croplands  and  ranges  of  the  world. 

Pundits  and  publicists  have  put 
abroad  a  great  deal  of  misleading  infor- 
mation on  this  subject.  There  is  wide 
acceptance  of  the  proposition  that  the 
exploding  populations  of  the  poor 
("xmderdeveloped")  countries  have 
overrun  their  agricultural  resources. 
The  "lifeboat  ethic"  instructs  the 
people  of  rich  ("developed")  countries 
to  be  ready  to  repel  boarding  parties. 

In  fact,  the  peoples  of  the  under- 
developed countries  have  outgrown  not 
their  resources  but  the  subsistence- 
agriculture  technology  that  has  held 
them  in  misery  from  the  dawn  of 
history.  The  demonstrated  agricul- 
tural technology  of  the  industrially 
developed  countries  could  multiply 
world  agricultural  output  by  more 
than  a  dozen  times.  It  could  support 
a  well-fed  population  of  40  billion. 
This  is  a  much  larger  number  than  that 
at  which,  it  is  now  reckoned,  the 
world  population  will  stabilize  some 
time  in  the  next  century. 


What  is  required  is  the  transfer  of 
modem  agricultural  technology  from 
the  developed  to  the  underdeveloped 
countries.  That  is  the  answer  to  the 
2000  A.D.  question.  The  fact  that  it  is 
now  technologically  possible  to  banish 
hunger  from  human  experience  carries 
immense  force  against  the  political, 
economic  and  social  obstacles  that 
stand  in  the  way. 

For  regular  readers  of  SCIENTIFIC 
American,  this  September  single-topic 
issue  supplies  the  latest  installment  in  a 
conttnuing  story.  Starting  in  1950,  with 
"The  Food  Problem"  by  Lord  Boyd- 
Orr,  this  magazine  has  reported  step- 
by-step  the  revolution  in  agricultural 
technology  that  helped  to  double  world 
food  output  in  the  years  since. 

Our  readers  have  kept  abreast  of  aU 
the  other  developments  in  science  that 
have  made  this  period  the  most  mo- 
mentous in  intellectual  history. 
Consider  what  has  occurred:  the 
unlocking  of  the  genetic  code;  the  dis- 
covery of  continental  drift;  the  proof 
of  uncertainty  in  logic;  the  recognition 
of  the  role  of  toolmaking  in  our  biolog- 
ical evolution;  the  sudden  arrival  of 
solid-state  electronics,  the  microcom- 
puter, the  laser;  the  elucidation  of  the 
nerve  circuitry  that  organizes  percep- 
tion; the  penetration  of  the  structure  of 
the  fundamental  particles. 


To  our  readers  aU  this  has  been 
reported  by  the  scientists  who  did  the 
work.  (More  than  60  Nobel  prize- 
winners have  written  for  Scientific 
American,  nearly  all  of  them  in 
advance  of  their  recognition  by  Stock- 
holm.) The  collaboration  of  our  editors 
in  the  preparation  of  text  and  illustra- 
tion makes  this  work  accessible  to  a 
growing  worldwide  readership. 

Why  not  join  our  more  than  650,000 
regular  readers?  You  wiU  learn  why 
The  New  York  Times  calls  SCIENTIFIC 
American,  "This  country's  and  per- 
haps the  world's  outstanding  forum 
for  communication  between  scientists 
and  the  intelligent  public." 

Use  the  adjacent  postpaid  card  to 
begin  enjoying  the  diversity  of  articles 
in  each  monthly  issue.  A  one-year  sub- 
scription is  only  $15,  a  $3  saving  on  the 
single-copy  price.  A  two-year  subscrip- 
tion, at  $27,  saves  you  $9.  And  a  three- 
year  subscription,  at  $37,  saves  you  $17. 

Send  no  money  now.  We'U  bill  you. 

SCIENTIFIC 
AMERICAN 

Dept.  UK,  415  Madison  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


^3 


Convenient  hanging  thong 
keeps  Rod  always  at  hand. 

AMAZING 
CERAMIC 

Sharpening  Rod 
ends  dull  knives... 

Restores  razor-sharpness  gently, 
without  wearing  down  the  bladesi 

At  last— a  sharpening  tool  that's  entirely  different  and 
more  effective  than  any  you've  ever  used ...  at  about 
one-third  the  cost  of  a  good  sharpening  steel!  The 
"secret' '  is  in  the  exclusive  ceramic  surface  that  gives 
knives  a  super-sharp  edge  in  just  a  few  strokes— 
without  harmful  grinding  or  wearing  away  of  blades. 


ONLY 

95 


It's  ideal  for  sharpening  any  knife,  scis- 
sors or  cutting  tool  you  own.  And  it  makes 
a  great  gift  idea  too!  Measures  13Vi" 
long,  with  solid  ash  handle  tapered  for 
comfortable  gripping,  and  convenient 
hanging  thong.  '  POSTPAID 

30-Day  Money-Back  Guarantee! 


»4 


DISCOVERY  HOUSE,  INC.  Dept  670 

17241  Murphy  Ave.,  Irvine,  CA  92713 

Please  rush Ceramic  Sharpening  Roclls)  at  just  $4,95 

each*,  shipping  and  handling  included.  If  not  completely 
satisfied,  I  will  return  Rod(s)  within  30  days  for  lull  and 
prompt  refund.  Also  send  FREE  Discovery  House  Catalog 
of  unique  items  from  around  the  world. 


Check  or  M,0.  for  $ 
Print  Name 

_enclosed. 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

•Calif.  Residents  Add  30t  Sales  Tax. 


This  View  of  Life 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


Darwin's 
Untimely  Burial 


Despite  reports  to  the 
contrary,  the  theory 
of  natural  selection 
remains  very  much  alive 

In  one  of  the  numerous  movie  ver- 
sions of  A  Christinas  Carol,  Ebene- 
zer  Scrooge,  mounting  the  steps  to 
visit  his  dying  partner,  Jacob  Marley , 
encounters  a  dignified  gentleman  sit- 
ting on  a  landing.  "Are  you  the  doc- 
tor?" Scrooge  inquires.  "No,"  re- 
plies the  man,  "I'm  the  undertaker; 
ours  is  a  very  competitive  business. ' ' 
The  cutthroat  world  of  intellectuals 
must  rank  a  close  second,  and  few 
events  attract  more  notice  than  a  proc- 
lamation that  popular  ideas  have 
died.  Darwin's  theory  of  natural  se- 
lection has  been  a  perennial  candidate 
for  burial.  Tom  Bethell  held  the  most 
recent  wake  earlier  this  year  in  a  piece 
called  "Darwin's  Mistake  (Harper's, 
February  1976):  "Darwin's  theory,  I 
believe,  is  on  the  verge  of  collapse. 
.  .  .  Natural  selection  was  quietly 
abandoned,  even  by  his  most  ardent 
supporters,  some  years  ago."  News 
to  me,  and  I,  although  I  wear  the  Dar- 
winian label  with  some  pride,  am  not 
among  the  most  ardent  defenders  of 
natural  selection.  I  recall  Mark 
Twain's  famous  response  to  a  prema- 
ture obituary:  "The  reports  of  my 
death  are  greatly  exaggerated." 

Bethell's  argument  has  a  curious 
ring  for  most  practicing  scientists. 
We  are   always  ready  to  watch  a 


theory  fall  under  the  impact  of  new 
data,  but  we  do  not  expect  a  great  and 
influential  theory  to  collapse  from  a 
logical  error  in  its  formulation.  Vir- 
tually every  empirical  scientist  has  a 
touch  of  the  Philistine.  Scientists  tend 
to  ignore  academic  philosophy  as  an 
empty  pursuit.  Surely,  any  intelligent 
person  can  think  straight  by  intuition. 
Yet  Bethell  cites  no  data  at  all  in  seal- 
ing the  coffin  of  natural  selection, 
only  an  error  in  Darwin's  reasoning: 
"Darwin  made  a  mistake  sufficiently 
serious  to  undermine  his  theory.  And 
that  mistake  has  only  recently  been 
recognized  as  such.  .  .  .At  one  point 
in  his  argument,  Darwin  was 
rriisled." 

Although  I  will  try  to  refute  Beth- 
ell, I  also  deplore  the  unwillingness 
of  scientists  to  explore  seriously  the 
logical  structure  of  arguments.  Much 
of  what  passes  for  evolutionary 
theory  is  as  vacuous  as  Bethell 
claims.  Many  great  theories  are  held 
together  by  chains  of  dubious  meta- 
phor and  analogy.  Bethell  has  cor- 
rectly identified  the  hogwash  sur- 
rounding evolutionary  theory .  But  we 
differ  in  one  fundamental  way:  for 
Bethell,  Darwinian  theory  is  rotten  to 
the  core;  I  find  a  pearl  of  great  price 
at  the  center. 

Natural  selection  is  the  central  con- 
cept of  Darwinian  theory — the  fittest 
survive  and  spread  their  favored  traits 
through  populations.  Natural  selec- 
tion is  defined  by  Spencer's  phrase 
"survival  of  the  fittest,"  but  what 


24 


Dannon  Yogurt. 

If  you  dotft  always  eat  right, 

if  s  the  right  thing  to  eat. 


Every  day,  millions  of  people  give  up  eating. 
For  snacking. 

Well,  if  you  find  yourself  doing  more  eating  on 
the  run  than  at  a  table,  make  sure  you're  eating 
Dannon  Yogurt. 

Our  label  shows  you  that  Dannon  is  high  in  pro 
tein,  calcium  and  other  things  nutritionists  say  are 
good  for  you. 

It  also  shows  that,  unlike  so  many  snack  foods, 
Dannon  is  low  in  fat,  contains  no 
starch,  no  gelatin  or  other  thicken- 
ers. And  none  of  those  hard-to- 
pronounce  additives.  Because 
Dannon  Yogurt  is  100%  natural.  Not 
just  "natural  flavor,"  but  natural 
everything.  No  artificial  anything. 

Dannon  is  reasonable  in 
calories,  too.  Especially  when  you 
consider  how  satisfying  and  nutri- 
tious it  is. 

What's  more,  Dannon  gives 
you  the  benefits  of  yogurt  cultures. 
They  make  yogurt  one  of  the 
easiest  foods  to  digest,  and  have 
been  credited  with  other  healthful 
properties  too. 

Oddly  enough,  not  all  yogurts  have  active  yogurt 
cultures  to  speak  of.  In  some  brands— mainly  pre- 
mixed  or  Swiss  style— the  cultures  are  often 
deactivated  by  the  processing. 

We  created  a  whole  culture  of  yogurt  lovers. 

Dannon  outsells  all  other  brands.  For  a  number 
of  good  reasons. 


For  example,  we  go  out  of  our  wa\-  to  get  the 
best  natural  ingredients:  to  Eastern  Europe  for 
strawberries,  to  the  West  Coast  for  box'senber- 
ries,  and  we  go  to  Canada  for  blueberries.  (Ma\-be  the 
reason  that  other  yogurts  don't  come  close  to  the 
taste  of  Dannon  is  that  other  yogurt  makers  don't  go 
quite  as  far. ) 

And  it's  die  yogurt  delivered  direct  to  \-our  store 
"from  Dannon  to  dain^case."  So  if  it  tastes  fresher. 
that's  because  it  k  fresher. 

Dieters  aren't  the  only  people 
who  are  big  on  Dannon. 

Today  almost  ever}-body  s 
eating  Dannon.  Dannon  Yogurt 
is  quick  and  delicious  at  break- 
fast, light  but  filling  at  lunch,  a 
high  nutrition  snack  or  dessert. 
Spoon  it  out  of  the  cup  as  is, 
or  mix  with  cottage  cheese, 
fresh  fiuit,  peanut  butter,  honey, 
or  what-have-you. 

A  suggestion  for  beginners: 
since  plain  yogurt  may  be  a  bit  tart, 
start  with  Dannon  fruit  yogurts- 
strawberry,  blueberry,  red  raspberry-,  and  others. 
For  more  facts,  including  some  unexpectedly 

delicious  ways  to  eat  Dannon,  write  for  our  booklet, 

"Yogurt  and  You." 

Dannon,  22-11 38th  Avenue,  Long  Island  City, 

New  York  11101.  It's  fi-ee  and  it 

will  give  you  more  reasons  why 

Dannon  is  the  right  thing  to  eat—    1  bP^NNON 

even  if  you  always  eat  right. 


2.5 


does  this  famous  bit  of  jargon  really 
mean?  Who  are  the  fittest?  And  how 
is  "fitness"  defined?  We  often  read 
that  fitness  involves  no  more  than 
"differential  reproductive  suc- 
cess"— the  production  of  relatively 
more  successful  offspring  than  other 
competing  members  of  the  popula- 
tion. Whoa!  cries  Bethell,  as  have 
many  others  before  him.  This  formu- 
lation defines  fitness  in  terms  of  sur- 
vival only.  The  crucial  phrase  of  nat- 
ural selection  means  no  more  than 
"the  survival  of  those  who  sur- 
vive"— a  vacuous  tautology.  (Tau- 
tologies are  fine  as  definitions,  but  not 
as  testable  scientific  state- 
ments— there  can  be  nothing  to  test 
in  a  statement  true  by  definition.) 

But  how  could  Darwin  have  made 
such  a  monumental,  two-bit  mistake? 
Even  his  severest  critics  have  never 
accused  him  of  crass  stupidity.  Ob- 
viously, Darwin  must  have  tried  to 
define  fitness  differently — to  find  a 
criterion  for  fitness  independent  of 
mere  survival.  Darwin  did  propose  an 
independent  criterion,  but  Bethell 
argues  quite  correctly  that  he  relied 
upon  analogy  to  establish  it,  a  danger- 
ous and  slippery  strategy.  One  might 
think  that  the  first  chapter  of  such  a 
revolutionary  book  as  Origin  of  Spe- 
cies would  deal  with  cosmic  ques- 
tions and  general  concerns.  It 
doesn't.  It's  about  pigeons.  Darwin 
devotes  most  of  his  first  forty  pages 
to  "artificial  selection"  of  favored 
traits  by  animal  breeders.  For  here  an 
independent  criterion  surely 
operates.  The  pigeon  fancier  knows 
what  he  wants.  The  fittest  are  not  de- 
fined by  their  survival.  They  are, 
rather,  allowed  to  survive  because 
they  possess  desired  traits. 

The  principle  of  natural  selection 
depends  upon  the  validity  of  this  anal- 
ogy with  artificial  selection.  We  must 
be  able,  like  the  pigeon  fancier,  to 
identify  the  fittest  beforehand,  not 
only  by  the  a  posteriori  fact  of  their 
survival.  But  nature  is  not  an  animal 
breeder;  no  preordained  purpose  reg- 
ulates the  history  of  life.  In  nature, 
any  traits  possessed  by  survivors 
must  be  counted  as  "more  evolved' ' ; 
in  artificial  selection,  "superior" 
traits  are  defined  before  breeding 
even  begins.  Later  evolutionists, 
Bethell  argues,  recognized  the  failure 
of  Darwin's  analogy  and  redefined 
"fitness"  as  mere  survival.  But  they 
did  not  realize  that  they  had  under- 
mined .the  logical  structure  of  Dar- 
win's central  postulate.  Nature  pro- 
vides  no   independent   criterion   of 


fitness;  thus,  natural  selection  is  tau- 
tological. 

Bethel  then  moves  to  two  impor- 
tant corollaries  of  his  major  argu- 
ment. First,  if  fitness  only  means  sur- 
vival, then  how  can  natural  selection 
be  a  "creative"  force,  as  Darwinians 
insist.  Natural  selection  can  only  tell 
us  how  "a  given  type  of  animal  be- 
came more  numerous";  it  cannot  ex- 
plain "how  one  type  of  animal  gradu- 
ally changed  into  another."  Sec- 
ondly, why  were  Darwin  and  other 
eminent  Victorians  so  sure  that 
mindless  nature  could  be  compared 
with  conscious  selection  by  breeders. 
Bethell  argues  that  the  cultural  cli- 
mate of  triumphant  industrial  capital- 
ism had  defined  any  change  as  in- 
herently progressive.  Mere  survival 
in  nature  could  only  be  for  the  good: 
"It  is  beginning  to  look  as  though 
what  Darwin  really  discovered  was 
nothing  more  than  the  Victorian 
propensity  to  believe  in  progress." 

I  believe  that  Darwin  was  right  and 
that  Bethell  and  his  colleagues  are 
wrong:  criteria  of  fitness  independent 
of  survival  can  be  applied  to  nature 
and  have  been  used  consistently  by 
evolutionists.  But  let  me  admit  that 
Bethell' s  criticism  applies  to  much  of 
the  technical  literature  in  evolution- 
ary theory,  especially  to  the  abstract 
mathematical  treatments  that  con- 
sider evolution  only  as  an  alteration 
in  numbers,  not  as  a  change  in  qual- 
ity. These  studies  do  assess  fitness 
only  in  terms  of  differential  survival. 
What  else  can  be  done  with  abstract 
models  that  trace  the  relative  suc- 
cesses of  hypothetical  genes  A  and  B 
in  populations  that  exist  only  on  com- 
puter tape?  Nature,  however,  is  not 
limited  by  the  calculations  of  theoret- 
ical geneticists.  In  nature,  A 's  "supe- 
riority" over  B  will  be  expressed  as 
differential  survival,  but  it  is  not  de- 
fined by  it — or,  at  least,  it  better  not 
be  so  defined,  lest  Bethell  et  al. 
triumph  and  Darwin  surrender. 

My  defense  of  Darwin  is  neither 
startling,  novel,  nor  profound.  I 
merely  assert  that  Darwin  was  justi- 
fied in  analogizing  natural  selection 
with  animal  breeding.  In  artificial  se- 
lection, a  breeder's  desire  represents 
a  "change  of  environment"  for  a 
population.  In  this  new  environment, 
certain  traits  are  superior  a  priori; 
(they  survive  and  spread  by  our 
breeder's  choice,  but  this  is  a  result 
of  their  fitness,  not  a  definition  of  it). 
In  nature.  Darwinian  evolution  is  also 
a  response  to  changing  environments . 
Now,  the  key  point:  certain  morpho- 


logical, physiological,  and  behav- 
ioral traits  should  be  superior  a  priori 
as  designs  for  living  in  these  new  en- 
vironments. These  traits  confer 
fitness  by  an  engineer's  criterion  of 
good  design,  not  by  the  empirical  fact 
of  their  survival  and  spread.  It  got 
colder  before  the  woolly  mammoth 
evolved  its  shaggy  coat. 

Why  does  this  issue  agitate  evolu- 
tionists so  much?  OK,  Darwin  was 
right:  superior  design  in  changed  en- 
vironments is  an  independent  crite- 
rion of  fitness.  So  what.  Did  anyone 
ever  seriously  propose  that  the  poorly 
designed  shall  triumph?  Yes,  in  fact, 
many  did.  In  Darwin's  day,  many 
rival  evolutionary  theories  asserted 
that  the  fittest  (best  designed)  must 
perish.  One  popular  notion — the 
theory  of  racial  life  cycles — was 
championed  by  a  former  inhabitant  of 
the  office  I  now  occupy,  the  great 
American  paleontologist  Alpheus 
Hyatt.  Hyatt  claimed  that  evolution- 
ary lineages,  like  individuals,  had 
cycles  of  youth,  maturity,  old  age, 
and  death  (extinction);  that  decline 
and  extinction  are  programmed  into 
the  history  of  species;  and  that  as  ma- 
turity yields  to  old  age,  the  best-de- 
signed individuals  die  and  the  hob- 
bled, deformed  creatures  of  phyletic 
senility  take  over.  Another  anti-Dar- 
winian notion,  the  theory  of  ortho- 
genesis, held  that  certain  trends,  once 
initiated,  could  not  be  halted,  even 
though  they  must  lead  to  extinction 
caused  by  increasingly  inferior  de- 
sign. Many  nineteenth-century  evo- 
lutionists (perhaps  a  majority)  held 
that  Irish  elks  became  extinct  because 
they  could  not  halt  their  evolutionary 
increase  in  antler  size;  thus,  they 
died — caught  in  trees  or  bowed  (liter- 
ally) in  the  mire.  Likewise,  the  de- 
mise of  saber-toothed  tigers  was  often 
attributed  to  canine  teeth  grown  so 
long  that  the  poor  cats  couldn't  open 
their  jaws  wide  enough  to  use  them. 

Thus,  it  is  not  true,  as  Bethell 
claims,  that  any  traits  possessed  by 
survivors  must  be  designated  as  fitter. 
"Survival  of  the  fittest"  is  not  a  tau- 
tology. It  is  also  not  the  only  imagin- 
able or  reasonable  reading  of  the  evo- 
lutionary record.  It  is  testable.  It  had 
rivals  that  failed  under  the  weight  of 
contrary  evidence  and  changing  atti- 
tudes about  the  nature  of  life.  It  has 
rivals  that  may  succeed,  at  least  in 
limiting  its  scope  (see  my  column  of 
December  1975,  on  the  evolution  of 
selectively  neutral  traits). 

If  I  am  right,  how  can  Bethell 
claim,  "Darwin,  I  suggest,  is  in  the 


26 


The  musIc:  soft. 
The  lights:  low 
The  drink.:  f^uVf f 
-  Black  Russlani 


U^i 


^- 


lt:#th&t  sit  back  and 
relSxtimeof  day. 
Wh^^^l^ix  one 
ounc#OTKahlua  and  1 

4wo  ounces  of  vodka 
on  the  rocks.  And  enjoy. . . .  v'"^ 
every  delicious  minute.  ■    :; 

Why  not  send  for  our  Kahlua 

recipe  book.  Compliments  of  the 

house.  Because  you  deserve  something  nice. 


Kahlua.  53  Proof  Coffee  Liqueur  from  Sunny  Mexico.  Maidstone  Importers,  116  No.  Robertson  Blvd.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  90048. 


%ur  hands  know 
idaMinoltcU 


You  can  sense  the  care  and 
craftsnnanship  that  goes  into  a 
Minolta  from  the  moment  you 
pick  one  up-  It  feels  comfortable. 
The  controls  are  so  logically 
positioned  that  your  fingers  fall 
into  place  naturally  Everything 
works  with  such  smooth  pre- 
cision that  the  camera  feels  like 
a  part  of  you. 

A  Minolta  35mm  SLR  lets 
you  respond  instantly  to  the 
images  all  around  you.  You  never 
have  to  look  away  from  the  view- 
finder  to  make  adjustments, 
so  you  won't  lose  sight  of  even 
the  fastest  moving  subjects.  The 
image  remains  big  and  bright 
until  the  instant  you  shoot.  And 
Minolta's  patented  CLC'  meter- 
ing system  handles  even  tricky 
high  contrast  exposures  with 
incredible  accuracy 

For  another  point  of  view 
with  a  Minolta  SLR,  you  can 


Minolta 

When  you  are  the  camera 


choose  from  more  than  40  lenses 
in  the  superbly  crafted  Rokkor-X 
and  Minolta/Celtic  systems,  ranging 
from  "fisheye"  wide-angle  to 
super-telephoto. 

Minolta  offers  a  wide  selec- 
tion of  electronic  and  match- 
needle  SLRs.  With  a  choice  of 
features  to  match  your  needs  and 
budget.  Regardless  of  the  model 
you  choose,  you  get  the  superb 
Minolta  handling  that  lets  you 
quickly  and  easily  translate  the 
vision  in  your  mind  to  film. 

So  see  your  Minolta  dealer 
and  let  him  put  a  Minolta  in  your 
hands.  For  literature,  write  Minolta 
Corporation.  101  Williams  Drive, 
Ramsey.  NewJersey07446- 
In  Canada:  Anglophoto.  Ltd..  RQ. 


and  the  camera  is  >'0u. 


process  of  being  discarded,  but  per- 
haps in  deference  to  the  venerable  old 
gentleman,  resting  comfortably  in 
Westminster  Abbey  next  to  Sir  Isaac 
Newton,  it  is  being  done  as  discreetly 
and  gently  as  possible  with  a  mini- 
mum of  publicity. " "  I'm  afraid  I  must 
say  that  Bethell  has  not  been  quite  fair 
in  his  report  of  prevailing  opinion.  He 
cites  the  gadflies  C.H.  Waddington 
and  H.J.  Muller  as  though  they  epito- 
mized a  consensus.  He  never  men- 
tions the  leading  selectionists  of  our 
present  generation — E.O.  Wilson  or 
D.  Janzen.  for  example.  And  he 
quotes  the  architects  of  neo-Darwin- 
ism — Dobzhansky.  Simpson,  Mayr, 
and  J.  Huxley — only  to  ridicule  their 
metaphors  on  the  "creativity"  of  nat- 
ural selection.  (I  am  not  claiming  that 
Darwinism  should  be  cherished  be- 
cause it  is  still  popular;  I  am  enough 
of  a  gadfly  to  believe  that  uncriticized 
consensus  is  a  sure  sign  of  impending 
trouble.  I  merely  report  that,  for  bet- 
ter or  for  worse,  Darwinism  is  alive 
and  thriving,  despite  Bethell 's  obit- 
uary.) 

But  why  was  natural  selection 
compared  to  a  composer  by  Dob- 
zhansky; to  a  poet  by  Simpson;  to  a 
sculptor  by  Mayr;  and  to,  of  all 
people,  Mr.  Shakespeare  by  Julian 
Huxley?  I  won't  defend  the  choice  of 
metaphors,  but  I  will  uphold  the  in- 
tent, namely,  to  illustrate  the  essence 
of  Darwinism — ^the  creativity  of  natu- 
ral selection.  Namral  selection  has  a 
place  in  all  anti-Darwinian  theories 
that  I  know.  It  is  cast  in  a  negative 
role  as  an  executioner,  a  headsman 
for  the  unfit  (while  the  fit  arise  by  such 
non-Darwinian  mechanisms  as  the  in- 
heritance of  acquired  characters  or 
direct  induction  of  favorable  varia- 
tion by  the  environment).  The  es- 
sence of  Darwinism  lies  in  its  claim 
that  nahiral  selection  creates  the  fit. 
Variation  is  ubiquitous  and  random  in 
direction.  It  supplies  the  raw  material 
only.  Namral  selection  directs  the 
course  of  evolutionary  change.  It  pre- 
serves favorable  variants  and  builds 
fitness  gradually.  In  fact,  since  artists 
fashion  their  creations  from  the  raw 
material  of  notes,  words,  and  stone, 
the  metaphors  do  not  strike  me  as  in- 
appropriate. Since  Bethell  does  not 
accept  a  criterion  of  fimess  inde- 
pendent of  mere  survival,  he  can 
hardly  grant  a  creative  role  to  namral 
selection. 

According  to  Bethell,  Darwin's 
concept  of  namral  selection  as  a  cre- 
ative force  can  be  no  more  than  an 
illusion  encouraged  by  the  social  and 


28 


/S^6>-/S^^/iy/m/t^j/u. 

AUDUBON'S 

Monumental 

BIRDS  OF 
AMERICA 

The  History 

The  Birds  of  America  are  Audubon's  most  celebrated  and  im- 
portant work. 

Today  they  are  found  only  in  the  museums  and  rare  print 
archives  of  the  world's  most  prestigious  Institutions.  One 
archivist  has  described  the  public  trading  of  this  work  as  a 
"trickle  so  light  it  can't  be  felt." 

The  Birds  of  America  are  so  intricate  in  detail,  so  exacting  in 
color,  that  even  with  the  assistance  of  his  two  sons,  it  took 
Audubon  four  full  years  (1840-1844)  to  complete  the  500 
plates  which  compose  this  masterpiece. 
Working  with  famed  lithographer  J.  T.  Bowen  of  Philadelphia, 
each  and  every  plate  was  hand-colored  and  hand  printed  (an 
example  of  a  love  of  craftsmanship  rarely  seen  in  modern 
times). 

The  Octovo  Birds  of  America  are  an  important  part  of  our 
history.  They  have  stood  the  test  of  time  and  grown  in  stature, 
until  today,  over  130  years  later,  they  are  recognized  as  an 
American  Masterpiece. 

The  Offer 

Audubon  is  an  American  legend  spanning  two  centuries. 
The  most  important  naturalist  artist  of  all  time,  his  work  is  as 
classical  as  it  is  timeless. 

This  offer  of  original  first  edition  Octovo  Birds  of  America  is 
as  rare  as  the  work  of  art  itself.  There  are  quite  simply,  none 
left  in  public  circulation. 


This  offer  will  likely  prove  to  be  the  only  chance  the  collector 
ever  has  to  personally  own  an  Original  First  Edition  Audubon, 
tach  print  has  been  handsomely  framed  in  gold  wood.  The 
standard  is  museum  conservation.  The  matting  is  100%  all- 
rag  museum  board.  Each  print  is  framed  to  prevent  deteriora- 
tion and  to  compliment  its'  natural  beauty. 
Each  and  every  print  is  of  pristine  quality  and  mea- 
sures 14  X  16"  framed. 

Each  Original  First  Edition  Audubon  is  $1 10. 
The  price  includes  all  shipping,  handling,  framing  and  in- 
surance. Everything. 

Applications  will  be  processed  and  numbers  assigned  by 
earliest  postmark  with  Plate  No.  1  going  to  Subscriber  No.  1. 
until  the  500th  Plate  Is  assigned  to  the  500th  Subscriber. 
Should  you  have  a  preference  in  your  choice  of  Bird  or  in 
color  or  species,  please  indicate  such  In  the  appropriate  sec- 
tions of  the  Subscription  Application. 

The  Volair  30-Day  Unconditional  Guarantee  is  of  course 
available  should  you  not  be  entirely  satisfied  or  wish  to  ex- 
change your  print  for  another. 

The  Documentation 

Each  Audubon  is  delivered  with  the  appropriate  Certificate  of 
Authenticity.  This  document  certifies  that  the  work  is  an 
original  first  edition  Audubon  Bird  of  America,  includes  the 
historical  background  of  the  print,  and  bears  the  Volair  Seal. 


eM&  <^^temM^  e/^i^t^^^M/ 6^  (^um  o/m  ^o/^ee&M^ 


ORIGINAL  CHARTER  SUBSCRIPTION  APPLICATION 
Audubon  Bird's  of  America/$110.  each  framed. 


Preferences(Pleaseindicate  2nd  choice)     Name 

No  Preference Address - 

Song  Bird 


Bird  of  Prey  _ 
Water  Fowl  _ 

Color 

Species 


City State Zip 

Method  of  Remittance                     D  Check                   D  Credit  Card  (MC/BAC/Am.  Exp.) 
Card  No Exp.  Date 


E& 


volair  limited 


D  Payment  in  Full         D  Volair  Extended  Payment  Plan.  Please  enclose  $55.  We  will  bill  you 
for  the  balance  of  $55,  30  days  after  delivery. 

NH 


120  Water  Street  South/Kent,  Ohio  44240/Phone  (216)  673-31 10/Cable:  VOLAIRLTD 


political  climate  of  his  times.  In  the 
throes  of  Victorian  optimism  in  impe- 
rial Britain,  change  seemed  to  be  in- 
herently progressive;  why  not  equate 
survival  in  nature  with  increasing 
fitness  in  the  nontautological  sense  of 
improved  design. 

I  am  a  strong  advocate  of  the  gen- 
eral argument  that  "truth"  as 
preached  by  scientists  often  turns  out 
to  be  no  more  than  prejudice  inspired 
by  prevailing  social  and  political  be- 
liefs. I  have  devoted  several  columns 
to  this  theme  because  I  believe  that 
it  helps  to  "demystify"  the  practice 
of  science  by  showing  its  similarity 
to  all  creative  human  activity.  But  the 
truth  of  a  general  argument  does  not 
validate  any  specific  application,  and 
I  maintain  that  Bethell's  application 
is  badly  misinformed. 

Darwin  did  two  very  separate 
things:  he  convinced  the  scientific 
world  that  evolution  had  occurred  and 
he  proposed  the  theory  of  natural  se- 
lection as  its  mechanism.  I  am  quite 
willing  to  admit  that  the  common 
equation  of  evolution  with  progress 
made  Darwin's  first  claim  more  palat- 
able to  his  contemporaries.  But  Dar- 
win failed  in  his  second  quest  during 


his  own  lifetime .  The  theory  of  natu- 
ral selection  did  not  triumph  until  the 
1930s.  Its  Victorian  unpopularity  lay, 
in  my  view,  primarily  in  its  denial  of 
general  progress  as  inherent  in  the 
workings  of  evolution.  Natural  selec- 
tion is  a  theory  of  local  adaptation  to 
changing  environments.  It  proposes 
no  perfecting  principles,  no  guaran- 
tee of  general  improvement;  in  short, 
no  reason  for  general  approbation  in 
a  political  climate  favoring  innate 
progress  in  nature. 

Darwin's  independent  criterion  of 
fitness  is,  indeed,  "improved  de- 
sign," but  not  "improved"  in  the 
cosmic  sense  that  contemporary  Brit- 
ain favored.  To  Darwin,  improved 
meant  only  "better  designed  for  an 
immediate,  local  environment." 
Local  environments  change  con- 
stantly: they  get  colder  or  hotter,  wet- 
ter or  drier,  more  grassy  or  more 
forested.  Evolution  by  natural  selec- 
tion is  no  more  than  a  tracking  of 
these  changing  environments  by  dif- 
ferential preservation  of  organisms 
better  designed  to  live  in  them:  hair 
on  a  mammoth  is  not  progressive  in 
any  cosmic  sense.  Natural  selection 
can  produce  a  trend  that  tempts  us  to 


think  of  more  general  progress — in- 
crease in  brain  size  does  characterize 
the  evolution  of  group  after  group  of 
mammals  (see  my  column  of  January 
1975).  But  big  brains  have  their  uses 
in  local  environments;  they  do  not 
mark  intrinsic  trends  to  higher  states. 
And  Darwin  delighted  in  showing 
that  local  adaptation  often  produced 
"degeneration"  in  design — anatomi- 
cal simplification  in  parasites,  for  ex- 
ample. 

If  natural  selection  is  not  a  doctrine 
of  progress,  then  its  popularity  cannot 
reflect  the  politics  that  Bethell  in- 
vokes. If  the  theory  of  natural  selec- 
tion contains  an  independent  criterion 
of  fitness,  then  it  is  not  tautological. 
I  maintain,  perhaps  naively,  that  its 
current,  unabated  popularity  must 
have  something  to  do  with  its  success 
in  explaining  the  admittedly  imper- 
fect information  we  now  possess 
about  evolution.  I  rather  suspect  that 
we'll  have  Charles  Darwin  to  kick 
around  for  some  time. 


Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science 
at  Harvard  University. 


The  1977  NatumI  History 
Photographic  Competition 


signs  indicate  a  glorious  photo- 
graphic competition  is  in  the 
offing  for  1977.  Film  sales 
and  photographic  proc- 
essing reached  all-time 
peaks  this  summer. 
The  sun  seemed  to 
shine  especially  bright  upon 
the  ever  beautiful  world  of  na- 
ture. The  growing  number  of 
Natural  History  readers — nearly  one  and  a  half  million 
with  this  issue — can  only  mean  more  Intense  competi- 
tion than  ever.  And  that  means  we  will  all  benefit  when 
the  winners  are  published  in  a  color-packed  issue  next 
June. 

For  the  1977  competition,  the  four  major  categories 
— as  broad  as  ever — are:  The  Natural  World;  A  Se- 
quence of  an  Event  in  Nature;  Microphotography,  in- 
cluding scanning  electron  microscopes;  and  The  Hu- 
man Family.  In  addition,  special  awards  will  be  made 
for  the  single  best  pictures  showing  humor  and  urban 
wildlife. 

The  rules  are  simple:  (1)  The  competition  is  open  to 
everyone,  except  employees  of  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History  and  their  kin;  (2)  Competitors  may  sub- 
mit up  to  three  previously  unpublished  entries  in  each 


of  the  four  categories;  (3)  Entries  may  be  transparencies 
or  prints  up  to  8  by  10  inches,  and  each  must  contain 
the  name  and  address  of  the  photographer,  because 
keeping  track  of  the  thousands  of  entries  is  a  big  job; 
(4)  For  each  entry,  we  would  like  to  know  the  camera 
model  used;  and  (5)  Include  a  self-addressed  stamped 
envelope — we  do  want  to  return  your  pictures  to  you. 

The  contest  opens  January  1  (which  still  gives  you 
time  to  shoot  a  winner)  and  closes  March  1. 

Now  for  the  important  detail — the  rewards  to  winners. 
In  addition  to  being  published  in  the  magazine,  First 
Prize  winners  in  the  four  major  categories  will  each  re- 
ceive $400.  The  special  humor  and  urban  wildlife  win- 
ners will  each  get  $200.  Ten  Honorable  Mentions  will 
receive  $100  each. 

The  decision  of  the  judges  will  be  final.  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  acquires  the  right  to  publish 
and  exhibit  the  winning  pictures.  And  the  Museum  as- 
sumes no  responsibility  for  transparencies  and  prints. 

So  please  sort  out  your  beautiful  entries,  pack  them 
carefully,  and  after  New  Year's  Day  mail  them  to: 

Photography  Competition  1977 
Natural  History  Magazine 
Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 
New  York,  New  York  1 0024 


FREE!  TIME'S  Special  Portfolio  Guid 

"The  American  Presidents'' 


r^r 


Just  write  in  the  number  of  weeks  you  want,  detach  and  mail. 

Please  send  me  TIME'S  Special  Portfolio  Guide 

"The  American  Presidents"  free, 
and weeks  of  TIME  for  50^  a  week.  I 

Minimum:  25  weeks.  Maximum:  100  weeks.  (TIME  is 
$1.00  a  copy  on  newsstands,  500  by  regular  subscrip- 
tion.) Send  no  money  now.  You  will  be  billed  later. 


Mr./Ms. 


(please  print  full  name) 


Address 


Signature 

If  college  student,  please  indicate  D  undergraduate  D  graduate 

Nanne  of  College/University 

Year  studies  end Rate  good  only  in  the  U.S. 


October  15, 1976 


Apt.  No 


guish  "The  American  Presidents"  make  each        800-621-8200.  (In  Illinois:  800-972-8302.) 


•  Which  three  Presidents  died 
the  Fourth  of  July? 

•  Who  was  the  first  Democrat  t 
be  elected  President? 

•  Which  President  served  the 
shortest  time  in  office? 

•  How  many  Presidents  never  t 
to  college? 

•  Which  President  appointed  tt 
first  woman  to  his  cabinet? 

•  Who  was  the  shortest,  who  w 
the  tallest,  President? 

•  Who  was  the  only  bachelor 
President? 

•  Which  Presidents  were  orpha 

•  Which  President  had  15 
children? 

•  Which  Presidents  were  candi 
dates  of  minor  parties? 

•  Who  was  the  first  President  ti 
deliver  a  radio  broadcast? 

•  Who  was  the  first  President  ti 
loss  in  the  baseball  on  opening 
day  of  the  season? 


Commemorating  the  150th 

Anniversary  of  John  James  Audubon's  classic 

"Birds  of  America"  engravings. . . . 


The 


MHPGBIRI>S 
OF  AMERICA 

BeUCoUeetion 

D  A  Series  of  12  Bavarian  Porcelain  Bells  depicting  America's  Most  Beau- 
tiful Songbirds  D  Exclusive  Original  Works  of  Art  D  Hand  Decorated  and 
Trimmed  in  22kt.  Gold  D  A  Limited  Edition  Available  Only  in  This  150th 
Anniversary  Year  of  Audubon's  "Birds  of  America"  D  Original  issue  price 
guaranteed. 

^H-^  irds  delight  even  the  most  casual  observer.  They  grace  our  world  with  beauty  and 
song  and  inspire  us  with  their  freedom  of  flight.  Now  the  minstrels  of  the  meadows,  wood- 
lands, deserts  and  streams— the  songbirds  of  America— have  been  captured  brilliantly  in 
a  series  of  frnely  crafted  porcelain  bells. 

Honoring  John  James  Audubon 

No  one  in  recorded  history  has  ever  devoted  such  enormous  energies  and  talents  to 
capturing  the  wondrous  beauty  of  birds  as  John  James  Audubon.  In  his  almost  life-long 
quest  he  recorded  in  brilliant  watercolors  the  hundreds  of  birds  native  to  North  America. 

To  honor  Audubon's  herculean  task  in  this  the  150th  anniversary  year  of  his  "Birds 
of  America,"  the  Danbvu-y  Mint  has  chosen  12  of  the  most  beautiful  songbirds  of  America 
and  portrayed  them  on  fine  porcelain  bells. 

Exelusive  Works  of  Art 

One  of  the  nation's  foremost  American  wildUfe  artists  has  been  commissioned  to  execute 
the  original  watercolor  enhancing  each  beU.  Jo  Polseno,  renowned  bird  painter,  has  created 
the  original  works  of  art  for  the  18  bells  in  this  series.  \Yorking  directly  from  life,  in  the 
woods  and  fields  of  America,  the  artist  has  conceived  and  created  his  designs -portraying 
each  bird  in  authentic  and  exacting  detail.  By  following  the  techniques  used  150  years  ago  by 
John  James  Audubon,  Polseno  has  created  birds  which  seem  to  come  alive.  Each  brushstroke 
captiures  the  beauty,  color  and  texture  of  the  songbfrds.  We  believe  his  achievements  are 
remarkable.  The  accompanying  full  color  illustrations  demonstrate  the  painstaking  acciu-acy 
and  style  which  wHl  be  characteristic  of  the  original  watercolors  for  this  fine  collection. 

Finest  Bavarian  Porcelain 

The  finest  Bavarian  porcelain  has  been  used  in  creating  this  exqixisite  series.  The  shape 
of  the  bell  was  specially  selected  to  complement  the  delicate  scenes  vividly  portrayed. 
Each  beU  has  been  hand  decorated  with  a  band  of  precious  22kt  gold.  The  fine  skill  of  old 
world  craftsmen  has  been  employed  to  reproduce  the  fine  detail  of  the  birds  on  each  bell. 
Every  bell  in  the  series  will  beai"  the  hallmark  of  the  Danbury  Mint. 

A  limited  Edition  At  A  Guaranteed  Price 

The  Songbirds  of  America  BeO  Collection  is  being  issued  as  a  strictly  limited 
edition.  It  is  available  only  by  advance  reservation  and  only  imtH  December  31,  1976. 
The  original  issue  price  of  g35.00  per  bell  is  guaranteed  to  each  subscriber  throughout 
the  series.  Each  subscriber  wUl  receive  a  nmnbered  certificate  of  registration  authenticating 
the  status  of  the  individual  collection  within  the  limited  edition. 


-VclmJ  size  (/fbeUh  5  Ixhcturt*  in  lun^i 


Baltimore  OHole 


IWdfted  TitmoujiMf 


Heirloom  Collection 

Bells  of  the  finest  Bavarian  porcelain  coupled  \\1tli  the  exclusiveness  of  a  strictly  lim- 
ited edition  of  original  works  of  art  honoring  John  .James  Audubon  will  establish  this 
series  as  a  Qne  heirloom  collectible.  Audubon's  bird  paintings  have  been  prized  and  highly 
valued  by  collectors  and  bird  lovers  for  more  than  a  century.  Ilie  Songbirds  of  America 
Bell  Collection  may  well  be  equiUly  revered  by  future  generations. 

Convenient  Acquisition  Plan 
Guaranteed  Satisfaction 

Subscribers  will  receive  their  beUs  at  the  rate  of  approximately  one  every  two  months. 
To  subscribe  to  this  exciting  collection,  all  you  need  do  is  complete  the  reser\'ation  applica- 
tion and  mail  it.  Please  note  it  is  not  necessary  to  send  any  payment  with  your  application 
at  this  time.  Act  promptly!  TUs  is  a  limited  edition  collection  and  an}'  reserva- 
tions received  after  the  edition  closes  nnist  be  declined  and  returned. 


The  Danbury  ^Unt  I'KKFEUKKD  KEKEKVATIO.V  AIM'LICATIO.V 

10  Glendinning  Place  N  H  -3 

Westport,  Ct.  06880 

Please  accept  my  subscription  to: 

The  Songbirds  of  America  Bell  Collection.  I  understand  there  will  be  12  fine  porcelain 
bells  in  this  limited  edition  series  and  that  the  bells  will  be  issued  approximately  one  ever>'tAvo 
months  at  a  guaranteed  price  of  835.00  each. 

1  luiderstant  that  1  need  remit  no  money  now!  1  wiH  be  bUled  for  the  first  beU  30  days 
prior  to  shipment  and  invoiced  on  a  pre-shipment  basis  for  each  bell  ever\'  two  months  thereafter. 
1  may  cancel  this  subscription  at  any  time  and  any  bell  may  be  returned  for  a  fuU  refund  if  upon 
receipt  I  am  not  completely  satisfied. 

An  option  to  charge  my  bells  to  Master  Charge  or  Bank.\mericard  wUl  be  made  available  at 
the  time  I  am  Invoiced  for  mv  first  beU. 


The  Horchow  Collection  Christmas 
Catalogues  give  you  the  pleasure 
of  unhurried,  unharried  Christmas 
shopping  at  home  with  exclusive, 
exciting  and  imaginative  selections 
of  gifts  from  the  practical  to  the  luxe. 

For  your  copies,  at  NO  CHARGE, 

call  toll-free  800-327-8912  (in  Florida, 

800-432-5024)  or  mail  this  coupon  to 

P.O.  Box  34257,  Dept,  04016, 

Dallas,  Texas  75234. 

NAME 

ADDRESS 

CITY STATE/ZIP 


THE 
HORCHOM^ 
(DUaiON 


THE  NEW  SUPER-SIZE 

SCHOOLBAG 

FROM  DENMARK 

More  pockets,  zippers,  flaps  and  compartments 
make  this  sturdy  classic  the  best  all-purpose 
bag  ever.  Terrifically  functional  with  a  great 
casual  look.  A  favorite  of  models,  photogra- 
phers, artists,  students,  musicians,  dancers, 
opera  singers,  nuns,  poets,  duck  hunters,  cy- 
clists, plumbers,  teachers,  filmmakers,  pilots, 
architects,  doctors,  reporters  and  travelers  be- 
cause there's  always  a  place  to  stuff  one  more 
thing.  A  new  zippered  pleat  can  expand  this 
improved  version  to  double  the  normal  width 
-now  a  full  ISVi"  x  13"  x  8".  Perfect  carry-on 
flight  bag.  Adjustable  shoulder  strap.  In 
squashy  gray,  chocolate  brown  or  bright  Da- 
nish blue  waterproof  canvas.  $27.50. 
(plus  $1 .50  shipping).  N.Y.  res.  add  tax.  Canada 
add  $2.00.  Send  to  Dept.  NH-10. 

THE  CHOCOLATE  SOUP 

249  East  77th  Street  New  York  10021 


How  the  Wise  Men 
Brought  Malaria  to  Africa 


by  Robert  S.  Desowitz 


And  other  cautionary 
tales  of  human  dreams 
and  opportunistic 
mosquitoes 

Once  upon  a  time  (but  not  too  long 
ago)  there  lived  a  tribe  deep  within 
the  Dark  Continent.  These  people 
tilled  the  soil  to  raise  crops  of  roots 
and  grains,  for  they  had  little  meat  to 
lend  them  strength.  Illness  often  be- 
fell them,  but  even  so,  in  this  dry  land 
they  were  not  overly  troubled  with  the 
fever  sickness  brought  by  the  mos- 
quito. Now  in  the  Northern  World 
there  was  a  powerful  republic  that  had 
compassion  on  these  people  and  sent 
their  Wise  Men  to  relieve  the  mean 
burden  of  their  lives.  The  Wise  Men 
said,  "Let  them  farm  fish,"  and 
taught  the  people  to  make  ponds  and 
to  husband  a  fish  called  tilapia. 

The  people  learned  well,  and 
within  a  short  time  they  had  dug 
10,000  pits  and  ponds.  The  fish 
flourished,  but  soon  the  people  could 
not  provide  the  constant  labors  re- 
quired to  feed  the  fish  and  keep  the 
ponds  free  of  weeds.  The  fish  became 
smaller  and  fewer,  and  into  these 
ponds  and  pits  came  the  fever  mos- 
quitoes, which  bred  and  multiplied 
prodigiously.  The  people  then  sick- 
ened and  the  children  died  from  the 
fever  that  the  medicine  men  from  the 
cities  called  malaria.  The  Wise  Men 
from  the  North  departed,  thinking 
how  unfortunate  it  was  that  these 
people  could  not  profit  from  their 
teachings.  The  people  of  the  village 
thought  it  strange  that  Wise  Men 
should  be  sent  them  to  instruct  in  the 
ways  of  growing  mosquitoes. 

At  about  the  same  time,  from  1957 
to  1961,  that  this  ecological  misad- 
venture was  taking  place  in  Kenya 
(for  it  was  no  fable),  on  the  other  side 


of  the  world  the  impoverished  vil- 
lagers of  the  Demerara  River  estuary 
in  Guyana  were  enacting  their  own 
calamity.  Striving  to  improve  their  lot 
by  converting  from  subsistence  farm- 
ing of  maize  and  cassava  to  cash- 
producing  rice,  they  cleared  the  re- 
gion for  rice  fields,  displacing  the 
livestock  that  formerly  abounded  in 
the  villages.  Mechanization  on  the 
roads  and  fields  also  progressed, 
bringing  a  further  diminution  in  the 
numbers  of  domestic  animals,  partic- 
ularly of  cattle  and  draft  oxen. 

The  major  potential  carrier  of  ma- 
laria in  the  region  was  the  mosquito 
Anopheles  aquasalis,  but  since  sub- 
sistence agriculture  created  few  suit- 
able water  collections  for  breeding, 
the  mosquitoes  were  present  in  only 
modest  density.  The  wet  rice  fields, 
however,  provided  an  ideal  larval 
habitat  and  the  vector  population  in- 
creased rapidly.  Even  so,  all  would 
have  been  well  had  there  been  no  al- 
teration in  the  livestock  since  the  ge- 
netically programmed  behavior  of  A. 
aquasalis  directs  them  to  prefer  blood 
meals  from  domestic  animals  rather 
than  humans.  With  the  disappearance 
of  their  normal  food  supply,  how- 
ever, the  hungry  mosquitoes  turned 
their  attention  to  people.  Intense  mos- 
quito-man contact  now  enhanced 
malaria  transmission  to  epidemic 
proportions.  And  so  the  combination 
of  rice  and  tractors  contrived  to  bring 
malaria  to  the  people  of  the  Demerara 
River  estuary. 

These  two  stories  of  ecological  di- 
saster are  not  isolated  phenomena.  In 
the  endemic  regions  of  the  tropics, 
many  human  activities  create  and 
multiply  the  breeding  habitats  of  ma- 
laria-bearing mosquitoes.  Thus,  in 
their  very  attempts  to  break  from  the 
bondage  of  poverty,  food  shortage, 
and  ill  health,  third  world  peoples  too 


36 


« 


M»^ 


"Ife 


SlH^' 


\ 


tjy 


vcod^ 


^^ 


Just  put  your  Kodak  color  film 
in  a  Kodak  mailer  and  mail 
it  to  Kodak. 

Kodak  will  mail  your 
slides,  prints  or 
movies  back  to  you. 
You  can  have  them 
delivered  right  to 
your  own  home. 
That's  convenient. 
That's  First  Class. 
At  Kodak,  we  are  dedicated  to 
processing  your  Kodak  film  carefully.  Like  all 
quality  processors,  we  take  pride  m  our  work. 
And  that  pride  shows  up  in  your  pictures. 

So,  the  next  time  you  buy  Kodak  film,  pick 
up  some  Kodak  mailers.  And  start 
going  First  Class — to  Kodak. 


often  sow  the  seeds  of  disaster  in  the 
form  of  malaria. 

Malaria  of  humans  is  caused  by 
four  species  of  a  protozoan  parasite 
of  the  genus  Plasmodium — P. 
falciparum,  P.  vivax,  P.  malariae, 
and  P.  ovale.  While  all  four  species 
of  parasites  can  produce  debilitating 
illness,  only  P.  falciparum  is 
sufficiently  virulent  to  cause  death. 
The  complicated  life  cycle  is,  in  the 
main,  the  same  for  all  species.  Two 
hosts  are  required:  man  and  a  mos- 
quito of  the  genus  Anopheles.  Infec- 
tion in  man  begins  with  the  bite  of  the 
mosquito,  which  injects  sporozoites, 
microscopic  threadlike  forms,  into 
the  human  host.  The  sporozoites 
enter  liver  tissue,  where  they  divide 
asexually  to  form  daughter  cells.  A 
single  sporozoite  may  give  rise  to  as 
many  as  30,000  daughter  cells.  After 
a  sojourn  in  the  liver  that  may  last 
from  several  weeks  to  months  or  even 
years,  depending  on  the  species  and 
strain  of  parasite,  the  cells  are  re- 
leased from  the  liver  and  enter  the 
circulation,  where  they  invade  red 
blood  cells. 

Within  the  red  blood  cells  the  para- 
site grows,  the  nucleus  divides,  and 
in  a  manner  analogous  to  the  liver 
phase,  ten  to  sixteen  daughter  cells 
are  produced.  The  red  cell  finally 
bursts,  freeing  the  daughter  cells  to 
invade  new  red  blood  cells.  Since  the 
cycle  is  synchronous,  it  causes  peri- 
odically recurrent  episodes  of  chills 
and  fever — hallmarks  of  malaria  in- 
fections. 

Several  days  after  the  onset  of  the 
blood  phase,  new  forms  appear 
within  the  red  blood  cells.  These  sex- 
ual stages,  the  male  and  female  game- 
tocytes,  undergo  no  further  change 
until  ingested  by  the  feeding  mos- 
quito. A  marvelously  adaptive 
process  has  evolved  in  which  the  ga- 
metocytes  are  mature  and  infective  to 
the  mosquito  for  only  a  short  period 
of  the  day.  This  period  of  infectivity 
occurs  at  night,  matching  the  time 
that  most  anopheline  carriers  take 
their  blood  meal. 

In  the  mosquito  stomach  the  game- 
tocytes  are  transformed  into  male  and 
female  gametes  and  fertilization 
occurs.  The  fertilized  female  gamete 
penetrates  the  mosquito  stomach 
wall,  coming  to  rest  on  the  exterior 
surface  where  it  forms  a  cystlike 
body,  the  oocyst.  Within  this  cyst  in- 
tense cytoplasmic  reorganization  and 
nuclear  division  take  place,  and  as 
many  as  10,000  sporozoites  form. 
The  formation  of  the  oocyst  takes 


seven  to  fourteen  days,  depending  on 
temperature  and  other  factors.  Upon 
maturation  it  bursts,  releasing  the 
sporozoites,  which  invade  the  sali- 
vary glands.  The  mosquito  can  now 
infect  a  human  when  next  it  feeds. 

The  anopheline  mosquito  is  the 
critical  link  in  perpetuating  the  ma- 
laria parasite,  and  the  nature  of 
man-mosquito  contact  greatly  influ- 
ences the  level  of  endemism.  An  im- 
portant factor  in  this  relationship  is 
the  life  cycle  of  the  mosquito  in  in- 
teraction with  its  environment.  Each 
anopheline  species  has  characteristic 
biological  and  behavioral  traits  that 
determine  its  interaction  with  man 
and  other  hosts.  Thus,  the  selection 
for  breeding  water,  host  upon  which 
to  feed,  and  resting  behavior  are  ge- 
netically controlled  characteristics, 
which  may  or  may  not  place  a  particu- 
lar anopheline  mosquito  in  proximity 
to  man.  In  many  regions  of  the  trop- 
ics, human  activities,  particularly 
those  associated  with  agriculture, 
alter  the  environment,  producing 
suitable  breeding  sites  and  increasing 
the  likelihood  of  human  contact  with 
malarial  mosquitoes. 

Of  all  the  agricultural  practices  that 
alter  the  natural  tropical  ecosystem, 
rice  culture  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant in  creating  optimal  conditions  for 
malaria  transmission.  Rice  farming 
requires  large,  open  areas  of  water, 
also  the  preferred  habitat  of  many  of 
the  most  efficient  anopheline  carriers 
of  malaria.  These  conditions  are 
especially  evident  in  new  rice  fields, 
where  the  young  .plants  are  placed 
well  apart.  Also,  the  generation  time 
of  the  mosquito  is  accelerated  in  the 
sun-elevated  temperature  of  the  ex- 
posed water,  and  breeding  is  prolific. 
In  addition,  a  relatively  large  body  of 
standing  water  increases  the  humidity 
of  the  surrounding  biosphere,  and  the 
higher  humidity  prolongs  the  mos- 
quito's life.  The  longer  a  mosquito 
lives,  the  more  people  it  bites  during 
its  lifetime. 

A  vicious  series  of  events  may  de- 
velop beginning  with  the  intense 
man- vector  contact.  Because  rice 
culture  is  seasonal ,  peak  densities  of 
mosquitoes  generally  occur  for  rela- 
tively short  periods.  The  limited 
transmission  period  prevents  the  de- 
velopment of  a  protective  immunity. 
When  farmers  are  incapacitated  by 
malaria  during  the  planting  season, 
crop  production  suffers,  leading  to 
economic  loss  and  food  shortage. 

The  ecological  changes  described 
above  have  been  excellently  docu- 


mented in  a  study  carried  out  on 
Kenya's  Kano  Plain  rice  develop- 
ment scheme.  Prior  to  establishment 
of  the  rice  plots,  the  Kano  Plain  land- 
scape was  characterized  by  villages 
of  scattered  huts,  maize  farms  in- 
terspersed with  seasonal  swamps  and 
water  holes  in  which  Pistia  plants 
grew.  In  this  unmodified  environ- 
ment, 99  percent  of  the  mosquito 
population  were  Mansonia,  a  non- 
vector  of  malaria,  while  only  1  per- 
cent were  Anopheles  gambiae.  After 
the  land  was  modified  for  rice  farm- 
ing, 65  percent  of  the  mosquitoes 
were  A.  gambiae  and  28  percent 
Mansonia  (the  other  7  percent  were 
another  variety).  Similar  alterations 
in  mosquito  populations  following 
the  introduction  of  rice  farming  have 
occurred  in  such  diverse  areas  of  the 
world  as  Venezuela,  Tanzania,  India, 
Syria,  and  Morocco,  where  until 
1949  the  French  colonial  goverrraient 
had,  for  health  reasons,  banned  rice 
growing. 

In  the  tropical  world  the  ecosystem 
undergoing  the  most  rapid  and  exten- 
sive alteration  for  human  purposes  is 
the  forest.  These  alterations  have  fre- 
quently resulted  in  an  intensification 
of  malaria,  often  out  of  all  proportion 
to  the  small  degree  of  disturbance 
created. 

Within  the  intact  tropical  rain 
forest  there  are  relatively  few  species 
of  mosquitoes  that  transmit  human 
malaria.  Not  only  are  there  few  per- 
manent or  semipermanent  water  col- 
lections but  also  the  main  anopheline 
carriers  prefer  sunlit  breeding  sites 
and  avoid  shaded  conditions.  But 
breeding  conditions  abound  in  the  ex- 
posed water  collections  created  when 
the  forest  is  cleared  by  the  farmer  dig- 
ging his  plot  of  ground,  by  tractors 
and  other  machines  used  for  lumber- 
ing, and  by  the  rutted  roads  used  to 
service  the  new  settlements. 

Conversely,  on  at  least  one  occa- 
sion, the  creation  of  forests  has  also 
led  to  problems.  When  the  cacao  in- 
dustry was  begun  in  Trinidad,  a  man- 
made  forest  of  immortelle  trees  was 
planted  to  provide  the  shade  required 
by  cacao  plants.  Certain  South  and 
Central  American  anophelines, 
showing  the  remarkable  specializa- 
tion a  mosquito  species  may  have, 
breed  exclusively  in  water  contained 
in  the  bromeliad  epiphytes  of  the 
forest  gallery.  When  bromeliads  col- 
onized the  high  immortelle  trees,  A. 
bellator  proliferated,  carrying  ma- 
laria to  the  plantation  workers  and 
their  families. 


Take  this  valuable  Bicentennial  Limited  Edition  by 

Wedgwood 

and  enjoy  the  special  privileges  of  membership  in 
The  Wedgwood  Collectors  Society 


Enroll  as  a  member  in  the  exclusive  Wedgwood  Collectors 
Society  for  just  $1 0.  Or  start  your  membership  with  the  pur- 
chase of  this  Bicentennial  Limited  Edition  for  $35  and  your  first 
year's  $10  membership  fee  will  be  waived.  In  either  case,  you 
will  receive  with  our  compliments  the  Wedgwood  Blue  and 
White  Jasperware  Membership  Plaque  (at  right)  and  the  special 
privileges  of  membership. 

As  a  member,  you  will  build  a  truly  fine  personal  collection 
of  unique  Wedgwood  pieces.  You  will  be  sent — at  no  cost — a 
one-year  subscription  to  the  Wedgwood  Collectors  Society 
Newsletter,  with  word  of  the  latest  Wedgwood  Collectors  Soci- 
ety Special  Editions  being  offered,  as  well  as  other  news  from 
Wedgwood. 

These  Special  Editions  are  designed  and  produced  exclu- 
sively for  the  Wedgwood  Collectors  Society.  Each  carries  the 
Society's  distinguished  backstamp:  a  portrait  of  Josiah 
Wedgwood,  founder  of  the  200-year-old  English  Wedgwood 
Company  whose  history  is  so  closely  linked  with  America. 

We  cannot  promise  you  that  the  value  of  any  specific  item 
will  increase,  but  because  of  the  nature  of  Wedgwood  Limited 
Editions,  the  likelihood  is  great  that  it  will.  Traditionally, 
Wedgwood  items  have  been  sound  investments. 

Each  Special  Edition  is  strictly  limited  in  quantity.  No 
minimum  purchases  are  required  and  nothing  is  ever  sent  with- 
out your  affirmative  order.  There  are  no  further  obligations  on 
your  part.  Please  note,  all  items  are  offered  subject  to  prior 
sale. 

To  enroll,  please  complete  and  return  our  coupon  to 
Wedgwood  Collectors  Society,  41  Madison  Avenue,  Dept.  NH, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10010 


As  a  new  member  you  will  receive  a 
Wedgwood-  Membership  Plaque  at  no 
added  charge. 

Begin  your  annual  membership  by  com- 
pleting the  Coupon  below,  and  you  will 
receive  with  our  compliments  a  beautiful 
4%"  Wedgwood  Collectors  Society 
Membership  Plaque,  executed  in  hand- 
some Blue  and  White  Jasper  with  the 
portrait  of  Josiah  Wedgwood. 


WEDGWOOD  COLLECTORS  SOCIETY 

41  Madison  Avenue.  Dept   NH, 
New  York,  NY.  10010 

Please  check  one: 

n  Enroll  me  as  a  Member  of  the  Wedgwood  Collectors  Society. 
My  first  acquisition  is  the  set  of  Bicentennial  Compotiers  for 
which  I  am  enclosing  $35.  Send  my  Membership  Plaque  at  no 
added  cost,  and  waive  my  first  year's  S10  Membership  Fee. 

n  I  do  not  wish  to  acquire  the  Independence  Compotiers.  How- 
ever, enclosed  is  my  payment  of  $10  for  first  year's  Membership 
Fee,  Please  enroll  me  as  a  Member,  and  send  my  Membership 
Plaque  at  no  added  cost. 


STREET . 
CITY 


(Residents  of  New  York  City  please  add  8%  for  State  and  City  Sales 
Tax.  Other  residents  of  New  "York  State  and  residents  of  California, 
please  add  applicable  State  and  local  taxes.) 

I 

"Wedgwood"  is  the  U.S.  registered  trademark  of  Wedgwood  Limited. 


How  Intematioiial  P^per 

helps  mother  trees  have  stronger, 

healthier  offspring 


The  forester  in  the  photo- 
graph is  — well,  you  might 
call  her  a  matchmaker. 

She's  using  that  syringe  in 
one  of  our  seed  orchards  to 
make  just  the  right  kind  of 
match:  the  pollen  of  one  very 
special  pine  tree  to  the  flower 
of  another. 

It's  all  part  of  an  effort  to 
grow  a  better  kind  of  tree  —  far 
taller,  straighter  and  more 
disease  resistant  than  its 
ancestors. 

That  effort  could  be  critical 
to  America's  economy. 

Nature  under  pressure 

Nature  needs  help.  For  two 
centuries  she  has  been 
supplying  America— and  other 
parts  of  the  world— with  all  the 
trees  we  needed.  Now  the 
demand  is  increasing  faster 
than  nature  alone  can  replenish 
the  supply. 

America  uses  more  than 
half  a  ton  of  wood  each  year, 
for  every  man,  woman  and 
child.  (That's  the  equivalent  of 
a  55-foot  tall  southern  pine  tree 
with  a  12-inch  diameter  for 
each  of  us.) 

And,  the  demand  will 
double  by  the  year  2000  if  we 
are  to  meet  our  needs  for 
housing,  protective  packaging, 
communications  and  other 
critical  demands  of  a  modern 
economy. 

So  America  must  grow  more 
trees  —  and  trees  with  a  lot 


more  usable  wood  fiber.  That's 
where  International  Paper  is 
helping. 

Breeding  better  forests 

For  20  years  now. 
International  Paper  has  been 
breeding  better  trees.  They're 
not  only  taller  and  straighter 
than  ordinary  trees.  They  also 
grow  faster.  And  they  have 
fewer,  smaller  branches.  That 
means  they  contain  more 
usable  fiber. 

Our  first  man-bred  tree,  the 
Supertree,  contained  25  percent 
more  wood  fiber.  Now  we're 
breeding  a  tree  expected  to 
yield  20  percent  more  fiber  than 
that  —  to  be  grown  in  forests 
managed  to  give  each  tree 
optimum  space  for  growth. 

In  fact,  our  tree  breeding 
program  is  so  extensive  that 
by  1978  we  expect  to  replace 
every  southern  pine  we  harvest 
with  better,  man-bred  trees. 

Hardwood  trees,  too 

And  we've  extended  our 
breeding  program  to  hardwood 
trees  like  gum  and  sycamore, 
so  that  hardwood  lands  will  be 
more  productive,  too.  We've 
also  developed  a  Landowner 
Assistance  Program,  to  help 
small  landowners  do  a  better 
job  of  managing  their  forests. 

Right  now,  there  are  over 
500,000  acres  of  land  involved 
in  this  program. 

And  there's  still  more.  We're 


finding  ways  to  get  more  wood 
fiber  out  of  the  trees  we  harvest. 
We're  involved  in  cooperative 
nursery  programs  and  tree 
farm  programs.  We're  working 
to  improve  tree  harvesting 
techniques,  while  protecting 
forest  soils  and  forest 
watersheds. 

More  to  be  done 

Will  all  this  be  enough  to 
keep  the  world's  fiber  supply 
going  strong?  It  will  help.  But 
more  must  be  done. 

At  International  Paper,  we 
believe  forest  products 
companies,  private  landowners 
and  government  must  work 
together  to  develop  more 
enlightened  policies  for 
managing  America's  forests. 

The  wrong  policies  can 
make  tree  farming  difficult  and 
force  the  sale  of  forest  land  for 
other  purposes.  The  right 
policies  can  assure  continuation 
of  America's  forests  —  a 
renewable  natural  resource. 

If  you'd  like  more 
information  about  what  has  to 
be  done  to  assure  the  world's 
fiber  supply,  please  write  to 
Dept.  200- A,  International 
Paper  Company,  220  East  42nd 
Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10017. 


® 


INTERNATIONAL 

PAPER 

COMPANY 


220  EAST  42ND  STREET   NEW  YORK.  NEW  YORK  10017 


In  an  attempt  to  solve  their  prob- 
lems— overcrowded  cities,  land 
shortage,  and  the  need  for  establish- 
ing a  market  economy — political  and 
technical  authorities  in  the  develop- 
ing countries  have  opened  new  lands 
to  agricultural  development.  Such 
projects  commonly  begin  with  the 
clearing  of  the  jungle,  followed  by 
resettlement  of  transmigrants  and  cul- 
tivation of  cash  crops  such  as  cotton, 
tobacco,  rice,  and  corn.  But  all  too 
frequently,  the  ecological  alterations 
brought  about  by  deforestation,  cre- 
ation of  irrigation  systems,  and  other 
human  activities  eiihance  the  vector 
population.  More  often  than  not, 
settlers  brought  into  the  area  have  had 
little  exposure  to  malaria  and  have  not 
acquired  sufficient  immunity  to  pro- 
tect them  from  severe  attacks.  For  ex- 
ample, within  eight  months  of  leav- 
ing nonmalarious  urban  centers  of 
Java  for  an  agricultural  project  in 
south  Sulawesi,  32  percent  of  the 
settlers  were  stricken  with  malaria 
and  the  enterprise  nearly  collapsed. 

The  ability  to  protect  the  settlers  by 
chemical  control  of  the  anopheline 
carrier  has  often  been  negated  by 
prior  use  of  agricultural  insecticides 
such  as  DDT.  Spraying  crops  to  pro- 
tect against  the  ravages  of  destructive 


insects  and  spraying  for  the  control  of 
anopheline  vectors  involve  different 
and  generally  incompatible  tech- 
niques. Where  insecticide  has  been 
broadcast  for  crop  protection,  the 
anopheline  population  contracts  sub- 
lethal doses  that  eventually  render  it 
physiologically  or  behaviorally  re- 
sistant. Thus,  by  the  time  antimalaria 
measures  are  instituted,  the  avenue  of 
mosquito  control  by  chemical  means 
has  been  closed. 

Cost  accounting  of  the  economics 
of  ecological  alteration  is  difficult, 
particularly  when  the  influence  of  a 
single  factor,  malaria,  is  traced 
through  a  complicated,  interacting 
mosaic.  One  excellent  exercise  in 
ecological-economic  sleuthing  was 
carried  out  by  the  Pan  American 
Health  Organization  after  new  lands 
had  been  opened  for  agricultural  de- 
velopment in  Paraguay.  In  the  first 
year  of  the  scheme,  malaria  seriously 
afflicted  the  settlers  and  the  impact  of 
the  disease  reduced  the  over-all  pro- 
duction of  cash  crops — tobacco,  cot- 
ton, and  corn — by  36  percent. 
Worker  efficiency,  particularly  dur- 
ing the  harvest,  which  coincided  with 
the  height  of  the  malaria  season,  was 
reduced  by  as  much  as  33  percent. 
Debilitated  by  malaria,  the  farmers 


devoted  their  limited  energy  to  their 
cash  crops,  abandoning  for  subsist- 
ence all  but  the  easily  cultivated,  but 
starchy,  manioc.  As  a  result,  deterio- 
ration of  their  nutritional  status  was 
added  to  the  burden  of  malaria. 

In  subsequent  years  there  was  re- 
duced expansion  of  farms  in  the  ma- 
laria-struck region.  Tragically,  the 
Paraguayan  government  and  its  ad- 
visers were  aware  of  the  health  haz- 
ards, but  having  expended  a  large 
amount  of  capital  on  land  develop- 
ment, it  had  too  little  left  in  the  kitty 
to  secure  its  "beachhead"  by  provid- 
ing the  infrastructure  of  health,  edu- 
cation, and  other  social  services.  The 
Paraguayan  experience  has  been 
repeated  throughout  the  tropics. 

In  addition  to  agricultural  develop- 
ment, third  world  governments  have 
expanded  electrical  power  resources 
in  their  attempts  to  promote  economic 
development.  But  along  with  the 
kilowatts,  rice,  and  fish,  these  giant 
hydroelectric  and  water  impound- 
ment schemes  also  produced  malaria. 
The  seepages  and  canals  have  pro- 
vided optimal  breeding  habitats  for 
malaria  mosquitoes  in  such  geo- 
graphically diverse  projects  as  the 
Aswan  Dam  in  Egypt,  the  Kariba 
project  in  Zambia,  the  Lower  Seyhan 


Let  her  carry  you 
to  the  Cities  of  the  Dawn 


From  New  Orleans,  jazziest  city 
in  America,  sail  to  ttie  lands  of  the 
ancient  Mayans.  Prowi  througli  tfieir 
long-abandoned  temples.  Try  to  solve 
their  still  undeciphered  hieroglyphs. 
The  Cities  of  the  Dawn  are  exotic, 
exciting,  and  still  nearly  unexplored. 

At  Carras  our  job  is  making  luxury 
more  elegant.  Our  passengers  are 
usually  seasoned  travelers.  They  can 
compare  us  with  other  cruise  ships.  And 
when  you  compare  us,  we  shine. 

We  carry  fewer  passengers. 

That  means  spacious  cabins,  each  with 

a  bathroom  and  a  bathtub.  Our  dining 

room  is  large  enough  to  accommodate 

all  passengers  at  one  sitting. 

Our  cuisine  is  the  envy  ot  famous 

restaurants.  And  our  decks,  being  less 


crowded,  are  delightfully  strollable. 

We've  also  added  theme  cruises: 
Sail  with  the  Stars  (for  movie  buffs); 
Symphony  of  Islands  and  Seas  (a 
musical  feast);  The  Sea  a  Stage  {the 
play's  the  thing);  Away  from  the 
Blues  (and  all  that  jazz!). 

There's  just  one  thing.  We  work  very 
hard  to  find  fascinating  ports  of  call. 
But  some  of  our  passengers  are  so 
happy  on  board,  it's  hard  to  entice 
them  ever  to  leave  the  ship! 

Free  round  trip  flight  to  New  Orleans 
from  any  city  in  the  continental  U.S. 
or  Canada  provided  by  Carras  for 
selected  sailings. 

MTS  Daphne  is  registered  in  Greece, 
land  of  Poseidon,  the  god  of  the  sea. 


DECEMBER  1 
(Chi 


JANUARY  2 
JANUARY  15 
JANUARY  29 
FEBRUARY  12 
FEBRUARY  26 
MARCH  12  (Music) 
MARCH  26 
APRIL  2 

APRIL  16  (Theatre) 
APRIL  30 
MAY  14  (Jazz) 


L^arras 


TRAVEL  AGENT  OR 

WRITE  TO  CARRAS 

FOR  OUR  FACT-FILLED 


carries  you  away 

75  ROCKEFELLER  PLAZA.  DEPT.  D-1,N.Y..  N.Y.10019  (212)757-0761 


42 


The  Real  McCoy! 
Webster's  SlhickJO-lb., 

2/^00-pg.,400^00-definitioa 
3,000-illustration, 

^59.95  unabridged  dictionaiy 
-now  only  $19.95! 


The  economy's  effect  on  sales 
gave  thousands  of  companies 
financial  jitters,  ours  included. 
Detroit's  rebate  boosted  sales. 
Now,  we've  found  a  way  to  sell 
you  this  great  new  $59.95  dic- 
tionary for  a  mere  $19.95! 

Thanks  to  modern  mass  mer- 
chandising techniques,  we  were 
able  to  slice  a  huge  $40.00  OFF 
THE  LIST  PRICE! 

Actually,  mass  merchandising 
is  just  a  fancy  name  for  reaching 
MILLIONS  of  prospective  buy- 
ers efficiently.  Whereas  book- 
store sales  come  in  dribs  and 
drabs,  ads  like  this  can  produce 
thousands  of  orders,  overnight. 
And  since  there  are  enormous 
savings  for  printing  in  great 
quantity,  our  cost-per-copy  en- 
ables us  to  sell  you  this  superb 
$59.95  work  for  only  $19.95, 
and  still  make  a  profit! 

And  you'll  get  a  great  deal 
more  than  just  a  fine  low  price. 
The  Webster's  New  Universal 
Unabridged  Dictionary  is  a  mas- 
sive 10-lb.  work,  with  400,000 
definitions,  a  valuable  256-page 
encyclopedic  supplement,  conve- 
nient thumb-indexing  and  3,000 
helpful  illustrations.  And  there's 
still  another  reason  why  you  and 
your  family  will  treasure  and  en- 
joy using  it! 

It  is  unmatched  for  timeliness. 


In  compiling  this  work,  every 
definition  was  examined,  and 
thousands  of  changes  were  made. 
Uniquely,  this  is  one  dictionary 
that  has  caught  up  with  all  the 
rapid  advances  in  the  sciences- 
wars-the  ensuing  political  and 
economic  changes-and  the  hun- 
dreds of  new  words  they've 
brought  into  the  language.  It's  the 
most  up-to-date  and  complete 
dictionary  you  can  buy  today! 
Suddenly,  look-ups  are  more 
helpful! 

•  3,000  "spot  illustrations"  help 
clarify  the  definitions  —  hun- 
dreds are  brand  new!  (Would 
you  believe  some  expensive 
dictionaries  contain  NOT 
EVEN  ONE  essential  illus- 
tration? It's  true! ) 

•  Illustrative  phrases  are  used 
to  make  the  intended  connota- 
tion more  precise! 

•  Many  Citations  from  Litera- 
ture illustrate  the  usage  of  our 
finest  writers. 

•  For  better  comprehension, 
many  entries  are  followed  by 
synonyms  or  closely  related 
words. 

•  Pronunciation  was  never 
easier.  A  key  appears  at  the 
bottom  of  each  spread. 

•  A  concise  Outline  History  of 
the  English  Language  was 
written    for   this    edition    by 


Harold  Whitehall,  Chairman 
of  Linguistics  of  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. 
Plus— a  fascinating,  256-page 
encyclopedic  supplement, 
featuring: 

•  Over  50.000  Synonyms  and 
Antonyms,  with  more  than 
4.000  cross-referenced  main 
entries.  (A  built-in  Thesaurus!) 

•  Maps  of  the  World- 1 6  in  all. 
in  striking  color,  one  to  a 
page,  extensively  detailed.  (A 
"mini"  Atlas,  tool! ) 

•  A  96-page,  Dictionary  of  Bio- 
graphy—over 15,000  entries, 
covering  the  "greats"  of  all 
recorded  history! 

•  A  32-page  Metric  Guide!  Over 
1,000  conversion  factors  at 
your  fingertips! 

•  The  3.800  most  useful  Abbre- 
viations! 

•  The  Language  of  Music  —  all 
the  signs  and  symbols  shown 
and  explained. 

•  Expanded  Dictionary  of  For- 
eign Words  and  Phrases.  Over 
4,800  entries  in  6  foreign  lan- 
guages. (Vive  la  difference!) 

•  The  Declaration  of  Indepen- 
dence. 

•  The  Constitution  of  the 
United  States. 

•  A  glossary  of  the  Environ- 
mental Terms  most  frequently 
used  by  the  news  media. 


•  Salary  I  ables.  See  how  much 
you  earn  by  the  quarter, 
month,  week,  day,  hour  and 
'/2-hour.  (And  see  how  few 
work  hours  it  lakes  to  own 
this  incredible  dictionary!) 

•  Time  Zones!  Fascinating  4- 
pager  charu  the  world's  24 
lime  zones! 

•  Tables:  Squares,  Cubes,  their 
roots! 

•  .Multiplication  Table.  (When 
youngsters  see  something, 
ihey  learn  more  easily. J 

•  Places  of  interest  in  Canada, 
Mexico  and  Central  America. 
A  vivid  32-page  words-and- 
pictures  section. 

•  Compound  Interest  Table 
computes  earnings  on  any 
amount  at  any  rate. 

•  A  200- Year  Calendar! 

Superb  edition  for  home  or 
office 

Bone-dry  and  uncartoned,  this 
great  dictionary  weighs  10  lbs. 
and  measures  ll'i"x8'^"  just  a 
shade  under  5"  thick.  Its  2.400 
pages  are  of  a  premier-grade 
stock  (opaque  white,  not  ordi- 
nary grey )  with  Smyth-sewn  re- 
inforced signatures  and  rich 
gold-stamped  covers.  The  format 
is  new  and  modern,  and  because 
the  type  size  is  uniquely  large  for 
unabridged  dictionaries,  clarity 
and  legibility  are  excellent. 
Thumb-indexed  for  faster  look- 
ups. It  promises  a  lifetime  of 
constant  use.  enrichment  and 
pleasure! 
Convenience  in  ordering,  too 

Charge  your  purchase,  if  you 
wish,  to  -American  Express.  Mas- 
ter Charge  or  BankAmericard. 
While  you're  at  it,  order  an  extra 
copy  for  a  youngster  away  at 
school.  There's  no  more  appro- 
priate or  useful  lifetime  gift,  and 
this  fine  $59.95  dictionary  costs 
you  only  $19.95! 

If  you  believe,  as  Francis 
Bacon  did.  that:  "Knowledge  is 
power."  your  next  step  is  easy. 
Just  complete  the  coupon  and 
mail  it  back  right  away. 

In  doing  so,  you'll  be  bringing 
into  your  home  a  lifetime  source 
of  enjoyment  and  knowledge  that 
will  benefit  every  member  of 
your  family.  The  $40.00  saving 
may  be  withdrawn  at  any  time, 
so  if  you  want  "the  real  McCoy" 
at  this  unreal  low  price,  better 
order  now! 


Th< 


i  last  dictionary  you'll 
ever  liave  to  buy! 


WEBSTER'S  UNIVERSAL  PRESS 

P.O.  Box  488  Murray  Hill  Sta.  •  New  York,  N.Y.  10016 

I  want  to  save  $40.00  off  the  list  price—     SPECIFY; 

rush copies  of  the  Webster's  New     D   S- 

Universal  Unabridged  $59.95  Dictionary 


_  enclosed. 

yuj(W9.95eac*.' (Add  $2.50  forpp.&  ins.')     D   Charge  to  my 

□  Special  Deluxe-Bound  Edition 
-just  $24.95  -I-  $2.50  shpg. 


account  with 


Signature. 
Webster's  ' 


Press.  1727  So.  Indii 


Master  Chg.  # 


Card  Expir.  Date 

(Add  applic.  Sis  Tax) 

1  Ave.,  Chicago.  III.  60616 


project  in  Turkey,  and  early  in  its  his- 
tory, the  TV  A  scheme  in  the  United 
States.  On  occasion,  the  dams  and 
man-made  lakes  were  not  in  them- 
selves responsible  for  ecological 
change  leading  to  intensified  malaria 
transmission  but,  rather,  set  in  mo- 
tion a  train  of  events  that  led  to  the 
situation.  Construction  of  the  Kali- 
mawe  Dam  in  Tanzania,  for  example, 
extended  cultivation  far  beyond  the 
original  plots.  This  made  it  necessary 
to  graze  cattle,  the  preferred  host  of 
the  local  A.  gambiae,  farther  from  the 
villages.  When  the  cows  were  no 
longer  kept  near  houses  at  night,  the 
peridomestic  mosquitoes  were  di- 
verted to  man,  and  malaria  transmis- 
sion was  intensified. 

Ecological  alterations  have  been 
caused  not  only  by  man's  struggles 
toward  progress  but  also  by  his  con- 
flicts; throughout  the  course  of  his- 
tory the  environment  has  been  a  casu- 
alty of  war.  This  ecological  havoc  has 
often  created  conditions  conducive  to 
malaria  transmission  in  both  temper- 
ate and  tropical  regions,  and  epidem- 
ics of  malignant  malaria  have  victim- 
ized military  personnel  and  civilians. 

During  World  War  II ,  for  example , 
the  bloody  fighting  near  Cassino, 
Italy,  destroyed  dikes  containing  the 
rivers.  Anopheline  mosquitoes  bred 
profusely  in  the  flooded  areas  and 
bomb  craters.  Malaria,  possibly  in- 
troduced by  foreign  troops,  occurred 
in  its  most  violent  form,  with  some 
villages  totally  infected  and  suffering 
a  mortality  rate  of  10  percent.  But  it 
was  in  the  Vietnam  conflict  that  a  new 
and  devastating  tactical  strategy  was 
applied — the  ecosystem  became  a  de- 
liberate target  of  massive  destruction. 
The  use  of  aircraft-spread  herbicides 
for  the  defoliation  of  forests  and  de- 
struction of  crops  introduced  a  new 
dimension  to  the  horror  of  war.  Sci- 
entists throughout  the  world  were 
alarmed,  and  a  number  of  studies 
were  conducted  to  determine  the  con- 
sequences of  defoliation. 

One  such  study,  that  of  the  con- 
gressionally  funded  National  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences  committee,  included 
an  investigation  of  epidemiologi- 
cal-ecological  interactions  in  the  de- 
foliated mangrove  forest  south  of  Sai- 
gon, a  region  known  as  the  Rung  Sat. 
This  area,  repeatedly  sprayed  with 
herbicide,  had  become  a  desolate, 
barren  wasteland  denuded  of  virtually 
every  living  tree.  Studying  an  intact 
mangrove  forest  as  a  control,  the 
NAS  medical  ecologists  did  not  de- 
tect any  breeding  sites  of  anopheline 


mosquitoes.  Other  mosquitoes  were 
abundant  but  the  Southeast  Asian 
mangrove  ecosystem  was  not  the  kind 
of  real  estate  suitable  for  anophelines. 
In  the  Rung  Sat,  however,  the  mos- 
quito population  consisted  largely  of 
A.  sinensis  and  A.  lesteri.  Malaria 
was  endemic  throughout  the  region. 

Again,  rice  seems  to  have  been  the 
final  ecological  culprit.  As  people 
were  deprived  of  their  main  liveli- 
hood from  woodcutting,  they  turned 
to  rice  culture  in  the  less  saline  areas 
of  the  dead  mangrove.  The  rice  fields 
provided  ideal  breeding  sites  for  the 
two  anopheline  species. 

In  Vietnam  the  main  foci  of  ma- 
laria are  found  in  the  montane  forests , 
the  vectors  being  A.  maculatus, 
breeding  in  exposed  hillside  streams, 
and  A.  balabacensis,  living  in  sunlit 
standing  collections  of  water.  Re- 
moval of  the  forest's  shade  cover 
created  new  breeding  sites  for  these 
mosquitoes.  At  the  time  of  the  NAS 
study  in  Vietnam  the  temperature  of 
the  war  was  too  hot  to  permit  on  the 
ground  study,  but  when  the  study 
group  flew  over  the  deforested  moun- 
tain areas,  they  saw  a  landscape  typi- 
cally colonized  by  these  two  efficient 
vectors.  Notably,  American  soldiers 
fighting  in  the  Vietnam  highland 
forests  were  severely  afflicted  by  ma- 
laria, with  the  attack  rate  in  some 
units  as  high  as  53  cases  per  1,000 
troops  per  day. 

Paradoxically  and  cruelly,  in  the 
absence  of  an  effective  control  pro- 
gram, a  community's  welfare  and  sta- 
bility of  ten  depend  on  continuous,  in- 
tense exposure  to  malaria.  Under 
these  conditions,  as  in  the  agricultural 
villages  of  Africa  and  Southeast  Asia, 
malaria  accounts  for  high  infant  mor- 
tality; some  40  percent  or  more  of  the 
children  under  the  age  of  five  may  die 
of  the  infection.  Those  who  survive, 
however,  develop  a  protective  immu- 
nity, and  adults,  the  productive  seg- 
ment of  the  community,  remain  rela- 
tively free  of  the  pernicious  clinical 
manifestations  of  the  infection.  Usu- 
ally, the  high  infant  mortality  is  com- 
pensated by  a  high  birthrate,  and  so 
a  population  equilibrium  is  achieved 
in  which  the  workers  are  sufficiently 
healthy  to  provide  the  community's 
food  requirements. 

The  relatively  slow  acquisition  of 
functional  irrmiunity  to  malaria  and 
its  concomitant  cost  in  infant  life  have 
led  to  several  disasters  of  good  intent 
and  have  presented  new  moral  di- 
lemmas for  discomfited  public  health 
workers.  The  Western  and  Western- 


trained  health  professionals  have 
held,  by  tradition  and  education,  the 
philosophy  of  the  importance  of  indi- 
vidual human  life  and  the  right  of 
every  member  of  the  community  to 
good  health.  The  heroic  efforts  begun 
in  the  mid-1950s  to  realize  global 
eradication  of  malaria  were  rooted  in 
this  moral  premise.  But  where  these 
control  programs  were  successful  in 
the  developing  tropical  countries, 
population  numbers  increased  rap- 
idly, while  technical-agricultural  re- 
sources to  accommodate  the  burgeon- 
ing community  lagged  sadly  behind. 
Following  a  successful  control 
scheme  in  Guyana,  infant  mortality 
was  reduced  to  one-third  its  former 
rate;  in  one  study  group,  a  sugar  plan- 
tation village,  the  population  rose 
from  the  precontrol  level  of  66,000  in 
1957  to  110,000  in  1966.  Some  stu- 
dents of  public  health,  as  well  as 
health  officials,  are  now  beginning  to 
question  the  wisdom  of  instituting 
such  measures  as  malaria  control 
unless  they  are  accompanied  by  ef- 
fective population  control  programs 
or  by  expansion  of  resources  to  feed, 
clothe,  educate,  and  house  the  in- 
creased population. 

The  disasters  of  good  intent  are  re- 
lated to  malaria's  tendency  to  return 
several  years  after  a  successful  mos- 
quito control  program.  During  this 
period  the  mosquito  populations 
have  once  again  returned  to  former 
density,  and  the  human  population's 
collective  immunity  has  waned. 
Wherever  it  recurs  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, malaria  is  explosive  and 
clinically  severe. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  progress  for 
the  peoples  of  the  developing  world, 
as  we  define  progress,  can  be 
achieved  unless  malaria  and  other 
diseases  draining  their  intellectual 
and  physical  energies  can  be  brought 
under  control.  Yet  the  enterprises  of 
progress  contribute,  with  monoto- 
nous regularity,  to  the  deterioration 
of  health.  What  is  now  required  is  a 
holistic  approach.  Engineers,  agron- 
omists, epidemiologists,  economists, 
ecologists,  demographers,  cultural 
anthropologists,  and  political  leaders 
must  all  contribute  to  the  planning, 
execution,  and  evaluation  processes. 
In  this  way,  malaria  and  many  other 
diseases  can  be  reduced  to  a  manage- 
able state  if  not  actually  eradicated. 
Human  needs  demand  it;  human  in- 
telligence and  ingenuity  must  be 
turned  to  achieving  a  degree  of 
progress,  rather  than  disaster,  for  the 
peoples  of  the  third  world.  D 


44 


SHOULD  A  CAR 

WITH  A  REPUTATION 

FOR  BEING  SO  SAFE 

GO  SO  FAST? 

Over  the  years,Volvo  has  become  the  very  symbol  of  the  safe,  sane  automobile, 
designed  for  people  with  a  rational  view  of  life. 

But  anyone  who  slides  behind  the  wheel  of  a  1976  Volvo  240  may  discover  its 
something  more. 

As  Road  Test  magazine  has  put  it: "This  is  one  fun  car  to  drive." 
This  year,  Volvo  has  introduced  a  new  fuel-injected,  overhead  cam  4-cylinder 
engine.  It  has  extremely  fast  pickup  in  the  20-55  m.p.h.  range  where  most  serious 
driving  is  done. 

In  a  comparison  of  passing  times,  a  Volvo  242  with  a  4-cylinder  engine  was 
faster  than  a  Mercedes  280  with  a  six. 

Volvo  also  gives  you  rack  and  pinion  steering  to  help  you  take  life's  curves. 
And  a  spring-strut  front  suspension  designed  to  keep  the  car  steady  and  level 
even  if  you  take  them  fast.  You  get  4-wheel  power  disc  brakes.  And  you  can 
order  a  4-speed  manual  transmission  with  electrically-operated  overdrive 
(which  lets  you  flip  in  and  out  of  5th  gear  with  a  simple  flick 
"'        ). 

which  does,  indeed,  make  Volvo 
to  drive.  But  then  again,  we  think 
faster  a  car  responds  and  the  better 
handles,  the  safer  it  will  be. 

So  while  many  of  these  new 

performance  features  are  nice 

to  have  when  you  want  them, 

they're  even  nicer  to  have  when 

you  need  them.  "VOUiVO 

The  car  for  people  who  think. 


Get  Away 
From  It  All... 


as  a  member  of 


Natural  Science  Book  Club 


See  all  six  of 
America's  deserts. . . 

(Publishers'  Pricesshown) 


56720.  ISLAND  OF  ISIS.  William  MacQuitty.  A 
beautifully  written  introduction  to  the  culture,  re- 
ligion, history  and  geography  of  ancient  Egypt.  Illus- 
trated with  37  full-color  and  81  black-and-white  photo- 
graphs. $14.95 

50360.  THE  GIRAFFE:  Its  Biology,  Behavior  and 
Ecology.  Anne  Innis  Dagg  and  J.  Bristol  Foster.  By 
photographically  recording  pattern  blotches  for  241  of 
these  elegant  creatures,  the  authors  have  come  up 
with  the  most  definitive  work  yet  on  just  about  every 
phase  of  the  life  of  giraffes.  $13.95 

48390.  FATU-HIVA.  Thor  Heyderdahl.  The  author 
and  his  bride's  youthful  adventures  in  the  South 
Pacific's  Marquesas  — an  adventurous  and  beautiful 
idyll— dangerous  and  liberating.  $10.00 

58675.  THE  LIVING  WORLD  OF  AUDUBON. 

Roland  C.  Clement.  Superb  reproduction  of  both 
Audubon's  work  and  that  of  present  day  biologist- 
photographers.  128  pages  of  full-color  pictures.  Counts 
as  2  of  your  3  books.  $25.00 

41550.  DANGEROUS  SEA  CREATURES.  Thomas 
Helm.  Richly  detailed  guide  to  the  bizarre,  captivating, 
and  menacing  inhabitants  of  the  seas  of  the  world. 
Offers  fascinating  descriptions  of  creatures  ranging 
from  needlefish  to  killerwhales.  $9.95 


Discover  the  warm-blooded 
dinosaurs! 


Meet  some 

much-maligned 

animals... 


Find  out  how 
it  came  to  be... 


85090.  THE  UNIVERSE.  Lloyd  Motz.  Absorbing 
account  of  modern  cosmological  theory  examines  the 
origin,  evolution,  and  future  of  the  universe.      $15.00 

84210.  THIS  LIVING  REEF  Douglas  Faulkner  One 
of  the  South  Pacific's  most  beautiful  island  chains  . . . 
120  pages  of  glorious  six-color  pictures— all  with 
detailed  fascinating  commentaries.  Counts  as  2  of  your 
3  books.  $25.00 

41560.  DANGEROUS  TO  MAN.  Completely  Re- 
vised Edition.  Roger  A.  Caras.  The  whole  story  of 
dangerous  creatures,  most  of  which  are  not  lethal.  100 
photographs.  $14.95 

36395.  BLACK  HOLES,  QUASARS  AND  THE 
UNIVERSE.  Henry  L.  Shipman.  Where  do  black 
holes  come  from?  What  are  white  dwarfs,  neutron 
stars,  supernovae,  and  Seyfert  galaxies?  These  are  just 
a  few  of  the  questions  dealt  with  in  this  absorbing 
exploration  of  the  frontiers  of  astronomy  $12.95 

87195.  WILD  CATS  OF  THE  WORLD.  C.A.  W. 
Guggisberg.  One  of  the  world's  leading  authorities  on 
wild  cats  offers  definitive  natural  histories  of  each  of 
the  37  species  of  wild  cats.  $15.95 

77620.  THE  SECRET  LIFE  OF  ANIMALS.  Lorus 
and  Margery  Milne  and  Franklin  Russell.  Lavishly 
illustrated  account  of  the  dramatic  discoveries  recently 
made  about  the  behavior  of  animals.  Over  300  full- 
color  photographs.  Countsas2ofyour3books.    $29.95 


IMPORTANT  GUARANTEE!  Examine  your  3 
introductory  books  for  10  days.  If  not  delighted, 
simply  return  them  and  your  membership  will  be 
canceled.  You  pay  nothing,  owe  nothing! 


84380.  TO  THE  BACK  OF  BEYOND.  Fitzroy  Mac- 
lean. With  the  aid  of  over  100  photographs  (many  in 
full  color),  a  noted  English  explorer-diplomat  probes 
the  exotic  cities  and  lascinating  peoples  of  Central 
Asia.  $15.00 

78820.  THE  SOCIAL  BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  BEES. 

Charles  D.  Michener  One  of  the  world's  foremost 
authorities  on  bees  offers  the  first  definitive  work  on 
group  phenomena  among  these  most  amazing  insects. 
A  publishing  classic.  $25.00 

78260.  SHARKS  AND  SHIPWRECKS.  Hugh  Ed- 
wards. A  captivating  look  into  the  mysterious  waters 
off  Australia  where  the  great  white  shark  and  sunken 
treasure  abound.  Well  illustrated.  $12.50 

78680.  SNAKES  OF  THE  AMERICAN  WEST. 

Charles  E.  Shaw  and  Sheldon  Campbell.  Every  known 
fact— from  habits  and  habitats,  to  their  appearances 
and  characteristics.  $12.50 

62900.    MONUMENTS   OF   CIVILIZATION: 

Egypt.  Claudia  Barocas.  The  ancient  monuments  of 
Egyptand  the  culture  that  built  them.  $19.95 


34515.  ARTIFACTS  OF  PREHISTORIC  AMER- 
ICA. Louia  4.  Brennan.  Handy,  well-iiluatniunl  guide 
10  the  ideniitication  of  over  30*)  types  of  Amencan 
stone-dge  artifaiits.  $14.95 

42325.  THE   DISCOVERY    OF  OCR  GALA.W 

Charles  A.  Whanev,  A  disiinjfuiyhed  Han.'ard  aairono- 
mer  recreaies  the  lives  and  discovenes  of  great  astron- 
omers—frtjm  the  -iixth  century  B  C  to  black  holes, 
pulsars,  supemovae.  and  Seyfengalxies.  SIO.DO 

34310.  ARCHAEOLOGY  BENEATH  THE  SEA. 

George  F  Bass.  Exciting  account  of  how  the  underwa- 
ter exploration  of  a  Synan  trading  ship  sunk  in  121)0 
B.C.  off  the  coast  of  Turkey  paved  the  way  for  the 
science  of  u  nderwater  archaeology.  SlUil 


lake  any 
3books 

(values  to  $6a9Q) 

for  only 
99«each 


if  you  will  lOin  for  a  tnal  period  and 
?e  to  take  3  more  boohs— at  handsome 
iscounts  -  witfiin  me  neat  t2  monttw 


Enter  the  ancient 
world  of  the  first 
Indian  settlers... 


Share  the  culture 
of  the  ancient 
Egyptians... 


Learn  the  myth- 
shattering  facts. . 


Visit  the  mysterious 
dties  of  Central  Asia . . 


34210.  THE  ARCHAEOLOGY  OF  NORTH 
AMERICA.  Dean  Snow.  Photographs  by  Werner  Far- 
man.  With  nearly  200  photographs,  maps  and  charts, 
resurrects  the  worlds  of  the  North  .American  Indian, 
frotn  the  first  crossings  onto  this  continent  30,000 
vears  ago  to  the  discovery  of  the  last  stone-age  man 
who  died  in  the  20th  century.  $18.95 

73337.  THE  RAPE  OF  THE  NILE.  Bnan  Fagan. 
The  fascinating  story  of  the  plundering  of  ancient 
Egypt's  treasures  and  the  rise  of  the  study  of  Es'ptol- 
ogy.  Filled  with  more  than  250  illustrations.        $14.95 

41981.  THE  DESERT.  Russeli  D.  Burcher  .\  beauti- 
ful, guided  tour  of  .America's  six  desert  regions,  how 
they  were  formed,  the  persistence  of  their  lite-forms  in 
intensely  fragile  ecologies.  $17  jO 

75710.  SCIENCE  BRAIN-TWISTERS.  PARA- 
DOXES. AND  EALLAOES.  Chnsmpher  R  Jargodv. 
Over  160  puzzles,  questions,  problems  and  situations, 
each  based  on  scientific  principles.  Challenging  and 
fun.  $9.95 

53583.  THE   HOT-BLOODED   DINOSALRS. 

Adrian  J.  Desmond.  A  radically  different  picture  of  the 
dinosaurs,  vastly  more  sophisticated  and  efficient  than 
paleontologists  have  heretofore  believed,  with  care- 
tuUy-reasoned  scientific  evidence  to  back  it  up.  .A 
fascinating  book.  $12.95 


86125.  WAICHLNG  SEA  BISOS.  Rjcltaid  Perry. 
Richly  detailed  account  of  the  gulls,  auks,  ganneis. 
and  skuas  of  two  tiny  British  islands.  Lundy  and  Noss. 
". .  .superb  sdendlic  reportine  and  a  areat  addition  cc 
the  birder's  library."  —Publishers  WeeMv  $10.95 


How  the  Club  Operates  •  The  Bookaulj  News, 
describing  the  coming  Main  Selection  and  .Alter- 
nate Selections,  will  be  sent  to  you  15  times  a  year 
at  3-4  week  intervals.  •  If  you  wish  to  purchase 
the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing  and  it  will  be 
shipped  Co  you  automatically.  •  [f  you  prefer  one 
of  the  .Alternates,  orno  bookaiall.  simply  indicate 
your  decision  on  the  reply  form  always  enclosed 
with  the  News  and  mail  it  so  that  we  receive  it  by 
the  date  specified.  •  "Die  News  is  mailed  in  time  to 
allow  you  at  least  10  days  to  decide  if  you  want  the 
coming  Main  Selection.  If.  because  Qi  late  mail 
delivery  of  the  News,  you  should  ever  receive  a 
.Vlain  Selection  without  having  had  the  10  day 
consideration  penod.  that  Selecuon  may  be  re- 
lumed at  Club  e.xpense.  •  Condnued  member- 
ship past  the  trial  period  brings  you  the  added 
benehts  of  our  Bonus  Book  Plan— an  important 
way  to  save  even  more,  it  least  ~0^'''i  i:?tf  nublishers' 
prices 


Natural  ^dencE  Book  Clnb  _ 

Riverside.  New  Jersey  080":       — '  ^.c- 

Pleaseacc^my  apuiicancn  for  ~  ;  ~  "TV  V  :  ,-i 
send  me  the  chree  volumes  nc ......         - .  -  r 

only  -^Qc  eadi.  [  agree  x  Dtitt:-"-  :  .  : ..  "  vr 
addiccnai Selections  cr  AAtemaiei  i-.^r,  ."  i  ".r:' 
yearlamimenben  under  the  clue  ;:ian  ::escr:cec 
in  this  ad.  Saving  ran^  up  to  30*Hi  and  ccca- 
sionally  even  mote.  My  membec^np  is  canceabie 
any  time  afte- 1  buy  these  dnee  bocks.  A  smnpinc 
and  handling  charge  is  addKi  s:  ail  ^ptnaits. 
Semi  ao  money.  Members  arc  Miled  whoi  'tiooks 
arrive. 

3  books  fiir99«  eact 

Indicate  bv  amnber  the 3  books  voawaiL 


.A  few  expensive  bcoks  looiBd  ill  book  descrip- 
dons)  count  as  I  choices. 


(Oiler sood  in  Comineniai  L  S.  and  Canada  only. 
Prices  lightly  higher  in  Canada. ' 


Bermuda's  Abundant,  Beleaguered  Birds 


by  Kenneth  L.  and  Marnie  Reed  Crowell 


Native  creatures  have  suffered 
as  man  has  used  and  tried  to 
improve  this  island  paradise 

To  the  casual  visitor,  Bermuda  re- 
tained its  virgin  charm  as  late  as 
1945.  At  that  time,  the  native  song- 
birds were  still  abundant  and  the  is- 
land cluster  was  clothed  in  the  deep 
green  of  Bermuda  cedars.  Now,  the 
native  birds  are  drastically  dimin- 
ished and  the  cedars  have  all  but  dis- 
appeared. Despite  further  changes  in 
Bermuda's  environment  as  a  result  of 
a  tremendous  increase  in  the  human 
population,  it  remains  a  vacationer's 
paradise  because  of  its  lush  subtropi- 
cal vegetation  and  climate. 

Although  Bermuda  lies  in  the 
North  Atlantic,  580  miles  east  of 
North  Carolina,  it  is  bathed  by  the 
warm  waters  of  the  Gulf  Stream, 
making  it  the  world's  most  northerly 
coral  reef.  Bermuda  is  only  twenty 
square  miles  in  area,  and  like  most 
oceanic  islands  it  has  an  impover- 
ished fauna  and  flora,  with  several 
unique  or  endemic  forms. 

Through  its  meager  fauna,  Ber- 
muda provides  insights  into  the  dy- 
namics of  more  complex  mainland 
communities.  Ecological  relation- 
ships that  might  be  overlooked  in 
continental  ecosystems  quickly  be- 
come apparent  in  an  island  micro- 
cosm. Islands,  particularly,  reveal 
the  effects  of  introduced  species.  As 
landscapes  are  increasingly  altered  by 
modern  technology,  the  influence  of 
these  alien,  or  exotic,  species  multi- 
plies. Suburbanization  favors  those 
plants  and  animals  that  can  take  ad- 
vantage of  disturbed  habitats.  On 
Bermuda,  as  elsewhere,  this  is  occur- 
ring at  the  expense  of  native  species. 

Because  of  its  proximity  to  the 


Gulf  Stream,  Bermuda's  plants  were 
largely  of  West  Indian  origin:  pal- 
metto and  Bermuda  cedar  and  several 
unusual  hardwoods  in  the  uplands; 
saw  grass  and  sword  fern  in  the 
wooded  swamps  or  open  savannas  of 
the  lowlands.  Mangrove  thickets 
fringed  the  coastal  areas  and  brackish 
ponds.  Bermuda  has  no  native  am- 
phibians and  only  one  reptile — an  en- 
demic skink,  which  still  survives. 
There  were  no  native  mammals  and 
only  a  few  species  of  birds. 

Even  before  the  island  was  settled, 
the  natural  communities  had  been 
greatly  altered.  Henry  May,  an  Eng- 
lishman shipwrecked  on  Bermuda  in 
1593,  found  it  overrun  with  feral 
hogs,  descendants  of  animals  lib- 
erated by  Spaniards  decades  before  to 
provide  a  food  source  for  the  crews 
of  their  ships  in  these  distant  waters. 
The  hogs  destroyed  much  of  the  vege- 
tation and  reduced  the  numbers  of 
ground-nesting  birds — particularly 
the  Bermuda  petrel,  or  cahow. 

May  and  the  other  survivors  of  the 
wreck  of  the  Bonaventura  chopped 
down  many  of  the  ubiquitous  Ber- 
muda cedars  to  build  a  ship  in  which 
they  were  able  to  continue  their 
voyage.  Permanent  settlers  soon  ar- 
rived and  busily  set  about  changing 
the  landscape  of  this  strategic  outpost 
of  the  New  World.  With  them  came 
rats  from  ships  and,  in  due  time,  cats 
to  eat  the  rats — and  the  island  birds, 
which  previously  had  had  few  preda- 
tors. At  this  time  one  or  more  species 
of  endemic  finches  may  have  been  ex- 
tirpated. Although  many  shorebirds 
visited  the  islands  during  migration, 
only  a  few,  such  as  the  coot,  purple 
gallinule,  and  several  species  of 
herons,  bred  in  Bermuda.  Among  the 
nesting  seabirds  were  the  cahow,  the 
white-tailed  tropicbird,   and  Audu- 


bon's shearwater.  There  were  hawks, 
probably  including  the  kestrel  and  os- 
prey,  and  there  certainly  were  crows. 
The  only  other  native  passerine  birds 
to  sing  to  those  hardy  early  settlers 
were  the  catbird,  eastern  bluebird, 
and  Bermuda  white-eyed  vireo — an 
endemic  subspecies. 

In  the  years  that  followed,  colo- 
nists brought  birds  from  their  native 
lands  to  the  little  island:  the  ground 
dove  was  probably  introduced  in 
the  seventeenth  century;  the  cardi- 
nal in  the  eighteenth  century.  In  the 
nineteenth  century,  settlers  brought 
the  bobwhite,  the  European  gold- 
finch, and  the  house  sparrow.  In  the 
twentieth  century,  the  ring-necked 
pheasant  and  the  mockingbird  en- 
joyed limited  success  and  Portuguese 
immigrants  brought  the  wild  canary 
from  the  Azores.  The  hawks  were 
gone,  but  with  the  increase  in  rats  and 
mice,  the  cosmopolitan  barn  owl  was 
able  to  colonize  in  the  1930s.  How- 
ever, this  pest-control  agent  is  now 
threatened  by  commercial  rat  poison 
contained  in  the  rodents  on  which  it 
feeds.  In  early  attempts  at  natural  in- 
sect control,  Bufo  mar inus toads  were 
brought  from  British  Guiana,  as  well 
as  two  kinds  of  "whistling"  frog  and 
one  species  of  Anolis  lizard  from  the 
West  Indies. 

Throughout  the  centuries  Bermu- 
dians,  in  efforts  to  improve  on  nature, 
have  introduced  more  than  1 ,500  spe- 
cies of  plants,  of  which  about  800 


Introduced  about  200  years  ago, 

the  cardinal  (female,  right)  is 

firmly  established  in  Bermuda.  It 

nests  and  feeds  in  the  ornamental 

bushes  planted  by  homeowners. 


Kirtley-Perkins;  Photo  Researchers 


w 


A 


.^ 


50 


DavK]  Overcasfi.  Bnjce  Cotemafi. 


Common  terns,  above,  nest  on  the 
Bermuda  coast.  Their  reproductive 
success  can  be  affected  by 
insecticides.  The  purple  gallinule, 
left,  is  only  a  migrant  species. 


have  become  naturalized.  Such  intro- 
duced plants  as  jasmine  vine  and  fen- 
nel escaped  from  garden  plots  and 
took  over  the  new  land  with  the  ven- 
geance of  weeds.  The  native  pal- 
metto, originally  intermingled  with 
the  cedar,  fell  to  the  ax,  as  did  the 
yellowwood  and  endemic  olivewood 
trees,  valuable  for  their  fine-grained 
wood.  Bermuda  cedar  was  heavily 
cut  for  its  beautiful  and  fragrant  wood 
and  suffered  competition  from  such 
aggressive  newcomers  as  fiddlewood 
and  allspice.  In  the  early  decades  of 
the  seventeenth  cenmry,  however,  a 
decree  proscribing  further  cutting  of 
the  cedar  became  the  first  forestry  law 
of  the  New  World,  while  Bermuda 
laws  protecting  the  green  turtle  and 
cahow  were  the  first  wildlife  protec- 
tion measures. 


M.P,  Kahl;  Bruce  Colem 


Ecological  disaster  concealed  in  a 
shipment  of  nursery  plants  struck  the 
island  about  1946.  In  just  three  years, 
nearly  half  the  Bermuda  cedars  were 
dead  or  dying.  By  1951,  85  percent 
had  been  wiped  out.  The  culprit,  a 
scale  insect,  was  a  notorious  pest  of 
ornamental  and  citrus  plants. 

Government  officials  rapidly  im- 
plemented control  measures  by  intro- 
ducing predatory  ladybird  beetles  and 
parasitic  Hymenoptera,  but  they 
failed  to  thrive.  A  visiting  biologi- 
cal-control expert  hypothesized  that 
they  were  falling  prey  to  the  nu- 
merous small  Anolis  lizards,  which 
were  only  doing  the  job  for  which 
they  had  been  brought  to  Bermuda  in 
the  first  place.  Immamre  ladybird 
beetles  were  also  being  consumed  by 
two  introduced  ant  species.  Although 
the  ants  were  in  turn  eaten  by  the 
lizards,  officials  recommended  intro- 
duction of  the  kiskadee,  a  large  West 
Indian  flycatcher,  to  control  the 
lizards.  In  1956/1957,  despite  the 
protests  of  local  conservationists, 
some  200  kiskadees  were  released  in 
the  vain  hope  that  they  would  eat  the 
lizards  that  ate   the  ladybugs   that 


51 


could  not  control  the  scale  that  killed 
the  cedars. 

Just  after  these  events,  we  arrived 
to  study  the  birds  in  Bermuda.  Star- 
lings, apparently  strays  from  North 
America,  first  bred  on  the  island  in 
1954.  They  numbered  fewer  than  200 
as  late  as  1957  and  might  have  been 
eradicated.  But  for  once  man  chose 
not  to  meddle,  and  by  1970  the  star- 
ling numbered  a  messy  50,000. 

In  1959  the  introduced  bobwhite, 
wild  canary,  and  rock  dove,  and  the 
recently  naturalized  mourning  dove 
and  starling  were  all  restricted  in 
numbers  and  localized  in  distri- 
bution, and  the  kiskadee  was  just  get- 
ting a  foothold.  Thus,  although  some 
150  species  visit  the  island  regularly 
during  migration,  we  found  only 
eight  common  resident  bird  species — 
catbird,  white-eyed  vireo,  crow, 
bluebird,  cardinal,  ground  dove,  Eu- 
ropean goldfinch,  and  house  spar- 
row— most  of  which  are  also  found 
in  brushy  fields  and  scrubby  wood- 
lands of  eastern  North  America. 
Compared  with  similar  habitats  of  the 
eastern  seaboard,  where  we  found 
twenty  to  thirty  species,  the  Bermuda 


52 


A  Bermuda  native,  the  eastern 
bluebird,  above  left,  has  declined 
due  to  competition  from  introduced 
house  sparrows,  destruction  of  the 
native  cedar  trees  in  which  it 
nested,  and  the  use  of  pesticides.  The 
kiskadee,  far  left,  was  brought 
to  Bermuda  in  the  1950s  to  control 
the  introduced  Anolis  lizards, 
which  were  eating  the  ladybird 
beetles  imported  to  feed  on  the 
exotic  scale  insects  that  were 
killing  the  cedars.  The  kiskadee 
population  is  now  rapidly  increasing. 
Another  native,  the  catbird,  above, 
perching  on  an  exotic  fiddlewood 
tree  that  competes  with  the  cedars, 
is  dwindling  in  numbers.  White-tailed 
tropicbirds.  left,  are  surviving 
in  a  fairly  large  population. 


communities  were  still  quite  simple. 

How  does  the  total  density  of  Ber- 
muda birds  compare  with  that  of  the 
more  complex  continental  communi- 
ties? To  answer  this  question,  we 
censused  birds  in  several  repre- 
sentative Bermuda  habitats  by  count- 
ing singing  males  as  they  advertised 
their  territories.  Most  of  our  common 
songbirds  are  monogamous,  and  the 
males  defend  the  individual  terri- 
tories by  means  of  vocal  and  visible 
displays.  The  number  of  pairs  breed- 
ing in  the  area  gives  a  conservative 
estimate  of  the  population  size. 

We  found  that  most  of  the  eight 
resident  species  inhabited  each  of  our 
census  plots.  There  are  three  reasons 
for  this.  First,  there  is  too  little  area 
of  unusual  habitat  type,  such  as  man- 


grove swamp,  to  support  specialized 
species,  and  released  from  competi- 
tion, those  generalized  species  that 
are  present  occupy  niches  broader 
than  they  could  have  on  the  mainland . 
Second,  there  is  little  contrast  be- 
tween the  various  Bermuda  habitats 
compared  with  the  differences  be- 
tween those  on  the  mainland.  Third, 
topographic  and  soil-related  features, 
as  well  as  human  disturbance  of  the 
land,  make  the  habitats  extremely 
patchy.  Bermuda  species  have 
adapted  to  these  transition  areas. 

Within  each  habitat  the  birds  are 
less  demanding  in  their  choice  of  ter- 
ritory sites  than  on  the  mainland.  The 
corrmion  species  use  the  entire  area, 
rather  than  occupying  only  select 
sites,   and  their   territories  form   a 


highly  packed  mosaic.  Many  of  the 
species  on  Bermuda  thus  attain 
greater  densities  than  in  any  North 
American  habitat.  We  found  thirty  to 
fifty  pairs  per  ten  acres,  compared 
with  twenty  to  thirty  pairs  in  similar 
mainland  habitats.  There  are  fewer 
species,  but  in  the  absence  of  compet- 
itors they  often  become  extraor- 
dinarily common,  a  characteristic 
typical  of  islands. 

High  population  densities  may  be 
encouraged  by  the  island's  benign  en- 
vironment, which  requires  less  en- 
ergy for  temperature  maintenance  or 
predator  defense.  More  time  and  en- 
ergy are  allocated  to  increased  in- 
traspecific  competition  associated 
with  high  population  levels  and  re- 
production is  curtailed.    We  found 


Construction  of  a  beach  club, 
above,  has  eliminated  some  bird 
habitat.  The  mourning  dove.  left, 
a  recent  immigrant,  has  benefited 
from  the  cutting  of  trees. 


that  average  clutch  size  for  both  Ber- 
muda catbirds  and  cardinals  was 
lower  than  in  coastal  North  America. 

The  favorable  environment  ap- 
parently also  allows  birds  to  live 
longer.  Of  nine  adult  white -eyed 
vireos  banded  in  1960,  five  were 
holding  the  same  territories  in  1964. 

Age  structure  of  the  populations 
also  differed  from  those  on  the  main- 
land. David  Wingate,  Bermuda's 
chief  conservation  officer,  found  that 
21  percent  of  117  crows  shot  at  roost 
were  first-year  birds,  whereas  more 
than  half  the  crows  shot  at  roost  on 
the  North  American  mainland  consist 
of  yoimg  of  the  year.  Such  reduced 
turnover  of  individuals  results  in  a 
greater  population. 

One  reason  for  the  success  of  bird 
species  on  Bermuda  is  that  they  are 
able  to  take  advantage  of  food  or  hab- 
itat normally  utilized  by  missing 
competitors.  This  seems  to  be  accom- 
plished by  increasing  the  frequency 
of  certain  feeding  methods.  The 
white-eyed  vireo,  for  example,  takes 
insects  on  the  wing  more  frequently 
on  Bermuda.  This  hawking  behavior 
is  more  common  to  warblers  on  the 
mainland,  being  only  occasionally 
observed  in  mainland  vireos.  Simi- 


Joseph  Van  Wormer;  Bruce  Coleman, 


55 


larly,  catbirds  in  Bermuda  spend 
more  time  feeding  on  the  ground,  a 
niche  component  shared  with  the 
towhee  in  North  America. 

On  the  mainland  there  are  rela- 
tively few  common  species  and  many 
rare  ones.  On  islands,  rare  species  are 
fewer.  Rare  species  may  contribute  to 
community  stability.  Coevolution  of 
competitive  and  predator-prey  in- 
teractions among  the  species  of  an 
ecosystem  leads  to  a  system  of  checks 
and  balances.  The  more  species,  the 
more  complex  and  sensitive  is  this 
equilibrium.  An  insular  community 
with  its  few  excessively  common  spe- 
cies is  vulnerable  to  catastrophes. 
This  is  in  part  why  the  cedar  scale  was 
so  devastating,  why  introduced  rats, 
ants,  and  birds  have  all  periodically 
reached  pest  proportions  on  Ber- 
muda, and  why  one  third  of  all  extinc- 
tions in  historic  times  have  occurred 
on  islands. 

For  three  centuries  Bermuda  birds 
have  been  affected  by  changing  pat- 
terns of  land  use.  Today,  open  habi- 
tats, resulting  from  the  cedar  scale 
devastation  and  the  clearing  of  land 
for  new  housing,  have  tipped  the  bal- 
ance against  Bermuda's  native  bird 
species.  Our  1960  censuses  provide 
a  base  line  against  which  to  measure 
some  of  these  changes. 

When  we  first  visited  our  study 
areas,  the  burry  song  of  the  bluebird 
^  was  common  in  the  quiet  lanes.  The 
bluebird  and  the  European  goldfinch 
increased  during  the  eighteenth  and 
nineteenth  centuries  when  woodlands 
were  turned  into  fields.  Indeed,  so 
abundant  were  the  bluebirds  that  they 
built  nests  in  the  open,  as  well  as  in 
natural  cavities.  With  the  arrival  of 
the  horse-and-buggy  days  at  the  turn 
of  the  century,  the  bluebird  began  to 
find  itself  pressed  by  competition. 
The  house  sparrow,  able  to  scavenge 
grain  from  horse  droppings  as  well 
as  food  from  dumps  and  hotel  patios, 
increased  its  numbers  and  conipeted 
with  bluebirds  for  nest  sites.  Blue- 
birds suffered  a  further  setback  after 
the  scale  destroyed  the  cedars.  Some 
200,000  of  the  trees,  in  which  the 
birds  had  commonly  nested,  were  re- 
moved. At  the  same  time,  use  of  agri- 
cultural pesticides  may  have  inhibited 
reproduction  of  this  valuable  insect 
eater. 

Because  no  accurate  censuses  pre- 
date the  cedar  blight,  we  cannot  be 


sure  of  its  impact  on  the  birds.  The 
cedar  provided  rich  cover  both  for 
feeding  and  nesting,  so  the  bird  popu- 
lations must  surely  have  suffered,  at 
least  initially.  The  bobwhite,  which 
fed  extensively  on  cedar  berries,  dis- 
appeared about  1960. 

According  to  our  censuses,  1970 
was  the  first  year  in  which  native  birds 
were  outnumbered  by  the  opportunis- 
tic house  sparrow,  kiskadee,  and 
starling.  Only  the  catbird  remained 
more  abundant  than  any  of  the  new 
arrivals.  The  soft  cooing  of  mourning 
doves  now  echoes  in  the  lanes.  Like 
the  starling,  they  colonized  naturally 
and  only  became  widespread  when 
they  could  take  advantage  of  the  open 
habitats  created  by  the  cedar  blight. 
In  1960  they  were  not  present  in  any 
of  our  census  plots,  but  by  1970  they 
were  abundant  throughout  the  island, 
an  increase  that  has  been  paralleled  in 
suburban  and  rural  areas  of  the  United 
States.  Similarly,  populations  of  the 
rock  dove,  or  common  pigeon,  small 
and  localized  for  a  century,  are  now 
reaching  pest  proportions. 

Crows,  too,  have  begun  to  figure 
more  prominently  in  our  censuses  as 
they  take  advantage  of  the  increase  in 
man's  garbage,  waste  dairy  grain, 
and  road  kills.  During  the  last  ten 
years  the  population  of  150  birds  has 
increased  to  approximately  500,  and 
the  agricultural  department  has  been 
forced  to  undertake  control  measures. 

The  omnivorous  kiskadee  has  in- 
creased to  an  estimated  60,000  since 
its  ill-advised  introduction  in  the  mid- 
1950s,  and  its  raucous  cries  make  it 
seem  even  more  common.  The  Ber- 
muda white -eyed  vireo  seems  to  have 
suffered  not  only  from  the  loss  of  the 
cedars  but  also  from  direct  depreda- 
tion on  its  nestlings  by  the  kiskadee. 
By  1970,  the  vireo,  Bermuda's  only 
endemic  land  bird,  had  declined  85 
percent  from  1960  levels,  although  in 
secondary  forests  its  numbers  are  in- 
creasing somewhat. 

More  serious  than  the  past  changes 
in  habitat  is  the  current  reduction  in 
the  quality  and  quantity  of  open 
space.  In  1974  we  found  two  of  our 
study  plots  had  been  swallowed  up  by 
housing  developments.  The  pace  of 
traffic  on  the  winding  lanes  had 
stepped  up  and  exhaust  fumes  hung 
in  the  air.  Lot  size  in  housing  subdivi- 
sions was  decreasing.  Bulldozers 
scraped  building  sites  bare  for  re- 


planting with  neatly  groomed  lawns 
and  a  few  ornamentals.  The  advent  of 
the  power  mower  reinforced  what 
amounted  to  a  conspiracy  against 
Bermuda's  vegetation.  Noisy  flocks 
of  starlings  were  everywhere.  In  cen- 
suses of  suburban  areas  of  Bermuda 
we  found  that  starlings  and  house 
sparrows  account  for  more  than  half 
the  birds,  hardly  surprising  since  they 
even  utilize  man's  buildings  for  their 
nest  sites. 

In  these  suburban  areas  we  found 
the  cardinal,  goldfinch,  and  kiskadee 
about  as  abundant  as  in  our  wild 
plots.  Although  nest  boxes  have 
aided  the  bluebird,  the  species  is  still 
decreasing  in  number.  But  the  native 
catbird,  a  denizen  of  thickets,  and  the 
vireo,  Bermuda's  only  foliage 
gleaner,  have  suffered  with  the  disap- 
pearance of  undergrowth.  The  latter 
species  is  threatened  with  extinction 
on  the  island. 

The  native  birds  of  Bermuda  are 
thus  increasingly  restricted  to  local- 
ized habitats.  Maintenance  of  such 
environments  is  perhaps  the  key  to 
survival  for  most  of  these  species. 
Some  of  these  isolated  habitats  are 
now  being  upgraded  and  preserved  in 
the  form  of  sanctuaries,  largely  due 
to  the  efforts  of  David  Wingate.  In 
these  areas,  he  is  replacing  the  associ- 
ations of  alien  plants  and  animals 
with  thousands  of  resistant  cedars, 
native  bay  grapes,  palmettos,  and 
hardwoods.  Today,  on  Nonsucli  Is- 
land, one  can  walk  once  again  under 
the  canopy  of  a  forest  of  native  spe- 
cies— a  living  museum  of  Bermuda's 
past  vegetation. 

Such  habitat  sanctuaries  could  be- 
come more  common.  Municipal 
parks,  suburban  backyards,  and  even 
industrial  parks  could  all  become 
sanctuaries  if  proper  planting  were 
undertaken. 

As  microcosms,  islands  show  the 
consequences  of  ecological  abuses 
that  we  may  at  first  overlook  in  more 
complex  mainland  communities.  Op- 
portunistic species  everywhere  take 
advantage  of  the  disturbed  habitats 
resulting  from  suburbanization.  As 
on  Bermuda,  this  usually  occurs  at 
the  expense  of  those  unique,  special- 
ized forms  that  give  a  region  its  par- 
ticular character.  If  we  exchange  the 
richness  of  our  natural  heritage  for 
crabgrass  and  starlings,  we  shall  be 
the  poorer  for  it.  D 


56 


1^  rwf (P'  >^ 


te ' 


O 


O^ 


o 


y[f©@, 


u 


Off 

oill  iivO 


o  o 


op 

o)sp(t€t; 

(tfe)h  Lo  Sd 


'/7 


A  Natural  History  Special  Supplement    October  1976 


"It's  not  just  another  American  convention  hotel. 
.  .  .  It's  a  great  American  castle.  ...  Ail  your 
worldly  needs  are  provided  for  .  .  .  when  you  go 
to  the  barber  or  the  hairdresser  or  the  gift  shops. 
.  .  .  This  isn't  no-man's-land.  Or  primitive  wil- 
der.-.ess.  This  is  civilization." 

Yosemite  National  Park  is  not  exactly  civilization, 
despite  these  advertising  claims  of  Music  Corporation 
of  America,  which  took  over  the  park's  concessions 
in  1973.  Like  a  number  of  other  major  recreational 
developers,  MCA  in  recent  years  began  looking  to  the 
national  parks  as  a  great  unexploited  resource  of  one 
of  America's  fastest-growing  industries.  The  National 
Park  Service  has  thus  been  importuned  to  allow  the 
building  of  new  hotels,  improved  roads,  ski  develop- 
ments, aerial  tramways,  and  a  host  of  other  such  facili- 
ties. These  proposals  raise  one  of  the  perpetual  issues 
in  our  public  lands  policy — the  purpose  of  the  national 
parks.  Although  "the  national  parks  idea"  is  a  familiar 
phrase,  the  governing  statutes  speak  in  very  general  and 
unrevealing  language.  The  founding  of  the  parks  is 
itself  shrouded  in  a  good  deal  of  mystery,  but  it  is  there 
that  our  search  must  begin. 

In  the  midst  of  the  Civil  War,  on  June  30,  1864, 
President  Lincoln  signed  a  bill  granting  Yosemite  to 
the  state  of  California  for  "public  use,  resort  and  recre- 
ation." The  national  parks  were  born  at  that  moment. 
There  was  no  tradition  of  great  scenic  parks  anywhere 
in  the  world,  there  was  no  organized  public  movement 
in  favor  of  parks,  and  Congress  did  not  seem  to  have 
any  particular  interest  in  the  idea.  Even  the  most  assidu- 
ous scholarly  efforts  over  the  years  have  turned  up  only 
fragmentary  suggestions  of  the  notion  in  the  writings 
of  figures  such  as  Jefferson  and  Thoreau. 

The  lands  themselves  were  barely  known.  The  Oc- 
tober 1859  issue  of  Hutchings  California  Magazine 
recounted  the  details  of  a  voyage  into  the  then  remote 
Yosemite  Valley.  Visitors  had  to  take  a  boat  from  San 
Francisco  to  Stockton,  followed  by  a  16-hour  stage- 
coach ride  to  Coulterville,  and  finally  a  57-mile,  36- 
hour  trek  by  horse  and  pack  mule  into  the  valley. 

Scarcely  any  definite  knowledge  exists  concerning 
the  establishment  of  Yosemite.  A  bill  to  turn  the  land 
over  to  California,  to  be  held  by  it  as  a  public  park, 
was  introduced  in  Congress  by  Senator  John  Conness 
of  California.  Conness  said  that  he  was  putting  the  bill 
forward  in  response  to  a  request  from  some  constit- 
uents, whom  he  described  only  as  gentlemen  "of  for- 
tune, of  taste  and  of  refinement."  A  letter  to  Conness 
from  Israel  Ward  Raymond,  recommending  the  reser- 
vation of  Yosemite,  has  been  preserved;  ail  that  is 


'f»^/±'^t^^ 


Yosemite  Valley  ca  1 


Yosemite  Valley,  1867 

Culver  P'ciufis 


59 


known  of  Raymond  is  that  he  was  the  California  repre- 
sentative of  the  Central  American  Steamship  Transit 
Company. 

Others  who  are  believed  to  have  supported  Ray- 
mond's suggestion  were  Jessie  Benton  Fremont,  the 
wife  of  John  C.  Fremont  and  the  daughter  of  Senator 
Thomas  Hart  Benton;  Galen  Clark,  a  pioneer  who  lived 
in  the  Yosemite  Valley  and  became  its  official  greeter 
and  guardian;  Thomas  Starr  King,  a  well-known  Uni- 
tarian preacher  and  author,  who  had  written  vivid  de- 
scriptions of  Yosemite  in  1860  and  1861;  Josiah 
Dwight  Whitney,  the  chief  of  the  California  Geological 
Survey;  Judge  Stephen  Field;  John  F.  Morse,  a  San 
Francisco  physician;  and  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  who 
in  1 863  had  come  to  California  to  manage  the  Mariposa 
mining  estate,  following  one  of  his  periodic  clashes 
with  the  bureaucracy. 

Although  the  Yosemite  legislation  set  a  unique  legal 
precedent,  little  is  known  of  its  background.  The  lan- 
guage of  the  bill  is  taken  directly  from  the  letter  that 
Raymond  wrote  to  Conness,  yet  all  it  says  by  way  of 
explanation  is  that  "it  is  important  to  obtain  the  propri- 
etorship soon,  to  prevent  occupation  [of  the  valley  by 
homesteaders]  and  especially  to  preserve  the  trees  in 
the  valley  from  destruction."  The  bill  was  not  debated 
in  the  Congress  even  though  it  was  the  first  time  that 
federal  land  had  been  dedicated  to  a  nonutilitarian  pur- 
pose, a  policy  that  would  subsequently  be  seriously, 
although  unsuccessfully,  challenged  in  the  Supreme 
Court  on  the  ground  that  the  federal  government  was 
without  authority  to  promote  conservation  and  recrea- 
tion. Not  surprisingly,  the  statute  contains  no  hint  of 
what  (if  anything)  Congress  had  in  mind  about  the  kind 
of  recreational  experience  it  thought  visitors  to  Yo- 
semite ought  to  have  or  about  the  conflict  between  pres- 
ervation and  use,  although,  as  we  shall  see,  that  was 
already  becoming  an  issue  at  popular  vacation  resorts 
such  as  Niagara  Falls. 

We  shall  never  know  exactly  how  Congress  was  in- 
duced to  take  so  unprecedented  a  step  in  fashioning  a 
new  public  policy,  but  the  explanation  probably  lies 
in  the  influence  enjoyed  by  those  who  supported  the 
Raymond  letter.  Josiah  Dwight  Whitney,  whose  writ- 
ings evidence  a  powerful  attraction  to  places  of  scenic 
grandeur,  was  the  scion  of  a  prominent  American  fam- 
ily that  had  founded  a  great  mercantile  house  and  given 
three  presidents  to  Yale.  Whitney  knew  Conness,  who, 
as  a  member  of  the  California  legislature,  had  written 
the  law  creating  the  California  Geological  Survey, 
which  Whitney  headed.  He  also  knew  Judge  Field  and 
Thomas  Starr  King,  whose  church  he  attended.  Whit- 
ney's brother-in-law,  who  was  secretary  of  the  Calif or- 


6o 


nia  Steam  Navigation  Company,  may  have  been  the 
link  between  Whitney  and  Raymond.  A  letter  emanat- 
ing from  these  sources  was  nothing  less  than  a  message 
from  the  leaders  of  San  Francisco  society  and  would 
inevitably  be  given  more  than  ordinary  attention. 

Many  have  assumed  that  Frederick  Law  Olmsted 
was  the  theorist  behind  the  creation  of  Yosemite  Na- 
tional Park,  but  no  evidence  exists  to  suggest  that  a 
theory  preceded  the  establishment  of  the  park  at  all. 
Olmsted  probably  was  one  of  the  gentlemen  of  taste, 
fortune,  and  refinement  to  whom  Conness  had  referred, 
and  it  is  true  that  immediately  upon  the  creation  of  the 
Yosemite  Park,  Olmsted  was  named  chairman  of  its 
board  of  commissioners.  Laura  Wood  Roper,  Olm- 
sted's biographer,  calls  him  "the  unsung  theoretician 
of  the  national  parks  movement"  because  in  1865  he 
wrote  a  report  that  "formulated  the  philosophic  base 
for  the  establishment  of  state  and  national  parks." 

This  report  has  a  history  as  uncertain  as  that  of  the 
Yosemite  legislation.  The  first  and  obvious  point  is  that 
it  was  not  written  until  the  year  after  Yosemite  was 
established.  After  being  appointed  head  of  the  board 
of  commissioners,  Olmsted  drafted  the  report  to  articu- 
late his  views  on  the  purpose  of  the  park — and  on  the 
measures  to  be  taken  to  assure  the  fulfillment  of  that 
purpose.  But  the  report  was  suppressed,  presumably 


Culver  Pictures 


6i 


Frederick  Law  Olmsted 


by  Whitney,  because  it  sought  state  funds  that  might 
have  cut  into  the  Geological  Survey's  appropriations. 
According  to  Laura  Wood  Roper,  who  discovered  the 
report  in  1952,  there  is  no  evidence  that  anyone  knew 
its  contents  during  the  eighty-seven  years  of  its  disap- 
pearance. There  were  only  fragmentary  references  to 
it  in  the  press,  and  park  advocates  seem  never  to  have 
relied  upon  it.  Olmsted  may  have  been  not  only  the 
unsung  but  also  the  unknown  theoretician  of  the  move- 
ment for  national  parks. 

Olmsted's  curious  position  necessarily  raises  the 
question  of  the  origin  of  support  for  the  creation  of  the 
park  system.  Speaking  of  places  like  Central  Park  in 
New  York  and  the  Bois  de  Boulogne  in  Paris,  he  once 
made  a  statement  that  was  equally  true  of  the  national 
parks: 

Parks  have  plainly  not  come  as  the  direct  result 
of  any  great  inventions  or  discoveries  of  the  cen- 
tury. They  are  not,  with  us,  simply  an  improve- 
ment on  what  we  had  before.  .  .  .  The  movement 
...  did  not  run  like  a  fashion.  It  would  seem  rather 
to  have  been  a  common  spontaneous  movement 
of  that  sort  which  we  conveniently  refer  to  the 
"Genius  of  Civilization." 

Yet  something  about  the  notion  of  creating  the  parks 
must  have  struck  a  responsive  chord  in  a  great  many 
people,  for  numerous  independent  groups  of  citizens 
in  various  places,  a  lot  of  writers  and  journalists,  and 
many  people  in  Washington  joined  in  a  single 
thought — with  the  result  that  by  1916,  when  the  Na- 
tional Park  Service  was  established,  there  were  already 
fourteen  national  parks  in  existence. 

There  has  been  a  good  deal  of  searching  for  deep 
meaning  in  the  scanty  information  surrounding  the  es- 
tablishment of  Yosemite  and  Yellowstone  and  the  other 
early  parks.  But  the  most  likely  explanations  are  pretty 
straightforward.  In  this  period  of  relentless  disposition 
of  the  public  domain,  it  was  reasonable  to  fear  that  even 
the  most  magnificent  scenic  sites  might  soon  be  turned 
over  to  the  plow  and  to  the  destructive  grazing  practices 
that  John  Muir  immortalized  in  the  phrase  "hoofed 
locusts. "  The  pressures  for  private  settlement  were  ac- 
companied by  the  prospect  of  tourism.  By  1869,  more 
than  eleven  hundred  visitors  had  come  to  Yosemite. 

For  all  its  remoteness,  exactly  the  same  prospect  was 
in  store  for  Yellowstone,  established  eight  years  after 
Yosemite.  It  did  not  take  much  imagination  to  realize 
that  the  area's  rock  formations  and  geysers,  so  fantastic 
that  early  reports  of  them  were  widely  disbelieved, 
would  become  one  of  the  world's  great  attractions  just 


62 


as  soon  as  decent  means  of  access  could  be  arranged. 

Part  of  the  mythology  of  Yellowstone  is  that  the  idea 
for  the  park  was  conceived  by  one  of  the  area's  early 
exploratory  parties  at  an  after-dinner  campfire  in  1 870. 
One  member  of  the  group  is  supposed  to  have  sug- 
gested a  money-rr:^king  scheme  that  involved  land 
claims  near  the  geysers,  when  another  interposed  to  say 
that  private  ownership  of  so  wonderful  a  region  ought 
never  to  be  countenanced;  that  it  ought  to  be  set  apart 
by  the  government  and  forever  held  for  the  unrestricted 
use  of  the  public.  "This  higher  view  of  the  subject," 
according  to  Hiram  Chittenden  in  his  early  book.  The 
Yellowstone  National  Park,  "found  immediate  accept- 
ance. ...  It  was  agreed  that  the  project  should  be  at 
once  set  afoot  and  pushed  vigorously  to  a  finish." 

The  story  is  an  attractive  one,  but  it  has  been  put 
in  proper  perspective  by  the  scholar  Hans  Huth.  In  his 
book  Nature  and  the  American.  Huth  reports  the  dis- 
covery of  some  letters  written  in  1871  by  A. B.  Nettle- 
ton,  an  agent  for  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  Com- 
pany. Nettleton  passed  on  a  suggestion  which  struck 
him  "as  being  an  excellent  one,  viz:  Let  Congress  pass 
a  bill  reserving  the  Great  Geyser  Basin  as  a  public  park 
forever.  ...  If  you  approve  this  would  such  a  recom- 
mendation be  appropriate  in  [the]  official  report  [of  the 
U.S.  Geological  Survey]?"  Subsequently,  the  North- 
ern Pacific  became  the  principal  means  of  access  to 
Yellowstone  and  its  first  major  concessionaire. 

The  recognition  that  Yellowstone  and  Yosemite 
would  soon  become  places  of  great  public  attractive- 
ness created  an  urgent  sense  that  means  must  be  taken 
to  protect  these  treasures  from  destruction — a  concern 
that  was  by  no  means  hypothetical.  Only  a  few  years 
after  Yellowstone  National  Park  had  been  established, 
and  before  the  federal  government  was  yet  fully  in 
control  of  its  acreage,  an  official  report  lamented  that 

hunters  have  for  years  devoted  themselves  to  the 
slaughter  of  game,  until  within  the  limits  of  the 
park  it  is  hardly  to  be  found  ...  the  ornamental 
work  about  the  crater  and  the  pools  had  been  bro- 
ken and  defaced  in  the  most  prominent  places. 
.  .  .  The  visitors  prowled  around  with  shovel  and 
ax,  chopping  and  hacking  and  prying  up  great 
pieces  of  the  most  ornamental  work  they  could 
find;  women  and  men  alike  joining  in  the  barba- 
rous pastime. 

A  similar  concern  had  received  wide  publicity  in 
regard  to  Yosemite.  In  1854  some  quick-money  pro- 
moters visited  the  Mariposa  Grove  and  denuded  several 
of  the  sequoia  trees  of  huge  portions  of  their  bark. 


National  Park  Servic 


63 


General  Noble  Tree  1893 


which  they  shipped  to  London  to  be  exhibited  for  a  fee. 
Ironically,  the  ^ize  of  the  trees  from  which  the  bark 
came  was,  to  Europeans,  so  large  as  to  be  beyond  be- 
lief, and  the  exhibition,  thought  to  be  a  fraud,  was  a 
financial  failure. 

The  callous  misuse  of  these  natural  marvels  was 
widely  reported  and  sympathetically  attended  to, 
doubtless  because  there  already  existed  at  least  one 
famous  example  of  a  great  scenic  area  that  had  nof  been 
preserved  as  a  public  park  and  had  suffered  badly  as 
a  result. 

Until  the  beginning  of  the  automobile  era,  the  most 
famous  and  popular  tourist  attraction  in  the  United 
States  was  Niagara  Falls.  Beginning  in  1806,  the  land 
around  the  falls  began  to  be  sold  into  private  owner- 
ship, and  by  mid-century  two  evil  consequences  of 
private  acquisition  were  already  notorious.  Entrepre- 
neurs, to  take  advantage  of  the  water  power,  had  lev- 
eled large  areas,  stripped  away  the  magnificent  native 
foliage,  and  built  a  succession  of  claptrap  buildings, 
factories,  and  shops  that  made  Niagara  one  of  the  earli- 
est victims  of  American  cityscape  blight.  At  the  same 
time,  swarms  of  petty  swindlers  took  up  posts  at  every 
point  near  the  falls;  tourists  were  importuned,  cajoled, 
lied  to  .harassed ,  and  abused  by  hack  drivers ,  landown- 
ers, and  every  sort  of  self-appointed  guide.  By  the 
1860s  not  a  single  point  remained  in  the  United  States 
from  which  the  falls  could  be  viewed  without  paying 
a  landowner  an  entry  fee.  Niagara  was  already  a  well- 
known  lesson  when  the  first  western  parks  were  being 
created,  although  it  was  not  established  as  a  public 
reservation  until  some  years  later. 

The  idea  of  national  parks  was  not  only  a  natural 
response  to  the  unhappy  experience  of  Niagara,  it  also 
harmonized  with  a  principle  that  was  at  the  very  crest 
of  its  influence  in  American  public-land  policy.  The 
Yellowstone- Yosemite  era  was  the  period  of  the  free- 
land  policy,  of  the  Homestead  and  Desert  Land  Acts. 
Every  American  family  was  to  have  the  opportunity  to 
own  its  farm  free  of  monopolization  by  the  rich.  The 
application  of  that  principle  to  the  great  scenic  wonders 
could  not  be  realized  by  granting  a  sequoia  grove  or 
Grand  Canyon  to  each  citizen.  But  it  was  possible  to 
preserve  the  great  scenic  wonders  and  prevent  their 
appropriation  by  private  interests  by  holding  them  as 
public  places  to  be  used  and  enjoyed  by  all. 

Olmsted  put  forward  exactly  that  idea  in  his  1865 
report.  Those  who  are  rich  enough,  he  said,  reserve 
for  themselves  rural  retreats  as  large  and  luxurious  as 
those  of  the  European  aristocracy.  They  take  the  choic- 
est natural  scenes,  and  the  means  of  recreation  they 
provide,  as  "a  monopoly  of  a  very  few,  very  rich 


64 


people."  Unless  government  intervened  to  keep  the 
nation's  scenic  grandeur  in  the  public  domain,  "all 
places  favorable  in  scenery  to  the  recreation  of  the  mind 
and  body  will  be  closed  against  the  mass  of  the 
people." 

To  a  reader  of  Olmsted's  report,  the  most  striking 
fact  is  that  while  the  parks  movement  may  have  been 
initiated  by  the  elite,  it  was  certainly  not  for  the  elite. 
It  is  at  once  obvious  why  Olmsted's  kind  of  park  policy 
commended  itself  to  a  Congress  that  had  recently  en- 
acted the  Homestead  Act.  Jeffersonian  idealism  and  a 
practical  concern  with  preventing  despoliation  of  great 
natural  resources  conjoined  to  make  the  establishment 
of  the  national  parks  a  far  less  surprising  decision  than 
it  might  at  first  appear.  And,  of  course,  proposals  to 
preserve  scenic  places  followed  a  period  of  romantic 
idealism  that  had  swept  the  country — the  religious  nat- 
uralism of  Thoreau  and  Emerson,  romanticism  in  the 
arts,  and  nostalgia  for  what  was  obviously  the  end  of 
the  untamed  wilderness,  already  in  submission  to  the 
ax,  the  railroads,  and  the  last  campaigns  against  the 
Indians. 

The  parks  also  appealed  to  a  tenacious  American 
desire  to  measure  up  to  European  civilization.  What 
little  discussion  one  finds  in  early  congressional  debates 
over  the  parks  is  full  of  suggestions  that  our  scenery 
compares  favorably  to  the  Swiss  Alps  and  that  we  can 
provide  even  more  dazzling  attractions  for  world  trav- 
elers. In  the  awesome  scenery  of  the  mountainous  west, 
America  had  something  with  which  it  could  at  last  com- 
pete with  Europe  on  an  equal  plane. 

Beyond  this,  the  parks  movement,  both  in  its  begin- 
nings and  later,  was  extraordinarily  fortunate  in  the 
quality  of  its  leadership.  Simply  to  mention  three  of 
the  people  most  prominently  associated  with  the  na- 
tional parks  during  their  first  half -century — Olmsted, 
John  Muir,  and  Stephen  Mather — is  to  identify  three 
of  the  most  effective  shapers  of  public  opinion  the 
country  has  ever  produced.  They  make  an  interesting 
trio — each  very  different  from  the  other,  yet  each  an 
American  prototype. 

Olmsted  was  the  model  of  a  respected  establishment 
figure.  He  distinguished  himself  by  his  intellectual  at- 
tainments as  well  as  by  his  administrative  and  organi- 
zational ability.  His  books  on  the  pre-Civil  War  South 
brought  him  early  and  lasting  prominence.  His  leader- 
ship during  the  war,  as  executive  secretary  of  the  U.S. 
Sanitary  Commission  (predecessor  of  the  Red  Cross), 
together  with  his  struggles  with  the  Tammany  mob  over 
the  management  of  Central  Park,  established  him  as 
a  man  of  affairs.  His  success  as  a  founding  figure  in 
landscape  architecture  gave  him  enormous  professional 


Mother  of  the  Forest  Tree,  ca.  1690 


Calitornia  Dept.  ot  Parks  ana  Recreation 


65 


stature.  And,  not  least,  his  comfortable  background 
and  social  standing  gave  him  easy  access  to  the  rich 
and  powerful. 

Although  Olmsted  is  associated  with  the  national 
parks  principally  as  a  creator  of  ideas,  he  was  plainly 
an  effective  shaper  of  events  as  well.  He  was  responsi- 
ble for  the  organization  and  direction  of  the  long  and 
difficult  campaign  for  the  establishment  of  a  park 
around  Niagara  Falls.  As  early  as  1869  he  began  meet- 
ing with  influential  opinion  makers  to  plan  how  to  com- 
bat the  desecration  of  the  falls.  He  directed  the  prepara- 
tion of  many  magazine  articles  and  of  a  petition  that 
contained  as  dazzling  a  list  of  signers  as  any  such  docu- 
ment has  ever  had,  including  the  signatures  of  all  the 
sitting  justices  of  the  Supreme  Court.  The  Niagara  ef- 
fort ended  in  success  in  1883  when  a  bill  authorizing 
creation  of  a  state  reservation  was  enacted  by  the  New 
York  legislature.  Olmsted  was  plainly  one  kind  of 
American  hero ,  an  idealist  who  could  translate  his  ideas 
into  effective  political  action. 

John  Muir  was  a  very  different,  but  at  least  equally 
appealing,  figure.  Muir  embodied  a  great  many  of  the 
personality  characteristics  of  the  western  fantasy  hero: 
a  lonely,  independent,  self-reliant  figure,  sure  of  his 
values  and  uncorrupted  by  the  softening  ways  of  urban 
life.  One  can  hardly  think  of  the  national  parks  without 
bringing  to  mind  those  photographs  of  John  Muir,  lean 
and  austere,  as  unyielding  in  appearance  as  in  prin- 
ciple, framed  against  the  no  less  rugged  peaks  of  the 
Sierras. 

Muir  was  a  folk-figure,  but  beyond  that  he,  too,  was 
a  skillful  shaper  of  public  opinion.  Unlike  Olmsted, 
who  wrote  little  after  his  early  books  on  the  South,  and 
that  with  difficulty  and  awkward  stiffness,  Muir  was 
a  master  of  vivid,  descriptive  prose.  He  made  the 
mountains  come  alive  for  millions  to  whom  a  voyage 
to  California  was  a  hoped-for,  once-in-a-lifetime  aspi- 
ration. 

John  Muir  was  no  less  impressive  in  person  than  he 
was  in  print.  His  landmark  tour  of  the  high  country  with 
Teddy  Roosevelt,  a  public  relations  triumph  of  the 
highest  order,  was  only  one  of  many  such  experiences. 
Robert  Underwood  Johnson,  editor  of  the  influential 
Century  magazine,  describes  in  his  autobiography  an 
1889  meeting  with  Muir  and  a  subsequent  tour  of  Muir 
country  under  the  master's  tutelage.  Thereafter,  Cen- 
tury opened  its  pages  to  Muir,  who  used  them  to  very 
great  effect  in  the  later  battles  over  Yosemite. 

Stephen  Mather  was  in  no  sense  a  founder;  he  did 
not  become  a  figure  in  national  park  history  until  1915, 
but  as  the  first  director  of  the  National  Park  Service, 
he  dominates  the  whole  first  era  of  the  national  parks 


Fairfield  Osborn 


66 


system  as  a  governmental  institution.  A  millionaire 
businessman,  Mather  was  a  disciple  of  John  Muir  and 
an  indefatigable  admirer  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  moun- 
tains. And  he  was  the  very  model  of  an  American  sales- 
man. He  brought  to  the  park  service  the  identical 
traits — enthusiasm,  imagination,  a  keen  public  rela- 
tions sense,  lavish  spending,  and  an  eye  for  good  young 
talent — that  had  made  him  a  commercial  success. 

Mather  perceived  that  any  public  enterprise  needed 
friends  in  the  legislature,  frequent  and  continual  praise 
in  the  press,  and  the  goodwill  of  vast  numbers  of  ordi- 
nary people.  He  set  out  to  achieve  each  of  those  goals 
and  did  so  with  incomparable  success  and  a  generous 
dose  of  the  personal  flair  and  color  that  always  made 
for  good  publicity.  When  the  government  would  not 
make  money  available  for  the  construction  of  the  much 
needed  Tioga  Road  in  Yosemite,  he  used  his  own 
funds.  He  drove  around  the  parks  in  a  big  black  motor- 
car with  a  special  and  much-photographed  license, 
"US  NFS  1 ."  And  he  went  from  park  to  park  person- 
ally greeting  astonished  tourists.  He  was  the  perfect 
opposite  of  everything  that  is  encompassed  in  the  ex- 
pression "faceless  bureaucrat." 

Perhaps  Mather's  most  characteristic,  successful, 
and  widely  known  achievement  occurred  in  1915  as 
part  of  an  effort  to  garner  support  for  the  upcoming 
congressional  consideration  of  the  bill  to  create  a  Na- 
tional Park  Service.  The  need  for  such  legislation  had 
long  been  recognized,  for  every  one  of  the  fourteen 
parks  then  in  existence  was  being  run  as  a  separate 
entity.  There  was  no  central  park  policy  or  budget,  and 
the  parks,  having  been  managed  to  a  substantial  extent 
by  the  U.S.  Cavalry,  were  in  urgent  need  of  both 
money  and  intelligent  coordination.  Bills  had  been  in- 
troduced since  1910,  and  Congress  had  held  hearings 
twice,  but  no  law  was  brought  to  the  point  of  enactment 
until  Mather  came  on  the  scene. 

To  set  the  stage  for  the  coming  legislative  session, 
Mather  decided  to  have  a  little  outing  with  some  opin- 
ion leaders,  to  imbue  them  with  the  mystique  of  the 
parks  and  persuade  them  to  put  their  influence  behind 
the  bill  to  establish  the  National  Park  Service,  all  the 
while  having  a  splendid  time  in  the  high  country. 
Among  Mather's  guests  were  Fairfield  Osborn,  head 
of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  Emerson 
Hough,  one  of  the  most  renowned  writers  of  the  day; 
Fred  H.  Gillett,  the  future  Speaker  of  the  House  of 
Representatives  and  the  ranking  Republican  on  the  Ap- 
propriations Committee;  Gilbert  H.  Grosvenor,  editor 
of  National  Geographic;  E.  O.  McCormick,  vice  pres-. 
ident  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railway;  and  Burton 
Holmes,  a  travel  lecturer.  For  nearly  two  weeks,  the 


Enwrson  Hough.  1902 


Uev>  'Kjir.  Put*>C  ..^itlT 


67 


Culver  Pictures 


distinguished  party  saw  the  best  of  the  Sierras.  As  one 
magazine  article  put  it, 

Mather  had  spared  no  expense  in  outfitting  his 
guests.  Each  man  had  a  new  sleeping  bag  and  air 
mattress  which  combined  to  make  a  classy  and 
perfectly  comfortable  wilderness  bed.  There  were 
horses  to  carry  the  men  and  mules  to  carry  the 
supplies,  which  included  a  bountiful  stock  of 
fresh  fruit,  fresh  eggs  and  other  delicacies.  .  .  . 
As  camp  was  pitched.  Tie  Sing,  a  marvelous 
camp  cook  whom  Mather  had  borrowed  from  the 
U.S.  Geological  Survey  for  the  occasion,  would 
construct  a  dining  table,  usually  out  of  logs,  and 
then  ...  a  linen  table  cloth  would  show  up,  and 
real  napkins  for  everybody.  Tie  Sing  would  put 
together  his  collapsible  stoves  and  calmly  prepare 
soup,  lettuce  salad,  fried  chicken,  venison  and 
gravy,  potatoes,  hot  rolls,  apple  pie,  cheese,  tea 
and  coffee. 

Just  as  Mather  had  hoped,  generous  support  and  lav- 
ish publicity  in  favor  of  the  parks  began  to  roll  out; 
the  April  1916  issue  of  National  Geographic  was 
wholly  devoted  to  the  national  parks.  By  August  25, 
right  on  schedule.  President  Wilson  signed  the  bill 
creating  the  National  Park  Service  and  Mather  became 
its  first  director. 

As  one  reviews  the  early  history  of  the  national 
parks,  what  at  first  seems  an  astonishing  anomaly 
begins  to  take  shape  as  a  series  of  events  very  much 
in  tune  with  contemporary  American  attitudes,  helped 
along  mightily  by  friends  of  extraordinary  skill ,  ability, 
and  influence. 

The  attractiveness  and  success  of  the  idea  of  creating 
national  parks,  however,  is  easier  to  understand  than 
the  content  of  "the  national  parks  idea."  In  recent 
years,  as  tourism  has  grown,  the  parks  have  been  at 
the  center  of  many  controversies  over  the  question, 
What  kinds  of  recreational  uses  ought  the  national  park 
system  serve?  All  agree  that  the  parks  are  for  public 
use  and  that  their  great  scenery  must  be  protected  from 
destruction.  To  recognize  these  fundamentals,  how- 
ever, is  hardly  to  begin  to  deal  with  the  questions  raised 
by  the  competing  claims  of  the  many  constituencies  of 
park  users.  Should  hotels  and  other  accommodations 
be  permitted  within  the  parks  or  should  they  be  located 
outside  the  park  boundaries?  Should  the  park  service 
put  in  more  camping  facilities  and  supportive  services 
to  accommodate  the  ever  growing  number  of  people 
who  want  to  use  the  parks  or  should  access  and  use 
be  limited  so  as  to  provide  an  uncrowded  recreational 


Camping  Trip,  Sierra  Nevada,  1915 


experience?  Is  it  proper  to  open  the  parks  to  snowmo- 
biles or  elaborate  downhill  skiing  operations?  Other, 
less  obvious  questions  arise,  such  as.  Should  the  park 
service  permit  concessionaires  to  advertise  to  attract 
business  conventions  to  the  parks — even  in  the  ofT-sea- 
son  when  their  facilities  are  not  otherwise  full? 

The  usual  place  to  look  for  answers  to  such  questions 
is  in  the  history  of  congressional  enactments  establish- 
ing the  national  parks,  for  it  is  Congress  that  is  sup- 
posed to  make  national  park  policy.  A  detailed  exami- 
nation of  that  history,  however,  would  not  only  be 
tedious  but  fruitless  because  in  the  many  decades  that 
have  passed  since  Yosemite  was  first  established.  Con- 
gress has  never  resolved  or  even  grappled  with  these 
hard  questions. 

Congress  long  ago  established  that  the  parks  should 
be  protected  against  destruction  and  that  they  should 
be  made  available  to  the  ordinary  citizen,  rather  than 
preempted  as  a  preserve  for  the  rich.  But  to  say  that 
the  parks  are  for  the  people  is  not  necessarily  to  say 
that  they  are  for  intensive  mass  recreational  use. 

All  we  really  know  about  congressional  intent  is  that 
there  were  some  activities  that  Congress  did  not  want 
in  the  parks.  With  rare  exceptions,  mining  and  dam 
building  have  been  prohibited  in  the  parks  for  many 
years.  Unlike  the  national  forests,  the  parks  have  not 


been  set  aside  for  multiple  use— recreation  and  graz- 
ing, timber  harvesting  and  wildlife  conservation.  Gif- 
ford  Pinchot,  then  chief  forester  of  the  United  States 
and  a  spokesman  for  scientific  forest  management, 
fought  and  lost  that  battle  against  the  conservation- 
ists— he  called  them  "nature  fakirs" — in  1916.  In  that 
year,  despite  Pinchot' s  best  efforts,  Congress  enacted 
the  only  general  policy  mandate  it  has  ever  issued  for 
the  parks,  and  it  continues  to  be  the  central  statement 
of  park  policy  today.  The  so-called  Organic  Act  is  a 
clear  repudiation  of  those  who  wanted  the  parks  to  be 
used  for  industrial  purposes  as  well  as  conservation  and 
recreation,  but  it  says  nothing  about  the  balance  to  be 
drawn  between  preservation  and  use  so  as  to  resolve 
the  issues  that  are  being  raised  today  by  MCA  and  other 
aggressive  concessionaires.  The  Organic  Act  simply 
says: 


Mulchings  rloiel,  Vosemite  VallGy,  1879 


The  [National  Park  Service]  shall  promote  and 
regulate  the  use  of  the  Federal  areas  known  as 
national  parks  ...  by  such  means  and  measures 
as  conform  to  the  fundamental  purpose  of  said 
parks  .  .  .  which  is  to  conserve  the  scenery  and 
the  natural  and  historic  objects  and  the  wild  life 
therein  and  to  provide  for  the  enjoyment  of  the 
same  in  such  manner  and  by  such  means  as  will 
leave  them  unimpaired  for  the  enjoyment  of  fu- 
ture generations. 

Conservation  for  posterity  is  the  stated  purpose  of 
the  parks,  but  that  hardly  tells  us  whether  ski  lifts, 
winterized  roads,  and  improved  hotels  are  appropriate. 
A  more  recent  law,  enacted  in  1965,  adds  nothing  to 
our  understanding;  it  merely  says  it  "is  the  policy  of 
the  Congress  that  such  development  [in  the  parks]  shall 
be  limited  to  those  that  are  necessary  and  appropriate 
for  public  use  and  enjoyment  of  the  national  park  area 
in  which  they  are  located  and  that  are  consistent  to  the 
highest  practicable  degree  with  the  preservation  and 
conservation  of  the  areas."  The  intent  of  Congress  is 
simply  not  known.  It  would  probably  be  more  accurate 
to  say  that  there  does  not  exist  any  explicit  intention. 

To  understand  national  parks  legislation,  we  must 
adopt  a  rarely  taken  approach.  In  passing  laws,  Con- 
gress often  does  not  initiate  the  ideas  that  it  transforms 
into  statutes;  rather  it  acquiesces  in,  and  associates  it- 
self with,  the  views  of  private  citizens  who  have  urged 
those  ideas  on  it.  Without  fully  exploring  those  ideas 
for  itself.  Congress  acts  to  give  legitimacy  to  a  point 
of  view  that  has  captured  the  imagination  of  the  public. 
It  would  be  impossible  to  appreciate  the  legislative  bat- 
tles in  England  over  factory  reform  legislation  in  the 


70 


early  decades  of  fhc  Industrial  Revolution  without  un- 
derstanding the  impact  on  public  thought  of  an  Adam 
Smith,  on  the  one  hand,  or  of  social-reform  novelists 
such  as  Charles  Dickens  and  Elizabeth  Gaskell,  on  the 
other.  Nor,  as  scholars  of  constitutional  law  have  long 
understood,  can  cryptically  stated  provisions  in  the  Bill 
of  Rights  be  appropriately  interpreted  without  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  historical  experience  out  of 
which  they  grew. 

Rather  than  merely  picking  over  the  sterile  fragments 
of  official  history  that  have  been  left  us,  we  should  turn 
our  attention  to  the  aspirations  of  those  who  devoted 
their  lives  to  persuading  the  American  public  of  the 
efficacy  and  importance  of  parks.  Within  that  small  but 
influential  group,  one  figure,  Frederick  Law  Olmsted, 
stands  out  above  all  others.  It  would  be  impertinent  to 
insist  that  Congress  must  be  charged  with  having  man- 
dated Olmsted's  beliefs  into  legislation,  and  it  must  be 
noted,  with  sadness,  that  Olmsted's  ideas  have  been 
substantially  betrayed  in  each  of  the  places  he  worked 
to  save — Yosemite  Valley,  Niagara,  Central  Park.  But 
it  is  not  too  much  to  suggest  that  the  values  he  sought 
to  advance  in  his  professional  life  provide  an  appro- 
priate background  against  which  to  test  our  national 
parks  policy. 

The  key  to  understanding  Olmsted's  thought  is  the 
recognition  that  he  had  more  than  merely  a  theory  about 
recreation — he  had  a  philosophy  of  leisure.  His  writ- 
ings reveal  that  he  held  the  same  view  of  urban  parks 
as  of  the  national  parks  and,  indeed,  the  same  view  of 
suburban  residential  developments  as  he  did  of  urban 
and  national  parks.  Every  important  idea,  in  his  1865 
Yosemite  Report  also  appears  in  his  work  on  Central 
Park,  Niagara  Falls,  and  the  other  places  to  which  he 
turned  his  formidable  talents. 

Olmsted  was  not  just  a  builder  of  parks;  he  was  the 
author  of  a  distinctive  theory  about  the  role  parks  ought 
to  play  in  a  democratic  society.  Nothing  was  further 
from  his  view  than  the  now  widely  held  idea  that  in 
a  democracy  the  sole  acceptable  park  policy  is  to  facili- 
tate access  for  the  greatest  number  of  people  that  can 
be  accommodated  and  then  to  establish  whatever  activ- 
ities the  popular  sentiments  of  the  hour  appear  to  de- 
mand. Instead  he  held  to  what  might  elaborately  be 
called  an  intertemporal  theory  of  democratic  legiti- 
macy: that  the  justification  for  the  use  of  the  parks  must 
be  sought  in  the  long-term  judgment  of  the  people  and 
that  there  was  a  legitimate  role  for  leadership  in  a  demo- 
cratic society. 

Olmsted  never  had  the  slightest  doubt  that  he  would 
be  vindicated  by  history.  In  what  was  probably  the  most 
revealing  statement  he  ever  made,  he  reflected  late  in 


Cathedral  Rocks.  Yosemite,  1877 


Overleat:  Mirror  lake,  Yosemite.  1872 

New  York  Public  bbrarv 


71 


^  ^ 


..     Vf> 


i.£v.u  ■a*-TBr—  ; 


Carriages  in  Central  Park,  ca.  1860 


Bettmann  Archive 


1B5T.      «I1'Y  OH   NKW   YOF?I^.       IB'93. 
DE  PKRTJWfENT     OF 


'^  denW^paiit^^t 


FOUNDED   1857. 


CENTBAL  PABE  CASBIAaE  SE&VICE,  OSaAlTIZED  1869. 

Carriages  will  leave  the  Scholars'  Gate,  50th  Street 
and  Fifth  Avenue,  and  the  Merchants'  Gate,  59th 
Street  and  Eighth  Avenue,  making  the  circuit  of  the 
Parle,  at  brief  intervals,  and  may  be  taken  anywhere 
on  the  road. 

Fare  for  Each  Passenger  for  the  round 
trip,  85  cents.  Tickets  must  be  purchased  of  the 
Starter,  and  they  entitle  passengers  to  be  put  down 
and  taken  up  at  the  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Mt. 
St.  Vincent,  Museum  of  Art  and  the  Terrace  Bridge. 

Carriages  in  going  take  the  West  Drive,  in  returning 
the  East  Drive,  thus  making  the  tour  of  the  Park. 
In  going,  you  are  driven  past  the  Museum  of  Natural 
History  in  Manhattan  Square,  and  the  great  Croton 
Reservoirs.  The  tower  at  the  lower  Reservoir  is  the 
Belvedere,  from  which  a  fine  view  of  the  Park  and  the 
surrounding  city  may  be  obtained.  In  returning,  car- 
riages stop  at  Mt.  St.  Vincent,  Museum  of  Art  and 
the  Terrace  Bridge. 

Bettmann  Archive 


his  life  that  there  were  "scattered  through  the  country 
seventeen  large  public  parks  .  .  .  upon  which  ...  I 
have  been  engaged. . . .  They  are  a  hundred  years  ahead 
of  any  spontaneous  public  demand."  To  the  charges, 
made  repeatedly  during  his  career,  that  he  was  what 
we  would  call  an  elitist,  Olmsted  had  a  two- word 
reply — Central  Park.  The  great  achievement  of  his  life 
was  the  design  of  a  park  that  met  no  extant  public 
demand  because  no  such  park  had  been  conceived  of 
until  he  created  it.  He  said  of  Central  Park,  "A  large 
part  of  the  people  of  New  York  are  ignorant  of  a  park, 
properly  so-called.  They  will  need  to  be  trained  to  the 
use  of  it.  .  .  ." 

When  a  question  arose  in  Central  Park's  early  days 
about  its  remote  location  from  the  great  bulk  of  the 
populace,  so  that  it  was  accessible  mainly  to  the  afflu- 
ent, Olmsted  coolly  responded  that  the  park  had  been 
designed  to  be  in  the  middle  of  the  city  when  New  York 
doubled  its  size.  Long  before  Manhattan  became  a 
treeless  vista  of  vast  towers  that  dwarfed  the  individual , 
Olmsted  had  the  dazzling  idea  that  the  New  York  resi- 
dent of  the  future  would  appreciate  nothing  so  much 
as  a  rural  vista.  And  in  1865,  writing  about  then  vir- 
tually unknown  Yosemite,  he  could  calmly  and  confi- 
dently talk  about  visitors  in  the  "millions"  that  the  next 
century  would  bring. 

His  vision,  however,  was  not  merely  an  exercise  in 
prophecy.  He  saw  the  popular  demands  of  the  moment 
as  being  principally  the  product  of  self-interested  ma- 
nipulation by  those  who  had  much  to  gain  by  a  deter- 
mined shaping  of  public  opinion  to  their  own  ends.  In 
his  Yosemite  Report,  he  observes  that  the  governing 
classes  of  Europe  had  preempted  the  great  scenic  re- 
sources to  their  own  exclusive  use  not  simply  out  of 
selfishness  but  because  they  had  persuaded  themselves 
that  the  masses  were  incapable  of  rising  above  a  brutish 
existence.  Thus  they  thought  it  was  pointless  to  make 
available  a  form  of  leisure  designed  to  elicit  from  the 
ordinary  citizen  the  exercise  of  the  "esthetic  and  con- 
templative faculties." 

The  product  of  such  a  view  was  a  policy  that  treated 
ordinary  people  as  passive  objects  to  be  entertained  at 
the  most  superficial  level.  The  mass  recreation  that  ex- 
isted was  not,  in  Olmsted's  view,  a  response  to  popular 
demand,  but  rather  the  calculated  provision  by  those 
in  control  of  a  program  of  "bread  and  circuses."  The 
governing  elite ,  Olmsted  complained ,  think  it  desirable 
"so  far  as  the  recreations  of  the  masses  of  the  nation 
receive  attention  from  their  rulers,  to  provide  artificial 
pleasure  for  them,  such  as  theatres,  parades,  and  prom- 
enades where  they  will  be  amused  by  the  equipages  of 
the  rich  and  the  animation  of  the  crowds."  Of  course, 


74 


those  who  profited  from  the  provision  of  mass  enter- 
tainment were  more  than  happy  to  make  such  passive 
"artificial  pleasures"  available. 

The  great  test  case  for  Olmsted  was  Niagara,  for  the 
campaign  to  "save"  Niagara  was,  after  all,  a  battle  in 
service  of  a  place  that  was  the  single  most  popular 
tourist  attraction  in  the  United  States.  Four  years  before 
the  New  York  legislature  authorized  acquisition  of  the 
land  bordering  Niagara  Falls,  Olmsted  responded  to 
criticisms  from  those  who  had  been  making  money 
providing  tourist  attractions  and  who  thus  opposed  the 
park.  According  to  them,  Olmsted  said,  the  flow  of 
tourists  had  continued  to  grow  despite  all  the  develop- 
ments that  he  and  his  associates  so  vigorously  con- 
demned. 

Were  all  the  trees  cut  away,  quarries  opened  in 
the  ledges,  the  banks  packed  with  hotels  and  fac- 
tories, and  every  chance  open  space  occupied  by 
a  circus  tent,  the  Falls  would  still,  these  think, 
draw  the  world  to  them.  Whatever  has  been  done 
to  the  injury  of  the  scenery  has  been  done,  say 
they,  with  the  motive  of  profit,  and  the  profit  real- 
ized is  the  public's  verdict  of  acquittal. 

Just  as  fourteen  years  earlier,  in  the  Yosemite  Re- 
port, he  had  attacked  those  who  condescended  to  the 
public  by  providing  them  with  passive  entertainments, 
here  he  made  explicit  his  conviction  that  the  public  is 
perfectly  capable  of  being  led  and  can  be  induced  to 
acquiesce  in  that  which  is  put  before  them.  His  re- 
sponse was  that  "the  public  has  not  had  the  case  fairly 
before  it.  The  great  body  of  visitors  to  Niagara  come 
as  strangers.  Their  movements  are  necessarily  con- 
trolled by  the  arrangements  made  for  them.  They  take 
what  is  offered,  and  pay  what  is  required  with  little 
exercise  of  choice.  The  fact  that  they  accept  the  ar- 
rangements is  no  evidence  of  their  approval." 

To  Olmsted,  mere  public  acquiescence  was  not  the 
hallmark  of  democracy.  He  was  sophisticated  enough 
to  see  that  Niagara  as  it  was  represented  the  imposition 
of  a  standard  of  taste  no  less  than  Niagara  as  he  sought 
to  make  it.  In  the  former  case  it  embodied  the  standard 
of  taste  imposed  by  those  whose  goal  was  to  exact  as 
much  money  as  possible  from  the  tourist.  In  the  latter 
it  would  reflect  the  aspiration  of  those  who  believed 
that  an  experience  of  quiet  solitude  in  a  setting  of  un- 
trammeled  natural  scenery  could  attract  and  stir  the 
contemplative  faculty  in  even  the  most  ordinary  citi- 
zen. 

The  proof,  of  course,  is  now  before  us.  Niagara  lost 
not  a  whit  of  its  popularity  after  the  state  park  was 
created  and  the  most  obtrusive  structures  and  most  stri- 


The  Mall,  Central  Park,  1885 


New  York  Public  Library 


75 


h 


New  York  Public  Library 


Riverbank  Niagara  Falls 


Histoncal  Pictures  Service 


dent  hawkers  removed  from  its  premises.  The  national 
parks,  kept  largely  untrammeled,  have  grown  in  popu- 
larity with  each  passing  decade.  The  wilderness  system 
has  proved  itself  beyond  the  most  extravagant  expecta- 
tions of  those  who  struggled  for  its  creation  against 
continued  charges  of  antidemocratic  elitism.  At  the 
same  time,  the  landscape  is  strewn  with  the  remnants 
of  once-popular  resorts  developed  down  to  the  last  acre 
of  available  land.  Is  there  anyone  today  who  would 
trade  Glacier  National  Park  or  the  Everglades  for  Atlan- 
tic City,  or  who,  recoiling  today  from  the  power  lines 
and  neon  in  the  vicinity  of  Niagara,  does  not  believe 
that  its  environs  ought  to  have  been  reserved  in  the 
national  parks  model  a  century  and  a  half  ago? 

As  Olmsted  demonstrated,  the  question  in  a  demo- 
cratic society  is  not  the  acceptance  or  rejection  of  what 
the  people  want.  People  get  the  recreation  that  imagina- 
tive leadership  gives  them.  No  one  wanted  Disneyland 
any  more  than  they  wanted  Yosemite  National  Park. 
The  question  is  whether  there  is  a  legitimate  place  in 
this  society  for  recreation  that  is  not  likely  to  be  suffi- 
ciently profitable  for  private  entrepreneurs. 

It  is  to  this  question  that  Olmsted  provided  the  dis- 
tinctive answer  that  lies  at  the  heart  of  his  achievement. 
The  essence  of  recreational  policy  in  a  democratic  soci- 
ety, he  believed,  was  the  willingness  to  treat  the  ordi- 
nary citizen  as  something  other  than  a  passive  customer 
to  be  managed  and  entertained.  Olmsted  based  his 
theory  of  recreation  on  what  he  called  "a  faith  in  the 
refinement  of  the  republic,"  a  faith  in  the  possibility 
of  liberation  from  self-interested  manipulation. 

Many  years  ago,  he  said,  before  Niagara  had  become 
a  tourist  industry,  "a  visit  to  the  Falls  was  a  series  of 
expeditions,  and  in  each  expedition  hours  were 
occupied  in  wandering  slowly  among  the  trees,  going 
from  place  to  place,  with  many  intervals  of  rest.  .  .  . 
There  was  not  only  a  much  greater  degree  of  enjoy- 
ment, there  was  a  different  kind  of  enjoyment.  .  .  . 
People  then  were  loath  to  leave  the  place;  many  lin- 
gered on  from  day  to  day  .  .  .  revisiting  ground  they 
had  gone  over  before,  turning  and  returning." 

All  that  had  changed  by  the  1870s;  the  visitor  had 
become  the  object  of  prepared  entertainment.  "Visitors 
are  so  much  more  constrained  to  be  guided  and  in- 
structed, to  be  led  and  stopped,  to  be  'put  through,' 
and  so  little  left  to  natural  and  healthy  individual  intu- 
itions. The  aim  to  make  money  by  the  showman's 
methods  ...  is  so  presented  to  the  visitor  that  he  is 
forced  to  yield  to  it,  and  to  see  and  feel  little  else  than 
that  prescribed  to  him." 

Leisure  was  the  counterpoint  of  life  for  Olmsted.  It 
was  the  occasion  for  putting  all  the  busy,  filled  hours 


76 


of  daily  routine  into  perspective.  He  fully  appreciated 
tliat  in  the  hurried  pace  of  urban  life  in  an  industrial 
age,  nothing  was  more  essential  than  occasions  for  test- 
ing the  importance  of  one's  daily  tasks  against  some 
permanent  standard  of  value.  Like  other  observers  of 
the  industrial  world,  he  perceived  the  dangers  of  a  life 
of  meaningless  activity  where  all  that  had  stood  for 
permanence  and  value  in  the  traditional  world  had  been 
swept  away — the  centrality  of  the  church,  continuity 
of  place  and  position,  the  binding  forces  of  tradition 
itself. 

Unlike  some  great  scholars  of  industrialism, 
Olmsted  was  fundamentally  hopeful.  He  believed  it 
was  possible  to  engage  the  contemplative  faculty  by 
inserting  in  the  physical  setting  of  the  modern  world 
a  rhythm  of  nature  as  a  standard  of  permanent  value. 

Everywhere  in  his  work  one  basic  idea  is  dominant — 
the  idea  of  contrast.  Modern  man  must  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  contrast  the  pace,  setting,  values,  and  activi- 
ties that  dominate  his  daily  life.  He  must  be  permitted 
to  stir  the  contemplative  spirit  by  being  provided  an 
experience  that  literally  removes  him  from  all  the 
forces  that  impel  his  daily  routine. 

We  want  a  ground  to  which  people  may  easily 
go  after  their  day's  work  is  done,  and  where  they 
may  stroll  for  an  hour,  seeing,  hearing,  and  feel- 
ing nothing  of  the  bustle  and  jar  of  the  streets, 
where  they  shall,  in  effect,  find  the  city  put  far 
away  from  them.  We  want  the  greatest  possible 
contrast  with  the  streets  and  the  shops  and  the 
rooms  of  the  town.  .  .  .  We  want,  especially,  the 
greatest  possible  contrast  with  the  restraining  and 
confining  conditions  of  the  town  ...  a  simple, 
broad,  open  space  of  clean  greensward,  with  suf- 
ficient number  of  trees  about  it  to  supply  a  variety 
of  light  and  shade  ...  to  completely  shut  out  the 
city  from  landscapes.  .  .  .  What  we  want  is  tran- 
quility and  rest  to  the  mind. 

When  Olmsted  spoke  of  "pleasure  or  recreation," 
he  had  something  quite  different  in  mind  from  what  we 
commonly  comprehend  by  terms  like  "recreation." 
Indeed,  Olmsted  spent  a  good  part  of  his  life  fighting 
off  various  attempts  to  use  Central  Park  for  "towers, 
houses,  drinking  fountains,  telescopes  .  .  .  Aeolian 
harps,  gymnasiums,  observatories  and  weighing 
scales,  for  the  sale  of  eatables,  velocipedes,  Indian 
work,  tobacco  and  segars." 

A  park  full  of  human  improvements  will  of  necessity 
be  a  place  that  reflects  the  fashions  and  interests  of  the 
moment;  it  will  emphasize  and  glorify  the  values  of 
the  moment.  A  natural  park  has  nothing  so  much  as 


Upper  American  Falls  Niagara  1680 


77 


winter  at  Niagara  Falls,  ca.  1860 


"/"  f(£ROCfi'fSL> 
O/H/eLPOOU. 


Niagara  Falls,  191E 


Bettmann  Archive 


the  quality  of  timelessness.  It  stands  outside  the  scale 
of  human  achievement. 

The  provision  of  parks  to  make  available  this  sense 
of  contrast  led  to  the  second  of  Olmsted's  fundamental 
premises:  his  unyielding  opposition  to  artifice.  It  would 
be  easy  to  misconstrue  this  position  as  simply  advocacy 
of  wilderness,  but  a  careful  study  of  his  view  makes 
clear  that  Olmsted  had  something  quite  different  in 
mind.  He  never  lost  sight  of  his  principle  that  the  parks 
were  to  be  designed  to  accommodate  large  numbers  of 
people  without  depriving  them  of  the  kind  of  experi- 
ence for  which  the  areas  had  been  created.  Thus  in  his 
1887  Niagara  Report  he  stated  the  principle  as  follows: 

Nothing  of  an  artificial  character  should  be  al- 
lowed a  place  on  the  property,  no  matter  how 
valuable  it  might  be  under  other  circumstances 
and  no  matter  at  how  little  cost  it  may  be  had, 
the  presence  of  which  can  be  avoided  consistently 
with  the  provisions  of  necessary  conditions  for 
making  the  enjoyment  of  the  natural  scenery 
available. 

In  proposing  a  detailed  plan  for  the  Niagara  reserva- 
tion, Olmsted  described  his  principle  of  necessary  arti- 
fice. He  thought  it  quite  appropriate,  for  example,  to 
equip  a  train  stop  with  toilets,  shelters,  picnic  facilities, 
and  the  like.  And  he  further  recommended  the  building 
of  walkways,  as  well  as  restorative  efforts  to  combat 
erosion  and  restore  barren  areas. 

He  was  opposed  to  fancy  landscaping,  because  "it 
is  calculated  to  draw  off  and  dissipate  regard  for  natural 
scenery"  in  favor  of  an  exaltation  of  human  ingenuity. 
Since  his  report  was  a  practical  planning  document,  he 
carefully  responded  to  a  variety  of  developmental  pro- 
posals. One  plan  urged  that  a  fine  restaurant  be  built 
on  Goat  Island,  a  wild  place  just  above  Niagara  Falls. 
Olmsted  conceded  that  any  structure  would  to  some 
degree  obscure  and  distract  attention  from  the  natural 
scene,  but  that  alone  was  not  sufficient  to  disqualify 
it.  Rather,  he  asked,  "will  the  absence  of  places  of 
refreshment  cause  such  hardship  to  visitors,  reasonably 
prudent  for  themselves,  as  to  seriously  interfere  with 
the  general  enjoyment  by  the  public  of  the  scenery?" 
Noting  that  a  modest  drive  would  bring  visitors  to 
hotels  and  restaurants  located  outside  of  the  reservation 
boundaries,  he  opposed  the  planned  restaurant. 

Probably  the  most  revealing  expression  of  Olmsted's 
approach  was  his  opposition  to  a  proposal  to  permit 
people  to  see  the  falls  without  having  to  leave  their 
carriages.  Olmsted  was  by  no  means  a  wilderness  advo- 
cate, and  for  him  the  question  of  people  being  asked 
to  walk,  rather  than  ride,  through  the  reservation  was 


78 


a  serious  one.  Being  a  professional  planner,  he  always 
had  a  highly  practical  response.  In  this  instance,  he 
began  by  observing  that  each  carriage  took  up  much 
more  space  than  a  pedestrian,  and  in  a  place  where  as 
many  as  1(),(XK)  people  a  day  visited,  even  in  the  1880s, 
he  argued  for  the  exclusion  of  carriages  as  an  effective 
means  of  enlarging  the  carrying  capacity  of  the  park. 

But  that  was  not  his  principal  concern.  To  experience 
the  park  as  a  contrast,  to  get  inside  the  scenic  experi- 
ence, it  was  necessary  to  take  some  time — to  see  the 
falls  at  length  and  at  leisure.  To  design  the  scenic  view- 
ing areas  to  accommodate  numbers  of  carriages  would 
"interpose  an  urban,  artificial  element  plainly  in  con- 
flict with  the  purposes  for  which  the  Reservation  has 
been  made."  The  point  is  a  powerful  one.  There  is 
nothing  malevolent  in  seeing  the  park  from  a  carriage 
moving  rapidly  from  one  fixed,  scenic  overlook  spot 
to  another,  but  Olmsted  regarded  it  as  an  urban  experi- 
ence, a  man-dominated  experience  rather  than  a  time- 
less experience  in  which  the  falls  were  the  over- 
whelming presence.  Niagara,  Olmsted  insisted,  should 
be  managed  to  encourage  people  to  view  the  falls  "in 
an  absorbed  and  contemplative  way . "  To  such  an  expe- 
rience, the  carriage  is  an  obstruction. 

If  there  is  any  perspective  that  dominates  contem- 
porary thinking  about  the  parks,  and  about  recreation 
in  general ,  it  is  the  consumer  perspective .  To  this  view- 
point, Olmsted  presents  the  elevating  contrast  of  a  cul- 
tural perception  of  the  uses  of  leisure.  To  speak  of  man 
as  the  measure  of  all  things  is  not  only  to  state  a  cliche 
but  to  describe  a  world  in  which  the  rhythm  of  life  is 
tuned  only  to  the  pace  of  human  enterprise.  It  is  not 
that  we  are  necessarily  going  too  fast,  but  that  we  risk 
losing  contact  with  any  external  standards  that  help  us 
to  decide  how  fast  we  want  to  go.  It  is  the  function 
of  culture  to  preserve  a  link  to  forces  and  experiences 
outside  of  the  daily  routine  of  life.  Such  experiences 
provide  a  perspective — in  time  and  space — against 
which  we  can  test  the  value,  as  well  as  the  immediate 
efficacy,  of  what  we  are  doing. 

Every  culture  provides  institutions  that  preserve  the 
possibility  of  perspective.  The  Sabbath  as  a  day  of  rest 
provides  the  opportunity  to  infuse  the  relentless  pas- 
sage of  time  with  meaning.  The  Constitution,  in  our 
legal  system,  builds  a  perspective  of  time  into  social 
decision  making,  which  by  creating  a  link  with  the 
values  that  dominated  our  past  acts  as  a  restraining 
force  on  the  instincts  of  the  moment.  And  the  museum 
collects  the  experience  of  our  predecessors  in  a  display 
of  all  that  has  given  value  to  the  generations  before  us 
who  have  experienced  the  joys  and  travails  of  birth, 
growth,  and  death.  In  short,  culture  gives  context  to 


Niagara  Falli.n  1870 


^^^^ 


^^f^-^St- 


Niagara  Falls,  ca.  1880 


79 


our  lives,  and  context  is  the  indispensable  ingredient 
for  a  life  infused  with  value. 

This  view  puts  many  contemporary  park  controver- 
sies in  proper  perspective.  It  is  clear  that  Olmsted 
would  have  found  a  golf  course  in  Yosemite  Park  an 
anomaly,  not  because  people  do  not  enjoy  golfing  in 
the  midst  of  magnificent  scenery  or  because  golf  is  a 
less  desirable  activity  than  hiking,  but  because  the  cen- 
ter of  attention  would  be  diverted  from  the  experience 
of  nature  to  the  achievements  of  man.  By  the  same 
reasoning,  Olmsted  had  no  objection,  as  such,  to  build- 
ing roads  and  to  the  use  of  vehicles  in  a  park.  To 
Olmsted,  an  issue  like  roads  was  not  an  either/or  ques- 
tion but  a  question  of  speed  and  congestion.  To  build 
highways  so  that  masses  of  people  could  be  moved 
through  the  parks,  catching  a  glimpse  of  the  scenery 
as  they  passed,  or  to  stop  here  and  there  to  add  to  their 
list  of  "things  done' '  the  observation  of  a  famous  sight 
was  to  misconceive  the  purpose  for  which  the  parks 
were  created. 

This  perspective  tells  us  a  good  deal  about  the  kinds 
of  facilities  that  are  appropriate  within  the  parks.  There 
is  nothing  wrong  with  having  some  cabins  or  hotels 
within  the  park  boundaries,  but  they  should  be  designed 
to  do  no  more  than  facilitate  the  opportunity  to  experi- 
ence the  park's  scenery.  The  park  is  not  an  appropriate 
place  to  put  a  masterpiece  of  human  architecture  nor 
is  it  a  place  in  which  to  found  a  distinguished  restaurant 


Half  Way  House  at  Pikes  Peak 


80 


or  a  mall  of  fashionable  shops;  again,  not  because  it 
is  inappropriate  for  people  to  enjoy  these  amenities,  but 
because  they  divert  the  visitor's  attention  to  the 
achievements  of  man.  This  is  not  to  say,  of  course,  thai 
one  cannot  enjoy  the  scenery  during  the  day  and  a  line 
dinner  and  nightclub  afterward;  it  is  simply  to  say  that 
the  purpose  of  the  parks  is  to  draw  people  out  of  the 
routine  of  daily  life,  to  create  a  total  and  encompassing 
experience,  to  change  the  entirety  of  their  pace  and 
permit  the  rhythm  of  the  park  to  take  over.  This  is  the 
reason  Olmsted  said,  in  his  Niagara  Report,  that  if  "a 
costly  object  of  art,  like  the  Statue  of  Liberty,  should 
be  tendered  to  the  State  on  condition  that  it  should  be 
set  up  on  Goat  Island;  it  would  have  to  be  declined, 
as  would  a  museum  or  library,  worthy  as  they  are." 

Here  and  there  in  the  literature  of  exploration  of  the 
parks  there  is  an  explicit  statement  of  the  kind  of  experi- 
ence that  Olmsted  sought  to  engender  when  he  spoke 
of  stirring  the  contemplative  faculty.  It  is  at  the  heart 
of  the  writings  of  Thoreau  and  John  Muir.  It  is  to  be 
found,  more  recently,  in  Colin  Fletcher's  description 
of  his  pioneering  two-month  walk  through  the  Grand 
Canyon  of  the  Colorado: 

The  rhythm  of  the  rocks  beats  very  slowly,  that 
is  all.  The  minute  hand  of  its  clock  moves  by  the 
millions  of  years.  .  .  .  And  if  you  listen  care- 
fully— when  you  have  immersed  yourself  long 
enough,  physically  and  mentally,  in  enough  space 
and  enough  silence  and  enough  solitude — you 
begin  to  detect,  even  though  you  are  not  looking 
for  it,  something  faintly  familiar  about  the 
rhythm.  You  remember  hearing  that  beat  before, 
point  and  counterpoint,  pulsing  through  the  inevi- 
tably forward  movement  of  river  and  journey. 
.  .  .  And  you  grasp  at  last,  in  a  fuller  and  more 
certain  way  than  you  ever  have  before,  that  all 
these  worlds  move  forward,  each  at  its  own 
tempo,  in  harmony  with  some  unique  basic 
rhythm  of  the  universe.  .  .  .  We  all  of  us  experi- 
ence this  oceanic  feeling,  I  think,  at  some  time 
or  other.  ...  I  felt,  now,  a  sense  of  common  origin 
and  direction.  .  .  .  And  while  it  lasted  nothing 
else  mattered,  nothing  else  existed. 

Fletcher's  description,  extravagant  as  it  is,  none- 
theless encompasses  the  totality  of  experience  that  has 
underlain  the  impetus  for  a  system  of  parks — from  the 
limited  setting  of  New  York's  Central  Park  to  the  vast 
reaches  of  the  great  western  national  parks — the  desire 
to  create  a  setting  in  which  there  can  be  an  immersion 
in  the  natural  scene.  From  this  perspective,  it  is  plain 
why  there  has  been  vigorous  objection  to  the  use  of 


^^^ 


Grand  Canyon,  1903 


..♦j      .^>*'L: 


"■^^ 


r^' 


European  engraving  ot  western  landscape 


8i 


the  national  parks  for  conventions,  whether  or  not  they 
take  place  in  the  "oflf-season,"  and  despite  the  fact  that 
nothing  in  the  nature  of  a  business  convention  could 
be  said  to  "impair  the  scenery."  A  convention  tourist 
cannot,  by  the  very  nature  of  his  or  her  visit,  submit 
fully  to  the  rhythm  of  the  place. 

The  same  reasoning  explains  why  there  has  been 
opposition  to  downhill  skiing  developments,  but  no 
objection  to  cross-country  skiing  in  the  parks.  The  dis- 
tinction has  seemed  too  subtle  to  persuade  some,  but 
it  is  fully  in  accord  with  the  Olmsted  philosophy.  Al- 
though one  of  the  most  delightful  leisure  activities, 
downhill  skiing  exists  today  as  a  magnet  sport — draw- 
ing large  numbers  of  people  together  in  a  small  place, 
making  them  dependent  upon  rather  substantial  mecha- 
nisms for  transportation  to  the  top  of  the  run,  drawing 
a  cadre  of  professional  teachers,  spawning  classes  with 
elaborate  hierarchies  of  achievers,  and  turning  a  great 
deal  of  attention  to  a  vast  panoply  of  equipment  and 
clothing.  The  end  product,  more  often  than  not,  is  ev- 
erything that  characterizes  an  urban  assemblage  of 
people — crowds,  striving,  economic  distinctions,  feel- 
ings of  dependence,  time  pressures,  and  the  like.  This 
is  the  antithesis  of  everything  that  the  parks  were  de- 
signed to  promote. 

A  failure  to  appreciate  that  the  parks  are  more  than 
simply  undestroyed  scenery  has  led  to  another  contro- 
versy— the  proposed  development  of  only  a  tiny  frac- 
tion, perhaps  1  or  2  percent,  of  the  total  park  acreage. 
The  difficulty  with  this  argument  is  that  most  develop- 
ments are  proposed  for  the  most  attractive  and  most 
accessible  parts  of  the  park.  There  may  be  a  great  deal 
of  unspoiled  Yosemite  Park  outside  the  valley,  but  it 
is  to  the  valley  that  most  visitors  come,  especially  those 
least  familiar  with  the  park. 

To  permit  intrusions  in  such  places,  however  small 
in  size,  is  to  impair  the  opportunity  to  experience  the 
natural  scene  in  the  only  places  that  most  first-time 
visitors  are  likely  to  see.  It  is  especially  ironic  that 
proposals  for  developments  in  the  park  are  justified  on 
the  ground  that  they  will  provide  services  for  the  inex- 
perienced, most  of  whom  are  leery  of  the  rugged  back- 
country.  Yet  if  such  developments  are  allowed,  the 
visitor  arrives  to  find  that  the  only  area  of  the  park  that 
is  easily  accessible  to  him  is  not  the  celebrated  scene 
that  John  Muir  depicted,  but  a  congeries  of  trailers, 
shops,  restaurants,  and  cabins. 

Even  this  contradiction  is  not  enough  to  dissuade 
some  developers.  They  respond  that  the  parks  cannot 
serve  Olmsted's  aspirations  if  people  do  not  visit  them, 
and  that  it  is  a  necessary  part  of  the  educational  ambi- 
tion of  the  park  system  to  bring  the  people  to  the  parks 


82 


so  that  these  timeless  areas  can  begin  to  work  their 
magic  on  visitors.  Even  Stephen  Mather  once  sug- 
gested that  the  parks  should  set  out  to  attract  people 
by  building  golf  links,  tennis  courts,  and  swimming 
pools. 

There  is  more  than  a  little  irony  in  reviewing  today 
that  aspect  of  Mather's  approach  to  the  national  parks, 
for  while  he  spent  his  life  winning  friends  and  popular 
support  for  the  park  system,  the  measure  of  his  success 
is  that  the  most  serious  current  problem  of  the  parks 
isthatthey  risk  being  loved  to  death.  Indeed,  from  their 
very  first  years,  the  national  parks  have  grown  steadily 
in  use  and  popularity  (except  for  temporary  remissions 
during  wartime  and  economic  depression).  And  they 
have  grown  in  use  despite  the  reluctance  of  the  National 
Park  Service,  even  during  its  periods  of  greatest  devel- 
opmental enthusiasm,  to  build  facilities  such  as  golf 
courses,  swimming  pools,  or  tennis  courts. 

To  the  extent  that  the  park  service  has  allowed  urban- 
izing influences  to  dominate  park  management,  as  in 
the  Yosemite  Valley,  a  quite  difi'erent  lesson  has 
emerged.  It  is  that  the  parks  become  a  magnet  for  those 
who  are  seeking  the  kind  of  uses  that  these  areas  permit. 
The  building  of  elaborate  hotels,  shops,  and  modern 
campgrounds  attracts  more  and  more  people  in  search 
of  the  kind  of  recreation  those  facilities  promote.  Of 
course  there  are  vast  numbers  of  tourists  who  are  in 
pursuit  of  what  might  be  called  high-intensity  urban 
recreation  and  who  are  glad  to  have  it  in  the  striking 
setting  of  a  Yosemite  Valley.  And  there  are  many  who 
want  to  go  to  any  place  where  many  others  are  going. 
A  few  years  ago,  Bryan  Harry,  the  chief  naturalist  at 
Yosemite,  said:  "People  used  to  come  for  the  beauty 
and  serenity.  Those  who  come  now  don't  mind  the 
crowds;  in  fact,  they  like  them.  They  are  sightseers, 
and  they  come  for  the  action." 

The  managerial  principle  seems  to  be  that  the  parks 
become  whatever  the  parks  are  permitted  to  be.  More- 
over, those  who  come  to  participate  in  high- intensity 
recreation  inevitably  create  a  demand  for  the  supportive 
services  appropriate  to  that  activity.  Olmsted  fully  un- 
derstood this.  He  knew  that  even  with  the  most  sensi- 
tive management  the  parks  would  attract  more  people 
than  they  could  reasonably  accommodate  at  a  given 
time,  and  in  his  Niagara  Report  he  explicitly  recom- 
mended techniques  for  limiting  access.  To  Olmsted 
there  was  nothing  inherently  democratic  about  a  crowd. 
Perhaps  the  saddest  element  in  the  controversy  over 
the  national  parks  is  that  in  a  sincere  effort  to  make 
the  parks  democratic,  we  have  felt  constrained  to  make 
them  familiar;  and  in  making  them  familiar,  we  have 
threatened  to  deprive  them  of  their  distinctive  natural 


Automobile  campers. 


Tunnel  through  sequoia  tree,  ca.  1910 


Bellmann  Archive 


rhythms.  Not  many  years  ago,  in  a  policy  report  now 
happily  no  longer  the  dominant  view,  the  park  service 
was  advised  that  the  majority  want  "the  comforts  and 
conveniences  of  modern  travel  and  living.  It  therefore 
seems  undemocratic  and  unrealistic  not  to  provide  such 
housing  or  camping  accommodations  as  most  visitors 
desire . ' '  Even  as  thoughtful  and  committed  a  supporter 
of  the  national  parks  as  Bernard  DeVoto,  writing  in 
Harper's  in  1953,  expressed  a  view  of  park  problems 
that  indicates  how  far  perceptions  of  the  park  purpose 
had  strayed  from  its  origin.  Calling  for  increased  appro- 
priations to  the  National  Park  Service,  he  reports: 

A  middle-aged  couple  with  a  Cadillac  makes  a 
formal  protest:  it  is  annoying  that  they  must  wait 
three-quarters  of  an  hour  to  get  a  table  at  Lookout 
Point  Lodge.  .  . .  Another  woman  reports  that  the 
toilet  at  Inspiration  Cliff  Camp  Ground  has  been 
clogged  since  early  last  evening.  ...  A  man 
pounds  the  desk  and  shouts  that  he  hit  a  chuck- 
hole  on  Rimrock  Drive  and  broke  a  spring. 

These  are  reasonable  enough  complaints,  but  they 
are  essentially  a  list  of  grievances  identical  to  those 
people  have  at  home:  potholes  in  the  streets,  inadequate 
plumbing,  slow  service.  They  are  the  urban  complaints 
of  urban  denizens,  produced  by  a  park  system  that  is 
providing  an  urban  experience. 

The  greatest  danger  the  parks  face  is  the  subversion 
of  Olmsted's  vision  of  democracy  by  the  notion  that 
the  parks  must  serve  the  taste  for  convenience  that  cities 
have  spawned.  As  recently  as  this  year  the  National 
Park  Service  proposed  a  mechanical  tramway  to  take 
visitors  to  the  summit  of  Guadalupe  Peak  in  Guadalupe 
Mountains  National  Park  in  Texas.  The  reason,  it  said, 
was  that  "all  visitors  should  be  offered  the  opportunity 
to  reach  such  a  strategic  point,  and  by  a  mode  of  access 
convenient  to  ...  the  majority."  But  what  shall  these 
visitors  have  reached  when  they  attain  the  top  of  a 
mechanized  mountain?  Perhaps  we  can  do  no  better 
than  leave  a  final  response  to  the  always  wise  Aldo 
Leopold: 

Let  me  tell  of  a  "wild"  river  bluff  which  until 
1935  harbored  a  falcon's  eyrie.  Many  visitors 
walked  a  quarter  mile  to  the  river  bank  to  picnic 
and  to  watch  the  falcons.  Comes  now  some  alpha- 
betic builder  of  "country  parks"  and  dynamites 
a  road  to  the  river,  all  in  the  name  of '  'recreational 
planning. ' '  The  excuse  is  that  the  public  formerly 
had  no  right  of  access,  now  it  has  such  a  right. 
Access  to  what?  Not  access  to  the  falcons,  for 
they  are  gone. 


.'1: :  ^ 


■■  f-''"  lift/ ' "  "*!       •'"  -         » ■ 


El  Capltan,  Yosemlte 


Ansel  Adams,  Magnum 


85 


Additional  Reading 

The  following  is  not  intended  to  be  a  comprehensive 
bibliography,  but  rather  a  descriptive  listing,  organized 
by  subject  matter,  of  the  sources  referred  to  or  quoted  by 
the  author.  For  a  month-by-month  account  of  what  is 
going  on  in  the  National  Park  Service  (NPS) — and  in  the 
parks — see  current  issues  of  National  Parks  &  Conserva- 
tion Magazine,  Sierra  Club  Bulletin,  and  The  Living  Wil- 
derness. 

Concessions  in  the  National  Parks 

The  current  controversy  between  commercial  conces- 
sionaires and  the  NPS  is  fully  documented  in  the  5 1 5-page 
report  of  joint  hearings  held  by  the  Committee  on  Govern- 
ment Operations  and  the  Permanent  Select  Committee  on 
Small  Business,  House  of  Representatives,  93rd  Con- 
gress, 2nd  Session,  1974.  Entitled  "National  Park  Serv- 
ice Policies  Discourage  Competition,  Give  Concessioners 
Too  Great  a  Voice  in  Concessions  Management,"  the 
report  contains  specific  and  strong  recommendations  for 
reforming  the  1965  Concessions  Policy  Act,  which  gov- 
erns practices  of  private  concerns  operating  within  NPS 
units.  It  can  be  found  in  libraries  that  serve  as  depositories 
of  federal  government  documents  or  it  can  be  obtained 
by  writing  to  either  committee .  A  summary  of  the  report 
appeared  in  the  May  1976  issue  of  National  Parks  & 
Conservation  Magazine  ("Congress  Blasts  NPS,"  pp. 
25-26). 

For  a  historical  perspective  on  the  development  of  this 
issue,  write  to  the  National  Park  Service,  Washington, 
D.C.  20240,  for  a  copy  of  "National  Park  Concessions." 
an  archival  document  (1948)  detailing  the  effects  of  the 
post- World  War  II  "recreation  boom"  on  NPS  manage- 
ment policies.  Oh.  Ranger!  a  popular  account  of  the  NPS 
written  in  1928  by  Horace  M.  Albright  and  Frank  J.  Tay- 
lor and  reprinted  in  1972  (Old  Greenwich:  The  Chatham 
Press ,  $3 .95),  includes  discussions  of  very  early  problems 
with  concessionaires  (mostly  railroads  and  hotels)  bent  on 
developing  the  resort  possibilities  of  the  first  national 
parks. 

The  National  Parks  Idea 

The  philosophy  of  preserving  selected  aspects  of  the 
natural  environment  is  discussed  in  Hans  Huth's  Nature 
and  the  American:  Three  Centuries  of  Changing  Atti- 
tudes (Lincoln:  University  of  Nebraska  Press,  1972, 
$2.95)  and  Roderick  Nash's  Wilderness  and  the  Ameri- 
can Mind  (rev.  ed.  New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press, 
1973,  $3.25).  See,  also,  two  other  collections  edited  by 
Nash:  The  American  Environment:  Readings  in  the  His- 
tory of  Conservation  (Reading:  Addison- Wesley  Publish- 
ing, 1968)  and  Environment  and  Americans:  The  Prob- 
lem of  Priorities  (New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston, 
1972),  with  articles  by  Hans  Huth  ("The  Aesthetic  Em- 
phasis") and  S.L.  Flader  ("Aldo  Leopold  and  the  Evolu- 
tion of  an  Ecological  Attitude").  George  Perkins  Marsh's 
classic  treatise  Man  and  Nature  (1864),  in  which  he 
propounds  his  ecosystematic  view  of  humankind  and  dis- 
cusses the  setting  aside  of  natural  areas  as  a  means  of 
resource  management,  has  recently  been  reprinted  (Cam- 


bridge: Harvard  University  Press,  S5.95).  Aldo 
Leopold's  A  Sand  County  Almanac  (New  York:  Oxford 
University  Press,  1949.  SI. 95)  is  another  environmental 
classic,  with  near  poetic  essays — "Conservation  Es- 
thetic," "Wildlife  in  American  Culture" — imbued  with 
the  place  of  man  in  the  ecosystem.  Colin  Fletcher's  The 
Man  Who  Walked  Through  Time  (New  York;  Random 
House,  1972,  SI  .95),  a  vivid  account  of  a  two-month  hike 
through  the  Grand  Canyon,  explores  man's  relationship 
to  nature  in  a  national  park,  just  as  Olmsted  and  other 
early  park  planners  intended  the  experience  to  be. 

F.  Eraser  Darling  and  Noel  D.  Eichhorn's  Man  and 
Nature  in  the  National  Parks  (write  to  Conservation 
Foundation,  1717  Massachusetts  Ave.  NW,  Washington, 
D.C.  20036)  is  the  result  of  a  1967  study  commissioned 
to  formulate  ecologically  sound  management  policies  for 
the  national  parks.  One  may  also  write  to  the  NPS  for 
copies  of  its  official  policy  statements.  For  insights  into 
the  NPS's  response  to  the  tremendous  increase  in  park 
usage,  compare  the  1970  and  1975  management  policies. 
A  historical  perspective  on  this  developing  problem  may 
be  gained  by  reading  Bernard  De  Voto's  '  'Let's  Close  the 
National  Parks"  {Harper's.  October  1953,  pp.  49-52); 
Steven  V.  Roberts's  "Visitors  Are  Swamping  the  Na- 
tional Parks"  {New  York  Times,  September  1 ,  1969);  and 
the  March  1976  issue  of  National  Parks  &  Conservation 
Ma^azme  ("Guadalupe:  Easy  Access  vs.  Protection,"  p. 
22).  Write  to  the  NPS  for  a  copy  of  "The  Workbook, 
Yosemite  Master  Plan,  Guidelines  for  the  Design  of  Alter- 
natives," an  experiment  in  eliciting  public  participation 
in  the  formulation  of  parks  management  policy. 

History  of  the  National  Park  Ser\ice 

Robert  Shankland's  definitive,  illustrated  biography  of 
the  first  director  of  the  NPS .  Steve  Mather  of  the  National 
Parks  (rev.  ed.  New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf.  1971, 
$8.95),  is  an  appropriate  historical  starting  point. 
Mather's  own  work.  Progress  in  the  Development  of  the 
National  Parks  (Washington:  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  1916),  should  be  available  in  many  libraries.  Ron- 
ald F.  Lee's  "Public  Use  of  the  National  Park  System: 
1872-2000."  prepared  for  the  NPS  in  January  1968,  is 
available  by  writing  to  them.  Other  standard  references 
are  John  Ise's  Our  National  Park  Policy:  A  Critical  His- 
tory (Baltimore:  Johns  Hopkins  Press,  1961);  Jenks  Ca- 
meron's 1972  monograph.  The  National  Park  Service:  Its 
History,  Activities  and  Organization  (repr.  New  York: 
AMS  Press,  $15);  and  Paul  H.  Buck's  The  Evolution  of 
the  National  Park  System  of  the  United  States  (Washing- 
ton: U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1946).  An  article 
by  Donald  C.  Swain,  "The  Passage  of  the  National  Park 
Service  Act  of  1916"  (Wisconsin  Magazine  of  History, 
1966,  vol.  50,  pp.  4—20).  recounts  the  official  congres- 
sional establishment  of  the  NPS. 

Three  Early  Parks 

An  account  of  the  early  development  of  Yosemite  Na- 
tional Park  is  found  in  Carl  Russell's  One  Hundred  Years 
in  Yosemite:  The  Story  of  a  Great  Park  and  Its  Friends 
(rev.  ed.  Berkeley:  University  of  California  Press,  1947). 
Russell ,  an  early  park  naturalist  and,  later,  superintendent 
of  Yosemite,  also  has  an  article  in  Yosemite:  Saga  of  a 


•86 


Century,  IH64-I964,  edited  by  Jack  Gycr  (Oakhursl: 
Sierra  Star  Press,  1964),  Hans  Huth's  "Yosemitc:  The 
Story  of  an  Idea,"  in  tiie  March  1948  issue  of  the  Sierra 
Club  Bulletin  (pp.  47-78),  tells  of  the  evolution  of  NPS 
administrative  philosophy  in  Yoscmite.  Edwin  T.  Brew- 
ster's Life  and  Letters  ofJosiah  Dwi^ht  Whitney  (Boston: 
Houghton  Milllin,  1909)  is  the  biography  of  an  early  sup- 
porter of  Yosemite  and  a  prime  mover  in  its  establishment 
as  the  first  national  park. 

Yellowstone's  early  developmental  history  was  re- 
corded in  1895  by  Hiram  M.  Chittenden  in  The  Yellow- 
stone National  Park  (repr.  Norman:  University  of  Okla- 
homa Press,  1971,  $1.95).  H.  Duanc  Hampton's  Wow //if 
U.S.  Cavalry  Saved  Our  National  Parks  (Bloomington: 
Indiana  University  Press,  1971)  is  a  scholarly  history  of 
the  management  of  our  early  national  parks.  Louis  C. 
Cramton,  a  contemporary  of  Stephen  Mather  and  a  friend 
of  the  NPS  in  Congress,  provided  an  insider's  view  in 
his  Early  History  of  Yellowstone  National  Park  and  Its 
Relation  to  National  Park  Policies  (Washington:  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  1932).  Aubrey  L.  Haines's 
Yellowstone  National  Park:  Its  Exploration  and  Estab- 
lishment (Washmgton:  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
1974)  is  another  well-illustrated  historical  treatment. 

Primary  sources  on  the  early  history  of  Niagara  Falls 
as  a  natural  park  are  more  difficult  to  obtain.  Two  ex- 
amples are  Charles  M.  Dow's  The  State  Reservation  at 
Niagara:  A  History  (Albany:  J.B.  Lyon,  1914)  and  J.B. 
Harrison's  "The  Movement  for  the  Redemption  of  Nia- 
gara" {New  Princeton  Review,  1886,  vol.  2,  p.  233). 
Olmsted's  ideas  on  the  founding  of  a  Niagara  Falls  park 
can  be  found  in  the  "Special  Report  of  the  New  York 
State  Survey  on  the  Preservation  of  the  Scenery  of  Niagara 
Falls"  (Albany:  Charles  Von  Benthuysen  &  Sons,  1880) 
and  the  "Supplemental  Report  of  the  Commissioners  of 
the  State  Reservation  at  Niagara,  Report  of  Messrs. 
Olmsted  and  Vaux"  (Albany:  Argus,  1887). 

Frederick  Law  Olmsted 

Laura  Wood  Roper's  F.L.O.:  A  Biography  of  Fred- 
erick Law  Olmsted  (Baltimore:  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity Press,  1974,  $15)  is  the  only  comprehensive  ac- 
count of  the  life  and  work  of  this  outstanding  figure  in 
the  history  of  the  national  park  movement.  This  important 
book  contains  the  account  of  Roper's  discovery,  in  a 
nearly  forgotten  file,  of  Olmsted's  long-neglected  state- 
ment of  early  park  philosophy — his  1865  Yosemite  Re- 
port. This  landmark  document — "The  Yosemite  Valley 
and  the  Mariposa  Big  Trees" — was  first  published  in  the 
October  1952  issue  of  Landscape  Architecture.  For  an 
explicit  statement  of  his  theory  of  city  parks,  see 
Olmsted's  1870  book.  Public  Parks  and  the  Enlargement 
of  Towns  (repr.  New  York:  Arno  Press,  1970).  Olmsted's 
professional  papers,  collected  and  edited  in  the  1920s  by 
F.L.  Olmsted,  Jr. ,  and  Theodora  Kimball,  are  now  avail- 
able in  one  volume:  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  Landscape 
Architect:  1822-1903  (New  York:  Benjamin  Blom, 
1969,  $15.75).  Albert  Fein's  analytical  essay,  Frederick 
Law  Olmsted  and  the  American  Environmental  Tradition 
(New  York:  George  Braziller,  1972,  $10),  is  but  one  of 
the  many  recent  books  about  America's  unsung  hero  of 
the  natural  beauty  of  the  land. 


John  Muir 

The  Wilderness  World  of  John  Muir,  edited  by  Edward 
Way  Teale  (repr.  Boston:  Houghton  Mifflin,  1976, 
$4.95),  provides  a  broad  selection  from  Muir's  writings; 
also  recommended  are  two  of  Muir's  books:  The  Moun- 
tains of  California  (\W4)  'dnd  The  Yosemite  {\9\2),  both 
of  which  are  available  as  inexpensive  paperbacks  (Garden 
City:  Doubleday,  1961  and  1962).  Robert  Underwood 
Johnson,  the  editor  of  Century  magazine  who  enthusi- 
astically supported  Muir  and  provided  him  with  an  effec- 
tive publishing  outlet,  also  provides  us  with  fascinating 
insights  into  Muir's  attitudes  and  activities  in  his  own 
autobiography.  Remembered  Yesterdays  (Boston:  Little, 
Brown  and  Co.,  1923).  Holoway  Jones's  Jo/jn  Muir  and 
the  Sierra  Club:  The  Battle  for  Yosemite  (San  Francisco: 
Sierra  Club  Books.  1964,  $10)  is  perhaps  the  best  book 
available  on  Muir  as  a  political  activist. 


An  ardent  admirer  of  our  national  parks ,  Joseph  L.  Sax 
spends  much  of  his  spare  time  hiking  their  trails.  For  the 
past  ten  years  he  has  studied  park  history ,  use ,  and  admin- 
istration from  his  base  at  the  University  of  Michigan  Law 
School  where  he  teaches  environmental  law  {see  "Envi- 
ronmental Action:  A  Passing  Fad?"  Natural  History, 
June-July  1976).  That  decade  of  research  has  led  Sax  to 
the  conclusion  that  the  statutes  governing  the  use  of  public 
lands  are  among  the  least  understood  and  least  satis- 
factorily executed  of  any  United  States  laws  relating  to 
natural  resources.  Sax  drew  up  the  model  for  legislation 
that  was  eventually  enacted  in  1970  as  the  Michigan  En- 
vironmental Protection  Act,  and  wrote  a  book.  Defending 
the  Environment,  that  spells  out  how  citizens  can  use  the 
courts  to  combat  environmental  degradation.  His  active 
participation  in  a  number  of  national  and  international 
groups  dealing  with  environmental  laws  led  to  an  award 
in  1975  from  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency. 


87 


Yosemite  Falls,  1679 


New  York  Public  Library 


National 

parks 

or 

national 

parking 

lots? 


This  question  is  bound  to  stimulate 
endless  discussion  among  many 
who  have  visited,  as  well  as  those 
who  intend  to  visit,  any  of  our 
national  parks. 


For  one  dollar,  we  will  send  you  a 
reprint  of  the  October  1976 
supplement  on  the  development  of 
our  national  parks. 


All  Americans  have  an  interest  in 
our  national  parks.  They  should 
also  have  an  opportunity  to  decide: 


•  Whether  the  ideals  of  Frederick 
Law  Olmsted  have  become 
outdated. 


•  If  our  national  parks  should  be 
modified  to  satisfy  the  desires  of 
urbanites  for  creature  comforts. 


•  Where  the  line  should  be  drawn 
(or  should  there  be  one)  in  the 
struggle  between  naturalists  and 
concessionaires. 


Get  a  copy  for  your  friends  ...  or 
an  extra  copy  for  yourself.  The  cost 
is  $1  each  lor  1-5  copies;  75C 
each  for  6-10;  and  50C  each  for  1 1 
or  more  copies  of  the  supplement. 

To  order,  send  your  mailing 
address  and  remittance  to: 


SUPPLEMENTS 

Natural  History  Magazine 

Central  Park  West  at  79th 

Street 

New  York,  NY  10024 


Indians 

in  the 

rtlieast 

Tliel977 
Natural  History  Calendar 


deluxe  edition  published  by 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


A  photographic  celebration  of  the 
unique  quality  and  character  of  these 
handsome  people.  Brilliant  color  studies 
of  current  life  provide  a  rich  contrast  to 
stark  black  and  white  prints  from  the 
first  quarter  of  this  century.  15  in  all,  and 


all  deserving  to  be  framed,  including  3 
full-size  12"  X  18"  spreads. 
Full  color,  high  gloss  stock. 
Order  early  for  gifts.  With 
envelope,  $4.00. 


Natural  History  Calendar,  Dept.  C540 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me calendar'^  at 

$4.00  each.  My  check/money  order  for 
a  total  of  $ is  enclosed. 

(Third  Class  postage  Is  included.  Add  50c  eac 
for  First  Class  Mail.) 


Name 

Address 

(please  print) 

City 

State 

Zip 

Museum  members  may  take  a  10%  discount. 


The  Perils  of  Primates 


by  Jaclyn  H.  Wolfheim 


An  animal 's  body  size 
and  range  are  key 
factors  in  its  survival 

As  the  number  of  endangered  and 
extinct  species  continues  to  grow,  an 
awareness  of  the  threats  to  wildlife  is 
radiating  out  from  traditional  conser- 
vation circles  and  into  the  larger  pub- 
lic forum.  But  despite  all  the  publicity 
attendant  on  the  release  of  endan- 
gered-animal  lists,  the  interaction  of 
the  factors  contributing  to  the  decline 
of  a  species  has  not  received  wide- 
spread attention. 

The  primates  are  a  good  case  in 
point.  Although  authorities  differ  on 
the  exact  number,  there  are  about  149 
species  of  primates:  33  prosimians, 
16  marmosets  and  tamarins,  25  New 
World  monkeys,  65  Old  World  mon- 
keys, and  10  apes.  Several  of  these 
species,  such  as  the  golden-lion 
tamarin  and  the  orangutan,  are  widely 
recognized  as  being  endangered,  but 
a  few  are  considered  abundant  or  pes- 
tiferous. The  reasons  why  one  species 
of  primate  is  threatened  with  extinc- 
tion while  another  is  not  apply  to  vir- 
tually all  animals,  and  these  reasons 
must  be  understood  before  any  sensi- 
ble action  can  be  taken  to  prevent  a 
species  from  disappearing. 

The  survival  status  of  any  animal 
is  determined  by  the  interaction  of  ul- 
timate and  proximate  factors.  Ulti- 
mate factors  are  those  determined  by 
the  genetic  information  and  evolu- 
tionary history  of  the  species.  In- 
cluded in  this  group  are  original 
geographic  range,  body  size,  habitat 
requirements,  population  density 
limits,  and  behavioral  traits.  These 
factors  are  species  specific.  They  con- 
stitute the  foundation  which  has  to  ab- 


sorb the  impact  of  proximate  factors 
(habitat  destruction  and  hunting). 

The  most  important  ultimate  com- 
ponent of  a  species'  status  is  the  size 
of  its  geographic  range.  The  result  of 
geologic  events,  climatic  changes, 
and  migrations,  geographic  range 
size  is  generally  delimited  by  natural 
barriers,  such  as  bodies  of  water, 
mountain  ranges ,  or  climatic  and  veg- 
etation zones,  which  the  animals  can- 
not cross.  Among  the  primates,  some 
species  have  relatively  restricted 
ranges,  for  example,  the  gelada  ba- 
boon with  a  range  size  of  about  75,- 
000  square  miles.  Others,  however, 
occupy  extensive  ranges;  the  olive 
baboon,  for  instance,  is  found 
throughout  an  area  of  more  than  two 
million  square  miles. 

At  least  62  species  of  primates  in- 
habit ranges  of  less  than  100,000 
square  miles  (smaller  than  the  state  of 
Oregon).  Another  37  species  occupy 
ranges  of  100,000  to  300,000  square 
miles  (smaller  than  the  state  of 
Texas).  There  are  also  many  subspe- 
cies, for  example,  of  red  colobus 
monkeys,  guerezas,  and  lar  gibbons, 
that  occur  only  within  extremely 
small  areas. 


Mountain  Gorilla — Endangered 
Body  size:  Large 
Geographic  range:  Limited 
Habitat:  Specialized 
(montane  forest) 
Habitat  alteration:  Severe 
(logging,  livestock  grazing) 
Home  range:  Large 
Hunting:  Meat,  sport 
Reproduction:  Slow 


^V!* 


4.----   i^V^ 


Lee  Lyon;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


90 


'W 


t 


^. 


M'%< 


'?#?■" 


•   *. 


> 


3ruce  Coleman. 


Spider  Monkey  (above) — 
Moderately  threatened 
Body  size:  Medium 
Geographic  range:  Large 
Habitat:  General  (forest) 
Habitat  alteration:  Severe 
(logging,  agricultural  clearing) 
Home  Range:  ? 
Hunting:  Meat;  collection  for 
biomedical  research 

Orangutan  (right) — Endangered 
Body  size:  Large 
Geographic  range:  Limited 
Habitat:  General  (forest) 
Habitat  alteration:  Severe 
(logging,  agricultural  clearing) 
Home  range:  ? 
Hunting:  Meat;  collection  of 
young  for  zoos 
Reproduction:  Slow 


Although  wide-ranging  species 
may  be  severely  threatened  by  other 
factors,  all  species  with  small  geo- 
graphic ranges  are  more  vulnerable 
than  similar  wide-ranging  forms. 
Habitat  alteration  or  hunting  pres- 
sure, which  would  have  an  insig- 
nificant effect  on  a  widely  distributed 
animal,  may  eliminate  a  species  that 
is  found  only  within  a  small  area. 

Body  size  is  the  second  most  im- 
portant ultimate  factor  influencing  the 
status  of  primate  populations.  Among 
the  primates,  body  weight  ranges 
from  two  or  three  ounces  (mouse 


lemur,  pygmy  marmoset)  to  more 
than  300 pounds  (gorilla).  And  within 
each  primate  family,  certain  species 
may  be  many  times  the  size  of  others: 
mandrills  are  ten  times  the  size  of 
talapoin  monkeys;  howler  monkeys 
are  roughly  ten  times  the  weight  of 
squirrel  monkeys. 

In  general,  larger  animals  need 
more  food  and  larger  feeding  areas 
than  similar  smaller  animals.  This 
makes  them  more  vulnerable  to  habi- 
tat disturbance.  Larger  mammals  also 
mature  and  reproduce  more  slowly 
than  most  small  species;  hence  they 


92 


are  slower  to  replace  lost  members  of 
their  population.  The  large  primates 
are  easier  to  hunt  and  are  shot  in  pref- 
erence to  small  ones  because  their 
carcasses  provide  more  meat. 

Each  species  of  primate  has  its  own 
habitat  requirements,  including  com- 
position and  structure  of  the  vegeta- 
tion it  can  utilize  and  the  temperature, 
humidity,  and  altitude  at  which  it  can 
survive.  Species  with  specialized 
habitats  are  more  vulnerable  than 
generalized  forms.  Specialists  are 
usually  able  to  survive  only  within 
narrow  limits  of  environmental  con- 


ditions. Even  a  slight  perturbation  in 
the  ecosystem  may  be  sufficient  to 
disrupt  the  adaptive  strategy  of  a  spe- 
cialized species  and  decrease  its 
chances  for  survival.  More  than  70 
percent  of  all  primate  species  are  re- 
stricted to  forest  habitats.  Many  of 
these  species  can  occupy  only  certain 
kinds  of  forests — mangrove  forest 
(proboscis  monkey),  high-altitude 
evergreen  forest  (Nilgiri  langur),  or 
coastal,  gallery,  or  swamp  forest 
(collared  mangabey). 

The  population  density  of  a  pri- 
mate species  is  influenced  by  its  so- 


jM 


M.P.L.  Fogden;  Bruce  Coleman.  Inc. 

cial  organization,  group  size,  inter- 
group  spacing,  home-range  area,  and 
distribution  of  resources — primarily 
food,  water,  sleeping  sites,  and 
cover.  Above  certain  levels,  density- 
regulating  mechanisms  will  prevent 
further  population  growth;  below  cer- 
tain limits,  extinction  will  become  in- 
evitable. 

Some  species  of  primates  normally 
exist  at  low  population  densities. 
Typical  gorilla  populations  average 
one  to  six  animals  per  square  mile. 
Other  species  regularly  achieve  high 
densities:  100  to  2(X)  mantled  howler 


93 


Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


Red  Uakari  (above) — Severely  threatened? 

Body  size:  Medium 

Geographic  range:  Limited 

Habitat:  ? 

Habitat  Alteration:  ? 

Home  Range:  ? 

Hunting:  Meat 

Lar  Gibbon  (white-handed) — Moderately  threatened 

Body  size:  Medium 

Geographic  range:  Moderate 

Habitat:  General  (forest) 

Habitat  alteration:  Severe  (logging,  agricultural  clearing) 

Home  range:  Small  to  moderate 

Hunting:  Meat;  collection  for  pet  trade 


94 


monkeys  may  be  found  per  square 
mile  of  suitable  habitat.  Certain  spe- 
cies live  in  small  groups,  consisting 
of  one  or  two  adults  and  their  off- 
spring (angwantibo,  night  monkey). 
Some  primate  species  are  commonly 
found  in  large  groups,  numbering 
more  than  fifty  individuals  (talapoin 
monkeys,  olive  baboons).  Among 
mobile  species,  groups  may  occupy 
home  ranges  of  more  than  twenty 
square  miles  (patas  monkeys,  rhesus 
macaques).  Groups  of  sedentary  spe- 
cies may  stay  within  home  ranges  of 
less  than  0.5  square  miles  (red  colo- 


bus  monkeys,  red  howler  monkeys). 
In  general,  if  all  other  factors  are 
constant,  species  with  low  population 
densities,  small  group  sizes,  or  large 
home  ranges  should  be  more  vulnera- 
ble than  species  that  can  exist  at  high 
densities,  in  large  groups,  or  in  small 
home  ranges.  For  most  species  of  pri- 
mates, we  do  not  have  the  critical  data 
regarding  typical  population  densi- 
ties, group  sizes,  or  home-range 
areas.  But  two  examples  from  among 
the  apes  illustrate  the  importance  of 
demography  in  determining  the  sur- 
vival potential  of  a  species. 


Orangutans  wander  over  long  dis- 
tances and  are  normally  s(j|itary,  the 
mother  and  her  young  offspring  form- 
ing the  only  consistent  group.  De- 
forestation can  severely  allect  popu- 
lations by  preventing  long-range 
movements  because  the  animals  will 
not  cross  cut-over  areas.  When  popu- 
lations are  concentrated  in  remaining 
patches  at  unnaturally  high  densities, 
reproduction  may  be  adversely  af- 
fected. 

Gibbons  live  in  small  family 
groups  consisting  of  one  mated  pair 
and  their  immature  offspring.  These 


groups  defend  nonoverlapping  terri- 
tories with  vocal  displays  against 
other  groups  of  the  same  species. 
Thus  a  large  area  is  needed  to  support 
a  population  of  gibbons. 

Certain  behavioral  traits  may  affect 
a  species'  ability  to  withstand  pres- 
sures of  habitat  alteration  or  hunting. 
For  example,  an  animal  that  does  not 
cross  open  ground  (blue  monkey)  is 
more  vulnerable  to  deforestation  than 
one  that  will  travel  across  treeless 
areas  to  reach  or  leave  isolated 
patches  of  trees  (olive  baboon).  Spe- 
cies   that    have    effective    predator 


95 


ifL 


■ymi 


^L 


avoidance  strategies,  such  as  wari- 
ness, lootcouts,  defense  reactions,  or 
tiie  ability  to  learn  to  avoid  human 
beings  (guenons,  macaques,  and  ba- 
boons), are  more  diOicult  to  hunt  than 
less  responsive  species,  such  as  red 
colobus  or  howler  monkeys.  These 
behavioral  traits,  with  the  other  ulti- 
mate factors,  are  the  determinants  of 
which  species  will  be  threatened  with 
extinction.  But  they  do  not  directly 
cause  the  decline  of  populations. 

Proximate  factors  are  those  imme- 
diately responsible  for  the  decline, 
expansion,  isolation,  or  merging  of 
populations.  Naturally  occurring 
events,  such  as  changes  of  climate, 
topography,  soil,  or  riverbeds,  can 
cause  changes  in  the  status  of  popula- 
tions. But  today,  human  activities  are 
overshadowing,  exaggerating,  and 
hastening  natural  processes.  Thus  the 
most  important  proximate  factors  af- 
fecting primate  populations  are 
human  enterprises.  These  may  be 
broadly  classified  as  habitat  alter- 
ation, such  as  deforestation,  agricul- 
tural expansion,  and  grazing;  and 
human  predation,  such  as  hunting, 
killing  for  crop  protection,  and  col- 
lection of  live  animals. 

Habitat  alteration  is  the  most 
serious  threat  to  primate  populations. 
Most  commonly  it  begins  with  the 
cutting  of  trees.  Nearly  all  species  of 
primates  require  trees  in  their  habi- 
tats, and  some  require  trees  of  partic- 
ular species  or  shapes.  Any  removal, 
reduction,  or  change  in  the  composi- 
tion of  trees  in  an  area  will  affect  resi- 
dent primates.  Most  wild  primates 
cannot  survive  at  normal  densities  in 
areas  largely  denuded  of  trees;  most 
cannot  live  in  monocultural  commer- 
cial forests  or  plantations  of  exotic 
crop  trees. 

Every  forest-dwelling  primate  for 
which  sufficient  population  informa- 


Long-tailed  Macaque — Abundant 

Body  size:  Medium 

Geographic  range:  Large 

Habitat:  General  (mixed  forest; 

open  areas;  edges) 

Habitat  alteration:  Minor  (logging) 

Home  range:  ? 

Hunting:  Meat;  collection  for 

biomedical  research 


tion  is  available  (about  98  species) 
can  be  shown  to  be  declining  due  to 
disturbance  of  its  habitat.  In  some 
countries,  extensive  deforestation  is 
achieved  by  clear-cutting;  the  re- 
moval of  all  timber  from  an  area.  On 
productive  soils,  forests  are  replaced 
with  farms.  Peninsular  Malaysia,  Su- 
matra, and  coastal  Cameroon  are  ex- 
amples of  regions  in  which  large  ex- 
panses of  primate  habitat  have  been 
deforested  for  agricultural  use. 

In  many  areas  of  the  tropics,  shift- 
ing cultivation  is  practiced.  Patches 
of  forest  are  cleared,  cultivated  for 
one  or  more  seasons,  and  then  left 
fallow  for  several  years  while  nearby 
patches  are  cleared  and  cultivated. 
The  impact  of  shifting  cultivation  can 
be  significant.  In  the  Ivory  Coast,  30 
percent  (2,8(X),0(X)  hectares)  of  all 
forested  land  was  cleared  in  this  way 
between  1956  and  1966.  In  some 
areas,  secondary  succession  quickly 
recolonizes  abandoned  fields  adjacent 
to  forests.  The  resultant  thick,  brushy 
vegetation  provides  favorable  habi- 
tats for  some  primates,  such  as  goril- 
las, talapoin  monkeys,  and  cotton- 
topped  tamarins.  These  species  may 
actually  benefit  from  limited  rota- 
tional agriculture  in  which  patches  of 
forest  are  left  intact. 

Abandoned  fields  that  are  far  from 
forests ,  of  poor  soil ,  or  that  have  been 
overexploited  or  exposed  to  heavy 
rains  and  direct  sunlight  are  not  rein- 
vaded  by  trees.  Leaching  and  erosion 
make  such  fields  unsuitable  for  forest 
plants,  and  they  are  thereafter  un- 
available as  primate  habitats.  This 
process  is  occurring  over  large  areas 
of  the  tropical  forest  zone. 

Selective  logging,  especially 
where  only  a  few  trees  per  acre  are 
removed,  is  generally  less  harmful  to 
primate  populations  than  clear-cut- 
ting. Certain  species,  such  as  long- 
tailed  macaques,  maroon  leaf  mon- 
keys, and  guerezas,  can  tolerate  se- 
lective logging  and  may  even  benefit 
from  the  increased  undergrowth  pro- 
moted by  limited  removal  of  canopy 
trees.  Many  species,  however,  can 
survive  only  in  undisturbed,  mature 
primary  forest  and  are  eliminated 
even  by  selective  logging.  These  in- 
clude Diana  monkeys,  gray-cheeked 
mangabeys,  and  Kloss'  gibbons. 
Over-all,  the  number  of  species 
whose  available  habitat  is  being  de- 
creased and  whose  populations  are 


declining  due  to  the  cutting  of  forests 
far  outweighs  the  few  that  may  bene- 
fit from  limited  logging. 

Arboricides  arc  sometimes  applied 
to  selectively  logged  forests  and  com- 
mercial tree  farms  in  order  to  hasten 
regeneration  of  commercially  valu- 
able species  by  eliminating  '"unde- 
sirable" plants.  But  these  undesir- 
ables often  provide  major  food 
sources  for  resident  primate  popula- 
tions. Thus  arbtjricide  use  tends  to  re- 
duce the  carrying  capacity  of  primate 
habitats.  This  practice  has  been  im- 
plicated in  the  decline  of  primate  pop- 
ulations in  Uganda  and  Japan. 

Another  major  cause  of  deforesta- 
tion is  warfare.  Bombing  and  the  use 
of  military  herbicides  have  deforested 
large  areas  of  Vietnam,  Laos,  and 
Cambodia.  No  direct  evidence  is 
available,  but  it  is  highly  likely  that 
the  habitats  of  twelve  species  of  pri- 
mates, including  the  little-known 
douc  langur.  Tonkin  snub-nosed 
monkey.  Francois"  leaf  monkey,  pi- 
leated  gibbon,  and  lesser  slow  loris, 
have  been  severely  damaged. 

Reforestation  with  rapidly  growing 
exotics  such  as  eucalyptus,  cedar, 
and  pine  has  been  practiced  exten- 
sively in  South  America,  Africa,  and 
Asia.  Most  primates  cannot  survive 
in  these  forests.  Blue  monkeys, 
rhesus  monkeys,  and  Japanese  ma- 
caques are  three  primates  whose  de- 
cline is  blamed,  in  part,  on  the  intro- 
duction and  spread  of  exotic  trees. 

Certain  types  of  moist  forest,  such 
as  gallery,  swamp,  or  mangrove 
forest,  are  dependent  upon  the  supply 
and  distribution  of  surface  water. 
These  habitats  can  be  destroyed  by 
water-control  projects — dams,  diver- 
sion of  rivers,  and  swamp  drainage. 
When  this  occurs,  primate  species 
that  are  specially  adapted  to  these 
moist  forests  cannot  survive.  Such 
species  include  the  red  colobus  mon- 
key, DeBrazza's  monkey,  talapoin 
monkey,  and  proboscis  monkey. 

Although  forest-dwelling  primates 
have  been  the  ones  most  severely  af- 
fected by  habitat  changes,  primates 
living  in  woodland,  savanna,  grass- 
land, and  scrub  have  also  been  in- 
fluenced by  habitat  alteration.  Most 
of  these  species  need  some  trees  for 
protective  cover  and  sleeping  sites. 
Their  refuges,  primarily  riverine 
woodland  and  scattered  trees  in  sa- 
vanna, have  been  cut  extensively  for 


M.P.  Kahl;  Bruce  Coleman.  Inc. 


97 


fuel  and  lumber.  Even  such  abundant 
and  adaptable  forms  as  olive  baboons 
and  rhesus  macaques  are  declining 
because  of  the  cutting  of  trees. 

Woodland,  savanna,  and  grassland 
are  also  being  converted  to  cultivated 
fields  or  used  as  pastures.  Primates 
may  thrive  by  eating  cultivated  foods 
but  only  if  natural  vegetation  remains 
nearby  for  refuge  and  if  farmers  are 
tolerant.  Livestock  may  denude  the 
soil  of  vegetation  by  trampling  and 
compete  with  native  primates  for 
scarce  water  supplies,  thus  exacerbat- 
ing the  effects  of  drought,  as  in  sub- 
Saharan  Africa  and  India.  In  a  few 
cases,  the  addition  of  artificial  water 
sources  may  improve  arid  habitats  for 
such  primates  as  chacma  baboons  and 
patas  monkeys,  which  drink  from  cat- 
tle troughs  and  irrigation  ditches.  In 
general,  however,  human  activities 
reduce  the  ability  of  nonforest  habi- 
tats to  support  primates. 

The  destruction  of  habitat  over- 
shadows all  other  proximate  factors 
that  influence  the  survival  of  primate 
populations.  No  degree  of  adapt- 
ability or  regulation  of  trade  in  ani- 
mals can  save  a  species  if  all  of  its 
habitat  has  been  bombed  with 
napalm,  razed  by  bulldozers,  or 
planted  in  soybeans.  Conversely,  it  is 
difficult  to  hunt  a  species  to  extinction 
if  its  original  habitat  is  left  intact. 

All  of  the  other  proximate  factors 
that  adversely  affect  primate  popula- 
tions are  forms  of  human  predation. 
Primates  are  killed  or  captured  to  pre- 
vent them  from  damaging  crops  or 
property,  to  obtain  their  meat  and 
pelts,  or  to  sell  them  alive  to  others 
who  wish  to  use  them. 

Some  species  of  primates  are  con- 
sidered to  be  damaging  to  agriculture 
and  are  subject  to  extermination 
drives  by  shooting,  trapping,  or  poi- 
soning. These  include  most  of  the  ba- 
boons and  macaques,  vervets,  red  tail 
monkeys,  white-collared  manga- 
beys,  patas  monkeys,  white-fronted 
capuchins,  and  chimpanzees. 
Chacma  baboons  are  sometimes  shot 
because  they  kill  lambs  and  vandalize 
automobiles  and  campsites.  Blue 
monkeys  are  harassed  where  they 
damage  exotic  tree  plantations. 

Most  primates  that  are  considered 
to  be  crop  pests  are  not  persecuted 
severely.  Thus  this  factor  alone 
would  not  be  expected  to  seriously 
alter  the  status  of  a  primate  popula- 


tion. However,  if  the  species  has  a 
small  geographic  range  or  is  already 
being  affected  by  habitat  alteration, 
as  is  the  case  with  the  pig-tailed  ma- 
caque and  the  white-colored  manga- 
bey,  crop  protection  can  have  a 
serious  effect  upon  populations. 

Because  domestic  livestock  do  not 
thrive  in  many  regions  where  pri- 
mates are  found,  sources  of  animal 
protein  are  scarce  and  often  limited  to 
wild  game.  Traditional  hunting  with 
primitive  weapons  and  traps,  as  well 
as  with  modern  firearms,  persists 
even  in  areas  where  other  protein 
sources  have  been  introduced.  Pri- 
mate meat  is  considered  a  delicacy 
in  many  regions  and  is  often  highly 
valued. 

Hunting  can  severely  deplete  pop- 
ulations of  primates  with  large  body 
size  and  slow  recruitment  rates,  small 
geographic  ranges,  or  disturbed  habi- 
tats. Species  experiencing  heavy 
hunting  pressure  include  drills,  man- 
drills, chimpanzees,  mantled  howler 
monkeys,  and  Humboldt's  woolly 
monkeys. 

In  parts  of  Asia  and  Africa,  reli- 
gious or  traditional  precepts  forbid 
the  killing  or  eating  of  certain  pri- 
mates. These  taboos  have  protected 
several  species  from  hunting  pres- 
sure, such  as  rhesus  macaques,  gray 
langurs,  chimpanzees,  and  lar  gib- 
bons. Today,  however,  in  the  face  of 
increasing  food  shortages,  reverence 
for  these  species  and  tolerance  for 
their  crop  destruction  are  decreasing 
and  traditional  protection  is  waning. 
Certain  species  are  hunted  not 
solely  for  their  meat  but  for  special 
coveted  attributes.  Guerezas  are 
killed  in  large  numbers  for  their 
skins,  which  are  made  into  rugs  and 
wall  hangings.  Nilgiri  langurs  are 
hunted  for  their  flesh,  glands,  and 
blood,  all  of  which  are  valued  for 
their  presumed  medicinal  and  reju- 
venatory  powers.  Some  species,  such 
as  gorillas,  are  considered  challeng- 
ing prey  and  so  are  hunted  for  sport. 
Another  major  type  of  predation  by 
humans  is  the  collection  of  live  ani- 
mals for  sale,  primarily  to  users  in 
industrialized,  temperate  countries. 
Live  primates  are  collected  for  use  as 
subjects  in  biomedical  research  and 
drug  testing,  as  pets  and  entertainers, 
and  as  exhibits  in  zoological  gardens. 
The  losses  sustained  by  natural  popu- 
lations due  to  collection  are  often 


much  greater  than  the  number  actu- 
ally received  by  these  institutions. 
High  postcapture  mortality  and 
wasteful  capture  methods — such  as 
the  killing  of  adult  females  in  order 
to  obtain  their  young — can  result  in 
from  four  to  six  or  more  deaths  for 
each  animal  imported.  Collection  can 
exert  significant  pressure  on  a  species 
with  a  small  geographic  range,  large 
body  size,  or  disturbed  habitat. 

According  to  a  recent  survey  by  the 
Institute  for  Laboratory  Animal  Re- 
search, biomedical  research  and  the 
pharmaceutical  industry  in  the  United 
States  in  1973  utilized  primarily 
rhesus  macaques  (about  20,000),  ver- 
vets, owl  monkeys,  and  squirrel  mon- 
keys (more  than  2,000  of  each),  and 
long-tailed  macaques  and  mous- 
tached  tamarins  (more  than  1 ,000  of 
each). 

The  pet  industry  does  not  consume 
as  many  primates  as  do  research  pro- 
grams and  drug  production,  but  sev- 
eral species  have  been  affected,  some 
heavily,   by  the  pet  trade.    In  the 
United  States,  New  World  monkeys 
are  sold  as  pets  more  frequently  than 
other  primates.    Species  that  have 
been  imported  for  the  pet  trade  in 
large  numbers  include  spider  mon- 
keys, tufted  capuchins,  white-fronted 
capuchins,  Humboldt's  woolly  mon- 
keys,   squirrel    monkeys,    Goeldi's 
monkeys,    common    marmosets, 
pygmy  marmosets,   and   cotton- 
topped  tamarins.  In  general,  primates 
make   poor   household   pets.   They 
carry  diseases,  are  often  morose  or 
short-lived  in  captivity,  and  may  be- 
come unruly  or  dangerous  as  adults. 
Zoological   gardens   are   another 
major  recipient  of  imported  primates 
in  the  United  States.  Almost  every 
species  of  primate  is  represented  in  at 
least  one  American  zoo,  and  many 
popular  forms  are  present  in  nearly 
every  zoo.  For  example,  more  than 
100    individuals    each   of    gorillas, 
chimpanzees,  and  orangutans  were 
on  exhibit  in  thirty-six  major  Ameri- 
can zoos  in  1972.  More  than  50  indi- 
viduals of  such  rare  species  as  drills 
and  lion-tailed  macaques  were  also 
on  display.  In  general,  birth  and  sur- 
vival rates  of  primates  in  zoos  are  sus- 
pected to  be  low  and  death  rates  high 
in  relation  to  the  number  of  animals 
received.  To  maintain  a  stable  popu- 
lation, zoos  must  continually  import 
more  individuals  from  the  wild. 


Some  zoo  advocates  contend  that 
zoos  can  save  endangered  species  by 
breeding  them  in  captivity  and  rein- 
troducing them  into  suitable  habitats. 
This  procedure  seems  to  have  a  low 
probability  of  success  for  most  spe- 
cies of  primates.  First,  it  has  been  dif- 
ficult to  breed  endangered  primates. 
Most  of  them  are  specialized  species 
and  usually  do  not  reproduce  well  in 
captivity.  Breeding  success  has  been 
achieved  with  some  endangered  spe- 
cies, but  in  many  cases  animals  born 
in  captivity  have  not  bred;  thus  col- 
lection of  wild  animals  must  continue 
to  supply  breeders.  Second,  the 
premise  that  captive-bred  primates 
can  be  reintroduced  into  their  native 
habitats  has  not  been  tested.  Since 
many  primate  behavior  patterns  are 
learned  through  experience,  it  is 
probable  that  many  captive-reared 
animals  could  not  survive  in  their  nat- 
ural habitats.  Attempts  to  rehabilitate 
confiscated  pet  orangutans  have  not 
only  met  with  a  high  rate  of  failure 
but  also  entail  the  risk  of  introducing 
human  diseases  into  wild  orangutan 
populations. 

If  any  suitable  habitat  remains  for 
a  species,  it  would  be  safer  to  leave 
the  animals  in  the  wild  on  the  chance 
that  they  might  survive  rather  than  to 
deplete  the  population  for  a  captive- 
breeding  program.  Captive  breeding 
in  zoos  and  laboratories  is  necessary 
to  provide  primates  for  exhibit  and 
research.  It  can  help  to  conserve  a 
species  by  preventing  the  collection 
of  wild  animals.  But  it  probably  can- 
not save  a  primate  species  on  the 
brink  of  extinction. 

Over-all,  54  species  (36  percent  of 
the  149  species  of  living  primates)  are 
severely  threatened.  The  apes,  Afri- 
can and  Asian  leaf -eating  monkeys, 
Madagascan  prosimians,  and  other 
island  species  have  the  highest  repre- 
sentation in  this  category.  Twenty- 
seven  species  (19  percent)  are  moder- 
ately threatened.  Several  of  these — 
the  chimpanzee,  spider  monkey,  and 
red  colobus  monkey — are  severely 
threatened  in  parts  of  their  range. 

Altogether,  81  species  (54  percent 
of  all  primates)  are  severely  or  mod- 
erately threatened  and  in  need  of  im- 
mediate protection.  As  field  research 
continues,  more  species  will  proba- 
bly be  found  to  be  threatened  to  some 
degree. 

Such  a  high  proportion  of  primate 


species  are  threatened  with  extinction 
because,  in  general,  they  are  subject 
to  a  number  of  ultimate  factors  that 
increase  their  vulnerability.  Many 
primates  are  large  animals,  at  least  as 
compared  to  other  arboreal  animals 
such  as  birds  or  squirrels.  Most  repro- 
duce slowly;  hence  their  populations 
cannot  withstand  heavy  mortality  or 
adapt  rapidly  to  changing  conditions. 
They  are  also  relatively  specialized  to 
forest  conditions.  These  inherent 
traits — combined  with  the  proximate 
factors  of  widespread  destruction  of 
tropical  forests,  hunting,  and  collec- 
tion of  wild  stocks — represent  a  com- 
posite picture  of  primate  vulnerability 
to  extinction. 

No  action  to  protect  primates  can 
have  much  effect  on  the  ultimate  fac- 
tors influencing  population  status. 
These  factors  change  only  through 
the  slow  process  of  evolution  and  are 
usually  not  affected  by  man's  activi- 
ties. Most  biologists  do  not  favor  the 
translocation  of  populations  or  the  in- 
troduction of  artificial  food  sources  to 
increase  the  carrying  capacity  of  hab- 
itats because  such  attempts  to  alter 
natural  communities  are  potentially 
dangerous.  Any  disturbance  of  a  nat- 
ural ecosystem  is  likely  to  upset  bal- 
anced components  and  lead  to  unex- 
pected disasters.  Although  no  actions 
to  change  ultimate  factors  are  recom- 
mended, further  research  into  the 
ecology  of  primate  populations 
would  greatly  facilitate  conservation 
decisions. 

Most  of  the  proximate  factors 
threatening  primate  populations  are 
directly  caused  by  human  activities 
and  so  are  subject  to  modification. 
Protection  of  remaining  nonhuman 
primate  populations  would  require 
some  major  changes  in  economic 
practices  on  a  worldwide  scale. 
Clear-cutting  of  tropical  forests 
would  have  to  be  eliminated,  with 
low  intensity,  selective  logging  per- 
mitted only  in  certain  areas.  Com- 
mercial foresters  would  be  required  to 
replant  with  assorted  native  tree  spe- 
cies and  to  discontinue  the  use  of  her- 
bicides. The  market  demand  in  afflu- 
ent countries  for  hardwoods  and 
products  (such  as  coffee,  tea,  ba- 
nanas, and  rubber)  grown  in  tropical 
forest  areas  would  have  to  decrease. 

Another  helpful  development 
would  be  recognition  of  the  value  of 
native  vegetation  for  watershed  pro- 


tection, soil  conservation,  and  wild- 
life reserves.  Governments  would  en- 
courage the  preservation  of  natural 
areas  by  economic  rewards  to  land- 
owners who  leave  areas  undevel- 
oped. Responsible  authorities  would 
also  institute  educational  and  medical 
programs  and  economic  incentives  to 
promote  family-size  limitation,  slow- 
ing rates  of  population  growth  and  de- 
creasing the  pressures  for  agricultural 
expansion.  These  programs,  coordi- 
nated with  the  introduction  of  alter- 
nate protein  sources  and  methods  of 
utilizing  them,  would  reduce  hunting 
pressure  on  primates  and  other  wild- 
life. 

As  part  of  this  Panglossian  world, 
biomedical  researchers,  pharmaceu- 
tical companies,  pet  dealers,  and  zoos 
would  refuse  to  purchase  any  threat- 
ened species,  large  numbers  of  any 
species,  and  any  primate  that  may 
have  been  captured  by  killing  the 
mother  (any  dependent  infant).  All 
users  of  primates  would  substitute 
local  or  domestic  animals  wherever 
possible  and  establish  self-sustaining 
breeding  colonies  to  provide  animals 
for  their  own  use. 

The  prospects  for  achieving  even  a 
portion  of  this  ideal  world  are  not 
bright,  but  a  few  recent  developments 
are  encouraging.  In  October  1975, 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Health.  Edu- 
cation, and  Welfare  restricted  the  im- 
portation of  primates  to  institutions 
needing  the  animals  for  scientific,  ed- 
ucational, and  exiiibitional  use  only. 
This  virtually  eliminates  the  United 
States  pet  trade  and  enables  stricter 
regulation  of  the  importation  of  pri- 
mates. In  April  1976  the  Department 
of  the  Interior  proposed  the  addition 
of  twenty-seven  primates  to  its  list  of 
endangered  and  tiireatened  species.  If 
approved,  this  would  bring  the  total 
number  of  primates  covered  by  the 
U.S.  Endangered  Species  Act  to 
sixty-two. 

The  current,  most  crucial  arenas  in 
the  struggle  for  primate  conservation 
are  in  the  attainment  of  reserves, 
changes  in  forest  management  prac- 
tices, and  decreases  in  the  rate  of  agri- 
cultural expansion.  Created  and  po- 
tentially controllable  by  man,  these 
proximate  factors — so  influential  to 
the  survival  of  remaining  primate 
populations — must  be  acted  upon 
soon.  Time  is  running  out  for  most 
primates.  D 


99 


Life  at  the  Cloud  Line 


by  William  G.  Wellington 


Along  the  sharp  weather 
gradients  of  mountains, 
plants  and  insects  adapt 
to  a  precarious  existence 

The  air  is  restless  over  mountains. 
Within  loose  constraints  imposed  by 
the  time  of  day,  the  season,  and  the 
type  of  regional  weather,  the  local  air 
currents  swirl  in  patterns  set  by  the 
salient  features  of  the  terrain.  Clouds 
grow  where  currents  rise  and  dissolve 
where  the  air  descends  again.  These 
clearing  and  clouding  patches  of  sky 
mark  places  where  the  influence  of 
the  surrounding  topography  often 
equals,  and  sometimes  exceeds,  the 
effects  of  regional  weather  systems 
on  local  temperatures  and  precipi- 
tation. 

Mountains  also  compress  into  a 
few  thousand  vertical  feet  several 
bioclimatic  zones,  which  in  flatter 
country  stretch  poleward  for  hun- 
dreds or  even  thousands  of  horizontal 
miles.  By  exploiting  the  combination 
of  bioclimatic  compression  and  topo- 
graphic influences  that  mountains 
offer,  a  researcher  can  find  an  area 
small  enough  to  be  quickly  covered, 
but  so  topographically  diverse  that  it 
may  simultaneously  offer  two  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  weather  in  adjoining 
places.  While  the  sun  shines  in  one 
spot,  rain  may  fall  nearby.  That  kind 
of  outdoor  laboratory  has  much  to 
offer  a  biometeorologist  who  wishes 
to  observe  free-living  populations  in 
their  own  habitat,  which  is  why  I 
often  choose  the  high  country  to  study 
the  effects  of  weather  on  insect  be- 
havior and  survival. 

The  rugged  terrain  of  the  Cana- 
dian Rocky  Mountains  affects  all 
levels  of  the  meteorological  hierar- 
chy, from  the  microscale  of  the  leaf 
and  twig  climates  where  insects 
dwell,  to  the  subcontinental  scale  of 
the  great  weather  systems  that  sweep 


through  the  North  Temperate  Zone. 
The  speed  and  direction  of  these  huge 
traveling  storms,  with  their  attendant 
warm  and  cold  fronts,  are  scarcely 
affected  by  ordinary  features  of  the 
underlying  terrain.  But  the  high  spine 
of  the  Rockies  hinders  all  those 
weather  systems  that  enter  the  conti- 
nent from  the  North  Pacific  or  Alaska. 
Weaker  systems  may  be  so  disrupted 
that  only  their  higher  cloud  layers  sur- 
vive to  cross  the  main  ridges.  Even 
the  active  systems  that  eventually 
reach  the  Bow  and  Athabasca  valleys 
in  Alberta  must  first  enter  those  val- 
leys through  the  passes  that  breach 
their  western  walls.  As  they  invade 
those  passes  and  valleys,  the  various 
kinds  of  frontal  systems  behave  dif- 
ferently, with  inevitably  different  bi- 
ological results. 

When  a  Pacific  or  Alaskan  cold 
front  blusters  into  the  Bow  Valley,  it 
unceremoniously  shoulders  aside  all 
the  old  air  lying  there,  scouring  it  out 
from  ridgetop  to  valley  bottom.  In 
comparison,  a  Pacific  warm  front 
seems  self-effacing.  Unlike  the  cold 
front's  towering  storm  clouds,  the  tat- 
tered forerunners  of  the  warm  front 
discreetly  bob  along  the  top  of  the 
layer  of  old  air  filling  the  valley.  Even 
a  day  or  so  after  frontal  passage,  most 
of  that  old  air  may  still  lie  in  the  valley 
bottom,  mixing  only  slowly  with  the 
new  layer  of  milder  air  above  it. 

The  depth  of  the  old  air  varies, 
depending  on  the  size  and  shape  of  a 
valley  and  its  connecting  passes. 
Within  one  season  in  a  particular  val- 
ley, however,  the  depth  changes  little 
from  front  to  front.  The  most  obvious 
difference  occurs  between  summer 
and  winter,  when  the  temperature  and 
density  differences  between  existing 
and  incoming  air  masses  are  greatest. 

The  boundary  between  the  new  and 
old  air  masses  is  better  defined  in  nar- 
row, steep-sided  valleys,  such  as  the 
Bow,  than  in  very  broad  valleys,  such 


A  cloud  forms  over  Mount 
Pilot  in  the  Canadian 
Rockies.  Clouds  from  such 
mountains  drift  away  in 
lines  and  drop  bands  of 
rain  on  adjacent  valleys. 


as  the  Athabasca.  In  a  narrow  valley, 
the  location  of  the  air  mass  boundary 
is  revealed  by  wisps  and  thin  rolls  of 
clouds  that  linger  on  the  slopes  as  the 
postfrontal  cloud  deck  thins  and 
begins  to  lift  above  them.  This  phe- 
nomenon is  not  so  apparent  in  a  broad 
valley,  where  the  steplike  series  of 
benches  rising  from  the  river  tends  to 
block  the  view  of  the  middle  slopes. 
But  there  is  a  biological  indicator  that 
can  be  used  to  locate  the  boundary  in 
either  type  of  valley.  "Red  belt.'"  the 
winter  damage  to  the  foliage  of 
lodgepole  pine  that  occasionally  ap- 
pears in  the  eastern  Rockies,  is  a 
product  of  the  air  mass  interface. 

Many  suburban  gardeners  have 
found  that  their  prized  ornamental 
pines  can  withstand  prolonged  cold 
better  than  alternating  thaws  and 
freezes.  During  the  spring  following 
a  midwinter  thaw,  the  needles  of  the 
affected  trees  suddenly  turn  reddish 
brown,  revealing  hitherto  unsus- 
pected winter  killing.  The  pines 
crowding  the  slopes  of  the  Bow  and 
Athabasca  drainages  are  not  exempt 
from  comparable  winter  damage. 
After  winters  in  which  the  valleys  are 
alternately  invaded  by  mild  Pacific 
and  frigid  Arctic  air,  large  numbers 
of  pines  redden.  The  damage  is  less 
noticeable  after  mild  winters  and 
even  rarer  after  very  cold  winters. 

The  extent  of  red  belt  varies  with 
local  topography,  but  the  name 
comes  from  the  narrow  reddish  bands 
that  suddenly  appear  on  the  steep 
flanks  of  the  narrowest  valleys  in 
springtime.  On  very  steep  slopes, 
there  may  be  only  two  or  three  trees 
between  the  top  and  bottom  of  a  band, 
so  not  many  trees  are  affected,  even 
where  the  bands  are  several  miles 
long.  Often,  the  bands  are  not  notice- 
ably deeper  in  wider  valleys,  but 
since  many  more  trees  crowd  the 
gentler  slopes  of  abroad  valley,  there 
may  be  thousands,  instead  of  hun- 

WJIIiam  G.  Wellington 


After  a  warm  front  has  passed. 

wisps  of  clouds  continue 

to  linger  at  the  top  of 

a  residual  layer  of  cold 

air  in  the  Bow  Valley. 


dreds,  killed  or  damaged  there,  even 
when  the  bands  are  no  thicker  than  in 
the  narrow  valleys. 

The  bands  occur  near  the  top  of  a 
valley's  winter  air  pool.  Red  belt 
seems  to  be  produced  in  the  boundary 
layer  that  separates  each  incoming 
warm  air  mass  from  the  residue  of  the 
last  cold  invasion.  Even  in  summer, 
the  association  of  the  damage  with  the 
air  mass  boundary  is  easy  to  see. 
Whenever  a  Pacific  warm  front  over- 
runs a  residual  layer  of  cool  air,  scud 
rolls,  which  hug  the  slopes  after  fron- 
tal passage,  always  form  near  the 
marks  of  the  previous  winter's  red 
belt. 

The  physiological  basis  of  the 
damage  has  not  been  established. 
Perhaps  the  pine  needles  die  because 
the  warm  chinook  winds  from  the  Pa- 
cific remove  too  much  moisture  from 
the  exposed  crown  while  the  roots, 
inactive  in  the  still  frozen  ground,  re- 
main incapable  of  replenishing  the  fo- 
liage's water  supply.  Alternatively, 
even  brief  exposure  to  higher  temper- 
atures may  make  the  foliage  more 
vulnerable  to  freezing  if  the  cold  air 
suddenly  returns.  Whichever  is  in- 
volved, the  close  association  of  the 
injury  with  the  boundary  layer  deeply 
implicates  the  rapidly  alternating 
winter  temperatures  occurring  there 
during  successive  onslaughts  of 
warm  Pacific  and  frigid  Arctic  air. 

Following  the  most  serious  epi- 
sodes of  red  belt,  other  kinds  of  vege- 
tation replace  killed  pines,  and  the 
habitats  of  insects  and  other  animals 
living  in  the  air  mass  boundary  zone 
begin  to  change.  But  far  more  sudden 
and  drastic  changes  in  habitats  can  be 
produced  by  the  same  air  mass  in- 
teractions that  lead  to  red  belt.  Many 
of  the  late  winter  rockslides  and  ava- 
lanches that  strike  high  mountain  val- 
leys are  caused  by  the  sudden  rain  or 
rapid  thawing  brought  by  the  warm 
air  to  the  slopes  above  the  boundary 
layer.  The  resultant  shifts  in  the  rocks 
or  snowpack  spell  disaster  for  the 


William  G  Wellington 


overwintering  plants  and  animals 
below,  as  the  slides  destroy  every 
habitat  they  traverse. 

A  variant  of  that  winter  havoc  is 
occasionally  unleashed  farther  west, 
when  warm  Pacific  air  overruns  a 
shallow  layer  of  Arctic  air  in  the 
coastal  valley  and  canyon  of  the 
Eraser  River  in  southwestern  British 
Columbia.  When  rain  from  the  warm 
air  falls  through  the  shallow  Arctic  air 
in  the  valley,  it  freezes  on  every  sur- 
face. During  such  "silver  thaws," 
the  weight  of  the  accumulated  ice 
brings  down  roofs,  trees,  and  power 
lines.  In  the  canyon  the  warm  air 
bathes  the  snow-covered  slopes 
above  the  cold  layer,  causing  ava- 
lanches severe  enough  to  block  the 
roads  and  railways  that  cling  to  the 
canyon  walls  below.  On  such  occa- 
sions, when  the  existence  of  every 
lifeline  on  which  coastal  city  dwellers 
depend  for  food  and  warmth  is  threat- 
ened, we  are  forcibly  reminded  how 
vulnerable  animal  populations  are  to 
montane  winters. 

Animals  need  not  lose  their  food  or 
shelter  in  avalanches  or  silver  thaws 
to  lose  their  lives.  The  lethal  threat 
can  be  more  direct.  The  caterpillars 
of  the  lodgepole  needle  miner,  for  ex- 
ample, overwintering  inside  the 
needles  of  the  Bow  and  Athabasca 
pine  trees,  are  even  more  susceptible 
than  their  hosts  to  the  severity  of 
mountain  winters. 

When  many  fronts  pass  during  the 


winter,  the  valleys  are  blanketed  by 
frontal  and  postf rontal  clouds  most  of 
the  time.  Since  these  clouds  reduce 
outgoing  radiation,  there  is  no  drastic 
radiant  cooling  to  create  massive  in- 
versions of  air  temperature  at  valley 
bottom.  Instead,  air  temperature  usu- 
ally decreases  normally  with  height. 
Ambient  temperatures  for  the  pine 
needles  and  their  small  inhabitants 
therefore  are  usually  no  harsher  near 
the  valley  floor  than  they  are  on  the 
upper  slopes. 

The  overwintering  caterpillars  of 
the  needle  miner  die  when  the  tem- 
peratures of  the  pine  needles  hover 
near  -30°F  for  much  more  than  a  day. 
In  winters  when  many  fronts  pass, 
such  very  cold  periods  are  usually 
brief.  In  addition,  the  fresh  snow  that 
covers  the  pine  boughs  after  each 
storm  insulates  the  dormant  insects 
from  the  harsh  surrounding  tempera- 
tures. Consequently,  not  many  die  of 
cold  anywhere  in  the  valley,  although 
a  few  more  may  succumb  on  the 
higher  slopes  than  on  the  lower  ones. 

In  contrast,  during  winters  in 
which  Arctic  air  is  dominant,  a  great 
cell  of  high  pressure  may  stagnate 
over  the  region  for  weeks  after  the 
passage  of  a  cold  front.  Steady  radi- 
ant cooling  through  virtually  cloud- 
less skies  creates  temperature  inver- 
sions that  can  chill  the  valley  bottom 
30  to  40  degrees  below  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  middle  slopes,  where  the 
top  of  the  inversion  lies.  (Above  that 


level,  temperatures  again  fail  oil  nor- 
mally with  height.)  In  such  cold 
weather,  even  the  "high"  tempera- 
ture at  the  top  of  the  inversion  is  sev- 
eral degrees  below  freezing.  The  tem- 
peratures at  the  bottom  of  the  inver- 
sion and  on  the  slopes  above  it  thus 
fall  far  below  the  needle  miner's 
lethal  temperature  while  the  inversion 
lasts.  During  such  winters,  all  of  the 
insects  in  the  valley  bottom  and  most 
of  those  on  the  higher  slopes  die. 
Consequently,  the  hibernating  insects 
on  the  middle  slopes  are  the  only  ones 
that  survive  to  repopulate  the  valley 
pine  stands. 

The  peculiarities  of  mountain 
weather  have  placed  the  lodgepole 
needle  miner  in  a  curious  situation. 
Although  in  summer  the  insect  may 
deposit  more  eggs  and  develop  faster 
at  low  elevations,  where  it  is  not  so 
affected  by  the  winds  and  rain-soaked 
foliage  found  more  frequently  up- 
slope,  it  often  suffers  its  greatest 
winter  mortality  in  the  lowest  places. 
But  even  though  its  overwintering 
survival  is  occasionally  better  on  the 
upper  slopes  than  in  the  valley  bot- 
tom, its  moths  rarely  lay  enough  eggs 
at  high  elevations  to  produce  a  signif- 
icant population. 

The  middle  slopes  therefore  pro- 
vide a  refuge  in  which  the  insect  is 
most  likely  to  survive  the  worst 
weather  and  from  which  it  can  later 
repopulate  less  tolerable  places.  The 
continuing  existence  of  the  insect  in 


the  Canadian  parks  thus  is  dependent 
on  the  midslopc  refuges,  although 
neither  egg  laying  nor  rate  of  devel- 
opment are  as  good  in  the  refuge  zone 
as  they  are  in  the  other  habitats. 

Like  the  lodgepole  needle  miner, 
the  black  pine-leaf  scale  also  sutlers 
drastically  from  the  eflecls  of  air 
masses  interacting  in  narrow  valleys. 
This  insect  lives  on  the  needles  of 
several  kinds  of  pines  in  western 
North  America,  where  its  more  north- 
ern populations  are  often  decimated 
by  winter  cold.  In  northeastern  Wash- 
ington virtually  all  of  the  scale  insects 
near  valley  bottom  are  killed  when 
prolonged  inversions  of  temperature 
develop  in  Arctic  air.  Like  the  needle 
miners,  the  scales  higher  on  the 
slopes  survive  because  they  live  near 
the  top  of  the  inversion.  In  Washing- 
ton, however,  drainage  of  cold  air 
from  one  valley  into  another  some- 
times rearranges  that  vertical  distri- 
bution of  mortality. 

The  worst  mortality  among  the 
scale  insects  at  valley  bottom  occurs 
when  they  are  suddenly  subjected  to 
an  autumn  invasion  of  Arctic  air  be- 
fore they  have  become  acclimated  to 
low  temperatures.  In  some  low-lying 
valleys,  however,  the  insects  in  the 
valley  bottom  are  subjected  to  recur- 
rent drainage  of  cool ,  but  not  lethally 
cold,  air  from  higher,  adjoining  val- 
leys earlier  in  the  fall.  The  ability  of 
these  insects  to  withstand  very  cold 
air  improves  after  each  such  expo- 
sure. Throughout  the  autumn,  there- 
fore, they  are  slowly  acclimated  to 
lower  and  lower  temperatures  and 
thus  become  more  resistant  to  cold 
than  insects  living  higher  on  the 
slopes.  Once  that  conditioning 
process  is  complete,  a  sudden  influx 
of  very  cold  air  has  much  less  effect 
on  the  winter-hardy  scales  at  low  ele- 
vations than  it  has  on  those  higher 
upslope.  In  one  recorded  episode, 
virtually  all  the  scales  at  higher  eleva- 
tions were  killed,  whereas  only  40 
percent  died  at  the  lower  levels — a 
dramatic  reversal  of  the  usual  pattern 
of  winter  mortality. 

Such  insects  as  the  pine-leaf  scale 
and  the  lodgepole  needle  miner  go 
through  sessile  stages  during  which 
they  are  attached  to  plants.  Once  set- 
tled on  their  hosts,  these  insects  can- 
not evade  the  weather;  they  can  only 
endure  or  perish.  How  effectively 
their  motile  stages  disperse  to  new  lo- 


calities is,  therefore,  vitally  impor- 
tant to  their  persistence  in  a  region. 
Wc  have  already  seen  that  needle 
miner  moths,  like  other  winged  in- 
sects, successfully  disperse  and  lay 
eggs  in  new  localities  only  when  am- 
bient temperatures  and  moisture 
levels  permit.  But  the  scale  insects 
and  their  sessile  kin  (the  woolly 
aphids.  for  example)  do  not  produce 
winged  females.  Their  major  dis- 
persal takes  place  when  the  tiny 
haichlings  drift  away  on  air  currents. 
Common  sense  suggests  that  dis- 
persal by  drifting  must  have  evolved 
in  a  setting  where  hosts  were  plentiful 
and  uniformly  distributed.  Other- 
wise, prohibitively  high  losses 
among  the  vulnerable  flotsam  would 
have  soon  disposed  of  the  habit  and 
its  unsuccessful  practitioners.  But 
that  brand  of  common  sense  may  be 
more  relevant  for  would-be  aeronauts 
in  level  terrain.  Different  rules  apply 
in  the  mountains.  The  progenitors  of 
sessile  montane  insects  must  have 
had  a  special  opportunity  that  is  still 
open  to  their  descendants — the 
chance  to  become  effective,  though 
unwitting,  exploiters  of  the  cross- 
valley  transport  system  that  is  part  of 
the  daily  circulation  pattern  in  high 
valleys. 

In  many  valleys  one  side  is  warmed 
by  the  morning  sun  while  the  other 
side  is  still  shaded.  The  most  familiar 
products  of  this  unequal  heating  are 
the  clouds  that  soon  appear  over  the 
sunlit  side  of  the  valley.  Less  famil- 
iar, because  it  is  invisible,  is  the  bulk 
of  the  cloud-forming  mechanism,  the 
cross-valley  circulation. 

As  the  warmed  air  begins  to  rise  up 
the  sunlit  side  of  the  valley,  it  is  re- 
placed by  air  from  the  valley  floor  and 
the  opposite  shaded  slopes.  Unless 
clouds  from  an  incoming  front  appear 
early  enough  in  the  day  to  disrupt  the 
process,  a  return  crossflow  develops 
above  the  ridges  to  compensate  for 
that  near  the  valley  floor,  and  the 
whole  circulation  strengthens  as  the 
sun's  warmth  increases. 

Cross-valley  circulation  may  be 
disrupted  at  midday  if  both  sides  of 
the  valley  are  sunlit  then.  Whether  a 
reversed  circulation  develops  there- 
after depends  on  the  size  and  location 
of  the  clouds  that  formed  during  the 
morning.  If  very  large  cloud  shadows 
still  cover  most  of  the  west-facing 
slopes  after  midday,  there  will  be  in- 


103 


sufficient  surface  heating  for  a  reverse 
flow  to  develop,  so  a  difi'erent  circula- 
tion pattern  will  evolve  over  the  val- 
ley as  the  afternoon  sun  wanes. 

While  the  earlier  cross-valley  cir- 
culation persists,  however,  it  can 
transport  tiny  aeronauts  from  their 
original  bioclimatic  zone  on  one  side 
of  the  valley  to  the  comparable  zone 
on  the  other  side.  Thanks  to  the  strati- 
fied vegetation  on  mountain  slopes, 
that  cross-valley  transport  system 
makes  drifting  in  montane  environ- 
ments a  more  predictable  enterprise 
than  a  casual  observer  would  expect. 
Although  such  dispersal  can  become 
hazardous  if  frontal  weather  alters  the 
circulation  while  many  insects  are 
airborne,  it  remains  profitable  for  spe- 
cies that  are  sufficiently  fecund  to  ab- 
sorb these  occasional  losses. 

Because  of  these  losses,  however, 
even  highly  fecund  species  are  rarely 
destructive  in  their  native  habitat.  If, 
however,  they  are  introduced  into 
less  rugged  terrain  that  also  supports 
a  uniformly  distributed  food  supply, 
their  dispersal  area  suddenly  becomes 
much  larger  and  far  less  channeled. 
If  other  aspects  of  their  new  environ- 
ment are  equally  favorable,  their 
numbers  will  inevitably  increase.  In 
extreme  situations,  such  insects  can 
become  unbridled  pests  in  their  new 
habitat. 

The  balsam  woolly  aphid  achieved 
just  that  status  when  it  was  introduced 
into  North  American  forests.  Un- 
doubtedly, several  aspects  of  its  new 
environment,  including  some  possi- 
bly less  resistant  hosts,  contributed  to 
its  increased  stature  as  a  pest  on  this 
continent.  But  its  prior  adaptation  to 
cross-valley  transport,  which  has 
scarcely  been  considered,  must  also 
have  played  a  major  role. 

In  European  mountains  where  the 
woolly  aphid  still  persists,  the  inter- 
mittent hazards  and  recurring  benefits 
of  cross-valley  transport  would  inevi- 
tably have  affected  its  coevolution 
with  its  original  hosts.  Although  it 
must  have  been  an  occasionally 
serious  pest  on  those  hosts,  it  clearly 
was  not  an  overwhelming  one.  On  the 
gentler,  fir-carpeted  hills  and  plateaus 
of  our  northeastern  region,  the  bal- 
sam woolly  aphid  was  freed  from  its 
circumscribed  cross-valley  transport 
system.  The  larger  circulation  pat- 
terns of  the  great  North  America 
weather  systems   gave    it   infinitely 


wider  access  to  a  larger  supply  of  sus- 
ceptible hosts. 

Increased  food  supply  and  less 
channeled  dispersal  of  drifting  young 
have  more  than  once  combined  to  ele- 
vate other  insects  (including,  per- 
haps, even  the  infamous  gypsy  moth) 
to  greater  pest  status  in  new  habitats, 
whether  or  not  they  came  from  mon- 
tane regions.  Transferring  any  drift- 
ing species  from  a  region  in  which  the 
major  weather  systems  that  transport 
it  travel  along  only  one  or  two  routes 
to  another  region  with  a  greater  vari- 
ety of  storm  tracks  will  inevitably  af- 
fect its  dispersal  pattern.  But  the  sub- 
continental scale  of  storm-track 
weather  obscures  the  important  com- 
ponents of  the  aerial  transport 
process.  The  smaller  scale  of  mon- 
tane processes  makes  these  compo- 
nents easier  to  identify  and  analyze. 
Studies  of  montane  situations  can 
help  to  shape  our  understanding  of  the 
biometeorology  of  aerial  transport. 

Some  components  of  the  valley  cir- 
culations that  transport  drifting  in- 
sects also  provide  the  contrasts  in 
weather  that  biometeorologists  can 
use  as  an  outdoor  laboratory.  A  few 
ridges  and  peaks,  for  example,  are 
especially  good  cloud  generators, 
spawning  clouds  earlier  and  support- 
ing them  longer  than  neighboring 
heights.  These  generators  are  the 
major  producers  of  the  lines  of  clouds 
we  often  see  drifting  over  valleys, 
flattening  and  dissolving  as  they 
move  farther  from  their  sources  of 
support.  Although  the  clouds  in  these 
lines  are  ephemeral,  the  paths  they 
follow  remain  remarkably  constant 
during  many  different  kinds  of 
weather.  Consequently,  their  routes 
can  be  plotted  on  a  map,  which  in  turn 
can  be  used  to  identify  places  in 
which  the  local  climates  will  differ 
predictably  from  those  just  outside 
the  cloud-line  boundaries. 

The  dividing  line  between  such  cli- 
mates can  be  remarkably  sharp.  One 
day  I  worked  near  a  pole-top  shelter 
erected  by  a  telephone  lineman  to 
shield  him  from  the  weather  while 
he  repaired  a  transmission  line. 
Throughout  the  afternoon,  a  series  of 
small  clouds  drifted  by,  sprinkling 
light  rain  as  they  passed.  The  dividing 
line  between  the  wet  strip  under  the 
clouds  and  the  dry  area  beyond  their 
edges  was  so  precisely  drawn  that  one 
side  of  the  lineman's  platform  was 


constantly  wet,  while  the  other  side, 
only  three  feet  away,  remained  dry. 
Colonies  of  tent  caterpillars  were 
growing  on  the  willow  trees  on  either 
side  of  that  boundary.  During  most  of 
the  afternoon,  the  insects  under  the 
line  of  clouds  were  too  wet  to  feed, 
whereas  those  outside  the  boundary 
remained  dry  and  continued  to  eat  the 
willow  foliage.  For  more  than  a 
month  during  that  spring,  the  cloud 
line  developed  almost  daily  in  that  lo- 
cality. Eventually,  the  recurring  rain 
and  lack  of  solar  heat  so  hampered  the 
growth  of  the  caterpillars  under  the 
cloud  line  that  most  of  them  died  be- 
fore the  end  of  their  larval  stage.  In 
contrast,  the  caterpillars  living 
beyond  the  edge  of  the  cloud  line 
grew  sufficiently  well  to  complete 
their  development. 

Although  not  every  cloud-line 
boundary  is  so  precisely  drawn,  the 
predictable  recurrence  of  cloud  lines 
in  many  kinds  of  weather  makes  them 
invaluable  during  experiments  with 
insects  in  natural  settings.  In  a  pre- 
vious article  on  the  responses  of  in- 
sects to  polarized  light  ("A  Special 
Light  to  Steer  By , "  December  1 974) , 
I  described  how  drifting  clouds  could 
be  used  as  a  kind  of  '  'on-off ' '  switch, 
alternately  passing  and  blocking  po- 
larized light  from  the  zenith.  The 
same  type  of  switching  mechanism 
can  be  used  to  determine  the  efl^ects 
of  rainfall  or  solar  heating.  When  the 
clouds  are  sufficiently  large,  they  can 
even  be  used  to  study  the  effects  of 
the  rapid  fluctuations  in  atmospheric 
pressure  that  accompany  their  pas- 
sage. 

There  are  so  many  biometeorologi- 
cal  possibilities,  in  fact,  that  cloud 
lines  and  the  mountains  that  spawn 
them  offer  unlimited  research  oppor- 
tunities. They  have  certainly  pro- 
vided me  with  a  lifetime  of  fasci- 
nating observations,  each  trip  to  the 
high  country  stimulating  new  ques- 
tions about  this  special  environment 
and  the  animals  that  inhabit  it.       D 


Alternating  winter  invasions 

of  Pacific  and  Arctic  air 

damaged  lodgepole  pines 

along  this  red  belt  above 

a  Jasper  Park  campground. 


William  G.  Wellingloi 


104 


The  Slow  Death  of  Coral  Reefs 


by  Ralph  Mitchell  and  Hugh  Ducklow 


As  each  polyp  attempts  to 
free  itself  of  oil,  myriads 
of  bacteria  invade  it 


Coral  reefs  are  among  the  most 
productive  and  diverse  of  all  known 
ecosystems.  Thousands  of  species  of 
fish,  mollusks,  crustaceans,  worms, 
and  algae  depend  on  these  complex 
coastal  habitats  built  up  by  myriads 
of  coral  skeletons.  In  the  reef,  masses 
of  these  skeletons,  often  hundreds  of 
feet  deep  and  miles  long,  are  covered 
by  a  delicate  layer  of  living  polyps. 
This  sprawling,  living  surface  carries 
out  the  normal  activities  of  life — 
feeding,  growth,  reproduction — all 
the  while  secreting  limestone  skele- 
tons upon  which  other  corals  may 
grow  in  the  future. 

The  surface  of  a  coral  reef  is  fragile 
and  even  slight  disturbances  may 
upset  it.  When  this  occurs  the  tightly 
knit  reef  ecosystem  may  disappear. 
Natural  disturbances  such  as  unu- 
sually low  tides  or  the  influx  of  a  new 
species  may  result  in  significant  alter- 
ations to  a  reef  community,  but  such 
disturbances  are  infrequent. 

Man's  activities,  however,  fre- 
quently threaten  the  coral  reefs.  In 
some  parts  of  the  world,  outright  de- 
struction of  reefs  has  occurred,  for 
example,  the  dynamiting  of  coral  by 
the  cement  industry  in  Sri  Lanka 
(Ceylon),  but  elsewhere  the  threat  of 
pollution  is  far  more  insidious.  In 
Hawaii  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  sew- 
age effluent  discharged  near  reef  areas 
has  resulted  in  the  enrichment  of  the 
normally  low-nutrient-level  reef 
waters  and  the  consequent  death  of 
corals.  Thermal  pollution  resulting 


from  the  release  of  power  plant  cool- 
ant in  Hawaii  has  killed  off  coral 
reefs  there.  Sediments  disturbed  dur- 
ing dredging  operations  are  choking 
the  reefs  of  the  Florida  Keys  (see 
Natural  History,  August-September 
1973).  Some  coral  species  in  Ber- 
muda are  dying  off  as  a  result  of  a  type 
of  bacterial  infection  that  causes  a 
progressive  line  of  black  slime  on  the 
corals  that  are  being  killed.  South  Pa- 
cific reefs  are  being  devoured  by  the 
crown-of -thorns  starfish,  which  is  ex- 
periencing an  enormous  population 
explosion.  The  cause  of  the  increase 
has  not  been  determined,  but  scien- 
tists have  not  ruled  out  man's  activi- 
ties. And  a  proposed  sea-level  canal 
through  Panama  could  expose  the 
Caribbean  corals  to  an  invasion  of  the 
predatory  starfish. 

No  reef  has  yet  experienced  a  large 
oil  spill,  but  many  reefs  are  exposed 
to  chronic  oil  pollution.  Recent  re- 
search has  indicated  that  even  very 
low  levels  of  oil  or  pesticides  can  set 
in  motion  processes  fatal  to  corals. 

In  the  past  few  years  several  groups 
of  biologists,  including  scientists 
from  our  laboratory  at  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, have  focused  on  the  pollution 
ecology  of  the  Red  Sea  coral  reefs  at 
Elat,  Israel,  on  the  Gulf  of  Aqaba. 
These  reefs  contain  more  than  100 
species  of  corals,  and  certain  areas 
possess  the  most  diverse  collections 
of  coral  species  anywhere.  The  diver- 
sity is  regulated  by  periodic  cata- 
strophic low  tides — a  result  of  the 
interplay  between  lunar  cycles  and 
randomly  fluctuating  meteorological 
and  hydrological  factors — which  pre- 
vent a  few  dominant  species  from 
taking  over  the  whole  reef.  The  tides 


are  unpredictable  and  seem  to  occur 
several  times  each  century. 

One  important  aspect  of  pollution 
research  at  Elat  concerns  the  impact 
of  the  city  on  the  reefs.  Surrounded 
by  the  barren  Sinai  and  Negev  des- 
erts, the  Red  Sea  is  not  subject  to  ter- 
restrial influences.  In  the  absence  of 
such  influences,  we  have  been  able  to 
pinpoint  the  various  kinds  of  urban 
pollution  and  their  effects  upon  the 
coral  reefs  at  Elat.  Situated  in  the 
Sinai  peninsula,  the  ancient  port  of 
Elat  is  Israel's  gateway  to  the  Indian 
Ocean  and  the  East.  From  this  rapidly 
expanding  port  city,  Israel  exports 
phosphate  fertilizer  from  the  Dead 
Sea  works  and  imports  oil  from  Iran. 
The  Gulf  of  Aqaba,  which  is  only  a 
few  miles  wide,  is  thus  exposed  to  oil 
and  phosphate  pollution  from  tanker 
and  freighter  operations. 

The  recent  growth  of  Elat  has  al- 
ready resulted  in  the  death  of  one 
mile-long  reef  tract  near  the  port. 
Ironically,  this  reef  was  originally  set 
aside  as  a  nature  reserve.  This  status 
prohibited  the  collection  and  destruc- 
tion of  corals  by  bathers;  never- 
theless, the  reef  remained  vulnerable 
to  oil  drifting  in  from  the  nearby  ter- 
minals. Similar  operations  imperil 
the  reefs  near  Flat's  sister  port  city  of 
Aqaba,  on  the  Jordanian  side  of  the 
gulf.  These  reefs  are  being  destroyed, 
not  by  large  oil  spills  or  simple  oil 
toxicity,  but  by  the  subtle  effects  of 
chronic  low-level  pollution. 

Marine  biologists  working  with 
Prof.  Lev  Fishelson  of  Tel- Aviv  Uni- 
versity have  investigated  the  effects 
of  oil  pollution  at  Elat.  One  of  Fishel- 
son's  colleagues,  Yossi  Loya,  has 
documented  the  effect  of  oil  on  the 


I 


1 06 


ability  of  coral  reefs  to  recover  after 
an  abnormally  low  tide.  Normally, 
the  corals  remain  underwater  at  low 
tide  or  are  only  briefly  exposed  to  the 
air.  During  Septemb)er  1970.  how- 
ever, the  combination  of  low  tides 
and  unusually  strong  monsoon  winds 
exposed  coral  heads  for  two  hours 
each  day  over  a  period  of  four  to  five 
days.  The  hot  desert  sun  caused 
desiccation  and  massive  mortality. 
After  such  a  kill-off,  repopulation  is 
effected  through  the  release  by 
deeper-water  corals  of  larvae  that  set- 
tle in  shallow  areas. 

Loya  monitored  the  recovery  of 
these  shallow  reefs  as  the  corals 
recolonized  the  barren  area.  By  com- 
paring polluted  with  unpolluted  reef 
areas,  he  found  that  oil  and  phosphate 
pollution  in  the  Gulf  of  Aqaba  pre- 
vented the  corals  in  the  polluted  areas 
from  returning  to  their  former  abun- 
dance and  diversity.  The  unpolluted 
reefs,  however,  fully  recovered  their 
former  state  in  only  five  years.  One 
reason  for  this  difference  is  that  phos- 
phates— from  fertilizer  blown  over 
the  reefs  from  the  port  area — ap- 
parently stimulate  the  growth  of 
benthic  algae  that  prevent  the  settle- 
ment of  coral  larvae.  Corals  are  fur- 
ther prevented  from  recolonizing  the 


A  series  of  abnormally  low  tides  in 
1970  killed  most  of  the  corals  on 
this  reef  near  Elat.  (The  living 
corals  are  dark  brown.)  Due  to  oil 
pollution,  coral  larvae  cannot 
repopulate  the  reef. 


A  new  idea  that's  140,000,000  years  old 

The  Birontosaiirus 

In  Sparkling  Clear,  Genuine  Swedish  Crystal 


A  strictly  limited  edition...a  unique  work  of  art... 

from  famous  Kosta  Glassworks  exclusively  for 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


The  Brontosaurus.  This  70  foot  long, 
30  ton,  plant-eating  dinosaur  of  the 
Jurassic  Period  has  captured  the  seri- 
ous curiosity  of  scientists,  the  imagina- 
tion of  school  children,  the  interest  of 
visitors  to  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  and  other  great 
museums. 

Now,  the  amiable  spirit  of  this  popular 
dinosaur  has  been  captured  in  a  solid 
sculpture  of  genuine,  clear  Swedish 
crystal. 

Make  Room  in  Your  Home 
For  A  Brontosaurus 

Whatever  the  decor,  wherever  you 
place  it,  the  Brontosaurus  sculpture 
will  capture  attention  with  its  lucid  bril- 
liance, its  fluid  lines.  This  is  neither  a 
laboratory  model  nor  a  gimcrack 
souvenir. 

It  is  a  work  of  fine  art! 
The  Brontosaurus  sculpture  was  creat- 
ed for  the  American  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History  exclusively  by  Svenskt  Glas 
and  is  being  produced  in  a  limited  edi- 
tion by  Kosta  Glassworks  of  Sweden. 
Connoiseurs  of  crystal  collectibles  will 
readily  acknowledge  the  reputation  of 
Kosta  among  the  world's  great  crystal 
makers.  Their  name  assures  the  quality 
of  the  full-lead  crystal  and  the  excel- 
lence of  the  hand  craftsmanship. 

The  Sculptor:  Paul  Hoff 

The  Brontosaurus  sculpture  was  creat- 
ed by  Paul  Hoff  whose  works  are 
represented  in  museums  and  galleries 


on  three  continents.  He  has  combined 
scientific  evidence  with  the  artist's 
prerogatives  to  form  pure  crystal  into 
a  sculpture  of  fascinating  beauty. 

A  Strictly  Limited  Edition 

This  one  time  edition  of  the  Bron- 
tosaurus sculpture  will  be  limited  to 
10,000  perfect  pieces.  Once  this 
number  has  been  realized,  the  patterns 
will  be  destroyed— never  again  to  be 
made  anywhere  in  the  world. 
A  Certificate  of  Authenticity  will 
accompany  each  sculpture.  It  will  bear 
the  serial  number  of  that  particular 
sculpture  in  the  edition. 

Integrity  is  Assured 

The  hand  scribed  signature  of  artist 
Paul  Hoff,  together  with  the  hallmarks 
of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Kosta  Glassworks  and 
Svenskt  Glas  etched  on  the  base 
further  attest  to  the  validity  and  quality 
of  each  sculpture. 

The  beauty  of  the  sculpture,  the  quality 
of  the  crystal,  the  limited  nature  of  the 
edition  and  the  hallmarks  on  the  base 
combine  to  make  the  Brontosaurus 
sculpture  a  most  prudent  investment. 
Historically,  sculptures  of  this 
quality  show  satisfying 
appreciation  over 
the  years. 


7  inches  long; 
3'/2  inches  high; 
2Vi  pounds  of 
solid  Swedish 
crystal. 


A  Treasure  to  Own.. .A  Gift 
Of  Memorable  Proportions 

The  Brontosaurus  crystal 
sculpture  is  available  only 
from  Natural  History 
Sculptures.  The  price 
is  $77.50.  However,  if  you 
are  an  Associate  Member 
of  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  you 
IM  are  entitled  to  a  discount  of 

^M  ten  percent;  your  price  is 

(m^  $69.75.  Shipping,  insurance 

MKk  and  all  custom  duties  are 

fVk  included.  Satisfaction  is, 

',    '^^V.  °^  course,  assured. 

*"     ^^^■-  Prompt  action  will 

be  well  advised. 


American  Express  account  valid  thru. 


MIMURM  ^flSTORV  SCULPTURGS  ^.^:^^^.o 


Please  send  me crystal  sculpture(s)  of       I  prefer  to  charge  this  amount  to  my 


the  Brontosaurus 

I  am  a  member  of  The  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History  and  am,  there- 
fore entitled  to  a  10%  discount  making  the 
price  $69.75. 

I  am  not  a  Member  and  will  pay  the 

regular  price  of  $77.50. 

Enclosed  is  my  check money  order 

in  the  amount  of  $ 


I           II    {       1      1      1         I    I 

.Siqnaturfi 

Send  to;  (Please  print) 

.t^tfltfi 

Zip 

MMURM  hUSTORY  SCULPTURGS 
Dept.  G-200,  Box  5123 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


denuded  areas  because  the  chronic 
low  levels  of  oil  (fewer  than  l(X)  parts 
per  million)  inhibit  the  formation  of 
reproductive  organs  and  production 
of  larvae  by  the  corals.  The  Gulf  of 
Aqaba  has  not  yet  experienced  a 
major  oil  spill;  if  one  were  to  occur, 
the  reefs  would  not  only  be  destroyed 
but  their  recovery  would  be  retarded 
or  prevented  by  the  constant  low- 
level  pollution. 

While  Fishelson  and  Loya  have  ob- 
served that  low-level  pollution  ellcc- 
tively  prevents  a  reef's  recovery,  our 
investigations  of  the  reefs  suggest 
how  low  concentrations  of  pollutants 
can  affect  the  delicate  relationship  be- 
tween corals  and  marine  bacteria. 
Under  normal  conditions,  coral  pol- 
yps are  constantly  bombarded  by 
sand  and  other  sediments,  which  are 
churned  up  by  wind  and  water  cur- 
rents as  well  as  by  fish  and  other 
marine  animals.  Polyps  continually 
release  mucous  compounds  of  poly- 
saccharides, proteins,  and  fats  that 
act  to  clean  the  sediments  ofT  their 
surfaces  and  to  free  their  feeding  ten- 
tacles. 

The  mucous  secretions,  in  turn,  at- 
tract bacteria  that  feed  off  them;  in- 
deed, healthy  corals  always  harbor  a 
specific  population  of  bacteria.  The 
bacterial  decomposition  of  this  mu- 
cus provides  an  additional  food 
source  for  other  reef  dwellers,  such 
as  zooplankton.  Thus,  within  the  reef 
there  exists  a  microcosm  of  coral 
polyps,  zooxanthellae,  mucus,  and 
bacteria. 

Bacteria  are  extremely  important 
organisms  in  the  breakdown  of  or- 
ganic matter  and  the  recyclying  of  ni- 
trogen, phosphorus,  carbon,  and  sul- 
fur. An  average  drop  of  seawater  con- 
tains about  ten  thousand  of  the  orga- 
nisms. About  half  of  these  possess 
long,  thin  appendages,  or  fiagella, 
which  beat  against  the  water,  propel- 
ling the  bacterial  cells  along.  Most 
bacteria  capable  of  movement  react  to 
chemicals — a  phenomenon  called 
chemotaxis — by  moving  toward  the 
source.  Bacteria  rely  on  chemotaxis 
to  find  dead  food  such  as  mucus  from 
corals,  to  track  down  living  prey,  and 
to  detect  and  move  away  from  poi- 
sonous chemicals. 

Corals  exposed  to  chemical  pollu- 
tants react  the  same  way  that  they  do 
if  swept  over  by  sediments:  they  se- 
crete mucus  to  rid  themselves  of  the 
foreign  substances.  However,  there  is 
a  difference.  The  secretion  of  mucus 
does  not  relieve  the  irritation.  The 
pollutant  in  the  water  continues  to  ir- 


Why  the  superb 

Pentax  K2  will 

automatically  take 

better  pictures  for  you. 


The  35mm  SLR  camera  has  long 
been  considered  an  excellent  but  dif- 
ficult to  use  instrument.  The  main 
problem  has  always  been  human 
error  in  setting  proper  exposure.  But 
now,  Asahi  Pentax  has  developed  a 
space-age  exposure  control  system 
that  solves  the  problem.  It  automat- 
ically takes  better  pictures  for  you. 

Amazing  breakthrough 
The  K2  uses  an  astonishingly  small 
integrated  circuit  to  control  its  expo- 
sure system.  The  fast-reacting  light 
meter  "reads"  the  light  reflected  from 
your  subject.  Our  incredible  "mini- 
computer" circuit  then  instructs  the 
metal  shutter  to  stay  open  for  just  the 
right  amount  of  time  to  give  you  con- 
sistently good  pictures,  automatically. 

Better  pictures  easily 
All  you  do  is  aim.  focus,  and  shoot. 
You  get  superior  quality  35mm  SLR 
photography  without  the  hassle. 
Superb  super-multi-coated  lenses 
give   you   vibrant  colors.    Bright, 


through-the-lens  viewing  helps  you 
focus  for  razor-sharp  detail  in  your 
pictures. 

So  go  to  your  favorite  dealer  and 
ask  to  test  shoot  a  K2.  See  how  easy  it 
is  to  aim.  focus,  and  shooL  Or  we  can 
send  you  some  very  informative  litera- 
ture on  the  K2  and  the  other  mem- 
bers of  its  impressive  family. 


Yes,  I'm  interested  in  more  informa- 
tion about  your  amazing  electronic 
wizard.  Send  information  to: 


ADDRESS  . 

crTi' 


Mail  coupon  to:  Honeywell  Photo- 
graphic. P.O.  Box  22083,  Dept.  113- 
900,  Denver,  CO     80222. 


Honeywell  Photographic 


JGST 
PRESS 
HERE. 


109 


FOR  AN  EXCITING  AFTERNOON 
VISIT  THE  WEIV,  GREATLY  EXPANDED 

collector's  cabinet 

THE  NATURAL  DEPARTMENT  STORE     L 
featuring  countless  thousands  of  the  Treasures  of  Mother  Earth 
now  conveniently  located  at 
153  East  57th  Street  (between  3rd  and  Lex.  Aves.) 

•  JEWELRY  —  Meteorites  from  Outer  Space,  Fossils,  Scenic  Jaspers,  Malachite, 
and  dozens  of  unusual  Gemstones  custom-mounted  for  us  in  Sterling  Silver. 

•  WILD  ANIMAL  SCULPTURES  -  by  Louis  Paul  Jonas  -  the  largest  permanent 
exhibit  of  these  superb  1/10-scale  animals  —  from  the  Anteater  to  the  Zebra  — 
and,  exclusively,  a  series  of  24  Dinosaurs  and  Prehistoric  Mammals  by  this 
noted  sculptor.  Send  for  our  free  illustrated  brochures  listing  over  300  models. 

•  SEASHELLS  and  CORAL  —  Exotic  and  colorful  shells  from  the  Seven  Seas, 
decorator  Corals,  Sea  Urchins,  Starfish,  giant  Barnacle  Clusters.  Send  $1.50 
for  2  catalogs  listing  our  stock  of  over  1500  species  of  shells,  with  over  200 
illustrations. 

•  MINERALS  and  FOSSILS  —  Fine  Crystal  groups,  sparkling  Amethyst  clusters, 
Geodes,  Precious  Gemstones,  Half-billion-year-old  fossils,  coffee-table-size  Petri- 
fied Woods  and  Sahara  Desert  Fossil  slabs.  Dinosaur  Footprints.  Mineral  ash- 
trays, penstands,  bookends,  clocks,  paperweights,  bowls,  boxes,  eggs  and  spheres. 

•  BUTTERFLIES  —  The  world's  largest  display  of  exotic  butterfly  frames  and  boxes. 

•  EXOTIC  ITEMS  from  all  corners  of  the  world  to  decorate  your  den  or  library  — 
PIRANHAS,  SHARKS,  POISON  BUFFER  FISH,  SAWFISH  BEAKS,  SCORPIONS 
and  TARANTULAS! 

•  HAND-COLORED  NATURE  PRINTS  -  from  the  18th  and  19th  Centuries.  Wild- 
flowers,  Birds,  Fish,  Mammals,  etc. 

SEND  50(4  FOR  OUR  NEW  1977  FULL-COLOR  CATALOG  FOR 
DOZENS  OF  EXCITING  GIFT  AND  DECORATOR  ITEMS. 

Branches:  GREENWICH  VILLAGE  (38  W.  8th  St.);  PHILADELPHIA;  WASHINGTON,  D.C.; 
CHADDS  FORD,  PA.;  DANIA,  FLA.;  NEW  ORLEANS  (Nahan  Gallery);  PORTLAND, 
ORE.;  SPRINGFIELD,  VA.;  SYRACUSE,  N.Y.  Also  at  BLOOMINGDALE'S  and 
other  fine  department  stores  nationwide.  (FRANCHISE  INFORMATION  KIT  $2.00) 

THE  COLLECTOR'S  CABINET,  Box  NH,  153  East  57th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Hours:  Mon.  thru  SaL  10  to  6.  Open  Thur.  until  9  P.M.  Tel.  (212)  861-4133 


It  wasn't  Yamaha. 

Because  besides  our  jewel-like  polished  i' 
ebony,  we  make  grand  pianos  in  3  other  fmishes 
Including  gleaming  white. 

In  fact,  when  it  comes  to  variations  on  the 
theme  of  pianos,  nobody  makes  more  fine 
pianos  in  more  exquisite  finishes  than  Yamaha. 


Whefi  vou  '5top  bv  your  nearest  Yamaha 
dealer  \ou  11  soo  what  «e  mean  when  we  say 
"iamaha  sees  thrngs  m  not  just  basic  black,  but 
also  white,  and  everything  in  between. 

Any  questions? 
Just  write  us. 
Keyboard  Division,  Dept.  I    •  Box  6600,  Buena  Park,  CA  90622 


^YAMAHA 


When  there's  a  better  piano  to  be  made, Yamaha  will  make  it. 


ritate  the  polyps,  which  respond  by 
secreting  more  and  more  mucus. 
The  huge  quantities  of  mucus  thus 
produced  act  as  a  magnet  for  marine 
microflora,  and  a  large  and  diverse 
population  of  bacteria  converge  on 
the  corals  through  chemotaxis.  These 
predatory  bacteria  consume  the  mu- 
cus and,  as  the  population  grows,  at- 
tack the  coral  surface,  killing  the 
polyps.  Within  a  few  days  the  dying 
coral  is  a  mass  of  bacterial  slime, 
which  forms  black  lines  similar  to 
those  seen  on  coral  reefs  off  Ber- 
muda. In  both  cases  excessive  growth 
of  bacteria  on  the  coral  tissue  proba- 
bly depletes  the  oxygen  on  the  surface 
so  that  hydrogen  sulfide  forms.  The 
sulfide  reacts  with  iron  to  produce  a 
black  line  of  ferrous  sulfides.  This 
coloration  is  not  the  cause  of  disease 
but  only  a  manifestation  of  the  result. 

This  type  of  disease  is  not  unique 
to  corals.  We  have  also  induced  dis- 
ease in  seaweed  and  mud  snails  by 
adding  chemical  pollutants  to  water 
in  laboratory  tanks.  Dover  sole 
caught  in  polluted  areas  off  the  Cali- 
fornia coast  have  a  much  higher  than 
average  incidence  of  fin  rot,  suggest- 
ing that  the  phenomenon  may  be 
widespread.  One  wonders  if  seaweed 
and  fish  subjected  to  stress  excrete 
chemicals  that  attract  disease-causing 
organisms  such  as  bacteria.  If  they 
do,  then  a  much  more  subtle  effect  of 
pollution  will  have  to  be  fought. 

In  the  next  half  century,  the 
world's  coral  reefs  will  probably  suf- 
fer increasingly  from  the  adverse  ef- 
fects of  cfironic  pollution.  Some  of 
the  largest  and  most  productive  reefs 
are  still  untouched  by  human  activi- 
ties; however,  this  condition  will 
probably  soon  disappear.  We  will 
need  to  use  the  most  sophisticated 
monitoring  techniques  available  to 
modern  chemistry  if  the  coral  reefs 
are  not  to  become  another  victim  of 
our  attacks  on  nature.  D 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO 
NATURAL  HISTORY 

about  a  subscription  renewal,  billing,  or  any 
kind  of  adjustment,  please  include  your  present 
address  label. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weeks  in  advance. 
Send  your  present  address  label  along  with 
your  new  address  to  Natural  History  Member- 
ship Services,  Box  6000,  Des  Moines,  Iowa 
50340. 

Name 


City. 


Attach  Label 


Says  Miss  Dietrich:  "Brazil  isn't  a  country.  It's  a  poem."  In  Brazil,  you 
itnd  the  most  beautiful  baroque  churches  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  and 
the  world's  most  startling  modem  architecture.  You  experience  the  pan- 
demonium of  a  Rio  soccer  game  and  the  perfect  peace  of  jungle  rivers 
where  the  only  sounds  are  birds.  Brazil  is  yesterday— colonial  towns 
that  have  remained  in  the  17th  century.  And  it's  Brasilia,  a  surrealist's 
dream.  But  mostly  it's  people  who  move  Like  dancers,  talk  like  songs, 
and  smile  like  friends.  Travelers  don't  simply 
like  Brazil,  they  go  mad  for  the  place. 

You  can  spend  seven  nights  m  Bio  for 
as  little  as  $63Ct  including  roundtnp 
airfare,  first  class  hotel,  full  Brazilian 
breakfasts,  transfer  services  and 
sightseeing  tours.  See  your  travel  agent 

For  this  beautiful  112  page  booklet 
on  BrazU  call  800-447-4700  (toll  free). 

In  Illinois  cal  800-322-4400. 

In  Canada  write:  Brazilian  Travel  Offer, 

Box  3900,  Peoria,  Dl.  61614. 

©EMBRATUR/BRAZILIAN  TOURISM  AUTHORITY 

*Baseclon  Miami  departure.  Similar  tours  available  for  departure  from  New  York  ($674) 
and  Los  Angeles  ($804).  Rates  are  per  person,  double  occupancy. 


NOW-You  can  own  this  skillfully  crafted 
replica  of  the  "Priceless  Original"  found 
in  the  18th  Dynasty  tomb  of  King  Tulank- 
hamun.  With  the  King  TUT  exhibit  here 
from  Egypt,  you'll  want  to  wear  this  spec- 
tacular 3000  year  old  amulet,  commemo- 
rating the  world's  most  famous  archaeo- 
logical find.  Give  his  protective  amulet  as 
a  treasured  gift  to  those  you  love! 
•  King  TUT  3"  amulet  with  24"rope  chain, 

Descriptive  certificate  in  jewelry  box. 
Gold  Plated  or      STERLING         14  KARAT 
Silver     Toned         SILVER  GOLD 

Pewter        $15.        $49.50  $495. 

$1  50  insured  postage.  •  Money  back  guarantee. 
PHONE  ORDERS:  (212)  472-8733  •  Charge:  BA,  AE 
■  J:ljJrtl^*rf\»M^  Picturing  a  large  collec- 
tion of  Replica  Jewelry  inspired  by  Antiquity! 


aiaddin  taocise,  Ltd. 

770  MADISON  AVE.  N.Y.  10021   •  Depl.  N-1076 
ATT:  Director-My  King  TUT  Pendant  order  is 

In  G.P.  or  ST.  Pewter  @  $15.00 

In  Sterling  Silver  @  $49.50  each 

In  14  Karat  Gold  @  $495  each 

Enclosed:  Q  Check   D  CHARGE:   D  BA  D  AE 

Card  NO. ^"P 

Signature    — — 

NAME. 


ADDRESS- 
CITY- 


il(llini>'s 

(V)) 


by  Mary  Leister 

Photografihs  by  Robert  Wirth 

All  the  little  lives  of  marsh  and  field, 

woodland  and  pond,  are  the  subjects  of 

this  illuminating,  beautiful  new  book,  of 

which  Annie  DiUard  (Pilgrim  at  Tinker 

Creekl  says:  "Marfi  Leister  is  one  of  the  finest 

nature  writers  ami  observers  in  the  worlil 

today.  .  .she  knows  everything!  don't  Itnow 

and  want  to  know." 

Clothbound,  ISBN  0-91614-06-2 

$8.95 

At  your  booksellers,  or  send  check 

(including  75it  postage  &  handling)  to 

Dept.  NH 

Stemmer  House 

Publisliers,  Inc 
2627  Caves  Road/Owings  Mills,  Maryland  21117 


i  ""n  SEND  ME  YOUR  FREE  GIFT  CATALOG. 

UiiLjU.iii:iJ.iiiJ:iii4uij.i].iii.i.ii.Liwjmamim!ii 


TIME 
^  f  MACHINE 
*J  FOR  SALE, 
ns  FOR 
SIX  ROUND  TRIPS 


Every  issue  of  ARCHAEOLOGY  Magazine  sends  you 

on  a  fascinating  voyage  to  antiquity.  And  every  issue  is 

truly  a  collector's  item.  Rich,  full  page  illustrations,  lavish 

reproductions  of  ancient  art,  front-line  reports  of  excavations 

and  discoveries,  and  much  more.  .  .are  waiting  for  you  right  now. 

Published  by  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

THOUSANDS  OF  YEARS  BEHIND  THE  TIMES 

ARCHAEOLOGY 


ARCHAEOLOGY  -  Dept.  T-6 

260  West  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y.  10013 

Please  send  one  year's  subscription  (6  issues)  of  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Check  enclosed  for  $15  Bill  me. 

Name 


N-7 


Address. 
City_ 


-State. 


-Zip- 


Announcements 


The  new,  permanent  Hall  of  Miner- 
als and  Gems,  located  in  the  south- 
west corner  of  the  first  floor  of  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, is  a  most  spectacular  and  elegant 
exhibit,  with  an  impressive  array  of 
minerals,  gems,  rocks,  and  meteor- 
ites. The  special  gem  exhibit  has  been 
extended  through  November  and  in- 
cludes the  Bicentennial  Diamond 
Necklace ,  crafted  in  1776  by  order  of 
George  III  of  England  (nearly  500 
diamonds  totaling  330  carats);  the 
Flaming  Star,  a  flawless  pear-shaped 
diamond  weighing  18.52  carats:  and 
the  Golden  Hope,  a  naturally  colored, 
yellow  cushion-cut  diamond  of  44.35 
carats  set  in  a  diamond,  gold,  and 
platinum  pin. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museum,  "Follow  the  Sun"  con- 
tinues through  November.  This  Sky 
Show  explores  the  nature  of  our 
nearest  star,  its  source  of  energy,  the 
changes  it  undergoes,  some  of  its  in- 
fluences on  earth,  and  its  place  in  the 
universe.  People  of  antiquity  wor- 
shiped the  sun  as  a  god.  They  fol- 
lowed its  motion  in  the  sky  with  great 
concern.  Frightened  that  the  sun 
would  not  rise  the  next  day,  plunging 
the  earth  into  perpetual  darkness  and 
cold,  they  performed  elaborate  rituals 
in  the  hope  of  gaining  some  control 
over  its  activities.  Today,  astron- 
omers with  their  sophisticated  solar 
instruments  follow  the  sun  hour-by- 
hour.  They  watch  for  outbursts  of 
magnetic  storms,  giant  eruptive 
prominences,  and  violent  solar  flares, 
which  send  large  amounts  of  danger- 
ous radiation  into  space.  Shows  begin 
at  2:00  p.m.  and  3:30  p.m.  on  week- 
days with  more  frequent  showings  on 
weekends.  Admission  is  $2.35  for 
adults  and  $1 .35  for  children  and  stu- 
dents (special  rates  for  groups  and 
senior  citizens). 

Note:  The  main  auditorium  of  the 
Museum  will  be  closed  to  the  public 
through  January  1977  (due  to  renova- 
tions and  the  installation  of  air  condi- 
tioning). Weekly  film  programs  will 
be  held  in  the  Education  Hall. 


I  want  to  give  ^ 

NATURAL  HISTORY  for  Christmas 

Enter  my  gift  (a  one-year  Associate  Membership  in  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  and  10  issues  of  NATURAL  HISTORY 
Magazine)  for  the  people  listed  below.  Bill  me  later  at  $10  for  each 
membership. 

I  understand  that  each  membership-subscription  includes:  free 
admission  to  the  Museum  plus  two  bonus  gifts  a  year  and  discounts 
at  the  Museum  Gift  Shops. 


My  Name 


City 


Zip 


Enter  my  own  subscription,  too:    I ^New    i — ^Renewal 

I  prefer:    D  2  years  at  $1 7    D  3  years  at  $24 
Send  gift  subscription  to:  ^^^Send  gilt  subscription  to: 


Zip 


I  prefer  to  give:    Lj  2  years  at  $17   ! ^  3  years  at  $24  A    I  prefer  to  give:    I I2yearsat$17    I — l3yearsat$24 


Outside  U.S.A.,  please  add  $2  per  year 


FIRST  CLASS 
PERMIT  NO.  4946 
DES  MOINES.  IOWA 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

No  Postage  Stamp  Necessary  if  Mailed  in  the  United  States 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BV- 

NATURAL  HISTORY 

p.  O.  Box  5000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


'ik 


"I  guess  for  a  man  and  wife 
to  come  to  Bermuda  to  play- 
golf  is  about  as  relaxing  as  it 
could  be  anywhere.  We  felt  like  we 
were  all  alone  in  the  whole  worlds 


Paul  and  Hope  Forsman  on  the  Forsmans'  second  visit  to 
Bermuda.  (They  played  four  of  our  challenging  courses.) 


"Anytime  you  want 

to  play,  you  play.  You 

don't  have  to  worry 

about  people  waiting 

or  pushing  you 

from  behind." 


"The  key  to  the  whole  island  is 
relaxation.  Playing  golf  or 
going  shopping,  you  do  it.  You 
just  let  it  all  go,  and  you  relax." 


Bermuda 

Unspoiled.  Unhurried.  Uncommon. 

See  your  travel  agent  or  write  Bermuda,  Dept.  430 
630  Fifth  Avenue,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  10020  or  Suite  1010,  44  School  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  02108 

Bermuda  has  nine  challenging  courses, 
both  public  and  private,  within  21  square  miles. 
Ask  your  hotel  or  guest  house  manager  about 
an  introduction  to  the  private  ones. 


"There's  more  beauty  here  than  the  eye 
can  retain.  Every  view  is  greater 
than  the  last." 


From  the  shores  ofGitche-gumee 


MINNEHAHA 
WILD  RICE 

Longfellow's  legend  of  Hiawatha  and 
Minnehaha  is  a  poetic  classic  of  the  Sioux 
and  Chippewa.  Long  before  Longfellow,  these 
Indians  had  found  wild  rice,  mahnomonee, 
and  made  it  the  basic  vegetable  in  their  diet. , 

Minnehaha's  people  considered  wild  rice 
a  perfect  food:  highly  nutritious  and  richly 
delicious.  They  were  right:  100%  natural 
wild  rice  has  five  times  the  iron  of  white  rice, 
twice  the  potassium  and  protein,  and 
ten  times  the  vitamins  B-1  and  B-2. 

Once,  wild  rice  grew  from  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  to  Hudson's  Bay,  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  Rockies.  Today,  it  grows  only  along  the 
Minnesota-Canada  border. 

Minnehaha  Wild  Rice  is  the  finest 
quality  of  this  rarest  of  grains.  Enjoy  it  with 
fowl  and  game,  fish  and  beef ...  the  perfect 
touch  at  any  meal. 

We  have  held  the  price  of  our  wild  rice  for 
three  years:  $5.90  per  pound,  in  five-pound 
shipments,  postpaid. 

Each  pound  is  poly-sealed  and  placed 
in  its  own  distinctive  muslin  bag,  with  our 
recipe  brachure. 

So  fine  a  food  makes  a  grand  gift. 
Free  gift  card  and  mailing — attach  signature 
instructions  and  address  list  to  your  order. 


MINNEHAHAWILD  RICE.  INC, 
WCCO  Radio  Building— Suite  420 
Minneapolis,  Minn  55402 
Please  send,  postage  paid; 

Jive  1-lb  bags  @  $29  50'stiipment  $_ 
(Singly  boxed  pounds,  add  $1  per  shipment) 
One-  four  lb  shipments  @  $6,85'lb,  $_ 

check  IS  enclosed  for  total:  $ 


NH— 1 


I  Name. 


Address. 
City 


I 

I  State. 


Zip- 


I  (Remember:  enclose  gift  mailing  instructions) 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


The  Pumpkin  Papers 


An  investigation  into 

the  true  botanical  nature  of 

this  giant  orange  gourd 

Nearly  thirty  years  ago,  my  pater- 
nal grandfather  coaxed  the  normally 
trailing  vine  of  Cucurbita  pepo  to 
climb  up  a  cherry  tree  and  grow  a 
pumpkin.  It  was  not  a  very  large  or 
pretty  fruit,  but  it  was  mentioned  on 
the  garden  page  of  the  Detroit  News. 
Since  then  I  have  always  thought  I 
had  inherited  special  insight  into 
pumpkins.  Lately  though,  after  look- 
ing into  the  subject  more  thoroughly 
(my  research  until  this  summer  had 
consisted  almost  entirely  of  eating 
pumpkin  pies  and  carving  jack-o'- 
lanterns),  I  am  not  so  sure. 


Perhaps  more  than  any  other  edible 
plant,  the  common  field  pumpkin, 
which  shines  from  every  right-think- 
ing American's  living  room  window 
on  Halloween,  illustrates  the  clash 
between  colloquial  naming  and 
official  botanical  nomenclature.  And 
that  is  only  the  beginning  of  the 
pumpkin  enigma.  Although  you  may 
resist  the  vulgar  error  of  thinking  of 
pumpkins  as  vegetables,  can  you  so 
easily  adjust  to  the  scientifically  unas- 
sailable notion  that  these  giant  gourds 
are  berries? 

They  are,  formally,  berries  be- 
cause they  are  fleshy  simple  fruits, 
formed  from  a  single  pistil  of  the 
flower.  They  have  no  stones  or  papery 
cores.  Grapes,  tomatoes,  and  blue- 
berries are  typical  berries:  they  are 


m^:i^ " '^i^^-^'^^ji ''  'JK^li^*^  i^. 


,V;-:     ^C^. 


Audrey  Ross;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


fleshy  throughout  and  their  outer 
layer  (exocarp)  is  a  thin  skin.  The 
pumpkin,  however,  is  not  a  typical 
berry  because  it  has  a  hard  rind. 
Along  with  its  cousins,  the  squashes, 
and  its  second  cousins,  the  melons 
and  cucumbers ,  the  pumpkin  is  a  kind 
of  berry  known  as  a  pepo  (rhymes 
with  cheapo). 

Indeed,  the  pumpkin  is  the  ideal 
type  of  the  pepo.  You  have  noticed, 
of  course,  that  pepo  is  its  species 
name  as  well,  but  it  is  also  the  case 
that  the  vernacular  name  of  the  fruit, 
"pumpkin"  itself,  derives  in  a 
straight  and  provable  line  from  the 
Greek  word  pepon.  This  hoary  word 
has  meant  pumpkin  or  melon  down 
through  the  centuries.  It  began,  in 
Homeric  times,  with  the  basic  sense 
of  sun-ripened  or  soft,  was  extended 
to  mean  "soft"  as  a  term  of  endear- 
ment, but  then  settled  down  as  the 
generic  term  for  pumpkin. 

But  the  pumpkin,  you  object,  is  not 
soft.  It  is  not  a  summer  squash  picked 
before  its  rind  hardens.  No,  it  is  a 
late-maturing,  hard-edged  squash.  I 
pass  over  the  pettifogging  question  of 
whether  it  is  a  squash  or  some  sepa- 
rate category  of  cucurbit,  since 
"squash"  is  an  Algonquin  term  and, 
it  seems  to  me,  we  only  confuse  the 
issue  further  when  we  try  to  define  it 
too  systematically.  We  ought  also  to 
avoid  another  nomenclatural  puzzle: 
Is  the  pumpkin — our  hard-skinned, 
orange  field  pumpkin — a  winter 
squash?  In  horticultural  practice  it  is 
treated  like  one,  and  it  feels  like  one. 
But  other  varieties  of  the  species  C. 
pepo  are  summer  squashes.  And  they 
grow  in  "bushes,"  not  on  vines. 

Without  wishing  to  strike  a  chau- 
vinistic note,  1  think  it  is  fair  to  say 
that  our  gargantuan  native  American 
pumpkin  does  not  seem  to  fit  either 
the  "soft,  sun-ripened"  pepo  role  or 
match  its  summery  species-mates  be- 
cause it  is  a  latecomer  to  a  diverse  and 
easily  hybridizing  European  clan. 
The  taxonomic  and  colloquial  strands 
are  now  too  tangled  ever  to  sort  out. 


NEWEST  IN  OUR  KAZMAR  PORCELAINS  —  "THE  RED  FOX" 

Introducing,  in  our  East  Room  Gallery,  the  superb  "Red  Fox". 
A  great  new  piece  by  the  Ka<fmars.  Beautitully  modeled, 
and  such  an  expression!  Sly  and  obviously  pleased  with  his 
latest  caper.  Three  ways  to  charge;  Halls  Charge  Acct., 
Mastercharge  and  Bank  Americard.  Sales  lax  where  applicable 


'^' 


Size:  9"x6V2"  high.  Issue  ol  500,52711. 

Write  for  a  full  color  catalogue  ol  illustrations 

and  descriptions  of  the  Complete  Kazmar  Collection. 

211  Nichols  Road,  Kansas  Citv,  Mo.  fi-1112  iHlhi  274-3224 


4M^ 

'  I  PLAZA. 


Never  look  down  wjir 
nose  at  a  berry  again. 

Only  extra-special  berries  go  into  our  famous  preserves,  jellies  and  syrups.  Hand-picked, 
hand-selected  and  hand-sorted,  the  very  top  of  our  superb  Pacific  Northwest  crops.  Since 
Grandma  started  our  family  business  at  her  kitchen  stove  way  back  in  1897.  The  Dickinson 
Family  has  won  awards  and  medals  and  customers  and  generations  of  friends  with  our  products. 
But.  just  like  in  '97,  we  still  start  with  the  very  best  Northwest  berries.  Then  Grandma's  secret 
recipes  and  our  small  batch,  kettle  cooking  take  over . . .  producing  the  best  tasting,  finest  eating, 
100%  natural  preserves  ever  put  in  jars. 

We  don't  preserve  a  whole  bunch.  Usually  just  enough  for  the  Northwest.  But  this  year's 
crops  gave  us  more  perfect  berries  than  usual.  So  we've  made  up  some  beautifully  packaged 
gifts.  Two  of  our  customer  favorites  are  right  here,  ready  for  you  to  order  now  for  Christmas 
giving.  They'll  arrive  for  sure  before  Christmas.  Plus,  we  unconditionally  guarantee  that  the 
gifts  you  order  will  be  the  best  you've  ever  tasted — naturally  good,  with  no  coloring,  artificial 
flavoring,  nor  preservatives  added.  If  you  don't  agree  that  they're  the  best  money  can  buy  (or 
people  can  make),  we'll  refund  your  money.  Immediately. 
Please  use  a  separate  sheet  for  your  gift  list.  Enclose  your  own  card,  or  we'll  put  one  in  for  you. 


D   GRANDMA  DICKINSON'S  FAVORITE,  Gift  #688 

Tfie  caviar  of  preserves,  28-oz,  of  Marshall  Strawberry 
Preserves  in  a  huge  container  imported  from  France. 
$7.50  Delivered 
a  OREGON'S  BREAKFAST  DELIGHT,  Gitt  #625 

Two  11V.1-0Z  Fruit  Syrups — Boysenberry  and 
Blackberry — plus  12-02  lars  of  Marsfiall  Strawberry 
Preserves  and  Orange  Marmalade,  S12.50  Delivered 

D   Here's  my  check  or  money  order  for  $ 

D  Cfiarge  my  purchase:  D  BankAmencardD  Master  Chargi 

Bank  Card  # 

Exp  Date 

Signature 

NAME      


ADDRESS 

GITY/STATE/ZIP  . 


D  SEND  YOUR  FULL  COLOR  GIFT  BROCHURE! 
Mail  to:  The  Dickinson  Family 

7325  S.W.  Bonita  Rd,  Tigard,  OR  97223 

(503)  620-4144 


I 


115 


clustthetiJD««fiis. 


Soar  away  in  a  BWIA  Sunjet  to  two  of  the  Carib- 
bean's most  tlirilling  and  romantic  islands.  Two 
islands,  one  country:  Trinidad  &  Tobago.  Where 
steel  bands,  calypso  and  the  limbo  were  born.  And 
where  you  meet  and  mingle  with  a  vibrant,  friendly 
people  whose  origins  span  half  the  world. 

Ibinidad 

it's  Port  of  Spain.  It's  cosmopolitan.  It's  exciting. 
It  pulsates  with  the  sounds  and  sights  of  its 
unique  blend  of  peoples  and  traditions.  Outside 
the  city,  the  scenic  drive  to  Maracas  Bay  winds 
through  emerald  mountains.  Through  view  after 
view  you  descend  to  a  glistening  sea  and  a 
perfect,  white  sand  beach.  See  Gasparee  Caves 
where  rock  formations  sparkle  with  color  and 
light.  The  Caroni  Bird  Sanctuary,  where  the 
Scarlet  Ibis'  fly  home  in  the  setting  sun.  Hear  a 
steel  band.  Dance  to  a  calypso  beat.  See  the 
limbo.  Feast  on  a  dozen  cuisines.  Play  golf  or 
tennis.  Or  share  the  excitement  of  a  cricket  match 
or  horse  race.  Shop  for  international  bargains. 
All  this  is  Trinidad. 


Tc^bagD 


Our  "other  half"  is  a  tranquil  paradise.  With  a 
very  exciting  history.  It  changed  hands  between 
the  French,  Dutch  and  English  no  less  than  31 
times.  Today,  flowers  and  rare  birds  throng  its 
serene  shores  and  mountains,  and  rainbow  fish 
dart  through  its  translucent  seas,  and  provide  the 
setting  for  a  perfect  holiday. 
Scuba  or  snorkel  at  famous  Buccoo  Reef  and 
swim  in  the  Nylon  Pool.  See  historic  forts.  Golf. 
Play  tennis.  Or  just  make  your  own  discovery— a 
silken  beach  millions  of  miles  from  the  rest  of  the 
world.  Fly  on  BWIA,  our  international  airline.  And 
ask  your  travel  agent  or  BWIA  about  our  attractive 
packages. 

Like  to  know  more?  Contact  the  Trinidad  & 
Tobago  Tourist  Board,  400  Madison  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017.  Or  call  (212)838-7750. 


BWIA 


For  the  tourlh  winter,  we  invite 
adventurous  travelers  to  join  our 

Himalayan 
Trek  in  Nepal 

November,  1976 

February,  1977  &  November,  1977 

These  expeditions  are  unique  not  only 
due  to  the  expert  leadership  but  be- 
cause they  combine  a  trek  on  foot  in 
the  Annapurna  region  with  a  trek  on 
elephant  back  through  the  Terai 
jungle,  and  a  canoe  trip  on  the  Rapli 
River,  Between  the  treks,  first  class 
hotel  accommodations  are  provided; 
and  the  expedition  ends  with  five 
days  In  Northern  India,  visiting  Delhi, 
Agra  and  Jaipur, 

Our  new  Himalayan  summer  program 
was  wonderfully  successlul,  and  we 
repeat  it  next  year: 

LadakhTrek 

July  and  August,  1977 

These  expeditions  include  a  trek 
through  the  lovely  valleys  and  moun- 
tains of  Kashmir  into  the  remote 
country  of  Ladakh,  which  was  until 
recently  closed  to  visitors.  Before  and 
after  the  trek,  first  class  hotel  and 
houseboat  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided in  Delhi  and  Srinagar, 

We  also  repeat  the  enormously  popu- 
lar and  unusually  interesting  outdoors 
program  to  South  America,  where  small 
groups,  capably  led,  venture  on  our 

Inga 
Trek  in  Peru 

July,  August  and  September.  1977 

These  expeditions  provide  the  stir- 
ring experience  of  walking  along  the 
ancient  Inca  trail  from  Cuzco  high 
above  the  lovely  Urubamba  Valley,  at 
a  leisurely  pace  over  three  passes 
and  through  fabulous  Andean  scenery 
to  tvlachu  Picchu,  the  most  dramat- 
ically spectacular  archaeological  site 
In  the  world.  Before  and  after  the 
trek,  first  class  hotel  accommoda- 
tions are  provided  In  Lima  and  Cuzco. 

Please  send  lor  the  detailed  bro- 
chures of  these  treks- we  also  spe- 
cialize in  cruises  in  the  Galapagos 
Islands,  safaris  to  Rajasthan  and  East 
Africa,  and  adventure  tours  to  Green- 
land, the  Arctic,,  and  other  unusual 
destinations. 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 


NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  8.  tt>e  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL   KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 


^ 


SAMPLES  &   APPROVALS -SI 
Satisfaction   Guaranteed 

Mil  Med  Stamps 

.0     BOX  297-NH        AURORA.  CO     80010 


Even  in  Europe,  chaos  reigns.  Are 
French  pe(jple  sure  what  they  mean 
when  they  say  course  and  cilrauille 
and  poliron?  Greeks  lump  together 
all  the  edible  gourds  as  kolokithia. 
Perhaps  we  should  do  this  too  and 
give  up  trying  to  remember  what  dis- 
tinguishes pattypans  from  Hubbards 
from  cocozelle  from  crooknecks  from 
zucchini.  But  even  were  we  to  aban- 
don these  colorful  terms  and  fall  back 
on  the  gastronomically  useful  if  im- 
precise distinction  between  hard  and 
soft  skins,  we  Americans  would  still 
all  know  one  variety  "by  heart." 

Pumpkinus  americanus  is  simply 
unmistakable.  The  largest  commer- 
cial strain.  Big  Max,  generally 
reaches  150  pounds.  But  300- 
pouriders  are  not  unknown  and  the 
400-pound  barrier  is  apparently  not 
far  otT,  Even  the  smaller  pumpkins 
we  buy  at  this  time  of  year  are  so  big 
and  distinct,  you  don't  need  a  botani- 
cal background  to  identify  them  at  a 
roadside  stand.  In  fact,  this  is  one 
case  where  the  less  botany  you  know, 
the  more  likely  you  may  be  to  locate 
a  genuine  P.  americanus. 

Any  child  knows  what  to  do  next. 
Make  a  circular  incision  around  the 
stem,  angling  the  knife  so  that  this 
"scalp"  can  be  replaced  and  won't 
fall  in.  Then  scoop  out  the  seeds, 
carve  a  face  on  one  side  of  the  rind, 
put  a  candle  inside,  and  use  it  to  scare 
away  the  dead  spirits  that  rise  up  from 
the  ground  on  Halloween.  This 
apotropaic  rite  battens  on  the  pump- 
kin because  of  its  skull-like  shape. 
This  similarity  has  also  inspired  the 
derisive  term,  "pumpkin  head," 
meaning  dolt.  Likewise,  the  Latin 
satire  on  the  deification  of  the  em- 
peror Claudius  is  titled  the  "pump- 
kinification."  This  is  a  translation  of 
the  original  title,  Apocolocyntosis,  a 
pun  on  apotheosis  (deification),  in 
which  the  root  for  the  Greek  word  for 
"gourd"  replaces  the  root  for  the 
word  for  "god." 

Not  all  pumpkin  metaphors  are  de- 
rogatory. "Pumpkins"  are  also 
VIPs.  And  Boston  has  been  called 
Pumpkinshire,  presumably  from  the 
number  of  pumpkins  Bostonians  con- 
sumed. New  England  remains  a  cen- 
ter of  pumpkin  cookery,  and  you  will 
still  occasionally  find  thin  slices  of 
pumpkin  dried  and  hung  on  strings  in 
houses  there.  This  harks  back  to  colo- 
nial days,  when  the  pumpkin  was  a 
valued  staple.  Indians  used  it  for 
flour. 

Today,  in  America,  pumpkins  are 
eaten  almost  exclusively  in  pies  in  the 


^yj^WGDDCRAFT 


2000  TOOL  CATALOG 

This  new  full  color  catalog  features 
J  wide  selection  of  the  finest  qualit)' 
imported  and  domestic  woodworking 
tools  and  accessories.  Tools  for  Cab- 
mctmaking,  Woodcarving,  Marquetr;- 
and  Veneering.  Finishing  and  >X'ork- 
bcnches  fill  out  the  traditional  line. 
Specialty  tools  range  from  Gun 
Checkering  to  Musical  Instruments 
.ind  Miniature  Craft  tools.  A  selec- 
tion of  Design  Books,  How-to  Books 
and  Early  American  Measured 
Drawings  make  this  catalog  a  valu- 
able aid  to  a  woodworker's  shop. 

Catalog  50c  in  Coin  or  Stamps 

WGDDCRAFT 

Dept.  NA106     S13  Montvale  Ave. 
V  WOBURN,  MASS.  01801  / 


The 


Qentlemans 


bythe 
Cljesapeakg  '^Bay 
Trading  Co. 


you  too  can  ou'n  a  pair 
ot  jeans  with  the  look  and 
the  styling  that's  become  so 
popular  today.  Our  jeans 
are  specifically  designed  for 
the  adult  figure  and  you  \viU 
find  them  comfortable  the 
instant  you  put  them  on. 
Thev  are  made  of  very  soft 
pre-shrunk   polyester  and 


machine 
r  need  ironing.  From  the  golf  course  to  the 
es  to  a  back  yard  barbecue,  vou  will  be  at 

home  in  your  new  gentleman's  jeans. $18^'^  pp. 

Special    Offer:    Buy  two  pair  and  save. 

Simply  deduct  SI. 00  for  each  additional  pair 

I  Cliesapeakg'^ayTiading  Com 


P.O.  Box  5879,  FikesviUe,  Md.  21208 

Colors*  '-'^™''^  blue,  faded  blue,  camel, 
white,  natural,  brown 


Sizes:  30,  31,  32,  33,  34,36,  38,  40,  42 
Prs.  Size Length  

Name  

I  Address 


Color  _ 
Color. 


TF(ETV[AI?KET_ 


Art 


FOR  CHRISTMAS;  OIL  PORTRAITS  painted  on 
canvas  from  photos.  From  $49.95  (12  X  16).  Van 
De  Mark,  1275-J5  Rock  Avenue,  Nortti  Plainfield 
NJ  07060  

"COLLECTOR'S  SERIES"™  lithographs  Wildlife, 
Indian,  Flowers,  American  Scenes,  Airplane,  Auto- 
mobile, Railroad  prints.  Send  $1  GO  for  catalog 
"Collector's  Series",  161  W.  Harrison,  Chicago,  IL 

60605 

YOUR  PORTRAIT  in  Ceramic  Sculpture.  Skillfully 
crafted  from  photographs.  Illustrated  brochure. 
Box  13135,  El  Paso,  TX  79912 

GREAT  HORNED  OWL,  BENGAL  TIGER,  African 
Elephant,  Young  Prairie  Falcon,  limited  edition 
prints.  Singing  Sparrow,  P.O.  Box  4156,  Boulder, 
CO  80302 


Artifacts 


ARCHEOLOGISTS— 10,000  outstanding  Charrua 
(extinct  Uruguayan  Indian)  artifacts  available  for 
museum  or  private  collection;  Arrowheads  (includ- 
ing 14  famous  fishtail  heads),  knives,  perforators, 
hammers,  etc  Slides  available  Write;  Bench,  196 
Bell  Road,  Scarsdale,  NY  10583 


Astronomy 


SKYWATCHER'S  ALMANAC  1977.  Sunrise,  sun- 
set, moonrise.  moonset,  and  phases  custom-com- 
puted for  your  latitude  and  longitude  anywhere  in 
worid.  Also  planetary  phenomena  and  selected 
star  coordinates  Wall  calendar  format.  In  use  by 
schools,  planetariums,  newspapers,  amateurs  and 
professionals  everywhere.  $9.00  US.  currency. 
Foreign  orders  specify  geographical  coordinates 
Californians  add  sales  tax.  Astronomical  Data  Ser- 
vice, 1901  Old  Middlefield  Way,  Suite  14C,  Moun- 
tain View,  CA  94043 


Book  Publishers 


BOOKS  PRINTED  from  well-typed  pages.  BIOG- 
RAPHY PRESS,  Rt.  1-745,  Aransas  Pass,  TX  78336 


BOOK  PUBLISHING— manuscripts  and  inquiries 
invited.  "AUTHORS'  GUIDE  TO  PUBLICATION" 
free  upon  request  Dorrance  &  Company,  Dept. 
AA,  35  Cricket  Terrace,  Ardmore,  PA  19003 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK!  Join  our  successful  au- 
thors in  a  complete,  reliable  publishing  program; 
publicity,  advertising,  promotion,  beautiful  books 
All  subjects  invited-  Send  for  fact-filled  booklet  and 
free  manuscript  report  Carlton  Press,  Dept.  NHJ, 
84  Fifth  Avenue.  New  York  1001 1 


Books 


MOCKEL'S  DESERT  FLOWER  NOTEBOOK.  Soft 
cover,  165  illustrations,  54  full  color.  Two  indexes; 
Common  and  Botanical  Names.  $6.95  postpaid. 
Artist— Henry  R.  Mockel,  P.O.  Box  726.  Twentynine 
Palms,  CA  92277 


Clothing 


FREE  CATALOG,  WILDERNESS  GEAR,  CLOTH- 
ING, Books.  Moor  &  Mountain  D28,  63  Park  Street, 
Andover,  MA  01810 


Collector's  Items 


"APACHE" 

STONE     ARROWHEADS 

25  -  $5.50 

100 -$15.00^ 

COUNCIL  HOUSE  RM  1239 

Apache  Junction,  AZ  8S220 


GEM  STONES:  Amethysts,  aquamarines,  sap- 
phires, diamonds,  etc.  Buyer's  agent.  Inquiries  in- 
vited. Kimberlil,  P.O  Box  585,  Greenport,  NY 
11944 


ROCKS  IN  YOUR  HEAD"?  You'll  love  us!  Join  Wortd- 
Wide  Mineral  Club  Free  Details  Mineral  of  the 
Month  Club.  Box  487-HP,  Yucaipa,  CA  92399 

Employment  Information 

AUSTRAL!  A— NEW  ZEALAND  WANTS  YOU ! !  I  50.- 
000  Jobs'  Paid  Transportation,  Latest  information 
and  forms  $1  00.  AUSTCO,  Box  3623-NH,  Long 
Beach.  CA  90803 

OVERSEAS  JOBS— Now  Hiring.  103  Countries,  All 
Occupations,  High  Pay,  Free  Transportation,  Tax 
Benefits,  Latest  Computerized  Reports — $2  00 
TRANSWORLD,  International  Airport,  Box  90802- 
NH.  Los  Angeles.  CA  90009 
Energy 

SOLAR  ENERGY  DIGEST.  Fascinating  illustrated 
newsletter  covering  woridwide  solar  energy  devel- 
opments Sample,  $1  00.  P  O.  Box  17776NH,  San 
Diego,  CA  921 17 

Friendiships 

MAKE  FRIENDS  WORLDWIDE  through  interna- 
tional  correspondence  Illustrated  brochure  free! 
Hermes-Verlag.  Box  110660  /NH,  D-1000  Berlin 
1 1 ,  Germany 


ages  8  to  80  Choose  English,  French,  or  Spanish 
edition.  $4.50  per  deck  Ampersand  Press,  Dept. 
H9,  2603  Grove  St.,  Oakland,  CA  94612 

UNIQUE  JEWELRY;  Gold  or  silver  cloisonne  rings, 
pendants  with  naturalistic  animal  or  floral  motifs. 
Made  to  your  design  or  mine.  Call  Thea.  (212)  787- 
7599 


POSTERS  OF  THE  PAST 

1,000  fascinating  posters  and  tiandbills  of  IStKand  19tti  cen- 
turies. Reproduced  from  originals,  tracing  America's  social 
and  political  history.  Unusual,  decorative,  informative.  Most 
under  $1.  Send  25*  for  complete  catalog. 

BUCK  HILL  ASSOCIATES 

Dept.    NH    Garnet    Lake   Rd.,   Johnsburg,   N.Y.    12843 


Gourmet  Interests 


Gifts 


UNIOUE  GIFT  OF  LASTING  FRAGRANCE;  Old- 
fashioned  potpourri  of  rosebuds,  lavender,  dozen 
other  flowers  and  herbs  in  elegant  crystal  apothe- 
cary. 45  oz— $15  00.  24  oz.— $10.00.  Postpaid.  G 
&  J  Distributors.  4523K  Labath.  Santa  Rosa.  CA 

95401 

NATURE'S  PLAN  IN  A  GAME.  PREDATOR,  the 
Food  Chain  Card  Game.  Great  gift  for  nature  lovers 


HERBS— Informative  Herbal  Chart  (30  x  40)  $5.50 
Postpaid.  Herb  Teas,  Potpourri  etc  Free  catalog 
Casey's  Herbs.  Box  901 ,  Woodside.  NY  1 1 377 

TEA  DEVOTEES  Savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Brochure  $1  00  (applied  to  first  order).  Grace  Tea 
Importers.  Dept.  NH  86,  799  Broadway.  NYC  1 0003 


Magazines 


BACK  ISSUE  MAGAZINES.  Over  200  titles.  1890 
to  1976.  Send  stamped  envelope.  Free  List.  Every- 
body's Bookshop  Dept.  NH.  317  West  6th.  Los  An- 
geles. CA  90014 


Herbalist  Lima  Peru 


Ii8 


NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976,  Any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants  Buxbaum  Geographies, 
Box  465-NH,  Wllminglon,  DE  19899 

WILDLIFE  MAGAZINE  International  in  scope,  au- 
thoritative, informative,  colourful.  Aimed  at  enlliusi- 
asls,  enjoyed  by  the  whole  family  Described  by 
one  American  reader  as  "the  most  beautiful  and 
educational  magazine  in  the  world."  Also,  buy  your 
books  through  our  carefully  selected  monthly  list- 
ing Send  lor  sample  copy  to  Wildlife,  243  King's 
Road,  London  SW3.  England 

Music 

RECORDS-TAPES!  Discounts  to  73%;  all  labels;  no 
purchase  obligations;  newsletter;  discount  divi- 
dend certificates;  100%  guarantees.  Free  details. 
Discount  IVlusic  Club,  650  Main  SI  ,  Dept  25-1 076. 
NewRochelle,  NY  10801 

YORK,  PA.  UNUSUAL  TRADITIONAL  CHRISTMAS 
CAROLS  Played  on  100-year-old  Factory  Steam 
Whistle.  7",  33y3  LP  Album  $4.50,  Cassette  Tape 
$6.00.  MARLIN  L.  RYAN,  331  Harding  Court,  York. 
PA  17403 

Musical  Instruments 

BANJO  KITS  Write  for  free  catalog.  Stewart-Mac- 
Donald  Mfg..  Box  900  BT,  Athens,  OH  45701 

KITS!  Build  dulcimers,  guitars,  balalaikas,  harps, 
mandolins,  banjos.  From $2.95.  Finished  dulcimers 
from  $23  95  Free  Catalog.  8665  West  13th  Avenue 
NH,  Denver,  CO  80215 


Music  Instruction 


FASTEST  PIANO  COURSE  IN  HISTORY!  Uses  pat- 
ented system.  Send  tor  free  information.  Box  751  -A. 
La  Canada,  CA  91011 


Optics 


OPTIC  DISCOUNTS;  Binoculars  —  Telescopes  — 
Brand  Names  —  Free  List  —  Thomas  Manetta,  61 
Hoffman  Ave.,  Elmont.  NY  11003 


Photography 


STOCK  PHOTO  AGENT  looking  for  nature  material 
to  represent  to  photo  markets  Color  trans- 
parencies and  b/w  photos  All  subjects.  Write 
TAURUS  PHOTOS,  1 18  East  28th  St.,  New  York.  NY 
10016.  Phone;  (212)  683-4025 

16MM  FILMS.  Beautiful  photography  from  Antarc- 
tica, the  Galapagos  Islands,  and  undenwater  expe- 
ditions in  the  Caribbean  For  sale.  Send  for  informa- 
tion. Tulsa  Films,  P.O  Box  7745  Southside  Station, 
Tulsa,  OK  74112 


Ftare  Maps 


16TH— 19TH  CENTURY  ORIGINAL  MAPS.  Our 
handsome  68-page  catalog  $1.50.  The  Windsor 
Collection,  111  Canterbury  Drive.  Wilmington.  DE 
19803  


Real  Estate 


DIGBY.  NOVA  SCOTIA— 83  ACRES,  Ocean  View, 
utilities.  $16,500,  terms.  Steven  Jaffe,  160  E.  89th, 
NYC  10028  (212)  831-7886  


Seashells 


SEASHELL  SAMPLER  200  Assorted  Shells  for 
craftwork  or  collectors!  Plus  SHELLCRAR  IDEA 
BOOKLET  and  illustrated  Seashell  catalog.  $1 3.50 
BENJANE  ARTS.  Dept.  KTA,  320  Hempstead  Ave, , 
W  Hempstead,  NY  11552 

SEASHELLS;  Illustrated  catalogue,  25  cents.  Com- 
pare prices  on  guaranteed  specimen  quality  shells. 
Old  Shell  Game,  Box  330722,  Miami,  FL  33133 


Stamps 


ANIMALS  OR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS.  25  different— 
750.  plus  list  of  Topical  Collections.  GEORGE 
FORD.  Box  5203-N,  Gulfport,  FL  33737 

FREE;  Discount  Price  List  for  U.S.  Stamps.  Stevens, 
Box  610546-J,  North  Miami,  FL  33161 


SHELLS,  ANIMALS,  NATURE  on  stamps  Write  for 
approval  selection  Southland  Stamps,  Box  264, 
Shreveport.  t-A  71162 

BIRDS  ON  STAMPS  Beautifully  mounled;  original, 
decorative  pages  $2,95  Marvin  Cohen.  37  Acker- 
man,  Sulfern,  NY  10901 

Travel 

CIRCLE  Z  RANCH— Horseback  riding,  fantastic 
bitding,  tennis,  heated  pool,  historic  unspoiled 
area.  November  through  fulay  Limit  40  guests  Bro- 

chure;  Box  194,  Patagonia,  AZ  85624 

ENJOY  SOUTHEASTERN  ARIZONA  Our  area  is 
secluded  and  uncommercial  Outstanding  birding 
Excellent  nature  study  opportunities  Trails,  wilder- 
ness for  hiking,  backpacking,  etc  Comtonably 
mild  Chiricahua  Mountain  climate  year  round  Cot- 
tages, apartments,  pool  Free  brochure,  birdlisl 
Cave  Creek  Ranch,  Portal.  AR  85632  (602)  558- 
2334  


ESCAPE  TO  THE  WILDS  OF  WYOMING  Vacation 
year  round  high  in  Bighorn  National  Forest  Plenty 
of  horses,  fishing,  big  game,  and  cross-country  ski- 
ing Spear-0-Wigwam  Ranch.  Box  1081 .  Shendan, 

WY  82801  (307)  674-4496 

MAPS  TO  ANYWHEREi  Beautiful  city  and  country 
maps  Free  brochures.  Travel  Centers  of  the  World. 
P  O   Box  1673,  Hollywood,  CA  90028 


MEXICO  Private  valley,  sun,  thermal  pools,  mas- 
sage, gourmet  vegetarian  cuisine  $15  daily  in- 
cludes meals  RanchoRioCaliente,  Apdo  1-1 187. 
C3uadalajara,  Mexico 


NEW  MEXICO  Guided  witdflower— birding  tours. 
Photography  blind.  Bear  Mountain  Ranch,  Silver 
City,  NM  88061  (505)  538-2538 


WILDLIFE  VACATIONS  IN  SCOTLAND  April- 
November.  Viewing,  photography  Write  INTERNA- 
TIONAL AIRMAIL;  Caledonian  Wildlife  Services. 
Kingsmills  Gardens.  Inverness  IV2  3LU  SCOT- 
LAND  

WINTER  EXPEDITIONS  TO  BAJA  CALIFORNIA 
Study  birdlife,  seals,  whales,  natural  history  of  Pa- 
cific islands  and  lagoons  Other  unique  expeditions 
worldwide  Wnte;  Nature  Expeditions  International, 
Dept.  NC,  Suite  F,  4546  El  Camino  Real,  Los  Altos 
CA  94022 


TROPICAL  EXPEDITIONS  in  January  and  Febru- 
ary You  explore  the  wilds  with  naturalist  guides 
Strong  ecological  emphasis  Choose  9  or  17  days 
in  Guatemala;  a  week  in  the  Everglades,  Big 
Cypress  Swamp  or  Cumberland  Island,  WILDER- 
NESS SOUTHEAST,  4405  Paulsen.  Savannah,  GA 
31406(912)355-8008 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 


$1.50  per  word;  16  word  ($24)  minimum.  Display 
classified  is  $1 50  per  inch.  Rates  are  not  structured 
for  agency  and  frequency  discounts  or  billing.  All 
advertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid.  Send 
check/money  order  payable  to  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY for  each  insertion,  including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone.  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text.  Deadlines — 8th  of 
month,  two  months  pnor  to  cover  date.  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication. 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words;  abbreviations  and 
zip  codes  as  one  word  each.  All  states  are  shown 
in  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip.  then  telephone 
(with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  "18 
Main  St."  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  for  clarity  is  required.  We  trust  you  trust 
us.  Thank  you! 


late  fall  and  winter.  This  is  a  shame 
in  many  ways.  Excellent  canned 
pumpkin  puree  is,  or  ought  to  be, 
available  year-round.  And  the  pump- 
kin is  too  versatile  and  delicious  to  be 
relegated  to  one  ceremonial  dessert 
and  otherwise  fed  to  livestock. 

Once  it  has  been  pureed,  pumpkin 
can  be  treated  in  much  the  same  way 
as  potato  (see  recipes  below).  The 
seeds,  of  course,  should  be  eaten  as 
a  snack .  To  prepare ,  simmer  in  plenty 
of  salt  water  for  a  half  hour,  drain, 
dry  on  paper,  and  toast  in  a  low  oven 
until  lightly  browned.  Other  interna- 
tional recipes  for  pumpkin  are  now 
available  in  Sheryl  London's  new 
culinary  treatise.  Eggplant  & 
Squash:  A  Versatile  Feast  (Athen- 
eum.  S12.95).  London  mentions 
West  Indian  pumpkin  chips,  sweet 
and  sour  pumpkin.  French  pumpkin 
soup  with  Grand  Marnier,  leek  and 
pumpkin  soup  from  Italy,  an  English 
cream  of  pumpkin  with  ham.  pump- 
kin ring,  Indian  pumpkin  curry, 
pumpkin  amandine,  Armenian 
pumpkin  and  lamb  shanks  with  mint. 
North  African  pumpkin  stew  with 
meat  and  cabbage.  Jamaican  and 
South  American  stuffed  pumpkins, 
pumpkin  jam.  three  pumpkin  breads, 
and  a  host  of  pumpkin  desserts. 

This  does  not  begin  to  exhaust  the 
pumpkin  repertoire.  Moroccans 
make  a  pumpkin  couscous.  French 
provincial  cooks  have  been  known  to 
puree  shrimp  and  pumpkin  for  a  milk- 
based  soup.  In  the  Netherlands  An- 
tilles one  can  find  pumpkin  pancakes. 
Mexicans  fill  quesadillas  (tortilla 
turnovers)  with  a  preparation  made 
from  pumpkin  blossoms. 

So  much  can  be  done  with  pump- 
kin puree  that  it  makes  an  ideal  me- 
dium for  personal  experimentation. 
Start  with  small  pumpkins,  however, 
because  the  puree  will  sour  more 
readily  than  most  vegetables  and 
there  is  no  particular  advantage  in 
making  up  a  huge  batch  ahead  of 
time.  Peel  the  pumpkin,  discard  seeds 
and  strings,  and  cut  the  flesh  into 
chunks.  Cook  in  simmering  water  to 
cover  for  20  minutes.  Drain.  Mash  or 
puree  in  a  blender.  Like  mashed  po- 
tato, pumpkin  puree  can  be  seasoned 
according  to  your  whim,  and  you  can 
quite  easily  give  it  the  flavor  of  what- 
ever culinary  region  the  rest  of  your 
menu  may  conjure  up.  Garlic  and 
oregano  give  you  Italian  pumpkin. 
Butter  and  cream  take  us  north  to  the 
He  de  France.  And  so  on. 

And  so  I  give  you  the  pumpkin, 
enigmatic  fruit,  gourd  of  all  seasons. 


119 


M- 


snare  me  MIS 
of  Exploring  f 
outer  space; 


All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  this 
superb  RV-6,  e-inch 
available  ^^^    ?15  Crating 

on  easy  terms!  ^  Cliarge 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picl(ing  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE-the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterton  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Corn.  06110 

S  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Otfi 


CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.Depl.  NH-71 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

Name 

Address . 


Classic,  Indestructible 
Drizzler  Travel  Hat  $11 

Handsome'Drizzler"  travel  hat  with  the 
classic  2"  brim  is  virtually  indestructible. 
Soak  it,  crush  it,  pocket  it  ...  no  matter 
how  you  treat  it,  the  Drizzler  will  spring 
back  to  its  handsome  pre-blocked  shape. 
Dacron  polyester  and  cotton  poplin  is 
lightweight  and  water  repellent.  Heal  for 
travel,  golf,  leisure.  British  tan,  navy  or 
yellow  in  sizes  6%  to  8. 

D  Please  send  catalogue 


Mail   Orders:    Cable   Car  Clothrers/Robert   Kirk.    Ltd. 
No.  1,50  Post  St..  S.  F.  Cal.  94108  (415)  397-7733 

Item  Hat  (71002)     Size Colour(s)         '      Qty. 


D  Check      Charge:    D  .M/C    D  B/A    D  Cable  Car  Chg, 

Bank  Card  #    — ^ Expires 

Add  $2.00  Ship  &  Hdlg:  Cal.  Residents  Add  Sales  Tax 


But  before  you  embark  on  an  all- 
pumpkin  diet,  I  wish  to  counsel  even 
mildly  profeminist  cooks  against  fall- 
ing into  the  vulgar  and  ideologically 
regressive  trap  of  serving  soup  inside 
a  whole  pumpkin.  On  first  glance, 
this  will  seem  a  spectacular  mode  of 
presentation.  But  reflect.  The  whole 
pumpkin  is  a  symbol  of  female  peon- 
age and  confinement  in  a  male  world. 
Remember  Cinderella's  midnight  hu- 
miliation. Or  recite  to  yourself: 
Peter,  Peter  Pumpkin-Eater, 

Had  a  wife  and  couldn't  keep  her. 
He  put  her  in  a  pumpkin  shell. 

And  there  he  kept  her  very  well. 

Giraumonade 

(Martinican  Pumpkin  Puree) 

2  tablespoons  oil  or  lard 
1  tablespoon  chopped  chives 

1  clove  garlic,  peeled  and  chopped 

2  sprigs  parsley,  chopped 

1  pinch  dried  thyme 

2  basil  leaves,  chopped 

1  fresh  chili  pepper,  chopped  or 

1  dried  chili,  crumbled 
1  pound  pumpkin  puree 

1.  Heat  the  oil  or  lard  in  a  skillet. 
Add  all  ingredients  except  pump- 
kin. Saute  until  browning  begins. 

2.  Stir  in  pumpkin.  Mix  well  and 
serve  as  a  side  dish. 

Yield:  4  servings 

Pumpkin  and  Leek  Soup 

3  cups  well-washed,  sliced  leek 
(white  and  tender  green  parts) 

1  pound  pumpkin  puree  or 

1  pound  raw  pumpkin  chunks 

Salt 

Pepper 
1  cup  yogurt,  sour  cream,  or  heavy 

cream 

1 .  Combine  leek  and  pumpkin  with 
1  quart  water  in  a  large  saucepan. 
Bring  to  a  boil,  reduce  heat,  and 
simmer  until  solid  ingredients  are 
very  soft,  about  20  minutes. 

2 .  Put  through  a  food  mill  or  blender . 

3.  Season  to  taste.  Serve  hot  or 
chilled.  You  may  stir  in  the  yo- 
gurt, sour  cream,  or  heavy  cream 
before  serving  (at  which  point  ad- 
just seasoning)  or  pass  a  bowl  of 
it  separately  so  that  it  can  be  dol- 
loped  on  by  individual  guests  at 
the  table. 

Yield:  6  servings 

Raymond  Sokolov's  most  recent 
cookbook  is  The  Saucier 's  Appren- 
tice, a  guide  to  French  sauces. 


Carry  TEN  TIMES 
a  Wheelbarrow  Load 
with  INCREDIBLE  EASE! 

These  BIG,  strong  carts  are  perfectly  balanced 
on  two  huge  wheels  —  roll  easily  over  lawns 
and  gardens  —  carry  up  to  400  lbs.  of  load 
—  huge  volume  capacity  means  you  make 
fewer  trips  —  you'll  save  time  and  steps. 
If  you  are  still  struggling  with  a  wheelbarrow 
or  inadequate  cart  (with  tiny  wheels)  send  for 
FREE  Cart  Catalog.  Build-it-yourself  kits,  too. 

GARDEN  WAY  RESEARCH,  Dept  60350^ 

Charlotte, 

Vermont 

05445 


DESTINATION  CEYLON 

Deligfit   in   Sri   Lanka's  2500-year-old   an- 
tiquities, hill  stations,  beaches.  26  deluxe 
days;   escorted   departures.   Feb.  &   Sept. 
Free  brochure  "H": 
CEYLON  (SRI  LANKA)TOURIST  BOARD 
.    609  Fifth  Ave.,  N.Y.  10017  •  (212)  935-0369 


Brain  Puzzler's  Delight 


Us 


ft 


By  E.  R.  Emmet 

A  treasury  of  unique 
mind-stretching  puzzles 
that  can  be  solved  by 
straight,  logical  thinking 
and  reasoning.  No  special- 
ized math.  Offers  the  pleas- 
ures of  discovering  solu- 
tions through  use  of 
ingenuity,  imagination,  in- 
sight, and  logic.  Stimulates 
and  refreshes  the  mind. 
Fascinating,  entertaining 
puzzles,  arranged  in  order 
of  difficulty,  with  (some 
amazing! )  solutions  and 
full  explanations  at  end  of 
book.         ILLUSTRATED 


S6.95,  plus  60?  handling,  10-Day  Money  Back  Guarantee. 

EMERSON  BOOKS,  Inc.,  Dept.  429C 

Buchanan,  N.Y.  10511 


^BOOK  HUNTING?-^ 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-of-print.  Fiction,  nonfictlon. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
rind  Itl  (Title  alone  Is  sufficient.)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


for  executives  and  professional  people 

LOANS  by  MAIL 

De"s^r^5^?o""A  $10,000 

Personal,  private.  No  security  required.  Your 
signature  only.  All  details  arranged  rapidly  by 
^maiL  Reasonable  rates.  Please  mail  coupon  for 
^^I^Jj^ormation.^^o^J^tion. 

Wilson,  Vice  President 
POSTAL  THRIFT  LOANS,  INC.,  Dept.  82-10 
703  Douglas  St.,  Sioux  City,  Iowa  51102 
Please  send  complete  Information  in  plain  envelope. 


Name- 


Address- 
City- 


iffiliate  of  The  St.   Paul  Companies,   Inc 


=J 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

invites  you  to  join  a  select  party 
limited  to  1 50  members  and  friends 

VOYAGE  TO 
MAYALUUM 

world  of  the  ancient  Maya  civilization 
in  Central  America 
February  6  to  20, 1977 


Sail  in  comfort  aboard  the  motor  yacht , 
ARGONAUT,  set  on  a  special  course  for  the 
pleasure  of  exploring  and  studying  remote  and 
recently  uncovered  pre-Columbian  sites  of  the 
ancient  Maya.  Enjoy  islands  of  natural  beauty 
with  offshore  reefs  and  seagardens  undisturbed 
by  tourism.  Travel  in  the  stimulating  company  of 
our  distinguished  American  Museum  scientists 
and  scholars.  Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm,  Curator 
Emeritus,  Department  of  Anthropology,  and 
Dr.  C.  Lavett  Smith,  Chairman  and  Curator, 
Department  of  Ichthyology. 
Cabin  prices  range  from  $1 780  to  $21 25. 
There  is  a  tax-deductible  contribution  to  the 
Museum  of  $400  per  person. 


Ellen  Stancs 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10024 


Please  send  an  itinerary  and 
other  information  about  the 
VOYAGE  TO  MAYALUUM 


MU^GUMOI^ 


Sky  Reporter 


Stars  by  the  Cluster 


Dark  clouds  and  recently 
discovered  X-rays  associated 
with  dense  aggregations  of  stars 
perpetuate  the  mysteries 
surrounding  these  objects 

About  120  globular  clusters  have 
been  found  in  our  galaxy.  The  bright- 
est ones  are  visible  to  the  naked  eye 
as  fuzzy  patches  of  light.  Telescopes 
reveal  them  to  be  huge  aggregations 
of  stars,  among  the  most  spectacular 
sights  in  the  heavens.  Edmund  Hal- 
ley,  the  British  astronomer  for  whom 
the  famous  comet  was  named,  was 
one  of  the  first  to  speculate  on  the  size 
of  these  objects.  He  thought  that  a 
cluster  might  occupy  a  region  "im- 
mensely great,  and  perhaps  not  less 
than  our  whole  solar  system."  Mod- 
ern observations  prove  that  a  typical 
globular  cluster  is  larger  by  far  than 
this  eighteenth-century  estimate  and 
may  include  hundreds  of  thousands  or 
even  a  few  million  stars  within  a  ra- 
dius of  100  light-years. 

The  stars  on  the  outskirts  of  a  glob- 
ular cluster  are  sufficiently  far  from 
each  other  to  enable  us  to  photograph 
and  study  them.  But  in  the  central 
core,  the  stars  are  packed  so  closely 
together  that  our  best  telescopes  can- 
not resolve  them.  A  typical  star  in  the 
center  of  a  globular  cluster  may  be 
only  a  third  of  a  light-year  away  from 
its  neighbors.  (By  contrast,  the  sun  is 
four  light-years  from  its  nearest  star, 
Proxima  Centauri.)  In  some  very 
dense  cluster  cores,  the  stars  are  still 
closer  together.  Because  of  the  com- 
bined illumination  of  the  surrounding 
stars,  the  inhabitants  (if  any)  of  such 
a  region  would  experience  evening 
skies  much  brighter  than  earthly 
nights  illuminated  by  a  full  moon. 

In  1714,  H  alley  discovered  the 
brightest  globular  cluster  of  the  north- 
ern sky.  He  described  it  as  just  a  '  'lit- 
tle patch,"  but  a  later  telescopic  ob- 


server wrote,  "Perhaps  no  one  ever 
saw  it  without  uttering  a  shout  of 
wonder."  Called  M  13,  this  object  in 
the  constellation  Hercules  gave  rise  to 
a  long  controversy  over  dark  matter 
in  globular  clusters,  which  began  in 
1850  when  William  Parsons,  the 
wealthy  third  earl  of  Rosse,  examined 
M  13  with  his  private  telescope  at  Birr 
Castle,  Ireland.  This  reflector,  with 
its  six-foot-diameter  metal  mirror, 
was  then  by  far  the  largest  telescope 
ever  made.  With  it.  Lord  Rosse  also 
discovered  the  spiral  arms  of  galaxies 
and  the  filaments  of  the  Crab  Nebula. 
On  May  6  of  that  year  he  first  noticed 


a  dark  streak  across  M  13.  He  ob- 
served and  sketched  the  cluster  again 
in  1851  and  1855  and  noted  two  more 
dark  lanes.  One  sketch,  which  was 
shown  to  the  Royal  Society,  reveals 
three  dark  lanes  that  meet  at  a  com- 
mon point  at  roughly  equal  angles, 
making  a  pattern  like  an  upside-down 
Mercedes-Benz  emblem.  This  pat- 
tern was  seen  again  forty  years  later 
when  M  1 3  was  photographed  at  Lick 
Observatory  in  California. 

The  Lick  investigator  was  Edward 
S.  Holden,  a  well-known  American 
astronomer  who  also  served  as  pres- 
ident of  the  University  of  California. 


Cerro  Tololo  Inter-American  Observatory 


by  Stephen  P.  Maran 


He  took  seven  photographs  of  M  1 3 
in  1 890  and  1 89 1 .  The  best  one ,  made 
on  July  28,  1891,  was  so  good  that 
copies  of  it  were  sent  to  leading  ob- 
servatories of  the  day.  Holden  con- 
firmed the  three-armed  dark  pattern 
and  claimed  he  found  many  more  ex- 
amples within  the  cluster  of  three 
dark  streaks  meeting  at  a  common 
point  at  approximately  equal  angles. 
He  also  found  some  instances  of  two 
dark  streaks.  He  thought  that  the  dark 
lanes  were  true  channels,  "empty  of 
stars,"  and  seemed  to  regard  the  pat- 
tern as  a  structural  element,  recurring 
at  least  a  dozen  times  throughout  the 
cluster  like  the  leitmotiv  of  a  Wagner 
opera. 

Holden  believed  that  the  points 
where  the  dark  lanes  met  were  "cen- 
ters of  force"  related  to  unknown 
processes  that  had  formed  the  star 
cluster.  He  expected  that  better  pho- 
tographs, when  they  could  be  ob- 
tained, would  reveal  additional  three- 
armed  sets  of  dark  lanes  in  M  1 3 .  In 
1899,  when  improved  photos  were 
made  at  Lick,  they  failed  to  confirm 
his  expectations.  In  fact,  on  the  best 
of  the  1899  pictures,  a  careful  search 
of  Holden 's  dark  lanes  showed  that  at 
least  five  dim  stars  were  present  in  all 
but  two  of  the  lanes. 


A  swarm  of  more  than  half  a 
million  closely  packed  stars, 
47  Tucanae  is  a  bright  globular 
cluster  in  the  southern  sky 
some  13,000  light-years  from 
the  earth.  Seen  here  as 
photographed  with  a  four-meter 
telescope  in  Chile,  the  cluster 
is  about  12  billion  years  old, 
making  it  one  of  the  oldest 
objects  in  our  galaxy. 


THIS  BIG  VAT,  and  what's  inside  it,  is  the 
reason  Jack  Daniel's  Whiskey  is  sippin'  smooth. 

We  own  24  of  these  vats  that  run  the  height 
of  a  good-sized  room.  And  each  one  is  filled 
with  tiny  pieces  of  hard  maple  charcoal.  Well, 
every  drop  of  our  whiskey  is  slow-seeped 
through  one  of  these  vats  before  aging.  And 
more  than  anything,  this  trip  through  the  charcoal 
accounts  for  Jack  Daniel's 
smoothness.  Of  course, 
the  whole  process  takes 
time.  (Just  making  the 
charcoal  requires  four 
days.)  But  you'll  notice 
the  difference  it  makes  in 
one  sip  of  Jack  Daniel's. 


CHARCOAL 
MELLOWED 

6 

DROP 

6 

BY  DROP 


Tennessee  Whiskey  •  90  Proof  •  Distilled  and  Bottled  by  Jack  Daniel  Distillery 

Lem  Motlow,  Prop.,  Inc.,  Lynchburg  (Pop.  361),  Tennessee  37352 

Placed  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  by  the  United  States  Government. 


123 


GOOSE  DOWN  WATCH  CAP 

The  shape  is  a  long-time  favorite . . .  Bauer 
goose  down  adds  new  warmth.  So  light 
you'll  hardly  know  you're  wearing  it,  and 
so  compact  it  stuffs  easily  into  your 
pocket.  Water-repellent  Nylon  taffeta  with 
stretch-knit  turn-down  brim.  Sizes: 
3(61/2-7),  M{7Vb-7Va),  1(73/5-71/2),  XL(7y8- 
8).  Colors:  Camouflage,  Red,  Black,  Dark 
Green.  0135  Cap  $9.95  postpaid. 

BLIZZARD-PROOF 
BALACLAVA 

Wear  one  hiking, 
climbing,  back- 
packing, hunt- 
ing, fishing, 
cycling,  skiing 
or  on  vacation 
trips.  Sherpa- 
style  hat  is 
100%  brushed 
wool.  Wear  it 
rolled  up  as  a 
cap  or  rolled 
down  to  protect 
ears,  forehead, 
neck  and  chin.  Small  visor  and  jaunty  top- 
not.  Sizes:  One  size  fits  all.  Colors:  Red, 
Orange,  Dark  Blue,  White,  Green.  1750 
Hat  $4.95  postpaid. 


SPORTSMAN'S  CAP 

Warm  at  sub-zero  and  comfortable  at  50° 
because  it  "breathes."  Crown  and  turn- 
down storm  flaps  are  insulated  with  Bauer 
Goose  Down  quilted  in  Nylon/cotton  fab- 
ric. Sizes:  S(6y2-7),  M(7y8-7y4),  L(7%- 
7y2),  XL(75/a-8).  Colors:  Red,  Olive, 
Autumn  Tan,  Camouflage.  0138  Cap 
$13.95  postpaid. 

f  Order  Today!  Money  Back  guarantee!  -\ 

Enclosed  is  my  ctieck  or  money  order  for 

$ (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable 

Please  RUSH  my  order. 
n0135  Watch  Cap 

Size Color 

ni750  Balaclava 

Color 

□  0138  Sportsman's  Cap 

Size Color 

Name 

Address 

City 


State Zip 

□  Send  me  FREE  your  color  catalog  of  < 
1200  unique  outdoor  products. 


^.^3c^<i2/^Xc*i2/l^ 


!      Dept.    PHY,   Tiiird    S   Virginia,    Seattle.    WA   98124      ! 


The  nature  of  the  lanes  and  other 
dark  regions  in  globular  clusters  has 
been  much  debated  and  the  argu- 
ments have  been  revived  with  new 
vigor  in  the  past  twenty  years,  during 
which  time  many  more  dark  clouds 
have  been  found  in  globular  clusters 
under  study.  Holden's  concept  of 
mysterious  centers  of  force  has  been 
dropped  and  the  idea  that  the  lanes  are 
simply  accidental  gaps  in  the  spacing 
of  the  stars  has  also  found  few  advo- 
cates. Most  astronomers  favor  the 
theory  that  at  least  some  of  the  dark 
regions  are  due  to  absorption  of  light 
by  dust  clouds.  The  controversy  now 
centers  on  the  location  of  these  dark 
nebulae.  Are  they  actually  in  the  clus- 
ters, that  is,  true  "intraglobular  mat- 
ter," or  are  they  foreground  objects, 
closer  to  us  in  space  but  seen  against 
the  bright  surfaces  of  the  distant  clus- 
ters? There  seem  to  be  fundamental 
objections  to  both  possibilities. 

If  the  dark  regions  are  foreground 
dust  clouds ,  then  the  fact  that  so  many 
of  them  are  observed  against  the  glob- 
ular clusters  leads  to  an  estimate  of 
the  number  of  dark  nebulae  near  the 
sun  that  is  far  too  high.  On  the  other 
hand,  if  the  dark  regions  are  actually 
intraglobular  dust  clouds,  then  one 
expects  to  find  a  great  deal  of  gas  in 
the  clusters,  because  studies  of  the 
gas  and  dust  in  the  galaxy  have  con- 
sistently shown  that  where  diffuse 
matter  exists  in  space,  there  is  typi- 
cally 100  to  1 ,000  times  as  much  gas 
as  dust.  This  gas  is  mostly  composed 
of  hydrogen.  In  a  globular  cluster,  the 
hydrogen  atoms  might  be  electrically 
neutral,  in  which  case  they  would 
emit  radiation  at  a  wavelength  of  2 1 
centimeters ,  which  could  be  observed 
with  radio  telescopes.  Or,  alterna- 
tively, the  hydrogen  might  be  electri- 
cally charged,  in  which  case  radio 
waves  would  be  emitted  at  wave- 
lengths of  only  a  few  centimeters  and 
there  would  also  be  a  dim,  red  glow. 
Yet  several  teams  of  astronomers, 
using  sensitive  modern  instruments, 
have  searched  since  1970  for  each  of 
these  emissions  in  a  number  of  globu- 
lar clusters,  and  in  no  case  has  any 
radiation  been  found. 

Also  since  1970,  five  X-ray 
sources  have  been  located  in  globular 
clusters  by  two  NASA  satellites.  Dur- 
ing 1975/76,  these  sources  were  in- 
tensively studied  with  five  other 
spacecraft,  including  one  Dutch  sat- 
ellite carrying  an  American  X-ray 
telescope  in  its  payload.  These  obser- 
vations have  caused  a  furor  among 
astrophysicists.  Most  known  galactic 


SAVE  MONEY!  ^..^V.^lZs'^L 


BETTER-VUE 

35mm  slide 

PROTECTOR 

PAGES 


Made  of  heavy,  clear  vinyl  plastic. 
Twenty  separate  pockets  per  page. 
Best  protection  for  slides  and  trans- 
parencies. Pages  (8V2  x  11)  fit  all 
standard  3  ring  binders.  Write  lor 
otfier  sizes  and  low  prices. 


pages  hold 

1,000  slides 

ONLY 


Send  check  or  M.O.  FREE  postage 

JAY  PLASTICS,  INC.  Dept  NH 
^  1515  Fifth  Industrial  Court,  Bay  Shore,  N.Y.  11706    _j 


PIATIGNUM  ITALIC  SET 

1^  Contains  a  fountain  pen,  five 
/]\  italic  m(ii,  and  instruction 
l';-'^  manuaf  aff  for onfy  ^5.50... 
At  art  matcriafSr'pcn  sfiops, 
cof[c(]C  ^ 00k  stores... or scmC 
c(\cck  to  'Pentafic  Corj).,  132 
West  22  St.,  N.y,  N.y  loon 

Add  ^0  cents  for  fiandfina. 


1976-1977  ARCHAEOLOGICAL 
TOURS  TO  ISRAEL 

Professor  YIGAEL  YADIN 

Israel — 10  days 
Dec.  21 -Dec.  31,  1976 

Professor  CYRUS  GORDON 

Israel  and  Jordan 
(including  Mt.  Sinai  &  Petra) 

Jan.  10-Jan.  27,  1977 

Professor  ELIEZER  OPEN 

Israel 

April  24-May  8,  1977 

Including  Mt.  Sinai 

for  information; 

Archaeological  Tours  of  Israel 
424  Madison  Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 
212-758-0500 


AUTHORS  WANTED  BY 
NEW  YORK  PUBLISHER 

Leading  book  publisher  seeks  manuscripts  of  all 
types:  fiction,  non-fiction,  pwetry,  scholarly  and 
juvenile  works,  etc.  New  authors  welcomed.  For 
complete  information,  send  for  free  booklet  W-82. 
Vantage  Press,   516  W.   34  St..  New  York   lOOOl 


out  of  prinl.scarce.rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 
|-^  Botanv.  Zoolopv. 

jfie^  Onhidolop'. 

OO]<^0r^Uho.o,v.En, 
^*^-^-*-^rj    Irhttiyology. 

CATALOGUE  AVAILABIi,  $1.00 
19  Oiford  Placc/RKlnille  Ontre,  New  Tork  11570 


BIGFOOT 

Expedition  for  Hikers, Backpackers  and  Snowshoers 

You  search  for  Bigfoot  witti  a  scientist/naturalist/ 
tracker  in  wilderness  areas  of  California  and  Oregon. 
All  year.  Men  and  women  of  all  ages.  Limited  space. 
Write  lor  detailed  catalog:  BEAMER  EXPEDITIONS 
Dept.  N96,  P.O.  Box  285,  Canoga  Park,  CA  91305 


124 


HAKG 


a  bit  of 
natural 
history 


From  the  Hall 

of  Minerals 

&  Gems,  a 

handsome 

21"x31"full 

color  poster  which 

commemorates  the  opening 

of  the  hall.  Photo  composite  of 

gleaming  copper  and  black  opal 

on  a  lustrous  black  background,  A  rich 

memento,  a  welcome  gi't-^jH^^ 

Only  $3.50  including  ^^^9% 

shipping  and  handling.  ClCpUllifiSl 

Natural  History  Poster,  Depl.  PSIO^'*'''^ 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me    _      posters  at 
$3.50  each.  My  check/money  order  for  a 
total  of  $ is  enclosed. 


Name 

Address 

(please  print) 

Citv 

Slate 

_._.     ___      ._?iP      . 

2 

/% 

> 

/  jj 

H 

1      'M 

C 

^. 

X 

I    i.'w''"^^^ 

m 

fm^m^M^k^ 

m 

x.l 

f^/luseum  members  may  take  10%  discount. 


< 

o 

z 

^  a: 

'^^DITIONS  INt^ 

Vacations  witti  education  in  anthropology,  natural 
tiislorY   and  nature  photograptiy  lor   Itie  non- 
specialist  lo  unique  environments  of  ttie  world. 

Winter  and  Spring 
Expeditions  1977 

Pacific  Islands  and  Lagoons 
of  Baja  California 

East  Africa   •  New  Zealand 

Galapagos  Islands 

Mexico   •  Nepal 

Yucatan  and  Guatemala 

Sea  of  Cortez   •  Hawaiian  Islands 


Nature  Expeditions  International  ■  Dept.  N 

4546  El  Camino  Real,  Suite  F"  Box  1173 

Los  Altos,  CA  94022  ■  (415)  941-2910 


X-ray  sources  arc  either  supernova 
rciiinauts  (like  the  Crab  Nebula)  or 
so-called  X-ray  binary  stars,  and  nei- 
ther of  these  are  thought  likely  to  still 
exist  in  globular  clusters.  The  globu- 
iars,  as  a  class,  are  among  the  oldest 
objects  in  our  galaxy  and  thus  lack 
any  source  of  young  stars  of  the  type 
that  give  rise  to  these  two  short-lived 
classes  of  X-ray  source,  (A  super- 
nova remnant  lasts  for  about  1 00, (XX) 
years,  while  an  X-ray  binary  expires 
in  only  10, (XX)  years  or  so.  A  typical 
globular  cluster,  on  the  other  hand, 
inay  be  10  billion  years  old.  Thus, 
any  X-ray  sources  that  formed  when 
the  cluster  contained  young  stars 
would  have  vanished  long  ago. )  If  the 
known  types  of  X-ray  sources  do  not 
exist  in  the  clusters,  then  the  cluster 
X-ray  sources  must  represent  physi- 
cal phenomena  of  new  types ,  It  is  log- 
ical, therefore,  to  assume  that  they 
result  from  the  unique  conditions  in 
the  centers  of  globular  clusters. 

Many  of  the  theories  developed  to 
explain  the  X-rays  from  globular 
clusters  invoke  colliding  stars  or 
black  holes  or  both.  At  one  time,  a 
near  collision  between  the  sun  and  a 
passing  star  was  proposed  as  the  ori- 
gin of  the  earth  and  other  planets  in 
our  solar  system.  This  idea  was  re- 
jected when  calculations  showed  that 
the  chances  of  such  a  collision  taking 
place  are  infinitesimal.  By  contrast, 
stars  in  the  core  of  a  globular  cluster 
are  so  close  together  that  collisions 
undoubtedly  do  occur.  Calculations 
by  University  of  Michigan  astron- 
omers indicate  that  a  star  confined  to 
the  core  region  has  a  3  percent  chance 
of  colliding  with  another  star  during 
the  cluster's  lifetime.  In  the  densest 
known  cluster  core,  that  of  the  globu- 
lar M  80,  this  probability  is  a  whop- 
ping 41  percent.  About  2,700  colli- 
sions have  occurred  in  M  80  accord- 
ing to  the  Michigan  calculations.  It  is 
believed  that  some  of  the  stars  that 
undergo  collisions  must  be  black 
holes,  since  these  massive  objects 
should  be  concentrated  at  the  heart  of 
a  cluster. 

A  black  hole  is  the  final  stage  of  a 
large  star  that  imploded  when  its  nu- 
clear fuel  ran  out  and  the  star  could 
no  longer  generate  enough  energy  to 
support  its  outer  regions.  Under  such 
circumstances,  the  huge  mass  of  the 
star  is  compressed  into  a  tiny  volume, 
and  the  surface  gravity  becomes  so 
intense  that  not  even  a  ray  of  light  can 
escape.  Any  matter  that  falls  into  a 
black  hole  is  trapped  forever  and  sim- 
ply increases  the  mass  of  the  hole. 


§: 

(D 

"n 

-O  H 

o 
3 

v: 

o 

c 

3' 

(y)  < 

JQ 

C 

5! 

(0 
in 

H  rn 

r 

S 

r 
0 

^33   1  >    -  0 

33 

'r^  3: 

'-  m  ^  ^   >  -V 

H 

5  cr 

i  zl  ^  ^  '■  > 

O 

C 
SO 

cr 

3    H 

^    3D 

15 

s  0    ^  >    'B   ^ 
^   >    5   Z    1  S 

^ 

Z    ' 

F  Z    2=  2        7 

00 

ON 

i  > 

-  -o 
2_ 

sr  m    R  p        2. 
=   30    ?               ~ 

vC 

C£    Si    '           '- 
^          to 

o 

n 

fO 

o 

> 

o 

Ql 

Q- 

(t) 

3 

n 

1- 

CU 

en 

O 

3 

■^ 


J 


125 


Free 
outdoor 
catalog 


endorsed 

by  the 

experts. 


Send  for  REI's  free  outdoor  catalog.  It's 
packed  with  over  1800  top-quality  items  for 
your  year-round  sports  enjoyment.  Inside 
you'll  find  gear  and  clothing  for  winter 
camping,  downhill  skiing,  ski  mountaineering, 
ski  touring,  cross-country  skiing,  backpacking 
and  more!  And  it's  all  available  at  low 
REI  Co-op  prices. 

For  a  one-time  $2.00  membership,  you'll  get 
all  our  upcoming  catalogs  and  an  annual 
dividend  on  money  you  spend  at 
Recreational  Equipment. 
Last  year,  $1,900,000  was  declared  in 
dividends  to  our  members. 
Shop  REI  in  Seattle,  Berkeley  and  now  in 
Portland,  Oregon.  Use  coupon  below  or  call 
■  tol  I  free  for  your  catalog,  (800)  426-0351 . 
n  I  want  to  be  a  MEMBER  enclosed  is  $2.00. 
D  Please  send  me  FREE  color  catalog  only. 

NAIvlE 

ADDRESS 

CITY 


NH-10-C 

■  Hecreat:iofnal  Equipment:  Ir-ic. 

L        "The  Original  Outdoor  Cc-oo— Est    193B  | 

^^    P  O,  Box  22090,  Seattle,  WA  981 22        ^^      I 


Historic  Glass  G^Uection 

Discoveied  After  100 
Years  in  Museum  Cellar 


Over  a  century  ago,  an  exquisite  collection  of  flint 
glass  Jars  was  fiand-blown  one  by  one  to  fiouse  and 
display  the  remarkable  collections  of  tfie  noted  19th 
century  naturalist  Louis  Agasslz. 

For  a  hundred  years  they  remained  In  the  museum  he 
had  founded  at  Harvard  University.  When  new  contain- 
ers were  purchased,  we  acquired  the  antique  glass- 
ware, and  are  now  releasing  them  to  Interested  parties. 
Ranging  In  height  from  three  Inches  to  over  three  feet, 
each  Is  unique,  with  Its  specially  ground  and  fitted 
glass  stopper.  Prices  range  from  $5.00  to  over  $300.00. 
Each  Is  sold  with  an  illustrated  history  of  Agasslz's 
work,  and  the  historic  New  England  Glass  Company 
(1818-1888),  where  the  )ars  were  blown.  A  certificate 
signed  and  numbered  by  our  curator  accompanies  each 
piece. 

Our  shop  Is  at  254  Newbury  Street  In  Bos- 
ton, or  you  can  write  for  the  free  color 
catalog  and  historical  booklet.  Examples 
are  now  In  many  major  museums;  less 
than  half  the  collection  remains,  and  we 
can  never  obtain  more.  The  Jar  Collection, 
Suite  3-A,  254  Newbury  St.,  Boston,  MA 
02118. 


&-  ^ 


Since  a  hole  is  invisible,  it  must  be 
detected  by  indirect  means  and  only 
one  such  detection  has  been  generally 
accepted  thus  far — an  object  called 
Cygnus  X-1.  Nevertheless,  physi- 
cists are  confident  that  many  black 
holes  exist,  and  point  to  neutron  stars 
(also  the  condensed  remains  of  im- 
ploded stars),  which  were  predicted 
by  similar  calculations  and  have  been 
found  to  exist  in  considerable  num- 
bers. 

Two  kinds  of  black  holes,  "giant" 
and  "ordinary,"  have  figured  in 
globular-cluster  theories.  The  giant 
hole,  with  a  mass  of  up  to  several 
thousand  times  that  of  the  sun,  might 
be  primordial,  that  is,  left  over  from 
the  birth  of  the  cluster  itself,  when  a 
huge  cloud  condensed  to  form  many 
stars,  perhaps  also  producing  the 
black  hole  at  its  center.  Or  it  might 
be  composed  of  many  lesser  black 
holes  that  collided  and  merged  with 
each  other  and  with  normal  stars.  If 
a  giant  black  hole  were  present  in  the 
heart  of  a  cluster,  it  would  suck  in  gas 
from  surrounding  space  that  was  ei- 
ther shed  by  stars  as  part  of  normal 
stellar  life  {see  "Missing  Matter," 
Natural  History,  January  1976)  or  lit- 
erally ripped  off  passing  stars  by  huge 
tides  raised  on  their  surfaces  by  the 
gravitational  force  of  the  hole.  As  the 
gas  flowed  toward  the  black  hole,  it 
would  be  compressed  and  heated, 
producing  the  observed  X-rays. 
Theories  of  this  type  have  been  pub- 
lished by  scientists  at  Princeton  Uni- 
versity, the  Institute  for  Advanced 
Study,  and  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia at  Berkeley. 

An  ordinary  black  hole  is  one  with 
about  ten  times  the  sun's  mass.  If  lo- 
cated in  a  binary  star  system,  it  can 
generate  X-rays  when  matter  flows 
toward  it  from  its  companion  star. 
However,  X-ray  binaries  of  this  type 
should  not  exist  among  the  old  stars 
of  globular  clusters,  as  mentioned 
above.  Thus,  researchers  have  raised 
the  question.  Can  new  X-ray  binaries 
be  forming  among  the  old  stars  of 
these  clusters?  According  to  George 
W.  Clark  of  MIT,  an  authority  on 
cosmic  X-rays,  the  answer  is  yes.  He 
points  out  that  since  even  ordinary 
black  holes  are  much  more  massive 
than  the  average  star,  they  will  tend 
to  "lurk"  near  the  cluster  centers. 
There,  a  black  hole  may  occasionally 
capture  another  star  in  a  near  colli- 
sion, thus  forming  a  new  X-ray  bi- 
nary. Clark  believes  that  the  potential 
exists  for  one  X-ray  binary  to  be 
formed   in  every  cluster,   although 


QUESTERS  f 

WORLD  OF   -^^ 
NATURE  TOURS 


You  may  find  : 


'  tours  similar  to 


fessional  travel  company  specializing 
nature  tours.  Tour  parties  are  small,  the  pace 
leisurely,  itineraries  unusual,  and  the  leader- 
ship expert.  Areas  covered  include  Mexico, 
Guatemala,  Hawaii,  Alaska,  Indonesia,  Ir 
East  Africa,  Iceland,  and  Australasia.  We 
not  tell  you  here,  however,  about  all  the  tours, 
or  all  the  wildlife  preserves,  archaeological 
sites,  museums  and  temples  you  will  visit,  but 
our  current  Directory  of  Worldwide  Nature 
Tours  can.  Call  or  write  Questers  or  see  your 
travel  agent  today  for  your  free  copy! 

Questers  Tours 

AND  TRAVEL,  INC. 

DEFT.  NH-1076,  257  PARK  AVE^aIE  SOUTH 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10010/(212)  673-3120 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc.,  plus 
valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE    SQ.,    KNOXVILLE,    ILL.   61448 


Shells 
Fossils 
Minerals 


^i^^\ 


NEW  COLOR  PORTFOClfTplui      >\ 
Illustrated  Catalog  $1.00  W^ 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC    JSP^ 

Box  6011 C  Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106     '.K?   # 


CATCH  ANIMAL  RAIDER8I 


CatchM  mora! 
Eaiy  to  umI 

simple,  safe  HAVAHART  traps  catch  raldlns  rabbits, 
coons,  squirrels,  pigeons,  sparrows,  etc..  without  Injury. 
Straying  pets,  poultry  released  unhurt.  Fully  assemble<I. 
No  Jawe  or  springs  to  break.  Galvanized;  many  In  use 
20  years.  Open  ends  give  animal  confidence.  Sizes  for  all 
needs.  Send  25c  for  valuable  Illustrated  guide  and  price  Hat. 

HAVAHART,  158  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  KUlde. 


126 


only  five  globular  cluster  X-ray 
sources  have  been  found.  An  expert 
on  star  collisions.  Jack  G.  Hills  of  the 
University  of  Michigan,  disagrees, 
but  suggests  that  an  X-ray  binary 
might  be  formed  when  a  black  hole 
encounters  a  normal  binary,  captur- 
ing one  of  its  member  stars  while  the 
other  escapes.  Hills  also  claims  that 
binaries  are  not  needed  to  explain  the 
globular  cluster  X-ray  sources,  since 
he  calculates  that  the  tidal  disruption 
of  passing  stars  by  an  ordinary  black 
hole  can  produce  sufficient  X-rays. 

Massive  black  holes  in  globular 
clusters  (if  any  exist  there)  might  help 
explain  the  absence  of  gas,  which 
puzzles  observers  who  search  for  in- 
traglobular  hydrogen .  At  the  center  of 
a  cluster,  the  interstellar  material 
could  be  drawn  into  the  black  hole, 
producing  the  observed  X-rays.  In  the 
outer  regions,  say  two  University  of 
Maryland  astronomers,  the  gas  could 
be  heated  and  blown  out  of  the  cluster 
in  a  great  "stellar  wind"  driven  by 
the  combined  ultraviolet  light  of  the 
cluster  stars.  This  might  account  for 
the  presence  in  globular  clusters  of 
dust  clouds  lacking  the  usual  large 
amounts  of  accompanying  gas.  Thus, 
there  may  be  a  link  between  the  old 
problem  of  dark  matter  in  globular 
clusters  and  the  recent  discovery  that 
they  produce  powerful  X-ray  radia- 
tion. The  occurrence  of  black  holes 
would  also  mean  that  centers  of  force 
exist  in  the  clusters,  although  not  in 
the  form  imagined  by  Holden  eighty- 
five  years  ago. 

In  the  past  year,  a  new  series  of 
findings  poses  additional  mysteries 
concerning  globular  clusters.  The 
Dutch  satellite  and  SAS-3,  one  of 
NASA's,  have  detected  rapid  X-ray 
bursts  (lasting  only  seconds)  from 
cluster  sources,  and  Soviet  astron- 
omers now  say  that  in  1971  they  ob- 
served similar  events  in  two  clusters 
with  their  Cosmos  428  spacecraft. 
Further,  similar  bursts  have  been  re- 
corded from  directions  in  space 
where  no  globular  clusters  are  seen. 
Attempts  thus  far  to  explain  these 
bursts  have  been  most  unsatisfactory. 
It  appears  that  additional  discoveries 
raise  more  questions  than  they  answer 
as  astronomers  extend  their  studies  of 
the  remarkable  globular  clusters. 


Stephen  P.  Maran  is  at  the  University 
of  California  in  Los  Angeles  on  tem- 
porary assignment  from  NASA 's 
Goddard  Space  Flight  Center  in 
Greenbelt,  Maryland,  to  study  stars. 


iii]ffipi?as@s 


BONSAI  JUNIPER 

Nature  in  minialure  -  ihis  liitle  Ifce 
is  already  three  years  old.  yet  |ust  6 
inches  high.  Planted  in  a  special  clay 
pot;  comes  with  96-page  handbook  on 
the  ancient  and  subtle  an  of  Bonsai. 
Available  all  year. 

Order  Gift  No.  261  ...  $1395  delv'd 


ROYAL  RIVIERA'  PEARS 

So  big  and  juicy  they'll  eat  'em  with  a 
spoon  -  so  rare,  not  1  person  in  1000 
has  ever  tasted  them!  Beautifully  gilt 
packed  and  sent  with  your  personal 
greetings.  Perfect  arrival  guaranteed! 
Net  wt.  6-3/4  lbs.  Order  now  lor 
Christmas  delivery. 

Order  Gill  No.  1 $945  delvd 


CHRISTMAS  CROCUS 

Completely  pre-planted  and  ready  to 
grow  in  a  genuine  handpainted  Delft 
planter!  Nothing  to  add  but  water  - 
includes  12  top  $i;e  bulbs.  Do  order 
NQWfor  Christmas  delivery! 
Available  Dec.  IOtoFeb.14. 
OrderGilt  No  801  .      $1195delv'd 


The  Original,  One-and-Only 


Jfuit^of  theoWonth  Club 


Since  1936,  America's  favorite  family  club.  Month  after  month,  a  parade  of  the  world's  rarest  and 
finest  fruit  sent  direct  from  the  orchard.  Each  gift  box  with  your  greetings.  All  announced  by  a 
handsome,  gold-embossed  Certificate  of  Membership. 


Christmas  -  Royal  Riviera  Pears 
Jan  -  Crisp  Mountain  Apples 
Feb  -  Royal  Grapefruit 
March  -  Royal  Oranges 


April  -  Hawaiian  Pineapples 
May  -  Wild  'n  RareS'Prcserves 
June  -  Home-Canned  Fruits 
July  -  Giant  Kiwi  Berries 


August  -  Exotic  Nectarines 
Sept  -  Oregold*  Peaches 
Oct  -  Alphonse  LaValle  Grapes 
Nov  -  Royal  Beurre*  Bosc  Pears 


3-BOX   CLUB   Surprise   them  with  gorgeous  gift 
boxes  for  Christmas,  January  and  February! 

Gift  No.  in  . .  .  S2495  delv'd 
5-BOX  CLUB  Keeps  coming  and  coming!  Christ- 
mas, January,  February,  May  and  September. 

Gift  No.  141  ...S3995  delv'd 


8-BOX  CLUB  Delight  them  to  pieces  again  and 
again!  Christmas,  January,  February,  May,  August, 
September,  October  and  November. 

Gift  No.  151  ...  s6695delv'd 
12-BOX  CLUB  Flabbergasting!  A  gorgeous  gift 
every  single  month  of  the  year. 

Gift  No.  201  ...$9995  delv'd 


We  guarantee  your  complete  satisfaction  in  every  respect ...  or  your  money  back! 


Every  year  folks  write  to  tell  us 
how  pleased  their  friends  are  with 
gifts  from  Harry  and  David.  Our 
"secret"?  It's  the  personal  touch 
that's  part  of  every  gift  we  make. 
Harry  and  I  grow  our  own  fruit, 
bake  our  own  cakes,  put  up  our 
own  preserves  -  even  make  our 
own  baskets.  If  you  could  see  the 
care  with  which  our  gifts  are  put 
together,  you'd  know  why  the 
quality  is  guaranteed. 

EASY  TO  ORDER  Use  the  order 
blanks  at  right,  or  just  send  us  your 
list.  Enclose  check  or  money  order 
(no  C.O.D.'s  please).  Tell  us  howto 
sign  your  greetings  for  each  gift. 
Allpricesincludedelivery. 


f  ™  "  "  ■•  Order  here  or  send  us  your  list" 

SHIP  AS 

^YGIFT  TO 


Box  522-A/  Medford,  Oregon  97501 


©1976,  Harry  and  Oavid 


STREET. 
CITY 


Quantitv 

Name  of  Gift 

Gift   No 

Amount 

$ 

'^:::^n 


Greetings  to  read: 


a 


STREET. 
CITY 


Quantity 

Name  of  Gift 

Gift   No. 

Amount 

$ 

Ship  to  Arriver-l    Ship  to 

fo'  Christmas  LJ    ArnveOnlDate 

Greetings  to  read; 


rfnciole    D 
(tvlax  3V,  X  5) 


Ordered  By 
Address 


-Zip- 


irHEMMm 

RUSSELL  D.  BUTCH  RR 

Introduction  bv  Morris  K.   Udall 


Here  is  the  American  desert . . . 
its  rare  wildlife,  its  unique 
^  flowers,  its  extraordinary 
landscapes.  In  64  pjges  of  sgec- 


Butcher  explores  its  infinite 
variety  to  reveal  its  wonder 
and  mystery. 

Selection  of  Natural  Science 
Bookclub.  A  STUDIO  BOOK 

$17.50 


THE  VIKING  PRESS 

625  Madison  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  111022 


The  complete  natural  history  of 
a  vanishedlce  Age  predator 

With  authority  and  a  consuming 
personal  interest,  a  leading  pale- 
ontologist explores  in  fascina- 
ting detail  the  mighty  European 
cave  bear  and  its  relationship  to 
primitive  man— from  discovery 
of  the  early  bear  caves  through 
the  cave  bear's  evolution  to  its 
extinction  about  10,000  years 
ago. 


THE  CAVE 
BEAR  STORY 

Life  and  Death  of  a  Vanished  Animal 

byBjornKurten 

author  of  The  Age  oi  Mammals 

llluslrated  $8  95  al  bookslores  or  from 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

1 36  South  Broadway,  lr^/lnglon.  New  York  10533 


Books  in  Review 


An  Energetic 
Call  for  Socialism 


The  Poverty  of  Power,  by  Barry 
Commoner.  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  Inc., 
$10.00;  382  pp. 

The  first  law  of  thermodynamics 
ordains  that  the  total  amount  of  en- 
ergy in  this  universe  of  ours  is  con- 
stant. Energy  can  neither  be  created 
nor  destroyed.  A  weight  falling 
toward  the  floor  builds  up  energy  yet, 
splat,  there  it  ultimately  lies  immo- 
bile. The  energy  account  remains  in 
balance,  however,  because  an  equiv- 
alent amount  of  heat  was  generated 
by  the  impact.  Ah,  suppose  that  we 
could  harness  that  heat  and  use  it  to 
raise  the  weight,  let  it  fall  again, 
harness  the  heat — why,  we  may  be  on 
to  perpetual  motion.  We  are  never 
going  to  do  it. 

Why  should  we  not  succeed  if  en- 
ergy is  a  constant?  Because  what  we 
intend  to  do  is  to  get  work  out  of  en- 
ergy, at  which  point  we  run  afoul  of 
the  second  law  of  thermodynamics. 
That  is  to  say,  uncoordinated  energy 
does  not  spontaneously  transform  it- 
self into  coordinated  energy.  We 
shall  have  to  harness  the  heat  to  get 
work  out  of  it,  which  requires  an  en- 
gine. Even  our  most  perfect  engine 
will  lose  some  of  the  heat  between  the 
source  and  the  final  drive  shaft.  While 
no  energy  is  lost  by  the  universe,  we 
mortals,  of  necessity,  waste  a  great 
deal  of  energy  trying  to  put  it  to  work 
for  us. 

Our  conventional  sources  of  en- 
ergy ,  oil  and  coal ,  are  in  finite  supply . 
We  should  use  them  so  as  to  get  the 
most  work  we  can  out  of  every  ton 
we  consume.  "Waste  not,  want  not" 
is  simple  Yankee  prudence.  Better 


yet,  such  a  strategy  will  improve  the 
environment  because  the  energy  we 
waste  tends  to  turn  up  in  such  forms 
as  thermal  pollution.  What  we  need 
to  do  then  is  to  match  fuels  to  the  jobs 
we  have  in  mind.  It  makes  little  sense 
to  burn  tons  of  oil  to  produce  elec- 
tricity and  then,  after  the  generating 
plant  releases  untold  amounts  of 
waste  heat  into  the  atmosphere  and  a 
great  deal  of  the  electrical  energy  is 
lost  in  the  transmission  process,  use 
the  resultant  electrical  energy  to  heat 
a  house.  It  is  absurd  to  build  a  nuclear 
reactor  to  boil  water  to  create  steam 
to  power  a  generator  to  produce  elec- 
trical energy  so  that  some  homeowner 
can  turn  around  and  use  the  resultant 
product  to  boil  water  on  his  electric 
stove.  We  don't  need  all  this  fuss  and 
waste  in  order  to  create  heat  all  over 
again.  We  should  employ  electricity 
where  we  need  it,  as  in  the  case  of 
powering  motors.  Thus  Dr.  Com- 
moner articulates  his  own  axiom: 
"Energy  is  elficiently  used  when  the 
quality  of  the  source  is  matched  to  the 
quality  demanded  by  the  task." 

What  should  we  be  doing?  First 
and  foremost,  we  should  not  despair. 
We  have  on  hand  domestic  oil  re- 
serves to  see  us  through  the  next  fifty 
or  sixty  years  if  we  don't  fritter  them 
away.  Efficiency  dictates  then  that  we 
replace  the  oil  burner  with  the  diesel- 
powered  heat  pump  to  heat  homes. 
We  must  make  more  use  of  electric 
trains  to  transport  commuters.  With 
both  expedients  we  can  actually  use 
what  has  hitherto  been  waste  to  gain 
added  dividends.  We  can  tap  the  ex- 
haust from  the  heat  pump's  diesel 
motor  for  extra  heat  and  we  can  chan- 


128 


129 


by  E.F.  Roberts 


nel  the  exhaust  of  coal-powered  gen- 
erating plants  to  heat  center-city 
apartment  blocks. 

These  tactics,  designed  to  buy 
time,  are  not  calculated  to  see  the 
emergence  of  a  plutonium  economy. 
Uranium  being  itself  in  finite  supply, 
nuclear  energy  ultimately  entails  reli- 
ance on  reactors  powered  by  pluto- 
nium. Plutonium  is  so  dangerous  a 
substance  that,  let  loose  into  the  en- 
vironment by  an  accident,  the  conse- 
quences cannot  fairly  be  gauged. 
Worse  yet,  it  can  be  made  into  a  bomb 
by  people  working  with  material 
available  at  their  local  hardware  store 
and  an  ordinary  laboratory-supply 
house. 

Our  ultimate  strategy  should  be 
calculated  to  see  us  obtaining  our  en- 
ergy from  renewable  resources  fifty 
years  hence.  The  only  renewable 
source  of  energy  is  the  sun.  But  isn't 
this  a  pipe  dream?  Not  according  to 
Commoner,  who  presents  a  case  for 
the  proposition  that  we  can  ultimately 
"obtain  all,  or  nearly  all,  of  our  en- 
ergy from  the  sun."  This  is  not  all. 
"When  the  facts  are  known,  how- 
ever, it  turns  out  that  solar  energy  can 
not  only  replace  a  good  deal,  and 
eventually  all,  of  our  present  con- 
sumption of  conventional  fuels — and 
eliminate  that  much  environmental 
pollution — but  can  also  reverse  the 
trend  toward  escalating  energy  costs 
that  is  so  seriously  affecting  the  eco- 
nomic system." 

We  reach  a  critical  point  with  this 
reference  to  the  economic  system. 
What  I  have  done  up  to  now  is  try  to 
illustrate  the  exciting  flavor  of  Com- 
moner's discussion  of  energy  and  its 


PolyNEsiA's 

SacrecI 

IsIe 

Edward  Dodd 

The  mysterious  and  lovely  little  South 
Pacific  island  of  Raiatea,  the  holy  land 
of  ancient  Polynesian 
civilization  and  home  of  the 
unique  flower,  the  tiare 
apetahi,  is  explored  through 
its  mythology,  geology, 
botany  and  people.  'A  fas- 
cinating portrait  of  an  exotic 
culture  and  a 
romantic  place." 
—Publisher's  Weekly 

200  photographs.  $10.00 


79  Madison  Avenue 
New  York.  NY  10016 


Naturalists,  conservationists,  and 
pond  watchers  alike  will  thrill  to  these 
splendid  color  photographs  of  small 
animals  and  insects  in  their 
natural  settings.  Photo- 
graphing Nature  provides 
intimate  glimpses  of  a 
microscopic  world  few  of 
us  ever  see — and  puts  macro- 
lotography  within  the  reach  of 
most  camera  enthusiasts  with 
practical  tips  on  equipment 
and  shooting. 

PHOTOGRAPHING 
NATURE 

From  the  Magnifying  Glass 
to  the  Microscope 

by  C.  Nuridsany 
and  M.  Perennou 

Translated  by  J.  W.  Steward 

With  116  full-color  photos, 
drawings  $17.95 

OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

200  Madison  Avenue 
New  York.  NY.  10016 


129 


From  Italy  .  .  .  The  Ultimate  in 

HISTORIC  SHIP 
REPLICA  KITS 

Frame  and  Plank  Construction 


V 


World  famous  SERGAL  and 
MANTUA  kits;  large  magnificent 
replicas  (up  to  51"  long)  witfi 
beautiful  walnut  planking  and  com- 
ponents and  cast-brass  details. 
Virtually  museum  pieces  when 
completed.  Large-scale  plans,  En- 
glish Instructions,  all  materials  in- 
cluded. Also,  hundreds  of  other 
superb  Italian  kits,  plans  and  ac- 
cessories. 

Send  for  our  88-page, 

full-color  catalog, 

only  $3.00  — 

refunded  witfi  your  first  order. 

(For  purctiase  of  ships,  major 

credit  cards  accepted.)  Mail  check  to 

our  new  US  Warehouse  address: 

MODEL  EXPO,  INC. 

Dept.  NH-10  /  230  Second  Street 
Dunellen.N.J.  08812 


uses.  There  is  much  more  to  the  book 
than  that,  however,  because  he  also 
examines  why  we  should  have  come 
to  be  involved  building  nuclear  reac- 
tors in  order  that  people  can  brew 
their  breakfast  tea.  It  boils  down  to 
a  strong  case  for  the  proposition  that 
we  have  no  rational  over-all  energy 
program.  What  we  do  have  are  pro- 
grams designed  by  oil  companies  and 
electric  utilities  to  merchandise  their 
products  in  order  to  make  a  protit. 
The  future  may  be  even  bleaker  if  we 
continue  to  treat  energy  resources  as 
mere  commodities  to  be  exchanged 
for  profit.  Extracting  oil  and  coal  is 
going  to  require  ever  increasing  in- 
vestment in  plants  and  equipment, 
and  the  necessary  capital  is  already 
being  exacted  from  consumers  as  a 
hidden  increment  in  the  escalating 
price  of  fuel.  We  shall  all  ultimately 
be  colder,  poorer,  and  likely  jobless 
because  our  industrial  society  cannot 
continue  to  function  without  rela- 
tively cheap  energy. 

Recall  now  that  Commoner  fore- 
sees the  sun  as  the  ultimate  solution 
of  the  energy  problem.  Solar  energy 
is  going  to  become  extremely  valu- 


able to  us.  Social  need  will  create  this 
value  so  that,  unlike  oil,  we  should 
not  recognize  solar  energy  as  any- 
one's private  property.  In  short,  we 
need  to  socialize  our  energy  sources 
if  we  are  not  going  to  make  another 
hash  of  it.  So  excited  does  the  good 
doctor  become  on  this  score  that  he 
seriously  treats  with  Marx  and  comes 
out  foursquare  for  socialism  in  lieu  of 
capitalism.  This  part  of  the  book,  ob- 
viously, has  not  been  met  with  rave 
reviews.  The  headline  writers  for  the 
New  York  Times  have  unwittingly 
distilled  conventional  wisdom  if  we 
read  the  daily  and  weekend  editions 
of  their  wit  seriatim:  "Thermo- 
dynamic Socialism:  Read  it  for  the 
science,  pass  up  the  economics." 

What  is  one  to  make  of  all  this?  On 
the  one  hand,  it  may  be  that  Com- 
moner has  authored  a  self-fulfilling 
prophecy.  The  economist  Joseph 
Schumpeter  did  predict,  after  all,  that 
capitalism  would  collapse  precisely 
because  people  would  cease  to  be- 
lieve in  it.  On  the  other  hand,  the  au- 
thor's "socialism"  may  be  a  fad.  In 
this  regard  the  reader  should  reflect 
on  an  axiom  of  sociologist  Henri  Le- 


^ 


Language  sets  man  apart  from  other  animals.  Or  does  it? 

Do  animals  have  intentions  or  mental  images?  How  can  we  be  sure? 


144  pages,  bibliography 
Indexes     $8.95 
For  your  copy,  write: 


The  Question  of  Animal  Awareness 

EVOLUTIONARY  CONTINUITY  OF  MENTAL  EXPERIENCE 
by  Donald  R.  Griffin 

proposes  some  answers  to  these  and  many  other  questions.  This  challenging  book 
takes  a  bold,  fresh  look  at  current  research  in  animal  communication  and  suggests 
the  possibility  of  developing  "a  truly  experimental  science  of  cognitive  ethology." 

Dr.  Griffin  is  a  professor  at  The  Rockefeller  University,  and  an  internationally  recog- 
nized authority  on  animal  communication.  His  new  book  will  attract  the  attention 
of  specialists  in  linguistics,  behavior,  and  ethology.  Nonspecialists,  too,  will  find 
food  for  thought  in  this  little  volume. 

Order  Service,  The  Rockefeller  University  Press,  1230  York  Avenue,  N.Y.  10021 


130 


I'ebvre,  someone  actually  familiar 
with  Marxism.  "Thus  the  bourgeoi- 
sie swings  wildly.  .  .  .  Malthusianism 
is  its  ideology  in  periods  of  depres- 
sion. .  .  .  Technological  snobbery  be- 
comes its  ideology  in  periods  of  ex- 
pansion. .  .  ,  Both  ideologies  rellect 
the  current  level  of  productive 
forces." 

Read  the  book — it  is  a  "must" — 
and  make  your  own  judgment.  Let  me 
reveal  my  own  reaction.  Com- 
moner's urge  to  order  worries  me  in 
light  of  his  own  reliance  on  the  sec- 
ond law  of  thermodynamics.  After 
all,  that  law  paraphrases  entropy,  the 
notion  that  the  universe  is  becoming 
less  and  less  ordered.  Humankind  can 
stand  only  so  much  disorder  before  it, 
by  hook  or  crook,  imposes  some  fab- 
ricated notion  of  order,  I  am  re- 
minded, therefore,  of  Rubashov's  re- 
flections in  Koestler's  Darkness  at 
Noon.  "A  people's  capacity  to  gov- 
ern itself  democratically  is  thus 
proportionate  to  the  degree  of  its  un- 
derstanding of  the  structure  and  func- 
tioning of  the  whole  social  body. 
.  .  .  The  mistake  of  socialist  theory 
was  to  believe  that  the  level  of  mass- 


consciousness  rose  constantly  and 
steadily."  If  entropy  functions  to 
complicate  the  economic  and  social 
world  so  that,  increasingly,  people 
lind  it  difficult  to  understand,  then  Ru- 
bashov's dictum  has  to  be  taken 
seriously  if  we  posit  "socialism"  as 
an  answer  to  our  problems .  It  is  worth 
noting  that  it  is  the  United  Kingdom 
and  the  Soviet  Union  that  are  produc- 
ing SSTs,  so  that  "socialist"  socie- 
ties are  not  necessarily  environ- 
mentally superconscious  societies. 

Frankly,  1  have  been  very  worried 
for  some  time  at  how  sincere  concern 
over  the  environment  can  lead  to  a 
belief  in  "right"  answers  and  a  wish 
for  a  government  able  to  impose  those 
right  answers.  The  behavior  of  the  en- 
ergy merchants  merits  the  lambasting 
they  get  from  Dr.  Commoner.  1  feel 
uneasy  here,  however,  because  Com- 
moner's certainties  may  be  a  prelude, 
not  to  democratic  socialism,  but  to 
national  socialism. 

E.F.  Roberts  is  a  professor  at  Cor- 
nell University  Law  School,  where  he 
teaches  environmental  law  and  land- 
use  planning. 


L.L.Bean 

Chamois  Cloth  Shirt 


'S^ 


sl 


For  Men  and  Women 

Sueded  cotton  Looks 
and  feels  like  hign 
jiade  cfiamois  leather 
Machine  washable  and 
IS  more  durable  than 
wool  Mr  Bean  per- 
sonally used  this  shirt 
on  his  hunting  and  fish- 
ing trips  Colors,  Navy 
Blue.  Tan,  Bright  Red, 
Forest  Green  Ladies 
sizes  10  to  20  Mens 
sizes   U^i  to  19. 


L,  Send  Free  Catalog 

Ship Ladies  Chamois  Cloth  Shirts 

@$12  35ppd 

Size Color   

Ship Mens  Chamois  Cloth  Shirts 

(a  $12  50ppd 

Size Color 

□  Check  Enclosed 
D  BankAmencard 


Z  Master  Charge 
a  American  Exrpess 


Name 
Street 
City- 
Zip     - 


Outdoor  Sporting  Specialties 

LL.  Bean,  Inc. 

622  Main  St.,  Freeport.  Maine  04033 


What  adiffeFeiice  albshica  makes. 


that  sells  for  ai= 

picture  on  the  r 

the  Yashica  Electro-35  GSN  which 

sells  in  the  same  price  range.  The 

difference  is  obvious. 

The  Yashica  is  small,  compact 
and  surprisingly  simple  to  operate. 


because  you  know  tne  re^i 
be  superior. 

Pick  a  Yashica  and  discc 
difference  the  pros  have  kt, 
about  for  years.  ■; 


More  importantly,  Yashica  v/A  CLJI/^  A  '"'ashica  Inc.,  41 1  Sef 
gives  you  full-frame  35mm  YAorll\-/A  Paramus,  N.J.  076$ 


Yashka  cameras. 
Firom  under  ^100 
tooverM* 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  After  crossing  over  the  equator  in  late  September, 
the  sun  continues  to  move  rapidly  southward  above  the  earth.  It  is  in 
Virgo  throughout  the  month,  passing  into  the  stars  of  Libra  by  November 
1 .  On  October  23 ,  it  encounters  the  new  moon,  producing  a  solar  eclipse, 
total  along  a  narrow  path  extending  from  east  Africa  to  southern  Austra- 
lia, and  partial  in  a  broad  area  of  the  Indian  and  Pacific  oceans. 

The  moon  will  be  a  prominent  evening  object  through  the  first  ten 
days  of  October;  a  morning  object  from  then  until  about  the  20th.  It 
will  show  up  again  in  the  evening  sky  from  late  October  through  the 
first  week  and  a  half  of  November.  It  will  be  full  on  October  7,  last-quar- 
ter on  October  16,  new  on  October  23,  and  first-quarter  on  October  29. 
In  early  November,  full  moon  is  on  the  6th,  last-quarter  on  the  14th. 
The  penumbral  eclipse  of  the  moon  on  November  6  (when  the  earth 
blocks  some  sunlight  from  the  moon)  occurs  mostly  after  moonrise  in 
North  America,  producing  little  discernible  change  in  the  moon's  ap- 
pearance. 

Stars  and  Planets  Jupiter,  in  Taurus,  is  the  only  planet  one  can  see 
on  the  evening  Star  Map.  It  rises  shortly  after  sundown  and  remains 
visible  throughout  the  night,  brighter  than  any  other  starlike  object. 
Venus — the  prominent  object  you  see  in  the  west  during  twilight — is 
brighter  than  Jupiter,  but  it  sets  too  early  to  appear  on  the  map.  Mars, 
although  still  an  evening  object,  is  not  in  a  good  position  for  viewing. 
Mercury  and  Saturn  are  morning  stars.  Saturn  can  be  seen  in  the  east, 
in  Cancer,  any  morning  after  midnight;  look  for  Mercury  low  in  the 
east  during  morning  twilight  until  mid-October. 

October  7:  Mercury  is  at  its  greatest  distance  to  the  right  of  the  sun 
(a  very  favorable  morning  elongation).  Today's  full  moon  is  the  hunter's 
moon. 

October  10:  Moon  at  apogee,  farthest  from  earth. 

October  11:  The  bright  object  near  the  moon  tonight  is  Jupiter.  The 
two  separate  slowly  during  the  night. 

October  18:  At  dawn,  look  for  Saturn  above  the  crescent  moon. 

October  21:  The  Orionid  meteor  shower  (about  25  per  hour,  often 
bright)  reaches  maximum  this  morning. 

October  23:  Eclipse  of  the  sun,  not  visible  in  America.  Perigee  moon, 
nearest  earth,  occurs  eight  hours  past  new,  so  look  for  strong  tides 
(perigee  spring  tides). 

October  24:  Communities  on  daylight  time  move  clocks  back  one 
hour  this  morning,  returning  to  standard  time. 

October  24-25:  The  crescent  moon  moves  from  right  to  left  above 
Venus. 

October  27:  The  star  near  Venus  is  Antares,  in  Scorpius. 

November  4:  The  weak  (15  per  hour)  and  dim  Taurid  meteors  reach 
maximum. 

November  6:  Moon  at  apogee.  Penumbral  lunar  eclipse. 

November  7 :  Jupiter  is  again  very  near  the  moon.  Mercury ,  at  superior 
conjunction  (in  line  with  but  beyond  the  sun),  enters  the  evening  sky. 


*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  11:15  p.m.  on  October  1;  10:20  p.m.  on  October  15;  9:15  p.m. 
on  October  31 ;  and  8: 15  p.m.  on  November  15;  but  it  can  be  used  for  an  hour 
before  and  after  those  times. 


132 


aaddia  aiun,*-,.' 


^•,^  \^'^Of?OMfo^ 


.  ,..^^^^ 


133 


Cumberland  Electric 
Membership  Corpora- 
tion is  a  rural  electric 
cooperative  which  pro- 
vides light  and  power 
for  more  than  37,000 
farms,  homes,  busi- 
nesses and  industries 
in  a  five-county  area 
of  middle  Tennessee. 
Cumberland  averages 
8.3  meters  per  mile  of 
line;  the  national 
average  for  rural  elec- 
tric systems  is  four. 


Nationwide,  some  1000 
consumer-owned,  non- 
profit rural  electric  co- 
operatives and  public 
power  districts  serve  25 
million  consumers  in  46 
of  the  50  states.  They  own 
and  maintain  nearly  two 
million  miles  of  line— 
42yo  of  the  nation's  total. 


If  we  don't  deal  now 
with  the  energy 
problem  in  its 
entirety,  we  may 
soon  be  facing 
an  even  bigger 
problem-how  to 
sustain  our  economy 
and  our  social 
structures  when 
there's  not 
enough  energy 
to  go  around. 


John  R.  Dolinger,  manager  of 
Cumberland  EMC,  Clarksville,  Tenn., 
is  president  of  the  National  Rural  Electric 
Cooperative  Association,  through  which 
America's  rural  electric  systems  formulate 
and  espouse  policies  on  national  issues. 


Annually,  delegates 
from  each  of  the 
nation's  rural  electric 
systems  meet  to  for- 
mulate policy.  For  a 
statement  of  their 
positions  on  energy, 
write  to  "Energy  Pol- 
icy", NRECA,  2000 
Florida  Avenue, 
N.W.,  Washington, 
D.C.  20009. 


We've  said  it  before;  we're  saying  it  again.  The  longer  we  delay 

development  of  a  comprehensive  national  program  to  ensure  adequate  energy 

for  the  future,  the  more  unmanageable  the  problem  becomes. 

The  problem  is  multi-faceted,  highly  complicated.  The  answers  aren't 

all  that  easy  to  come  by.  But  in  every  critical  situation,  there's  a  point  where 

debate  must  give  way  to  decision — and  action.  With  energy,  we  think  that  point 

has  been  reached. 
In  the  weeks  ahead,  we're  going  to  be  speaking  out  on  some  of  the  tough 
decisions  that  must  be  made  . . .  pushing  for  commonsense,  people- 
oriented  approaches. 
It  is  our  responsibility  to  do  so,  as  meaningfully  and  forcefully  as  we  can. 


America's  rural  electric  systems 


Additional 
Reading 


Malnutrition  and  lA-arnin^  (p.  6) 

Malniilrilion,  Learning  and  Behavior. 
edited  by  Nevin  S.  Scrimshaw  and  John 
E.  Gordon  (Cambridge;  MIT  Press, 
1968,  $15),  is  a  good  entry  point  into  the 
disparate  literature  of  this  field.  Review 
articles  on  relationships  between  nutri- 
tion and  intellectual  development  include 
Bonnie  J.  Kaplan's  "Malnutrition  and 
Mental  Deficiency"  (Psychological  Bul- 
letin. 1972,  vol.  78,  pp.'  321-34),  "Nu- 
trition and  Learning,"  by  H.  F.  Eichcn- 
wald  and  P.  C.  Fry  {Science. \969.  vol. 
163,  pp.  644^8),  and  "Protein-Calorie 
Malnutrition  in  Children  and  Its  Relation 
to  Psychological  Development  and  Be- 
havior," by  Michael  C.  Latham  (Physio- 
logical Reviews.  1974,  vol.  54,  pp. 
541-65).  "Nutritional  and  Environ- 
mental Interactions  in  the  Behavioral 
Development  of  the  Rat;  Long-Term  Ef- 
fects," by  David  A.  Levitsky  and  Rich- 
ard H.  Barnes  (Science.  1972,  vol.  176, 
pp.  68-71),  and  "Malnutrition  and  En- 
vironmental Enrichment  by  Early  Adop- 
tion," by  Myron  Winick  et  al.  {Science. 
1975,  vol.  190,  pp.  1173-75),  show  the 
potential  for  environmental  compensa- 
tion of  nutritional  deficits.  The  Mexican 
study  described  by  Levitsky,  "The  Im- 
portance of  Nutrition  and  Stimuli  on 
Child  Mental  and  Social  Development," 
by  Alfonso  Chavez  et  al. ,  was  published 
in  Early  Malnutrition  and  Mental  Devel- 
opment, edited  by  J.  Cravioto  (Stock- 
holm; Almqvist  and  Wiksell,  1974,  pp. 
211-25).  In  their  contribution,  "Early 
Undernutrition,  Brain  Development  and 
Behavior,"  to  Ethology  and  Develop- 
ment, edited  by  S.  A.  Barnett  (London; 
William  Heinemann,  1972),  John  Dob- 
bing  and  J.  L.  Smart  critically  reviewed 
!  the  effects  of  malnutrition  on  structural 
and  functional  changes  in  neural  organi- 
zation. 

Malaria  and  Economics  (p.  36) 

Malarial  biology  is  covered  in  P.C.C. 
Garnham's  Malaria  Parasites  and  Other 
Haemosporidia  (Oxford;  Blackwell  Sci- 
entific Publications,  1966)  and  in  his 
paperback  text.  Progress  in  Parasitology 
(Atlantic  Highlands;  Humanities  Press, 
1 97 1 ,  $3 .  25 ) .  The  battle  against  this  dis- 
ease is  documented  in  Greer  Williams's 
The  Plague  Killers  (New  York;  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1969,  $6.95)  and  Mal- 
colm Watson's  African  Highway:  The 
Battle  for  Health  in  Central  Africa  (Mys- 


' Elegance  in  illumination  is  act- 

this  graceful  oil  lamp  of  handblown  gle 

A  patented  design  created  by  Jon  Wolfard, 

gj^^         it  lends  an  aura  of  warmth  and  hospitality  to  any  home. 

When  filled  with  a  quality  lamp  oil,  the  lamp  is  odorless.  Or  you 

may  prefer  to  use  a  gently  scented  oil,  either  clear  or  in  color. 

Available  in  three  sizes,  this  handsome  lamp  makes  an  ideal  gift. 

Should  you  not  be  delighted  with  your  purchase, 

you  may  return  it  within  ten  days  for  a  refund. 

Please  allow  three  weeks  for  delivery. 


^.-  ) 


•J 


3134  Coffey  Lane  •  Santa  Rosa,  California  95401 


Please  send  me: 
15-inch  lamps  (j 


California  residents  please  add 
!$3S     6  percent  sales  tax  $ 


:  12-inch  lamps®  $28    Enclosed   is  my  check  or 

sr  money  order  for  $ 

9-inch  lamps®  $24    AH  prices  include  delivery. 


Name 
Street 
City  _ 


Zip. 


135 


Ready  to 
Assemble  and  Finish 
18"  Century  Furniture 

One  of  24  Bartley  classics,  in  hand  crafted 
solid  mahogany,  oak  or  cherry.  Totally 
authentic  in  design  and  beautifully 
constructed.  Each  kit  is  easily  assembled 
and  finished  in  your  own  home  without 
tools.  All  pieces  also  offered  completely 
assembled  and  hand  finished.  A  $5.00 
coupon  included  with  catalogue. 


17 


Pie 


end 


youi 


illus 


ated 


n 


catalogue  of  18th  century  antique 
furniture  reproductions  available 
in  kit  form  or  hand  finished.  1  am 
enclosing  $1.00  to  cover  postage 
and  handling. 


j   City/State/Zip 

I  TheBart}eyGollection,%i.  j 

747  Oakwood  Ave.,  Dept.  12,  Lake  Forest,  II  60045 


'An  extraordinary  document 
of  natural  history."* 

Horses  of 
the  Camargue 

photographs  and  text 

by  Hans  Silvester 

Preface  hy  Konrad  Loreuz 

"Truly  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
photo-essays  of  this  season,  a 
celebration  of  the  wild  horses, 
living  today  ...  in  the  fertile, 
isolated  Camargue  region  ot 
southern  France. —P//A/«/:'fr,(  Weekly 
94  full-color  photographs. 
A  STUDIO  BOOK  $27.50 


THE  VIKING  PRESS 

f.2i  M.uiison  AxcnuL'.  N\.-«  ^'l)rl^.  N,>'.  1(H); 


tic:  Lawrence  Verry,  1953).  The  Care- 
less Technology:  Ecology  and  Interna- 
tional Development,  edited  by  M.  Taghi 
Farvar  and  John  P.  Milton  (Garden  City; 
Doubleday,  1972,  $25),  the  proceedings 
of  an  international  conference,  deals  with 
the  disruption  of  naturally  balanced  eco- 
systems by  the  implementation  of  plans 
aimed  at  economic  development.  "Ef- 
fects of  Irrigation  on  Mosquito  Popula- 
tions and  Mosquito-borne  Disease  in 
Man,  with  Particular  Reference  to  Rice- 
field  Extension,"  by  G.  Suttees  (Interna- 
tional Journal  oj Environmental  Studies. 
1970,  vol.  1 ,  pp.  35^2),  illustrates  prob- 
lems that  can  arise  from  such  develop- 
mental schemes. 

Bermuda  Birds  (p.  48) 

Kenneth  L.  Crowell's  "Reduced  In- 
terspecific Competition  Among  the  Birds 
of  Bermuda"  (Ecology.  1962,  vol.  43, 
pp.  75-88)  provides  additional  details  of 
his  field  studies  of  this  island  habitat; 
"Down  East  Mice"  (Natural  History. 
October  1975,  pp.  34-39)  deals  with  an- 
other facet  of  .Crowell's  research  on  is- 
land biogeography  and  population  dy- 
namics. C.  S.  Elton's  The  Ecology  of  In- 
vasions by  Animals  and  Plants  (New 
York;  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1966,  $5)  ana- 
lyzes the  impact  of  new  species  on  eco- 
system diversity.  Richard  A.  Slaughter, 
in  Birds  in  Bermuda  (Hamilton;  Ber- 
muda Bookstore,    1975),  complements 


at 


This  is  a  complete  recoriling,  delivered  by  Louis 
Zoul,  of  Edward  Fitzgerald's  5tli  version,  and  i 
the  cumulative  effort  of  three  men  ot  genius. 
It  is  followed  by  a  few  comments  and  compari- 
sons, and  also  Pedro  Calderon  de  la  Barca's  The 
Dream  Called  Life  and  Life  is  a  Dream. 
Lastly,  beginning  with  Hamlet's  soliloquy,  there 
is  some  of  Shakespear's  best. 

Among  the  kudos  we've  received,  this  came  from 
a  prolessor  in  Ethiopia:"lt  is  beyond  compare!"  A 
Brooklyn  ladywrote:"iplay  It  over  and  over.  It  is 
my  tTeasure."While  from  Canada  a  gentleman  re- 
quested: "Because  the  record  is  such  a  beauty, 
send  another  one." 

A    super/oriVe    delivery    ot    superlative    poetry 

$10.00 
Now  there  is  also  available  a  companion  book.lt 
is  hand  bound  and  printed  on  high  bulk  long  life 
archive  book  paper.  Estimated  duration-500yrs. 

$15.00 

Plus  Applicable  Sales  Tax 
(o«ly  for  N.Y.  SInlf  re»idt„l,) 

Available  Only  By   Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

Box   N -4044  Long  Island  CHy, 

New  York  11104 


MASSACHUSETTS  AUDUBON'S 
NATURAL  HISTORY 


'77 

FOR  DETAILS  &  AN  ITINERARY, 
PLEASE  WRITE: 
DIRECTOR  OF  TOURS 
NATURAL  HISTORY  SERVICES 
MASSACHUSETTS  AUDUBON  SOCIETY 
LINCOLN,  MASS.  01773 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  30  TO  90  DAYS 

Wanted:  Book  manuscripts  in  all  delds.  Expert 
editing,    design,    manufacture,   and   marketing- 
all     under    one     roof.     Two     FREE     books    (over 
270    pages)    give   complete    details 
Write  or  phone  Dept     779D  , 

EXPOSITION     PRESS,     Hicksville,     NY.     11801 
(516)   822-5700 


RARE  ENDANGERED  SPECIES 
■H   1     ON   EXQUISITE  NOTE  CARDS 

■'    f,...|"        Markhor.  Japanese  Crane,  Imperial 

■i"^'         Woodpecker,     Leadbeater's    Pos- 

^         sum,  Maned  V\loll,  Darwin's  Finch 

—  six  beautiful,  original  drawings 

■^  ,  iL  by  noted  artist,  Lonna  Snedecor, 

\  I         !  I  on  large,  quality  note  cards  with 

-  •■'•'\       ,' i  ecological  data.  Skillful  lithography 

shows  every  accurate  detail  and 

subtle  shadow  —  each  magnificent 

animal  seems  truly  alive. 

Send  a  "living"  conservation  message  whenever  you  write. 
Boxed  assortment  makes  thoughtful  gift  —  12  cards  (folded  to 
4  1/4"  X  6  1/8")  with  envelopes.  $3  95  Add  55c  shipping. 
Save  moneys  order  2  or  more  boxes,  we  pay  shipping  to  your 
home  Fast  UPS  delivery  (6  days),  48  States.  Calif  res.  add 
6%  tax  Send  check  or  M  0,  Order  Box  B 

Yarra  Ltd.,  74-391  Old  Prospector  Trail,  Palm  Desert,  CA 92260 


Before  You  Go  Anywhere... 
BE  A  TRAVEL  EXPERT! 


9si  know- the  WOBIO  TRAVEL  DATA  service.  Save  HUNDBEDS  olj 
kM%,  %%%,  avoid  costly  errors,  vacation-rurntng  blunders.  Be  travel  • 
^^K^  wise- join  knowledgeable  travelers  sharing  tlie  inside  secrets* 
®^Sv,  of  low-cost,  comfortable  global  travel.  Be  continually  t 
j^'sj?*-,-—  .m.  glL  updated  on  current  conditions,* 

fe'..I/-  ]'M|jp*B»^gWff     latest  changes.  Write:  • 

IS'>  W.f. I.  ,164"?),  Vain*  StVoVpt,  CML*  OraVge.'cA  92668*  ' 


BRAIDED  CALFSKIN  BELTS 

These  pliant  comfortable  belts  are  hand 
braided  fronn  sixteen  strands  of  specially  tan- 
ned calfskin.  The  width  is  one  and  one-hall 
inches,  the  color  natural  tan.  The  distinctive 
dees  in  the  closure  are  sand  cast  brass. 
No.  817  1Vz  inch  $13.50  ppd. 


Send  lor  our  unique  catalog 

^AUSTRAL  ENTERPRISES 

Box   70190.    Seattle.   Washington   98107 


136 


FURL 


a  bit  of 
natural 
history 


Whale  and  dinosaur 

ride  high  while  you 

keep  dry.  Umbrella 

is  quick-drying 

nylon  and  ideal  size 

for  men  and  women. 

With  a  light-weight 

wood  handle, 

grooved  to  give 

you  a  good  grip 

on  things.  Beige  with 

brown  motif  or  navy 

with  beige.  $16.00 

including  shipping 

and  handling. 


Natural  History  Umbrella,  Dept.  U100^ 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me Beige      Navy 

umbrellas  at  $16.00  eacti.  My  cfiecWmoney 
order  for  a  total  of  $ is  enclosed. 

Name 


Z!P__ 


Museum  members  may  take  10%  discount. 


f\N 


^ 


WOODWORKERS: 
The  Best  Is  arifJ^Economy 


Do  Better  Woodwork 
with  Garrett  Wade  Tools 

Your  woodworking  tools  are  your  constant 
companions  in  yowt  leisure  hours.  Pick  them 
as  carefully  as  you  do  your  friends  —  for 
their  good  qualities  and  compatibility. 

Your  friendship  with  your  Garrett  Wade 
tools  will  last  for  years,  whether  you  make 
your  own  furniture,  carve,  sculpt,  do  oc- 
casional repairs,  or  are  a  cabinet-maker. 
Garrett  Wade  offers  you  "a  beautiful  and 
extensive  line  of  imported  hand  tools"  and 
"the  most  complete  selection"  of  work- 
benches in  the  U.S.  (Popular  Mechanics, 
March,  1976.) 

It  takes  fine  tools  to  do  your  best  wood- 
work. Get  your  copy  of  Garrett  Wade's 
Yankee  Wood  Craftsman  Catalog — packed 
with  exciting  gift  ideas,  and  information  for 
beginner  and  expert. 

SEND  TODAY  FOR  FREE  64-PAGE  FULL- 
COLOR  CATALOG/WOODCRAFT  iVlANUAL 
Garret  Wade  Company,  Inc. ,  Dept.  N  H 
302  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  10001 
DYes,  I  want  a  FREE  Garrett  Wade  Cat- 
alog. 
Dl'm  in  a  hun-y;  send  it  first  class  mail. 
I  enclose  $1.00  postage  and  handling. 

Name 

Address 

^,^ity St ZIP y^ 


his  cxccllcnl  photographs  with  a  poetic 
pica  lor  maintaining  the  integrity  of  natu- 
ral ecosystems.  David  B.  Wingate's  A 
Check  lAsI  and  Guide  lo  the  liirds  oflier- 
inudu  (Hamilton:  The  Island  Press, 
1973),  an  annotated  list  of  the  island's 
breeding  birds,  also  contains  detailed 
charts  ol  the  occurrence  ol  all  320  tran- 
sient and  resident  species. 

National  Parks  Supplement  (p.  57) 

See  pages  86-87. 

Primate  Conservation  (p.  90) 

Thomas  T.  Struhsaker's  "Rain  Forest 
Conservation  in  Africa"  iPrimate.s. 
1972,  vol.  13,  pp.  103-9)  stresses  the 
need  for  rain  forest  parks  to  preserve  the 
natural  habitats  of  many  endangered  pri- 
mate species.  Several  Natural  History  m- 
ticles.such  as  R.  D.  .Martin's  "Ascent  of 
the  Primates  (March  1975,  pp.  52-61) 
and  "Strategies  of  Reproduction"  (No- 
vember 1975.  pp.  48-57)  and  Katherine 
M.  Homewood's  "Monkey  on  a  River- 
bank"  (January  1975,  pp.  68-73),  have 
addressed  the  ecological  strategies  of 
threatened  species.  Primate  Utilization 
and  Conservation,  edited  by  D.  Lindburg 
and  G.  Bermant  (New  York;  John  Wiley 
&  Sons,  1975),  collects  nearly  a  dozen 
papers  from  a  symposium,  which  are  ex- 
emplified by  primate  ecologist  J.  Stephen 
Gartlan's  "The  African  Coastal  Rain 
Forest  and  Its  Primates:  Threatened  Re- 
sources" (pp.  67-82)  and  Orville  A. 
Smith's  "Production  of  Specialized  Lab- 
oratory Primates,  with  Consideration  for 
Primate  Conservation"  (pp.  127-39). 
"Problems  and  Potentials  for  Primate  Bi- 
ology and  Conservation  in  the  New 
World,"  by  Paul  G.  Heltne  and  Richard 
W.  Thorington,  Jr.,  is  representative  of 
the  papers  in  Neotropical  Primates:  Field 
Studies  and  Conservation,  edited  by 
Thorington  and  Heltne  (Washington,  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences,  1976),  a 
symposium  directed  to  conserving  New 
World  species  and  their  ecosystems. 

Mountain  Biometeorology  (p.  100) 

Maurice  G.  Brooks's  The  Life  of  the 
Mountains  (New  York:  McGraw-Hill, 
1967)  provides  a  general  biological  sur- 
vey. Climates  of  North  America,  edited 
by  Reid  A.  Bryson  and  F.  Kenneth  Hare 
(New  York:  American  Elsevier  Publish- 
ing, 1974),  includes  excellent  descrip- 
tions of  the  effects  of  mountain  ranges  on 
weather  systems.  Eric  Sloane's  slim  vol- 
ume. Clouds.  Air  and  Wind  (New  York: 
Devin-Adair,  1941),  provides  more  in- 
formation on  cloud  forms  than  many 
newer,  more  formal  texts.  In  a  paper 
coauthored  with  W.  R.  Henson  and  W. 
G.  Wellington,  Ronald  W.  Stark  reports 
on  the  "Effects  of  the  Weather  of  the 
Coldest  Month  on  Winter  Mortality  of 
the  Lodgepole  Needle  Miner  in  Banff 
National  Park"  (Canadian  Entomologist. 
1954,  vol.  86,  pp.  13-19).  Information 


Shikari  Kit  Bags. 

One  of  the  most 
practical  forms 
of  luggage 
you  can 
own. 


.Available  in  three 
runveriient  sizes  for 
t  arjy  fjartdng  need. 

Easy  to  pack,  super  strong.. . 
a  different  type  of  duffle  sold 
only  by  Norm  Tbotnpson. 

We've  taken  the  basic  duffle  bag  design 
and  turned  it  into  one  of  the  most  practical 
pieces  of  luggage  you  can  own.  Our  .Shikari 
Kit  Bags  are  made  of  lOO''^,  cotton  canvas 
.  .  .  strong,  yei  \cry  lightweight.  They're 
designed  to  withstand  the  rigors  of  camping, 
huiuing.  Ol  a  backwoods  pack  trip.  --Vnd 
.Shikaris  arc  good  looking  enough  for  a  city 
hole!  or  luxury  rcsorl. 
Here's  what  to  expect. 

■  Packing  is  quick  and  easy,  c\  en  for  large, 
bulky  items.  Jam-proof  main  zipper  opens 
the  entire  length  of  the  bag.  Side  zipper 
opens  a  handv  comparlment  for  easy  access 
lo  things  you   want   to  get   at  in  a  hurry. 

■  Checkable  on  all  airlines,  ships,  and  trains. 

■  Virtually  rip-proof  .  .  .  stitched  with  da- 
cron  cotton  thread  that  wont  rot  out. 

■  They're  water-repellent  .  .  .  actually  float. 

■  Glove-soft  leather  carrying  handles  .  .  . 
secured  by  an  exclusive  Safety  Cirip  Lock. 

■  Rust-proof,  jam-proof  zippers.  ■  Nickel 
end  "D"  rings  for  lashing  bags  lo  cartop 
carrier,  boat,  or  pack  saddle.  ■Permanent 
calfskin  name  patch  for  easy  ID.  ■  Easy  to 
store  when  not  in  use  .  .  .  fold  up  compact. 
Super-Large  Bag  .  . .  34"  long  with  3  storage 
compartments;  main.  side. and  end.  Weight: 
48  ozs.  Diameter:  Ij'/o".  S35.00.  Utility  Kit 
Bag  (shown)  .  .  .  30"  long  with  2  compart- 
ments; main  and  side.  Weight:  32  ozs.  Di- 
ameter: 13".  $25.00.  Personal  Kit  Bag  .  .  . 
21"  long  with  2  compartments;  main  and 
side.  Weight:  16  ozs.  Diameter:  91/2".  $19.00. 
Please  add  SI. 00  for  postage  and  handling. 

Normniompson  Bs^B^ii^s^ 


Older  TOLL-FREE  anytime  800-547-6712 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  and  .\laslia) 

Shikari 
Bag(s) 

Size 

Oty. 

Super-large  (No.  148) 

Utility  (No.  146) 

Personal  (No.  142) 

D  Cliect;   D  Bank.\mcricard   n  Master  Charge 

Card  » M/C  Interbank  « 

Exp.  Date Sig.  X 

Name 

Address , — 

City 


.Zip- 


D  Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary®"  ctlg 


137 


Electronic  Digital  RAIN  GAUGE 
^,   Never  Needs  Emptying 

and  gives  remote,  indoor  reading! 


This  beautiful,  remote-reading  electronic  digital  ram 
gauge  accurately  measures  rain  up  to  100  feet  away,  by 
tenths  of  an  inch  up  to  999.9",  and  empties  itself.  Ac- 
cumulate total  rainfall  count  for  an  hour,  day,  week,  etc. 
To  start  a  new  counting  period,  just  push  the  reset  button 
on  the  indoor  counter  There's  no  need  ever  to  empty  or  check  the  hermetically 
sealed  outdoor  collector!  The  collector  is  easily  mounted  on  a  fence,  roof,  deck, 
patio— anywhere  up  to  100  feet  away— witVi  2  ordinary  screws.  To  know  whether 
your  plants,  shrubs,  lawn  and  garden  are  getting  an  adequate  supply  of  water,  just 
read  the  indoor  counter'  The  unit  runs  on  a  9V  transistor  battery  (not  included) 
which  has  a  minimum  of  one  year's  life.  Waterproof  wire  (30  ft.)  is  included.  A  great 
gift  for  gardening  hobbyists,  farmers,  home  owners  and  .. 

weather  buffs!  And  great  to  own!     STOCK  N0.72,165E  Just  $49  95  Ppd. 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 


(or  Hobbyists 
Schools,  Industry 

f^^X     JUST    CHECK       m 
COUPON'  I 

EDMUND 
SCIENTIFIC  CO.    I 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 


COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  COUPON  NOW 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO.   300  Edscorp  Bldg.,  Barnngton,  N.  ).  08007 


Please  Send  Me 

Electronic  Digital  Rain  Gauge(s) 

No.  72.165E@  $49.95 ea   S_ 


SEND  FREE    ■■ 

164  PAGE  CATALOG  "E 

Charge  my      American  Exp  "^'^ 

BankAmericard       Maslei  Cng  ^M 


Interbank  No 

Card  No 

Expiration  Date. 


Enclosed  IS 
n  check,  G 


.Service  &  tiandltng  charge  S ^  QQ 

n  amount  of  $ 


30-DAY  MONEY-BACK  GUAR- 


B.irrinr>tnn    M     I    Honni     I    *NTEE.  You  must   bc  satis- 
arrington.  N.  J.  08007    j    ,,^j  „,  ,^^^,„  3,^  ^^,,^35^ 

(609)  547-3488      ' 


Signature. 
Name 


in   30  days  for  full 
City 


Amehcs's  Greatest  t— 

Science  •  Optics  •  Hobby  Mail      helping  to  develop  America  s  TECHNOLoay  for  over  30  ^ears. 


Lose  weight,  not  performance. 


Minolta/Celtic  Compact 
Binoculars  provide 
magnification  comparable 
to  full-size  binoculars, 
but  without  the  weight  or 
bulk.  Superb  Minolta 
optics  bhng  in  clear,  bright 
sharp  images.  Center 
focusdesign  for  rapid,  easy 
focusing  Three  sizes, 
6x20,  8x20  and  10x20, 
give  you  a  choice  of 
magnification  to  suit  your 
needs.  Ruggedly  built 
to  go  anywhere.  For  more 
information,  write 
Minolta  Corporation, 
101  Williams  Drive,  Ramsey, 
New  Jersey  07446. 

Mindta/Celtic 
Compact  Binoculars 


about  the  red  belt  phenomenon  is  found 
in  Walter  R.  Henson's  "Chinook.  Winds 
and  Red  Belt  hijury  to  Lodgepole  Pine  in 
the  Rocky  Mountain  Parks  Area  of  Can- 
ada '  (Forestry  Chronicle.  1952,  vol.  28, 
pp.  62-64).  Cloud-line  studies  are  re- 
ported in  William  G.  Wellington's  Cana- 
dian Entomologist  article;  "The  Use  of 
Cloud  Patterns  to  Outline  Areas  with  Dif- 
ferent Climates  During  Population  Stud- 
ies" (1965,  vol.  97,  pp.  617-31). 

Coral  Reef  Pollution  (p.  106) 

Two  beautifully  illustrated  introduc- 
tions to  coral  reefs  are  Jacques  Cousteau 
and  Philippe  Diole's  Life  and  Death  in  a 
Coral  Sea  (Garden  City:  Doubleday, 
1971,  $9.95)  and  Douglas  Faulkner's 
The  Living  Reef  (New  York:  Quadran- 
gle, 1974).  "Trophic  Structure  and  Pro- 
ductivity of  a  Windward  Coral  Reef 
Community  on  Eniwetok  Atoll,"  by 
Howard  T.  Odum  and  Eugene  P.  Odum 
(Ecological  Monographs.  1955,  vol.  25, 
pp.  291-320),  is  a  landmark  study  in  reef 
research,  demonstrating  that  a  coral  reef 
community  functions  as  an  "oasis"  in  a 
nutrient-poor  ocean.  Peter  Garrett  and 
Hugh  Ducklow  discuss  bacteria-coral  in- 
teractions in  "Coral  Diseases  in  Ber- 
muda" (Nature.  1975,  vol.  253,  pp. 
349-50),  and  an  account  of  reef  destruc- 
tion is  found  in  Gilbert  L.  Voss's 
"Sickness  and  Death  in  Florida's  Coral 
Reefs"  (Natural  History.  August-Sep- 
tember 1973,  pp.  40^7).  Research  de- 
tails from  the  Red  Sea  sites  described  in 
the  current  Natural  History  piece  may  be 
found  in  Yossi  Loya's  "Possible  Effects 
of  Water  Pollution  on  the  Community 
Structure  of  Red  Sea  Corals"  (Marine 
Biology.  1975,  vol.  29,  pp.  177-85)  and 
"Recoionization  of  Red  Sea  Corals  Af- 
fected by  Natural  Catastrophes  and  Man- 
made  Perturbations"  (Ecology,  1976, 
vol.  57,  pp.  278-89)  and  Lev  Fishelson's 
"Ecological  and  Biological  Phenomena 
Influencing  Coral-Species  Composition 
on  the  Reef  Tables  at  Eilat  (Gulf  of 
Aqaba,  Red  Sea)"  (Marine  Biology, 
1973,  vol.  19,  pp.  183-96). 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


0<M>OH>CH)H>0<><H><>-0<H>00<KH>0-0-0-Oq 

oneness | 

A  subtle  linking  of     | 
s  religious  symbols, 
delicately  wedded  to- 
gether by  the  artisan, 

;d  descriptive  booklet. 

14K  with  24' chain  .  .  .  $37.50 

Sterling  Silver  .   •   .  $16.75 

ISAAC  SOLTES  DESIGN    NH 

192  3  S.McPhemn  Ave. 
Monterey  Park,  Calif.  91754 

CALIFORNIA  RESIDENTS  ADD  6»  SALES  TAX 
Check  or  Money  Ordef/Money.back  Goarantee 

°0<MXKMX>OH>0<M>0<MK>0<!  "'^ 


Cybis '  "Poko"  —  America's  Master  Burrower,  8  inches  high  and 8  inches  long 
from  the  Animal  Kingdom  and  Woodland  Collection . . .  $245. 


There's  an  art  to  surviving  the  bacldash 
of  the  ecological  kick. 


You  wouldn't  think  a  loveable 
guy  like  the  American  Prairie  Dog 
could  turn  the  ecological  tide. 
But  sad  to  say,  he  has. 

It's  all  because  the  wily  little 
burrower — with  millions  of  miles 
of  underground  mazes  to  his 
credit— has  dug  his  way  into 
the  human  consciousness.  He's 
Infected  us  humans  with  fear  and 
morbid  love.  And  as  if  he  knew 
exactly  how  to  catch  us  off 
balance,  he's  gotten  us  to  fash- 
ion a  plethora  of  clay  prairie 
dogs.  Deceived  us  into  thinking 
we  could  keep  him  from  extinc- 
tion by  making  an  idol  of  him. 
At  Armstrong's,  we're  as  ecology- 
minded  as  the  next  fellow.  But 


we  can't  see  turning  prairie  dogs 
into  idols.  Not  if  it  means  reduc- 
ing Nature's  human  custodians 
to  a  pack  of  pagans.  And  Art  to 
mediocre  menageries  that  would 
take  centuries  to  recycle. 

With  the  help  of  our  friends  at 
Cybis  we're  holding  the  line 
against  the  critter's  backlash. 
Our  Prairie  Dog  is  a  true  work  of 
art.  A  celebration  of  the  life  force. 
A  noble  expression  of  the  human 
spirit.  And  what  is  that  spirit  if 
it's  not  the  spirit  of  survival. 
Without  it,  IVian  would  be  a 
graven  image  maker  or  a  taxi- 
dermist at  best.  And  where  would 
that  leave  our  prairie  dog? 


We  've  immortalized  the  chipmunk,!too. 
Cybis'  "Chipmunk  with Bloodroot" — 
an  issue  of  500  sculptures  —  8  inches 
high  by  9  inches  long  —  from  the 
Animal  Kingdom  and  Woodland 
Collection . . .  $625. 


150  EAST  THIRD  STREET  D  POMONA,  CALIFORNIA  91766  G  (714)622-4535 
Hours:  9:00  a.m.  to  5:30  p.m.  Tuesday  through  Saturday  D  Closed  Sundays  and  Mondays 


^-70 

lectures.  Pmnto! 

Polaroichs  light  little  automatic, 
for  the  new  Super  Color  film. 


Pronto!  puts  SX-70  pictures 
into  everybody's  hands. 

This  is  our  easiest  instant 
camera  ever.  Just  set  the 
distance,  frame  and  press  the 
button.  This  little  camera's 
12,000  r. p.m.  motor  propels  a 
big  SX-70  picture  into  your 
hand,  already  developing.  In 
minutes,  you'll  have  a  beautiful 
finished  color  print. 
Pronto!  uses  the  new  SX-70  film  with  Colorlock 
dyes.  These  colors  are  among  the  most  fade-resistant 
ever  in  photography.  (The  battery  is  built  into  the  film 
pack.  Fresh  power  every  time  you  load.) 

Pronto!  also  uses  the  SX-70's  1 0-shot  FlashBar.  When 
the  FlashBar's  used  up,  the  camera  won't  shoot.  When 
the  film's  used  up,  the  FlashBar  won't  shoot. 

An  electric  eye  and  electronic  shutter  set  all 
exposures  automatically,  even  for  flash.  And  you  can 
even  get  Pronto!  accessories  such  as  a  tripod  mount 
and  self-timer,  so  you  can  get  into  your  own  pictures. 

This  16-ounce  camera  shoots 
from  3  feet  to  infinity.  You  can  take  it , 
anywhere.  What  d'you  say?  Pronto! 


Onty^66 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


NOVEMBER  1976  •  tIJ 


m 


Ent^ 


Ai\feVe  made  our  finest  camera  even  better. 


How  could  we  top  the 
original  SX-70  Land  cam- 
era? It  does  things  no 
other  camera  can  do: 

You  focus  from  infinity 
to  10.4",  closer  than  almost 
any  other  camera  without 
a  special  lens. 

You  look  through  the 


viewfinder  and  see  right 
through  the  lens,  so  you 
know  precisely  what  you'll 
get.  (It's  an  SLR  system.) 

You  press  a  button  and  a 
12,000  rpm  motor  delivers 
into  your  hand  an  already 
developing  picture,  hard, 
flat  and  dry.  In  minutes, 
^ou  have  a  big,  beautiful 
finished  31/8"  X  31/8"  print. 

In  daylight,  an  electric 
eye  automatically  reads 
the  light  and  sets  the 
aperture  and  electronic 
shutter  speed  for  you. 

But  we  didn't  stop  there. 

We've  added  a  monitored 
flash  that  makes  final  cor- 
rections in  exposure,  to 
give  you  better  indoor 


flash  pictures.  You  can 
even  use  flash  in  daylight 
to  fill  in  shadows  and 
eliminate  harsh  light. 

And  our  new  Superclear 
SX-70  film  with  Colorlock 
dyes  gives  you  better  color, 
crisper  detail  and  a  wider    ■ 
temperature  range.  It  is 
one  of  the  most  fade-resis- 
tant films  in  all  photography. 

The  new  Alpha  1,  in  gen- 
uine leather  and  a  velvety 
chrome  finish,  folds  into  a 
flat,  elegant  shape  to  fit 
into  pocket  or  purse.  A 
leather  neck  strap  makes 
it  even  more  portable. 

Polaroid's  SX-70  Alpha  1. 
It's  our  finest  camera,  now 
even  better. 


©  1976  Polaroid  Corporation  "Polaroid"  and  "SX-70"' 


You  can  get  this  close  with  the  Alpha  1 
without  a  special  lens... 


while  this  is  the  closest  most  other 
cameras  will  let  you  get. 


tm 


vimsssmimmimtant: 


^  ^%  ^0 


$1 1 .50  for  authentic  Waterford? 
True.  Indeed,  the  only  piece  on  this 
page  that  costs  more  than  $25  is  the 
^— -.,,,   lamp.  Imagine.  rSo  matter 

'  >^^ \^    what  you  spend,  whether 
^'^^^^i     it's  under  $1 2  or  over 

i^j  ^  A     $1 200,  each  piece  of 
'^-^y^-  n  Waterford  Crystal  is  a  real 

"*— -^  investment.  Still  blown  by 
mouth  and  cut  wholly  by  hand, 

it  captures  the  fire  of  the  sun. 
To  light  up  your  life.  Waterford. 
The  affordable  treasure. 


QRD  ILLUMINATES  MOUR  LIFE. 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


Incorporating  Nature  Magazine 
Vol.  LXXXV,  No.  9 
November  1976 


The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  G.  Goelet.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Director 


Alan  Ternes,  Editor 

Thomas  Page.  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay,  Frederick  Harlmann, 

Christopher  Hallowell 

Carol  Brestin,  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein,  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckhorn,  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato,  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson,  Editorial  Asst. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamond  Dana,  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dean  Amadon,  Dorothy  E.  Bliss, 

Mark  Chartrand.  Niles  Eldredge, 

Vincent  Manson.  Margaret  Mead, 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Gerard  Piel, 

Richard  G.   Van  Gelder 

David  D.  Ryus,  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn,  Production  Manager 
Daniel  White,  Marketing  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf,  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Laurie  G.  Warhol 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street.  New  York,  N.Y.   10024. 
Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York,  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 
420  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York,  N.   Y.   10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions, 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  S0340 


5     Authors 

12      Spirits  of  the  Makassae  Shepard  Forman 
Who  did  cause  the  horrendous  fire  ? 

20      A  Naturalist  at  Large  Bernard  Nietschmann 
Drift  Coconuts 

32      This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Could 
So  Cleverly  Kind  an  Animal 

40     A  Resurgence  of  Kites  Lee  Waian 

These  aggressive  birds  become  quite  chummy  at  night. 

48  The  Ape  in  Stateroom  10  Kenneth  A.  R.  Kennedy  and  John  C.  Whittaker 
America's  first  gorilla,  fragile  and  doomed,  had  a  permanent  impact  on 
science. 

54     The  Turbulent  Sun 

A  special  Natural  History  supplement  presents  some  of  the  greatest  pictures 
and  latest  findings  of  our  own  star,  with  five  separate  articles: 
"Sunspots"  by  John  A.  Eddy;  "Holes  in  the  Corona"  by  J.  David  Bohlin; 
"Solar  Flares"  by  Peter  A.  Sturrock;  "Waves  on  the  Sun"  by  Roger  K.  Ulrich; 
and  '  'The  Sun 's  Missing  Particles ' '  by  John  N.  Bahcall. 

88      Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


90 


An  African  Ethic  of  Conservation  Hussein  Adan  Isack 
The  roots  of  wildlife  preservation  run  deep. 


92     The  Market 

96     The  Fruitful  Wasteland  Denis  Hayes 

Two-thirds  of  the  world  uses  less  energy  than  the  United  States  now  wastes. 

101     A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
Kwakiutl  Cuisine 

106      Book  Review  Edward  Abbey 
Ah,  Wilderness! 

112     Additional  Reading 

115     Announcements 

Cover:      A  jet  of  hot  gas  erupts  from  an  active  region  on  the  sun 's  surface. 

This  color-enhanced  black-and-white  photograph  was  taken  at  Big  Bear 
Solar  Observatory.  "The  Turbulent  Sun"  begins  on  page  54. 


JThe 
Chevrolet 

More  head  room.  MOfC  rear  seat  leg  room, 
More  trunk  room.  More  manageable  in  city  trotfic.      | 
More  sound  isolation.  More  corrosion  protection. 
More  ease  of  entry  and  exit  More  appropriate  for  the  times. 
All  of  that  and  More,  compared  to  the  1976  full-size  Chevrolet 

Now  that's  more  like  it. 


Authors 


One  of  the  most  pleasant  aspects  of 
Shepard  Forman's  fifteen-month- 
field  work  experience  among  the  Ma- 
kassae  in  Portuguese  Timor  was 
learning  self-sufficiency.  Isolated  liv- 
ing conditions  and  a  subsistence 
economy  made  it  necessary  for  For- 
man,  his  wife,  and  their  two  young 
children,  to  raise  virtually  all  their 
own  food.  Forman  also  built  their 
bamboo  house,  as  well  as  a  garage  for 
a  temperamental  army  Jeep ,  a  veteran 
of  several  World  War  II  campaigns. 
Forman  now  teaches  anthropology  at 
the  University  of  Michigan.  He  plans 
to  continue  studying  the  history  of  the 
colonization  of  Timor,  as  well  as  the 
religious  ideology  of  Brazilian  and 
Portuguese  peasant  societies,  a  proj- 
ect that  he  began  four  years  ago. 


Lee  Waian  reports  that  "after  ob- 
serving the  big  'white  hawk'  hover- 
ing over  the  coastal  fields  of  southern 
California,  he  dropped  a  budding  ca- 
reer interest  in  marine  ecology  and 
began  studying  the  white-tailed 
kite."  His  ongoing  research  into  the 
behavioral  ecology  of  this  bird  of 
prey  began  in  1965.  An  independent 
environmental  consultant,  Waian  is 
also  investigating  other  grassland 
predator-prey  relationships.  Among 
his  avocations,  film  making  ranks 
first,  followed  by  a  near  addiction  to 
fly-fishing. 


The  history  of  the  first  live  gorilla 
brought  to  this  country  came  to  light 
entirely  by  accident  when  John  C. 
Whittaker  (right),  then  an  anthro- 
pology student  at  Cornell  University, 
happened  upon  the  gorilla's  dusty  and 
unmarked  file  while  gathering  mate- 
rial for  a  thesis  on  Cornell's  anthro- 
pological collections.  Now  a  gradu- 
ate student  at  the  University  of  Ari- 
zona, Whittaker  collaborated  with 
Kenneth  A.  R.  Kennedy  (left)  in 
sorting  through  the  details  of  the  go- 
rilla's life  and  the  body  of  scientific 
knowledge  that  resulted.  Kennedy,  a 
biological  anthropologist,  teaches  at 
Cornell  University,  where  his  major 
lields  of  study  are  primate  evolution 
and  the  history  of  early  man  in  South 
Asia. 


Born  in  1957,  in  Marsabit  District, 
Kenya,  Hussein  Adan  Isack,  a 

member  of  the  pastoral  Borans,  spent 
his  early  youth  tending  his  father's 
cattle  and  sheep.  At  nine,  he  was 
taken  to  primary  school  away  from 
home.  He  writes,  "Everything  was 
new  to  me — lorries,  shops,  ciga- 
rettes, sewing  machines."  A  strong 
interest  in  wildlife  developed  when 
he  began  his  studies  at  the  Kangaru 
Secondary  Boys  School  in  the  Embu 
District,  where  he  is  at  present  in  the 
fourth  form.  He  is  a  member  of  the 
Kangaru  Wildlife  Club  and  has  joined 
the  President's  Award  Scheme, 
which  tests  young  people's  endur- 
ance under  harsh  conditions.  He  re- 
cently won  the  Award  Scheme  gold 
medal  in  the  expedition  category. 
Isack  hopes  to  go  on  to  college  to 
study  wildlife  management  and  con- 
servation. His  article  in  this  issue  won 
first  prize  in  the  Wildlife  Clubs  of 
Kenya  Annual  Essay  Competition. 


An  active  outdoorsman,  Denis 
Hayes  has  worked  for  the  environ- 
mental movement  since  graduating 
from  Stanford  University  in  1969.  He 
was  national  coordinator  of  Environ- 
mental Action,  Inc. ,  which  organized 
the  first  Earth  Day  in  1970,  and 
served  as  director  of  the  Illinois  State 
Energy  Office.  At  present,  Hayes  is 
a  senior  researcher  at  Worldwatch  In- 
stitute, a  new,  globally  oriented  en- 
vironmental organization  based  in 
Washington,  D.C.  His  search  for 
"benign  and  sustainable  energy  op- 
tions" as  alternatives  to  nuclear 
power  led  him  to  investigate  ways  in 
which  waste  can  be  recycled  into  pro- 
ductive energy.  The  research  will  be 
published  in  a  forthcoming  book, 
Rays  of  Hope,  from  which  this  article 
is  excerpted. 


John  A.  Eddy  has  been  on  the  staff 
of  the  High  Altitude  Observatory  in 
Boulder,  Colorado,  for  thirteen 
years.  That  time  has  been  largely 
spent  in  making  observations  of  the 
sun  and  in  teaching  astronomy  at  the 
University  of  Colorado  at  Boulder.  A 
graduate  of  the  United  States  Naval 
Academy,  Eddy  also  has  a  Ph.D.  in 
astrogeophysics  from  the  University 
of  Colorado.  He  will  shortly  join  the 
Harvard  College  Observatory/Smith- 
sonian Astrophysical  Observatory  as 
a  visiting  fellow  to  conduct  a  research 
program  on  the  behavior  of  the  sun 
during  the  last  hundred  years.  In  addi- 
tion to  his  work  on  the  sun,  Eddy  has 
investigated  astroarcheology  and  the 
use  of  medicine  wheels  by  early 
American  Indians.  He  served  as 
consultant  on  the  Sun  Supplement  in 
this  issue. 


J.  David  Bohlin  is  a  research 
physicist  in  solar  astronomy  at  the 
Naval  Research  Laboratory  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  where  he  is  currently 
engaged  in  the  analysis  of  Skylab 
solar  data  with  an  emphasis  on 
coronal  holes.  Bohlin  did  his  under- 
graduate work  at  Wabash  College, 
Crawfordsville,  Indiana,  and  ac- 
quired a  Ph.D.  in  solar  physics  from 
the  University  of  Colorado.  He  has 
done  field  work  at  the  solar  patrol 
telescope  in  Tel  Aviv,  Israel,  and  at 
Big  Bear  Solar  Observatory  in  the 
San  Bernadino  Mountains  of  Califor- 


Peter  A.  Sturrock  is  professor  of 
space  science  and  astrophysics  at 
Stanford  University.  Born  in  Eng- 
land, although  now  an  American  citi- 
zen, he  did  his  undergraduate  and 
graduate  studies  at  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity from  which  he  received  a 
Ph.D.  in  mathematics  in  1951.  Stur- 
rock first  became  interested  in  solar 
flares  in  1963,  when  he  participated 
in  a  symposium  on  the  subject  held 
under  the  auspices  of  NASA.  Among 
the  organizations  to  which  he  belongs 
are  the  International  Astronomical 
Union,  the  American  Physical  Soci- 
ety, the  American  Geophysical 
Union,  the  American  Astronomical 
Society,  and  the  Royal  Astronomical 
Society. 


Roger  K.  Ulrich  is  an  associate 
professor  of  astronomy  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  California,  Los  Angeles.  A 
1963  graduate  of  the  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  he  obtained  a 
Ph.D.  in  astronomy  from  that  univer- 
sity in  1968.  A  graduate  seminar  on 
solar  oscillations  initially  aroused  his 
interest  in  the  topic,  which  he  has 
been  investigating  for  several  years. 
He  is  also  engaged  in  research  on  the 
formation  of  stars  and  the  origin  of 
X-ray  stars  in  particular.  Field  work 
has  taken  Ulrich  to  Sacramento  Peak 
Observatory  in  Sunspot,  New  Mex- 
ico. 


John  N.  Bahcall  is  on  the  faculty 
of  the  School  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
the  Institute  for  Advanced  Study  in 
Princeton,  New  Jersey.  He  was  an 
undergraduate  at  the  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  and  received  a 
Ph.D.  in  physics  from  Harvard  Uni- 
versity in  1961.  Bahcall  has  been 
concerned  with  what  he  calls  the 
"solar  neutrino  problem"  for  about 
fifteen  years  and  plans  to  continue  his 
efforts  to  solve  it.  He  was  elected  to 
the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  in 
April  of  this  year. 


America's  Bookstore  has  the 
books  you  most  want  to  read 


and  a  convenient,  economical 
to  obtain  them 


way 


iPuh  pri 


Pholonraphs 
(Pub  price  S7.951 

397  A  MAN  CALLED 
INTREPID:  The 
Secret  War  Ar 

WILLIAM  STEVI-.NSON 

Photos  &  Mans 
(Pub  price  512.95) 

604  A  COMPLETE 
GUIDE  TO  THERAPY 
From  Psvchoanalysis  To 
Behavior  Modification 

hv  JOEL  KON'LL,  M.U. 

(Pub  price  5101 

213  THE  DAMNABLE 
QUESTION:  A  Study 
in  Anglo-Irish 
Relations  hv 

GEORCL 
DANGERFIELD 

(Pub  price  S14.95I 

606  AS  I  SEE  IT 

The  Autobiography 
o(  J  Paol  Getty 
Ptiotographs 
(Pub  price  51 0.951 

174  DICTIONARY  OF 
FOREIGN  TERMS /.!• 


360  A  CHARLES 
DICKENS  CHRISTMAS 
A  Christmas  Carol, 
The  Chimes  and 
The  Cricket  on 
the  Hearth  II  Vol.) 
With  illustrations 

by  WARf^EN  CHAPPELL 

(Pub  price  514.951 

127  THE  POETRY 
OF  ROBERT  FROST 
Edited  by 
EDWARD  CONNERY 


423  IT  CHANGED  MY 
LIFE  Writings  on  the 
Women's  Movegient 
/jiiii  I  n  1  mi  nvN 
(Pub  price  5101 

438  THE  RUSSIANS 

bv  HEDRICK  SMITH 

(Pub  price  512.501 


Illustrated 
(Pub  price  5151 

208  WHERE  THE 
MONEY  WAS  ir 

WILLIE  SlITTON 


(Pub  pri 


5101 


601   THE  CREATIVE 
BALANCE:  Government 
Politics,  and  the 
Individual  in  America's 
Third  Century 

by  l:l-LIOT 

(Pub  price  512.951 

554  THOIVlAS 
JEFFERSON: An 
Intimate  History  by 


603  THE  LANGUAGE 
OF  FEELINGS:  The 
Time-and-Money 
Shorthand  ol 
Psychotherapy  by 

DAVID  VISCOTT,  M.D. 

(Pub  price  56.951 


BOOK- OF -THE  MONTH  CLUB"" 

invites  you  to  choose 

ANY FOUR 

FORONLY$l 


THE  SUGGESTED  TRIAL:  You  simply  agree  to  buy  four  Club  choices 
within  a  year  at  substantial  savings  on  most  books  you  choose. 


FOR  READERS  whose  enthusiasm  about  good  books 
far  exceeds  the  time  they  have  to  find  them,  the 
Book-of-the-Month  Club  offers  the  ideal  solution.  It 
not  only  keeps  you  informed  about  all  the  important 
new  books  published,  it  delivers  the  ones  you  want 
straight  to  your  door.  No  wonder  busy  book  readers  all 
ove.r  the  country  have  found  it  such  a  time-saving 
service.  Once  you  become  a  member,  you'll  be 
glad  you  decided  to  take  advantage  of  the  many 
benefits  of  at-home  shopping  in  America's  Bookstore, 
the  Book-of-the-Month  Club.  Why  not  give  it  a 
try  right  now  by  choosing  any  four  of  the  extraordinary 
books  on  this  page  for  only  SI?  Continued  membership 
makes  you  eligible  for  our  unique  Book-Dividend* 
plan,  a  wonderful  way  to  save  more  money  — up  to  70% 
of  the  publishers'  list  prices. 


SOME  OF  THE  BENEFITS  OF  MEMBERSHIP 


Prices  sho  wn  are  publishers '  U.  S. 

prices.  Outside  the  U.S.,  prices  are 

generally  somewhat  higher 


•  In  addition  to  getting  four  books 
for  $1  when  you  join,  you  keep 
saving  substantially  on  most  of  the 
books  you  buy. 

•  And  these  are  true  savings  be- 
cause every  book  offered  is  identi- 
cal to  the  publisher's  edition  in 
content,  format,  size   and  quality. 

•  You'll  learn  about  the  coming 
Selection  and  Alternates  in  the 
Book-of'the-Month    Club    News^. 

literary    magazim 


every  three  and  a  half 
•  If  you  want  the  Seli 


(approximately 


need  do  nothing-it  will  be  shipped 

•  If  you  do  not  want  the  Selection- 
or  you'd  Uke  one  of  the  Alternates 
or  no  book  at  ail-simply  indicate 
your  decision  on  the  reply  form 
enclosed  with  the  News  and  mail 
it  so  we'll  receive  it  by  the  date 
specified. 

•  If,  because  of  late  mail  delivery 
of  the  News,  you  should  receive  a 
Selection  without  having  had  10 
days  to  decide  whether  you  want 
it,  that  Selection  may  be  returned 


449  THE  DEEP 

*r  PrTtK  BCNCHLFV 

I  ("ub  price  S7.95 


■Pub  priee  S12.50i 

207  THE  HAMMOND 
A'ORLD  ATLAS- 
Superior  Ettilion 
I  Pub  price  $12l 

190  A  SEA  CHANGE 

hi  LOIS  OOLLD 

'Pub  price  SS.SSl 


6-A1 13-11 


BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH  CLUB,  INC. 
Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania  17012 
Please  enroll  me  as  a  member  of  the  Book-of- 
the-Month  Club  and  send  me  the  four  volumes 
whose  numbers  I  have  indicated  in  boxes  be- 
low, billing  me  $1.00  for  all  four  volumes.  I 
agree  to  purchase  at  least  four  additional  Se- 
lections or  Alternates  during  the  first  year  I  am 
a  member,  paying  in  most  cases  special  mem- 
bers' prices.  My  membership  is  cancelable  any 
lime  after  I  buy  these  four  books.  A  shipping 
charge  is  added  to  all  shipments. 

INDICATE  BY  NUMBER  THE  FOUR  BOOKS  YOU  WANT 


MISS)                       (Please  print  plainiy) 
Address Apt.. 


State Zip.. 


Leave  behind  the  frantic  turmoil  of  civilization  and  come 
back  with  us  to  the  real  America.  Still  the  land  of  the 
eagle,  the  buffalo,  the  mountain  lion  and  elk.  Still  spa- 
cious, sprawling,  majestic.  Where  garlands  of  water  tum- 
ble from  sheer  rock  cliffs... mountains  stretch  as  far  as  the 
eye  can  see... vibrant  flowers  speckle  the  meadowland. 

Yes,  now  you  can  experience  the  freedom  and  serenity  still 
to  be  found  in  the  natural  wonders  of  our  land.  Thanks  to  a 
publishing  landmark  from  Time-Life  Books  A  27-volume 
picture  library  of  THE  AMERICAN  WILDERNESS.  And 
we'd  like  to  invite  you  to  sample  a  volume  of  it  without  cost  or 
risk...  and  then,  if  you  wish,  join  us  as  a  subscriber. 

A  rare  adventure  awaits  you  . . . 

As  a  subscriber,  you'll  feast  on  scenes  from  our  land's  forbid- 
den canyons,  powerful  rivers,  majestic  peaks,  awesome  des- 
erts: Florida's  Shark  River  with  its  mangrove  mazes;  the  state 
of  Washington's  lush  Enchanted  Valley,  walled  in  by  cliffs 
and  clouds  1,932  feet  above  sea  level;  the  mile-wide  450-foot- 
deep  MacDougal  Crater  just  south  of  the  Arizona  border. 
You'll  delight  in  little-known  animal  life... the  bright-eyed 
golden  marmot  of  The  Snake  River  Country,  the  sea  cow  of 
The  Everglades  who  eats  200  pounds  of  vegetables 
a  day. 

Through  the  stirring  text  and  lavish  photographs  in  these 
books,  you'll  visit  Wild  Alaska — home  of  huge  bears  and  of 
wolves  who  devour  25  lbs.  of  meat  at  a  single  feeding. .  .T/ie 
Grand  Canyon,  where  rocks  of  the  Vishnu  Schist  go  back  2 
billion  years. .  .Hau'aa',   land  of  fire-spewing  volcanoes, 


Eden-like  forests,  enchanting  coral  reefs... Baja  California, 
where  ruined  missions,  bleached  bones  and  abandoned  mines 
testify  to  one  of  man's  unsuccessful  attempts  to  rape  a  natural 
land. 

Start  with  The  High  Sierra  FREE  for  10  days 

Begin  your  tour  of  THE  AMERICAN  WILDERNESS  with  a 
10-day  free  examination  of  the  first  volume  in  the  series,  The 
High  Sierra.   Explore  the  Sierra's  400  miles  of  cliffs  and 
forests  and  meadows. . .  home  of  the  giant  sequoias,  the  site 
of  Yosemite,  and  a  last  stronghold  of  the  West's  big  cats. 
Then  decide  if  you  want  to  keep  The  High  Sierra.  You  may 
do  so  for  only  $6.95  and  continue  to  receive  other  books  in 
the  series  as  described  in  the  coupon.  There  is  no  obliga- 
tion to  keep  any  book,  and  you  may  cancel  at  any  time. 
Mail  our  bound-in  card  today  (no  stamp  needed).  Or,  if 
card  is  gone,  use  coupon  on  the  opposite  page. 

American  Wilderness  Library 

•  The  High  Sierra  is  written  by  avid  outdoors- 
man  Ezra  Bowen  with  noted  conservationist 
Martin  Litton  as  consultant 

•  Oversized  9  x  10%  inches,  hardbound 

•  184  pages  and  over  40,000  words  of  text 

•  More  than  100  illustrations — photographs, 
paintings,  maps,  including  87  pages  in 
full  color 

•  Books  shown  here  are  just  some  of  the 
exciting  volumes 


T/ie  M 
Pra 


How  venture  into 

Tlie  Higii  Sierra  FREE  for  10  days 


Explore 

The  High  SierrS 

free  for  10  days. 


Last 


SironS^" 


,a  for  «»'e  Big  Cais 


Enzn 

LIFE 


Time  &  Life  Building 
BOOKS  Chicago,  III.  60611 

Yes.  I  would  like  to  examine  The  High  Sierra. 
Please  send  it  to  me  for  10  days'  free  exami- 
nation and  enter  my  subscription  to  THE 
AMERICAN  Wn.DERNESS.  If  I  decide  to 
keep  The  High  Sierra.  I  will  pay  $6.95  plus 
shipping  and  handling.  I  then  will  receive 
future  volumes  in  THE  AMERICAN  WIL- 
DERNESS series,  shipped  a  volume  at  a  time 
approximately  every  other  month.  Each  is 
$6.95  plus  shipping  and  handling  and  comes 
on  a  10-day  free-examination  basis.  TTiere  is 
no  minimum  number  of  tooks  that  I  must 
buy.  I  may  cancel  my  subscription  at  any  time 
simply  by  notifying  you. 

If  I  do  not  choose  to  keep  The  High  Sierra. 
I  will  return  the  book  within  10  days,  my  sub- 
scription for  future  volumes  will  be  canceled 
and  I  will  not  be  under  any  further  obligation. 

Print  BRB9S3 
Name . 


Canadian  reildenis:  Please  mail  this  fomi  in  an 
envelope.  Schools  and  llbrariet:  Order  Library-Style 
bindings  from  Silver  Burdett  Company.  Momstown, 
"'  J.  07960.  Eligible  for  Titles  I.  11  hmds. 


ij^.-^sLsi&aija:.,?*; : 


^«S!!JKaZ)S«5^,^H;*'-j.? 


^CQ 

^? 

§  *" 

IS 

■Sm 

w<0 

JO) 

la 

zm 

s  ^ 

S  P- 

s  ■< 

^5 

:::fek 

IP 

<o 

a 

S' 

3 

-n 

-n 

a. 

O 

3- 

-1 

3 

en 

o' 

3_ 

^ 

a 

{U 

o 

(Q 

Z 
o 

O 

"^ 

> 

^ 

to 

CO 

rv> 

03 

The  Great  Divide... 
Visit  these  and  other  areas  in 


Start  with  The  High  Sierra 
yours  free  for  10  days 


TIME-LIFE  BOOKS 

Time  &  Life  Building,  Chicago,  Illinois  60611 

uld  like  to  examine  The  High  Sierra.  Please  send 
t  to  me  for  10  days'  free  examination  and  enter  my  sub- 
ption  to  THE  AMERICAN  WILDERNESS.  If  I  decide 
to  keep  The  High  Sierra.  I  will  pay  S6.95  plus  shipping  and 
handling.  I  then  will  receive  future  volumes  in  THE 
AMERICAN  WILDERNESS  series,  shipped  a  volume  at  a 
time  approximately  every  other  month.  Each  is  $6.95  plus 
shipping  and  handling  and  comes  on  a  10-day  free-examina- 
tion basis.  There  is  no  minimum  number  of  books  that  I 
must  buy.  I  may  cancel  my  subscription  at  any  time  simply 
by  notifying  you. 

If  I  do  not  choose  to  keep  The  High  Sierra,  I  will  return 
the  book  within  10  days,  my  subscription  for  future  vol- 
umes will  be  canceled  and  I  will  not  be  under  any  further 
obligation. 


I  Schools  and  libraries:  Order  Library-Style  bindings  from 
I  Silver  Burdett  Company,  Morristown,  N.J.  07960.  Eligible 
'        for  Titles  I,  II  funds. 


Pinot  Chardonnay. 

An  exquisite 
Napa  Valley  white 

wine  from  The 
Christian  Brothers. 


Certain  of  the  gravelly  soils  and 
micro  climates  near  our  Napa  Valley 
Novitiate  and  Winery  are  particu- 
larly kind  to  the  Pinot  Chardonnay 
This  varietal  grape  which  produces 
the  white  burgundies  of  France  has 
gained  exquisite  subtle  flavor  and 


fragrance  here  in  our  vineyards. 
In  recent  years,  new  methods  of 
vinification  enable  us  to  capture  more 
of  this  delicate  taste. 

I  believe  you  will  find  The 
Christian  Brothers  Napa  Valley 
Pinot  Chardonnay  one  of  our  most 
memorable  wines.  As  with  all  our 
table  wines,  it  is  blended  from  various 
harvests  and  vineyard  locales  so  that 
each  botding  has  all  the  body  and 
varietal  complexity  we  seek. 

Pinot  Chardonnay  is  laid  down 
in  our  cellars  to  give  its  delicate 
bouquet  a  chance  to  develop.  And 
though  it  is  ready  for  your  table  when 
it  leaves  here,  this  is  one  white  wine 
that  keeps  on  improving  and  may  be 
put  away  in  your  own  cellar  to 
enhance  it  even  further. 

Our  Pinot  Chardonnay  is  a  de- 
lightful accompani- 
ment to  fish, 
^poultry  and  lighter 
meats.  And  like  all 
white  wines,  it 
should  be  served 
chilled. 

If  you  would 
like  to  know  more  about  The  Christian 
Brothers  wines,  please  write  to  me. 

Cellarmaster 

The  Christian  Brothers 

Napa  Valley  California  94558 

Worldwide  Distributors;  Fromm  and  Sichd,  Inc.. 
San  Francisco.  California. 


Spirits  of  the  Makassae 


by  Shepard  Forman 


The  vengeful  dead  hasten 
an  anthropologist's  departure 

The  Makassae,  like  many  other  in- 
habitants of  the  Lesser  Sunda  Islands 
of  Indonesia,  invoke  a  strict  taboo 
against  naming  the  dead  except  in  rit- 
ual contexts.  This  was  made  clear  to 
me  shortly  after  I  began  my  fifteen 
months  of  field  work  in  Portuguese 
Timor.  For  many  of  those  months  I 
applied  myself  to  the  difficult  task  of 
mastering  the  Makassae  language, 
observing  day-to-day  activities  in  the 
preparation  of  gardens  and  rice  pad- 
dies, and  collecting  kinship  termi- 
nologies for  living  kinsmen. 

Yet  the  dead  were  all  around  us, 
buried  in  prominent  gravesites  at  the 
ancestral  hearths  and  invoked  as  the 
spirit  causes  of  most  contretemps. 
Then,  too,  I  was  often  invited  to 
witness  Makassae  rituals,  where  I 
was  encouraged  to  tape-record  the  in- 
cantations and  the  names  of  the  spirits 
as  each  was  called  upon  to  receive  his 
share  of  a  sacrificial  pig,  water  buf- 
falo, chicken,  or  sacred  rice. 

The  content  of  these  ceremonies 
piqued  my  anthropological  curiosity, 
and  I  longed  to  know  the  relationship 
between  the  living  and  the  dead.  My 
language  teacher  and  cicerone,  Na- 
nai'e  Nau  Naha — a  venerable  old 
man  who  was  '  'guardian  of  the  myths 
and  traditions"  for  the  suku,  or  politi- 
cal domain,  in  which  my  family  and 
I  lived  and  worked — teased  me  with 
allusions  to  the  links  between  the 
spirits  and  his  living  kinsmen.  He  of- 
fered his  hints  with  a  knowing  smile 
that  only  whetted  my  appetite  for  the 
unknown.  But  in  this  case,  it  was  also 
unknowable,  I  thought.  For  ethical 
reasons,  and  mindful  of  Makassae 
traditions,  I  refrained  from  asking  the 
hundreds  of  questions  that  buzzed  in 
my  head  and  from  the  customary  tak- 
ing of  genealogies. 

Occasionally,  I  even  had  to  remind 
Nanai'e  of  the  taboo.  Once,  for  ex- 
ample, he  began  to  explain  to  me  his 
relationship  as  the  closest  descendant 
of  a  one-time  wife-giver  to  the  lin- 
eage of  a  dead  man  to  whose  funeral 
he  had  been  called.  Whether  he  had 


actually  intended  to  name  names  or 
not  is  a  moot  point.  At  the  time,  he 
commended  me  for  my  appreciation 
of  the  ways  of  the  Makassae  and  jok- 
ingly told  me  that  one  day  he  might 
make  me  his  apprentice. 

Nearly  eight  months  after  we  had 
settled  in  Makassae  territory,  high  in 
the  Mate  Bian  mountain  range 
"where  the  spirits  dance,"  Nanai'e 
told  me  that  he  wanted  me  to  learn 
fully  and  correctly  the  ways  of  his 
people.  He  said  that  he  and  the  other 
elders  wanted  to  teach  me  and  that  he 
would  start  by  giving  me  genealogies 
and  clan  histories  so  that  I  could  begin 
to  understand  what  it  meant  to  be  a 
Makassae.  This  occurred  just  after 
my  family  and  I  had  returned  from  a 
month's  stay  in  Australia.  Upon  their 
return  to  the  field,  anthropologists  are 
often  greeted  as  long-lost  friends  or 
at  least  as  objects  of  greater  trust. 
Somehow ,  coming  back  stands  as  tes- 
timony to  one's  commitment. 

Aware  of  this,  and  of  the  pecu- 
liarities of  our  relationship  to  a  sub- 
ject people  who  have  undergone  cen- 
turies of  colonial  domination,  I  again 
cautioned  Nanai'e  about  the  breaking 
of  taboos  in  our  behalf.  He  responded 
that  he  had  already  consulted  the  lin- 
eage elders  in  the  suku  and  that  they 
all  agreed  that  he  should  be  my  in- 
structor. At  the  proper  time,  he  said, 
the  names  would  be  secreted  again  in 
a  special  ceremony  at  Turanaba'a,  the 
mythical  origin  site  of  the  Makassae, 
where  I  would  be  asked  to  sacrifice 
a  ram  to  Moon-Sun  and  his  descend- 
ant spirits. 

Two  weeks  later,  my  lessons  be- 
gan. Nanai'e  recited  the  origin  myth, 
in  which  a  rock  wren  appeared  from 
the  top  of  Mate  Bian,  kicking  back 
the  floodwaters  that  covered  the  land 
so  forcefully  that  it  broke  its  leg  and 
was  transformed  into  a  rock.  The 
wren-turned-to-rock — now  moss 
covered  and  sacred — stands  in  the 
hollow  of  a  giant  banyan  tree  that 
grows  on  the  side  of  the  abutment  on 
which  Turanaba'a  is  built.  Nanai'e 
recounted  the  birth  of  the  founders  of 
the  original  Makassae  clans  from  her- 
maphroditic  ancestors,    themselves 


In  practically  no  time  at  all,  the 
Aspen  sedan  has  accomplished 
what  many  have  tried  to  deliver. 


le  unbehevable 
Dodge  Aspen. 

European  style  with  a  big-car  feeling. 


car  feeling  ...  at  a  very  appealing 
Wice.  Its  well-bred  European 
pjks  are  not  deceiving.  For 
/Vspen's  comforts  include  total 
interior  room  that  exceeds  that  of 
a  Cadillac  Seville.  And  the  Aspen 


ride  — based  on  its  unique  susjJen- 
sion  system  — surprises  with  a'™, 
comfort  and  smoothness  youJ&i 
expect  from  a  larger,  more  expln- 
sive  automobile.  But  the  original 
idea  behind  Aspen  was  to  give 
you  just  that;  a  smaller  car  with  all 
the  civilized  big-cartouches. 


seats  and  windows  to  aut 
speed  control.  And  most  l 
lievable  of  all  is  the  Aspen 
low  base  price.  It's  as  unbei 
as  the  Aspen  sedan  itself.  I 
lease  one  today  and  see. 


spewn  forth  from  the  mountaintop. 
The  son  of  Moon-Sun  appeared  first 
and  was  reborn  as  brother  and  sister 
who  cohabited  and  produced  an  off- 
spring who  was  again  reborn  as 
brother  and  sister.  Their  youngest  son 
was  given  to  the  childless  founder  of 
Ka'o  Si,  Nanai'e's  own  house  of  ori- 
gin. Beginning  in  this  way  with  his 
own  agnatic  lineage,  he  then  care- 
fully reconstructed  his  genealogical 
ties  to  other  lineages  through  ances- 
tors who  moved  down  the  mountain- 
side with  their  immediate  kinsmen  in 
a  process  of  fissioning  that  gave  rise 
to  the  present  clusters  of  Makassae 
descent  groups. 

When  Nanai'e  did  not  know  a  par- 
ticular sequence  of  events,  he  called 
in  another  lineage  elder  to  check  the 
details.  He  also  asked  the  "guardians 
of  the  myths  and  traditions"  from 
other  lineage  groupings  in  other  sukus 
to  tell  me  their  own  origin  myths.  The 
cosmological  universe  became 
flooded  with  names  of  sacred  sites; 
with  accounts  of  warfare  between  a 
female  moon  and  a  male  sun,  the  de- 
feat of  the  moon  by  fire,  and  the  do- 
mestication of  the  cock;  and  with 
tales  of  ancestors  ascending  to  the  sky 
on  areca  palms  and  siring  children 
who  descended  to  earth  through  the 


seven  vulvas  of  a  particular  configu- 
ration of  stars.  I  was  instructed  in  the 
Makassae  paradigm  of  life — the  gen- 
eration of  the  crops  by  father  sky  and 
mother  earth — and  its  relationship  to 
the  reproduction  of  human  life,  now 
symbolized  in  gifts  and  countergifts 
of  bridewealth  and  dowry  payments. 
I  was  invited  to  witness  the  sowing 
of  the  sacred  rice  as  a  prelude  to  the 
most  important  of  Makassae  rituals, 
"the  making  of  the  dead,"  in  which 
the  soul  of  the  deceased  is  finally 
dispatched  to  Mate  Bian  where  it  will 
live  forever  among  the  ancestral 
spirits . 

Field  work  was  suddenly  an  an- 
thropologist's dream.  For  nearly  two 
months,  people  came  to  our  house 
site  daily  and  offered  to  record  their 
versions  of  the  myths  or  to  comment 
on  those  given  to  me  by  others.  Men 
and  women  sat  on  the  veranda  and 
laughingly  told  about  the  sexual  com- 
ponent of  their  house -building  cere- 
monies, about  their  marriage  ex- 
changes and  mortuary  rituals.  The 
pace  was  fast,  the  work  fun  and  intri- 
guing, and  my  notebooks  were  filling 
up  with  extraordinary  data.  Each 
night  I  would  review  my  notes  or  lis- 
ten to  a  tape  recording. 

Each  morning,  Nanai'e,  leaning 


heavily  on  his  staff,  would  hobble 
down  the  mountain  path  that  con- 
nected his  house  site  with  ours,  and 
I  would  confront  him  with  the  many 
questions  I  was  just  beginning  to  for- 
mulate. He  seemed  to  delight  in  the 
process  of  my  learning.  One  night 
after  a  funeral,  he  led  me  down  to  a 
freshly  covered  grave  to  perform  a 
ritual  that  had  previously  only  been 
done  in  private,  joking  to  his  clans- 
men that  I  had  indeed  become  his  ap- 
prentice. He  also  urged  me  to  write 
down  everything  in  Makassae,  as 
well  as  in  English,  so  that  his  children 
would  never  forget  the  ways  of  their 
people. 

One  morning,  just  after  I  had  mas- 
tered the  complexities  of  a  particular 
exchange  relationship  between  a  dead 
man's  kin,  Nanai'e  suddenly  fore- 
closed. He  said  I  had  learned  as  much 
as  I  needed  to  know  and  told  me  to 
acquire  a  ram  "whose  horns  turned 
twice"  and  to  bring  it  to  Turanaba'a 
for  sacrifice  on  the  following  Thurs- 
day morning.  I  was  disheartened.  Al- 
though I  felt  I  needed  to  know  much 
more,  I  was  now  under  constraint  not 
to  ask.  Still,  I  sent  one  of  the  gar- 
deners who  worked  for  me  in  search 
of  a  ram  and  while  awaiting  the  spe- 
cial name-secreting  ceremony,  satis- 


tadi 


ealbslika  makes 


-0-35  GSN  which 


ifference  is  obvious. 
The  Yashica  is  small,  compact 
ind  surprisingly  simple  to  operate. 
Aore  importantly,  Yashica-  X /A  C 


because  you  know  the  results  will 
be  superior. 

Pick  a  Yashica  and  discover  the 
difference  the  pros  have  known 
about  for  years. 


Aore  import.antly,  Yashica   x/A  CM  ll/"^  A  Yashica  Inc. ,441  Sette  Drive, 
ives  you  full-frame  35mm  YAotllV/A  Paramus,.:N,  J.  07652 


From  under  HOO 
tooverHJi 


fied  myself  with  constructing  a  ques- 
tionnaire on  social  life  and  econom- 
ics. Nanai'e  helped  willingly. 

On  Thursday  morning  at  the  crack 
of  dawn,  I  set  out  with  the  gardener 
and  the  ram  for  Turanaba'a,  the  ori- 
gin site  where  the  sacrifice  was  to  take 
place.  For  more  than  an  hour  we 
climbed  up  the  steep  mountain  paths, 
passing  several  lineage  compounds 
enclosed  by  palms  and  banana  trees. 
Ultimately,  we  climbed  through  a 
thick  grove  to  what,  at  first,  seemed 
an  impenetrable  abutment  on  which 
ten  houses  were  perched.  Con- 
structed of  wood  and  thatch  high  up 
on  wooden  piles,  they  appeared  to 
blend  earthen  color  into  the  dusty 
ground.  In  contrast  to  other  ancestral 
hearths  I  had  visited,  Turanaba'a  was 
stark  and  barren,  an  excavated  hilltop 
on  which  nothing  grew.  The 
bleakness  was  broken  only  by  several 
stunning  rock  formations  and,  on  the 
far  side,  the  crown  of  the  sacred  ban- 
yan tree  growing  about  fifty  feet  down 
on  the  hillside  below. 

Closest  to  the  edge  of  the  flattened 
abutment,  and  connected  by  a  treach- 
erous path  to  the  tree  in  whose  hollow 
the  wren-turned-to-rock  now  sits, 
was  the  sacred  house  of  Moon-Sun. 
Unpretentious  in  itself  and  not  readily 


distinguishable  from  the  house  of  any 
other  ancestor,  this  most  sacred  of  all 
Makassae  places  was  the  locus  of  tre- 
mendous activity.  Two  huge  stones, 
the  table  and  chair  of  Moon-Sun, 
served  as  an  altar,  laid  out  with  a  large 
palm  leaf,  a  sacred  sword,  and  sev- 
eral small  woven  baskets  containing 
cooked  rice  and  meat  and  small  quan- 
tities of  betelchew,  which  would  be 
used  to  call  the  spirits. 

Next  to  the  altar,  on  an  enormous 
stone  grave,  sat  Nanai'e  with  two 
other  elders.  He  beckoned  me  with  a 
wave  of  his  hand,  and  I  walked 
slowly  toward  him,  past  a  clutch  of 
women  who  squatted  at  the  outskirts 
of  the  site,  anticipating  a  ceremony 
from  which  they  were  ritually  ex- 
cluded. 

Arriving  at  the  grave  site.  1  was 
greeted  with  the  now-familiar  hau 
tni'i,  a  common  Makassae  salutation 
that  simply  means  "come  sit  with 
us."  1  did — in  the  open  place  nearest 
to  me.  Nanai'e  at  once  looked  scorn- 
ful, and  Koo  Rubi,  the  ritual  special- 
ist of  Turanaba'a,  a  shy  and  re- 
strained man  who  had  always  greeted 
me  with  caution,  now  shouted  at  me 
to  get  up.  I  jumped  to  my  feet,  apolo- 
gizing and  at  the  same  time  asking 
what  I  had  done.   "We  cannot  tell 


you,"  Koo  Rubi  said.  "The  names 
have  been  secreted  again."  I  had  ob- 
viously done  something  very  wrong 
(I  later  learned  that  I  had  sat  on  the 
headstone  of  Moon-Sun's  son,  osten- 
sibly the  first  of  the  Makassae  ances- 
tors), but  the  occurrence  seemed  to  be 
immediately  forgotten.  The  three 
elders  shifted  their  places  somewhat, 
and  1  sat  elsewhere  on  the  same  grave 
site.  We  talked  for  a  while,  mainly 
small  talk  about  life  in  America  and 
the  poverty  of  Timor.  Koo  Rubi 
called  the  spirits  with  offerings  of 
meat,  rice,  and  betelchew,  and 
Nanai'e  asked  me  to  tape  the  follow- 
ing special  chant  in  which  they  called 
on  the  ancestors  to  forgive  us  for 
speaking  their  names  and  recounted 
the  reasons  for  having  done  so. 

This  stranger  came  and  we  were 
obliged  to  speak  your  names  so  that 
he  could  write  them  in  his  notes 
and  books.  1  told  this  American, 
"Ours  are  sacred.  We  cannot 
speak  them  idly.  After  speaking 
them  we  must  secrete  them  again. 
We  must  make  them  sacred 
again."  Therefore,  this  American 
bought  this  ram  and  brought  it  here 
to  our  hearth  to  speak  your  name. 
Now  we  will  put  your  name  in  its 


Let  her  carry  you 
to  the  Cities  of  the  Dawn 


From  New  Orleans,  jazziest  city 
in  America,  sail  to  the  lands  of  the 
ancient  Mayans.  Prowl  through  their 
long-abandoned  temples.  Try  to  solve 
their  still  undeciphered  hieroglyphs. 
The  Cities  of  the  Dawn  are  exotic, 
exciting,  and  still  nearly  unexplored, 

At  Carras  our  job  is  making  luxury 
more  elegant.  Our  passengers  are 
usually  seasoned  travelers.  They  can 
compare  us  with  other  cruise  ships.  And 
when  you  compare  us,  we  shine. 

We  carry  fewer  passengers. 

That  means  spacious  cabins,  each  with 

a  bathroom  and  a  bathtub.  Our  dining 

room  is  large  enough  to  accommodate 

all  passengers  at  one  sitting. 

Our  cuisine  is  the  envy  of  famous 

restaurants.  And  our  decks,  being  less 


crowded,  are  delightfully  strollable. 

We've  also  added  theme  cruises: 
Sail  with  the  Stars  (for  movie  buffs); 
Symphony  of  Islands  and  Seas  (a 
musical  feast);  The  Sea  a  Stage  (the 
play's  the  thing);  Away  from  the 
Blues  (and  all  that  jazz!). 

There's  just  one  thing.  We  work  very 
hard  to  find  fascinating  ports  of  call. 
But  some  of  our  passengers  are  so 
happy  on  board,  it's  hard  to  entice 
them  ever  to  leave  the  ship! 

Free  round  trip  flight  to  New  Orleans 
from  any  city  in  the  continental  U.S. 
or  Canada  provided  by  Carras  for 
selected  sailings. 

MTS  Daphne  is  registered  in  Greece, 
land  of  Poseidon,  the  god  of  the  sea. 


carries  you  away 

75  ROCKEFELLER  PLAZA.  DEPT.  D-2.  NY..  N  Y.  10019  (212)  757-0761 


15 


For  people 

who  want  to 

conquer  cities 

on  their  feet. 

Soft  leather,  foam,  and  an 

arch  support  you  can  actually  feel 

make  Patricks  a  great  value  in 

the  world  of  comfortable  shoes. 

Our  Patricks  are  made  exclusively  for  us  in 
France.  They're  the  first  sport  shoe  we've 
tested  that  performs  as  well  on  a  sight-seeing 
tour  of  Europe  as  on  an  athletic  court  here 
at  home.  Here's  why: 

■  Glove-soft  leather  uppers  th.it   \\Mt\c  with 
every  step  you  take. 

■  Cushioned  with   foam  ,           _i 
under  the  tongue,  around  ■•  |  .^  r       k  . 
your   ankle,   and   under  v"  | 
your  foot  from  heel  to  toe 

■  An  arch  support  you  can 
feel  for  honest  comfort. 


-I  jif-Ur 

Over  100  suction 
lips  on  each  ! 


m  Slit  for  laces  to  keep 
tongue  from  side-slipping 

i  Dozens  of  special  air  cells 
under   the   insole   cushion    Kuaid  a^amst  slips 
each  step.  You  literally  walk  on  a  layer  of  air 
Satisfaction  guaranteed  or  your  money  back. 

Colors:  Navy,  brown  or  white.  Sizes:  (Men) 
6'/2-12,  13;  (Women)  5-10.  Price:  28.50.  Please 
add  $1  for  postage  and  handling. 

Soft  leather  sport  shoes  from 

France  for  men  and 

>men  in  three 

great  colors: 

navy,  brown, 

or  white. 


Dept.  "'-'i 

1805  N.W.  Thurman 

Portland,  Or.  97209 


Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  &  Alaska). 


Patricks 

Qty. 

Size 

Color 

Men's  2730N 

Women'.s  2739N 

D  Check  enclosed 
n  Master  Charge 
Card  # 

Interbank  # 

Signature  X 


n   BankAmericard 


D   Please  send  FREE  color  catalog. 
Name . 


Address— 
City 


place  again  and  we  will  put  your 
word  in  its  place  again.  Your  name 
is  sacred  again,  and  also  your  per- 
son. 

The  rams  were  slaughtered,  along 
with  ten  chickens,  each  of  which  was 
quietly  suffocated  in  the  name  of  a 
lineage  founder  whose  genealogy  I 
had  been  given.  While  the  meat  was 
being  slaughtered  and  cooked  and  the 
entrails  divined,  I  was  invited  to  see 
the  sacred  banyan  tree  and  the  wren- 
turned-to-rock  in  its  hollow. 

Few  Makassae  have  descended  the 
path  to  where  the  forbidden  tree  and 
rock  stand.  I  was  the  first  stranger  to 
do  so.  In  the  circumstance,  it  was  an 
awesome  sight,  and  the  power  and 
mystery  of  their  beliefs  took  on  new 
meaning  for  me.  I  asked  if  I  could 
take  some  photographs  while  Koo 
Rubi  recited  the  origin  myth  and 
made  an  offering  at  the  site.  He 
agreed,  but  insisted  I  use  film  for 
slides.  (I  had  previously  explained  a 
critical  difference  between  black- 
and-white  film  and  slides.  Black-and- 
white  film  could  be  developed  lo- 
cally, and  I  frequently  gave  out  prints 
to  those  I  had  photographed.  Slides, 
on  the  other  hand,  only  projected  an 
image  and  could  not  be  possessed. 
Koo  Rubi  obviously  preferred  that  I 
photograph  the  rock  and  tree  in 
slides,  lest  anyone  possess  their  most 
sacred  object.) 

Having  viewed  the  rock  and  tree, 
the  solemnities  over,  we  climbed 
back  up  to  the  clearing  where  an  enor- 
mous feast  was  laid  out.  Nanai'e, 
Koo  Rubi,  and  the  third  elder  ate  at 
the  altar,  and  I  sat  nearby  on  the 
ground  with  two  "lords  of  the  land," 
secular  chiefs  who  had  joined  the 
party.  The  men  of  the  lineage  sat  be- 
tween us,  devouring  the  meat  and 
guzzling  ma  buti,  the  wine  of  the  sago 
palm.  The  "lords"  and  I  drank  ma 
sabu,  a  distilled  version  that  is  far 
more  potent,  and  talked  and  joked 
until  the  sun  dipped  behind  the  hills 
to  the  west.  We  parted  with  the  warm- 
est of  Makassae  leave-takings,  two- 
handed  clasps  all  around,  my  gaffe 
seemingly  forgotten. 

For  two  weeks  thereafter,  I  con- 
centrated (with  Nanai'e's  help)  on 
filling  out  the  questionnaires  we  had 
prepared.  People  volunteered  to  sub- 
mit to  my  two  and  a  half  hours  of 
questioning,  and  I  completed  nearly 
twenty  forms,  which  provided  me 
with  considerable  sociological  and 
economic  information.   My   family 


and  I  were  confident  in  our  relation- 
ships with  the  Makassae  and  comfort- 
able in  the  setting  we  had  made  for 
ourselves. 

Then  one  Saturday  afternoon,  as 
my  wife  nursed  a  cold  in  bed  and  the 
children  played  on  the  veranda,  I  en- 
tered the  main  room  of  our  palm- 
frond  house  and  spotted  an  object 
curled  around  my  sweater.  I  reached 
for  the  sweater,  but  quickly  with- 
drew. A  pit  viper!  It  was  the  most 
deadly  snake  in  the  region,  and  the 
Makassae  have  a  developed  folklore 
about  it.  They  believe  it  lives  in  trees, 
hurling  itself  against  horses  and  cattle 
and  invariably  blinding  them.  A  man 
dare  not  go  near  one,  for  its  bite  will 
kill  in  twenty-four  hours. 

'  'Cobra! ' '  I  shouted,  as  the  Makas- 
sae word  completely  eluded  me.  It 
dropped  to  the  floor  and  slithered 
quickly  away  from  me  as  I  ran  toward 
the  door  on  the  opposite  wall. 
"Snake!"  I  yelled  to  my  children, 
who  fled  the  veranda  lest  the  dreaded 
viper  exit  through  a  space  in  the 
loosely  joined  wall.  One  of  the  gar- 
deners and  some  of  the  household 
staff  came  running  to  the  house, 
where  the  snake  was  now  curled 
around  our  shortwave  radio  on  a 
table.  Baneleke!  they  yelled,  ob- 
viously sharing  my  excitement  and 
fear.  They  asked  me  if  they  should 
kill  this  highly  venomous  creature. 
"Kill  it,  indeed,"  I  ordered,  and  ten 
minutes  later  it  was  over,  at  least  the 
heroics  of  it. 

After  the  dead  snake — dangling 
from  the  end  of  an  extended  dibble 
stick — had  been  removed,  people 
began  gathering  at  the  house.  They 
entered  into  animated  conversation 
about  the  snake,  its  character  and  be- 
havior. One  thing  they  agreed  upon; 
it  was  unheard  of  that  the  snake 
should  appear  in  a  house.  One  young 
man  ventured  that  it  was  a  kina,  or 
sign,  an  omen  that  someone  had  it  in 
for  us  and  had  planted  poison  around 
our  house.  Once  stepped  upon,  the 
poison  would  takeeflect,  killing  us  in 
an  indeterminate  amount  of  time. 
"Some  poisons  take  weeks.  Others 
months.  Others  years.  You  never 
know ."  He  left  quickly ,  promising  to 
send  his  uncle  to  perform  the  appro- 
priate countermagic.  He  never  came. 

In  the  meantime,  Anu  Loi,  one  of 
our  gardeners,  returned  from  the  rice 
market,  arriving  just  as  the  snake  was 
being  buried  in  a  small  clearing  near 
our  garden.  "You  killed  it!"  he  pro- 
nounced, obviously  troubled  by  what 


i6 


WHATSITSNAME,  the  completely  unique  new  Edmund  4Vi"  Newton- 
ian Richest  Field  Reflector  Telescope.  Clearest,  brightest,  most 
spectacular  wide  angle  views  of  moon,  stars,  comets,  galaxies  you've 
ever  seen.  Here  are  just  a  few  of  its  outstanding  features: 

Compact,  portable,  sets  up  in  seconds.  It's  pre-collimated  and  ready 
to  use.  Just  pop  in  the  eyepiece,  focus  . . ,  and  presto!  Its  fantastic  3^2° 
field  of  view  gives  you  more  stars  in  a  single  view  than  any  other  type 
telescope  . . .  bright,  crisp,  finely  resolved  images.  For  sky  gazing  and 
earth  gazing  too! 

Take  it  anywhere!  Only  17",  10  pounds.  Easiest-to-use  telescope  ever! 
Over  your  shoulder,  in  your  lap,  on  a  tripod.  Or  just  rotate  the  spherical 
base  on  its  own  aluminum  mount  for  use  on  a  table,  car  hood,  etc. 

Maintenance-free,  top  quality  optical  system  features  4V<i",  f/4 
parabolic  primary  mirror  (1/8  wave,  17"  F.L.);  pre-allgned  1/8  wave 
diagonal  is  right  on  coated  optical  window  that  seals  optics  from 
moisture  and  dust;  standard  28mm  Kellner  eyepiece  (gives  15X,  higher 
with  other  eyepiece  or  Barlow). 

Beautiful,  colorful,  sleek  and  modern!  A  real  conversation  piece  and  a 
joytoownand  use.  Rugged  high  impact  plastic  body,  bright  Scharfan- 
lan  red  (doesn't  impair  night  vision);  fast,  posi-grip  roller  focusing 
(25'  to  infinity);  adjustable  carrying  strap  and  much  more!  The  tele- 
scope of  the  future,  here  today. 

Stock  No.  2001E  Special  Introductory  Price  $129.95  Ppd. 

(Goes  to  $149.95  Dec.  25,  1976) 

CONTEST  RULES  AND  REGULATIONS 

1.  No  purchase  required  to  enter.  2.  All  entries  must  be  received  by 
Edmund  Scientific  Co.  no  later  than  November  15,  1976,  and 
become  the  sole  property  of  Edmund  Scientific  Co.  3.  An  official 
entry  form,  or  reasonable  facsimile,  should  be  used  for  each  entry.  4. 
Entries  will  be  judged  on  originality  and  practicality.  5.  Decision  of 
the  judges  will  be  final.  6.  Incaseofties,  winning  entry  will  be  the  one 
with  the  earliest  postmark.  7.  Winners  will  be  notified  by  mail,  and 
their  photos  and  names  will  appear  with  the  announcement  in  the 
next  issue  of  the  nationally  distributed  Edmund  catalog.  8.  This 
contest  is  void  where  prohibited  by  law.  9.  "Name  the  Telescope  " 
contest  is  not  open  to  employees  of  Edmund  Scientific  Co.,  its 
advertising  agency,  this  magazine  or  any  judge  of  this  contest.  10. 
Every  entrant,  whether  a  winner  or  not,  will  receive  FREE  a  1-year 
subscription  to  "Astronomy  News". 

EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO., 

300  EDSCORP  BLDG., 

BARRINGTON,  NJ  08007  (609)  547-3488 


A  star 
is  born  . . . 

name  it,  win  it! 

(in  time  for  Christmas!) 

GRAND  PRIZE:  TWO  NEW  EDMUND  PORTABLE 
RICHEST  FIELD  41/4"  f/4  NEWTONIAN  TELESCOPES, 
INTRODUCTORY-PRICED  AT  3129.95  EACH. 

(One  for  you.  one  for  ttie  school  or  planetarium  of  your  choice  j 

rLUo  obUU  UAoH  bUNUo     one  before  vou  win twc 

2nd  PRIZE  $100  CASH 

3rd,  4th,  5th  PRIZES— S50  EDMUND  MDSE.  CERTIFICATES 

EVERYBODY  WINS!  all  entrants  get  a  free  i-year 

SUBSCRIPTION  TO  ASTRONOMY  NEWS  (a  S5  00  value).  12 
fact-filled  issues  packed  with  the  latest  astronomical  news  and 
discoveries. 

■  Special  introductory  price  valid  for  all  orders  received  by  midnight 
December  24, 1976  .  when  it  goes  to  SI 49  95  If  you  re  ttie  Grand  Prize 
Winner,  we  II  refund  your  S12995 

Get  in  the  contest — it  s  easy,  fun,  creative  and  rewarding!  Just 
read  the  description  under  WHATSITSNAMES  illustration  for 
information  and  inspiration — then,  write  your  suggested  name  for 
Edmund  s  new  telescope  on  the  entry  blank  below,  fill  in  and  mail. 
Your  brainchild  may  be  the  winner!  So.  give  it  a  go — lots  of  good 
hints  in  that  fact-filled  paragraph  above  WHATSITSNAME  S  intro- 
ductory low  price.  No  purchase  necessary  to  enter,  and  here's 
more  good  news.  If  you  buy  the  new  scope  now  (why  wa/f  to  enjoy 
it  .  .  ,  why  not  own  it  now.  or  give  it  for  Christmas  at  the  special 
introductory  price?)  and  you  do  become  the  Grand  Prize  Winner, 
we'll  refund  your$129.95!P/us  . .  you'll  get  a  $500.00  Cash  Bonus 
buyer  s  prize.  Okay?  Name  the  telescope! 

ALL  ENTRIES  MUST  BE  RECEIVED  BY  NOVEMBER  15,  1976! 

USE  THE  OFFICIAL  ENTRY  FORM/ORDER  FORM  BELOW,  OR 
REASONABLE  FACSIMILE.  ONE  NAME  PER  FORM.  USE  IT 
ALSO  TO  ORDER  EDMUND  S  NEW  SCOPE  NOW  AND  SAVE 
$20.00.  NO  PURCHASE  NECESSARY  TO  WIN— AND  IF  YOU 
WIN,  YOU'LL  GET  YOUR  $129.95  BACK! 

If  form  is  missing,  send  your  entry  and/or  order  on  separate  piece 
of  paper  (one  entry  per  sheet)  to: 

CONTESTE" 
EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO. 
300  EDSCORP  BLDG. 
BARRINGTON,  NJ  08007 


Be  sure  to 
include  your 
Name,  Address, 
City.  State,  Zip. 


OFFICIAL  ENTRY/ORDER  FORM— MAIL  TODAY! 

Contest"E" 

Edmund  Scientific  Co., 

300  Edscorp  BIdg.,  Barrington,  NJ  08007 

and 


3   Send  FREE 
164-Page  Catalog  E 

Charge  my 
D  American  Express 
Z2  BankAmericard 
Z  Master  Charge 

Interbank  No,    

Card  No  

Expiration  Date   


D  Yes.  I'm  ordering  the  new  telescope  no 

saving  S20-00.  Send  me: 

■WHATSITSNAME'  .  PORTABLE  TELESCOPE(S) 
NO  2001 E  ai  Special 
Introductory  Price  of  S129  95  ea 
Service  &  Handling  Charge 
Enclosed  is  □  Check  D  M.O 
For  TOTAL  of 


BankAheriijird 


30-DAY 

MONEY-BACK 

GUARANTEE. 


G  No.  I'm  not  ordering  the  new  telescope  now,  but  here's 
My  entry  for  the  name  of  the  telescope  is: 


nycontestentry. 


we  had  done.  He  immediately  sat 
down  on  our  veranda  and  began  to 
divine.  Putting  the  index  finger  and 
thumb  of  his  left  hand  together,  he 
placed  them  on  his  right  wrist,  then 
slid  his  extended  thumb  along  his 
forearm  and  drew  up  his  index  finger 
until  it  touched  the  thumb.  When  the 
fingers  touched,  he  muttered  the 
name  of  a  spirit  or  an  enemy.  He 
repeated  these  steps  as  he  moved  his 
fingers  slowly  up  toward  his 
shoulder.  He  then  started  back  down 
his  arm  until  his  thumb  and  index 
finger  finally  reached  the  crook  of  his 
elbow.  There  he  stopped.  The  name 
he  spoke  was  Turanaba'a. 

The  snake  was  a  messenger  from 
the  people  of  the  origin  site,  Anu  Loi 
explained.  It  was  sent  to  remind  me 
of  my  error  when  I  sat  on  Moon-Sun's 
son's  gravestone  and  to  urge  me  to 
make  another  sacrifice,  this  time  of  a 
pig.  Not  wanting  to  act  precipitously, 
I  sent  for  Nanai'e,  who  didn't  arrive 
for  several  hours.  He  consulted  our 
staff  and  huddled  with  the  diviner. 
Eventually,  he  concurred.  The  snake 
was  a  messenger  from  Turanaba'a.  It 
had  entered  our  house  as  an  ant,  and 
once  inside,  it  took  on  the  appearance 
of  a  snake.  Instead  of  killing  it,  we 
should  have  called  for  a  charmer  who 
would  have  lured  it  out  of  the  house 
with  sweet  rice.  Then  it  would  have 
returned  to  Turanaba'a  of  its  own  vo- 
lition. It  meant  us  no  harm.  A  new 
sacrifice  was  in  order,  but  we  would 
have  to  wait  until  Koo  Rubi  told  us 
the  time  was  right. 

Nanai'e  sent  for  Koo  Rubi,  who 
arrived  one  hour  later.  He,  too,  delib- 
erated with  everyone  there.  Anu 
Loi's  reasoning  was  correct,  he  an- 
nounced, but  we  could  not  act  until 
we  had  another  sign.  "Wait,"  Koo 
Rubi  told  us,  "another  snake  will 
come  to  affirm  the  message." 

We  hardly  slept  that  night  and 
woke  the  next  morning  with  consid- 
erable trepidation,  knowing  that  we 
would  have  to  face  an  inquiring  popu- 
lace at  the  Sunday  market.  At  about 
9:00  A.M.,  we  left  our  house  and 
started  up  the  path  to  the  marketplace . 
Suddenly,  a  woman  began  to  wail 
and,  dropping  her  basket  of  tubers, 
ran  past  us  toward  the  mountain.  Men 
and  women  alike  began  to  drop  the 
produce  they  carried  on  their 
shoulders  and  heads  and  turned  to  run 
back  along  the  path  toward  their 
homes.  We  turned  and  stood  watch- 
ing, speechless.  At  the  top  of  the 
abutment  behind  our  house,  flames 
were  leaping  upward  from  the  thatch 


roof  of  a  house.  Within  minutes  the 
entire  hillock  was  ablaze.  A  strong 
wind  came  up  off  Mate  Bian  and  car- 
ried the  flames  to  Sai  Oma,  Nanai'e's 
own  lineage  house,  and  from  there  to 
Bui  Lo,  and  on  through  a  thicket  of 
bamboo  to  Olale,  finally  engulfing 
Turanaba'a  and  the  house  of  Moon- 
Sun  itself. 

In  the  dryness  of  the  intermonsoon, 
the  fire  spread  quickly,  and  before  the 
first  man  could  reach  it,  the  entire  ori- 
gin site,  two  additional  ancestral 
hearths,  and  twenty-one  lineage 
houses  had  been  completely  de- 
stroyed. In  the  pathetic  recounting 
that  later  took  place ,  more  than  a  hun- 
dred families  told  of  losing  their  most 
important  possessions. 

Anu  Loi  lost  everything  but  one 
pair  of  shorts  and  a  store-bought 
cloth.  Our  goatherd,  Koo  Laka,  also 
lost  everything  he  owned,  save  his 
unharvested  rice.  Saba  Loi,  whose 
ninety  sacks  of  rice  were  burned,  ap- 
peared that  afternoon  at  the  cock- 
fights in  a  loin  cloth  so  that  everyone 
could  see  that  he  was  left  with  noth- 
ing. His  eyes  were  red  from  smoke 
and  from  private  tears. 

While  three  major  fires  had  oc- 
curred in  Turanaba'a  in  living  mem- 
ory, this  was  by  far  the  worst.  Blame 
had  to  be  set,  so  a  divination  was  an- 
nounced for  dawn  of  the  following 
morning.  The  immediate  cause  of  the 
fire  was  known  to  everyone.  Sahe 
Raku,  a  distant  kinswoman  of 
Nanai'e,  had  left  her  cooking  fire 
burning  when  she  went  to  market, 
and  a  gust  of  wind  from  the  mountain 
carried  a  spark  to  the  roof  of  her 
house.  But  eflScient  cause  is  not 
sufficient  cause  for  the  Makassae ,  and 
a  divination  was  necessary  to  know 
why  the  fire  had  to  occur  at  all  and 
which  ancestor  had  to  be  placated  so 
that  it  would  not  occur  again. 
Nanai'e,  who  had  suffered  among  the 
greatest  losses  in  the  conflagration, 
insisted  that  I  attend. 

Well  before  dawn  the  next  morn- 
ing, I  began  the  climb  back  up  to 
Turanaba'a  where  the  divination  was 
to  take  place.  I  arrived  in  time  to  see 
Nanai'e  laying  out  a  circle  of  stones, 
measured  equidistantly  with  a  cord 
from  a  sacred  spear  placed  in  the 
ground  at  its  center.  He  walked 
around  the  circle,  pointing  to  each  of 
the  stones  in  turn  and  designating 
them  as  ancestor  spirit  or  enemy  who 
might  have  had  cause  to  provoke  the 
disastrous  fire. 

One  of  the  stones  in  the  circle  was 
named  for  the  founder  of  Sahe  Raku's 


house,  where  the  fire  began  and 
which  was  said  to  have  been  in  need 
of  roof  repair.  Another  was  named  for 
Sahe  Raku's  son,  who  had  been  ac- 
cused of  stealing  rice  from  his 
mother's  brother  and  had  been  or- 
dered to  make  amends  by  slaughter- 
ing a  pig,  but  never  did.  I  waited 
somewhat  anxiously  while  twenty- 
six  stones  were  named  in  all,  and  was 
relieved  that  none  bore  my  name  or 
Nanai'e's  or,  as  far  as  I  could  discern, 
the  names  of  any  of  the  important  an- 
cestors who  had  figured  in  my  les- 
sons. 

Then,  just  as  the  first  rays  of  sun- 
light fell  on  the  circle  of  stones,  a 
young  rooster  that  had  not  yet  sung 
was  hand-fed  a  few  grains  of  sacred 
rice  and  held  up  to  the  fading  moon 
and  the  rising  sun.  The  end  of  the  cord 
that  extended  from  the  spear  was 
looped  around  one  foot.  Nai  suma! 
( ' '  choose  a  name ! " )  he  was  told ,  and 
with  a  sudden  gesture  his  head  was 
severed  from  his  body  and  he  was  left 
to  writhe  in  the  circle  of  stones  until 
he  died  atop  the  telltale  one  or  in  the 
center,  which  marked  the  area  of 
Moon-Sun's  will. 

In  a  moment,  it  was  over.  The 
young  cock  died  astride  the  two  rocks 
named  for  Sahe  Raku's  unrepaired 
house  and  for  her  son.  While  clusters 
of  men  and  women  began  to  debate 
whether  or  not  to  chastise  her  and 
how,  Nanai'e  looked  at  me,  smiled 
wanly,  and  winked.  Later,  I  asked 
him  about  that  wink  and  about  his 
failure  to  name  a  stone  that  might  be 
associated  either  with  our  lessons  or 
with  my  sitting  gaffe.  "I  know  how 
that  would  have  come  out,"  he  said 
solemnly,  "and  I  could  not  bear  the 
responsibility." 

The  implications  of  my  respon- 
sibility were,  nonetheless,  on  ev- 
eryone's mind,  and  thereafter  field 
work  became  a  heavy  burden.  People 
were  polite,  as  always,  but  our  areas 
of  mutual  concern  turned  away  from 
ritual  and  belief  and  back  to  planting 
and  technology.  No  more  question- 
naires were  completed.  When  the 
first  house  post  was  set  for  the  re- 
building of  one  of  the  burned-out  lin- 
eage houses,  I  was  conspicuously  not 
invited;  instead,  the  villagers  sent  me 
a  loin  of  pork,  the  usual  gift  to  an 
outsider  of  authority.  The  names  had 
been  secreted  once  again,  as  had  the 
persons.  My  wife  and  I  planned  our 
withdrawal  and  took  leave  of  the  Ma- 
kassae soon  after,  the  smoldering  em- 
bers of  the  fire  in  the  hearth  seared 
forever  in  our  memories.  D 


i8 


BACCHUS/  god  of  wine  and  fertility. 


Lawrence  Beall  Smith's  limited-edition 
masterwork  of  bas-relief  sculpture. 
In  pure  silver  (.999), 
finer  than  sterling. 

Original  bas-relief  sculpture  commissioned  by  and  offered 
by  the  International  Treasury  of  Fine  Art.  Individually 
framed,  hallmarked  and  registered.  Personally  signed 
by  the  artist.  Edition  strictly  limited  to  5,000. 
Original  issue  price:  $150. 

1  k'lc  is  Lawrence  Beall  .Sniiih's  iniauiiiaiivc  inierpretation 
(iT  Bacchus,  the  classic  mythological  god  of  wine  and 
leitilily.  The  superbly  spirited  Bacchus  image  emerges 
beautifully  from  the  interplay  of  light  and  tiark  in  the 
deftly  sculptured  grape  motif.  This  Llistinclive,  richly 
detailed  bas-relief  is  sensitively  wrought  in  pure  (.W-)  fine) 
silver,  and  specially  treated  to  resist  tarnishing.  The 
work  is  individually  eustiim-mounied  in  an  exquisite 
antique  silver-finished  frame  with  a  hand-turned  \el\et 
liner,  and  measures  15"  x  15". 

A  single,  strictly  limited  edition. 
The  Bacchus  is  being  issued  in  only  one  edition,  strictly 
limited  to  just  5,()(X)  sculptures.  Once  the  supply  of  this 
edition  is  exhausted,  you  will  never  again  have  the 
opportunity  to  obtain  the  work  unless  an  original  owner 
elects  to  offer  it  for  sale  at  a  later  date.  In  that  event, 
you  will  be  obliged  to  pay  whatever  asking  price  is  dictated 
by  market  conditions  at  the  time. 

Attestation  of  authenticity. 
Each  bas-relief  sculpture  is  signed  by  the  artist,  indivi- 
dually hallmarked,  and  registered  with  the  collector's 
own  edition  number.  Your  investment  is  additionally  pro- 
tected by  a  certificate  of  authenticity  affixed  to  the  re- 
verse side  of  each  sculpture.  This  bears  the  owner's 
name,  the  artist's  signature  and  an  imprint  of  the  regis- 
tered edition  number. 

Our  tradition. 

Many  notable  sculptures  now  on  exhibition  in  museums  and  private 
collections  the  world  over  were  produced  by  the  International 
Treasury  of  Fine  Art.  Through  the  years,  it  has  been  our  privilege  to 
work  in  close  association  with  talented  contemporary  artists  and  to 
display  their  work  in  our  gallery  in  Plainview.  New  York. 

Our  guarantee. 

Because  only  your  personal  inspection  can  truly  convey  to  you 

the  rich  details  and  sensitive  craftsmanship  which  distinguish  this  work 

we  invite  you  to  examine  the  Bacchus  in  your  own  home.  If  you 

are  disappointed  for  any  reason,  return  it  within  30  days  of  receipt  and 

your  remittance  will  be  refunded  in  full  (or  your  charges  cancelled). 

How  orders  are  filled. 
Pre-Christmas  delivery  is  guaranteed  on  all  orders  received  by 
December  1 ,  1976.  Later  orders  will  be  filled  within  3  to  4  weeks  of 
receipt.  However,  any  orders  received  a/'/t?;-  this  limited  edition 
is  completed  must  be  respectfully  declined  and  returned.  It  is  there- 
fore strongly  recommended  that  you  mail  the  accompanying 
Drder  form  as  soon  as  possible. 


About  the  Sculptor 

Lawrence  Beall  Smith  was  commissioned  to  create 
the  Bacchus.  His  works  are  in  the  permanent  collec- 
tions of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  the  Fogg 
Museum,  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  Collection 
of  American  Painting,  and  the  Library  of  Congress. 

International 
Treasury  of  Fine  Art 


International  Treasury  of  Fine  Art 

100  Fairchild  Avenue,  Plainview,  New  York  U803 


AG 

Please  enter  my  order  for  llie  Bacchus  limited-edition  silver  sculpture 

hy  Lawrence  Beall  Smith.  1  understand  that,  if  not  completely  de- 

li.s^hted.  I  may  return  it  within  30  days  for  a  full  refund  or  cancellation 

of  charges. 

D  I  enclose:  checli  or  money  order  in  the  amount  of  5150  as  pa\meni 

in  full  (including  postage  and  insurance). 

D  Please    charge    to:    (     )  American    E.xpress    I     )  Master    CharLie 

Credit  card  orders  also  accepted  by  phone—  516-938-7233 

Card  Sr  ( ALL  digits)  Expires 

n  I  enclose:  check  or  money  order  in  the  amount  of  525  and  will  pay 
the  balance  in  two  consecutive  monthly  payments  of  562.50  each, 
after  1  receive  the  Bacchus.  (There  is  no  interest  charge.) 


Buyer's  Name  (Prinll- 


Owner's  Name  (Print)- 


(New  York  Slate  residents  add  applicable  sales  tax.) 


cerlificale.) 
Apt.  . 

Zip- 


Suhjeci  lo  acceptance  by  Inlernationai  Treasury  of  Fine  Art.  Inc. 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


Drift  Coconuts 


On  the  beach  with  a  field 
researcher — who  must  fight  off 
rats,  pigs,  and  his  own  cultural 
load  to  get  the  data 


Seventy-five  yards  from  the  beach, 
just  at  the  edge  of  the  first  surf  break, 
an  almost  submerged  coconut  bobs 
and  rolls  in  the  water.  Borne  by  the 
currents  and  winds  of  the  Caribbean, 
it  has  drifted  from  an  unknown  source 
until  by  chance  it  has  arrived  offshore 
of  the  Miskito  Indian  village  of 
Tasbapauni  in  Nicaragua.  The  coco- 
nut is  a  self-contained,  long-distance 
drifter.  An  impervious  green  skin 
shields  it  from  marine  elements;  its 
thick,  fibrous  husk  gives  buoyancy; 
and  its  well-protected  seed  can  retain 
germination  powers  for  months. 

Closer  to  the  beach,  a  large  swell 
catches  the  coconut,  sucking  it  into 
the  water  wall  as  the  wave  form 
builds  and  breaks  and  sends  the 
husked  flotsam  into  foam-speckled 
shallow  waters.  Each  breaking  wave 
carries  the  coconut  a  little  closer  to 
shore.  Stranded  partway  up  the  beach 
by  the  ebbing  tide,  it  glistens  and 
dries  in  the  tropical  sun.  That  night, 
a  full-moon  spring  tide  and  a  heavy 
wind-generated  surf  carry  the  drift 
coconut  high  onto  the  debris-strewn 
beach,  beyond  the  limit  of  normal 
wave  reach.  It  has  finally  come  to  rest 
on  the  eastern  shore  of  Nicaragua 
after  an  uncharted  journey. 

Lodged  in  loose  sand  at  the  edge 
of  wind-sheared  coco  plum  and  sea 
grape  thickets,  long  trailing  runners 
of  beach  morning  glories ,  and  strand- 
line  rows  of  domesticated  coconut 
palms,  the  sea-fresh  pioneer  is  ten- 
uously established  in  its  new  environ- 
ment. Days  of  wind,  rain,  and  hot  sun 
pass,  and  the  young  green  colors  fade 
and  weather  to  earth  brown. 

Some  four  months  after  falling  and 
drifting  from  its  parent  tree,  the  coco- 
nut's dark  brown,  desiccated  husk 
may  send  forth  a  leafy  shoot,  while 
its  roots  continue  to  grow  inside.  If 
undisturbed,  the  roots  will  eventually 
break  through  and  start  to  anchor  the 
palm  to  its  new  site. 

But  the   morning  after  a  strong 


storm,  the  drift  coconut  has  disap- 
peared from  the  beach.  Damp  sand 
and  flotsam  mark  where  storm  waves 
undercut  the  beach  berm,  scalloping 
cutouts  in  the  margins  of  strand-line 
vegetation.  Carried  out  to  sea  again 
before  it  could  be  anchored,  the  drift 
coconut  may  soon  be  washed  up  on 
another  shore  by  tides,  winds,  and 
currents .  Its  brief  spell  on  this  beach 
left  no  marks  or  indications  that  it 
ever  passed  this  way. 

In  the  Miskito  language,  a  drift  co- 
conut is  called  kuku  awra,  a  term  that 
also  is  used  to  refer  to  any  foreigner 
who  has  come  to  their  shores.  Vaga- 
bonds, transient  visitors,  culturally 
and  economically  displaced  persons 
are  all  kuku  awra  to  the  Miskito.  They 
suddenly  appear  from  unknown 
places,  transported  by  chance  and 
strange  fates  to  lodge  with  the  Mis- 
kito. Most  stay  but  a  short  time  before 
drifting  to  another  place.  Yet  these 
kuku  awra  leave  a  wake,  a  trail,  and 
memories.  And  even  though  only 
briefly  established  on  Miskito  shores, 
they  take  with  them  something  too. 

Since  1968,  I  have  made  several 
research  trips  to  eastern  Nicaragua. 
Along  with  my  wife,  son,  and  an  oc- 
casional graduate  student,  I  have 
studied  the  Miskito  subsistence  econ- 
omy: how  it  was,  how  it  is  changing, 
and  consequent  impacts  on  social  and 
economic  relationships;  agricultural, 
hunting,  and  fishing  productivity; 
diet  and  nutrition;  use  of  resources 
and  impact  on  fauna  and  flora;  and 
how  economic  inflation  and  out-mi- 
gration have  affected  village  liveli- 
hood. We  have  also  spent  a  good  deal 
of  time  studying  sea  turtles:  their  be- 
havior, ecology,  and  exploitation.  In 
turn,  the  Miskito  have  studied  us  and 
drawn  their  own  conclusions — thank- 
fully still  unpublished. 

It  takes  a  lot  to  surprise  the  Mis- 
kito, but  then  we  often  did  a  lot  of 
surprising  things.  Equipped  with 
scales  of  various  shapes  and  sizes,  we 
weighed  food  crops,  food  in  the  pot, 
and  food  just  before  it  went  into  their 
mouths.  It's  amazing  that  they  put  up 
with  us.  With  tables  and  chemicals, 
we  analyzed  water,  food,  and  soil 
samples.  We  caught  or  purchased 
what,  to  the  Miskito,  were  valuable 


sea  turtles;  weighed,  measured,  and 
tagged  them;  then  let  them  go.  We 
brought  big  aluminum  cases  filled 
with  gear:  still  cameras,  underwater 
cameras,  16mm  cameras,  and  video- 
tape cameras.  Things  were  weighed, 
photographed,  categorized,  and 
filed.  Questioners  gave  question- 
naires to  questionees  on  household 
budgets  and  composition,  births, 
deaths,  social  relationships,  and  the 
like.  Back  home,  copious  field  notes 
were  cross-indexed,  tabulated, 
keypunched,  and  fed  into  computers. 
Significant  relationships  were  ana- 
lyzed and  conclusions  drawn.  But 
much  of  what  I  learned  isn't  con- 
tained in  the  books  and  papers  that 
resulted  from  this  research.  For  the 
first  time,  I'm  going  to  try  to  tell  how 
it  really  was. 

The  first  Miskito  Indian  I  talked  to 
was  about  45  years  old  and  had  been 
eyeing  me  curiously  as  I  walked  up 
the  trail  to  his  village.  The  little  diesel 
boat  that  brought  me  had  pulled  away 
from  the  landing  and  chugged  off 
across  the  lagoon.  I  gathered  up  my 
belongings  and  cautiously  navigated 
my  way  along  the  muddy  path.  Sit- 
ting on  the  porch  of  the  first  house  in 
the  village,  legs  swinging  back  and 
forth,  the  man  watched  my  every 
move  and,  embarrassingly,  every  slip 
I  made  in  the  mud.  I  was  apprehen- 
sive about  meeting  the  Miskito  and 
wanted  the  first  encounter  to  be  so- 
cially correct.  I  wanted  to  explain  to 
someone  in  authority,  a  respected 
leader  in  the  village,  why  I  had  come 
to  this  particular  village. 

"How  is  it,"  I  asked  him,  using 
the  Creole  phrase  for  "hello." 

"Right  here,"  he  answered,  im- 
passively. 

"That's  good.  Tell  me,  where  can 
I  find  the  oldest  man  in  the  village?" 

"Oldest  man?  Oldest  man?  Oldest 
man,  him  dead!" 

I  cherish  that  moment.  It  was  one 
of  the  many  philosophical  rewards  of 
living  with  the  Miskito.  I  wrote  about 
that  encounter  some  years  ago,  but  I 
didn't  learn  until  later  that  the  Miskito 
of  Tasbapauni  had  also  recorded  that 
first  meeting  as  part  of  their  own  ver- 
bal chronicles. 

I  ran  into  my  First  Miskito  on  a 


by  Bernard  Nietschmann 


subsequent  trip.  "So  you  come 
again,  Mr.  Barney." 

"That's  right.  How  is  it  this  time, 
Mr.  Clemente?" 

"Fine.  Right  here,  same  as 
always,  life  spare.  You  still  looking 
for  the  oldest  man?" 

Studying  the  particular  topic  at 
hand  is  the  easiest  part  of  doing  field 
research.  What  is  difficult  is  to 
reorient  your  cultural  load,  establish 
some  sort  of  perceivable  role,  and 
maintain  body,  mind,  and  equip- 
ment. It  is  impossible  to  prepare  for 
the  many  cultural,  philosophical,  and 
psychological  challenges  to  your  pre- 
conceived notions  of  doing  field 
work.  One  must  cope  with  frequent 
frustrations,  blind  alleys,  misgivings, 
disenchantments,  boredom,  startling 
contradictions,  and  unexpected  set- 
backs. Nor  can  one  prepare  ade- 
quately for  the  specific  problems  that 
will  be  encountered:  how  to  deal  with 
a  situation  in  which  a  person  who  you 
thought  was  your  "good  friend,"  the 
personification  and  embodiment  of 
the  "noble  savage,"  is  really  culti- 
vating an  economic  relationship 
aimed  at  acquiring  the  watch  your 
parents  gave  you  for  graduation;  how 
to  maintain  and  repair  light  meters, 
cameras,  typewriters,  and  the  addi- 
tional discipline-related  mechanical 
contrivances  upon  which  your  re- 
search depends,  but  whose  reliability 
factor  is  nil  beyond  the  place  of  pur- 
chase; or  how  to  live  in  a  fishbowl 
where  privacy  doesn't  exist;  where 
your  every  act,  mistake,  and  relation- 
ship are  immediately  known  by  all, 
and  strange  explanations  for  what  you 
are  really  up  to  are  manufactured  and 
disseminated  with  great  imagination 
and  speed. 

Providing  for  cooked  food,  trans- 
portation, good  health,  and  occa- 
sional private  moments  are  the  most 
time-consuming  and  frustrating  prob- 
lems involved  in  field  research.  But 
one  quickly  learns  to  adapt  and  cope 
and  persevere.  There  are  other  things 
more  bothersome. 

Living  in  the  rainy  humid  tropics 
and  right  next  to  the  sea  brings  with 
it  a  host  of  small-scale  challenges. 
You  soon  discover  that  you  have  been 
raising  secret  zoos  and  gardens.  All 


MR.  JACK  DANIEL  put  his  distillery  by  this 
Lynchburg  cave  spring,  even  though  it  meant 
shipping  whiskey  from  Tullahoma. 

You  see,  there  wasn't  any 
railroad  in  Lynchburg.  But 
there  was  this  iron-free 
spring  that  was  just  right 
^  for  making  whiskey. 

Mainly,  the  spring  and  Mr.  Jack's  charcoal 

mellowing  process  have 

accounted  for  Jack  Daniel's 

uncommon  smoothness  for 

the  past  111  years.  A  sip, 

'we  believe,  and  you'll  be 

glad  we  still  don't  mind 

hauling  our  whiskey 

over  to  Tullahoma. 


CHARCOAL 
MELLOWED 

6 

DROP 

6 

BY  DROP 


Tennessee  Whiskey  •  90  Proof  •  Distilled  and  Bottled  by  Jack  Daniel  Distillery 

Lem  Motlow,  Prop.,  Inc.,  Lynchburg  (Pop.  361),  Tennessee  37352 

Placed  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  by  the  United  States  Government. 


Bauer  Goose  Down 
Warmth  For  Winter 


WATCH  CAP  CLASSIC 

The  shape  is  a  long-time  favorite  . .  .  Goose 
Down  adds  new  warmth.  So  light  you'll  hardly 
t<now  you're  wearing  it,  and  so  compact  It  stuffs 
easily  into  your  pocket.  Water-repellent  nylon 
taffeta  with  stretch-knit  turn-down  brim.  For  men 
or  women.  Sizes:  S(6y2-7),  M(7'/e-7y4),  L(7%- 
1V2).  XL{7=/a-8).  Colors:  Camouflage,  Black, 
Dark  Green,  Red.  0135  Watch  Cap,  $9.95  ppd. 


FOUR-SEASON  LIGHTWEIGHT 

Goose  Down  Sportsman's  Cap  Is  warm  at  sub- 
zero; comfortable  at  50°  because  It  "breathes." 
Fully  insulated  crown  and  turn-down  storm  flap. 
Tough  long-wearing  nylon  and  cotton  fabric. 
Sizes  S(6V2  7)  mjVi-lVi)  L(73/8  IVi)  XL 
(75/8-8)  Colors  Red  Autumn  Tan  Olive  Cam 
ouflage   0138  Sportsman  s  Cap  $13  95  ppd 


GOOSE  DOWN  SOX 
KEEP  FEET  WARM 

Slip  on  a  pair  of  these  to  keep  your  feet  warm  in 
sleeping  bag  or  bed.  Great  travelmates  that  take 
little  space  In  your  duffel.  Bauer  Goose  Down 
quilted  In  tough,  washable  nylon  taffeta.  Col- 
ors: Red,  Winter  Blue,  Taupe,  Powder  Blue. 
Specify  shoe  size  and  we  will  send  a  proper  fit. 
0123  Goose  Down  Sox,  pair  $9.95  ppd. 

p  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee!  -| 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$  ,  (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  RUSH  my  order 
n  0136  Watch  Cap 

Size Color  

D  0138  Sportsman's  Cap 

Size Color  


n  0123  Down  Sox 

lyien's  Size  

Women's  Size  _ 

Name 

Address 

City 


_  Color 
_  Color 


D  Send  me  FREE  your  color  catalog  of  c 
unique  outdoor  products. 


„-^&:^<i2/^*c*ija^ 


Dept.   ONH,   Third   &   Virginia,   Seattle.   WA  98124 


leather  materials  quickly  begin  to 
sprout  greenish  fungal  patches,  and 
cockroaches  delight  in  living  in,  and 
dining  on,  the  insides  of  radios  and 
tape  recorders.  Books  start  bowing 
and  ballooning  in  the  high  humidity, 
writing  paper  takes  on  the  structural 
rigidity  of  a  wet  dishcloth,  envelopes 
self-seal,  hinges  rust  and  separate, 
cameras  turn  into  expensive  paper- 
weights, and  clothes  are  always  damp 
and  mildewed. 

During  most  of  the  year,  too  much 
water  is  the  problem,  while  the  oppo- 
site is  true  during  the  short  dry  sea- 
son. Then  the  wells  run  dry  and  avail- 
able water  has  to  be  carefully  and  ju- 
diciously used.  For  example,  I 
learned  how  to  do  the  following  with 
the  same  three  cups  of  water:  brush 
teeth,  wash  hair,  sponge  bathe,  and 
shave.  There  is  a  secret  to  this,  in- 
volving split-second  timing,  taking 
out  a  cup  of  water  at  one  stage  and 
adding  it  later,  and  great  restraint  not 
to  look  at  the  water.  These  are  but 
insignificant  nuisances.  They  give 
character  to  a  place  and  make  every 
day  a  little  bit  more  interesting.  I 
often  think  I  miss  them. 

There  were  two  things  I  will  never 
miss.  I  didn't  cope  with  them  too  well 
nor  did  I  ever  adapt  to  them.  I  believe 
that  much  of  my  inability  to  become 
accustomed  to  them  results  from 
strong  childhood  impressions  left 
from  reading  about  the  rat  torture  in 
Orwell's  7984  and  learning  how  pigs 
ran  things  in  his  Animal  Farm. 

Every  house  in  Tasbapauni  has  a 
few  rats  living  in  its  thatch  roof;  in 
the  thick  palm  fronds,  they  burrow, 
cut  tunnels,  raise  families,  and  do 
other  rat  things.  During  the  day,  they 
are  usually  quigt,  confining  them- 
selves to  the  safety  of  their  elevated 
perches.  Nighttime  is  another  thing 
entirely.  They  scurry  about — ap- 
parently playing  tag — squeak,  search 
for  food,  and  generally  take  over  the 
house.  Every  so  often,  enthusiasm 
exceeds  ability  and  they  slip  off  one 
of  the  narrow  poles  that  cross-brace 
the  roof.  This  is  why  I  don't  like  rats. 

The  second  night  I  spent  in  a  Mis- 
kito  village  coincided,  unfortunately, 
with  the  "rat  Olympics"  being  held 
directly  overhead.  I  listened  to  their 
activities  for  a  while,  but  fell  asleep 
partway  through  the  jousting  event, 
in  which  two  rats  at  opposite  ends  of 
a  rafter  pole  run  headlong  at  each 
other.  A  sudden  heavy  thump  on  my 
chest  awakened  me,  and  I  looked 
down  to  see  a  groggy  three-  or  four- 


pound  rat  clenching  my  T-shirt,  star- 
ing back,  whiskers  at  my  neck,  heart- 
beat racing  in  its  warm  rodent  body. 
Dazed  and  frightened,  it  held 
desperately  to  the  cotton  cloth,  resist- 
ing my  efforts  to  roll  it  off.  I  couldn't 
take  the  T-shirt  off,  and,  envisioning 
a  death  lunge  at  my  throat,  I  took  the 
only  alternative  left:  panic — sheer, 
unadulterated,  glorious,  screamy 
panic.  The  rat  departed. 

The  room  I  slept  in  was  only  sev- 
enty-five yards  or  so  from  the  beach, 
and  the  sea  breeze  was  strong  enough 
to  keep  mosquitoes  away,  so  there 
was  no  need  to  sleep  under  a  net. 
Nevertheless,  I  did  from  then  on,  just 
to  keep  the  rats  off.  Every  so  often, 
a  rat  would  fall,  hit  the  net,  and 
scamper  down  the  sides.  It  happened 
often  enough  that  I  began  to  wonder 
what  was  happening  in  other  houses. 
I  decided  to  do  a  study. 

A  house-to-house  survey  revealed 
that  although  there  were  plenty  of 
rats,  they  seldom  fell.  I  began  to  feel 
singled  out.  Perhaps  the  rats  enjoyed 
the  trampoline  I'd  put  up  for  them. 

Various  people  told  me  that  they 
had  noticed  an  increase  in  the  number 
of  rats.  They  complained  that  some 
of'  their  cats  died  after  each  visit  by 
the  SNEM  malaria  personnel  (Ser- 
vicio  Nacional  de  la  Erradicacion  de 
Malaria)  and  the  spraying  of  houses 
with  a  solution  of  DDT,  water,  and 
kerosene.  Cats  are  notoriously  sensi- 
tive to  DDT;  in  their  constant  preen- 
ing they  had  probably  ingested  small 
but  deadly  amounts  of  the  insecticide 
picked  up  from  around  the  house. 
Fewer  mosquitoes  and  less  malaria 
also  meant  fewer  cats  and  more  rats. 

Several  weeks  later,  I  went  to  clean 
out  the  rain  barrel  we'd  been  using  for 
drinking  water,  only  to  discover  a 
complete  rat  skeleton  at  the  bottom. 

I  started  to  take  a  definite  dislike 
toward  rats.  I  sent  away  for  large 
spring  traps  and  passed  them  out  to 
all  who  wanted  to  reduce  their  house- 
hold rat  population.  I  experimented 
with  various  baits  and  found  that  the 
best  was  guava  jelly.  Some  Miskito 
remember  me  only  from  those  spring 
traps  and  guava  jelly.  My  first  tangi- 
ble role  in  the  village  was  as  a  rat 
exterminator. 

The  antirat  campaign  was  fairly  ef- 
fective, enough  so  that  one"^  Miskito 
family  got  mad  at  me.  From  their 
point  of  view,  it  was  a  case  of  "just 
when  you  really  need  a  rat,  you  can't 
find  it";  and  they  couldn't  find  a  rat 
because   of   me.    The    reason   they 


An  American  Portrait  2076. 


Several  months  ago  we  started  our  Tricentennial 
Program  by  asking  for  your  thoughts  on  life  in 
America  by  the  year  2076.  Instead  of  a  lot  of  ideas 
about  space  ships  and  robots  of  the  future  most  of 
the  more  than  50,000  responses  we  ve  received 
have  been  about  people's  visions  of  our  future 
as  a  nation. 

The  main  point  that  came  through,  letter  after 
letter,  was  that  most  people  believe  a  lot  of  the 
things  that  made  America  what  it  is  today  will 
shape  our  future  as  well. 

An  overwhelming  number  of  you  -  ninety-one 
percent-told  us  you  want  the  family  to  remain 
our  basic  social  unit. 

Sixty-two  percent  feel  the  nation  will  be  better 
off  when  there  is  no  racial,  sexual,  or  religious 
discrimination. 

Seventy-three  percent  of  you  told  us  you  expect 
a  reaffirmation  of  religion  and  faith  by  the  time  of 
our  Tricentennial. 


Nearly  three-quarters  of  you  are  in  favor  of  a 
slower  paced,  more  rural  life. 

What's  better  than  statistics  is  the  feeling  that 
the  majority  of  people  believe  that  life  in  the 
future  can  be  better  than  it  is  today.  But  we've 
always  been  like  that.  It's  what  s  been  called  the 
American  Dream. 

You've  shown  us  that  the  future  of  America  lies 
not  in  the  land  or  the  technologies  we  master 
but  in  the  hearts  and  minds  of  the  people,  our 
greatest  resource. 

We  didn't  intend  to  do  a  scientific  survey  but 
your  responses  show  significant  insight  into  the 
problems  and  opportunities  that  face  our  nation. 
We  plan  to  make  those  thoughts  available  in  a 
book  reflecting  many  of  the  interesting  letters 
we've  received. 

Please  note  that  all  ideas  submitted  shall 
become  public  property  without  compensation. 
Tricentennial  P.O.  Box  2076,  Los  Angeles, 
California  90053 


There  is  a  strong  desire -almost  two-thirds - 
more  individual  participation  in  government 
through  better  communication. 


for 


ARCO    <> 


AtlanticRichfieldCompany 


Thank  you  for  helping  us  celebrate  America's  Tricentennial  100  years  early. 


SOUTH  AMERICA 


BY  MAUPINTOUR 


MAUPINTOUR'S  care  and  manage- 
ment assures  you  see  everything  you 
should  see,  comfortably.  Join  us  for 
this  new  travel  adventure.  22  days. 
BEST  HOTELS,  good  dining,  unique 
events,  and  Maupintour's  own  expert 
Tour  Ivlanager  accompanies  to  make 
sure  all  is  satisfactory. 

LEARN  the  significance,  historic,  con- 
temporary. People.  Scenic  marvels. 
Inca  treasures,  Pisac,  Machu  Picchu, 
Rio,  Valley  of  Volcanoes,  Vina  del 
Mar,  more! 

ASK     YOUR     TRAVEL     AGENT     for 

[Vlaupintour's  new  South  America  tour 
folder  or  mail  the  coupon  below  now. 


Maupintour,  900   Massachusetts   St., 
Lawrence,  Ks.  66044.  913/843-1211. 


quality 
touring 
since  1951 


,®Maupintour 

Asl<  about  these  Maupintour  escorted  holidays: 
D  Africa  DAIps  D  British  Isles  D  Colorado 
D  Asia  O  Central  America  D  Egypt  D  Europe 
D  France  D  Greece  D  Hawaii  Q  India  D  Iran 
n  Italy  D  Mexico  D  Morocco  D  North  Africa 
D  Orient  D  Portugal  n  Scandinavia  D  Spain 
D  S.  America  D  S.  Pacific  D  USSR/E.  Europe 


Easy  on  the  go. 


Minolta/Celtic  Pocket  Bi- 
noculars are  ideal  for  people 
who  like  to  travel  ligtit. 
Beautiful  jewel-like  finish, 
sturdy  construction 
and  world-famous  Minolta 
optical  quality  assure  su- 
perb performance  Images 
are  exceptionally  clear, 
bright  and  sharp.  Center 
focus  design  for  fast, 
easy  focusing.  Two  sizes, 
6  X  20  and  8  X  20,  Each 
weighs  only  6  ounces  and 
folds  to  fit  snugly  in 
pocket  or  field  pack.  For 
more  information,         -i^^^^^^^i 
write  Minolta  Corporation'' 
101  Williams  Drive, 
Ramsey,  N,  J,  07446, 

Minolta/Celtic 
Pocket  Binooilars 


wanted  a  rat  was  because  one  of  their 
children  had  whooping  cough,  and  rat 
soup  was  a  sure-fire  cure  for  it.  I 
tended  to  disagree,  but  they  would 
have  none  of  it.  They  wanted  a  rat. 
A  live  one.  I  checked  my  rat- 
frequency  map  of  village  houses  and 
suggested  they  try  a  particular  house 
not  far  from  theirs. 

All  furniture  was  taken  out  and 
placed  on  the  grass  outside.  A  platoon 
of  young  children  armed  with  sticks 
and  brooms  came  into  the  house.  The 
mother  and  father  of  the  sick  child 
then  began  to  beat  and  poke  the  thatch 
roof  with  long  poles,  driving  the  rats 
from  their  lairs,  down  the  walls,  to 
confront  the  gantlet  of  child-held, 
poised  sticks.  After  a  great  deal  of 
running  about,  everyone  yelling  in- 
structions, children  colliding  with 
each  other ,  and  near  misses ,  a  rat  was 
finally  cornered,  dispatched,  and 
handed  to  the  grateful  father. 

To  make  rat  soup,  you  need  a 
freshly  killed  rat.  The  first  step  is  to 
singe  the  hair  in  a  wood  fire  and  then 
scrape  the  remaining  charred  hair 
from  the  body  with  a  dull  knife.  Next, 
place  the  rat  at  the  edge  of  the  fire, 
but  not  in  it.  Slowly  turn  the  rat  until 
a  clear  oil  begins  to  collect  on  the 
skin.  Scrape  this  off  and  save  (you'll 
get  about  one  half  to  one  teaspoon 
from  the  average-sized  rat).  Now  the 
carcass  can  be  eviscerated,  cleaned, 
and  chopped  into  one-inch  pieces. 
Place  the  meat  into  a  pot  of  boiling 
water  over  a  medium  heat  and  cook 
until  it's  reduced  to  a  thick  soup.  Be- 
fore serving,  float  a  few  drops  of  the 
rat  oil  on  top  of  each  portion.  Later 
the  parents  told  me  that  the  soup 
worked;  the  child  recovered  from 
their  diagnosed  whooping  cough. 

Pigs  posed  a  more  personal  prob- 
lem for  me.  There  were  many  pigs  in 
the  village;  young  ones  that  ran  in 
packs,  and  large  ones,  100  to  175 
pounds,  that  sometimes  roamed  by 
themselves  and  other  times  grouped 
together  for  safety  and  cooperative 
ventures.  Few  of  the  pigs  were 
penned  despite  the  complaints  of  non- 
pig  owners;  pigs  simply  eat  too  much 
for  a  family  to  supply  all  their  food. 
Instead,  they  are  allowed  to  roam  at 
will,  feeding  on  whatever  they  can 
find.  They  are  free -foraging,  self- 
maintaining bank  accounts.  The  Mis- 
kito  keep  pigs  not  to  eat,  but  to  sell. 

A  full-grown  pig  is  a  valuable  ani- 
mal. Buyers  from  Bluefields,  a  small 
city  down  the  coast,  often  come  to 
"look  pig,"  and  a  big  specimen  can 
be  sold  for  as  much  as  $50.  A  Miskito 


24 


Annually,  tlclcj^atcs 
liom  Amcrita's 
nearly  1,000  rural 
electric  cooj)erativcs 
and  public  power 
districls  which  serve 
some  25  million 
|)eople  across  the 
nation,  meet  to 
lormulate  and  adopt 
policies  on  national 
issues. 


The  simple  fact  is  that  conservation 
makes  it  possible  to  stretch  out 
the  world's  dwindling  energy  resources 
while  we  develop  new  technologies 


More  doctors,  water  and 
sewer  systems,  and 
improved  housing  are 
todays  community 
development  targets  loi 
rinal  electrics,  longtinu' 
leaders  in  spearheading 
better  social  and 
economic  programs  for 
local  citizens.  Robert 
Mace,  manager  of  San 
Luis  Valley  Rural 
Electric  Cooperative, 
Monte  Vista,  Colo.,  is 
president  of  one  of  the 
state's  five  Health 
Maintenance 
Organizations. 


Flint  Electric  Membership  Curpui  aiion. 
Reynolds.  Ga.,  has  grown  from  just  over  2.800 
members  in  1944  to  more  than  30,000  in  1976. 
Meter  readers  use  an  electric  car  (dressed  up  for 
the  bicentennial )  to  get  to  some  of  the  homes, 
farms  and  businesses  in  the  15  counties  where 
the  consumer-owned  cooperative  serves. 


So  far  in  this  country  we've  taken  only  small  steps  toward  a  real 
program  of  energy  conservation. 

Efficient  use  and  management  of  all  forms  of  energy  are  now 
imperative.  Public  awareness  of  this  need  must  be  greatly  increased. 
People's  consumption  patterns  will  have  to  be  altered;  industry 
must  make  changes,  and  government  policies  to  encourage  and 
require  wiser  use  must  be  implemented. 

Conservation  does  not  mean  austerity  nor  a  lower  standard  of 
living.  On  the  other  hand,  without  it  as  part  of  a  comprehensive 
energy  policy,  energy  shortages  could  in  the  long  run  severely 
restrict  the  opportunities  and  advantages  we  now  enjoy,  and  limit 
oiu-  ability  to  pursue  our  traditional  hopes  and  dreams  for  a 
better  life. 


America's  rural 
electric  systems 


Write  the  National 
Rural  Electric 
Cooperative 
Association,  2000 
Florida  Ave.,  N.W., 
Washington,  D.C. 
20009,  for  your  copy 
of "Energy 
Conservation  and  the 
American  Consumer." 


VVcdk  one  mile 
and  200  years  into  history* 

Williamsburg's  mile-long  Duke  of 
Gloucester  Street  leads  you  deeply 
into  America's  past. 

At  one  end,  you'U  find  the  oldest 
academic  structure  in  continuous  use 
in  British  America,  the  Wren  Build- 
ing at  the  College  of  William  and 
Mary.  At  the  other,  the  Capitol,  stately  symbol 
of  the  Crown's  power  in  its  largest  colony. 

In  between  are  taverns  and  townhouses, 
craft  shops  and  quiet  gardens. 

During  this,  the  Leisure  Season,  give  your- 
self time  to  walk  this  historic  mile.  And  to 
continue  your  journey  through  the  past,  enjoy 
the  timeless  pleasures  of  a  Colonial  Williams- 
burg hotel.  Here  in  the  midst  of  the  Historic 
Area,  you'll  find  gracious  accommodations, 
festive  dining  and  the  enjoyment  of  golf 
and  tennis. 

Discover  the  past,  for  a  bright  new  pres- 
ent, this  winter  in  Colonial  Williamsburg. 

COLONIAL 


WILLIAMSBURG.  VIRGINIA 


Make  reservations  no'w.  Inquire  about  our  special 
Leisure  Season  plans  at  Williamsburg  Inn,  Lodge,  and 
The  Motor  House.  Write  Reservations  Manager,  Box  CN, 
Williamsburg,  Va.  23185;  or call(804) 229-1000;  New 
York,  (212)246-6800;  Washington,  338-8828. 


is  quick  to  sell  a  pig  for  money  but 
won't  eat  it  even  in  times  of  severe 
meat  scarcity.  This  is  because  a  pig 
is  worth  too  much  money  to  eat  and 
because  they  are  rather  indiscriminate 
foragers.  To  the  Miskito,  a  pig  is  not 
only  a  dirty  animal  but  its  meat  is  also 
considered  unclean.  When  they  sell  a 
pig  to  a  Spanish-speaking  buyer,  they 
are  happy  to  get  the  money,  but  may 
grin  and  wink  a  bit  more  than  would 
be  expected  over  just  another  eco- 
nomic transaction.  That's  because 
they  know  the  pig's  feeding  history 
and  its  ultimate  fate:  the  restaurants 
and  family  tables  of  what  they  con- 
sider unsuspecting  Bluefields  folk. 

I  was  quickly  repulsed  by  pig  din- 
ing habits.  There  were  only  three  out- 
houses in  the  village,  all  built  under 
the  direction  of  different  missionaries 
for  the  "mission  houses"  where  they 
stayed  during  visits.  As  visitors  we 
were  offered  the  use  of  one  of  the 
nearby  outhouses.  For  this  we  were 
grateful,  as  one  of  the  most  difficult 
things  that  we  were  trying  to  adapt  to 
was  the  nocturnal  scheduling  of  Mis- 
kito toilet  habits.  Ready  access  to  an 
available  toilet  is  so  common  in  our 
society  that  we  were  quite  unprepared 
for  a  different  waste  regimen  among 
the  Miskito.  One  went  at  night,  either 
on  the  beach  or  in  the  bushes.  If  mis- 
chance should  befall  you  during  the 
day,  it  was  a  long  and  exposed  walk 
to  the  bushes.  That's  why  we  were 
happy  for  access  to  the  outhouse, 
which  served  as  an  emergency  safety 
valve  during  our  time  of  readaptation. 

It  was  because  of  the  outhouse  that 
I  became  interested  in  pigs.  The  out- 
house was  about  twenty-five  yards 
from  where  we  were  staying.  Built  in 
the  ubiquitous  style,  it  stood  on  wood 
pilings  some  two  feet  off  the  ground. 
This  elevation,  I  soon  discovered,  of- 
fered protection  from  more  than  just 
the  wet  ground  of  the  rainy  season. 

What  was,  at  first,  a  disagreeable 
discovery  soon  became  a  testable 
hypothesis:  pigs  can  tell  the  dif- 
ference in  your  intent  before  you 
reach  the  outhouse.  For  the  sake  of 
the  more  puritanical  readers,  I  will 
use  the  common  euphemisms  to  illus- 
trate this:  number  one  (Nl)  and  num- 
ber two  (N2).  If  our  intent  was  Nl, 
the  roaming  pigs  displayed  no  inter- 
est. However,  if  itwasN2,  they  came 
running.  They  seemed  to  be  able  to 
tell  within  five  or  ten  yards  of  our 
walk  to  the  outhouse.  And  pigs  are 
fast;  they'd  beat  us  there,  crawl 
under,  and  be  waiting.  Some  would 
stand  on  their  hind  legs,  snouts  thrust 


26 


As  a  new  subscriber  to 
America's  weekly  newspaper 


Save 
Over  40% 


off  the  full  newsstand  price  of  $10.00 
with  this  trial  subscription  rate 

20  weeks  for  only  $5.77 

OBSERVER 

:  Reform  Is  a  Flop  j^,y,,.„j,ft.:i?^'' 


I  A  T  I  O  N  A  L 


OBSERVER 

I     I  YES.  Please  send  me  20  weeks  of  The 
' — '  National  Observer  and  bill  me  S5.77. 

□  I  prefer  1  year  (52  issues)  for  $15.00. 
(Compafable  newsstand  price  ot  S26.00) 

□  Belter  yet,  III  take  your  BEST  BUY: 
2  years  (104  issues)  for  $25.00. 
(Comparable  newsstand  price  of  $52.00) 
OHer  good  in  US.  and  possessions  only. 


The  dog 
that  sings. 


tS^. 


t     City 


Zip 


If,  after  reading  the  first  issue,  I  am  not  com- 
pletely satisfied,  I  will  write  "cancel"  across 
the  bill,  return  it  and  owe  nothing. 

Send  no  money- just  this  card 


leyou 
uldn't 


wait  to  tell  your  friends? 


J.  here  are  few  things  quite  so  nice  as 
looking  up  from  your  newspaper  and 
thinking,  "Now  that's  something  I  didn't 
know  or  understand  before." 

And  then  there  are  few  things  quite  so 
satisfying  as  sharing  that  new  insight 
with  a  friend. 

That's  the  kind  of  experience  The  Na- 
tional Observer  offers  its  readers  with 
every  weekly  issue. 

The  National  Observer  goes  behind  the 
obvious  headlines  to  dig  out  stories  that 
make  the  world  more  interesting  when 
you  read  them . . .  and  make  you  more  in- 
teresting when  you  re-tell  them. 

Person-to-person  journalism. 

For  instance,  do  your  friends  know  that 
the  Romans  invented  the  frisbee?  That 
we  have  "two"  brains  in  our  head?  That 
tacos  aren't  just  hot— they've  also  got  the 
hottest  sales? 

And  do  they  know  about  the  contro- 
versial new  gun  that  shoots  "electric 
shocks"?  And  the  "outdated"  form  of 
transportation  that  is  coming  back?  And 
the  place  in  A-uerica  where  voodoo  is 
still  practiced? 

(The  answers  are:  The  taser.  The 
blimp.  And  Oyo-TVinji,  South  Carolina— 
where  it  seems  to  work!) 

The  National  Observer  is  written  this 
way  because  we  believe  in  the  kind  of 
journalism  that  says:  "Talk  to  the  reader 
one-to-one.  Tell  a  story  as  if  the  reader 
were  sitting  next  to  you." 

We  bring  you  the  out-of-the-ordinary. 

When  we  report  sports,  we  go  beyond 
baseball,  basketball  and  football.. .and  tell 
about  Shirley  "Cha-Cha"  Muldowney, 
the  only  woman  ever  licensed  to  race  a 
top  fuel  dragster. 
When  we  look  at  the  world,  we  go  be- 


yond today's  news  to  spot  the  trends  that 
may  make  tomorrow's  news... like  how 
Italy's  Reds  (of  all  people!)  are  trying  to 
make  capitalism  work. 

Plus  sometimes,  after  other  newspa- 
pers think  a  story  is  over,  we  take  a  sec- 
ond look. ..at  why  the  tourists  didn't  come 
to  Mother  Seton's  hometown. 

Regular  sections  with 
irregular  news. 

One  nice  thing  about  reading  The  Na- 
tional Observer  week  after  week  is  our 
regular  sections.  But  you  can  never  count 
on  what's  going  to  be  in  them. 

For  instance,  in  the  "Your  Consuming 
Interests"  section,  we  explored  how  con- 
ventional rubdowns  survive  despite  the 
growth  of  sex  parlors. 

In  our  "Lively  Landscape"  section, 
you  can  read  about  the  furor  in  Charles- 
ton, S.C.  when  the  city  council  ordered 
horses  to  wear  diapers. 


You'll  find  surprises  to 
share  in  every  issue  of 
The  National  Observer. 


OBSERVER 


lU-Un-m   Is  a   Flop 


And  our  "Off-Hours"  section  reports 
on  a  lady  welder  who  also  finds  time  to 
paint,  sculpt,  write  a  novel  and  plant 
fruit  trees. 

We  love  a  good  zany  story,  like  the  one 
about  the  dog  named  Buckypoo  who  sings 
to  piano. 

We're  full  of  new  shopping  buys,  book 
and  movie  reviews,  and  "how-to's"  on  ev- 
erything from  better  health  to  tomato 
jam. 

And,  in  everything  we  do,  we  get  our 
readers  so  involved,  they  write  back. 

Our  "Letters  to  the  Editor"  section  is 
one  of  our  biggest— and  liveliest.  (We  take 
it  seriously.  We  once  devoted  the  whole 
front  page  to  reader  gripes.) 

And  we  even  run  reader  plebiscites  on 
major  issues. 

That's  what  person-to-person  journal- 
ism does:  We  try  to  find  things  that  will 
make  our  readers  rush  out  to  tell  their 
friends.  And  they  rush  back  with  things 
they  can't  wait  to  tell  us! 

Enjoy  The  Observer  for 
less  than  290  a  week. 
Now  you  can  get  an  introductory  sub- 
scription to  The  National  Observer  at 
the  low  rate  of  just  $5.77  for  20  weeks. 
That's  more  than  40%  off  the  newsstand 
price! 

Just  complete  and  return  the  bound-in 
reply  card.  Send  no  money.  We'll  bill  you 
later,  after  we  start  sending  you  The 
Observer. 

Then,  if  you're  unhappy,  simply  write 
"cancel"  on  your  bill  and  return  it  with- 
out paying  or  owing  a  cent. 

Mail  the  card  today.  If  the  card  is  miss- 
ing, write:  The  National  Observer,  Box 
2A  142,  200  Burnett  Road,  Chicopee, 
Massachusetts  01021. 


THE  m.s.PRINSENDAM 

IS  NOT  THE  ONLY  WAY 

TO  GET  TO  INDONESIA. 

IT'S  JUST  THE  ONLY 

WAY  TO  SEE  IT. 


Indonesia  is  Bali  where  Sempidi  men  make  "monkeys"  out  of 
themselves  during  the  Ketjak  ceremony.  Its  Jakarta  where  todays 
freeways  take  you  to  the  Orient  of  yesteryear.  And  it's  more,  much 
more. 

And  nothing  can  show  you  the  ins  and  outs  of  Indonesia  like 
a  cruise  aboard  the  m.s.  Prinsendam.  It  was  built  to  navigate  and 
explore  the  secret  waterways  of  the  worlds  largest  island  state.  And 
the  Dutch  have  been  sailing  these  waters  for  4  centuries.  While  the 
islands  are  the  homeland  of  our  Indonesian  crew. 

And,  as  you  explore,  you'll  vacation  amidst  the  luxuries  of  a 
royal  yacht  combined  with  the  facilities  of  an  international  resort. 

The  m.s.  Prinsendam's  7  and  14-day  cruises  leave  Singapore 
Oct.  25, 1976  to  April  11, 1977.  To  Penang,  Belawan,  Sibolga,  Nias, 
Jakarta,  Bali,  Surabaya.  Rates  from  $665  to  $2,180. 

All-inclusive  tours  with  9, 10  and  14-day  cruises— 22  to  29 
days  from  Los  Angeles,  San  Francisco,  Portland,  Seattle,  Vancouver, 
B.C.  via  Tokyo;  22  to  28  days  from  New  York,  Chicago,  Toronto, 
Montreal,  Houston  via  Amsterdam.  Rates  from  $2,275  to  $3,580. 

So  join  Holland  America  and  scrutinize  the  inscrutable  East. 
Call  your  travel  agent  or  write  Holland  America  Cruises,  Dept.  CP, 
2  Penn  Plaza,  New  York  10001,  (212)  760-3880. 

The  m.s.  Prinsendam  is  registered  in  the  Netherlands 
Antilles.  Rates  are  per  person,  double  occupancy,  subject  to 
availability.  Minimum  rates  may  not  be  available  on  all  listed  cruises. 

Holland  America  Cruises 

VACAnONS  THAT  ARE  ALL  VAGOION  SINCE  187Z 


through  the  wooden  hole.  That  was 
a  bit  disconcerting.  Somehow  they 
were  able  to  decipher  our  body  lan- 
guage .  I  began  to  try  to  fake  thern  out . 
I  imitated  what  I  thought  was  a  good 
N2  walk,  when  it  was  really  an  Nl 
mission.  Nothing.  Oh,  perhaps  a 
grunt  or  two  from  one  of  the  larger 
pigs  and  a  half-hearted  trot  from  a 
young  one,  but  nothing  of  any  conse- 
quence. Try  as  I  might,  they  never 
fell  for  a  fake  walk.  Unerringly,  they 
knew  the  difference. 

To  cope  with  their  amazing  dis- 
criminatory ability,  each  of  us  de- 
vised different  defensive  strategies.  I 
made  a  club,  a  "pig  stick,"  iy2 
inches  in  diameter  and  V-h  feet  long. 
With  this,  I  could  strike  from  within 
the  outhouse  and  inflict  enough  dam- 
age to  discourage  pig  congregations 
for  periods  of  up  to  five  minutes, 
especially  if  accompanied  by  my  loud 
imitations  of  aggressive  pig  sounds. 
My  wife,  Judi,  hit  on  an  alternative 
strategy.  She  posted  me  outside  the 
outhouse  as  "pig  guard."  I'd  go 
ahead  carrying  the  pig  stick  and  sig- 
nal when  the  field  was  clear.  It  was 
my  job  to  keep  the  pigs  at  bay.  Our 
son  probably  coped  with  the  situation 
best.  He  fancied  himself  a  bombar- 
dier and  enacted  modern  versions  of 
"Thirty  Seconds  Over  Tasbapauni." 

I  finally  decided  to  follow  the  pigs 
in  retaliation;  all  in  the  name  of  ecol- 
ogy, of  course.  Anything  is  grist  for 
the  inquisitive  mind.  I  took  notice  of 
their  group  behavior  and  dynamics, 
home  and  foraging  ranges,  and  terri- 
toriality. The  thing  that  interested  me 
most  was  their  foraging  patterns  and 
range.  During  the  day,  the  pigs  con- 
centrated on  the  village  itself,  making 
sweeps  in  small  bands  around  every 
back  kitchen,  where  refuse  and  vege- 
table wastes  were  thrown  at  fairly 
predictable  times.  Their  only  compet- 
itors for  this  food  supply  were 
chickens.  Pigs  fared  poorly,  how- 
ever, when  competing  with  dogs  for 
waste  from  butcherings  of  turtles, 
deer,  and  other  wild  animals.  The 
dogs  took  the  best,  and  the  rest  was 
up  for  grabs  between  turkey  vultures 
and  pigs. 

The  periphery  of  the  village  was 
one  of  the  most  important  foraging 
zones  for  pigs.  Surrounded  on  tfiree 
sides  by  bush-rimmed  forest  and  on 
the  other  by  the  beach,  the  village 
edges  were  used  by  the  Miskito  as 
nocturnal  dumping  sites.  Pigs  pa- 
trolled these  areas  at  dusk,  two  or 
three  times  during  the  night,  and  in 


30 


early  morning.  During  these  times, 
most  of  the  pigs  continually  circled 
tiie  village,  around  and  around  on  the 
Tasbapauni  Beltway. 

Pigs  make  the  major  contribution 
in  keeping  the  village  clean,  but  tur- 
key vultures,  dogs,  and  chickens  also 
help;  consequently,  waste  materials 
do  not  last  long  on  the  ground.  There 
are  no  waste  disposal  problems  in  the 
village.  All  organic  debris  are  recy- 
cled. The  Miskito  have  no  problem 
with  cans,  bottles,  papers,  and  the 
like  because  they  are  rarely  used — 
and  seldom  thrown  away.  My  still  un- 
published research  study  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  pigs  were  the  most 
important  consumers  in  the  detritus 
chain.  The  pigs  were  obviously  effec- 
tive garbage  engineers,  providing  a 
valuable  service  for  the  villagers,  one 
that  was  ecologically  and  economi- 
cally sound.  They  made  day  and  night 
pickups,  didn't  belong  to  a  union, 
never  went  on  strike,  were  extremely 
efficient,  and  could  be  sold  before  re- 
tirement age. 

After  many  such  field  trips  to  the 
Miskito  villages  strung  along  the 
eastern  coast  of  Nicaragua,  I  came  to 
know  something  of  the  people  and  to 
appreciate  their  life-styles.  Coming 
from  an  academic  background ,  where 
many  of  my  colleagues  write  about 
native  women  breaking  rocks  with 
wet  clothes,  I  found  that  it  was  neces- 
sary to  reevaluate  my  first  impres- 
sions of  the  Miskito — and  their  pigs 
and  rats. 

The  etchings  of  our  scientific  incur- 
sions are  probably  as  indelible  to  the 
Miskito  as  they  are  to  us.  They  inves- 
tigated us,  as  we  did  them — each  try- 
ing to  figure  out  what  was  really  be- 
hind the  other's  strange  behavior. 
There  is  a  lot  of  interest  in  a  kuku 
awra  who  weighs  carefully  what  is 
abundant,  writes  detailed  notes  on 
what  everyone  else  considers  obvi- 
ous, has  a  rat  fetish,  and  follows  pigs 
around.  The  undecipherable  visits  of 
such  a  character  will  eventually  be 
fitted  into  some  logical  local  context. 
For  this  drift  coconut,  the  memories 
of  landing  on  those  shores  remain 
perfectly  clear  and  the  lessons  learned 
have  proved  useful  on  excursions  to 
other  parts  of  the  world  as  well  as  at 
home. 

Bernard  Nietschmann,  associate 
professor  of  geography  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  is  currently  working 
out  of  Australian  National  University 
as  a  senior  research  fellow. 


Why  the  superb 

Pentax  K2  will 

automatically  take 

better  pictures  for  you. 


The  35mm  SLR  camera  has  long 
been  considered  an  excellent  but  dif- 
ficult to  use  instrument  The  main 
problem  has  always  been  human 
error  in  setting  proper  exposure.  But 
now,  Asahi  Pentax  has  developed  a 
space-age  exposure  control  system 
that  solves  the  problem.  It  automat- 
ically takes  better  pictures  for  you. 

Amazing  breakthrough 
The  K2  uses  an  astonishingly  small 
integrated  circuit  to  control  its  expo- 
sure system.  The  fast-reacting  light 
meter  "reads"  the  light  reflected  from 
your  subject.  Our  incredible  "mini- 
computer" circuit  then  instructs  the 
metal  shutter  to  stay  open  for  just  the 
right  amount  of  time  to  give  you  con- 
sistently good  pictures,  automatically. 

Better  pictures  easily 
All  you  do  is  aim,  focus,  and  shoot 
You  get  superior  quality  35mm  SLR 
photography  without  the  hassle. 
Superb  super-multi-coated  lenses 
give  you  vibrant  colors.   Bright, 


through-the-lens  viewing  helps  you 
focus  for  razor-sharp  detail  In  your 
pictures. 

So  go  to  your  favorite  dealer  and 
ask  to  test  shoot  a  K2.  See  how  easy  It 
is  to  aim,  focus,  and  shoot  Or  we  can 
send  you  some  very  informative  litera- 
ture on  the  K2  and  the  other  mem- 
bers of  its  impressive  family. 


Yes,  I'm  interested  in  more  informa- 
tion about  your  amazing  electronic 
wizard.  Send  information  to: 


ADDRESS  . 

crrv 


Mail  coupon  to:  Honeywell  Photo- 
graphic, P.O.  Box  22083,  Dept  113- 
901,  Denver,  CO     80222. 


Honeywell  Photographic 


JUST 

PRESS 

HERE. 


31 


DINOSAURS! 


s 
—  a 


DC 

o 

o 
u 

u. 


Ocoo 


m 


m 
u 

0) 


H)  -t;  w  ii  « 

oca  •;S  a 

a.  a  o.  §  ji; 

^  ~  .£ 


O    Q    O 


o 


V    OS 


DC 
3 

0) 


•K    fl,    C3    (U  V. 

•^2  >i!  u  N  :S 


.  S  6  -f  S  oo 
§82 

J3  3  '5b 
£?  o  'C  °  « 


S      tH   ^   ON 


.s  ^  o  ■»  X 


DC 

a 


u  "t!   «  ,',   C  ji 
"a    3    C    nj  13    tn 

't.      ><  o  o  ff 
3|>,g8S 


K    O  Z    E    3  T3 


This  View  of  Life 


So  Cleverly  Kind  an  Animal 


Basic  human  kindness  may 
be  as  "animal"  as 
human  nastiness 


In  Civilization  and  Its  Discontents, 
Sigmund  Freud  examined  the  agoniz- 
ing dilemma  of  human  social  life.  We 
are  by  nature  selfish  and  aggressive, 
yet  any  successful  civilization  de- 
mands that  we  suppress  our  biologi- 
cal inclinations  and  act  altruistically 
for  common  good  and  harmony. 
Freud  argued  further  that  as  civili- 
zations become  increasingly  complex 
and  "modern,"  we  must  renounce 
more  and  more  of  our  innate  selves. 
This  we  do  imperfectly,  with  guilt, 
pain,  and  hardship;  the  price  of  civili- 
zation is  individual  suffering. 

It  is  impossible  to  overlook  the  ex- 
tent to  which  civilization  is  built  up 
upon  a  renunciation  of  instinct, 
how  much  it  presupposes  precisely 
the  non-satisfaction  ...  of  power- 
ful instincts.  This  "cultural  frus- 
tration" dominates  the  large  field 
of  social  relationships  between 
human  beings. 

Freud's  argument  is  a  particularly 
forceful  variation  on  a  ubiquitous 
theme  in  speculations  about  "human 
nature."  What  we  criticize  in  our- 
selves, we  attribute  to  our  animal 
past.  Brutality,  aggression,  selfish- 
ness— in  short,  general  nastiness — 
are  the  shackles  of  our  apish  ancestry. 
We  strive  (with  pitifully  limited  suc- 
cess) for  a  better  future  based  on  rea- 
son and  kindness — the  mental  tran- 
scendence of  our  biological  limita- 
tions. 

Little  more  than  ancient  prejudice 
supports  this  common  belief.  It  cer- 
tainly gains  no  justification  from 
science — so  profound  is  our  igno- 
rance about  the  biology  of  human  be- 


havior. It  arises  from  such  sources  as 
the  theology  of  the  human  soul  and 
the  "dualism"  of  philosophers  who 
sought  separate  realms  for  mind  and 
body.  It  has  roots  in  an  attitude  that 
I  have  often  attacked  in  this  column: 
our  desire  to  view  the  history  of  life 
as  progressive  and  to  place  ourselves 
on  top  of  the  heap  (with  all  the  prerog- 
atives of  domination).  We  seek  a  cri- 
terion for  our  uniqueness,  settle  (nat- 
urally) upon  our  minds ,  and  define  the 
noble  results  of  human  consciousness 
as  something  intrinsically  apart  from 
biology.  But  why?  Why  should  our 
nastiness  be  the  baggage  of  an  apish 
past  and  our  kindness  uniquely 
human?  Why  should  we  not  seek  con- 
tinuity with  other  animals  for  our 
"noble"  traits  as  well? 

One  nagging  scientific  argument 
does  seem  to  support  this  ancient 
prejudice.  The  essential  ingredient  of 
human  kindness  is  altruism — sacri- 
fice of  our  personal  comfort,  even 
our  lives  in  extreme  cases,  for  the 
benefit  of  others.  Yet,  if  we  accept  the 
Darwinian  mechanism  of  evolution, 
how  can  altruism  be  part  of  biology? 
Natural  selection  dictates  that  orga- 
nisms act  in  their  own  self-interest. 
They  know  nothing  of  such  abstract 
concepts  as  "the  good  of  the  spe- 
cies.' '  They  "struggle' '  continuously 
to  increase  the  representation  of  their 
genes  at  the  expense  of  their  fellows. 
And  that,  for  all  its  baldness,  is  all 
there  is  to  it;  we  have  discovered  no 
higher  principle  in  nature.  Individual 
advantage ,  Darwin  argues ,  is  the  only 
criterion  of  success  in  nature.  The 
harmony  of  life  goes  no  deeper.  The 
balance  of  nature  arises  from  interac- 
tion between  competing  teams,  each 
trying  to  win  the  prize  for  itself  alone, 
not  from  the  cooperative  sharing  of 
limited  resources. 

How,   then,   could   anything  but 


32 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


selfishness  ever  evolve  as  a  biologi- 
cal trait  of  behavior?  If  altruism  is  the 
cement  of  stable  societies,  then 
human  society  must  be  fundamen- 
tally outside  nature.  There  is  one  way 
around  this  dilemma.  Can  an  ap- 
parently altruistic  act  be  "selfish"  in 
this  Darwinian  sense?  Can  an  indi- 
vidual's sacrifice  ever  lead  to  the  per- 
petuation of  his  own  genes?  The  an- 
swer to  this  seemingly  contradictory 
proposition  is  "yes."  We  owe  the 
resolution  of  this  paradox  to  the 
theory  of  "kin  selection"  developed 
in  the  early  1 960s  by  W .  D .  Hamilton , 
a  British  theoretical  biologist.  It  has 
been  stressed  as  the  cornerstone  for 
a  biological  theory  of  society  in  E.O. 
Wilson's  Sociobiology.  (I  criticized 
the  deterministic  aspects  of  Wilson's 
speculations  on  human  behavior  in 
my  May  1976  column.  I  also  praised 
his  general  theory  of  altruism,  and 
continue  this  theme  now.) 

The  legacy  of  brilliant  men  in- 
cludes undeveloped  foresight.  Eccen- 
tric English  biologist  J. B.S.  Haldane 
probably  anticipated  every  good  idea 
that  evolutionary  theorists  will  invent 
during  this  century.  Haldane,  arguing 
about  altruism  one  evening  in  a  pub, 
reportedly  made  some  quick  calcula- 
tions on  the  back  of  an  envelope,  and 
announced:  "I  will  lay  down  my  life 
for  two  brothers  or  eight  cousins." 
What  did  Haldane  mean  by  such  a 
cryptic  comment?  Human  chromo- 
somes generally  come  in  pairs:  We 
receive  one  set  from  our  mother's 
egg;  the  other  from  our  father's 
sperm.  Thus,  we  possess  a  paternal 
and  a  maternal  copy  of  each  gene. 
Take  any  human  gene.  What  is  the 
probability  that  a  brother  will  share 
the  same  gene?  Suppose  that  it  is  on 
a  maternal  chromosome  (the  argu- 
ment works  the  same  way  for  paternal 
chromosomes).  Each  egg  cell  con- 


tains one  chromosome  of  each  pair — 
that  is,  one  half  the  mother's  genes. 
The  egg  cell  that  made  your  brother 
either  had  the  same  chromosome  you 
received  or  the  other  member  of  the 
pair.  The  chance  that  you  share  your 
brother's  gene  is  an  even  fifty-fifty. 
Your  brother  shares  half  your  genes 
and  is,  in  the  Darwinian  calculus,  the 
same  as  half  of  you. 

Suppose,  then,  that  you  are  walk- 
ing down  the  road  with  three 
brothers.  A  monster  approaches  with 
clearly  murderous  intent.  Your 
brothers  do  not  see  it.  You  have  only 
two  alternatives:  Approach  it  and 
give  a  rousing  Bronx  cheer,  thereby 
warning  your  brothers,  who  hide  and 
escape,  and  insuring  your  own  de- 
mise; or  hide  and  watch  the  monster 
feast  on  your  three  brothers.  What,  as 
an  accomplished  player  of  the  Dar- 
winian game,  should  you  do?  The  an- 
swer must  be,  step  right  up  and 
cheer — for  you  have  only  yourself  to 
lose,  while  your  three  brothers  repre- 
sent one  and  a  half  of  you.  Better  that 
they  should  live  to  propagate  150  per- 
cent of  your  genes.  Your  apparently 
altruistic  act  is  genetically  "selfish," 
for  it  maximizes  the  contribution  of 
your  genes  to  the  next  generation. 

According  to  the  theory  of  kin  se- 
lection, animals  evolve  behaviors 
that  endanger  or  sacrifice  themselves 
only  if  such  altruistic  acts  increase 
their  own  genetic  potential  by  bene- 
fiting kin.  Altruism  and  the  society  of 
kin  must  go  hand  in  hand;  the  benefits 
of  kin  selection  may  even  propel  the 
evolution  of  social  interaction.  While 
my  absurd  example  of  four  brothers 
and  a  monster  is  simplistic,  the  situa- 
tion becomes  much  more  complex 
with  twelfth  cousins,  four  times  re- 
moved. Hamilton's  theory  does  not 
only  belabor  the  obvious. 

Hamilton's  theory  has  had  stun- 


MAMMALS! 


-  3    _  ^ 


ll-.-n???!' 


-.■g  i 


§S.f 


<  o        =r.  •    — 


oa 


CD 


\  .—  5;  -  t;  -I  p 
=S  3  B  Go  - 
'^   N',g   -don' 

•'3  ere  -.»;  '2 


n 


m: 


33 


\bur  pictures 
never  sounded  so  good. 


Most  beautiful  pictures  liave 
beautiful  sounds  that  go  with  them. 
You  can  get  both  with  Bauer's  S 105 
new  Super  8  XL  Macro  Camera.  No 
separate  recorder  to  carry.  You 
record  directly  onto  the  film. 

Sound  is  only  one  of  the  special 
effects  you  can  get  right  in  the  camera. 
There  are  fade  in  and  fade  out,  and 
a  5x  power  zoom  with  macro.  And 
there's  time  lapse.  So  you  can  make 
the  sun  come  up  in  a  hurry.  And  as  the 
sun  goes  down  you  can  keep  shooting 
without  lights.  The  S 105  has  a  super 
fast  f /1.2  XL  Macro  lens..  Metering  is 
thru-  the-lens  and  fully  automatic  with 
manual  override.  And  Bauer's  pat- 
ented twist-away  grip  makes  it  a 
smaller  package  to  carry. 

The  Bauer  S105  lets  anyone 
make  professional  movies  with  just 
one  piece  of  equipment. 

Show  them  on  our  super  T60 
projector.  The  only  super  8  that 
records  and  plays  back  stereo.  We  also 
have  a  12x  zoom  silent  camera  and 
a  whole  line  of  other  fine  movie 
products.  Write  for  information. 

fi4l/EI7Super8 
Sound  Cameras. 


fpigl  AIC  Photo,  Inc.,  Carle  Place,  N.Y.  11514 

I"""!  Bauer  is  a  Reg.  TM  of  Robert  Bosch  Photokino  GmbH, 


There's  a  touch 

of  the  grand 

in  all  our  pianos. 

Some  things  never 
change  and  shouldn't.  Like 
the  feel  of  a  grand  piano. 
The  10  mm  key  dip  feel 
that's  been  universal  for 
over  100  years. 

It  is  the  touch  for  the 
maestro.  Yet  comfortable 
for  a  beginner. 

So,  at  Yamaha,  we  won't 
change.  No  matter  what 
size  or  kind  the  pianos  are . 
Our  uprights  and  consoles 
and  grands  all  offer  the 
same  grand  piano  standard. 
The  10  mm  key  dip. 

In  keeping  with  a  true 
candelabra  tradition. 

SYiUHAHA 

Keyboard  Division,  Dept.  1, 
Box  6600,  Buena  Park,  CA  90622. 

When  thenes  a  better  piano  to  be  made, 
Yamaha  will  make  it. 


ning  success  in  explaining  some  per- 
sistent biological  puzzles  in  the  evo- 
lution of  social  behavior  in  the  Hy- 
menoptera — ants,  bees,  and  wasps. 
Why  has  true  sociality  evolved  inde- 
pendently at  least  eleven  times  in  the 
Hymenoptera  and  only  once  among 
other  insects  (the  termites)?  Why  are 
sterile  worker  castes  always  female  in 
the  Hymenoptera,  but  both  male  and 
female  in  termites?  The  answers 
seem  to  lie  in  the  workings  of  kin  se- 
lection within  the  unusual  genetic 
system  of  the  Hymenoptera. 

Most  sexually  reproducing  animals 
are  diploid;  their  cells  contain  two 
sets  of  chromosomes — one  derived 
from  their  mother;  the  other  from 
their  father.  Termites,  like  most  in- 
sects, are  diploid.  The  social  Hyme- 
noptera, on  the  other  hand,  are  haplo- 
diploid.  Females  develop  from  ferti- 
lized eggs  as  normal  diploid  individ- 
uals with  maternal  and  paternal  sets 
of  chromosomes.  But  males  develop 
from  unfertilized  eggs  and  possess 
only  the  maternal  set  of  chromo- 
somes; they  are,  in  technical  par- 
lance, haploid  (half  the  normal  num- 
ber of  chromosomes). 

In  diploid  organisms,  genetic  rela- 
tionships of  sibs  and  parents  are  sym- 
metrical: parents  share  half  their 
genes  with  their  children,  and  each 
sib  (on  average)  shares  half  its  genes 
with  any  other  sib,  male  or  female. 
But  in  haplodiploid  species,  genetic 
relationships  are  asymmetrical,  per- 
mitting kin  selection  to  work  in  an 
unusual  and  potent  way.  Consider  the 
relationship  of  a  queen  ant  to  her 
sons  and  daughters,  and  the  relation- 
ship of  these  daughters  to  their  sisters 
and  brothers: 

1.  The  queen  is  related  by  Va  to 
both  her  sons  and  daughters;  each  of 
her  offspring  carries  Va  her  chromo- 
somes and,  therefore,  Vi  her  genes. 

2.  Sisters  are  related  to  their 
brothers,  not  by  Vz  as  in  diploid  orga- 
nisms, but  only  by  Va.  Take  any  of 
a  sister's  genes.  Chances  are  ¥2  that 
it  is  a  paternal  gene.  If  so,  she  cannot 
share  it  with  her  brother  (who  has  no 
paternal  genes).  If  it  is  a  maternal 
gene,  then  chances  are  Vi  that  her 
brother  has  it  as  well.  Her  total  rela- 
tionship with  her  brother  is  the 
average  of  zero  (for  paternal  genes) 
and  Vi  (for  maternal  genes),  or  '4. 

3.  Sisters  are  related  to  their  sis- 
ters by  %.  Again,  take  any  gene.  If 
it  is  paternal,  then  her  sister  must 
share  it  (since  fathers  have  only  one 
set  of  chromosomes  to  pass  to  all 
daughters).  If  it  is  maternal,  then  her 


34 


sister  has  a  fifly-fifty  chance  of  shar- 
ing it,  as  before.  Sisters  arc  related  by 
the  average  of  1  (for  paternal  genes) 
and  '/2  (for  maternal  genes),  or  %. 

These  asymmetries  seem  to  pro- 
vide a  simple  and  elegant  explanation 
for  that  most  altruistic  of  animal  be- 
haviors — the  "willingness"  of  sterile 
female  workers  to  forego  their  own 
reproduction  in  order  to  help  their 
mothers  raise  more  sisters.  As  long  as 
a  worker  can  invest  preferentially  in 
her  sisters,  she  will  perpetuate  more 
of  her  genes  by  helping  her  mother 
raise  fertile  sisters  (%  relationship) 
than  by  raising  fertile  daughters  her- 
self ('/2  relationship).  But  a  male  has 
no  inclination  toward  sterility  and 
labor.  He  would  much  rather  raise 
daughters,  who  share  all  his  genes, 
than  help  sisters,  who  share  only  Vi 
of  them.  (I  do  not  mean  to  attribute 
conscious  will  to  creatures  with  such 
rudimentary  brains.  I  use  such 
phrases  as  "he  would  rather"  only  as 
a  convenient  shortcut  for  "in  the 
course  of  evolution,  males  who  did 
not  behave  this  way  have  been  placed 
at  a  selective  disadvantage  and  gradu- 
ally eliminated.") 

My  colleagues  R .  L .  Trivers  and  H . 
Hare  have  recently  reported  the  fol- 
lowing important  discovery  in 
Science  (January  23,  1976):  They 
argue  that  queens  and  workers  should 
prefer  different  sex  ratios  for  fertile 
olTspring.  The  queen  favors  a  1:1 
ratio  of  males  to  females  since  she  is 
equally  related  (by  Vi)  to  her  sons  and 
daughters.  But  the  workers  raise  the 
offspring  and  can  impose  their  prefer- 
ences upon  the  queen  by  selective 
nurturing  of  her  eggs .  Workers  would 
rather  raise  fertile  sisters  (relationship 
%)  than  brothers  (relationship  Vi). 
But  they  must  raise  some  brothers, 
lest  their  sisters  fail  to  find  mates.  So 
they  compromise  by  favoring  sisters 
to  the  extent  of  their  stronger  relation- 
ship to  them.  Since  they  are  three 
times  more  related  to  sisters  than 
brothers,  they  should  invest  three 
times  more  energy  in  raising  sisters. 
Workers  invest  energy  by  feeding; 
the  extent  of  feeding  is  reflected  in  the 
adult  weight  of  fertile  offspring. 
Trivers  and  Hare  therefore  measured 
the  ratio  of  female/male  weight  for  all 
fertile  offspring  taken  together  in 
nests  of  21  different  ant  species.  The 
average  weight  ratio — or  investment 
ratio — is  remarkably  close  to  3:1. 
This  is  impressive  enough,  but  the 
clincher  in  the  argument  comes  from 
studies  of  slave-making  ants.  Here, 
the  workers  are  captured  members  of 


)ito®@@aiii 


wiih  ntwu/  OMi 


)i]Qi?g)i?as©g 


BONSAI  JUNIPER 

Nature  in  miniature  -  this  little  tree 
IS  already  three  years  old,  yet  just  6 
inches  high.  Planted  in  a  special  clay 
pol;  comes  with  96-page  handbook  on 
the  ancient  and  subtle  art  of  Bonsai. 
Available  all  year. 

Order  Gift  No.  261  . .  .  $1395  delv'd 


our  famous 
ROYAL  RIVIERA^PEARS 

So  big  and  |uicy  they'll  eat  'em  with  a 
spoon  -  sorare, not  1  person  in  1000 
has  ever  tasted  them!  Beautifully  gift 
packed  and  sent  with  your  personal 
greetings.  Perfect  arrival  guaranteed! 
Net  wt.  6-3/4  lbs.  Order  now  for 
Christmas  delivery. 

Order  Gift  No.  1 $945  delv'd 


CHRISTMAS  CROCUS 

Completely  pre-planted  and  ready  to 
grow  m  a  genuine  handpamted  Oelft 
planter!  Nothing  to  add  but  water  - 
includes  12  top  si?e  bulbs.  Oo  order 
NOW  for  Christmas  delivery' 
Available  Dec.  lOto  Feb.  14. 

Order  Gift  No.  801  ...  $1195  delv'd 


The  Original,  One-and-OnI 


%itJoftiiCcMoiithClul) 


Since  1936,  America's  favorite  family  club.  Month  after  month,  a  parade  of  the  world's  rarest  and 
finest  fruit  sent  direct  from  the  orchard.  Each  gift  box  with  your  greetings.  All  announced  by  a 
handsome,  gold-embossed  Certificate  of  Membership. 


Christmas  -  Royal  Riviera  Pears 
Jan  -  Crisp  Mountain  Apples 
Feb  -  Royal  Grapefruit 
March  -  Royal  Oranges 


April  -  ffawaiian  Pineapples 
May  -  Wild  'n  Rarc®Prescrves 
June  -  Home-Canned  Fruits 
July  -  Giant  Kiwi  Berries 


August  -  Exotic  Nectarines 
Sept  -  Oregold*'Peaches 
Oct  -  Alphonsc  LaValle  Grapes 
Nov  -  Royal  Beurre*  8osc  Pears 


3-BOX  CLUB  Surprise  them  with  gorgeous  gift 
boxes  for  Christmas,  January  and  February! 

Gift  No.  Ill  ...  52495  delv'd 
5-BOX  CLUB  Keeps  coming  and  coming!  Christ- 
mas, January,  February,  May  and  September. 

Gift  No.  141  ...$3995  delv'd 


8-BOX  CLUB  Delight  them  to  pieces  again  and 
again!  Christmas,  January,  February,  May,  August, 
September,  October  and  November. 

Gift  No.  151  ...  S6695  delv'd 
12-BOX  CLUB  Flabbergasting!  A  gorgeous  gift 
every  single  month  of  the  year. 

Gift  No.  201  ...$9995  delv'd 


We  guarantee  your  complete  satisfaction  in  every  respect ...  or  your  money  back! 


Every  year  folks  write  to  tell  us 
flow  pleased  their  friends  are  with 
gifts  from  Harry  and  David.  Our 
"secret"?  It's  the  personal  touch 
that's  part  of  every  gift  we  make. 
Harry  and  I  grow  our  own  fruit, 
bake  our  own  cakes,  put  up  our 
own  preserves  -  even  make  our 
own  baskets.  If  you  could  see  the 
care  with  which  our  gifts  are  put 
together,  you'd  know  why  the 
quality  is  guaranteed. 

EASY  TO  ORDER  Use  the  order 
blanks  at  right,  or  just  send  us  your 
list.  Enclose  check  or  money  order 
(no  C.O.D.'spleasel.Tell  ushowto 
sign  your  greetings  for  each  gift. 
All  prices  include  delivery. 


Send  your    \ 
orders  to;      E^J 


f/oAAe/  QMel  J&amc/' 


Box  522-B  /  Medford,  Oregon  97501 

*V  ©1976.  Harry  and  David 


"  "  ™  ■  Order  here  or  send  us  your  list' 

SHIP  AS 

MY  GIFT  TO 


CITY 

STATE 

ZIF 

Quantity 

Name  of  Gift 

Gift    No- 

Amount 

$ 

rn 


Greetings  to  read: 


Use  Card    p, 
I  enclose    LJ 


CITY 

STATE 

21F 

Quant. ty 

Name  of  Gift 

Gift   No. 

Amount 

$ 

Ship  to  Arrive,—,    Ship  to 

for  Christmas  LJ    Arrive  On  (Date 


i;eD 


Greetings  to  read: 


Ordered  By: 

Address 

City 


35 


The  magnificent   /*^ 

MONT^ 
BLANC 

Diplomat  149... $95 


Also,  the 
^^^^  Classic  146... $79 

^.i^TlfrAN^  f^Q  Other  fountain  pen  is 
"built"  like  the  magnificent 
MONTBLANC  Diplomat! 
Man-size  to  fill  a  man's  grip, 
take  a  man's  handling.  Extra- 
large  14-karat  gold  point  as- 
sures super-smooth  writing 
action  and  gives  a  man  a  new 
"personality  on  paper".  Giant 
ink  capacity  is  a  man-pleasing 
feature  too! 

Many  pen  experts  here  and 
abroad  consider  the  Diplomat 
to  be  the  finest  pen  ever  de- 
signed. It's  Europe's  most 
prized  pen,  unmatched  in 
writing  ease.  Nib  sizes  fine 
to  broad. 

The  Classic  146  is  a  slightly 
smaller  version  of  the  Diplo- 
mat 149.  For  full-color  bro- 
chure describing  the  com- 
plete line  of  world-famous, 
luxury  Montblanc  writing  in- 
struments, write  to  Koh-I- 
Noor  Rapidograph,  Inc.,  201 
North  St.,  Bloomsbury,  N.J. 
08804.  Beautifully  gift  boxed. 

At  fine  stores,  stationers,  college  and 
pen  stiops  everywhere,  including: 
Atlanta:  Britches  of  Georgetowne,  Sam 
Flax;  Berkeley,  Cal.:  AIko  Office  Sup- 
ply: Beverly  Hills:  Alfred  Dutihill; 
Boston:  Bromfield  Pen  Center,  Shreve 
Crump  and  Low;  Chicago:  Abercrombie 
&  Fitch,  Alfred  Dunhill,  McLennon's; 
Dallas:  Alfred  Dunhill,  Neiman-Marcus; 
Detroit:  Snider's  Pen  Shop:  Houston: 
Fountain  Pen  Hospital,  Neiman-Marcus: 
Los  Angeles:  The  Fountain  Pen  Shop, 
The  Pen  Shop,  H.  G.  Daniels  Co.; 
N.Y.C.:  Abercrombie  &  Fitch,  Alfred 
Dunhill.  Arthur  Brown  &  Bro.,  Bloom- 
ingdale's,  A.  I.  Friedman,  M.  C.  Flynn, 
Sam  Flax;  N.  Hollyvood,  Cal.:  Pens 
Plus;  Philadelphia:  A.  Pomeranlz; 
Providence,  R.I.:  Morrison  Typewriter 
Co.;  San  Antonio:  Paul  Anderson  Co.; 
San  Francisco:  Abercrombie  &  Fitch, 
Alfred  Dunhill,  J.  D.  Browne,  Golden 
Gate  Pen  Co.,  Henniker's;  Summit,  N.J.: 
Slegel's  Stationery;  Washington,  D.C.: 
Britches  of  Georgetowne,  Fahrney's. 


Other  species.  They  have  no  genetic 
relationship  to  the  daughters  of  their 
imposed  queen  and  should  not  favor 
them  over  the  queen's  sons.  Sure 
enough,  in  these  situations,  the  fe- 
male/male weight  ratio  is  1:1 — even 
though  it  is  again  3 : 1  when  workers 
of  the  enslaved  species  are  not  cap- 
tured but  work,  instead,  for  their  own 
queen. 

Kin  selection,  operating  on  the  pe- 
culiar genetics  of  haplodiploidy, 
seems  to  explain  the  key  features  of 
social  behavior  in  ants,  bees,  and 
wasps.  But  what  can  it  do  for  us? 
How  can  it  help  us  understand  the 
contradictory  amalgam  of  impulses 
toward  selfishness  and  altruism  that 
form  our  own  personalities.  I  am  will- 
ing to  admit — and  this  is  only  my  in- 
tuition, since  we  have  no  facts  to  con- 
strain us — that  it  probably  resolves 
Freud's  dilemma  of  the  first  para- 
graph. Our  selfish  and  aggressive 
urges  may  have  evolved  by  the  Dar- 
winian route  of  individual  advantage, 
but  our  altruistic  tendencies  need  not 
represent  a  unique  overlay  imposed 
by  the  demands  of  civilization.  These 
tendencies  may  have  arisen  by  the 
same  Darwinian  route  via  kin  selec- 
tion. Basic  human  kindness  may  be 
as  "animal"  as  human  nastiness. 

But  here  I  stop — short  of  any  deter- 
ministic speculation  that  attributes 
specific  behaviors  to  the  possession  of 
specific  altruist  or  opportunist  genes. 
0\ix  genetic  makeup  permits  a  wide 
range  of  behaviors — from  Ebenezer 
Scrooge  before  to  Ebenezer  Scrooge 
after.  I  do  not  believe  that  the  miser 
hoards  through  opportunist  genes  or 
that  the  philanthropist  gives  because 
nature  endowed  him  with  more  than 
the  normal  complement  of  altruist 
genes.  Upbringing,  culture,  class, 
status,  and  all  the  intangibles  that  we 
call  "free  will,"  determine  how  we 
restrict  our  behaviors  from  the  wide 
spectrum — extreme  altruism  to  ex- 
treme selfishness — that  our  genes 
permit. 

As  an  example  of  deterministic 
speculations  based  on  altruism  and 
kin  selection,  E.O.  Wilson  has  pro- 
posed a  genetic  explanation  of  homo- 
sexuality {New  York  Times  Maga- 
zine, October  12,  1975).  Since  exclu- 
sive homosexuals  do  not  bear  chil- 
dren, how  could  a  homosexuality 
gene  ever  be  selected  in  a  Darwinian 
world?  Suppose  that  our  ancestors  or- 
ganized socially  as  small ,  competing 
groups  of  very  close  kin.  Some 
groups  contained  orJy  heterosexual 
members.  Other  included  homosex- 


uals who  functioned  as  "helpers"  in 
hunting  or  child  rearing:  they  bore  no 
children  but  they  helped  kin  to  raise 
their  close  genetic  relatives.  If  groups 
with  homosexual  helpers  prevailed  in 
competition  over  exclusively  hetero- 
sexual groups,  then  homosexuality 
genes  would  have  been  maintained  by 
kin  selection.  There  is  nothing  illogi- 
cal in  this  proposal,  but  it  has  no  facts 
going  for  it  either.  We  have  identified 
no  homosexuality  gene,  and  we  know 
nothing  relevant  to  this  hypothesis 
about  the  social  organization  of  our 
ancestors. 

Wilson  attempts  to  affirm  the  in- 
trinsic dignity  of  a  common  and  much 
maligned  sexual  behavior  by  arguing 
that  it  is  natural  for  some  people — 
and  adaptive  to  boot  (at  least  under 
an  ancestral  form  of  social  organi- 
zation). But  the  strategy  is  a  danger- 
ous one,  for  it  backfires  if  the  genetic 
speculation  is  wrong.  If  you  defend 
a  behavior  by  arguing  that  people  are 
programmed  directly  for  it,  then  how 
do  you  continue  to  defend  it  if  your 
speculation  is  wrong,  for  the  behavior 
then  becomes  unnatural  and  worthy 
of  condemnation.  Better  to  stick  reso- 
lutely to  a  philosophical  position  on 
human  liberty:  what  free  adults  do 
with  each  other  in  their  own  private 
lives  is  their  business  alone.  It  need 
not  be  vindicated — and  must  not  be 
condemned — by  genetic  speculation. 

Although  I  worry  long  and  hard 
about  the  deterministic  uses  of  kin  se- 
lection, I  applaud  the  insight  it  offers 
for  my  favored  theme  of  biological 
potentiality.  It  extends  the  realm  of 
genetic  potential  even  further  by  in- 
cluding the  capacity  for  kindness, 
once  viewed  as  intrinsically  unique  to 
human  culture.  Sigmund  Freud  ar- 
gued that  the  history  of  our  greatest 
scientific  insights  has  reflected, 
ironically,  a  continuous  retreat  of  our 
species  from  center  stage  in  the 
cosmos.  Before  Copernicus  and 
Newton,  we  thought  we  lived  at  the 
hub  of  the  universe.  Before  Darwin, 
we  thought  that  a  benevolent  God  had 
created  us.  Before  Freud,  we  imag- 
ined ourselves  as  rational  creatures 
(surely  one  of  the  least  modest  state- 
ments in  intellectual  history).  If  kin 
selection  marks  another  stage  in  this 
retreat,  it  will  serve  us  well  by  nudg- 
ing our  thinking  away  from  domina- 
tion and  toward  a  perception  of  re- 
spect and  unity  with  other  animals. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science 
at  Harvard  University. 


36 


fws^^^ 


t^l^ 


•^--^^l       -' 


'^o'*-,« 


VCO 


,<jaV^ 


^1^ 


Just  put  your  Kodak  color  film 
in  a  Kodak  mailer  and  mail 
it  to  Kodak. 

Kodak  will  mail  your 
slides,  prints  or 
movies  back  to  you. 
You  can  have  them 
delivered  right  to 
your  ov\^n  home. 
That's  convenient. 
That's  First  Qass. 
cN"^  '^'**' '  At  Kodak,  we  are  dedicated  to 

processing  your  Kodak  film  carefully.  Like  all 
quality  processors,  we  take  pride  in  our  work. 
And  that  pride  shows  up  in  your  pictures. 

So,  the  next  time  you  buy  Kodak  film,  pick 
up  some  Kodak  mailers.  And  start  -.  r^-QS 

going  First  Class  -  to  Kodak.  .v^  U^  \^^ 


\ot 


\Bfi 


An  American  Success  Story. 


They  found  their  car. 

Every  day,  more  and  more  people  are 
discovering  that  Seville  is  the  luxury  car 
they've  been  looking  for  all  along. 

In  fact,  during  the  first  full  year  fol- 
lowing its  introduction,  more  Americans 
chose  to  own  Seville  than  any  other 
sedan  with  a  manufacturer's  suggested 
retail  price  over  $12,000. 

What's  behind  Seville's  remarkable 
success  ? 

The  answer's  in  the  driving. 

To  understand  Seville's  acceptance  you 
must  drive  it.  Feel  its  responsiveness. 
Corner  it.  Maneuver  it  in  city  traffic. 
With  its  114-inch  wheelbase,  it  is  sized 
to  help  take  the  hassle  out  of  city  traffic 
and  parking.  There's  Variable  Ratio  Power 


Steering  for  easy  parking  and  cornering, 
while  retaining  a  feel  of  the  road.  Front 
and  rear  stabilizer  bars  to  help  reduce 
body  roll  during  cornering.  And  stan- 
dard 15"  steel-belted  radial  tires  and 
Automatic  Level  Control  to  help  keep 
the  car  level  with  changing  loads.  It  just 
might  be  the  best-performing  car  you've 
ever  driven. 

A  credit  to  its  engineering. 

Seville  is  so  well-engineered  that  a  num- 
ber of  its  design  concepts  have  been  incor- 
porated in  the  1977  Cadillacs  .  .  .  the  cars 
we  proudly  label  the  next  generation  of 
the  luxury  car  Seville  is  also  a  car  of 
innovation  — incorporating  many  of  the 
latest  American  advancements.  Such  as 
its  5.7-Litre,  Electronic-Fuel-Injected  en- 
gine with  an  on-board  analog  computer. 
A  retuned  suspension  system  which  is 
complemented  by  Butyl*  rubber  body 
mounts  to  provide  lateral  and  vertical 
vibration  dampening  qualities.  Totally, 
a  car  that  unites  advanced  technology 
with  tasteful  elegance. 

What  makes  Seville  unique? 

Seville  IS  designed  for  American  tastes  — 
but  is  at  home  anywhere  in  the  world. 
It  is  a  car  complete.  The  first  American 
car  to  combine  international  size  and 
styling  with  Cadillac  comfort  and  conve- 
nience. And  engineered  to  be  one  of  the 
finest  production  cars  built  anywhere  in 
the  world.  Service  is  another  Seville 
strength  — with  over  1,600  Cadillac  deal- 
ers across  the  U.S. 


The  Quest  for  Perfection. 

Seville  was  a  great  car  when  it  was  intro- 
duced. It  is  an  even  more  refined  car  today. 
Seville  now  has  four-wheel  disc  brakes  as 
standard  equipment.  Combined  with  a 
power  brake  booster,  they  provide  the 
smooth  braking  capability  you  would 
expect  from  one  of  the  world's  best- 
equipped  cars.  Seville's  timeless  styling 
has  been  enhanced  by  a  new,  more  distinc- 
tive grille.  And  now  you  may  select 
either  the  vinyl  top  or  the  stylish  simplic- 
ity of  an  all-metal  roof. 


On-board  analog  computer. 

It's  the  only  way. 

You  must  get  behind  the  wheel  of  a  Seville 
and  drive  it  .  .  .  if  you  want  to  discover 
why  so  many  very  particular  Americans 
are  choosing  to  own  this  car.  That's  why 
your  Cadillac  dealer  invites  you  to  drive 
Seville  for  yourself— by  yourself.  It's 
really  the  only  way. 


BY  CADILLAC 


A  Resurgence  of  Kites 


by  Lee  Waian 


The  fall  and  rise 
of  a  semisocial 
bird  of  prey 

Several  hundred  yards  from  where 
I  was  parked,  a  few  white-tailed  kites 
were  perched  on  a  telephone  wire  that 
stretched  across  the  backyards  of  a 
row  of  tract  homes.  The  birds  were 
gathering  to  spend  the  night  at  a  com- 
munal roost  located  in  an  avocado 
grove  adjacent  to  the  Santa  Barbara 
housing  development.  The  California 
fall  sunset  was  magnificent.  I  checked 
the  remaining  sky  light  with  a  light 
meter  and  noted  the  time,  5:33. 

The  time  and  light  were  right  for 
the  arrival  of  more  kites,  and  within 
fifteen  minutes  at  least  seventy  had 
flown  into  the  area,  circled,  and 
landed  on  the  same  wire,  one  every 
two  feet  or  so.  The  line  of  kites 
sparmed  three  backyards. 

Suddenly,  a  gunshot  sent  the  birds 
up  from  the  wire  and  out  over  the  avo- 
cado trees.  The  kites  circled  the  hous- 
ing tract,  several  emitting  high- 
pitched  screams.  My  five  years  of  ob- 
serving kites  in  the  field  helped  as  I 
blocked  out  groups  of  airborne  birds 
and  counted  84  silhouetted  shapes. 

I  moved  quickly  when  I  heard  more 
shots.  When  I  reached  the  area  from 
which  the  shots  were  coming,  I  saw 
a  man  with  a  .22-caliber  rifle  aiming 
intently  and  firing  into  the  sky.  He 
was  concentrating  so  hard  that  he 
started  when  I  asked  him  what  he  was 
doing.  Regaining  his  composure,  he 
said,  "I'm  scaring  those  damn 
chicken  hawks  away."  I  asked  him 
why  he  thought  they  were  chicken 


hawks.  "I  know  they  are,"  he 
snapped,  adding,  "What  business  is 
it  of  yours,  and  why  are  you  trespass- 
ing?" 

I  foolishly  tried  to  reason  with  him. 
I  told  him  that  my  research  on  kites 
and  systematic  studies  by  my  col- 
league Rey  Stendell  had  not  revealed 
bird  bones  or  feathers  in  the  pellets 
cast  by  kites.  We  had  found  that  kites 
in  the  Santa  Barbara  area  lived  almost 
exclusively  on  three  species  of  small 
rodents — predominantly  California 
voles,  with  fair  numbers  of  house 
mice  and  a  few  harvest  mice.  But  the 
man  insisted  the  kites  had  been  eye- 
ing his  chickens,  and  he  swore  he  was 
going  to  shoot  a  few  if  they  didn't 
stop  landing  on  the  telephone  wires 
above  his  yard  to  check  out  his 
chickens.  He  said  the  kites  made  his 
chickens  nervous.  When  he  pro- 
ceeded to  wave  the  gun  at  me,  I  left. 
(A  subsequent  visit  by  a  game  warden 
revealed  that  the  gentleman's 
chickens  were  indeed  valuable.  He 
had  an  impressive  group  of  color- 
ful— and  illegal — fighting  cocks.) 

Fortunately,  such  a  shooting  inci- 
dent is  not  as  frequent  an  occurrence 
as  it  once  was.  Statutes  that  prohibit 
shooting  have  proved  beneficial  to  the 
North  American  white-tailed  kite 
{Elanus  leucurus  majusculus) 
throughout  its  range  in  California. 
This  protection  and,  even  more  im- 
portant, changing  patterns  in  land  use 
have  helped  account  for  a  recent  up- 
surge in  the  populations  of  this  once 
severely  threatened  bird  of  prey. 

In  the  eighteenth  and  early  nine- 
teenth centuries,  white-tailed  kites 


were  apparently  common  in  most  of 
the  grasslands  and  woodlands  of  Cali- 
fornia. Their  original  range  covered 
the  coastal  area  from  Sacramento  to 
Central  America  and  all  of  the  gulf 
coast  from  Texas  to  Florida.  Al- 
though historical  records  are  vague, 
white-tailed  kites  may  have  ranged  as 
far  north  as  Ohio  and  North  Carolina. 

By  1900,  however,  the  species  had 
been  virtually  extirpated  in  the  United 
States  and  only  remnant  populations 
survived.  Its  current  resurgence  is 
therefore  all  the  more  dramatic.  In- 
creasing numbers  of  kites  are  being 
seen  in  the  western  Sierra  Nevada 
foothills,  along  the  northern  Califor- 
nia coast,  and  occasionally  in  south- 
ern Oregon. 

This  fall  and  rise  of  the  white-tailed 
kite  in  California  has  been  well  docu- 
mented and  may  typify  a  pattern 
throughout  the  present  range  of  these 
striking  birds. 

Dr.  Heerman,  a  medical  doctor  and 
naturalist  for  a  railroad  route  expedi- 
tion of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  noticed  during  an  1859  trip 
that  kites  were  quite  common  along 
the  California  coast  and  flew  in 
'  'small  flocks' '  around  the  marshes  of 


An  adult  white-tailed  kite  lands 
on  a  perch  near  its  nesting  site. 
Males  do  the  hunting  during  the 
nesting  period,  bringing  their 
catches  of  voles  and  mice  to  the 
females,  who  feed  the  young. 


40 


N 


y^^K'"       Vs 


,  v*-  ^    JiV 


upper  San  Francisco  Bay.  But  the 
rapid  influx  of  settlers  to  the  region, 
which  followed  annexation  of  Alta 
California  to  the  United  States  (after 
the  1846  war  with  Mexico)  and  the 
discovery  of  gold,  brought  a  variety 
of  pressures  to  the  kites. 

Egg  collecting  became  a  popular 
enough  endeavor  to  pose  a  threat  lo- 
cally to  some  bird  species.  By  the  end 
of  the  nineteenth  century,  egg  collec- 
tors had  established  white-tailed  kites 
as  a  prized  species,  for  not  only  did 
they  build  many  of  their  nests  in  eas- 
ily climbed  live  oaks,  but  their  egg 


colors  were  highly  variable .  A  collec- 
tor could  gather  one  set  of  nearly 
white  eggs  in  the  early  spring,  and 
about  a  month  later,  he  could  return 
and  collect  another  full  clutch  of  five 
eggs  beautifully  speckled  with  earth 
tones.  One  could  never  have  enough 
kite  eggs.  In  addition,  kites,  like 
hawks,  were  a  favorite  target  of  gun- 
ners of  all  sorts.  Farmers  thought  they 
ate  poultry;  hunters  thought  they  ate 
game  birds.  And  their  conspicuous 
white  markings  made  them  easy  tar- 
gets. Certainly  egg  collecting  played 
a  part  in  reducing  the  kite  population. 


But  even  more  devastating  to  the 
birds  than  either  this  activity  or  casual 
shooting  was  the  ability  of  a  gunner 
to  systematically  kill  large  numbers 
of  kites  as  they  came  into  one  of  their 
communal  roosts. 

The  presence  of  settlers  may  have 
had  another  and  more  deleterious  ef- 
fect on  the  white-tailed  kites.  Before 
the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
massive  overgrazing  by  domestic 
stock  had  nearly  eliminated  the  native 
perennial  grasslands,  the  habitat  of 
the  kites'  preferred  prey  species.  Cat- 
tle were  first  brought  to  California  by 


42 


Spaniards  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  A  tough,  wiry 
breed  capable  of  living  in  extreme  en- 
vironments, these  cattle  thrived  in 
their  new  environment.  By  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century,  huge  free-roam- 
ing herds  had  developed,  along  with 
burgeoning  herds  of  wild  horses.  By 
1862,  California's  cattle  population 
was  in  excess  of  three  million.  Up 
until  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, most  of  the  cattle  were  of  the 
Spanish  stock  and  were  raised  pri- 
marily for  their  hides.  When  Califor- 
nia became  a  United  States  territory 


and  the  gold  rush  of  the  1850s  began, 
a  new  breed  of  cattle  was  brought 
west — a  fatter,  less  mobile  animal, 
important  not  just  for  its  hide  but  also 
for  its  meat.  Sheep,  too,  arrived  in 
large  numbers. 

Several  severe  droughts  contrib- 
uted to  some  fluctuations  in  the  size 
of  the  free-roaming  livestock  herds, 
but  the  pattern  toward  larger  and 
larger  herds  continued.  No  one 
knows  for  certain  what  the  natural  in- 
terrelationships in  the  22-million- 
acre  native  California  prairie  were 
like,  for  there  are  only  scanty  records 
and  no  large  grasslands  left  to  study. 
However,  it  is  certain  that  the  huge 
domestic  herds  profoundly  disrupted 
the  ecological  fabric  of  the  grass- 
lands, especially  when  they  were 
concentrated  in  the  wetter  areas,  such 
as  the  margins  of  marshes  and  sea- 
sonal springs,  in  times  of  drought. 
Because  these  wetter  areas  are  ideal 
California  vole  habitat,  they  are  also 
ideal  kite  habitat. 

Late  in  the  nineteenth  century, 
fences  were  erected  to  protect  the 
growing  agricultural  community 
from  cattle  roaming  freely  across 
croplands.  The  advent  of  fence  lines 
provided  vestiges  of  grassland  habitat 
around  the  fields  and  so  were  of  some 
benefit  to  the  kites.  Seasonally  wet 
lands  were  drained,  filled  or  diked, 
and  fenced,  and  these  rich,  marshy 
vole/kite  habitats  were  transformed 
into  grain,  rice,  or  vegetable  fields. 
But  again,  some  suitable  kite  habitat 
may  have  been  created  in  the  drier 
grassland  areas  that  were  coming 
under  irrigation,  providing  wet, 
grassy  "edges."  Such  wet  habitats 
must  have  supported  small  popula- 
tions of  voles  and  thereby  helped  sus- 
tain the  surviving  kites. 

Other  changes  in  the  grasslands 
during  the  nineteenth  century  also 
may  have  helped  the  white-tailed  kite 
hang  on  as  a  species.  Sometime  near 
the  end  of  the  eighteenth  or  early  in 


Four  about-to-fledge  kites 
huddle  in  their  ample  nest 
situated  in  a  tangle  of  brush. 
About  a  month  after  fledging, 
they  may  be  driven  out  of  the 
vicinity  by  their  parents. 


the  nineteenth  century,  the  house 
mouse  (Mus  musculus)  was  acciden- 
tally introduced  to  west  coast  ports  by 
ships  carrying  grain  and  other  sup- 
plies from  Europe.  The  mice  quickly 
expanded  their  range  beyond  the 
docks  to  the  towns  and  fields.  The 
further  spread  of  the  house  mouse 
was  undoubtedly  facilitated  by  the 
radical  change  of  the  grasslands  from 
a  primarily  perennial  ecosystem  dom- 
inated by  bunch  grass  to  an  annual 
ecosystem  dominated  by  introduced 
vegetation.  How  quickly  the  house 
mouse  spread  to  the  fields  no  one 
knows.  What  we  do  know  is  that  the 
house  mouse  was  eminently  success- 
ful and  exists  today  in  all  types  of 
grassland  habitats  in  California, 
thereby  providing  the  kites  with  an 
alternative  prey  species. 

These  changes  were  occurring  dur- 
ing the  period  when  the  white-tailed 
kite  was  being  severely  reduced  in 
number  by  killing,  habitat  destruc- 
tion, and  excessive  egg  collecting. 
The  presence  of  an  alternative  prey 
species  in  fields  during  periods  of 
meager  vole  availability  may  have 
helped  maintain  enough  of  a  breeding 
stock  of  kites  to  get  them  through  cri- 
tically low  population  levels  during 
the  first  third  of  the  twentieth  century . 
California  vole  popialations  undergo 
localized  cycles  of  abundance,  rang- 
ing from  one  to  more  than  three  hun- 
dred per  acre  during  a  period  lasting 
about  four  or  five  years. 

Historically,  the  introduced  house 
mouse  may  have  helped  prevent  the 
disappearance  of  white-tailed  kites, 
but  voles  remain  their  staple  food 
throughout  most  of  their  California 
range,  and  the  behavioral  ecology  of 
kites  suits  them  perfectly  for  exploita- 
tion of  these  one-oimce  morsels. 
Kites  are  nomadic  and  semisocial. 
They  roost  and  sometimes  feed  to- 
gether and  often  nest  in  proximity. 
They  also  move  from  area  to  area, 
much  like  snowy  owls  and  jaegers,  in 
order  to  locate  "hot  spots"  where 
food  supplies  are  superabundant. 

Every  fall  and  winter  during  my 
research,  a  fifty-square-mile  area  of 
coastal  plain  north  of  Santa  Barbara 
had  one  communal  roost  that  served 
more  than  forty  birds.  Although  the 
birds  used  the  same  roost  throughout 
the  season,  various  locations  were 
used  in  different  years.  Almost  in- 
variably the  roost  would  be  within  a 


43 


u< 


mile  ol  the  largest  vole  habitat  area 
in  the  fifty  square  miles. 

Kites  utilized  the  roost  only  at 
night;  they  arrived  as  singles,  pairs, 
or  loose  bands  of  six  or  seven  birds 
over  a  fifty-minute  period  at  sunset 
and  left  en  masse  at  the  first  hint  of 
morning  light.  During  the  day  the 
birds  occupied  defended  hunting  ter- 
ritories scattered  throughout  the  study 
area.  They  hunted  on  their  way  to  and 
from  the  roost  and  could  therefore 
benefit  from  a  relatively  high  vole 
population  in  another  bird's  hunting 
territory  if  the  occupant  had  not  yet 
arrived  from  the  roost  or  had  left  for 
the  day. 

The  roost  population  increased 
steadily  from  late  September,  peaked 
in  January,  and  usually  dropped  to 
near  zero  by  early  April  when  the 
birds  tended  to  remain  at  their  nest 
sites.  During  four  of  the  five  summers 
of  my  research,  few  birds  remained 
in  the  study  area.  There  were  no  com- 
munal roosts  and  vole  populations 
were  relatively  low. 

It  appears  that  communal  seasonal 
night  roosting  has  several  functions. 
The  regularity  and  timing  of  the  fall 
and  winter  roosting  patterns  suggest 
a  relationship  to  pair  bonding.  Chas- 
ing, calling,  and  other  signs  of  in- 
traspecific  attraction  are  frequent  be- 
haviors at  the  roost  sites  during  these 
two  seasons.  Communal  roosting  is 
also  a  key  factor  in  the  efficient 
exploitation  of  the  California  vole. 
Selection  of  the  roost  site  is  usually 
related  to  localized,  cyclical  vole 
population  peaks.  And  birds  can  hunt 
fields  with  high  prey  densities  as  they 
travel  between  the  roost  and  their 
daytime  hunting  territories  every 
morning  and  evening. 

Another  aspect  of  white-tailed  kite 
behavior  helps  to  explain  the  phe- 
nomenon of  conmiunal  roosting  in 
this  species:  While  in  their  hunting 
territories  during  the  day,  the  birds 
exhibit  aggressive  behavior  toward 


Juveniles  (captive  bird  shown) 
often  join  together  in  loose 
bands  after  leaving  their  parents ' 
territory.  Some  juveniles 
establish  hunting  territories 
four  months  after  their  first  flight. 


intruding  kites,  but  at  the  roost  they 
are  gregarious. 

On  the  average,  an  adult  kite  has 
to  eat  two  and  a  half  voles  or  about 
four  house  mice  or  at  least  five  harvest 
mice  each  day,  as  it  needs  about  three 
ounces  of  food  daily  to  maintain  its 
weight  of  approximately  eleven 
ounces.  California  voles  are  active 
twenty-four  hours  a  day,  but  more  ac- 
tivity occurs  at  dusk  and  dawn.  Har- 
vest mice  are  mostly  nocturnal,  and 
house  mice  fall  somewhere  in  be- 
tween. Kite  hunting  behavior  mainly 
reflects  the  daily  rhythms  of  voles  as 
the  birds  hunt  most  often  in  the  morn- 
ing and  evening. 

When  hunting  for  prey,  kites  hover 
20  to  100  feet  in  the  air.  With  a  forty- 
inch  wingspan,  a  white-tailed  kite  can 
remain  in  a  stationary,  hovering  posi- 
tion for  half  a  minute;  then — having 
spotted  a  vole  or  mouse — it  folds  its 
wings  above  its  body  and  drops  al- 
most vertically  to  the  ground. 

No  one  knows  how  kites  actually 
strike  and  kill  their  prey.  We  have 
studied  slow-motion  photography  of 
their  descent,  which  can  be  best  de- 
scribed as  a  parachute  drop  at  a 
slightly  acute  angle.  During  the  last 
few  feet  before  touching  the  ground, 
the  kite's  head  tilts  lower  than  its  tail 
and  the  speed  of  the  drop  increases 
dramatically,  but  the  critical  last 
inches  get  lost  in  the  grass.  When  a 
hunt  has  been  successful ,  the  kite  will 
usually  stay  on  the  ground  for  several 
seconds  before  carrying  its  kill  to  a 
favorite  eating  perch.  If  a  hunt  is  un- 
successful, the  bird  is  up  quickly  and 
often  flies  to  another  hover  position, 
searching  the  ground  for  whatever 
clues  it  uses  for  finding  its  prey. 

I  have  tried  to  figure  out  what  these 
hunting  clues  are  by  climbing  trees  in 
fields  over  which  the  birds  were  hov- 
ering. Except  for  fields  having  ex- 
tremely high  vole  populations,  I 
never  saw  any  voles  in  even  moder- 
ately high  grass,  even  with  the  help 
of  binoculars.  One  clue  may  be  that 
voles  move  the  grass  in  a  telltale  man- 
ner as  they  forage. 

The  male  kite  does  not  always  eat 
what  he  kills.  Part  of  kite  courtship 
ritual  follows  a  pattern  similar  for 
many  bird  species  in  that  the  male 
provides  food  for  the  female.  Often 
the  male  will  fly  to  where  the  female 
is  perched  and  the  vole  or  mouse  will 
be  transferred  there.  On  other  occa- 


sions the  male  will  fly  up  with  the 
female  and  the  prey  will  be  ex- 
changed in  flight.  The  female  adroitly 
snatches  the  morsel  by  tilting  upside 
down  beneath  the  male  as  he  hovers, 
dangling  the  vole  or  mouse  in  his 
talons.  These  spectacularly  precise 
maneuvers  continue  throughout  the 
nesting  period,  because  it  is  the  fe- 
male that  usually  feeds  the  young 
while  the  male  makes  the  kills. 

Young  kites  normally  remain  in 
their  parents'  territory  atx)ut  a  month 
after  fledging.  The  adults  continue  to 
feed  the  young  at  increasingly  longer 
intervals;  and  the  parents,  usually  the 
male,  will  sometimes  drive  the  young 
out  of  the  vicinity  when  they  are 
about  ten  weeks  old  if  they  don't 
leave  voluntarily.  The  young  may 
then  join  loose  bands  of  roving  birds 
or  they  may  set  up  individual  hunting 
territories.  A  juvenile  may  establish 
a  defended  territory  as  early  as  four 
months  after  its  first  flight. 

Kite  breeding  behavior  reflects  the 
seasonal  pattern  of  rain,  growth  of 
grass,  and  resultant  increased  vole 
populations  in  the  Santa  Barbara 
area.  Annual  grass  seeds  begin  to  ger- 
minate after  the  first  major  fall  rains: 
however,  grass  growth  is  usually 
slow  through  the  short  days  of  winter. 
The  grasses  begin  to  grow  rapidly  by 
late  February  or  early  March.  The 
California  vole  breeds  nearly  year- 
round,  but  population  peaks  gener- 
ally occur  from  late  fall  to  spring  as 
fresh  grass  shoots  become  increas- 
ingly available  for  forage.  The  kites 
also  nest  nearly  year-round,  but  the 
majority  of  successful  nests  occur 
during  the  spring. 

The  behavioral  repertoire  of  the 
white -tailed  kite  suits  it  well  to  the 
natural  patterns  of  perennial  grass- 
land growth  and  vole  and  mouse  ac- 
tivity and  abundance.  Man  abruptly 
disrupted  the  patterns  and  mindlessly 
persecuted  this  bird  of  prey.  But  the 
hunting  and  breeding  adaptations  of 
the  kites  have  made  it  possible  for  the 
birds  to  stage  a  comeback  under 
today's  more  favorable  conditions. 

Most  present-day  southern  Califor- 
nia grasslands  are  dominated  by  ei- 
ther introduced  annual  grasses  and 
wild  oats  or  by  several  species  of 
Bromus.  These  annual  grasslands 
provide  a  "fast  food  service"  for 
kites  because  of  the  voles  and  mice 
they  support.  Even  when  they  are 


Tom  Myers;  Photo  Researchers 


45 


plowed,  successional  patterns  are 
such  that  within  a  couple  of  years 
there  is  enough  forage  for  significant 
rodent  populations,  and  so  the  land 
develops  into  a  hunting  area  for  kites. 

Another  phenomenon  has  led  to  a 
relationship  between  man  and  kites 
that  is  not  without  a  touch  of  irony. 
Since  the  Second  World  War,  Cali- 
fornia land  speculators  have  gobbled 
up  tracts  of  agricultural  land  near 
metropolitan  areas.  More  often  than 
not,  agricultural  practices  are  reduced 
or  abandoned  while  the  speculator 
waits  for  land  prices  to  go  up  (and 
incidentally  gets  a  tax  write-off  on  his 
losing  agricultural  operation).  As 
these  lands  go  fallow,  habitat  for 
many  native  grassland  species  in- 
creases. Since  kites  build  their  rather 
haphazard  nests  in  almost  any  kind  of 
tree,  even  in  coyote  brush  less  than 
six  feet  off  the  ground,  they  are  able 
to  utilize  many  of  the  fallow  fields  as 
feeding  and  nesting  territories. 

The  greatest  period  of  human  pop- 
ulation growth  and  housing  expan- 
sion occurred  after  World  War  II, 
through  the  1950s,  and  into  the  early 
1970s,  overlapping  the  increase  of 
the  kite  population.  The  lull  between 
purchase  of  agricultural  land  by  spec- 
ulators and  development  of  these 
lands  partially  explains  this  paradox; 
one  that  became  increasingly  impor- 
tant as  farms  became  larger  and  more 
mechanized,  thereby  eliminating 
many  of  the  habitat  edges  along  fence 
lines. 

There  is  one  other  bright  spot  for 
the  future  of  the  white-tailed  kite: 
fire.  Fires  have  been  vital  to  the  natu- 
ral cycles  of  a  variety  of  California 
habitats.  Of  importance  to  kites  is  fire 
in  chaparral  communities.  Several 
million  acres  of  California  coast  and 
inland  ranges  are  covered  with  chap- 
arral, much  of  it  within  national  forest 
boundaries.  After  a  fire  in  these 
dense,  brush-covered  slopes,  which 
do  not  support  voles  or  the  right  spe- 


The  distinctive  white  underbody 
and  the  habit  of  communal  roosting 
made  the  white-tailed  kite 
an  easy  target  for  shooters. 
Protective  legislation  has 
reduced  this  threat  to  the  birds. 


cies  of  mice  for  the  kites,  wild  grasses 
predominate  for  a  few  years  in  the 
successional  pattern  back  to  chapar- 
ral. 

Prior  to  the  arrival  of  European 
man,  fires  occurred  naturally  in  chap- 
arral communities  at  regular  inter- 
vals. But  we  have  become  proficient 
in  preventing  the  smaller  fires,  and 
now  when  there  is  a  burn  it  often  be- 
comes a  widespread  conflagration 
due   to   the   accumulation  of   large 


amounts  of  litter  and  dead  under- 
growth. To  prevent  the  potentially 
catastrophic  erosion  resulting  from 
the  torrential  rains  of  winter  that  fol- 
low a  typical  late-summer  or  fall  fire, 
fast-growing  grasses  are  sown  by  hel- 
icopter. This  combination  of  natural 
succession  and  artificial  seeding  of 
grasses  following  a  chaparral  fire  has 
proved  beneficial  for  the  white-tailed 
kite. 

Several  colleagues  and  I  have  car- 


46 


ried  out  vole-  and  mouse-trapping  in- 
vestigations in  burned-over  chaparral 
plots  and  adjacent  unburncd  areas. 
We  found  that  grassland  vole  and 
mouse  populations  of  the  right  spe- 
cies for  kites  were  present  in  signifi- 
cant numbers  in  the  burned  areas 
within  a  few  years  after  the  fires. 
Kites  move  in  to  hunt  and  establish 
territories  in  burned-over  chaparral 
communities,  areas  unsuitable  for  the 
birds  prior  to  the  burn. 


Not  all  chaparral  tires  are  natural  or 
unintentionally  set.  There  is  a  grow- 
ing interest  in  California  in  controlled 
burning  of  chaparral.  Carefully  de- 
signed patchwork  burning  of  chapar- 
ral keeps  fires  from  reaching  cata- 
strophic proportions.  The  grassy 
areas  that  are  a  by-product  of  con- 
trolled burning  will  increase  forage 
for  cattle;  kites  will  also  benefit  from 
these  efforts. 

The  recent  increase  in  the  popula- 


tion of  white-tailed  kites  in  California 
augers  well  for  the  future  of  the  spe- 
cies because  it  has  resulted  in  part 
from  a  beneficial  relationship  with 
man's  activities.  Land-use  patterns, 
controlled  burning  of  chaparral  com- 
munities, legislative  protection,  and 
a  greater  awareness  of  the  value  of 
birds  of  prey  should  make  the  white- 
tailed  kite  an  increasingly  familiar 
sight  over  the  housing  tracts  and  open 
fields  of  California.  D 


47 


The  Ape  in  Stateroom  10 

by  Kenneth  A.R.  Kennedy  and  John  C.  Whittaker 


The  first  gorilla  ever  brought 
to  this  country  launched 
American  research  into  this 
genus;  its  pickled  brain 
is  all  that  remains 

The  young  passenger's  sneezes 
and  coughs  competed  in  volume  with 
the  foghorns  sounding  off  the  banks 
of  Newfoundland  as  the  S.  S.  Pa- 
vonia  steered  a  course  through 
choppy  waters  and  heavy  mists.  It 
was  the  steamer's  spring  voyage  from 
Liverpool  to  Boston.  When  the  ship 
reached  port  on  May  2,  1897,  the 
focus  of  attention  on  board  was  the 
welfare  of  the  sickly  youth  in  state- 
room 10.  Several  eminent  Boston 
physicians  were  called  in  to  treat  him, 
his  respiratory  difficulties  having  ad- 
vanced to  an  acute  state  of  pneumo- 
nia. Quinine  had  been  administered 
during  the  journey  but  without  effect- 
ing any  improvement  in  the  patient's 
condition.  The  situation  was  becom- 
ing critical,  for  the  patient  was  a  VIP, 
or  more  properly,  a  VIG  (very  impor- 
tant gorilla),  the  first  representative  of 
this  genus  of  anthropoid  ape  to  be  im- 
ported alive  to  the  United  States. 

The  gorilla's  companion  and  nurse 
during  the  crossing  was  a  Mr.  Ed- 
wards, one  of  two  brothers  well 
known  as  "ape  fanciers"  because  of 
their  success  in  transporting  live 
orangutans  and  chimpanzees  to  me- 
nageries in  Europe  and  America. 
While  in  Liverpool,  Edwards  had 
heard  that  a  gorilla  had  recently  been 
brought  to  that  city  by  a  hand  on  an 
African  trading  ship.  With  the  help  of 
a  local  animal  dealer  then  in  posses- 
sion of  the  creature,  Edwards  located 
the  seaman,  who  enthusiastically  re- 
counted how  he  had  acquired  the  go- 
rilla, a  prize  that  earned  him  £100 
(about  $500). 

The  gorilla  had  been  brought  down 
the  Congo  River  by  a  party  of  native 
hunters  who  had  found  the  six- 
month-old  infant  clinging  to  the  body 
of  its  dead  mother.  According  to  this 


account,  the  mother  had  been  killed 
"by  a  windfall  that  had  fallen  over  the 
lower  part  of  her,  apparently  as  she 
was  asleep."  The  weak  and  crying 
survivor  of  this  tragedy  was  fed  water 
and  plantains,  then  taken  to  the  hunt- 
ers' village  where  he  regained  his 
health  and  was  enjoyed  as  a  pet.  By 
the  time  he  was  a  year  old,  he  was 
traded  to  the  sailor  in  exchange  for  a 
bolt  of  red  cloth. 

The  new  owner  could  not  tell  Ed- 
wards the  exact  location  along  the 
river  where  the  gorilla  had  had  his 
home,  but  he  did  provide  the  curious 
piece  of  information  that  the  gorilla 
mother  had  measured  4  feet  8  inches 
in  body  length  and  was  very  broad 
across  the  chest.  Since  it  is  unlikely 
that  the  hunters  would  have  made 
such  a  precise  observation,  the  sailor 
himself  had  probably  killed  the  adult 
gorilla  for  sport,  thereby  obtaining 
the  infant,  which  he  knew  could  be 
sold  upon  his  return  to  England.  Ed- 
wards decided  to  buy  the  animal . 

Certainly  Edwards's  motives  in 
owning  the  animal  were  as  commer- 
cial as  the  sailor's,  for  the  day  after 
he  had  made  his  purchase,  he  turned 
down  a  generous  offer  from  the  direc- 
tor of  a  Paris  zoo  who  attempted  to 
negotiate  a  sale.  Edwards  speculated 
that  the  gorilla  infant  would  be 
"worth  thousands"  once  he  was  dis- 
played at  carnivals,  on  lecture  tours, 
and  in  zoos  throughout  the  United 
States  and  Canada.  The  American 
public  had  only  seen  large  male  ba- 
boons, which  were  misrepresented  as 
gorillas  by  ignorant  or  unscrupulous 
keepers.  By  importing  genuine  chim- 
panzees from  Africa,  the  Edwards 
brothers  had  enhanced  the  excitement 
of  a  visit  to  the  Central  Park  Zoo  in 
New  York  City.  Hundreds  of  specta- 
tors came  to  see  and  enjoy  the  chim- 
panzees, who  were  affectionately 
known  as  Crowley,  Chiko,  Johanna, 
and  Kitty.  After  their  deaths,  these 
apes  were  exhibited  as  mounted  spec- 
imens in  The  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  The  large  Asiatic 


ape,  the  orangutan,  was  also  seen  in 
America  before  1897,  another  contri- 
bution of  the  Edwards  brothers. 

The  gorilla,  however,  was  still  a 
creature  of  mystery,  and  Edwards 
knew  that  the  debut  of  his  latest  pur- 
chase in  this  country  would  be  a  sen- 
sational affair — one  that  would  attract 
public  interest  and  prove  to  be  a 
sound  financial  investment  as  the  ani- 
mal matured  into  full  adulthood. 
Within  a  few  years  the  gorilla  would 
weigh  several  hundred  pounds,  exer- 
cise tremendous  physical  strength, 
and  acquire  those  impressive  sexual 
characteristics  of  massive  cranial 
crests  and  ridges  that  give  the  male 
gorilla  its  ferocious  appearance.  Even 
at  twelve  months  of  age  Edwards's 
gorilla  stood  two  feet  high,  had  an 
arm  span  of  three  feet,  and  weighed 
fourteen  and  a  half  pounds.  The 
stakes  were  high  for  Edwards  as  he 
enjoined  the  elite  of  Boston's  medical 
profession  to  do  all  that  was  humanly 
possible  to  cure  his  precious  charge. 

More  is  involved  in  this  story  than 
merely  a  sentimental  reflection  on  an 
ailing  ape.  The  incident  occupies  a 
modest  place  in  the  history  of  science 
with  respect  to  the  importance  ac- 
corded the  anthropoid  apes  by  nine- 
teenth-century proponents  of  Dar- 
winian evolutionary  theory.  The  go- 
rilla is  the  largest  of  the  African  apes 
and  the  primate  most  closely  resem- 
bling man  in  stature  and  body  size. 
In  The  Descent  of  Man,  Charles  Dar- 
win suggested  that  our  apeman  pro- 
genitor must  have  evolved  in  Africa 
because  the  most  nearly  manlike  apes 
inhabited  that  continent. 

Apart  from  its  popularity  among 
evolutionary  biologists,  the  huge 
creature  was  a  source  of  fascination 
to  all  people  for  its  power  to  incite 
awe,  in  short,  its  "monster  appeal." 
Many  years  before  King  Kong  roared 
across  our  movie  screens,  travelers' 
accounts,  novels,  and  representa- 
tional art  had  popularized  tales  of  the 
gorilla's  ferocity  and  its  compulsion 
to  abduct  human  maidens.  But  the 


Cornell  University  ArcfiJVi 


49 


Travel  accounts  of  equatorial  Africa 

by  Paul  Belloni  Du  Chaillu,  a 

nineteenth-century  explorer-author, 

described  gorillas  as  fierce  and 

aggressive — a  reputation  proved 

false  only  several  decades  ago. 


primary  source  of  the  fervor  for  goril- 
las during  the  last  century  lay  in  the 
very  novelty  of  the  beast.  Before  the 
year  1847,  the  gorilla  was  unknown 
to  scientists  in  Europe  and  America. 

The  circumstances  that  brought  the 
existence  of  the  gorilla  to  the  atten- 
tion of  the  Western  world  began  with 
a  visit  by  the  American  missionary 
Dr.  Thomas  S.  Savage  to  the  Rever- 
end J.  L.  Wilson,  senior  missionary  in 
West  Africa.  Their  meeting  took 
place  in  1844  in  the  region  of  the 
Gabon  River.  The  Reverend  Mr.  Wil- 
son showed  his  visitor  a  large  ape 
skull  and  told  him  that  the  beast  was 
called  enge-ena  by  local  inhabitants. 
Savage  promptly  set  about  collecting 
some  skeletal  specimens  of  his  own, 
engaging  a  famous  native  hunter  to 
kill  a  male  and  female  enge-ena  for 
him.  In  time  he  possessed  the  skulls 
and  some  postcranial  bones  of  males 
and  females  of  different  ages. 

From  his  own  observations  and 
those  of  persons  he  deemed  trust- 
worthy, Savage  compiled  detailed 
notes  on  this  unique  ape's  manner  of 
expressing  aggression,  its  nest-build- 
ing habits,  social  interactions,  and 
other  behavioral  data.  These  notes 
and  his  assemblage  of  osteological 
specimens  were  shown  to  Jeffries 
Wyman,  professor  of  anatomy  at 
Harvard  University.  In  December 
1847,  Savage  and  Wyman  published 
their  study  of  gorilla  anatomy  and  be- 
havior in  the  Boston  Journal  of  Natu- 
ral History,  under  the  title  ' '  Troglo- 
dytes gorilla,  a  New  Species  of  Orang 
from  the  Gaboon  River." 

Today  we  would  not  refer  to  goril- 
las as  a  species  of  orang,  but  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  African  ape  and 
the  large  ape  of  Asia  was  not  under- 
stood until  a  few  years  after  the  ap- 
pearance of  Savage  and  Wyman's 
study.  The  name  gorilla  was  chosen 
to  honor  Hanno  of  Carthage,  who 
may  have  encountered  the  largest  of 
the  African  apes,  which  he  called 


"gorillas,"  while  exploring  the  West 
Coast  of  Africa  in  470  B.C.  Between 
that  date  and  a.d.  1847,  a  number  of 
other  Western  explorers  may  have 
observed  gorillas  in  the  African 
forests,  but  their  reports  were  rele- 
gated to  the  realm  of  myth.  The  first 
live  chimpanzee  was  brought  to 
Europe  in  1641,  a  gift  to  the  Prince 
of  Orange,  and  the  orangutan  was  in- 
troduced a  short  time  thereafter,  but 
for  the  next  two  hundred  years  the 
gorilla's  existence  remained  unsub- 
stantiated. 

Following  the  armouncement  of 
Savage's  discovery  there  was  an  ac- 
tive effort  to  import  gorillas  into 
Europe,  but  the  poor  beasts  often  ar- 
rived dead  or  dying  from  the  stresses 
of  shipboard  confinement.  Some  go- 
rillas reached  Europe  preserved  in 
spirits,  usually  rum,  or  already 
prepared  as  skeletons.  Of  the  few  that 
came  into  port  alive,  most  died  after 
a  few  months  in  captivity.  In  1855  the 
first  live  gorilla,  a  female,  was 
brought  to  England.  She  became  the 
property  of  a  showman,  George 
Wombell,  but  ironically  he  mistook 
her  for  a  chimpanzee.  The  young  ani- 
mal's life  in  Wombell 's  traveling 
circus  was  brief,  and  she  died  on  tour 


to  Warrington.  Another  captive  go- 
rilla was  exhibited  at  the  Berlin 
Aquarium  in  1876,  but  that  animal 
lived  only  a  few  months  after  reach- 
ing its  new  home.  Replacements  for 
this  Berlin  specimen  were  dispatched 
from  Africa  in  1881, 1883,  and  1885. 

In  France,  two  preserved  speci- 
mens of  young  gorillas  were  brought 
to  the  Paris  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory in  1851.  These  treasured  speci- 
mens were  later  exhibited  at  the  inter- 
national exposition  in  Paris  in  1867. 
A  gorilla  skeleton  reached  Paris  as 
early  as  1849;  others  arrived  in  1853, 
1854,  and  1855.  The  first  published 
account  of  the  natural  history  and 
anatomy  of  apes  to  include  the  gorilla 
appeared  in  1854,  the  work  of  the 
French  biologist  Paul  Gervais.  A  few 
years  later  the  English  published  the 
work  of  Richard  Owen,  superin- 
tendent of  the  natural  history  depart- 
ment of  the  British  Museum  and  a 
distinguished  anatomist. 

The  first  gorilla  skeleton  brought  to 
America  was  procured  in  1 85 1  by  the 
Academy  of  Sciences  in  Philadelphia 
through  the  offices  of  the  medical 
missionary  Henry  A.  Ford.  Addi- 
tional skeletal  specimens,  which 
came  into  this  country  soon  after- 


50 


^^"f^l^^^.-ii 


ward,  found  their  way  into  the  major 
osteological  collections  of  museums 
and  universities,  including  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
Case  Western  Reserve  University, 
and  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Prior 
to  1897,  however,  only  Americans 
who  had  visited  certain  zoological 
gardens  or  museums  in  Europe  could 
describe  to  their  countrymen  the  na- 
ture of  the  newly  discovered  ape. 

Therefore ,  when  Edwards  brought 
the  first  live  gorilla  to  this  country 
some  eighty  years  ago,  the  curiosity 
over  this  "new  ape"  was  still  fresh, 
especially  as  little  was  known  of  the 
animal's  behavior  in  its  natural  habi- 
tat. This  situation  is  apparent  in  an 
announcement  that  appeared  in  the 
News  Bulletin  of  the  New  York  Zoo- 
logical Society  for  October  1897. 

The  gorilla  is  one  of  the  rarest  ani- 
mals ever  shown  in  zoological  gar- 
dens. In  captivity  it  is  sullen  and 
lymphatic,  and  its  objection  to  ex- 
ercise is  so  violent  and  deeply 
rooted  as  to  suggest  the  line  of  de- 
scent whence  has  come  that  arch 
enemy  of  all  labor — the  American 
tramp.  The  gorilla's  sullen  disposi- 


tion and  pernicious  inactivity  pre- 
disposes the  animal  to  indigestion, 
loss  of  appetite  and  an  early  death. 
Owing  to  the  extreme  infrequency 
with  which  gorillas  are  captured 
alive,  and  to  their  refusal  to  harmo- 
nize with  Iheir  environment  when 
caught,  their  months  of  life  in  cap- 
tivity are,  in  every  case,  but  few. 
.  .  .  Despite  all  the  efforts  of  show- 
men exerted  to  obtain  genuine  go- 
rillas, and  also  to  palm  oft  cheap 
and  common  old  dog-faced  ba- 
boons as  genuine  Troglodytes,  no 
live  gorilla  has  ever  reached  the 
American  continent  until  the 
present  year. 

The  ape  imported  by  Edwards  was 
particularly  appealing  because  of  his 
tender  age,  small  size,  and  demon- 
strations of  afl'ection  to  his  handlers. 
At  the  prestigious  studio  of  Elmer 
Chickering,  in  Boston,  he  sat  for  his 
photograph.  In  one  pose  he  is  walking 
on  the  knuckles  of  his  forelimbs,  the 
characteristic  locomotor  pattern  of 
the  African  ape.  Scientists  observed 
the  little  gorilla's  grooming  behavior 
and  his  other  activities,  details  of 
more  than  passing  interest,  for  rela- 
tively little  was  known  about  gorilla 
behavior  beyond  what  had  been  re- 
ported by  Savage,  visitors  to  certain 
European  zoos,  and  readers  of  the 
sensational  book  by  Paul  Belloni  Du 
Chaillu. 

This  eccentric  French-born, 
United  States  explorer-author  had 
been  reared  on  the  West  Coast  of 
Africa  where  his  father  was  a  trader 
in  Gabon.  From  1855  to  1865  he  jour- 
neyed extensively  throughout  west 
Africa,  hunting  apes  (some  of  his  ape 
specimens  were  forwarded  to  Wyman 
who  carefully  examined  their  anat- 
omy) and  collecting  data  for  his 
book,  Explorations  and  Adventures  in 
Equatorial  Africa,  published  in 
1861. 

Du  Chaillu 's  own  accounts  of  go- 
rilla behavior,  however,  were  fre- 
quently exaggerated  and,  all  too 
often,  untrue.  His  lack  of  scientific 
training  was  obvious  to  reputable 
biologists  who  had  seen  his  book. 
This  flaw  in  his  education  might  have 
been  forgiven,  but  he  was  charged 
with  gross  distortion  of  data,  tamper- 
ing with  exhibit  specimens,  and  hav- 
ing such  an  insouciant  disregard  for 
objective  observation  that  his  narra- 


tions bordered  on  dishonesty.  His 
book,  dismissed  by  serious  biologists 
as  the  work  of  anegomaniacal  adven- 
turer, nonetheless  gained  great  popu- 
lar support  for  its  sensational  treat- 
ment of  the  venerable  theme  of  the 
ape's  ferocity  and  sexual  aggressive- 
ness. A  century  was  to  elapse  be- 
tween the  date  of  publication  of  Du 
Chaillu's  book  and  the  first  exhaus- 
tive study  of  gorilla  behavior  in  the 
wild,  the  work  of  American  zoologist 
George  Schaller,  author  of  The 
Mountain  Gorilla  (1963). 

In  Boston,  hopes  for  the  recovery 
of  the  young  gorilla  were  abandoned 
as  the  uncommon  visitor  grew 
weaker.  While  Edwards  described 
him  as  "strong  as  a  little  lion  [who] 
fought  right  up  to  the  last."  his  ward 
died  within  five  days  of  arrival  in 
port.  The  body  was  purchased  by 
Cornell  University  for  S50.  On  May 
21,1 897 .  when  the  ice-packed  corpse 
arrived  in  Ithaca,  the  Ithaca  Daily 
Journal  reported  that 

the  brain  was  removed  at  once  and 
found  to  be  perfectly  preserved.  A 
specially  satisfactory  observation 
was  made  as  to  the  existence  of  the 
metapore,  or  foramen  of  Magen- 
die,  an  orifice  in  the  membranous 
root  of  the  fourth  ventricle.  This  is 
usually  regarded  as  peculiar  to 
man,  but  Professor  Wilder  demon- 
strated its  existence  in  the  orang 
four  years  ago,  and  believes  that  it 
exists  also  in  the  chimpanzee  and 
in  certain  monkeys.  All  parts  of  the 
viscera,  and  indeed  the  entire 
body,  will  be  preserved.  Among 
other  interesting  organs  is  the  ap- 
pendix of  the  cecum,  which  occurs 
in  no  other  monkeys  excepting  the 
four  tailless  apes;  the  gorilla, 
chimpanzee,  orang  and  gibbon. 
These  four  apes  therefore  enjoy 
with  man  the  doubtful  privilege  of 
liability  to  appendicitis. 

On  the  gala  occasion  of  the  go- 
rilla's arrival  in  Ithaca,  a  select  com- 
pany of  Cornell  University  savants 
greeted  it.  Among  them  was  the  insti- 
tution's president.  Dr.  Jacob  Schur- 
man,  who  had  been  Susan  E.  Linn 
Professor  of  Christian  Ethics  and 
Mental  Philosophy  before  assuming 
his  administrative  duties  in  1892.  At 
the  time  Schurman  inspected  the  go- 
rilla he  was  negotiating  the  establish- 


51 


mentof  the  Cornell  Medical  College; 
hence  his  interest  in  the  specimen  was 
as  pertinent  to  the  matter  of  establish- 
ing collections  for  anatomy  classes  as 
it  was  directed  philosophically  to  the 
issue  of  the  gorilla's  anatomical  dif- 
ferentiation from  man. 

The  most  dynamic  member  of  the 
company  at  the  gorilla's  reception 
party  was  Burt  Green  Wilder.  To 
have  succeeded  in  convincing  the 
university's  board  of  trustees  to  allo- 
cate $50  for  a  dead  gorilla  might  seem 
sufficient  cause  for  fame,  but  Wilder 
had  other  distinctions.  During  the 
Civil  War,  he  was  a  distinguished 
surgeon  with  the  Fifty-fifth  Massa- 
chusetts Infantry,  a  black  regiment; 
he  was  a  graduate  of  Harvard  Medical 
College;  a  scholar  praised  by  natural- 
ist Louis  Agassiz  as  his  most  out- 
standing student;  and  the  scientist  ap- 
pointed in  1867  by  Cornell's  first 
president,  Andrew  Dickson  White,  to 
be  professor  of  comparative  anatomy 
and  natural  history. 

Wilder's  interest  in  the  gorilla 
brain  relates  to  a  preoccupation  of 
certain  nineteenth-century  anato- 
mists, who  hoped  that  an  inspection 
of  ape  brains  would  reveal  significant 
structural  differences  that  would  dis- 
tinguish humans  from  apes  in  a  more 
definitive  way  than  earlier  compara- 
tive studies  of  nonneurological  or- 
gans and  philosophical  debates  had 
done.  Some  advocates  of  this  position 
went  so  far  as  to  suggest  that  the  de- 
fective mental  functions  of  human 
idiots  had  their  counterparts  in  spe- 
cific anatomical  features  that  were  en- 
countered in  the  brains  of  normal 
apes. 

But  the  Cornell  professor  had  little 
patience  with  such  ideas,  siding  in- 
stead with  those  of  his  colleagues 
who  were  supportive  of  Darwinian 
evolution  and  who  recognized  that 
upon  careful  comparative  analysis, 
anatomical  features  of  human  and  ape 
brains  always  turn  out  to  be  continu- 
ous variables,  never  isolated  traits 
unique  to  one  kind  of  primate  and  to- 
tally missing  in  the  other. 

Wilder's  passion  for  brain  anatomy 
bordered  on  the  obsessive.  In  stock- 
ing a  study  collection,  he  once  dis- 
tributed copies  of  his  specially 
printed  Brain  Bequest  Forms  to  fel- 
low scientists  attending  a  banquet. 
The  postmortem  contributions  of 
those  people  he  influenced  came  in 


time  to  lie  beside  the  bottled  brains 
of  sages  and  sinners,  two-headed 
calves,  and  fossils  of  Pleiosaurus,  all 
proud  furnishings  of  the  Natural  His- 
tory Museum  in  Cornell's  McGraw 
Hall.  In  the  basement  of  that  venera- 
ble building  also  lived  the  howling 
cats  whose  destiny  it  was  to  be  chlo- 
roformed and  pressed  into  service  in 
Wilder's  laboratories  in  comparative 
anatomy. 

Generations  of  Cornell  under- 
graduates were  influenced  by  Wilder, 
whose  career  at  the  university  ex- 
tended from  1 867  through  his  retire- 
ment in  1911  and  for  many  years 
beyond  that  date.  The  students  were 
delighted  with  the  gossip  about  his 
unruly  menagerie ,  which  legend  says 
once  contained  a  bear;  his  unabashed 
lectures  to  freshmen  on  hygiene  and 
what  every  young  gentleman  should 
know;  his  efforts  to  bring  about  re- 
forms to  insure  civil  liberties  for 
black  people;  his  ardent  support  of 
the  temperance  movement  and  con- 
cern with  the  vices  of  rum;  and  his 
fruitless  pleas  to  the  administrative 
officers  of  his  institution  to  abolish 
intercollegiate  sports  because  of  the 
time  they  absorbed  in  the  lives  of  true 
scholars.  Wilder's  classes  on  com- 
parative anatomy  were  extremely 
popular,  and  his  pupils  could  always 
count  on  beitig  shown  the  latest  ac- 
quisitions of  the  Natural  History  Mu- 
seum. 

Wilder's  diary  for  1897  conveys 
his  excitement  at  procuring  Ed- 
wards's gorilla.  Between  May  21  and 
May  28  he  removed  the  brain  and 
made  the  observations  reported  in  the 
local  newspaper.  The  brain  was 
found  to  have  a  volume  of  322  cc  and 
to  be  about  5  percent  of  the  animal's 
total  body  weight.  (For  a  mature  go- 
rilla brain,  body  weight  ratios  are 
about  1 :  300 .  For  an  adult  human  male 
the  ratio  is  closer  to  1 :45.)  Wilder  set 
the  commercial  value  of  the  carcass 
at  $125.  The  skin  was  prepared  for 
mounting,  the  viscera  were  removed 


and  parts  preserved  in  bottles,  and  the 
skeleton  was  set  aside  for  maceration. 
During  that  same  week,  Wilder 
lectured  to  the  Cornell  community, 
comparing  the  brain  of  the  young  go- 
rilla to  that  of  an  adult  brain  of  one 
of  his  donors.  The  latter  might  well 
have  been  the  gift  of  a  certain  "Dr. 
B.,"  whose  cerebral  presence  is 
noted,  along  with  the  newly  acquired 
gorilla  brain,  among  the  entries  in 
Wilder's  diary  for  that  hectic  week  in 
May.  Perhaps  these  lectures  stimu- 
lated certain  members  of  his  audi- 
ences to  consider  following  in  the 
footsteps  of  the  generous  Dr.  B.,  but 
this  detail  remains  unknown  to  us 
today.  For  many  years  the  stuffed  go- 
rilla sat  perched  on  Wilder's  lecture 


In  the  final  scene  of  the  remake 

of  the  film  King  Kong,  the 

huge  ape  dies  after  plunging  from 

New  York's  World  Trade  Center. 


52 


table  in  his  laboratory;  it  can  be  re- 
cognized in  Cornell  yearbooks  dating 
well  into  the  present  century.  The  ani- 
mal was  posed  in  the  manner  assumed 
in  one  of  the  pictures  taken  in  Boston. 
Although  Wilder  does  not  seem  to 
have  published  a  description  of  his 
new  acquisition,  his  interest  in  gorilla 
anatomy  continued  through  the  years . 
In  1906  and  again  in  1911  he  wrote 
letters  to  the  New  York  Tribune  cor- 
recting their  statements  about  gorillas 
and  proudly  asserting  that  his  was  the 
first  gorilla  to  arrive  in  the  United 
States.  He  was  interested  in  advances 
of  primate  behavioral  research,  and 
had  he  lived  to  see  the  progress  made 
by  psychologists  Robert  and  Ada 
Yerkes  with  primate  colonies  at  Yale 


University  and  at  Orange  Park, 
Florida,  or  the  work  of  their  German 
colleague  Wolfgang  Kohler  in  the 
Canary  Islands  and  Southwest 
Africa,  his  enthusiasm  would  have 
known  no  bounds.  He  was  aware  of 
the  discovery  in  1 902  of  a  new  variety 
of  Gorilla  in  the  volcanic  highlands 
of  Uganda — G.  gorilla  heringei — 
distinct  in  various  ways  from  the 
western  lowland  G.  gorilla  gorilla  of 
Savage  and  Wyman  and  the  G.  go- 
rilla manyema  of  the  eastern  low- 
lands. 

Wilder  may  also  have  discussed 
with  the  young  Henry  Cushier  Raven 
the  latter 's  prospects  for  a  field  recon- 
naissance of  gorilla  distribution  in 
Africa,  which  Raven  later  undertook 


United  Press  International 


and  described  in  his  monumental 
study  of  gorillas  published  in  1944. 
Raven  must  have  been  acquainted 
with  Wilder's  gorilla  when  he  was  at 
Cornell  in  1918  and  1919,  holding  the 
position  of  curator  of  the  Natural  His- 
tory Museum  and  the  Department  of 
Zoology.  The  collections  that  Raven 
assembled  for  The  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History  and  Colum- 
bia University  constitute  the  core  of 
the  gorilla  materials  available  for 
scholarly  research  today. 

What  has  happ>ened  to  the  baby  go- 
rilla whose  place  in  the  history  of 
science  we  have  been  considering? 
Curiously,  the  specimen  is  not  men- 
tioned in  the  works  of  Raven,  al- 
though the  Yerkeses  had  heard  about 
it  in  1928  through  a  communication 
from  W.  Re  id  Blair,  director  of  the 
New  York  Zoological  Park.  But  since 
Blair's  narration  of  how  and  when  the 
Edwards's  gorilla  was  acquired  is  in- 
complete and  inaccurate,  the  facts  of 
the  matter  are  not  properly  repre- 
sented in  the  Yerkeses'  famous  book, 
The  Great  Apes.  Nor  is  the  specimen 
noted  in  the  records  of  any  major  os- 
teological  collection  in  this  country  or 
abroad.  Perhaps  the  skeleton,  the  bot- 
tled organs,  and  the  mounted  figure 
lie  in  some  dark  corner  of  an  ancient 
building,  maybe  they  grace  the 
shelves  of  a  private  collector,  or  pos- 
sibly they  have  been  destroyed. 

But  one  vestige  of  the  baby  gorilla 
has  survived — the  complete  cerebel- 
lum and  the  right  hemisphere  of  its 
brain.  This  bottled  specimen  bears 
the  original  Cornell  University  cata- 
log number  of  3561,  the  only  name 
by  which  the  little  gorilla  is  known  to 
us,  although  he  must  have  been  given 
pet  names  by  his  various  owners  and 
by  Wilder's  students,  who  saw  the 
mounted  specimen  every  day  in  his 
laboratory. 

The  brain  now  rests  in  its  stoppered 
glass  bottle  in  the  company  of  the  pre- 
served heart  of  P.T.  Barnum's  circus 
elephant  Jumbo,  the  grotesque  terato- 
logical  monsters,  the  brain  of  a  man 
who  slew  his  wife  in  a  moment  of 
pique,  the  brain  of  a  highly  moral  pro- 
fessor emeritus  of  mathematics,  and 
nearby  the  cerebral  member  of  the 
founder  of  the  collection,  Burt  Green 
Wilder  himself.  To  this  professor  and 
his  gorilla,  American  scholars  can 
trace  the  beginnings  of  gorilla  re- 
search on  this  continent.  D 


53 


'>mn 


# 


i^s,drpmsrrt(7', 


magnetic  lines  of  force  in  actv 
regions  and  returns  to  the  sunl 
siirfdce.  These  regions,  which  areVreas 


sites  where  sunspots,  solar  flares, 
prominences,  and  other  manife.  " 
of  solar  activity  originate.       1 


The  Turbulent  Sun 


Edited  by  Sally  Lindsay 


I 


'^fm^'' 


Introduction 


How  much  do  we  know  about  the 
sun  and  how  much  do  we  still  have  to 
learn?  Not  many  years  ago  solar 
physics  was  deemed  a  "mature  sci- 
ence" in  which  basics  were  under- 
stood. For  more  than  a  century  we 
had  examined  the  sun's  surface  with 
the  tools  of  spectroscopy  and  modern 
physics.  We  knew  how  much  heat  the 
sun  put  out  and  how  little  that  radia- 
tion varied;  how  old  the  sun  was  and 
of  what  it  was  made.  We  knew  of 
the  eleven-year  sunspot  cycle,  which 
seemed  to  click  on  like  a  clock.  And 
from  generations  of  experience  in 
watching  them,  we  knew  the  sun's 
varied  signs  of  activity  and  called 
them  by  name:  sunspots,  promi- 
nences, and  flares.  Since  1851  we  had 
photographed  the  sun  at  eclipse,  and 
we  thought  we  had  come  to  know 
its  slowly  changing  corona.  We  even 
presumed  that  we  knew  the  unseen 
sun— the  vast  interior  where  the  pro- 
digious solar  energy  is  created. 

Then  came  a  few  surprises.  When 
physicists  were  finally  able  to  measure 
direct  atomic  particles  from  the  cen- 
ter of  the  sun,  in  order  to  confirm  the 
accepted  nuclear  process  of  solar 
energy  generation,  the  expected  par- 
ticles were  not  there.  An  experiment 
that  set  out  to  measure  the  roundness 
of  the  sun  found  that  it  was  not  a 
quiet  sphere  of  gas  at  all,  but  one  that 
quivers. 

Skylab,  launched  in  1973  to  tackle 
some  of  the  remaining  solar  ques- 
tions, uncovered  a  whole  realm  of  new 


phenomena,  like  the  gargantuan  bub- 
bles that  are  blown  out  almost  daily 
from  the  sun  and  grow  larger  than 
the  sun  itself.  With  Skylab's  help,  we 
have  learned  some,  but  not  all,  of  the 
secrets  of  coronal  holes,  which  prom- 
ise to  be  one  of  the  most  important 
of  solar  phenomena  because  they 
control  the  flow  of  solar  wind  that 
streams  against  the  earth. 

As  if  these  surprises  were  not 
enough,  recent  reappraisals  of  solar 
history  and  of  fossil  radiocarbon  data 
have  shown  that  the  eleven-year  sun- 
spot  cycle  may  be  less  like  a  clock 
than  a  rickety  machine.  For  two  peri- 
ods since  the  time  of  Columbus, 
totaling  more  than  150  years,  the 
cycle  seems  to  have  nearly  stopped. 
And  in  1 976,  as  though  the  sun  were 
nodding  "yes"  to  claims  that  we  do 
not  yet  understand  it,  we  find  our- 
selves in  another  "anomalous"  solar 
cycle— at  a  prolonged  minimum  of 
solar  activity  that  should  have  ended 
a  year  ago  if  the  sun  were  on  a  regular 
eleven-year  cycle. 

We  know  far  more  about  the  sun 
than  ever  before,  but  untold  ques- 
tions stiU  remain.  The  history  of 
science  has  shown  that  from  every 
new  instrument  and  endeavor  we  can 
expect  a  few  answers  and  an  even 
greater  number  of  fresh  questions. 
That  is  the  way  we  learn.  And  of  the 
one  star  that  controls  all  life  and 
energy  on  earth,  can  we  ever  know 
enough? 

J.A.E. 


HP 

^ 

•^^^ 

11 

^^^H 

*^ 

> 

12 

r 

1 

Naval  Research  Laboratory  and  NASA  (Color-enhanced  photograph) 


CHROMOSPHERE 


PHOTOSPHERE 


/CORE 


CORONA 


Resume  for  the  Sun 


The  sun  is  a  gaseous  sphere.  Unlike  the  earth  and  other  rigid 
bodies,  its  period  of  rotation  is  more  rapid  at  the  equator  than  at 
other  latitudes.  Energy  is  generated  in  the  solar  core  by  thermo- 
nuclear reactions  that  convert  hydrogen  to  helium.  The  energy  is 
then  transported  outward  to  the  sun's  visible  surface,  the  photo- 
sphere, a  thin  layer  with  a  granulated  texture.  Just  below  the 
photosphere  is  a  region  known  as  the  convectivezone,  in  which 
columns  of  hot  gas  rise,  lose  some  of  their  heat  to  the  cooler 
surface,  and  descend  to  be  heated  again,  creating  convective  cur- 
rents in  the  process.  Above  the  photosphere  is  an  irregular  region 
of  the  sun's  atmosphere  known  as  the  chromosphere,  and  beyond 
that  is  the  corona,  which  has  no  outer  boundary.  A  solar  wind  of 
atomic  particles  blows  continuously  through  the  corona  and  out- 
ward toward  the  planets.  Between  the  chromosphere  and  the 
corona  is  a  narrow  zone  called  the  transition  region,  in  which  the 
temperature  jumps  abruptly.  Temperature  on  the  sun  is  hottest  in 
the  core  and  decreases  slowly  toward  the  surface.  A  minimum  of 
about  4,300°  K  is  reached  in  the  low  chromosphere,  above  which 
temperature  rises  again,  reaching  more  than  1 .000.000°  in  the 
corona.  This  increase  in  temperature  in  the  outer  solar  atmosphere 
is  caused  by  the  energy  of  matter  moving  in  the  chromosphere  and 
the  transition  region.  The  thicknesses  of  the  photosphere,  the 
chromosphere,  and  the  transition  region  are  exaggerated  here. 


Age:  About  5  billion  years 

Distance  from  the  earth:  93  million  miles  (about  1 50  million 
kilometers) 

Mass:  333,000  times  that  of  the  earth 

Radius:  432,000  miles  (about  700.000  kilometers) 

Solar  energy  incident  on  the  earth:  1 26  watts  per  square  foot 

Core  temperature:  1 5.000.000°  K  (about  27,000,000°F) 

Photosphere  temperature:  6,000°  K  (about  1 1 ,000°F) 

Chromosphere  temperature:  4,300°  to  50,000°  K  (about  7  700°  to 
90,000°F) 

Coronal  temperature:  800,000°  to  3,000,000°  K  (about 
1,500,000°  to  5,400,000°F) 

Rotation:  Once  every  27  days  at  the  equator;  once  every  3 1  days 
near  the  poles,  as  seen  from  the  earth 

Chemical  composition:  About  74  percent  hydrogen,  25  percent 
helium,  and  1  percent  traces  of  all  other 
:  ■  ,     known  elements 

Photographs  from  High  Altitude  Observatory  and 
Sacramento  Peal<  Observatory:  inset  by  Alan  D.  Iselin 


ahoiit  350,000  miles  of  the  sun's 
surface  and  outer  atmosphere,  took 


•*< 


^^^^  \,J^ 


—  / 


v-^ 


V 


% 


X*- 


:  -/-i?*S 


#- 


%     -* 


H 


•"''•    f*^*- 


'y-<-     ^>7^ 


N 


•4^  I  /  y^-^^w  «"<:.•  wSji  fpc 


::?. 


^A!^ 


\ 


'2).Z?. 


/ 


i 

/ 


n 
'^-t  <*«»;</ 


X,,^^./),;..-!/. >*  <'J*//Vm. 


.i>f«  y,'.  '■; 


f"M« 


\ 


National  Library,  Rorence 


62 


Sunspots 

by  John  A.  Eddy 


These  black  dots  associated 
with  powerful  magnetic  fields 
do  not  always  come  and  go  in 
the  expected  eleven-year  cycles 

For  many,  the  feature  most  com- 
monly associated  with  the  sun  is 
sunspots.  It  is  surely  the  best  known 
of  all  solar  terms  and  one  of  the  few 
words  from  astrophysics  that  have 
won  their  way  into  common  use  and 
understanding.  There  is  even  a 
Sunspot,  New  Mexico  (zip  code 
88349),  which,  not  by  accident,  has 
a  renowned  solar  observatory.  For 
thousands  of  years,  beginning  long 
before  the  introduction  of  the  tele- 
scope, sunspots  have  held  the  atten- 
tion and  wonder  of  man.  They  were 
surely  the  first  clue  that  the  sun,  and 
therefore  the  universe  itself,  was  not 
a  perfect  creation,  but  a  place  of  tur- 
moil and  constant  change. 

The  largest  sunspots  can  be  seen 
with  the  unaided  eye  at  sunrise  and 
sunset,  when  the  sun's  brilliance  is 
dulled  and  reddened  by  absorption  in 
our  atmosphere,  and  we  find  scattered 
reports  of  dark  objects  on  the  face  of 
the  sun  in  historical  accounts  as  early 
as  the  fourth  century  B.C.  They  seem 
to  have  been  most  thoroughly  re- 
corded in  the  Orient,  but  the  record 
is  sparse:  fewer  than  100  sightings  are 
known  from  China,  Japan,  and  Korea 
in  1,800  years  preceding  the  intro- 
duction of  the  telescope.  Fewer  still 
are  found  in  European  accounts. 

When  the  telescope  was  invented, 
in  about  1610,  the  sun  was  among  the 
first  objects  examined  and  sunspots 
began  to  be  clearly  seen.  In  popular 
accounts,  Galileo  is  often  credited 
with  the  "discovery"  of  sunspots;  in 
truth,  at  least  three  other  European 
scientists  examined  the  details  of 
sunspots  with  telescopes  at  about  the 
same  time,  in  1611. 

On  close  inspection  these  black 

Galileo  was  one  of  the  first 
scientists  to  observe  sunspots  by 
telescope.  He  made  these  drawings 
and  notes  in  1612. 


dots  are  seen  to  have  a  distinct,  dark 
center  known  as  the  "umbra,"  or 
shadow,  surrounded  by  a  lighter  rim, 
or  "penumbra."  Under  the  best  ob- 
serving conditions,  the  penumbra  can 
be  resolved  into  separate  strands  that 
radiate  outward  from  the  umbra  like 
threads  of  embroidery,  being  bright- 
est at  their  outer  ends.  Careful  obser- 
vation of  the  dark  umbras  reveals  a 
dim  pattern  of  blobs,  or  cells,  which 
are  apparently  a  darkened  version  of 
the  bright  granulation  cells  that  cover 
all  the  rest  of  the  sun. 

The  number  of  spots  seen  on  the 
sun  varies  from  time  to  time:  there 
may  be  up  to  several  hundred  at  once 
or  none  at  all.  Even  when  the  sun  is 
most  spotted,  however,  the  spots 
cover  less  than  about  1  percent  of  the 
solar  surface.  Still,  by  terrestrial 
standards,  individual  spots  are  very 
large.  An  average  sunspot  (if  there  is 
such  a  thing)  is  about  the  size  of  the 
earth,  and  the  largest  could  swallow 
Jupiter,  which  is  about  ten  times 
earth's  size. 

Many  sunspots  are  round,  but  ob- 
long and  amoeba-shaped  examples 
are  also  common.  Sunspots  custom- 
arily occur  in  groups,  rather  than  sin- 
gly, and  are  restricted  to  bands  of  the 
middle  and  low  latitudes  on  the  solar 
surface.  The  simplest  group  consists 
of  a  pair  of  spots  about  equal  in  size 
and  slightly  separated  in  longitude — 
a  "leader"  and  a  "follower."  But 
usually  there  are  many  more  in  one 
group  and  of  all  sizes,  some  of  them 
intercoimected  by  their  penumbras. 

Like  the  earth,  the  sun  rotates  on 
an  axis,  although  in  a  longer  period 
of  about  27  days.  Sunspots  are  carried 
along  with  this  rotation.  We  see  them 
first  at  the  left  (east)  edge,  or  limb, 
of  the  sun  where  they  seem  to  be  flat- 
tened by  the  curvature  of  the  solar 
sphere.  About  a  week  later  the  same 
spots  appear  at  the  center  of  the  solar 
disk,  where  we  can  see  them  best.  In 
about  another  week  they  disappear 
around  the  right,  or  west,  limb  of  the 
sun.  If  the  spots  are  very  large,  they 
will  probably  reappear  in  about  two 
weeks  when  they  will  round  the  east 


limb  of  the  sun  again.  Smaller 
sunspots  last  from  a  few  days  to  a 
week;  larger  ones  persist  for  several 
weeks  and  sometimes  months.  Spots, 
and  groups  of  spots,  slowly  drift  and 
change  their  shape  as  they  rotate  with 
the  sun. 

The  same  details  we  see  in  sun- 
spots  today  were  apparent  to  those 
who  looked  at  the  sun  with  the  first 
small  telescopes:  the  distinction  be- 
tween the  umbra  and  penumbra,  the 
varied  shapes  and  sizes  of  sunspots. 
and  the  patterns  of  change  on  the  solar 
surface.  Implicit  in  these  findings  was 
a  significant  fact:  sunspots  are  mark- 
ings on  the  sun  itself,  and  not,  as 
some  had  proposed,  obstructions  in 
our  own  atmosphere  or  small  planets 
circling  near  the  sun.  That  revelation 
shattered  medieval  concepts  of  the 
composition  of  the  sun  and  stars  and 
marked  the  dawn  of  modern  astro- 
physics. To  seventeenth-century 
minds  the  solar  nature  of  sunspots 
was  a  disturbing  discovery  for  it  indi- 
cated that  the  sun  was  not,  as  thought 
and  taught,  a  perfect  fire.  This,  in 
turn,  had  religious  implications  that 
were  serious  enough  to  cause  a  Ger- 
man Jesuit  who  was  one  of  the  codis- 
coverers  of  sunspots  to  publish  his 
discovery  under  a  pseudonym.  Gali- 
leo was  also  hesitant  to  announce  his 
first  observations  of  sunspots  and  de- 
layed publishing  them  for  nearly  two 
years. 

The  early  theological  objections  to 
blemishes  on  the  handiwork  of  God 
were  soon  assuaged  by  the  ration- 
alization that  sunspots  were  only 
clouds  that  floated  over  an  otherwise 
perfect  solar  surface.  Still,  astron- 
omers continued  to  watch  sunspot 
comings  and  goings  and  to  wonder 
what  the  spots  really  were.  By  1769, 
improved  observation  had  found  that 
sunspots  appeared  more  like  depres- 
sions in  the  sun  than  clouds  above  it, 
and  in  1801 ,  the  eminent  English  as- 
tronomer William  Herschel  con- 
cluded that  sunspots  were  indeed 
holes  in  a  white,  incandescent  cloud 
deck  that  covered  the  entire  sun. 
Through  the  umbra  of  each  hole,  he 


63 


claimed,  we  could  see  the  darker, 
cooler  surface  of  the  sun  below.  This 
lower  surface,  said  Herschel,  just 
might  be  inhabited. 

Conjecture  about  the  physical  na- 
ture of  sunspots  gave  way  to  another 


The  anatomy  of  a  sunspot  is  clearly 
visible  in  this  photograph.  The 
black  heart-shaped  region,  about 
twice  the  diameter  of  the  earth, 
is  the  umbra;  the  surrounding 
fringelike  halo  is  the  penumbra. 
The  white  area  at  the  left  has  a 
magnetic  polarity  opposite  that  of 
the  sunspot.  Lines  of  force,  which 
connect  this  area  to  the  spot,  are 
followed  by  dark  fibrils  of  matter 
reaching  to  the  umbra.  A  new 
65-centimeter  telescope,  which  may 
be  flown  on  the  space  shuttle 
Enterprise,  took  the  picture  in  the 
Hydrogen  Alpha  wavelength  on 
August  4,  1976. 


startling  discovery  in  1843,  when 
Heinrich  Schwabe,  a  German  phar- 
macist and  amateur  astronomer, 
pointed  out  that  the  number  of  sun- 
spots,  when  counted  as  annual 
averages,  seemed  to  rise  and  fall  in 
regular  cycles.  Professional  astron- 
omers, who  had  previously  dis- 
counted notions  of  sunspot  periodic- 
ity, soon  confirmed  and  extended 
Schwabe's  finding  and  established 
the  nature  of  what  came  to  be  the  best- 
known  aspect  of  sunspots:  the  eleven- 
year  cycle  between  their  maximum 
numbers.  The  designation  of  eleven 
years  is,  in  fact,  just  an  average,  since 
cycles  of  eight  to  fifteen  years  have 
been  observed. 

It  took  232  years  from  the  tele- 
scopic discovery  of  sunspots  to  the 
realization  that  their  numbers  were 
clearly  cyclic.  Why  so  long?  Impor- 
tant among  the  possible  answers  is  a 
recent  finding  that  the  sun's  behavior 
may  not  have  been  constant  during 
the  centuries  between  Galileo  and 


Schwabe.  This  possibility  was  first 
pointed  out  in  1889  by  a  German  as- 
tronomer, and  soon  after  by  E.  Walter 
Maunder  of  the  Royal  Greenwich  Ob- 
servatory in  London,  who  searched 
historical  records  to  show  that 
sunspots  had  almost  entirely  disap- 
peared for  at  least  seventy  years  of  the 
period  in  question — from  about  1645 
to  1715 — during  the  so-called 
Maunder  Minimum.  In  1890,  how- 
ever, astronomers  were  so  convinced 
of  the  regularity  of  sunspots  that  they 
paid  little  heed  to  dusty  history. 

New  evidence  that  has  come  to 
light  in  the  last  few  years  seems  to 
confirm  the  reality  of  a  Maunder  Min- 
imum in  sunspots  and  has  offered  a 
picture  of  a  sun  far  less  constant  and 
regular  than  previously  supposed. 
Extended  work  on  past  solar  behav- 
ior, utilizing  terrestrial  radiocarbon 
as  an  indirect  tracer,  suggests  that  in 
the  last  5 ,000  years  the  over-all  level 
of  solar  activity  (and  presumably  the 
dominance  of  the  eleven-year  sunspot 


Big  Bear  Solar  Observatory 


64 


cycle)  has  varied  considerably, 
through  a  dozen  fluctuations  of  the 
severity  and  duration  of  the  Maunder 
Minimum.  This  recent  finding  im- 
plies that  the  present,  regular  behav- 
ior of  the  sun  may  be  transitory  and 
perhaps  unusual  over  the  relatively 
brief  span  of  historical  time. 

Meanwhile,  the  twentieth-century 
tools  of  astrophysics  and  the  genius 
of  the  American  astronomer  George 
Ellery  Hale  had  solved  the  age-old 
riddle  of  what  sunspots  really  are: 
why  they  are  dark,  why  they  appear 
in  pairs  and  groups,  what  the  umbras 
and  penumbras  consist  of,  and  the 
connection  between  sunspots  and 
other  aspects  of  solar  activity.  Hale 
suspected  that  sunspots  were  really 
magnets,  and  in  1908  he  perfected  a 
method  capable  of  measuring  mag- 
netic fields  on  the  sun,  93  million 
miles  away.  It  employed  a  powerful 
spectrograph  to  measure  the  effects  of 
strong  magnetic  fields  that  can  split 
certain  lines  in  the  spectrum  of  the 
sun.  In  the  spectra  of  unspotted  solar 
areas.  Hale  found  only  weak  and  di- 
lute magnetic  fields,  but  when  the  slit 
of  the  spectrograph  was  placed  over 
a  sunspot,  the  spectra  showed  the 
clear  and  unmistakable  signature  of 
magnetic  fields  of  overwhelming 
strength — up  to  a  thousand  times 
stronger  than  those  in  the  neigh- 
boring, undisturbed  regions  of  the 
sun.  Pairs  of  spots  were  found  to  have 
opposite  magnetic  polarity.  Magnetic 
lines  of  force  emerged  from  the  leader 
spot  and  reentered  the  follower  spot, 
breaking  through  the  sun's  surface  to 
form  magnetic  arches  connecting  the 
pair.  Continued  studies  with  Hale's 
magnetograph  showed  that  every 
twenty-two  years  the  patterns  of 
sunspot  polarities  alternated  between 
positive  and  negative  in  a  cycle  ex- 
actly twice  the  length  of  the  common 
eleven-year  cycle  of  sunspot  activity. 

The  picture  of  sunspots,  clouded 
for  300  years,  suddenly  cleared. 
Sunspots  are  gigantic  areas  of  con- 
centrated magnetic  fields,  created  by 
motions  of  the  electrically  charged 
particles  that  make  up  the  gases  of  the 
hot  solar  atmosphere.  One  can  hardly 
exaggerate  their  strength;  there  are  no 
other  magnets  of  comparable  power 
anywhere  else  in  the  solar  system. 
The  earth's  own  magnetic  field  is 
more  than  1,000  times  weaker  than 
that  of  a  sunspot.  These  powerful 


magnetic  fields  on  the  sun  cover  areas 
larger  than  the  earth,  and  in  the 
seething,  boiling  cauldron  of  solar 
gases — hotter  than  an  acetylene 
flame — they  control  and  shape  local 
conditions  to  produce  what  we  see  as 
sunspots. 

Sunspots  look  darker  than  the  rest 
of  the  sun's  white  photosphere, 
which  is  6,000  degrees  Kelvin,  be- 
cause they  are  cooler,  about  4,300°K 
in  the  umbra  and  5,500°K  in  the  pen- 
umbra. They  are  cooler  because  the 
presence  of  the  intense  magnetic  field 
tends  to  block  the  normal  convective 
flow  of  hot  gas  to  the  surface  of  the 
sun.  The  umbra  is  the  most  intense 
region  of  a  sunspot  magnetic  field ;  the 
embroidery  stitches  of  the  penumbra 
are  lines  of  magnetic  force  that  arch 
upward  and  outward  from  the  edges 
of  the  umbra.  Streams  of  particles 
caught  in  magnetic  lines  of  force  soar 
high  into  the  solar  atmosphere  to  con- 
nect spots  of  opposite  polarity  and 
other  magnetic  regions.  We  can  see 
the  arched  lines  when  we  isolate  the 
higher  regions  of  the  solar  atmo- 
sphere— the  chromosphere,  transi- 
tion region,  and  corona.  The  mag- 
netic fields  of  sunspots  appear  before 
we  ever  see  the  spot  and  persist  long 
after;  it  is  the  magnetic  fields  that  are 
fundamental  to  solar  activity  and  not 
the  spots  themselves,  which  are  only 
one  manifestation  of  the  constantly 
changing  configuration  of  magnetic 
fields  on  the  sun. 

We  now  know  that  almost  all  other 
forms  of  solar  activity — solar  flares, 
prominences,  coronal  streamers — are 
related  to  solar  magnetic  fields  and 
are  created,  molded,  and  finally  de- 
stroyed by  them.  The  prodigious  en- 
ergy of  disruptive  solar  flares,  equal 
to  the  sudden  explosion  of  a  million 
hydrogen  bombs,  is  derived  from 
strong,  localized  magnetic  fields.  The 
flower-petal  form  of  the  corona  seen 
at  eclipse,  and  the  patterns  of  loops 
and  arches  over  the  sun  seen  in  pic- 
tures of  the  lower  corona  made  in 
X-ray  wavelengths  by  telescopes 
aboard  Skylab,  are  all  caused  by  mag- 
netic lines  of  force,  manifested  in  the 
lowest  layer  of  the  solar  atmosphere. 

Modern-day  solar  research  thus 
centers  on  the  study  of  the  sun's  mag- 
netic fields  and  considers  sunspots  to 
be  one  clue  to  their  locations, 
strengths,  and  changes.  Since  sun- 
spots  can  be  seen  from  the  surface  of 


the  earth  with  simple  telescopes,  they 
will  probably  always  be  used  as  storm 
warnings  of  the  solar  system .  No  mat- 
ter how  large  or  magnetically  strong, 
sunspots  cannot  reach  down  directly 
to  earth.  But  they  are  the  most  con- 
venient indicator  of  the  day-to-day, 
month-to-month,  and  year-to-year 
changes  in  the  solar  energy  and  par- 
ticles that  hammer  our  upper  atmo- 
sphere. These  changes  produce  the 
aurora  borealis,  disturb  the  earth's 
magnetic  field,  and  disrupt  world- 
wide radio  communications. 

The  relationship  between  the  elev- 
en-year sunspot  cycle  and  variations 
in  the  earth's  weather  and  climate  has 
long  been  under  investigation.  Exten- 
sive studies  have  shown  that  any 
direct  effects  of  the  cycle  on  daily 
weather  are  probably  small,  but  the 
longer-term  changes  in  solar  activity 
may  well  affect  the  longer-term  ter- 
restrial climate.  At  the  time  of  each 
of  the  major  changes  in  gross  solar 
behavior  in  the  last  5.000  years,  the 
earth's  climate  seems  to  have 
changed,  offering  perhaps  the  best 
clue  yet  to  a  sun-climate  connection. 
For  example,  the  prolonged  absence 
of  sunspots  in  the  late  seventeenth 
century  coincided  with  the  worst  cold 
of  the  Little  Ice  Age.  which  numbed 
Europe  and  caused  the  Norse  colony 
in  Greenland  to  perish.  This  line  of 
research  on  the  relation  between  the 
sun  and  terrestrial  climate  will  surely 
be  pursued  in  the  future. 

We  have  come  a  long  way  in  our 
understanding  of  sunspots  from  the 
early  days  of  the  telescope.  The 
superstition  then  surrounding  them 
has  been  replaced  by  an  appreciative 
awe  for  their  power.  Yet  some  mys- 
tery still  persists.  We  think  that 
sunspot  magnetic  fields  are  caused  by 
motions  of  electrically  charged  par- 
ticles in  the  sun,  and  that  the  eleven- 
year  period  in  sunspots  results  from 
the  interaction  of  these  magnetic 
fields  with  other  motions  in  the  solar 
atmosphere.  But  there  is  still  no  com- 
plete explanation  for  the  observed 
sunspot  cycle  nor  can  we  predict  the 
exact  start  and  end  of  any  given  cycle. 
I  suspect  there  are  still  other  secrets 
of  sunspots  and  the  solar  cycle  whose 
disclosure  will  be  as  surprising  in 
their  way  as  was  the  first  clear  look 
at  sunspots  through  a  telescope  and 
Hale's  discovery  of  their  strong  mag- 
netic fields.  D 


65 


A  color -enhanced  composite 

portrait  shows  the  sun 's  corona 

as  it  appeared  from  earth 

during  an  eclipse  and  the  nonpolar 

coronal  hole,  photographed  in  X-rays 

from  space,  reproduced  on  the  following  page. 


American  Science  and  Engineering  and  NASA  (Color-enhanced  photographs) 


68 


Holes  in  the  Corona 

by  J.  David  Bohlin 


When  matter  escapes  from  the 
sun,  it  forms  the  solar  wind, 
which  causes  geomagnetic 
storms  on  earth 

The  vocabulary  of  solar  physics, 
like  that  of  most  scientific  disciplines, 
has  its  share  of  strange  names  for 
various  phenomena.  One  of  the 
newest  of  these  is  coronal  hole.  Ironi- 
cally, this  feature,  under  another 
name,  has  been  mentioned  in  the  lit- 
erature of  astronomy  for  almost  four 
and  a  half  decades.  What  makes  this 
particular  solar  phenomenon  espe- 
cially interesting  is  its  direct  effect  on 
the  earth,  where  it  causes  recurrent 
geomagnetic  storms,  that  is,  pertur- 
bations in  the  strength  and  direction 
of  the  earth's  normal  magnetic  field. 

The  corona  is  the  outermost  part  of 
the  sun's  atmosphere.  It  is  normally 
visible  from  earth  only  during  total 
solar  eclipses,  when  the  moon  passes 
between  earth  and  the  sun,  blocking 
from  view  the  sun's  disk,  which  is  a 
million  times  brighter  than  the  co- 
rona. Then  for  a  few  minutes  the 
pearly  white  corona  can  be  seen  sur- 
rounding the  black  lunar  silhouette. 
The  cold,  impersonal  jargon  of  mod- 
ern science  fails  to  convey  the  ethe- 
real beauty  of  a  solar  eclipse.  One  of 
my  favorite  descriptions  is  the 
simple,  but  eloquent,  Babylonian  ac- 
count of  the  July  1062  b.c.  event: 
'  'On  the  26th  day  .  .  .  day  was  turned 
to  night,  and  [there  was]  fire  in  the 
midst  of  heaven.  ..." 

Although  the  corona  has  been  sci- 
entifically studied  for  100  years,  in- 
terest has  centered  almost  entirely  on 
bright  coronal  structures — streamers 
and  condensations  above  the  sun's 
active  regions — where  there  are 


r/ie  development  and  life  history 
of  a  boat-shaped  coronal 
hole  near  the  sun 's  equator  can 
be  traced  in  a  series  of 
photographs  taken  at  27 -day 
intervals — the  period  of  the  sun 's 
rotation — with  an  X-ray  telescope 
on  Skylab.  The  first  image  was 
made  on  June  1,  1973. 


strong  magnetic  fields.  Some  note 
was  made  of  the  sun's  much  darker 
polar  caps,  where  graceful,  faniike 
arrays  of  polar  plumes  are  frequently 
seen,  but  for  the  most  part,  these 
areas  of  lessened  coronal  intensity  at 
the  solar  poles  were  regarded  only  as 
incidental  features.  No  serious 
thought  was  given  to  the  possibility 
of  similar  features  existing  at  lower 
latitudes.  It  was  not  until  the  mid- 
1950s  that  a  Swiss  solar  astronomer 
using  a  special  solar  telescope  at 
mountain  altitudes  was  able  to  detect 
extended  gaps  in  the  corona  at  times 
other  than  during  eclipse.  He  ob- 
served large  and  frequently  persistent 
areas  of  decreased  light  intensity 
in  the  corona  in  nonpolar  regions  and, 
appropriately  enough,  called  them 
Locher,  German  for  "holes."  As  is 
sometimes  the  case  in  science,  his 
discovery  went  largely  unnoticed. 

Like  the  herald  of  a  new  age,  the 
1970  solar  eclipse  afforded  astron- 
omers the  finest  view  of  a  lower  lati- 
tude coronal  hole  seen  to  date.  This 
was  a  long,  east-west  oriented  hole 
located  right  on  the  southwest  solar 
limb,  with  no  coronal  streamers  in 
front  or  behind  to  mask  its  presence . 
This  coronal  anomaly  was  so  dark 
that  one  astronomer  derived  from  it 
a  model  based  on  the  total  absence  of 
all  plasma,  or  gaseous  matter,  in  that 
part  of  the  corona.  He  also  dubbed  the 
observed  phenomenon  a  coronal 
hole.  As  its  name  implied,  a  coronal 
hole  was  then  thought  to  be  a  place 
where  the  solar  corona  ought  to  be, 
but  apparently  wasn't. 

It  is  fair  to  say,  however,  that  gen- 
eral recognition  and  full  appreciation 
of  coronal  holes  did  not  occur  until 
a  few  years  after  that  eclipse.  In  the 
short  period  from  1971  through  1973, 
publication  of  the  findings  of  several 
nearly  simultaneous,  but  largely  in- 
dependent, lines  of  investigation  es- 
tablished the  major  physical  proper- 
ties and  significance  of  the  holes. 
These  studies  showed  that  coronal 
holes  are  regions  of  very  low  density, 
although  probably  not  a  total  absence 
of  matter.  Pictures  of  the  sun  taken 
in  X-ray  and  extreme-ultraviolet 
wavelengths  from  rockets  or  satellites 


traveling  above  the  earth's  atmos- 
phere, through  which  most  of  this  ra- 
diation does  not  penetrate,  revealed 
that  while  equatorial  coronal  holes 
are  not  nearly  as  common  as  active 
regions  on  the  sun.  neither  are  they 
rare.  It  was  also  inferred  for  the  first 
time  that  the  magnetic  field  within  a 
coronal  hole  was  probably  open, 
rather  than  closed  as  are  most  mag- 
netic fields.  That  is.  the  magnetic 
field  lines  in  coronal  holes  stretch  ra- 
dially outward  from  the  sun  and  do 
not  arch  back  to  connect  to  an  area 
of  opposite  magnetic  polarity  on  the 
solar  surface.  Not  only  was  the  gas 
density  within  a  hole  much  lower  than 
normal  but  the  temperature  was  too. 
The  typical  corona  has  a  temperature 
of  1.5  to  2  million  degrees  Kelvin: 
extreme-ultraviolet  data  showed  the 
temperature  in  a  lower  latitude  hole 
was  only  about  one  million  degrees. 

An  important  connection  was  also 
established  between  coronal  holes 
and  the  solar  wind.  The  solar  wind  is 
a  continuous  stream  of  particles  ac- 
celerated by  the  extremely  high  tem- 
perature of  the  corona  to  supersonic 
speeds  that  enable  them  to  escape 
from  the  sun's  gravitational  pull.  The 
wind  had  been  theoretically  predicted 
as  long  ago  as  1958  and  its  existence 
was  confirmed  by  the  first  definitive 
in  situ  measurements  made  by  the 
Mariner  2  spacecraft  on  its  trip  to 
Venus  in  mid- 1962.  These  same 
measurements  also  showed  that  the 
solar  wind  did  not  blow  outward  at  a 
constant  speed.  Within  it  were  high- 
velocity  streams  moving  at  about  1  ,- 
500,000  miles  (2,400,000  kilome- 
ters) per  hour,  approximately  twice 
the  speed  of  the  steady-state,  or  nor- 
mal, wind. 

Although  it  had  been  shown  that 
these  high-speed  solar  wind  streams 
were  directly  related  to  geomagnetic 
storms  on  earth,  their  solar  origin 
could  not  be  established  from  the 
usual  contemporary  visible-light  pic- 
tures of  the  corona  taken  from  the 
earth.  The  key  to  the  mystery  came 
when  a  coronal  hole  observed  in  X- 
rays  by  a  rocket  telescope  in  1973  was 
shown  to  coincide  with  a  well-identi- 
fied high-speed  wind  stream. 


69 


To  recapitulate,  coronal  holes  are 
fairly  large-scale  areas  in  the  solar 
corona.  The  plasma  gas  density  in  the 
holes  is  lower  by  a  factor  of  ten  or 
more  than  in  the  rest  of  the  corona  and 
the  temperature  is  lower  by  perhaps 
a  factor  of  two.  The  magnetic  field 
lines  in  coronal  holes  are  predomi- 
nantly open  and  extend  more-or-less 
straight  out  from  the  sun.  Because 
their  magnetic  fields  are  relatively 
weak  and  their  field  lines  are  open, 
the  holes  do  not  trap  the  coronal 
plasma,  which  thus  pours  outward 
into  space  as  high-speed  solar  wind 
streams  that  interact  with  the  earth's 
magnetic  field  to  produce  terrestrial 
disturbances  known  as  geomagnetic 
storms. 

This  last  feature  of  coronal  holes  is 
significant  because  of  the  numerous 
attempts  to  identify  the  solar  source 
of  recurrent  geomagnetic  storms.  At 
the  beginning  of  this  century,  solar 
astronomer  E.  Walter  Maunder  had 
pointed  out  that  major  disturbances  in 
the  earth's  magnetic  field  can  recur 
regularly  with  the  same  27-day  period 
that  characterizes  solar  rotation.  Such 
storms,  which  last  a  few  days  and 
occur  once  in  every  solar  rotation, 
manifest  themselves  as  a  sudden  in- 
crease in  the  earth's  magnetic  field, 
followed  by  a  less  abrupt  decrease 
and  gradual  recovery  to  normal.  The 
appearance  of  northern  lights — the 
aurora  borealis — and  interference 
with  short-wave  radio  reception  in  the 
earth's  polar  zones  often  attend  these 
disturbances. 

Following  the  1973  study  that  ini- 
tially established  the  association  of  a 
coronal  hole  with  a  high-speed  wind 
stream,  a  number  of  other  investiga- 
tions using  increasingly  sophisticated 
data  have  been  completed,  leaving  no 
doubt  about  the  relationship  between 
them. 

The  importance  of  coronal  holes 
was  appreciated  well  enough  in  1972 
to  lead  to  a  comprehensive  program 
for  their  study  on  the  Skylab  space 
mission,  which  included  an  elaborate 
array  of  solar  telescopes.  Skylab  ex- 
tended from  late  May  1973  through 
January  1974,  at  just  the  right  phase 
of  the  most  recent  solar  cycle  to  as- 
sure the  appearance  of  geomagnetic 
storms.  During  that  time  a  variety  of 
coronal  holes  were  observed  in  great 
detail  and  much  of  our  new  knowl- 
edge about  holes  stems  directly  from 


Skylab  data.  Three  of  the  major  solar 
experiments  on  Skylab  made  use  of 
X-ray  or  extreme-ultraviolet  tele- 
scopes, which  can  see  and  pho- 
tograph the  hot,  million-degree  co- 
rona projected  directly  against  the 
solar  surface.  The  sun's  surface  is  not 
hot  enough  to  emit  radiation  in  those 
wavelengths,  and  hence,  what  looks 
like  the  sun's  surface  in  X-ray  pho- 
tographs is  really  the  hot  corona 
above  the  surface. 

One  of  the  most  spectacular  find- 
ings to  come  from  the  Skylab  mission 
was  that  coronal  holes  outside  the 
polar  caps  can  dominate  sectors  of  the 
sun  near  the  equator,  appearing  as  jet 
black  voids  between  adjacent  clouds 
of  glowing  coronal  gas.  Holes  seem 
to  be  permanent  features  of  the  polar 
caps,  at  least  during  the  end  of  the 
sunspot,  or  solar,  cycle.  In  addition, 
polar  plumes,  those  enigmatic  struc- 
tures first  noted  during  eclipses  a  cen- 
tury ago,  are  now  recognized  as  being 
an  integral  characteristic  of  polar 
holes.  Among  other  facts  learned 
from  the  Skylab  films  is  that  holes, 
including  those  at  the  polar  caps,  can 
cover  up  to  20  percent  of  the  solar 
surface  at  one  time;  holes  outside  the 
poles,  which  come  and  go,  can  last 
up  to  nine  months,  although  four  to 
six  months  is  more  common,  making 
them  among  the  longest-lived  of  any 
solar  feature.  Nonpolar  holes  occur 
only  in  the  centers  of  large  areas  of 
unipolar  magnetic  fields;  and  their 
areas  grow  and  also  decay  at  a  remark- 
ably uniform  rate  of  about  20  mil- 
lion square  miles  per  hour.  These 
studies  of  the  topology  of  lower  lati- 
tude coronal  holes  indicate  that  the 
overwhelming  majority  of  them  ei- 
ther develop  as  extensions  of  the 
holes  at  the  polar  caps  or  else  acquire 
a  connection  to  a  polar  hole  subse- 
quent to  their  births  at  lower  latitudes . 

The  sun's  surface  is  divided  into 
large  regions  of  a  single  magnetic  po- 
larity, giving  it  a  patchy  look.  One 
scientist  has  suggested  that  the  rela- 
tionship between  lower  latitude  holes 
and  polar  holes  results  from  the  evo- 
lution of  these  large-scale  unipolar 
magnetic  regions.  The  development 
of  the  holes  is  thus  hypothesized  to 
be  controlled  by  a  type  of  solar '  'plate 
tectonics"  in  which  unipolar  mag- 
netic regions,  any  one  of  which  can 
cover  from  10  to  15  percent  of  the 
solar  surface,  are  the  plates.  Accord- 


ing to  this  theory,  the  gradual  separa- 
tion of  two  magnetic  regions  of  the 
same  polarity  enlarges  the  interme- 
diate magnetic  region  of  opposite  po- 
larity in  which  a  hole  can  then  form. 
Conversely,  the  gradual  merging  of 
two  regions  of  the  same  polarity  will 
choke  off  a  hole  in  the  intervening 
region  of  opposite  polarity  when  the 
converging  regions  get  close  enough 
to  each  other. 

An  alternate  theory  rests  on  obser- 
vational data,  all  of  which  indicate 
that  the  birth  of  a  coronal  hole  always 
follows  the  emergence  of  major  bipo- 
lar sunspot  groups.  Prior  to  Skylab  it 
was  thought  that  the  positive  and  neg- 
ative magnetic  areas  within  one  ac- 
tive region  were  connected  only  to 
each  other.  Skylab  observations 
clearly  show  that  this  situation  is  true 
only  in  the  earliest  stages  of  sunspot 
development.  After  a  few  days,  areas 
of  one  polarity  tend  to  connect  with 
any  area  of  opposite  polarity  in  their 
vicinity.  The  connections  between 
unipolar  magnetic  fields  thus  tend  to 
be  made  all  over  the  sun,  from  one 
active  region  to  another  but  always 
from  one  polarity  to  that  of  the  oppo- 
site sign.  If,  in  this  process,  some 
fields  cannot  connect  with  others, 
their  lines  of  force  become  "open" 
and  a  coronal  hole  is  formed.  This 
evolutionary  pattern  was  followed  by 
the  three  best-observed  holes  during 
Skylab,  and  accounts  for  the  fact  that 
all  lower  latitude  holes  were  adjacent 
to  large  active  regions  rather  than  in 
the  quietest  portions  of  the  sun. 

No  matter  which  theory  of  the  ori- 
gin of  coronal  holes  turns  out  to  be 
correct,  their  very  existence  and  their 
intimate  connection  with  terrestrial 
geomagnetic  activity  insure  that 
coronal  holes  will  remain  a  lively 
topic  of  research  for  some  time  to 
come.  Among  the  major  topics  yet  to 
be  studied  are  the  occurrence  of  holes 
during  the  maximum  phase  of  the 
solar  cycle,  and  whether  or  not  active 
regions  themselves  may  have  "min- 
iature" holes  in  the  centers  of  their 
most  intense  areas  of  magnetic  field. 
In  addition,  there  is  the  intriguing 
question  of  whether  the  solar  wind 
over  the  polar  holes  moves  at  uni- 
formly high  speed,  as  at  the  lower 
latitude  holes.  If  so,  the  structure  of 
the  interplanetary  medium  at  high 
solar  latitudes  might  be  quite  different 
from  what  we  assume  it  to  be.      D 


70 


Solar  Flares 

by  Peter  A.  Sturrock 


We  do  not  know  what  triggers 
these  explosions  in  the 
sun  \s  atmosphere 

Without  special  equipment  we  can 
only  glimpse  the  sun  for  a  fleeting 
moment — unless  it  is  partially  ob- 
scured by  clouds,  by  haze  at  sunrise 
or  sunset,  or  by  the  moon  during  an 
eclipse.  These  cursory  views  give  the 
impression  of  the  sun  as  a  perfectly 
smooth  ball.  With  the  help  of  a  piece 
of  smoked  glass,  however,  we  can 
examine  the  sun  more  carefully.  We 
then  find  that  sometimes  there  are 
small  dark  spots — called  "sun- 
spots" — on  the  seemingly  smooth 
solar  surface. 

It  has  been  known  for  at  least  100 
years  that  certain  natural  events  on 
earth  occur  more  frequently  when  the 


surface  of  the  sun  is  marked  by  spots. 
For  instance,  the  aurora  boreal  is  may 
be  seen  at  lower  latitudes  than  usual 
when  the  sun  is  very  spotty.  In  addi- 
tion, there  are  certain  technologically 
important  eflects,  for  example,  short- 
wave radio  communication  may  be- 
come noisy  or  completely  useless  at 
such  times. 

Are  sunspots  directly  responsible 
for  these  effects?  This  seems  un- 
likely, since  sunspots  do  not  always 
produce  these  disturbances.  More- 
over, sunspots  may  persist  for 
months,  and  yet  disturbances — when 
they  occur — are  comparatively  short- 
lived. This  suggests  that  auroras  and 
radio  disturbances  are  not  due  to  the 
sunspots  themselves  but  to  some 
event  that  can  occur  on  the  sun's  sur- 
face, or  in  its  atmosphere,  when  the 


Lockheed  Solar  Observatory 


solar  surface  is  marked  by  sunspots. 

The  first  hint  of  what  this  event 
might  be  came  from  observations 
made  in  1859.  Two  English  astron- 
omers, R.  C.  Carrington  and  R. 
Hodgson,  were  independently  study- 
ing a  large  group  of  spots  on  the  sun 
when  they  witnessed  a  remarkable 
event.  As  described  by  Carrington, 
"two  patches  of  intensely  bright  and 
white  light  broke  out. " "  These  patches 
of  light  lasted  about  five  minutes,  in 
which  period  they  traveled  a  distance 
of  about  35.000  miles  across  the 
sunspot  group.  Not  only  was  this 
event  followed  by  an  aurora  of  excep- 
tional brilliance  visible  at  quite  low 
latitudes  but.  in  addition,  the  earth's 
magnetic  field  was  disturbed  for  some 
days  afterward.  Such  events,  called 
"solar  flares,"  have  in  recent  years 
become  quite  familiar. 

A  solar  flare  is  now  recognized  as 
a  cataclysmic  explosion  occurring  in 
the  sun's  atmosphere  near  a  sunspot 
or  a  sunspot  group.  It  is  somewhat 
similar  to  a  lightning  stroke  on  earth, 
but  whereas  a  lightning  stroke  in- 
volves a  sudden  release  of  electrical 
energy  due  to  an  electrical  charge  ac- 
cumulating on  a  cloud,  a  solar  flare 
represents  the  sudden  release  of  mag- 
netic energy  due  to  electrical  currents 
flowing  in  the  sun's  atmosphere.  The 
amount  of  energy  released  in  a  single 
solar  flare  can  be  enormous — enough 
to  supply  the  entire  needs  of  the  earth 
for  over  100,000  years. 

This  still  incomplete  picture  of  the 
solar  flare  phenomenon  has  emerged 
in  recent  years  as  a  result  of  both  ob- 
servational and  theoretical  advances. 
Systematic  study  of  solar  flares  was 
made  possible  by  the  invention  of  the 
spectroheliograph  by  the  American 


Igniting  suddenly,  like  an 
explosion,  solar  flares  reach  their 
fullest  extent  in  one  or  two 
minutes.  When  recorded  in  the 
Hydrogen  Alpha  region  of  the 
spectrum,  they  show  up  as  patches 
of  bright  light.  The  scale  of  this 
photograph  is  such  that  its  width 
represents  about  100,000  miles. 


71 


astronomer  George  Ellery  Hale  in 
1926.  This  instrument,  which  came 
into  full  operation  at  Mount  Wilson 
Observatory  in  California  in  1931, 
forms  an  image  of  the  disk  of  the  sun 
using  a  filter  tuned  to  a  very  narrow 
band  of  the  spectrum  of  light  waves. 
Most  work  on  solar  activity  is  carried 
out  with  a  filter  tuned  to  a  small  part 
of  the  red  region  of  the  spectrum — the 
so-called  Hydrogen  Alpha,  or  Ha, 
line — produced  by  atomic  hydrogen 
when  it  is  raised  to  a  temperature  of 
about  10,000  degrees  Centigrade.  In 
this  way,  it  is  possible  to  observe  a 
thin  layer  of  the  sun's  atmosphere 
called  the  "cfiromosphere,"  which 
lies  above  the  part  of  the  sun  we  see 
by  eye — the  "photosphere." 

All  flares  disturb  the  chromosphere 
and  can  therefore  be  observed  by  the 
spectroheliograph,  but  very  few 
flares  disturb  the  photosphere.  The 
large  flare  observed  by  Carrington 
and  Hodgson  was  exceptional  in  this 
regard.  During  the  peak  of  the  eleven- 
year  sunspot  cycle,  astronomers 
nowadays  may  detect  several  small 
flares  in  the  course  of  a  day;  on  the 
other  hand,  they  would  need  to  wait 
many  years  to  make  observations  in 
the  visible,  or  white,  light  of  the  pho- 
tosphere similar  to  those  of  Carring- 
ton and  Hodgson. 

The  advent  of  spacecraft  has  made 
it  possible  for  us  to  observe  the  sun 
and  other  astronomical  objects  in 
parts  of  the  electromagnetic  spectrum 
that  are  not  accessible  at  ground 
level.  For  instance,  most  ultraviolet 
light  and  all  X-rays  from  the  sun  are 
absorbed  high  in  the  earth's  atmo- 
sphere. By  mounting  suitable  equip- 
ment on  a  rocket  or  on  a  satellite  or- 
biting the  earth  high  above  the  atmo- 
sphere, it  is  possible  to  observe  the 
sun  in  ultraviolet  light  or  in  X-rays. 
When  this  is  done,  we  can  examine 
still  higher  levels  of  the  sun's  atmo- 
sphere: the  X-ray  emission  comes 
mainly  from  a  very  hot  and  extended 
region  high  above  the  chromosphere 
called  the  "corona."  The  ultraviolet 
radiation  comes  partly  from  the 
chromosphere,  partly  from  the 
corona,  and  partly  from  a  thin  zone 
(the  "transition  region")  in  between. 

A  detailed  comparison  between  an 
X-ray  picture  of  the  sun  and  a  picture 
taken  at  the  same  time  in  Ha  light  (the 
red  line  of  hydrogen)  shows  a  close 
correspondence,  indicating  that  the 


Ha  emission  comes  from  the  region 
of  the  chromosphere  directly  under- 
neath the  large  hot  mass  of  gas  pro- 
ducing the  X-ray  emission. 

By  analogy,  if  we  were  observing 
the  earth  from  space  and  took  pho- 
tographs of  both  a  rain  cloud  and  the 
moisture  content  of  the  earth's  sur- 
face, we  would  note  that  the  earth  is 
wet  directly  underneath  the  rain 
cloud.  The  same  relationship  exists 
between  the  hot  solar  cloud  produc- 
ing X-rays  and  the  thin  layer  of  the 
chromosphere  producing  the  Ha 
emission.  This  is  attributed  to  a 
downward  flow  of  heat  from  the  hot 
cloud  to  the  cooler  layers  of  the  sun's 
atmosphere. 

That  a  flare,  when  it  occurs,  begins 
very  suddenly  (it  grows  to  almost  its 
fullest  extent  in  one  to  two  minutes), 
strongly  suggests  that  flares  are  some 
kind  of  explosion.  In  other  words,  we 
may  imagine  that  a  "bomb"  is  ex- 
ploding in  the  sun's  atmosphere.  Is  it 
a  chemical  explosion,  a  nuclear  ex- 
plosion, or  still  another  type? 

The  current  answer  to  this  crucial 
question  hinges  on  the  fact  that  flares 
normally  occur  near  sunspots.  The 
true  nature  of  sunspots  was  first  real- 
ized by  George  Ellery  Hale  who,  in 
addition  to  the  spectroheliograph,  in- 
vented and  used  another  important 
solar  instrument  called  the  "magne- 
tograph."  Lines  like  the  Ha  line  of 
hydrogen  are  influenced  by  a  mag- 
netic field;  by  suitably  modifying  a 
spectroheliograph,  one  can  map  the 
magnetic  field  strength  on  the  surface 
of  the  sun.  Such  maps  have  been 
made  regularly  since  1953,  but  the 
first  measurement  of  the  magnetic 
field  of  a  sunspot  had  already  been 
made  by  Hale  in  1908.  As  a  result  of 
these  studies,  we  know  that  there  is 
invariably  a  strong  magnetic  field 
(several  thousand  times  the  strength 
of  the  earth's  field)  at  the  center  of  a 
sunspot.  We  have  also  learned  that 
the  peculiar  shapes  exhibited  by  solar 
flares  are  determined  by  the  magnetic 
field  pattern  of  the  region  in  which  the 
flare  occurs.  This  and  related  lines  of 
evidence  have  led  to  the  view  ex- 
pressed earlier  on:  a  solar  flare  is  now 
regarded  as  the  sudden  explosive  re- 
lease of  magnetic  energy  in  the  sun's 
atmosphere.  The  nearest  analogue  on 
earth  (one  to  which  Hannes  Alfven, 
the  Swedish  Nobel  laureate  in  phys- 
ics, has  drawn  attention)  is  perhaps 


the  bright  arc  produced  by  a  circuit 
breaker  at  a  power  station  when  a 
generator  is  suddenly  disconnected 
from  the  circuit  to  which  it  was  sup- 
plying power. 

Although  this  general  and  highly 
simplified  picture  of  solar  flares  is 
widely  accepted,  much  remains  to  be 
understood  concerning  their  detailed 
behavior  and  the  effects  they  produce 
on  earth.  Flares  occur  in  a  bewilder- 
ing variety  of  magnetic  field  patterns 
and  produce  all  kinds  of  radiation: 
radio  emission,  gamma  rays,  and  par- 
ticle fluxes,  in  addition  to  the  visible 
light,  ultraviolet  light,  and  X-rays  al- 
ready mentioned.  One  is  tempted  to 
hope  that  a  sufficiently  detailed  theory 
would  enable  us  to  predict  what  types 
of  radiation  to  expect  from  a  flare  oc- 
curring in  a  specified  magnetic  field 
configuration.  This  is  a  major — and 
still  distant — goal  of  solar  flare  re- 
search: predicting  not  only  whether 
and  when  a  flare  will  occur  but  also 
its  properties  when  it  does  occur. 

The  effects  of  solar  flares  on 
auroras  and  the  earth's  magnetic  field 
have  been  known  for  many  years,  but 
we  are  now  learning  more  about  the 
impact  of  a  solar  flare  on  tech- 
nological devices.  A  flare  interferes 
not  only  with  radio  transmission  but 
also  with  radar  operation.  In  recent 
years  it  has  been  recognized  that  a 
major  solar  flare  produces  such  a 
strong  disturbance  of  the  earth's  mag- 
netic field  as  to  affect  the  operation  of 
power  distribution  networks.  Some 
power  outages  are  caused,  not  by  in- 
creased demand  and  not  by  malfunc- 
tion of  the  distribution  system,  but  by 
solar  flares! 

Although  solar  flares  have  been 
studied  for  their  intrinsic  interest  and 
for  their  important  effects  on  the 
earth's  environment,  they  are  in- 
teresting for  yet  another  reason.  We 
know  that  explosions  occur  in  gal- 
axies and  quasars.  Although  their 
scale  is  vastly  greater  than  that  of  a 
solar  flare,  these  phenomena  are  in 
many  qualitative  respects  similar  to 
flares.  It  is  indeed  quite  possible  that 
a  solar  flare  is  a  small,  homely  ex- 
ample of  an  explosion  that  occurs  in 
strange  and  massive  objects  billions 
of  light-years  away.  By  improving 
our  understanding  of  the  sun,  we  will 
not  only  learn  something  about  other 
stars  but  we  may  also  find  a  clue  to 
the  mystery  of  quasars.  D 


72 


Waves  on  the  Sun 


by  Roger  K.  Ulrich 

Newly  reported — and  as  yet 
unexplained — gigantic 
oscillations  of  the  sun  may 
provide  clues  to  the 
star's  structure 


A  casual  impression  of  tiie  sun 
leads  one  to  believe  that  it  is  quite 
still.  Apart  from  local  disruptions, 
such  as  sunspots,  prominences,  and 
flares,  there  was  no  evidence  to  chal- 
lenge this  idea  until  Robert  Leighton, 
professor  of  physics  at  CalTech,  and 
two  of  his  graduate  students  began  a 
careful  search  for  relatively  slow- 
moving  matter  on  the  solar  surface 
about  a  decade  before  the  Skylab  mis- 
sion. In  1962  they  discovered  that  the 
surface  of  the  sun  is  actually  in  con- 
stant, rapid  motion.  The  speed  of  mo- 
tion involved  is  great  on  a  human 
scale — 1,000  miles  per  hour — but 
small  compared  to  the  speeds  of  25,- 
000  to  50,000  miles  per  hour  found 
in  other  stars  that  pulsate. 

The  CalTech  researchers  discov- 
ered two  types  of  short-period  solar 
motion;  the  one  that  primarily  con- 
cerns us  here  is  an  up-and-down  vi- 
brational movement  like  that  of  a 
sound  wave  or  a  spring  balance. 
These  oscillatory  motions  probably 
represent  a  complicated  form  of  solar 
pulsation.  The  pulsations  that  are  best 
known  take  roughly  five  minutes. 
During  this  time,  the  solar  matter 
moves  vertically  through  a  total  dis- 
tance of  700  to  1,400  miles.  The 
whole  surface  of  the  sun  was  not  ob- 
served to  move  up  and  down  as  a 
single  unit,  as  some  stars  are  known 
to  do.  Instead,  small  localized  por- 
tions of  the  sun's  surface  were  found 
to  pulsate  independently  of  each  other 
on  their  own  time  scales,  although  the 
entire  surface  is  constantly  covered 
with  oscillatory  motion.  It  is  tempting 
to  call  these  pulsations  sunquakes, 
but  that  would  be  misleading.  They 
more  nearly  resemble  ocean  waves. 

The  period  of  five  minutes  that 
characterizes  these  motions  is  more 
or  less  an  average.  A  given  section  of 
the  solar  surface  may  have  a  period 
of  three  minutes  for  a  while,  then  six 


minutes,  and  still  later,  five  minutes. 
The  over-all  effect  makes  the  surface 
of  the  sun  resemble  the  chaotic  sur- 
face of  a  choppy  sea,  with  no  easily 
discernible  pattern  to  the  motion. 

Although  the  (ivc-minute  oscilla- 
tions are  extremely  complicated, 
their  complexity  is  not  unlimited. 
Each  type,  or  mode,  of  oscillation  or 
pulsation  that  the  sun  undergoes  can 
be  classified  in  terms  of  period  and 
horizontal  scale— 1,000  to  100,000 
miles  (1,600  to  160.000  kilome- 
ters)— and  thus  theoretically  under- 
stood. The  great  complexity  in  the 
five-minute  oscillations  comes 
mostly  from  the  fact  that  there  are 
about  one  million  ways  in  which  the 
sun  can  pulsate  and  they  are  all  occur- 
ring simultaneously.  A  few  years  ago 
I  analyzed  a  mathematical  model  of 
the  sun  and  found  that  its  oscillations 
could  be  arranged  in  groups  that  can 
be  distinguished  from  one  another  by 
careful  observation.  In  addition  to  the 
complex  five-minute  oscillations, 
computations  made  as  long  ago  as  the 
1940s  indicated  that  simpler,  longer- 
period  oscillations,  moving  up  and 
down  through  smaller  distances  and 
at  a  slower  rate,  could  also  theoret- 
ically be  occurring.  These  relatively 
simple  pulsations,  perhaps  best  de- 
scribed as  global  oscillations,  would 
be  distinguishable  from  the  five-min- 
ute oscillations  by  their  longer  pe- 
riods, which  are  calculated  to  be  from 
fifteen  minutes  to  one  hour. 

Although  waves  on  the  sun  have 
been  known  and  studied  for  fifteen 
years,  their  use  as  a  probe  of  solar 
structure  received  little  attention  until 
recently.  It  was  then  realized  that 
solar  oscillations  can ,  in  principle ,  re- 
veal information  about  the  solar  inte- 
rior, much  as  the  study  of  seismic 
waves  generated  by  earthquakes  has 
allowed  us  to  learn  most  of  what  is 
known  about  the  interior  of  the  earth. 
Seismic  waves  in  the  earth  travel  at 
a  speed  that  depends  on  the  composi- 
tion of  the  matter  they  encounter.  By 
measuring  the  time  it  takes  waves  to 
travel  from  the  site  of  an  earthquake 
to  the  measuring  instruments,  the  de- 
tailed internal  structure  of  the  earth 


can  be  deduced.  Even  though  the 
matter  in  the  sun  is  entirely  gaseous 
instead  of  solid,  as  on  the  earth, 
waves  still  travel  through  it  and  the 
speed  of  these  waves  is  influenced  by 
the  distribution  of  the  temperature 
throughout  the  solar  interior.  The 
study  of  solar  pulsations  can  thus  help 
us  understand  the  sun's  interior. 

The  photosphere  of  the  sun  is  too 
opaque  to  allow  us  to  see  anything 
that  goes  on  beneath  it .  The  solar  inte- 
rior is  therefore  hidden  from  direct 
observation.  Most  of  what  we  now 
believe  about  the  interior  of  the  sun 
has  come  from  the  calculation  of 
mathematical  models  based  on  the 
laws  of  physics  and  assumptions 
about  how  the  sun  was  formed  and 
has  behaved  since  then. 

Among  the  more  important  as- 
sumptions that  astrophysicists  nor- 
mally make  are  the  following:  ( 1 )  the 
chemical  elements  were  all  distrib- 
uted uniformly  throughout  the  sun 
when  it  formed;  (2)  any  magnetic 
field  initially  present  in  the  sun  de- 
cayed rapidly  and  is  now  negligible; 
and  (3)  the  matter  in  the  solar  center 
has  not  mixed  with  matter  at  the  solar 
surface.  These  assumptions  and 
others  cannot  be  tested  by  conven- 
tional means.  If  our  assumptions 
about  the  sun  are  incorrect,  the  be- 
havior of  the  sun  predicted  by  the 
mathematical  models  based  on  these 
assumptions  would  also  be  incorrect. 
For  example,  if  intermittent  mixing 
between  the  center  and  surface  of  the 
sun  has  taken  place — a  violation  of 
the  third  assumption  above — the 
amount  of  solar  radiation  received  on 
earth  would  vary,  with  possibly  dire 
effects.  This  has  not  happened  in  re- 
cent times,  although  some  scientists 
propose  it  as  a  cause  of  past  ice  ages. 

In  the  effort  to  substantiate  or  dis- 
prove our  theories  about  the  internal 
structure  of  the  sun  by  means  of  solar 
waves,  we  meet  one  problem  not 
faced  by  earth  scientists.  The  origin 
of  terrestrial  seismic  waves  is 
known — earthquakes.  But  we  do  not 
yet  understand  what  causes  any  of  the 
solar  oscillations.  For  some  time  after 
the  discovery  of  the  five-minute  oscil- 


73 


lations,  it  was  generally  believed  that 
they  were  caused  by  convection  cur- 
rents, consisting  of  the  upward  flow 
of  hot  material  and  the  downward 
flow  of  cooler  material,  which  were 
striking  the  solar  atmosphere.  There 
are  two  drawbacks  to  this  idea:  the 
convection  currents  actually  ob- 
served on  the  sun  are  much  smaller 
than  the  oscillations  they  are  sup- 
posed to  cause;  and  when  the  veloci- 
ties on  the  solar  surface  are  exa- 
mined, the  oscillations  do  not  seem 
to  follow  the  convection  currents  in 
the  way  we  would  expect.  Instead,  it 
now  seems  likely  that  the  five-minute 
solar  oscillations  are  caused  by  the 
flow  of  energy  through  the  layers  of 
changing  temperature  in  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  sun,  as  in  pulsating  stars. 
As  energy  flows  outward  from  the 
core,  it  becomes  bottled  up  in  the  hot, 
less  transparent  layer  just  beneath  the 
solar  surface  until  it  bursts  out,  caus- 
ing an  oscillation. 

The  study  of  solar  oscillations  is 
currently  entering  a  very  exciting 
phase,  in  which  we  hope  that  sophis- 
ticated new  instruments  will  enable 
us  to  answer  many  important  ques- 
tions about  the  sun.  These  observa- 
tional efforts  are  being  pushed  in  two 
different  directions.  First,  observa- 
tions are  being  made  to  verify  the  ex- 
istence of  the  predicted  simpler  forms 
of  oscillation  that  have  periods  of  fif- 
teen minutes  to  one  hour.  And  sec- 
ond, the  complexity  of  the  five-min- 
ute oscillations  is  being  unraveled  by 
the  continued  gathering  and  analyz- 
ing of  data,  including  new  observa- 
tions from  space. 

Conclusive  detection  of  simple, 
long-period  forms  of  solar  oscillation 
postulated  years  ago  would  be  truly 
fundamental.  These  oscillations  pen- 
etrate to  the  core  of  the  sun  whereas 
short-period  oscillations  pass  through 
only  about  the  outer  one  third  to  one 
half  of  the  sun's  structure.  Conse- 
quently, the  study  of  long-period 
oscillations  would  allow  us  to  deduce 
the  sun's  complete  structure.  One  im- 
portant advantage  that  the  simple 
forms  of  oscillation  have  over  the 
five -minute  oscillations  is  that  only  a 
small  number  of  their  modes  have 
similar  periods.  Individual  configu- 
rations of  long-period  oscillation  can 
therefore  be  isolated  and  investi- 
gated. Determining  the  particular 
form  of  any  of  these  oscillations. 


however,  is  somewhat  more  difficult 
than  determining  the  form  of  the  five- 
minute  oscillations  because  the  scale 
of  their  action  is  comparable  to  the 
solar  circumference  and  the  entire 
surface  of  the  sun  must  therefore  be 
studied. 

There  have  been  several  recent  re- 
ports that  these  long-period  oscilla- 
tions have  been  detected.  In  the  mid- 
1970s  Henry  Hill,  a  physicist  at  the 
University  of  Arizona,  was  the  first 
to  produce  such  evidence.  By  meas- 
uring with  great  precision  changes  in 
the  visible  diameter  of  the  sun,  he 
found  indications  of  oscillations  with 
periods  of  up  to  one  hour.  Although 
Hill's  data  are  suggestive,  it  is  not  yet 
entirely  clear  that  the  effect  he  sees — 
the  apparent  change  with  time  in  the 
sun's  diameter — is  due  to  solar  oscil- 
lations rather  than  to  possible  changes 
in  the  transparency  or  brightness  of 
the  solar  atmosphere,  to  something  in 
the  earth's  atmosphere,  or  to  noise  in 
the  instruments.  Calculations  of  solar 
models  suggest  that  the  periodic 
changes  in  the  sun's  diameter  ob- 
served by  Hill  must  be  the  result  of 
actual  up-and-down  motion  of  the 
photosphere.  If  that  proposition  is  ac- 
cepted, it  is  then  possible  to  calculate 
how  fast  the  outer  layers  of  the  sun 
must  be  moving  to  match  Hill's  ob- 
served long-period  oscillations.  But 
the  speed  of  motion  of  solar  matter 
can  also  be  measured  by  observing 
the  shift  of  dark  lines  in  the  spectrum 
of  the  sun.  The  speed  measured  in  the 
second  way  is  about  ten  times  less 
than  is  consistent  with  Hill's  observa- 
tions and  this  discrepancy  raises 
questions. 

A  second  problem  with  the  data 
Hill  has  reported  is  the  lack  of  stabil- 
ity and  predictability  of  the  motion. 


A  graphic  display  of  waves 

on  the  surface  of  the  sun  is 

produced  by  means  of  modern 

technology.  Sensors  in  a  telescope 

translate  the  motion  of  matter 

into  light  and  dark  areas.  The 

image  is  regenerated  on  a 

television  screen  by  a  computer 

and  the  TV  screen  is  then 

photographed.  The  light 

areas  in  this  display  represent 

matter  that  is  moving  upward; 

the  dark  areas,  matter 

that  is  moving  downward. 


Such  a  large  fraction  of  the  sun's  mat- 
ter is  involved  in  the  long-period 
oscillations  that  a  powerful  force  is 
required  either  to  stop  or  start  the  mo- 
tion. If  the  phenomena  that  Hill  has 
observed  are  truly  of  solar  origin,  we 


74 


should  be  ahic  to  predict  exactly 
when  the  sun  will  reach  a  maximum 
diameter.  Until  Hill  can  demonstrate 
that  the  oscillations  he  has  observed 
are  predictable  in  this  fashion,  I  feel 
we  must  be  cautious  in  using  his  ob- 


servations to  probe  the  structure  of 
the  sun.  Conversely,  a  demonstration 
of  predictability  would  establish  the 
reality  of  the  simple,  long-period 
oscillations  beyond  a  doubt. 

The  outer  layers  of  the  solar  struc- 


Sacramenlo  Peak  Observatory 


ture  can  also  be  probed  by  means  of 
the  five-minute  oscillations,  provid- 
ing their  complexity  can  be  unra- 
veled. In  an  effort  to  do  just  that,  I 
have  measured  the  speed  of  motion  of 
matter  on  the  solar  surface  about  200 
million  times,  working  with  two 
other  astronomers  at  UCLA  and  the 
Sacramento  Peak  Observatory  in 
New  Mexico.  This  vast  quantity  of 
measurements  was  made  automat- 
ically by  a  large  number  of  detectors, 
which  resemble  the  light  meters  used 
by  photographers,  and  the  results  of 
each  measurement  were  stored  on  a 
computer  tape.  To  date,  we  have  fed 
40  million  of  these  measurements 
through  the  UCLA  computer. 

The  results  we  have  obtained  so  far 
are  very  promising.  We  have  been 
able  to  resolve  the  complicated  mass 
of  short-period  oscillations  into 
groups  in  just  the  way  that  the  theoret- 
ical calculations  indicated.  (In  an  in- 
dependent analysis,  a  German  astro- 
physicist working  at  the  Fraunhofer 
Institute  in  Freiburg  has  also  resolved 
the  five-minute  oscillations  into  ex- 
actly the  same  groups.)  We  are  able 
to  determine  the  precise  period  of 
each  group — whether  it  is  three,  five, 
or  six  minutes — with  enough  accu- 
racy to  enable  us  to  set  significant 
temperature  limits  on  the  layers  of  the 
outer  half  of  the  sun.  These  limits  will 
help  us  test  the  basic  assumptions 
mentioned  earlier  that  are  made  in 
calculating  the  internal  properties  of 
the  sun. 

Our  preliminary  results  lead  us  to 
the  tentative  conclusion  that  those  as- 
sumptions are  correct.  But  we  are  not 
completely  confident  about  this  con- 
clusion because  most  of  our  measure- 
ments have  not  yet  been  analyzed  and 
there  are  more  complexities  in  our 
logic  than  we  would  like.  We  are 
therefore  planning  to  continue  the 
analysis  in  order  to  further  test  and 
resolve  the  five-minute  oscillations 
into  groups. 

Concurrently,  the  observational  ef- 
forts to  use  long-period  solar  oscilla- 
tions as  a  probe  of  solar  structure  are 
being  pushed  by  several  research 
groups  in  addition  to  Hill's.  There  is 
a  good  prospect  that  within  a  year  or 
two  we  will  know  with  certainty 
whether  the  long-period  oscillations 
are  of  solar  origin.  If  they  are,  we  will 
be  able  to  deduce  the  structure  of  the 
sun  all  the  way  to  the  core.  D 


75 


The  Sun's  Missing  Particles 

by  John  N.  Bahcall 


The  unexpected  results  of  an 
ongoing  experiment  raise 
basic  questions  about 
how  the  sun  shines 

Recent  experimental  results  sug- 
gest that  we  do  not  understand  as  well 
as  previously  believed  how  the  sun 
shines.  Astronomers  and  physicists 
have  thought  for  many  years  that  they 
knew  in  detail  how  the  sun  produces 
the  radiant  energy  observed  on  earth 
as  sunlight.  But  they  have  been  sur- 
prised by  the  results  of  an  experiment 
carried  out  by  two  chemists  at  Brook- 
haven  National  Laboratory,  Ray- 
mond Davis,  Jr. ,  and  John  C.  Evans, 
Jr.  There  is  a  large,  unexplained  dis- 
agreement between  their  observa- 
tions and  the  predictions  of  the  sup- 
posedly firmly  established  theory  of 
solar-energy  generation.  This  dis- 
crepancy has  led  to  something  of  a 
crisis  in  the  theory  of  stellar  evolu- 
tion; many  prominent  scientists  are 
now  openly  questioning  some  of  the 
basic  principles  and  approximations 
that  were  previously  standard  in  all 
textbooks  on  astronomy  and  stellar 
aging.  In  fact,  some  of  the  best- 
known  theoretical  astronomers  have 
been  led  to  publish  speculative  ar- 
ticles in  staid  scientific  journals  that 
ten  years  earlier  they  would  have  dis- 
cussed only  jokingly  at  cocktail  par- 
ties with  their  colleagues. 

The  sun  is  the  nearest  and  best-ob- 
served star.  We  know  its  mass,  ra- 
dius, age,  luminosity,  and  chemical 
composition  much  better  than  that  of 
any  other  star.  Moreover,  the  sun  is 
in  the  simplest  and  best-understood 
stage  of  stellar  evolution — the  quies- 
cent, so-called  main  sequence  phase. 
Scientists  believe  that  stars  like  the 
sun,  in  their  stable  main  sequence 
stage,  derive  their  energy  from  ther- 
monuclear reactions  that  fuse  the 
light  element  hydrogen  into  the  heav- 
ier helium,  thus  converting  mass  into 
energy  in  much  the  same  way  that  a 
hydrogen  bomb  works.  In  stars  like 
the  sun,  the  conversion  of  hydrogen 
into  helium  to  provide  energy  is  sup- 
posed to  occur  in  a  steady  fashion,  a 
gigantic,  continuous,  but  controlled 


thermonuclear  explosion.  The  theory 
of  stellar  evolution  and  aging  by  ther- 
monuclear burning  is  widely  used  by 
astronomers  in  helping  to  construct  a 
large-scale  picture  of  the  universe  in 
which  we  live;  many  of  the  details  in 
our  current  picture  of  the  universe, 
such  as  its  age,  size,  and  chemical 
composition,  are  based  in  part  on  this 
theory  of  stellar  evolution. 

We  would  like  to  test  experi- 
mentally the  extent  of  our  under- 
standing of  stellar  evolution  and  nu- 
clear burning  in  stars,  but  this  is 
difficult  to  do  directly  because  the 
sun's  thermonuclear  furnace  is  deep 
in  the  interior  where  it  is  hidden  by 
an  enormous  mass  of  cooler  material. 
The  nuclear  reactions  that  are  ulti- 
mately responsible  for  the  sun's  radi- 
ant energy  occur  in  the  hottest  and 
innermost  solar  regions,  where  they 
are  effectively  hidden  from  conven- 
tional astronomical  instruments  that 
can  only  record  light  emitted  by  the 
outermost  layers  of  the  sun  (and  other 
stars).  One  cannot  take  a  picture  with 
ordinary  light  of  the  sun's  deep  ther- 
monuclear furnace. 

Among  the  elementary  particles  re- 
leased by  the  assumed  thermonuclear 
reactions  in  the  solar  interior,  only 
one — the  neutrino — has  the  ability  to 
travel  unimpeded  from  the  center  of 
the  sun  to  the  surface  and  escape  into 
space.  Neutrinos  are  uncharged  sub- 
atomic particles,  familiar  from  labo- 
ratory physics  studies,  that  are  given 
off  in  nuclear  reactions.  The  principal 
characteristic  of  neutrinos  for  our 
purpose  is  that  they  interact  very 
weakly  with  all  matter.  An  ordinary 
neutrino,  of  the  kind  we  are  discuss- 
ing, can  pass  through  the  entire  sun 
with  only  one  chance  in  ten  billion  of 
being  absorbed.  It  can  traverse  the  en- 
tire earth  with  only  one  chance  in  a 
thousand  billion  of  being  absorbed. 
Thus  neutrinos  offer  the  unique  possi- 
bility of  "looking"  into  the  solar  in- 
terior and  testing  directly  and  quanti- 
tatively the  theory  of  nuclear-energy 
generation  in  stars  like  the  sun. 

The  conventional  explanation  of 
how  the  sun  shines,  that  is,  of  the 
process  of  solar-energy  generation. 


ascribes  the  phenomenon  to  nuclear 
fusion  reactions,  similar  to  those 
under  study  today  for  use  in  terrestrial 
thermonuclear  fusion  reactors  that  are 
designed  to  produce  clean,  cheap 
power  by  the  year  2000.  The  basic 
solar  process  is  the  fusion  of  four  hy- 
drogen nuclei  (called  protons)  to 
create  a  heavier  helium  nucleus.  In 
this  process,  two  neutrinos  are  pro- 
duced and  a  certain  amount  of  energy 
is  released.  The  energy  released  in  the 
fusion  process  ultimately  appears  at 
the  solar  surface  as  sunlight.  The  neu- 
trinos come  directly  out  of  the  solar 
interior  and,  traveling  at  the  speed  of 
light,  reach  the  earth  about  eight  min- 
utes after  they  are  produced  deep  in- 
side the  sun's  thermonuclear  furnace. 

In  order  to  calculate  how  often,  and 
with  what  energies,  neutrinos  are  pro- 
duced, one  must  make  a  detailed 
model  of  the  interior  of  the  sun  using 
a  fast  electronic  computer.  The  tech- 
niques for  constructing  such  models 
are  now  standard  and  the  physics  in- 
volved is  relatively  simple.  It  requires 
that  at  each  point  in  the  computer 
model  the  gravitational  attraction  of 
the  sun's  mass  on  itself  be  exactly 
balanced  by  the  pressure  of  the  hot 
gas  and  light  particles  that  are  bounc- 
ing around  inside  the  sun.  The  rates 
of  energy  generation  and  neutrino 
production  are  calculated  by  using  the 
known  rates  of  the  relevant  nuclear 
reactions,  which  are  derived  from 
laboratory  measurements  and  stand- 
ard theoretical  calculations. 

Energy  is  transported  in  the  solar 


Intense  solar  activity — probably  ^ 

flare — was  viewed  in  ultraviolet 

light  by  a  spectroheliograph  on  an 

unmanned  satellite  on  August 

2,  1972.  Received  in  digital  form, 

the  picture  was  reconstructed  by  a 

computer-driven  color  television 

system.  The  white  regions  at  the 

left  represent  the  areas  of  highest 

temperature.  The  yellow  and  red 

clusters  denote  slightly  cooler 

areas.  This  "solar  storm" 

disrupted  communications  and 

power  systems  around  the  world. 


76 


77 


interior,  for  the  most  part,  by  par- 
ticles of  light  known  as  photons.  This 
is  the  same  mechanism  whereby  en- 
ergy is  transported  in  the  earth's  at- 
mosphere via  light  radiation  through 
electrically  charged,  or  ionized,  gas 
particles.  Thus,  familiar  relations  can 
be  used  in  modeling  the  sun's  inte- 
rior. It  is  conventional  to  assume  that 
the  sun's  primordial  chemical  com- 
position was  homogeneous  through- 
out and  that  its  observed  surface 
chemical  composition  at  present  is 
the  same  as  it  was  when  the  sun  was 
born.  One  then  makes  a  sequence  of 
successive  solar  models  with  a  com- 
puter, requiring  that  the  calculated 
flow  of  energy  be  equal  to  the  ob- 
served solar  luminosity  at  a  model 
age  of  five  billion  years,  the  believed 
present  age  of  the  solar  system. 

To  detect  the  neutrinos  theoret- 
ically produced  in  this  process  of 
solar-energy  generation,  a  giant  neu- 
trino trap  has  been  operated  by  Davis 
and  Evans  for  a  number  of  years  in 
a  rock  cavity  deep  below  the  surface 
in  the  Homestake  Mine  in  Lead, 
South  Dakota.  The  trap  is  a  tank  filled 
with  100,000  gallons  of  an  ordinary 
cleaning  fluid  containing  an  isotope 
of  chlorine.  The  trap,  referred  to  as 
the  Brookhaven  detector,  can  capture 
elusive  neutrinos  by  means  of  a  reac- 
tion involving  an  isotope,  chlorine 
37,  that  is  present  in  great  quantity  in 
the  cleaning  fluid.  The  neutrinos  cap- 
tured by  chlorine  produce  a  radioac- 
tive isotope  of  argon,  argon  37, 
which  can  be  counted  with  standard 
techniques  once  it  is  extracted  from 
the  tank  by  purging  with  helium  gas. 

Davis  and  Evans  have  so  ^rfected 
their  chemical  techniques  that  they 
are  able  to  isolate  and  count  even  the 
few  radioactive  argon  atoms  that 
might  be  produced  in  the  100,000 
gallons  of  cleaning  fluid.  They  can 
find  a  few  atoms  in  a  tank  about  the 
size  of  an  Olympic  swimming  pool! 

An  enormous  solar  eruption, 

which  lasted  several  hours,  was 

photographed  in  extreme-ultraviolet 

light  and  then  processed  in  false 

color — shown  here — to  indicate 

different  densities  of  matter.  The 

darker  the  color,  the  thicker  the 

eruption.  The  sun's  limb  can  be 

traced  along  the  top  of  the 

white  areas. 


78 


Naval  Research  Laboratory  and  NASA 


79 


Extreme  skill  is  required  in  order  to 
detect  any  solar  neutrinos  since  the 
very  fact  that  neutrinos  escape  so  eas- 
ily from  the  center  of  the  sun  implies 
that  they  are  difficult  to  capture. 

About  fifteen  years  ago,  I  first  cal- 
culated the  rate  at  which  solar  neu- 
trinos would  cause  chlorine  37  to 
change  to  radioactive  argon  37  in  the 
Brookhaven  tank.  I  also  made  esti- 


The  hump  on  the  sun 's  surface, 
clearly  seen  in  the  photograph 
below,  is  part  of  an  active 
region  that  erupted  90  minutes 
later,  forming  the  stream  of 
gas  in  the  second  picture  from 
the  left.  At  its  maximum  height, 
this  spikelike  eruption  reached 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  miles 
into  the  corona.  The  third 
picture  was  made  34  minutes  after 
the  second,  and  the  fourth  was 
made  13  minutes  later.  The  entire 
sequence  was  taken  in  the 
extreme-ultraviolet  wavelength 
by  a  telescope  on  Skylab. 


mates  of  the  solar  neutrino  production 
rate  using  conventional  computer 
models  of  the  sun.  The  theoretical 
predictions  are  most  conveniently  ex- 
pressed in  terms  of  a  unit  that,  as  an 
inside  joke,  I  originally  named  a 
SNU,  pronounced  "snew."  A  SNU 
is  one  solar  neutrino  unit  (10~^® 
captures  per  target  atom  per  second). 
This  corresponds  to  one  neutrino  cap- 
tured every  five  days  in  the  Brook- 
haven  tank.  The  typical  prediction  of 
conventional  solar  models  is  that  the 
rate  of  capture  of  neutrinos  in  the 
Brookhaven  detector  should  be  about 
5.5  SNU,  or  about  one  a  day. 

A  set  of  fourteen  experimental  runs 
has  been  carried  out  in  the  neutrino 
tank  by  Davis  and  Evans  over  the  past 
few  years.  To  our  consternation,  their 
results  are  clearly  inconsistent  with 
the  rate  predicted  by  standard  models 
of  the  sun.  In  view  of  the  various  un- 
certainties in  background  processes, 
their  findings  have  been  interpreted  as 
showing  that  the  neutrino  production 
rate  is  probably  less  than  2  SNU,  or 
about  one  every  IVi  to  3  days.  How- 


ever, the  last  several  experiments  per- 
formed by  Davis  and  Evans  have 
yielded  a  slightly  higher  rate  than  the 
average  of  the  previous  observations. 
The  origin  of  this  upward  trend, 
which  could  be  due  to  statistical  fluc- 
tuations (my  guess),  experimental 
changes,  or  even  solar  variations,  is 
not  yet  understood  and  another  year 
of  experiment  may  be  required  for  an 
adequate  explanation. 

This  conflict  between  observation 
and  standard  theory  has  led  to  much 
speculation  about  the  solar  interior, 
which  has  been  advanced  because 
proponents  believed  that  the  subject 
is  in  a  state  of  crisis.  Some  scientists 
have  speculated  that  the  sun  is  not 
currently  generating  as  much  energy 
by  the  nuclear  fusion  reactions  that 
produce  neutrinos  as  they  previously 
thought.  It  has  also  been  suggested 
that  the  sun  contains  a  black  hole  in 
its  center  and  that  more  than  half  the 
observed  solar  luminosity  comes 
from  energy  radiated  as  the  surround- 
ing gas  is  drawn  into  the  hole.  It  has 
been  further  suggested  that  the  sun  is 


Nava]  Research  Laboratory  and  NASA 


8o 


in  a  transient  piiase  during  wiiich  the 
interior  luminosity  produced  by  nu- 
clear reactions  is  much  less  than  the 
observed  luminosity,  which  results 
from  photons,  or  particles  of  light, 
slowly  diffusing  out  from  the  sun's 
interior  to  its  surface. 

These  suggestions  have  not  been 
widely  accepted  because  they  require 
the  sun  to  be  in  an  unusual  state  dur- 
ing the  observations  with  the  Brook- 
haven  neutrino  trap  and  also  because 
there  is  no  evidence  from  theoretical 
calculations  that  the  dynamical  be- 
havior of  the  sun  would  be  as  required 
by  these  speculations . 

Many  astrophysicists  have  pro- 
posed technical  scenarios  in  which 
the  solar  interior  may  be  somewhat 
cooler  than  previously  believed,  thus 
inhibiting  neutrino  generation  by  cer- 
tain nuclear  reactions,  while  still  per- 
mitting the  observed  solar  luminosity 
to  be  produced  by  other  nuclear  fu- 
sion reactions. 

The  explanation  I  have  put  forward 
with  my  collaborators  is  the  possi- 
bility that  the  sun's  surface  contains 


many  more  heavy  elements  than  dons 
its  interior,  where  the  nuclear  burning 
occurs.  This  suggestion  is  ad  hoc  and 
in  conflict  with  some  of  the  basic  as- 
sumptions of  the  theory  of  stellar  evo- 
lution since  it  negates  the  premise  of 
homogeneous  solar  composition. 
Other  radical  assumptions  about  the 
solar  interior  that  have  recently  been 
oifered  include  the  existence  of  very 
large  central  magnetic  fields  in  the 
solar  interior,  and  a  critical  tempera- 
ture below  which  hydrogen  and  he- 
lium are  immiscible.  One  cosmolo- 
gist  has  even  suggested  that  the  exte- 
rior half  of  the  sun's  mass  has  an  en- 
tirely different  composition  from  the 
interior  half  and  was  added  about  five 
billion  years  ago. 

In  addition  to  the  many  specula- 
tions about  radical  changes  in  the 
theory  of  stellar  evolution,  it  has  also 
been  suggested  that  neutrinos  may 
behave  differently  in  traversing  the 
enormous  distance  between  the  sun 
and  the  earth— 93,000,000  miles 
(about  150,000,000  kilometers)— 
than  has  been  postulated  on  the  basis 


of  laboratory  measurements  made 
over  small  distances  of  less  than  ten 
meters  (about  33  feel).  It  has  been 
proposed,  further,  that  a  neutrino  can 
decay,  that  is,  transform  itself  into 
apparently  unknown  and  undetected 
particles.  This  suggestion  has  not 
been  taken  very  seriously  by  most 
physicists. 

The  attitude  of  many  physicists 
toward  the  present  discrepancy  be- 
tween theory  and  observation  is  that 
astronomers  never  really  understand 
astronomical  systems  as  well  as  they 
think  they  do,  and  the  failure  of  the 
standard  theory  in  this  simple  case 
just  proves  that  physicists  are  correct 
in  being  skeptical  about  the  astron- 
omers' claims.  Many  astronomers 
believe,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the 
present  conflict  is  so  basic  that  it  must 
be  due  to  an  error  in  the  physics  rather 
than  in  our  astrophysical  understand- 
ing of  stellar  evolution.  Obviously 
more  experiments  will  be  required  to 
settle  the  issue  of  the  missing  neu- 
trinos and  whether  our  astronomy  or 
our  physics  is  at  fault.  D 


8i 


misun  5  disk  blocked  out  to 
'■BWts  an  artificial  eclipse  and 
color  added  to  indicate  different 
levels  of  brightness,  the  sun 's 
corona,  as  seen  from  the  earth, 
looks  like  an  abstract  painting. 
The  bulge  on  the  right  is  a  cloud 
of  gas  billowing  outward  through 
the  corona  into  space. 

High  Altitude  Observatory  and  NASA 


■. -^w 


iM'Xf  '**  '  ^ 


*-*. 


1^ 


•'  t.. 


'  ^^ 


>r* 


«v 


^*.^M 


I  :-.'^> 


t,**^ 


A' 


^r- 


*  •*  > . 


The  Nation's  Foremost 
Precious  Metal  Miniaturist 


THE  JEMEZ  BUFFALO  DANCER 
re  shown  approximately  actual  size)  $375 


Mikael  Redman,  born  in  the  In- 
dian country  of  northern  Arizona, 
and  schooled  in  the  venerable 
European  traditions  of  precious 
metal  miniature  sculpture,  has 
achieved  a  unique  blend  of  Old 
World  craftsmanship  and  New 
World  vigor. 

His  work,  derivative  of  such 
masters  of  miniature  as  Cellini 
and  Faberge,  requires  hundreds 
of  hours  of  the  most  detailed  and 
meticulous  sculpting.  As  only  a 
master  of  the  "lost  wax"  process 
could,  Redman  imparts  breath- 
taking reality  to  his  pieces  by  cap- 
turing the  most  minute  of  details. 

Fingernails,  sinews,  folds  of  cloth  mere  millimeters  in  size  reveal  in  their 
exactness  a  skill,  patience  and  dedication  to  anatomical  accuracy  rarely 
found  amoung  contemporary  artists. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  Redman  miniatures  command  prices  as  high 
as  $10,000,  and  are  found  in  many  public  and  private  collections  around 
the  world. 

THE  JEMEZ  BUFFALO  DANCER  is  representative  of  Redman  s 
Southwestern  Indian  Series.  Each  of  the  eight  native  ceremonial  dancers 
in  the  series  exhibits  the  vitality,  intricacy  and  devotion  to  authenticity 
that  is  Mikael  Redman's  signature  among  art  critics  and  discriminat- 
ing collectors. 

Others  in  the  series  are  The  Pueblo  Hoop  Dancer,  The  Tesuque  Eagle 
Dancer,  The  Apache  Gan  D£mcer,The  Yaqui  Deer  Dancer,  The  Hopi  Snake 
Dancer,  The  Navajo  Yei  Dancer  and  The  Zuni  Rain  Dancer. 

THE  AHOLA  KACHINA  is  the  first  of  Mikael  Redmans  Kachina 
Spirit  Series.  To  the  Hopi  Indians  of  the  Southwest,  the  Kachinas  are 
supernatural  beings  embodying  the  spiritual  essence  of  living  things  and 
also  the  souls  of  ancestors  who  have  died  and  reunited  with  nature. 
Redman's  interpretation  of  these  magical  spirits  is  at  once  beautiful 
and  haunting. 

Other  classic  examples  of  Hopi  Kachinas  in  this  series  are  Soyal, 
Kaletaka  and  Mastop. 

Rendered  with  the  same  exquisite  care  and  artistry  that  has  made 
Redman  miniatures  internationally  famous,  the  series  of  four  Kachinas 
adds  to  and  extends  his  previous  body  of  work,  increasing  all  in  impor- 
tance and  value. 


MIKAEL  REDMAN 


THE  AHOLA  KACHINA 
(Figure  shown  approximately  actual  size)  $47! 


Both  series  are  cast  in  solid  .999 
fine  silver  with  24  carat  gold  vermeil 
accents,  rhodium  clad  to  prevent  tar- 
nishing. Each  figure  of  the  South- 
western Indian  Series  is  mounted  on 
an  uncut  turquoise  base  of  no  less 
than  250  carats.  Nuggets  vary  in 
size  and  shape.  Figures  in  the  Ka- 
china Spirit  Series  are  mounted  on 
either  a  silver  or  turquoise  base. 

Sculptures  are  presented  in  a  suede- 
lined,  oiled  walnut  display  case  which 
may  be  used  as  a  shadowbox.  Each 
sculpture  is  accompanied  by  a  Cer- 
tificate of  Authenticity  signed  by 
the  artist. 

The  Southwestern  Indian  Series 
— signed  and  numbered  in  a  limited  edition  of  900  — individual  sculptures: 
$375.  The  series  of  eight:  $2550.  Due  to  limited  quantity,  The  Tesuque  Eagle 
Dancer  and  The  Apache  Gan  Dancer  are  only  available  in  series  purchase. 

The  Kachina  Spirit  Series  — signed  and  numbered  in  a  limited  edition  of 
500  —  individual  sculptures:  $475  on  silver  base,  $500  on  turquoise  base.  The 
series  of  four:  $1600  on  silver,  $1700  on  turquoise. 

Each  sculpture  is  also  available  in  solid,  multi-hued,  18  carat  gold.  Lim- 
ited to  an  edition  of  12  — from  $3200. 

Convenient  terms  are  available  for  purchase  of  either  of  the  complete  series. 
These  original  sculptures  may  be  ordered  directly  from  The  Mikael  Redman 
Galleries,  7110  Fifth  Avenue,  Scottsdale,  Arizona  85251. 

For  those  desiring  additional  information  or  wishing  to  order  by  credit 
card,  please  call  The  Mikael  Redman  Galleries  toll-free  at  800-528-0291. 

Mikael  Redman's  sculptures  are  also  available  at  selected  galleries  through- 
out the  country. 


The  Mikael  Redman 
Galleries 


R. 


7110  5th  AVENUE 
SCOTTSDALE.  ARIZONA 


THE  TURBULENT  SUN 
Additional  Reading 

Modern  Astronomy ,  by  Ludwig  Oster 
(San  Francisco;  Holden-Day,  1973);  In- 
troductory Astronomy  and  Astrophysics, 
by  Elske  P.  Smilh  and  Kenneth C.  Jacobs 
(Philadelphia;  W.B.  Saunders,  1973); 
and  Astronomy ,  by  Franklyn  M.  Branley 
et  al.  (New  Yori<;  Thomas  Y.  Crowell, 
1975,  $14.50),  are  introductory  books 
with  sections  on  the  sun.  Our  Sun.  writ- 
ten for  the  lay  audience  by  astronomer 
Donald  H.  Menzel  (rev.  ed.  Cambridge; 
Harvard  University  Press,  1959),  re- 
mains one  of  the  best  sources  of  back- 
ground material .  Early  Solar  Physics,  by 
A.  J.  Meadows  (Elmsford;  Pergamon 
Press,  1970,  $8.50),  is  a  nontechnical  ac- 
count of  the  historical  roots  of  solar  stud- 
ies. The  Quiet  Sun.  by  scientist-astronaut 
Edward  G.  Gibson  (Washington;  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  1973),  pro- 
vides an  introduction  to  solar  physics 
prior  to  the  launching  of  Skylab.  E.  N. 
Parker's  "The  Sun"  (Scientific  Ameri- 
can, September  1975,  pp.  42-50)  de- 
scribes recent  findings  (and  mysteries)  re- 
vealed by  spacecraft-based  solar  observa- 
tions. John  A.  Eddy's  A  New  Sun  (to  be 
published  in  early  1977  by  the  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office)  is  meant  for  a 
popular  audience  and  will  be  heavily  il- 
lustrated with  black-and-white  and  color 
photographs  from  Skylab.  The  Annual 
Review  of  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 
(ARAA)  frequently  contain  expert  ar- 
ticles on  solar  phenomena. 

Sunspots  (p.  62) 

R.  J.  Bray  and  R.  E.  Loughhead's 
Sunspots  (New  York;  John  Wiley  & 
Sons,  1965,  $16)  is  a  semitechnical  work 
useful  to  amateur  astronomers  for  its  clear 
exposition  of  observational  methods. 
"The  Maunder  Minimum,"  a  compre- 
hensive article  by  John  A.  Eddy  (Science, 
1976,  vol.  192,  pp.  1189-202),  relates 
the  contemporary  revolution  in  solar  re- 
search to  past  observations  of  sunspot  ac- 
tivity. The  information  on  sunspots  in 
Harold  Zirin's  The  Solar  Atmosphere 
(Lexington;  Ginn  &  Company,  1966) 
typifies  the  working  literature  of  astron- 
omers— technical,  but  readable  if  you 
skip  the  mathematical  equations. 

Coronal  Holes  (p.  69) 

Edward  Gibson's  The  Quiet  Sun 
(1973),  Eihar  Tandberg-Hanssen's  Solar 
Activity  (Lexington;  Ginn  &  Company, 
1967),  and  J.  Pasachoff's  "The  Solar 
Corona"  (Scientific  American,  October 
1973)  contain  background  information  on 
coronal  holes.  Coronal  Expansion  and 
Solar  Wind,  by  Arthur  J.  Hundhausen 
(New  York;  Springer- Verlag,  1972),  al- 
though technical,  is  written  in  a  lucid 
style.  Two  well-illustrated,  key  papers 
on  these  phenomena  are  "A  Coronal 
Hole  as  the  Source  of  a  High  Velocity 
Solar  Wind  Stream ,"  by  Allen  S .  Krieger 
et  al.  (Solar  Physics,  1973,  vol.  29,  pp. 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW,  164  Pages 
Over  4.500  Un- 
usual Barga.ns- 
for  Hobbyists 
Schools,  Industry 

JUST   CHECK 
COUPON' 

EDMUIMD 
SCIEIMTIFIC  CO. 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 

Barrington,  N.  J,  08007 

(609)  547-3488 

Ametica's  Greatest 

Science  •  Optics  •  Hobby  Ulsrl 


OWN  THE  BINOCULAR  NASA 
CHOSE  FOR  APOLLO  SOYUZ! 

for  the  historic  U  S  Russian  space  flight  and 
link-up,  this  powerful  20X60  binocular  was 
slightly  modified.  Own  the  original!  It's  our  big- 
gest, most  powerful  for  distance  (designed  to 
help  the  Astronauts  look  back  at  earth  from 
157  miles  out  in  space)  Big  60  mm  objective 
lenses  173-ft.  field  of  view  at  1000  yards 
*  Relative  brightness.  9  0,  Fully  coated  optics 
20X  special  design  eye  lenses.  Coated  BK-7 
Porro  prism.  Extra  long  All-Amerlcan  style  with 
fold-down  rubber  eyecups  Just  (hf|A  flC 
47.5  02,  (9'/4  X  8V2"),  Includes  |(||||J.aJ 
case  and  straps     No.l556E  just     ||||  Ppd 

Reg.  8X30  Binocular.  An  Unbelievable  Bargain 

Fully  coated  optics.  European  style  body  '4V2  x 
5' 4".  |ust  19  oz,).  Field  of  view  at  1000  yards. 
392  ft    Great  for  hunting,  races 

N0.1559E  only      ,    . 

'"Ppd, 


COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  COUPON  NOW 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO     300  tdscorp  BIdg,.  eartmglon.  N    1    08007 


$00.05 

LUpnd, 


No,  1559E      tinocularlsl 

__  @  S29S5  each  S 

,.    ,,           ^      ...     ^1,    \'ni             service  S  haniJIing  ctiarge     Sl.OO 
-  BankAmeticard      Master  Chg  'JM  Enclosed  is check 

Interbank  No 


Charge  rny  .,  American  Exp 


Card  No 

Eitpiration  Date 


_M.  0.  in  amount  of 

Signature 

Name 


30'DAr    MONET-BACK    GUAR- 
ANTEE,   You    must    be    satis 
lied  or  return  any  purchase 
I      in   30  days   lor   lull   refund 


Address. 


HELPING  TO  DEVELOP  AMERICA  S  TECHNOLOGY  FOR  OVER  30  YEARS 


FOR  AN  EXCITING  AFTERNOON 
VISIT  THE  NEW,  GREATLY  EXPANDED 

collector's  cedMnet 

THE  NATURAL  DEPARTMENT  STORE 


featuring  countless  thousands  of  the  Treasures  of  Mother  Earth 

now  conveniently  located  at 

153  East  57th  Street  (between  3rd  and  Lex.  Aves.) 

•  JEWELRY  —  Meteorites  from  Outer  Space,  Fossils,  Scenic  Jaspers,  Malachite, 
and  dozens  of  unusual  Gemstones  custom-mounted  for  us  in  Sterling  Silver. 

•  WILD  ANIMAL  SCULPTURES  -  by  Louis  Paul  Jonas  -  the  largest  permanent 
exhibit  of  these  superb  1/10-scale  animals  —  from  the  Anteater  to  the  Zebra  — 
and,  exclusively,  a  series  of  24  Dinosaurs  and  Prehistoric  Mammals  by  this 
noted  sculptor.  Send  for  our  free  illustrated  brochures  listing  over  300  models. 

•  SEASHELLS  and  CORAL  —  Exotic  and  colorful  shells  from  the  Seven  Seas, 
decorator  Corals,  Sea  Urchins,  Starfish,  giant  Barnacle  Clusters.  Send  $1.50 
for  2  catalogs  listing  our  stock  of  over  1500  species  of  shells,  with  over  200 
illustrations. 

•  MINERALS  and  FOSSILS  —  Fine  Crystal  groups,  sparkling  Amethyst  clusters, 
Geodes,  Precious  Gemstones,  Half-biilion-year-old  fossils,  coffee-table-size  Petri- 
fied Woods  and  Sahara  Desert  Fossil  slabs.  Dinosaur  Footprints.  Mineral  ash- 
trays, penstands,  bookends,  clocks,  paperweights,  bowls,  boxes,  eggs  and  spheres. 

•  BUTTERFLIES  —  The  world's  largest  display  of  exotic  butterfly  frames  and  boxes. 

•  EXOTIC  ITEMS  from  all  corners  of  the  world  to  decorate  your  den  or  library  — 
PIRANHAS,  SHARKS,  POISON  BUFFER  FISH,  SAWFISH  BEAKS,  SCORPIONS 
and  TARANTULAS! 

•  HAND-COLORED  NATURE  PRINTS  -  from  the  18th  and  19th  Centuries.  Wild- 
flowers,  Birds,  Fish,  Mammals,  etc. 

SEND  500  FOR  OUR  NEW  1977  FULL-COLOR  CATALOG  FOR 
DOZENS  OF  EXCITING  GIFT  AND  DECORATOR  ITEMS. 

Branches:  GREENWICH  VILLAGE  (38  W.  8th  St.);  PHILADELPHIA;  WASHINGTON,  D.C.; 
CHADDS  FORD,  PA.;  DANIA,  FLA.;  NEW  ORLEANS  (Nahan  Gallery);  PORTLAND, 
ORE.;  SPRINGFIELD,  VA.;  SYRACUSE,  N.Y.  Also  at  BLOOMINGDALE'S  and 
other  fine  department  stores  nationwide.  (FRANCHISE  INFORMATION  KIT  $2.00) 

THE  COLLECTOR'S  CABINET,  Box  NH,  153  East  57th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Hours:  Mon.  thru  Sat.  10  to  6.  Open  Thur.  until  9  P.M.  Tel.  (212)  861-4133 


"May  well  be  the  best  book 

Ogbum  has  written."    — hal  Borland 

The  master  work  of  a  great  nature 

writer —  winner  of  the  John 

Burroughs  Medal  for  77ie  Winter  Beach. 

"My  immediate  reaction . . .  was 

tingling  excitement,  anticipation, 

and  near  uncontainable  pleasure." 

—ELLIOT  PORTER 

$10.95 


e 

_        ^  Cliaiiton  Ogl)iirn 

Mwiitii]^ 


/^^ 


WILLIAM  MORROW 


Within  2  or  3  years  of  retirement? 

DISCOVER  THE  BEST 
THAT  LIFE  OFFERS  IN 
DEL  WEBB'S  SUN  CITY 

A  Fabulous  Arizona  Resort  Vacation 
for  one  or  two  people:  Just  $  1 25* 

Get  ready  for  a  fun-filled  vacation  in 
America's  most  famous  resort-retirement 
community!  Golf,  tennis,  swimming  and 
special  parties  are  just  a  few  of  the  things 
you'll  be  invited  to  enjoy.  Plus  you'll  stay  in 
a  beautiful  air  conditioned  apartment  with 
a  completely  egjipped  kitchen,  color  TV, 
attached  carport  and  private  patio. 
♦INTRODUCTORY  RATE: 
S125 

17400  N.  Del  Webb  Blvd..  Sun  City,  AZ  85351 

Del  E.  Webb  Development  Co.  Dept.  NZ-1176 
P.O.  Box  1725,  Sun  City,  Arizona  S5351 

Send  complete  details  on  $125  Vacation 
Special  plus  a  beautiful  full-color  Sun  City 
brochure  to: 

Name 

Address  

City_ 


.Zip. 


Offer  limited  to  availabilities  and  to  vacationing 

L parties  with  one  member  50  years  of  age  or  older 
and  no  member  under  18.  I 

Del  Webb's  Sun  City  is  NOT  a  lot  sales  development 


A  one-of-a-kind  copper  relief  master- 
work  by  noted  sculptor  Michael 
Lantz.  Conceived  and  signed  by  A 
the  artist  .   .  .  serially  num-    .^V 
bered.  Since  each  relief 
hand-finished,  quanti- 
ties   are    strictly 
limited.  10x14"  kO> 


Brewster,  N.Y. 

10509 

CdnTposition  backed.  Ready  to 
hang.  $39.50  plus  $1.50  ship- 
ping and  handling.  (NYS  add  tax). 
30  day  money   back  guarantee. 

Allow  3-6  weeks  for  delivery. 


505-25),  and  "The  Structure  and  Evolu- 
tion of  Coronal  Holes , "  a  nonmathemati- 
cal  description  by  Adrienne  F.  Timothy 
et  al.  {Solar  Physics,  1975,  vol.  42,  pp. 
135-56).  For  a  historical  perspective  on 
coronal  holes  and  the  solar  wind,  see  John 
M.  Wilcox's  "The  Interplanetary  Mag- 
netic Field:  Solar  Origin  and  Terrestrial 
Effects"  (Space  Science  Reviews,  1968, 
vol.  8,  pp.  258-328)  and  M.  Wald- 
meier's  "The  Coronal  Hole  at  the  7 
March  1975  Solar  Eclipse"  (Solar  Phys- 
ics, 1975,  vol.  40,  pp.  351-58),  in  which 
the  Swiss  discoverer  of  coronal  holes  ana- 
lyzes a  recent  observation  in  light  of  his 
previously  unnoticed  work  on  coronal 
phenomena. 

Solar  Flares  (p.  71) 

Zdenek  Svestka's  Solar  Flares  (Bos- 
ton: D.  Reidl  Publishing,  1976)  is  a 
highly  technical,  comprehensive  review 
of  observational  data.  Peter  A.  Sweet's 
"Mechanisms  of  Solar  Flares"  (ARAA, 
1969,  vol.  17,  pp.  149-76)  discusses 
processes  of  flare  production.  Peter  A. 
Sturrock's  "Magnetic  Models  of  Solar 
Flares"  (Progress  in  Astronautics  and 
Aeronautics,  1972,  vol.  30,  pp.  163-76) 
examines  the  phenomena  from  an  astro- 
physicist's point  of  view.  Solar  physicist 
Eifiar  Tandberg-Hanssen's  books.  Solar 
Activity  (1976)  and  Solar  Prominences 
(Boston:  D.  Reidl  Publishing,  1974)  may 
prove  easier  to  read. 

Solar  Oscillations  (p.  73) 

Charles  F.  Richter's  Elementary  Seis- 
mology (San  Francisco:  W.F.  Freeman, 
1958)  provides  a  grounding  in  analy- 
ses of  earthquake-produced  movements 
of  the  earth's  crust — analyses  that  have 
been  applied  by  analogy  to  waves  on  the 
sun's  surface.  Robert  B.  Leighton's 
"The  Solar  Granulation"  (ARAA,  1963, 
vol.  1,  pp.  19^0)  describes  the  tech- 
niques used  to  discover  and  analyze  solar 
oscillations.  "'Waves  in  the  Solar  Atmo- 
sphere," by  Robert  F.  Stein  and  John 
Leibacher  (ARAA,  1974,  vol.  12,  pp. 
407-36),  discusses  the  ways  in  which 
oscillations  are  observed  and  interpreted 
today.  R.J.  Bray  and  R.E.  Loughhead's 
Solar  Chromosphere  (New  York: 
Halsted  Press,  1973)  contains  several 
sections  on  solar  oscillations. 

Neutrinos  and  Solar  Energy  (p.  76) 

JohnN.  Bahcall's  "Neutrinos  from  the 
Sun"  (Scientific  American,  January 
1969,  pp.  29-37)  discusses  the  solar  neu- 
trino problem  prior  to  the  troublesome 
present-day  findings ." Solar  Neutrinos , ' ' 
by  Bahcall  and  R.  L.  Sears  (ARAA, 
1972,  vol.  10,  pp.  25-44),  has  become 
a  standard  reference  work  on  the  subject. 
"Solar  Neutrinos:A  Scientific  Puzzle," 
by  Bahcall  and  Raymond  Davis,  Jr., 
(Science,  1976,  vol.  191,  pp.  264-67), 
summarized  the  results  of  a  fifteen-year 
collaboration  between  theorist  and  ob- 
server and  includes  a  working  diagram  of 
the  solar  neutrino  trap.  G.B. 


86 


YOU  DECIDE 


Juddenly,  the  common  bobcat  is  uncommon  — 
hounded  and  trapped  to  the  vanishing  point  in  many 
areas.  Even  tiny  bobkittens  are  being  trapped  for  their 
pelts,  which  go  to  Europe  to  become  high  fashion  furs. 

Defenders  of  Wildlife  is  leading  a  campaign  to  pro- 
tect the  bobcat  as  an  endangered  species.  Just  as  we 
led  the  fight  to  save  Alaska's  wolves,  to  prevent  the 
drowning  of  porpoises  in  tuna  nets,  to  halt  predator 
poisoning. 

We've  been  fighting  such  greedy  cruelties  for  half 
a  century.  But  we  need  new  strength:  yours. 

Join  with  us.  Your  reward  will  be  the  satisfaction 
of  making  the  world  better  for  other  creatures.  Also,  the 
outstanding  bimonthly  magaz\nej)efenders,  with  its  en- 
lightening coverage  of  natural  history  and  conservation, 
its  educational  supplements,  and  first-rank  writers  and 
artists.  (Recent  contributors  include  Loren  Eiseley,Lewis 
Thomas,  Tony  Auth,  Hope  Ryden,  Jeff  MacNelly,  Faith 
McNulty.) 

Without  help  from  those  who  can  speak,  the  crea- 
tures that  cannot  are  doomed.  Join  the  fight  while  there's 
still  time. 


ZWant  To  Be  A  Defender  .  . 
Name 


Address 
City 


State 


Zip 


Please  enter  my  membership  for  (     )1year  — $10(     )  2  years  — $18  (     )  3  years  — $25 
Defenders  of  Wildlife,  1244  Nineteenth  Street,  Washington,  D.C.  20036 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  The  sun  continues  its  southerly  drift  above  the  earth, 
an  apparent  effect  of  the  earth's  motion  in  orbit  around  the  sun  and  the 
inclination  of  the  earth's  rotational  axis.  The  result  brings  continually 
shorter  days  and  longer  nights  to  the  Northern  Hemisphere  and  a  shorter, 
lower  path  for  the  sun  each  day.  In  Libra  until  November  23,  the  sun 
then  moves  into  the  stars  of  Scorpius,  but  for  less  than  a  week.  On 
November  29,  the  sun's  motion  takes  it  into  the  constellation  Ophiuchus. 
Although  that  constellation  is  not  formally  counted  among  the  twelve 
constellations  of  the  zodiac,  the  sun  (and  the  moon  and  planets  as  well) 
spends  more  time  among  its  stars  than  it  does  within  the  boundaries 
of  the  zodiacal  constellations. 

Moonlight  dominates  the  evening  hours  through  the  first  week  or  so 
in  November  and  December  and  the  morning  hours  through  the  mid- 
November  period.  We  will  have  an  evening  moon  again  toward  the 
month's  end.  Phases  in  November  are:  full  on  the  6th;  last-quarter  on 
the  14th;  new  on  the  21st;  and  first-quarter  on  the  28th.  In  December, 
the  moon  will  be  full  on  the  6th;  at  last-quarter  on  the  14th.  A  penumbral 
eclipse  of  the  moon  (during  which  sunlight  will  be  partly  obscured  by 
earth)  will  occur  on  the  6th  after  moonrise,  but  will  attract  little  notice. 

Stars  and  Planets  The  weather  may  not  as  yet  take  on  a  wintry 
appearance,  but  the  evening  Star  Map  is  already  beginning  to  assume 
the  look  of  that  season,  with  Orion  and  the  bright  stars  of  other  winter- 
time constellations  showing  above  the  eastern  horizon  at  the  times  for 
which  the  mapwas  prepared.  The  only  planet  on  the  map  is  Jupiter, 
in  Taurus,  rising  at  about  sunset  and  visible  for  the  remainder  of  the 
night.  Although  not  shown  on  the  map,  two  other  planets  will  appear 
in  the  evening.  Venus  will  be  very  bright  and  easy  to  see  in  the  west- 
southwest  until  it  sets  toward  the  end  of  twilight.  And  Saturn  will  rise 
in  the  east  before  midnight,  easy  to  see  among  the  dim  stars  of  Cancer. 
Mercury  and  Mars  are  not  in  good  positions  to  be  seen. 

November  4:  The  weak  Taurid  meteors  reach  maximum. 

November  6:  Moon  at  apogee  (farthest  from  earth).  Penumbral  lunar 
eclipse. 

November  7:  The  moon  passes  very  near  Jupiter,  covering  it  (an 
occultation)  in  the  sky  over  South  America.  Mercury,  at  superior  con- 
junction, enters  the  evening  sky. 

November  13-14:  The  bright  object  near  the  moon  is  Saturn. 

November  16:  The  Leonid  meteor  shower  reaches  maximum.  Do  not 
expect  to  see  more  than  15  to  20  meteors  per  hour,  but  some  can  be 
very  bright. 

November  18:  Jupiter  is  at  opposition  from  the  sun. 

November  20:  The  moon  is  at  perigee  (nearest  earth)  only  half  a  day 
before  new  moon,  resulting  in  stronger  perigee  spring  tides  tonight  and 
tomorrow. 

November  23-24:  The  crescent  moon  passes  above  Venus.  Mars,  in 
conjunction  with  the  sun,  enters  the  morning  sky. 

November  28:  Saturn  begins  its  retrograde  (westerly)  motion,  causing 
it  to  move  away  from  (to  the  right  of)  the  star  Regulus  in  Leo. 

December  3:  Apogee  moon. 

December  4:  The  moon  is  again  very  close  to  Jupiter,  covering  the 
planet  over  South  America. 

December  11:  Saturn  rises  near  the  moon  tonight. 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon . 
The  map  is  for  11:10  p.m.  on  November  1;  10:15  p.m.  on  November  15;  and 
9:15  P.M.  on  November  30;  but  it  can  be  used  for  an  hour  before  and  after 
those  times. 


-#-{;  /  • 


%5    \ 


Solid  brass 
kerosene  lamps 
from  the  coal 
mines  of  Wales. 

An  uncommon  collector's 
item  .  .  .  virtually  unchanged 
since  the  1800' s. 

This  is  definitely 
not    a    "light-    ^^' 
weight"    repro-    •""^ 
duction.  Its  the 
real  thing  .  .  .  crattcti 
from  more  than   three 
pounds  of  solid  brass  in 
a  way  that's  remained 
virtually  unchanged  for 
more  than  a  century. 

Lamps  like  these  have 
played  an  integral  part 
in  the  life  and  liveli- 
hood of  Great  IJritain's 
coal  miners  and  are 
actually  responsible  for 
saving  thousands  of 
lives. 

Originally  used  as  a 
safety  device. 

At  first  glance  it  may 
appear  that  the  lamp's 
primary  function  was 
that  of  a  light  source. 
Although  it  gives  off 
light  in  much  the  same 
manner  and  intensity  of  the  early-American 
hurricane  lainp,  its  most  important  function 
was  the  dctectiini  of  methane  gas.  15y  reading 
variations  in  the  light  given  off  by  the  kero- 
sene wick,  an  experienced  miner  could  actually 
tell  when  a  dangerous  level  of  inethane  gas 
was  present.  It  was  one  of  the  most  reinarkable 
advancements  in  mining  safety  ever  developed. 
In  fact,  it  was  so  sophisticated  for  its  time, 
many  are  still  being  used  in  the  mines  today. 
A  handsome  addition  to  any  setting. 

The  lamp  measures  10"  in  height,  S'/s"  in 
diameter,  operates  on  kerosene  and  burns  a 
standard  size  wick.  Each  is  equipped  with  a 
solid  brass  hook  for  hanging  or  it  can  be  set 
on  a  book  shelf,  coffee  table,  desk,  mantel,  fire- 
place hearth  .  .  ,  the  list  is  endless.  Not  only 
will  they  add  a  special  "character"  to  your 
home  or  office  today,  but  we  honestly  feel  their 
value  as  a  collector's  item  will  increase  with 
time.  And  since  the  lamp  is  solid  brass  (not 
plated),  it  can  be  engraved,  making  it  a  great 
gift  item. 

As  always,  your  complete  satisfaction  is 
guaranteed  or  your  money  back  in  full. 

Along  with  each  lamp,  we'll  send  coinplete 
operating  instructions  and  a   fascinating  his- 
tory. (Please  add  .$1  for  postage  and  handling). 
Price  $67.50 


lly 


Act 

many  are  still  used 

iH  the  mines  today 


Normllionipson 


Dept.  03-24 

1805  N.W.  Thurman 

Portland,  Or.  97209 


Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712. 
(Excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii,  and  Alaska) 

No.  9300  Brass  Miner's  Lamp:  Qty._ 


□  Check  □  BankAmericard  □  Master  Charge 

Card  # MC  Intbk  # 

Sig.  X_ 

Name 

Address_ 
City_ 


_Exp.  Date_ 


_State_ 


.Zip_ 


D  Send  FREE  "Escape  from  the  ordinary®"  ctlg. 


An  African 

Ethic  of  Conservation 


by  Hussein  Adan  Isack 


For  a  young  Kenyan,  wildlife 
protection  is  rooted  in  the 
customs  of  his  people 


The  Boran  people  live  in  northern 
Kenya.  This  nomadic  tribe,  with  its 
large  number  of  domestic  animals, 
roams  in  search  of  pasture  over  vast 
areas  occupied  by  wildlife.  They  are 
always  armed  with  spears  and  other 
weapons  used  for  defense  against 
wild  animals  and  fighting  neigh- 
boring tribes  during  cattle  raids.  Oc- 
casionally, animals  are  hunted.  But 
although  this  has  gone  on  for  a  long 
time,  a  high  population  of  wildlife 
has  managed  to  survive  due  to  several 
factors — one  factor  being  the  tribal 
customs. 

Customs  and  beliefs  are  closely  re- 
lated, for  it  is  beliefs  which  develop 
into  customs.  To  the  Boran  tribe,  they 
have  the  same  meaning.  Wars  have 
been  mentioned  because  war  between 
tribes  is  a  customary  challenge  that 
lives  with  the  tribe.  It  is  considered 
a  deciding  factor  in  determining 
heroes  of  the  tribe. 

The  customs  of  the  Boran,  most  of 
them  practiced  even  today,  protected 
some  species  of  wildlife  from  being 
harassed  or  killed.  Insects,  plants, 
reptiles,  birds,  and  mammals  shared 
these  protections. 

It  is  believed  that  the  killing  of 
some  birds  like  crows  and  wood- 
peckers can  cause  ill  luck  to  the  per- 
son concerned.  The  crow  is  not  killed 
because  it  informs  people  of  their 
coming  visitor  by  sitting  on  or  near 
the  hut  crying.  If  one  killed  the  crow, 
it  is  believed  one's  visitor  may  be  met 
by  misfortune  on  his  journey.  The 
woodpecker  is  saved  because  it  warns 
people  of  dangers  while  in  the  bush 
by  producing  a  loud  ticking  noise. 

Killing  of  the  honey  guide  is  be- 
lieved to  cause  someone  permanent 
inability  in  finding  any  wild  beehive 


containing  honey.  Bee  sting  will  also 
become  fatal  for  him.  Nobody,  there- 
fore, dares  to  kill  a  honey  guide. 

Eagles,  hawks,  kestrels,  and  sev- 
eral other  birds  of  prey  are  not  killed 
because  it  is  believed  that  their  death 
causes  the  killer  to  go  berserk.  The 
security  of  the  birds'  eggs  and  young 
ones  is  insured  by  not  allowing 
people,  especially  children,  to  pass 
below  a  colonized  tree  in  fear  of  ring- 
worm. Although  the  tribe  believed 
that  they  could  gain  by  following 
such  customs,  they  were  also,  in  ef- 
fect, saving  many  wild  birds. 

Certain  animals  like  warthogs, 
zebras,  ant  bears,  porcupines,  ele- 
phants, hippos,  and  all  carnivores  are 
classified  as  unclean  animals  by  the 
tribe  and  are  therefore  not  eaten. 
Anybody  seen  eating  one  of  these  is 
considered  as  unclean  too  and  be- 
comes an  outcast.  Such  a  person  is 
not  allowed  to  live  with  anybody  or 
marry  anybody's  daughter.  Therefore 
apart  from  a  few  unfortunate  animals 
that  fall  in  the  hands  of  people  who 
kill  them  without  a  genuine  reason, 
these  animals  are  never  hunted  for 
food.  Until  recently,  eating  of  fish 
was  also  considered  "bad." 

Bringing  meat  from  wild  animals 
into  the  village  where  there  are  cows 
is  believed  to  have  a  bad  effect  on  the 
cows.  It  is  believed  that  the  cows  will 
catch  a  strange  disease  and  die,  leav- 
ing the  owner  poor.  Many  epidemic 
diseases  are  associated  with  such  be- 
liefs. This  therefore  reduces  the  num- 
ber of  animals  being  killed  for  food 
by  a  large  number. 

Sometimes  special  trees  are  pro- 
tected for  their  importance  to  the 
tribe.  A  big  tree  that  provides  shade 
at  a  particular  meeting  place  is  never 
cut  down,  and  a  person  seen  doing 
this  can  be  tried  before  a  tribal  court 
of  law  and  heavily  fined  in  terms  of 
cattle.  Other  plants  are  protected  for 
their  important  usage  to  the  people. 
They  are  discouraged  from  cutting  or 


Reprinted  with  permission  from  the  Spring  1976  issue  of  African  Wildlife  Leadersfiip  Foundation  News. 


90 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

invites  you  to  join  a  select  party 
limited  to  1 50  members  and  friends 

VOYAGE  TO 
MAYALUUM 

world  of  the  ancient  Maya  civilization 
in  Central  America 
February  6  to  20, 1977 


Sail  in  comfort  aboard  the  motor  yacht , 
ARGONAUT,  set  on  a  special  course  for  the 
pleasure  of  exploring  and  studying  remote  and 
recently  uncovered  pre-Columbian  sites  of  the 
ancient  Maya.  Enjoy  islands  of  natural  beauty 
with  offshore  reefs  and  seagardens  undisturbed 
by  tourism.  Travel  in  the  stimulating  company  of 
our  distinguished  American  Museum  scientists 
and  scholars,  Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm,  Curator 
Emeritus,  Department  of  Anthropology,  and 
Dr.  0.  Lavett  Smith,  Chairman  and  Curator, 
Department  of  Ichthyology. 
Cabin  prices  range  from  $1 780  to  $21 25. 
There  is  a  tax-deductible  contribution  to  the 
Museum  of  $400  per  person. 


Ellen  Stancs 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street 

New  York.  New  York  10024 


Please  send  an  itinerary  and 
other  Information  about  the 
VOYAGE  TO  MAYALUUM 


THG 

MUONOF 

\  HISTORY. 


_TF(ETV[ARgET_ 


Art 


"COLLECTOR'S  SERIES"tm  lithographs  Wildlife, 
Indian,  Flowers,  American  Scenes.  Airplane,  Auto- 
mobile. Railroad  Prints.  Send  $1.00  for  catalog. 
"Collector's  Series",  161  W.  Harrison,  Chicago,  IL 

60605 

ESKIMO  ARTS,  CULTURE  newsletter,  travel 
CHARTER  subscription  information.  Barz.  Dept 
NH.  162  East  80th  Street.  NYC  10021 

HOW  TO  INVEST  IN  ART— $2.95.  Satisfaction 
guaranteed  LAK  Communications,  Box430361-H, 
Miami,  FL  33143  


FREE  CACTUS  SEED  with  "Cactus  Collector's 
Handbook"  (500  identification  photographs.) 
$3.00  postpaid.  Infobooks,  5001  NH,  San  Angelo, 
TX  76901 

WANTED:  Old  toy  trains,  Lionel ,  Ives,  etc.  Pre  WWII 
T.  W.  Sefton,  P.O.  Box  1871 ,  San  Diego,  CA  921 12 

Decoupage 

LUSTROUS  PLAQUES  GUARANTEED!  Mail  Natu- 
ral History  pages  flat.  $9,95  Postpaid  Presenta- 
tions, Box  772.  Fernandina  Beach,  FL  32034 


SEE  AMERICA  AS  IT  WAS.  Rare  19th  century  en- 
gravings of  western  landscapes,  Indians,  wildlife. 
Catalogue  $1 .00.  Flanigan's,  1728  E.  1500  North, 
Logan,  UT  84321 ^ 

Astronomy 

SKYWATCHER'S  ALMANAC  1977.  Sunrise,  sun- 
set, moonrise,  moonset,  and  phases  custom-com- 
puted for  your  latitude  and  longitude  anywhere  in 
world.  Also  planetary  phenomena  and  selected 
star  coordinates  Wall  calendar  format.  In  use  by 
schools,  planetariums,  newspapers,  amateurs  and 
professsionals  everywhere.  $9,00  U.S.  currency. 
Foreign  orders  specify  geographical  coordinates. 
Californians  add  sales  tax.  Astronomical  Data  Serv- 
ice, 1901  Old  Middlefield  Way,  Suite  14C.  Mountain 
View,  CA  94043 

Birdwatchers 

THE  BIRD  FEEDERS  SOCIETY  welcomes  your  in- 
quiry and  membership.  Write  to;  The  Bird  Feeders 
Society,  Dept.  A,  P.O  Box  225.  Mystic,  CT  06355 

BIRD  SEED  SAVINGS  DAY— Now  you  can  get  high 
quality  bird  seed  at  bulk  prices  through  partici- 
pating Nature  Centers.  Write:  NSYF/CO-OP,  16 
Holmes  Street,  Mystic,  CT  06355 

Book  Printing 

BOOK  PRINTING.  Ouality  work— lowest  cost. 
Paperbacks  or  hard  covers,  250  copies  up.  Free 
catalog  and  prices.  Adams  Press,  Dept.  NH,  30 
West  Washington,  Chicago,  IL  60602 


Ecology 


Books 


BIRDS  OF  NEPAL,  Fleming  Field  Guide.  150  color 
plates,  741  species.  $14  postpaid.  Mrs.  Sally 
Beieler,  1028  Crestwood,  Wenatchee,  WA  98801 

MOCKEL'S  DESERT  FLOWER  NOTEBOOK.  Soft 
cover,  165  illustrations,  54  full  color.  Two  indexes; 
Common  and  Botanical  Names.  $6.95  postpaid. 
ARTIST— HENRY  R.  MOCKEL,  P.O.  Box  726, 
Twentynine  Palms,  CA  92277 

NATURALIST'S  ALMANAC— FIFTH  EDITION  now 
available.  If  you  love  nature,  this  book  is  a  must  for 
you.  Enrich  your  understanding  of  the  seasonal 
wonders  around  you.  Hard  cover — $4.95.  At  your 
bookstore  or  write;  Natural  Science  for  Youth  Foun- 
dation, Dept.  M,  16  Holmes  Street,  Mystic,  CT 
06355 

IZAAK  WALTON:  THE  CONTEMPORARY  ANGLER 
AND  HISTURBULENT  TIMES.  J.  Lawrence  and  An- 
geline  J.  Pool.  Stinehour  Press.  First  edition;  illus- 
trated; 152  pages,  $12.50  prepaid.  J.  L.  Pool,  Box 
31,  West  Cornwall,  CT  06796 


Clothing 


"SHARE  THE  EARTH"  handprinted  T-shirt.  Wild  an- 
imal design.  S,  M,  L,  XL,  $4.00.  Ivy  River  Arts,  P.O. 
Box  925-A,  Leicester,  NC  28748 


Collector's  Items 


AUTHENTIC  ARROWHEADS.  Frame,  trade,  resell, 
25— $5.50,  100— $15.00,  1000— $80.00.  Council 
NH1239,  Apache  Junction,  AZ  85220 

THE  CUTTY  SARK— Once  the  world's  fastest  clip- 
per. Model  features  carved  wood  hull,  cloth  sails 
and  brass  pins.  Simple  instructions  included  15" — 
$14.95.  Satisfaction  guaranteed.  Alak's  Ltd.,  23 
Oxford  Street,  Bethel,  CT  06801 


GIFT  CERTIFICATE:  SAVE  A  SPERM  WHALE- 
PLANT  JOJOBA  (ho-ho-ba)  Jojoba  oil  can  replace 
sperm  oil.  $1.00  plants  one  seedling  in  your  name. 
ESP:JOJOBA,  P.O.  Box  2749,  Tucson,  AZ  85702 


Education 


COLLEGE  OF  THE  ATLANTIC  offers  an  environ- 
mentally concerned  and  intellectually  demanding, 
accredited,  4  year  college  curriculum.  Students 


earn  a  B.A.  in  Human  Ecology  in  an  interdisciplin- 
ary, problem  solving  approach  to  Environmental 
Planning  and  Design,  Human  Studies,  and  Environ- 
mental Science  The  program  includes:  seminar 
courses,  field  study,  workshops,  and  internship  ex- 
periences, with  an  8:1  student/faculty  ratio.  For  a 
catalog,  write  to:  College  of  the  Atlantic,  Box  NH, 
Bar  Harbor,  ME  04609 

Embroidery 

EMBROIDERY  TRANSFERS  CATALOG,  Early 
American,  Jacobean,  Hungarian,  our  own  designs. 
Floss,  supplies,  and  more.  500,  refunded  with  first 
order.  Crewel  Elephant,  Box  H-217.  Silverton,  CO 
81433 

Employment  Information 

AUSTRALIA— NEW  ZEALAND  WANTS  YOU !  1!  50,- 
000  Jobs!  Paid  Transportation,  latest  information 
and  forms.  $1.00.  Austco,  Box  3623-NH,  Long 
Beach,  CA  90803 

OVERSEAS  JOBS— Now  Hiring,  103  Countries,  All 
Occupations,  High  Pay,  Free  Transportation,  Tax 
Benefits,   Latest  Computerized   Reports — $2.00. 


-^^^i^aiv. 


Cold  Drink  Stand,  Manhattan 


92 


I  want  to  give 

NATURAL  HISTORY  for  Christmas' 


Enter  my  gift  (a  one-year  Associate  Membership  in  Tlie  American 
IVIuseum  of  Natural  History  and  10  Issues  of  NATURAL  HISTORY 
Magazine)  for  the  people  listed  below.  Bill  me  later  at  $10  for  each 
membership. 

I  understand  that  each  membership-subscription  includes;  free 
admission  to  the  Museum  plus  two  bonus  gifts  a  year  and  discounts 
at  the  Museum  Gift  Shops,  '^g^^^^^^^^^^^^m^^^^^m,- 


prann 


^v 


My  Name 


Enter  my  own  subscription,  too:    j  JNew    [I  Renewal 
prefer:    i    J  2  years  at  $1 7    Ql  3  vea'^s  at  $24 


Send  gill  tubscrlplion  lo: 
Name 

J- 187"^ 

Address 

City 

State 

Zip 

1  prefer  lo  give: 

[~\  2  years 

at  $17 

D 

3  years  at  $24 

Outside  U.S.A.,  please  add  $2  per  year  for  postage. 


FIRST  CLASS 
PERMIT  NO  4946 
DES  MOINES.  IOWA 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

No  Postage  Stamp  Necessary  if  Mailed  in  the  United  States 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY- 

NATURAL  HISTORY 

p.  O.  Box  5000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


Transworld,  International  Airport,  Box  90802-NH, 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90009         

U,S,  FIRMS  OVERSEAS— Complete  information  on 
tiundreds  of  worldwide  companies.  $7  GO  Global- 
employ  (LNDA),  Box  4499-S,  Huntsville.  AL  35802 

Foreign  Newspapers 


WORLDWIUE  ENGLISH  NEWSPAPERS.  65  Coun- 
tries! Sampler  Eight  countries— $3,98,  FREE  BRO- 
CHURE MULTINEWSPAPERS,  Box  DE-20,  Dana 
Point,  CA  92629 _^_^ 

Friendships 

IVIAKE  FRIENDS  WORLDWIDE  tinrough  interna- 
tional correspondence.  Illustrated  broctiure  free! 
Hermes-Verlag,  Box  1 10660/NH,  D-1000 Berlin  1 1 , 

Germ.any 

Games 

MOTHER  GOOSE  AND  FATHER  CHRISTMAS^ 
fiand  in  fiand.  Learning  witfi  Motfier  Goose,  an 
Ideal  game— $9,95,  Games  of  ttie  Nortti  American 
Indian,  Culin  Reprint  of  1907  Smitfisonian  Bulle- 
tin— $9  95.  An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Mayan 
Hieroglyphics,  Morley  Dover  Reprint  of  1915 
Smithsonian  Bulletin;  1975  introduction  by  Mayan 
scholar  Thompson— $4.00.  Iron-on  Transfer  Pat- 
terns for  crewel  and  embroidery  (Early  American), 
Weiss — $1  50,  Brochure  available,  Ecuadorean 
Imports.  Mailing:  Under  $6.00.  add  95e;  up  to 
$15,00.  add  $1.75;  up  to  $26.00,  add  $2,25,  Lewis 
Games,  Dept.  NH,  905  Grape  Ave.,  Boulder,  CO 
80302 

NATURE'S  PLAN  IN  A  GAME,  PREDATOR,  the 
Food  Chain  Card  Game.  Great  gift  for  nature  lovers 
ages  8  to  80,  Choose  English,  French,  or  Spanish 
edition  $4.50  per  deck.  Ampersand  Press,  Dept. 
H10,  2603  Grove  St.,  Oakland,  CA  94612 

Gifts 

UNIQUE  GIFT!  BOOMERANGS,  World's  finest— 
$5,00  FREE  catalog  .25  types.  Boomerangman, 
31  OB  Park,  Monroe.  LA  71201 

UNIQUE  GIFT  OF  LASTING  FRAGRANCE;  Old- 
fashioned  potpourn  of  rosebuds,  lavender,  dozen 
other  flowers  and  herbs  in  elegant  crystal  apothe- 
cary. 45  oz.— $15.00,  24  oz— $1000  Postpaid 
G  &  J  Distributors,  4523K  Labath.  Santa  Rosa,  CA 
95401 


Gourmet  Interests 


HERBS— Informative  Herbal  Chart  (30  x  40)  $5,50 
Postpaid.  Herb  Teas  Potpourri  etc.  Free  catalog. 
Casey's  Herbs,  Box  901,  Woodside,  NY  11377 

TEA  DEVOTEES  Savor  world's  rarest  select  teas. 
Brochure  $1.00  (applied  to  first  order),  Grace  Tea 
Importers,  Dept  NH  96,  799  Broadway,  NYC  1 0003 


■Magazines 


NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICS,  1888-1976,  Any 
issue,  maps,  send  wants.  Buxbaum  Geographies, 
Box  465-NH,  Wilmington,  DE  19899 

WILDLIFE  MAGAZINE,  International  in  scope,  au- 
thoritative, informative,  colourful.  Aimed  at  enthusi- 
asts, enjoyed  by  the  whole  family.  Described  by 
one  American  reader  as  "the  most  beautiful  and 
educational  magazine  in  the  world".  Also,  buy  your 
books  through  our  carefully  selected  monthly  list- 
ing. Send  for  sample  copy  to  Wildlife,  243  King's 
Road.  London  SW3.  England 


IVIusic 


YORK.  PA,  UNUSUAL  TRADITIONAL  CHRISTMAS 
CAROLS  Played  on  100-year-old  Factory  Steam 
Whistle.  7",  33V3  LP  Album  $4.50,  Cassette  Tape 
$6  00,  MARLIN  L.  RYAN,  331  Harding  Court,  York, 
PA  17403 


Musical  Instruments 


KITS'  Build  dulcimers,  guitars,  balalaikas,  harps, 
mandolins,  banps.  From  $2.95.  Finished  dulcimers 
from  $23  95,  Free  Catalog,  8665  West  13th  Ave- 
nue-NH.  Denver.  CO  80215 


Optics 


HUGE  DISCOUNTS!!  BUSHNELL,  B  &  L  BINOCU- 
LARS and  Scopes.  Free  Catalog/Price  List  Write 
MARIGOLD.  Drawer  M-31.  South  San  Francisco 
CA  94080 


OPTIC  DISCOUNTS:  Binoculars— Telescopes 
—Brand  Names— Free  List— Thomas  Manetta,  61 
Hoffman  Ave  .  Elmont,  NY  11003 

Real  Estate 


SMALL  COTTAGE  on  national  seashore  bird  sanc- 
tuary island  (water,  fireplace;  no  telephone,  elec- 
tricity) $10,000  Wnte:  Adier.  241  West  97th  Street 
NYC  10025 

Stamps 

ANIMALS  OR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS.  25  different^ 
75(j,  plus  list  of  Topical  Collections.  GEORGE 
FORD.  Box  5203-N,  Gulfport,  FL  33737 


FREE.  Discount  Price  List  for  US  Stamps  Stevens, 
Box  610546-J,  North  Miami,  FL  33161 


SHELLS,  ANIMALS,  NATURE  on  stamps.  Write  for 
approval  selection  Southland  Stamps,  Box  264 
Shreveport.  LA71162 


Travel 


CHRISTMAS  EXPEDITION  TO  EAST  AFRICA  De- 
luxe tenting  safari  to  study  natural  history  and  pho- 
tograph wildlife  Other  unique  expeditions  world- 
wide. Write;  Nature  Expeditions  International,  Dept. 
NC,  Suite  F,  4546  El  Camino  Real,  Los  Altos.  CA 
94022 


CIRCLE  Z  RANCH— Horseback  riding,  fantastic 
birding,  tennis,  heated  pool,  historic  unspoiled 
area.  November  through  May  Limit  40  guests.  Bro- 
chure:  Box  194,  Patagonia.  AZ  85624 


CROSS-COUNTRY  "SKI  YOURSELF  CRAZY" 
TOURS — Yoho,  Aspen,  Yellowstone,  Adirondacks, 
Catskills,  Greens!  Food,  lodging,  equipment,  in- 
struction at  tiny  price.  Transportation  from  Eastern 
points  No  expenence  required  Odyssey  Ltd..  26 
Hilltop,  Berkeley  Heights,  NJ  07922  (201 )  322-841 4 

ENJOY  SOUTHEASTERN  ARIZONA:  Our  area  is 
secluded  and  uncommercial.  Outstanding  birding 
Excellent  nature  study  opportunities  Trails,  wilder- 
ness for  hiking,  backpacking,  etc.  Comfortably 
mild  Chiricahua  Mountain  climate  year  round.  Cot- 
tages, apartments,  pool.  Free  brochure,  birdlist 
Cave  Creek  Ranch,  Portal.  AZ  85632  (602)  558- 
2334 

ESCAPE  TO  THE  WILDS  OF  V\/YOMING.  Vacation 
year  round  high  in  Bighorn  National  Forest.  Plenty 
of  horses,  fishing,  big  game,  and  cross-country  ski- 
ing, Spear-0-Wigwam  Ranch,  Box  1081 ,  Sheridan, 
WY  82801  (307)  674-4496 

MEXICO:  Private  valley,  sun,  thermal  pools,  mas- 
sage, gourmet  vegetarian  cuisine.  $15  daily  in- 
cludes meals.  Rancho  RioCaliente,  Apdo.  1-1187, 
Guadalajara,  Mexico 

I^ATURAL  HISTORY  EXPEDITIONS.  Baja's  Pacific 
Coast  Islands.  San  Ignacio  Lagoon.  Marine  Mam- 
mals. Migratory  Birds  First  trip — December!  BIO- 
LOGICAL EDUCATIONAL  EXPEDITIONS.  FISHER- 
MAN'S LANDING,  2838  Garrison,  San  Diego,  CA 
92106(714)222-0391 

NEW  MEXICO  Guided  wildflower— birding  tours. 
Photography  blind  Bear  Mountain  Ranch,  Silver 
City,  NM  88061  (505)  538-2538 

SCOTLAND'S  HIGHLANDS  are  the  last  real  wilder- 
ness areas  of  Britain.  See  its  magnificent  wildlife  of 
mountain  and  coast  with  enthusiastic  guides,  and 
stay  in  comfort  and  style  in  our  Victorian  "Castle" 
Inclusive  weekly  cost  £98  Send  $1  00  for  air- 
mailed brochure  to  Lister-Kaye,  ""annich,  In- 
verness-shire, Scotland 

WILDLIFE  VACATIONS  IN  SCOTLAND.  April- 
November.  Viewing,  photography.  Write  interna- 
tional airmail;  (Caledonian  Wildlife  Services,  Kings- 
mills  Gardens,  Inverness  IV2  3LU  SCOTLAND 


uprooting  medicinal  herbs  and  plants. 
It  is  believed  that  if  one  uproots  a  me- 
dicinal herb  without  any  purjxjse,  he 
will  be  attacked  by  the  disease  the 
herb  is  used  for.  This  has  developed 
into  a  custom,  and  as  a  result  it  is  only 
on  rare  occasions  that  one  finds  such 
plants  being  damaged  without  pur- 
pose. 

Some  animals  are  saved  because 
they  are  a  sign  of  good  luck  to  the 
person  who  sees  them.  Many  snakes, 
excluding  a  few  poisonous  ones,  are 
left  in  peace  when  seen  while  on  a 
journey.  It  is  believed  that  they  are  a 
sign  of  a  safe  journey  and,  therefore, 
killing  them  would  be  killing  one's 
good  luck.  This  may  result  in  an  un- 
safe journey.  A  snake  that  enters  a 
young  couple's  hut  is  a  sign  that  they 
will  have  a  baby.  Such  a  snake  is 
never  killed. 

Wasps  making  their  mud  nests  in 
one's  hut  are  also  believed  to  have  the 
same  meaning  as  a  snake.  They  too 
are  left  alone.  Should  its  nest  be  acci- 
dentally broken  into  fragments  in  the 
process  of  packing  the  hut  up  when 
moving,  the  pieces  of  the  broken  nest 
and  the  larvae  are  collected  together 
and  placed  in  a  safe  corner.  Milk  is 
then  poured  on  for  forgiveness. 

There  is  another  belief  that  the  kill- 
ing of  one  spider  attracts  many  more 
to  the  scene.  Of  course,  inviting 
many  spiders  by  killing  one  spider  is 
looking  for  trouble  because  a  person 
might  be  bitten.  So  spiders  are  left 
alone. 

Another  queer  fact  is  that  some 
people  are  immune  to  the  pain  of 
scorpion  stings.  It  is  said  that  if  a 
scorpion  stings  a  pregnant  woman, 
the  baby  will  never  experience  any 
pain  from  a  scorpion  sting  unless  he 
or  she  kills  it.  Once  such  a  person 
kills  a  scorpion,  his  or  her  immunity 
to  the  pain  will  cease.  It  is  also  be- 
lieved that  the  intensity  of  the  pain 
one  feels  after  a  scorpion  sting 
depends  on  the  number  of  scorpions 
he  or  she  has  killed.  In  fear  of  this, 
scorpions  are  not  frequently  killed. 

Insects  like  safari  ants  are  consid- 
ered useful  because  their  presence  is 
a  sign  of  rain.  It  is  believed  that  if 
anybody  disturbs  the  long  line  of  the 
ants,  the  giver  of  rains  will  be  an- 
noyed and  this  may  result  in  shortage 
of  rain.  This  is  another  way  by  which 
a  tribal  custom  saves  wildlife. 

Sometimes  tribal  customs  protect 
the  habitat  of  a  species  of  wildlife. 
Such  customs  vary  from  clan  to  clan. 
An  example  of  such  a  custom  is  the 
one  which  prohibits  making  a  cattle 


93 


Goose  Down 

Bootees  for 

Frigid  Tootsies 


For  Men  ll 

and  Women       J, 


'"','!*?»•■,•',.. 


For  instant  old-fasliioned  fireplace  warmth,  just 
ease  those  chilly  feet  into  the  luxurious  softness 
of  Bauer  Goose  Down  quilted  in  long-weanng. 
Expedition  Nylon.  Soft  leather  sole.  Insulating 
foam  insole.  Specify  shoe  size  and  we  will  send 
a  perfect  fit.  Colors:  0146  Men's  Taupe,  Red, 
Navy;  0149  Wonnens  Powder  Blue,  Red,  Navy 
Bootees,  $17.50  postpaid. 
r-  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee!  -^ 

Enclosed  is  my  check  or  money  order  for 

$ .  (Add  sales  tax  wtiere  applicable.) 

Please  RUSH  my  Goose  Down  Bootees. 

0146  Mens  Size Color  

0149  Women's  Size  Color  

Name  . 


Address . 
City 


D  Send  me  FREE  your  color  catalog  of  < 
unique  products. 


^-^^:^oa^^5U*i2A^ 


!       Dept.   QNS,   Tilird    S   Virginia,   Seattle,   WA   98124     j 


Bats  have 
changed  little 
since  this  bat 
fell  into  a  lake 
in  Wyoming 
50  million 
years  ago. 


THE  WORLD  OF  THE  BAT 

by  Charles  E.  Mohr 

Some  bats  hove  wingspans  of  almost  six 
feet,  others  are  no  larger  than  a  hand- 
span.  Some  roost  in  remote  caves,  others 
hang  beneath  the  eaves  of  tall  buildings. 
Some  have  excellent  eyesight,  others  navi- 
gate by  sonar.  Some  ore  mild-mannered 
recluses,  a  fev^  can  be  killers. 
This  newest  addition  to  LIVING  WORLD 
BOOKS  takes  you  into  the  world  of  the  bat, 
examines  its  habits  and  habitats,  explores 
its  distinguishing  features  and  the  annual 
phases  of  its  life.  Order  THE  WORLD  OF 
THE  BAT  with  the  coupon  below. 


J.B.UPPINCOTT  COMPANY,  Dept.  SS  NHn76 

E.Washington  Sq.,  Pfiilodelphio,  Pa.   19105 

Please  send  me  copies  of  THE  WORID^OF  THE  BAT 

<S>  $6.95.  My  poymeni  of   is  enclosed  (plus  75«  for 

shipping).  If  I  am  not  completely  satisfied,  I  may  return 
the  book  within   10  days  for  full,  prompt  refund. 
D  Send  information  on  other  LIVING  'vVORLD  BOOKS. 
Na 


AdHr«« 

City,Sfote,Zip 

Rsiidents    ot    AR, 
WA,  ond  Wl  plgoi 

CA, 
B  od 

ID, 

NJ,     NM, 

NY,     NC, 

ND. 

PA. 

TN. 

boma  on  a  place  where  dik-dik  feces 
(pellets)  are  abundant.  The  signifi- 
cance of  this  custom  is  not  well  de- 
fined but  it  has  something  to  do  with 
the  well-being  of  the  cattle — perhaps 
there  is  a  fear  of  parasitic  insects  that 
might  be  living  in  the  pellets  and  that 
can  affect  cattle.  As  the  Boran  tribe 
is  nomadic,  the  people  move  from 
place  to  place  several  times  every 
year.  It  is  during  these  countless  shift- 
ings  and  settlings  that  this  custom 
works.  Frequent  interference  with 
any  animal  habitat  can  upset  their  life 
cycle  and  can  be  detrimental  to  any 
animal  community.  Animals  likedik- 
diks  and  impalas  will  be  forced  to 
take  refuge  in  a  new  territory.  More 
than  this,  we  still  have  to  consider  the 
less  conspicuous  creatures  that  in- 
habit such  an  area.  These  include  even 
the  worms  that  stay  in  the  dik-dik 
dung. 

Settlement  very  close  to  a  water 
source  is  also  prohibited — or  not 
liked.  This  is  just  a  safety  precaution 
from  thirsty  and  often  desperate  wild 
animals  like  elephants  and  buffaloes 
which  come  to  drink  water.  This  cus- 
tom saves  wild  animals  more  than  the 
tribe  itself,  because  the  advantage  is 
not  only  gained  by  the  big  name  ani- 
mals but  also  smaller  and  shy  animals 
like  gerenuks,  impalas,  gazelles,  and 
oryx.  Also,  children  who  could  dis- 
turb the  water  and  the  aquatic  crea- 
tures in  it  are  kept  at  bay. 

Another  important  custom  that 
saved,  and  still  saves,  plant  and  ani- 
mal habitats  is  the  one  that  prevented 
people  from  penetrating  into  a  certain 
area  of  land  believed  to  be  inhabited 
by  evil  spirits  that  had  been  removed 
from  a  person  possessed.  When  a  per- 
son suffers  from  some  strange  illness, 
a  witch  doctor  is  called.  After  he  finds 
that  the  person  is  under  the  influence 
of  some  evil  spirit,  he  takes  him  or 
her  to  a  far  place  away  from  any  home 
to  "curse  and  chase  away"  the  evil 
spirit  into  the  bush.  This  evil  spirit  is 
believed  to  dwell  in  that  place  hence- 
forth. 

In  fear  of  the  spirit,  people  stop 
visiting  or  walking  through  that  area. 
This  area  therefore  remains  quiet, 
free  from  any  interference  by  people, 
and  the  animals  and  plants  in  that  area 
live  safely.  The  particular  tree  under 
which  the  person  has  been  "freed" 
from  the  evil  spirit  is  believed  to  be 
the  actual  living  place  of  the  spirit, 
and  it  is  usually  fenced  all  around  to 
prevent  strangers  from  resting  under 
it.  Such  privacy  makes  the  tree  a 
splendid  nesting  place  for  birds.  It  in- 


AN  ENDURING  GIFT  OF  CHARACTER 


$59 

The  classically  styled 
IN-BRIEF  .  .  .  for  you.  Handcrafted, 
100%  leather,  legal  size.  With  shoulder  strap  $62 
Bearing  original  ranch  brand  $86.  Branded  initials 
add  $5.  Add  $2.50  shpg/hndlng.  Belt  buckles  and 
other  unique  leather  goods  available.  Free  brochure. 
Order  today  from 

(^S^^Classks 

P.O.  Box  729,  Dept.  Nil,  Boulder,  CO  80302 


PAINTING^HALES 


^■Q^B  ^^PC&T''^"'       BEAUTIFUL   FULL  COLOR 
V^H^^r    ^  \  REPRODUCTIONS  OF  A  WATERCOLOR  PAINTING 

1^^^^  DEPICTING  14  DIFFERENT  WHALES  TO  SCALE. 

22Vi"  X  31'/i"  HEAVY,  TEXTURED  ART  PAPER  SUITABLE  FOR  FRAMING. 

CALIF   RESIDENTS  ADD  45'  TAX.  NO  C  0  D  s  SATISFACTION  GUARANTEED 

HAYASHl  GRAPHICS 

DEPT.  NH  •  5405  BRAGG  STREET  •  SAN  DIEGO,  CA  92122 


ROAM  THE  WORLD  BY  FREIGHTER 

Deluxe  Accommodations 

Cheaoer  than  Staying  Home! 

TravLtips  Freighter  Association 

163-09    NH-2  Depot  Hd.,  Fluthing.  NY  11358 


out  of  print,scarce,rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 
"^  Botanv,  Zoolopv. 

ifie^  Orchidolopv. 

'.*^  ^^  ■*•  TTj    Irhthyology. 


•ml.., 


CATALOGUE  AVAILABLE,  $1.00 
19  Oiford  Ptiu/Rocli«il!e  Centre.  New  Tort  11570 


NATURE  ON  STAMPS 

The  BIRDS  8.  the  BEES  &  the  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
on  GENUINE  POSTAGE  STAMPS. 
w    SAMPLES*.  APPROVALS-SI 
*'»     Sotisfoction   Guoronteed 

Mil  Med  Stamps 

P.O     BOX   297. NH        AURORA,  CO.  80010 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  30  TO  90  DAYS    | 

Wanted:   Book 

manuscripts 

in  all 

elds. 

Expert 

editing,    desigr 

,   man 

jiacture,   and 

marketing-    | 

all    under    one 

roof. 

Two 

FREE 

books 

(over 

270    pages)    g 

ve   con 

nplete 

detail: 

Write  or  phone 

Dept.: 

779D, 

EXPOSITION 

PRESS 

,     Hie 

isville, 

N.Y. 

11801 

(516)    822-5700 

NORTH  AMERICA'S 
WEASEL  FAMILY 
by  Delphine  Haley 


Beautiful  and  deadly—all 
about  the  furbearing  mink,  skunk, 
marten,  wolverine,  fisher,  badger,  otter 
^  and  rare  black-footed  ferret, 

extraordinary  color  photos.        128  pp. 
At  bookstores  or  from  publistier: 
PACIFIC  SEARCH   BOOKS 
715  Harrison  Street,  Seattle,  WA  98109 
Send copies  @  $5.50 


94 


sures  a  hundred  percent  safety  of  the 
nests  and  their  contents  from  man; 
and  such  trees  are  always  covered 
with  nests. 

From  time  immemorial ,  there  have 
been  tribal  wars  and  clashes  between 
African  tribes,  including  the  Boran. 
Such  wars  were  waged  to  raid  and 
take  home  the  enemy's  cattle.  In  the 
olden  days,  and  in  fact  even  today, 
bringing  home  other  tribes'  cattle 
after  a  raid  is  considered  a  big 
achievement  for  any  young  man. 
Every  young  man  yearns  for  such  an 
achievement  to  gain  tribal  distinc- 
tion. Such  raids  sometimes  result  in 
bloodshed  and  destruction  and  mostly 
afTect  the  people  near  the  tribal 
border.  To  avoid  this,  each  tribe  re- 
treats and  lives  far  from  the  tribal 
boundary. 

A  good  example  is  the  situation  be- 
tween the  Boran  and  Samburu  tribes. 
The  boundary  between  these  two 
tribes  passes  halfway  between  Isiolo 
and  Merti  towns.  Each  tribe,  in  fear 
of  each  other,  has  retreated  from  the 
border  by  as  much  as  fifty  miles.  As 
a  result,  there  is  a  stretch  of  shrubland 
about  one  hundred  miles  wide  devoid 
of  human  settlement  separating  the 
two  tribes.  Traveling  from  Isiolo  to 
Merti,  it  is  common  to  see  herds  of 
elephants,  lions,  zebras,  oryx,  im- 
palas,  gazelles,  and  many  other  kinds 
of  mammals  and  birds.  The  animals 
in  this  vast  land  live  safely,  increasing 
in  population  from  year  to  year.  This 
has  resulted  in  the  establishment  of 
Shaba-Merti  Game  Reserve  in  this 
area  in  1974. 

Land  in  Boran  territory  is  not  de- 
marcated and  therefore  it  belongs  to 
the  whole  tribe.  As  the  tribe  is  no- 
madic, they  do  not  value  land  as  they 
value  their  animals.  Farming,  which 
was  introduced  only  in  the  last  five 
years,  is  still  considered  as  dirty  and 
irksome  work  that  does  not  progress 
alongside  with  cattle  rearing.  There- 
fore it  has  been  the  people's  custom 
to  keep  and  care  for  animals  only. 
This  has  saved  wild  animals  and 
plants  in  some  ways.  In  farming,  the 
land  has  to  be  cleared,  cutting  down 
all  plants.  Wild  animals  have  to  be 
kept  away  from  destroying  the 
crops — often  by  killing  them.  Not 
only  are  they  killed  but  also  their  hab- 
itat is  colonized  permanently  by  man. 
Therefore,  because  the  tribal  customs 
did  not  favor  farming  and  land  demar- 
cation, they  prevented  all  the  above 
problems  from  occurring  and  hence 
saved  wild  animals,  plants,  and  their 
habitats.  □ 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD- 


IpnnnESio.ip^T  p  gpiji 

including  tlie  fabulous  Asmat  region  of  New  Guinea. 


Nehru  has  called  Bali  the  "Morning  of 
the  World."  After  immersing  ourselves 
in  its  splendid  culture,  we  shall  board 
the  MS.  Lindblad  Explorer*  and  sail 
east  to  Komodo,  where  "the  dragons" 
will  meet  us.  We  shall  visit  Flores,  Leti 
and  Aru  of  Wallace  fame  and  other 
Indonesian  islands.  We  then  head  for 
the  exciting  Asmat  region  of  West  Irian, 
where  primitive  art  of  museum  quality 
may  be  purchased,  and  where  Stone 
Age  culture  still  exists.  On  this  cruise 
we  will  find  an  abundancy  of  bird. 


mammal  and  plant  life  as  well  as  beau- 
tiful butterflies  and  fish.  Complete 
scuba  diving  gear  is  available.  The 
Lindblad  Explorer,  fully  air-condi- 
tioned.  offers  the  finest  in  comfort  Fa- 
mous lecturers  will  accompany  us 
Each  expedition  lasts  23  days  includ- 
ing the  two-week  cruise  Departures 
are  in  August  and  September  The  all- 
inclusive  rate  for  cruise  and  land  ar- 
rangements starts  at  $2,335  per  person, 
cabin  for  two,  air  fare  additional.  Write 
for  our  brochureorseeyour  travel  agent. 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 


Dept   NHLE 
133  East  55th  Street,  New  York  N  Y  10022  •  (212)  751-2300 

■Panamanian  registn/ 


From  the  world's  greatest  marine  photographer  — 
a  thrilling  journey  through  the  mysterious 
undersea  world  of  ocean  life. 

An  extraordinary  exploration  of  the  living,  thriving  world  that  exists  beneath 
the  dark  blanket  of  the  ocean,  led  by  the  cameras  of  Douglas  Faulkner,  re- 
nowned marine  photographer  whose  work  has  appeared  in  National  Geo- 
graphic, Audubon,  Life  and  Smithsonian  magazines  among  others.  From 
the  North  Atlantic  coast  to  the  Caribbean,  the  Galapagos  and  the  waters 
of  the  Indo-Pacific,  his  sense  of  discovery  becomes  the  readers  own  with 
each  detailed  photograph  of  the  creatures  he  encountered.  Dr.  Bany  Fell, 
Professor  of  Invertebrate  Zoology  at  Harvard  University  and  a  curator  in 
Harvard's  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  writes  lucidly  about  the  structure 
and  behavior  of  the  various  forms  of  marine  life  photographed  and  their 
relationship  to  the  total  aquatic  environment.  A  beautiful,  remarkable  book 
that  successfully  combines  skillful  and  stunning  photography  with  a  lively 
and  informative  text.  192  pages,  UW  x  liys','  121  pages  of  full-color. 
No,  0619  $35.00    (  $40.00  after  January  1st,  1977) 


DWELLERS 

IN  THE  SEA 


YOURS  FREE 

with  any  book  purchase 

The  worid's  most  complete  catalog  o1 
photography  A  cinematography  books 
For  CATALOG  ONLY  send  SI.  which 
will  be  applied  to  your  first  order. 


f\  Photographic  Book  Catalog 


,  *  ^Wh' 


Photos  by  Douglcis  Faulkner 
Text  by  Dr.  Barry  Fell 


_  a  check  D  m 

D  Master  Charge 

D  Amen 

CHARGE  TO  MY 
D  BankAmericard 

jn  Express  ■ 
1 

P         n;.tP 

1 

Zip 
ack  Guarant**. 

1 

ID  Day  Money  B 

..''U 

95 


MBver  befars 
have  you  seen 

micrO' 

photography 

like  this! 

In  these  books,  for  the  first  time, 
you  can  observe  insect  and  under- 
water life  as  they  are  known  to  the 
field  biologist.  Through  photographic 
processes  unique  to  Oxford  Scientific 
Pilms — hailed  by  the  London  Times 
as  "the  most  technically  advanced 
biological  film  unit  in  the  world" — 
even  micro-organisms  are  shown  in 
their  true  environmental  surround- 
ings and  with  full-color  detail  never 
before  possible.  The  texts  are  scru- 
pulously accurate  presentations  by 
writer-scientists  in  each  field.  Each 
book  has  nearly  300  full-color  photo- 


Ttie  WoridTOu  NevcrSce 

Underwater  Lif 


graphs,  many  full-page  size.  Knowl- 
edge and  beauty  have  seldom  been 
so  successfully  combined. 

UNDERWATER  LIFE 

By  Peter  Parks 

A   view    of   both   ocean    and   fresh 
water!  life,,  from  micro-organisms  in- 
side a  drop  of  water  to  the  greatest 
depths  of  the  ocean. 
8%"  XIIV2"     128  pages     $9.95 

INSECT  LIFE 

By  Theodore  Roland-Entwistle 

Reveals  how  insects  use  color  as 
camouflage,  presents  whole  life  cy- 
cles— including  mating  and  repro- 
duction—  from  larval  forms  to 
metamorphosis  into  the  adult  stage. 
8%"xllV2"     128  pages     $9.95 

Wherever  books  are  sold 

iRandMCNally 

P.oTBox  7600  •  Chicago,  Illinois  60680 


The  Fruitful  Wasteland 


by  Denis  Hayes 


Buried  in  your  garbage 
are  rich  fertilizers,  electric 
power,  and  fuels  to  cook 
tomorrow's  dinner 

For  most  of  human  history,  the 
thrifty  husbandry  of  resources  was 
valued  highly.  Possessions  were  built 
to  last  and  were  passed  on  with  pride 
from  one  generation  to  the  next. 
Equipment  was  repaired,  clothes 
were  mended.  Nothing  was  thrown 
away  before  it  had  been  wrung  of  all 
possible  use. 

The  industrial  revolution  brought 
an  end  to  this  conservation  ethic. 
With  the  virgin  resources  of  a  rich 
continent  to  exploit,  the  United  States 
economic  system  developed  as  a  one- 
way process:  raw  materials  entered 
the  economic  stream,  were  proc- 
essed, used,  and  quickly  discarded. 
Over  the  years  the  debris  of  our 
throw-away  society  has  mushroomed 
into  a  $6  billion  annual  problem.  Few 
cities  know  with  confidence  where 
they  will  dump  their  trash  more  than 
a  few  years  hence .  Garbage  is  becom- 
ing a  significant  energy  consumer  in 
the  United  States.  Collecting  and 
disposing  of  garbage  costs  more  than 
5  million  Btu  for  each  of  the  more 
than  125  million  tons  we  produce 
each  year.  (A  Btu,  or  British  thermal 
unit,  is  the  quantity  of  heat  required 
to  raise  the  temperature  of  one  pound 
of  water  one  degree  Fahrenheit.) 

While  earlier  cultures  wisely  re- 
turned human  and  animal  excreta  to 
the  soil,  Americans  substituted  en- 
ergy-intensive chemical  fertilizers. 
We  then  either  flushed  our  sewage  di- 
rectly into  the  waterways  or  con- 
signed it  to  sewage  treatment  plants. 
These  Stygian  waste  streams  could 
serve  as  resource  streams.  In  fact,  the 
organic  material  that  constitutes  the 
bulk  of  our  urban  garbage  and  all  of 
our  residential  sewage  is  a  rich  poten- 
tial source  of  energy.  Feedlot  wastes, 
agricultural  residues,  and  the  by- 
products of  forest  industries  are  other 
rich  energy  sources.  This  energy  can 
be  harnessed  for  human  purposes 
in  various  ways:  direct  combustion, 
anaerobic  digestion  (feeding  the  ma- 
terial to  methane-producing  bacte- 


ria), pyrolysis  (decomposing  the  or- 
ganic matter  by  baking  it  at  1 ,000°F 
in  the  absence  of  oxygen) ,  and  hydro- 
gasification  (treating  the  material 
with  hydrogen  at  a  high  temperature 
to  form  a  gas). 

After  the  energy  stored  in  organic 
compounds  has  been  recaptured,  the 
residue  can  often  be  used  as  a  valu- 
able agricultural  fertilizer.  Our  an- 
nual production  of  organic  wastes 
totals  about  700  million  dry  tons, 
containing  more  than  1 1  quadrillion 
Btu,  or  approximately  one-seventh  of 
our  entire  national  energy  budget.  Of 
this,  more  than  one  quadrillion  Btu  is 
contained  in  urban  garbage. 

Opinion  differs  over  the  net  energy 
recoverable  from  organic  waste.  We 
must,  of  course,  consider  the  energy 
cost  of  collecting,  transporting,  and 
converting  waste  into  fuel.  A  study 
for  the  Ford  Foundation  Energy  Pol- 
icy Project  suggests  an  upper  limit  of 
just  over  4  quadrillion  Btu,  or  about 
5.5  percent  of  our  total  energy  budg- 
et, on  recoverable  energy  from  crop 
residues,  feedlot  manure,  and  urban 
refuse.  This  figure,  expected  to  more 
than  double  over  the  next  twenty-five 
years,  does  not  include  any  of  nearly 
2  quadrillion  Btu  of  high-quality,  ac- 
cessible forestry  wastes.  Nor  does  it 
allow  for  the  development  of 
biomass-harvesting  schemes  for 
growing  and  processing  "crops" 
solely  for  their  fuel  value. 

Currently,  there  is  little  energy  re- 
covery from  crop  residues.  The  Ha- 
waiian sugar  industry  uses  the  residue 
from  sugar  cane,  known  as  bagasse, 
for  fuel  and  as  a  component  of  insula- 
tion, but  most  other  crop  residues  are 
eventually  plowed  under.  While  re- 
cent studies  have  focused  on  this  po- 
tential energy  source,  many  claims 
are  overstated.  If  all  crop  residues 
were  harvested  for  fuel ,  soil  fertility 
and  structure  would  soon  be  ad- 
versely affected.  Moreover,  the  crop- 
land would  be  prone  to  erosion. 
Nonetheless,  within  limits,  some  of 
this  energy  can  be  intelligently 
tapped. 

To  examine  the  large-scale  genera- 
tion of  methane  from  feedlot  wastes, 
several  experiments  are  now  under 
way.  Era,  Inc.,  of  Lubbock,  Texas, 


96 


is  under  contract  with  People's  Gas 
Company  to  convert  S(),(KH)  tons  of 
cow  dung  into  methane  each  year, 
and  Calorific  Recovery  Anaerobic 
Process,  Inc. ,  of  Oklahoma  City,  has 
a  similar  contract  with  People's  Gas. 
These  two  contracts  should  provide 
the  gas  utility  with  about  100  million 
cubic  feet  of  methane  a  month. 

Such  arrangements  are  technically 
possible  and  economically  viable 
only  at  large  feedlots ,  but  recent  grain 
price  rises  have  led  to  a  substantial 
decline  in  the  use  of  feedlots.  A  more 
sensible  strategy  for  the  long  term 
might  consist  of  range  feeding  cattle 
as  long  as  possible  and  then  dispers- 
ing them  in  small  herds  (up  to  1 ,000 
cattle)  to  grain-region  farms  for  fat- 
tening. Their  wastes  could  provide 
methane  for  the  farm  or  else  be  used 
directly  as  fertilizer. 

About  14  million  tons  of  human 
sewage  (dry  matter)  are  produced  in 
this  country  annually.  While  sewage 
has  some  potential  as  an  energy 
source,  and  is  used  in  India  as  stock 
for  methane  generators,  its  high 
moisture  content  as  it  emerges  from 
the  American  sewage  system  makes 
such  use  difficult.  In  lieu  of  redesign- 
ing our  basic  approach  to  sewage,  the 
best  use  of  this  material  is  probably 
as  fertilizer.  Substituting  sludge  for 
energy-intensive  chemical  fertilizers 
conserves  energy  for  other  purposes. 

The  Metropolitan  Sanitary  District 
of  Chicago  (MSD)  has  pioneered  in 
the  use  of  sludge  as  an  agricultural 
nutrient  in  this  country.  MSD  sludge 
has  proved  to  be  a  valuable  nutrient 
material  for  strip-mine  reclamation. 
The  MSD's  reclamation  project  in 
Fulton  County,  Illinois,  applied 
sludge  to  about  3,000  acres  of  rav- 
aged land  in  1975.  MSD  pays  real 
estate  taxes  on  this  property  and 
hopes  eventually  to  restore  about  40,- 
000  acres  of  strip-mined  land  to  agri- 
cultural productivity. 

There  is  one  problem,  though. 
Since  industrial  wastes  and  human 
sewage  are  usually  blended  in  com- 
mon lines,  sludge  used  as  fertilizer 
may  contribute  to  a  buildup  of  poi- 
sonous heavy  metals  common  in  in- 
dustrial waste. 

There  are  three  techniques  for 
direct  application  of  sewage  on  land. 
The  first  is  to  heat  raw  sewage  to 
about  1,400°F  until  the  water  has 
evaporated,  leaving  a  granular  sub- 
stance. This  produces  a  high-grade 
fertilizer  that  is  in  great  demand,  but 
the  process  is  highly  energy-intensive 
and  expensive.  A  second  approach  is 


TRAVEL  THE  WORLD  OF  LINDBLAD 


mmJttt^l^^- 


The  pages  of  Kipling's  classics  come  to  life 
on  Lindblad's  five  fascinating  journeys  through 


INDIA 


1.  Incomparable  India  2.  Himalayan  Nature  Tour 

3.  Palaces  and  Forts  4.  Glimpses  of  South  India. 

5.  Everyman's  India. 


In  India  you  will  see  a  greater  variety  of 
humanity  and  culture  than  perhaps 
anywhere  else  on  earth.  You  will  mar- 
vel at  its  magnificent  nature  and  rich 
animal  life.  You  will  travel  with  specially 
chosen  couriers,  who  know  and  love 
their  land,  and  who  can  explain  the 
manifestations  of  its  many  religions 
and  customs.  They  will  show  you  great 
Indian  architecture  and  give  you  the 
opportunity  to  meet  with  its  people  and 


enjoy  their  ceremonies  and  way  of  life. 
Any  one  or  all  five  of  these  journeys  are 
bound  to  fill  your  appetite  for  excite- 
ment and  adventure  AIR  INDIA  will  fly 
you  there  and  back  in  utter  comfort. 
Write  for  our  brochure  or  give  us  the 
name  of  your  travel  agent 

LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

Dept.  NHIN 

133  East  55th  Street.  New  York.  NY  10022 

751-2300  or  toll-free  800-223-9700 


1 1  OxAJL&CI/U 


LIGHTWEIGHT,  WARM,  AND 
STYLED  FOR  CASUAL  WEAR. 


Enjoy  the  lightweight  comfort  of  the  ALCAN 
PARKA.  The  Goose  Down  fill  weighs  only  12 
ounces,  yet  you  II  stay  warm  in  temperatures  to 
-30'  (F).  Its  perfect  around  town,  at  the  stadium, 
or  anywhere  outdoors.  Features  include  4  cargo 
pockets,  hand  warmer  pockets,  a  drawstring 
waist,  and  a  two  way  zipper  Available  in  Forest 
Green,  Navy,  or  Tan.  Women  s  Sizes:  XS(8-10); 
8(12-14);  ru1(16-18).  Mens  Sizes:  8(34-36); 
M(38-40);  L(42-44);  XL(46-48)  #1030930 
ALCAN  PARKA.  $79.00  ppd.  OPTIONAL  HOOD 
in  matching  colors,  #103036A  S17.00  ppd. 
Colo..  Calif.,  and  Ariz,  residents  add  tax. 
BankAmericard 
[vlasterCharge  and 
American  Express 
honored. 


FREE! 

FALL/WINTER 

CATALOG 


$79.00 
ppd. 


/ILLTHE  H/ORLD'S  WILDLIFE 
IS  YOURS  TO  ENJOY  EVERY 
MONTH  IN 


The  world's  best  writers  and  photographers  of 
wildlife  entertain  and  inform  you  in  Britain's 
colorful,  authoritative  magazine.  Editorial 
board  includes  Roger  Tory  Peterson  and  Sir 
Peter  Scott.  Annual  subscription  only  $13.00. 
Orders  received  before  31  December  1976 
will  bring  you  the  March  1976  special  issue 
featuring  Loch  Ness  Monster  stories  & 
photos — as  a  FREE  bonus.  Also,  gift  cards 
sent  with  gift  subs,  at  your  request. 

Wildlife,  c/o  133  E.  55  St,  NY,  NY  10022. 
Please  send  Wildlife  for  12  mos.  I  enclose 
check  for  $13.00  payable  to  Wildlife. 

NAME   

ADDRESS   

ZIP 


97 


THE 

UDUBON 

WILDLIFE 

TREASURY 

Edited  by 
Les  Line 

Loren  Eiseley,  Hal  Borland, andjoseph  Wood 
Krutch  are  among  the  contributors  to  this 
celebration  of  the  wavs  and  wonders  ot 
wildlife  Twenty  diverting  and  thought- 
provoking  articles  from  past  issues  of 
AUDUBON  MAGAZINE  explore  every- 
thing from  ancient  animal  legends  to  wild 
boar  in  suburban  Geneva,  Switzerland.  Two 
lavish  portfolios  of  full-color  illustrations 
byAUDUBON  photographers  plus  exquisite 
halftone  drawings  by  Chuck  Ripper  enhance 
the  text,  A  sequel  to  AUDUBON'S  recent 
volume  THE  PLEASURE  OF  BIRDS  Ideal 
gifts  for  nature  lovers  everywhere 

IjBLIPPINCOTT  COMPANY  NHin6 

:  E  Washinj-ton  Sq  ,  Philadelphia,  Pa    19105 

se  send  me  the  following  AUDUBON  hoob 

copies  THE  Audubon  wildlife  i  reasur  y  : 

@$1595 

; copies THEPLEASURE0EBIRDS@$I4  95 

closed,  plus  75c  for  shipping 


!  Citv, State, ZiD  . 


KimJchtmiIAK  (.  AID,  NJ.NM  ■ 
nk'ist  jdd  suit  jnj  liul  iasus 


It  means  resplendent  land.  Sinbad  the 
sailor  valued  our  island  country  in  the 
Indian  Ocean,  knowing  it  as  serendipity. 

Moderate  year  'round  temperatures, 
lush  valleys,  high  mountains,  miles  of 
beaches  and  tropical  forests.  Centuries 
of  art  and  archeology— fire  dancers  and 
fiery   drummers— elephants   and    trout. 

Exotic  adventure.  Pageants  and  wildlife 
preserves.  Sea  sports— all  activities  at 
magnificent  resorts  or  roughing  it.  Rice 
and  spice.  Shopping  spree  for  gems, 
batiks,  handicrafts.  Ceylon  tea.  Friends. 

Value.  6S%  more  on  a  dollar.  You'll 
value  Sri  Lanka  in  more  ways  than  one. 
for  details  write: 

Ceylon  (Sri  Lanka) 
Tourist  Board,  oept.o 

609  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  NY  10017        J 
2007  Wilshire  Blvd.,  Los  Angeles,CA  90057J 


to  pile  up  the  sludge  and  let  it  dry  in 
the  air  for  a  period  of  years .  The  final 
method  is  digestion  for  about  four- 
teen days  at  95°F,  producing  a  liquid 
containing  about  4  to  6  percent  solids. 
This  sludge  can  be  sent  by  barge, 
pipeline,  or  rail  to  agricultural  land. 

The  energy  for  these  processes  can 
be  obtained  from  digester  gas — a 
mixture  of  methane  and  other  gases 
given  off  from  heated  sewage.  Until 
forty  years  ago,  when  cheap  natural 
gas  was  substituted  for  this  somewhat 
corrosive  fuel,  sewage  plants  were 
often  powered  by  digester  gas.  Now 
that  natural  gas  prices  are  climbing, 
digester  gas  is  staging  a  comeback;  in 
southern  California  it  has  fueled  some 
sewage  plants  for  a  decade. 

The  energy-recovery  process  most 
widely  used  today  is  the  production 
of  electricity  from  urban  refuse. 
Since  trash  disposal  is  a  major  nation- 
wide problem,  cities  can  afford  to  pay 
a  premium  for  energy-generating 
processes  that  reduce  the  volume  of 
residual  waste.  Although  urban  trash 
lacks  the  consistency  of  agricultural 
refuse  or  feedlot  wastes,  it  has  a  low 
sulfur  content  and  a  caloric  level 
competitive  with  much  coal . 

The  practice  of  mixing  garbage 
with  other  power-plant  fuel  in  order 
to  reduce  solid  waste  volume,  recover 
useful  energy,  and  lower  the  average 
sulfur  content  of  fuel  has  been  com- 
mon for  a  half  century  in  Holland, 
Paris,  and  Copenhagen.  Several  areas 
here  are  now  using  it  as  well. 

Milwaukee  has  begun  construction 
of  a  plant  to  handle  the  entire  city's 
garbage.  The  plant  will  collect  alumi- 
num, steel,  and  glass,  and  provide 
supplemental  boiler  fuel.  Saint 
Louis,  which  has  been  experimenting 
with  energy  recovery  from  garbage 
since  1972,  has  committed  itself  to  a 
$70  million  plant  that  will  burn  shred- 
ded garbage  with  pulverized  coal  to 
produce  electricity.  Cormecticut  has 
begun  a  $250  million,  ten-plant  proj- 
ect to  convert  84  percent  of  the  state's 
solid  waste  into  10  percent  of  the 
state's  electricity. 

Even  the  Tennessee  Valley  Au- 
thority is  studying  a  means  of  obtain- 
ing about  7  percent  of  its  power  from 
garbage.  A  $35  million  plant  in 
Saugus,  Massachusetts,  burns  gar- 
bage from  about  twelve  towns,  pro- 
ducing steam  that  is  then  sold  to  a 
nearby  General  Electric  plant. 

Even  though  it  generally  requires 
more  energy  to  refine  virgin  ore  than 
to  recycle  scrap  metal,  several  mil- 
lion tons  of  refined  metal  go  out  with 


West  Africa  has  been  the  influence  of  thi; 
design  by  Tzivia  Horiuchi.  3  inch  soul-carrie 
disk,  vi^ith  raised  stylized  turtle,  hangs  from  ; 
chain  18  inches  around,  all  finished  In  2' 
karat  antique  gold. 

$36.00  ppd.  This  price  reflects  the 

member's  discount.  Please 
add  the  applicable  sales  tax 


Museum  Shop 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
79th  Street  &  Central  Park  West 
New  York,  N.Y.  10024 


Please  send  me:  (Write  in  quantity)  

I  am  enclosing      check  Q      Money  Order  Q 


State. 


the  garbage  in  America's  cities  each 
year.  At  least  7  million  tons  of  iron, 
400,000  tons  of  aluminum,  and  100,- 
000  tons  of  copper  could  be  economi- 
cally recovered  and  recycled,  with  a 
net  savings  of  about  400  trillion  Btu. 
This  excludes  metals  found  in  build- 
ing demolitions  and  scrapped  auto- 
mobiles. About  6  million  automo- 
biles are  retired  annually,  and  the 
average  car  now  on  the  road  contains 
well  over  3,000  pounds  of  ferrous 
metals  and  50  pounds  of  aluminum. 
Assuming  that  two-thirds  of  this 
metal  can  be  recovered  and  recycled, 
6  million  tons  of  iron  and  100,000 
tons  of  aluminum,  as  well  as  about 
300  trillion  Btu,  would  be  saved. 
Using  existing  technologies,  about  1 
percent  of  our  national  energy  budget 
can  be  saved  by  metal  recycling. 

The  practical  objection  to  a  grow- 
ing national  commitment  to  energy 
extraction  from  waste  is  that  we  may 
develop  a  vested  interest  in  unneces- 
sary waste.  Avoiding  an  unneeded 
wrapper  is  clearly  preferable  to 
throwing  it  away  and  recovering  its 
energy  potential  through  inciner- 
ation. Using  standardized,  returnable 
glass  containers  is  clearly  better  than 
using  one-way  cans — even  if  the 
metal  from  the  cans  is  recycled.  In 
France  a  recent  report  by  the  minister 
of  commerce  notes,  "It  is  preferable 
to  incorporate  energy  and  raw  materi- 
als in  an  object  that  lasts  a  long  time 
rather  than  manufacture  a  dozen 
things  to  be  thrown  away  almost  im- 
mediately."  The  report  calls  for  high 
taxes  on  goods  with  short  life-spans, 
including  all  packaging,  and  would 
require  manufacturers  to  supply  spare 
parts  for  their  products. 

The  best  approach  is  to  save  energy 
directly,  by  eliminating  some  of  the 
bulk  in  our  solid  waste.  Archeology 
students  in  Tucson,  Arizona,  recently 
excavated  fresh  municipal  garbage 
and  calculated  that  between  10  and  15 
percent  of  all  food  was  thrown  away. 
Since  the  energy  value  of  the  fuel 
used  to  grow,  harvest,  process,  retail, 
transport,  and  prepare  food  is  several 
times  greater  than  the  food's  caloric 
value,  we  would  obviously  do  better 
to  consume  the  food  (or  cut  produc- 
tion) than  to  recover  its  energy  in  a 
utility  boiler. 

Even  if  we  return  to  our  ancestors' 
conservation  ethic,  societies  will 
always  generate  streams  of  waste. 
We  must  recapture  what  we  can  of 
that  waste  and  put  it  to  use  again  for 
human  benefit.  Proverbially,  wasting 
less  may  mean  wanting  less.  D 


Lindblad's  New  East  African 

WINC  SAFARI 

offers  an  exclusive  window-seat  view 
of  the  world's  richest  wildlife  panorama 


No  need  to  get  trapped  in  large  con- 
centrations of  minibuses  on  hot  and 
dusty  roads.  Get  a  wide-angled  view 
of  the  African  vastness.  OurnewWing 
Safari,  limited  to  7  passengers,  using 
the  latest,  most  comfortable  Navajo 
turbo-powered  aircraft,  permits  us  to 
visit  far  ranging  wilderness  and  game 
reserves  seldom  visited  by  other  sa- 
faris. We  will  fly  deeper  into  the  North- 
ern Frontier  District  to  see  the  excit- 
ing tribal  life  of  the  Samburu.  Boran. 
Rendilles  and  Somalis.  At  night  we 


will  occupy  the  very  best  hotels. 
lodges  and  tented  camps.  Our  spe- 
cially trained  hosts  will  introduce 
you,  not  only  to  the  large  mammals, 
but  also  to  colorful  and  exciting  birds, 
butterflies,  plants  and  flowers  en- 
demic to  East  Africa  The  Lindblad 
Wing  Safari  is  a  truly  unforgettable 
experience,  British  Airways  will  fly 
you  to  Nairobi  and  back  in  utmost 
comfort.  Please  write  for  our  bro- 
chure or  see  your  travel  agent. 


Dept  NHWS 


LINDBLAD  TRAVEL,  INC. 

133  East  55th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10022  (212)  751-2300 


A  classic  now  in 
paperbacli... 

"John  K.  Terres  is  a  man  with  an 
inquiring  mind  who  uses  the 
English  language  to  recreate 
color,  sound,  and  the  daily  drama 
of  life  in  forest,  field,  and  swamp." 
—Elizabeth  8.  Austin,  The  Auk. 
"A  work  of  art... we  are  held  in 
its  spell  in  a  timeless  world." 
—New  York  Times  Book  Review 
Paper  $3.95  at  bookstores 

HAWTHORN  BOOKS 


Animal  Kingdom 
Sculptures 

Three  animal  sculptures — lowland 
gorilla,  great  Indian  rhinoceros,  and 
orang-utan— are  being  offered  by  the 
New  York  Zoological  Society  in  an 
exclusive,  limited  edition  of  no  more 
than  1,000  numbered  castings  in  cold- 
cast  bronze.  Every  piece  is  cast  and 
finished  with  toning  to  suggest  the  ani- 
mal's natural  coloring.  Proceeds  from 
the  sale  of  these  sculptures  will  assist 
the  NYZS  in  preserving  endangered 
species  throughout  the  world. 

Write  for  descriptive  information: 
Animal    Kingdom    Sculptures, 

New  York  Zoological  Society,  Bronx, 
N.Y.  10460       Attn:  Dept.  N 


99 


For  those 
with  an  eye 

for  art 
and  a  head 

for  value. 

Natural  History  Magazine  invites  you  to  enjoy  some 

delectable  collectables.  Remarkable  replicas  cast 

from  the  originals  on  display  at  the  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History.  It  is  difficult  to  tell  these 

fine  reproductions  from  the  unique  originals  because 

each  one  is  hand-cast  and  hand-finished  by 

artist-craftsmen  to  duplicate  the  exact  personality  of 

the  original.  Right  down  to  its  precise  size,  texture, 

color  and  patina.  Each  replica  comes  with  its  own 

descriptive  history.  All  jewelry  is  gift-boxed.  Here 

truly  are  unusual  gifts  for  those  with  an  eye 

for  art  and  a  head  for  value. 


•--%•."■•:  NH  HON 


r' 


AMERICAN 

MUSEUM  MEMBERS, 

PLEASE  TAKE 

10%  DISCOUNT. 


Order  Now 
...for  a  friend 
...for  yourself 


NATURAL  HISTORY 

NATURAL  HISTORY  REPLICAS,  Dept,  A400,  Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


.  NH   78N   Akua'ba   Doll  Necklace.  West 

Africa.  27/8"  H.  -Golcl.  $13.50 
.  NH  HON  Coptic  Cross  Necklace.  Ethiopia. 

■Silver  2-1/8"  H.  $9.50 
-NH  113  African  Fertility  Doll  with  bead 

eanings,  necklace,  anklet.  14"  H  $40.00 
.  NH     109     African     Dahomey     Woman 

Statuette.  'Gold.  71/4"  H.  including  walnut 

base.  $30.00 
-NH  SIN  Pre-Columbian   Eagle  Necklace. 

Costa  Rica.  "Gold.  2"  wing  span.  $11.00 
,  NH    56N    Pre-Columbian    Monkey-Faced 

Men  Pendant.  Costa  Rica.  "Gold.  3-5/8" 

wide.  $26.00 
,  NH  65P  Pre-Columbian  Llama  Pin.  'Silver 

1-3/4"  H.  $9.50 


_Please  send  me  the  Replicas  I  have  checked,  for  which  I 

enclose  my  personal  check  or  money  order  for  $_ 
_J  prefer  to  charge  American  Eixpress.  valid  thru 


* 


D 


Signature  , 


Name  (please  print)  . 


City.  State,  Zip 

"Gold  or  silver  electroplated  pewter.  (Prices  include  average  o(  $1.00  for 
jewelrv.  $2.50  for  sculpture,  postage  and  handling.)  ALLOW  4-6  WEEKS 
FOR  DELIVERY 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


KwakiutI  Cuisine 


A  simple  larder  did  not 
suppress  the  culinary  impulse 
of  Indian  women 


Faithful  readers  of  this  column  will 
recall  several  harangues  against  the 
anthropological  community,  damn- 
ing it  for  its  neglect  of  food  in  the 
cultures  it  studies.  I  should  have 
lumped  myself  and  other  food  writers 
in  the  indictment,  for  we  also  turn  up 
our  pampered  noses  at  the  wealth  of 
ethnographically  interesting  cookery 
still  practiced  in  native  American 
kitchens  across  the  land. 

Even  at  a  time  like  this,  the  eve  of 
the  first  Thanksgiving  of  the  first  year 
of  the  country's  third  centennial,  you 
will  read  only  passing,  and  most  like- 
ly condescending,  references  to  the 
crucial  Indian  contribution  to  our  na- 
tional feast.  Food  editors  gabble  glib- 
ly enough  about  Squanto  and  the  les- 
son in  organic  fertilization  he  gave  to 
Pilgrims  breaking  ground  for  their 
first  corn  crop.  And  when  white 
American  gastronomes  really  want  to 
bear  down  in  earnest  on  the  early  his- 
tory of  their  subject,  they  trot  out  a 
conveniently  short  list  of  Indian 
dishes  that  some  non-Indians  still  eat: 
succotash,  file  gumbo,  Indian  pud- 
ding, hominy,  and  the  seafood 
steamed  in  seaweed  at  clambakes. 

In  a  way,  these  cursory  tributes 
amount  to  a  respectable  enough  hom- 
age. They  show  as  much  knowledge 
of,  and  reverence  for,  national  culi- 
nary origins  as,  say,  French  epicures 
exhibit  toward  their  folk  cuisine  of 
the  eighteenth  century .  What  is  more , 
we  can  boast  (as  I  have  recently 
learned  from  David  Brose,  an  anthro- 
pologist in  Cleveland)  of  at  least  one 
extraordinarily  thorough  American 
monograph  on  the  food  of  a  North 
American  Indian  people. 

George  Hunt,  a  "mixed-blood" 
Kwakiutl  of  Fort  Rupert,  British  Co- 
lumbia, collected  data  on  all  aspects 
of  Kwakiutl  life  at  the  beginning  of 
this  century.  Hunt  was  a  protege  of 
Franz  Boas,  the  father  of  American 


anthropology,  and  he  was  fluent  in  the 
Kwakiutl  language.  His  research  was 
published  as  a  long  paper,  edited  by 
Boas,  in  the  thirty-fifth  annual  report 
of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology 
(dated  1913-14,  but  printed  in  1921 
as  "Ethnology  of  the  Kwakiutl"). 
Hunt  seems  to  have  gathered  his  data 
verbatim  from  local  informants 
among  the  roughly  2,000  Kwakiutl 
speakers  still  living  in  more  or  less  the 
traditional  way  on  Vancouver  Island. 
He  was  helped  in  this  task  by  Mrs. 
Hunt,  who,  as  Boas  put  it  in  the  pref- 
ace, "was  born  in  Fort  Rupert,  and 
who  was  thoroughly  familiar  with  the 
duties  of  a  good  housewife  ' '  in  those 
days. 

The  result  is  a  trove  of  hundreds  of 
pages  of  transcript  (printed  in  English 
and  Kwakiutl)  of  directions  for  pre- 
serving food  and  of  recipes  for  cook- 
ing it.  The  Hunts  and  Boas  captured 
the  life  of  a  vanishing  civilization  in 
the  most  concrete  way  possible — 
through  its  food. 

The  recipes  meticulously  record  a 
whole  galaxy  of  solutions  to  the  prob- 
lem of  survival  in  the  Pacific  North- 
west. The  Kwakiutl  were  fishermen 
and  foragers,  but  the  simplicity  of 
their  larder  and  their  technology  did 
not  limit  them  to  uncomplicated  cook- 
ery. Modern  salmon  lovers  will  feel 
profligate  when  they  read  the  intri- 
cate description  of  what  the  Kwakiutl 
women  did  with  salmon  tails  and 
backbones,  tying  them  two  at  a  time 
by  the  tails  and  hanging  them  close 
to  the  fire  just  under  the  salmon  flesh, 
which  was  also  slowly  drying.  Even- 
tually, they  separated  the  smoked 
tails  from  the  backbones  and  stored 
them  both  in  special  cedar-bark  bas- 
kets for  eventual  soaking  and  eating 
in  winter. 

Equally  specific  instructions  were 
necessary  for  splitting  and  preserving 
the  flesh  of  the  dog  salmon.  It  had  to 
be  cut  away  from  the  backbone  down 
to  within  "four  finger-widths  from 
the  place  where  she  broke  off  the 
salmon's  tail."  The  backbone  was 
discarded,  leaving  a  Y-shaped  double 
fillet    joined    at    the    "tail-holding- 


TWO  GREAT  GIFT  IDEAS 

AND  A  BAG 

TO  CARRY  THEM  IN 


Gokcys  Mahnomen  Wild  Kice.  Wild  nee  was 
called  "mahnomen"  by  the  Indians  —  literally 
"good  berry".  Which  is  a  perfect  description  of 
Gokeys  own  top-grade  wild  nee. 

It's  harvested  in  its  natural  state  in  the 
North  Country  by  Indians  using  traditional  meth- 
ods. 1  lb.  bag,  $6.50. 


O 


/^^S 


Gokeys  Droll  Yankee  Seed  Saver.  Here's  a 
bird  feeder  ihat  adjusts  to  bird  size.  It  consists  of 
a  dish.  7"  in  diameter  by  1-3  4"  deep,  plus  a  10" 
cover  over  the  dish  which  can  be  raised  or 
lowered  to  allow  different  size  birds.  It  can  be 
hung,  or  the  bottom  has  a  threaded  socket  for 
pipe  mounting.  $11.95. 


Gokeys  Suede  Tote  Bags.  The  perfect  all- 
around  bag  for  carrying  sporting  goods,  books, 
supplies  or  other  items.  Made  from  genuine 
sueded  split-leather  cowhide,  it  combines  both 
fashion  and  durability.  Handles  are  reinforced 
with  brass  rivets.  The  one  bag  everyone  can  use. 
Small  [lP/,"x5'/."xll%"),  $19.00; large  (14V,"x7" 
xl6"),  $26.00. 


-Gokeys 


Enclosed  is  my  check  for  _ 

small large  Suede  Tote  Bag(s). 

(Add  $1.50  for  shipping  and  handling) 

Satisfaction  Guaranteed 

D  Please  send  me  New  Christmas  Catalog,  free. 


Addres 
City_ 


Sta 


GaKE]YS 


^  Dept.  0062,  21  W.  Fifth  St.,  St.  Paul,  MN  55102  J 


For  the  fourth  year,  we  invite  you  to 
witness  North  America's  greatest  wiid- 
lite  spectacle: 

The.Seals , 
on  the  Icepack 

Each  year,  in  March,  in  Canada's  Gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence,  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  seals  end  their  southern  mi- 
gration and  congregate  on  the  ice- 
pack, turning  it  into  a  huge  natural 
nursery  as  the  females  give  birth  to 
their  babies. 

In  March  1977,  by  using  reliable  heli- 
copters, small  groups  of  tourists  will 
again  land  on  the  icepack  and  see 
this  dramatic  and  incredibly  beautiful 
sight. 

Also  tor  the  fourth  year,  we  otter  a 
small,  sefected  group  ot  intrepid 
travelers  the  world's  most  challenging 
tourist  experience: 

Greenland 
Dog-sledging 
Expedition 

In  April  1977,  two  weeks  are  spent  on 
Greenland's  breathtaking  West  Coast 
under  the  expert  guidance  of  Major 
Mike  Banks,  the  leading  Arctic  ex- 
plorer. Travel  is  by  helicopter  and 
husky-drawn  sledges. 

Detailed  brochures,  and  a  report  0/ 
the  1973  Greenland  expedition,  re- 
printed from  International  Wildlife 
Magazine,  are  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  NY    10036 
TELEPHONE  (212)  354  6634 


Shells  •  Fossils 
Minerals 


COLOR  PORTFOLIO" 

plus  Illustrated  Catalog  $1.00 

DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  6011 C  Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 


cfli/c  lUiniJEVI         BUY  DIRECT 
OHVCmunCI.     from  the  manufactur 


BETTER-VUE 

35mm  slide 

PROTECTOR 

PAGES 


Made  of  heavy,  clear  vinyl  plastic. 
Twenty  separate  pockets  per  page. 
Best  protection  for  slides  and  trans- 
parencies. Pages  {BVi  x  11)  fit  all 
standard  3  ring  binders.  Write  lor 
other  sizes  and  low  prices. 
Send  check  or  M.O.  FREE  postage 

JAY  PLASTICS,  INC.  Dept  nh 
^  1515  Fifth  Industrial  Court,  Bay  Shore,  N.Y.  11706    ^ 


together."  This  configuration  was 
hung  tail-end  down  for  three  days  and 
then  tail-end  up  for  three  days.  There 
ensued  various  other  stages  of  boning 
and  rubbing  and  hanging.  Eventually 
the  "tail-holding-together"  was  split 
off  and  stored  separately  from  the  fil- 
lets, which  were  called,  collectively, 
the  "split-down." 

Kwakiutl  cookery  lacked  a  sophis- 
ticated spice  shelf;  indeed,  it  lacked 
spices  altogether,  unless  we  count  the 
salt  of  seawater  and  the  natural  sugar 
of  berries.  Nevertheless,  the  Hunts' 
recipes  show  the  culinary  impulse  at 
work.  The  Kwakiutl  palate  must  have 
relished  taste  and  texture  differences 
between  those  separately  stored  tails 
and  backbones  and  fillets  of  salmon. 
And  we  may  assume  that  connois- 
seurship  entered  into  their  cuisine  as 
it  does  in  ours,  with  certain  cuts  and 
portions  holding  pride  of  place.  This 
certainly  was  the  case  with  seal 
heads,  which  were  the  prerogative  of 
steersmen  and  chiefs.  They  were  bar- 
tered at  the  rate  of  five  pairs  of  blan- 
kets for  100  heads.  And  chiefs  re- 
served these  heads  for  old  people, 
who  ate  the  blubber  on  them.  It  was 
boiled  for  a  long  time,  removed  with 
tongs,  and  eaten  in  strips  with  dried 
salmon  or  halibut. 

Many  of  these  recipes  are  of  no 
current  use.  Our  chiefs  have  no  seal 
heads  to  pass  along  to  senior  citizens. 
Few  of  us  would  consume  eelgrass  or 
even  clover,  either  for  pleasure  or  out 
of  curiosity.  No  doubt,  this  is  a  mis- 
take, a  sophisticated  error.  We  do, 
however,  still  value  the  marvelous 
savor  of  salmon  when  it  is  grilled  in 
the  manner  of  the  Indians  of  the 
Northwest  (a  method  also  recorded 
by  the  Hunts),  which  is  to  say,  at- 
tached to  wood  tongs  set  upright  at 
the  side  of  a  campfire. 

Perhaps  even  salmon  guts  and 
some  of  the  other  more  exotic-sound- 
ing recipes  of  the  Kwakiutl  would  de- 
light us  if  we  tried  them.  "Flounder 
eaten  with  spoons"  might  be  a  good 
place  to  start.  It  consists  of  flounder 
eaten  with  the  water  in  which  it  has 
been  boiled,  with  a  little  oil  added. 
The  flounder  is  cleaned  and  then 
boiled  whole  until  its  flesh  will  break 
up  when  it  is  stirred  in  the  pot.  This 
dish  is  somewhere  between  a  fish 
chowder  and  fish  cooked  in  a  court 
bouillon,  or  flavored  liquid.  And  if 
we  could  find  as  fresh  a  flounder  as 
the  Kwakiutl  could,  it  might  make  an 
acceptable  fish  dinner. 

All  the  same,  I  do  not  think  the 
value  of  the  Kwakiutl  study  rests  on 


BUSHNEIL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of     telephoto     lens,     telescopes,     binoculars     etc..     plus 

valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today. 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   SQ.,   KNOXVILLE,    ILL.   61448 


0<H3-0-0<H>00-0-0<K)-0<)-CM>CH>0-0-CKH)-Oq 

oneness 

A  subtle  linking  of     J 
^  religious  symbols, 
delicately  wedded  to- 
gether by  the  artisan, 

.d  descriptive  booklet 

14K  with  24"  chain $37.50 

Sterling  Silver $16.75 

ISAAC  SOLTES  DESIGN    NH 

1923  S   McPhernn  Ave. 
Monlerey  Park   Calif  91754 
CAllfOBNIA  RESIDENTS  ADD  6%  SALES  TAX 
D  Chech  or  Money  Oriler/Money  back  Guarantee 


PLATIGNUM  ITALIC  SET 

r^  Contams  a  fountain  vcn,  five 
il\  Otalic  niSs,  and  instruction 
|';^\j  manuaC af[foronfy  $fSO... 
At  art  mattnaCSr'pen  sf\ovs, 
co((c(jC  iiookstcnrts...orscntC 
ckcck  to  'Pentafio  Cory.,  i}2 
West  22  St.,  N.y,  N.y.  lOOll 
AcfcC ^0  cents  for  fiandfina. 


ARCHAEOLOGY  NEWSLEHER 

New  finds  and  discoveries- 
facts  betiind  ttie  classical 
myths— tiighlights  on  pagan 
manners  &  mores— the  truth 
about  those  "astronaut  gods"— 
photos— more.  "Authoritative 
. .  .  packed  with  fascinating  in- 
formation," says  Libraty  Jour- 
nal. Our  12th  year.  Gift  card  on 
request.  Send  $9.00  for  8-issue 
subscription  (ca.  2  yrs.)  to  O.N. 
Reiss  Co.,  243  East  39th  Street, 
New  York,  N.Y.  10016. 


AUTHORS  WANTED  BY 
NEW  YORK  PUBLISHER 

Leading  book  publisher  seeks  manuscripts  of  all 
types:  fiction,  non-fiction,  poetry,  scholarly  and 
juvenile  works,  etc.  New  authors  welcomed.  For 
complete  information,  send  for  free  booklet  W-82. 
Vantage  Press,   516  W.   34  St.,  New  York   lOOOl 


sterling  Silver  Jewelry  Inspired  by  Ancient 
Mexican  Designs. 

A        Double  Masl<  Pendant.  Bas  relief  cut 
from  a  single  piece  of  silver. 
$40,00  ppd. 

B         Tigereye  or  Obsidian  Pendant.  Please 
specify  choice  of  stone.    $31.00  ppd. 

C         Obsidian  Head  Pin/Pendant. 
$16.00  ppd. 

Tfie  above  prices  reflect  ttie  member's  dis- 
count. Please  add  the  applicable  sales  tax. 
Pendants  do  not  include  chain.  Imported 
by  Dorothy  Weiss,  Inc. 


Museum  Shop 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
79th  Street  &  Central  Park  West 
New  York,  N.Y.  10024 

Please  send  me 

:  (Write  in  quantity) 

A 

Tigereye 

Obsidian 

C. 

1  am  enclosing 

check  n      Money 

Ord 

Br  D 

^lame 

'Address 

:ity 

State 

Zip 

its  popular  acceptance  by  practicing 
contemporary  cooi<,s.  For  one  tiling, 
they  would  wear  themselves  out  gath- 
ering l<elp  and  weaving  baskets  for 
blubber.  But  even  if  no  one  ever 
cooks  anything  from  this  encyclope- 
dia of  "primitive"  cuisine,  the  work 
was  worth  the  trouble  because  it 
shows,  in  a  way  everyone  can  appre- 
ciate, how  diverse  and  imaginative 
and  joyful  tribal  life  could  be.  More 
specifically,  it  shows  that  Indians, 
with  a  cuisine  limited  to  a  very  small 
number  of  raw  materials  and  tech- 
niques, construed  their  gustatory 
processes  in  terms  as  rigorous  and 
scientific  as  any  modern  home  econo- 
mist. 

In  our  own  "advanced"  food  cul- 
ture it  has  taken  centuries  of  fumbling 
and  inaccuracy  to  arrive  at  a  style  of 
recipe  writing  that  is  clear  and  that 
will  enable  the  neophyte  to  duplicate 
the  results  of  the  expert  writing  the 
recipe.  Home  economists  perfected 
modern  recipe  style  in  the  United 
States  in  this  century.  Before  them, 
cookbooks  were  essentially  aide-me- 
moires, without  specific  quantities  or 
cooking  times  or  instructions  for  find- 
ing and  dealing  with  ingredients. 
There  were  exceptions  of  a  sort,  but 
generally  speaking,  to  use  cookbooks 
published  before  the  First  World 
War ,  you  had  to  proceed  by  guess  and 
by  gosh.  Either  the  authors  were 
chefs  writing  handbooks  for  other 
chefs  or  they  were  casual  amateurs. 

The  famous  Boston  Cooking- 
School  Cookbook  by  Fannie  Farmer 
(first  edition  1896;  modern  facsimile 
published  in  paperback  by  Plume)  was 
an  early  attempt  at  scientific  recipe 
writing.  The  dishes  had  all  been  tested 
by  the  author  and  they  were  supposed 
to  be  reproducible  in  the  average 
home,  just  as  scientific  experiments 
can  be  reproduced  in  laboratories. 

Mrs.  Farmer's  recipes  do  list  meas- 
ured amounts  of  flour  and  other  ingre- 
dients and  they  are  fairly  clear.  Her 
touch  with  foreign  recipes  is  unsure 
(did  she  really  whip  egg  whites  for 
omelets?)  and  she  did  love  canned 
vegetables.  But  her  triumph  was  to 
anticipate  most  of  the  questions  cooks 
would  ask  themselves.  Today  we 
have  gone  even  further,  and  such 
masters  of  explication  as  Julia  Child 
have  sometimes  anticipated  more 
puzzlement  than  normally  ever  ex- 
ists. But  the  most  extensive  expatia- 
tions  of  Mrs.  Child  do  not  exceed  in 
elaboration  the  orderly  expositions  of 
the  Kwakiutl  women  interviewed  by 
the  Hunts.  They  knew  what  you  had 


Corduroy  Lederhosen  Straight  Leg 
Travel  Slacks  For  Men  &  Women 

These  handsome  European  style  Lederhosen 
slacks  have  been  long-time  favourites  for  travel, 
leisure,  all  casual  wear.  Authentic,  rugged  detail- 
ing includes  6  pockets  .  .  ,  t\v'0  in  back,  four  in 
front,  deep  enough  for  a  passport.  Good-looking 
in  tan,  light  blue  or  bronze  cotton  corduroy.  Also 
available  in  no-iron  Dacron  and  cotton  poplin  in 
white,  light  blue  or  (an  and  in  faded  blue  cham- 
brav  cotton  denim.  Waist  sizes  28  to  4-4,  lengths 
28  to  34,  $20.  'Also,  women's  4-pocket  slacks, 
sizes  8  to  20.  colours  &  fabrics  as  above,  $20. 


Mail  Orders:  Cable  Car  Clolhiers/Robcrl  Kirk.  Ltd. 
No,  150  Post  St..  S.F.  Cal.  94I0S    (415)  397-7733 


Item  Slks.iHS33U!Fabric 


D  Check    Charge:  Q  M/C  Q  B/A  D  Cable  Car  Chg. 

Bank  Card  # Expires 

Add  S2.no  Ship.  &  Hdlg.  Cal.  Bcsidenls  Add  Sales  T.|» 
O  Please  send  catalogue  591101 


103 


Since  1972,  when  we  started  our 
tours,  cruises  and  expeditions  for  ad- 
venturous travelers,  many  people 
tiave  asked  us  for  a  safari  in  East 
Africa;  we  did  not  wisti  to  compete 
with  others  in  this  field  and  waited 
until  we  could  offer  a  program  which 
is  unique  and  has  been  carefully  sur- 
veyed to  provide  the  outdoor  living 
that  inspired  Hemingway's  novels- 
the  true  way  to  appreciate  Africa,  its 
people,  and  its  wildlife. 

We  now  invile  twelve  intrepid  travel- 
ers to  see  Africa  as  did  the  explorers 
before  the  tourists  came,  on  our 

African 
Camel  Safari 

JANUARY-FEBRUARY      JUNE-JULY 
SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER   1977 

A  journey  on  foot  with  camel  support 
across  the  fiercely  exciting  Northern 
Frontier  District  of  Kenya,  accom- 
panied by  a  wildlife  expert  who  pro- 
vides the  protection  required  on  an 
expedition  of  this  nature. 
The  peace  and  serenity  of  walking 
through  the  African  bush  with  the 
muffled  sound  of  camel  bells  is  an  ex- 
perience few  travelers  have  enjoyed. 

Detailed  brochures  are  available  from: 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55  WEST  42  STREET,  NEW   YORK,   NY   10036 


A  Henry  Ford  Museum  Reproduction 


Chippendale 

Ready  to 
Assemble  and  Finish 
18"  Century  Furniture 

One  of  24  Bartley  classics,  in  hand  crafted 
solid  mahogany,  oak  or  cherry.  Totally 
authentic  in  design  and  beautifully 
constructed.  Each  kit  is  easily  assembled 
and  finished  in  your  own  home  without 
tools.  All  pieces  also  offered  completely 
assembled  and  hand  finished.  A  $5.00 
coupon  included  with  catalogue. 


■n 


catalogue  of  18th  century  antique 
furniture  reproductions  available 
in  kit  form  or  hand  finished.  I  am 
enclosing  $1.00  to  cover  postage 
and  handling. 


I  TheBartieyGollection,%i.  j 

747  Oakwood  Ave.,  Dept.  13,  Lake  Forest,  II.  60045 


to  do,  from  gathering  wood  to  wash- 
ing your  hands  when  the  meal  was 
over.  They  calmly  laid  out  their 
whole  homely  technology,  step  by 
step,  without  a  stutter  of  imprecision, 
except  perhaps  to  add,  parenthet- 
ically, what  to  do  with  hanging 
salmon  when  the  weather  threatened 
rain.  (Move  it  indoors.)  And  they 
were  fine  storytellers,  even  if  they  did 
indulge  the  vice  of  repetition  so  heav- 
ily that  Boas  complained  of  it.  But 
these  Kwakiutl  cooks  had  never  heard 
of  a  cross-reference.  And  many  mod- 
ern cookbook  writers  would  be  better 
off  if  they  were  as  repetitious  and  did 
not  send  us  flipping  around  madly  for 
a  missing  step  partially  expounded  in 
each  of  three  previous  pages. 

The  Kwakiutl  were  nothing  if  not 
straightforward.  Here  for  example,  is 
an  excerpt  from  the  Kwakiutl  recipe 
for  roasted  salmon: 

Now  I  shall  talk  about  the  salmon 
speared  at  the  mouth  of  the  river 
when  it  is  still  phosphorescent. 
When  the  man  who  spears  the 
salmon  gets  one,  he  goes  home  as 
soon  as  he  has  speared  it.  His  wife 
at  once  takes  an  old  mat  and 
spreads  it  over  her  back;  then  she 
takes  her  belt  and  puts  it  on  over 
the  old  mat  on  her  back.  Then  she 
takes  along  a  large  basket  in  which 
to  carry  the  dog  salmon  on  her 
back.  She  goes  to  the  canoe  of  her 
husband  and  puts  four  dog  salmon 
in  her  carrying  basket.  Then  she 
goes  up  the  beach  to  the  place 
where  she  is  going  to  cut  them.  She 
puts  them  on  an  old  mat,  which  is 
spread  on  the  ground  outside  the 
house.  As  soon  as  she  has  thrown 
them  on  the  ground,  she  takes  her 
fish  knife  and  sharpens  it;  and  after 
she  has  sharpened  it,  she  cuts  off 
the  gills  of  the  dog  salmon.  .  .  . 

And  so  on  for  two  and  a  half  more 
pages  of  cleaning  and  roasting,  com- 
plete with  directions  for  entertaining 
guests  and  the  sensible  suggestion 
that  it  is  unwise  to  eat  salmon  speared 
at  the  mouth  of  the  river  in  the  morn- 
ing, because  "it  makes  those  who  eat 
it  feel  sleepy  the  whole  day  long,  for 
it  is  very  fat."  Finally,  feminists  will 
be  glad  to  hear  that  the  Kwakiutl  hus- 
band cleaned  up  when  the  feast  was 
over:  "He  gathers  the  bones  and  the 
skin  left  by  his  guests,  puts  them  on 
a  mat,  and  throws  them  into  the  sea 
on  the  beach.  This  is  all  about  the 
salmon  speared  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river. ' '  And  this  is  all  about  Kwakiutl 
cookery,  except  for  a  wistful,  back- 


CATCH  THEM  ALIVE  AND  UNHURT! 


Catches  morel 
Easy  to  use  1 

Amazing  HAV  AHART  trap  captures  raiding  rata,  rabbits, 
squirrels,  skunks,  pigeons,  sparrows,  etc.  Takes  mink. 
coons  without  Injury.  Straying  pets,  poultry  released 
unhurt.  Fully  assembled.  Easy  to  use — open  ends  give 
animal  confidence.  No  ]awa  or  springs  to  break.  Galva- 
nized. Sizes  Tor  all  needs.  Send  25c  tor  your  booklet  on 
trapping  secrets. 

HAVAHART,  158  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.Y.  10562 

Here's  my  25c.  Please  send  price  list,  trapping  guide. 
N»me 


QUESTERS 
WORLD  OF 
NATURE  TOURS 

You  may  find  : 


'  tours  similar  to  ours  in 


fessional  travel  company  specializing  solely  in 
nature  tours.  Tour  parties  are  small,  the  pace 
leisurely,  itineraries  unusual,  and  the  leader- 
ship expert.  Areas  covered  include  Mexico, 
Guatemala,  Hawaii,  Alaska,  Indonesia,  India, 
East  Africa,  Iceland,  and  Australasia.  We  can- 
not tell  you  here,  however,  about  all  the  tours, 
or  all  the  wildlife  preserves,  archaeological 
sites,  museums  and  temples  you  will  visit,  but 
our  current  Directory  of  Worldwide  Nature 
Tours  can.  Call  or  write  Questers  or  see  your 
travel  agent  today  for  your  free  copy! 

Questers  Tours 

AND  TRAVEL,  INC. 

DEPT.  NH-1176,2S7  PARK  AVENUE  SOUTH 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10010/(212)  673-3120 


"Keep  an  open  mind" 


"Many  of  his  handsome  designs  are  fantasy  interpretation  of  human 
forms."  New  York  Magazine 

Sterling  Pendant  $4y,U0;  Sterling  Key  Cham  $45,00  plus  tax 

Kenny  Goodman,  wood  sculpture  and  jewelry 

201  East  31st.  Street  N.Y.C.  10016  N.Y.  532.4163 

D  Check  □  Master  Charge,  M.C,  #  

Expires four  digit  bank  no 

free  brochure  available  


^BOOK  HUNTING?-^. 

Virtually  any  book  located — no  matter  hOw 
old  or  long  out-of-print  Hctlon,  nonflction. 
All  authors,  subjects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  It!  (Title  atone  Is  sufficient)  inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


BIRD  MODEL  KITS 


Barn  Swallow  S3.95 
Kingfisher  $4.95 
Little  Owl  $5.95 
All  three  for  $13.00 
coLons 


ARIEL  Dept.N.  2894  Meadowbrook,  Cleveland  Ohio  44118 


MURPHY'S  LAWS! 

Incomparable  "scientific"  wit.  Colorfully 
lithographed  on  8"  x  10"  heavy  Parchtext 
for  framing.  A  great  business  or  personal 
gift!  Only  $3  (4/$10).  Four  Corners 
Press,  Dept.  NHB,  Hanover,  Mass. 
02339. ^^_^__ 


104 


ward  glance  and  a  terse,  but  practical , 
iiiodcrii  American  version  of  grilled 
salmon  for  home  use  at  any  time  of 
the  year  and  at  any  meal  other  than 
breakfast. 

Grilled  Salmon 

4  salmon  steaks,  about  1  inch  thick 

Oil 

Salt  and  pepper 

1.  Preheat  broiler. 

2.  Oil  the  steaks  and  the  surface  of 
the  broiling  pan. 

3.  Put  the  steaks  in  the  pan  and  run 
under  the  broiler  about  2  inches 
from  the  heat  source.  If  you  are 
doing  this  over  charcoal,  oil  the 
top  of  the  grill  and  arrange  it  so 
that  the  fish  will  be  two  inches 
from  the  coals. 

4.  Turn  the  steaks  carefully  after  five 
minutes.  Cook  another  five  min- 
utes or  until  the  flesh  is  flaky.  Sea- 
son to  taste  with  salt  and  pepper. 
Do  not  throw  leftover  skin  and 
bones  in  river  or  ocean. 

Yield:  4  servings 

Raymond  Sokolov's  most  recent 
cookbook  is  The  Saucier's  Appren- 
tice, a  guide  to  French  sauces. 


WHEN  YOU  WRITE  TO 
NATURAL  HISTORY 

about  a  change  of  address,  renewal  of  sub- 
scription, billing,  or  any  kind  of  adjustment, 
send  the  present  address  label. 

Moving?  Please  notify  6  weelts  in  advance. 

You  can  use  this  form  to  tell  us  about  a  move 
or  order  a  subscription 
Chiange  of  address — attach  your  address 
label  in  the  dotted  area  and  fill  in  your  new 
address  below,  clip  and  mail  to  Natural  History 
Ivlembership  Services  Box  6000.  Des  Moines, 
Iowa  50340 


E  !! 


°  S-  S.Z   S  Q 


A  full-color  Kazmar  catalogue  is  available  for  SI. 00. 

Use  your  Shreve,  Master  Charge  or  American  Express  Card 

Furnish  all  nos.  and  expiration  date. 

Toorder  call  Toll  Free  800-225-7062, 10:00to  5:00PM  weekdays. 

Mass.  customers  call  Colled  617-267-9100. 


NEWEST  ARRIVAL 

INCUR 

PORCELAIN  GALLERY 

"Golden  Eagle 
Fledgling" 

A  superb  new  sculpture 
by  the  Kazmars!  Every  detail 
beautifully  executed. 
Design  and  coloration  is 
truly  outstanding.  A 
•  lilighlful  gift  or  the  start 
■  I  vour  own  collection. 
I  Jclpverv  limited  this  Fall. 
I  el  us  reserve  your  piece 
now.  Kazmar  subjects  are 
low  in  issue  number 
and  they  go  very  quickly. 

\umbered  issue  of  700 
Height  is  5'/,!  inches 
Length  is  7  inches 
S180.  plus  tax  where 
applicable.  Add  53.  mailing. 


SHREVE. 
CRLMP&' 
LOW  CO. 

ESTABLISHED  1800 


330  BOYLSTON  ST.,  BOSTON,  MASS  02116  (617)  267-9100 
AND  THE  MALL  AT  CHESTNUT  HILL 


•^^  r-^V 


THE  TALL  SHIPS' 


Official  Commemorative  Print 

Two  years  in  the  painting  and  meticulously  accu- 
rate in  nautical  detail,  this  high-fidelity  lithograph 
(21  X  28  inches)  in  magnificent  color,  by  the  re- 
nowned marine  artist  Kipp  Soldwedel  (Tall  Ships 
artist  of  record)  will  delight  all  who  admire  fine 
art.  Depicted  are  the  Blue  Nose  (Canada),  Dan- 
mark  (Denmark),  Segres  (Portugal),  Christian 
Radich  (Norway),  and  the  Gorch  Fock  II  (Ger- 
many), winner  of  the  International  Trans-Allantic 
race.  A  nostalgic  memento. 

Handsomely  framed  in  silvery  metal  as  shown, 
ready  to  hang.  $20.00.  add  $2  handling  and  sliipping 
Signed  by  the  artist  and  framed.  $55.00. 

add  $2  handling  and  shipping 
Unframed.  $10.00.         add  $1  handling  and  shipping    j 


American  Ajax,  Inc.,  Dept.  NH-11-76 
P.O.  Box  256,  Norwood,  N.J.  07648 

Please  send framed  "Tall  Ships"  prmt(s)  ^  $20.00  each 

plus  $2  handling  and  shipping. 

Pl:ase  send framed  and  signed  "Tall  Ships"  print(s)  (o 

$55.00  each  plus  $2  handling  and  shipping. 

Please  send unframed   ''Tall  Ships"   print(s)    @   $10.00 

each  plus  SI  handling  and  shipping.  No  C.O.D.'s 

Okay  to  charge  it.  Fill  in  credit  information. 
n  American  Express  n  Diners  Club 

D  Bank  Americard  D  Carte  Blanche 

a  Master  Charge  interbank  # 

My  credit  card  # 

Expiration  date 

Signature 


105 


"If  you  buy  only  one 
book  this  Christmas  in 
the  fields  of  Americana, 
art,  Indians,  history 
or  natural  history, 
this  has  to  be  the  one." 
-PETER  FARE 


•N       "  In  1833-34 

the  German  naturalist, 
Prince  Maximilian  of  Wied,  and 
his  Swiss-born  artist  companion, 
Karl  Bodmer,  went  up  the  Missouri 
River  and  recorded,  in  words  and 
pictures,  life  among  the  Plains  In- 
dians in  their  final  days  of  glory. 
The  Bodmer  watercolors,  among 
the  most  beautiful  Indian  paintings 
ever  done,  are  reproduced  here  for 
the  first  time.  Writing  of  this  spec- 
tacular book  of  art  and  adventure, 
Peter  Farb  continues:  "I  don't 
know  which  to  praise  most:  the 
availability  at  long  last  of  Maxi- 
milian's perceptive  travel  journal, 
the  wealth  of  ethnographic  data 
about  the  Indians  of  the  northern 
Plains,  or  the  bonanza  of  the  Bod- 
mer paintings  which  have  previous- 
ly been  known  only  to  specialists." 
84  color  plates.  54  halftones. 
256  pages.  lO'A"  x  1 2'4"  format. 
$25.00  until  Jan.  1,  1977 
$29.95,  thereafter 

People 

of  the 
First  Man 

EDITED  BY 

DAVIS  THOMAS  AND 

KARIN  RONNEFELDT 


Sk 


dutton 


201  ParkAve.South,N.Y.,N.Y.10003 


Books  in  Review 


Ah,  Wilderness! 


WooDSWOMAN,  by  Anne  LaBastille. 
E.  P.  Dutton  &  Co. ,  $10.95;  277pp. , 
illus.  A  World  of  My  Own,  by 
Mike  Tomkies.  Reader's  Digest 
Press,  $10.95;  273  pp.  The  Year- 
Long  Day,  by  A.  E.  Maxwell  and 
Ivar  Ruud.  /.  B.  Lippincott  Com- 
pany, $8.95;  240pp.,  illus. 

Three  books,  three  lives.  A  book 


is  an  offering.  "Here  is  my  life,"  the 
author  says,  "take  it."  Take  me. 
Take  me  to  your  heart.  Or,  take  me 
apart.  (Critics  feed  on  art;  the  fresh 
new  author  is  the  reviewer's  favorite 
breakfast  food.  The  critic-reviewer  is 
to  the  book  as  the  orchid  is  to  the  tree: 
a  parasite.)  If  more  authors  under- 
stood how  nakedly  they  reveal  them- 
selves in  the  writing  of  a  book,  there 


Anne  LaBastille 


io6 


by  Edward  Abbey 


would  doubtless  be  not  so  many 
books.  The  egocentric  exhibitionist 
is,  of  course,  the  most  pathetic  case 
of  all.  Behind  every  book  lies  the  au- 
thor's belief  that  his  life,  her  life,  or 
some  part  of  it,  is  of  such  importance 
that  it  must  be  of  interest  to  us  all. 
Such  audacity  and  innocence.  But 
justified.  I  cannot  conceive  of  any 
human  life  that,  fully  described  from 
within,  would  not  be  of  totally  ab- 
sorbing significance.  The  clerk-typist 
at  Time-Life,  the  shopgirl  at  Wool- 
worth's  in  Melbourne,  the  fellow 
who  figures  out  what's  wrong  with 
your  Volkswagen  (sometimes  cor- 
rectly)— each  leads  a  life  as  intricate, 
strange,  mysterious,  rich,  and  terrible 
as  the  world  itself;  indeed,  each  life 
15  a  world  in  itself.  Transmuting  that 
private  world  into  a  coherent  world  of 
words,  however,  is  a  difficult  opera- 
tion. Generally  speaking,  it  is  impos- 
sible. 

The  three  books  here  under  review 
are  modest  endeavors.  None  makes 
any  pretense  at  the  creation  of  a 
world.  Each  in  its  own  way,  with 
varying  degrees  of  success,  reports 
on  a  kind  of  personal  achievement 
that  appeals  to  a  fantasy  most  of  us 
have  entertained  but  lack  the  gump- 
tion to  make  real.  LaBastille  and 
Tomkies  went  out  in  the  woods  and 
built  themselves  log  cabins — habita- 
ble homes.  Ivar  Ruud  lived  the  life  of 
hunter  and  trapper  in  the  Arctic,  ski- 
ing back  and  forth  between  two 
cabins.  Each  of  the  three  sought  free- 
dom, self-sufficiency,  independence 
— ideals  that,  in  the  more-or-less  real 
world  of  today,  seem  as  fantastic  as 
any  other  dream. 

Of  the  three,  Anne  LaBastille  ap- 
pears to  have  come  closest  to  estab- 
lishing her  relative  independence  on 
a  workable,  permanent  basis.  In 
j  Woodswoman  she  tells  how  she  dis- 
'  covered  and  fell  in  love  with  the 


Eagle  al  30  II. 

Photographed 
by  W.  Beecher 
>ith  ihe  Celet- 

Iron  1250mm, 
1/10  Multlpur- 
Telepholo 


The  Celestron  8  (base 
price:  $790),  most  popular 
of  the  Cetestron  line  of  com- 
pact portable  telescopes  and 
mirror-lens  telephotos.  is 
shown  here  set  up  for  star- 
gazing.   For  a  closer  look 
at  this  and  other  Celes- 
tron products,  ask  for 
your  free  color 
catalog  and  free 
telephoto  book. 


Live  A  Little. 

If  life  is  about  any  one  single  thing,  it's  about 

getting  closer  to  the  things  that  interest  you. 

Celestron  Telescopes  help  you  get  closer. 

Whether  the  subject  is  the  muscular 

structure  of  an  eagle's  eye  at  30 

feet.  Or  the  planet  Saturn  — 

one  hour,  1 1  minutes  away 

at  the  speed  of  light.  If  you 

want  to  get  closer,  look  into  the 

world's  best-selling  modern  telescopes. 

Live  a  little. 

Celestron  International        rs     g        x 
2835  Columbia,  Box  3S7S-N        CS/eSIf  OH 
Torrance,  Calif.  90503 


EdwinV\^y  Teale 
THE  AMERICAN 
SEASONS 

A  beautiful  one-volume  harvest  of  chapters 
selected  by  Edwin  Way  Teale  from  his  now-classic 
American  Seasons  set— North  With  the  Spring, 
Autumn  Across  America,  Journey  Into  Summer  and 
Wandering  Through  Winter —which  culminated  in  a 
Pulitzer  Prize.  With  65  pages  of  Teale  photo- 
graphs and  a  fascinating  introduction  by 
the  author  of  the  story  behind  his 
works,  this  book  will  delight  the  hosts  of 
Teale  enthusiasts  who  recognize  him  as  this 
country's  outstanding  nature  writer 
Designed  by  Avery  Fisher 

A  Literary  Guild  Alternate     $l7  50 


107 


A  new  idea  thats  140,000,000  years  old 

The  Brontosaiinis 

In  Sparkling  Clear,  Genuine  Swedish  Crystal 


A  stricth)  limited  edition...a  unique  work  of  art... 

from  famous  Kosta  Glassworks  exclusiveh;  for 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


The  Brontosaurus.  This  70  foot  long, 
30  ton,  plant-eating  dinosaur  of  the 
Jurassic  Period  has  captured  the  seri- 
ous curiosity  of  scientists,  the  innagina- 
tion  of  school  children,  the  interest  of 
visitors  to  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  and  other  great 
museums. 

Now,  the  amiable  spirit  of  this  popular 
dinosaur  has  been  captured  in  a  solid 
sculpture  of  genuine,  clear  Swedish 
crystal. 

Make  Room  in  Your  Home 
For  A  Brontosaurus 

Whatever  the  decor,  wherever  you 
place  it,  the  Brontosaurus  sculpture 
will  capture  attention  with  its  lucid  bril- 
liance, its  fluid  lines.  This  is  neither  a 
laboratory  model  nor  a  gimcrack 
souvenir. 

It  is  a  work  of  fine  art! 
The  Brontosaurus  sculpture  was  creat- 
ed for  the  American  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History  exclusively  by  Svenskt  Glas 
and  is  being  produced  in  a  limited  edi- 
tion by  Kosta  Glassworks  of  Sweden. 
Gonnoiseurs  of  crystal  collectibles  will 
readily  acknowledge  the  reputation  of 
Kosta  among  the  world's  great  crystal 
makers.  Their  name  assures  the  quality 
of  the  full-lead  crystal  and  the  excel- 
lence of  the  hand  craftsmanship. 

The  Sculptor:  Paul  Hoff 

The  Brontosaurus  sculpture  was  creat- 
ed by  Paul  Hoff  whose  works  are 
represented  in  museums  and  galleries 


on  three  continents.  He  has  combined 
scientific  evidence  with  the  artist's 
prerogatives  to  form  pure  crystal  into 
a  sculpture  of  fascinating  beauty. 

A  Strictly  Limited  Edition 

This  one  time  edition  of  the  Bron- 
tosaurus sculpture  will  be  limited  to 
10,000  perfect  pieces.  Once  this 
number  has  been  realized,  the  patterns 
will  be  destroyed— never  again  to  be 
made  anywhere  in  the  world. 
A  Certificate  of  Autfienticity  wi 
accompany  each  sculpture.  It  will  bear 
the  serial  number  of  that  particular 
sculpture  in  the  edition. 

Integrity  is  Assured 

The  hand  scribed  signature  of  artist 
Paul  Hoff,  together  with  the  hallmarks 
of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Kosta  Glassworks  and 
Svenskt  Glas  etched  on  the  base 
further  attest  to  the  validity  and  quality 
of  each  sculpture. 

The  beauty  of  the  sculpture,  the  quality 
of  the  crystal,  the  limited  nature  of  the 
edition  and  the  hallmarks  on  the  base 
combine  to  make  the  Brontosaurus 
sculpture  a  most  prudent  investment. 
Historically,  sculptures  of  this 
quality  show  satisfying 
appreciation  over 
the  years. 


7  inches  long; 
3'/2  inches  high; 
2%  pounds  of 
solid  Swedish 
crystal. 


A  Treasure  to  Own.. .A  Gift 
Of  Memorable  Proportions 

The  Brontosaurus  crystal 
sculpture  is  available  only 
from  Natural  History 
Sculptures.  The  price 
is  $77.50.  However,  if  you 
are  an  Associate  Member 
of  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  you 
are  entitled  to  a  discount  of 
ten  percent;  your  price  is 
$69.75.  Shipping,  insurance 
and  all  custom  duties  are 
included.  Satisfaction  is, 
of  course,  assurted. 
Prompt  action  will 
be  well  advised. 


\iP\jum.  msTORY  sculpturcs 


Please  send  me crystal  sculpture(s)  of 

the  Brontosaurus 

I  am  a  member  of  The  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History  and  am,  there- 
fore entitled  to  a  10%  discount  making  the 
price  $69.75. 

I  am  not  a  Member  and  will  pay  the 

regular  price  of  $77.50. 


Enclosed  is  my  check, 
in  the  amount  of  $ 


.money  order. 


I  prefer  to  change  this  amount  to  my 
American  Express  account  valid  thru. 


Signature 


MWURM  HISTORY  SCULPTURGS 
Dept.  G-300,  Box  5123 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


For  the  fourth  yoar,  we  offer  discrlm- 
inafing  travelers  the  finest  cruises  to 

^Discover 
Galapagos 

For  those  who  have  leisure,  the  only 
way  to  discover  the  unique  Galapagos 
Islands  is  on  our  intimate  two-week 
cruises  for  a  maximum  ol  (ourteen 
passengers  in  two  comfortable  motor 
yachts,  accompanied  by  naturalist 
guides. 

Six  departures  of  these  cruises  are 
scheduled  for  1977. 


For  budget-minded  travelers  who  are 
Interested  in  ecology,  wildlife  and 
photography,  we  are  repeating  our  ex- 
tremely popular 

Galapagos  Islands 
Thrift  Cruise 

In  the  privately  chartered  66-passen- 
ger  mv  Iguana",  accompanied  by 
eminent  naturalist  leaders  who  will 
give  talks  and  lead  us  In  the  field: 

fvlay28to  June  10.  1977 

with   Mr.   Justin   K.   Aldrich 
of  the  New  England  Aquarium 

August  20  to  September  2.  1977 
with  Ms-  Susan  Lock 
Vice  President  of  the  Animal 
Protection  Institute  of  America 

October  29  to  November  11,  1977 


Before  these  cruises,  we  spend  four 
days  in  Quito.  Ecuador's  lovely  capi- 
tal, with  excursions  in  the  Andes,  and 
then  make  the  spectacular  railroad 
journey  to  the  coast. 

Please  send  for  detailed  brochures  of 
these  cruises -we  also  specialize  in 
adventure  tours  to  Greenland,  the  Arc- 
tic, the  Himalayas  and  the  Andes,  the 
Papillon  Tour  to  Trinidad  and  French 
Guiana,  safaris  in  Rajasthan  and  East 
Africa,  and  to  other  unusual  destina- 
tions. 
*  Registered  in  Ecuador 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 


The  BUSHMAN  by  AKUBRA^^ 

The  Bushman  is  the  outdoorsman's  hat 
from  Australia— the  true  bush  hat.  Made 
in  Al<ubra's  finest  Imperial  Quality  pure 
fur  felt,  fully  lined  3%  inch  brim.  Shown 
with  the  unusual  ridge-braid  leather 
band. 

Color  Nullarbor  Tan 

Ribbon  Band  $29.50  ppd. 

For  ridge  braid  band  add  $8.50 

State  size— 6=/«— 7'/8 

Send  for  our  unique  catalog 

^AUSTRAL  ENTERPRISES 

Box   70190,    Seattle,   Washington   98107 


"North  Woods"  ot  the  Adirondacks, 
how  she  found  a  place  of  her  own, 
built  a  cabin  on  it  with  a  little  help 
from  friends,  made  a  home.  A  profes- 
sional ecologist  and  journalist,  she 
earns  her  income  and  subsistence 
from  the  world  "outside,"  but  her 
cabin  and  22  acres  on  the  shore  of  a 
lake  she  wisely  leaves  unidentified 
provide  her  with  the  substantial  home 
base  that  every  human  needs.  (Even 
R.  Buckminster  Fuller  with  his  arm- 
load of  wrist  watches  and  global 
credit  cards  would  be  lost  without  the 
firm  footing  of  a  Boeing  747.)  LaBas- 
tille  recounts  her  love  affairs  with 
trees  (of  how  it  is  possible,  for  ex- 
ample, to  draw  strength  from  a  good 
spruce  tree  by  embracing  it;  in  this 
she  is  absolutely  correct,  I'm  sure, 
though  I'm  a  bristlecone  pine  man 
myself),  with  the  birds  and  animals 
of  her  elected  place,  and  with  men. 
Forced  to  choose  between  her  home 
and  her  lover,  she  gives  up  the  man. 
This  choice,  lightly  touched  on  in  the 
book,  is  nonetheless  moving  to  the 
reader.  She  defines  the  good  life  as 
consisting  of  health,  work,  and  love. 
Though  familiar  with  loneliness, 
she  wants  the  love  on  terms  compat- 
ible with  her  way  of  life.  The  world 
changes.  One  must  respect  her  cour- 
age and  wish  her  good  luck.  I  shall 
permit  myself  just  one  minor  critical 
outrage:  with  so  open  and  vulnerable 
a  book  it  would  be  ungentlemanly  to 
point  out  flaws. 

Mike  Tomkies  is  or  was  an  Eng- 
lishman. Or  is  it  impossible  to  be  an 
ex-Englishman?  No  matter.  At  least 


1977  Sierra  Club 
Calendars 


Mike  Tomkies 


sierra  Club  WUtaife  Catendar  1977 


Sierra  Club  Engagement  Calendar  1977 

The  perennial  favorite — with  59  all-new. 
full-color  photos  facing  weekly  calendar 
listings.  6'^  X  914.     $4.95 

Sierra  Club  Wilderness  Calendar  1977 

The  popular  wall  calendar — with  14  all- 
new,  lull-color  photos  facing  the  months 
of  the  year,  10 1/2  x  12  '4  .     $4.95 

Sierra  Club  Trail  Calendar  1977 

14  full-color  photos  plus  line  illustrations 
and  literary  selections.  lOVa  x  WVi.  $4,95 

Sierra  Club  Wildlife  Calendar  1977 

14  full-color  photos  of  some  of  North 
America's  endangered  species.  lOVt  x 
8'^.     $4.95 


New  this  year! 


What  the  Forest  Tells  Me 

The  1977  Sierra  Club  Calendar 
and  Almanac  for  Young  People. 
Each  day  is  a  treasury  of  nature  facts, 
writings,  lore,  crafts,  poetry  and  drawings, 
with    13  color   illustrations  plus  project 
pages.  88  pages.  10  y4  x  10  M.     $4.95 
All  calendars  individually  packed 
in  self-shipping  envelopes. 

■  ^  ^    At  your  bookstore  or  order  from    ^  ^  ■ 

Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  Dept.  AS 
597  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  10017 
Please  send  me 
Sierra   Club  Engagement   Calendar 

1977 
Sierra    Club   Wilderness    Calendar 

1977 

Sierra  Club  Trail  Calendar  1977 

Sierra  Club  Wildlife  Calendar  1977 

What  the  Forest  Tells  Me 

Name 


Address  _ 
City 


State. 


-Zip.. 


109 


TIME 

MACHINE 

FOR  SALE. 

15  FOR  SIX 

ROUND 

TRIPS 

Every  issue  of  ARCHAEOLOGY  Magazine  sends  you 

on  a  fascinating  voyage  to  antiquity.  And  every  issue  is 

truly  a  collector's  item.  Rich,  full  page  illustrations,  lavish 

reproductions  of  ancient  art,  front-line  reports  of  excavations 

and  discoveries,  and  much  more.  .  .are  waiting  for  you  right  now. 

Published  by  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

ARCHAEOLOGY 

THOUSANDS  OF  YEARS  BEHIND  THE  TIMES 


ARCHAEOLOGY  -  Dept.  N-8 

260  West  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y  10013 

Please  send  one  year's  subscription  (6  issues)  of  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Check  enclosed  for  $15  Bill  me. 

Check  enclosed  for  2  years  for  $27  Bill  me. 

Name 

Address 

City 


N-7 


.  State _ 


.Zip_ 


An  extraordinary  exploration! 


DWELLERS 
IN  THE  SEA 


DOUGL.4SFAF 


Photographs  by  Douglas  Faulkner 

Come  on  an  unforgettable  voyage. ..from  the  North  Atlantic 
Coast,  to  the  Caribbean,  to  the  Galapagos,  and  the  Indo-Pacific 
with  the  great  Douglas  Faulkner  as  he  records  this 
extraordinary  world  on  film. 
Text  by  Dr.  Barry  Fell  of  Harvard  University. 

$35.00  untilJan.  1,  1977 
READER'S  DIGEST  PRESS      $49.00  thereafter 


he  does  not  write  like  an  Englishman; 
he  writes  like  a  Canadian.  His  book, 
A  World  of  My  Own,  is  subtitled  Ad- 
venture and  Personal  Renewal  in  the 
Wilderness.  Okay.  According  to  Mr. 
Tomkies  he  was  a  highly  successful 
journalist  in  England  and  Europe, 
jostling  elbows  and  spilling  drinks 
with  "the  rich,  the  illustrious,  the 
swift"  in  London,  Paris,  Rome,  Ma- 
drid. And  then,  suddenly,  at  the  age 
of  forty  (like  Henry  Miller),  he  gave 
it  all  up  in  disgust,  including  the 
glamorous  women,  homesteaded  a 
few  acres  on  the  rockbound  coast  of 
British  Columbia,  and  built  him- 
self— a  log  cabin.  With  the  help  of  a 
neighbor,  in  this  case  a  wise  old  ex- 
logger  and  carpenter  with  quaint 
speech  mannerisms:  "  'Hoysters  are 
good  for  you,'  he  said  emphatically. 
.  .  .  'Hoysters,  heggs  and honions!'  " 
Once  he  gets  a  roof  over  his  head  the 
ex-journalist  sits  down  to  complete 
his  novel,  while  the  northwest  rains 
pour  down  all  winter  long  on  his 
shake  roof.  Suffering  from  loneli- 
ness, he  falls  in  love  with  a  dog.  His 
novel  is  rejected  by  four  different 
agents.  Not  publishers,  agents.  Natu- 
rally dejected,  he  goes  off  to  watch 
grizzly  bears  with  another  crusty  old 
character.  Pappy  Tihoni,  the  locally 
famous  Indian,  who  mrns  out  to  be 
a  bigger  windbag  than  Carlos  Caste- 
nada's  Don  Juan.  Pappy  Tihoni  talks 
like  this:  "Laddie,  one  can  love  hu- 
manity only  when  one  is  not  too 
closely  involved  with  it,  because  then 
it  becomes  a  huge,  tragic-comic 
joke."  And  so  on.  Was  it  Chekhov 
who  said,  "There  is  no  bore  like  the 
provincial  celebrity"? 

But  this  is  not  a  bad  book.  Despite 
the  cliches  that  keep  raining  down, 
like  the  skies  of  British  Columbia,  the 
author's  earnest  accomplishments 
compel  admiration,  while  some  of  his 
wilderness  adventures,  as  reported, 
have  the  ring  of  plausibility.  At  the 
end  of  the  book,  Tomkies,  his  spirit 
renewed  and  refreshed,  announces 
his  readiness  for  a  return  to  "what  is 
loosely  called  civilization."  He 
doesn't  say  where  he  is  going  next  but 
I  can  guess:  Los  Angeles. 

The  Year-Long  Day:  One  Man 's 
Arctic  is  a  work  of  collaboration  be- 
tween three  people:  Ivar  Ruud,  a 
young  Norwegian  who  lived  for  six 
years  on  Norway's  Spitzbergen  Is- 
land in  the  far  North,  and  Ann  and 
Evan  Maxwell,  professional  free- 
lance writers  and  journalists.  The 
year-long  day  of  the  title  refers,  of 
course,  to  the  prolonged  days  and 


Ivar  Ruud 


lights  of  the  Arctic  summer  and 
ivinter. 

Mr.  Ruud's  life  in  the  Arctic  was 
irduous,  adventurous,  and  hazard- 
Dus.  The  book  describes  his  work  as 
i  trapper  of  foxes  and  as  a  hunter  of 
iucks,  geese,  seals,  bears.  He  travels 
3y  boat,  by  skis,  by  dog  team.  He 
survives  blizzards,  storms  at  sea,  the 
loneliness  and  boredom  of  the  long, 
iark  winters,  and  several  hair-raising 
encounters  with  polar  bears.  The  con- 
stant struggle  with  cold  and  wind 
strikes  me  as  a  miserable  way  to  make 
i  living,  but  Mr.  Ruud  found  it  to  his 
liking  and  would  be  there  yet,  he  tells 
js,  on  that  bleak  and  ice-covered  is- 
land, if  the  Norwegian  government 
lad  not  closed  it  to  hunting  and  trap- 
ping. The  book  is  illustrated  with 
striking  photographs  by  the  protago- 
nist; the  pictures  of  polar  bears  are 
especially  impressive.  Mr.  Ruud  now 
lives  in  Los  Angeles.  Can't  blame 
lim. 

Three  modest  books,  as  I  said.  But 
Ihe  lives  they  portray,  the  nerve  and 
:he  daring  they  reveal,  can  only 
inspire  in  most  of  us,  slothful 
ireamers  that  we  are,  feelings  of  re- 
spect and  envy. 

Edward  Abbey  is  the  author  of  The 
Monkey  Wrench  Gang,  a  novel,  and 
several  other  books. 


NOW  IN  PAPERBACK! 


THE  CREATION 


by  Ernst  Haas 

GENESIS:  The  Slory  ol  the  Creadon 
lold  in  a  series  of  slunninK.  lull  color 
pholoKraphs  by  the  worlds  loremosl 
color  photographer  ErnsI  Haas  106 
lullcolor  plates  arranged  m  llowne 
sequences  lollowing  the  opening  chap 
ters  ot  the  Book  o(  Genesis:  the  ele 
ments.  the  seasons,  the  creatures 
these  images  are  a  hymn  m  praise  of 
the  beauty  of  the  earth  which  man  has 
inherited  and  must  ardently  seek  to  pro 
ted.  Already  established  as  a  classic 
work  in  hardcover,  THE  CREATION,  is 
now  reproduced  in  a  high-quality  paper 
back  edition  at  the  incredible  price  ol 

No.  4426  Only  $8.95 

No.  4417  S35.00  hardcover 


BUTTERFLY 
MAGIC 

The  ifide^cenl  beauty  ol  the  butterlly  s 
wings  phologfaphed  by  National  Science 
Foundation  photographer.  Kjell  B.  Sandved 
bursts  across  these  pages  like  brilliant 
abstract  paintings  in  harmonious  com- 
bination with  a  thorough,  fascinating 
text  by  Dr,  Michael  G,  Emsley,  Prolessor 
ol  Biology  at  George  Mason  University 
76  lull-color  photographs 
No,  4472  S12.95 

VOLCANOES 

by  Peter  Francis 

The  volcano  phenomenon  in  all  it's  aspects  clearly 
explained  m  this  absorbing  and  well-documented 
study  A  thought-provoking  and  up-to-date  study 
of  both  terrestrial  and  submarine  activity.  Illus- 
trated with  charts,  drawings,  plus  64  black  & 
white  photographs 
No.  4439  S4.95 


YOURS  FREE 

with  any  book  purchase 


Ada  75c   postage  4    handling  charges 
for  1   book  plus  25C  for  each  aoodionai 

I_   Please  send  me  /our   Laurel   Phoio- 
gracfiic   Book  CATALOG  ONLY    Enci     .s 


CHARGE  TO  h 


"„  BankAmeri 

ard  D  Atnencan  Enpress 

E.D  Date 

(No  CODS 

1 0  D»y  Moowy  Back  Gu<f  frt—.  275 


rip-off 


America's  Best-Selling  Dictionary. 
Its  where  the  words  live. 

Webster's  New  Collegiate  Dictionary  is  so  vivid  the  words  seem 
to  come  alive.  Over  22,000  new  words  like  "rip-off'  and  "cryonics" 
make  instant  sense  to  anyone.  And  crusty  old  words  you  could  never 
quite  understand— like  "objurgation"  — suddenly  become  child's 
play.  In  fact,  everything  about  it  makes  words  easier  to  use  than 
ever  before.  Which  may  explain  why  it's  the  best-selling  dictionary 
ever.  At  only  $9.95,  it's  practically  a  steal.  For  your  family,  office, 
or  as  a  gift. 

From  Merriam- Webster. 


Portraits 

from 

North  American 

Indian  Life 


Reproductions  of  88  memorable  photogravure  prints  of  Edward 
S.  Curtis  portraits  bound  togetfier  into  a  book,  incorporating  many  of 
the  best  specimens  of  his  "loving  and  poetic  monument"  to  the  North 
American    Indian.    Fascinating    cap- 
tions describe  each  Indian  life. study, 
composed  from  Curtis'  own  personal 
impressions,    his    notes    and    field 
records.  Insightful   introductions  by 
A.D.  Coleman  and  T.C.  McLuhan.  12" 
X     9",     soft     cover     $8.50,     covers 
shipping  and  handling. 


te'MMK^ 


Selected  portfolio  of  5  impressive 
historic  prints,  among  them  a  well- 
known  portrait  of  the  famous 
warrior  Chief  Joseph.  Each  print  is 
reproduced  directly  from  the  orig-  -  "-  ^ 
inal  Curtis  photogravures— ^8"  x  14",  on  high  quality  stock  and 
ready  to  frame.  $17.00,  covers  shipping  and  handling. 


I  Natural  History  Selections,  Dept.  M100 
Box  5123,  Des  IVIoines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me:.. Books  at  $8.50  each 

J Portfolios  at  $17. OOeach 

n  My  check/money  order.payable  to  Natural  History. is  enclosed 

O I  prefer  to  charge  to  American  Express 

Valid  ttiru 
Signature 


fCity 


Zip 


I  MUSEUM  MEMBERS,  please  take  10%  discount. 

IQCtieck  for  FREE  broctiure.  IVIake  your  own  selections  of  any 
5  prints  from  tfie  24  poetic  Curtis  prints  available, lor  same  price 
as  our  featured  portfolio.  No  obligation.  Send  today. 


Additional 
Reading 


Spirits  of  tiie  Dead  (p.  12) 

Several  autobiographical  accounts  of 
field  anthropologists'  experiences,  which 
have  appeared  in  Natural  History  are  col- 
lected in  part  3,  "On  Natives  and  Na- 
ivete," oiAnts,  Indians,  and  Little  Dino- 
saurs (New  York;  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  1975,  $8.95).  Hortense  Powder- 
maker's  Stranger  and  Friend:  The  Ways 
of  an  Anthropologist  (New  York:  W.W. 
Norton  &  Company,  1966,  $2.65)  gives 
accounts  of  field  work  in  four  diverse  cul- 
tures. The  Savage  and  the  Innocent,  by 
David  Maybury-Lewis  (Boston:  Beacon 
Press,  1968,  $2.95),  recounts  his  expedi- 
tion to  central  Brazil  and  the  effects  of 
mutual  misinterpretations,  distrust,  and 
other  difficulties  on  his  studues.  Arnold 
Schneebaum's  Keep  the  River  on  Your 
Right  (New  York:  Grove  Press,  1969, 
$  1 .95)  is  a  powerful  tale  of  self -discovery 
while  living  among  a  previously  undis- 
covered tribe  in  Peru.  Tristes  Tropiques, 
by  Claude  Levi-Strauss  (translated  by  J. 
and  D.  Weightman,  New  York:  Athen- 
eum  Publishers,  1974,  $3.95),  provides 
insights  into  the  author's  feelings  during 
an  anthropological  and  intellectual  odys- 
sey  to  South  America. 

White-taUed  Kites  (p.  40) 

Two  sources  of  background  informa- 
tion on  kites  and  their  place  among  the 
other  raptorial  birds  are  Leslie  Brown  and 
Dean  Amadon's  Eagles,  Hawks,  and  Fal- 
cons of  the  World  (New  York:  McGraw- 
Hill  Books,  1968)  and  Arthur  Cleveland 
Bent's  Life  Histories  of  North  American 
Birds  of  Prey,  published  in  1937  as  part 
of  a  monumental  23-volume  series  on  the 
natural  history  of  our  avifauna  and  now 
available  as  an  inexpensive  reprint  (New 
York:  Dover  Publications,  2  vols.,  1958, 
$4  each).  "Natural  History  of  the  White- 
tailed  Kite  in  San  Diego  County,  Cali-j 
fornia,"  by  J.B.  Dixon  et  al.  (Condor,^ 
1957,  vol.  59,  pp.  156-65),  reports  on  i 
long-term  study  of  nesting,  communa 
roosting,  and  other  aspects  of  kite  behav-j 
ioral  ecology.  "Range  Expansion  and 
Population  Increase  in  North  and  Middle! 
America  of  the  White-tailed  Kite  {Elanus 
leucurus) , "  by  Eugene  Eisenman  (^Amer- 
ican Birds,  1971,  vol.  25,  pp.  529-36), 
describes  the  species'  ecological  adapta- 
tions and  its  response  to  habitat  changes. 
"Recovery  of  the  White-tailed  Kite,"  by 


Just  Published! 


BOILING 
VA7HTERS 


inouelby 

SRRflHfl.MnSSOUR 


In  this  two-part  narrative  novel,  the 
author  relates  in  an  hypnotically 
captivating  style,  the  great  mythical 
and  historical  events  associated 
with  the  Indians  of  the  Southwest. 
Combines  vivid  legends  with 
historical  fact  and  fictional  charac- 
ters. $5.95 

At  your  bookstore  or 
postpaid  from: 

VANTAGE  PRESS,  Inc. 

516  W.  34  St..  New  York.  N.Y.  10001 


This  Is  a  complete  recording,  delivered  by  Louis 
Zoul,  of  Edward  Fitzgerald's  5tli  version,  and  is 
the  cumulative  effort  of  three  men  of  genius. 

It  Is  followed  by  a  few  comments  and  compari- 
sons, and  also  Pedro  Calderon  de  la  Barca's  The 
Dream  Called  Lite  and  Life  is  a  Dream. 

Lastly,  beginning  with  Hamlet's  soliloquy,  there 
Is  some  of  Shakespear's  best. 


Among  the  kudos  we've  received,  this  came  from 
aprofessor  In  Ethiopla:"ltls  beyond  compare!"  A 
Brooklyn  lady  wrote:  "I  play  it  over  and  over.  It  is 
my  treasure. "While  from  Canada  a  gentleman  re- 
quested:"Becausethe  record  is  such  a  beauty, 
send  another  one." 

A    iuperlalive    delivery    of   tupertafive    poetry 

{10.00 
Now  there  Is  also  available  a  companion  book.  It 
is  hand  bound  and  printed  on  high  bulk  long  life 
archive  book  paper.  Estimated  duration-  500yrs 

S15.00 

riii5  Applicable  Sales  Ta» 
lo;ly  lor  N.Y.SIrrI-  re,iderl,) 

Available  Only  By  Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

Box   N -4044  Long  Island  Crty, 

New  York  11104 


Donald  R.  Fry,  Jr.,  (Pacific  Discovery. 
1966,  vol.  19,  pp.  27-30),  discusses  ;. 
study  of  one  large  roosting  population  in 
relation  to  game  managemenl  problems 
l^c  Waian  and  Rey  Stcndell's  "The 
White-tailed  Kile  in  California,  with  Ob- 
servations of  the  Santa  Barbara  Popula- 
tion" (California  Fish  and  Game.  1970, 
vol .  56,  pp.  1 88-98)  gives  further  details 
of  the  kite  studies  described  by  Waian  in 
his  present  article. 

The  First  GorUla  (p  48) 

George  B.  Schaller's  The  Year  of  the 
Con'//a  (Chicago;  University  of  Chicago 
Press,  1964,  $2.95)  recounts  his  years  of 
careful  field  work  and  his  discoveries  on 
the  behavior  and  ecology  of  the  mountain 
gorilla — many  of  which  disf)el  the  myths 
surrounding  this  giant  ajje.  Carl  E.  Ake- 
ley's  early  attempts  to  study  the  gorilla 
in  the  wild  are  described  in  the  Sep- 
tember-October 1923  issue  of  Natural 
History  ("Gorillas — Real  and  Mythi- 
cal," pp.  428—47).  Gorilla  mythology 
may  be  traced  through  Ramona  and  Des- 
mond Morris's  Men  and  Apes  (New 
York:  McGraw-Hill  Books,  1966)  and 
W.C.  McDermott's  The  Ape  in  Antiquity 
(Baltimore:  Johns  Hopkins  Press,  1938). 
Paul  B.  Du  Chaillu's  Explorations  and 
Adventures  in  Equatorial  Africa  (1 86 1 ) 
was  perhaps  the  greatest  generator  of  mis- 
information concerning  gorillas  in  the 
wild.  It  has  been  reprinted  a  number  of 
times  (for  example,  by  Negro  Universi- 
ties Press,  Westport,  Connecticut)  and 
should  be  available  in  many  libraries. 
Two  recent  books  dealing  with  the  great 
apes  and  gorillas  are  The  Apes,  by  Ver- 
non Reynolds  (New  York:  Harper  & 
Row,  1971,  $3.45),  and  The  Gentle 
Giants:  The  Gorilla  Story,  by  Geoffrey 
H.  Bourne  (New  York:  G.P.  Putnam's 
Sons,  1975). 

Energy  from  Waste  (p.  96) 

Wilson  Clark's  Energy  for  Survival: 
The  Alternative  to  Extinction  (New 
York:  Anchor  Press,  1974,  $4.95)  deals 
with  a  wide  range  of  energy  tech- 
nologies— from  conventional  sources 
(oil,  gas,  coal)  to  the  more  esoteric  (nu- 
clear, solar,  wind,  tides,  ocean  currents). 
The  Energy  Conservation  Papers,  edited 
by  physicist  Robert  H.  Williams  (Cam- 
bridge: Ballinger  Publishing,  1975), 
brings  together  six  seminal  studies  of  en- 
ergy conservation  strategies,  including 
one  on  energy  from  organic  waste. 
Harold  H.  Leich's  "The  Sewerless  Soci- 
ety" (Bulletin  of  the  Atomic  Scientists, 
November  1 975 ,  pp .  38-44)  describes  ' '  a 
quiet  revolution  in  disposal  methods," 
including  alternatives  to  the  ubiquitous 
flush  toilet.  A  Time  to  Choose:  America 's 
Energy  Future,  by  the  staff  of  the  Energy 
Policy  Project  of  the  Ford  Foundation 
(Cambridge:  Ballinger  Publishing,  1974, 
$3.95),  is  the  final  report  of  a  multimil- 
lion-dollar study  of  the  growth  in  U.S. 
energy  consumption. 

Gordon  Beckhorn 


L.L.Bean 


Bean  s  Chamois 
Cloth  Robe 


Our  popular  Chamois  Ctoth  in 
a  slightly  heavier  weight 
Makes  an  exceptionaUy  soft 
and  warm  knee  length 
bathrotie.  Chamois  Cloth  is 
a  rugh  graoe  lOO"..  ootion 
flannel  thicWy  napped  on  toth 
sides    Abswtient   and   long 

Jjm  wearing,  it  gels  softer  and 
.  <S  more  comfortable  with  age 
I  L^B  Macfurw  washable 
nS  Well  tailored  arxl  fully  ptopor- 
'  ^^"  tioned  t>y  one  ol  the  oountr/s 
(inest  t>athrobe  makefs. 
Traditional  wraparound  style 
with  sash  and  belt  loops  Dou- 
ble shawl  collar,  lull  length 
Sleeves  with  cuffs  and  two 
roomy  waist  level  pockets- 
Breast  pocket  Length  about 
13  Weight  about  i  lb  10  oz 
Colors  Tan  and  Bright  Red  Mens  sizes  Extra  Small  (34) 
Small  (36),  Medium  (38-40),  Large  (42-44),  Extra  Large  (46). 
Smaller  sizes  lit  most  women  Price.  S33.00  postpaid. 


n  Please  send  FREE  128-page  Fall.  1976  Catalog.  Please 
Snip  Postpaid. 

_  Chamois  Cloth  Robe  o  $33.00 

Size Color  

~  Check  enclosed  ^  Master  Charge 

^  BankAmericard  _  Amencan  Express 


Name 

Address . 

City  

State 


L.L.  Bean,  Inc. 

624  Main  Street.  Freeport.  ME  04033 


i^. 


Share  ttiems 
ot  Exploring  I    . 
ouier Space;   ^ 


All  DYNASCOPES, 
including  tliis 
superb  RV-6,  6-incli 
available  ^''^    *15  Crating 

on  easy  terms!  "  Charge 

Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  v/ho  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rev^ards  go  on  tor  years!  And 
It's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Ctioose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbook  is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE-the  same  Instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave..  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 

S  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pat.  Office 

CRfTEfllON  MANUFACTURING  CO.Dept,  NH-72 
620  Oakwood  Ave,,  W.  Hartford.  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 

Name 

Address 

C  ity State_ 


113 


If  you're  not 
afraid  to  get 
a  little  dirt 
on  your  hands: 


That's  just  about  what  it's  going 
to  take  to  perk  up  the  health  of  our 
ailing  planet. 

Wishing  won't  make  it  so.  Neither 
will  pretending  that  environmental 
problems  don't  exist.  That  "things 
ain't  so  bad."  Nor  that  there's 
nothing  one  individual  could  do 
about  them  even  if  they  were. 

What  our  environment  needs  are 
a  few  realistic,  level-headed  folks 
who  are  willing  to  roll  up  their 
sleeves  and  get  down  to  work  in  a 
thousand  small,  practical,  workable 
ways. 

And  if  you'd  like  some  specific 
examples,  we'd  like  to  send  some  to 
you  —  free  of  charge  —  in  the 
latest  issue  of  ENVIRONMENT 
ACTION  BULLETIN,  the  action 
newsletter  that's  had  its  shoulder  to 
the  environmental  wheel  since  the 
movement's  very  beginning. 

OUR  HEAD'S  IN  THE  OZONE, 
OUR  FEET  IN  THE  TOPSOIL 

You'll  be  surprised  when  you 
see  just  how  much  an  individual 
like  you  can  do  to  make  things 
better.  In  your  own  backyard.  Your 
community.  And  in  the  course  of 
your  normal,  daily  life. 

And  you'll  be  surprised  at  just 
how  much  EAB  can  help. 

That's  because  every  single  issue 
of  EAB  is  especially  written  to  help 
your  every  action  have  greater 
environmental  impact. 

We'll  help  you  keep  a  watchful  eye 
on  government  and  big  business. 
Recently  the  FDA  approved  the 
acrylonitrile  bottle.  EAB  was  the 
very  first  publication  to  assess  the 


dangers  of  this  substance,  to  dig  out 
and  publish  the  research  indicting 
acrylonitrile  as  an  endocrine  sys- 
tem poison.  We  gave  our  readers 
the  facts  and  names  so  they  could 
add  their  voice  to  the  call  for  more 
study  and  an  FDA  reassessment. 

We'll  help  you  solve  environ- 
mental problems  at  your  local  level. 
From  radioactive  waste  spills  in 
Nevada  to  PCB  pollution  in  Lake 
Superior,  EAB  brings  you  behind- 
the-scenes  of  the  environmental 
stories  in  your  area.  You'll  get  the 
names  of  the  people  and  organiza- 
tions fighting  the  good  fight  in  your 
own  backyard  .  .  .  and  details  of 
how  you  can  help. 

We'll  put  you  in  touch  with  some 
of  the  sanest,  most  innovative  thinkers 
in  the  world  today.  Up  in  Massa- 
chusetts for  instance,  there's  a 
State  Commission  on  Organic  Waste 
Recycling.  This  agency  is  working 
now  to  reclaim  sewage  sludge  for 
use  on  the  land  and  to  compost 
urban  waste  for  fertilizer.  Couldn't 
your  state  use  an  agency  like  that? 
Couldn't  you  help  get  one  started? 

And  what  about  the  environ- 
mental dangers  of  genetic  engi- 
neering? Did  you  know  that  re- 
searchers have  put  together  a  never- 
before-seen  virus  that  causes  cancer 
in  the  highest  primates  —  and  per- 
haps in  man?  EAB  tells  you  who's 
doing  this  kind  of  work  and  how  you 
can  fight  for  safety. 

And  more.  Much  more,  in  fact. 
Diet,  health,  agriculture,  legislation, 
economics  —  EAB  covers  the  entire 
inter-connected  environmental 
world. 


TRY  THE  LATEST  ISSUE  ON  US 

EAB  is  folksy  enough  for  the 
farmer,  cogent  enough  for  a  college 
professor  and  practical  enough  for 
today's  aware  business  community. 

Want  to  get  your  hands  soiled  a 
bit? 

Send  for  the  latest 
issue  of  EAB  —  with- 
out obligation  to  ^ 
subscribe  —  and  '^  1' 
we'll  show  you 

some     dandy  jf*f  / 

ways.  Just  mail 
the  coupon  be- 
low. 


FREE  SAMPLE   ISSUE  ^    ^ 

□  Send  me  the  latest  issue  of  ENVI- 
RONMENT ACTION  BULLETIN 
and  enter  a  subscription  for  26  biweelcly 
issues  I'or  me.  If  I  decide  to  receive  fu- 
ture issues,  I  agree  to  pay  you  $4.95.  If 
I  do  not  want  to  receive  future  copies,  I 
need  only  write  "cancel"  return  the  in- 
voice and  owe  you  nothing.  The  first  is- 
sue is  mine  without  obligation. 

□  Payment  enclosed  to  save  paper  and 
resources.  Send  me  a  full  refund  if  I 
decide  to  cancel.  E80003 

NAME 


STATE. 


-ZIP. 


ENVIRONMENT  ACTION 

BULLETIN* 

Organic  Park,  Emmaus,  PA  18049 

ENVIRONMENT  ACTION  BULLETIN  is  a 
biweekly  newsletter  from  Rodale  Press,  pub- 
lishers of  ORGANIC  GARDENING  AND 
FARMING®  and  PREVENTION®  maga- 
zines. 


Announcements 


A  permanent  exhibition,  the  first  of  its 
kind  in  the  world— The  Hall  of  the 
Sun — will  open  at  the  American  Mu- 
seum-Hayden  Planetarium  in  late  No- 
vember. The  hall's  exhibits,  created 
through  models,  graphics,  and  light- 
ing, will  explain  the  sun's  role  in  the 
universe  and  its  influence  on  our  daily 
lives.  Visitors  to  the  hall  will  first 
enter  a  red-  and  orange-hued  gallery 
where  they  will  learn  how  the  sun  in- 
fluences climate,  how  it  creates  wind 
and  produces  food,  and  how  its  en- 
ergy can  be  utilized.  Using  levers  and 
wheels ,  visitors  will  be  able  to  manip- 
ulate many  of  the  exhibits.  The  hall's 
second  gallery  will  explain  the  sun's 
role  in  the  universe.  Rotating  models 
of  the  sun  and  earth  at  either  end  of 
the  gallery  will  show  the  comparative 
sizes  of  these  two  bodies.  A  laser 
beam  encased  in  lucite  and  running 
between  the  two  models  will  mark  off 
their  distance  from  each  other.  Exhib- 
its using  lighting  reflected  in  mirrors 


will  simulate  the  surface  and  interior 
of  the  sun.  Other  exhibits  will  explain 
the  sun's  energy  capacity  and  its  his 
tory.  The  hall  will  also  have  a  small 
theater  where  continuous  films  will  be 
shown. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museum,  "Follow  the  Sun"  will 
continue  through  November  29.  This 
Sky  Show  explores  the  nature  of  our 
nearest  star,  its  source  of  energy,  the 
changes  it  undergoes,  some  of  its  in- 
fluences on  earth,  and  its  place  in  the 
universe.  Ancient  societies  wor- 
shiped the  sun  and  followed  its  mo- 
tion, often  performing  elaborate  ritu- 
als in  an  attempt  to  gain  some  control 
over  its  activities.  Today,  astron- 
omers follow  the  sun  hour-by-hour 
with  sophisticated  solar  instruments 
and  record  outbursts  of  magnetic 
storms,  giant  eruptive  prominences, 
and  violent  solar  flares  that  send  large 
amounts    of    radiation    into    space. 


\rchitect's  model  of  The  Hall  of  the  Sun 


QUESTAR  PHOTOGRAPHS 
THE  FACE  OF  THE  SUN 

This  photograph,  taken  some  years  ago 
during  a  peak  of  solar  activity,  not  only 
shows  great  detail  in  the  enormous 
sunspot,  but  reveals  the  "orange  peel" 
or  "rice  groin"  texture  of  the  surface,  so 
familiar  to  experienced  sun  observers. 

Photographing  the  sun's  detail,  with  Its 
granulations  that  measure  only  1   to  2 
seconds  of  ore,  should  be  a  job  for  the 
great  mountointop  observatories,  where  a 
giant  telescope  can  avoid  sighting  through 
the  worst  of  the  earth's  heot-agifated  air. 
However,  this  picture  was  taken  with  the 
7-pound  portable  Questor  at  midday,  right 
through  the  earth's  entire  atmosphere,  at 
sea  level!    Exposure,  1/1000  second  on 
35  mm.  Microfile  film;  effective  focal  length 
over  50  feet.    Our  photographic  print  fails 
to  show  all  the  beautiful  tracery  so  plainly 
visible  on  the  negative. 

For  totally  safe  observation  of  the  sun, 
Questor  20  years  ago  developed  its 
patented  filters  which  keep  more  than 
99%  of  the  damaging  heat  and  light  from 
entering  the  telescope.  This  was  the  first 
thought  anyone  had  given  to  keeping 
these  rays  out  of  the  instrument  itself  since 
Galileo  sighted  through  his  first  telescope 
in   1609! 

©  QUESTAR  CORPORATION  1971 

Send  lor  the  Questar  booklet  describing  the 
world's  finest,  most  versatile  telescope;  in  full 
color  with  1 50  photographs  by  Questar  owners. 
$1  covers  mailing  on  this  continent.  B/  air, 
to  South  America  $3.00;  Europe  and  North  Africa, 
$3.50;  elsewhere,  $4.00. 

QUESTAR 

Box  60         New  Hope,  Pa.  18938 


Indians 

in  the 

Northeast 

The  1977 
Natural  History  Calendar 


deluxe  edition  published  by 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


A  photographic  celebration  of  the 
unique  quality  and  character  of  these 
handsome  people.  Brilliant  color  studies 
of  current  life  provide  a  rich  contrast  to 
stark  black  and  white  prints  from  the 
first  quarter  of  this  century.  15  in  all,  and 


all  deserving  to  be  framed,  including  3 
full-size  12"  X  18"  spreads. 
Full  color,  high  gloss  stock. 
Order  early  for  gifts.  With 
envelope,  $4.00. 


Natural  History  Calendar,  Dept.  C550 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me calendars  at 

$4.00  each.  My  check/money  order  for 
a  total  of  $ is  enclosed. 

(Third  Class  postage  is  included.  Add  SOgeach 
for  First  Class  Mail.) 


Name 

Address 

(please  print) 

City 

Stale 

Zip 

Museum  members  may  take  a  10%  discount'. 


Shows  begin  at  2:00  p.m.  and  3:30 
P.M.  on  weekdays,  with  more  fre- 
quent showings  on  weekends.  Ad- 
mission is  $2.35  for  adults  and  $1.35 
for  children  and  students  (special 
rates  for  groups  and  senior  citizens). 

The  following  Field  Study  Tours  are 

scheduled  for  1977. 

Anthropology  Tour  to  Morocco — 
A  journey  through  Moroccan  cities 
and  countryside  to  the  famous  medi- 
eval city  of  Fes,  the  souks  of  Marra- 
kech,  the  camel  markets  at  Sijil- 
massa,  and  into  the  Sahara  Desert; 
visits  will  be  made  to  Berber  villages 
and  to  archeological  sites  and  muse- 
ums in  Tangier,  Rabat,  Roman  Volu- 
bilis  and  Lixus. 

Geology  Tour  of  Iceland  and 
Greenland — Iceland,  a  land  of  ice 
and  fire  that  straddles  the  Mid- Atlan- 
tic Ridge,  continues  to  be  reshaped 
by  crustal  movements,  volcanic  ac- 
tivity and  glaciation.  Greenland  has 
some  of  earth's  oldest  rocks  as  well 
as  North  America's  largest  single  ice 
mass.  Visits  will  be  made  to  Eskimo 
coastal  villages. 

Other  tours  are  Archeology  Tour  to 
Mexico,  Archeology  Tour  to  Maya 
Mesoamerica,  Archeology  Tour  to' 
South  America,  Wildlife  Tour  to 
Alaska:  Giant  of  the  North,  East  Afri- 
can Geological  Safari,  Field  Geology 
of  the  Grand  Canyon,  Weekend  Field 
Trip  for  Bird  Enthusiasts,  and  Week- 
end Field  Trip  in  Geology.  For  details 
on  fees  and  dates  write  to  Museum 
Tours  or  call  873-7507. 

The  Special  Gem  Exhibit  of  the  Hall 
of  Minerals  and  Gems  on  the  first 
floor  of  the  Museum  has  been  ex 
tended  through  November.  On  dis 
play  are  the  Tiffany  Diamond,  the  Eu 
genie  Blue,  the  Zale  Light  of  Peace 
and  three  new  additions:  the  Bicen- 
tennial Diamond  Necklace,  crafted  in 
1776  by  order  of  George  III  of  Eng- 
land, which  contains  nearly  500  dia- 
monds totaling  330  carats;  the  Flam- 
ing Star,  a  flawless,  exceptionally 
rare  pear-shaped  diamond,  which 
weighs  18.52  carats  and  fluoresces 
with  a  vivid  red  glow;  and  the  Golden 
Hope,  a  naturally-colored,  cushion 
cut  yellow  diamond  weighing  44.35 
carats  and  set  in  a  diamond,  gold,  and 
platinum  pin. 

Note:  The  main  auditorium  of  the 
Museum  will  be  closed  to  the  public 
through  January  1977.  Weekly  film 
programs  will  be  held  in  the  Educa- 
tion Hall  on  the  first  floor. 


ii6 


Says  Miss  Dietrich:  "Brazil  isn't  a  country.  It's  a  poem."  In  Brazil,  you 
find  the  niost  beautiful  baroque  churches  m  the  Western  Hemisphere  and 
the  world's  most  startling  modern  architecture.  You  experience  the  pan- 
demonium of  a  Rio  soccer  game  and  the  perfect  peace  of  jungle  rivers 
where  the  only  sounds  are  birds.  Brazil  is  yesterday— colonial  towns 
that  have  remained  in  the  17th  century.  And  it's  Brasilia,  a  surrealist's 
dream.  But  mostly  it's  people  who  move  like  dancers,  talk  Kke  songs, 
and  smile  like  friends.  Travelers  don't  simply 
like  Brazil,  they  go  mad  for  the  place. 

You  can  spend  seven  nights  m  Bio  for 
as  little  as  $63Ct  including  roundtnp 
airfare,  first  class  hotel  full  Brazilian 
breakfasts,  transfer  services  and 
sightseeing  tours.  See  your  travel  agent 

For  this  beautiful  112  page  booklet 
on  Brazil  call  800-447-4700  (toll  free). 

In  Illinois  cafl  800-322-4400. 

In  Canada  write:  Brazilian  Travel  Offer, 

Box  3900,  Peona,  1.  61614. 

(^EMBRATUft  /BRAZILIAN  TOURISM  AUTHORITY 
MINISTRY  OF  INDUSTRY  AND  COMMERCE 

'Based  on  Miami  departure.  Similar  tours  available  for  departure  from  New  Yorl<  ($674) 
and  Los  Angeles  ($804).  Rates  are  per  person,  double  occupancy. 


'**■:       -'^- 


The  1977  Lincoln  Continental  sets  a 
high  standard  for  luxury  cars.  Full- 
sized,  full-luxury,  to  give  you  the 
pleasures  of  space,  of  comfort,  of  su- 
perb handling  on  the  highway. 
That's  because  it's  a  Continental.  Un- 
mistakable from  its  redesigned  front 
end  to  its  winning  Lincoln  ride. 


For  1977,  some  luxury  cars  are  smaller 

than  last  year. 

For  1977,  Lincoln  Continental  retains 

its  traditional  luxtiry  car  size. 

We  believe  it's  a  luxury  car  that  meets 

your  standards. 

Lincoln  Continental.  A  standard 

by  which  luxury  cars  are  judged. 

LINCOLN  CONTINEr 

LINCOLN-MERCURY  DIVISION  ^ 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


DECEMBER  1976  •  $1.26 


It  odds  something  to  your  life  to  possess 
these  beauties  of  nature.  By  Aynsley  whose 
heroic  achievements  as  a  Stoke-On-Trent 
potter  have  been  hailed  since  1775.  Even 
this  year,  the  Queen  of  England  celebrated 
America's  bicentennial  by  bringing  a 
noble  Aynsley  eagle  to  Boston.  There's  o 
whole  porcelain  jungle  of  animals  &  birds 
sculpted  by  Aynsley  Write  for  free  full-color 
brochure  Aynsley  Bone  China,  225  Fifth 
Ave,  New  York,  NY.  10010.  (It's  the  English 
member  of  the  Waterford  Crystal  family] 


"*"*' 


;-^P^''  . 


NATURAL  HISTORY 


Incorpuralitin  Nutun'  Mufiuijru 
Vol.  LXXXV.  No.  10 
December  1976 


llw  Amt'ri( an  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Robert  C.  Goelet.  President 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson.  Director 


Alan  Ternes,  Editor 

Thomas  Page.  Designer 

Board  of  Editors: 

Sally  Lindsay,  Frederick  Harttnann, 

Christopher  Hallowell 

Carol  Brestin.  Book  Reviews  Editor 

Florence  G.  Edelstein.  Copy  Chief 

Gordon  Beckhorn.  Copy  Editor 

Angela  Soccodato.  Art  Asst. 

Diane  Pierson.  Editorial  Assl. 

Lillian  Berger 

Rosamoi^d  Dana,  Publications  Editor 

Editorial  Advisers: 

Dorothy  E.  Bliss.  Mark  Chartrand, 

Niles  Eldredge,  Margaret  Mead 

Thomas  D.  Nicholson,  Gerard  Piel, 

Martin  Prinz,  Francois  Vuilleumier 


David  D.  Ryus,  Publisher 
L.  Thomas  Kelly,  Business  Manager 
Sue  Severn.  Production  Manager 
Daniel  White,  Marketing  Manager 
Ernestine  Weindorf,  Administrative  Asst. 
Eileen  O'Keefe,  Business  Asst. 
Laurie  G.  Warhol 

Ann  Brown,  Circulation  Manager 
Elvira  Lopez,  Asst. 
Harriet  Walsh 

Publication  Office:  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West 
at  79th  Street.  New  York,  N.Y.   10024. 
Published  monthly,  October  through  May; 
bimonthly  June  to  September. 
Subscriptions:  $10.00  a  year.  In  Canada 
and  all  other  countries:  $12.00  a  year. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at 
New  York,  N.  Y.  and  at  additional  offices. 
Copyright  ©  1976  by  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
No  part  of  this  periodical  may  be 
reproduced  without  written  consent  of 
Natural  History.  The  opinions  expressed 
by  authors  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the 
policy  of  The  American  Museum. 
Natural  History  incorporating 
Nature  Magazine  is  indexed  in 
Reader's  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature. 
Advertising  Office:  Natural  History, 
420  Lexington  Avenue. 
New  York.  N.    Y.    10017 
Telephone:  (212)  686-1234 

Change  of  address  notices,  undeliverable 

copies,  orders  for  subscriptions. 

and  other  mail  items  are  to  be  sent  to 

Natural  History 

Membership  Services,  Box  6000 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


2 
8 

16 

20 
24 

33 

38 

48 

58 

68 
70 

74 

86 
88 

93 

102 

104 
Cover: 


Authors 

A  Native  Replies  John  L.  Gwaltney 

Informants  reply  differently  when  the  questioner  is  a  blind  Black  anthropologist. 

A  Naturalist  at  Large  George  M.  Woodwell 
Managing  the  Earth 's  Surface 

Letters 

This  View  of  Life  Stephen  Jay  Gould 
The  Advantages  of  Eating  Mom 

A  Matter  of  Taste  Raymond  Sokolov 
An  Even,  Gentle  Heat 

The  Bubble  Trade  Horace  Beck 

Along  the  Leeward  Islands  of  the  Caribbean,  smuggling  is  an  honorable,  if 

not  legal,  profession. 

A  Pelican  Synchrony  Fritz  L.  Knopf 

For  their  young  to  survive,  these  large  water  birds  form  into  timed  breeding 

colonies. 

Master  Design  of  the  Inca  Craig  Morris 

The  transport  network  of  this  carefully  planned  empire  rivaled  the  roads 

of  the  Romans. 

Celestial  Events  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 

The  Search  for  the  Culloden   Henry  W.  Moeller  and  Steven  A.  Giordano 
Curio-hunting  divers  continue  to  plunder  our  maritime  heritage. 

Golden  Trout  in  Trouble     Margaret  F.  Gold  and  John  R.  Gold 
"Coffee  pot"  transplants  nearly  a  century  ago  have  confused  the  heritage  of 
this  beautiful  California  fish. 

The  Market 

Sky  Reporter  Stephen  P.  Maran 
The  Splitting  of  Comet  West 

An  Exhibit  in  Review  Gerald  Oster 
The  Deceiving  Eye 

Additional  Reading 

Announcements 

Its  nuptial  crest  feathers  and  the  "horn"  on  its  bill  signify  that 
this  North  American  white  pelican  is  in  breeding  condition. 
Photograph  by  Herbert  Clarke.  Story  on  page  48. 


IntroducingThe 
Christian  Brothers 

Estate  Bottled 

Select  NapaWley 

Napa  Fume. 


We  are  still  a  bit  old-fashioned 
about  many  of  the  steps  in  making  our 
wines  here  in  our  Napa  Valley 
winery.  But  through  the  years,  we,  and 
others,  have  added  immensely  to 
our  knowledge  and  methods. 

We  are  now  pleased  to  introduce 
a  wine  we  believe  draws  on  the  best  of 
the  old  and  the  new:  our  Napa  Fume. 


This  is  a  pale  gold  wine,  made 
wholly  from  Sauvignon  Blanc  grapes 
grown  in  our  own  vineyards.  These 
grapes,  among  the  first  to  ripen,  have 
a  delightful  fresh  taste  and  fragrance. 

To  capture  this  quality,  we  fer- 
ment the  juice  in  special  temperature- 
controlled  cooperage  at  50?  This  cold 
fermentation  keeps  the  fruitiness  and 
aroma  in  the  wine.  It  also  enhances 
the  trace  of  "fuming"  or  smokiness 
that  inspired  the  descriptive  name. 

Afterward  Napa  Fume  is  ma- 
tured and  then  bottle  aged  in  our  own 
tradition  until  it  is  ready  for  your 
table. 

I  believe  you 
will  find  our  Napa 
Fume  one  of  the 
great  white  wines 
of  the  Napa  Valley 
and  an  ideal  com- 
panion to  light  meats,  omelettes,  fish, 
fowl,  and  cheese  dishes.  If  your  wine 
merchant  does  not  have  it  available, 
you  may  write  to  me. 

Cellarmaster 

The  Christian  Brothers 

Napa  Valley,  California  94558 

V\Jor\d.%x}\d.e  Dhivhutors,-  Fromm  and  Siche/,  Inc., 
San  Francisco,  Ca/i/omia. 


Authors 


While  sailing  his  sloop  in  the  Car- 
ibbean in  1970,  Horace  Beck  discov- 
ered that  smuggling,  a  predominant 
activity  among  the  islanders,  was 
closely  tied  to  their  folklore.  Beck, 
who  teaches  American  literature  at 
Middlebury  College,  has  researched 
maritime  folk  cultures  for  more  than 
30  years,  sailing  along  the  coasts  of 
New  England,  eastern  Canada,  and 
west  Africa,  as  well  as  several  Euro- 
pean countries.  His  love  of  sailing  has 
brought  him  into  close  rapport  with 
the  people  of  maritime  societies,  who 
are  often  well  versed  in  their  native 
folklore.  Beck's  next  project  will  be 
a  comparison  of  indigenous  whaling 
methods  at  Saint  Vincent  in  the  West 
Indies  with  those  of  the  Tonga  Islands 
of  the  South  Pacific. 


The  decline  of  the  brown  pelican — 
mainly  because  DDT  weakened  its 
eggshells — first  raised  Fritz  L. 
Knopf's  concern  about  these  large 
water  birds.  When  he  found  that  little 
was  known  about  general  pelican  bi- 
ology, he  began  a  study  of  the  natural 
history  of  white  pelicans.  At  present 
he  is  investigating  the  food  habits  and 
foraging  sites  of  both  pelicans  and 
cormorants  at  Pyramid  Lake,  Ne- 
vada. Knopf,  an  assistant  professor  in 
the  Department  of  Ecology  at  Okla- 
homa State  University,  also  plans  to 
do  a  comparative  study  of  ecological 
relationships  of  pronghorn  antelopes 
in  short-  and  mixed-grass  prairies. 
His  avocation  is  photography. 


Craig  Morris  became  interested  in 
the  vast  network  of  Inca  roads  and 
cities  while  researching  the  complex- 
ity of  Inca  storage  facilities  for  his 
doctorate  in  anthropology.  He  began 
to  study  Huanuco  Pampa,  one  of  the 
largest  settlements,  in  1965.  Now  a 
curator  of  South  American  arche- 
ology at  The  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Morris  estimates 
that  his  research  on  Huanuco  Pampa 
will  take  at  least  three  more  years  of 
sorting,  classifying,  and  cataloging. 
Besides  unraveling  the  details  of  Inca 
organization,  Morris  likes  to  cook, 
renovate  old  houses,  and  listen  to 
classical  music  while  working  in  his 
laboratory. 


wmam 


Why  people  who  don't  join  book  clubs 
ore  joining  the  Quolity  Poperbock  Book  Club 

QPB  is  the  only  book  club  that  offers  tfie  best  of  thie  large-size. 

well-printed,  durable  paperbacks  being  published  today.  OPB  also 

gives  a  20%  discount  on  most  Selections  and  even  greater 

discounts  on  many  other  books. 


274.  $4,96         112.  S5.95 


345.  POWER  SHIFT:  The  Rise  ol 
the  Southern  Rim  and  lis  Challenge 
to  the  Eastern  Estahllshment  by 
KirkpalrickSale  S3, 95 

304.  AMERICA  IN  1876:  The  Way 
We  Were  By  Lally  Weymoulh 
Designed  by  Milton  Glaser  S7.95 

275.  AN  ALMANAC  OF  WORDS  AT 
PLAYbyWillardR  Espy  S6  95 


371,56.95 

364.  S3.95 

Against 

rwEN^i 

IWDMEN 
'    AND 

^      ■    * 

_RAPE 

W- 

RnmnmlliiT 

» 

175.  MARILYN:  A  Biography  by 
Norman  IMaiier  More  Inan  1 00 
photographs.  S6.95 

179.  ALL  THE  PRESIDENT'S  MEN 

by  Carl  Bernstein  ant)  Bob 
Woodward  Photos  S4.95 

307.  THE  FOLK  MUSIC 
SOURCEBOOK  by  Larry  Sandberg 
and  Dick  Weissman  S7.95 


347,  ILLUSTRATED  ANTHOLOGY 
OF  SORCERY.  MAGIC.  AND 

ALCHEMY  by  EmileGrilioldeGiviy 
S795 


296  HOW  TO  FIX  ALMOST 
EVERYTHING  bv  Stanley  Schuier 

New  Reused  Eoilion  iiluslraled 
S595 


348,  PEANUTS  JUBILEE:  My  Lite 
and  Art  with  Charlie  Brown  and 
Others  by  Charles  M  Schuiz  S7.95 


361  PORTRAIT  OF  PASTA  by 
Anna  Del  Come  Phologiaplis  $5.95 


114   THE  COMPLETE  GRIMMS 
FAIRYTALES  Iniioduciiori  by 
Padiaic  Coium  liiuslialed  S5,95 


129  BODY  HOT  SPOTS:  The 
Anatomy  ol  Human  Social  Organs 
and  Behavior  by  R  Dale  Guthrie 
S3  95 


228  sn  90 


261   S895 


'.fit 


290,  THE  COMPLETE  NOVELS  OF 
JANE  AUSTEN  by  Jane  Austen  2 
Vols  I  Pub  prices  loialS7.90 


132  CATS  CRADLE 
SLAUGHTERHOUSE-FIVE  and 
BREAKFAST  OF  CHAMPIONS  Oy 

KurtVonnegut  (3  vols  i  Pub  prices 
total  S8.35 

253  THE  ADVENTURES  OF 
SHERLOCK  HOLMES  and  THE 
MEMOIRS  OF  SHERLOCK  HOLMES 

by  A  Conan  Doyle   2  Vols   lllus 
Pub  prices  totals?  90 

252  PILGRIM  AT  TINKER  CREEK 

by  Annie  Dillard  S3.95 


Letp  t^^  eac^  o't^icx' 

CHOOSE  ANY  3  BOOKS 
OR  SETS  FOR  ONLY  $1  EACH... 

with  no  obligation  to  buy  another  book . . . 

and  as  a  member  you'll  immediately  qualify 

for  our  Free  Book  Plan 


366.  S6.95 

355.  S4.50 

i 

239.  PSYCHOTHERAPY  EAST  & 
WEST,  NATURE,  MAN,  AND 
WOMAN  and  THE  WAY  OF  ZEN  by 

Alan  Wans  13  Vols  I  Pub  prices 
lotai  S5.85 


360.  APARTMENT  GREENERY 
Growing  Plants  in  Unpromising 
Places  by  Jean  F.  Blashlield 
Illustrated.  S4.95 


270.  THE  JAZZ  BOOK  From  New 
Orleans  to  Rock  and  Free  Jazz  by 

Joachim  Berendt  New  Revised 
Edition,  35.95 


305.  THE  CONSCIOUS  BRAIN  by 

Steven  Rose.  Updated  edition 
Illustrated.  54.95 


171.AMERIKA,THETRIALand 
THE  CASTLE  by  Franz  Kafka 
(3  Vols.)  Pub  prices  total  S7.35 


Jjl®   QUALITY  PAPERBACK 
OoO      BOOK  CLUB,  INC. 

V^  0*«9'         The  Book  Club  of  the  'TOs 

Middletown,  Pennsylvania  17057 


QUALITY  PAPERBACK  BOOK  CLUB,  INC. 

Middletown.  Pennsylvania  17057 


6-06113-12 


ose  numbers  I've  indicaled 
)er.  t  am  not  required  to  bi 
an  established  publishers 
e  the  OPB  Review  for  at  le 
•ship  at  any  time  thereafter 
ilh  period.  A  shipping  chat 


le  Quality  Paperback  Book  Club  and  send  me  the  three  books  or 
n  the  bo.xes  below.  Bill  me  only  S3  for  all  three,  plus  shipping-  As 
i\  another  book  but  for  evei^-  Main  Selection  I  do  buy  for  which 
ist  price.  I  will  receive  a  20%  discount  of  such  list  price.  You  will 
1st  six  months  with  the  understanding  that  you  may  cancel  my 
if  I  have  not  made  — and  paid  for  — at  least  one  purchase  in  any 
2e  is  added  to  all  shipments. 


INDICATE  BY  NUMBER  YOUR 
THREE  BOOKS  OR  SETS 


HOW  MEMBERSHIP  WORKS 

I.  You  will  receive  the  QPB  Review  fifteen  times 

S I  each),  you  earn  at  least  one  Bonus  Point,  and 

a  year  — about  everv  3' ;>  weeks.  This  informative 

the  Bonus  Points  you  accumulate  entitle  vou  to 

catalog  describes   the   Main    Selection    plus 

free  books  and  sets.    (You   pav  only   shipping 

approximately  one  hundred  Alternates.  On  any 

charges.) 

Main  Selection  you   decide  to   take,   for  which 

4.  Return  Privilege.  If  your  Review  is  delayed  in 

there  is  an  established  publisher's  list  price,  you 

the    mail    and    therefore    you    receive    the    Main 

will  receive  a  discount  of  20%  of  such  list  price. 

Selection  without  having  had  ten  days  to  notify 

us  if  vou  did  not  want  it,  vou  may  return  that 

2.  If  vou  want  the  Main  Selection,  do  nothing,  li 

Selection  at  our  expense. 

5.  Cancellation  privilege.  You  may  cancel  your 

will  be  shipped  lo  vou  automatically  If  you  want 

membership  whenever  you  wish  simply  by  noti- 

all—just    indicate   your   decision    on    the    reply 

fying  us.  We  will  send  vou  the  QPB  Review  for 

form  alwavs  enclosed  with  the  Review  and  re- 

at least  six  months  with  the  understanding  that 

turn  It  by  the  date  specified. 

we  may  cancel  your  membership  at   any  time 

3.  Free  books.   For  every  book  or  set  you  buy 

thereafter  if  you  have  not  made  — and  paid  for  — 

(exclusive  of  your  three  introductory  choices  for 

at  least  one  purchase  in  any  six-month  period. 

LET  HIM  GROW  WITH  A 
QUESTAR 

A  child's  wonder  at  the  world  about  him 
can  hold  a  promise,  for  many  a  scientist 
can  remember  that  his  present  preoccupa- 
tion with  the  universe  began  with  an 
intense  curiosity  early  in  life. 

Such  a  child  will  learn  to  master  many 
tools,  and  the  telescope,  that  prime  tool 
of  science,  should  be  the  first.  A  flawless 
tool  is  an  extension  of  the  mind  and  hand, 
and  a  fine  telescope  should  combine  such 
mechanical  and  optical  perfection  that  it 
can  serve  for  a  lifetime  and  never  become 
a  frustration  whatever  the  critical  job  at 
hand.  Questar,  the  very  finest,  is  such  a 
tool  and  its  lovely  versatility  adds  an 
extra  dimension  to  many  fields:  astron- 
omy, of  course,  but  also  to  disciplines 
that  are  terrestrial  in  nature.  Whether  it 
will  be  used  for  research,  or  simply  for 
the  pure  enjoyment  of  observing  wildlife, 
even  indoors,  perhaps,  where  its  high 
powers  can  focus  on  the  web-spinning 
of  a  house  spider  at  a  distance  of  ten  feet, 
it  is  a  gift  for  ever.  And  its  easy  portability 
can  take  it  wherever  one  travels. 

What  other  tool  could  you  buy  a  child 
that  not  only  would  enchant  and  amuse 
him  in  his  early  awakening,  but  would 
continue  to  serve  him  all  his  life? 

©  Questar  Corporation  1976 


QUESTAR,  THE  WORLDS  FINEST,  MOST  VERSATILE 
TELESCOPE  IS  PRICED  FROM  S865  SEND  FOR  OUR 
BOOKLET  IN  FULL  COLOR  WITH  150  PHOTOGRAPHS 
BY  QUESTAR  OWNERS  SI  COVERS  MAILING  ON  THIS 
CONTINENT:  BY  AIR,  TO  SOUTH  AMERICA,  S3  00: 
EUROPE  AND  NORTH  AFRICA,  $3  50    ELSEWHERE,  $4 


QUESTAR 

Box  BOG,  New  Hope.  Pa,  18938 


The  Standard  Questar 


ts  beautiful  star  c 
e    Field    Model, 
;  tripod  mounted. 


Marine  botanist  Henry  W. 
Moeller  discovered  the  wreck  of  the 
Cu/Zoden entirely  by  accident.  Part  of 
his  work  as  a  researcher  at  the  New 
York  Ocean  Science  Laboratory  in 
Montauk,  Long  Island,  is  to  assess 
the  potential  of  growing  Irish  moss  on 
a  commercial  basis.  While  skin  div- 
ing off  the  tip  of  Long  Island  in  search 
of  varieties  of  the  plant,  Moeller  hap- 
pened to  spot   some  of  the  ship's 


timbers  lying  on  the  sea  bottom.  A 
teacher  at  Dowling  College  in  addi- 
tion to  his  duties  at  NYOSL, 
Moeller's  avocation  is  marine  ar- 
cheology and  Long  Island  marine  his- 
tory. In  pursuing  his  hobby,  he  has 
sighted  a  dozen  wrecks.  Steven  A. 
Giordano,  a  marine  technician  at 
NYOSL,  has  assisted  Moeller  with 
both  his  seaweed  experiments  and  his 
archeological  interests. 


Margaret  F.  Gold  worked  with 
her  husband,  John,  in  the  Little  Kern 
River  basin  of  California's  Sierras, 
collecting  specimens  of  golden  trout 
and  doing  general  surveys  of  the  fish 
populations  and  the  physical  charac- 
teristics of  trout  streams  in  the  area. 
A  naturalist.  Gold  spent  this  past 
summer  completing  a  field  study  on 
the  ethology  of  the'Belding's  ground 
squirrel.  John  R.  Gold  is  an  assistant 


professor  of  genetics  at  Texas  A  &  M 
University,  where  he  is  studying  the 
genetics  and  evolution  of  fishes.  He 
plans  to  research  the  cytological 
aspects  of  speciation  in  North  Ameri- 
can freshwater  fishes  and  the  system- 
atics  and  evolution  of  Pacific  North- 
west trouts.  From  1973  to  1975,  he 
investigated  hybridization  between 
endemic  golden  trout  and  introduced 
rainbow  trout  in  the  Sierras. 


¥)ur  hands  know  it^s  a  Minolta, 


You  can  sense  the  care  and  c 

manship  that  goes  into  a  Minolta 
tronn  the  moment  you  pick  one  up.  It 
feels  comfortable.  The  controls  are 
so  logically  positioned  that  your  fin- 
gers fall  into  place  naturally.  Every- 
thing works  with  such  smooth 
precision  that  the  camera  feels  like  a 
part  of  you. 

A  Minolta  lets  you  respond  in- 
stantly to  the  images  all  around  you. 
You  never  have  to  look  away  from 
the  viewfinder  to  make  adjustments, 
so  you  won't  lose  sight  of  even  the 
fastest  moving  subjects.  The  image 
remains  big  and  bright  because  the 
lens  stays  wide  open  until  the  instant 
you  shoot.  And  Minolta's  patented 
"CLC"  system  accurately  handles 
even  tricky  high  contrast  exposure 
problems. 

For  another  point  of  view  with  a 
Minolta  SLR,  you  can  choose  from 
more  than  40  lenses  in  the  superbly 
crafted'  Rokkor-X  or  Minolta/Celtic 
systems.  They  range  from  7,5mm 
fisheye  to  1600mm  super-telephoto, 
and  include  some  exceptional  macro 
and  zoom  lenses.  All  attach  with  flaw- 
less fit  to  Minolta's  patented  bayonet 


mount.  And 
interchange  in  sec- 
onds without  ASA  in- 
dexing orf/stop  realignment' 

Minolta  offers  a  wide  range  of 
electronic  and  match-needle  SLRs. 
With  a  choice  of  features  to  match 
your  needs  and  budget. 

Electronic  Minoltas  have  smooth, 
quiet  shutters  that  automatically  ad- 
just speeds  up  to  the  i  nstant  you  shoot 
for  unparalleled  exposure  accuracy 
Three  models,  the  professional  XK, 
the  deluxe  XE-7  and  the  economical 
XE-5  let  you  select  from  a  host  of 
creative  and  convenience  features 
such  as  interchangeable  finders  and 
focusing  screens,  speedsto1/2000th 
of  a  second,  multiple  exposure  capa- 
bility and  built-in  hot  shoe, 

Minolta  SR-T  cameras  offer  a 
broad  range  of  features  at  remark- 
ably low  prices.  All  have  match- 
needle  exposure  adjustment,  shutter 
speeds  to  1  /1 000th  of  a  second  and 
Minolta's  traditional  human  engineer- 
ing for  fast,  effortless  handling.  Mul- 
tiple exposure  capability,  built-in  hot 
shoe,  self-timer  memo  holder  and 
film  safe  load  signal  are  among  the 
feature  choices  available  with  the 
SR-T  202,  SR-T  201  and  SR-T  200, 


Regardless  of  the  model  you 
choose,  you  get  the  superb  Minolta 
handling  that  lets  you  quickly  and 
easily  translate  the  vision  in  your 
mind  to  your  film. 

So  see  your  Minolta  dealer  and 
let  him  put  a  Minolta  in  your  hands. 
For  literature,  write  Minolta  Corpora- 
tion, 101  Williams  Drive,  Ramsey  New 
Jersey  07446,  In  Canada:  Anglo- 
photo,  Ltd    PQ 


Minolta 

When  you  are  the  camera 
and  the  camera  is  you. 


^.T-^ 


Introducing  the  Continental  Mark  V. 
In  the  tradition  of  excellence 
of  the  original  Continental... 
Continental  Mark  II. ..Mark  III... Mark  IV. 
Continental  MarkV. 
A  Mark  of  tradition. 

CONTINENTAL  MARK  V 

LINCOLN-MERCURY  DIVISION    C 


For  people 
who  are  still 
individuals . , 


the  Irish  country  hat 

Each  Irish  country  hat  is  hand- 
crafted with  pride  by  skilled  artisans 
on  the  wild,  western  coast  of  Ireland. 
These  hats  are  created  by  individuals, 
not  production 
lines,  and  are  de- 
signed to  become  an 
extension  of  your 
own  personality. 
Shape  your  Irish 
hat  to  suit  yourself,  j 

The  style  of  your 
hat  can  say  a   lot. 
That's  why  the  Irish  ^^'"''t'rln'c'c"'''' 
hat  leaves  the  final     "    ' 
shape  up  to  you. 

The  hand-woven 
tweed  is  extra  thick, 
and  fully  lined  in 
the  crown.  It  sheds 
rain,  protects  from 
the  wind,  and  can 
give  you  a  comfort- 
able shade  from  the 
sun. 

Irish  country  hats 
are  made  exclusively  for  Norm 
Thompson,  and  come  in  grey  or 
broivn  tweed  mixes.  Sizes:  6I/2-8.  Sat- 
isfaction guaranteed.  Each:  $16.50. 
Add  $1  for  postage  and  handling. 

You  have  full  return  privileges. 

IDept.  03-25 
1805  N.W.  Thurman 
Portland,  Ore.  97209 
Order  TOLL  FREE  anytime  800-547-6712 
(excluding  Oregon,  Hawaii  &  Alaska) 
Irish  Hat(s)  Qty.'       Size      Brown     Gray 


llonn1lioinpson> 


Men's  1200B 

Women's  1209 

n   Check  enclosed     D   BankAmericard 
D   Master  Charge 

Card  # Interbank  # 

Sig.  X Exp.  Date 

D   Send  FREE  catalog.  "Escape  from 
the  ordinary"  ® 

Name 

Add  ress 

City 


_Zip_ 


A  Native  Replies 

by  John  L.  Gwaltney 


If  any  hearts  and  minds  are  to 
be  won,  anthropology  must 
accept  a  diversity  of  views 


The  native  replies  to  the  living  lie 
of  the  colonial  situation  by  an  equal 
falsehood. 

Frantz  Fanon 

I  was  certainly  born  a  native  of  the 
natives  as  a  kindly  fortune  saw  fit  to 
deposit  me  in  a  great,  extended  Black 
American  family.  Like  most  people, 
I  suppose,  I  felt  that  I  had  been  fortu- 
nately situated  by  the  great  god 
chance.  The  only  disadvantages  I  was 
sensible  of  as  a  child  were  those  that 
were  the  necessary  consequence  of 
blindness.  It  was  to  minimize  this  dis- 
ability that  my  mother,  who  held  the 
portfolios  for  defense  and  foreign  re- 
lations in  our  family,  initiated  a 
lengthy  exchange  with  the  demon 
officialdom.  Eventually  these  negoti- 
ations reached  White  House  level  as 
our  "first  lady"  believed  Eleanor 
Roosevelt  to  be  a  member  of  a  piti- 
fully small  company  for  whom  a  Cau- 
casoid  status  had  not  proven  to  be  an 
insurmountable  moral  impediment. 
All  this  summitry  culminated  in  the 
decision  to  dispatch  me  to  what  were 
then  known  as  sight-saving  classes. 
Because  such  classes  were  conducted 
in  schools  located  beyond  the  bound- 
aries of  my  Casbah,  my  formal  edu- 
cation involved  an  inordinate  amount 
of  dealing  with  foreigners. 

In  school  I  learned,  among  other 
things,  how  White  people  distort  his- 
tory— and  then  I  came  home  and 
learned,  among  other  things,  how 
Black  people  distort  it.  Much  of  what 
I  learned  in  school  was  not  designed 
to  reinforce  my  conviction  that  I  had 


been  born  at  least  as  well  as  anyone 
else,  but  those  worthy  and  reverend 
Black  elders  who  were  quietly  intent 
upon  the  forging  of  my  soul  drew  me 
out  with  such  consummate  grace  that 
the  hurt  sustained  by  my  native  mind 
was  often  assuaged  before  I  was  fully 
aware  of  the  pain.  It  did  not  require 
much  time  or  sagacity  to  arrive  at  the 
sacred  conclusion  that  native  (Afro- 
American)  and  settler  (Euro-Ameri- 
can) views  on  almost  any  issue  of 
substance,  not  to  mention  a  Fundy 
tide  of  trivia,  were  diametrically  op- 
posed. I  cannot  recall  a  time  in  my 
conscious  existence  when  I  was  not 
aware  of  an  astronomical  dichotomy 
between  "the  people,"  my  people, 
Black  people;  and  Buckra,  Charlie, 
or  "the  Man." 

More  than  the  shadow  of  this 
schism  had  been  cast  upon  my  pre- 
school consciousness  by  the  most 
reverend  of  those  Black  elders,  my 
paternal  grandfather,  who  was  a  saga- 
cious, self-taught  classicist  and 
Hausa  scholar  whose  equanimity,  in- 
tegrity, and  encyclopedic  knowledge 
made  him  the  leader  of  a  large 
kindred.  He,  like  most  Black  elders 
I  knew ,  held  privately  but  tenaciously 
to  the  view  that  White  people  were 
genetically  incapable  of  the  broad 
process  of  civilization.  He  did  not 
question  the  Caucasoid  capacity  as  a 
perfectly  adequate  tribe  of  smiths  and 
tinkers,  but  he  did  entertain  formi- 
dable reservations  about  the  ability  of 
White  men  to  use  the  strange  and 
awesome  fruit  of  their  forges  with 
anything  like  wisdom  and  deliber- 
ation. The  existence  of  individuals 
and  groups  that  seemed  to  validate 
Caucasoid  pretensions  to  more  than 
purely  mechanical  sufficiency  was  at- 
tributed to  the  antiquity  and  perva- 
siveness of  the  practice  of  "passing" 
or    charged    to    that    reprehensible 


treasure! 
iiesday,  December  7 
p.in./7  p.in.  Central* 
in  Public  Television 


Gulf  welcomes  you  to  another 
exciting  National  Geographic 
Season  on  PBS. 

Last  year  Gulf  Oil  Corporation  made  it  possible  for  two  great 
Amencan  institutions  to  bring  you  some  of  the  seasons  most 
exciting  television. 

Gulfs  three-year  commitment  to  the  National  Geographic 
Society  and  the  Public  Broadcasting  Service  goes  beyond  the  usual 
corporate  grant.  We  not  only  want  to  bring  high-quality  programs 
to  the  American  audience;  we  want  to  strengthen  Public 
Television,  too. 

The  eight  new  specials  you'll  see  over  the  next  two  years  are 
onginal  American-made  documentaries  produced  by  the  National 
Geographic  Society  and  WQED/Pittsburgh,  a  PBS  production 
center. 

Gulf  funded  the  project  because  we  believe  that  the  future  of 
Pubhc  Television  depends  on  creating  as  well  as  broadcasting 
exceptional  programming. 

We're  also  commiitted  to  bringing  a  wider  audience  to  PBS. 
So  we've  provided  funds  to  promote  the  National  Geographic 
Specials  on  both  a  national  and  local  level.  Judging  from  the 
response  to  the  first  season,  millions  of  Americans  are  now  more 
aware  of  the  exciting  programs  they  can  see  only  on  Public 
Television. 

Now  we're  ready  for  the  Second  National  Geographic  Season 
on  PBS.  We  hope  the  millions  who  enjoyed  the  National 
Geographic  Specials  last  year  will  be  back  this  year. 

It's  another  exciting  season  on  Public  Television. 


mania  for  co-optation  that  had  moved 
Europeans  to  "whiten  up"  the  Lower 
Nile  Valley  and  every  other  square 
centimeter  of  the  historically  better 
neighborhood. 

About  two  decades  before  my 
birth,  W.E.D.  Stokes,  a  once  well- 
known  southern  White  horsebreeder 
and  sometime  contributor  to  the  basi- 
cally racist  eugenics  fad,  concluded 
that  the  best  future  that  bountiful  na- 
ture held  out  for  Blacks  was  that  of 
a  "satisfactory  servant  class."  My 
grandfather  and  Mr.  Stokes  consid- 
ered essentially  the  same  evidence 
and  arrived  at  equally  erroneous  con- 
clusions. Natives  and  settlers  have 
been  doing  that  since  the  fluctuation 
of  power  occasioned  the  distinction 
between  the  two. 

Native  speculation  about  the  defi- 
ciencies of  settlers  is  ever  rife.  The 
question,  "What  is  wrong  with  this 
man"?''  has  engendered  at  least  as 
much  in  the  way  of  lively  exchange 
among  Blacks  as  that  sophistic  query, 
"What  do  they  really  want?"  pro- 
vides among  settlers.  Both  questions 
are  surface  manifestations  of  deep 
currents  of  ethnocentrism.  Among 
natives,  settlers  are  presumed  to  be- 
have the  way  they  do  because  of  the 
way  they  think.  As  settler  behavior 
often  displays  a  kind  of  rampant  in- 
sensitivity  and  barbarism,  it  is  a  com- 
mon native  assumption  that  settlers 
are  incapable  of  "correct"  thinking. 
The  most  wretched  of  natives  is 
convinced  by  intercommunal  daily 
life  that  natives  are  better  people  than 
settlers.  This  general  feeling  of  moral 
supremacy  is  not  just  the  workings  of 
ethnocentrism,  but  a  necessary  con- 
sequence of  the  settler  monopoly  of 
power.  Arrogance  and  rudeness,  con- 
scious and  otherwise,  flourish  in 
equality's  palmiest  days,  but  become 
truly  rampant  as  indispensable  con- 
comitants of  the  institutionalization 
of  unfairness.  Natives  and  settlers  see 
everything,  from  the  heavens  to  the 
hells,  differently.  The  children  of 
guilty  wardens  and  the  heirs  of  those 
who  have  survived  the  transgenera- 
tional  concentration  camp  of  slavery 
cannot  possibly  take  the  same  view  of 
their  common  history.  When  I  was  a 
child  I  thought  the  omnipresent  diver- 
gence was  immutable  because  the 
disparity  between  native  and  settler 
was  a  natural  chasm. 

Even  when  education  diverges 
least  from  indoctrination,  it  is  danger- 
ous stuff.  It  was  on  a  Wednesday 
morning  in  the  fifth  year  of  my  service 
in  the  elementary  galleys  that  I  expe- 


rienced my  first  secular  revelation. 
Dr.  Margaret  Mead  was  piped  into 
our  classroom,  courtesy  of  CBS.  On 
first  looking  into  Mead's  Oceania,  I 
was  impressed  by  distant  places  and 
the  alliterative  ring  of  Melanesian 
and  Polynesian  names,  but  the  truly 
astounding  thing  about  that  presenta- 
tion was  the  idea  that  the  acquisition 
of  knowledge  of  other  people  for  hu- 
manistic, rather  than  strategic,  con- 
siderations was  an  acceptable  en- 
deavor. My  interest  in  geography  ex- 
panded geometrically.  Life  hardly 
ever  links  currents  with  single, 
clearly  definable  sources,  but  that 
series  of  broadcasts,  and  more  espe- 
cially Dr.  Mead's  introduction  to  an- 
thropology in  them,  acquainted  me 
with  a  humanism  above  mere  com- 
munalism.  If  there  is  an  honorable 
medium  that  can  assist  natives  and 
settlers  to  see  each  other  as  people 
worth  listening  to,  and  learning  from, 
anthropology  still  seems  the  most 
likely  candidate  to  me. 

During  the  course  of  my  training 
for  a  place  in  this  discipline,  and  dur- 
ing the  decade  or  so  that  I  have  been 
trying  to  teach  people  its  salient 
premises,  I  have  not  met  one  anthro- 
pologist, native  or  settler,  who  has 
not  manifested  a  desire  to  see  anthro- 
pology as  a  medium  of  human  toler- 
ance and  understanding.  I  have  never 
met  an  anthropologist  who  would 
publicly  subscribe  to  the  notion  that 
anthropology  should  content  itself 
with  being  just  another  representative 
chip  off  the  old  hierarchical  block. 
Indeed,  there  is  a  palpable  recogni- 
tion that  social  science  has  a  high  ob- 
ligation to  exceed  the  limits  of  a  mo- 
nodimensional  social  cult.  Yet,  every 
other  native  and  many  a  settler  I 
know  in  this  profession  senses  a  flaw 
in  the  discipline.  In  a  word,  it  is  pa- 
rochialism. The  settler  view  predomi- 
nates. Often  natives  do  not  recognize 
their  ethnicities  as  conventionally  de- 
scribed in  the  largely  settler-gen- 
erated literature.  One  reputable  na- 
tive anthropologist,  William  S. 
Willis,  Jr.,  has  even  suggested  that 
"ethnographic  monographs  are  sim- 
ply novels  and  that  theoretical  con- 
cepts are  but  daydreams."  A  settler- 
skewed  anthropology  does  not  appear 
to  be  the  most  likely  discipline  to 
avoid  the  disorder  and  early  sorrow 
that  seem  the  reward  of  parochial 
cults,  especially  those  with  univer- 
salist  pretensions. 

Recently  the  Social  Science  Re- 
search Council  held  a  conference  that 
assembled  a  large  sample  of  social 


scientists  of  widely  varying,  power- 
disadvantaged  ethnicities.  They  were 
unanimous  in  the  belief  that  they  ex- 
perience much  greater  difficulty  in 
getting  into  print  than  do  settler  social 
scientists.  Many  of  these  scholars 
were  of  the  opinion  that  certain  of 
their  concepts  would  never  be  ac- 
cepted for  publication,  not  because 
those  ideas  were  silly  or  beyond  sane 
consideration,  but  because  they  were 
anathema  to  conventional  settler 
ways  of  thinking.  The  American  An- 
thropological Association's  Commit- 
tee on  Minorities  and  Anthropology 
conducted  a  study  of  the  condition  of 
minorities  in  anthropology  and  con- 
cluded in  its  1973  report  that 

The  non-European  anthropologist, 
thus,  faces  a  double  bind.  He  is  in- 
vited to  come  into  anthropology 
because  he  has  a  different  perspec- 
tive. When  he  expresses  this  view, 
he  is  punished  by  having  his  grade 
lowered  or  by  being  criticized. 
The  student's  spontaneous  percep- 
tions are,  in  this  manner,  discour- 
aged or  kicked  out  of  him,  and  he 
is  expected  to  fulfill  the  role  of  ap- 
prentice by  incorporating  the  ac- 
cepted perspective.  These  prob- 
lems were  referred  to  by  some  of 
our  respondents  as  the  "psychic 
pitfalls"  in  anthropology.  Ways 
have  to  be  developed  wherein  the 
student  is  encouraged  to  express, 
and  the  professional  not  discour- 
aged from  publishing,  the  minor- 
ity perspective,  even  if  it  does  not 
fit  the  usual  manuscript  category 
which  comes  across  the  editor's 
desk. 

The  most  recent  personal  example 
of  this  kind  of  "psychic  pitfall"  is  a 
three-page  paternalistic  jeremiad  and 
tyro's  catechism  which  came  to  me 
courtesy  of  the  editor  of  a  journal  of 
medium  obscurity.  After  a  whole- 
some harangue  on  the  respon- 
sibilities and  canons  of  the  profes- 
sional life,  there  was  a  kindly  assur- 
ance that  my  article  was  indeed  pos- 
sessed of  the  possibility  of  profes- 
sional merit  and  a  generous  predic- 
tion that  I  might  even  make  valuable 
contributions  to  social  science.  The 
solicited  manuscript  was  deemed 
praiseworthy  in  every  respect  save 
one,  but  true  to  his  settler  patriarchal 
responsibility,  this  prince  among  ed- 
itors did  not  shrink  from  his  duty  to 
inform  me  that  any  merit  I  might  at- 
tain was  very  directly  dependent 
upon  a  change  in  my  logic,  which 
was  deemed  to  be  utterly  lacking. 


( 


The  mood:  cozg 

The  company:  delightful. 

The  drink:  j^HuV)  &  Coffee.- 


I 


/^ 


^^^X^     "■'^' 


\ll 


'.^Va,    s.    a.     g^^ 


Think  about  it.  Kahlua  in 
steaming  hot  coffee  If  you 
like,  add  a  twist  of  lemon 
or  lime.  What  a  delicious 
way  to  spend,  or  end,  a  day 

While  you're  in  the  mood . . .  send 

for  the  Kahlua  recipe  book.  Our 

pleasure.  Because  you  deserve  something  nice 


Kahlua,  53  Proof  Coffee  Liqueur  from  Sunny  Mexico  IVIaidstone  Importers,  116  No  Robertson  Blvd  ,  Los  Angeles,  Calif  90048, 


|$|)ui:  $ilOO.  Your  jeweler  can  show  you  other:diai| 
jifat  about  $200.  De  Beers  Consolidated  Mines,  d 


and  she  said  she  had  nothing  to  wear. 


A  diamond  is  forever. 


There  was  more  than  a  closing  hint 
that  if  I  could  recast  that  deficient 
aspect  (and  I  was  generously  ofiered 
assistance  in  these  necessary 
repairs),  all  might  be  well.  This  cav- 
alier catechist  also  took  it  upon  him- 
self to  supply  me  with  the  names  of 
other  native  social  scientists  to 
whom  he  had  been  moved  to  apply 
the  righteous  rod  of  his  salubrious  re- 
jection. 

I  have  yet  to  meet  a  native  scholar 
who  would  advocate  the  automatic, 
uncritical  acceptance  of  native  specu- 
lation simply  because  it  is  native 
speculation.  As  the  American  An- 
thropological Association's  own 
Committee  on  Minorities  put  it  three 
years  ago. 

It  is  not  being  suggested  that  non- 
minority  professors  accept  uncriti- 
cally the  opinions  of  minority  stu- 
dents and  colleagues.  But  there  is 
a  difference  between  forcing  a  per- 
son to  defend  a  position  and  dis- 
missing a  position  as  unworthy 
even  of  discussion. 

The  committee  also  emphasized  that 
more  than  the  shadow  of  that  perilous 
gulf  between  the  Third  World  and  the 
North  Atlantic  Basin  is  cast  in  the  an- 
thropological distinction  between  na- 
tives as  field  producers  of  raw  data 
and  settler  scholars  as  refiners  of  that 
crude  data. 

The  minority  ethnologist  Francis 
Hsu  has  ascribed  these  negative  ten- 
dencies to  what  he  calls  the  "psycho- 
cultural  bondage"  of  settlers — that 
is,  a  propensity  to  regard  their  own 
perspectives  and  logical  models  as 
some  kind  of  absolute  standard.  An- 
thropologist Magoroh  Maruyama's 
advocacy  of  the  acceptance  of  alter- 
nate systems  of  logic,  what  he  calls 
the  "polyocular"  view,  springs  from 
his  belief  that  the  serious  consid- 
eration of  non-Occidental,  tribal,  or 
peasant  logical  perspectives  may  re- 
duce the  margin  of  absolutist  error  not 
only  in  antfiropology  but  in  most 
areas  of  human  existence  as  well. 

Among  the  most  perilous  divi- 
dends of  a  monopoly  of  power  is  the 
ultimately  pyrrhic  opportunity  to  de- 
cree consensus.  The  most  cursory  re- 
flection upon  the  massive  difference 
a  proper  regard  for  my  own  commu- 
nal opinions  would  have  made  in 
American  foreign  policy  alone  is 
enough  to  demonstrate  the  merits  of 
genuine  consensus.  Having  experi- 
enced tyrannical  oppression  at  home 
and  witnessed  its  baleful  operation 
abroad,  we  are  much  more  opposed 


to  the  general  despotic  condition  than 
we  are  to  any  bloc  manifestation  of 
it.  As  a  people,  we  are  less  inclined 
to  accept  Stephen  Decatur's  dictum 
about  the  automatic  primacy  of  na- 
tional self-interest.  Our  view  of  lib- 
erty and  justice  inclines  toward  the 
indivisible  and  hence  militates 
against  excessive  pride  in  the  national 
record  or  a  demonic  assessment  of  the 
deficiencies  of  others. 

The  profound  sense  of  invisibility 
that  is  an  integral  part  of  every  na- 
tive's existence  is  rooted  in  the 
settler's  ability  to  ignore  our  perspec- 
tives. One  reason  why  so  many  na- 
tives, with  the  best  will  in  the  world, 
often  cannot  recognize  their  cultures 
in  the  standard  literature  is  that  settler 
social  science,  like  settler  life  in  gen- 
eral, has  so  bent  our  souls  to  its  own 
conceit  that  they  bear  scant  resem- 
blance to  reality  as  we  perceive  it. 
Settlers  generally  ignore  what  natives 
think  of  themselves  and  create  the 
kind  of  native  that  answers  their  ro- 
mantic requirements.  Natives  are  not 
generally  bemused  by  this  prestig- 
ious pretense  and  often  liken  it  to  the 
game  played  by  children  in  which 
they  hide  their  faces  and  are  con- 
vinced that  because  they  can  see  no 
one,  there  must  not  be  anyone  to  be 
seen.  A  choice  and  master  major 
league  baseball  umpire,  whose  name 
escapes  me,  is  said  to  have  declared 
in  reference  to  pitching,  "It  ain't 
nothin'  till  I  calls  it!" 

We  all  know  how  the  genuine  prin- 
ciples of  equanimity  were  suborned 
by  a  purely  settler  view  of  eligibility 
and  justice  in  the  largely  segregation- 
ist history  of  the  national  sport.  To 
natives  it  seems  that  settlers  are 
prepared  to  amend  the  Berkeleyan  ab- 
surdity to  read;  to  be  is  to  be  per- 
ceived by  settlers.  Confidence  in  the 
existence  of  our  own  merit,  in  the 
People's  Republic  of  China,  and  in  a 
number  of  other  realities,  which 
settler  perception  either  denies  or 
perceives  but  dimly,  inclines  us 
toward  different  views  not  only  of 
foreign  policy  but  of  most  of  the  im- 
portant questions  of  existence. 

A  couple  of  years  ago,  through  the 
greatly  appreciated  subsidy  of  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Humani- 
ties, the  scope  of  this  divergence  was 
graphically  reinforced  in  my  mind.  I 
conducted  a  number  of  folk  field  sem- 
inars in  several  Black  communities. 
We  considered  the  nature  of  our  own 
cultures  and  evaluated  some  salient 
premises  of  ethnology.  The  same 
grave  doubts   of   my  grandfather's 


From  the  shores  of  GItche-gumee 


MINNEHAHA 
WILD  RICE 

Longfellow  s  legend  of  Hiawatha  and  Mmnefiafia  is 
a  poetic  classic  of  tfie  Sioux  and  Chippewa.  Long 
before  Longfellow,  these  Indians  had  found  wild 
rice,  mahnomonee,  and  made  it  the  basic  veg- 
etable in  their  diet. 

Minnehaha's  people  considered  wild  rice  a  per- 
fect food:  highly  nutritious  and  richly  delicious. 
They  were  right.  An  excellent  source  of  niacin, 
thiamine  and  riboflavin,  Minnehaha  Wild  Rice  has 
more  than  four  times  the  iron,  magnesium  and 
phosphorous  of  white  rice;  twice  the  potassium  and 
protein;  plus  100%  more  fibre. 

Once,  wild  rice  grew  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  Hudson's  Bay,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Rockies.  Today,  it  grows  only  along  the  Minnesota- 
Canada  border. 

Minnehaha  Wild  Rice  is  the  finest  quality  of  this 
rarest  of  grains.  Enjoy  it  with  fowl  and  game,  fish 
and  beef ...  the  perfect  touch  at  any  meal. 

We  invite  you  to  order  your  holiday  requirements 
of  Minnehaha  Wild  Rice.  now.  Our  prices  are  the 
same  as  they  have  been  for  three  years:  $5.90  per 
pound,  postpaid,  in  five  pound  shipments. 

We  will  gladly  fill  your  gift  orders — Minnehaha 
Wild  Rice  in  its  distinctive  muslin  bag  is  indeed  a 
unique  gift.  Simply  list  the  names  and  addresses 
of  those  to  whom  you  want  Minnehaha  Wild  Rice 
sent,  the  number  of  pounds  per  addressee  and 
when  you  wish  it  to  arrive.  We  do  the  rest,  includ- 
ing signing  your  name  to  an  attractive  gift  card. 

Unconditionally  guaranteed  Minnehaha  Wild 
Rice.  Perfect  at  holiday  time,  any  time. 


MINNEHAHA  WILD  RICE,  INC. 
WCCO  Radio  Building— Suite  420 
Minneapolis,  Minn.  55402 
Please  send,  postage  paid: 

Ten  1-lb.  bags  @  $57.00/shipment  $_ 

Five  1-lb.  bags  @  $29.50/shipment  $_ 

(Singly  boxed  pounds,  add  $1  per  shipment) 

Under  5  pounds,  $6.85/pound  $ 

My  check  is  enclosed  for  total:        $ 

Name 

Address 

City 

State. 


-Zip- 


(Rememben  enclose  gift  mailing  instructions) 


13 


generation  are  still  firmly  fixed  in 
Black  popular  perceptions  of  settlers. 
There  is  a  general  awareness  of  the 
short  shrift  Black  views  are  most 
often  accorded.  The  firmly  held  opin- 
ion that  settlers  are  incapable  of  a  dis- 
interested, let  alone  sympathetic, 
consideration  of  our  points  of  view  is 
as  applicable  to  anthropology  as  it  is 
to  any  other  area  of  life. 

A  pervasive  sense  of  the  futility, 
indeed  the  peril,  of  intercommunal 
communications  is  general  among 
the  people  whose  candor  and  gra- 
ciousness  sustained  my  field  re- 
search. Miz  Rosa,  who  was  among 
the  first  to  hear  of  my  fifth  grade  en- 
lightermient,  is  still  dispensing  her  in- 
comparable buttermilk  pie  and  timely 
admonitions.  "Son,"  she  counseled, 

you  take  a  fool's  advice  and  mind 
what  you  tell  these  whites.  Now 
they  ain't  nothin'  but  meat  men 
like  the  rest,  but  they  do  not  like 
to  hear  what  they  don't  want  to 
hear.  They  will  not  thank  you  for 
not  lying  to  them. 

Seth,  the  short-order  man,  recover- 
ing in  a  diabetic  ward  from  overexpo- 
sure to  his  own  noble  cooking,  of- 
fered much  the  same  advice. 

Look,  man,  this  is  a  good  gig  you 
got,  so  if  you  know  what  I  know, 
you  will  tell  this  man  what  he  want 
to  hear.  He  ain'  gon'  believe 
nothin'  else  and  he  will  hang  you 
up  if  you  try  to  tell  him  anything 
he  don'  want  to  dig. 

Gabriel,  the  root  doctor  and  ma- 
chinist, offered  this  variation,  which 
reverberated  slightly  in  his  newly  ac- 
quired empty  chapel. 

Chahlie  just  ain'  no  niddygriddy 
man.  He  cannot  get  with  natural 
numbers  .He's  bad  enough  to  make 
anything  into  a  big  number.  Now 
he  has  been  doing  that  for  so  long 
that  he  don'  know  how  to  tell  how 
good  or  how  big  anything  really  is. 
I  mean  he  ran  this  game  on  hisself 
trying  to  do  a  number  on  us.  Now 
if  you  had  done  such  a  number, 
would  you  want  to  hear  about  it? 
Well,  he  don't  either. 

The  relative  powerlessness  of 
Black  people  to  influence  the  foreign 
and  domestic  course  of  their  lives 
finds  expression  in  observations  that 
touch  upon  a  wide  range  of  subjects. 
Graciela,  the  only  one  of  her  Domini- 
cano  father's  "outside  children"  too 
Black  to  be  integrated  into  his  legiti- 


mate Latino  family,  is  already  far  too 
wise  in  ways  that  should  never  con- 
cern a  nine  year  old. 

You  know  something?  Miz  Lula 
says  it  will  rain  down  fire  that  will 
kill  the  wicked .  Every  night  I  pray 
that  the  fire  will  come.  I  don't  care 
if  it  gets  me  too  as  long  as  it  gets 
them. 

Flood  broils  pork  ribs  and  flatfish, 
which  he  serves  with  sweet  white 
bean  sauce  to  the  nonfastidious  few. 
His  grill  is  an  abandoned  bedspring, 
and  his  most  frequent  domicile  is  a 
vacant  lot  where  those  who  are  lost 
in  cheap  wine  conduct  the  intermi- 
nable sessions  of  the  SALS,  the 
Standing  and  Leaning  Society.  We 
exchanged  pleasantries  and  gifts. 
Two  ducks  for  a  long  pan  full  of  ex- 
quisitely grilled  butterfish.  At  my  in- 
vitation, a  number  of  people  assist  in 
the  leisurely  assault  upon  the  butter- 
fish  and  a  seminar  is  launched.  Flood, 
the  founder  of  what  grew  to  be  a  gen- 
uine symposium,  offers  the  following 
comment. 

First  you  got  to  remember  that  it 
is  not  in  the  color.  Now  Holt  is  as 
White  as  anybody  need  to  be,  and 
if  I  wrap  a  towel  'round  my  knob, 
I'm  home  free.  It  is  power.  Last 
night  there  was  much  moon,  I 
mean  uku  moon!  Now  we  say, 
what  kind  of  thing  could  call  his- 
self a  man  and  pis  on  the  revern' 
moon?  But  anybody  that  don't 
have  somebody  to  call  his  hand 
might  do  some  trick  like  that. 
Right  now  the  whitefolks  got  the 
sayso  and  they  doing  what  most 
people  do  when  they  got  the 
sayso.  Now  that's  why  they  gon' 
blow  it,  everybody  knows  that. 
I'm  out  here  in  this  damn  lot  now 
because  nobody  couldn't  tell  me  a 
damn  thing.  I  know  that's  why 
most  of  us  are  doing  what  we  are 
doing.  My  brother  comes  down 
here  and  tries  to  talk  sense  to  me 
but  I  don't  pay  him  no  mind  be- 
cause I  don't  have  to!  Now  it's  the 
same  way  with  the  man. 

Though  surely  not  attributable  to 
any  genetic  incapacity,  the  manifest 
deficiencies  of  monodimensional 
consensus  by  decree  occasion  griev- 
ous loss  for  settler  and  native  alike. 
Anthropology  could  be  a  vital  part  of 
that  interethnic  entente  that  is  an  in- 
dispensable condition  of  the  human 
future.  The  relevance  of  anthro- 
pology in  a  postimperialist  society 
will  probably  be  established  by  the 


current  exertions  of  anthropologists 
to  make  our  discipline  a  precursor  of 
a  better  way  of  life. 

I  do  not  mean  to  imply  that  the  inte- 
gration of  perspectives  in  theory 
building  is  necessarily  going  to  lead 
to  an  unprecedented  burgeoning  of 
instant  enlightenment.  Over  the  long 
course  it  seems  a  reasonable  expecta- 
tion that  a  number  of  views  are  at  least 
as  likely  to  carry  us  in  the  general 
direction  of  truth  as  a  single  perspec- 
tive. Quite  apart  from  the  probability 
of  enrichment,  we  might  do  more  to 
foster  a  climate  of  honorable  integra- 
tion in  theory  and  staff  because  our 
best  instincts  tell  us  that  this  is  what 
the  sanest  human  future  demands  of 
us.  It  will  require  a  democratic,  hu- 
manist act  of  will  for  natives  and 
settlers  to  really  listen  with  respect  to 
each  other,  even  in  the  limited  con- 
text of  anthropology. 

I  know  a  number  of  anthro- 
pologists from  native  and  settler  cul- 
tures who  have  mastered  this  as- 
tounding accomplishment.  As  any 
native  or  settler  who  has  managed  it 
can  affirm,  a  number  of  heritages  is 
an  improvement  on  any  one.  It  is 
equally  certain  that  the  individual  or  , 
nation  arbitrarily  confined  to  the  stric- 
tures of  a  single  way  of  being  human  j 
is  incalculably  poorer  for  that  isola- 
tion. Is  it  not  a  matter  of  cosmic  trag- 
edy that  we  will  never  hear  Robeson, 
Hayes,  Maynor,  and  Anderson  as 
principals  in  a  well-recorded  Bach 
and  Handel  oratorio  series?  Would 
we  not  all  have  been  cosmically  de- 
prived if  the  vagaries  of  war  or  preju- 
dice had  confined  the  glory  of  Hugues 
Cuenod,  Elizabeth  Schwarzkopf,  or 
Aksel  Schi0tz  to  their  natal  corners? 
How  many  natives,  secure  in  their 
garrison  solidarity,  will  shield  them- 
selves against  beauty  because  it  pro- 
ceeds from  the  same  direction  as  so 
much  misery?  How  many  settlers  will 
live  and  die  without  perceiving  the 
same  loss?  Imagine!  Never  to  have 
heard  Jim  Bartow  sing  Dunbar  or 
Dowland  songs! 

If  there  is  hope  for  the  civil  sur- 
vival of  our  species,  in  all  its 
glorious  diversity,  it  resides  in  the 
certainty  that  my  grandfather's 
"gene  for  civilization"  was  one  of 
those  social  mirages  made  more  ap- 
parent than  real  by  the  pain  he  bore 
and  the  position  he  held  on  the  riether 
millstone  of  caste. 

John  L.  Gwaltney  is  associate  pro- 
fessor in  the  Department  of  Anthro- 
pology at  Syracuse  University. 


14 


Polaroid's  finest 
is  now  even  better. 


TTienew      ^ 
SX-70AMml 


Take  the  finest  camera 
Polaroid  has  ever  made, 
the  SX-70 Land  camera: 

You  can  focus  from 
infinity  to  10.4  inches 
(closer  than  you  can  get 
with  almost  any  other 
camera  in  the  world  with- 
out a  special  lens). 


You  vievv  through  the  lens, 
so  you  can  focus  and  frame 
your  picture  precisely. 

A  12,000  rpm  motor 
propels  the  already  devel- 
oping picture  into  your 
hknd,  hard,  flat  and  dry.  In 
minutes,  you  have  a  big, 
beautiful  finished  3V8"x 
3^8"  color  print. 

In  daylight,  exposure  is 
controlled  automatically 
by  an  electric  eye  which 
reads  the  light  and  sets 
both  the  aperture  and 
shutter  speed  for  you. 

A  velvety  chrome  finish. 
A  genuine  leather  wrap. 


A  slirn  elegant  shape  that 
folds  flat  to  slip  into  your 
pocket  or  purse. 

Add  features  like  these: 

An  adjustable  leather 
neck  strap,  to  make  it 
even  more  portable. 

A  monitored  flash  that 
makes  final  split-second 
corrections  in  exposure. 

A  built-in  tripod  mount. 

Our  new  Superclear  = 
SX-70  film  for  brighter, 
sharper  colors  in  minutes. 

And  you  have  the  new 
^SX-70  Alpha  1.  Polaroid's 
finest  camera,  made 
even  better. 

©  1976  PolarQid  Corporation."Polaroid"  and  "SX-70"* 


A  Naturalist  at  Large 


Managing  the  Earth's  Surface 


The  environment  must  be 
thought  of  as  a  closed  system 

Georges  Bank  is  a  large  shoal  area 
off  the  Massachusetts  coast.  It  is  one 
of  the  world's  richest  fishing  grounds 
and  a  spawning  and  nurture  area  for 
many  of  the  fish  that  are  caught  in  the 
northwestern  Atlantic.  Georges  Bank 
is  also  one  of  the  two  or  three  most 
promising  sites  for  oil  exploration  on 
the  eastern  seaboard.  Almost  no  one 
believes  that  oil  wells  in  the  area  will 
enhance  the  fisheries;  some  believe 
the  development  will  be  disastrous. 

The  controversy  over  the  prospect 
of  oil  wells  on  fishing  grounds  em- 
bodies one  of  the  classic  conflicts  of 
our  time — the  confrontation  between 
the  demands  of  an  oil-hungry  indus- 
trial system  and  the  need  to  preserve 
a  basic  living  resource.  We  have  not 
yet  found  a  general  solution  for  this 
kind  of  conflict,  which  daily  grows 
more  serious. 

Spokesmen  for  oil  development 
represent  a  wealthy  and  politically 
powerful  industry.  American  fisher- 
men are  largely  individual  entre- 
preneurs whose  catch  comes  from  a 
poorly  managed  natural  ecosystem 
that  is  being  rapidly  degraded  by 
overharvesting  and  such  other  fac- 
tors, quite  apart  from  oil,  as  pollution 
and  the  destruction  of  marshes.  Ac- 
cording to  the  values  set  by  our  eco- 
nomic system,  the  fisheries  are  less 
important  at  present  than  the  oil. 

The  situation  seems  paradoxical. 
Fish  are  potentially  an  infinitely  re- 
newable source  of  protein  and  are  ob- 
viously needed  in  a  world  in  which 
starvation  is  becoming  increasingly 
common.  How  can  the  value  of  in- 
dustrialization so  far  exceed  the  value 
of  food? 

The  reasons  are  complicated.  They 
include  the  argument  that  the  oil  will 
be  used  to  increase  agricultural  yields 
in  excess  of  any  losses  in  fisheries. 
But  quite  apart  from  this  doubtful 
thesis  is  the  simple  fact  that  those  who 
are  hungry  are  hungry  because  they 
are  poor.  They  are  not  participants  in 
the  international  commerce  in  food. 
Their  needs  are  not  a  factor  in  the 


controversy  except  as  goverrmients 
choose  to  make  them  so.  The  rich, 
those  who  have  energy  and  can  use 
it  to  expand  their  control  over  other 
resources,  are  not  yet  short  of  food. 
And  the  economic  systems  of  the  in- 
dustrialized countries  have  put  the 
prices  of  energy  and  food  into  a  bal- 
ance geared  solely  to  the  demands  of 
world  markets.  In  that  marketplace, 
food  appears  to  be  cheap  for  those  in 
industrialized  nations,  but  it  is  well 
beyond  reach  for  the  world's  poor, 
who  consequently  go  hungry. 

Two  perspectives  dominate  discus- 
sions of  this  controversy.  If  we  take 
a  world  view  and  are  moved  by  nor- 
mal compassion  for  our  fellow 
beings,  we  would  conclude  that  the 
fishery  is  more  needed  than  the  oil. 
If  our  view  is  a  coldly  objective  na- 
tional one,  we  might  choose  the  oil 
as  necessary  for  the  maintenance  of 
our  international  posture  in  politics 
and  conmierce.  Because  the  United 
States  has  enough  food  at  the  mo- 
ment, we  can  afford  to  lose  the  fish- 
ery, even  if  the  cost  should  be  that 
high.  But  the  issue  is  still  further  po- 
larized. Certain  technologists,  politi- 
cians, and  economists  believe  in  sal- 
vation through  technological  growth 
that,  it  is  claimed,  will  feed  economic 
growth  indefinitely.  Energy  is  the  key 
resource  in  that  philosophy;  with 
cheap  energy,  proponents  are  con- 
vinced, we  can  produce  whatever 
other  resources  we  require,  poten- 
tially even  food.  On  this  basis,  a  no- 
holds-barred  approach  to  energy  de- 
velopment in  support  of  industry  is 
justified. 

Others  argue  with  equal  force  that 
technology  has  produced  no  new 
basic  resource;  it  has  simply  made 
possible  the  transformation  and  trans- 
portation of  other  resources,  such 
as  food,  around  the  world — in  forms 
and  to  places  convenient  for  humans. 
These  partisans  would  not  abandon 
technology,  far  frorri  it,  but  they  do 
assert  that  the  benefits  of  industrial 
growth  are  finite  and  cannot  be 
equally  shared  by  all  of  the  earth's 
current  four  billion  people,  let  alone 
the  billions  more  to  come.  Their  argu- 


ment also  contends  that  the  benefits 
of  growth  are  now  outweighed  by  en- 
vironmental costs  that  are  not  yet 
properly  tallied.  Further,  the  arith- 
metic of  exponential  growth  of  all 
kinds — in  population  and  in  demand 
for  food,  energy,  and  other  re- 
sources— coupled  with  the  recogni- 
tion that  oil  reserves  and  agricultural 
production  have  their  limits,  assures 
that  our  lives  will  change  in  the  ap- 
proaching years  at  an  accelerating 
rate.  Exponential  growth  also  assures 
that  collisions  between  shoi^t-term 
profit  and  long-term  maintenance  of 
biotic,  or  organic,  resources  are 
bound  to  become  steadily  more 
serious.  Unfortunately,  there  is  no 
evidence  that  our  present  means  of 
managing  these  resources  can  cope 
with  the  challenge. 

The  pattern  of  environmental  pro- 
tection practiced  at  the  moment  in  the 
United  States,  and  frequently  else- 
where, is  largely  based  on  the  clearly 
false  assumption  that  resources  are 
large  in  proportion  to  the  pressures 
placed  on  them  and  that  this  relation- 
ship will  hold  indefinitely.  A  corol- 
lary has  been  the  concept  of  an  "as- 
similative capacity,"  the  assumption 
that  the  environment  can  absorb  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  waste  and  other  man- 
made  pollution  without  ill  effects. 

An  assimilative  capacity  can  pre- 
sumably be  divided  among  different 
polluters  and  redivided  as  potential 
polluters  increase  in  numbers.  The 
putative  capacity  is  vague  and  elu- 
sive, however.  A  stream  may  have 
the  capacity  for  oxidizing  organic 
matter  at  a  certain  rate  and  be  as- 
signed an  assimilative  capacity.  But 
that  does  not  necessarily  mean  that 
other  substances,  introduced  with  the 
organic  matter,  will  be  rendered  in- 
nocuous at  the  same  rate,  if  at  all.  The 
concept  of  assimilative  capacity  en- 
courages a  pattern  of  air  and  water  use 
that  virtually  assures  progressive  deg- 
radation by  encouraging  the  idea  that 
some  degree  of  pollution  is  accept- 
able. The  sources  of  pollutants  may 
be  large  and  the  political  and  eco- 
nomic pressures  to  allow  pollution  to 
continue  may  be  almost  irresistible. 


i6 


by  George  M.  Woodwell 


A  government's  burden  of  regulation 
could  become  virtually  impossible. 

The  alternative  is  clear — in  a  world 
condemned  to  soaring  population  and 
even  more  rapidly  soaring  demands 
on  resources,  the  environment  must 
be  treated  as  a  small,  closed  system. 
In  practice,  this  means  that  countries 
would  not  befoul  the  air  or  water  held 
in  common;  cities  would  recirculate 
their  water,  nutrients,  metals,  and 
other  resources;  industries  would  ac- 
cept the  same  responsibility  for  their 
waste  products  that  they  now  do  for 
their  salable  products;  agriculture 
would  not  poison  the  air  or  waterways 
with  pesticides  or  fertilizers;  and 
power  companies  would  not  usurp 
public  bodies  of  water  in  the  produc- 
tion of  energy.  This  approach  to  the 
management  of  the  surface  of  the 
earth,  Utopian  as  it  may  seem,  is  part 
of  the  cost  of  preserving  living  re- 
sources under  intensified  use.  The 
basic  principle  is  not  pollution  within 
limits,  but  preservation  of  the  physi- 
cal, chemical,  and  biotic  integrity  of 
the  earth.  A  version  of  that  objective 
has  already  been  applied  to  the  man- 
agement of  national  water  resources 
and  appears  as  the  policy  statement  in 
the  Water  Pollution  Control  Act 
Amendments  of  1972. 

No  one  expects  a  transition  to 
closed  systems  to  occur  immediately. 
Indeed,  the  transition  will  probably 
not  even  begin  until  its  feasibility  has 
been  demonstrated  through  research, 
which  in  turn  will  obviously  be  com- 
plex and  require  several  years.  It  will 
doubtless  include  much  of  the  work 
already  under  way  in  support  of  cur- 
rent patterns  of  regulation,  but  it  will 
also  require  entirely  new  explorations 
of  the  question  of  how  to  achieve 
growth  within  limits. 

Meanwhile,  three  topics  seem  to  be 
of  overwhelming  importance  in  aid- 
ing this  new  effort.  The  first  involves 
carbon,  the  basic  element  that  sup- 
ports human  life.  It  is  fixed  in  photo- 
synthesis and  thereby  made  available 
in  various  forms  for  human  use. 
There  is  abundant  evidence  that  the 
world  carbon  budget  is  being  grossly 
affected  by  human  activities.   The 


NOT  EVEN  A  TENNESSEE  WINTER 
changes  the  temperature  of  Jack  Daniel's 
Hmestone  spring  water. 

Our  spring  runs  year  round  at  exactly  56° 
(Our  ducks  are  glad  of  that.)  And  it's  totally 
iron-free.  Our  stiller  is  glad  of  that,  because 
iron  is  murderous  to  whiskey.  That's  why 
Jack  Daniel  started  our 
distillery  here  over  a 
century  ago.  And  we've 
never  seen  fit  to  change 
anything  Mr.  Jack 
started.  After  a  sip  of 
our  whiskey,  we  trust, 
you'll  be  glad  of  that. 


CHARCOAL 
MELLOWED 

6 

DROP 

6 

BY  DROP 


Tennessee  Whiskey  •  90  Proof  •  Distilled  and  Bottled  by  Jack  Daniel  Distillery 

Lem  Motlow,  Prop.,  Inc.,  Lynchburg  (Pop.  361),  Tenn.  37352 

Placed  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  by  the  United  States  Government. 


Ifour  pictures 
never  sounded  so  good. 


Most  beautiful  pictures  have 
beautiful  sounds  that  go  with  them. 
You  can  get  both  with  Bauer's  S 105 
new  Super  8  XL  Macro  Camera.  No 
separate  recorder  to  carry.  You 
record  directly  onto  the  film. 

Sound  is  only  one  of  the  special 
effects  you  can  get  right  in  the  camera. 
There  are  fade  in  and  fade  out,  and 
a  5x  power  zoom  with  macro.  And 
there's  time  lapse.  So  you  can  make 
the  sun  come  up  in  a  hurry.  And  as  the 
sun  goes  down  you  can  keep  shooting 
without  lights.  The  S 105  has  a  super 
fast  f /1.2  XL  Macro  lens..  Metering  is 
thru-  the-lens  and  fully  automatic  with 
manual  override.  And  Bauer's  pat- 
ented twist-away  grip  makes  it  a 
smaller  package  to  carry. 

The  Bauer  S105  lets  anyone 
make  professional  movies  with  just 
one  piece  of  equipment. 

Show  them  on  our  super  T60 
projector.  The  only  super  8  that 
records  and  plays  back  stereo.  We  also 
have  a  12x  zoom  silent  camera  and 
a  whole  line  of  other  fine  movie 
products.  Write  for  information. 

BAUER  Supers 
Sound  Cameras. 


AIC  Photo,  Inc.,  Carle  Place,  N.Y.  11514 

Bauer  is  a  Reg.  TM  of  Robert  Bosch  Photokino  GmbH. 


SOLVE  YOUR  CHRISTMAS  GIFT  PROBLEMS 
By  VISITING  THE  NEW,  GREATLY  EXPANDED 

collector's  cabinet 

featuring  countless  thousands  of  the  Treasures  of  Mother  Earth 

now  conveniently  located  at 

153  East  57th  Street  (between  3rd  and  Lex.  Aves.) 

*  o^JJ'h'"''^  ~  Meteorites  from  Outer  Space,  Fossils,  Scenic  Jaspers,  Malachite, 
and  dozens  of  unusual  Gemstones  custom-mounted  for  us  in  Sterling  Silver 

'  ^vhih-t'^'t'^.'^'-  SCULPTURES  -  by  Louis  Paul  Jonas  -  the  largest  permanent 
exhibit  o  these  superb  1/10-scale  animals  -  from  the  Anteafer  to  the  Zebra  - 
and,  exclusively  a  series  of  24  Dinosaurs  and  Prehistoric  Mammals  by  this 
noted  sculptor.  Send  for  our  free  illustrated  brochures  listing  over  300  models. 

*  5f^®"5^^o  ^1**  9.°"^':  ~  ^''°^'"^  ^"'^  colorful  shells  from  the  Seven  Seas, 
decorator  Cora  s.  Sea  Urchins,  Starfish,  giant  Barnacle  Clusters.  Send  $1.50 
for  2  catalogs  listing  our  stock  of  over  1500  species  of  shells,  with  over  200 
Illustrations. 

*  r^^nH^^^o  ^"'^  ''°SSILS  -  Fine  Crystal  groups,  sparkling  Amethyst  clusters, 
?!^^f|•  Pi'ecious  Gemstones,  Half-billion-year-old  fossils,  coffee-table-size  Petri- 
t^l  non  f  ^H  ^^^^'^y^^,^'^  ''°^^''  ^^^^^'  Dinosaur  Footprints.  Mineral  ash- 
trays, penstands,  bookends,  clocks,  paperweights,  bowls,  boxes,  eggs  and  spheres. 

>  BUTTERFLIES  -  The  world's  largest  display  of  exotic  butterfly  frames  and  boxes. 

'  fm^^TISJI^^,^.^/?'"  all  corners  of  the  world  to  decorate  your  den  or  library  - 

and  TARtNTULAsl^^'  ''°'^°^  ^^^^^^  ^'®^'  SAWFISH  BEAKS,  SCORPIONS 

%S;^RVH"^i'  i!'^!""^  '?""'^S  -  "°'^  ^^^  18th  and  19th  Centuries.  Wild- 
flowers,  Birds,  Fish,  Mammals,  etc. 

SEND  500  FOR  OUR  NEW  1977  FULL-COLOR  CATALOG  FOR 

DOZENS  OF  EXCITING  GIFT  AND  DECORATOR  ITEMS 

Branches:  GREEN^WICH   VILLAGE   (38   W    8th   St.);   PHILADELPHIA;  WASHINGTON,   D.C.; 

S^^°°|p^°R°^PA'  DANIA,  FLA;  NEW  ORLEANS  (Nahan  Gallery);  PORTLAND 

,?     '.^   ^'^^^'^^^^    ^*'    SYRACUSE,    N.Y.   Also   at   BLOOMINGDALE'S   and 

otner  fine  department  stores  nationwide.  (FRANCHISE  INFORMATION  KIT  $2.00) 

THE  COLLECTORS  CABINET,  Box  NH,  153  East  57th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021 

Hours:  Mon.  thru  Sat.  10  to  6.  Open  Thur.  until  9  P.M.  Tel.  (212)  355-2033 


i8 


major  manifestation  is  the  accumula- 
tion of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  atmo- 
sphere. The  concentration  is  now  in- 
creasing at  the  rate  of  0.8  to  1 .5  parts 
per  million  per  year  and  the  rate  itself 
seems  to  be  going  up. 

The  cause  of  the  increase  is  gener- 
ally believed  to  be  the  combustion  of 
fossil  fuels,  but  the  destruction  of 
forests  and  the  oxidation  of  humus  are 
probably  also  contributory  causes. 
Despite  the  fact  that  two-thirds  of  the 
surface  of  the  earth  is  water,  two- 
thirds  of  the  total  photosynthesis  on 
earth  occurs  on  land;  most  of  it  is  at- 
tributable to  forests.  There  is  good 
reason  to  believe  that  the  total  amount 
of  photosynthesis  on  earth  is  dimin- 
ishing, although  there  is  at  present  no 
detailed  analysis  of  the  question.  To 
the  extent  that  photosynthesis  is  a 
measure  of  the  healthy  functioning  of 
the  biosphere,  a  worldwide  decline  in 
the  process  would  be  a  serious  matter. 
There  is,  moreover,  the  possibility 
that  increasing  amounts  of  CO2  in  the 
atmosphere  could  lead  to  climatic 
changes  that  would  alter  agricultural 
productivity  over  large  areas.  There 
is,  accordingly,  a  need  for  increased 
understanding  of  the  human  influence 
on  the  world  carbon  budget  with  spe- 
cial emphasis  on  the  interactions  of 
living  systems  with  atmospheric 
CO2.  This  should  probably  be  a  major 
international  scientific  effort  that 
might  ultimately  recommend  control 
of  the  emission  rate  of  CO2. 

The  second  topic,  an  appraisal  of 
changes  occurring  in  the  populations 
of  the  earth's  flora  and  fauna, 
emerges  from  a  detailed  consid- 
eration of  the  first.  Chronic  or  long- 
lasting  changes  in  the  physical  or 
chemical  environment  can  cause  pre- 
dictable changes  in  the  structure  of 
natural  communities.  Those  popula- 
tions favored  by  adverse  environ- 
mental changes  are  hardy,  small- 
bodied  organisms  that  have  high  re- 
productive rates — populations  that 
include  our  so-called  pests.  Regions 
dominated  by  these  populations  are 
extremely  difficult  ones  in  which  to 
maintain  human  life.  The  stages,  ex- 
tent, and  causes  of  this  pattern  of  bi- 
otic  impoverishment,  currently 
largely  ignored,  are  thus  appropriate 
matters  for  investigation. 

The  third  topic  is  in  some  ways  the 
most  important  because  it  is  the  first 
step  in  adjusting  modern  cities  to  the 
recognition  of  a  finite  earth:  the  re- 
covery of  the  water  and  nutrients  in 
sewage.  The  pattern  of  sewage  dis- 
posal developed  over  the  past  century 


in  the  Western  world  is  totally  incon- 
sistent with  an  ever  more  intensive 
use  of  natural  resources.  The  current 
tendency  in  urban  areas,  for  instance, 
to  install  large  sewage  collection  sys- 
tems that  release  treated  sewage  into 
the  coastal  oceans  is  counterproduc- 
tive. It  aggravates  shortages  of  fresh 
water  and  of  the  chemical  compo- 
nents of  fertilizers  and  increases  the 
pollution  of  the  coastal  seas.  To  the 
extent  that  industrial  wastes  are  incor- 
porated into  sewage,  serious  toxic 
hazards  to  humans  may  be  associated 
with  this  treatment. 

Recent  research  has  raised  hopes 
that  living  systems — combinations  of 
ponds,  marshes,  and  plant  communi- 
ties— can  be  used  to  purify  the  water 
in  sewage  and  recover  the  nitrogen, 
phosphorus,  potassium,  and  other 
elements  normally  lost.  The  utiliza- 
tion of  living  systems  under  con- 
trolled conditions  would  offer  the 
possibility  of  a  number  of  relatively 
small  and  inexpensive  treatment  fa- 
cilities to  serve  small  municipalities 
or  segments  of  larger  ones  and  restore 
the  water  for  local  reuse. 

The  issues  involved  in  the  manage- 
ment of  the  environment  seem  ex- 
traordinarily complicated.  But  they 
are  complicated  only  if  we  wish  them 
to  be  so.  The  central  principles  of  the 
science  of  environment  are  no  more 
complicated  than  the  central  prin- 
ciples of  any  other  science  or  of  lan- 
guage or  arithmetic.  What  is  impor- 
tant is  that  we  see  with  some  clarity 
what  is  happening  to  the  environment 
and  proceed  to  solve  the  problem  of 
its  degradation.  To  the  extent  that  we 
continue  to  accentuate  the  trends  of 
the  past  decade,  we  ourselves  become 
causes  of  degradation  rather  than 
cures.  There  is  a  powerful  argument 
at  present  that  much  of  the  technical 
and  scientific  effort  of  the  country, 
including  that  at  some  of  its  major 
laboratories,  is  more  detrimental  to 
the  environment  than  constructive. 
The  real  lesson  from  the  controversy 
over  mixing  oil  and  water  on  Georges 
BarJi  is  that  to  date  we  have  neither 
a  solution  for  the  management  of  the 
environment  nor  the  research  that 
could  lead  to  a  solution.  Changing 
this  situation  will  require  powerful 
political  leaders.  And  the  time  to 
make  that  change  is  long  overdue. 

George  M.  Woodwell  is  director  of 
the  Ecosystems  Center  at  the  Marine 
Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole, 
Massachusetts. 


YOUR  NEXT 
VNCATION  WAS 
A  LONG  TIME  IN 
THE  MAKING. 

PIAS  EGYPT 


Nefertiti  was  antiquity's  great- 
est beauty.  But  in  the  eye  of  the 
Sphinx  she,  you,  Alexander  and 
Caesar  are  all  in  a  lifetime.  It's 
the  time  of  your  life,  touring 
Egypt,  cruising  the  Nile,  shop- 
ping Cairo's  bazaars,  walking 
among  ageless,  awesome  land- 
marks. Take  off  on  a  PI  A  747, 
with  people  who  know  the 
country.  Ask  your  travel  agent, 
or  use  the  coupon. 


.fe^'PIA 


^^^    Great  paopte  to  fty  with 
PitUstan  International  One  o<  ihe  ,vorid  s  mosi  successful  airlines 

PIA  TOUR  MANAGER 
545  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  S.Y.  10017 
Gentlemen:  Please  tell  me  more  about  your  new 
Tour  of  Egypt  — "Passages  into  Antiquity." 


STREET. 
CITY 


Lose  weight,  not  performance. 


Minolta/Celtic  Compact 
Binoculars  provide 
magnification  comparable 
to  full-size  binoculars, 
but  witfiout  thie  weigfit  or 
bulk.  Superb  Minolta 
optics  bring  in  clear,  bright, 
sharp  images.  Center 
focus  design  for  rapid,  easy 
focusing.  Three  sizes, 
6x20,  8x20  and  10x20, 
give  you  a  choice  of 
magnification  to  suit  your 
needs  Ruggedly  built 
to  go  anywhere.  For  more 
information,  write 
Minolta  Corporation, 
101  Williams  Drive,  Ramsey, 
New  Jersey  07446. 

Minoha/Celtic 
Compact  Binoculars 


19 


MONT 
BLANC 


For  full-color  literature 
describing  the  com- 
plete world-famous 
Montblanc  line,  write 
to  Koh-I-Noor 
Rapidograph,  Inc., 
100  Nortii  St.,  Blooms- 
bury,  N.J.  08804, 
exclusive  U.S. 
representative. 


noDesse 


Noblesse  is  crafted 

with  traditional  ■ 

Montblanc  perfection. 

Deep  engravings 

through  layers  of 

precious  metals  create 

a  brilliant  relief  of 

enduring  elegance. 

•     Noblesse  fountain 
pen  $75,  ballpoint  and 
pencil,  each  $36.  In 
14  Kt.  heavy  gold 
electroplate  or  gleam-  ■ 
ing  rhodium  electro- 
plate. Individually  or 
in  sets,  beautifully 
gift  boxed. 

Incomparable  flexibility 
of  the  all  new  long- 
profile  14  Kt.  gold 
fountain  pen  nib 
■  accentuates  thf  writing 
style  of  every  person- 
ality. Choice  of  extra- 
fine  to  broad  nib.  Each 
fountain  pen  is 
provided  with  six 
Montblanc  ink  car- 
tridges and  an  Inter- 
changeable converter 
for  alternate  piston 
filling  as  desired. 


Letters 


Primates  in  Peril? 

In  "Perils  of  Primates"  (October 
1976),  Jaclyn  Wolf  he  im  states  that 
zoological  gardens  are  major  recipi- 
ents of  primates.  Nothing  could  be 
less  true.  Of  the  thousands  of  pri- 
mates that  enter  the  United  States 
each  year,  only  a  minor  percentage 
(perhaps  as  little  as  0.1  percent)  are 
acquired  by  zoos.  Furthermore,  no 
gorilla  or  orangutan  acquired  from 
the  wild  has  legally  entered  the 
United  States  since  1970.  As  for  lion- 
tailed  macaques  being  imported, 
nothing  could  be  further  from  the 
truth.  Most  lion-tailed  macaques  now 
kept  by  zoos  are  captive  born  from 
wild-caught  parents  imported  in  the 
1950s. 

The  statement  that  survival  and 
birth  rates  of  zoo-kept  primates  are 
"suspected  to  be  low"  is  nonsense. 
Most  primates  breed  well  in  captivity 
and  surplus  primates  are  now  com- 
monly available.  Primates  thrive  and 
live  long  in  most  captive  situations 
(all  physical  needs  are  met  and  hope- 
fully social  needs  are  also  met). 

Today  zoos  are  breeding  their  own 
stock,  with  excess  animals  being  pro- 
vided to  other  zoos. 

Allen  C.  Parker 
Silverdale,  Washington 

The  Author  Replies: 

Zoos  do  import  fewer  primates 
than  biomedical  users,  but  zoos 
prefer  exotic  and  rare  species  that  are 
least  able  to  withstand  further  deple- 
tion. These  vulnerable  species,  in- 
cluding all  of  the  great  apes,  do  not 
breed  well  in  captivity.  Successful 
captive  breeding  through  several  gen- 
erations has  been  achieved  only  with 
the  common,  hardy  macaques  and  ba- 
boons. If  zoos  actually  produce  a  sur- 
plus, then  the  annual  importation  of 
more  than  20,000  primates  for  nonre- 
search  purposes  should  be  unneces- 
sary. 

Jaclyn  Wolfheim 


Tragedy  in  Timor 

Shepard  Forman,   the   author  of 
your  interesting  article  "Spirits  of  the 


Makassae"  (November  1976),  shares 
my  deep  concern  about  a  problem 
now  threatening  all  the  people  of  East 
Timor.  Their  emergence  from  four 
centuries  of  Portuguese  colonial  rule 
has  met  a  new  obstacle:  invasion  by 
thousands  of  Indonesian  troops.  Ac- 
cording to  a  New  York  Times  report 
of  February  15,  1976,  more  than  60,- 
000  people  have  died  in  these  attacks 
by  Indonesia,  a  nation  of  130,000,- 
000,  against  a  people  numbering  only 
650,000. 

The  United  Nations  has  twice 
called  for  the  complete  and  immedi- 
ate withdrawal  of  all  Indonesian 
forces  from  East  Timor  and  a  demo- 
cratic process  to  determine  whether 
the  people  of  that  country  truly  want 
"integration"  as  Indonesia's  twenty- 
seventh  province  (U.N.  Decoloniza- 
tion Committee  Document  No.  76- 
36163).  Of  particular  concern  to  all 
Americans  is  surely  the  $46  million 
in  military  aid  given  this  past  year  to 
the  military  government  in  Indonesia. 
For  further  information  may  I  draw 
your  readers'  attention  to  a  docu- 
mented publication  by  concerned 
Americans,  East  Timor:  The  Hidden 
War,  which  can  be  obtained  for 
$1.25  from  East  Timor  Defense 
Committee,  166  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York,  New  York  10010. 

Dr.  Richard  W.  Franke 

Harvard  University  School  of 

Public  Health 

Boston,  Massachusetts 


A  Predator  Proposal 

In  reference  to  your  article  in  the 
June/July  issue  regarding  the  goats  of 
Santa  Catalina  Island,  mention  was 
made  about  the  difficulties  encoun- 
tered in  eradicating  goats  from  island 
situations  of  this  kind.  I  am  always 
curious  why  no  one  considers  intro- 
ducing natural  predators  in  such  situ- 
ations .  (At  considerably  less  cost  than 
hunting  programs,  which  have  ap- 
parently proven  to  be  of  little  value.) 

I  suppose  the  usual  response  to 
such  a  suggestion  would  be  that  it 
would  throw  the  natural  ecology  out 
of  balance.  In  this  particular  case,  my 


The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History 

invites  you  to  join  a  select  party 

limited  to  140  members  and  friends  on  3 

VOYAGE  TO 
lAYALUUl 

world  of  the  ancient  Maya  civilization 
in  Central  America 
February  6  to  20.  1977 

Sail  in  comfort  aboard  the  motor  yacht. 
ARGONAUT*,  set  on  a  special  course  for  the 
pleasure  of  exploring  and  studying  remote  and 
recently  uncovered  pre-Columbian  sites  of  the 
ancient  Maya.  Enjoy  islands  of  natural  beauty 
with  offshore  reefs  and  seagardens  undisturbed 
by  tourism.  Travel  in  the  stimulating  company  of 
our  distinguished  American  Museum  scientists 
and  scholars,  Dr.  Gordon  F.  Ekholm,  Curator 
Emeritus,  Department  of  Anthropology,  and 
Dr.  C.  Lavett  Smith,  Chairman  and  Curator, 
Department  of  ichthyology.  The  trip  has  been 
arranged  by  the  noted  travel  experts, 
Raymond  &  Whitcomb  Co. 
Cabin  prices  range  from  $1780  to  $2125. 
There  is  a  tax-deductible  contribution  to  the 
Museum  of  $400  per  person. 


The  MTS    ARGONAUT 


Eilen  Stancs 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


Please  send  an  itinerary  and 
other  information  about  the 
VOYAGE  TO  MAYALUUM 


THG 

MUOMOF 

\  HISTORY. 


O 


CHRISTOPHER 
J.  SCHUBERTH 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Geology,  C.U.N.Y. 
and  formerly  Lecturer  in  Geology  at 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

presents  his  10th  Annual 

FIELD  «EOLO«y  OF 
THE  «RAND  CANYON 

June28-July9,1977 

A  10-day,  300-mile  raft  trip  through  the  Grand  Canyon 
on  the  Colorado  River,  biggest  and  fastest  Whitewater 
river  in  the  country.  Study  of  the  first  1  and  %  billion 
years  of  Colorado  Plateau  history.  Then,  on  to  scenic 
Zion  and  Bryce  Canyons  nearby  to  study  the  remaining 
250  million  years  for  this  region  for  the  last  3  days. 

For  further  detailed  information,  call  or  write: 

CHRISTOPHER  J.  SCHUBERTH 

54Haring  Street 

Closter,  New  Jersey  07624 

Telephone:  (201)  768-6471 


THE  NEW  SUPER-SIZE 

SCHOOLBAG 

FROM  DENMARK 

More  pockets,  zippers,  flaps  and  compartments 
make  this  sturdy  classic  the  best  all-purpose 
bag  ever.  Terrifically  functional  with  a  great 
casual  look.  A  favorite  of  models,  photogra- 
phers, artists,  students,  musicians,  dancers, 
opera  singers,  nuns,  poets,  duck  hunters,  cy- 
clists, plumbers,  teachers,  filmmakers,  pilots, 
architects,  doctors,  reporters  and  travelers  be- 
cause there's  always  a  place  to  stuff  one  more 
thing.  A  new  zippered  pleat  can  expand  this 
improved  version  to  double  the  normal  width 
-now  a  full  1SV:"  x  13"  x  8".  Perfect  carry-on 
flight  bag.  Adjustable  shoulder  strap.  In 
squashy  gray,  chocolate  brown  or  bright  Da- 
nish blue  waterproof  canvas.  $27.50. 
(plus  $1 .50  shipping).  N.Y.  res.  add  tax.  Canada 
add  $2.00.  Send  toOept.  NH-12. 

THE  CHOCOLATE  SOUP 

249  East  77th  Street  New  York  10021 


This  photo  is  the  Crystal  Skull  from  pre- 
historic Mexico  and  is  only  one  of  the  features 
in  this  magazine  about  world-wide  archeology. 
Some  of  the  subjects  are  the  pyramids  of 
Egypt,  finding  the  Monitor,  pueblo  ruins  of 
the  American  Southwest,  Paleo-Indian  sites, 
Roman  and  Greek  archeology,  current  events 
in  American  archeology,  the  scientific  methods 
used  in  archeology  and  opportunities  for  ama- 
teur and  professional  field  work.    This  coming 
year  will  feature  a  column  entitled  "The  Un- 
explained".   Popular  Archaeology,  in  an  easy- 
to-read  and  well  illustrated  presentation,  brings 
you  the  "Mystery  and  Excitement  of  the 
Search  and  Excavation."    Edited  by  profes- 
sional archeologists,  each  issue  brings  you 
factual  material  about  the  history  of  our  civi- 
lization.   Subscription  is  $9.75  per  year,  and 
a  second  one-year  subscription  for  a  gift  to  a 
friend  is  $7.50. 

POPUIAR 
ARCHMOIOGV 

P.O.Box  421 1  Arlington,  Virginia  22204  U.S.A. 


response  to  that  would  be,  "What 
natural  ecology?"  If  man  must  create 
an  imbalance  in  the  first  place,  surely 
a  natural  check  is  the  most  obvious 
answer. 

I  am  a  little  sympathetic  to  the 
goats  anyway.  They  were  the  first  Eu- 
ropean settlers  in  a  way,  and  if  they 
could  be  controlled  naturally  perhaps 
they  could  remain.  Much  smaller 
numbers  would  cause  much  less  dam- 
age. They  don't  require  the  whole  is- 
land .  .  .  surely,  some  small  place  is 
suitable  for  them. 

Bud  Lawhead 
Los  Angeles,  California 

Freezing  Raspberries 

Raymond  Sokolov's  "Best  of  the 
Brambles"  (June/July  1976)  was 
timely  and  nostalgic.  However,  I  dis- 
agree with  his  statement  that  raspber- 
ries do  not  freeze  well:  "The  whole 
fruit  doesn't  freeze  well;  frozen  rasp- 
berries are  the  next  thing  to  raspberry 
syrup." 

We  have  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
of  the  luscious  Canby  variety  raspber- 
ries and  they  yield  to  ourselves  and 
friends  at  least  thirty  pounds  each 
year.  I  immediately  freeze  the  whole 
berry  after  picking,  in  any  handy 
plastic  carton,  without  any  sugar. 
When  these  beautiful  berries  are  de- 
frosted over  several  hours — if  left  in 
the  refrigerator  overnight — the  ber- 
ries are  firm  and  as  delicious  as  fresh 
ones.  The  secret  probably  is  freezing 
them  without  delay  and  omitting  the 
sugar  until  ready  to  eat. 

Eunice  C.  Burnett 
Portland,  Oregon 

Diagrams 

In  your  August/September  issue, 
in  the  interesting  article  "The  Inter- 
pretation of  Diagrams,"  Stephen  Jay 
Gould  refers  to  "so-called  Mae 
West"  diagrams  and  then  adds,  "par- 
don the  sexism  of  a  profession  still 
overwhelmingly  male  .  .  .  and  none 
of  us  invented  the  term  anyway."  If 
Mr.  Gould  realizes  the  offensiveness 
of  such  a  term,  he  should  stop  using 
it,  and  encourage  his  colleagues  to  do 

the  same.  „  n 

Sheryl  Rose 

Los  Angeles,  California 

A  Bouquet 

A  word  of  appreciation  for  Stephen 
Gould's  essays.  I  hope  you'll  con- 
tinue his  contributions  indefinitely. 
Ronald  S.  Fishman,  M.D. 
Potomac,  Maryland 


SONY 

PRESENTS 
THE 

NEXT  THING. 


m^^HB^^H 

^^^^■HfilB 

IB 

9--      ^^g 

^B     m 

^ 

e  H 

i| 

c 

9H  ^t  Sony's Betamax  Video- 
ItJ  H  tape  deck  It  lets  vou 

1    SONY    1 

^^  ^m  see  shows  you  would 
^_-S  havemjssed 

You're  looking  at  Betamax, 
a  revolutionary  new  product  from  Sony  that 
plugs  into  any  TV  and  enables  you  to  see 
programs  you  would  have  otherwise  missed. 

We'll  explain. 

First  off,  let's  take  a  situation  where  there 
are  two  shows  on  opposite  each  other  and  you'd 
like  to  watch  both  of  them.  Well,  believe  it  or  not, 
now  you  can.  Because  Sony's  Betamax  deck 
can  actually  videotape  something  off  one 
channel  while  you're  watching  another  channel . 
Then,  when  you're  finished  watching  one  show, 
all  you  do  is  push 
some  buttons  and 
you  can  play  back 
a  tape  of  the  show 
that  you  would 
have  missed. 


Pretty  incredible,  huh?  Well,  listen  to  some- 
thing else  Betamax  does  that's  equally  incredible. 

Let's  say  you  have  to  go  somewhere,  or  do 
something,  at  a  time  when  there's  something  on 
TV  you  want  to  see.  Well,  Sony's  Betamax  is 
equipped  with  a  timer  that  can  be  set  to  auto- 
matically videotape  that  program  while  you're 
not  there.  Then,  whenever  you  want,  you  just 
play  back  the  tape  — and  again  you  see  what 
you  would  have  missed. 

(Our  one-hour  tapes,  by  the  way  are 
reusable— just  record  over  them  and  use  them 
over  and  over  again.) 

Imagine.  With  Sony's  Betamax,  you'll  never 
again  miss  a  program  you  want  to  see. 
Ah,  progress! 

Betamax  plugs  mto  any 
TV,  even  if  it's  not  a  Sony 
(though  you  '11  be  missing 
a  lot  li  It's  not). 


Model  SL-7200  Videolape  Player/Recorder. 


BETAMAX 
IT'SASOITK' 


©  1976  Sony  Corporation  of  America. 
SONY  and  Betamax  are  trademarks  of  Sony  Corporation. 


Goose  Down  Sox 
Keep  Feet  Warm 


These  whisper-weight  hand  washable  Sox 
are  fuliy  insulated  with  Bauer  Goose 
Down  quilted  in  tough  Nylon  tafteta.  Per- 
fect to  wear  around  home,  make  toasty 
warm  bed  sox,  great  travel  mates  that 
take  little  space  in  your  duffel  bag.  Sizes: 
Specify  f^/len's  or  Women's  shoe  size  and 
we  will  supply  proper  fit.  Colors:  Red, 
Winter  Blue,  Powder  Blue,  Taupe.  0123 
Goose  Down  Sox  $9.95  postpaid. 

r  Order  Today!  Money  Back  Guarantee! 

Enclosed  is  my  ctieck  or  money  order  for 

$ (Add  sales  tax  where  applicable.) 

Please  BUSH  my  0123  Goose  Down  Sox. 


Men's  Size 

Color 

Citv 

State 

-Zip 

J^&£iB/^^«j>j^JiAj' 


Dept.  RNH,  Third  &  Virginia,  Seattle,  WA  98124 


i^. 


Share  the  Thrills 
0!  Exploring  f 


All  DYNASCOPES, 
Including  this 
supers  RV-6,  G-lnch 
available 
on  easy  terms! 
Now  it's  easy  to  join  the  thousands  of  serious 
amateurs  who  have  discovered  the  excitement 
of  exploring  our  mysterious  universe.  Your  en- 
joyment begins  right  from  the  start,  yet  the 
challenges  and  rewards  go  on  for  years!  And 
it's  a  hobby  that  can  be  shared  at  modest  cost. 

Choose  From  Many  DYNASCOPES® 
Picking  a  telescope  to  fit  your  needs  and  your 
pocketbcok  Is  simple  when  you  select  a 
DYNASCOPE-the  same  instruments  used  by 
more  than  150  schools,  colleges  and  observ- 
atories—and your  satisfaction  is  guaranteed 
by  a  full-refund  warranty. 
FASCINATING  GUIDE 
YOURS  FREE! 
Read  these  valuable  facts  be- 
fore buying  any  telescope.  Mail 
coupon  or  postcard  for  your 
complimentary  copy  of  this 
helpful  guide. 
Criterion  Manufacturing  Co. 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 

®  TM  Registered  U.S.  Pot.  Offici 

CRITERION  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  Dept.  NH-73 
620  Oakwood  Ave.,  W.  Hartford,  Conn.  06110 
Please  send  your  free  Telescope  Guide. 
Wamp 

Address _^ 

City_ 


L ~ . J 


This  View  of  Life 


by  Stephen  Jay  Gould 


The  Advantages 
of  Eating  Mom 


Some  insects  have  evolved  an 
effective  life  strategy: 
forget  father  and  consume 
mother  from  inside 

Since  man  created  God  in  his  own 
image,  the  doctrine  of  special  cre- 
ation has  never  failed  to  explain  those 
adaptations  that  we  understand  intui- 
tively. How  can  we  doubt  that  ani- 
mals are  exquisitely  designed  for 
their  appointed  roles  when  we  watch 
a  lioness  hunt,  a  horse  run,  or  a  hippo 
wallow?  The  theory  of  natural  selec- 
tion would  never  have  replaced  the 
doctrine  of  divine  creation  if  evident, 
admirable  design  pervaded  all  orga- 
nisms. Charles  Darwin  understood 
this,  and  he  focused  on  features  that 
would  be  out  of  place  in  a  world  con- 
structed by  perfect  wisdom.  Why,  for 
example,  should  a  sensible  designer 
create  only  on  Australia  a  suite  of 
marsupials  to  fill  the  same  roles  that 
placental  mammals  occupy  on  all 
other  continents?  Darwin  even  wrote 
an  entire  book  on  orchids  to  argue  that 
the  structures  evolved  to  insure  fertil- 
ization by  insects  are  jerry-built  of 
available  parts  used  by  ancestors  for 
other  purposes.  Orchids  are  Rube 
Goldberg  machines;  a  perfect  engi- 
neer would  certainly  have  come  up 
with  something  better. 

This  principle  remains  true  today. 
The  best  illustrations  of  adaptation  by 
evolution  are  the  ones  that  strike  our 
intuition  as  peculiar  or  bizarre.  Sci- 
ence is  not  "organized  common 
sense";  at  its  most  exciting,  it  refor- 
mulates our  view  of  the  world  by  im- 
posing powerful  theories  against  the 
ancient,  anthropocentric  prejudices 
that  we  call  intuition. 

Therefore,  I  was  not  surprised  that 
my  passing  comments  on  the  life  his- 
tory of  cecidomyian  gall  midges 
(May  1976)  inspired  several  readers 
to  ask  for  more  details.  For  these  tiny 
flies  conduct  their  lives  in  a  way  that 


tends  to  evoke  feelings  of  pain  or  dis- 
gust when  we  empathize  with  them 
by  applying  the  inappropriate  stand- 
ards of  our  own  social  codes. 

Cecidomyian  gall  midges  can  grow 
and  develop  along  one  of  two  path- 
ways. In  some  situations,  they  hatch 
from  eggs,  go  through  a  normal  se- 
quence of  larval  and  pupal  molts,  and 
emerge  as  ordinary,  sexually  repro- 
ducing flies.  But  in  other  circum- 
stances, females  reproduce  by  par- 
thenogenesis, bringing  forth  their 
young  without  any  fertilization  by 
males.  Parthenogenesis  is  common 
enough  among  animals,  but  the  ceci- 
domyians  give  it  an  interesting  twist. 
First  of  all,  the  parthenogenetic  fe- 
males stop  at  an  early  stage  of  devel- 
opment. They  never  become  normal, 
adult  flies,  but  reproduce  while  they 
are  still  larvae  or  pupae.  Secondly, 
these  females  do  not  lay  eggs.  The 
offspring  develop  live  within  their 
mother's  body — not  supplied  with 
nutrient  and  packaged  away  in  a  pro- 
tected uterus  but  right  within  the 
mother's  tissues,  eventually  filling 
her  entire  body.  In  order  to  grow,  the 
offspring  devour  their  mother  from 
the  inside.  A  few  days  later,  they 
emerge,  leaving  a  chitinous  shell  as 
the  only  remains  of  their  only  parent. 
And  within  two  days,  their  own  de- 
veloping children  are  beginning,  lit- 
erally, to  eat  them  up. 

Micromalthus  debilis,  an  unrelated 
beetle,  has  evolved  an  almost  identi- 
cal system  with  a  macabre  variation. 
Some  parthenogenetic  females  give 
birth  to  a  single  male  offspring.  This 
larva  attaches  to  his  mother's  cuticle 
for  about  four  or  five  days,  then  in- 
serts his  head  into  her  genital  aperture 
and  devours  her.  Greater  love  hath  no 
woman. 

Why  has  such  a  peculiar  mode  of 
reproduction  evolved?  It  is  unusual 
even  among  insects,  and  not  only  by 
the  irrelevant  standards  of  our  own 
perceptions.  What  is  the  adaptive  sig- 


24 


5  Myths 

Things  are  never  quiet  for 
the  leader  in  any  field. 

Whispers  abound  and  what 
starts  as  idle  chatter  eventually 
becomes  unarguable  fact. 

Take,  for  instance,  some  of 
the  curious  myths  which  have 
grown  up  around  the  Steinway.® 
Myth#l.  It^  too  expensive, 

A  comparison  of  price  lists 
will  surprise  you.  Some  other 
makes  are  actually  higher  priced. 

Still,  first  cost  is  no  true 
measure  of  the  real  cost  of  a 
Steinway  or  any  other  piano. 

Remember  depreciation,  and 
that  a  Steinway  suffers  less  of  it 
than  other  pianos. 

Think  about  maintenance, 
and  the  fact  that  / 

your  Steinway 
will  perform 
better,  longer, 


were  no  name  at  all  on  the  fall 

board  would  still  be  the  ultimate 

piano. 

MythttS.Theyre  asking  a  lot 

for  a  piece  of  furniture. 

Steinway  cabinetwork  and 
finish  are  breathtaking.  But 
what  you're  buying  is  hardly 
a  piece  of  furniture  (see         .  . 
Myth  #2).  /^ 


And  today  Steinway  pianos 
are  still  built  under  the  personal 
supervision  of  the  Steinway 
family  as  they  have  been  for 
123  consecutive  years. 

Myth  #5. 
A  piano  is 
a  piano. 

All  mod- 
ern pianos  now 


between  service  calls 
than  a  lesser  instrument. 

And,  of  course,  the 
Steinway's  sensitive 
touch  and  sheer  musical- 
ity  can  be  purchased 
nowhere  else,  regardless 
of  price. 

In  fact,  a  Steinway 
turns  out  to  be  the  least 
expensive  piano  you  can 
buy  because  it  is  the  best 
investment. 

Myth  #2.  You're  paying  for 
the  name. 

Actually,  you're  paying  for 
the  instrument  behind  it. 

An  instrument  which  is  the 
product  of  over  a  century's 
innovation  and  development. 

An  instrument  with  features 
found  in  no  other  piano. 

An  instrument  built  with 
fantastic  precision,  as  no  other 
piano  is  built  today. 

An  instrument  which  if  there 


Myth  #4. 

Today  it's  big  business. 

The  personal  touch  is  gone. 

Today  every  Steinway  piano 
is  still  an  individually  hand  built 
instrument. 

The  craft  has  hardly 
changed  in  the  past  himdred 
years,  so  that  in  1977  Steinway 
will  complete  virtually  the 
same  number  of  instruments  as 
in  1877. 


share  design 
principles 
which  were 
pioneered  by 
Steinway. 

But  from 
soimdboard  to 
action  rail  to  the 
fine  details  of  fit  and  finish,  the 
Steinway  still  contains  much 
that  is  unique. 

It  is  these  details  and  features 
which  make  the  difference  be- 
tween a  Steinway  and  everything 
else. 

So  much  for  5  myths. 

For  literature  about  the 
Steinway  write  to  one:  John  H. 
Steinway,  109  West  57  Street, 
New  York  10019. 

Steinway  &  Sons 


8-Power  Vision, 
Pocket  Size, 
by  Nikon. 


Meet  the  Nikon  8x24  Ultra  Compact 
Binocular.  Provides  virtually  as  much  daylight 

viewing  brightness  as  the  biggest  glasses  you  can  buy.  With  superb,  crisp 
viewing  clarity— the  result  of  Nikon  prism  optics,  so  precisely  aligned  and 
optically  matched  for  equal  magnification  that  you  can  view  for  hours 
without  strain.  Plus  potent  8-time  magnification,  ideal  for  scenic,  wild- 
life and  all-round  outdoor  viewing.  Moisture-  and  shock-resistant,  too. 
Yet  it  barely  makes  a  bulge  in  your  pocket,  weighs  just  14H  ounces,  and 
costs  a  lot  less  than  you  might  think.  One  of  seven  Nikon  binoculars 
available  at  Nikon  camera  dealers  and  selected  optical  departments. 
Nikon  Inc.,  Garden  City,  N.Y.  11530.  Subsidiary  of  Ehrenreich  Photo- 
Optical  Industries,  Inc.  (In  Canada:  Anglophoto  Ltd.,  P.Q.)  11(30 


EGYPT 

BY  MAUPINTOUR 


MAUPINTOUR'S  care  and  manage- 
ment assures  you  see  everything  you 
should  see,  comfortably.  Join  us  for 
this  new  travel  adventure.  15  days. 

GOOD  HOTELS  such  as  Aswan's  new 
Oberoi,  Luxor  Winter  Palace,  and 
Mena  House  resort  beside  the  Pyra- 
mids and  Sphinx.  Spectacular  views. 

LEARN  the  significance,  historic,  con- 
temporary. People.  Scenic  marvels. 
Incredible  antiquities,  art  treasures. 
See  Abu  Simbel  raised  from  the  Nile! 


ASWAN 
LUXOR 
CAIRO 


WHAT  YOU  DREAM  Egypt  should  be 
begins  every  Thursday.  Ask  your 
Travel  Agent  for  Maupintour's  Egypt/ 
Middle  East  folder  or  send  coupon. 


Maupintour,  900  Massachusetts  St., 
Lawrence,  Ks.  66044.  913/843-1211. 


quality 
touring 
since  1951 


©Maupintour 

Asli  about  these  Maupintour  escorted  holidays: 
D  Africa  DAIps  O  British  Isles  D  Colorado 
D  Asia  n  Central  America  D  Egypt  D  Europe 
D  France  D  Greece  D  Hawaii  D  India  Q  Iran 
D  Italy  D  Mexico  D  Morocco  D  Nortti  Africa 
D  Orient  D  Portugal  D  Scandinavia  D  Spain 
D  S.  America  D  S.  Pacific  D  USSR/E.  Europe 


nificance  of  a  mode  of  life  that  so 
strongly  violates  our  intuitions  about 
good  design? 

To  answer  these  questions,  we 
proceed  by  the  usual  mode  of  argu- 
ment in  evolutionary  studies:  the 
comparative  method.  (Louis  Agassiz 
did  not  act  capriciously  when  he  gave 
to  the  building  in  which  I  work  the 
name  that  has  puzzled  so  many  gener- 
ations of  visitors  to  Harvard — the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.) 
We  must  find  an  object  for  compari- 
son that  is  genetically  similar,  but 
adapted  to  a  different  mode  of  life. 
Fortunately,  the  complex  life  cycle  of 
cecidomyians  provides  us  with  a  key. 
We  do  not  have  to  compare  the  asex- 
ual ,  larval  mother  with  a  related  spe- 
cies of  uncertain  affinity  and  genetic 
resemblance;  we  may  contrast  it  with 
the  genetically  identical,  alternate 
form  of  the  same  species — the  nor- 
mal, sexual  fly.  What  then  is  different 
about  the  ecology  of  parthenogenetic 
and  normal  forms? 

The  cecidomyians  feed  and  dwell 
on  fungi,  usually  mushrooms.  The 
mobile,  normal  fly  fills  the  role  of  dis- 
coverer: it  finds  the  new  mushroom. 
Its  offspring,  now  living  on  a  supera- 
bundant food  resource,  reproduce 
asexually  as  larvae  or  pupae  and  be- 
come the  flightless,  mushroom-eating 
form  of  the  species  (a  mushroom  can 
support  hundreds  of  these  tiny  flies). 
We  know  that  parthenogenetic  repro- 
duction will  continue  as  long  as  food 
is  abundant.  One  investigator  pro- 
duced 250  consecutive  larval  genera- 
tions by  supplying  enough  food  and 
preventing  crowding.  In  nature,  how- 
ever, the  mushroom  is  eventually 
used  up. 

German  biologist  H .  Ulrich  and  his 
coworkers  have  studied  the  sequence 
of  changes  in  response  to  decreasing 
food  in  the  species  Mycophila  spey- 
eri.  When  they  have  abundant  food, 
parthenogenetic  mothers  generate  all 
female  broods  in  four  to  five  days .  As 
the  supply  of  food  diminishes,  all 
male  and  mixed  male  and  female 
broods  develop.  If  female  larvae  are 
not  fed  at  all,  they  grow  into  normal 
flies. 

These  correlations  have  a  fairly  un- 
ambiguous adaptive  basis.  The  flight- 
less, parthenogenetic  female  stays  on 
the  mushroom  and  feeds.  When  it  ex- 
hausts its  resources,  it  produces 
winged  descendants  that  find  new 
mushrooms.  But  this  only  scratches 
the  surface  of  our  dilemma,  for  it  does 
not  address  our  central  question:  Why 
reproduce  so  quickly  as  a  larva  or 


26 


This  advertisement  is  neither  an  offer  to  sell  nor  a  solicitation  oj  offers  to  buy  any  of  these  securities. 
The  offering  is  made  only  by  the  Prospectus. 

NEW  ISSUES  October  28, 1976 


$400,000,000 

Marathon  Oil  Company 

$150,000,000 

7.65%  Notes  Due  1983 

Price  100% 

plus  accrued  interest  from  November  1,  1976 


$250,000,000 

8.50%  Sinking  Fund  Debentures  Due  2006 

Price  99.50% 

plus  accrued  interest  from  November  1,  1976 


Copies  oj  the  Prospectus  may  be  obtained  from,  any  of  the  several  underwriters, 
including  the  undersigned,  only  in  States  in  which  such  underwriters  are  qualified 
to  act  as  dealers  in  securities  and  in  which  the  Prospectus  m,ay  legally  be  distributed. 


The  First  Boston  Corporation 
Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.    Goldman,  Sachs  &  Co.    Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &  Smith    Salomon  Brothers 

Incorporated  Incorporated 

Bache  Halsey  Stuart  Inc.  Blyth  Eastman  Dillon  &  Co.  Dillon,  Read  &  Co.  Inc. 

Incorporated 

Donaldson,  Luf kin  &  Jenrette  Drexel  Burnham  &  Co.  Hornblower  &  Weeks-Hemphill,  Noyes 

Securities  Corporation  Incorporated  Incorporated 

E.  F.  Hutton  &  Company  Inc.        Kidder,  Peabody  &  Co.        Kuhn,  Loeb  &  Co.        Lazard  Freres  &  Co. 

Incorporated 

Lehman  Brothers  Loeb,  Rhoades  &  Co.  Paine,  Webber,  Jackson  &  Curtis 

Incorporated  Incorporated 

Reynolds  Securities  Inc.  Smith  Barney,  Harris  Upham  &  Co.  Warburg  Paribas  Becker  Inc. 

Incorporated 

Wertheim  &  Co.,  Inc.  White,  Weld  &  Co.  Dean  Witter  &  Co. 

Incorporated  Incorporated 


pupa  (many  insects  have  flightless, 
adult  forms)  and  why  self-destruct  by 
a  supreme  sacrifice  to  one's  children? 

I  believe  that  the  solution  to  this 
dilemma  lies  in  the  phrase  "so 
quickly."  Traditional  evolutionary 
theory  concentrated  on  morphology 
in  framing  adaptive  explanations. 
What,  in  this  case,  is  the  advantage 
to  mushroom  feeders  of  a  persistent 
juvenile  morphology  in  reproducing 
females?  Traditional  theory  never 
found  an  answer  because  it  was  pos- 
ing the  wrong  question.  During  the 
last  fifteen  years,  the  rise  of  theoret- 
ical population  ecology  has  trans- 
formed the  study  of  adaptation.  Evo- 
lutionists have  learned  that  organisms 
adapt  not  only  by  altering  their  size 
and  shape  but  also  by  adjusting  the 
timing  of  their  lives  and  the  energy 
invested  in  different  activities  (feed- 
ing, growth,  and  reproduction,  for 
example).  These  adjustments  are 
called  "life  history  strategies." 

Organisms  evolve  different  life 
history  strategies  to  fit  different  types 
of  environments.  Among  theories 
that  correlate  strategy  with  environ- 
ment, the  theory  of  r-  and  K-  selec- 
tion, developed  by  R.  H.  Mac  Arthur 
and  E.  O.  Wilson  in  the  mid-1960s, 
has  surely  been  the  most  successful. 

Evolution,  as  usually  depicted  in 
textbooks  and  reported  in  the  popular 
press,  is  a  process  of  inexorable  im- 
provement in  form:  animals  are  deli- 
cately "fine  tuned"  to  their  environ- 
ment through  constant  selection  of 
better-adapted  shapes.  But  several 
kinds  of  environments  do  not  call 
forth  such  an  evolutionary  response. 
Suppose  that  a  species  lives  in  an  en- 
vironment that  imposes  irregular, 
catastrophic  mortality  upon  it  (ponds 
that  dry  up,  for  example,  or  shallow 
seas  ripped  up  by  severe  storms).  Or 
suppose  that  food  sources  are  ephe- 
meral and  hard  to  find,  but  superabun- 
dant once  located.  Organisms  cannot 
fine  tune  themselves  to  such  environ- 
ments for  there  is  nothing  sufficiently 
stable  to  adjust  to.  Better  in  such  a 
situation  to  invest  as  much  energy  as 
possible  into  reproduction — make  as 
many  offspring  as  you  can,  as  quickly 
as  you  can,  so  that  some  will  survive 
the  catastrophe.  Reproduce  like  hell 
while  you  have  the  ephemeral  re- 
source, for  it  will  not  last  long  and 
some  of  your  progeny  must  survive 
to  find  the  next  one. 

We  refer  to  evolutionary  pressures 
for  the  maximization  of  reproductive 
effort  at  the  expense  of  delicate  mor- 
phological adjustment  as  r-selection; 


organisms  so  adapted  are  r-strategists 
(r  is  the  traditional  measure  of  "in- 
trinsic rate  of  increase  in  population 
size"  in  a  set  of  basic,  ecological 
equations).  Species  that  live  in  stable 
enviroimients,  near  the  maximum 
population  size  that  the  environment 
can  support,  will  gain  nothing  by  pro- 
ducing hordes  of  poorly  adjusted 
progeny.  Better  to  raise  a  few,  finely 
tuned  offspring.  Such  species  are  K- 
strategists  (K  is  the  measure  of  envi- 
ronmental '  'carrying  capacity' '  in  the 
same  set  of  equations). 

The  parthenogenetic  larval  gall 
midges  live  in  a  classical  r-environ- 
ment.  Mushrooms  are  few  and  far  be- 
tween, but  superabundant  when 
found  by  such  a  tiny  fly .  Cecidomyian 
gall  midges  therefore  gain  a  selective 
advantage  if  they  use  newly  discov- 
ered mushrooms  for  building  up  their 
population  as  rapidly  as  possible. 
What,  then,  is  the  most  efficient  way 
to  build  a  population  quickly?  Should 
the  midges  simply  lay  more  eggs  or 
should  they  reproduce  as  early  as  pos- 
sible during  their  lives?  This  general 
issue  has  inspired  a  large  literature 
among  mathematically  inclined  ecol- 
ogists.  In  most  situations,  the  key  to 
rapid  increase  is  early  reproduction. 
A  10  percent  decrease  in  age  at  first 
reproduction  can  yield  the  same  ef- 
fect as  a  100  percent  increase  in  fe- 
cundity. 

Finally,  we  can  understand  the  pe- 


culiar reproductive  biology  of  cecido- 
myian gall  midges:  they  have  simply 
evolved  some  remarkable  adaptations 
for  early  reproduction  and  extremely 
short  generation  times.  In  so  doing, 
they  have  become  consummate  r- 
strategists  in  their  classical  r-environ- 
ment  of  ephemeral,  superabundant 
resources.  Thus,  they  reproduce 
while  still  larvae,  and  almost  immedi- 
ately after  hatching,  they  begin  to 
grow  the  next  generation  within 
themselves.  In  Mycophila  speyeri, 
for  example,  the  parthenogenetic  r- 
strategist  undergoes  only  one  molt, 
reproduces  as  a  true  larva,  and  manu- 
factures up  to  38  offspring  in  five 
days.  The  normal,  sexual  adults  re- 
quire two  weeks  to  develop.  The  lar- 
val reproducers  maintain  a  phenome- 
nal capacity  for  increase  in  popula- 
tion size.  Within  five  weeks  after  its 
introduction  into  a  commercial 
mushroom  bed,  Mycophila  speyeri 
can  reach  a  density  of  20,000  repro- 
ductive larvae  per  square  foot. 

We  may  again  pursue  the  compara- 
tive method  to  convince  ourselves 
that  this  explanation  makes  sense. 
The  cecidomyian  pattern  has  been 
followed  by  other  insects  that  inhabit 
a  similar  set  of  environments. 
Aphids,  for  example,  feed  on  the  sap 
of  leaves.  A  leaf,  to  these  tiny  insects, 
is  much  like  a  mushroom  to  a  gall 
midge — a  large,  ephemeral  resource 
to  be  converted  quickly  into  as  many 


Gall  Midges,  family  Cecidomyiidae 


David  Overcash;  Bruce  Coleman,  Inc. 


28 


■»     T 


'W 


pNlno-lime 
Wimbledon  champion 
Winner  o(  y.SOpen 
and  World  TonniB 
Championship 


.,>i 


Professionalism 
highlights  everything 
«       John  Newcombe  does 
(f    on  the  tennis  court.  But 
when  it  comes  to  taking  pictures, 
he  wants  a  camera  that  gives 
great  results,  but  doesn't  take  a 
degree  in  math  to  operate. That's 
why  he  likes  the  Canon  AE-1. 
The  AE-1  is  a  fine  35mm 
camera  that  has  point-and-shoot 
simplicity,  and  still  has  the  ver- 
satility even  a  pro  can  love.  Its 
rapid-fire  power  winder  is  great 
for  sequences— you  won't  miss 
a  shot.  And  the  AE-1's  electronic 
flash  is  so  automatic  it's  truly 
foolproof.  Best  of  all,  it  does  all 
this  at  a  price  that's  just  a  little 
more  than  what  you  might  spend 
on  a  camera  that's  a  lot  less.  If 
you  want  to  lose  your  amateur 
standing  in  photography  the 
Canon  AE-1  is  the  way  to  go. 
For  a  closer  look  at  the 
Canon  AE-1,  see  your  local 
camera  specialty  dealer  soon. 


^t 


Canon 


J^ 


So  advanced,  it's  simple. 

Canon 


A  new  idea  that's  140,000,000  years  old 

The  Birontosaiiinis 

In  Sparkling  Clear,  Genuine  Swedish  Crystal 


A  strictly  limited  edition...a  unique  work  of  art... 

from  famous  Kosta  Glassworks  exchisively  for 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


The  Brontosaurus.  This  70  foot  long, 
30  ton,  plant-eating  dinosaur  of  the 
Jurassic  Period  has  captured  the  seri- 
ous curiosity  of  scientists,  the  imagina- 
tion of  school  children,  the  interest  of 
visitors  to  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  and  other  great 
museums. 

Now,  the  amiable  spirit  of  this  popular 
dinosaur  has  been  captured  in  a  solid 
sculpture  of  genuine,  clear  Swedish 
crystal. 

Make  Room  in  Your  Home 
For  A  Brontosaurus 

Whatever  the  decor,  wherever  you 
place  it,  the  Brontosaurus  sculpture 
will  capture  attention  with  its  lucid  bril- 
liance, its  fluid  lines.  This  is  neither  a 
laboratory  model  nor  a  gimcrack 
souvenir. 

It  is  a  work  of  fine  art! 
The  Brontosaurus  sculpture  was  creat- 
ed for  the  American  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History  exclusively  by  Svenskt  Glas 
and  is  being  produced  in  a  limited  edi- 
tion by  Kosta  Glassworks  of  Sweden. 
Connoiseurs  of  crystal  collectibles  will 
readily  acknowledge  the  reputation  of 
Kosta  among  the  world's  great  crystal 
makers.  Their  name  assures  the  quality 
of  the  full-lead  crystal  and  the  excel- 
lence of  the  hand  craftsmanship. 

The  Sculptor:  Paul  Hoff 

The  Brontosaurus  sculpture  was  creat- 
ed by  Paul  Hoff  whose  works  are 
represented  in  museums  and  galleries 


on  three  continents.  He  has  combined 
scientific  evidence  with  the  artist's 
prerogatives  to  form  pure  crystal  into 
a  sculpture  of  fascinating  beauty. 

A  Strictly  Limited  Edition 

This  one  time  edition  of  the  Bron- 
tosaurus sculpture  will  be  limited  to 
10,000  perfect  pieces.  Once  this 
number  has  been  realized,  the  patterns 
will  be  destroyed— never  again  to  be 
made  anywhere  in  the  world. 
A  Certificate  of  Authenticity  will 
accompany  each  sculpture.  It  will  bear 
the  serial  number  of  that  particular 
sculpture  in  the  edition. 

Integrity  is  Assured 

The  hand  scribed  signature  of  artist 
Paul  Hoff,  together  with  the  hallmarks 
of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Kosta  Glassworks  and 
Svenskt  Glas  etched  on  the  base 
further  attest  to  the  validity  and  quality 
of  each  sculpture. 

The  beauty  of  the  sculpture,  the  quality 
of  the  crystal,  the  limited  nature  of  the 
edition  and  the  hallmarks  on  the  base 
combine  to  make  the  Brontosaurus 
sculpture  a  most  prudent  investment. 
Historically,  sculptures  of  this 
quality  show  satisfying 
appreciation  over 
the  years. 


7  inches  long; 
3y2  inches  high; 
2'/t  pounds  of 
solid  Swedish 
crystal 


A  Treasure  to  Own. ..A  Gift 
Of  Memorable  Proportions 

The  Brontosaurus  crystal 
sculpture  is  available  only 
from  Natural  History 
Sculptures.  The  price 
is  $77.50.  However,  if  you 
are  an  Associate  Member 
of  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  you 
are  entitled  to  a  discount  of 
ten  percent;  your  price  is 
1.75.  Shipping,  insurance 
and  all  custom  duties  are 
included.  Satisfaction  is, 
of  course,  assured. 
Prompt  action  will 
be  well  advised. 


hWURIM  HISTORY  SCULPTURCS 


Dept.  NH-400,  Box  51 23 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


Please  send  me crystal  sculpture(s)  of 

the  Brontosaurus 

I  am  a  member  of  The  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History  and  am,  there- 
fore entitled  to  a  10%  discount  making  the 
price  $69.75. 

I  am  not  a  Member  and  will  pay  the 

regular  price  of  $77.50. 

Enclosed  is  my  check money  order 

in  the  amount  of  $ 


I  prefer  to  charge  this  amount  to  my 
American  Express  account  valid  thru. 


D 


U 


Signature 

Send  to:  (Please  print) 


Address  . 
City 


.Zip. 


mKmof 


maw 


MtMURM  hUSTORY  SCULPTURCS 
Dept.  NH-400,  Box  5123 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 


aphids  as  possible.  Most  aphids  have 
alternalc  parlhenogcnctic  forms — 
wingless  and  winged  (they  alscj  have 
an  overwintering,  sexual  form,  which 
need  not  concern  us  here).  As  you 
have  probably  already  guessed,  the 
wingless  form  is  a  Hightless  feeder. 
Although  it  is  not  a  larva,  it  retains 
many  features  of  juvenile  morphol- 
ogy. It  also  maintains  a  remarkable 
capacity  for  early  reproduction.  Em- 
bryonic development  actually  begins 
in  a  mother's  body  before  her  own 
birth,  and  two  subsequent  genera- 
tions may  be  telescoped  within  each 
"grandmother."  (Aphids,  however, 
are  not  consumed  by  their  offspring.) 
Their  capacity  for  rapid  increase  in 
population  size  is  legendary.  If  all  its 
offspring  lived  to  reproduce,  a  single 
female  of  Aphis  fabae  could  produce 
524  billion  progeny  in  a  year.  Winged 
aphids  develop  more  slowly  when  the 
leaf  is  used  up.  They  fly  off  to  a  new 
leaf,  where  their  offspring  revert  to 
the  wingless  form  and  begin  their 
rapid  cycling  of  generations. 

What  at  first  seemed  so  peculiar 
now  seems  eminently  reasonable.  It 
may  even  be  an  optimal  strategy  for 
certain  environments.  This  much  we 
cannot  claim,  for  so  many  aspects  of 
cecidomyian  biology  are  entirely  un- 
known. But  we  can  point  to  the  un- 
canny convergence  upon  the  same 
strategy  by  a  completely  unrelated  or- 
ganism, the  beetle  Micromalthus  de- 
bilis.  This  beetle  lives  and  feeds  in 
wet,  rotting  wood.  When  the  wood 
dries  out,  the  beetle  develops  a  sexual 
form  to  search  for  new  resources .  The 
wood-dwelling,  feeding  form  has 
evolved  a  set  of  adaptations  that 
repeats  the  features  of  cecidomyians 
down  to  the  most  complex  and  pecu- 
liar detail.  It  also  is  parthenogenetic. 
It  also  reproduces  at  a  morphologi- 
cally juvenile  stage.  The  young  also 
develop  within  the  mother's  body  and 
eventually  devour  her.  Mothers  also 
produce  three  types  of  broods:  fe- 
males only  when  food  is  abundant 
and  males  only  or  males  and  females 
when  resources  diminish. 

We  humans  with  our  slow  develop- 
ment (see  my  column  of  May  1975), 
extended  gestation,  and  minimal  lit- 
ter size  are  consummate  X-strategists 
and  we  may  look  askance  at  the  stra- 
tegies of  other  organisms,  but  in  their 
r-selective  worfd  the  cecidomyians 
are  surely  doing  something  right. 

Stephen  Jay  Gould  teaches  biology, 
geology,  and  the  history  of  science 
at  Harvard  University. 


NATURE  IN  PORCELAIN  by  BURfUCS 


BUF^ues 


YOUNG  WALRUS 

(Odobenus  rosmarus) 

Languidly  basking  in  the  sun  on  his  own  ice  floe. 
9"  wide  X  S'/z"  high,  an  issue  of  950,  S225. 


183  Spruce  Sireel.  Lakewood.  New  Jersey  08701.  (201)  363-1527.  Write  Dept.  W. 
for  complimenlBry  copy  of  brochure,  illusfraling  other  memorable  sculptures 
by  BURGUES.  Send  $3  for  full  color  catalogue 


Japanese  Art 
Calendar  M^^ 

JAL's  1977  art  calendar  features  a  stun 
ning  collection  of  Japan's  rarest  art 
treasures.  Shown  is  the  December  selec 
tion,  the  1 1-faced  Buddha,  Jijichimen 
Kannon.  All  illustrations  are  in  full  color 
and  the  large  format  (1 2"  x  17")  makes 
them  suitable  for  framing.  To  order, 
send  only  $4.50  with  the  coupon  below 
The  edition  is  strictly  limited,  so  avoid 
disappointment  by  returning  the 
coupon  with  your  check  today. 
(No  cash,  please.) 
UAPAN  AIR  LINES 


Japan  Air  Lines,  P.O.  Box  777,  Burlingame  California  94010 

1  enclose  $ ($4.50  per  calendar.  No  cash,  please.) 

Please  rush calendar(s)  postpaid  by  first  class  mail. 


Name. 


Address- 
City 


_Tel. 


-State. 


_Zip_ 


31 


was-sail 


From  Merricim-Webster, 

Americas  best -selling  dictioncury. 

Its  where  the  words  live. 


Merriam-Webster's  newest  desk-top  dictionary 
doesn't  just  define  words.  It  brings  words  alive.  So 
anyone  can  get  the  tangy  taste  of  "wassail".  And  the 
full  impact  of  "chopper".  And  at  last  make  sense 
of  "cryogenics". 

How  does  Webster's  New  Collegiate  accomplish 
such  a  feat?  With  over  3,000  quotations  from  poets, 
comics,  critics  and  presidents.  With  over  24,000 
phrases  showing  you  how  a  word  is  used  in  context. 
And  with  scores  of  illustrations,  charts  and  tables. 


Altogether,  over  150,000  words  spring  vividly 
to  life. 

Including  22,000  new  ones  like  "bummer"  and 
"dashiki"  as  well  as  the  grand  old  Melvillian  poly- 
syllables. 

In  short  it's  the  dictionary  that  makes  all  other 
dictionaries  obsolete.  Which  makes  it  about  the 
most  up-to-the-minute  gift  you  can  buy  for  just 
about  anyone  on  your  list.  Only  $10.95  thumb- 
indexed,  wherever  books  are  sold. 


Merriam-Webster  Dictionaries,  Springfield,  MA.  01101 


A  Matter  of  Taste 


An  Even,  Gentle  Heat 


by  Raymond  Sokolov 


The  oven,  in  various  forms, 
has  been  with  us  since 
prehistoric  times 


The  first  time  I  lit  an  oven,  in  a  gas 
range  with  no  pilot  light,  it  responded 
with  a  small  explosion  that  singed  my 
eyebrows.  Ever  since,  I  have  ap- 
proached all  ovens  with  respect,  even 
flame-free  electric  models.  This  is  ir- 
rational, no  doubt,  and  probably 
derives  from  the  same  primeval  fear 
of  hot,  enclosed  spaces  symbolically 
expressed  in  the  Hansel  and  Gretel 
tale  or  by  Lear's  "sulphurous  pit." 

I  leave  it  to  your  own  post- 
Freudian  imaginations  to  speculate 
on  the  meaning  of  this  widespread 
phobia  and  hasten  to  add  that,  what- 
ever its  cause,  oven-fear  is  based  on 
a  fundamental  misunderstanding. 
The  purpose,  the  essential  virtue  of 
ovens  is  that  they  keep  fire  at  bay: 
they  disperse  its  danger,  spread  out  its 
power,  and  tame  it.  What,  after  all, 
is  an  oven,  but  a  large  pot  with  heavy 
walls? 

We  don't,  in  fact,  know  how  or 
why  the  first  oven  was  invented.  The 
oven  is  prehistoric.  Many  early  cul- 
tures had  them:  Egyptian,  Sumerian, 
and  Greek,  to  name  only  well-known 
examples.  But  even  if  we  cannot  lo- 
cate the  exact  route  that  led  to  the  first 
oven,  it  is  fairly  obvious  from  proto- 
ovens,  and  other  simple  methods  of 
slow,  enclosed  cookery  surviving  in 
contemporary  use,  that  ovens 
evolved  in  one  of  two  ways.  The  pot 
is  one  model;  the  pit  is  another. 

Once  you  know  how  to  make  fire- 
proof pots,  you  can  heat  them  over  a 
fire  and  then  use  the  retained  heat  to 
cook  with.  This  method  is  shown  on 
a  tomb  built  about  2500  B.C.  in  Saq- 
qara,  Egypt.  It  is  a  short  step  from 
these  oven-pots  to  the  larger,  beehive 
ovens  made  from  clay  and  brick  that 
were  the  normal  form  of  oven  in  the 
Near  East  until  quite  recently. 

The  alternate  route  to  the  oven  is 
even  simpler.  It  uses  heat-retentive 


stones  and/or  embers  and  a  hole  in  the 
ground.  The  New  England  clambake 
began  this  way.  The  Indians  dug  a  pit 
and  further  insulated  it  with  wet 
seaweed,  which  protected  the  clams, 
steamed  them,  and  gave  them  a  spe- 
cial flavor.  A  quite  similar  method 
was  reported  in  1959  by  Rev.  Wil- 
helm  Rechnitz  from  Murray  Island  in 
the  Torres  Strait  between  Australia 
and  New  Guinea.  The  islanders  build 
a  wood  fire  and  cover  it  thickly  with 
stones  the  size  of  a  fist.  When  the  fire 
burns  down,  they  use  long  wooden 
poles  to  spread  the  stones  over  a  cir- 
cular area.  Over  the  stones  go  parcels 
made  up  of  sliced  yams,  sweet  pota- 
toes, pumpkin,  and  shellfish  or  meat 
mixed  with  coconut  milk  and 
wrapped  in  banana  leaves.  Then 
comes  a  layer  of  palm  branches  and 
slightly  dried  banana  leaves,  then 
sackcloth,  and  finally  plenty  of  sand, 
which  completely  covers  the  earth 
oven,  or  kap  mauri.  After  two  or 
three  hours,  at  least,  the  oven  is 
opened  up  and  the  parcels  are  served 
on  plates.  Mixed  vegetables  prepared 
in  this  way  are  called  sopsop,  accord- 
ing to  Rechnitz,  who  adds  that  "Eu- 
ropeans who  visit  the  Islands  always 
enjoy  it." 

The  Maori  also  developed  a  steam- 
ing pit  of  a  similar  type,  which  they 
call  by  various  names,  among  them 
hangi  and  umu.  And  we  may  imagine 
that  sophisticated  Western  visitors 
enjoy  food  baked  in  them  as  well  as 
they  do  sopsop.  The  Maori  also  have 
a  method  of  cooking  called  turchu,  in 
which  they  bury  birds  in  wet  earth, 
then  build  a  fire  over  them.  Alterna- 
tively, the  Maori  put  food  in  a  vessel, 
place  it  in  the  pit,  and  bury  it. 

All  these  methods  of  what  might  be 
called  burial  cookery  hark  back  to 
what  must  have  been  the  original 
mode  of  oven  cuisine:  food  roasted  in 
the  embers  of  a  campfire.  We  do  this 
today  with  potatoes  in  their  jackets 
and  unshucked  corn,  foods  that  come 
to  us  encased  in  their  own  natural 
"ovens."    It    is    virtually    certain. 


EAST  AFRICAN  WHO  llffSOCKTY 


■htp{USf10  00)  goesc 
con*«n^#tion  p<oiecis.  «i 
(0  "DvcrhMdsV 


EASTAFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 


Anti  Poaching   Th 
needed  by  ihe  loc3 


coniinued  well  being 


An. 

T>a)  Research    Environm 

eni   ond  ecolo- 

gica 

surveys  Ql    nearly   every 

ma)Or  species 

whe 

her    threatened  or   not 

"las  been  under 

take 

n  by  the  Society  m  order 

o  plan    lor    the 

con 

ervaiion  of  these  species 

Animal  Rescue 

:  Sometimes   referred  to    as 

Iranslocalion 

ihis  activity    IS   one  of    the 

ways  in  which 

the    Society  can    help   save 

species  threaten 

ed  by  agricultural  settlements 

As  an  example 

ihe  moving  of  herd  of   Roan 

Antelope 

Educat 

on:  A  long    rar 

ge    proi 

Cl      which      IS 

equally 

urgent    in    the 

short 

erm.     is     Ihe 

c^allv'h 

on  of  the  peopi 
e youth -to  the 

=  of  Eas 
-veallh  b 

Africa -espe- 
Olh  economic 

and  cul 

ural  of  Ihe  witc 

ife  whic 

1  abounds  m 

the    -eg 

on     While    government 

realises    the 

imporia 

nee  ol  Wildlife   i 

can  not 

36  effectively 

conserv 

ed   until    Ihe    people    ih 

mselves    see 

the  nee 

essily  of    fuller 

cooperai 

on    with   the 

auihori 

les 

TheSoc 

lety  makes  fman 

cial  grants  and  gifts  ID       | 

Ihe    Wildlife    Clubs    of 

Kenya 

as    well    as 

educati 

nal  equipment 

EAST  AFRICAN  WILD  LIFE  SOCIETY 
Box  20U0  Nairobi  Kenya. 
I    enclose   US. 51 0.00   for    my    year's 
membership.    Please   enrol   me. 


Na 


As  a  member  of  the  Society  you  will 
also  receive  a  year's  subscription  to 
AFRICANA  quarterly  wildlife  magazme. 


33 


A  SatimentalJcxjmey 


The  autobiographical  log  of  Buckley's  transatlantic  voyage 

from  Miami  to  Marbella  aboard  his  60-foot  schooner 

"An  affecting  chronicle  of  self-discovery... 

quieter  drama  [is]  reflected  in  the  relationship  between 

father  and  son,  social  frictions  of  crew  members 

and  learning  to  cope  with  the  sea  and  oneself." 

Photographs                                                          -'PUBLISHERS  WEEKLY 
-^^^^ . . MACMILLAN 


moreover,  tliat  the  oven  concept  was 
discovered  accidentally  when  some 
foodstuff  fell  into  a  slow  fire  and  was 
discovered,  probably  the  next  morn- 
ing, deliciously  cooked  and  still 
warm. 

The  ur-Escoffier  who  first  hit  on 
burial  cookery  would  probably  smile 
to  see  the  most  innovative  chef  in 
modern  France  proclaiming  this 
method  as  a  paradigm  of  up-to-date 
culinary  sophistication.  Paul  Bocuse 
likes  to  bake  the  truffled  cervelas  sau- 
sage of  Lyons  in  aluminum  foil.  He 
first  pours  in  a  half  liter  of  Beaujolais , 
then  twists  the  foil  tightly  shut,  wraps 
it  in  wet  newspaper,  and  buries  the 
entire  contraption  under  wood 
embers  for  forty-five  minutes.  Bo- 
cuse also  recommends  roasting 
chicken  interred  in  seven  pounds  of 
sea  salt  inside  a  cast-iron  pot.  And 
like  many  French  (and  Thai)  chefs,  he 
cooks  fish  in  a  paper  or  foil  envelope, 
en  papillate,  for  a  delicate  effect. 

These  last  two  dodges  are  particu- 
larly refined,  for  they  take  place  in- 
side a  modern  oven,  which  itself  has 
been  carefully  designed  to  produce  an 
ideally  even  and  gentle  heat  that  radi- 
ates toward  the  food  from  all  sides. 
Something  close  to  this  sort  of  ther- 
mal sophistication  has  been  around 
for  a  long  time,  of  course,  but  without 
the  exactness  of  temperature  that  we 
take  for  granted.  Any  number  of  so- 
called  primitive  peoples  could  boast 
of  permanent  outdoor  masonry  or 
earthwork  ovens.  Adobe  ovens  sur- 
vive in  daily  use  in  the  Andes.  I  re- 
cently ate  bread  baked  in  an  outdoor 
communal  oven  in  a  Swiss  village  in 
the  hills  above  Ascona.  In  Israel,  reli- 
gious families  still  take  pots  of  cho- 
lent,  the  bean  dish  that  is  the  cassoulet 
of  the  Jews,  to  a  communal  oven  just 
before  the  Sabbath  and  leave  it  to 
bake  slowly  until  they  retrieve  it  for 
lunch  the  next  day. 

I  have  been  unable  to  determine  if 
housewives  on  the  isle  of  Guernsey 
in  the  English  Channel  continue  to 
carry  a  similar  dish,  Guernsey  bean 
jar,  to  their  village  oven.  On  Atlantic 
Avenue,  in  Brooklyn,  however,  one 
can  get  a  taste  of  what  this  old- 
fashioned  community  oven  was  like. 
Under  the  sidewalk  in  front  of  the 
Near  East  Bakery,  a  long  and  shal- 
low brick,  gas-fired  cave  of  an  oven 
bakes  Levantine  meat  pies .  The  baker 
pulls  out  fresh  batches  at  lunchtime 
on  a  long-handled  peel,  the  oar- 
shaped  wooden  tool  that  was  the  em- 
blem of  medieval  bakers.  When  you 
eat  one  of  those  pies,  it  is  easy  to 


I 


34 


imagine  that  you  have  stepped  back 
into  the  village  life  of  an  earlier  time. 

The  transition  from  communal  to 
domestic  ovens  has  taken  quite  a 
while  and  it  has  not  been  complete. 
Commercial  bakeries  still  bake  most 
of  our  bread.  Home  ovens  will  also 
do  the  same  job,  but  they  are  pri- 
marily what  the  French  call  fours  de 
cuisine,  kitchen  ovens  designed  to 
perform  a  multiplicity  of  tasks,  one 
of  which  is  a  relatively  new  wrinkle 
in  the  long  history  of  ovens;  roasting 
large  cuts  of  meat. 

Until  the  last  century,  the  leading 
method  for  roasting  legs  of  lamb  and 
loins  of  pork  was  to  turn  them  over 
an  open  fire  on  a  spit.  As  recently  as 
1892,  Lucien  Tendret,  the  great  gas- 
tronomic writer,  insisted  that  the  an- 
tique spit  was  the  instrument  of 
choice  for  roasting.  Ovens,  he  argued 
with  some  real  merit,  tend  to  dry  out 
the  meat:  "To  claim  otherwise  is  a 
heresy  condemned  by  all  the  councils 
of  the  Fathers  of  the  table."  Tendret 
had  lived  through  the  technological 
change  from  the  magnificent,  clock- 
work spit  mechanisms  of  the  past  to 
the  far  more  accurate  roasting  ovens 
whose  descendants  we  take  for 
granted  today.  He  contended  that  fat 
dripping  from  meat  in  the  enclosed 
space  of  an  oven  eventually 
vaporized  and  reattached  itself  to  the 
meat  as  a  burned  taste .  To  avoid  this 
defect  (chimerical  though  it  may 
seem  to  our  perhaps  degraded  palates 
today),  he  was  willing  to  put  up  with 
the  notorious  difficulty  of  accurate 
spit  roasting.  Those  glorious  ma- 
chines (one  marvelous  example  of 
which  is  on  display  at  Mad  Ludwig 
of  Bavaria's  fairy-tale  nine- 
teenth-century castle,  Neuschwan- 
stein)  apparently  required  a  special 
knack. 

That  is  why  Brillat-Savarin  wrote 
that  "men  learn  to  be  cooks  but  they 
must  be  born  knowing  how  to  roast. ' ' 
Nevertheless,  spit-roasting  does  sur- 
vive, in  miniature,  electrified  form  as 
an  adjunct  to  some  outdoor  barbe- 
cues, while  the  Greek  gyro  machine, 
now  in  vogue  in  this  country,  is  a  ver- 
tical spit.  Even  so,  the  roasting  oven 
has  overwhelmingly  carried  the  day 
against  its  more  picturesque  anteced- 
ent. 

The  man  behin^  this  little-known 
revolution  in  the  kitchen  was  Benja- 
min Thompson  of  Woburn,  Massa- 
chusetts, who  emigrated  to  Europe 
and  became  a  world-famous  scientist 
under  the  name  of  Count  Rumford. 
About  1800,  he  experimented  with  a 


with  noAAiJ  QMcl  Aicwid 

/  '...-j'of.   ol   U  L-  F  r^M  ot  n.f  Mor.lK  Club 


our  famous 
ROYAL  RIVIERA*  PEARS 
So  big  and  luicy  they'll  eat  em  wiih  a 
spoon  —so  rare,  not  1  person  in  1000 
has  ever  tasted  IhemI  Beautilully  gift 
packed  and  sent  with  your  personal 
greetings  Perfect  arrival  guaranteed' 
Net  weight  6-3/4  lbs  Order  now  tor 
Christmas  delivery 
Order  Gilt  No   1   $945  delv"d 


GIANT  AMARYLLIS 

blooms  in  |usi   4  to  6 

weeks'  Flaming  red. 

supersi?ed  flowers  up  to 

6  inches  across'  Exotic 

show  lasts  for 

weeks  —  bulb  car 

be  stored  lor  year 

after  year  blooms 

Completely  pre- 

planted         nothing 

to  add  except  water 

GUARANTEED  TO 

GROW  AND  BLOOM' 

Available 

Nov   1  to  Jan  20 

Order  Gilt  No    806  $695  delv'd 


W 


FIRESIDE  FAVORITE 

WoflO's  mosi  nutrilying  ftiiKlufe 
—  Englisn  WALNUTS,  CalHornia 
ALMONDS,  sweei,  woodsy  Oregon 
FILBERTS,  BRAZILS  Iron  Brazil  anO 
PECANS  so  Dig  and  perleci  they  re 
not  sold  in  sioresi  Handsome  handwoven 
wicker  tiasket,  nutcracker  and  picks  are 
all  included  Net  wt  1-2/3  lbs  Available 
Oct    15  to  April  10 

Order  Gilt  No    412 $895  delvd 


The  Original,  One-and-Only 


%itjtb^ntliflul) 


Since  1 936,  America's  favorite  family  club.  Month  after  month,  a  parade  of  the  world's  rarest  and 
finest  fruit  sent  direct  from  the  orchard.  Each  gift  box  with  your  greetings.  All  announced  by  a 
handsome,  gold-embossed  Certificate  of  H/lembership. 


Christmas  -  Royal  Riviera  Pears 
Jan  -  Crisp  Mountain  Apples 
Feb  -  Royal  Grapefruit 
March  -  Royal  Oranges 

3-BOX   CLUB  Surprise  them  with  gorgeous  gift 
boxes  for  Christmas,  January  and  February! 

Gift  No.  Ill  ...S2495  delv'd 
5-BOX  CLUB  Keeps  coming  and  coming!  Christ- 
mas, January,  February,  May  and  September, 

Gift  No.  Ul  .  .  .S3995  delv'd 


April  -  Hawaiian  Pineapples 
May  -  Wild  'n  Rare^Preserves 
June  -  Home-Canned  Fruits 
July  -  Giant  Kiwi  Berries 


August  -  Exotic  Nectarines 

Sept  -  Oregold*''Peaches 

Oct  -  Alphonse  LaValle  Grapes 

Nov  -  Royal  Beuire*  Bosc  Pears 


8-BQX  CLUB  Delight  them  to  pieces  again  and 
again!  Christmas,  January,  Februarv,  May,  August, 
September.  October  and  November. 

Gift  No.  151  ...  S6695  delv'd 
12-BOX  CLUB  Flabbergasting!  A  gorgeous  gift 
every  single  month  of  the  year. 

Gift  No.  201  ..  .S999S  delv'd 


We  guarantee  your  complete  satisfaction  in  every  respect ...  or  your  money  back! 


Every  year  folks  write  to  tell  us 
how  pleased  their  friends  are  with 
gifts  from  Harry  and  David.  Our 
"secret"?  It's  the  personal  touch 
that's  part  of  every  gift  we  make. 
Harry  and  I  grow  our  own  fruit, 
bake  our  own  cakes,  put  up  our 
own  preserves  —  even  make  our 
own  baskets.  If  you  could  see  the 
care  with  which  our  gifts  are  put 
together,  you'd  know  why  the 
quality  is  guaranteed. 

EASY  TO  ORDER  Use  the  order 
blanks  at  right,  or  just  send  us  your 
list.  Enclose  check  or  money  order 
(no  C.O.D.'s  please).  Tell  us  how  to 
sign  your  greetings  for  each  gift. 
All  prices  include  delivery. 


Box  522-c/  Medford,  Oregon  97501 

^V  ©1976,  Harry  and  David 


™  "  "  Order  here  or  send  us  your  list" 

IP  AS 
'GIFT  TO 


STREET. 
CITY 


Qiiantity 

Name  of  Gift 

Order  No 

Amount 

$ 

Ship  to  Arrivei— .    Ship  to 

for  Christmas  LJ    Arrive  On  ( Date 

Greetings  to  read: 


r:n<?;o;e  n 


STREET. 
CITY 


Quantity 

Name  of  Gift 

Order  No 

Amount 

S 

Ship  to  Arnvep-,    Ship  to  Use  Card    p., 

for  Christmas  LJ    Arrive  On  I  Date) I  enclose    LJ 

(Max  3'/.  X  SI 
Greetings  to  read; 


Ordered  By 

Address 

City 


35 


Adventure  in  a 
frost-covered  landscape. 

A  wintry  landscape  may  appear  dormant, 
but  careful  observation  reveals  a  v»ealth  of 
plant  and  animal  activity.  This  illustrated 
field  guide  explains  what  to  look  for  in  the 
hightly-knit  ecosystems  of  the  winter  world. 


Roger  Tory 
Peterson  says: 

"For  many  years 
I  have  wished  for|r 
a  book  like  this..  A? 

This  book  will  be  a 
joy  to  those  woods- 
walkers  and  strollers 
who  have  been  puz- 
zled by  the  skeletal 
remains  of  the  herba- 
ceous plants  they  see 
in  winter." 

Weeds 

in 
Winter 

Written  and  Illustrated  Yi- 
By  Lauren  Brown 

SH.ilS  Ml  ^ill  bijok.slori^s  i^ 


I  Norton  ihi>MHl*JfMi^%'!!>zr:f 

WW  NORTON  S  COMPANY  INC 
'500  Fifth  Avenue.  New  York  10036 


cylindrical  metal  roasting  oven. 
Rumford  was  generally  occupied 
with  the  problem  of  making  kitchens 
more  thermally  efficient,  and  with  his 
oven,  he  was  able  to  save  energy  and, 
he  argued,  to  cook  better  as  well.  To 
prove  his  point,  he  conducted  what 
may  have  been  the  first  modern  exper- 
iment in  home  economics. 

Rumford  cut  two  legs  of  mutton  of 
equal  weight  from  the  same  carcass. 
Without  explaining  to  his  kitchen 
staff  that  something  special  was 
afoot,  he  had  them  roast  one  leg  on 
a  spit  and  the  other  in  his  new  oven. 
The  oven-roasted  leg  came  out 
weighing  6  percent  more  than  its  spit- 
roasted  twin.  A  subsequent  tasting  is 
supposed  to  have  demonstrated  that 
the  oven  produced  juicier  meat  than 
the  spit. 

Since  then,  the  roasting  oven  has 
triumphed  and  evolved  into  an  even 
more  efficient  instrument.  Light- 
weight insulation  and  thermostatic 
heat  give  any  modern  amateur  chef 
more  exact  control  of  roasting  and 
baking  than  the  chef  Careme  had 
when  he  cooked  for  Napoleon  and 
Talleyrand.  Our  ovens  are  not,  how- 
ever, perfect.  Generating  large 
amounts  of  heat,  they  turn  our  kitch- 
ens into  miniature  infernos  on  sum- 
mer days.  And  they  must  be  pre- 
heated for  fifteen  minutes  or  so  if  they 
are  to  reach  the  temperature  we  call 
for  with  a  fiick  of  the  dial.  (Inciden- 
tally, it  does  no  good  to  dial  up  to  550 
degrees  when  you  want  to  preheat 
most  ovens  co,  say,  350  in  a  hurry, 
because  the  typical  thermostatic  pro- 
vision for  preheating  has  the  oven 
burner  running  full  blast  anyway, 
until  a  temperature  somewhat  above 
the  designated  one  is  reached.  This 
"preheat  overshoot"  is  built  in  to  ac- 
count for  a  heat  loss  when  the  oven 
door  is  opened  for  the  food  to  be  put 
in.) 

Absolutely  cool  and  instantaneous 
oven  action  can,  of  course,  now  be 
obtained  with  microwave  devices. 
But  some  experts  are  still  worried 
about  radiation  leaks  from  micro- 
wave ovens,  and  these  "radar 
ranges"  do  cost  more  than  their 
somewhat  limited  usefulness  merits 
(they  do  not,  for  instance,  brown 
meat).  Nevertheless,  they  do  look 
like  what  you  might  call  the  wave  of 
the  future.  Some  day  soon,  they  or 
their  modified  versions  will  no  doubt 
replace  thermal  ovens.  And  future 
historians  will  have  to  explain  what 
Harry  Truman  meant  when  he  said, 
"If  you  can't  stand  the  heat,  stay  out 


of  the  kitchen."  By  then,  of  course, 
there  may  no  longer  be  large  cuts  of 
meat. 

Cholent 

This  is  an  adaptation,  with  eggs 
added  for  an  Israeli  touch,  of  a 
recipe  in  The  Best  of  Jewish 
Cooking,  published  by  The  Dial 
Press  in  1974. 

1  cup  dried  lima  beans 

3  tablespoons  rendered  chicken  fat 

3  medium  onions,  peeled  and 
chopped 

2V2  pounds  beef  brisket  or  chuck 

2  teaspoons  salt 

4  large  potatoes,  peeled  and  quar- 
tered 

V2  cup  raw,  coarse  barley 

1  clove  garlic,  peeled 
Black  pepper 

2  teaspoons  paprika 
1  bay  leaf 

6  uncooked  eggs,  in  the  shell 

1.  Soak  lima  beans  overnight  in  a 
generous  amount  of  water. 

2.  Drain  the  beans  the  next  day  and 
set  aside. 

3.  Heat  the  chicken  fat  in  a  large, 
heavy  saucepan  or  Dutch  oven. 
Saute  onions  in  hot  fat  until  trans- 
lucent. Remove  and  set  aside. 

4.  Brown  the  meat  in  the  remaining 
fat  until  all  sides  have  turned  a 
rich,  caramel  brown. 

5.  When  meat  is  completely 
browned  (beige  doesn't  count), 
but  before  it  burns,  remove  the 
saucepan  from  the  burner  (or  turn 
the  burner  off  if  you  cook  with 
gas)  and  pour  the  beans  over  the 
meat.  Next  come  the  potatoes, 
then  a  layer  of  barley,  then  the 
onion. 

6.  Add  garlic  and  sprinkle  on  the  sea- 
sonings. Finally,  add  enough  cold 
water  to  cover  the  ingredients.  Ar- 
range eggs  in  the  water. 

7.  Cook  over  low  heat  for  one  hour. 
Near  the  end  of  this  period,  turn 
on  oven  to  low,  that  is,  set  the  dial 
at  whatever  is  its  lowest  marking. 
Traditionally,  cholent  is  put  in  the 
oven,  covered,  before  sundown 
and  left  to  cook  slowly  until 
lunchtime  the  next  day. 

Yield:  6  to  8  servings 


Raymond  Sokolov's  most  recent 
cookbook  is  The  Saucier 's  Appren- 
tice, a  guide  to  French  sauces. 


36 


Christmas  pictures.  Color  by  Kodak. 
For  the  first  time  in  an  instant. 


Imagine!  The  color  of  Christmas, 
Christmas  day.  Lush,  inviting  color  by 
Kodak,  yours  in  clean,  dry  self-timing 
instant  pictures.  Pictures  that  develop 
in  minutes,  the  image  protected  by 
an  elegant,  textured  Satinluxe™  finish. 

Imagine,  two  new  Kodak  instant 
cameras.  Both  with  automatic  exposiure 
control  and  electronic  shutter. 

See  them  now  at  your  photo  dealer's. 
Prices  start  at  less  than  $54.  And  give 
someone  a  real  first:  the  first  instant 
Christmas  with  color  by  Kodak. 

Give  Kodak  instant 
cameras  and  film. 

NOTE;  PRIO  instant  film  (made  by  Kodak)  can  be  used  only  in 
Kodak  instant  cameras.  Price  is  subject  to  change  without  notice. 


mm^i^ifimvmf^^mi'i'iimmvmi^m^vm^imt 


The  Bubble  Trade 


by  Horace  Beck 


In  the  lesser  Antilles,  where 
there  are  few  opportunities 
for  economic  betterment, 
success  in  smuggling  leads 
to  respect  and  status 

In  the  Lesser  Antilles,  an  island 
chain  in  the  West  Indies  that  arcs 
southwestward  from  Puerto  Rico  to 
the  northeast  shoulder  of  South 
America,  smuggling  is  a  way  of  life. 
The  inhabitants  of  these  islands  are 
mostly  of  African  stock,  the  descend- 
ants of  slaves  brought  years  ago  from 
the  coastal  areas  of  present-day  Ni- 
geria and  Dahomey.  Despite  some  in- 
terbreeding with  the  Carib  Indians 
and  with  the  small  populations  of 
Scots  and  Irish  that  had  settled  there, 
their  culture  remained  predominantly 
African.  Following  emancipation  in 
1834,  and  the  abandonment  on  some 
of  the  islands  of  the  great  estates  on 
which  they  once  worked,  these 
people  evolved  a  society  based  partly 
on  folklore,  cults,  and  poverty. 

Theirs  is  mostly  a  subsistence 
economy — they  grow  some  vegeta- 
bles and  fruits  or  gather  them  in  the 
wild.  Fishing  provides  their  chief 
source  of  protein.  Opportunity  for 
economic  advancement  is  very  lim- 
ited and  the  possibilities  for  change 
are  few — unless  one  can  enter  poli- 
tics, where  the  rewards  are  astonish- 
ing. Money  is  scarce  and  knowledge 
of  business  management  is  rudimen- 
tary. For  the  most  part,  the  West  In- 
dian can  look  forward  to  owning  a 
rum  shop  or  a  small  trading  schooner 
or  to  boat  building,  goals  only  a  few 
can  achieve. 

Despite  this,  the  West  Indian  is 
anxious  to  advance  his  status.  Since 
he  cannot  easily  improve  his  financial 
situation,  he  attempts  to  increase  the 
respect  accorded  him  by  the  commu- 
nity. But  because  it  is  so  difficult  to 


38 


gain  respect  through  traditional  eco- 
nomic means,  many  West  Indians 
have  entered  the  smuggling  business 
as  a  way  to  gain  both  economic  and 
social  status.  Not  only  is  smuggling 
beneficial  to  those  who  trade  in  con- 
traband but  it  also  makes  goods  avail- 
able to  friends  and  neighbors  at  prices 
they  can  afford.  Some  of  the  products 
smuggled  to  various  islands  would  be 
legally  unobtainable  due  to  protective 
laws  and  tariffs. 

For  both  economic  and  geographic 
reasons,  it  is  no  accident  that  smug- 
gling has  proliferated  in  these  islands. 
At  the  northern  end  of  the  chain.  Saint 
Martin  and  Saint  Barthelemy  (Saint 
Barts)  are  duty-free  ports  where 
goods  can  be  purchased  at  a  fraction 
of  the  price  charged  elsewhere.  Tariff 
rates  and  prices  vary  from  island  to 
island,  and  smugglers  commonly  buy 
on  one  island  and  sell  on  another  that 
has  a  higher  tariff. 

In  the  Lesser  Antilles,  the  wind 
usually  blows  from  the  east.  The  is- 
lands break  the  force  of  the  Atlantic 
seas  and  gales,  allowing  smugglers  to 
sail  in  the  relatively  protected  waters 
off  leeward  shores.  Sailing  from  one 
island  to  another  is  usually  rapid  and 
smooth.  Almost  any  indentation  on 
the  leeward  coasts  provides  the  seclu- 
sion necessary  for  the  safe  discharge 
of  cargo,  which  smugglers  generally 
store  and  distribute  in  the  security  of 
the  nearest  rum  shop. 

No  one  knows  the  exact  number  of 


Much  of  the  contraband  in  the 

West  Indies  originates  from  Saint 

Barts,  a  duty-free  port.  Liquor, 

one  of  the  principal  smuggled 

is  transported  to  other 

islands  by  sailing  vessels. 


^ 

itf^Viiivi^ 

^ 

n 


t^ 


f^ 


"/v 


^ 


if 

i 

\ 


fK 


Large  sailing  vessels  such  as 
this  schooner  frequently  take  on 
contraband  in  Saint  George's, 
Grenada,  for  transport  to  Venezuela. 


people  who  smuggle,  but  it  is  proba- 
ble that  up  to  80  percent  of  the  male 
population  have  taken  part  in  the 
trade  at  one  time  or  another;  5  or  10 
percent  pursue  it  full  time.  Of  all  the 
imported  goods  sold  on  the  islands, 
perhaps  30  percent  are  contraband. 
And  most  of  the  area's  cigarettes, 
whiskey,  and  rum  are  smuggled  from 
island  to  island. 

The  implications  of  smuggling  go 
far  beyond  traditional  economics  or 
providing  communities  with  illegal 
goods.  West  Indians  are  extremely 
serious  about  achieving  respect  and 
have  developed  a  straightforward 
value  scheme  for  recognizing  and 
evaluating  it.  Successful  smuggling 
plays  a  great  role  in  this  scheme.  The 
concept  of  courage  is  foremost.  A 
man  is  either  brave  or  cowardly,  and 
a  coward  only  invites  disdain.  The 
desire  to  be  thought  of  as  brave  is  so 
strong  that  expressions  such  as 
"please"  and  "thank  you"  are  sel- 
dom used  because  they  indicate 
weakness.  One  may  demonstrate 
courage  in  a  number  of  ways — by 
facing  danger,  by  demonstrating 
physical  strength,  or  by  exposing 
oneself  to,  and  enduring,  super- 
natural powers. 

A  second  and  closely  related  value 
is  cleverness  as  opposed  to  intel- 
lectual brilliance.  Albert  Einstein 
would  have  been  shown  little  respect 
in  this  culture  but  a  clever  thief  is  ad- 
mired. The  thief  shows  courage  in 
risking  exposure  and  cleverness  by 
not  getting  caught. 

Sexual  prowess  is  another  impor- 
tant means  of  achieving  respect.  The 
man  who  can  seduce  many  women 
must  be  physically  strong,  clever, 


Fishermen  in  small,  open  boats 
often  smuggle  to  supplement  their 
income.  The  contraband  is  usually 
concealed  under  the  day's  catch. 


and  brave  enough  to  risk  the  wrath  of 
irate  husbands  and  lovers.  And  his 
offspring  oiler  irrefutable  testimony 
to  these  traits.  One  of  the  most 
famous  men  on  one  island  achieved 
his  reputation  by  sailing  a  whaleboat 
in  the  night  across  live  interisland 
channels,  accompanied  only  by  a 
woman.  His  respect  stemmed  from 
his  claim  that  he  had  had  sexual  inter- 
course with  the  woman  three  times  in 
each  channel. 

Yet  another  cultural  consideration 
is  a  deep-seated  belief  in  the  super- 
natural world.  The  dead  play  a  large 
part  in  the  attitudes  of  the  living — ad- 
vising, aiding,  and  directing.  When 
the  dead  are  needed,  they  are  called 
through  the  rituals  of  obeah,  a  type 
of  sorcery  used  by  West  Indians  to 
assist  them  in  achieving  an  objective, 
be  it  to  help  or  to  hurt  someone. 

Within  the  West  Indian  economic 
and  cultural  framework,  there  is  a 
day-to-day  flow  of  tranquility,  in- 
terspersed by  short  spells  of  intense 
physical  activity  that  often  involve 
the  kind  of  danger  that  brings  respect 
and  status.  Ordinary  days  revolve 
around  harvesting  coconuts  and  vege- 
tables, milling  cassava,  fishing,  and 
turtle  hunting.  The  principal  recrea- 
tional activities  are  cock  fighting,  dog 
baiting,  and  playing  cricket.  During 
these  periods  of  calmness  many  of  the 
men  spend  long  hours  with  their 
neighbors  recalling  sporadic  mo- 
ments of  danger  when  courage  and 
cleverness  were  at  a  premium.  Most 
of  these  times  focus  on  the  "bubble 
trade,"  the  name  West  Indians  have 
given  to  smuggling  because  contra- 
band occasionally  includes  sparkling 
wine. 

The  small,  ancient,  and  beamy 
sailing  vessels  used  in  this  trade  gen- 
erally have  rotting  hulls  and  lines, 
patched  sails,  and  engines  with  de- 
funct cylinders.  Most  of  them  leak 
and  their  rusted  exhaust  pipes  are  apt 
to  fill  the  cabins  with  carbon  monox- 
ide. Their  "galley"  is  usually  a  bra- 
zier, which  not  infrequently  sets  the 
ship  afire.  The  boats  lack  fire  extin- 
guishers, life  lines,  life  preservers, 
radios,  radio  direction  finders,  logs, 
compasses,  charts,  watches,  or  sex- 
tants. The  windlass  is  usually 
inoperative  and  the  cable  too  short  to 
anchor  in  many  places.  The  boats  are 
kept  afloat  only  through  the  combined 
efforts  of  cockroaches  and  termites 


holding  hands  and  wheezy,  worn-out 
pitcher  pumps,  which,  in  Sisyphean 
fashion,  recycle  the  Caribbean 
through  the  hull.  To  make  matters 
worse,  almost  no  aids  to  navigation, 
such  as  lighthouses  or  buoys,  exist  in 
the  Lesser  Antilles.  Finally,  the  ves- 
sels are  so  overloaded,  they  float  on 
their  deck  beams. 

Such  a  dearth  of  equipment  or 
maintenance  seems  to  be  of  little  con- 
cern to  the  smugglers.  They  are  not 
accustomed  to  safety  devices  and  few 
know  how  to  navigate.  Radio  direc- 
tion finders  have  almost  no  stations  on 
which  to  home  and  should  a  boat  have 
a  radio  and  send  out  a  "mayday"  for 
assistance,  only  a  foreign  yacht 
would  answer  the  call,  for  sinkings  in 
the  West  Indies  are  so  common  as  to 
elicit  little  interest  on  the  part  of  the 
authorities.  Moreover,  no  one 
transporting  contraband  wants  to  be 
rescued  by  the  coast  guard. 

To  the  West  Indian,  courage  lies  in 
undertaking  the  long  voyage  and  en- 
countering the  natural  and  super- 
natural hazards  of  nighttime  sailing. 
In  the  dark,  squalls  rise  quickly  and 
without  warning,  sometimes  washing 
sailors  overboard;  bearings  are  easily 
lost;  and  an  unmarked  coast  in  the 
murk  of  rain  is  a  constant  danger.  The 
night  also  brings  ghost  ships,  phan- 
tom lights,  jabless  (a  kind  of  she 
devil),  and  spirits.  One  man  re- 
counted an  all-night  chase  by  a  phan- 
tom longboat  manned  by  ghostly 
pirates  seeking  the  blood  of  his  crew. 
The  dangers  of  sailing  at  night  are 
increased  by  the  presence  of  obeah, 
which  works  best  in  the  dark. 

Or  so  West  Indian  folklore  has  it. 
Actually  the  dangers  are  slight  if  one 
does  not  take  into  account  the  poor 
condition  of  the  boats.  The 
smugglers'  course  is  in  the  lee  of  the 
islands;  it  is  only  while  crossing  the 
channels  that  the  boats  feel  the  weight 
of  the  ocean  swells  and  the  full  force 
of  the  heavy  trade  winds. 

Most  of  the  island  governments 
pay  no  attention  to  smuggling.  Mar- 
tinique and  Guadeloupe,  however, 
are  exceptions;  here  smugglers  are 
hunted  with  a  vengeance.  Contraband 
boats  passing  these  two  islands  must 
keep  out  of  sight  of  land.  Not  only 
does  this  make  for  hazardous  naviga- 
tion but  by  venturing  so  far  out,  skip- 
pers leave  the  protective  lee  of  the 
islands  and  the  boats'  rotten  canvas 


41 


\ 


DOMINICAN 
REPUBLIC 


PUERTO 
RICO 


.SAINT  MARTIN 

-^ SAINT  BARTHELEMY 


GUADELOUPE 


CARIBBEAN  SEA 


MARTINIQUE 


'>>         GRENADA 


and  shaky  cordage  can  ill  bear  the 
weight  of  the  trades.  Also,  by  going 
offshore,  vessels  are  forced  to  sail 
against  the  wind  to  return  closer  to  the 
islands.  As  a  result,  they  pound,  leak, 
often  become  lost,  and  sometimes 
sink. 

One  tale  that  West  Indians  fre- 
quently retell  concerns  this  very  haz- 
ard. Several  years  ago  a  small  sloop 
set  sail  for  Saint  Barts  from  an  island 
about  four  hundred  miles  to  the  south. 
Various  members  of  the  community 
entrusted  the  skipper  with  several 
thousand  dollars  with  which  to  pur- 
chase contraband.  Some  of  the 
money  represented  not  only  the  life 
savings  of  the  people  involved  but 
also  a  degree  of  courage,  for  no  West 
Indian  wants  to  lose  money  or  face. 
The  best  the  sloop  could  hope  to  do 
was  about  a  hundred  miles  a  day,  with 
an  additional  day  for  procuring  and 
loading  the  cargo,  but  so  eager  were 
the  people  of  the  community,  that 
after  five  days,  they  set  a  watch  on  a 
high  hill  and  eagerly  scarmed  the  ho- 
rizon. A  week  went  by  and  the  boat 
did  not  appear.  The  islanders  began 
to  worry;  and  after  ten  days  their 
worry  turned  to  anxiety.  Just  before 
dawn  on  the  twelfth  day,  a  sail  that 
looked  like  that  of  the  sloop  was 


Cock  fighting  is  a  popular  sport 

on  Saint  Lucia  and  Martinique. 

Before  each  fight  on  Saint 

Lucia,  handlers  lick  the  birds' 

claws  to  prove  that  poison  has 

not  been  daubed  on  them. 


42 


sighted  low  down  in  a  squall.  The 
watch  thought  the  boat  would  come 
in  after  dark.  But  she  did  not  come 
that  night.  By  the  following  after- 
noon, when  everyone  was  sure  all 
hands  had  "gone  bottom,"  a  call 
came  from  Nevis,  three  hundred 
miles  away.  The  message  was  that  the 
vessel  was  at  anchor  there  and  that  the 
crew  were  flying  home.  On  their  ar- 
rival, they  were  not  well  received. 

West  Indians  do  not  like  to  accept 
the  blame  for  any  misfortune,  so  the 
skipper  and  crew  had  to  provide  a  rea- 
sonable explanation.  They  said  that 
the  vessel  had  arrived  on  schedule  at 
Saint  Barts,  taken  on  its  cargo,  and 


begun  the  return  journey.  But  far  olf 
the  lee  shore  of  Guadeloupe,  the  wind 
backed  south  and  blew  hard,  bursting 
the  main  sail  and  blowing  out  the  jib. 
The  engine  could  not  push  the  boat 
against  the  waves  and  wind,  and  be- 
fore long  the  fuel  supply  was  ex- 
hausted. Finally,  in  the  gloom  of  a 
stormy  dawn  and  five  days  behind 
schedule,  they  raised  their  home  is- 
land. But  before  they  could  make 
land,  the  weather  turned  worse,  forc- 
ing them  to  run  before  the  wind  away 
from  the  island.  By  the  next  morning, 
the  gale  had  blown  out  the  rest  of  the 
sails  and  the  boat  began  to  drift  down 
on  a  revenue  cutter — but  not  before 


the  crew  threw  ail  the  contraband 
overboard.  The  cutler  towed  the  dis- 
abled but  empty  boat  to  Nevis.  The 
crew  evaded  all  questions  asked  by 
the  revenue  officers  and  returned 
home.  This  demonstrated  raw  cour- 
age. The  islanders  were  satisfied — 
the  men  were  brave. 

I  am  convinced  that  a  sloop  with 
sails  in  tatters  could  not  run  three  hun- 
dred miles  in  thirty  hours.  I  believe 
the  boat  probably  never  reached  Saint 
Barts;  that  it  was  disabled  off  Guade- 
loupe, where  it  was  rescued  by  the 
cutter  and  towed  to  Nevis.  When  I 
learned  that  this  was  the  skipper's 
first  voyage,  1  became  even  more 
skeptical  of  the  crew"s  story. 

Another  tale  recounts  the  25-day 
\oyage  of  a  large  vessel  from  Saint 
Barts  to  her  home  island,  a  distance 
of  less  than  five  hundred  miles.  The 
crew  said  that  they  had  approached 
from  out  of  sight  of  land,  and  without 
any  knowledge  of  navigation,  had  hit 
their  island  dead  on.  Closer  investiga- 
tion revealed  the  true  story.  They  had 
missed  their  island  by  three  hundred 
miles,  raised  South  America,  sailed 
back,  misidentified  another  island, 
and  finally  blundered  home. 

Those  engaged  in  the  bubble  trade 
face  yet  another  hazard — revenuers. 
Sometimes,  officials  are  bought  off  in 
advance  or  have  a  part  share  in  the 
vessel  or,  in  rare  cases,  feel  that  the 
trade  benefits  the  island  or  that  the 
protective  tariffs  are  unjust.  Still, 
there  are  a  sufficient  number  of  offi- 
cials who  for  various  reasons — per- 
sonal spite  and  malice,  insuflScient 
bribes,  a  misguided  sense  of  duty,  or 
hopes  of  early  preferment  in  their 
calling — feel  they  must  enforce  the 
laws.  To  be  willing  to  risk  capture  by 
these  authorities,  no  matter  how  min- 
imal that  hazard  may  be,  is  to  display 
courage.  To  escape  capture  requires 
cleverness.  The  methods  used  often 
have  morbidly  humorous  overtones. 

Years  ago  a  boat  named  the  Artful 
Dodger  was  about  to  unload  cargo 
when  a  spying  revenue  officer  was 
found  hiding  under  a  rowboat 
propped  up  on  shore.  The  props  were 
kicked  away  and  the  captain  and  mate 
sat  on  the  dory  and  regaled  the  reve- 
nue officer  with  a  running  account  of 
the  contraband  being  discharged. 
When  all  was  over,  the  crew  lashed 
the  rowboat  to  the  beach  and  sailed 
away. 


43 


Recently  the  police  commissioner 
of  Grenada  decided  to  put  a  stop  to 
the  only  business  on  the  island  of  Pe- 
tite Martinique — smuggling.  He  or- 
dered his  constabulary  to  go  to  the 
island  and  search  it.  His  men,  how- 
ever, were  so  sure  that  the  smugglers 
would  harm  them  that  they  would  not 
carry  out  the  orders.  In  a  rage,  the 
commissioner  went  to  the  island  him- 
self, where  he  was  met  by  a  polite 
delegation  and  invited  to  a  party. 
Asking  what  the  event  was,  the  com- 
missioner was  told  that  the  people 
were  going  to  celebrate  his  death  and 
had  already  dug  his  grave.  He  quietly 
withdrew  and  smuggling  remains  the 
main  enterprise  on  Petite  Martinique. 

Not  all  smuggling  stories  have 
such  an  amusing  end.  One  of  my  in- 
formants told  me  of  an  adventure  he 
had  while  working  as  a  cook  on  a  bub- 
ble boat.  Having  just  discharged  the 
cargo,  the  crew  began  to  sail  for  home 
when  a  revenue  officer  stopped  the 
boat  and  boarded  her .  After  a  fruitless 
search  for  contraband,  the  officer  de- 
manded some  food,  specifying  that  it 
had  to  be  hot.  The  cook  told  me  that 
he  fried  up  some  fish  and  sprinkled  it 
with  bitter  powder.  As  the  officer 
prepared  to  leave  after  having  fin- 
ished his  meal,  he  told  the  boat's  cap- 
tain, "keep  away  from  these 
waters."  The  captain  assured  him 
that  their  paths  would  never  again 
cross.  Three-quarters  of  an  hour  later, 
the  revenue  officer  was  dead,  poi- 
soned by  the  bitter  powder. 

Although  the  bubble  trade  can  be 
a  rough  game,  many  smugglers  try  to 
avoid  trouble  by  resorting  to  obeah. 
Crews  anoint  boats  with  various  oils, 
powders,  and  potions  to  make  them 
swift,  to  ward  off  bad  weather,  to  pro- 
tect them  from  wraiths  and  sea  devils , 
and  to  make  them  invisible  to  the 
coast  guard.  Some  smugglers  place 
thorns  from  a  silk-cotton  tree  under 
the  boat's  tiller,  similar  in  concept  to 
putting  a  burr  under  a  horse's  tail  to 
make  it  gallop  faster.  There  is  a  be- 
lief, however,  that  such  doctored  ves- 
sels will  capsize  at  midnight;  thorns 
are  thus  ordinarily  used  only  for  short 
hauls.  A  more  sinister  concoction, 
which  is  spread  on  the  vessels,  is  a 
salve  said  to  be  made  from  human 
livers  and  other  organs  collected  from 
hospital  morgues. 

Obeah  is  a  superstition  whose 
strength  has  not  suffered  with  the  pas- 


sage of  time.  I  was  told  the  following 
story  in  all  seriousness.  Although  the 
events  could  hardly  be  possible,  it  is 
significant  that  some  West  Indians  be- 
lieve in  the  authenticity  of  such  tales. 
A  few  years  ago,  the  police,  suspect- 
ing that  a  boat  was  engaged  in  the 
bubble  trade,  slipped  seven  men 
armed  with  flashlights  and  rifles 
aboard  her  to  trap  the  crew  when  they 
came  aboard.  Learning  of  the  surrep- 
titious activity,  the  captain  sought  out 
an  obeah  man,  who  promised  to  man- 
age the  matter.  The  crew  never 
boarded  the  boat,  but  the  waiting  po- 
lice suddenly  saw  the  windlass  turn 
and  crank  in  the  anchor  chain.  Then 
the  sails  were  hoisted  and  the  boat 
began  to  gather  headway.  The  next 
morning  the  captain  went  aboard  and 
found  seven  rifles  and  the  flashlights 
but  no  police.  They  had  long  since 
jumped  overboard  and  swum  ashore. 

Smugglers  also  call  upon  obeah  to 
deal  with  informers  or  those  who  hap- 
pen upon  a  bubble  boat  in  the  midst 
of  being  unloaded.  The  problem  can 
usually  be  dealt  with  by  paying  ofl"  the 
intruder,  whose  demands  are  usually 
low — a  carton  of  cigarettes,  a  bottle 
of  rum.  But  sometimes  they  become 
exorbitant  and  then  smugglers  will  re- 
sort to  violence  or  threaten  obeah.  In 
the  long  run,  obeah  is  the  most  effec- 
tive deterrent. 

Long  ago,  a  woman  in  Dominica 
discovered  the  Granville  Lass  un- 
loading in  a  quiet  bay  one  night  and 
insisted  on  about  a  third  of  the  cargo 
to  keep  her  from  iivforming  the  po- 
lice. The  captain  gave  her  a  couple  of 
bottles  of  rum  and  threatened  her  with 
instant  death  if  she  did  not  leave.  The 
woman  departed  but  returned  with  the 
police  thinking  she  would  receive  a 
reward.  The  police  captured  and 
jailed  all  but  one  man  who  jumped 
overboard  and  escaped.  Anxious  to 
free  his  cofnpanions,  he  contacted  an 
obeah  man  who  agreed  to  help.  This 
conjurer  advised  each  prisoner  to  say 
"freedom"  before  the  judge  at  the 
arraignment  and  the  escaped  man  to 
say  the  same  word  to  the  woman. 

The  next  morning  each  of  the  ac- 
cused pleaded  freedom  and  the  judge 
immediately  dismissed  the  charges. 
After  the  last  riian  had  been  released, 
the  man  who  had  escaped  stood  up  in 
the  courtroom,  pointed  a  finger  at  the 
woman  informer,  and  said  "free- 
dom." Her  lower  lip  suddenly  began 


The  names  given  to  boats 

in  the  West  Indies  reflect  not  only 

the  desires  of  their  owners  but 

also  their  belief  that  vessels  will  be 

assisted  by  supernatural  powers. 


to  grow  until  it  reached  an  enormous 
size.  Henceforth,  she  was  considered 
the  ugliest  woman  in  Dominica  and 
her  village  became  known  as  pays 
bouche  ("village  of  the  mouth"),  a 
name  used  to  this  day. 

The  police  are  not  exactly  indif- 
ferent to  the  wealth  derived  from 
smuggling.  Once,  I  was  watching 
some  smugglers  unload  a  cargo  and 
carry  the  contraband  to  a  rum  shop  for 
storage.  As  a  police  boat  approached, 
the  smugglers  worked  faster  and  fas- 
ter in  an  effort  to  hide  as  much  of  the 
cargo  as  possible  so  they  would  not 
have  to  give  the  policemen  a  large 
share  of  the  goods.  Fortunately  for 
the  smugglers,  they  managed  to  put 
all  their  booty  in  the  rum  shop.  All 
that  was  left  in  the  vessel's  holds  were 
fish  that  the  smugglers  had  used  to 
conceal  the  contraband.  The  police, 
in  their  starched  white  uniforms,  fu- 
tilely  searched  through  the  fish. 

After  a  successful  voyage,  a 
smuggler  is  a  desirable  catch  for  any 
woman.  He  has  demonstrated  his 
cleverness,  has  change  in  his  pocket, 
and  liquor,  perfume,  cloth,  and 
various  pretties  in  his  sea  bag.  Suc- 
cess with  women  is  proof  of  his  viril- 
ity. Sometimes  this  sexuality  can  lead 
to  serious  problems.  Captain  B.  was 
such  a  successful  smuggler  that  he 
had  two  mistresses  as  well  as  a  wife. 
One  of  his  mistresses  gave  him  some 
money  with  which  to  buy  her  some 
contraband  rice.  When  the  captain  re- 
turned from  his  next  voyage,  he  sold 
all  the  cargo  but  did  not  give  the 
mistress  any  rice.  Instead,  he  gave 
presents  to  the  other  mistress.  An- 


Even  though  they  may  profit  greatly 

from  their  trade,  many  smugglers 

continue  to  live  in  ramshackle 

huts.  In  this  way,  they  hope  to 

avoid  suspicion  by  the  police. 


44 


wWm 


^'Sffk 


\    I 


* 


» 


>^>» 


''^'i^ 


gered,  the  first  mistress  informed  the 
authorities  in  Dominica  of  Captain 
B.'s  activities  and  told  them  when  he 
was  coming.  When  he  arrived  on  the 
island,  his  vessel  was  seized  and  all 
hands  flung  in  jail. 

The  owner  was  forced  to  pay  not 
only  part  of  the  value  of  the  vessel  but 
the  fines  of  the  crew  as  well .  Captain 
B.  sailed  for  home  with  empty  holds, 
and  when  he  arrived  the  owner  had 
two  checks  ready — one  for  the  crew's 
pay  and  another  for  the  captain's  sev- 
erance. He  also  had  informed  the  cap- 
tain's wife  of  her  husband's  activities 
and  she  promptly  left  him.  The  cap- 
tain's two  mistresses  also  severed 
their  relationships  with  him. 

Although  smugglers  make  a  good 
profit  from  their  trade,  earnings  are 
tainted  and  must  be  rapidly  disposed 
of.  Tradition  has  it  that  unless  a 
smuggler  spends  half  of  what  he  re- 
ceives, he  may  well  be  destroyed  by 
the  devil.  The  West  Indian  admires 
the  spender  and  rewards  him  with  re- 
spect. Conversely,  invectives  are  the 
reward  of  the  saving  man. 

Small  fortunes  have  resulted  from 
the  bubble  trade.  The  richest  man  on 
one  island  is  said  to  have  made  in 
excess  of  a  million  dollars.  But  to  dis- 
play conspicuous  signs  of  such 
wealth  is  to  court  disaster.  Those  who 
have  profited  by  the  trade  must  con- 
tinue to  live  in  their  meager  houses 
and  dress  like  the  poorest  fishermen. 
A  change  in  life  style  could  bring  hard 
questions  from  the  police.  The  suc- 
cessful smuggler  is  thus  caught  in  a 
social  trap  and  must  dispose  of  his 
wealth  in  ways  that  make  its  source 
look  legitimate.  If  he  spends  his 
money,  he  is  in  constant  danger  of 
being  arrested;  if  he  hoards  it,  he  is 
subject  to  the  criticism  of  his  neigh- 
bors. Walking  this  thin  line,  the  only 
real  respect  he  receives  is  through  his 
courage  and  cleverness  while  on  an 
actual  smuggling  voyage.  D 


Most  smugglers  sail  their  boats 

along  the  Lesser  Antilles  without 

the  aid  of  navigational  equipment. 

Often  in  poor  condition  and 

overloaded,  the  vessels  easily 

founder  in  a  storm  or  when  out  of 

the  protective  lee  of  the  islands. 


46 


A  Pelican  Synchrony 


by  Fritz  L.  Knopf 


Survival  of  chicks  is  a  reward 
for  meshing  breeding  activity; 
good  fishing  is  a  reward 
for  nesting  in  colonies 

Birds  nesting  in  colonies  pose 
some  intriguing  questions.  Some  ad- 
vantages to  colonial  nesting,  such  as 
mutual  defense  against  predators, 
seem  obvious,  but  so  do  some  disad- 
vantages. Why,  for  example,  build 
nests  in  localized,  high  densities, 
which  appear  to  maximize  competi- 
tion for  nest  sites  and  materials?  To 
try  to  find  some  answers,  I  decided  to 
do  a  field  study  on  the  spectacular 
white  pelican,  which  nests  colonially 
on  a  remote  island  in  Great  Salt  Lake, 
North  America's  inland  sea. 

The  North  American  white  pelican 


(Pelecanus  erythrorhynchos)  is  one 
of  six  recognized  species  of  pelicans 
found  throughout  most  of  the  world. 
Five  of  the  species  are  basically  white 
and  live  in  freshwater  environments; 
the  marine-living  brown  pelican  is  the 
exception. 

Unlike  the  brown  species,  the 
white  pelican  has  not  experienced  the 
deleterious  impacts  of  pesticide  con- 
tamination on  eggshell  thickness  and 
reproductive  behaviors.  Levels  of 
DDT  and  its  metabolic  derivatives, 
DDD  and  DDE,  have  remained  com- 
paratively low  in  North  American 
white  pelicans  and  their  eggs.  This 
disparity  in  pesticide  contamination 
levels  between  the  two  species  is  due 
to  their  nesting  site  locations.  White 
pelicans  nest  primarily  along  the 
shores  of  lakes  in  near-desert  and 


A  chick  delves  into  its  parent's 
gular  pouch  for  a  meal  of 
regurgitated  fish  (left).  By  the 
time  of  fiedging.  the  chick  will 
be  almost  20  percent  heavier  than 
an  adult.  The  extra  Vi-eight  enables 
young  pelicans  to  survive  the 
period  when  they  must  learn  to 
secure  their  own  food.  White 
pelicans  nest  in  discrete  colonies 
on  Gunnison  Island.  Great  Salt 
Lake.  Utah  (below).  Islands  free 
of  mammalian  predators,  with 
level,  open  areas  for  takeoffs  and 
landings,  are  required  for  pelican 
colony  formation. 


/ 

!->' 

^,-. ,  - 

/ 


^ 


/' 


/ 
V 


/ 


northern  prairie  regions,  which  are 
not  agriculturally  or  industrially  de- 
veloped. Brown  pelicans  nest  along 
the  heavily  populated  and  developed 
western  and  gulf  coasts  of  the  United 
States,  where  pesticides  (and  other 
wastes)  leach  into  the  ocean  from  ag- 
riculturally developed  land. 

Historically,  the  continental  popu- 
lation of  white  pelicans  declined  with 
the  draining  of  the  extensive  wetlands 
of  the  northern  prairies.  By  the  early 
1960s  the  population  had  stabilized  at 
just  over  30,000  birds.  A  1972  survey 
indicated  this  population  nested  at 
fourteen  sites  on  the  continent.  A  fif- 
teenth site  was  added  in  1976  with  the 
colonization  of  islands  in  Honey 
Lake,  California,  by  an  estimated 
2,000  birds. 

A  majestic  bird,  the  North  Ameri- 
can white  pelican  has  a  wingspan  of 
about  nine  feet,  only  slightly  smaller 
than  our  largest  native  bird,  the  Cali- 
fornia condor.  The  large  wingspan, 
along  with  a  relatively  light  body 
weight  of  fourteen  pounds,  is  an  ad- 
aptation for  soaring  on  thermal  air 


currents;  an  ability  that  aids  the  birds 
in  ranging  widely  between  food  re- 
sources by  reducing  the  need  for  ener- 
getically costly  active  flight. 

The  major  morphologic  feature  of 
pelicans  is  their  large  gular  pouch, 
which  is  used  as  a  dip  net  to  scoop 
up  fish.  This  distensible  pouch  has 
two  other  functions.  By  vibrating  one 
of  the  pouch's  structures,  a  pelican 
can  cause  the  tongue  to  flutter.  The 
fluttering  promotes  evaporative  cool- 
ing from  the  inner  surface  of  the 
pouch,  which  in  these  birds  is  an  en- 
ergetically more  efficient  cooling 
mechanism  than  panting.  The  pouch 
also  plays  a  role  in  the  social  life  of 
pelicans.  Distension  and  lateral  dis- 
play of  the  pouch,  accompanied  by 
soft  grunts,  occurs  when  mated  pairs 
meet  after  an  absence.  Such  behavior 
appears  to  be  an  essential  part  of  the 
mate  recognition  process. 

The  first  of  the  more  than  5,000 
white  pelicans  that  nest  annually  in 
the  Great  Salt  Lake  region  return  to 
Utah  in  early  March  from  their  win- 
tering grounds  in  western  Mexico, 


50 


Using  rising  thermal  air  currents 
for  lift,  pelicans  circle  to  gain 
altitude.  Enroute  to  their  feeding 
grounds  40  to  60  miles  away,  birds 
from  the  different  colonies  on 
Gunnison  Island  may  join  together 
and  function  as  feeding  flocks 
upon  arrival  at  their  destination. 


soon  after  the  ice  melts  in  the  exten- 
sive marshlands  along  the  lake's  east 
shore.  The  pelicans  visit  the  tradi- 
tional nesting  site  shortly  after  their 
spring  arrival  and  lay  their  first  eggs 
at  the  beginning  of  April.  Late  arriv- 
als come  into  northern  Utah  and  lay 
eggs  through  the  end  of  June. 

On  150-acre  Gunnison  Island  in 
Great  Salt  Lake,  pelicans  nest  in  dis- 
crete colonies  on  low,  flat  areas, 
avoiding  steep  and  rocky  slopes.  Col- 
onies range  in  size  from  the  definable 
minimum  of  two  nests  to  more  than 
six  hundred  nests,  with  as  many  as 
thirty-five  colonies  on  the  island  in  a 
given  year.  Nests  within  a  colony 
average  slightly  more  than  a  half  yard 
apart,  and  the  nests  of  one  colony  are 


often  only  a  few  yards  from  nests  in 
another  colony. 

Within  a  colony,  the  reproductive 
activities  of  pelicans  are  highly  syn- 
chronized. Egg  laying,  hatching,  and 
fledging  of  chicks,  for  example, 
occur  within  cycles  of  five  to  nine 
days  for  all  nests.  In  contrast,  repro- 
ductive activities  in  the  pelican  popu- 
lation as  a  whole  are  highly  asyn- 
chronous. Progressive  stages  in  the 
reproductive  cycle  are  often  sepa- 
rated by  four  to  eight  weeks  in  neigh- 
boring colonies.  On  many  days  1 
could  easily  observe  the  entire  spec- 
trum of  reproductive  activities — from 
pair  formation  through  incubation 
and  brood  raising — by  scanning  dif- 
ferent colonies  on  the  island. 

An  aspect  of  the  colonial  nesting 
habit  of  birds  almost  totally  ignored 
by  researchers  is  colony  formation. 
With  the  white  pelicans,  I  found  that 
sexually  aroused,  unmated  birds  of 
both  sexes  are  especially  attracted  to 
those  displaying  courtship  behaviors. 
The  result  is  a  flock  of  courting  birds. 
With  each  succeeding  day,  individ- 
uals in  the  courting  flock  acquire 
mates,  defend  territories,  construct 
nest  mounds,  and  ultimately  lay  eggs, 
while  birds  seeking  mates  continue  to 
join  the  flock  for  an  additional  five  to 


nine  days  after  the  flock  has  settled  in 
a  given  site.  (The  timing  of  these 
events  assures  that  reproductive 
synchrony  is  maintained  throughout 
the  nesting  period.)  Coming  together 
as  a  flock,  the  courting  birds  are,  in 
etteci.  the  precursor  to  the  establish- 
ment of  a  colony  of  nesting  birds  at 
the  site.  Different  flocks,  and  then 
colonies,  are  established  as  new  birds 
arrive  in  the  area.  There  may  be  a  half 
dozen  or  more  courting  flocks  on 
Gunnison  Island  in  any  week  during 
the  breeding  period. 

When  a  sexually  active  female  first 
enters  a  courting  flock  she  charges 
among  the  massed  bodies  of  unmated 
males  loitering  on  the  periphery.  Jabs 
delivered  by  the  bills  of  the  males  im- 
pede her  progress  until  she  stops  and 
assumes  an  elaborate  bow  posture. 
The  closest  males  respond  to  her  bow 
with  a  more  subtle  bow  and  overt  ag- 
gressive behaviors  by  the  surround- 
ing birds  diminish.  After  the  ex- 
change of  bows,  the  female  usually 
recommences  her  attacklike  move- 
ment toward  the  center  of  the  flock 
until  she  is  again  forced — or 
chooses — to  stop  and  bow.  Her 
movement  tfirough  the  flock,  together 
with  the  high-density  social  environ- 
ment she  encounters,  seems  an  essen- 
tial, sexually  excitatory  stimulus. 
Males  attempt  to  keep  up  with  a  fe- 
male, and  through  the  course  of  a  few 
days,  one  male  successfully  main- 
tains his  position  by  rebuffing  other 
males  and  a  pair  bond  is  established. 
Usually  neither  bird  leaves  the  flock 
during  this  period,  even  to  feed. 

Bow  posturing  appears  to  be  a  sex- 
ual, not  an  appeasement,  behavior.  A 
male  only  bows  in  response  to  a  fe- 
male doing  so  first,  but  her  bowing 
stimulates  him  to  do  likewise.  An 
over-all  effect  of  this  posturing  is  to 
reduce  the  level  of  aggressiveness  be- 


J.C.  Stevenson;  Animals,  Animals 


Feeding  flocks  of  white  pelicans 
line  up  to  herd  fish  into  shallow 
water.  Working  the  fish,  the  birds 
form  a  semicircle  that  blocks 
the  escape  of  their  prey.  Fish 
are  then  scooped  up  in  the  birds ' 
pouches.  Wintering  birds  in  San 
Diego  Bay,  California,  shown. 


51 


White  pelicans  seldom  raise  two 
chicks  successfully;  those  that  do, 
tend  to  be  neighbors.  The  suspicion 
is  that  they  are  older,  more 
experienced  birds.  Adult  on  right 
nest  is  merely  scratching  its  wing. 

An  adult  incubating  its  eggs  kills 
a  wandering  chick  with  a  single 
blow  to  the  head.  Such  incidents 
are  rare  as  the  synchrony  of 
breeding  events  in  a  colony  usually 
insures  the  breakdown  of  territorial 
nest  behavior  by  the  time  chicks 
are  old  enough  to  stray  from  nests. 


Fanning  their  pouches  and  emitting 

soft  grunts,  mates  exchange 

greetings  at  the  nest  as  one 

prepares  to  relieve  the  other  of 

tending  their  offspring.  In  24 

hours,  they  will  again  switch. 


52 


53 


'-  -  .N*. 


?;?^- 


^Ml 


.^^.^v^^re 


.v!  .  W>^^ 


twecn  the  two.  After  pair  formation 
and  nest  site  selection,  the  bow  of  the 
female  becomes  the  invitation  for 
copulation. 

Once  paired,  the  two  birds  pro- 
gress farther  into  the  center  of  the 
flock,  until  they  encounter  other  pairs 
already  defending  their  nest  sites. 
The  newly  mated  birds  move  within 
about  a  half  yard  of  the  territorial 
birds,  select,  and  then  defend  their 
own  nest  site.  Substrate  features  gen- 
erally receive  little,  if  any,  consid- 
eration in  the  nest  site  selection 
process;  proximity  to  other  pairs  ap- 
pears to  be  the  major  criterion. 

Aggressive  behaviors  between 
pairs  of  birds  are  frequent  and  violent 
during  activities  associated  with 
courtship,  mating,  and  especially, 
defending  a  nesting  territory.  I  no- 
ticed, for  example,  that  the  rate  of 
aggressive  encounters  per  pair  of 
birds  (they  respond  together  to  chal- 
lenges from  neighbors)  peaks  at  bet- 
ter than  200  encounters  per  hour  dur- 
ing the  initial  period  of  nest-site  de- 
fense. 

During  the  breeding  season,  white 
pelicans  have  an  unusual  morpholog- 
ical structure  that  I  speculate  directs 
an  agonistic  blow  to  an  area  where  it 
will  do  the  least  harm.  Both  males 
and  females  develop  a  hornlike, 
deciduous  maxillary  protuberance, 
which  drops  off  during  egg  incuba- 
tion— by  which  time  territorial 
boundaries  have  been  resolved.  This 
structure  seems  to  serve  as  a  target  for 
aggressive  jabs,  with  95  percent  of  all 
agonistic  blows  being  directed  at  the 
"horn"  on  top  of  an  opponent's  bill. 
Just  as  mountain  sheep  perform  a  ri- 
tualized combat  of  head-on  clashes 
and  possess  highly  pneumaticized 
skulls  to  absorb  such  blows,  pelicans 
resolve  their  conflicts  without  exces- 
sive injury  to  participants. 

Once  the  selected  nest  site  has  been 
successfully  defended,  the  pair  copu- 


An  adult  in  breeding  condition 
sports  a  '  'horn ' '  on  its  bill  that 
serves  as  a  target  for  the 
agonistic  jabs  of  other  colony 
members.  The  horn,  a  little  the 
worse  for  wear,  will  fall  off 
during  the  egg-incubation  period. 


UTAH 

0 

Gunnison  Island  L, 

' 

i,^  Great  I 
\salt   V^v^ 
Uake    ^ 

\7\      (^ 

•  Ogden 

Great  Sail  Lake  Deserl 

n   \^ 

I 

V 

•  Salt  Lake 

city 

late  for  four  to  five  days.  The  first  egg 
appears  on  the  fifth  day.  On  the  fourth 
or  fifth  day  the  male  leaves  his  mate 
to  visit  feeding  grounds  in  marshes 
along  the  eastern  shore  of  Great  Salt 
Lake,  forty  to  sixty  miles  away,  and 
returns  three  days  later  when  the  two- 
egg  clutch  is  complete. 

As  more  males  temporarily  leave 
the  courting  flock  during  egg  laying, 
the  density  of  the  flock  is  reduced,  the 
intensity  of  excitatory  stimuli  asso- 
ciated with  courtship,  copulation, 
and  territorial  nest  defense  declines, 
and  a  greater  proportion  of  the  flock 
assumes  the  appearance  of  an  estab- 
lished colony  of  incubating  birds. 
The  flock  becomes  less  attractive  to 
later  arriving,  unmated  birds,  which 
congregate  at  other  sites  where  court- 
ing birds  are  more  in  phase  with  the 
newcomers'  physiological  state. 

Pelicans  attend  their  nests  contin- 
ually throughout  incubation  (about  30 
days)  and  until  the  chicks  are  three  to 
four  weeks  of  age.  The  male  takes  the 
first  turn  incubating  the  eggs,  ena- 
bling the  female  to  go  off  for  her  first 
meal  since  the  pairing  process  began. 
During  incubation,  the  male  and  fe- 
male exchange  places  on  the  nest  at 
72-hour  intervals.  They  switch  to  a 
24-hour  schedule  after  the  eggs 
hatch.  A  bird  coming  to  the  island  to 
relieve  its  mate  lands  near  the  colony, 
preens  for  a  moment,  then  walks  di- 
rectly to  the  nest.  After  exchanging 
bows  and  greeting  behaviors,  the 
birds  switch  places;  the  bird  from  the 
nest  walks  outside  the  colony, 
stretches  and  preens  briefly,  then  flies 
to  the  distant  marshes  to  feed. 

At  four  weeks  of  age  the  nutritional 
demands  of  the  chicks  require  the 


full-time  ettorts  of  both  parents  to 
feed  them.  Chicks  are  often  left  to 
wander  about  unattended  as  both 
parents  go  off  to  hunt  for  fish  (mainly 
carp).  The  chicks  are  capable  of  flight 
at  about  twelve  weeks.  At  fledging, 
a  chick  may  weigh  as  much  as  20  per- 
cent more  than  its  parents,  this  excess 
weight  likely  representing  a  meta- 
bolic reserve  to  buffer  the  lean  period 
when  the  chick  must  learn  to  secure 
its  own  food. 

During  late  incubation  and  the 
nestling  period,  both  adults  undergo 
a  molt  of  their  head  feathers.  The 
flowing,  white  crest  feathers  of  the 
nuptial  plumage  are  replaced  by 
short,  gray  or  black  plumes.  The 
striking  aspect  of  this  new  plumage 
is  that  virtually  no  two  adult  pelicans 
look  exactly  alike.  When  pelicans  re- 
turn to  the  island  to  feed  older  chicks, 
they  return  to  the  site  of  the  colony 
and  wait  to  be  approached  by  their 
own  chicks.  The  variability  in  plum- 
age on  the  heads  of  adults  may  pro- 
vide visual  cues  that  facilitate  the  ini- 
tial recognition  process  for  chicks. 
This  is  similar  to  the  system  used  by 
royal  terns;  but  in  these  terns,  the 
chicks  display  the  highly  variable 
plumage  patterns  and  the  adults  vis- 
ually screen  the  nursery  for  their  off- 
spring. 

One  of  the  more  intriguing  ques- 
tions about  bird  colonies  is  why  they 
tend  to  be  synchronized.  Recently, 
there  has  been  much  speculation  that 
colonial  nesting  and  synchrony 
within  a  colony  promote  the  opportu- 
nity for  birds  to  share  information  on 
the  location  of  food  resources.  Birds 
that  nest  in  colonies  typically  exploit 
food  resources  that  occur  in  variable 


William  B,  Robinson;  AnimaJs,  Animals 


55 


abundance  at  unpredictable  loca- 
tions. This  "information  center" 
hypothesis  has  received  some  support 
from  recent  work  with  great  blue 
herons  in  British  Columbia.  Observa- 
tions of  these  herons  revealed  that 
birds  on  neighboring  nests  exchanged 
places  with  their  mates  at  about  the 
same  time,  and  birds  leaving  the  colo- 
nies departed  together  in  small 
flocks.  This  information  cannot  be  di- 
rectly applied  to  the  situation  in  peli- 
can colonies,  however,  since  nest  ex- 
changes are  not  synchronized  be- 
tween neighbors  in  a  colony.  Ex- 
changes in  a  pelican  colony  occur  at 
only  a  third  of  the  nests  each  day. 

I  believe,  however,  that  coloniality 
does  enhance  the  ability  of  white  peli- 
cans to  locate  and  exploit  food  re- 
sources. The  white  pelican  is  a  social 
feeder — small  feeding  flocks  work 
cooperatively  by  forming  a  line  and 
herding  schools  of  fish  into  shallow 
water  where  they  can  be  captured, 
dip-net  fashion,  with  the  pouch. 
When  relieved  at  the  nest  by  its  mate, 
a  pelican  flies  directly  from  Gunnison 
Island  toward  the  feeding  grounds, 
joining  other  birds  enroute.  Upon  ar- 
rival at  the  feeding  grounds,  the  bird 
will  either  join  other  pelicans  already 
foraging  or  select  a  new  foraging 
area.  Being  in  a  feeding  flock  likely 
facilitates  selection  of  a  good  forag- 
ing site,  as  inferred  from  the  observa- 
tion that  birds  rarely  leave  to  feed  on 
their  own.  By  nesting  in  a  colony, 
pelicans  can  readily  join  feeding 
flocks,  and  individual  members, 
especially  younger  ones,  can  benefit 
from  the  combined  fishing  experi- 
ences of  all  birds  in  the  flock. 

For  pelicans,  synchronization  of 
reproductive  events  within  a  colony 
has  at  least  one  observable  adaptive 
value.  When  parents  leave  their 
chicks  after  the  nestling  period,  the 
chicks  are  still  awkward  and  uncoor- 
dinated. They  wander  from  the  nest 
site  and ,  on  extremely  hot  day s ,  move 
to  the  island's  shoreline,  where  they 
stand  in  the  water  as  a  means  of  regu- 
lating their  temperature.  In  an  un- 
usual instance,  I  watched  such  a  chick 
wander  within  reach  of  a  territorial 
pelican  that  was  still  incubating  its 
eggs.  The  adult  struck  the  chick  on 
the  top  of  the  head  and  killed  it  with 
a  single  blow.  Survival  of  chicks 
when  they  first  leave  the  nests  is  de- 
pendent upon  a  synchronous  break- 


56 


down  of  adult  territorial  behavior. 

Nests  in  small  colonies  exhibited  a 
mean  productivity  similar  to  that  of 
large  colonies.  Pelicans,  which  select 
their  nest  sites  based  upon  the  social 
environment,  do  not  appear  to  benefit 
from  belonging  to  a  larger  colony. 
The  social  environment  (at  least  as  far 
as  its  impact  upon  successful  nesting 
behavior)  seems  limited  to  the  in- 
teractions between  neighbors. 

Pelicans  may  be  very  selective  of 
their  neighbors,  however.  Although 
the  average  productivity  of  a  nesting 
attempt  is  only  .85  chicks,  about  11 
percent  of  the  attempts  do  result  in 
both  eggs  of  the  clutch  leading  to 
fledged  chicks.  Interestingly,  more 
than  70  percent  of  the  nests  producing 
two  chicks  are  situated  near  or  next 
to  nests  from  which  two  chicks  also 
fledged.  It  may  be  that  older  birds 
more  experienced  in  raising  chicks 
tend  to  select  similar  neighbors. 

The  colony  formation  process  of 
pelicans  forces  us  to  dispel  some  his- 
torical opinions  about  the  species.  Al- 
though these  birds  tend  to  nest  on  the 
same  islands  in  subsequent  years,  the 
predominant  role  of  the  social  envi- 
ronment in  the  selection  of  a  nest  site 
implies  that  white  pelicans  are  capa- 
ble of  establishing  a  breeding  colony 
wherever  a  sexually  active  flock  en- 
counters a  barren,  predator-free  is- 
land with  open,  flat  areas,  which  the 
birds  need  as  runways  for  their  awk- 
ward takeofis  and  landings.  Such  a 
colonization  occurred  in  a  reservoir 
near  Fort  Collins,  Colorado,  in  the 
early  1960s,  and  at  Honey  Lake,  Cal- 
ifornia. 

The  future  of  the  white  pelican  ap- 
pears secure  at  present.  The  conti- 
nental population  has  stabilized  and, 
in  the  absence  of  further  human  en- 
croachment on  the  availability  of 
feeding  grounds  and  islands  for  nest- 
ing, appears  capable  of  coexisting 
with  man. 

Efforts  to  establish  white  pelican 
colonies  on  artificial  islands  are  under 
way  at  some  of  the  lakes  and  reser- 
voirs of  eastern  Colorado.  Encour- 
aging pelicans  to  nest  at  additional 
sites  may  result  in  increased  numbers 
of  these  birds.  More  significantly, 
new  nesting  sites  would  provide  sup- 
plemental breeding  populations  to 
buffer  future  human  impacts  on  suc- 
cessful reproduction  at  any  of  the  cur- 
rent pelican  colonies.  D 

L.T  Rhodes:  Animals.  Animals 


>w»W"t'5|f**''    "**■ 


aft-^-^T-twii*? 


""■siSSiS^.. 


by  Craig  Morris 


Design  of  the  Inca 


Hundreds  of  preplanned  towns 
and  cities  and  an  intricately 
engineered  highway  network 
held  this  society  together 


When  the  Spaniards  interrupted  the 
expansion  of  the  Inca  empire  in  1532, 
it  stretched  some  three  thousand 
miles  along  western  South  America 
— ^from  today's  Colombian-Ecua- 
dorian border  south  to  central  Chile. 
The  Inca  called  their  empire  Tawan- 
tinsuyu,  "the  land  of  four  parts." 
Few   preindustrial   states   had  ever 


grown  to  such  size  and  the  process 
must  have  presented  immense 
difficulties.  Within  the  empire  lay 
some  of  the  highest  mountains  and 
most  difficult  terrain  in  the  world,  but 
the  Inca  traveled  it  without  benefit  of 
either  horse  or  wheel  and  conquered 
its  diverse  peoples,  who  spoke 
dozens  of  different  languages. 

Some  of  these  conquests  were  of 
large,  powerful,  and  wealthy  king- 
doms. The  Chimu,  the  builders  of 
Chan  Chan  on  the  coastal  desert,  are 
one  example.  The  Lupaca,  who  lived 
with  their  vast  herds  of  llama  and  al- 


paca on  the  altiplano  near  Lake  Titi- 
caca,  are  another.  Even  more  remark- 
able was  the  rapidity  with  which  these 
achievements  were  carried  out.  If  re- 
ports by  Europeans  are  correct,  most 
of  the  empire  had  been  formed  in  the 
century  immediately  preceding  its 
discovery  by  Pizarro  and  his  soldiers. 
But  strong  armies  and  victories  do 
not  by  themselves  produce  an  empire . 
Conquest  in  faraway  places  depends 
upon  reliable  communications  and 
supplies.  An  enduring  state  requires 
capable  administration  and  organi- 
zation— a  link  between   ruler   and 


As  a  form  of  labor  tax,  the  Inca  state  required  its  subjects 
to  work  in  urban  centers.  These  buildings 
at  Hudnuco  Pampa  once  housed  hundreds  of  workers  who 
came  to  the  city  on  a  rotating  basis. 


,:^:^ 


ruled.  The  vital  element  in  the  ability 
ol  the  Inca  to  conquer  and  control  was 
the  extensive  system  of  roads  that 
bound  the  diverse  parts  of  the  empire 
together.  The  Spanish  soldier-ex- 
plorer Pedro  Cieza  de  Leon  well  rec- 
ognized the  importance  of  this  trans- 
portation network.  In  his  Chronicle  of 
Peru,  which  brought  Europeans  their 
first  major  description  of  the  Inca  only 
two  decades  after  the  conquest,  his 
admiration  of  the  roads  led  to  some 
of  his  few  moments  of  extravagance. 

In  the  time  of  the  Incas  there  was 
a  highway,  built  by  man's  hands 
and  labor,  which  left  this  city 
[Quito,  Ecuador]  and  extended  all 
the  way  to  Cuzco,  and  from  there 
another  began  as  large  and  magnif- 
icent as  this  which  went  to  the 
province  of  Chile,  which  is  more 
than  1 ,200  leagues  from  Quito.  On 
these  highways  every  three  or  four 
leagues  there  were  very  fine  and 
well-built  lodgings  or  palaces  of 
the  ruler,  richly  furnished.  ...  In 
the  memory  of  people  I  doubt  there 
is  record  of  another  highway  com- 
parable to  this,  running  through 
deep  valleys  and  over  high  moun- 
tains, through  piles  of  snow,  quag- 
mires, living  rock,  along  turbulent 
rivers;  in  some  places  it  ran  smooth 
and  paved  ...  in  others  over 
sierras,  cut  through  the  rock,  with 
walls  skirting  the  rivers,  and  steps 
and  rests  through  the  snow;  every- 
where it  was  clean  swept  and  kept 
free  of  rubbish,  with  lodgings, 
storehouses,  temples  to  the  sun, 
and  posts  along  the  way. 

Although  the  Inca  roads  repre- 
sented an  impressive  engineering 
feat,  it  was  the  centers  built  along 
them,  which  supported  military 
operations,  royal  travel,  and  adminis- 
trative functions,  that  lay  at  the  heart 
of  the  Inca  ability  to  rule  such  an  im- 
mense land.  The  extent  of  the  net- 
work was  recorded  in  about  1615  by 


The  Inca  built  most  settlements 
and  roads  on  the  vast  plains  along 
much  of  the  length  of  the  Andes. 
The  flat  terrain  made  transportation 
easier  and  the  high-altitude,  cold 
temperatures  helped  preserve  food. 


Guaman  Poma  de  Ayala,  an  Andean 
of  native  ancestry.  In  a  1,200-page 
"letter"  to  the  Spanish  king,  Poma 
wrote  of  his  travels  along  the  Inca 
road  system  and  listed  hundreds  of 
towns  and  cities  built  by  the  empire. 
Some  of  these  centers  are  still  very 
evident,  especially  those  in  the  alti- 
plano,  vast  grassy  plains  that  occur 
along  much  of  the  length  of  the 
Andes. 

Preliminary  investigations  of  the 
highway  centers  took  place  in  1964 
and  1965  in  a  project  directed  by  John 
V.  Murra  of  Cornell  University  and 
the  Institute  of  Andean  Research. 
During  this  period,  traveling  on  foot 
and  horseback,  we  covered  a  sixty- 
mile  section  of  the  road  in  the  Peru- 
vian altiplano  and  examined  several 
large  sites  accessible  by  Jeep.  The 
evidence  from  that  survey  suggested 
that  the  centers  along  the  road  were 
of  two  types:  small  way  stations 
about  25  miles  apart  and  larger  com- 
plexes at  75-  to  125-mile  intervals. 

We  investigated  two  centers,  one 
of  each  type.  Built  during  the  reign 
of  Topa  Inca  Yupanqui  in  the  latter 
half  of  the  fifteenth  century  and  aban- 
doned shortly  after  the  Spaniards 
overthrew  the  Inca  government,  both 
centers  are  situated  at  an  altitude  of 
more  than  12,000  feet  on  the  main 
Inca  highway  from  Cuzco  to  Quito. 
That  the  Inca  built  the  greater  part  of 
the  highway  at  this  altitude  may  have 
been  a  calculated  decision.  Not  only 
is  the  altiplano  relatively  flat,  a  char- 
acteristic that  would  have  facilitated 
road  building,  but  it  is  also  the  natural 
habitat  of  the  llama,  the  beast  of  bur- 
den so  important  to  the  Inca.  Another 
factor  favoring  the  highway  at  this  al- 
titude concerned  the  transportation 
and  storage  of  food.  At  12,000  feet, 
nighttime  temperatures  are  usually  in 
the  thirties,  and  food,  such  as  pota- 
toes, could  have  been  preserved  for 
long  periods. 

Although  the  Inca  name  for  the 
larger  site  is  uncertain,  we  called  it 
Huanuco  Pampa.  It  is  located  only 
about  75  miles  across  the  Andean  Cor- 
dillera from  Lima.  But  by  the  circui- 
tous land  road,  the  only  current 
access,  it  is  more  than  300  miles  dis- 
tant. The  small  center,  known  as  Tun- 
sukancha,  which  I  investigated  with 
Delfin  Zuniga,  a  Peruvian  archeolo- 
gist,  is  about  25  miles  to  the  south  of 
Huanuco  Pampa. 


The  most  prominent  feature  of 
Tunsukancha  is  a  2(XJ-  by  400-yard 
plaza,  surrounded  on  three  sides  by 
long  narrow  buildings  that  were  prob- 
ably used  as  lodgings  for  travelers. 
The  fourth  side  of  the  plaza  is  par- 
tially closed  off  by  a  long  wall.  West 
of  the  plaza,  a  separate  walled  com- 
pound is  divided  into  three  sections 
containing  ten  small  buildings  and  a 
bath.  Excavations  revealed  evidence 
of  cooking,  such  as  ashes,  bones,  car- 
bonized food  remains,  and  shards 
from  decorated  vessels,  in  some  of 
the  buildings.  The  complexity  of  the 
center's  architecture  and  the  decora- 
tion of  the  cooking  vessels  suggest 
that  the  smaller  buildings  were  part  of 
a  high-status  residence  area. 

Only  the  section  at  the  western  ex- 
tremity of  the  compound  lacks  evi- 
dence of  cooking  fires.  Here,  the  Inca 
had  lined  a  small  pit  with  dressed 
stones  to  make  a  bath.  Cieza  and 
other  sixteenth-century  chroniclers 
record  that  special  quarters  were 
maintained  for  the  Inca  ruler  at  every 
center  along  the  road.  That  this  sec- 
tion had  no  shards  or  signs  of  fire, 
but  contained  a  finely  architected 
bath,  the  only  one  in  the  site,  suggests 
that  it  may  have  been  reserved  for 
royalty.  The  two  other  subdivisions 
may  have  been  used  to  house  those 
responsible  for  administering  the  cen- 
ter and  for  the  preparation  of  food  not 
only  for  the  residents  but  also  for  roy- 
alty and  other  travelers  privileged  to 
enter  the  compound. 

The  remains  of  twenty-four  circu- 
lar storehouses  are  located  on  the 
eastern  periphery  of  the  center,  and 
a  hundred  or  so  crude  structures — 
some  circular  and  others  rectan- 
gular— were  situated  between  these 
storehouses  and  the  main  plaza.  Ex- 
cavations in  one  of  these  small  build- 
ings revealed  ash  and  broken  cooking 
pots.  But  almost  all  the  ceramics  here 
were  undecorated,  utilitarian  wares, 
quite  different  in  style  from  those 
found  within  the  compound.  The 
building  seems  to  have  served  as  a 
residence — perhaps  of  one  of  the 
people  who  helped  maintain  the  way 
station.  A  small,  inconspicuous 
structure  (now  badly  destroyed)  stood 
between  the  main  plaza  and  the 
houses  that  probably  lodged  royalty. 
Its  remains  were  ordinary  except  for 
its  floor,  which  was  strewn  with  thou- 
sands of  potsherds.  A  small  test  pit 


6i 


resulted  in  almost  as  much  broken 
pottery  as  earth.  The  extensive  vari- 
ety suggested  that  the  shards  origi- 
nated from  many  parts  of  the  Inca  em- 
pire. Expanded  excavations  revealed 
many  vessels,  some  nearly  whole. 
Some  contained  charred  maize  and 
potatoes  and  had  been  placed  next  to 
a  nearby  altar,  the  food  apparently 
serving  as  an  offering. 

The  materials  left  behind  by  the 
Inca  at  Tunsukancha  are  very  much 
what  one  would  expect  for  a  way  sta- 
tion that  had  provided  the  needs  of 
soldiers,  officials,  bureaucrats,  and 
others  traveling  the  royal  roads.  Roy- 
alty was  sheltered  and  fed  in  compar- 
atively elegant  facilities,  while  com- 
mon travelers  lodged  communally. 
The  role  of  the  small  building  with  the 
altar  is  somewhat  puzzling.  It  had 
been  heavily  used,  yet  no  special  ef- 
fort had  been  expended  on  its  con- 
struction and  no  particular  promi- 
nence given  to  its  location.  Attention 
to  the  material  and  religious  needs  of 
travelers  appears  to  have  been  the 
sole  function  of  Tunsukancha.  There 
is  no  evidence  of  manufacturing  or 
agriculture,  of  permanent  barracks  or 
any  large-scale  administrative  opera- 


tion, or  of  a  resident  population 
beyond  that  needed  for  the  service  of 
travelers.  It  was  simply  one  of  the 
many  establishments  that  made  long- 
distance travel  and  communication 
feasible  and  efficient. 

Huanuco  Pampa,  on  the  other 
hand,  looks  like  a  city,  suggesting 
that  at  least  some  Inca  centers  in  the 
provinces  served  as  far  more  than 
communication,  transportation,  and 
supply  stations.  The  great  variety  of 
activities  in  these  urban  develop- 
ments formed  the  foundation  for  a 
complex  and  peculiarly  Andean  sys- 
tem of  statecraft. 

The  city  was  founded  no  earlier 
than  1450,  and  perhaps  as  late  as 
1480,  meaning  that  it  had  been 
occupied  for  no  more  than  some 
eighty  years  before  the  Spaniards  ar- 
rived in  1532.  The  sheer  rapidity  of 
its  construction  and  peopling  sug- 
gests large,  perhaps  forced,  move- 
ments of  people.  Excavation  results 
and  artifacts  suggest  that  between 
10,000  and  15,000  people  may  have 
inhabited  the  city.  The  ruins  of  more 
than  3 ,000  buildings  are  spread  over 
a  high  plain.  On  a  nearby  ridge,  there 
were  almost  500  additional  buildings. 


in  which  the  Inca  could  have  stored 
just  over  one  million  bushels  of  pota- 
toes,  maize,  and  other  foods 
transported  from  other  parts  of  the 
empire.  The  entire  city  covered  al- 
most two  square  miles,  making  it  at 
least  ten  times  the  size  of  Machu  Pic- 
chu,  the  magnificent  Inca  city  north 
of  Cuzco. 

Certainly  Huanuco  Pampa  was  one 
of  the  major  Inca  centers  in  the  prov- 
inces, much  of  it  showing  evidence 
of  elaborate  planning.  Excavations  in 
the  planned  sections  have  revealed 
the  foundations  of  cruder  buildings, 
suggesting  the  evolutionary  develop- 
ment and  constant  replanning  of  the 
city.  Enough  of  these  foundations, 
both  crude  and  well  masoned,  have 
been  preserved  to  give  us  an  accurate 
plan  of  the  city,  the  only  Inca  settle- 
ment where  this  has  been  possible.  (It 
is  also  the  only  Inca  center  that  has 
received  intensive  archeological  in- 
vestigation.) 

In  spite  of  enormous  differences  in 
size  and  in  function,  Huanuco  Pampa 
and  Tunsukancha  had  two  important 
common  purposes.  First,  they  were 
both  on  the  Inca  road  and  therefore 
part  of  the  same  over-all  network. 
Second,  the  architecture  and  much  of 
the  pottery  in  both  centers  show  de- 
liberate imitations  of  the  Inca  capital 
at  Cuzco.  Except  for  the  vessels 
around  the  altar,  most  of  which  were 
probably  left  by  travelers,  the  materi- 
als, techniques,  and  styles  of  the  pot- 
tery at  Tunsukancha  and  Huanuco 
Pampa  are  identical.  The  contrast 
with  the  pottery  of  local  villages  is 
obvious,  leaving  no  doubt  that  the 
way  stations  and  urban  centers  on  the 
road  were  planned  by  Inca  adminis- 
trators from  Cuzco.  So  complete  is 
the  exclusion  of  local  pottery  styles 
in  the  centers  along  the  highway  that 
it  appears  an  imperial  design  imitat- 
ing that  of  Cuzco  was  always  used, 
despite  the  fact  that  each  local  non- 
Inca  village  had  its  own  style. 


This  bath,  constructed  in  the  midst 
of  Huanuco  Pampa 's  finest  buildings, 
was  probably  used  by  Inca  royalty. 
Water  flowed  into  it  through 
stone  pipes  from  a  nearby  spring. 


62 


One  possible  reason  for  the  marked 
dislinclions  in  pottery  and  archi- 
tectural styles  is  that  the  centers  were 
built  and  populated  almost  entirely  by 
pet)ple  transplanted  from  other  areas. 
Under  the  Inca  system,  most  labor 
was  done  by  peasants  who  worked  on 
a  temporary  and  rotating  basis.  This 
form  of  labor,  called  mil'a,  was  es- 
sentially a  labor  tax.  Some  of  the  in- 
habitants of  Huanuco  Pampa  were 
probably  brought  from  Cuzco;  others 
from  local  villages.  Sometimes  this 
involved  moving  entire  communities, 
essentially  as  colonies,  from  one  part 
of  the  empire  to  another.  Most  of  the 
people  in  Huanuco  Pampa  thus  re- 
mained only  as  long  as  their  state 
duties  dictated,  the  population  con- 
stantly shifting  as  one  group  of  labor- 
ers replaced  another. 

In  1965  I  studied  the  storage  com- 
plex at  Huanuco  Pampa,  excavating 
almost  120  buildings.  From  1971 
through  1974  I  directed  an  archeolog- 
ical  team  that  conducted  topographic 
work  for  a  detailed  plan  of  the  city, 
making  more  than  a  thousand  excava- 
tions and  recovering  at  least  five  tons 
of  pottery,  animal  bone,  and  other  ar- 
cheological  material .  The  analysis  of 
this  material  is  not  yet  complete,  but 
a  preliminary  map  has  been  drawn 
and  a  tentative  picture  of  Huanuco 
Pampa  is  emerging. 

The  city  was  planned  in  four  areas 
around  a  large  central  plaza.  In  the 
center  of  the  plaza,  a  200-  by  250-foot 
platform  of  dressed  stone  stands  al- 
most 20  feet  high.  The  eastern  section 
is  the  most  rigorously  planned  and  ar- 
chitecturally spectacular.  To  one 
side,  a  high  terrace  overlooks  a  small 
artificial  pool  enclosed  by  a  long 
trapezoidal  wall.  To  the  west  of  the 
terrace,  a  group  of  six  dressed-stone 
buildings  stands  near  a  stone-lined 
bath,  another  artificial  pool,  and  three 
less  finely  built  structures.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  Spaniards  altered  the  area 
to  such  an  extent  that  we  cannot  tell 
how  the  Inca  used  it.  The  bath  and  the 
fine  quality  of  the  construction,  how- 
ever, lead  me  to  believe  that  this  area 
may  have  been  reserved  for  the  Inca 
ruler  himself — a  more  elaborate  ver- 
sion of  the  complex  discovered  at 
Tunsukancha. 

A  series  of  thirteen  long  halls  ar- 
ranged around  two  spacious  plazas 
are  contiguous  with  the  bath  and 
pools.  The  plazas  are  connected  by 


COLOMBIA 


Lake  Titicaca 


BOLIVIA 


ARGENTINA 


63 


gateways  of  dressed  stone  and  are 
part  of  the  painstaking  planning  of  the 
entire  sector.  We  had  expected  that 
these  large  structures  were  probably 
devoted  to  state  administration.  But 
when  excavations  directed  by  Pat  H. 
Stein,  one  of  the  members  of  our 
team,  produced  an  abundance  of  food 
remains  and  literally  tons  of  culinary 
pottery,  we  had  to  search  for  a  dif- 
ferent hypothesis.  The  entire  area  ap- 
pears to  have  served  as  an  enormous 
kitchen  complex  where  chicha — the 
native  maize  beer — and  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  foods  were  prepared  and 
served. 

The  location  of  these  cooking  and 
dining  areas  in  the  city's  most  elabo- 
rate buildings  near  the  royal  quarters 
suggests  that  eating  and  drinking  was 
a  vital  element  in  the  Inca  provincial 
administrative  system.  The  relation- 
ship between  the  Inca  rulers  and  the 
populace  was  to  a  great  extent  cere- 
monial, involving  feasting  and  festi- 
vals. Ritual  was  essential  to  adminis- 
tration of  this  system.  While  no 
records  exist  of  such  affairs  taking 
place  at  Huanuco  Pampa,  Cieza 
wrote  about  one  such  ritual  held  in 
Cuzco,  and  his  description  may  typ- 
ify such  events  in  other  centers. 

Thus  they  say  that  it  was  the  cus- 
tom of  the  Incas  of  Cuzco  to  have 
all  the  statues  and  figures  of  the 
idols  in  the  huacas,  which  were  the 
temples  where  they  worshipped, 
brought  into  that  city  each  year. 
They  were  transported  with  great 
veneration  by  the  priests  .  .  .  and 
guardians.  When  they  entered  the 
city,  they  were  received  with  great 
feasts  and  processions  and  lodged 
in  places  set  aside  and  appointed 
for  that  purpose.  And  people  hav- 
ing assembled  from  all  parts  of  the 
city  and  even  from  most  of  the 
provinces,  men  and  women,  the 
reigning  monarch,  accompanied 
by  all  the  Incas  and  .  .  .  courtiers, 
and  important  men  of  the  city,  pro- 
vided great  festivals  and  taquis 
[drinking  bouts] . 

And  so,  making  the  people  joy- 
ful and  giving  their  solemn  ban- 
quets and  drinking  feasts,  great 
taquis,  and  other  celebrations  such 
as  they  use,  completely  different 
from  ours,  in  which  the  Incas  show 
their  splendor,  and  all  the  feasting 
is  at  their  expense,  where  there 


were  vessels  of  silver  and  gold,  and 
goblets  and  other  things.  .  .  . 

This  kind  of  pomp  was  probably  as 
political  as  it  was  religious  in  nature, 
serving  to  solidify  and  impress  the 
many  laborers  necessary  to  support 
the  Inca  system.  There  is  evidence, 
however,  that  other  means  were  em- 
ployed to  supervise  some  workers. 
On  the  northern  side  of  the  city's 
main  plaza,  the  remains  of  a  series  of 
fifty  buildings  are  neatly  arranged 
within  a  walled  enclosure.  In  these 
ruins  we  discovered  more  than  300 
spindle  whorls  and  numerous  bone 
awls  and  tools  used  for  manipulating 
threads  in  a  loom.  A  study  of  the  en- 
closing wall  disclosed  that  this  area, 
apparently  the  city's  cloth-making 
center,  had  only  one  entrance.  Any- 
one entering  the  compound  had  to 
pass  through  the  opening  in  the  outer 
wall,  cross  a  courtyard,  and  pass 
through  a  small  building.  No  other 
sector  in  the  entire  city,  except  for  the 
area  probably  used  to  house  the  ruler 
himself,  had  such  thorough  control  of 
access  and  egress. 

Excavations  in  and  around  the 
buildings  in  the  compound  uncovered 
several  of  the  copper  pins  used  by  An- 
dean women  to  fasten  the  mantles 
they  wore  about  their  shoulders.  The 
pins  and  the  tight  security  of  the  area, 
plus  the  fact  that  spinning  in  the 
Andes  was — and  still  is — usually 
done  by  women  led  me  to  believe  that 
we  had  found  a  residence  and  work 
compound  used  by  the  akllakuna — 
the  "chosen  women"  or  "virgins  of 
the  sun."  Early  Spanish  observers 
usually  emphasized  the  religious  role 
of  these  women,  but  also  reported 
that  they  made  cloth  and  chicha.  The 
finding  of  huge  amounts  of  pottery 
from  large  vessels  suggests  that  brew- 
ing may  also  have  been  an  activity  in 
the  compound. 

If  our  reconstruction  of  the  nature 
of  the  enclosed  group  of  buildings  is 
correct,  we  have  evidence  of  an  un- 
usual way  of  organizing  production. 
The  akllakuna  served  the  state  under 
tight  security,  passing  much  of  their 
time  isolated  in  the  compound — spin- 
ning, weaving,  and  perhaps  making 
chicha. 

The  kinds  of  goods  produced  in 
Huanuco  Pampa  are  just  as  note- 
worthy as  the  manner  in  which  their 
production  appears  to  have  been  or- 


Only  a  small  part  of  Huanuco 

Pampa  was  constructed  of  stones 

cut  to  fit  tightly  together.  The 

Inca  used  such  masonry 

techniques  in  building  their 

most  important  structures. 


ganized.  Several  years  ago  John 
Murra  spelled  out  the  extraordinary 
significance  of  cloth  in  the  Andes, 
noting  its  pervasive  use  in  rituals  and 
ceremonies.  It  was  involved  not  only 
in  an  individual's  rite  de  passage  but 
was  also  of  considerable  political  im- 
portance, since  the  incorporation  of  a 
newly  subdued  people  into  the  empire 
was  usually  accompanied  by  gifts  of 
cloth.  Cloth  was  also  issued  to  sol- 
diers, making  it  militarily  important. 

Since  cloth  was  of  such  crucial  po- 
litical as  well  as  economic  value,  it 
is  not  surprising  that  the  state  would 
take  measures  to  assure  itself  of  a  sub- 
stantial and  growing  supply.  The 
more  cloth  it  had,  the  more  effec- 
tively it  could  raise  and  control 
armies  and  other  workers,  and  the 
more  successfully  it  could  consoli- 
date and  control  conquered  areas. 
The  growth  of  the  state  depended  in 
part  on  its  ability  to  increase  and  con- 
trol the  supply  of  textiles.  The  estab- 
lishment of  a  production  facility 
under  direct  state  control  was  proba- 
bly a  very  effective  means  of  insuring 
the  supply  of  such  an  important  com- 
modity. Such  centers  as  Huanuco 
Pampa  provided  an  ideal  setting  for 
the  controlled,  standardized  produc- 
tion of  textiles  in  the  styles  that  sym- 
bolized the  Inca  and  their  state. 

Some  archeologists  and  historiaris 
have  characterized  the  Inca  as  a 
purely  rural  people  because  evidence 
of  their  cities  is  scanty  in  comparison 
with  other  civilizations.  Part  of  this 
attitude  is  a  result  of  the  destruction, 
at  the  hands  of  the  Spaniards,  of  many 
of  the  Inca's  larger  urban  complexes. 


The  remains  of  almost  500  round 

buildings  where  maize  and  potatoes 

were  stored  follow  the  contours  of 

the  hills  near  Huanuco  Pampa. 


64 


'W 
4 


X> 


.^J*^*?!.?! 


m-'^ 


Va<3^~"^        ^--^."^^^ 


ri-^. 


^>^" 


Those  that  survived,  like  Huanuco 
Pampa,  did  so  because  of  their  re- 
moteness, a  factor  that  has  also  con- 
tributed to  the  lack  of  archeological 
knowledge  about  such  sites. 

Some  reservations  about  referring 
to  the  Inca  as  an  "urban"  civilization 
are  warranted.  As  an  example  of  an 
urban  area,  Huanuco  Pampa  had  cer- 
tain peculiarities.  One  was  its  fragil- 
ity. Its  maintenance  was  so  dependent 
on  the  Inca  state  that  when  the  gov- 
ernmental organization  was  thrown 
into  disarray  by  the  murder  of  Ata- 
hualpa  by  the  Spaniards,  the  center 
was  quickly  depopulated. 

The  critical  point  is  that  the  focus 
of  Inca  urbanism,  if  we  are  to  call  it 
that,  was  not  the  individual  city.  In- 
stead it  was  a  meticulously  planned 
network,  which  included  small  way 
stations,  large  administrative  centers, 
and  other  kinds  of  installations  not  as 
yet  identified.  Each  center  performed 
certain  functions  in  the  interest  of  the 
over-all  success  of  the  empire.  The 
emphasis  was  not  on  an  individual  re- 
gion made  up  of  a  city  and  its  support- 
ing hinterlands,  but  rather  on  an  en- 
tire realm  tied  together  into  a  single 
political  and  economic  entity.  Thou- 
sands of  miles  of  roads  and  hundreds 
of  settlements,  large  and  small,  were 
built  to  accomplish  the  task.  In  sev- 
eral of  the  sites  we  investigated, 
many  buildings  were  unfinished,  and 
some  of  the  completed  buildings  at 
Huanuco  Pampa  had  not  yet  been 
used.  The  system  was  still  growing 
and  probably  did  not  yet  function  as 
smoothly  as  the  Inca  rulers  wished. 
But  however  incomplete  and  flawed 
it  may  have  been,  it  demonstrated  a 
master  strategy  of  empire  building 
unparalleled  in  the  ancient  New 
World,  and  matched  in  the  Old  World 
only  by  Rome  and  perhaps  China. 
How  fascinating  it  would  be  to  know 
what  would  have  happened  to  this 
empire  if  the  Spaniards  had  stayed 
home  in  1532.  D 


This  twenty-foot-high  platform 

dominates  a  vast  plaza  in  the 

center  of  Huanuco  Pampa.  It  was 

probably  used  as  a  reviewing 

stand  by  Inca  administrators 

during  ceremonies. 


66 


Celestial  Events 

by  Thomas  D.  Nicholson 


Sun  and  Moon  The  sun  moves  into  Sagittarius  (the  constellation, 
not  the  sign)  on  December  1 7 ,  reaching  the  winter  solstice  at  1 2 :  36  p .  M . , 
EST,  on  December  21.  It  will  then  be  at  its  most  southerly  point  in 
the  sky  above  earth,  bringing  the  shortest  day  and  the  longest  night  of 
the  year  to  the  Northern  Hemisphere  (but  not  the  earliest  sunset  and 
the  latest  sunrise).  The  sun  remains  in  Sagittarius  past  mid-January,  but 
by  then  it  will  have  moved  perceptibly  northward  and  sunsets  will  occur 
noticeably  later  (although  the  time  of  sunrise  will  not  have  changed). 
The  moon  will  be  showing  up  as  a  pretty  crescent  in  the  southwest 
along  about  Christmas  Eve.  From  the  23rd  until  the  25th  of  December, 
it  will  be  near  Venus  (by  then  a  very  distinctive  evening  star),  and 
together,  the  two  will  make  a  memorable  celestial  decoration  appropriate 
for  the  holiday  season .  The  moon  will  remain  a  prominent  evening  object 
through  the  first  week  of  January,  becoming  a  morning  object  thereafter. 
New  moon  is  on  December  20,  first-quarter  on  December  28,  full  moon 
on  January  5,  last-quarter  on  January  12. 

Stars  and  Planets  The  evening  Star  Map  includes  Jupiter  (near  the 
border  between  Aries  and  Taurus)  and  Saturn  (between  Leo  and  Cancer). 
It  does  not  show  Venus,  our  most  prominent  evening  star,  because 
Venus  sets  too  early  to  be  included.  At  dusk,  you  will  see  Venus  brilliant 
and  low  in  the  southwest;  Jupiter  well  up  in  the  east.  Saturn  will  rise 
in  the  east  shortly  after  dark.  At  daybreak,  Jupiter  will  be  low  in  the 
west;  Saturn  high  up  in  the  south. 

Although  the  winter  stars  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere  are  among  the 
brightest  and  most  beautiful  of  the  year,  those  living  in  the  north  miss 
the  advantages  that  accrue  to  inhabitants  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere 
at  this  time  of  year.  Far  below  the  equator,  where  residents  still  enjoy 
our  bright  northern  stars  of  December  and  January,  they  also  have  the 
southern  branch  of  the  Milky  Way,  with  the  Southern  Cross  and  its 
surrounding  region,  high  in  the  sky.  And  on  their  long  winter  nights, 
which  come  in  July  and  August,  they  also  have  the  magnificent  region 
of  the  sky  near  the  winter  solstice  high  above  them.  We  see  it  only  low 
in  the  south  on  our  short  summer  nights. 

December  16:  Before  dawn,  you  will  see  the  crescent  moon  approach 
Spica.  It  covers  the  star  (an  occultation)  to  the  north. 

December  19:  Moon  at  perigee,  nearest  to  the  earth. 

December  20:  Mercury  is  at  greatest  easterly  elongation,  but  not 
favorably  placed  as  an  evening  star. 

December  21:  Winter  begins  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere. 

December  22:  The  weak  and  dim  Ursid  meteors  reach  maximum. 

December  23-25:  Look  for  the  moon  and  Venus  each  night. 

December  31:  The  moon  is  at  apogee,  farthest  from  the  earth,  and 
passes  very  near  Jupiter  this  evening,  covering  it. 

January  3:  Earth  is  at  perihelion,  nearest  to  the  sun. 

January  4:  Latest  sunrise  occurs. 

January  6:  Mercury  is  in  inferior  conjunction,  passing  between  the 
earth  and  the  sun,  becoming  a  morning  star. 

January  7:  Look  for  Saturn  near  the  moon. 

January  1 5 :  Jupiter  is  stationary  with  respect  to  the  stars .  It  now  begins 
to  move  east  (toward  Taurus). 

*  Hold  the  Star  Map  so  the  compass  direction  you  face  is  at  the  bottom;  then 
match  the  stars  in  the  lower  half  of  the  map  with  those  in  the  sky  near  the  horizon. 
The  map  is  for  11:15  p.m.  on  December  1;  10:20  p.m.  on  December  15;  9:15 
P.M.  on  December  31;  and  8:15  p.m.  on  January  15;  but  it  can  be  used  for 
an  hour  before  and  after  those  times. 


68 


Helmut  Wimmer 


69 


The  Search  for  the  Culloden 

by  Henry  W.  Moeller  and  Steven  A.  Giordano 

Marine  archeological  excavations  often  become 
frustrating  battles  against  artifact-seeking  scavengers 


On  a  cold  January  day  in  1781,  the 
Culloden,  a  74-gun  British  ship  of  the 
line,  set  out  from  Gardiners  Island  off 
New  York's  Long  Island  to  intercept 
French  vessels  that  were  about  to  sail 
from  Newport,  Rhode  Island.  A  good 
part  of  the  British  fieet  was  wintering 
off  Gardiners  Island  that  year  to  pre- 
vent colonists  from  seizing  eastern 
Long  Island  from  the  British,  who 
had  held  it  since  General  Howe 
landed  there  in  August  1776. 

Soon  after  being  dispatched,  the 
Culloden  and  two  companion  ships, 
the  Bedford  and  the  America  were 
lashed  by  a  northeaster.  Aborting  the 
chase  of  the  French  vessels,  the  three 
ships  headed  for  the  open  sea  to 
weather  out  the  gale  winds  and  driv- 
ing snow.  The  America  successfully 
cleared  Montauk  Point  at  the  eastern 
end  of  Long  Island  and  was  swept 
south  to  the  North  Carolina  capes 
where  she  rode  out  the  storm. 

The  Culloden  and  the  Bedford 
plunged  eastward  out  to  open  sea,  but 
after  midnight  the  weather  thickened 
and  the  two  ships  became  separated. 
Both  were  driven  toward  the  north 
shore  of  Long  Island.  When  the  Bed- 
ford was  almost  aground  her  crew 
managed  to  set  an  anchor  north  of 
Montauk  Point  and  in  a  final  effort  to 
save  the  ship,  cut  away  her  masts. 
Although  defenseless,  the  Bedford 
was  able  to  weather  the  fury  of  the 
storm  while  anchored  just  off  the 
rocky  beach. 

The  Culloden  fared  worse.  Like 
the  Bedford,  she  struggled  as  tons  of 
foaming  water  crashed  upon  her 
decks  and  gale  winds  blew  her  sails 


to  shreds.  At  court-martial  proceed- 
ings held  two  months  later,  Ralph 
Grey,  the  ship's  fourth  lieutenant, 
testified  that  just  before  daybreak  on 
the  day  the  ship  went  aground, 
"some  person  gave  an  alarm  of  land 
and  breakers  upon  our  lee  bow.  I  im- 
mediately ran  to  leeward  and  saw  the 
land  on  the  lee  beam  ...  at  this  mo- 
fnent  I  heard  Captain  Balfour  give 
orders  to  Cut  away  the  anchors  and  I 
immediately  repeated  the  orders,  but 
before  the  order  could  be  complied 
with,  the  ship  struck." 

Captain  George  Balfour  reported 
during  the  inquiry  that  soon  after  she 
went  aground,  the  ship's  rudder 
broke  in  two  and  was  lost.  As  hail  and 
snow  continued  to  fall,  small  boats 
were  launched  to  make  soundings 
around  the  ship.  According  to  Grey, 
"At  eight  o'clock  the  ship  payed  off 
with  her  head  to  the  northwest,  and 
she  then  came  broadside  to  and  there 
struck  fast."  As  the  tide  came  in,  the 
crew  attempted  to  free  the  ship  from 
the  beach,  fully  expecting  that  the 
copper  sheets  sheathing  her  hull  had 
protected  her  from  serious  damage. 
To  lighten  the  load,  all  twenty-eight 
of  the  ship's  massive  32-pbunders 
were  probably  thrown  overboard.  But 
a  giant  boulder  prevented  the  ship 
from  paying  off  and  may  have  seri- 
ously damaged  it.  Six  to  nine  feet  of 
water  filled  the  ship's  holds.  The 
captain  instructed  the  crew  to  get  the 
ship's  stores  and  provisions  ashore, 
lest  they  fall  into  enemy  hands. 

For  three  weeks — marked  by 
squalls,  gales,  and  snow — the  crew, 
many  of  whom  were  sick,  transferred 


most  of  the  stores  as  well  as  twenty- 
eight  18-pound  cannon  and  eighteen 
9-pound  cannon  to  three  ships,  in- 
cluding the  dismasted  Bedford, 
which  was  then  being  refitted  for  sea 
duty  once  again.  Her  rigging  was  also 
transferred  aboard  the  Bedford. 

The  youthful  Culloden,  six  years  in 
construction  and  requiring  at  least  60 
acres  of  oak  forest,  was  then  burned 
to  the  waterline  to  prevent  the  colo- 
nists from  salvaging  her.  She  had 
been  launched  at  His  Majesty's  ship- 
yard in  Deptford,  England,  on  May 
18,  1776,  less  than  five  years  before 
her  career  ended.  One  of  the  nine 
largest  ships  lost  by  the  British  in  the 
American  Revolution,  the  Culloden 
was  a  third-rate  man-of-war,  with  a 
length  of  170  feet  and  breadth  of  47 
feet.  She  had  three  decks  and  carried 
a  complement  of  650  officers  and  sea- 
men. The  fire  destroyed  her  down  to 
the  level  of  the  third  deck,  leaving 
intact  fifteen  feet  of  hull  below  the 
waterline. 

The  Culloden  was  just  one  of  more 
than  500  ships  that  have  met  their  end 
off  Long  Island's  Montauk  Point  in 
the  past  200  years.  Long  Island  juts 
120  miles  into  the  Atlantic  and  much 
of  New  York's  ship  traffic  to  or  from 
the  north  and  east  passes  close  to 
Montauk  Point,  the  easternmost  end 
of  the  island.  Here,  winds  and  ocean 
swells  pound  the  coast,  and  the  three 
shoals  lying  just  off  Montauk  Point 
have  accounted  for  the  loss  of  many 
ships,  even  though  a  lighthouse  has 
perched  there  since  the  end  of  the 
eighteenth  century. 

Despite  British  efforts  to  destroy 


71 


the  wreck,  historical  documents  indi- 
cate that  the  Ciilloden  did  not  sink 
into  immediate  obscurity.  After  the 
winter  of  1781  had  ended  and  the 
British  had  left  Long  Island,  Joseph 
Woodbridge  of  Groton,  Connecticut, 
salvaged  sixteen  of  the  Culloden's 
32-pound  cannons  and  offered  them 
for  sale  to  George  Washington  and 
the  Continental  army.  Although 
Washington  was  interested  in  the 
offer,  the  purchase  was  never  made 
and  the  cannons'  eventual  disposition 
is  not  known. 

Other  attempts  were  made  to  sal- 
vage the  Culloden.  In  1796,  the  care- 
taker of  Gardiners  Island  apparently 
led  people  from  eastern  Long  Island 
and  Connecticut  in  salvage  opera- 
tions that  removed  the  ship's  iron  fit- 
tings, copper  bolts  and  sheathing,  and 
remaining  rigging.  And  in  1815  a 
man  named  Jeffers  lowered  a  diving 
bell  from  his  sloop  and  recovered  one 
32-pound  cannon  from  the  wreck 
site. 

After  the  early  nineteenth  century, 
however,  the  precise  whereabouts  of 
the  Culloden  were  lost.  Over  the  dec- 
ades, sand  had  gradually  accumu- 
lated over  her  remains  and  salvage 
crews,  having  removed  the  ship's 
commercially  valuable  parts,  had  no 
interest  in  maintaining  her  location. 
One  hint,  however,  remained.  For 
many  years  a  piece  of  ship's  timber 
had  protruded  above  the  surface  of 
the  water  off  Culloden  Point,  an 
elbow  of  land  near  Montauk  Point 
where  the  ship  had  gone  aground.  But 
because  four  other  ships  had  also 
gone  aground  off  this  point,  histori- 
ans were  not  certain  whether  the 
timber  was  a  part  of  one  of  these  ships 
or  of  the  Culloden. 

During  a  storm  in  the  1950s,  the 
timber  worked  itself  free  and  washed 
ashore.  Some  60  feet  long,  it  was 
curved  in  the  shape  of  a  ship's  prow, 
which  led  historians  to  believe  that 
the  piece  was  originally  part  of  an 
apron — reinforcing  timbers  ordinar- 
ily attached  to  the  inside  of  the  stem. 
Before  archeologists  could  examine 
the  piece  carefully,  however,  pic- 
nickers used  it  as  fuel  for  a  campfire. 
Whether  the  apron  was  a  part  of  the 
Culloden  or  of  some  other  ship  will 
never  be  known. 

Not  until  1971  did  more  clues  turn 
up.  In  the  early  summer  of  that  year, 
while  scuba  diving  in  ten  to  fifteen 


feet  of  water  off  Culloden  Point,  we 
came  upon  pieces  of  wreckage  lying 
in  the  sand  on  the  ocean  bottom. 
Winter  storms  had  apparently 
scoured  away  a  level  of  sand  in  the 
shallow  water,  revealing  the  ancient 
timbers  that  had  previously  been 
buried.  Curious  about  the  timbers,  we 
asked  an  associate  at  the  New  York 
Ocean  Science  Laboratory 
(NYOSL),  where  we  are  doing  re- 
search in  marine  biology,  and  two 
other  divers  to  accompany  us  in  a  fur- 
ther exploration  of  the  site. 

That  dive  far  exceeded  our  expec- 
tations. Digging  in  the  sand  next  to 
the  large  beams,  we  uncovered  a 
brass  gudgeon  (a  socket  attached  to 
a  ship's  sternpost  to  receive  the  rud- 
der) with,  ironically,  the  Culloden's 
name  misspelled  on  it;  one  /  was 
missing.  The  name  of  the  ship 
misspelled  or  not,  this  find  virtually 
confirmed  the  location  of  the  Cullo- 
den. We  also  found  an  iron  ballast 
bar,  small  pieces  of  copper  sheathing, 
and  a  few  nails.  Not  long  afterward, 
we  also  discovered  part  of  the  split 
rudder  that  Captain  Balfour  had  men- 
tioned in  1781.  These  artifacts  are 
now  in  the  East  Hampton  Marine  Mu- 
seum. 

By  law,  the  excavation  of  any  ar- 
cheological  site  in  New  York  State  is 
illegal  unless  permission  is  granted 
through  the  state's  Department  of  Ed- 
ucation. Until  this  permission  was 
forthcoming,  we  were  forced  to  desist 
from  further  exploratory  excavation. 
Other  divers,  however,  ignored  the 
restriction  and  proceeded  to  excavate 
without  our  knowledge.  A  major 
finding  was  a  9  Vi -foot-long  iron  can- 
non. Probably  cast  in  Scotland  in  the 
1760s,  it  is  stamped  with  a  lavishly 
scripted  "GR,"  for  "Georgius  Rex 
II."  Another  stamp  on  the  cannon  is 
shaped  like  a  broad  V,  signifying  that 
it  belonged  to  the  crown. 

One  of  the  divers  took  the  cannon 
to  his  backyard  where  it  drew  consid- 
erable attention  from  both  the  press 
and  small  children.  Word  of  the  dis- 
covery quickly  spread,  and  in  the 
months  that  followed,  the  wreck  site 
became  a  haven  for  scores  of  week- 
end scuba  divers.  They  quickly 
stripped  all  accessible  wreckage  and 
walked  away  with  metal  artifacts  and 
50-foot-long  pieces  of  timber.  Fortu- 
nately, the  state  took  title  and  owner- 
ship of  the  cannon,  and  in  coopera- 


tion with  the  town  of  East  Hampton, 
scientists  at  NYOSL  are  now  taking 
steps  to  preserve  it.  Once  the  preser- 
vation work  is  completed,  the  cannon 
will  be  displayed  so  that  any  number 
of  people  can  study  and  enjoy  it. 

The  state  has  granted  to  NYOSL 
permission  to  excavate  the  site,  and 
local  and  state  police  are  attempting, 
somewhat  futilely,  to  bar  unauthor- 
ized persons  from  the  site.  Never- 
theless, numerous  pieces  of  the  Cul- 
loden have  already  been  lost,  proba- 
bly forever.  If  the  remainder  of  the 
hull  is  ever  excavated  and  restored, 
these  missing  parts  will  make  the  ar- 
cheologists' job  even  more  difficult 
than  it  already  is. 

The  Culloden  is  just  one  example 
of  the  potential  fate  of  most  under- 
water wrecks.  Almost  98  percent  of 
these  ships  in  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere lie  in  water  less  than  thirty  feet 
deep,  making  many  of  them  easily 
accessible  to  a  scuba-diving  popula- 
tion that  in  1975  had  increased  by  25 
percent  over  the  previous  five  years 
and  totaled  between  500,000  and 
750,000  people.  Not  all  of  these 
divers,  of  course,  seek  wreck  sites, 
but  when  a  diver  does  come  upon 
one,  his  or  her  excitement  at  the  dis- 
covery often  makes  it  difficult  to  re- 
frain from  taking  artifacts. 

Long  Island  wrecks  are  now  begin- 
ning to  disappear  from  the  ocean, 
only  to  turn  up  in  bits  and  pieces  on 
front  lawns,  patios,  and  doorsteps. 
Not  long  ago  scuba  divers  brought  up 
a  mast  from  the  Franklin,  a  side- 
wheel  steamer  bound  for  New  York 
from  France  in  1854  when  it  struck 
a  sandbar  six  hundred  feet  off  the 
town  beach  of  Center  Moriches, 
Long  Island.  As  soon  as  they  had 
maneuvered  the  mast  to  shore,  the 
divers  stripped  the  hardware  from  it. 
Later  the  bare  mast  was  carted  off  to 
the  dump  after  townspeople  com- 
plained that  it  interfered  with  activi- 
ties at  the  town's  boat  ramp. 

An  even  more  drastic  case  of  plun- 
dering concerned  the  Black  Warrior, 
a  sail-rigged  steam  packet  that  sank 
in  1852  in  thirty  feet  of  water  off 
Rockaway  Beach.  Her  identity  re- 
mained a  mystery  until  1961,  when 
divers  found  pieces  of  silverware 
bearing  the  imprint  "Black  War- 
rior— officers"  scattered  off  the 
beach.  Shortly  after  this  discovery, 
divers  stripped  the  wreck  of  all  re- 


72 


movable  melal.  In  one  instance,  Iliey 
recovered  the  intact  copper  smoi<e- 
stactc  and  when  they  had  it  on  shore, 
bactced  a  dump  truck  over  it  to  flatten 
it,  then  sold  it  for  scrap  to  a  local 
junk  dealer. 

The  Franklin  and  the  Black  War- 
rior are  just  two  of  the  hundreds  of 
wrecks  that  lie  on  the  ocean  bottom 
off  Long  Island.  Scuba  divers  are 
bound  to  discover  others,  and  their 
fate,  once  located,  is  extremely  un- 
certain. Some  of  these  wrecks  are  of 
enormous  archeological  value.  The 
Savannah,  for  example,  lies  in  the 
water  oft'  Brookhaven  where  she  sank 
in  1821.  Two  years  earlier  she  had 
crossed  the  Atlantic  under  steam,  the 
first  ship  to  have  done  so.  An  under- 
standing of  her  construction  would  be 
of  great  archeological  and  historical 
interest,  especially  since  none  of  her 
original  plans  were  preserved. 

Another  ship  that  foundered  was 
the  Finian  Ram,  Jr..  a  steel  subma- 
rine designed  by  John  P.  Holland, 
one  of  this  country's  two  pioneer  sub- 
marine architects.  This  submarine, 
one  of  a  series  he  constructed  in  an 


eHort  to  perfect  the  use  of  water  bal- 
last and  horizontal  rudders  for  diving, 
was  lost  olf  Long  Island  in  1883  while 
under  tow. 

What  will  happen  to  these  and 
other  wrecks  when  and  if  they  are  dis- 
covered? Federal  and  New  York 
State  laws  to  prevent  plundering  of 
archeological  sites  are  explicit  but 
hardly  enforceable.  Even  if  discov- 
ered wrecks  are  reported  and  inves- 
tigated by  marine  archeologists,  ef- 
forts to  recover  and  preserve  artifacts 
are  slow  in  coming.  The  problem  is 
ordinarily  a  lack  of  finances.  Even 
those  public  agencies  or  private  orga- 
nizations that  could  provide  financing 
are  often  reluctant  to  do  so  because 
of  the  typically  slow  progress  of  a 
marine  excavation.  In  marine  arche- 
ology, instant  gratification — an  im- 
petus to  sponsors  to  continue  fund- 
ing— does  not  come  often.  An  excep- 
tion to  the  usual  lack  of  financing,  of 
course,  is  the  discovery  of  a  ship  that 
might  bear  treasure.  In  such  a  case, 
the  excavation  might  not  only  pay  for 
itself  but  could  also  bring  income  into 
state  coffers  through  taxation  of  the 


treasure.  States  such  as  Florida, 
whose  waters  hold  gold-bearing 
wrecks,  have  been  far  quicker  to  re- 
spond to  archeological  projects  than 
states  with  sites  that  have  no  mone- 
tary value,  such  as  the  maritime  cem- 
etery oft  Montauk.  But  even  treasure 
hunters  admit  that  the  sea  floor  is  not 
strewn  with  treasure,  only  visions  of 
it.  Florida  treasure  hunters  covered 
120,000  square  miles  of  sea  bottom 
before  locating  the  Spanish  treasure 
ship  Atocha. 

For  the  most  part,  the  treasures 
consist,  not  of  gold  and  silver,  but  of 
rusted  and  misshapen  artifacts  whose 
major  value  is  the  substance  and  de- 
tail of  history,  a  value  which  far  sur- 
passes monetary  considerations.  Our 
history  is  sparsely  dotted  with  tangi- 
ble examples  of  the  past.  Now  that  the 
technology  exists  to  recover  and  pre- 
serve artifacts,  we  should  not  permit 
the  remaining  details  of  marine  his- 
tory to  be  consigned  to  backyards  and 
doorsteps,  where  they  will  be  almost 
as  hidden  from  the  public  as  they 
were  during  all  the  years  they  were 
on  the  ocean  bottom.  D 


An  eighteenth-century  British  battleship  similar  to  the  Culloden 


73 


Golden  Trout  in  Trouble 

by  Margaret  F.  Gold  and  John  R.  Gold 


A  dubious  ancestry  and  an 
unhelpful  boost  from  fishermen 
have  cast  a  shadow  over  a 
most  beautiful  fish 

Fed  by  melting  snows,  the  head- 
waters of  California's  Kern  River 
form  in  the  shadow  of  the  towering 
Sierras.  Many  streams  tributary  to  the 
Kern  also  arise  from  a  snow  birth. 
Dropping  rapidly  away  from  the  cra- 
dling heights  of  the  Sierra  Crest  and 
Great  Western  Divide,  they  flow 
down  wooded  slopes  and  through 
meadows,  uniting,  growing,  and  fi- 
nally joining  the  southerly  progress  of 
the  Kern.  In  these  streams  lives 
Salmo  aguabonita,  the  golden  trout 
of  the  High  Sierra — possibly  the  most 
beautiful  of  all  the  many  forms  of 
western  North  American  trout. 

Originally,   goldens   were   found 


only  in  the  upper  Kern  River  drain- 
age. Their  narrowly  restricted  distri- 
bution was  due,  in  part,  to  a  cul-de- 
sac  formed  by  mountain  barriers  and 
to  an  adaptive  response  to  cold  and 
swiftly  flowing  streams.  Through  the 
intensive  stocking  efforts  of  nu- 
merous people,  golden  trout  distri- 
bution now  includes  many  Sierran 
waters.  Nevertheless,  dating  from  the 
advent  of  the  first  naturalist  on  the 
Kern  River  plateau,  concern  has  been 
expressed — with  good  reason — for 
the  future  of  these  magnificent  fish. 

Today  the  golden  trout  is  a  threat- 
ened species  despite  a  long  history  of 
management  intervention.  Remedies 
for  this  near-tragedy  will  have  to  be 
based  partly  on  an  understanding  of 
the  past  mistakes  that  contributed  to 
their  present  status,  but  equally  im- 
portant will  be  historical  and  biologi- 
cal knowledge  of  the  golden  trout. 


Although  scientific  interest  in  these 
fish  dates  from  the  late  1800s,  little 
is  known  about  their  evolution,  be- 
havior, and  habitat. 

The  flow  pattern  of  streams  drain- 
ing into  the  upper  Kern  River  resem- 
bles that  of  a  pinnately  veined  leaf. 
Several  large  veins,  specifically  the 
Little  Kern  River  to  the  west  and 
Golden  Trout  Creek  and  the  South 
Fork  of  the  Kern  River  to  the  east, 
radiate  from  the  midrib — the  Kern. 
These  major  tributaries  are  inter- 
sected many  times  by  smaller  streams 
arising  from  melting  snow,  rain,  and 
the  seepage  of  underground  springs. 

Pure  populations  of  endemic 
golden  trout  are  found  only  in  waters 
located  in  the  higher  portions  of  the 
Little  Kern  and  the  South  Fork  re- 
gions. Naturalists  have  long  distin- 
guished between  these  two  regions  of 
the  upper  Kern  River  drainage. 


i'lii    Kocky  Basin  Lake,  Tulare  County,  Califoinia 


74 


I 


Briefly,  the  South  Fork  of  the  Kern 
River  and  the  Golden  Trout  Creek 
drainages  lie  on  a  plateau  known  gen- 
erally as  the  "South Fork";  the  Little 
Kern  River  drainage  is  essentially  a 
basin  and  is  called  the  "Little  Kern." 
The  headwaters  of  each  region  origi- 
nate at  altitudes  of  more  than  1 1 ,000 
feet  and  are  separated,  in  part,  by  the 
Great  Western  Divide. 

Streams  in  the  upper,  plateau  por- 
tion of  the  South  Fork  region  are  char- 
acterized by  a  gentle  gradient  as  they 
fall  toward  the  Kern  River.  Much  of 
the  plateau  consists  of  meadows  sur- 
rounded by  sparse  pine  forests.  Like 
steps  on  a  gigantic  stairway,  each 
large  meadow  gives  way,  often  with 
a  short,  steep  descent  through  forest, 
to  yet  another  meadow.  Sagebrush  is 
encroaching  on  many  of  the  mead- 
ows, largely  as  a  result  of  overgrazing 
by  domestic  stock  and  the  subsequent 


erosion  and  lowering  of  the  water 
table.  The  soil  in  this  region  is  pri- 
marily coarse,  decomposed  granite, 
and  vegetation  along  the  stream 
banks  is  scanty.  Although  geo- 
graphically a  part  of  the  South  Fork 
drainage  region,  the  area  surrounding 
Golden  Trout  Creek  is,  in  contrast, 
distinguished  by  denser  riparian 
cover  and  evidence  of  volcanic  activ- 
ity. The  stream  substrates  of  many 
South  Fork  tributaries  are  composed 
of  granitic  sands  and  dull-red  gravel, 
while  the  substrate  of  Golden  Trout 
Creek  contains  light  lemon-yellow 
tufa,  a  by-product  of  vulcanism. 

The  upper  portion  of  the  Little 
Kern  basin  is  steep  and  thickly 
forested  by  pine  and  fir.  The  streams 
that  race  down  these  steep  slopes  are 
shaded  by  dense  growths  of  young 
willows,  alders,  and  cottonwoods.  At 
higher  elevations  in  the  basin,  meta- 


morphic  rocks  overlie  the  granitic 
batholith  and  multicolored  surfaces 
are  in  evidence  along  the  stream  beds . 
There  may  be  some  connection  be- 
tween the  coloration  of  these  sub- 
strates— the  red,  orange,  and  lemon- 
yellow  hues  found  in  section  of  both 
upper  Kern  River  drainage  regions — 
and  the  brilliant  colors  of  golden 
trout. 

Evidence  of  extensive  glaciation 
persists  in  the  higher  reaches  of  both 
regions,  where  the  granite  peaks  are 
scoured  and  polished.  The  retreating 
glaciers  left  hanging  troughs  with 
steep  stream  gradients,  or  waterfalls, 
which  are  impassable  barriers  to  in- 
vading trout.  Until  they  were  artifi- 
cially stocked,  the  lakes  and  streams 
above  these  barriers  were  devoid  of 
fish  life. 

The  streams  in  both  the  Little  Kern 
and  South  Fork  regions  exhibit  char- 


75 


acteristics  similar  to  that  of  other 
Sierran  streams  with  granitic  sub- 
strates— notably  a  pH  above  8  and  a 
lack  of  chemical  nutrients.  Gener- 
ally, streams  with  more  than  a  quarter 
of  a  cubic  foot  per  second  flow  (Au- 
gust-September minimum)  are  suit- 
able for  golden  trout.  The  amount  of 
water  flowing  in  the  upper  Kern  River 
drainage  streams  is  determined  by 
precipitation,  mostly  in  the  form  of 
snow,  ranging  between  30  and  40 
inches  annually. 

Golden  trout  do  not  tolerate  warm 
water  temperatures.  They  are  not 
found  in  water  exceeding  75°F,  sug- 
gesting that  their  critical  level  of  tem- 
perature tolerance  is  approximately 
70°  to  74°.  Water  temperatures  opti- 
mal to  golden  trout  range  between  40° 
and  60°.  During  the  dry  summer  and 
fall  months  when  ambient  tempera- 
tures occasionally  surpass  80°,  cool 
snow  water  seeps  from  underground 
springs  and  feeds  into  the  streams. 
Nights,  even  in  the  summer,  are  cold. 
In  the  winter,  surface  temperatures 
often  drop  low  enough  for  ice  to  form 
on  the  streams. 

Golden  trout  have  adapted  well  to 
this  high  mountain  habitat.  Averag- 
ing about  five  to  six  inches  in  body 
length,  they  are  small  and  sleek,  fully 
able  to  swim  the  shallow,  cold 
streams  and  easily  jump  small,  natu- 
ral barriers.  Goldens  seem  to  be  op- 
portunistic feeders,  dining  on  terres- 
trial insects  in  the  summer  and  early 
fall.  In  the  winter  and  early  spring, 
they  probably  subsist  on  a  limited 
supply  of  water  fauna,  such  as  caddis 
fly  and  midge  fly  larvae  and  small 
crustaceans. 

Like  most  trout,  goldens  spend 
much  of  their  time  in  pools.  There  is 
little  evidence  of  dispersal  to  other 
stream  sections  as  a  direct  result  of 
the  aggressive  behavior  of  golden 
trout  within  their  home  territory. 
Some  movement  away  from  the  home 
pool  may  occur  during  the  winter  or 
during  the  spawning  season,  but  this 
could  be  related  to  population  density 
and  food  supply.  When  one  pool  is 
filled  to  its  carrying  capacity,  excess 
trout  must  find  adequate  food  else- 
where. Generally,  it  is  the  juvenile 
goldens  that  emigrate  in  search  of 
other  suitable  living  space. 

Very  little  is  known  about  the 
spawning  behavior  of  stream-dwell- 
ing golden  trout,  as  they  generally 


Golden  Trout  Creek.  Tulare  County,  California 


spawn  before  the  heavy  snows  have 
diminished  sufficiently  to  allow 
biologists  access  to  the  upper  Kern 
River  drainage.  Nevertheless,  exten- 
sive information  on  spawning  has 
been  gathered  at  the  inlet  and  outlet 
streams  of  the  Cottonwood  Lakes  by 
fisheries  biologists  collecting  ferti- 
lized eggs  for  artificial  propagation  in 
hatcheries.  Although  goldens  were 
artificially  introduced  to  these  lakes, 
their  spawning  habits  there  probably 
differ  little  from  those  of  the  stream- 
dwelling  forms.  In  both  instances, 
swiftly  flowing,  cold  streams  with 
gravel  beds  are  necessary  to  the  suc- 
cessful spawning  and  hatching  of 
golden  trout. 

Spawning    among    lake-dwelling 


goldens  usually  begins  at  the  end  of 
their  third  year.  The  coloration  of  the 
males  intensifies  and  an  enlargement 
of  the  upper  jaw,  or  maxillary,  be- 
comes noticeable. 

The  female  constructs  a  redd — a 
slight  depression  in  the  gravel  of  the 
stream  floor — and  deposits  her  eggs 
as  the  male  extrudes  milt.  The  num- 
ber of  eggs  deposited  is  dependent  on 
the  body  size  of  the  female.  Females 
of  8 . 5  inches  produce  about  300  eggs , 
while  12-inch  females  produce  about 
700.  The  redd  is  then  covered  with 
gravel.  Swift,  cold  water  (between 
45°  and  55°F)  aerates  the  eggs. 
Within  this  temperature  range,  the 
water  contains  enough  dissolved  oxy- 
gen for  the  developing  embryos,  but 


76 


it  is  not  St)  cold  as  to  slow  down  their 
metabolism. 

By  the  end  of  twelve  days,  the  de- 
veloping eye  shows  as  a  black  dot 
through  the  egg  membrane,  and  the 
eggs  usually  hatch  in  twenty  days. 
The  small  fry  lie  helpless  in  the 
gravel,  gradually  absorbing  nourish- 
ment from  a  yolk  sac  attached  to  their 
abdomens.  Within  eighteen  days 
after  hatching,  the  yolk  is  absorbed 
and  the  fingerlings,  now  almost  one 
inch  in  length,  emerge  swimming 
freely  from  the  gravel. 

Growth  during  the  first  summer  is 
rapid  while  the  fingerlings  dine  vora- 
ciously on  microscopic  organisms. 
Thereafter,  the  growth  of  a  fingerling 
into  an  adult  is  dependent  on  the 
availability  of  larger  aquatic  and  ter- 
restrial organisms  and,  to  a  lesser  ex- 


tent, on  water  temperature.  M(At 
streams  in  the  upper  Kern  River 
drainage  exhibit  a  low  level  of  pri- 
mary productivity  owing  to  their  high 
pH  and  lack  of  nutrients.  Moreover, 
insects  and  larvae  are  not  abundant. 
Golden  trout  in  the  upper  Kern  drain- 
age grow  slowly  and  remain  small, 
never  attaining  the  body  size  of  trans- 
planted goldens  living  in  waters  with 
more  favorable  conditions. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  golden  trout 
have  not  been  studied,  behaviorally 
and  ecologically,  to  the  same  extent 
as  many  other  species.  But  this  is 
often  the  case  when  man's  attention 
is  focused  on  the  pursuit  of  his  own 
pleasure — in  this  instance,  the  sport 
of  capturing  a  rare  and  beautiful  fish. 
Until  recently,  much  of  the  interest  in 
golden  trout  was  expressed  by  puz- 


zling over  their  taxonomic  status  and 
by  directing  their  preservation  and 
propagation  as  a  desirable  game  fish. 
While  sometimes  beneficial .  this  tele- 
scopic altruism  has  confused  scien- 
tific understanding  of  golden  trout 
and  has  resulted  in  many  of  the  unfa- 
vorable conditions  that  now  threaten 
them. 

Historical  and  zoogeographical  re- 
lationships among  the  original,  iso- 
lated populations  of  golden  trout  in 
the  upper  Kern  River  drainage  are 
confounded  by  the  so-called  coffee 
pot  transplants  of  the  late  1800s  and 
early  1900s.  Cattlemen  carrying  sup- 
plies and  equipment  to  their  summer 
camps  in  the  high  meadows  of  the 
Kern  River  plateau  would  pause  to 
catch  golden  trout  for  the  purpose  of 
releasing  them  in  nearby,  presumably 
barren  streams.  It  is  not  known 
whether  all  of  these  streams  were,  in 
fact,  barren  of  other  trout  nor  are  the 
extent  and  location  of  these  trans- 
plants known.  However,  golden  trout 
travel  well,  and  one  can  assume  that 
many  of  these  fish  survived  a  variety 
of  conveyances,  such  as  coffee  pots 
and  frypans,  to  populate  streams  near 
the  stockmen's  campsites. 

In  papers  written  during  the  early 
twentieth  century.  B.W.  Evermann 
of  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  sub- 
stantiated numerous  transplants  of 
golden  trout.  Perhaps  the  most  signif- 
icant transplant — the  source  of  the 
only  brood  stock  used  in  artificial 


Two  subspecies,  or  races,  of  golden 
trout  are  now  recognized  by 
ichthyologists:  Salmo  aguabonita 
aguabonita  and  S .  aguabonita  whitei. 
Perhaps  only  one  pure  population  of 
S.a.  whitei  survives  in  an  isolated 
location  in  the  Little  Kern  River 
drainage,  where  it  has  not  been 
exposed  to  rainbow  trout.  Pure 
populations  of  S.a.  aguabonita, 
endemic  to  the  South  Fork  of  the 
Kern  River  and  Golden  Trout  Creek, 
are  threatened  by  beavers  and 
livestock  grazing  (habitat 
destruction)  and  by  introduced 
brown  trout  (food  competition). 
An  uncontaminated  population  of 
S.a.  aguabonita,  transplanted  from 
Mulkey  Creek  in  1876,  lives  in  a 
glacial  lake  near  Cottonwood  Creek. 


11 


AMAIiNG  &  HARD-TO-FIND  SCIENCE  BUYS! 

AttERNATE  ENERGY  •  SPACE  AGE  •  HOBBIES 


^ 


NEW  WIDE  FIELD  TELESCOPE 

Enjoy  clearest,  brightest,  most 
spectacular  wide  angle  views  of 
stars,  moon,  comets  witti  our 
unique,  easy-to-use  portable 
4V4"  Newtonian  reflector.  Only 
17",  10  lb.! 

No.  2001E $129.95  Ppd.  ^ 

Save  $20!  Will  be  $149.95  on  12/25/76     J 

SAVE  50%I  8  X  20  MONOCULAR 

Top  quality  Spy  Scope,  a  $30 

value,  now  $14.95!  Special  pur-  ,   ^^^-.^        ^ 

cliase  saves  you  50%.   100%     J^K^^^  ^k 

coated  optics;  393  ft.  field  of    tl^^M^^f 

view.  Only  2  oz. — stores  in 

pocket,  purse,  glove  box. 

No.  1568E $14.95  Ppd. 

NASA-CHOSEN  FOR  APOLLO/SOYUZ 

The  Astronauts  used  ttiis  super 
20X50  binocular  (modified)  to 
view  Earth!  Big  60  mm  objective 
lenses;  173-ft.  field  of  view  at 
1000  yds.  Relative  brightness, 
9.0.  Fully  coated  optics,  more! 
No,  1556E (9y4X8'/2  ;  47.5  oz)  $99.95  Ppd. 


7  X  SO  BINOCULAR  CAMERA 

Clear,  sharp  telescopic  viewing 
PLUS  fast  hi-resolution  shoot- 
ing. Superb  instrument  uses 
35mm  film,  handles  w/ease  of 
binocular.  Use  for  sports 
photog.,  security  wk. 
No.  1580E  $395.00  Ppd. 


CAN'T  SLEEP,  RELAX?  TRY  THIS! 

Electronic  sound  conditioner 
simulates  4  kinds  of  soothing 
sounds  of  ocean  surf  &  ram 
"white"  sound  helps  mask  on 
wanted  noise.  Medical  tests 
proved  analgesic  effects! 
No.  71.997E  ....  $89.95  Ppd 

QUALITY  DETECTOR  UNDER  $40 

Our  fully  transistorized  BFO  unit 
can  locate  a  quarter  at  18 
Powerful  6  trans. -oscillator- 
amplifier  circuit.  Comp  to 
others  priced  50%  more!  Alumi- 
num, just  2  lb. 
No.  8a,222E  ....  $39.95  Ppd 


GIANT  FREE 
CATALOG! 

NEW.  164Pages 
Over  4,500  Un- 
usual Bargains 
for  Hobbyists, 
Schools.  Industry 

JUST  CHECK 
COUPON! 

EDMUND 
SCIEIUTIFIC  CO. 

300  EDSCORP  BUILDING 
Barrington,  N.  J.  08007 

America's  GiBatesl 
Science  •  Optics  •  Notiy  Matt 


COMPLETE  AND  MAIL  COUPON  NOW 


EDMUND  SCIENTIFIC  CO.  300  Edscorp  Bldg.,  Barrington,  N.  I.  08007 

ri  Send  me  the  following: 

Stock  No.  Quantity  Price  Ea. 


Add  handling  charge  $_ 

Enclosed  is check, 

M.O.  in  amount  of  $_ 


Expiration  Date 

30-DAY  MONEY-BACK  GUAR- 
ANTEE. You  must  be  satis- 
fied or  return  any  purchase 
in  30  days  for  full  refund. 


City,  State,  Zip- 


HELPING  TO  DEVELOP  AMERICA'S  TECHNOLOGY  FOR  OVER  30  YEARS. 


Over  175  magnificent 
photographs,  some  of 
which  have  been  made 
directly  from  Curtis'  own 
glass-plate  negatives 
and  original  prints. 
Text  by 
Florence  Curtis  Graybill 
and  Victor  Boesen 
From  1904-1930  Curtis 
sought  out  the  Indian 
from  the  deserts  of  the 
Southwest  to  the  ice- 
bound Arctic.  With 
camera  and  pen  he 
recorded  the  life  and 
culture  of  more  than 
eighty  tribes.  Passion- 
ately he  struggled  to 
achieve  "transcriptions 
for  future  generations." 
This  volume,  with  175  of 
his  photographs  and  an 
account  of  his  life  drawn 
from  the  notes  and  re- 
collections of  his 
daughter,  is  brilliant 
proof  of  his  success. 
S29.95  until  Dec.  1. 1976: 
$35.00  thereafter 

T.Y.  CROWELL 

666  Fifth  Avenue 
New  York,  N.Y.  10019 


propagation  of  golden  trout — was 
made  by  the  Stevens  brothers,  who  in 
1876  captured  golden  trout  from  Mul- 
key  Creek,  a  tributary  of  the  South 
Fork  of  the  Kern  River,  and 
transported  them  to  a  site  in  Cotton- 
wood Creek  adjacent  to  their  saw- 
mill. Soon  these  entrepreneurs  were 
joined  by  anglers  and  sportsmen's 
clubs  in  transplanting  golden  trout. 

In  1909  the  California  Fish  and 
Game  Commission  began  to  take  an 
active  role  in  the  transplantation  of 
golden  trout  to  barren  waters.  Their 
efforts,  along  with  those  of  private 
individuals  and  groups,  were  praised 
in  several  articles  and  a  popular  book. 
Fear  ran  high  that  these  remarkably 
beautiful  fish  would  be  exterminated 
in  their  limited  and  fragile  habitat. 
Expanding  their  distribution  seemed 
desirable  and  was  encouraged.  It  was 
only  in  later  years,  as  pressure  to 
stock  grew  and  rainbow  trout  were 
introduced  into  some  original  golden 
trout  streams  in  the  Little  Kern  drain- 
age, that  this  somewhat  indis- 
criminate policy  was  seen  to  be  work- 
ing against  its  stated  aims. 

Taxonomic  splitting — the  giving 
of  separate  species  names  to  each  new 
discovery — has  also  confused  our  un- 
derstanding of  the  historical  relation- 
ships among  golden  trout.  In  1875, 
biologist  H.  W.  Henshaw  caught  a 
trout  of  exquisite  beauty  from  the 
South  Fork  of  the  Kern  River.  He 
identified  it  as  Salmo  irideus,  an  early 
name  of  the  rainbow  trout;  his  1878 
report  on  this  fish  is  the  first  scientific 
record  of  what  we  now  call  the  golden 
trout.  When  David  Starr  Jordan,  then 
president  of  Stanford  University,  in 
1892  received  three  specimens  of  a 
similar  fish  from  Cottonwood  Creek 
in  the  nearby  Owens  River  drainage 
(stock  presumably  derived  from  the 
Stevens  brothers'  transplant),  he 
christened  them  S.  mykiss  aguabon- 
ita.  Following  the  nomenclature  of 
the  time,  this  indicated  that  the 
golden  trout  belonged  to  the  cutthroat 
series.  However,  within  a  few  years, 
other  works  of  Jordan  placed  it  with 
the  rainbows. 

At  the  request  of  President  Theo- 
dore Roosevelt,  Evermann  led  a 
group  of  scientists  into  the  upper 
Kern  River  drainage.  Based  on  obser- 
vations made  in  the  summer  of  1904, 
Evermaim  described  three  species  of 
golden  trout  that  he  considered  part 
of  the  rainbow  trout  series:  Jordan's 
S.  aguabonita,  native  to  the  South 
Fork  of  the  Kern  River  drainage;  S. 
roosevelti,  of  Volcano  (now  Golden 


78 


Trout) Creek,  named  by  Evermann  in 
honor  of  the  president  and  called  the 
"real  golden  trout";  and  S.  while i  ol 
the  Little  Kern  River  drainage. 

Throughout  this  taxonomic  his- 
tory, there  was  no  question  among 
scientists  that  golden  trout  belong  to 
the  genus  Salmo,  which  includes, 
among  others,  the  rainbow  and  cut- 
throat trout.  However,  relationships 
among  the  goldens  at  a  species  level 
still  are  confused  by  the  variety  of 
designations  given  them  by  early  sci- 
entists. Confusion  also  arises  when 
one  considers  the  frequently  obscure 
and  overlapping  phenotypic  criteria, 
such  as  coloration  and  spotting, 
which  were  described  in  the  effort  to 
distinguish  different  species.  For  in- 
stance, Evermann  said  of  S.  roose- 
velti,  "[it]  is  the  most  beautiful  of  all 
the  trouts  ...  the  delicate  golden 
olive  of  the  head,  back  and  upper  part 
of  the  side,  the  clear  golden  yellow 
along  and  below  the  lateral  line,  and 
the  marvelously  rich  cadmium  of  the 
underparts  fully  entitle  this  species  to 
be  known  above  all  others  as  the 
golden  trout. ' '  He  contrasted  this  spe- 
cies with  S.  aguabonita,  the  golden 
trout  of  the  South  Fork  of  the  Kern 
River  and  its  tributaries.  Although  the 
two  "species"  are  lightly  spotted 
above  the  lateral  line,  Evermann  rea- 
soned that  geographical  isolation,  in 
conjunction  with  differences  in  color 
and  spotting  intensity,  was  sufficient 
to  warrant  calling  them  different  spe- 
cies. In  reality,  these  differences  are 
so  slight  that  many  trained  observers 
have  experienced  difficulty  in  distin- 
guishing between  populations  of 
golden  trout  and  even  between  certain 
populations  of  rainbows  and  goldens. 

In  1935,  biologist  Brian  Curtis 
eliminated  much  of  this  confusion. 
He  noted  that  tremendous  variation  in 
color  and  spotting  existed  among 
golden  trout  in  the  five  Cottonwood 
Lakes.  Had  Curtis  not  known  that  the 
originally  barren  Cottonwood  Lakes 
were  stocked  with  golden  trout  from 
Cottonwood  Creek  in  1891,  and  that 
the  Cottonwood  Creek  trout  were 
derived  from  the  original  Stevens 
brothers'  transplant  of  goldens  from 
Mulkey  Creek,  he  would  have  been 
convinced  that  he  was  observing  two 
different  species  of  golden  trout, 
roosevelti  and  aguabonita.  He  con- 
cluded that  the  two  species  were  one 
and  the  same  and  that  any  differences 
between  the  two  types  could  be  attrib- 
uted to  the  wide  range  of  color  varia- 
tion found  in  golden  trout. 

Today,  most  ichthyologists  recog- 


TIME 

MACHINE 

FOR  SALE. 

15  FOR  SIX 

ROUND 

TRIPS 

Every  issue  of  ARCHAEOLOGY  Magazine  sends  you 

on  a  fascinating  voyage  to  antiquity.  And  every  issue  is 

truly  a  collector's  item.  Rich,  full  page  illustrations,  lavish 

reproductions  of  ancient  art,  frontline  reports  of  excavations 

and  discoveries,  and  much  more.  .  .are  vk/aiting  for  you  right  now 

Published  by  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

ARCHAEOLOGY 

THOUSANDS  OF  YEARS  BEHIND  THE  TIMES 


ARCHAEOLOGY  -  Dept.  N-9 

260  West  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y.  10013 

Please  send  one  year's  subscription  (6  issues)  of  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Check  enclosed  for  $15  . .Bill  me. 

Check  enclosed  for  2  years  for  $27  Bill  me. 

Name 

Add  ress 

City 


N-9 


.  State. 


.Zip. 


Visits  to  scenic  wilderness  areas  to  view  thrilling 
Alaskan  animal  life.  Cruise  through  fabulous 
Glacier  Bay.  Explore  beautiful  Mt.  McKinley  Na- 
tional Park.  Fly  to  the  remote  Pribilof  Islands.  See 
moose,  bears,  enormous  herds  of  fur-seals,  rare 
sea  and  shore  birds,  whales,  migratory  caribou, 
white  mountain  sheep,  eagles — and  much,  much 
more.  Led  by  Kenneth  A.  Chambers,  Lecturer  in 
Zoology  at  the  Museum. 


Conducted 
by  the 
AMERICAN 
MUSEUM  OF 
NATURAL 
HISTORY 


For  further  information 
call  or  write  Dept.  of  Edu- 
cation, American  Muse- 
um of  Natural  History, 
Central  Park  West  at  79th 
St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  Tele- 
phone 212— 873-7507 


79 


Portraits 

from 

North  American 

Indian  Life 


Reproductions  of  88  memorable  photogravure  prints  of  Edward 
S.  Curtis  portraits  bound  togethier  into  a  book,  incorporating  many  of 
thie  best  specimens  of  fiis  "loving  and  poetic  monument"  to  tfie  Nortti 
American    Indian.    Fascinating    cap- 
tions describe  eacfi  Indian  life. study, 
composed  from  Curtis'  own  personal 
impressions,    hiis    notes    and    field 
records.  Insightful  introductions  by 
A.D.  Coleman  and  T.C.  McLuhan.  12" 
X     9",     soft     cover.     $8.50,     covers 
shipping  and  handling. 


Selected  portfolio  of  5  impressive 
historic  prints,  among  them  a  well- 
known  portrait  of  the  famous 
warrior  Chief  Joseph.  Each  print  is 
reproduced  directly  from  ttie  orig- 
inal Curtis  photogravures— ^8"  X  14",  on  high  quality  stock  and 
ready  to  frame.  $17.00, covers  shipping  and  handling. 


I  Natural  History  Selections,  Dept.  M150 

I  Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 
Please  send  me: Books  at  $8.50  eacti 

Portfolios  at  $17.00  each 

l\Z\  My  check/money  order. payable  to  Natural  History. is  enclosed 
□  I  prefer  to  charge  to  American  Express 


City 


Zip 


i  MUSEUM  MEMBERS,  please  take  10%  discount. 
Q Check  lor  FREE  brochure.  Make  your  own  selections  of  any 
5  prints  trom  the  24  poetic  Curtis  prints  available,  for  same  price 
as  our  featured  portfolio.  No  obligation.  Send  today. 


nize  only  one  species  of  golden  trout, 
S.  aguabonita,  consisting  of  two 
subspecies,  or  races:  S.a.  aguabon- 
ita, endemic  to  the  South  Fork  of  the 
Kern  River  and  Golden  Trout  Creek; 
and  S.a.  whitei,  native  to  the  Little 
Kern  River  drainage. 

Nevertheless,  despite  the  years  de- 
voted to  positive  statements  regard- 
ing the  golden  trout's  position  in  tax- 
onomic  classifications,  their  origins 
and  relationships  to  other  members  of 
the  genus  Salmo  remain  open  to  spec- 
ulation. 

Theories  now  advanced  to  explain 
golden  trout  origins  are  founded,  by 
and  large,  on  a  small,  but  growing, 
understanding  of  relationships  among 
present-day  populations  of  Salmo. 
One  school  suggests  that  the  two 
subspecies  of  golden  trout  in  the 
upper  Kern  River  drainage  originated 
from  "two  independent  invasions  by 
already  divergent  forms  of  the  golden 
trout  complex."  One  invasion,  sup- 
posedly giving  rise  to  S.a.  aguabon- 
ita, originated  in  the  lower  Colorado 
River  system;  the  other,  ancestors  of 
S.a.  whitei,  came  from  the  north  and 
aie  thought  to  be  similar  to  the  "red- 
band"  trout  of  northern  California 
and  southern  Oregon. 

Based  on  a  different  interpretation 
of  Pleistocene  geography,  another 
school  holds  that  migration  of  trout 
from  the  southeast  was  unlikely  and 
suggests  that  both  golden  trout 
subspecies  stemmed  from  a  single  an- 
cestral form  that  originated  in  the 
north  and  entered  the  Kern  River 
drainage  from  the  Sacramento  and 
San  Joaquin  valleys. 

It  is  also  possible  that  the  golden 
trout  ancestor  was  hybrid — origi- 
nating from  a  cross  between  ancient 
forms  of  the  cutthroat  trout  (now 
known  as  S.  clarki)  and  the  rainbow 
trout  (now  know  as  S.  gairdneri). 
There  are  close  affinities  among  these 
three  species;  many  of  the  genetic  and 
morphological  characteristics  of 
golden  trout  are  found  in  either  rain- 
bow or  cutthroat  trout  or  in  both. 

Because  of  the  sketchy  fossil 
record  and  the  difficulty  involved  in 
tracing  golden  trout  antecedence,  one 
can  only  speculate  about  the  true  age 
of  goldens  as  a  presumably  distinct 
species.  It  is  known  that  reproductive 
isolating  mechanisms  among  most 
species  of  Salmo  are  far  from  com- 
plete. This  invariably  raises  the  ques- 
tion of  whether  the  golden  trout  is 
truly  a  distinct  species.  If  one  accepts 
the  criterion  that  a  species  must  be 
isolated  reproductively  from  all  other 


species,  then  the  golden  trout  is  not 
a  separate  species  nor,  for  that  matter, 
is  the  rainbow  trout  or  the  inland  cut- 
throat trout.  These  three  groups  of 
trout  can  interbreed,  and  their  hybrid 
oflfspring  are  fertile. 

Yet  golden  trout  are  distinct  from 
other  species  of  Salmo.  For  example, 
they  difTer  in  size,  body  shape,  scale 
number,  coloration,  spotting  pat- 
terns, and  chromosome  number.  On 
the  basis  of  these  important  charac- 
teristics, taxonomists  classify  golden 
trout  as  a  separate  and  distinct  spe- 
cies. Perhaps,  given  time,  goldens 
would  have  evolved  according  to  the 
so-called  biological  definition  of  a 
species — that  of  reproductive  isola- 
tion. That  is,  if  it  were  not  for  the 
coming  of  man. 

Certainly  it  appears  that  man's  ac- 
tions have  been  directed,  for  the  most 
part,  toward  insuring  the  future  sta- 
bility of  golden  trout.  Taken  at  face 
value,  most  published  data  argue 
against  the  possible  extermination  of 
goldens.  As  a  result  of  the  artificial 
propagation  of  fertilized  eggs  har- 
vested annually  from  trout  in  the  Cot- 
tonwood Lakes,  transplanted  golden 
trout  are  abundant  throughout  many 
Sierran  waters.  Moreover,  their  num- 
bers appear  to  be  relatively  stable  in 
the  upper  Kern  River  drainage, 
despite  heavy  fishing  pressure  in  eas- 
ily accessible  areas.  But  underlying 
the  "stability"  of  golden  trout  are 
ominous  signs.  Two  very  real  and 
pressing  threats  to  the  golden  trout 
confront  biologists  and  fishery  man- 
agers— species  elimination  and  spe- 
cies contamination. 

The  threat  of  species  elimination 
stems  from  the  artificial  distribution 
of  animal  species  with  which  golden 
trout  cannot  compete.  Goldens  are 
threatened  directly  by  competition 
from  eastern  brook  trout  in  lakes,  dec- 
imation of  their  juvenile  populations 
by  predacious  brown  trout,  and  de- 
struction of  their  stream  habitat  by 
beavers  introduced  into  the  South 
Fork  region  in  1950. 

The  apparent  abundance  of  golden 
trout  in  streams  and  lakes  outside 
their  native  habitat  is  illusory  because 
their  numbers  are  regularly  aug- 
mented by  hatchery-reared  finger- 
lings.  Golden  Trout  Creek  and  South 
Fork  of  the  Kern  River  goldens,  S.  a. 
aguabonita,  are  threatened  by  beaver 
damage  to  their  stream  habitat  and 
spawning  beds.  Golden  trout  require 
shallow,  gravelly  areas  in  which  to 
spawn  and  cannot  tolerate  the  heavy 
siltation  of  their  spawning  beds  that 


A  magnificent  collection  of  some 

never-before-published  paintinj^s  and 

commentary  by  the  Indians  who  fought 

at  Little  Big  Horn. 


"The  most  memorable  and  tragically  beautiful  work  on  this  subject  to 
date." — Publishers  Weekly 

Here,  100  years  later,  is  both  the  dramatic  and  sensitive  Indian  view  of 
Little  Big  Horn,  through  the  eyes  of  15  who  were  there. 

Through  this  extraordinary  group  ofSS  beautiful  full-color  paintings  and 
drawings,  you  can  reHve  the  drama  and  ,\,  y„;,r  b.joksell.;r  ur  from, 

re-create,  step-by-step,  this  crucial  "rfllT    V    rROWFI  I 

event  in  the  history  of  the  Old  West.  >1|'  "nki.'  ■V'tV.':.'^.  .r" 

$29.95  before  Christmas;  $35.00  thereafter      W  li/nBh.', 


D.-pt 


c^  Om**:  T^hayv*"' 


This  is  a  complete  recording,  delivered  by  Louis 
Zoul,  of  Edward  Fitzgerald's  5tli  version,  and  is 
the  cumulative  effort  of  ttiree  men  of  genius. 
It  is  followed  by  a  few  comments  and  compari- 
sons, and  also  Pedro  Calderon  de  la  Barca's  The 
Dream  Called  Life  and  Life  is  a  Dream. 
Lastly,  beginning  with  Hamlet's  soliloquy,  there 
Is  some  of  Shakespear's  best. 


Among  the  kudos  we've  received,  this  came  from 
aprofessor  in  Ethiopia:"lt  is  beyond  compare!"  A 
Brooklyn  lady  wrote:  "I  play  It  over  and  over.  It  is 
my  treasure."While  from  Canada  a  gentleman  re- 
quested:"Becausetbe  record  is  such  a  beauty, 
send  another  one." 

A    super/otive    delivery    of   luperloUve    poefry 

$10.00 
Now  there  Is  also  available  a  companion  book.  It 
is  hand  bound  and  printed  on  high  bulk  long  life 
archive  book  paper.  Estimated  duration- 500yrs. 

SI  5.00 

.    Plus  Applicable  Sales  Tax 
(c«ly  for  N.Y.  Slatr  rt.ider,!,) 

Available  Only  By  Mail 


PUBLIC  OPINION 

Box   N  -4044  Long  Island  CKy, 

New  York  11104 


w^w^'i^'H 


Authentic 
"Tibetan  Prayer  Wheels 

A  limited  quantity  of  these  t)eautifully 

hand  carved  prayer  wheels  are  now 

available.  Each  one  is  a  unique 

example  of  the  wood-carver's  art. 

(No  two  are  exactly  alike.) 
Each  comes  with  the  traditional 

handwritten  prayer  inside  the 

cylinder  and  an  explanation  of  its 

use,  mystery  and  sexual  symbolism. 

$29.95  each 

Argus  Trading  Co. 

RO.  Box  192,  Los  Angeles,  Ca.  90036 

Name 

Address 

City 

State/Zip 

enclosed   □  cash   D  check  D  M.O. 
Calif,  residents  add  6%  sales  tax. 


Volcanoes  of 
the  Earth 

By  Fred  M.  Bullard 


Volcanoes— the  causes  of  eruptions,  their  effects  on  the 
environment  and  people  of  the  earth,  the  mythology  and 
superstition  that  surrounded  this  most  awesome  of  natural 
phenomena  in  ancient  times 

An  eminent  volcano  specialist  surveys  current  knovi/iedge 
about  volcanoes,  describing  the  great  historic  eruptions  and 
focusing  on  theory,  cycles,  utilization,  and  environmental 
effects  For  the  uninitiated  or  for  the  student  of  geology, 
Volcanoes  of  the  Earth  provides  the  best  introduction  avail- 
able. Generously  illustrated  with  photographs  and  figures  in- 
cluding 24  stunning  color  plates 

Volcanoes  of  the  Earth  is  a  revised  and  enlarged  edition 
of  Volcanoes:  In  History,  in  Theory,  in  Eruption.  Texas  Press, 
1962.  616  pages  $26,95 

University  of  Texas  Press  Box  7819,  Austin  78712 


ANTHROPOLOGY 
TOUR  TO 
MOROCC 

April  2  to 
April  16, 1977 


cted  by 

THE        t* 

AMERICAN 

MUSEUM 

OF       4 

NATURAL 

HISTOR^****^ 


Journey  through  Moroccan  cities  and  countryside  to  visit  the  famous 
medieval  city  of  Fes,  the  soul<s  of  Marral<ech,  and  camel  markets  at 
Sijilmassa  over  the  Atlas  Mountains  and  into  the  Sahara  Desert.  Visits  to 
Berber  villages;  archeological  sites  and  museums  in  Tangier,  Rabat, 
Roman  Volubilis  and  Lixus.  Led  by  Paul  J.  Sanfacon,  Lecturer  in  An- 
thropology at  the  Museum. 

For  further  information  call  or  write  for  Brochure  A,  Dept.  of  Education,  The 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street,  New 
York,  N.Y.I 0024. 


results  from  dam  construction  by 
beavers.  Moreover,  beavers  alter  the 
complexion  of  the  cool,  swiftly  flow- 
ing shallow  streams  native  to  golden 
trout  in  this  drainage  by  destroying 
riparian  cover,  damaging  timber,  and 
clogging  the  waterways.  Predacious 
brown  trout,  with  their  insatiable  ap- 
petite for  other,  smaller  trout,  have 
noticeably  reduced  golden  trout  num- 
bers in  the  South  Fork  of  the  Kern 
headwaters. 

Programs  of  control  and  eradica- 
tion are  being  undertaken  against  the 
beaver  and  brown  trout  and  studies 
are  under  way  to  determine  the  effects 
of  overgrazing  by  livestock  and  re- 
sultant erosion  of  stream  habitats  in 
meadows  of  the  South  Fork  plateau. 

Another  cause  for  great  concern  is 
the  threat  of  species  contamination 
arising  from  hybridization  between 
golden  and  rainbow  trout  in  the  Little 
Kern  River  drainage.  Restoration  and 
protection  of  S.  a.  whitei  in  their  na- 
tive southern  Sierra  waters  is  of  small 
long-range  value  unless  goldens  of 
pure  stock  can  be  definitively  identi- 
fied. From  1931  to  1941,  streams  in 
the  Little  Kern  River  basin  were 
planted  annually  with  85 ,000  to  100,- 
000  rainbow  trout.  Although  a  cessa- 
tion of  rainbow  trout  stocking  was 
recommended  in  1941,  when  the 
danger  of  possible  hybridization  be- 
tween goldens  and  rainbows  was  rec- 
ognized, the  damage  had  already 
been  done.  Goldens  and  rainbows  did 
hybridize,  and  the  resultant  hybrids 
were  viable  and  fertile. 

Geneticists  at  the  University  of 
California  at  Davis  are  working  to  de- 
termine relationships  among  popula- 
tions of  S.  a.  whitei  and  to  develop 
parameters  whereby  pure  strains  of 
golden  trout  may  be  identified.  A  por- 
tion of  the  trout  analyzed  in  these 
studies  are  sacrificed  immediately 
and  preserved  for  future  cytogenetic 
(chromosomal)  and  biochemical 
analysis.  The  remaining  trout  are  al- 
located for  studies  of  their  morpho- 
logical and  meristic  characteristics. 
The  data  from  these  studies  are  gath- 
ered and  fed  into  a  computer.  Elabo- 
rate printouts  of  results  are  subjected 
to  complicated  statistical  analyses. 
These  critical  results  indicate  that  it 
is  possible  to  distinguish  pure  forms 
of  golden  trout.  Moreover,  it  is  now 
known  that  small,  isolated  popula- 
tions of  these  pure  forms  are  in  exist- 
ence above  natural  stream  barriers 
that  prevented  migration  and  subse- 
quent contamination  with  hybrids. 

The  dilemma  is  complicated — that 


82 


can  help  sqve  Juiyi  Latemoon 

for  $16  a  month. 
Or  you  can  turn  the  p(^ 


July!  Latemoon. 

Descendant  of  a  proud  people. 

Her  ancestors  understood 

man's  harmony  with  nature. 

They  were  master  craftsmen,  farmers,  and  i 

Now  they  are  a  forgotten  people 

to  whom  many  promises  have  been  made. 

And  few  l<ept. 

Juiyi  Is  poor  but  has  an  abundance  of  hope, 

She  needs  a  helping  hand. 

And  a  friend  who  will  understand. 

For  $16  a  month,  through  Save  the  Children  Federa- 
tion, you  can  sponsor  a  child  like  Juiyi  so  that  she  will 
not  be  forgotten.  Give  her  the  things  she  must  have 
to  keep  her  mind,  body,  and  spirit  alive.  And  com- 
bined with  money  from  other  sponsors,  your  $16  will 
help  Juiyi  and  the  people  of  her  community.  With  a 
desperately  needed  food  co-op,  income-producing 
handicraft  programs,  vocational  training,  youth  ac- 
tivities, clinics,  and  more.  In  simple  terms,  help  a 
proud,  hardworking  people  help  themselves.  For  this 
is  what  Save  the  Children  has  been  all  about  since 
1932. 

For  you— educated,  involved,  and  in  touch  with  your 
own  heart— there  are  many  rewards.  Correspond  with 
a  child.  Receive  a  photo  and  progress  reports.  Reach 
out  to  another  human  being.  That's  how  Save  the 
Children  works.  But  without  you  it  can't  work.  So 
please:  clip  this  coupon  and  mail  it  today.  Now  you 
can  turn  the  page. 


We  are  indeed  proud  of  our  use  of  your  funds.  Annual  report  and  audit 

statement  available  on  request.  Member  of  the  international  Union 

for  Child  Welfare  and  the  American  Council  of  Voluntary  Agencies  for 

Foreign  Service.  Contributions  are  income  tax  deductible. 


I  wish  to  contribute  $16  a  month  to  sponsor  a  D  boy  D  girl  D  either 
D  Where  the  need  is  most  urgent 
D  Appalachia  (U.S.)      Q  Honduras 
D  Bangladesh  Q  Indian 

□  Chicane  (U.S.)  (Latin  America) 
D  Colombia                    D  Indian  (U.S.) 
n  Dominican  Republic  D  Indonesia 

Enclosed  is  my  first  payment: 

□  $16  monthly  □  $96  semi-annually 

□  $48  quarterly  □  $192  annually 

□  Instead  of  becoming  a  sponsor,  I  am  enclosing  a  contribution  of 


□  Inner  Cities  (U.S.) 

□  Israel 

□  Korea 

□  Lebanon 

□  Mexico 

□  Rural  South  (U.S.) 


□  Please  send  me  more  information. 


NAME- 


ADDRESS- 
CITY 


David  L.  Guyer,  Executive  Director 

SAVE  THE  CHILDREN  FEDERATION 

Westport,  Connecticut  06830  ^^  ^ 


BOOKS 

From  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History 


NATURALIST'S  COLOR  GUIDE 

FRANKS.  SMITHE 
Part  I:  Pocket-sized  binder  with  86 
measured  color  swatclies  for  pre- 
cise description  and  identification  of 
birds  and  other  animals.  $9.00. 
Part  II:  Supplement  explains  how  the 
colors  and  their  measurements  were 
derived.  $5.00. 
Both  Parts  I  &  II  together  $12.00. 

CURASSOWS  AND 
RELATED  BIRDS 

JEAN  DELACOUR  & 
DEAN  AMADON 

Curassows,  guans,  and  chachalacas 
are  tropical  gamebirds  described  in 
this  authoritative  work,  with  thirty 
color  paintings  and  many  drawings, 
maps,  and  photographs. 
Cloth  $20.00. 

COSTUMES  OF  THE  EAST 

WALTER  A.  FAIRSERVIS,  JR. 
The  clothing  of  the  peoples  of  Asia. 
Beautiful  color  photographs  and  de- 
tailed drawings  and  maps  illustrate 
the  costumes  and  their  functions. 
Paper  $5.95,  cloth  $15.00. 

ANCIENT  MEXICO  AND 
CENTRAL  AMERICA 

GORDON  F.  EKHOLM 
The  sculpture  and  architecture  of 
the  precolumbian  cultures  of  Meso- 
america.  Color  and  black-and-white 
photographs  by  Lee  Boltin. 
Paper  $5.00. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  TROPICS 

WILLIAM  PHILLIPS  COMSTOCK 
The  genus  Anaea  is  detailed  in  this 
definitive  text,  with  thirty  color 
plates  and  hundreds  of  drawings. 
The  book  is  a  collector's  item. 
Cloth  $25.00. 

Museum  members  may  take  a  10% 
discount.  Send  check  or  money 
order  to; 

AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 

BOOK  ORDERS,  DEPARTMENT  N 

77  WEST  77TH  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  NY  10024 


of  use  versus  preservation.  Golden 
trout  have  existed  for  perhaps  thou- 
sands of  years,  gradually  migrating, 
adapting,  and  changing  in  accord 
with  the  eccentricities  of  nature. 
Man,  in  less  than  one  hundred  years, 
has  disrupted  this  course  of  evolution 
and  changed  the  conditions  favorable 
for  their  existence. 

Another  possible  evolutionary 
disruption  may  be  at  work  if  a 
"founder's  effect"  obtains  for  those 
goldens  artificially  propagated  from 
stocks  in  the  Cottonwood  Lakes. 
These  stocks  are  derived  from  the 
original  transplant  of  a  few  goldens 
(5.  a.  aguabonita)  from  Mulkey  to 
Cottonwood  Creek  by  the  Stevens 
brothers  in  1876.  Trout  from  this  lim- 
ited gene  pool  are  distributed  an- 
nually in  streams  and  lakes  through- 
out the  Sierra.  Although  they  are  defi- 
nitely golden  trout,  it  is  possible  that 
they  have  begun  to  differ  genetically 
from  other  populations  of  S.  a.  agua- 
bonita within  the  South  Fork  drain- 
age. 

As  the  popularity  of  the  golden 
trout  and  of  the  southern  Sierra  high 
country  increases,  so  too  does  man's 
impact.  In  this  land  of  thick  forests, 
delicate  meadows,  and  spectacular 
mountains,  the  golden  trout  thrives — 
eminently  suited  to  the  cascading 
streams  of  the  upper  Kern  River 
drainage.  This  fragile  land  must  be 
protected.  The  success  of  programs 
designed  to  restore  and  preserve  na- 
tive golden  trout  populations  is  de- 
pendent on  this  protection.  A  Golden 
Trout  Wilderness  Area  was  proposed 
and  studied  by  U.S.  Forest  Service 
personnel,  but  unfortunately,  in 
1973,  the  Little  Kern  drainage  region 
was  deleted  from  the  proposal.  Cru- 
cial to  this  administrative  decision 
was  pressure  from  logging  interests 
and  Mineral  King  developers  seeking 
to  advance  their  own  opportunities 
for  profit  by  utilizing  portions  of  the 
Little  Kern  basin.  This  conflict  has 
yet  to  be  resolved. 

Little  is  known  about  the  natural 
history  of  golden  trout  despite  the  at- 
tention paid  them  by  conservationists 
and  scientists  in  recent  years.  The  im- 
plementation of  studies  on  their  be- 
havior and  ecology,  as  well  as  further 
scientific  inquiries  into  the  genetics 
and  evolution  of  golden  and  other 
closely  related  trout  species,  is  vital 
to  any  program  designed  to  restore 
and  protect  golden  trout  and  their 
habitat.  Surely  golden  trout,  so  beau- 
tiful, rare,  and  still  threatened,  merit 
this  consideration.  D 


t  of  print,scarce,rare  NATURAL  HISTORY  BOOKS 

rg       „  BoU.„,.  Zoology. 

iXie^  Orrhidology. 


CATALOGUE  AVAIUBLE,  S1.00 
19  Oilofd  Plicc/RHkiiNe  Centre,  ltn>  Torli  11570 


NATURE  ON  STAMPS 


•K- 


SAMPLES  &  APPROVALS- $1 


Mil  Med  Sfantps 


P.O.    BOX   29 


BEETLES.  BtTTTERFUES  and  INSEfTTS 
froB  MALAYSIA. 
AFRICA,  BRAZIL.  ^ 
etc. 


COMPLETE  SCIENimC 

P.O.  Box  307-N 
Round  Lake.  Illinois  60073 


BIRD  MODEL  KITS 


Barn  Swallow  53.95 
Kingfisher  $4.95 
Little  Owl  $5.95 
All  three  for  $13.00 


ARIEL  Dept.  N.  2894  Meadowbrook,  Cleveland  Ohio  44118 


MURPHY'S  LAWS! 

Incomparable  "scientific"  wit.  Colorfully 
litfiograpfied  on  8"  x  10"  tieavy  Parctitext 
for  framing.  A  great  business  or  personal 
gift!  Only  $3  (4/$10).  Four  Corners 
Press,  Dept.  NHC,  Hanover,  Mass. 
02339. 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK  IN  30  TO  90  DAYS 

Wanted:  Book  manuscripts  in  all  fields.  Expert 

editing,   design,   manufacture,   and  marketing — 

all    under    one    roof.    Two    FREE    books    (over 

270    pages)    give   complete    details. 

Write  or  phone  Dept  :  779D , 

EXPOSITION    PRESS,    HIcksville,    N.Y.    11801 

(516)    822-5700, 


Sail  a  tall  ship 

i\      to  small  Caribbean  islands. 

6  or  14  days  from  $290. 
Wiite  for  free  Adventure  Booklet. 
Box  120,  Dept,  225.  Miami  Beach,  Fla.  33139 

iMAOTCIIIIIlMf    0^^ 

HoMfoof 'Cnibcr  ^ 


FREE  INFORMATION 


AUTHORS  WANTED  BY 
NEW  YORK  PUBLISHER 

Leading  book  publisher  seeks  manuscripts  of  all 
types:  fiction,  non-fiction,  poetry,  scholarly  and 
juvenile  works,  etc.  New  authors  welcomed.  For 
complete  information,  send  for  free  booklet  W-82. 
Vantage  Press,   616  W.   34  St.,  New  York  10001 


For  those 
with  an  eye 

for  art 
and  a  head 

for  value. 

Natural  History  Magazine  invites  you  to  enjoy  some 

delectable  collectables.  Remarkable  replicas  cast 

from  the  originals  on  display  at  the  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History.  It  is  difficult  to  tell  these 

fine  reproductions  from  the  unique  originals  because 

each  one  is  hand-cast  and  hand-finished  by 

artist-craftsmen  to  duplicate  the  exact  personality  of 

the  original.  Right  down  to  its  precise  size,  texture, 

color  and  patina.  Each  replica  comes  with  its  own 

descriptive  history.  All  jewelry  is  gift-boxed.  Here 

truly  are  unusual  gifts  for  those  with  an  eye 

for  art  and  a  head  for  value. 


NH   HON 


r' 


AMERICAN 

MUSEUM  MEMBERS. 

PLEASE  TAKE 

10%  DISCOUNT. 


Order  Now 
...for  a  friend 
...for  yourself 


NATURAL  HISTORY 

NATURAL  HISTORY  REPUC AS.  Dept.  A45Q  Box  5123.  Des  Moines.  Iowa  50340 


-  NH    78N    Akua'ba   Doll   Necklace.  West 

Africa.  2  7/8"  H.  -Gold.  $13.50 
.  NH  HON  Coptic  Cross  Necklace.  Ethiopia. 

•Silver  2-1/8"  H.  $9.50 
.  NH  113  African  Fertility  Doll  with  bead 

earrings,  necklace,  anklet.  14"  H.  $40.00 
,  NH     109     African     Dahomey     Woman 

Statuette.  "Gold.  7-1/4"  H.  including  walnut 

base.  $30.00 
,  NH   51N   Pre-Columbian   Eagle  Necklace 

Costa  Rica,  'Gold.  2"  wing  span.  $11.00 
.  NH    56N    Pre-Columbian    Monkev-Faced 

Men  Pendant.  Costa  Rica    "Gold.  3-5/8" 

wide  $26.00 
.  NH  65P  Pre  Columbian  Llama  Pin.  "Siluer 

1-3/4"  H,  $9.50 


Please  send  me  the  Replicas  I  have  checked  for  which  1 
enclose  mi,-  personal  check  or  money  order  for  $_ 
.1  prefer  to  charg*?  American  Express,  valid  thru 


• 


D 


Signature  . 


Name  (please  print)  . 


City,  State.  Zip 

'Gold  or  silver  electroplated  pewter  (Prices  include  average  of  $1.00  ior 
lewelry.  $250  for  sculpture,  postage  and  fiandling.)  ALLOW  4-6  WEEKS 
"OR  DELIVERY 


F(E1V[AI^ET_ 


Art 


QUALITY  POTTER'S  WHEELS,  Many  models.  Kits 
from  $57,  Professional  electric  $315,  Catalog;  Box 
1407  N.  Ferndale,  WA  98248 

10,000  COLOR  SLIDES  depicting  arctiaeology  of 
ttie  world,  available  for  purchase.  Catalogue  and 
four  supplements  $2,00  prepaid  Write:  Slide  Ar- 
chives NH1,  Archaeological  Institute  of  America, 
260  West  Broadway,  New  York,  NY  10013  (212) 
925-7333 


Astronomy 


SKYWATCHER'S  ALMANAC  1977,  Sunrise,  sun- 
set, moonrise,  moonset,  and  phases  custom-com- 
puted for  your  latitude  and  longitude  anywhere  in 
world.  Also  planetary  phenomena  and  selected 
star  coordinates.  Wall  calendar  format.  In  use  by 
schools,  planetariums,  newspapers,  amateurs  and 
professionals  everywhere,  $9,00  US,  currency. 
Foreign  orders  specify  geographical  coordinates, 
Californians  add  sales  tax.  Astronomical  Data  Ser- 
vice, 1901  Old  Middlefield  Way,  Suite  14C,  Moun- 
tain View,  CA  94043 


Automotive 


BE  INFORMED  BEFORE  YOU  PURCHASE  A  NEW 
CAR.  Send  for  dealer  cost  quote — $3,00  could 
save  you  hundreds.  List  make,  model,  options 
wanted.  Consumer  Automotive  Brokerage  Ser- 
vices, Box  351.  Burlington.  MA  01803 


Book  Publishers 


PUBLISH  YOUR  BOOK!  Join  our  successful  au- 
thors in  a  complete,  reliable  publishing  program; 
publicity,  advertising,  promotion,  beautiful  books. 
All  subjects  invited.  Send  for  fact-filled  booklet  and 
free  manuscript  report.  Carlton  Press,  Dept,  NHL, 
84  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  1001 1 


Books 


BIRDS  OF  NEPAL,  Fleming  Field  Guide.  150  color 
plates,  741  species.  $14  postpaid.  Mrs.  Sally 
Beieler.  1028  Crestwood,  Wenatchee,  WA  98801 


IZAAK  WALTON;  THE  COMPLEAT  ANGLER 
AND  HIS  TURBULENT  TIMES.  J.  Lawrence  and  An- 
geline  J.  Pool.  Stinehour  Press.  First  edition:  illus- 
trated; 152  pages.  $12.50  prepaid.  J.L.  Pool,  Box 
31 ,  West  Cornwall,  CT  06796 


MOCKEL'S  DESERT  FLOWER  NOTEBOOK.  Soft 
cover.  165  illustrations,  54  full  color.  Two  indexes; 
Common  and  Botanical  Names.  $6.95  postpaid. 
Artist— Henry  R.  Meckel.  P.O.  Box  726,  Twentynine 
Palms,  CA  92277 


PYRAMIDOLOGY;  Extensive  book  and  product 
catalogue,  25e  please.  8143-NH  Big  Bend,  Web- 
ster Groves,  M063119 


THE  QUARTERLY  REVIEW  OF  BIOLOGY  celebrat- 
ing fifty  years  of  publication  with  Special  Anniver- 
sary Issue;  reprints  of  ten  articles  of  lasting  signifi- 
cance, introductory  notes,  special  articles,  and  se- 
lected book  reviews.  $9.95  before  1/1/77,  $12.50 
thereafter.  $1 .00  extra  for  foreign  shipment.  THE 
QUARTERLY  REVIEW  OF  BIOLOGY.  SUNY.  Stony 
Brook,  NY  1 1 794  USA 


Collector's  Items 


AUTHENTIC  ARROWHEADS.  Frame,  trade,  resell. 
25— $5,50,  100— $15.00,  1000— $80.00.  Council 
NH1239,  Apache  Junction,  AZ  85220 


FREE  CACTUS  SEED  with  "Cactus  Collector's 
Handbook."  (500  identification  photographs.) 
$3.00  postpaid.  Infobooks,  5001 NH,  San  Angelo, 
TX  76901 


Education 


COLLEGE  OF  THE  ATLANTIC  offers  an  environ- 
mentally concerned  and  intellectually  demanding. 


accredited,  4  year  college  curriculum.  Students 
earn  a  B  A.  in  Human  Ecology  in  an  interdiscipli- 
nary, problem  solving  approach  to  Environmental 
Planning  and  Design,  Human  Studies,  and  Environ- 
mental Science.  The  program  includes;  seminar 
courses,  field  study,  workshops,  and  internship  ex- 
periences, with  an  8;1  student/faculty  ratio  For  a 
catalog,  write  to:  College  of  the  Atlantic,  Box  NH, 
Bar  Harbor,  ME  04609 

Employment  Opportunities 

AUSTRALIA— NEW  ZEALAND  WANTS  YOU !  M  50,- 
000  Jobs!  Paid  transportation,  latest  information 
and  forms.  $1.00  Austco,  Box  3623-NH,  Long 
Beach,  CA  90803 

OVERSEAS  JOBS— Now  Hiring,  103  Countries.  All 
Occupations,  High  Pay,  Free  Transportation,  Tax 
Benefits,  Latest  Computerized  Reports— $2.00, 
Transworld,  International  Airport,  Box  90802-NH, 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90009 

TEACHERS-ADMfNISTRATORS:  Current  school, 
college  openings  list  in  U.S.  $5.95,  Abroad  $5.95. 
Leading  placement  sources,  US— $3.95,  Foreign 
£4.95.  EISF,  Box  662,  Newton,  MA  02162 

U.S.  FIRMS  OVERSEAS— Complete  information  on 
hundreds  of  worldwide  companies.  $6.96  Glo- 
balemploy  (LNDA),  704  Mira  Vista,  Huntsville,  AL 
35802 

Energy 

"SOLAR  AGE"  Magazine.  Monthly  articles  in  depth 
covering  homes  hardware  where  it's  at  in  all  solar 


energy  areas,  by  recognized  solar  experts.  $20/yr. 
(12  issues)  Sample  $2.00.  Solar  Age,  Box  288,  Ver- 
non, NJ  07462 

Friendsliips 

MAKE  FRIENDS  WORLDWIDE  through  interna- 
tional  correspondence.  Illustrated  brochure  free' 
Hermes-Verlag,Box110660/NH,  D-IOOOBeriin  11. 
Germany 

Gifts 

BUTTERFLY  POST  EARRING,  14K  gold.  $12,00. 
Sterling,  $4.00  Postpaid.  Free  catalog.  Barker 
Jewelry,  Bow  Street,  Northwood,  NH  03261 

JADE  BROOCHES,  Shaped  like  an  opened  um- 
brella, with  gold-plated  tip  and  handle,  $9,95  each, 
Connie  Beckwith,  660  Evermann,  Bloomington,  IN 
47401 

LATENT  IMAGE  NOTE  PAPER,  10  Removable  na- 
ture photographs  with  envelopes,  $6,00,  Kenneth- 
Ehnenn.  102  Pomona  Road,  Suftern.  NY  10901 

NATURE'S  PLAN  IN  A  GAME.  PREDATOR,  the 
Food  Chain  Card  Game.  Great  gift  for  nature  lovers 
ages  8  to  80,  Choose  English,  French,  or  Spanish 
edition  $4.50  per  deck.  Ampersand  Press,  Dept. 
H1 1 ,  2603  Grove  St.,  Oakland,  CA  94612 

UNIQUE  GIFT  OF  LASTING  FRAGRANCE;  Old- 
fashioned  potpourri  of  rosebuds,  lavender,  dozen 
other  flowers  and  herbs  in  elegant  crystal  apothe- 
cary. 45  oz— $15.00,  24  oz— $10.00.  Postpaid. 
G  &  J  Distributors.  4523K  Labath.  Santa  Rosa.  CA 
95401 


86 


Gourmet  Interests 


TEA  DEVOTEES  Savor  world's  rarest  select  leas. 
Brochure  $1 .00  (applied  to  first  order).  Grace  Tea 
Importers,  Dept,  NH  106,  799  Broadway,  NYC 
10003 


Literary  Services 


SEARCH  BY  COMPUTER!  Access  to  Information, 
Inc.,  is  a  non-profit  information  clearingfiouse,  $25 
provides  50  latest  citations  on  your  question 
ACCESS,  11 708  Camino  Delora,  Santa  Fe,  NIvl 

87501 

WRITERS:  "UNSALABLE"  IV1ANUSCRIPT?  Try  AU- 
THOR AID  ASSOCIATES.  Dept.  NH,  340  East  52nd 
Street,  NYC  10022  (212)  758-4213 


Magazines 


CROSSING  CULTURAL  BOUNDARIES?  Tfie 
Bridge,  cross-cultural  affairs  journal,  hielps  you 
cope.  Also  contains  foreign  data  summaries,  re- 
lated literature  lists/mail-order  service,  overseas 
adaptation  resource  inventory,  book  reviews. 
Quarterly,  $10/yr.  Center  for  Researcti  &  Educa- 
tion, Drawer  N,  2010  E.   17tti  Ave.,  Denver,  CO 

80206 ^^ 

WILDLIFE  MAGAZINE.  International  in  scope,  au- 
tfioritative,  informative,  colourful.  Aimed  at  entfiusi- 
asts,  enjoyed  by  tfie  whole  family.  Described  by 
one  American  reader  as  "the  most  beautiful  and 
educational  magazine  in  the  world."  Also,  buy  your 
books  through  our  carefully  selected  monthly  list- 
ing. Send  for  sample  copy  to  Wildlife,  243  thing's 
Road,  London  SW3,  England 


Musical  Instruments 


KITS!  Build  dulcimers,  guitars,  balalaikas,  harps, 
mandolins,  banjos.  From  $2.95.  Finished  dulcimers 
from  $23.95.  Free  Catalog.  8665  West  13th  Ave- 
nue-NH,  Denver,  CO  80215 


Needlec  rafts 


EMBROIDERY  TRANSFERS  CATALOG.  Early 
American,  Jacobean,  Hungarian,  our  own  designs. 
Floss,  supplies,  and  more.  508,  refunded  with  first 
order.  Crewel  Elephant,  Box  H-217,  Silverton,  CO 
81433 


Optics 


HUGE  DISCOUNTS! I  BUSHNELL,  B  &  L  BINOCU- 
LARS and  Scopes.  Free  Catalog/Price  List.  Write 
MARIGOLD,  Drawer  M-31,  South  San  Francisco, 
CA  94080 


Real  Estate 


IRISH  FARMHOUSE  on  southwestern  coast  with 
house  for  guests,  three  outbuildings,  all  modern- 
ized, mature  orchard.  $45,000.  Grant,  Kilcrohane, 
Bantry,  Cork,  Ireland. 


Seashells 


SEASHELL  SAMPLER.  200  Beautiful  shells  for 
craftwork  or  collectors!  Plus  SHELLCRAFT  IDEA 
BOOKLET  and  illustrated  Seashell  Catalog. 
$13.50.  BENJANE  ARTS,  320  Hempstead  Ave., 
West  Hempstead.  NY  11552 

SEASHELLS:  Full  color  catalogue.  250.  Compare 
prices  on  guaranteed  specimen  quality  shells.  Old 
Shell  Game,  Box  330722.  Miami.  FL  33133 


Stamps 


ANIMALS  OR  BIRDS  ON  STAMPS,  25  different  350. 
plus  list  of  Topical  Collections.  GEORGE  FORD, 
Box  5203-N  Gulfport,  FL  33737 


FREE:  Discount  Price  List  for  U.S.  Stamps,  Stevens, 
Box  610546  J,  North  Miami.  FL  33161 

Travel 

ANTHROPOLOGY,  NATURAL  HISTORY  and  pho- 
tography expeditions  to  unique  environments 
worldwide  Write  Nature  Expeditions  International, 
Dept.  NC,  Suite  F,  4546  El  Camino  Real,  Los  Altos, 
CA  94022 

BIRDING  GUIDEBOOKS:  Sweden,  Denmark,  and 
Mallorca  $3  90  each,  including  postage,  from  M. 
Philbrick,  Box  83,  Vashon,  WA  98070 

BREATH  OF  THE  CRUISING  LIFE!  Live  aboard 
classic  yachts  sailing  Central  America  Reef  Ecol- 
ogy, Seamanship,  Scuba  Courses.  OCEANUS 
Box  43IN,  Ho-Ho-Kus,  NJ  07423 

CIRCLE  Z  RANCH— Horseback  riding,  fantastic 
birding,  tennis,  heated  pool,  historic  unspoiled 
area.  November  through  May  Limit  40  guests  Bro- 
chure: Box  194.  Patagonia,  AZ  85624 

ENJOY  SOUTHEASTERN  ARIZONA  Our  area  is 
secluded  and  uncommercial  Outstanding  birding 
Excellent  nature  study  opportunities  Trails,  wilder- 
ness lor  hiking,  backpacking,  etc  Comlortably 
mild  Chiricahua  Mountain  climate  year  around 
Collages,  apartments,  pool.  Free  brochure,  bird- 
list.  Cave  Creek  Ranch,  Portal,  AZ  85632  (602)  558- 
2334 

ESCAPE  TO  THE  WILDS  OF  WYOMING  Vacation 
year  round  high  in  Bighorn  National  Forest  Plenty 
of  horses,  fishing,  big  game,  and  cross-country  ski- 
ing. Spear-O-Wigwam  Ranch,  Box  1081 ,  Sheridan, 
WY  82801  (307)  674-4496 

IOWA  MOUNTAINEERS  EAST  AFRICAN  EXPEDI- 
TION. July  8-31 .  Superb  sightseeing;  ascend  Kili- 
manjaro; visit  Kenya,  Tanzania  and  Uganda.  Write: 
Africa,  P  0.  Box  163,  Iowa  City,  lA  52240 

MEXICO:  Mountain  resort  and  hot  spnngs — sun, 
swimming,  massage,  tropical  buffet — $1 3.85  daily 
Rio  Caliente,  Apdo  1-1 187,  Guadalajara,  Mexico 

NEW  MEXICO.  Guided  wildflower,  birding,  cliff 
dwelling  tours.  Bear  Mountain  Ranch,  Silver  City, 
NM  88061  (505)  538-2538 

REMOTE  MAYAN  RUINS:  Usumacinta  float  trip, 
March  7.  Wilderness  World,  1342  Jewell,  Pacific 
Grove.  CA  93950 

ROAM  THE  WORLD  BY  FREIGHTER!  Deluxe  ac- 
commodations. Cheaper  than  staying  home! 
TravLtips.  163-09NHA  Depot,  Flushing,  NY  11358 

SCOTLAND'S  HIGHLANDS  are  the  last  real  wilder- 
ness areas  of  Britain.  See  its  magnificent  wildlife  of 
mountain  and  coast  with  enthusiastic  guides,  and 
stay  in  comfort  and  style  in  our  Victorian  "Caslle." 
Inclusive  weekly  cost  £98.  Send  $1.00  for  air- 
mailed brochure  to  Lisler-Kaye.  Cannich.  In- 
verness-shire. Scotland 

TEXAS  PHOTO  SAFARIS:  Texas  coast  and  Big 
Bend  region.  January,  February,  March.  For  details 
write:  Victor  Emanuel  Nature  Tours,  1603  West 
Clay,  Houston,  TX  77019 

TRAVELMATES.  Like  to  travel,  but  riot  alone?  Cor- 
respond, exchange  visits,  share  vacations.  Meet 
fellow  members  at  weekend  get-togethers.  Box 
59H,  Pleasant  Unity,  PA  15676 

UNFORGETTABLE,  PERSONALLY  CONDUCTED 
wilderness  vacations.  Very  small  groups.  John 
Lammers,  YUKON  WILDERNESS  UNLIMITED.  Box 
4126.  Whitehorse.  Yukon  Y1A3S9.  Canada 


WILDLIFE  VACATIONS  IN  SCOTLAND  April- 
November.  Viewing,  photography  Write  interna- 
tional airmail  Caledonian  Wildlife  Services,  Kings- 
mills  Gardens  Inverness  IV2  3LU  SCOTLAND 


RATES  AND  STYLE  INFORMATION 


$1.50  per  word;  16  word  (324)  minimum  Display 
classified  is  $1 50  per  inch  Rates  are  not  structured 
lor  agency  and  frequency  discounls  or  billing  All 
advertisements  are  accepted  at  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY'S discretion;  all  must  be  prepaid  Send 
check.money  order  payable  lo  NATURAL  HIS- 
TORY lor  each  insertion,  including  your  personal 
address  and  telephone  Mention  issue  preferred, 
suggested  heading,  and  text  Deadlines — 8lh  of 
month,  two  months  prior  to  cover  date  Thus,  a 
January  issue  closes  November  8.  A  tearsheet  or 
copy  of  the  page  with  your  ad  will  be  sent  upon 
publication 

Box  numbers,  telephone  numbers,  and  hyphen- 
ated words  count  as  two  words;  abbreviations  and 
zip  codes  as  one  word  each  All  slates  are  shown 
in  two-letter  codes  followed  by  zip,  then  telephone 
(with  area  code),  if  any.  An  address  such  as  '18 
Main  St."  counts  as  three  words.  Occasionally, 
slight  editing  lor  clanly  is  required.  We  trust  you  trust 
us.  Thank  you! 


Ownership  Statement 

Statement  of  ownership,  management,  and  circu- 
lation (required  by  39  U.S.C.  3685)  of  Natural 
History,  published  ten  times  a  year  at  The  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History.  Central  Park 
West  at  79th  Street,  New  York.  N.  Y.  10024.  for 
October  1 .  1976.  General  business  offices  of  the 
publisher  are  located  at  Central  Park  West  at  79th 
Street,  New  York.  N.  Y.  10024.  Publisher. 
David  D.  Ryus;  editor,  Alan  P.  Temes.  Central 
Park  West  at  79th  Street.  New  York,  N.  Y. 
10024.  Owner  is  The  American  Museum  of  Nat- 
ural History,  Central  Park  West  at  79th  Street, 
New  York,  N.  Y.  10024.  Known  bondholders, 
mortgagees,  and  other  security  holders  owning 
or  holding  one  percent  or  more  of  total  amount 
of  bonds,  mortgages,  or  other  securities:  None. 
The  purpose,  function,  and  nonprofit  status  of 
this  organization  and  the  exempt  status  for  federal 
income  tax  purposes  have  not  changed  during 
preceding  12  months  (Section  132.122,  Postal 
Service  Manual).  The  average  number  of  copies 
of  each  issue  during  the  preceding  1 2  months  are: 
A.  Total  number  of  copies  printed:  416,  423;  B. 
Paid  circulation:  1 .  Sales  through  dealers  and  car- 
riers, street  vendors,  and  counter  sales:  251;  2. 
Mail  subscriptions:  402,692;  C.  Total  paid  circu- 
lation: 402,943.  D.  Free  distribution  by  mail, 
carrier,  or  other  means:  8,723.  E.  Total  distri- 
bution: 411,666.  F.  Office  use,  leftover  unac- 
counted, spoiled  after  printing:  4,757.  G.  Total: 
416,423.  The  actual  number  of  copies  of  single 
issue  published  nearest  to  filing  date  are:  A.  Total 
number  of  copies  printed:  440,400.  B.  Paid  cir- 
culation: 1.  Sales  through  dealers  and  carriers, 
street  vendors,  and  counter  sales:  1 ,991 .  2.  Mail 
subscriptions:  424,854.  C,  Total  paid  circula- 
tion: 426,845.  D.  Free  distribution  by  mail,  car- 
rier, or  other  means:  7,424.  E.  Total  distribution: 
434,269.  F.  1.  Office  use,  leftover,  unaccounted, 
spoiled  after  printing:  4,381.  2.  Returns  from 
news  agents:  1,750.  G.  Total:  440,400.  I  certify 
that  the  statements  made  by  me  above  are  correct 
and  complete. 

L.  T.  Kelly,  Business  Manager 


87 


Sky  Reporter 


The  Splitting  of  Comet  West 


This  1976  comet  was  not  only 
brighter  than  predicted  but 
also  exhibited  the  phenomenon 
of  a  multiple  nucleus 


In  February  and  March  of  1976,  a 
bright  comet  was  the  object  of  intense 
scrutiny  by  astronomers  at  optical,  in- 
frared, and  radio  observatories  and 
was  also  examined  by  ultraviolet  in- 
struments launched  aboard   NASA 


rockets.  These  studies  led  to  new 
findings  on  the  composition  of  the 
cometary  nucleus  and  to  a  better  ex- 
planation for  the  shape  of  comet  tails. 
But  the  most  provocative  results 
came  when  the  solid  nucleus  of  the 
comet  split  apart  in  stages,  providing 
researchers  with  the  rare  opportunity 
to  observe  four  separate  nuclei  in  a 
single  comet. 

The  new  comet  was  first  pho- 
tographed on  August  10,  1975,  with 
a  one-meter  Schmidt  telescope  at  the 


European  Southern  Observatory 
(ESO)  in  Chile  and  subsequently  on 
August  1 3  and  September  24  with  the 
same  instrument.  On  each  occasion, 
two  photographs  were  actually  taken, 
but  the  faint  cometary  images  were 
not  noticed  until  November  5 ,  when 
the  glass  negative,  or  "plate,"  of  one 
of  the  September  photographs  was 
examined  by  Richard  M.  West,  a 
Danish  astronomer  at  the  ESO  head- 
quarters facility  in  Geneva,  Switzer- 
land. On  this  plate,  which  had  been 


Joint  Observatory  for  Cometary  Research 


by  Stephen  P.  Maran 


exposed  at  the  telescope  for  one  hour, 
he  found  the  small,  dim  comet,  more 
than  200  million  miles  from  earth  in 
the  inconspicuous  southern  constella- 
tion Microscopium.  Although  still  far 
outside  the  orbit  of  Mars,  the  ap- 
proaching comet,  later  named  for 
West,  had  already  developed  a  dis- 
tinct tail.  West  was  able  to  locate 
weaker  images  of  the  comet  on  the 
August  plates. 

Computations  based  on  the 
comet's  positions  in  August  and  Sep- 
tember showed  that  it  would  move  to 
the  north  through  the  fall  and  winter, 
becoming  well  placed  for  observation 
from  the  Northern  Hemisphere  after 
approaching  within  19  million  miles 
of  the  sun  at  perihelion  on  February 
25, 1976.  When  this  information  was 
reported,  astronomers  everywhere 
began  planning  studies  of  the  new 
comet.  By  late  December  1975, 
Comet  West,  although  still  a  dim  tele- 
scopic object,  was  distinctly  brighter 
than  predicted  by  the  computations. 
This  trend  continued  in  January,  and 


The  tail  structures  of  Comet 
West,  as  shown  in  a  mosaic  of 
Schmidt  telescope  photographs, 
stretched  more  than  30  million 
miles  into  space.  On  March  9, 
1976,  when  these  pictures  were 
taken,  the  comet  was  83  million 
miles  from  earth  and  heading 
back  out  into  the  far  reaches 
of  the  solar  system.  Exposed 
to  bring  out  faint  details  of 
the  tail,  this  mosaic  is 
necessarily  overexposed  in  the 
region  of  the  comet's  brilliant 
head  and  thus  the  four  nuclei 
present  at  the  time  cannot  be 
distinguished  here. 


by  early  February,  sightings  had  been 
reported  from  Australia,  New  Zea- 
land, South  Africa,  Japan.  Arizona, 
and  elsewhere.  The  comet  had  al- 
ready been  spotted  through  binocu- 
lars and  was  approaching  naked-eye 
visibility.  On  February  5,  perhaps 
mindful  of  the  earlier  public  disap- 
pointment over  Comet  Kohoutek  ( see 
"A  Funny  Thing  Happened  to  Comet 
Kohoutek,"  Natural  History.  March 
1974),  the  director  of  the  Central 
Bureau  for  Astronomical  Telegrams 
in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts, 
warned  astronomers  that  the  excess 
brightening  might  not  continue  into 
the  prime  viewing  period  after  perihe- 
lion on  February  25 . 

However,  in  keeping  with  the  ca- 
pricious nature  of  many  comets.  West 
actually  reached  a  maximum  bright- 
ness perhaps  twenty  times  greater 
than  that  originally  predicted.  Atop 
Kitt  Peak,  west  of  Tucson,  Arizona, 
I  had  a  fine  view  of  it  shortly  before 
sunrise  on  a  late  February  morning. 
In  the  distance,  many  of  the  lights  of 
Tucson  were  still  on,  and  early  risers 
driving  along  State  Highway  86  had 
not  yet  extinguished  their  headlights. 
But  the  eastern  sky  above  the  Santa 
Catalina  Mountains  was  already  so 
bright  that  no  stars  were  visible  when 
Comet  West's  brilliant  coma,  or 
"head,"  came  into  view.  A  short 
length  of  the  tail  could  also  be  seen 
despite  the  breaking  dawn.  A  week  or 
so  later,  the  comet  was  fainter  but 
much  better  positioned  for  viewing  in 
the  night  sky  several  hours  before 
sunrise.  Under  these  conditions,  I 
saw  it  easily  from  a  residential  street 
in  heavily  light-polluted  Los  An- 
geles. Also  about  this  time,  in  early 
March,  mountaintop  observers  and 
viewers  aboard  aircraft  reported  that 
West  had  developed  a  long,  broad 
dust  tail,  with  prominent  curved 
bands  that  led  some  astronomers  to 
report  the  presence  of  multiple  tails. 


An  authoritative 
lew  illustrated 
reference 
luide 


CROWS  OF  THE 


By  DEREK  GOODWIN,  a  Princi- 
pal Scientific  Officer  in  the  De- 
partment of  Zoology  in  the 
British  Museum  (Natural  His- 
tory). In  this  generously  illus- 
trated one-volume  reference 
guide  an  eminent  ornithologist 
offers  complete  information  on 
all  living  corvid  members,  from 
birds  as  familiar  as  the  Blue  Jay 
and  the  fVlagpie  to  little-known 
birds  such  as  the  Sooty  Jay  and 
Bush  Crow/. 

After  a  thorough  discussion  of 
the  general  characteristics  of 
ten  groups,  the  author  provides 
descriptions  of  the  116  known 
species,  with  a  synopsis  of  the 
behavior  and  biology  of  each. 
Nearly  every  one  of  the  species' 
descriptions  is  accompanied  by 
a  distribution  map  and  a  scru- 
pulously accurate  line  drawing 
by  Robert  Gillmor. 

Based  on  the  author's  many 
years  of  study  and  rich  personal 
experience  with  corvids, 
this  distinguished  book 
will  be  a  welcome  ad- 
dition to  your  book- 
shelf. Send  for 
your  copy 


ii  .-^1^^ 

I  MONEY-BACK  COUPON 


fCORNELL  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

124  Roberts  Place, 
Ithaca,  N.Y.  14850 

Please  send  me  at  once,  postpaid, 

copy(ies)  of  CROWS  OF  THE  WORLD 
@  $28-50  per  copy.  (NY.  Stale  resi- 
dents please  add  sales  tax.)  If  not 
completely  satisfied,  I  may  return  the 
book  within  10  days  for  full,  prompt 
refund. 

I  enclose  S n  Check  □  f^oney 

or  Order 

Charge  my  order,  adding  postage; 
G  BankAmericard      D  Ivlaster  Charge 

Acct.  No Exp.  date 

Master  Charge  Interbank  No 


Address 
Citi 


Himalayan 
Trek  in  Nepal 

February  and  November   1977 


These  expeditions  are  unique  not  only 
due  to  the  expert  leadership  but  be- 
cause they  combine  a  trek  on  foot  in 
the  Annapurna  region  with  a  trek  on 
elephant  back  through  the  Terai 
jungle,  and  a  canoe  trip  on  the  RaptI 
River.  Between  the  treks,  first  class 
hotel  accommodations  are  provided; 
and  the  expedition  ends  with  five 
days  m  Northern  India,  visiting  Delhi. 
Agra   and   Jaipur. 

Our  new  Himalayan  summer  program 
was  wonderfully  successful,  and  we 
repeat  it  next  year: 

LadakhTrek 

July  and  August,  1977 

These  expeditions  include  a  trek 
through  the  lovely  valleys  and  moun- 
tains of  Kashmir  Into  the  remote 
country  of  Ladakh,  which  was  until 
recently  closed  to  visitors.  Before  and 
after  the  trek,  first  class  hotel  and 
houseboat  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided in  Delhi  and  Srinagar. 

We  also  repeat  the  enormously  popu- 
lar and  unusually  interesting  outdoors 
program  to  South  America,  where  small 
groups,  capably  led,  venture  on  our 

Inga 
Trek  in  Peru 

July,  August  and  September,  1977 

These  expeditions  provide  the  stir- 
ring experience  of  walking  along  the 
ancient  Inca  trail  from  Cuzco  high 
above  the  lovely  Urubamba  Valley,  at 
a  leisurely  pace  over  three  passes 
and  through  fabulous  Andean  scenery 
to  Machu  Picchu.  the  most  dramat- 
ically spectacular  archaeological  site 
in  the  world.  Before  and  after  the 
trek,  first  class  hotel  accommoda- 
tions are  provided  in  Lima  and  Cuzco. 

Please  send  lor  the  detailed  bro- 
chures ol  these  treks- we  also  spe- 
cialize in  cruises  in  the  Galapagos 
Islands,  safaris  to  Rajasthan  and  East 
Africa,  and  adventure  tours  to  Green- 
land, the  Arctic,  and  other  unusual 
destinations. 

HANNS  EBENSTEN  TRAVEL,  INC 

55   WtST  42  STREET,  NEW  YORK,   NY    H)03(i 
ILLLPHONE  (212)  354  6634 


ARCHAEOLOGY  NEWSLEHER 

New  finds  and  discoveries- 
facts  behind  the  classical 
myths— highlights  on  pagan 
manners  &  mores— the  truth 
about  those  "astronaut  gods"— 
photos— more.  "Authoritative 
.  .  .  packed  with  fascinating  in- 
formation," says  Library  Jour- 
nal. Our  12th  year.  Gift  card  on 
request.  Send  $9,00  for  8-issue 
subscription  (ca,  2  yrs.)  to  O.N. 
Reiss  Co.,  243  East  39th  Street, 
New  York,  N.V.  10016. 


Its  appearance  now  reminded  one 
senior  comet  expert  of  the  Great 
Comet  of  January  1910,  whose  dis- 
play surpassed  that  of  the  more 
famous  Comet  Halley  in  the  same 
year. 

Although  the  coma,  which  consists 
of  a  cloud  of  escaping  gas,  may  be 
many  tens  of  thousands  of  miles  in 
diameter  and  the  tail  may  stretch  for 
millions  of  miles  into  space,  the  nu- 
cleus of  a  comet  such  as  West  is  prob- 
ably no  more  than  a  mile  or  two  in 
diameter.  According  to  the  famous 
'  'dirty  iceberg' '  theory  of  comets,  the 
nucleus  is  composed  of  frozen  gases 
and  water  ice,  interspersed  with  mi- 
croscopic rock  particles  known  as 
dust  grains.  There  may  also  be  a  large 
rock  at  the  center,  but  no  one  knows 
for  sure.  Two  rocket-borne  instru- 
ments, launched  on  March  5,  1976, 
detected  ultraviolet  light  from  carbon 
monoxide  gas  in  the  coma  of  Comet 
West,  and  an  analysis  by  physicists 
at  Johns  Hopkins  University  has  since 
confirmed  that  frozen  CO  was  a 
principal  constituent  of  the  nucleus. 

As  a  comet  approaches  the  sun 
from  deep  space,  it  is  warmed  and  the 
frozen  water  vapor  and  other  iced 
gases  of  its  outer  layer  evaporate  into 
space,  blowing  the  dust  along  with 
them.  The  dust  grains  are  then  subject 
to  two  additional,  competing  forces: 
gravity,  which  pulls  them  toward  the 
sun,  and  a  counterforce  caused  by  the 
tiny  particles  of  sunlight  called  pho- 
tons, which  pushes  them  away.  The 
latter  force  is  the  dominant  one,  and 
as  a  result  comet  tails  usually  point 
away  from  the  sun,  so  that  the  tail 
follows  the  head  when  the  comet  is 
bound  toward  the  sun,  but  leads  the 
way  when  the  comet  heads  back  out 
again  through  the  solar  system. 

The  distribution  of  frozen  gas  and 
dust  in  the  nucleus  may  not  be  homo- 
geneous. In  that  case,  as  successive 
layers  evaporate,  different  amounts 
and  kinds  of  substances  are  released 
into  space.  An  example  of  that 
process  is  the  slightly  curved  forma- 
tions— known  as  synchronic  bands — 
seen  in  the  dust  tail  of  Comet  West. 
According  to  existing  theory,  each 
band  is  composed  solely  of  dust  par- 
ticles that  were  released  at  the  same 
time  (hence,  "synchronic").  If  the 
cometary  nucleus  were  homogeneous 
and  released  matter  into  space  in  a 
fairly  uniform  manner,  then  the  dust 
tail  would  be  composed  essentially  of 
an  infinite  number  of  adjacent 
synchronic  bands,  each  corre- 
sponding to  a  particular  instant  of 


ejection.  In  that  case,  one  band  would 
blend  into  the  next  one ,  so  that  the  tail 
would  have  an  over-all  homogeneous 
look.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  ejec- 
tion of  dust  occurred  in  a  small  num- 
ber of  separate  bursts,  then  one  dis- 
tinct band,  well  separated  from  the 
next,  would  be  present  for  each  burst. 
Along  the  length  of  a  synchronic 
band,  the  dust  particles  closest  to  the 
head  of  the  comet  are  the  most  mas- 
sive ones;  they  are  repelled  least  ef- 
fectively by  sunlight.  The  far  reaches 
of  a  band  are  composed  of  the  small- 
est particles,  which  are  correspond- 
ingly repelled  most  rapidly. 

The  problem  with  this  interpreta- 
tion of  comet  tail  structure  is  that  the 
orientations  of  the  synchronic  bands, 
as  computed  from  theory,  do  not 
always  correspond  to  the  form  of  the 
bands  as  actually  photographed.  This 
is  especially  true  of  some  of  the  prom- 
inent bands  in  the  dust  tail  of  Comet 
West,  which  showed  a  pronounced 
tilt  with  respect  to  their  calculated  ori- 
entation. This  problem  was  investi- 
gated by  Zdenek  Sekanina,  a  special- 
ist in  comets  at  the  Center  for  Astro- 
physics, Cambridge,  Massachusetts, 
who  studied  a  number  of  the  early 
March  1976  photographs  of  Comet 
West.  Sekanina,  who  has  already 
written  several  significant  papers  on 
this  comet,  discovered  that  the  ob- 
served orientation  of  each  tilted  band 
could  be  accounted  for  if  the  band 
originated  when  a  single  large  dust 
particle  that  had  been  blown  out  of  the 
nucleus  later  disintegrated  to  produce 
a  large  number  of  microscopic  grains . 
Thus,  it  is  reasoned  that  all  of  the  ma- 
terial in  a  tilted  synchronic  band  did 
leave  the  nucleus  at  a  given  instant, 
but  the  pressure  of  sunlight  did  not 
begin  to  act  on  the  individual  micro- 
scopic grains  until  the  larger  particle 
burst  apart. 

During  the  same  March  week  in- 
vestigated by  Sekanina,  when  the 
synchronic  bands  were  seen  in  Comet 
West,  telescopic  observers  discov- 
ered a  much  more  exciting  phenome- 
non. On  March  5,  two  nuclei  were 
seen,  and  the  news  spread  that  the 
comet  had  split.  By  March  11,  four 
nuclei  had  been  reported.  They  were 
promptly  labeled  A ,  B ,  C ,  and  t) .  Ap- 
parently, Comet  West  had  split,  not 
once,  but  three  times.  Although  it  is 
not  a  very  common  event,  nuclear 
splitting  has  been  observed  in  pre- 
vious comets.  If  a  comet  gets  too 
close  to  the  sun  or  to  Jupiter,  past 
experience  shows  that  tidal  pull  ex- 
erted by  those  bodies  may  rip  the  nu- 


90 


cleus  apart.  However,  some  comets, 
like  West,  have  split  when  tiiey  were 
too  far  away  Irom  any  large  celestial 
object  for  tidal  force  to  have  played 
a  role.  Such  splittings  have  been 
ascribed  to  a  variety  of  causes — from 
vapor  outbursts,  chemical  explo- 
sions, and  heat  shock  to  break-up  as 
a  result  of  the  nucleus  spinning  too 
fast. 

The  actual  splitting  of  Comet  West 
was  not  seen,  since  the  fragments 
were  initially  so  close  together  that 
they  could  not  be  separately  distin- 
guished by  earthbound  observers. 
Nevertheless,  by  studying  the  mo- 
tions of  the  four  fragments,  Sekanina 
was  able  to  extrapolate  their  trajec- 
tories backward  in  time  and  to  esti- 
mate the  dates  on  which  the  disrup- 
tions occurred.  It  appears  that  on  at 
least  one,  and  perhaps  two,  of  these 
dates,  the  splitting  was  accompanied 
by  an  extensive  ejection  of  dust, 
which  produced  enhanced  infrared 
radiation  recorded  at  the  University 
of  Minnesota's  O'Brien  Observatory, 
and  on  the  third  date,  radio  emission 
ascribed  to  the  ejection  of  a  cloud  of 
ice  grains,  each  perhaps  a  few  milli- 
meters in  diameter,  was  recorded  by 
two  NASA  astronomers  at  the  Na- 
tional Radio  Astronomy  Observatory 
in  West  Virginia. 

Nucleus  A  was  clearly  the  main,  or 
original,  nucleus,  for  it  followed  the 
predisruption  orbit  most  closely  and 
was  usually  the  brightest  of  the  four 
objects,  whose  brightnesses  fluc- 
tuated. Nucleus  C,  which  apparently 
separated  from  A  on  March  5 ,  was  the 
smallest  nucleus,  with  a  diameter  that 
may  have  been  less  than  300  or  400 
feet.  By  March  27,  according  to  a  re- 
port from  Arkansas,  C  had  faded  to 
one-hundredth  the  brightness  of  A, 
and  by  the  end  of  March  it  had  van- 
ished, perhaps  as  a  result  of  further 
fragmentation.  A,  B,  and  D,  on  the 
other  hand,  were  still  going  strong 
when  last  photographed  in  August 
1976. 

When  a  comet  splits,  its  nuclei 
gradually  move  apart.  The  rate  at 
which  a  new ,  or  "  daughter , ' '  nucleus 
moves  away  from  its  parent  was  as- 
sumed in  the  past  to  be  determined  by 
the  velocity  of  the  daughter  at  the  mo- 
ment of  separation.  But  Sekanina  re- 
cently proposed  a  new  theory  that 
ascribes  the  motion  of  separation  to 
the  so-called  nongravitational  force. 
A  planet  moves  through  the  solar  sys- 
tem primarily  under  the  influence  of 
the  gravitational  attraction  of  the  sun, 
with  some  minor  effects  exerted  by 


the  gravitation  of  the  other  planets. 
Comets,  (jn  the  other  hand,  olien  fol- 
low trajectories  that  cannot  be  fully 
accounted  for  by  gravitation.  Instead, 
it  appears  that  the  outflow  of  gases 
from  the  comet  nucleus  acts  like  a 
rocket  exhaust,  propelling  the  nu- 
cleus in  the  opposite  direction  in  ac- 
cordance with  Newton's  law  that  for 
every  action,  there  is  an  equal  and 
opposite  reaction.  (A  comet  is  thus 
much  like  an  interplanetary 
spacecraft  such  as  the  Viking,  which 
travels  most  of  the  way  from  earth  to 
its  target  planet  on  a  ballistic  trajec- 
tory determined  by  gravity ,  but  which 
occasionally  modifies  its  path  when 
small  jets  are  fired  to  make  mid- 
course  corrections.) 

If  gas  evaporated  equally  from  all 
parts  of  a  comet's  nucleus  at  a  given 
moment,  the  gas  would  stream 
equally  in  all  directions  and  there 
would  be  no  propulsive  effect.  How- 
ever, there  is  much  more  evaporation 
on  the  side  of  the  nucleus  that  faces 
the  sun  than  there  is  on  the  opposite 
side,  and  this  difference  generates  the 
nongravitational  force.  When  Sekan- 
ina tested  his  new  theory  on  the  exten- 
sive set  of  observations  of  the  four 
Comet  West  nuclei  that  have  been  re- 
ported by  astronomers,  he  found  ex- 
cellent agreement  of  theory  and 
measurement,  confirming  that  the 
nongravitational  force  is  the  domi- 
nant effect  that  separates  the  nuclei 
once  a  comet  has  split.  Nevertheless, 
the  actual  cause  of  the  nuclear  disrup- 
tion remains  unknown. 

When  Comet  Kohoutek  failed  to 
perform  as  anticipated  in  early  1974, 
a  New  York  T//ne5  columnist  referred 
to  it  as  "The  Comet  That  Couldn't." 
By  contrast,  Comet  West  in  1976  ex- 
ceeded its  predicted  maximum 
brightness  by  a  comfortable  factor, 
displayed  a  tail  worthy  of  the  Great 
Comet  of  January  1910,  and  capped 
the  display  with  a  threefold  nuclear 
splitting.  New  findings  resulting  from 
studies  of  the  comet  amply  rewarded 
the  attention  lavished  on  it  by  astron- 
omers. Yet,  like  many  happy  events, 
the  new  comet's  exhibition  went 
largely  unrewarded  by  editorial  atten- 
tion, even  though  West,  which  is  due 
to  return  in  about  one  million  years, 
has  surely  earned  the  sobriquet, '  'The 
Comet  That  Could!" 

Stephen  P.  Maran  is  studying  stars  at 
the  University  of  California  in  Los 
Angeles  on  a  temporary  assignment 
from  NASA 's  Goddard  Space  Flight 
Center  in  Greenbelt,  Maryland. 


Kw 


If  you  have 

a  special 

little  niece, 

a  grandson 

or  other 

favorite  child  H|^ 

Give  the  gift    ^ 
that  turns  on       ^  w 
a  child's  mind.       ^ 

Give-  uiGHLiGHT.s,  the  worlds  most 
honored  magazine  for  children  2  to 
12.  Eleven  big  issues  a  >ear,  each 
at  least  42  pagea  and  illustrated  in 
color.  Stories,  games,  articles,  crafts, 
hidden  pictures  .  .  .  fun.  But  fun 
with  a  purpose:  to  help  pre-readers 
to  pre-teens  learn  to  read  and  reason. 


-/4ig  h  llg  htS     for  Children 

■2aiM  W.  r,{h  Ave.,  P.O.  Box  269, 

Columbus,  Ohio  43216 

Please  Bend  iiighughts  as  my  gift  to: 


ne(B)  and  age(s) 


city                               stale 
Sign  gift  catti  "From 


•  address 


your  city  state  zip 

S enclosed  p  Bill  me  (no  need 

to  pay  tin  Jan.  It 
For  immediate  service,  call  toll-free 


800-848-8993 

(in  Ohio  call  614-459-1434). 


ALHEH/ORLD'S  WILDLIFE 
IS  YOURS  TO  ENJOY  EVERY 
MONTH  IN 


The  world's  best  writers  and  photographers  of 
wildlife  entertain  and  inform  you  in  Britain's 
colorful,  authoritative  magazine.  Editorial 
board  includes  Roger  Tory  Peterson  and  Sir 
Peter  Scott.  Annual  subscription  only  $13.00. 
Orders  received  before  31  December  1976 
will  bring  you  the  March  1976  special  issue 
featuring  Loch  Ness  Monster  stories  & 
photos — as  a  FREE  bonus.  Also,  gift  cards 
sent  with  gift  subs,  at  your  request. 

Wildlife,  c/o  133  E.  55  SI,  NY,  NY  10022. 
Please  send  Wildlife  for  12  mos.  I  enclose 
check  for  $1 3.00  payable  to  Wildlife. 

NAME   

ADDRESS   

ZIP 


91 


SVIOS1977 

A  new  art  reprint  calendar  from  ASTRONOMY 


Cosmos  1977  carries  into  its 
fourth  year  a  tradition  started 
when  ASTRONOMY  magazine 
was  born  —  to  provide  you  the 
most  visually  stunning  view  of 
the  universe  possible. 

This  year's  calendar  brings 
our  promise  to  you  in  its  ulti- 
mate form.  Cosmos  1977  is  a 
collection  of  13  full  color  var- 
nished reproductions  of  some 
of  the  best  cosmic  art  and  pho- 
tographs that   have   appeared 


12       13 


18       19      20       21       22 


23      24      25      26       27      28      29 


30 3L 


in  ASTRONOMY.  From  the 
surface  of  the  red  planet  Mars 
and  glowing  tail  of  comet  West, 
to  worlds  beyond  at  the  heart 
of  a  distant  star  cluster,  the 
colorful,  pictorial  universe  is 
displayed  in  a  format  that 
"begs"  that  the  subjects  be 
framed. 

Each  illustration,  printed  on 
coated  80  lb.  paper,  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  1/4"  white  border 
for  greater  ease  in  framing.  As 


with  last  year's  calendar,  com- 
plete framing  instructions  are 
provided.  Cosmos  1977  is  spiral 
bound  and  hole  punched  so 
that  the  calendar  may  be  con- 
veniently hung.  (Both  hole  and 
wire  spiral  are  within  the  white 
border  away  from  the 
illustrations.) 

Hallmarks  of  ASTRON- 
OMY'S quality  and  beauty  epi- 
tomize this  distinctive  calendar 
whether  the  illustrations  are 
framed  immediately  or  the  cal- 
endar hung  and  used  through- 
out the  year. 

Exciting 
Features  Include: 

•  Full  color,  varnished 
art  &  photos 

•  Framing  instructions 
provided 

•  Punched  for 
hanging 

•  Planet  oppositions 
&  special  sky  events 
noted 

•  Room  to  Jot  birthdays 
and  other  appointments 

•  1977  Calendar 


An  Outstanding  Christmas  Gift 

only  $4.50  each 

(Include  75C  per  order  for  shipping  &  handling.) 

We   will  start   shipping  orders  for    COSMOS    1977 
on  Monday,  Nov.  IS,  1976. 


ASTRONOMY 

411  E.  Mason  St.,  6th  Floor, 
Milwaukee,  WI  53202 


Please  send  me 
Enclosed  is    


copies  of  ASTRONOMY'S  Cosmos  1977. 

-(including  75c  for  shipping  and  handling). 


Send  check  or  money  order  to: 

ASTRONOMY 

411  E.  Mason  St.,  6th  Floor 

Milwaukee,  WI  53202 


Name 


Address  . 
City  


-  State/ Prov._ 


.  Zip_ 


An  Exhibit  in  Review 


by  GeraJd  Oster 


The  Deceiving  Eye 


Perspective,  distortion, 
and  experience  shape 
the  image  we  think  we  see 


Do  we  really  see  what  we  think  we 
see?  Take,  for  example,  a  wheel.  A 
wheel  is  really  circular,  but  it  only 
looks  so  when  viewed  straight  on. 
When  viewed  obliquely,  a  wheel 
looks  elliptical — and  the  more  ob- 
liquely it  is  viewed,  the  thinner  is  the 
ellipse.  What  falls  on  our  retina  is  the 
image  of  an  ellipse;  what  occurs  to  us 
in  our  mind  is  a  transformed  ellipse, 
a  circle.  From  previous  experience 
we  know  that  the  ellipse  we  see  is  a 
distortion,  a  transformation,  of  the 
circle.  We  know  that  a  wheel  must  be 
circular  if  it  is  to  be  a  good,  nonbump- 
ing  wheel. 

Nature  abounds  in  transformations 
that  we  readily  recognize.  Thus  the 

Anamorphoses: 
Games  of  Perception 
and  Illusion  in  Art 

This  exhibit  will  be  at 

The  Brooklyn  Museum 
Brooklyn,  New  York 
December  17,  1976- 
February  13,  1977 

Cleveland  Museum  of  Art 

Cleveland,  Ohio 

March  30,  1977-May  15,  1977 

Museum  of  Science  and  Industry 

Chicago,  Illinois 

June  15,  1977-September8,  1977 

Corcoran  Gallery  of  Art 
Washington,  D.C. 
October  20,  1977- 
January  15,  1978 

The  High  Museum  of  Art 

Atlanta,  Georgia 

March  1,  1978-May  1,  1978 


relative  growth  of  portions  of  our 
body  changes  continuously  as  we 
pass  from  the  fetal  stage  to  adulthood. 
But  the  rate  of  growth  is  not  uniform. 
Great  growth  spurts  with  pronounced 
transformations  take  place,  for  ex- 
ample, during  puberty.  The  biologist 
Julian  S.  Huxley  appreciated  the  im- 
portance of  relative  growth  (allom- 
etry),  which  he  expressed  mathe- 
matically in  terms  of  geometrical 
transformations.  Allometry  has  ap- 
plications to  many  areas  of  biology 
and  has  b)een  applied  to  the  forms  of 
plants  in  various  ecological  situa- 
tions, as  with  the  shape  difference  be- 
tween alpine  and  valley  plants  of  the 
same  species. 

Transformations  occur  not  only  in 
growth  but  also  in  the  evolutionary 
process.  Thus  the  skull  of  the  adult 
baboon  can  be  regarded  as  an  elon- 
gated human  skull .  The  late  zoologist 
D'Arcy  Thompson  used  transforma- 
tions to  demonstrate  the  evolution  of 
one  species  into  another.  But  later, 
Julian  Huxley  was  to  caution  against 
the  applicability  of  transformation  ar- 
guments in  evolution  unless  compari- 
sons are  made  of  the  animals  at  the 
same  stage  of  growth.  Thus  the  skull 
of  the  baby  baboon  resembles  the 
adult  himian  skull,  but  the  skull  of  the 
adult  baboon  differs  markedly  from 
that  of  the  adult  human.  This,  indeed, 
has  caused  some  confusion  among 
anthropologists  when  on  a  few  occa- 
sions the  skull  of  a  "missing  link" 
has  turned  out  to  be  the  skull  of  an 
ape. 

Experience  forms  an  important 
part  of  our  judgment  of  distance.  We 
learn  that  things  look  smaller  when 
they  are  at  a  distance;  larger  when 
they  are  close  by.  But  how  can  we  be 
sure  that  the  object  we  are  seeing  is 
actually  nearby  and  is  really  small? 
Here  again,  experience  helps  us  make 
the  choice.  Thus,  shown  a  drawing  in 


which  an  adult  and  a  two-year-old 
child  are  the  same  size,  we  would 
have  the  impression  that  the  adult  is 
farther  away  than  the  child.  We  rec- 
ognize the  form  of  a  child  and  know 


that  it  must  be  smaller  than  the  adult. 
A  study  has  been  made  of  how  Pyg- 
mies interpret  depth  perception. 
When  brought  for  the  first  time  to  an 
open  field.  Pygmies,  who  live  deep  in 
the  dense  forest  of  Africa,  regard  a 
distant  large  tree  as  being  simply  a 
nearby  small  tree. 

In  the  Miiller-Lyer  arrow  illusion, 
which  is  also  thought  to  be  governed 
by  our  experience,  the  figure  on  the 


93 


D'Arcy  Thompson's  demonstration 
that  the  teleost  Diodon  is  related  to 
the  sunfish  Mola.  The  rectangular 
coordinates  have  been  transformed 
to  the  curvilinear  coordinates. 


The  objects  in  Jan  Beutener's 
The  Room  have  been  carefully 
constructed  so  that  they  appear 
normal  only  when  viewed 
through  a  peephole. 


left  is  reminiscent  of  the  corner  of  a 
room  and  seems  closer  to  us  and 
hence  larger  looking.  The  right-hand 
figure,  which  is  reminiscent  of  a 
corner  of  a  building,  suggests  that  the 
corner  is  farther  away  from  us  than 
the  corner  of  the  room  and  therefore 
appears  smaller.  If  there  is  validity  to 
this  theory,  then  people  without  a 
similar  experience  in  perspective 
should  not  sense  this  illusion.  A  study 
of  such  people,  the  Zulus  (who  live 
in  round  houses),  was  actually  under- 
taken. Statistically,  the  Zulus  ap- 
peared uncertain  as  to  which  vertical 
line  in  the  illusion  appeared  longer. 
(I  suspect,  however,  that  the  incon- 
clusive response  of  the  Zulus  was 
merely  an  expression  of  their  incredu- 
lity that  Europeans  would  waste  their 
time  on  such  trivia.) 

The  diminishing  size  of  distant  ob- 
jects is  widely  used  by  artists  to  im- 
part a  feeling  of  depth  to  the  surface 
of  the  painting  to  which  they  are  re- 
stricted. This  urge  to  create  a  three- 
dimensional  illusion  on  a  surface  has 


existed  in  artists  since  tiie  Stone  Age. 
Thus  in  a  Paleolitiiic  etching  on  bone, 
the  feeling  of  space  is  created  by 
showing  the  legs  and  antlers  of  rein- 
deer as  if  seen  beyond  the  fully 
sketched  animals  of  the  foreground. 
Artists  of  ancient  Egypt  expressed 
depth  in  a  highly  stylized  manner. 
They  showed  two  aspects  of  the 
human  figure.  The  face  was  given 
only  in  profile,  but  the  shoulders  only 
as  a  front  view.  This  practice,  which 
was  continued  by  the  Egyptians  for 
more  than  three  thousand  years,  was 
modified  in  the  1940s  by  Pablo  Pi- 
casso, who  showed  in  some  of  his 
paintings  a  face  simultaneously  in 
various  angles  of  observation.  The 
Persians  of  the  Middle  Ages  seemed 
to  have  mixed  feelings  about  repre- 
sentations of  depth.  When  a  rug  is 
depicted  in  their  drawings  it  is  seen 
without  perspective  so  as  to  present 
the  design  of  the  rug  without  spoiling 
its  beauty. 

Perspective  drawing,  the  most  per- 
suasive means  of  creating  the  illusion 


/Christmas 


IS  a  moving 
experience. 


Enjoy  the  good  times  again  and  again 
with  a  Kodak  Moviedeck'projector. 

What  a  convenient  way  to  show  your  family  Christmas  movies.  The 
Kodak  Moviedeck  projector  has  many  easy-to-use  features.  Like  auto- 
matic threading,  automatic  rewind  except  on  Model  425,  instant  rerun, 
and  the  capability  to  show  both  super  8  and  8  mm  movies. 

Models  455,  465,  and  475  feature  a  special  pull-out  viewing  screen 
that  gives  you  the  option  of  showing  your  movies  without  setting  up  a 
big  screen  or  turning  off  the  room  lights.  Model  455,  with  22  mm//1.5 
lens  (shown),  less  than  $220.  Other  models  from  less  than 
$120.  See  your  photo  dealer  now. 

This  is  one  Christmas  gift  that  keeps  on  reiving  as  your 

family  keeps  on  growing.  PUces  are  subjecl  ,o  change  without  notice 


deluxe  edition  published  by 

THE  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


The  1977 
Natural  History  Calendar 


A  photographic  celebration  of  the 
unique  quality  and  character  of  these 
handsome  people.  Brilliant  color  studies 
of  current  life  provide  a  rich  contrast  to 
stark  black  and  white  prints  from  the 
first  quarter  of  this  century.  15  in  all,  and 


all  deserving  to  be  framed,  including  3 
full-size  12"  X  18"  spreads. 
Full  color,  high  gloss  stock.    ^Hmai 
Order  early  for  gifts.  With         KlaM 
envelope,  $4.00. 


Natural  History  Calendar,  Dept.  C  600 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me calendars  at 

$4.00  each.  My  check/money  order  for 
a  total  of  $ is  enclosed. 


(Third  Class  postage  i 
for  First  Class  Mail) 


eluded.  Add  50g  each 


Museum  members  may  take  a  10%  discount. 


Name 

Address 

(please  print) 

Citv 

Stale 

Zip 

of  depth,  reached  its  culmination  with 
its  codification  by  the  fifteenth-cen- 
tury Italian  artist  Paolo  Uccello.  In 
so-called  one-point  perspective,  the 
artist  chooses  a  vanishing  point  where 
all  the  parallel  lines  of  the  real  world 
converge  at  a  point.  Thus,  the  rails  of 
a  railroad  seem  to  converge  at  the  ho- 
rizon. Traditionally,  the  artist  guides 
himself  toward  the  vanishing  point  by 
occasionally  holding  up  his  thumb  at 
arm's  length  and  looking  beyond  it 
with  one  eye.  In  Leonardo  da  Vinci's 
Last  Supper,  the  vanishing  point  is  at 
the  head  of  Christ;  this  has  the  effect 
of  focusing  attention  there.  In  his 
painting  The  Card  Players,  Cezanne 
places  a  vanishing  point  at  the  table 
as  if  to  enhance  the  attention  of  the 
players. 

The  Renaissance  painters  were 
taxed  to  their  limit  when  required  to 
transform  linear  perspective  to  the 
curved  surface  of  the  domed  ceilings 
of  churches.  One  late-seven- 
teenth-century artist,  Andrea  Pozzo, 
managed  to  transform  linear  perspec- 
tive so  that  his  mural  inside  the  hemi- 
spherical dome  of  the  church  of  Saint 
Ignazio  in  Rome  seems  to  be  painted 
on  a  flat  surface. 

A  related  transformation  is  en- 
countered by  map  makers.  Correctly 
representing  the  surface  of  the  earth 
on  the  flat  map  is  a  formidable  prob- 
lem. Most  maps  are  transformations 
of  the  curved  surface  of  the  earth  onto 
a  cylinder,  the  rolled-upmap.  Merca- 
tor,  the  sixteenth-century  Flemish 
cartographer  achieved  this,  but  not 
without  some  compromises.  The 
polar  regions  are  expanded  out  of 
proportion  while  the  equatorial  coun- 
tries appear  somewhat  squashed. 
Mercator  carried  out  a  conformal 
transformation  so  as  to  preserve 
angles  between  the  coordinates  ex- 
pressing the  latitudes  and  longitudes. 
With  the  Mercator  projection  a  navi- 
gator pursuing  a  fixed  course  on  the 
compass  need  only  make  sure  that  he 
crosses  successive  meridians  at  the 
same  angle. 

Perspective,  like  so  many  tech- 
niques in  art,  can  be  carried  to  the 
point  of  extreme.  Some  examples  of 
Renaissance  paintings,  especially  of 
long  palace  courtyards,  use  perspec- 
tive to  such  an  extent  that  it  has  a 
disturbingly  unreal  quality.  Indeed, 
the  technique  has  been  used  in  our 
century  by  Chirico  and  Dali  to 
achieve  a  dreamlike  or  surrealistic 
quality.  In  the  fifteenth  century, 
Leonardo  da  Vinci,  in  a  break  with 
tradition,  distorted  some  of  the  fig- 


96 


urcs  in  his  drawings  so  that  they  only 
appeared  realistic  when  looked  at 
i'roni  the  edge  of  the  paper.  (The  tech- 
nique of  distorting  a  scene  so  it  ap- 
pears correct  when  appropriately 
viewed  is  cnct)untercd  in  most  stage 
scenery.)  Fifth-century  B.C.  Athenian 
architects  employed  the  device 
known  as  entasis,  a  slight  convex  cur- 
vature, whereby  the  columns  of  a 
temple  were  modified  so  as  to  look 
correct  to  a  viewer  standing  in  front 
of  it.  In  the  most  notable  example  of 
the  use  of  entasis,  the  Parthenon, 
these  slight  transformations  imparted 
a  vitality  and  overcame  the  inward 
sagging  illusion  of  the  columns. 

Distortions  in  paintings  can  be 
used  to  conceal  their  contents.  In  the 
painting  The  Ambassadors,  by  Hans 
Holbein  the  Younger,  there  is  an 
unrecognizable  diagonal  streak  that 
turns  out  to  be  a  human  skull  if  the 
painting  is  viewed  from  its  right-hand 
edge.  Holbein  is  said  to  have  con- 
cealed the  skull  to  serve  as  a  reminder 
that  death  is  always  present.  The  Chi- 
nese concealed  figures  (usually  in 
erotic  situations)  in  an  ingenious  way 
that  influenced  a  number  of  seven- 
teenth-century European  artists.  In 
order  to  properly  see  the  figures  in  the 
painting  a  cylindrical  mirror  was  re- 
quired. Examples  of  this  technique 
are  known  as  anamorphic  art  (from 
the  Greek  ana,  "again,"  and 
morphe,  "form").  These  works  of 
art  are  distorted  in  such  a  manner  that 
they  can  be  viewed  properly  only 
from  one  oblique  angle  or  with  the 
use  of  a  corrective  accessory  such  as 


a  cylinder,  cone,  or  pyramid  shaped 
mirror.  To  render  the  painting  iniclli 
gible,  the  viewer  must  see  it  at  the 
appropriate  angle  or  with  the  appro- 
priate mirror. 

Anamorphosis  was  revived  in  this 
century,  notably  by  Salvador  Dali. 
Recently  the  technique  has  enjoyed  a 
vogue,  especially  in  Holland.  An  ex- 
hibit of  anamorphic  art  prepared  by 
Joost  Elllers  and  Michael  Schuyt  has 
enjoyed  considerable  success  in 
Europe  and  is  now  being  shown  in  the 
United  Stales.  Among  the  newer  fea- 
tures of  the  exhibit  is  an  anamorphic 
room  by  Jan  Beutener.  The  room  con- 
tains some  hanging  cloth  and  discon- 
nected pieces  of  wood;  viewed 
through  a  peephole,  however,  it  be- 
comes a  normal,  furnished  room. 
When  someone  walks  through  the 
room  it  appears,  through  the  peep- 
hole, that  the  person  is  actually  walk- 
ing through  solid  furniture. 

One  could  make  anamorphic  art 
utilizing  lenses.  One  lens  would  dis- 
tort the  object;  when  viewed  through 
a  compensating  lens,  however,  the 
object  would  appear  normal.  After 
all,  people  with  astigmatism  are 
always  seeing  distorted  objects  until 
they  put  on  their  glasses.  It  has  been 
conjectured  that  El  Greco  painted  di- 


To  view  concealed  pictures  on 
pages  98-100.  roll  a  sheet  of 
Mylar  or  other  reflecting 
material  into  a  cylinder  and 
place  on  indicated  circles. 


SOUTHERN  APPALACHIAN  MOUNTAIN 

VACATION 

YEAR  ROUND  LIVING 

Lakes  •  Golf  •  Tennis  •  Heated 
Pool  •  Guest  Naturalist  Often 

Write  for  Information: 
The  Audubon  Colony 
P.O.  Box  156  (n.h.) 
Cedor  Mtn.,  N.C.  28718 
(704)885-2091 


AN  ENDL'KING(,lfTOr  CH-AHAfTKH 


$59 

TheclassicaUystvled 
IN-BRIEF  forvou  Handcrafled. 
100<"i  leather,  legal  size  With  shoulder  strap  $62 
Beanng  original  ranch  brand  $86  Branded  initials 
add  $.5.  Add  $2,50  shpg  hndlng.  Belt  buckles  and 
other  unique  leather  goods  available-  Free  brochure- 
Order  loday  from 

(j^^S^fflClassics 

P.O.  B.,.\  729.  Dept.  N12.  Boulder.  CO  80302 


Porlrail  of  a  Man  Standing  Before  a  Balustrade.  Johann  Kbnig  (?)  ca.  1630. 
Universitatsmuseum,  Uppsala 


97 


Photographs  on  pages 


Sleeping  Venus  Uncovered  by  Amor.  Henry  Kettle,  ca.  1770.  Collection  Schuyt,  Amsterdam 


99 


A  Couple.  Jean-Frangois  Niceron,  ca.  1635.  Galleria  Nazionale  d'Arte  Antica,  Rome 


CATCH  ANIMAL  RAIDER8I 


Incredible  Africa! 

JANUARY  12,  1977  R(XJT  & 
LEAKEY  19-day  natural  history 
tented  and  lodge  safari  in  Kenya 
&  Tanzania,  $1795.00  plus  air- 
fare. Limited  to  16  members.  Ad- 
ditional departure  February  16. 

MARCH  17,  1977  )oin  JOHN 
WILLIAMS  on  a  special  30-day 
safari  in  Kenya  following  bird  mi- 
gration. JULY  21,  1977  Another 
lOHN  WILLIAMS  departure  fea- 
turing rare  birds,  big  game  and 
wildflowers,  30  days  in  Kenya. 
$3165.00  each  plus  airfare. 

Call  or  write 

SIEMER  &  HAND,  LTD. 
Travel  Service 

One  Embarcadero  Center 

San  Francisco,  California  941 11 

(415)  788-7186 


^BOOK  HUNTING?-^ 

VIrtuilly  any  book  located — no  matter  how 
old  or  long  out-ofprint.  Rctlon,  nonflctlon. 
All  authors,  tublects.  Name  the  book — we'll 
find  Itl  (Title  alone  Is  sufficient)  Inquire, 
please.  Write:  Dept.  66. 

BOOKS-ON-FILE 
UNION  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY  07087 


CRUISE 
INLAND 
FLORIDA 


Relax  6  days  on  the  Lazy  Bones  plus  airboal  and  swamp 
buggy  jaunts  in  Everglades  country,  $217  complete,  Nov, 
thru  April,  Featured  in  leading  publications.  For  brochure, 
write  Capt,  Stan  Maurer,  Shanty  Boat  Cruises,  Rt,  14,  Box 
434  Z.  Ft,  Myers.  Fla.  33905, 


NEW  COLOR  PORTFOLIO  plu 
Illustrated  Catalog  $1.00 
DOVER  SCIENTIFIC 

Box  60110   Long  Island  City,  N.Y.  11106 


SAVE  MONEY'      ^^^  direct 

OHVCmunCI.    from  the  manutactur 


BETTER-VUE 
35mm  slide 
PROTECTOR 


Made  ol  heavy,  clear  vinyl  plastic. 
Twenty  separate  pockets  per  page. 
Best  protection  for  slides  and  trans- 
parencies. Pages  iSVi  x  11)  fit  all 
standard  3  ring  binders.  Write  for 
other  sizes  and  low  prices,  

Send  check  or  M.O.  FREE  postage 

JAY  PLASTICS,  INC.  Dept  nh 
^1515  Fifth  Industrial  Court,  Bay  Shore,  N.Y.  11706    _j 


PAGES 

# 


agonally  elongated  figures  because  of 
his  uncorrected  astigmatism. 

An  element  missing  from  the  ana- 
morphic  art  exhibit  is  that  oii  motion. 
Objects  in  motion  appear  diHerent 
from  when  they  are  stati(jnary.  Of 
course,  an  object  will  appear  blurred 
if  it  is  moving  so  rapidly  that  it  is 
perceived  in  less  than  one-twentieth 
of  a  second.  At  slower  speeds,  how- 
ever, it  will  appear  compressed  in  the 
direction  of  its  motion.  This  compres- 
sion due  to  motion  can  be  regarded 
as  the  visual  analogue  of  Einstein's 
theory  of  special  relativity.  In  relativ- 
istic  theory  an  object  cannot  move 
faster  than  the  speed  of  light  (analo- 
gous to  the  blurring  of  the  very  fast 
moving  object).  At  speeds  less  than 
the  speed  of  light,  the  object  is  trans- 
formed into  a  compressed  object.  The 


Hold  figure  at  arms  length  and 
move  from  side  to  side.  Notice 
how  compression  opens  angles  in 
the  direction  of  motion.  The  same 
compression  effect  is  achieved 
by  holding  the  page  obliquely. 


object  is  more  compressed  the  closer 
its  velocity  approaches  the  speed  of 
light.  In  perceiving  a  moving  object 
there  seems  to  be  a  certain  finite  time 
(about  one-twentieth  of  a  second)  for 
the  nervous  system  to  perceive  the 
object.  During  that  time  the  object 
will  have  already  moved.  The  same 
transformations  postulated  in  Ein- 
stein's theory  therefore  apply  to  this 
simple  perceptual  problem.  My  guess 
is  that  animals  in  the  wild  instinc- 
tively use  the  Einsteinian  transforma- 
tion when  making  a  single  strike  at  a 
rapidly  moving  prey. 

Gerald  Oster  is  professor  of  bio- 
physics at  the  Mount  Sinai  School 
of  Medicine  of  the  City  University 
of  New  York. 


1  •llva.  unhurtt 

MIAKT   lr«pH  lalcti   raldlnu  mbWU, 

ilrn-lh,  plKcoiiB.  spwrowh,  elc  ,  wuiiout 

Injury.  HlraylriK  [H-lu.  piitjltry  relt-aw-d  unliurt,  Fully  lu>- 
!M'ffible<l,  No  JftWh  or  n[tr!tiK«  to  t^ri-uli  *;iJviintM-d,  runny 
In  UM^  20  yfarH,  Oiten  ftitin  Klve  KtitfiiiiJ  curindt-ncir  H\ut, 
lor  all  net^H  t^titi  2!ie  lor  valu&ble  iliur-trated  Kulde  and 
prlcf  IIM 

HAVAHART.   158  Water  St.,  Ossining,  N.  Y.  10562 


-A 


WELSH    DRAGON    Pendam  or  Pir 

■  DcJraig  Goch    or  me  flea  D'agcr:    is  ir.e  nai.on 
'ales   tican  beuacea  toihestanaatfl. 
t  appeared  { 


T  01  Wales 
one  ol  the  Rorr^an  Legic 
GfiHin    Boldly  rendered  m  < 


Sterling  nec 
State  c 


□  AUSTRAL   ENTERPRISES 

6o«    70190     Seattle    Washington    98107 


^>^ 


.1 


QUESTERS 
WORLD  OF   -^ 
NATURE  TOURS 


You  may  find  some  tours  similar  to  i 
other  programs.  But  Questers  is  the  only  pro- 
fessional travel  company  specializing  solely  in 
nature  tours.  Tour  parties  are  small,  the  pace 
leisurely,  itineraries  unusual,  and  the  leader- 
ship expert.  Areas  covered  include  Mexico, 
Guatemala,  Hawaii,  Alaska,  Indonesia,  India, 
East  Ahica,  Iceland,  and  Australasia.  We  can- 
not tell  you  here,  however,  about  all  the  tours, 
or  all  t"he  wildlife  preserves,  archaeological 
sites,  museums  and  temples  vou  will  visit,  but 
our  current  Directory  of  Worldwide  Nature 
Tours  can.  Call  or  write  Questers  or  see  your 
travel  agent  todi2y  for  your  free  copy! 

Questers  Tours 

AND  TRAVEL.  INC. 

DEPT.  NH-1276,  257  PARK  AVENUE  SOUTH 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y.  10010/(212)  673-3U0 


BUSHNELL   7x35   CUSTOM 

Mfg.  List  $169.50  Postpaid  $94.50 

This  is  an  example  of  the  deep  discount  prices  on  high 
quality  optics  that  is  found  in  our  FREE  catalog.  This 
catalog  lists  and  illustrates  an  outstanding  selection 
of  telephoto  lens,  telescopes,  binoculars  etc,  plus 
valuable  information  on  how  to  properly  select  them. 
Write  for  it  today, 

GIL   HEBARD   OPTICS 
COURTHOUSE   SQ.,    KNOXVILLE,    ILL.   6T448 


Bill  Thomas 


Nearly  every  swamp  in  America  is  sub- 
ject to  the  pressures  of  civilization.  A  few 
still  survive.  Mysterious,  inhospitable, 
possessed  of  a  lonely  beauty,  they  are 
the  last  refuge  of  a  number  of  species  of 
flora  and  fauna. 

Bill  Thomas's  breathtaking  photographs, 
over  three  hundred  of  them  in  color,  re- 
veal the  beauty,  the  moods,  and  the 
diversity  of  this  world  that  few  ever  see. 
From  New  Jersey's  Great  Swamp  to  the 
Okefenokee,  to  the  remote  Alakai  in 
Hawaii,  he  shows  details  of  life  in  the 
swamp  that  the  casual  visitor  might 
overlook.  The  accompanying  text  pro- 
vides a  wealth  of  information  on  the 
natural  history  of  each  swamp  dis- 
cussed, and  the  fascinating  legends  and 
historical  events  associated  with  them. 

The  fate  of  the  extraordinary  wild  places 
shown  in  these  pages  is  uncertain.  This 
book  shows  us  how  much  is  at  stake. 

$19.95  until  12/31/76;  124.95  thereafter 
SAVE:  use  coupon  to  order  your  copy  today! 


I 

I 

1     ^•=' 


THE  SWAMP  by  Bill  Thomas  at  $19.95.  If  not  completely 
satisfied  I  may  return  ttie  book{s)  for  full  refund.  I  enclose 
$ check  or  money  order 


City_ 


Additional  Reading 


Please  add  applicable  sales  tax. 


Bubble  Trade  (p.  38) 

Don  M.  Street's  A  Cruising  Guide 
to  the  Lesser  Antilles  (New  York: 
W.W.  Norton  &  Company,  1974, 
$15),  a  yachtsman's  handbook  of 
waters  also  plied  by  smugglers,  con- 
tains a  number  of  anecdotes  about  il- 
legal trading.  "Reavers,  Privateers 
and  Smugglers"  is  a  40-page  chapter 
in  Horace  Beck's  Folklore  and  the 
Sea  (Middle town:  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity Press,  1973,  $14.95),  a  compen- 
dium of  superstitions,  customs,  and 
beliefs  expressed  in  the  folklore  of  the 
Caribbean.  See  also  Folk-Lore  of  the 
Antilles,  French  and  English,  edited 
by  Elsie  Clews  Parsons  (New  York: 
American  Folklore  Society,  1943); 
Parsons  was  an  anthropologist  who 
collected  vernacular  accounts  of  the 
folklore  of  New  World  blacks.  Al- 
though dealing  mainly  with  Jamaican 
customs,  Robert  Dirks 's  "Slaves' 
Holiday"  {Natural  History,  De- 
cember 1975,  pp.  82-90)  provides 
much  of  the  background  from  which 
present  beliefs  arose  throughout  the 
Caribbean.  Henry  H.  Bell,  once  the 
governor  of  Grenada,  mentioned 
smuggling  in  his  book,  Obeah: 
Witchcraft  in  the  West  Indies,  pub- 
lished in  London  in  1889  and  re- 
printed by  Negro  Universities  Press. 

Pelican  Colonies  (p.  48) 

William  H.  Behle's  The  Bird  Life 
of  Great  Salt  Lake  (Salt  Lake  City: 
University  of  Utah  Press,  1958, 
$4.50)  and  the  Handbook  of  North 
American  Birds,  edited  by  Ralph  S. 
Palmer  (New  Haven:  Yale  University 
Press,  1962),  both  describe  the  gen- 
eral biology  and  life  history  of  the 
white  pelican.  For  more  specific  in- 
formation, see  George  B.  Schaller's 
"Breeding  Behavior  of  the  White 
Pelican  at  Yellowstone  Lake,  Wyom- 
ing" {Condor,  1964,  vol.  66,  pp. 
3-23).  David  Lack's  Ecological  Ad- 
aptations for  Breeding  in  Birds  (New 
York:  Halsted  Press,  1968,  $13.50) 
contains  general  material  on  colony 
nesting.  F.  Fraser  Darling's  classic 


work.  Bird  Flocks  and  the  Breeding 
Cycle:  A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of 
Avian  Sociality  (Cambridge,  Eng- 
land: The  University  Press,  1938), 
stimulated  much  research  on  the  eco- 
logical and  behavioral  adaptations  of 
colonially  nesting  seabirds.  Ex- 
amples are  "Size  of  Breeding  Colony 
Related  to  Attraction  of  Mates  in  a 
Tropical  Passerine  Bird,"  by  N.E. 
Collias  and  E.C.  Collias  {Ecology, 
1969,  vol.  50,  pp.  481-88);  "Adap- 
tive Significance  of  Synchronized 
Breeding  in  a  Colonial  Bird,"  by 
S.  T.  Emlen  and  N.  J.  Demong 
{Science,  1975,  vol.  188,  pp. 
1029-31);  "Colonial  Nesting  and 
Social  Feeding  as  Strategies  for  Ex- 
ploiting Food  Resources  in  the  Great 
Blue  Heron,"  by  J.R.  Krebs  {Behav- 
iour, 1974,  vol.  51,  pp.  99-134);  and 
"Late-blooming  Terns,"  by  Paul  A. 
and  Francine  G.  Buckley  {Natural 
History,  April  1976,  pp.  46-55). 

Inca  Highways  (p.  58) 

Peru  Before  the  Incas,  by  Edward 
Lanning  (Englewood  Cliffs:  Pren- 
tice-Hall, 1967,  $2.95),  and  The 
Peoples  and  Cultures  of  Ancient 
Peru,  by  Peruvian  archeologist  Luis 
G.  Lumbreras  (trans,  by  Betty  J. 
Meggers,  Washington:  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  1974,  $15),  provide 
background  on  ancient  Peru.  In  The 
Incas  of  Pedro  de  Cieza  de  Leon 
(trans,  by  Harriet  de  Onis,  Norman: 
University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  1969, 
$8.95),  Victor  W.  von  Hagen  has 
edited  a  native  Peruvian  chronicler's 
first-hand  observations  of  the  period 
just  after  the  Spanish  conquest.  See 
also  John  H.  Rowe's  article,  "Inca 
Culture  at  the  Time  of  the  Spanish 
Conquest,"  in  the  Handbook  of 
South  American  Indians,  vol.  2,  The 
Andean  Civilizations,  edited  by  Jul- 
ian Steward  (Washington:  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology,  1946,  pp.  183- 
330).  A  number  of  articles  provide 
specific  information  on  the  economy, 
administrative  control,  and  road  sys- 
tem of  the  Incas:  John  V.  Murra's 


"Cloth  and  Its  Functions  in  the  Inca 
State"  (American  Anthropologist, 
1962,  vol.  64,  pp.  710-28);  Craig 
Morris's  "State  Settlements  in 
Tawantinsuyu:  A  Strategy  of  Com- 
pulsory Urbanism,"  in  Contem- 
porary Archaeology,  edited  by  Mark 
P.  Leone  (Carbondale:  Southern  Illi- 
nois University  Press,  1972,  pp. 
393^01),  and  "Reconstructing  Pat- 
terns of  Non- Agricultural  Production 
in  the  Inca  Economy,"  in  Recon- 
structing Complex  Societies,  edited 
by  Charlotte  B.  Moore  (Cambridge: 
American  Schools  of  Oriental  Re- 
search, 1974,  pp.  49-68);  and  Murra 
and  Morris's:  "Dynastic  Oral  Tradi- 
tion, Administrative  Records  and  Ar- 
chaeology in  the  Andes"  (World  Ar- 
chaeology, 1976,  vol.  7,  pp. 
267-79).  Victor  W.  von  Hagen's 
popular  book  Highway  of  the  Sun 
(New  York:  Duell,  Sloan  and  Pearce, 
1955)  is  based  on  an  early  survey  of 
the  Inca  road  system. 

Marine  Archeology  (p.  70) 

Based  on  findings  of  underwater 
archeological  explorations,  Navies  of 
the  American  Revolution,  by  A. 
Preston  et  al.  (Englewood  Cliffs: 
Prentice-Hall,  1975),  is  an  informa- 
tive popular  account  of  this  period  in 
American  history.  Preston  is  an  ar- 
cheologist-historian  at  the  National 
Maritime  Museum  in  Greenwich, 
England.  George  P.  Bass,  a  pioneer 
in  the  use  of  scuba-diving  techniques 
in  underwater  exploration,  has 
edited,  with  Richard  K.  Winslow,  A 
History  of  Seafaring  Based  on  Un- 
derwater Archaeology  (New  York: 
Walker  Publishing,  1972);  this  vol- 
ume contains  such  accounts  as  Men- 
del Peterson's  "Traders  and  Priva- 
teers Across  the  Atlantic: 
1493-1733"  (pp.  253-80).  Bass  has 
also  written  Archaeology  Beneath 
the  Sea  (New  York:  Walker  Publish- 
ing, 1975)  and  Archaeology  Under 
Water  (Baltimore:  Penguin  Books, 
1972,  $1 .95).  History  Under  the  Sea: 
A  Manual  for  Underwater  Explora- 


tion, by  Mendel  Peterson  (Washing- 
ton: Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
1965),  discusses  exploration  tech- 
niques, preservation  methods,  and 
dating  of  underwater  artifacts.  The 
InternationalJournal  of  Nautical  Ar- 
chaeology and  Underwater  Explora- 
tion is  a  quarterly  publication  devoted 
to  this  relatively  new  science.  A  book 
has  also  been  written  on  the  main  sub- 
ject of  our  article:  F.  P.  Schmitt  and 
D.  E.  Schmid's  H.M.S.  CuUoden 
(Mystic:  Marine  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 1961). 

Golden  Trout  (p.  74) 

Barton  W.  Evermann's  "The 
Golden  Trout  of  the  Southern  High 
Sierras"  (Bulletin  of  the  U.S.  Bureau 
of  Fisheries,  1905,  vol.  25,  pp.  1-51) 
is  a  comprehensive,  yet  elegant,  ac- 
count of  the  life  cycles  and  special 
habitat  requirements  of  the  golden 
trout,  and  offers  a  turn-of-the-century 
recommendation  for  their  protection. 
Stuart  E.  White,  a  contemporary  of 
Evermann,  provided  historical  ac- 
counts of  the  discovery  of  golden 
trout  in  his  writings.  Two,  from  1902 
and  1904,  which  have  been  reprinted, 
are  Blazed  Trail  (Boston:  Gregg 
Press,  $12.50)  and  Blazed  Trail 
Stories  and  Stories  of  the  Wild  Life 
(New  York:  Somerset  Publishing, 
$9.50).  Charles  McDermand's 
Waters  of  the  Golden  Trout  Country 
(New  York:  G.P.  Putnam's  Sons, 
1941)  is  a  fisherman's  book,  contain- 
ing descriptions,  supplemented  with 
maps  and  photographs,  of  the  area 
where  these  trout  are  found.  Hal 
Roth'sPaf/iM'a_y  in  the  Sky:  The  Story 
of  the  John  Muir  Trail  (Berkeley: 
Howell-North  Books,  1965,  $8.50) 
contains  excellent  photographs  of  the 
Sierras — their  geology,  flora,  and 
fauna — including  color  pictures  of 
golden  trout.  For  recent  accounts  of 
the  status  of  the  golden  trout,  see 
Peter  B.  Moyle's  "Fish  Introductions 
in  California:  History  and  Impact  on 
Native  Fishes"  (Biological  Conser- 
vation, 1976,  vol.  9,  pp.  101-18) and 


his  book,  Inland  Fishes  of  California 
(Berkeley;  University  of  California 
Press,  1976).  and  C.  B.  Schreck  and 
R.  J.  Behnke's  "Trouts  of  the  Upper 
Kern  River  Basin,  California,  with 
Reference  to  Systematics  and  Evolu- 
tion of  Western  North  American 
Salmo ' '  (Journal  of  the  Fisheries  Re- 
search Board  of  Canada.  1971 ,  vol. 
28.  pp.  987-98). 

Anamorphic  Art  (p.  94) 

Richard  L.  Gregory's  Eye  and  the 
Brain  (2nd  ed.  New  York:  McGraw- 
Hill  Books.  1973.  $2.95)  is  a  stimu- 
lating popular  account  of  the  psychol- 
ogy of  seeing.  Gerald  Oster's  "Opti- 
cal Art"  (Applied  Optics.  November 
1965.  pp.  1359-69)  is  a  technical  ac- 
count of  the  biophysics  of  vision  ap- 
plied to  the  interpretation  of  art.  An 
inexpensive  abridged  edition  of 
D'Arcy  Thompson's  classic  discus- 
sion of  transformations  applied  to 
evolution.  On  Growth  and  Form, 
edited  by  J.T.  Bonner,  is  now  avail- 
able (New  York:  Cambridge  Univer- 
sity Press,  1961,  $4.95).  Another 
classic.  Problems  of  Relative 
Growth,  Julian  Huxley's  treatment  of 
the  topic  of  allometry,  has  also  been 
reprinted  (2nd  ed.  New  York:  Dover 
Publications,  1972,  $3.50).  Hidden 
Images:  Games  of  Perception,  Ana- 
morphic Art,  Illusion,  text  by  Fred 
Leeman;  concept,  production,  and 
photographs  by  Joost  Elffers  and 
Mike  Schuyt  (New  York:  Harry  N. 
Abrams,  Inc.,  1976),  is  a  profusely 
illustrated  account  of  this  art  form 
from  the  Renaissance  to  the  present. 
Included  is  a  large  section  on  anamor- 
phic puzzles  and  a  reflector  to  aid  the 
reader  in  deciphering  them.  One  im- 
portant section  of  Illusion  in  Nature 
and  Art,  edited  by  Richard  L.  Greg- 
ory and  Ernst  H.  Gombrich  (New 
York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1973, 
$9.95),  illustrates  how  predatory  ani- 
mals employ  illusion  as  a  weapon, 
while  their  prey  use  illusory  color- 
ation and  behavior  for  protection. 
Gordon  Beckhorn 


I03 


a  bit  of 
natural 
history 


Whale  and 
dinosaur  motif 
on  natural 
canvas.  Rein- 
forced and  roomy 
enough  to  carry  all 
your  sundries  as  you  go  about  your 
business  and  pleasure.  And  smart 
enough  to  take  anywhere. 
Strap  length  is  right  for  shoulder 
orhandcarrying.  1 4  V2"x17"x6".  A  terrific 
buy  for  yourself  or  some  deserving 
friend  at  $1 1.00  including 
postage  and  handling. 


Natural  History  Tote,  Dept.  TT10 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340^ 

Please  send  me totes  at 

$1 1.00  each.  My  check/money  order  for 
a  total  of  $ is  enclosed. 

Name 


Address 

(please  print) 

Gitv 

state 

Zip 

Museum  members  may  take  10%  discount. 

FURL 


a  bit  of 
natural 
history 


Whale  and  dinosaur 

ride  high  while  you 

keep  dry.  Umbrella 

is  quick-drying 

nylon  and  ideal  size 

for  men  and  women. 

With  a  light-weight 

wood  handle, 

grooved  to  give 

you  a  good  grip 

on  things.  Beige  with 

brown  motif  or  navy 

with  beige.  $16.00 

including  shipping 

and  handling. 


Natural  History  Umbrella,  Dept.  U150^ 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me :    Beige  .   Navy 

umbrellas  at  $16.00  each.  My  check/money 
order  for  a  total  of  $ is  enclosed. 


Address 

(please  print) 

City 

State 

Zip 

Museum  members  may  take  10%  discount. 


Announcements 


The  Museum's  25 -foot-high  artificial 
Christmas  Tree,  decorated  with 
hundreds  of  origami  figures  made  by 
Museum  volunteers,  will  again  grace 
the  Roosevelt  Rotunda  until  January 
1 .  In  past  years,  the  figures  have  rep- 
resented various  animals,  flowers, 
fruits,  stars,  and  minerals.  New  fig- 
ures this  year  will  include  black-and- 
white  animals  such  as  pandas, 
skunks,  and  penguins,  as  well  as  rep- 
resentations of  people,  insects,  and 
mollusks. 

Places  are  still  available  on  the  Mu- 
seum-sponsored Archeological 
Tour  to  Mexico,  January  8-29, 
1977,  which  will  be  led  by  C.  Bruce 
Hunter,  lecturer  in  archeology  at  the 
Museum.  The  itinerary  will  include 
some  of  the  most  famous  archeologi- 
cal sites  in  Mexico,  such  as  the  pyra- 
mids and  temples  at  Malinalco,  Tula, 
Cholula,  and  Teotihuacan.  The  tour 
will  also  visit  the  hilltop  city  of  Xo- 
chicalco,  as  well  as  the  ruins  at  Mitla 
and  Monte  Alban,  and  participants 
will  have  an  opportunity  to  visit  the 
Anthropology  Museum  in  Mexico 
City. 

At  the  Hayden  Planetarium  of  the 

Museiun,  "Star  of  Wonder"  will 
open  on  December  1  and  run  through 
January  3,  1977.  After  looking  at  the 
brilliant  skies  of  winter,  the  plane- 
tarium projector  will  journey  back 
through  time  to  the  first  Christmas  to 
examine  the  astronomical  possi- 
bilities of  the  star  that  led  the  Wise 
Men  of  the  East  to  Christ's  birthplace 
nearly  2,000  years  ago.  Was  it  a 
comet?  a  bright  meteor?  a  nova?  Sky 
Shows  begin  at  2:00  and  3:30  p.m. 
on  weekdays  with  more  frequent 
showings  on  weekends.  Admission  is 
$2.35  for  adults  and  $1.35  for  chil- 
dren and  students  (special  rates  for 
groups  and  senior  citizens). 

Note:  Due  to  renovations,  the  main 
auditorium  of  the  Museum  will  be 
closed  to  the  public  through  January 
1977. 


HANG 


a  bit  of 
natural 
history 


From  the  Hall 

of  Minerals 

&  Gems,  a 

handsome 

f*tr^ia-isffi5»=-—  21 "  X  31 "  full- 

®b81»**  color  poster  which 

commemorates  the  opening 

of  the  hall.  Photo  composite  of 

gleaming  copper  and  black  opal 

on  a  lustrous  black  background.  A  rich 

memento,  a  welcome  gift.       ^ 

Only  $3.50  including  J 

shipping  and  handling. 

Natural  History  Poster,  Dept.  PSIS'' 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me posters  at 

$3.50  each.  My  check/money  order  for  a 
total  of  $ is  enclosed. 


Name 

Address 

(please  print) 

Citv 

State 

Zip 

Museum  members  may  take  10%  discount. 


Tyrannosaurus  Rex — 
rampant  on  a  field  of 
navy  or  maroon  I  Woven 
in  France  of  wrinkle- 
resistant  polyester 
and  fully  lined.  Good 
looking,  good  handling. 
A  perfect  gift.  And 
while  you're  thinking 
about  gifts,  don't 
forget  yourself.  $10.50 
'including  shipping^ 
and  handling./ 


Natural  History  Tie,  Dept.  T100 
Box  5123,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50340 

Please  send  me ties  in  TJNavy 

DMaroon  at  $10.50  each.  My 
check/money  order  for  a  total  of 
$ is  enclosed. 


Name 

Address 

(please  print) 

City 

state 

Zip 

Museum  members  may  take  10%  discount. 


104 


1^ 


Send  me 

NATURAL 

HISTORY 


D  I  want  to  join  The  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  and  get,  witli  my  one-year 
membership,  10  issues  of  NATURAL 
HISTORY  for  $10. 

D   I  prefer  2  years  for  $17. 

D   1  prefer  3  years  for  $24. 

I  understand  that  each  membership- 
subscription  includes:  free  admission  to  the 
Museum,  plus  two  bonus  gifts  a  year  and  dis- 
counts at  the  Museum  Gift  Shop. 


My  Name 

Address 

r.ity 

State 

Zip 

Please  allow  7 
Outside  U.S.A. 

weeks  for  shipment  of  first  copy, 
add  $2  per  year  for  postage. 

Says  L.  T:  "The  wonders  of  Brazil  are  what  the  other  wonders  of  the 
world  try  to  live  up  to"  In  Brazil,  nature  is  awesome.  In  places  our  rivers 
are  so  wide  they  resemble  oceans.  Our  mountains  are  so  grand  that 
geographers  are  not  certain  we  have  yet  found  our  highest  point.  Birds 
and  butterfbes  exist  m  nearly  countless  vaneties.  Our  waterfalls  dwarf 
Niagara.  And  the  comforting  thing  is  that  in  the  midst  of  all  this  wildness 
are  some  of  the  most  luxunous  hotels  m  the  world.  Travelers  don't  simply 
like  Brazil,  they  go  mad  for  the  place. 

You  can  spend  seven  nights  m  Rio  for 
ashttle  as  $630*,  including  roundtnp  airfare, 
first  class  hotel,  full  Brazilian  breakfasts, 
transfer  services  and  sightseeing  tours.  See 
your  travel  agent 

For  this  beautiful  112  page  booklet  on 
Brazil  call  800-447-4700  (toU  free). 

In  Illinois  caU  80a322-4400. 

In  Canada  write;  Brazilian  Travel  Offer, 

Box  3900,  Peona,m.  61614. 


(MBMBRATUR  /BRAZILIAN  TOURISM  AUTHORITY 
MINISTRY  OF  INDUSTRY  AND  COMMERCE 

'Based  on  Miami  departure.  Similar  tours  available  for  departure  from  New  York  ($674) 
and  Los  Angeles  ($804).  Rates  are  per  person,  double  occupancy. 


Irteif  toeverume  tm&mmm 

%it^marSSmd.  Brtrij  Scotland 


!ditet' 


©EWAR'S 

"Whilu  i^uuui 

The  Scotch  that  never  varies.